THE CHINESE REPOSITORY SECOND EDITION VOL. I FROM MAY, 1832 TO APRIL, 1833 MARUZEN CO., LTD. TOKYO Asia Library This edition may not be sold to North, Central and South America. Reprinted in Japan THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. I. FROM MAY, 1832, TO APRIL, 1835. SECOND EDITION. CANTON: fRINTED FOR THE PROPRIETORS. 1633. ABDALLAH, a captive, 472 Abeel, Rev. David, 26,466 Accusations, anonymous, 472 Admonition, friendly, 411 Administration of justice, 13 Agriculture, 304 Alms-giving by a lady, 381 Altai chain of mountains, 120 Amiot's account of population, 346 Amour, or Sagalien river, 115 Amoy; the city of, 97 Ancestors, prayer at worship of, 202 Anger, 280 Anglochinese college at Malac- ca; when founded; its ob- ject, &c., 105 Animosities to be settled, 318 Appeal to Christians in China, 24C Arabians in China, 6,10 Archipelago, the Indian, 242 Associations, secret, 207 Audiences with the emperor Kanghe, 254,429 BALLAD, a fragment, 493 Bali (Pali), books 17 Bamplasoi, its situation, 24 Banditti in Heangshan, 80 Bankok, notices of, 17,21 Bassora, Chinese vessels at,... 10 Batavia, Chinese at, 159 Batavia, printing at, SOS Beggars, 112 Beers, military officers, 170 Bells, their size and use, 258 Benevolent enterprise, 339 Bible, its superiority, 101,17,'J Bible, cost of printing the,.... 421 Bible, new edition in Chinese,. 46P Biography of Chinese, 107 Birth of three sons 208 Bishop of Cnloutta 28? Blind, an asvlum for the, 29." Boats at Canton, the tanka,... 169 Bombay 26,284 Bombay, converts at, 74 Books distributed in Fuhkeen, 457 Books, the king, or classical,.. 481 Books of the Romanists, 504 Bramins 70 British Critic, notice of the,. -. 109 Budha, thousand names of,.... 248 Budhism in Siam, 18,274 Budhism, remarks on, 75,155 Bukharia, inhabitants of, 171 Buonaparte's dying request,... 452 Burmah, Christian missions in, 25 Burmans in Siam, 46 Burying-place, the Swedish, in Canton, 218 CALCUTTA, native Christians in, 74 Calcutta Christian Observer,.. 155 Camboja, its inhabitants, 52 Canal, Grand, an account of.. 38 Canfu, notices of, 8,252 Canton, notices of, 8,164,215 Canton, climate of, 488 Canton, chaplain at port of, 243 Cape of Good Hope, 27 Cape Liant in Siam, 87 Catechism of the Shamans,.... 285 Celestial empire, the term, 205 Cha or tea, Semedo's account of, 477 Change among Chinese, 2 Changling's memorial, 112 Chancellor Shing degraded,.. 511 Chantibun, its inhabitants,.... 87 Chaou-chow foo, population of, !)2 Chape', Fnglish in Canton,.... 150 China, origin of the name,.... 35 China Proper, its extent, 35 Chinese empire, its extent,.... 34 Chinese empire, estimate of populii'io i of, 345,385,477 Chinese, tueir pprsons, 14 INDEX. Chinese, cneir morals and their habits 15,239,262,314,424,476 Ecom Chinese, their dress, 14,220 Chinese, their food, 15,304 Chinese, their literature,. 4,480 Chinese, their religions, 306 Chinese, their junks, Chinese, their doctors, 181 Chinese, their funerals, 217 Chinese, their government, 262£97 Chinese, their laws, Chinese, their national charac- ter. 326 Chinese, their printing, 414 Chinese, their ancient costume, 475 Christian, the term, 64 Christians in China,. .8,27,44,61,265 P. Christian faithfulness, Christians by birth, and Chris- tians by profession, Christian Advocate's publica- tions, Christianity, early introduction of, into China, Christianity introduced by the Jesuits, Chusan (Chow-shan), 37,124 Cities, form of Chinese.. Climate of Canton and Macao, 488 Coast of China, 36,61,296,423 |Free Gobi, desert of, 172 Cochinchina, 31,380 Cochinchina, letter from, 380 Cochinchinese in Siam, 53 Colonial possessions, 117 College, a new in Keangsoo,.. 75 Concord among neighbors,.... -303 Confucius worshiped, 262,502 Copper in Yunnan, 384 Corean language, sketch of,... 276 |Gates Corean syllabary, 27fi JCHO, the gospel, 375 Sconomy enforced, 305 Egyptian colony, the Chinese a, 9 Ele, extent of government of,.. 170 Uluths in Soungaria, 117 Ambassadors to China, 425 56 Emigration to Siam, 23 Smperor's power, 263 Smperors of the Ta Tsing dy- nasty, 356 309 Employments, the essential,... 310 Encyclopedia Americana,.... 161 Enterprise, 248,333 Examinations, literary 459,482 Exhumation, law against, 504 'ACTORIES, the European, 211 410 Famine, relief for a, 31,159 Fees forbidden, illegal, 384 4571 Ferocity, for stern virtue, 148 Filial duty enforced, 301 in Canton, 8,248,292 Fire caused by opium-smoking, 208 447 Fire-engines, use of, 8 Pishing, modes of, 260 265| Foreigners in China, 2,11 Formosa, trade with, 37,97 ^ormosa, account of the rebel- lion in, 342,380,423,471 i-trade, 253,456 Prencn first came to China,.. 369 Friendship, 65 Fuhkeen province, 151 Funeral procession, 217 Future state, notions of, 373 DAOURIAN mountains, 116 Dead, the unhuried, 294 Death, use of a new term for,. 424 Death of the emperor's uncle, 38(1 Death of a whole family, 292 Deatn of Hae-ling-ah, 30 Decapitations in Canton,.... 80,291 Degrees of literary rank, 305 Deserters, punishment of, 315 Diary of a Chinese Christian, 27 Doctor in Canton, fashionable. 343 Domestic coercion, 511 Dragon king, the golden, 3', Dutch missionaries, 904,5K 337 Fires i 256 F. GAMBLING, law against, ....... 512 Gazette, the Peking, ......... 506 Gazette, a cash paper, ........ 492 of China, ......... 11,37,252 Genghis khan, ............. 43,118 God, one promoted by the em- peror Taoukwang, ......... 112 Golden dragon king's family,. . 381 Grosier on population, ........ 346 Grain, different kinds of, ..... 259 Jutzlaff's journal, 16,45,81,122,180 Gutzlaff 's second journal, .... 377 HAINAN, islmtf of, ....... 37,90,151 If engaii sent to Hoonan, ...... 80 Heterodoxy (seay keaou), ..... 103 Hindoos becoming Christians, 71 74 Hoopih, troubles in, .......... .T42 fnor.ATRv, i-omarkfl on, 68 INDEX. Intercourse with China, 141 Intercourse of the Chinese with foreigners, 364 Interest on money, 294 JAVA, island of, 152,203,509 Japanese embassies to and from China, 365 Japanese and English vocabu- lary, 109 Jesus' name an offence, 149 Jesuits in China, 430 Jews in China, 8,44 Jones, Rev. J. Taylor, 336 Judea, the ancient Ta-tsin ?... 9 Julian, the apostate, 370 Juh-lung-ah, general, 511 Junks and sailors, 56 Justice, mode of obtaining,.... 159 KAIRA, mission at, 73 Kidnappers, 383 Kindred, nine gradations, 302 Kirin, an account of, 115 Kokonor, 118 Kotzebue, Capt Otto von, 109 LAKE, the Tung-ting, 39 Lake, the Po-yang, &.C., 39 Lake, Hinka, &.C., 116 Lake, the Koko nor, &c., 120 Lakes of Soungaria, 172 Lakes of Turkestan, 172 Lakes of Tibet, 177 Lamas of Tibet, 175 Land, waste in Chihle, 160 Laos or Chans, described 47 Le Comte's Memoirs &. remarks, 249 Leenchow, rebellion in£9,78,l 11,246 Le, governor, 247,423,471 Legates, papal 443 Lema islands, 91 Le Mingche, a geographer,... 33 Leto, a harbor in Shantung,... 125 Letters, private, 511 I .ml in, ships at, 296 Literary graduate, appeal of a,. 293 Lithography in Chinese, 422 Lord's day, 289 Loo, governor of Canton, 248 MACAO, settlement, 400 Macao, actual state of its com- merce, public buildings, &c. 403 Macao, population of, &c 404 Madagascar, 27 Madras, 74 Magazines, 508 Malacca, 26,104 Malays, 46£27 Man-eaters, 79 Mantchou-Chinese dynasty,... 34 Mantchouria, extent of, 113 Mantchou Tartary, 80,190 Maps, the Chinese, 33 Marine intelligence, 296 Marriage, 15,293,478 Meaou-isze, 32,38 Medhurst, Rev. Walter H 226 Metal types, for Chinese 414 Metempsychosis, 102 Meteorological averages, 491 Mezzabarba, a papal legate,... 443 Mignan's travels in Chaldea,.. 341 Milne, life of, 316 Military school, 511 Minerals, 41 Missions, Christian, 497 Missionaries, labors of, 268 Mohammedans, 6,42 Moluccas, 204,243,510 Mongolia, 117 Monotheism derided, 331 Monument, a celebrated, 449 Moors in Siam, 46 Mountains of China, 40 Mountains of Mantchouria,.... 116 Mountains of Soungaria, 172 Mountains of Tibet, 178 Murders, 160,295,382 Mutiny of the Bounty, 7(J NAMES, varieties in,. 494 Nam-oh, harbor of, 93 Nanking, 124 Natural history, 470 Neumann's catechism 285 New year, offices closed at,.... 424 Neyoor in Southern India,.... 78 New Zealand 507 Notitia Linguee Sinicse, 152 OBEDIENCE to God,... 102 Opium, angelic remedy for... 295 Opium, 31,159 Oriental Christian Spectator,.. 2(J Oroumtchi, 117,170 Osbeck at Canton, 209 PAGODA, 6,l(i7,'321 Pagoda, porcelain, 957 Palankins, 2J9 VI I \ Ii K X . Patronage, governmental, 423 Pawnbrokers, 384 Peace 68, universal, 280 Peacock, u. s. frigate, 296 Pechihle, gulf of,' 35 Peguans in Siam, 45 Pei-ho, river, 38,131 Peking 208,234 Penang, 283 People, umprivileged, 382 Persecutions, 100,435 Phra klang, minister of state,.. 19 Phrases in public documents,. 511 Physicians, 383,261 Picture, a dark one, 191 Piracy, 159,248,381 Poetical dictionary, 470 Policy of the Chinese, 485 Politeness, 309 Poppy, the cultivation of, 511 Population of Peking, 256 Population of the Chinese Em- pire, 345,385 Population of Macao 404 Portuguese in Siam, 22 Portugusse in China, 398 Prayer of Taoukwang, 236 Prayer at the tombs,. 202 Press at Malacca, 106 Priest, the murder of a, 100 Priests of Taou and Budha, 262,306 Printing, notices of, 414 Proclamations, 460,503 Provinces, the eighteen, 36 Provision for the poor, 503 Property, insecurity of, 332 Prosecute, an invitation to.... 294 Pulo Way, 87 Pulo Condore, 88 Punishments, 264,309,486 QUEEN of heaven, 59,99,122 Queen of earth, 108 REBELLION at Leenchow, notices of. . 29,78,111,158,900,246,291,470 Rebellion in Formosa, progress of, 342,380,423,471 Religion, its influence, 147 Religion ot' my father, 452 Repudiation of a wife, 81 R.evenue, 12,159 Review of Ren-iu'lot, 6,45. Review of Lo Mingchfc's map, »Ul.'U7f K.-vion- of yoyajros to Siam,. . . 'rd ; of taking water into his mouth and spurting forth fire ; of knotting rushes and converting them into cattle, &c.; and these reports are communicated in the official dis. patches to the emperor. It is added, that there is among the rebels a female general, who has sent her sister to be married to one of the rebel chiefs, on the frontiers of Canton. Cliaou is clothed in a yellow janket, and an emblaz'oned under-dress, on which are embroidered the three words, Kin lung Wang, 'the Golden dragon King.' The chief rebels of the Yaou tribes are clothed in yellow riding jackets ; the rest have red cloth turbans. They all can perform de- moniacal arts, but with unequal suc- cess.—Such is the simple tale of the lieut.-governor to the emperor, and to this he adds,—" But there are none of the Triad Society among them." To this part of the memorial, the Emperor replies in his own hand-writ- ing, with the vermilion pencil, "De- moniacal arts are words which should never appear in a memorial to me. And how know you certainly that there are none of the Triad Society among them? Hereafter, when they are annihilated, and it is found out that there were Triad banditti among them, what will you do! Where will you hide yourself on the earth!" The lieutenant-governor represents the hills as covered with snow in February; the cold intense; and the passes impracticable. There were not troops enough in the neighborhood to act against the mountaineers, who could easily run away, but there was no pursuing them. However, since that, the rebels have been the pur- suers; and the imperial troops have been defeated repeatedly, with the loss of a great many officers, guns, and ammunition. Among the killed is Haelingah. thetetuh or Commander- in-chief of the province of Hoonan. The progress of the rebels has been rapid, and they have possessed them- selves of four large towns, besides several smaller ones. One town they plundered of the treasure and grain laid up in it, and then set fire to the public offices. But the people, who arc not found in arms against them, have in no case received any injury or insult. The rebel leader is said to have even issued manifestoes, declaring that he wars only with the armed servants of the government, and intends no harm to any besides. The rebels have received one or two severe repulses. Loo Kwan, the Governor of Hookwang, having advanced towards the scene of the contest, accompanied by Lo Szekcu, the tetuh of Hoopih, to supply the place of the deceased Haelingah, their joint efforts obtained temporary victory for the imperial arms. The vanquished rebels retired abruptly to their mountains, which was attributed, for a time, to fear. But their speedy return to the war, with increased ardor and fury, proved the fallacy of that supposition. Among the prisoners fallen into the hands of the govern- ment are a son and brother of Chaou Kinlung; to rescue whom, a vigorous sally has been made, which though it proved unsuccessful, was not re- linquished, till many of the imperial troops had been slain. Loo Kwan and Lo Szekeu have been highly praised by the emperor, for the check (brief as it was) which they had given to the insurgents: but they are, at the same time, reduced to the situation of secondaries; direction of the war being given to Kingshan, gene- ral of the Mantchou troops in Hoo- pih province. DEATH OF GENERAL HAELINOAH, the tetuh of Hoonan. This Tartar officer fell into a snare which rebel treachery had laid for him. The Golden Dragon, having heard of the situation and circumstances of the general, sent some of his cleverest people to feign themselves villagers, who desired re. lief from the rebels, and to offer them- selves as guides to the imperial army among the hills. The general believed these deceivers, and moved forward, with a detachment, eight pieces of artillery, ammunition, stores, and mo- ney for the purchase of provisions. When they had reached a place con- venient for the enemy, the rebels, who lay in ambush, fell upon them sudden- ly, and shot, at the first unset, the general and upwards of twenty offi- cers. They killed, also, a few scores of the soldiers; and seized the guns, 1832. 31 Journal of Occurrences. ammunition, &c. The general's re- mains were afterwards obtained :— Ills left arm was cut off; his eyes both dug out; his head clove in two; and he had a sword-cut on his forehead. Licut.-general Ma fell at the same time; his body was found, without its head.—The emperor, while he blames the precipitancy of these two officers, directs posthumous honors to be conferred on them and others who fell with them. He also directs that rewards be given to the families of the slain, in consideration of their having suffered in the service of the country. The emperor Kanghe carried on an exterminating war against the mountaineers now up in rebellion, and was at last obliged to dt;sist, without effecting his purpose. It is rumored that Taoukwang has declared it his re- sol i il ion, to use every effort to put the whole race of Yaou-jin to the sword. So that some look forward to a long continuance of bloodshed, and all the miseries attendant on such operations. The only necessary of life for which the Yaou-jin are dependant on the Chinese is salt, and this they are said to have been laying up largely for some years. Government has direct, ed its servants to say as little as pos- sible, publicly, about these rebels, the preparation of troops, &e. And many of the people are afraid to speak or write to their friends, upon such matters. Some of his majesty's pri. vates have pleaded filial piety, as a set-off against military duty; and re- presented that they are only sons of aged mothers, whom they cannot leave. About a score of these pol- troons were punished with twenty blows, and dismissed the army. OPIUM IN THE ARMY. Of a thousand men sent by the governor of Canton, to act against the rebels, the com- manding officer has sent back two hundred, rendered totally unfit for active service, by the habit of opium- smoking. PEKING. In the northern division of the city, a secret soi-jety, called the 'Wonderful association,' has been discovered. The head of the combi- nation sent thither an old man, in the humble ga.b of a manure-gatherer, which is con idercd the meanest oc- cupation in China. But this degraded person had money, which he dis- tributed to poor soldiers, and peo- ple in distress, in order to win their affections, and induce them to enter the Wonderful association, by taking certain prescribed oaths. Wang laou- tow-tsze, or old King, as the man was called, had an associate named Tang I'li.urh, who,having in his hand some defect of old standing, which disabled him from opening his fin- gers, pretended there was some- thing wonderful in this, and was in consequence called, the "Lion, the recumbent Budha." The associates were to enter Peking, the first moon of the present year, to join their bro- thers there. But the plan being dis- covered, old King and the Lion were, by last accounts, both in custody. Two other associations of a similar nature arc now before the criminal courts, at Peking, but no decision having yet been passed, we are un- able to give the particulars. FAMINE. In consequence of tho extensive inundations of last autumn, many towns and villages, in the pro. vinces of Ganhwuy, Kcangse, Hoo- pih, and ChfikeSng, are now suffering for want of food. In the three former of those provinces, the emperor has directed a remission of a portion of this year's taxes, on the suffering towns. He has also commanded that the starving people be supplied from the imperial stores, both with rice for their present wants, and with seed to sow. These presents are not always wholly gratuitous; restoration is usually required, as soon as a better harvest gives the poor people power to do so. A similar boon has been request, ed on behalf of Clie'ke&ng.'which was also afflicted with drought and in. undation. COCIIINCHINA. Accounts have been received of a rather serious affray on the borders of Cochinchina, in Tae- ping foo, on the southern frontier of Kwangse province. It was occasion, cd by a dispute about some coal-pits in that neighborhood; the result was unfavorable to the Chinese govern- ment party. Two officers, civilians, and about a hundred soldiers were killed. The licut..governor of Kwang- se has written to liis superior, go- vernor Le of Canton, and has at the same time sent a detachment of troops to suppress ihc rioters, 32 Journal of Occurrences. These people are said to be con- nected with 24 districts of barbarous Meaoutsze, who yield a very partial obedience to the Chinese govern- ment, and who are quite similar to the Yaou-jin, of whom we have al- ready given some account. Du Halde-gives a very tolerable description of these Meaoutsze, but does not explain the meaning of their name, for which his English translator reproves him, and tells his reader that Meaoutsze means the offspring of cats. In this, however, he is quite mis. taken, and had better have left his reader to grope in the dark as Du Halde did, than so mislead him. The word Meaou denotes a plant springing from the earth; to bud forth; and perhaps, in its connection with these mountaineers, the term may denote, that they are the abo- rigines, the natives of the soil. ROBBERY. The imperial stores at Peking have been robbed of 222 cases of vermilion, weighing 11,090 catties. A strict inquiry is instituted. RETIREMENT op AGED STATESMEN. Chin Jo-lin, President of the Crimi- nnl Tribunal being aged and infirm, is commanded by the Emperor to retire. He is permitted to carry with him his original rank. This person once begged his bread in the streets of Canton. Ho had an early education and inherited a good patrimony, which he squan- dered in vicious courses, and reduced himself to the actual want of food; for his friends forsook him in the day of his calamity. The manager of a band of play-actors took a fancy to his appearance, and wished him to appear on the stage. He declined this, but became an assistant to the ma. nager, for a few years, and obtained a little money to appear at the public examinations. He was sucessful and rose rapidly to the rank of Han. tin, and from thence he entered on the civil service. In Canton province, the scene of his early debauchery and disgrace, he afterwards appeared as criminal judge, and then as fooyucn. Ho afterwards became the governor of the two 'Lake provinces,* i. e. Hoopih and Hoonan. And eventually he settled down in Peking as a president of the Hanlin yuen. Our native correspondent remarks that. Chin JS-lin, in the course of his life, has experienced the vicissitudes of bitterness and joy. In this world ge- nerally, when a man's destinies have run their round, he ought to perform appropriate duties, and leave the rest to the decree of Heaven. Whether a man have adversity or prosperity does not depend on his own schemes. It is nnl »y force that he can get rid of ad. v,;rsity; nor can he by covetous wishes attain prosperity. So moralizes our heathen friend. He refers all to a mysterious course in nature; the revolution of events, a numerical destiny. The government of an infinitely wise and just God, the mercy and grace of the Father of the Universe, are ideas which have no place in his mind. Another aged minister, Sun Urh. chun, for several years governor of Fuhkefin and Chekeang, has also re- tired, on account of illness. Having been very successful in quelling in- surrections on the island of Formosa, His Majesty, after some hesitation, has allowed him to retire, with very high honors—He is since dead, and additional posthumous titles have been conferred. 26th. As the reports, respecing the insurgents, continue unfavor- able to the Government party, it is expected that governor Le will soon repair to the seat of war in command of a body of 2000 men, who have already been ordered to proceed thither. The continuance of this war is considered very injurious to the inland trade of Canton, as it hinders all business between this city and the mer- chants of Szechuen, Yunnan, and Kweichow. Arrival of new officers. The new poochingsze, Keih-hanr;, and the foo-tootung, or licut.-general of the Tartar troops, Yuhwan, lately arrived to take possession of their new offices. The arrival of Yang Chinlin, the new anch&sze is daily expected. THE CHIN ESEREPOSI TORY VOL. I.—CAIVTON, JUNE, 1832.—No. 2. REVIEW. Ta Tsiiig Wan-neen Yih-tung King-wet Yu-too,—"A general geographical map, with degrees of latitude and longitude, of the Empire of the Ta Tsing Dynasty—may it last for ever." By LE MINGCHE TSINGLAE. THE vast dominions of the Mantchou-Chinese, comprising many kingdoms, formerly distinct and independent, which, long ere Europe had emerged from the darkness and ignorance of the middle ages, were far advanced in civilization and the arts, present a wide field for the researches of the geographer, the virtuoso, or the grammarian. It is in the first of these charac- ters, that we will now endeavor to trace, on the map before us, the boundaries and divisions of this great and most ancient empire. Thanks to the labors of the Catholic missionaries, who preceded us at a time when more liberty was granted to the "sons of the Western Ocean," and to whom the Chinese are indebted for whatever systematic knowledge of geography they possess, our task is comparatively easy. In the present confined situation of foreigners in China we can be exp c ed to add but little to the geographical information already within reach of the scholars of Europe and America. Our object is sim- ply to place in the hands of our readers, in an English dress, that knowledge which now lies amost concealed, in the ponderous folios and quartos of France, or in the multitudinous volumes of bare compilation, to which the present talent of China is confined. Le Mingche, more generally called Lo Tsinglno, author of the map of which the title is given at the head of this article, is a priest of the Taou sect, and a native of Canton. His astronomical and geographical studies were prosecuted for some ye us, we have understood, under an E iropoan residing in the interior of China; and the fruit of thum has been givun to the E 34 Possessions of tfie JUNE, world in a treatise on these sciences, first published in 1820, in three volumes, which have been since increased to five. He was also, we believe, chiefly employed in compiling the maps for the Kwangtung Tung Che, or general Statistical Account of Kwangtung province,—a large and voluminous work, which, was published in 1822, under the direction of Yuen Yuen, formerly many years governor of Canton, and a patron of our author. Le Tsinglae, who, from his works, appears to possess considera- ble talent, and a mind superior to the generality of his country- men, is now residing in a sequestered country place, a few miles from Canton. The map before us was published, we think, in 1825 or 1826. It evinces, by the rough manner in which it is drawn up, the very partial advances made by the Chinese in the art of chorography. All that they know of the subject has been de- rived, indeed, from the Catholic missionaries; but they have followed the instructions of their barbarian te ichers, only so far as they themselves thought proper. They have been taught by them the doctrine of the earth's globular form; the conse- quent system of spherical projection; the use of latitude and longitude, in order to ascertain the exact situation of places; and the method of finding the same by observation and calculation. These have been adopted by the Chinese, and with very great advantage. But devoid of all neatness of execution, their maps present a rough, unfinished appearance; the coasts are badly described, and afford no guide to the navigator; islands are crowded together,—a large number being roughly supplied by only three or four, of a size wholly disproportionate to their real extent,—or they are entirely omitted. Very little regard is paid to the relative distances of places, so that a town, situated on the bank of a river, may be placed, on paper, at a distane from it of several miles. And the courses of rivers, however small they may actually be, are invariably described by two lines, at some distance from each other, thereby si crowding the map, as to leave little room for names of places, which in Chinese characters occupy considerable space. Yet, notwith- standing all these disadvantages, the map before us is of value, inasmuch as it affords a very complete outline of the Chinese empire, on a large scale; and as a native work, is inferior only to a valuable MS. atlas, contained in the Chinese library of the Honorable Company, at Canton. The explanatory and descrip- live observations, which fill up the unoccupied corners, are useful, and serve to enable the inquirer more readily to trace the several divisions of the empire. The present possessions of China, or of the Mantchou-Chinese dynasty, far exceed the extent of the empire under any previous reign. From the outer Hing-an ling, or Daourian Mountains, on the north of Mantchou, to the soul hern poinl of the island of Hainan, the greatest breadth is ah nil forty degrees. And the 1832. reigning Chinese dynasty. 35 utmost length, from the wintry island of Saghalien, on the N. E., to the most western bend of the Belur chain, in Turkestan, is about seventy-seven degrees. These positions, occupying si> large a portion of Asia, and in extent inferior only to (he vast dominions of Russia, may be classed under three principal di- visions, viz.; I. China Proper, or the empire as it existed under the Ming dynasty, which ruled in China from 1368, until the Mantchou conquest, in 1644. II. Mantchou, or, as it has been lat inized, Mantchouria, the native country of the reigning dynasty: and III. The Colonial possessions of China, in Mongolia, Soun- gariu, and East Turkestan, to which may be added Tibet, and the several tribes bordering on Szechuen and Kansuh. CHINA. PKOPER is the largest, and in every respect the most important of these three divisions. Its name China, used among foreigners, seems derived from Tsin, the name borne by the first dynasty that obtained universal dominion over the various king- doms of which China was formerly composed. It was, probably, when Tungking, Cochinchina, and the neighboring countries were subdued, and forcibly colonized, by the arms of this dynasty, that the name was spread throughout the Indo-Chinese nations, and thence found its way over India and Persia, to the countries of the west. This supposition, respecting the derivation of the name China, is rendered more probable, from the fact that, while, from time immemorial, the country has been called Chung Kwo, 'the Middle Country,' it has also received, under each succeeding age, the name of the dynasty then reigning. And, though among the Chinese the name of Tsin has not, like the more glorious and less tainted names of Han and Tang, been adopted by the people as their own perpetual designation; yet, having once obtained circulation among the surrounding countries, by the splendid victories of its founder, it would not with them be so readily lost as in China. China is situated betweeeu 18 and 41 degrees N. lat., and be- tween about 98 and 123 degrees Ion. E. from Greenwich. Its es- timated extent is about 1,298,000 square miles, while the estimate for the whole empire is 3,010,400, or something more than the total extent of Europe. The northern boundary of China is t'le Great Wall, by which it is separated, on that side from the desert lands of the Mongol tribes, and from the scarcely less dreary country of the Mantchous; on the east, the gulf of Pe- chelee, (called in Chinese Puh-hae), the Eastern ocean, and the Formosa channel, wash the rocky coast, and receive the waters of several large rivers; on the south, the China sea is thickly studded with barren islands, the resort of desperate pirates; and on the west, several barbarous frontier tribes stand between the ancient empires of China and Tibet; while the southwestern 36 Possessions of the JUNK, provinces are conterminous with the foreign kingdoms of Ton. qnin, Cochinchina, Burmah, and the half-conquered Laos. Divisions. The whole country is divided into eighteen pro- vinces, which are usually aranged by the Chinese in the follow- ing order:—Chihle, Shantung, Shanse, and Honan, on the north; Keaogsoo, Ganhwuy Keangse, Chekeang, and Fuhkeen, on the eaft; Hoopih and Hoonan, in the middle; Shense, Kansuh, and Szechuen on the west; and Kwangtung, Kwangse, Yunnan, and Kweichow, on the south. Of the above provinces, Keangsoo and Ganhwuy were formerly united under the name of Keang- nan; Hoopih and Hoonan were together denominated Hoo- kwang; and Kansuh formed part of the province Shense. Un- der the present dynasty, these have been separated. Other pro- vinces have been greatly increased in extent.—Kansuh has been made to stretch far out, beyond the limits of China proper,— across the desert of Gobi, to the confines of Soungaria, on the N. W., and to the borders of Tibet, on the west; Szechuen, al- ready the largest province of the empire, has extended its govern- ment over the tribes commonly called Sifan and Turfan, lying between that province and Tibet; and Fuhkeen has long in- cluded within its boundaries part of the fertile island of Formosa. These and other changes in the divisions of the country, accom- panied by the active, emigrating .spirit of the people, which in a few years renders these newly attached colonies wholly Chinese, must soon require a change of the European designation and limits of "China Proper." The Coast of China is in general bluff and rocky; the chief exception being the southern part of Chihle, which, on the other hand, presents to the eye an almost unvaried sandy flat, Tcentsin foo, on the Pih ho, or White river, is the only part of this province, and is inacessible to vessels of heavy burden. L'ghtcr ussels can enter the river, only by being towed over the sands which lie at its mouth.—The promontory of Shantung is equally inaccessible, from its ruggedness. It possesses but a few good harbors, and many Chinese junks are annually dashed to pieces on its shores.—Keangsoo is easy of approach: but though the two largest rivers of China, the Yellow river, and the Yangtsze keang, both disembogue themselves into the sea within its confines, yet it possesses but one good port, which is Shanghae hee'n, near the frontiers of Chekeang. For, the Yellow river, in its rapid progress to the sea, carries along with it large quantities of sand and clay, which being lodged at a short distance from its mouth, forms one of the worst dangers that coasting junks have to pass betwen Amoy and Tee'ntsin. And the Yangtsze keang, stopped in its more gradual passage by rocks and islands which almost block up its entrance, creates, by the accumulation of sand, a bar insurmounlahle even to ves- sels of small burden.—The coasts of Chekeang and Fuhkeen 1832. reigning Chinese Dynasty. 37 broken into numerous capes and promontories, and everywhere indented by bays and rivers, are throughout very rocky, with few sands or flats. The Chusan (or Chowshan) Archipelago, near the northern extremity of Chekeang, is extensive, occupying a space of nearly 30 miles, and possessing many safe anchorages. The Formosa channel, between the mainland of Fuhkeen and the island of Taewan or Formosa, is dangerous and difficult of navigation. The western coast of that island is surrounded with rocks and quicksand?, which render its fine harbors almost useless, except to junks of very small tonnage. The eastern parts, which a'e still possessed by the uncivilized abo- rigines, are in consequence little known.—The dangers of the Canton coast consist rather in sands and flats, than in rocks; though the rugged islands which appear along its whole breadth are numerous. There are many good anchorages for small vessels, and several safe harbors; but the island of Hainan, near the southwestern extremity of the province, is surrounded like Formosa, by many dangers, both from rocks and sands. The narrow strait which separates Hainan from the mainland is, probably, the place called by the Mohammedans of the 8th and 9th centuries, ' the Gates of China.' Rivers. It is the glory of the Chinese that their country is rich- Iv watered, and that, by means of rivers, lakes, and canals, com. municixtion is rendered easy between all its provinces. Of all subjects of geography, whatever relates to the rivers of the country, they consider as the most interesting, and consequently give it the greatest attention. Yet, for a very long period the source of the Yellow river remained unknown to them, and com- paratively modern Chinese writers have declared it impossible to ascertain its real origin. The Hwang ho, or Yellow river, is the "t celebrated river of China, though in extent it is inferior to .ue Yangtsze keang. It rises in the Singsuh hae, or sea of Stars, in the Mongol district of Koko-nor, which lies between Tibet and the province of Kansuh. Tlience, it touches Szechuen, on its progress to Kansuh, through which it passes in a northeast direc- tion to Shense. In Shense it takes a course more directly north, and passes out into the territories of the Ortous Mongols. But Laving approached the limits of the desert of Gobi, it returns in a southerly direction, and forms a boundary between the pro- vinces of Shense and Slianse, till it reaches nearly the latitude of its source. It then turns eastward, and passes through Ho- nan, Shantung, and Keangsoo, to the sea, which it reaches after a course of about 2000 miles. The Yangtsze keang, or "Child of the Ocean," which Eu- ropeans have erroneously denominated the Kian-ku and the Blue river, is o'herwise called by the Chinese Ta-keang, the Great river. It rises in Tsing hae or Koko-nor, some degrees be- yond the source of the Yellow river, which it passes, within the distance of 30 miles, on its way towards Szechuen. It 38 Possessions of the JUNK, is here called the Muhloosoo,but soon after entering Szechueu, it takes the name of Kin.sha, 'golden-sanded,' which it bears in its passage southward through Yunnan, and again north through those parts of Szechuen which are inhabited by sub. dued Meaoutsze. It afterwards takes the well-known names of Great river and Y.ingts/.e kcang, which it retains in its ma- jestically rapid and serpentine course, through Szechuen, Hoo- pih, the northern extremity of Keangse, Ganhwuy, and Xeang. soo, to the sea. This river, from its almost cenrral course and the number of provinces though which it passes, has been termed 'the girdle of China,' and has given rise to the common expressions north of the river, south of the river, and beyond the river.* The river next in size to the Hwang ho and Yangtsze keang, is the Se keang or Western river, which rises in the mountains of Yunnan, and passing under various names through that province and the adjoining one of Kwangso, enters Kwangtung, where it unites with the Pih keang, or Northern river, and with a minor stream, at Sinshwuy, or «the Three streams,' a little to the west of Canton. A great number of small rivers and channels then carry its waters to the sea.—The Pih ho, or Pei ho, in Chihle province, is a river of some importance.—The Meinarn kom, or river of Camboja, and the Salween or Maraban river, both of which pass through China, are also worthy of mention. The former of these rises in Koko-nor, not far from the source of the Yellow river, and passes under the names of Sa-tsoo and Lan- tsang, through Yunnan, into the country of the Laos, where it receives the name of Kew-lung. Thence it flows through Cam- boja, to the sea, at Mitho. The Salween rises likewise in Koko-nor, and passes under the names of Noo and Loo through the province of Yunnan, whence it enters Burmah, and forms the boundary between that country and the Laos tribes, in its progress to the sea at Martaban. Even among the tributaries of the two great rivers of China, many rivers may be found of cansiderable lengjh, and some scarcely inferior to the largest rivers of Europe. At the head of these are the Han-shwuy, which, rising in the mountains beiwoen Shense and Kansuh, empties itself into the Yangtsze keang at Hanyang foo, in Hoopih,—and the Yalung keang, which rises in Koko-nor, and after running for some time nearly parallel with the Yangtsze keang, empties itself into that river on the borders of Szechuen and Kansuh. Many others of minor importance might be enumerated; but we leave them to be in- troduced in a more particular description of the several provinces of China. The Grand Canal, in Chinese Yun ho, or 'the Transit river,' is of much more importance to the inland trade than either 'The last of those expressions is very commonly applied to north.country men, but the other two are not now often heard. 1832. reigning Chinese dynasty. 39 of the two great rivers of China.* It is cut through that vast plain, which extends from Peking, over the southern districts of Chihle, part of Shantung, and the whole breadth of Keangsoo, to Hungchow loo, in Chekeang. This stupendous canal, which was dug by command of one of the emperors of the Mongol dynasty (Yuen), at the close of the 13th, or com- mencement of the 14th century, joins together the rivers Hwang; ho and Yangtsze keang, at a point near their mouths at v hich they are not above 100 miles apart. It does not, as seems implied in the description given of it by Grosier, and after him by Malte-Brun, extend from Peking to ('union; being but a portion of the almost wholly uninterrupted communication, which exists between those two places. Were it not that the Yang, tsze keang and the Che keang meet other streams in the pro- vlnce of Keangse which conduct to the borders of Kwangtung, the works of communication would be but half completed by the Grand Canal; which could not have been cut with the same ease through the hilly regions of Chekeang, Keangse, and Kwangtung, as through the marshy plains of Keangsoo, or the sandy flats of Chihle. There are many other minor canals throughout the empire, but none of them are of any considerable note. The Lakes of China are chiefly found in the central and eastern provinces,—along the majr-stic course of the Yangtsze keang, or spread over the level country of Keangsoo. The largest of these lakes are the Tung-ting hoo, the Po.yang hoo, the Tae hoo, and the Hungtsih hoo. The Tungting hoo, in Huonan, is said to be 220 miles in circumference. It re- ceives the waters of several southern rivers, which* rising in Kwangse and Kweichow, find their way through this lake to the Yangts/.e keang. From the eastern side of the Tung-ting hoo to the city of Woochang foo, over an area of about 200 miles east and west, by 80 north and south, the course of the Yangtsze keang lies between a great number of lakes almost touching one another; which circumstance gives to the provinces Hoopih and Hoonan their names, meaning uorth and south of the lakes.—The Poyang, in Keangse, is of less extent; but, like the Tung-ting it receives four large rivers, and discharges their waters into the Yangtsze keang. The tides reach partially to this lake, though above 300 miles distant from the sea, and it is subject to severe tempests, which render its na- vigation dangerous. The scenery of the surrounding country is pleasing and romant c, the favorite seat of the Chinese /• * The Yellow river, which by its frequent inundations appears to be more injurious than useful to the country, cannot, in consequence of its very rapid course, be at all navigated; and even to cross from one side of it to another, is frequently attended with difficulty and danger. On the Yang. is/.c. keang, trade is far more practicable, and is carried on to considerable fXtent; but strong and protracted ebb tides with short floods, render the navigation of it also difficult. 40 Possessions of the JUNE, poetic muse.—The Tae hoc, though it is also connected with the Yangtsze keang, does not, like the two preceding lakes, discharge its waters into that river; on the contrary, it seems probable that the lake is chiefly supplied hy the river, in its ap- proach towards the sea. It is situated in the beautiful and well-watered plain which lies between the cities of Soochow foo in Keangsoo, and Hangchow foo in Chekeang,—a district considered by the Chinese as a perfect terrestrial paradise. The borders of the lake are skirted by very romantic scenery of hill and dale, and the broad expanse of water is broken by several hilly islets.—The Huug-tsih hoo, in Keangsoo, is greatly in- ferior in beauly of scenery to the other lakes. It receivtsthe waters of the Hwae river before entering the Hwang ho; and is closely connected with so many lakes of smaller size, as to render the surrounding country the most marshy district in the empire. The situation is near the junction of the Grand canal and Yellow river, a place of considerable importance, owing both to its being a great thoroughfare, and to the large quantities of salt that are obtained from the neighboring marshes.— Besides these four principal lakes, there are also several large lakes in (Jhihle, Shantung, and Ganhwuy ; and one or two of considerable extent in Yunnan. Mountains. China is generally speaking a mountainous country. The only very flat provinces are Chihle, Keangsoo, and part of Ganhwuy. Chihle is low and sandy; Keangsoo is almost an entire plain, intersected in every direction by rivers, lakes and canals; and Ganhwuy has but few mountains. The province of Keang- se is adorned with many beautiful vallies. In China there are two principal chains of mountains, one in the S. E. the other in the N. W.—The southeastern range ex- tends in broken chains over the provinces of Yunnan and Kwei- chow; thence it stretches eastward, separating the provinces of Kwangse and Kwangtung (or Canton) on the south, from those of Keangse and Hoonan, on the north. Frcm Kwangtung the chain takes a northeastern direction, through Fuhkeen and part of Chekeang, in the latter of which it terminates.* This range is difficult of access; and frequently surrounds elevated and comparatively level tracts of land, occupied from time imme- morial, by an uncivilized but independent race of men, known under the general name of Meaoutsze. These people have their chief seats between Kwangse and Kweichow. Some are scattered over those two provinces, as well as over Yunnan and * Malte-Brun, whose variety of collected matter respecting China we have found very useful, blended also with a large portion of error, gays that this chain is called the Mangian and Mangi, the name of southern China. The words here meant, we suppose to be Man-e, southern bar- barians, a term which might have been still sometimes used by the proud Mongols in the time of Marco Polo (who first spoke of the Manj); but which has been long since disused in this country, and applied only to the inhabitants of the Indian Archipelago. U)32. reigning Clunrsc Dynasty. 41 Specimen; where they lives peaceably, in dor the government of tlieir own officers, subject to the conlrol of the Chinese. Others range at liberty their native mountains, governed by princes, who are either of their own choosing, or are hereditary among them. Of the latter class is the tribe called Yaou-jin, occupying the hills between Kwangtung, Kwangse, and lloonan, which h;is lately joined with secret associations of Chinese, to attack the surrounding country, and aim at the imperial throne. The king of this tribe is named La Tiluning, and is now a mure youth, under 20 years of ago. The mountainous range in the northwest, Malte-Brun supposes to consist, not so much of regular chains, as of a succession of terraces or table-lands. These mountains first appear in Sze- chuen, whence th^y extend, in irregular ranges, over great part of the provinces of Kanssih and Siiense, both on the north and south of the Yellow river. In Shense tho chain divides; and one branch occupies the extensive plateau formed by the great northern h?ni of the Yellow river; while the other stretches eastward into H >nan, till it again meets that river, after its return southward fron Mongolia. The chain being here more broken and less elevated than in the other provinces, no ob- stacle is presented to the progress of that great river towards the sea; hut on the north of it, the chain assumes a more regular apj>e.;rance; and running up between the province of Shanse and C.iihle, is mot at its termination by a portion of the Great wall. Thsre is a considerable break between this part of the chain, and what is considered as the continuation of it in Mongolia. Of the southeastern range of mountains, thr; Mailing, cele- brated for the road cut over it, between the provinces of Kwang- tung and Kearigse, has alone been examined by Europeans. Its prevailing rocks appear to be gneiss and quartz. The western parts of the China, in Kwangse, Yunnan, and Kwei- chow are, probably, richer in minerals than any other portion of China. They possess gold, silver, iron, tin, and copper mines, in many places; also cornelians, jasper, rubies, and beautiful marbles in Yunnan. Gold and silver exist, likewise, to some extent, in Szechuen, Kwangtung, and Keiingse ; and to a smaller extent in Hoopih and Fuhkeen. Iron and lead are found more or less in all the southern provinces. Mercury is obtained, chief- ly in Szechuen and Kweichow. And there are a few coal-mines in Kwangtung.—The mountains of the north appear to be leas abundant in minerals ; but iron and tin are obtained to a small amount in most provinces. The yuh stone or jade is found in Sli :iise, Shanse, and Honan; the cornelian in Ciiihle. There are marble quarries, in Ganhwuy, Shantung, and Shanse; and th TO are extensive "coal pits, in the southern portion of C'lihle, in S'lansc, and also, to -i very limited extent, in Shantung, KeiinKoo. and Ifonan. 42 Mohammedans in China. JUNE, We have thus given a slight sketch of ' the Middle Country,' or what is commonly called China Proper. We shall next proceed to describe Mantchoiiria; and afterwards the colonial possessions of China. If we are found frequently to differ from more able geographers, it must be remembered that the subject is little known even to the best-informed Europeans; and that we have therefore followed Chinese in preference to foreign authorities. (To lie concluded in the next number.) Ancient account of India and China, by tiro Mohammedan traoekrs, who went to those parts in the 9th century; trans, laled from the Arabic by the late learned EUSEBIUS REN- AUDor. With notes, illustrations, and inquiries by the same hand. London, printed for Sam. 11 irding. MDCCXXXHI. (Continued from page 15.) WE have already alluded to the papers appended to the work under review; one of these is an inquiry into the time when the Mohammedans first came to China; another, is con- cerning the Jaws, and a third is concerning the origin of the Christian religion, in this country. We shall briefly notice each of these topics, which may be again introduced and discussed in future numbers of this work. Referring I hen to the question,— At what time, and in what way did the Mohammedans first enter China ?—we quote from Renaudot: "It is lli« belief of many that Ihc Mohammedans went first to China by land, and that the track pursued by some modern travelers, ough to point out to us the road the ancients may have taken. Marco Polo, say they, went into China by the way of Tartary; Mandeville almost trod in his very footsteps; Jenghiz khan, the first emperor of the Moguls, con- quered a part of China, and marched thereto from the ancient Mogulistan. or Turkestan; we have a Persian account of an embassy from a Tartar prince to the emperor of China, and this cmbassador went also by land; at the beginingof this century, Benet Goez, a Jesuit, traveled also from the Indies to Poking ; the fathers Grucber and Orville did. a few years ago, perform the same journev the Muscovite embassadors do when they go to China, and they even assure us, this route, which is riot always the same, is pretty well frequented by the caravans of the merchants of upper Asia. These different routes are pricked duwn in the map of Cathay, published by Kirchcr in his China Illusirata. "All these instances sufficiently prove, that we may go to China by land, and there is no doubt of it; but the way hold by a small number of travelers does not seem to prove that, for certain, the same was held by the caravans and merchants; which ought to have been the case, for such a number of Mohammedans to get into China that way. For, according to the old method ham- mcdans now in China; in the western parts of the empire their number is considerable, and everywhere they live unmolested in the exercise of their peculiar rites. Early in the last century their number was " computed at about five hundred thousand." From what is said of the Mohnmmivliins, Jews, Christians, and Parsecs who perished at Canfti, Renaudot discourses at length, and gives it as his opinion, that there is a great number of 44 Mohammedans in China. JUNE, Jews in China, and that they got into China as they did into all other parts of the East; and tie wishes Father Ricci or some other missionary had taken more pains to investigate the subject. We must have more information, before anything very satisfactory can be stated respecting the number or situation of the Jews in China, either at present or at any former period. The most recent testimony which we have on this subject is contained in Morrison's Journal, written while in the interior of China, from which we give the following passage. "October 10th, 1818.—Had a convesration with a Mohammedan gentleman, who informed me, that at Kaefung foo, in Ihe province of Honan, there are a few families denominated the Teaou-kin keaou, or 'the sect that plucks out the sinew,' from all the meat which they eat. They have a Le-pae sze, or house of worship; and observe the eighth day as a Sabbath." If there are Jews in China, living as a distinct sect, it would be interesting to learn their history ; and it is much to be desired that facts may be developed, which shall make us acquainted with the present condition of that scattered people. The subject is worthy of consideration; for if the casting away of them has been the riches of the Gentiles, what shall the receiving of them be but life from the dead? On the origin of the Christian religion in China our translator finds it inconvenient to expatiate; and the subject, also, he is compelled to leave quite in the dark. We will give in few words what seems to be the result of his inquiries. He discards the idea that St. Thomas ever visted China. "The first appearance of Christianity in China, (hat we know of, was in the year of Christ b'36; and this is what we gather from an inscription, whioh, in the year of Christ lu'25, was found at Si-gnan fii, Ihc capita! of the pro- vince of Chcnsi, delineated in Chinese characters, with sivjral lines of Syriac. As this Chinese and Svriac inscription is a monument of very great impor- tance, and the only certain thing of the kind hitherto discovered in this empire, it may not be amiss to explain the principal passages of it. You have a representative copy of this inscription and stone'in Father Kirchcr's China litiistratti, which he assures us is very exact; and Horning, and some other Protestants, who would have had it a forgery, without any the least ground, have been refuted by some of their own brethren, who have cooler heads, and more understanding." 'Let us now examine the Chinese part of this inscription according to the translation of some learned Jesuits. The first colum lays down the groundwork of the Christian faith,— the existence of a Godhead in three persons, the Crealorofall things. It is remarkable th:it these Syrians use the word Aloho (Jeho- vah);, which they did most certainly, because lh°y could find no word in the Chinese (ongue, to convey the idea Christians liiivc oT I lie (rue C!o 1. 'The second nrul third Columns continue to explain the mys- terv of the creation, tl.p full of the first man by the seduction of the Devil, who is mil; d S:i',an, a name quite foreign to the HU2. (hitzhijr* Juunnil. 4.~> Chinese tongue, The fourth explains the advent of Jesus Christ by his incarnation. In the snme column is (lie word Tacin, which must here signify Jui!a:a; and there is also a reference to the star in the east. Mention is also made of baptism, and of several ceremonies practiced by the Christians. In the srquel of this inscription, there is reference to thu preaching of the gospel in China; and it is said that in the time of Taizan-ven, a holy man called Olopuon or Lupi.en, came hither from Taqin, conducted by the blue cloud", and by observing the course of the winds.' Here we close our extracts from Rrnatldot; and with one or two remarks must leave the subject, uur limits not allowing us to say more. These Syrians seem to have been of the sect of the Neslorians ; and, entering the country in the seventh century, to have continued a succession of labors for three or four hundred years; but to make this matter perfectly satisfactory, much more ample testimony is needed. As a topic of coclesias- tiral history, this subject opens a wide range, nnd invites the attention of tho*:: who arc interested in such iniiuiries. Journal of a residence in Siam, and of a roynge along the coast of China to Mantchou Turtanj, by the Rev. CHAHLKS GUTZLAFF. (Continued from pnge 25.) GREAT numbers of (lie agriculturists in Sinm aro Peguans, or Mons (as they call themselves). This nfition was formerly governed by a king of its own, who waged war against the Burmans and Siamese, and proved successful. But having, eventually, been overwhelmed, alternately, by Burman and Siamese armies, the Peguans are now the slaves of both. They are a strong race of people, very industrious in their habits, open in their conversation, and cheer- ful in their intercourse. The new palace which the king of Siam has built, was principally erected by their labor, in token of the homage paid by them to the 'lord of the white elephant.' Their religion is the same with that of the Siamese. In their dress, the males conform to their masters ; but 4(5 (lulzliijff's Journal; Ji,'N$, the females let their hair grow, and dress different- ly from the Siamese women. Few nations are so well prepared for the reception of the gospel as this; but, alas! few nations have less drawn the attention of European philanthropists. The Siamese are in the habit of stealing Bur- mans, and making them their slaves. Though the English have of late interposed with some effect, they nevertheless delight in exercising this nefari- ous practice. There are several thousand Burmaris living, who have been enslaved in this way, and who are compelled to work harder than any other of his Majesty's subjects. They are held in the ut- most contempt, treated barbarously, and are scarce- ly able to get the necessaries of life. Perhaps no nation has been benefited by coming under the Siamese dominion, with the exception of the Malays. These Malays, also, are principally slaves or tenants of large tracts of land, which they cultivate with great care. They generally lose, as almost every nation does in Siam, their national cha- racter, become industrious, conform to Siamese customs, and often gain a little property. With the exception of a few hadjis, they have no priests; but these exercise an uncontrolled sway over their votaries, and know the art of enriching them- selves, without injury to their character as saints. These hadjis teach also the Koran, and have ge- nerally a great many scholars, of whom, however, few make any progress, choosing rather to yield to paganism, even so far as to throw off their turbans, than to follow their spiritual guides. There are also some Moors resident in the country, who are styled emphatically by the Siamese, Kah, strangers, and are mostly country-born. Their chief and Ins son Rasitty enjoy the highest honors with his Majesty ; the former being the medium of speech, whereby persons of inferior rank convey their ideas to the royal ear. As it is considered below the dignity of so high a potentate as his Siamese Ma- 1H32. Residtncc in Stum. 4? jesty, to speak the same language as his subjects huve adopted, the above-mentioned Moorman's of- fice consists in moulding the simplest expressions into nonsensical bombast, in order that the speech addressed to so mighty a ruler may l>ee(|ualto the eulogiurns bestowed upon Budha. Yet by being made the medium of speech, this Moor has it in his power to represent matters according to his own interest, and he never fails to make ample use of this prerogative. Hence no individual is so much hated or feared by the nobles, and scarcely any one wields so imperious a sway over the royal resolutions. Being averse to an extensive trade with Europeans, he avails himself of every opportunity to shackle it, and to promote intercourse with his own countrymen, whom he nevertheless squeezes whenever it is in his power. All the other Moormen are either his vassals or in his immediate employ, and may be said to be an organized body of wily constituents. They do not wear the turban, and they dispense with the wide oriental dress ; nor do they scruple even to attend at pagan festivals and rites, merely to con- ciliate the favor of their masters, and to indulge in the unrestrained habits of the Siamese. In the capacity of missionary and physician, I came in contact with the Laos or Chans, a nation scarcely known to Europeans. I learnt their language, which is very similar to Siamese, though the written cha- racter, used in their common as well as sacred books, differs from that of the Siamese. This nation, which occupies a great part of the eastern peninsula, from the northern frontiers of Siam, along Cambo- ja and Cochinchina on the one side, and Burmah on the other, up to the borders of China and Ton- quin, is divided by the Laos into Lau-pung-kau (white Laos), and Lau-pung-dam (black or dark Laos), owing partly to the color of their skin. These people inhabit mostly mountainous regions; cultivate the ground, or hunt; and live under the government of many petty princes, who are depend- 415 (jfuiztaff'^x Journal; JUNE, iuit on Siam, Burinali, Cochinchina, and China. Though their country abounds in many precious ar- ticles, and among them, a considerable quantity of gold, yet the people are poor, and live even more wretchedly than the Siamese, with the exception of those who are under the jurisdiction of the Chinese. Though they have a national literature, they are not very anxious to study it ; nor does it afford them a fountain of knowledge. Their best books are re- lations of the common occurrences of life, in prose; or abject tales of giants and fairies. Their religious books in the Pali language are very little under- stood by their priests, who differ from the Siamese priests only in their stupidity. Although their coun- try may be considered as the cradle of Budhism in these parts, because most of the vestiges of Samo Nukodum, apparently the first missionary of pagan- ism, are to meet with in their precincts; yet the temples built in honor of Budha, are by no means equal to those in Siain, nor are the Laos as super- stitious as their neighbors. Their language is very soft and melodious, and sufficiently capacious to express their ideas. The Laos are dirty in their habits, sportful in their temper, careless in their actions, and lovers of music and dancing in their diversions. Their organ, made of reeds, in a peculiar manner, is among the sweetest instruments to be met with in Asia. Under the hand of an European master, it would become one of the most perfect instruments in existence. Every noble maintains a number of dancing boys, who amuse their masters with the most awkward gestures, while music is playing in accordance with their twistings and turnings. The southern districts carry on a very brisk trade with Siarn, whither the natives come in long, nar- row boats, covered with grass; importing the pro- ductions of their own county, such as ivory, gold, tiger skins, aromatics, &c.; and exporting European and Indian manufactures, and some articles of Siamese 1832. Residence in Siam. 49 industry. The trade gave rise, in 1827, to a war with the Siamese, who used every stratagem to op- press the subjects of one of the Laos tributary chiefs, Chow-vin-chan. This prince, who was for- merly so high in favor with the late king of Siam, as to be received, at his last visit, in a gilded boat, and to be carried in a gilded sedan chair, found the exorbitant exactions of the Siamese governor on the frontier, injurious to the trade of his subjects and to his own revenues. He applied repeatedly, to the court at Bangkok for redress: and being unsuccessful, he then addressed the governor him. self: but no attention was paid to his grievances- He finally had recourse to arms, to punish the go- vernor, without any intention of waging war with the king, an event for which he was wholly un- prepared. His rising, however, transfused so ge- neral a panic among the Siamese, that they very soon marched en nuisse against him, and met with immediate success. From that moment the country became the scene of bloodshed and devastation. Paya-meh-tap, the Siamese commander-in-chief, not only endeavored to enrich himself with immense spoils, but committed the most horrible acts of cruelty, butchering all, without regard to sex or age. And whenever this was found too tedious, he shut up a number of victims together, and then either set fire to the house, or blew it up with gunpowder. The number of captives (generally country people), was very great. They were brought down the Meinam on rafts ; and were so short of provision, that the major part died from starvation : the remainder were distri- buted among the nobles as slaves, and were treated moro inhumanly than the most inveterate enemies; while imny of the f*ir sex were placed in the ha- rems of the king and his nobles. Forsaken by all his subjects, Chow-vin-chan fled with his family to one of the neighboring Laos chiefs ; in the meantime, the Cochinchinese sent an envoy to interpose with the Siamese commander-in- 50 Gufzlafs Journal; JUNE, chief on his behalf, he envoy was treacherously murdered by the Siamese, together with hie whole retinue, consisting of 100 men, of whom one only was suffered to return to give an account of the tragedy. Enraged at this breach of the law of na- tions, but feeling themselves too weak to revenge cruelty by cruelty, the Cochinchinese then sent an ambassador to Bangkok, demanding that the author of the murder should be delivered up; and, at the same time, declaring Cochinchina the mother of the Laos people, while to Siam was given the title of father. Nothing could be more conciliatory than the letter addressed on the occasion, to the king of Siam; but the latter refusing to give any decisive answer to this and other messages repeat- edly sent to him, himself dispatched a wily poli- tician to Hue, who, however, was plainly refused admittance, and given to understand that the kings of Siam and Cochinchina ceased henceforth to be friends. The king of Siam, who was rather intimi- dated by such a blunt reply, ordered his principal nobles and Chinese subjects to build some hundred war boats, after the model made by the governor of Ligore. But, whilst these war boats, or as they might be more appropriately called pleasure boats, were building, Chow-vin-chan, with his whole family, was betrayed into the hands of the Siamese. Being confined in cages, within sight of the instruments of torture, the old man, worn out by fatigue and hard treatment, died ; while his son and heir to the crown effected his escape. Great rewards were offered for the latter, and he was found out, and would have been instantly murdered, but climbing up to the roof of a pagoda, he remained there till all means of escape failed, when he threw himself down upon a rock, and perished. The royal race of this Laos tribe, Chan-Pung-dam, is now extinct, the coun- try is laid waste, the peasants, to the number of 100,000 have been dispersed over different parts of 1832. Residence in Si am. 51 Siatn; and the whole territory lias been brought, notwithstanding the remonstrances of the court of Hue, under the immediate control of the Siam- ese, who are anxious to have it peopled by other tribes. Those Laos nobles who yielded to the Siam- ese at the first onset, are at present kept confined in the spacious buildings of the Samplung pagoda, a temple erected by the father of Paya-meh-tap, on the banks of the Meinam, near the city of Bangkok. I paid them a visit there, and found them exceed- ingly dejected, but open and polite in their conver- sation. They cherish the hope that they shall be sent back to their native country, relying on the compas- sion of his Siamese Majesty, who forgives even when no offense has been given. Although the Laos, generally, are in a low state of civilization, yet there are some tribes, amongst their most inaccessible mountains, inferior even to the rest of the nation. One of the most peaceful of these are the Kalis. The Laos, imitating the Siamese, are in the habit of stealing individuals of this tribe, and bringing them to Bankok for sale. Hence I have been able to converse with some of the Kahs, who stated to me, that their countrymen live peaceably and without wants, on their mountains, cultivating just so much rice as is sufficient for their own use; and that they are without religion or laws, in a state of society not far superior to that of herding elephants. Nevertheless, they seem capable of great improvement, and under the hand of a patient minister of Christ, may be as much benefited by the divine Gospel, as have been the lately so savage inhabitants of Tahiti or Hawaii. Some Laos, who were sent by their chiefs, a few years ago, with a Chinese mandarin from the fron- tiers of China, appeared a superior class of people, though speaking the same language as the other tribes. They have been greatly improved by their intercourse with the Chinese, to whose emperor they are accustomed to send regular tribute, by the hands of an embassador. 52 Gutzlaft Journal; JUNE, Amongst the various races of people who inhabit Siam, there are also Kamehs or natives of Carnboja. This country, situated to the southeast of Siam, is doubtless of higher antiquity than any of the sur- rounding states. The name Camboja occurs in the Ramayana and other ancient Hindoo poems ; and in the earliest accounts of the country, Hindustan is mentioned as the cradle of Budhism. The lan- guage of the Carnbojans differs materially from the Siamese, and is more harsh, but at the same time also more copious. Their literature is very exten- sive, and their books are written in a character called Khom, which is used by the Siamese only in writing their sacred Pali books. Most of their books, and, with the exception of the national laws and history, perhaps all,—are in poetry. They treat generally on very trivial subjects, abound in repeti- tions, and are often extremely childish. I have seen a geographical work, written some centuries ago, which is more correct than Chinese works of the same kind. Carnboja was very long ruled by its own princes; but lately, disunion induced two brothers to take up arms against each other. Cochinchina and Siam both profited by this discord, and divided the coun- try between themselves, while one of the princes fled to Cochinchina, and three to Siam. I was ac- quainted with two of the latter, the third having died. They entertain the .hope that their country will yet be restored to them, since they did nothing to forfeit it. The younger of the two is a man of genius, and ready to improve his mind, but too childish to take advaotage of any opportunity which may offer to him. The Cambojans are a cringing, coarse people, narrow-minded, insolent, and officious, as circumstances require. They are, however, open to conviction, and capable of improvement. The males are many of them well-formed, but the fe- males are very vulgar in their appearance. They are on equality with their neighbors, in regard to 1832. Ketidence in Siam. 53 filth and wretchedness, and are by no means infe- rior to them in laziness. They carry on scarcely any trade except in silk stuffs, which they fabricate themselves, although to do so is contrary to the institutes of Budha, because the life of the silkworm is endangered during the process. To spend hours before their nobles in the posture of crouch- ing dogs, to chew betelnut, and to converse in their harsh language, are the most agreeable amuse- ments of this people. Camboja is watered by the Meinam kom, a large river, which takes its rise in Tibet. Like the southern part of Siam, the land is low and fertile, and even well-inhabited. The principal emporium is Luknooi (so called by the natives), the Saigon of Europeans. This place has many Chinese settlers within its precincts, and carries on, under the jurisdiction of the Cochinchinese, a very brisk trade, (principally in betelriutand silk), both with Singapore and the northern ports of China. The capital of Cam- boja is surrounded by a wall, erected in high anti- quity. The country itself is highly cultivated, though not to the extent that it might be; for, as the people are satisfied with a little rice and dry fish, they are not anxious to improve their condition by industry. Hitherto Camboja has been the cause of much hostility between Siam and Cochinchina; each na- tion being anxious to extend its own jurisdiction over the whole country. Even so late as last year. a Cochinchinese squadron, collected at Luknooi, was about to put out to sea in order to defend the Cambojan coast against an expected descent of the Siamese; while at the same time, the Cambojans are anxious to regain their liberty, and to expel the Cochinchinese, their oppressors. Cochinchina or Annam, united by the last revolution with Tonking, has always viewed Siam with the great- est distrust. Formerly, the country was divided by civil 54 Gutzlaff'1* Journal; JUNE, contests; but when a French bishop had organized the kingdom, and amplified its resources under the reign of Coung Shung, Annarn could defy the prowess of Siam. Even when the French influence had ceased, arid the country had relapsed into its former weak- ness, the Cochinchinese continued to keep a jealous eye on Siam, The Siamese, conscious of their own inferiority, burnt, on one occasion, a large quantity of timber collected for ships of war, which were to have been built in a Cochinchinese harbor; they have also been successful in kidnapping some of the subjects of Annam; and the captives have mostly settled at Bangkok, and are very able tradesmen. If the character of the Cochinchinese was not dete- riorated by the government, the people would hold a superior rank in the scale of nations. They are lively, intelligent, inquisitive, and docile, though uncleanly and rather indolent. This indolence, how- ever, results from the tyranny of government, which compels the people to work most of the time for its benefit. The Cochinchinese pay great regard to per- sons acquainted with Chinese literature. Their written language differs materially from their oral; the latter is like the Cambojan, while the former is similar to the dialect spoken on the island of Hainan. It remains now to make some remarks on the introduction of Christianity into Siam. When the Portuguese first came to this country, in 1722, they immediately propagated their own religious tenets. The French missionaries came to the country some time afterwards, by land. They had high anticipations of success from the assistance of the Cephalonian Phaulkon; and, as soon as the French embassy ar- rived, and French influence gained the ascendancy, they increased the number of able laborers. Two of them even shaved their heads, and conformed to the customs of the Siamese talapoys or priests, under pretence of leaning the Palit langnage. But, when the treachery of Phaulkon had been discovered, 1832. Residence in Siam. 55 be himself killed, and the French expelled, the influence of the priests vanished, the number of their converts, instead of increasing, rapidly di- minished ; and the two individuals, who went to live with the Siamese priests, were never more heard of. Though the French missionaries have main- tained their station here to this day, yet at times they have been driven to great straits, and subject to frequent imprisonments. It is astonishing that, while in all other countries, where Romanists have entered, their converts have been numerous, there have never been but a few in Siam. At present, only a small number,—mostly the descendants of Portuguese, who speak the Cam- bojan and Siamese languages,—constitute their flock; they have at Bangkok, four churches ; at Chan- tibon, one ; and lately, a small one has been built at Yutiya, the ancient capital. Yet, all this would be of little consequence, if even a few individuals had been converted to the Saviour, by the influence of the Holy Spirit. But, to effect this change of heart and life, seems, alas! never to have been the intention of their spiritual guides, or the endeavor of their followers. I lament the degradation of people, who so disgrace the name of Christians ; and would earnestly wish that never any converts of such a description had made. The labors of the protestant mission have hitherto only been preparatory, and are in their incipient state. However, the attention of all the different races of peo- ple who inhabit Siam, has been universally roused; and they predict the approach of the happy time, when even Siarn shall stretch forth its hands to the Savior of the world. A country so rich in productions as Siam, offers a large field for mercantile enterprise. Sugar, sapan- wood, beche-de-mar,birdsnests,sharksfins, gamboge, indigo, cotton, ivory, and other articles, attract the no- tice of a great number of Chinese traders, whose junks evt "ear, in February, March, and the beginning of 56 Gutzlaff"1* Journal; JUNE, April, arrive from Hainan, Canton, Soakah, (or Soo-ae-ka, in Chaouchow-foo,) Amoy, Ningpo, Seang-hae, (or Shanghae heen, in Keangnan,) and other places. Their principal imports consist of various articles for the consumption of the Chinese, and a considerable amount of bullion. They select their export cargo according to the different places of destination, arid leave Siam in the last of May, in June, and July. These vessels are about 80 in number. Those which go up to the Yellow sea, take mostly, sugar, sapanwood, and betelnut. They are called pak-tow sun (or pih-tow chuen, white-headed vessels), are usually built in Siam, and of about 260 or 300 tons, and are manned by Chaouchow men, from the eastern district of Canton province. The ma- jor part of these junks are owned, either by Chinese settlers at Bangkok, or by the Siamese nobles. The former put on board as supercargo, some relative of their own, generally a young man, who has married one of their daughters; the latter take surety of the relatives ofthe person, whom they appoint supercargo. If any thing happens to the junk, the individuals who secured her are held responsible, and are often, very unjustly, thrown into prison.—Though the trade to the Indian archipelago is not so important, yet about 30 or 40 vessels are annually dispatched thither from Siam. Chinese vessels have generally a captain, who might more properly be styled supercargo. Whether the owner or not, he has charge of the whole cargo, buys and sells as circumstances require ; but has no command whatever over thesailingof theship. This is the business ofthe hochang or pilot. During the whole voyage, to observe the shores and promontories, are the principal objects, which occupy his attention day and night. He sits steadily on the side of the ship, arid sleeps when standing, just as it suits his conve- nience. Though he has, nominally, the command over the sailors, yet they obey him only when th»;y find it agreeable to their own wishes ; and they scold arid 1832. Chinese Junks. 57 brave him, just as it'he belonged to their own com- pany. Next to the pilot (or mate) is the to-kung (helmsman), who manages the sailing of the ship; there are a few men under his immediate command. There are, besides, two clerks ; one to keep the ac- counts, and the other to superintend the cargo that is put on board. Also, a comprador to purchase pro- visions ; and a heang-kung (or priest), who attends to the idols, and burns, every morning, a certain quan- tity of incense, and of gold and silver paper. The sailors are divided into two classes ; a few, called tovv-muh (or headmen), have charge of the anchor, sails, &c. ; and the rest, called ho-ke (or comrads), perform the menial work, such as pulling ropes, arid heaving the anchor. A cook and some barbers make up the remainder of the crew. All these personages, except the second class of sailors, have cabins, long narrow holes, in which one may stretch himself, but cannot stand erect. If any person wishes to go as a passenger, he must apply to the tow-muh, in order to hire one of their cabins, which they let on such conditions as they please. In fact, the sailors exercise full control over the vessel, and oppose every measure, which they think may prove injurious to their own interest; so that even the captain and pilot are frequently obliged, when wearied out with their insolent be- havior, to crave their kind assistance, arrd to request them to show a better temper. The several individuals ofthe crew form one whole, whose principal object in going to sea is trade, the working ofthe junk being only a secondary ob- ject. Every one is a shareholder, having the liberty of putting a certain quantity of goods on board, with which he trades, wheresoever the vessel may touch, caring very little about how soon she may arrive at the port of destination. The common sailors receive from the captain no- thing but dry rice, and have to provide fur them- selves their other fur;:, which is usually very slewler. H 5tf Gutzlafs Journal; JUNE, These sailurs are not, usually, men who have been trained up to their occupation, but wretches, who were obliged to ftee from their homes ; and they frequently engage for a voyage, before they have ever been on board u junk. All of them, however stupid, are commanders ; and if anything of importance is to be done, they will bawl out their commands to each other, till all is utter coufusion. There is no subordi- nation, no cleanliness, no mutual regard or interest. The navigation of junks is performed without the aid of charts, or any other helps, except the compass; it is mere coasting, and the whole art of the pilot consists in directing the course according to the pro- montories in sight. In time of danger, the men im- mediately lose all courage ; and their indecision fre- quently proves the destruction of their vessel. Al- though they consider our mode of sailing as some- what better than their own, still they cannot but allow the palm of superiority to the ancient craft of the ' celestial empire.' When any alteration or im- provement is proposed, they will readily answer,— if we adopt this measure we shall justly fall under the suspicion of barbarism. The most disgusting thing on board a junk is idol- atry, the rites of which are performed with the greatest punctuality. The goddess of the sea is Ma-tsoo po, called also Teen-how, or ' Queen of heaven.' She is said to have been a virgin, who lived some cen- turies ago in Fuhkeen, near the district of Fuhchow. On account of having, with great fortitude, and by a kind of miracle, saved her brother who was on the point of drowning, she was deified, and loaded with titles, not dissimilar to those bestowed on the Virgin Mary. Every vessel is furnished with an image of this goddess, before which a lamp is kept burning. Some satellites, in hideous shape, stand round the portly queen, who is always represented in a sitting posture. Cups of tea are placed before her, arid some linsol adonis her shrim;. 1832. Chinese Junta. 59 When a vessel is about to proceed on a voyage, she is taken in procession to a temple, where many offerings are displayed before her. The priest re- cites some prayers, the mate makes several prostra- tions, and the captain usually honors her, by appearing in a full dress before her image. Then an enter- tainment is given, and the food presented to the idol is greedily devoured. Afterwards the good mother, who does not partake of the gross earthly substance, is carried in front of a stage, to behold the min- strels, and to admire the dexterity of the actors; thence she is brought back, with music, to the junk, where the merry peals of the gong receive the ve- nerable old inmate, and the jolly sailors anxiously strive to seize whatever may happen to remain of her banquet. The care of the goddess is intrusted to the priest, who never dares to appear before her with his face unwashed. Every morning he puts sticks of burning incense into the censer, and repeats his ceremonies in every part of the ship, not excepting even the cook's room. When the junk reaches any promontory, or when contrary winds prevail, the priest makes an offering to the spirits of the mountains, or of the air. On such occasions (and only on such), pigs and fowls are killed. When the offering H duly arranged, the priost adds to it some spirits and fruits, burns gilt paper, makes several prostrations, and then cries out to the sailors,—"follow the spirits,"—who suddenly rise and devour most of the sacrifice. When sailing out of a river, offerings of paper are constantly thrown out near the rudder. But to no part of the junk are so many offerings made as to the compass. Some red cloth, which is also tied to the rudder and cable, is put over it; inrense sticks in great quantities are kindled ; arid gilt pa- per, made into the shape of a junk, is burnt before it. Near the compass, some tobacco, a pipe, and a biirnin? lamp are placed, the joint nroprrtv of all; and hither they all crowd to enjoy themselves. 60 Gutdaff's Journal; JUNK, When there is a calm, the sailors generally contri- bute a certain quantity of gilt paper, which, pasted into the form of a junk, is set adrift. If no wind follows, the goddess is thought to be out of humor, and recourse is had to the demons of the air. When all endeavors prove unsuccessful, the offer- ings cease, and the sailors wait with indifference. Such are the idolatrous principles of the Chinese, that they never spread a sail without having conci- liated the favor of the demons, nor return from a voyage without showing their gratitude to their tutelar deity. Christians are the servants of the living God, who has created the heavens and the earth ; at whose command the winds and the waves rise or are still; in whose rnercy is salvation, and in whose wrath is destruction: how much more,then, should they endea- vor to conciliate the favor of the Almighty, and to be grateful to the Author of all good! If idolaters feel dependent on superior beings ; if they look up to them for protection arid success ; if they are punctual in paying their vows ; what should be the conduct of nations, who acknowledge Christ to be their Saviour1? Reverence before the name oftlie Most High ; reliance on his gracious protection ; submission to his just dis- pensations ; and devout prayers, humble thanksgiv- ing, glorious praise to the Lord of the earth and of the sea, ought to be habitual on board our vessels; and if this is not the case, the heathen will rise up against us in the judgment, for having paid more attention to their dumb idols, tlian we have to the worship of the living and true God. The Chinese sailors are, generally, as intimated above, from the most debase classd of people. The jnajor part of them are opium-smokers, gamblers, thieves, and tormentors. They will iiidulgein thedrug til! all their wages are squandered ; they will gamble as long as a fn rt h i rig remains: they will putofi'f heir only jacket and give it to a prostitute. They are poor and in debt ; thcv cheat, and are cheated by one another, 1832. China. 61 whenever it is possible ; and when they hitvc entered a harbor, they have no wish to depart till all they have is wasted, although their families at home may be in the utmost want and distress. Their curses and imprecations are most horrible, their language most filthy and obscene ; yet they never condemn themselves to eternal destruction. A person who has lived among those men would be best qualified to give a description of Sodom and Gomorrah, as well as to appreciate the blessings of Christianity ; which, even in its most degenerate state, proves a greater check on human depravity, than the best arranged maxims of men. The whole coast of China is very well known to the Chinese themselves. As their whole navigation is only coasting, they discover, at a great distance, promontories and islands, and are seldom wrong in their conjectures. They have a directory; which, being the result of centuries of experience, is pretty correct, in pointing out the shoals, the entrances of harbors, rocks, &c. As they keep no dead reckoning, nor take observations, they judge of the distance they have made by the promontories they have passed. They reckon by divisions, ten of which are about equal to a degree. Their compass differs materially from that of Europeans. It has several concentric circles ;one is divided into four, arid another into eight parts, somewhat similar to our divisions of the compass; a third is divided into twenty-four parts, in conformity to the horary division of twenty-four hours, which are distinguished by the same number of characters or signs ; according to these divisions, and with these signs, the courses are marked in their directory, and the vessel steered. China has, for centuries, presented to the Romanists a great sphere for action. Latterly, the individuals belonging to the mission, have not been so eminent for talents as their predecessors, and their influence 62 Gutzliijfs Journal; JUNE, 1ms greatly decreased. Although the tenets of their religion are proscribed, some individuals belonging to their mission, have always found their way into China ; at the present time, they enter principally by the way of Fuhkeen. It would have been well, at the time they exercised a great influence over the mind of Kanghe, if,—by representing European cha- racter in its true light, and showing the advantages to be derived from an open intercourse with west- ern nations,—they had endeavored to destroy the wall of separation, which has hitherto debarred the Chinese from marching on in the line of national improvement. Their policy did not admit of this; the only thing they were desirous of, was to secure the trade to the faithful children of the mother church, and the possession of Macao to the Portuguese. In the latter, they succeeded; in the former, all their exertions have been baffled by the superior enter- prising spirit of Protestant nations; and theif own system of narrow policy has tended, not only to exclude themselves from what they once occupied, but to excite the antipathy of the Chinese govern- ment against every stranger. Protestant missionaries, it is to be hoped, will adopt a more liberal policy ; while they preach the glorious gospel of Christ, they will have to show that the spread of divine truth opens the door for every useful art and science; that unshackled commercial relations will be of mutual benefit; and that foreigners and Chinese, as inhabitants of the same globe, and children of the same Creator, have an equal claim to an nmicable intercourse, and a free reciprocal communication. Great obstacles are in the way, and have hitherto prevented the attainment of these objects; but, nevertheless, some preparatory steps have been taken ; such as the completion of a Chinese and English dictionary, by one of the most distinguished members of the Protestant mission; the translation of the Bible ; the publication of tracts 1832. China. 63 on a great variety of subjects; the establishment of the Anglo-Chinese college, and numerous schools; and other different proceedings, all for the same purpose. One of the greatest inconveniences in our oper- ations has been, that most of our labors, with the exception of those of Drs. Morrison and Milne, were confined to Chinese from the Canton and Fuhkeen provinces, who annually visit the ports of the Indian Archipelago, and many of whom become perma- nent residents abroad. When the junks arrived in those ports, we were in the habit of supplying them with books, which found their way to most of the emporiums of the Chinese empire. As no place, south of China, is the rendezvous of so many Chi- nese junks as Siam, that country has been the most important station for (he distribution of Christian and scientific books. And, moreover, a missionary residing there, and coming in contact with a great many people from the different provinces, may render him- self endeared to them, and so gain an opportunity of entering China, without incurring any great per- sonal risk. All these advantages had long ago determined the minds of Mr. Tomlin and of myself, to make an attempt to enter China, in this unobtruding way; but indisposition snatched from my side a worthy fellow-laborer, and peculiar circumstances also pro- longed my stay in Siam, till a geat loss in the death of a beloved partner, and a severe illness, made me anxious to proceed on my iutended voyage. Although I had been frequently invited to become a passenger, yet my first application to the captain of a junk, destined to Teentsin, the commercial emporium of the capital, met with a repulse. This junk, af- terwards left Siam in company with us, and was never more heard of. The refusal of Jin, the captain, was re-echoed by several others ; till, unexpectedly, the Siamese embassador, who had to go to Peking this year, promised to take me gratis to the capital, 64 A Christian. JUNE, in the character of his physician. He had great reason to desire the latter stipulation, because se- veral of his predecessors had died for want of me- dical assistance. I gladly hailed this opportunity of an immediate entrance into the country, with a de- sire of doing everything that Providence should put in my way, and enable me to accomplish. But I was sorely disappointed ; for by the intervention of a gen- tleman, who wished to detain me in Siam, the embas- sador did not fulfill his proposals. (To be cviitinued.) MISCELLANIES. A CHRISTIAN.—S^nce we intend the Chinese Repository to he a decidedly Christian publication, it seems but right that we should declare our opinion of the import of that word. "There are few words," says Dr. Wardlaw, " which have, in their ordi- nary use, differed more widely from their original application than the term Christian. In its original use, it was de- scriptive of a comparatively small number of men, who were distinguished from the rest of the world, by a singular and striking peculiarity of sentiments and character. In the use generally made of it now, it ccn hardly, with truth, be said that it is descriptive of principles and character at all; for it is applied, indiscriminately, to persons whose principles and characters are diametrically opposite. The appellation, according- to its obvious etymology, must signify some relation or other to Christ, sus- tained by the persons who are called by it; and the simplest and most general idea we can attach to it is, that of & follower or adherent of Christ. "But, what is implied in being a genuine adherent or follower of Christ? I answer:—it implies being a disciple of Christ,, and a believer of His doctrine;—being a lover of Christ;—an obedi- ent subject and imitator of Christ; and one who lookss for his se- cond coming, to judge the world, and to separate for ever be- tween the righteous and the wicked." To be more particular;—(1,) an implicit belief in, and cordial reception of, whatever the Lord Jesus Christ taught;— (2,) an affectionate loyalty to his person, his cause, and his peo- pie;—(3.) obedience to his precepts, and imitation of his example;— and (4,) a patient waiting for his second advent;—these we consider to be the marks of a true Christian, in whatever nation, or in connection with whatever church he is found. 1832. Friendship. 65 We call no man master; neither Calvin, nor Arminius, nor Arius, nor Socinus. We acknowledge the Lord Jesus Christ alone as the head of his church, the true members of which are certainly known only to himself. Although the Scriptures are our sole rule of faith and practice ; we believe, generally, in points of doctrine with the formularies of the church of England and Scotland, and with the evangelical Congrega- tionalists, both in England and America. We can go far with a Romanist divine, such as Fenelon; join heartily with Epis- copalians, such as bishops Home and Porteus; with Presby- terians, such as Brown and Chalmers; with English Inde- pendents, such as Baxter, Henry, and Bogue; with American divines, such as presidents Edwards and Dwight; with Baptists and Methodists also, such as Robert Hall and Whitfield; and with Moravians, such as Zinzendorf, and a host of their modern missionaries. We are not bigots to any form of church government; but we are not friends to the union of church and state. We can use a liturgical service or dispense with it; but we cannot submit to have it exclusively forced upon us, or to be forbidden to pray without book. To make proselytes from one communion to another is not our object; but to diffuse Scriptural principles, to per- suade men to turn from merely human dogmas, to a cordial re- ception of divinely revealed truth,—to convert from sin to holi- ness,—and to bring our fellow-sinners of every religion, and of every rank, from the slavery of Satan to the service of God ;— these are our objects,—objects for which we would daily pray and labor, spend and be spent. God grant that we may be the means of saving some! FRIENDSHIP.—Lord Shaftesbury defines friendship to be, "the peculiar relation which is formed by a consent or harmony of minds, by mutual esteem, and reciprocal tenderness and affection." . The Chinese characters for friend JjJJ ^. are made of flesh join- ed to f/fxh, and hand to hand. Pang is the name of the first cha- racter, and yew of the second. A pangyew, or friend, in Chinese, is defined to be " one of the same mind," intention, or disposition. But, as minds are not all virtuous, to be of the same mind with another person, or to like each other and be friends, does not necessarily imply any excellence in either of the two. The friendship, therefore, of minds not virtuous, cannot itself be a virtue. Hence friendship in the abstract is not inculcated, nor regulated by rules in the New Testament. How could Chris. tianity give rules for the friendships of wicked men! Friend- ship (raieh) in Hebrew, denotes, to take pleasure in recipro- cally. The Greek words ri, by the mediatorial office of Jesus Christ. My wish to depart from this life was very fervent, yet 1 had a sincere desire of becoming subservient to the cause of the Redeemer, among the Chinese; and only on this account I prayed to God for the prolongation of my life. In three days after embarking, we passed down the serpentine Meinam, suffering greatly from the swarms of musquitoes, which are a better defence to the country than the miserable forts built at the mouth of the river. Such was my debility that I could scarcely walk; I could swallow no food ; and for some time, river water alone served to keep me alive. During the night of the 8th of June, I seemed to be near my end ; my braath almost failed, and I lay stretched out in my berth, without the assistance of a single individual; for my servant Yu, a Fuhkeen man, thought and acted like all his countrymen, who give a man up and leave him to his fate, as soon as he is unable to eat rice. While in this exceedingly depressed state, so much consciousness remained, that I was able, at length, to rally a little strength, and leave my cabin; scarcely had I reached the steerage, when a stong vomiting fit freed me from the danger of suffocation. On the 9th day of June, we reached the bar, where there is very little depth of water : here we were de- tained for some time. Every vessel built in Siam hag a .Siamese noble for its patron; the patron of our'a was the highest, officer in the kingdom, who sent one of his clerks on board, to see us safe out to sea. This man was greatly astonished at seeing me on board a Chinese juuk, and expressed some doubts in regard to my safety. In fact all my friends ex- pressed their fears for my life, which might fall u 1832. Learn* Siam. 85 prey, either to the rapacity of the sailors, or to the villainy of the mandarins. Many fearful dangers were predicted concerning me; there was not one individual who approved of my course; and I had no other consolation than looking up to God, under the consideration that I was in the path of duty. In three days we were able to pass the bar, but it was effected with much difficulty. When the tide was in our favor, a cable was thrown out, by means of which the vessel was moved forward, in a man- ner which did high credit to the sailors. The people treated me with great kindness; regretted the loss of my wife, whom most of them had seen and knew; and endeavored to alleviate my sufferings, in a way which was very irksome. The poor fellows, notwithstanding their scanty fare of salt vegetables and dried rice, and rags hardly sufficient to cover their nakedness, were healthy and cheerful, and some of them even strong. They highly congratulated me, that at length I had left the regions of barbarians, to enter the celestial em- pire. Though most of them were of mean birth, the major part could read, and took pleasure in perus- ing such books as they possessed. In the libraries of some of them, I was delighted to find our tracts. It has always afforded me the greatest pleasure, to observe the extensive circulation of Christian books; this gives me the confident hope, that God, in his great mercy, will make the written word the means of bringing multitudes of those who read it to the knowledge and enjoyment of eternal life. On the 14th of June, some Siamese came on board to search for me; not knowing thejr intentions, I withdrew. If, at this moment, the message they brought had been delivered to me, my feeble framo would perhaps have fallen; but it was not till long afterwards that I heard, that my dearest infant daughter had died soon after I embarked. The mournful tidings excited the deepest grief. After thi?, T passed several days alone in my cabin, which 88 Gulzlajfx Juur-nnl; JULY, was constantly filled with the vile smell of opium fumigation. As soon as the men laid down their pipes, they would indulge in the most obscene and abominable language; thus adding offence to of- fence. All this I had to bear patiently, till I acquir- ed sufficient strength to talk with them; I then admonished them, in the plainest terms; and, con- trary to my expectations, received, from some, a- pologies for their ill conduct towards me. At length our passengers had all come on board, and the men were beginning to heave the anchor, when it was discovered that the junk was overloaded; a circumstance which very frequently occurs, as every individual takes as many goods on board as he pleases. The captain had now to go back to Bankok; immediately on his return, some of the cargo was discharged ; and on June the 18th, we finally got under weigh. But we moved very slowly along the coast of the Siamese territory, attempting to sail only when the tide was in our favor. Pro- ceeding eastward, we anchored near the promontory and city of Barnplasoi, whieh is principally inhabited by Chinese, and is celebrated for its fisheries and salt works. Here the Siamese have some salt in- spectors, and keep the country in complete subjec- tion. On the 19th, we espied Kokram,—formerly the resort of pirates,—it is an island with a temple on its summit, in which is a representation of Budha in a sleeping posture. On arriving at this place, the Chinese, generally make an offering to this indolent idol. Those on board the richly laden junks make an offering of a pig ; poor people are satisfied with a fowl or duck ; botli which offerings, are duly con- sumed by the sailors, after having been exposed a short time to the air. Concerning this practice, so repugnant to common sense, I made some satirical remarks, which met with the approbation of the sailors, who, however, were not very anxious to part with tiio offerings. I now began to clieri«h the hope that my health 1832. Coast of Siam. 87 was recovering, and turned my attention to Chinese books; bat great weakness soon compelled me to abandon the pursuit, and to pass my time in idle- ness. My fellow-passengers, meantime, endeavor- ed, by various means, to keep up my spirits, and to amuse me with sundry tales about the beauty of the celestial empire. My thoughts were now more than ever directed to rny heavenly abode; I longed to be with Christ, while 1 felt strong com- passion for these poor beings, who have no other home to hope for than an earthly one. After having passed cape Liant, which in most charts is placed too far west by two degrees, we approached Chantiburj, a place of considerable trade, and inhabited by Siamese, Chinese, und Cochin- chlnege. Pepper, rice, and betelnut, are found here in great abundance; and several junks, principally from Canton, are annually loaded with these ar- ticles. Ships proceeding to China, might occasion- ally touch here, and trade to advantage. When my strength was somewhat regained, I took observations regularly, and was requested, by the captain and others, to explain the method of finding the latitude and longitude. When I had fully ex- plained the theory, the captain wondered that I brought the sun upon a level with the horizon of the sea, and remarked, "if you can do this you can also tell the depth of the water." But as I was unable to give him the soundings, he told me plain- ly, that observations were entirely useless, and truly barbarian. So I lost his confidence; which, however, was soon recovered, when I told hin that in a few hours we should see Pulo Way. On this island 100 years ago, a British fort was erected; but it was af- terwards abandoned, on account of the treachery of some Bugis troops, who murdered the English garrison. During the civil wars in Cochinchina, near the close of the last century, Kaungchung, the late king, took refuge here, where he lived, for several years, in a most wretched condition. In the year 8U Gutzlaff's Journal: JULY, 1790, he made a descent upon his own territory, gaitied over a party, expelled the usurper, conquered Tungking, and by the assistance of Adrian, a French missionary, improved the condition of his whole em- pire. Some time back, the island was the retreat of Malay pirates; but at present, it is the resort only of a few fishermen, and is wholly covered with jungle. With the utmost difficulty we arrived at the mouth of the Kang-kau river, in Camboja, where there is a city, which carries on considerable trade with Singa- pore, principally, in rice and mats. The Cochinchi- nese, pursuing1 a very narrow policy, shut the door against improvement, and hinder, as far as they can, the trade of the Chinese. They think it their highest policy to keep the Cambojans in utter poverty, that they may remain their slaves for ever. Among the several junks at this place, we saw the "tribute bearer," having on' board the Siamese embassador. Though the Siamese acknowledge, nominally, the sovereignty of China, and show their vassalage, by sending to Peking, tribute of all the productions of their own country, yet the reason of their paying homage so regularly, is gain. The vessels sent on these expeditions are exempt from duty, and being very large, are consequently very profitable; but, the management of them is intrusted to Chinese, who take care to secure to themselves a good share of the gains. Within a few years, several of these junks have been wrecked. Oti July 4th, we reached Pulo Condore, called by the Chinese Kwun-lun. This island is inhabited by Cochinchinese fishermen. The low coast of Cam- boja presents nothing to attract attention; but the country seems well adapted for the cultivation of rice. When we passed this place, the Cochinchinese squadron, fearful of a descent of the Siamese on Luknooi, were ready to repel any attack. Of eight junks loaded with betelnut this year at Luknooi, and destined to Teentsin, only four reached that harbor, and of these, oac was wrecked on her return voyage. 1832. Coast of Cochinchina. 89 At this time, though I was suffering much from fear and sickness, I found rich consolation in the linn belief, that the gospel of God would be carried into China, whatever might be the result of the first attempts. The perusal of John's gospel, which details the Savior's transcendent love, was encou- raging and consoling, though as yet I could not see that peculiar love extended to China; but God will send the word of eternal life to a nation hitherto unvisited by the life-giving influences of the Holy Ghost.—In these meditations, I tasted the powers of the world to come, and lost myself in the adoration of that glorious Name, the only one given under heaven whereby we must be saved. Under such circumstances, it was easy to bear all the contempt that was heaped on me; neither did the kindness of some individuals make me forget, that there were dishonest men around me, and that I owed my pre- servation solely to the Divine protection. The coast of Tsiompa is picturesque, the country itself closely overgrown with jungle and thinly inhab- ited by the aborigines, and by Cochinchinese and Malays. I could gain very little information of this region ; even the Chinese do not often trade thither; but it appears, that the natives are in the habit of sending their articles to some of the neighboring harbors, visited by the Chinese. Here we saw large quantities offish in every di- rection, and good supplies of them were readily caught. By chance, some very large ones were taken; and a person who had always much influence in the deliberations of the company advised, that such should be offered to the Mother of Heaven, Ma-tsoo po. The propriety of this measure I disputed strong- ly, and prevailed on the sailors not to enhance their guilt, by consecrating the creaturos of God to idols. From Pulo Condore the wind was in our favor, and in five days we passed the; coast of Cochinchina. The islands and promontories of this coast have a 90 Gutzluff's Journal; JULV, very romantic appearance; particularly Padaran, Varela, and San-ho. Many rivers and rivulets disembogue themselves aloug the coast; and the sea abounds with fish, which seem to be a principal article of food with the natives. Hundreds of boats are seen cruising in every direction. The Cochin- chinese are a very poor people, and their condition has been made more abject by the late revolution. Hence they are very enconomical in their diet, and sparing in their apparel. The king is well aware of his own poverty and that of his subjects, but is averse to opening a trade with Europeans, which might re- medy this evil. The natives themselves are open and frank, and anxious to conciliate the favor of strangers. On the 10th of July, we saw Teenfung, a high and rugged rock. The joy of the sailors was extreme, this being the first object of their native country which they espied. Teenfung is about three or four leagues from Hainan. This island is wholly surrounded by mountains, while the interior has many level districts, where rice and sugar are cultivated. There are aborigines, not unlike the inhabitants of Manila, who live in the forests and mountains; but the principal inhabitants are the descendants of people, who, some centuries back, came from Fuhkeen; and who, though they have changed in their external appearance, still bear traces of their origin, preserved in their language. They are a most friendly people, always cheerful, always kind. In their habits they are industrious, clean, and very persevering. To a naturally inquisitive mind, they join love of truth, which, however, they are slow in accepting. The Roman catholic missionaries very early perceived the amiableness of this people, and were successful in their endeavors to convert them; and to this day, many of the people profess to be Christians,and seem anxious toprovethemsel ves such. Hainan is, on the whole, a barren country; and, 1832. Coast of China, 91 with the exception of timber, rice, and sugar (the latter of which is principally carried to the north of China), there are no articles of export. The inhabitants carry on some trade abroad ; they visit Tungking, Cochin- china, Siam, and also Singapore. On their voyages to Siam, they cut timber along the coasts of Tsiom- pa and Camboja; and when they arrive at Bankok buy an additional quantity, with which they build junks. In two months a junk is finished,—the sails, ropes, anchor, and all the other work, being done by their own hands. These junks are then loaded with cargoes, saleable at Canton or on their native island, and both junk and cargo being sold, the profits are divided among the builders. Other junks, loaded with rice, and bones for manure, are usually dispatched for Hainan. During my residence in Siam, I had an extensive intercourse with this people. They took a parti- cular delight in perusing Christian books, and con- versing on the precepts of the gospel. And almost all of those, who came annually to Bankok, took away books, as valuable presents to their friends at home. Others spoke of the good effects produced by the >ooks, and invited me to visit their country. Hum- bly trusting in the mercies of our God and Re- deemer, that he will accomplish, in his own time, the good work which has been commenced, I would invite some of my brethren to make this island the sphere of their exertions, and to bring the joyful tidings of the gospel to a people anxious to receive its precious contents. As soon as the first promontory of the Chinese continent was in sight, the captain was prompt and liberal in making sacrifices, and the sailors were not backward in feasting upon them. Great num- bers of boats appeared in all directions, and made tho scene very lively. We were becalmed in sight of the Lema islands, and suffered much from the intense heat While there was not wind enough to 92 Guf.zlaff^s Journal; JULY, ruffle the dazzling surface of the sea, we were driven on by the current to the place of our destination. Soakah,* in Chaouchow foo, the most eastern de- partment of Canton province, bordering on Fuhkeen, This district is extensive, and closely peopled. The inhabitants occupy every portion of it; and must amount, at a moderate calculation, to three or four millions. Its principal ports, are Tinghae (the chief emporium), Ampeh, Hae-eo, Kit-eo and Jeao-ping. The people are, in general, mean, uncleanly, avari- cious, but affable and fond of strangers. Necessity urges them to leave their native soil, and more than 5000 of them, go, every, year, to the various settle- ments of the Indian Archipelago, to Cochinchina, and to Hainan, or gain their livelihood as sailors. Being neighbors to the inhabitants of Fuhkeen, the dialects of the two people are very similar, but in their manners there is a great difference. This dissimilarity in their customs, joined to the similarity of their pur- suits, has given rise to considerable rivalry, which, fre- quently, results in open hostility. But the Fuhkeen men have gained the ascendency, and use all their in- fluence to destroy the trade of their competitors. Our sailors were natives of this district, and anx- ious to see their families after a year's absence. As, however, our junk had no permit, we could not enter the river of Soakah, but had to anchor in the harbor of Nan-aou (or Namoh), whilst passage-boats came in all directions to carry the men to their homes. Rice being very cheap in Siam, every sailor had provided a bag or two, as a present to his family. In fact, the chief thing they wish and work for, is rice; thei' domestic accounts are regulated by the quanti- ty of rice consumed ; iheir meals, according to the * On page 56, in our last number, Soo-ae-keH hat been given as the mandarin pronunciation of this name. This, it appears, is incorrect; but the Chinese characters, and consequently, the mandarin pronunciation, of this and several other names in the following pages, we are unable to as- certain; Mr. 0>. having only inserted, in the MS. he left wilh us, the names of the places, according to their Fnhkefin pronunciation. Ting.hat is Ching. hae hefn, and Jeao-ping is Jeaouping heSn. Hae.-eo, and Kit-eo, we believe to be Hacvang hcfn. and JOfvans; lirfn. Snakah is a small |>ort near the month of the Jt'uouping river. 1832. Chaouchow foo. 93 number of bowls of it boiled ; and their exertions, ac- cording to the quantity wanted. Every substitute for this delicious food is considered meagre, and indica- tive of the greatest wretchedness. When they can- not obtain a sufficient quantity to satisfy their appe- tites, they supply the deficiency of rice with an equal weight of water. Inquiring whether the western bar- barians eat rice, and finding me slow to give them an answer, they exclaimed, "O, the sterile regions of barbarians, which produce not the necessaries of life! Strange, that the inhabitants have not, long ago, died of hunger!" I endeavored to show them that we had substitutes for rice, which were equal if not superior to it. But all to no purpose; and they still maintained, that it is only rice which can properly sustain the life of a human heing. When most of the sailors had left the junk, I was led to reflect on their miserable condition. Almost entirely .destitute of clothes and money, they return home, and in a few days hurry away again to en- counter new dangers, and new perils. But, however wretched their present condition may be, their prospects for eternity are far more deplorable. Reprobates in this life; they tremble to enter into eternity, of which they have very confused ideas. They defy God, who rules over the seas ; they curse their parents who gave them life; they are enemies to each other, and seem entirely regardless of the future ; they glory in their shame ; and do not startle when convicted of being the servants of Satan. It was the 17th of July, when we anchored in tho harbor of Namoh. The island, from which this har- bor takes its name, is mostly barren rock, consisting of two mountains connected by a narrow isthmus, in lat. 36° 28' N.; long. 116° 39' E. It is a military station ; it has a fort; and is a place of considerable trade, which is carried on between the people of Fuhkeen and Ca-nton. The harbor is spacious and deep, but the entrance is difficult and dangerous. 94 Gutzlaff's Journal: JULY, The entrance of the Soakah river is very shal- low; but numerous small craft, principally from Tinghae, are seen here. The duties, as well as the permit to enter the river, are very high; but the people know how to elude the .mandarins; as the mandarins do the emperor. Tinghae is a large place, tolerably well built, and inhabited, principally, by merchants, fishermen, and sailors. The produc- tions of the surrounding country are not sufficient to maintain the inhabitants, who contrive various ways and means to gain a livelihood. There is no want of capital or merchants, but a great lack of honesty and upright dealing. As soon as we had anchored, numerous boats sur- rounded us, with females on board. I addressed the sailors who remained in the junk, and hoped that I had prevailed on them, in some degree, to curb their evil passions. But, alas! no sooner had I left the deck, than they threw off all restraint; and the dis- gusting scene which ensued, might well have entitled our vessel to the name of Sodom. Parents prosti- tuted their daughters; husbands, their wives ; broth- ers, their sisters ;—and this they did, not only with- out remorse, but with diabolical joy. The sailors, un- mindful of their starving families at home, and dis- tracted, blinded, stupified by sensuality, seemed will- ing to give up aught and everything they possessed, rather than abstain from that crime, which entails misery, disease, and death. Having exhausted all their previous earnings, they became a prey to reck- less remorse, and gloomy despair. As their vicious partners were opium-srnokers by habit, and drunk- ards by custom, it was necessary that strong drink and opium should be provided ; and the retailers of these articles were soon present to lend a helping hand. Thus, all these circumstances conspired to nourish vice, to squander property, and to render the votaries of crime most unhappy. When all their resources failed, the men became furious, and watch- ed for an opportunity to reimburse their loss, either 1832. Chaouchow foo. 95 by deceit or force. Observing ray trunks well secured, it was surmised by the sailors, that they contained silver and gold; and a conspiracy was formed to cleave my head with a hatchet, and to seize the trunks, and divide the money among themselves. In favor of this scheme it was stated, that I did not un- derstand the use of money, and that they themselves could appropriate it to the very best advantage. All the persons who formed this plot were opium smokers; the leader was an old sailor, and, nominally, my friend. Just as they were about to execute their plan, an old man came forward and declared to them, that a few days before he had seen the trunks opened, and that they contained nothing but books, which they might obtain without cleaving my head. Witnesses were then called, and it being satisfactorily ascer- tained that such was the fact, in regard to the trunks, they all agreed to desist from the execution of their plot. In the midst of such abominations, the feeble voice of exhortation was not entirely disregarded. Some individuals willingly followed my advice. A young man, who had repeatedly heard the gospel, and anx- iously inquired about his eternal destinies, was re- claimed ,- and, covered with shame and penetrated with a sense of guilt, he acknowledged the insuffi- ciency of all moral precepts, if no heavenly principle influenced the heart. My visitors were very nnmerous; they generally thought me to be a pilot or mate, and.behaved very politely. In the long onversations I held with them, they seemed attentive, and not entirely ignorant of the doctrines of Christianity; and they frequently noticed as a proof of its power, the mere circum- stance, that one of its votaries stood unmoved, while the stream of vice carried away everything around him. To these visitors I distributed the Word of life; expressing my earnest wish, that it might prove the means of their salvation. There was one old maii, who stated, that he had two sons, literary graduates, 96 GutzlaflTs Journal; JULY, whom, as he himself was hasting to the grave, he wished to see reading the exhortations to the world (so they call oar Christian books). I enjoyed myself in the company of some other individuals, to whom it was intimated, that we should endeavor to estab- lish a mission at this place, since so many 'millions of their countrymen were without any means of knowing the way of salvation. The return of the captain, who had been on shore, checked the progress, of vice. Being a man of firm principle, he drove out the prostitutes, and brought the men to order;—his vigilance, however, was in some instances eluded; but when those wretched beings had obtained their money (their great object), they, generally, of their own accord, abandoned the junk. I had now full scope to speak to those around me of the folly and misery of such conduct; and I was successful in applying the discourse to them selves. The Chinese, generally, will bear with just reproof, and even heap eulogiums on those who ad- minister it. Here I saw many natives famishing fur want of food; they would greedily seize, and were very thankful for the smallest quantities of rice thrown out to them. Though healthy and strong, and able to work, they complained of want of employment, and the scarcity of the means of subsistence.* Urged on by poverty, some of them become pirates, and in the night time surprise and plunder the junks in the harbor. When fourteen days had elapsed, all were anxious to depart, because their treasure was ex- 'haiisted, and the opportunities for further expendi- tures were only the means of tantalizing and annoying them. As we were getting under weigh, an old man predicted, that we should have to encounter storms; * In the department of Chaouchow foo, to which these remarks apply, as also in the neighboring province of Ftihkeftn, and in the adjoining de- partment of Hwuychow foo in this province, famine has very generally prevailed daring the last few months. Pirates, consequently, abound, anil insurrections have in several cases occurred: numbers, of peasants also are induced, by hunger and want of employment, to join the secret associations ol bandlfti which infest China, particularly its southern provinces. 1U32. Cltunncl of Formosa. 97 but this did not deter us from proceeding. Many junks, loaded with sugar for the north of China, left the harbor in company with us. On July 30th, we passed Amoy, the principal emporium of Fuhkeen province, and the residence of numerous merchants, who are the owners of more than 300 large junks, and who carry on an extensive commerce, not only to all the ports of China, but to many also in the Indian Archipelago. Notwithstand- ing the heavy duties levied on exports and imports, these merchants maintain their trade, and baffle the efforts of the mandarins. They would hail with joy, any opportunity of opening a trade with Europeans, and would, doubtless, improve upon that of Canton. On the following day, favorable winds continued till we reached the channel of Formosa (or Taewan). This island has flourished greatly since it has been in the possession of the Chinese, who go thither, generally, from Tung-an in Fuhkeen, as colonists, and who gain a livelihood by trade, and the cultiva- tion of rice, sugar, and camphor. Formosa has se- veral deep and spacious harbors, but all the entrances are extremely shallow. The trade is carried on in small junks belonging to Amoy; they go to all the western ports of the island, and either return loaded with rice, or go up to the north of China with sugar. The rapidity with which this island has been colon- ized, and the advantages it affords for the colonists to throw off their allegiance, have induced the Chi- nese government to adopt restrictive measures; and no person can now emigrate without a permit. The colonists are wealthy and unruly; arid hence there are numerous revolts, which are repressed with great difficulty, because the leaders, withdrawing to the mountains, stand out against the government to the very uttermost. In no part of China are executions so frequent as they are here; and in no place do they produce a less salutary influence. The literati are very successful ; and people in Fuhkeen sometimes semi their sons to Formosa to obtain literary degrees. 98 Gutzlujps Journal; JULY, Northerly winds, with a high sea, are very frequent in the channel of Formosa. When we had reached Tinghae, in the department of Fuhchow foo, the wind, becoming more and more adverse, compelled us to change our course; and fearing that stormy weather would overtake us, we came to anchor near the island of Ma-oh (or Ma-aou), on which the god- dess Ma-tsoo po is said to have lived. Here we were detained some time. The houses on the coast are well built; the people seemed poor, but honest; and are principally employed in fishing, and in rear- ing gourds. Their country is very rocky. A few miles in the interior are the tea hills, where thousands of people find employment. The city of Fuhchow foo, the residence of the governor of Fuh- keen and Chekeang, is large and well built. Small vessels can enter the river; the harbor of Tinghae is deep, and very spacious. We saw there numerous junks laden with salt, also some fishing craft. When we were preparing to leave the harbor, an- other gale came on, and forced us to anchor; but in- stead of choosing an excellent anchorage .which was near to us, a station was selected in the neighborhood of rocks, where our lives were placed in great danger. The next day the storm increased, and the gale be- came a tornado, which threatened to whelm us in the foaming billows. The junk was exposed to the united fury of the winds and waves, and we expect- ed every moment that she would be dashed in pieces. The rain soon began to descend in torrents, and every part of the vessel was thoroughly drenched. For several days Egyptian darkness hung over us; with composure I could look up to God our Saviour, could rejoice in his promises, and was fully confident, that ho would neither leave nor forsake us. I was al- most the only person who ventured on deck; for it is customary with the Chinese, in bad weather, to take shelter and repose in their cabins, till the tern- pest is over. At the present juncture, they were dis- pelling their cares by sleeping and opium-smoking 1832. Fuhchow foo. 99 Notwithstanding all this, they formed a plot, prin- cipally on account of the riches which they sup- posed me to possess, to sink the junk, to seize on the money, and then to flee in a small boat to the neighboring shore. Having gained some infor- mation of their designs, I left my cabin and walked near them with wonted cheerfulness. The ring- leaders seeing this, and observing the approach of a Canton junk at the same time, desisted from their treacherous scheme. It was most evident that these heroes in wicked- ness were cowards; they trembled, and their cour- age failed them, in the hour of approaching death. For ten days we were in suspense between life and death; when at length, God in his mercy sent again his sun to shine, and clothed the firmament with brightness. I could now feel with Noah, and render praise to God our great benefactor. While I was thus engaged, some of our fellow passengers went on shore. Unconscious of the object of their visit, I was rather puzzled when I saw them re- turning in their state dresses; but soon suspected, (what was true,) that they had been to the temple of Ma tsoo po, to render homage to their protectress. At such an act of defiance, after such a signal de- liverance, I was highly indignant, and rebuked them sharply. One of them held his peace; the other acknowledged his guilt, and promised, in future, to be more thankful to the Supreme Ruler of all things. He remarked, that it was only a pilgrimage to the birthplace of the goddess, and that he had only thrice prostrated himself before her image. I told him, that on account of such conduct he had great rea- son to fear the wrath of God would overtake him; when he heard that, he kept a solemn silence. (To be continued ) 100 Persecution. MISCELLANIES. PERSECUTION.—According to the New Testament, a church is a voluntary association of the disciples of Jesus Christ, to observe all that he has commanded them. But to the discipline or laws of such a church, only the voluntary members ar« subject. The laws of Christ's church are not designed for those, who, neglecting the commands and invitations of a merciful Redeemer with the greatest injury to themselves, choose to remain "without." Religious men, however, mixing themselves up with civil governments, have often abandoned the simple and just princi- pl? of a voluntary church, and have had recourse to pains and penal- ties, either to force the citizens of a state into a church, or to enforce its discipline on those who were not members. And on the other hand, there have been persons of power in nations, who have insisted on being considered members of Christian churches, without possessing the requisite qualifications. No man, who will not submit to the holy laws of the Lord Jesus Christ, has any right to consider himself a member of any of his churches. We have been led to these reflections, by various reports concerning the missionaries in the South Sea islands. If the missionaries do not protest against the chiefs' persecuting their subjects, or strangers, they will do exceedingly wrong. They should know, and teach the chiefs, who profess Christianity, that the discipline of a voluntary society of Christians, i. e. a Christian church, ought not to be enforced as laws for the regulation of their subjects generally. "Those who colonized New England, removed from Holland to America, as a church; and, little versed in the science of le- gislation, or poliiial economy, they formed state laws, on the principles of the New Testament, and the discipline of the Church of Christ. They did not perceive the impossibility of managing a growing population, in a new country, by such means, without sacrificing either the liberty of the subjects, or the purity of the church. At first, the body of the people were real Christians, and of one mind, and it was some time before the erroneous principle on which their legislative code was founded, showed itself;"*—but afterwards, in their oppressive and persecuting measures towards Baptists and Quakers, the antichristian character of their church and state legislation manifested itself. Should these remarks reach the missionaries in the South Sea islands, we hope they will consider the subject deeply and dispassionately, and take these hints in * Orme's I.life of Dr. Ownn, p, 256 1832. The Bible. 101 good part. Perfect liberty of conscience, and liberty of re- ligious profession, are alone compatible with the gospel rule, to do to others aa you would have others do to you. A forced or hypocritical profession of Christianity, neither does honor to the Saviour, nor good to his church, or to the individual, who is menaced or bribed by people in authority, to become a nominal Christian. "Sincerity and truth" are indispensable requisites for the servants of Him, who can and does search the hearts of the children of men. THE BIBLE.—Our opinions and judgment of the Bible will vary according to the state of our minds. When prosperity is enjoyed, and impiety fills the soul, then the Bible, with all the invaluable knowledge it reveals, will be lightly esteemed; but in adversity, with the religious principle predominating in the mind, the Bible will be viewed as a pearl of great price. Com- pared with all the books, deemed sacred of the western world, the superiority of the Bible is infinite. And since the sacred books of the eastern world—of India and China,—have been in- vestigated, the Bible still holds a pre-eminence that no words can express. There is an effulgence of light and glory, a degree of majesty and mercy, shining forth in the pages of the Bible towards sinful creatures of the family of man, that indi- cates, to every serious and pious mind, its divine origin. When contrasted with the sacred books of China, how poor in conception, how mean in execution, do the latter appear! The sage of China, who has been honored and idolized more than twenty centuries, is utterly insignificant, when put in com- petition with the herdmen and fishermen of Galilee. But a sound eye alone can truly discern colors; a healthy palate only can distinguish tastes; a virtuous mind alone will believe the truth ; and only a pious one will love and value the Bible. We maintain that man is accountable for his moral tastes and kis belief* We feel assured ihat many of our readers, who have gone to their Bibles to obtain saving knowledge, who have gone thither to obtain consolation in the hour of distress, will join with us in adopting the language of the following lines. This little book I'd rather own, Than all the gold and gems That e'er in monarchs' coffers shone,— Than all their diadems. Nay, were the seas one chrysolite, The earth one golden ball, * The lord chancellor of England said, at the university of Glasgow (from whence also the accompanying verses emanated), that it had "gone forth into all the world, that man was not accountable for his belief." This erroneous sent i- ment has 'gone forth,' we fear, even to China;—but in this farthereaet, there are, we hope, not a few, who on very substantial grounds, are of the contrary opinion. 102 Obedience to God.—Metempsychosis. JULY, And diamonds all the stars of night,— This book were worth them all. Ah, no 1—the soul ne'er found relief In glittering hoards of wealth; Gems dazzle not the eye of grief, Gold cannot purchase health. But here a blessed balm appears, To heal the deepest woe; And those who seek in tears, Their tears shall cease to flow, (From the Glasgow Courier.) OBEDIENCE TO THE WORD OF GOD,—"Speak unto the children of Israel, that they go forward." Exod. xiv. 15. The circum- stances under which this commaad was given, were very ex- traordinary. With the waters of the Red sea at a short dis- tance off, in the line of their route, how could they go forward many steps, without rushing into the sea to be drowned. How- ever, since the order was issued by the Almighty, they thought it right to obey, and the result proved it to be so. This may be applied to the command of Him, who has " all power in heaven and in earth," to his church ;—"Go into all the world and preach the Gospel to every creature." The dif- ficulties in many places seem insurmountable,—as in China, Japan, Corea, for example. Human prudence may say the attempt is absurd. But the power and authority, possessed by the divine Saviour, remove all idea of absurdity, from the act of obedience in the humble Christian. The voice from on high is—Speak unto all ihe servants of Christ, that they go forward. METEMPSYCHOSIS.—In a note to his European master, a native servant, afflicted with sickness, thus writes;—"I send respectful acknowledgments for the money you bestowed on me. I am but little better. If it be my fate to die, I shall in the next life as a horse or a dog, render a recompense to you." The notion entertained by the poor man is that of metem- psychosis, or return of souls to this world ; some as human beings, and others animating brute beasts. The young man possesses good natural talents, and has had a tolerable education, very superior to most of those who enter the service of foreigners. He has, moreover, often heard the doctrines of the Gospel, but rejected them with the proud feelings of a Confucianist, and a Chinese. Judging from the language of his note, his mind is humbled; but instead of fleeing for refuge to the Saviour of mankind, he clings to the miserable hopes to which his note alludes. The reader may here see a specimen of what natural reason has 1832. Heterodoxy. 103 done for the millions of China, during thousands of years; and the deist of Christendom may see what his own attainments would have been under a different hemisphere. HETERODOXY.—Something like this is denoted by the Chinese phrase seay keaou, "deflected (or depraved) doctrines." Hete- rodox sects are, from time to time, rising up in China; but we have never been able to discover anything which might be called the standard faith; nor yet that those who embrace the "seay keaou" hold any speculative opinions which distinguish them from those who receive the ching keaou,—" the correct or orthodox doctrines." At Peking, recently, a new sect has arisen, called the Hung-yang keaou. The word yang is the superior of the much-talked-about dual powers, yin and yang. The word hnng denotes red; but what the " red yang doctrine" means, we cannot even guess. The leader healed the sick, and drew away disciples after him. He is now dead, and his followers burn incense to his manes, as a sort of divinity. The emperor has been rather severe in punishing these people, and many of them have been thrown into prison, scourged, and transported. In the spring of this year, the cold was of long duration, and indicated an unfavorable season ; on account of which one of those persons, called yushe, who are permitted to address the emperor on all occasions, wrote to his majesty, suggesting that Heaven wns displeased at the imprisonment and banishment of so many of these sectaries, many of whom were, probably innocent. To this suggestion the emperor has given a reply, sharply reproving the yushe for his presumptuously and rashly referring to Heaven's ways, in matters which come under the ordinary routine of government. He, moreover, denies the alle- gations of his adviser concerning the signs of the weather, and innocent people being involved. He insists on the propriety of punishing those who set up for heads of sects, medical or otherwise, and attach disciples to themselves. He disapproves of all associations of the people. It is impossible, he says, to tell what they may grow to. And he has, finally, increased the se- verity of the law agaitrsl them ; deciding that whoever is trans- ported, as a punishment for heading or belonging to these seay keaou, shall never be forgiven, nor included in any general or special pardon granted on extraordinary occasions. In the documents, of which we have above given the sub- stance, though several of the heterodox sects are named, the Teen choo keaou (or the Roman Catholic religion), is not es- pecially noticed. It, however, in Chinese, is often called by the general epithet seay kraou. For several years past nothing has appeared in the Peking gazette against the Christians; from which it may be inferred, that his majesty does not en- courage reports scut to him on the subject. 104 JULY. Religious Intelligence. RELIGIOUS INTELLIGENCE. MALACCA.—It is generally known, that the laws of China forbid emigration; and it is equally well known, that thou- sands of the sons of Han have become the inhabitants of the Eastern archipelago, and of that vast extent of country situated between China and Hindostan, —comprehending the Barman empire, the kingdoms of Ton- king, Cochinchina, Camboja, Siam, Laos, and the peninsula of Malacca. In several of these countries, during the last twen- ty years, interesting establish- ments have been formed, with a view to meliorate the condition of the ignorant, by increasing and extending the knowledge of the word of God. All these undertakings are in their inci- pient state, yet few persons are fully aware of the amount of work which has been accom- plished; and fewer still know what anxieties and trials have already been experienced. The best and the last energies of the Milnes and Mrs. Judson, and others alike worthy and self-devoted, have not been spent in vain; their works live after them. Within the time and the re- gions above specified, the Scrip- tures have been translated into several different languages and dialects, and have been circu- lated to the amount, probably, of some ten thousands of copies. More than 140,000 tracts had been published I'-i years ago; since that date, many times that number have been put in circu- lation; and thousands of chil- dren and adults have been in- structed in the several schools now in successful operation. In the future numbers of this work, we will endeavor to present, from time to time, accurate sta- tistical and detailed accounts of all these several establish- ments; the oldest of which, we believe was commenced in 1815, at Malacca. We will here give a succinct account of the sev- eral departments of this mission, according to the reports publish- ed in June, 18:51. We have let- ters, however, down to June 1832, from which we are hap- py to learn, that the mission continues to enjoy prosperity, though the laborers are exceed- ingly few. From the letters we may make some short extracts. Chinese Schools.—The num- ber of boys in these is, on an average, 200; the number of girls is 120. The Chinese of Malac- ca are, principally, the descen- dants of persons who emigrated from China some centuries ago; and, until the mission schools were established, their children were very generally without in- struction. From "necessity,"na- tive masters and native books have been introduced into several 1832. 105 Religious Inti lligcnce. of the schools, though Chris- tian books are used in all of them; and it is to be de- voutly hoped that, at no very distant period, Christian books alone will be employed by the natives for religious purposes, whether they continue to use i heir own for literary objects or not. More children are under instruction now than at any pre- vious period, and the mission is evidently gaining strength from year to year. Malay Schools—Three of these are now connected with the mission; including a small girls' school, supported by pri- vate subscription; the whole number of children is 107,— 60 girls and 47 boys. "When the present aspect of this de- partment of the mission is contrasted with its unpromising appearance for some considara- hle time previously, we cannot hut rejoice in the gratifying de- cline of prejudice evinced by the Malays, and the pleasing pros- pect of usefulness which is here- by presented among them." Kling Schools.—These are two in number, containing to- gether about 32 children, boys and girls; they are supported, we believe, by private subscriptions. Indo-Portuguese Schools.—At these the aggregate attendance of children, both male and fe- male, is about 100. Anglo-Chinese College.—This institution was commenced in 1818, and is the only Protestant college this side of the Ganges. The following is the general l>lan of the institution. I. "Nante,— The Anglo-Chi- nese College. II. "Object.— The reciprocal cultivation of Chinese and Eu- ropean literature.—On the one hand, the Chinese language and literature will be made acces- sible to Europeans; and on the other hand, the English lan- guage, with European literature and science, will be made acces- sible to the Ultra Ganges nations, who read Chinese. These na- tions are, China, Cochinchina, the Chinese colonies in the east- ern Archipelago, Lewchew, Co- rea, and Japan. The Malay language, and Ultra-Ganges lit- erature, generally, are included as subordinate objects. III. "What advantages, the College proposes to afford to students.—I. The College will be furnished with an extensive library of Chinese, Malay, and European books.—2. The as- sistance of European professors of the Chinese language, and of native Chinese tutors. The European professors will be Protestants.—3. • A fund will be formed for the mainte- nance of poor students.—4. To European students, the Chinese language will be taught, for such purposes as the students choose to apply it—to religion; to literature ; or to commerce.— 5. To native students, the En- glish language will be taught, geography, history, moral phi- losophy, and Christian theology, and such other branches of learning or science, as time and circumstances rnay allow. —6. There is at the station an English, Chinese, and Malay press, which literary students may avail themselves of. And it is intended, ultimately, to form 106 JliLV, Religious Intelligence. a botanical garden in connec- tion with the College, to collect under one view the tropical plants of the eastern Archi- pelago. IV. "Students to be admitted. Persons from any nation in Eu- rope, or from America; persons of any Christian communion, bringing with them proper testi- monials of their moral habits, and of the objects they have in view; persons from European or other universities, having traveling fellowships; persons belonging to commercial com- panies; and persons attached to the establishments of the official representatives of fo- reign nations, who wish to become acquainted with the Chinese language, will be ad- mitted.—Also native youths, belonging to China and its tri- butary kingdoms, or to any of the islands and countries around, who either support themselves, or are supported by Christian societies, or by private gentle- men, who wish to serve them, by giving them the means of obtaining a knowledge of the elements of English literature, will be admitted." For fourteen years, amidst many difficulties and discou- ragements, this institution has continued in successful opera- tion. Its influence not only over the Chinese, but over the Malays and other inhabitants of Ma- lacca, is far from inconsiderable. It must be highly gratifying to the friends of Christian edu- cation, to know that the College has enjoyed so much prosperity. We believe with others, who understand well its history and its design, "that it is an insti- tution which requires only lo be more generally known, to have its important objects universally appreciated." It has already been the means, under God, of great good; divine truth has been communicated, ignorance and prejudice, with many of their accompaniments, have been removed, and a change wrought over which holy angels have rejoiced. Several students left the College last year; and nine others were admitted; making the number then " on the fund" twenty-four. Some of the mem- bers of the senior class assist in teaching the juniors; and there are others now in the seminary, who promise to be useful in the same way. Preaching,—From the com- mencement of this mission, the gospel has been preached with various success, and often in four different languages. By private munificence, a chapel has been built, in which, on Sundays, at 10 o'clock A. M., a Chinese service is held; at 2 p. M., the scholars and teachers from the Chinese boys' schools are assembled for the purpose of catechetical instruction; im- mediately after this, the Por- tuguese service is commenced; and a Malay service has for- merly been, and will soon be again established in the eve- ning. There is also an English service in the chapel; some of the senior students of the College cheerfully attend at this service, as they do also "at the two week day evening services at the schools." The press, is a very efficient part of the mission at Malacca 1832. 10? Literary Notices. In Chinese, the blocks for a new octavo edition of the Sa- cred Scriptures have been com- pleted, and nearly the whole of an edition struck off; "the Domestic Christian Instructor" in 4 vols. octavo, by Dr. Mor- rison; a new edition of Dr. Milne's most popular tract— "Conversation between Two Friends"—" and some smaller tracts," have been completed. In Anglo-Chinese, the "Notitia Lingua; Sinicae," which we in- tend noticing hereafter, has been published. Also in English, Ma- lay, and Indo-Pnrtuguese, some small works have been printed. Books distributed.—The re- port before us includes a period of eighteen months; during which time 4,062 portions of the New Testament, and 26,209 religious tracts were distributed. Singapore.—Our letters from Singapore are up to the 17th ult. We are happy to leirn that "a cheerful and industrious spirit is apparent among almost all classes, and especially among the Chinese." In going among the Chinese, says a missionary, they "recognise and hail me gladly, and receive the books as cheerfully as ever. That a portion of true knowledge is widely entertained, is manifest by these two simple facts ; first, the people frequently say, the moment they see us and the books, that our religion de- nounces all idols and false gods; and, secondly, they repeat, that Jesus is the only Saviour. A brighter day, I think, is fast dawn- ing on these benighted lands. May the Lord, the Sun of right- eousness, soon arise upon them in all his glory and strength" LITERARY NOTICES. CHINESE BIOGRAPHY.—In the larger histories of China, bi- ographical notices of eminent persons are introduced ; but they are, generally, mere skeletons. Like a great deal of Chinese history, there is nothing but bone,—no flesh and skin to fill up and beautify the body. The name of a person,—when born, where he lived,—what offices he held,—and when he died,— make up a biography ; and these facts are told, generally, in a stiff, dry style, or ill-connect- ed patch-work; done by some copyist, who is hired to make quotations, at so many taels per month. The large biographical work called Sing Poo, was compiled on the singular principle of ex- cluding all bad men. The au- thor has accordingly left out Tsaou Tsaou, who wasthe Napo- leon of his age and country. The Chinese biographers do not exclude ladies from their pages. Queens or empresses are noticed in sections by them- selves. In the 21st volume of the Suh-tung Che, there are biographical accounts of the queens of the Eastern Tartars, 108 JULY, Literary Notices. in the 16th century, when the tribes of that region went by the name of Leaou. The wife of the founder of that name was like many Chinese ladies in olden times, a great military ge- nius, and greatly assisted her husband, in his stratagems of war. Her name produced an effect on all the surrounding barbarians, like the shock of an earthquake. To intimate that she was second only to the Queen of Heaven, she was call- ed 'Queen of Earth.' As the Tartar family now on the throne of China, consider these ancient Leaou as their an- cestors in the work named above, they have given notices, in the Chinese language, of the le- gends of former days, and of the attacks made upon the Chi- nese of that period. According to this authority, the (Jiieen of Earth, who had so materially assisted her husband in life, wished to be interred with him at his death; but her kindred and all the officers of state remon- strated with her and dissuaded her from doing so. Being pre- vented dying with her lord, she cut off her arm and placed it in his coffin, to accompany him to the grave. The Chinese historians, how- ever, give a different version of the affair. The Queen of Earth compelled a hundred of her mil- itary officers, who were offensive to her, to descend to the grave with their master. When it came to the turn of general Chaou Szewan to go and be put to death, he refused to march. The queen then said to him, "What! will you not go and see your sovereign, to whom you were so intimately related?" "No,"—replied the general, "none is so nearly related as your majesty. Why do you not go ?" She then said, I will cut off my arm, and send it to accom- pany him: which was forthwith done, and the general allowed to escape con-humation with his deceased master. The Queen of Earth lived to the age of seventy-five, taking an active part in war and poli- tics. Her son Taetsung chang- ed her title to a still more ho- norable one, and added a great many magnificent epithets, ft runs something like "the Ce- lestial Empress, abundant in virtue, most beneficent, fla- mingly illustrious, superlative in simplicity." PERIODICALS. The American Quarterly for September 1831, and the British Critic for Jan. 1832, are both in China. In these publications there is a great deal of good writing, and a con- siderable amount of good re- ligious principle. TheQuaiterly has taken charge of two topics in unison with our Repository; viz, The Am. Religious Tract Society, and the "Missionary Question." The articles are, we presume, by different hands; but of that we are not sure. They are both of them about eight tenths, as the Chinese say, of what we should like to see, so far as religion is concerned. We never much like a Christian, when Christianity is the theme, putting himself in the position of a mere Observer. Frigid ob- servers, who care not which ar- gument prevails, whether the Saviour or his enemies seem to gain the day—He will assured- ly gain it—are not much to our 1832. 109 Literary Notices. mind. Captain Ouo von Kot- zebue the Russian, is set against the American naval chaplain C. S. Stewart, with an evident leaning in favor of the latter, in consideration of the justice of his cause. The two witnesses are examined acutely and dispas- sionately, on the subject of South Sea missions. The ar- guments are taken chiefly from Tahiti where the English, and not the American missionaries were the actors. This selec- tion of witnesses seems very fair in the reviewer, although eventually it amounts only to this, if so much may be said for English missionaries at Tahiti, how much more may be said for the American misionaries at the Sandwich Islands; who, it i» affirmed, are generally supe- rior to the former. This savors a little of national partiality to which many good people are,—very erroneously we think —subject. However, we consid- er the article headed "Mission- ary Question" in the Quar- terly, a very faithful portraiture of the subject. In the British Critic, which is considered the organ of the "High Church Party," as the phrase is in that country—there is an interesting and well- written paper on "Church Re- form." Here no fundamental principle is abandoned, but it is fully admitted that there is much room for improvement,—not in doctrine, but in the quantity of liturgical service, and in disci- pline. The Critic proposes di- viding the usual morning ser- vice into two parts, i. e. the morning prayers to be one part, and the litany with the com- munion service the other part. Let the one and the other lie read two Sundays alternately every month, in order to shorten the devotional reading, which, by its length, wearies the spirit of devotion, even in the most devout. Another modification, (which the American Episco- pal Church has already adopt- ed,) is to change the words in the burial service, which give unqualified thanks to the Al- mighty for removing all sorts of brothers and sisters from the land of the living. There is reason and religion in this;— for we hold it to be pernicious to the ignorant and vicious, to have it appear on the face of the service, that all persons indiscriminately are sent to the rewards of virtue. We will not enter into the subject, but only say that we most cordially agree with the British Critic in this matter. We have in some strong cases, when using the burial service, felt ourselves under a neccessity of qualifying the sentence alluded to, in or- der to read it with sincerity, which we consider essential to a good conscience. The second article is a de- fence of Episcopacy against the Congregationalists of England. As forms of ecclesiastical poli- ty are not by us deemed essen- tial to vital Christianity, we waive the subject. Of much on the first topic—" An Introduc- tion to the Christian religion"— we most heartily approve, and in its publication we sincerely rejoice. An English and Japanese, and Japanese and English Vn- cabulary; by W. H. Medhurst, Balavia. no JUI.Y, Literary Notices. The day may not be fur dis- tant when the rulers of Japan shall change their policy, and admit to their coasts, foreigners of every nation, who may wish to visit " the country of the rising sun." In situation, size, and local advantages, Japan is not very unlike Great Britain ; and if she speedily receives those precepts of righteousness which alone can exalt a nation, she may, ere many generations have passed away, prove no mean ri- val of that western "Queen of Isles." The deadly hostility, which the inhabitants of Japan once manifested towards foreign- ers, has, we apprehend, abated, —not entirely, but in a great degree. And if we have been rightly informed, the heir-ap- parent,—a young man,—is re- markably, enterprising, intelli- gent, liberal-minded, fond of foreigners, and anxious to im- prove the condition, and elevate the character of the nation. We are anxiously waiting for the return of the "Lord Amherst," by whose voyage to the eastward, we hope much information will be obtained on these matters. But to the Vocabulary,— which, considering the circum- stances of its publication, is an exraordinary book, and by no means a bad one, estimating on- ly its intrinsic value.—" The author has never been in Japan, and has never had an oppor- tunity of conversing with the na- tives."—And "it must be remem- bered that the work has been executed at a lithographic press, by a self-taught artist, and in a warm climate, where the litho- graphy often fails; also that the .whole has been written by a Chinese, who understands nei- ther English nor Japanese." The execution of the work seems to have been an experi- ment; and we think, a very sa- tisfactory and successful one. This "first attempt" shows what can be done; while the book itself will be a great help to those who wish to acquire a knowledge of the Japanese lan- guage. The work is an octavo, of 344 pages, in two parts. "The title of Vocabulary has been pre- ferred to that of Dictionary, as the work does not profess to include every word in either language; the second part, how- ever, contains nearly seven thou- sand words, and might have been increased to double that number, had many words of Chinese origin been introduced, or others about which some doubt existed." "Thus," we are informed, "a mere vocabulary has been produced, and one too of few pretensions and many defects; but such as it is, the compiler casts it upon the indulgence of the public, hoping that it will not be hardly dealt with." The Japanese alphabet con- sists of forty-eight letters; and with but few exceptions, the letters are all distinct syllables, and are to be pronounced just as they stand in the alphabet, without mutilation or change. We cannot extend this notice; but shall endeavor, at another time, to give a more complete account of that language, toge- ther with some statistics re- specting that people, so long shut out, or rather who have so long excluded themselves,—from the great society of nations. 1832. Ill Journal of Occurrences. JOURNAL OF OCCURRENCES. REBELLION.—A Peking gazette of the 29th May, contains an account of a great victory gained over tbe mountaineers in Hoonnn, a few days previously.—"The rebels having inva- ded a district in the level country, and taken a small town named Ping- tseuen, our troops (snys governor Loo, Kwan in his dispatches to the emperor) attacked them on all sides, and prevented their escape into Can- ton province. The rebels, however, still kept possession of the town, from the walls of which they fired on and greatly harassed our troops; till about forty of the latter advanced, under cover of their shields, and leaped on the walls. At the first onset they were thrown back and several wound- ed ; but they rallied—and more troops coming forward to support them,— again mounted the walls, andcutdown above a thousand of the enemy. The rest of the rebels then feigned to of- fer submission. But Lo Szekeu (the Commander-in-chief) refused it; and placing two divisions, under lieut- general Ho Lungwoo, on the north and west sides of the town, to pre- vent any escape, he himself advan- ced on (he south and east sides. A cannonade was then opened on the town, and 'fire balls' thrown in among the rebels, by which means large numbers of them were killed and burnt. But they still obstinately con- tinued to return our fire; our troops, therefore, made a sudden rush among them, killed about a thousand of them; and took prisoners several of their chiefs. They, however, suc- ceeded in again closing the gates on us. Bui Lo-Szeken urged and excit- ed a more vigorous attack; our men rushed forward, fearless of danger; and the rebels were routed, hut main- tained a running fight, till coming between two bodies of our troops, they were slain to the number of two or three thousand. Among the prisoners taken were two sons of Chaou Kin-lung,—two chiefs, Chaou- Wan-fungand Le Tihming,*—besides 50 inferior persons. Ten cannon and above SOOOsmall arms also were taken. The fighting lasted ten days, from the 5th to 15th of May, and about six thousand of the rebels were killed or taken prisoners. The rem- nant do not amount to one tenth of their original number. It is hoped that in a few days the chief rebel himself will fall into our hands." The emperor expresses himself highly gratified with the news of this victory, and with the conduct of his officers. He' directs the Board of Office to deliberate what honors shall be conferred on the the three prin- cipal officers, governor Loo Kwan, and the two generals Lo Szekeu and Yu Pooyun. The list of presents bestowed on the meritorious officers is curious;—" To Loo Kwan, one feather-case of white jade, (this is a small tube, into which are inserted the peacock s, and other feathers some- times bestowed by the emperor),— a finger ring of white jade,—a small knife (this is for cutting meat, and is coupled with a pair of chopsticks),— a pair of large pockets, with yellow strings and coral ornaments, (these are for mere ornament, not use, and HIM; worn behind),—and four small pockets.—To Lo Szekeu," &c., sim- ilar presents are bestowed. While victory has thus crowned the imperial arms in tbe adjoining province, the rebels have given up the contest in that quarter, and have turned round to defeat the army of this province, which is acting under the immediate directions of governor Le. It was stated in our last num- ber, that there had been some "hard fighting." A'dispatch to the emperor from gov. Le contains some interesi- * The same who was formerly staled by the Chinese, and iu this vvoik ('page 41.}. to be their king. Journal of Occurrences. ing particulars; which, with credible reports now current here, give the war a very unfavorable aspect,—so far at least, as the "Great Pure dynas- ty," is concerned. The governer, it appears, on ar- riving at the seat of war, was deter- mined to pursue the rebels speedi- ly and without mercy. Fifteen of the Yaou-jin, who fell into his hands, were accused of being spies, and in- stantly put to the sword. By the help of maps, spies, coun- sels, An-,., arrangements were made for ft desperate onset; and about 2 o'clock, June 20th, the imperial troops were in motion. In five divisions, and by five different passes, they at- tempted to enter the territory of the "Golden Dragon;" but were repuls- ed, with considerable loss, at every point. About eighty officer* fell; the number of private, who perished, is not stated. For an event so un- toward, his excellency betrays not a little solicitude, and makes some statements in extenuation. The rug- gedness of the bills, the narrowness of the passes, and the mode of war- fare adopted by the rebels, &c., are carefully mentioned. The explosion of a magazine of gunpowder, fired by the Dragon's men. did great damage. The courage and exploits of seve- ral of his majesty's officers are no- ticed with approbation, by governor Le; the conduct of others is severely censured. The imperial commissioners, He- ngan and Hoo-sung-ih, accompanied by a body of troops, arrived at Leen- c.'liow from Hoonan, on the 26th inst. The latest accounts from the hills state, that the military are exceed- ingly displeased, because the go- vernor, in his dispatches to the em- peror, has concealer/ the, lost of privates and non-commissioned officers. The sur- vivors say, "there is no use in our sacrificing our lives in secret: if our toils are concealed from the emperor, neither we, nor our posterity will be rewarded." The mutiny rose to such a height, as to induce his ex- cellency to send a courier after the original dispatches, in the hope of overtaking them, and of making such additions as would satisfy the sol- diery. Under these circumstances, the mountaineers are said ated me with great respect.—The elements seern- e , at this time, to have conspired against us ; winds and tide were contrary, and our progress was scarcely perceptible. In the neighborhood of Shanso is Kanchow, one of the principal ports of Shantung. The trading vessels anchor near the shore, and their supercar- goesjgo to the town by a small river. There is here a market for Indian and European merchandise, almost all kinds of which bear a tolerable price. The duties are quite low, and the mandarins have very little control over the trade. It may be stated that in general, the Shantung people are far more honest than the inhabitants of the southern pro- vinces, though the latter treat them with disrespect, as being greatly their inferiors. On the 8th of September, we passed Tingching, a fortress situated near the shore, on the frontiers of Chihle and Shantung provinces; it seemed to be a pretty large place, surrounded by a high wall. We saw some excellent plantations in its vicinity, and the country, generally, presented a very lively aspect, with many verdant scenes, which the wearied eye seeks for in vain, on the naked rocks of Shantung. On the 9th, we were in great danger. Soon after we had anchored near mouth of the Pei ho (or Pih ho, the White river), a gale suddenly arose, and raged for about six hours. Several junks, which had left the harbor of Le-to with us were wrecked; but a merciful God preserved our vessel. As the wind blew from the north, the agreeable 132 Gutzlaff's Journal; AUG. temperature of the air was soon changed to a piercing cold. Though we were full 30 miles dis- tant from the shore, the water was- so much blown back by the force of the wind, that a man could easily wade over the sand bar; and our sailors went out in different directions to catch crabs, which were very numerous. But in a few days afterwards, a fa- vorable south wind blew, when the water increas- ed and rose to the point from which it had fallen. In a little time large numbers of boats were seen coming from the mouth of the river, to offer assist- ance in towing the junk in from the sea. We had approached a considerable distance to- wards the shore before we saw the land, it being al- most on a level with the sea. The first objects1 which we could discern were two small forts; these are situated near the month of the river, and within the last few years have been considerably repaired. The natives, who came on board, were rather rude in manners, and poorly clothed. Scarcely had we anchored, when some opium dealers from Tee'ntsin came* alongside; they stated, that in consequence of the heir of the crown having died by opium smok- ing, very severe edicts had been published against the use of the drug, and that because the difficulty of trading in the article at the city was so great, they had come out to purchase such quantities of it as might be for sale on board our junk. The entrance of the Pei ho presents nothing but scenes of wretchedness; and the whole adjacent country seemed to be as dreary as a desert. While the southern winds blow, the coast is often over- flowed to a considerable extent; and the country more inland affords very little to attract attention, being diversified only by stacks of salt, and by nu- merous tumuli which mark the abodes of the dead. The forts are nearly square, and are surrounded by single walls; they evince very tittle advance in the art of fortification. The people fold me. that when 1832. Entrance of the Pei ho. 133 the vessels of the last English embassy were an- chored off the Pei ho, a detachment of soldiers—in- fantry and cavalry—was sent hither to ward off any attack that might be made. The impression made on the minds of the people by the appearance of those ships is still very perceptible. I frequently heard unrestrained remarks concerning barbarian fierceness and thirst after conquest, mixed with eu- logiums on the equitable government of the English at Singapore. The people wondered how a few barbarians, without the transforming influence of the celestial empire, could arrive at a state of civilization, very little inferior to that of 'the Middle Kingdom.' They rejoiced that the water at the bar of the Pel ho was too shallow to afford a passage for men-of-war (which, however, is not the case; when the south wind prevails, there is water enough for ships of the largest class); and, that its course was too rapid to allow the English vessels to ascend the river. While these things were mentioned with exultation, it was remarked by one who was present, that the barbarians had 'fire-ships,' which could proceed up the river without the aid of trackers; this remark greatly astonished them, and excited their fears; which, however, were quieted, when I assured them, that those bnrbarrans, as they called them, though valiant, would never make an attack unless provoked, and that if the celestial empire never provoked them, there would not be the least cause to fear. Though our visitors here were numerous, they cared very little about me, and treated me in the same man- ner as they did the other passengers. Most of the in- habitants, who reside near the shore, are poor fisher- men ; their food consists, almost exclusively of Barba- does millet, boiled like rice, and mixed with water in various proportions, according to the circumstances of the individuals;—if they are rich, the quantity of water is small, if poor, as is usually the case, the quantity is large. They eat with astonishing rapid- ity, cramming their mouths full of millet and salt 134 Gutzlqff^s Journal; AUG. vegetables,—if they are fortunate enough to obtain any of the latter. Most of the inhabitants live in this way ; and only a few persons who are wealthy, and the settlers from Keangnan, Fuhkeen, and Canton pro- vinces enjoy the luxury of rice. In a district so sterile as this, the poor inhabitants labor hard and to little purpose, trying to obtain from the productions of the soil the means of subsistence. The village of Takoo, near which we anchored, is a fair specimen of the architecture along the banks of the Pei ho,—and it is only on the banks of the river, throughout these dreary regions, that the people fix their dwellings. The houses are generally low and square, with high walls towards the streets; they are well adapted to keep out the piercing cold of winter, but are constructed with little regard to convenience. The houses of all the inhabitants, however rich, are built of mud, except- ing only those of the officers, which are of brick. The hovels of the poor have but one room, which is, at the same time, their dormitory, kitchen, and parlor. In these mean abodes, which, to keep them warm, are stopped up at all points, the people pass the dreary days of winter; and often with no other prospect than that of starving. Their chief enjoyment is the pipe. Rich individuals, to re- lieve the pressing wants of the populace, some- times give them small quantities of warm millet; and the emperor, to protect them against the in- clemency of the season, compassionately bestows on them a few jackets. I had much conversation with these people, who seemed to be rude but hardy, poor but cheerful, and lively but quarrel- some. The number of these wretched beings is very great, and many, it is said perish annually by the cold of winter. On account of this overflow- ing population, wages are low, and provisions dear; most of the articles for domestic consumption are brought from other districts and provinces; hence 1832. Village of Takou. 135 many of the necessaries of life—even such as fuel, are sold at an enormous price. It is happy for this barren region, that it is situated in the vicinity of the capital; and that large quantities of silver—the chief article of exportation—are constantly flowing thither from the other parts of the empire. Some mandarins from Takoo came on board our junk; their rank and the extent of their au- thority were announced to us by a herald who preceded them. They came to give us permission to proceed up the river; this permission, however, had to be bought by presents, and more than half a day was occupied in making the bargain. Before we left this place, I gave a public dinner to all on board, both passengers and sailors. This induced one of their company to intimate to me, that in order to conciliate the favor of Matsoo po, some offerings should be made to her. I replied, "Never, since I came on board, have I seen her even taste of the offerings made to her; it is strange, that she should be so in want, as to need any offerings from me."—" But," answered the man, "the sailors will take care that nothing of what she refuses is lost."—"It is better," said I, "to give directly to the sailors, whatever is intended for them; and let Matsoo po, if she be really a goddess, feed on ambrosia, and not upon the base spirits and food which you usually place before her; if she has any being, let her provide for herself; if she is merely an image, better throw her idol with its satellites into the sea, than have them here to incumber the junk."—" These are barbarian no- tions," rejoined my antagonist, "which are so deep- ly rooted in your fierce breast, as to lead you to trample on the laws of the celestial empire."—"Bar- barian reasoning is conclusive reasoning," 1 again replied; " if you are afraid to throw the idol into the waves, I will do it, and abide the consequences. You have heard the truth, that there is cmly one 136 CutzlaJjTs Journal; AUG. God, even as there is only one sun in the firmament. Without his mercy, inevitable punishment will over- take you, for having defied his authority, and given yourself up to the service of dumb idols; reform or you are lost!" The man was silenced and con- founded, and only replied,—"Let the sailors feast, and Matsoo po hunger." As soon as we were again ready to proceed, about thirty men came on board to assist in towing the junk; they were very thinly clothed, and seemed to be in great want; some dry rice that was given to them, they devoured with inexpressible delight. When there was not wind sufficient to move the junk, these men, joined by some of our sailors, towed her along against the rapid stream; for the Pei ho has no regular tides, but constantly flows into the sea with more or less rapidity. During the ebb tide, when there was not water enough to enable us to proceed, we stopped and went on shore. The large and numerous stacks of salt along the river, especially at Teentsin, cannot fail to arrest the attention of strangers. The quantity is very great, and seems sufficient to supply the whole empire; it has been accumulating during the reign of five emperors; and it still continues to accumu- late. This salt is formed in vats near the seashore; from thence it is transported to the neighborhood of Takoo, where it is compactly piled up on hil- locks of mud, and covered with bamboo mattings; in this situation it remains for some time, when it is finally put into bags and carried to Teentsin, and kept for a great number of years, before it can be sold. More than 800 boats are constantly employed in transporting this article,—and thousands of per- sons gain a livelihood by it, some of whom become very rich: the principal salt merchants, it is said, are the richest persons in the empire. Along the banks of the Pei ho are many vil- lages and hamlets, and are all built of the same Tlie Pci ho. 137 ~* -terial and in the same style as at Takoo. Large fields of Barbadoes millet, pulse, and turnips, were teen in the neighborhood; these were carefully cultivated and watered by women,—who seem to enjoy more liberty here than in the southern pro- vinces. Even the very poorest of them were well dressed; but their feet were much cramped, which gave them a hobbling gait, and compelled them to use sticks when they walked. The young and rising population seemed to be very great. The ass,—here rather a small and meagre animal,—is the prin- cipal beast employed in the cultivation of the soil. The implements of husbandry are very simple, and even rude. Though this country has been in- habited for a great many centuries, the roads for their miserable carriages are few, and in some places even a foot-path for a lonely traveler can scarcely be found. My attention was frequently attracted by the in- scription tsew teen "wine tavern," which was written over the doors of many houses. Upon inquiry I found, that the use of spirituous liquors, especially that distilled from suh-ledng grain, was very gener- al, and intemperance with its usual consequences very prevalent. It is rather surprising that no wine it extracted from the excellent grapes, which grow abundantly on the banks of the Pei ho, and consti- tute the choicest fruit of the country. Other fruits, such as apples and pears, are found here, though in kind they are not so numerous, and in quality are by no means so good as those of Europe. We proceeded up the river with great cheerful- ness; the men who towed our junk took care to supply themselves well with rice, and were very active in their service. Several junks were in com- pany with us, and a quarrel between our sailors and some Fuhkeen men broke out, the consequences of which might have been very serious. Some of our men had already armed themselves with pikes, and 138 Gutzlujps Journal; AUG. were placing themselves in battle array, whon, hap- pily terms of peace were agreed on by a few of the senior members of the party. Several years ago a quarrel, which originated between two junks, brought all the Fuhkeen and Chaou-chow men in the neighborhood, into action; both parties fought fiercely, but confined themselves principally to loud and boisterous altercation; the mandarins, who always know how to profit by such contentions, soon took a lively interest in the affair, and by endea- voring to gain something from the purses of the combatants, immediately restored peace and tran- quillity among them. Similar consequences were feared in the present case, on which account the men were the more willing to desist from the strife; they were farther prompted to keep peace, by the prospect of trading with some merchants who had come on board for that object. Indeed, as the voyage was undertaken for the purpose of trading, our men constantly engaged in that business; and when there were no opportunities of trading with strangers, they would carry on a traffic among themselves; but, unhappily, their treasure did not always increase so fast as the cargo diminished. My anxiety was greatly increased by our approach to Peking. A visit to the capital of the Chinese em- pire—an object of no little solicitude, after many perils, and much loss of time,—was now near in prospect. How this visit would be viewed hy the Chinese government, I knew not; hitherto they had taken no notice of me; but a crisis had now come;—as a missionary, anxious to promote the welfare of my fellow-creatures, and more willing to be sacrificed in a great cause, than to remain an idle spectator of the misery entailed on China by idolatry, I could not remain concealed at a place where there are so many mandarins,—it was expected that the local authorities would interfere. Almost friendless, with small pecuniary resources, without any personal 1832. The, Pfi ho. 130 knowledge of the country and its inhabitants, I was forced toprepare for the worst. Considerations of this kind, accompanied by the most reasonable conjec- ture, that I could do nothing for the accomplishment of the great enterprise, would have intimidated and dispirited me, if a Power from on high had not continually and graciously upheld and strengthened me. Naturally tirnid and without talent and re- sources in myself, yet by divine aid—and by that alone,—I was foremost in times of danger, and to such a degree, that the Chinese sailors would often call me a bravado. Fully persuaded that I was not prompted by self- interest and vain glory, but by a sense of duty as a missionary, and deeply impressed by the greatness and all-sufficiency of the Saviour's power and gra- cious assistance enjoyed in former days, I grounded my hope of security and protection under the shadow of his wings, and my expectation of success on the promises of his holy word. It has long been the firm conviction of my heart, that in these latter days the glory of the Lord will be revealed to China; and that, the dragon being dethroned, Christ will be the sole king and object of adoration throughout this ex- tensive empire. This lively hope of China's speedy deliverance from the thralldom of Satan by the hand of our great Lord Jesus Christ—the King of kings,— to whom all nations, even China, are given as an inheritance, constantly prompts me to action, and makes me willing rather to perish in the attempt of carrying the gospel to China, than to wait quietly on the frontiers—deterred by the numerous obstacles which seem to forbid an entrance into the country. I am fully aware that I shall be stigmatized as a headstrong enthusiast, an unprincipled rambler, who rashly sallies forth, without waiting for any indications of divine Providence, without first seeing the door opened by the hand of the Lord;—as one fond of novelty, anxious to have a name, fickle in his purposes, who leaves a promising field, and 140 GutzlfiJTs Journal. AUG. restless hurries away to another,—all of whose en- deavors will not only prove useless, but will actually impede the progress of the Saviour's cause. I shall not be very anxious to vindicate myself against such charges—though some of them are very well found- ed,—until the result of my labors shall be made known to my accusers. I have weighed the argu- ments for and against the course I am endeavoring to pursue, and have formed the resolution to publish the gospel to the inhabitants of China Proper, in all the ways and by all the means, which the Lord our God appoints in his word and by his providence;— to persevere in the most indefatigable manner so long as there remains any hope of success,—and rather to be blotted out from the list of mortals, than to behold with indifference the uncontrolled triumph of Satan over the Chinese. Yet still, I am not igno- rant of my own nothingness, nor of the formidable obstacles, which on every side shut up the way, and impede our progress; and I can only say,—" Lord here I am, use me according to thy holy pleasure." Should any individuals be prompted to extol my conduct, I would meet and repel such commenda- tion by my thorough consciousness of possessing not the least merit; let such persons rather than thus vainly spend their breath, come forth, and join in the holy cause with zeal and wisdom superior to any who have gone before them; the field is wide, the harvest truly great, and the laborers are few. Egotism, obtrusive monster!—lurks through these pages; it is my sincere wish, therefore, to be com- pletely swallowed up in the Lord's great work, and to labor unknown and disregarded, cherishing the joyful hope, that my reward is in heaven, and my name, though a very unworthy one, written in "the book of life."—I return to my detail. (To be continued.} 1832. Intercourse with China. 141 MISCELLANIES. INTERCOURSE WITH CHINA.—In a publication devoted to the diffusion of a correct knowledge of China, in which the events of her history, the value of her literature, the character of her people, &.c., may all be expected to find a place, it cnnnot be irrelevant to introduce, occasionally, some remarks on her po- sition and relations as a great political division of the earth. The extent, division, and geographical features of the empire have already come under consideration as prominently interest- ing matter of inquiry. The foreign relations and intercourse of China, the subject of these remarks, are no less unique -and worthy of attention, than the boundaries and varieties of her surface, or the productions of her authors, or the manners of her population, or the succession of her dynasties. It is*hoped that much of knowledge and wit will yet be drawn from her literature, to widen the paths of human wisdom, and to strew them with flowers. Traits of national character will probably be pointed out for us to admire and to imitate. Even out of the barren soil of imperial nomenclature, some plant of use- fulness may be found to grow. But it is when we turn to the subject of the paper now before us, that curiosity becomes combined with feelings of peculiar interest. We are affected not only by its great im- portance in the abstract, but by its nearness and close connec- tion with our present employments and future hopes. We do not expect an equal interest to the felt by our friends and countrymen in another hemisphere; any more than that a grand range of mountains should continue to fix and awe us with their height and form, when diminished in the distance, to the level and limit of vision. The subject is so important that, no wonder our strength is tasked by it, yet so mainly important to us only, that we are not surprised, it has not be- come the concern of the whole world. We say this, because the desire of beneficial changes in our situation here, has been wrongly rebuked on the one hand, and the difficulties, through which such changes must be effected, have been disallowed on the other. It is not our intention, nor within our ability, to examine all the bearings of the topic in a single paper. Our purposes will be better answered by repeated communications, several- ly incomplete, combining the views of different individuals. 142 Intercourse with China. AUG. These aims,—to hasten by Tgument and the statement of truth, a free admission for o11 'v ,s and the world, within the Chinese empire,—are great _.iough to demanu, and good enough te engage, universal cooperation. They have been urged already, though perhaps with more zeal than wisdom. They will not be unfelt by any who h ive brought with them, to this country, any portion of that warmth, which, as if it were a new spring- time in the history of man, is now in so many other countries, kindling and glowing in his veins. We shall not be easily drawn or distracted from them, cut off as we are from all participation in those pursuits which now engross the active and good in our native lands. Yet the greatest ardor in the cause of general amelioration must be directed by Wisdom, and the stricter the limitation to the field immediately around us, the closer should be the attention to her precepts. However desirous we are to enter this long forbidden land, we do dot hesitate to say it may be done rashly and unjustifiably. Our situation here is not one of intolerable hardship, nor such as revives the natural laws and resorts of self-preservation. Neither was the Chinese policy always, as now, anti-social and repulsive. The time was when strangers were welcomed and favored; when the imperial hand was stretched out to receive and reward them. We must divide the credit of the unhappy change equitably, between the growing Jesuitism of the one party, and the awaken- ed jealousy of the other. The history and the results are universally known and regretted. We have heard some of our most intelligent visitors inquire,— what are the grievances and oppressions, of which we have heard so much, aud seen and felt nothing? Your persons and properties are protected and secure, and the business which draws you to this country is conducted without impediment, and facilitated by admirable arrangements and private assistance. Such questions we have never rebutted with long accounts of the petty insults of official or unofficial offenders,—though sometimes sufficiently annoying, nor with government proclamations, which from time to time seem still to contract our narrow limits by paper walls. These are confessedly declaratory and formal, and we are not at liberty to -use them, at the same time, as ground of serious argument and remonstrance, and as matter of common jest. We never assert on such occasions, that our commercial intercourse is hampered by new restrictions, or our persons confined by closer restraints; for our callings and bodies are yet exercised as freely, or as little freely, as at former periods. We reply, that we are discontented, because better ac- quainted than our remote predecessors with the rights and duties of man. They desired no more that an exchange of articles of commerce, of inward and outward cargoes; we wish a "traffic in intellectual and moral commodities." They asked no more that fair prices in trade; we demand relief from the pressure of ungratified curiosity and forbidden inquiry. They were pleased 1832. Intercourse with China. 143 with lives as monotonous aa the paddy fields that extend around the spot of our residence; we claim the liberty and variety of motion and novelty. Their imaginations never wandered be- yond the barren ridge that rises and bounds our view to the northward of our factories; we feel our confinement to be a prison, and long to be set at liberty. The obvious policy of the powers that be, in this and many other countries, is to keep things as they are. To those who ham all that heart can wish there is but one work left, viz. "to perpetuate possession." These resist innovation and dread change. They dream that a cake of barley-bread tumbles into the encampment, and overthrows the hosts of Midian. In the same way those who are over us here will naturally resist our struggles for amelioration, whether we in our humility impute it to their contempt, or in our haughtiness to their fears. The sovereign of this great empire cannot dread anything from a handful of foreigners employed abort the bettering of their own circumstances, not the reversal of his state. We may and do entertain more extensive views than concern our selfish interests, but what credit have we with this government for these? We are inclined to think, though our restricted condition in China has resulted from old distrust, and its amelioration might lead to fundamental changes in this ancient empire, that the origin being ill remembered and the results unsuspected, the mere vis inertia? of haughty custom and the general opposition to in- novation, are the forces we have to overcome. If the power of foreign nations be really feared, why enforce the system BO obnoxious to them? Or if the contamination of foreign principles be the deprecated evil, why guard with so inferior principles the access of the native subject to the sources of infection? All we can understand of the Chinese system is that it cries, "lunge, tonge, abeste profani!" to all who would touch its institutions, or language, or soil; and unlike that land whose liberty inspires him that breathes its air, the footsteps that press this, can be only those of a tributant and a slave. It will be seen that we attach little comparative importance to local and petty annoyances. We complain of exclusion from all but a corner of a great division of the common earth, which we ask not to possess in conquest, but to enjoy in participative friendship and peace. Our private interests would certainly be forwarded by a better intercourse; and so would that providential scheme, which has divided the products of the earth to different climes, that it might unite their possessors in mutual depend- ence and benefit. We should be glad, as travelers in China, to wander over her provinces, and gaze on the grand and cu- rious works of nature and man within her. As philanthropists, we could welcome to our sympathies, another world of fellow- men, whose genius and intellectual powers, and shades of cha- racter, and worth of friendship, and charms of affection, and everything but existence, had been till then unknown. Nor 144 Intercourse with China. AUG. is this all. Ever since the dispersion of man, the richest stream of human blessings has, in the will of Providence, followed a western course. The earth with its beauty and glory, the laws of nature harmonious and wonderful, the accumulated treasures of western genius and wisdom, the noble, inestimable disco- veries of Revelation, how imperfectly known, or how perfectly unknown here I—a view of the subject which recalls the Chi- nese exclusive system more to our sorrow than our anger. How little has she to give; how much to receive! How small a proportion do the personal advantages derivable to us from freer communication bear, to the gifts we can instrumentally bestow. How well may we reckon the exertion of such instru- mentality as the highest of our purposes'—its withdrawal as the deepest of our wrongs. Here it may be objected, that even benefits cannot be forced on those who are unwilling to receive them. We agree, in reply, that the pride which refuses them for itself may be left to bearjits self-inflicted calamity. But we know, that the na- tional policy which bears so vexatiously on the foreigner and cruelly on the native in China, is chargeabel on her rulers, not on her people. The fearful power we see exerted here by a few individuals of impoverishing not only themselves but many millions, can have no foundation in right, nor any plea to be let alone. What interference can match such assumption? Were the exclusive policy an emanation from the public will in China, our arguments should have been addressed-to the public mind, and our hope of amelioration would have rested on' the removal of individual prejudice and ill-will. As it is, we refer to the public representatives of our native states the con- sideration and removal of what are strictly official evils. We bring forward our lesser but not little grievances, to hasten and cover measures, which must bring, together with their re- moval, honor to our governments and benefit to the whole world. We do not compare our situation for desperateness, to that of a celebrated personage, who amidst the rising wa- ters of a sea-bed, bade his attendants take diverging paths, if by some one of them, they might escape the advancing tide. Yet commerce with China, narrowed and fettered as it al- ways has been, .may claim the attention of executives, who lavish ministers and money, for a place among 'the most fa- vored nations' in every petty principality. We press the neces- sity of interference for us the more openly now that the im- potence of a few isolated foreigners, surrounded by a vastly numerous and not contemptible people, is acknowledged on all hands. It is possible, another dynasty may come to occupy the *'dragon*throne," and another Kublai or Kanghe be on it, to welcome the foreigner to a country, where he is himself a stranger. Or a new policy under some wise representative of the reigning line, may reverse our case. Or the "lances of heaven may be pointed in ambition farther westward, and finding "no 1832. Intercourse with China. 145 Turk between," and unexpected light may flash on us, from the arms that would then certainly meet and shiver them. Or col- lision may take place on the frontiers, with that power, which has extended itself over so many divided and reduced kingdoms in India, to unite and restore them. Or the esteem which private worth may win, or the good which pious exertions may do in the vicinity of our residence, may open a wider circle of acquaintance, and an unrestricted sphere of benevolent ac- tivity. We need not reject these conligencies, though we should be sorry to wait their time. We still hope to see our situation bettered, by the mild interference of those commercial nations of Europe and America, who have a direct interest in the improvement. Again it may be objected, that the ill-reception and dismissal of embassies has led no ground for such a hope. It is true, they have been tried unsuccessfully, but was there nothing wrong in the spirit and conduct of those missions? Has their object been to serve the cause of humanity, or that of national preference and aggrandizement 1 If their motive has been un- impeachable, have they been undertaken in union and concert, as the act of consentient nations, and pushed with the ardor worthy a great and common purpose? Has not the lesson of the Dominican and Jesuit division been forgotten, and a rejec- tion almost asked by promising never, if refused, to ask again? We are not now urging measures to a crisis, nor forgetting the "blood and tears," the madness and guilt of hostile incursions. We would not trample down the customs of China with ca- valry, nor cut up her prejudices with the sabre, nor carry our points and hrr cities by storm. Some violated compacts, or outrageous injuries, would be little enough to justify such acts. Yet we cannot but ask, what are the positions of China and western nations, that the terms of their intercourse hitherto, should ever continue? Is the effective power of the emperor at all commensurate with the extent of his dominions, or the numbers of his subjects? Is it forgotten by these subjects, that he is the descendant of a foreigner? And does not the name of an ancient line of native princes, the recollection and refinement of a court, still linger in their once splendid, now decaying capital? Is he not often called to denounce the secret associa- tions, and to oppose the organized force of rebellion? Is not the general tie, which binds his provinces to his person and allegiance as undefinable and as brittle as the thread of human life? His dominions are as much exposed to external violence, a» to domestic insecurity. Unfortified and unprotected by a naval force, the maritime cities and coasting trade of China are scarcely safe from piratical spoliation. Even that great medium of inland communication, the Imperial canal, by which the tribute of the provinces is conveyed to the capital, is easily accessible to an enemy. There is no probability that China will ever be an object of cupidity or ambition to other nations I4C Intercourse with China. A.VG. It is more likely her arrogant pretensions cover many convic- tions of weakness, and that those claims will be yielded when that weakness is exposed. We have sometimes been refractory; on which occasions our Chinese masters have stopped our supplies. Fas est ah hoste doccri. This is a better way of humbling pride, than laying it low in the dust of death; a kinder way of cooling the soldier's blood, than spilling it on the cold earth. Lei us hope, if a warlike armament ever approaches these shores, it will direct itself to intercept the supplies of food and money, which fill the imperial troops ;md treasury, and leave his ma- jesty, "to keep his capital and feel the pressure of scarcity,— or to advance and expose it to capture,—or to retire and abdi- cate his throne," if he prefer either of these alternatives, to safe and easy concession. We cannot and do not expect the go- vernments of the present age, to embark in Quixotic enterprises. Such a one, in existing circumstances, would be the invasion of China. Yet if our distance might give us that hearing, which our presence could not claim, we would assure those exalted personages who hold the reins of empire'in the west, that if by the united expression of their desires, they could influence the policy of the sovereign of China, their generation would thank them, and posterity honor them. It is a great object, inviting and meriting their concert. They wear in such-a cause the triple armor of justice, and though but little good should directly result to their proper dominions from success, they would indulge a great ambition without sacrifice. In liberat- ing China, to how vast a people would they transmit their names, to be ever and ever gratefully remembered and ce- lebrated! The haughty customs and vague apprehensions before al- luded to, as opposing our purposes, would be best overcome, by communicating to the Chinese what we have learned by Reve- lation. To be sure, it is still more extensively true, that Chris- tianity so far as received, must go to dry up the sources of human sorrow and misery, and to revest the earth with the love- liness and and felicity of Eden. We only mean, in this instance, that a knowledge of the common origin of all mankind, of their one Creator and blood, and the undissevered ties, which in their widest dispersion ever did and will in duty bind them, would be the best auxiliary, and highest guaranty to our success. Such knowledge we are in part able, and every way interested to diffuse. May this great engine of emancipation be no longer neglected. Carefully managed, its operation will be surely and powerfully favorable. The consummation we may not live to see. The generation that surrounds us "in numbers without number," and that new growth of living men which will suc- ceed, may not be blessed by it: but its ultimate approach may be predicted with confidence lu. story will fill one of the brightest pages of the world's history Even on the cathest and 1832. Tlie Influence of Religion. 147 feeblest efforts to hasten it, an interest and a charm will be reflected, strong as that which the splendid career of a hero awakens in the obscure incidents of his boyhood and youth; and lovely as those soft tints, which the gorgeous clouds, lighted up by a setting sun, throw back on the opposite region of the sky. THE INFLUENCE OF RELIGION in the formation of human character, individually and nationally, is greater than that of any other cause. It is greater than that of political institutions, for these also, are modified by the influence of religion. Al- though there is, when minutely considered, so great a variety of religions in the world, they are after all reducible to these three great divisions; the Christian, Mohammedan, and Pagan. In respect of intellectuality and humanity, the Christian nations, both of the old and new world, are far in advance of the Mohammedan and Pagan nations now on the face of the globe. This, we believe, will be generally admitted, and is only to be accounted for by the superiority of the Christian religion, which communicates to the human mind more exalted ideas of the Divine Being, more liberal views of his universal government of all nations, and a more equal and benevolent morality than any other system of religious belief. In China, the ethics of Confucius operate, perhaps more than the re.ligions of Taou and Budha in forming the national cha- racter. And the moral philosophy of the ancient sage, in the hands of the modern scribes and Sadducees of China—thejoo- keaou or literati, is remarkable chiefly, for contractedness, pride, and selfishness. We do not think that the exclusiveness of Chinese policy is to be attributed merely to the fear of being conquered; but to their contracted systems of religion and Hhics. Confucius said, "Fan gun chung," extensively love all, or in the translation of the late Mr. Collie, "show univer- sal benevolence." But a modern annotator of the sage,—like some Christian preachers whom we have heard explain away the precept, "Love thy neighbor as thyself,"—says that, it is not necessary to love every man, but only to cherish a spirit of harmony, and not to usurp what is convenient to oneself. He makes the injunction merely negative, instead of requiring ac- tive benevolence, To love all men with complacency, is not possible, nor is it required by our Savior; but to love all men with a sincere wish to do them good, is possible, and is re- quired. The heaven and the earth, and the gods and goddesses of China, produce very little reverence or respect in the minds even of the religious. The two powers, heaven and earth, are more feared, than the divine beings whom they worship. They seem often to think themselves as good as their gods. And their offerings, sacrifices and vows, are more like an offer of bribes for the good services of these spiritual beings, than devout worship dim from PV to make a very cuti- 1832. Budhism.—Calcutta, Christ. Observer. 155 siderable addition to the excel- lent and useful works which we already possess on Chinese phi- lology The British nobleman, by whose munificent liberality the work has been given to the world, will feel no small share of gratification in thus contribut- ing to smooth the path of the inquisitive student, who is un- weariedly seeking a competent acquaintance with the language and literature of China. Anglo- C. College Report fur 1831. BUDHISM.—"M. Abel-R6mu- sat has in preparation a com- prehensive memoir on Budhism, the chief object of which is to fix the point at which the in- quiries of European scholars have arrived in respect to that peculiar religion, and to point out what is still necessary to be known, in order to make its principal dogmas clearly under- stood. The first part will con- tain an analysis of Mr. Hodg- son's dissertations on the sub- ject of the Budhism of Nepaul, accompanied by a systematic table of the opinions of the Budhists of that country, on the points of theology and cosmo- gony;—the second will be de- voted to an examination of Mr. Schmidt's memoirs,—read be- fore the Imperial Academy at St Petersburgh,on the Budhism of the Mongols, with a sketch of their system contrasted with that of the Hindoos. The third part will exhibit a comparison of the theistic Budhism of the Nepaulese with the pantheistic system of M. Schmidt, in con- nection with the Samansean doc- trines of the Chinese."—Asiatic Jiiurnal, October, 1831. We shall hail with pleasure the appearance of this publica- tion in China. Budhism, espe- cially the Budhism of China, is a subject hitherto little known. Any new information from the pen of a scholar so learned in the chief Budhistic languages as Abel-Remusat is, must there- fore be very acceptable. We consider it very desirable that those whose object it is to preach the gospel to the heathen Budhists and Taouists, should acquire considerable acquaint- ance with the peculiar doctrines which they are laboring to subvert. CALCUTTA CHRISTIAN OB- SERVER.—By a prospectus, re- ceived a few days ago, we learn that the first number of this new monthly religious and literary periodical was to appear on the 15th of last June. 'It is to consist of three parts. In the first will appear, essays on particular branches of theo- retic and practical theology— on the principles of biblical criticism and translation—on the origin, progress, and future prospects of missionary opera- tions throughout the world; to- gether with various articles of a miscellaneous nature, original and selected. 'The second part will be de- voted chiefly to reviews and no- tices of works on religion and general literature, which may interest or edify, convince or persuade, by argument, or ap- posite illustration, or practical appeal. 1 The third part will be chief- ly confined to the impartation of religious and missionary in- telligence. In this department nothing that occurs in any part 15G AUG. Journal of Occurrences. of the world of a truly interesting description will be overlooked. And for the accomplishment of this object, an extensive corres- pondence will be maintained. But it is to the EAST that our at- tention will, in an especial man- ner be directed—and most of all, the PRESIDENCY OF BENGAL and its dependant provinces; our object being to supply as much local information as can be com- pressed within reasonable limits; and, in this way, to supply a desideratum in the present state of religious statistics in Eastern India. That the work will be conducted on the most catholic principles will best appear from the fact, that the list of contributors includes ministers and laymen of aJl denominations.' Applications for the work to be made to MESSRS. THACKER & Co., St. Andrew's Library, Calcutta. JOURNAL, OF OCCURRENCES. THE TYPHON :—or as Horsburgh spells it tyfoong:—better tyfung, for the etymology is, we believe, Chi- nese; and not, as a late writer would have it, Greek. However, a Chinese tyfoong is almost as frightful, and certainly much more destructive, tban the fabled giant Typhon. Tbe tempest to which we allude, occurred on the 3d insl. The pre- ceding evening gave indications of its approach; the wind was from the northward; the thermometer stood at 9c as assiduous ;*•: he pleases; rise up rarly, sit up lain;—what dors it alt ;n:nt. if >ts the, prophet says, '• The Lnrd blow upon it."—* if ho raise n tempest and sink the ship,—if after "much has been sown, he slay the heaven from dew, and the earth from fruil,"—if he "call for a drought upon the land," the corn, the grape, the oil,—upon men. and upon cattle, and upon all their lahor; —what does the assiduity of the mer- chant or the husbandman amount to? Simply lo this,—He "thalearn- eth wages," or makes large profits, only does so lu " put them into a hag with holes." Thoughts similar to these were dic- tated to the prophet Haggai more than two thousand years ago, when every ouu attended to the grandeur of his own house, and let the house of God "lie waste:" and they are equally applicable now, ice believe, to those, who defer religion till they have accumulated a fortune. We say this is our belief, for which, we think we. have sufficient reason : that is, we deem the probabilities, on this side of the question, greatly pre- ponderate. Our belief is a mailer of choice, as well as conviction. Those who choose to disbelieve a Providence may demand of us mathematical demonstration, for the truth of these our opinions; but we candidly pro- fess our inabil-y to give it. And we are sure they cannot give us mathematical proof of their opinions. They choose to believe the other ay. Therefore, as we have said be.fnre. they and we are botli respon- sible to t/te Deity for our belief. We put the reason in other words; the habits and wishes of a man whether virtuous or vicious, pious or impious, influence at all times his mural and religious belief. This sort of belief'fs not at all analogous to the assent the mind gives lo a mathematical demonstration, a problem about lines, angles, &c., which being demonstra- ted, there is neither belief nor dis- belief. If it be truly demonstrated, it is equal to an axiom; and all who understand the subject assent to its trnlh: and vice versa. An indivi- dual may be ignorant, or stupid enough not to perceive the demon- stration: hut he incurs no moral re- sponsibility: he does not sin, although tie is convicted of being incompetent to the discernment of mathematical truth. On moral subjects, the case ii perfectly different,—a man's will influ- ences his tastes and wishes; and these agnin his belief. A man in whose heart there is enmity against God. would rather believe the less probability a- gainsl religion, than the greater for it. While we maintain that we are all responsible to God for our religious be- lief; we maintain with equal firmness that no man has a right to perse- cute another, on account of his re- ligious opinions; and that every man has a right to vindicate by statement, explanation and argument the reli- gious opinions he holds to be true. It is on this principle we have given our opinion in favor of a special regard to Divine Providence, even in the physical phenomena of our atmosphere. REBELLION.—What is to be the is- sue of the rebellion, it is not easy to conjecture. Though a small num- ber of marines have returned, the governor still continues to increase his force—a small detachment left Canton for Le6nchow on the 28th inst. The whole number of govern- ment troops now in the field is said to be 15,000 fighting men. The latest accounts state, that 13,000 of these troops have been ordered to enter the enemy's territory. It is sup- posed by some, that governor Le is resolved on extreme measures—to gain victory or death. His situation is certainly most critical. The dispatches of the governor, detailing the repulse of the imperial troops on the 20th June, were noticed in our last. We have seen the em- peror's reply. His majesty goes over the whole of his excellency's report. The first impression on the mind of the sovereign was "full-hearted, bounding anger." The second was contempt for the military tactics of the governor. The " words that burn "— "lies, faulty, nonsense," all come in succession, red-hot, from the pencil of the autocrat. The state document closes with threats addressed to our worthy governor, that if he does not speedily root out every sprout of mountaineer radicalism, let him look to the consequences—the "heavy guill" which he will incur. The closing sentences are phrased in the strongest expression of governmental displeas- 183'2. Journal oj Occurrences. ure, bidding (lie <-;>lmn;t minister be tremblingly altenlive. OPIUM.—II is commonly reported that when governor Le visited Pe- king last year, his son took with him a quantity of opium, some thousands of dollars' worth, to give away to the great men about the court. As a governor's baggage is not searched there was no fear of detection. The opium dealer who supplied his ex- cellency's son with the drug, cheated him by putting up one half of it of a very bad quality. On the go- vernor's return, it was his intention to punish the offender, not for put- ting up bad opium, but for dealing in it at all. However, the culprit heard what was corning, and absconded with the fruit of his fraud. Whether this story be true or false, it is believed by many. But under such circumstances, what respect can the people have for laws and edicts, emanating from those who so fla- grantly violate the rules which they make for others! wealthy individuals in the country, and then demand a ransom for them. There has long been a class of boats called i:mli boats; these new ones are called muscle-shell boats. REVKNUE.—The emperor has is- sued a rather severe edict, addressed to the governors of provinces, re- quiring them to look more sharply af- ter the revenue. His majesty says, that the superintendent of the reve- nue has reported to him, that within the last year and a hull', the disburse- ments have exceeded the receipts to the amount of above twenty-eight mil- lions of taels. There is yet enough for the present, says his majesty;— but this system cannot last long. One million of (aels has been de- posited in the treasury of Knnsuh province, for immediate use in the event of disturbances on the western frontier. STRANGULATION.—A recent Gazette announces the sentence of strangu- lation against a wife, for killing her uusband by mischance, whilst resist- ing an adulterer, introduced by the husband. PIRACY is said to be very preva- lent in some parts of Canton pro- vince. A new class of boats, carry- ing sixty or seventy men, has been set agoing. There are tweiity of IhiiMC boata in conjunction with each other; thnv sometimes carrv uff FAMINK.—The he6-tae or literary chancellor has lately returned from a circuit through the eastern districts of this province. When in the depart- ment of Hwuychow foo superintend- ing the literary examination there, he was affected by the famine which pre- vailed around him; and set on foot a subscription, to which he himself gave soil taels. The wealthy inhabitants of the place followed up his example, and subscribed among them above •22,000 dollars. Chancellor LE did more: he persuaded the chief magis- trates to open the public granaries; offering to bear the expense of re- funding, in case the measure was objected to by the governor. Le Tae- keaou is considered by the Chi- nese of noble family, his ancestors for several generations having held office. CHINESE JUSTICE.—The gentry of Heangshan have petitioned the foo- yuen against their magistrate Paou, his remissness having suffered num- bers of associated banditti and pirates to infest the island and rivers. The magistrate has therefore been requir- ed to bring five hundred of these persons to trial, within two months; and the people plundered by them are set at work to catch them, at their own expense. SLAVERY.—By the Peking Gazette, we learn that an officer of rank, who has been accused, by the governor of Hoonan and Hoopih, of coming too late against the rebels, has been consigned to the pillory and perpe- tual slavery. IMPERIAL JOURNEY. His majesty wtnt early in the year to visit the tombs of his ancestors in Leaoutung. On the day fixed for his return to Pe- king, the greater number of the lords and high officers about court, were directed to appear in half dress only, and to meet the imperial carriage at a much less distance from the. city than is usual on such occasions. Others were to go, the day previously to the 'isuiil place of meeting 160 Journal of Occurrences. WASIK LANP.—There are in the province of Chili IK, 80.000 king, or 8,000,000 Chineseacresof wastefand: which the underlings of office continue to turn to their own advantage; and thereby hinder its being cultivated for the benefit of the people. The governor of Chihle is ordered, by the emperor to set honestly to work, and remedy the existing evils. THE COACHMKN who bring their masters (o the public court at Peking have of late, become very trouble- some. They are probably most of them hackney coadtmen, as they have recourse to violence to enforce their exactions. It has moreover been re- presented (o the emperor, that (hey iiave a good deal of intercourse with the servants of officers, and the nu- merous body of writers in the vari- ous courts. This intercourse his ma- jesty has strictly interdicted for ihe future. SACRIFICES at the public expense are to be offered at the tombs of a Tartar prince and princess lately deceased. TANKA BOATS.—The local govern- ment is carrying the detail of licens- ing, even to the petty taaka boats, which contain no more than three or four poor women and children. This measure is adopted,"It is said, with a view to prevent coasting pi- rates. This is "doing something" with a witness. NATIVE JUNKS.—Several of these vessels, wholly or partially dismasted, arrived from Slam soon after the tyfoon. They report the foundering of a large junk a few days before they arrived. The estimated number of seamen who perished was 82. EAST TURKESTAN.—At Yarkarid, or Yerkiaug,—(the latter is the more cor- rect pronunciation of the same), 12,600 sacks, to b« made of Mohammedta ttuth. are ordered for the use of tin. army there. It should be remem- bered, that Yerkiang is now the capi- tal of Turkestan, in place of Cashgar. A DARK PICTURE.-WOO Yuilguhaoil, has suffered death for the murder of his wife, a daughter about tbe age of fifteen, and a neighbor's daughter whom be found in his house. The illicit intercourse of his wife with an adulterer, who made his escape, led to this catastrophe. Had he murdered his wife only, he would probably have escaped pu- nishment; but he killed the two young women also, and then accused a neighbor, named Amei, of robbery and murder. Amei was tortured till be confessed that of which he was entirely innocent; and, at the dicta- tion of the police, mentioned the name of a wealthy neighbor as an accomplice. The rich man paid mon- ey to arrest proceedings; and Amei passed through the court of Shinning district, and the Kwangchow foo's office as a murderer. Providence, however, did not let him suffer death. The Nanhae magistrate discovered the fact; liberated Amei, and brought Woo Yungchaou to his deserved fate. THE MURDER OF A PRIEST.—This af- fair took place on the 27th inst. at one of the temples, situated without the western gates of the city, and not far from the foreign factories. The mur- derer, as well as the murdered man, was a priest of Budha. The only cir- cumstances of the case which we have heard are, that the quarrel originated in a dispute about some money, and that tbe parlies fought with knives. Postscript.—Ching Gantsih and Hing Fuhshan, literary examiners from Pe- king arrived in the neighborhood of Canton a few days ago; on the 1st of the Hth moon (the '26th inst.) they came to the provincial city, and yestesday vi- sited the Kung-yuen—a hall for the reception of literary graduates at the usual examination. More than six thousand candidates we are informed, have already arrived in Ihe city, of whom only seventy-two can receive degrees. The examina- tion is to commence on the 8th of the rith moon (Sept. 2d) and continue nine days, THE CHINESE REPOSITORY, VOL. I.—SEPTEMBER, 1832.—No. 5. REVIEWS. ENCYCLOPAEDIA AMERICANA. A popular dictionary of arts, sciences, literature, history, politics and biography, brought down to the present time; in- cluding a copious collection of original articles in American biography; on the basis of the se- venth edition of the German Conversations-lexi- con. Edited by FRANCIS LIEBER, assisted by E. WIGGLESWORTH. Philadelphia; Carey and Lea, 1830. THE nrticle on Canton is the only part of this "popular dictionary," which we wish now particu- larly to notice. Few, if any works are so often referred to, or allowed to maintain such high au- thority, as encyclopaedias. Written, as they usually are, by men of the greatest reputation for learning, —and embracing every variety of subject, they have, indeed, a very just claim to the rank they hold. It becomes the more exceedingly desirable, therefore, that such works should be kept free from incorrect statements; which, when they have once found a place on their pages, are not, usually, soon corrected, and are often the means of great injury. These remarks are applicable to every species of writing, but specially to those of the popular kind, such as tlie conversations-lexicon, travels, journals, and voyages. 162 The article Canton in the SEP. The editor of the Encyclopaedia Americana, in perfect accordance with the spirit of the times, takes care to show, that his work is a little superior to any- thing of the kind that has ever been presented to the public, and that it will be "found satisfactory" where others have been " very deficient." We have no dis- position to question these pretensions, nor to practice the "cut-and-dry system" of reviewing; nor yet to obtrude our own opinions and statements of facts, except where we can correct error, or add our mite to the general stock of useful knowledge. "The last half century, particularly the latter part of it," Mr. Lieber very justly remark?, in his pre- face, "has probably been more fertile in memorable events, and important discoveries and inventions, than any equal period in history. How many ex- traordinary changes have we witnessed in both he- mispheres, as well in politics, in the sciences and in opinions, as in the individuals who have borne a conspicuous part in the affairs of the civilized world during that time! How important have been the results of the numberless voyages of dis- covery, the revolutions of states, and the wars, which have excited so intense an interest during that period—an interest which has been the more constantly kept up, as the facility of communication between all the branches of the great human fa- mily seems, at the same time, to have gone on increasing in proportion to the multitude of events and circumstances which have thus influenced their destiny. Formerly, years would elapse before the most important facts could pass.the barriers which an imperfect navigation of the ocean, or or a diversi- ty of languages, had thrown between nations. Now, even the petty quarrels and frolics of students in a German or French university find their way, in the course of a few weeks, into the columns of an American newspaper. Then, a century would pass by, before even a Shakspeare was justly esti- mated beyond the confines of his native land ; while 1832. Encycloptedid Americana. 163 now we daily find, on title pages, the united names of publishers in three or four different nations, and on both continents. Thus rapidly does knowledge of every kind now diffuse itself over the globe, and extend the circle of civilization." But the last half century, it should be remembered, has by no means been so fertile in memorable and extraordinary events, among the Chinese and other nations of this futher east, as among the Christian nations of the west. Reasons can be given why this is so. Liberty and freedom, both intellectual and moral, are enjoyed here only in a very limited de- gree. The spiritual man is darkened, his heart pet- rified, and his affections—alienated from his fellows and from his Maker—are all centered and riveted on that which he calls his own. Nor is this all;—more correct accounts must be sent abroad, more just views entertained, and a deeper interest felt by Christian philanthropists, generally, before the de- sired changes can take place. What has caused the abolition of suttees in British India? What is now sweeping away other ancient usages, abhor- rent alike to God and man! A wider and more general extension of knowledge, especially of that which has come down to us by divine revelation, will instrumentally accomplish what no physical force can achieve; and it may be relied on, when that knowledge shall have spread, like a flood of light over this hemisphere, changes will come in as bright and glorious a train, here, as in any other part of the globe. We will only add, before proceeding to review the article in question, that we think the work in which it stands is fully equal to any of the class to which it belongs, and that the article itself is a fair specimen of what has been published by mo- dern writers on China: we speak of course, gener- ally, and allow that there may be exceptions. As the article is brief, we quote it entire, that our readers may judge of it for themselves. 164 The article Canton in the SEP "Canton, principal city of the Chinese province of the same name, otherwise called Quang-tong, or Knuntnn, is situated in 23 deg. 30 min. N. lat. and 113 cleg. 2 min. 45 sec. E. Ion., on the banks of the river Taho, which is here very Wide. This city, distinguished for size, wealth, and a numerous population, is the only seaport in China open to the ships of Europe and America. The estimate of missionaries, that it contains 1,000,000 of inhabitants, is exaggerated. The number is probably nearer 750,000. The circuit of the walls, which are of a mo- derate height, is over nine miles. Only about a third part, how- ever, of the space inclosed is covered with buildings; the rest is occupied with pleasure-gardens and fish-ponds. The neigh- boring country is very charming, hilly towards the east, and presenting, in that quarter, a beautiful prospect. The houses are mostly of one story; but those of the mandarins and prin- cipal merchants are high and well built. In every quarter of the town and the suburbs are seen temples and pagodas, con- taining the images of Chinese gods. The populous streets are long and narrow, paved with flat stones, and adorned at intervals with triumphal arches. Shops line the sides, and an unbroken range of piazza protects the occupants of the houses, as well as fool-passengers, from the rays of the sun. At night, the gates are closed, and bars are thrown across the entrances of the streets. "The traders express themselves with sufficient fluency in the languages of their European and American customers, with whom they deal almost exclusively, selling them porcelain, lack- ered wares, &c. The Americans trade here to a greater extent than any other nation: next to them come the English. The greater part of the silver, which is carried from America to Europe, eventually circulates through China, by means of the ports of Canton and Batavia, to which large supplies of the productions of the empire are transmitted. The principal arti- cles of export are tea, India ink, varnish, porcelain, rhubarb, silk, and nankeen. A company, consisting of 12 or 13 merchants, called the Coining, is established here, by order of the govern- ment, for the purpose of purchasing the cargoes of foreign ships, and supplying them with return cargoes of tea, raw silk, &c. This society interferes, undoubtedly, with private trade, but adds greatly to the security of the foreign dealer, as each member is answerable for all the rest. "Carriages are not used here, but all burdens are transport- ed on bamboo poles laid across the shoulders of men. All the inhabitants of distinction make use of litters. Chinese women are never seen in the streets, and Tartar women but seldom. The European factories, to wit, the Dutch, French, Swedish, Danish and English, are situated on a commodious quay, on the bank of the river Nearly a league from Canton is the boat-town, which consists of about 40,000 barks, of various kinds, arranged close to each other in regular rows, with pas 1832. Encyclopaedia Americana^ 165 sages between them, to allow other vessels to pass. In this manner they form a kind of floating city, the inhabitants of which have no other dwellings, and are prohibited by law from settling on shore. As this is the only emporium in the empire for foreign commerce, which is carried on not only by Euro- peans and Americans, but also to a great extent by the Chinese themselves, with almost all the ports of India and the eastern Archipelago, the number of vessels frequently seen in the river, at once, is said to exceed 5000. Au American paper, issued twice a month, called the Canton Register, has lately been es- tablished at Canton. "The following table gives the amount of imports from Can- ton into the ports of the U. States, also the exports of domes- tic and foreign goods from the U. States to Canton, from 1821 to 1827. Years. Imports. Dam. Exp. For. Exp. 1821 $3,111,951 $388,535 $3,902,025 1822 5,242,536 429,230 5,506,138 1823 6,511,425 288,375 4,347,686 1824 5,618,502 330,466 4,970,705 1825 7,573,116 160,059 5,410,456 1826 7,422,186 242,451 2,324,193 1827 3,617,183 290,862 3,573,543 "The climate of Canton is healthy, warm in summer, but pretty cold in winter. Provisions, including various luxuries, are abundant." To an individual perfectly ignorant of Canton, this account might be "found satisfactory;" but any one at all familiar with the place, might be reminded by it of the pictures of the cow and the horse,—to which the master, when he had completed them, found it necessary to add, 'this is the cow,' and 'this is the horse.' For if, by some accident, the name and figures which mark the situation of the place should be obliterated from the account, it would be difficult, not to say impossible, to recog- nize the city from the above quoted description,— almost every sentence of which is more or less er- roneous. In the first place it is stated, that '•' the city is situated on the banks of the river Taho, which is here very wide."—The river here is not called Taho (great river), but Choo keang, or " Pearl river;" nor does it much, if at all exceed fifty rods in width, 166 The article Canton in the SI:P. The city is, indeed, distinguished for size, wealth, and a numerous population; and (if we except Arnoy, which, by some, is supposed to be still open to Spanish ships) is the only port in China to which the ships of Europe and America are ad- mitted to trade. "The estimate of missionaries, that Canton con- tains 1,000,000 of inhabitants, is exaggerated. The number is probably nearer 750,000." But how does is appear that this estimate of missionaries is ex- aggerated, and that the number is 'probably' near- er 750,0001—If, indeed, it be a correct statement, that "only about a third part of the space inclosed (by the city walls) is covered with buildings,"—then it may be true also, that the "estimate" of mission- aries is exaggerated ; but that the " pleasure-gardens and fish-ponds" occupy two thirds, or one third, or even one half of one third, we deny. It is often very convenient to make statements, which, though they are most palpably false, it is not easy to prove so, except by placing assertion against assertion; in this way we could show, that the "estimate" of the encyclopaedist is untrue, and that the number is "probably " nearer 1,000,000. And then, if we should go on to say, that the houses of the city are five, six, or even more stories high (which account would be as near the truth as what is said concerning the "space covered" with buildings), there would be some evidence, according to our own showing, that our statement was correct. The truth in regard to this matter is, that no fo- reigner knows, or has the means of knowing, what is the exact amount of population in Canton. Du Halde, who wrote about a century ago, says, "the number of inhabitants of Canton is computed to ex- ceed a million of souls." No man had better means of knowing the truth, in this case, than Du Halde; and, in our opinion, no work, among all those which have been written by foreigners concerning China, is more worthy of credit than his We are neverthe- 1832. Encyclopedia Americana. 167 less inclined to the opinion, that Du Halde's state- ment was, at the time he made it, too great; but when we keep in mind that nearly a century has passed since he published his account, that the popu- lation of the empire has been constantly and rapid- ly increasing, and that, in addition to this, the grow- ing commerce of the port has drawn hither, from the neighboring country and provinces, numerous persons, who with their families have become per- manent inhabitants of the city; also, that the extent of the suburbs has been considerably enlarged ;— these and other considerations, which might be men- tioned, constrain us to doubt the truth of the state- ment given in the encyclopaedia. But we waive this point and suspend our opinion, until we come to give a particular account of Canton city and its inhabitants. "The houses are mostly of one story; but those of the mandarins and principal merchants are high "— some of them full two stories!—"and well built. In every quarter of the town and suburbs are seen temples and pagodas."—There are in the "town and suburbs," only three pagodas, and one of them is a Mohammedan mosque. The temples contain images; the pagodas, properly so called, do not. The difference between the Chinese temple, mcaou, and pagoda, id, is very remarkable; the meaou is always a low building, and seldom,-if ever, has more than one story; the ta is high, and has three, five, and sometimes nine stories. The temple is inhabit- ed,—usually by priests or beggars; the pagoda is always without inhabitant. The account of "triumphal arches," and of an "unbroken range of piazza," is not without some shadow of truth, though it is incorrect. The "arch- es" in question have, indeed, some resemblance to the triumphal, and so have they likewise to turnpike-gates; and they might as well be called by the one name as the other. These structures have generally inscriptions upon them; but they 168 Tin; article Canton in the SEP. are commemorative of meritorious actions, uncon- nected with victories or conquests. What was intended by the "range of piazza," it. is difficult to conjecture, unless it be the narrow space between the shops and the streets, which, guarded by a kind of palisade, affords room for niches,—wherein are placed small jars for burning incense,—but which gives no more protection to foot-passengers than the narrow eaves of an ordinary house. That the "traders " express themselves with "suf- ficient fluency,"—not in the "languages" of their foreign customers, but in a jargon which is neither English nor Chinese, we admit; yet, "as this is the only emporium in the empire for foreign commerce, which is carried on, not only by Europeans and Americans, but also to a great extent by the Chi- nese themselves, with almost all the ports of In- dia and the eastern Archipelago,"—and as "the number of vessels frequently seen in the river, at once, is said to exceed 5000," we cannot admit that the Chinese here "deal almost exclusively" with Europeans and Americans. For some centu- ries past, the Chinese have sent no vessels so far west as Calcutta, and only a very few beyond the straits of Malacca. The whole number of foreign vessels which arrived at the port of Canton, during the-last season, did not exceed one hundred. "The Americans trade here to a greater extent than any other nation; next to them come the English." A few figures will put this matter in a clear light. We give the accounts for four seasons, according to statements which have been prepared here, under the inspection of gentlemen familiar with the trade. The commerce of the Dutch, and other European states, except the English, is small, and need not be brought into the account. Seasons. 1828-29 1829-30 1830-31 1831-32 Amer. Imp. Eng. 'Imp. Amer. Exp. Eng. Exp. $4,065,670 $21,313,526 $3,878,857 $19,360,625 4,341,282 22,931,372 4,209,810 21,257,257 4,223,476 21,961,754 4,344,548 20,446,699 0,531,807 20,536,227 5,999,731 17,707,486 1832. Encydoptedw Americana. 169 We wonder that the writer, who prepared this account of Canton, did not allow the Americans the accommodations of a factory, since he would make them "trade here to a greater extent than any other nation." And we are surprised that the learned and able editor should have allowed such an article to escape his notice. By a reference to any gentleman, who had ever visited the place, or who had any knowledge of the "China trade," the principal errors could have been easily corrected. The "inhabitants of distinction" make use of sedans—not "litters;" and Chinese, as well as Tartar women, are sometimes seen in the streets. The boat-town, "nearly a league from Canton," is quite out of place. The river runs parallel to the wall on the south side of the city, and distant from it not more that thirty or forty rods; it is on the wa- ters of this river, and directly opposite to " the town and suburbs," that the "floating city" is situated; so that, instead of being three miles, it is scarcely a stone's-throw from that which occupies terra firma. The inhabitants of these 40,000 "barks" are not, and but a few of them ever were, "prohibited by law from settling on shore." A great majority of the "barks," we may remark in passing, are nothing more than little tonka (i. e. egg-house) boats, con- taining only four or five poor women and children. The "American paper," issued twice a month, call- ed the Canton Register, "which has lately been es- tablished" here, was commenced in the autumn of 1827; and except the editorial department, for a few weeks, the work has never been in the hands of Americans. We might extend this critique, and point out other errors; but we deem it unnecessary, inasmuch as we expect soon to traverse the same ground, and will then lay before our readers such accounts con- cerning the 'provincial city,' as the interest of the subject, and the circumstances of the case seem to require, 170 Possessions of the CHINESE COLONIES. Ta Tuiiig wan-Hten yih-turfg King-wci Yu-too,—" A general geo- graphical map, with degrees of latitude and longitude, of the Empire of the Ta Tiling Dynasty—may it last for ever." By LE MINGCHE TSINGLAE.* THE GOVERNMENT OK ELF. includes -Soungaria and Eastern Turkestan, which are separated from each other by the chain of Teen-shan. Its boundary on the north is the Altai chain, which divides Soungaria from the territory of tire Hassaeks or Kir- ghis of Independent Tartary :—the Chamar mountains and the river Irtish, on the northeast, separate it from Mongolia;—on the east, an imaginary line divides between the Ele government and those parts of Soungaria and Turkestan which have been attached to China:—the Kwanlun mountains and desert of Gobi, on the south, separate Turkestan from Tibet:—and on the west, the Belour mountains divide it from the independent tribes of Bukhara. On the side of the Hasaacks or Kirghii, Ele is entirely open. The city of Ele, Or Hwuy-yuen ching, was formerly the ca- pital of the Soungars, when their state was powerful, and pos- sessed dominion over Turkestan. It still retains its rank, being the seat of the tseangkeun or general, who has the chief au- thority of the whole government of Ele. Secondary, but not wholly subordinate, to him, are military residents of consider- able rank, in each canton and principal city; and these dele- gale their authority,—in Soungaria, to inferior .nilitary officers, and in Turkestan, to native officers called btgs. The Soungarinn or northern portion of the government is of small extent, including only three cantons, viz. Ele (or Hi) in the west, Tarbagatai in the- north, and Kour-kbara-ousou be- tween Ele and Oroumtchi. The cantons of Barkoul and Orouro- tchi, with their dependencies, were attached by Keenlung to Kansuh province, Barkoul receiving the name of Chinse foo, and Oroumtchi that of Teih-hwa chow. All these cantons are occupied chiefly by resident soldiery, that is, by soldiers who are settled down on the soil, with their families, the sons being re- quired to inherit their fathers' profession together with their lands. These are descendants of Mantchnus, Chinese, Solons, Chahars, Eluths, and others, removed from their respective coun- tries, at the period when Soungaria was depopulated by Keen- lung. There are likewise other troops, stationed in the coun- try for limited periods; also, convicts transported from all the * (Continued from pnge \"i\.) 1832. reigning Chinese dynasty. 171 province* of China and Mantchouria; tribes of Hassacks, Tour- gouths, &.c.; and Chinese colonists. Eastern Turkestan, or Little Bukhara, the territory of "the eight Mohammedan cities," was subdued by the emperor Keen- lung, in 1758, shortly after his final conquest of Soungaria. He named it Sin-keang, i. e. the country of the new frontier. It was formerly possessed by the Ouigours, an ancient Turkish race: other tribes of Turkish origin occupied the country after them, and still exist in the cantons of Hami and Tourfan. The eight cities of Turkestan are now indeed occupied by Sarti or Bukharians, of Persian origin; but these are not the original inhabitants of the country; and therefore Turkestan seems a more appropriate name for the whole region, than Little Buk- hara, by which name it is generally known in Europe. That part of Turkestan which belongs to the government of Ele contains seven cantons: the city of Yingkeshar, depend- ing on Cashgar, being added to the number of chief cities of the cantons, completes the sum of "eight Mohammedan ci- ties," subdued by the emperor Keenlung. These are, Harashar, Koutchay, Aksou, Oushi, Cashgar, Yingkeshar, Yerkiang or Yarkand, aiiri Khoten. Hami and Tourfan (with Pitshan, on the west of these,) submitted at a much earlier period, and were united to Barkoul or Chinse foo, being suffered, however, to retain the native feudal form of government. Until the last insurrection in 1830-31, Cashgar was the chief of these cities, but Yerkiang has now taken its place, being considered a bet- ter situation for the general superintendence of the other cities, and less exposed to the incursions of foreign tribes. Turkestan, like Soungaria, includes several tribes of Tourgouths, Eluths, &.c.: these are for the most part Mongols, who in time of war emigrated to Russia, but on the restoration of peace re- 'urned and submitted to China. The Rivers of Soungaria and Turkestan are neither nume- rous nor large. In Soungaria the principal is the Ele, which rises in the Teen-shan, and passing the city of Ele, runs north- ward into the territory of the Hassacks, where it discharges it- self into the Balkashi-nor.—In Turkestan the chief rivers are— the Tarim, which rising in the western frontier, runs eastward into Lob-nor; the Cashgar, Yerkiang, and Khoten rivers, which rise in the west and south, and flow into the Tarim; and the Tchooltoos, which has its source in the Teen-shan, and flows southeastward, into the Posteng-nor, at Harashar. The Yuh- lung-hash and Khara-hash, branches of the Khoten river, pos- sess large quantities of beautiful jade stone. The rivers of Turkestan have in general an eastern course, those of Soun- garia a northwestern; but the mountain streams of the Teen- shan, in Kour-khara-ousou and Orourntchi run due north, into an extensive marsh, called Wei hoo, the Reed lake, so named because of iu being overgrown with reeds 172 Possessions of the Tin' Lukes of Soungaria are the Hasalhash, and Zaisan, on the borders of Kobdo; and the Alak-tugul and Timourtou on the Hassack frontier. The lake Balkash is a little to the west of the government of Ele, in the territory of the Hassacks.— The two principal lakes of Turkestan are the Lob-nor and Posteng-nor, on the south of Harashar and Tourfan. The Mountains of Soungaria and Turkestan are the Teetv- shan or Celestial mountains,* and the Belour-tagh, called ia Chinese the Tsung-ling or Onion mountains. The Teen-shan range commences a little to the northeast of Kami; Humboldt, however, supposes a chain of mountains in Mongolia, north of the Or lews tribes, to be a continuation of it, to the eastward. From Hami the chain runs westward, in the parallel of (at. 42° north, separating the whole of Soungaria from Turkestan. It then enters Great Bukhara, and turns to the south, where it is lost in countries unknown to the Chinese. Many mountains of this chain are very remarkable: the most so is the formidable gla- cier of Mousar dabahn.t between Ele and Aksou, which is very minutely described by Timkowski, in his Travels of the Russian mission to China. Some of these mountains have anciently been the craters of volcanoes, as appears from old Chinese books, quoted by MM. Remusat and Klaproth.— The Bolor or Belour-tagh runs north and south, from (he Nan-shan or Kwanlun to the Teen-shan, being broken only on the north, by the Cashgar dabahn, on the side of the fo- reign princedom of Antchien or Andzijan. £ The sandy desert of Cobi is a striking feature in the geo- graphy of Mongolia and Turkestan. It commences in the east- ern frontier of Mongolia, and stretches southwestward to the farther frontier of Turkestan, separating northern from south- ern Mongolia, and bounding on the north the whole of Koko- nor and Tibet. On the east of Turkestan, the desert widens considerably, and though broken by some extensive oases, sends forth a long branch towards the northwest, as far almost as Kobdo. To the north of Koko-nor it assumes its roost terrific appearance, being covered with a semi-tiansparent stone, and rendered insufferably hot, by the constant reflection of the sun's rays, from numerous mountains of sand. On the south of Tourfan and Harashar, the country is comparatively fertile and pleasant, but uninhabited. Towards Yerkiang and Kho- ten, Cobi gradually terminates. * In Mongol and Soungarian, Tengkiri. They are also called the Ak- tagh or snowy mountains, in Chinese Seiie-shan; and by Europeans they arc erroneously denominated the Alak mountains. The Turkestans name them Mooz-tagn. t DulmhiL signifies a pass among the mountains; tagh, a chain of moun- tains. t The brief campaign in Turkestan, last year, was in consequence of an incursion of the Andzijnn, whose tea trade had been oppressed by the military resident at Cashgar. 1832. reigning Chintst dynasty. 173 The soil of Turkestan is very fertile, and affords abundant pasturage, particularly in the cantons of Harashar and Aksoti. Soungaria is more mountainous and barren. In Yerkiang, there are hills composed entirely of jade stone, but the best kind is found on rocky projections and the summits of mountains. The Belour mountains abound in rubies, lazulite, and tur- quoise. And Turkestan affords considerable quantities of cop- per, saltpetre, and sulphur: the former is coined at Oushi, and the latter two are sent to Elo, to be made into gunpow- der. TIBET is perhaps the least known of all the countries of cen- tral Asia,—although not a little has, at various times, been written concerning it. We hesitated, at first, whether to include it among the colonial possessions of China or not; but our map plainly pointa it out as a colony; as does also the form of its government. The name Tibet is derived from the native name Tou- p'ho, afte.rwar.di corrupted to Ton-fan and Toubet. The country is otherwise called Tangent; but in Chinese it is usu- ally denominated Se Tsang, i. e. Western Tsang. It bears also several other names, such as Boutan and Baran-tola ;* and by a corruption it was formerly called Ous-tsahg, from an improper junction of the names of its two provinces Oui and Tsang. In its full extent, Tibet comprises nearly twenty-five degrees of longi- tude, and above eight of latitude. Its boundaries on the north are Taing-hae, or Koko-nor, and the dependencies of Ele in Eastern Tu.rkes.taa, extending half way across the desert of Cobi; on the east it is conterminous with Szechuen and Yun- nan; on the south, with the tribes Noo-e and Simang- heung, aad the kingdom of Gorka; and on the west, with the countries of Badakshan in Great Bukhara, and Kashmere in Hindustan. The present divisions of Tibet are two, Tsecjn Tsang and How Tsang, or Anterior and Ulterior Tibet, otherwise called Oui or Wei, and Tsang. Wei, or Anterior Tibet, is that part bor- dering on China, the capital of which is Lassa (more correct- ly written H'lassa.), the residence of the Dalai-lama. This pro- vince contains eight cantons, viz, H'lassa,—-to the east of H'lassa, Chamdo or Tsiamdo, Shobando, Podzoung, H'lari, aad Kiangta, —and to the west thereof, Chashi and Kiangmin. It includes, also thirty-nine feudal townships, called toosze, which lie towards the north, bordering on some similar townships in the country of-Ko- ko-nor —Tsang. or Ulterior Tibet, is on the west of the other division, from which it is separated in about the 28th degree of longitude west from Peking. Its capital is Chashi-lounbou, the residence of the Bantchin-erdeni;—besides which it com- * Boutan is, correctly speaking, a distinct country, on the south of TU brl n.inin-tola, which signifies (he country on the right, is (be name given lo Tibet by llie Mongols. 174 Possessions of the SEP. prises six other cantons, all situated to the west of the capital. The names of their chief towns are,—Dingghie,* Jounghia, Nielam or Ngialam, Dsiloung, Dsounggar, and Ari or Ngari. The province of Wei, or Anterior Tibet, was formerly di- vided into two parts, K'ham and Wei, K'ham being then call- ed Anterior, and Wei, Central Tibet. Ulterior Tibet is also divided by some into Tsang and Ari, the latter being the most western portion. But the division into two provinces, given above, is now the more correct one. These two provinces are under the direction of two ta-r,hin or great ministers, sent from the imperial Cabinet called Nuy- 1:6, at Peking; and of two Tibetan high priests, called Da- lai-lama and Bantchin-erdeni, The ministerial residents go- vern both provinces conjointly, consulting only with the Dalai- lama for the affairs of Anterior Tibet, and only with the Bantchin-erdeni for those of Ulterior Tibet. All appointments to offices of the government, and to titles of nobility, must ob- tain the knowledge and consent of the Chinese officers. But in minor matters, the residents do not interfere, leaving such affairs to the secular deputies of the high priests, called Tepa or D'heba; for the sacred character of the two lama dignita- ries forbids their handling secular concerns themselves. The government of the thirty-nine feudal townships, or toosze, in Anterior Thibet, and of the Tamuh or Dam Mongols, in- habiting the whole northern frontier, is entirely in the hands of the residents, unconnected with either of the high priests. The residents have their court, with the Dalai-lama, at H'las- sa, which is but a short distance from Chashi-Iounbou, the capital of the Bantchin-erdeni. Tibet had relations with the Chinese empire, at a very early period of its history, but it was not until the succession of the Tang dynasty, about the seventh or eighth century, that any close connection existed between the two countries. The introduction of Budhism into China, under that dynasty, brought Tibet into considerable notice; and from that period, each successive Gialho, t or king of the country, began to as- pire to be connected, by marriage, with the imperial line of China. Under many changes and reverses (which are foreign to our present subject), Tibet continued to maintain some de- gree of independence, nor ever entirely lost the title of Gialbo, until nearly a century after she had submitted wholly to China in the reign of Kanghe. And it was not till the reign of Keenlung, when the last who bore that title had revolted, that it was finally abolished. When this event took place, the tribu- tary dominion of the country was given to the Dalai-lama, who had before possessed a large share of authority. But his go "This appears to be the most correct reading, but in the maps it is written reversed, Ghieding t This word is written in Chinese ^^ it Tsan-poo 1832. reigning Chinese dynasty. 175 verniiieat not corresponding with the emperor's wishes, and the country having again revolted, the present form was establish- ed towards the close of Keenlung's reign, about the period when the English embassy under lord Macartney was in China." The lamas or Tibet and Mongolia are not merely a race of priests, unconnected with and disregarded by the govern- ment, like the priests of Budha and of Laou-keun (or the Taou sect), in China. The latter belong, usually, to private establishments, monasteries, and temples, and possess no rank or superiority over the people generally. But the lamas form a public body, acknowledged, and in part maintained by the government; and are of various ranks,—from the Dalai-lama, who claims equality with, and even superiority to, the khans of Mongolia, down to the crowd of Bante, who by offering themselves as servants and scholars to the lamas, become can- didates for attaining in time a higher degree of priesthood, The chief distinction between the several classes of lamas is, —of those who are Koubilkan, i. e. are the avatars or incar- nations of some living, indwelling, divinity, and those who are mere men, hoping by their merits to attain a higher grade ol existence after death. At the head of the first class are the Dalai-lama and Bantchin-erdeni, who are independent of each other in their respective domains, and of nearly equal rank in point of fact, though in general opinion the Dalai-lama is much superior to all other individuals. He is considered as the habitation of Budha himself, and his ordinary abode is called Budhala, or the hill of Budha. Next to these two are the Koutouktous, of whom there are several to be found in Mon- golia, as well as in Tibet. There is also a third class, called Sliaboloung which is considered Koubilkan. On the death of a lama who is Koubilkan, the divine essence removes to some other individual, generally, if not always, a child. Formerly, an officer of the Dalai-lama was always employed to find out in whom the god had taken his abode, but the emperor Reuniting, perceiving the trickery and deceit necessarily inci- dent to this system, made enactments to regulate the finding out of the favored individual, by a number of principal la- mas, both in Tibet, Mongolia, and Peking. The relatives of Koubilkan lamas cannot become Koubilkan.—The inferior class of lamas includes numerous grades, nearly resembling the Bud hist priests of China, in power and relative rank, each over their inferiors.—The heads of large establishments of la- * M. Timkowski, an envoy from the Russian court to Peking, in 1820-21, states it as bis opinion, derived from what he heard while at that capital, that the victorious conclusion .of the revolt in Tibet, taking place while this embassy was at the imperial court, was injurious to lord Macartney's siiccebb; for that the embassy WHS dismissed, somewhat abruptly, very soon after the news of victory had reached Peking. 176 Possessions of thf SEP mas are called Kanbou or Kianbou; and rank sometimes with the Koutouktous. Nut only the relative rank of each class of lamas, but also the precedence of the several lamas of one class, is settled by minute imperial enactments. We have entered thus into detail respecting the priesthood of Tibet, because the superior class of these lamas form a kind of nobility in their own country, and have, in general, a considerable number of people subject to their direction. There are also a few classes of secular nobility, whose ap-' pointment and succession, like that of the lamas, is under the control of the two ministerial residents and the two high priests of Tibet. The chief of these are the Kobloun, of whom there are four, holding government over the four* pro- vinces of Tibet. Lamas holding secular office are not 'permit- ted to wear the official button or top-knob to their caps. Rivers. Tibet, like Koko-nor, is watered by several large riv- ers, and also by a great number of minor streams. In particular, it gives rise to the great river of Burmali—the Irrawaddy or Errabatty, named in Tibet the Yarou-tsangbo,—and to the Ganga, formerly supposed to be the Ganges, but now general- ly considered as the source of the Indus. The Bo-tsangbo or Gakbo-tsangbo, the Khara-ousou or Noo-keang, the Lan- tsang-keang, the Mou-tchou, and the Peng-tchou, also have their origin in Thibet. The Yarou-taangbo-tchou, or Irrawaddy, is the chief river of Tibet. Its source is in the Tam-tchouk hills, a branch of the chain of Kentaisse of Kangtise-ri, on the eastern frontier of Ari. Thence it flows, almost in the same parallel from east to west, for about 15 degrees, through the whole extent of Tseng and Wei; passing on the north of Chashi-lounbou, and the south of H'lassa. As it flows from, the province of Wei into that of Kham, it tnrm» a little southward, rand enters H'lokba, on the west of the No<>« tribes; thence it passes for a short distance through Yunnan, and enters Burmah; where it flows in a S. S. W. course, till it falls into the sea near Martaban. The Yarou-tsangbo was supposed by Major Rennell, in 1765, to be connected with the Burhampootra; and mo#t geographers, since that time, hive followed his conjecture, in preference to the more correct one of D'Anville. It is evident, however, from Chinese works, and from a variety of circumstances, that the Yarou toangbo is the Irrawaddy of Bnrmah; and it is probable that the Bnr- hampootra has its origin in the Brahma-kound, among the bar- barous and almost unknown tribes on the south of Tibet, * The manner in which Tibet is divided into four province*, Kfiam, Wei, Tsang, and Ari, has been already shown, page 174. Though lite division into two provinces, as there stated, is the moet correct, being that adopted by the Chinese government, yet this other division appears to be also admitted, in this particular instance, on account of (he Kobloun having been a very ancient title in Tibet. 1832. reigning Chinese dynasty 177 whose country is watered by the Yarou-tsangbo. Perhaps, also, the Mou-tchou, which rises on the southeast of the lake Yamorouk or Palte, joins the Burhampootra, not far from its source. The Ganga has two sources, Lang-tchou and La-tchou; the former of which rises in the lake Mapam-dalai, north of the mountains of Kangtise, or Kentaisse, between the provinces of Tsang and Ari, in about the 30th parallel of latitude; the other rises a little farther northward, in the Senkeh hills. These two streams, after flowing about six degrees westward, nearly parallel to each other, in the province of Ari, or Ladak, meet and receive the name of Ganga. Thence the Ganga takes a southern direction, for a distance of 100 or 120 miles, and afterwards turns and runs eastward, in a more serpentine course, till it reaches the longitude of its source. It then flows southeastward, into the kingdom of Gorka. The Bo-tsangbo, Khara-ousou and Lantsang keang, all flow in a S. S. E. direction, into Yunnan, where they assume other names. The Bo-tsangbo takes the name of Lungchuen keang; the Khara-ousou that of Noo, and afterwards Loo keang; and the Lantsang that of Kew-lung keang. The two former pass southward into Burmah, and the latter southeastward into Camboja.—The Mou-tchou rises on the S. £. of the lake Palte, and appears to join the Burhampootra, though it is said by the Chinese, to flow into the Yarou-tsangbo. Formerly, it was regarded as the source of the Burhampootra. The Peng- tchou is a considerable river, on the south of Yarou-tsangbo, in the province of Tsang: it flows southward, into the king- dom of Gorka. Of the numerous lakes of Tibet, the Tengkiri-nor (errone- ously written Terkiri) is the largest:—it is situated to the north of H'lassa, in the province of Wei. In its neighborhood are numerous small lakes, extending northward into Koko-nor, the largest of which, the Boukha and Khara, give rise to the river Khara-ousou. The lake Yamorouk is on the south of H'lassa; it is remarkable, from its resemblance to a river flowing in a cir- cle; its centre being occupied by a large island, which leaves only a channel all round, between its shores and the margin of the lake.—The chief lakes of Ulterior Tibet are the Yik and Paha, at the southern extremity of the great desert of Co- bi. They are entirely isolated, as it respects any other lakes or rivers; but are connected with each other by a stream of considerable size, on each side of which, for some distance north and south, are a multitude of small marshy lakes or meres. The lakes Mapam-dalai and Langga-nor are also in Ulterior Tibet, they give rise to the principal source of the Ganga. The above are the chief,—but there are likewise nu- merous other inferior lakes, in both the divisions or provinces of Tibet. 178 Possessions of the SEP. Mountains. Tibet is not only a very elevated, but also a mountainous country. But if we can rely on Chinese authorities, it docs nut possess any of those lofty and extensive ranges of mountains, which are commonly represented as forming one of ils most prominent features. If, indeed, with Malte-Brun, we in- clude the kingdoms of Boutan, Nepaul, and Gorka among the component parts of Tibet, then we must acknowledge it to possess the most majestic and lofty mountains in the world,—the great Himalaya chain, which forms the southern support of all the elevated tracts of Central Asia. But as these kingdoms do not appertain either to the Dalai-lama or the Bantchin-erdeni, nor yet are in any way Comprehended among the possessions of China, they do not come within our present province. We therefore confine oar remarks to those mountains which we find laid down with certainty in our hiaps. The principal of these are the following: the Nornkhoun- oubashi chain, situated on the north of H'lassa, from whence it stretches northeastward, to the frontiers of Koko-nor;—the Langbou mountains, on the north of Chashi-lounbou;—the Chour-moiitsang-la chain, on the north of Dingghie, Jbunghia, and Nielan, and southeast of Chashi-lounbou;—and the Kang- tise or Kentaisse chain, on the north of Ari, with its branches, the Sengkeh and Langtsien mountains; the former of which is on the north, and the latter on the south of the main chain. All these mountains give rise to various blanches and tributaries of the Yarou-tsangbo. The great elevation of Tibet renders its climate extremely cold ; and its mountainous nature does not admit of much fer- tility in the soil. It is a country which has hitherto been but very little known, and which therefore presents a wide field fur geographical and scientific research. We have thus turned the attention of our readers to each of the extensive territories, which, as they form part of the Chinese possessions, are delineated on the map before us. We have hastily run over the names of the places it enumerates, and the remarks of its chorographer, making such additional observations as occurred to as, from the perusal of other works. And we have found no reason to complain of its inac- curacy: on the contrary, when we consider it as a whole, and compare it with other maps, whether native or foreign, we can- not, we think, bestow too much praise on its author. It cer- tainly is not nearly so complete (nor could it be expected that it should be so complete) as the valuable MS. atlas, in the Hon. E. I. Company's library, which was mentioned in the second number. But it has given us a far belter idea of the form, extent, and geographical features of this great empire, than the disjointed maps of an atlas can possibly do. It pre- sents at once to our view, the whole empire, in all its vast 1832. reigning Chinese dynasty. 179 extent; and this is what no other map has hitherto accom- plished so correctly. When we regard these spacious dominions,—when we con- sider the immense extent of them, and the enormous .-uiiou.it of population (in our opinion by no means exaggerated) which they are stated to contain ;—when it is remembered, that these vast and populous countries are yet under the delusions of Satan,—and that their innumerable inhabitants, with the "one man" who governs them, and has their persons and property at his command, are yet living in ignorance of the true God, and in enmity to the Lord Jesus Christ, whom he has sent;—when these things, we say, are duly considered,— who is not ready to sigh and weep over the desolations which sin and Satan have made in the world? When, again, we look not only on China and her immediate dominions, but passing beyond these—alone so vast,—we see all her host of tributary slates, and those king- doms which, though not brought to kneel before the throne of her sovereigns, yet pay homage to her language and her lite- rature ;—when we see all these kingdoms arid states involved in the same thick Egyptian darkness, and equally ignorant of their Creator:—and when we further behold all these wide- spread empires, states, and kingdoms, shut out against the light of the gospel, and closed against the admission of science and civilization; and see Christian ministers and teachers (few though they be) stopped at the threshold of their gates, unable to enter;—are we not ready to give up in despair the hope of their conversion, and to conclude that "God has given them over to a reprobate mind," to bring upon themselves their own destruction? If such is ever the nature of our feelings, and such the low state of our hopes, we should turn to the blessed promises of assistance which are contained in holy Writ. We should remember that all the ends of the earth are given to Christ,—that his kingdom shall be established over the world, wherever the voice of man is heard,—and that "to him every knee shall bow," whether in heaven or on earth. And when any of the ministers of Christ are tempted to exclaim, "who is sufficient for these things?" they should recall to their memo- ry Christ's injunction, and should "pray the Lord of the har- vest, that he would send forth laborers into his harvest." And knowing that God has promised, that he will hear and answer such requests, they should go on their way rejoicing. 180 GutzliiJTs Journal; Journal of a residence in Siam, and of a voyage along the coast of China to Mantchou Tartary, by the Rev. CHARLES GUTZLAFF. (Concluded from page 140.) IN the afternoon, Sept. 22d, we passed a grove, on the left bank of the river Pei-ho, which is said to have been visited by the emperor Keenlung. It contains a few houses, but is at present a mere jungle. On the opposite bank we observed a shop, having a sign with this inscription, written in large capitals, Idols and Budhas all descriptions newly made and repaired. This sign told plainly the condition of the people around me, and called forth earnest intercession on their behalf. The scene, as we approached Teentsin, became very lively. Great numbers of boats and junks, al- most blocking up the passage, and crowds of people on shore, bespoke a place of considerable trade. After experiencing much difficulty from the vessels which thronged us on every side, we, at length, came to anchor in the suburbs of the city, in a line with seve- ral junks lately arrived from Soakah, and were salut- ed by the merry peals of the gong. I had been accus- tomed to consider myself quite a stranger among these people, and was therefore surprised to see the eyes of many of them immediately fixed on me. My skill as a physician was soon put in requisition. The next day, while passing the junk on my way to the shore, I was hailed by a number of voices, as the seen- sang—"teacher," or "doctor;" and on looking around me, I saw many smiling faces, and numerous hands stretched out to invite me to sit down. These peo- ple proved to be some of my old friends, who, a long time before, had received medicines and books,—for which they still seemed very grateful. They lauded Stay fit Went sin. 181 my nohlo conduct, in leaving off barbarian customs, and in escaping from the land of barbarians, to come under the shield of the "son of heaven." They approved of my design in not only benefiting some straggling rascals (according to their own expres- sion) in the out-ports of China, but in coming also a great distance, to assist the faithful subjects of the celestial empire. They knew even that se'e'n-sang nedng, "the lady teacher" (my late wife), had died; and condoled with me on account of my irreparable loss. It very soon appeared that I was known here as a missionary, as well as in Siam; and hence I thought it my duty to act boldly, but at the same time with prudence. Some captains and pilots, afflicted either with diseased eyes, or with rheumatism, were my first patients. They lived in a miserable hovel near the banks of the river, and were preparing to smoke the "delicious drug," when I entered, and upbraid- ed them sharply for their licentiousness. From my severe remarks on their conduct, they concluded, that I had some remedy for the use of the drug, and in- timated their opinion to others. The success of my first practice gained me the esteem and friendship of a whole clan or tribe of the Chinese, who never ceased to importune me to cure their natural or ima- ginary physical defects. The diseases of the poorer classes, here, seemed as numerous as in any part of India. They generally complained of the unskillful- ness of their doctors, whose blunders I had frequent- ly to correct. Chinese doctors are, usually, unsuc- cessful literati, or persons fond of study. They claim the title of doctor as soon as they have read a number of books on the subject of medicine, with- out showing by practice that they are entitled to the appellation. Their minute examination of the pulse, which is frequently very correct, gives them some claim to the title of able practitioners. Ana- tomy, a correct knowledge of which must be gained from dissection, the Chinese regard as founded on 182 GutzltiJTs Journal; SEP, metaphysical speculations, and not in truth. Their materia medica is confined chiefly to herbs, which are the principal ingredients of their prescriptions. They have some very excellent plants, but injure and weaken their effect by mixing them up as they do,—often sixty or seventy in one dose. They ge- nerally foretell the precise time of the patient's re- storation, but are often found mistaken. To stand against men of this description, who are eo very wise in their own imagination, was not an easy task ; but I always convinced them, by facts, that our theories, when reduced to practice, would have the most salutary effect. Kam-sea, a merchant of considerable property from Fuhkeen, and a resident at Teentsin, invited me to his house; this was on the 15th of the 8th moon, and consequently during the chung-tsew* fes- tival. Mandarins in great numbers hastened to the temples; priests dressed in black,—friars and nuns clothed in rags; and an immense number of beg- gars paraded the streets; and when I passed, filled the air with their importunate cries. All the avenues were thronged; and in the shops,—generally filled with Chinese manufactures, but sometimes also with European commodities,—trade seemed to be brisk. The town, which stretches several miles along the banks of the river, equals Canton in the bustle of its busy population, and surpasses it in the importance of its native trade. The streets are unpaved ; and * That is, the festival of middle-autumn. This is a very great festival among the Chinese, vnd is observed partially through- out the whole month, by sending presents of cakes and fruit, from one person to another; but it is chiefly celebrated on the I6ib and 16th days: on the loth, oblations are made to the moon, and on the 16th, the people and children amuse thein- selvos with what they call "pursuing the moon." The legend respecting this popular festival is, that an emperor of the Tang dynasty being led, one night, to the palace of the moon, saw there an assembly of nymphs, playing on instruments of music; and, on his return, commanded persons to dress and ,111''.. in imitation of what he had seen 1832. Slay at Teenttin. 183 the houses are built of mud; but within they are well furnished, with accommodations in the best Chi- nese style. A great many of the shopkeepers, and some of the most wealthy people in the place, are from Fuhkeen; and the native merchants, though well trained to their business, are outdone by the superior skill of the traders from the south. Kam-sea's house is situated in the middle of the city, and is well furnished ; he received me cordially, and offered me a commodious room. The crowd of people at his house was great, and many questions were asked by them concerning me; but as the Fuhkeen men acknowledged me to be their fellow- citizen, these questions were easily set at rest. A mandarin of high rank, who heard of my arrival said, "This man, though a stranger, is a true Chi- nese; and, as several persons seem anxious to pre- vent his going up to the capital, I will give him a passport, for it would be wrong, that after hav- ing come all the way from Siam, he should not see the "dragon1 s face." The curiosity to see me was, during several days, very great; and the captain's anxiety much increas- ed, when he saw that I attracted the attention of so many individuals. There were some, who even muttered that I had come to make a map of the country, in order to become the leader in a pre- meditated assault on the empire. Yet all these ob- jections were soon silenced, when I opened my medi- cine chest, and with a liberal hand supplied every applicant. God, in his mercy, bestowed a blessing on these exertions, and gave me favor in the eyes of the people. Several persons of rank and influ- ence paid me frequent visits, and held long conver- sations with me. They were polite and even ser- vile in their manners. Their inquiries, most of them trivial, were principally directed to Siam ; and their remarks concerning Europe were exceedingly childish. The concourse of people became so great, at length, that I was obliged to hide myself 184 Gutzluff's Journal; SKP. A gentleman, who lived opposite to the house where I resided, wishing to purchase me from the cap- tain, with a view to attract customers by my pres- ence, offered to pay for me the sum of 2000 taels of silver (about 2700 dollars). My patients had now become so numerous as to engross ail my attention; from very early in the morning till late at night, I was constantly beset by them, and often severely tried. Yet I had frequent opportunities of making known to them the doctrines of the gospel, and of pointing out the way of eternal life. It had been my intention to proceed from Tee'n- tsin up to Peking, a journey which is made in two days. To effect this, it would have been necessary to learn the dialect spoken in this province, and to have obtained the acquaintance of some persons, resident at the capital. For the accomplishment of the first, there was not sufficient time, unless I should resolve to abandon the junk in which I had arrived, and to stay over the winter; but for the at- tainment of the latter, some individuals very kindly offered their services. I thought it best, therefore, to stay and to observe the leadings of Providence. Some experiments, which I made, to cure the habit of opium-smoking, proved so successful, that they attracted general notice; and drew the attention of some mandarins, who even stooped to pay me a visit, and to request my aid, stating that his im- perial majesty was highly enraged, because so ma- ny of his subjects indulged in this practice. But as soon as the Chaou-chow and Fuhkeen men ob- served, that the native patients were becoming too numerous, they got angry, saying, "This is our doc- tor, and not your's ;" and, as this argument was not quite intelligible, they drove many of the poor fel- lows away by force. In a few days, moreover, the whole stock of medicines I had with me was exhaust- ed, and I had to send away with regret, those poor wretches, who rcallv stood in need of assistance. 1832. Stay at Teentsin. 185 In the meantime, our men went on with their trade. Under the superintendence of some officers who had farmed the duties, they began to unload, and to transport the goods to the storehouses. Ma- ny a trick was played in order to avoid the payment of duties, although they were very light. Indeed, the sailors' merchandise was almost entirely exempt from all charges. As soon as the goods were removed to the warehouses, the resident merchants made their purchases, and paid immediately for their goods in sycee silver. These transactions were managed in the most quiet and honest manner, and to the benefit of both parties. On the sugar and tin very little profit was gained, but more than 100 per cent, was made on the sapan wood and pepper, the principal articles of our cargo. European calicoes yielded a profit of only 50 per cent.; other commodities, imported by Canton men, sold very high. On account of the severe prohibitions, there was a stagnation in the opium trade. One individual, a Canton merchant, had been seized by government; and large quanti- ties of the drug, imported from Canton, could find no purchasers. The trade of Teentsin is quite extensive. More than 500 junks arrive annually from the southern ports of China, and from Cochinchina and Siam. The river is so thronged with junks, and the mer- cantile transactions give such life and motion to the scene, as strongly to remind one of Liverpool. As the land in this vicinity yields few productions, and the capital swallows up immense stores, the impor- tations, required to supply the wants of the people, must be very great. Though the market was well furnished, the different articles commanded a good price. In no other port of China is trade so lucrative as in this; but nowhere else are so ma- ny dangers to be encountered. A great many junks were wrecked this year; and this is the case every season; and hence the profits realized on the whole amount of shipping, are comparatively small. 186 Gutzlaff's Journal; Teentsin would open a fine field for foreign enter- prise ; there is a great demand for European woolens, but the high prices which they bear prevent the in- habitants from making extensive purchases. I was quite surprised to see so much sycee silver in circu- lation. The quantity of it was so great, that there seemed to be no difficulty in collecting thousands of taels, at the shortest notice. A regular trade with sil- ver is carried on by a great many individuals. The value of the tael, here, varies from 1300 to 1400 cash. Some of the firms issue bills, which areas current as bank-notes in England. Teentsin, pos- sessing so many advantages for commerce, may very safely be recommended to the attention of European merchants. By inquiries, I found, that the people cared very little about their imperial government. They were only anxious to gain a livelihood, and accumulate riches. They seemed to know the emperor only by name, and were quite unacquainted with his character. Even the military operations in western Tartary were almost unknown to them. Nothing had spread such consternation amongst them as the late death of the heir of the crown, which was occasioned by opium smoking. The emperor felt this loss very keenly. The belief that there will be a change in the pre- sent dynasty is very general. But in case of such an event, the people of Teentsin would hear of it with almost as much indifference, as they would the news of a change in the French government. The local officers were generally much dreaded, but also much imposed upon. They are less tyrannical here, in the neighborhood of the emperor, judging from what the people told me, than they are in the dis- tant provinces. When they appear abroad it is with much pageantry, but with little real dignity. Indeed I saw nothing remarkable in their deportment. No war junks nor soldiers were to be met with,— though the latter were said to exist. To possess fire-arms is a high crime, and the person found guilty 1832. Stay at Teentsin. 187 of so doing, is severely punished. Bows and arrows are in common use. There are no military stores;— but great stores of grain. The grain junks were, at this season, on their return home. The features of the inhabitants of this district more resemble the European, than those of any Asiatics I have hitherto seen. The eye had less of the depressed curve in the interior angle, than what is common, and so characteristic, in a Chi- nese countenance. And, as the countenance is of- ten the index of the heart, so the character of these people is more congenial to the European, than is that of the inhabitants of the southern provinces. They are not void of courage; though they are too groveling to undertake anything arduous or noble, and too narrow-minded to extend their views be- yond their own province and the opposite kingdom of Corea. They are neat in their dress; the furs which they wear are costly; their food is simple; and they are polite in their manners. The females are fair, and tidy in their appearance,—enjoy perfect liberty, and walk abroad as they please. The dialect spoken by the inhabitants of Teentsin abounds with gutturals ; and for roughness is not un- like the language of the Swiss. The people speak with amazing rapidity, scarcely allowing time to trace their ideas. Though their dialect bears consider- able resemblance to the mandarin, yet it contains so many local phrases, and corruptions of that dia- lect, as to be almost unintelligible, to those who are acquainted only with the mandarin tongue. The natives here seemed to be no bigots in re- ligion. Their priests were poorly fed, and their temples in bad repair. The priests wear ah kinds of clothing; and, except by their shaven heads, can scarcely be distinguished from the common people. Frequently, I have seen them come on board the junk to beg a little rice, and recite their prayers, with a view to obtain money. But, notwithstand- ing the degradation of the priests, and the utter 188 Gutzlaffs Journal; SKP. contempt in which their principles and precepts are held, every house has its lares, its sacrifices, and offerings; and devotions (if such they may be called) are performed, with more strictness even than by the inhabitants of the southern provinces. Such conduct is a disgrace to human nature, and without excuse; "because that which may be known of God is manifest in them, for God hath showed it unto them." (Rom. i. 19.) Yet, prostituting the knowledge of a supreme Ruler, they bow down be- fore an image of wood or stone, and say,—" this is my creator." I made many inquiries, in order to ascertain whether there were any Roman Catholics in this part of the country, but no trace, not even of their having once been here, could be found. There were Mohammedans, however, and with some of them I had opportunities of conversing. They seem- ed tenacious enough of their creed, so far as it regarded food,—they would not even dine with a hea- then,—but in their notions of Deity they were not at all correct. In their dress, they differ very little from their heathen neighbors; and they are quite like them also in their morals. Though they are somewhat numerous, they never influence public opinion, or show any anxiety to make proselytes. The number of inhabitants which belong to Che middling classes, properly so called, is not large. A few individuals are immensely rich ; but the great mass of the population are sunk in abject poverty.— I saw very little among the inhabitants of Teentsin, that could give them a just claim to be called a literary people.—They are industrious, but not skill- ful workmen; and even their industry furnishes few articles for exportation. In a few manufactures, such as tapestry, coarse woolens, and glass, they succeed well.—With such an overflowing popula- tion, it would be wise policy in the government, to allow emigration, and to open a trade with foreign jiations. in order to furnisli sufficient employment, 1832. Leaven Tientsin. 189 and sustenance for the increasing multitudes of people; otherwise, there is reason to fear, lest, ere- long, pressed by want and hunger, they fall back upon and destroy those, whom they have been taught to revere as their political fathers. I ain inclined to believe, from all that I have seen of this people, that they are susceptible of great improve- ment, and that reform might more reasonably be expected among them, because of the extreme simplicity of their manners. Teentsin, as has been already observed, presents an inviting field to the enterprising merchant; but to the Christian phi- lanthropist, whose attention may be directed to these regions, it not only affords an inviting field, but presents claims—claims which ought not to be disregarded. Our sailors, having disposed of their part of the cargo, and obtained their full wages, gave them- selves up to gambling—the general diversion of this place. Nor did they desist from this practice, until most of them had lost everything they possessed. They had now to borrow money in order to pur- chase clothes, to protect them against the inclem- ency of the weather; new scenes of contention and quarreling were daily exhibited; and the lives, as well as the persons of some individuals, put in great jeopardy. They also indulged freely in the use of spirituous liquors, which were very strong and in- toxicating; and finally they betook themselves to wretched females. In these circumstances, their misery was extreme; several of them were seized upon by their creditors, some hid themselves, and others absconded. As we had arrived here so late in the season, just at the the time when many of the junks were about leaving, it was necessary to shorten our stay, lest the Pei ho, freezing up, should detain us over the winter. On the 17th of October, we began to move slowly down the river. Before leaving Teentsin, I received numerous presents, which were 190 GutzlaJTs Journal; SEP. accompanied with many wishes for my welfare. A great many persons came to take an affectionate leave of me, at our departure. At the earnest request of some individuals, I was constrained to promise, that, if God should permit, 1 would return the next year; and, in the case of such a visit, some of them en- gaged to accompany me to the capital,—while others, wanted to make with me a journey overland from Teentsin, to Heamun (Amoy). I can scarce- ly speak in too high terms of the kindness I enjoy- ed during the whole time I was at this place; and the reason for such unexpected treatment, I must ascribe to the merciful interposition of the Almighty, under whose banner I entered on this undertaking. The favor and kindness experienced in Teentsin were a rich compensation for my former bereave- ments and trials. My health also was again restored, and I could cheerfully perform the duties devolving upon me. We all had provided ourselves with furs; and we were now, at length, proceeding to Leaoutung, which is situated on the north of the gulf of Pe- tchelee, on the frontiers of Mantchou Tartary. As Teentsin furnishes no articles for maritime expor- tation except the tsaou, or "date," the junks arriv- ing here sell their cargo, and then proceed to some of the ports of Leaoutung, where a part of their money is invested in peas and drugs. Though we had the current in our favor, we were a long time in reaching Takoo, and this because the sailors were fonder of gambling than of working the junk. At Takoo we were delayed several days, waiting for our captain and one of the passengers, who were left behind. While at this place, I was invited by the port-master to dine with him, on shore, but was prevented by the inclemency of the weather; several physicians, also, came on board, to consult with me concerning difficult cases, and received my instructions with much docility. After further delay, occasioned by a strong north wind, we 1832. Kin-chow in Leaoutung. 191 finally, got under weigh, Oct. 28th, with a native pilot on board. We soon passed the Sha-loo-poo-teen islands; and, having a very strong breeze in our fa- vor, arrived at the harbor of Kin-chow, in the district of Fungteen foo, about fifteen leagues dis- tant from Moukden, the celebrated capital of Man- tchouria. The persons with whom I conversed about the place told me, that it differed very little from the other cities in this district. The Mantchou Tar- tars who live hereabouts are numerous, and lead an idle life, being principally in the employ of the emperor, either directly or indirectly. There seerns to be but little jealousy between them and the la- boring class of Chinese. There are two other harbors in this district, viz. Nan-kin (or southern Kin-chow, so called to distin- guish it from the northern place of the same name), and Kae-chow. The latter is the most spacious and deep, and is capable of containing a large fleet. The harbor of Kin-chow is shallow, surrounded by rocks, and exposed to southern gales. Junks cannot approach within several miles of the shore, and all the cargo must be brought off in lighters. This country abounds with peas, drugs, and cattle of every kind. It is, on the whole, well cultivated, and inhabited principally by Mantchou Tartars, who, in their appearance differ very little from the Chi- nese. The Fuhkeen men, here, also, have the trade at their command, and quite a large number of junks annually visit the harbors of Leaoutung. It was a long time after we arrived at Kin-chow, before we could go on shore, on account of the high sea. It became generally known among the inhabi- tants, ere I had left the junk, that I was a physi- cian, and anxious to do good ; and I was, therefore, very politely invited to take up my residence in one of the principal mercantile houses. It was midnight when we arrived on shore, and found a rich enter- tainment and good lodgings provided. The next morning crowds thronged to see me; and patients 192 Gutzlaff^s Journal; SEP. were more numerous than 1 had anywhere else found them, and this because they have among themselves no doctors of any note. I went immediately to work, and gained their confidence in a very high degree. There was not in the whole place, nor even within the circuit of several English miles, one female to be seen. Being rather surprised at such a curious fact, I learned, on inquiry, that the whole female population had been removed by the civil author- ities, with a view to prevent debauchery among the many sailors who annually visit this port. I could not but admire this arrangement, and the more es- pecially, because it had been adopted hy heathen authorities, and so effectually put a stop to every kind of licentiousness. Kin-chow itself has very little to attract the at- tention of visitors; it is not a large or handsome place. The houses are built of granite (which abounds here); and are without any accommodations, except a peculiar kind of sleeping-places, which are formed of brick; and so constructed, that they can be heated, by fires kindled beneath them. On the summit of a high mountain in the neigh- borhood, there is a small temple; and also several others on the low ground, in the vicinity. One of the latter I visited: it was constructed in the Chi- nese style, and the idols in it were so deformed, that they even provoked a smile from my Chinese guide. In the library of one of the priests, I found a treatise on erpentance, consisting of several vo- lumes.—There -are here many horses and carriages; but the carriages are very clumsy. The camel is likewise common here, and may be purchased very cheap.—The Chinese inhabitants, of whom many are emigrants from Shantung, speak a purer dialect than those at Teentsin. They are reserved in their intercourse, and in the habit of doing menial ser- vice', while the Fuhkeen men carry on the trade and man the native fishing craft. After having supplied the manifold wants of my patients, in this 1832. Leaves Leaoutung. 193 place, I distributed to them the word of life, and gained their esteem and affection. The 9th of Nov. was a very pleasant day; but during the night, the wind changed, and a strong northerly breeze began to blow. In a few hours, the rivers and creeks were frozen up. The cold was so piercing, that I was obliged to take the most active exercise, in order to keep myself warm; while the Chinese around me covered with rags aod furs, laid down and kept themselves quiet. The wind, at length, blew a gale, and we were in im- minent danger of being wrecked; but the almighty hand of God preserved us, whilst a large junk bet- ter manned than our's was dashed in pieces, near to us. Business was for some days quite at a stand, and 1 had reason to fear the junk would be ice-bound. The sailors on shore whiled away the time, smoking opium day and night. Some of them bought quails, and set them fighting for amusement. Indeed, there was not the least anxiety manifested in regard to the vessel; and it was owing to the unremitting severity of the cold, that we were, at last, driven away from Kin-chow. The sailors de- layed so long on shore, that the favorable winds were now passed away.; and, dissatisfied with the dispensations of divine Providence, they murmured, and gave themselves up again to gambling and opium smoking. Ou the 17th of Nov., we finally got under weigh, passed along the rugged coast of Leaoutung, and, on the next day, reached the province of Shantung. Unluckily for us, snow now began to fall, and our sailors thought it expedient to come to anchor, though we had a fair breeze, which would have enabled us to make the Shantung promontory. My strongest arguments and representations were all to no purpose;—" Down with the anchor, enter the cabins, smoke opium, and take rest," was the general cry among the men. The next day, they showed no disposition to proceed, and went on 194 Gutzlaff'* Journal; !SEP, shore to buy fuel. When we were again under weigh, and the wind was forcing us round the pro- montory, the sailors thought it best to come to anchor at Toa-sik-tow (or Ta-shih-taou), near to the pro- montory, where there is a large harbor. This place is too rocky to yield any provisions; but some of the adjacent country is well cultivated, and furnishes good supplies. The inhabitants carry on some trade in drugs, but are generally very poor. The sailors crammed our junk, already well filled, till every corner was overflowing with cabbage and other ve- getables. Even the narrow place where we dined was stuffed full;—" we must trade," was their an- swer, when I objected to these proceedings. A favorable breeze now began to blow, and I tried to persuade the men to quit the shore, and get the junk under weigh. They, however, told the pilot plain- ly, that they did not wish to sail; but after many in- treaties, he finally prevailed on them to weigh anchor. A fair wind had almost borne us out of sight of the promontory, when the breeze veered round to west, and the sailors immediately resolved to return and anchor; all sails, therefore, were hoisted in order to hasten the return ; but the wind changing back again to a fair point, they were unable to effect their purpose, and so cast anchor. They continued in this situation, exposed to a heavy sea, till the wind abated; then they entered the harbor, and went on shore, the same as previously,—wholly regardless of the wind, which had now again become fair. I strongly expostulated with them, and urged them to go out to sea, but "It is not a lucky day," was their reply. Nor was it till after a wearisome de- lay, and when other junks, leaving the harbor, had set them an example, that they were, at length, pre- vailed on to get under weigh. We had not proceeded more than fifty leagues, when the fellows resolved once more to return, but were prevented by strong northerly gales, which now drove us, nolens volens, down the coast. 1832. Arrival at Macao. 195 Though the sea was amazingly high, when we came to the channel of Formosa, we saw many fishing boats, in all directions. I have never met with more daring seamen than those from Fuhkeen. With the most perfect carelessness, they go, four in number, in a small boat, over the foaming bil- lows; while their larger vessels are driven about, and in danger of being swallowed up by the sea. Formerly, these same men, who gain a livelihood by fishing, were desperate pirates, and attacked every vessel they could find. The vigilance of the government has produced this change; and, at present, piratical depredations are very unfrequent in the channel of Formosa. On the 10th of Dec., after having suffered severe- ly from various hardships, and having had our sails torn in pieces by the violent gales, we, at length, saw a promontory in the province of Can- ton,—much to the joy of us all. At Soah-boe (or Shan-wei), a place three days sail from Canton, our captain went on shore, in order to obtain a permit to enter. We proceeded slowly in the mean time, and I engaged one of my friends to go with me to Macao, where, I was told, many barbarians lived. All the sailors, my companions in many dangers, took an affectionate leave of me; and in a few hours after, I arrived at Macao, on the evening of the 13th Dec., and was kindly received by Dr. and Mrs. Morrison. The reader of these details should remember, that what has been done is only a feeble begin- ing of what must ensue. We will hope and pray, that God in his mercy may, very soon, open a wi- der door of access; and we will work so long as the Lord grants health, strength, and opportunity. —I sincerely wish that something more efficient might be done for opening a free intercourse with China, and would feel myself highly favored, if 196 Voyages to the North of China. SEP. I could be subservient, in a small degree, in has- tening forward such an event. In the merciful providence of our God and Saviour, it may be con- fidently hoped, that the doors to China will be thrown open. By whom this will be done, or in what way, is of very little importance; every well- wisher and co-operator will anxiously desire, that all glory may be rendered to God, the Giver of every good gift. The kindness wherewith I was received by the foreign residents at Macao and Canton, formed quite a contrast with the account the Chinese had given me of "barbarian character," and demands my liveliest gratitude. Praise to God the most High, for his gracious protection and help, for his mercy, and his grace! MISCELLANIES. VOYAGES TO THE NORTH OP CHINA.—In the warfare which is now carried on,—' not against flesh and blood, but against prin- cipalities, and powers, and spiritual wickedness in high places,' —and which will be carried on until the great destroyer of human happiness is bound, and the kingdom which is not of this world, wherein dwelleth righteousness and peace, is every* where established, a vast variety of persons and of means will be needed and must be put in requisition. Yet the race is not to the swift, nor the battle to the strong; the final issue of the contest does not depend on human contingencies; it rests with that great Being, whose economy is not confined to narrow limits, and Whose power and wisdom are infinite. It is alike easy with him to work, whether with the few and the feeble, or with the many and the mighty: He speaks, and it is done; famine, pestilence, fire, and sword, stormy winds and waves are made his ministers,—'usually the ministers of his wrath; while for the highest offices of his mercy, men are employed, and for a great diversity of labors, are endowed with an equal diversity of gifts. In the livei of that great company of heroes, "who through faith subdued kingdoms, wrought righteousness, obtained promises, 1832. Voyages to tht North of China. 197 stopped the mouths of lions, quenched the violence of tire, es- caped the edge of the sword, out of weakness were made strong, waxed valiant in fight, turned to flight the armies of the aliens," —what a beautiful and striking variety of character is exhib- ited! So in later times, among those Galileans, some of whom were surnamed "sons of thunder," the same diversity is found; and so it is at the present day. Translations of the Scriptures are needed; and men with iron constitutions sit down to the work, toil night and day, and soon that word in which life and im- mortality are brought to light, is in the languages of nations, which till now could never read in their own tongue the won- drous things of God. Nations, which have long sat in the re- gion of death's shade, are to be enlightened; and men go forth, not without good reason, eager to publish to the inhabi- tants of distant isles and continents, the only Name given under heaven whereby we must be saved. One individual labors unseen, except by that Eye from which even the motions of the heart are not hid—no earthly glory beams around him, no sym- pathy is raised in his behalf among those of his day and ge- neration; another one, as he goes, amidst many dangers, from continent to continent, gathers around his career an interest of the highest and noblest kind, and he (perhaps to his own grief) is hailed as a wonder of the age:—all these, and far greater differences may exist, white yet for each there is laid up, for the awards of the great day, an equal weight of glory. There is sometimes, also, a kind of destiny attached to persons. By an influence, which neither they themselves nor others can easi- ly account for, they are urged onward, and toil unto death; nay, sacrifice their lives. We have been acquainted with such cases. They themselves knew (or others knew and they might have known), with moral certainty, that by the severity of their la- bors they would cut short their days on earth; they would have dissuaded others from such a course, but could not be induced to desist from it themselves. We notice these principles of the divine government, and these phenomena of the moral world, that we may not extol one course of conduct because it is novel and striking, nor un- dervalue a different one because it is humble. If there is sin- cerity and purity of heart, a willing and obedient mind, joined with knowledge, diligence, faith, and zeal, not the giving away of even a cup of cold water will lose its reward. Before the numerous people who speak the Chinese lan- guage, are brought in willing and joyful obedience to the Prince of peace, it may be expected, that a very great variety of ta- lent will be required, and a very great diversity of character and conduct exhibited. Such, indeed, is already the case. The account of "a Voyage along the coast of China to Mantchou Tartary," which we have given in the preceding pages of this work, stands in high relief. If the enterprise is followed up, us it may and ought to be, it will form the commencement 198 Voyages to the North of China. SEP. of a new era in the history of the East. All the circum- stances in the journal are not, perhaps, just as some persons would like them, or would have had them, if they had pre- pared the account; or they may riot be written in the style best calculated to please a critical taste; but, in our humble opinion, the journal must be pronounced not only "novel arid interesting," but a very fair, full, and impartial account of what transpired, and was presented to view, under the ob- servation of the writer; and until the results of the voyage are made known to those who would account it a "vain wan- dering," we shall not, in the words of Mr. Gutzlaft", "be very anxious to vindicate" him from their charges. We ought to state, here, however, that the journal was prepared by Mr. G., from very brief notes in Chinese, after he had returned to Macao; the circumstances in which he made the voyage, pre- venting him from writing it out at length, as he went from place to place, either in Chinese, English, or German, the last of which is his native tongue. Of the second voyage (to which we alluded in an introduc- tory note to the journal, in our first number), we have reason to believe, that very full accounts are in course of prepara- tion for the press.—But although we hope shortly to see these accounts published, yet we cannot pass over this interesting expedition, without laying before our readers abroad such par- ticulars respecting it, as are already in our possession. The voyage was commenced on the '20th of Feb. last, when Mr. GutzlafT embarked on board the Lord Amherst, Capt. Rees, an English country ship, chartered for (he occasion, by the honorable E I. Company, and under the direction of H. H. Lindsay, Esq., of the Company's establishment in China. After a most eventful voyage, in which many places were visit- ed along the coasts of China, as well as some parts of For- mosa, Cores, and the Lewchew islands, the Lord Amherst returned on the 4th inst., to Macao, from whence she started at the time stated above. During the early part of the voyage, the Amherst was detained on the southern coast, for a long period, by very unfavorable winds; which afforded abundant opportunity of entering the eastern ports of Canton province. In April, we believe, For- mosa was visited, but only the western side of it, which is al- ready pretty well known. After a short stay at Formosa, and among the islands of the Penghou or Pescadore archipelago, be- tween that island and the main-land, the voyagers returned to the coast, and visited, in succession, Ainoy,—Fuhchow fbo, the capital of Fuhkeen,—Ningpo in Chekeang,—the Chusan and neighboring islands, opposite to Ningpo,—Shanghae in Keiing- soo, south of the Yangtsze keang,—Tsungming, at the mouth of that river,—and part of Shantung. Along the whole of the coast, ihey were received by the people as friends, and " were flattered 1832. Voyages to the North of China. 199 and feared" by the inferior local officers. Such proceedings, however, were not to be tolerated by the higher authorities. Several severe edicts were sent from Peking; and they were ordered to be driven from the coast; but this was a circum- stance to be expected, and should excite not the slightest alarm. Notwithstanding the strict interdicts, some sales were effected; but not, we believe, to any considerable amount. From Shantung promontory, the Lord Amherst sailed across to Corea, bidding farewell to the Chinese coast: and after a few days' stay at Corea, she proceeded to the chief island of the Lewchew group. From thence she sailed, near the end of last month, for Macao. At Corea and Lewchew, the fear of the Chinese government was greater, we understand, than anywhere on the Chinese coast; and probably not without good reason. Mr. Gutzlaff being supplied with a variety of Christian books, such as tracts and portions of the Scriptutes, found opportuni- ty to distribute them wherever the vessel touched; in this way be was enabled to furnish the people with specifics, for their mental and spiritual, as well as for their bodily diseases. It is pleasing to know, that both the medicines and books dealt out by Mr. G., were accepted joyfully, and that in some places, the latter were eagerly sought after, and much liked. Thus, by this voyage, occupying little more than six months, the word of eternal life has been circulated in several of the provinces and islands of China, in Corea, and among the in- habitants of the Lewchew islands;—and "it shall not return void," but "shall prosper," accomplishing the will of the Lord. And now, shall this enterprise be abandoned? Shall the ships of Europe and America not he permitted to sail "within the inner seas" of China? And when fair breezes have borne them, richly laden, into the ports of the "celestial empire," shall the peaceful inhabitants, who, wishing for an interchange of commodities, eagerly throng their decks, be driven away by "barbarian cruelty?" We heartily wish that the sub- ject of "free intercourse with China," might be put in its proper light, and urged by arguments worthy of the cause. We ask again, shall this enterprise be abandoned ?—and meanwhile we wait,—looking with anxiety to see what further measures are to be adopted. We would request our readers—those in particular, who are still disposed to doubt the utility of such an enterprise,—to read attentively the following commu- nication, which we have received from a correspondent. To the Editor of the Chinese Repository. Sin,—There appears to be a very great variety of opinion with regard to what has been achieved by the Lurd Amherst, in her recent voyage along the coast,—to the Penghou is- lands, Formosa, Corea, and the chief islands of the Lewchew 200 Voyage* to the North of China SEP. archipelago. As far as I am able to judge, 1 am inclined to think,—and it is with pleasure I indulge the hope,—that the result will be highly gratifying, to the merchant as well as to the philanthropist, by the future opening of a trade to the north of China, which it is not improbable this voyage may give rise to. It has now been clearly proved, that by the people we will be received with open arms; and that the local authorities, prompted by self-interest, will bu glad to encourage our com- ing; if only the higher authorities, of the provincial and ge- neral government, can be induced to permit, or at least, to wink at it. The common Chinese of the northern parts, are by no means so misanthropic, nor are foreigners there so much abused and ill-treated, as is here the case. Neither does there exist any force along the coast, to put in execution the threatening edicts which -are so often fulminated by the government. Though the Chinese are, and have always been, invincible, in a paper or diplomatic warfare with Europeans; and though the officers of the government, in their manifestoes, wholly deprecate the friendship of strangers;—yet the matter is seen in a fur idif- ferent light, when you come into close contact with them, as did the inmates of the Lord Atnherst. Then, Dot the people only, but the local officers also, show themselves as fully sensible .of the advantages of opening a trade, as we ourselves are. The latter could not have expressed their opinion on the subject more strongly, than when they repeatedly requested, that per- sons should be eent, with proper authority, to arrange the mat- ter with -their sovereign: and in this case, they engaged to lend their assistance, by expatiating, to their superiors, on the ad- vantages that will accrue from trade. The short treatise on the English character, of which a trans- lation appeared last July, in the Canton Register, has, I doubt not, opened the eyes of the people in regard to foreigners; and very greatly vindicated the nature of their dispositions to- wards the Chinese. But since even foreigners consider the Chinese misanthropic system of exclusion as justifiable, and regard as an aggression every attempt made to break down the wall of separation,—it is with peculiar pleasure, that I call on you to reoord the public feelings of friendship* evin- ced towards foreigners, in all the maritime provinces of the country,—a fact which at once annuls the validity of an argu- ment, founded on the unfriendly and repulsive dispositions of the Chinese towards strangers. But, independently of this, what right, I would ask, have men, who derive their being from the same great Parent, who live under the same canopy of heaven, and who are advancing to the same state of future existence,—to deny to their fellow-men the privileges of mu- tual intercourse? The details (if the voyage, and of the cirumstanccs that oc- curred wherever iho vessel touched,—which arc soon to appear 1832. Worshiping at the tombs. 201 in print,—will, it is hoped, exempt the Chinese, in the view of every reasonable man, from the charge of misanthropy, hith- erto urged against them; and will give a new and belter view of the real state of a country, the barriers to which have long been considered impregnable. Your's, PHILOSINENSIS. WORSHIPING AT THE TOMBS.—Prayer, as exemplified in Holy Scripture, consist of adorations, confession, supplication, and thanksgiving. The supplications, even in the Old Testament, refer much to spiritual blessings. A divine influence is implored to enlighten the understanding, and to purify the heart. As for example ;—" Open thou mine eyes that I may behold won- drous things out of thy law." Ps. cxix. 18.—" Create in me a clean heart, O God; and renew a right spirit within me." Ps. li. 10. Neither pagans nor modern sceptics have, we be- lieve, been in the habit of desiring, that He who created the soul of man would assist them in the search of religious truth. The Chinese use written prayers, and also pray without a written form,-sometimes audibly, and sometimes mentally: but their prayers have little or no confession of sin, or supplication for spiritual blessings. The service which the priests of Budha read in their temples, and when saying mass for departed souls, consists almost entirely of ascriptions of pompons titles to the idols before them. There are in the service, a great many un- translated Indian words. When native laymen have inquired of the priests the meaning of the service; they have replied that they did not know; but the repetition of them was meritorious, for those in whose behalf the service was performed. A written prayer is read by the higher order of Chinese, when worshiping the manes of their ancestors, to whom they pray in much the same manner as to the gods, for prosperity in their particular callings, and in their families. The poor are generally satisfied with an extemporaneous service. At funerals, a service is read or spoken. There are prayers for rain also. These are generally accompanied by sacrifices and offerings, on which, after the gods and the ghosts of their ancestors have participated, the worshipers feast. Scholars, farmers, artisans, and merchants, who pray for prosperity in their several avocations, generally accompany their prayers with a vow or a promise, that, in the event of their prayer being favorably answered, they will make an offering to the god, or give money to the temple, for its and the idol's repair, or oil for the lamps, or a tablet of gratitude, &c. Hence his im- perial majesty himself writes tablets (o be placed over the gates of temples, or above the heads of idols, as expressive of his gratitude to them. A poor shopman generally makes a sort of bargain in his vow It is conditional. If he profits much, he will give much; and if but little, his return 202 Worshiping at the l,umbs. will be little. Whether if he lose he will be absolved from hie vow or not, we do not know. But there are worshipers—game- sters, and others,—who having been very importunate in prayer, and made large promises, and being afterwards disappointed in their hopes, have insulted the idols; or broken an ancestor's tablet to pieces. This, of course, is considered very impious; and there are legends of the god of thunder having struck persons dead, who have been guilty of these atrocities. Parents pray that sons and nut daughters m?iy be born to them. All classes, in doubtful or difficult undertakings, pray for a sign from the gods, showing whether they will be prosper- ous or not. The sign consists in drawing, from a bundle of bamboo slips, a particular one, which, by numbers, refers to certain printed decisions, in verse, laid up in the temple. Written prayers commence with the year, month, and day; the worshiper's name, place of abode, &,c., somewhat in the form of petitions to mandarins. As it has been affirmed that the Chinese service at the tombs of their ancestors is a civil, and not a religious, performance, we now give the purport of one of them. Form of prayer to be presented at the grave of ancestors. "Taoukwang, 12th year, 3d moon, 1st day:—I, Linkwang, the second son of the third generation, presume to come be- fore the grave of my ancestor Linkung. Revolving years have brought again the season of spring. Cherishing sentiments of veneration, I look up and sweep your tomb. Prostrate, I pray that you will come and be present; that you will grant to your posterity, that they may be prosperous and illustrious;—at this sea- son of genial showers and gentle breezes, I desire to recompense the root of my existence, and exert myself sincerely. Always grant your safe protection. My trust is in your divine spirit. Reverently I present the five-fold sacrifice of a pig, fowl, a duck, a goose, and a fish; also, an offering of five plates of fruit; with oblations of spirituous liquors; earnestly intreating that you will come and view them. With the most attentive re- spect, this annunciation is presented on high." Repairing annually, at spring or autumn, to "sweep the tombs" of ancestors, has nothing in it contrary to reason or religion; but it is manifest that a service like this, containing prayers to the souls of the dead, is contrary both to Scripture and reason. We know that there is a branch of the visible church, where "offices," not much dissimilar from these pagan prayers prevail. But though denominated Christian, we are not called upon to defend them, for we most solemnly protest against them; and were we permitted a hearing, would most strenuously exhort nil who profess and call themselves Chris- tians, to discontinue all prayers, both for and to the dead. It is the sole prerogative of the Almighty and Omniscient God to hear and nnswer prayer. Saints and angols ate fellow servants 1832. 203 Java. —See that ye worship them not.;—worship God. ''Call upon me," says the hlessed God, "in the day of trouble,- and I will answer thee."—" Trust in him at all times ye people; pour out your hearts before him; God is a refuge for us." Happy are they who delight in secret prayer; who have their conversation in heaven; who have fellowship with the Father and with his Son Jesus Christ! May the "spirit of prayer and of supplica- tion" he poured out from on high, on all the avowed disci- ples of JCSUB, here and in every place. RELIGIOUS INTELLIGENCE. JAVA.—We have been both pleased and pained by the intel- ligence which has recently reach- ed us from this island. Those accounts which would make Java the most dreary and dead- ly place on earth, have long since been contradicted. The frightful stories of the upas, and others of a similar character, would represent the island as scarcely less desolate than the accursed cities of the plain, and Batavia only another name for death's door. How far there was ever any ground for such accounts, and what were the reasons for giving them circu- lation, we will not stay to in- quire; for it is certain they are no longer believed. A great ma- ny foreigners have sickened and died on the island; yet, are not many of those sad events just- ly attributable to irregularities in regimen? Be this as it may, it is certain, that most salutary changes are taking place among the people in their habits of living. Recent accounts confirm the opinicn, that Java is one of the most healthy and beauti- ful islands in the world, and that Batavia is by no means so unhealthy a place as many have supposed, while the seats of the residents, just without the town, are comparable, if. not superior, to any within the tropics. While we notice these things with unfeigned pleasure, we are pained to know, that in one in- stance, at least, the spirit of improvement has been repress- ed, and that, too, by those who should have been the first to foster and sustain it. We do not allude to the scenes where the civil arm has been raised to shed the blood of those over whom it rules. If humanity has been outraged, there are those, we trust, still in authori- ty, who will see to it that re- paration is made. But it is not enough simply to satisfy the laws of justice. There are of- fices of mercy and charity which ought not to be neglected. We allude to the fact, that the whole population of a small village, wishing to become Christians, and to be instructed in the truths of the gospel, requested 204 SEP. The Molucca islands. the resident at Sohrabuya, to send them a teacher, with Bi- bles, but that he refused, de- claring that he would not allow them to become Christian*, as they were quite happy enough without Christianity; and fur- ther that Christian tracts, in the Javanese language, have been confiscated, and ihe funds of the Dutch Bible Society occasion- ally applied to purposes mere- ly literary. If this account be correct, and we do not doubt it, it affords a striking illustration of the force of truth, and the mercy of God on the one hand, and of human wickedness and cruel- ty on the other. The villagers, once the worshipers of Budha, have been convinced of the fol- ly of idolatry, and brought to the determination of renouncing it, by the mercy of God, through the instrumentality of tracts. But when they sought after in- struction, it was withheld from them; and when they were striving to enter into the way of life, they were hindered ;— hindered by a disciple of Him, who would have all men come to the knowledge of the truth and be saved. Well may we appropriate to this case, the words of our Saviour; "Woe unto you, lawyers; for ye have taken away the key of know- ledge; ye entered not in your- selves, and them that were en- tering in ye hindered." MOLUCCAS.—Six Dutch mis- sionaries, from Holland, were at Batavia early in the last month, waiting for an opportu- nity to embark for the Moluccas. We are glad to hear of the ar- rival of this little band; and to know, also, that a similar one, for Siam and other places in the east, may be expected, in the course of a few months, from the churches of Christ in America. The Moluccas were discover- ed by the Portugese, in 1510; in 1607 they fell into the hands of the Dutch, in whose posses- sion, except for a short time, near the close of the last century, when they were under British rule, they have remained to this day. The Dutch commenced a course of benevolent labors, in these islands, at an early pe- riod, and with a spirit and zeal which are now again reviving. Of those early efforts, Dr. Milne, in his "Retrospect," has given the following account. "The first establishment of Christianity in the Molucca is- lands, the translation of the whole Scriptures into Malay, and the composition of several excellent theological pieces in the same language, will con- tinue, as long as history can preserve records, as imperish- able monuments of the pious industry and extensive erudition of the Dutch divines; and of the liberality of that government which bore the whole expense. The faithful men who did the work, have long since gone to their reward, but their labors remain. 'Divine Providence has commanded devouring time to respect and spare them,' for the instruction of future ge- nerations, and as facilities to fu- ture labors." At another time, and as early as we can obtain the necessary information, we will furnish our readers with a more complete account of the Moluccas. 1832. 205 London Court Journal. LITERARY NOTICE. The London Court Journal. —This frivolous and superfi- cial newspaper has ventured on the task of Chinese criti- cism, for which notable abili- ty it avows itself indebted to 'Professor Neumann of Ber- lin.' The passage we par- ticularly refer to, in No. 144, p. 72, begins thus.—" The Em- peror of China. It is a vul- gar error to mistake the words Taou-kuang for the name of his celestial majesty. They only designate the emperor's span of dominion, and really imply 'the light of reason.' "— Why, we could have told the court editor,—and every read- ing man in England, excepting the " vnlgar " people about court, know,—more than ten years ago, that Taoukwang means "Reason's glory ;" and that the appellation is the titlt: assumed on his present majesty's ascend- ing the throne. As to the Chinese term Ce- lestial empire,—we were not aware that any difference of opinion existed respecting the genuineness of the expression, until we observed the following extraordinary paragraph in this said Court Journal;—" No such ridiculous compound exists in China as the ' Celestial Empire,' though it is customary so to translate the words ' Tian-hia.' Their real meaning is, however, 'heaven beneath,' or 'beneath the sky,' implying nothing more nor less than 'country ;' it is perfectly ridiculous, therefore, to force this expression into any- thing so removed from its genu- ine import as celestial empire." It is an unpleasant task to correct the errors of learned men; but it is a task which should not be too readily shrunk from: and since professor Neu- mann has denounced the term 'Celestial empire' as a ridicu- lous combination, the use and of it as a popular error, we think it necesssary to defend its ge- nuineness, and the propriety of its use. To force Tian- hia (more properly Teen-hea), to express such a meaning would indeed be absurd; but the Chinese words so translat- ed are not Teen-hea; they are, as every Chinese scholar knows, Teen-chaw, the 'heavenly dy- nasty,'—the ' celestial empire;' —the word chaov, a dynasty, being always applied more ge- nerally to denote the possessions of a dynasty,—an empire. We must here, also, call the professor to task for another mistake which he has commit- ted. Teen-hea, correctly ren- dered 'beneath the sky' or the heavens, does not simply imply 'country ;' but it implies 'the world,'—' all beneath the sky :' and it is used by the Chinese to denote their own empire, in the same exclusive way that the Romans considered their do- minion as including the whole world, that is, the whole civili- zed world. 200 SKP, Journal of Occurrences, JOURNAL OF OCCURRENCES. REBELLION.—We have to regret the omission, in our last number, of some particulars which we possessed con- cerning the suppression of the rebel- lion in Hoonan. In the 3d number, page 111, we gave some extracts from a Peking gazette of the end of May. A gazette of the llth June, since re- ceived, contains further details, de- rived from a second dispatch from governor Loo Kwan, of which the following is an extract. After having forwarded the pre- vious dispatch, concerning the vic- tory over the rebels on the 15th May, the governor joined general Yu Poo- yun, the Commander-in-chief, and advanced with him, to repossess the small town of Pingtseuen, which had been the last stronghold of the moun- taineers in Hoonan; and to extermi- nate the rebels from the surrounding country. On the 20th, 21st, and 22d of May, the troops were chiefly en- gaged in throwing ftre into the town, by which means multitudes of the rebels were destroyed. On the 23d, a strong force was ordered to march in at once, and every place occu- pied by the rebels was set fire to, many of them perishing, with their houses, in the flames. On each of these occasions large numbers of prisoners were taken, both men, wo- men, and children; till at length, no more rebels were to be found. On the ~5th, therefore, inquiry was made for the chief rebel Chaou Kinlung; when it was universally declared, by his relatives and followers, that he had fallen in the streets of Ping- tseuen. Parties, with individuals who had known the chief, were then sent to turn over and examine every corpse, in order to assure the go- vernor of the truth of what was said. This ,was done;—but unsuccessfully, and with great difficulty, on account of the vasl number of putrid, half burnt bodies, which Inv imliiirird. The governor, however, is inclined lo believe the assertion of Chaon Kinlung's death, and the emperor agrees with him in thinking, that, as it is so general, there can be little doubt of its truth.—The emperor greatly laments that, instead of hav- ing "taken him alive and sent him to Peking, there to be punished ac- cording to the fullest extent of the law, —that so the authority of govern- ment might be luminously exhibited and men's hearts rejoiced,—it had been found impossible to obtain pos- session of his person, he having been slain in battle;—and so the imperial hopes had not been accomplished." —A fine specimen this of the civili- zation and tender mercies of the Chinese!—During the whole time of the siege of Pingtseuen, which last- ed from the 29th April to the 24th May, there were 3 officers and 158 privates killed; and 23 officers and 593 privates wounded. It will have been seen from pre- vious numbers, that, on the suppres- sion of the rebels in Hoonan, as de- tailed above, governor Le set out for Leenchow, the seat of the re- bellion in this province; and com- menced a campaign against the eight principal tribes called Pit-pae Yaou. He had not dared, according to his own account, to make any attack previously; but had only preserved a strict lookout, during the continu- ance of rebellion in the neigh- boring province; for which he has incurred the imperial displeasure, and has been degraded from his rank, and deprived of the honorific ornament of a peacock's feather in his cap: being suffered, however, to retain his of- fice. Since the defeat which he met with at the beginning of this cam- paign, on the 20th of June (and which was the immediate occasion of his . his rxcrlleury has been 1832. 207 Journal of Occurrences. joined by the imperial commission- ers Hengan and Hoosungih, with Yu Pooyun, appointed to take the temporary command-in-chief of the troops; and has met with a little better success. In a gazette of the 6th August, the emperor, however, ex- presses his displeasure on account of the governor having attempted to en- ter the hills after the rebels, by which means the troops were in danger of being entrapped. His majesty wishes all the mountaineers to be enticed into the plain, and driven together into one place, as at Pingtseuen in Hoonan:—then be says, they can be surrounded, and entirely cut up with- out one being suffered to escape (or, in Chinese phrase, to slip through the meshes of the net)! Another subject of imperial reproof is the want of attention to the mili- tary force in Canton, in consequence of which the men are mostly so fee- ble-bodied and incapacitated for ac- tion.—that, although in their own province, many of them get ill from want of strength to bear the neces- sary labor and change of place. The commissioners and governor are directed to draw supplies of grain from the districts in the neighbor- hood of Leenchow. Le, with Choo, the fooyuen, and the poochingsze ortreasurer, are commanded to draw up estimates of money requisite to defray each item of expense, and to employ just as much as is requisite, but nothing more.—We are told, that the sums which have already Jbeen issu- ed by the provincial treasury of Can- ton to defray the expenses of troops, weapons, and ammunition, duringthe last five months, exceed two millions of tads. SECRET ASSOCIATIONS.—The weak- ness of the Chinese government is in nothing more plainly evinced, than in its fear, not only 'of large bodies of men combined for secret and political purposes, but also of small religious sects, headed usually by men of feeble ability, whose sole object appears to be gain. This fear, we think, is a far more convincing proof of weakness, than any real or imaginary inability of ministers to put a stop to such associations.— We express ourselves doublingly of thi'ir inability, because we are of r>l>iiiion, lhal il is owing rather (o the want of will than of mams, that societies, like the San-ho bwuy or Triad society, combined for the un- equivocal purpose of overthrowing the dynasty now occupying the im- perial throne, have been suffered l<> attain power, so formidable as to defy the authority of the government, when it suits the purpose of the as- sociates to do so. We believe, that the principles of the society or bro- therhood which we have named in particular, are, to wait the time when kiMten, earth, and man shall all ap- pear joined to favor them, in the subversion of the government (which time, according to some, will be when the future Budha appears on earth);—and in the interim to exert all their efforts to hasten forward that wished-for period. We have been led to these re- marks by observing the frequent re- currence, in the Peking Gazette, of imperial edicts against nil associa- tions; and the severity with which ringleaders are punished,—some be- ing condemned to suffer the slow and ignominious death,—others has- tened to immediate execution,—and numbers transported for life, without (he possibility of being included in any, even the most general, pardon. In a late number of the Gazette, there is a long paper from the em- peror,—occasioned by a memorial from a member of the Censorate,— wherein the subject of the htcuy-fei, or "associate banditti," is connect- ed with the rebellion of Chaou Kin- lung, which, says his majesty, "could never have been commenced but by the intervention and instigation of those associates."—After considera- ble detail,—from which it appears, that the supreme government at Pe- king is not wholly ignorant of the unjust and unprincipled manner in which the local officers, at a distance from the capital, transact business; and that cases of appeal from the provinces, with regard to lands and property plundered, have of late be- come exceedingly numerous, his ma- jesty concludes with declaring his anxiety, on the people's account, that such illegalities should be prevented: and requiring the higher authorities in all the provinces, to "make the imperial mind their's; and (o attend to the people's good as Ihcir chief occupation." 208 Journal of Occurrences- I'KKINO, July ISlk. \ memorial liai been received from Halangah, on the western frontier, saying, that Maemae- telee, tlie beg of Aouxhan, had sent an envoy, with a letter (or rather a statement, as from an inferior) to the emperor; delivering up eighty Cashgar Mohammedans. The bear- ers of the letter, having brought with them merchandize, horses, and sheep, Halangah had proclaimed the gra- cious will of the emperor, that they should trade therein, without the le- vying of any duties. His majesty handed the letter over to Eialc, or Isaac, the Casbgar prince, (whom, since the last Cashgar cam- paign, he appears to have retained at Peking); and was very well sa- tisfied with the translation which prince Isaac gave him. "These Aoukhaners," says he, "awed by the majesty, and penetrated by the vir- tue of China, have, in this proceed- ing, evinced sincerest gratitude. It is an omen of permanent tranquillity on that frontier." From this occurrence, and perhaps in consequence of a request from the Aoukhan beg, his majesty has taken an opportunity of restoring to rank and office, the venerable Sung ta- jin, who has been, for some months back, in disgrace. Sung was former- ly commissioner in Turkestan; when he made himself loved and adored by the people, and advised meas- ures such as those which have now been adopted; hence his merit, which has recommended him to mercy. The emperor, moreover, was desirous of showing kindness to an aged minis- ter, who has served under three suc- cessive monarchs, viz.: Keenlung, Keaking, and Taoukwang. FIRE, originated by opium smoking. On the 9th init., one of the inferior examiners of the graduates' themes, in the keujin's examination hall, was, in the evening, sitting in his own apartment, looking over the themes which had been written. Tired of his day's work, he laid down the papers, took up an opium pipe, and fell asleep. He was shortly awaken- ed by fire near him, which he was enabled to extinguish before much in- jury had been done to anything except the candidates' papers. Sev- eral of these, however, having been burnt, he was unable to screen from his superiors, the fact, that he had been partaking of the forbidden, and hence more valued, drug. REMARKABLE BIRTH. It is pretty well known that, in China, parents having three children at a birth (as well as persons of remarkably advanced age,) are presented by the government, with small sums of mo- ney; whether as rewards for circum- stances over which they can have no control, or as trivial offerings in aid of their support, we are not prepar- ed to say. On the 31st of last month, a -woman named Chang, the wife of a man whose name is Wang-Akwei, living at Whampoa, was delivered of three sons; in consequence of which the parents have received ten taels from the district magistrate; who sent the father back, desiring him to nurture his sons, and bring them up. It is expected, however, that he will destroy one, if not all of them,—in blind belief of the Chi- nese saying, that "a triple birth 4s the harbinger of evil." Who that is acquainted with this fact, can con- scientiously think, with anti-Christian soi-disant philosophers, or professing Christian governments, that pagans can be "happy enough without Chris- tianity I" rostsc-ri.pl.—A paper has just come in from Le-Bnchow, too late for more particular notice. It is a memorial from Hengan and Hoosungih, the imperial commissioners; and contains an account of all the successful skir- mishes with the rebels that have occurred, from the 14th of August, the time of their arrival at LeBnchow, till the 20th inst., the date of the dis- patch. Some advance has been made;—they have penetrated farther into the mountainous districts, than at any previous period of the war; and are olny wailing for the arrival of the reinforcement, when they hope to end the rebellion, by the entire reduction of the mountaineers; many having already offered submission, but without being willing to resign their arms. THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. I.—OCTOBER, 1832.—No. 6. REVIEWS. A VOYAGE TO CHINA and the East Indies, by PE- TER OSBECK; together uDith a voyage to Suratte, by OLOF TOREKN; and an account of the Chi- nese husbandry by Captain CHARLES GUSTAVUS ECKEBERG. Translated from the German, by JOHN REINHOLD FORSTER, F. A. s. To which are added a Faunula and Flora Sincnsis. 2 Vols. London. MDCCLXXI. IT is often interesting to trace, the progress or decline of places of great commercial importance; and with regard to Canton this is more particular- ly the case, because changes have so rapidly, yet so imperceptibly, taken place, that few are acquaint- ed with the situation of foreigners in this country, no farther back even than half a century ago. In several respects, indeed,—the character of the people we have to deal with, and in the gradu- al encroachments of the government on many of our natural rights as fellow-men,—we find the Chi- nese always the same, in every period of their commercial intercourse with foreign nations. But in other respects, it will be seen, by extracts which we propose to make from the interesting volumes before us, that our present situation in China dif- fers considerably from that of foreigners eighty 210 Voyage to China, Sfc,, OCT. years ago;—having been, in some instances, im- proved; but having, in a great many particulars, become worse. In order to elucidate this point, we intend noticing only the two voyages presented to us by Messrs. Osbeck and Toreen, both of whom were chaplains of Swedish East-Indiamen, in the years 1750-51. The paper on Chinese husbandry, by captain Eckeberg, has no relation to our subject, and will therefore be passed over. Respecting the writers of the voyages, we leave Mr. Osbeck to speak for himself and his friend, which he does thus, in his preface: "In the year 1750, I was chosen by the Swedish East In- dia Company, to perform (he functions of a chaplain to a ship going to the East Indies; that is, to read prayers in the morn- ing and evening, to confess the people, to administer the Lord's supper, to catechise, to visit the sick, to bury the dead, and to preach on Sundays and holidays I kept for my own amusement a journal of everything worthy of observation, during my voyage.... During my stay in China, I have been exceedingly attentive to the exterior aspect of the inhabitants, their dress, customs, religion, manner of subsistence, &c.; but especially to the condition of the country, the soil, the quad- rupeds, amphibia, fish, birds, insects; likewise the trees, herbs, plants, seeds, &c , of which I have brought a good many with me.... "I have added the letters of the late chaplain of the Gothic Lion, Mr. Toreen, to my journal. This person died soon after his return from Suratte; but deserves always to be remember- ed by his friends, on account of his learning and integrity. Very high praise is due to the work of Mr. Os- beck, and to the manner in which it is performed. The author was an accurate observer of everything he saw, not only in nature, which was his principal study, but also in the manners and habits of the people among whom he staid. Mr. Toreen was an equally correct observer, and a more elegant, but less scientific writer, than Mr. Osbeck. Towards the end of August, the Prince Charles, the ship to which Mr. Osbeck belonged, reached Whampoa, after having been live months and four Mays from Cndi? In this vovnjjc. which would now 1832. in tfui years J750-51. 211 be considered so long, there was at thai time little remarkable, except a detention of fourteen days off the Chinese coast, by northerly winds, in the month of August. Sixteen ships had reached Whampoa before the Prince Charles, and one came in after her, making a total of eighteen European vessels that year. Of these, two were Swedish, one Danish, two French, four Dutch, and nine English; and of the latter, one was a country ship.* It is almost need- less to say, that the trade is now very much altered and increased.—The Swedish trade is at an end; in number of vessels, the Danish, French, and Dutch trade remains nearly the same, while the English Company's is more than doubled ; the country ships are increased about fifty-fold, and the North Ame- rican trade, averaging from twenty-five to forty ves- sels yearly, has entirely arisen since the time of our author. Proceeding with Mr. Osbeck to Canton, where he and Mr. Toreen resided and preached—alternately, we find, among other passages, the following re- marks, respecting the European factories as they then stood. "The factory is the first place in the suburbs to which the Europeans come: this is a general denomination of the houses built towards t.he river, or over it upon piles, and which are !et by the Chinese merchants to the European ships, during their stay: this lime is sometimes five months, and sometimes a year; which long delay, though it may arise from accidental causes, is often by design .... Commonly each ship takes a fac- tory for itself; but sometimes two ships of a nation may be to- gether, and this time it happened so to two Swedish ships, and if I remember right, they paid 900 tel (taels) for it.... "The above-mentioned houses are but two stories high, but very long; and one end of them stretches towards the river, and the other to the factory street. Some are built of un- burnt bricks, others of bricks and wood laid crossways : but the partitions and upper floors, &.C., are sometimes entirely of wood. .... The factories look like two houses built parallel and near * For the information of our readers abroad, it may be necessary to observe, that the term country ship is usually applied to an English vi-s. sel, holding its license from any of the Hon. Company's Indian presi- dencies. 212 Voyage to China, SfC., OCT. to each other, between which there is a court-yard, with square or rather oblong stones; in these stones are here and there lit- tle holes, through which the water may run into the river; the stair-cases are either of stone or wood; the rooms are high, and the roofs are sloping and covered with tiles, like those in Spain. Near some of the rooms is a little garden, of the size of a middling room. The doors, when opened, give sufficient light to these apartments; for the side towards the garden is quite free. The garden encroaches no farther on the court-yard than the projection of the building. From the excessive heats, the doors are mostly kept open; but a nanking curtain is com- monly hung up before them, with three pieces of wood plated with brass; one of which is at the top, one in the middle, and one at the bottom .... "The tea-chests, and porcelane-chests, and other effects which are to be taken home, are piled up on both sides of the yard. This yard is divided quite across by three arched walls: in some places of the yard, buildings like coach-houses run quite across it, which are sometime? supported by arched roofs. "A factory is mostly built in the following manner: Near the entrance of the street of the factory, on both sides of the gate, is a little apartment, upon which are commonly some papers with figures like arms, and two round lanthorns of bamboo, covered with skins; for glass or horn lanthorns are quite unusual here. The gate of the factory is on the inside built over: directly behind it, stands a high board almost as broad as the entrance, to hinder the people in the streets from looking into the yard or court, without being any obstacle to those who pass to and fro. In almost all corners are buck- ets. The foremost rooms on the sides look like kitchens, and have rails before them. Further on, quite across the court, in the second story, is an open hall, with a sort of gallery, upon which is an altar covered with flowers and incense, pro- vided with a gilt picture and a table. Behind this, the yard is quite open in front, but on the sides are rooms, both above and below. In the side roofs are here and there some lan- thorns of painted gauze, in some of which they burn lamps at night. Before the side rook, and on their sides are little gardens, with bamboo trees, citrons, and plantains, and other trees already mentioned. The wall about these trees towards the yard is made of bricks, which, except the foundation, are laid like lattice work. Next to these gardens is an inclosed court-yard, and then an open one, with rooms and gardens for pleasure on the sides; the last of all is a hall in the se- cond story, across ths yard, having rooms on its sides, and another ball goes towards the water, which we fitted up for a dining-room." In the above description of the factories, we rind a very correct picture of the Chinese merchants' m the, year* 1750-51. <>lri hongs or commercial houses, as they still are. The description, however, bears but little resem- blance to the present foreign factories, which are altogether built in a more comfortable and more European style. They are still, indeed, built upon piles, but earth being now thrown under and around them, gives them the appearance of a more substantial foundation, and affords space which, though very limited, is yet sufficient for walking, without the jostling necessarily incident to an excursion through the narrow Chinese streets. While, however, the factories are of a far more comfortable description, than when they were mere Chinese hongs, it should not be forgotten, that they occupy very little more ground now, than they did, at a time when there were few or no resident merchants, and when only eighteen ships arrived yearly, each of which commonly took a factory for itself. Regarding the trade, also, it would be well to recollect, that while formerly almost every ship might have its own merchant, as well as its own factory, now almost the whole legal trade lies in the hands of ten or twelve men, some of whom are little better than bankrupts. Everything that has been published respecting the Chinese, only serves to show, more and more forcibly, that they are a very peculiar people, of whose character, dispositions, and prejudices, it is extremely difficult to obtain a correct knowledge,— even by long residence among them. How difficult then must it be for persons, who have never visited China, nor even come in contact with the Chinese, and who probably have never studied the subject, to dictate what measures ought to be adopted by foreigners, in their intercourse with this people! One of the predominating characteristics of the Chi- nese is that love of specious falsehood, which stamps almost all their words and actions, which must be mainly attributed to their long subjection under a despotic sway, and the almost universal tyranny 214 Voyage to China, SfC., OCT. ot their corrupt and unprincipled rulers, Another characteristic is their exclusive selfishness, which, coupled with their pride and arrogance, leads them to regard their own country as the crown of na- tions, and the centre of civilization, and to look on all foreigners as an inferior race of beings, un- deserving aught but their hatred and contempt. In parts where foreigners are not known, this real hatred and affected contempt, joined, as is usually the case, with an unaccountable dread of com- ing into close contact with Europeans, is much diminished, or ceases to exist; and there the re- ception given by the natives is often kind and conciliating. But in Canton,—where, as Mr. Os- beck very aptly says, with considerable truth, "the common sort of people train their children up with their dogs, for which reason neither of them can bear strangers;" and where the government constantly presents foreigners to the people, as ob- jects of scorn and derision, the behavior of the natives is such as would be nowhere else met with, except in a savage or a hostile country. And, in the existing state of the people,—while, also, the footing, on which foreign commerce now rests, is suffered to continue,—can any change for the better be anticipated? The children are brought up in equal pride and ignorance with their fathers; from infancy they are taught to insult and maltreat foreigners; as soon as they can read, they see the abusive proclamations of the government, pasted up on the very walls of the foreigners' own houses; and they invariably see foreigners subjected to every grievance and annoyance that is not im- immediately, strongly, and perseveringly resisted. With such education, and such examples placed before them, is it to be wondered at, that instead of having improved, we find them grown worse, since the time of our author? Then the government put some restraint on its subjects, and foreigners were often protected by ihe police when they wished to 1832. in the yean 175U-51. 215 walk about the surrounding country; but now, if beat- en, they are told that it is their own fault, for they come only to trade, and till their trade is finished, and they are ready to go away, they must remain quietly within their factories, and not move out of them, without the permission of the hong-mer- chants. If any are disposed to doubt these assertions (andi we believe, there are many, who, in the face of the! universal testimony of those who have resided here, choose to disbelieve the character given of the Chi- nese), let them read a few pages of Mr. Osbeck's plain, matter-of-fact narrative. Some extracts will suffice to set this subject in a clear light. Speaking of Canton, we find the following: "There is no occasion to fear any beasts of prey; but the men have assumed their ferocity, and assault strangers fre- quently with stones and insults. Murders are seldom heard of: but a Chinese makes very little of stripping people to the shirt. I will here add an account dated at Canton, Novem- ber the 7th, 1747. Captain Congreve being happily arrived at Canton, with the English ship Onslow, took a walk upon the French island (an isle near the road where the Euro- peans anchor), where he was soon attacked by some Chinese. They took, without much ado, all his money, gold, silver, and buckles; they cut the gilt buttons off his coat, and he would hardly have preserved his ringer, if he had not pulled a ring off, with all his might, and given it them. After he had been quite stripped, he returned to his boat. But the next day, being Sunday, he armed his boats, and landed in the same isle with sixty of his men, who had fixed their bayonets, and were provided with four small cannons; he marched his men before Wampu, a town in this isle, and began to fire. The inhabitants were immediately put into the greatest confusion, and the principal mandarins immediately came to him, to desire him to cease the attack, being very willing to give him satisfaction. The captain told them, that he had been strip- ped the day before, and now was come to revenge himself, and other people who had been insulted by those rogues; that lie would not cease till satisfaction should be made him by the puiiislinvent of the malefactors. During this time, the rob- bers were searched for in the town, and four of them were ap- prehended, who in the presence of the captain, had their hands .•iiid feet, tied lojrrthrr, and were sent to Canton lo receive fur- ther (nun .hinriil" 216 Voyage to China, Sfc., OCT. Mr. Toreen gives an equally unfavorable cha- racter of the people, in the neighborhood of Wham- poa and Canton:— "It is dangerous for a single person to venture too far, be- cause he is in danger of being stripped to the very shirt. Though the curiosity of the Europeans may not be perhaps void of blame; yet the natives look as if they were glad to find a pretence to use violence against a stranger, especially when they are sure of overpowering him.... If you go further up in- to the town, they call you names, and pelt you with stones, which fly about your ears as thick as hail. If you intend to go out of town, you must have company, walk fast, and carry a good stick." It is with no pleasurable feelings that we bring forward these details; neither is it from any sen- timent of animosity to the Chinese. We desire, by imparting to them a better education, and by the diffusion of Christian truth and useful knowledge among them, that they should be led to cherish different dispositions towards their fellow-creatures. But to attain this object, it is necessary that their actual state should be made fully known. There can be no advantage in concealing either the whole or a portion of the truth. It is also with deep regret, that we repeat, what constant experience has plainly proved, that, in few cases, has anything but strong resistance,— like that of captain Congreve, of lord Anson, of captain Murray Maxwell, and of many others,— rendered the Chinese government "willing to give satisfaction." Of the advantages, already referred to, which foreigners who were here eighty years ago, possess- ed over us, in respect to liberty of locomotion, there are many proofs in Mr. Osbeck's narrative. He speaks of his 'walks about the town,' and the places he was 'allowed to go to, such as gardens, environs of villages, hills, ditches, and rice-fields.' And lie gives details of several of his rambles, 1832. in the years 1750-51- 217 beyond th'e suburbs of the town, which were usually made for the purpose of botanical discovery. We select some of the most interesting.' "I now longed to see the country without, the town, and some of my fellow travellers honoured me with their company. We had scarce passed through the principal streets of the sub- urbs, but a crowd of boys gathered about us, who perhaps look- ed upon us as ambassa lors from the moon, or some such odd animals, whom they were obliged to attend out of the city with an universal clamour: the crowd continually increased, and particularly in the Miller's street, in all the houses of which, on both sides, rice is pounded and ground. Little stones, sand, and dirt being thrown at us, we made the best of our way out of the suburbs, to get rid of our disagreeable retinue. "We left the city wit'h its wall on the right, and saw on both sides of the road only ploughed grounds, or great narrow clay fields, covered with rice, &c At last we found a burying- place, where the bones Of many of our countrymen rest, as the epitaphs shew. This mountain lies on the right as we come from the town, near the road, without any enclosure, like a common. It is said to be half a [Swedish] mile dis- tant from our lodgings....On our return we met three Chinese, who desired money; but their demands not being complied with they attacked us with great stones; I in particular waa in danger, being somewhat behind my companions, in quest of plants....We met a Chinese burial. We were then sufficiently protected. There were wooden idols in the procession. First and foremost went two Chinese, with little banners; next were the pipers and other musicians, who sometimes sounded their instruments. Behind these, the idol, a gilt human figure, was carried in a palankin; it was followed by the coffin, which was carried on a pole of bamboo. The mourners had white handkerchiefs about their heads. When they have let the cof- fin down into the grave, they lay a couple of stones upon it, and besides that, for the subsistence of the dead, and for the reconciliation of the idol, they put rice, fruit, tea, money, &c., by him.- At night they likewise perform all sorts of music in the boats, and row up and down the river in them 'The Chinese graves are made on the sides of hills, and look like ice-cellars. They are elevated on both sides with stones. Instead of the door, stands a stone, on which the epitaph is hewn in large Chinese characters." "I had a mind to have a nearer sight of the Moorish pagoda (Delubrium Maurilmmm), which is at a good distance from the European graves: for this reason I left the town by the same road we had taken the day before, in company with Mr. Braad, whose attention to all that is curious is well known, i b 218 Voyage to China, <$•<;., Ocf and two other gentlemen. On the road, a Chinese, covered only with rags, ran after us and desired kam-sa-a, or alms. We did not mind him, but went on as fast as the great heat would allow, but he came nearer, and pulled one of us by the coat, and would not leave his hold till he had money given him. We did not know how to act; for though we could have made him depart, we were afraid that by his cries he would bring hundreds of the Chinese, who were every where working in the fields around us; to whom we could not have proved our innocence, since none of us understood the lan- guage. When we were in doubt what we should do, another Chinese came and lashed our follower about the legs with a whip, which madu him cry out exceedingly, arid jump into the rice fields, where he was up to the knees in mud. This man called himself and his comrade officers of the government; he afterwards accompanied us to the pagoda, which lay upon a high mountain, and its inside wus somewhat different from that of the Chinese temples. Having observed all the trees that were planted hereabouts, we made haste back. In the hurry we found no other that the trees which have already been mentioned before, except the plantain tree, which was now fully in blossom "Oar companions, who joined us without being asked, call- ed themselves government officers, and having reminded us of their rewards, put their whips into their pockets. We desired them to accompany us as far as the factory, where we would pay them ; but they refused, and left us." "I this day took a journey in a palankin for two musr, and five kiindarin, about half a Swedish mile up the country (about three English miles), to see the funeral of the Dutch supercargo Roberts, who died the second of this month, in the 54th year of his age. All the captains and supercargoes were invited to come at two o'clock in the afternoon, and to follow the corpse to the afore-mentioned burying-place. On going thither I saw the following plants, which covered the old walls of the city A good way out of town, on the right, of the high road, I arrived at the European burying- place, which was on a hill, without any fence, or distinction from the other hills. The inscriptions on the tomb-stones are not all legible, on account of the rubbish lying on them: how- ever, I could see that Swedish captains and supercargoes had died in this country. The corpse which was now to be buried was carried by six Dutch grenadiers. The procession followed in palankins without order. The Chinese merchants who were here present, mourned with white, long, cotton handkerchiefs, which were tied -as the ribbands of an order, over their com- mon clothes. This sort of mourning wae distributed to all the rest by the young widow of the deccancd. She was horn at Batavia, aiul had accompanied her husbiuid hither, but got in the ycurs ITSO-fil. 210 admission into the suburbs of Canton with much difficulty. The people of this country are very singular, looking upon foreign ladies as not much better than contraband goods. "A black tomb-atone was laid upon the grave, on which an inscription to the memory of the deceased was engraved in great white letters, in Dutch, mixed with some Laiin. On this occasion, people of all nations were assembled together." The burying-place, mentioned in the above ex- tracts, is no longer made use of by Europeans; all those who die at Canton being now taken to Whampoa for burial. Nor is the bury ing-place easily accessible now; though a few Europeans have contrived to visit it of Inte years. The 'palankins' are elsewhere described by Mr. Osbeck :—" Palankins, or Chinese chairs, carried by two half naked Chinese, on the shoulders, without straps, were to be hired ont of the city, at the rate of half a piastre."—Speaking also of the city, he says ;—" Each gate has a centinel, in order that no European may get in, except, under particular cricumstances, with the leave of people of note; in this case you are carried into the city, in a co- vered chair, and thus you do not. get a sight of any thing worth notice in the place." We extract an account of only one more of Mr. Osbeck's perambulations:— "I had a mind to see the situation of the environs of the suburbs, in that part where I had not yet been; and was forced to go by myself, for want of company. As soon as I had passed the usual trading streets, the boys gathered about me in thousands, throwing sand, stones, and dirt at me; and, shouted all together, Akin, ague yn, quailo; and with this mu- sic they followed me through the whole town As I stopped here, and only gathered now and then a plant, rny disagree- able company stopped their noise, especially when I turned to them. Here was no road which carried directly into the country, nor did I venture any farther; but returned whence 1 came. However, in the afternoon, I went out of town, in a palankin, by this means avoiding my disagreeable forenoon com- panions. Returning again, I went on foot about the wall of Canton, on the side from the country. "When we came to the first city-gate, towards the side of the. European bury ing-place, a mandarin, with a whip in his '220 Voyage to China, 8fr., OUT. hand, joined us, to accompany us about the city. Near this gate was a Chinese inn, where brandy and tea were sold. The people stood by the side of the round-house on the wall, and stared at us; however, we got by without hurt, though not without fear, because we remembered that a person was some time before pelted with stones from this very place. When we approached nearer to the suburbs, we every where, and almost close up to the wall, (bund houses; they were all full of men, and especially children and youths, who sang their old song, of which they were put in mind by the grown people, if they did not begin it themselves. Yet we likewise found an old reverend man who had more sense than the others, aud made his children or grandchildren greet us civilly." Many of Mr. Osbcck's details are curious.—Both he and Mr. Toreen speak of the windows having small square panes of mother-o'-pearl, instead of "glass or lead." Mr. Toreen says :—" When the rooms cannot get light enough from the doors and open walls, they have windows of mother-of-pearl, for which reason the cathedral church at Goa, on account of such windows, need not be thought one of the wonders of the world." Were it not for this grave assertion, we should have supposed our authors to mean oyster-shells, which are still in common use among the Chinese, as well as the Portuguese at Macao. "All Europeans," says Mr. Osbeck, "go here, as well as abroad, only in their waistcoats, with a white cotton cap, and a hat over it, carrying a stick in their hands. Coats are only made use of when one European visits another."—Speaking of the Chinese, also, he says: "In winter they frequent- ly put on thirteen or fourteen garments, one above another, or get them lined with furs. Instead of muffs they carry a live quail in their hands." This use of the quail is new tq us. The Chinese fre- quently carry them about, and are very fond of fight- ing them, but we doubt, if they ever keep them for the sake of warmth. The well-known fact, that a person falling over- board at Whampoa seldom if ever re-appears, till the third day, when the body usually comes up J832. in the yearn 1750-sil. JIM in the same plaeo where it fell, is also mentioned. "The sailor, who some days ago fell from our ship into the raver, and had been by the rapid stream carried immediately to the bottom, was now found floating on the water, as commonly happens on the third day." The pagodas are the most remarkable edifices that are to be seen near Canton; and attract the attention of all who visit the celestial empire. Some have supposed them to be intended for watch-towers, and in confirmation of this opinion, it has been said, that they sometimes have masts projecting above the roofs. But this is an error ;^at least, we have not been able to ascertain that the Chi- nese consider them of any other use, than to keep off evil spirits from the neighboring coun- try ;—and what has been supposed to be a mast is, in fact, a part of the building. By the old writers, these pagodas have generally been called towers, while by the word pagoda temples were designated. Mr. Toreen gives the following des- cription of the exterior of this class of buildings, "On some high hills there are towers. They have all of them eight sides, are nine storips high [more or less], are almost every where of equal breadth within, have everywhere windows, and terminating in a point. I was told, that in time of war, they were used as watch-towers: they are therefore so dispersed that the given signals can easily be seen from one tower to another. In the villages were less, square towers, three stories high ; but the Chinese said, that they were pagodas." The pagodas in the neighborhood of Canton contain nothing within them; and have often no entrance, except, by the windows; but in the more northern part of the country, they are used as temples,* have stairs from one story to another, and contain idols in each story. The temples, vulgarly called Joss-houses, (from a Chinese cor- ruption of the Portuguese word deos, god,) are a * Our remarks, pnge 167. concerning meaou and Iti, should have hoes limited to Canton—not being applicable to every part of the country. Jfi\. OCT. 1 very ilitfrreut description of buildings. The smaller ones consist of only one or two idol courts, with images, altars, incense-tables, tablets, &.C., within them. The larger ones comprise several distinct buildings, one behind (he other, and separated from each other bv open courts. Annexed to these, are rooms for tlie priests, who, in the smaller temples, are but two or three in number. Small schools, alrfo, are sometimes joined to them. The largest and most remarkable temple in Canton is the "Honan Joss-house." on an island immediately opposite to the city: it is, more correctly speaking, a Bud hist manastery, and contains, we believe, from 100 to 150 monks. To return to Mr. Osbcck. In the mouth of De- cember, the ships prepared to leave China, pre- vious to which, they removed from Whampoa, to a station down the river. Of Whampoa, we here extract the following account, which Mr. Osbeck gives on occasion of his first reaching China i "Arriving at Wtunpii, you have a large field with rice on your right, for no other com is usual in this country: part of this field near the river is separated from the rest by a ditch, leading to a bancshal, or warehouse, for English, Swedish, and Danish ships....Bancshal is the place, or warehouse, where we stow all our unnecessary wood and tackle, pitch and tar; and keep our chickens, hogs, die., during our stay in China.... "The Danish island (which bears that name because that nation commonly bury their dead in that place) is opposite to the bancshal. The French island is the next above the Danish; this is the burying-place of the English, Swedes, French, and Dutch. However, in both islands are likewise some Chinese graves. There are every where gardens, producing such fruits as in our country would be cultivated in hot-houses as rarities. But high places are never cultivated, because the sun entirely burns up whatsoever grows upon them.... "The rice fields, which are green on both sides of the river, as far as your eye can reach, the fine woods which consist of many sorts of trees, the hifls, and the vallies, make the view beautiful, particularly on the left side; but the wot condition of the rice fields, and a mistrust of the inhabitants, did not .-illow me to examine things more clearly. "There are three custom-houses, wliere all those who go in ilir ChincsH boats beMyeen the town and the ships, are forced 1832. in Lhc years 1750-51. 22;' to slay. Our people generally call them Tiajjp (or Chop) houses. These Tiapji houses are built in part on a hard slony ground, and partly over the river, supported by posts. They have a bridge so contrived, that the boats may come to them at all tiroes, as well during the ebb as the flood." Second Bar, where large vessels stop, after leav- ing WhampoM, is a much more exposed situation than the latter place. Mr. Osbeck says of it:— "We lay in a very bad berth here, and were expos- ed to storms and -to the cold air of the sea. Here we learnt, that, though the Chinese winter is but just cold enough to produce an ice in the night, which is melted away in the day-time; yet the air about this season is very sharp and piercing." And Mr. Toreen says; "If any body had told me before- hand, that water would freeze naturally at twenty- three degrees and an half of latitude, I could not have believed it. But now I had the testimony of my own eyes, and the Swedish thermometer. Hav- ing staid eighteen months in this hot climate, the cold was somewhat troublesome in the open har- bour, where we were exposed to the northeast wind." At length, Mr. Osbeck left China, on the 4th of January, 1752. "After a stay of four months and ten days in China, our ship and the other Swedish ship began their voyage home. Every one leaped for joy, and my tea-shrub, which stood in a pot, fell upon the deck, during the firing of the cannons, and was thrown overboard without my knowledge, after I had nursed and taken care of it a long while on board the ship."—Such noisy ebullitions of joy Ht leaving China are now no longer seen ; nor are salutes allowed to be fired within the Bogue or entrance of the Canton river. We will here conclude our extracts from the voyages of Mr. Osbeck and Mr. Toreen, from both of which we have derived considerable instruction and amusement. Mr. Osbeck carefully followed the directions of his celebrated lulor, '• llie immortal -'24 Siam. OCT. Linnaeus," in the study of every branch of natural history, but chiefly botany. All his walks are in- terrupted with long accounts of the plants he met with; and even from "the hay given to the cow in the factory," he procured "scarce grasses which would adorn the hortus siccus of an European botanist." Articles of commerce, occupations, ma- nufactures, diet, in short, everything he met with, not excepting even the literature and religion of the Chinese, also came under his notice. We think his work well worthy the perusal of all who are desirous of obtaining correct information concerning China; though we cannot say much for the cor- rectness of the Chinese names given in his journal. 1.—JOURNAL kept during a voyage from Singapore to Siam, and while residing nine months in that country. By J. T. Pp. 67. Singapore. 2.—A MISSIONARY Journal kept at Singapore and Siam; from May 1830, to January 1832. By J. TOMLIN. Pp. 90. Malacca. 3.—JOURNAL of a tour through the settlements on the eastern side of the peninsula of Malacca, in 1828. Printed at Singapore. THE physical character of Siam, and the politi- cal, social, commercial, moral, and religious con- dition of its inhabitants, are very imperfectly known to foreigners. The lines of demarkation which bound this country, and separate it from Cambo- ja, the territory of the Laos or Chans, and the empire of the Burmans, are not well defined; but the situation of the country, occupying as it does an extensive valley, leads us to suppose that it must bo very fertile, and rich in natural pro- ductions. Tliis supposition is confirmed, by the Stum, 225 testimony of those who have had opportunity to ascertain its correctness, by personal observation. This "famous kingdom," according to some published accounts, extends from north to south about ten degrees, and about four degrees, in its greatest breadth, from east to west; and contains a population of four or five millions. Siam is worthy of much more attention than it has ever yet received from the people of the west- ern world; and there is reason to believe, that those who direct their views to it, for good and noble purposes, will be richly rewarded. Barikok has peculiar advantages; its situation is favorable to commerce. The Meinam, rising far in the rear of the kingdom, opens a channel through which the various productions of an extensive country may find their way to the metropolis; from whence, by the same route, articles from other climes, re- ceived in exchange, may go back into the inte- rior, and even to the frontiers of other states. Bankok affords facilities, likewise, for extending widejthe knowledge of revealed truth; together with all the improvements in the civil and social relations of life, which are the inseparable accompaniments of that knowledge, whenever and wherever it is al- lowed to have its legitimate influence on the feel- ings and actions of men. Natives of Pegu, Bur- mah, Laos, Camboja, Cochinchina, and from the maritime provinces of China, and also from the islands of the great eastern Archipelago, are found here; and, with but very few restrictions, are al- lowed to engage in whatsoever occupation they prefer. In religion, also, most perfect freedom is enjoyed, and no pains and penalties are endured, except such as are self-inflicted. In order that the advantage's of commerce be fully secured, and the people raised to that rank in the scale of nations, to which their resources and numbers give them a just title, more informa- tion musl be sftiit abroad, and an enterprising Oc- i spirit, thut ean meet and overcome difficulties, be called into vigorous action. We wish to see these objects attained. We wish to see the Siamese come out of bondage; and the substance and the abilities granted to them, consecrated to the glory of the Creator, and the well-being of his creatures. These are objects worthy of every attention; and with a view to facilitate their achievement, we pro- pose to select for our readers a variety of facts and statements, contained in the documents be- fore us. We must here, however, before proceed- ing to oerr task, enter our protest against those declarations,—always the offspring of weak or wick- ed minds,—that would consign to indiscriminate neglect information the most valuable, simply be- cause it is contained in a "missionary journal." Petty parties, divisions, animosities, backbitings, ri- valries, strifes, and such like, are the abomination of the good man ; he abjures them ; he deprecates them; but never will he refuse to accept and value the truth,—published though it may be by the humblest of his fellow-mortals. Mr. Medhurst of Batavia was the first Protes- tant missionary, so far as we know, who ever con- templated a visit to Siam; subsequently Messrs. Tomlin and Gutlzaff engaged to become his fel- low-travelers. But Mr. M. being more than once hindered from undertaking the enterprise, the two latter gentlemen, at length, determined to proceed without him. They embarked, August 4th 1828, on board a Chinese junk at Singapore; and after a voyage of sixteen days entered the mouth of the Meinam. Only three days after their departure, Mr. Med- hurst arrived from Bataviu. Unable to obtain a passage either to Siam, Camboja or Cochinchina, he resolved to explore the eastern coast of the Malay peninsula; and embarked, August 2"2d, on board a Chinese prow, carrying about 15 tons, bound for Pahang: from whence he proceeded »o Trin- Malayan Petunsultt. 227 gano, Kairtman, Patatii, and Sungora, each of which settlements, he remarks, may contain, on aq average several hundred Chinese colonists, with about as many thousands at the mines in the inte- rior ;—and altogether the Chinese settlers on the east coast of the peninsula cannot fall short of 15,000; and the Malays may be about 100,000. The cruel character of the Malays is pretty faith- fully drawn in the following extract. "What most disgusts and offends the eye of a stranger in passing through the town of Tringano, is the multitude of deadly weapons which abound among the people. Every man has a creese, sometimes two, and a sword besides; with one, two, and frequently three spears, on his shoulders ; so that it is quite burdensome for each man to carry his arms; and the bulk of the people can do no work, having to carry such a load of destructive instruments about with them wherever they go. The consequence is that the men are all idlers, and the women do all the work, both carrying goods to the market, and disposing of them when there. The people being so plentifully armed, quarrels are very frequent among them, and murders not uncommon: immediately a cross word is given, the creese is drawn; if a man tries to escape, the spear is thrown after lijm, and if that misses, another is ready, and frequently a third, to do the work effectually The spears they carry about with them might rather be termed javelins, as they are heavy at the head, and taper to a point at the other end, so that they may be thrown remarkably exact, and seldom fly aside, or miss the mark, but at the distance of ten or twelve paces will pass through the body of any against whom they may be thrown." Thus armed and trained, it is not at all sur- prising, that "almost every evening one or another falls a victim" to these deadly weapons, and that "however numerous and glaring these murders may be, no notice whatever is taken of them by the ruling power." We are further informed, that the administration of justice "is lax in every re- spect;" the thief has only to give back the thing stolen and receive a reprimand ; but if he is caught a second time making such depredations, he then loses a hand or foot, which is immediately cut of 228 Malayan Peninsula. O< T. at the joint of the wrist or ankle. "But there is no such thing as flogging, or imprisonment, or working in chains; all which degrading punish- ments, the high spirit of the Malays would not bear, gladly preferring death in its stead." Such are the men who are to be tamed, and made the peaceful subjects of the Prince of peace. The character of the Chinese, as portrayed in the journal, agrees pretty well, in its chief charac- teristics, with what is observable at Canton. Books were, generally, well received; and one man was so pleased with them, that he offered money to in- crease their circulation; this, says Mr. M., is the first time since my intercourse with ihis people, that I ever knew a Chinese ready to offer pe- cuniary assistance. All along the coast, the Chi- nese, though fewer in numbers than the Malays, are decidedly their superiors in every kind of la- bor and in commerce. But here, as everywhere else, they are given to the "vile habit" of smok- ing opium; some lamentable instances of which are noticed in the journal. Songora is the first Siamese town on this side of the peninsula; it is divided into three parts, in which the Chinese, Siamese, and Malays several- ly dwell. The trade of Songora is pridpally con- fined to junks and native vessels, which pass up and down between Siam and Singapore. The Siamese here are easily distinguished by their stiff black hair, which they wear full in front, stroked back and smeared plentifully with oil; the women wear their tuft of hair on the fore part of the head, and are poorly clad. "The countenances of both men and women are, in general, intelligent and interesting, indicating a share of understanding superior to the common class of Malays." Here we end our brief notice of Mr. Medhurst's journal, the value of which, to the general reader, would have been considerably enhanced, had the author added more concerning the productions of 1832. Malayan Peninsula. 229 the country, and the state of learning among the people. He has done well, we think, in publishing it. Messrs. Tomlin and Gutzlaff passed by this coast, having only now and then a distant view of the main land or islands; which, as they ap- peared two days before they reached Siarn, are thus described: "At sunset came close to the land we saw ahead at noon; it forms a most singular and picturesque scene on our left. A chain of rocky islands rising up in numerous sharp peaked minarets and blunt turrets, having altogether a most fantastic appearance. On discovering these well known land marks, the men were overjoyed and surprised at finding they were so near home. They, as well as we, have come unexpectedly hither; even our sailing master, the most experienced of all, was not aware of being so far advanced. Soon after first making land, at noon, our course was altered, now steering direetly north; and ever since we have been running before a fine breeze, with all sail set, five or six knots an hour. Truly, we have great reason to praise the Lord for all his goodness! The people, as usual, expressed their joy and gratitude by giving a double portion to the gods! But at our evening worship below, we witnessed a more pleasing and triumphant scene. The captain, and several others, joined us in reading the cvi Psalm; G. suddenly rose at the end of this spirited and energetic song of praise, and, with peculiar vehe- mence of manner, commanded every one to kneel down and praise the God of heaven for his mercies; instantly, as if mov- ed by a sudden and irresistible impulse, one arid all were down upon their knees, and G. poured forth a strain of im- passioned praise to the Most High, and in the name of (ill, gave thanks for his preserving and tender mercies to us, during the voyage. It seemed, indeed, as if the mighly Spirit of the Lord was present and moved every heart, so that each one, Christian and idolater, acknowledged his mighty power, and bowed beneath it. They have often been present, on recent occasions, listening attentively and paying a kind of outward respect, but never before heartily joined with us and bent their knees before the Most High God. "Every thing conspires to fill us with joyous emotions, and exalt our hopes in the Lord. The weather is altered for the better; and this has been one of the most pleasan) days we have had for a long while; the night also was bright arid lovely. The moon threw oflF her misty veil and walked in brightness, and the stars glittered in the heavens with pecu- liar lustre. The path of the moon was strewed with white filmy clouds, here spread out in a thin dappled surface, and there rolled up in delicate fleeces." 230 ttntmncf of the Meimtm. OCT. The Meinam empties itself into the gulf of Siam by several mouths, forming a number of small low islands. The east branch affords the best naviga- ble channel; although the bar, composed partly of hard sand and partly of soft clay, has on it only eight or nine feet at low tides ; there are seventeen or eighteen feet on it at high water, spring tides.* Bankok is about thirty miles distant from the mouth of the river, "which has a beautiful serpentine course, each sweep about a mile long." After entering the Meinam, they dropped anchor just within the mouth of the river, where it is, they say, from 1J to 2 miles wide. The next day they ascended the river three or four miles, and anchored opposite Packnam, " a large straggling vil- lage on the right bank." Here there is a wall of apparent fortification, on each side; and on the right, a small circular fort, built in the water, one hundred yards from the shore; these, with some respectable tiled buildings and temples, are white- washed, and have a lively pleasing appearance, not a little heightened by the fresh verdure of jungle and grass. From hence the navigation is safe to Bankok, and, it is said, still higher up the river; and the soundings are regular from six to nine fathoms, mud.* The following paragraphs, which contain an ac- count of their introduction to Siam, present us with a variety of facts and descriptions, characteristic of the inhabitants of the country. "An officer, and a party of police, came on board (from Packnam); and the principal of them, a Chinese mandarin, hailed us frankly, and shook us by the hand,—our characters having been previously announced by the captain of the junk. Our skill in medicine was soon put to the test. An old man with a sore leg, and two rheumatics, were among the party. Our medicine chest excited considerable curiosity, and they seemed grateful for what was given them. Most of the party were fall, lively, and good humored, though they ransacked the "*' Srr Hnrsl»iir°)i: nNn !\Ti)lwnfs Orirnlnl (^omiwiviv \W'2 Approach to Baiiltok: whole (link in search of opium, and made no scruple of car- rying oil any little article that pleased them, each chousing according to his own fancy. These litlle depredations seem quite lawful, and therefore no one opposed them. "We were detained for passes till the following morning. There being, apparently, some demur respecting ourselves, and the governor wishing to see one of us for further satisfaction, G. paid him a visit this morning, and was received with much respect. Excellent lea and fruits were brought out, and while he was invited to lake a seat near the great man, and con- versed freely with him, the rest, including the mandarin officer and the captain of the junk, sat silent at a distance. The ser- vant bowed his knee on approaching the governor. G. parted with him on very friendly terms, apparently quite satisfied with our character and intentions, The governor's house is plain, and the whole village mean and dirty; G. could hard- ly inpve along the muddy streets.—Children were seen naked, but loaded with gold and silver ornaments." The landscape improved as they proceeded up the river, "being adorned with a profusion of tem- ples, gateways, columns and pyramids, glittering in gold." A great variety of trees were seen on the banks of the river. Betel, cocoariuts, plantains, bread fruit, bamboo, acacia, and the cotton tree were abundant, and entwined with a profusion of creep- ers (parasites). Their approach to Bankok is thus described:— "Opened the city suddenly at two or three miles distant. In approaching the capital, the scenery and dwellings on each side become more varied and beautiful. A temple somewhat like a village church, standing on the bank, with a few light elegant houses, half shaded by the foliage of trees, has a very rural and lovely appearance. Canals, or small rivers, branch off from the river at intervals, running into the country—each opening a beautiful vista, with its grassy banks, and bamboos waving over the stream. A lively busy scene appears now on the river—hundreds of boats of ail sizes moving in every direc- tion.—A long line of junks on the left side, just on entering the city, with a range of Chinese smiths' and carpenters' shops; behind a splendid pagoda, literally blazing in gold, the Rom- ish Episcopal chapel, standing close by, in a rural sequestered station—give variety to the scene. Our crew being now hailed by their friends on hoard another junk ringing a gong, one of our men mounted the poop, and returned' a merry salute, which was repealed several- times, each responding to ihu other till wo gol well itilo the city' 232 Sunn. On. Well provided with hooks and medicines, and mindful of their high calling, no time was lost in applying themselves to their work ; and seldom has there been exhibited, in modern times, a more in- teresting scene than that in which they now be- came the principal actors. Full well we know what is to be the happy issue of the grand drama. Kings shall become the nursing fathers and the protectors of those who turn from lying vanities to the service of the true God. The prospect of a great and speedy change in Siam is very pleas- ing. The clouds which begin to break away, may, indeed, gather again more thick and dark than ever; but such a doom we cannot anticipate,— the signs of the times forbid it. The course of the rising sun is surely upwards; the full orb will soon be above the horizon; storms and tempests may obstruct his beams, but cannot extinguish his glories. To the details contained in the journal of Mr. Gutzlaff, which has appeared in the preceding num- bers, we will here add a few particulars which will help to show the exact condition and progress of the Protestant mission in Siam. The royal family, and high officers of state, have, from the first, shown themselves favorably disposed towards the missionaries, and, though often moved to sus- picion, their interest has not abated, but rather increased. All accounts concur in giving to Siam a very numerous and most degraded priesthood. The number of priests in Bankok alone is estimated to be more than 10,000: of these, 600 belong to one pagoda; and to another, one of the Phra klang's there is attached "an establishment of 80 priests." Among these creatures—who " are some- times called gods," and are "worshiped," but oftener neglected and despised,—a friendly and an inquiring spirit was often manifested. The chief priest of the Phra klang was remarkably attentive and serious in his search after truth. Mum. 'J33 Mr. Tomliu supposes there are not less than three or four hundred pagodas in Bunkok, one half of which are in ruins. Some of the new ones "glitter and even blaze in gold and brilliant colors; but as they are usually neglected, like the baby- houses of children, when they get tarnished a little, they soon become a mass of ruins." A large royal pagoda, near the king's palace, distinguished for the grandeur, symmetry, and variety of its nu- merous parts, and the magnificence and chasteness of the architecture, "consists of a large quad- rangle, surrounded by buildings, and is entered by two principal gateways, on the north and south sides, in the centre of which stands what may properly be called the pagoda or temple. On the outside are groups of spires, of various altitudes, scattered over a large area, which add greatly to the beauty and diversity of the whole, when viewed at some dis- M tance." Among all classes of people, from the palaces of princes to the meanest hovels, the desire for books was very great. The New Testament has been translated into Siamese, by the united labors of Messrs. Tomlin and GuizlafF; but the only work yet printed is a small tract; the applications for tqjs were so numerous, that many were obliged to go away without even a single copy. In the Chinese language, there was a good supply of books; and individuals, sometimes, came a whole day's journey to obtain them. The following ex- tract from a letter, written to the missionaries by King Me-twan, shows the feelings with which these books were, in some cases received. "Felicity! Felicity! . . . Formerly we heard of the God of heaven, but knew not his revelation; but now seeing the holy book, our joy is not surpassed by words;— happiness extreme! happiness extreme! We wholly trust in the God of heaven's merits—we disciples all believe in the doctrines of Jesus Christ wid the holy book, but desire the God of heaven to send down illumination; then simple men's happiness! Oh! we cannot describe it—but thricu praise!" pd 234 Sfurciiy in Peking. OCT. VVe marked, as we read the journals, several other passages which we intended to extract. But our limits forbid it. We cannot lay aside the jour- nals, however, without expressing our gratitude to the writer, for the variety of information which he has given to the public. A good deal of interest,— our souls exult at the thought,—is beginning to be felt for the Siamese, both in Europe and America; from both of which countries "embassadors" are about to be sent—not in courtly style, with a mes- sage to the king alone—but in lowliness and gen- tleness, to instruct the ignorant, to preach glad tidings to the poor, and to proclaim to all the acceptable year of the Lord. From Mr. Abeel, who was with Mr. T. during his second visit to Siam, we have heard nothing since he embarked for Bankok about the middle of last April; but we hope to hear very soon, and to obtain frorr him and others, who may engage in the missio j, much information concerning Siam. On the Budhism of the Siamese, we have a paper now on hand. We intend that it shall appear soon. MISCELLANIES. SCARCITY IN PEKING.—The capiial of the celestial empire has exhibited some peculiar scenes of distress and lamentations, during the past summer, occasioned, chiefly, by a long con- tinued drought. As early as the 31st of May, an official paper was published by the emperor, lamenting the want of rain on the approach of summer. He had altars for prayer erected, with sufficient ceremony and respect, to sacrifice to the gods of heaven, and to be worthy of his own dignity, as officiating priest;—in which capacity, he had devoutly knocked his head on the ground, and supplicated rain.—But, up to that day, genial showers had not yet fallen. His majesty says, that his "scorching" anxiety continued night and day, and he was, hour after hour, looking earnestly for rain—(but none fell). 1832 Scarcity in Peking. ii&j tie therefore turned his thoughts upon himself, and his go- vernment.—We have not time to give a full translation of his majesty's musings and his ultimate decisions, on this early oc- casion, and therefore we refer our readers to the original, the substance of which is, that the emperor is conscious of doing his duty, in a merciful m:niner, towards criminals and accused persons. His own conduct and wishes,—he says, rather proud- ly,—ought to have induced a sweet harmony hetween the rain- bearing clouds above, and the parched earth below. However, this has not been the effect. And, therefore, while he leaves the greater and smaller criminals in the other provinces to the course of law, he desires that in (he province of the capita^ a mitigation of punishment for the convicted, (except in case? of great crimes,) be adopted; that the accused be speedily brought to a just decision; and that imprisoned witnesses be either at once confronted with the opposite parties, or he set. at liberty on bail. For he is aware that the prisons of Pelunjr are crammed with suspected persons and witnesses, who are sickening, one after another, and pining in starvation even to death. " I deeply commiserate their condition," says the emperor. Then, he forthwith orders that all smaller offences he immedi- ately disposed of, and the parties liberated. "Thus (he adds,) we may hope for timely, genial, and fructifying showers.—Let the Board of Punishments immediately obey these commands. Respect this." The principle of this pagan paper seems to be conforma- ble to the petition,—" Forgive us our trespasses as we forgive them that trespass against us." But the emperor, unlike his father Keaking, does not take blame to himself. He throws the guilt on others. In this and other Chinese pagan slate papers, it is admitted that " the Heavens do rule;" that there is a Power above which rewards and punishes. It mny be matter of form; or it may be sincere. But it is right in itself. It is said, that of late, in England, the Duke of Wellington's state papers, written for the sovereign, left out, either intentionally or carelessly, all acknowledgment of God, or of Providence; and that the pres- ent ministry, in two or three king's speeches, even when pes- tilence was threatening the land, said not a word by which it could be inferred that government was not a faction of atheists. There were complaints in various quarters; but by latest accounts, the ministry appears to have resumed the forms of theism,—the recognition of a Providence. The above account was prepared for the press several weeks ago, but was mislaid. We regret this the less, since we are now able to append other accounts of a most interesting character. The drought was severe and of long duration; in consequence of which, the emperor, kings, and princes, fasted and prayed once in seven days, before altars dedicated to the Tnoukwing1 s Prayt.r for Rain. On*. gods of heaven, the gods of the earth, of the year, of the land, of the grain, and finally to imperial heaven itself, and also to "imperial earth," with all the saints. His majesty, moreover, sent a king to Toe-shun, "the great mountain" in Shantung province, with Tihetian incense matches, to pray for rain in the emperor's stead. In the province of Pecheie, locusts were feared, in conse- quence of the long drought; and orders were issued by the government to adopt preventive measures. The emperor himself issued a proclamation inviting plain statements of opinions, and details of abuses. In consequence of this, one of the censors has memorialized on the cruelties and injustice practiced in the supreme court of punishments. Torture, long imprisonment, and the willful implication of in- nocent persons, are the evils he complains of. He mentions two cases, in which the trials were continued forty days, where the accused had to kneel on chains and undergo other insults and torments. In one of these cases, the accused was proved to be innocent, and in the other the person died in prison. But the most remarkable document is the prayer of the emperor; the form of which is that of a memorial sent to the emperor of China, by governors of provinces and other states- men. His majesty, for the personal pronoun, uses the Chinese word chin, "a minister" or "servant,"—the same which those employ who write to him. We subjoin a translation of the whole paper. A PRAYER FOR RAIN, written by his Imperial Majesty Taou- kwang, and offered up on the %8t/i day of the sixth month of the 12th. 2; Seamen about 50; There are also at Lintin, the common anchorage for ships ar- riving on the coast of Canton, about 20 ships, and 900 seamen. 244 &mgs of Three Charaflei.*. On JLITERARY NOTICE, SAN TSZE no, SUH KKAK, "Songs of three characters, with colloquial explanations," or the Sacred Edict in rhyme, \6rno. 38 leaves. 1816. THIS little book was composed and printed under the reign of the late emperor Keaking. The edition before us was prepared,—in imitation of the celebrated school book, called the Sun tsze King, or "Trimetrical Classic,"—by Le Laechang, magistrate of the mountaineer district of Leenshan, in Canton province; and was chiefly intended for the use of the Yuou tribes under his jurisdiction. The Shing Yu, or Sacred Edict,—the foundation of the lit- tle book before us,—has obtained considerable note among European sinologues, from the able translation given of it by the late Or. Milne of Malacca. That work is divided into sixteen sections, containing sixteen maxims of the emperor Kanghe, followed by amplifications by the emperor Yung- ching, arid colloquial paraphrases by Wang Yetopo, a high officer of state.—The 'Sacred Edict in rhyme," is in like man- ner divided into sixteen sections. Each section is headed by one of Kanghe's maxims, and consists of twelve stanzas or verses, of twelve characters, or four lines, each. The subject matter of these verses is chiefly taken from the paraphrase of Wang Yetcpo; but each line consisting of but three characters the conciseness of the style often renders it almost unintelligible, without the aid of the colloquial explanation which follows each verse. This lat- ter is written in a plain and easy style,—and generally shows very clearly the meaning of the text. As a specimen of the work, we subjoin a translation of the first section. To make the meaning clear, it has been requi- site to weave parts of the explanation into the text. But, though not closely literal, no Chinese idea has been sacrificed, nor any English one introduced, to render the translation read- able. The Chinese begins thus. Tun heaou te, e chung jin Inn. Meen hwae paou, Peih san neen; Foo moo gan Tang haon Teen. &.o.. &r &c. 1832. Sungs of Three Characters. 24f> '' Be. regardful of the filial and fraternal duties, in order to give importance to the human relations." The parents' lender care can be dispensed, Not till three anxious years their child they 've nursed: A father's watchful toil, a mother's love— E'en with high Heaven equality demand. Let, then, the son his parents' board provide With meat nutritious,—and from winter's cold, With warmest silk their feeble frames defend; Nor with their downward years his efforts cease. When walking, let his arm their steps support; When sitting, let him in attendance wait. With tender care let him their comfort seek; With fond affection all their wishes meet. When pain and sickness do their strength impair, Be all his fears and all his love aroused ;— Let him with quicken'd steps best medicine seek; And the most skilled physicians' care invite. And when, at length, the great event * doth come, Be shroud and coffin carefully prepared. Yea, throughout life, by offerings and prayer, Be parents present to liis rev'rent thoughts. Ye children, who this Sacred Edict hear, Obey its mandates, and your steps direct Tow'rds duty's paths;—for whoso doth not thus, How is he worthy of the name of man? The senior brother first, the junior next, Such is the order in which men are born; Let then the junior, with sincere respect, Obey the sage's rule,—the lower station keep. Let him, in walking, to the elder yield, At festive boards, to th' elder give first place; Whether at home he stay, or walk abroad, Ne'er let him treat the elder with neglect. Should some slight cause occasion angry strife, Let each recal his thoughts once and again; Nor act till ev'ry point he thrice hath turned; Remembering whence they both at first have sprung. • This expression is used emphatically for a parent's decease, which "is the greatest cvonl of a man's life." 240 Orr. Journal of Occurrences. Though, like two twigs which from one stem diverge, Their growth perhaps doth tend low'rd different points; Yet search unto the roof, they still are joined; One sap pervades the twigs,—one blood the brothers' veins. In boyish sports, how often have they joined! Or played together round their parents' knee! And now, when old, shall love quick turn to hale, While but few days are left them yet to love? Hear, then, this Sacred Edict and obey, Leave' ev'ry unkind thought; what's past forget; While singing of fraternal union's joys, Remember that there 's pleasure yet behind. JOURNAL, OF OCCURRENCES. THE REBELLION of the Yaou-jin and I heir Chinese associates is at an end. Two or three hundred boats, it is said, have gone to Lefinchow to bring back I lie troops; and the imperial commissioners, Hengan and Hoo-sung-ih, have returned to Pe- king, with additional honors. Hengan, who is said to have more influence with "the one man who rules the world," than any other courtier, has reported to his majesty a long series of victories in daily skirmishes with the rebels; stating, also, that more than one half of (he mountain tribes have begged to be allowed lo surrender, and to give up their leaders and their ai-ms. It is stated that Hengan and his colleague ordered the judge Yang Ckinlin, to send forth among the mountaineers, a proclamation, that imperial legates had arrived; that troops were gathering like stormy clouds; and that, from all the pro- vinces, large levies of veteran troops were pouring in, and would cer- tainly, in the event of further re- sistance, wash like a deluge the whole population from the face of • lie earth;—or. to change the figure, would burn Ihem up, indiocrimiiiate- ly—good and bad—whether precious gems or common stones, Ac., &c. The judge addressed the people like a friend, calling upon them lo save themselves. The commission- ers feigned perfect ignorance of the whole; and whilethe Highlanders were treating, the imperialists were plot- ting and strafning every nerve to ef- fect their destruction. The commissioners state, that their endeavor had been, in obedience to an imperial order, to scatter aux- iliaries, and soothe principals,—to di- vide and conquer. The immense army of the manifesto, gathering like, clouds from all the provinces, and covering the heavens with darkness, consisted of 3000 men ordered from Hookwang! Hengan says, many of the tribes snbmitted even on the terms he pro- posed, viz. the Mantchou tonsure, to- gether with depriving the ears of the rings commonly worn by the mountaineers. At the date of the memorial, from which we have col- lected these statements, Hengan supposed " ten days would be suffi- cient to shut up thn affair, and close furthei proceedings So it lias proved. 183'J. 247 Journal of Occurrences. On tile loth instant, the imperial r.nmmissioiiers received a dispatch from the emperor, approving of their proceedings, but degrading govern- or Le. Peacock's feathers, rings, Ac., in profusion, have been sent down for tlie meritorious; among whom we observe the name ofKo Tse-tsin, who was lately at Macao, ns the "Cas'a branca Mandarine,"— the hae-fang tungche, or guardinn of the coast. This little man, is by descent, one of the Yaou-jin, latt-ly in rebellion; and governor Le sent him up, expressly to do the need- ful. His death had been reported, but the report now a'vjieart to have been untrue. Two legal judges, Yang and Ring, sent up to the highlit Js, have so noted that their mr its and demerits balanced each ollur; therefore the commissionerr requested that they might be passer! over. Thus the war has ended as el- most all wan do—in Europe, all parties (excepting a few slain, de- graded, Ac.,) returning to the state they were in before the war. The mountaineers have agreed to stay at home, and the imperialists have agreed not to go among (he hills to extirpate them. GOVERNOR LK, immediately after his disgrace, hnving delivered up to Hengan the seals of office, set out on his journey to Peking; where on his arrival, he is to be put on trial before the King Poo, or Tribu- nal of Punishments. His family left Canton for their home in on the 15th instant. THE VILLAGE Triutcr.—A case which has lately excited considera- ble attention, and been matter of much talk in Canton, is that of Ye Mungrhe, a Peking officer, who, by his pride and profligacy, has brought himself to an untimely end. On the S7ih of the 4th moon, (he fooyuen (,'hon sat in person on his trial, and sentence of death has been pass- ed on him, but has not yet received rhe imperial sanction. Ye Mungche (or, a.« the first syl- lable of his name signifies, Loaf,) is now in the I tih year ot his age. In his youth In- was ,i good scholar, and rapidly rose to the. highest degree ol literary rank. The first and most honorable scene of literary combat, in China, takes place at Pe- king, in the presence of the emperor. There Leaf succeeded, and wa* forth- with appointed to a respectable place in the Board of Revenue; in which situation he remained some years at the capital. Two or three years ago, bis mother died; and he, being there- by incapacitated, by law, from hold- ing office for three years, returned to bis native village in Tungkwan dis- trict, accompanied by a Peking ser- vant, whom he brought with him. Leaf, a clever man, and a treasury secretary from Peking, was a person greatly esteemed and feared in his na- tive village. But he carried his acts of injustice in raising money by inti- midation, and his acts of profligacy, on the persons of wives, daughters, and nuns, to such an extreme degree, that scores of accusers have appeared at Canton against him. His maltreat- ment of others to gratify his vicious propensities has caused upwards of ten suicides. We have the native details before us, but we decline entering into them minutely. The tyrant Lea? was a terror to all the neighborhood. The police-men were afraid to attack, him. Bui an old friend of bis, the Pwanyu magistrate, succeeded in be- traying him. The magistrate and he were sworn brothers, that is, (hey Had, in Chinese phrase, "exchanged cards." This magistrate went and paid his old friend a cordial visit, and said, "Brother Leaf, there are various char- ges against you at Canton; go with me, and let us set them to rights." Leaf immediately consented, but as soon as the Worshipful magistrate had brought his friend to Canton, he sent a posse of special thief catchers from the fooyuen's ofEce, who speedily took him into safe custody. The Kwangchow foo magistrate, who sat on the trial, was also an old friend of Leaf's.—Leaf denied, posi- tively, every charge, and the magis- trate was unwilling to torture him. He therefore said, "Brother Leaf, I wish you would confens, for it will disgrace our whole caste to subject you to (he torture." But the prisoner was obstinate. So the magistrate took bis Peking servant, who, having been constantly attached to his person, knew all his wicked ways, and tortur- ed him. till he innilr a most ampin confession of the criminal act* of hia beloved master. 243 Journal of Occurrences. Leal' was found guilty, and is now in common jail, awaiting the imperial confirmation of the sentence passed upon him. It is said tbat the fooyueR and judge of Canton have been in- tent on putting him to death ; bat the Board in Peking has written a letter to Choo, requesting him " to punish light- ly." This has enraged the fooyiien so much, that he has written to the etnperor, requesting leave to retire from his majesty's service, on the plea of old age and sickness. Whether his resignation will be accepted or not re- mains to be seen. THE MARCH or ENTERPRISE.—Tire other day a local magistrate report- ed for the fire-men of Canton, tbat one house having taken fire, it was burnt and fanr houses around it were pulled down, to prevent the flames spreading. The method was effectual, though the sacrifice was great. For this mode of operation, though in the present instance, judgingafter the fact, it seemed carried to an extreme, the Chinese are we believe, wholly in- debted to Europeans. Formerly, the Chinese would not pull down their houses to stop the progress of fire; but they readily do so now, did cus- tom notwithstanding. DEAin CAUSED BY WHIPPING.—In Szechueh an officerof government has been dismissed the service and brought to trial for having caused the death of one of his attendants, by subjecting him, on two successive occasions, to the infliction of one hundred blows on the back. The man was accused of appropriating part of the price of a coffin; and of speaking impertinently to the magistrate. There was an en- deavor to show that opium sntoking caused his death, but the proof was de- ficient. No justice could be obtained in the province, till an appeal was made to Peking. A THOUSAND NAMES OF BuPHA. Some persons at Peking, and among them a Tartar soldier, have been convicted of forming a sect, whose distinguishing feature was the reciting a thousand names of Budha, and col- lecting money. The proceedings are pronounced worthy of the most in- tense detestation. Some of the lead- ers have been capitally punished, and the general to whose division the sol- dier belonged, has requested a court martial on his conduct, for not dis- covering the affair sooner. PIRATES'. A yushe, OP censor, has reported to the emperor, respect- ing the lengths to which piracy is carried, all along the coast of Can- ton. "According to the yushe," says his majesty, "the piratical ban- ditti have the boldness and audaci- ty to dig up graves, and plunder the clothes of the dead; yea, even to carry away the coffins and publicly in the face of day, to extort ransoms tor1 them. This is the case through- out the province, but particularly near (he provincial city, and in the districts subordinate to the capital;— What are the local officers attend- ing to ?—Why do they sit like wood- en idols; and suffer such bold-faced nnfearing wickedness? Let Le and Choo command severely all their subordinates, to exert themselves sin- cerely and bring to strict punishment every pirate that exists, till not one is left to slip out of the net. Thus shall cruelty be eradicated, and the spirit of perverseness be torn up." Postscript—It has just been officially announced, that his excellency Loo, our new governor, will set out from Le&nchow on the 1st of No- vember, on his way hithec* The anchasze or judge Yang, and the KwangheC, or commandant of the town militia, King, will precede him a few days. Yesterday, October 30th, at about 2^ P. M., a fire broke out, and burn- ed with great violence, in part of the western suburbs of the city, called Slui-meen. Being almost entirely confined to wooden house* and mat sheds (occupied by gambler* and public women), and to small hosts closely crowded together, the fire spread rnpirily. mid in the course of two hours consumed several streets or lines of hoiis«s. besides H large number of boats We are al present wholly unprovided with details, but cannot doubt that the r.ilent of loss has been very great. THK CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. I.—NOVEMBER, 1832.—No. 7. REVIEW. MEMOIRS AND REMARKS, geographical, historical, topographical, physical, natural, astronomical, mechanical, military, mercantile, political, and ecclesiastical, made in above ten years' travels through the Erfrpire of China. BY LEWIS LE COMTE, Jesuit; confessor to the duchess of Bur-- gundy, and one of the French king's mathema- ticians. A new translation from the best Paris edition. 1 Vol. pp. 536. London. MDCCXXXVII. TIME is not the destroyer of truth. Some parts of Le Comte's book are of little value now,—as they were, indeed, when he wrote them,—being nothing more than complimentary addresses to mi- nisters of state, and to lords and ladies of rank, to whom he 'communicated himself,' in a series of letters, which constitute the work before us: other parts of it, such for example, as that which contains a division of the empire into "fifteen pro- vinces," are not applicable to the present condition of the country: much of the work, however, is exact narration of what now exists; and the period of almost a century and a half, since which time it was composed, has taken nothing from many of its most beautiful and correct descriptions of persons, places, and things which belong to tho rf 250 Lc Comics Memoirs and Nov. celestial empire. The task which the "learned Jesuit" undertook, in giving an account of the " new world," was arduous, and required no ordinary qualifications; in reference to it, his preface con- tains excellent remarks, some of which we quote, that the reader may judge- if time has blunted their point. "The business of writing voyages is not alto- gether so light a task as most are apt to fancy; it requires not only wit and judgment, to manage it successfully, but likewise sincerity, exactness, and a simple insinuating style ; and learning be- sides,—for as a painter, to be a master in his art, ought to know the propriety and force of all sorts of colors, so whoever undertakes a description of the people, arts, and sciences, and religions of the new world, must have a large stock of knowledge, and, in a manner, an universal genius. That is not all neither; he must have been an eye-witness of most of the actions and things he reports, he must be skilled in the customs and language of the inhabitants, he must have corresponded with those of the best fashion among them, and been frequently in conversation with their principal of- ficers; in a word, to enable him to speak with certainty and assurance of the riches, beauty, and strength of an empire, he must have taken an ac- tual survey of the multitude of its subjects, the number and situation of the cities, the extent of its provinces, and all the remarkable rarities in the country. I confess, indeed, this is something more laborious and expensive than to frequent the com- pany of the virtuosi at home, or supinely tumble over the history of the world by the fire-side; and yet, after so much fatigue, travelers of all men are the least esteemed upon the force of their writings. "There is a set of idle people that amuse them- selves with what passes daily before their eyes, and are little affected with news from remote parts of the globe. 'Tis grown a maxim with others to 1832. /{emails on China. 251 reject all foreign stories for fables; these value themselves upon their incredulity, and are such strict friends to truth, that they never acknowledge any. Another sort, again, throw away a book of this kind for a miracle, or some extraordinary ac- cident, anything out of the way (beyond their common prejudices), that they find in it, as though nature, having exhausted all her treasures upon our portion of the earth, could produce nothing uncommon elsewhere; or as though God's power were more limited in the new eastern churches than among us. "And some there are that run directly counter to these, who inquire after nothing but wonders, satisfied only with what raises their admiration; they think all that's natural flat and insipid, and if they are not roused up with astonishing adven- tures, and continual prodigies, drop asleep over the best penned relation: now to humor such creatures, one had need to cast the world into a new figure, and give mankind other shapes." Few individuals ever enjoyed better opportuni- ties of acquaintance with China than Le Comte. It having been his "business to run over all Chi- na," where, from province to province, and from city to city, in the course of five years he travel- ed above two thousand leagues, he was an eye- witness of almost all the scenes he describes. Besides, his extensive learning and erudition give him additional claim to be admitted as a com- petent witness in regard to the affairs of which he treats. Our object, in taking up this work is riot either to extol it, or to rate its author, or the community to which he belongs; but to select from it such narrations, and accompany them with such remarks, as shall serve to illustrate the present condition of the country and its inhabitants. Le Comte and five other Jesuits left France for China, early in the year J685. They were all sent out by the command of the king, and in the 252 Le Comics Memoirs and Nov. character of his majesty's mathematicians, that, by teaching these sciences, they might take occasion to promote the gospel. They sailed in the same ship with F. Chaumont, who was sent by his ma- jesty, on an extraordinary embassy, to the court of Siam. Arriving there, four of their num- ber immediately took ship for Macao, one returned to France, for "a recruit of missionaries and ma- thematicians" for Siam, and the other, our author, took up his abode "in a convent of talapoins;" but when his friends, who had sailed for Macao, and had been shipwrecked, returned to re-embark, he resolved to quit the convent, and to go on to Chi- na with them. Accordingly, on the 17th of June, 1687, they all sailed for Ningpo, "on board a small Chinese vessel." Nearly everything connected with their voyage, the rude junk, the narrow cabin, disorder among the sailors, idolatry, &c., was exactly like what was observed a hundred and forty-four years afterwards, as described in the journal we have already published. There is a notable difference, however, in two particulars ;—in the first case, no opium scenes were exhibited; and in the latter, no attempts were made to work miracles. Le Comte speaks of the "Typhon, than which nothing is more terrible in the seas of China and Japan;" and also of the frightful appearance of an "infi- nite number of rocks and desert islands, through which they were obliged to pass;" and of channels "so narrow, as not to exceed ten paces in breadth,'- and of "a pretty wide bay, in which the Chinese observe a profound silence, for fear of disturbing a neighboring dragon." As our author has not given us the names of these places, we are un- able to determine their exact situation; it is cer- tain, however, that they are north of Canton, and are, perhaps, the identical places which the Ara- bians called the gates of China;—if so, their Can- fu ig not Canton, as has been generally supposed. 1832. Remarks on China. 253 We shall have occasion to refer kto and remark on this subject at another time. One hundred and six years before the arrival of Le Comte and his coadjutors, "the missiona- ries of the society of Jesus had carried the light of the Christiaii faith into China;" and only two years had elapsed, since Kanghe had thrown open the ports of his empire to all commercial nations, and permitted the exercise of a free trade to his own vassals ;* besides, Pere Verbiest, president of the Tribunal of Mathematics, and the friend and tutor of the autocrat, had obtained from his ma- jesty permission for the five new missionaries to enter the country; but nowithstanding all these considerations, and the fact also that Louis the fourteenth, in his "zeal for the propagation of the faith, not only honored these fathers with the title of his mathematicians, but "gratified" them with settled salaries and magnificent presents, yet still Le Comte and his companions had no small difficulty in gaining admission into the land of the "infi- dels." We will give his own narration of this matter. "It was with transporting joy we reached that land, in which we had, during so many years, ardently desired to preach the gospel. The sight of it inspired us with an unusual zeal, and the joy of viewing that happy soil, which so many good men had consecrated by their labors, we thought an ample amends for ours. "However, it was not HO easy to enter, though we were so near the city (of Ningpo). China is a very ceremonious coun- try, wherein all strangers, but especially the French, have oc- casion for a good stock of patience. The captain of our ves- sel thought fit to conceal us, and on our arrival, we were, let down into the hold, where the heat, which increased the near- er we approached the land, and several other inconveniences, rendered our condition almost insupportable. But, in spite of all precaution, we were discovered ; and an officer of the customs spied us, and, having taken an account of the ship's cargo, set a man in her, and withdrew to inform his master. This mandarin, who holds his commission immediately from court, * See Contribution to an Historical Sketch of the Portuguese settlements in China. By A. L. Knt. 254 Lt Cowtcx Memoirs and Nov. and is therefore much respected, ordered us to be lirought be- fore him, whom we found in a large hall, assisted by his as- sessors, and other inferior officers; we were waited on thither by a multitude of people, who are there more curious of see- ing an European, than we should be here of viewing a Chi- nese. "No sooner were we entered, but we were admonished to knee], and bow our heads nine times to the ground, that being the custom in those parts of doing obeisance to the prime mandarin, who, in that quality, represents the emperor's per- son. His countenance was very severe, bearing a gravity that challenged veneration, and a dread, which increased at the sight of his executioners, who, like Roman lictors, attended with chains and great sticks, in a readiness to bind and cudgel whom his mandarinship pleased." After a good deal of delay and vexation, caused by the commissioner of customs, and 'the viceroy, who bore as great a love to their money as he did hatred to their belief,' they were at length, with their "several bales of books, images, and mathe- matical instruments," on their way to Peking, where they arrived on the 8th .of February, 1688. They were scarcely in sight of the capital, when they received the news of father Verbiest's death; and on entering the city they found the court in mourning for the empress dowager. When twenty- seven days were passed, during which the laws obliged the emperor to a " close mourning," he im- mediately sent a messenger to welcome the stran- gers; and arrangements were soon made for an introduction to his majesty, which Le Comte thus describes; "After a quarter of an hour's walk, (through the outer courts of the palace,) we at length, came to the emperor's apartment. The entrance was not very splendid, but the anti- chamber was adorned with sculptures, gildings, and marble, whose neatness and workmanship were more valuable than the richness of the stuff. As for the presence-chamber, the second mourning not being over, it was still disrobed of all its ornaments, and could boast of none but the sovereign's person, who sat after the Tartar's custom, on a table or sopha raised three feet from the ground, and covered with a plain white carpet, which took up the whole breadth of the room. There lay by him some books, ink, and pencils; he was clothed with 1832. Remarks on China. 255 a black satin vest, furred with sable; and a row of young eunuchs plainly habited, and unarmed, stood on each hand clow; legged, and with their arms extended downward along their sides; which is looked upon there as the most respectful posture. "In that state, the most modest that even a private man could have appeared in, did he choose to be seen by us, desiring we should observe his dutiful ness to the empress his departed mother, and the grief he conceived at her death, rather than the state and grandeur he is usually attended with. "Being come to the door, we hastened with no little speed (fur such is the custom), til) we came to the end of the cham- ber opposite to the emperor. Then all abreast we stood some time, in the same posture the eunuchs were in. Next we fell on our knees, and haying joined our hands, and lifted them up to our heads, so that our arms and elbows were at the same height, we bowed thrice to the ground, and then stood again as before. The same prostration was repeated a second time, and again a third, when we were ordered to come forward, and kneel before his majesty. "The gracious prince, whose condescension I cannot enough admire, having inquired of us of the grandeur and present state of France, the length and dangers of our voyage,-and the manner of our treatment by the mandarins r Well, said he, see if I can add any new favor to those I have already conferred wpon .you? Is there anything you would desire of me? You may freely ask it. We returned him humble thanks, and beg. ged he would permit us, as a token of our sincere gratitude, to lift up each day of our lives our hands to heaven, to pro- cure to his royal person, and to his empire, the blessing of the true God, who alone can make princes truly happy. He seemed well pleased with our answer, and permitted us to withdraw, which is performed, without any ceremony. The great respect and dread, which the presence of the most po* temt monarch in Asia inspired us with, did not yet awe us so far, but that we took a full view of his person. Indeed, lest our too great freedom herein should prove a crime, (for in what concerns the emperor of China, the least mistake is such,) we had first obtained his leave. "He was something above the middle stature, more corpu- lent than what in Europe we reckon handsome; yet somewhat more slender than a Chinese would wish to be; full visaged, disfigured with the small pox, had a broad forehead, little eyes, and a small nose after the Chinese fashion; his mouth was well made, and the lower part of his face very agreeable. In fine, though he bears no great majesty in his looks, yet they show abundance of good nature,- and his ways and actions have something of the prince in them, and show him to be such." Arrangements had already been made, with the Consent and approbation of the emperor, that two 25(> Le Comic's Memoirs and Nov. of the five uuw missionaries should stay at court, while the other three should go into the country. Le Comte was among the latter number, which gave him the opportunity of traveling six thousand miles, " up and down, through almost all the pro- vinces." One cannot imagine, he says, what care the Chinese take to make their roads convenient; their posts are as well regulated for the convey- ance of [official] letters, and you may travel as safe- ly, as in Europe. All this, doubtless, was true in the time of Kanghe, but must now be received with some limitation. Towns and cities have their determinate figure; they "ought" all to be square as far as the ground on which they are built will allow, so that the gates on the four sides may answer to the cardi- nal points, north, south, east, and west. They "are (by old custom, the common law of the land, but not always, we believe, in fact,) divided into four parts, and those again into several smaller divisions, each of which contains ten houses, over every one of which subdivisions an officer presides, who takes notice of everything which passes in his little ward, tells the mandarin what contentions happen, what extraordinary things, what strangers come hither and go thence." This system oif di- visions is carried to a very considerable extent at the present day. Commencing with the provinces the series of divisions descending terminates in the fathers of families, who are responsible for the dis- orders and irregularities committed either by their children or servants. Our author gives particular accounts of several of the cities of China, and describes their situa- tion, extent, &c. He remarks at considerable length on the population of Peking, and thinks he "shall not be very wide of the truth," if he allows it to contain two millions of inhabitants. The popula- tion of China is a difficult subject, and must be reserved for a separate paper. In his account of JH32. Remarks on China. 257 Nanking be gives a somewhat minute description of the celebrated porcelain pagoda, which we quote entire. "There is without the city (and not within, as some have wrote) a house named by the Chinese "the Temple of Grati- tude, (paou-gan sze,) built about 300 years ago. It is raised on a massive basis, built with brick, and surrounded with a rail of unpolished marble; there are ten or twelve steps all round it, by which you ascend to the lowermost hall, the floor of which stands one foot higher than the basis, leaving a little walk two feet wide all round it. "The front of this hall or temple is adorned with a gallery and some pillars. The roofs (for in China there are usually two, one next to the top of the wall, and a narrower one over that) are covered with green varnished shining tiles; and the ceiling within is painted and made up of several little pieces different- ly wrought one within the other, which with the Chinese is no small ornament. I confess that medley of beams, joists, rafters, and pinions, is a singularity which surprises us be- cause we must needs judge that such a work was not done with- out great expense; but to speak truth, it proceeds only from the ignorance of their workmen, who never copld find out that noble simplicity, in which consists both the strength and beauty of our buildings. "This hall has no light but what comes in at the doors, of which there are three very large ones that give admittance in- to the tower I speak of, which is part of this temple. It is of an octangular figure, about 40 feet broad, so that each side is 15 feet wide. A wall in the like form is built round it, at two fathoms and a half distance, and, being moderately high, supports the one side of the pent-house, which issues from the tower, and thus makes a pretty kind of gallery. The tower is nine stories high, each story being adorned with a cornish three feet wide at the bottom of windows, and distinguish- ed by little pent-houses like the former, but narrower, and (like the tower itself) decreasing in breadth as they increase in height. "The wall is, at the bottom, at l^ast \'i feet thick, and above eight and a half at the top, cased with Chinaware laid flat-wise; for though the weather has something impaired its beauty, there is yet enough remaining to show that it is real Chinaware, though of the coarser sort, since it is impossible that bricks could have retained that lustre above 300 years. The stair-case within is narrow and troublesome, the steps be- ing very high. Each story is made up of thick pieces of tim- her laid cross-wise, and on them a floor, the ceiling of each room being beautified with paintings, if such paintings as thcir's can be called a beauty. Thr walls of the upper rooms beal '•S 258 Le Comtt s Memoirs and .Nov several small nichea full of carved idols, which make a pretty kind of checker. The whole work is gilt, and lookw like carved stone or marble; but I believe it to be only brick, for the Chinese are very skillful in stamping all kinds of ornaments nn it, which through the fineness of their sifted mold becomes more easy to them than to us. "The first floor is the most lofty, but the rest are of an equal height. I have told the steps, which are 190 in num. her, being almost all (en large inches high, having meas- ured them very nicely, which amounts to 158 fe«t. If you add to this the height of the basis, that of tile mn'h story, which has no steps to mount thence to the to;.), and the ca- pola, the sum will be at least two hundred fVet ir. height from the ground. This cuj;.ila is none of the least ornr.mer.ts of that building, being, as it were, an extraordinary thick mast or may-pole, which, from the £oor of t!;e eighth story, rises above thirty feet higher than the tc:p of the tower. Round it a great piece of iron runs in u spiral line, several fset distant from the pole, to that it Icoks like a hollow cave, on the top of which is placed a large gclden ball. This it is that the Chinese call the porcelain tower, and which some Eu. ropeans would nan.e the brick onu. Whaiever it may be made of, it is undoubtedly the bt.st contrived and noblest structure of all the east. From its top you have a prospect of the whole city, and especially of the mountain on which stands the observatory, which lies a good leag.ie north-east and by east from it." This long description of the porcelain tower (Lew le ta), together with what we have already given in preceding pages,* affords a pretty correct account of the Chinese ta, or pagoda.—In connection with the above description Le Comte tells us about some "big bells," in Peking, cast near three hundred years ago, weighing 120,000 Ibs. each. This, he owns, is surprising, and could scarce be-believed, had we not father Verbiest's word for it, who himself has ex- actly measured them. Bells of a modorate size are very common in the large cities of China. They are not excellent in their kind; are never, we believe, worked with the wheel and axle; and their clappers are of wood instead of iron. They are used in temples to arouse the attention of "the sleeping gods," or to call together the priests; and in the • Sec pp. 167 and tfM. 1882. Kemurfa on China. 259 city watch-houses they are employed to distinguish the five watches of the night; and, if need be, to sound the alarm when fires break 'out, or thieves and robbers are discovered. • Of the natural features of the country, our author says but little; he was pleased with the pleasant champaign provinces of the south; and deligh d with the bolder and more rugged scenery of the north, than which, "the Alps and Pyrenees are much more passable ; and one may properly say f China, that where it is fine, nothing in the world is finer; and, when it ceases to be so, nothing is more horrid and frightful." China, he says, like all other countries, is divided into hills and plains, and the nature of the soil is different, according to its particular situation! The northern and western provinces bear wheat, barley, several kinds of mil- l;,-t, tobacco, peas, &c.; those of the south abound in rice. Pears, peaches, apples, apricots, figs, grapes of all kinds, pomegranates, walnuts, chestnuts, and a great many other fruits, grow here as in Eu- rope ; but generally speaking, they are " not near so good as ours." Of " Thee" and " Gin sem" (tea and ginseng) he gives us no marvelous accounts. But the taiiow tree, is-" prodigious." "It is about the height of our cherry tree, the branches are crooked, the leaves shaped like a heart, of a lively brisk red, its bark smooth, the trunk short, and the head round arid very thick. The fruit is inclosed within a rind divided into three segments, which open when it is ripe, and discover three white kernels of the big ness of fi sr.ir.Ii nut. (At:d then) the wonder is. that this kernel has all the qualities of tallow ; its odor, color, end consistency; and they also make can- dies of it, mixing only a little oil when they melt it 10 make the stuff more pliant." Lo Comte touches lightly on the husbandry of the Chinese; describes briefly their "big ships" and huge barques; dofs not admire very much their art of navigation; but thinks their "knack" of L< Comic's Memoirs and Nov. sailing upon torrents, somewhat wonderful and in- credible. They do not row their ordinary barques, he says, alter the European manner, but they fasten a kind of long oar to the poop, nearer one side of the barque than to the other, which they make use of as the fish does his tail, thrusting it out, arid pulling it to them again, without ever lifting it above the water. This use of the oar, or scull, is admirable, and prevails in every part of China. The Chinese are masters in the "matter of fish- ing." Their rivers, lakes, and seas, abound with scaly tribes; and besides the line, nets, and or- dinary instruments for taking them, they have two ways of fishing, which seemed to our author very singular and odd. "The first is practiced in the night; when it is moon-shine; they have two very long, strait boals, upon the sides of which they nail, from one end to the other, a board about two feet brond, upon which they have rubbed white varnish, very smooth and shining; this plank is inclined outward, and almost toucheth the surface of the water. That it may serve their turn it is requisite to turn it towards the moon-shine, to the end that the reflection of the moon may increase its brightness; the fish play- ing and sporting, and mistaking the color of the plank for that of the water, jerk out that way, and tumble before they are aware, either upon the plank or into the boat, so that the fisherman almost without taking any pains, hath in a little time his small barque quite full. "The second manner of fishing is yet more pleasant. They breed, in divers provinces, cormorants, which they order and inanage as we do dogs, or even as we do hawks for the game; one fisherman can very easily look after an hundred; he kreps them perched upon the sides of his boat, quiet, and waiting patiently for orders, till they are come at the place designed for fishing; then, at the very first signal that is given them, each takes its High!, and flies towards the way that is assigned it. 'Tis a very pleasant thing to behold how they divide among them the whole breadth of the river, or of the lake; they seek up and down, they dive, and come and go upon the w.iter an hundred times, till they have spied their prey; ilion do they seize it with their beak, and immediately bring it to their master. When the fish is too big, they help one another interchangeably., one takes it by the tail, another by the h"ad, and go after that manner to the boat; the men holdout Itmjj oars in them, upon which they perch themselves with iln-ir fish, and they sutler the fishermen to take the prey from Remark* tn> China. °2 Comte shows himself to be well acquainted, and he writes learnedly upon it, expatiating on the functions of the emperor and his ministers, on the modes of punishment, on the revenue system, army, &c. The emperor's authority is absolute, "and the good or ill fortune of his subjects is owing wholly to him." All officers and places of power, kings and princes "of the blood," and the gods too, as well as men, are subject to his will. Nor does the grave itself put an end to his power over his subjects, whom when dead, "he either disgraces or honors (as much as if they were alive), when he hath a mind either to reward or punish them- selves or their families. He makes some, after their decease, dukes; others counts; and confers upon them several other titles, which our language knows no names for. He may canonize them as saints, or, as they speak, may make them naked spirits. Some- times he builds them temples, and if their ministry hath been very beneficial, or their virtues very emi- nent, he commands the people to honor them as gods."—His authority extends to language also, and custom, which even the Greek and Roman powers could never subdue, " is submissive and humble in China, and is content to alter and give way when the emperor commands." He can "abolish" any characters or phrases already received, or bring any new ones into use at his pleasure. But though the emperor is clothed with such unlimited power, still there are considerations which will influence him "to govern by justice and not by passion." The most noticeable of these is this, that certain officers may tell the emperor of his faults, provided it be in such a submissive manner, and with that veneration and respect which are Hue to him. This is often done ; and the emperor himself sometimes, as was the case last summer, issues a proclamation, inviting plain statements of opinion, and details of abuses. 2(i4 Is- Cumtcs Memoirs nud Nov. The emperor delegates much of his authority to high courts and officers in the capital, and to governors and other magistrates in the provinces. To these, other courts and officers are subject; yet all, both high and low, are dependent on the will of the sovereign. The governors of provinces are kept in check, by other officers appointed from Peking; by the right which the people enjoy of petitioning the emperor in person ; by spies, which the emperor "disperses up and down" through the provinces, to ascertain the conduct of his viceroys. "They have still a further means to oblige the viceroys, and other governors, to a strict care of their charge, which expedient I do not believe any government or kingdom, though never so severe, did ever yet make use of. It is this, every governor is obliged from time to time, with all humility and sincerity, to own and acknowledge the secret or public faults committed by himself in his administration, and to send the account in writing up to court. This is a more troublesome business to comply with, than one readily imagines; for on one side it is an uneasy thing to accuse ourselves of those things which we know will be punished by the emperor, though mildly. On the other side, it is more dangerous to dissemble them; for, if by chance they are accused of them in the in- spector's advertisement, the least fault, which the mandarin shall have concealed, will be big enough to turn him out of his ministry. So that the best way is to make a sincere confes- sion of one's faults, and to purchase a pardon for them by money, which in China has the virtue of blotting out all crimes; which remedy, notwithstanding, is no small punish, rnent for a Chinese; the fear of such a punishment makes him, oftentimes, exceeding circumspect and careful, and some- times even viituous against his own inclinations." Le Comte says the Chinese soldiers continue, as they always were, soft, effeminate, and enemies of labor. Concerning the Tartars, Kanghe, "who savs nothing but what is proper, as he does no- thing but what is great," gave this short account: They are good soldiers when opposed to bad ones, but bad whin opposed to good ones.—Punish- ments hold a very prominent place in the policy of the Chinese; for as they arc liberal in their rewards, so they are severe in their punishments. 1832. Remarks on China. 265 Capital punishment is inflicted by decapitation, by strangulation, and by cutting the victim into "ten thousand pieces." The most usual punishment is the bastinado on the back; when they receive but forty or fifty blows, they call this a "fatherly cor- rection." This punishment is not accounted very scandalous; and after it is inflicted, "the criminal must fall on his knees before the judge, and, if able, bow three times to the ground, and give him hum- ble thanks for taking this care of his education." The introduction and progress of the Christian religion in China, the manner in which it was pro- mulgated, and the support given to it by an imperial edict, are among the last and most interesting topics upon which our author remarks. He reviews, briefly, the accounts of St. Thomas, and the Nestorians— who are "believed" to have first introduced Christian- ity into China,—and then passes on to eulogize the great leader of the Jesuits, who, on his way to China, died at the isle of Sancian in the year 1552. According to Le Comte'd account, even Mo- ses was not more desirous of entering the Holy Land, than was St. Xavier to carry the treasures of the gospel into Ciiina. "Moses' death was a punishment to him for his lack of faith; St. Xa- vier's seems to have been a reward for the abund- ance of his." It was he, who established upon a solid foundation all the missions in the Indies, and encouraged his brethren to attempt the conversion of China. Roger, Pasio, and Ricci, the indefatiga- ble sons of Loyola, carried forward the enterprise of their famous leader, determined "to spend all their pains, and, if it were nocessary, all their blood in this great work." We will give Le Comte's own narrative of the first endeavors of these men, in the work on which they had now entered. "The difficulties, which the devil raised, did not discourage them. They entered one after another into the southern pro- vinces. The novelty of their doctrine brought them auditors, «h 266 Le Comtt's Memoirs and Nov. and the sanctity of their lives made those auditors have a favorable opinion of them. At first they heard them with pleas, ure, and afterwards with admiration. Father Ricci, above all, distinguished himself by his zeal and understanding; for he was thoroughly instructed in the customs, the religion, laws, and ceremonies of the country, all of which he had studied a long time before at Macao. He spoke their' language fluently, and understood their writings perfectly; this was joined to a sweet, easy, complaisant temper, and a certain insinuating behavior, which none but himself had, which it was hard to resist; but above ail, an ardor which the Holy Ghost instills into the workmen of the Lord's harvest; all this I say, got him the repute of a great man and an apostle. Not but that he met with a great many rubs in the work of God. The devil overthrew his designs more than once. He had the super- stition of the people, the jealousy of the bonzes, and the ill humor of the mandarins to deal with; all which violently op- posed what he was about to establish. Yet he never gave over; and God gave him perseverance, a virtue very necessary in the beginning of such enterprises as these, which always meet with opposition, and which men of the best intentions in the world sometimes let fall, discouraged for want of present suc- cess to fortify their design." After many years of "fruitless labor," Ricci had the satisfaction of seeing "many and mighty con- versions in the provinces." Mandarins opened their eyes to the light; and at length, the emperor him- self received and heard the "apostle," and "was so taken with" divers European curiosities and some pictures of our Savior and the Virgin Mary, that he ordered them to be set up in an high place in his palace. This conduct of the emperor gain- ed Ricci the goodwill of all the lords at the court; and, "in spite of the opposition of some magistrates, who, according to their custom, could never deal handsomely by a stranger, he bought an house at Peking, and gained such a foundation and estab- lishment there, as hath been since the support of all the missions in this empire." And such was the progress of the mission, that soon several man- darins began "to preach the gospel, and there were some of them who by their zeal and under- standing promoted the affairs of religion as much as the most fervent missionaries." 1832. Remarks on China. 267 But it was not long before this series of " tri- umphs" was broken; changes, sad reverses, and hot persecutions came in quick succession. The bonzes opposed them; the mandarins plotted against them; and "some Portuguese of Macao, incensed against the Jesuits, resolved to destroy them in China, although with them they destroyed the Christian religion there." Weak Christians were scandalized, and forsook "the faith." Missionaries were imprisoned, were scourged, till they "died of their torments." Amidst all these difficulties, their work still progressed ; new laborers arrived; "mira- cles were wrought," and the number of the faith- ful" was increased; till, in the 31st year of Kang- he's reign, an imperial order was obtained, declar- ing, that all the temples dedicated to the Lord of heaven, in what place soever they may be, ought to be preserved; and that we may safely permit all those who would honor this God, to enter into his temples, to offer incense to him, and to pay that worship to him, that hath hitherto been prac- tised by the Christians according to their ancient custom; so that none may, for the time to come, presume to oppose them. Such was the situation of the mission when our author closed his account. The scenes which have followed in the grand drama may come under re- view at another time. In the perusal of the book, we have found many things to admire, some va- luable hints, and a variety of sensible observations; and we cannot but regr-et that such opportunities, and such resources, should have been turned to so little advantage. There were, doubtless, engaged in the mission good men; there were certainly many zealous, devout, and sincere champions for "the fisith." But the faith for which they sought was not always—we believe it was not—the faith once delivered to the saints. While some of them doubtless, sought to extend, and establish that 268 Labors of the Missionaries. Nov. kingdom which is not of this world; others most evidently, sought for a far different kingdom, and by aspiring after secular power, which as minis- ters of Christ, they ought to have avoided, they "themselves sapped the foundations of the fabric they had erected. Intoxicated with success, they sought too much notoriety. Laying aside that hu- mility, which had at first recommended them to notice, they betrayed a lofty and imperious spirit. They supposed the favor of the sovereign the best security for their labors." They found such "weighty reasons" against publishing a complete version of the Bible, that it seemed a "rash piece of impudence" to attempt it. Thus they built upon the sand, and their ruin was inevitable. They have fallen; and their example should serve as a beacon to warn others off from like dangers, lest they also meet a similar doom. COMMUNICATIONS. LABORS OP THE MISSIONARIES.*—In No. 10 of the Foreign Quarterly Review there is an article on the progress of Chris, tianity in China, introducing a parallel in the labors of two bodies of men, between whom, neither in situation nor views, can I discover many points of similitude. While passing the highest eulogiums on the courage and perseverance of the Jesuits, in their attempts to spread the knowledge of the Christian faith, the Reviewer takes occasion to speak slightingly of similar en. deavors of Protestant missionaries, as though he considered the trifling labors of the one completely overshadowed by the important results obtained by the other. It is, however, admitted by him, that the Jesuits have colored, rather highly, the pic. tures they have drawn of the successful results of their mis. sions; and this, I believe, few will doubt. It may, therefore, perhaps, be well to inquire into these results, and then draw such inferences as may appear just. * From a Corre«poudent. 1832. Labors of the Missionaries. 269 Of all the brilliant exertions of this order, lauded as they have been,"fend indefatigable and sincere as they certainly were, what now remains? With the striking exception of the Para, guay missions, the whole of the regions visited by them, have relapsed into their ancient errors; and the enemy has regained the territory which seemed to be wrested from his dominion. The comparatively small number who, in China or Japan, yet call themselves Christians, or are, sometimes, so considered by European writers, have so mixed up some of the tenets of our holy religion with their own customs and modes of idolatry, that they may be said, in all but the name, to have relapsed into utter darkness. The reason of this change appears to tne obvious enough: the sudden advance, and as sudden decay, of Christianity in thnse regions, may, I think, be traced to the simple fact that the whole of the fabric of tlie Jesuit mis- sionaries was based on enthusiasm.—The gorgeous display, which always attended the outward observances of their wor. ship, was far better calculated to attract the attention of a people, (the whole of whose ideas of a religious worship con- sisted of ceremonies, more barbarous, though scarcely less splen- did ;) than could the plain unaffected adoration of our Maker in spirit and in truth, as inculcated by the reformed religion, which exacts conviction, full and undoubted, of the doctrines it promulgates, as essentially necessary to a belief in Chris- tianity. These remarks will not, I trust, be deemed uncharitable to- wards a body of men who, as individuals, merit the highest eulogium, and whose temporising may be excused, or palliated, when we consider the obstacles they had to encounter, and the esprit du corps by which they were influenced, inducing them to multiply the number of their converts, trusting to Providence for the sincerity, or to their future exertions, when firmly established, for a removal of the remnants of paganism, of which they could not but disapprove. But, it must not be forgotten that the same system of proselytism, which has just been alluded to, was the grand feature of all their operations in the conquered western world; the mere avowal of the Catholic faith, without inquiry as to its sincerity, or attempt to establish more than an outward recognition of that faith, being deem- ed sufficient even, when such avowal was extorted by punish. ment, and the fear of death. One of the points, most strongly urged by the reviewer is the superiority of the Catholic missionary on account of his being free from the incumbrance and cares of a family. Now, although the isolation of the one and his consequent in- dependence of action, and greater freedom from control, be admitted; yet it may be, I think, a fair subject of dispute whether this very drawback, as it may at first sight appear, be not, in reality, an advantage which places the Protestant missionary at least on a level with his Catholic brethren. From 270 Labors of the Missionaries. Nov. the notorious jealousy and dread of espionage, which present the most formidable obstacles to the admission of foreigners into the empire of the East, he is more exempt. In all parts of the globe, he, who, as Bacon expresses it, "has given hos- tages to fortune," is, necessarily, less suspected than he who comes alone, and charged only with his personal safety. If, to this, we add the less cause for jealousy or suspicion on other points, regarded by all the Orientals as of the highest impor- tance; as, also, the total absence of political intrigue which has proved the main cause of the destruction of the labors, and in later times of the very existence, of the first mentioned powerful, ambitious, and talented body, it will, I hope, be granted that (especially in a country subject to a purely des- potic government) the Protestant possesses advantages peculiarly his own. In the remarks made by the Reviewer, in depreciation of the means and objects of the Malacca college, I look in vain, for the acumen which distinguishes many of his remarks, and for the fairness which should have guided them. It will not be conceded that because the Institution puts forth no pompous pretensions, nor claims to success, beyond what may reasonably be anticipated, it is to be looked down on, or abandoned by those, who would think their support well bestowed, if they found its object starting into and claiming notoriety. The means by which good, however ar- dently desired, is to be achieved, must be taken into view; and I should be much inclined to think that more real good had been effected where one only had been (by early instruction well grounded and thoroughly understood) weaned from the idolatry of his country, than where numbers from en- thusiasm, or a mere worldly motive, abstained, for a time, from their own miscalled acts of devotion, to go through the forms and observances of Christians, while their hearts remained unconverted. A convert, in early life, is ever the most zeal- ous and the most sincere. If, in addition, we consider the advantages gained through his education, and the intimate knowledge of his countrymen which he, of necessity, possesses in a far greater degree than a stranger would ever hope to attain, the superiority of such an apostle to the heathen, over all others, will be manifest. When this subject is examined fairly, in its various bearings, the prospect of ultimate success, even though that success be but gradual, will not appear so totally against the members of the Protestant church, or so comparatively unimportant, as the Foreign Quarterly Reviewer has been erroneously led to suspect, and so unhesitatingly and, 1 think, unadvisedly, given to the world. THK. REMARKS of our correspondent seem to us very just and candid; in most of them we entirely concur, and could wish 1832. Labors of the Missionaries. 271 that, on some points, they were more extended; and we are not the less willing to give them a place in the Repository, because we suppose them to be from the pen of a member of the Catholic community. It is some time since we read the article in the Quarterly; but if we are right in our recollection, the real object of the Reviewer, not indeed his ostensible one, was to detract from the missions of the Protestant churches, generally, as they are manag- ed at the present day; and though evidently no friend to the Jesuits, or even to the Catholic community in general, yet he was willing to elevate them, if by so doing he could throw into the shade those of an opposite character. Hence he at- tempts a comparison where no similitude exists. He tasks him- self to show up the "meritorious" achievements of the Jesuits, in carrying their operations into the very heart of the Chinese empire, and of "preaching the gospel in the very teeth of the dumb idols;" he extols the zeal and indefatigable labors of R cci, Schaal, and others, bishops and vicars; makes honorable, mention of the "royal and private charity" which they enjoyed; counts the thousands and tens of thousands of their converts— but, concerning the history of the Protestant, "the story is soon told," or in other words, "there is nothing to say." There is no better way to determine the value of any system, than by observing its legitimate effects, both immediate and re- mote. So our correspondent, in order to ascertain the true cha- racter of the Catholics in China, thinks it best to inquire into the results of their labors. From the fact that so little remains of all their works, he argues, fairly, that there was a defect in their system. This, however, should be guarded; for we might ask, what now remains of the seven churches, and of others established by the apostles themselves. In reasoning on this subject we should keep constantly in mind, that man in his present fallen state, is always, until "created anew," inclined to depart from God. But this touches only a part of the difficulty. Why have not England and Scotland relapsed? The gospel once had no better footing in the British Isles than in China; and with intellectual furniture, and every kind of apparatus for the multiplication and extension of knowledge, men were never better furnished than were the early missionaries to this country. Where then was the defect? Was the zeal of the missionaries too great? Were their advances too rapid? Were Conversions more sudden and frequent than when Paul and Peter preached? The Jesuits and their coadjutors forgot that their warfare was a spiritual one,—or rather, ought to have been sucli; and hence they threw aside "the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God," armed themselves with carnal weapons, and their hosts were suddenly overthrown. We have no objection to enthusiasm in religion, any more than in mercantile, or in any other affairs; provided, neverthe- less, it be of the right kind, is according to knowledge, is only 272 Labors of the Missionaries. Nov. the vigorous exercise of an impassioned mind, panting for the attainment of high and noble objects, like those which concern man's immortal destiny This is not only allowable, but it is indispensible to great attainments. Sincerity also is necessary. It is not enough, however, that a man be sincere, as the word is often used. Paul was as sincere and as hearty before, as after his conversion; he verily thought himself in the righ!, when he was actually wrong. But all this sincerity did not render him guiltless; neither could it make the Jesuits virtuous men. When our correspondent comes to speak of sincerity as "the plain unaffected adoration of our Maker in spirit and in truth, and of the conversion of the "heart," on the one side; and on the other, of the system of prosclytism, and out. ward recognition of the faith prompted by fear of punishment and even death; we then have the subject in plain terms, and see not a parallel, but rather a contrast. We do not doubt that there were good men among the Jesuits, and those who labored with them in China; great numbers of them died for their religion; and, if nmoo^ all that was wrong in their conduct and views, "we can discover spirits so pure and ele. vated as those of Fenelon and Pascal, we think there is great reason to believe, that the commanding features of the revealed religion, rendered doubly impressive by their novelty, might produce the most salutary effects on their converts." But they failed where all are in danger of failing; they failed in giving to those who were perishing for lack of vision, the pure light of revealed truth—the HOLY BIBLE; and, con- sequontly, they failed to employ the best possible means for inducing their pupils and others within their influence, to ex. ercise repentance towards God, and faith in Jesus Christ, and of establishing them on that rock that can never be moved. Had Vorbiest, instead of furnishing for his majesty 300 pieces of artillery, opened the batteries of the press; had he removed the "weighty reasons" for not publishing, what Jesus has commanded his followers to publish, and distributed freely and extensively, through all tho provinces of China, the Word of life; then, doubtles?, a foundation had been laid, and a superstructure raised, more strong and enduring than the ever, lasting hills, against which neither imperial edicts, nor the "gates of hull" could have prevailed. As a general rule, and one which should have but few exceptions, the missionary should, we think, he one who has "given husta'if-s to fortune."—The advan'ago of early inslructing heathen children in the Scriptures, cannot be overrated. We pin our faith on no man's sleeve. When we recommend the Bible, we do it on the convictions of our own hearts; nevertheless we are willing to back our opinion by the testimony of such men as Bacon, and Milton, and Hale, and Boyle, and Locke, and sir William Jones. 1832. Labors of the Mistionariea. 273 Lord Bacon toys; "There never was found, in any age of the world, either philosopher, or sect, or law, or discipline, which did so highly exalt the public good as the Christian faith." John Milton, the immortal poet.—"There are no songs comparable to the Songs of Zion, no orations equal to those of the Prophets, and no politics like those which the Scrip- tures teach." Sir Matthew Hale.—" There is no book like the Bible, for excellent wisdom, learning, and use." The Honorable Robert Boyle.—"It is a matchless volume; it is impossible we can study it too much, or esteem it too highly." John Locke.—To a person who asked this profound thinker, which was the shortest and surest way for a young gentle, man to attain to the true knowledge of the Christian religion, in the full and just extent of it, he replied, "Let him study the Holy Scriptures, especially the New Testament; therein are contained the words of eternal life. It has God for its Author, salvation for its end, and truth, without any mixture of error, for its matter." Sir William Jones.—The following words were written with his own hand in his Bible;—"I have carefully and regularly perused these Holy Scriptures, and am of opinion, that the volume, independently of its divine origin, contains' more sublimity, purer morality, more important history, and finer strains of eloquence, than can be collected from all other books, in whatever language they may have been written." Beyond all controversy, the Bible is the noblest instrument that can be employed, not only for moral, but for intellectual cultivation. For personal and national defence also, it is bet. ter than swords and ramparts. But language fails us on this subject; we can find no terms which will express the greatness of its value: and we can only say that all other books of his. tory, philosophy, and politics, are poor indeed, and worthless in comparison with the living oracles of God. A glory gilds the sacred page, Majestic like the sun; It gives a light to every age, It gives—but borrows none. The Hand that gave it still supplies The gracious light and heat; His truths upon the nations rise, They rise, but never set. Let everlasting thanks be thine, For such a bright display, As makes a world of darkness shine, With beams of heavenly day. zi 274 The Budhism of Siam. Nov. THE BUDHISM OF SIAM.*—Budhism appears, of late, to have attracted, very much, the attention of scholars in Europe, Though this far extended superstition is found, in the several countries which have adopted it, under a variety of forms and local peculiarities; yet there are certain general charac- teristics which render it at all times easily recognizable, as originally the same, in all countries where it has prevailed. But to trace its nature from the works, almost innumer- able, which have been written on Budhism, in the Bali or Pali language, is perfectly impossible: for with no religious creed has such extravagant and incomprehensible language been employed, in the delineation of its dogmas,—language which can convey to the reader's mind nothing but confusion. So long, indeed, as these voluminous writings confine them- selves to the delightful regions of Magadha or South Bahar, (the birth-place of Budha,) they are intelligible; but as soon as they ascend to the celestial regions, and the Budhistic pa- radise,—or launch into the unfathomable depths of the me- tempsychosis, and the innumerable Kalpas, the reader is lost in a chaos of unmeaning words, or of the grossest absurdities. The 'restorer of the peace and happiness of mankind,' in Siam is Sommona Kodom, who is said to have been born at Ceylon, or Lanka, as their sacred books call it. This in- dividual was the founder of Budhism in Laos, Cambodia, and S am. Whether he was a disciple of Budha himself, I have never been able to make out. His life is described as a series of the most benevolent actions;—he bestowed alms upon all who asked them; and he even went so far as to kill his own fa- mily, in order to feed the priests. Not satisfied with these outward actions, he practiced habitual mortification of his body by fasting and prayer; whereby he acquired a fame for sanc- tity, and great renown amongst all his cotemporaries. In con- sequence of this great sanctity, he obtained power to work miracles, and to assume whatever size and stature he pleased. At one time, he appeared a mighty colossus; at another, he became so diminutive as scarcely to be perceptible. Things past, present, and to come, were all open before him. With the swiftness of thought he could transport himself from one place to another. Great were his exploits,—incontrovertible his power! But, after the performance of so many great and wonderful actions, he died in a fit of anger for having eaten pork. After death, he advanced to the highest state of hap. piness,—annihilation, while at the same time he remains the great benefactor of all that moves on earth. Another Sommona Kodom is yet to come, who will perfect the work of his predecessor, and restore eternal peace; after which all will move on, in unceasing metamorphosis, till the whole be swallowed up in annihilation. • liv Rev. Charles Gutzlaff. 1832. The Budhism of Siam. 275 Such is the hero of Siamese Budhology. His votaries are very numerous. They have taken possession of the fat of the land. They live in a state of celibacy. Their houses, not dis. similar to cells, are built in the neighborhood of their temples or pagodas. The greater part of the day they spend in idle- ness; but towards evening, as the sun goes down, they assem- ble to recite their vespers. The dawn of the morning calls them to the exercise of their mendicant functions, when they are accompanied by their disciples, carrying a large basin for the reception of food. They stop before every house, and receive from the inmates boiled rice, vegetables, and meat. With these supplies, they hasten homewards. As the food they receive is more abundant than they themselves can con. sume, they feed, with the remainder, poor people and ani- imils. Being the only instructors of youth, they usually have some boys as their pupils, who at the same time, act as their servants. The houses built for these priests, or talapoys, are far better even than those of the inferior nobility. Thus, while nominally they have retired from the world, and renounced its pleasures, they are in reality far more comfortable than those who continue in the exercise of worldly business, laboring for such a numerous host of idlers. Priests are present at all the religious ceremonies of the Siamese. They also repair to the houses of individuals, to recite prayers, and to initiate children into the duties of the world—which is considered a peculiar ceremony. In all res- pectable families, there is, at stated periods, a species of prayer meetings, or domestic services. On these occasions, a talapoy attends to recite prayers; which he reads, in a monoto- nous singing tone, from a Pali work. During this time, his auditors all remain in a kneeling posture. When he perceives that they have become tired or drowsy, he ends the service, and is then regaled with food; after which the assembly dis- perses. But the principal duty of a talapoy is to learn the Pali language. A few only acquire such a knowledge of it as to understand even the easiest works which it contains. The major part are satisfied when they can read it fluently. The Siamese nuns are generally old, decrepit females, who act as the servants of the talapoys. They are treated with very great contempt, and do not exercise any religious functions. The vows of a talapoy are not binding. He may enter, leave, and re-enter the priesthood, at pleasure. Those, how- ever, who have attained a high rank in the priesthood, find it difficult to leave their elevated stations, and descend again to the commonalty. On account of the great sanctity which attaches to the life of a priest, all the male population enter the priesthood for a time; nor are even the princes exempt from this duty. As may be supposed, these novices are not very exact in the performance of the duties required of them. And after having learned a little Pali, they enter again into 276 Remarks on the Nov. the world. A talapoy is not amenable to the laws. If he has committed a crime, he must be secularized, before he can be punished. Even the king is required to pay his respects to these hierarchs, and to hear their exhortations in the most humble posture. A few of the maxims to be observed by the Siamese priest, hood are here subjoined. "Dig not the earth whereby that element is greatly insult- ed; which should rest undisturbed." "Neither sit nor sleep in so high a place as that of your superiors."—The principal etiquette of the talapoys, as well as of the whole nation, is in the manner of sitting. Inferiors must crouch down before their superiors, while the latter occu. py the first and most elevated seat. "A tnlapoy who rides on a horse or an elephant, or who is carried in a palanquin, sins." He must avoid being bur- densome to either beast or tree. "A talapoy, who eats anything that has life, sins." Even the kernels of fruits are included in the catalogue of prohibi. tions. The priests themselves cannot boil rice, for the grain is said to have life. Hence it is either given to them boiled, or their servants prepare it for them. "A talapoy, who uses shoes that cover his heels, sins." Hence they wear sandals. "A talapoy, who does not eat with crossed legs, sins." This is their general mode of sitting, as well when reciting prayers, as when—in the state of apathy which their law directs them to attain to—they are engaged in religious contemplations. REMARKS ON THE CORISAN LANGUAGE.*—The civilization and literature of the greater part of eastern Asia originated in China. In China, first, characters were formed to express ideas; in Chi- na, sages and lawyers lived and taught; and from China, the other nations received their civil in- stitutions. Corea, Japan, the Lewchew islands, Cochinchina, and Tungking were successively re- claimed from barbarism. When these several na- tions adopted the Chinese mode of writing, they introduced also the original sounds of the charac- ters; but as their organs of spech differed wide- ly from those of the Chinese, they were either unable to pronounce them correctly, or they con- founded them with similar sounds in their own By Rev. Charles GiitiUfT. 1032. Corcan Language. 277 language, which were more familiar to their ears. We find, therefore, a great variety in the pronun- ciation of the Chinese characters, among all the nations who have adopted them as their medium of writing; yet, even in this variety, there is a striking analogy with the pronunciation of the Chinese character in the court dialect, which is the true standard. The more literature advanced, the more com- mon the use of such phrases in the colloquial dia- lects became. Thus, though the spoken languages of the nations by whom Chinese characters were adopted, at first widely differed from the Chi- nese, yet they gradually became assimilated,—just as, by the adoption of Latin words and phrases among the barbarians who overthrew the Roman empire, their native tongue was gradually chang- ed into a Latinized jargon or patois. Nevertheless, the Chinese characters, when merely read over, were unintelligible to an illiterate native, unless properly explained in his native tongue; though the sounds were not entirely foreign to his ear. Thus two languages arose, one merely expressive of the sounds of the written characters, the other expressive of the ideas uttered. For the latter, the natives of the respective countries abovenam- ed, invented alphabets, strictly adapted to their own organs of speech.—These general remarks apply fully to the Corean language. Though the majority of the inhabitants know how to read the Chinese written language, they have, neverthelss, for greater convenience, adopt- ed an alphabet suited peculiarly to their own tongue, similar in theory to the Japanese syllabic system. The formation ofthe alphabetic characters is extremely simple, but at the same time very ingenious. There are fifteen general sounds or consonants; which, with their characters, are, "J ka, L, na, £ ta, & nal, £J mah, £J pah> A tsa> 4 a> (or gna)> 278 Remarks on the Nov. y? tsha, ^ cha, ~Z\ k'ha, £ t'ha, j£ p'ha, •& ha, £ wa. These fifteen being joined, as initials, to the vowels and diphthongs, form a syllabary of one hundred and sixty-eight different combinations. The following are the eleven vowels viz. |~. a, |^ ya, |- 6, £ yo, _L oh, ^£ yoh, "f oo, TT yoo, — ii | e, a. The consonants appear often to change their pronunciation considerably; and the vowels sometimes do the same, but more slightly. This is generally, if not at all times, for the sake of euphony. The Corean language, like other languages of eastern Asia, has neither declension nor conjuga- tion. It agrees exactly with the Chinese, so far as regards position, as a substitute for inflection. The pronunciation of the Chinese characters has been so completely mixed up with the original language of the country, that the present spoken language consists in great part of composite words, in which the words of both languages are united to express one single idea. Hence the language is extremely verbose. At first sight, it appears to differ widely from the Chinese, and to bear a greater resemblance to the Mantchou, but on near- er inspection, the reverse is found to be true. The Chinese has been so thoroughly interwoven with it, and so fully moulded according to the organs of the natives, that one may trace the meaning of whole sentences, after having been somewhat ac- customed to the sounds wherewith the natives read the Chinese characters. The resemblance between the Corean and Ja- panese languages is very striking. The Coreans study euphony to excess, and often omit or insert a letter to effect it. We may call the Corean a very expressive language, it is neither too harsh nor too soft. The Chinese language is sometimes un- intelligible to foreigners, because it contains a great many sounds, which are only half pronounced ; while 'ho Corean is full and sonorous, and may be easily 18S2. Corean Language. 279 understood. The Coreans confound, interchange, and transpose the letters /, m, », and r. As they are a very grave people, they pronounce their lan- guage with peculiar emphasis. Their language is expressive, not on account of the great number of ideas which they can convey through this medium, for the natives are poor in thoughts, but because of its sonorous nature. We meet in it all the terms for abstract ideas which the Chinese language con- tains; but for many of those ideas, they have no- thing more than the sound of the Chinese charac- ters, and not an original word. It is remarkable, that not only the Chinese, but also the nations who have received their civilization from them, have taken the utmost pains to cultivate the Chinese language. To encourage the study thereof, it has been made a duty, incumbent on all who aspire to literary honors, and thereby to office in the government, to know that language thorough- ly. This sems to be no less the case in Corea, than in the other Chinese language nations; and hence it is that the Chinese character is so gener- ally understood in a country which, in civilization, is far inferior to China, as it is also to Japan. We have not been able to ascertain whether there exists, among the Coreans, a variety of dialects; this we can only suppose to be the case from the nature of their language. We endeavored to obtain some native books ; but in this we failed ; and in- deed, we were not allowed even to have a sight of them. The books which have, by way of Japan, fallen into the hands of Europeans, are almost the same as the Japanese; and are interspersed with explanations of the most difficult passages. The Coreans with whom we came in contact were acquainted with the Chinese classical books: and this seemed to be the extent of their knowledge; hence we may very safely conclude, that the Co- reans possess scarcely any works, except those which they have received from China. 280 Miscellanies. Nov. MISCELLANIES. UNIVERSAL PEACE.—Mr. Editor; As you avow yourself a friend of peace; and, as you are, I trust, a soldier of the Prince of Peace; I beg leave to recommend to the perusal of your readers a sermon intended to prove, from the word of God, that a period of our world will arrive in which Universal Peace shall prevail among all nations. This sermon is the sixth in a volume of discourses, by the late Dr. B;>gue on the Millennium. He rests his proof, of course, on the Divine Tes- timony. To those who object, "How can these things be?" he opposes simply this reason, "The mouth of the Lord of Hosts hatli spoken it."—" They shall beat their swords into ploughshares, and their spears into pruning-hooks; nation shall not lift up sword against nation; neither shall they learn war any more." Whence come wars and fightings? From men's lusts and passions, pride, anger, covetousness, revenge, (fee. But the Gospel, when understood, believed, and practiced, makes men humble, just, patient, forgiving, contented. Suppose then the principles of the gospel universal, that which is now regarded as an impossibility would follow as a natural consequence; and the class of fighting Christians would become extinct. S. H. ANGER, indignation, haired, and revenge, are words of rather ominous import. We mean, nt present to make a few re- marks on the first. Anger—according to Locke, as quoted by Johnson—is "uneasiness or discomposure of the mind, upon the receipt of any injury, with a present purpose of revenge." The etymology of the English word anger is not well ascer. tained. Some think it from the Latin ango, "constrained, vexed;" or from the Greek opyr], meaning, "to desire eagerly or ear. nestly;" for says Theodoret, the angry person eagerly desires to be revenged of his enemy. Aristotle says, "anger is v<- hement desire accompanied with grief." The Stoics defined it «a desire of punishing him who seems to have hurt us in a manner he ought not." The Latin etymologists derive their word for anger, from urendo, "hent and burning." The He. hrews, from breathing strongly and quickly; snuffing with the nostrils &c.; because in anger, animals, both brutes and human' beings, are much affected in their breathing. The 1832. Miscellanies. 281 common expression in Chinese for becoming angry, viz., sang ke, "producing breath," has the same allusion as the Hebrew, to the effects of that passion. For anger, the Chinese also use the word noo, which has a different allusion. According to the Imperial Dictionary, the character is composed of a cross- bow and heart; because, it says, in anger, the eyes and face are distended like a bent bow; and it is then the heart should regulate the passions. Confucius in the Chung Yung, or Constant Medium, makes noo, anger or displeasure, the opposite of he, satisfied, well- pleased. And in this connection, anger is no more a vice than its opposite)! being well pleased. It is in this sense that anger exists in virtuous minds. The definitions given by Locke and the Stoics describe anger in a malicious mind. And, no doubt, all the natural passions differ in their exercise according to the state of mind, whether virtuous or vicious, of the agent. Our blessed Saviour himself. looked round on a number of philosophistical cavilers, with "anger, being grieved for the hardness of their hearts." (Mark 3. 5.) But anger is a passion so easily carried to excess, to the injury both of one's self and others, that it is very difficult to "be angry and not sin." (Eph. 4. 26.) Some there are, indeed, who seem to think that a Christian should never be angry. Liberal sceptics especially think that he has betrayed his own cause, when he expresses displeasure or indignation against the enemies of Divine Truth. They assume that Christian meekness and humility, require the extinction of anger. They wish to treat Christianity as a mean-spirited imbecile superstition. And hence, often, instead of replying to the arguments of their Christian opponents, they begin to lec- ture them on their temper—their want of meekness: and, in- deed, every one who is '• reproved sharply,"—or even bluntly and softly—does not easily yield. Still it is the Christian's duty to be displeased with all vice and impiety, and to bear his testimony in distinct and pointed language against them. But in all this there should he no desire of revenge. No! far from it. The only revenge he should seek, is to see the repen- tance and salvation of his fellow sinners. Dean Stanhope says, "Anger is a passion which is capable of serving excellent purposes, when managed with sobriety and discretion; and which the honor of God, the reverence due to the laws, the love of virtue, or the protection of good men, may make not only innocent, but necessary and commend- able. Thus Moses was exceedingly provoked, and his 'anger waxed hot' at the molten calf which the Israelites had made, (o dishonor God and themselves in the wilderness. And our blessed Saviour, the perfect pattern of meekness and patience, is said not only to have been grieved, but to have looked upon the Pharisees with anger, because of the hardness of their hearts." (Mant's Bible.) •• J '282 Miscellanies. Nov. Scot!, the commentator, says on Mils passage,—"Our Lord's angi-r was not only not sinful, but it was a holy in. dignation, u perfectly right stole of heart, and the want of it would have been a sinful defect. It would show a want of filial respect and affection, for a son to hear, without emotion, his father's character unjustly aspersed. Would it not then bo a want of due reverence for God to hear his name bins- phemed without feeling and expressing an indignant disappro- bation?" It is here, we apprehend, that Christians are, gene, rally, defective. They are quick enough to feel what crosses their own humors, or hurts their own persons; and are too soon rnndo angry on such accounts; while they can witness with indfl'erenco the conduct of the wicked, or hear without indignation the language of the impious. A book that amuses in some parts, though filled with irreligion and impiety in others, will be spoken of even with complacency. In such <:;iscs the want of feeling a righteous indignation does not speak much in favor of the state of one's own heart. It is then, however, that there is the least danger of sinful anger; or, as Matthew Llonry quaintly expresses it,—"The way to bo ari'*rv and not sin, is to be angry with nothing but sin." Although xre have written so much in favor of anger, that iT> _ ;—. J lias a just cause, is not carried to excess, nor continued uk with the civi- lized and Christian nations of the earrh. Our latest accounts from the Isl nds are to Sept. 16th; by wh ch we loam, that the vari. ous Improvements which havu 284 Nov. Religious Intelligence. been commenced, continue to progress; and that a deputation had been sent to the Marque, sas, and the Society islands, with a view to promote be- nevolent operations there. The reinforcement arrived at the Is- lands on the 17th of last May; the annual meeting of the mis- sionaries was held immediately afterwards; fifty-two were pres- ent, five only being absent. At the solemnities of the sacra- ment, 4000 natives were present, of whom 300 were communi- cants, and partook of the sacred embleVns of our Lord's death. Kaahumanu, regent, died on the 5th of June; her biography, it is expected, will be published. In regard to the charges which have been brought a- fniiist the missionaries at the andwich and South Sea is- lands, by Kotzebue and others, we are glad to see the mild, candid, and completely tri- umphant vindication which has been published by Mr Ellis. BOMBAY.—We have letters from Bombay and Belgaum to about the middle of last Aug. From one dated at the latter place, we have interesting par- ticulars concerning the progress of truth at Poonah. Not long ago, the government would not admit missionaries into that place ; ami a quantity of tracts, which were sent thither for distribution, were "seized by the magistrate there, and for- warded to the government at Bombay, who wrote to the mis- sionaries, prohibiting their send- ing any more. The persons, who took the tracts for distri. bution were marched out of Poonah under guard-" Now, there are two mission- aries seated in that very place; others are at stations more in the interior; and still others, at other places in the vicinity; "and within the last two or three years several missionary tours have been taken in various directions; the tidings of salva- tion proclaimed in the name of the Lord Jesus, and portions of Scriptures and Tracts widely distributed. Thus the good seed of the everlasting Gospel has begun to be sown in these parts, and means are using daily, for the still more general diffusion of the knowledge of Christianity. "It remains for us to perse- vere in labour, and to be earn- est in prayer for a blessing from above, so that the seed may take root, spring up and bear fruit to the glory of God in the conversion and salvation of immortal souls. He who has thus opened a wide field for labors, removed every obstacle to the free communication of his Word, who has raised up and sent forth the laborers into the field, doubtless, can and will in his rich mercy, and by the power of his Spirit, cause the work to prosper. "His holy word sent forth, shall fly the spacious earth around; and every soul beneath the aky shall hear the joyful sound." —Yea; not only hear, but the idols shall be banished—they shall be cast away as unpro- fitable things. Idolatry shall be abolished, and all the inhabi- tants of the earth shall come under the dominion of Christ, and unite in ascribing to him power, and glory, and crown Him Lord of all." 1833. 285 Literary Notices. L.ITERARY NOTICES. THE CATECHISM of the Sha- mans; or the laws and regula- tions of the priesthood of Budha in China; translated from the Chinese original, with notes and illustrations. By CHARLES FRIED. NMUMANN. 8vo. pp. 152. Lon- don; Printed for the Oriental Translation Fund, and sold by J. Murray, &c. 1831. THIS work is dedicated to sir George Staunton, Bart, "with profound respect and esteem," by the translator. Sir George is, we believe, one of the most per- severing patrons of Chinese li- terature in Great Britain. And we have heard that he is par- ticularly attentive to continental poor scholars in general, and to sinologues in particular. Of our friend Neumann, too, we cannot but speak in the lan- guage of unaffected respect and regard: although we cannot praise him for perfect accuracy, nor yield entire submission to all his German theories. We remember him very well, and always enjoyed his discursive conversation on all subjects, excepting "peculs and catties," to which he had a great aver- sion. We avow ourselves Neu- mann's friends, but that shall not prevent our telling him, and the world, (we mean the Chi- nese reading world—a very small portion of mankind,) what we think of his "Catechism." In the first place, we object that he has not told us what in the original, is the name of the book he has translated. We looked over his pamphlet, as critics do, once, and again, and a third time, and after all could find no native name to his ca- techism. We found, very easi- ly, what he calls "The Brevi- ary of the Shamans," because he gave the name of it both in Chinese and English, "Sha mnn Jih jung;"—but here, as well as in many other places, he is careless and erroneous in his Chinese spelling; his jung, should be yung; and in other places, his chung should be chwang, &c., &c. However these are little faults. We have, by search found out his original, the name of which is Sha-me leuh-e, yaou leo, "an Epitome of the most important prohibitions and regulations for Shamans." Our copy is the Chung kan, a new edition; and it contains, tsang choo yuen Tee so yen— "additional comments, with mi- nute explanations of the causes and rise of things" (or phrases). This is probably the same edition that the Professor had; but why he has called the ten prohibitory precepts, and twen- ty-four regulations for personal 286 Nov. Literary Notices. conduct,—intended, as is said in the book itself, to give dig- nily and inspire respect,—" A Catechism," we do not know. There is nothing of the cate- chetical form in the composi- tion. Indeed, we have never seen that form used in any Chinese hook. The ten pre- rcpts in Mr. N.'s translation are thus arranged. 1. Thou shalt not kill any living creature. 2. Thou shalt not steal. 3. Thou shalt not be lewd. 4. Thou shalt not do wrong by thy mouth. 5. Thou shalt not drink strong liquors. 6. Thou shall not perfume the hair on the top of thy head ; thou shalt not paint thy body. 7. Thou shalt not behold or hear songs, and panto- mimes, and plays; nor shalt thou perform thyself. 8. Thou shalt not sit or He on a high and large couch. 9. Thou shalt not eat after the time. 10. Thou shalt not have in thy private possession ci- ther a metal figure (an idol), or gold, or silver, or any valuable thing. Such is the decalogue of the Shamans! The original ex- pressions are more simple than the translation of Mr. N. Ho has, unnecessarily, added ihnu to each interdict to make it road like the Decalogue of Moses: as in other places, he very erroneously applies Chris- tian names to what differs mate- rially from the Christian sense, and so blinds his own under- standing, and throws dust in the eyes of others, to give color to his own sceptical theories; such as that, all religions are alike; and to the philosopher all are equally untrue. In this way he uses Scripture, church, clergy, &c.; and says first, that Budhism is like Roman Ca- tholicism; and next, that it is the Lutheranism of the Hindoo church; whilst another Indian sect is its Calvinism; and a third its Socinianism. He might, with as much philosophical ac- curacy, say that every brute biped is like man, because it has feet, and body, head, eyes, mouth, and ears ;—which cer- tainly indicate a great deal of similarity. How can a system which talks of Deity as being "nihilily" "a something-no- thing, or a nothing-something," &c., be compared to anything, either Jewish or Christian! The Chinese wording of the first five interdicts is thus; 1. Puh sha sang, "Do not kill sentient beings." 2. Puh taou, " Do not steal." 3. Puh yin, "Do not marry." 4. Puh war.g yu, "Speak not falsely." 5. Puh yin tsew, "Drink not wine." The third interdicts to the Shamans all sexual intercourse; and these precepts are for (he priests, and not for the people, therefore Mr. N.'s translation is wrong. The word he has trans- lated lewd is explained as we have now given it. The Con- fucianists often laugh at the Buiulists for interdicting mar- riage; which seems to have in- duced the commentator to add 1832. 287 Literary Notices. a note, saying, that this third precept does not apply to those who live at home, in the same sense. It only interdicts those not included among wives and concubines. The fourth inter- dict forbids, not only saying what is false, but also all bad language calculated to corrupt or injure others; scolding, tale- bearing, &c. The twenty-four "insipid regulations," as Mr. Neumann calls them, which form the second book of his Catechism, are divided into sections which are numbered. We subjoin the heads of the chapters,—" in- tended to give dignity and inspire respect." 1. Respect to be paid to the great Shamans. 2. Duties to a teacher (or guru). 3. On going out with a mas- ter. 4. Behavior in public, and 5. At the public table. 6. Concerning the perform- ance of worship. 7. On hearing the law. 8. On studying the sacred Books. 9. On entering the halls of a monastery. 10. Concerning behavior, on entering the hall for wor- ship. 11. On the transaction of business. 12. On bathing. 13. On entering a privy. 14. On sleeping. 15. On sitting round a fire. Ki. On behavior in the sleep- ing room. 17. On visiting a nunnery. M. On "uing to people's 19. On begging for food. 20. On going among the multitude. 21. On going to the market, 22. In nothing, to act for one's self, but to ask per- mission. 23. On going to a distance, or traveling. 24. Concerning utensils and vestments. Under these twenty-four heads or chapters are many things silly, trivial, mean, and dis- gusting; neither conferring dig- nity, nor respectability on the contrivers or performers. Such as;—you must not call a great Shaman by his name; you must not listen by stealth to a great Sharnan explaining the law; you must not speak of his faults; you must not sit, but rise up when you see a great Shaman passing by; you must not enter the master's door with- out thrice making a noise by smacking your fingers; you shall look upon a fioshang priest as if you saw Budha him- self; when you wash your face you must not use much water; you must not blow your nose, nor spit in a temple, in clean rooms, or on the clean ground, or in clean water; you must not laugh much; if you do hiugh aloud or yawn, you must hide your mouth with your sleeve; must not form a friendship with a young Shaman boy; whenever you close your han,!s in prayer you must not let your ten fingers be in disorder; must not put your fingers in your nose; when hearing the law, you must not spit nor cough aloud; you must not Mow tho dust oil' tin: saciod hooks wUh your 288 Nov. Literary Notices. breath; for in the first place, the breath stinks; and in the second place, it shows want of respect; you must not study books of divination, of physiog- nomy, of medicine, of drawing lots, of astronomy, of geogra- phy, of charms, of alchemy, or any magic arts; you must not study poetry; you must not take hold of sacred books with dirty hands; before sacred books you must consider yourself in the presence of Budha, and not joke or laugh. Such is a specimen of this religion of reason, and the rules of a Shaman monastery. We will not conduct our readers to the bath, and some other places alluded to above, in the heads of chapters. Prof. N. has, in general, given the sense of the original; we have observed a few places, however, where he has mis- taken it. As for example, in page 109, on hearing the law, the original reads, Puh tih we hwuy, ching hwuy; juh puh chuh kow, "you must not when you don't understand, say, you do understand; and what enters the e;ir, (instantly) utter with the mouth." This Mr. N. trans, lates, thus, " All that enters into your ear, shall not indiscrim- inately pass out of your muoth; you shall not say what should not be stated before the congre- gallon." Here the sense of the whole paragraph is lost, and he has introduced "a congrega- tion;" whereas there is proper- ly no such thing as a congre- gation in the whole system. The persons present are all priests and pupils. Mr. N. has taken a sense of hwuy which does not apply here. Morrison (4560) defines it « to unite; to assemble; an association ;" thus far congregation would do. But he gives below what shows that hwuy also means to unite thoughts; to associate ideas; to understand. One of Morri- son's examples is, hwuy tso, to know or understand how to do a thing. In page 147 also, the Prof, has quite mistaken the sense. The original reads, yuan king, yaou ked ledng pang—" When traveling to a distance, you must avail yourself of the com- pany of a virtuous friend; Koo jin sin te we tung, puh yuen tseen le kew sze, the "an- cients, when the ground of the heart did not understand; did not regard a thousand le (miles), as too great a distance to go and seek for a teacher." Of this, Mr. N. gives the follow, ing version. "With regard to traveling for visiting a friend who lives far distant, our forefa- thers formed different opinions; —but this is certain, you should not ask the master for pennis- sion if your friends or parents live farther off" than a thousand le." This is blundering with a Vengeance. The phrase, "puh yuen tseen le," seems to have puzzled the Professor; verbal- ly " not distance thousand le,"— but the word distance is used as a verb, or to consider as distant. Mencius has the same expression. The king said to the philosopher, Sow, puh yuen tseen le urh lae—Venerable Sir, you having not thought a thou- sand miles too great a distance to come hither, &c. We shall notice only one more pliice in which the translator s his readers. See page J832. 289 Literary Notices. 78, the tenth law; "Thou shalt not have in thy private possession either a meted figure (an idol), or gold, or silver, or any valuable thing." The metal figure (an idol) is a perfectly erroneous translation. The two words "sang se'dng," which Prof. N. takes for a metal fi- gure, would in the Chinese ori- ginal, seem to mean a living im- age; but they are explained to be used for some foreign words that crept into the text in passing from India; and the next two words kin yin, gold and silver, are given to explain the sense of sang se'dng: so that the metal figure, (an idol), should be blotted out of the translation. The original is, "Do not grasp hold of gold, or silver, or any precious thing." Idolatry is not at all interdicted in the Gate. chism of the Shamans. Thus we have taken a hasty survey of our friend's book. In the conclusion, he thanks the British residents in China, ge- nerally, for their kindness to him: and mentions the names of Mr. Dent, and Dr. Morrison in particular. He is not so po- lite to the Chinese, whom he designates "self-conceited and semi-barbarous," and thinks that a civilized and warlike na- tion must "necessarily, in spite of itself, extend its empire over them." We for ourselves po- sitively disclaim the wish for any other conquest than that of truth over error. In closing this article, we have to record, with deep regret, the death of the respectable oriental scholar and sinologue, M. Abel-Remusat. He is cut off" in the midst of his labors to elu- cidate the subject of Budhism. K.k THE Divine Autliority and Perpetual Obligation of the Lord's Day. By DANIEL WIL- SON., M. A. Vicar. London; 1831. pp. 206. A COPY of this excellent lit- tle book, and one only, so far as we know, has reached Chi- na. It is from the pen of that eminent servant of Christ, whose name appears above, as vicar of Islington; but who is now Dr. Wilson, the lord-bishop of Calcutta. The work con- sists of seven sermons, prefac- ed by a pastoral address to the inhabitants of the parish of Islington. Tiie whole is dedi- cated to the bishop of London, who has distinguished himself as the advocate of the Sabbath, in opposition to the archbishop of Dublin, who has, we think, erred egregiously, by pleading for its abolition, under the Chris- tian dispensation. The bishop maintains that, although subordinate matters concerning the Sabbath of the Jews, and Lord's t day of the Christians, have been disput- ed, it has, in every age, pince creation was finished, been a fundamental point, that there should be a day of religious exercise and holy rest, after six days' work. And that the "whole church of Christ, in the proper sense of that term," has maintained this great doc- trine. In studying the subject, Dr. Wilson has omitted no author of any note, belonging to any nation or any church. He is obliged to dissent from emi- nent writers of his own church, the famous and elegant bishop Taylor; Drs. Ogden and Paley; 290 Nov. Literary Notices. archbishop Brumhall, ;md (hi: present archbishop of Dublin, dec.; and he joins with the nonconformist Dr. Owen, who lived in the times of Cromwell; with Jonathan Edwards of New England, who has " defended," the bishop adds, "the change of the Sabbath from the last to the first day of the week, in his own lucid and convincing way." "Dr. Dwight, continues the bishop, as well as his illustri- ous countryman, Edwards, has honored the American school of theology—rapidly rising into importance—with a most con- vincing and able discussion of the question, in all its branches, both theoretical and practical. This perhaps forms the best of our modern treatises; though it would be unjust to Dr. Hum- phreys of Amherst college, to withhold a tribute of praise from his excellent essays." Dr. Wilson thinks the best single sermons, in a practical point of view, on this important subject, are those of dean Mil- ner, archdeacon Pott, and Dr. Chalmers "of the Presbyte- rian church in Scotland;" "the last is in the most powerful and awakening manner of its au- thor, and of itself settles the question." Thus liberal is our author in giving praise where he thinks praise to be due. The train of argument pur. sued by the bishop is, that the Sabbath was appointed by di- vine command as issued in Paradise; republished in the decalogue or moral law ; enforc- ed by the prophets: recognized and vindicated by the Lord of the Sabbath, and his Apostles; and received, and acknowledged in the primitive, and every suc- ceeding age of the church. Thus far Dr. Wilson avoids mentioning the authority of the church of England, in re- ference to her own members; but in an appendix he states what that is, according to her Jixed formularies; and takes oc- casion to reprove the Rev. Mr. Fellowes, "a clergyman high in station, who, notwithstanding the articles, liturgy and homi- lies of his church, has attempt- ed, in order to support his non-observance of the Lord'* day, to sweep away the ten commandments altogether." In conclusion, we might be asked, 'How comes it to pass that the Chinese have lost the knowledge of the Sabbath? which we would answer by asking another question, How comes it to pass that the Chi. nese have lost the knowledge of God himself, and of creation, as well as of the Sabbath? We suppose that an objector would not infer from this fact, that there was no Almighty Creator, though he would have us infer that there was not, originally, any Sabbath. We sincerely wish the bishop of Calcutta would reprint his very seasonable book; and let it he circulated widely through- out the East. * We observe with pleasure, that throughout hid work, the bishop prefers the Old Testament term, Sabb'itfi, and the Nexv Testament one, Lord's day. We have not noticed anywhere that he uses the word Sunday, except when, by way of reproof, hv speaks of "Sunday recreations, i lu- Sun- day n«wspap«r«," &c. 1832. 291 Journal of Occurrences. JOURNAL, OF OCCURRENCES. I.KKNCIIOW.—On the 10th instant, reports reached Canton from go- vernor Loo at Legnchow, saying that the mountaineers had broken forth again in all directions, plundering, and murdering the people. He-ng&n the imperial commissioner ordered two forts to be built, on two com- manding hills, to awe those who had recently been in rebellion. But the highlanders waited till the commis- sioners had set off for Peking, and the troops were withdrawn to Can- ton, when they assembled, and attack- ed the workmen; and, after putting them to death, laid their works in ruins. It is further rumored, that a large party of banditti in the neighborhood of Shanchow, a little to the eastward of the late scat of the insurrection, have commenced resistance to government, under the appellation of the Yangtee'- fan association; or "the iron.bar po- litical union." On the 2Gth, it was reported (hat governor Loo had sent lo the foo- yuen for the wang-ling, or royal or- der in his keeping, that he might put. to immediate death three hundred members of the Triad Society, whom he has sei7ed at the hills. It is his pur- pose not to leave one of them alive. DECAPITATION, &c.—On the 22d instant, seven rncn, and on the 25th, several more were beheaded, at the usual place of execution in Clinton. In a former number we mentioned the decipitalion of seventeen individuals. These executions are performed in the mr>st public manner, and are of very frequent occurrence, amounting to many hundreds and some say from one to two thousand annually; they are noticed, in the court circular, in the most summary mtnner. With- out evon mentioning the names or the number of criminals, it is simply •laled, keut fan jin peih: «uch and such officers reported that, "the exe. cut ion of the criminals was completed." The design of such exhibitions, «o far as they are intended to be a terror to evil doers, is very good; but it may well be questioned whether the end proposed is attained. Such gross exhibitions of cruelty, so fre- quently presented, not only shock the better feelings of the human heart, but tend to render the hard- ened more hard, and the desperate and cruel still more ferocious. Es. pecially must this be the case, when there is but little moral feeling, and when there is no fear of om- niscience, nor apprehension of a just retribution in a future state of being. Many in China, not only of banditti, but of the "best classes" also, are atheists, and deny the immor- tality of the soul. With such principles, —or rather with such a want of principle,—oppression, or want, or passion, urges them on to despera- tion, till they fall victims to the "paternal laws" of the land. Suicide, which cannot, as in Eng- land, be here attributed to gloomy weal her, is owing to the erroneous opinions entertained on religion. We should tire our readers were we to notice all the cases of this kind, which we hoar of. While writing one account, another and another is reported. A youth belonging to one of the government offices, be- ing prevented by his father from marrying a prostitute, went, and with her took a (lose of poison in their wine. He perished; the woman's life a« saved by an early emetic. He, pro. bably, was last attended to, and when it was too late. The poison had taken its full effect, and life was extinct. We hear, also of banditti coming at night, and carrying off young 292 Nov. Journal of Occurrences. women from lonely houses near the banks of the river; then, having abused their persons, offering to re- turn them for a ransom. Alas! there is no knowledge of God; no love to his Name; or fear of his wrath in the land. The young man, alluded to above, died, the report says, at the hwa- lin, or "flower forest," as the haunts of prostitution and debauchery are called; for the Chinese, not only in their poetry, but also in their common phraseology, represent the paths of vice, as "strewed with flowers." Thus they lend their literature, and their poetry, to disguise the fact, that those paths, and those abodes arc "the way to hell; going down to the chambers of death." Prov. vii, 27. FIRE AT SHAMEEN.—By the fire of October 30th, mentioned in our last number, the destruction of pro- perty was very great, and several persons lost their lives. Upwards of ten of the pitiable victims of that infamous neighborhood were lost; a part of whom were burnt to death; and the others were carried off by banditti, to be resold or redeemed. For one individual 300 taels of sil- ver were dnmanded as a ransom, by the men who stole her. This money not being speedily forthcom- ing, the depraved men brutally vio- lated her person, till by their crimes they caused her death. This unhap- py sufferer was only 20 years of age. Fires break out at this place al- most every year; and although they are officially attributed to accident, yet there is reason to believe they arc caused by incendiaries. The local magistrate hae issued a pro- clamation, offering a reward of 100 dollars to any one who will seize a principal incendiary; and 50 dollars, for an accomplice. But the seizure must be made at the spot where the fire commenced, and at the time of the act!! If any seize an innocent person, and bear false witness against him, they will be punished as if they had committed the crime themselves. DOMESTIC SLAVERY,—The buying and selling of boys and girls, which is one of the bad effects of the laws of China, is an unpleasant subject of contemplation. We are assured, that by far the larger portion of the eight or ten thousand of that un. happy class of women, referred to above, who have their abodes in and about Canton, are persons who were bought when mere children. In this situation, they are compelled, by the cupidity of one class of per- sons, to yield themselves up to the vicious propensities of another class; and to put on a smile, and appear gay, while they possess a diseased body, and an aching heart. Thus they are scorned by society without, while inwardly1 they are suffering the ago- nies of a guilty conscience. It has always appeared to us, that, that self- ishness, which seeks its own gratifica- tion, by sacrificing thereto the hap- piness of another sentient being, is the very spirit which actuates devils in hell. THE YELLOW RIVER.—On the 14th ult., an affray took place at the junction of the Yellow river with the Hung- tsih lake, which excited the indig- nation of the emperor. To mitigate the entrance of the waters of the river into the lake, certain embank- ments have been raised by govern- ment. The rise of the river threat- ened their destruction, and some work- men were employed to strengthen them. For some reason, not ex- plained in the Gazette, a large party of insurgents, headed by some re. spectable people, came in boats, and were provided with small arms. They put a stop to the work; tied up the workmen; and before military help could be procured, excavated a passage more than ninety cubits wide and thirty cubits deep, to render the river and the lake one conflu- ence of waters. When a military force appeared, the insurgents fled away in their boats. On account of this proceed- ing, the emperor has ordered all the principal officers, and among the rest, Chttngtsing, who is styled the governor-general of the river, to be subjected to a "severe" court martial. DEATH OF A FAMILY.—One of the hoppo's custom-house attendants, named Choo Payay, had a north coun- try servant, named Yang, who had been with him a long time. Yang was married, and had a daughter about fourteen or fifteen years of n^.. She was engaged to be married to 1832. 293 Journal of Occurrences. a man belonging to the government office. Yang owned a house in the city where his wife and daughter lived. On the 20th of the last moon, Yang went round to the neighbor- ing shops, and paid all his debts, which suggested a suspicion that he had obtained some ill-gotten gains. However there was no proof of this. The next day, the door of his house remained unopened till noon. The neighbors knocked and called; but no answer was given. At last, they broke open the door, and on enter- ing found Yang and his wife hang- ing by the neck, on the opposite sides of the bed, and the daughter rouged, dressed in scarlet, and other gay raiment, lying on the bed, a corpse. They were all three quite dead. The neighbors united their names arid informed the Nanhae magistrate, and also Yang's master. The next day, as the magistrate was proceed- ing to hold an inquest on the de- ceased, the master, ChooPayay, laid hold of his sedan, knelt, and knocked head, intreating him to desist; which, at last, the magistrate did, on the master's promising to have all the bodies decently interred. The cause of this melancholy ca- tastrophe is not known. Who can but lament the ignorance, or pride, or passion which leads to self mur. der! The cause of the girl's being dress- ed arises from a belief, that after death, the individual will appear among the inhabitants of the invisi- ble world in the attire in which she died. We once knew a case of a young wife, who being offended with her husband, dressed herself, took poison, and died. Even murderers, going to the place of execution, dress them- selves, from the same motive, in the best raiment they can procure. A MATCH.—The bad effects of the system of early betrothing young children, or even infants before they are born, as is sometimes done, was exemplified the other dav in a cnse which occurred in a village of the Pwanyu district. The lad Ho was early betrothed to the lass Seay, of course, without thnir consent. When this took place, both families were prosperous. Hrfs affairs, how- ever, went ill in the world, before the proper age for marriage arrived. On this account marriage was de- ferred for several years, till the lady reached the age of 24, and the gentle, man 26. He appears to have been some spoiled child, which Miss Seay would, of course, know by report, though she was supposed never to have seen him. Her family wished to get rid of the contract, but the poor and the profligate would not consent to give up the match. Tim unfortunate young woman must mar- ry. Therefore, on the 25th day of the 9th moon, the external ceremo- nies were performed, and the lady was carried to the house of the hus- band. When evening came, how- ever, she would not retire; but ad- dressing her husband said, "Touch me not, my mind is resolved to abandon the world, and become a nun. I shall this night cut off my hair. I have saved two hundred dol- lars, which I give to you. With the half you may purchase a con- cubine; and with the rest enter on some trade. Be not lazy and thrift- less. Hereafter remember me." On saying which, she instantly cut off her hair. The kindred, and worthless husband, seeing her resolution, and, of course, fearing suicide, acquiesced, and Miss Seay, who left her father's house to become a wife, returned as a nun. It is said, young ladies are often reduced to this necessity, and cry, and plead with their parents to per- mit it, rather than become wives of men reduced to poverty, and perhaps of bad character besides. But few have the resolution to get rid of a bad bargain in the spirited manner of Miss Seay. A LITERARY GRADUATE—A young man named Lew Tingse, who is a literary graduate, has appeared at the Board of General Police* at Pe- king, with a scaled document from his mother, complaining of the un- just and tyrannical treatment of cer- tain official people, who contrived to gel. his father driven from his farm, and then so maltreated his mother and sis'er, that the sister thruw herself into a well and was drowned. * ToochdYuen, means the "Censorate," or the court of universal scrutiny. It is appointed to receive appeals to the emperor. 294 Nov. Journal of Occurrences. In ancient limes a drum was plac- i'd at the imperial gate; by beating upon the drum, oppressed persons gained permission to appeal to the emperor in person. Now, instead of this process, the Board of General Police are empowered to receive ap- peals, and to transmit them, if they think proper to his majesty. In the present instance, according to a re- gulation established by 'Kcaking, the late emperor, the young man was compelled to break open his own sealed letter, and after an examina- tion of its contents, was locked in irons, and delivered over to the crim- inal court, to abide the consequences of an appeal to his majesty. AN INVITATION TO PROSECUTE.— We were, not aware that the Chi- nese government ever sent forth an invitation to the prople to come forward, and give evidence against an individual, who was accused of crimes by common report, till we met with an instance of it in a recent publication. Yf, Mungche, of Tnngkwan district, called the village tyrant in our last number, carried his atrocities to such a degree, that the people who hated him, were, at the same time, afraid to complain against him Both the local govern- ment, and the supreme authorities in Canton, had heard much of his atro- cious proceedings, but there was a defect of legal proof. A proclnma- tinn was, therefore, issued by Woo, the magistrate of Tunakwan been, saying, that "he had heard rumors of Ye's usurping people's lands; get- ting possession of their houses; se- ducing their wives and daughters; harboring banditti; devouring the villagers as if they were fish or flesh: and to raise money, committing an unheard of atrocity;—opening the graves and carrying off the Imncs of the dead, in order to obtain a ran- som for them." A new balled concerning Ye1, rid . cules him as a man of virtue; for, he put. the bones into separate bags, and labelled them, to enable the living to recognise the bones which belonged to their respective ances- tors. The magistrate supposes it possi- ble that pome lies may be mixed up with the truth, but he invites all who have truth to tell, to come for- ward and do it. NEW SECT.—There are several hints in the Peking Gazettes, con- cerning one Yin Luauseu, who called himself Nan.yang Budha, and drew away several thousand disciples af- ter him, whose ramifications extend- ed to three provinces. His body has been cut to pieces by the slow and ignominious process, and hi« head paraded about in the place where he taught, as a warning to all. The old man's son, Yin Ming- lih, for conniving at what his father did, and "assisting his wickedness" was decapitated immediately after. Some others are named, who are to meet the same fate after the au- tumnal assize. THE INTEREST OF MONEY.—In the Peking Gazette we observe, that the Chinese government frequently puts money out at interest with the mer- chants, for the purpose of creating a perpetual local fund. On the north- ern frontier, the following case illus- trates the usage, and shows the rate of interest. His majesty was requested by Woo Chunghih to lend ten thousand taels to be given to the merchants at one per cent, per month, which would produce 1,200 taels a year. Of this sum, one half was to go annually to replace the original ten thousand, and the other half to be applied to the public demands of the station. After fourteen years, when the loan would in this manner be repaid, the whole of the interest and capital was to belong to that station. Then in the event of intercalary years, when there were 13 months, another hundred taels would be forthcoming, and in the same way half was to go to replace the original sum, and the other half for public use. One only wonders what commerce, on the northern frontier, could afford to borrow money at )2 or 13 per cunt, per annum. UNBURIF.D DEAD.—It is the usage among the natives, to keep the dead bodies, of parents especially, till they can obtain a lucky place to inter them. The rich being deceived by pretended goomancers, often keep their parents for years uninlcrred; but they are coffined nnd lodged in a building appropriated to them. The poor who cannot get satisfied in regard to the place of buritl, Journal of Occurrences. 295 leave the remains uninterred about old hills or hedges; not in all cases very well coffined. Ou the 3d iiwt., government issued an order to all •uch, directing them, either to inter these remains within a limited time in places of their own, or bring them to the charity burial ground,—the Golgotha, or Culm capitis area, the Calvary of Canton,—that they may be there buried. "An angelic remedy for opium, making."—Among the many doctor's placards pasted against the wall of the Company's landing-place, there is one with the above title. This "an- geliu" intimation was received by means of the ke, (see Morrison's Diet., 5300) or pencil, suspended above a ta. ble, having sand strewed on it. After certain , incantations were performed, the angel came, and moved the pen. cil, so as to write the secret prescrip- tion. The materials of which the medicine is compounded, is the secret; the mode of using it is fully explained in the placard, and is rational enough. It is to diminish the quantity of opium daily; and beginning with a little of the substitute, to increase it daily, till the opium is left off altogether. Then to begin and gradually leave off the substitute, taking nothing in- stead, till it is altogether disused, and the patient is happily freed from any desire or necessity either for the one or the other. HOOKWANO.—A case of adultery and murder having occurred in this pro- vince has been carried before the emperor. The wife of Hc6 Wantseang, apparently a person of respectabili- ty, carried on an adulterous inter- course with Kea Yingfang and a ser- vant Lrmo, who is already dead,— in consequence, probably, of the treat- ment he received since the affair was discovered. The master wished the wife to quit her husband, and abscond with him; which she refused to do. It was therefore resolved on by some of the parties to poison the husband. This diabolical plot succeeded. He was poisoned with arsenic. The Courts of Hoonan concluded their trials by reporting to the Board at Pe- king, that Lemo, now dead, was the «iln agent of committing the murder; that the other two persons were in. noccnt of this; they even knew no. thing at all about it. The Board and the emperor will not believe this. Dissolving the arsenic required time; it could not be done in a moment; the deceased servant may merely have done what he was commanded to do by the master. It is, therefore, de- creed that the trial shall he renewed, and the witnesses and parties be ques- tioned by torture to iilir.it. the truth. ASYLUM FOR THE BLIND.—The Pwanyu magistrate has issued a pro- clamation concerning this govern- mental institution, requiring all the blind to appear in person, and show their tickets, and be examinpd. Ac- cording to his account, there arc 2394 blind people, both men and women, who receive a monthly al- lowance. The amount is said to be 4 or 5 mace a month, under a shilling a week. This is insufficient for food, and they are allowed to beg, to sing, &c.. for 1 he additional means of subsis- tence. There is no useful work, such as basket.making, contrived to keep them employed. Nor is there any asylum supported by voluntary subscription. The magistrate suspects that tickets are handed to those to whom they were not originally given, and that people only "half-blind" impose on the government. He threatens such in case of detection. THIEVES.—In another public pro- clamation he complains, that since the autumn has set in, he has been annoyed by numerous applications on account of petty thefts. These arise, he says, from the district con. stables and night watchmen receiv- ing bribes to connive at, and protect, opium hotels; gambling houses; and abodes of ill-fame where stolen goods are received, and thieves and vago- bonds "nestle." He calls upon land- lords, who may have, "by mistake" let their houses to such people, to expel them; in doing which he will lend his assistance. If they do not, and are afterwards found out, he threatens to confiscate tbeir houses, and punish their persons. Punishment requested.—The go- vernor of Peking has requested the emperor to punish him severely, for failing to detect Yin Laouseu, who had formed a plot to rebel, and obtained thousands of associates in three pro- vinces. The emperor has granted the governor his request. 296 Marine Intelligence. MARINE IWTEIiLIQENCE. WHAMPOA.—The arrival of a chaplain for seamen in the port of Canton, was noticed in our last number. He has now preached four Sabbaths, and, as we hear from various quar- ters, to numerous and attentive auditories. The masters of dif. fcrent ships have very oblig- ingly, prepared their decks for these services, and offered their boats to convey the chaplain from and to Canton, where he resides. Notice has been given, that on the next Lord's day, D?,c. 2d, by permission of Divine Providence, the Bethel flag will be hoisted for the first time on board the ship Morrison, and that the Rev. DR. MORRISON will perform diviner service, and preach a sermon on that occa- sion. We are most heartily glad to see the interest which is begin- ning to be manifested, here and elsewhere, in behalf of seamen. They are emphatically, the sin- ews of commerce, and sub- stantial links in the great chain that binds continents together. Weaken them, and you hinder the free intercourse of nations; destroy them, and you strike a death-blow to the vitals of states and empires; elevate them, and under the direction of in- telligent and scientific masters, you have a community, than which none is more hardy, ac- tive, generous, and worthy. For the sake of our distant readers we would remark, that Whampoa is the anchorage for all foreign vessels trading at Canton. It is in lat. 23 degrees <>! min. N., and about 14 miles east from Canton city. It has no v about 50 sail, and about 3000 seamen. It is a fine, safe anchorage; and contains, an- nually, during the autumnal and first winter months, according to the number of sail, one of the finest and richest fleets in the world. LINTIN.—There are now at this anchorage some fifteen or twenty ships; the U. S. ship Peacock, captain D. Geisinger, is among this number. COAST OF CHINA.—On the 29th of Sept., the emperor in council, issued an order to all the maritime provinces, direct- ing the local officers to put the forts and ships-of-war in re- pair, in order to scour the seas from time to time, and drive away any European vessels that may make their appearance on the coast. Allusion is made to the ships which have lately entered the "inner seas," (as he calls the northeast coast) much to the annoyance of his majesty. Poitscript.—Governor Loo is still at LcPnrhow, executing his "royal order;" three of the rebel leaders have been put to the sword. We hear tins morning, that he will detain 3000 troops at the foot of the hills to kcej> down I ho insurgents The weather continues unusually mild, but very dry and very warm. TII K CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol.. I.—DKCEMBKR, 1832.—No. 8. REVIEW. THE Sacred Edict, containing sixteen maxims of the. Emperor Kanghe, amplified by his son, the Emperor Yungching; together with a para- phrase on the whole, by a mandarin. Trans- lated from the Chinese original, and illustrated with notes. By the Rev. WILLIAM MILNE, Pro- testant missionary at Malacca. Pp. 299. 8vo. London: 1817. Printed for Black, Kingsbury, Parbury, and Allen. "CHINA presents the very remarkable spectacle of a vast and ancient empire, with a civiliza- tion entirely political, whose principal aim has constantly been to draw closer the bonds which unite the society it formed, arid to merge, by its laws, the interest of the individual in that of the public. All other ancient civilizations have, on the contrary, been based upon religions doctrines, which are the best adapted to give stability to hu- man society, by softening the ferocity naturally incident to [fallen] man.... As far as we can Irace the organization of society in China, in the remotest antiquity, we find it established on the politico-patriarchal principle. The emperor is con- sidered as the father of his people; his subjects, constitute his family. The prime virtue, the prime 298 The Sucnd Edict. DKC. duty, is filial piety; children are to practice it to- wards tlieir parents, and subjects towards their monarch* and those who represent him. The ancient Chinese never acknowledged a system of religion as a preservative of social morality, and to be denoted by any kind of worship." This extract, which we have made from the writings of a learned French sinologue, is a very befitting introduction to the remarks we propose to make on the politico-moral work, the title of which stands at the head of this article. Among all the modern standard works of the Chinese, there is no one which holds a higher rank in their estimation, than the Sacred Edict. Though it is emphatically true that the Chinese rulers and teach- ers, like their brethren in Western Asia, in other, times, "say and do not," still it is desirable to know what they do teach. A succinct account of the Sacred Edict will, we think, go far to supply this desideratum. The sixteen maxims were written by Kanghe, the second, and the most learned, beloved, and renowned emperor of the present dynasty, near the close of his reign. This ended A. D. 1723, when he was succeeded by his son, the emperor Yungching, who published the amplification of his father's maxims, in the second year of his reign. Wang Yewpo, superintendent of the salt revenue, in the province of Shense, was the mandarin who wrote the paraphrase; but at what time does not appear, either in the translation, or the copies of the original which are now before us. By a national statute it is required, that the Sacred Edict be proclaimed throughout the empire, by the local officers, on the first and fifteenth of every moon. The manner of doing this is thus described in the translator's preface. "Early on * The phrase, "father of his people," is not much used by the Chinese; the words kcun, te icang, hi?ang-te, ttgn-tsze,—prince, sovereign king, em- peror, son of heaven,—&c, are frequently employed 1832. The Sacred Ed id. 299 the first and fifteenth of every moon, the civil and military officers', dressed in their uniform, meet in a clean, spacious, public hall. The superintend- ent, who is called Le-sdng, calls aloud, "Stand forth, in files." They do so, according to their rank: he then says, " Kneel thrice, and bow the head nine times." They kneel, and bow to the ground, with their faces towards a platform, on which is placed a board, with the emperor's name. He next calls aloud, "Rise and retire;" they rise and all go to a hall, or kind of chapel, where the law [sacred edict] is usually read, and where the mi- litary and people are assembled, standing round in silence. The Le-sang then says, "Respectfully commence." The Sze-keang sang, or orator, ad- vancing t-jwards an incense-altar, kneels, reverent- ly takes up the board on which the maxim ap- pointed for the day is written, and ascends a stage with it. An old man receives the board, and puts it down on the stage, fronting the people. Then, commanding silence with a wooden rattle which he carries in his hand, he kneels, and reads it. When he has finished, the Le-sang calls out, "Explain such a maxim, or section of the Sacred Edict." The orator stands up, and gives the sense," —i. e. rehearses the amplification, or paraphrase, or both. This practice of publishing imperial edicts is of very ancient origin, and has received different mo- difications and attentions at different periods. The Shoo King says, "annually, in the first month of spring, the proclairner of imperial decrees went hither and thither on the highways, with his rat- tle,* admonishing the people." Subsequently, the IHWS, or imperial edicts, were publicly road on the first of every month; which practice seems still to be required, but is in fact, we believe, wholly discon- tinued. At present the public reading of the Sacred * The rattle was usually a metallic bell, with a wooden tongue; but sometimes, it is said, the bell itself was mad? of wood. 300 The Aim// /Mr/. lH:r. Eoict is kept up in the 'provincial cities,' but is neglected in the country towns, or keen districts. The people rarely attend this political, preaching of the " mandarins." The sentiments of the sacred edict are those of the Joo-keaou, or the sect of the learned,—the Confucianists. The maxims of Kanghe, in the original, consist, of seven characters each; the characters of which the amplifications are com- posed are numbered, and the amount, usually about six hundred, is set down at the close; the cha- racters of the paraphrase are not numbered; they constitule, however, about, two thirds of the book. It is only in their most valuable works, that the Chinese number their characters; in this they re- semble the ancient Hebrews, who used to number the words of their sacred writings; bnt among the Chinese it is a modern device, which, on account of the many various readings and discrepancies in the works of Confucius, Laoutsze, and others, has been adopted in order to preserve, in future, the genuineness of the text. The style of the book before us, as composed by three different authors, exhibits considerable variety; the maxims are drawn out in measured prose; the amplifications are, the Chinese them- selves being judges, written in a high classical style; but the paraphrase is colloquial and diffuse, abounding with the provincialisms of the northern capital. The translation from which we shall give some extracts as we proceed, is faithful to the original, perspicuous, and sometimes verbose. But our object in taking up this work, is not so much with a view to notice the method and style of the original or the translation, as to show the senti- ments, opinions, and habits, which the Sacred Edict inculcates. To this task we proceed, and with as much brevity as the nature of the work will admit. We take the sixteen maxims in thc'ir order, copying them from the translation. J8&>. The finned Edict- W\ 1 •—Pay just regard to filial and fraternal duties, in order to give due importance to the rela- tions of life. tt * * a * A * On these two duties the Chinese raise the whole system of their morals, and their civil poli- ty. From parental virtue—which "is truly great and exhaustless as that of heaven"—Yungching urges the exercise of filial piety; which, he says, is founded "on the unalterable laws of heaven the corresponding operations of earth, and the com- mon obligations of all people." The "precise de- sign" of his sacred father, in publishing the Sacred Edict, was by filial piety, to govern the empire; hence he commenced with filial and fraternal du- ties. The son must employ his whole heart, and exert his whole strength in behalf of his parents. Gambling, drunkenness, and quarreling are the des- troyers of filial piety; and, in a word, every spe- cies of misconduct is unfilial. Were all dutiful to their parents, and respectful to their elder brothers, throughout the whole empire, or world, there would' be rest; and as a final argument, jheir ancient pro- verb is quoted, "Persons who discharge filial piety and obedience, will have children dutiful and obe- dient; the obstinate and undutiful, will bring up children undutiful and obstinate." Such are the retributions, and the only retributions, which are unfolded in the moral and political systems of the disciples of Confucius; to them, in their sacred books, life and immortality are not brought to light; and like the Romams "their foolish heart is darkened." 2.—Respect kindred in order to display the excel- lence of harmony. « % * v\ w m & Throughout the Chinese empire there are only about one hundred family names; hence the fam- Jy relations are exceedingly numerous. To count up ;U)2 The Sacred Edict. DK< . the, number of their remote ancestors, to trace their genealogies, and to keep their family cal- endars correct, the Chinese, often, take the great- est possible care. But it is, usually, easy to compute the number of their "kindred," (of which they reckon nine gradations,) because they not unfrequently inhabit the same house. A case of this kind is cited by Yungching; and anotehr referred to, where seventy persons all ate together; and in this latter case the harmony was such, that even "the very dogs," of which "about an hun- dred" belonging to the family, were renovated! The nine gradations of kindred are thus denominated by Wang, in his paraphrase; "I myself am one class; my father is one; my grandfather one; my great-grandfather one; and my great-great-grand- father one. Thus above me are four classes. My son is one class; my grandson one; and my great-grandson one; and my great-great-grandson one. Thus there are four classes below me. These in all, myself included, make nine classes of kindred." Yungching gives the following as the probable reasons why kindred are not respected, and harmony illustrated, viz. "either that the rich are niggardly, and void of the virtue of liberality; or that the poor are greedy, and have insatiable expectations; either that the honorable trample on the mean, and, relying on their own influence, annihilate regard to the heaven-appointed relations; or, that the mean insult the honorable, and cast their angry pride at their own bones and flesh; either that having had a strife about property, the mourning badges are neglected; or that having met with occasional opposition, the virtues of kindred are instantly lost; either from privately listening to the ignorant talk of wives and children, or from erro- neously regarding the false and reproachful speeches of tale-bearers;—hence arise altercations, injuries, and .every evil." The admonitions and counsels of the emperor are in a similar strain, and are also equally just. 183<2. The Sacred Edict. 303 3.—Ltt concord abound among those who dwrll in the same neighborhood, in order to prevent litigations. » » 1 H ft »& The remarks on this maxim are very similar to those which occur under the preceding one; with this difference, that they are applied to a neighborhood instead of a family. The causes and effects of discord, and the means of preserving harmony, are pointed out, and all are warned and exhorted to avoid the one, and to pursue the other. "But this exhortation," says Wang, "though address- ed to the soldiers and people, especially requires you, noble families, country gentlemen, aged per- sons of superior capacity in the neighborhood, first to set the example of harmony, in order to excite the simple people to imitation." In winding up his exhortation, the superintendent of the salt revenue becomes rather pungent and severe in his remarks on a class of men, whom he regards as the great promoters of litigations. He says :— "Not attending to their proper duty they wish to become pettifogging lawyers; and with that view, connecting themselves with persons in the public offices, they learn to compose a few sentences of an accusation, the one half intelligible and the other not. They speak many things, contrary to their own conviction, in order to blind the minds of others. These per- sons set themselves up in the villages, and move persons to lawsuits; and then, acting as busy-bodies between the parties [with the specious pretence of being mediators], swindle money and drink from both. Moving and at rest they have only one topic, "Maintain your dignity;" they also say, «Rather lose money than sink your character." The stupid people, besotted by them, are led into deep waters; and notwithstand- ing, are unconscious of having acted wrong in listening to them. Probably these low-rate lawyers, either form vile schemes to set men at variance,, or, walking in devious ways, assume threat, ening airs to frighten and deceive them; either put on tho mask of friendship, yet lead men into snares; or knavishly borrow the language of justice, yet secretly effect their own private ends. According to the royal law, this description of persons ought to die—the justice of superior powers assuredly 304 The. Murrtl Edict. Our. will not excuse them—when the measure of their crimes is rilled up, their misery will be complete;—they will surfer the due punish- ment of their wickedness. Reflect for a moment. What one of all these hare.stick lawyers, of whatever country, ever came to a natural, or prosperous end?" 4.—Give the chief place to husbandry and the culture of the mulberry-tree, in order to procure adequate supplies of food and raiment. In nothing are the Chinese more worthy of commendation, than in their attention to agriculture and the manufacture of cloth; in these particulars they have been equalled but by few, and excelled, perhaps, by none. Their modus operandi is sim- ple, often rude; and in every respect peculiar to themselves. They are strangers to the modern im- provements, and rely on diligence alone for success. "Of old time the emperors themselves ploughed, and their empresses cultivated the mulberry-tree. Though supremely honorable, they disdained not to labor, in order that, by their example, they might excite the millions of the people to lay due stress on the radical principles of political economy" So says Yungching, and adds, "Suffer not a barren spot to remain a wilderness, or a lazy person to abide in the cities. Then the farmer will not lay aside his plough and hoe; or the housewife put away her silkworms and her weaving. Even the productions of the hills and marshes, of the orchards and vegetable gardens, and the propagation of the breed of poultry, dogs, and swine, will all be regu- larly cherished, and used in their season to supply the deficiencies of agriculture." There are very few substances, animal or vegeta- ble, products of land or sea, which do not come into the list of edibles among the Chinese. In times of scarcity, in particular, which frequently occur, it would be difficult to say what they will not eat. A complete account of this subject would make a novel chapter in the history of the Chinese. 1832. The Sacred Edict. 305 5. — Hold economy in estimation, in order to prevent the lavish waste of money. Next to diligence, economy is to be practiced, and most rigidly in every expenditure, except in that required for the management of funeral obsequies, —"the greatest work of human life." In the book before us, while the people are required to go to the very utmost of their ability in pre- paring a coffin and grave clothes, in order that the mortal remains of their parents may enjoy re- pose, they are dissuaded from inviting the priests of Taou and Budha to recite the sacred books, and to pray for the dead. If a "desire of getting" could preserve from prodigality, no people would be more secure, in this respect, than the Chinese; but such is not the fact. To-day we have wine, to-day let us get drunk; to-morrow's grief let to-morrow support, "are two very bad sentiments, which are constantly in the mouths of men of the present age," and the ways of wasting a patrimony "are very many." 6.— 'Magnify academical learning, in order to di- rect the scholar's progress. The Chinese have four degrees of literary rank; Sewtsae, "talent flowering;" Keujin, "a promot- ed man;" Tsinsze, "introduced scholar;" and Hanlin, "ascended to the top of the trees." By the first, the individual rises one step above "the simple people," and becomes a candidate for the second degree; which, when obtained, makes him eligible to office. By the third, he is qualified for an introduction to the imperial presence; and by the fourth, raised to the summit of literary honor. The Chinese have always paid great attention to learning. "Of old, families had their schools; villages, their academies; districts, their colleges; and the nation, her university; of consequence Mm 306 The Sacred Edict. DEC. no one was left uninstructed." Not exactly so now,; for though the schools, both public and private are numerous, yet they are poorly conducted; be- sides, probably not less than two tenths of the male, and nine tenths of the female population, are ut- terly destitute of instruction. 7.—Degrade strange religions, in order to exalt the orthodox doctrine. Almost all kinds of false religions, that ever flourished in the world, seem to have found their way to China, where, with various modifications, they now exist. But they exist without any life-giving principles; systems they are, without foundation, without order; framed in darkness, and upheld by ignorance and superstitions. They do not, and from their very nature they cannot, afford support equal to the exigences of man; and hence prov- ing unsatisfactory, it is not at all surprising, that they should be neglected, and even deprecated by those who see and know their destructive effects. If we mistake not, all false religions in China are on the decline: and sure we are, that, by many of the learned, and of those in authority they are but little regarded, and but poorly supported. "From of old three sects have been delivered down. Besides the sect of the learned, there are those of Taou and Fuh"* Very little is said, in the Sacred Edict, of the sect of the learned; but of the other two "orthodox sects," as well as of some of the "strange religions," we find pretty full descriptions; some of these we quote. "As to the sect of Taou, what they chiefly insist on,—the law of renovation, by which they talk of solidifying the quick- silver; converting the lead; calling for grumbling dragons, and roaring tigers; forming internal and external pills; and I know not what else,—have all no farther object than that of nou- * Fuh is an abbreviation of Fuh-too, the Chinese pronunciation of the characters which they use to denote Budka. 1832. The Sacred Edict. 307 rishing well the animal spirits; and of lengthening out life for a few years: that is all, Mr. Choo says, "What the sect of Taou chiefly attends to is, the preservation of the breath of life." This single sentence expresses the summary of the re- ligion of Taou. It is true that the superior men among the priests of Full, who reside in the pearl monasteries of the famed hills, and well understand to deliver doctrines, reduce the whole to one word, viz. the heart. And those good doc- tors of Taou, who, in the deep recesses and caves of the mountains, seek to become immortal, conclude the whole with this one thing, namely, renovation of spirit. Yet, when we attentively examine the matter, to steal away thus to those solitary abodes, where there are neither men, nor the smoke of human habitations; and to sit cross-legged in profound si- lence, is completely to root up and destroy the obligations of relative life. Now we shall not say that they cannot either become equal to Fuh, or attain the rank of the immortals; but if they really can, who has ever seen the one class ascend the western heavens; or the other take their flight upwards in broad day? Ah! it is all a mere farce! A mere beating the devil! But, notwithstanding, you people are easily imposed on, and induced to believe them. Do but observe the austere priests of Fuh, and renovating doctors of Taou, who, for advantage, destroy the relations of human life;—they are not worth the down of a feather to society. "All these nonsensical tales about keeping fasts, collecting assemblies, building temples, and fashioning images, are feign- ed by those sauntering Ho-shang and Taou-sze, (priests of Budha and Taou,) to deceive you. Still you believe them, and not only go yourselves to worship and burn incense in the temples; but also suffer your wives and your daughters to go. With their hair oiled, theis faces painted, dressed in scarlet, trimmed with green, they go to burn incense in the temples; associating with those priests of Fuh, doctors of Taou, and barestick attorneys, touching shoulders, rubbing arms, and pressed in the moving crowd. I see not where the good they talk of doing is: on the contrary, they do many shameful things that create vexation, and give people occasion for laughter and ridicule." All this, and much more of the same kind, the "salt mandarin" is pleased to say concerning the the sects of Taou and Budha. Nay, he attacks the moral character of "grandfather" Fuh; accuses him of being avaricious and unfdial; and, in short, declares the "god" to be a scoundrel. His follow- ers are unfilial and wicked in the extreme; but those of the Taou sect are still worse; "they talk 308 The Sacred Edict. DEC. about employing spirits, sending forth the general of the celestial armies, beheading monsters, chas- ing away devils, calling for the rain, worshiping the Great Bear, and—I know not what else." In this way business is neglected, all talk of wonders, and the hearts and morals of the people are destroyed. Other sects "of most abominable men," are noticed with equal severity; and finally, the religion of the Romish missionaries comes under review. Upon this, Wang remarks: "Even the sect of Teen-choo* who talk about heaven, and chat [prate] about earth, and of things without shadow, and with- out substance,—this religion also is unsound and corrupt. But because [the European teachers of this sect] understand astrono- my, and are skilled in the mathematics, therefore the govern- ment employs them to corect the calendar. That however by no means implies that their religion is a good one. You should not on any account believe them. The law is very rigorous against all these left-hand-road, and side-door sects! Their punishment is determined the same as that of the masters and mistresses of your dancing gods [i. e. male and female conjur- ers]. Government enacted this law to prohibit the people from evil, and to encourage them to do good, to depart from cor- niption, and revert to truth, to retire from danger, and advance to repose." We will make but one more extract from this part of theS acred Edict, and then leave our read- ers to make their own reflections, and draw their own conclusions. "Having already two living divinitiesf placed in the family, why should men go and worship on the hills, or pray to those molten and carved images for happiness? The proverb says well, "In the family venerate father and mother; what ne- cessity is there to travel far to burn incense? Could you discriminate truth from falsehood, you would then know, that a * Tein-choo," Heaven's Lord." This term, it is well known, is not Chi- nese; it was, after much controversy, adopted by the Romish missionaries. Christianity, according to Romanism, in known universally in China, by the phrase Tegn-choo-keaou, or "the religion of Heaven's Lord." It is after all but a wide expression for the religion of the Lord Jesus Christ. t These living divinities, placed in the family, are father and mother. 1832. The Sacred Edict. 309 clear and intelligent mind is the temple of heaven, and that a dark and ignorant mind is the prison of hell. You would act with decision, and not suffer yourselves to be seduced by false religions. Your own characters once rectified, all that is corrupt would retire of its own accord. Harmony and order reigning to a high degree in the family, on the appearance of calamity, it inay be converted into felicity. To maintain faith- fulness to the prince and filial duty to parents to their utmost, completes the whole duty of man. Then you will receive celestial favor." 8.—Explain the laws, in order to warn the ig- norant and obstinate. M 8* ft Q ft A fll Both in the amplification and paraphrase of this maxim, the remarks are confined to the Penal Code. The principal things "insisted on" in this code are beating, banishment, beheading, strangling, and cut- ting into small pieces. It would require a volume to detail all the crimes for which these punishments, with various modifications, are inflicted. Some of them,—such as theft, robbery, arson, forgery, drunk- enness, fornication, seduction, kidnapping, murder, sedition, rebellion, heterodoxy, accusing falsely, imitating demons,—are enumerated; and the people assured, that even the very slightest transgressions, though they should proceed from ignorance, cannot pass with impunity. Hence they are called upon to listen to the admonitions of the law, that they may avoid its heavy penalties. 9.—Illustrate the principles of a polite and yielding carriage, in order to improve manners. m it m a n a fs The Chinese have long been celebrated for their politeness. Many of their rules of conduct are indeed excellent, and would not suffer at all in comparison with those of the Chesterfieldian code. True politeness, in their view, does not consist in mere external embellishments, but in propriety of behavior, and a yielding spirit. 310 The. Sacred Edict. DEC. By propriety they seem to understand a certain "fitness," by which all things, material and imma- terial, are kept in their proper order, and honored according their intrinsic value. "It is the immov- able statute of the heavens and the earth, the pre- face and the conclusion of the myriads of things; its nature is supremely great; its utility most exten- sive." When men act with propriety, then the yielding spirit will predominate; the mere externals of bowing and scraping will give place to sincer- ity of heart; modesty and humility will take the place of envy and strife; mildness and gentle- ness, the place of ferocity and stubbornness; "the olive branch of peace flourish; and prosperity rise to perfection." But—alas! "though every one knows to talk of politeness and yielding, few practice them" This is according to their own showing; and whether the witness be true or false, we leave it with our readers to judge. 10.—Attend to the essential employments, in order to give unvarying determination to the will of the people. % * t n s R & In the Sacred Edict, the Chinese are spoken of as constituting five classes, viz. the learned, hus- bandrnen, mechanics, merchants, and soldiers. The appropriate duties of each of these several classes are regarded as the essential employments. Each class must constantly and diligently attend to the proper duties of their own sphere, that they may be profitable to themselves, and useful to the world. Even women have their proper work. They must dress flax, spin, weave, embroider, make shoes, stockings, &c. But there are some very bad peo- ple, "who love to enjoy themselves," to eat good things, to wear fine clothes, to sit at ease, and go about idling; and, at length, they transgress the royal law, and commit unpardonable offenses. "How lamentable is this!" 1832, The Sacred Edict. 311 11. — Instruct the youth, in order to prevent them from doing evil. 1)11 * * El * # ft This maxim, according to Yungching, refers chiefly to domestic instruction, and the formation of early habits. His "sacred father" regarded all in the empire as his own children, and widely diffused the means of family instruction. And "we," he continues, " having received the mighty trust, and realizing our sacred father's compassionate regard to all, are no day^ without thinking of you, our people; and no day without thinking of your youth. At the age of ten, the blood and spirits of youth are unsettled, and their understanding begins, gradually, to unfold itself. For educating and re- straining them, there is no period equal to this. Fathers and elder brothers must now watch over them, guard their incautious steps, unfold their "vir- tuous nature," restrain their corrupt propensities, and enlarge their capacity for knowledge. They must also go before them, personally, as their ex- emplars; and must daily cause them to see and hear something good, till their virtuous habits be- come confirmed. Then fathers and elder brothers will all have glory; their gates will be illuminated; and felicity and honor descend to their posterity. 12. — Suppress all false accusing, in order to secure protection to the innocent. The necessity for this maxim is very great. If we credit our imperial writer in his amplification, the "masters of litigations" are not few, nor their crimes of any ordinary turpitude. The lust of gain having corrupted their hearts, and their nature be- ing moulded by deceit, they scatter their poison, confound right and wrong, use the pencil as their sword, and look on lawsuits and jails as mere children's play. "The innocent who are falsely 312 The Sacred Edict. DEC. acccused, are indeed, greatly to be pitied; but those wretches who falsely accuse them, are still more to be detested." 13.— Warn those who hide deserters, that they may not be involved in their downfall. mmmn& $i Soon after the present Tartar race ascended the throne of China, a law was passed forbidding their soldiers going from one province to another without a permit, and declaring those who did so " desert- ers." The law requires that these deserters, and the principal persons in the families where they are concealed, shall be banished beyond the limits of the provinces to which they belong; and that the su- periors of the ten neighboring families shall be beaten and banished to some other district in the same province, for three years. 14.— Complete the payment of taxes, in order to prevent frequent urging. *i? £&. i@- i*l ')£ /fi&l J5L TC m Im KA. -0 m rt The revenue of the Chinese arises chiefly from taxes on land and merchandize; and not "a thread or a hair too much" is ever demanded. The taxes are very important; with them the mandarins are rewarded for ruling, the soldiers for protecting, and the emperor furnished with the means for feeding "our people;" and an hundred other things are accomplished—all in behalf of the people. Still there is often great delay in the payment of taxes. "Now if by delay, the payment could be prevented, it would be all well;" but this cannot be the case; presents, and flatteries, and bribes, and excuses, will "at last" be vain; collectors, like hungry hawks, will devise numerous methods to supply their own wants; and the nameless ways of spending, will probably amount to more than the sum which ought to have been paid; ergo, taxes must be paid. Then, "you will enjoy rest and true comfort; the mandarins will not distress you; the clerks will not vex you ;—How joyful will you then be!" 1832. Tlic tiicred Edict. 31 1> 15. — Unite the paou and kta, in order to extirpate robbery and theft. • ft 9 £1 R ft tt No method of suppressing these evils is equal to "the law of the paou and the ked." Ten fami- lies form a kea, and ten kea constitute a paou. Every kea has its elder, and every paou its chief. A register is prepared, and the names of all are enrolled. On the highways sheds are erected, where the military, who keep watch, may lodge; at the ends of every street and lane there are gates, where bells are placed, and lamps furnished with oil; and after nine o'clock at night, walking must not be allowed. — Henceforth let all these things be rigorously put in execution. But notwithstanding all this, and the fact that the work of extirpation has long been in full operation, still thefts and robberies multiply day after day, so that the country cannot obtain rest. The rea- sons for this "are about three, viz. the unfaithful- ness of local officers; the influence of shameless country squires; and the fact that the people are not careful to observe the rules of the ked and paou. 16. — Settle animosities, that lives may be duly valued. "We think that among the principles of human conduct, there is none greater than that of preserving the boly. The people have bodies, by which to attend to the radical things, to cultivate the land, nourish their parents, and support their families. The military have bodies, by which to practice the military art, and afford protection, in order to remu- nerate the government. The body was made for use; there. fore men should love themselves. But the passions of living men ore deviating, ind they cannot change them. They indulge their tempers till they burst forth, and cannot be stopped. Provoked to anger for a single day, unconquerable enmities are prod iced; mutual revenge is sought; both parties are wounded and injured. It arose from very small beginnings, but great injury results. "Our sacred father, the benevolent Emperor, in conse. qii"nce of desiring to manifest compassionate regard to you, N n 314 The Sacred Edict. DEC, closed the sixteen maxims of the admonitory Edict by tench- ing to respect life. The heart of heaven and earth delights in animated nature; but fools regard not themselves. The government of a good prince loves to nourish, but multitudes or> the ignorant lightly value life. If the misery arise not from former animosities, it proceeds from momentary anger. The violent, depending on the strength of their brckbone, kill others, and throw away their own lives. The pusillanimous, wishing to bring the guilt of their blood on others, throw themselves into the water, or hang themselves. Anger rises to enmity, and enmity increases anger. The original causes of this are indeed not confined to a few. But that in which the military and people more easily offend, arises, in many instances, from indulging in the use of spirituous liquors; for spirits are a thing which can disorder the mind and will of man, and occasion a loss of his equanimity. Probably, while guest and host are taking a glass together, they proceed from mirth to drunkenness. Then an improper word leads to laying hold of daggers, and encountering each other; or probably, a cross look creates an offence which could have been as easily set- tied, at first, as the melting of ice; but which, after the pas. sions are heated by wine, breaks forth, and is as hard to endure as the deep enmities which should be revenged. It is generally seen that in five or six cases out of ten, involving life, which come before the Criminal Board, the evil has arisen from spirituous liquors. Alas, for them! the body is placed in chains; their property lost; their persons thrown away; and not only ao, but their families are involved; and misery spreads through the neighborhood. After this to beat on the breast, bitterly wailing and repenting, what will that avial 7" "With respect to the injury of ardent spirits, let it be more vigilantly watched against. The ancients [at seasons of festivi- ty] appointed a person to watch and keep an account [of the number of cups they drank]. They feared, that noisy mirth and songs might end in strife, and in throwing about the crockery. Should we then drown reflection in the puddle of intoxication, and throw our persons in the way of punish, ment 7 "Soldiers and people, respectfully obey this: disregard it not. Then the people in their cottages, will be protected; the sol- diers in the camp, enjoy repose; below, you will support your family character; and above, reward the nation. Comfortable and easy in days of abundance, all will advance to a virtuous dd age. Does not this illustrate the advantages of settling animosities 7" With these words of the imperial successor of Kanghe we close our extracts from the Sacred 1832. The Sacred Edict. 315 Edict. Again and again we have read the work both in the original and in the translation. By each repetition our minds have been more and more thoroughly convinced of tbe complete atheism of the joo-keaou. Many of their writings, like the Sacred Edict, abound with excellent precepts and remarks, and afford satisfactory proof of the fact that, "that which may be known of God is mani- fest in them," "so that they are without excuse." But although the eternal power and Godhead are "dearly seen," and "these [disciples of the sage], having not the law, are a law unto themselves," yet what is the result of all this light upon these polite and amiable sons of Han1! It is precisely the same we think, that it was on the minds of the learned and polished Romans ; who "professing themselves to be wise, became fools, and changed the truth of God into a lie, and worshiped and served the creature more than the Creator." It was "for this cause" that they were given up to vile affections: " being filled with all unrighteousness, fornication, wickedness, covetousness, malicious- ness; full of envy, murder, debate, deceit, malignity; whisperers, backbiters, haters of God, despiteful, proud, boasters, inventors of evil things, disobedient to parents, without understanding, covenant-breakers, without natural affection, implacable, unmerciful." All this was true of the Romans, and so it is of tho inhabitants of this empire. The Chinese "are with- out God ;" and in their belief, " that undiscovered country, from whose bourne no traveler returns," does not exist. Even Confucius seems to have had no just idea of the being and attributes of the High and Lofty One ; or any adequate conception of the immortality of the soul, and of man's future state in a world to come. Heaven and Earth were the greatest existences he acknowledged; and even these might be worshiped only by sovereigns; for the people could not, wthout "presumptuous assumption," attempt the worship of these powers. 316 Life and Labors of the DEC. A BRIEF SKETCH OF TUP. LIFE AND 1.A1IOUS OF THE LATE REV. WILLIAM MILNE, D. D. FEW subjects of contemplation are more delightful than the rise, development, and mature operation of a vigorous end commanding mind. If the course of that mind is up- ward, from a lower to a higher sphere of influence, our interest increases while we witness its gradual progress, against the impediments of early habits, through enclosing difficulties, and over new obstacles. And if this exaltation of rank, rests, not as too many, upon a basis of wrongs, and miseries, and blood, but upon the blessings diffused around that course, the highest degree of approbation and of pleasure attend such a review. Indeed, in our opinion, the noblest object of contem- plation in all this world, is the man whose settled and sole business for life, is doing good. Men love, approve, or respect that man; angels "minister unto him," the eyes of God are over him, and the Highest calls him his "son." Such a man requires more firmness of purpose, and vigor of character than the common world ever furnishes. For with all the weakness of human nature, he is to resist the control of Vicious passions and propensities, which are common to him with all others. And this contest is to cease only with life. Then, he must totally renounce the common and selfish prin- ciple of living for himself, or of having any personal interests at all, except as he makes the cause of his Muster his own. Here, almost all fail; and not a few whom we would hope are real Christians, make it doubtful, by their conduct, whether they have pa-ssed this initiatory step of a bene\ol nt life. Yet thus far is but preparative; the actual duties of the life he has chosen, remain to be performed, amidst all the internal and human temptations to abandon or slight them, together with the discouragement, perhaps, of small success, nnd the indif- ference, or ridicule, or opposition of those whom he would benefit, and of others]:—thus continuing to serve an invisible Master whom his eyes have never beheld, till his strength is spent, anH he sinks in'o the grave. Poes the service of the world require any s;irh energy of mind, and self-control ns this? No; fixedness of | urpose and independence there, is hut the slpwlfitst pursuit c!' one selfish purpose, to Hie disre- gard of otljcr olijecls less esteemed. J83SJ. Rev. William Milut, I) l>. Dr. Miliii1, whose life hns suggested (|IPM> prefatory remarks, appears to have been one of the few, in whom were com- bined, tlie energy ot' mind requisite to command influence, and the disposition of heart to apply that influence to the noblest purposes. To feelings naturally ardent, he added such dili- gence in pursuit, perseverance in purpose, and t'riiiifulness in resources, as results from an extraordinary devotion to the great missionary work. In many of the first qualifications, he ranks l.i^h among modern missionaries. Wdliam Milne was born in Aberdeenshire in Scotland, in 1785. His father died when he was six years of age, and his mother gave him the education common to boys in his condition in life. In his oarly orphanage, it appears, he was put under the care of a relative, who neglected his morals till he became notoriously wicked. His own account of himself at this time, is the following. "The natural depravity of my heart began to show itself by leading me into the commission of such sins as my age and circumstances admitted. In profane swearing, and other sins of a like nature, I far exceeded most of my equals, and became vile even to a proverb. I can re- member the time (O God! I desire to do it with shame and sorrow of heart), when I thought that to invent new oaths would reflect honor on my character, and make me like the great ones of the earth." Though he had been the subject of occasional serious im- pressions, yet it was not till sixteen years of age, that he knew the value and love of the Saviour, as the S'lviour of sinners. At sixteen, when he had fondly hoped to drink in his till of iniquity, the Lord, who had better things in reserve for him, removed him to another place, where he enjoyed the privilege of pious friends, and social prayer. From this time his pursuit of pleasure was marred, and the attainment of re- I igion seemed the only substantial good to an immortal crea- ture. But here he found tho-t- little trials, the endurance of which, no doubt, contributed lo that decision which was after- wards characteristic of turn. We give his words: "As the family where I lived were strangers to religion themselves, and derided them who made it their concern, I was very disagreeably situated. My only place for quiet and unnoticed retirement, was a sheepcote, where the sheep are kept in winter. Here surrounded by my fleecy companions, 1 often bowed the knee on a piece of turf, carried in by me for the purpose. Many hours have I spent there in the winter evenings, with a pleasure to which I was before a stranger; and while some of the family were plotting to put rne to shame, I was eating in secret, the "bread which the world knoweth not of." His "delightful employment" of watching the flock, gave him much opportunity for reading, to which he was always attached. A book of martyrs, entitled "The Cloud nf Witnesses" 318 L*Jf and Labors of tkf DEC. contributed also to the formation of some traits of his cha- racter. "lioslon'x Fourfold State" led him in'o a better acquaintance with himself, and after much distress of mind, he obtained such views of the free grace of the gospel that his whole heart was captivated. "Having," "said he, an earnest de- sire to do vote myself to God, I was encouraged to do so in the way of a personal covenant. Retiring to a place surrounded by hills, 1 proteased to choose the Lord as my God, Father, Saviour, and everlasting Portion, and offered up myself to his service, to be ruled, sanctified, and saved by him. This was followed with much peace of mind and happiness, with earnest desires to be holy, with a determination to cast in his lot among the despised followers of the Lamb, and with concern for the salvation of others. TVo years after, he renewed this covenant, wrote it down, and "subscribed with his hand unto the Lord ;" and the next year, he was received as a member of the congregational church at Huntly. •' What a wonder am I to myself! Surely the Lord has magnified his grace to me above any of the fallen race."—Such were his recorded feel- ings at this time. From this period till his embarkation for China, he was not idle in his new Master's service. Long before he ever thought of that profession in life which he subsequently entered, he "felt so much interested in the coming of Christ's kingdom among the nations, that he used to spend hours in prayer for this desirable object," regarding it as a common Christian duty. It was not till about twenty years of age that his views were directed to the personal consecration of himself to the mis- sionary work; and then many obstacles opposed his desire. However, after spending five years in making provision for the comfortable support of his widowed mother and sisters, he saw this object accomplished. "Should I leave my mother and sisters in want," said he, "the missionary cause will suffer reproach." Respecting his first application to the committee at Aberdeen, who were to decide whether he should be accepted, and should prepare for the work, there is an authentic anecdote told, too characteristic, of his spirit to be suppressed. When he first came before them, his appearance was so rustic and unpro- mising, that a leading member of the committee said, "he could not recommend him as a missionary, but would not object to recommend him as a servant to some mission, pro- vided he were willing to go in that capacity." When this pro- posal was mnde to Milne, and he questioned upon it, he im- mediately replied with a most animated countenance, "Yes, Sir, most certainly; I am willing to be anything so that I am in the work." The committee accepted him, and directed him to Gosport in England, where he went through a regular and successfuj course of studios, under the Rev. David Bogue. "I began 1832. Rec. William Altluc, D. I). 319 said lie, witli scarcely any ho|>e of success; hut resolved that failure should not be for want of application." How well he kept this resolution, may be seen in his subsequent labors, as well as by the following exiract from his private journal, eight or ten years afterwards. "Nov. 26th, 1820. The Univer- sity of Glasgow conferred on me, without fee or solicitation, the honorary degree of Doctor of Divinity; this distinction is, in one respect like my daily mercies, unmerited. May I be the humbler and more useful for it, and never act unworthy of the honor." In July, 1812, at the close of his studies, he was ordained to the. ministry, and dedicated to the service of Christ among the heathen. He was soon after married to Miss Cowie, daughter of Charles Cowie, esq. of Aberdeen. Mrs. Rachel Milne is described by a friend still surviving, as " eminently pious, prudent, and meek-tempered. They were much attached to each other, and lived most happily together, till her death in 1821." About a month after Dr. Milne's ordination, they em- barked at Portsmouth; and having touched at the Cape of Good Hope, and the Isle of France, they arrived at Macao, and were most cordially welcomed by Dr. and Mrs. Morrison, July 4th, 1813. After a few days' residence here, he was ordered by the governor, to leave Macao in 24 hours. He accordingly pro- ceeded to Canton, leaving his family under the roof of his friend Dr. Morrison. Following the suggestion of his fellow- laborer, he laid aside, while in Canton, almost every other pursuit but the language. Dr. Milne entered on his work under more favorable circumstances, than his predecessor had done. Still it appears the task was not easy. "I had an idea, said he, that the language was very difficult; an idea which I have never yet seen any reason to change. I felt convinced, that a person of very humble talents, would need great diligence, undivided attention, and unyielding perse- verance, to gain a knowledge of it, sufficient to make him serviceable at all to the cause of Christianity." Accordingly, to this, he devoted his strength, his time, and .his heart. From morning to night he plodded over the characters, gain- ing little help, and that from a native teacher, till the arrival of Dr. Morrison at Canton. His studies were now better directed, his progress more rapid, and his knowledge more ac- curate. He kept his native teacher by him all the day, and applied to him on all occasions; nor was it long before he was required to use his small stock of Chinese. The translation of the Chinese New Testament, which was now completed by his colleague, together with some thousand copies of a tract, were put into Dr. Milne's hands for circulation. Having no home at Macao, nor permanent residence at Canton, after only six months' study of the language, he departed to visit Java, and the Chinese srtlcments in the Archipelago, and 32U Life and Labors of the DEC. there to distribute the hunks. After visiting the towns and vil- lages of Java and some other islands, where Chinese resided, distributing the books from house to house, and putting them into other channels also for circulation, he returned at the rnd of eight months to China. The winter of 1814, as well as the preceding, he spent in Canton, studying the language, with the same ardor as at first. He opened his rooms also for public worship on the Sabbath to the foreign residents, and seamen who chose to attend. According to views which had long been cherished by Dr. Morrison, a station was needed for the mission, as a centre of communication and action, and where Christian books might be safely published. Dr. Milne was selected to locate, at Malacca, the hitherto unsettled mission. "Aware," said he, "that the progress of institutions is slow, when there is neither wealth nor influence at command, we resolved to begin on a small scalp, but constantly to keep our eye upon, and direct our efforts towards, great ends." In the spring of 1815, Dr. Milne and his wife entered their new scene of labors, and were kindy received by the resident, Major Farquhar, who was ever their friend. The Dutch Christians, who were entirely destitute of preaching, applied to him for assistance. He ac- cordingly began and continued, till his death, to preach before them once on each Sabbath: for which services they gave him a small salary during life, and afterwards a pension to his children from the Orphan Fund. One of his first efforts was directed to the establishment of a Chinese free school. The Chinese had never heard of such a thing, and could not, for a twelvemonth, believe, that their children were really to be taught, and books furnished them, gratuitously; they suspected that presents would yet be de- manded, or that some selfish and sinister purpose would yet "leak out." They could not comprehend the idea of doing and spending so much, simply to do good to others. Thus many kept back their children for the first year. The school opened with only five scholars. By the most cautious pro- cess he also succeeded in introducing the use of Christian books, and prevailed on both the teachers and scholars to attend Cnristian worship. In 1820, Dr. Milne says, "connect. ed with the missions are 13 schools, in all containing about three hundred children and youth." Some friends in the army and in Bengal aided him in this work, by liberal donations. His remarks on this occasion seem to be worthy of remem- brance. "Missionaries, to whose lot wealth rarely falls, feel greatly encouraged by such assistance. Wealthy Europeans, or persons in comfortable circumstances in India, may do much good ,by their liberality. It may feed the poor, clothe the naked, and teach multitudes of ignorant heathen children, to peruse the records of eternal life." 1834. Rev. William Milne, D. D. 821 Another work in which he immediately engaged, was the publication of a periodical, called the " Chinese Monthly Maga- zine." This was continued, with very little assistance, till hia death. Thousands of copies were yearly circulated among the Chinese of the Eastern Archipelago, in Siam, Cochinchi- na, and also in the Chinese empire. Two years later, he began an English quarterly periodical, entitled the "Indo- Chinese Gleaner." This was a much more laborious work than the former, but he also received much more assistance, about one half being furnished by his senior colleague. This was also continued till Dr. Milne died, and expired with him. His opinion of the value of such periodicals, is certainly that of one who had experience; he says; "In the intellectual •wastes which missionaries usually inhabit, thought becomes torpid, mental energy languishes, and the ordinary range of vision becomes narrow. If a publication combines religion and philosophy, literature and history, there is something to in»- form the understanding, to rouse the dormant feelings; some- thing to awaken caution; to encourage languishing hope, some- thing to excite benevolent sympathies, something to draw out fervent prayer to God, cordial thanks for his blessings, active zeal in his cause, and ardent love to all his children." The last three or four years of his life, were much devoted to the "Anglo-Chinese College." The corner-stone was laid, Nov. llth, 1818. In 1820, it was so far advanced that a class was formed, and instruction given. This College originated, aa is generally known, with a donation of £1000 from his pre- decessor; but the charge of erecting buildings, and the details of its organization, devolved on Dr. Milne. Frotii that time till his death, he was the Principal of the institution, managing its general affairs, and giving instruction twice or thrice daily in the Chinese language. In 1817, he welcomed the arrival of a fellow.laborer, the Rev. W. H. Medhurst. The next year, three or four more arrived, most of whom have since ceased from their earthly labors. After studying the language for a time at Malacca, they separated, as new stations were sue- ceb-sively formed at Penang, Singapore, and Batavia. In the midst of these labors, Dr. Milne was called to mourn the loss of his dearest earthly friend. Sickness had often visited them. Death had already taken two dear children from the afflicted parents; but the mother was yet spared. In March, 1819, she was called to her rest, dying in peace, and in the full hope of a blessed eternity. Most deeply and tenderly did the surviving husband feel the loss. "The de- sire of his. eyes was tnken from him." Often, from this time even till his death, the pages of his private journal are wet with the tears of the husband, while they show also the con- solations of the Christian. "O Rachel! Rachel! endeared to me by evry possible tie! But I will try not to grieve for thee; tus thou didst often roomiest before thy departure, f will try lo o o 322 Life and Labors of the DEC. cherish the remembrance of thy virtues and sayings, and teach them to the dear babes thou hast left behind. The Lord gave, and the Lord hath taken away, and blessed be the name of the Lord." From this time, the care of his four surviving children was heavy on his mind; but he slackened not his hand in the work of the Lord, rather quickening his steps as he came nearer the goal. For more than two years all the concerns of the mission had devolved entirely on himself. It was his to visit, and petition government; to plan and superintend the mission buildings; to oversee the schools; to prepare the Magazine; to edit the Gleaner; to teach in the college; to carry on translations; and daily to pursue the study of the Chinese, the Malay, the Siamese, and the Cochinchinese languages. From some of these labors be was relieved by his younger brethren. He found time also, to "preach the word." From the first year of the mission he preached in a pagan temple, weekly, to the Chinese on Thursday evenings; on tho Sabbath, besides preaching to the Dutch, he had, while his health admitted, two services in Chinese. "The difficulty of collecting a congregation, he says, was all along felt. The Chinese spend the day in hard labor, and their evenings are very commonly devoted to gambling. When a few persons came to hear, it was no easy thing to fix their attention. Some would be talking, some laughing at the novelty of the doctrines preached, and some smoking their pipes. But the few who attended regularly, soon became very decorous and attentive." The reception of his preaching among the heathen, as de- scribed to him by one of the converts, is very characteristic of Chinese sentiments. "Some treat the gospel with the highest contempt; others say, what is the use of spending so much money in making books, dec., for our instruction? Where people are out of employ, were he to give five dollars, or where persons are commencing a pepper plantation, a few dollars to assist them; that would be spending money more to the purpose. If he will give us money, we will he his followers. He is a very good man, that we all know, but though he has been here more than two years, what good has he done us? Who has received his doctrines? Yet he has even deprived us of cock-fighting! What use of calling us to embrace his reli- gion and to worship his God? May we not just as well call him to embrace ours, and worship our gods?" Another per- son who was in his employ say?, "It is all very well, I now receive his pay, I ought to serve him, I will agree with him; if he even bid me go out and read to the people in town when he is absent, I will do it." Yet these labors had the effect gradually to enlighten the minds of many, to reform their conduct, and to weaken their attachment to ^idolatry. The present native teaclier Ai'A is the 1832. Ret. William Milne, 1), t), 328 first convert whom he bapticed. This convert outlives his in- structor, of whose life and habits he loves to speak; he adheres to his profession still at the end of sixteen yearst though tried by the loss of his property, by scourging, and itn risonment. He is now an ordained Evangelist of the London Missionary Society. But the work to which he devoted most of the study and labor of his last seven years, and that which will cause the name of Milne to be longest remembered, was the translation and composition of books. By his early diligence in the study of Chinese, he acquired great facility in writing on mor- al and religious subjects in that language. "No tracts," says his surviving colleague, "are so acceptable to the Chinese, as some of poor Milne's." He used his pen for all occasions, and literally spent his life in writing. In the translation of the Old Testament, he ardently desired to participate, and chose the following historical books, supposing them easiest to translate, viz., Deuteronomy, Joshua, and Judges, the two books of Samuel, of Kings, and of Chronicles, Ezra, Nehemiah, Est- her, and Job; in all thirteen. The rest were translated by Dr. Morrison. He wrote also in Chinese not less than fifteen tracts, varying from ten to sevnty leaves, besides a full com- mentary on Ephesians, and an elaborate work in two volumes entitled an "Essay on the Soul." His own view of these mul- tiplied works, is found in his private journal. "They appear many for my strength, especially if to these the care of my own family be added. I humbly hope also that they are, and will be useful to the church of God. But when I view them as connected with the imperfection of my motives, and the dullness and deficiency of spiritual affections in them, 1 am disposed to adopt the language of the Prophet; «' very many, and very dry." They appear to be almost "dead works." Woe 's me! Woe 's me! my dead soul! Lord make it alive to thee, and this will give life to all my labors." In 1822, the life of this laborious servant of Jesus terminat- ed. After many premonitions of danger, and partial recovery, the continued and large expectorations of blood, showed the fatal progress of disease. Though it was rightly apprehended that the liver was the seat of complaint, no remedies could longer check its gradual and certain progress. After a voyage to Penang for health, he returned emaciated and weak, to die at his post. There he had planted the standard of his Mas- ter, there he defended it, and there he fell. Approach and behold the scene. He has not now to relinquish his treasures, for they are laid up in heaven for him. He has no late and desperate work of repentance yet to perform. He has no secret or open enemies to forgive, for he cherished no ill. will to any. He has not now to seek that Friend to stand by him, who never forsnkps; in his youth he sn ight him, a ml found him, and committed to him the keeping ol his soul 324 Life and Labors of the DKC. against that day. He is not leaving hia home, and his friends, for a friendless ex:le; but he is gong to his Father's house, to see that wondrous Sivior, who loved him and gave him- self for him. Yet the closing scene of this good man's life was peace, not joy. It is a serious thing to die. It is a serious thing to stand before- th" perfect judgment. On the 2d of June, 1822, Dr. Milne died at the age of thirty.seven years, about ten years after his arrival in China. Thus have we traced, very imperfectly, the course of this servant of God, from Europe to Asia—from Ihe condition of a shepherd boy, among the hills of Scotland, to that of the devoted missionary, dying amidst hia labors at Malacca. Many of his early companions, doubtless, died in their vices as they lived, and in their own native village; he lived the life of the righteous, and his books are now read by thousands in Asia. Truly, might he say, >' God had better things in reserve for me." His success as a missionary resulted very much from his humble piety, and his entire devotion to his work. He usrd to say, "when I am convinced a thing is right, I could #0 through the fire to accumplish it." He was fully convinced the cause of missions was the cause of Heaven, and neither fire nor water could impede his onward course. One great object constantly filled his mind and fired his soul, the estab- lishment of Christ's kingdom among the nations. This called forth his earnest prayers in his youth, and engrossed all his labors in later life. At all times ;md places, and on all occa- sions, the missionary work was the first with him. "This one thing he did." In the beginning of his course he made it a rule to devote fourteen hours of the day to study and devo- tion, six hours to sleep, and the rest, to menls and recreation, walking twice a day for health. But in the later years of his life, finding it impossible to sleep so much, he used to sit up till two o'clock in the morning. There is no doubt, that his health suffered from intense study, and much writing. But liis naturally impetuous determined mind, though softened by the grace of GoH, bore him along with an impetus not easy to withstand. Hence in his private journal, we meet with such reflections as these. "Attempting too much labor for my strength, seems to be my fault." Considering his want of an ear'y education, the results of his ten years' missionary life, are indeed astonishing. His readiness to seize on every circumstance which could bear on the cause, was also the effect of the concentration of his powers on this one. wurk. An extract from o;ie of his pri- vate prayers well expresses liis desire; "Give me wisdom and energy to know and seize on all the facilities furnished by thv Providence, fv promoting truth and righteousness. May I be humble in myself, and greatly value the Intents of ollieis. O bless my family, my partner in life, bless our little onus 1832. Rev. William Milne, D. D. 325 with the beginnings of eternnll ife. Pit me for a useful life and a happy death. My eyes are this evening lifted up towards* thy mercy in Christ. It is my only hope, my sole plea. Look upon me, pardon me, bless me and mine, in time and through eternity, for Christ's sake. I give myself afresh to thee, my Creator, Redeemer, and Sanctifier; seal me and save me. Amen and Amen." If the character of a man is noble in proportion to the good which he designs and executes, then the life of Milne may be compared with others of greater name. Many foreigners have resided for ten or twenty years, on these remote shores of Asia; have amassed their thousands among these heathen, and then returned to enjoy, in their own land, the fruit of their labors. They had money and influence while living here, enough to d'iffuse widely around them the bkssings of educa. tion and Christianity. But they gathered up their thousands, and hasted quickly away. Ignorance remained unenlightened as before, and misery unalleviated. Yea, they hasted by like the wind, they passed away and were forgotten. Among them came also one, who, beholding the miseries of heathenism, passed not by on the other side. He instructed the youth in schools, he enlightened the aged by books, he opened his hand to give the words of eternal life to all. He amassed not silver and gold, but Bibles; and soon he also returned to enjoy the fruit of his labors; returned, not to his native land whence he came out; but, we doubt not, to the city of the living God ; where, with the «noble army of martyrs," he now reaps the gracious re- ward of a life devoted to the Saviour of the world. His name passes not away forgotten from Asia; being dead he yet speak- «th daily to thousands of reading pagan*, and the day of regenerated China, we believe, is brought nearer by ihe labors of William Milne. • While preparing this sketch, a fact has come to onr knowledge, which wo are unwilling to suppress. In the "Memoirs of Milne," there is an extract from his "will" concerning the education of his children. He was particularly solicitous that they might be very early taught two things, (1) to seek first the kingdom of God and his righteousness, and (2) to be diligent in business; and adds, in another paragraph,—" It would be a most grateful and delightful anticipation for rne to cherish, that they:, or some of them, should devote themselves to the service of Christ as Chinese missionaries." The desires of the good man's heart seem likely to be granted. His eld. est child, Amelia, who was born in China, is, we understand, expected soon to accompany a lady of great respectability to Malacca, for the purpose of giving to Pagan and Mohammedan girls a Christian education. She comes to the endeared spot where her beloved parents labored and died ; and where their remains are deposited till the morning of the resurrection. They died at their post, and their children are about to enter into their labore. Their three eons hiive resided chiefly at Aberdeen; but are now, hy latest accounts, studying in Edinburgh. One of them, who was named after his father, and who is said to possess much of his father's decision of character, has recently unrolled himself among the profeMed disciple* of Christ. 326 Miscellanies. DEC. MISCELLANIES. NATIONAL CHARACTER OF THE CHINESE.*—The character of nations, like that of individuals, often changes. This remark applies to China as well as to other countries, though perhaps not to the same extent. The Chinese national character is not now what it was in the commencement of the present dynasty; nor was it then what it had been in the days of Confucius. From the time of Yaou and Shun down to the time of that philosopher, it had also undergone those changes which commonly attend a state of progressive civilization. In the reign of these excellent chieftains, China was yet a small country, and but just emerging from barbarism. A lit- tie before their days, the people lived in the savage state. They resided in woods, in caves, and in holes dug in the ground. They covered themselves with the skins of beaits; they also made garments of leaves of trees, of reeds, and of grass. They ate the flesh of animals, with the blood, and the skin, and the hair; all unboiled, and unroasted, and undress, ed. They could neither read, nor write, nor cypher. Their dead often lay unbiiried. Sometimes they were thrown into ditches, and sometimes cast without shroud, coffin, or cere- mony, into a hole dug with the end of a stick in the ground, where wolves, insects, and other creatures, devoured them. They were in a state equally barbarous and savage with that in which the Britons lived during the reign of Druidism, be- fore the conquest by Julius Caesar. From the time of Yaou and Shun, the Chinese territory extended, its population increased, and its character improved. While it remaiued in the feudal state, neither arts nor scien- ces flourished. Necessity was the mother of invention in China as well as in other nations. Increasing numbers taught them the necessity of labor; labor, of instruments; and instruments, of skill; this produced some improvement in the practical arts, tl . progress of which was secured for a time by the impulse o. .ne principle which gave them birth. [n literature, nature itself became their instructor. By the impression of the feet of birds on the sand, and the marks * From the writings of Milne; see" Memoirs of the Rev. William Milne, D. D., by Dr. Morrison: Malacca: 1824; also the ;• Retrospect," by Milne! 1832. Mi»cettanies. 327 on the bodies of shell-fish, they caught the first idea of writing. Their written character continued for a considerable time pure- ly hieroglyphic; but after passing through various changes, suggested partly by convenience, and partly by genius, it gradually lost its original form,- and approximated to one bet- ter adapted to the purposes of government and of literature. In the earlier ages of China, before its inhabitants were col- lected into towns and cities, and large associations, along with their rusticity of ideas, manners, and virtues, they also preserv- ed the ruder vices of uncivilized life; but were not yet con- taminated with the intrigue, the falsehood, and the hypocrisy, which too often attend a more advanced stage of society. Hence many of their sages of subsequent times, affected with the evils which passed under their more immediate review, and forgetting those which existed of old, pass the highest encomiums on the ages of antiquity. Even things which were really the consequences of ignorance and barbarity, they some- times mistake for virtues of high character. They erroneous- ly conceived, that the vices of their own times were rather the necessary consequences of high civilization, than the na- tive corruption of the human heart, displaying itself in another form. In the days of Confucius, and for some time after, China continued divided into a great many small kingdoms, which all united in acknowledging the supremacy of 'the emperors, while each possessed within itself all the arbitrary power of a feudal state. In the dynasty Tsin, the power of the states was abolished, the whole amalgamated into one, and the government erected into that gigantic despotism, the great lines of which it preserves to this hour. The wisdom of the ancient rulers and sages of China formed a code of laws which, with many defects, possessed also many great excellencies. Through the numerous ages in which these laws have existed, they have been executed with various de- grees of moderation and humanity; and sometimes without the oppressive exertion of arbitrary power. The huge machine of their government has been often battered, both from with- out and from within, and still its essential parts hang to. gether. For ages, the arts and sciences in China have been sta- tionary; and from the accounts of the last English embassy, seem, at present,- rather in a retrograde state. The obstinate refusal of the Chinese to improve, is rather to be viewed as the effect of principle, than the want of genius. They consid- er the ancient sages, kings, and governments, as the proto- types of excellence; and a near approximation to the times in which they lived, the highest display of national wisdom and virtue. They are still the blind slaves of antiquity, and possess not that greatness of character which sees its own defects, and sighs after improvement. 828 Mitcellunitg. DEC. Tartars now govern China. The milder sons of Han* could not withstand the arms of the conquering Khan. The wild Scythian, who ate the flesh of horses, and drank the milk cf cows, was fit for every enterprise. His restless ambition, nothing but universal empire could satiate; and scarce any obstacle could resist his savage prowess. At length, after the reverses attendant on a state of warfare continued with various interruptions for several centuries, he seated himself securely on the throne of China, where he now holds the most prominent place among earthly princes; and assumes to be "the head of all—the son of heaven—the emperor of all that is under the starry firmament—and the vicegerent of the most high.1' It is now about one hundred and eighty years since the Tartars obtained the government of the whole Chinese domin- ions. They united China to their own territory, and thus formed one of the most extensive empires that ever existed. They adopted many of the customs of their newly acquired subjects; but they did not give up those which formed their own national peculiarities. They continued to preserve the essential parts of that code of laws which they found existing in China; while they, at the same time, imposed certain regula. tions which were viewed hy the conquered either as highly disgraceful or oppressive; and the non-compliance with which, cost some of them their lives. The executive government was soon filled by Tartars, who at times affected, and still affect, to treat the Chinese with contempt. To contend is of no avail: the Chinese must submit, and (as they sometimes express themselves) "quietly eat down the insults they meet with." Since the union of China to Mantchou Tartary, there have been two national characters in the empire, reciprocally affect- ing each other. The high and exclusive tone which had ever been assumed by the emperors of China, was highly gra- tifying to the mind of the victorious Tartar, while the power of his arms secured the honor of superiority to himself. The qualities of the Scythian character have been softened down by the more mild and polished ones of the Chinese; and the cowardly imbecility of the Chinese has been in part removed by the warlike spirit of the Scythian. The intrigue and de- ceit of the Chinese, and the rude courage of the Tartar, seem to unite in what may be considered the present national character of China; and so far as that union does exist, it will render her formidable to their enemies. What cannot be effected by force, may he by fraud, and vice versA; and what any one of these qualities singly may not be able to accomplish, the union of both may. But this mixture of qualities is * Han is a term often used by the Chinese themselves in order to distinguish them from the Tartars. They call themselves Han tsze, ite -£- '•Sons of Han.'1 1833. Miscellanies. 329 heterogeneous and unnatural; and there is reason to sup| os~> that the seeds of national evil are in it, like those liquid compounds, e. g. water and oil, the parts of which are made (o adhere for a time by mechanical agitation, but when allowed to settle, resolve themselves without any external cause to their simples; so perhaps it may be with China. The tempers of her own legitimate children and those of the strangers who rule over her, are discordant, and refuse to coalesce; and if they do not by their own operation work her complete ruin, they may either make the country an easier prey to its foes, or prevent the emperors from sitting easy for any length of time on their thrones. In point of territory, riches, and population, China is the greatest of the nations; and has, perhaps, to a degree beyond any other, the art of turning all her intercourse with foreign countries to her own advantage. But here she shows but little honorable principle. Idle displays of majesty and authority must satisfy those nations that seek her alliance; for in vain will they look for truth and respectful treatment from her. If they be contented to knock under, and acknowledge that their bread—their water—their vegetables—and their breath, are the effects of her bounty; then she will not deal unkindly with them—she will not oppress them—she will even help them. Proud of an imaginary benevolence, which is high as the heavens, and broad as the ocean, she will throw the boon to them; but withal is sure to remind them, with the tone of authority, to cherish feelings of respect and submission towards those by whose beneficence they subsist. But woe to that na- tion that dares presume, even in the secret corners of its heart, to consider itself equal, or within a thousand degrees of equali- ty—that country is rude, barbarous, obstinate, and unfilial; and not to tear it up root and branch, is considered a display of forbearance worthy of the celestial sovereign alone! If, in the intercourse of China with foreign nations, she cannot' with truth and justice make all things appear honorable to herself, she makes no difficulties about using other means. She discolors narratives—she misquotes statements—she drags forth to the light whatever appears for her own advantage— and seals up in oblivion whatever bears against her. She lies by system; and, right or wrong, must have all things to look well on paper. This view of her political character is not less true than it is lamentable. Let us turn to her moral character; and here we shall, as in other countries, see much that is good, with a great prepon- derance of that which is evil. The morals of China, ns a nation, commence in filial duty, and end in political govern- ment. The learned reduce every good thing to one principle; vh. that of paternal and filial piety ; every other is hut a moili- lication of this. In this they think they discover the seed of sill virtues, und the motives to all dulics, They apply it in r ii 330 Miscellanies. DEC. every case, and to every class of men. Tlicy trace its origin high up (Q those operations which at first separated the chaos, and see its importance illustrated in every operation of nature. Immediate parents are considered the father and mother of the family. The rulers of provinces, the father and mother of the province. The emperor and empress, the father and mother of the empire. Heaven and earth, the father and mother of the em- peror, and of all this inferior world. Yin and Yang, the father and mother of the post-chaotic universe. The principle now under consideration, is supposed to teach the good emperor to treat the people with the tenderness of a father: and the people to obey the emperor with the veneration of children. Under its influence, the good parent stretches his views forward to thousands of future generations, and lays up good for his unborn posterity; and the good child turns his thoughts backward to thousands of past ages, and remunerates the favor of his deceased ancestors. China considers herself as much a parent when she punishes, as when she rewards; when she cuts off the heads of her obstinate children, as when she crowns the obedient with riches and honor; and the minister of state, but yesterday raised from the rank of a plebeian, is not more obliged to render thanks for the paternal grace that has elevated him, than the criminal just about to be cut in a thousand pieces, is to bow dowu and to return thanks for the paternal discipline which will, in an instant, extermi- nate his terrestrial being. The laws of China operate very powerfully against the exercise of benevolence in cases where it is most needed. Whatever crimes are committed in a neighborhood, all the neighbors around are involved; and contrary to what is the case in most other civilized countries, the law considers them guilty, until they can prove themselves innocent. Hence the terror of being implicated in any evil that takes place, some- times prevents the people from quenching fire, until the supe- rior authorities be first informed—and from relieving the dis- tressed, until it is often too late. Hence it not unfrequently happens, that a man who has had the ill fortune to be stab- ed to death in the street near to his neighbor's door, or who, having fallen down through fatigue or disease, dies, is often allowed to remain on the spot until the stench of the putrid corpse obliges them, for their own safety, to get it by some means or other buried out of the way. It is easy to see how powerfully this operates as a national check to benevolence. SENSOS COSIWUNIS.—In Europe, and wherever Christianity is generally known, .the common sense of all persons, however hostile to true religion, is against iJolatry and polytheism. Mo- notheism is the unirsal creed, !>.>th of tho vulgar and of the philosopher. The oilier lu'lief appears ridiculous. But it was 1832. Miscellanies. 331 not so when Moses, in the midst of polytheistic idolaters, and in a barbarous .age, introduced monotheism,—the doctrine of one God, the Creator, the constant Preserver and Governor, and the final Judge of men. Nor was it the case in Greece or Rome, when Christianity began its course. Nor have the philosophers of India or China, if they attained to the knowledge of one God, been able to diffuse it among the people. The common sense of China is against monotheism. The monothe- ist appears to many, ridiculous and impious. We have before us an exemplification of this in a paper writ- ten by an educated man, who had spent some years at the Anglo-Chinese College. The subject of his paper is the di- versity of sentiment and feeling among men, not only under different circumstances, but also under the same circumstances; and he illustrates his subject by a paragraph on his own ex- perience, in the following personal narrative. "This year during the summer, in the beginning of the 7th moon, returning to Canton from Singapore, in a European ship, we had a strong gale of wind for four or five days. The masts and sails were all carried away; and every body on board came upon deck; it being necessary to nail "oil-cloth" over the hatches. From the 8th to the 10th no fire could be lighted on board. There was nothing but biscuit to eat; and in addition to these circumstances, the vessel leaked on both sides. Scores of men, by turns, kept pumping night and day. The captain looked extremely sad; and of the passengers, some were looking up to heaven, and uttering sighs and groans; some were calling aloud on heaven to save them; some were crying and shedding tears. I lifted up my heart to Heaven, and prayed in silence. I recollected my personal sins and wicked- ness, and that for ten years I had crossed the seas, and heard the holy religion of the divine Heaven, but had not given my heart to its cordial reception; nor taken the things which I had heard, and taught them to others. I determined, if God would forgive my sins, and save me from this calamity, and bring me to my home to see my kindred and friends, that I would take every pains to instruct them, and point out their erroneous opinions of God, in which they daily indulged, and to open a way for the regeneration of their hearts, and lead them to the holy religion. I purposed, if my life was spared, to spend it hereafter in obedience to the commandments of God: holding fast his" precepts, and not daring to defile myself with my former pollutions. "At this time the maddened winds blew, and drove with vehement rapidity, the falling rain. From head to foot all were drenched through, and pierced with cold. I thought to myself that if God did save the ship, this body of mine must be sick. But if I did get home and meet once again my wife .UK! children, should I then die, it would be better, than to have my dead body cast into the sea to be devoured by the 332 MiscManics. I)K( . tish. When the Great Ladrones appeared in sight, all on hoard, high and low, beat their foreheads with their hands, and thanked heaven for their preservation. "After landing, all the people hegan to collect money to buy vic'ims, incense, and candles to go to the idol temples to offer thanks. 1 asked them to what god they were going to give thanks; to the god of the sea or to the god of the winds? Or if they were going to give thanks to the most high God, the Sovereign of heaven? All the people on hearing these words, made thorn the subject of jest and mockery. The next day, they applied to me for a subscription, and said, that if I did not subscribe 1 should be called mean and parsimonious. But (I thought) if I offered incense to an idol god, I was dis- obeying a precept of the Most High. "At this juncture it happened that a subscription came round for poor shipwrecked sufferers; and to it I doubled my sub- scription, for their use, and to work together with the mercy of the Most High in their deliverance. On observing this, some said, I was an impious man, and did not respect the gods; others said, I had conferred a real and substantial benefit." &c. Thus it appears, that the rational monotheism of a half- converted Chinese, was the subject of derision and of blame, to the common si-nse of his pagan countrymen. INSECURITY OF PKOPF.IITY in China, arises not from direct robbery on the part of government officers; but from alleging against the possessors of property, either truly or falsely, the violation of some law. We have known dollars paid to the amount of many thousands, in consequence of accusations entirely groundless. A case occurred about a month ago, to |.:irties of whom we had some knowledge, in which truth and falsehood were mixed up together. A Chinese named Lin, or in English, Forest, was invited, upwards of twenty years since, to Bengal to teach the Chinese language. He left a wife and daughter in this country; but like many of the same class lie married another wife in Calcutta. In the course of years, he became wealthy, having saved about two lacks of dollars. The person he married seerns to have been the daughter of some Chinese resident there; for, not long ago, be sent his second son, with his mother to China, to honor his deceassd parents, and take care of his first wife. The youth was about 20 years of age, and brought with him 20,000 dollars in goods. Last winter young Foie^t was married. On that evening, •"hen the bridegroom was expected, an uncle seized his person, and demanded a thousand dollars to let him go. This was clone on the pretext that his father had made an unfair division of his grandfather's patrimony; and the said uncle from poverty had been unable to marry. To save appear- ances on such an occasion, Forest gave a bond for a-thousand •lolliir.-i. and was filxiriitoil. 1832. Miscellanies. 333 Having built a small neat house, and everything indicating prosperity, the circumstances of old Lin became the talk of all the neighborhood,—near which was n police office. At length, some north country sharpers got the story, and contrived a plot to extort money. As Forest was walking before his door one evening, the sharpers came up and asked if that was not the house of Lin. An affirmative was given, when they proceeded, as principal and witnesses, to urge a claim against Lin senior, for 3000 taels, which he had borrowed before he went abroad. They sanctioned their demand on Lin junior by the adage,—A son must pay his father's debts. Young Forest retired, and sent out his father's old wife to talk to them. She puzzled them a little by asking particulars, as to time, place, &c.; and the sharpers went off with a threat to appeal to the mandarin. Instead of that, however, the next day they prepared a sedan chair, and as Forest came out of his house, seized him and put him into the chair; and were in the act of carrying him off, .when they were stopped by the police, who heard Forest inside abusing them, and calling out murder! One of the sharpers declared that the youth was his son, who had run away from his studies, and got into bad company; which had compelled the father to adopt the present course. The police did not see much either of paternal affection or filial duty in the proceedings, and took them all into custody. The old lady at length made her appearance before the mandarin, and told a plausible tale; that her husband had gone to sea, the ship was lost, and he could not return. Therefore he had remained abroad, and when dying directed this son to return. The sharpers could not tell so good a tale; and so Forest was dismissed, and the others thrown into prison, to be punished. Thus Forest has escaped this time; but he must fee his deliverers, who know the facts of his case; for the children in the neighboring streets call liim fan tsze, the foreign lad. BENEVOLENT ENTERPRISE.—When great enterprises are to be planned and carried forward, the difficulties that may attend their progress and completion, together with their probable result, near, and remote, should always be carefully considered. If an extensive canal, or rail-road, is to be constructed, many calculations and surveys must first be made, and with great care. If the condition of man is to be meliorated—if his "combativeness," superstition, ignorance, and immoralities are to be exchanged for peacefulness, intelligence, justice, kindness, and such like, it is necessary first to become acquainted with his condition and character. The correctness of these remarks none will deny; they are the dictates of common sense, and involve the principles on which we daily act, and which are 334 Miscellanies. DEC. recognised in (hat Divine declaration, that "the children of this world are in their generation wiser than the children of light." That a wide field for commercial enterprise has long been opened in the East, is sufficiently attested by the millions of treasure and of merchandise which have, during the last two or three centuries, floated around the Capes. Still, a more correct and extensive acquaintance with these countries, and with their productions and inhabitants, would greatly increase the advantages of commerce. But if in this point of view there is anything to attract our attention—and there is not a little which does attract it,—how much more do we find which ought to interest us, when as moral and religious men we survey the same field? The West has been enriched by the productions of the East; silks, and spices, and other va- luable commodities, in immense quantities, have been wafted from the shores of the Pacific and the Indian oceans, to the numerous harbors on both sides of the Atlantic. And what has been given in exchange? Generally an equivalent, we doubt not, in commodity; and sometimes with it also, we fear, have been scattered the seeds of death. In some instances, however, a good influence has been exerted; salutary measures have been adopted; changes for the better have taken place; and a little light breaks in upon the dark prospect. We refer not merely to the cases where the "bread of life" has been given to the hungry poor; but to all those, where efforts have been made for the improvement of general knowledge,—in the sciences, the arts, or the ordinary circumstances of life. In the healing art, for instance, we have more than one ex- ample, immediately at hand. To pour light on dark eye-balls; and, by the simplest process imaginable, to raise an impreg- nable barrier against what had long been regarded as one of death's surest messengers, may not in themselves be deemed worthy of any special notice.* We might make the same remark concerning the work of translating and circulating the oracles of God,—of shedding heavenly light on benighted minds, and of proffering the balm of consolation to wounded spirits. • We have for a long time been desirous of obtaining for the pages of the Repository, an account of the introduction, progress, and present slate of Vaccination in this country. The Gentleman Who has the honor of introducing this practice among the Chinese, will very obligingly furnish us with all the principal facts of the case. But as his papers had been sent on board the ship in which he sails for England, before we made the request, he will forward the documents to us from Java. Few, if any individuals who have ever left this country, are more worthy to be remembered by the Chinese, than Dr. Alexander Pearson. He carries with him the high esteem and regard of all who knew him, and may justly cherish the recollection of having benefited thousands who can never enjoy his acquaintance. It is now, we believe, four or five years since the infirmary, for the benefit of blind Chinese, was established at Macao. We hope it may be in our p»nTcr, erelong, to give some particulars concerning that establishment. 1832. Rdigivus Intelligence. 335 Yet who does not see, that, in the one case as well as in the other, such acts will be followed by the most happy results, the influence of which will not be confined to a few, but ex- tended to many individuals, and be perpetuated to future ge- nerations. "Millions of money," according to the views of a late biographer, are "quite sufficient to constitute the sublime." But, be adds, money in itself is nothing. So we may say of action. And as money hoarded up is useless, and the love of it the root of all evil; so action which reaches not beyond one's self, is poor and criminal. But without action the riches of Croesus, or the mines of Potosi, would be profitless; still it is the circumstances of action—its motive and direction,—which give it value, or make it positively bad; when inspired and directed by goodwill, it then rises to a high order, partakes of the nature of gcdliness, and yields great gain. On this principle, "two mites" may out-value "abundance" of treas- ure; and in the "moral sublime" equal millions of money! Little, very little does that man know of happiness, who has never tasted the luxury of doing good. Such action is like jhe quality of mercy,— it is twice blessed; It blesseth him that gives, and him that takes. These eastern nations present a wide field for benevolent and philanthropic enterprise. Their commercial, political, and social relations are to be viewed in a new and clearer light, and changed for the better. In many of the useful arts, and in the sciences—especially those of education and morals,—great improvements are to be made. Education is to be better un- derstood, and more generally enjoyed; and the monstrous sys. terns (if systems they may be called) of morals and religion are to be exchanged for the pure and perfect one, inculcated by Him who spake as never man spake—whose yoke is easy and whose burden is light. In hastening improvements like these, who would not delight to participate? RELIGIOUS INTELLIGENCE. VAN DITCMKN'S LAND.—A bart Town; and a church has letter is before us, dated Ho- been organized; and a spirit of bart Town, July 2d, 1832, religious inquiry, which seeks from which we learn a few in- for an abundant increase of the teresting particulars. A new means of grace and of the fruits chapel, of moderate dimensions, of the Spirit, is beginning to be has recently been erected at Ho- manifest. And while multitudes 336 DEC. Religious Intelligence. are prospering in their worldly circumstances, a few are be- coming prosperous in spiritual tilings ; of these few, some are members of the Church of Eng- land, others are Presbyterians, others are Wesleyan Methodists, and others are Independents. Our correspondent makes worthy mention of those who preach the gospel at HobarC Town; and adds, "We do not, however, at present, see those glorious effects, resulting from the labors of ministers of the gospel in these places, which have been experienced in other lands, and which we are anx- iously desirous to witness here. It is my earnest prayer, that the Lord would revive his work in the midst of the years, and cause his word to have free course and be glorified." In a waste so dreary as Van Diemen's Land, it is peculiarly pleasing to meet with such an excellent spirit as that which is breathed forth in the letter before us. Let such a spirit become universal, then the soli- tary place shall be glad, and "^he desert shall rejoice, and blossom as the rose." SIAM.—From the Singapore Chronicle, for the 18th of Oc- tober last, we learn that the Si- amese have committed new out- rages on the Malay inhabitants, on the east coast of the Malayan peninsula, at Patani, and other places. The chief object of the Siamese seems to have been to obtain money and slaves. On the 15th of August, a fire is said to have broken out in the "Malay district" of Bangkok, by which, about one hundred of their houses were destroyed. It is said also, that the small pox had prevailed to a great extent in that city, and carried off many children. In the notices of Siam, which have been given to the public from the pens of Messrs. Gutz- laff and Tomlin, there are se- veral references to Hannah, and some account of the natives of that country who reside at Bang- kok. Christian books, in the Barman language, long since found their way to Siam; and at length, a member of the Burman mission, the Rev. J. Taylor Jones, has been com- missioned to repair to Bangkok; and on the 16th of Oct. was at Penang on his way thither. Mr. J. expects to meet Mr. Abeel at Bangkok, and anticipates the early arrival of other laborers. A countryman of Mr. Gutzlaff's is expected to arrive at Bangkok, in the course of a few months, with a view to aid in the work which has been commenced by our friend and Christian brother. But what are these> two, three, five, or ten—more or less,— among the thousands of Siam? With emphasis we may quote the words of our Lord:—The harvest truly is plenteous, but the laborers are few; pray ye therefore the Lord of the har- vest, that he will send forth laborers into his harvest. There are resources enough in Christendom, if they were put in requisition, to supply the whole Pagan world immediately with the means of Christian in- struction. The work is vast, and it will be accomplished; though it may be hastened, or retarded, or stopped, for years, according as Christians show themselves faithful., or the reverse. 1832. 337 Literary Notices. LITERARY NOTICES. TH« Christian Advocate's publications for 1829,1830, and 1831. By HUGH JAMBS ROSE, B. D., Christian Advocate in the University of Cambridge, London: Rivington. THE first of these Essays is entitled, "Christianity always progressive;" the second, " Brief remarks on the dispositions to- wards Christianity, generated by prevailing opinions and pur- suits;" and the third, "Notices of the Mosaic Law; with some account of the opinions of re- cent Franch writers concerning it." The whole are written in a clear, dispassionate, and ar- gumentative style, for which Mr. Rose appears distinguished. As there are allusions to China in them, we have thought it right to call the attention of our readers to these works. Tne first Essay is intended to answer "the objection made to Christianity, on account of its want of universality." "It is unquestionably an old one," as Mr. Rose remarks, and has been often answered ; still it is one that often rises anew in the human mind, and has pe- culiar weight situated as we are, where Christians, even in name merely, are to the rest of the population as a drop in the ocean. Some persons profess- aq ing Christianity whom we have known, partly in consequence of the difficulty alluded to, have said, in direct opposition how- ever to the declarations of Sa- cred Scripture, that it was not intended to be universal; or if it were so, it must be left to the Almighty to work a miracle to make it so. And on this view of the case they would neither use means themselves, nor en- courage the efforts of others, tq diffuse Christian knowledge in Pagan or Mohammedan na- tions. Those who may have indulged such opinions, will find in Mr. Rose's Essay, strong ar. guments tending to show that they are wrong in opinion, and blameable in conduct. Mr. Rose arranges his obser- vations under two principal heads. The first, to show what it is reasonable to expect from Christianity ; and in the second place, to inquire whether those /reasonable expectations have been fulfilled. He considers that unreasonable expectations have perplexed the believer, and given a fancied triumph to the infidel. His argument (so far as we have gathered it from a hasty perusal,) rests on this founda- tion :—The ever-blessed God has granted to mankind a revs- lation of his Will, in a man. ner similar to the grant of the 338 Due. Literary Notices. reasoning faculty, and various physical benefits, for man's irn- provcmcnt and welfare, now or for ever, as the case may be; still leaving man a free agent, to use or to abuse these gifts. Hence the progress of divine revelation throughout the world has been impeded by the re- missness of its friends, and the hostility of its foes;—both, by the way, still accountable to God for their conduct. That the Almighty Ruler of the human heart, says Mr. Rose, might arm any truths which he is pleased to reveal, with such powers of winning or enforcing their acceptance, as would be irresistible, is un- questionably certain: but it must be remembered, that such pow- ers would therefore at once close or prevent the argument. And we add, reduce man to a machine, and destroy his re- sponsibility. That Christianity is but par- tially diffused throughout the world after eighteen centuries in the fact; the inference from which, according to Mr. Rose, is not that Christianity is not true; but that its friends have been most supine, and its foes most virulent; that man is in fact, far gone from righteous- ness; that the human heart is deceitful and desperately wick- ed. We concur with him in this inference, and we join heartily in his closing admonitions to Christians generally, whether in their individual or social ca- pacity, to use means to propa- gate the gospel. He has some thoughts that apply only to his own govern, ment (tlie English), in reference to Hindostan. Hut there are in his book some remarks which apply to all Christian govern- ments: "Shall the day .never come, (he exclaims,) when go- vernments and nations will feel their highest interest, will con. fess their highest duty; and hasten to give, at least, the weight of their influence, and the impulse of their resources, to the cause of God and man?" In several parts of his Essays we think he is too national and sectarian for the spirit of that holy religion, which has broken down the partition wall between Jew and Gentile, and admitted to the covenanted mercy of God, through Christ Jesus, all nations and kindreds and tongues and people.—As he says concern, ing Mr. Ward's book on India, so we must say of his, "It is very valuable, though tainted with petty sectarian feelings." In his second Essay, Mr. Rose adverts to the argument given above, "That, as it has pleased God to use human agency in the propagation and confirmation of Christianity, it is credible, that its progress may be retarded, and its final triumph delayed, by the errors and sins of the agents, and the evils which are consequent upon them." It is his opinion that in Christendom adisbelief of Chris, tianity, commonly called infi- delity, is most prevalent in a "superficial age." He does not think that "the writers against revelation who appeared at the end of the seventeenth, and beginning of the eighteenth century, in England, (though perhaps superior to their conti. nental brethren,) were entitled to consideration for any great 1832. 339 Literary Notices. ability, any depth of research, any extent of learning." He gives his reasons for this opin- ion, in a brief review of the objections of Toland, Chubb, Collins, Shaftesbury, Tindal, and Morgan. There is only one topic in this Essay which is applicable to China, and that is the "rage for utility "—the neglect of everything that is not useful to the acquisition of money. The Chinese always justify ignorance of foreign languages, and the affairs of mankind ge- nerally, by affirming that such knowledge is useless to them. As Mr. Rose complains, the useful for what, is not com- monly avowed by the pseudo- philosophers of the daily press. Usefulness and money-value are equivalent terms with them. Whatever is profitable — i. e. which will bring most money, is most useful. "Everything is viewed through the medium of the market; and no ingenu- ity could devise a principle better catenated to debase and degrade mankind, and to de- stroy all the qualities by which God has sought to raise them above the level of the beasts that perish. If the political economists of the present day, had no other sin against the public good to answer for, but the establishment of the sove- reignty of money, theirs would still be a fearful account to render. They have themselves chosen this base idol to wor- ship, for it was not necessarily presented to them by the sci- ence which they profess to cul- tivHte." Mr. Rose's third Essay, writ- ten for last year,, has more that has a reference to China, than the two preceding; and we can cordially recommend it to the perusal of our readers. He says, that the certainty, that "truth will prevail at last" is one of the besl comforts which the thoughtful heart can enjoy in this world. It is assuredly one great comfort amidst strife and violence, to know that even- tually "it shall be well with the righteous;" and it is the belief of this fact, though yet future, that must bear up their spirits amidst many present evils. Two writers have arisen in France, M. Benjamin Con- stant lately deceased; and M. Salvador. They are neither of them Christians, yet take the part of Christian writers against Messrs. Voltaire and Volney; against their flippancies and scurrilities. M. Constant takes so much of the Old Testament as pleases him for a Divine Revelation, and rejects the rest. "I recognise" he says, "the revelation made to Moses, in that part of the Hebrew books where every virtue is recom- mended, filial love, conjugal love, hospitality to the stran- ger, chastity, friendship, which no other legislator raises into the rank of virtue, justice, and even pity, though the epoch of pity was not come, for that epoch is Christianity; there is the voice divine, there is the manifestation of heaven on earth, and there only one cannot be deceived in doing every jus. tice to it; because it responds to every sentiment, ennobles and purifies every affection, goes before the light of the age, and, in the midst of barbarism, sends into the soul, truths 540 DEC. Literary Notices. which reason would not have discovered till much later." M. Constant further observes, that "without Moses it is prob- able that all the efforts of phi- losophy would hcve ended only in plunging mankind into pan- theism, or hidden atheism, in which the religion and philo- sophy of India lost themselves together." He recognises « the revelation made to Moses, be- cause he cannot in any other way explain the appearance of Theism in a barbarous age and people." M. Constant is in this con- clusion, we believe, perfectly right. And to India, he might have added China, as plunged by the religion of philosophy into pantheism or hidden athe- ism. We have endeavored to find Ood, the eternal Jehovah, the Almighty, the blessed and self-existing God, the Creator of the universe,—but we have sought in vain among all the philosophy and the religion which we have met with in China. Voltaire said that "the con- stitution of China is the best in the world, the only one founded on the rights of fathers, the only one where a governor is punished if he does not re- ceive the applause of the peo- ple when he quits his charge, the only one which has insti- tuted rewards for virtue The learned mandarins are consid- ered as the fathers of the towns and provinces, and the king, the father of the empire," &c. M. Constant comments with a just severity on this passage, and reproaches Vol'.aire with having had another aim than the truth in this representation. M. Constant's opinion concern- ing the Chinese, we are sorry to say, has a great deal of truth in it: they are, he observes, of all people the most attached to materialism, they have no notion of spirituality, they are blind fatalists; their doctrine is far more dry than any other pantheistic scheme :— "it sup-, poses the existence of one only substance, without attributes, without qualities, without will, without intelligence;" (we sop- pose he means the le. of Con- fucianists—see Morrison's Die- tionary 6942,) "it knows of no motives but blind fatalism, and of no perfection but a blind apathy, without virtue and with- out vice, without pain and with- out pleasure, without hope and without fear, without denire and without dislike, and finally with- out immortality." (Here there is a good deal of Taouism set forth.) But this is far from all; and he goes on to state, that we find "Religion reduced to frivolous and fastidious cere- monies, which only recal des- pised and forgotten opinions, etiquette in the place of feel- ing, a lifeless form for be- lief, signs without signification, a practice without a theory, irreligious abstractions for the high, and stupid superstitions for the people, the worship of one's ancestors, and yet no belief in a future life; the worship of spirits, and yet the most posi- tive and gross materialism; for the rest, the most grinding op. pressions, the most absolute power, barbarous punishments, corruptions wtihout limits, craft in the service of fear, a com- plete absence of all generous 1832. 341 Literary Notices. sentiments, an apathy which yields only to the love of gain, and a frightful fixedness even over the traits of the mclancho. ly and degraded human form. This is what we see in China." Such are the opinions of M. Constant versus M. Voltaire. The inferences Mr. Rose draws from these statements, are WON thy of a Christian Advocate; and show how meagre, poor and thin, philosophical theolo- gy appears by the side of the theology of Moses and of Christ. TRAVELS IN CHALOEA :—by Capt. Robert Mignan, 1829. WK notice this work at pres- ent, merely to remark on a pa- ragraph (on page 318) concern, ing the arrow-headed characters of ancient Babylon. The Cap. tain observes, that there is a singular coincidence in some of the Persepolitan numerals in common uith the Roman and Chinese. "The letter ^ form- ed of two arrow-heads joined together obliquely, represents the letter U; which letter being the fifth of the Sabean, as well as of the Hebrew alphabet, re- presents the number five; and so in Persepolitan; change the position of it, and you have the Roman V, the numeral for five. Two of these placed together, form the letter X, the Roman numeral for ten; the same in Persepolitan and Chinese." Now in this, and many sim- ilar cases, before endeavoring to account for the "singular coincidence," it is requisite in the first place to ascertain whether there be a coincidence. The Chinese character for ten, is, indeed, the figure of a cross; and the Chinese phrase for cross, is, sliih tsze kea, "A ten cha. raster frame" or stand; but it is never like a St. Andrew's cross, or the letter X. In all the ancient and modern Chi- nese books, that it has been our lot to examine, never did we meet with the character ten, written like an X; nor have any of our Chinese friends, though not ignorant of their ancient lore, ever met with such a ten; therefore we con. elude that the ''singular coin, cidence," so far as Chinese is concerned, does not coincide with the fact. The Chinese Dictionaries which analyze the formation of characters, make no allusion to the arrow in that for ten. The Shwo-wan says, "Ten is a perfect or complete number. The horizontal line represents the east and west; the perpendicular one, north and south; thus all things con- tained within the four points of the compass are included by the character ten. One of the old Chinese characters for ten is a round black dot in the the centre, and four lines ra- diating to the east, west, north, and south." THE LIFE OF WICLIF; by Charles Webb le Has, M. A. Professor in the East India Col. lege, dec. London : Rivington. 1832. LE HAS is a talented and pious minister of the Episcopal Church in England; and this work will, we believe, sustain his character. It is one of a series of theological and eccle- siastical works, being published after the modern fashion of useful, and family, and other libraries. Mr. Lc Bas, in his 342 DEC. Journal of Occurrences. preface, acknowledges at con. siderable length his obligations to Mr. Vaughan, the most re. cent of Wiclif's biographers. Vaughan "prepared himself for his task by a more complete, and scrupulous examination of all the extant writings of Wic- lif, than has, probably, ever been undertaken before." And Vaughan, with his publishers, liberally and kindly gave per- mission to Le Bas to print, from the previous work, the catalogue of Wiclif's writings" (the one man in his day). Mr. Vaughan, is we believe, a mem- ber of one of the Congregation, al churches in England. And the Christian co-operation here alluded to, is jusi what it ought to be all the world over, among the disciples of the Lord Jesus Christ. THE SACKED HISTORY OP THK WORLD,—Philosophically Con- sidered; by Sharon Turner, F. s. A., &c. This well-intentioned, and we think, well-executed work, is thrown into the form of let- ters to a son. Mr. Turner says truly—« Nature will never be properly understood, if its cre- ation by the Deity be excluded from the thought. . . .It is the great mistake of many eminent philosophers on the Continent, that they systematically exclude the Deity from all their reason, ing on the formations and prin- ciples of things; and strive, in vain, to account for them ra- tionally without Him." Chris- tian deists and wicked men, to all practical purposes, are mere Budhists who make the Deity a " nihility." JOURNAL, OF OCCURRENCES. FORMOSA.—The news from this island, called by the Chinese, Tut- wan fun, has of late been of the most disagreeable character. For several days the information was whispered, rather than announced; bat since the 15th inst, there has been no doubt in regard to the ex- istence of an open, and, so far as the imperial government is concerned, rather a serious insurrection. From slight causes, managed by the po- lice, and made the ground.work of oppression aud extortion, the public mind was roused to exert the phy- sical power it generally possesses, which resulted in the immediate irMnler—if we may so express it, of about [seventeen hundred soldiers, and upwards of ( rn1y nfliriin, civil and military, of his Majesty's ser- vice. According to some of the reports, all the imperial authorities, civil and military, are either killed, or scattered among the hills, or driven from the island. Large bodies of troops, have been order, ed from Fuhkefin, and two or three thousand from Canton; but by the latest reports we have heard, the insurgents remained unchecked, and were committing new depredations. HOOPIH.—It is rumored here, that in the province of Hoopih, several towns are in the hands of insur- gents. LOCAL OFFICERS.—Governor Loo arrived here "from Lc£nchow, on 1832. 343 Journal of Occurrences. Hie 15th instant. He received the seals of his office, as governor of the two provinces, Kwangtung and Kwangse while at LeBiichow. Choo, the fooyuen, has delivered up his seals of office to the govern, or ; and, on account of his ill health, lias retired from official duties, for a period of three months, with his Majesty's permission. Ckoa, the hoppo, is to retain his office at the port of Canton, for another year. Le, the late governor of Canton, lias arrived safely at Poking; and it is said, will soon be put on trial for his ill conduct at LeCnchow. The fashionable Doctor in Canton is, at present, Chin Shetih, a man up. wards of 60 years of age. He rose in his profession from a state of poverty, a mere hawker of drugs. At present he is said to be possess- ed of a million of the currency of the land. Still he preserves his old simple habits. His house is situated near the Tartar general's—the tse&ng- keun,—in the old city; early in the morning it is open for patients, who, as they come in, are conducted to a room adjoining the doctor's, where they wait for him in silence. Patients who wish him to call at their houses enter their names and places of abode with his door-keeper. About 9 o'clock he sallies forth, committing himself entirely to his faithful servant and chair-bearers, who carry him round to the patients in the order of time, as reported at his gate. Those whose names are first entered are first serv- ed, without reference to their condi. tion, whether poor or rich. He makes no charges. His patients may give nothing—or three cash, or three hun. dred, or three thousand, for a visit; just as they please. He receives no money with his own hand. Peo. pie's tangible thanks arc given to his servant. Chin, whose name means Sink, is a man of few words: and these few littered in the dialect of Wham, pna district, of which he is a native. He speaks the mandarin, as a broad Scotchman speaks English; turns a rod into a road, and makes other such like blunders. And further, lie either cannot, or will not, sa- tisfy glib people about the power of the drugs he administers;—which by the way, it is said, are very few. He rings the changes upon some 20 or 34 medicines, being rather a cautious practitioner. He is the op. posite of the rhubarb doctor, who long held the reigns of medical sovereign- ty in Canton; for Doct. Sink never administers rhubarb at all. Still, he has become popular among the rich natives, and in all the public offices. They say that, although he does not speak good mandarin, and is not able to explain the properties of his prescriptions, yet people very ge- nerally get well under his care; and therefore he has risen to his present influence and affluence. (From note* of conversation with a Taou priest, doctor Yellow. 1832. THE VILLAGE TYRANT.—We no- ticed this unhappy individual in a former number. His life is still spar- ed; though it is said, sentence of death is recorded against him, to take place during the present season. This sentence, however, is generally commuted for transportation. A ballad concerning him, which professes to be a moral warning to rich and influential men, contains some exhibitions of rnind under try- ing and distressing circumstances, which we foreigners can find only in description. The feelings and language of two suicidal persons are narrated. Pride and revenge are predominant in their character. The Tyrant's dream is given at length. We intended to give a transla- tion of it, but as a whole it is not translatable. His visions of the infernal regions are mixed up with indecent descriptions of crime and punishment. The outline is this. In his dream he finds himself in the hands of an infernal police, who use him rather uncourteously. He is a little terri. fied, and asks for leave to visit his home, before he is dragged to the king below. In the midst of their laughter and scorn, he is permitted to go for a short time. In his dream he gets home; and being unexpected, finds his family occupied in gross licentiousness. His rage is worked up to the highest pitch, by the scenes he witnesses; but while in the act of taking revenge he is hurried off by his guards to the regions below. Being arrived, he is subjected to Journal of Occurrences. trial by the Yen Wang, or infernal King. He and his paramours are adjudged to various punishments, on the evidence of those he had cor- rupted, and robbed, and whose bones he had digged up. This last act is considered the most heinous; and for it the foovuen is determined, if he can, to have his life. In his dream, the nuns who intrigued w'lth him. are punished by having red-hot irons thrust into their bodies; the beautiful widow, who left her husband's old mother and eloped with him, is made to embrace a red-hot iron pillar; and with the other women is to be sent back to the world as female cats and dogs. The men who were his accomplices are to transmigrate as privy flies, and scaly moles, \.<:, &.c. He himself, if we remember rightly, is to be dashed upon a hill studded with «pikes and knives. All the proceedings in this infer- rmm are conducted according .to the manner of Chinese courts. And the superstition goes so far as to induce 'the belief that money will be useful to the dead. There are persons who burn a great many gilt papers annually, under the mis-belief that •all the money they cost will be laid up for them in the Yin-koo, or Treas- ury of Hades, for their use after death. Hence the rich put gems in the mouths of dead bodies before 'burial; and the > poor, a cash or a •piece of silver, that they may not be pennyless on the other side of the grave. We leave the reader to draw his own reflections from these ridiculous, •but notwithstanding, melancholy state- ments. They are scarcely within the limits of decorum, but we do not imitate the delicacy of those who •tell the public that they could un- fold a very horrible and abominable tale, while at the name time they leave the matter in utter darkness, and stimulate the imagination to guess whatever it pleases. SLAVERY IN CHINA—It » perhaps not generally known that the child- ren of the slaves in China, are born slaves; and the children of free mas- ters enjoy their rights over slaves throughout all generations. There have been cases in which the mas. ten have become poor; and allow- ing their slaves to go and provide for themselves, they have become rich; but being again found by their masters, the latter have seized all the property. There are staves of another class who are not bought outright, but with the condition that they may be redeemed. Good mat- ters admit the claim when made agreeably to contract: but bad ones use every expedient to prevent the claim of redemption. OBITUARY.—The twelfth brother of the salt merchant, Le luhyay, the namesake, friend, and informer of .governor Le, died at his brother's house on the 9th day of the 10th moon. All the neighbors rejoice at the event, and say, "Another great gambler is dead, and Se-kwan district is freed from a great nui- sance." THUNDER occurring in unusual and unseasonable times is considered by the Chinese, ominous of some poli- tical change,—a revolt of statesmen, or death of the monarch, &.c. If it thunder during the 10th moon, which this year began on the 22d of Nov., it is thought particularly unlucky. People say it did thunder twice, on the 2d of December; and that the •late insurrection of the mountaineers of Lcenchow is a proof of the theory. Postscript.—The accounts from Formota continue to be unfavorable to his Majesty's government. The number of soldiers and officers killed, ai stated on a preceding page, is probably much beiow the truth. The unusually mild and warm weather which prevailed at the close of the last month, has been succeeded by several cold, cloudy, and rainy days. Ice was found this morning i the weather is fine and bracing, with astrong wind troin the north. Till. CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. I.—JAMJARY, 1833.—No. 9. POPULATION OF THE CHINESE EMPIRE. GEOGRAPHERS and historians, statesmen and po- litical economists, have differed widely in their views of the population of the Chinese empire. With few exceptions, when they have written on this subject, they have been alike perplexed and perplexing,—affording very little satisfaction either to themselves or to others. "Of the bolder and more confident writers, some have gone to one extreme, and some to the other;" while "cool and impartial men" have taken a middle course. The tendency of all these various and contradictory accounts has been, to confound and embarrass, and unsettle the opinions of all. In this way it has become fashionable to doubt, to question, and to deny, without any reference to the evidence by which they are supported, all the accounts that have been published on the subject; and in short, to dismiss the consideration of the question by af- firming, that nobody knows, or can know, "for certainty," aught about the matter. It is manifestly impossible to reconcile all the statements and opinions, which have been advanc- ed on this topic; yet, as it is one of considerable interest, as well as of difficulty, we doubt not that there are ma.ny, who, like ourselves, are desirous 340 1'upulalwn of Ike JAJV. of knowing the simple facts of the case, and the foundation on which the various published accounts are based. In this investigation we must, ultimate- ly, rest the decision of the question on Chinese authorities; because no foreigner knows, or has the means of knowing, by personal inspection, or by any calculations which he can make, what is the population of the empire. But as these published accounts, though usually referring to Chinese au- thorities, are so contradictory, it is necessary that we should bring them, or some of them, into re- view; examine them; trace them up, if we can, to their origin; and value them according to the amount of testimony by which they are supported. We commence with the works of the abbe Grosier, which appeared in France about half a century ago, and a translation of them in London, in 1788. Concerning the population of China, he says :— "One of those things which have been thought most incre- dible and contradictory by Europeans, is the prodigious popu- lation of China. Father Arniot has been at great pains to investigate this point, which hitherto has been examined with too little attention. It is evident from his calculations, that China contains at present two hundred millions of inhabitants. This enormous population may appear astonishing; but, when we have weighed the proofs, and followed the reasoning, which this learned missionary makes use of, we shall find that his account is by no means exaggerated. The lists and docu- ments on which this interesting discussion is founded, are taken from a Chinese book, entitled Ta Tsing y-toung Tche [Ta Tsing-yih-tung Che],—An account of what is essential to be known respecting China. This work was composed and ar- ranged by order of the present emperor Kienlong, and pub- lished in the eighth year of his reign." Amiot published his book about the year 1770. Grosier, in order "to justify the assertion of this learned missionary, and to free him from all supsicion of exaggeration," found it necessary "to enter into details,1' and to make sundry observations. In doing this he remarks, that the Yih-tung Che shows only 1833. Chinese Empire. 347 the number of those who are taxable in each pro- vince of the empire; and that these amounted to 28,516,488; and adds, that by the word taxable, jin ting, heads of families only are understood; while the word mouth, kow, is used for individuals. He then supposes that there are five individuals in each family ; and with the addition of considerable numbers of civil and military officers, literati, &c.; by including the population of Fuhkeen, seven mil- lions and odd, which on accouut of "haste or for- getfulness," Amiot omitted to mention, he raises the sum total to 157,301,755. In order to complete the complement of two hundred millions, Amiot (according to our author) thinks he may be permitted to follow the suggestion of "a German professor named Paw," and gather them from the robbers, troglodytes, wandering fa- milies, mendicant monks, eunuchs, slaves, blind fe- males, and harnesses, who inhabit the Celestial empire. And lest there should yet be a deficiency, he adds the "inhabitants of those floating cities, who live in barks or on rafts, and seem to form a distinct nation in the middle of the empire." Such, accord- ing to Grosier and with his corrections, was Amiot's view of the population of China in 1743. As the facts here adduced "may, perhaps, still leave some doubts, on the minds of our readers, of the possibility of making the inhabitants of Chi- na amount to two hundred millions," Grosier sub- joins a "more complete enumeration," which was made in the twenty-seventh year of Keenlung. This estimate of the population was taken from the "Tri- bunal of lands," in Peking, and was received in France in 1779. It was written both in Chinese and French, having been translated into the latter, at Peking. According to this account, the empire contained 198,214,553 inhabitants, "men, women, and children." There is still a deficiency in the total number; but as twenty years had elapsed since the epoch of this numeration, and as it could 348 Population of the JAN. be proved by facts, that the population, for a long time past, had been progressively increasing, Gro- sier thought it safe to "presume" that the empire, at the time he wrote, contained two hundred mil- lions of inhabitants. But whence proceeds this increase of people in this "remote corner" of Asia1? Is it owing to physical causes, or are these only second, and as- sisted by the influence of moral and political insti- tutions 1. To this question Grosier supposed it difficult to give a precise answer; and advanced the following as the most apparent causes of this extraordinary population : — 1. The strict observance of filial duty throughout this vast nation, and the prerogatives of paternity, which make a son the most valuable property of a father. 2. The infamy attached to the memory of those who die without posterity. 3. The universal custom which makes the marriage of children the principal concern of fathers and mothers. 4. The honors bestowed by government on those widows who do not enter a second time into the state of marriage. 5. The frequent adoptions, which prevent families from be- coming extinct. 6. The return of wealth to its original stock by the disin- heriting of daughters. 7. The retirement of wives, which renders them more com- plaisant towards their husbands, saves them from a number of accidents when big with child, and constrains them to employ themselves with the care of their children. 8. The marriage of soldiers. 9. The fixed state of taxes, which, being always laid upon land, never fall but indirectly upon the trader and merchant. 10. The small number of sailors and travelers. 11. The great number of people who reside in China only by intervals. 12. The profound peace which the empire enjoys. 13. The frugal and laborious manner in which the great live. 14. The little attention that is'paid to the vain and ridiculous prejudice of not marrying below one's rank. 15. The ancient policy of giving distinction to men and not to families, by attaching nobility only to employments and ta- lents, without suffering it to become I erediiary 16. The decency of the public manners, and a total igno- rance of scandalous intrigues and gallantry, 1833. Chinese Empire. 349 We have been thus particular in noticing the opinions arid statements of Grosier, chiefly because they have been so often referred to, and quoted by those who have written concerning China. But as we have not at hand, "An account of what is essential to be known respecting China," which "Chi- nese book is one of those which are to be found in the king's library at Paris," and as foreigners are not now pivileged to take statistics '< from the Tribunals" at Peking, it is not in our power to ve- rify or disprove the accounts of Amiot and Grosier, by comparing them with their originals. We shall have occasion, however, in another part, of this pa- per, to refer to these acconnts, and to compare them with those which have been given by other writers; we shall also, before we dismiss the subject, al- lude to Grosier's remarks concerning the increase and amount of population in this country. Sir George Staunton, in his account of the embassy of lord Macartney to China, in 1793, has given, "for the reader's information," a table of the population and extent of China Proper, "taken in round numbers from the statements of Chow ta-zhin." This officer, he says, was a man of business and precision, cautious in advancing facts, and proceeding generally upon official docu- ments. The statemnt was taken from one of the public offices in the capital, and shows the amount of population according to the returns made from the provinces the oreceding year. As the table is one of much importance, we will introduce it here; and with it, Grosier's account of the popu- lation of China, in the twenty seventh year of Keenlung. Fungteen, in Grosier's account is often called Leaoutung, and is so written on most of the European maps. The population on each square mile, is taken from Barrow's work. We would here advertise the reader, that we have changed the orthography of the names of the provinces, and have employed that given in Morrison's Dictionary. 350 JAN. Population of the Names of the Population Population Si|. miles F,ng acres Pop. eighteen given by (liven liy in each in each on each PKOVINCKH. STAUNTON. GROSIKR. Prov. Province, sq. mile. Cheihle 38,000,000 15,222,940 58,949 37,727,360 644 SfuT!32'000-000 23,161, 409 > „ fi 22,761,030 ] Ux!'ybl 59,495,040 344 Keangse 19,000,000 11,006,640 72,176 46,192,640 263 Chekeang 21,000,000 15,429,690 39,150 25,056,000 536 Fuhkeen 15,000,000 8,063,671 53,480 34,227,200 280 Hoopih 14,000,000 Hoonan 13,000,000 8,080,603 i , , . ~_n 8,829,320 } 144'7'° 92,652,800 187 Honan 25,000,000 16,332,507 65,104 41,666,560 384 Shantung 24,000,000 25,180,734 65,114 41,666,560 36H Shanse 27,000,000 9,768,189 55,268 35,371,520 488 Shense 18,000,000 Kansuh 12,000,000 7,287,443) ,,4008 7,412,014 } l54'008 98,565,120 195 Szechuen 27,000,000 2,782,976 166,800 106,752,000 162 Kwangtung 2 1,000,000 6,797,597 79,456 50,851,840 264 Kwangse 10,000,000 3,947,414 78,250 50,080,000 128 Yunnan 8,000,000 2,078,802 107,969 69,100,160 74 Kweichow 9,000,000 3,402,722 64,554 41,314,560 140 Fung-teen 668,852 333,000,000 198,214,553 1,297,999 830,719,360 257 "The extent of the provinces," sir George goes on to remark, "is ascertained by astronomical ob- servation, as well as by admeasurement; and they are found to contain upwards of twelve hun- dred thousand square miles, or to be above eight times the size of France. The number of indi- viduals is regularly taken in each division of a district by a tithing-man, or every tenth master of a family. Those returns are collected by officers resident so near as to be capable of correcting any gross mistake; and all the returns are lodged in the great register at Peking. Though the gen- eral statement is strictly the result of those returns added to each other, which seern little liable to error, or, taken separately, to doubt; yet the amount of the whole is so prodigious as to stagger belief. Even in calculations altogether certain, but immense in their results, as the valuation of the enormous bulk, or distance of the fixed stars, it requires a mind conversant in such subjects, or at least, 1833. Chinese Empire. 351 habituated to such assertions, to remove all doubt concerning them. After every reasonable allowance, however, for occasional mistakes, and partial ex- aggerations in the returns of Chinese population, the ultimate result exhibits to the mind a grand and curious spectacle of so large a proportion of the whole human race, connected together in one great system of polity, submitting quietly, and through so considerable an extent of country, to one great sovereign; and uniform in their laws, their manners, and their language; but differing essentially in each of these respects, from every other portion of mankind; and neither desirous of communicating with, nor forming any designs against, the rest of the world." Similar to these views are those of Macartney's private secretary. That none of the statements hitherto published are strictly true, Barrow is free to admit; but that the highest degree of populousness that has yet been assigned may be possible, and even probable, he is equally ready to contend. He acknowledges, at the same time, that, prepared as the embassy were, from all that they had seen and heard and read on the subject, for some- thing very extraordinary, yet when the above state- ment was presented, "the amount appeared so enormous as to surpass credibility." He assures us, moreover, that they had always found the officer, who gave them the statement, a plain, unaffected, and honest man, who on no occasion had attempt- ed to deceive or impose on them; they could not, therefore, consider it in any other light than as a document drawn up from authentic materials. Nevertheless, "its inaccuracy was obvious at a single glance, from the several sums being given in round millions." The fact that two of the provinces contain exactly the same amount of po- pulation, is another obvious proof of the inaccura- cy of the statement given to llie ambassador, which •35'.2 I'vpulaliun af the, JAN. has been suggested by sonic writers, and ought not to Iiiivu boeu overlooked by Barrow. So if we should say of Austria and France, in 1828, that they contained, "in round numbers," 32 mil- lions each; or of Spain and the United States of America, that they each contain, at the present time, 13 millions, "in round numbers,"—the inac- curacy of such statements would be obvious at a single glance. But notwithstanding these difficul- ties, Barrow undertakes to show, and does show satisfactorily we think, that there is no want of land to support the "assumed population" of three hun- dred and thirty-three millions. This being the case, he concludes that the population is not yet arrived at a level with the means which the coun- try affords of subsistence. M. Lavoisne quotes the statement of Grosier and Staunton; but he cannot admit that of the Abbe; and thinks it "hardly credible," that, in the course of thirty-two years, the population should have increased nearly 135 millions; he concludes, therefore, that the whole population of China Pro- per, and Chinese Tartary, may be estimated at three hundred millions. Malte-Brun, though certainly a "cool and im- partial" man, treats the writers on this subject rather cavalierly, and disposes of the question in few words, which we quote:— "China might undoubtedly dispense with a great part of her army, which travelers tell us is innumerable. Some call it 1,462,590 others 1,800,000. We shall not attempt to contradict either of the statements. It is equally certain, according to the Chinese, that the imperial fleet consists ex- actly of 9999 ships. All this is sufficiently moderate for an empire which contains ["exactly"] 333 millions of inhabi- tants, as his excellency Tchou ta-tzin officially assured lord Macartney. "But what degree of confidence can we place in these enormous statements, when we find that a statistical account compiled by command of the emperor Kienlong only half a century ago, made the number of peasants who were liable to the manorial tax amount only to twenty-five millions; 1833. Chinese Empire. 353 when we find old censuses, which for fifteen centuries make me population of China fluctuate only between forty-eight and sixty millions; and when, on comparing the tables of popula- tion of 1743, given by father Allerstein, with those of lord Macartney for the year 1793, an increase of three or four-fold is found to have taken place; when, in fine, we may see that each of these estimates labors under evident error, some of the numbers being literal repetitions of others, and other sums out of all proportion? "Cool and impartial men rote the population of China, pro- perly so called, at one hundred and fifty millions. The army, whUh may amount to 500,000 o.- (500,000 regular trcops, and a million of nomades of military hi'bits, has iic-hiiig formidable but its numerical amount. Bad artillerymen, <,<:norait of the art of military evolutrons, and what is worst of all, destitute of courage and the military spirit, the Chinese would proba- bly yield as easily to a moderate European force, as they have formerly so often fallen under the invasions of the hords of central Asia." We shall not attempt to contradict this cool and impartial account. The Chinese empire, including the tributary states, and those under its protection, according to the Encyclopaedia Americana, on the basis of the German Conversations-lexicon, contains two hundred and forty-two millions of inhabitants; while China Proper has only one hundred and forty-six millions two hundred and eighty thousand, of whom two millions live on the water.—No re- ferences or authorities are given to support these assertions. The writer of the article on China in the En- cyclopsedia Britannica tells his readers, 'the accounts of the population of this country have generally, been treated as fabulous by the western nations.' He deigns, however, to quote the statements of the abbe Grosier and sir George Staunton; but avers that the accounts on which these statments rest, are found, when, investigated, to abound in inconsistencies which destroy their credit! And he makes "Mr. Barrow, after balancing and compar- ing a variety of authorities, conclude, that the ac- tual amount of the population of China is about 354 I'upulalion of the JAN. one hundred and forty-six millions." In his sup- plement, he adds many more remarks to the same effect. A more recent account has found its way into the world from Berlin. It appears over the date of July 3d,. 1830; and is signed Z; and was published in an English newspaper, " The Times," for July 23d, 1830. The writer states the num- ber of departments into which each province is divided, and gives the names of the capitals, and total amount of the population of each. The pro- vince of Shense has 257,704 inhabitants; Kansuh 340,086; and Kwangtung, in its 13 departments, has the "enormous" population of 1,491,271 in- habitants, men, women, and children. All the other provinces are enumerated; and the writer then adds; "Taking the new edition of the Imperial Geography, which was published in 1790, as our guide, it appears that the population of these 18 provinces amounts to 142,326,784 souls. But to these must be added 12,000,000 of inhabitants which, though subject to the sceptre of the Celestial empire, do not form an integral part of China; as well as its naval and military force, which comprises 906,000 men, and 7,552 officers; and its civil establishment, amounting to 9,611 ser- vants. With these additions, the total population of the Chi- nese dominions, according to the census taken in the year we have mentioned, was 155,249,897. Now, when we look back on the increase which has taken place since the period of the conquest of China by the Mantchous, and find tliHt the population has quadrupled itself in somewhat less than a century and a half, it is natural to conclude that it must have received no inconsiderable addition during the last 40 years; nay, there exists a proof of this conclusion in the in- creasing spirit of emigration among the Chinese, which ap- pears to be encouraged by their government, instead of being discountenanced by prohibitions as it was formerly. Looking at this fact, with reference to colonization, it is not an ex- travagant anticipation to conceive the day may arise, when the free Chinese laborer shall occupy the station of the African or Indian slave." There is appended to the report of the Anglo- Chnesc College, for 1829, an abstract of the 1833. Chinese Empire. 335 general laws of China, containing statements which bear directly on our subject. The- edition of the Ta Tsing Hwuy-teen from which the abstract was taken, was published in the 10th year of the reign of his late majesty Keaking. According to this work, the Board of Revenue takes cognizance of the amount of population. At the commencement of the reigning Mantchou dynasty, a census was taken in reference to a poll-tax, and a liability to service, of all males above sixteen, and under sixty years of age. The poll-tax was afterwards, by Kanghe, blended with the land-tax ; and the poll-tax for ever interdicted. Under Yungching and Keenlung the census was taken, in order to know the amount of population throughout the whole empire, and in every given district. The objects of thus enume- rating the people, were to aid the government in appropriating relief in times of famine and drought, and also to assist the police by having a list of all the persons in every family. After these re- marks concerning the objects of the census, and others detailing the method of taking it, some statements are advanced to show the amount of population at different periods; these we will quote entire. "In section 141 [of the Ta Tsing Hwuy-teen], page 38, the emperor Keenlung states the population, in a proclamation addressed to the whole empire, calling upon all ranks and conditions of men to economize the gifts of heaven, food, &c., and by industry to increase their quantity; for observing the increase of population, since the period of the conquest, he looks forward with deep concern to the future, when the population shall have exceeded the means of subsistence. The land, he says, does not increase in quantity, although the people to be fed, increase so rapidly. He says, that in the 49th year of Kanghe, the population of the empire was 23,312,200 and odd. Last year, he adds, the amount made out, according to returns sent from all the povinces, was 307,467,200 and odd. Keenlung wrote in his 58th year, so that the census was taken the year before lord Macartney's embassy. This confirms the account given to his lordship; for the book lie- lore us was never intended for an European eye. 356 Population of the JAN. "The increase seems so enormous in a period of about eighty-two years that some error in the figures might be sup- posed. However, the emperor remarks, that the increase had been about fifteen-fold, which shows there was no such mistake; since fifteen-fold would make the amount three hundred and forty-five millions. This statement confirms Malthus' asser- tion, that population may double itself in twenty-five years; for this is nearly doublinig it in twenty years. "After the great destruction of human life during the war of the conquest, it appears, from the work before us, that there were large tracts of unoccupied land, the owners of which had been destroyed or dispersed. These lands were given, as a perpetual inheritance, to any who would undertake to culti- vate them. And subsequently every encouragement was given to cultivate waste lands. Government even gave to the poor, cattle and implements of husbandry; and levied no tax for a number of years. Up to this very period, it is always a great point with the government of China to till the plains, and plant the hills, so as not to leave, as they say, one inch of uncultivated land throughout the empire. Large tracts of land are given to the resident military in Mantchou Tartary, and elsewhere, beyond the frontier of China Proper. The land tax is rated partly in money and partly in kind, according to the goodness of the land and the nature of the produce." In the above extracts, as in one or two other instances, we have omitted the dates, as given according to the Christian era. We have done this to prevent confusion; for there exists, among some of the writers on this subject, slight discre- pancies in dates; which might very easily occur in adjusting the Chinese dates, to those of the Christian era. Besides their cycle of sixty years, the Chi- nese have another method of fixing their dates; during each emperor's reign, they date from the year he ascended the throne. The 12th year of Taoukwang commenced on the 2d of February, 1832, and will end on the 19th of February, 1833. The late Kedking reigned 25 years; Keenlung, 60 years; Yungching, 13 years; Kanghe, 61 years; and Shunche, the first Mantchou-Chinese monarch of the Ta Tsing dynasty, reigned 18 years. The reigns of these six emperors carry us back, the current year of our era to 1644. We ve introduced these remarks here, for the sake 1833. Chinese Empire. 337 of any of our readers, who may not happen to have a list of the emperors of the reigning dynasty at hand. But this by the bye. The last account which we have to notice, at this time, of those which have been published by foreigners, is contained in "A Companion to the Anglo-Chinese Kalendar, for the year of our Lord, 1832." This work gives a statement of the po- pulation of China and its colonies according to a census, which was taken in the 17th year of Kea- king. The population of the eighteen provinces, of Formosa, Barkoul, and Oroumtsi, of Leaoutung, of Kirin, Hihlung keang, Tsing hae or Koko nor, of foreign tribes under Kansuh and Szechuen, of Tibetan colonies, of Ele and its dependencies, of Turfan, Lobnor, and the Russian borders, are all included in this statement, and present a total of 361,693,879 individuals, exclusive of 188,326 fa- milies. It is added in the work from which we have taken these facts, that "This statement, contained in the latest edition of the Ta Tsing Hwuy-teen, or Collection of Statutes of the Ta Tsing dynasty, will probably serve to set at rest the numerous specu- lations concerning the real amount of population in China. We know from several authorities, that in China, the people are in the habit of diminishing rather than increasing their numbers, in their reports to the government. And it is unreasonable to suppose, that in a work published by the government, not for the information of curious inquirers, but for the use of its own officers, the numbers so reported by the people should be more than doubled, as the statements of some European speculators would require us to believe." We turn now to Chinese authorities; but will go no further back than to the time of the first emperor of the Ming dynasty. According to a census, which was taken in the 26th year of Hung- woo's reign, A. D. 1393, the number of families was 16,052,860; and the number of individuals 60,545,811. This accouut is contained in a work entitled Yu cliucn tsze che tung keen Ming ke kang 358 Population of tltt JAN. muh, which, in four volumes, is a continuation of the Kang-keen E Che. The whole work is in thirty- five volumes, and contains a compendious history of the Chinese, from their earliest times to the close of the last dynasty. It was not until after protracted and destruc- tive wars, that the TaTsing dynasty gained complete dominion over the extensive territories that now constitute their wide empire. We have before us an account of the population at the commencement of the reigning dynasty; it is contained in a geo- graphical account of the empire; but it is incom- plete, and from the circumstances of the case it could not be otherwise. The proud inhabitants of the celestial empire did not willingly, nor at once, submit to the sceptre of " the Great Pure dynasty." Death, in some cases, was preferred to the ton- sure. It was a long time before the whole po- pulation of the ancient provinces were submis- sive. The province of Ganton affords an instance of this fact. It was after the commencement of the last century, and towards the close of Kang- he's reign, that the emperor's son-in-law, Ping-nam wang, "the Subjugator of the south," reduced the whole province to his father's sway.—Until the whole country was subdued, a complete census was impossible. We pass on now to the 50th year of Kanghe, at which time the empire enjoyed general peace and prosperity, and the tide of population, we may suppose, began to rise at a pretty uniform, and, if the work to which we are about to refer be true, at a very rapid rate. This work is entitled Suh- sew Ta Tsing Hwuy-teen Taoukwang woo-tsze hea yu che. It is a new edition of the statutes of the Ta Tsing dynasty, published in the 8th year of Taoukwang, by imperial authority. The work is in 48 volumes, octavo; and was printed at Poking. Tt contains two statements of the po- pulation of the empire; the first according to a 1833. 359 Chinese Empire, census taken in the 50th year of Kanghe; arid the second according to one taken in the 17th year of Keaking. Both of these statements we will here bring into view, and with them another, con- tained in a little duodecimo edition of the Ta Tsjng Hwuy-teen in sixteen volumes,—which shows the population in the 18th year of Keeulung. Names of the Population In Population in Fam. in the Individuals in eighteen the 50th year the 17th year 18lh year of the 18th year PROVINCES. of KANGHK. of KKAKING. KEENLUNO. Of jKlENLUNO. Chihle 3,274,870 27,990,871 3,071,975 9,374,217 Shantung 2,278,595 28,958,764 4,539,957 12,769,872 Shanse 1,727,144 14,004,210 1,779,247 5,162,351 Honan 3,094,150 23,037,171 3,029,528 7,114,346 Keangsoo 2,656,465 •37,843,501 5,478,287 12,618,987 Gauhwuy 1,357,829 34,168,059 4,136,125 12,435,361 Keangse 2,172,587 23,046,999 2,185,195 5,055,251 Fuhkeen 706,311 14,777,410 1,127,746 4,710,399 Chekeang 2,710,312 26,256,784 3,043,786 8,663,808 Hoopih 433,943 27,370,098 1,756,426 4,568,860 Hoon an 335,034 18,652,507 1,664,721 4,336,332 Shense 2,150,696 10,207,256 1,033,177 3,851,043 Kansuh 368,525 15,193,125 1,002,518 2,133,222 Szechuen 3,802,689 21,435,678 750,785 1,368,496 Kwangtung 1,142,747 19,174,030 1,241,940 3,969,248 Kwangse 210,674 7,313,895 943,020 1,975,619 Yunnan 145,414 5,561,320 371,284 1,003,085 Kweichow 37,731 5,288,219 629,835 1,718,848 28,605,716 360,279,897 37,785,552 102,828,318 To the number of families in the 18th year of Keenlung, 59,212 belonging to Shingking or Leaou- tung must be added ; and to the number of individ- uals, 221,742; which gives a total of 37,844,764 families, and 103,050,060 individuals. There is a degree of indefiniteness in this accouut, as given in the work before us, which renders it to our minds very unsatisfactory. The term jin- ting is used, but evidently in a sense different from that given by Grosier; for instance, Canton * This number includes Ilio inhabitants of Soor.how. Keiingsoo and (jtnnhwiiy were formerly united, and called Kctlngnun. Population of the JAN. province "has jin-ting 1,241,940 hoo (or families), and 3,969,248 kow" (or individuals). The total number of individuals is very small in comparison with the number of families; and should we al- low but four individuals to a family, it would raise the total number to 151,379,056. The other account is plain and definite, to a degree far surpassing anything else with which we meet in this investigation. In the census for the 50th year of Kanghe, we have omitted the inhabitants of Fungteen and Keihlin (116,475), and also several thousands of soldiers in the pro- vinces. The census for the 17th year of Keaking includes, besides the inhabitants of the eighteen provinces, those of Shingking, Keihlin or Kirin, Turfan, and Lobnor, and natives of Formosa, in all 1,413,982; also 188,326 families on the west and the north of China proper. Allowing four individuals to each of these families and it gives with the other numbers, a total of three hundred and sixty-two millions, four hundred and forty- seven thousand, one hundred and eighty-three. We will remark here in passing, that the Suh- sew Ta Tsing Hwuy-teen is the same work (only a later edition) as that referred to in the Companion to the Anglo-Chinese Kalendar, noticed on a pre- ceding page (357). The statistics contained in it are the data on which government acts in levying taxes, &c. It contains the regulations and laws of the six Tribunals in Peking. And it is in that part of the work which refers to the Tribunal of Revenue, that the statements given above are to be found. All the people (fan min) are included in the census. Males are denoted by ting, and females by kow, as also are those males who have not completed their 16th year. Thus we have in the ting kow the whole population of the empire, except, we believe, those who are "employed in the civil and military service" of the emperor. 1833- Chinese Empire. 361 We will pause here, and collate the principal statements which have now been brought into re- view, and will present them in chronological order, giving the dates according to the Christian era, and annexing the authority for each account. The several statements show the number of individuals. POPULATION. A. D. AUTHORITIES. 1st, 60,545,811 1393 Kang-keen E-che. 2d, 23,312,200 1710 Anglo-Chinese Col. Report. 3d, 28,605,716 1711 Ta Tsing Hwuy-teen, New edi. 4th, 157,301,755 1743 Amiot. 5th, 103,050,060 1753 Ta Tsing Hwuy-teen, 12moedi. 6th, 198,214,553 1762 Grosier. 7th, 155,249,897 1790 Z. of Berlin. 8th, 307,467,200 1792 Anglo-Chinese Col. Report. 9th, 333,000,000 1792 Sir George Staunton. 10th, 361,693,879 1812 Ta Tsing Hwuy-teen, New edi. These are all the statements, based on original accounts, which we have found in the preceding investigation. Of the Jirst in order of time, we have nothing more to say. When the number of Chinese scholars shall be multiplied, and the an- tiquities of this nation are well understood by fo- reigners; when " fables " are exchanged for facts; the western nations will doubtless gain new informa- tion concerning the population of China, through the successive dynasties, from her earliest to the pre- sent times. Surely we ought not to complain, of their statements, when the difficulty arises from our own ignorance. The second statement is moderate, and is pro- bably far below the actual state of the case. The third statement shows a large increase for a single year. But the fact that parts of the country, including whole clans and tribes, were not subdued until about this time, affords strong presumptive reasons for supposing a rapid increase. The interdiction of the capitation tax, which now took place, would most surely produce an increase in the number of enrolled subjects. 362 Population of the JAIV. The increase us exhibited by ilie fourth statement is very great; and we may well suppose that the causes for such an increase, which we have already noticed, especially the change in taxation, continued to operate, until the whole population was register- ed. We should bear in mind also the manner in which that statement was obtained. This last con- sideration will help to remove a difficulty in regard to the jifth statement; which according to the book, shows a decrease in the population. Amiot, according to Grosier, by allowing five individuals to each family, and with the aid of a few officers, civil and military, literati, &c., raised the amount of population to the number which we have given above. So allowing Jive individuals to each family as given in the duodecimo edition of the Ta Tsing Hvvuy-teen, we have instead of 103,050,060 a total of 189,223,820. Whether this be the fact or not, the method holds as good in the one case as in the other. Grosier's account, which is the sixth statement in the order we have adopted, does not appear inconsistent with these views of the subject. It is the first which gives, or is supposed to give, the whole population; and this it does in a literal translation of the Chinese, thus—Chihle "province great little men women in all one thousand five hundred twenty-two ten thousands two thousand nine hundred forty," —15,222,940; and so of all the other provinces. This account is consistent with itself, and appears to be authentic. But not so the seventh statement. Shense and Kansuh have, when united, a population of 597,790 souls, according to Mr. Z. Now if Barrow is right in allowing to these two provinces 154,008 square miles, then there exists the amazingly dense po- pulation of about" four individuals, men, women, and children, to each square mile. "This phenomenon," perhaps, suggested to Z., at Berlin, the new idea that the Chinese government encourages emigration 1833. Chinese. Empire, 363 instead of hindering it, as formerly by prohibitions; it may also have supplied him with the notorious fact, that "the English government in India have notoriously shown extreme anxiety to induce him (the free Chinese laborer) to settle in their east- ern possessions." In the three remaining statements, there is only one point oh which we will now remark, and that is the difference between the two numbers which have been given for the year 1792. Which of the two statements is correct, or whether they both may not be wrong, we have not at present, the means of determining. The account given to Ma- cartney by the Chinese officer was in round num- bers, and was not claimed to be minutely accu- rate, and under such circumstances would not be very likely in the hands of a Chinese statesmen to suffer diminution. It ought, moreover, before we impeach either of the statements, to be well as- certained that they were both made out from re- turns, which were given for the name year. Several topics of inquiry and remark here oc- cur to our own minds, which are deserving of consideration. We have endeavored to state all the circumstances of the case fairly; and we shall be both glad and grateful for any facts or sugges- tions,—cither from friends or strangers,—which may aid in the further discussion of this subject * Works r.oitsiilttd in the preceding artir/r. Grosier's general Description of China; 2 vols. London; 1788. — Macartney's Embassy to China, by Sir George Statin- ton ; 2 vols. London: 1797. — Travels in China by John Barrow Esquire, I vol. Philadelphia: 1805.— Malte-Brun's Universal Geography; Philadelphia: 1827. — Encyclopaedia Briiannica: Edinburgh: 1823.— Lavoisne's Atlas; Philadelphia: 1820.- Encyclopaedia Americana; Philadelphia: 1830. — Report of the Anglo-Chinese College: Malacca 1829. — Anglo-Chinese Kalendai ; Macao, China : 1832. To bf faaftuttfd 364 Intercourse of the Chinese JAN. INTERCOURSE OF THE CHINESE WITH FOREIGN NATIONS. AFTER the passage round the cape of Good Hope was discovered, the Portuguese were the first of the western nations, who found their way to the shores of China. They were soon followed by the Dutch, the French, the Spanish, the Danes and the Swedes, the English, and last by the Ameri- cans. Concerning the intercourse of the Arabians, the Egyptians, and the Romans (so far as any such intercourse ever existed) with "the celestial empire," it is not very likely that much informa- tion will ever be obtained. Not so, however, in re- gard to the nations above named. The history of their intercourse with the Chinese, ought not, and we think it will not be forgotten. That intercourse has, from its very commencement, presented some very remarkable features, which could they be faithfully portrayed, would afford much valuable instruction. The "Contribution to an historical sketch of the Portuguese settlements in China," which has recently been published, is a good spe- cimen of what may be done. That unostentatious little book, though designed by its author for only a few "friends and acquaintances," contains a great variety of historical matter, some of which we propose soon to transfer to the pages of the Repository. As an introduction to a review of that work, we will here present in chronological order, a few facts, which we have collected from various sources, and which will serve in some measure to show what intercourse the Chinese have had with other na- tions, in former times. We cannot vouch for the accuracy of the dates; if they are not correct in some instances, they are probably near the truth; 1833. with Foreign Nations. 3G'» and the facts, though found in foreign books, are most of them, as the reader will perceive, trans- lations from Chinese authors. In the time of Hwang-te, a foreigner came from the south riding on a white stag. Sub- j^- sequently islanders brought as tribute, flowered' garments. And from the east, the Yue-gow, whose hair was cut short, and whose bodies were decorated, brought cases made of fish-skins, sharp swords, and shields. It was about this time that the Chinese "conquered the land of demons" on the north. During the Chow dynasty, the Chinese had intercourse withe eight barbarous nations of Teenchuh (India). In the time of the west- ern Han dynasty, persons came from Cantoo, Loo-hwang-che, and other nations in the south. The nearest was about ten days' journey, and the most remote about five months. Their territories were large and very populous, and they possessed many rare commodities. The emperor Woo- tc sent able embassadois to the different mercantile countries, where they obtained bright pearls, gems, and curious stones, yellow gold, and various other commodities. They were well enter- tained wherever they went. And from that time the above named articles continued to flow into China. The Japanese are said to have sent tribute to China about this time. Ma-yuen erected brass stakes to prevent the ingress of south- ern and western foreigners. In the time of Hwan-te, Teenchuh, and Ta-tsin (India and Egypt or Arabia), and other *'°' nations came by the southern sea with tribute; and from this time trade with foreigners was carried on at Canton. During the Suy dynasty, embas- sadors were sent to the surrounding nations. Frequent embassies were sent from Japan to China, and vice versa; and in one instance when an embassy was sent from China, it is said, that Intercourse of the Chinvn. JAN. the embassador and king wrangled about ceremo- nies, which ied to the embassador's return, with- out having communicated the orders of his court. The island of Hainan was first occupied by *• D- the order of the second emperor of the Tang dynasty. A regular market was first opened at Canton, and an officer was appointed to receive a part of the profits for government. The largest ships that came were called "single masted ships," and contained 200,000 catties. The second size were called "cow-headed ships," and were about one third as large as the others.— The ernperor required them to bring camphor, and other fragrant substances. A tootuk attempted, by mistake, to seize some goods belonging to a foreign vessel, and the captain in a rage killed him. Trading vessels began to introduce extraor- dinary and rare manufactures. . The chief officer in command at Canton, wrote to court, stating, that the trading ves- sels had all deserted the port, and had repaired to Cochinchina; and he added, that he wished to send a sort of consul thither. Some of the mi- nisters were in favor of the measure; but the im- perial will was determined in opposition to it, by the opinion of one who argued to this effect;— "Multitudes of trading vessels have heretofore flock- ed to Canton; if they have all at once deserted it and repaired to Cochinchina, it must have been either from extortions being insupportable, or from some failure in affording proper inducements. When a gern spoils in the case, who is to blarne but the keeper of ill If the pearl be fled to other regions, how is it to be propelled back again? The Shoo King says, "Do not prize too much strange commodities, and persons will come from remote parts." The Cochinchinese made war upon Canton by land; and a public spirited man obtained celebrity for building large vessels to bring grain from Fiihkoen. tvit.lt Forcif-n 'a buttons. The officer appointed to remain at Canton (as a commissioner of customs), first exacted '' two candareena duty—(but on what amount of goods it does not appear). Foreigners resident at Canton, received from the Chinese, metals, silks, &c., and in return they gave rhinoceros' horns, elephant's teeth, coral, pearls, gems, crystals, fo- reign cloth, pepper, red wood, and drugs. A board of revenue was established at the capital; fo- reigners were ordered to bring their goods to Canton, and no commerce was allowed, but what was carried on by government capital. Afterwards all kinds of merchandize, except curious gems, were allowed to be sold in the market; and a tenth of the value required as duty, which amounted to several times ten thousand taels, and was distri- buted for the support of district magistrates. Fo- reign commerce was interrupted for a time; but afterwards, "regularly restored." The first emperor of the Yuen dynasty sent a trusty embassador to cultivate an ami- cable intercourse with Japan. In his letter he said, —" The sages considered the whole world as one family, but if all the members have not a friendly intercourse, how can it be said that the principle of one family is maintained" The king of Co- rea sent an envoy with the Chinese embassador, but they both returned without effecting a landing. The same emperor and his successor sent ten dif- ferent times, to Japan. The second, third, fourth, and fifth times simple envoys were sent; the sixth, seventh, eighth, and ninth, military expeditions were dispatched, which were intended to conquer Japan; all these were unsuccessful. The last that was sent was a priest of Budha; but he never reached his destination. About this time, there was an inferior officer at Canton, who, observing the large number of vessels that came thither, could not restrain his avarice; he made u statement to his superiors and 368 Intercourse of the Chinese JAN. complained, that good and bad goods were blended together, and begged that for the time to come they might be separated. There was failure in the amount of duties one year, and an investigation was instituted, and a stop put to the evil. The provinces of Chekeang, Fuhkeen, and Kwangtung, were appointed for the reception of foreign ships; and an additional officer was ap- pointed at Tseuenchow (Chinchew). The foreign merchants wished to go to other ports, by giving a bond that they had no prohibited articles, they were allowed to do so, and arms were given them for their defence. Not long after these regulations were adopted, an edict was published, stating that foreigners offered many useless things for sale; naming the articles that might be bought with money; and adding, that if foreigners should be defrauded, the Chinese would be punished. The A o. foreign trade was stopped at Canton, but open- 1356 ed again the next year. „ Early in the Ming dynasty an embassador was sent to Japan, who having, after much difficulty, gained access to the king, spake thus— "I am not an envoy from the Mungkoo Tartars, but from the sacred son of heaven, the holy and divine emperor; if you choose to rebel against him, and disbelieve me, you may first kill me to prevent the subsequent calamity that will overtake you; but the army of my sovereign is heaven's army, of which there is not one man, but is able to withstand a hundred enemies; the ships of my sovereign are able singly to fight a hundred Mung- koo armed vessels. Where the decree of heaven is, what human power is there that can oppose it ?•'—After this speech the king treated him kindly. Hungwoo sent a priest of Budha to deliver an edict to the Japanese ; the object of which was, "to command the nation to venerate Budha." The priest received very full instructions from the em- peror, as to the subjects on which he should MM/,/* Foreign insist, the first was the ancient royal law of "uni- versal and equal benevolence to all, whether re- mote or near at hand." This priest was a man in high reputation, and is said to have fulfilled his task with intrepidity and success. It was decreed by the Chinese, that fo- reign nations should bring tribute every three *. ° years. The regulations at Canton were made extremely strict. One hundred and twenty houses were built for the accommodation of foreigners. Ships bringing tribute were required to land their goods, and to wait till the harvest was over.—An embassador was sent to Japan to purchase rarities; he sailed from Ningpo. At first the Japanese treated him with civility, but afterwards very rudely, and he was obliged to flee for safety; which he was enabled to effect by means of a wo- man, who piloted him out to sea, and he returned unhurt. Subsequently other embassies were sent; chiefly with a view to remonstrate against the con- duct of the Japanese pirates, who infested the coast of China. About the middle of the Ming dynasty, the Portuguese borrowed the use of Haou-king- 1550' gaou (Macao), which is situated in the midst of dashing waves, where immense fish rise up and plunge again into the deep; the clouds hover over it, and the prospect is really beautiful. They passed over the ocean myriads of miles in a wonderful manner, and small and great ranged themselves under the renovating influence of the glorious sun of the celestial empire. During the reign of Chingtih, foreigners from the west called Fa-lan-ke (the French), who said they had tribute, abruptly entered the Bogue, and by their tremendously loud guns shook the place far and near. This was reported at court, and an order returned, to drive them away immediately, and stop the trade. At about this time also, the Hollanders (Ho-lan-kwo jin), who in ancient times 370 Miscellanies. JAN. inhabited a wild territory, and dad no intercourse with China, came to Macao in two or three large ships. Their clothes and their hair were red; their bodies tall; they had blue eyes, sunk deep in the head. Their feet were one cubit and two tenths long; and they frightened the people by their strange appearance. They brought tribute." In a similar manner the character of the other nations, that have visited China, is described; but a more authentic record is needed. [For the above, see the Indo-Chinese Gleaner, Morrison''s View of China, and Notices of China.~\ MISCELLANIES. JULIAN.—Flavins Claudius Julianus, the Roman emperor, called Julian the Apostate, is one of the most extraordinary characters recorded in history. Educated as a Christian lilt about twenty years of age; from that time till thirty he was secretly a pagan idolater; and for two years upon the throne of the Roman empire, a determined enemy of Christianity. At the early age of thirty-two, he fell in battle, fighting against the Persians; A. D. 363. Julian is extolled to the skies as a philosopher, by the modern sceptics and infidels of Europe; who were as much as he apostates; and hence probably, they had a fellow-feeling for him; and in praising Julian, notwithstanding his aposlacy, his ten years' dissimulation, and his subsequent extraragant superstition, at the same time defend and praise themselves. All that the pagan sophists, who gloried in having recovered such an exalted personage as the emperor, have written in praise of their convert and pupil, is greedily swallowed; where- as anything written to his dispraise is qualified or disbelieved. Christian historians have written of Julian with pity and with indignation. That he was deserving of pity as a young man of good talents, but of a weak judgment, great pride and va- nity, cannot be denied; and at the same time, his dissimula- tion for one third of his life, his hostility to the one living and true God, and his contempt and persecution of (he fol- lowers of Jesus, must on every principle of common sense be condemned 1833. Miscellanies, f37J Julian's case had many mitigating circumstances. He was deeply injured by his kindred, who professed Christianity; and he was eventually surrounded by pagan philosophers. People may talk of ancient pagans as they please; but we, who have long lived among modern pagans, are very suspi- cious of their veracity. Professed Christians injured Julian, and he took refuge among pagan zealots. There is no evi- dence that he ever from choice embraced Christianity; and what is the use of a forced profession? Of no use, we an- swer; but it is rather an evil. Julian was sent from those who should have taken an interest in his education, and in the formation of his principles, to the charge of those who, in all probability, cared little about him, so that their own ends were answered. Now we fear that something very similar is the case with many a young man, who is sent abroad to make his fortune. Of his going abroad in quest of an honorable subsistence, we do not complain. But often his previous training and his subsequent society, just like poor Julian's, are more fitted to make him a pagan than a Christian. We could exemplify these remarks in detail, but we desist. The weakness of the emperor's judgment we infer from his credulous and ultra belief of all the nonsense of Greek and Roman mythology, while he rejected as incredible, the religion of the Bible. And in this we think the imperial apostate much resembles the philosophical apostates of modern times. They have been men of weak, vacillating judgment, notwith- standing the elegant learning of some, and the metaphysical acuteness of others. Gibbon, for example, first most solemn- ly abjured Protestantism for Popery; then recanted, and joined a Calvinistic church; and next, by his constant perusal of pagan writers, he secretly relinquished Christianity altogether; became the apologist of polytheistic fooleries; and the insidious slanderer of true religion. His well known saying, that the vulgar consider all religions as equally true, and the philoso- phers think them equally false, amounts to blank atheism. For the belief of a God, who is neither to be feared nor loved, adored nor obeyed; from whom no help is to be expected; who is neither to be praised nor supplicated; is equal, so far as utility is concerned, to believing that there is no God. Where is the sound sense of a man who will not believe his own existence, unless he can prove it by a syllogism; or, who prefers the consolations of a godless, ever-changing, ever- doubting, visionary philosophy, emanating from the reasonings of weak-headed men; to the consolations which are in Christ, attested by historical and supernatural facts, contained in ge- nuine Scriptures, which reveal the character, perfections, and will of our almighty Creator and Judge, and the future destinies of the righteous and wicked, through eternity? Where is the good sense of the man who would prefer the silly, puerile, 372 Miscellanies. JAW. pagan jokes of Hume the apostate, on the approach of death, to the solemn remarks and Christian hopes of the philosopher Locke, at the same awful period? Virtuous sceptics, we think, show a very weak judgment; but vicious ones rank still lower. To believe thai "murderers of fathers and murderers of mothers; haters of God;" the malicious and licentious; the enemies of Christ, and the patrons of vice, have nothing to fear; whilst the obedient servants of the Almighty, and the benefactors of mankind have nothing to hope for, appears to indicate a per- versity of judgment, and a degree of credulity, that ought to make a rational being ashamed of himself. We know that many of the concealed Christian apostates of the present day secretly smile with self-complacency, supposing themselves to be the wise ones of the age; while they regard the devout worshipers of Jehovah, the obedient followers of the Messiah, as simple, weak-headed, and, as they say in pity, "well- meaning people," whom it would not be quite right to shock with their philosophical discoveries. We deeply lament that such feelings should ever exist, and sincerely wish that all who cherish them may see their error ere it be too late. "The fear of the Lord, that is wisdom; and to depart from nil, that is understanding." Gibbon gives the dying speech of Julian; and when the elegant historian wrote it out, he remarked, that certainly it must have been composed beforehand, by the philosophic emperor, who professed a constant intercourse with Mars and Jupiter, &c. Now in our humble opinion, this fine speech for a polytheistic idolater was composed after the young man's death, by one of those historical speechmakers so com- mon in the talking days of Greece and Rome. Pagan and Christian writers concur in a far different tes- timony, viz., that poor Julian, when mortally wounded, re- ceived into his hand the flowing blood from his own body and threw it up in the air, saying, "O thou Galilean, thou hast conquered me." Others say, he threw it in the face of the sun, because his rays favored the Persians in battle. Now these are both credible, because Julian issued imperial edicts, requiring that Christ (our blessed Savior) should be called the Galilean God, and his followers Galileans, and not Chris- tians. On the other hand, during his lifetime, he, like some modern Christians and pagans, was angry with his deities, because they did not requite according to his wishes, his sacrifices and prayers. According to Lardner, a very dispassionate writer, these are the probable facts; but Gibbon unwilling to "stain" his page with such a fact concerning his hero, omits the whole in his text; and saves himself from the charge of mis- representation, (for Gibbon was never ignorant,) by simply saying, in a note, "The calumnies of Gregory, and the legends of more ancient saints, mav now be silently despised." 183S. Miscellanies. THE HAPPINESS nf a future state.—The following letters from our correspondent and his friend, are rather curious, as well as interesting. They would carry us at once into the dark world of Chinese metaphysics, and lead us to inquiries upon which we are not yet prepared to enter. We are glad, how- ever, to hear any interrogations on this subject, and to place on our pages any facts or opinions that may aid in future investigations. Very many of the Chinese seem to have no idea at all of another world, properly so called. This is the only world of which they have any knowledge. They speak of a future state of being; but it is in this world. They often talk of three distinct states of being, a past, the present, and a fu- ture one. Hence the good lady, who is wedded to an unfor- tunate husband, consoles him in times of calamity and distress, by bringing against him accusations of evil deeds done in a previous stale of being; and hence too the common saying among the Chinese, that " those who have been mandarins for one generation, will be beggars for the next ten," as a punish- ment for their oppressions and injustice during the present state. Though we must postpone the consideration of this subject, yet we purpose to resume it erelong. We will here introduce both of the letters; and remark, that we have not as yet, "any correspondent in Japan." To the Editor of the Chinese Repository. SIR,—Having observed in No. 8 of the Repository some paragraphs which tend to ansrer the questions proposed in the accompanying letter, I am induced to send it to you for pub- lication, if you please, and to say you will oblige me as well as my friend, by more direct answers to his inquiries. I think your opinion of the Confucian philosophers is that they anti- cipate no future state of existence at all; and of course never speak about that in which its happiness will consist. But then there are the other Chinese sects—the Budhists, and Taouists, and perhaps, to these may be added, the popular belief loosely floating in the imagination of the vulgar, who are of no sect. Your paper on the village tyrant's dream, shows that the very phrase a "future state," has not usually the same mean- ing in China, which it has in Christendom. In China, I per- ceive it generally, if not always has a reference to the me- tempsychosis—or the return of souls to this world. Jn which case the happiness anticipated, consists in being human crear tures instead of brutes; in being men instead of women; in being rich, in holding high offices in the state, in general prosperity,. &c., instead of the reverse of these. The Chinese Budhists, I believe, wish not hereafter to be born at all into this troublesome world; they hope for a super-human state. But the happiness of super-humanists is attained by, few, and that nol till after many transmigrations of the soul into and 374 Miscellanies. JAN put of this sail world. When the Budhisls shall be so happy as to cease to be human beings any more, they anticipate, as the highest possible happiness, that divine state which, in your Repository, you call "nihility."—Now if it be true that peo- ple's anticipations of future happiness indicate the present character of their minds: then, the Budhists might be supposed to be a lazy, inactive, " do-nothing" sect; and the Confucianists, who expect no happiness, nor fear any misery after death, would be low principled, worldly minded, beastly or ambitious, as their turn of mind happened to be for sensual indulgence or worldly honors. Or perhaps sometimes, in extraordinary characters, the low brute, and the proud demon would both be conspicuous. Is such the fact? If so, then my friend's theory seems to be good.—But 1 am anticipating your re- marks and information, which 1 hope this previous delivery of my own opinion will not hinder. Youi's, X. P. S. If you have any correspondent in Japan, pray write and ask him what the fact is about their right hands. If the lift hand be the place of honor, I should not wonder that they [the Japanese] are discovered to be a left-handed race! [We subjoin the letter which accompanied the above from our corespondent. It is dated , February 7th, 1832.] My dear Sir,—Knowing the frendly intimacy which has long subsisted between you and , I have ventured to re- quest you to trouble him with a few inquiries, upon which his researches have qualified him in a peculiar manner to give information. The question which I wish solved is this. In what do the Chinese mythologists and philosophers consider the happiness of a future state to consist? I feel convinced that the importance of this question will be deemed both by yourself and him a sufficient excuse for the trouble it may occasion; lest however this importance should not immediately strike you, I will subjoin the object which I have in view in proposing it. It is to ascertain the state of mental cultivation, and of moral purity, which this singular nation has attained; and likewise to decide a point jof no small interest to our philologists. Can anything, for example, show the progess of mental cultivation among the Greeks, more strongly than the contrast between the war- like conceptions of the employments of departed spirits in Homer, and the sublimely philosophical speculations of Plato, on the same subject? Can anything show more plainly the laxity of morals of the eastern nations, than the sensuality of jlhe Mohammedan religion? And where can we obtain strong- er evidence of the common origin of the various Celtic nations, than in the close resemblance, amounting almost to identity, jvhich prevails in their myths and ancient systems of theology? J833- Mifcrllnmcr. 375 I am afraid yuu will hardly preserve your gravity when I tell you that 1 am likewise requested, and that in the most importunate manner by a distinguished philologist, to endeav- or to obtain from the same source, information as to the fact whether the nations of Japan use their right hands with as superior a facility to their left, as is found to be the case among the other nations of the globe, 1 believe without a single exception. I am, &,c. THE GOSPEL ECHO.— The following lines were found in a pew in the church ofKirkbean, the 17th of September 1 sup- posed to have been written by a lady. True faith producing love to God arid man,— Say, Echo, is not this the Gospel plan? Echo—the Gospel plan. Must I my faith in Jesus constant show, By doing good to all, both friend and foe? Echo—Both friend and foe. When men combine to hate and treat me ill, Must I return them good, and love them still? Echo—And love them still. If they my failings carelessly reveal, Must I their faults as carefully conceal? Echo—As carefully conceal. But if my name and character they tear, And cruel malice too, too plain appear; And when I sorrow and affliction know, They love to add unto my cup of woe;— Say Echo, say,—In such peculiar case, Must I continue still to love and bless? Echo—Still to love and bless. Why, Echo! How is this! thou 'rt sure a dove! Thy voice will leave me nothing else but love. Echo—Nothing else but love. Amen, with all my heart, then—Be it so. And now to practice I'll directly go. Echo—Directly go. This path be mine, and let who will reject, My gracious God me surely will protect. Echo—Surely will protect. Henceforth on Him I'll cast my every care; And friends and foes—embrace them all in prayer, Echo—Embrace them all in prayer: 376 JAIV. Rvligumx fnlelligtncc. RELIGIOUS INTELLIGENCE. MALACCA.—The Rev. Sam- uel Dyer of Penang is, we hear, about to remove to Ma- lacca, and is to be connected with the Anglo-Chinese College, During his residence in Penang, Mr. Dyer has been engaged in constructing metallic movable types of the Chinese character. His labors seem likely to be crowned with ample success; a small font has already been completed; and a larger one, to consist of at least 14,000 characters in variety, is now preparing. We have before us a specimen of the New Testament, which was printed with Mr. Dyer's metallic types; it is beautiful, and will not suffer in compari- son with the best style of block printing, which we have ever seen done by the Chinese. Ra- pidity in execution will be one of the most prominent advan- tages of this method of print- ing. But we will not now proceed to remark concerning these types, because we expect, in the course of a few months, to obtain from Mr. Dyer him- self, a complete account of this subject. Our last dates from Malacca are to the first of Nov. The college and the several schools continue to enjoy prosperity More laborers are needed, tn preach the word, to teach from house to house, to distribute the Holy Scriptures, and to instruct in schools. It pains our hearts to reflect, that among the ma- ny thousands of Chinese south of us, accessible lo the Chris- tian teacher, and able to read the glorious gospel of God, there are so few laborers. Mr. Med- hurst at Batavia, Mr. Dyer at Penang, Mr. Tomlin at Ma- lacca, and Mr. Abeel in Siam, are the only preachers for the Chinese scattered through an extensive field, now all white for the harvest. Though the Bible has been translated into Chinese, and two complete editions have been printed; though excellent tracts have been written and printed, and with the Scriptures widely circulated,and some of them read by the monarch on the throne and by thousands of his subjects; still it is the day of small things. The work to be accomplished is vast; the difficulties to be encountered, and to be over- come, or removed, are numer- ous; while the laborers are few, and are compassed with many infirmities. But—-thanks be to God for the blessed assurance,— the race is not to the swift, nor the battle to the strong. Not by might, nor by power, but by my Spirit, miith the Lord. Relig 377 ious Intelligence - CHINA.—In the'second num- ber of volume XXVIIIth, of theMissonary Herald,—for Feb. 1832, published in Boston,— there is an article from the "Gazetta di Venezia," which contains a letter from Monsig- nor Jacobo Suigi Fontana, bish- op and vicar apostolic of Su- tchuen (Szechuen), in China. The letter is dated Sept. 2d, 1829. It found its way from Italy to England; thence to America, and back again to China in the autumn of 1832; having been three years in per- forming the circuit. Monsignor J. S. Fontana reached Szechuen in 1812. In 1815, the late emperor Kea- king encouraged a persecution against the Christians. The bishop's predecessor, Monsignor Dufresse, bishop of "Trabba- ca,"* and vicar apostolic of Sze- chuen, was arrested and con- demned to death, by decapita- tion, "obtaining thereby the crown of martyrdom." "The bishop of Zela, coadjutor, was driven from his home," and at length, died at " Toncino." Be- fore Dufresse was brought to the sword (it is not an axe in Chi- na), another missionary, who since died at Macao, was sum- moned from Peking; because D. said on his trial, that P. L'A. resident in Peking, had induced him to enter China. But L'A. denied the truth, (so said M., agent from Rome,) and thus escaped with his life, while Dufresse was sent to the sword. We have noticed these mat ters in passing, in order to show something of the man- ner of doing things by the "vi- cars apostolic," in China, and elsewhere. Poor Dufresse in- deed suffered death; and the writer of the letter in question wishes to have his head cut off in like manner. "If I should obtain the grace to die," says he, "like M. Dufresse my pre- decessor, under the axe of the executioner, the day of my death will be far more happy than that of my birth."—The num- ber of Christians in his "Vica- riato," he says, is sixty thou- sand. But we hasten to notice an error taken from Timkowski's book, and appended to the good bishop's letter, viz., that "all religions are tolerated in China;" and that "the policy of the Mantchou court has adopted the maxim of leaving every man to believe what he pleases." Yes, many thanks to them! Every man may think, or believe what he pleases; but he may not say, or profess, or teach what he pleases, in re- ligion. The writer specifies Budhism, Taouism, Confucian- ism, and Mohammedanism. He perhaps knew that the religion of Jesus is not tolerated; al- though he asserts that "all religions are tolerated." Gutzlaff's second Journal will be forwarded in a few days to America, to be published there. It narrates the incidents of his voyage on board the Lord Am- herst, along the coast of China, to Corea, Lewcliew, &c.—It contains twice or three times as much matter as the first, and is fully equal to that in interest. * What Ilii:, and some nf (lie I'thcr Latinized naiii!:1! arc. ;578 JAN. Ltivrnry Notice LITERARY NOTICE. correction of an historical fact.—We have re- ceived the following statement from a venerable gentleman, long resident in China, with a request to insert it in the Re- pository, which we do with the hope of eliciting the truth. "In turning over a few vo- lumes of the Lettres Edifiantes et Ourieuses, edition of Paris, 1781, I met with a narration descrip- tive of the last hours of the immortal Kanghe. For the sake of correcting an historical misrepresentation, I shall take the liberty to report facts. "The emperor went to Hai- tse (French spelling) with the intention of hunting a tiger, but perceiving that the exceed- ingly intense cold threatened his life, orders were issued to return to the imperial country- seat, Chang-chun yuen, two leagues from Peking. His blood being coagulated, no medical prescriptions could afford relief. Feeling that the dissolution of his bodily frame was approach- ing, Kanghe summoned to his chamber, on the 22d Decem- ber, 1722, the grandees of the court, and in their presence de- clared, that the fourth of his sons should succeed to the em- pire. Kanghe expired at eight o'clock in (he evening , at five, o'clock next morning, the prince having seated himself on the imperial throne, took the name Yungching, and was greeted by the princes, grandees, and mandarins of the supreme Tri- bunals at Peking, as their sove- reign lord, and emperor of China. "Grief and deep affliction relax the springs of mental power, the elasticity of which in a heal- thy mind, time, and the solaces of friendship may gradually re- store. For this purpose, Yung- ching on his elevation to the throne, intrusted to his near relative Long-co-to, a man of eminent talents and experience, the duties of first minister. Long-co-to, under the mask of a zealous servant, knew how to fascinate his master so that no one at court dared give the most distant allusion to the vex- ations, extortions and tyranny which the minister fearlessly exercised over his fellow sub- jects. "At length, a governor of the provinces of Keangnan and Keangse, endeavored in a re- spectful memorial to raise in the emperor's breast, suspicions against the prime minister. Hav- ing read it, Yungching sent the same back, with the following written at the bottom: 'Long- co-to if guilty, ought nol to be Hocused in general terms by you; you must point out his faults 183:3. ami produce the proofs which you possess.' In obedience lo this command, the governor substantiated the heads of his accusation, in a second memo- rial, the contents of which the emperor was pleased to lay be- fore his confidential servants. Long-co-to was deprived of the rank of count; and to atone for his crimes, was banished to a district of Tartary, from which after more than a year he was brought back to Peking. Mean- while the Tribunal of Crimes, by examining his conduct, de- tected no less than forty-five cases of criminal conduct. They were of such a nature that the emperor admitted they deserved death; but added he, 'when I recollect the mournful day in which my father, about to as- cend to heaven, had assembled round his bed all my brothers, and the great men of the court, and declared by a verbal mes- sage through Long-co-to, that I was the son to whom the dying father left the empire, my in- dulgent heart throbs in favor of a culprit, who by the laws of the land, has forfeited his life; I can- not sanction his death-warrant. Let Long-co-to live, and let a house be built on an empty place near Chang-chun yuen, thirty feet long with three cham- bers, where he shall remain a prisoner all th'e days of his life.' "TheRev. Father Verissimo Monteiro de Serra, bishop elect of Peking, was not acquainted with the particulars just detail- ed ; for had he been, the asser- tion of an ignorant or malicious mandarin, thai Yungcliing li.i.i ventured fraudulently to alter the last will of his father rela- tive to the succession, would merely have drawn from him a sardonic smile; or hud Pa- dre. Serra, as he is styled in the Canton Register of distant date, been endowed with the slightest touch ofpyrrhonism, an excellent antidote against cre- dulity, he would certainly not have countenanced so absurd a calumny." Our correspondent here sets the letters published in France, in 1781, in opposition to the statements of De Serra, who returned from Peking to Macao in 1827, and considers the lat- ter as credulous and absurd. That under a despotism like the Chinese, one brother should attempt to, and succeed in sup- planting another, does not ap- pear to us either incredible or absurd ; and therefore we would not, without evidence to the contrary, reject the supposition. In China there is no history of the present dynasty. Every such publication is disallowed. There are MS. notes concern- ing the reigning family hand- ed about secretly, because inter- dicted. We have them not at hand at this moment to con- sult; but we have conversed with educated natives on the subject, and they tell us, the popular tradition is, that Yung- ching was an usurper. He is however regarded by the Chinese as a good monarch. He did away with the capitation tax;* he enacted some humane laws * On page 355 we have erred in attributing the interdiction of the poll-tax to Knnghe. That emperor fixed the rate and tWbmle an increase- but VnnirchiiH; in \-: second year repealed it altogether 380 JAN. Journal of Occurrences. in favor of officers, both civil and military; and he also in- cluded the common soldier in his consideration, by giving him an additional month's pay at the new year, and by granting him a small sum on the death of a parent, &c. There are sixteen words at- tributed to him, which to this day are written and hung up in every court of justice, to stare the mandarin in the face when trying his fellow crea- tures,—with but little effect however. The following are the sixteen words:—(O ye judges)— Urh fung urh luh; min kaou min die; Hen min eneoli; sluing tegn nan te. Your emoluments and your rewards, Flow from the people's marrow & fat; Low people you may easily oppress, But high heaven you cannot deceive. Notwithstanding all this praise, the Chinese consider Yung- ching to have usurped the throne; and they tell how it was done. To a sinologue we could easily show how Kanghe's dying decree was altered by one short stroke of the pencil; but to the English reader the explanation would be obscure and uninter- esting. It is known also that Yungching put to death two of his brothers, for conspiring against him; which fact in- creases the probability of his usurpation. We are sorry to differ from our venerable friend, knowing it is at the risk of be- ing considered by him rather too slightly touched with pyr- rhonism. Still we think the bishop De Serra's tale is prob- ably the true one. JOURNAL. OF OCCURRENCES. PEKING.—The emperor has been much distressed by the death of £. tsin-ioang Yung-tsatn, an elder broth- er of the late Keaking, and uncle to the monarch. (See J. If. Morrison's Companion to Kalendar for 1832 ) He died on the 10th of the 8th moon, (September 4th, 1832.) His majesty went and visited his uncle the day before his decease; and of- fered libations to his manes the day after. All the theatricals and rejoic- ings previously ordered for the anni- versary of the sovereign's birth were countermanded; and the joy of the imperial court was that day turned into mourning. This event moreover is prolwbly considered HI- inauspicious and coin- ing just after the highland rebellion; followed also by the revolt on For- mosa; European ships in the north on the coast near the capital; and pirates in the south, must altogether, have caused in the imperial mind considerable anxiety. FORMOSA.—Reports, direct from FuhkeSn, reached Canton on the 18th instant, that the imperial troops have been repulsed in attempting to land on Formosa, and 1300 killed. Five thousand troops have been or- dered from this province, and we hear that there are demands for more. COCHINCHINA.—A Chinese printer who has lately returned from Cochin- 1333. Journal of Occurrcncfs china' was requested by one of his countrymen to write and tell him his opinion of that place. We have bis letter before us, and give the substance of it. "On the evening of the 30th of the 10th moon, I received your ele- gant letter; and have informed my- self perfectly of its contents. Gan- nan (Cochinchina), is otherwise call- ed Keaouche. It consists of the provinces, Tungking, Wanting, E-gan, Tsinghwa, Hwuy-gan, and Lunglae. The royal city is Shunhwu, which is otherwise called Foochun, "the rich spring season," and the title of the country is, the Great Yui, and the sovereign's appellation is Ming- ming.i.e. "by the illustrious decree." The form of government, is on the model of the "Great Pure dynasty"— China. "As to punishments; in little mat- ters there is no difficulty; but thefts and robbery are all punished by de- capitation. Opium is strictly prohi- bited. In grave cases, the criminals are beheaded or strangled. In lighter cases they are transported or given to the army. "The officers of government in all the provinces are very good; but the nation has a bad monarch. He is intensely set on getting gain. The houses of the Canton and FuhkePn merchants are excessively troubled with the government extortions. And when these public halls have no money it is extorted from travelers. In such cases the ill-usage is extreme. In Tungking, there are two or three great commercial houses, which, in consequence of the king's bad cha- racter, are packing up and returning home, to China. In my opinion, the Cochinchinese should change and get a new king. Then trade might be carried on to a great extent. "The articles required by that coun- try are, drugs, crapes, Bohea tea, chinaware and such like. Among the smaller articles arc Pwanwoo- puns, wax pills; small looking glasses with covers; green, copper-head hand- umbrellas. "In Cochinchina they have no soy; provisions are cheap. Women are more numerous than men. Their customs, or public morals, are bad. The professions respected there, are the medical and geomnntic. Their streets are bad Brink houses rare: the most of the dwellings nr« nint sheds. In going on hoard ship yon should take a good supply of olives. I cannot now write all that I would. "You said, Brother, that after five days I need not write: you would not trouble me. More than that time has elapsed. The delay was occa- sioned by brother Kelun's not de- livering your letter when he arrived on the 27th, but keening it till the 30th. Don't be offended," &c. The (.iiltliiu Dragon's family.—The numerous accounts which have been published concerning the rebellion at Le&nchow have made the name of Kin Lung, "the Golden Dragon," familiar to our readers. In previous numbers we have noticed the cap- ture of some of the members of his family. A late Gazette states, that three of his sons, and a daughter, and daughter-in-law, and a brother, with two of the rebel mountaineers who joined him, have been deliver- ed over to the Tribunal of Punish- ments in Peking for trial. The Tri- bunal is directed, after having ex- amined the prisoners, to report to his majesty. ALMSGIVING.—During the unusu- ally cold and rainy weather of De- cember, a Chinese lady—so we are told on good authority—caused five hundred jackets to be distributed a- mong the aged and infirm beggars of Canton. On subsequent days, the tseangkeun or general of the troops in Canton, was following up the ex- ample, but distributed with a less liberal hand. The poor in China are very numerous; and "charity" obtained m et armis, is frequent enough; but almsgiving, like that which we here notice, is of rare occurrence. PIRATES.—Early in December, it was reported in Canton, that there were a large number of piratical junks cruising on the coast off south- west from Macao; and that among their leaders there was one, who has recently taken for his bride a prin- cess of Cochinchina, and had return- ed to China to follow up the prac- tice of his father, who was a pirate of considerable distinction. The sto- ry of the princess may not be true; but of thp existence of a large Hep! Journal i> JAN. of pirates, amounting, nt lensl, to thirty or forty sail, there seems to he no doubt. They have produced a good deal of fear among the local officers along the coast, as well as muck annoyance to the inhabitants. But they seem not to confine themselves wholly to the coast. In one instance, and within a few days, they are said to have reached Can- ton city, and in a curious manner. There is living in the north part of the city a very aged doctor, whose name is ChinShetih. For several years he has been the most celebrated physician in the place; has amassed a large fortune, and keeps a splen- did establishment. It has been said of him, that he first rose to notorie- ty by pretending to cure leprosy. This reputation he sustained by first occasioning, when called to visit pa- tients, a false species of leprosy, which he afterwards found no diffi- culty in curing. The pirates, for some of them have not come from afar, knowing the circumstances of the doctor's wealth, and what was much for their purpose also, his great greediness of gain, formed a plan to carry him off. Two of their number, dressed like the attendants of a naval officer, were deputed to repair to Canton, and with a box of silver amounting to one hundred taels, to wait on the old gentleman, to present him with the money, and to solicit him in the most importunate manner, to visit their master in distress on board his junk, which, they said, was anchored a few miles below the city. Flattered and cheered by the money, doctor Chin was soon seated in their boat, and did not learn the secret until he was seen by per- sons on board other boats weeping bitterly, and begging to be allowed to return. In this situation, terms of release were proposed; he might write to his friends in Canton; and if in the specified time and manner they would pay two thousand taels, he should he released, otherwise he should be cut in quarters and sunk in the sea. The proposals were ac- cepted,and (he doctor, after the money was received, returned unhurt to his family.—So much for doctor Chin, alias Dr. Sink: see also our last num- ber. p»gr 343 TITHING svtTKM --In uuiise<|Ueiice of the late discovery of conspiracy and rebellion, in the case of Yin I,House vv, "who called himself Nun- yang Budlia," it was been ordered, that the til/ting system of mutual re- sponsibility should be rigidly enfor- ced. The local officers have how- ever remonstrated, on account of the vexatious effects of the system. This is the same system as that referred to in the Sacred Edict, where the emperor Kanghe says, "Unite the JMOH and ked, in order to extirpate robbery and theft." Unprivileged people.—In consequence of the long drought at Peking last summer, government was obliged to furnish supplies for many of the poor- est classes of the people. In this case, as well as in most, if not all others, the min or "unprivileged peo- ple," are spoken of with tenderness. We could hardly find terms in Chi- nese to translate the phrases, "swin- ish multitude," "rabble," &c. In all Chinese official documents, the people are spoken of, and address- ed with kindness, and as rational creatures. In social and civilized life should not all the citizens be objects of care to the whole community; if the poor and ignorant are vicious, in a greater degree than the educated classes, where is the blame? Does it rest on the students or the teachers? We answer, on both. If the lower orders of a state are ignorant and vicious, we deem it morally certain that the opulent and educated are in great fault. It is lamentable to behold such vast multitudes in China, as sheep without a shepherd; or as the old emperor Keenlune said, as "hav- ing tigers for shepherds." Cruelties and murder.—From Gan- hwuy a man has appeared at Pe- king to petition (he emperor in a case of murder. The elder brother of Ma-urh-luh, to obtain the young man's wife, hired persons to go and dig out his eyes. But in the strug- gle the younger brother broke his thigh, and soon died; and the elder brother took the deceased's wife. An old uncle urged a prosecution against him for two years in the proviminl courts, but without sue- Journal »f Occurrences- cess, anH lias al laM gon« 10 Po- king. KIDNAPPKRS.—In the Canton court circular, for the 7lli instant, (hu sci- turn of unu of this class of men is noticed; his name is Chung Asan. He Ims been delivered over to the Nanbae magistrate for trial. There are, it is said, hundreds of kidnap- pers in and about the city of Can- Ion, wlio are constantly carrying off and selling young women and child- ren, and who gain their livelihood by this wicked traffic. TEA.—From Kansuh province a lea merchant named l.'rih Kinghing appeared before the Board of general police, in Peking, to complain of a recent law of the local government, and its pernicious effects on the re- gular merchants and traders. Nayenching, then governor of Pe- king, was sent to western Tartary as civil commissioner in the lime of Changkihurh's rebellion. After that was suppressed, he enacted various new laws to cut off more effectual- ly all Chinese intercourse with fo- reign tribes. Among other regula- tions, it was decided that the Mon- gol Tartars at Koko nor should not have tea supplied to them. Natives who where detected in transporting tea to them were to be treated as "Chinese traitors." The consequence of this prohibition is, that the tea, which grows in Hookwang province, is smuggled out in various ways, by a multiplicity of passes and by- roads, so that (lie licensed merchants of Kansuh have little or nothing to do; and the revenue suffers a deficit. Peih Kinghing states that formerly, upwards of two millions and one hundred thousand catties of tea passed through his hands, annually; and he paid in duties to government more than one hundred and seventeen t/tousand tacts, every year. But all this is done away with by the new law, and its consequences. The case has been referred to the emperor. This procedure shows considerable spirit in Peih Kinghing, who lakes his life in his hand, goes individually to remonstrate against a law of the liinpirc, originally proposed by a Malcsman possessing high powers. niul subsequently confirmed by his inajpsly It h liki-ly r shall Ueai in> more aboil! it, lint from the favor- able manner in which the Board re- presented (lie case, we expect the emperor will grant the prayer of the petitioner On further reference we find that this law, of which Peih Kinghing complains, originated in the 4th year of Taoukwang,—that is, about eight years ago. Nayenching being there subsequently, could only con- firm it; which it appears he did; for he bad full powers to make any al- terations he pleased. WIDOWS.—There is a small fund in the city of Canton for the relief of widows. It is of recent origin, having commenced operations only on the first year of the present em- peror's reign. Government unites with shinsze, or gentry, in support- ing and managing it. It is already geting into disorder, and the Leang- taou has issued a threatening pro- clamation to the widows. They get about five taels per annum, one taet for each quarter, and one to pass the new year. The number now on the fund is 1500. The complaint is that those who get married, sell their tickets instead of retnrningthem; and the friends of those who die do the same. This is a sort of pa- rish relief, and those who have kin- dred on the spot do not like the exposure, and browbeating neces- sary to get the alms: so that the chief applicants are widows whose kindred live at a distance from Canton. URH LAOUYAY is the second son of a rich merchant who has been dead many years. Urh was bred in the army, and by his father's wealth made many friends at Peking. He presumed on the influence of stlch friends,—for they were many of them high in office,—and attempted to elevate his father to posthumous vil- lage honors, to which his humble origin, and his mean profession of trade did not entitle him. Under the charge of endeavoring to deceive his majesty, from whom the patent was to be derived, Urh lost his commission, and was threatened with death; to avert which, tears and dol- lars flowed in abundance. Some years elapsed before Mr. Uih H'tovcicd from 'ho ihotk and the Journal of Occurrences. .-Immc, of I his transaction He never, however, lost his fancy tor making "mandarin friends" by Ihe dint of money, which the commercial house of his late father had to supply. It is said, that his establishment of wives, concubines, &c., with pre- sents to officers of government, re- quires a lack of dollars per annum. Of late he Ims been concerned in an affair of adultery, suicide, and bribery. In his house there are scores of nurses and female servants. One of these, a married woman and an attendant on one of his concubines, named Yuc-chung, became pregnant by her master. The concubine beat her several times, and extorted con- fession. Yne-ehung then turned upon her lord and abused him. He de- nied the charge, and ordered her to expel the servant, and to send her away to the house of her husband. But the night before the expulsion was to take place, she hanged herself on the bedstead of Yuft-chung. The husband heard of the disgrace and death of his wife, and was about to petition the government, when a "friend" was employed to offer mon- ey as a compensation. It was final- ly arranged to give 500 taels of silver "to stop his tears." PAWNBROKERS.—The magistrate of Nanhae has issued an order to all this class of persons', to diminish the interest during the whiter months. This it appears is an annual custom. The ordinary interest charged by pawnbrokers is 3 per cent, per men- sem; or'30 per cent, per annum. If the pledges be not redeemed they are sold at Ihe end of three years. Beside these government pawn- brokers who pay a duty, there are unlicensed and illegal places where a high advance is given on the pledge, and ten per cent, per month charged. If not redeemed in three months, the pledge is sold. The first sort are called tang poo, and the last are named tsang ya, that is, temporary watchers. ILLEGAL HES. — Lieut.-governor Choo, being petitioned a short time since to do away with some illegal fees, gave the following answer;— "To disallow clandestine fees sounds very well. By doing so, the higher officers 'fish for praise,' and vil- lainous underlings get gain; for they still exact the fee, although disal- lowed. I rose from being an inferior officer, and know perfectly well all the base practices. All that is prac- ticable is to keep a sharp lookout from time to time, and prevent the thing going to great extremes. The prayer of the petitioner cannot, on any account, be granted." Reply to Chin Fansefn's petition. COPPER.—The governor of Yun- nan province has written to in- form his majesty, that during the last year 5,763,200 and odd catties of this metal were procured; which is 1,646,600 catties more than the quantity fixed by the government. This copper is all transported to the north of China. SHIPWRECKS.—One of the yutlir. has reported. against the inhabitants on the coast of Shantung, who, when a merchant vessel is driven on shore, as frequently occurs, come together in great numbers, break up the vessel, and carry off all the property. These "wreckers" are spoken of with great indignation, and his majesty's inter- ference is requested. Tl/K CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. I.—FEBRUARY, 1833.—No. 10. POPULATION OF THE CHINESE EMPIRE.* BKFORE closing the first part of this article, which appeared in our last number, we received the following communication; which, as it is brief, and presents a serious difficulty, and withal is in exact keeping with an opinion somewhat prevalent on the subject, we give entire: it is addressed to - , is without date, and reads as follows: "Dear Sir — , Having heard of your intention to write on the population of China, I wish to bring to your notice a remark made to-day in my hear- ing by an intelligent native; it was to this effect. The ordinary report of the population is a matter of mere form, to which no particular attention is paid; and when a census is especially called for by the emperor, the local officers just take the last one, and make a lumping addition to it, in order to please his majesty with the flattering idea of increase and prosperity. Now although it be true, that the enormous census of 333 millions was not made to impose on foreigners, as Dr. Morrison has said, yet it might have been made by this proud people to impose on themselves. What truth can you expect from a government, * Continual from 38b' Population of the FEU , which as you have shown, avows and teaches atheism! I dare say you will make out a mighty population from Chinese books; but Chinese books, and above all, Chinese state documents are little to be trusted. Your's, Amicus." To raise difficulties on such a subject is an easy matter. Amicus might have gone further, as others have done; have called in question the credibility of Chinese statesmen; denied their competency to count by millions; and then gone on to demon- strate the impossibility of the land and the waters of the celestial emqire supporting the "assumed" population. He could maintain all these positions by "stubborn facts;" for how can it be believed that Chinese officers, some of whom are Moham- medans, some disciples of Confucius, some follow- ers of Laoutsze, others of Budha, and others of no creed whatever, denying the immortality of the soul and the being of a God, should in all their departments, make faithful returns to each other, to the high Tribunals of the empire, and to the one man who rules over all beneath the starry heavens! How can it be credited, that these offi- cers, who, as all the world knows, are utterly ignorant of astronomy, and geography, and "un- skilled in the mathematics," should be able to enumerate the families and individuals in a pro- vince! How, in short, can sterile hills and barren wastes, and plains, and meadows, without flocks and herds, and beyond the reach of modern im- provements, be capable of subsisting 333 millions of people! The difficulties in which the subject is involved are not small; and yet, considering the circum- stances of the case, they are not greater than we should expect to find them. From the accounts exhibited in the first part of this paper, it appears, that between the time of the first monarchs of the Ming dynasty, and the period when the pres- ent reigning family gained complete dominion over 1833, Chtnat Empire, 387 the ancient provinces of China, tho amount of po- pulation diminished nearly two thirds. We wish this fact to be particularly noticed: for the censuses of 60 millions, during the first emperors of the Ming dynasty are universally allowed, while only about 23 millions appear on the imperial register, near the close of the prosperous reign of Kanglie. That a great diminution should have been occasioned by the long and bloody wars of the Mantchous, is high- ly probable; and it is equally evident that a part of this alleged decrease of 37 millions was only apparent,—the whole population not being regis- tered in the later account, because not subdued. Hence we supposed that 23 millions, as given in the Ta Tsing Ilwuy-teen, for 1710, was considerably below the actual number of inhabitants in the em- pire. This consideration will much relieve the sub- ject from the difficulty presented by rapid increase, the greatest difficulty in the case. For if we sup- pose the unsubdued and unsettled inhabitants, who were not enrolled would have raised the census in 1710 to 30 millions, instead of 23, then a rate of increase which would double in thirty years, would have made the amount of population nearly 360 millions in 1812, In all ordinary cases of this kind, the highest national authorities are deemed sufficient, and they would doubtless be so in this instance if they only confined the population to "proper limits." When any nation or state have been at great pains to es- timate their numbers, and for their own purposes of government, it has been usual, we believe, to re- ceive their accounts. If Russia or Denmark pub- lish accounts of their population, their accounts are deemed worthy of belief, and amply suffi- cient for all practical purposes; no other author- ities are sought. So also when France publishes a census of 32 millions, she is believed, and her account rernjvod, her wars, her morals, and her 388 Population of the FEB. creed notwithstanding. But not so in regard to China; she lies by system; she avows and teaches atheism; she is proud and mendacious; and hence her statistics are all exaggerated. Were the Chinese able to review the accounts which foreigners have given of them they would scarcely find less that is objectionable and erro- neous, than the critics of England and America are wont to do in the various descriptions of their re- spective countries. Nations do not often have oc- casion to complain that they are represented in too bright colors by foreigners. We are in danger, perhaps, of allowing to the Chinese accounts too litte, rather than too much authority. They ought not to be discarded, where there is nothing to im- pugn their credibility. The collated statements on a preceding page (361),—if we except that from Berlin, and view them in connection with the remarks which accom- pany them,—show a pretty regular increase. The statements based on the Ta Tsing Hwuy-teen—than which we know of no better authority in China,— show an account perfectly consistent with itself. These statements have riot been made by foreign- ers, nor for foreigners: they have been made by the Chinese themselves, and for their own purposes of government. It cannot be doubted, therefore, that the Chinese regard them as authentic and accu- rate, and believe the population of the eighteen provinces in 1812 amounted to 360,279,897. Was such the fact I If the accounts which the Chinese give of their po- pulation are untrue, it is because they are either unable or unwilling to make them correct. To be convinc- ed that they are able to make an accurate census, it is only necessary to observe the minute divisions into which the eighteen provinces are divided. For example ; Canton province is divided, first into thir- teen foo and chow; these are subdivided into rjuvent.y-tu'o keen; from the hce'n the division is 1833. Ckinem: Empire. carried down to the kcii, which consists of onJy ten families. Ten keii make a paou, or neighbor- hood of one hundred families, which has a headman or constable, whose duty it is to watch over the whole; and, among other things, to keep a list of all the families and individuals within his jurisdic- tion. Now it is the duty of this constable to re- port the names of those within his limits to the chief officer of the heen; who reports to the chief officer of the fco; he again to the treasurer of the province; who in his turn reports, annually, on the tenth moon, to the Board of Revenue at Peking. Such is the division and the order re- quired by the laws of the land. This system certainly enables the government to know and to state accurately the number of individuals, not only in every province, but in any given district of each or any one of the provinces. But is this system of dividing and numbering the people actually observed 1 Are all the families and individuals—men, women, and children, carefully enumerated, or is the census made out on the "lumping system I" Now as there is an annual census, (and others sometimes "especially called for'.") the business of numbering the people must of course attract some attention; under which cir- cumstances such a broad and long continued system of falsehood arid deception, would furnish a "phe- nomenon" not less incredible than the amazing amount of population. But let us go back to 1710, at which time the rapid increase complain- ed of began, and take another view of this sub- ject. That the lumping system has prevailed for more than one hundred and twenty years, and during that time has been practiced by all the successive officers of the several provinces, foo, and heen; and by the Board of Revenue at Peking during its changes,—seems to us hard to believe; it is a supposition not well weighed. "But it is not on-tended thai llii* new system of mimhcrinsr the 300 Population of t/ie inhabitants has existed for so long a period as one hundred and twenty years." It is then rather a modern maneuvre, which officers have lately introduced for the purpose of covering their own negligence, and of flattering his majesty with the idea of great increase and prosperity. This is the fact, undoubtedly, so far as the lumping system has obtained. But in examining the progress of the numbers it will be seen, that from 1792 to 1812 the rate of increase greatly diminished, which certainly would not have been the case on the lumping system; for on that plan, in a period of twenty years, there would be, instead of 54 mil- lions as the account now stands, an increase of more than 230 millions. But what is the testimony of "intelligent natives" on this subject? When we have inquired of them, as we frequently have done, their usual answer has been, that they knew nothing respecting it; but have added, that their officers could tell, because they had the names of all the people. And when further pressed for a more specilic answer, some have told us stories similar to that heard by Ami- cus; others have told us the following: that each officer on leaving his station, in order to show that prosperity has attended his administration, gives a return of all the soldiers who are or recently have been on the rolls; and in enumerating the common people, he includes the names of both soldiers and people, thus counting a.part of the population twice. This report we know to be false; though it seems as pbuttible, and as well substantiated as that related in the hearing of Amicus. Others have assured us that the returns are below the truth—the names of many individuals being omit- ted. So the Companion to the Anglochiriese Cal- endar, which we have already quoted says; We know from several authorities, that in China, the people arc in the habit of diminishing rather than in- n-rasing their numbers, in their reports to iforernmenf: 1833. Chinese Empire. 391 —an account quite as credible as either of the preceding. If foreigners, situated as they now are with regard to China, discard the most authentic documents which the records of the country can produce, and betake themselves to mere verbal testimony, they will, themselves being judges, ex- change bad for worse—the more for the less cre- dible testimony. We feel constrained therefore, to admit the authority of the written records ; though we do it with great caution, and receive them not as altogether unobjectionable, but as furnishing the best evidence which we can obtain in the present circumstances of the case. Again it is objected, that the rate of increase pre- sents an unanswerable difficulty; for it is supposed absolutely impossible that the human race should increase with the rapidity exhibited in the statements given above. Bat if we survey the condition of society in China, during the last one hundred and twenty years, we shall cease to wonder that the increase should be rapid. Since the prosperous days of Kanghe, the em- pire has enjoyed uninterrupted peace, or at least freedom from war. Occasional insurrections, and piratical depredations there have been ; of late years these have become frequent. But war, like that by which the Manfchou conquest was achieved; like that which often swept over the plains of an- cient Persia; and last, which has stained with human blood, and strewed with human bones the fairest states of modern Europe,—has not been witnessed in China. Instead of that, a continuous peace of one hundred and twenty years, has blessed the country,—a fact not often seen in a great na- tion, and the reasonable effects of which on the population can hardly be duly appreciated. Look at the nation at the beginning of this period. In- vited by the security of peace, and by the boun- ties offered by government, they spread over the waslo, and fertile soil of China; multiplying with- Population of the FEB. out tear or restraint, throughout the provinces. So far has this spirit proceeded, that as we know, the old fortifications along the coast have chiefly fallen to ruins, and no modern ones are construct- ed ; many of the soldiers have become farmers aud laborers; the "military spirit" seems nearly to have forsaken the conquering Tartar, and the con- quered Chinese; while the national industry, and national fecundity remain unabated. The checks to rapid increase are few; the most noticeable are; (1.) the occasional absentees from home for years, though many young men who go abroad to other provinces or countries, make an- nuiil visits to their families; (2.) infanticide, which i.s practiced to some extent; (3.) domestic slavery, which often prevents the marriage of the persons sold; and (4.), if Canton is a fair specimen of the empire, the "social death" of thousands, who by various means are devoted to a life of infamy and crime, in those abodes justly denominated the "gates of hell." The causes which favor a rapid increase are, (1.) the general peace; and (2.) the early, and with the exceptions just specified, universal mar- riage. Polygamy exists, and not a few there are, who have two or more wives or concubines; yet such relations are not deemed very reputable, un- less the first wife be barren. Nor are illegitimate children numerous; but instances of eight, ten, or twelve sons, all of one mother, are not unfroquent- ly found, and are always regarded as " prime fuck." A census which should show at once the rela- tive number of the sexes, and the ages of the whole population, is a desideratum which none can desire more earnestly than ourselves, but which we fear will not soon be supplied. Most of the "apparent causes" enumerated by Grosier to ac- count for "this extraordinary and enormous po- pulation," are by no means so apparent in China us they scorn to have been to the writer at Paris. IHW. Chinese Empin. 393 Some who have written concerning China have taken it for granted that the population lias been stationary for the last century; and with this, and other assumptions, conclusions have been formed which are exceedingly erroneous. But happily, dur- ing the progress of the disputes on this subject, the question of the possibility of so rapid an increase, has been settled by a case in point. We have before us a document which shows that the population of the United States of America has quadrupled within the ]a.stjifty years;* and the writer of that docu- ment, who was a man of great practical wisdom and experience, supposes that the population in that case, for a long time to come, "will con- tinue to increase with nearly the same degree of rapidity as at present." Whether the supposition of the late Mr. Evarts be well founded or not, the recorded facts cannot be denied; and may help to convince us that a rate of increase equal to that exhibited by the Chinese, is within the range of actual occurrences. But again, it is doubted whether the soil is ca- pable of sustaining so great a population. Let some of the European states be placed in com- parison with China, so as to show at one view the density of population in each. By data taken from the Encyclopaedia Americana, the number of inhabitants on each square mile— in England is about, '••.•' 225 in the Netherlands, 275 and in the Duchy of Lucca, •'••''• 350 while in China Proper, we have only about 280. There is perhaps a greater proportion of unculti- vated land in China than in either of the other states named above; but the fact is not certain ; it is certain however that, as a whole, China is in a very high state of cultivation. Agriculture is generally held in the highest esteem of all the employments, and 'See the Quarterly Register of the: American Education Society, vol. 3d, 1£30; also the 21st annual report ol the A. B. G. F. M. Boston I 1«30. XX 394 Population of the FEB. almost every product of the ground is appropriated to the feeding and clothing of men. Large por- tions of the country yield two crops annually, and those generally very abundant. Every animal and vegetable substance also is an edible with one class or other of the people. Large quantities of vegetable produce, which in any other country would be devoured by the flocks and herds, are here consumed by human beings. And it is sur- prising with what economy many of the poor live. A bowl of rice, with a few vegetables, and a little fish or fowl, which are very abundant, are the en- tire provisions of multitudes.—If we regard these two circumstances only, viz., the amount of the produce of the soil, and the manner in which the people live, we have strong presumptive evidence of a very numerous population. The famines which frequently visit this country, do not probably result so much from the want of a sufficient amount of produce, as from the want of facilities in transportation. Communication, not- withstanding all their canals, is slow; and often great pains are taken to hinder intercourse, not only with foreigners, but also between the different parts of the empire. The principle is that every province, and part of a province, must provide for itself. But in ordinary seasons little more is raised than is barely sufficient for immediate consump- tion ; a small surplus only is placed in the public granaries, which, when a single crop fails, is ge- nerally inadequate to supply the numerous demands. Barrow has assigned three reasons for the famines which "occasionally commit such terrible havoc in this country ;"—the equal division of the land; the mode of cultivation; and the nature of the products. We cannot follow him in his discussion, and will only remark, that he repeats and main- tains the opinion that the country is capable of sustaining a much larger population than the 333 millions given to Macartney. 1833, CliinfSf Empin &K We are indebted to n correspondent,—who has enjoyed excellent opportunities to form a correct opinion on this subject, and who regards the Ta Tsiug Hwuy-teen as "the only fair guide" in the case,—for another view, and one which brings the question partially within the range of our own observation. In the eighteen provinces there aro 1518 of the smaller divisions—he<:n, chow, and ting,—each of which, were the population equally divided, would have about 237,000. What now is the fact in those districts with which we have some acquaintance 1 Nanhae and Pwanyu, which include the cities of Canton and Fuhshan, and also the village of Whampoa, have on the lowest estimate more than twice the given number, ^in- gan would probably fall below the average number. Heangshan hee'n might be assumed as a standard. Judging from what we have seen of Hetlngshan, we are inclined to believe that it contains more than 237,000 inhabitants. It is well known also that the eastern districts of this province are very densely populated, scarcely less so than the country around Canton city. Other districts must of course fall below the average number.—After going through with this view of the subject, and presenting other reasons in favor of the Ta Tsing Hwuy-teen, the gentleman remarks, "on the whole my opinion goes to receive this account as the most accurate that has yet been given of the population." Here, after having brought, into view what have seemed to us the most authentic documents, and the best supported opinions, we submit the subject. It has been our steady endeavor in this discus- sion, to put our readers in possession of the best authorities and testimonies which we could com- mand, that each might weigh the evidence and form an opinion for himself As for ourselves, we rest the question for the present on the au- thority of the Ta Tsing Hwuy-teen. If in the progress of this work, we shall be able to proced, as we 396 Population of the FEB. desire, to a minute historical and geographical survey of each of the provinces, we shall then have better opportunity to judge in this matter. In the meantime, we shall seek for new sources of evidence, aud gladly hail any additional light that may be thrown on so interesting a subject. Whatever may be the exact amount of its po- pulation, the empire presents a grand spectacle for contemplation, and a vast field for philanthropic and commercial enterprise. If the Christian mer- chant and teacher will come and occupy the field which is opening before them, and with the spirit to do to others as each would have others do to him, new relations with China, and a better inter- est in her behalf, must soon exist. The peculiar position and temper of this nation should not damp and repress generous feeling, and benevolent action. Man has a right to claim fellowship with his fel- lowman. The Chinese themselves, on the author- ity of their own sages, have maintained that the whole world is one family, and that of course, mu- tual intercourse ought to be cultivated; but in practice they utterly renounce this principle, and have long stood aloof from the great family of nations. In this attitude they have become proud, selfish, and exclusive. Notwithstanding all this, the merchant has not ceased to obtain the richest pro- ductions of their soil, and to furnish them with a liberal exchange of commodities. Here the traffick has ceased. No reciprocity of feeling, no inter- course of thought, no exchange of friendly senti- ments, has been encouraged or allowed. Thus the bonds of brotherhood have been sundered ; and mutual hostilities, generated and perpetuated. What, then shall be done1? Is China to be aban- doned for ever 1 In present circumstances it is difficult to say definitely what line of conduct ought to be pursued. If Christian philanthropists should feel as deep an interest in the intellectual and moral cha- racter of China, as they do, and with good reason, 1833. Clrintte Empire. 397 in her commercial relations, ways and means enough could be devised, for benefiting this people. Greece has had her advocates, who from the pulpit and the press, and in the halls of legislation and pub- lic assembly, have pleaded nobly for her. Po- land too, and other states have elicited the gener- ous exertions of philanthropic men. But where have been the like exhibited in behalf of China? She disdains such friendly offices. And what then 1 Is she all that she claims to be? Because the lunatic fancies himself a king, is he to be regarded as such? Does this empire present no claims on heaven-born charity? Are there here no miseries to be relieved? No dark and cruel superstitions to be chased away? Yes, answers the voice of Christian philanthropy; and inquires, what shall be done? Seek, we would reply, and cultivate an ac- quaintance with her; study her character; learn her language;—not so much with a view of de- riving riches or honor from the acquisition, as for the sake of conveying knowledge to her inhabit- ants. Great numbers of her sons can read ;—and there is, to a considerable extent a taste for read- ing among the Chinese; but most of their popular books are light and trivial; many of them are low and obscene in the extreme; and not a few of their sacred books are meagre and most posi- tively bad. Now to open to all the inhabitants of this great empire the exhaustless treasures of revealed truth, and to furnish them with a new literature, enriched with all the improvements of modern science, requires cooperation among the friends of China; the work is vast, and thousands may join in it. 398 Portvgwtie FEB. REVIEW. Contribution to an historical sketch of the Portuguese settlements in China, principally of Macao; of the Portuguese envoys and embassadors to China.; of the Catholic missions in China; and of tJie papal legates to China. By A. L. Knt. Macao; China. 1832. HIGH commendation is due to the author of this "humble essay," for his rich contribution to the historical records of foreigners in China. Had he devoted to his subject less attention, and follow- ed the fashion of the day, he might have given to the public a quarto or a folio, instead of a duode- cimo of less than two hundred pages. Seldom if ever have we found so much matter of fact, concern- ing the East, thrown into so small a compass. The work affords abundant proof that "consid- erable pains have been taken in collecting the material;" and though "traced by the pen of a foreigner,"* it will be read with pleasure and inter- est, not by a "few friends" only, but by many strangers, who will be grateful for his patient and successful research. As only "one hundred co- pies" of this work were struck off, and those were designed for distribution among the author's "friends and acquaintances," he will the more readily, we hope, excuse us for making copious extracts from his pages. He divides his work into five parts; (1.) tem- porary settlement of tho Portuguese in China; (2.) their fixed settlement in Macao,—terms of tenure, dependence on and independence of China, and * A native of Sw«dtn. in China. 399 present stute of the settlement; (3.) Portuguese envoys and ernbassadors to China; (4.) Roman Catholic mission in China; and (5.) papal legates to this country. These topics are discussed fully and carefully by the author; we propose to fol- low him so far as to preserve the thread of his story, and to bring into view the principal facts which he has narrated. To accomplish this in the limits of a review, it will often be convenient to break up paragraphs and sentences ; in which case, how- ever, it will not always be necessary to mark with double commas the parts which we quote. The author preserves the patronymic name by which persons were known in their native countries; e. g. Ruggiero, instead of Roger; and so of others. 1. Temporary settlements of the Portuguese in China. The Portuguese passed round the cape of Good Hope near the close of the fifteenth century; and secured a footing on the western shores of Asia, by possessing themselves of Goa. In 1511, the cruel Alphonso assaulted and took Malacca; and five years afterwards Raphael Perestrello made sail in a junk for China. His success gave rise to an enterprise of greater magnitude; four Portu- guese and four Malay vessels under the command of Fernao Peres de Andrade, sailed for China in 1517. Six of these ships were allowed to moor at Tam-ao, "a port in one of the three islands called San-shan, by corruption St. John;" with the others, Andrade proceeded by permission to Can- ton, where he was allowed to trade : but news soon arriving that pirates had attacked the vessels an- chored at San-shan; Andrade immediately settled his concerns at Canton, "joined his friends, and completed at Tam-ao his mercantile operations." "Anxious to take his departure at the commencement of the approaching monsoon, he, like a man of probity, proclaim. e,d his readiness to do justice to every body, who might have reason to complain of any of his companions. This candid oftir *o enchanted their minds, that (he Chinese began sus- 400 Portuguese FEB. pectiog there was nothing but an unmerited slander in what they bad heard of the egotism and violence, the Portuguese had made themselves guilty of in India. "This favorable opinion prevailed, when Simon de A ndrade, a brother of Fernao, entered, in 1518, the port with one ship and three junks. The bent of his spirit was greediness, par- tiality, and despotism. With such a temper he willingly coun- tenanced robbers, kidnappers, and all sorts of malversation. He built a fort, and ended by arrogating to himself the pre- rogative of a sovereign; he hazarded to condemn a sailor to death, and had the man executed. This act of open hostility, and the refusal to withdraw from the island, filled the measure of iniquity. A Chinese squadron laid seige to the port. Si- mon would have perished of hunger, had not a strong favor, able gale most opportunely arisen: he took advantage of the accident, and retired with three of his vessels (1521). Not long afterwards other voyages were under- taken ; and in 1560, it is related by a Jesuit, 'that five or six hundred Portuguese merchants were constantly dwelling at Lam-pa-co. Previous to this time, (1533) Ningpo, in the province of Chekeang, had become exceedingly rich and flourishing, prin- cipally by the trade with Japan; but by the ill conduct of the inhabitants, the provincial govern- ment (1545) assaulted the place; "everything was laid waste; 12,000 Christians, including 800 Por- tuguese were killed ; 35 ships and two junks burn- ed." Four years later, the Portuguese were driven from their newly formed settlement at Chinchew, Thus "banished from the eastern provinces of Chi- na, the foreigners resorted to Lam-pa-co and the illicit trade on the Chinese sea." 2. Fixed settlement of the Portuguese at Macao. Under this division of his work, the writer first reviews the "terms of tenure? and discusses the question, whether the kings of Portugal are en- titled to number Macao among their ultra-marine dominions. He thinks there is good reason to be- lieve, from Dr. Morrison's "View of China," that Europeans came to Macao as early as 1535, and had temporary shelters on the island in 1537. By solicitations and bribery, liberty was obtained 1833. in China. 401 to erect some sheds for drying goods, which were introduced under the appellation of tribute, and which, it was alleged, had been damaged in a storm. "By liberally feeing the nearest inspect- ing authorities, the foreigners were, by degrees, permitted to build substantial houses." And "by submission and gifts, petty mandarins connived at an increasing population, at the establishment of a government, at the influx of priests, and their en- deavors to convert infidels to Christianity." In 1582, the governor of Canton summoned before him the chief officers of the infant colony; two individuals repaired to his residence, were traduced as cul- prits before his tribunal; they were upbraided; and their constituents censured for their audacity in depending on any other laws, than those by which China was governed. The merchants were to be expelled, and the ports shut for ever against them. In twenty-four hours this tone softened, for mag- nificent presents had been heaped on the governor and those of influence. In these circumstances, as no mention was made of signal services rendered to China, and no imperial edict transferring the do- minion of Macao to the Portuguese was produced, our author is led to concur in the opinion of a bishop of Macao, who, in 1777, wrote, that it was "by paying a ground-rent the Portuguese acquired the temporary use and profit of Macao ad nutum of the emperor." At present, the amount of this rent is limited to five hundred taels per annum. How far the Portuguese are dependent on Chi- na, is the next question that comes under consid- eration. In 1573, the Chinese resolved to erect a wall across the isthmus which separates Macao from the island of Heangshan. Through this bar- rier a door of communication is opened, but is al- ways guarded by Chinese soldiers, whose duty it is to prevent foreigners from passing it. Within these limits, and as early as 1587, a civil man- darin was appointed to reside, and "govern the vy 402 Pottuguete FEB. city in the name of the emperor of China." A tsotang, an assistant of the Heangshan magis- trate, came to Macao in 1800; he keeps a watch- ful eye on the inhabitants, and is the organ of communication with the higher mandarins. The Portuguese are not allowed to build new churches or houses without a license from the Chinese au- thorities. A similar degree of control is exercis- ed by the Chinese also in criminal and commer- cial cases. These positions are illustrated by a narration of facts; and the conclusion is, that "in a political point of view, the inhabitants of Macao may live free from all apprehension of being in- vaded as vassals of Portugal." In 1725, an order from Yungching restricted the shipping of Ma- cao to twenty-five vessels. The author, as he proceeds to show how far the Portuguese are independent of China, draws be- fore his readers a sketch of the history, structure, and relations of the government of Macao. In 1585, the inhabitants, by permission of the vice- roy of Portuguese India, adopted rules for a mu- nicipality; which were confirmed, and privileges granted. The government of Macao consists of a governor, who is usually chosen by the governor- general ofGoa; an ouvidor, or chief-justice, who has the appellation of minister; a Senate; &c. So late as in 1690, the mandarins of Heangshan were in the habit of summoning before them vas- sals of Portugal residing at Macao. But to obey their order, was forbidden in 1689 by the viceroy of Goa, and in 1712 by king John V.— "By an order of the Prince Regent of Portugal, dated 1803, a homicide cannot be delivered up to the Chinese; if he be found guilty by the laws of Portugal, he shall suffer death by the hands of a Christian executioner. This command was attended to for the first time in 1805."— "Connections with Portugal and Goa We have hinted in the course of this narrative at the submission of Macao to the superior government. An annual account of its political, eco- jiomica!, municipal doings, of the number of its inhabitants, of 1833, M Chma, 403 its shipping, &c., is reported to the minister of ultra.marine affairs at Lisbon, and to the supreme government of Portuguese India." The political intercourse of the settlement with China, seems to have been very limited. One of the last emperors of the Ming dynasty, about 1620, negotiated with Macao -for a small military force, which was to proceed against the Mantchous; but in 1651, the governor of Canton summoned some of the principal members of the settlement before him, and enrolled the inhabitants of Macao as the vassals of his master,—the then reigning emperor of the Ta Tsing dynasty. Again in 1809, a conven- tion was concluded with the government of Can- ton, by which Macao furnished six ships to act in concert with an imperial squadron against Chinese pirates. For this aid, Macao received eighty thou- sand taels, and the promise to be reinstated in its ancient privileges, if any could be proved to have existed. The pirates were subdued ; high privileges were claimed by the Portuguese; but little or nothing was ceded by the Chinese. The commercial intercourse with China, Japan, Manila, Timor, Batavia, Goa, and Malacca, is brief- ly noticed. As vassals of China, the Portuguese pay less duties on goods from Canton to Macao, than those paid on shipments at Whampoa; the same rule obtains in regard to return cargoes. For nearly two centuries the Portuguese have had no intercourse with Japan. The commerce with Manila is of lit- tle importance, and "perhaps less to Macao than Manila." The Chinese admit, the Spanish flag at Macao, on the same conditions as that of Portu- gal. Intercourse with Timor and Batavia, which was once of importance, now requires no more than a single ship annually; and that mainly for the purpose of bearing governmental despatches, &,c., from and to the supreme government at Goa. We pass now to survey the actual state of Ma- cao, its trade, population, public buildings, &c. Of the trade we have the following account:— 404 Portuguese FEB. "At present, the whole shipping consits of sixteen* ships, measuring 5331 English tons. The greater part of the ship- owners are destitute of sufficient means to lay in a suitable cargo, and bear the charges of a long voyage. Many vessels are therefore loaded, at least in part, by Chinese adventurers, for Singapore, Batavia, Malacca, Pulo Penang, Calcutta, Bom- bay, Damaun, Mauritius, &c. This accommodation is mutual, for though the freight is rather high, the property on board a Portuguese ship is considered safer than in a junk. Chinese and Macao merchants send, however, to the above mentioned places, China produce on board English ships, the freight be- ing cheaper, and the duty in British ports 10 per cent, less, than if the goods were unloaded from a Portuguese ship. So material a difference operates against the shipping business of Macao, particularly on the exports. To secure the imports a strong inducement is now held out The whole income from the customs, in 1830, was taels 69,183 f The disbursements to the military 29,622 to the civil servants. 24,470 to th e church establishment, 8,730 Called ordinary expenses, 62,822 Extraordinary were 46,629 Total, taels* 109,451 A century ago, or in 1730, the customs yielded 7,825 taels; and the ordinary and extraordinary expenses were taels 10,735." The population of Macao divides itself into three distinct classes; vassals of Portugal; vassals of China; and foreigners: and of each in its turn we will give a brief sketch. First of the Portuguese ;— "If what a grave historian asserts, be true, (and there is no ground to impeach his veracity,) that the prisons of Portugal were now and then emptied, and the vicious tenants, and even culprits, who should have finished their career on the galleys, were sent on board the royal fleets to serve in India, we shall have less reason to shudder at the enormities perpetrated by the Portu- guese in many parts of Asia. Some of this unholy stock re- spected neither friends nor foes, and seized every opportunity (o enrich commanders and their hordes. They were at times * The whole number of ships is now (1833), we understand only twelve. t Of this sum, 30,132 taels were raised from duty hid on 1,833$ chests ol upiiiw imported at Macao. 1833. in China 405 pirates, or smugglers; and at times, strolling merchants. Se- veral cf this contaminated caste settled, no doubt, at Macao, with men of more correct feelings. By this mixture, those who had reluctantly run the race of vice, were by good example recalled to the comforts of social life, which were soon enhanced by nuptial ties. Malay, Chinese, Japanese, and other women became their partners in wedlock, and mothers of a generation, the descendants of whom are perhaps still members of the com- munity of Macao. This progeny is distinguished by the denomi- nation of mestizos, or mongrels. Next to this class, range those whose forefathers were not Portuguese; they are either Malay or Chinese converts, but like the Portuguese posterity, free citizens. Their occupations at Macao are limited, as no other mechanical arts than those required by navigation are exercised. Young people of the inferior order either go to sea, or enlist as soldiers; the more fortunate follow the busi- ness of merchants,—the holders of a few chests of opium being known by that appellation. Many have made fortunes by the drug, and some have acquired great wealth. A scrupulous friar once intended to refuse absolution of sins to dealers in opium, and would have denied it, had casuists not always a metaphysical hole to slip through. To deal in poison is more immoral than to deal in slaves. By the first mentioned trade, we challenge nobody, we act in secret, and injure whole na- tions; by the latter, a chance of resistance is offered. The havoc in one case cannot be ascertained, for it is uninterrupt- ed and hidden; in the other it may, for it is open hostility; the ratio at which the mischief acts, may, perhaps, be esti- mated as an unity to a million. Formerly, the merchants of Macao dealt more largely in slaves, kidnapped in China, Ja- pan, and many other parts. They actually import but few, and those principally by the Timor and Goa ships. How nu- merous the slaves were twenty years ago, will be evident from the returns of the population the parish ministers handed to the bishop in 1810. It consisted of 1172 white men, 1846 white women, 425 male slaves, and 606 female slaves, making a total of 4049 individuals,—the clergy and military not being included. In 1830, it was estimated a"t 4628; viz. 1202 white men, 2149 white women, 350 male slaves, 779 female slaves, 30 men, and 118 womon of different castes. All are Roman Catholics. Portuguese born in the dominions of Portugal, ac- tually living at MuCttO, do not exceed sixty-two in number. Neither they, nor any other vassal, can quit Macao without the previous consent of government." A concise description of the public buildings is here introduced by the author, which shows that the ancient inhabitants spared neither treasure nor pains to embellish and proton Macao. The cliiirch?K 406 Portuguese FEB. are twelve* in number; which are divided into pa- rish churches, collegial churches, &c. Formerly there were two collegial churches ; at present there is only one, that of St. Joseph. The plan of this church and college belongs to the Jesuits. We will quote the description entire ;— "Though the corner-stone was laid, it is said, in 1730, the Jesuits had nol the pleasure of hearing mass at St. Joseph's earlier than 1758. From the garden you enjoy a cheering prospect of the Inner Harbor and Typa, as also of the bleak and verdant islands that encompass the river. The church is rather small but of harmonious proportions. It receives suffi- cient light from a cupola, and a cross-bar window in the front. At two exterior angles of the fabric are two towers; in one of them is a chime; and in the other, in a lower part, a clock. The instructions delivered in the college, were moulded on those of St. Paul. They ceased in 1762, and were not resumed for more than twenty years. At length, the court of Lisbon, in 1784, transferred this establishment to the Congrega- tion of the Missions, and in 1800, the charges to be paid by the senate were definitively settled. The priests belonging to this Royal College are Europeans. These professors are six in number, one of whom is the Superior. The principal aim of this institution is to provide China with evangelical teachers. Young Chinese, not exceeding twelve in number, are admitted, and furnished with that they necessarily want. If they evince a sincere desire to become priests, their education is directed that way; but it generally requires ten years be- fore the candidate can get the very first order. Those, whose vocation is dubious, wait longer, or leave the college if they please: others who want application, or are noted for misdemeanor, are sent away. The professors give instruction in the Portuguese tongue, Latin grammar, arithmetic, rhetoric, philosophy, theology, &c. The children of the inhabitants of Macao participate in these studies, though few of them are made priests. The Chinese language is also taught, and En- glish and French occasionally. Parents who can afford to pay for their children a small remuneration monthly for food and a cell, fix them at college, where the students learn to speak genuine Portuguese, and acquire probably a taste for the improvement of their minds. Some children dine at the col. lege, and join their families at night; others attend the lectures delivered gratis by the professor at determined hours. In 1815, eight young Chinese, two Malays and sixteen boys born at Macao, were settled in the college; and in 1831, there were seven * Besides these, there are four or five small chapels. The number of priests is about thirty-five. 1833. in China. 407 young Chinese, two boys from Manila, whose fathers are Por- tuguese, and thirteen born in Macao." Besides the college, there is one school, where children are taught to read and write their mother tongue; * and another royal school, where a Pro- fessor explains the principles of the Portuguese and Latin grammar, for the benefit of those who are desirous of improving such advantages. These are supported by royal bounty.—Some friars also improve their leisure hours in teaching Portuguese and Latin. Capuchins, Augustines, and Dominicans con- stitute the regular clergy of Macao. Convents were early founded; but most of these are poor. The female convent St. Clare, Mosteiro de Sa. Clara" was erected as early as 1634. The number of nuns has been various, but is now fixed at forty. This convent was burned down in 1825, but the greater part of it has been rebuilt. There are likewise hermitages of some note; there are also charitable institutions; and among them one hos- pital, and an asylum for female orphans. Fortifications were commenced early in the seven- teenth century. Macao is walled on one side, and has six forts. The whole military force ought to be four hundred common soldiers, headed by eighteen officers. A spacious senate-house completes the list of public buildings.—Notwithstanding his patient research, our author has not been able to discover the "many fine buildings ranged in large squares, surrounded by court-yards and gardens," which are spoken of by Krusenstern in his Voyage round the World. The cave said to have been inhabited by Luis Camoens is briefly noticed. The Chinese population is composed of differ- ent classes, and cannot be accurately numbered; it is estimated to be about 30,000. They have one temple within, and three without the precincts * Many of the inhabitant* of Macao do not speak pure Portuguese; hut use a dialect which differs widely from their mother tongue. 408 Miscellanies. FEB. of the city. A procurator, who is a member of the Senate, and the organ of communication be- tween the city and the mandarins of the district, is denominated Chief of the Chinese living at Ma- cao; but he exercises over them little or no con- trol. The right of foreigners to reside at Macao has been a subject of much dispute; a pretty full view of the question is presented in the work before us; our limits will not allow us to give the details; suffice it to remark, that at present, all foreigners are allowed to reside in that settlement. Our author closes this part of his work in the following words;— "We have thus given a succinct historical narra- tive of a place situated in 22 deg. lljmia. north latitude, and longitude 113 deg. 32J min. east of Greenwich. The climate is healthy ; we have good water, bread, and a well stocked bazaar. On land- ing, you have before you a spacious semicircular bay, encompassed by rising hills, crowned with forts, convents, churches, and private buildings. The circuit of the peninsula is said to be about eight English miles, its greatest length three, and its breadth nearly a mile."* MISCELLANIES. The wane of superstitious delusions, or false religions, wheth- er polytheistic, Mohammedan, or pseudo-christian, is strongly affirmed by the author of "Saturday Evening." "Although our knowledge of the human race is now incomparably more extensive, and accurate, than has ever been heretofore possessed, we can descry in no direction, a young and hale and mant- ling religious delusion, such as threatens to become invasive; or which attracts the eyes of mankind by the signal proofs it • To be continued. 1833. Miscellanies. 409 is giving, of its sway of the imagination and the turbulent pas- sions of our nature. The contrary is the fact, and it is so in every zone. It is conspicuous that the demons are holding the reins of their power with a tremulous hand. The spirit of counsel and might has left them; the spirit of adventure and bold imposture has also departed. It seems as if there were neither courage nor concert in the halls of aerial government. Not only is every extant form of error ancient—most of them immefliorially so—but every form is imbecile as well as old." Or, if we would seek a phrase that would at once describe the present condition of every false religion, universally, we find it in the language of the writer of the Epistle to the Hebrews;— They are "become antiquated and decrepit with age," they are in their dotage; and we hope that it may be added, they are "nigh to their final disappearance"—they are ready to vanish away. Mr Gurney, the supposed author of "Saturday Evening," takes a rapid, but vivid, survey of the various forms" of false religion, in the south • of Europe, and of Asia, among the In- dians, Tartars, Hindoos, and Chinese. Of the people among whom we live, he says with much truth;—" By civiliza- tion and industry, but not in matters of religion, the Chi- nese is entitled to take a rank above his northern neighbor, cousin, and conqueror, the Mongol. In truth, it must hardly be said that there is anything of religion in China, if we deduct on the one hand what is purely an instrument of civil polity—a pomp of government; and on the other, what is mere domestic usage, or immemorial decoration of the home econo- my. Ages have passed away since mind, or feeling, or pas- sion, animated the religion of China. The religion of China is now a thin,":, not only as absurdly gay, but as dead at heart, as an Egyptian mummy—it is fit only to rest where it has lain two thousand years —touch it—shake it—it crum- bles to dust. Let but the civil institutions of China be broken up, and we might look about in vain for its religion." Mr. G. deems that "the religion of the prophet is now in its stage of extreme decrepitude; and that on "the haggard supersti- tion of the west," "have come the many loathsome infirmities that usually attend the close of a dissolute life." The Greek church cannot be said" to be in its second childhood, "for childishness has been its character even from its youth up." Through a long life of fourteen centuries, it "has cared for nothing but toys." From these premises three inferences, our author says, may be drawn. The authentic, the evangelic, and the prophetic. The authentic reasoners "indulge the belief that the instinct of religion in the human mind is slowly wearing out—that the habitude of worship is being obliterated." That this is the result to which the" creed of atheistic scepticism leads many individuals is too true; but that such a result will become 410 Miscellanies. FKB. general is contrary to the unbroken evidence of experience in all ages, and in all places;—not to say the invincible proof of Christianity. And the Christian will indulge thf> expectation that this is "a day of preparation," in the sense of enterprise; and on this ground, notwithstanding all discouragements, it may be hoped, not feebly, that '' the Sabbath draweth on." Christian Faithfulness.—" The words of the wise are as goads, and as nails fastened by the masters of assemblies, which are given from one shepherd." Eccl. xn. 11. The one shepherd, Christ Jesus, gives his faithful ministers wisdom from above, to speak a word in season to their fellow sinners; which word, by the agency of the Holy Spirit, pierces the con- sciences of guilty men, and convinces them of their danger from the justice of a holy God; which words often stick fast as it were in the memory, and produce a salutary change in complete repentance and conversion—even many years after, when the speakers have been long dead. We have known a recent instance of this. The late Dr. Milne when dying was condoled in respect to his cnildren, by the Mandarin Teacher of the Anglochinese College. The dying missionary replied to the speaker, who was a self-righteous Confucianist, or in other words, a hardened atheist; "I am not anxious, Choo seen.sang, about the temporal provision of my children, who are soon to be orphans; but I am anxious for the salvation of your soul." These words, and various other affectionate appeals of Dr. Milne, and the late Mr. Collie, Chi- nese professor and subsequently principal of the college, ope- rated on his heart; and there is reason to hope, that they have issued in his cordial reception of the gospel of Christ; and he has at length, after rejecting the gospel for about fif- teen years, avowed his faith in Christ and been baptized. For the first two or three years, he says, the Christian re- ligion, and even theism appeared to him foolishness. Since that time his contempt and opposition have gradually dimin- ished; but even now he speaks of himself with fear and trembling. He has spoken of the vanity of idols to his wife, and to his sister, who is a widow; but they laugh at his re. ligious opinions. He speaks of their conduct, not with anger but compassion, remembering that he himself acted a similar part in the days of his ignorance. In this he obeys the admoni- tion of St. Paul to Titus,—To show all meekness unto all men; for we ourselves also were sometime foolish, disobedient, deceived, serving divers lusts and pleasures, living in malice and envy, hateful and hating one another;—the kindness and love of God our Saviour toward man, made the change. Christians and missionaries should not , refrain from affec- tionate admonition and rebuke, because they may not have been regarded heretofore; but should act on the principle laid down in this saying—"In the morning sow thy seed, and in 1833. Miscellanies. 411 the evening withhold not thy hand, for tliou canst hot tell whether this or that shall prosper, or whether both shall be alike good." The above mentioned facts show to us, what indeed we have long been convinced of, viz., the importance of schools and colleges for the inculcation of Christian doctrine. We do by no means undervalue the labors of the preacher ; but still we think that if there be given only a passing word of exhortation, it will snldotn convey to the heathen, information enough to convince their understandings, or enlighten their consciences. They re- quire line upon line, and precept upon precept. Or, according to the figure of our motto, the nail to enter deeply, and to be fixed securely, must be struck often on the head; which can be well accomplished by those "masters of assemblies," the pious schoolmaster, and the Christian professor, in seminaries of sound learning, and "saving knowledge." Friendly Admonition.—There are seasons—almost every per- son can refer to such in his own history, when a plainness of speech is used, which evinces the great excellence of godliness. The voyager, when all hopes of life were lost, has witnessed such seasons; those who have felt the concussions of an earth- quake, and heard the crash of falling towers and domes, have witnessed such seasons; and so too have multitudes who have stood and listened to the last broken accents of dying friends. At such times, riches and honors, frowns and flatteries, are lightly esteemed; and words of friendly admonition, with a solemnity that cannot be described, break from the lips. Something of this same kind of honesty is very frequently witnessed at the parting of friends, especially when the time and distan-je of separation are to be long. An instance of this we have in the farewell sermon of the Lord Bishop of Calcut- ta, delivered at St. Mary's, Islington, on the 17th of last June. The main topic of his discourse is practical piety, which "is importan,t not only because it is that kind of religion that most glorifies God, edifies our neighbor, and brings comfort to our own minds, but because it is the only means of se- curing ourselves against the seductions of erroneous teachers, of our being preserved amidst the snares and temptations of the world and Satan, and of introducing us into God's heaven- ly kingdom." The whole of the discourse is characterized by earnestness, great plainness of speech, and a tender regard for those to whom he was soon to bid farewell. Plainly, yet affectionately, he admonishes the sceptic, the worldly professor, and the pro. fessors of evangelical truth; and in conclusion, he earnestly com- mends "all to take the friendly admonition of the last accents of one who desires to discharge his last duty, not merely by affection and the most sincere wishes, but in honest endeavors to save every soul ho can ere he embarks as it were, for 412 Religious Intelligence. FEB. another world." And therefore, (the speaker goes on to remark) I must cunie to thy conscience, sinner, wherever thou art. I cannot find thee out, but God lias thee under the glare of his eye at this moment! Thou art quivering in tliy seat at this instant, though I know thee not! Take the friendly warning, and escape! Flee, I pray thee, from the wrath to come! flee to the Saviour ere it be too late! Begin real religion! Re- nounce thy wine, thy harlots, thy lusts, thy pleasure, thy mere- ly human science, thy poetry, thy philosophy, thy everything that stands in the way of heaven; and when you have receiv- ed the love of God, you will simply use what is lawful in these things. O, remember it is not what I say—sayeth not God the same? Is not God love? If an earthly parent re- quire the love of his child; if the love of a friend be the only essential quality of friendship; if a benefactor look for grati- tude; I appeal to your common sense, I appeal to the tribu- nal of conscience, if it be not hardened by profligacy and habits of vice, which desolate conscience, and leave it like a seared and callous flesh; if there be a conscience, if there be any- thing of moral feeling in the sinner, shall not the God that made thee have thy supreme love? Shall not the Redeemer that died for thee claim and possess thy affection? Shall not the sanctifying Spirit see thee praying for his grace? Shall not the love of God be paid to thy heavenly Father, thy heavenly friend, thy divine benefactor? Yes! O, may the an- gels of Christ take up the tidings to his throne that every sinner here is beginning to repent? Ye.s; I pause while the desire is formed in the breast of every sinner. Let each one put up to the throne of mercy this ejaculation, 'Lord, give me thy grace, and may I begin this heartfelt religion !'....! pause that you may make the prayer in your own breasts. O, my God! Is there one that has not made the prayer? Is there a heart so hard that it has not seized the moment to aspire after grace and salvation? No; I so trust thy mercy, that I cannot think there is one from the youngest to the oldest, that has not addressed a prayer for the love of God; and in that persuasion, beloved, I bid you faretoell." RELIGIOUS INTELLIGENCE. SIAM.—Amidst the many dis- that Mr. Abeel, on acconnt of couragements and oppositions ill health, has teen obliged to which sometimes threaten to leave Siam. On the 15th ult., stop or. retard the progress of he was at Singapore, where he Christianity, it.is a strong con- had been for about two months; notation to know assuredly that and though his health was con- the truth of God will finally siderably improved, it was still triumph. We are sorry to hear uncertain with him, whether 1833. 413 Religious Intelligence,. he should return again lu Bun- kok. From a communication now before us, written by Mr. Abeel, and which we will publish in our next number, it appears to be doubtful whether Protestant missionaries are to be tolerated and allowed to prosecute their labors under the present go- vernment of Siam. There is at present we suppose, no Protest, ant missionary in that country; Mr. Jones was, by late accounts, at Singapore, waiting for an opportunity to go up to Bankok. During his last visit to Siam, Mr. Abeel was occupied much of the time in distributing Chris- tian books among the people on board the Chinese junks. About 80 of these junks, he says, visited Sium during the last season. VAN DIEMAN'S LAND. We have Ixjfore us a letter dated Hohart Town, Van Dieman's Land, which fully confirms the account we gave in our num- ber for Dec., that much good is already accomplished, and in progress throughout that colony. There are families, a few at least even in the interior, where God is known and worshiped; and where the family altar has been erected, and that grace has appeared which teaches men to deny ungodliness and world- ly lusts, and to live soberly. Among other improvements, a temperance society has been es- tablished. These facts show "no doubt, the best side of the picture;" or rather, they ex- hibit "some of the bright spots in a dark picture ;"—they are an earnest of what is yet to be seen and enjoyed. MR. WOLFF.—Reference was made to this very extraordinary man in our number for October last; the Oriental Christian Spectator, of the same date, contains his journal to Bokha- ra. It is full of interest; but gives no information concerning the Jews in China. The people of Bokhara, he says, "are good natured, but exceedingly effeminate, have no energy and are a complete king- dom of mullahs." He was in. formed thai the ancient rabbies of that place "asserted Bok- hara to be the Habor, and Balkh, the Hal ih, of 2d Kings, xvii, 6;" but they have, he adds, "no written account of it." On his arrival at Balkh, he as- certained that it was first called H.inali, and then Halakh, and by the latter writers liallth; this account makes him not on- ly suppose that Bokhara and Balkh are Habor and Halah of the Mosaic history, "but like- wise that Turkestan is the land of Nod, (Genesis iv.) i. e. where Cain dwelt when he went out from the presence of the Lord, and that Balkh is Enoch (Ge- nesis iv, 17,) built by Cain." "The inhabitants of Khiva and Bokhara (he says), are call- ed OsbecTc, os signifies self, and beck, lord." "It is totally a mistake to call the Osbecks Tartars;" "they do not know here the name of Tartars." "We laugh about the ignorance of the people of- this country with regard to Europe, and our learned professors in Europe know as much of this country with all their books, as the Turcomans of Mowr do about England." There are at Bok- hara about 200,000 inhabitants. 4J4 FEB. Literary Notices. LITERARY NOTICES. Chinese Printing.—Mentoin was made in our last number of Mr. Dyer's metallic types. An account of these, which was written by Mr. Dyer is now be. fore us, by favor of Dr. Mor- rison; it was accompanied by the following note, addressed "To the Editor of the Chi. nese Repository." "My dear Sir ;—Inclosed I send for your perusal an essay on the subject of movable types, written by the Rev. Samuel Dyer of Penang. Mr. Dyer has for the last six years turn- ed his attetion to this subject, and will, I trust, eventually suc- ceed. The importance of pro- curing Chinese movable types at a moderate expense, is, in my judgment, an object of the first importance toward the dif- fusion of useful knowledge and the Christian religion, in East- ern Asia and the islands there- of. In China, all the lighter reading, and tracts for the poor, are in respect of religion, sci- ence, and morality, miserably deficient, or positively bad. A new literature, innocent and instructive, must be created by the friends of China. And to produce it, I know nothing so important as the casting of cheap movable types, or Chi- nese characters. "I remain your's faithfully. ROBERT MORRISON." We shall, perhaps, be able to form a more perfect idea of Mr. Dyer's proposed improvement, if we keep in mind the method of printing with wooden blocks, or plates ; which, by the bye, has existed, and been in general use, among the Chinese, for at least nine hundred years. It is in fact, a species of stereo- type; and is well described in Dr. Milne's "Retrospect," to which we are indebted for most of the few following remarks. See that work, pp. 222—266. The block, or wooden plate is first squared to the size of the pages, with a margin at lop and bottom; it is in thick, ness generally about half an inch; it is then planed smooth on both sides, each of which contains two pages, or more ac- curately one leaf, for the Chinese number the leaves, not the pages of a book. The surface of this block is now rubbed over with rice boiled to a paslc, or with some glutinous substance, which makes it perfectly smooth, and at the same time softens and prepares it to receive the im- pression of the characters, which are soon to be placed upon it. This block, together with an exact copy or fac-simile of the characters which are to fill the page or leaf, is put into the hands of the block-cutter; who, 1833. 415 Literary Notices. before the glutinous matter is dried up from the board, puts the sheet on inverted, rubs it down with a brush and with his hand, until it sticks very close to the board. He next sets the board in the sun, or before the fire, for a short time; after which he rubs off the sheet entirely with his fingers,—but not before a clear impression of the characters has been com- municated to the board. The engraving tools are then employ- ed ; and all the white part of the board is cut out, while the black, which shows the charac- ters, is carefully left. The cut- ting of the block being com- pleted, the process of printing follows. The block is laid on a table, and a brush made of hair, being dipped in ink, is lightly drawn over the face. The sheets being already prepared, each one is laid on the block, and gently pressed down by the rubbing of a kind of brush, made of the hair of the tsung tree. The sheet is then thrown off; one man will throw off 2,000 copies in a day. These remarks will suffice for our present purpose; and we proceed to introduce Mr. Dyer's account of metal types; and will make as copious extracts as the nature of the document will allow ;—but must, for want of the very types which he describes, omit a part of the account. He has divided the subject into five parts; we will tukc them in their order. 1. The nature of Chinese metal types. Chinese metal types may be compared to Eng- lish logotypes—where one type contains a complete word : for in Chinese, one character expresses a complete word, and not a single letter, or even a simple syllable of a word. In forming a fount of English logotypes, of course, it would be desirable to have more types of such words as occur more frequently, and fewer types of such words as occur less fre- quently ; in fact, to have a due proportion of types, according to the proportion of times in which each word occurs, as near as that proportion can be ascertained. E. g. Suppose the word "the" occurs oftener upon an average cat culation, than the word "and;" and this again oftener than the word "that;" it follows that we want more types of the word "and," than of the word "that," and still more of the word "the,"—in order that there may be a due proportion of each; in fact, the proportion of logo- types should be calculated, just in the same way that the proportion of each particular letter has already been calculated, for the use of English printers. But as some words occur of- tener in one book than in an- other, owing to a diversity of style, subject, &c., the font, in order to be generally useful, must be calculated not from one book alone, hut from many, and those of diverse style, sub- jects, &c. It is in this way, the present estimated proportion of each particular Roman letter has been obtained. Precisely this plan should be adopted, in forming a font of Chinese logotypes. For it is almost necessary that Chinese metal types be of this descrip- tion. 2. The desirableness of a font of Chinese metal types. Chinese metal types are exceed- ingly desirable, in order that we may be able to combine the 416 FEB. Literary Notices. Chinese character with the Eu- ropean. This circumstance however, we suppose, can only be duly appreciated by those who are acquainted with Chi- nese literature. Dr. Morrison's Dictionary could not have ap- peared in its now elegant state, b it for Chinese metal types of some kind; the same may be said of Premar6's Notitia Lin- {iiuij Sinicae. It is true, that Mr. Davis's tract on Chinese poetry is printed very hand- somely with wooden blocks; but then the wooden blocks, I imagine, do not combine with the metal, strictly so speaking; they only unite with it as wood- cuts. How far are metal types desirable, with respect to the printing of the Chinese Scrip- tures? See Bib. Soc. llth Re- port, p. 147. Dr. Marshman's opinion is this :—" One instance of their utility you have already seen, in our being enabled to get and correct ten or twelve proofs of one sheet, before we finally struck it off. This, how- ever, we could not have done in wood. There, all is immov- able ; no improvement after the chisel has begun its work, but by means almost equally ex- pensive with cutting a new block; and if we say correct it ten or twelve times, only think of the expense of getting ten or twelve fair copies of each sheet. But the moving of a few cha- racters up and down, or the re- placing them with others, is the work of a far less number of mi- nutes Another advantage a- rises from the difference be- tween metal and wood, in point of durability, &c." The Dr. goes on to calculate the difference of expense be- tween the two methods, and makes out a saving of two thirds, by the use of metal. 2. Of the defects and dis- advantages of past attempts to form Chinese metal types. We believe the only three fonts in existence are at Macao, Ma- lacca, and Serampore; they are all deficient, inasmuch as fresh characters mnst be supplied as required, while any work is passing through the press; at least, if that work contain more characters, or characters of more sorts, than have been em- ployed in printing any preced- ing work, which will generally be found to be the case in print- ing a work of any extent. We believe the whole of these types have been engraved upon the face of metal; but whethej it be owing to the difficulty of engraving on so hard a sub- stance as the metal, or to any other cause, it is a fact that they are not only inelegant, but possess an air so foreign, tliat it is by no means advis- able to print the Scriptures and tracts with them, while we can obtain woodenblocks; for these latter far surpass anything we have yet seen printed with me- tal, either at Macao, Malacca, or Serampore. The small font sent out from England, has been tried with admirable success; we have not heard a dissentient voice: the only defect seems to be the smallness of the font. [This font is at Malacca; and the beautiful specimen, which we noticed in our last, was printed with it.] 4. Suggestions for an im. proved font of metal types. 1833. 417 Literary Notices, There is no doubt that metal types may be made by means of punches, in the usual way. Mr. Figgins, a respectable type founder in London, has attempt, ed it with great success. Had he been familiar with the character, his success" would have been still more complete. But then, this method involves such an immense expense, ow- ing to the variety of character, that it is to bo feared we must wait long for a fount obtained by this method. By preparing a set of blocks, and forming from them a set of stereotype plates, each the common height of metal types, and then sawing the metal plates into pieces, (a process which has succeeded very well in a late experiment upon a small scale,) metal types may be ob- tained without punches, and the character will be a foe-simile of the original blocks. The original blocks must contain such an arrangement of the characters, that when the process is completed, there will result a due proportion of each. [Having no type for Chinese print, injr, we must omit Mr. Dyer's illus. trillion of. this part of his subject. It appears, however, that he has made out tho proportions for the new fount, hy calculating the relative number of characters in fourteen Chinese au- thors,—some historical, some moral, xoinu native, some Christian, &.<•.. | The variety of characters oc- curring in those portions of the fourteen authors alluded to, was only 3240; of which several hundreds occur exceedingly sel- dom; and as not only these, but several thousands more are necessary to make the fount tolerably complete, they must of course be cast, though in the proportion of 2, 3, 4, and so forth to 700. It is proposed to cist a va- riety of 12,000 or 13,000 cha- racters; these when cut will oc- cupy the space of 200 blocks (more or less) these blocks to be cast once, twice, thrice, &o., in order to give a due proportion of every character.... But successful as our late experiment has proved, there is one serious difficulty attend- ing it; a font in continual use may last, say five or seven years, and then it must be re- cast; now the difficulty and expense of procuring a new fount every seven years, is very great, unless we had the means of casting them in India. Hav- ing most maturely weighed the matter for six years, I am per- suaded that however successful our present plan is, we ought to commence punch-cutting.... [In favor of punch-cutting, Mr. Dyer advances several arguments;— '• that a punch is the foundation of perpetuity ;"—" if the punches of the most important characters in the lan- guage, be cut, we could recast the mass of characters ourselves;"—"the further we proceed in plmch-cutting. the greater the advantage;"—" if we had only a hundred punches, and these were the first 100 in the Before mentioned calculation, they would be of immense service to us; the mass of the language is not much more than 1200 (twelve hundred) characters in variety." N. B. "The types cast from matrices, can easily be made to agree with the types cast from blocks, provided the characters themselves are of the same size."] 5. Proposal for cutting the punches. As the Archipelago is now opening extensively, and we are now wanting types in Cambojan, Lios, and so forth, and our opportunities are en- larging, it is very desirable that we should have a marker A i 418 FEB. Literary Notices, in steel on the spot; we could then proceed with punches of Chinese, Japanese, Cambojan, Laos, &c.; and if we only had a person who understood the whole, we could employ native Chinese under him, and cut many punches at one rupee, or two shillings English each. Mr. Dyer proceeds to remark on the qualifications which a person engaging in this busi- ness ought to possess, and the manner in which he should be furnished for, and supported in his work; he presents several considerations relative to econ- omy in the work, and then savs, "certainly we can work upon punches many times cheaper in India, than in Eng- land :—I Irtve it from good au- thority and an experienced in- dividual, who says, ten times cheaper." It appears from parts of Mr. Over's paper which we have omitted, that he is preparing blocks for metal types, and will forward them to England with all convenient dispatch; he is also preparing a specimen of character, with notes, &c., to enable any public spirited type- founder, who may be disposed to engage in such an enterprise, to commence cutting punches immedi'itely; everything has been done to point out the way, and to facilitate the business, so that the artist may proceed without delay. We wish Mr. Dyer every success in his noble undertaking; his object is surely an important one ; and we hope he will receive the approbation and support of good men not only in England, but through- out Europe and America. The friends of letters and Christian- ity in India will also, we hope, give the subject the attention which it demands. We are inclined to think, judging from what we have seen, that metal types will prove to be (in some instances at leasl) as much superior to the common block printing of the Chinese, as a fine European merchantman is superior to a common Chiness junk. We do not expect that the Chinese will at once see, or rather acknowledge, this superiority. They have long seen the superi. ority of the European ship, but they are slow to acknow- ledge that superiority, and do not avail themselves of the im- provr'.jnent. The Chinese have felt the defects of their method of print- ing with wooden blocks, and they have tried, but with little success, to remedy them. As early as the thirteenth century, they are supposed by some writers, fo have invented mov- able types; but as these were "made of burnt clay," they must have been very rude and useless. In 1722, Kanghe, who has been justly esteemed the most learned monarch of the present dynasty, ordered a great num- ber of movable types to be prepared. These were made of copper, but how they were prepared—whether they were cut or cast—we do not know. Defective and inelegant, as these undoubtedly were, Keen- lung was pleased to denominate them congregated pearls: yet, strange to tell, during a scarci- ty of coin, he allowed them lo be melted down; this measure J833. 419 Literary Notices. however, he afterwards regret, ted, and caused 250,000 wooden ones to be cut in their stead. These facts, while they evince the defects and failure of the Chinese in typography, show the desirableness of some im- provements in their printing. For ephemeral works, and where much expedition is required, they have adopted another me- thod, which differs from either of the preceding, and of which the Canton Courtcircular(which is issued daily) affords a spe- cimen. This method of print- ing is executed with waxed plates. They are prepared by spreading athin coat of wax upon a board, and then forming the character on the wax, just in the same manner as it was form- ed on the smoothed surface of the board of the wooden blocks. The printing which is done in this way is scarcely legible. Having said so much con- cerning metal types, we ought also, perhaps, briefly to notice some of the advantages and disadvantages of printing with wooden blocks. Here we may refer again to the "Retrospect." Some of the disadvantages of the Chinese method of print- ing with wooden blocks are the following. 1. It is not well adapted to ephemeral works, which re- quire dispatch,—such for ex- ample, as an extra gazette, lists of sales, &c.,—because days are required to cut characters for a piece of work, which with metal types might be complet- ed in a few hours. 2. When printing is exten- sively carried on in the Chi- nese method, blocks accumulate and become cumbersome; be- cause however many inches of letter-press there may be in a book from beginning to end, there must be exactly as ma- ny inches of block ;—precisely as in the European stereotype, with this difference, however, that the wooden block is uni- formly cut on both sides. 3. When a very large edi- tion of a work is printed off from the blocks, (however ex- cellent they may be,) the face of the character wears down, and it loses it clearness; good blocks, however, which are care- fully used will last to print, ten, twenty, or even thirty thou- sand copies. 4. The necessity of cutting the same character over and over again, if it should occur one, three, or five thousand times in the same book; and the inapplicability of the blocks to any work but that one for which they were prepared,— are great disadvantages. 5. The Chinese mode of printing is, like their national policy, very unsociable; it is ill suited to sort with that used in other languages. Attempts have been made to combine blocks and types in the same form, but they do not look well, and are exceedingly inconvenient. 6. To these we may add, that Chinese blocks are of no service when the characters are worn down; whereas metal types, however old, furnish the material for a new font. These, and some other minor disadvan- tages are noticed in the work of Dr. Milne. The advantages of the Chi- nese method of printing with wooden blocks, may be such as the following. 420 FliB. Literary Notices. 1. It seems to possess all the advantages of European stereo- type, except these two—the du- rability of the blocks, and the combining of several pages in a single form: and on account of the ease wilh which the blocks are prepared, the Chi- nese has an advantage over the European method. 2. All sizes and forms of the character may be cut on the same wooden block, by the same hand, with nearly equal expedi- tion and cheapness. Suppose a book on science is illustrated by a paraphrase and notes. Here the text would be in larger let- ter, the paraphrase in a small- er, and the notes in a third size; to these add the mathe- matical, astronomical, and phy- sical signs—all of which in the work supposed would find their place ;—here then is a combin- ation of six kinds of letters and signs, which require to be cast in six kinds of matrices, the expense of which must be very great; but this expense, on the Chinese method, is not in- curred. 3. The apparatus necessary for the whole process of Chi- nese printing with blocks is exceedingly simple. No foun- dery for casting ; no complicated machines for printing and bind- ing, are required. In printing on a small scale, every instru- ment necessary for the whole process, (a table and a chair exceptccl) may be pricked up and carried on a workman's back; and all the work perform- ed in the corner of a cellar, or a garret, without noise, and by th", labor of a single individual; and to carry it on upon an ex- tensive scale, a common trunk of four feet by two and a half, will contain the requisite ap- paratus. This view of the subject, Dr. Milne supposed might be ap- plied in its practical results to cases like the following. In a season of persecution, when the utmost vigilance of the Chi- nese police is roused to search for everything that relates to the gospel, the Christian printer, if persecuted in one place, may in the silence of the night, re- move to another; where, if he can obtain some small apartment, he may be at work again ear- ly the next morning, as if no- thing had happened ; and should he in his flight, not be able to carry his implements with him, he will find another set for a very small sum of money, in the space of twenty-fo'.ir hours, in any town or village where black- smiths are to be found. Here he may print a few hundred or thousand copies of small tracts, or portions of Scriptures; and distributing them as he finds opportunity, he may be ready to move again, in a short time, should the violence of per- secution render it necessary. Another case is supposed ;— when missionaries may be per- mitted to travel through the country to propagate the Gos- pel, they may then introduce itinerant printing,—which will exhibit the press in a light en- tirely new. "Let us then for once, send the press out to make the tour of China. Suppose a missionary sets off" from Can- ton, taking his printer with him, and a small box or bundle of tools. Paper, and wood for plates, he may find almost overy where. He pursues his course 1833 Literary Notices. along the southeast coast, through the provinces of Fuh- keen, Chckeang, Keangnan, and Shantung, to Peking; and on his way home pursues a different route, through Shan- se, Kansuh, Szechuen, Yun- nan, and Kwangse. Now, in each of the provincial towns, he may find it necessary, or useful, to publish a small tract, or some select portion of the word of God. Part of the day he preaches, and part of it is devoted to preparing these for the press. If they do not ex- tend beyond eight or ten pages, the printer will, in as many days, finish one. The tract is then printed, distributed, and the blocks are made a present to some person, who may from regard to his own interest, mul- tiply copies and sell them. If he wants the same tract or some other one at the next province, or large town, it can be pre- pared; and if he travels by wa- ter, the printer may be at work all day, as the inland naviga- tion is seldom attended with such motion of the vessel as to prevent people from carrying on their usual work. The tract may be nearly ready by the time they reach the place where it is to be circulated. It is circulat- ed; and another, if wanted, prepared, printed, circulated, and the blocks, as in the form- er instance, given away. Thus he does throughout all the ten provinces through which we have conducted him. On his return home, he can calculate that he has, by the good hand of his God upon him, not only preached the gospel round the border of the Chinese empire, hut also printed ten or more tracts, in ten of its provincial cities, in each of which, thou- sands of copies were distributed, and where the blocks still re- main to multiply thousands more." These two illustrations will apply with equal force to ob- jects of science. The scientific man, while lecturing on histo- ry, natural philosophy, &c., in his tour through the provinces of China, may print abstracts of his subjects, and leave them behind him or circulate them as he passes along from city to city. We have now given suc- cinctly, what appear to us the principal advantages and dis- advantages of the Chinese meth- od of printing with wooden blocks. These remarks in con- ncction with Mr. Dyer's ac- count of metal types, we hope will help to excite and direct attention to Chinese printing. T-U • « I • 1 he press is a powerful engine; and we cannot doubt that— under God—it will eventually prove in China, one of the mightiest engines for the diffu- sion of truth which the world has ever wituessed. Cost of printing the. Sacred Scriptures in Chinese with wood- en blocks. The following state- ment we have obtained from an experienced native workman. The cost of the blocks will vary according to the quality of the wood of which they are made, and the style in which they are cut; and it is estimated to be— for the superior style, $1,800 for the middling, 1,400 for the inferior, 900 The cost of printing will va- ry according to the quality of 422 FEB. Journal of Occurrences. the paper, ink, &c., and ttic style of execution. After the blocks have been prepared, and when an edition of several hundred, or a few thousand co- pies is required, the cost of each copy is estimated to be— for the superior, $3 for the middling, 2 for the inferior, 1£ From another source we have a different estimate ; the cost of the blocks of good material and cut in a good style, is put down at $1,300 (thirteen hun- dred dollars), and the printing, including as above, paper, ink, &c., is $1 (one dollar) per copy. We have before us two books which will illustrate the econ- omy of the Chinese method of printing with wooden blocks. 1. Shing-shoo Chow-chin, or 'the Sacred Sleeve Gem.' This little book, which consists of extracts from the Sacred Scrip- tures, contains more than two thirds as many characters as the gospel of St. Mark. The blocks for printing the book cost ten dollars, and the print, ing of 3,000 copies, including paper, &c., cost thirty dollars more ; thus after the blocks are obtained, copies of the Sacred Sleeve Gem are furnished at the rate of one dollar per hundred. •2. Ta-lseuen Tung-shoo. This is "a large and complete Al- manac" for the 12th year of Taoukwang (1833); it con- tains one hundred and nine leaves, or '218 pages octavo, and is sold at the rate of eight dollars per hundred. Chinese lithography.—Two or three years ago, Mr. Med- hurst of Batavia, employed the lithographic press for printing Chinese; subsequently, and for the same purpose, a press has been set up at Macao: both of these attempts have been suc- cessful. During the last season, a lithographic press has found its way to Canton, where, we are happy to know, it is in success- ful operation. JOURNAL, OF OCCURRENCES. UNDER this head, our difficulty does not consist in want of matter; but in the labor of selection and com- pression. The sources of informa- tion are partly official, and partly popular rumor. The credibility in our judgment is about six of the one and half-a-dozen of the other, out of ten tenths of the whole. In very few cases is the whole tale untrue; and in as few cases, is the story wholly false. All that we can do is to report faithfully to the best of our knowledge and belief. Perhaps we should omit the last word; for it seems to be our duty to report for the sake of gcnral information what is said to be the fact, whether we believe it or not. We take the lib- erty in many cases to defer our decision—whether to receive as true or not—what may be commonly re- ported. And we wish our readers to take the same liberty with what we narrate; for we have not the means of arriving at the highest de. 1833. 423 Journal of Occurrences. gree of probability, though we always aim at it, and will never report what we know to be untrue. FORMOSA.—The reports from this island continue to be contradictory; at one time it has been reported that all the inhabitants of the island were in rebellion, with a force of 700,000 strong! again it has been rumored that the imperialists have gained the mastery. The affair has produced consider, able sensation at Peking: and a 'flam, ing dispatch' has come down from his majesty, by which it appears that the governor of Fuhkefin is to take the field, and that two imperial commissioners, with thirty subalterns from Peking, are to join and aid his excellency in putting down the re. hellion. Large numbers of troops in the provinces of Canton, and Fuh- kci'-n, and Chekeang, are at the command of the commissioners. Trade on the northeast coast of China,—Several official documents have been issued, both by the su- preme and provincial governments, in reference to the English ships which have appeared on the coast, during the last six or eight months. A brief exposition of theintentions of the English in this part of the world as be- ing commercial, and pointing out the benefits of amicable and free com- merce reached his imperial majesty; and though not couched in the servile language which he might wish, yet probably, it tended to inform and influence his understanding. For in the recent documents, although there is expressed a firm resolution to limit the commerce to Canton, there is nothing of anger apparent. He directs that no supplies of water or rice shall be given or sold to for- eign ships wishingto trade on the coast, nor must they be allowed to buy or sell goods; still they are not to be fired on; nor any attempt to be made to search them. So far his majes- ty is mild. The governor of Keang- nan was evidently in favor of some trade to the northward. He pro- posed to search the ships, and if they had contraband goods, then drive them away—implying, that if they had not, they might trade. And the governor of Canton instead of sug- gesting the seizure of the persons on board any of these ships to punish them; proposes that after their re- turn they may be allowed to trade at Canton, and the hong-merchants be required to deal justly with them. Thus, he adds, he intends to follow up his sacred majesty's extreme desire to facilitate the intercc u se of mer- chants, and to show tenderness to strangers from distant parts of the world. Whether all this soft talking will be followed by more liberal acting or not, we- do not pretend to say; but some persons think it almost amounts to a tacit connivance. Mr. GutzlafFs Christian name Kea- le ( for C irlos) has come to the emperor's notice twice. He was on the coast of Keangnan the 19th of December, and the ship in which he sailed, had been the means of saving twelve shipwrecked Chinese, who were landed on the island Tsung- ming (see D'Anville) to which they belonged. Did deeds of beneficence and kindness always accompany com- merce, it would be a double blessing to the nations of mankind. GOVERNOR LE.—According to late accounts from Peking, governor Le is to be banished to Oroumtsi, there to await the pleasure of his ma- jesty. Low Yungkinp, who was with go- vernor Le at Legnchow, and who was taken with him a prisoner to Peking, is sentenced to hard labor at file. PATRONAGE.—In the 160th Peking Gazette for the current year, his majesty has published to the empire a decree against a system of patron, age, very common throughout the provinces, but ill calculated to pre- serve good government. It was oc- casioned by a gross abuse of the practice by the Tartar lieut.-govern- or of Shanse, Ohlihtsingo. The phrase for this patronage is, that the super- ior and inferior, "worship and re- cognize each other as teacher and pupil." The inferior officer becomes the slave of his teacher; and the superio* gives the whole of his in- fluence to support and defend the pupil in his mal-administration. It is easy to see how badly this will work for the welfare of the people. The emperor says, the higher of- ficers of the state ought to correct 424 Journal of Occurrences. themselves and be ail example to their inferiors; to view the affairs of the nation with the same care that they do their domestic affairs, and measure the hearts of the peo- ple by their own. Then they would be to him as arms and fingers, for effecting his imperial will. But this system of patronage leads to bribes and corruption, and reciprocal pro- tection in every species of illegality; and public justice is sacrificed for pri- vate favor; the affairs of the na- tion are considered as trifles; feel, ings of partiality or resentment are fostered; and cabals are formed which are a disgrace to government. He admonishes governors, &c., to lay their hands on their heart in the silence of night, and say whether they do not feel ashamrd of such practices; and he threatens here- after to punish severely those who do not. reform. Governors, says he, should "split the face of favor," and act according to res! ficls. prirno- ting the deserving, and reporting the unworthy; holding wiili a firm grasp the great principles of justice: and not sinking down into sucli vulgar practices. Strife of Ghiurxe- Society.—About nightecn or nineteen years ago. a linguist of Canton uunr^d • '.vas transported to lUc for an alleged connection with foreigners, villainous, traitorous, and so furtii. The young man li'inself, possessed sonic natuial cleverness and a great deal of im- pndrnco, witli very little principle. Although a convict, he was on his departure not destitute of money. Tiiu Imnjj.uierehanU) probably as. Kislcd him. Al the pinee of his ban. ishm, ill he made himself useful as a clerk to government; and got into scrapes, as was his custom. About three years ago this man, about for- ty years of age, returned from exile; attempted again to come forward among the barbarians; but was re. jected by the co-hong, and there- fore he now lives in retirement, in- dulging himself in his vices. Re- turning not long ago from a dinner party to his own house, he attempted violence on the person of his son's concubine,—a poor woman in all probability bought with money. She resisted the brutal intention of this lord of the mansion. He chastised her so severely as to occasion her death. The facts became generally known to the police; but the in- fluence of money with the parents of the deceased and the underlings of office, hushed up the affair, and atoned for the murder. DEATH. — The Chinese dislike the use of this word, and, in order to uvi>id it, contrive various periphrases, such as " absent," " rambling among the genii," &c. Of late we have observed one new to us; of a certain one it is said, "he being sick occa- sioned a vacancy," i. e. died. The tsedngkuen, or Tartar gen- eral of Canton has been recently sus- pended from office, in consquence nl his conduct during the late re- hellion at Luenchow. The Chinese new year, (the 12th of his present majesty's reign) com- menced on the 21)th instant. The Canton court circular for the 20th of the l^ih moon, announced, that from that date until the 20th of the first moon of the current year, all the public offices will be closed, and the circular discontinued. In special cases, how- ever, business may be transacted. though usage docs not demand it. Postscript.—The mercantile business of Canton has been carried on, during the last season, with few if any hindrances or interruptions. The Factory of the Honorable East India Company left Canton for Ma- cao on the 27th instant; many of the Chinese merchants from the pro- vinces have completed their transactions, and are returning home. The weather during the month has been rather mild—occasionally damp and rainy—but during the holydays very fine. Now (on the evening of the 28lh) we have a strong breeze from the north, with a good bracing air. THE CHINESE REPOSITORY VOL. I.—MARCH, 1833.—No. 11. REVIEW. Contribution to an historical sketch of the Portuguese settlements in China, principally of Macao; of the Portuguese envoys and embassadors to China; of the Catholic missions in China; and of the papal legates to China, By A. L. Knt. Macao: China. 1832.* 3. PORTUGUESE envoys and embassadors to Chi- na. The Chinese have, in their own estimation, no equals. Their country occupies the principal and central part of the earth's surface; and their emperor is the supreme potentate who rules over all nations. They enumerate, in their imperial books, no less than thirty tributary kingdoms. Por- tugal is among this number. No sooner were the Portuguese permitted to settle at Macao, than "their vassalage began;" and they were required like the inhabitants of Corea, Cochinchina, Siam, &c., to acknowledge their dependence, by send- ing envoys and embassadors with tribute to the sovereigns of China. Several of these missions are mentioned in the work before us; we will briefly notice each of them in their order. * Continued form page 40S. • • "• •'•" 426 Portuguese MARCH, Thome Pires was the first Portuguese envoy to China. He was appointed by he governor of Por- tuguese India, and was instructed to propose to the emperor of China a treaty of commerce. He em- barked with Fernao Peres de Andrade; and on his arrival at Canton (1517), he was accommodat- ed, and provided for, in the usual style of foreign embassadors. The emperor was immediately made acquainted with his arrival and the object of his mission; but he took time to deliberate. A sub- ject of the late Sultan of Malacca was then at Peking, and claimed protection against the Portu- guese, who had (in 1511) wrested from his mas- ter, a vassal of China, his capital and dependencies. The emperor had requested the Portuguese to re- store to the Sultan his sovereignty; but perceiv- ing that the recommendation was slighted, policy suggested the propriety of admitting the Portu- guese envoy, and Pires, after a lapse of three years, was allowed to proceed from Canton to Peking. But in the mean time, Mohammedans at Canton had disclosed the design of the Portuguese ;—" they aim at ruining all foreign shipping, that they alone may carry exports and imports all over the world." This invidious insinuation gained credit; and in connection with the ill conduct of Simon de Andrade at Sanshan, induced the governor of Canton, in a memorial to the emperor, to write— "the Portuguese have no other design than to come under the denomination of merchants to spy the country, that they may hereafter fall over it with fire and sword." All this, with the unrelenting diplomatic complaints from the embassador of the Sultan of Malacca, and frequent reports of the iniquitous proceedings of the Portuguese in India, moved the emperor to appoint a competent tribunal to examine whether the embassy was legitimate or spurious. Pires and his companions were adjudged to be spies, and were sent back prisoners to Canton, there to 1833. in China, 427 be kept in custody. Were Malacca restored, the envoy and his retinue should suffer no harm; but if it were not restored they should be dealt with according to the law ;—" by its tenor, Thome Pirea and others suffered death in September, 1523." In this connection, our author remarks with se- verity on the conduct of other European nations in their early intercourse with the Chinese. He quotes examples of "plunder and piracy,*•* which show that the Chinese have had cause for treating foreigners with distrust, and for excluding them from their country. Other examples are on record which prove "that at the end of three centuries, the boasted European civilization is still unwilling always to respect international laws and right."— This is a topic of thrilling interest to the friends of China. If the conduct of foreigners be charac- terized by acts of cruelty, oppression, and injustice, its evil consequences will be twofold; they will be felt both by the foreigner and the native,—but chiefly by the latter. In point of morals, the Chi- nese by their own confession are growing worse and worse; and for aught we can see, this retro- gression will continue, and will be increased as it continues, until some counteracting influence comes in from abroad. Let the conduct of foreigners then, in their intercourse with the Chinese, be marked, be distinctly marked, by deeds of probity, justice and good-will, and great and salutary will be its effects. Wrath can be conquered by kind* ness; and a proud, selfish, and exclusive spirit, even of the most desperate character, may be sub- dued by gentleness, kindness, and that charity which "seeketh not her own." The secon^ embassy which we have to notice, was undertaken at the suggestion of Francis Xa- vier. "The apostle of the East," contemplating the expediency of opening a way for Christianity in China by means of an embassy, suggested the 428 Portuguese MARCH, plan to Dom Alfonso de Noronha; it was approv- ed, and Diogo Pereira was appointed for this mission; he was 'furnished with suitable presents, which were to be delivered to the emperor in the name of King John HI. Xavier embarked with Diogo in this expedition; they left Goa in 1552; but on their arrival at Malacca, their ship was de- prived of her rudder by the prefect Alvaro, and the project of proceeding to China was abandoned. A third diplomatic mission was undertaken in 1667. In order to prevent piratical depredations, Kanghe had commanded all his subjects, who were living on the borders of the sea, to remove four or five leagues from the coast, and to suspend all navi- gation southward. This was in 1662. By the in- tercession of Schaal, the Portuguese of Macao were exempted from removing to a new place, but navi- gation remained forbidden. Informed of this state of affairs by the senate of Macao, the viceroy of Goa chose Emmanuel de Saldanha, and sent him in the name of King Alfonso VI., to the court of Peking. The expense of this embassy was 30,365 taels; but the result of it "so little answered the expectations of Macao, that the senate solicited his majesty not to intercede in behalf of his vassals at Macao with the government of China, were it not in an imperious and cogent case." Such a case, it. was thought by the court of Lisbon, had arrived. The disputes of the Roman Catholics about certain ceremonies, (which will be noticed on a subsequent page,) induced Kanghe (1721) to send Antony Magalhaens to King John V., that by the king's mediation he might induce "the Pope to put a stop to the polemic animosity of missionaries, and to grant to the Chinese prose- lytes permission to practice the established cus- toms of the empire." Yungching, s mrtly after his accession to the throne, forbad in 1723 the ex- ercises of Christianity throughout his dominions. <•* In order to soften this severity, and to calm the 1833. in China. 429 mind of the emperor, his most faithful majesty sent, as his representative, Alexander Metello de Sousa e Menezes with father Antony Magalhaens to China; they landed at Macao 1726." A few days before the emb .:-sador set off for the capital, he received from the tsung-tuh, or governor of Canton, a copy of an imperial order, which, among other expressions, contained the fol- lowing :—" The European enl.assador has passed many thousand miles to come here; the tsung- tuh of Kvvangtung must give him servants and provisions during his journey, and a mandarin to attend and take care of him... .In reference to the departure of the embassador, let that be left to his own will; it is not proper to molest him by hurrying and pushing him on; thus shall the tsung- tuh, as my representative, convince him of my kind affection." On the 18th of May, 1727, the embassador made his entrance into Peking. Of his audience with his majesty, which took place ten days subsequently, we quote the description entire :— "Two mandarins in actual waiting at court preceded; then followed an assessor of the Le Poo, or council of state (tran- slated also, Tribunal of Civil Office), and Parennin a French Jesuit, the interpreter; next came the embassador carrying with both hands his master's letter; and after him followed the sec- retary, and a third gentleman bearing the title of mordomo, who was conducted by a mandarin. Accompanied by the as- sessor, his excellency entered the western gates, ascended the steps of the throne, kneeling presented the credentials; he rose, went out by the same way, and in front of the middle door that was open, the embassador and retinue performed the usual act of obeisance. This ceremony being over, the embassador was brought to the foot of the throne, and seated at the head of the grandees; shortly after he had permission to make his speech, which he delivered placing himself on his knees upon a carpet. "On the 7th June, the presents contained in thirty chests and boxes, were offered. The emperor said:—'It gave him great pleasure to perceive in so many precious things the af- fection of the king of Portugal.' From (hat day the embas. sador resided a whole month at Peking. He and his family were by an imperial proclamation allowed to stray without 430 CailuAic, Missions MARCH, impediment over the place in any direction they pleased. On the 7th July, his excellency had his audience of leave at Yuen. tiling yuen, a country-scat at no great distance from the capi- tal. That day, the emperor presented with his own hands to the embassador a cup with wine, and aent from his own table several dishes. Leaving the place, presents were distributed to the retinue of the embassador, and to his excellency; among other things, Yungching gave several trifles, which were valua- ble solely because they were the gifts of a monarch. Metello received also thirty chests and boxes to be delivered to hie faithful majesty the king of Portugal." Little or no advantage seems to have resulted from this embassy, though it cost the inhabitants of Macao the heavy sum of 30,000 taels. Another embassy reached Peking in 1753; it was conduct- ed, and it ended very much like the preceding one. This, we believe, was the last Portuguese embassy to the court of Peking. 4. The Roman Catholic missions in China. The first Roman Catholic missionaries, who were at all successful in China, were Jesuits. In 1541, the next year after their order arose, Xavier came to the East; in 1552 he left Goa, touched at Ma- lacca, and before the close of the year died at Sanshan. Dominicans, Augustines, and Capuchins followed, and attempted to enter the country, but were repulsed. In 1579, Miguel Ruggiero an Italian Jesuit arrived in China, and commenced the study of the language. Two years subsequently he came, in the capacity of a chaplain, with the Macao ships to Canton ; and here "the missionary gave vent to his vocation, and began converting people." In 1582, he was joined by Matthew Ricci. "To conceal their real intention, the missionaries recurred unblushingly to a falsehood, affirming that their only wishes were to make themselves masters of the Chinese language, and to become acquainted with the arts and sciences of the country." They encountered much opposition ; but at length, "were at liberty to settle at Chaochew foo, where in fact, they arrived in April, 1589." Our author gives a 1833. m China. 431 vivid picture of their reception at that place. The literati praised their precepts so far as they coin- cided with those of Confucius; they admitted the propriety of worshiping the Lord of Heaven; but they railed at the doctrines "of original sin," "of eternal torments, of the incarnation, of the Trinity, and of not being allowed to marry more than one wife; they acccused the Europeans of teaching a spurious and pernicious doctrine, of building churches at the expense of their dupes, of intro- ducing young girls to monasteries, of forgetting their parents when dead, of paying respect neither to the departed, nor to Confucius, but merely to a stranger they called Jesus." But " the increduli- ty of many, the rancor of others, and not even the queer theatrical jests, were sufficient to dishearten Ricci, who by his knowledge of mathematics, ex- perimental philosophy, &c., had means to amuse, entertain, and please visitors from many parts of China; some of them became his converts; others his protectors and friends." By the advice of Alexander Valignano, Ricci and "his brethren Jesuits," in 1594, threw off the garb of the bonzes, and put on the more re- spected dress of the literati. In such an attire Ricci became a fit companion to men of rank; and was enabled to proceed with recommendations to Nanking, entertaining the hope that he might there be permitted to raise the standard of the cross; but betrayed by his features, he was suspected of being a Japanese spy (for China had a war with Japan), and was ordered to quit the place immediately. He now directed his steps to Nan- chang foo, the capital of Keangse, where he was permitted by the governor, in 1595, to lay the foun- dation of a religious institution. His activity and zeal were further stimulated by 'the dignity of Superior of all the missions in China, present and future,' which was conferred on him by Valignano, our author thinks in 1597. Soon again- Ricci found Catholic Missions MARCH, opportunity to visit Nanking; but the war with Japan still continued, and the fear of strangers likewise. The superior therefore turned his course to Soochow foo, in the province of Keangnan; at which place he was permitted in 1598 to es- tablish Christianity. "At length peace being concluded with Japan, Ricci deter- mined to appear a third time at Nanking, where he now was welcomed with that amity, frankness, and good breeding, which are said to be characteristic of those who belong to the old capital of China. The reputation of a "savant" had preceded Ricci. His lectures on exact sciences were listened to with rapture; they excited in the auditory a sincere wish to be- come acquainted with the truth of mathematics. To gratify his hearers, father Matthew translated the elements of Euclid; and a new Christian by the name of Paul, Sinice Siu, gave them the fullness of the Chinese idiom. By this work Ricci concili- ated such an affection, that even those, who were greater ad- mirers of his philosophical than of his religious tenets, acquiesced in his instituting a (1599) at Nanking a church, in which bazar Cattaneo remained. Being favored with many recommendations to men of high rank and reputation at Court, and with letters patent from a great magistrate granting him liberty to carry to the presence of the emperor a few European curiosities, Ricci, accompanied by a Spanish Jesuit Diogo Pantoja, set out for Peking. At Lin-tsin-chew, an imperial toll on the Grand canal, an eunuch, Mathan, administrator of the customs, tendered his services to the strangers Ricci declared to Mathan, 'that he desired to have the honor and good fortune personally to present to the emperor the insignificant trifles he had brought, and to spend the rest of his days in the service of their com- mon lord and master.' The eunuch took the priests in one of his boats to Tientsin and lodged them in the fort, that their persons might not be exposed to insult, nor their property to depredation." After a delay of six months the strangers were permitted to proceed to Peking; they entered the capital on the 4th of January, 1601.* The emper- or accepted their presents, and commanded that they should first be accommodated at the place where foreign envoys usually alighted, and after- * Our author says 1606, which we suspect is an error of the press; Semuiio, and Du Ilalde write 1601. In this and in some other instances, we wish the writer had given a reference to his authorities 1833. in China. 433 wards be allowed to "take a house at their own convenience;" and at last, he assigned to them a fixed stipend, some say every three, others every four months. So many signal favors gave lustre to the two Europeans, whose real intentions were carefully concealed from the court. In the mean time, Jesuits joined their associates not only at Pe- king, but at the intermediate and collateral stations, which Ricci had established in his progress from the orovince of Canton to Peking. So long as the Jesuits had the exclusive care of the mission in China, the undertaking went on peacefully. At Peking their numbers increased greatly, and they were allowed to purchase a house, which however was afterwards converted into a church, and de- dicated to St. Joseph. Some of their neophytes became men of influence; and "the goodwill of many was bought and preserved by liberal offerings at the altar of self interest." Thus the Roman Catholics settled at Peking. Ricci died in 1610. "Men free from illusion and bribery were on the alert; they traced the progress of the mischief in all its bearings, and felt the imperious necessity of checking its growth before it got strength to set at naught the commands of government." By an imperial decree, dated February 14th, 1617, the missionaries were to be sent from court, and from the provinces to Canton, that they might return to their homes. This order was but partially obeyed; the priests found shelter and protection in the fa- milies of their converts, and the storm was soon spent. Jesuits came to China in great numbers: among them, and the most distinguished for his missionary zeal, and knowledge in mathematics, was John Adam Schaal, a German. The Ta Tsing dynasty arose in 1644: its first sovereign commissioned Schaal to reform the Cal- endar; which was done so well, that the emperor appointed him 'president of the tribunal of astron- omy.' The Jesuits now had great influence; and c i 434 Catholic Missions MARCH, permission was granted them to build two new churches in the capital, and to repair many which were decaying in the provinces. New laborers in considerable numbers were allowed to enter the country; and one of them, Ferdinand Verbiest a German, became coadjutor to Schaal in his astro- nomical pursuits. The imperial favor -lasted dur- ing the whole reign of Shunche. At his demise Kanghe, a young lad eight or nine years old, was left to succeed to the throne, under the guardianship of four Tartars. These men viewed the talents of Schaal with impartiality, but held his religious profession in no peculiar regard ; and the infallibil- ity of the doctrine propagated by the Jesuits, was questioned. By papal concessions, free ingress to all the pro- vinces had already been granted to friars of all denominations. Mendicants, principally Dominicans, quarreled with the Jesuits about the signification of the words teen and shang-te, and the veneration the Chinese paid to Confucius and the dead. This strife revealed the important secret, that the prin- ciples of the new doctrine were made to subserve the purposes of these who were aspiring to influ- ence. It was remembered also, that while the catholics continued in Japan, nothing but intrigue, schism, and civil war was heard of; calamities that might sooner or later befal China, if the criminal eagerness of the missionaries in enlisting people of all classes were not checked. 'The mem- bers of the different orders wore distinctive badges of medals, rosaries, crosses, &c., and were always ready to obey the call of their chiefs, who could have no scruple to lead them on to action, the moment a probability of success in subverting the existing political order and ancient worship of China should offer.' A remonstrance containing these charges was presented to the four regents, the tutors of Kanghe. "The case was tried by several tribunals, whose members expressed (1665) 1833, in China. 435 their conviction, that Schaal and his associates merited the punishment of seducers, who announce to the people a false and pernicious doctrine. Schaal died of grief; Verbiest and others absconded ; and many were expelled from the capital and the provinces to Canton." Kanghe having taken the reins of government in his own hands, made Verbiest director of the tribunal of astronomy. Influenced by this Jesuit, the emperor in 1671 allowed the missionaries, who had been banished to Canton, to return to their respective churches, but decreed at the same time that no Chinese shall embrace Christianity. In 1688, Gerbillon and Bouvet, two French Jesuits, were allowed to join Verbiest at court. But the affairs of the mission soon wore a different aspect:— "In the minds of men of a cultivated and sound understand- ing, the foreign sect had never ceased to excite suspicion;—it might in time be the cause of dissensions, strife, and schism— a reason why really good patriots always advised to drive its propagators from the country. In the beginning, interested men winked at the residence and occupations of missionaries; who, being strengthened by friends and neophytes, acquired influence to elude the force of decrees, and even means to return into favor with government. The missionaries had al- ready weathered two storms, denominated "general persecutions," each of six years duration; a third was now in progress. A fooyuen of the province of Chekeang determined, notwithstand- ing the solicitations of his friends, to draw by a memorial the attention of Kanghe to the inevitable disorder which threatened China, were fanatic foreigners any longer suffered to spread a doctrine equally adverse to the existing religion, as to the in- dependence of the state. It was examined by the Le Poo, or Tribunal of Rites, whose members insinuated that no foreign creed ought to be tolerated in the empire. Greatly alarmed at this hint, the missionaries were night and day, it may be said, on their knees worshiping a sovereign on whose clemency and partiality their existence depended At length, the em. peror condescended to receive from the priests a memorial, which was transmitted to the Le Poo with a command to revise it. Finding no reason for an alteration, the Tribunal abided by their former opinion. The emperor was going to conform himself to it,—saying to So-san, I regret I cannot comply with the petition of the Europeans;—when that prince, a cun- ning and subtle courtier, insinuated that the emperor's supreme 436 Catholic Missions MARCH, will might be intimated. Kanghe allowed himself to be mis- led; So-san brought the message to the Le Poo, who drew up a decree which was sigped by Kanghe, 22d March, 1692; it authorized the exercise of the Roman Catholic religion in China." During the period which elapsed between the publication of this decree and another which was signed by Yungching, and which expelled the mis- sionaries from the provinces, there were exhibited a series of very extraordinary transactions. The missionaries were in constant collision with the high authorities of the empire, while they inces- santly wrangled among themselves; moreover the jurisdiction of the field they occupied, was a sub- ject of dispute by the emperor of China on the one side, and by the kings of Portugal and the Roman pontiffs on the other; while at the same time, the two latter powers sharply contested the same point between themselves. Kanghe, like Shunche his predecessor, tolerated but never embraced the religion of the Roman catholics; he granted many privileges to the pro- mulgators of that creed, yet he never forsook the religion of his fathers. It was only under various restrictions that he allowed the Jesuits, and the others who followed them, to reside in his domi- nions; but the members of the several missions disregarded the imperial decrees, and yielded obe- dience to their papal masters—and this it was that brought them in frequent collision with the civil authorities. We have already alluded to the disputes which arose, at a very early period, between the Jesuits and the other orders concerning various rites and ceremonies. Ricci, as Superior of all the missions in China, drew up a number of rules for the re- gulation of those who might join in the labors of the mission; he considered the rights and customs of the Chinese to be merely civil and secular; such howevor were not the views and opinions of 1833. in China. 437 others. John Baptist Morales, a Spanish Domin- ican, declared them to be superstitious and idol- atrous; as such they were condemned by the con- gregation of the Propaganda Fide, and its opinion in 1645, was confirmed by Innocent X. But shortly after this, Martin Martinez a Jesuit, proved to the satisfaction of the tribunal of inquisitors, that these rights and customs were of a civil nature; and in that light they were approved in 1656 by Alex- ander VII. Thus the two opposite opinions were sanctioned by papal authority. An involuntary conjunction of the missionaries in 1665 at Canton, to which place they were ban- ished by an imperial order, inspired them with a desire to fraternize, and to set at rest certain questions concerning which they had been and still were divided. Not less than twenty-three Jesuits, Dominicans, and Franciscans, who were living to- gether in a seminary that had belonged to the Jesuits, held several meetings, in which the controverted points were discussed by 'learned and orthodox philologists.' Forty-two articles, that should here- after serve for rules of conduct were unanimously adopted. One of these articles runs thus :<— "In respect to the customs, by which the Chinese worship Confucius and the deceased, the answer of the congregation of the universal inquisition, sanctioned 1656 by his holiness Alexander VII., shall be invariably followed; for it is founded upon the most probable opinion, without any evident proof to the contrary; and this probability being admitted, the door of salvation must not be shut against innumerable Chinese, who would abandon our Christian religion were they forbidden to attend to those things they may lawfully and without injury to their faith attend to, and forced to give up what cannot be given up without serious consequences." Such was the agreement. Yet very soon after the missionaries were allowed to join their respec- tive establishments, a Spanish Dominican, Domin- ick Navarette (one of the individuals who signed the agreement) hoisted the standard of reprobation 438 Catholic Missions MARCH, against the rites and customs of China, and was "joined in chorus" by many others. In 1693, Char- les Maigrot, bishop and apostolic vicar, by his own authority and without applying to his principal at Rome, issued a mandate, which added fuel to the already violent dispute. Irrespective of the decree of the holy inquisition, which had been con- firmed by Alexander VII., Maigrot decided, that Teen signified nothing more than the material heavens, and that the Chinese customs and rites were idolatrous. In 1700, Kanghe declared in an edict which was communicated to the pope, that Teen means the true God, and that the customs of China are political; yet the decision of Mai- grot was supported by four inquisitors, and con- firmed (20th Nov. 1704,) by a decree of Clement XI. To settle a dispute which had existed for al- most a century, Tournon, an apostolic visitor and legate, was now on his way to China; a man, says Mosheim, "whose good disposition was under the influence of a narrow spirit, and a weak un- derstanding." Tournon disliked the Jesuits, and suspected their sincerity; and by neglecting to embark at Lisbon (as he was bound to do,) he arrayed against himself the crown and court of Portugal, the archbishop of Goa, and the bishop of Macao; the latter was directed to publish an order forbidding the Catholics in China to acknow- ledge Tournon to be an apostolic visitor. He ar- rived in China in 1705; and shortly after, having received from Europe, Clement's decree of Nov. 1704, he echoed by mandate, that no Chinese Christian should ever practice the customs and usages which had been interdicted by the pope. But Kanghe was not the man who would trans- fer to a pope the right of legislating over his own subjects; he issued, 17th December 1706, a de- claration, "that he would countenance those mis- sionaries who preached the doctrine of Ricci, but 1833. in China. 439 persecute those who followed the opinion of Mai- grot." In accordance with this determination, an examiner was appointed; and those missionaries who would comply with the will of his majesty were to receive an imperial license, and those who would not, were to depart within five days to Can- ton and embark for Europe. The battle now waxed hotter and hotter. To meet the exigencies of the case, Tournon published (1st June 1796, and 25th January 1707,) two man- dates forbidding the missionaries under pain of ex- communication, to enter with the examiner upon any discussion concerning the controverted subjects. These mandates were approved by a congregation of inquisitors; and in 1715, they were converted into a law. To enforce this apostolic constitution, Clement XI. sent the patriarch Mezzabarba as his legate to China; he arrived in 1720; but finding that Kanghe persisted in his determination never to grant to the papal court any kind of jurisdic- tion over his subjects, the legate thought proper, in accordance with his power, and for the sake of saving religion from the disgrace of being ban- ished, to concede "eight permissions;" which how- ever, as they did very little to reconcile the con- tending parties, were afterwards abrogated and con- demned. One other scene belongs to this period, and is closely connected with the preceding; we quote it entire:— "Gregory XIII. entrusted the spiritual government of all China to the bishop of Macao, and the missionary care to Jesuits and natives of Portugal. That kingdom, whose popul- ation was always small, could not supply an extending mis- sion in Asia with indispensable laborers; popes therefore per- mitted, by degrees, Franciscans, Dominicans, Augustines, secu- lar priests of the seminary of foreign missions at Paris, and those of the Propaganda Fide, to exert their devotional zeal in various parts of China. Any institution, either of them had organized, was considered property by birth-right, to be go- verned with the consent of the prelate by members of its own body. These concessions the King of Portugal deemed 440 Catholic Missions MARCH, derogatory to his royal claim; for were it necessary, he ar- gued, to subduct from the bishop of Macao any part of the spiritual obedience of China, the sovereign of Portugal alone had the right to divide it, and to nominate ecclesiastics pro- per for the discharge of episcopal duties in any part of that vast empire. Upon this plea, Alexander VIII. consented that Peter II., king of Portugal, should appoint three bishops, and fix the limits of their respective jurisdiction. The three dio- ceses which Peter proposed, comprehended not only China, but also Tungking and Cochinchina,—a pretension so unreasona- ble that the Vatican refused to sanction it. The king's claim, Innocent XII. annulled (1696) by the bull «E sublime," as- signing by his sole and supreme authority to the bishopric of Peking, the provinces Pih-chih-le, Shantung, and the east- ern Tartary; to that of Nanking, the provinces of Keangnan and Honan; and to that of Macao, the provinces Kwangtung Keangse, and the island Hainan; he reserved to himself to govern the rest of China by apostolic vicars, nominated by the congregation of the Propaganda Fide, and approved by the pope." We have now noticed, as they are sketched in the work before us, the most important events of the mission down to 23d Jan. 1723, when by an imperial decree, 300 churches and 300,000 Christians were, it is said, deprived of their rulers and priests. A few missionaries were tolerated at Peking; a few were concealed in the provinces: many who were driven to Canton, prevailed on their converts to trace a route by which they might come back and continue their occupations; and out of thirty exiles, sixteen returned; such a defalcation creat- ed suspicion, and the remaining priests were sent to Macao with a positive injunction to leave the country by the first ship that went to sea.—The Jesuits acted with more prudence, and did not abscond. This mark of obedience, and the influ- ence of their protectors reconciled them with the court; and Yungching appointed Ignatius Ksegler president of the 'tribunal of astronomy,' and gave him a title of honor. Keerilung ascended the throne of his father in 1736. His hatred of the priests, who were still secretly laboring to extend the proscribed doctrine, 1833. in China. 441 induced him to search fur them with uncommon eagerness and perseverance. A zealous governor of Fuhkeen, having discovered Christians in his province, imprisoned them, tried them, convicted them of disobedience; and the emperor not satis- fied by driving the priests out of the country, to which they usually returned again, ratified the sen- tence by which a bishop, Peter Martyr Sanz, lost his life. Sanz was not the only victim in Fuhkeen. The author goes on to remark :— "That the emperor might trace with greater certainty the odious priests and his rebellious subjec's, secret orders were sent to the governors;—many missionaries were apprehended, ill used, tortured; many churches were plundered, and many families ruined. The two provinces Slianse and Sliense suf- fered most. The loss of missionaries was easily retrieved, for new subjects flocked to Cliina. Those who were not vassals of Portugal, or could not produce a license from the court of Lisbon to remain in Asia, were refused admittance to Macao 5 but found protection at the procurator's of the Propaganda Fide, G. delta Torre, who lived in Canton. From thence he was in the Iriliit clandestinely to forward preachers to different parts of China. A. zealous satellite,—a Chinese educated at Naples in the college "delta sacra familia de Gosu Ckristot" a priest named Peter Zay,—had constantly been successful in delivering unmolested at the places of their respective destination those missionaries whom the procurator had intrusted to his care and foresight. Another Chinese from the same college, whose name was Philip Lieu, engaged to bring, at less expense, four Europeans to Segan foo, the capital of Shense; they had reached Seangyang foo, in the northern parts of Hoo- kwang, and were invited to alight at the house of a new Christian, to whom the conductor was addressed. The mis- sionaries rejected the offer, but were soon after assailed by a gang of mandarin runners, headed by the perfidious Christian, and stripped of everything valuable which they possessed. ID the expectation that their crime might be hid and pass unno- ticed, the pang declared at the office of a military commander, that four Europeans were proceeding to Shense with an in. tention to tender their services to the Mohammedans, who were in arms against government. In consequence of this calumny, the missionaries were imprisoned (1764), examined and sent to Peking, in company with those who had undertaken to carry them to the place of their destination." Peter Zay fled to Goa; of his associates, some> "when siezed, lost their fortitude at the sight of the D i 442 Catholic Missiuiia instruments of torture, and exchanged the crown of a martyr for an ignominious, miserable life; others, allured by the hope of pardon, apostatized unhesi- tatingly, and reverted to the worship of their ances- tors ; the most sly made no difficulty of letting their judges into the secret of the missionary system." These proceedings led on to a minute investigation, and "many missionaries in disguise were found in almost all the provinces;" they were imprisoned; and their coadjutors, and Chinese priests, fled and hid themselves in dens and caverns. "To mitigate the severity of the persecution and of the prison, and likewise the degree of punishment that awaited the culprits, the prelates residing at Peking, spared neither supplications, intreaties, nor bribes. How- ever, their solicitations effected no relief. Every effort to save their friends had proved inefficient; when all at once the most unexpected decree of 9th Nov., 1785, filled all Christian hearts with con- solation and gladness. Fully convinced by inquiries and proofs, that the missionaries had no other ob- ject than to teach religion, Keenlung released twelve Europeans which were in jail, and granted them either to remain in their respective churches in Peking, or to proceed accompanied by a man- darin to Canton, that they might return to Europe. Nine of them accepted the last proposal; three joined their friends at Peking."—This narrative, our author remarks, was borrowed from a manu- script notice, which the Rev. J. B. Marchini, pro- curator of the Propaganda, communicated to his superiors at Rome. During the present century, the mission has been in a low and declining state; yet on two or three occasions at least, it has drawn forth the severe animadversion of government—once in 1805; again in 1811; and a third time,* according to bishop » Si 3 preceding page 377; also Milne's Retrospect page 128. On the 2H September 1814, says Dr. Milne, there was issued a. very violent edict, in which lursiiur language was employed than had ever before been used. 1833. 443 I'M China, Fontana, in 1815. Our author is unable to de- termine precisely the number now belonging to the Roman Catholic missions in China. But he says, we shall approach the truth by borrowing some statistics from the Rev. J. B. Marchini's map of the missions which was presented in 1810 to the then governing bishop of Macao. Bishoprics. Macao, Peking, Nanking, Vicarages. Fuhkeen, Szechuen, Shanse, Composed of the provinces. Kwangtung, Kwang- se and Hainan. Pih-chihle, Shantung, and Eastern Tartary. Europeans. 1 bishop Native Chinese priests, chrisfns. 5 7,000 I bishop 18 40,000 11 missionaries ( Keangnan and Ho- 1 bishop ( nan. V Fuhkeen, Chekeang, £ Keangse and Formosa. i Szechuen, Kweichow, I and Yunnan. ( Shanse, Shense, Kan- < snh, Hookwang, and f Western Tartary. 6 33,000 1 bish. 1 coadju. 8 30,000 4 missionaries 1 bish. 1 coadju. 25 70,000 2 missionaries 1 bishop and 18 6 missionaries. 35,000 215,000 5. Papal legates to China.—This article is pre- mised by a brief account of whut is meant by the king of Portugal's patronage. By their patronge the sovereigns of Portugal claimed the right, not only to establish churches and to govern those which already existed within the limits of their dominions, but also to assign pastors to such churches as might be erected in any part of the heathen lands of Asia, which were independent of Portugal: further, by bulls of Gregory XIII. and Clement VIII., no ecclesiastic could proceed to Asia without the permission of the court of Lis- bon. But subsequently,—when the Dutch, English, and others, had formed settlements in India.—Ur- ban VII1. revoked the former bulls, and allowed missionaries to proceed to Asia by any, way they 444 Papal Legates MARCH, pleased. In 1688, the court of Lisbon, jealous of its royal prerogative, decreed that every mission- ary going to Asia, shonld take the oath of "uni- versal patronage;" the counsellors of the Vatican opposed the decree, by commanding that no supe- rior of the regular clergy should suffer any of his subjects to take the oath. Alexander Valignano and Miguel Ruggiero, who were among the first catholics that came to this country, exerted all their influence to induce the pope to send a legate to China; but neither their arguments, nor the dispute between the court of Portugal and his holiness, could induce the latter to set on foot such a mission. For nearly a cen- tury, almost the whole of the navigation to Asia was under the control of the Portuguese, and dur- ing the whole of that period all direct intercourse between Rome and Peking was deferred. We have already seen Tournon and Mezzabar- ba at Peking, and have noticed the occasion of their going thither. The conduct of Tournon drew down upon him the severe displeasure of the em- peror, and the legate was commanded to leave the capital in a few days; he arrived at Macao, 30th June 1707, where he had to encounter disobedience, humiliation and confinement; for disregarding the authorities of Macao, and the rights of "the royal patronage," Tournon was deprived of his liberty, shut up in a private house (not in the episcopal palace as Mosheim states), and watched by rigor- ous, inexorable guards. Disgusted with incessant vexations, Tournon resolved to handle the weapons of the Vatican; he hurled against his principal enemies ecclesiastical censures; but they were treated with so little respect, that the bishop of Macao ventured to stick up at the very door of the legate's residence a monitory, in which he was exhorted under pain of excommunication to revoke within three days his censures, and to ex- hibit to the diocesan, evidences of his legatesthip. 1833. to China. 445 "The dignity of a cardinal, to which Clement XI. had raised Tournon, could not eradicate the recol- lection of painful and undeserved insults which im- pious men (he thought) had levelled against his sacred person; and though his eminence bore with singular resignation such humiliation, sorrow hastened, no doubt, the dissolution of his bodily frame,—for he expired, not as Moshoim relates on the 8th of June, 1711, but at one o'clock p. M. on the 8th of July, 1710." Thus terminated the career of Charles Thomas Maillard de Tournon. The other legate, Charles Ambrose Mezzabarba, came to China with the approbation of the court of Lisbon, and was well received by that of Pe- king. He "was instructed to express the pope's sincere gratitude to Kanghe for his magnani- mous kindness towards the missionaries, to beg leave to remain in China at the head, or as superior of the whole mission, and to obtain from Kanghe his consent, that the Christians in China might submit to the decision of his holiness con- cerning the rites... .Mezzabarba at his reception congratulated Kanghe upon the brilliant and glo- rious victories which his armies had achieved in Tibet,—a speech that could hardly fail to concil- iate the goodwill of the victor. Kanghe distin- guished the legate by peculiar affability, but altered his tone whenever the ceremonies condemned at Rome, came under consideration." The legate soon perceiving that the emperor would not surrender any part of his inherent authority, solicited and obtained permission to return to Europe. On his arrival at Macao, he was furnished, by the emperor's command, with a variety of presents for the pope. The presents, and the ship in which they were em- barked, were burnt in the harbor of Rio de Janeiro; the pontiff however took opportunity, by dispatching two friars with a letter and presents, to acknowledge the imperial favor, and to solicit again protection for the Europeans and the natives who professed 440 Papal Legates. MARCH, Christianity in China. The emperor returned a courteous answer, but declared at the same time that he could not permit the missionaries to live in the provinces. In closing the book before us, we can repeat the commendatory remarks with which we com- menced this review. It exhibits the mission in other and darker colors than those which have usually been given by the Jesuits; but as the in- tercourse of foreigners with China, may long feel the influence of that mission, it is exceedingly de- sirable to know fully its character. If the whole or a part of those expensive and painful efforts to plant the Gospel here were undertaken with the design of gaining worldly aggrandizement, rather than of blessing the Chinese by the reign of the Prince of peace; or if a series of sinister actions characterized the conduct of the professed follow- ers of Jesus, surely it should be known—that the evils entailed may be more speedily removed, and their recurrence prevented. Our author has enjoy- ed good opportunities to learn the true facts of the case; still we do not vouch for the correctness of all the statements, nor wish to be held re- sponsible for all the sentiments, exhibited in the extracts. We would not speak irreverently of Christianity under any form, nor even seem to call those pagan ceremonies innocent which God abhors. We join heartily with our author when he recog- nizes the rule 'of doing to others what we wish should be done to MS,' and anticipates the reign of "divine benevolence and brotherly affection:" and moreover, since it is right to obey God rather than man, we hold that there is no human au- thority, no ancient custom, no imperial edict, that can abrogate the Redeemer's command, to go into all the world, and preach his gospel to every crea- ture. 183.3. Christianity in China. 447 EARLY INTRODUCTION OK CHRISTIANITY INTO CHINA. THAT Christianity wa partially made known in China at a very early period, seems now to admit of little doubt. But the date- of any attempts to plant the gospel here, earlier than the entrance of the Jesuits in the 16th century, is not very well established. Indeed it is deemed uncertain whether any efforts at all reached so far as this country, during the apos. tolic age: but it is to this point first we oiler such testimonies as can be had, and chiefly from Yeates' Indian Church History. The first circumstances which attended the kingdom of God coming with power, on the day of pentecosr, were admirably calculated to give celebrity to the gospel; and not only so, but to give it rapid and extensive promulgation. Of those persons who heard the apostles speak in their own language the won- derful works of God, there were "Parthians and Medea, and Elamites, and the dwellers in Mesopotamia—and devout men o it of every nation under heaven." These on returning to their own country, could not fail to spread abroad the wonder, fal facts and the glad tidings of salvation: so that in Persia and its confines, beyond the Euphrates and Chaldea, some knowledge of the gospel must have been immediately carried. These facts are to the point of our first inquiry; for we wish to move on with the progress of Christianity eastward, to see whether it is possible that it should have gone to the extremity of Asia in that age. The Syrian and Chaldaean writers, according to Assemannus, relate that "Thaddeus one of the seventy disciples, went into Mesopotamia, and that he was sent thither by Thomas the apostle, soon after our Lord's ascension: also that the same Thaddeus had with him two disciples to assist in the promul- gation of the gospel, whose names were Marus and Agheus, both of the seventy." Barhebraeus writes, that "Marus sur- vived the martyrdom of his fellow laborers, but was obliged to remove eastward. He preached in Assyria and in all the land of Shinar. He taught in three hundred and sixty churches, which were built during his time in the east; and having fulfilled his preaching for 33 years, he departed to the Lord, in a city named Badaraja, and was buried in a church which he had built." These extracts are sufficient for our present purpose—to show that at an early period of the apostolic age, churches were not only planted in the chief cities of these several countries, but so founded and governed by the labors and wisdom of these apostolic men, that they soon becan,-i the umpuria of the gospel to the remotest regions of the east. 448 Early Introduction of MARCH, The eastern or Chaldean Christians 'throughout all Asia from Antioch to the walls of China, celebrate Thomas as their chief and great apostle. He was the first preacher of Chris- tianity among the Hindoos, and founded the churches of Ma- labar, where to this day, the ancient monuments, writings, and traditions, afford the most indubitable proofs of his apostolic labors among them. More than two hundred thousand Syrian Christians on the coast of Malabar and Coromandel, hold with one uniform tradition, that Thomas the apostle was the found- er of their churches.' It appears from the learned Asseman- nus, and other subsequent writers, that Thomas, having passed through the country from Malabar to Coromandel, and made great conversions to the faith in those parts, proceeded over to some coast on the east called China, which may have been that country now called Cochinchina. Indeed when we reflect on the vast extent of China, and on the rapidity with which Christianity made its way eastward through Persia, India, and Tartary, it is scarcely possible to deny its entrance into this vast dominion also. The only rational objection is the dis- tance of place; but are not the eastern parts of India also distant? Vet we are certain from history that Christianity had in the apostolic times reached those countries. That it should have been carried into China in the same age, is not impossible therefore; but considering the spirit of its propagators, it is very improbable that they would rest in India without attempt- ing to penetrate its eastern and populous vicinity; or having attempted and been totally repulsed and excluded, that no memorial of it should have been left. The Syrian chronicles relate, that Thomas having gone through Mesopotamia, Chaldea, Persia and Parthia, went to the utmost confines of the east. Theodoret says, that the Parthians, Medes, Brachmans, the Hindoos and other border- ing nations, received the gospel of Christ from Thomas. The Malaber Christians relate, that St. Thomas went from Meliapore, where he converted the king and the people to the Christian faith, to China, and preached the gospel in the city of Cam- bala (the city of the great khan), and there he built a church. The same is also attested by the Syrian writers. In the Chal- dean ritual there is an office for the celebration of St. Thomas the apostle and martyr. 'By the blessed St. Thomas, the Chi- nese and Chushiths were converted to the truth. And again; the Persians, the Hindoos, the Chinese, and other regions, offer memorials of celebration to the sacred name of Thomas.' Antonius Govea relates the apostle's return from China to the coast of CoromanHe', whore by reason of the innumerable conversions to the faith of Christ, he exposed himself to the hatred and envy of two brahmins, who having raised an uproar against the apostle, buried him with stones; but another brah- min perceiving him yet alive, thrust him through with a lance, and he expired. His sepulchre was hewn out of a rock 1833. Christianity into China. 449 in the mountain, afterwards called St. Thomas' mountain. Ac. cording to the Indian tradition, the martyrdom of the apostle happened in the sixty-eighth year of the Christian era, and in the reign of their king Salivahan. On the 22d day of August, A. D. 380, the coffin of St. Thomas the apostle, which had been brought from India at immense expense, was deposited in the great temple of Edessa, dedicated to him. Even the day of the removal of the body of St. Thomas, is commemorated at this time with great solemnity in India. Du Halde says, the famous "Quan-yun-chang" who lived in the beginning of the second century, certainly had a knowledge of Jesus Christ, as the writings of his hand, subsequently en- graven upon stones, plainly prove. These mention the birth of the Savior in a grotto, his death, his resurrection, his as. cension, and the impression of his holy feet; traditions which are so many riddles to the heathen. The Chinese histories give no date to the introduction of Christianity, and are silent as to the results of missionary labors. All that appears from them is, that about that time (the beginning of the 2d century,) an extraordinary person arrived in China, who taught a doc- trine purely spiritual, and drew the admiration of the world upon him, by the fame of his virtues, by the sanctity of his life, and by the number of his miracles. From this time till A. D. 636, we have no records of Christianity in China. The celebrated monument discovered in 1025, if authentic, furnishes the history of the progress of the gospel, from 636 till the date of its erection in 780. We cannot pretend to enter into any thorough defense of its authenticity, nor is it now necessary, as that was done long since. But from a general and obvious view of the case, we cannot be credulous enough to believe it either totally or chiefly a fabrication of the Jesuits. That they might often have felt it desirable to prove to their hearers, the antiquity of the gospel and its former influence even over China, we can well believe. But that they could think of palming such a forgery upon them is really incredible: for the account is, that Chinese workmen found it buried un- der rubbish, made it known to the governor, who examined it, placed it in a pagoda near by, where it attracted so much the attention of the learned natives that they came from all quarters to see it. A native Christian after a time also came, and perceiving the meaning which others did not, wrote a copy to his distant friend, a Christian mandarin, from whom it first reached the foreigners. That the Jesuits therefore could hope to deceive the pagans by this artifice seems impossible. There is no other strong motive to induce them to forge it, unless perhaps to account to themselves and Europeans, for the distressing similarity between many popish and Budhistic ceremonies. But a mere glance at the facts stated, will be 450 Early Introduction of MARCH, sufficient to show the futility of such a supposition. For the monument has been visited by many fathers, at various' times, examined leisurely, and repeatedly copied and translat- ed. Semedo visited it three years after its discovery, and had a thousand opportunities to scrutinze it fully. It was open to all the different and warring orders of priests, who have none of them ever dreamed of disclosing the forgery to the injury of the other. As to the correctness of the translations, there are evident discrepancies, but such as rather strengthen the belief in the identity of the originals. It was discovered at Sengan foo, the capital of the province of Shense, situated on the south side of the Yellow river, lat. 34° 15' 36" N., and long. 106° 25' east from Paris. A Christian church was soon af- ter founded there in consequence and in commemoration of the discovery. The monument itself is a marble table near ten feet long and five broad. On one side is a Chinese inscription of twenty-eight lines, and sixty-two words in each line, making about 1736 characters. Over it is the title in nine Chinese words, translated thus: this stone was erected to the honor and eternal memory of the law of light and truth brought from Ta-$in (Syria). On the margin and at the bottom of this in- scription, are writings in the Syriac language. The body of the inscription is divided into twenty-one verses, the first few containing a summary of the Christian faith; the rest form a sort of chronicle of the mission from its arrival in 636 till the erection of the stone in 780. According to this record, the mission entered China A. D. 636, in the reign of the emperor Taetsung, was favorably received, and before the end of the century, Christianity was promulgated and churches built in the ten provinces which then composed the empire. A persecu- tion against the Christians arose in 699, and a fiercer one in 713. During this time, a great many churches were destroy- ed, and doubtless many of the teachers suffered martyrdom: hence we find that a second mission arrived in China soon after, the names of whose leaders are enumerated. Then fol- lows the state of Christianity during the reign of three or four emperors who favored it, one of whom "honored the com- memoration of Christ's nativity with profound respect." It closes with the date of the erection of the monument, and the name of the writer of. the inscription. The Syrian inscrip- tion contains the names and offices of the leaders of the mis- sions arranged in seven classes, from the bishop downward, to the number of ninety-two. This is the only known record of the progress of the mission for 140 years after its introduc- tion; but if the country were open to investigation, we may suppose that other records of similar character would reward the researches of missionaries or historians. For an account of the progress of the gospel subsequent to this, and previous to the arrival of the Romish mission. 1833. Christianity into China, 451 aries, we are indebted chiefly to the valuable notes of Murdoek's new translation of Monheiui. Timotheua the patriarch of the Nestorians, who lived till 820, appointed David metropolitan of China; and this sect seems to have become numerous in Tartary and in the ad- jacent regions. In the time of Genghis khan and his succes- sors, though the Christians resident in those countries were much distressed, yet it appears from unquestionable testimony, that numerous bodies of Nestorians were still scattered over all the northern parts of Asia and China. In 1202, Ghenghis khan conquered Un khan, the fourth and last of the Chris, tian kings in central Asia, who bore also the name of Prester John. He married the daughter of Prester John, and several of his descendants had Christian wives. Till near the close of this century, most of the Mongol princes, though tolerant to all religions, rather favored the Christian. This afforded a fine opportunity for the Nestorians to propagate their religion all over the east, and particularly in China. The Roman pontiffs also sent not only embassadors to the emperors, but missionaries also, chiefly Franciscan and Do- rninicnn monks, quite to Peking and China. There they gath- ered some churches, and at length established an archbish- op with several suffragans. In 1307, Clement V. Constituted John de Monte Corvino, archbishop of Cambala, that is, Pe- king. He translated the books of the New Testament, and the psalms of David, into the language of the Tartars. Be- nedict XII., in 1338 sent new nuncios into China and Tartary; and so long as the Tartar empire in China continued, the Latins and Nestorians had liberty to profess and propagate their religion. Much greater success would doubtless have attended these efforts in China and elsewhere, had the Chris- tians been united; but the Catholics and Nestorians strove to undermine each other, and were each in turn protected at the expense of the other. But near the close of this century, (the thirteenth) the Mohammedan religion gained the ascendency, especially in the west, and the khans in some instances allowed the Christians to be persecuted. In the fourteenth century, the Turks and Tartars wholly extirpated the Christian religion in many cities and provinces, and caused the religion of Mohammed to be taught in its stead. The nation of the Tartars, where such numbers had pro. fessed or tolerated Christianity, universally submitted to the Koran. The more nod of the terrific Tamerlane was sufficient to cause multitudes to abandon Christianity. But he also employed violence and the sword; and being persuaded that those who should compel many Christians to embrace the re. ligion of the Koran, might expect high rewards from God, he inflicted innumerable evils on those who adhered to their pro- fession; cruelly butchering some, and dooming others to per- petual slavery. Thus, and by preventing the arrival of new 452 Miscellanies. MARCH, teachers, the Christian religion was overthrown in Tartary ami China. No mention of Latin Christians is made subsequent to 1370. But some traces of the Nestorians residing in China, can be found as late as the 16th century, yet this little handful of concealed Christians must soon have become extinct. MISCELLANIES. THE RELIGION OF MY FATHER.—" The emperor Napoleon gave directions to the priest Vignali as to the manner in which he wished his body to be laid out in a chambre ardente, (n state room lighted with torches.) «I am neither an atheist,' said Napoleon, • nor a rationalist; I believe in God, and am of the religion of my fathers. 1 was born a Catholic* and will fullfil all the duties of that church, and receive the assistance which she administers.' (Life of Napoleon.) « There are several important topics suggested by this declara- tion, but permit me, Mr. Editor, to inquire of you concerning one only. How comes it to pass that it is so generally considered me- ritorious, to be of the religion of one's father? Inasmuch as all men know, that fathers may err on this important subject as well as sons; and if the principle were universally acted on, every form of idolatry and superstition would be immortalized. The principle is of course condemned in the Holy Scriptures; for if it were a correct one, the revelation of the Almighty himself, could not be received where polytheism had previous- ly prevailed. The command of the Almighty sometimes is, "walk ye not in the statutes of your fathers—neither defile your- selves with their idols." (Ezek. xx, 18.) It was long ago foretold as the consummation of God's will, that the gentiles should come from the ends of the earth, and say, "surely our fathers have inherited lies, vanity, and things wherein there is no pro- fit." (Jer. xvi, 19.) And St. Peter declares that true Christians are "redeemed from their vain conversations received by tradi- tion from their fathers." (-1 Pet. i, 15.) I know that men should honor their father and their mother, but they should honor their God and Saviour more. Neither reason nor revela- tion require a blind conformity to the religion of one's native country, or one's parents; and I cannot even surmise how it is considered a virtue. • Your's, Omicron." The inquiry and remarks of Omicron present a most interesting subject of thought to us who live in China, especially when 1833. Miscellanies. 453 it is remembered how many millions of our race inherit their creed in the way which he exhibits. A few reasons which go to account for the prevalence of this fact, have occurred to our minds. Most of them will apply in some degree to the distinguished ex- ample which he quotes; but other causes also seem to have had an influence with Buonaparte. He had a powerful mind in its application to all his accustomed objects of thought. He knew how to collect and arrange facts in the most perspicuous or- der, and then the strength and clearness of his mind enabled him almost intuitively to look right through them to the correct conclusion. Few probably equalled him in the rapid. ity and extent and general correctness of his decisions, on all ordinary practical occasions. Yet with all this, we can easi- ly conceive that the same mind when applied to the facts and the proofs of spiritual religion, and of a future state, might be at a loss, hesitate, and be unable to form any sa. tisfactory conclusions. And this by no means because the nature of the subject is such as forbids knowledge the most satisfactory and consoling, but simply because the powers of the mind by long and exclusive devotion to sensible objects, have never acquired but have rather lost the capacity of decid- ing confidently on spiritual subjects. He has now, we suppose, for the first time seriously to apply his mind to these subjects, and its operations are awkward, and occasion him just distrust of the correctness of the conclusions to which they may lead him. His self distrust would be such as a merchant would feel when called the first time, to administer medicines to a sick man: or a physician, in conning a lawyer's brief; or perhaps better yet, such as a man who has devoted his life to mathe- matics and the exact sciences, would feel in a jury-box when called to decide on the guilt of a prisoner, from uncertain and contrary evidence, none of which is mathematical. Yet his less learned fellow-juryman by his side, finds no difficul- ty in coming to a clear and correct judgment in the same case. And he. is naturally qualified to form a conclusion equal- ly correct, or perhaps more so, but his habits have been such, that he cannot form any opinion in such a case, which he himself dare trust. So in the case of Buonaparte, and of many others; when their long and tenacious hold of worldly things, is forcibly loosened by losses or by the approach of death, and they turn an eye to the unknown future, they are too unused to the subject, and have not time to form an opinion of their own. Half awakened to the fact that some pre. paration is needed for the unknown but inevitable future, they look for the way in which their fathers went; and as the easiest way to calm their natural fears, give themselves up to a trodden indeed, but to them an unexplored way. Thus they vainly attempt to throw off from their own mind, the respon- sibility which the Maker imposed upon thoni, of ascertaining 454 Miicer ues. MARCH, and going in the right way—imposed by the very gift of con- science and of reason.—But in regard to the great multitudes of common men who believe as their fathers did, other reasons also seem to be operative to this result. There is a weakness, incident more or less to all minds, but particularly frequent in such as are little accustomed to inde- pendent thought,—the weakness of feeling security from num- bers. To be quite alone in any dangerous situation, aggra- vates the apprehensions which might naturally be indulged; so it is whether any assistance can be expected from that society or not. Though every man professes to believe, so far as he has any belief, that he must answer for himself alone to his Maker, yet the consciousness of untold guilt pressing upon his mind as he approaches the eternal world, operates to make this inevitable loneliness more insupportable. And this natural weakness of character, makes the momentary relief of hiding his individuality among a multitude of similar cases, a frequent resort. For it is easier to believe that a vast number of cul- prits together will receive a bettor lot from the judge, than could be expected by a solitary and guilty one; antt at the worst, any lot will be more tolerable, shared with many, than the same endured alone. Many thus, without any proof whatever that the way is right, plunge into it because it is "broad, and many there be which go in thereat." It is also much easier to pass along down unquestioned and unquestioning in the way the fathers trod, than to seek out and explore an untried way where no footsteps mark the path. To do this, is assuming more responsibility to one's self, than is to be expected from any common interest which is felt re- specting the end of the "customary way." He who does this, must renounce that indolent and indifferent habit of regarding his future well-being, which is not only so consonant with, but so necessary to a life of worldly enjoyment. But to have the responsibility of adopting a correct creed, thrown off from one's self upon his fatherw, is to be quite rid of employing his own best powers and time upon it, and with an easy con- science to take the prescribed form, and thus pass smoothly down where the fathers are. To adopt a set of reputable and established opinions, therefore, is far more agreeable to the general indifference or slight concern of men respecting religion, than to be at the pains of employing that reason which God gave for this very purpose.—If well balanced reason decides, that our father's belief is the true one, of course, such a case is not the one here reprehended. But perhaps a more powerful cause still, is found in the sort of veneration which is attached to the old way. The pa- rental authority and character communicate much of that venera- tion. The traditions which were handed down from past ages, and which are inculcated by parental precept and example, often take such a hold on the mind as never to be wholly lost. Around 1833. Miscellanies. 455 them are clustered the first recollections- of our moral, if not of our natural life. If good and true, the memory of such parental instructions embalms and hallows the truths, which a pious parent instilled into the mind of an affectionate child. Nothing- except the very evidence itself of the divinity of our religion, sheds at this moment such joy and sncredness over the doctrines which we embrace, as the full persuasion, that as they made our father's life happy and death triumphant, so they have prepared an abundant entrance for him into the ever- lasting kingdom of our Lord, where all who follow our Master will meet. So on the other hand, if the traditions and super. stilions handed down from an ancestry be false and even per- nicious, as they may be, yet we can easily conceive, that associated as they are, with the first moral impressions of the mind, and accredited by the assent of parents, they may, with- out even a shadow of evidence to support them, command no ordinary influence over an unreflecting man. And to honor parents, opinions may be retained for which no reason can be given, as is found to be the fact at present in China. In such a case, it will often be esteemed rather, a matter of merit to receive the old belief, than to question its correctness, or to reject it when evidently erroneous. Such at least will often be the result, when the great inquiry is not, what is the right way? but what is far more general in this careless world, what is the custom? Not feeling bound to know the Giver of every good gift, and to learn the worship acceptable to him, they never use that divine gift which He has bestowed on all men, and by which he requires them to forsake the wrong, and to follow in the right way. Right or wrong they go on, without knowing whither they go, and making even that cul- pable ignorance a merit, by drawing over their eyes the vail of filial respect, so as to hide the blessed God from them- selves. Another idea which often adds to the veneration which an- cient opinions command, is their age. Those doctrines which have satisfied the father, should satisfy the son; and it requires no small share of fortitude to throw off the hollow forms of a senseless, cold hearted worship, and seek a more rational and satisfactory intercourse with God. He must either be unusual- ly restless, or as we wculcj rather hope, uncommonly earnest to secure his welfare in a future would, who will dare to stand up against the current of old superstitions, to throw such dis- rrspect on the wisdom of his ancestors as to declare them in the wrong, and to bear the name of apostate. The very antiquity of any prevalent delusion throws something of re- spect and awe around it, but is itself no evidence of its truth. Every sober and reflecting mind must know, that the intelli- gent creature who lives, and breathes and walks, amidst nothing but his heavenly Father's works, can never justly complain for want of means to know, and reasons to love the only 456 Miscellanies. MARCH, true God; and lie who renders divine homage to something which he has not good reason to believe the Giver of every good gift, is very presumptuous and unauthorized. Could we only see men willing to examine earnestly and honestly the revealed religion of Jesus Christ, we should be sure of the immediate and universal adoption of Christianity. We claim no more for it than a thorough and honest examination—we need no more, we wish no more. THE PORTS OF CHINA.—How long the present system of ex- cluding foreigners from the northern ports of China, and from the interior of the country will continue, and what are to be the results of the recent voyages along the coast, are ques- tions which will frequently recur to those who are interested in the affairs of 'the celestial empire.' Without attempting to give an answer to either of these inquiries, we will advert to a few facts which will serve to exhibit the policy of the Chinese government since Europeans first visited the coast of this country in 1516. For more than a century past, almost the whole of the Eu- ropean trade has been restricted to Canton and Macao. But it was not always so. At different times during the reign of the Ming dynasty, the ports of Ningpo and Chusan in Che- keang, and the port of Amoy in Fuhkeen, were opened to Europeans, and became large marts for their commerce. Kang- he, in the twenty.third year of his reign, opened all the ports of his empire, and allowed a free trade to his own subjects and to all foreign nations. This regulation continued in force for about thirty years. But at length it was argued against this regulation, that foreigners and adventurous Chinese who were living abroad would impoverish the country by exporting large quantities of rice! For this, or some other reasons equally cogent, foreign trade was restricted; the emigration of natives and the ingress of foreigners were prohibited; and, if we mistake not, the building of vessels on the European model was likewise interdicted. In the 5th year of Yungching, a change occurred; the popula- tion of Fuhkeen had become so dense that supplies from abroad were greatly needed; the people of the province therefore were allowed "to trnde to the nations of the south bordering on the China sea;" the same privilege was extended to the province of Canton, "which is a narrow territory with a numerous po- pulation!" Regulations of a similar kind were made for Shan- tung, and other provinces on the sea-coast. It appears, moreover, that in some instances «honorary buttons and military titles' have Imcn conferred on the owners of junks for bringing cargoes of rice from Siam.—[See "Abstract of the general laws of China:" which is appended to the Report of the Anglochinese College for the year 1829.] 1833. Miscellanies- 457 FREE TRADE.—In connection with the preceding statements it will be in place to notice here a decree of his present Majes- ty, who has recently declared—'that the trade of the Booriats on the frontiers of Cashgar shall be free from all imposts whatsoever.' They are allowed to bring their horses, sheep, i 458 Miscellanies. MARCH, accused of sowing the seeds of strife. The christians-lioni, say that they have made the natives worse. But the other statement is, that the natives can now better appreciate their rights as men, and the real character of their foreign visitors. They are no longer such easy dupes to their cupidity and ir- regular passions. Hence arises the contrariety. To defend llmir own cause the christians-born say, the new made Christians are hypocrites; that they yield to temptation and bribery from the foreign Christians. That all the heathen converts are really what they profess, we do not suppose; and besides, there are now even in the south seas those who, like their foreign visitors, are merely christians-born, and have no more of Christianity than the name. And no doubt, knowledge is power; power for evil, as well as for good. Hence the station and influence and learn- ing of many nominal Christians, are all employed against the very precepts and principles of that holy religion by which they are called. But are all christians-born therefore hypo- crites 1 Are all the ministers of religion a bad set? Where is the Christian conduct of those foreigners who tempt the natives to vice? In connection with this subject, we cannot but exhort the missionaries at the islands, to be careful to practice that "god- ly discipline" which was in the primitive church, and 'disown' those who walk not according to the principles and precepts of the gospel. We believe they have no idea of forming what is called a "national church,"—a church that claims as its own all persons born in the land,—a practice of religious men, which though ancient, is in our opinion destructive to the peculiar character and purity of the church of Christ; which should be a society of faithful disciples, from which, of course the faithless and unfaithful should be excluded. The union of the church to the world has done immense injury to both. Chinese School at Naples.—The Biblical Repository for April 1832, published at New-York, contains an account of 'theological education in Italy,' which was written by Prof. Tholuck of Halle. Among other institutions the writer de- scribes the "Propaganda Fide," which was founded in 1622, and consists of several distinct departments; one of which was intended expressly for youths from China and Japan. "But as it was found that the converts from these countries could not bear the climate of Rome, the establishment for them was transferred to Naples." It is thus described;— "This missionary school was first established by a priest, Matteo de Baroni Ripa, in 1692, under the title; "Congrega- /ione collegio e seminario della sacra famiglia di Gesu Chris- to;" and was afterwards enlarged by various benefactors, es- pecially by Charles III and pope Benedict XIV. This con- gregation is composed of Neapolitan clergy, who, besides the 1833. Miscellanies. 459 usual exercises of a cloister, devote themselves to the education of young Chinese, east Indians, and other orientals, and espe- cially also Greeks, in order to train them up as missionaries to those countries respectively. The procurator of the 'Propa- ganda Fide' in Macao, who is at the head of the Romish missionary establishment there, first receives the young Chinese from the missionaries who reside in the different provinces of the 'celestial empire,' in order to make trial of their ca- pacities and of their call to a missionary life. For this pur- pose they spend two or three months in a convent at Macao. They must too be descendants of Chinese catholic Christians, and must have received permission from their parents or guar- dians to go to Europe. "If now these young persons are found qualified, the pro- curator sends them, at the cost of the Neapolitan congrega- tion, to Naples. Here the young Chinese first of all learn Latin,* from an older Chinese; and at the same time, Italian. After this, they begin, in the first year, their course of stu- dies with rhetoric and philosophy, under a clerical instructor of the congregation; in the following years they pursue the- ological studies. Then follows an examination, either in the Propaganda at Rome, or by the archbishop of Naples. Their vows are six,—chastity, poverty, obedience, the priesthood, con- stant activity in the service of the Propaganda, and perseverance in the missionary life until death. In China, every mission- ary receives from the Propaganda a yearly support of eighty ducats; the ducat being equal to about eighty cents. The mission house in Naples is distinguished for neatness and an appear- ance of comfort; there are in it at present (1831), nine Chinese and four Greeks. Among the three or four instruc- tors, are some men of very pleasing manners; but they seem not to be penetrated with ardent zeal, either for the cause of science or for the spread of the gospel." LITERARY EXAMINATIONS.—One of the themes from the Four Books, proposed in Nanhae district for the present examina- tions is, "Fanche asked in what benevolence consisted. Confu- cius replied, to love mm. He next asked, what constituted know- ledge. The Sage replied, to know men." (See Collie's Confu- cius, page 56, section 21.) It is added, that Fanche did not comprehend this; and Confucius added, elevate the upright and dismiss the depraved; thus you will make the depraved upright. Fanche departed, * Walking along one of the streets in the suburbs of Canton, a feu days ago, we were accosted by a young Chinese latinist. He said that IIP had studied eight years at the College of St. Joseph in Macao; his knowl- edge of the Latin tongue, however, seemed to be very limited, and his pronunciation was entirely Chinese. He was ignorant of the mandarin, but spoke the Canton dialect well, and said that nis family lived in the sub- urbs of the city. 460 Miscellanies. MARCH, and waited on Ts/.e-hea to whom lie said;—I had just now an interview with Confucius, and when I asked him what know- ledge consisted in, he replied, 'elevate the upright, and dismiss the depraved, thus you will make the depraved upright.' What does he mean? Tsze-hea replied,—rich are his words! Wheu Shun was emperor, he selected and elevated Kaou-jaou from among the multitude, and the vicious retired to a distance: when Tang was emperor, he selected and elevated E-yin from the multitude, and the vicious removed afar. This passage is much extolled by the Chinese scholiasts; who laud equally the sage and the scholar. Confucius gave a short and rather ambiguous answer in order to draw forth more inquiry; and Fanche had sense enough to go to a fellow student and request his opinion. They suspect he was at a loss to see how knowledge and benevolence could unite; for the more you know of men very often, the less reason you will have to like them. But they consider that Confucius has completely solved the difficulty. Use, said he, your know- ledge of human nature, ye rulers, to discriminate the up- right from the depraved, and give office only to the good. Here is knowledge in operation. Thus the depraved will dis- appear, as if they removed to a distance, for they will be reformed; thus, one of the greatest acts of benevolence, the reformation of the vicious, will be effected; knowledge and benevolence be reconciled! Herein do the "riches,"the full- ness and comprehensiveness of the sage's words appvar! A PROCLAMATION BY CHOO, THE LIEUT. GOVERNOR OF CANTON. The officer whom we thus designate, is second in authority in the province, and is by right, a member of the governor's council. In Chinese he is called seun-foo; also foo-yuen, and foo-tae. The word seun means to patrol; to cruise about. The revenue cutters, and police cruizers are designated by this word joined to chuen, a 'ship' or 'boat;' and the European men of war are usually denoted by the same phrase. Foo means to lay the hand on and soothe; to keep still and quiet. —It is in this capacity that the magnate Choo issues the fol- lowing admonitory commands. We consider the proclamation as rather a curious document, containing much that is good, but on the whole very defective in principle, and in moral sanctions.—The original document, which is designed to be pasted up against the wall, is four feet high and five feet broad. Every character or word is about an inch square. We admire the principle that governments should educate, as well as punish. To promote moral and religious education is no doubt a primary duty of governments. Some of the useful knowledge societies appear to us to err, by giving such undue prominence to intellectual, as almost to neglect moral education. 1833. Miscellanies. 461 We much approve too of the soother's closing thought, that governmental love to the people is not at all so productive of good as the people's loving themselves—which is a counter- part of the adage, 'that self-government is the best form of government.' The SMn-sze (Morrison's Diet. 9266), rendered in the trans- lation, 'the learned gentry,' are people who have obtained some literary degree, which however can be bought with mon- ey, as well as obtained by reading books, although all pro- fess to be tuh-shoo jin, 'book-reading men.'—They are gen- erally a proud, supercilious class, and not seldom very igno- rant. They may be called "the infidel priesthood" of China. And never were there any priests more ambitious or aspiring than they are. They claim precedence of every body. They alone can serve his majesty in all civil offices. They alone can be judges and magistrates. And as for their learning, it consists solely in a grammar-school education. The politico-puerilo ethics of Confucius constitute their bible, to deviate from which in the least degree is heresy. These learned gentlemen, generally teach that men have no souls; that death is annihi- lation; and by a veiy just inference, that there are no rewards or punishments beyond the grave. This they say is the or- thodox faith, to which every good Chinaman must assent. Any belief beyond this ui.belief, is denominated c-ttoan; seay-keaou, —heterodox principles; depraved doctrines, &c. Such are the "shepherds" of China. Concerning such instructors, we do not wonder that the mag- nate Choo should use the irreverent phrase, "divine vagabonds." The two words, which in the translation have been so rendered, nre shin, a god; a spirit; that which is divine; and km an, a sharper; a black-legged swindler; a vagabond. These are not usually priests as we might suppose, but laymen, who have the charge of temples, or are dealers in incense-sticks, divine can- dles, gilt paper, idols, &c. Idolatry in China is not less ex- pensive than the best endowed church in Christendom, and probably much more so. Those who make "silver shrines," and gods and goddesses, &c. &,<;., in China must be very averse to the "new sect every where spoken against," which requires only the homage of the heart; and renders useless fhe crafts we have enumerated;—but we must let the lieut. gov- ernor speak for himself. "CHoo, an attendant officer of the military board; a member of the court of universal examiners; an imperial historiographer and censor; patrolling soother of Canton; a guide of military affairs; and controller of the taxes;—> "Hereby issues a proclamation for the purpose of correcting the public morals, and delivering strict admonitory orders. In the art of government, moral instructions and the infliction of 462 Miscellanies. MARCH, punishments are mutually assisting; but punishments should come after the act; instructions should go before; and that neither should be neglected, has long been decided. "Two years have elapsed since my arrival at my official sta- tion in Canton, and I have observed the multitudinous robberies and thefts therein. Streets and lanes are never tranquil. Dai- ly have I led the local officers to search and seize, so that we have had no strength for any thing else; but the spirit of robbery has not even till now ceased. This has arisen from my defective virtue; the smallnesa of my ability; and the in- sufficiency of majesty and mercy in my conduct; 1 feel asham- ed of myself. "But I consider that luxury and extravagance are the causes of hunger and cold; and from thence robberies and thefts pro- ceed. The learned gentry are at the head of the common people; and to them the villagers look up. If they do not sincerely and faithfully issue educational commands, to cause the public morals to revert to regularity and economy, so that sons and younger brothers may gradually learn to be sincere and respectful, then where is that which has long been con- sidered the best device for a radical reform, and a source- purifying process in a country? Availing myself of this doc- trine, I shall select a few of the most important topics and proclaim them perspicuously below. That which I hope is, that all you learned gentry, and old men among the people, will from this time and afterwards make a work of stirring and brushing up your spirits, to become leaders of the people; and to assist and supply that in which I am defective. When there are native vagabonds in a district who oppose what is good, and play with acts of disobedience, I shall order the local magistrate to punish them severely; but still, scribes and police-men must not be allowed to make pretexts and to create disturbance. Oh! alas! Those who will not be concerned about the future, must one day have trouble near at hand. This, I the lieut. governor distinctly perceive is the source of nefarious conduct. My mind is full of regret on the subject; and I will not be afraid to iterate instructions and issue my command- ments for the sake of the land. Ye learned gentry, and pres- byters of the people, respectfully listen to my words. Despise not. A special proclamation. "First. Exhortations and persuasions ought to be extensively diffused. "The national family has appointed officers, from provincial governors and lieut. governors down to district magistrates, who hold the station of guides and shepherds; and whose duty it is equally to renovate and to lead the people. Although sons and younger brothers may be deficient in respect, it is because fathers and elder brothers have not previously taught them. And how can the learned gentry in villages, and hamlets, lanes and neighborhoods, shut their eyes and view such occurrences 1833. Miscellanies. 463 as not concerning themselves T The teaching of the magistrate is interrupted by his being sometimes present and sometimes absent. The teaching of the learned gentleman is continuous by his constant presence. Here he was born; and here he grew up. He is perfectly acquainted with the public morals— what is beneficial and what is prejudicial. Moreover he knows perfectly the roots of the mulberry which join neighbors' houses, and the altar tree whose shade is common to all. And still more, he feels every pain and pleasure that is felt by any of his clan. To fathers he can speak of tender-heartedness; to sons he can speak of filial piety. He can exhibit his instruc- tions appropriately to every man, and convey them delicately in the slightest conversation. With half a word he can dissipate an intricate feud. It is easy for him to avail himself of his influence and persuade to that which is right. "Learned gentry should read the useful books of sages and worthies; and for the national family they should be useful men. If to-day they are living in the country, instructors of morals and examples of propriety; another day they will fill official stations, following what is good and obtaining the highest recompense. Being abroad and at home makes a tem- porary difference, but the incumbent duty in both stations is the same. At home manifesting the principles of good gov- ernment, is also being in the government. "I the lieut. governor in patrolling and soothing this region, always toiling hither and thither about public affairs, cannot get time to grasp the hand, and hold conversation with the learned gentry, and be -always exhorting and exciting each other; but sometimes when I obtain an interview with you I shall issue my commands, that you may enjoin those com- mands on other gentry, that every one may instruct his own neighborhood; and all correct their own kindred. Then one village will exhibit beautiful morals. By union, scores of vil- lages will exhibit the same beautiful morals. Then a whole been district will, in every house, become the same. Then he who carries a heavy burden will only have to call, and he will be sure to have help, like Tseang-pih of old; and when fording a stream, if in danger, he will only have to cry out and some friend will come to his aid. "He alone who has no blemish himself, can perfectly mend others. That which I hope is, that the virtuous will take the lead of the vicious. Only the good man will receive entirely the advice given him. None ought on account of talents pos- sessed, to reject those who are not talented. In ancient times, Yen-keun-ping let fall the .skreen at Ching-too, and all the men of Shuh were renovated. Ching-tsze-chin himself ploughed at the mouth of the valley, and all the people of Kwan-yew follow- ed his example. When a scholar and good man girds up his loins and walks firmly, he becomes the leader of all the coun- try-side. No doubt when people look up at his gate they 464 Miscellanies. MARCH, will desist from their contentions; when they hear his name, those who are wrong will feel ashamed. In all you learned gentry T have substantial hopes. "Secondly. Plainness and economy should be greatly es- teemed. *' Since I the soother of the people came to my present office, I have for two years observed and investigated the state of things among the people at Canton. I have looked at their airs, and inquired about their customs. I have secret- ly indulged intense sorrow, and been filled with extreme re- gret; and for nothing more than to see useful property thrown away for useless purposes; to see limited strength wast- ed On projects from which no benefit could accrue. In coun- try places, the lasting occupations of husbandry and mulberry- culture are still attended to with a spirit approaching to sim- plicity; but in the city of Canton, at Fuh-shan, and at all the places where markets are held and official people live, there is a strife and emulation to exceed in gaiety and ex- travagance. "At every anniversary of the birth-day of a god; or when plays are performed at masses for departed shades; or thanks- givings are offered for divine energies exerted in behalf of any one; or grateful processions with prayers are carried round,— all of which are what propriety does not interdict,—but every one -wants to boast of great things and to vie with others in expense; one imitates another, and in a worse degree. Some even go to the extreme of erecting lofty and variegated pavilions, and for a great distance raising flowery palaces. Fire trees and silver flowers fill the streets and stop the lanes. Men and women assemble promiscuously, greatly to the detri- ment of the public manners. The sums expended must be reckoned by thousands and tens of thousands. And in a few days the whole is of no more use than mire or sand, and is thrown away like a child's grass dog (a toy). Moreover a blast may set on fire [the adjoining buildings] and cause a confla- gration, which will occasion the resentment of myriads of families. It cannot be that these things emanate from the' wishes of the many. They must be led into error by "divine vaga- bonds" (who make a pretext of serving the gods to serve themselves ). "Consider, the shopmen in a street all live by a little trade; their origin not bigger than a fly's head; their end a mere trifle; and the profits they gain are small. But in a moment it is spent in wind and flame, and thrown away for useless regrets. Heaven's ways hate self sufficiency; demons and gods abominate a plenum. To consider such services as pray- ers, must be followed by divine reprehension. But he who is careful of his useful property and his limited strength, and turns them to his own advantage, can gradually increase thu means of supporting himself and family; or, if he employs 1833. Miscellanies, 405 them for the good of others, he can lend to those who are in want: such an one, men will assist and the gods protect. "I the lieut. governor, am in my own person economical ami simple, that I may be an example to the people. It is my sincere desire to make my nursing to consist in giving no trouble, and to teach by my own mode of living. This is what you learned gentry and common people all know and all h:ivc seen. Hereafter when any anniversary of a god's birth occurs, there is no objection to your going to a temple to suspend lanterns and hang up ornaments; offering sacrifices with abun- dance and cleanliness. "But as to the street exhibitions, you must not listen to the divine vagabonds, who make pretexts to collect money, atd gather together men and women promiscuously. If such peo- ple assemble, the district constables, and street seniors mu.-t be responsible. The learned gentry are permitted to proceed summarily, and report them to the local magistrate for pun- ishment; and to pull back again the people from the re- gions of sterile custom. "As to all cases of assuming the cap (or toga), marrying wives, or burying parents, with the sacrificial rites attendant thereon, in matters of dress or drinking, whether poor or rich, all should have a tender feeling for commodities; and a ten- der feeling for subsequent enjoyment [i. e. avoid all waste]. The said learned gentry also should substantiate the wish of roe the lieut. governor to correct the people and instruct them in morals, should advise them to substitute plainness for ex- travagance, and by economy nourish wealth; so that the people of a year of plenty may so hoard that plentiful year's wealth, that the people of a year of scarcity may look up to a year of plenty's accumulations; would not this be beautiful!! Ah! Government's love to the people, is not so good as people's love to themselves! Would the people but love and compas- sionate their own persons and families, where would be the occasion of their waiting till other persons laid plans for them! And if reciprocally acting they thus formed the "wind," (the fashion) they might go on and become wealthy and never know discomfort. "Using these topics, I have lucidly and intensely proclaimed them, that all might hear and know, wishing that none wi 1 tread in the steps of their former iniquities, but all practice to the utmost good morals. "Taou-kwang 13th year, 1st moon, 23rd day." (March 14tb, A. D. 1833.) NoU. Parts of the above document have been re-echoed by the chief magistrates of the been districts throughout this province; the force of the original however receives no augment from the inferior officers—the reverse is true. This perhaps the soother anticipated; for another procla- mation, we understand, is about to be published by himself and the gov- ernor jointly. G i 466 MARCH, Religious Intelligence. RELIGIOUS INTELLIGENCE. SIAM.—The following com- munication from Mr. Abeel was written about four months ago, and after his second visit to Bankok. There is much cause for devout gratitude to God, that the incipient efforts to extend a knowledge of the gospel to the inhabitants of Siam have been in any degree successful. We have watched the progress of that mission with deep solici- tude; and our surprise is, that among such a people as the Siamese, there has been so lit- tle opposition. The sYficess thus far has fully equalled our expec- tations. Not five years have elapsed since Messrs, Tomlin and Gutzlaff first reached Ban- kok, and were allowed to begin their work. The desire for books has been very great, and has prevailed not only among the Siamese and the Chinese, but among those of other languages also. At times during the pro- gress of their work, they have had equal access to the palace and to the cottage; and have had crowds of visitors, who came for medicines and for books,— "high and low," says Mr. Abeel, " priest and people, men and women, old and young, natives and foreigners, have thronged our cottage and urged their suit with an eloquence which could scarcely be resist- ed-" Two of the young princes, and several other persons of distinction, he mentions also, were among their occasional vis- itors. Such was the state of the mission fifteen months ago; and such it has been described in the preceding pages of this work. But on his second visit, which was made during the last summer, he found the aspect of the mission in some degree changed. Referring to this change, Mr. Abeel takes occa- sion to remark on the caution which ought to be used in mak- ing reports of the progress of Christianity. He says:— In looking over the pages of the "Repository," I find much written about Siam, and at the same time the expression of a hope, that the subject may be continued by myself and others. I should be happy, if the state of the infant mission in Siam would allow me to an- swer, in faithful representation of fact, your most glowing ex- pectations, and even lead to hopes which no past occurrence could justify,—I refer to the hope of a speedy and universal triumph of the gospel over all the forms and follies of their idolatry. But while we know that this event is determined, let us be cautious not to an- tedate it,—lest the prayers of 1833. 467 Religious Intelligence. Christians be restrained, and their energies paralized,—lest the taunts of the sceptic become rational, and the faith of "the faithful" in our mutual reports be shaken,—lest the great ad- versary gain an important ad- vantage, and the last (present) state of Siain be worse than the first. Caution would be the less necessary, if the object was mere- ly to square opinions with the cavils of those who would fain credit nothing, which is written about the progress of truth in the present day. This would indeed be a vain attempt. Such minds bear the stamp of de- rangement, at least of monoma- nia, and no argument can be expected to have effect upon the point of their phrenzy, until the balance of reason is restored. Still caution is necessary; for without it, we injure the cause which we espouse and which we labor to advance. When the first missionaries visited Slum, many expressions of kindness were shown to them by almost all classes of the com- munity: and had they been per- mitted to remain, the interest of the nation might have sur- vived the novelty which prob- ably gave it birth, and grown with the growing friendship of the parties. Changes however have taken place, and so many and rapid have they been with- in this short period, that no one has remained to improve his acquaintance, and divert the in- terest of it from the mission- aries to their work—from the disciple of Jesus to the Savior himself. Though this has been repeatedly attempted, and has not been attempted in vain; yet there has not been opportunity, either to continue the instruc- tions which have been com- menced, or even to see the re- sults of what has been taught. The character of the Siam- ese, high and low, is well drawn in Gutzlaff's journal. Fickle- ness, insincerity, a determined selfishness, combined with a to- tal ignorance of the most cor- rective truths and principles, enter into the composition of the people at large. True, the gospel can, and it is a subject of joyful gratitude, the gospel shall transform this very char- acter into a moral symmetry the most lovely; but until this change is witnessed, we can lay but little stress upon the sim- ple professions of those who never sacrifice nor venture any thing for the object of their af* fectionsi Whether we are to be tolerated and allowed to pro-1 ceed in the important work for which atone we visited this country, remains to be tested. As is stated in the journal re- ferred to, every thing is incip- ient. "The weapons of our warfare" have not even been prepared. "The sword of the Spirit" has not been unsheathed, for "the word of God" is not yet printed in their language. It is true that some of the peo- ple have been partially taught orally, and by means of the tract distributed last year; but it cannot be said that their strong holds have been fairly assailed. If the stupendous fa- bric of idolatry in Siam—broad as the whole land, and high as the towering pride of the mo- narch and his " mighty men"— should fall or even totter, upon the application of a feeble pow- er, it would stand alone in the 468 MARCH, Religious Intelligence. history of events through all the ages of the past. Idolatry has almost every thing to support it in Siam. Their pagodas are the only schools of learning for the males, and he who refuses to become a priest, must remain "ignorant." The king has ever been one of the strictest de- votees of Budhism. The prince "whose right it is to reign" is a talapoin. The one who bids fair for the throne, and has ever been the most intimate friend of Europeans, is a great admirer of his brother's sancti- ty, and consequently of the re- ligion that sanctifies him. Al- most all classes, when rice is dear, have the liberty to assume the yellow robe, and take up their quarters in a pagoda. I mention these things, not to discourage the minds of any who may engage in the work, but to prepare them for its better accomplishment. That there will be opposition, there is no question—to what extent we can only conjecture— with what success we all know. It is not the character of a sol- dier fighting for earthly glory, to shrink back, because he is likely to be opposed: opposi- tion generally proves his stim- ulus, and instead of master- ing, only matures his courage. These difficulties then should be known and calculated upon, since they cannot quench the zeal nor in the least repress the ardor of .the true follower of Jesus. If such should be the consequences to any, it is still necessary that the "full cost be counted" by all. It will prove a test of the fitness of the in- strument for his work; it will tend to chasten his pride, sim- plify his motives, teach him his own weakness, and direct his soul in humble importunate prayer (his most powerful wea- pon) to Him who is able and has determined to convert the heathen. Upon my arrival in the coun- try, the captain of the junk— of an officious, or perhaps more strictly a fearful spirit,—inform- ed the king that I had returned with a good supply of books; (the books were Chinese, wheth- er this was mentioned to the king or not, I cannot say,) upon which his majesty saw fit to issue a royal veto against their distribution: the king said, if our object was to change reli- gions, we were welcome to at- tempt it in other countries, but not in his. Whether there had been a previous concert between the priests and his majesty, or whether it was a mere momen- tary whim or fear of the latter, I cannot determine. Other cir- cumstances led me to conjec- ture that the former was the case; that the priests had become somewhat alarmed at the dis- tribution of the tract, and the natural tendency of its contents, and availed themselves of their interest with the king to retain their official advantages, by pre- venting the diffusion of anti- pagan doctrines. My particular object in hast- ening from Singapore before my health was established, was to supply the Chinese junks trading to Siam, with Christian books; and through the kind in- terposition of the Lord, it was conceded by the king's officers, that that business did not come within the royal interdict. That I would limit my self to this task, 1833. 469 Literary Notices. I neither promised nor intend- ed; so that when the junks "were supplied to the number of fifty, the king, I hope, really— and I practically—forgot the pro- hibition. As the conversion of China is of all others the most important in the list of mission- ary objects, it may not be im- proper to repeat, what has been frequently mentioned, that no foreign country presents so many advantages for this undertaking as Siam. During the present year, about 80 junks visited the place; 30 had sailed before we arrived; among the remaining 50, the books were generally well received, and there is every reason to believe were carried to China. As you perceive from previous journals, the medical dispensary attracts numbers from different quarters. It is peculiarly adapt- ed to Siam, both in charity to to their dying bodies, and as one of the best means, I mean remotely, of saving their souls. The circumstance which I re- garded as most favorable, dur- ing my last visit, was the in- creasing numbers upon our Sabbath exercises. It seldom exceeded twenty; but this was many more than ever attended before;—and I believe by the exercise of a little wisdom, the number might be almost inde- finitely increased.—Of these a few, very few, manifested a con- siderable change in their char- acter—having renounced their idols, and evinced considerable eagerness and self-denial in their search after the truth. LITERARY NOTICES. THE HOLY Bini.r. IN CHIKF.SE. A second edition of the Bible has recently been published at the Anglochiuese college, Ma- lacca; it is a large and beautiful octavo in 21 volumes, and has been printed with new blocks. Had the college been the means of accomplishing'nothing more than the publication of this and a former edition of the Bible, we should think its founder and contributors abundantly re- paid for all their labors. But we know from good authority, that many of the students, who h;ivc been educated in the col- lege, are now filling respectable stations, civil or commercial, ill the Straits; and that some of them are teaching the Eng- lish language in Pegu and Co~ chinchina. And above all, we rejoice to know that some have there received the gospel in the love of it; obey its precepts; enjoy its consolations; and as- sist, even in China itself, in dif- fusing a knowledge of its right- eous requisitions and its glori- ous promises. THK ASIATIC JOURNAL.—The numbers of this work for last 470 MARCH, Journal of Occurrences. Sept. and Oct., contain "an historical sketch of the reign of the emperor Kheen-lung;—from Chinese and other authorities." "The honorary name of Kheen- lung" is given " in Mandshoo," and translated,'assisted by heuv- en.' This is very feeble; keen denotes heaven; celestial; and lung, prosperous; glorious. The sketch details a series of insur- rections, wars, and executions of generals, which exhibit the mon- arch as a vigorous, but cruel man. The October number contains a brief memoir of the late T. P. Abel-Remusat, well known as one of the best Chinese scholars in Europe. He has left three unfinished works; the last of which is a great desideratum, viz. "A natural history of the eastern countries of Asia,"— that is, China, Japan, and Tar- tary. "Chinese dictionaries, both native and foreign, seldom designate plants, minerals, and animals by any thing else than vague terms." A work like that Which Remusat contemplated by the aid of Cuvier and others, is greatly needed—but Remusat and Cuvier are both dead! The Nouveau Journal Asiat- ique for last July and August has a long "Notice de 1'Bn- cyclopedie litteraire de Ma touan lin,"—par M. Klaproth. And from Paris also has been issued a Chinese play, called Hoei-lan-ki,—par M. Julien, who, we understand, has been appointed to succeed the late Abel-Remusat in the professor- ship of Chinese. This trans- lation Was printed by the Eng- glish oriental translation Fund. M. Julien has attended to the poetry of Chinese, and purposes to continue the study of it, with the design of compiling a poetical dictionary. We heartily wish him success in his work. JOURNAL. OP OCCURRENCES. THE HIGHLAND REBELLION; or Leen- chow mountaineers.—From the Pe- king gazette of October 28th 1832, We perceive that five persons, the kindred of Chaou, the Golden Dra- gon, have been sentenced to imme- diate death by the slow and ignomin- ious process of 'cutting to pieces.' Their names were Chaoufuhkin, Chaoufuhyin, Chaoukinwang, Letih- ming (who was declared king by the insurgents), and Tangtinghing, of whom we do not remember to have read any thing. The imperial sen- tence directed that their heads should be carried about among the multi- tude, and a Tartar of high rank was ordered to go and witness the exe- cution. We have before us a paper which was written by a scholar, and which represents the submission of the moun- taineers to be a mere farce; and the conduct of He-ngan,—the emperor's brother in law, who was one of the im- perial commissioners on the occasion, —a gross imposition on his Majesty, and a disgrace to the nation. The wri- ter expresses great indignation against, and contempt for the high authorities, who by bribery induced the high- landers to allow his Majesty's troops the empty forms of victory and tri- umph, where there was none of the 1833. 471 Journal of Occurrences. reality. We are surprised that any Chinese should choose to risk his personal safety by writing such a seditious paper, merely to give vent to his feelings,—for that is the only object which he seems to have had in view. Speaking of the money of the gov- ernment,—which, he says, is procured by the toil and sweat of the people, and is the very marrow of their bones, —he adds; the commissioner gave ./roe hundred thousand taels weight, (for that was the sum given in silver,) for a sham surrender and submission of the rebels, and n furnish of drums! He wonders at the commissioner's audacity and utter want of shame, which prevented his blushing when he received the rewards of victory, linger rings, peacock's feathers, &c. He affects however respect for his majesty, whose displeasure he calls "heaven's anger;" an,d deeply regrets that the emperor has been so im- posed on, in a matter originated by these despicable and detested high- landers. It has been recently report- ed, that already they descend to the plains in parties to plunder as before, and that local officers refuse to ac- knowledge the fact The 500,000 taels given to brine over a few, who were constituted Chinese officers and received commissions with the cap knob insignia, is represented as thrown away; for the hill-men will not submit to their new made of- ficers, and have forced them to re- sign their commissions and return their knobs. Private rumors state that old Sun- keun, Lord Macartney's friend, has impeached He-ngan for deceiving the emperor, for usurping all power at court in the distribution of office throughout the empire, for taking his daughter home at midnight from the Imperial palace, &c. FORMOSA.—The sudden declaration of the government that tranquillity is restored on this island, is no less surprising, than the hasty submission of the mountaineers of Leenchow. A very short time ago, two Tartar generals were despatched poste-haste from Peking, taking with them thirty veteran officers, and possessing power to bring experienced troops from va- rious provinces, even so far as Sze- ohuen—on the apposite side of the empire. Now all at once the troops are countermanded, and the rebellion on Formosa suppressed! Whether there has been a change of counsels at court; or the imperial arms have really been victorious; or the lead- ers ofthe insurrection have quarrelled among themselves and yielded to their common enemy; or whether like the Leenchow highianders they have been bribed to hold a truce and deliver up a few unhappy associates to be slaughtered, remains uncertain. GOVERNOR LE.—Extracts from the Peking gazette of February 15th 1833, contain the final decision concern- ing our late governor, magnate Le, and confirm the account given in our last number. He has been com- pelled to pay from his accumulations a sum equal to three-tenths, of the ex- penses ofthe highland war. But his ma- jesty says this punishment is not enough to cover his crimes, of mismanage- ment; procrastination; specious but untrue representations; En<1 the in- dulgence of the Canton military in opium, by which their strength was destroyed. He is therefore trans- ported to Oroumtsi in western Tar- tary to exert himself and atone for his offenses. It is supposed he will be restored in a year or two. A poor native, who was standing by while we read these "extracts" concerning governor Le, said, "Ah! in our country, it is a bad case— he that can give money, may exert himself meritoriously; he who -has none, all.his exertions are in vain." This seems verified in the present instance; for general Lew who acted under governor Le, for the same offenses as were alledged against Mr, superior, is condemned, though up wards of seventy years of age, to transportation to, and hard labor at Ele, without any hope being Held out that his sufferings will be considered an atonement. In China, it is the law that old men may pay a pecun- iary fine as an "atonement," (the- gazette uses this same word in the decision against governor Le,) but the sentence expressly forbids any being accepted in the case of gen- eral Lew. Indulging his troops in opium, and a precipitate ill-judged attack at five passes, in all of which he was repulsed with great slaughter, are the crimes alledged against him. It is remarkable that during Le's trial, our present governor wrote up. 472 Journal, of Occurrences. to the emperor, that of late, liis pre- decessor had written frequently to the king of Cochinchina about pi- rates, &c., which intercourse Le had not laid before his Majesty. This was brought against Le as an addi- tional offense; inasmuch as all inter- course with foreign states is deemed of the highest importance at the im- perial court. A si) ALT. AH, a captive.—The 124th No. of the Peking gazette contains an article in reference to the descendants of "Khodzijan," the Mohammedan rebel against Keenlnng, mentioned in page 52 of the Asiatic Journal for September 1832. When the two princes Booiatoo and Khodzijan were defeated and perished, many of their kindred, according to the barbarous usage of Asiatic conquerors, were put to death; this was in 1759. The ga- zette before us notices that there was an infant son, who could have no knowledge of, nor take any part, in his father's rebellion. His life was spared and he was given to be a slave to an officer of merit who was engaged in the war. His name was Apntouhalc (Abdallah ?" the slave or servant of God"). During the third year of the present reign, Abdallah having conducted himself in a quiet Inoffensive manner, was, according to the law respecting Mohammedans, with all his family permitted to en- terthe white 'standard' ofMungkoo's, and to be employed in the service of government. Only three years after this, the re- bellion of Chang-kihur broke out at Cashgar, and Abdallah and his fam- ily, (for he was related to Chankihur,) were again implicated, though they were perfectly innocent of any con nection with the rebel. He and his children were separated and sent, some to Yunnan province;'some to Canton, to Kwangse, to Fuhkeen, &c.,—to be imprisoned for cvcrr in solitary cells. The female part of the family were sent to Keangnan, Hangchow, &c., to be slaves. In this state they remained the last six y«ars. Abdallah and Pihpakih (a son we suppose) died in the mean time. Changkihur having perished, and these -helpless prisoners and slaves having "behaved quietly," his'Ma- jesty in order to imitate the clemen- cy of his grandfather, and exhibit his own "mercy beyond the law," has decreed that Abdallah's coffin be per- mitted to enter Peking for interment, and his family, male and female, be restored to the Mungkoo standard. ANONYMOUS ACCUSATIONS.—A case of this kind has occurred in Peking, which has drawn forth a long mem- orial from one of the Yu-she. Some- body threw into a stable an anony- mous impeachment of several officers in one of the supreme courts. The rule of proceeding in such cases, re- quires that the document shall be immediately destroyed by the finder. He who wrote, and he who attempts to act upon it are both liable to punishment In the present cam the libel came to the knowledge of the emperor, and he wished the allega- tions, which were rather of a serious nature, to be examined into. His censor remonstrates and wishes the law to be adhered to, because of the evil effects that must arise from opening a door to malicious selfish- ness by a contrary procedure. Postscript.—Early in the present month it was announced in Canton, that the rebellion on the island of Formosa was at an end, and that tho orders for more troops had been countermanded; but no account was given of the manner in which peace had been obtained. Fuhkeen junks, which have recently arrived at Macao, bring reports that the insurgents, 200,000 strong, are in possession of l.uk-mh-num, and that the governor of Fuhkeen and other officers are at KeUt-tsze-lan en- deavoring to HiiMne the rebels by offers of money and of office; and this system (the same that was finally adopted at Leenchow, ) has, it is said, been partially gucoessfu!. . T H K CHINESE REPOSITORY VOL. I.—APRIL, 1833.—No. 12. REVIEW. The history of that great and renowned Monarchy of China, wherein all the particular provinces are accurately described; as also the disposition, manners, learning, laws, militia, government, and rfligion of the people; together with the traffic and commodities of that country; lately written in Italian by Father ALVAREZ SEMEDO, a Portu- guese, after he had resided twenty-two years at the court and other famous cities of that king- dom. Now put into English by a person of quality, and illustrated with several maps and figures to satisfy the curious and advance the trade of Great Britain. London, 1655. WE are much pleased with this book, because it presents us the observations- and reasonings of an intelligent man, made at a time when the history of a great and remote empire began to excite at- tention in Europe. For in later years, when more dissensions had arisen among those who were best able to write this history, or when the various the- ories which learned men had formed respecting China and her policy, required any certain state- ment and coloring of facts to support them, such IV i 474 Alvarez Smifdus APRIL, coloring and such peculiar facts are often found in the histories. Our author gives us the results of his own observations on the various subjects embraced in his work, and with so minute and circumstantial description as exhibits the work of an eye-witness. Much of what he relates was gained by personal observation for his own purposes of intercourse with the people; much knowledge of the nobility and officers, from intimacy with Christ- ian mandarins; and much information respecting the government, laws, punishments and prisons, from painful personal experience. As he himself remarks in his description of the courts, prisons, and punishments :—" but some will ask me how I came to be so expert in these points. Truly I must answer him in a word, that though this knowl- edge be not worth much, yet it cost, me very dear." Et quorum pars magna fui. Alvarez Semedo, procurator of Japan and China, after spending above twenty years in Peking and in the provincial cities, returned to Europe about 1734 to obtain recruits for the service of the socie- ty of Jesuits. While in Europe he published this volume, which attracted so much attention that it was "done into English" a few years after. Al- though some of his accounts which were then fresh, have become antiquated and obsolete in the course of two centuries, and though many points of which he treats have been subsequently illustrated more at large, still "great stores of information" remain uninjured. To the friends of China, everything concerning her past or present condition or future prospects, will possess peculiar interest. To noth- ing which affects her best welfare do we feel in- different; for on this we concentrate our highest earthly hopes, and to this we wish to direct all our earthly labors. The work is divided into two parts, in the first of which is a description of all the provinces; of the persons of'hi: Chinese; of their literature ; their arts: I8;W. History of China. 475 their customs ; their religion and government. The second part is a history of the operations of the Romish missionaries in China, their successes and their sufferings :'after which folio wa tiK; supplement to these present times, wherein is contained "the Chinesses most cruell warre with the Tartars, by whom they are now conquered." The first extract which we make, presents the Chinese in the costume of his countrymen before the last Tartar conquest. "They suffer the hair of their heads to grow as long as it will, both men and women. They are almost universally black-haired; hence cometh that name by which they are called among other nations,—the kingdom of the black-haired people. They have also black eyes, which are very small, with an elongated opening; little noses, which are neither large nor high, ac- counting such a deformity. They clip not their beard1, letting it grow according to nature. They will be more troubled to lose one hair of their head 'than all the hair of their face." (Afterwards as the conquests of the Tartars advanced, changes Were gradually but forcibly introduced.) "The Tartars hav- ing taken a city, proclaimed that they should kill none of the inhabitants 'if they would cut their hair, and use the Tartar's habit.'. For the Tartars shave both the head and beard reserving only the mustaches, and on the hinder part of the head, they leave a tuft which being curiously platted, they let hang down behind in a cue. Their garments are long robes falling down to the feet, but their sleeves are not so wide and large as the Chinese use. The dress is the same for the men and the women." i This violent introduction of a new and barba- rous fashion, was stoutly resisted by the patriotic and proud, and there was more than one example exhibited of a man "strangled by a hair." Rather than submit to the degradation of adopting these foreign customs, some high-minded Chinese lost their hair only with their head. But so univer- sal and established is this foreign fashion in China at the present time, that it may be doubted whether the people would now revert to their old habit again, unless compelled by violence equal to that which once drove them to renounce it. In the 476 Ahurcz SenifduK AIMMI., following extract concerning the dispositions of the Chinese, our author describes such a people as cannot exactly be found here at the present day; yet he certainly shows himself free from prejudice against them. "They magnify very freely whatever is virtuous in the ac- tions of their neighbors, courageously opposing that emulation which in almost all other nations suffereth none to be pleased with any but themselves. When they see anything which cometh from Europe, though there be in it little art or ingenuity, it is commended by them with singular applause—a modesty indeed worthy to be envied so much the more, because it is seen in a people that exceed many others in their abilities. They are inclined to virtue; I do not say they are exempt from the vices proper to all pagans, and indeed to all mortals; but they esteem those which make profession of virtue, and particularly of some virtues which are despised by other gen. tiles, as humility and chastity." Doubtless our author intends here to speak of those established forms of friendly and ceremonious intercourse, which make humility and even servili- ty fall from the tongue in set and measured phrase. For, that there is no general disposition among the Chinese to magnify the virtues of others, need not be told to them who know anything of the "ce- lestial empire." The pride and self-importance of the Chinese has long been too proverbial even a- mong their friends, to claim for them any real humility, or any of the other virtues which cluster around this great enemy of selfishness. Though Alvarez here shows himself the friend of China, yet in other parts of his book he also shows him- self noways blind to their "defects." He says that the rich and established merchants are of good credit, very punctual and honorable in fulfilling their engagements ; but acknowledges that their way of bargaining is fuller of craft and subtlety than is to be found anywhere else in the world. "The na- ture of the whole nation, as well of the sellers as the buyers, is much inclined to guile and deceit, which they put in execution with admirable subtlety." 1833. History of China. 477 Respecting tiie population of China, our author makes but one brief remark, directly ; but through- out his work, the occasional exhibition of the num- bers in any city, in any trade, in an army or in a defeat, imply a very great population. "This kingdom is so exceedingly populous, that having lived there two and twenty years, I was in no less amazement at my coming away than in the beginning, at the multitude of the people. Certainly the truth exceedeth all hyperboles; not only in the cities, towns and public places, but also in the highways, there is as great a concourse as is usual in Eu- rope at some great festival. And if we will refer ourselves to the general register-book, wherein only the common men are enrolled, leaving out women, children, eunuchs, professors of letters and arms, there are reckoned of them to be fifty-eight millions fifty-five thousand one hundred and four score." Whether this enrollment can be fully depended on, which he does not assert, or whether it is only "founded on fact," yet the constant implication of great numbers which is involved in the whole history, would lead us to assign a much denser population during this period than is usually done; and the official reports of the government at the present time, would be very consistent with such an opinion. In his description of the province of Shense, our author speaks of a product better known since him time. "Cha, (tea) is the leaf of a tree about the bigness of a myrtle, or in other provinces of the herb basil, or the small pomegranate. They dry it over the fire in iron sieves, where it hardens and sticketh together. There are many sorts of it, as well because the plant is various as also that the upper leaves do exceed the others in fineness. There is of it, from a crown a pound to four farthings according to the quality of it. It being thus dried and cast into warm water, giveth it a color, smell and taste, at first unpleasing, hut custom makes it more acceptable. "Pis much used in China and Giappone (Japan), for it serveth not only for ordinary drink instead of water, but also for entertainment to strangers when they visit them. Many virtues are related of this leaf: certain it is, that it is ry wholesome, and that neither in China nor Japan, is 4?f! Alrurfi Sfmtdv's APRIL- any one troubled with the stono, nor is the name of tins disease known. li is also curtain that it powerfully deliverelh from the oppression of sleep whoever dcsirrth to watch either for necessity or pleasure; for by suppressing the fumes, it easetli the head without any inconvenience; and finally it is a known and admirable help for students. For the rest, I have not so great assurance of it that 1 dare affirm it." The admirable virtues of this "cha" have been better understood since that day. The price and the quality have risen with the demand. There is now tea of so excellent quality as to sell for thirty-two dollars a pound. But none of this reaches the foreigners. Among the articles of commerce with Canton at that time, tea is not enumerated, probably because it was but a trifling article of ex- port. But since that day, this leaf has "discolored I he water" among many nations of the globe. In Chinaj where so much of their morality, and policy, and religion even, is made to depend on the parental and filial relations, we should expect that marriage would be a matter of much ceremony and sacredness. It is so to a great degree, notwithstand- ing the authorized violations of the "more ancient and better custom," of having but one wife. Some of the customs attending this ceremony, we think, would hardly take among our "barbarous" west- ern gentlemen and ladies, who pretend to have a heart of their own, and to claim the right of the disposal of it. "Fathers often contract marriages for their children while yet very young, and some- times before their birth; and these contracts are binding on the children, although their fathers die before the time, or one of the parties meanwhile fall from his honor or estate, &c.,—excepting both parties voluntarily agree to break off the contract." Our author says ;— "In the kingdom of China, as doth plainly appear by their hooks and chronicles, formal marriages have been in use above 2400 years. Always from that time to this, there have been J8M. History of Clunu- 470 among llicin two kinds of nnirriago, one a Hut; one, lor the whole life of the two parties; and then (lie woman is called a wife, and received with extraordinary ceremonies! The second is rather a concubinage permitted by their laws, in case they have no sons by the wife; but now it is grown so common that although some do forbear having them upon the account of virtue, yet it is very frequent with rich men, [and others also] although they have children, to take concubines. But the manner is very different from the true marriage; for although they contract in some sort with the father of the maiden, yet in truth she is bought and sold, and often by a person that hath no relation to her only that he bred her up fur that purpo.se. For there are many in China, who bring up young maidens and teach them music, dancing and other perquisites of wo- men's breeding, only to sell them for concubines, at a great price. Yet it is not accounted a matrimony, nor hath it the solemnity of marriage belonging to if, nor any obligation of perpetuity, but the man may put her away, and she may mar- ry another, in case she be wholly withdrawn from the compa- ny of the first. The manner of treating them is also different. They eat apart by themselves in their own chambers, and are in subjection to the_ true wife, serving her in some things as her servants. The children which they bear do not do them reverence as to a mother, but they pay it to the true wife, whom also they call mother. Sometimes it happens that they take a concubine, and keep her only till she bring them a son; tor if the lawful wife will not suffer her to stay, as soon as the child is born, they send her away or marry her to another, and the child which stayeth behind, never knoweth her who bore him. Widows may marry if they will, but women of quality seldom do it. A young maid will hardly marry a widow- er, which they call patching up the house and the bed. "On the wedding day towards evening, the bridegroom sends the sedan, of which they have very curious ones made for this purpose only, richly adorned with silk and locked on the outside. The mother of the bride putteth her into the sedan and locketh the door: and sending the key to her son-in-law's mother, she herself departeth along with the company. When she is come to the bridegroom's house, the mother-in-law unlocketh the sedan, and taking out the bride delivereth her to the bridegroom. Then they both go together to the chapel of their idols, where are likewise kept the images or names of their ancestors. There they make the ordinary reverence of bowing themselves four times upon their kneee: and presently they go forward into the inner hall where their parents are sitting, to whom they make the same reverences; then the bride retireth with her moth- er-in-law and otner women to the female apartment, where she hath a particular chamber for herself and her husband. Into this room no other tnnn may ever enter; not the men-servants except while they ;ire li/llc boys, nor male kindred unless they lie Altum Scmcdux APKII. the youiiger brethren of tin: hu.sbuiiu1, of ven ittiiall age; no. not (lie liusbanil's father. So that when the father would chastise the son for any fault, (which is common there for their fathers to do, although the son be married,) if he can got into his wife's chamber he is safe, for the father may not enter there, nor speak to his daughter-in-law unless on some set occasions. For they believe that the least overture which women give to the conversation of men, is a large gate opened to the danger of their honor. This which may be accounted a harsh strictness is turned into a pleasant sweetness by custom." One cause of the remarkable uniformity and un- changeableness of the national character of the Chinese is seen, if we mistake not, in the unal- terable literature of the country. The student of the present day is poring over not the same letters merely, but the same books, the same maxims and laws, the same precepts and history, in the very same expressions which the scholar of 2000 years ago studied. Here, phrases of ceremony and max- ims of life are stereotyped, government is stereo- typed, and thought itself is stereotyped, and passes down from age to age unchanged, An original thought in their antiquated literature, would be like a foreigner on their forbidden soil—a suspected ob- ject and interdicted by law. As we are the antipodes of the western world in location, so very much are we in fashion. The "march of thought" there so boasted, is forward; here it is backward, for the past is the field for literary laurels. "The spirit of the age" which there awakens men to better hopes and privileges, and turns the eye of the Christian forward to the long expected reign of his Savior, here draws up the heart within itself, and turns the eye away from a better and brighter prospect for China,—turns it back upon the dark aud dubious past. In the sphere of a Chinese's hopes, there is no sun of glory yet to rise to gild the dusky prospect; his sun has set, arid the nation has walk- ed in the twilight—if it be not better called night —these two thousand years. 1833. History of ChirtA. 481 "Of their sciences, we cannot speak so very clearly, because really their authors hare not been so fortunate as Aristotle, Plato, and the like, who have handled them methodically; but the Chinese have written little or nothing of many of the sci- ences and liberal arts, and of the rest but superficially, except those which concern good government and policy. From the very beginning it hath been their chiefest aim to find out the best way of government. Confucius composed five books in order, which are at this day held as sacred; he made also many other books; and of his sayings, Ihere have been written since many more books. His first book is called Yih King, and treats of his natural philosophy, of fate or judiciary prog, nostication, philosophizing by numbers, figures, and symbols, applying all to morality and good government. The second is called Shoo King, containing a chronicle of the ancient kings and their good government. The third, She King, is of ancient, metaphorical poetry, respecting the inclinations and customs of mankind. The fourth. Lc King, treats of civil and religious rites. The fifth is called Chun.tsew, and treats of the history of their country. "There are also four other books which where made by Confucius and his disciple Mencius. In these nine books is contained all the natural and moral philosophy which the whole kingdom studieth, and out of these is taken the point which is proposed to read or compose on, in their examinations for literary rank. Upon these books they have several com- mentaries and glosses, but there is one of them which they are commanded to to follow, and it hath almost the same authority as the text. These nine books are held in a manner sacred; in them, their glosses and commentaries, consisteth the great endeavor of their studies,—getting them by heart, attempting to understand the difficult places in them, and forming diverse senses upon them, by which to govern themselves in the practice of virtue, and to prescribe rules for the government of the kingdom according to the wise maxims which they there find. And because the examinations are very rigorous, and it is no easy thing to be ready in all these books, the order is, that the examina- tion for the first degree be upon the last four books; that for the second, upon the same four and also upon one of the other five. For this reason none is obliged to be very perfect in more than one of those sciences which he doth profess, and upon that the point is to be given him.'r Tlie permanency of the Chinese government in its great outlines, compared with the perished and forgotten governments of the world, is a very strik- ing feature in the history of China. There must have existed either in the people or else in their 11 482 Almrtz Semedos APRIL, institutions, something to cauae this striking differ- ence. Many great nations have arisen since the patriarchal days of antiquity, attracted a large share of the world's attention, and have long passed away from the earth,—till the student of past history has thought that there was no living witness of those ages remaining, But lo! we have found in China a relic of the past, a living memorial of the days and of the government of the patriarchs. "God hath not left himself without witness" in this. The splendor and elevation of the court of Peking, compared with other oriental courts, may be at- tributed in part to the literary cast which the in- stitutions of China give to the government. We do not characterize it as useful and practical learn- ing to any great extent, but still it is mental cultivation. The fact that the public sentiment here has never sunk so low, as to call for those degrading public ceremonies and religious rites which shock humanity in some parts of India, may perhaps be traced to the same cause. We do not say that every cruel or disgusting rite is purged from the religious worship of China; but it is well known that the gross outrages of decency which are not uncommon in other pagan countries, are seldom practiced here. In the descriptions of Semedo, we recognise the literary institutions in their best state; but-as they are still essentially the same in form, though not having equal life, they are worthy of our notice. We will give the substance of Sem- edo's account. As there is no other path to office in China, but over "the hill of science," and no shorter one to respect and influence, the number of aspirants is very great. The degrees of literary rank are four; sew-tsae, 'talent flowering;' keu-jin, 'promoted men;' tsin-sze, 'introduced scholars;' and han-lin, 'ascended to the top of the trees.' The number of competitors, the interests involved, and the small number of successful candidates, altogether 1833. History of China. 483 make the public examination a scene of lively in- terest.—We will begin with the first degree. To obtain this, the candidates undergo three successive examinations. The first of these is in the keen, or the smallest district of a province; the chief ma- gistrate of the district appoints the time and the theme for examination; and the assembled candi- dates are allowed one day for writing their essays. These when finished are inspected by the magis- trate, who selects the best, and causes the name of the authors to be entered on a roll and pasted up on the walls of his office. This is called hav- ing a name in the village;* and by this it is known who are allowed to pass to the second examination; which takes place in the foo, or next larger dis- trict, and is similar to the first, only more rigor- ous. The successful candidates in these two ex- aminations, come for their third trial in the pro- vincial city before the heo-ching, or 'literary chancel- lor' of the province. Those who are now suc- cessful receive iheir first degree. This entitles them to be candidates for the second degree, raises them above the common people, and delivers them from the bastinado of the inferior officers. This degree is conferred twice in three years; and also since the Mantchous ascended the throne of China, on the recurrence of every decade of years in the monarch's reign. «The examination of the candidates for the second degree is held every three years in the chief city of each province, and upon the same day throughout the empire. It lasts about twenty.five or thirty days, though the candidates are under actual trial but three days, tv'z. the 9th, 12th and 15th of that [the 8th] month. The chief examiners are the greatest officers in the province, besides assistants, and above all the president who conies from court for the purpose. When the officers are * The result of the examinations which took place four or five weeks since in the Nanhae and Pwanyu hc6n was published on the 10th inst. The number of candidates was above 2000 in each district; but only thirteen in Nanhae, and fourteen in Pwanyu were able to obtain ua name in the village." 484 Alvarez Semedo'i APRIL, assembled, the students, who in the large provinces exceed the number of 7000, make their appearance. At their entrance they are all searched, and if any book or paper be found about one, he is excluded from trial. Erich candidate then retire.-- 10 his room, or rather cell, in the public hall. This chamber is about four feet by three, with the height of a man. In it are two boards; the one made fa»t to sit upon, the other movable so as to serve either for an eating table or a writing-desk. On the first day of examination, each candidate enters this cell which is guarded by military so as neither to admit of ingress or egress. Seven themes proposed by the president are now exhibited to the student; four from the four last books of the philosopher, and three from any one of the King which the student pleases. Upon each topic be is to write briefly, elegantly, and sententiously, so as make seven compositions. These are then consigned to the proper officers who deliver them to notaries to copy in red letters, that the composer's hand may not be known to the examiner. The students are now at liberty; while the "facul- ty" on the two following days, review the papers with such rigor that the least error is sufficient to exclude the student from further examination, When that is done, a catalogue of those who have faults in their compositions is affixed to the outward wall, which serves for advice to return home, as they cannot go any further in this trial. "The second time, they enter again on the 12th day of the month, and the process is the same as before, except that they give them but three topics, and these concerning doubt, ful matters of government, to see how they would advise the king. On the examination of these compositions, many are shut out from the third trial, which is on the fifteenth day. Here also three points are propound, respecting the laws and customs of the realm. When iliese compositions are re- ceived, they shut up the hall for fifteen days, during which time they are sifted again, and a s nail number is consigned to the president for the last scrutiny, and for assigning to each successful candidate his rank. When this is done, a catalogue of the names is exposed to the numberless people who are waiting, some for a son or brother, and some for a father or friend. The students having received from the king's officer their ensigns, as the cap, gown, and boots, presently go to give thanks to the president, who receives them on foot and treats them as his equals. As goon as these men have re- ceived this degree, they become honored, and by some means which I know not, suddenly rich. After this they go no longer on foot, but either an horseback or in a sedan. The number of these licenciates made every third year, throughout all the provinces, is about 1500,—a small number in comparison with all tlie candidates. In Canton where the examiner's hall is not the largest, having not above 7500 litlle chambers in it, the (•,oinpo.«iitions of trw first day are about 50,000." J8&*. History of China. 485 The third degree is "solemnly conferred" at the court, once in every three years. All in the empire who have received the second degree, and have not in the meantime taken any office, are admit- ted to this examination. Their traveling expenses to Peking are paid either wholly or in part by the emperor. The procedure is the same as in the previous trials, except that the examiners are of higher rank. After this degree has been conferred, the "new doctors" are introduced to the emperor, and do him reverence; and the three highest re- ceive rewards from his majesty's own hand.—The fourth and highest degree is also conferred once in three years; the examination for it takes place in the royal palace at Peking, in the presence of the emperor, and the candidates are those who have received the three other degrees. The policy, the morality and the religion of Chi- na may be "summarily comperehended" in obedi- ence to parents and to government. Subjection is the grand and universally acknowledged test of orthodoxy here. It may perhaps be designated as the popular and practical belief of China, that there is no authority binding on man, which is superior to the emperor's. All public laws and customs, all religious faith and ceremonies, all so- cial duties and private life, all the words and works of men, are within his rightful sway, and indispu- tably subject to his will. Their parental and po- litical education powerfully tends to the formation of such a public sentiment. "The mandarin has power to inflict the bastinade, not only in the towns and cities of his own jurisdiction, but in any place whatever, though it be not properly under his authority. And with such facility do they bestow these blows, that men make no great account of them, though they are always paid them in ready coin; all do give them, all receive them, and all have felt them; neither doth it seem strange to any one, neither doth any hold himself aggrieved by them. In the same man- ner do masters chastise their servants, except that for the most 486 Alvarez Scmedds ApRlf., part they do not take- down their breeches. The like do school- masters use with scholars of whatever quality (hey may be, beating them with their breeches on. The same also do they use-Ho little children. Often they die of the bastinadoes which they receive, especially if they have a mind to dispatch the delinquent; for it is impossible that a man should live after receiving seventy or eighty blows, if they: are laid on him before one of the great tribunals. Any other punishments are over and besides this, which is never wanting; there being no condemna- tion in China, (unless pecuniary,) without this previous dispo- sition; so that it is unnecessary to mention it in their condem- nation, this being always understood to be their first dish. The cudgels used in .this punishment are about five feet long, a hand's breadth in circumference at bottom, and tapering towards the top, so that they may be more conveniently used by both hands. They are made of bamboo, which is knotty and hollow, but different from cane in this, that it is a massive, strong, heavy, hard wood. As soon as the breeches of the culprit are pulled down, one of the attendants lays five blows upon his naked flesh; then comes another and lays on five more, so that it is always done by a fresh hand, till he has received the number assigned him." In much of his detail of these punishments and of the courts, father Semedo spoke that which he knew and testified what he had felt. During the early part of the severe persecution against the Jesuits, which began in 1615, and did not wholly cease for many years, he was at Nanking, where it was most violent. Fernandez and Semedo were put together in the worst place of all the prison, where they lay three months with manacles on their arms. Their food was a little rice ill boiled, and by way of extraordinary favor they were al- lowed also half a duck's egg apiece. Semedo lay there sick nine months together, by which sick- ness however, he was once freed from the basti- nado. "Father Vagnone with others was brought again before the officer, Shin, who examined them very closely, and said to the father; "what kind of a law is that of yours, which holdeth forth for a God, a man who was executed for a malefactor 1" From this the father took occasion, with a great deal of spirit, to open the mystery of the incar- nation to him. The tyrant would not endure that 1833. Ifiittrrg of China. 487 liberty of speech, but to take off his promptness, commanded that twenty stripes should be given him. As his former wounds were not quite healed, he endured incredible pain in having them opened with new blows, which were laid on so severely that the blood spurted as far as where Shin sat." Whatever opinions are entertained respecting the correctness of the creed, or the purity of the motives of these devoted missionaries, we believe it impossi- ble to read the narrative of their high and inflexible purpose—amidst lingering, vexatious, and cruel suf- ferings—without admiration. We may deeply regret their mistake of making our Savior's kingdom to be "of this world:" still their self-devotion to their high object will command the respect of those who love firmness and vigor of character. They were many of them extraordinary men, their purpose was vast, their difficulties many, and their exer- tions great. Would that those who boast a purer faith, had only equal ardor to give its consolations to a wretched world! O, that they who better un- derstand our Savior's kingdom, and profess to love it as their life, would more fully show that love to their fellow men also, by giving to all that un- speakable gift which belongs equally to all.—We cannot perhaps close this review better than by commending to the attention of our fellow Christians, and especially of Christian students, Semedo's de- scription of the spirit which moved the Jesuits in Europe two hundred years ago; we commend it to them for its exhibition of prompt self-denial, rather than for the mode in which that self-denial was exhibited. "After my return to Europe (about 1635), when my inten- tion of seeking laborers for this vineyard was once divulged, presently there were so many candidates that there is scarce a province of our society, from which I have not received many letters from several fathers, not only offering themselves, but earnestly requesting me to accept them as soldiers in this enterprise. As if the trouble and pains of these long and dan- gerous voyages, and the persecutions so certainly to be under- 488 Climate of Canton and Macao. APRIL, gone in this exercise, were to this undertaking, an prickles to ruses; whereof St. Ambrose suitli, they are amatoria qiuedam illectamenta. In Portugal, from the two colleges of Coimbra and Ebora alone, I had a list of ninety persons so desirous to labor in this mission, that inuny of them have sent me very long letters concerning their holy pretention, all written and signed with their own blood, witnessing in this manner that they had a holy courage that could despise the threats of martyrdom; offering cheerfully to the Lord that little blood, as a testimony of the great desire they had to shed it all for his sake." MISCELLANIES. CLIMATE OF CANTON AMD MACAO.—Foreigners in their pres- ent situation in China enjoy a very limited range for making observations on the climate of this country. But there seems to be little reason to doubt, what the Chinese generally affirm, that the climate of China Proper is, with few exceptions, agreeable and salubrious. Pestilences do not frequently visit the land; and the inhabitants sometimes attain to a very great age. One individual is mentioned in the Ta Tsing Hwuy-teen who died, during the reign of the present dynasty, at the age of 142 years.—The Chinese pay great respect to aged men; and their government honor with titles and with bounties the few who have the good fortune to outlive the great majority of their fellow-mortals. Those who reach the age of 100 years receive a sum of money equal to about forty-five dollars, to be expended in building an honorary "gateway," which is embellished with an inscription dictated by the em- peror; those who attain to 110 years receive about twice forty- five dollars; those who reach the age of 1*20, receive thrice that sum; dec. The climate of the middle provinces is said to be delightful. 'That of Peking is salubrious, and agrees even with strangers. Epidemic disorders are very rare, and the ravages of the- plague entirely unknown. The water is frozen ever}' year from the middle of December until March; but sometimes for a shorter period. In the spring there are violent storms and whirlwinds. The heat is very great in summer, especially in June and July; it is usually, however, accompanied with abundant rains. The autumn is the most pleasant part of the year,—parti- cularly September, October, and November. The air is then mild, I lie sky serene, and the weather calm.'* • See Travels ul' the Russian mission to China, by Timkowski. 1833. Climate of Canton and Macao. 489 The province of Canton is regarded by the Chinese as one of the most unhealthy portions of their country; and such it probably is. Yet still it is a healthy climate, and may be considered superior to that of most other places which are situated in the same degree of latitude. To enable our friends abroad to form an opinion of the climate of Canton and Macao, we will subjoin a brief series of remarks and meteorological averages whicb appear in The Anglo-chinese Kalendar for the current year. The latitude of Canton is 23 degrees 7 minutes north; and that of Macao is 22 degrees, 11 minutes, 30 seconds north. The data on which the following remarks concerning the weather are found. •'d, were taken from the meteorological diary of the Canton Regitter. "January.—The weather, during the month of January, is dry, cold, and bracing, differing but little, if at all, from the two preceding months, November and December. The wind blows generally from the north, occasionally inclining to NE. or NW. Any change to the south, causes considerable variation in the temperature of the atmosphere. "February.—During this month the thermometer continues low; but the dry, bracing cold of the three preceding months is changed for a damp and chilly atmosphere. The number of fine days is much diminished, and cloudy or foggy days are of more frequent recurrence in February and March than in any other months. At Macao, the fog is often BO dense as to render objects invisible at a very few yards' distance. "March.—The weather in the month of March is slso damp and foggy, but the temperature of the atmosphere becomes con- siderably warmer. To preserve things from damp, it is requisite to continue the use of fires and closed rooms; which the heat of the atmosphere renders very unpleasant. From this month, the thermometer increases in height, until July and August, when the heat is at its maximum. "April.—The thick fogs which begin to disappear towards the close of March are, in April, seldom if ever seen. The atmosphere however, continues damp, and rainy days are not unfrequent. At the same time the thermometer gradually rises; and the nearer approach of the sun renders its heat more perceptible. In this and the following summer months, southeasterly winds generally prevail. "May.—[n this month, summer is fully sot in and the heat particularly in Canton, is often oppressive ;—the more so from the closeness of the atmosphere, the winds being usually light and variable. This is the most rainy month in the year, averaging fifteen days and a half of heavy rain; cloudy days, without rain are, however, of unfrequent occurrence; and one half of the month averages fine sunny weather. 490 Climate of Canton and Macao. Ai'uir,, "June.—June is also a very wet month, though on an average, the number of rainy days is less than in the other summer months. The thermometer in this month rises several degrees higher than in May, and falls but little at night. It is this latter circumstance chiefly, which occasions the exhaustion often felt in this country from the heat of summer. "July.—This' month is the hottest in the year, the ther- mometer averaging 88° in the shade, at noon, both at Canton and Macao. It is likewise subject to frequent heavy showers of rain; and, as is also the month of August, to storms of thunder and lightning. The winds blow almost unintermittingly from south- east or south. "August.—In this month the heat is generally as oppressive as in July, and often more so, although the thermometer usually stands lower. Towards the close of the month, the summer begins to break up, the wind occasionally veering from SE. to N. and NW. Typhons seldom occur earlier than this month or later than the end of September. "September.—In this month, the monsoon is entirely broken up, and northerly winds begin to blow, but with little alleviation of heat. This is the period most exposed to the description of hurricanes called typltons, the range of which extends southwards, over about one half of the Chinese sea, but not far northward. They are most severe in the gulf of Tonquin. "October.—Norlherly winds prevail throughout the month of October, occasionally veering to NE. or NW.; but the tempera- ture of the atmosphere is neither so cold nor dry as in the following months. Neither does the northerly wind blow so constantly, a few days of southerly wind frequently intervening. The winter usually sets in with three or four days of light, drizzling rain. "November.—This month and the following are the most pleasant in the year,—at least to the feelings of persons from more northern climes. Though the thermometer is not often below 40, and seldom so low as 30, the cold of the Chinese winter is often very severe. Ice sometimes forms about one eighth of an inch thick; but this is usually in December or January. "December.—The months of December and January are re- markably free from rain; the average fall in each month being under one inch, and the average number of rainy days being only three and a half. On the whole, the climate of Canton, but more especially of Macao, may be considered very superior to I hat of most other places situated between the tropics." 1838. Climate of Canton awl Macao, 491 TABLES OF IttBTBCmOI,0&Id&I. AVERAGES. Tables of observations on the thermometer and barometer for the year 1831. The averages at Canton are taken from the Canton Register: the averages at Macao are taken from a private diary kept by Mr. Bletterman. TABLE I. TABLE II. Thermom. at Thermom. at CANTON. MACAO. TABLE III. Barometer at CANTON. TABLE IV. Barometer at M A «: A I ~£> « • I £ - j j p '5 S? 4 l« S "£ p ta v o c ^5 J S — £ e» X JS 1 S3 jf 1" 3 S « SJ JS J S =1 t i m a '£ S •1 January, 64 50 75 29 62 65 72 53 30.22 30.50 30.00 30.26 30.50 30.05 February, 57 49 78 38 69 59 71 49 30.13 30.50 29.60 30.13 30.40 29.97 March, 72 60 82 44 66 69 77 55 30.17 30.50 29.95 30.20 30.48 30.05 April, 77 68 86 55 73 75 H3 66 30.03 30.25 29.85 30.08 30.27 29.93 May, 78 72 88 64 77 78 85 71 29.92 30.10 29.80 29.95 3006 29.85 June, 85 79 90 74 82 84 89 74 29.88 30.00 29.75 29.92 30.00 29.85 July 88 81 94 79 84 88 92 81 29.83 30.00 29.60 29.87 30.01 29.60 August, 85 78 90 75 82 85 90 79 29.85 30.00 29.55 29.88 3002 29.56 Sept., 83 76 88 70 81 84 88 76 29.91 30.10 29.70 29.91 30.05 29.35 October, 77 69 85 57 75 78 86 61 30.01 30.20 29.50 30.03 30.19 29.45 Nov., 67 57 80 40 65 68 80 57 30.16 30.55 29.95 30.14 30.36 29.95 Dec., 62 52 70 45 62 65 70 57 30.23 30.35 30.15 30.23 30.31 30.15 The average of rain is the mean of its fall at Macao during 16 years, from an account furnished by Mr. Beale. The number of rainy days, and con. tinuance of winds, are the mean of four years, at Canton, taken from the diary of the Canton Register. TABLE VII. Continuance of winds at Canton; —the mean of four years. TABLE V. TABLE VI. Hygrom. at Rain at Macao. Canton. fii §£ • t>i a> i to BD C U §* •o S •o 1" 4 fll •a T3 S.S < s n3 S.S S s • E. HE. SB. E. EW. w. NW. Jan., 76 95 46 0.6J 34 11 9 24 4 4 °4 0 7 Feb., 82 96 70 1.7 7 11 u 2i 5t 14 04 0 6i March, 78 97 30 2.14 6 8J It 3i 10} 24 0 04 f April, 81 95 50 5.6| 10 54 1 4 14} 04 o 3i May, 81 95 57 11.84 l*t 4} 24 34 1* (T "t 21 June, 80 95 70 11.1 9 0} 9 214 3 0} 0 02 July, 83 97 70 7.74 10 11 If 21 3 H 04 1 Aug., 84 97 70 9.9 124 3 2 3 18 H 04 04 3 Sept, 84 95 50 1094 10 10} 4 3i 8| 0 0 0 23 Oct., 75 95 20 5.5 5 19 34 3J 5 i} ot OJ 5} Nov.. 61 95 20 2.44 :t 23 04 0| 11 il 0 0 3 Dec., 71 90 30 0.9} 34 184 25 H 9 2} 0 0} 3| Abbreviation.—In table VI. "qu." is used for 'quantity'—in inches; and the two syllables "n« r«." are used for 'number of rainy'—days. GAZKTTE.—The most probable etymology of this name, as is well known, is gazette, the name of a samll coin, which was formerly current, in Venice, and which was the ordinary price of the first newspaper published in that city. The Chinese have something similar, but imperfect of its kind. It is a slip of paper which is published when any extraordinary circumstance occurs which the printer thinks will excite interest. It is sold for the small copper coin, called a "cash," eight hundred or a thousand of which are given in exchange for a dollar. These trivial mittia, are called Sin-wan che, "newly-heard paper,"—which is exactly our term news- paper. But they are yet so unlike the newspaper in Europe that they do not deserve the name. The following is the whole of one of these cash papers which was published a few days ago. *' At Tungkea chow, in Foochow been, belonging to Kweilin fno, there lives a man whose surname is Wang, and his name Tsohang. Through life he has been addicted to poetry aud books. This year on the third day of the first moon, he was going along the street, and met a mandarin; but he had not knowledge enough to stand back and make way. The man- darin lictors seized him, and took him to the public officer, alleging that he had stopped the road. He was forthwith ex- amined in open court, and interrogated by the magistrate as to what had been his occupation through life. He replied ;— * Dur- ing the day, I went to the hills to cut wood; and at night I read books.' The magistrate said to him;—' Write out something that you remember perfectly, and let me see it,'—at the same time throwing a pencil to him. Tsohang took the pencil and wrote :— F kea tso go, urh laou ts.n; Wang shun tsar, tseaou, too jih shin; Chang ken shun shan. won ji,. kin, Puh che wang fa, leuh yen Bin. At my poor home there sit and sleep two iged parents; For a livelihood I frequented the hills to rut and gather wood; Being constantly in the woods far away from the haunts of men, I was ignorant of the rigorous requirements of the royal law. On seeing this composition the magistrate praised him and said :— Seih yew foo sin, kwa keo Jin; Jih wang shan tseaou, yay seih wan; She ke6n hew ke, ne6n shaou tsze, Tang kaou peih chen, pang shang Jin. ID ancient times the wood-cutter hung his book to the buffalo's horns; In the day time he worked among hills, and at night studied letters; Cease, O ye worldlings, to insult poor young men; The day will come when their names will stand high in the literary gazette." 18:53. Chinese Fragment—u ballad- 493 The story contained in this paper is probably a fiction; but the mode of proof adopted by the magistrate was suitable and convincing. We remember to have read of a similar one adopted, if we mistake not, in Ireland. A soldier in some of their troublesome times was noticed by some of the too busy alarmists, to retire every evening to a solitary field, and remain there for some time. His enemies Accused him of plotting dangerous things; and the soldier was examined by his commanding of- ficer about his object in going to that field at night. His answer was that he went thither to pray to his God in secret. It struck the officer immediately that if it were true, the man who could pray in the dark and was in the habit of prayer, would be able to pray without a book; and he forthwith desired the accused person to let him hear one of his prayers. The pious soldier readily complied, and kneeling down presented to the throne of the Eternal, a prayer so devout and appropriate, that he was immediately released from all suspicion and restored to the confidence of his suoeriors. CHINEHE FRAGMENT—a ballad: scene, Honan; period A. D. 250, during the civil, wart. Exceedingly cold and distressed, San-neang approached the village well, weeping as she went to draw water from the crystal spring. Her bare feet which trod the snow, were pinch- ed with cold; and on her shoulder she carried a broken pitcher. See the birds loath to quit their nests, or sheltered, remain among the mountain trees. And on the adjoining river, the aged angler has desisted from his occupation. In the adjoining forest there was a deep silence, except of the wind whirling round the sleet. And the thick fog joined heaven to earth. For several days the north wind had penetrated the weak frame of San-neang, as she went backwards and forwards, proceeding with difficulty to draw water. At a distance, the abodes of gay and luxurious worldlings were to be seen; whilst near her were lumps of cold ice on the hills and the streams. At times the snow flakes filled the air like the clippings of the stork's white wings, or fell on the ground like myriads of butterflies alighting on the mud. She exclaimed;—" To-day my life is a burden to me, be- cause of my distress. I shall perish with cold in the midst of the snow. O heaven! tell me who will pity me! My husband has gone far from me, in search of the honors of war. He promised soon to return; but my eyes are consumed by look- ing with anxious expectation. My infant son too,—for whom, unassisted, I bit the natal cord,—he is far away. Nor sound nor letters have I heard or received from either. My husband returns not! My son I see not! Oh! painful destiny! All my hopes are disappointed. Tell me how to recover my husband—how to effect the return of mv son." 494 Chimne- Fragment—a ballad. APRIL, Making this lamentation, she approached the well to draw water: when unexpectedly a young officer and his attendants passed by the lonely village, on a shooting excursion, urging their ways through the hills and woods in pursuit of a white loo. This trifling circumstance was so ordained by imperial heaven. The officer urged on his horse to pick up an arrow which he had just shot, and which fell near the railing around the well. On seeing there a female, with big pearly tears falling down her cheeks, with disheveled hair and naked feet, drawing water from the crystal fountain, he approached and addressed her ;—" May I ask why you, good woman, are weeping so profusely; and why amidst the snow-storm, you are here draw- ing water? I suppose you are some slave, or one betroth, ed to be a concubine. Has the marriage yet taken place? Tell me the truth." On hearing this, she desisted from her tears, and said ;— "The name of your slave (meaning herself) is Le.* I am suffering the bitterest ill-usage. My father's native place was Sha-taou. During the lifetime of my parents they formed for me a happy connection. I was married to an excellent man Lew Che-yuen. Our home, however, at the melon-gar- dens, was broken up. He grasped his sword, joined the army, and devoted himself to war. I know not if the valiant hero has yet obtained a dukedom. Here I am wearied with waiting, and my eldest brother's wife ill-uses me, with a design of forcing me to marry again. She bids me put off the shoes from my little feel, clothe myself in coarse garments, and come hither to draw water from morning till night. And when night comes, I am required sleepless, to grind corn with the hand-mill. Thrice every day I get a scolding and a beating. It seems to be thought that rny heart is as hard as iron or stones. I was compelled to trust my infant son,—hut three days from his birth,—to Tow-yuen, who took him to Funchow, in search of his father; hoping he would soon provide a whip to drive home his horse; but sixteen years have elapsed, and I have not heard the least report of either husband or son. Mother and son were separated never more to see each other! Alas, hundreds of hills and wilds, and clouds and fogs lie between us; and in my distress, although I should write a letter I have none to carry it." The young officer having heard this recital, seemed stupified with astonishment, and said:—'' Your brother's wife is an un- feeling person. Her behavior is excessively wrong. But since * Beside their sing, or 'surname,' the Chinese usually have several other names; (1.) joo ming, the 'breast name,'—which is given to children in infancy; (2.) shoo ming, 'book name'—the name given to a boy when he first goes to school; (3.) kwan ming; 'official name'—which is given into government by literary graduates, and other persons who have concerns with the govointnent; (4.) tsze, a name or character which is taken at the time of marriage; and (5.) liaou, a name or title which is taken by men at the ag-c of fifty. 1833. Chinese Fragment—a ballad. 495 you know how to write, if you will write a letter now I will take it for you to Funchow, and inquire for your husband and son, and dare say I shall find them out. In thrice ten days at the longest, or perhaps in half a month, I warrant you, you will hear of their return; and you shall neither bear the ill- treatment of your sister; nor support your sorrowful head with your hand, whilst grinding at the mill; nor come to draw water at this well; nor longer endure cold and grief." So saying, he ordered his people to supply her with the four pre- cious implements of writing.* She made a bow, profound as the sea; and for a moment ceased to weep. Having taken up the pencil, her tears again flowed; and she wrote;—" Oh my husband, our separation was easily effected; but how difficult has it been to bring us again together. Since we parted at the melon-gardens, thousands of clouds and myriads of hills have intervened. Husband, you hnve staid at Funchow seek- ing worldly honors; I alas, have been here, by the side of this well, shedding rivers of tears. Hasten in three days to return with your son—if you delay 1 shall have entered the barred gates of hades, and be among the shades! For every word I write, a thousand tears flow. Husband! let not an answer be a matter of indifference." Having finished the letter, she closed it carefully, and sprinkled the envelope with her tears. The young officer took the letter, and secretly wiped away the tear, which hud stolen upon the side of his cheek. He then said; "Draw your water and go home. I pity you be- ing so thinly clad in the midst of this intense cold. Ere long you will meet with your kindred again. Trust to me, and cease from your sorrow." So saying, he whipped his horse and went off at a gallop: but often looked back ere he was out of sight. The woman bowed to the officer; drew the water; and returned so light of foot as scarcely to touch the snow; saying to herself—"May he soon find out those I seek—may my anxious gazing on the azure nky in earnest expecation, soon be terminated. Oh my husband and son! How do I sigh for vou! When shall I be rescued from "o" my distress! When I shall see my husband and son—then my countenance will expand!" That young officer was her son. Her husband Lew Che-yuen became the king of Tsin, and raised the afflicted snow-smitten water-carrier, San-neang, to be the partner of his throne. He became the Hwangte, the great emperor of the How-Han dynasty, and received many good lessons from the empress, who had learn- ed wisdom in the school of affliction. * These 'four precious implements' are paper, pencil, ink, and a stone mi which to rub the ink; these the Chinese call woo.ked paou, 'invaluable gems.' of Sai/ils, .\PRJI-, COMMUNION OF SAINTS.*—" I believe in the holy catholic church; the communion of saints," &c. These, Sir, are phrases used every Sunday by a large number of Christians throughout the world, and often I apprehend without well un- derstanding their import. Permit me to occupy a small space in your Repository to quote a few sentences from Abp. Seeker on the subject. He says, "the word catholic applied to the church, is nowhere used in the Scriptures, but frequently in the early Christian writers; and it means universal, extending to all mankind. The Jewish church was not universal, but particular, for it consisted only of one nation; the Christian church consists of «every kindred, tongue and people.' Rev. v, 9. The catholic church then is the universal church, spread throughout the world; and the catholic faith, is the universal faith; that 'form of doctrine' which the apostles delivered. Rom. vi, 19. What this faith was we may learn from their writings, contained in the New Testament, and we can learn it vnth certainty nowhere else. Every church, or society of Christ- ians, that preserves this catholic or universal faith, is a part of the catholic or universal church; and because the parts are of the same nature with the whole, it hath been usual to call every church singly, which is so qualified, a catholic church. And in this sense, churches that differ widely in several notions and customs may, notwithstanding, each of them be truly catholic churches." These, Sir, are the words of the good Archbishop. He after- wards blames the church of Rome for claiming to be the whole catholic church: and adds, "the church of'England pretends not indeed absurdly to be the whole catholic church; but is undoubted- ly a sound and excellent member of it." Now Sir, permit me to say that I much approve of Sfcker's declaration, which is put in italics—that a difference in several notions and customs does not prevent particular churches from being truly catholic ones. That is, that uniformity of sentiment and discipline is not necessary to the communion of Saints. Saint, it is very well known, is a Scripture term, denoting holy, and is in the New Testament applied to Christians ge. nerally, who ought to be holy. The abuse of the term has brought it into disrepute. By communion, is meant kind inter, course in duties and privileges; the fellowship of those who have an identity of interests,—similar hopes and fears, and joya and .sorrows. Now there is such a communion among many pious Christians of various nations and different churches. But although it exists, it is by no means carried to the extent that it should be. There is still a great tendency to consider tint. family of sentiment and discipline as essential to it; and it is not uncommon to see Christians, who will not join in any act of social worship with others, because they do not belong to the * From a correspondent,—and addressed to the Editor. 1833. Christian Missions. 497 church in which the others happen to have been educated. They will have no inter-communion. There can indeed be no com- munion, St. Paul says, between ligftt and darkness—between the friends and the foes of the Savior. But, surely, there may be a communion between different shades of light- We know that in nature, they unite and form the brightest color; and why should not the friends of Jesus—different churches, their different ministers, and all Christian people—unite in spirit and affection and external communion, although their attire, their forms of public worship, or domestic prayer, may be different? "Can charity itself wish for a more beautiful spectacle than that of the numerous bodies of Christians holding the most unfettered inter-communion,—and encouraging each other in every great and holy enterprise?" The attempt for so many centuries, to induce uniformity of sentiment, has completely failed, and in- stead of promoting "the communion of saints," has almost entirely destroyed it, so that many, who solemnly say they believe it, have a difficulty in affixing to the phrase any in. telligible meaning. I am your's faithfully, S. S. CHRISTIAN MISSIONS.—Hostility to Christian missions assumes at different periods a great variety of forms. We remember the time when the objection was derived /from the alleged vir- tues of the heathen—both civilized and savage, both in India and the islands of the Pacific ocean. Now we hear from va- rious quarters objections derived from the incurable vices of the heathen. In the first instance, they were represented as too good to require the gospel salvation; now they are too bad even to be mended. Matth. xi. 16—19. Those who do profess Christianity nre all hypocrites; and the missionaries who hope better things of them are all deceivers—>'a bad set." There are persons too who declare that they will never believe the pos- sibility of Chinese being sincere in their profession of Christ- ianity; they must be bribed to profess and be baptized. The inference insinuated from these different premises is, that Christ- ian missions are either unnecessary or useless; that those who undertake them or support them, are either weak or wicked, or both the one and the other. And by fair consequence that idolatry, or atheism, irreligion and vice, must be lefU to an undisturbed empire over the earth! The professed Christians who make the objections above no. ticed, are reduced to this dilemma; either that they themselves, notwithstanding their profession, do not really value Christian, ity; or if they are sincere, they value, according to their own method of reasoning, that which is worth nothing. That there exists in many instances an insincere profession of Christianity among new converts may be very true, or it may not—for what human eye can penetrate the secrets of man's heart? Rut is not the same the case in those nations K i 498 Christian Missions. APRIL, where Christianity has lung been known? It would be as fair to impeach all the ministers of religion in Christian lands, as it is to impeach all missionaries; fur hypocrisy and vice exist in no small degree in Christian nations. But the objectors do not wish to say that all the ministers of religion are either bad or useless; and therefore their objections (o the missionaries, if they prove anything prove too much. Of the missionaries sent forth by the church of Rome, we have no personal knowledge; we cannot undertake their defence; nor do we believe all that is said against them. That they bestow charity on the poor Christians in pagan lands we believe to be true; and that deceivers among the heathen may abuse it, is very- likely: but lest charity be abused, shall Christians cease to be charitable? We know that the primitive Christians were chari- table both to friends and to foes. At Jerusalem, the believers in Christ, for a time had all things in common; and St. Paul took contributions at Ephesus and in Macedonia, and elsewhere, for the "poor saints at Jerusalem." That Protestant missionaries give bribes to induce a profession of Christianity we utterly deny; and that they knowingly en- courage hypocrites is altogether incredible. Instead of being able to bribe, thay are generally too poor to bestow any pecu- niary charity, and too much despised to induce any hypocrite to wish to be numbered with them. Where Christianity is re- jected and persecuted by the government, and hated by the common people, as it is in China, what can induce a native to make a hypocritical profession of it? On the contrary, we know some persons who are convinced of its truth, but are prevent- ed by fear of man from avowing their belief. Moreover, the absurd revenue laws of the government; the opposing com- mercial arrangements of foreigners; and the shipments made by many Christians on the Lord's day, present difficulties to truth and piety, which embarrass the minds of some natives and hinder their profession of Christianity :—they would rather not profess Christianity, than profess it and then violate it* precepts. There is in England a Chinese who has a wife and children in Canton; but who either by his own lies, or the connivance of those who took him thither, has so imposed on a clergyman as to be married to an English woman. We have lately heard from a native Christian, that a Chinese having lived several years in the straits of Malacca, married there; and that now on his return to China, he is ordered by his mother to marry a person to whom he was espoused in childhood. This man applied to be baptized; hut he was told that un- less he relinquished the intention of marrying another during the life-time of his present wife, he could not be received into the Christian church. He pleaded that the intended marriage was not his voluntary act—it was in obedience to his mother. He was further advised to release. tho espousal wife from her 1833. Tombs of Ancestors. 499 engagement, as he is both sickly and poor, and unable to work; but the tyrant custom forbad him to do so; and he went away, says the native writer, "sorrowful and silent." TOMBS OF ANCESTORS.—' In 1700, the emperor Kanghe de- clared in an edict, which was communicated to tire pope, that tee,n means the true God, and that the customs of China are political.'* Pope Alexander VII, overpersuaded by the Jesuit Martin Martinez, concurred in this opinion of the emperor. But since we do not believe in the infallibility of either emperors or popes, we dissent most respectfully from their decision. On the first topic, concerning the meaning of the word teen or tien—the import of which is much the same as the English word heav- en,—we do not design to enter at present; but will proceed to give a brief account of the rites performed at the tombs of an. castors, parents, and friends, which will enable the reader to judge for himself, whether the said rites are rational and in- nocent, or superstitious and idolatrous.—We take the following account from a native composition. That this custom did not exist anterior to the age of Con- fucius, is inferred from the words of Mencius; for he affirms, that in the preceding ages, men did not even inter their de- ceased kindred, but threw their dead bodies into ditches by the roadside. Since they had no tombs, the writer of the paper before us very fairly infers, that there were no rites performed at the tombs. Confucius directed Iwiuli to be raised in order to mark the place of interment; this is the first intimation given of tombs among the Chinese. But in raising these, there was probably no other intention than to prevent the places of interment from being obliterated and forgotten. It is well known also that in that early age, some sons chose to remain for years in temper iry sheds near the grave of a parent to mourn over it, and to "sorrow as those without hope." But we proceed to exhibit the present state of these ceremonies as being all that is of practical utility in deciding the question at issue. The Chinese visit the tombs twice a year, in spring and in autumn. The first time is called tsing mi-ng, "clear bright," referring to the fine weather which is then expected: the second is called tsew tse, "the autumnal sacrifice." The rites per- formed during the tsing-ming season are the most generally attended to by the Chinese. Their governors teach that the prosperity of individuals and families depends greatly on the circumstances of a parent's grave ;—as its position, its being dry or damp, its being in good external repair, &c. There. fore to "sweep" and repair them, to mark their limits and * See preceding page 438. 500 Tombs of Ancestors. APRIL, see that they are not encroached upon by others, are objects of the visits to the tombs. When there are large clans which have descended from the same ancestors, living in the same neighborhood, they repair in great numbers to the perform- ance of the sacrificial rites. Rich and poor all assemble. Even beggars repair to the tombs, to kneel down and wor- ship. This usage is known by the phrases sitou fun-moo, 'sweeping the tombs,' and pae than, 'worshiping the tu- muli.' To omit these observances is considered a great offence a linst moral propriety, and a breach of filial duty. The common belief is, that good fortune, domestic prosperity, honors and riches, all depend on an impulse given at the tombs of ancestors. Hence the practice is universal; and when the men are absent from their families, the women go to perform the rites. On some of these occasions—even where there are two or three thousand members of a clan, some possessing great wealth, and others holding high rank in the state,—all, old and young, rich and poor, are summoned to meet at the Isoo-tsung tsze- tang, 'the ancestral hall.' Pigs are slaughtered; sheep are slain; and all sorts of offerings and sacrifices are provided in abundance. The processions from the hall to the tombs, on these occasions, are formed in the grandest style which the official rank, of the principal persons will admit,—with banners, tablets, gongs, &c., &c., &c. All present, old men and boys, are dressed in the best robes which they can procure; and thus escorting the victims for sacrifice and the wine for liba- tions, they proceed to the tombs of their ancestors, and arrange the whole in order, preparatory to the grand ceremony.—There is a choo tse, « lord of the sacrifice,' appointed to officiate as priest. There is a master of ceremonies, to give the word of command. There are two stewards to aid in the performance of the rites. There is also a reader to recite the prayer; and a band of musicians, drummers, gong-beaters, &c. After all things are in readiness, the whole party stand still till the "master" gives the word. He first cries with a loud voice; "Let the official persons take their places:" this is immediately done, and the ceremonies proceed. Master. "Strike up the softer music." Here the smaller instruments begin to play. Master. "Kneel." The priest then kneels in a central place fronting the grave, and behind him, arranged in order, the aged and the honorable, the children and grand-children all kneel down. Master. "Present the incense." Here the stewnrds take three sticks of incense, and present them to the priest. He rises, makes a bow towards the grave, and then plants one of the sticks in an incense vase in front of the tomb-stone. Tlie same form ie repeated a second and a third time. 1833. Tombs of Ancestors. 501 Matter. "Rise up." Here the priest and the party stand up. Matter. "Kneel." Again the priest and all the people kneel down. Matter. "Knock head." Here all bending forward and leaning on their hands, knock their foreheads against the ground. Master. "Again knock head." This is forthwith done. Matter. "Knock head a third time." This is also done. Then he calls out; "Rise up; knock, knock head ;—till the three kneelings and the nine knockings are completed." And all this is done in the same manner as the highest act of homage is paid to the emperor, or of worship to the supreme powers, heaven and earth. This being ended, the ceremonies proceed. Matter. "Full prostrate." This is done by touching the ground with the knees, hands, and forehead. Matter. "Read the prayer." Here the reader approaches the front of the tomb, holding in his hands a piece of white paper on which is written one of the sacrificial forms of prayer. These are generally much the same; differing slightly according to the wish of the composer. The form slates the time; the name of the clan which comes to worship and offer sacrifice; beseeches the shades to descend and enjoy the sacrifice; to grant protection and prosperity to their descendants, that in all succeeding genera- tions they may wear official caps, may enjoy riches and honors, and never become extinct; that by the help of the souls in hades, the departed spirits and the living on earth may be happy, and illustrious throughout myriads of ages.—The prayer being finish- ed, the Matter cries; "Offer up the gold and the precious things." Here one of the stewards present gilt papers to the priest, and he bowing towards the grave lays them down before it. Matter. "Strike up the grand music." Here gongs, drums, trumpets, &c., are beaten and blown to make as great noise as possible. Matter. "Burn the gold and silver and precious things." Here all the young men and children burn the gilt papers, lire off crackers, rockets, &c. Such is the sum of a grand sacrifice at the tombs ef ances. tors. But to many the best part of the ceremony is to come, which is the feast upon the sacrifice. The roast pigs, rice, fowls, fish, fruits, and liquors, are carried back to the ances- tral hall; where according to age and dignity, the whole party sit down to eat and drink and play. The grandees discuss the condition of the hall, and other topics connected with the honor of the clan; the young men carouse and provoke 'each other to drink deep. Some set out for home with a catty or two of the 'divine flesh,' which had been used in sacrifice; others stay till they wrangle and fight, and night puts an and to the entertainment. Those who live remote from the tombs, or who have no r»(V2 Worskip of Confucius. APRIL, anceslral hall, eat their sacrifice on the ground at the se- pulchres. And the poor imitate their superiors at a humble dis- tance. Although they have no hall, no procession, no music, —they provide three sorts of victims; a pig, a goose, a fish— some fruits, and a little distilled liquor—for spirituous liquors are used on all these occasions. After presenting these at the tomh, they kneel, knock head, and orally or mentally pray for the aid of their ancestors' souls to make the existing and all future generations of descendants, rich and prosperous. In these rites, there is some difference in the wording of the prayer, according as it is presented to remote ancestors or to lately deceased parents or friends; but the general im- port is the same. And to conclude; these rites are in our humble opinion, neither rational nor innocent, but superstitious and idolatrous; and such as na Christian could observe. Those Christians indeed who pray fur the souls of the deceased, and to departed saints, will have some difficulty in defending their own practice and condemning the Chinese. No wonder that popes and Jesuits were puzzled. But as we neither pray for nor to the dead, we fell consistent in condemning the practice altogether. THE WORSHIP OF CONFUCIUS.—Further to illustrate the cus- toms "by which the Chinese worship Confucius and the de- ceased," we subjoin the following extracts, 'from the Indo-Chi- nese Gleaner. "From the Shing-meaou Che, volume first, page second, it appears that there are in China one thousand Jive hundred and sixty and more temples dedicated to Confucius. At the spring and autumnal sacrifices offered to him, it is calculated in the above named work, that there are immolated on the two oc- casions annually, 6 bullocks; 27,000 pigs; 5,800 sheep; 2,800 deer; 27,000 rabbits. "Thus there are annually sacrificed to Confucius in China, sixty-two thousand six hundred and six victims; and it is added, there are offered at the same time, twenty-seven thousand and six hundred pieces of silk.—What becomes of these does not appear. "We here see that "the learned," in one of the most en- lightened modern heathen nations, pny divine honors to a fel- low-creature, who is universally acknowledged by them to have been a mere man. These same learned heathen generally teach that death is annihilation; and sometimes affirm that there is neither God, angel, nor spirit. How they reconcile their practice with their professed belief, I know not. For if there he no separate spirits they must, to all intents and purposes, sacrifice to the mere matter of which the image is made; or when a tablet only is used, their worship must be addressed merely to a nominig umbra;—a more absurd pioceeding thnn that of vulgar idolaters, who affirm that a spirit dwells in the 1833. Prueinton fur the People. 503 image which they worship. If "the learned" in China would simply do honor to a name, why sacrifice innocent victims by thousands, as an expression of the veneration which they feel for their benevolent master? PROVISION FOB THE PEOPLE.—Governor Loo and Magnate Choo have issued a joint proclamation, which is the result of a recommendation sent to the emperor hy the late governor Le and Choo. His majesty has sanctioned the plan which was proposed. It is to invite the poor to settle down on wasle •pots of land wherever they may find them, on hills or plains, and cultivate them, in any way of which the land is capable, and for the cultivator's sole benefit—without land-tax or quit.rent, or any charge whatever from the local officers. The land thus cultivated may be liable to land-tax hereafter, but the land it. self is to become the freehold estates of the occupants for ever. Government will give a grant or deed of occupation to the settlers. Only small lots are granted, and the rich need not apply. This liberal offer is prefaced by a few remarks from the two authorities abovenamed. Then the names of the districts to which the license is to be extended; and the rules to be observed both by the people and the local officers. The pro- clamation runs thus:— "Loo, Governor of Canton, dfc., <^-c., CHOO, the Fooyuen, <^c., <^c.,— Hereby issue a proclamation to make known the regulations to be observed on commencing the cultivation of waste lands. In government there is nothing so important as a sufficient supply of food for the people. In villages the most honorable occupation is agriculture. For if a man be without food for one day he suffers hunger; and if agriculture be neglected, frbm whence is food to be procured? If the poor people will but spend their strength on the southern lands, food and raiment will be supplied; and they will never be brought to extravagance and disgrace, nor become the associates of vagabond banditti. All those who sink down to depraved courses, have been impelled to them either by hunger and cold, or by voluntary laziness. In Canton province, thieves and robbers are exceedingly numerous, and no doubt thev have originated from these causes. In at- tempting to eradicate their evil practices, the first thing is to provide them the means of subsistence." After these very sensible observations, as we esteem them, their excellencies proceed to tell the poor people that the great emperor has sanctioned their proceedings, &c. The local ma- gistrates and underlings are told not to extort money from the settlers: but all such injunctions are in practice vain; they will do il, and in some measure always defeat the benevolent 504 Literary Notices. APRIL, intentions of government. For if food be the first essential of government, good principles in the executive, and among the people to be governed, are unquestionably the next. The Chinese say that pirates, thieves, and vagabonds, must all be du- tiful and respectful to the police,—i. e. must give them a share of their gains, and then they can follow their illegal avocations with impunity. EXHUMATION.—Governor Loo whilst caring for the living, has not, in his official capacity, forgotten the dead. It ap- pears, according to his showing, that at the north gate of Canton city, where many are buried, there are three classes of "resurrection.men;" (1.) those who open graves and break the coffins of their foes from revenge and malice; (2.) those who do so to strip the dead bodies of their ornaments; and (3.) those who carry off" the dead to obtain a ransom. These are crimes he says, 'sufficient to make the hair of one's head stand on end.'—(This metaphor must have been in the Chinese language before the Tartar tonsure and long tail were in fashion.) The governor states the law against violent exhumation as follows; "To open a grave and see the coffin, shall be pu- nished by perpetual banishment.—To opeu the coffin and see the corpse, death by strangulation.—To carry off the body and demand a ransom, death by immediate decapitation, both for principals and accomplices." The law, his excellency assures his readers, shall be most strictly enforced, without the least mercy. "Take care," says he, "and do not try the experiment with your own bodies." LITERARY NOTICES. Christian books published in printing is not very good, and Chinese by the Romanists. was evidently executed with (1.) Shing necn kwang yih: movable types, which were a verbal rendering of these words probably made of wood, and is, "sacred year extensive ad- of which .. is said there is a vantage." This is the title of fount at the college of St. Jo- a work in 24 vols. duodecimo, seph in Macao, which was originally published, The work is divided into A. D. 1738, by a Jesuit, who twelve parts, corresponding to assumed the name, Fung-ping- the twelve months of the year, ching. The edition before us and consists of short devotional was published in 1815. The lessons for every day in each 1833. Literary Notices- inontli; the order or method is the same for every day, and is as follows:— First. A short sentence from Scripture, or from some eminent Christian author. Second. A legend of some saint or virgin. Third. A short meditation derived from the legend. Fourth. A very brief form of prayer consisting of a line, suited to some particular case, and suggested by the legend. We do not possess any simi- lar work of the Latin church, in any European language, and know not whether it be a trans. Intion or an original work; it does not profess to be a transla- tion. The preface is written by a general of the Chinese army. Tne legends commence with a Roman lady, St. Mih-la-nea; and end with a Roman gentle- man, St. Se-urh-wuh-sze-tih- lih. Not being versed in the "saintology" of the Romish Calendar, we confess our igno. r.ince of the corresponding Eu- ropean names. In the "striking sentences" or sayings quoted, there is much that is KIM>il-; but the legends we cannot praise. They proceed on the false—the pagan princi- ple—that bodily austerities are meritorious. Surely, if right-- eousness or acceptance with the Almighty, can be obtained by such things, then Christ has-died in vain. If the legends were rational, still this is- a funda- mental objection. The doctrine implied is not Christian. It is that to which the natural reason of a guilty conscience has re. course where the gospel of Christ is not known.—'For example, the sainted lady Mih-ln-n<:a, mentioned above, when fourteen years old, wished she might never be married. To please her parents, however, she did change her state, and had two children. But they died; she thought it a divine judgment, separated herself from her husband, and became a nun; fasted two or more days—even eight, at last; lay upon a bed that was too short for her;— then used no bed at all; lay on the bare ground, &c., &c., &c. Among the saints we observe E.ne.tsed, 'Ignatius" Loyola, the founder of the Society of Jesus. His austerities are of course held up for imitation in pagan China. The whole work contains but little concerning JO- NUN, and bis finished redemption; indeed we may say it contains nothing about that; for the work of redemption is supposed in- complete without the useless and ridiculous austerities dwelt upon in the legends of the saints; Did our Savior or his apos- tles command such things HS these, we would be silent. But divine wisdom has not enjoned these " bodily austerities." And what is man that he should "teach God knowledge?" What infatuation, either to add to, or take ftom the words of God and the institutions of Christ. (2.) Shing King kwang yih. This is the title of a book in two volumes; it accompanies the preceding1, and professes to be a translation. It contains medi- tations on the gospels for fasts and festivals throughout the year, is prefaced by rules for meditations and employment*; for one complete day, and i. i 506 Al'KIL, Literary Notices. contains specimens for eight days. We quote an example :— 1. Rise at five o'clock, and recite a morning service till a quarter to six o'clock. 2. Till six, prepare Tor meditation. 3. At nix o'clock, meditate. 4. At seven, examine your divine work of meditation. 5. At half past seven, say mas?. li. At eight, take tea. 7. At quarter past eight, read books for two or three quarters of an hour. 8. Prepare for another meditation. 9. At nine o'clock, meditate. 10. At a quarter past ten, exam- ine the work of the morning. 11. Half past ten, eat rice, or dine. 12. At noon, either read, or rest, or recite your private prayers, &.C., &c., &,<:. "At eight o'clock go to bed as usual." Such are specimens of the works which have been publish, ed in China by the Jesuits. To what extent these books have been printed ami circulated we do not know. No less than thir- ty-one were noticed in an im- perial edict in 1805; and some of similar description have been noticed by voyagers along the coast of China during the last year. PEKING GAZETTE.—The doc- ument which is dignified by this name, is published in Pe- king by the government, and is there called king-paou;—king denotes great, and is commonly used by the Chinese to desig- nate the capital of their empire; paou means to announce, to re. port. In the provinces it is called king-too nuy.kb chaou, or simply king.chaou. From Peking the gazette is forwarded to all the provinces,but with very little dispatch or reg- ularity. It is often forty or fifty, and si metimes even sixty, da) s in reaching Canton. Here it appears in two forms, both of which are in manuscript. The largest is in daily numbers, and contains about forty pages, or twenty leaves, duodecimo; the smallest contains about fif- teen or twenty leaves, and is issued only once in two days. Tim largest is designed solely for the highest officers—such as the governor, lieut.-governor, &c. The expurgated edition is de- signed for the inferior officers throughout the province. The gazette in this latter form is sold to the public at a high prices by writers who are connected with local offices.—There are persons who lend the gazette for perusal for a certain time, and for a very small charge. Rich individuals also, who have friends in the capital, sometimes receive the gazette in its best form, by private conveyance, di- rect from Peking. The original design of the gazette seems to be entirely for officers of government; and its publication to the people is merely by connivance contrary to law, like the publication of parliamentary speeches in Eng. land. The press in China, on all affairs of government is en- tirely silent. But the Peking gazette contains much impur. tant and curious information, which, like very much that is written and printed, circulates far beyond the time and place for which it was intended. By it, the whole world is now made acquainted in some degree with the avowed feelings, wishes, and desires of the great emperor and his advisers, as well as of the greater occurrences among 1833. 507 Literary Notices, the people in China, and iU external possessions. The recommendation of in- dividuals for promotion; the im. peachment of others; the no- tices of the removal of officers from one station to another, of their being rewarded or degrad- ed, of their causing a vacancy by going to ramble among the genii, (a phrase denoting death, which the Tartar religionists have grafted on the language of the Chinese annihilationists;)— these are the chief topics which fill the pages of the Peking ga- zette; these however are matters of no great interest to foreigners who are ignorant of the parties concerned. As in China the emperor makes his own speech—i. e. his Majesty's opinions and decis- ions are given in his own name, the Gazette varies in interest according to the character of the monarch on the throne at the time; and also according to the different humors of the same monarch at different times. The late emperor during the latter part of his reign seemed ill at ease with himself, and wrote much. His present majesty does not so often take the "vermilion pencil" in his hand, nor expa- tiate so largely as his late fath- er. The Yushe,—imperial his- toriographers or censors, as some have called a class of men, who were originally appointed many centuries ago for the very pur- pose of "talking" or writing to the monarch, (not at, as they do in some European countries) —according to their individ- ual temper and the character of the limes in which they live, alter exceedingly the interest of the Peking gazette. We re- member two of them during the late reign, who sent in a me. morial lecturing the monarch on his extravagance and vices— some of which were such as the refined journalists dare not even allude to—and at the close of their paper, they offered them- selves either to be broiled or fried, as it might please his majesty. On the accession of the present monarch also, there were a few bold censors who appeared in the Peking gaz- ette. Reason's Glory* completely blunted the edge of their cen- sure by complimenting them on their courage and fidelity, say- ing they were worthy compeers of the faithful sages of the old. en time. To a foreigner the most illegi- ble parls of the Peking ga- zette, are the highly sententious and sublimely classical effusions of gratitude and admiration addressed to the emperor, who is there represented in all the hard words that the oldest Chi- nese books can furnish—as a sage—ns a God—as Heaven it- self. To be able to read the Peking gazettes off-hand, is no very easy attainment. The Westminster Iteoiew for Oct. 1832 contains an interest, ing notice of "Earle's Nine months' Residence in New Zea- land." Mr. Earle is an artist, and gives a very striking sketch of the New Zealanders' charac- .' * 'Reason's Glory' is a literal translation of Taoukwang, which is the Kwo haou, 'national (losigiiation.'V title of the present emperor of China. 5118 Aniil,, Literary ter, their "•rice* ami virtue*." He confirms beyond all doubt, the horrible cannibalism of these Ravages. They justify it by the same wise reason that is urged on many other occasions. "It wot an old custom—their fath- er* practiced it before titern." Though this is a savage argu> ment, there are others beside savages who employ it. Mr. Earle praises very high- ly the land and the people of New Zealand,—inferring their future capabilities from their present condition. He differs from 'the missionaries on one point that the Reviewers notice. He thinks the New Zealanders would like to have the British government take possession of the islands—the English mis- sionaries there, think they would not. However he does not abuse them for their opinion. He was an artist; not anxious for the privileges of men.of.war's men; nor for the advantages of free, tradert. The time is however now come, says the Reviewer, for the appointment of a com. mercial agent of the govern, ment, to be "a controller and centurer of the somewhat law. let* crew* of the whaler* and other vettelt touching there." MAGAZINES.—(1.) The Pen. ny Magazine; (2.) The Christ, ian's Magazine; (3.) The Sat. unlay Magazine; (4.) The Guide to Knowledge; and (5.) The Instructive Magazine. These are all weekly pub- Mentions intended for the poor: each contains about eight pages of "letter press," and is embel- lished with prints to illustrate ihe MibjdclN l)ich arf discuss. ••e glad if you could get blocks cut for the same at Malacca, and order me 300 copies or more for Java. I am going on with my work on Christian theology, which has advanced to the 68th page; I have nearly completed the first part, on the Divine attributes, and shall immediately proceed with Christ's mediatorship, and other doctrines of the gospel. I have attended to the remarks made by yourself and Mr. , in this new edition, and shall be very grateful for any further observations. While one of my presses is thus engaged in Chinese, the other is employed in Malay and Javanese printing, so that I cannot do so much with Chinese as if my undivided attention was given to it. "We have of late greatly in- creased the distribution of tracts, and about 1000 get into circu. lation in our neighborhood every month. The greatest propor- tion of those tracts are in the Malay language. Our religious exercises in English and Malay are quite frequent, and tolerably well attended. "I have lately got possession of a comparative vocabulary of the Chinese, Corean and Jap- anese, published by the Coreans, for the sake of enabling them The lirvrirnd Rnlicrl Hum. 510 APKII., Journal of Occurrences, to learn Japanese. This I have been enabled most fully to de- cypher, partly by the help of a Corean and Japanese alphabet, and partly by the aid of Gutz- laff's Corean and English a), phabet; so that I can pretty accurately affix the sound and meaning to every word. It is rny intention to print it irmnc- diptely, as I conceive it will be of vast importance in the present crisis; and though I have been a considerable loser by my form- er attempt, yet (hat s'mll not deter me from trying something of the same kind again, though on a far different plan,—print, ing only a small number, in the Chinese way, and adapted to Chinese students." MOLUCCAS.—The following short extracts are from a let- tor dated Soiirabaya, December 18th, 1832, which was written by one of the Dutch mission, aries destined to the Moluccas. "It will not be necessary to assure you that our affection is not merely that of a friend—it is that deeper affection of a brother, a brother in Christ, arising from those principles which bind together the adher- ents of our heavenly Master; this affection I call the bond of Christianity—a bond which is not easily broken, because it is formed of love, which is pro- duced by the spirit of love. So may it prove in this partic- ular instance; and therefore the brethren are anxious to an- swer your request, and will fur. nish you with accounts of the Moluccas as often as there is opportunity. "While the other brethren are seeking for an opportunity of going to the Moluccas, I am looking another way,—namely to China, to assist our brother Gut/luff in his labors....Pray for us, that we may become fit in. struments in the Lord's hand to do his work,—that we may be encouraged to go on from one degree of grace to another, and enjoy mutually the smiles of that gracious Jehovah, who has loved us with an everlast- ing love." JOURNAL OF OCCURRENCES. PKIVATK LETTERS.—Sen Paoushan, one of the impericl censora, has writ- ten to the emperor, and requested him to interdict official persons at court from writing private letter*, con- cerning public persons and affairs in the provinces. The censor stated that when candidates were chosen in Peking to fill offices in the pro- vinces, and before they left the capi. tal, private letters from their friends and patrons were sent to the pro- vincial authorities-' sounding the voice of influence and interest;' and that in this way, justice was perverted. From this general charge, bis ma- jesty thought the censor must cer- tainly have some facts to substan- tiate his statements, and ordered the Privy Council to examine him, and make him write out the names of the offenders: but Mr. Seu either Journal of Occurrences. 511 could not or would not give the information required, and this has brought upon him the imperial dis- pleasure. The emperor says, these censors are allowed to (ell him the reports which they hear, to inform him concerning courtiers and govern- ors who pervert the laws, and to speak plainly about any defect or impropriety which they may observe in the monarch himself; but he adds, they are not permitted to employ their pencils in writing memorials which are filled with vague surmises, and mere probabilities, or suppositions. This would only fill his mind with doubts and uncertainty, and he would not know what men to employ. Were this spirit indulged, says he, the de- triment to government would be most serious;—"let Seu Paoushan be sub- jected to a court of inquiry." GENERAL JUN-LINO-AH, on account of his advanced age, has been com- manded to retire from his public duties; but in consequence of his ser- vices—having been in forty-eight bat- tles, having killed eight rebels, and having been only once wounded— his Majesty has graciously allowed him half-pay for the remainder of his days. DOMESTIC COERCION.—On the 18th ult., in tlie district of Heangshan, a mother applied to the ttotang magis- trate to punish her son (a young man) for disobedience. The magistrate com- plied with the request; and the youth after having been publicly flogged, went home, and either from mor- tification or revenge, took a large dose of opium which caused his death. A LITERARY CHANCELLOR DEGRAD- ED—Shing Szcpun, who was recent- ly the literary chancellor of Shan- tung and a dissipated man, carried his drunken frolics to such an excess—in singing songs and playing over his cups, lhat his behavior at length reached the "emperor's long ears." The chan- cellor was immediately degraded four steps, and removed to another place, —where he is commanded to behave better in future. From this occur rence his majesty takes occasion to lecture the provincial governors for conniving at sucli misbehavior, and tells them that in future they shall be held responsible for such persons, if they fail to give him secret in- formation of their ill conduct. SET PHRASES.—Chinese official do- cumenU abound with set phrases, which by their constant recurrence become exceedingly wearisome. The emperor, or his amanuensis, is very fond of using the following phrases, —'You must make the water fall that the rock may appear;' 'you must search to the bottom and in. vestigate the roots;' 'no reverse or confusedness of statement will be suffered;' &c. By the first of these phrases it is implied that the facta must be found out, and if necessary by torture.—The word 'order,' or 'command' will frequently occur ten or twenty times in a document of aa many lines. MILITARY SCHOOLS.—In consequence of UK: imbecility of the imperial sol- diery exhibited during the late re- bellion at L''enchow, efforts are be- ing made to improve both the dis. cipline and the strength of his ma- jesty's troops in Canton. A small number (about 20) veteran officers, from the frontiers of Kansuh and Shense, are employed as teachers of the military art and discipline. An eye-witness of some of these of- ficers, describes them as much supe- rior to the Canton men both in strength and agility. A part of their exercise consists of maneuvering with a species of fire-arms, which are eight or nine feet long, and so heavy as to require the strength of two men to carry them. These fire-arms are de- signed for highland warfare; and are borne on men's shoulders that they may be carried with greater speed up the rugged hills. CULTIVATION of the poppy.—Sev. eral individuals in Yunnan have been prosecuted for cultivating the poppy. But the local magistrate, Heu SzekeS, whose duty it was to sit in judgment in the case, attempted to acquit the accused and to deceive his superiors. In consequence of this conduct he has been deprived of his rank, and reported to the emperor. SUICIDE—In Peking, one of the. Yuslie or 'censors,' who was a mem- ber of the imperial household, has recently hnng himpilf. He was found suspended by the neck at, six 5IJ Journal of Occurrences. o'clock in the evening. The alarm was immediately given; and his mother took down her son from the place where he was hanging,—!rat-it was too late to save his life, for "the vital breath was gone, and the body was dead." The servant of the deceased was arrested and brought before the po. lice. He testified that his master on the morning of the preceding day appeared deranged, but gave no other reason for the violent act of his mas. ter.—A further investigation was or- dered, and the case reported to his majesty. TEENTSIN.—His majesty had it in contemplation to appoint a naval captain to defend the entrance of the river up to Tcl-ntuiii, and com- manded Keshen the governor of Pe. king to examine into the subject. This precaution was probably in con. sequence of European ships appear- ing in that neighborhood. The gov- ernor's report is however against the measure, as being unnecessary. The entrance is HO intricate that it is natural ly defended, and the military officers on shore are perfectly competent to guard and defend the place. A new appointment would only incur a use- less expense. GAMING.—" All persons convicted of gaming, that is to say, of playing at any game of chance for money or for goods, shall be punished with eighty blows; and the money or goods staked, shall be forfeited to govern, ment. "All those likewise who keep gaming-houses, shall suffer the same punishment, although not actually joining in the game ;• and the house ajinrojmaled to gain nj, whether it is at the same time the ordinary habitation of the proprietor, or one expressly purchased by him for -the said unlawful purpose, shall be for- feited to government. A conviction hiivvever shall not take place under this law, by implication, but only upon direct evidence against the ac- cused parties. "All officers of government offend, ing against this Taw, shall be pu- nished one degree more severely than other persons; nevertheless, a few friends playing together, for articles of food or drink, shall not, in any case, be punished under this law." —Penal code of China; translated by Sir G. T. Staunton. There is scarcely any one vice to which the Chinese are so generally addicted as gambling; it prevails among rich and poor, young and old, and to the injury of all, Within a few weeks, two docu- ments have been issued by one of the local magistrates •' strictly inter, dieting the practice, in order that the country may enjoy tranquillity." "I observe," says the magistrate, "that when gambling is practiced on a small scale, business is neglected and time wasted ; when conducted on a large scale, the whole patrimony is squan- dered, and families are ruined ;—or perhaps quarrels arise, and lives are lost: or pressed by want, the people are urged on to thefts, and great is the injury to the manners and to the hearts of men. When gambling houses are opened, multitudes assem- ble, the good and the bad are un. distinguished, aud the injurious con- sequences are indescribable. Gam- bling, repeatedly interdicted, still con. timues. This is most detestable!" Poster!pi—The Peking gazettes to the llth of March have reached Canton. By that of February 9th, it appears that there have recently been some military operations on the frontiers of Shense, near the banks of the Yellow river. The borderers having during the winter made inroads on the Chinese territory to plunder the inhabitants of their cattle, the military were required to repress them. Yu Kungchang, who took governor Le arid other persons to Peking returned on the 27th ult. He reports that the governor had rcquesttd permission to reside twenty days in the temple Cang-e.nlun previous to his going into exile. The fooyuer of Canton, "on account of ill health." has again petitioned !m majesty for leave to retire fioul tile duties of public life. HIOPERTY Qf Mc/tim/i tt/M IAKT ES SCIE'NTIA VERITAS THE CHINESE REPOSITORY SECOND EDITION VOL. II FROM MAY, 1833 TO APRIL, 1834 MARUZEN CO., LTD. TOKYO Asia Library 91 This edition may not be sold to North, Central and South America. Reprinted in Japan T II K CHINESE REPOSITORY VOL. II. K-ROM MAY, 1833, TO A P R I L- 1834. SECOND EDITION, CANTON: HUNTED FOR THE PROPRIETORS, 1834. ABORIOI.NES ofthe I. Archipelago 39! „ of New Zealand .. 3Sf- „ of Formosa 41J Agar-agar, a sea-weed 447 Albion press interdicted 92 Alum, used by the Chinese.... 44, Amber, value and demand.... 447 Ambergris, its characteristics.. 44' American trade to Canton.... 30C Amomum, its characteristics... 44c Amoy, notice of, by Lindsay... 534 Ancient history of China 77 Anglochinese college, notice of 4S Aniseed stars, uses 446 Annual ploughing 576 Arrack, where and how made.. 448 Articles of war in Chinese army 129 Asiatic Society of Bengal 139 „ ,, royal 516 Assafoetida, how obtained 449 Atrocities in Shantung 287 Autumnal assize 576 BAMBOO, its various uses 449 Barbers' shops of China „ of Canton 306 B^tivia, mission at 480,569 Beeswax, where found 449 Budhism, remarks on 914 Budhist priests, a despised class 217 Budhists, doctrines & practices of 554 their geography £54 their ideas of death.. fS9 their worship 559 Bugis language and laws.... 85,89 alphabet 87 Buildings of Canton, style of.. 195 Burmah, notices of mission in 45,237 situation, population, &c. 500 languages, & education 503 books and writing.. .505,562 Surmans, geographical ideas of 554 „ religious notions of... 556 „ manners and customs 582 'AMPHOR, where found 454 ianton city, description of.... 145 „ dispensary 276 „ map of 160 „ historical sketch of... 146 „ extent and suburbs of. . 156 „ government officers of. 200 'apital punishment at Koten... 192 'apoor cutchery, its uses 454 'ardamoms, their varieties.... 455 'assia, various kinds 455 Beggars in Canton 480,574 JCatholics driven from Macao.. . 383 Bijnding the knee 376 Celebes, mission among the... 284 Benzoin or Benjamin 451 Chapoo in Chekeang. 3d Betel nut, extensively used.... 450 Bezoar, how used 45] Bieho de mar, where found.... 452 Birds' nests, whore obtained. . . 452 Boats in river at Canton 306 Bohea hills in Fuhkecn 190 Botany of China, difficulties in pursuing 725 Brass le:if, an export,,,, 454 Br.'tich of Chinese etiquette. . . .'135 Buddoo form of worship 322 BuJhn and Confucius compared 265ii Charitable institutions 165,263 Children sold near Canton 48 China root, a medicine 45f> ware or porcelain 456 Chinese vaccinator 40 and Mantchou officers. 312 architecture, style of... 193 chit-chat. 103 emigrants 180.230 kotow, mt-aniug of..... 374 Magazine !):t,18(],l>34 Mohammedan , 96 Iv I N 1) i: X . Chinese navy, condition of..... 421 „ theology of the classics 310 „ weights and measures 444 Choo's farewell address 325 Chronology of the Chinese dy- nasties 80,111 „ of the I. Archipelago. 401 Cloves, where found 456 Cochinchinese escort and hospi- tality 96,144,240 Cochinchina insurrection 189,240,47£ Cochineal, uses described 457 Colonists in the I. Archipelago. 396 Commerce of Canton 289 Commercial weights, &c 445 Compradors at Canton 302 Condition of females in China.. 313 Congress of nations 510 Conversion of the Chinese 565 Copper, where found 458 Coral, how used 458 Corean syllabary 135 Corn laws of Canton 90 Correspondence with the governor of Canton 519 Cotton, various kinds 456 Cr.iwfurd's History of the Indian Archipelago 385 Crimes among females.... 190,33(: Cubebs described 459 Cudbear, its uses 45ii CuU-li, or terra Japonica 459 Dutch trade to Canton 295 „ colony on Formosa 409 Dyer's, Rev. S., prospectus for types. 477 EARTHQUAKE at Malacca 479 Ebony at Yunnan 288 described 460 Edict against locusts 288 Education of children. 249 Elephant's teeth, uses 400 Embassy at Peking in 1793 345 Empress, death ofT 142 „ mourning for, &c 212 English trade to Canton 295 English language, extensive use of 1 England and America for the world 506 Evangelist and Miscellanea Sinica 46 Execution of the laws in China. 131 of criminals. 192 of a rebel 575 Exports of Canton 447 Expulsion of Dutch from Formosa 415 FAMINES in China 191,527 Females in China 313 Fires in Hoopih, Canton, Honan, &c 191,527 Fish-maws, their uses 460 Flints, an import 460 Fooyuen's retirement 286 Danger of advising despots. . . 5ti7 Danish trade to Canton 295 1/UIllMll liatu" III \yaiIIASii • ...... r^i_'ti ,, vvriiiiiici VsC3 TT AUI ' uui>'«i MWJ Death warrant or king's order. . 134J Formosa, rebellion in 48,95,288 Death of those without ttye gospel '>81 Deatlus among the beggars.... 574 Decapitation of criminals.. . 48,13^ Delinquencies of officers....., 384 Dnmonolatry in China 134 Description of Canton 145 f Polrirur. . . . .JlL'i farewell address.... 325 DAMMER or Damar, its uses.... 45ii| Forbidden city in Peking 438 Foreign factories at Canton... 303 commerce with Canton 293 situation, extent, map 408 occupation by Dutch.. 409 „ by Chinese 415 inhabitants, &c 419 Free trade with China ,').r>5,47:i JFrench trade to Canton 294 of Peking 433| Fuhchow, notice of 541 D: ilooue between Two Friends 283 DitTihiion of knowledge in China 508 GALANOAI,,.various kinds 461 Disposition of Ch,inpse towards | Gambier described 460 foreigners . 277,537! Gamboge, its quality. 461 Distribution of tracts on Java.. 56f>! Game Jaws of Tartary 384 „ „ on Madura 573j Gardens of Ynenming yuen... . 496 Pi-it ribution of food at Peking. • 192||Gates of Canton 156 Divisions of Peking 4;3!'|jGhost of chancellor Le 575 of Indian Archipelago. 390 Ginger preserved 461 Doctors in Canton. ........... 306 J)o,,iestc e,o:nmeice at Cajiton. i blood, its uses..., 459 Ginseng, great consumption of. 461 Gold, bullion and leaf 44,5,462 Government gratuities 425 i N n n x . GutzlaflT's journal in the Sylph. 30 „ journal in Amherst.. 529 „ magazine 93,186,234 HARRIS' collection of travels... 282 I fiirt all, or or pi me Ml, 462 Heterodoxy 432 History of China, remarks on.. 74 „ „ „ notice of new 331 Homicide 431 Honan joss-house 257,527 Hong merchants, &c 302 Horns, an import. 463 Hortatory command 378 Humanity of womankind 161 IDOLATRY, its characteristics.. 166 „ its state in China... 171 „ of an aged statesman 432 Imperial presents to Howqua.. 471 clan 378,512| „ envoy to Canton.... 383J „ city in Peking 48l| „ severity 528j Imports and exports of Canton. 447 Indian Archipelago, extent and divisions 388 „ Archipelago, inhabitants and colonists 393 „ Archipelago, trade with 397| India ink, test of 463! Indochinese Gleaner 186 Insurrection in Cochinchina 189,2401 „ in Szechuen.. . 48,144J Introductory remarks li Invasion of Cochinchina. 527| Inundation in the province of Kintang, island of 50 Koko-nor, lake 4:i2 Koxinga's attack on Formosa.. 411 Kwangchow foo 38-1 LACQUERED ware, various kinds 463 Language of the Burmans 502 „ of the Bugis 85 „ of the Peguans, &,c... 504 Lakes in Peking 483 Lardner's history of discoveries 289 Laws, general of China 12 civil. 61 Laws, fiscal 65 ritual 71 military.. T 97 relative to public works. 109 execution of 131 Lead, how used. 463 Leang-yew seang-lun by Milne. 283 Literary examination at Canton 47 graduates 96 institutions of Canton.. 249 examinations in Canton 245 degrees given as rewards 287 examiners 244 chancellor's death 480 Linguists of Canton 303 Locusts in China 191 edict against 2&j ten tribes 937,4^8 MACARTNEY'S embassy in 1793 337 Mace, where found 4< i4 Malacca, population of 41 „ Malay mission at 93 earthquake at 479 emigrants at 180,230 Canton 143,191,739 Manufactories and trades ofCan- „ effects of 288'! ton 305 Iron, bar, rod and scrap 4li3|lMantchon and Chinese officers 31'J Ivory, much used by Chinese. . 4COi Map of Canton 1<;0 JAPANESE religious worship of Formosa 408 of Peking1 4!HI Juva, inhabitants of, &C le>7,|Mats, various kinds 41,4 „ missions in 51s! IMeasures of the Chinese. ..... 4-(ti Jealousy of Chinese government 384''Meichow, temple at ftTrJ Jews in Tibet. ...•••• 237;! Memoirs of Louis xvm 4^7 Journal of Gutzlaffin the Sylph 20,49 Journals of Lindsay and Gutzlaff in the Lord Amherst.. . 529 „ of Asiatic Society of Ben- gal 139 KARENS, notice of 505 K idn ippiii{,f childr.-n 528 King's order or wang-ming.... 134 Military rewards ]"i) „ forces at Canton 2P9 Miscellanea Sinica 46,92 Missionaries among Chinese 188,28li Missionary seminary in Cevlon 379 Modern benevolence 4^^ „ history of China 1]7 Money weights of Chinese, ... 444 Morrison's sermon 45 \ D K X . Mother-of-pearl shells 4C4 I Mourning tor the empress 142,212; Musk, where obtained 4G4 seed, its quality 465 Mvrrh, various nses. 465 storm at Canton 192 Rattans, where found 468 Recollections of New Zealand. 140 Religion of the Japanese 318 Religious houses in Canton- • - 254 Researches in Armenia 181 Retirement of a statesman.... 144 NANKEENS, various kinds 465 Nan-aou or Namoh, island of. . 532J [Revenue of China 430 Navigation of Yangtsze keang 316 [Review of Penal Code. ln Navy^of China 421 New Zealandcis, notice of 139 „ aborigines of 332J Netherlands' mission in Celebes 284j Ningpo, notice of 547| Nutmegs, where found 465 OFFICERS of Canton.. 200,286,527 Olea fragrans Miscellany 426 10 of Macartney's embassy. 337 of Crawfurd's Archipelago 385 of Lindsay and Gutzlaff's journal 529 Remarks on population 32 Rhenius, Rev. Mr 141 Rhubarb, where found 468 Rice, importation of 469 Olibanum, how obtained Opium, consumption 129 Ophthalmic hospital at Macao.. 270 Oriental translation fund 517 list of publi- cations 517 Otley Hall at Batticotta 379 431 383 of. 467! Rose maloes 469 Robbery Roman catholics at Macao Royal Asiatic Society 516 SACRIFICIAL ritual of the sages 236 Saltpetre, where found 469 Sandal wood, various kinds.... 469 I Sandwich islands, increase of mis- PAKODAS in Canton. ..' 2(«i( sionaries. .............. 285 PaUimrottu mission ut 141i „ „ high school at 379 Peace societies, &c 510J „ „ view of mission 522 Pemmns, notice of 504 Sapan wood, its uses 469 Pekino-. it~- situation and divisions 433'(Scarcity of provisions Wi it* extent, and walls. .. 4'!4 ISeamen in the port of Canton.. 423 its o-ates and buildings. 4J»ilSea shells purchased at Canton 469 its suburbs, population.. 496:[Seaweed, an article of food ... 470 its suburbs, popul ga/ottes 96,190,3841 Sect of the water lily B *"•••'" Penal laws of China lOj Pepper, where produced 467| Pariculir.ul.q in China 6l Periodicals in China, in Chinese. 90.1802341 528 Sedans disallowed 233 Srlf-rlelusion of mankind 568 Seminary at Batticotta 379 Severity of punishment 336 C r~ t(\ Perwution in Cochinc-hina. ;Xvl7t>| Shanghae, notice of. .... ..... ->4» rk's tins, used as food ..... 470 l2 Philipi.in,- inlands ............ Hf.lijShark's tins, used as food ..... 47 Police of Canton ............. «10. Shipwrecked foreigner. . ol Poo,,, iHlu.,,1, notice of ...... SV^O, *««, «"»«»»• ^xJSS£?S rfUfiSC uauc IA' \.-M-... — - • - T , • jn cjrun li (Smith and Dwiffht'B Researches 181 „ • |, ,,n(j humility'.'.'.'. 37(8 Society for the Diffusion of Useful i',o.-eeamgsof R. A.S.ofG. Brit. 5l(i|| Knowledge 329 ,:,.opllecy wtorefcreucetoChina.^1;;^^-'(,,-„; ^ ; ^ t° •"Cl>" c'll'i'mities"'.'. '*«!. » possessions in the East. 350 p!!"-!m.-k, a medi.'-i'nV.; '.'.'.'.','.'. 4~t»"Spocimpascin u.-.tural history. . . 4tj9 [Spelter, a niftal ''0 Oi ii'Ksii.vi-.R, it." uxra .ItJS'iSlatPsman's relironitnt 114 VII Staunton's acct. of the embassy 337 Steel, an import 471 Stockfish, used by the Chinese. 471 Sugar, extensively used 471 Suicide of chancellor Le 480 „ of four girls 190,528 Superstition and idolatry 327 Swan-pan of the Chinese 446 Swedish trade to Canton 295 Sycee silver and dollars.. . 383,445 Szechuen, insurrection in 48,144,432 TATSWG leuh le, or Penal Code 10 Tankwei tseih, or Olea fragrans 426 Temple of Canton 251 „ of Peking 483 „ of Teen how 563 Termination of E. I. Co. in China 574 Theology of Chinese classics.. 310 Thread, gold and silver 471 Tin, where found 471 Titles of Chinese emperors.... 309 „ given by emperor 432 Tortoise-shell, uses 471 Triad society 230 Turmeric, a dye 472 Tutenague 472 Types in Chinese language 477 VACCINATION among the Chinese 35 „ introduction of.... 36 Vermilion, its uses 472 Village tyrant's execution 336 Voyage in the Sylph 20 Voyages in the Lord Amberet 529 WAE-CHING, southern part of Peking 493 Weather, notices of 44,144,288 Whampoa, sermon at 45 Whangees or Japan canes.... 472 Woolens, used by Chinese 472 YANGTSZE KE A NO river 316 Yay-ho-hwa or Jehovah 47 Yuenming yuen gardens 496 Yuen Yuen, the governor 192 Yunnan, earthquake in 336 CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. II.—MAY, 1834.—No. J. Introductory Remarks. THE progress of the English language, and the extent to which it is spoken at the present time, are very remarkable. As a medium of communi- cation, the Chinese is, doubtless, employed by a far greater number of individuals than any other living language on earth; but then, with a very few excep- tions, it is confined to one half of one hemisphere, while the English is used round the whole globe, and almost from pole to pole. The prospect that the English language will be far more extensively used, was never fairer than at this hour. Look at British India. For a long time its progress there was very slow, and its effects were almost imper- ceptible; now its inarch is beginning to be rapid, and its influence is of the most interesting charac- ter. The first endeavors to communicate a know- ledge of a foreign tongue to the natives of India, must necessarily have been attended with many hindrances and opposed by many obstacles; but a marked change has taken place, and instruction is given with almost as many advantages as in the most favored countries of Europe. The work gath- ers new interest as it proceeds; and if it is well conducted, its results, we believe, will far exceed the most sanguine expectations of its conductors 2 Introductory Remarks. M AY, and supporters. By acquiring a knowledge of the English tongue, the native youth will be introduced into a new world. He will live and move in a new atmosphere. He will be acted upon by new influ- ences. He will see and feel a thousand new rela- tions. But for a time everything with him will be unsettled—his future destiny will be at stake. There is a tide in the affairs of men, Which taken at the flood leads on to fortune: Neglected, all is lost. Europe, since the sun of the Reformation arose, has been agitated and shaken to her very centre; a spirit of noble origin has gone abroad, and as it has gathered strength, it has elevated and blessed the nations. The freedom of thought was boldly asserted; and men began to feel that each had a right, and that each was bound, to think for himself. But not so in the East. The kingdoms aud tribes of India, like the members of a once rich and pros- perous family, which have become dissipated and reduced, have been content to slumber. For cen- turies, the inhabitants of Hindostan were all wrap- ped in the thickest darkness; superstitious rites, the most appalling and degrading, pressed down the people with a mountain's weight: and in this condition, had no influence come in to relieve them, they must have continued as long as the generations of men endure. Armies could inarch through the land in every direction; they could conquer and subdue its inhabitants—could even change some of their external forms; but they could never effectu- ally reach the more permanent and important fea- tures of intellectual, moral and religious character. China has been conquered again and again, and changes of a certain character—as in costume arid the like, have taken place; but the principal usages, manners, customs, laws, and religions of this na- tion remain unchanged. On these, military power acts in vain—or else only to degrade and to de- stroy. To correct, to improve, and to elevale the 183:1 Introductory Remarks. 3 intellectual and moral powers of tins nation, another influence must be employed,—an influence which though silent in its operations, like the light and heat of the sun, is equally powerful. An influence of this description is felt in some parts of India, and the slumbering intellect of the inhabitants is beginning to show signs of life. A crisis has come. But if the present favo.- ble op- portunities of giving a right direction to the wak- ing and expanding energies be neglected, they will surely take a wrong direction, and political, mental, and religious anarchy will be the inevitable conse- quence. The present condition of India is, there- fore, justly viewed with deep interest and anxiety. But the inhabitants have been awakened out of their slumberings, and brought to their present interesting attitude, not by the thunders of heavy artillery; "but by the noiseless operation of wide and diffusive benevolence, on the. part of strangers situated at a distance equal to half the globe's cir- cumference." Letters have been the means, or rather they have been made the channel, through which treasures, richer than all the merchandise of India, have been conveyed to its inhabitants. A Roman emperor could inarch his armies through the British Isles; but it was left to other rnen in a far different capacity to lay the broad and deep foundations of that nation's greatness. Again in their turn, British armies could march over the plains of Hindostan, but they could never turn the mind of a Hindoo from his vain and wicked superstitions to intellectual and moral improve- ment. What was true of all India is now in its fullest extent true of China- This whole nation is in a profound sleep, and while she is dreaming of great- ness and of glory, she is borne backward by a strong and rapid tide of influence; and if the nation be not speedily roused, who can tell where her retro- gression wi'l end 1 It is justly the glory of our 4 Introductory Remarks. MAY, age, that in many parts of the world the condition of the human family is improving, and with a ra- pidity such as man has never before witnessed. Numerous examples to illustrate the truth of this position, may be found in Europe and in North America, in some small districts of Africa, and of southern and western Asia. The means of these improvements may have been various; but of them all, the increase of knowledge is by far the most important. On the contrary, the gradual decline of this empire is owing, in no small degree, to its retrogression in knowledge. The Chinese have schools and high literary titles in great numbers, and there are many inducements to learn. Still, though many do learn, knowledge is not increased. Is there now no remedy for this lapsed and laps- ing condition1! Are there no means of promoting among the Chinese such an increase of knowledge as shall turn the tide of influence1? Must Christian philanthropists sit down in despair and give up all for lost"! Shall we see the Hindoo join in the rapid course of modern improvement, and at the same time regard the case of the Chinese as hope- less1? And what more effectul way can be devis- ed for benefiting the Chinese, than to learn as accurately as possible their true condition; to ex- hibit it to themselves; and then to put within their reach the means of improvement? And to accom- plish all this, what better means can be employed than those which have proved to be so effectual and successful in other places 1 In this work a beginning, and one worthy of notice, has been made. A knowledge of their lan- guage has been acquired by foreigners—in China, among the Chinese colonies, and in Europe. It is confidently believed that the language will never again be abandoned by foreigners, but that, on the contrary, the number of those who read and speak it will be greatly increased. This is desirable on manv accounts. Such knowledge will givo the 1833. Introductory Remarks. 5 foreigner power and influence with the Chinese, and over them too—a power which will be both harm- less and beneficial to all. It is of little use to come in contact with the Chinese unless we can communicate freely with them—interrogate them, and be interrogated; hear them argue for, and de- fend their high superiority; and in turn, let them hear the opposite statements. We entertain no mean opinion of the strength of the Chinese; yet we do not by any means regard them as invinci- ble either by arms or arguments. They could never stand against the discipline of European forces— and we hope they will never be put in such a woful position; but if they can be brought into the open field of argument, we are, if possible, still more sure they must yield. It is impossible that forms, and usages, and claims founded in er- ror and falsehood, can stand against the force of truth. By a free intercourse of thought, commer- cial and political, social and religious relations can, and sooner or later, certainly will, be improved. On this point we have not the shadow of a doubt; but the changes will be hastened, retarded, or stop- ped, as the friends of humanity show themselves bold, vigorous, and active, or the reverse. Commercial relations with China—always impor- tant and interesting—are peculiarly so at the pres- ent time, because they are almost the only rela- tions which exist between the Chinese and the na- tions of the West. These relations, however, are in several particulars exceedingly embarrassed, and mainly for want of a better understanding between the parties,—they are embarrassed to the injury of both the native and the foreigner, and to none pro- bably more than to the government.—Of political foreign relations, with only one solitary exception, none exist. And though "all beneath the starry heavens are one family," yet all social and friend- ly intercourse is disallowed. The foreigner is seldom permitted to enter under the roof of his t» introductory linnarliS. MAV, Chinese friend: and the native that allows it. acts contrary !o the usages of the land, and, except he is in authority, or lias influence with those who rule, exposes himself to reproach and punishment. The merchant, "if he pleases," may bring hither his specie and his merchandise, but not his family; "foreign ladies can by no means be allowed to come up to the provincial city." And thus that which God has joined together, man here puts asunder.—In religion, the foreigner is allowed to act according to the dictates of his own con- science; provided, nevertheless, that his conscience does not require him to obey the command of the Savior of the world, "to teach all nations his gos- pel." What means may and ought to be employ- ed to improve political and commercial relations with the Chinese, and to secure religious toleration, is an inquiry of great interest, upon which however we cannot now proceed to remark. There ought, moreover, to be an interchange of knowledge. While we seek to obtain information concerning the laws, manners, customs, and re- sources of this people, it is in a high degree de- sirable that they should become acquainted with our language, laws, and various institutions. The English language, in its remarkable progress, great- ly predominates in the foreign community of this place; a knowledge of it is likely to increase among trie native inhabitants. This we infer from what has already been done here and in other places. There are now Jive English presses in China; two are in Macao, and three in Canton. Three of these presses are from England, and two are from America. The Honorable E. I. Company's press with a printer arrived in China in 1814. Morrison's Dictionary of the Chinese language, his Vocabulary of the Canton dialect, and his View of China; the translation of a novel by Mr. Thorns; and the Canton Miscellany, in a series of numbers published in 1831,—are the principal works which 1833- Introductory Remarks, 7 have appeared from that press. A Chinese dic- tionary of the Fuhkeen dialect by Mr. Medhurst of Batavia, is now being printed. The next press arrived here in 1825; from which the first number of the Canton Register appeared in November, 1827. We have before us a complete series of this paper up to the present time. In addition to a full register of the mercantile transactions of Canton, it contains a great variety of notices of the manners, customs, &c., of the Chinese and other eastern na- tions. Almost every page of the Register has been filled with original matter; and it is this which has given it particular value abroad, where it has done much to direct public attention to the Chinese. A third press arrived in 1831, and a second period- ical, the Chinese Courier, appeared shortly after. The Courier has pursued a course different from that of its "cotemporary." Its pages have been oc- cupied partly with European intelligence, and part- ly with local news and notices of mechanical arts, manufactures, and such like, among the Chinese. The two other presses reached China during last year. All these presses are in operation, and are supported solely by foreigners. Some attempts have been made to furnish na- tive youth with instruction in the English language. An experiment of this kind, though on a very limit- ed scale indeed, is now in progress. There is manifested in several instances a very strong desire to gain a knowledge of the language; and though many more difficulties are to be expected here than were found to exist in India, the result will be the same. As the Chinese come more and more in contact with those who speak the English lan- guage, their desire to learn it, and to gain a know- ledge of European sciences, arts, and literature, will increase. Even now, were there no apprehensions that government would interfere, almost any number of scholars, it is believed, could be collected into schools, and trained in courses of study similar to K Introductory Remarks, .Vf,n, those which have been established in the semina- ries for native youth at Calcutta, Bombay, Ceylon, and elsewhere in India. We should rejoice to see literary and scientific journals spring up and flourish around us; and could such be translated and printed in Chinese and wide- ly circulated, they would hardly fail to accomplish great good. But mere secular knowledge should never take precedence of that which concerns man's present spiritual condition and his eternal destiny. "Knowledge is power;" and unless it is pure and excellent, and is regulated and controlled by right principles, it will surely be directed to bad purposes. Man is a religious being; and everywhere as he progresses in knowledge, he assumes for himself some- kind of religious character. But what sys- tem of religion, in its principles and effects, is com- parable to Christianity 1 The Christian's Code is perfectly adapted to the wants and necessities of the human family, in every clime and in every variety of circumstances. Men cannot be politicians of unprejudiced.and impartial views, and act wisely and justly in the discharge of all their duties, with- out adopting the principles of the Bible. "The book of Proverbs, and the Sermon on the Mount, contain the elements of the best political economy which was ever devised. They inculcate what is of immeasurable importance in the intercourse of nations—enlargement of mind, and comprehensive- ness of view, and clearness and power of con- science. These would settle questions of foreign intercourse, and domestic improvement, with far more certainty and safety, than the volumes of Ad- am Smith, or the statistics of Seybert and Pitkin." Some of the states of antiquity were rich in knowledge, but beggarly in religion; and it was by the destructive influence of their religion that their knowledge and power were taken from them. Had their religion been pure, had it been the reli- gion of the "Toadicr scut from • of Ckhin. l:i 'Rebellion, which is an attempt to violate the divine order of things on earth by resisting and conspiring against the emper- or, and is, therefore, an unspeakable outrage, and a disturb- ance of the peace of the universe; disloyalty, which is evinced by an attempt to destroy the imperial temples, tombs, and pala- ces; desertion, a term which may be applied to the offense of undertaking to quit, or betray the interests of the empire; parricide, the murder of a father, uncle, aunt, grandfather, or grandmother — a crime of the deepest dye; massacre, which is held to be the murder of three or more persons in one family; sacrilege, which is committed by stealing from the temples any of the sacred articles consecrated to divine purposes, or by purloining any articles in the immediate use of the sove- reign, or by counterfeiting the imperial seal, by administering to the sovereign improper medicines, or, in general, by the com- mission of any error or negligence by which the safety of his sacred person may be endangered; impiety, which is discove- rable in every instance of disrespect or negligence towards those to whom we owe our being, and by whom we have been educated and protected; it is likewise committed by those who inform against, or insult such near relations while living, or who refuse to mourn for their loss, to show respect for their memory, when dead; discord, in families, which is the breach of the legal or natural ties which are founded on our connec- tions by blood or marriage; insubordination, the rising against or murdering a magistrate; and incest, the co-habitation of persons related by any of the degrees within which marriage is prohibited. — These crimes being distinguished from others by their enormity, are always punished with the utmost rigor of the law; and when capital, are exempted from the benefit of general pardon. There are eight privileged classes; the first in- cludes the relations and connections of the emper- or; the second comprehends all those servants of the crown who are distinguished for their long and faithful service; the third includes those who are illustrious for their actions; the fourth class com- prehends those who are eminent for their wisdom and virtue; the fifth in'cludes those who possess great abilities; the sixth includes those who, by day and by night, are zealously and assiduously en- gaged in the performance of their civil and mili- tary duties ; the seventh consists of the nobility, which includes all persons of the firs t rank, and those of the second and third who are in any civil and military 14 i'tn/il. l.uit* i>f Clintfi. MAY. command; the eighth includes the second nnd tliird generations of those who have been distinguished for their wisdom and eminent services.—Persons belonging to the privileged classes cannot be put on trial, except for offenses of a treasonable na- ture, without the express command of the emperor. This benefit extends to all the near relations of the privileged classes. When an officer of government commits an of- fense, his superior shall report the case to the em- peror, who must direct and sanction the trial. If the accused is convicted of any offense, which in ordinary cases is punishable by the infliction of corporal chastisement, he shall instead thereof be subject to fine or to degradation, or to both. But those persons who have official situations without possessing rank, shall not be exempt from corpo- ral punishment.—It is remarked here by the trans- lator, that "every officer of government, from the first to the ninth rank, must be previously quali- fied by a literary or military degree, according to Uie nature of his profession; but the clerks and other inferior attendants in the employ of govern- ment are not considered to have any rank, or to be permanently distinguished from the rest of the community." The Tartar subjects of the empire are chastised with the whip instead of the bamboo; and instead of banishment, they are "confined with the cangue \kea\ or movable pillory." There are several con- siderations which are admitted in mitigation of pu- nishment. When several persons are concerned in an affair, the accessories are punished with less severity than the principals. It frequently happens in China, at the accession of a new emperor, and also on the occurrence of certain anniversaries, that there are passed acts of general pardon. From the benefits of these acts all those persons shall be excluded, "who have been ronvicted of any of the ten treasonable offenses loJ3. I'tnal Laws of China. l.~> before mentioned;" or of murder; embezzlement of government stores; robbery; house-breaking; grave- opening; bribery; forgery and fraud; adultery; kid- napping; swindling; and in general all cases where I he laws have been transgressed by premeditation or design. On the other hand, pardon shall be extended to all who have offended inadvertently, or who are liable to punishment merely by implication, or who are chargeable with "public offenses,"— provided such oftenses, either of commission or omission, took place within the limits of their own jurisdiction. There are "particular," acts of pardon; and indulgence is frequently granted to offenders "for the sake of their parents" who are sick, in- firm, or aged above seventy years, and have no other child or grandchild above the age of sixteen to support them. There are some provisions made also for astronomers, artificers, musicians, and wo- men, and for the aged, and young, and the infirm. Persons who make a voluntary and full confes- sion of their guilt, before it is otherwise discovered, and surrender themselves up to justice, are par- doned. When all the parties to an offense have escaped, if an individual among them surrenders voluntarily, and also delivers into custody one other more guilty than himself; or if, when the guilt is equal, the larger proportion of the party are delivered up by the smaller,—those who thus voluntarily surrender themselves shall be pardoned, except in cases of killing, of wounding, and of criminal intercourse between the sexes. But "re- mission of punishment, upon a timely and voluntary confession of guilt, shall riot be allowed in those cases of injury to the person or property which cannot be repaired by restoration or compensation, or when the offense was known to the officers of justice while the offender was concealed, or in cases of clandestinely passing public barriers.—If the robbor, thief, or swindler, repenting of his conduct, restores (lie plunder to the persons from whom he U) J'etml Lutes of China. MAV, took it, or if the corrupt officer restore the amount of the bribe to the person from whom it was re- ceived, this restitution shall be deemed equal to a confession at the legal tribunal, and in the same degree entitle the offender to pardon." Concerning the forfeiture, of goods, the law is, that "in any case of an illegal transfer of property, in which both parties are guilty, or when any person is convicted of possessing prohibited goods, such goods or property shall be forfeited to the state: but when any article of property has been obtained from an individual by violence, injustice, extortion, or false pretences, it shall be restored to the own- er." The following are the laws concerning offenses of members of public departments, committed in their official capacity, and concerning errors and failures in public proceedings. "In all cases of officers of government associated in one department or tribunal, and committing offenses against the laws as a public body, by false 01 erroneous decisions and in- vestigations, the clerk of the department or tribunal shall be punished as the principal offender; the punishment of the several deputies, or executive officers, shall be less by one de- gree, that of (he assessors less by another degree, and that of the presiding magistiate less by a third degree... .If an inferior tribunal reports its erroneous judgment to a superior, which superior, neglecting to examine and discover the error, con- firms the same, the members of the superior tribunal shall be respectively liable to punishment less by two degrees than those of the inferior tribunal. On the other hand, when a superior tribunal communicates its erroneous judgment to an inferior tribunal, if the menbers of the latter neglect to exam- ine the same, and having failed to discover the error, confirm it by their proceedings, they also shall be liable to punishment, though under a proportionate mitigation, in the case of each individual.—In all these cases, the scale of the punishment in- curred shall commence with the clerks of the respective courts." "Upon any error or failure in the public proceedings of an officer of government, if he discovers and corrects, or remedies the same, he shall be pardoned. Also, in CHSC of error or failure in the proceedings of a public office or tribunal, if any one member discovers so as to correct or remedy the same, all the nii;iiil»crs shall obtain pardon An extraordinary delay in issninif public orders from anv tribunal of jii.-liuR or other 1833. Penal Laws of China, 17 public department, renders all the members liable to punish- ment; but if any one of them voluntarily interposes, and pre- vents any fnrther delay from taking place, all the magistrates or officers of that tribunal or department, shall be pardoned; but the clerk shall incur the full punishment except he had himself acknowledged the impropriety of delay which had taken place, and interposed to prevent its continuance; in which case his punishment shall be reduced two degrees." "In translating the titles of the constituent of- ficers of a Chinese tribunal or public board," Sir George remarks, that "it was impossible to find terms that were not in some point of view exception- able, but those which have been chosen will show, that the arrangement is analogous to that adopted iu such of our own colonial governments, as are administered by a president, members of council, secretaries, and clerks." "Offenses committed by foreigners"—is the head- ing of a distinct, section, which we quote entire. "In general, all foreigners who come to submit themselves to the government of the empire, shall, when guilty of offenses, be tried and sentenced according to the established laws. The particular decisions however of the tribunal Le-fan Yuen (the foreign or Colonial Office,) shall be guided accoro..jg to regulations framed for the government of the Mongol tribes." "This section of the code," says the translator in a note, "has been expressly quoted by the pro- vincial government of Canton, and applied to the case of foreigners residing there and at Macao for the purpose of trade. The laws of China have never, however, been attempted to be enforced against those foreigners, except with considerable allowances in their favor; although on the other hand, they are restricted and circumscribed in such a manner that a transgression on their part of any specific article of the laws, can scarcely occur, at least, not without, at the same time, implicating and involving in their guilt some of die unlives. 18 Penal Laws of China. MAY, who thus, in most cases, become the principal vic- tims of offended justice. "The situation of foreigners in China is certainly by no means so satisfactory on the whole as might be desired, or even as it may be reasonably expect- ed to become in the progress of time. [Again, in another note.] It is one of the necessary, but em- barrassing consequences of the footing upon which foreigners are at present received in China, that they can neither consider themselves as wholly subject to, or as wholly independent of, the laws of the country in which they live. When unfor- tunately involved in contentions with the govern- ment, there is a line, on one side of which sub- mission is disgraceful, and on the other, resistance unjustifiable; but this line being uncertain and un- defined, it is not surprising that a want of confi- dence should sometimes have led to a surrender of just and reasonable privileges; or that at other times, an excess of it should have brought the whole of this valuable trade, and of the property embarked in it, to the brink of destruction." The following paragraph points out the mode of procedure when the laics appear contradictory. When the law in any particular case appears to differ from the the general laws contained in this division of the code, the magistrate shall always decide according to the former, in preference to the latter. If an offense is committed under ag- gravated circumstances, of which the offender is ignorant at the time, he shall suffer no more than the punishment due in ordinary cases; as for ex- ample, 'if a nephew, being educated at a distance from his uncle, and not knowing his person, strikes him, it shall be judged to be only an ordinary case of assault.' On the other hand, if the offense is committed under pallialmg circumstances, the of- fender shall have tire full advantage thereof; as for instance, 'a father strikes a person whom he sup poses to be a stranger, but who was in-fuel his son.' IfliW. Penal Lawn of China 19 When the sentence of the law is said to be in- creased, il is implied that the punishment shall be inflicted more severely,—a sentence of forty blows, becomes a sentence of fifty blows; when the sen- tence is diminished, the punishment is mitigated, fifty blows are reduced to forty; and so forth. The following is the law concerning the divi- sion of time. "A day shall be considered to have elapsed when the hundred divisions are completed." At present, the day is divided into ninety-six divi- sions. "A day's labor shall, however, be computed only from the rising to the setting of the sun. A large year shall consist of 360 days complete; but a man's age shall be computed according to the number of years of the cycle elapsed since his name and birth were recorded in the public register."—Con- cerning this division of time the translator remarks, that the civil year in China ordinarily consists of no more than twelve lunations, but that an inter- calary month is introduced as often as may be necessary to bring the commencement of every year to the second new moon after each preced- ing winter solstice. The most usual date em- ployed by the Chinese, is the year of the reigning emperor, but they likewise compute by cycles of sixty years,—each year of such a period being distinguished with a particular name, formed by a binary combination often initial, and twelve final, characters. Here we conclude our extracts from the first division, or preliminary regulations of the Penal Code. We have passed over several whole sec- tions; but have endeavored to bring into notice all the most important topics, and, as far as it could well be done, in the words of our elegant and learned translator.* *To he crrttinufd. bi* Journal. MAY, Journal of a voyage along the coast of China from the province of Canton to Leuoutung in Man- tchou Tartary; 1832-33: by the Rev. CHARLES GUTZLAFF. [The journal, which we here introduce, and which we shall conclude in our next number, contains a sketch of the third voyage which has been made along the coast of China by Mr. G., during the last two years. He em- barked for the jirxt, on board a junk at Bankok, June 3d, 1831, reached Mantchou Tartary in November, and returned to Macao, Dec. 13th. On the second, he embarked Feb. 26th, visited several places in the provinces of Fuhkefin and Chekeang on his way up to Shantung, and from thence he passed to Corea, and returning by the Lewchew archipelago, reached Macao, Sept. 4th, 1832. For the third, he embarked on the 20th of last Oct., and returned on the 29th ult. This last voyage, in regard to direct intercourse with the people and opportunity for observation, far exceeded either of the preceding; and the journal, though brief, affords abundant evidence that to the people of China, the "foreign barbarians" are no un- welcome visitors.—We ought to add, that this journal was written for publication in England, arid that at our request, the writer was induced to let it appear in the pages of the Repository.] AFTER much consultation with others, and a con- flict in my own mind, I embarked in the Sylph Capt. W., commander, and A. R., esquire, super- cargo, Oct. 20th, 1832. The Sylph was a fast sail- ing vessel, well manned and armed. She had to beat up against a strong northeast monsoon, and to encounter very boisterous weather before reach- ing her destination, Teentsin and Mantchou Tar- tary. From the moment we left Macao roads, we had to contest our whole course against wind and current. Furious gales, accompanied with rain and a tremendous sea, drove us several days along the coast, threatening destruction to our barque. But God who dwelleth on high did not forsake us; and, though often engulphed in the deep, his al- mighty hand upheld our sinking vessel. Only one Lascar was swept away; we heard his dying groan, but could lend no assistance. It was a dark, dismal night; we were thoroughly drenched with water; horror hovered around us. Many a wave swept over Gutzlajrs Journal, '2( our dock, but ihoye which dashed against our poop were really terrible; three of them might have sunk us. October 2b'th, we lay to under a double reefed sail, and then ran into Ke-seak (Ke-shih) bay, on the east coast of Canton province. The harbor is lined with rocks. The coast is bleak and studded with granite; the interior is very fertile. Many villages and cities are visible from this place. We were soon visited by the fishermen, a boisterous and rough sort of people. In exchange for their fish, we gave them rice, but they were never satisfied with the quantity. Perceiving, however, that the barter yielded them a great profit, they brought vegetables, and offered themselves as brokers. Al- though this was an imperial naval station, they were by no means frightened by the presence of his ma- jesty's officers. They received my books gladly, frequently repeating their thanks, and promising to circulate them far and wide amongst their friends. —In this voyage I was provided with a choice stock of books, three times the number which I had in the preceding voyages. During the night the wind subsided, and for the first time we enjoyed repose. The next evening we visited Kap-che (Ka-tsze), a little to the east of Ke-seak. Here 1 was hailed by my friends, who called me their townsman, and expressed their de- light in seeing me come back again. Books were in great demand, and the genuine joy in receiving them was visible in every countenance. 1 had been here a few months before, and traveled through many a village with the word of God in my hand. It had drawn the attention of many, and the inter- est now manifested was truly encouraging. The weather becoming gradually fair, though the wind was contrary, we were able by tacking to advance slowly. When we passed Narnoh (Nan- aou) in Fuhkeen, we saw occasionally large vil- lages and cities along the coast, at which we could iJ/"* Journal, MAN. only ga/i1, and were obliged to put into Lae-ao (Nae-a of this station; he was very friendly, made numer- ous inquiries respecting Mr. L. the supercargo of the Amfterst, and offered his services for our accom- modation. During the time which we staid in the river, or lived at Shanghae, I had frequent opportu- nities of visiting those places where I had been six months ago. The people appeared even more friend- ly than before. In the villages, they inquired whether I had brought new books with me, and were eager to obtain them. After distributing a fetw, the demand grew more urgent, so that I could scarcely show my face in any of the villages with- out being importuned by numerous crowds. Most joyfully did they receive the tidings of salvation, though still ignorant of the glad message, "to you is born a Savior."—As it is a custom with them to expose their dead near their houses, they are con- stantly reminded of their mortality. The mandarins never directly interfered with my distributing books or conversing with the people. After having issued the severest edicts against hav- ing any commercial dealings, they gave us full per- mission to do what we liked. When they saw that their inflammatory placards had not the desired ef- fect, they changed their tone, praised our conduct in rescuing twelve Chinese, but gave also their paternal advice to the people, to have nothing to do with the barbarians. Meanwhile an imperial edict had arrived, enjoining the officers to treat us with compassion, but not to supply us with rice or water. They acted up to the letter of these peremptory injunctions, but sent great quantities of live-stock, flour, &c., aboard, with the sole condition of not paying for them. As we were rather short of provi- sions, we accepted their stores. This central part of China is very fertile, being a continous plain of a black, loamy soil, well ir- rigated by numerous ditches and canals. The po- pulation is immense, and if we ought to judge from the numerous children which we saw. it is on the Ji>nriieople here. We may safely assert that one European requires an amount of land to maintain him, sufficient for the main- tenance of two Chinese. In Europe, we have gardens, immense forests, marshes, meadows, &.<•,. We find nothing like these in any part of China, at least on a large scale. There may be wastes which are ab- solutely unproductive; but where are the meadows with their large herds of grazing cattle? Where shall we find the Eu- ropean gardens or orchards? There are indeed some, but they bear no proportion to the ground laid out for these purposes in Europe. 'Their forests are on the brows of hills, so that very little arable land is lost thereby; and their • larshes, by im- mense labor have been converted into fertile rice-fields. The Chinese do not consume so much animal food as we do; hence the grain which with us is devoted to the support of cattle, here falls to the share of man. Add to this, the grosemess of the Chinese stomach which refuses nothing; and consider also the large importation of provisions from southern Asia and Mantchou Tartary; and the question how these millions can subsist, will be solved. In Europe, we live not merely to drag out our terrestrial existence, but we live also for enjoyment, and the poorest classes often Waste more than would maintain double their number In China, the means of enjoyment are very limited. The com- mon people bend their whole mind to get the indispensable necessaries of their existence, they seldom go further. Though they are occasionally extravagant dining the tune <>l their f'eh thi-v niri.iil iheir ••vpcnscc. iiuincilidlr.lv afiej nrc o4 Population of China. MAY, over. I have adduced these facts to show the possibility of the existence of suclrn population. 1 have added my own tes- timony as an eye-witness, and add that I never saw a more populous country, nor ever beheld so numerous a progeny. But China is not only populous in itself, it has a superabun- dance to send to the adjoining countries. I do not here men- tion Corea as having recieved Chinese emigrants, but refer to Mantchou Tartary, Formosa, Siam, Cochinchina, and the In- dian Archipelago. A century ago, Mantchou Tartary was a dreary waste, hav- ing been deserted by its original cultivators, for their more ambitious projects in China. At the present moment there are millions of Chinese from Shantung province, inhabiting this country. I have been in Tingchoo foo district, from whence the major part of these colonists went; but we found no'ap- apparent diminution in the population. Every year new emigrants depart and penetrate farther to the north, but their departure is scarcely perceptible in the numbers remaining. During the time when the Dutch held a part of Formosa, some Chinese settlers came from Fuhkeen province; but since the Chinese have had possession of the island, their numbers have increased to several millions. These supplies are both from Fuhkeen province, and the eastern parts of Canton ; and they are daily on the increase, so much so as to threaten the entire extinction of the aborigines. When the Ming dynasty reigned, a few traders found their way to the southern parts of Asia. But after the accession of the Mantchou family to the throne, multitudes of men from Fuhkeen left their homes for the islands of the Indian Archipela- go, to escape the thralldom of these " barbarian rulers." When Yungching succeeded Kanghe, he not only connived at these emigrations but even encouraged them. With the extension of the trade to the countries south of China, emigration also increased. Many of the islands are thickly inhabited by the Chinese settlers, whose numbers are annually increased by new comers, whilst only a few return to their native land. I have been in those parts of the empire from whence these colo- nists come; but the emigration never thins the dense popula- tion, which might send forth tenfold the present number of colonists, without depriving the country of cultivators. The most numerous part of the population'in Siam is Chi- nese, far outnumbering the natives. Most of these emigrants come from the eastern part of Canton province; and notwith- standing this constant drain, the numbers are so immense that government is constantly harassed with providing them the means of subsistence. In Cochinchina and Tungking, the Chinese colonists are numerous, notwithstanding the great re- strlotions made to prevent any augmentation.—Were we well acquainted with the countries west of China, wr might 1833. Vntcinntiun. 35 perhaps find thai the Chinese emigrants also throng towards those vassal states, wherever they are not directly prohibited from crossing the frontiers. The little which we have said, however, may be sufficient to show that the population of Chi- na is enormous, and is on the increase. I think therefore that the census as given in the Ta Tsing Hwuy-teen, is rather be- low than above the actual number. Whilst viewing these myriads, debased by gross idolatry, we cannot but deeply lament their condition. As long as the glorious gospel shall not penetrate these vast regions, they will stand like a blank and dreary waste, before the eyes of the Christian philanthropist. But as there has been a time of lamentation for many centuries, there will also be a period of rejoicing. For them also the Redeemer of the world be- came man, and suffered the most cruel death on the cross; the same blood which was shed for the European nations, and which has proved effectual to the salvation of millions, will likewise afford deliverance to the sons of China. These are no chimeras; we trust in the saving power of the exalted Son of God; we believe his promises, and may perhaps in our own times see the approach of the glorious day. The political economist may ask, What will become of Chi- na if her population continues to increase at the present rate? To this question, I can give no answer. We may look wishfully to the western shores of the American continent; there is still room for many millions of industrious colonists like the Chinese; but the system of national separation prevents one from indulging in such speculations.—Let Christianity sway her sc.epire over China, and all will be well VACC'INATION.—The papers concerning the introduction of vaccination into this country, alluded to in a previous number, (see volume first, page 3;M,) came to hand early in this month. They were accompanied by a very polite and friendly letter, which however requires us to refrain from remarks which, we think, are due to the writer of these papers. We can, there- fore, only tender to that venerable and worthy gentleman, and we are happy to do it thus publicly, our hearty thanks, both on our own account and in behalf of the benefited mil- lions of this empire.—The first part of the papers consists of a Report which was written in 1816; the last part contains a summary of three other Reports, which were made subse- quently and at different times. The tract mentioned in the first Report, with one or two others written by natives on the same subject, we purpose to notice in a future number. Dur- ing the present season, and oartly perhaps in con-sequence of 30 Vaccination. MAV, the unusual prevalence of the small-pox, the practice has been very extensive in Canton;—a little grandson of his excellency governor Loo is among the subjects vaccinated. Without fur- ther remark for the present we here subjoin the papers entire. Report submitted to the Board of the National Vaccine Es- tablishment, respecting the introduction of the practice of vac- cine inoculation into China, A. D. 1805; its progress sinct^ that period, and its actual state. Dated Canton, February 18th, 1816. It having devolved upon me to conduct or superintend the introduction and practice of vaccine inoculation in this part of the world, during the last eleven years, I beg leave to submit to the Board of the National Vaccine Establishment, the fol- lowing Report of its commencement, progress, and present state. I do not flatter myself that any suggestions or facts in my power to adduce, can be deemed essential, either to the establishment, or to the improvement, of the practice; still I trust that the following details will convey some testi- mony of the efficacy of it, in addition to the mass of evidence which has enabled the Board, and the Medical Profession at large, to pledge themselves so fully and so solemnly in its behalf to their country. Almost from the period at which rational proof was afforded of the efficacy of vaccination lor its end, the Honorable the East India Company had, in their own territories, promoted the practice by every aid and countenance in their power to afford; .-mil especially se, by a munificence of expense for the end, which few governments have incurred in behalf of their subjects, in mitigation of mere personal and domestic evils and suffer- ings, however great and general they might be. Their relations with this empire being merely commercial, and its institutions so peculiar, no construction of duty called for, nor did their influence admit of, such effectual interference;—notwithstanding they have all along sanctioned the end; in consequence of which many nttetnpts were made to introduce the practice from British India, but unsuccessfully. In the spring of 1805, and whilst James Drummond, esquire, was at the head of their affairs in this country, the vaccine was brought by Mr. Hewit, a Portuguese subject and a mer- chant of Macao, in his vessel, upon live subjects from Manila; —His Catholic Majesty having had it conveyed by suitable means, and umder the care of professional men (across the South American continent), to his settlement in the Philippine islands. I observe that one of them (D F. X. Balmis.) states himself to have introduced the practice in this country; but before his arrival in China, it had been quite extensively conducted by the Portuguese practitioners at Macao, as well as by myself among the inhabitants there and the Chinese, and 1833. Vaccination. 37 the accompanying tract drawn up by me, lind lx>nii translated by Sir George Staiinton into Chinese, and published several months previous to his arrival. As I deemed the inoculation among subjects connected with the foreign society, or with the settlement of Macao, nugatory towards an establishment of the practice in China; it was from the beginning conducted, first at some expense, by ino- culations at stated periods among the natives,—and of them, necessarily, the poorest classes, who dwelt crowded together in boats or otherwise, so that (the small-pox being, invariably, an annual epidemic in this province) its efficacy soon came to the test. By the time the British Factory removed from Ma- cao to Canton in that season, a degree of confidence had been established in its favor; and in the course of the winter and spring months of 1805-6, and during the raging of the small- pox (of which the annual period of attack is in February, and of its decline early in June), the numbers brought for ino- culation were great. At that time it was considered judicious to endeavor to give the practice extension by vaccinating as many as possible, not fully aware of the characteristic apathy of the Chinese to what does not immediately appeal to their observation through the exigency either of their sufferings or interests, and erroneously thinking that such a benefit to be appreciated, required but to be known. Very many (I believe I may state thousands,) were in the course of twelve months inoculated; and even under the circumstances stated, and in that early stage of the pursuit, I heard no imputation laid against the success of the practice, which admitted of being traced,—an instance of good fortune the less to have been expected, because in order to fulfill the views I had taken of the most proper means for its dissemina- tion, I had instructed several Chinese in the details of it, after the best manner I could, and they practiced it extenr sively as well at a distance from as under my inspection. When the small-pox ceased to be epidemic, the evil and the remedy against it were equally forgotten; and I found great difficulty in procuring a sufficient number of subjects, by means of which, merely to preserve the vaccine. In fac)., since its first introduction into China, it has been twice extinct; and in both instances, again brought from the island of Luconia. At two other times, when lost at Macao and Canton, (at which places only I had it in my power to exert any care respect- ing it,) it has been found to have been kept up in country districts at considerable distance from either, but still within the province of Canton. Beyond that province, I have no certain grounds for stating the practice to have spread; and a hope, at one time held out to me, that the vaccine might be found upon the cows in some of the remoter provinces, proved fallacious. -'»«• Vaccination. MAY, Its present stair, ami ihe prosporis of its preservation, are points upon which it will probably he most satisfactory lo afford notices; and as connected with those, the proofs in favor of the efficacy of the practice. It certainly has spread greatly here from among the lower classes of society, so as to have become general among the middling rank, and to be frequently resorted lo by those of tin higher conditions. The class of Chinese, who are now the vaccinators, are generally taken from those who are or have been employed about the British Factory. From their medical men, especially those who devote themselves peculiarly to the treatment of small-pox, it at. first met with strenuous opposition; and it still meets with little acceptation. Alarms of failure have been occasionally spread ; and although the dif- ficulty of tracing such when stated, is a great incidental draw- back; I have had occasion to see variola, measles, pemphi- gus and cutaneous eruptions, which had been supposed to arise from variolous infection in persons previously vaccinated ;—yet upon the whole, the confidence in its efficacy though gradual- ly conceded, has become full, grounded upon ample and an- nual evidence before adverted to, with fewer obstacles from prejudice than could be anticipated, especially in a Chinese community. There remains only one prejudice to contend with, entertained against submitting the children to vaccination during the great heats of the summer and autumnal months, arising no doubt from an observation, generally just, that all diseases attacking or brought on at that season, are more than usually-dangerous or severe. This impediment will also, I doubt not, be surmounted in course of time,—especially so, as from a view chiefly to that one point, some of the principal members of the Chinese com- mercial corporation, in whom is vested (he exclusive privilege of conducting the foreign trade, have established a fund, for affording gratuitous inoculation to the poor at all times, es- pecially framed, and judiciously so, to allot small premiums to those who bring forward their children at that objectionable period. The practice is conducted at their hall for meetings, by the Chinese vaccinator whom I have before mentioned; and from 15 to 40 (when the number of applicants requires limitation,) are, at that place inoculated every ninth day. I am now released from the laborious, and, here, peculiarly irksome task of personally conducting the vaccination,—my care being limited to inspection of the pustules from which the lymph is taken, and that for form only, in consequence of malicious rumors having been circulated, of the Chinese vaccinators not having been circumspect in the choice of the matter they used. As far as the medical servants of the East India Company jn China are concerned, the practice has always, and to all descriptions of persons, been gratuitously di.ipen.sprl, But it U lc>ti;3 I acci nation. -39 no way unfavorable, either to the chances of dissimilation or preservation of the practice, that it has become a source, both of reputation and emolument to the Chinese, who hare en- gaged in it, and who conduct it extensively throughout the city of Canton and country around, as well at the station specified. As regards the description of people who have hith- erto been benefited by it, their conviction of its efficacy must have been chiefly founded upon pure practical grounds, from their frequent opportunities of observation, that no kind of exposure to, or communication with, variolous patients infected persons who had been vaccinated. To those among whom it has now advanced, a perusal of the tract printed in their language will serve to give additional currency and stability to the practice. I am unable to form to myself any probable estimate of the number of persons who have been benefited by vaccination in the districts of and around Canton and Ma- cao; but in the period I have specified it must have been very great, so much as to render a connection between the greater mildness of the small-pox when epidemic, and the dissemination of the practice, not impossible. The mode in which the practice has been conducted, corresponds to that deemed most proper in Europe; the difficulty of again seeing the patients or testing them, rendering it necessary to guard against the chance of failure by an increased number of in- sertions, generally four. The next Report which was made, dated March 19th, 1821, was suggested by documents from the Board, and the European accounts and publications about that period,—narrating occur- rences, and numerous ones, of attacks of a secondary, though modified small-pox after vaccination; which became a source of considerable solicitude, with a corresponding desire to as- certain, if, and how far, we had proved instruments of spread- ing delusions instead of a benefit. After stating that the prac- tice of vaccination had been uninterruptedly continued, and its having received a steady and great extension with increas- ing confidence in its efficacy: it was added, that the circum- stances, which in England had shaken the public confidence as to the practice had been communicated to the Chinese inoculators, (the Board's Report of the preceding year was translated into Chinese for them,)—and that it was endeavored to see or learn the details of every case of rumored failure. The result proved satisfactory, although in the preceding and that season, the small-pox had prevailed in an unusual degree of severity, and attended with mortality. Two descriptions of cases were traced; one in which the supposed vaccination had been with spurious matter, or otherwise imperfectly or unskill- fully conducted; the other, when a modified small-pox had actually ensued after inoculations which had been made and which had piocccdrd regularly Of (hp firat-description, lliough 4U Vaccination. MAY, numerous, HOIK: presented themselves who had been vacci- nated under inspection, or at the Canton institution. Of the second, the number was few, but too many to allow of any doubt as to the occurrence. In such cases, with from 50 to 2(1(1 eruptions, the fever was slight,—it went off when the eruption appeared, and that desiccated about the 5th day, leaving no marks, answering closely to the real phenomena of the chick- en-pox, with which the Chinese are familiar, as occurring after small-pox, or variolous inoculation practiced in their mode. And their general reliance on the security from the practice, has not been shaken by this knowledge, more than it waa by our statements. Written queries were furnished to the Chinese vaccinators, to be put, and answers obtained, in case of reported failure; and inspection was to be observed and enjoyed wherever that was possible, as well as strict attention paid to the rule of inoculating with at least four insertions, leaving two pustules to dry untouched wherever it was possible to do so. h had then extended to the adjoining province of Keang- se, but again dropped there,—having been met by the hostility of the priesthood, who in that province had a double interest in the preservation of the small-pox, by being much employ- ed in the inoculation after the Chinese method, and in minis- trations with their deities, to avert or mitigate the scourge. The breaking out of the scarlet fever afforded plausible ground of crimination against a practice, which was said to retain the poison in the system, to appear at a future time, in still worse shapes. In the autum of 1820, Monsr. Despiaua, French surgeon in the service of the king of Cochiuchina, arrived, bringing a letter from Monsr. Vaiinier, then acting as minister to that sovereign, requesting furtherance to his mission, which was, to convey the vaccine to Cochiuchina, for which place he departed in February, 1821, and succeeded in his object. Two reports have been made since that of March 19th, 1821, copies of which have not been preserved. It may be stated, as a summary of their purport, that the practice has, in the interval, acquired great stability and extension among the Chi- nese of Canton province of every condition: that it is known to have been conveyed again to Keangse, as well as to Keang- nan, and Fuhkeen provinces; that it reached Peking, but unfortunately was again lost there; that its anti-variolous effi- cacy is universally known and confided in; and that its preser- vation during the period specified has greatly and almost ex- clusively, resulted from the well adapted system pursued at the institution, and the agency of the Chinese vaccinators; the principal of whom, A-lm-qua, (who has been engaged in I IIP practice sincr I*OH,) is a man remarkably qualified for !h«; J833. 41 Malacca. business by his cast of judgment, method, and perseverance. He has been encouraged in his laudable exertions by the fa- vorable opinion of his countrymen, and by marks of distinc- tion or consideration which have been conferred upon him by the higher functionaries of the local government. The reports in question also contained a summary of what evidence had presented itself, that the practice of vaccination fails occasion- ally, however unfrequently, in affording a perfect security against the occurrence of variolous disease, though still modified and mitigated in cnaracter by the previous experiment. A. P. December 26th, 1832. RELIGIOUS INTELLIGENCE. MALACCA.—The population of the district of Malacca, in- cluding town and country, is computed to be above 25,000; of whom two thirds live in the town of Malacca and its vicin- ity; and it consists of Chinese, Malays, Arabs, Klings or (A!a- labars), Portuguese, Dutch, and English. But the Chinese con- stitute considerably more than one tbird of the aggregate po- pulation of the district. The acting Principal of the Anglochinese college, the Rev. Mr. Totnlin, has very obliging- ly furnished us with accounts of the Chinese and Malay schools at Malacca, down to the 11th of March 1833; and of the Indo- Portugueee schools, to October of the preceding year. These schools are supported by cha- rity, and contain between six and seven hundred children. The accounts of the Malay and Portuguese schools must be deferred till the publication of our next number; concern- ing the Chinese schools, Mr. T. thus writes :— "In giving a report of our la- bors here during the present year, we are still unable to com- municate any very cheering in- telligence of much apparent fruit of them, or to speak of any remarkable change going on around us. However, we are thankful that we can say the same means are in operation, and the same labors are carried on as heretofore, which if stead- ily persevered in with faith and prayer, will at last, through the Lord's blessing, change the sur- rounding wilderness into a fruit- ful field. The good seed is daily scattered around us, and though some of it may fall amongst thorns or on stony ground, yet not a little falls upon what may reasonably be thought a genial soil—the hearts Malacca MAJ, of children. Tlie most obvious, and perhaps the most important means of promoting the Lord's work at Malacca, is the educa- tion of the young. This is evi- dent from the simple fact tint from two classes of its mixed inhabitants, the Chinese and Malays, we have 500 boys and girls in the mission schools, dai- ly acquiring some knowledge of the Sacred Scriptures, and of other Christian books. "The four Chinese schools un- der the care of the missionary are daily superintended by the senior boys of the college. Every Sat- urday they are visited by the missionary himself. Each child repeats to him what he has read and got by heart during the week, and then explains the same in colloquial Chinese. But as few children born here, know much of their father's na- tive tongue, they go a step far- ther and render the Chinese into Malay, with which they all are familiar. It is satisfactory to know that the children are learning something of our holy religion, not merely by rote, ac- cording to the common mode in native schools in the East, but that they have some under- standing of what they read, and are from week to week advan- cing in divine knowledge. What is lodged in the memory of a child by his heathen teacher, is impressed on his heart and conscience by the Christian teacher once a week. The older boys in the schools have also the advantage of further Christian instruction, by attend- ing with their teachers our Sab- bath morning's Chinese service in the chapel. Also at tw<> of the Fuhkeeii schools when- we have week day evening ser- vices, several of the elder schol- ars are usually present. There are six Chinese girls gchools under the care of Miss Wallace, which seem to be do- ing well. They have the be- nefit of her daily instruction, which must he very conducive to their usefulness. The plan of a double rendering of the les- sons into the colloquial tongues of the Chinese and Malays, is followed also in these schools; and indeed with the girls this is doubly important, they being usually much more ignorant of Chinese than the boys. "In the college we have twen- ty-six boys. They are all taught to read English as well as Chi- nese; but the juniors are prin- cipally under the care of the Chinese teacher, who takes con- siderable pains to instruct them in Christian books. The sen- ior boys forming an upper class, are almost entirely under our own tuition. They have given tolerable satisfaction by atten- tion to their studies, and by the progress which they have made. Two or three of them especially seem promising youths, and we indulge a hope of their becom- ing sincere and enlightened fol- lowers of our gracious Redeem- er. Iif training up these youths for life and for eternity, it is our main and constant desire to lead them to the fountain head of heavenly wisdom, wbere they may drink of the pure streams of the water of life; yet we do not wholly desert the little rills of human knowledge. "Immediately after morning worship in Chinese, the senior boys commence their studies by reading a chapter of the Bible Mali rcm which is explained lo ihcm in English and Chinese; after which they again go over it rendering it verse by verse into Chinese. "After breakfast we take up "Pilgrim's Progress," and read and explain a page, more or less, as before. A passage of this lesson is then selected as a Chi- nese exercise in writing, to be presented the following day. In the afternoon we read a part, of Dr. Milne's "Treatise on the Soul," with the College teach- er of Chinese at our head. When the latter has made the lesson sufficiently plain to all, in respectable colloquial Chinese, we explain it lo them in easy, familiar English. A passage is selected from this lesson as an English exercise in writing. "They have also daily exercises in Murray's Grammar and in English composition. On Thurs- days, half a day is devoted lo a lecture on' Geography, or As- tronomy. On the Sabbath, a portion of the Sacred Scriptures is usually given to them to re- peat on Monday morning. "The senior boys are also em- ployed about two hours each day as monitors in teaching the juniors English reading, writing, and arithmetic on the British system, under the general super- intendence of the missionary. The senior boys, as has already been observed, daily visit and number the scholars in the Chinese boys schools, and are constant in attendance at our various religions services in Chi- nese, held in the chapel on the Sabbath, and at two other places in the town on week day even- ing: most of them attend very rrgularly our English set vices in the clnpi'l on Sabbath and Wednesday evenings. It is in- deod not a little ciicerisig to our spirits to see haif a dozen Chi- nese youths, in their own dress, sitting among the professed peo- ple of God and in His temple, bending the knee before Him in prayer, listening attentively to the preached gospel, and to hear them singing with the under- standing the praises of Jehovah in our own tongue. Several of our Christian friends on wit- nessing such a sight for the first time, havo expressed no liltle surprise and delight. Could our friends in England and Amer- ica behold with their own eyes the same sight, their hearts would doubtless be filled with joy and gratitude in being priv- ileged (o behold even this " day of small things," and would be encouraged to persevere and not to faint in helping the Lord's work in this vast and almost cheerless field. We can- not indeed say that these, once Ireathen youths, are now be- come real Christians; but while we observe them daily increas- ing in divine knowledge, and see them constantly coming up with the people of God to His sanctuary, and there meekly re- ceiving instruction from His ministers, we indulge a cheer- ing hope of seeing some, at least, becoming true and enlightened disciples of the Savior, and instructors and guides to their own benighted countrymen. "It may be thought that we are indulging too sanguine an- ticipations about these college boys, and looking too much on the bright side of the picture. Perhaps it may be the case; for we readily acknowledge we 44 MAY. Malacca. are prone to look on the Lord's work with a cheerful aspect, and hail with joy even a tender and solitary green blade that makes its appearance upon the sterile surface of the wilderness. We do not however glory in these things as the fruit of our own labors; for other men have labored and we have entered into their labors, and whatever fruit the Lord may permit us to gather, we would remember that others have long toiled here, and borne the heat and burden of the day. "The following is a summary of what has been printed in Ma- lacca during the year;—6,000 copies of various tracts, chiefly reprints of old standard tracts, five having been recut on new blocks in a larger character; 2,000 single gospels; and 130 complete copies of the enlarged and revised new edition of the Sacred Scriptures,—the first which have been printed from the new blocks. "We have not much to say respecting our intercourse with the heathen, and the distribu- tion of tracts amongst the Chi- nese. The daily labors of the whole college, and other duties of the establishment continual- ly pressing on the time and the attention of the Chinese missionary, leave him little time for going out amongst the peo- ple, though this he considers to be the most important and in- teresting part of the missionary work. Occasionally he takes a bundle of tracts and Scriptures under his arm, and makes an early morning excursion into the town. "However on two occasions, (being obliged for tlie sake of his partner's health to retreat from the scene of his labors, and spend a few weeks in the neighborhood of Malacca, dur- ing the vacation at the com- mencement of the year, and again about the middle of the year at Singapore,) he had leis- ure for going out amongst the people a good deal. On the former occasion, being situated amongst the Malays, many tracts and portions of the Bible were given to them, and they were generally well received. At Singapore, being again pla- ced for a little while in the sphere of his former labors, he cheerfully entered on his work again, and was glad to find the same large and craving demand for the bread of life as former- ly, so that he was often com- pelled to deliver all he had to casual passengers who stopped him in the roads and streets, before he had got well into the town. Besides the Chinese, in- dividuals of various nations ac- costed him without ceremony or hesitation, inquiring for books in their respective languages. Even the Malays threw off their shyness and readily asked for tracts and the New Testament. Several were very desirous of obtaining the latter complete, and made interesting inquiries about the Christian religion, par- ticularly as to the main points of difference between it and Mohammedanism. Many of the ignorant Malays think there is only a slight difference between our religion and theirs, and in proof of this, mention the Law, Prophets, Psalms, and New Testament as books held sa- cred by themselves. But Ihe grand point upon which we are at issue with them is, .//•.«(/.< Christ the son of God, the only Saviour of men, contrasted and opposed to the impostor Mo- hammed. This should always be plainly stated to them and strenuously maintained." SINGAPORE.—The population of this settlement, according to a census taken January 1st 1833, is 20,978. Of these, 8,517 are Chinese; 7,131 are Malays: 119 are Europeans; 96 are ludo- Britons; 300 are native Christ- ians; others are Armenians, Jews, Arabs, Javanese, &c.— Among the Malays in Singa- pore and the adjacent islands, the Rev. C. H. Thomsen is the only missionary now employed; and among the Chinese there is no one at present except Mr. Abeel, who during a short so- journ is "endeavoring," as he writes under date of March :50th IS33, " to supply every Chinese house in Singapore with Chris- tian tracts." SIAM.—The Rev. J. T. Jones late of the Burman mission, was at Singapore Feb. 26th, expect- ing to embark that evening or the next day for Bankok. BURMAH.—By recent accounts it appears that the mission in this empire continues to enjoy prosperity. The New Testa- ment in Burmese is now pub- lished entire, and they have be gun to print in the Karen and Peguan languages. They have already four presses and three printers sent out from the churches, employed in their book department. LITERARY NOTICES. •' A Sermon preached on board the American ship Morrison, at Whampoa, in China, Dec. 2d, 1832. Bv ROBERT MORRISON, D. D. Printed for the Author at the Albion Press." WE have been favored with a copy of this sermon, which we were present to hear also at the time of its delivery on board the ship. The name of the ship, as a testimony of personal friendship to the Doc- tor ; the circumstance also of its being the first day of celebrating religious worship in the Morrison at Whampoa, and the attentive and numerous audience, made it an interesting occasion. From the text, Rev. 1 : 3, the author addressess a word of itdmimi- tion to the various characters specified in the message to the churches. (I.) "To those whq have left their early attachment to the Lord Jesus Christ and his cause. (2.) To those who labor in the service of God and suffer tribulation. (3.) To those who remain faithful in the midst of the most ungod.lv •Hi MAY. . tictx. sor.ioly (I ') To lliiist1 who pos- sess the virtues oldutily, l°:iiili. and ji.-nn-iii'i' Inn who do not hoar a sullicient testimony a- gninst error and vice. (5 ) To those who have a name to live, but are dead. (<>.) To the faith- ful, though feeble. And (7.) finally to the lukewarm." The subject appeared to us well chosen and very apposite to the situation of his audience. We take this occasion also to say a word, respecting the amount of foreign shipping to China; and the means of (Chris- tian instruction enjoyed by the seamen engaged in it. The number of different vessels un- der the British flag which ar- rived in China during 1832, was about 75. More than 20 of these were in the service of the hon E. I. Company, carrying each, say from 100 to 150 men. These splendid merchantmen do not enjoy the services of a chaplain or of any religious instructor; but we understand it is required that the service of the church of England be read each Sabbath before the crews. Of the remaining 50 ships, we know little, except that many of them are manned with Las- cars, and officered with Euro- peans. But for those who un- derstand English, we do not learn that any provision is made for their religious instruction, unless some individual masters may ».Uempt it. The number of American vessels which arrived in China during the shipping season, from June 1832 to May 1833, was about 60. Forty-five of these carne up to Whampoa. For the benefit of seamen at tbh port the American Sea- iwn'* I'ViriicI Society scat out a chaplain, who aimed here at the end of Oct., lrt:«. By him, public worship was maintained at Whampoa, during the four or five succeeding months. Not- withstanding several inconven- iences attendant upon preach- ing on a ship's deck, whenever the Bethel Flag has been hoist- ed, an audience has always as- sembled, from 25 or 30, to 50, 70, 80, or 90. We hope that for the ensuing season, some convenient stationary accom- modation can be procured. THE EVANOELIST; and Mis- cellanea, iniimca.—The first num- ber of his new periodical ap- peared on the 1st instant; a second number came out on the 21st, and a third on the 27th of the month, It has for its motto,—" Go ye into all the world and preach the gospel to every creature." It is a reli- gious publication ; and thus far its columns have been princi- pally filled with papers exhib- iting the doctrines and precepts and promises of the gospel, and the character and duties of the professors ol Christianity. At the same time, "affairs of this vast empire, and the surrounding Chinese language nations,—Corea, Japan, Lew- chew, and Cochinchina, togeth- er with the numerous Chinese settlements in the Archipelago, are viewed with intense interest by the Christian Evangelist," and " as occurrences which are political and commercial have an influence on those that are religious and moral, they ought not to be overlooked by those who wish for the universal spread of the gospel.'' oj Occurrrttccf- 4? 'I'lie moral and religious cha- racter of llie Chinese comes di- reclly under llie observation of the Evangelist. On this topic the native is allowed to speak for himself. Each of the num- bers before us contains short pieces printed in the Chinese character; these, with the excep- tion of the single phrase Yuy- ho-hwa, "Jehovah," are Chi- nese com posit ion ; and they will, doubtless, prepare the way for the introduction of foreign in- telligence. A Chinese. Maga- zine is a great desideratum; and we hope another year will not pass away before such a publication is commenced. Concerning the term Yay- ho-hwa the Evangelist says ;•— "The missionaries in the South Sea islands have introduced Jehovah as the name of God. We have not found in any of the books of the Romish inis- siotiaries, that they have intro- duced this name to the know- ledge of their Chinese converts. It has been proposed by a pro- Icstant missionary to use Yuy- h/i-hifftt in the Chinese lan- guage; for the natives some- times ask the name, of our God. And why not introduce that mime by which he has revealed himself, and been known to his people in every age of the world? 'God spake unto Moses, and said unto him—I am Jeho- vah; and I appeared unto A- braham, unto Isaac, and unto Jar-i]), by the name of God Al- mighty; and by my name Je- liuriili, was I not also known to them?' The import of the Chinese words [Yay ho hwa], father, Jire, and^/ZoM>er or flame, will remind the reader of mount Sinai, when 'Jehovah descend- ed on it in firr,' to proclaim these words; 'I am Jehovah thy God. Thou shall have no other gods beside me. Thou shall not make to thyself any graven image, to bow down thyself to it. Thou shalt not take the name of Jehovah thy God in vain; for Jehovah will not acquit him who taketh his name in vain.'" JOURNAL, OF OCCURRENCES. LITERARY EXAMINATIONS.—The li- terary examinations in KtcangchoiB foo commenced on the 6th of the 4th moon (May 24th). The number of competitors is stated to be more than 25,000, varying in age from the lad of fifteen years to the hoary head of seventy and upwards. The candi- dates from the several hcfn, assemble in Canton on different days, accord- ing to notice previously given by the c.hefoo, who presides at (lie examina- tions. IMPERIAL PRESENTS.—At the close of the late campaign against the rebel mountaineers at Le6nchow, 900,000 taels were required to defray the expenses of the war. Of this sum 210,000 taels were advanced by the hong merchants. In consequence of this, and by the request of governor Loo, his majesty has condescended to confer on the said merchants the favor of accepting their money. He directed at the same time also that Iw-o hum-ting, or peacock's leathers 48 Journal of Occurrences. should be sent down for tlie two sen- ior merchants, Howqua and Mow- qua.—In the case of Howqna, the mon- ey (100,000 taels,) was given, and the honor received, in the name of his son It'oo Yucn/iwa. DECAPITATION.—At 10 o'clock on the 28th inst. the governor of Can- ton, with the fooyuen and other chief officers of the province, sat in judg- ment on the case of seventeen crim- inals, who were all sentenced to suffer death by decapitation. The wimg-ming, or imperial order, was im- mediately demanded, and the crim- inals were led away to the place of execution—to undergo the penalty of the law at 2 o'clock. P. M. Insurrection in Szechuen.—Letters have been received in Canton during the month, which report that an in- surrection has broken out in Sze- chuen. One officer of the 5th rank, and several of inferior rank, are said to have been killed. Children sold.—A scarcity of rice in Chaouchow foo, on the east of Canton, has increased the demand and raised the price of provision in (hid city. In consequence of this, the governor and fooyuen have sent out a proclamation forbidding rich merchants to hoard up rice, beyond a certain quantity, thereby increas- ing its price and distressing the poor. Still though the price has risen hut very little, many of the poor suffer much. Instances are numerous where parents have been seen going through the streets leading their own children by the hand, and offering them for sale. They are urged to this pain- ful necessity from want of provi- sions for themselves, as well as for their children. In cases of this kind, the purchaser is required to give a written promise that he will provide for the child, treat it well, &c. We knew an instance only a few days ago, where a little girl of 6 years of age was sold for twenty-five dollars. FORMOSA.—The accounts of the re- bellion in Formosa continue to be vague and unsatisfactory.—Concern- ing the population and productions of the island, the last number of the Canton Register (for May 18th), con- tains the following remarks. "The whole population may a- mount to two or three millions. The greater part are cultivators of the ground; many (principally the Amoy men) are merchants, fishermen, and sailors. On the whole they are a lawless tribe, who put the govern- ment and every human regulation at defiance, strictly adhering to their clans. Some of the country-born in the interior, have never acknowledg- ed the mandarins as their rulers But notwithstanding their aversion to every government, they are a very industrious race. The quantity of rice exported to Fuhkcrn and Che- keang is very considerable, and em- ploys more than three hundred junks. At TeOnlsin alone, there arrive an- nually more than seventy junks loaded with sugar. The exportation of cam- phor is likewise by no means small. The owners of the plantations are generally Amoy men, whose families live in their native country. The capi- tal they employ is great; the trade pro- fitable. The friendly feelings of the Formosan colonists towards foreign- ers are quite proverbial: but hitherto they have had very little intercourse with them. Some traces of the Dutch government still remain, but the name of this nation is almost for- gotten. The natives have receded further and further towards the east coast, and have been partly amalga- mated with the eastern planters." Postscript.—The weather during the last half of the month has been unusually cold end dry, and northerly winds have prevailed for several successive days. Among the native population there has been a good deal of sickness, and many have died, or as the Chinese say in polite language, segn yew, "have gone to ramble • among the genii."—The lady of his rxcellenfiy Yuen, formerly governor (.f Canton but now of Yunnan and Kweichow, is reported recently to have set out on such a rambling! T f I K CHINESE REPOSITORY VOL. II.—JUNE, 1833.—No. 2. Journal of a voyage along the coast of China, from the province of Canton to Lcatmtung in Man- tchou Tartary; 1832-33: by the Rev. CHARLES GUTZI.AFF.* JANUARY 14th, we changed our station, and came to anchor under an island. The curiosity to see the ship was greater here than at our former place, and being less embarrassed by the presence of the mandarins, we were able to live more quietly and to extend our intercourse with the people. A tem- ple built on the island under which we lay, is very spacious, and presents a real labyrinth. The whole island is picturesque, and appears to have been designedly chosen on this account. We saw here an edict pasted up, forbidding the possession of arms on any account, and threatening decapita- tion to all who dared to disobey this regulation. The priests had for a long time been desirous to get hold of a few Christian books, but when they could not obtain them, they almost wept for dis- appointment;—I had previously landed on the opposite shore, where I was surrounded by multi- tudes who did not cease importuning me till they had gotten every book out of my hands. There "Continued I mm [tag? 3~. 50 Gutzltiff's Journal. JUNE, were very few individuals who could not read, so that we may entertain the well-founded hope, that even the smallest tracts will be perused to advan- tage. We enjoyed the society of the natives very much. Combining intelligence and cordiality, they lost no opportunity of showing their friendship, or of making pointed inquiries. What a field for missionary exertion do they present! Their hearts are open to the impression of truth, and their doors for the reception of its messengers. We humbly trust in the wise government of God, (which can defeat all the restrictive laws of the most crook- ed policy,) that the doors to these parts will be soon thrown open. Though it was now winter, and often severe weather, the country to the southwest presented the most attractive views. From a temple, which being imperial had a gilded spire, we used to look down upon the surrounding valleys. With the priest, a very cunning man and a fine pattern of Chinese politeness, I had a very long conversa- tion upon religion. As soon as I touched upon some points which concerned a higher world, he was dumb. As to the religious creed of other na- tions, he appeared to be a perfect latitudinarian. On the 17th of January, we got under way for Kintang, an island which we had visited in the Lord Amherst. The cold being very piercing, some of our crew died. As the mandarins had previous- ly taken possession of the anchorage in the inner harbor, we took care not to have anything to do with them. The natives being under the immediate control of their rulers, were rather distrustful; how- over they'recognised me, and brought'great numbers of diseased people, of whom they requested me to take charge. The state of the poor, and in general of all the common people, is very wretched during the winter. In Europe we have firesides and comfort- able rooms; but these miserable beings can neither 1833. Gutzlaff's Journal. 51 afford nor procure fuel. Every shrub is cut up; every root is dug out; and the hills, which in other countries are generally covered with wood, are bare or only planted with a few fir-trees. To supply the want of fire, they carry fire-pots in their hands with a few coals in them. They -dress in five or six thick jackets, which are stuffed with cot- ton and thickened with numerous patches put upon them; indeed, many are only patchwork, but they keep the body warm, and this is all that is required. The Chinese are generally dirty in their habits; and the consequences both of warm clothing and uncleanliness are a great many cutaneous diseas- es—often very serious when they have become in- veterate. It ought to be an object with a mission- ary who enters this field, to provide himself with large quantities of sulphur and mercurial ointment, and he may be sure to benefit many. It has always been my anxious desire to give medical help whenever it was practicable. However the sufferers are so numerous that we were able to assist only a very small portion of the number. I should recommend it to a missionary about to enter China, to make himself perfectly acquainted with the diseases of the eye. He cannot be too learned in the ophthalmic science, for ophthalmia is more fre- quent here than in any other part of the world. This arises from a peculiar, curved structure of the eye, which is generally very small, and often inflamed by inverted eye-lids. Often while dealing out eye-water to a great extent, and successively examining the eye, I have wished to establish a hospital in the centre of the empire, in some place easy of access by sea and by land. I know scarce- ly one instance of a clever medical man having given himself up to the service of this distant na- tion, with the view of promoting the glorious gos- pel and the happiness of his fellow men. There have been several gentlemen both at Macao and Canton whose praiseworthy endeavors to alleviate 52 GutzlaJT's Journal. JUNK, suffering, have been crowned with much success. Yet we want a hospital in the heart of China itself, and we want men who wish to live solely for the cause. We went farther towards the southern parts of this island, where 1 began my Ch:istian operations, which were attended with ample success. We have walked over many hills, and gone through numerous valleys, carrying in our hands the Sacred Scrip- tures, which found ready readers. Surely we could not complain of their want of politeness, for all doors were open for us, and when the people re- luctantly saw that we would not enter heir hovels, they brought tea out to us, forcing us to take some of this beverage. From this island we shifted our anchorage to Ketow point, a head-land on the main. A great many tea plantations are found here, and for the first time we have seen the plant growing wild. TliH district is cultivated only in the valleys; the mountains furnish a good deal of pasture, but the Chinese keep only as many cattle as are indispen- sably necessary for the cultivation of the fields. When I first went on shore, the people seemed distrustful of receiving the word of salvation; some of them hinted that our books merely contained the doctrines of western barbarians, which were quite at variance with the tenets of the Chinese sages. I did not undertake to contest this point with them, but proceeded to administer relief to a poor man who was almost blind. He was affected with this unexpected kindness, and turning towards me said; "Judging from your actions your doctrines must be excellent; therefore I beseech you, give me some of your books; though I myself cannot read, I h;ive children who can."—From this moment the de- mand for the word of God increased, so that I could never pass a hamlet without being importuned by the people to impart o them the knowledge of di- yinc things, fn the wide excursions which 1 took, T 1833. Uutzlaff's Journal. 53 daily witnessed the demand for the word of God. The greatest favor we could bestow upon the natives, was to give them a book, which as a precious relic was treasured up and kept for the perusal of all their acquaintance and friends. Having remained here seven days, we then de- parted for other parts of the Chusan group. The weather during this time was generally dark and stormy. Feb. 4th, we arrived at the island Pooto, lat. 30° 3' N., and long 121° E. At a distance, the island appeared barren and scarcely habitable, but as we approached it, we observed very prominent buildings, and large glit- tering domes. A temple built on a projecting rock, beneath which the foaming sea dashed, gave us some idea of the genius of its inhabitants, in thus selecting the most attractive spot to celebrate the orgies of idolatry. We were quite engaged in view- ing a large building situated in a grove, when we observed some priests of Budha walking along the shore, attracted by the novel sight of a ship. Scarce- ly had we landed, when another party of priests in common garbs and very filthy, hastened down to us, chanting hymns. When some books were offered them, they exclaimed, "praise be to Bud- ha," and eagerly took every volume which I had. We then ascended to a large temple surrounded by trees and bamboo. An elegant portal and mag- nificent gate brought us into a large court, which was surrounded with a long row of buildings—not unlike barracks,—but the dwellings of the priests. On entering it, the huge images of Budha and his disciples, the representations of Kwanyin, the Goddess of Mercy, and other deformed idols, with the spacious and well adorned halls, exhibit an im- posing sight to the foreign spectator. With what feelings ought a missionary to be impressed when he sees so great a nation under the abject control of disgusting idolatry] Whilst walking here, I was strongly-reminded of Paul in Athens, when he was 54 Gutulajfs Journal. JUIVE, passing among their temples and saw an altar de- dicated "to the unknown God." For here we also found both a small hall and an altar covered with white cloth, allotted to the same purpose. 1 ad- dressed the priests who followed us in crowds,—for several hundreds belong to this temple; they gave the assent of indifference to my sayings, and fixed their whole attention upon the examination of our clothes. It was satisfactory, however, to see that the major and intelligent part of them were so eagerly reading our books, that they could not find a few moments even to look at us. The treatise which pleased them most, was a dialogue between Chang and Yuen, the one a Christian, and the other an ignorant heathen. This work of the late, much lamented Dr. Milne, contains very pointed and just remarks, and has always been a favorite book among the Chinese readers. The high priest requested an interview. He was an old deaf man, who seemed to have very little authority, and his remarks were common-place enough. Though the people seemed to be great- ly embarrassed at our unexpected appearance, their apprehensions gradually subsided; meanwhile we had the pleasure of seeing our ship coming to anchor in the roads. Having therefore renewed my stock of books with a larger store, I went again on shore. At this time the demand was much greater, and I was almost overwhelmed by the num- bers of priests who ran down upon us. Earnestly begging at least a short tract, of which I had ta- ken great quantities with me, I was very soon stripped of all, and had to refuse numerous appli- cations. We afterwards followed a paved road, discover- ing several other small temples, till we came to some large rocks, on which we found several in- scriptions hewn in very large letters. One of them stated that China has sages! The excavations were filled with small gilt idols, and superscriptions. On 1833. GulzlaJjTs Journal. 55 a sudden we came in sight of a still larger temple with yellow tiles, by which we immediately recog- nized it as imperial. A bridge very tastefully built over an artificial tank, led to an extensive area paved with quarried stones. Though the same architecture reigned in the structure of this larger building as in the others, we could distinguish a superior taste and a higher finish. The idols were the same, but their votaries were far more numer- ous; indeed this is the largest temple I have ever seen. The halls being arranged with all the tin- sel of idolatry, presented numerous specimens of Chinese art. These colossal images were made of clay, and tolerably well gilt. There were great drums and large bells in the temple. We were present at the vespers of the priests, which they chaunted in the Pali language, not unlike the Latin service of the Romish church. They held their rosaries in their hands, which rested folded upon their breasts; one of them had a small bell, by the tinkling of which their service was regulated; and they occa- sionally beat the drum and large bell to rouse Bud- ha to attend to their prayers. The same words were a hundred times repeated. None of the of- ficiating personages showed any interest in the cere- monies, for some were looking around, laughing and joking, whilst others muttered their prayers. The few people who were present, not to attend the worship, but merely to gaze at us, did not seem in the least degree to feel the solemnity of the service. Though we were in a dark hall standing before the largest image of Budha, there was nothing im- pressive: even our English sailors were disgusted with the scene. Several times I raised my voice to invite all to adore God in spirit and in truth, but the minds of the priests seemed callous, and a mere assent was all which this exhortation pro- duced.—Though the government sometimes decries Budhism as a dangerous doctrine, we saw papers 56 (julzlujfis Journal. JUNE, stuck up, wherein the people were exhorted to re- pair to these temples in order to propitiate heaven to grant a fertile spring ;—and these exhortations were issued by the emperor himself. What in- consistency! This temple was built during the time of the Ledng dynasty, several centuries ago, (about A. D. 550,) but it has undergone great repairs; and both under the last and present dynasties has enjoyed the imperial patronage. It was erected to em- blazon the glorious deeds of the Goddess of Mercy, who is said to have honored this spot with her presence. On the island are two large, and sixty small temples, which are all built in the same style, and the idol of Kwanyin holds a prominent station among her competitors. We were told, that upon a spot not exceeding twelve square mile?, (for this appears to be the extent of the island,) 2000 priests were living. No females are allowed to live on the island, nor are any laymen suffered to reside here, unless they be in the service of the priests. To maintain this numerous train of idlers, lands on the opposite island have been allotted for their use, which they farm out; but as this is still inadequate, they go upon begging expeditions not only into the surrounding provinces, but even as far as Siam. From its being a place of pilgrim- age also the priests derive great profits. Many rich persons, and especially successful captains, re- pair thither to express their gratitude and spend their money in this delightful spot. For this rea- son the priests have large halls and keep a regular establishment, though they themselves live on a very sparing diet. We never saw them use any meat; few are decently dressed; and the greater part are very ignorant, even respecting their own tenets. We saw many young fine-looking children whom they had bought to initiate them early in- to the mysteries of Budhism. They complained bit- terly of the utter decay of their establishment, and J833. 41 Malacca. business by his cast of judgment, method, and perseverance'. He has been encouraged in his laudable exertions by the fa- vorable opinion of his countrymen, and by marks of distinc- tion or consideration which have been conferred upon him by the higher functionaries of the local government. The reports in question also contained a summary of what evidence had presented itself, that the practice of vaccination fails occasion- ally, however unfrequently, in affording a perfect security against the occurrence of variolous disease, though still modified and mitigated in character by the previous experiment. A. P. December 26th, 1832. RELIGIOUS INTELLIGENCE. MALACCA.—The population of the district of Malacca, in- cluding town and country, is computed to be above 25,000; of whom two thirds live in the town of Malacca and its vicin- ity; and it consists of Chinese, Malays, Arabs, Klings or (Ala- labars), Portuguese, Dutch, and English. But the Chinese con- stitute considerably more than one third of the aggregate po- pulation of the district. The acting Principal of the Anglochinese college, the Rev. Mr. Tomlin, has very obliging- ly furnished us with accounts of the Chinese and Malay schools at Malacca, down to the 11th of March 1833; and of the Indo- Portugueee schools, to October of the preceding year. These schools are supported by cha- rity, and contain between six and seven hundred children. The accounts of the Malay and Portuguese schools must be deferred till the publication of our next number; concern- ing the Chinese schools, Mr. T. thus writes:— "In giving a report of our la- bors here during the present year, we are still unable to com- municate any very cheering in- telligence of much apparent fruit of them, or to speak of any remarkable change going on around us. However, we are thankful that we can say the same means are in operation, and the same labors are carried on as heretofore, which if stead- ily persevered in with faith and prayer, will at last, through the Lord's blessing, change the sur- rounding wilderness into a fruit- ful field. The good seed is daily scattered around us, and though some of it may fall amongst thorns or on stony ground, yet not a little falls upon what may reasonably be thought a genial-soil—the hearts Malacca MAI, of children. Tlie most obvious, and perhaps the must important means of promoting the Lord's work at Malacca, is the educa- tion of the young. This is evi- dent from the simple fact that from two classes of its mixed inhabitants, the Chinese and Malays, we have 500 boys and girls in the mission schools, dai- ly acquiring some knowledge of the Sacred Scriptures, and of other Christian books. "The four Chinese schools un- der the care of the missionary are daily superintended by the senior boys of the college. Every Sat- urday they are visited by the missionary himself. Each child repeats to him what he has read and got by heart during the week, and then explains the same in colloquial Chinese. But as few children born here, know much of their father's na- tive tongue, they go a step far- ther and render the Chinese into Malay, with which they all are familiar. It is satisfactory to know that the children are learning something of our holy religion, not merely by rote, ac- cording to the common mode in native schools in the East, but that they have some under- standing of what they read, and are from week to week advan- cing in divine knowledge. What is lodge'.! in the memory of a child by his heathen teacher, is impressed on his heart and conscience by the Christian teacher once a week. The older boys in the schools have also the advantage of further Christian instruction, by attend- ing with their teachers our Sub- bath morning's Chinese service in the chapel. Also at two of the Fulikeen schools where we have week day evening ser- vices, several of the elder schol- ars are usually present. There are six Chinese girls schools under the care of Miss Wallace, which seem to be do- ing well. They have the be- nefit of her daily instruction, which must he very conducive to their usefulness. The plan of a double rendering of the les- sons into the colloquial tongues of the Chinese and Malays, is followed also in these schools; and indeed with the girls this is doubly important, they being usually much more ignorant of Chinese than the boys. "In the college we have twen- ty-six boys. They are all taught to read English as well as Chi- nese; but the juniors are prin- cipally under the care of the Chinese teacher, who takes con- siderable pains to instruct them in Christian books. The sen- ior boys forming an upper class, are almost entirely under our own tuition. They have given tolerable satisfaction by atten- tion to their studies, and by the progress which I hey have made. Two or three of them especially ?eem promising youths, and we indulge a hope of their becom- ing sincere and enlightened fol- lowers of our gracious Redeem- er. In training up these youths for life and for eternity, it is our main and constant desire to lead them to the fountain head of heavenly wisdom, wbere they may drink of the pure streams of the water of life; yet we do not wholly desert the little rills of human knowledge. "Immediately after morning worship in Chinese, the senior hoys commence thnir studies by reading a chapter of the Bible which is explained to them in English and Chinese; after which they again go over it rendering it verse by verse into Chinese. "After breakfast we take up "Pilgrim's Progress," and read and explain a page, more or less, as before. A passage of this lesson is then selected as a Chi- nese exercise in loritiiig, to be presented the following day. In the afternoon we read a part of Dr. Milne's "Treatise on the Soul," with the College teach- er of Chinese at our head. When the latter has made the lesson sufficiently plain to all, in respectable colloquial Chinese, we explain it to them in easy, familiar English. A passage is selected from this lesson as an English exercise in writing. "They have also daily exercises in Murray's Grammar and in English composition. On Thurs- days, half a day is devoted 10 a lecture otr Geography, or As- tronomy. On the Sabbath, a portion of the Sacred Scriptures is usually given to them to re- peat on Monday morning. "The senior boys are also em- ployed about two hours each day as monitors in teaching the juniors English reading, writing, and arithmetic on the British system, under the general super- intendence of the missionary. The senior boys, as has already been observed, daily visit and number the scholars in the Chinese boys schools, and are constant in attendance at our various religions services in Chi- nese, held in the chapel on the Sabbath, and at two other places in the town on week day even- ing: most of them attend very rrgularly our English services in the chapel on S.itiliniii and Wednesday evenings. It is in- deed not a littJs ciieeri'is; to our spirits to see hail" a dozen Chi- nese youths, in their own dress, sitting among the professed peo- ple of God and in His temple, bending the knee before Him in prayer, listening attentively to the preached gospel, and to hear them singing with the under- standing the praises of Jehovah in our own tongue. Several of our Christian friends on wit- nessing such a sight for the first time, have expressed no little surprise and delight. Could our friends in England and Amer- ica behold with their own eyes the same sight, their hearts would doubtless be filled with joy and gratitude in being priv- ileged lo behold even this " day of small things," and would be encouraged to persevere and not to faint in helping the Lord's work in this vast and almost cheerless field. We can- not indeed say that these, once heathen youths, are now be- come real Christians; but while we observe them daily increas- ing in divine knowledge, and see them constantly coming up with the people of God to His sanctuary, and there meekly re- ceiving instruction from His ministers, we indulge a cheer- ing hope of seeing some, at least, becoming true and enlightened disciples of the Savior, and instructors and guides to their own benighted countrymen. "It may be thought that we are indulging too sanguine an- ticipations about these college boys, and looking too much on the bright side of the picture. Perhaps it may be the case; for we readily acknowledge we 44 MAY. Malacca. are prone to look on the Lord's work with a cheerful aspect, and hail with joy even a tender and solitary green blade that makes its appearance upon the sterile surface of the wilderness. We do not however glory in these things as the fruit of our own labors; for other men have labored and we have entered into their labors, and whatever fruit the Lord may permit us to gather, we would remember that others have long toiled here, and borne the heat and burden of the day. "The following is a summary of what has been printed in Ma- lacca during the year;—6,000 copies of various tracts, chiefly reprints of old standard tracts, five having been recut on new blocks in a larger character; 2,000 single gospels; and 130 complete copies of the enlarged and revised new edition of the Sacred Scriptures,—the first which have been printed from the new blocks. "We have not much to say respecting our intercourse with the heathen, and the distribu- tion of tracts amongst the Chi- nese. The daily labors of the whole college, and other duties of the establishment continual- ly pressing on the time and the attention of the Chinese missionary, leave him little time for going out amongst the peo- ple, though this he considers to be the most important and in- teresting part of the missionary work. Occasionally he takes a bundle of tracts and Scriptures under his arm, and makes an early morning excursion into the town. "However on two occasions, (Ueing obliged for the sake of his partner's health to retreat from the scene of his labors, and spend a few weeks in the neighborhood of Malacca, dur- ing the vacation at the com- mencement of the year, and again about the middle of the year at Singapore,) he had leis- ure for going out amongst the people a good deal. On the former occasion, being situated amongst the Malays, many tracts and portions of the Bible were given to them, and they were generally well received. At Singapore, being again pla- ced for a little while in the sphere of his former labors, he cheerfully entered on his work again, and was glad to find the same large and craving demand for the bread of life as former- ly, so that he was often com- pelled to deliver all he had to casual passengers who stopped him in the roads and streets, before he had got well into the town. Besides the Chinese, in- dividuals of various nations ac- costed him without ceremony or hesitation, inquiring for books in their respective languages. Even the Malays threw off their shyness and readily asked for tracts and the New Testament. Several were very desirous of obtaining the latter complete, and made interesting inquiries about the Christian religion, par- ticularly as to the main points of difference between it and Mohammedanism. Many of the ignorant Malays think there is only a plight difference between our religion and theirs, and in proof of this, mention the Law, Prophets, Psalms, and New Testament as books held sa- cred by themselves. But Ihe grand point upon which we are Lilrntry iVulicet. 4fi at issue with them is, Jesus t'hrist the son of God, the only Saviour of men, contrasted and opposed to the impostor Mo- hammed. This should always be plainly stated to them and strenuously maintained." SINGAPORE.—The population of this settlement, according to a census taken January 1st 1833, is 20,978. Of these, 8,517 are Chinese; 7,131 are Malays; 119 are Europeans; 96 are liulo- Britons; 300 are native Christ- ians; others are Armenians, Jews, Arabs, Javanese, &c.— Among the Malays in Singa- pore and the adjacent islands, the Rev. C. H. Thomsen is the only missionary now employed; and among the Chinese there is no one at present except Mr. Abeel, who during a short so- journ is "endeavoring," as he writes under date of March :JOth 1833, " lo supply every Chinese house in Singapore with Chris- tian tracts." SIAM.—The Rev. J. T. Jones late of the Burmnn mission, was at Singapore Feb. 26ih, expeci- ing to embark that evening or the next day for Bankok. BURMAH.—By recent accounts it appears that the mission in this empire continues to enjoy prosperity. The New Testa- ment in Burmese is now pub- lished entire, and they have be gun to print in the Karen and Peguan languages. They have already four presses and three printers sent out from the churches, employed in their book department. LITERARY NOTICES. •' A Sermon preached on board the American ship Morrison, at Whampoa, in China, Dec. 2d, 1832. BY ROBERT MORRISON, D. D. Printed for the Author at the Albion Press." WE have been favored with a copy of this sermon, which we were present to hear also at the time of its delivery on board the ship. The name of the ship, as a testimony of personal friendship to the Doc- tor ; the circumstance also of its being the first day of celebrating religious worship in the Morrison at Whampoa, and the attentive and numerous audience, made it an interesting occasion. From the text, Rev. ] : 3, the author addressess a word of admoni- tion to the various characters specified in the message to the churches. (I.) "To those whq have left their early attachment to the Lord Jesus Christ and his cause. (2.) To those who labor in the service of God and suffer tribulation. (3.) To those who remain faithful in the midst of the most ungod.lv . tirtx. MAY. sor.irly (I ) To lliosi- who pos- sess t ho virliifs of r.hiiiity, faith, and patience, lint who do not boar a sullicient testimony :t- gainst error and vice. (5 ) To those who have a name to live, but are dead. ((>.) To the faith- ful, though feeble. And (7.) finally to the lukewarm." The subject appeared to us well chosen and very apposite to the situation of his audience. We take this occasion also to say a word, respecting the amount of foreign shipping to China; and the means of Chris- tian instruction enjoyed by the seamen engaged in it. The number of different vessels un- der the British flag which ar- rived in China during 1832, was about 75. More than 20 of these were in the service of the hon E. I. Company, carrying each, say from 100 to 150 men. These splendid merchantmen do not enjoy the services of a chaplain or of any religious instructor ; but we understand it is required that the service of the church of England be read each Sabbath before the crews. Of the remaining 50 ships, we know little, except that many of them are manned with Las- cars, and officered with Euro- peans. But for those who un- derstand English, we do not learn that any provision is made for their religious instruction, unless some individual masters may attempt it. The number of American vessels which arrived in China during the shipping season, from June 1832 to May 1833, was about 60. Forty-fine of these carne up to Whampoa. For the benefit of seamen at this port the American Sea- nifii * Kni'iid Sori(>ty sent out a chaplain, win) aiiivod here at tho (Mid of Oct., 18:12. By him. public worship was maintained at Whampoa, during the four or five succeeding months. Not- withstanding several inconven- iences attendant upon preach- ing on a ship's deck, whenever the Bethel Flag has been hoist- ed, an audience has always as- sembled, from 25 or 30, to 50, 70, 80, or 90. We hope thai for the ensuing season, some convenient stationary accom- modation can be procured. THE EVANUELIST; and Mis- cellanea Sinica.—The first num- ber of his new periodical ap- peared on the 1st instant; a second number came out on the 21st, and a third on the 27th of the month, It has for its motto,—" Go ye into all the world and preach the gospel to every creature." It is a reli- gious publication ; and thus far its columns have been princi- pally filled with papers exhib- iting the doctrines and precepts and promises of the gospel, and the character and duties of the professors of Christianity. At the same time, "affairs of this vast empire, and the surrounding Chinese language nations,—Corea, Japan, Lew- chew, and Cochinchina, togeth- er with the numerous Chinese settlements in the Archipelago, are viewed with intense interest by the Christian Evangelist," and " as occurrences which are political and commercial have an influence on those that are religious and moral, they ought not to be overlooked by those who wish for the universal spread of the gospel.'' IS:V.J. r.currfitcrs- () The mural ami ruliirinus cha- racter of the Chinese conies di- roclly under the observation of the Evangelist. On this topic the native is allowed to speak for himself. Each of the num- bers before us contains -short pieces printed in the Chinese character; these, with the excep- tion of the single phrase Yuy- ho-hwa, "Jehovah," are Chi- nese composition ; and they will, doubtless, prepare the way for the introduction of foreign in- telligence. A Chinese. Maga- zine is a great desideratum; and we hope another year will not pass away before such a publication is commenced. Concerning the term Yay- ho-hwa the Evangelist says;.— "The missionaries in the South Sea islands have introduced Jehovah as the name of God. We have not found in any of the books of the Romish mis- sionaries, that they have intro- duced this name to the know- ledge of iheir Chinese converts. It has been proposed by a pro- lostanl missionary to use \'uy- lin-kii'H iii the Chinese lan- guage; lor the natives some- limes ask the name, of our God. And why not introduce that, ntinm by which he has revealed himself, and been known to his people in every age of the world? 'God spake unto Moses, and said unto him—I am Jeho- vah; and 1 appeared unto A- hraham, unto Isaac, and unto Jar-nb, by the name of God Al- mighty; and by my name Je- hovah, was I not also known to them?1 The import of the Chinese words [Yay ho hwa], father, fire, , "have gone to ramble • among (he genii."—The lady of his rxcelleiifly Yuen, formerly governor i.f Canton but now of Yunnan and Kweichow, b reported recently to have set out on such a rumbling! T H E CHINESE REPOSITORY. You II.—JUNE, 1833.—No. 2. Journal of a voyage along the coast of China, from the. province of Canton to Ltanutung in Man- tchou Tartary; 1832-33: by the Rev. CHARLES GUTZI.AFF.* JANUARY 14th, we changed our station, and came to anchor under an island. The curiosity to see the ship was greater here than at our former place, and being less embarrassed by the presence of the mandarins, we were able to live more quietly and to extend our intercourse with the people. A tem- ple built on the island under which we lay, is very spacious, and presents a real labyrinth. The whole island is picturesque, and appears to have been designedly chosen on this account. We saw here an edict pasted up, forbidding the possession of arms on any account, and threatening decapita- tion to all who dared to disobey this regulation. The priests had for a long time been desirous to get hold of a few Christian books, but when they could not obtain them, they almost wept for dis- appoint.mt.rit;—I had previously landed on the opposite shore, where I was surrounded by multi- tudes who did not cease importuning me till they had gotten every book out of ray hands. There "Conliuui'd I rum page 3'-i. 50 Gutzlaff's Journal. JUNE, were very few individuals who could not read, so that we may entertain the well-founded hope, that even the smallest tracts will be perused to advan- tage. We enjoyed the society of the natives very much. Combining intelligence and cordiality, they lost no opportunity of showing their friendship, or of making pointed inquiries. What a field for missionary exertion do they present! Their hearts are open to the impression of truth, and their doors for the reception of its messengers. We humbly trust in the wise government of God, (which can defeat all the restrictive laws of the most crook- ed policy,) that the doors to these parts will be soon thrown open. Though it was now winter, and often severe weather, the country to the southwest presented the most attractive views. From a temple, which being imperial had a gilded spire, we used to look down upon the surrounding valleys. With the priest, a very cunning man and a fine pattern of Chinese politeness, I had a very long conversa- tion upon religion. As soon as I touched upon some points which concerned a higher world, he was dumb. As to the religious creed of other na- tions, he appeared to be a perfect latitudinarian. On the 17th of January, we got under way for Kintang, an island which we had visited in the Lord Amherst. The cold being very piercing, some of our crew died. As the mandarins had previous- ly taken possession of the anchorage in the inner harbor, we took care not to have anything to do with them. The natives being under the immediate control of their rulers, were rather distrustful; how- ever they'recognised me, and brought'great numbers of diseased people, of whom they requested me to take charge. The state of the poor, and in general of all the common people, is very wretched during the winter. In Europe we have firesides and comfort- able rooms; but these miserable beings can neither 1833. Gutzlaff's Journal. 51 afford nor procure fuel. Every shrub is cut up; every root is dug out; and the hills, which in other countries are generally covered with wood, are bare or only planted with a few fir-trees. To supply the want of fire, they carry fire-pots in their hands with a few coals in them. They -dress in five or six thick jackets, which are stuffed with cot- ton and thickened with numerous patches put upon them; indeed, many are only patchwork, but they keep the body warm, and this is all that is required. The Chinese are generally dirty in their habits; and the consequences both of warm clothing and uncleanliness are a great many cutaneous diseas- es—often very serious when they have become in- veterate. It ought to be an object with a mission- ary who enters this field, to provide himself with large quantities of sulphur and mercurial ointment, and he may be sure to benefit many. It has always been my anxious desire to give medical help whenever it was practicable. However the sufferers are so numerous that we were able to assist only a very small portion of the number. I should recommend it to a missionary about to enter China, to make himself perfectly acquainted with the diseases of the eye. He cannot be too learned in the ophthalmic science, for ophthalmia is more fre- quent here than in any other part of the world. This arises from a peculiar, curved structure of the eye, which is generally very small, and often inflamed by inverted eye-lids. Often while dealing out eye-water to a great extent, and successively examining the eye, I have wished to establish a hospital in the centre of the empire, in some place easy of access by sea and by land. I know scarce- ly one instance of a clever medical man having given himself up to the service of this distant na- tion, with the view of promoting the glorious gos- pel and the happiness of his fellow men. There have been several gentlemen both at Macao and Canton whose praiseworthy endeavors to alleviate 52 Gutdajfs Journal. JUNK, suffering, have been crowned with much success. Yet we want a hospital in the heart of China itself, and we want men who wish to live solely for the cause. We went farther towards the southern parts of this island, where 1 began my Ch:istian operations, which were attended with ample success. We have walked over many hills, and gone through numerous valleys, carrying in our hands the Sacred Scrip- tures, which found ready readers. Surely we could not complain of their want of politeness, for all doors were open for us, and when the people re- luctantly saw that we would not enter heir hovels, they brought tea out to us, forcing us to take some of this beverage. From this island we shifted our anchorage to Ketow point, a head-land on the main. A great many tea plantations are found here, and for the first time we have seen the plant growing wild. This district is cultivated only in the valleys; the mountains furnish a good deal of pasture, but the Chinese keep only as many cattle as are indispen- sably necessary for the cultivation of the fields. When I first went on shore, the people seemed distrustful of receiving the word of salvation; some of them hinted that our books merely contained the doctrines of western barbarians, which were quite at variance with the tenets of the Chinese sages. I did not undertake to contest this point with them, but proceeded to administer relief to a poor man who was almost blind. He was affected with this unexpected kindness, and turning towards me said; "Judging from your actions your doctrines must be excellent; therefore 1 beseech you, give me some of your books; though I myself cannot read, I have children who can."—From this moment the de- mand for the word of God increased, so that I could never pass a hamlet without being importuned by the people to impart o them the knowledge of di- yinc things. In the wide excursions which T took, T 1833. Gutzlaff's Journal. 53 daily witnessed the demand for the word of God. The greatest favor we could bestow upon the natives, was to give them a book, which as a precious relic was treasured up and kept for the perusal of all their acquaintance and friends. Having remained here seven days, we then de- parted for other parts of the Chusan group. The weather during this time was generally dark and stormy. Feb. 4th, we arrived at the island Pooto, lat. 30° 3' N., and long 121° E. At a distance, the island appeared barren and scarcely habitable, but as we approached it, we observed very prominent buildings, and large glit- tering domes. A temple built on a projecting rock, beneath which the foaming sea dashed, gave us some idea of the genius of its inhabitants, in thus selecting the most attractive spot to celebrate the orgies of idolatry. We were quite engaged in view- ing a large building situated in a grove, when we observed some priests of Budha walking along the shore, attracted by the novel sight of a ship. Scarce- ly had we landed, when another party of priests in common garbs and very filthy, hastened down to us, chanting hymns. When some books were offered them, they exclaimed, "praise be to Bud- ha," and eagerly took every volume which I had. We then ascended to a large temple surrounded by trees and bamboo. An elegant portal and mag- nificent gate brought us into a large court, which was surrounded with a long row of buildings—not unlike barracks,—but the dwellings of the priests. On entering it, the huge images of Budha and his disciples, the representations of Kwanyin, the Goddess of Mercy, and other deformed idols, with the spacious and well adorned halls, exhibit an im- posing sight to the foreign spectator. With what feelings ought a missionary to be impressed when he sees so great a nation under the abject control of disgusting idolatry] Whilst walking here, f was stronglyreminded of Paul in Athens, when he was 54 Gutulajfs Journal. JUNE, passing among their temples and saw an altar de- dicated "to the unknown God." For here we also found both a small hall and an altar covered with white cloth, allotted to the same purpose. 1 ad- dressed the priests who followed us in crowds,—for several hundreds belong to this temple; they gave the assent of indifference to my sayings, and fixed their whole attention upon the examination of our clothes. It was satisfactory, however, to see that the major and intelligent part of them were so eagerly reading our books, that they could not find a few moments even to look at us. The treatise which pleased them most, was a dialogue between Chang and Yuen, the one a Christian, and the other an ignorant heathen. This work of the late, much lamented Dr. Milne, contains very pointed and just remarks, and has always been a favorite book among the Chinese readers. The high priest requested an interview. He was an old deaf man, who seemed to have very little authority, and his remarks were common-place enough. Though the people seemed to be great- ly embarrassed at our unexpected appearance, their apprehensions gradually subsided; meanwhile we had the pleasure of seeing our ship coming to anchor in the roads. Having therefore renewed my stock of books with a larger store, I went again on shore. At this time the demand was much greater, and I was almost overwhelmed by the num- bers of priests who ran down upon us. Earnestly begging at least a short tract, of which I had ta- ken great quantities with me, I was very soon stripped of all, and had to refuse numerous appli- cations. We afterwards followed a paved road, discover- ing several other small temples, till we came to some large rocks, on which we found several in- scriptions hewn in very large letters. One of them stated that China has sages! The excavations were filled with small gilt idols, and superscriptions. On 1833. Gutzlaff's Journal. 55 a sudden we came in sight of a still larger temple with yellow tiles, by which we immediately recog- nized it as imperial. A bridge very tastefully built over an artificial tank, led to an extensive area paved with quarried stones. Though the same architecture reigned in the structure of this larger building as in the others, we could distinguish a superior taste and a higher finish. The idols were the same, but their votaries were far more numer- ous; indeed this is the largest temple I have ever seen. The halls being arranged with all the tin- sel of idolatry, presented numerous specimens of Chinese art. These colossal images were made of clay, and tolerably well gilt. There were great drums and large bells in the temple. We were present at the vespers of the priests, which they chaunted in the Pali language, not unlike the Latin service of the Romish church. They held their rosaries in their hands, which rested folded upon their breasts; one of them had a small bell, by the tinkling of which their service was regulated; and they occa- sionally beat the drum and large bell to rouse Bud- ha to attend to their prayers. The same words were a hundred times repeated. None of the of- ficiating personages showed any interest in the cere- monies, for some were looking around, laughing and joking, whilst others muttered their prayers. The few people who were present, not to attend the worship, but merely to gaze at us, did not seem in the least degree to feel the solemnity of the service. Though we were in a dark hall standing before the largest image of Budha, there was nothing im- pressive: even our English sailors were disgusted with the scene. Several times I raised my voice to invite all to adore God in spirit and in truth, but the minds of the priests seemed callous, and a mere assent was all which this exhortation pro- duced.—Though the government sometimes decries Budhism as a dangerous doctrine, we saw papers 56 (jfutzlaJJF'g Journal. JUNE, stuck up, wherein the people were exhorted to re- pair to these temples in order to propitiate heaven to grant a fertile spring ;—and these exhortations were issued by the emperor himself. What in- consistency! This temple was built during the time of the I^edng dynasty, several centuries ago, (about A. D. 550,) but it has undergone great repairs; and both under the last arid present dynasties has enjoyed the imperial patronage. It was erected to em- blazon the glorious deeds of the Goddess of Mercy, who is said to have honored this spot with her presence. On the island are two large, and sixty small temples, which are all built in the same style, and the idol of Kvvanyin holds a prominent station among her competitors. We were told, that upon a spot not exceeding twelve square mile?, (for this appears to be the extent of the island,) 2000 priests were living. No females are allowed to live on the island, nor are any laymen suffered to reside here, unless they be in the service of the priests. To maintain this numerous train of idlers, lands on the opposite island have been allotted for their use, which they farm out; but as this is still inadequate, they go upon begging expeditions not only into the surrounding provinces, but even as far as Siam. From its being a place of pilgrim- age also the priests derive great profits. Many rich persons, and especially successful captains, re- pair thither to express their gratitude and spend their money in this delightful spot. For this rea- son the priests have large halls and keep a regular establishment, though they themselves live on a very sparing diet. We never saw them use any meat; few are decently dressed; and the greater part are very ignorant, even respecting their own tenets. We saw many young fine-looking children whom they had bought to initiate them early in- to the mysteries of Budhism. They complained bit- terly of the utter decay of their establishment, and 1833. Gulzlqff"s Journal. 57 were anxious to obtain from us some gift. To every person who visits this island, it appears at first like a fairy land, so romantic is everything which meets the eye. Those large inscriptions hewn in solid granite, the many temples which appear in every direction, the highly picturesque scenery itself, with its many-peaked, riven, and detached rocks, and above all a stately mausoleum, the largest, which I have ever seen, containing the bones and ashes of thousands of priests—quite bewilder the imagination. After having examined all the localities, we en- deavored to promulgate the doctrines of the gospel. Poo-to being a rendezvous for a numerous fleet of boats, gave us great facility in sending books to all the adjacent places. Nor were the people very slow in examining us and our books When their minds were satisfied upon the subject, they became excessively clamorous for Christian books. At first I had brought my stores on shore, but find- ing that the great crowds bore me down and rob- bed me of every leaf, I entered into a boat and sat down, while multitudes of boisterous applicants were on the shore. They now waded and even swam in order to get near me, and carried off in triumph the precious gift. Thousands and thousands of books have thus been scattered, not in this place only, but they have found their way into the pro- vinces, for some persons took them purposely for importation. He who oversees and directs all, will send these harbingers of salvation with eagle-swift- ness to all parts. In order to satisfy my mind respecting founding a depository for scriptures and tracts in one of the temples, I took my station in the great hall which leads into the large temple. At this time I had taken the precaution of guarding my back by the wall, that I might not be thrown down by the crowd. Within a few minutes the priests throng- ed around me. Though they were Urgent, they H 58 Gutzlaff's Journal. behaved politely and begged, almost with tears, that I would give them a tew tracts. How joyfully did they retire with the books under their arms! Thus we passed many days here, and the de- mand for the word of God, not indeed as such, but as being a new doctrine, increased daily more and more. We afterwards visited several other islands belonging to the Chusan group, which teemed whith inhabitants. They are less obstacles here to the promotion of the gospel than in many islands in the Pacific. They are far more populous, and their inhabitants are a very thriving people, no- ways deficient in natural understanding. English vessels visited them occasionally, during the last century, but they have never been accurately known by any European navigator; therefore we took the trouble to explore them as far as circumstances would permit. The great Chusan has high tower- ing hills, and splendid fertile vallies, some of which are alluvial ground. There are perhaps one mil- lion of inhabitants. Besides other places on its coast, we visited Sinkea mun, a fishing village, with a harbor sheltered from all winds—but the very seat of iniquity. The natives here crowded on board; they wanted books, und insisted upon having them; my great stock being almost exhausted, they offered money and besought me not. to send them empty handed away. On one occasion, I had taken some on shore; several sailors acted as rny safeguard, to prevent my being overpowered by the crowd. We ran for a long distance to escape their impor- tunity, but finally they overtook us and I was liter- ally plundered. Those who gained their point, re- turned shouting, whilst the others left me with a saddened heart, and uttering reproaches that I had not duly provided for their wants For days I have been solicited, but I could not satisfy the craving desire. I promised to return with a larger supply, and hope that God will permit me to re-enter this sphere. 1833. Gulzl«Jf"s Journal. 59 After staying a considerable time on the coast of Seangshan, on the main, we reached Shih-poo in latitude 29° 2' north on the first of April. 1 can scarcely do justice to this place, delightfully situated as it is at the bottom of a basin, having one of the best harbors in the world, entirely formed by the hand of God. Hitherto the weather had been very boisterous and cold, a thick mist filling the air. We had been weeks without seeing the sun; even in March, and in this latitude, we had storms. But now ihe spring was approaching, the wheat fields stood in the blade, and the blossoms of the peach- trees perfumed the air. To ramble at such a sea- son surrounded by such scenery is true enjoyment, and draws the heart powerfully towards the al- mighty God. The mandarins had now given up the principle of disturbing us from mere jealousy, and they will perhape never try to interfere with us any more. So fruitless have been all their at- tempts to deter us from any intercourse with the natives, that the more they strove to effect their purpose, the more we gained our point, and the readier we were received by the natives. We delayed some time on the coast of Fuhkeen. We arrived at a time of general scarcity ; the g eat- er part of the people were living upon sweet pota- toes, dried and ground; for the revolution, or rather rebellion, in Formosa, had prevented the grain-junks from bringing them the customary sup- plies from that island. S me of the poor peasants lived upon the ears of the green wheat, roasted and boiled like rice. This scarcity had given rise to piracy and highway robbery. We spent some time in a village inhabited by pirates, but received no injury. Notwithstanding all these dis- asters, the Fuhkeen men are the same enterpris- ing class which they have been for centuries, en- grossing all the trade of the coast. We look for the time, when they will be brought to the obe- 60 Gutzlajf's Journal. JUNE, dience of the gospel, and become the medium of communication with all parts of China. I had here also an opportunity of scattering the light of di- vine truth, thouhg on a smaller scale, for we stayed only a short time. In our excursions we examined Kin-mun, a large island to the north of Amoy harbor. Here were immense rocks piled upon each other, just as though done by human hands. Though very sterile, it has at least 50,000 inhabitants, who are enterprising merchants or sailors. Several places of considerable importance we may be said to have discovered, for they are not known to any European else, nor were they ever visited by Europeans, if we except Jesuits. As it is not my intention to give any geo- graphical sketches, I refrain from enumerating them. However as our commercial relations are at the present moment on such a basis as to warrant a continuation of the trade all along the coast, we hope that this may tend ultimately to the intro- duction of the gospel, for which many doors are opened.—Millions of Bibles and tracts will be need- ed to supply the wants of this people. God, who in his mercy has thrown down the wall of national se- paration, will carry on the work. We look up to the ever blessed Redeemer to whom China with all its mttTions is given: and in the faithfulness of his pro- mises, we anticipate the glorious day of a general conversion, and are willing to do our utmost in order to promote the great work. After a voyage of six months and nine days, we reached Lintin, near Macao, on the 29th of April. Praised be God for all his mercies and deliverances during such a perilous vpyage! NOTE. Some further account of the island of Poo-to wjll be given in • future number, in a paper on Budhiam. 1833, Penal Laws of China. 61 PENAL, LAWS OF CHINA. THE Chinese government is divided into se- veral distinct, though not altogether independent, departments. Of these, the six Tribunals,—name- ly (1.) the Le Poo, or that of Civil Office; (2.) the Hoo Poo, or that of Revenue; (8.) the Le Poo, that of Rites; (4.) the Ping Poo, that of War; (5.) the Hing Poo, that of Punishments; and (6) the Kung Poo, or Tribunal of Public Works,—are the most im- portant, and correspond to the six last of the seven divisions of the penal laws. The first division, containing general laws, or preliminary regulations, we have already noticed; and will now proceed to the next division. II. CIVIL LAWS. These refer to the adminis- tration of the civil government, and are divided into two books; the first is headed "system of government," and the second, "conduct of magis- trates." Concerning hereditary succession, the first topic under the first of these two subdivisions the law is, that every officer, whose rank and title are he- reditary, shall be succeeded in them by his prin- cipal wife's eldest son, or by his legal representa- tive; if such son and his representative are de- ceased or incapacitated to succeed, the son next in age or his representative shall be called to the succession; and if there are no such sons or re- presentatives, the sons of the other wives and their legal representatives shall, according to seniority, be entitled to the succession.—But whoever enters on the succession to an hereditary dignity in vio- lation of the order prescribed by this law, shall * Continual front page J9. G2 Penal Laws of China. JUNE, be punished for such offense with one hundred blows and three years' banishment.—None of the hereditary dignities which existed previous to the Mantchou Tartar conquest, appear to have been recognized by the present government, excepting only that which is attached to the family of Con- fucius, "whose real or supposed descendants are at this day distinguished with peculiar titles of honor, and maintained at the public expense." If any civil officers, who have not distinguished themselves by extraordinary services to the state, are recommended to the consideration of the em- peror, as deserving the highest hereditary honors, such officers and those who recommend them, shall suffer death; those however, who are recommended to such honors in consequence of their being the lineal descendants of officers who have averted na- tional calamities, protected the empire, and con- tributed to the establishment of the imperial fami- ly, shall be free from any liability to the penalties of this law. The appointment and removal of officers depend on the authority of the emperor. If any great of- ficer of state presume to confer any appointment on his own authority, he shall suffer death by being beheaded. Notwithstanding this law, the governors of the provinces are constantly in the habit of filling vacancies in the inferior offices; but this is always done by virtue of authority supposed to be conferred by the emperor, and is generally stated to be only ad interim, until his majesty's pleasure is known.—In every public of- fice or tribunal, whether at court or in the provinces, the number of officers, clerks, and attendants to be employed, is established by law. Nevertheless, "when necessary," officers of government may hire persons to assist in collecting the duties, or in completing the registers of the people." Officers of government are prohibited from leav- ing their respective station*, except on account of 1833. Penal Laws of (Vw'w«. 63 sickness, or upon public service, and sliall be pu- nished with forty blows for every breach of this law. They are limited in the time of entering on the duties of any office to which they may have been appointed ; and a single day's unnecessary delay subjects them to the bamboo. Officers who do not present themselves at court, or at head-quar- ters, or after leave of absence do riot return in due time, are also liable to the bamboo. VII. Irregular interference of superiors with sub- ordinate magistrates is strictly interdicted. Never- theless, in all serious criminal or intricate revenue cases, " in which interference or consultaion is re- quisite, it shall be lawful to summon the attend- ance of the members of the inferior tribunals.—In order to show how far the inferior tribunals are connected with, and subject to, the authority of their respective superiors, the translator has ap- pended to his work "the official reports of some remarkable legal proceedings." Our limits forbid us to quote from these; and we add on this point only a single remark, and in his own words;—"As the investigation of all capital cases must pass through every step, from the tribunal of the low- est magistrate to the throne of the emperor; and as there is, generally speaking, a right of appeal through the same channel in all cases, whether civil or criminal, partiality and injustice could ac- cording to such a system, scarcely ever escape detection and punishment, if the interference of superior magistrates, did not whenever it takes place, [which is not unfrequent,] render the ap- peal hopeless, and the repetition of the investiga- tion nugatory." All persons who engage in cabals and state intrigues, shall be beheaded, and their wives and children shall become slaves, and their fortunes shall be confiscated.—Any combination between officers in the provinces and those at court in the 64 Penal Laws of China. JUNE, immediate attendance on his majesty, the object of which may be, either the betrayiug of the secrets of the state^ unwarrantable pretensions to offices of power and emolument, or joint addresses to the sovereign for private and unlawful purposes, shall subject all the parties guilty of such an offense, to suffer death, and their wives and children to perpetual banishment. All officers and others in the employ of go- vernment, are required to make themselves perfect in the knowledge of the laws, so as to be able to explain clearly their meaning and intent, and to superintend and insure their execution. At the close of every year they must all undergo an ex- amination ; and if they are found deficient in knowl- edge of the laws, they shall forfeit one month's salary when holding official, and receive forty blows when holding any of the inferior, stations. And all private individuals, whatever may be their calling, "who are found capable of explaining the nature, and comprehending the objects of the laws, shall receive pardon in all cases of offenses resulting purely from accident, or imputable to them only from the guilt of others, provided it be the first offense, and not implicated with any act of trea- son or rebellion." Those who delay or neglect to execute orders of government, who destroy and discard edicts and seals of office, fail to report to their superiors, or are guilty of errors and informalities in their public do- cuments, together with all those who are convicted of altering any official dispatch, or of using of- ficial seals, or of neglecting to use them, accord- ing to the established regulation of the empire, are liable to the " appropriate penalties" of the law.— No part of the penal laws is better devised than this, which is intended to regulate the conduct of ma- gistrates ;—the rules are good, but in practice they are almost entirely neglected. 1833. Penal Laws of China. 65 III. FISCAL LAWS. This division in the origi- nal, which has been closely followed in the trans- lation, is divided into about eighty sections; se- veral of these, however, refer to the same general subject. The laws concerning the enrollment of the peo- ple are very plain and definite. All persons what- ever shall be registered according to their respec- tive professions or vocations, whether civil or mili- tary, whether post-men, artisans, physicians, astro- logers, laborers, musicians, or of any other denomi- nation whatever. When a family has omitted to make any entry whatever in the public register, the master thereof, if possessing lands charge- able with contributions to the revenue, shall be punished with one hundred blows; but if he possess no such property, with eighty blows only. When any master of a family, has among his household, strangers who constitute, in fact, a dis- tinct family, but omits to make a corresponding entry in the public register, or registers them as members of his own family, he shall be punished with one hundred blows, if such strangers possess taxable property, and with eighty blows if they do not possess such property; and if the person harbored is not a stranger, but a relative, possess- ing a separate establishment, the punishment of the master so offending, shall be less than as afore- said, by two degrees, and the person harbored shall be liable to the same punishment. In all these cases the register is to be immediately corrected. Children are to be entered on the public register at the age of four years; but the period of liability to public service, is between sixteen and sixty.— In all the districts of the empire, one hundred families shall form a division, in order to provide a head and ten assessors, whose duty it. is to oversee and assist in the performance of all public duties. These are to be chosen from among the most respectable men in the district, persons of mature 66 Penal Laics of China. JUNK, age, but who have never held any civil or military employment, nor been convicted of any crime. These "elders" must see that all the families in their respective divisions have been registered, and failure in doing this exposes them to the bamboo. The returns of population are to be made annually. We will notice in this connection the rule of succession and inheritance; but the laws of marriage, which have a place in this division of the code, will be reserved and form a part of a separate ar- ticle at another time.—The eldest son of the prin- cipal wife, as in the case of "hereditary dignities," cornea first in the succession; and after him the other sons or representatives according to seniori- ty. A man who has no male issue shall choose one from among those of the same surname, who is known to be descended from the same ances- tors, beginning with his father's issue, next with his relations of the first degree, then those of the second, then those of the third, and last with those of the fourth degree; on failure of these, he is at liberty to choose whomsoever he may prefer among those of the same surname; and if afterwards a son is born, he and the adopted child shall parti- cipate equally in the family property. But no heir can be chosen to supply the place of a son of the first wife, before she has completed her fif- tieth year. The regulations .concerning the land-tax consti- tute a very important branch of tho fiscal laws of China. Whether the tenure by which the land is in general held, is of the nature of a freehold, and vested in the landholder without limitation or con- trol, or whether the sovereign is in fact, the ex- clusive proprietor of the soil, while the nominal landholder is no more than the steward of his master, is a question which our translator has dis- cussed with his usual ability. The truth, he thinks, in this case, lies between the two extremes. It is well known that several of the richest merchants 1833. Pntal Lnwt of China. (17 in Canton have considerable landed possessions, which they esteem as the most secure, if not the most important portion of their property. The or- dinary contribution of the landholder to the revenue is supposed nut to exceed one tenth of the produce, a proportion which leaves enough in his hands, to enable him to reserve a considerable income to himself, after discharging the wages of the labor- ers, and the interest of the capital employed in the cultivation of his property. "Tt is chiefly upon this income that all the superannuated, superseded, and unemployed officers of government.; all mer- chants retired from, and no longer engaged in busi- ness ; all those Tartar families who hold their pro- perty in China under a species of feudal vassalage; and, lastly, all farmers and others not actually labor- ing agriculturists, must be supposed to subsist. As there are no public funds in China, the purchase of land is the chief, if not the only mode of render- ing capital productive with certainty and regularity, and free from (he anxiety and risk of commercial adventure." On the other hand, it appears from the Penal Code itself, "that the proprietorship of the land- holder is of a very qualified nature, and subject to a degree of interference and control on the part of government, not known or endured under the most despotic of the governments of Europe." By one section of the law, the proprietor of land seems to be almost entirely restricted from disposing of it by will; by another, it appears that the inheritors must share it amongst them in certain established proportions. Those lands are forfeited, which the proprietors do not enter on the public register, ac- knowledging themselves responsible for the pay- ment of taxes upon them; and in some cases lands seem to be liable to forfeiture, "merely because they are not cultivated when capable of being so." It appears very evident, from the whole tenor of the laws, as well as from other considerations, 68 Penal A.flws of China. Ji'NK, that the Chinese government feels no small solicitude in providing for the necessary wants of the people. And on this account, as well as for raising a re- venue, they endeavor to secure the cultivation of all the lands in the empire, and have framed their laws accordingly. Whoever neglects to cultivate his lands or to pay his taxes, exposes himself to punishment. The taxes arc paid both in money and kind. According to the regulations concerning coinage, there are founderies and mints, where the metal is prepared and cast, and also store-houses in which the coin is deposited, until required for public ser- vice. The quantity of metal coined in the former, and the periods of its issue from the latter, are fixed by the Board of Revenue, "in order that the successive supplies of coin for the use of the people may correspond with their wants, and be regulated according to the market-prices of gold, silver, grain, and other articles in general use and consumption." In no private dwelling of any soldier or citizen shall any utensils of copper be used, except mirrors, military arms, bells arid articles especially conse- crated to religious purposes. Whatever quantity any individual may have in excess, he is permitted to sell to government, and at a fixed rate. And whoever buys or sells copper clandestinely, or con- ceals the same in his house, shall be punished with the bamboo. On account of the inconvenience which would attend the payment of large sums in their coin, of which they have only one kind (the tse'e'n, or cash), and as paper currency is not in use, ingots of sil- ver, of one and of ten Chinese ounces (leiing or taels) weight, are used in payments to government. Gold is also used.—Whoever has the charge of collecting or receiving money due to government, "shall be answerable for the delivery of the same in no other than perfectly pure bullion, whether gold or silver."—The regulations concerning the receipt 1833. Penal Laws of China. 69 and issues of public stores, are too numerous, and unimportant to be enumerated here. Suffice it to remark, that the whole impost on the summer har- vest must be paid before the end of the 7th moon, and that on the autumnal harvest, by the end of the 12th moon.—The total amount of the revenue col- lected in the Chinese empire is said to be about sixty-six millions of pounds sterling, annually; of which only twelve are remitted to Peking, while fifty-four are retained in the provinces. These sums, says sir George, are probable not far from the truth; though on such a subject the accuracy of the information must be in some degree ques- tionable. Duties on salt form a considerable branch of the revenue. This trade is a monopoly, and through- out the empire is carried on by a limited number of merchants, who are licensed by government, and whose proceedings are under the inspection and control of officers especially appointed to that service. These merchants are usually rich arid respectable. The laws which regulate the trade are very specific, as well as rigorous; and those who violate them are subject to heavy penalties. There are duties also levied on tea, and various other articles for "the home consumption." In short, all merchants who defraud the revenue, " by not duly contributing the amount of the rated and established duties on their merchandize, shall be punished with fifty blows, and forfeit to govern- ment half the value of the goods smuggled ; three tenths of such forfeiture shall be given to the in- former, but no such reward shall be allowed, when the smuggled goods are discovered and ascertained by the regular officer on duty. Whoever convex goods through a barrier or custom-house statior, without taking out the regular permit, shall be lia- ble to all the ordinary penalties of smuggling. All large trading vessels also, which navigate the seas, shall on reaching their destined port, deliver 70 Penal J^aws of China. JUNK, to the officers of the custom-house, "a full and true manifest of all the merchandize on board," that the duties payable thereon may be duly assessed and paid.—All duties must be paid to government within the year in which they are due. Private property likewise comes under the cog- nisance of government. "Whoever lends his mon- ey or other property of value, in order to derive profit from such transaction, shall be limited to the receipt of an interest on the amount or value of the loan, at the rate of three per cent, per month." —This is considerably above the ordinary rate of interest in this part of the country. To lend upon pledges, is also a very frequent practice in China. »Shops of money-lenders, where deposits may be made of any kind of personal property, are extreme- ly numerous in all parts of the empire, and, in general, upon a scale of greater respectability than establishments of a similar nature in Europe! Sales, markets, and manufactures are the last topics treated of in this division of the Penal Code. In every city, public market, and sea-port, where licensed agents are stationed by government, it shall be the duty of such agents to keep an offi- cial register of all the ships and merchants that successively arrive, describing their real names and references, and also the marks, numbers, quantity and quality of goods brought to the market; who- ever transgresses this law shall receive sixty blows, and be expelled from the service. All unfair tra- ders "shall be severely punished; and whoever procures or makes use of false weights, measures, and scales, shall receive sixty blows. If a private individual manufactures any article for sale, which is not as strong, and durable, and genuine, as it is professed to be, or if he prepares and sells any silks or other stuffs of a thinner or slighter tex- ture and quality, narrower or shorter, than the cus- tomary standard, he shall be punished with fifty blows. 1833. Penal Laws of China. 71 IV. RITUAL LAWS. The emperor, and his great officers of government, are the only persons who are allowed to offer the great sacrifices, and perform the sacred rites of the celestial empire. The monarch himself is the high priest of the nation; and his vassals are the ministers who do his will, and aid in the politico-religious services of the state. But the priests, properly so called, and the people, both soldiers and citizens, are forbidden to participate in the highest religious solemnities of the nation. All those officers whose duty it is to superintend and aid in the imperial sacrificial rites, must pre- pare themselves for every such occasion by absti- nence; and whoever either by eating or drinking, by listening to music: or retiring to the apartments of his wives and concubines, by mourning for the dead or visiting the sick, by taking cognizance of capital oft'enses, or by partaking of public feasts, fails so to do, shall forfeit one month's salary. And whoever neglects duly to prepare the animals, precious stories, silks, and grain for the grand sac- rifices shall receive one hundred blows. And who- ever destroys or damages, whether intentionally or not, the altars, mounds, or terraces consecrated to the sacred rites, shall receive one hundred blows, and be perpetually banished.—In all the provincial cities of the first, second, arid third order, the local genii, the genii of the hills, the rivers, the winds, the clouds, and of the lightnings, also the ancient holy emperors, enlightened kings, faithful ministers, and illustrious sages, shall be honored "by oblations and other holy rites." The sepulchral monuments of ancient emperora and princes, and the tombs of saints, sages, faith- ful ministers, and other illustrious individuals, shall be carefully preserved; and no person shall pre- sume, on pain of receiving eighty blows, to feed cattle, cut wood, or to guide the plough, in the places where the remains of such distinguished personages are deposited. 72 Ptnal Laws of China. JUNE, The laws respecting unlicensed forms of worship, magicians, lenders of sects, and teachers of false doctrines, we quote entire. "If any private family performs the eeremony of the adoration of heaven and the north star, burning incense for that purpose during the night, lighting the lamps of heaven, and also seven lamps to the north star, it shall he deemed a profanation of these sacred rites, and derogatory to the celestial spirits; the parties concerned therein shall accordingly be punished with eighty blows.—When the wives or daughters are guilty of these ottenses, the husbands and fathers shall be held responsible. "If the priests of Fuh, and Taou-sze, after burning incense and preparing an oblation, imitate the sacred imperial rites, they also shajl be punished as aforesaid, and moreover be expelled from the order of priesthood.—If any officers of government, sol- diers, or citizens, permit the females belonging to their families to go abroad to (he temples of priests, in order to burn in- cense in token of worship, they shall be punished with forty blows ; but when widows, or other women not under the guardi- anship of men, commit the same offense, the punishment shall fall on themselves.—The superior of the temple, and the porter at the gate, shall also be equally punished for admitting them. "Magicians, who raise evil spirits by means of magical honks, and dire imprecations, leaders of corrupt and impious sects, and members of all superstitious associations in general, whether denominating themselves Mi-Ie-fn or Pe-lien-kiaou, Or in any other manner distinguished, all of them offend against the laws, by their wicked and diabolical practices and doctrines. When such per:xns, having in their possession concealed images of their worship, burn incense in honor of them, and when they assemble their followers by night in order to instruct them in their doctrines, and by pretended powers and notices endeavor to inveigle and mislead the multitude, the principal in the com- mission of such o.Tcnses shall he strangled, after remaining in prison the usual period, and the accessories shall severally receive one hundred blows, and be perpetually banished to the distance of three thousand 1e. "If at any time the people, whether soldiers or citizens, dress and ornament their Uoh, and after accompanying them twnul- tuously u;!h, drums and gongs, perform oblations and other sa- cred rites to their honor, the leader or instigator of such meet- ings shall be punished with one hundred Mows. "If the head inhabitant of the district, when privy to such unlawful meetings, does not give information to government, he shall be punished with forty blows.—The penalties of this law shall not however be so construed as to interrupt the regular and customary meetings of the people, to invoke the terreslrial spirits in spring, ancl to return thanks to them in autumn." I'tnul Lawn of f/ttna. 78 "The Christian sect," remarks the translator, "is in this code entirely passed over in silence." In clauses added since the translation was made, the Se-yang jin and the teen-choo keaou are noticed. Our limits forbid us here to enter on the discus- sion of this subject; but we purpose soon to re- cur to it again, and will then lay before our read- era all the information, worthy of notice, which we can command.—Several sections concerning sundry "miscellaneous observances" close this divi- sion of the code. Medicines and provisions, equi- page and furniture, are to be well chosen and du- ly provided for his majesty.—Private individuals are prohibited from keeping in their possession, celestial images, astrological books, and books for calculating fortunes, and so forth.—The houses, apartments, carriages, dress, furniture, and other articles used by the officers of government, and by the people in general, shall be comforrnable to the established rules and gradations. "Priests of Foe* or Tao-sse," must visit their parents, sacrifice to their ancestors, and mourn for their relations "in the same manner as is by law required from the people in general."—The celestial bodies and phenomena must all be carefully observed and noted. Con- jurers and fortune-tellers must not frequent the houses of any civil or military officers, under pre- tense of prophesying to them future events ; this law shall not however be understood to prevent them from telling the fortunes and casting the nativities of individuals, by the stars, in the usual manner.— Such are the ritual laws of China! * In the Asiatic Journal, this word has been frequently written Fo-hi or Fuh-he. The editor of that work, referring (in No. xxxiv, for Oct. 1832, p. 89,) to a correction of this error, which was pointed out to him in tho Canton Register, remarks that " this ' new and unfounded expression,' whether correct or not, is as commonly used as that of Budha priests. It occurs, for example, repeatedly, in Sir George Staunton's translation of the code of China, in the text as well as the notes."—Fuh-he, the name of an an. cient emperor, the supposed founder of the Chinese empire, may be, for aught wo know, "as commonly used as Budha priest*;" but it is never ap. plied, when used correctly, to those priests themselves. Sir George writes, not Fo-lii but Foe.—tin; old orthography of Full, which is the Chinese abbreviation ul' 1'uh.too, ur Budha. 1 Remarks on the Jrxe, MISCELLANIES. Remarks on the history and chronology of China, from the earliest ages down to the present time. By Philosmensis. IT is a trite remark, that in no country of Europe, or of the whole globe, is there so much sameness to be found as in China. Observe the physiognomy, the character, and the in. stitutions of the people, and you find only a slight difference between the inhabitants of the several provinces. View their cities, houses, temples, and public courts, and how little do they differ from each other, though separated in distance more than a thousand miles. The diversities in the Chinese dress, and in their whole mode of life, are indeed so slight as to be almost imperceptible to a stranger, who, on seeing them for the first time, can scarcely distinguish an inhabitant of Peking from a native of Canton. This uniformity pervades also their whole literature; the Chinese thoughts are stereotyped in their classics, and the learned individual or author merely gives a nev.' edition. When we consult their history, we meet with the same bar. renness of ideas, arising from their uniformity in all ages. The history of the nation is involved in that of the emperor;—he is the sole agent; and the nation is the engine, which is set in motion at the pleasure of the autocrat or his ministers. A mere panegyric, or a modified censure, which implies a partial praise, is all which we find in the records concerning the lives of the emperors. Yaou and Shun, the celebrated emperors of antiquity, so frequently mentioned in their annals, are held up as examples worthy of imitation; and the emperor whom the modern historians would praise, is exhibited as the rival of their virtues. But when proHigncy and tyranny meet with just retribution, and the nation shakes off the hateful yoke, and murders the oppressor, these historians exercise all their skill in portraying u monster of the infernal regions, a prodigy of worthlessness and cruelty. They can seldom preserve the "due medium" which Confucius so frequently recommended; for they scarcely ever dare to represent the glaring faults of those emperors whose good qualities overbalance their palpable de- fects. Hence arises the great veneration, and the more than divine homage, which the nation pays to the "son of heaven," the personified celestial virtue, whose paternal care and com. passion extend beyond the "four seas," and comprehend all 1833. History <>J China. 75 nations. These notions have even reached Emope; and many learned men, a(Vr pvrosing the historical panfgvnr.-i of Du Halde and of others, consider the Chinese government the most excellent and glorious which ever existed, or wiiicn now exists on the globe. And even now, if we regan! merely the edicts of this common political and lender father, we are in- duced to believe that China can bnast the only patriarchal government which has survived (he wreck of time, and which continues to lavish its divine blessings on the millions of its children. But these historical and political delusions vanish before a scrutinizing eye; and we see in this universal father of mankind, nothing but a despot who tramples on the laws of tiie country, and keeps the nation under iron bondage. The great mass of historians were mere adulators, and if there has been an honorable exception, his voice was either sup- pressed, or uttered only to late posterity, when another dynnsry filled the throne. There were however privileged and imperial writer:-, charged with the office of duly representing ine actions of their sovereign—without the varnish of flattery—as an example to posterity. No nation boasts so long a series of historians and of history. The unchangeable nature of the Chinese written language, is well adapted to preserve the relatiors of event?, to all generations, down to the last day. Their his- torical details received no borrowed aid from foreign nation:); they had no Thucydides or Tacitus as models, but wrote in their own original way. Ignorant of other nations, they con- fined themselves to their own country, and mentior.ed the "bar- barians" only as they came in contact with them. An they constitute so great a portion of the inhabitants of ihe globe, their history on this account, notwithstanding all its defects, is very valuable. It will also be worthy of our consideration to investigate the means by which so Immense a mass of people has been kept together, whilst every other nation, with very few exceptions, has dwindled to nothinjr, or lost its nationality under the influence of foreign conquerors. A study of this history will furnish us the means to become intimately ac- quainted with the Chinese character, and with the leading principles of the celestial government. Here existed a state with- out the aid of classic lore; here it was overthrown, but never annihilated, and withstands to this day the inroads of all-de- stroying time. The Chinese empire is in this icspeet peerless. Whilst the Babylonian, Persian, Grecian, Roman, and other monarchies now exist only in the records of history. China, though the cotemnorary of them all, is still in vigor, and was never so great in extent of territory as at the present moment. Wlial a prospect does it present in a religious point of view? All, even the most savage nations, have undergone great chan- ges hy the introduction of new creeds. Exterminating wars have swept the western parts of Asia, have desolated Europe, 76 Remarks on the JUNE, and even raged in America; but China, though it has partially adopted one foreign superstition, has never been stirred by its influence to bloodshed. Southern Asia may have been en- veloped in metaphysical darkness, have sunk under the bur- den of myriads of deities, and made degrading and abomina- ble supersititions the sole object of life.—China has naturalized innumerable idols, but always viewed them as mere auxiliaries in the phalanx of political institutions, and in the common busi- ness of life. We read of no legislative priests here, who sub- vert old customs to establish their own systems on their ruins. Every religion is modeled after the state, moulded into the laws of rites, and adapted to the religious indifference of the people. Even popery, which never yields to popular opinion, is here reduced to the necessity of allowing idolatrous practices, arising from the peculiar constitution of the country. No bulls of excommunication from the pope can entirely do away the evil; the Chinese remain Chinese, even when bigoted papists. True, pure Christianity, which with its celestial power subdues the fiercest barbarians, has never entered China, to contest the palm of victory with rites established in times irnmemorial. Whilst the altars of polished heathens are subverted, the cross planted in their stead, and the gospel proves victorious where- ever it is preached, China is not visited from on high, and remains in a state of religious apathy. To other nations, unimportant when compared with the vast multitudes of this, the Gospel is sent,—the word of life preached, while China abides in idolatry, and scarcely knows the name of the Redeemer. —The ways of Providence are mysterious, and in nothing more so than as it regards China; but let us adore where we cannot comprehend, till eternity unfold to us the mystery. Let us how- ever cherish the hope, that in these latter days, the glory of the Saviour will he revoaled to all flesh, and his name be adored by all the millions of this empire. When God lays his hand upon them, human customs crumble into dust, how deeply and how long soever cherished. Mohammedanism, which in the spring-tide of its youth in- undated so great a portion of Asia, Africa, and even of Europe, was arrested in its progress on the frontiers of China. Timur, the all-conquering Timur, was snatched away by death, when on the eve of invading China, and proclaiming, by the sword, the law of the propliet. Comparatively few Mussulmen are to bo found here, and of them, although the unity of the Deity is the most prominent point of their creed, there is not one who does not participate in idolatrous rites. We have only touched upon a few topics, which may en- gage the future writer of a Chinese history. Such a work is greatly needed at the present moment: could it be composed with the skillful hand of a Tacitus, and written in the pleasing style of a Roborfson, it would excite a livelier interest in he. half of China. There are abundant malcrials: but thoy require 1833. History of China. 17 a man of unbiased mind, and rnnvrrsanl with Chinese man- ncrs and language, to make the proper selco'ions and arr.ingf1- inent. We cannot expect that the attention of Europeans will be attracted to this country, unless we endeavor to give China that consideration in the scale of nations, which she deserves. To stimulate those who are competent to the task, these lines arc written, and we expect not lo plead in vain.—The history itself might be treated in the Chinese way, of periods, which comprise the time each successive dynasty reigned; or, in a more extensive view of ancient, middle, and modern history. As we ought to conform ourselves to the taste of western wri- ters, the latter mode is preferable. Ancient history might extend from the creation of the world to the extinction of the latter Han dynasty, and of the San Kwo, or Three States, which succeeded it, A. D. 279. Like all histories of those remote times, this is composed of fables, interwoven with a great deal of truth, or modeled ac- cording to the course of events in later ages. There is only one record—the Mosaic—unsullied by the plagiarism of mythological ingenuity; all others are more or less tinctured with the absurdities of fiction. The Chinese are less extrava- gant in this than the Hindoos, the western Asiatics, Greeks, and Egyptians; and, in that prosaic way which is characteris- tic of the nation, they describe what they received as tradi- tions, or imagined to have taken place. Even in the records of this distant country, under all the rubbish in which they are buried, we observe a resemblance to the details of the Mosaic revelation. To reconcile all the discrepancies would indeed be a fruitless attempt, for how can we find the clue to these variations! But we shall arrive near the truth, if receiving implicitly the genuine account drawn up b}' an unerring Hand, we regard it as the touchstone by which to try all historical veracity. We are fully aware that repeated attempts to remove these discrepancies have proved abortive;—and though the infidel may exult at the differences both in chronology and history, yet these differences upon closer inspection are after all compara- tively small, yen, less puzzling than the details of many events which have transpired in our own times. The first question which arises, when we are informed that China Proper has a population of 360 millions, is—from whence did so numerous a people spring? None of all the nations which have successively flourished, has ever numbered such immense multitudes. Did we observe in the features of the Chinese any great variety, we might imagine that several tribes of central Asia, or of the Caucasian race, had left their homes and emigrated to these eastern and more fertile lands, that centuries had amalgamated them, and they had become one nation. If this was (ho facl, it must have been at a vrry early period; for at the present mrmtenl no (race of their national 7P> fit marks on the Ji'ivc, individuality remains. There i* the most striking uniformity in the countenances of all the millions of Chinese, whether living near the Grout Wall, or on the frontiers of Burmah and Co- chinchina. Even climate, that sovereign distinguisher of our race, exorcises only a partial influence upon their frame and color. We may assert positively, that no nation in the world can boast an equal similitude of features and form. What a variety of counlenanc', shade of hair, color and formation of the eye, stature, &.<*., do we meet in Europe amongst the same n-ition; even in Hindostan this is striking. But China is the same in everything; a slight diversity in the general cast of countenance scarcely perceptible, or something as extraordinary, constitutes the only variety. It would therefore he nntural !o consider (lie whole Chinese race as descended from one ancestor, and not like other Asia- tic nations, composed of different tribes. That all the differ. ent tribes of the whole human race meet in Adam, is an his- torical iVid, which defies the scruple:) and arguments of the sceptic; and as Christ, himself the truth,—declared this,—it would he the greatest impiety to doubt what all nations either acknowledge or imply. Even in the Chinese history of those remote times, we can trace a faint resemblance to the Bihli. cal record. The Chinese nnnals before the rlood, seem entirely inter- woven with maxims of state policy, the result of subsequent experience and long research, during the reigns of many successive emperors. But the historians have herein fallen into a great error. In following up the course of events to their source, arid discovering the meandering rivulets which meet from different directions, and contribute their share to enlarge the river, all at once we find the river itself without springs or branches. To see therefore already an emperor, without being informed from whence the empire and people originated,—is carrying historical fiction, inference, and accom- modation rather too far. But had they stopped he-re it would be well, yet they go much further. There is even a regular code of laws issued by the principal emperor; the government is so regulated as to serve as a model for all ages; medicine is studied in an academy; anatomy explained; music improved; and the problems of mathematics, and theorems of astronomy solved and demonstrated, so that a regular cycle and calendar can be introduced. Now to be told that all this was done by the antediluvians sounds rather strangely; to say the least, it is dressing ancient simplicity in the garb of modern improvement, in defiance of the laws of experience and nature, which constitute time the nurse of improvement. The historical veracity of the earliest Chinese annals is therefore as dubious as the mythological accounts of other nations respecting the golden age; truth is commingled with all these tales, yet none but a master spirit 1833, History of China. 79 can find amidst all th.s rubbish, the material* for drawing a true picture. To olmute every tnisun.lerslandi.i!!, however, which might arise from the-se tribes on the southwest, which probably sent these "tribute bearers," could as well have made excur- sions to the western parts of Asia, where the seas are less boisterous, and flourishing states existed in the remotest periods of antiquity. All this only adds to the proofs, that the chronology labors under great difficulties from placing the foundation of their empire at so early an age. The dynasty of Hea. was succeeded by thatofShang. The history of these times, with the chronology, we find in the Shoo King and Chun Tsew, two of the books which are comprehended under the name of the Five Classics, The Chun Tscw is scarcely History of China. 81 anything but a mere chronological list of occurrences; but the Shoo King is written in a very sententious style, which renders the meaning rather obscure. These works were compiled by Con- fucius, and are therefore held in great veneration. A descrip- tion of the ancient manners is found in the She King, or Book of Odes. This was also compiled by Confucius, who collected them either from ancient records or from oral tradition. There is nothing superior in this work. From the many licentious expressions which occur in it, we should rather fear that even their antiquity was not exempt from depravity of manners. But the Chinese escape such a reproach by saying, that those ex- ceptionable passages have been interpolated; and for the honor of the simplicity of the olden times, one would be tempted to give credit to this subterfuge. In the SJuio King we dis- cover, under a vast mass of trifles, some few traces of mono- theism; yet even these few and faint rays are so obscured by the details of rites, instil utions, and maxims, which directly sanction idolatry, that they are scarcely discernible among them. Yet after all, these are the most valuable records of ancient times; and it is only to be regretted that we must trust so much to commentators to discover their true sense. The words are so few and so ^ indefinite, as to serve any purpose of any interpreter. The Le Ke, or the Book of Rites, which is nothing else than a code of ancient customs and forms remodeled and enlarged by the ceremonious hand of Confucius, perplexes us greatly. Some of the maxims there laid down, are truly excellent; some of the rites prescribed are praiseworthy, and indispensably neces- sary /or the establishmeut of a well-regulated society; but the greatest part is too punctilious, substituting mere ceremony for substance. We cannot imagine that the simplicity of antiquity demanded such ornaments. It is impossible to maintain truth and honesty under the burden of so many ceremonies, which substitute words for actions, mere professions for acts of be- nevolence. To 'impute Ihis formality to the unceremonious Yaou, Shun, and their successors, is too far-fetched and im- probable. We abstain from remarking on the Yih King. The Shang dynasty presents nothing extraordinary, the emperors only practicing what they learned of their predeces- sors. The feudal system seems to have been in full force at that time. Hence the many broils and party wars of the chiefs; which few emperors were able entirely to quell. Some of the emperors themselves seem to have been very worthless persons. The court at the time appears to have been held in Shanse. We think that the first foundation of the empire was laid on the bunks of the Yangtszc keang and the Hwang ho; that from thence the people extended themselves abroad principal- ly first in a northern direction; and tlmt the present province of Shanse was chosen us the seat of government, because it rnabted the emperor (o oppose 'he barbarians from the north-. K 8*2 Remarks on the ern regions. The hardy Scythian tribes, as early as tins time, appear to have made occasional visits to China, but the re- cords on this subject are scanty. In seems sufficiently clear, .that China, even under the Shang dynasty, though small in extent compared with later times, was already very populous. For this rapid increase we can account only by thard a prahu..* going to anyplace where he expects to find a market; these goods pay freight per centage, as laid down by the law; the man's passage money is included in that charge, and during the voyage he takes 'part in rowing or sailing the prahu, &c. •' The sixth section treats on the freight of money, which is either pice or gold dust. If the amount is one hundred and ten reals or below that, it pays no freight; but when above that sum, it pays one half the charge per cent, on goods to the same place. "The seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth sections treat on a mode of •hares, in trade and shipping, perhaps peculiar to these parts.—The Juro- mudi and Jumbatu have the principal management in navigating the prahu;—the former has charge of the hinder part of the prahu, and of see- ing the water bailed out, which is done with a bucket and pully ;—the lat- ter has charge of the rigging and fore part of the prahu, under the Juro- mudi. The eleventh, twelfth, and thirteenth sections, regulating the amount of passage money, have, no doubt, been framed principally, if not exclu- sively, in consideration of the practice of carrying slaves to distant parts, for sale,—since womon are included, who otherwise never travel by water. "The fourteenth, and last section, lays down the principle of a court of native admiralty.law, but the latter pan is vague as well as arbitrary." See Code of Bugis maritime laws. Introduction, pp. i, li, iii, * Or Prow. Small native trading ves»els are generally so called by tlis Malays. 00 Corn Laws JUNE, Tlif great simplicity of Bugis Ir.llor^, gives an air of pecu- liar neatness to the printing;—;it lirsl sight it might easily he mistaken for short-hand writing. We are "lad to find that Mr. Thomson intends to continue his researches in this lan- guage.—We heartily wish him success. COKN LAWS.—" He that withholdelh corn, the people shall curse him; hut blessing shall be upon the head of him that willeth it." Prov. xi, 26. On the 20l.h and 22d ult. the authorities of Canton issued two proclamations concerning grain, the first referring to natives hoarding up corn, and the other intended to encourage foreigners to import rice. The latter was issued jointly by the governor, limit.-governor, and hoppo,—who "apprehend" that the cus- tom-house servants and others "extort fees beyond what the law allows." The total amount of duties sanctioned by the emperor is, they say, only 620 and odd taels; all fees beyond this "fixed rate" are strictly interdicted ; and if, hereafter, the custom-house people "dare to offend, on its fining discovered, their crimes shall be punished."—The other proclamation, which was issued by the governor and lieut.-governor, is curious; we give it entire. "Piukly and rice, say they, arc in daily use and absolutely necessary among the people. It is requisite that they be in a continual flow, as water from a spring, and he sold without interruption to afford supplies. Hence to preserve grain in order to supply the consumption, is not by law interdicted; but to hoard up grain in order to get an extraordinary price, is punished as a crime. This arises from a sincere desire to pay great attention to food for the people, and to interdict nefarious merchants. Of rice, wheat, or any other grain, no shop is permitted to have of each sort more than 160 shih. To hoard up more than this quantity for the purpose of rais- ing the price, is punishable the same as the cirime called 'opposition to government orders.' If there be a constant flow kept up by selling, as much or as little may be possessed as the merchant pleases. The intention of the law herein, if carefully investigated, is, that, if the people be but accommoda- ted, so may the merchant. "We the governor and lieut..gov. have by inquiry ascertained, that at Fuh-shan, in Nanhae district, (and several other places throughout the province,) there have heretofore been large com- panics of forestallers; who make general arrangements with the retailers to enable them to hoard up grain. Every autumn about the time of harvest, if the price of paddy be one tael, the capitalist gives to the corn-dealer two tnace as earnest money; and for (he of her eight mace hn gives a bond bear- ing interest a« one per cent, per month. The accounts are to be 1833. Corn Lmcs. 91 made up in six months. If the profits are large they all re- verl to the capitalist, and the corn-dealer gets only the interest. "If the transaction turns out a losing one, the corn-dealer pays interest on the money advanced. When the rice is sold, bonds are given, the corn-dealer preserves his principal, and the rich capitalist gets a daily interest to afford the means of purchasing more rice. "The method of secreting the corn, is to make inside a large granary with a high wall before it, and outside a small one containing a thousand nhili, or a few hundred, as it may happen, to show to the examiners when they come. When official examiners who are well acquainted with their illegal proceedings come, the corn-dealers give a bribe secretly, and both parties mutually protect each other. These are some of the base illegalities by which forestallers of grain raise the price to an extravagant height. "We, the governor and lieut.-governor, found out these pro- ceedings at an early period; and the reason why we have not sent officers to seize the several hoards, was the consideration that the country-people engaged in these transactions had no other motive than to get gain, and that it has been the com- mon practice for a long time past. And if they will but let the stream flow by selling out continually to supply the poor with food, government will not inquire deeply into the aflair. But if the said forestallers will not act thus, but as they have generally done heretofore, when the grain is yet on the ground, while the green blade has not yet become the yellow ear, they shut up the doors of their hoards, and plot to obtain an exorbitant price to satisfy their covetous hearts, without the least regard to the detriment done to the people in reference to their food, studying only cruel covetousness,—it will be dif- ficult to excuse them. Now is the time between the green blade and the yellow ear, and we should by rights send officers to.examine strictly, but in clemency we (irsl issue this admo- nitory edict, and expressly give instruction to all shopmen and corn-dealers. "Be it therefore known unto all you shopmen and traders, that although your hoarding up grain, is only for the purpose of getting an interest on your capital, still the high price dis- tresses many poor people;—who knows the number! Bv one man's anxiety to get exorbitant profits, thousands and tens of thousands are in bitterness for want of food. The rich man who harbors such a spirit, may rest assured that Heaven will not allow him to enjoy his solitary happiness. If he could give his mind to benefit the age, although he should make but small profits; he would cause food to flow, and Heaven will certainly in secret help the felicitous man. By daily and monthly accumulations he would certainly acquire original gains. Since he would enjoy a good name; and avoid committing rriiut".'—why be afraid to act thus7 92 The Press. JUNE, "If the grnin-hoarder will hut listen to our exhortations given with a mother's tenderness, and sell his corn, it will be an act of beneficence, just the same as if he had done it for goodness' sake. His past misconduct in hoarding it will not at all be inquired into. But if he disobeys, and still shuts up his hoard, he despises the law for the sake of gain, and we will secretly send officers,! who will descend on his hoard like a falling star, confiscate it to government, sell it to the peo- ple, and severely punish him as he deserves. Profits you will have none; and punishment will overtake you. Meditate and judge! Which will be gain, and which will be loss? Hasten to change your scheme! Do not invole yourselves in sorrow. Let every one do what is right and tremblingly obey. Oppose not. A special proclamation." THE PRESS.—We hear with astonishment and regret that the Albion Press, at Macao, from which were issued the Anglo- Chinese Calendar for the current year, also a sermon, and four numbers of a religious newspaper called "the Evangelist and Miscellanea Sinica," has been interdicted by civil authority from publishing any more works. The Albion Press is one of the five pressts which were mentioned in our last number, and is the property we believe of Mr. J. R. Morrison. Two reasons, we hear, are assigned for interdicting this press; first, that the above-named publications contained doctrines contrary to the Roman Catholic church; and second, that the printing press is prohibited in all the Portuguese territories, unless pos- sessing the sanction of the king of Portugal. The validity and the justice of these reasons will be canvassed by a candid and enlightened community in Europe, as well as throughout India and the East. This tiling has not been done in a corner. The action is recorded on high; and at that tribunal the parties who have instigated and carried this measure into execution, must stand and be judged. We are the more surprised at such an exercise of authority, because the publications in question make no mention of the Catholic church, and are printed in the English language; and because it has been proved in the most satisfactory manner that M.icao is not the territory of the king of Portugal, that it belongs to China, and that the Dutch, Spanish, English, and Amer- icans live there by right derived from the Chinese.—At the present day, in every quarter of the globe, except here and there a narrow district, the liberty of the press is enjoyed. In England and in America, the Catholic church is allowed, as she ought to be, to publish whatever she pleases. In the Brit- ish settlement nearest to UP, "an apostolic missionary, canon of Chnrtres, professor of theology and parish minister of Sin- gapore," recently published to the world that, the sovereign pontiff, bishop of Rome, successor of the apostle St. Peter, and visible i.hief of the church of Jesus Christ on earth, is the ONLY legiti. 1833. 93 Religious Intelligence. mate and supreme judge of all questions which regard faith, GOOD MANNERS, discipline, 4-0. These doctrines were put forth in a Protestant paper, and in the face of a Protestant govern, ment. And Mr. Courvezy and his brethren are at full liberty to re-echo such sentiments as often as they choose. And now we beg to ask, whether those who avow the Christian principle of doing to others what they would have others do to them, are not bound in justice to reciprocate the same full liberty ?—" With what measure you mete, it shall be measured to you again." A MONTHLY PERIODICAL in the Chinese language will, we rejoice to know, soon be before the public. The work is being executed in a very neat, and elegant style—far superior to that of the Peking Gazette. From a perusal of the leading articles which are to form the first six numbers, we think the work well designed to interest, gratify, and benefit those for whose sake it is to be published. It is indeed an "excellent way" of showing to the Chinese that foreigners are not their enemies, nor inferior to themselves in "arts, sciences, and principles." We give the work our unqualified approbation, and hearty support. RELIGIOUS INTELLIGENCE. THE MALAYS, according to sir Thomas Stamford Raffles, built a city and established themselves on the peninsula of Malacca, as early as the thirteenth century. After sub- duing Sumatra, where they seem to have dwelt previously to settling in Malacca, they became the masters of the Sunda isles, the Philippines, the Moluccas, and some other groups. At that time they acted a splendid part in the east; they planted colonies, and carried on an extensive com- merce. Great numbers of ships from China, Cochinchina, and Siam, filled the harbors of Malacca.—They are now divided into distinct tribes with- out any general head. The great body of the nation are slaves; their masters are the nobility, who are independent, and sell their services to him who pays them best. The Malays arc strong, nervous, and of a dark brown color; their hair is long, black and shining; the nose large and flat, their eyes bril- liant and full of fire. In general, they1 profess the Mohammedan rejigion, are fond of navigation, war, plunder, change of place, and of all daring enterprises. They pay more regard to their absurd laws of honor, than to justice or humanity. They are always armed, and are perpetually at war among themselves, or enga- ged in plundering their neighbors. Such are the high-spirited, jealous, and revengeful tribes, who by the power of divine truth are to be made gentle, kind-hearted, and forgiving. This good work of reformation is now begun, and in due time, thankless and hopeless though it may be at present,—it will surely be accom- plished. The following brief account of the Malay department of the mission at Malacca, is from the Rev. Mr. Tom- lin, and forms a part of the paper, which was published in our last num- ber, concerning the Chinese schools at the place. In prosecuting our labors among the Malays, says Mr. T., there are many difficulties to be encountered peculiar to the followers of the false tteligiow fnlflligence. Jl'., prophet. In conversation on relig- ious topics they are gcnerai!ytreserved and suspicious; in their attachment to their own creed, bigoted and in- exorable; and to read the Koran in a language perfectly unintelligible to themselves, is an attainment to which they attach no inconsiderable merit. The grand objection which they raise to the. Christian rcl.gion is the funda- mental doctrine of the Saviour's di- vinity, which they regard in no other light than blasphemy. They would ad- mit that he was a prophet sent from (jod l.o make known his will, and to reform mankind, and that in proof of his divine mission lie was enabled to work miracles; but to designate him by the appellation "Anak Allah" (the son of God) is a doctrine which they oppose most strenuously, and hesitate not to charge those who maintain it, with polytheism. It is however gratifying to sec, not. withstanding the tenacity with which the Malays adhere to their own sys. tcm of delusion, that their prejudices against tile Christian religion are par- tially giving way, and the Sacred Scriptures, which at a former period were either absolutely rejected or received with a degree of suspicion, are now in many instances perused with apparent gratification. A class of young men consisting chiefly of the teachers of schools, has been formed; they meet three even. ings in the week, for the purpose of learning (at their own request) the English language, and also of perusing the Sacred Scriptures in the Malayan tongue, The plan adopted at this Bihle clan* is to pro- ceed regularly through the New Tes- tament, limiting our reading to one chapter only each evening, and mak- ing remarks on certain passages which may require elucidation. The good effects of this method of instruction have already appeared, not only in the increase of knowledge which the teachers themselves acquire of divine truth, but also in the decided pre- ference which they give the Sacred Scriptures to any other as school lessons. In illustration of this fact one instance, among many, may be adduced. The father of one of the teachers, finding that his son had introduced the tujil (N. T.) into his school, became much incensed ajiinst him. and urderc.il mm to quit Ins house and company. The teacher requested the missionary to interfere in his be- half, and to ascertain from the fath- er what were his real intentions. The latter, in compliance with the wishes^ of the missionary, called at his residence, on which occasion he objected most strenuously to the in. troduction of the Scriptures into the schools, alledging as a reason that their religion was one, and ours another. The conversation ended in a proposal on his part, that cither the Sacred Scriptures should be ex- cluded, or the school closed. The teacher was made acquainted with his father's sentiments, which instead of intimidating him, tended rather to confirm him in his decision of re- taining the Scriptures at. all hazards. No resistance has since been offered, and they are still retained as school lessons. The number of Malay schools is sij.-. The aggregate number of chil- dren, consisting of boys and girls, is about 200, of which J80 regularly attend. In their lessons the children are examined once a week, by which means, their progress is more easily ascertained, and any negligence on the part of the schoolmasters soon detected. The girls are under the superintendence of Mrs. T., many of whom are able to read tolerably well, and with a degree of fluency. In addition to the weekly examina- tions, the schools are visited daily by a superintendant who calls over the names of the scholars, and marks the absentees. A short catechism in the Malay has been prepared, which it is intended shortly to introduce into the schools. Our labors among the kdult po- pulation have hitherto been confined to occasional conversation with in- dividnals. and the distribution of the Scriptures and tracts. The natives of the town of Malacca have been sup. plied from time to time with Christ, ian books, which were in most eases received with apparent gratitude. In many instances individuals have of their own accord applied at the mis. sionary's residence for copies of the Scriptures. Amongst, these applicants was the nakodah of a native prow, trading between Malacca and the opposite coast of Sumatra. He had on a former occasion, he said, oh tained several copies of the Scrip lures, as well as tracts, winch In- run 1333. 95 Journal of Occurrences. veycd to Siak in his pruw, and dis. triluitcd some of them among his friends. The: circumstance soon be. came known to others of the natives, who by their urgent requests suc- ceeded to exhaust his stock, not leav. ing him a single copy for himself. We readily furnished him with a fresh supply, for which he appeared grateful, and wtih apparent sincerity invoked upon us the blessing of the Almighty. Another instance worthy of record, may be here mentioned. A respect, able Malay nakodah has been in the habit of calling on us for me. dicine, and readily enters into con- versation about our religion. One morning he entered our room, and with a mild and serious countenance requested to sit down and talk a while with us, hoping we would not take it amiss if he put several ques- tions about our religion. We shall notice a few of the important in. quiries he made during this visit. "Does not the Koran," said he, "agree with your Scriptures, and com- plete them?" The Koran, I replied, differs widely from our sacred books, and contains many foolish things mixed up with a little truth, evidently proving it cannot he the word of God. "But," he inquired, " is not Mo- hammed spoken of in your Scrip- tures? was he not the son of Abra- ham, and the last of all the prophets? And Jesus Christ, did he not complete what was left short, and so was greater than all that preceded him?" Mohammed, said I, is not once men- tioned in our Scriptures. The Arabi- ans and Jews were always two des. liuct nations, though both descended from Abraham. The latter were the chosen people of God and the des- cendants of Isaac, from whom Mo- ses and all the prophets came; but the Arabians were a rejected nation, JOURNAL, OF OCCURRENCES. FORMOSA.—The facts—and even the reporla which have come to our ears, on this subject, during the month, are very few. The rebellion is said still to continue with unabated vio- lence. The respective colonists from the provinces of Canton and Fuh. keen, have l.ilu u up arms against rath olhcr, the former having for the descendants of Ishmael, the son of an Ewyytian bond woman, who was disinherited and sent out into the wilderness. And out of this na- tion not even one prophet had risen before the lime of Mohammed, as the Mohammedans themselves allow. From His chosen people, the Jews, God raised up his Son to be the Sa- viour of them and of all the nations. "How is he," said the nakodah, "who was the son of Mary, the son of God? How do you know He takes away our sins?" The son of God, I replied again, in order to redeem men, took upon him our nature, be- ing miraculously begotten by the pow- er of the Holy Spirit. If we exam. inc our lives and hearts, we shall find we are all great sinners in the sight of God, grievous transgressors of His holy laws, and therefore de- serving of eternal punishment. This I feel to be the state of my own heart, and therefore I llee to Jesus, who has suffered and died for mv sins upon the cross, and I find par- don and peace in believing, which I never felt before and am assured of His mercy and love to me.—Na. kodah, do you not find your own heart to be sinful and wicked, and that you cannot be justified in the presence of a holy and righteous God? The nakodah here groaned and ac- knowledged that he felt himself a sinner, and seemed to rejoice in the tender compassion and love of the Saviour to sinners. SIAM.—The Rev. J. T.Jones reach- ed Bankok on the 25lh of March. He is now the only Protestant mis- sionary in Siam.—Mr. Abeel, in very ill health, sailed from Singapore for England on the 26th May, in the British bark Cambridge.. If his health is restored, he expects, after visiting America, to return again to the East. the sake of revenge, enlisted under the government. This is the amount of our present information. There is a statement in one of the Peking Gazettes, of a body of troops, marching through the province of llonan to FulikeCti, having kidnap, prd 17 young children, from two of thr villages through winch Ihry pass. 96 Journal of Occurrences. PEKING GAZKTTKS. In these are as usual many references to the em- peror's intended movements, such as reviewing troops, visiting temples, Sic.; also, court orders, and ap. pointment of officers. Among the former, is an order to change the winter for the summer dress; and among the latter, the appointment of three princes and nine great minis- ters, to attend the plough, at the annual ceremony of ploughing the imperial field, "in the temple of the earth." A CHINESE MOHAMMEDAN has re- cently returned to Canton from a pilgrimage lo Mecca. He is a native of Tcentsin, in the province of Chih- le,—a poor and ignorant man. About three years ago he came down to Can- ton and obtained a passage in a coun. try ship to Bombay, whence he found his way to the tomb of the Prophet. In the same way he has now effected his return, bringing with him a large store of Arabic books. Though altogether unable to make himself understood either by his fel- low-countrymen on board the ship, or by the Mohammedan Lascars, ho was on account of his pilgrimages treated with respect and attention by the latter. At Canton he joins the society of his religious associates, from whom the sanctity of his cha- racter will insure to him support and the means (which he does not possess) of returning to his native province. We have been informed—with what degree of truth we are unable to say, (hat a considerable number of pilgrims repair annually to Mecca; but this is the only instance, of late years, of such a pilgrimage being made by sea, among men who pro- fess different religions, and speak totally different languages. ed. The emperor orders strict in- vestigation to be made, for the pre. servaliun of military discipline. COCHINCIIINA.—In February last, while admiral Le was cruising off Hainan, he was overtaken by a storm, his fleet scattered, and the vessels obliged lo take shelter in various ports of that island. Some vessels were lost; and it is now found that one of those supposed to be lost, was driven on the coast of Cochin- china,—to what port does not ap. pear. This vessel contained two commissioned officers and seventy men. The king of Cochinchina, as soon as he ascertained who they were, supplied them with food and money; giving five taels to each officer, and two dollars each to the men. They have lately returned, with a Cochin- chinese escort; which the governor lias quartered on the priests of the temple Hae-chwang-sze, on the Ho. nan side of the river, until he has prepared an official reply to his Co- chinchinese Majesty. LITERARY GRADUATES.—One of the Bons of the senior hong-merchant Howqua, and one of Tingqua's, have been promoted to the literary rank of keujin, with permission to pass trials for the higher degree of tsin- sze, at the immediately ensuing ex- aminations. In this trial they have both failed. The cause of their pro. motion was their having paid large- ly to the expenses of the Leenchow rebellion.—We have heard a Chi- nese compare the honorary gift of a peacock's feather, so often conferred by his imperial majesty, to a broom, —made, he said, to sweep the iron money chest. We fear this may be said of most of the honorary gifts and titles in China. Postscript.—We learn from various sources, that in several of the prov. inces of this empire many of the people are suffering extremely on ac- count of the scarcity of provisions. Government officers are required in times of scarcity to provide for the poor; but it not unfrequently'happens that they fail to do so; and in such cases poor people—men, women, and children—in companies of two or three hundred sometimes leave their homes and wander through the country seeking for provisions. Such a company rocrnt.lv passed through Canton. We learn by the Singapore Chronicle of May 9th, that the king of ("'ochiiichiiia is waging a hot perspr.Htion against the Catholic missionaries and native Christians throughout his kingdom. One of the French mission «Tiu* hat fled to Siain, and obtained permission to rrpair lo Bankok THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. II.—JULY, 1833.—No. 3. PENAL, LAWS OF CHINA.* V. MILITARY LAWS.—Under1 this division, the protection of the palace is the first leading subject. The person of the emperor and his apartments, as well as those of the empress, empress-mother, and empress-grandmother, are sacred. Whoever unauthorizedly and without sufficient excuse enters the imperial temple, burying-place, hall of sacri- fices, palaces, gardens, or citadel of Peking, shall be punished with the bamboo; and whoever in like manner enters apartments in the actual occupation of the emperor shall suffer death by being stran- gled. No person shall presume to travel on the roads or to cross the bridges which are expressly provided for his majesty, except only such as belong to his retinue, who are "necessarily permitted to proceed upon the side-paths thereof." During the imperial journeys all the soldiers and people, except those who are attached to his royal person, must make way for his approach; and whoever fails to do so, and intrudes within the lines, shall be condemned to death. And all persons who enter any of the imperial inclosures must be furnished with licenses, and be kept continually under the strictest watch * Concluded from jmgc 73. 98 Penal Laws of China. JULV, Notwithstanding all their precautions, the emperors have sometimes found themselves in imminent dan- ger, though their subjects, it must be confessed, have oftener been exposed to the greater danger; and hence the common saying among the people that, being by the side of an emperor is like sleeping by the side of a tiger. Several sections refer to the government of the army. Military forces, except in cases of great emergency, cannot be employed without the em- peror's permission; and every movement of the im- perial troops must be immediately reported to the commander-in-chief, to the Board of War, and to the ernperor.—All those who betray the secrets of state, or fail in their military operations, or are in any way unfaithful to their trust, shall be severely punished, according to their rank and the enormity of their crimes.—The regulations of the nocturnal po- lice, which are to be observed in all the cities and fortifications of the empire, strictly prohibit persons "from stirring abroad at night," from twelve minutes past nine o'clock in the evening till twelve minutes past five in the morning, except only on public business, or private affairs of an urgent nature, such as sudden illness, births, deaths, and burials. The gates of cities are to be closed and bolted at an early hour. In order to secure the protection of the frontier, no person is allowed, without a regular license, to pass any of the barriers or posts of government; and whoever does so without submitting himself to ex- amination, shall be punished with blows; and "if such individual proceeds afterwards so far as to have communication with the foreign nations be- yond the boundaries, he shall suffer death by being strangled." Passports must never be granted to exiles, or residents expressly fixed by law; nor must those who are regularly furnished with li- censes be unnecessarily detained. All persons who seek to carry the productions and invcntiony of the 18;W. l>,nal Laws of China. &) country out to strangers beyond tin: frontiers, with all those who are convicted "either of introducing themselves or others into the empire, or of having plotted the means of removing themselves or oth- ers out of the empire, shall all, without any dis- tinction between principals and accessories, be con- demned to suffer death by being beheaded." More effectually to prevent intercourse with foreigners by sea, the laws forbid the people to build upon or inhabit any of the small islands along the coast, which are at any distance from the main land. Notwithstanding these prohibitions, great numbers of the Chinese annually leave their country; and the small islands are the chief or sole retreat of thousands. The laws require that a due supply of "military horses and cattle" be provided for the army; and every officer in charge of the rearing and feeding of such—"horses, horned cattle, camels, mules, asses, and sheep,"—and who fails to keep them in proper order and to secure a proper increase, shall be punished with the bamboo! Whoever clandestinely, that is without permission of the go- vernment, kills his own horses, horned cattle, ca- mels, or asses, shall be punished with the bamboo. Whoever has vicious and dangerous animal* must set a mark on them and tie them up; but if, from neglect of so doing "any person is killed or wounded, the owner of the animal shall be obliged to redeem himself from the punishment of man-slaughter or man-wounding, by the payment of the legal fine." Expresses and public posts are designed solely for the conveyance of official dispatches. There are messengers appointed to carry dispatches to all the provinces and districts of the empire, who are required to travel at the fixed rate of 300 le, or Chinese miles, in a day and a night; and "if through dilatoriness they exceed the time to the extent of an hour and a half, they shall be punished 100 Penal Laws of China. JULY, with twenty blows; and the punishment shall in- crease by a progressive ratio of ten blows for each additional delay of an hour and a half, until it amounts to fifty blows."—It is added in a note by the translator that, "although the distance from Peking to Canton by land exceeds 1200 English miles, governmental dispatches have been known to arrive in twelve days, and within a period of thir- ty days answers and instructions have frequently been received by the magistrates from the court, even upon affairs of no extraordinary importance." But ordinary dispatches are usually carried at a much slower rate; the Peking gazettes for example, are usually thirty days in reaching Canton.—Offi- cers of government, it is stated in the Ta Tsing Hwuy-teen, are allowed ninety days to travel from Peking to Canton. VI. CRIMINAL LAWS. This is the most important division of the penal code; it consists of eleven books, and one hundred and sixty-nine sections; many of these minor divisions however refer to the same subject, and will be noticed in the same paragraph. It should be remarked here al- so that the arrangement of the code is in many parts bad—at least that it differs widely from that which would be deemed the most fit and proper by European writers. For example, "high treason," "rebellion and renunciation of allegiance," and "sorcery and magic" are treated of under the head of theft and robbery. We quote the principal paragraphs concerning high treason :— "High treason, is either treason against the state, by an attempt to subvert the established government; or treason against the sovereign, by an attempt to destroy the palace in which he resides, the temple in which his family is worship- ed, or the tombs in which the remains of his ancestors are deposited. All persons convicted of having been principals or accessories to the actual or designed commission of this heinous crime, shall suffer death by a slow and painful execution. "All the male relations in the first degree, at or above the age of sixteen, of persons convicted as aforesaid; namely, the 1833. Penal Laws of China. lot father, grandfather, sons, grandsons, paternal uncles, and their sons respectively, shall, without any regard to the place of re- sidence, or to the natural or acquired infirmities of particular individuals, be indiscriminately beheaded. All the other male relations at or above the age of sixteen, however distant their relationship, and whether by blood or by marriage, shall likewise suffer death, by being beheaded, if they were living under the same roof with the treasonable offender, at the time the offense was committed. The male relations in the first degree, under the age of sixteen, and the female relations in the first degree, of all ages, shall be distributed as slaves to the great officers of state. The property of every description belonging to the treasonable offenders shall be confiscated for the use and service of government All persons who, when privy to the commission of, or to the intent to commit the crime of high treason, willfully conceal and connive at the same, shall be beheaded. "Any person who shall apprehend, and deliver into the custody of a magistrate, an offender against this law, shall be employed forthwith under government according to his quali- fications; or if already an officer in the employ of government, he shall be suitably promoted; and in every case he shall be rewarded with the possession of the whole of the confiscated property of the offender If the relations of persons intending to commit the aforesaid crime, shall, previous to the commission of any overt act, deliver them up to the officers of justice, those who are so delivered up, and their several relations, shall all of them be entirely pardoned." All persons who renounce their country and al- legiance, or devise the means thereof, shall be be- headed ; no distinction shall be made between prin- cipals and accessories.—All persons convicted of writing or editing books of sorcery and magic, or of employing spells and incantations, in order to agitate and influence the minds of the people, shall be beheaded.—All persons guilty of stealing the consecrated oblations offered up by the emperor to the spirits of Heaven and Earth, or any of the sacred utensils, clothes, meat-offerings, and precious stones used on such occasions; also all persons guilty of stealing an imperial edict or official seal or stamp, shall be beheaded. In these cases also no distinction shall be made between principals and accessories. "Stealing in general" is punishable with fifty blows, Stealing the keys of the gates ll)'j I'rtutJ Ltniin oj (.'hiutt. JIJI.Y, of forts and cities, as well as the stealing ut'mili- tary weapons and accoutrements is punishable with blows and banishment. In certain instances those who are guilty of stealing are branded on their arms with the mark of " thief." When the property stolen exceeds in value 120 taels, or Chinese ounces of silver, the thief or thieves shall suffer death by being strangled. In general, "a private and concealed taking" constitutes a theft; and "an open and violent tak- ing," a robbery. All persons concerned in the actual commission of highway robbery shall be beheaded; and all those who are found guilty of taking un- lawful possession of the property of others, in open day and by forcible means, shall, however small the amount of property taken, be punished with one hundred blows and banishment for three years. Obtaining property under false pretenses is punish- able the same as theft; and all those who are guilty of extorting property from any individual shall be punished one degree more seveiely than jn ordinary cases of theft. Concerning kidnapping, or the unlawful seizure, and sale of free persons,—a practice more or less prevalent throughout every part of the country, we make the following brief quotations. "All persons who arn guilty of entrapping by means of stratagems, or of enticing away under false pretenses, a free person, and of afterwards offering for sale as a #lave such free person, shall,—whether considered as principals or as ac- cessories, and whether successful or not, in effecting such in- tended sale,—be severely punished with a hundred blows, and banished perpetually to the distance of 3000 le. All those who are guilty of entrapping or enticing away any persons in the manner aforesaid, in order to sell them as principal or inferior wives, or for adoption as children or grandchildren, shall if con- sidered as principals, be punished with a hundred blows and three years' banishment The persons kidnapped, shall not in any of the aforesaid cases be liable to any punishment, but shall be restored without delay to their respective families. "All such persons also, as receive the children office parents, upon the faith of a promise to educate and adopt them as j.lieir own, uud nevertheless sell them afterwards to others, Penal Laws of China 10S be punched according to this law, except it those cases in which it can be proved that a pecuniary consideration was given and received in the first instance Any person who sells his children or grandchildren against their consent, shall be punished with eighty blows. Any person who in the like manner sells his younger brother or sister, or his nephew or niece, his own inferior wife, or the principal wife of his son, or his grandson, shall be punished with eighty blows, and two years' banishment." Disturbing graves is a crime of frequent occur- rence. Whoever is guilty of breaking up another man's burying-place until the coffins become visi- ble, shall be punished with one hundred blows and perpetual banishment; and whoever, after having been guilty of the aforesaid, uncovers the corpse shall be strangled. If a father destroys the corpse of his son he shall be punished with eighty blows; but whoever is guilty of destroying, or mutilating, or casting away, the unburied corpse of an elder relation, shall be beheaded. Several minor crimes, such as stealing bricks, clothes, and other articles from a burying-place, are punished less severely. Destroying the life of man, or homicide, in its several degrees of guilt, is the subject of several important sections. The original contriver of pre- concerted homicide shall suffer death by decapita- tion; and the accessories, who contribute to the perpetration of the murder, shall be strangled; other accessories, who do not actually join in the perpetration of the deed, shall be perpetually ba- nished. "All persons guilty of killing in an affray, so as to kill, though without any express or im- plied design to kill, shall, whether the blow was struck with the hand or the foot, with a metal weapon, or with any instrument of any kind, suf- fer death, by being strangled." All persons play- ing with the fist, with a stick, or with any weap- on, "in such a manner as obviously to be liable by so doing to kill, and who shall thus kill sonic individual, or who by mistake kill OIK; person IU4 Penal Laws of China. JIILV, tor another, shall suffer death. But persona who kill purely by accident, that is, in all those cases where there could have been no previous thought or inten- tion of doing an injury, shall be permitted to redeem themselves by the payment of a fine. Also, when a principal or inferior wife is discovered by her hus- band in the act of adultery, if such husband, at the very time he discovers, kills the adulterer, or adulter- ess, or both, he shall not be punished. Any individual who is guilty of killing three or more persons, all of whom were relations of the first degree, or inmates of one family; and also any person who, with an intent to mangle and divide the body of the deceased for magical purposes, is guilty of killing any individual, shall suffer death by a slow and painful execution. All parricides like- wise shall suffer death in the same manner; and even should the criminal die in prison, the slow and painful execution shall take place on his life- less body! All persons rearing venomous animals, preparing poisonous drugs, or using magical writings and imprecations with a view to occasion the death of any person therewith; together with all those who are guilty of alarming to death with violent threats, in order to accomplish an object criminal and unlawful in itself, shall suffer death.—An un- skillful practitioner of medicine, who administers drugs, or performs operations with the puncturing needle, contrary to the established rules and prac- tice, and thereby, though without any design to injure, kills the patient, shall be allowed to redeem himself from the punishment of homicide, but shall be obliged to quit his profession for ever. If it shall appear, however, that he intentionally devi- ates from the established rules and practice, and aggravates the complaint in order to extort more money for its cure, and the patient dies, the money shall then be considered as stolen, and the me- dical praditiowr shall be decapitated. IU&3. Penal Laws of China. 105 If a wife strikes and abuses her husband's father or mother, grandfather or grandmother, and the husband, instead of accusing her before a ma- gistrate, kills her in consequence of such offense, ho shall be punished with one hundred blows. But if a wife having been struck and abused by her husband, and in consequence thereof, kills herself, the husband shall not be responsible. Whoever is guilty of killing his son, his grandson, or his slave, and attributing the crime to another person, shall be punished with seventy blows, and one and a half year's banishment. Quarreling and fighting are strictly interdicted in the penal code. In all ordinary cases those who are guilty of these crimes are punished with the bamboo;—for striking with the hand or foot, the punishment is 20 blows; for striking with a cud- gel, 30 blows are inflicted; the offense of "tearing away more than an inch of hair," is punished with 50 blows; that of breaking a tooth, a toe, a fin- ger, or any bone of the body, wounding an eye, or disfiguring the nose and ears, subjects the offender to a punishment of 100 blows. Striking individ- uals of the imperial blood, or any of the ordinary and extraordinary officers of government, is pu- nishable with blows and banishment. Slaves who intentionally strike their masters shall be behead- ed. A husband shall not be punished for striking his first wife, "unless the blow produces a cutting wound;" but the wife who strikes her husband, shall be liable to one hundred blows. Any person who is guilty of striking his father, mother, pater- nal grandfather or grandmother; and any wife who is guilty of striking her husband's father, mother, paternal grandfather or grandmother, shall be be- headed. If a father, mother, paternal grandfather, or grandmother, chastises a disobedient child or grandchild in a severe and uncustomary manner, so that, the child or grandchild dies, the party so offending shall be punished with one hundred blows. 106 Penal Laws of China. JULY, Abusive language is disallowed by the laws; and all those who offend in this respect are punishable with blows, banishment, or death, according to the circumstances of the case. A child or grandchild, who is guilty of addressing abusive language to his or her father or mother, paternal grandfather or grandmother; or a wife who is guilty of address- ing abusive language to her husband's father or mother, paternal grandfather or grandmother, shall suffer death by being strangled; provided always, however, that the persons abused, themselves com- plain to the magistrates, and had themselves heard the abusive language which had been addressed to them. Slaves guilty of addressing abusive lan- guage to their masters, shall likewise be strangled. All the subjects of the empire may by "indict- ments and informations" seek redress for their grievances. False, malicious, and anonymous in- dictments; bribery and corruption; and forgeries aud frauds, are strictly interdicted. The accuser in all cases is held responsible for the truth of the charges which he may bring forward publicly before a magistrate; and the magistrate is bound to listen to every complaint which is regularly brought be- fore him. And not only bribes, but every species of pecuniary over-charge; and "presents of all kinds, made to civil and military officers upon taking charge of their governments, eatables only excepted," are disallowed. Further; and persons in authority when guilty of accepting, at any time, from the inhabitants of their district, presents consisting of the produce or manufacture thereof, shall be pu- nished, at the least, with forty blows, and the giver shall suffer punishment less than the receiver only by ten blows. "Nevertheless, all presents of eatables to such persons, when upon any official progress; and presents of all kinds, when made to them by their relations, on particular occasions, shall be exempted from ihf prohibitions ainl penalties of this law." UUl. V/ The laws relative to incest and adultery require that all criminal intercourse with a married or unmarried women shall be punished with the jam- boo; that the "violation of a married or an un- married woman—that is to say a rape,—shall be punished with death by strangulation; and that criminal intercourse with a female under twelve years of age, shall be punished the same as a rape."—It is added, in one of the supplementary clauses, that "depraved and disorderly persons conspiring together, and sei/irig on the son or relative of an honest family, in order to commit an unnatural crime, shall, whether their guilt be aggravated by the subsequent crime of murder or not, suffer death by being beheaded immediately after conviction, as in the case of vagabond out- laws." And "if no conspiracy had been formed, but the additional guilt of murder incurred; or if a boy under ten years of age had been seduced away for such purpose," the criminal shall be be- headed. A husband consenting to, or conniving at, the adultery of his principal or any other of his wives, shall, together with the adulterer and adulteress, be punished with the bamboo. And any individual compelling his principal or inferior wife, or any female educated under his roof, to engage in a criminal intercourse, shall with the adulterer or fornicator be punished with eighty blows, but the woman shall be considered innocent. Any person who accidentally sets fire to his own house shall be punished with at least 40 blows; if the fire reaches other buildings, he shall receive 50 blows; if it causes the death of any person, 100 blows shall be inflicted; and death shall be the punishment if it reaches any of the imperial buildings. Willful and malicious house-burning, is a more heinous crime, and the laws mete out for it a severer punishment. Police officers, and the soldiers and attendants employed on the public service, are required, when 108 Penal J^ncx of Clinm. .lu.v. any cases are brought to their notice, to pursue and arrest the offenders immediately; and if they fail to seize the offenders within a given time, they shall be punished with the bamboo, or by a forfeiture of their salary. All ordinary prisoners charged with offenses punishable with banishment or death, and not privileged to consideration of their rank, tender youth, extreme age, or bodily infirmity, must always be strictly confined, and in certain cases be fettered and handcuffed. They must also (according to the tenor of the law) be duly supplied with food and clothes—by their friends when they are able, if otherwise, by government; and they must not in any case be maltreated by the jailors or others in whose custody they may be placed. Torture is not to be used in the judicial ex- amination of those belonging to any of the eight privileged classes, or of those who have attained their seventieth year, or of those who have not ex- ceeded their fifteenth year, or finally of those who labor under any permanent disease or infirmity. In all these cases the offenses shall be determined on the evidence of facts and witnesses alone. The examination of prisoners must, generally speak- ing, be strictly confined to the subject of the information laid against them.—After a trial is concluded, and the facts alleged are fully sub- stantiated, the accusers shall forthwith be dismiss- ed and absolved from all further responsibility. In all tribunals of justice, sentence shall be pronounced against offenders, according to all existing laws, stat- utes, and precedents applicable to the case, when considered collectively. After a prisoner has been tried, and convicted of any offense punishable with temporary or perpetual banishment, or with death, he shall, in the last place, be brought before the magistrate, together with his nearest relations and family, a«d informed of the offense whereof he •Ktands convicted, ami of the sentence intended to Itf.'M. Penal l.«tc* of Chmn. id!) ho pronounced against him; their acknowledgement of its justice, or their protest against its injus- tice, shall then be taken down in writing; and in every case of their "refusing to admit the justice of the sentence, their protest shall he made the; ground of another and more particular investiga- tion. A false judgment can be reversed only by an appeal to the emperor.—Female offenders can- not be imprisoned except in capital cases, or cases of adultery. In all other cases, they shall re- main in the custody of their husbands, or other relations, or neighbors, who shall, upon every such occasion, be held responsible for their appear- ance at the tribunal of justice, when required. VII. LAWS RELATIVE TO PUBLIC WORKS. This is the least important division of the penal code. Public benevolent institutions are scarcely known in this country; and the public works which do exist are designed to serve chiefly, not to say en- tirely, the purposes of government. It should not be forgotten, however, that this "patriarchal go- vernment" consisting of Tartar conquerors, never fails to provide, and with "a mothers tender- ness," for all the wants and necessities of "the simple and unprivileged" people! A\ the public residences, granaries, treasuries, and manufactories; embankments of rivers, roads, and bridges; and also the walls of cities, and other fortified places, must frequently be examined, and always kept in due repair; but no new struc- tures can be raised, no new works undertaken, or old ones repaired, without special permission. Every new work of whatever description, must in every respect conform to the "established rules and customs." Any deviation from this law is pu- nishable with forty blows, and in extreme cases with perpetual banishment. Any private individ- ual who shall be convicted of manufacturing for sale, silks, satins, or other similar stuffs, according Ill) I'rtuil Itfiirx of Cfiinn. Jtl.Y, to tlic proliibited pattern of the "dragon" or the "pfusmx"—which are for imperial use,—shall be punished with one hundred blows, and the goods be confiscated; and any individual who is guilty of purchasing and actually wearing such prohibited stuffs, shall be punished with the bamboo and banishment. We have now reached the end of sir George Stauriton's very faithful translation of the Penal Code. "The laws of a nation form the most in- structive portion of its history." To those who wish to become acquainted with the habits, man- ners, and customs of the Chinese, the To. Tsing Leuh-le is one of the most valuable works that can be presented. Both in respect to the sub- jects of which it treats, and the pre-eminent authority which it possesses, it ranks second to no work which the Chinese have produced. It is jiot the work of a few individuals; nor the pro- duction of a single age. There can be little doubt that many of these laws had their origin in very remote periods; yet still they are not immutable. They recognize no higher authority, and are based on no more permanent power, than the will of one man; though that is supreme, and to it "all beneath the azure skies" must bow. The emperor has no equal; and consequently no inter- national law can exist within his dominions. All beyond the limits of his empire are thieves and robbers—are rude and barbarous, and aliens from the Middle Kingdom.—The laws of this land, being dependent on the will of the monarch, have gone into disuse with every declining dynasty, and with every rising one they have been modeled and fram- ed anew. Hence many of the "established usages and old customs" are of very recent origin; and some of them are wholly unsupported by imperial authority. Many of the laws which constitute the penal code are just and good; the exceptions to this History of China- Ml remark however, are not few. It would be inter- esting to compare these laws with those of the ancient and modern nations of the west. Though to us tin's code appears very defective, yet by the natives it is viewed in a different light; they often speak of it with pride and admiration; "all they seem in general to desire is, its just and impartial execution, independent of caprice and uninfluenced by corruption." MISCELLANIES. Remarks on the history of China during the middle ages, from the dynasty of Tsin, A. n. 280, to the commencement of the Yuen dynasty in 1279.—(Concluded from page 85.) WE might now have expected the general dawn on this land, of the inextinguishable light of the world, and the commence- ment of the universal reign of truth. Yet China, at that time next in civilization to Greece and Rome, has remained sta- tionary, yea has even receded in knowledge and virtue. The heroic ages in which literature flourished have passed away, and the imitative genius of the nation is seen to direct itself only to the multiplication and modification of already existing arts and knowledge. The invariable rules of formality bind down the human spirit, whose native element is freedom. The history is barren of great events, for the nation is sleeping under the opiate of fancied superiority;—there is nothing more to learn, nothing to improve, nothing to invent; all that is valuable in thought is stereotyped, and henceforth we may look in vain to the voluminous productions of the modern lit- erati, for one new idea. Even the classical expressions in this formal language are under the control of the ancients. Thus have the Chinese in a manner ceased to be an inde- pendent nation, their slavery to antiquity is worse than the yoke of foreign oppressors, since the latter may be shaken off, and can never enslave the immortal spirit. The dynasties during these middle ages, were of short continuance, and but a small number of the emperors were great men. Whilst the western world was made subject to Christ, the son of God, China remained prostrate before idols of wood and stone. During tlin period in which the ari- cioiu poetic systems of idolatry wero overthrown, when the altar- I 1'J Remarks on the JULV, oi Jupiter and the fanes of Apollo disappeared, China was enslaved alternately by Taouism and Budhism. None of their absurd doctrines were wanting in votaries,—the emperors them- selves occasionally espoused them; yet amidst all the innova- tions and changes, the divine rays of Christianity did not pe- netrate these dark regions.—"O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways past finding out! For who hath known the mind of the Lord, or who hath been his coun- selor?" The whole western world was in convulsions during these ages, yet the same cause which overwhelmed those long established empires, preserved China, from utter ruin; but of this we pro- pose to speak hereafter. When the dark ages oversoread and enveloped the mind of all Europe, China still remained what it was. Though not free from revolutions, yet the changes were transitory, and the old model of perfect government was only retouched and shaded anew.—After these general and preliminary remarks, we shall enter into a few details. Woo te, the founder of the Tsin dynasty, or rather the western Tsin, as distinguished from a later family of the same name, was a magnanimous prince, and the son of a general. He only could withstand the power of the tributary chiefs; his successors were all involved in war with them, in which they often suffered defeat. None of these emperors could assert un- disputed sovereignty; none of them' performed any great ex- ploits. When this family had retained the throne 140 years, Lew-yu, a man of mean birth, after killing Kung te the last emperor of the eastern Tsin, grasped the reins of the empire. With him commences the first Sung dynasty, A. D. 420. He fixed his residence at Nanking. This, as well as the four following dynasties, was of short duration; they are called by the Chinese historians, the "five generations." Two sovereigns then claimed the empire, the one residing in the north, the other in the south; and the wars between these two monarchs are the most remarkable events of the period. The royal family was driven from the throne by Seaou Taouching, who murdered- the last emperor Shun te, and founded the Tse dy- nasty, A-. D. 479. The Tse, Leang, Chin and Suy dynasties were equally des- titute of strength with their predecessors. During the contin- uance of Tse, mention is made of a philosopher who taught materialism, and the morality of the soul. The Chinese lite- rati generally have too strongly adhered to these doctrines, and even without a teacher have rejected the few expressions in their classics which oppose them. Woo te, the founder of the Leang dynasty, was a strict votary of Budhism, and, which is the first instance of this kind, styled himself a priest. It is not unlikely that Christianity in a debased form, made its appearance in China about this time. The Nestorians. I«ttl Hinlury of China. ]]:> persecuted by their own brethren of the west, sought an asy- lum and found it on the western frontiers of China. From thence it is very probable that they spread themselves eastward; but we possess no authentic records upon this subject. Whilst (racing this part of the history, we are strongly re- minded of the weak Byzantine emperors in the decline of their power. A succession of worthless monarchs occupied the throne of China, each rendering both his dignity and nation contemp- tible, till he was removed by assassination to make way for a more unworthy successor. The founder of the Siiy dynasty, however, presents a laudable exception; he seems to have been a great prince, but the limes were so degenerate, that he could effect very little towards a reformation. As there were numerous rival chiefs, and opposing parties, at this time, there is consequently much confusion in the his- tory. Wei, Leang, Tse, Chin, Chow and Suy, are also called the six dynasties, some of which are not admitted into the ca- talogues of Chinese annals; the northern emperors are merely mentioned, and their actions only slightly noticed. This con- fusion is increased by the assumed denomination of the respec- tive monarchs,—the kwo haott*—which was often changed dur- ing the lifetime'of an emperor; and also by the use of the name which he receives after his death. Many emperors bore the same posthumous name, which is the reason that foreigners, as well as natives, are apt to mistake them for each other. To prevent all misunderstanding, we shall give the names of the several dynasties till the invasion of the Mongols, from A. D. 618 to 1270. They are Tang, How-Leang, How-Tang, How-Tsin, How-Han, How-Chow and Sung, all within a period of 602 years. The most celebrated among them doubtless is that of Tang, which ruled from 618 to 906. The Chinese to the present time occasionally style themselves Tang jin, or " men of Tang." The second emperor, Taetsung, appears as a luminary amongst the host of his unworthy predecessors in the preceding dynasties. He was a man of vigorous mind, and of great ap- plication to business; he therefore reformed abuses, and brought back the glorious days of antiquity, never being dismayed by obstacles.—During his reign, the first Nestorian Christians ap- pear to have arrived at the court, and come to the notice of the emperor. He is also said to have erected a church for them; and we see nothing improbable in the fact. Though the Chinese historians do not speak of any religious creed, as having made its first appearance at this time, they mention the arrival of embassadors from the west, whose appearance * It ought to bo tlie plan generally adopted in Chinese history to give the name of the emperor's reigu, rather than the designation which is as- signed him at his death in the temple of his ancestors; for why should wn mil in this imitalc the Chinese! government, which constantly nsi'3 the liinni'i iiRini1. even «lipn referring I« ernpei'M'' long sinco dead * 114 Remarks on the JULY, was extraordinary. This fact is corroborated by several ac- counts written by contemporaries in Syriac, Arabic, and Latin, and by the inscription* found upon a stone table at Sengan, the capital of Shense. Besides we know, that the Nestorians had made numerous converts among the Tartars of the deserts which border upon China; and every reader has heard of "Prester John, the rich and magnificent prince of a Tartar tribe." But beyond this we know scarcely anything of the further progress of Christianity here. Surely that heavenly Power, which over- comes the world, and subjects it to Christ, when exerted by the true believer, was not the portion of the Nestorians who then entered China. They may have made many proselytes, and this is nowhere easier than in China; but they made very few converts to the Lord. Wherever the heart is imbued with divine grace, wherever the Holy Spirit is shed abroad, there Christianity takes root, and only there. If such had been the case at that time, or even had the Bible been given to the Chinese, those traces of early Christianity would not have vanished so quickly and so utterly. During this reign, the first notice is recorded of the Coreans, a people very probably sprung from the same stock as the Chi- nese. The latter had already extended their dominion to the distant shores of the Corean peninsula. The emperor Heentsung of this dynasty, established the celebrated Hanlin college, a national institute, and the focus of all Chinese learning. The doctors who compose its members are eligible to the highest dignities of the empire, and even without any promotion they perform the most important func- tions. What learned men might this college have produced, if the naturally good understanding of the Chinese had not been obscured by ancient prejudices and dogmas, or their capacities been fettered by old usages. Yet to the great detriment of national improvement, we see hundreds of the most talented men whom China can boast, and who have successively fill- ed these collegiate ranks only re-echoing what the ancient sages said. Beyond this, they know nothing; whoever has committed most of these sayings to memory, is the ablest man; whoever can dress what he has learned, in the most pertinent language, is the greatest genius. When Taetsung, the eighth emperor, reigned, the Tartar tribes, who from time immemorial had been in the practice of making inroads, became victorious over the Chinese, took the imperial residence, and made dreadful carriage. The success of these hordes may be principally ascribed to the disunion of the Chinese tributary princes, who often put the emperor at defiance, and engaged in war against their sovereign. The greatest proof of a weak monarch is exhibited, when * Respecting (his inscription, see our first volume pp Hand 149, We propose to icuurtu this subject in a future number. tlutury oj China. 115 women and eunuclis assume his power. During the latter part of this dynasty, it appears that the numerous eunuchs establish- ed themselves as the sole arbiters in all important governmental matters. At first they were the humble servants of the emperor, always ready to execute his commands at any sacrifice; but they very soon became the masters, selected the emperors, were their absolute counselors, in fact only wanted the name of sovereigns. The great distress occasioned by this misrule, and the reduced condition of the empire, can easily be imagined, without entering into any full details. If an emperor arose who possessed sufficient energy to oppose the current, he soon died, and left the empire to a a weak successor. In such times of general degeneracy, superstition gained ground, and the weak- minded rulers were amused by the idle dreams of corrupting delusions. One of the emperors was anxious to preserve a finger of Budha as a relic, and brought it in a great proces- sion to his capital. Another tried to become immortal by tak- ing a draught of immortality from one of the Taou sect,— but died instantly.—Such were the rulers of such an empire; its fall, like that of all similar states, was sudden; the cowardly eunuchs were killed, the last emperor of this line was slain, and his general Chon-wan ascended the throne. Corea, which had hitherto submitted tamely to the Chinese government, now sent a number of colonists to Leaoutung, which at present is called Fungteen, and is the country from whence the present reigning dynasty originated. These settlers caused much annoyance to the Chinese government, which in its degenerate state was unable to cope with so petly a nation. The five dynasties which are already enumerated as fol- lowing the Tang, can boast of no hero or great emperor. The historians call them the latter woo tae, or "five dynas- ties." Under the emperor Mingtsung of the How-Tang line, printing was invented. The simple method of printing books from wooden blocks upon which the characters are engraved has continued in use among the Chinese till this time, and has proved a great blessing to the nation. Under the Hovv- Tsin line, the Tartars gained a firm footing in Pih-chih-le province. This was no ways extraordinary, since even in Mingtsung's reign, China had acknowledged a "barbarian" as emperor. Torn by internal discord, the country could not oppose any of its determined foreign enemies. The colonists of Leaoutung repeated their inroads upon China incessantly, and the empire bowed to every usurper. Under such circum- stances, there was neither order nor law, and the tributary chiefs were only desirous to grasp a larger share of the sovereignty, Such was the state of China when the family of Sung as- cended the throne, and reigned prosperously many years. The founder of this line was called by common suffrage to the throne. He was truly a wise prince, and reformed the corrup- tions of his predecessors. Six of his posterity maintained 116 Remarks on the JULY, themselves upon, his throne with imperial dignity, though one of them became tributary to the Tartars of Leaoutung. But the eighth emperor, Weitsung, made himself a slave to the eunuchs, and was severely punished for his weakness and im- prudence. He called in the eastern Tartars to punish the tur- bulent colonists of Leaoutung; but these tigers turned upon their employer, slew him, took possession of a part of Shanse pro- vince, and founded there the empire of Catai, which made so great a figure in ancient geographical researches. The empire began again to sink under innumerable -evils; the Tartars though often repulsed, still remained victorious. Like all the barbarous nations which overthrew the Roman empire, and received their civilization from the conquered, these Tartais also adopted Chinese manners; Hetsung, one of their kings even went so far as to render homage to Confucius. Choo He, the celebrated commentator on the classics and a very perspicuous writer, lived under the reign of Ningtsung. During this time the Kin, or eastern Tartars, were becoming bolder and bolder, and threatened the subjugation of the whole empire. But they soon met their match in the west- ern Tartars. These latter lived in the countries which ex- tend from Shense province to Tibet and Samarcand. Like the whole Scythian race, they were nomades, and addicted to rapine. But having once been repulsed from the Chinese frontiers during the Han dynasty, they did not again attempt to enter them, till the emperor himself called in their aid against the eastern Tartars. But the remedy became worse than the disease. The Tartars perceiving the weakness of the em- pire, gradually took possession of the greater part of the pro- vinces, whilst the emperors were dreaming away their lives in idle pleasure. When finally roused to action, by imminent and palpable danger, it was too late. The victorious Tartars with a disciplined army drove all before them, and found nowhere any effectual resistance. Disdaining any proposals for peace, they aimed at the full possession of the empire, and forced the emperor Twantsung to take refuge in Canton province. Here he died by disease, and the last member of the imperial family, driven from the land, was obliged to betake himself to the Chinese fleet. Here, surrounded on all sides by enemies, he despaired of life, and at last threw himself into the sea. His grandees followed his example, the fleet was destroyed by the elements, and the Tartar king quietly seated himself upon the vacant throne. Thus we have arrived at the conclusion of the history of the middle ages; we see the proud Chinese humbled under the yoke of barbarians, who had emerged from the deserts on their western borders. What power would have been able to humble them, had they improved upon the knowledge already acquired, and opposed art to the rude but irresistible valor of the nomades? lU&i. History ujChina. 117 Modern history, from \. D I'-WO ?/««>« tii the present time. When Europe was overrun by innumerable hordes of Asia- tic barbarians, who forced the Germans from their homes to seek other abodes, arts and sciences shared in the general ruin of splendid cities, and few traces of early civilization were left. Ages of darkness, superstition, and barbarism fol- lowed; Europe, especially its southern portions, for more than five centuries, was gradually sinking in the scale of nations. The wounds then inflicted upon Europe were deep, and many centuries could not heal them. Though these roving tribes were finally reduced to a sort of order and discipline, yet ignorance and barbarism held uncontrolled dominion. We might have expected the same result in China, when the western Tartars gained possession of the country: but as China had less to lose, she would sooner have recovere"ct from the shock. Yet she did not feel this terrible scourge. Unlike their brethren in Europe, those victorious emperors took no pleasure in the destruction of records and monuments of so many past ages. They rather accommodated themselves and their national customs to the Chinese; they became wise and lenient rulers, and showed themselves superior to their immediate predecessors on the throne. So extraordinary a fact can only find a solution in the superior genius of the Mongol or Yuen rulers; they were men of penetrating minds, unbigot- ed, and desirous to improve. But they reigned too short a time to leave permanent impressions of their institutions. The Ming dynasty, which followed, kept up the pageantry of majesty to the extent of their power. They obtained easy possession of the throne, while the nation rejoiced to shake off the hateful yoke of barbarians. Yet China remained under the Ming dynasty what it had been a thousand years before. But the doctrines of the ancient sages, which at least recog- nised the existence of a supreme Being, were exploded by the superficial scholars in the days of Ming. There re- mained then nothing but a void and monotonous materialism and atheism, as the creed of the learned; whilst Budhism and Taouism amused the multitude, and entered even into the imperial palaces. At this period all Europe was struggling against the mighty empire of darkness, and gradually obtained the victory. At once when released from thrnlldom, the immortal spirit began to expand, and feel itself a participator of the divine nature, and created for a higher world. An entire change was soon wrought, in the relations with foreign nations. The wide ocean no longer presented an impassable barrier and wall of separa- tion; accordant with the design of nature, nation mingled with nation, true religion destroyed a spurious philosophy, and opened a wide door for the introduction of all improvements Europe asserted her independence, and ni:i\ henceforth bi. 1200). After suppressing a rebellion in his own tribe, he overcame the celebrated Prester John, khan of the Keraites, whose skull he enchased in silver and preserved. Seated on a felt, he was proclaimed, in a general diet, the grand khan of the Tartars, and very soon turned his victor- ious arms towards China. Hi? soldiers had little to lose, their horses and cattle being their only property; and they had the prospect of gaining everything. The emperor had returned a disdainful answer to the embassy which the khan had sent to him, and the latter revenged the insult by the slaughter of multitudes, and took Peking and the northern provinces. When overloaded with spoil, he returned to scourge and subject Transoxiana and a part of Persia. Upon his death, he e'xhorted his sons to attempt the entire conquest of China. Octai his son carried further the victories of his father; all Europe felt the scourge, whilst the eastern Mohammedans lay prostrate before the stern conquerors. Even the forbidding regions of Siberia were not secure from their ravages, and they planted there the standard of victory. Gaiuk, the son of Octai, left the empire .to his two cousins Mangou and Kublai. While Mangou laid waste Persia, Khorasan, Chaldea, and Syria, Kublai invaded the southern parts of China, and seized on the empire. When firmly seated on the throne, under the name of Che-yuen, he amalgamated his soldiers with the natives, and strove to introduce western arts and sciences.—The father and uncle of the celebrated Marco Polo were at his court, and received commissions to bring thither a number of mission- aries well versed in the sciences. The monarch condescended also to send an embassador to the pope, who however never reached his destination. Marco Polo's father and uncle likewise failed in their commission, two missionaries who set out with them on their return, having through fear withdrawn from the expedition. The two former, however, accompanied by the young Marco Polo, reached the Chinese court, and pass- ed several year? in the service of Kublai. Possessing sagacity to see the advantages of ruling a country with benevolence and wisdom, he very early conciliated the Chinese to such a degree, that they cheerfully submitted to the yoke imposed by barbarians. No Chinese emperor either before or after him hud the same enlarged nnd liberal views of policy Had In;- 1833. History of China. 121 successor? been animated by the same principles, China would now vie with Russia in civilization. Christians, Jews, and Mo- hammedans flocked to his court, and had free permission to settle in his dominions; he granted toleration to every religion, and was himself not disinclined to popery. Not content to become the monarch of so vast an empire, he also subdued the states on the south, sent his fleet into the Indian Archi- pelago, and attacked Japan. But in the two latter expeditions lie failed, though supported by the most vigorous measures. But his proper glory consists in the improvements which he made in the empire; the Great canal, 300 leagues in length, is a more lasting monument of his greatness, than all the trophies of the victories which he gained. His posterity did not inherit the same greatness of soul. Imbued with Chinese learning, and surrounded by Clune.su courtiers, they soon themselves became Chinese, and the nu- merous hosts of their countrymen followed their example. The most abject superstitions marked the decline of the line. VVan- tsung, the eighth emperor, became a devotee of the Grand Lama, the pope of central Asia; and thenceforward the de- cline of the empire was rapid. Choo Yuenehang, originally a servant of a Budhiit priest, but a man of superior mind, put himself at the head of a numerous party of rebels, defeated the imperial troops, crossed the Yellow river, and drove the Mongols out of the empire; when he assumed trie name of Hungwoo. China had tamely submitted to foreign rulers for about ninety years, aud now returned willingly to the rule of one of her own sons. All founders of dynasties need to possess more vigor of miml than ordinary princes; thus Hungwoo, (whose title in tin- ancestral hall was Tae-Tsoo,) possessed great abilities, and be- came the founder of the Ming dynasty. He abolished the su- perstitious veneration of bonzes (the priests of Budha), discarded the eunuchs, and became master of his own actions. He again transferred the seat of government from Peking to Nanking. Tirour, or Tamerlane, the terror of Asia and Europe, was al- ready on his inarch from Samarcand towards Peking, with an innumerable host of warriors; he had resolved either to make all the Chinese Mohammedans, or to extirpate them from the earth, a threat which he would have made good,—but he died on his inarch, A. D. 1405. How wund rful are the ways of God. The feeble efforts of the divided Tartars were now such as could be repelled by the more feeble emperors; tor they were never wanting in the point of issuing fulminating edicts, and in the use of golden weapons rather than iron, against their implacable enemies. Heentsung, the ninth emperor of this line, fell into the same error with many of his predeces- sors in the preceding dynasties;—he weakened his mind by the debasing superstitions of Budhism. Famine autl rebellion soon i- 122 Remarks on (he JULY, afterwards laid waste the country, and a new scourge, the in- vasion of (he Japanese, devastated the coast. Instead of vi- gorously opposing these pirates, Shetsitng the twelfth emper- or, (in whose reign the Portuguese first arrived in China,) merely built some forts upon the shore, which are in partial existence till this day. He spent his time and amused himself with the idle speculations of Taouism, whilst the Tartars ad- vanced as far as the capital. But he fell a victim to the draught of immortality, in the preparation of which the Taon priests are such great adepts. At a period when the country was again afflicted with a great famine, and when the eastern Tartars were making very successful inroads, Wan- leih, who was a truly great man, was seated upon the throne. But standing alone amongst millions of his degenerate subjects, he waa unable to stop the torrent which was sweeping away the foundation of his throne. His successors were weak men. The Tartars though often repulsed always returned, and at length took formal possession of Leaoutung. Tsungching, the last emperor of this line, was a learned but weak-minded man. In vain did he endeavor to suppress the insurrections, which sprung up in every province of the empire. Armies of robbers swarmed in all the principal parts of his dominions, whilst the Tartars with unrelenting fury followed up their first victory. Le, one of the principal leaders of the rebels, took possession of Honan province, and marched triumphantly to Peking. The emperor instead of boldly resisting the rebels, amused himself in retirement with the vain mystifications of the Budhists. When this inevitable danger approached him, he was roused from his stupor, but too late; he was over- come, killed his daughter with his own hand, and hanged himself, A. n. 1624. Had Le, the usurper, been restrained by humanity, he would have gained the hearts of the people; but he was an odious tyrant, whose unparalleled cruelty is recorded in the Chinese annals in letters of blood. Woo Sankwei, a general who had been sent against the Tartars, opposed this monster, and call- ed in to his aid the Mantchous. who till now had been the enemies of the empire. Le, loaded with the spoils of Peking, withdrew to Shense province, and the Tartars made a trium- phant-entry into the capital. We are now brought to the present ruling dynasty, which has assumed the name of Ta Tsing. The reader will have remarked, that China became the prey of every bold adventurer, who had perseverance and power enough to drive the emperor from the throne. The nation itself was passive, possessing no internal strength, and the monarchs were remarkable for their imbecility. Near the end of the Ming dynasty, a man appeared on the frontiers of China, whose sole power was more formidable than that of the great khan, and whose subjects might have effected a more permanent conquest than did the Mantchous. He came both 18.13. History of China. 123 to liberate and to enslave the spirit: endowed with perseverance, directed by prudence, and led by irresistible enthusiasm, he was ready to encounter every danger, and make every sacrifice to gain his end. Men of such minds must prove the be- nefactors or the scourges of their race; especrrlly so, when sustained by hosts of similar spirits, who with implicit obedience to thr>ir superiors all co-operate for the same end.—Such a man was Francis Xavier, who A. r». 1552, arrived on the frontiers of China, at the island of Shangchuen, or St. John. Whatever superstition may have since done to make him an object of ridicule in the eyes of enlightened men, he was truly a great man, and in his class a hero of the first rank. Alas, that he fought for so bad a cause, though surely himself actuated by exalted principles. Men of such a stamp are capable of effect- ing any purpose. Even in the present state of things, ten min- isters of the gospel, endowed with an unconquerable zeal for the glory of their Saviour, might carry the victory over Chinese anti-nationality, if they acted with equal perseverance and great- er wisdom,—the wisdom that cometh from above. This great man died immediately on his arrival; his succes- sors gained the object in view, and established themselves and popery in China. Up to this time, the name of Ricci, one of the most distinguished of them, is known to the Chinese. He might have shone as a philosopher in Europe, but he chose the less splendid career of preaching what he believed to be truth, to the greatest of nations. As a man of learning he had few equals, and who amongst us can compare with him in fervent zeal? Such an instance of devotedness to such a cause, might well cause us to blush, did we not hope thni heavenly power in these latter days will be granted to the true evangelists, that they may be ready to live and to die for the holy cause of their Redeemer. While the Mantchotis took possession of the greater part of the country, some surviving princes of the Ming dynasty founded an empire in Canton province. Yew Sung, one of these princes hav- ing been driven from Keangse where he had established him- self, was strangled at Peking. Yew Ngaou, another prince of this branch, proclaimed himself emperor in Canton province, but he also was routed by the Tartars. In Kwangse, however, the Tartars were repulsed in so signal a manner that the vic- tor Yew Tsin proclaimed himself emperor, and took the name of Yungleih for his reign. His son is said to have embraced popery, and adopted the name of Constantino The empress wrote a humble letter to the pope Alexander VII. wherein as a true daughter of the church she submits herself, to the holy father! This royal family however, was soon extinguished Shense also fought in vain for its liberty., and even the cruel Chang Heenchung was subdued in Szechuen. Fuhkeen maintain- ed its independence a long time, for the king who reigned there was supported by an enterprising native of that province, Clung 124 Remarks on the Jui.v, Chelung; who with his followers held out the longest against the Tartars; but, when abandoned by the prince whom he had serv- ed, he fled to Formosa, dispossessed the Dutch of their settlement on.-the coast, and established there a government of his own. Whilst the c. lebrated general Woo Sankwei, was struggling with all his power (and with some success) against the Tartars in Szechuen, the Fuhkeen men were equally successful. But death soon called away Woo Sankwei, after he had retired to Yun- nan, and the people of Fuhkeen then surrendered their inheri- tance to the Mantchous. Thus all China was given up to a tribe of barbarians. Had these numerous leaders acted in con- cert, they would have saved the nation from this degrading slavery; but God had given their country to the Mantchous, aud therefore all their efforts proved vain.—It is now time to speak of the origin of the conquerors. On the northeast of China live large tribes of Toungouse, who are as poor as the country they inhabit. Without that contempt of life and its comforts which is characteristic of all the Tartar tribes, they are a tame and submissive people, whose sole care is their daily subsistence. Poor even in resources to make life comfortable, they are contented with the scanty means which their pastures afford, and are satisfied to live upon dried salmon throughout the whole year, if they can lay up a sufficient store. A great part of these tribes are under the Russian government; those on the south of the Amour river are the Mantchous, of whom we are now to speak. The Joor-jih (or Ju-chih, as the Chinese designate them,) gave shelter to the Mongols, when the founder of the Ming dy- nasty had expelled them from his country. They were an illiterate tribe, possessed of no written language until about 130 years before their chief ascended the Chinese throne, when they adopted a syllabic alphabet, bearing some resem- blance in character to the Syriac Karshum, and derived from the same source as that of the Mongols. Divided into several tribes, like all nomades, they possessed no strength to make conquests, or even to repel invaders, if any had visited their inhospitable regions. But even in a poor and despised nation, heroes may be born, who may give a new impulse to their countrymen. Such a man was Tsung-jin, who subjected several of the native tribes to his sway, and even attacked the Chinese frontiers, near the close of the sixteenth century. The Chinese to free themselves from his attacks, agreed to pay him a stipetid of about 800 taels, and 15 pieces of brocade. But, whilst they were waging war against the Japanese and the Mongols, he threw off all allegiance to them, and boldly took possession of Leaoutung; at the same time proclaiming himself emperor under the name of Teenming. Having fixed his residence in the fertile province of Leaoutung, lie soon perceived that the weak Chinese government could not 1833. History of China. 1*25 resist his inroads. To give a plausible pretext for invading China, he drew up a manifest which enumerated seven grounds of complaint, and began to act on the offensive. His son, who followed up his father's victories, assumed the name (kwii haou) of Teentsung, and established the present dynasty under the name of Ta Tsing. After hi death, the govern- ment was placed in the hands of a regent, during the mi- nority of his successor. This regent undertook to join Woo Sankwei, in order to repress the Chinese rebels. Having gained a victory over these banditti, he was reluctant to depart from so fertile a country, and under pretence of remaining to extirpate the rebels, he took possession of the Chinese throne, in the name of the young emperor Shunche, in 1644. A handful of well disciplined troops might have opposed these invaders, and the Chinese had before ordered a company of Portuguese from Macao against the rebels; but while on their march they were remanded, and the helpless Chinese with all their pride became the prey of these barbarians. After a long contest, they were firmly seated upon the throne, and to this moment they mantain with undisputed sway, their authority over the empire. Notwithstanding all the precautions taken by them, they very soon became amalgamated with the Chinese; and at present, they are nothing more than Chinese Tartars. But their line of emperors, though brief, is not devoid of worthy men, and on the whole their government is superior to that of the Ming dynasty, so that in that respect the people have no reason to complain. Shunche, was continually engaged in wars against those who disputed his dominion, so that he could do very little for the improvement of the nation. He soon perceived the superiority of Europeans in every science, and appointed the celebrated Jesuit, father Adnm Schaal, president of the "mathe- matical tribunal." We must not, from so high sounding a name expect to find anything grand among these children in knowledge, though Schaal unquestionably possessed great talents, far superior to any Chinese astronomers. He was not a man to be contented with so circumscribed a sphere of duty, but soon succeeded in gaining great ascendancy over the mind of th8 emperor.—Shunche was successful in his wars, but died too early to reap the fruits of all his victories. Kanghe, who was the greatest emperor of this line, suc- ceeded him on the throne, at the age of eight years. During his minority, his guardians abused the confidence reposed in them; tout as soon as he assumed the reins himself, he showed a mind far superior to all his countrymen, and by the wisdom of his measures, subjected all China to his sway. We waive all the extravagant encomiums lavished on him as the pro- tector of popery, but we must nevertheless acknowledge that he was an extraordinary man. A mortal seated on the throne of China, and surrounded by adoring millions, stoops so fur 126 Itf.marks on lltr Jin.v, as Jo tako lessons in mathematics like a srhool-hoy, and so far overcomes the national prejudices as to grant to strangers full liberty to appear at his court, and actually to raise them to tiiLjh dignities. Many of his actions doubtless were the result of advice given him hy the Jesuits, hut some of them emanated entirely from himself, and bespeak the most enlightened views of policy. Opening all the ports of his empire to foreign commerce wag surely a measure which might have greatly tended to the advantage of his subjects, and shows how far he was beyond his age and nation. His successful wars in west- ern Tartary, his conquest of Tibet, his treaty of peace with the Russians, and his conquest of Formosa, laid the founda- tion for the future greatness of China. His treatment of the papal legates, and the excellent method by which he managed the Jesuits, without curtailing their liberty, are great proofs of his political sagacity. Indeed he was the Peter the great of China. His reign lasted above 60 years, to the great be- nefit of the whole nation. Had he lived' in our time, he would have been enabled to make amazing improvements, but it was his lot to be attended by foreigners who in several respects were more bigoted than the Chinese themselves. With him died the desire for improvement, and his son Yungching, who ascended the throne in 1722, bore a hatred to Europeans and to their sciences. If China had strength in itself to rise from a state of ignorance and overweening pride, we should not so much lament those changes which shut the door against foreign improvements; but alas, the whole country is a stagnant pool to which healthful motion must be imparted by foreign hands. Yungching reigned peacefully for a short time; he had imbibed the industrious spirit of his father, but he equalled him only in this respect. He may be said to have fully learned the system of national exclusiveness, which the Chinese are so fond of inculcating and practicing. Throughout the nation, the badge of submission to the Tartars was adopted, —a shaved head and long tail. The great officers who re- ceive their salary from the emperor, and are entirely depen- dent on his favor for their rank, are servile; the inferior of- ficers follow their example, and the people themselves care very little who is upon the throne, provided they are not too severely oppressed. The long reign of Keenlung was marked by many unim- portant wars, which had little influence on the prosperity of the empire. He succeeded to the throne in 1736. There had been disturbances in Soungaria amongst the Eleulhs, or Cn I mucks. Keenlung fearing that the peace of the empire was not se- cure against them, sent an army thither in 1755 which took Ele, expelled Dawatsi the turbulent khan, placed Amoursana on the throne, and sent his own lieutenants to watch all the motions of the new khan. But they very soon revolted, even the Hew khan was dissatisfied, and a Chinese army sent against 18i3o. History of Ckitia. 1~7 him wiis totally destroyed; but al'tfr many n hard fought battle, the Eleuths as well as acme neighboring tribes were subjected to the Chinese sceptre. The vengeance of tbe Chi- nese was dreadful, and the immense slaughter sanctioned by Keenlung is one of the great stains on his reign. He next found a pretext to invade Little Bukharia; here also the Chi- nese arms proved victorious, and in 175'.) Bnkharia was re- duced to subjection. But the imperial army was not so successful in the invasion of Burmah in 1767. The Burmese, after reducing them to a want of provisions, put the army to a total rout, and took so many prisoners that scarcely any returned to tell of their defeat. A second army shared no better fate; but to give to the whole affair a plausible aspect, Keenlnng gave audience to a Burmese embassador, who it was stated, came to sue for peace. The glory of Keenlung's reign was well nigh tarnished by a rupture with the Russian government. Each nation had committed aggressions on the other, but Keenlung's conduct in seducing many thousand Kalmuck families to leave their homes in Asiatic Russia, and to migrate to the country of the Soungars, deserved severe chastisement. Had the Russians maile an inroad on China, to reclaim their subjects, the Chi- nese would soon have found, that they were not now to fight the nomades of the desert. But this they have yet to expe- rience at some future period. Troubles were afterwards occa- sioned by some Tibetan mountaineers, in the province of Szechuen, which cost the Chinese generals a great deal of fighting; but as we have our information respecting the war only ftom Chinese reports, we shall not say much respecting it. The chief who had waged war against the emperor, with all his family suffered death by the slow and painful execution, Keenlung being himself present to enjoy the sight of the cruel punishment. Though harassed by so many cares, Keenlung yet found time to establish a large library, and to repair the embankments of the rivers; he received also a visit from the Bantchin Lama of Tibet, and rendered divine homage to a man who was mortal like all his race, and who soon after this died. So far can rational Creatures forget themselves. The Mohammedans of the western frontiers and those near Kansuh province successively revolted; they resisted the im- perial armies with great valor, but were finally subdued. In this contest again the emperor executed the most sanguinary vengeance upon them who had opposed his authority. Always desirous to appear great in the eyes of the whole world, he constituted himself umpire in the wars between Tungking and Cochinchina, with the intention of subduing the former country. But his army was repeatedly defeated, and he was glad to conclude a peace. His aid having been solicited by the Remarks on Chinese History. JULY, Tibetan Lama, whose territories had been plundered by the Gurkas, Keenlung ordered a large army to march against the latter, and succeeded in repelling them. From this period, Tibet became a dependency of China. Previous to this, a bloody insurrection had broken out in Formosa, and the rebels fought desperately, till after being gradually weakened, they fell a prey to the imperial forces. Another rebellion, which begun among the Meaoutsze of Canton province, has never been wholly crushed to this day, but only temporarily quieted by compromise between the insurgents and the imperial ge- nerals. In forming an estimate of Keenlutig's character, it is well to take into consideration the times in which he lived. His measures were certainly vigorous, but we see no greatness of soul iii his proceedings. He was doubtless actuated by a de- sire to make bis empire universal, audio transmit his fame to posterity. It is satisfactory however, to observe, that amid the din of arms, he did not forget literature, but was a firm pa- tron of every scholar. Yet notwithstanding all his redeeming qualities, he was far inferior to Kanghe, whom he wished to emulate. He retired from the throne in behalf of his fif- teenth son, Keaking, in the 60th year of his reign, and sur- vived his abdication three years. Keaking possessed all the faults, but none of the excellencies, of hid father. One insurrection after another disturbed the peace of the empire. The emperor was indolent and destitute of ta- lents to oppose the refractoy spirit which prevailed. He was honored, towards the close of his reign, by a British embassy. To yield to its reasonable and just requirements was out of question; the Chinese did not desire to establish fair, inter- national intercourse, but to exact the homage of vassals. Taoukwang his son, who came to the throne in 1820,* is a man of quiet and retired habits, without any great talents for business. His reign has been marked by new insurrections and petty wars. It was very long before he could subdue the rebels in Turkestan. The Meaoutsze were paid for their sub- mission. The rebellion in Formosa is still raging. Several causes are co-operating to bring the empire to a fearful crisis. We haw now traced the outline of the history of China. There never was a period when the extent of its territory was so great as at present. But it has reached its dotage, and every adventurer takes advantage of its helpless state. How long it will stand, is only known to Him who rules the skies l^t us humbly hope that all the changes, which are to take place, may be subservient to the progress of the gospel. It being late in the yeir (on the 3d day of the 8th muon) when he sit down nn the throne, lie decreed that the ncil year (181!)) shuuld be the first ol hb reign. 183.-J. Articles of War, 129 ARTICLFS OF WAR.—His excellency Loo, the governor of Canton, has issued a small pamphlet, neatly printed, on the subject which we have designated "Articles of war." It con- sists of some remarks of his own, introductory to two imperial papers, which he entitles, Shing Heun king keun ke leuh,— "Sacred Admonitions on the laws of military operations." All that an emperor says or writes is, in courtly style, desig- nated Shing heun, holy, sage, or sacred, admonitions or in- structions. A full translation of this document would be a cu- riosity; but neither our time nor space will permit the attempt. The laws here republiahed were originally issued by the late emperors Keen lung and Keaking. They are prefaced by a received adage—that Ping ko pih nePn puh ynng; Puh ko yih jih woo pe. The army may he a hundred years unemployed, But may not be a single day unprepared. Then follows the military decalogue, which we subjoin. 1st Law. It is the duty of a soldier in the day of battle always to press forward bravely and impetuously; for whoever through fear, or to save his life, flees, must by the laws of war, be decapitated, and his head exposed to the multitude as a warn- ing. He who kills an enemy, performs a meritorious act, for which he shall be rewarded with promotion. If he dies iti battle, his children and grandchildren shall lie compassion- ated. The coward cannot escape the laws of government. If a man rushes forward and kills his foe, it does not follow that he shall die; but if he draws back, it is impossible that he can live. This article is abundantly plain, and all the officers should inculcate it on the men; that they may know the great principles of right conduct; and in the day of battle they will doubtless be brave, having a hundred chances to one that they will kill "the thieves"—their enemies, and meritoriously dis- tinguish themselves. 2d Law. On entering into battle, powder and arrows must. not be expended at a distance from the enemy, but reserved for the exact -point of time in which they will be most effica- cious. To waste them before this time arrives, so that when most wanted they are all expended, is like tying their hands and waiting to be slain. 3d Law. The utmost pains must be taken to preserve their arms in good order, and their ammunition dry. 4th Law. When an officer is wounded or taken, the men shall make the utmost efforts to carry him off, or rescue him. If they neglect to do so, and defeat ensues, the guilty men shall be decapitated. 5th Law. The men must not leave the pursuit of a flying too, to collect plunder Q. 130 Articles of War. JULY, 6th Law. The utmost vigilance and silence ate required of men oir duty at any pass or post. On obtaining information, they must depute able men to communicate it secretly and speedily. 7th Law. All unnecessary disturbances occasioned to the peacable inhabitants, injuring corn-fields, robbing, pillaging, &c., must be severely punished. 8th Law. The soldier who bravely kills an enemy, shall be lewarded, but he who is delected in lying pretexts about his own merits, or who by false tales usurps the merits of others as his own, shall be decapitated. 9th Law. The horses and camels belonging to the army mnstbe treated with affection and kindness; and good water and provender provided for them. At night if they stray they must be forthwith sought for, and brought to wells in regular succession, so that the water may not be fouled by their being permitted to strive against each other in crowds. Neglect of this duty must be severely punished. lOtli Law. When encamped, the patrol must be vigilant, and especially so at nights. None must be permitted to walk about without cause. In the tents especial care must be taken against fire. On any rumored alarm, none must act hurriedly or with levity. Secret orders must be carefully obeyed, and not allowed to transpire from one to another. It is finally required that these ten laws, or articles of war, be carefully explained to and inculcated on all the soldiers. Appended to the above are twenty-two laws or regulations for defence of a city , directing the steps at first to be taken in distributing around the walls the force possessed; calling' on the inhabitants, especially the gentry, to assist; storing pro- visions for themselves, and cutting them off from their enemy. Means must be used to calm the fears of the people; to rouse them to defend themselves and their families; clemency and kindness must be shown to all; and even the seditious watched, but not precipitately acted against Vagabonds and beggars must be induced to serve as laborers for food, and the affection of all be won. These laws, at number seven, glide off to more general topies, and contain directions for the army when in actual conflict with the enemy. By working on, his fears the coward must be stimulated to act bravely; the licentiousness of the soldier must be repressed; and he must be threatened with punishment if every shot and every arrow does not kill; &c., &c. The whole closes by requiring, that a page of the articles of war be read daily by some good reader in hearing of the soldiers. We have thus given a specimen of governor Loo's publica- tion. He refers in one part to his own achievements at the late highland rebellion, which many consider disgraceful. But - temporary peace seems to be the consequence, and therefore, perhaps, however brought about, it is better than open war. ia33. Execution of Laws in China. 131 We are not friends of war; and among many other reasons for not being so, this is one, on., that whether the warfare be to oppose a tyrant and oppressor in order to defend and res- cue the innocent, or to assist the tyrant to crush the virtuous, the soldier is required in either case equally to exert his ener- gies or sacrifice his life. He has no choice. And this ap- pears to us a position unworthy and improper for any rational and accountable being to be in. We cannot but remark that here, as in the Sacred Edict which we reviewed last year, the Chinese government addresses the people as if they were beings without souls, without God, and without immortality. All is earthly, mortal, and perishing, There is nothing sublime in principle, or hope, or aim. The ancient pagans of Rome had much more regard in their senate and government to the Deos immortales, than the modern pa- gans of China. Even the savage warriors of North America are less groveling than the Chinese. Cromwell made brave soldiers by religious principles; Mohammed did the same by the hopes of a future life, but the Chinese soldier, is, we see, urged on to conflict, chiefly by the fear of death if he draw back. There, is no appeal to justice, honor, religion, and glory. The fact is observable. We do not think that all those who die fighting for their country are sure to go to Heaven, al- though we have heard some Christian princes affirm it. The Chinese in this document, and elsewhere, commonly rpeak contemptuously of their enemies, calling them tsih, ladronei or thieves, a? did the Romans. EXECUTION OF THE LAWS IN CHINA.—The remarks of "An Inquirer," which we subjoin, illustrate an important character- istic of the Chinese. Their legislators, like those persons of old who bound heavy burdens and grievous to be borne, "say and do not." In the review of the Penal Code, which is now before our readers, many topics came under consideration, with respect to which the practice is found to differ—and sometimes very widely—from the letter of the law. To some of these we adverted, as we passed on with the review; but desirous to give, in as short space as possible, a summary of the code, it was deemed expedient to defer some of our remarks until actual occurrences should present opportunity to verify statements thai might otherwise appear (at least to those abroad who are not familiar with China) uncharitable and unkind.—Concerning the lex non scripta, we shall endeavor to remark hereafter. The following is the paper from our correspondent. Mr. Editor;—You are in the course of telling the world about the laws of China; I wish you could append to your information, something also about the practice; i e how the Execution of Laics in China. JULY, theory^of the laws is carried into effect. Some laws look beau- tiful on paper; but they are found impracticable. Such for example are the Chinese laws about the pay of public officers, magistrates, and the police. These are all provided for by the laws on an economical scale: but the people em- ployed by government, often cannot live upon their incomes; then recourse is had to bribery and corruption; to extortion and defrauding the revenue. An imperial officer is paid by government to prevent smuggling; but he cannot live on his pay; therefore he accepts of a fee from the smuggler to allow smuggling. And so of many other cases which could be men- tioned. The law is made very close and minute in order to catch many offenders, some of whom are always able to pay for being let loose. We do not know much how the laws operate in the interior; but the government regulations concerning foreign merchants and the intercourse of natives with them, are almost all im- practicable. But though not enforced, because impracticable, they serve as a reason for annoying and distressing all parties oc- casionally, for the purpose of extorting fees or bribes. Governors of provinces, I understand, on good authority, are generally supported by the emperor and supreme government in whatever local regulations or laws, they suggest and recom- mend. The hoppo of Canton recently published anew, a law obtained about 1810 by the then governor Pi/t, since deceased. It went to require all foreign merchants to quit China in the ships in which they came. If they had claims outstanding, they might leave somebody to look after these claims; but the persons so left were required to quit Canton, and, on having obtained a permit from the Chinese government, to go to Macao, when the business in Canton was finished. It is in obedience to Chinese laws, as the phrase is, that commercial companies quit Canton to reside in Macao in the summer, when their ships are absent. The hoppo's declared object the other day was to force from Canton, all those persons who had not ships or immediate commercial business at Whampoa or Canton. And he required (according to the law obtained by governor Pi/i,) the senior hong-merchants to send in to him an exact list of all the foreigners in Canton; stating by what ships they came, what they were doing, &c. If they did not send in a true list, he threatened to report them with great severity to the emperor, for despising laws sanctioned by him, and for conniving at crafty barbarians remaining in Can- ton, holding illegal intercourse with the natives, getting infor- mation from them, and combining with them to smuggle, and do all sorts of evil. How the linguists and merchants made out their list it is difficult to say; for the law and the prac- tice are so different. They say, lying is necessary in China; and having once adopted this principle as a rule of conduct, 1832 Execution of Laws in China. 13S lists, and bonds, and such like documents, are made out willi much more facility than they could be where truth is regard- ed. So far indeed, if facility be the only object attended to, the argument is in favor of lying. It is curious to observe how easily the linguists and others, can take to Canton naval and mili- tary captains, and all sorts of male passengers, from any part of the world, contrary to the laws, by always converting them, on paper, into assistant clerks, or writers, book-keepers, or even servants, to the merchants. Now this is so good natured, one can scarcely be angry with them for telling such harmless and kind lies. But where is the wisdom of multiplying im- practicable laws? The wisdom consists in its affording, when any disturbance occurs from such smuggled or belied persons, a reason—I will not call it a pretext—for government servants getting money. Governor Pih obtained from the then emperor Keaking at the same time as the above, a fixed regulation or law, that there should be no accession of foreign families allowed at Macao; nor any new houses built. The old families might be left to vegetate, and the old dwellings be repaired, but nothing more. This law though not enforced, is wisely con- trived to be a source of revenue by fees on foreign ladies who land there, and bribes to the Chinese officers to allow a new house to be built. Indeed, Sir, I believe that although a large fee is demanded for a new site: an old house or a broken wall cannot be rebuilt or repaired in Macao, without first paying a bribe to the resident Chinese magistrate. I never heard what his majesty the king of Portugal said to the emperor of China for thus interfering in his territory. But so the fact is. The fee or bribe must be paid; or the house or wall, even if blown down by a tyfoon, must continue to lie in ruins. The truth is that human legislators sometimes enact laws vexatious; or laws foolish; or laws oppressive and cruel. But they generally have a motive, even in the worst cases. Some- times it is good no doubt; but also occasionally their motive is anything but to increase the well-being and happiness of their fellow-creatures. If you could throw any light on the practice of the law in China, I think your labors would be in- teresting to many. By the way, do you know if there is any "common law," or lex non sr.ripta, admitted in China. I rather think not, but I am not sure. I am told that a local magistrate sometimes acts according to usage, although not in strict conformity to the written law; and that cases occur in which the court declares that there is no express law on the subject. In that case they judge by the law most resembling the point in hand, and get an imperial decision, which is law for the future. Your's &,c. AN IxqriRF.K. ItU De.monnlat.ry.—The King's Order. Jiti.v, DBMONOI.ATRY, or the worship of dead men, whom the ex- cessive veneration af posterity eltvated to the rank of hero gods, or virgin goddesses.—This was a very eminent branch of ancient paganism in every quarter of the globe. These ca- nonized beings were, by the Greeks, styled demons; and though translated from this sublunary world to a higher state of ex- istence, they were still supposed to be concerned in the affairs of those they had left behind, and were thought to possess the power both of moderating their sufferings, and of gratify- ing their wishes. Hence whatever notions philosophical and speculative men might have of some great unknown jirst cause, the prayers of the vulgar, or rather of all classes, were spe- cially addressed to the popular demons; and the state policy of every gentile government, formally recognised and main- tained this peculiar mode of worship. This is what St Paul calls, the doctrine of " devils" or demons; which, in the latter times, those pseudo-Christians who forbid marriage, and require abstinence from meats, were to introduce.* This D-.mimnliit.rii is the universal practice of modern pa- gans of China. We have before us a Gazette from Peking, of May the 9th, in which the emperor complains, that from March 27th up to that time, only a few inches of snow had fallen. "The last harvest was bad, and the present appear- ances were very unpromising:" he therefore requires that the Hoard of Rites forthwith erect altars at the temple of Kwan-te, a deified general of the army; and at Ching-hwarig meaou, or the city temple, which is also dedicated to a demon, or patron saint. At the hero god's temple a select party of Budhist priests were to pray for snow: and at the city temple, a chosen party of Taou priests. The service was to continue seven days, or one week. Several lay grandees were to be in attendance day and night; to superintend the service, and to join in burn- ing incense, and performing postrations. The local magistrate of Shunteen foo was required to make all necessary provisions for the worshipers, during the whole course of the service. Tun KING'S ORDER, or wang ming, that is the death warrant, in the keeping of the lieutenant-governor, has of late often been put in requisition. On one occasion for ten persons at once, some of them robbers, and one an unhappy young wo- man, who murdered her husband's mother, an old blind wo- man, by pouring melted lead down her throat. Dnmkr.nness and unrestrained anger ate frequent causes, among Ihe men and women respectively, of the most atrocious crimes. We have seen, within a few days, a printed proclamation tjy governor Loo, stating that banditti go forth iu boats to * ,See Fabrr on Prophecy 1833. 135 The Corean Syllabary. plunder what has been left to the unfortunate sufferer:* by the late inundation. He threatens that whoever may be caught doing so, shall, on his requesting "the king's order," be put to immediate death. The phrase wang ming is supposed to be derived from high antiquity, before the use of the word hwang, or emperor; and although tin: sovereign* of China have been called emperors for twenty centuries, they still retain the ancient term king's order, for a death warrant. These governors of provinces seem to have a discretionary power of life and death, when they think the emergency may require it. LITERARY NOTICES. THE COREAN SYLLABARY. IN a former number we have inserted a communication from the pen of Mr. Gulzlaff, re- specting the hitherto almost un- known language of the Corean peninsula. In that communi- cation, there is given a Corean alphabet, consisting of fifteen general sounds or consonants, and eleven vowels. In addition to this alphabetic airangement, in which the Corcans ditter somewhat from the Japanese (while closely resembling them in variousother particulars), they have also a .syllabic arrange- ment, consisting of 16S com- bined sounds or syllables, each of which possesses an inherent, but not inseparable vowel. Of this syllabary, in its complete form, a copy wa= delivered to us, at the same time with the above-mentioned remarks on the language, of which, as well as of a specimen of Corcan writing, it wat. our intention to have taken earlier notice. We do not regret, however, that we have been prevented from so doing, since we have lately re- ceived some sheets of a valua- ble publication, now printing at Batavia, viz, a Comparative Vo- cabulary of Chinese, Corean, and Japanese, with the pro- nunciation and meaning in English attached. This Vo- cabulary has served to verify many of our preconceived opin- ions as to the varying pronun- ciation of several letters, arising perhaps in some instances from a diversity of dialects, and in others from individual peculiari- ties of pronunciation. With the help of this Vocabu- lary, we proceed at once to remark on the powers of the several letters, in the syllabic, order of arrangement. A copy of the syllabary is annexed. All the syllables, it will readily be seen, are simple and easy com- binations of the fifteen conso- nants and eleven vowels, which, us already stilted, compose the alphabet of the Coreans. 136 JULY, The Corean Syllabary. The following are the powers of the syllables, in the order- in which they are numhered on the annexed.page, commencing, like the Chinese, at the right. FIRST COLUMN. 1. ka:—the k is as in the word kite; the vowel an Italian a, as in calm. 2. kya, or ke'a:— the li- quid in this syllable is inherent, and inseparable from the vowel, the k and the a have the same power as in the first syllable. 3. ko:—the vowel is long, but different from the broad English o; it resembles rather the German d, in Konigsberg. 4. kyo :—the liquid, inhe- rent in the vowel, is the only difference between this and the last syllable: its sound is simi- lar to that of the Chinese word keue* in the court dialect, but rather more lengthened. 5. ko, or koh:—the o is somewhat abbreviated as in the wards among, money, &c. 6. kyo, or kyoh :—as in the preceding, with the addition of a liquid before the vowel. 7. koo:—as oo in cool, pool, &-«'. 8. kyoo (or kew):—like the preceding, the vowel differing only in the addition of a liquid, or as ew in the word pew. 9. ku —the vowel nearly resembles an abrupt French ii; or it is like oo in foot. 10. ke, or kee :—the vowel as e in me, or as ee in keel. 11. ka;—the a is slightly abbreviated as the a in fang. This vowel is used in combina- tion with the 10th vowel, e, to form the diphthong ae, which is pronounced as the Chinese word Aoe.t or nearly as the i in high. SECOND COLUMN. 12. na:—the consonant is the same as the English n, both al the beginning and ending of words; as an initial, however, it appears to be sometimes chang- ed into rf, and to be dropped or very slightly enunciated before the 2d, 4th, 6th, 8th, and 10th, or liquid vowels. The vowels, in this and all the succeeding columns, have the same pro- nunciation as in the first co- lumn. 13. nya, or 'ya. 14. no (or sometimes, do). 15. nyo, ne'ue, or yo. 16. no, or noh. 17. neo, nyoh, or yoh, like the Chinese neo.\. 18. noo. 19. nyoo, new, or yoo. 20. nil, 21. ne, nyee, or yee. 22. na. THIRD COLUMN. 23. ta :—theconso'nant is like the English f.; before the liquid vowels, it is sometimes pro- nounced nearly as tch or simi- lar to the tia in Christian. 24. tya or tcha,—or between / and tch. 25. to. 26. tyo or tcho. * Like the character jjfc keut. t Like the sound of the character ^ hoe. \ Like that of $fe net. Tin- (Korean '27. to, or toll. '28. tyo, tyoh, or tcho. '29. too. 30. lyoo. 31. tii or too. 3-2. tee. 33. la. FOURTH COLUMN. 34. la, na, ra, or nla. This consonant appears to be some- times a combination, when at the beginning of a word, of the two letters n and /, but is more frequently I or r interchange- ably; as a final, it is always either / or r. 35. lya, nya, rya, or ya. 36. 16, no, r6, or nlo. 37. lyo, nyo, ryo, or yo. 38. loh, noli, or roh. 39. lyoh, nyoli, ryoh, or yob. loo, noo, or roo. lyoo, nyoo, ryoo, or yoo. lu, nil, rii, nlii, (or loo, 40. 41. 4-2. &c.) 43. 44. lee, ree, nee, or yec. la, ra, or na. FIFTH COLUMN. 45. ma or ba ;—the conso- nant is m, occasionally inter- changeable with 6, having the same powers as those conso- nants in English; but they are often very slightly enunciated before the liquid vowels. 46. mya, bya^-or 'ya. 47. mo, or bo. 48. myo or byo. 49. mo, moh, or byoh. 50. myoh, or byoh. 51. moo, or boo. 52 myoo, or byoo. 53. mii (or m»o), or bit. 54. inee, or bee. 55. ma, or ba. SIXTH COLUMN. 56. pa:—the consonant is the common p, and does not vary its pronunciation in any position. 57—66. pya, &c. The same vowels as in the preceding co- lumns follow the consonant p, in the same order. SEVENTH COLUMN. f>7. sa, or shii:—these ap- pear to be the correct sounds of this syllable, but it is &omc- tinies confounded with the 89th syllable, tsa. OS. sya, or shya :—it is rath- er before the liquid vowels than the others that the sound of *•/* is found : the y is then drop- ped or nearly so, being read sha, rather than shya. 6!)—77. so. or slio, &/c., the vowels as in the preceding co- lumns. CuillTII COLUMN. 78. a, or nga :—as an initial it is generally silent, sometimes however assuming the nasal sound of ng, or the harsher power of g; as a final, it is always the nasal ng* 79. ya. 6, go or ngo. yo. oh, or ngoh. yoh. oo, or ngoo. yoo. ti, oo, or ngoo. e, or'ngee. a, or nga. NINTH 80. 81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. COLUMN. 89. tsa, or cha: these two powers of the consonant are * From the Comparative Vocabulary to which wr. have before referred, it would appear, that this consonant is sometimes used to express the sound of z. It is then written in the form of a triangle, lo distinguish it from the character in ils ordinary form, R 138 JULY, The Corcan Syllabary. commonly confounded and in terchaujjicable 90—99. tsyn, or chya, dtc. the vowels as before. TENTH COLUMN. 100. ts'ha:—the only differ- ence between the syllables of this and the last column, is the insertion of an aspirate before the vowel ; the consonant is confounded both with r.h and sA. 101 — 110. tb'hya, &-c. The s;ime vowels as in the preceding columns. ELEVENTH COIIMN. Ill k'ha :—the "consonant is the same as that of the first co- lumn, excepting the addition of an aspirate. 11-2—1-21. k'hya, &c., the vowels as before. TWELFTH COLUMN. 122, t'ha :—the consonant as in the tfiird column, with the addition of an aspirate. 123—132. t'hya, &,c., as in preceding columns. THIRTEENTH COLUMN. 133—143—p'ha, p'hya, &,c. tho same as the (ith column, with the addition of an aspi- rate. FOURTEENTH COLUMN. 144—154. ha,hya,&,c.—the same as the 8th column, with an aspirate prefixed. FIFTEENTH COLUMN. 155. 6a, or wa. This column exemplifies the manner in which tliu semi-vowel MI is formed before a, and », PIZ, before the t'iriiirr hv prefixing a short o, and before the latter by pre- fixing oo. 156. o. 157. kwa. 158 kwb. . 159. swa, or shwa. 160. swo, or shwo. 161. tswa, or chwa. 162. tswo, or chwo. 163. k'hwa. 164. k'hwo. 1(>5. ts'hwa. 166. ts'hwo. 167. hwa. 168. hwo. From this examination of the powers of the several letters which enter into the composi- tion of the Corean syllabary, it appears that all the sounds in the English alphabet are more or less plainly enunciat- ed, except the flat sound of a, the sounds of f and v, the two sounds of j, the open sound of o, and the compound sound of r. At the same time we are informed, by those who have been among the people, that euphony is studied in a very great degree. Such a language is well worthy of more minute examination ;—so simple is it in the form of its letters,—and yet so well capable of express- ing almost any sounds. We look forward, with joy, to the period, now we hope near at hand, when Corea shall become better known to the na- tions of the west, by a friend- ly and commercial intercourse, —but far more, by the same faith in one Lord Christ Jesus, who shall in due time rule" from sea to sea, and from the river unto tho ends of the earth" 183.5. Journal <>/////• Axttil »SV;r. Iii9 THE JOIIRN/VI. OF TIIK ASI- ATIC SOCIETY of Rettgal. Kdiltd by JAMES PRINSEP, v. R. s. Calcutta. The first volume of this pe- riodical— published in twelve monthly numbers, during the year 18IJ2,—.contains nearly 600 octavo pages, neatly printed, which are replete with original literary and scientific matter. The work is embellished with numerous plates, illustrative of the subjects of which it treats.— Among the able contributors to the work, we observe the names of H. H. Wilson, author of the Analyses of the Puranas; Rev. R. Everest; Major H. Burney, resident at the Burmese court; and Alexander Csoma de Kciros. Of this latter gentleman, the ed- itor of the Journal remarks;— "Mr. Alexander Csoma's in- defatigable labors in opening to us a first acquaintance with the literature of Tibet, will be estimated as it deserves by li- terary men,—a contracted circle perhaps, because deep erudi- tion and study are requisite to form critics capable of appre- ciating the nature and bearing of his peculiar researches upon the history, languages, and religions of other nations, both ancient and modern. All may however feel sensible of the de- votion, zeal, and perseverance, which are necessary to lead a man, alone and unpaid, into a distant and wild country, to learn its language, and study its people at the fountain head. The volumes of notes which Mr. Csoma has presented to the Asiatic Society, will, it is hop- ed, be published in their Re- searches at length." Three numbers of (he Jour- nal for the current year, have recently come to hand; they more than equal the previous numbers. The work is a mo- del of what we should like to see published in China. RELIGIOUS INTELLIGENCE. NEW ZEALAND —A Narrative of nine months' residence in New Zealand, in 1827, "by Augustus Earle, draughtsman to his majesty's surveying ship, the Beagle," is noticed in the Edinburgh Review for January 1833. " The New Zealanders," according to the reviewer, " are decidedly the most interesting savages on the globe. They combine, in the highest degree all thn( is terrible, with all (hut is engaging, in that form of human society. Our interest respecting them is singularly heightened at the present mo- ment by the new aspect which they exhibit, and the change which is in course of being ef- fected upon them by British in- tercourse;—an intercourse be- tween the extremes of civilized and savage life, by which the features of both are strangely and curiously blended." 140 i.v. i>f j\'cir In the absence of a profound and philosophic observer, the reviewer is "very glad" lo have the picture of the lw Zeahmders drawn by the pre- sent author's ' animated pencil.' "Its tints are fresh and vivid, laid on boldly and roughly, like those which he spreads over his panoramic canvas;'' and he has thus produced a volume, "at once extremely amusing and full of information;" and yet there are "considerable portions of it, which require to be carefully sifted." While we regret that the able writer of the Edinburgh has not "care- fully sifted," as most surely he ought to have done, the amus- ing volume of Mr. Earle, we are happy to know «hat an- other of his majesty's subjects has recently visited New Zea- land, and that another volume is soon to be before the public. Personal acquaintance with the gentleman from whose letter we are about to quote, enables us lo say confidently that bis observations will be worthy of the fullest credit, though several of his statements will give "the most decided negative" to those of Mr. Karle.—The letter is dated Madras, :ld June IK$:?; referring to New Zealand, the writer says :— "I spent eight months in Van Dii'incii .• Land, and four months and a half in New South Waif's, including in this time a visit of five weeks to Niw Zea- land. You will recollect the anxiety which I expressed to you about this latter country, and will therefore be prepared to understand the motives of rny trip thither. It would real- ly appear providential, that the vindication of the much-injured cause ol those missions should have fallen into the hands of one who has assuredly an equal claim to veracity and indepen- dence of judgment, with Mr. Earle and such like calumnia- tors of the excellent men and their labors in the mission in New Zealand. Earle's book has appeared in England, and I find has attracted considerable attention; and the Directors of the Church Missionary Society have alluded to it in the num- ber of the " Church Missionary Record" for last September. These I had not seen until I returned from New Zealand; and in my remarks upon what 1 saw, il is remarkable enough that I should have noticed sev- eral things which give the most decided negative to Earle's statements. I have upon sub- sequent consideration resolved on sending my observations to the press, and they will proba- bly appear in London in Janua- ry next, in nn octavo volume under the title of— "' licrotlfitiiins of New Z<-a- lund in IWfc), bi/ (t ttftjf iijjirrr iif tin- Indiiin Arnn/.'—The entire proceeds (not profits) will be appropriated to the publica- tion of the Holy Scriptures in the New Zealand language. The work will be completed in about 150 pages; and I hope and pray it may be of use to the cause of missions generally. "In the compass of a letter [ cannot say much respecting the very interesting country and people to which I have alluded. Everything I witness- ed far exceeded all my expec- tations. There is a growing at- tention to religion ainoti"st the I .<, and wish to know more about it; and many there are who have been brought to repentance and a- mendment of life, and who are giving tnost satisfactory proof of their being personally and deeply interested in the bless- ings of the gospel." &.c. &c. PALAMCOTTA.—The follow- ing short extracts are from a letter, dated Palamcotta, Feb- ruary 1st, 1831$, which was written by the Rev. Mr. Rhe- nius, and addressed to Mr. Gutz- laff by whom it was put into our hands. With reference to the progress of truth in Palam- cotta, Mr. Rhenius writes:— "The Lord's blessing still ac- companies our labors. In the last six months, ending with December, we have had an ad- dition to our congregations of 599 souls,—making the total of them 9302 souls. In the past month of January, at least. 100 families more have "cast their idols to the moles and to the bats." In one new village alone are about seventy families which have cleared their temple of all their idols and destroyed them. One of their hendmen is now in my study. Rut you must HOI forget that il i.i easier to cleanse their temple from idols, than their hrarti. However the former is a great step to- wards the latter; and we may hope that if not all, yet some of the people are, or will be, truly converted to God. The divine word which they are now learning, will not be in vain. "In the schools also, which are nearly one hundred in num- ber, we have much encourage- ment; the Lord is perfecting praise to himself from the mouths of these children. Re- cently in one of our schools, a buy nbovt twelve years old, and of a newly established congre- gation, became very ill, and there was no (hope of his re- covery. His father asked him whether he wished to go to Christ, or to stay here still long- er. The boy replied; 'I should like to learn still more of the catechism, but I should like also to go to Christ;'—and then addressed his father thus: 'Father, have you still any idols in the house? If you have, get them all away, and keep to the gospel.' Ajjheatheu physician refused to give him medicine, because the parents had become Christians; the boy hearing of it, said, ' never mind, I do not want his medicine, I have a heavenly Physician.'— He died with joy, and the pa- rents instead of repining and mourning, made a feast. When the Christian and heathen neigh- bors who came to visit them, saw this and expressed their surprise, the father said: 'Why should we mourn? This is the marriage dny of my boy; may we all die as this our boy did." Does not this show the power- ful t mony ol thrice kneeling, and nine times knocking Ilie head,—rise." The master of ceremonies then re- quests to have the mandate read aloud; and the public official reader raises up the mandate to do so. Must, of cur. "Officers—all kneel —hear the proclamation read—(and when the reading is concluded he continues)—rise—raise lamentation." The officers do so accordingly. After the lamentation, the reader places the mandate on the yellow table, and the master of ceremonies calls out,—" deliver the imperial mandate." An officer is then sent to the yellow table, who raises up the mandate, and delivers it to the governor, kneeling. The governor having received it, rises, and deliv- ers it to the pooching sze, also kneeling; and he, in turn, rises and delivers it to his chief clerk, likewise kneeling. The clerk rises and takes it to the hall of Tsze-wei (in the punching sze's office), to be printed on yellow paper. Mast, uf cer. "Oflii e s—all put on mourning dresses." The officers then retire; when they have chang- ed their dresses, the master of ce- remonies leads them back, and gives the order, "arrange yourselves, thrice kneel and nine times knock head— rise—raise lamentatation—(after la- mentation)—eat." The officers then go out to the hall of abstinence! where they eat a little, the civil and military each taking their respective sides. The master of ceremonies then cries—" retire." They retire to the ' public place.' and in the evening reassemble, and perform the same ce- remonies. At night, they sleep in the public place, separate from their fam- ilies. The same ceremonies are per- formed in the morning and even- ing of the two following days, after which the officers reurn to their ordinary duties. When the mandate has been co- pied, an officer is sent with it to the hall of the constellation Kwei, to place it on the yellow table, and an- olher is sent to burn incense and keep respectful charge of it for twenty- seven days, after which it is deliver- ed to the pooching sze, and sent hack to the Board of Rites On the 27th day, the officers assemble as before, and. after the same ceremo- nies of lamentation have been gone thriiu^li, llii- master of cercmonic.1- gives the order—" take oil' mourn- ing—put on plain clothes—remove the table of incense." All then re- turn home, and the mourning cere- monies are at an end. INUNDATION.—Along the banks of some of the rivers of China, the country is frequently deluged, and cattle, grain, and houses, with the inhabitants are swept away. In the south of China, such inundations are not very frequent. Though considera- ble part of the province of Canton is low ground, yet the waters seldom rise and break through the embank- ments so as to destroy extensively the habitations of men or the pro- ductions of the soil.—Very heavy rains began to fall early in this month, and on the 9th and 10th instant, the water stood in some districts a few miles west of Canton, more than ten feet above the ordinary mark. It was a very awful visitation. Ten thousand lives, it is said, have been lost. This is doubtless somewhat above the truth; though the real num- ber cannot, we think, be below five or six thousand. A native Christian whose house and paddy were washed away thus writes: "I find on my return that my family, old and young, have been preserved in safety by the care of our heavenly Father. But one of our mud houses, and part of another have been washed away. The other little houses are much injured by the wa- ter. In this world, bodily afflictions or mental anguish are the lot of men; but those of us who know some- thing of the mysteries of the gospel can cast our cai\,s on the Almighty Father, and wait for his help. It is ours to be watchful and persevere in adherence to the Gospel even unto death. "By the recent inundation, (the natives call it sltuwy-tsae—water-judg- ment) upwards of a thousand per- sons have been drowned at Fuhshan. At Shiintilt district I do not know cer- tainly how many have been drown- ed, and how many houses havefallen. At the western plantation and mulber- ry gardens in Nanhae districts, five or six hundred were drowned: and of houses, great and small, about eight hundred fell. At the villages on the right and left of my home, about a thousand fell, and about a hundred people were drowned—(the rest J44 Journal of Occurrence!!. escaped to an adjacent liill). Althuiigh this is a calamity sent from heaven, yet it must lie traced lo the rebel- lion and wickedness of man as a cause. When 1 see those who have suffered, my mind is increasingly (ill ed with awe; and I would cherish a fear of offending the living and (rue God. Pray for me, Sir, that God may preserve me from sin, and from disgracing the religion of our Sa- viour, and then I shall lie happy. "I have heard that the fooyuen and the leang-taou [superintendent of the grain department] have sub- scribed a few hundred dollars, and have sent H few officers with cakes to distribute to the distressed suffer- ers in Nanhae and Shuntih districts: but at Kaouyaou and KHouming. the districts where I live, (the land be- ing higher) no assistance has been sent, and the distress of the people is truly great." RETIREMENT or AN AGED STATES- MAS.—In China the officers of go- vernment are regarded as bond-ser- vants of the emperor, to be kept as long as he pleases lo retain them. He shows tenderness as much in permitting them to resign, as in em- ploying and promoting them. Loo YIS-FOO. the fourth in order of the cabinet ministers, has been ill for some months back, and, his health not improving, has presented a very earnest request to be allowed to re- tire. This request is often a mere matter of form, when an officer has been long indisposed; but in the present instance it appears to be of a more serious nature; and his ma- jesty has reluctantly granted it, lest the anxieties he must feel respecting the duties of his office, should prove detrimental to his recovery. He is therefore allowed to retire with the title of 'guardian of the heir appar- ent,' and the allowances and full salary of his office. THE COCHIVCHINESE ESCORT of the man-of-war junk, driven last February on the coast ot Cocliinchina, and now brought back, as mentioned in the last number, has not, it appears, come empty, but are accompanied by two large junks, fully laden. They have therefore moved their quarters from the Honan temple to one of the hong-merchant's warehouses, and the governor has written to Peking, to ascertain whether or not the du- ties shall be remitted, in return for their kindness to the wrecked mari- ners. The officers forming the escort are six in number, and two of them, we hear, are no new travelers, having sailed, in his Cochinchinese majes- ty's vessels, to Calcutta, the straits of Malacca, and Manila:—yet they are mere stammerers except in their own language. The commercial business of junks trading between Cocliinchina or Si- am and Canton is conducted by two of the hong-merchants, in annual rotation. It is ibis year the turn of the two junior hongs, established only last year, to conduct this trade; the governor has therefore ordered the two senior merchants to assist them in attending to the wants of the Cochinchinese visitors. INSURRECTION IN S/.ECHUEN—There has of late been some insubordina- tion on the part of the foreign tribe called Tsing-kc, attached to this pro- vince: which has occasioned a large expenditure of treasure on the part of the imperial government. Nayen- paou, (a brother of the disgraced statesman Nayenching, lately de- ceased.) is Mantchou general of the province, and has at present direc- tion of the war. The Chinese coin- maniler-in-chief Kwei-han, a general of 30 year's standing, has died in consequence of cold taken during a successful campaign in which he was engaged against the insurgents. His majesty confers posthumous ti- tles on him accordingly, and also commands particular attentions to be paid to the members of his sur- viving family. THE WEATHER, during several days near the close of this month, has been unusually hot. On the 25lh the thermometer stood at 93°; it rose to 95° the next day: and on Saturday the 27th, it stood for five hours at 96°. During those three days, a scorching wind blew almost incessantly from (lie north and west. To-day, (July 31st,) as on the two preceding days, rain IMS fallen in plentiful showers; and the thermometer stands at 85" THI: CHINESE REPOSITORY, VOL. II.—AUCJUST, 1833.—No. 4. DESCRIPTION OF THE CITY OF CANTON. ON native maps the name of this city is written, Kwangtung sangching, that is, "the capital of the province of Kwangtung:" but when speaking of the city, the natives usually call it sangching, "the provincial city," or "the capital of the province." The city is built on the north bank of the Choo ke'dng or Pearl river; it stands inland about sixty miles from the "great sea." From Hoo-mun, (the Bogue, or Bocca Tigris,) which the Chinese consider as the mouth of this river and the entrance to their inner waters, the merchantman, pursuing the best track, sails a few points to the west of north until she arrives near the "First bar ," thence her course is almost due west to the anchorage at Whampoa. From this place, after quitting your ship, you con- tinue on without changing your course, and leav- ing the city close on your right, you soon reach the foreign factories. These are situated a short dis- tance from the southwest corner of the city walls, in latitude 23 degrees 7 minutes 10 seconds north, and in longitude 113 degrees 14 minutes 30 seconds east of Greenwich, and about 3 degrees and 30 minutes west of Peking.—Of these factories some account will bo given in the sequel. 146 . Description of tkc AIUJ. The scenery around the city in the adjacent country is rich and diversified, but does not pre sent anything bold or grand. On the north and northeast of the city, the country is hilly and mountainous. In every other direction a wide pros- pect opens before you. The rivers and canals, which are very numerous, abound with fish, ->nd are covered with a great variety of boats, vvnich are continually passing to and from the neighbor- ing towns and villages. Southward from the city, as far as the eye can see, the waters cover a considerable portion, perhaps one third part, of the whole surface. Rice fields and gardens occupy the low lands, with only here and there a few little hills and small groves of trees rising up to diver- sify the otherwise unbroken surface. The city itself—including all, both within and without the walls,—is not of very great extent; and though very populous, derives its chief importance from its extensive domestic and foreign trade. The city of Canton is one of the oldest cities in this part of the empire, and since its foun- dations were first laid, has undergone numerous changes. It is not easy, and perhaps not possible, to determine its original site and name, or to as- certain the lime in which it was first built. But although it is not important to decide either of .these questions, it may be interesting to the read- er to have a brief account of what the Chinese themselves narrate, respecting one of their largest and most populous and wealthy cities. More than 4000 years ago, according to the Chi- nese classics, the celebrated YAOU commanded one of his ministers to repair to Nan-keaon,—which was also called Ming too, "the splendid capital," and govern it ami the surrounding country. Nan- keaou then included the site of the present city of Canton, and belonged to the southern regions of Yang, which lust formed one of tin- hvolve states 1833. (lity of Canton, 147 into which the whole world (China) was shortly after divided. These 'southern regions' seem to have been very extensive, and were subsequently known by different names, as Keaouche, Keaou- chovv, Lingnan, Kwangchovv, Nanhae, Nanyue, Piliyue, Yue, and Ynetung. This latter name is often used in classical writings and official docu- ments, at the present lime, to designate the prov- ince of Canton. During the time of the Shung dynasty, which fell J123B. c., the inhabitants of these southern re- gions first began to pay tribute to the emperors of China.—Soon after the next, the C/imc dynasty, took the throne, the empire was extended; many improvements were introduced; the people began to engage in agriculture; arid when the "son of heaven received tribute from the four quarters of the earth," some of the tribes of Keaouchow (which then included Canton,) "brought crabs and frogs, others brought snakes and crickets." These southern tribes were often very troublesome to the rulers of China.—About 630 B. c., Ching Wangyun, a virtuous and benevolent man, became master of the country of Tsoo, and sent tribute to the em- peror, who directed him to subdue his disorderly neighbors on the south, that they might not disturb the tranquillity of the Middle Kingdom. Tsoo was then a powerful state, and the tribes of the south soon submitted. The historians of Canton are able to trace the origin of their city to the time of Nan-wang, one of the last emperors of the Chow dynasty, ho reigned 20<)0 years ago. The city, which was then called Nan-woo ching—"the martial city of the south," was surrounded by nothing more than a kind of stockade conposed of bamboo and mud; and perhaps was not very much unlike some of the modern "strongholds" of the Malays. It was at first of narrow dimensions, but was afterwards enlarged, and seems to have been more than once 14H Description oj tltr. Ann. removed from one place to another; and at differ- ent times, like the country itself, it has been call- ed by different names, which it received either from its situation or from some passing occurrence. One of its earliest names, and one which is still used in books, was Yang ching, "the city of Rams." This designation was obtained from the following occurrence, viz :—Five genii, clothed with garments of five different colors, and riding on rams of five different colors, met at the capital; each of the rams bore in his mouth a stalk of grain having six ears, and presented them to the people of the district, to whom the genii thus speak :— Yuen tsze hwan Jiwae, yung won ktcang ke.: May famine and dearth never visit your markets. Having uttered these words, they immediately dis- appeared, and the rams were changed into stone. —From this same occurrence, the city is also call- ed "the city of Genii," and "the city of Grain;" and one of their temples is named "the temple of the Five Genii." This temple stands Hear one of the gates of the city which is called "the gate of the Five Genii;" and in it the five stoue rams are to be seen to this day.—There are many other legends interwoven with the history of the city, but we need not stop here to narrate them. During the reign of the famous Tsin Chewang, about two centuries and a half before the Christian era, the people of the south rose in open rebellion, and the emperor sent thither 500,000 men to sub- due them. These soldiers were divided into five armies, one of which was stationed at Pwanyu. For three full years these soldiers neither relaxed their discipline, nor put off their armor. At length however, provisions failed ; the people become des- perate, and made a furious onset against their inva- ders; the imperial troops were routed; their com- mander slain, and the blood flowed several tens of/«, or Chinese miles.—But these rebellious tribes 18311 fi/i/ of Canton. 140 shortly after submitted to the (bunder of the Jinn dynasty, two centuries before our era. In the time of Woo-te, Nan-yue included nine of the thirty-six l.run, or principalities, into which China was then divided; and the city of Canton was called Nanhae keun, "the principality of Nan'hae;" and Pwanyu was a distinct been. In the reigh of Keen-gan, A. D. 210, we first meet with Kwangchow, which was then the name of an extensive territory, and is now the name of the department which includes the city of Canton. During the two next centuries the changes and divisions were very frequent, and too numerous to be mentioned. In the time of Teen-keen,—or Woo-te, "the martial monarch"—whose reign clos- ed A. D. 543, the people of Canton sent a piece of fine cloth as tribute to the emperor; but that hardy warrior was so displeased with its luxurious soft- ness that he rejected it, and issued a mandate for- bidding the manufacture of any more cloth of so fine a quality. During the reign of the same em- peror, Kwangchow was divided; and a part of it was called Kweichow, which is now Kweilin, the capital of the province of Kwangse. In this di- vision the Chinese find the origin of the names of the two Kwang provinces, namely, Kwangtung sang, or "the wide eastern province;" and Kwang- se sang, "the wide western province."—It should be observed here, that this province was not ac- tually called Kwangtung sang until a subsequent period. We first meet with the name Kwangtung in the reign of Shaouting of the Sung dynasty, about 1150. Dnring the reign of the next emper- or, and so until the close of the dynasty, it was called Kwangtung loo; under the Yuen dynasty it, was called Kwangtung taou; and received its present name, Kwangtung sang in the reign of Hungwoo, the first emperor of the Ming dynasty. It was at the same time also (about A. D. 1363) that Kwangchow. the principal district of the ir>0 IJfurriptnim of tin Am. province, was tirsl called r\ Jon; previously it had been usually called Kwangchow loo. For three or four centuries previous to this time, considerable intercourse was maintained between the inhabitants of India and the people of Canton. But it was not until about A. u. 700, and in the time of the Tang dynasty, thai a regular market for foreign commerce was opened at Canton, and an imperial commissioner appointed to receive the "fixed duties" in behalf of the government. "Ex- traordinary commodities and curious manufactures began to be introduced;" and in 705 the famous pass was cut by Chang Kewling, through the Mei- ling chain in order to facilitate intercourse between Canton and the more northern parts of the empire. Multitudes of trading vessels now flocked to Can- ton; but in 795, either because the extortions were insupportable, or from some failure in affording proper inducement to the merchants, they all deserted the place, and repaired to Cochinchina. Near the close of the next century, the Cochin- chinese came by land, and made war on Canton; provisions became scarce, and large vessels were built to bring grain from the province of Fuhkeen. After the fall of the Tang dynasty, A. D. 906, there arose, reigned and fell, all within the period of about fifty-three years, five dynasties. To the first of these the people of Canton sent tribute of gold, silver, ivory, and various other valuable com- modities, to the amount of five millions of taels. Jn consequence of this, the emperor created Lew- yen, the principal person concerned in sending the tribute, king of Canton, under the title of nan-hae wang, "king of the southern sea." The court of Canton is represented, at this time, as having been cruel and extravagant in the extreme;—"criminals were boiled, and roasted, and flayed, and thrown on spikes, and were forced to fight with tigers and elephants." The horrid tale of these awful cruelties shocked the founder of the Suns dvnasty, who in tho 1 }!:>.; CiUj <>f Canl.mi. I.")I fourteenth year of his reign, A. u. 9f flic AK.. Fernao Pores d<: Andrade seuins to iiave been the pioneer in European commerce to China by the cape of Good Hope. He reached Canton in 1517—during the peaceful and most prosperous times of the Ming dynasty. Spanish, Dutch, and English adventurers, soon followed the Portuguese. And the ports of Canton, Macao, and Teen-pih in this province; those of Ningpo and Chusan in Chekeang; and that of Amoy in Fuhkeen, became large marts for European commerce. We pass now to the time when the present Tartar family gained possession of the throne of China. In the third year of Shunche, A. D. 1647, the inhabitants of the city and province of Canton "had rest and tranquillity;" and the divisions and government continued as they had been during the time of the preceding reign. But this quiet state of affairs was not long to be enjoyed. Yungleih,- endeavoring to revive the authority of the Ming family, raised the standard of rebellion; imperial armies, composed partly of Tartar and partly of Chinese soldiers, were dispatched from Peking; and the provinces of Fulikeeu, Kwangse, and Kwang- tung soon submitted—excepting only the city of Canton, which resolved to try the fortune of war. The place was well prepared for defence, and the people for obstinate resistance. The river on the south, and the ditches on the east and west of the city, rendered it accessible to the enemy only on the north; for the Tartars "had neither boats nor skill to manage them, but the city had both the one and the other," and a free navigation of the river south- ward to the sea. The garrison of the city too was strengthened by great numbers who fled hither for safety. For more than eleven months the Tartars continued to make frequent assaults, and were as often repulsed and driven back with great slaughter. The final capture of the city is described by Martin Martini, a Jesuit who was at that time in the south of China,, in the following words:— 1J533. city of Canton. 1~>S "This courage [of the people of Canton] made the Tartars fall upon a resolution of beating down the walls of the city with their great cannon, which had such an effect, that they took it on the 24th of November, 1650; and because it was remarked that they gave to a prefect of the city the same office he had before, it was suspected that it was delivered by treason. The next day they began to plunder the city; and the sackage continued till the 5th of December, in which they spared neither man, woman, nor child ; but all whoever came in their way were cruelly put to the sword; nor was there heard any other speech, but kill, kill these barbarous rebels. Yet they spared some artificers to conserve the necessary arts, as also some strong and lusty men, such as they saw able to carry away the pillage of the city. But finally, December 6th, came out an edict, which forbade all further vexation, after they had killed a hundred thousand men, besides those that perished several ways during the siege." Native writers, while they differ very little from the above accounts, add other particulars, some of which we subjoin. The imperial troops' were com- manded by Shang-ko-he and Kang-ke-woo, two Tartar officers of high rank, who had orders first to subdue, and then to remain and govern the southern provinces. Of the rebels, Too Yung-ho was the commander- in chief, who, as soon as he saw that the Tartars were victorious, deserted his men and fled by sea to Hainan. The second in command was Fan Ching-gan, the traitorous prefect, who by plotting with the enemy enabled them to enter the city. According to a manuscript account, the whole number of slain, during the siege and the plundering of the city, was 700,000;—"every house was left desolate." The Tartars, after they had finished this work of death, took up their quarters in the old city, where they still live, and civil officers were appointed to reside in the new city. It is said, that in the old city only.one house, 154 Description oj ilu An;. built before the sacking of the city, is standing at the present time. The destruction of property, as well as of life, was very great. All prospect of escaping with their treasures being cut oft', many of the people dug holes in the ground and there deposited their money in earthen jars; these are sometimes found by persons when sinking wells, or breaking up the old foundations of houses and temples. From these ruins the c'rty has gradually risen; and up to the present period, has increased in population, wealth, and influence. Bands of pirates and robbers, especially during those periods of misrule which generally attended a change of dy- nasty, have frequently harrassed the people and embarrassed their commerce. Even to the present time, lawless rovers prowl in the neighborhood of the city, and often carry off property, and some- times human victims; but they are too few and timid to hazard any open attack on the inhabitants, Foreigners have suffered very little from the de- predations of these freebooters, and are even much more secure than the natives themselves. Without, further remarks relative to the history of this city, we now proceed to take a survey of it in its present condition. In every age of the world, and in every country, large cities have exerted a powerful, controlling influence on the moral, politi- cal and commercial destinies of nations. This per- haps is true in its fullest extent in old and po- pulous countries. The ancient cities of western Asia and of Egypt, and the metropolis of the Roman empire, did very much to promote civilization, and the cultivation of arts, sciences and literature. In modern Europe the influence of "these worlds in miniature'1'' is very clearly seen. Take for exam- ple the cities of northern Italy. "In spite of their bloody contests with each other, and the vices to which these gave rise, they must be considered as having lighted the torch of modern civilization." Elsewere, and in numerous instances, the same position is illustrated. Cities—comparatively speak- ing—rose rapidly; "and wealth, industry, know- ledge and equal laws spread from them through Europe." In India the influence of large towns and cities is noticeable. In China it is more difficult for us to estimate accurately the kind and extent of power which they possess and exert. That it is very great, there can be no doubt. But whether Canton is on the whole exerting a salutary or an injurious influence on tho Chinese empire, can best be determined after we have surveyed its extent, and the various institutions, resources, occupations, and character of its inhabitants. That part of the city, which is surrounded by a wall, is built nearly in the form of a square, and is divided by a wall running from east to west, into two parts. The northern, which is much the largest part, is called the old city; the south- ern part is called the new city. According to some foreign, as well as native books, the northern part was once "composed, as it were, of three different towns, separated by very fine high walls, but so conjoined, that the same gate served to go out from the one and enter the other." These divisions ceased long ago to exist. The new city wa? built at a much later period than the old. The entire circuit of the wall which now includes both divisions of the city, is variously estimated by the Chinese. At a quick step we have walked the whole distance in little less than two hours, and think it cannot exceed six English miles. On the south side the wall runs nearly due east and west, parallel to the river, and distant from it perhaps fifteen or twenty rods. On the north, where the city "rests on the brow of the hill," the wall takes a serpentine course; and its base at the highest point on the hill is perhaps 200 or 300 feet above the surface of the river. 156 Description of the Ait;. The walls are composed partly of stone and partly of bricks: the former is chiefly coarse sand- stone, and forms the foundation and the lower part of the walls and the arches of the gates; the lat- ter are small and of a soft texture. In several places, particularly along the east side of the city, the elements have made such inroads on the walls as to afford satisfactory evidence, that before the prowess of a modern foe they would present but a feeble resistance. They rise nearly perpendicular- ly, and vary in.height from twenty-five to thirty- five or forty feet. In thickness they are twenty or twenty-five feet. They are the highest and the most substantial on the north side, evidently so built because in that direction hostile bands would be the most likely to make an attack. A line of battlements, with embrasures at intervals of a few feet, are raised on the top of the wall round the whole city; these the Chinese call ching-jm, literal- ly, city men; and in the rear of them there is a broad pathway. There are two "wings," or short walls, one at the southeast, and the other at the southwest corner of the city, which stretch out from the main walls; these were designed to block up the narrow space between the walls and the ditches of the city. Through each of these, there is a gate in every respect similar to those of the city. The gates of the city are sixteen in number; four of these lead through the wall which sepa- rates the old from the new city; so that there are onty twelve outer gates. Commencing on the north and passing round to the west, south, and east, the following are the names of these twelve gates, viz:— 1. Cliing-pih mun :—this is the principal gate on the north; before it is a small semicircular space surrounded by a wall similar to that of the city; it forms the entrance for government officers and the bearers of public dispatches when arriving from Poking by land : officers not unfrequently come to Canton in boats, in which case they usually make their entrance at one of the southern gates. 2. Ching-se mun:—this is the only gate on the west which leads into the old city7 for a Chinese city this gate is very broad and high—perhaps fifteen feet wide and twelve high. 3. Ta-ping mun:—this is the only entrance into the new city on the west; it is similar to the other western gate, but not so largo. 4. Chuh-lun mun:—this is a small gate, and the first one you find after passing round the south- west corner of the city; it is the nearest gate to the foreign factories. 5. Yew-Ian mun:—this is near the Chuh-lan gate, and like it seems designed chiefly for the convey- ance of heavy merchandise into the city. 6. Tsing-hae mun:—this perhaps was intended to be the water gate, as both its situation and name seem to indicate. 7. Woo-ge'en mun:—is " the gate of the five genii," and has nothing remarkable except its name. 8. Yurig-tsitig mun :—there is nothing around this "gate of eternal purity" that can indicate such a name, but very much to suggest an oppo- site one; it is moreover the gate which leads to the field of blood—the royal execution ground. 9. Seaou-nan mun:—this "small southern gate" is the sixth and last on the south of the city. 10. Yung-gan mun :—this "gate of eternal rest" leads into the new city on the east, and corresponds in every respect with the Ta-ping gate on the west. 11. Ching-tung mun:—this is the only gate on the east which leads into the old city, and it corres- ponds with the Ching-se mun on the west, to which it stands directly opposite. 12. Seaou-pih mun:—this "little northern gate" forms a convenient entrance for bringing in water and provisions, and also building materials, to sup- ply the northern part of the city.—Having now gone round the city we pass to the inner gates. l:">8 Description of (In AUG. 13. Kwei-tih mun:—reckoning from the west, this is the first gate in the wall which separates the old from the new city. 14. Toe-nan mun:—"the great southern gate," is the second. 15. Wan-ming mun is the third: and 16. Ting-hoe mun is the fourth, and last gate. Of these sixteen gates, the 1st, 2d, 3d, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, and 13th, as we have numbered them above, belong to the Nanhae, and the ether eight belong to the Pwanyu district. A few soldiers are stationed at each of the gates, to watch them by day, and to close and guard them by night. They are shut at an early hour in the evening and opened at dawn of day. Except on special occasions no one is allowed to pass in or out during the night- watches ;—but a small fee will usually open the way, yet always exposes the keepers to punishment. We must now extend our description so as to include the suburbs;—the streets and buildings of which differ very little, if at all, from those within the walls. On the west they spread out nearly in the form of an isosceles right-angled triangle, opening to the northwest, having the river on the south, and the western wall of the city, for its two equal sides. On the south they occupy the whole space between the wall and the river. On the east they are much less extensive than on the west. There are no buildings on the north except a few small huts near the principal gate. Taken collec- tively, the suburbs are scarcely less extensive or less populous than the city within the walls. The streets of Canton are numerous,—we have before us a catalogue containing the names of more than six hundred, among which we find the "dragon street;" the "flying dragon street;" the "martial dragon street;" the "flower street;" "the golden streets;" the "golden flower street:" and among ('ilif of C tin I on. !."><) many more of a similar kind, we meet with a few which we should not care to translate. There are several long streets, but most of them are short and crooked ; they vary in width from two to sixteen feet, but. generally they are about six or eight feet wide, and they are everywhere flagged with large stones,—chiefly granite. The motley crowd that often throngs these streets is very great indeed. At a busy hour of the day, the stout, half naked, vociferating porters, carrying every description of merchandise, and the nimble sedan bearers, in noise and bustle make up for the deficiency of carts and carriages; these together with the numerous tra- velers, various kinds of retailers, pedlers, beggars, &c., present before the spectator a scene which we shall not attempt to describe. Not a few of the visitors, and not a little of the merchandise, brought together here, are conveyed into the city by means of canals, or ditches. There are several of these; one of the largest of them ex- tends along the whole length of the wall on the east of the city, and another one on the west side. Be- tween these two, and communicating with them, there is a third canal which runs along near the wall on the north side of the new city, so that boats can enter on the west, pass through the city, and out at the eastern side; and vice versa. There are other canals in the eastern and western suburbs; and one in the southern. Into these larger channels a great number of smaller ones flow: these the Chinese call the "veins of the city." There are also several reservoirs; but none of them are of great extent. Much of the water for the use of the inhabitants is supplied from the river and canals; wells are frequent; rain water is employed also; and for tea, &c., fine wholesome water is plentifully furnished from several springs, which break out on the north of the city, both within and without the walls.—There arc several bridges, some built of stone, thrown over these canals. ll»0 ./ map of Canton. AIT;. A map of the city and suburbs of Canton. IN the absence of an accurate map of Canton, the accom- panying one, executed by a native hand—we dare not say artist,—will afford a tolerable idea of the general plan and outline of the city. It is a facsimile of one of the best na- tive maps, except only in the lettering, in which the Chinese character has been wholly omitted, and a few Roman letters, fcr convenience in reference, placed in their stead. a a. These letters mark the situation of the Choo kedng, or Pearl river. A small fort, called the French folly, stands in the river a short distance from the southeast corner of the city; another fort, called the Dutch folly, stands further up the river: a little higher up are ledges of-rocks, which at low water are seen above the surface. Beyond the foreign factories westward, several small canals branch off into the suburbs; but for a mile or two the river itself is nearly straight. b. This letter points out on the map the situation of the foreign factories on the north bank of the river. c. This letter marks the locality of the Mohammedan mosque, in tho old city near the western gate; it stands erect, and not inclined as represented on the map. d. A native pagoda. This stands north of the mosque, or Mohammedan pagoda, as it has often been called. e. A lofty and conspicuous building called the five-storied pagoda; it stands on t!;ft :;nrtii side of the city. f. The governor1'! house; it stairis in the new city not far from the Yew-Ian gnto. g. The fooyuen's house, which stands near the centre of the old city. h. Hou*e of the tsoangkeiiii or Tartar general; this is also in the old city, and n'>l far from the two pagodas. i. The house of the lioppo; it is situated on the south side of the new city, a few rods east of the Tsing-hae gate. k. House of the heo-vuen, or literary chancellor of Canton; it is in the sonih part of tho old city. I. House of the poochina sze, or treasurer of the provincial revenue, near the centre of the old city m House of the gancha sze, or criminal judge of the pro- vince, near the house of the literary chancellor. n. The house of the yen-yun szo, or superintendent of the salt department; it stands near the Kwei-tih gate. o. Kung-yuen; a hall for the reception of literary candidates at the regular examinations; it stands near the southeast cor- ner of the old city. p. Yuh-ying-tinrr; a foundling hospital, on the east of the city, about half a mile from tho walls. <|. Teen-tszo ma-taou; the execution ground; without the southern gates, near the river. 1833. The Humanity of Womankind. lu'l MISCELLANIES. THE HUMANITY OF WOMANKIND.—Travelers among savages and semi-civilized nations have very fre- quently recorded their great obligations to the hu- mane feelings of kind-hearted women, in relieving their distresses, and softening the hearts of their persecutors. There are some instances no doubt in history of the contrary case, in which proud, bigoted women have been cruel: but these are the exception, not the rule. A native correspondent has brought to our notice a case to illustrate the first of these remarks. We quote it as given in the Chinese language. The woman seized by the police runners of , was born in Malacca, and married to an emigrant from Ta-poo district in Chaouchow. She bore to him five children, sons and daughters. The eldest daughter was sixteen, and the eldest boy, eight or- nine. The husband's family name was Hwang, and his name Siting. At Malacca, he acted as a carpenter, and kept a shop for the sale of wooden utensils. Afterwards he went to Singapore, where he accumulated a little money, and opened a shop for piece-goods and other mis- cellaneous articles. But latterly trade becoming dull, his thoughts turned towards home, where his aged mother was still living. Besides, at Singa- pore the San-ho-hwuy is numerous, and he was frequently assailed by insult and violence from the members of that fraternity, who demanded loans of money and extorted credit. He therefore sold off the things in his shop, and had two thousand dollars or more remaining. Ta-poo, his native district, is a place of industry and economy, where cottages and plats of ground 162 The Humanity of Womankind. AUG. cau be bought. The women are acquaintqd with agriculture, weaving, and cutting wood for fuel. A boy of only five or six years of age is able to take care of a buffalo, and a girl of five or six years of age can spin. Without spinning and weaving, not a creature "sits and eats," that is, sits still doing nothing but consuming food. All work. Three years' husbandry will leave one year's overplus, as a provision against famine or drought. And with the overplus they sometimes trade a little in the neighboring villages to gain a little money for mar- riages, and for times of sickness aud funerals. In that neighborhood somewhat of the custom of the ancients prevails. One or two thousand dollars can buy an estate on which a person may have a com- fortable residence. I should like to live in such a place and grow old there; spending half my time in husbandry, and half in reading books; where also I might diffuse the knowledge of the true God, and not spend life in vain. To this place Hwang wished to return, but he was seized by the police, with his wife and chil- dren, and all were subjected to torture as if they had been robbers or thieves. And there were peo- ple who told the magistrate that Hwang had twenty or thirty thousand dollars' worth of property; and wished him to extort two or three thousand in order to liberate him and his family. If he would not disgorge, he was to be sent through the district courts to the provincial city, with crimes alleged against him. Hwang was not rich, and he dreaded the expense of the several courts, as well as being finally criminated. But God appeared to protect him, contrary to the machinations of his enemies. The wife of the magistrate, and her aged mother, hearing that there was a foreign woman in the court, desired to see her. The officers immediately brought her to the inner hall to see the lady. The prisoner prostrated herself and knocked head. Compassion arose in the lady's heart. The pris- 1833 Chinese Chit-chat. 163 oner's children, both boys and girls, wen; brought in sobbing and crying. This increased the sym- pathy. The lady asked the prisoner why, being born in a foreign land, she had consented to come back with her husband. She replied; "Unhappily I was born in a distant country and became the wife of a stranger. But I could not part with my husband and children. I felt compelled to follow him home." The lady then exerted all her in- fluence with the magistrate, and argued thus:— "This woman's husband being poor went to dis- tant regions in search of work. He now brings back his wife and children to nourish an aged mother. They are good people. You must not distress them. If you now take their money, and the many courts they have to pass before they get home do the same, they will be ruined. If you send them to Canton under criminal charges, alas! for their poor old mother, who is standing at her door and looking with expectation for their arri- val! You must arrange matters well for them." The magistrate now felt for them, and said, that a wife's following her husband was perfectly rea- sonable. He forthwith liberated them, furnished them provisions in abundance, and gave them a pass, affirming that the wife was born on the coast, and not in a foreign land—a lie, by the way, in- tended to defend them against all coasting cruizers, &c., till they reached their home, that no one might dare to extort money from them. We think it no profanation to remind our biblical readers of Pilate's wife, who when he was set down on the judgment seat, sent unto him saying, "Have thou nothing to do with that just man, for T have suffered many things this day in a dream because of him." E CHIT-CHAT.—We are no gre.-U talkers with the natives, nor are we mere spectators; our 164 Chinese Chit-chat. AUG. department is rather that of readers. Bui what we read is not always addressed to us, and we can- not therefore call the" information, which we some- times get from our reading, correspondence. We have occasion to see papers official, general, and confidential—as to names. From these we collect our chit-chat, by which we mean the current ru- mors and opinions of the day, which happen to come to our knowledge. We think that a nation's true character is, in many particulars, better ascer- tained from the incidental occurrences and opin- ions, than from more labored and inquisitorial re- search,—because an "inquisitionist" always forces a respondent into a cautious and assumed charac- ter, for the sake of self-defence. The late inundation and its destructive conse- quences are still talked of and written about. One poor man, when the waters rose, was in the city of Canton, and his family in the country. He hired a boat and hastened home; but he found the place where his cottage had stood, and all the surround- ing neighborhood one vast sheet of water; and as he concluded that his wife and children were "entombed in the stomachs of fishes," he gave vent to bitter cries and imprecations, and forthwith essayed to drown himself; but was prevented by others. Being now left solitary in the world, he resolved to have his head shaved and become a priest of Budha. Some derided him, and others pitied him. He mentioned his design to one who had acquired some knowledge of the Christian religion. This person spoke to him of the providence of Almighty God, by whom judgment and calamities are sent down upon mankind, sometimes to punish the wick- ed, and sometimes to alarm and awaken the right- eous. He dissuaded the poor man from the idea of abandoning the world; and exhorted him rather to remain in it, to fear God, do good, and prepare for a future state. Adding, that on this occasion 1833. Charitable institutions. 165 hundreds and thousands have suffered as well as you; how absurd were they all to become priests! The native friend who thus talked to him, felt a wish to refer him to the Bible, for he thought the man well-disposed, but he was afraid before a stranger to acknowledge his reception of that book, lest he should on account of Christianity involve himself in trouble. The poor man seemed to assent to the advice, but remained silent. CHARITABLE INSTITUTIONS.—Of this description of institutions in Canton, there is one for the aged, friendless poor, and another for foundling infants; yet strange to say, instead of being supported by native contributions, every "barbarian ship" which enters the port pays about nine hundred dollars towards their support, without even the pleasure of ever having been informed that the money extorted, is professedly thus appropriated. We came to this knowledge incidentally, by the perusal of a lettei from a native, who was discussing the merits ot "rice ships" as they are called, that is, those for- eign ships which import rice. Exclusive of what is called the "measurement charge," and the "present," foreign ships pay three other sums which amount to upwards of thirteen hundred dollars. Nine hun- dred of these go to the above mentioned institu- tions,—an arrangement which has been sanctioned by the emperor, and no such arrangement can foo altered by the local government without an appeal to his majesty. Four hundred and odd go to the customhouse soldiers and people to pay for then food, &c. The local government, of Canton in lately dimin ishing the charges on the rice ships, did not take the trouble of applying to the emperor, and there- fore cut off those allowances of the custom-house which are not sanctioned by imperial decree. But the custom-house people pay for their situations, and they murmur loudly because of the injustice of 166 Idolatry. diminishing their allowances. To revenge them- selves they have examined old laws about searching Linguist's boats, &c., and have revived them in order to give annoyance, and obtain, if they can, a restoration of their allowances, or an equivalent from somebody, for permission to let business go on in its usual free and unembarrassed manner! IDOLATRY—the last stage in the course of declension from God —the means of knowing right and wrong without the Bible —the means of learning the true God as enjoyed without the Scriptures—the divine feelings towards idolatry—its uniform tendency to degenerate—Us state in China—effect on personal character—no hope in it of remedy. FOR two thousand years after the creation, we do not find that men offered worship to any other than their Maker. It is granted that they greatly failed to render him the homage which is his due, and they most grievously sinned against him in other ways also; but if they rendered obedience to any God, it was to the true and living God. Whoever sinned, sinned from the force of temptation, not from the influence of prin- ciple; for all the worship and obedience in the world, hitherto was rendered to the Creator,—no device having been yet fram- ed to excuse the withholding of homage from him. But this state of the world was succeeded by a further advance in wickedness; and is marked by the origin of various systems of idolatry. Idolatry may be defined in general terms, rendering religious homage to something else than the true God. This climax of stupidity and impiety goes to legalize transgression against Jehovah, by keeping his claims out of mind; it dignifies the worship of any thing which man may deify, by the name of religion, and thus sanctifies sin as an offering to the Holy One. That this has been the actual result, the melancholy history of idolatry in the world for three or four thousand years, abundantly testifies. If the Jews be not an exception, what nation has not first sinned against the known and true God, next forgotten him and made other gods, and last broken his laws to render bomnge to them that by nature are no godsT To disregard the will of the Creator is the first step in this downward course; to disregard that will and justify that disre- gard by substituting the will of another god, is a further step; but to adopt such idolatry as demands the violation of the di- vine will, thus making transgression against Jehovah a merit with false gods,—thlo seems to be the lowest stage of infatua- tion and depravity. This completes the delusion, and sancti- fies, sin, cruelty, or lust. Yet in every idolatrous nation which 18:33- Idolatry. 167 we know or have ever known, this has been the end of the course; for in all of them, the impiety and frequent inhumanity of parts of their religious system, is notorious. Yet what is especially worthy of remark, the public sentiment of those countries' has been so debased by these very idolatries as to tolerate the excesses. Though these facts are acknowledged and deplored by the friends of God and men, yet it is often considered the mis- fortune rather than the fault of the present race of idolaters. It is said that their fathers having never taught them the true religion, and God having never given them the Bible, it is very difficult to see how they can be blamed for the worship of false gods, though they art; pitiable. This difficulty which is often expressed, if we mistake not, is oftener felt than ex- pressed. Though we cannot compare the guilt of the pagan who has never seen the revelation of God, with his who rejects or disregards that revelation, yet neither can we at all believe that any man is left so destitute of the means of knowing his Maker as to be excusable for disobeying him, and becoming an idolater. The question may be fairly stated thus: whethur God will hold every rational man, with or without the Bible, accountable to himself. But as no man can be held accountable to know God, without at least some means of knowing him, so no man can be accountable further than he has the capacity and incaiis of knowing him and his will. The question therefore turns on a previous point, whether the condition of men is such in this world, that it is necessary to be idolaters. This we consider i fau- statement of the case, and such as every idolater may be called to meet in the day of judgment. In evc'V nation, Jewish, Christian, or heathen, the man who feareth God and vorketh righteousness, is accepted of him. Here art- presentea the two ifrand principles of all true religion —reverence of God and righteousness towards men. The same are expressed in other words by our Saviour; "love to God and !ove to our neighbor;" and are declared to be the sum of the law a;iu the prophets. Now if any man is able in any degree to gain the knowledge of these essentials of religion, he is bouiid to practice them in his life. But if he cannot attain even to these, he cannot be accountable to God for the exer- cise of any true religion whatevert as it cannot exist without these. This life therefore ece passed before a man can forget his Maker, are the natural feeling of "obligation for favor? received," and the natural 1833. Idolatry. 169 dictate of reason "that the workman is known by his works." These two simple principles, which are natural and known to all men, are sufficient to lead an honest and inquiring mind to know and love the great Benefactor of mankind. Give man the capacity of enjoyment, the power of observing and reasoning, place him in the midst of this world, and then see what a plenitude of means he possesses of knowing its Maker. For, every sense which is given him, can find employment only on the things with which the world is furnished. Every object of sight, of hearing, of feeling, of tasting, and of smelling, is either an original product from its Creator, or evidently some modification only of that product. If he walks, he walks on a globe which no man made. If he breathes, he breathes an invisible and boundless atmosphere, which itself makes the idea of an invisible Power, no novelty to him. If he sees, it is only in light which is immensely diffused, and which has no visible Creator. If he speaks, hears, or thinks, he uses and he knows that he uses only such powers as were given him,— and given him by no unwise or unkind being. Tell us now how an honest mind, we will not say can, but how can he not learn the first principle of religion—love to God? Say not that these thoughts are obvious enough to a person en- lightened by revelation to contemplate a perfect God, but are wholly beyond the reach of a mind not previously directed to seek them. The history of many men who have had no Bible disproves the objection; and had others been as earnest to know their duty and honor their Maker, as to honor them- selves and live in pleasure, we cannot say that they would have lived in the worship of idols. But it is proved also that rational, immortal man may walk amidst these scenes which are all alive with divinity, and yet learn little or nothing truly of his blessed Maker. Yet to have arrived at that stage of stupidity, he must have violated and blunted the divinely implanted principles of right and obliga- tion in his nature. For this is evident; that if man enjoys life with its attendant blessings, without gratitude to any giver, he violates his natural principles of gratitude, and for that, he and not his Maker is accountable. But if he feels grateful to some being, and yet invests that being with an impure or imperfect character, he violates the principle of right reason by think- ing differently of the divine being from what his works exhib- it him. Lastly, if he clothes the invisible power which he adores, with those beneficent and mighty attributes, which he sees must have been exercised both within and all around himself, he will then have in his mind the true and perfect God, in his essential character. If now he clings to that God in grateful obedience, he will be acting the first principle of true religion, and the great command of God. Say not this is impossible; that the blindness of men forbids it; their immersion in gross and sensual pleasures unfits them honestly to seek 170 Idolatry, AUG. for their duty; for that, their Maker cannot be responsible- Had half the ingenuity and perseverance been exerted in seek- ing the true God, which has been spent in weaving and defend- ing fine-spun systems of error, Jehovah would not now be » stranger in his own world. We cannot pursue the topic fur- ther, but will propose this question; whether the favored christ- ian who faithfully clings to his Savior, and so maintains a holy life in the world as to be saved at last, is saved without as much honest effort on his part, as would have delivered an idolater from his delusions 1 For if any man lives a penitent and godly life, who can say that the grace of Christ is unable to reach him, though while he lived he never heard the only name by which we can be saved? We have insisted thus on the capacity of all men to learn and practice these elements of true religion, for two reasons; because some persons seem to regard idolatry and its accom- paniments rather as the harmless vagaries of children, than as the accountable acts of men, made in the image of God and made for immortality;—hence they do nothing to banish it from the world. Others who would gladly instruct and bless the world with Christianity, feel bound by their sentiments to condemn idolatry, yet secretly feeling that it is rather a misfortune than a fault, they are not fully awake to supply the wants of others as they would be, if they believed that their degraded condi- tion was self-caused. But to avoid all chance of mistake in our reasonings, we will look at the decisive expression of the feelings of the divine Being towards idolatry. That this is not regarded by the Almighty as a trivial or venial fault, but with the very deepest displeasure, is known to the readers of the sacred Scriptures. From the first mention of idolatry more than three thousand years ago, one condemnatory voice is uttered against it, from the time of Moses till the days of the Redeemer on earth. One feeling is uniformly expressed of it, in whatever nation practiced, but more intense, as would be expected, against the Israelites. Of them it is, that such language as the following was used. "And they set them up images and groves in every high hill and under every green tree, and there they burned incense in all the high places, and wrought wicked things to provoke the Lord to anger; and they worshipped all the host of heaven, and served Baal, and caused their sons and their daughters to pass through the fire, and used divinations and enchantments. Therefore Jehovah was very angry with Israel, and removed them out of his sight." But of foreign idolaters the Lord b.iid to the Israelites, "ye shall utterly destroy all the places wherem the nations which ye shall possess, served their gods. For every abomination to the Lord which he hateth, have they done to their gods; for even their sons and their daughters have they burned in the fire to their gods." Still from age to age, from nation to nation, and from continent to continent, men 1833. Idolatry. 171 have wandered away from God, and have loved to wander. What emphasis does this fact give to the following reproach- ful language. "God looked down from heaven upon the chil- dren of men to see if there were any that did understand, that did seek after God: every one of them is gone back: they are together become filthy: there is none that doeth good, no not one." Similar language to this, but more severe is found also amidst the grace and peace which the New Testament sheds on the world. There, stands out most prominent an inspired description of heathenism as beheld from the purer and higher dispensation of Christianity, which will remain to be pondered by wondering men, long after the vices there enumerated shall have been banished from the world. We refer to the first chapter of Romans. In the gospel of Christ it is, that we meet the repeated, solemn and affecting assever- ation, "idolaters shall not inherit the kingdom of God." Having thus viewed the causes of idolatry, and the feelings of the Almighty towards it in all ages, we turn to the inquiry, whether judging from its course in the world, there remains any reasonable hope that the nations will be enlightened and blessed by it. On this point, a truth most obvious to every observer is, that in every nation where idolatry has once been established, the worship has become more gross and outrageous than at its commencement; public morals have degenerated, and the divine authority has been prostituted to impure or po- litical purposes. For in the infancy of those errors, while the minds of men gradually fell away from the living God, there still remained much of truth in their doctrines, and much comparative purity of morals and of noble sentiments. Hence it is, that amid the ruins which the completion of these systems has brought on later ages, we find all nations agree in turning backward to the past, as to a purer age, sighing over departed piety and virtue. In no nation perhaps is this trait so conspicuous as in China; for hope, and thought, and mind itself, are here set towards the past. Traces of the comparative elevation of the earlier religions, may be found in the systems of Pythagoras, of Menu, and in the Shu-king, the oldest religious book of the Chinese. But those simpler views and those better days soon passed away from the nations, along with the knowledge and love of the perfect God. Respecting the religion of the Grecians, the historian Gillie says; "it would require a volume to illustrate the salutary effects of this venerable superstition. The nature, characters, and occupations of their gods were suggested by the lively feelings of an ardent mind. They were supposed subject to the blind passions which govern mortals. They delighted in the •neam of sacrifices, which equally gratified their senses and flattered their vanity." But even his admiration could not extend beyond the heroic age. "The dangerous power of oracles, the 172 Idolatry. Arc. abused privilege ef asylums, the abominable ceremonies of the Bacchanalia,, and the horrid practice of human sacrifices, cir- cumstances which cover with deserved infamy the latter periods of paganism, were unknown to the good sense and purity of the heroic age. In most of the Greek colonies of Asia, temples- were erected to the earthly Venus, where courtezans were honored as priestesses of that condescending divinity. Corinth first im- ported this innovation from the east; and after the repulse of Xerxes, the magistrates of that republic ascribed the preserva- tion of their country to the powerful intercession of these votaries of Venus. Their portraits were painted at the public expense." Thus the honor due to the Lord of hosts, was given by the enlightened Greeks, to prostitutes,—sanctifying sin and honoring pollution! Still this praise is due to the Greeks, that they ex- hibited the gods under no other than the human form, though often degraded almost to a beast. Far more abominable were the representations of the gods among the Egyptians; and like- wise those now existing in India, where the form of giants, brutes, and monsters, are given to the gods. In India, the boasted sublimity and simplicity of their religion have come to sanction the notorious cruelty and pollution of their existing idolatry. In China, owing chiefly, as we think, to the literary and pol- itical regulations, there is perhaps less that is disgusting and inhuman in their worship than in any other idolatrous nation which has ever existed. Gross idolatry was introduced here later than in any other nation; it has never swayed the government by means of a religious establishment; it has not had the learning and wealth of the nation to maintain it at public expense. The gross idolatries have not had their full swing here, they have not had their perfect work, not having generally prevailed till modern times. Yet with all these impediments, here are already developed the prominent evils invariably attendant on all heath- enism. In this age of the world, in some provinces of China of not in all, the murder of infants is still practiced, and without any actual punishment from the laws. Yet so open is this practice that we have it from an eyewitness, who, a few months since upon the coast, saw the victims of this custom. The condition of females also here is essentially the same as it has ever been in pagan countries under the operation of the brute maxim, that " might gives right." Their consignment to ig- norance, to perpetual seclusion from society, and to the almost complete control of the other sex, is as strongly marked in the Chinese policy as in any other. This single custom operates effectually to the degradation, and dismembering from society of a hundred millions of persons in China. Another heathen privilege is enjoyed here, though unhappily it has passed to nations which esteem themselves very far from all paganism.— We mean the right of religious persecution. This is the claim of a government to prescribe the object and the forms &f 1833. Idolatry. 173 religious worship, anil to enforce that prescription by pains and penalties. Certainly if the will of the Supreme were felt to be the supreme rule to all, no mere man would dare to encroach on that prerogative. All those Christian governments which have endeavored by punishments to enforce religious observances, have attempted, contrary to their Lord's will, to make his kingdom of this world. But in these enforcements, they only adopted the very principle of the heathen governments to which they suc- ceeded, and by which they were surrounded. Thus the Romish church, after it became dominant in Rome, adopted the per- secuting sentiment of the heathen government before it. This is indeed no excuse whatever, yet it shews us whence the per- secuting sentiment originated. The Christian rule that "we ought to obey God rather than men," deprives every human government of supremacy over the human conscience, and it is the only religion on earth which forbids such domination. It is this which has driven persecution from the only countries where it is not now practiced. There never was an idolatrous nation which did not claim' the right to persecute of course, and actually use it when convenient. In China, the command of the son of God, and the command of the "son of heaven," are contrary the one to the other,— "teach all nations' "—" teach not my nation." The Supreme Being has not been for thousands of years the object of prayer or of any worship with the people of China. The patriarchal model of government seems to have devolved the duty of public homage to this Being, entirely upon the emperor; hence the people who were released from that worship, released themselves also from the duty of learning him and of daily communion with him. In process of time, when this Supreme Being came to be regarded as the pervading energy of nature, even this stated act of national homage ceased to be much else than the formal adoration of a me- taphysical principle. Thus shorn of personality and affections,, this being ceased to be, if it had even been, regarded as the- living One, suited to attract and return the warmest and dear- est affections of the human heart. Hence the formal and ar- tificial character of the national worship. But the religious wants of men demanded something more palpable than the worship of abstract principles. It is not wonderful therefore that the introduction of a foreign idolatry was welcomed in China by those who had still any heart. Nor is it surprising that by this means, God should be less thought of than be- fore, so that the prevailing idolatry engrosses all the religious affections which yet remained. They know and they acknowl- edge that the objects of their worship are not God, that He forms no object of their prayer, of their joy, or of the com- munion of their heart. The most striking effect of this religious system in China is on the personal character of the people. Nowhere in the world 174 Idolatry. AI:G. is there exhibited so settled and so extensive an apathy on divine subjects as here. You approach a Chinese and in- troduce the subject of love to God, for he never begins such a topic. Speak of him as our benefactor, our friend -and ruler. Do you find that his heart is ready to meet you with pleasure on this common ground? Is he delighted to dwell on it as a familiar spot, where his best affections love to linger, where his heart is at home? No, you have not waked the chord of feeling within him. Follow him, as far as we may, when the cares and the business of the day are past, to the quiet of home and the enjoyments of friendship. Does his mind naturally turn to the solaces of religion with his assembled family 1 Does he converse with his friends of the power and the kindness of God? We ask not for the social meeting for religious conversation and prayer, as in some other countries; but what evidence appears that religion is his delight, and the thought of God the dearest of all thoughts to his heart? The formal burning of a little gilt paper each evening, is small proof that the remembrance of the Maker is cherished by the soul which was made in his own image. The repulsiveness of the Chinese character towards for- eigners, has long been matter of history. If this narrow and selfish feeling were shown towards foreigners only, we might ascribe it as some do, to the influence of their officers and laws. But the same or nearly the same want of interest in the welfare of their own countryman, rather proves it to be a national trait, fostered by national sentiment. Occupying a most fertile soil and salutary climate, they have cut off the free interchange of kind offices with their fellow creatures, dissociated themselves from the family of men, placing themselves alike beyond the sympathies of others, and beyond commiseration in the common calamities of man. They broke the divinely es- tablished order by which God styles himself the Father of all nations—all nations whom he made of one blood. They ask no aid of others, they offer no aid to them, they neither in- quire for their welfare or existence. It may be said of them as of the dead :— They have no share in all that's done Beneath the circuit of the sun. This violent disruption of the natural brotherhood of men, seen^d very unlike the warm-hearted benevolence of the good man, who seeks not to separate his interests from others, but rather to identity his happiness with the enlightening of the world. Where then is the remedy for these old and multiplied mise- ries? It is acknowledged as well by Chinese as others, that for 2000 years there has been a growing corruption in doctrines and morals, and not only continued but accelerating. The deep degeneracy of these Inter ages prevents the hope of 1833. Idolatry. 175 reform. The thing is scarcely if at all attempted, and the modern sages, it is believed would hardly desire it, if it were practicable. We look in vain to their policy; we have no expectations from their old classical books. These books and that policy have seen their best days; they have had long and unlimited sway more than any similar system, and yet they have brought the nation to its present state. There is not vitality and power enough in them to restore man to happiness. No man expects help from them to reform and bless the nation. The religious apathy is too deep, and the national evils too ex- tended to admit the hope of their removal by any human system of restoration. Look over the world, and see whether any remedy is provided adequate to the miseries of weak and sinful men. What aid will you call? Learning and philosophy have come, but they have become atheists, and need help themselves. Idolatry has come, and brought more gods but no more aid. The koran has come, but without the sword which must water with blood the soil where Islamism is to flourish. Most deeply are we per- suaded that the remedy for the wants and the sins of men in China, is the same as for us and for all the world,—rJesua Christ who came into the world to save sinners. This faithful saying is worthy of all acceptation; for we see no other sure hope for China or any other nation than in him who brought life and immortality to light by the gospel. Every delight which we daily receive from this heavenly source, makes us more desirous to see them receiving the same. Very far is our feeling from exultation over the weakness and darkness of our fellow-men, while we are thus examining their religious sys- tems. Far is it from pride, as though we were naturally a more deserving and elevated race. No, we own and we feel that if benevolent men had not brought to our fathers the gos- pel which had been given to them, we should now be living under religious delusions equally unprofitable with the Chinese, but more, yes more barbarous. Raised to happiness and intelligence by this means, we wish to extend the blessing to all the unhap- py children of men. But oppressed by the weight of ancient customs, ground down by the extortions and caprice of their rulers, living often in fear, in poverty, and want, the Chinese needs the consolations of the gospel to cheer him in this life. And when the fears of death come upon him, the prospect of annihilation, or of a return again to life and suffering, are a poor substitute for the solid hopes of pardon through the Savior. The expectations which we cherish of the religion of Christ, and all for which we aim, are these. We hope it will bring back all nations to the love of one and the same God; so that every man will find in his fellow-man a common ground of friendship, and a common bond of union. By means of it also, the Bible will 176 Prophecy. AUG. become the standard of right and wrong in the whole earth; and all men living by the same rules, and studying these same "memoirs of the Almighty," will find the causes of mutual dissension dying away, and a common and kindly interest pervading all the members of the great family of mankind. By this also, all men will learn their equal obligation and feel gratitude alike to the same Savior, by whom they are redeem- ed unto God. Nor do we regard these great results as at all visionary or doubtful; for this remedy is sufficient for all, and the truth of the Bible itself is staked upon such an event,— "all the ends of the world shall remember and turn unto Jehovah, and all the kindreds of the nations ?hall worship before him." PROPHECY.*—" We have also a more sure word of prophecy, whereunto yc do well that ye take heed, as unto a light that shineth in a dark place, till the day dawn and the day-star arise in your hearts." Peter's second epistle, i. 19. If any one thing more than another is recommendable to a mis- sionary, who has to overcome obstacles insurmountable to human strength, it is a close attention to the divine prophecies. We are not advised to be carried away by our own visionary projects, which we may have cherished, and which have sometimes brought the study of sacred literature into great disrepute; but we are to "take heed to the sure word of prophecy as unto a light that shineth in a dark place." To be illumined by this divine light when all around is darkness; to remain unshaken under all dis- appointments; to do the work of love after many, many years of vain labor, while the scoffer is laughing, and the infidel is sneer- ing; these are effects which our attention to the sure word of prophecy ought to produce. When our friends at home have lost their interest in onr adopted country, when the seed has long been sown on stony ground, then it is our duty to recall their thoughts to the more sure word of prophecy. Perhaps few missions in the world have been so discourag- ing as the Chinese. Year after year has elapsed without crown- ing the efforts which have been expended, with a correspond- ing success. The greater part of the laborers have sunk into the grave; others have left the service, and others returned home. Few natives have felt the saving power of the gospel. Chris- tian books have been scattered far and wide, without producing (to mortal eyes) an adequate effect. And now after all the labor and toil, we have not yet penetrated into this vast empire;, our stations are either on the borders, or far away in the In- dian archipelago, and the present laborers are reduced to small numbers. The same antinational system which at first coun- teracted our efforts, is still in full force. The laws against From a OoiTospondrnl. 1833. Prophecy. 177 popery have not yet been revoked; the precious gospel, llii.s divine gift, remains unknown to the nation; and a more formidable barrier than any other—Chinese apathy towards every thing which does not strike the senses, is as deep as ever. This is not the language of despair. Unbelievers may ask; where is the day of the Lord's coming'! And we humbly an- swer; "it is not for you to know the times or seasons whicii the Father has put in his own power" Hitherto it has been the day of small things, but our labors have not been quite in vain. There are converts, schools, preachers; and there is a door opened to the Chinese empire. Let us not treat the small things, which God has hitherto done, with contempt., lest we perish together with an unbelieving world. But let us at the same time acknowledge, that as laborers we have never resisted unto blood. That noble purpose "to spend, and be spent," —that ardent desire to live and to die for the cause of God, has not taken entire possession of our whole selves. We do not indeed wish to see the names of " hundreds subscribed with their own blood," pledging themselves to enter the lists of combat- ants; we want something superior and more essential, an unreserved surrender to the Savior under the deep conviction of his omnipotent love. This will teach and prompt us to preserve to the lust in our endeavors to promote the salvation of our fellow-sinners. This is the great requisite in the Lord's servants. Bring .also arts, sciences, and the goods of this world into this holy cause, without boasting of your sacrifices, ami you are welcome. To rush heedlessly into dangers, to put the world at defi- ance, will rather injure the cause than promote it;—there is a more excellent way. When the doors of "the celestial em- pire" are thrown open, boldly to enter the list of mission- aries, to gain the hearts of the people by kindness and long- suffering, to promote their temporal and eternal welfare by every measure in your power, without being known or regis- tered in public journals, neglected and forgotten by friends, if possible;—after all to be treated with contempt both by the Chinese government and common people,—this is the true way of establishing the gospel in this remote part of the world. Let us not deride the supposition that China may very soon be open for missionary enterprises. Amongst the numerous promises in Scriptures, there is one which bears directly upon China, and it is well to dwell a little upon the subject. In the twelfth verse of the 49th chapter of Isaiah, God says; "Behold these shall come from far; and lo, these from the north and the west, and these from the land of Sinim." Great philologists are agreed, that Sinim was the name under which eastern Asia or China was known to thn inhabitants of western Asia. Both the Arabs, Syrians, Malays, and Siamese, to this day, call it Tsin, Chin, or Shin; and 178 Prophecy. AUG. tycn a narrow-minded man might well doubt, whether the Hebrews, who knew the existence of Hindostan, (Esther, i. I.) under the name of Hodu, and of Scythia under the name of Magog, could be entirely ignorant of the largest and oldest of empires. Sinim is the Hebrew plural of Sin. Or should we think that whilst petty nations come into remembrance before the Lord, the millions of China should never be mentioned? All are numbered before him, they are the creatures which hi* hand has made, and for whom the Savior bled and died. Whatever may be the impenetrable designs of Providence, that up to these latter days, this great nation remains desti- tute of the gospel, we cannot fathom them. It is not for us to know the times or the seasons which the Father hath put in his own power, but we ought to believe that his unalterable word will be fulfilled. If nevertheless, sullen despair occupies our hearts and we begin to exclaim; "the Lord has forsaken this country; the Lord has forgotten this empire;"—O let us remember the divine assurance; "Can a woman forget her sucking child that she should not have compassion on the son of her womb? Yea, she may forget, yet will I not forget thee. Ik-hold I have graven thee upon the palms of my hands; thy walls are continually before me." Though this was primarily jiddvsssed to Zion, yet it is applicable to all nations, who are innde of one blood, and who have one Father; and it follows immediately after the promise uttered in behalf of China. Therefore we ought to go forth in the strength of this gracious promise, and plead with the Lord, and wrestle for a bless- ing upon this nation. Has he not said; "It is a light thing, that thou shouldest be my servant, to raise up the tribes of Jacob, and to restore the preserved of Israel. I will also give thee for a light to the gentiles, that thou mayest be my sal- vation to the end of the earth? "—Or do we think, that our Savior is not the King of the whole earth, and that China is uot given to him for a possession? He does intercede for this numerous, though long neglected people, while seated at the right hand of the Father, as a true high priest, who compassionates all the nations of the earth. At the present crisis, which is big with great events, and when the inarch of intellect is rapid as the eagle's flight, we may look for great things. The wall of national separation is pulled down by a more powerful hand than human.—If the decree is passed in heaven, that China shall be saved,—what will the imperial edicts and prohibitions avail 1 There may be a hard struggle, for it is to be the last; but the bulwarks of Satan will not withstand the shock, nor his armies prove victorious. God will reign and subject China to his sceptre. If we then could ascend on high, we would join in the anthem; "sing O heavens; and be joyful, O earth; and break forth into singing, O mountains; for the Lord has comforted his people, and will have mercy on his afflicted." But whilst we are living heru below, 1833. Military Rewards. 179 let us "lift up our eyes round about and behold j" all these gather themselves together, and come to thee. As I live, saith the Lord, thou shall surely clothe thee with them all, as with an ornament, and bind them on thee as a bride doeth." Whilst we remember these promises, and believe and labor to the last, with wisdom granted from above, we shall be suc- cessful. Has not the Lord said, " I will make all my mountains a way, and my high-ways shall be exalted 1" Only be strong in our God, and he will remove the appalling obstacles. Let us therefore strain every nerve to accomplish the object. We have to do with a nation half-civilized, which has schools and a national literature. The press can be made a mighty engine to batter dawn the wall of national separation. Our productions, if well written, will take the attention of the Chinese public at large, which is not prejudiced either against strangers or Christianity. Let us at the same time not be prejudiced against them; but give arts and sciences as wide a range as it is in our power to do; for these are the hand-maids of the gospel. Above all, let us show', that we are truly interested in the spiritual welfare of those whom we consider our parishioners, though they do not acknowledge us as their pastors. There is much misery in China, and we may alleviate a great deal by proper measures. Whilst we neglect nor the wise and the learned of this world among them, and who invariably stand high in their own esteem, let us condescend to the poor, the illiterate, and the wretched, who constitute the ma- jority of the nation. This advice is now very easily given, but not so easily followed. But so long as we set before us a crucified Savior, who expired on the cross to save us wretched sinners, we may follow his footsteps who went about doing good. This will be a powerful way of preaching the gospel to the heathen, and of silencing all gainsayers. This way of exhibiting, together with the propagation of the glorious doctrines of the Redeemer, a correspondent practice, is humbly submitted to the fellow-laborers of the writer, who at the same time acknowledges his own defi- ciencies in word and deed. It is to be expected that the Missionary, Tract, and Bible so- cieties will second the efforts of uninfluential individuals, though already burdened with their own multifarious operations. And is there no literary society, either in Europe or America, which has any thing to spare for the Chinese? We hope not to plead iu vain.—Let us conclude with the prayer; "Awake, awake, put on strength, O arm of the Lord. Awake, as in the ancient days, as in the generations of old. Art thou not it, that hasl cut Rahab, and wounded the dragon 1" Yea, may it be so. Amen and Amen. MILITARY REWARDS.—It is the custom in China, as in many other countries, to reward those who have distinguished them- selves in battle, with promotion. And those who fall in battle 180 Chinese emigrants. e Arc.. under peculiar circumstances, are rewarded by honors decreed to their posterity. Late Peking gazettes furnish a detailed ac- count both of those who behaved well and ill, on the occasion of the Formosan insurgents taking the town of Kea-e. One im- perial officer headed a party of his soldiers in running away and seeking shelter among the mountains, where he still continues not captured. Another having associated with himself a few fai.hful adherents, in order to prevent the powder magazine from falling into the enemies' hand, blew it up about them- selves. But the explosion not destroying their lives, they rush- ed sword in hand upon the rebels and slew several of them before they were overpowered. The wives, children, and ser- vants of these warriors also continued faithful to death, though some of them were most cruelly treated by the rebels. Two of the women continued to rail at the insurgents till their noses were cut off, and their tongues cut out. The sons of the leader of this little band are to receive a nominal office, to be hereditary to all generations without end! CHINESE EMIGRANTS.—We have seen several statements from Chinese, who have been in the straits of Malacca, respecting the situation of emigrants at some of those settlements. They complain most bitterly of the oppressive old Dutch system of "farming" the revenue to any vagabond who will bid highest. The authority thus conferred on gamesters and opium-smokers, they consider detestable; and the cupidity of government, mean and degrading. But the farmers of provisions, such as pork and the like, are also great oppressors. They league with native police-men and enter people's houses, insulting their women, and sometimes robbing the inhabitants under the pre- text of searching them. They have been known to take n small quantity of a prohibited article into a house, and pre- tending to have found it there, then prosecute the inmates in order to obtain the penalty. The industrious and well dis- posed Chinese are thus oppressed by governmental people, and also by secret associations of the idle and vicious among their fellow countrymen. Those who get rich also commit great atrocities, which through the influence of money never come to light. Such a man has lately returned to China. He first hired Chinese assassins to murder his partner in trade, and then hired Malays to murder the assassins. It is painful to read the story of such cruelties suffered by the Chinese emigrants. Often, no doubt, this class of persons is such as "leave their country for their country's good," but often it is otherwise. Compelled by oppression or pinching poverty to emigrate, they find too few friends in their wander- ings. Cast off also entirely from any protection by their gov- ernment, they are left at the mercy of any foreign oppressors where they may reside; with the prospect of being plundered again, on their return home, by their countrymen.. 1833. 181 If (searches in Armenia. LITERARY NOTICES. Htitarches of the Rev. E. SMITH and the Rev. H. G. O. DWIGIIT in Armenia: including a journey through Asia Minor, into Georgia and Persia, with a visit to the Nestorian andChal- dean Christians of Oormiah and Salmas. 2 Vols. Boston: 1833. DURING the last fifteen years, a large extent of territory a- ruund the Mediterranean, in- cluding Greece, Asia Minor, Syria, Egypt, and the African coast, has been surveyed by protestant missionaries. The religious and moral condition of the Coptic, Maronite and Greek communities have been, by these investigations, brought before the benevolent societies in Europe and America; and, while many spontaneous efforts have been made to revive the "oriental churches," a desire has been excited to learn more accurately the condition of other sects residing farther east— such as the Armenians, the Ge- orgians, Nestorians, and Chalde- ans. With the special view of ascertaining by personal obser- vation the present state and character of these classes of peo- ple, especially of the Armeni- ans, Messrs. Smith and Dwight were instructed by the "Amer- ican Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions," to un- dertake the journey described in the volumes before us. These gentTeinen left Malta on the 17th March 1830; touch- ed at Smyrna, and reached the capital of the Turkish empire on the 19th of April. On the 21st of May, after having gained some knowledge of the Armeni- ans residing in Constantinople, they set their faces eastward. At Tokat they visited the tomb of Martyn; then took a view of Erzroom, which was once a thoroughfare for the commerce between Europe and the East; thence turning northward they entered the Russian possessions, and passed up to Tiflis, which occupies the right bank of the Koor. Tiflis has the appear- ance of a busy and populous city, and its streets present a crowded and lively scene—in which the Russian soldier and the stately Turk, the Armenian with turbaned head and the Georgian priest, the dark Lesgy with his short sword, the Per- sian known by his flowing robes, the half-clad Mingrelian, and the Circassian driving his spir- ited horses, all act their parts. Lying at nearly equal distances from the Black and Caspian seas, Tiflis may erelong be- come again, as it was in the days of Justinian, the thorough- fare for the over-land commerce of Asia. A sad harbinger from Christian America had gone be- fore the missionary travellers. "Ln the first caravanserai we 1.82 AUG. Researches entered, the day after reaching Tiflis," say they, "we stumbled upon a hogshead of New Eng- land rum!" On the 5th of August they seated themselves in a large cov- ered baggage-wagon drawn by four horses abreast after the Russian fashion, and left Tiflis. As they went down the valley of the Koor, they met that dreadful scourge—the cholera on its march to Europe. One week's journey from Tiflis brought them in sight of Shoo- sha, but not until they had pass- ed through scenes of personal sufferings, which they "would rather forget than describe." A crooked route from Shoosha to Tebriz, led them along the banks of the Aras; where, as they travelled from Nakhichevan up to Erivan and back again, they gazed upon Mount Ararat, which is known to the natives by the name of Masis in Arme- nian, and Aghur-dagh (heavy mountain) in Turkish. "At all seasons of the year, it is cover- ed far below its summit with snow and ice, which occasion- ally form avalanches, that are precipitated down its sides with the sound of an earthquake, and which, with the steepness of its declivities, have allowed none of the posterity of Noah to as- cend it." From several points of view the appearance of that Mount, once "the stepping stone between the old world and the new," was very majes- tic. At Ziveh-dudengeh, one fine~ autumnal morning in Nov- ember, when they arose at the earliest dawn "the summit of Ararat was whitened with the broad light of day, while the obscurity of night still dark- ened its base; the first rays of the sun soon crowned it with gold; and then gradually de- scending, spread over it to its base a robe of similar brilliancy." They reached Tebriz on the 18th of December. Abbas Mir- za, the prince royal of Persia, into whose hands the Shah has resigned the management of his foreign relations, has his seat at Tebriz. His religious views are liberal, and his practice tolerant; but with his liberality he is also immoral, indulging in drinking and other dissipation. Abbas has been nominated by the Shah to be his successor on the throne of Persia. Tebriz, now the capital of one of the most populous and productive of all the provinces of Persia, has a population of about 60,000, and also an ex- tensive trade, the whole of which is in the hands of the natives. "The costly goods of Kash- meer and the East are brought by its merchants from the re- gion of the Indus, and exchang- ed in the bazars of Constanti- nople for the manufactures of Europe. While some of the productions sent to India by the British East India Company for the Persian market, find their way hither from the ports of the Persian gulf; and the pro- ductions of Arabia are brought from Bagdad." The first trait in the charac- ter of a Persian, that strikes a traveller coming from Turkey, is his civility. "The Turkish gentleman receives you stand- ing, coolly puts his hand upon his breast for a salutation, asks you to sit as if the invitation in any form was an act of conde- scension, and a few common- in Armenia. 183 place questions, with long in- tervals of silence filled up by pipes and coffee, complete the ceremonies of your reception.' The Persian, not only honors you by rising; but, putting you at once into the position of his lord, and assuming the atti- tude of your slave, he forces you into his own seat, if it hap- pen to be the most honorable." The Persian differs also from the Turk, in his readiness to admit European innovations. Chairs and tables are used in the houses of some of the rich at Tebriz; several beautiful por- celain tea-sets, of the latest English fashion, were eagerly bought up when our travellers were there; and many shops in the bazar were stocked with a variety of European table furniture. During the whole of their sojourn at Tebriz, Mrs. Smith and Dwight enjoyed the kind offices of several English gen- tlemen. Wearied with their journey, and sick as one of them was, the attention of Drs. Me Neill and Cormick, Maj. Willock, Capt. Campbell, and otTiers, made an impression on their minds, which they hope never to forget. The last named gentleman, then acting envoy, treated them with a hospitality, that could hardly h-ive been exceeded had they been his own brothers. Ho readily facilitated their"proceedings in every thing that depended upon his official capacity; and, what they es- teemed not the least of his at- tentions, "he opened his house for religious services on the Sabbath, and took pains to procure a full attendance."— At their departure from Tebriz, Captain Campbell and Major Willock supplied them with recommendatory letters to the chief officers and khans of Oor- miah, and other places. A journey of a few days now brought the travellers to Oilman; and after spending a few days among the Chaldeans and Ncs- torians on the west shore of the lake of Oormiah, they turned their steps to the north-west, passed through Erzroom to Tre- bizond; embarked on board an Illyrian ship bearing the Austri- an flag; sailed down the Black sea; and reached Constantino- ple, having been absent "just a year and four days," and trav- elled by land more than twenty- four hundred miles. We have perused the Re- searches with much interest and pleasure. The travellers seem to have been intent on collect- ing valuable information of eve- ry description. The geography, manners, and customs of the countries which they visited, as well as the intellectual, moral and religious condition of the people, were objects, which constantly occupied their atten- tion. In the Turkish, Russian, and Persian dominions, they found the people ignorant, with- out the means of education, and accustomed to all the immoral- ities and crimes which usually follow in the train of ignorance. A numerous priesthood, with but a few honorable exceptions, they found scarcely less igno- rant, and often more vicious, than the people.—The whole region over which they travelled has for a long time past been desolated and depopulated by wars ; and agriculture and com- merce have been interrupted. 184 AUG. Researches An introductory article to the "Researches, " contains a brief History of Armenia. It is an inland country, and extends a- bout four hundred and thirty miles in longitude, and about three hundred in latitude ; it has its western boundary not far from six hundred miles east of Constantinople. The noble Eu- phrates, the Tigris, the rapid, furious Aras (Araxes), and other rivers, have their sources in Armenia. In its most flourish- ing period, the country was di- vided into fifteen provinces. "In the centre of them all was the province of Ararad ( Ararat), distinguished for its extent and fertility, and which, from its having been almost invariably the residence of the Armenian court, is uniformly mentioned jn the Bible, instead of Armenia itself." The Armenians are known at the present day, as a scattered race; they arc found, "not only in almost every part of Turkey and Persia, but in India, as well as in Russia, Po- land, and many other parts of Europe." They are great trav- ellers, and almost every impor- tant fair or mart, from Leipsic and London to Bombay and Calcutta is visited by them. The whole number of Armeni- ans has been estimated to be 10,000,000. While at Tiflis, our travellers made many inquiries concern- ing the Georgians; they are at present a small nation, suppos- ed not to exceed 600,000 souls; an: divided into three classes, namely, free commoners, nobhz. and vassals. They are of tin; Greek faith, and in their reli- gion differ very little fiom the Russians, whose emperor is now their liege lord.—During their early history, the Georgians were frequently molested by the Khazars, the Persians, and the Greeks. In 538 A. c., '.iile groaning under the do- minion of Kai-khosrov of Per- sia, "the Georgians saw with astonishment a company of Chinese, headed by one of the royal family of that distant em- pire, burst through the gates of Dariel, and come to their aid. They were received with joy, their arms were victorious, and the prince was presented with the fortress of Orpet, (called also Samshvilde and Orbisi, ) on the Khram, which gave name to his family. His des- cendants, the Orpelians, after- wards distinguished themselves both in Georgian and Armenian history, and now, at Tiflis and elsewhere, they hold their rank among the Georgian nobility, and boast of higher heraldic honors than any of the crown- ed heads of Europe." With the Cossacks they had much to do in the course of their journey, and their opin- ion of them continued to the last to improve. The first Cos- sack they met, (it was on the morning they entered Erzroom amidst a dense fog,) is thus described.—"In a clear atmos- phere, large as he really was, and mounted upon a tall and stately horse, with a spear at least twelve feet long projecting on one side, a rifle slung upon his back on the other, a heavy sword by his side, and a brace of pistols in his girdle, hs would have appeared sufficiently formi- dable; but magnified by the mist to a gigantic size, he seemecl ;i!mo;t fikc Mart, himself." The In Armenia. J85 Georgians speak the same lan- guage, and profess the same religion as the Russians;. but they are a distinct nation, with their own peculiar institutions and rights. They pay no taxes to the autocrat, and in their ter- ritories on the Don, no Russian holds an office or exercises au- thority. Yet the emperor claims from them a military service, which obliges every man to al- ternate three years at home and three years in the field, "and in fact converts the whole nation of more than 200,000 individ- uals into a standing army." The present Chaldean Christ- ians are of recent origin. Most of them live in the province of Ooromiah, and are but few in number. They are papal Sy- rians. Their bishop. Mar Yo- hanna, was educated at Rome; and his priest had been twelve years in the college of the Prop- aganda. The Nesturians are some- what more numerous than the Chaldeans. Once their com- munity was very large. As early as A. D. 498, "they assumed the attitude of the dominant Christ- ian sect in Persia." They have had churches in Mesopotamia, Arabia, Syria, Hindostan.Trans- oxiana, Mongolia, "and, if we may credit [and why may we not?] a monument subsequently discovered by papal priests, Nestorian missionaries planted churches in the heart of north- ern China."—However much these churches may have been protected and fostered by Pres- ter John, Genghis and his de- scendants, they were destined to a" speedy overthrow. The fell Titntir, like a besom of destruc- tion, swept Christianiiy from Transoxmna, exterminated or effectually concealed it in Mon- golia, and persecuted unto death multitudes of the Nestorians of Persia. We are glad to learn that a missionary has already been ap- pointed to labor among the Nes- torians of Ooromiah. How he will be received by them, exper- iment alone can fully determine. "Their extreme liberality to- wards other sects, their ideas of open communion, and their en- tire rejection of auricular con- fession, are considerations which have produced in our minds," the travelers remark, "a firm conviction, that a mission to the Nestorians would meet with far fewer obstacles, than among any other of the old churches. The week that we passed among them was the most intensely interest- ing of our lives." Messrs. Smith and Dwight had frequent opportunity while on their journey, to witness the operations and enjoy the society of German missionaries. From them they derived much valua- ble information concerning the Armenians, moslems, and others. —At Shoosha they were in the latitude of Bukharia, and distant from it only about sixteen de- grees, and less than twenty-five degrees from the Chinese fron- tiers.—The recent visit of Lieut. A. Burnes and Dr. Gerard to Bukharia we intend to notice at another time.—We view with lively interest the advances of enterprising Christian mission- aries and other intelligent trav- elers into central Asia. Dark- ness and confusion have long reigned over those plains; but the day will come, perhaps very soon, when light will break forth J8G AUG. Periodical Magazines. and order be established. Once, inore freedom of intercourse was enjoyed; it will be so again; and a highway will be opened, by which the traveler, leaving the capital of Japan, passing through the gates of Peking, and then touching at Cashgar, Bukharia and Teheran, may without molestation speedily reach Constantinople, Vienna, Berlin, Paris, or London. Tin: Indo t:hini:se, (ileaner: coii/nitiing nrisccllmtcoiti romnttt- nicatioHS on the literature, his- tory, philosophy, mythology, ffc., of the litdo-chitiese nations, drawn chiefly from the native, languages. MALACCA; printed at the Anglo-chinese Press. THE first number of this Quart- erly periodical was published in May 1817, under the editorship of the late indefatigable Dr. Milne, and was continued until April 1822. The need of such a medium of communication was very early felt by those who had undertaken to make themselves and olhers familiar- ly acquainted with the charac- ter and wants of the people of eastern Asia. Indeed, one of the first, though minor objects contemplated by Dr. Milne and his colleague and predecessor, in establishing the Anglo-chi- nese college, was the publica- tion of a periodical in the Eng- lish language. The Gleaner was commenced and continued "under many disadvantages;" still every number was replete with valuable original matter, such as could not fail to be interesting to the philosopher, to the historian, and especially to i he Christian philanthropist Had the lndo-chme.se Gleaner been continued to this day, with its wonted ability and spirit, it would have contained a most valuable collection of informa- tion; even as it is, we know of no one work that will compare with it, on most subjects relative to China. We frequently avail ourselves of its aid.—For Dr. Milne's opinion of the value of such periodicals, we must refer our readers to 'A sketch of the life of Milne,' which appeared in our first volume. See page 321. In,the opinion there expressed we fully concur. A MONTHLY PERIODICAL in the Chinese language.—The first number of this work was pub- lished in Canton on the 1st in- stant. An edition of 600 copies was immediately disposed of; but was not sufficient to supply sub- scribers that had already been obtained ; and a second edition of 300 copies has been struck off. Few of the natives, we under- stand, have as yet become sub- scribers to the work ; many cop- ies of it, however, have fallen into their hands; and, so far as we can learn from personal in- quiry and common report, they generally entertain a favorable opinion of it. If it can be con- tinued, as we trust it will be, we have no doubt that the number of subscribers and readers will soon be very much increased. What opposition it may have to contend with, remains to be seen. We shall anxiously watch the progress of this new periodical as it goes forth, in its elegant, costume, to seek new acquaint- ances and to inform them of what has been and is now exist- ing nnd transpiring bryn/irl llm 18533. 187 Java. limits of l ho celestial empire; and we shall endeavor I'aiilifully to report its successes, and (if it shall be so) its reverses. Let it go richly stored with useful knowledge and science — the handmaids of true religion— and we bid it God speed.—We subjoin the original Prospectus. WHILE civilization is making rapid progress over ignorance and error in almost all other portions of the globe,—even the higotcd Hindoos having commenced the publication of several periodicals in their dwn lan- guages,—the Chinese aione remain stationary, as they have been for ages past. Notwithstanding our long intercourse with them, they still pro- fess to be first among the nations of the earth, and regard all others as •• barbarians.'' This e.mpty conceit lias greatly affected the interests of the foreign residents at Canton, and their intercourse with the Chinese. The monthly periodical which is now offered for the patronage of the foreign community of Canton and Macau, is published with a view to counteract these high and exclusive notions, by making the Chinese ac- quainted with our arts, sciences, and principles. It will not treat of po- litics, nor lend to exasperate their minds by harsh language upon any subject There is a more excellent way to show that IK uie not indeed ••barbarian;" mid the Editor p>e- lers the method of exhibiting facts, to convince ilu: Chinese that they have still very much to learn. Aware also, of the relation in which foreign- ers stand to the native authorities, the Editor has endeavored to concil- iate their friendship, and hopes ul- timately to prove successful. As all the members of the foreign community here have a common interest in the succes-sful prosecution of such a work, the Editor hopes to find among them a sufficient num- ber of subscribers to defray the ex- penses;—the more so, as the Chi- nese themselves must, at least for some months, be incapable of ap- preciating a publication of this na- ture; and consequently little support can be immediately looked for from them. The subscription will be for six months, being at least one dollar per month, for which sum seven copies will be delivered. The numbers will be issued regularly :—each number will contain upwards of twenty pages, and will be embellished by maps and plates, illuslrative of geograph- ical and astronomiral (subjects, &c. Should tin: work meet with the support and approbation of the com- munity, it will be considerably ex- tended by much additional matter. CHARLES GUTZI.»FF. Canton, June 2:id, 18:13 JAVA.—A gentleman who has resided in .lava has put into our hands the following brief notices of that island and its inhabitants. "Java is without doubt, the most delightful island of the Indian Archipelago. Its fertility and situation render it a posses- sion of very great value. But notwithstanding these advan- tages, it is deeply to be regret- ted, that the natives are so tot- tered by the iron laws of Mo- hammedanism as to retard or stop every attempt which may be made to improve their con- dition. "The enlightened policy of Sir Stamford Raffles broke through all difficulties, and pro- vided instruction both for the no- bility and common people. Those times are gone by; and the natives are again subject to the had- jees, who are their only teach- 188 Auc. Missionaries to ikt Chinese. ers and virtual rulers. Nothing can be so pernicious as to allow these idle pilgrims to suck up the marrow of the nation, and imbue the people with strong hatred against a Christian gov- ernment. At the same time it is clear, that no governmental laws can control their author- ity and influence over the minds of those who believe in the doc- trines of the Koran; for most tenaciously will they adhere to the dogmas of their false teach- ers, unless in their youth they receive better instruction. That would render the attempts of the hadjees entirely futile. While they remain in their ignorance, they will most surely continue to be the followers of the false prophet, and cling to their su- perstitious and wicked practices. Some provision for their edu- cation, therefore, ought to be made by the civil authorities; and if this is neglected, these deluded men will be forced, as heretofore, to abide in darkness under the control of the hadjees. "Though the prejudices of the Javanese against a liberal education may be very great, they surely are not greater than those of the Hindoos and moslems of Hindostan. But experience has proved that the prejudices of these latter can be overcome; and they be made willing, nay anxious to have schools estab- lished among themselves, under the superintendence of Euro- pean teachers, with the New Testament for a school-book. "Ought we therefore to de- spair in regard to the Javanese? Have not thp first efforts which have been made among them, been attended with most bene- ficial confluences7 Will the natives revolt as soon as they are taught to love their neigh- bors as themselves, and also to revere every human power as the ordinance of God? Does the history of nations teach us that education makes the peo- ple ungovernable and unsub- missive? Or, do the records of modern missions afford a single instance where Christian in- struction has caused men to be rebellious? "The middle ages of igno- rance are passing away; and with them the inquisitorial laws which inthrall the human spirit. Pure religion, arts and sciences are spreading rapidly, and no power of darkness can stop their march. While we are so highly benefited by Christianity, are we not bound in duty to impart a knowledge of it to our fellow- men, over whom the Almighty has appointed us rulers? To act according to such a principle is characteristic of every wise ad- ministration; we hope it will be fully adopted in Java." MISSIONARIES among the Chi- nese.—By a letter dated Sou- rabaya, July 6th 1883, we learn that the Rev. Herman Rottger, one of the five Dutch missiona- ries who were appointed to the Moluccas, has resolved on enter- ing the Chinese mission.—After speaking of Mr. GutzlafPs voy- ages up the coast, Mr. R. adds; —" I also am on fire ta enter the combat against the empire of darkness, where the prince of this world holds his seat in China. And I desire and hope that my fire may not cool from the length of time which will elapse before I reach the celes- lial empire." Journal of Occurrencr*. By another letter from the Straits, we learn that the Rev, John Evans has recently arrived at Singapore from England, to join one of the stations of the London Missionary Society's missions among the Chinese. The time has come, we can- not doubt it, when the disciples of the Lord Jesus feel a new interest in China. A few, we hope many, of the churches of Christ in England, on the con- tirientof Europe, and in America are beginning to understand that it is tltrir duty to send the glo- rious gospel of salvation to all their fellow-creatures; and it is cheering to know that a con- stantly increasing number " are living, laboring, praying, and appropriating time, substance, and influence, with their eye steadily upon the speedy con- nrrsitin nj thf ivliolr iturlil In God. Whatever Held, what- ever department, of Christian effort claims their attention— whether domestic or foreign missions, the education of min- isters, the multiplication of Bi- bles or tracts, the improvement of morals or education, the ad- vancement of science, or what- ever it may be—the object of pursuit is the same , it is, THB SPEEDY CONVERSION OF THE WHOLE WORLD." The command of Christ,, a perishing world, the prosperity of Zion, and the glorv of her King, call for a rapid increase of the number of missionaries to the heathen.—One society has resolved to send beyond the Ganges into southeastern Asia sixteen missionaries, during the current year. JOURNAL OF OCCURRENCES. MOURNING for the empress.— The provincial and local of- ficers of this province went into mourning for the empress on the 16th instant. But the common people do not mourn. INSURRECTION IN COCHINCHINA. The governor of Saigon and the southern provinces of Co- chinchina died at the close of last year. He was, we believe, the very same officer who was governor (or viceroy) of those provinces in 1822, when Mr. Crawford visited Cochinchinn as agent for the governor-gen- eral of India. His duties were both of a civil and military na- ture. Under his command, in his military capacity, was an officer of considerable rank, who had incurred the displeas- ure of most of the superior officers and princes of the court, by his disregard of, and want of subservience to, them. After the death of his commander and patron, therefore, he was im- mediately disgraced, and on false charges, imprisoned and condemned lo death. His wives Journal <>j and; children also were con- demned to liccoinc slaves to the higher officers. To avoid this ignominy, he formed a plan for destroying both himself and them. The people, both natives and Chinese, with whom he was very popular, received inform- ation of this, and went in a large body to his prison to dissuade him from his purpose, intend- ing to take his defence upon themselves. Being denied ad- mittance by the jailors, they be- came riotous, and a party of the police was sent to disperse them. They beat back the po- lice, and finding that they had gone too far to recede, attacked the officers before the military could assemble, killed the ma- jor part, released their favorite, placed him at their head, and sent for aid to Siain. The above is from a Chinese, who left Coehinchina to get out ot harm's way it is dated at the city of Saigon, July 5th, 1833. THK PEKING GAZETTE* for many months past, exclusive of the recorded degradations and new appointments, the demise of some old officers, friends of the emperor, and of his wife the empress, have been filled chiefly with details of murders and fa- mine, robberies, rapes, and un- natural crimes. Generals of the army, the supreme courts and cabinet ministers assembled with the privy council and nobles, are appointed to try and report cases to the emperor, which are much more fit for a justice of the peace, or the police officers of a great capital, than for the sove- reign of a mighty empire. A short lime since, in Peking the head of :i ycpiilli ;»sdragged from tlie rivur by a hungry dog. He who first reported the fact was suspected of being concern- ed in the murder. But a series of examinations produced such contradictory statements, that it appeared more likely that two, than that one person had com- mitted the murder. A priest and a resident in a temple of Budha were finally accused of having attempted to abuse the body of a boy, and, eventually through rage and vexation, of cutting off his head.—By latest accounts the body of the boy had not been found. SUICIDE.— We have seen a letter from a native who lives about twenty miles westward of Canton. In the neighbor- hood of his village, a young bride returned from the house of her husband,(according to estab- lished custom,) to visit her own family and acquaintances. She had a sister and some other iin- mar-ied young friends, (but probably betrothed,) to whom she gave so shocking an account of the unhappy condition of a woman when married to a bad man,—alledging that it was bet- ter to die than go to the house of a bad husband,—that in con- sequence of the conversation and their own apprehensions, four of the young ignorant creatures determined to commit suicide. This they effected by tying their hands together and throw- ing themselves into an adjoin- ing river. An alarm was soon given and they were taken from the water, but not until in all of them life was extinct. BoiiF.i HII.J.S.—According to authentic accounts received from Journal <>f Occur n:nas 191 the Bohea hills—ihe hills where the bohea tea grows,—in the province of Fuhkeen, the rains there wer6 heavy and contin- uous for the space of a whole month; in consequence of which, the mountain torrents swelled, bridges and planks were swept away, the roads were broken up, and the paths rendered impassable. The teas already prepared were washed away or saturated with water, and the leaves of those which were not yet plucked remained to perish on the plant. LOCUSTS.—From the prov- ince of Hookwang down to Kwangse, a species of locust IIIIH descended upon the coun- try, hundreds of millions in number. This species is called hwang-chung, and vulgarly po- rJiung or "winnowing machines." Before them, nature appeared as the garden of Eden; behind them, it was a desolate wil- derness. FIRES.—Early in this month, a fire broke out in Hankow,— which is one of the largest towns in the province of Iloopih. The houses of the town are built chiefly of wood. They contained a large amount of merchandise. The fire continued for seven successive days. On the morning of the 25th inst. at about 4 o'clock, houses were on fire in the west suburb of Canton, about half a mile distant from the foreign fac- tories. The fire-engines were immediately in motion, and the fire soon extinguished. Only three houses were partly con- ^ "I'nh hniMi ."iln: Kr;ir'' may I" |'iini,-<:—O !t'in|">in, O ril'iK'b! sufned.—Hud' it not been for their engines, and the improve- ments which the Chinese have derived from foreigners, this last fire might have been as de- structive as that at Hankow, which it is said, nearly equalled that of Canton in 1823. INUNDATIONS—Near the close of the last month, the waters which had deluged several dis- tricts west of this city, had considerably abated; but sub- sequent rains caused them to overflow again, and threaten destruction to the latter harvest. The prospect still continues not very pleasing. On the eastern borders of this province also, near Fuhkeen, the inundation has been verv destructive. Thirty-six villages in the district of Ta-poo were buried beneath the waters ; and hundreds of human carcasses floated on their surface.—Puh haou she keae! exclaimed our informant as he related the above particulars.* In consequence of these long continued rains and inundations, governor Loo went in person to the temples of wind and fire, to solicit more of the power of these elements to diminish or stop the fall of water. FAMINE.—Scarcity and fam- ine, says another individual, (and the Gazelles confirm it,) have prevailed, more or less, in all the provinces. And, says a native observer, from the com- mencement of the present reign, there has not occurred one fe- licitous year! We leave tho reflection* to our readers. I'cudcrnJ I'V tin- nit! Liifut Journal of Occurrence*. DISTRIBUTION or FOOD.—At Pe- king, of late, large quantities of food have been distributed to the people. At first rice congee was given; but as many did not bring vessels in which to carry it home, rice was substi- tuted for it. We find from a report in the gazettes, that during ten days, 461,129 mouths of great and small, males and females, were thus sup- plied with food. CAPITAL PUNISHMENTS.—At Koten, in Tarlary, as it appears by the Pe- king gazettes, twenty-one persons, accused of an attempt to excite re- liellion, and of murdering two Mo- hammedan begs, were in January last, fastened to a cross and cut to pieces. They wished to force the begs to assist them and proposed to take the city of Koten; but the Mo- hammedans held fast their allegiance, and in words railed at and abused the rebels, till they died. His ma- jesty expresses great regret at the fate of the begs, praises their constan- cy, and orders posthumous honors. YUEN YUEN —Of this officer we have more than once had occasion to speak in our previous numbers. Having just reached his seventieth year, he has left his government in Yunnan, mill is now at Peking,—"laying his luad in tlic mire," ,to use his own language) in gratitude for the pres- ents of imperial scrolls, silks. &c.. which his majesty has condescend- ed to «*»»iifer on him. Governor Yuen, on (he disgrace of governor J,e, succeeded to the office of sixth cabinet minister; and it is rumored that he will now be kept at court, in- stead of returning to his government. We give the following brief ac- count of him from Chinese author- ities :—Yuen Yuen is a more literary and talented man than almost any other statesman in China. He took his second literary degree, that of keu-jin, at the early age of 18; and he was soon nfter employed by the most sacred Duke (the hereditary descendant of Confucius), as a pri- vate tutor. From this situation, he proceeded lo take office; and in after life he married the duke's daughter, a highly talented woman; one of his daughters also evinced her literary powers, by publishing some poetic pieces, during the pe- riod of her father's holding office at Canton.—Yuen Yuen, at the grand examinations, attained the chief name on the list of the Hanlin or doctors. A few years afterwards he became governor, an office which he held tor many years in Canton, from whence he was removed to Yunnan. Though a very literary man,—and a great patron of scholars, he is not considered a good governor. It was by his suggestion, and under his su- perintendence, that the copious sta- tistical account of Canton province called Kwangtung TungChe was pub- lished.—a work which is as far infe- rior, in a geographical point of view to the works of western writers, as it is superior to the great majority of Chinese statistical compilations. EXECUTION.—On the 4th of August, twenty-three men were beheaded by the authority of the local govern- ment of Canton, without reference to iheemperor. The alledged crime was piracy. It is truly shocking to hear of men being cut off by tens and scores, by the hands of the execu- tioner; and without exciting among the people the least horror or com- miseration. RAIV STORMS—Tin1 heat at Canton is generally as oppressive during (he monlh of August as in July This year it has not been *o: frequent rains have rendered the weather, especially during the lust half of the month, unusually cool The waters of the late inundation continued to decrease up to the night of the 2.">lh. when wi> wen' visited by a storm from (he ••ast, with abundance of rain The storm subsided on (he two following ilavs: hut nisi' again on the rvcnin" of (hf 48th: and this morning, (tin- :>0lh ins! . HI 11 o'clock.) il tonliniK- illi but little, if any abitlrnirnl The tall ol rain hit* lircn rxr.i'--ivr . HIM! tin- lii|i. i|rjvi>n by H ~'r sHilt'd proportion, mean ill their appearance, and clumsy in their workmanship." Macartney was mucli better pleased with their architecture ; though it is " totally unlike any other, and irreconcileable to our rules," yet "it is perfectly consistent with its own, and upon the whole, it often produces a most pleasing effect; as we sometimes see a person, with- out a single good feature in his face, have, never- theless, a very agreeable countenance." In the buildings of Canton, we have doubtless as great a variety of structure and style, and as fair specimens of Chinese taste and art as can be found in the whole empire. A large part of the city and suburbs is built on low ground or flats. Special care, therefore, is requisite in order to secure for houses and temples a solid basis. Near the river, and in all the most loose or muddy situations, houses are raised on wooden piles, which make the foun- dation as secure as brick or stone, and perhaps even more so. In some cases the piles rise above the surface of the ground, and then the buildings, constructed of wood, rest directly on them ; but in other instances the piles reuch only within a few feet of the surface, and the remaining part of the foundation is made of mud, brick, or stone. When this is done, the walls of the houses are usually carried up and completed with the same material. Not a few of the houses are entirely baseless, or have only a slender foundation of mud, of which also their walls are composed; and hence in se- vere rain-storms and overflowings of the river, such as have recently happened, many of the walls are prostrated. Bricks are in most general use for the walls of houses; perhaps three fifths of the whole city are built of this material: of the remaining part, a very large portion is constructed of mud; most of the Tartars in the old city are said to inhabit houses of this description. Stone and wood are not very extensively used for the walls of houses ; the first is 196 Description oj the Si.p. frequently employed about gateways and for door- posts ; and the second for columns, beams, and raf- ters. Many of the floors of houses and temples are formed of indurated mud; marble flags are some- times used for the same purpose, and often tiles. These latter, when made very thin, are used for roofs; they are laid on the rafters "in rows alter- nately concave and convex, and forming ridges and furrows, luted by a cement of clay." Windows are small, and rarely supplied with glass; paper, mica, or shell, or some other similar translucent substance taking its place. Very little iron is em- ployed in building houses. All these materials for building are procurable here at moderate prices, and in great abundance. Wood, usually a species of the fir, is floated down the rivers, and brought to the city in large rafts. Bricks are made in the neighborhood of Canton, and are brought hither in boats, and sold at various prices from three to eight dollars a thousand. These bricks are chiefly of a leaden blue color, or of a pale brown; a few are red; these various tints are occasioned by the different modes of drying and burning them: the red bricks are the only on >s that are thoroughly burnt; the leaden blue, are those which have been exposed to the action of the fire only for a short time; while those that have expe- rienced no other heat than that of the sun, are pale brown. Excellent stone for building is found in the hill-country on the north of the province, and also in several of the islands south of the city. The stone is chiefly granite and sand-stone; of each there are several varieties. Such is the general style, and such the lit material of the buildings of Canton. In passing through the streets of the city, the spectator is struck with the difference which he finds in its va- rious buildings,—though this diversity does by no means fully exhibit the relative condition and cir- cumstanties of the people. A few only are rich; and 18:W. City of ('union. l!»7 the external appearance of their houses does not at all exceed in elegance those of the middling class. Many are very poor; and the aspect of their habitations exhibits abundant evidence of their abject state. The poorest people are to be found in the extreme part of the suburbs, along the rjanks of the canals, and in the northern part of the old city; their houses are mere rnud hovels—low, nar- row, dark, uucleanly, and without any division of apartments. A whole family of six, eight, or ten, and sometimes twice that number of individuals, is crowded into one of these dreary abodes. It is surprising that people can live, and enjoy health, and even long life, in such circumstances. To pass through the streets or lanes of such a neighborhood, is sufficient to reconcile a person to any ordinary condition of life. Neither intelligence nor industry could ever be confined in such miserable cells. In habitations a little more spacious and cleanly than these, perhaps one third part of the population of Canton have their abodes. These stand close on the streets, and have usually but a single en- trance, which is closed by a bamboo screen HUS- pended from the top of the door; within these houses there are no superfluous apartments; a single room allotted to each branch of the family, serves for a dormitory, while a third, which completes the num- ber into which the whole inclosure is divided, is used by all the household as a common eating room. Chinese houses usually open towards the south; but in these, as also in the poorerfckind, this favorite position is disregarded. Houses of this description are rented at four or five dollars a month. Another class of dwellings inhabited by a more wealthy but less numerous part of the community, are the residences of those in easy circumstances, who enjoy plenty, without any of the accompaniments of luxury. These houses, together with the plot of ground on which they stand, are surrounded bv a I9H Dt^-ripliuti uj' tin SKH. wall twelve or fourteen feel hiirh, thai rises and fronts close on the street, so us completely to con- ceal all the buildings from the traveler as he pusses by. Indeed, the prospect, as you go along the nar- row streets, which are lined with this description of houses, is very cheerless. But if allowed to enter some of these dwellings, more pleasing scenes will open before you, different, enough however from the home of you childhood. You would enter the outer inclosurc through a large folding door into an open court, thence you would be conducted by a servant to the visitor's hall,—which is usually a small apart- ment furnished with chairs, sofas, tea-stands, &c. Here your host would meet you, and perhaps in- troduce to you the younger members of his family. These halls are open on one side; and the others are commonly ornamented with carved work, or hung with various scrolls, presenting in large and elegant characters the moral maxims of their sages, or perhaps exhibiting rude landscapes, or paintings of birds and flowers. The remaining part of the inclosure is occupied with the domestic apartments, a garden, and perhaps also a small school-room. The houses of a few of the most opulent in Can- ton are in no respect inferior, except it may be in the space they occupy, to the imperial palaces. The family residences of some of those merchants who are licensed by government to trade with foreigners, furnish good specimens of this kind of buildings. The seat of the late Cunsequa, which is now half in ruins, was once superb; that of the present sen- ior hong merchant is on a scale of great magni- ficence; "it is a villa, or rather palace, divided into suites of apartments, which are highly and tastefully decorated."—The houses of the officers of go- vernment, and also the numerous temples of the city, need not be particularized in this place;—suffice it to remark, that they are usually more spacious than private dwelling-houses, and that at present most of them are in very ordinary condition. I8&J. City of Canton. J. wll as private individuals, which make arrange 1833. City of Canton: 211 tnentB for a constant nocturnal watch. During the night, almost all the streets of the city are shut ap by strong gates at each end; near one of which there ia usually a guard- house. The night-watches are dis- tinguished by bells, or some similar instruments kept by the watchmen. In the winter months, when there is great danger from fire as well as thieves, watch- towers are built on bamboo poles, high above the roofs of the houses;—thus constituting a double watch. When thieves are discovered, or when a fire breaks out in any part of the city, the alarm, by means of the watchmen, spreads quickly from one extremity of the city to the other.. When riotous as- semblies collect in the streets, they are, in most cases, speedily dissolved by a vigorous application of the bamboo or whip. Many, doubtless, "shove by justice," and to the day of their death go unpun- ished ; yet the number who are arrested and brought to trial, annually, is very great. Justice is often ad- ministered in the most summary mariner. Not unfrequently, in minor cases, the man receives the punishment and again goes free, the same hour in which he commits the crime. The forms of trial are simple. These is no jury, no pleading. The criminal kneels helore the. ma- gistrate, who hears the witnesses and passes sen- tence; he is then remanded to prison or sent to the place of execution. Seldom is he acquitted. When witnesses are wauling, he is sometimes tortured un- til he gives in evidence against himself. There are four jails in Canton; which together contain several hundred prisoners.—The jail is railed te-yo, HKLL, or literally, 'earth's prison.' All capital offenders suffer just without the southern gates, near the river. Hundreds die there annually. When brought to the fatal spot, they kneel with their faces towards the emperor's court, and bonding forward in the at- titude uf submission and thanksgiving, suddenly ex- pire beneath the bloody sword of the executioner. (To be continued.] Mourning for the late. MISCELLANIES. THE i.ATE EMPRESS.—The first notice in the Peking gazettes of her late majesty's death is dated the 4th moon 29th day (16th* of June, 1833). It is in the usual form of an imperial mandate, commenc- ing thus: "His majesty's commands have been re- spectfully received. This day at 4 o'clock p. M. the empress demise and departure took place." The emperor then goes over her history—stating when he received his father's commands to marry her, (viz. the 13th year of Keiiking,) and his sacred mother's instructions to constitute her empress, or the principal person in the middle harem, (viz. the 25th year of Keaking,)—and that for twenty-six years in which she had been married to his majesty, her tenderness, filial piety, arid obedience had been always manifested. This, says the emperor, is universally known to all in the harem, and in the imperial household. But now, attacked by an in- veterate dysentery, she has at last taken the "long departure," and I have lost my domestic helper— an occurrence that causes pain which I cannot bear to express. He then ordered his brother, the king Mcenhdf, with the comptroller of the impe- rial household, Hengan, and two others, one a member of the imperial Board of Rites, and another of the Board of Works, to superintend the funeral obsequies. Eight days after this, on the 7th of the 5th moon, another paper appeared in the gazette, praising her majesty, whose name was Tungkea, for her great virtues ever since she had been consort to HEAVEN (i. e. the emperor), arid during the thirteen years that slit; had held the relative situation of FARTH, "In a former iminlvr. 'n-c pairr 1 1S.1 tiiis'inir to an extract from tlie .','jypMr., f -il.atcd erroneously that her death occurred on tht- lOih of Jupe, Empress of China. ~'l:> to imperial heaven. This document concludes with an order to the Ilanlin college, to deliberate and suggest a posthumous title for her majesty- Twelve days after this, on the 19th of the 5th moon, and again on the 23d of the same moon, other state documents appeared on the subject of the national mourning. The four persons above named, differed in opinion from his imperial ma- jesty on the subjects—how long the people's heads were to remain unshaven ; and how long they were to desist from marriage, feasts, and music, &c. The reasonings on each side are given at great length, with classical and imperial authorities from the time of ancient Yaou, four thouasnd years ago, up to the reign of Keaking. The king and his colleagues considered the pe- riod appointed for the people to remain unshaven, and to desist entirely from festivity, as too short, and that they ought to mourn for the empress as for a mother—not shaving for a hundred days.— The emperor referred the case to the premier min- ister and duke Changlirig, and to the other minis- thers, to search for precedents; and their report con- firmed the emperor in his own decision, to require both the soldiers and people to cease from shaving their heads for one month, and from feasts and music for a hundred days. He then turned round with anger upon jus brother and Hengan, who had gone lamenting and crying to him at Yuen-mirig yuen gardens, wanting him to alter the order he had previously given. He says he was half dis- posed to punish them for the crime of "great dis- respect" which would cost them their lives, and bids them think now they would like that. How- ever, in mercy to them, he will only hand them over to a severe court of inquiry,—a punishment slight in comparison with what they deserve. Take this order, adds the emperor, and promulgate it universally, outside and inside—or, at home and abroad Respect this. 214 Budhism. SEP. A latter edict expels Meenhae and Hengan from the imperial presence, and condemns the former to the loss of ten years' salary,—or of half his salary during twenty years, in order that he may have the other half to live upon. The latter of these princes, is the man who was lately imperial commissioner to suppress the highland rebellion; and who having a sister in the harvm had more power than the min- isters of state. Such is the delectable condition of society under an absolute despotism. To-day in the highest favor, and to-morr6w for "disrespect," in the condition of a criminal;—and soon, like his late excellency, governor Le, to become as a dead man out of mind. REMARKS on Budhism; together with 'brief notices of the island of Poo-to, and of the numerous priests who inhabit it. By Philosinensis. BUDHISM has lately attracted the notice of several eminent scholars in Europe. Anxious to discover a rational system of idolatry, they have supplied its moral deficiencies from their own stores of knowledge, and then represented the whole as the religion most commendable and rational, in the abssnce of Chris. tianity. The writer of these remarks has not the slightest wish to ngage in a contest with those gaints in speculative knowledge; he wishes merely to present what he has himself witnessed, hav. ing never previously studied the dernonology of tiie Budhists. In girder however to satisfy his readers, he can state, thnt he has since pored over many a book abounding in barbarisms from the Pali language; that he has perused numerous Chinese works on the subject; and if, after all, he confesses that the greater part of the Budhistic books contain nothing but absolute absurd, ities and reveries, unintelligible to the most learned of its vo. taries, he only coincides in opinion with the more intelligent of the sect. He admits at the same time, that it is the least de- grading of the idolatrous systems when compared with other pagan abominations; he allows, thai we see it in China in the least objectionable form in which it exists; yet still he detects everywhere its principle of atheism, and of gross idolatry. Having spent about six yoars among Bu.lhists in various countries. I can assure those European scholars, that many of the supposed tenets of Budhism, which they have drawn from books in the libraries of universities, are as little ticknowledged by the followers of Budha, as are the doctrines of Christianity, Kudhism. 215 They icarcrly address themselves to the understanding, but are content with repeating the prayers delivered to them in the Pali, to them an unintelligible language; and they pay their worship to an indefinite number of images, according to the traditions of their ancestors. In China, where the peculiarity of the language precludes its being written with nlphabelic accuracy, the Pali degenerates into a complete jargon, by adapting the sounds to the pronunciation of the Chinese characters, I huve tried in vain to decypher ttic .hard words, which in the Chinese language have none of the inflections Ihut are so prominent a feature in the Pali language: I have inquired of the priests, but they nevir could give any satisfactory answer, and nt length I have relinquished the hope of ever gaining a thorough know, ledge of their tenets. As the advocate of evangelical principles., I ardently desire that Christianity may very soon triumph over this preposterous superstition. What is Budhism in China at the present moment? It is very evident that its introduction into this extensive country was not antecedent to the Christian era. In the year 65 A. D. the emperor Mingle invited the first priests of Budha to China. A dream, informing him that the "holy one" was born in the west, is assigned by the Chinese historians ns the cause of tho embassy sent to India, to Knng hither some disciples of the new. born sage. In the classic odes there was found a passage, which in indefinite terms spoke of some such event; this was imme- diately quoted as corroborative of the infallible imperial opin- iou, that the period had now arrived. Those priests, therefore, natives perhaps of Ceylon, were received with open arms by tho court, and found an ample field in which they might propagate their absurd doctrines. The ancient Chinese retained some knowledge of a Su- preme Being, which had been delivered to them by tradition. Yet the worship which they paid to the visible heavens and to the earth, to rivej-s, hills, and above all to (he dragon, and the gods of the lands, was open idolatry. Subsequently, when Con- fucius rose BS the renovator of his age he studiously avoided explaining himself upon the number or nature of the goris, and only inculcated the necessity of reverencing those whom the ancients had worshiped. He defined the rites of their service with the greatest minuteness. His only wish was,- to promote the sociiil happiness of his countrymen, independently of the in- fluence which religion exercises upon a nation. His great aim was the introduction of order nnd decorum into all the relative duties of lifr: and to the strict observance of external ceremo- nies, he reduced the whole of religion. This deficiency in his system was very strongly felt by his cotempornries. Laoutsze, therefore, the mystic philosopher of China, stepped forward to supply the wants of the multitude by his abstruse speculations. According to him, a'l nature is filled with demons and genii, who constantly influence the fntr of man. He increased th<5 -MH Budhism. iSicr. nuinlicr of idol jiods to an enormous amount, and attempted (o define with scholastic precision their nature and offices. Yet Inn deinouologty wanted perspicuity, and contained too many palpable absurdities to be generally received. Though some emperors have declared themselves votaries of Taouism, they could never introduce a general belief in doctrines which no- body understood. China wanted therefore a popular creed, which every man might understand; and the Budhists supplied this desideratum. Accommodating their system to all the existing superstitions, they opened the door to every sort of converts, who might retain as many of their old prejudices as they chose. They were by no means rigorous in enforcing the obligations of men to morality: to expiate sins, offerings to the idols and to the priests were sufficient. A temple, built in honor of any idol, and richly endowed, would suffice to blot out every stain of guilt, and serve as a portal to the blessed mansions of Budha. When death, that hideous spectre, approached, they promised to every one of their votaries speedy promotion in the scale of the metempsychosis, till lie should be absorbed in Narupan or Nir- vana,—nonentity. With these prospects the poor deluded victim left the world. To facilitate his release from purgatory, they said mass, and sunplied the wants of the hungry departed spirit by rich offerings of food, of which the spirit enjoyed only the, odor, whilst they devoured the substance. As Confucius had raised the veneration towards ancestors into idolatrous worship, they were ready to perform the office of priests before the tablets of the dead. Thus they ingratiated themselves with the credulous multitude, who- were too happy to avail themselves of their cheap services. But notwithstanding their accommodating creed, the Chinese government at times have disapproved of it. As the sanctity of marriage has been acknowledged in China from time im- memorial, arid almost every person at years of maturity has been obliged to enter that state, the celibacy of the priesthood of Budha was considered a very dangerous custom. Budha re- garded contemplation and exemption from worldly cares, as the nearest approach to bliss; therefore his followers in imitation of their master, passed and inculcated lives of indolence, and practised begging, as the proper means of maintaining themselves. This was diametrically opposed to the political institutions of China,-where even the emperor does not disdain to plough. If such a system prevailed, the immense population of the empire must be reduced to starvation; for it is only by the utmost exertion that they can subsist. These serious faults rn the foreign creed gave its enemies occasion to devise moans for its extirpation. It was proscribed as a dangerous heresy, and a cruel persecution followed in consequence; but it had taken too deep root' to be easily eradicated. Then again some eijipcror would think more, favorably of its demoralizing tendency, 1833- iludkism 217 and even embrace it himself. Yet tlio natural consequence of its tenets was, that it could never become a religion of the state, and that the priests were never able to exercise any permanent influence over the populace. Besides, -the Chinese are too ra- tional to believe implicitly all the absurd Budhistic fables, nor can they generally persuade themselves that those numerous images are gods. When we add to this, their national apathy towards everything concerning religion, from their being en- tirely engrossed with the things of this life, we can easily account for the dis-esteem in which they hold Budhism. Nor ought we to wonder, that they worship at one time the divinities which they despise at another; for ancient custom bids them follow the track of their ancestors, without inquiry or doubt concerning its reason- ableness, even when they cannot but ridicule its absurdities. The priests of Budha are a very despised class, sprung chiefly from the lowest of the ]>eople. Their morals are notoriously had, and pinching poverty has made them servile and cring- ing. They wander abroad in search of some trifling gift, and often encounter many a harsh refusal. Those temples which are well endowed by their founders, are overcrowded with priests, so that only a few among the higher of them can be rich. Neither learning nor skill are found among them, and with a few individual exceptions, they are a very stupid class. Bud- ha, however, seems to have intimated that stupidity brings the votary nearer to the blissful state of apathy, and therefore a knowledge of his institutions is considered the only requisite to form an accomplished priest. They have no schools or sem- inaries for the instruction of those who belong to their sect. They seldom strive to obtain literary honors; they are even excluded from the list of candidates as long as they remain priests. Few among them are serious in the practice of their cwn religion; they are strict in their devotions, appear sullen and misanthropic, and live a very secluded life. But religious abstraction and deep contemplation, with utter obliv- ion of existence, appear to be out of vogue. I have been in the chentang, or halls of contemplation, and have found them the haunts of every vice. How can it be otherwise, if the mind is unoccupied, and the hands not employed with any good work? The nuns are less numerous than the priests, and more industrious. It is a general observation that almost all the temples of Budha arc in a state of dilapidation. The contributions of devotees are inadequate to meet the expenses of repairs. These temples are very numerous, so much so that there is scarcely a small village which has not to boast of one: and few ro- mantic and beautiful spots can be found free from these seats of idolatry. Tite similarity of the rites of this- superstition lo those of papacy »m striking: every nn<- who visits their ii)uiin»tijries '218 liufUiisin i-tei'. can at once discover the resemblance. Thit they should count their prayers by means of a rosary, and chant masses both for the living and the dead, should live in a state of celibacy, and shave their hair, fast1, &c., might perhaps be accounted for by a mere coincidence of errors into which men are prone to fall; but their divine adoration of teenhow—''the queen of heaven," (called also, shingmoo 'the holy mother,') must be a tenet engrafted upon Budhism from foreign traditions. We are unable to fix the exact period of the adoption of this deity. There is a legend of a modern date, among the people of Fuhkeen, which tells us that she was a virgin of that province, who in a dream saw her kindred in danger of being wrecked, and boldly rescued them; but this affords no satis- factory solution. Neither is the queen of heaven among the deities which the Siamese Budhists worship, though they pos- sess the whole orthodox code of demons. It is very likely, that some degenerate Nestorian Christians amalgamated with their faith and ceremonies the prevailing errors of China, and persuaded the priests of Budha to adopt many of their rites. Though the Siamese and Cambojan priesthoods resemble the papal clergy in some points, they do not exhibit so striking a similarity as the Chinese. Moreover the Budhists of China have received among the objects of their veneration all the sages which have been canonized by the emperor or by pub- lie credulity. In one instance, I saw a marble bust of Na- poleon, which they had put in a temple, and before which they burned iiicense; hence it would not be extraordinary, if they had also adopted among their gods so conspicuous an object of worship as the virgin, who was adored by so many mil- lions of Christians. The present dynasty seems to have declared itself clearly in favor of the great Dalai-lama of Tibet. As the Mongols on the northern frontier are much devoted to the rites of Sha- manism, and adore this visible deity, it was perhaps with a view to conciliate their goodwill, and keep those wild hordes in subjection that this preference was manifested. The religion of these barbarians being only a modification of Budhism, we should expect that the Chinese government would equally extend its benevolence to the Budhists in China.—But such does not appear to be the fact; they are tolerated, but receive no stated support from the government.* The ermieror may extend his individual charity to some temples, but this is not governmental patronage. The high officers of state may oc- casionally favor the sect, but they will never openly avow it; for this would be derogatory to their fame, and expose them * We are not quite sure that our correspondent, is eorrect in this asser- tion. The point, deserves further attention; and we shall feel much oMgrd to any of our corre»|ioiiden-. who will funimh us with such evidence and fact!) as shall jiul flic qiication »l rest Itfrtt. lo the ridicule of thpir colleagues. Yet under all these di»ner is already too great. Very far are they from spiritualizing their idolatrous system. True, they may talk of hungry demons, and of the spiritual presence of the idols in their statues; but this is all. To assert therefore that they adorn one Supreme Being in the idolatrous representations of his attributes, is to state an opinion which never found a place in their thoughts, or in their canonical works. They are without God in the world, and estranged from the divine life, worshiping the works of their own hands, to the eternal disgrace of human reason. When, O when, will the darkness which for so many centu- ries has enveloped China, be penetrated by the light of divine truth, and the only and true God be adored? We ought to weep at the delusiou of our fellow-creatures, who, endowed with reason, can prostitute it thus, and glory in their shame. None of their most popular philosophers could free his country from degrading superstition; no imperial edicts could banish it. The gospel alone can prove victorious over it, and subject the nation to the sway of divine truth. Whenever the Deliverer, Jesus Christ, shall stretch forth his almighty arm, and by the powerful influence of the Holy Spirit disenthrall their minds, China will be liberated form darkness and share the privileges of the children of God. Budltitm. SEP. Budhism has its sa<:red places, to which pilgrims resort to of- f'er sacrifices and perform their devotions. Two of these are remarkable; one is Meichme, an island on the coast of Fuhkeen, N. E. from Chinchew (Tseuenchow) bay; the other is the island Poo-to, which was mentioned [on page 53,] in a preceding num- ber. Both these islands may be considered as the domains of priests, and exclusively devoted to idolatry. Both are picturesque, so as to set off to advantage their numerous temples, and to strike the pilgrim with solemn awe by the grandeur of nature. Poo-to is the most romantic of the two, and the priests are also more numerous. Those solitary caves and craggy rocks on high, where human industry has excavated fanes and niches to fill them with images of Budha and of the goddess Kwmiyin, attract the eye and bewilder the senses of the spectator. I have seen rough sailors, whose sensibility is not very remarkable, stand astonished and ask themselves, what strange faith and idolatry is this? When walking along the well-paved roads, we might observe a soli- tary temple, or rather hermitage, where the more fervent devotees of Budha chanted prayers, and performed their devotions before an ant-eaten image, or a dimly burning lamp. Even the sight of foreigners would not recall their consciousness; perpetually bow- ing and prostrating themselves on the ground, we could hear them exclaiming, O-me-to Fuh! O-rne-to Fuh! A missal was open on the altar to assist in the repetition of prayers, in a lan- guage which they themselves did not understand. They seldom left their dismal habitations. One old mam had retired to the top of a very high hill, from whence he intended never to return, but to spend his days in adoring the phantom Budha. When he first saw Europeans approaching him, he was amazed, and designed to honor us with prostrations, from which however he was timely relieved. In the tseen sze, the front temple, which is near the land- ing-plHce, the attention is immediately drawn to some large in- scriptions of recent date, which are hewn in rock. They record the piety of certain naval officers. On advancing further, a flight of steps leads to extensive buildings, which are surrounded with thick shrubbery and trees, to give to the whole the appearance of a laby- rinth. Such it proves to be by its mazy walks and numerous apartments. A great number of fine young boys reside here, the greater part of whom have been bought by the priests. This tem- ple is furnished especially for the reception of strangers. After they have performed their pilgrimage to the principal temples, they feast sumptuously, and at the close, are reminded of their duty to be generous in their benefactions. On inquiry we were informed that the whole establishment was founded during the Le'dng dynasty, to record the niercies of the gracious Kwanyin, who had herself visited these re- gions. A long catalogue of several thousand devotees gave evidcrce of thf benevolent disposition of the present generation. !8:tt. hudhism. >'2\ All tin- irm|iii-.-, both large and small ;iiv Imill in one uni- form style. After passing the first two halls, where very ugly idols preside, we arrive at the dwellings of the priests. The next hall is adorned by Kwanyin and her attendants, and two others are dedicated to Budha and his numerous disciples. We perceived a great number of blue beards among them; but were unahle to ascertain what these strange representations meant. In all these colossal statues, the Negro features were pre- dominant. 'Phis corroborates the opinion that Budha sprung from some Ethiopic tribe; whether aborigines of Hindostan, or originally from Egypt, the cradle of monstrous absurdities, is uncertain. Before our final departure from this island, the high priest made me a present of four little volumes, three of which con- tained a description of the island of Poo-to, and the fourth is entitled, "a Story of the Fragrant Hill." The first volume opens with various edicts of the successive emperors of the Mantchou dynasty, beginning with Kanghe. They command to keep these temples in constant repair, in order to render their own names immortal, and to glorify Budha. The adulation presented to these earthly potentates for their "divine favor," is truly disgusting. After giving an account of the date of the records on which this work is based, which commenced during the Mongol dynasty, the progress of the buildings thenceforward is minutely described, and the imperial favor is constantly quoted as the only cause of their present splendor. We have also maps of the whole is- land, sketches of temples, and caverns of the most ludicrous description. The next chapter gives the inscriptions of the tablets which were erected near the temples, recounting and recording the gracious remembrances of three emperors, who all showed themselves benefactors to this glorious establish- ment. Then follows a minute description of fell the caverns and fountains of the island, which, though exceedingly numerous, have each an appropriate name. The remainder of the volume is filled with accounts of the temples, their apartments and idols, and the means by which they have been erected, &c. A list of the most illustrious donors, among whom are queens and em- presses, closes the first volume. The first chapter of the second volume contains legends of the wonders which have been performed on the island, by the pow- er of the idols, or by the personal interposition of Budha. From the introductory remarks we learn, that by being absorbed in one's own self, and the external senses being undisturbed, the most ex- traordinary effects are produced Among the catalogue of events in which the actors are named, and the year.and month specified, wo read that in the year 1666, red-haired men (the Dutch) visited the island, remained about half a month, and carried away with them several idols of Budha and streamers; with these they proceeded to Japan, and by means of trade gained about 200,000 Kudkisin. SF.I>. wold pieces. But OH tlx'ir return home, the ship caiifjhl tin- without any cause, and all were drowned in the ocean! Many other instances of the avenging power of Budha are related; yet he is not merely a revenger of wrongs, biit often also the remune- rator of his votaries. But they are very little benefited by Ins .show of liberality, enjoying only temporary advantages. Would any one however expect that the Chinese government, whose wis. dbm and justice has been everywhere extolled, could regard these stories, or place itself under the protection of Budha at Pooto? Yet we saw imperial edicts stuck up in the temple, wherein the priests were ordered to appeal to the supreme power of Budha, that he might grant a fertile spring and rich harvest. Short biographical sketches of the most celebrated priests who have lived in the temple, come next in order. Their piety, consisting in leaving the world with all its toils and troubles, is duly commended. Many of them were remarkable for spending hour after hour in silent contemplation and apathy. There are also long lists of others, who have excelled in some particular branch of Budhism, and who are enumerated with the greatest care. The author then speaks of the habitations of the priests, and their means of subsistence. He shows plain, ly that the lands assigned to them by the paternal care of suc- cessive emperors and exempted from all duties, are unalienable property. These farms are situated on beveral of the surround, ing island; Lo-ked, which is one of them, is almost wholly in their .possession. Thus circumstanced, they have no reason to complain, though their brotherhood is very numerous. The produce which they grow on their lands is various; they give a long catalogue from the vegetable kingdom, and talk also of the wild animals which live within their jurisdiction. Though these are frequently annoying, yet the priests refrain from kill, ing them ;—a proof that they strictly adhere to the rules of Bud- ha, which prohibit the taking away of life. Thus vermin and musquetoes ought to be spared, and instead of killing them, Budha teaches his disciples by example to nourish these tr6u- blesome insects. There is a chapter under the head of " minutiae," narrating various events, some of which nearly involved the temple in ruin. The "red-haired men" do not fail to be represented as the authors of every mischief; they are accused of having cut down the grove, taken away the sacred cows, demolished the images, torn up the books, and buried a large bell. Not content with these depredations, they also stole a golden Budha, silver platters; cornelian, corol, and other precious stones;—this was during Kanghe's reign. The times must since have changed amaz- ingly, if this be true; for when we were there we did not see even a pice of silver, still less, any precious stones or gold. The whole seems to be a mere Bndhistic story, invented to render their red-haired visitors odious jn the PVPS of thr Chinese. The presents given by every visitor lo the temple, are con- sidered as the perquisites of the priests, and seem to constitute a part of tliir legal income. Imperial grants have given them the privilege of printing their own classics on the island. Se- veral emperors, penetrated with gratitude towards the all-con,)- passionating Budha, have been desirous to conh'rm them in these rights, by which means they might be enabled to propagate their doctrines extensively.—The second volume concludes with a public order commanding the rebuilding of two temples, which had been demolished during the times of anarchy. The third volume is a collection of literary pieces relative to Budha, to the different temples, the priests, and to other things connected with their rites. They are chiefly written in the Puli- Chinese, and are therefore unintelligible to common readers. We find among them frequent rhapsodies, and thousands of words without any meaning attached or attachable to thrm. These pieces are copied out and engraved on stones, on the bells, or the tripods. There are also inscriptions in Sanscrit. The "Story of the Fragrant Hill," is a Budhistic novel, and as a literary curiousity, not on account of its intrinsic value, de- serves notice. The whole is written in intelligible, or even in low Chinese style, and seldom interspersed with Pali phrases. At the end of every chapter there are some verses which repeat the whole in measure. The readers are directed to prostrate themselves to the ground, and to repeat certain prayers, whenever they come to particular sentences, which relate to the wonder- ful interposition of Kwanyin. The author tells us, that during the time of Tsungming, in the second year of his reign, in the eighth month, and on the fifteenth day of the month, Tsung-poo-ming, one of those con- templative Budhistic teachers who lived in Hindostan, was seated in a hall. An old priest came suddenly in before him and said; "why do you, Sir, sit here alone and practice religion, without soaring on high? Every just and true principle originates from above; how can you otherwise exercise universal benevolence? You ought to act for Budha, transforming and expanding, so that you may gradually and completely perform his actions. Thus you will rule the passions of the multitude, and requite the favor of Budha." The teacher asked the priest, By what means can I influence mankind? He replied; "I see that the natives of this country are devoted to the idol Kwanyin; therefore give a short outline of her actions from beginning to end. Publish this to the world, thus aid devotion,- and your happiness will be secure." After giving this advice,, the priest went away and hid himself. Poo-ming, the contemplative teacher, thought on the affair, and composed this volume. When he had completed it, suddenly the goddess Kwinyin herself appeared on the clouds, like pale gold, holding in her hand a clfead pitcher and a willow. After ;i long CJf. hibitton she disappeared, All tho-r person* « ho si« her, looked 224 Budhism. up with admiration; and those who subsequently heard it, in. creased in devotion, so thai, this story has spread throughout the whole empire as an everlasting admonition! The author exhorts his readers to peruse this volume with the deepest reverence. He asserts that the power of the name of Kwanyin is so efficacious that every sufferer will be freed from misery as soon as he pronounces her name. Let him enter the fire and call upon her name, the fire will not burn him ; let him go into deep water and invoke her name, the deeps will retire, and the water will become shallow. During the time of Kea-ne Budha, there existed the kingdom of Hing-lin, governed by tha emperor Poo-kea: that period was called Menou-chwang. The empire then extended 180,000 le; his capital had twelve gates, and was 3000 le (about 1000 miles) in circumference; his spacious palace glittered with gold and precious stones; he received homage from 72 states, was adored by his subjects, but had no children. The empress, all beauty arid grace, finally bore him two daughters. Anxious to present her husband with a son, she addressed herself to 'azure heaven.' Being transported in a dream to the blessed regions of Budha among the genii and saints, she there received the pro- mise of giving birth to one of the genii, and accordingly brought forth a daughter, who received the name of Meaou-shen. Her family thus increased by a third daughter, the public rejoicings scarcely ceased before they were followed up by new celebra- tion. Yet amidst all the hilarity of festivals, the emperor could not suppress his anxiety to have a male heir, and finally resolved to adopt a son by marrying his daughters to high officers. The eldest gave her hand to a civilian, the second to a military officer, but Meaou-shen, the heroine of the story, refused to marry at all. Her time was spent in devotion; she adored Budha, and was desirous to become a nun. All the threats and punishments from her parents were ineffectual to keep her away from a monastery. She there performed the most menial offices, and was greatly rewarded by the approbation of the idols. Neither ridicule nor violence could prevail upon her to forsake the monastic life; she bore everything with patience. When she stooped so far as to become a servant in the kitchen, birds and quadrupeds were sent by Budha to her assistance; and even the old dragon was dispatched to open the well for her to draw water. These things were reported to the emperor, who indignant at the rehearsal of such idle tales, scut a detachment of soldiers to destroy the temple where his daughter resided. The soldiers set fire to it, the smoke rose, a trenendous noise was heard ac- companied with the low sound of weeping and wailing. At once heaven rained down red water, the fire was extinguished, the smoke disappeared, aud it was found that' the temple War, not injured in the least degree. When the emperor had heard this tv.port, he brought his daughter home hy force, introduced her again at court, and rndr;tvored (o imrialo hfr iiilv the pleasures Chinese Botany. 225 she even disfigured herself, that she might be allowed to live uninterrupted in retirement. Neither the intreaties of her mother, nor the insinuations of other ladies, nor even the threats of her father could prevail upon her to yield to their most ur- gent wishes of choosing a husband. The patience of her father was at last exhausted, and he ordered her to be executed. She bore the sentence with fortitude, for Budha sustained her. All nature mourned when she expired; even the beasts of the field and the fishes of the sea showed their grief, the sun and moon were darkened in heaven, the atmosphere was" filled with mist, the sea overflowed, and all nations pitied the cruel lot of the princess. When her body was about to be exposed on the scaffold, a tiger rushed in, seized and carried away the corpse into a wood. Her soul, being transported to hades, took advantage of this excellent opportunity to promulgate Budhism, and instructed the demons in the doctrines of that creed. Again she was restored to life, and borne home upon the back of a tiger to Heangshan, (the Fragrant Hill,) where she became a nun. "Her father meanwhile, was afflicted with a most painful disease, which no physicians could relieve. When a priest of- fered his services and was accepted, lie directed the emperor to go on a pilgrimage to Heangshan. There he arrived, met his daughter, a nun, and honored by all; he repented of his errors and became a staunch champion of Budhism.—Thus ends the Story of the Fragrant Hill. CHINESE BOTANY.—The vegetable kingdom, rich as it cer- tainly is in this country, has never been an object of much attention among the Chinese. The wisest of earthly kings de. lighted frequently to contemplate the handyworks of his Ma- ker. He spoke not only of beasts and creeping things, of fowl and of fishes: but of trees also, even from the lofy ce- dars of Lebanon to "the hyssop that springcth out of the wall." And, if tradition is true, the ancient sires of this nation were not inattentive to whatever grew up and bloomed around them. Nearly 2000 years before our era, Shinnung, "the Divine Husbandman," united with others, and by their personal efforts, (so many of the Chinese believe,) established a national academy, in which, among other branches of study, that of botany was to be pursued. But, (so the fact is,) the science is now almost wholly neglected. There are extant in Chinese a few works which treat of the subject. From these we hope occasionally to make translations.—Nor have foreigners pushed their bo- tanical researches into the interior of this country. No Toiirne- fort, or Thunberg, or Kirmpfcr, has traversed those provinces. •• Louroiro has written pretty fully on the vegetable productions of Coclnnchina; and has also taken notice of some of the plants 226 Chinese Botany. / which are to be found in the neighborhood of Canton and Macao." Osbeck did wonders during his short sojourn here in 1750-51. More recently a few individuals have directed their attention to the subject; but at present, it is wholly neglected. John Reeves, esquire, who left China about two years ago, during his residence in this country, turned his attention to bo- tany. He prepared an Index to the Pun Tsaou—(one of the best native botanical works which we have ever seen)—an extract from which has been published in Morrison's. Dictionary, part III. In 1819, John Livingstone, esquire, also of the honorable Company's establishment, addressed a letter to the Horticultural Society of London, stating in a lucid manner the causes which have hitherto impeded the successful cultivation of Chinese bo- tany, and the transmission of plants to Europe; and at the same time pointing out a practicable mode of prosecuting the subject in future. This letter was published in the Indo-chinese Gleaner for July, 1819. It may serve as an introduction to any remarks which we may have to make in future numbers, respecting Chinese botany.—Addressing the society, Mr. Liv- ingstone thus writes:— "The rich variety of objects of great botanical importance, which are very generally known to abound in China, has excited a cor- responding desire among many to have them added to the stores of Europe; and no small degree of astonishment is frequently expressed by those botanists who are best acquainted with the subject, at the very slow progress which has been hitherto made towards its reasonable gratification. Many persons seem inclin- ed to account for this fact, by supposing that those who enjoy opportunities of sending or bringing Chinese plants to Europe, are either ignorant of the great estimation in which they are held, or strangely unwilling to gratify the wishes of the lovers of botany. "In this paper I propose to lay before the Horticultural Society, such observations as I have been able to make during the last twenty-five years. From these, 1 think it will appear, that much has been attempted, although, comparatively speaking, very little has been accomplished. I hope to show that it is to be fairly attributed to causes very different from those just mentioned. In doing this, I hope to be able to point out the most material defects, and to suggest something better for the future. "At a short distance from Canton, situated on the side of a small creek, or branch of a river, are a number of small nursery gar- dens, well known by the name of Fa te, or Flower gardens. Each of these gardens contains nearly the same collection of phmts, which is doubtless formed to meet the demand wheth- er of foreigners or Chinese, who contract for those plants, for which they can depend on finding a read}' market. They are fur Iho most p(-irt ranged in llowur-|>ots, and planted in the same kind of strong clay, which constitutes the soil of the garden. To 1833. Chinese. Botany 227 these gardens it lias been customary for the captains and officers of the honorable Company's ships, to make frequent excursions while at Canton, for the purpose of making such purchases of plants as suited their particular views or convenience; and they have done this, in general with no sparing hand, notwithstanding the very general want of success which they have pretty uniformly experienced. "About fifteen years ago, Mr. William Kerr was sent from the royal gardens at Kew, for the purpose of enriching that splendid collection with the stores of China. Infinite pains.seemed to have been taken to supply him with the most judicious instructions. The cabins for the reception of the plants were planned with the greatest judgment. Every facility was secured for the transmis- sion to Kew of all the plants which he wished to send. Yet if any one will take the trouble to compare the plants actually sent with those which arrived safe at the royal gardens, it will appear that Kerr was not more fortunate than private adventurers. "Kerr came from England in the same ship with myself, and I was well acquainted with his worth. No mission could have been better rilled; he was familiar with the best practice of modern gardening, and had acquired a most perfect acquaintance with the habits of plants. He also possessed a competent share of botanical knowledge, much natural shrewdness, and great bodily strength. Under the influence of a burning sun, I have seen him scale the highest hills in this part of China, whilst 1 have myself, though equally ardent in the pursuit, been obliged to seek a friendly shade, where Kerr would join me with the fruit of his labor. In three or four years he became greatly changed; desi- rous to procrastinate every labor—or rendered unable to prosecute his work, in consequence of some habits he had contracted, equally new and unfortunate to him. "When Kerr was sent to China, it was not deemed neces- sary to cheer his labor by any encouragement, or even to secure to him the respect and consideration of the Chinese servants he had occasion to employ. His salary amounted to one hun- dred pounds a year only, a sum which in this part of China was not sufficient, after paying for washing, to keep up his stock of clothes so as to have anything ta wash. Indeed, he assured rne, had it not been for the kindness of the chief of the factory, he could not even have done so much. Mr. Roberts gave him n small house belonging to his garden, to live in, with liberty to keep in the garden all the plants he collected. But unfor- tunately he had to go for his meals to the Company's factory, situated at a considerable distance. This at first occupied much of his time, especially in hot weather. By degrees, habits of in- dulgence stole on him; so that instead of collecting plants, planting them in a proper soil, and taking care of them after- wards, he was desirous to procrastinate every labor; and not unfroquently from his habits, and from their natural conse. quenres, falls, bruises, and sprains rendered him unable to do 228 Chinese Botany. SKP. anything tor days and weeks. Under these circumstances he was obliged to depend almost entirely, for the plants which he wished to send home, on the nursery gardens at Canton. Hence his want of success. "I have not the slightest doubt, that Kerr's destruction is solely attributable to the company he was obliged to keep. Had he been master of his time, I am persuaded it would have been well employed. Had he been properly encouraged, I am certain he would have deserved it most richly. I must, in justice add, that all the promises which had been held out to him were fulfilled.—He was promised a better salary at Colombo, where he was told a botanical garden was to be established. He left China about six years ngo. His letters to rne from Malacca and Calcutta were written with so much attention to his pursuits, that I had hopes he would be able to conquer his bad habits. I did not hear from him afterwards; and 1 think he died very soon after he reached Colombo. "When so fortunate as to have the plants, which I have collect, ed, sent home under the care of a friend, who was not only able to do them justice, but pleased with such an employment, 1 have experienced the most complete success. At times all have arrived in the Thames, in good' order. I have afterwards suffered the mortification to learn that, before the formalities of office could be complied with, they have been all destroyed by rats, &c. At other times I have learned, that only a few of my plants had reached St. Helena in a sickly state; where, if sent on shore they are uniformly Allowed to die for want of care. Again I have received information, that my "splendid collection had arrived all dead;" at another time; "only one plant alive, evidently for want," it was said, "of a little water,"—since from the appear, ance of the roots, &c., it was evident no pains had been spared on my part. My friend, Mr. , informed me, that 90 plants out of 100 which he carried home fiom China three years ago, arrived in perfect health. "From this rapid sketch, I think the following conclusions may be safely drawn. "First; tliat no insuperable difficulties are necessarily in the way of conveying plants safely from China to England. But they must be, [a.] skillfully planted; [fe.] provided with good water; [c.] carefully attended to during the passage till landed; and [d.]a speedy landing must be secured. "Secondly; that the death of plants may in general be attributed to neglect; [a.] in not collecting them in proper time, to enable them to be firmly rooted in the eoil in \yhich they are to be trans- planted; [&.J in not planting them in the soil in which they de- light; [c.] in not arranging them in the cabin or cabins, according as they require,—1st, much and frequent watering,—2d, mode- rate watering,—or 3d, but little watering; [d.] by not shutting the cabin when the spray is flying over the ship; [e.] in not open- ing the cabin in fine weather; [/.] but above all, in not watering 1833. Chinese Hotany. 229 them with good water; and [g.] in not taking care ot' them after their safe arrival in the river Thames. "As it is not possible to procure plants from the Chinese nur- sery.meri, fit for being sent to England, it becomes necessary lo procure them at least six months earlier in order to plant them in their proper soil, and to bestow on them such attention as may be necessary to get them in good state. "Nothing further, it appears to me, is wanting to insure every reasonable degree of success, but to secure them a hospitable reception in England., Being without the elements of a correct acalculation, I must content myself with the nearest approxima. tion to truth which I ai-i able to make. From my observation, I am persuaded more than one thousand plants have been sent from China, for one Chinese plant, which is now cultivated in England. The cost of plants purchased in China, including the freight, is on an averuge, one tad each, or three for one pound sterling; consequently each plant now in England, must have been introduced at the enormous expense of upwards of £330. "If we regard this as a just criterion of the estimation in which plants have hitherto been held, I have fully succeeded in repelling the accusation stated in my first paragraph; and if the expen- diture is so enormously disproportioned to the intrinsic value of the objects, it surely becomes a matter of importance to attempt some more economical method of gratifying the wishes of the public for Chinese plants. "In submitting the following plan for the consideration of the Agricultural Society, I feel, I shall greatly need their indul- gence. It is perhaps too bold and too new to give general sat- isfaction. I hope it deserves a trial, and I am pretty confident, it will answer infinitely better than anything which has hitherto been proposed. "A gardener, with qualifications similar to those of Kerr, must be sent out with the means of establishing himself in a respecta- ble house, and have a garden sufficiently commodious to nurse the plants which himself and the native gardeners, whom he will find it absolutely necessary to employ, shall collect. He will thus secure some respect and consideration in the eyes of his own peo- ple, the want of which was most severely felt by Kerr. The Society will be able to desive the best means of giving him such further encouragement as they may deem necessary; yet I am persuaded it will be proper to make it depend in some degree on his success; say, a small premium on every plant which shall be landed in good health. "The captains of the honorable Company's ships, who may wish to engage to bring home plants, should be invited to ap- ply to the Society in consequence of a very ample premium being held out to them for every living plant, wtiich they shall deliver to the Society. Besides this, the necessary arrangements should be made with the honorable Company, and managing owners of the ship, to permit a sufficient quantity of tonnage 230 (Chinese Emigrants. to lie employed for supplying the plants with water, for which the Agricultural Society will order payment to be made. When application has been made, the Society will determine the num. her of plants which they wish to be sent by any particular ship, after which, the arrangement respecting the water rnay be made; and it seems to me, the Society might furnish a list of about half the plants which it may be desirable to send home, the remaining pan may-depend on the collector. "For these purposes, ample funds would become requisite^ with which no Society constituted for general purposes can be sup- posed provided. I therefore propose that the plants which shall be landed, be sold as they arrive. In this way, I am persuaded, ample funds would arise for every purpose, so long as Chinese plants are held in estimation. When they cease to be so, the Society can withhold their lists, and recall their gardener. "This plan does not, 1 hope, in any degree interfere with that emulative exertion upon which, after all, we must chiefly de- pend for many of the productions of distant lands; nor with that honest love of fame which prefers distinction to every other kind of reward. Ample scope will still be left for their exertions; but surely when the point can be stated as a ques- tion purely of value, or the interchange of values, it is best to bring it a to business-like issue, which has been my aim.—Still leaving the Agricultural Society to bestow such honors as they may deem expedient. "Could my views be somewhat allowed to extend, I would gladly connect with the proposed mission, a head,—a gentle- man, who having no other engagements, might devote an un. divided attention to the botany of China, the Philippine islands, Cochinchina, the Malay peninsula, and Malay islands." CHINESE EMIGRANTS.—We have seen a statement of a native in writing, concerning this class of Chinese. It adds dark coloring to the picture given in our last. The purport of the paper is the following. i This season a number of emigrants were returning from the "Straits" in an European ship. They saw the Great Ladrone island, and their bosoms beat high with hope that erelong they would tread their native shores, meet their kindred—fathers, mo- thers, wives, children, sisters, and brothers; but a storm came on, and drove them out to sea; the masts were broken, and the spars killed a number of the high aspirants. Those who lived to come on shore tell a sad tale of the state of Chinese society in the Archipelago. Secret societies have risen up in all the settlements. But they are all emanations of the Triad Society, They" have secret signs and dark phrases—a circumstance that identifies them all with that odious fraternity. Oflatp, there has arisen a very large stock of this society, con- sisling of a great many men, extremely powerful and violent. 1833. Chinese Emigrants- 't\ They liave assumed tlie names of the Hae-shan Hwuy, " tlie Sea and land Society ;" and the E-hing Hwuy, "Hie Righteous* rising Society." These two associations art: scattered over all the set- tlements; and they all obey the orders and restrictions of the heads of their respective societies, wlionr they call "the great bro- ther." This stock is divided into four, eight, or twelve great stems, as the case may be, and from these stems there issue scores of branches. Every stern and every branch has its headman, who is designated senior brother. "Emigrants from the hills of Tang (China), are called Sin- kill (new-comers—griffins). As soon as they arrive at any settlement, the brotherhood sends persons to invite them to join the confederacy. If they decline, thny are forthwith persecuted. However, the two above-named societies often wrangle, and if you belong to the one and not to the other, you are equally persecuted. "Chinese coming from Bengal with a few hundred doll,IPS, or a few thousands, which they may have saved, are inveigled by these banditti to go to the hills and enjoy themselves in pleasure. When the strangers are brought to a solitary place;, they are probably destroyed, and their property plundered. Thus half goes to the society, and the other goes to the captors- Thus it has often occurred, ar.cl the local magistrates have got some slight tidings of it, and have sent to seize the offenders. Rut, (says our native writer who has himself been many years in the Straits) the customs of the settlements are defective. They require witnesses before they dare convict of guilt. They dare not urge the question by torture; so that having one or two witnesses on one side, and a great multitude of sureties for the accused on the other side, they will never convict. But the new-comer is a solitary individual, and if his native townsmen feel for him and desire to redress his grievances, one person alone goes to the magistrate to lodge a complaint, and hundreds or thousands of the brotherhood will come forward to be surety for the accused. Often have the local magistrates been thus deceived and hoodwinked. And afterwards those Chinese who had indicated feeling in behalf of the, stranger, have been fore-, ed to leave the settlement speedily to avoid the secret malice of the brotherhood." Here we close our quotation, sincerely hoping the authorities in the Straits will be on the alert—not with the torture, as our Chi- nese friend suggests—but with something like martial law for these lawless persons, who make it dangerous to give evidence in the usual way. Of the truth of the above allegations we have no doubt. These brotherhoods do not seem to aim at taking the * This word e, righteous, is used by rebels to denote ther setting up tlie standard of right against their unjust governors, fling also, often signifies a rising of troops.—That the "Trial Society" is as far as China is concern- ed, combined for the. dr.st.nicl.ioii of Ihe reigning monarchy has hern fully proved by MS. documents belonging to them, which1 have been found in Macao. 'J.VJ I'ublic Calamities. external name of a government; but to avail themselves of the substance. They wish I o be the "gentlemen regulators" for all poor Chinese; and to leave the gentlemen European governors and residents in quint possession of their titles and salaries. For the amount of horrible crime which such "secret societies" may commit, we refer our readers to a paper in the Asiatic Journal for May 1833, on the Thugs of the Doaab." The Chinese Triad So- cicly does not seem to equal them in cold-blooded murder; but they also now and then, carry off to the hills those who show them "disrespect," and there flog them to death. Pi; RUG CALAMITIES—or national judgments.—Those remarka- ble punishments which God inflicts upon people for their sins and transgressions, are in the Holy Scriptures called judgments. As in Isaiah xxxi. 8, 9. "In the way of thy judgments, O Lord, have we waited for thee;"— ." for when thy judgments are in the earth, the inhabitants of the world will learn righteousness." Although the Chinese have no idea of Almighty God, distinct from and superior to the material universe; they still think, that the wickedness of mankind destroys the harmony of na- ture, and causes public calamities, such as the inhabitants of the province of Canton have this year experienced. They have two words for calamity or misery, namely ho and tsae. The first denotes those evils which are of a man's own making, or which men inflict on each other; the second indicates those calamities which are inflicted by heaven, the supreme power in nature. We have seen a letter from a respectable old gentleman, describing the late awful storm and destructive inundation, which he designates a tndy great heaven-sent calamity, which has not been equalled for the last hundred years. Another writer says, that in the midst of the gale and torrents of rain, whilst poor people's houses were falling, and crushing to death or maiming the inmates, the governor and fooyuen went forth to distribute cakes and direct the survivors to the city walls for refuge. They are reported to have looked up to heaven and cried and shed tears, while the governor addressed the officers, who accompanied him, to the following effect: "It is we, who hold the reins of government, and should be the fathers and mothers of the people,- who have, by our misrule, detroyed the harmony of nature and induced this judgment ; I cannot bear to see the distress of the people; I would that this calamity were inflicted on my own person, if it might prevent the people's being scattered abroad without house or home." This report is confirmed by a public proclamation which the governor and fooyuen have issued, calling upon the rich to subscribe for the relief of the sufferers, in which they attribute this "extraordinary calamity" to the defects of themselves and fellow officers, who have failed to lead the people in the work 1833 The Use of Sedans Dtsallowid. 233 of renovation. "We have induced," say they, "this deadly calamity, and must take blame and reproof to ourselves."—This we fear is mere cant; but our object is to show the opinions of the he-.ithen. The use of the sedan disallowed to Chinese military officers, and to foreign residents.—His majesly has issued a long phi- lippic against thu idleness and lazy habits of military men, throughout the empire, who indulge in all the sofmess of ci- vilians, instead of riding on horseback and inuring themselvos to martial exercises. Similar orders have been issued before, but seemingly without effect. In the present document, the emoeror is very earnest, and threatens to punish all who offend, as well as those governors and lieut.-governors who refrain from reporting the names of culprits. The elegant sedan, or "shoulder chariot," is disallowed in all possible cases:—but in passing precipitous mountains, or on dangerous paths, or through corn fields, or by circuitous watcr-courses, where the use of the horse is impractica- ble, a bamboo hurdle, carried on men's shoulders—may be used. This is the vehicle that governor Le permitted sick foreigners to use in passing from their bouts into a hong. His majesty seems very intent on preserving some discipline in the army, and he agnin repeats the adage which governor Loo quoted from him lately: "The army may be a hundred years unemployed; but not one day without preparative cxcrclsf." Under very different circumstances, and for a very different pur- pose, a proclamation has been issued at Macao, disallowing, with many threats, the native Chinese carrying sedans for "barbarian foreigners." This was done "because government had long since declared that Chinese subjects should not be menial servants to foreigners." By this arbitrary act not only were tiie foreign community much incommoded, but not less than a hundred poor men were instantly thrown out of employ; and five hundred dol- lars per month taken from hundreds of half-starved women and children. It has been said, that all nations agree in on-"*, thing, viz. "esteeming themselves and despising others." If this be true, as we fear it is, still there are degrees; and in proportion as a nation is ignorant and uncivilized, it rises above others in pride and contempt. The Chinese government cherishes the bad spirit on which we animadvert; and it is illustrated by the conduct of the magistrate at Macao. Since governor Li''s famous appeal to his imperial majesty to disallow ladies and guns being brought to the provincial city, and foreign barbarians sitting in sedan chains, Chinese chair-bearers have, by the non-interferonrc o<" the local magis- trate, been freely used at Macao. An.] foreign residents there, during the hot weather of summer, 'iavc found them a great convenience. At that time, the Kwangehnw foo ex;w>ii:id'"l Le's new law as not extending to Macao. However Lo. wlio is still 2F 234 The Chinese Magazine a candidate for the lowest official degree, and mere acting iso- tang at Macao, happened to be abroad one day in his chair; and some foreign barbarian passed by him in the streets with- out setting down his chair on one side of the way, and wait- ing till the great man passed-. His wrath was kindled at this, and he would have seized" the poor sedan-bearers in the streets, had they not been too- quick for him. He therefore went home in great rage; ordered his clerk to search the records, and bring forward the old order, that "no Chinese should be menial ser- vant to a foreigner," and forthwith issued his prohibitory decree. It is thus, as in many other instances, that governments le- gislate for the honor and glory of the few, not for the comfort or welfare of the many. Whenever the local government wishes to distress foreigners or bring them to submission, they extend the above proud principle to all domestics, except a cook and a coolie; and, as if in mockery, they order away the com- prador, who is the only person authorized to buy provisions for the cook to employ his art upon. Of late years this has not been done, but the law and the precedent remain, and we have no doubt, will be had recourse to whenever occasion may require.—La's prohibition continued in force only a few days; and the chair-bearers are again employed as usual. LITERARY NOTICES. THE CHINESE MAGAZINE, to be seen. The nature of the The second number of this pub- work is, so far as we know, en- lication has made its appear- tirely new to the Chinese around ance, and the Chinese seem to us ; a periodical for the diffusion have obtained a better insight of useful knowledge was, pro- into its nature. They did not at bably, never before published in first clearly understand what was «the celestial empire." Except- meant by a monthly periodical, ing the Peking Gazette and the We have heard many express provincial court circulars, which their qualified approbation of are mere governmental papers, the work. Those few who have there are no periodical publica-" done otherwise are for the most tions of any description what- part such as are either self-suf- ever in the land, ficient in their own knowledge, The late Dr. Milne, shortly or proud of their own ignorance, after he took up his residence We may venture to say that no at Malacca, commenced a "pe- natives of good sense and un- riodical publication in the Chi- prejudiced minds are against it. nese language," and continued How far it will be supported by it until his death in 1822. The the Chinese themselves, remains first number of this work was Chinese Magazint. 235 brought from (lie press on the 5th of August, 1815. Dr. Milne's observations on the Magazine are worthy of notice. He was a man who formed his plans with enlarged and liberal views, and executed them with great zeal and carefulness. He was a very nice observer of men, and en- joyed excellent opportunities for learning the character and ha- bits of the Chinese; he under- stood their prejudices, and knew how to assail them; he saw their miseries, and toiled even unto death to relieve them.—In 1819, he gave the following account of the Magazine, which had then been four years in circulation. "The first specimens were very imperfect, both as to composi- tion and printing: but they were understood by persons who were in the habit of reading; and the editor hoped, that a fuller ac- quaintance with the language, would enable him to improve the style. It was originally in- tended, that this little publica- tion should combine the diffu- sion of general knowledge, with that of religion and morals, and include such notices of the pub. lie events of the day, as should appear suited to awaken reflec- tion and excite inquiry. To pro- mote Christianity was to be its primary object; other things though they were to be treated in subordination to this, were not to be overlooked. Know- ledge and science are the hand- maids of religion, and may be- come the auxiliaries of virtue. To rouse the dormant powers of a people, whose mental energies are bound up by that dull and insipid monotony, which has drawn out its uniform lino over them to the length of more than twenty hundred years,—will not be easy. Means of all justifiable kinds, laborers of every variety of talent, resources sufficient for the most expensive moral enter- prises, and a long period uf time, will be necessary to do this ef- fectually. But a beginning must be made by some people and in some age of the world;—and after generations will improve on what the present race of men begin. It is better, therefore, to commence a good work with very feeble means and imperfect agents, than 'sigh to the wind,' and not attempt it at all. "Thus, though that variety of subjects, intended to be published in the Chinese Monthly Maga- zine, could not all be brought in at first; yet that was not consid- ered an argument of sufficient weight to postpone the work. The essays and papers hitherto published, have been chiefly of a religious and moral kind. A few essays on the most simple and obvious principles of as- tronomy, instructive anecdotes, historical extracts, occasional notices of great political events, &c., have at times given a little variety to its pages: but there has been less of the.se than could have been wished. "To render the Magazine gen- erally interesting, it would re- quire a full half of the time and labor of a missionary—time and labor well bestowed too—and should unite the productions of various pens. The editor hopes, that he may in future have more leisure to attend to this branch of his work, and that the grow, ing acquaintance of his brethren with the Chinese language, will pnabln them to furnish useful papers on a variety of subjects j Chines? especially on those which have hitherto been hut sparingly in- troducetl. The size of the work has never yet exceeded that of a small tract, and it has been given away gratis. For about three years, five hundred copies were printed monthly, and cir- culated, by means of friends, correspondents, travelers, ships, &c., throughout all the Chinese settlements of the eastern Ar- chipelago; also in Siam, Co. chinchina, and part of China itself. At present, (1819,) a thousand copies are printed monthly. The demands and op- portunities for circulation great- ly increase, and it is likely that in three or four years two thou- sand copies will be an inade- quate supply." These remarks are sufficient to show, that those who have undertaken the new periodical, have abundant encouragement to persevere. With regard to the place of publication, support, execution, topics, die., the pres- ent work enjoys great advan- tages over that of Dr. Milne. Sking Meaou sze-teen too kaou; King, Mang, shing tseih too foo. Sacrificial Ritual of the Tem- ple of Sages, with plates; to which are subjoined plates illus. trative of the lives of the sages Confucius and Mencius.—1826. 13 vols. This is an interesting produc- tion, both from the nature of its contents and the style in which it is printed; forming, in this latter respect, a good specimen of the art in China. A brief analysis of its contents will be the best description we can give of it.—It is edited by a private individual, not under govern- mental authority. The 1st vol. opens with poet- ical euloglums on Confucius and his "four most worthy" followers, viz. Yen tsze, Tsang tsze, Tszesze tsze, and Mang tsze (or Mencius),—composed by the emperors Kanghe and Keenlung, and printed with light re ink.—Then follow three prefaces by the editor's friends; in which the work is highly praised, and the research mani- fested in it greatly commended. In the same volume are por- traits of "the sage " Confucius, and of the "four equals," who are also called "the four most worthy,"—accompanied by brief accounts of their lives, deaths, and posthumous honors. The second volume contains portraits and similar accounts of the "twelve intuitively wise," eleven of whom were personal disciples of Confucius. The twelfth is the celebrated com- mentator and philosopher Choo- he, commonly called Choo foo- tsze. The eight following volumes contain portraits and brief ac- counts of 128 "former worthies and literati." These are ar- ranged in two ranks to corres- pond with their tablets in the Temple of Sages, to which this work is intended as a 'guide.' The worthies which occupy the eastern side of the temple take precedence, in order, of those opposite to them on the western side; thus,—the first on the eastern side takes the lead, then the first on the west, next the second on the east, followed by the second on the west, and so on. Of these 128 worthies and literati, a large proportion 1833. 237 Burmah.—Jews in Tibet. were immediate disciples of Confucius; the others have arisen at various periods since his time; some as late as the last dynasty. Several have received their ca- nonization (so to call it) as late as the reign of his present ma- jesty. The portraits present a great variety of truly Chinese coun- tenances. They profess to be correct likenesses, obtained by much research ;—and many, of whom correct likenesses could not lie obtained, are without any. The three concluding vo- lumes form the appendix, being reprints of two old works,—the «Traces' of the sagrs Confucius and Mencius ;—the former, oc- cupying the eleventh and twelfth volumes has been translated and published in French, with cop- per-plate engravings, under the title, "Vie de Confucius." The 'Traces' of Mencius occupy the thirteenth volume, and conclude the work. RELIGIOUS INTELLIGENCE. BURMAH.—We have before us in manuscript, a short paper concerning the geography, po- pulation, commerce, &c., of Burmah. It is from the pen of a gentleman who has resided in that country, and who has pro- miser! to furnish us with addi- tional papers respecting the character of the Burmese, their education, manners, &c. All of these papers, we hope, in due time, to lay before our readers. There is, throughout all Chris- tendom, an increasing demand for facts relative to the present condition of eastern Asia. That demand ought to be answered. Among the different people, inhabiting Burmah, the Karens are particularly interesting; the vis inertia of Budhism does not prevent them from joyfully re- ceiving the gospel. "During the year just closed," writes the Rev. Mr. Mason under date of Feb- ruary, 1833, "I baptized sixty- seven of the Karens; and now the whole number in our church is more than one hundred and seventy. I am endeavoring to bring these people to more set- tled habits,—believing as I do that although civilization does not precede Christianity, it ne- cessarily follows it." IN TIBET.—The lost ten tribes of the Jews have been found in Li Bucharia :* some of them having attended the last Leipsic fair as shawl manufac- turers. They speak in Tibet the Hindoo language, and are idolaters; but believe in Messiah and their restoration to Jerusa. lem. They are supposed to con. stst of ten millions; keep the Kipour ; do not like white Jews; and call out, like the other tribes, * This seems to be a typographical error; but why the names of Tibet and Little Bucharia are thus confounded, we are at a loss to determine. 238 SEP. Journal of Occurrences, Hear, O God of Jsrael, there is but one God. [Qu. Deut. vi. 4 ?] Tliey"are circumcised, and have a leader and elders." This paragraph is from the Anglo-Germanic Advertiser, and found its way through England to Calcutta, where it appeared in the Christian Observer for June, 1833. It was sent to the editor of the Observer by a cor- respondent, who, after remark- ing on the paragraph itself and stating that it had been forward, ed to Mr. Wolff, gives the follow- ing account of Jews in China. "It has indeed been asserted, (and as if ascertained in a pub- lication devoted to the Jews and their conversion,) that the old Chinese Jews have the Penta, teuch, which_ is conformable to the Hebrew Bible of Plautin: but the Chinese copy has no vow- el points. Perhaps this may be some proof of their high anti- quity, <"-r (hey may have reject- ed the points as introduced by Esdras after the captivity. They themselves say they began to dwell among the Chinese A. u. 73, three years before the des- truction of Jerusalem; travel- ing through Khorassan and Sa- marcand: and their li.-pai se or temple, is said to resemble that at Jerusalem. At that time they recorded seventy families, of the tribes of Benjamin, Levi, Ju- dah, &c. Much information of these early Jewish settlers in China may lie obtained from "the Jewish Expositor;" and it will be a curious subject of in- vestigation to ascertain whether the German information will lead to any real discovery of that fact, which is positively asserted to have been ascertain- ed at Leipsic."—The writer ef these remarks refers, for au- thority, to the Jewish Expositor. JOURNAL, OF OCCURRENCES. THE INUNDATION. The late inundations,—by their fre- quent recurrence, their for many years unparalleled height, and their calam- itous effects,—have become a sub- ject of paramount importance here, especially among our native friends. In the conclusion of our last num- ber, we noticed the heavy rains * and high rise of the tide, which had reach- ed far above its usual mark, even on the 30th of August. On the 31st, and the following day, the rain abated a little, but recommenced on the 2d of September, and continued till the morning of the 3d, when it finally ceased. Meanwhile the tide continued to rise higher and higher. Numerous towns and villages were completely inundated ; and boats plied, for seve- ral days, through almost every street in the city and suburbs of Canton.— Many native houses were thrown down by the force of the current—so violent that the city gates could not be closed for several nights,—while others were sapped to their founda- tions, and one after another gave way. In the country above Canton, which has suffered the most, embank- ments both of stone and earth were broken down, and large portions of paddy fields were carried away by the rapid current. Where there were no * During the month of August, thrre fell at Macao, 3fi inches of rain. The month was there ushered in with very windy weather, and heavy faint). Journal of Occurrences 230 embankments, I lie water, rising grad. nally un the paddy and then retiring, caused a far lens degree of damage. But where the embankments stood, tlie heavy torrenls of rain, falling on the fields and having no outlet, re- mained so long :IB to blight the grain completely ; so that the largest portion of the neighboring country is render- ed altogether unproductive for the remainder of the present year; and not only the paddy, but also the mul- berry trees, have everywhere receiv- ed extensive- injury. A gentleman who shortly after traveled -up the Inner Passage from Macao'to Canton, which is for a great part of the way in the midst of rice fields and mulberry plantations, describes the country as almost completely devastated. On the 5th and 6th of September, the tide was at the highest, being from 4 to 5 feet high * at the eastern gates of the city,—and' not far below that height in many other places which are much beyond high water mark. On the night of the 5th, the weather being calm and serene, at intervals, when silence prevailed a. round, the low murmuring of the cur- rent as it rolled along, was distinctly audible in the foreign factories. This was well calculated to suggest most solemn reflection, when it was con- sidered how many, who a few days before had been in the enjoyment of health and comfort, had now found a watery grave beneath those waves, —and how many more, though them, selves escaped, had therein buried their little all. On the 7th, the water began grad- ually to abate, but it did not return to its ordinary level till after the 16th, when the spring tides had passed over. For upwards of a week, du- ring the continuance of the inunda- tion, the current rushed past the city, with such rapidity, that all business with the shipping at Whampoa was entirely stopped, and even light gigs with European crews had the utmost difficulty in reaching the city. To describe all that has come to our knowledge respecting the effects of this awful visitation, would far ex- ceed our limits. A few instances of suffering will perhaps tend to show in the best manner the nature, extent, and consequences of the calamity. * Sii it is slated in the gnvcrmiu ?':i'ouulb make it twice as high. But this can be done only very par- tially.—Many industrious families are now become public beggars. Many an individual is there now in Canton, who in one day was left a father- less, childless, houselens, and money- less widower. There are several in- stances, however, of not one escap. ing. One house of 15, and another of 30 individuals, were entirely swept away, together with all their effects. —A temple in which were deposited the remains of deceased individuals previous to burial, became a place of refuge for about 40 men and wo. men; but while they were congrat- ulating themselves on their personal escape, the temple walls fell in,—the waters passed over the ruins,—and their now-lifeless bodies were ming- led with the corpses thrown out of the shattered coffins. Many whose houses had become a prey to the devasta- ting element sought refuge on the city walls,—when the walls crumbling beneath them, not a few sunk to rise no more. Such examples we might easily multiply. But we refrain. Sure. ly, "when the Lord's judgments are abroad in the earth, the inhabitants of the world will learn righteousness." Alas ! we fear they are too often and too soon forgotten. The inundation has excited great attention on the part of the official authorities in Canton. Proclamations have been issued to encourage and to require subscriptions in aid of the sufferers. Demands have been made in the form of taxes upon cotton and tea merchants, upon the householders, and upon various other classes. At the same time, severe threats have been issued against any who may at. tempt to obtain money from the rich, by intimidation. The fooyuen, who has been most active in these matters, began himself by distributing upwards, it is said, of 20,000 dollars, among the poor and destitute. The government, has aided the sufferers by distribution of boiled rice, and by opposing re- strictions on the importation of fo- reign rice which had been proposed by the hoppo. But all these transactions are con- fined to the departments of Kwang. chow and Shaouking. In Chaou- chow foo, on the east of this province, the chief city of tin: depart limit is n< arcounfs, (ml many of the popular 240 Journal of Occurrences. staled to have been almost destroyed by the inundation,—it is not long since we heard that upwards of a dozen villages in that department had been swallowed' up by an earthquake.— But we have obtained neither official accounts nor private particulars of these occurrences. We have seen a memorial from the governor and fooyuen to the emperor respecting the inundation; it states that the number of houses fallen in the city and suburbs is about 4000, exclusive of the houses of the Tartar troops, which come under the Tartar general's jurisdiction. Such official accounts arc generally considered as under-rated. We have seen also a small publication advising the excava- tion of a canal to the eastward, in order to draw off some of the waters to the south, before they can reach Canton. We shall probably take further notice of this little tract in our next number,—not for any intrinsic worth that it possesses, but because we consider it a curiosity. INSURRECTION IN COCHINCHINA.— We hear nothing new on this subject further than that the insurgents had been so far successful as to drive back the royal forces, in three suc- cessive attacks which the latter had made on Donnai. Several different arrivals confirm the truth of the ac- counts first received, though differing a little in particulars. COCHINCHINESE ENVOY, or tribute bearer.—This being the period for the payment of the Cochinchinese trien- nial tribute, an officer has been sent from the court of Hu6 to that of Pe- king. The 30th of March was ap. pointed by the emperor for his entry into the Chinese borders, to pass through Kwangse, Hookwang, and other provinces, up to Peking. On the 20th April, a report was forward- ed to the emperor, concerning the letters, amount of tributary presents, and names of the officers and follow, ers of the mission; and on the 19th of May, the mission entered Kwei- lin, the capital of Kwangsc province. There they remained for several days, during which period they were entertained by the fooyuen of the province, who also gave them, in the name of the emperor, silk trowsers and other garments, because their "changes of raiment were insuffi- cient."—On the 26th May, they pro- ceeded by water towards Peking, where they would arrive in August or September, when they were to wait to be feasted by the emperor, on his birthday.—The mission con- sists of three officers, eight 'compa. nions,' and an attendant' The two Cochinchinese vessels now lying in the river, which brought back the Chinese war-junk wrecked on their coast, in February last, are permitted to sell the 'goods which they brought for ballast,' and to pur- chase return cargoes, free of duty. From the documents, referring to these subjects, in the Peking gazettes, it appears that the name of the pre- sent king of Cochinchina is Fuh. keaou, and his family name Yuen. The family of Yuen has been in pos- session of the country since the 54th year of Keenlung, A. D. 1789. It was however expelled for some time, during the reign of Keaking, after which, the father of the present mo- narch, Yuen Fuhyang, re-established the dynasty, under its present name, YuSnan, in place of the old one of Annan or Anam. The Chinese go- vernment does not acknowledge the present king of Cochinchina by his kwd-haou, or national designation, Mingming. POSTSCRIPT.—Of Mr. Gutzlaff, who reached Canton on the 28th inst, from a short voyage up the coast, we learn that the demand for books, among the natives, is very groat indeed. Mr. G. was supplied with about fifteen thousand tracts of various kinds; these were in boxes which contained usu- ally between 1000 and 2000 each. In more than one instance, when he went on shore and took with him a full box, he was surrounded by hun- dreds, who, before he could move from the place where he opened the box, bore off the whole of its contents. The desire to obtain the books was most ama7.ing,vand could not be satisfied. Mr. Gutzlaff was also supplied with ample stores of medicines, which were likewise in great demand. It is rumored hore this morning, (Sept. 30th,) tliat lorustt have made th'-ii appearance near this cily, in 'he district of Fwanyu. THK CHINESE REPOSITORY VOL. II.—OCTOBER, 1833.—No. 6. DESCRIPTION OF THE CITY OF CANTON. (Continued from page 211.) THE LITEKARY institutions of China are the pillars that give stability to the government. Her military forces are utterly inadequate to hold together the numerous and extensive provinces and territories that constitute the wide dominions of the reigning dy- nasty. With great difficulty the Tartar troops over- ran the country—conquering province after province, and gradually extending their authority over the territories on the west of China Proper. But for a long period both the discipline and the energies of the Chinese soldiery have been on the wane : and at this moment the imperial hosts present nothing formidable but their numerical amount;—the recent insurrections at Leenchow and Formosa have af- forded the most complete evidence of this imbecility. And not only in this part of the empire, but along the whole coast up to the Great wall on the north, and even beyond that in Mantchou Tartary, both the land and naval forces have become so exceedingly enervated and dissolute, that they exercise no saluta- ry influence or control,—except it may be over a few who are equally debased with themselves. As police-men, in the capacity of lictors, thief-takers, 242 Description of the OCT. and executioners, they are not less detested than feared by the common people. They are in fact, for all purposes of defense, little better than dead men; nay, were they stricken from the catalogue of the liv- ing, we can scarcely doubt that the stability of the empire wouid remain unimpaired. Many there are who look with astonishment at the magnitude of this empire, and believe it strong and immovable as the everlasting hills. But an examina- tion of its history and present organization, would show them that it has been frequently rent and bro- ken by rebel chieftains, ambitious statesmen, and haughty kings; and that its present greatness is chief- ly attributable to its peculiar literary institutions. These, though they are the glory and strength of the nation, are, except for mere purposes of government, amazingly deficient; and it is their relative rather than their intrinsic value, that renders them worthy of special notice. Wealth and patronage have great influence here ; they often control the acts of govern- ment, stay the course of justice, cover the guilty, and confer honors and emoluments on those who de- serve them not. But as a general rule, learning, while it is an indispensable prerequisite for all those who aspire to places of trust and authority in the state, is sure to command respect, influence, and distinction. Thus, without the dreadful alternative of overthrowing the powers that be, a way is open- ed to the ambitious youth, by which he may reach the highest station iu the empire, the throne only excepted. Usually the most distinguished states- men are those who have risen to eminence by in- tellectual efforts ; and they are at once the philoso- phers, the teachers, and rulers of the land. These distinctions they cannot maintain, however, without yielding implicit obedience to the will of the mon- arch, which is most absolute and uncontrolled. Let them honor and obey the power that is over them, and they stand—dependent indeed on the one hand, but on the other—in proud and envied distinction. city of Canton. 243 High rank in the state ia the brightest glory to which this people aspire; and with them learning derives its chiefest value from the simple fact that it brings them within the reach of that dazzling prize. Strict examinations, regulated by a fixed code of laws, have been instituted and designed solely to elicit from the body of the community the "true talent " of the people, with the ulterior intention of applying it to purposes of government. At these examinations, which are open to ull except menial servants, lictors, play-actors, and priests, it is de- termined who shall rise to distinction and shed glory back on their ancestors and forward upon their pos- terity, and who shall live on in obscurity, and die and be forgotten. The competitors at the Olympic games never entered the arena before the assem- bled thousands of their countrymen, with deeper emo- tions, than that which agitates the bosoms of those who contest the palm at these literary combats. The days on which they are held and their results pub- lished in Canton, are the proudest which its inhabi- tants ever witness.—A brief notice of them may be interesting to the reader, and at the same time enable him to understand more fully the nature and object of the schools and colleges of the provincial city. The highest literary examinations in the empire are triennial, aud take place at Peking. Beside theae stated, there are also other occasional examination's, which are granted by special favor of the emperor. Up to these contests, the most distinguished scholars go from all the provinces, and the privilege is not gained without long, patient, and successful endeav- or. The examinations, at which it is determined who shall enjoy it, occur also triennially, and are held in the metropolis of each province. These exami- nations are of incomparable interest to great mul- titudes of the people in every department and dis- trict of the empire. High honors, rich emoluments, 244 Description of the OCT. and, in a word, everything that the young aspirant and his numerous kindred most esteem, are at stake. A long season of preparation has been endured; heavy expenses incurred ; and now the decisive hour approaches. Two examiners are chosen from the distinguish- ed officers at Peking, under the immediate super- intendence of the emperor. They must leave the capital within five days after they are chosen. They are allowed the use of the post-horses belonging to government. Upon those who come to Canton, six hundred taels are conferred to defray their ex- penses while on the road ; two hundred of which are paid when they commence their journey from Peking; and the remainder, by the governor of the province, when they are about to return after the examina- tion is completed. These are assisted by ten other examiners, who are selected from the local officers, over whom the fooyuen presides. Besides these there are many inferior officers, who are employed as inspectors, guards, &c. All these, together with the candidates, their attendants, &c., amounting to 10,000 and upwards, assemble at the Kung-yuen, a large and spacious building designed solely for these occasions. It contains numerous apartments, so that each candidate may be seated separate from his competitors. All of the seats are numbered. The .apartments are low and narrow, and have on- ly a single entrance, and no furniture except a chair and a narrow writing-desk. The number of candidates who assemble in Can- ton is between seven and eight thousand. They are often attended by their friends, and continue here for several weeks, and sometimes for months; dur- ing which time the hum and bustle of the city is greatly increased, and every kind of mercantile busi- ness receives a new impulse. These candidates are always persons of some distinction, which they mu^t have gained, either at previous examinations, or by the payment of large sums of money, They 1833, city of Canton. 24f» are all called sewtsae,—a title not unlike that of master of arts; but they are divided into several classes, and those who have purchased their degree are often despised by the others, and are generally regarded with less respect than those who have gained it by their own merits. They meet now on equal terms, and their 'true ability' is to be de- termined by personal efforts, which are to be made during a given period and under given circum- stances. The candidates assemble on the 8th moon; but none are allowed to enter the examination except those who have been previously enrolled by the lite- rary chancellor of the province. The age, features, placeof residence, and lineage of each candidate must be given in the chancellor's list; and a copy of it lodged in the office of the fooyuen. They must all attend at the examinations in their native province; and those who give in a false account of their fami- ly and lineage, or place of nativity, shall be expell- ed and degraded;—for no candidate can be admit- ted at any place, without proving that his family has been resident there for three generations. The examination continues for several days, and each student must undergo a series of trials. The first trial is on the 9th of the moon; the second, on the 12th; and the third, on the 15th. The candidates are required -to enter their apartments, on the day preceding the examination, and are not allowed to leave them until the day after it is closed. Thus they must pass two nights in close and solitary con- finement. On the first day of their examination three themes, which are selected from the Four Books, are proposed to them, and they are required to give the meaning and scope of each; and a fourth theme, on which they must compose a short poem in rhyme. On the second day, a theme is given them from each of the 'Five Classics;'1 and on the third day, five ques- tions, whieh shall refer to the history or political Description of the OCT. economy of the country, are given them. The themes must be sententious, and have meaning which is refined and profound. They must not be such as have often been discussed. Those which are given out for poetry, must be grave and important. In the themes for essays on political economy, the chief topics must be concerning things of real importance, the principles of which are clear and evidently of a correct nature. "There is no occasion to search and inquire into devious and unimportant subjects." All questions concerning the character and learning of statesmen of the present dynasty, as well as all topics which relate to its policy, must be carefully avoided. The paper on which the themes and essays are written is prepared with great care; and must be inspected at rhe office of the poo-ching-sze. It is a firm, thick paper; and the only kind that may be used. The price of it is fixed by authority. The number of characters, both in the themes and essays, is limited. The lines must be strait; and all the cha- racters full and fair. At the close of every paper, containing elegant composition, verses, or answers to questions, it must be stated by the student how many characters have been blotted out or altered; if the number exceed one hundred, the writer is tsee chuh, 'pasted out:'—which means, that his name is pasted up at the gate of the hall, as having violated the rules of the examination, and he is forthwith excluded from that year's examination.—There are usually a hundred or more persons at every exami- nation in Canton subject to this punishment, for breaking this or some other one of the regulations. The candidates are not allowed "to get drunk and behave disorderly" during the examination. All intercourse of civility between the examiners and the friends and relations of the students must be dis- continued; and there must be no interchange of letters, food, &c. On entering the outer gate of the kung-yuen, each candidate must write his name in 1833. city of Canton, 247 a register kept for that purpose; and if it is after- wards discovered that the name was erroneously written, then the officer superintending the register, shall be immediately arrested and delivered over to a court of inquiry; and if it shall be ascertained that the student has employed any person to compose his essays for him, or if he be found guilty of any other similar illegality, both he and his accomplices shall be tried and punished. Moreover, the student on entering the hall of examination must be searched; and if it be discovered that he has with him any pre- composed essay, or miniature copy of the classics, he shall be punished by wearing the wooden collar, degraded from the rank of sewtsae and for ever incapacitated to stand as a candidate for literary honors; and the father and tutor of the delinquent shall both be prosecuted and punished. All the furniture and utensils, such as the writ- ing-desks, ink-stands, &c., in the apartments where the students write their essays, must be searched; and also each and all of the managers, copyists, at- tendant officers, servants, porters, &c., &c. If in any manner a learned person, who is to decide on the papers, be admitted to the apartments of the students, dressed as a servant, he shall be punished, and the chief examiner delivered over to a court of inquiry. A watch, composed of military officers and soldiers, is maintained day and night both in the in- ner and outer courts of the hall; and if any of these men are guilty of conveying papers to the candidates, concealed with their food, or in any other way, they shall be punished.—There are many other regula- tions and precautions which have been adopted to prevent fraud; but we have given enough to show something both of the interest which gathers around these examinations, and of the schemes which are formed to gain distinction without the toil and fa- tigue of hard study. Of the thousands of candidates assembled at these examinations in Canton, only seventy-one can obtain J4K Description of th* On. the degree of keu-jin; tlie names of these are pub- lished by a proclamation, which is issued on or be- fore the 10th of the 9th moon, and within twenty- five days after the examination is closed. This time is allowed the examiners to read the essays and prepare their report. The proclamation, which contains the names of the successful candidates, after it has received its appropriate signatures, is pasted up on the office of the fooyuen. At a given hour, three guns are fired; and the fooyuen at the same time comes forth from his palace accompa- nying the official paper; it is forthwith pasted up, and again a salute of three guns is fired; his ex- cellency then advances and bows three times to- wards the names of the 'promoted men' (keu-jin); and finally retires under another salute of three guns. Ten thousand anxious minds are now relieved from their long suspense. Swift messengers are dispatched by those who have won the prize to announce to their friends the happy result of the long trial which they have undergone; and while the many return with disappointment to their homes, the successful few are loaded with encomiums and congratulations, and their names with their essays sent up to the emperor. To crown the whole, a banquet is prepared for these newly-promoted men; and the examiners, and all the civil officers of rank in the province join in these festivities. Gold and silver cups for the occasion must be provided by the provincial treasurer. The chief examiner from Peking presides; the fooyuen, at whose palace the banquet is given, and who is present as visitor, is seated on his right, and the assistant examiner on his left. The governor of the province is also pre- sent; a train of inferior officers wait as servants; and two lads, dressed like naiads, holding in their hands branches of olive, grace the scene with a song from the ancient classics. 1833. city of Canton. 249 There are three other examinations in Canton which occur twice in three years, and are attended by great numbers of aspirants. At the first, which is attended by the students of Nanhae and Pwan- yu, the cheheen preside; at the second, which is attended by candidates from all the districts of Kwangchow foo, the chefoo presides; but the third is conducted by the literary chancellor of the pro- vince, whose prerogative it is to confer the degree of sfwtsa.fi upon a limited number of the most dis- tinguished competitors. These are preparatory to the triennial examination, and inferior to it in interest; they need not therefore be further particularized. It may be remarked, however, in passing, that they are open to persons of all ages; and a case very recently occurred, where a hoary head of eighty, accompanied by a son and grandson, attended the examination;— all of them were candidates for the same literary honors. To qualify the young for these examinations, and thereby prepare them for rank and office in the state, is a leading object of the higher schools arid colleges among the Chinese. But a great majority of the schools in Canton are designed only to prepare youth for the common duties of private life. These latter, as well as many of the higher schools, are private establishments. And though there are teachers appointed by government in all the districts of the empire, yet there are no public or charity-schools for the benefit of the great mass of the community. Whatever may be his object and final destination, almost every scholar in Canton commences his course at some one of the private schools. These, among the numerous inhabitants of this city, assume a great variety of form and character, according to the peculiar fancy of individuals. The opulent, who are desirous of pushing forward their sons rapidly, provide for them able teachers, who shall devote their whole time to the instruction of two, three, or four pupils. A school of this description we have 211 '^5U Description <>J flic OCT. repeatedly visited; it is in a liall belonging to mer- chants from Ningpo, and is kept by an old man who has three lads under his care, one live, another seven, and a third, nine years old; he instructs them in the learned dialect, and the youngest lias already made greater proficiency than is usually done by boys at the age of ten. Sometimes the inhabitants of a single street, or a few families who are related to each other, unite and hire a teacher, and fit up a school-room, and each defrays a stipulated part of the expenses. At other times, the teacher pub- lishes the rules and terms on which he will con- duct his school, and seeks for scholars wherever he can find them. Children are not generally sent to school until they are seven or eight years old; they enter, usually, for a whole year, and must pay for that term whether they attend regularly or not. The wages of the teachers vary greatly; in some instances, (and they are not unfrequent in the country,) the lads pay only two or three dollars, but generally fifteen or twenty, per annum. When the teacher devotes his whole time to two or three pupils, he often receives a hundred dollars or more from each. The ordinary school-room, with all its defects, presents an interesting scene. At the head of it there is a tablet, on which the name of the sage, —" the teacher and pattern for myriads of ages" — is written in large capitals; a small altar is placed before it upon which incense and candles are kept continually burning. Every morning when the scholar enters the room, he bows first before the tablet and then to his teacher; the former is not merely a tribute of respect, but an act of worship, which he is taught, nay, compelled to pay to Confucius.—The boys usu- ally continue in school from six o'clock in the morn- ing until six in the evening, except two or three hours which they are allowed for their meals. When in school they all study aloud; and each one raising 1833- city of Canton. 251 his voice at the same time, and striving to out-do his fellows, the noise of the whole is very great. Upon those who are idle or disobedient, the teacher plies the rattan with woful severity. Every lesson must be committed perfectly to memory; and the lad who fails in this, is obliged to bow down and learn it upon his knees; and those who are the most in- corrigible are made to kneel on gravel and small stones, or something of the. kind, in order to enhance their punishment. The Santsze king, the famous "Three character Classic," is the first book which is put into the hands of the learner. Though written expressly for infant minds, it is scarcely better fitted for them, than the propositions of Euclid would be were they thrown into rhyme. But "it is not to be understood" at first; and the tyro, when he can rehearse it correctly from beginning to end, takes up the Four Books and mas- ters them in the same manner. Thus far the young learners go, without understanding aught, or but lit- tle, of what they recite ; and here, those who are not destined to a literary course, after having learned to write a few characters, must close their education. The others now commence the commentary on the Four Books, and commit it to memory in the same way; and then pass on to the other classics. The study of arithmetic, geography, history, and so forth, forms no part of a "common-school " education. The high schools and colleges are numerous; but none of them are richly endowed, or well fitted for the purposes of education. The high schools, which are fourteen in number, are somewhat similar to the private grammar schools in England and America; with this difference, that the former are nearly desti- tute of pupils. There are thirty colleges ; most of which were founded many centuries ago. Several of them are now deserted, and are falling to ruins. Three of the largest have each about two hundred students, and, like all the others, only one or two 252 Description of the OCT. professors. We have sought long and diligently, but thus far in vain,—for some definite information con- cerning the existing discipline and regulations of these colleges; should we affirm that they are without rules and order, we should say what we do not doubt, but what we cannot prove. All those systems of in- struction which have sprung up in modern times, and are now doing so much for the nations of the West, are here entirely unknown. There are however,a few books in the Chinese language which contain excel- lent maxims on the subject of education, give nume- rous rules to facilitate the acquisition of knowledge, and detail systems of gymnastic exercises for the preservation of health. Of the whole population of Canton not more than one half are able to read. Perhaps not one boy out often is left entirely destitute of instruction; yet of the other sex not one in ten ever learns to read or write. There is scarcely a school for girls in the whole city. Public sentiment here is against the education of females; immemorial usage is against it; many passages in the classics are against it; and the consequence is they are left uninstructed, and sink far below that point in the scale of being, which they are fitted and ought ever to hold. The degra- dation into which the fairest half of the human spe- cies is here thrown, affords cause for loud complaint against the wisdom and philosophy of the sages and legislators of the Celestial empire. We do not knowingly detract from the merits of the Chinese; in comparison with other Asiatics, they are a learned and polished race. Those who have been educated are generally remarkably fond of books; and though there are no public libra- ries in Canton; yet the establishments for manu- facturing and vending books are numerous. And to supply those who are unable to purchase for themselves the works they need, a great number of circulating libraries are kept constantly in motion. But almost all of these books are bad; this charge, 1833, city of Canton. 253 however, does not lie which equal force against those works which usually constitute the text-books of literary men. We are admirers of Greek and Roman literature; but we deprecate the practice of putting into the hands of young students the "master pieces" of some of their most celebrated authors. The moral tendency of many of those heathen writings, which, ever since the dark ages have continued to form the basis of the literary education of not a few Christian schools, is decidedly inferior to the Chinese. An elegant English scholar has spoken well on this point. 'The Chinese student,' says he, 'not being secured from error by the light of revealed reli- gion, can only derive his moral precepts from his school learning. He is certainly therefore for- tunate in the possession of a body of ancient na- tive literature, which, while it cultivates his taste and improves his understanding, contains nothing to inflame his passions or corrupt his heart. The Chinese are not compelled, as we are, upon the au- thority of great names, and for the sake of the gra- ces of style and language, to place in the hands of their youth, works containing passages which put modesty to the blush,—works, in which the most ad- mirable maxims of morality, are mixed and con- founded together in the same page, with avowals and descriptions of most disgusting licentiousness. The Chinese press is certainly by no meaus free from the charge of grossness and indelicacy; but the higher class, at least, of Chinese literature, that which usually forms the library of the youthful stu- dent, is in this respect wholly unexceptionable.' The religious institutions of Canton present for contemplation a dark and melancholy picture. Creat- ed in the likeness of the infinite, the high, and lofty ONE, and intrusted with the dominion of this lower world, man is fitted for sublime action. His intellec- tual faculties, capable of unlimited improvement, and 254 Description of the Oct. his "living soul" panting after immortality, prove his origin divine, and that by the exercise of his strength he can accomplish deeds that shall associate him with glorified spirits, and make him heir to an eter- nal kingdom. In themselves princes are but worms; yet with a renewed spirit, the humblest man on earth may rise, and, holding communion with his Maker, shed a benign influence around him that shall cause multitudes to rise up and call him blessed. The day-spring from on high has visited the earth ; and millions of our race are rejoicing in the glorious lib- erty of the children of God. But here, alas, where "sages" have taught, and where the good and per- fect gifts of the Father of lights have been richly en- joyed, the creature denies his Creator, perverts the use of talents given him for noble purposes, and bows down and pays divine homage to wood and stone. Facts shall speak for themselves; and the reader must form his own opinion on a case, the final de- cision of which rests not with man. Our judgment and that of the idolater is with the Almighty: soon these earthly scenes will be past away, and the great rnd small stand together; then gold and diadems will be worthless; then all human distinctions will vanish; and then religion—that religion which its pure and undefiled before God,—will alone be valuable. We will notice the temples or religious houses of Canton in order, (as we find them in a native ma- nuscript,) and narrate only such facts, as are neces- sary to illustrate their real character and condition. 1. Kwang-heaou sze, that is ' the temple of glory and filial duty.' The Chinese are remarkably fond of splendid names, and this peculiarity is strikingly illustrated in the rich and flowery language which the Budhists have employed in naming tlieir tem- ples. Sze is one of the most common terms used to designate the temples of Budha, and the other two characters, Kwang-heaou, form the proper name of the temple. It is unnecessary, and often difficult, UJ&*. city of ("union. 255 to translate the names of these temples; we shall, therefore, usually write them just as they are found in native books. The Kwang-heaou temple is one of the largest and richest in Canton; it stands within the walls near the northwest corner of the old city. There are thirty-five hundred acres of land belonging to it; which are rented for the support of its inmates,— about two hundred in number. This temple was first built in the time of the San-kwo, A. D. 250; it has often been repaired, and supplied with new recruits of idols, which are numerous in all its principal halls. In the records of its early history there are frequent allusions to Se-chuh and Se-yih. Se-chuh, also call- ed Teen-chuh, is India; but the use of Sc-yih seerns not to be well settled.—Professor Neumann, in his notes on the Catechism of the Shamans, says ; "the meaning of these words [Se yih] is very extensive, and changes from one century to another. All the countries within and without the northwest frontiers of China, and the northern parts of Hindostan, are now comprehended under this denomination."—It denotes 'the West,' much in the same manner in which we speak of'the East.' 2. Tsing-hwuy sze:—this stands near the Kwang- heaou temple, and though inferior to it in extent, is quite like it in almost all other respects. There is indeed, a very great similarity in these establish- ments, not only here but throughout the empire ; we need not therefore repeat what is common to them all. The Tsing-hwuy temple was first built in the time of the Leang dynasty, and is remarkable chiefly for a lofty pagoda that rises within its enclosures. 3. Hwae-shing:—this temple was built during the reign of the Tang dynasty, by fan-jin, 'foreigners;' it has a lofty dome and spire, rising one hundred and sixty feet in height; which the Chinese call kwang-ta, 'the unadorned pagoda.' In the time of Chinghwa of the Ming dynasty, A. D. 1468, it was rebuilt; and Ah-too-lak, (Abdulla,) a civil officer, and seventeen Description of the OCT. familes, resided in or near the temple. These were all, probably, Mohammedans: they now amount to about 3,000 individuals, and are distinguished from the other inhabitants, as ' persons who have no idols, and who will not eat swine's flesh.' 4—9. Hae-choo-tsze-too; Paou-to ; Keae-yuen; Se-chen-kwei-fung ; Se-hwa; and Tae-tung-koo.— We fear our readers will frown at these hard, and, to all but natives—very uncomely names; but they are, in fact, infinitely less unseemly than the estab- lishments which they designate. No habitations on earth are more to be abhorred ; they are full of idols and all manner of abominations. Their outer courts are common retreats for crowds of vagabonds and gamesters ; while their inner apartments are usually inhabited by those miserable beings, who, having abandoned society, and their better reason too, drag out an ignorant, idle, and misanthropic life. 10. Chang-show gan :—gan is often applied to nunneries, of which there are several in Canton. But there are no nuns in this temple. The number of priests is about one hundred, who are maintained at an annual expense of more than 7000 taels. This money is obtained by the lease of lands, which have been given to the establishment. The temple, with its various buildings and gardens, occupies three or four acres of land. Some of the halls are spacious; and one of them, which has been recently built by a member of Howqua's family, is neat and kept in good condition. In one of the largest halls there is a fine image of Budha, in an attitude—that of a half- naked, gross, well-fed lounger,—which does honor to the deified mortal, whom it represents! Directly above him, in another apartment, stands 'the God- dess of Mercy,'—a well favored image, but undis- tinguished by any superhuman characteristics, ex- cept in the dimensions of her person, being twelve or fifteen feet in height.—This temple stands with- out the walls of the city, about three quarters of a mile directly north from the foreign factories. It city of Canton. 257 is frequently visited by Europeans; and from the upper story of one of its buildings they may enjoy a fine view of the western suburbs. 11—13. Cheyuen; Chung-fuh; and Hwa-lin sze. This last,—" the flowery forest" temple, stands about a hundred rods northwest from the foreign factories. It was founded, A. D. 503, by Ta-mo, a teacher of the contemplative school, who came from India: "he sailed over a wide expanse, and was full three winters in completing the voyage hither." In the llth year of Shunche, A. D. 1755, the temple was rebuilt, and its gardens were adorned with forest-trees. It has now about two hundred inmates. 14—26. Se-chuh sin-gan (the new Indian temple); Ta-fuh; Wan-shen; Fuh-hwuy ; Ching-tsew; Poo- keen ; Pih-yun; Tung-shan; Hoo-kwo; Hae-kwang; Leen-tseuen; Yue-ke; and Haechwang sze; this last is the far famed "Honam jos-house,"—or the Temple of Honan.—It was orignally a private garden; but afterwards, and several hundred years ago, a priest, named Cheyue, built up an establish- ment, which he called "the temple of ten thousand autumns," and dedicated it to Budha. It remained an obscure place, however, until about A. D. 1600, when a priest of eminent devotion, with his pupil Ah-tsze, together with a concurrence of extraordinary circumstances, raised it to its present magnificence. In the reign of Kanghe, and as late as A. D. 1700, the province of Canton was not fully subjugated; and a son-in-law of the emperor, was sent hither to bring the whole country under his father's sway. This he accomplished; received the title of Ping-nan wang, "king of the subjugated-south," and took up hishead- quarters in the temple of Honan. There were then thirteen villages on the island, which he had orders to exterminate for their opposition to the imperial forces. "Just before carrying into effect this order, the king, Ping-nan, a blood-thirsty man, cast his eyes on Ah-tsze, a fat happy priest, and remarked, that if ho lived on vegetable diet, lie could not be so 258 Description of tkc OCT. fat—he must be a hypocrite, and should be punish- ed with death. He drew his sword to execute with his own hand, the sentence; but his arm suddenly stiff- ened, and he was stopped from his purpose. That night a divine person appeared to him in a dream, and assured him, that Ah-tsze was a holy man, add- ing "you must not unjustly kill him." Next morning the king presented himself before Ah-tsze, confessed his crime, and his arm was immediately restored. He then did obeisance to the priest, and took him for his tutor and guide; and morning and evening the king waited on the priest as his servant. "The inhabitants of the thirteen villages now heard of this miracle and solicited the priest to in- tercede in their behalf, that they might be rescued from the sentence of extermination. The priest in- terceded, and the king listened, answering thus:— 'I have received an imperial order to exterminate these rebels; but since you,_my master, say they now submit, be it so; I must, however, send the troops round to the several villages, before I can report to the emperor; I will do this, and then beg that they may be spared.'—The king fulfilled his promise, and the villages were saved. Their gratitude to the priest was unbounded: and estates, and incense, and money, were poured in upon him. The king also, persuaded his officers to make donations to the tem- ple, and it became affluent from that day. "The temple had then no hall of celestial kings; and at the outer gate there was a pool belonging to a rich man who refused to sell it, although Ah-tsze ottered him a large compensation. The king con- versing witli the priest one day, said 'this temple is deficient, for it has no hall for the celestial kings;' the priest replied, 'a terrestrial king, please your high- ness, is the proper person to rear a pavilion to the celestial kings., The king took the hint, and seized on the pool of the rich man, who was now very glad to present it without any compensation; and ho •_!;t ' command, moreover, ilmi a pavilion yli<>ul'l I"' l»3;i aty of Canton t'59 completed in fifteen days; but at the priest's in- tercession, the workmen were allowed one month to finish it; and by laboring diligently night and day, they accomplished it in that time." Such is the history of the temple of Honan, the largest and best endowed religious establishment in Canton.—Honan is an island, and is situated, as its name denotes, (literally translated,) "south of the riv- er ," but the village, which for a considerable distance lines the bank of the Choo ke'dng directly opposite to the city, may be considered as forming a part of its southern suburbs.—As the family residences of sev- eral principal Chinese merchants, and the open fields lying beyond the village, together with the attractions of the "jos-house," make Honan a place of frequent resort for stranges who visit Canton, some further particulars concerning the present extent and condi- tion of the temple, may be acceptable. Its buildings, which are chiefly of brick, are nu- merous, and occupy, with the gardens belonging to the temple, six or eight English acres. These grounds are surrounded by a high wall.—Crossing the river a few rods east of the foreign factories, directly after landing you enter the outer gate, pass through a long court-yard to a second, called 'the hill gate,' over which Hae-chwartg, the name of the temple, is written in large capitals. Here, as you stand in the gateway, you see two colossal figures—images of deified war- riors, stationed one on your right, the other on your left, to guard, day and night the entrance to the in- ner courts. Passing further on, through another court you enter "the palace of the four great celestial kings"—images of ancient heroes, Still advancing, a broad pathway conducts you up to the great, pow- erful, palace. Procul, O procul este profani. You are now in the presence of "the three precious Budhas," three stately images, representing the past, the present, and the future Budha. The hall, in which these images are placed, is about one hundred feet square, and contains numerous altars, 260 Description of ilit OCT. statues, &.C., it is occupied by the priests while cele- brating their daily vespers, usually at about 5 o'clock p. M. Further onward, there are other halls, filled with other images, among which that of "the God- dess of Mercy" is the most worthy of notice. On the right side, after you have entered the tem- ple, there is a long line of apartments; one of which is used for a printing office; and others are formed into narrow cells for the priests; or into stalls and pens for pigs, fowls, &c. These animals are brought to the temple by devout devotees, when they come to make or pay vows to the beings who inhabit the temple. On the left side, there is another set of apartments—a pavilion for Rwan-foo tsze, a military demigod; a hall for the reception of visitors; a treasury; a retreat for Te-tsedng wang, the king of hades; the chief priest's room; a dining hall; and a kitchen. Beyond these, there is a spacious garden, at the ex- tremity ef which there is a mausoleum, wherein the ashes of the burnt priests are, once a year, deposited; also a furnace for burning their dead bodies, and a little cell in which the jars containing their ashes arc kept, till the annual season of opening the mau- soleum returns. There are likewise tombs for the bodies of those who leave money for their burial. —There arc about 175 priests now in the temple. They are supported in part by property belonging to the establishment, and partly by their own private resources. Only a few, and a very few, of them well educated. 27—75. These forty-nine temples we must pass over without mentioning even their names; several of them are large, and it would require many vol- umes to contain all that the Chinese have written concerning them. 76—78. Yuen-meaou kwan; Woo-seen kwari; and Peih-keu kwan.—These three temples belong to priests of the Taou sect; and their history is filled with those wild and extravagant, vagaries, which are so characteristic of that order. The first of the three 1833, city of Canton. 261 was rebuilt in the fifth year of Kanghe, A. n. 1667, and very richly endowed by officers of the provincial government. The Woo-seen kwan, or " temple of the Five Genii," derived its name from the " five immor- tals," who, at a very early period (as already notic- ed,) came hither, riding upon five rams, as a token of prosperity to the inhabitants of the country. The temple is spacious, has many images, and a great number of pavilions for "the immortals." 79—86. Fow-yew; San-yuen; Fung-chin; Nan- hae-shin; Lung-wand; Kwan-te; Fung-shin ; Teen- how kung.—These are all temples of considerable note, to which great numbers of the people resort. The Teen-how hung or "temple of the Queen of Heaven," is much frequented by seafaring people, of whom her, ladyship is "defender and protector." 87. Ching-fiwang-meaou.—The superintendent of this temple pays $4,000 for his situation; which sum, with a large profit, is obtained again in the space of three or four years, by the sale of candles, incense, &c., to be used by worshipers. 88—124. Most of these are "temples of ancestors," and they complete the listbefore us; which, large as it is, does not, we believe, include the whole num- ber of temples in Canton. There are, moreover, a great number of public altars, which are dedicated to the gods of the land and of grain, of the wind and clouds, of thunder and rain, and of hills and rivers, &c. At these, as also in all the temples, sacrifices and offerings, consist- ing of various animals, fish, fowls, fruits,swcetmeats, cakes, and wines are frequently presented, both by officers of government and private citizens. There are also in these temples, and at these altars, nu- merous attendants whose whole lives are devoted to the service of the idols. On the birthday of the gods, and at other times, processions are fitted out at the different temples; and the images are borne in state, through all the principal streets of the city, attended by bands of musicians; by priests; lads on -oinns ;—well, even admitting these two things 2G8 The systems of ttudha OCT. in favor of Budha, still when one has obtained them, he has only got a few of the surplus threads of the doctrines of our sacred sages! If your majesty dip not believe this, I beg leave to compare them together. I have already, in some small measure, practiced the forms of the religion of Budha; I high- ly honored and sincerely believed it, and said to myself; "I have penetrated wonderful mysteries." Afterwards, however, when 1 beheld the majesty of the immaculate doctrine, 1 in- stantly began to reject the assertions of Budha. 1 solicit permission to represent to your majesty, not the defects and errors of this sect, but its best things. The west- ern nations who accord with Budha, consider Shih-kea, (one of the precious Budhas,) as the most honorable of all. We, in China, who follow the sacred sages, look upon Yaou and Shun as the most honorable of all. Let us then compare them. That for which the people of the age most honor and love Shih-kea is that he enables them to escape the transmigration, to rise above the vulgar, and to continue still to live in the world. But in the books of Budha, from beginning to end, all that is said in regard to the life of Shih-kea himself, amounts to this, that he continued to teach his doctrines during the space of forty years, and that he died aged eighty-two. This was indeed a great age; but the years of Shun, were a hundred and ten; and those of Yaou, a hundred and twenty: thus in regard to age, they were superior to Shih-kea. Budha manifested com- miseration, liberally gave to others, spared neither his head, brains, nor eyes, in order that he might deliver men from their miseries; his benevolence to the creatures was indeed great; but it was necessary for him first to cultivate austere virtue on the top of the snowy mountains, and wander about from place to place, before he could arrive at this pitch of beneficence. But Yaou and Shun, sitting in dignified ease, and without ef- fort, caused everything in the empire to find its proper place. They luminously explained exalted virtue, in order to promote affection among the nine degrees of kindred. The nine degrees of kindred being thus harmonized, they next soothed and ruled their people. Their own people thus illuminated, they then attracted ten thousand countries towards them: the people glo- ried in the change. The influence of their virtue extended to the highest point above, and to the deepest below, even to the grass and trees, birds and beasts! There were none who did no tpar- ticipate thereof! Thus in regard to benevdence to the creatures, they were superior to Shih-kea. Budha delivered laws, opened the understanding of the blinded multitude, warned men against the use of wine, forbade murder, taught men to put away covetous- ness, and to exterminate angry passions; these god-like efforts, how noble their use !—Great indeed! Yet it was requisite for him to speak into their ear, and teach them face to face, before he could accomplish these. But the light of Yaou and Shun was diffused, like the morning rays, to all the four quarters of the ea 1833. and Confucius compared- 269 By their sterling virtue, spontaneously and without speaking, they were believed; without moving, a renovation was effected; without acting, the age was perfected. Their virtue equaled that of the gods; their comprehensive knowledge vied with the bright, ness of the sun and moon ; the regularity of their proceedings was like the successive and unerring return of the four seasons; their manner of dispensing good or evil to men, was just and equitable, like that of the TRous. Thus their god.like deeds are without comparison. How far are they above the ordinary methods of human acting! In this also, our sacred sages were vastly superior to Shih.kea. As to the transformations, said to be effected by incantations, the legendary miracles, and the fabrication of monsters, all which are employed to delude the stupid, benighted, plebeian herd,—these indeed are what the enlightened of the sect of Budha really abhor and wish to exterminate; calling them, "devilish productions of alien religions, which are quite the reverse of the true principles of the sect." Now if a man ought not to accord even with that of which the sect approves, how much less with that which it abhors, and. wishes to exterminate! If your majesty reasons that because Yaou and Shun are long since dead, therefore it is proper to go in search of the true way from the other party, then I beg leave to remind your majesty, that Shih.kea is long since dead. If your majesty says, >< In the other party, there are of the disciples of Budha, those who are capable of explaining his doctrines;" then I beg to ask; are there none in all our nation—a nation situated in the middle of the earth, able to explain the doctrines of our divine sages? But your majesty has not yet sought for such men. Let your majesty but inquire, whether there be not some amongst your noble statesmen and ministers, possessed of talents which ren- der them adequate to explain the doctrines of Yaou and Shun; and, on finding them out, daily inquire of, and discourse with, them: doubtless they will set forth the doctrines of the divine and spotless ones, in so luminous and convincing a manner, as that your imperial majesty will speedily and without fail arrive at the pure excellence of Yaou and Shun. Therefore, supposing that your majesty's extreme affection to the sect of Budha, springs from a genuine wish to discover the good way, I have ventured to intreat your majesty, not to love the name merely; but also, to seek diligently the reality; not to regard the end only, but assiduously to search for the beginning, also; and that if your majesty truly desire to seek the reality and beginning, not to seek them from Budha, but from the spotless sages; not from foreigners, but in our country. These I beg to assure your majesty, are not unmeaning words of vain adulation, employed to deceive your majesty. Could your majesty be persuaded to love our sacred sages, with the same ardor with which you love Budha,—to seek the doc- trines of Yaou and Shun, with the same earnestness with which 270 Ophthalmic Hospital at Macao. OCT. you seek these of Shih-kea; then there will be no necessity to send over many thousand miles of sea, to the happy land of the West; you will find it, (the object of your research,) near even before the eye! There will be no need to spend many thousand pieces of money, to risk the lives of many thousand persons, and to wait for several years, before the object be gained :—no, without even so much as moving a single particle of dust, and with instantaneous ease, like a snap of the fingers, you will reach the sacred spot; marvelous and god-like power, will in a moment effect what- soever your imperial wishes require. These are not high swelling assertions, made for the purpose of imposing on your majesty. Should your nmjesty inquire into the foundation of my assertions, they will all be found capable of proof. I adduce the testimony of Kung-tsze, (Confucius,) who says; "The very moment that I desire to be virtuous, the attain- ment is made;" and,—"but for one day resist corrupt propen- sities, and revert to the proper use of reason, and the whole em- pire will return to virtue;" also the testimony of Mang-ko (Mencius,) who says;—"All men may attain a degree of virtue equal to that of Yaou and Shun." Can it then be supposed, that these sacred ones wished to deceive us? I beg your majesty to reflect again and again on this matter. Try, by asking your noble ministers; and if, on examination, it be found that I have spoken falsely, I desire to suffer the death appointed by law for those who commit this crime. 1 am ignorant, and fear I cannot escape your majesty's dis- pleasure. Humbly preceiving in your majesty's mind, the bud of imperial virtue, I instantly leaped for joy, and hastened to prepare and present this address, the intention of which is to follow out and strengthen your majesty's purpose; hoping your majesty will condescendingly examine and adopt its suggestions. Then how happy for your imperial ancestors, and the district gods! How happy for the empire! how happy for myriads of succeeding ages! OPHTHALMIC HOSPITAL AT MACAO. Several months ago, (vol. I., p. 334,) we alluded to the existence of this instisution, and expressed a hope that we might erelong lay before our readers some account of its o|>erations; but at that time we were not aware of its extensive usefulness, nor of the con- fidence in the skill of its founder, which its success has secured among the native inhabitants. The Chinese need ocular demon- stration of the'intelligence, practical skill, and kind feelings of those who come to their shores from far. They have had proof enough of their enterprise and bold daring; and not n little too of their 1833. Ophthalmic Hospital at Macao. 271 shrewdness and foresight; but very rarely have they had opportuni. ty to witness deeds of charity and acts of benevolence. Were the records that are on high, let down before our eyes, what dark scenes would they disclose! Many of the adventurers^ who first penetrated to thia farther East, two centuries ago, were us reckless and cruel as they were bold and intrepid. An honorable com- merce, and the exercise of Christian charity, would never, we apprehend, have closed against foreigners the northern ports of China, or those of Japan. We allude to these things as the scenes of other times, and with the most confident expectation that they are not to be reacted. In this opinion we are confirm, ed by facts, some of which are already on record, and by the existence of such institutions as that which we now have the pleasure of noticing. We would remark here, that it was in answer to our own earnest solicitation that the following documents were put into our hands. We made the request for them in the full belief that the publication of such facts will do good, by inciting others to go and "do likewise." We query whether the modern teachers of Christianity, who have gone forth to the desolate places of the earth, have not overlooked too much the bodily infirmities of those whom they would benefit. The conduct, as well as the precept of our divine Lord is very full on this point; he not only taught from place to place, but "he went ubout doing good;" he not only healed the sick and cured the lame, but "unlo many that were blind he gave sight;"—numerous, instances are specified in the brief memoirs which we have of his public ministry. There is u luxury in doing good ; there is an unspeakable pleasure in reliev- ing our fellow-men who are in poverty and distress.—The founder of the Ophthalmic Hospital has commenced a noble work; and while we thank him for kindly furnishing us with the papers which we subjoin, we congratulate him on account of the success which has crowned his benevolent efforts.—The paper which we here introduce will explain the origin and object of the Hospital. It was written about a year ago, and in consequence of a benefac- tion, which was at once most commendable on the part of the donors, and compatible with the design of the institution in behalf of which it was granted. The paper is as follows :— "HAVING, during the last three years, received from Mr. Vachell, chaplain to trie British Factory in China, the amount of offerjngs at the communion table, it seems somewhat incumbent on me to state the origin and nature of the Institution to which this money has been applied; and the claim it has on the goodwill and assistance of all persons anxious to alleviate the pressure of bodily infirmity, to which we are liable, more especially in a coun- try possessing few, if any, of those Charitable Institutions which gra< e so much our own more civilized and Christian land. "In the year 1827, on joining the E. I. Company's establish- ment, I determined to devote a large portion of rny time, iind such 272 Ophthalmic Hospital at Macao. OCT. medical skill as education and much attention to the duties of my profession had made my own, to the cure of so many poor Chi- nese sufferers of Macao and its vicinity as came in my way. My intention was to receive patients laboring under every species of sickness, but principally those afflicted with "diseases of the eyes," diseases most distressing to the laboring classes, amongst whom they are very prevalent; and from which the utter in- capacity of native practitioners denies to them all other hope of relief. "During that year my own funds supplied the necersary out- lay. Throughout 1 have received little or no professional as- sistance. In 1828, many friends who had witnessed the success of my exertions in the preceding year, and had become aware of the expenses I had incurred, came forward to aid in the sup- port of a more regular infirmary, which I proposed to estab- lish, and put me in possession of means to provide for the main- tenance of such patients as I found it necessary to keep for some time under my care; but who, depending for their liveli- hood on daily labor, could not otherwise have reaped the bene- fits held out to them. "Thus the hospital grew up upon my hands. Confidence was established amongst a people who had been accustomed to consider foreigners as barbarians, incapable of virtuous, almost of human feelings; and the number of my inmates was regu- lated only by the limits of my accommodations. Two small houses have been rented at Macao, capable of receiving about forty patients: there are many more of the nature of out-patients, such only being housed, as coming from a distance, have no friends with whom they can reside. "The best proof which can be offered of the entire confi. dence of the people, and benefits which have been conferred on them, is that, since the commencement of this undertaking, on a small scale in 1827, to the present time, about 4000 in- digent Chinese have been relieved from impending blindness, resumed their usual occupations; and ha -e supported, in lieu of remaining a burthen on, their families. "The more opulent and respectable classes of Chinese have in the last three years added their names to the list of subscribers; and have by giving the hospital the sanction of their support, much enlarged the circle of its usefulness. The E. I. Company has writ- ten of it in terms of approbation, and when applied to, liberally supplied it with medicines. "Independently of the practical benefits conferred on suffering humanity, it is most desirable that the enlightened nation to which I belong should be known in this country, as possessing other characteristics than those attaching to us solely as merchants and adventurers. As charitably anxious to relieve the distresses of our fellow-creatures, we may be remembered when the record of our other connections with China- has passed away. 1833. Ophthalmic Hospital at Macao. 273 "In the above statement nothing is farther from my wish than to bring forward, and dwell with complacency on my own ex- ertions and success. No more, I trust, has been said than was necessary to exhibit the nature and origin of the Hospital which I have established, and its claim to the aid which I thankfully acknowledge. T. R. C." Macao, China, Oct. 1832. Most desirable it is, we would loudly reiterate, that enlightened Britain, and the no less aspiring nation, which glories in the relationship of having the same blood and the same speech with Britain, should be known in this country as possessing other cha- racteristics than those attaching to us solely as merchants and ad- venturer*. In commerce there may be rival interests; but not so in the works of that charity which seeketh not her own. Every one who has witnessed the success of the infirmary at Macao, will concur, we think, in the following testimony; will give the enterprise his approbation; and endeavor, so far as there may be opportunity, to enlarge and extend its operations.—We are allowed to quote the following letter with the signature. "I have this day visited Mr. Colledge's Ophthalmic Infirmary, and having witnessed the origin of the undertaking, I am happy to bear testimony to the complete success which has attended the zealous exertions of this gentleman in behalf of the suffering poor in China. "The number of native patients amounting to about four thou- sand, who during the last five years have sought aid from this in- stitution, and among whom many have been restored to sight and others relieved from almost hopeless blindness, is an honorable proof of the professional skill of its founder, and of the conli- dence which he has inspired into all classes of the Chinese. To Mr. Colledge therefore belongs the merit of having established, by aid of voluntary donation, the first institution in this country for the relief of the indigent natives. "I cannot close these observations without alluding to the hon- orable testimony that has been at various times recorded of Mr. Colledge's professional skill and abilities by the Select Committee, in their dispatches to the Honorable the Court of Directors of the East India Company—both at the period when he was first se- lected to fill the situation of surgeon to their establishment in Chi- na, and also subsequently, when the great benefit derived by the Chinese suffering poor from this gentleman's professional talent and benevolent disposition, has been officially brought to their notice. As an individual who has witnessed the beneficial effects of Mr. Colledge's medical ability, I feel the greatest gratification in thus bearing testimony to his merits, both as a surgeon and a philanthropist. (Signed) W. H. C. PLOWDEN," Chief for all a/airs of the Macao, -26th September, 1832. British Nation in China. 2K 274 Ophthalmic Hospital at Macao. OCT. With the preceding papers, we received several others, in Chi- oese, which were presented to Mr. Colledge by individuals who after being restored to sight, were about to leave the hospital. Of these we have selected two, which, while they serve as specimens of the whole, will show in a very clear light, the feelings with which natives regard the new institution.—We have found it necessary, in order to illustrate these papers, to add several notes. The writer of the first thus expresses his thanks:— "YouR disciple, Tan Sheling of the district of Haeping in Shaouking foo, deeply sensible of your favor and about to return home, bows and takes leave. "It seems to me that of all men in the world, they are the most happy who have all their senses (a) perfect, and they the most unfortunate who have both eyes blind. What infelicitous fate it was that caused such a calamity to befall me, alas, I know not. But fortunately, Sir, I heard that you, a most excellent physician, having arrived in the province of Canton and taken up your resi. dence in Macao, compassionated those who have diseased eyes, gave them medicines, and expended your property for their sup- port; and that by the exertion of your great abilities, with a hand skillful as that of Sun or Hwa, (6) you drew together hundreds of those who were dim-sighted, furnished them with houses, took care of them, and supplied them with daily provisions. While thus extending wide your benevolence, your fame spread over the four seas. I heard thereof and came, and was happily taken under your care; and not many months passed, ere my eyes be. came bright as the moon and stars when the clouds are rolled away. All this because your great nation, cultivating virtue and practicing benevolence, extends its favors to the children of neighboring countries. "Now completely cured and about to return home, I know not when I shall be able to requite your favors and kindness. But, Sir, it is the desire of my heart, that you may enjoy nobility and emoluments of office, with honors and glory; happiness and feli- city that shall daily increase; riches that shall multiply and flou- rish like the shoots of the bamboo (c) in spring time; and like triat shall be prolonged to ten thousand years. Deeply sensible of your acts of kindness, I have written a lew rustic lines, which I present to you with profound respect. England's kind-hearted prince and minister (d) Have shed their favors on the sons of Han :— Like one divine, disordered eyes you heal, Kindness so great, I never can forget. » Hoaven caused me to find the good physician, Who, with unearthly skill, to cure my eyes, Cut off the film, and the green lymph removed :— .Such, Sir, were rarc-lv found in ancient times. i833. Ophthalmic Hospital at Macao. 275 "Honorable Sir, them great arm of the nation, (e) condescend to look upon your disciple, TAN SHELINO, Who bows his head a hundred times, and pays you his respects." The writer of the second paper is much more brief than the first, and also more sententious. He says :— "This I address to the English physician: condescend, Sir, to look upon it. "Diseased in my eyes, I had almost lost my sight, when happily, Sir, I met with you;—you gave me medicine; you applied the knife; and, as when the clouds are swept away, now again I behold the azure heavens. My joy knows no bounds. As a faint token of my feelings, I have composed a stanza in pentameter, which, with a few trifling presents, I beg you will be pleased to accept. Then happy, happy shall I be! Tse jin peien ptth—gae kin yin, Ho hwan leang e—ke tsze Tsin; Ling yd tun lae—pin chun hang; Shin chin tsze keu—e hwiiy chun. Jo fei Tung-tsze—sang tsze she. Sine she Soo-keun—heen tsze shin. Fung she yang fan"—kwei kwd how, KOUJ pei chang lih—shwvy che pin. He lavishes his blessings,—but he seeks for no return; Such medicine, such physician.—since Tsin were never known: The medicine—how many kinds most excellent has he; The surgeon's knife—it pierced the eye, and spring once more I see. If Tung has not been born again, to bless the present age, Then pure, 'tis Suo (/) reanimate, again upon the stage: Whenever called away from far, to see your native land, A living-monument I'll wait, upon the ocean's strand." (a) The body, say the Chinese physiognomists, has five senses; among which the eyebrows hold the first rank, and are considered as 'directors,' which secure longevity; the eyes have the second rank, and are called the •examining officers;' the ears hold the third, and are called 'distinguishers of sounds;' the nose is the fourth in order, and holds the office of 'judge and discriminator' of things; and the mouth is the fifth, and is called the 'issuing and receiving officer.'—In tke San-tsae Too Hicuy, a kind of ency. clopcedia, there is a plate representing the five senses, woo-ktoan; *'the word kwnn means, to rule, to control, to direct; or the ruler, the controller, the di. rector; thus the eye directs the seeing; the ear directs the hearing; and so forth! (b) Sun and Hwa were eminent physicians who lived in the third cen. tury; to the latter was attributed great skill in the use of the surgeon's knife.. He is said to have laid bare and scraped the bone of the arm of Ktcanfoo. tsze, now a deified hero, and thus saved him from the effects of a poisoned arrow which had entered his arm. He likewise removed the eyeball of a king's child, cut away the diseased part, and replaced the eye.ball! Hwa now holds a place among the gods of his country. (c) The Chinese are exceedingly fond of borrowing figures and illustra. tions from the bair.boo. That species to which the allusion is here made, springs 276 Canton Dispensary. OCT. up from the root of the old plant, and grows with amazing exuberance; to a native, the expression has force and beauty which are utterly lost in the translation. (6) In a large medicel work, compiled by the imperial college of phy- sicians at Peking, and published about ninety yean ago, it is said that the sincere, diligent, and benevolent practitioner, who toils for the health of his neighbors and fellow-countrymen, holds a place equal in importance to that of the virtuous ministers of a powerful monarch, who is a blessing to the em. pire. "Prince" refers to the king, and " minister" to the person addressed, the two being thus associated in the mind of the writer. (e) KwO-show, "the nation's arm," is an appellation frequently given by , ho Chinese to their moot eminent medical practitioners ;—meaning that by their "benevolent art," as they call the healing art, they can rescue their fellow mortals from death. (/) Tung and Sao were, like Sun and Hwa celebrated physicians of ancient times; and their names are introduced for rhetorical—we should say— poetical embellishment. CANTON DISPENSARY. Hitherto we have not spoken of this establishment, but should do wrong at Ihis time to pass it by in silence. In 1828, the next year after the Ophthalmic Hospital was established, the medical gentlemen of Canton, following up the example set them at Macao, opened a Dispensary here, and made it accessible to poor natives of every description. From that to the present time, great num. bers have repaired to it, and medical aid hus been administered to them gratuitously. At an early hour in the morning, one may daily witness the sick, the blind, and the lame—of all ages and both sexos,—crowding around the doors of the Dispensary. We have seen helpless children brought there in the arms of their nurses,—or more commonly lashed, according to the custom of the country, upon the back of a young servant. We have seen old, blind, decrepit men, " with staff in hand," led thither by their lit- tle grand-children; while others, who were in better circumstances, were brought in their sedans. No native patients, we believe, have ever been lodged in the room's connected with the Dispensary. This has, doubtless, in some degree diminished their number, and prevented the advan- tage that might otherwise have been received;—but the evil, under existing circumstances, could not possibly be avoided. Neverthe. Jess, the number of those who have come for aid has been very great, and the cures not a few. One instance we will here notice. It was the case of a middle-aged man from one of the northern provinces. He was afflicted with the rheumatism ; which, increas- ed by his intemperance, chiefly in drinking, had nearly deprived him of the use of his feet. The disease had finally settled in one of his knees, and threatened the destruction of the limb, if not of life. After applying to native physicians a long time in vain, he despaired of recovery, "when fortunately, being in Canton he heard of the skill of the barbarians." Readily he listened to their advice, and followed their prescriptions; but was reluctant to dis. 1833. Disposition of the Chinese. "211 continue the use of strong drink. He had been several weeks under the physician's care when we saw him, and had then thrown aside his crutches and promised to abandon his cups. We have not seen him since, but understand that he kept his promise, and in a few weeks was completely restored. Among the applicants for aid, there have been several with dis- located limbs; these, as well as those with diseased eyes, have usually found speedy relief;—which they never could have obtain- ed from native practitioners. There have been cases still more difficult and dangerous; two of which we will notice. The first was a young man, a tailor by trade. He had fallen into bad company, and became enamored of a wretched being, whose charms his father most peremptorily and justly forbade him to enjoy. This was more than his passions could brook; and in a fit of vexation and rage, he swallowed a drachm's weight of the strongest opium which he could procure. As soon as this was discovered by his friends, aid was sought from the gentlemen at the Dispensary; and by the immediate application of the stomach pump, they succeeded in extracting the poison so completely, that in.a few hours he enjoyed again his usual health.—The second case was a gambler. Having staked and lost all his property, he re- solved to end his days; and in order to effect this purpose, swallow, ed a quantity of soft opium which had been prepared for smoking. Assistance was solicited and obtained—but too late; the poison had done its work, and the man died. We might easily extend this notice; but we have said enough for our purpose—enough to show the beneficial results of the Dis- pensary, and to refute the opinion that natives dare not trust themselves in the hands of foreign practitioners, and the equally erroneous idea that, if the patient dies, the benefactor who was rendering him every aid in his power, shall be held responsi- ble for his life. What we have now entered on record con- cerning the Ophthalmic Hospital at Macao, and the Dispensary in Canton, together with what we shall add on a subsequent page respecting the distribution of medicines among the inhab- itants along the coast of China, will both warrant and encour- age a continuation and extension of these benevolent exertions, and at the same time excite others to follow examples so worthy of imitation. Disposition of the Chinese towards Foreigners.—While the journals of Mr. GutzlafT, published in the pages of the Repository, have corroborated the accounts concerning the moral degradation of the Chinese, they have contradicted the very prevalent opinion, that the people, as well as the rulers of this nation, are generally hostile to foreigners. From private letters, we are allowed to make a few extracts which will give additional weight to the evidence already advanced on this point, and show still more clearly, that, where kindness and goodwill are exhibited towards the Chinese Disposition of the Chinese, OCT. like feelings may Hornetimes be shown in return. The gentleman, whose testimony we are about to cite, was on the coast of China (hiring the last summer. In reference to what he there witnessed, repeatedly, when on shore, he remarks:— "Incur excursions we invariably found the people civil and obliging; but for the most part miserably poor and wretched; and what was still worsr, dreadfully diseased. The books, which Mr. Gutzlaff used to take with him for distribution, were always receiv- ed with avidity; in fact, so anxious were the people to obtain them, that sometimes they almost took them by force from him. It was however more pleasing to witness these struggles, than to have found them indifferent. We used also, generally, to take some medicines with us; and it was a source of astonishment to me to see how confidently they followed Mr. Gutzlaff's directions, and in many instances even suffered themselves to bo operated upon by him. 1 never should have expected that these beings of a superior order would have submitted themselves to the skill of a barbarian. But it is not, I think, so much to the people as to the government, that we should attribute the disdain and contempt in which fo- reigners are held; and perhaps when the latter become more liberal and enlightened, the former will change their opinions, and not only discover that they are not the only civilized beings on earth, but likewise find that they themselves, so far from being the highest, are nearly the lowest in the grade of civilization." Some idea of the strength and bravery of the Chinese naval forces, which now line their coast, may be gathered from the fol- lowing quotation. The writer, after, describing their own anchtr- age, in a fine bay, well sheltered on every quarter, says: "We were a little annoyed in the morning by finding seven mandarin boats at anchor close ahead of us ; and as they no doubt had come for the purpose of throwing obstacles in the way of our communication with the shore, we went on board and gave them to understand, that not being particularly anxious for their acquaint- ance, we should feel much obliged by their going away; at the same time hinting, in the case of our request not being complied with, they might find us rather troublesome : but in this instance we could not complain, for they immediately got under weigh, and took themselves ofF." The desire manifested among the Chinese to procure books was very great. It was, no doubt, matter of suprise to the proud and self-conceited natives, that foreigners should come among them to distribute gratuitously religious, literary, or scientific works, written in their own language ; but it is not less extraordinary that such a people as the Chinese should seek so eagerly to obtain books from the hands of strangers. The following extracts will show with what an insatiable desire the natives uniformly rushed forward to procure copies of the books. "On our arrival at a village, we were immediately surrounded by men, women, and children; the latter of whom were by far the most numerous, and appeared particularly anxious to obtain their 1833. towards foreigners 2?!-> share of the books we had brought on shore with us. ***** Wo then struck across an extensive plain tolerably well cultivated ; and about a mile and a half distant from the first, we came to a second village. Here as at the former, we were immediately surrounded by the inhabitants, to whom we distributed both books and medi- cines. *** The third village we visited was much liirger than either of the preceding, but equally miserable, both in regard to its houses and its inhabitants. The people pressed round us in all directions, in hopes of obtaining some books; but as the small quantity we had remaining precluded the idea of their all getting some, they made a rush upon us, apparently with the intention of obtaining them vi et armis. This, however, I must say was all done in good humor." Acain, the writer remarks in reference to another occasion, and while they were at a different place; "We went on shore in tlie afternoon, taking with us a trunk full of books and a few medicines. We visited several pillages, in all of which the inhabitants showed the greatest anxiety to obtain some of our publications.***Tnc people were civil and hospitable, inviting us into their houses, bringing us water to drink, &c. Tlie only thing we could complain of was, their eagerness to get possession of the books: however, this was more a source of pleasure than pain to us, since it showed that they set some value upon them." Again: "On another occasion \.o went on shore upon, an island. We were in.luced to go in consequence of having noticed with our glasses, a tolerably large town on one side of it. We took as usual a chest full of hooks, and a small box of medicines. Immediately on our landing we were surrounded by upwards of three hundred persons, as I suppose; and as soon as we opened a bag contain- ing some books, they instantly made a rush to get possession of them, and, I am sorry to say, in their eagerness tore many of them in pieces. Previous to opening the di >.~i, therefore, we took the precaution of finding a berth, where we were in some measure protected from the crowd; and, Mr. GutzlafT having harangued them upon the impropriety of their conduct, they became a little more quiet. It was quite a laborious task to distribute the books, —we having to use all our strength in order to keep them at a proper distance. They were however good natured: and not- withstanding many of them received blows, took it all in good part." The letters before us bear ample testimony both to the mis- erable condition of the people, and to their eager desire to obtain medical aid, which was liberally granted them. Whenever our vovagers went on shore, they had "numerous applications from persons with sore eyes, itch," &c., &c. These diseases, "when added to the filthy state of their clothes and bodies, gave them altogether a most disgusting appearance." We will not dwell on these loathsome scenes, but hasten to cite one or two instances which will illustrate the eagerness and confidence, with which these miserable creatures sought help from the strangers. 280 Disposition of the Chinese, OCT. "As soon as the medicine chest was opened, they were as quiet as possible, forming a circle around Mr. Gutzlafi^ earnestly watching all his operations. It is a matter of surprise to me that men who appear to think so meanly of us, should yet put so much confidence in our medical skill. Persons laboring under all kinds of diseases soon surrounded us, and even brought their children, upon whom they suffered Mr. G. in some cases, to use his knife; and if they showed any symptoms of pain, which was often the case, took care to hold them fast until the operation was finish, ed. One poor woman was brought to us with a diseased hand; Mr. G. performed a slight operation upon it, which however caus- ed her so much pain, that she never would have submitted to it, had not her husband, who appeared to put great confidence in Mr. G.'s abilities, held her in spite of her cries, until the ope- ration was finished." We are unwilling to lay aside the letters of our friend without quoting some of his remarks concerning the general appearance of the people and villages which he visited. Referring to the first places noticed in the preceding extracts, he says:— "The people in these villages appeared to be industrious but miserably poor. Their houses are built chiefly of red brick; and in some instances, variegated with white, having at a distance rather a picturesque appearance. But on a nearer approach all signs of beauty vanish, and they are found to be, what in reality they are, a mere assemblage of miserable sheds without either neatness or cleanliness, and built with so little regard to comfort, as to be for the most part incapable of resisting the attacks either of wind or rain. As to the interior, they are much like those at Macao and Lintin. A bed, I should say a bedstead, and one or two stools, constituted the whole of the furniture. B'lt the most disgusting feature here was the dreadfully diseased state of the inhabitants. I shud- dered when I beheld the miserable objects who crowded around us, and my heart must have been callous indeed not to be filled with pity for these poor creatures, and at the same time lifted up with love and gratitude towards the Almighty for the mani- fold blessings he has showered upon me. "The plain on which these villages are situated may be from three to four miles in circumference, surrounded on all sides by hills, excepting the entrance, which is open to the sea, from whence the sand stretches nearly across to the opposite side. This part, if we may judge from its saline appearance and the number of salt pans raised on it, is evidently overflowed during the high tides. A narrow causeway of stone running across (the entrance), serves to keep up the communication between the villages when the sand is flooded. The ground on each side was tolerably well cultivated, producing rice, pease, beans, sweet potatoes, r; Literary Notices, 283 which affords us an opportunity of inserting a great variety of curious and useful observations. We then enter into a distinct recital of the voyages made by several European nations, for discovering and settling the com- merce of the East and West Indies, without which the sub- sequent accounts could not be easily or clearly understood. We pursue next the common division of the globe. * * It will appear from hence, that the design of this undertaking is much more perfect in its kind than the scheme of any collection of voy- ages hitherto offered to the pub- lic ; for whereas they only relate to a few countries, and are not disposed according toany regular method, our's will comprehend all, and in an order which gives them a perfect connection." We regret the want of space to quote more from the excellent remarks contained in his prefa- tory pages. He justly contends for superiority to the "silly" and "pedantick" Purchas, — whose '' Pilgrims," with all their faults, have however become more no- ted than almost any other En- glish collection of voyages. Dr. Harris certainly deserves great praise for affording us so inter, esting an extract of "above six hundred of the most authentic writers." DIALOGUES BETWEEN TWO FRIENDS.—This little work, en- titled Le.'dng yew Se'dng lun, was written by Dr. Milne in 1818, and the next year an edi- tion of 2000 copies was printed at the Anglo-Chinese college at Malacca. It is one of Milne's happiest efforts; its style is plain, simple and animated, and though occupying only forty leaves duodecimo, contains a clear and distinct view of the leading doctrines of the gospel. It is probably, the most popu- lar tract that has yet been pub- lished by Protestant missiona- ries in the Chinese language; and the number of copies circu- lated cannot, we suppose, be less than 50,000. These have gone to Java, Malacca, Singa- pore, Siam, the maritime prov- inces of China, Mantchou Tar- tary, Corea, and Lewchew. As there is a demand for a new edi- tion of this work, which is now being published, a brief notice of it may be acceptable. These two friends, whose names are Chang and Yuen, meet on the highway; the first is a worshiper of the true God, and the second is his heathen neighbor. The dialogues are twelve in number: 1. Questions proposed by Y , concerning Christian principles and character, and the being of God. 2. Evangelical repentance. 3. Charac- ter of Christ, and faith in him. 4. Good men seek their chief happiness in heaven; annihilation of the soul considered. 5. C relates his first acquaintance with the New Testa- ment. 6. Y having retired, is struck with horror at his neglect of the true God ; visits C and finds him with his family at prayer; the resur- rection of the dead. 7. Nature and qualities of the raised bodies; doubts and objections. 8. Y on visiting C in the evening, finds him in his closet, which leads to a discussion on the object and kinds of prayer; wor- shiping the dead, &.c. 9. The awful judgment to come; a midnight prayer. 10. Y objects to C 'a last night's prayer, because he confessed himself a sinner. 11. Y deeply impressed with the idea of the eternity of sin, spends a whole night in his garden, bewailing his miserable condition. 12. C explains to him the method of salvation by Jesus Christ; the felicity of heaven, and the misery of hell." 284 Intelligence. Religious RELIGIOUS INTELLIGENCE. CBLEBES.-The northern parts of Celebes are inhabited by Alfoor tribes, which are there in a semibarbarous state, with all the vices, but not the intel- ligence and enterprise of the Bugis. They are inviolably at. tached to the Dutch, whom they acknowledge as their rightful masters. Divided into many families and small tribes, with a petty rajah at their head, they have generally been peaceful, scarcely ever attempting toshake off the yoke of Europeans. As they are very poor, and their land not over fertile, they have not the means of support- ing a great trade, and have scarce- ly ever attracted the cupidity of traders; the}' are an agricultural people, satisfied with a little. Their not being Mohammedans, and having no fixed superstition, pointed them out to the old Dutch ministers, as proper ob- jects of labor. A preacher esta- blished himself at Manado, the capital of the Dutch possessions on the north side of the island. He was successful and convert- ed several tribes, who were no. minatty received into the Christ- ian community. In order to carry on the work, they appointed na- tive schoolmasters, who had also to superintend the native con- gregations. This was the more necessary on account of the frequent absence of their Euro- pean teachers, who were recall- ed from their stations, and the churches were destitute of a clergyman, often for 20 or 30 years. These various tribes also speaking different languages, it. was impossible for one European to speak them all; but a native who bestows his whole care upon the acquisition of one, can be far more useful to the particular tribe. When the French revolution had involved Holland in ruin, only few ministers were sent out to India, and the consequence was that these distant regions were entirely neglected. No European teacher arrived until the unwearied the Rev. J. Kam entered upon his work. He traversed the Moluccas in all directions, and soon learned that Christianity in this part of Cele- bes was nearly extinct. Those old converts and their children were neither instructed nor baptiz- ed ; and as nobody cared for their souls, they fell back into heath- enism. In such state was Chris- tianity when Mr. Hellendorn, a missionary of the Dutch society, came a few years ago. His arrival excited general interest; several chiefs who were the descendants of Christians applied to him to establish schools among them. He endeavored as much as was ir his power to accede to their request, and within a few years saw more than six hundred con- 1833, Intelligence. Religious verts join the church; some of the petty rajahs became decided •friends of the gospel, and offer- ed themselves as instructors to their own people. This rapid progress and the blessing which rested upon the mission, prevail- ed upon the directors at home to send out two other mission- aries, Reidel and Schwarz, in order to enter this fertile vine, yard. Mr. Kain who lately died had previously visited the island, and enjoyed the great satisfaction of being welcomed in every place where he went, as the herald of good tidings. He promised the chiefs in the Manahasse district to send them teachers. His re- ligious meetings were attended by almost the whole population, and all the parents desired their children to receive instruction in the doctrines of Christianity, Our gracious Savior blessed these brief labors abundantly, and thus the way for the two mis- sionaries, Riedel and Schwarz was prepared. They arrived on the island in 1831. After hav- ing traversed the whole ground of their future operations, Mr. Reidel settled at Tondano, and Mr. Schwarz at Langowan. The latter having personally advocat- ed the cause of this mission at Batavia, obtained the necessary funds for erecting schools. Thus the work commenced with the blessing of the Lord. The schools in the environs of Manado are numerous and increasing, so is the church also, and a new era, the day of visita- tion from on high has arrived. Though we would not be too sanguine in our expectations, we ought to be very grateful for the great opening into this be- nighted country, which the Lord has afforded them. Though the laborers are few, they are fer- vent and humble servants of God, ready to be spent in the great work. We look up to our gracious Redeemer to carry on the evangelizing of the Alfoors, which has been commenced un- der his auspices, that Celebes also may be filled with his glo- ry, and the Alfoors bow before him, and acknowledge him Lord of all. The Dutch government has very much aided in the good cause, and assisted the mission- aries in the prosecution of their work. There is also a spirit of improvement in the external cir- cumstances of the natives mov- ing, which always accompanies the progress of the pure gospel. We shall soon hear more re- specting the great things which the Redeemer has done for these poor islanders. SANDWICH ISLANDS.—A let- ter from the Sandwich Islands dated August 13th, informs us that Messrs. Alexander, Arm- strong, and Parker, with their wives, embarked on the 26th of July, 1833, for the Marquesas Islands, with the design of com- mencing a mission there. During several months pre- ceding the date of the letter before us, there had been a con- siderable diminution of the num- ber of attendants at public worship, schools, dec. Those who refrained from vice and at- tended to the instructions of the missionaries merely because their chiefs did so, and because it was fashionable, have now thrown off the mask, and appear in their proper character. Most Jutirnul of Occurrences. OCT. of tin? higli chiefs, howevor, are yet on the side of religion ; very few of the church members have apostatized; and many are still inquiring after "the right way of the Lord." There is reason to hope and to expect, that cir- cumstances, which now seem unpropitious, will resultpin the furtherance of the gos el. The chaff only will be blown away— the wheat will remain. "There must be heresies among" these apparent converts, "that they which are approved, may be made manifest." 1 Cor. xi. 19. The American Seamens' chap- lain, Rev. Mr. Diell arrived at Oahu in thespri"g; he was very kindly received by the residents, and provided with rooms in Mr. Jones', the American consul's house, where he was still resid- ing. Mr. Diell had made prepa- rations for the erection of a cha- pel in that port; "hut on ac- count of the unsettled state of affairs, and the tedious way of doing business, it was not till three weeks ago that the loca- tion was definitely fixed, and the lot cleared." CHINA.—After all that the immediate attendants of the world's Redeemer, had seen of his mighty works, it was not without good reason that he said to them, "O fools and slow of JOURNAL, OF OCCURRENCES. PROVINCIAL OFFICERS.—The foo- yuen Choo has obtained the imperial permission to retire, on plea of sick- ness; and accordingly left Canton on the 20th inst. Ke-fun, the fooyuen of Kwangse province, has been appoint- c.d to succeed him, but as he will have heart to believe all that the pro- phets have spoken." This reproof was just. And the same strange unbelief which occasioned it, even at this day lurks in the hearts of good men, while both the word and the providence of God call on them to publish his gospel to every creature. But the signs of the times are be- coming daily more and more distinct and pleasing. Those who love the Lord in sincerity, and are willing to sacrifice their own for the good of others, begin to feel their obligations, and to act accordingly. And the results are already visible in the four quarters of the world; they are seen in India, and even beyond the Ganges. With the purpose of devoting their whole property and lives to the benefit of strang- ers, eight individuals, four gen- tlemen with their wives, recent- ly arrived in Batavia; and two other gentlemen have reached China. Such laborers are wel- come. And what is equally pleasing, natives are engaging in the good work. At present they are few, but their works are noble. During the present month, and among the 25,000 literati attending the public ex- aminations in Canton, more than 3,000 volumes consisting in part or wholly of the oracles of the living God, were distributed. to wait for the arrival of his succes- sor, and perhaps repair to Peking "to hear the instructions" of his majesty, it will probably be some months before he comes here. In the meanwhile, governor Loo officiates as fooyuon. Choo, diiring his stay at Canton, es- Journal of Occurrences. 28: pecially the latter part of it, has :.m: cecded in gaining the admiration and affection of the people, by his disre. gard of money, and constant refusal of bribes and presents in any shape. The natives have expressed their feelings towards him by numerous ballads pla- carded throughout the streets of the city, containing most extravagant pan- egyrics and propositions to retain him in Canton, or in the figurative but un- poetical language of the Chinese, tit detain his bouts, and thus prevent, him I'rom setting out on the journey. A collection of about eighteen of these extraordinary productions has been published, introduced by a no less wonderful rhythmical, (or as some would say, poetical,) address from Choo to the people. One of the pane- gyrics addressed to him contains a reference to the "Laughable affair of the foreign En- glish, Whose garden on the Choo kciing was never finished." The notable circumstance here refer- red to was one of the first and the prin- cipal events of the fooyuen's three years' government. It happened in the summer of 1831. Early one morn, ing, Choo, attended by his usual offi- cial retinue, with the hong-merchants and linguists, repaired to the Britisn factory, during the absence at Macao of the Company's supercargos, its oc- cupiers. After many wild and angry manoeuvres, he ordered the quay, (which had been planted as a garden, and walled in for the comfort and con- venience of the gentlemen to whom it belonged,) to be immediately broken up, and the earth and stones to be cast into the middle of the river. This transaction affords a good specimen of his natural character, which is very impetuous and self willed. He was, for a short time acting governor as well as fooyuen; but the greater degree of responsibility which he at that time held, appears to have restrained him from any impetuous acts. Except for disregard of money, and kindness to the poor, Choo Kweichinghas "sooth- ed" Canton for above three years, without any remarkable event in his government. The Anchasze or chief judge, Yang. has also retired on account of ill health, and taken his departure from Canton, darmjr thi: past month. Yang Chuti- 1m has judged Canton for lit'lc mop- than a year. He arrived during the mountaineer war, which was closed during the last summer, and was im- mediately dispatched to the spot as chief commissioner. While there, lie incurred some disgrace, which his me- rit afterwards counterbalanced. He also imbibed a disease, which he has not been able so quickly to get over, and which has now compelled him to resign. He left on the 28th inst, with- out the regard of any one, though with much pomp and military parade. LlTKKARY UKfillEES GIVEN AS A RE- WARD.— During the lite scarcity in the neighborhood of Peking, several rich men subscribed largely to pro- vide rice water for the famishing poor. Their donations passed through the. hands of government. As a reward for this benevolence, the emperor con- ferred on some peacock's feathers, and on others the degree of keu-jin, quasi dicit, I.L. D. The censor of Hoonan province has written a delicate remonstrance to the emperor, praising these signal acts hut deprecating their becoming prece- dents. If rich men can obtain degrees for money, farewell to the prospects of the poor scholar. Talent and learn- ing will go out, and wealth and stupid- ity come into the service of govern- ment.—To this remonstrance his majesty's reply has not yet appeared. ATROCITIES IN SHANTUNG.—The seunfoo of this province has referred to the emperor an atrocious criminal case, in which he is at a loss how to act. A man named Keuh Wei-yih hav- ing detected the infidelity of his wife, instantly killed both her and the as- sociate of her guilt; but his revenge not satisfied with this, he hastened in his rage to the mother of the adul- terer, whom he suspected of conniving at the crh.:c, and killed her and her second son. The two first murders the law con. siders justifiable homicide, and inflicts no punishment. But the two next murders come under the law concern- ing killing two persons in one family, and it requires the punishment of im- mediate decapitation. The seunfoo Ivsitates however what to do, and has referred this case to the emperor; who in his turn has transferred it to the iniini'diiitc consideration of the Iling Poo, or supreme court in Peking 288 Journal of Occurrences Locusts.—Near the close of the last month, the chief authorities of Canton issued an edict against the locusts, which, after traveling from Hoo- kwang through Kwangse, had made their appearance in Kaouchow, the southwestern department of Kwang. lung. Locusts are "a new calamity in Canton," and therefore in laying down rules for the "persecution" of these invaders recourse in had to the ex. perience which has been gained in the more northern provinces. "Noise prevents the descent of locusts;" hence cannon, gongs, &c., are put in requisi- tion for the occasion; and the milita- ry are required to come forth and join the plain agriculturist in making war on the locusts! Much success to the imperialists in the new campaign! There is however very little reason, at present, to apprehend serious conse- quences from these new enemies; still should they come here in clouds, as they have appeared in other places, something besides cannon or bribes would be necessary to "drive them out instantly." The closing paragraph of the document is rather tempting to Canton avidity ;—ducks thrive amaz- ingly on dead locusts, and pigs that are fed upon them only four days will increase in weight from ten to fifty catties! FORMOSAN INSURRECTION.—By late Peking gazettes it appears that the emperor has at length found out that the late insurrection in Formosa originat- ed from the vexatious tyranny of the local government. He has conse- quently dismissed from the service the general of the army then in command, and the head of the commissariat. They had allowed twenty thousand troops nominally, to mix with the peo- ple in trades, &.G., till they were well nigh annihilated, as to any practical service. And when the insurrection broke out, the officers were helpless, and at their wit's end. His majesty breathes out his posthumous indigna- tion against the late governor of Full- kcC'ii, who in the meantime has gone down to the grave, Where the weary are at rest, And the wicked cease from troubling. Had he been alive now, says his majesty, I would inflict death upon him, as a warning to all careless go- vernors.—" Publish this at home and abroad." Effects of the late inundation.—The repairs which have been found neces. sary since the recent overflowing of the river in Canton, are going forward with much dispatch. Government has levied heavy taxes on the wealth- iest inhabitants of the city, in order to furnish the poorer classes with rice, &c. Governor Loo, on the 20th inst., sent out a proclamation abolishing all duties on rice which is brought to the provincial city by the native mer- chants.—Appended to that document is "a catalogue of those gentlemen who have come forward with contri- butions to aid the government." The name of the senior hong merchant stands first on the list with the sum of 40,000 taels. Others of the co-hong give 7,000; others, 5000; and some only 3,500. The merchants who deal in black tea have collectively put down 14,000 taels; and those who trade in green teas 8,400. From each pawnbroker's shop, (these are about 830 in number,) a contribution of 200 taels is exacted.—The total amount raised by the government, is said to be not less than 1,000,000 of taels. EARTHQUAKR IN YUNNAN.—Letters from commercial houses in Yunnan have reached Canton, stating that re- peated shocks of an earthquake were felt in that province early in Septem- ber; "they continued for eight suc- cessive days, and hundreds of people were destroyed, in more than ten dif- ferent districts." We have yet seen no official accounts of this calamity. The weather during the last half of the month has been fair, warm, and very dry; indeed scarcely any rain has fallen since the severe rain-storms in August.—In the early part of the month, frequent changes of the weather from hot to cold, caused considerable sickness among the native population of Canton; and the prices of provisions and of labor were high; in these several particulars, there is up to the present time, (Oct. 31st.) very little improvement. THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. II.—NOVEMBER, 1838.—No. 7. DESCRIPTION OF THE CITY OF CANTON. (Concluded Irani page ytji.< THK SITUATION of Canton and the policy of the Chi- nese government, together with various other causes, have made this city the scene of a very extensive domestic and foreign commerce. With the excep- tion of the Russian caravans which traverse the north- ern frontiers of China, and the Portuguese and Span- ish ships which visit Macao, the whole trade between the Chinese empire and the nations of the west centres in this place. Here the productions of every part of China are found, and a very brisk and lucra- tive commerce is driven by merchants and factors from all the provinces. Here also merchandise is brought from Tonquin (Tungkiog), Cochinchina, Camboja, Siam, Malacca or the Malay peninsula, the eastern Archipelago, the ports of India, the nations of Europe, the different states of North and South America, and the islands of the Pacific. We shall, as briefly as possible, notice the several branches of this extensive commerce; enumerate some of the principal commodities which are brought to this city, as well as those which are carried from it; and add, in the same connection, such remarks concerning the situation and circumstances of the trade and those who conduct it, as seem necessary to exhibit its full magnitude and importance. •iM 290 Description of the Nov. Concerning the domestic commerce we can do lit- tle more than mention the articles which are here bought and sold for the several provinces; each of which provinces we Bhall notice separately, that we may at the same time, by taking a view of their position and number of inhabitants, see to what ad- vantage the present trade is conducted, and what is the probability of its future increase or diminution. We commence with the maritime provinces; then notice those on the northern, western and southern frontiers; and finally those in the centre of China proper. The colonial trade we do not bring into the account. We give the population in round numbers according to the Ta Tsing Hwuy Teen for the year 1812, as ex- hibited in the first volume, page 359. From the province of Kwangtung are brought to the metropolis, silks, rice, fish, salt, fruits, vegetables, and various kinds of wood; silver, iron, and pearls in small quantities ; also cassia and betel-nut: and in return a small amount of almost all the imports, whether from foreign countries or from the other parts of China, are sent out from Canton through the province. The population, amounting to nineteen millions, consumes a large amount of foreign imports, and might, under better regulations, furnish a much greater supply of exports. From Fuhkeencome the black teas; also camphor, sugar, indigo, tobacco, paper, lacquered ware, excel- lent grass-cloth, and a few mineral productions. Woolen and cotton cloths of various kinds, wines, watches, &c., are sent to that province; which, with its population of fourteen millions, might in different circumstances receive a far greater amount of foreign manufactures and productions in exchange for its own. The trade of the province is carried on under great disadvantages. It has been shown by an accu- rate and detailed comparison between the expense of conveying black teas from the country where they are produced to Canton; and of their conveyance from thence to the port of Fuhchow in Fuhkeen. 1833. City native authority, in 1601 ; it had to struggle, in its origin, with very many difficulties; and during its progress through more than two centuries has fluc- tuated exceedingly. Its present prospects are improv- ing; a few years ago there were only three of four ships annually employed in this trade. During the year 1852, there were seventeen Dutch vessels which came to China: these were all from Holland and Java. The value of imports was $457,128 ; exports, $656,646,—not including the private trade of the commanders. Sweden has never, in one season, we believe, sent more than two or three ships to China. This trade opened in 1732; and during its first fifteen years, 22 ships were dispatched to China, of which four were lost. Peter Osbeck, who was here in 1750-51, as chaplain of the Prince Charles, a Swedish East- Indiaman, relates, that there were that season, eigh- teen European ships in port. viz. one Danish, two Swedish, two French, four Dutch, and nine English. For the last fifteen years no Swedish ships have visited China. The Danes seem to have come to China earlier than the Swedes; but the year in which their trade began we cannot ascertain. During twelve years, commencing in 1732, they sent 32 ships to China; of which only 27 returned. Their flag was called Hwang- ke, 'the imperial flag,' which name it has retained to this day. Their trade has never been very great, though it has been continued to the present time. The English did not reach the coast of China till about 1635. It is stated, on good authority, that queen Elizabeth in 1599, sent John Mildenhall from Constantinople overland to the court of the Great Mogul in order to obtain certain privileges for the English, for whom she was then preparing a charter. Mildenhall was long opposed by the arts and pres- ents of the Spanish and Portuguese jeetits at that court; and it was some years before he entirely "got ~9tj IJ'eacriptian of the .Nov. the better of them." It is also recorded, that the same wise princess wrote strong recommendatory letters to the emperor of China, to be delivered by the chiefs of an expedition intended for his country; but misfortunes at sea, prevented the ships from reaching the place of their destination. Fn 1634, a "truce and free trade" to China and all other places where the Portuguese v/ere settled, was agreed to between the viceroy of Goa and several English merchants, to whom a license for trading to the East Indies had been granted by king Charles I. Several ships were fitted out by these grantees, un- der the command of captain Weddell, who thought it sufficient, in consequence of the agreement made at Goa, to bring letters for the governor of Macao, in order to be effectually assisted in his projected in- tercourse with the Chinese at Canton. The account of this first enterprise is curious and interesting. We subjoin a few extracts which are found in the work of sir George Staunton. "The proeurador of Macao soon [after the fleet arrived] repair- ed on board the principal ship of the English, and said, that for matter of refreshing, he would provide them; but that there was a main obstacle to their trading, which was the non-consent of the Chinese, who, he pretended, held the Portuguese in miserable subjection. The English, however, determined to discover the river of Canton; and fitted out a barge and pinnace, with above fifty men, which, after two days came in sight of the mouth of the river, being a very goodly inlet, and utterly prohibited to the Por- tuguese by the Chinese, who do not willingly admit any strangers to the view of it, being the passage and secure harbor for their best junksr both of war and merchandise ; so that the Portuguese traf- fic to Canton was only in small vessels, through divers narrow shoal straits, among many broken islands adjoining the main. The barge anchoring for a wind and tide to carry them in, a fishing boat was descried early in the morning, which Thomas Robinson followed, [a tedious chase by reason of their many oars,] hoping to have found some one on board who might serve, either as pilot or interpreter; but finding neither, having used them with all courtesy, dismissed them contrary to their timorous expectations; and afterwards, for the same causes, and with the same success, spake with another ; but after a delay of several days, a small boat made towards the pinnace, and having sold some refreshments, signs were made to curry some of the English to Canton, and IMS. City of Canton. 2\)1 bring them to the speech of the mandarins, which the boatmen ac- cepted of; but the uext da\, the pinnace being under sail with a fair wind and tide, after having, passed by a certain desolate castlei a fleet of about twenty sail of tall junks, commanded by an admi- ral, passing down from Canton, encountered the English ; and, in courteous terms, desired them to anchor, which accordingly they did; and presently J. Mounteney and T. Robinson went on board the chief mandarin, where were certain negroes, fugitives of the Portuguese, that interpieted. "At first, the Chine.se began somewhat roughly to expostulate; what moved them to come hither and discover the prohibited goods, and the concealed parts and pas-sages of so great a prince's dominions? Also, who were their pilots? T. Robinson repli- ed; that they were come from Europe, to treat of such capitula- tion us might conduce to the good of both princes and subjects, hoping that it might be lawful for them, as well as for the inhabi- tants of Macao, to exercise a fee commerce, paying duties as the othors; and as for pilots, they had none; but every one was able by his art, to discover more difficult passages than they had found. The Chinese hereafter began to be more affable, and in conclusion, appointed a small junk to carry up whomsoever they pleased to Canton, if the English would promise that the pinnace would pro- ceed no further ; for though each of these vessels was well armed, yet they durst not oppose, her in any hostile way. The same night, captain Carter, T. Robinson and J. Mounteney left the pin- nace, with orders to expect their return; and being embarked in a small junk of thirty tons, proceeded towards Canton, with intent to deliver to the viceroy a petition for obtaining permission to set- tle a trade in those parts. The next day they arrived within five leagues of Canton, whither it seems the rumor of their coming, and the fear of them, was already arrived ; so that they were required, in a friendly manner, to proceed no further, hut to return to their own ships, with promise of assistance in the procuring of license for trade, if they would seek it at Macao by the solicitation of those they should find there, and instantly abandon the river: the which, (having satisfied themselves with this discovery, and willing to remove the anxiety which their long absence might oc. casion in the rest of the fleet,) they readily performed, in a little time, the Portuguese Beet of six small vessels sot sail for Japan; upon whose departure it was expected the permission to trade would have been granted; but being then freed of their conceiv- <%d fear lest captain Weddell and his men should have surprised their vessels, they sent the English a flat denial. "The same day, at a consultation called on board the admiral (Wuddell), captain Carter, J. Mounteney, and T. Robinson deliv- ered to the whole council, together with a draft of the river, the sum of their1 attempts, success, and hopes; which being well ponder- nd, it was generally consented, that the whole fleel should-sail for the river of Canton. They arrived in a few days before the foremen- 298 Description of the Nuv tioned desolate caatlc; and being now furnished with some slen- der interpreters, they soon had speech with divers mandarins in the king's junks, to whom the cause of their arrival was declared, viz. to entertain peace and amity with them, to traffic freely as the Portuguese did, and to be forthwith supplied for their moneys, with provisions for their ships: all which those mandarins promised to solicit with the prime men resident at Canton; and in the mean time, desired an expectation of six days, which were granted; and the English ships rode with white ensigns on the poop. But their perfidious friends, the Portuguese, had in all that time, since the return of the pinnace, so bcslandered them to the Chinese, report, ing them to be rogues, thieves, beggars, and what not, that they became very jealous of the good meaning of the English; inso- much, that in the night time they put forty-six cast iron ordnance into the fort lying close to the brink of the river ; each piece being between six and seven hundred weight and well proportioned ; and after the end of four days, having, as they thought, sufficiently for- tified themselves, they discharged divers shot, though without hurt, upon one of the barjes passing by them, to find out a convenient watering place. Herewith the whole fleet, being instantly in- censed, did, on the sudden, display their bloody ensigns; and weighing their anchors, fell up with the flood, and berthed them- selves before the castle, from whence came many shot; yet not any that touched so much as hull or rope. Whereupon, not being able to endure their bravados any longer, each ship began to play furiously upon them with their broadsides; and after two or three hours, perceiving their cowardly fainting, the boats were landed with about one hundred men; which sight occasioned them, with great distraction, instantly to abandon the castle and fly; the boats' crews, in the meantime entering the same, and displaying his majesty's colors of Grent Britain upon the walls, having, the same night, put aboard all their ordnance, fired the council house, and demolished what they could. The boats of the fleet also seiz- ed a junk laden with boards and timber, and another with salt. Another vessel of small moment was surprised, by whose boat a latter was sent to the chief mandarins at Canton, expostulating their breach of truce, excusing the assailing of the castle, and withal, in fair terms, requiring the liberty of trade. This letter, it seems, was delivered; for the next day, a mandarin of no great note, some time a Portuguese Christian, called Paulo Noretty, came towards the ships in a small boat with a white flag, to whom the English, having laid open the injuries received, and the sincere intent they had to establish a fair trade and commerce, and were no way willing, (but in their own defence,) to oppose the Chinese, presented certain gifts, and dismissed him to his masters, who were some of the chief mandarins, and who being by him duly in- formed thereof, returned him again the same night, with a small junk and full authority to carry up such persons as should be ap- pointed to Canton, there to tender a petition, and to conclude fur- ther upon the manner of their future proceeding*." l«:M. rity of C1- Proportion of Manlcliou l\ov. powers.'' Again lie says, "benevolence is man's heart, and justice is man's way. To lose the way and no longer walk therein, to let one's heart go, and not know where to seek it— how. lamentable! If a man lose his fowls or his dogs, he knows how to seek them. The duty of the student is no other than to seek his loxl lieart. Confucius says, "The highest exercise of benevolence is tender affection for relatives. Justice is what is right in the nature of things. The highest exercise of justice is to honor men of virtue and talents. To love one's kindred according to their nearness or remoteness of connection, and to honor the virtuous according to the degree of their worth, are what constitute propriety." "Perfection or sincerity is the way of heaven; to aim at it, is the duty of man. The sincere hit the due medium without effort, obtain it without thought, and practice it spontaneously. Such are sages. It is only the man possessing the virtues of the sages, that can perfect his own nature; he who can perfect his own nature, can perfect the nature of other men: he who can perfect the nature of other men, can perfect the nature of things; he who can perfect the nature of things, can assist heaven and earth in producing and nourishing things. When this is the case, then he is united with heaven and earth, so as to form a trinity. To be united with heaven and earth, means to stand equal with heaven and earth, so as to form a triad. These are the actions of the man who is by nature perfect, and who needs not to acquire perfection by study. "The next order of-men (next to the sages), bend their at- tention to straighten their deflections from the path of rectitude. Having sincerity, it gradually accumulates and makes its ap. . pearance; after this it begins to shine, and at last becomes brilliant. Having become brilliant, it then moves others to virtue, so that at last it effects in them a complete renovation." PROPORTION OF MANTCHOU AND CHINESE OFFICERS IN THE PRE- SENT GOVERNMENT OF CHINA.—We have read that the executive officers in China are chiefly rilled with Tartars, and that very great dissatisfaction is felt, if not uttered, by the native Chinese towards their Tartar masters. Subjected as they were to a fo- reign yoke, it is not unreasonable to suppose, that the further step of dispossessing them also of a share in their usual honors and emoluments would create discontent. The effect of such a course would naturally be, what is often asserted to be the fact, that the people having little interest in the government by participation in its offices, are ripe for change. An exam- ination into the comparative numbers of Mantchous and Chi- nese employed in the higher offices, will aid in forming a judg- ment on the subject. 18:33- and Chinese Officers. 313 Let us begin with the ministers of the imperial Cabinet of Peking, which holds daily sessions. Its members are sixteen in number. The first is a Mantchou, the second a Chinese; thus alternately through the highest six grades. Four of the ten inferior in rank, are Chinese,—so that nine of the sixteen ministers, are either Mantchous or Mongols. Besides this Cabinet, there is a Privy Council, the names of whose members we do not know; but they are selected from all the higher stations, without any exact rule as to rank or number. The six supreme Tribunals of state, (.together consist of thirty- six members. Each tribunal has two presidents, a Mantchou and a Chinese. The vice presidents are twenty.four, who also are alternately Mantchou and Chinese; so that eighteen of the thirty-six are of the conqueror's race. The president of the national college, Hanlin, is a Chinese. If we now leave Peking, and examine the officers throughout the eighteen provinces which compose China Proper, we shall obtain the following results. The highest provincial officers are the governors, of whom there are but eight. Five of these have each two provinces, one has three, and the remaining two have each a large province under his jurisdiction. These high servants of the emperor each have dominion over a country not inferior to a small kingdom; often exceeding the island of Great Britain two or three times in territory, and not less superior in proportion of population. Six of the eight governors are Chinese, and thirteen of eighteen provinces, are therefore ruled by the "sons of Han." Next in rank to these officers are the lieutenant, governors, of whom there are fifteen in all. Ten of these are Chinese. If again we enumerate in the order of rank, the governors, lieut.-governors, commanders-in-chief of the military forces, ihc treasurers, criminal judges, and the literary chancellors, reckon- ing all in these seven grades, we shall find the whole mun!>fr in all the provinces to be 102, and that seventy-three of these are Chinese. Thus the ratio of Chinese to Mantchous, i-r' "- When a daughter is horn, "She steeps on the ground, "She is clothed with a wrapper, "She plays with a tiie; "She is imiapable either of evil or good." This last assertion is explained thus: "It' she does ill, she is not a woman: and it" she Hoes well, she is not a woman; a slavish submission is her duty and her highest praise." At the present day, as well as anciently, the female infant is not unfrequently an object of disgust to its parents, and of contempt to all the inmates of the family. As she grows up, her feet are so confin- ed and cramped that they can never exceed the size of infancy, and Tender it impossible for her ever to walk with ease or safety. Small feet, that badge of bondage, which deprives them of the power of locomotion, confines them to the inner apartments, ex- cept when poverty forces them to earn their livelihood abroad by labor, which they render exceedingly difficult and painful. Females of the higher class seldom leave the house, except in sedan chairs. Their lives are but au honorable captivity. They have few or no real enjoyments; are ignonint of almost every, thing—very few of them being able to rend, and live and die little more than mere ciphers in human society. Pale and ema- ciated, those spend the greatest part of their lives in embellish- ing their persons; while females of the poorer classes, whose feet are necessarily permitted to grow to the size which the God of nature designed, perform all the drudgery of husbandry and other kinds of work. These last are in general very industrious, and prove to be helpmates to their husbands. Being remarkable for their good, sound understanding, they manage their families with a great deal of care and prudence; and so far as industry and economy are concerned, they are exemplary mothers. Not- withstanding the degradation in which they are held, they are generally far superior in intellect to the common cast of Asiatic women. They are very ingenious in their needle work, and the like;' and to be a good mother, in the estimation of this class of the Chinese, a woman must be a weaver. But it is to l>e regretted that they have very little regard for the cleanliness of either their persons or houses. Their children crawl in the dirt, and the few articles of furniture in their dwellings are co- vered with filth. Infanticide of females is not unknown among the Chinese. They are far from regarding this crime with the horror it deserves. "It is only a female," is the answer generally given when they are reproved for it. May the Father of mercies soon send his glorious gospel to China, that woman here may be raised from her present degradation. It is Christianity alone, that assigns (o woman her proper rank; and secures the rights of the weaker so.v against the encroachments of the stronger. In vain shall we e.vpert any jircnl amelioration of the moral condition of this nation, so long as the wife, the 316 Navigation of the Nov. daughter, the sister, and the mother are regarded and treated as slaves. Where females do not mingle in society, the manners of the other sex become coarse and inelegant. All the finer feelings of human nature, which can be produced only by the friendly and happy intercourse of the social and domestic circle, where the sexes meet on terms of intellectual and moral as well as civil equality, are of course unknown. This is too much the case in China; and the "celestial empire," with its boasted high state of civilization, is peopled by men, unpolished by the influence which the mild and amiable qualities of female companions never fail to exert upon the manners of "the sterner sex." This remark might be considered trivial, were it not that the influence which the seclusion of females has upon Chinese society, is too baneful to be regarded with indifference. How much does China lose in consequence of the incapacity of its mothers to instruct their children, during that early age when the mind is most easily made to prefer activity to sluggishness, and the heart to receive its first and strongest bias to virtue or to vice. Were this deficiency supplied, children would receive the first and best rudiments of knowledge, before they are old enough to enter a school; and mothers, instead of the insults and con- tempt which they now have to endure, would be treated with kindness and respect. NAVIGATION or THE YANGTSZE KEANG.—Several attempts, which have been made to penetrate into the interior of China, have proved abortive. The anti-social policy of the celestial empire, which excludes all foreigners from its dominions, greatly impedes the progress of enterprises, which are advancing with a steady and majestic step, and must eventually break down the tyranny of despots. Fully aware of the difficulties of maintaining a friendly intercourse with the Chinese, we might readily subscribe to the opinion, generally entertained, that this country is inaccessible to foreigners, if we did not believe that the wall which separates it from the rest of the world is mostly imaginary. In the minds of the Chinese generally, there exists no hostility against foreigners; on the contrary, they are often .very fond of strangers. But to barbarians, who presume to think tfiat man has a natural right to maintain free intercourse with his fellow-men, and who do not respect the boundaries which a crooked policy has prescribed for itself and others, the Chinese government is opposed. Yet what are a few unprincipled men against hosts of enlightened indivi- duals? Central Asin, hemmed in on one side by savage tribes, extensive deserts and high mountains, and on the other by an ancient em- pire which forbids research and repels "intruders," has hitherto remained unexplored. But shall its inhabitants and its produc- tions continue to be secluded, and shut up from the enterprising 18;i.l Yatigttze ktang, .317 men of the nineteenth century' Has nut human ingenuity and perseverance, under the guidance of divine Providence, often over- come greater obstacles than now impede our progress into central Asia? Have not the Russians penetrated to the utmost confines of the frozen regions of Siberia 1 Are not modern adventurers, even at this moment, traversing the burning sands of Africa, and vigorously pursuing their way through regions hitherto unexplor- ed? A tour through the whole of central Asia presents advan- tages, to be gained for religion, science and commerce, far greater than any other similar enterprise which now engages the attention of scientific and philanthropic men. But is such an underiaking possible? Is it possible to reach those remote regions and open there a highway for the nations? The Yangtsze kedng, one of the finest rivers in the world, takes its rise some degrees beyonJ the source of the Yellow river, in Tsing- hae or Koko.nor. Oi> its way down to Szechuen, it is called Muhloosoo; but soon after entering Szechuen it takes the name of Kin-sha, 'golden-sanded,' and runs southward through Yun- nan, and then northward through those parts of Szechuen which are inhabited by subdued Meaoutsze. It afterwards takes the well known name Yangtsze kedng, which it retains as it flows on through Szechuen, Hoopih, the northern parts of Keangse, Ganhwuy, and Keangsoo, to the sea. This river is broad, deep, and sometimes rapid; and from its long course and the number of provinces through which it passes, it has been called 'the girdle of China.' In some places it spreads out so as to form islands, upon which rushes grow abundantly; and many of the most fertile and densely populated parts of the Chinese empire are found along its banks. Having a central course, in respect to the pro- vinces, it is easily connected by canals with many other rivers, and forms a most extensive inland water communication. The boats which are employed on the Yangtsze keang are very nume- rous, and with little difficulty they can ascend almost to its source. Thus while this noble river affords great facilities for traversing the most fertile parts of China Proper, it brings the adventurer into Tibet, near to other waters which flow southward through the territories of British India. There is no doubt that by means of these rivers a communication might be opened between some of the principal cities and marts of India and those of China. In order to obtain a more perfect knowledge of the Yangtsze keang, let us take a survey of it through its whole course. The mouth of the river is about twenty miles broad; it is in lat. 31' 34' N., Ion. 120° 32' E. from Greenwich. There are extensive banks near its entrance, and the whole island of Tsungming is an alluvial deposit formed by the waters of the river. Near the mouth of the Yangtsze keang, are some of the largest and richest cities of China. Soochow foo, the Chinese Arcadia, and the most beautiful of all their cities, is in lat. 31° 23' N., Ion. 120° 20' E. Shanghae heen, a very extensive and important mart, is in lat. 31" 9' N., Ion. 121" 4' E. Both of these places, by means Rdigious Worship Nov. of rannls, itre connected with the ng-tsze keaiifr ; indeed almost all tlie important cities whicli are near the river, are united with it by canals. Not far southward are Keiing.foo and Hangchow; both of them are important cities; the latter is the capital of Che- keang. On the northern shore, is Haemun, which has a fort for the defense of the river, but it is utterly dismantled. Beyond Hae- mun northward, is Tungchow; westward on the banks of the riv- er, in Ion. 120° 4', is Tsingkeang heen; and opposite to it is Yin- keang heen. Passing on westward through the province of Keangsoo, the first cities we meet with are Taechow, Changchow foo, and Chinkeang foo, all of which carry on a brisk trade. Nanking, or Keangning foo, in lat. 32° 4£ N., Ion. 118" 38 E., is only a league from the Yangtsze keang, with which it is connected by canals. Nanking, as a commercial city, is too well known to need any further description in this connection. Before leaving the province of Keangsoo, in ascending the river, we find it diminish- ed to a mile in breadth, but covered with boats, some of which are of two hundred tons burden. The first remarkable city, which we find in Ganhwuy, is Tae- ping foo in lat. 31° 38' N., Ion. 118° 24' E., on the southern banks of the river. Opposite to the city is Ho-chow; and the whole adjacent country is fertile and well cultivated. Further onward is Woowei chow and Ganking foo; this last city, which is the capital of the province, is situated in lat. 30° 37' N., and Ion. 116° 55' E. Proceeding up the river, we pass through the northern extremity of Keangse, and enter the province of Hoopih. The river here receives several tributary streams, the principal of which is the Han keang, which comes down from the northwest, and falls into the Yangtsze keang, near Hanyang foo, in lat. 30° 34J N., Ion. 114° 38A E.; this place is near Woochang foo, the capital of the province, in lat. 30° 34' N., Ion. 114° 35' E. The river here bends southward, and almost reaches the Tungting lake; and then northward to Szechuen. In this province the majority of the commercial cities stand on the Yangtsze keang, which winds its way through a hilly country, and is increased by several streams which fall into it, some from the north, and some from the south. From Szechuen, it stretches on in a northwest direction to Koko- nor or Tsing-hae, but its sources are not well defined. The re- gions of Koko-nor and Tibet are well watered, and give birth to several important rivers, which flow southward. The traveler, having now surveyed these upper countries, might then select his route, and descend to the British possessions in Burmah or Bengal. RRi.tr.iors WORSHIP OF THE JAPANESE.—W* have pleasure giving to our readers the following remarks on the religious j y 00 «// /,/U Ja/MHCM • • i I! I worship of tlie Japanese, from the |>eii of Or. (.«. H. Burger, who a few years since paid a visit lo China. He had, previous to his arrival here, been for sometime resident in Japan ; and he is now, we believe, continuing his researches in that country. We ought perhaps lo apologize to him tor publishing remarks which were not prepared by him for the press, but only for private informa- tion. A few observations on the paper before us are necessary. The writer is not strictly correct when he says, that the Japanese form of worship has no resemblance to the Chinese, as those who are acquainted with the latter will readily percciv-:. The difl'erence is however very great. L)r. Burger has fallen into an error which we have already had once or twice to notice; that of deducing the name Fo (or Full), Budha, from Fohi (or Fuh- he), the first monarch, of what the Chinese consider the doubtful period of their history;—a period, it appearN to us, founded on traditionary recollections of the antediluvian ages. Nothing can he more erroneous than this confusion of names; yet the Asiatic Journal defends it without meeting with correction from any of the sinologues of Europe. But the doctor has committed a more serious error in confound- ing the Budhistic and the Brahminical religions, between which there exists a wide difference. To point out the difference would however take up more time than we can now spare lo the .subject. What Dr. Burger calls the hereditary, is the- same that is com- monly termed the ecclesiastical, emperor. On this subject, M. Klaproth says (in the Journal Asiatique for Feb. 1833.): "It is a wide spread error among us, that there exist in Japan two em- perors, ecclesiastical and civil. We give the first epithet to the Dairi, or real emperor ; and the other to the Seogoun (in Chinese tseangkeun or general), who, in fact, is but the first military dig- nitary in the empire, or general in chief of the army. It is true that the seogouns have usurped the supreme power, and that by this act the Dairi is placed under their influence; hut this state of things, though confirmed by long usage, is illegal, and the seogoun is not even in Japan, considered in any other light than as the first officer of the Dairi, and in no way as a second emperor. Nor is the dignity of the last merely ecclesiastical, as is generally believ- ed ; he is a monarch, like any other, but a monarch whose ances- tors have had the weakness to let the power be usurped by the military chief of the empire." In the account of the ancient burial rites of the Japanese, we observe a striking resemblance to those of the Chinese; among whom the burial of men and animals in the tombs of emperors was retained even so late as the Yuen or Mongol dynasty, in the 13th century. In the words of Confucius, as quoted by Mencius, we find also mention made of the custom of burying images of human beings in graves. He says, "they who commenced the ii.se of wooden images (in place of bundles of stniw hearing; but ;< faint n-.i-inlil.iii'-'- to the human form), .shall tlirv nut IK- \iihonl 320 Religious Worship Nov. progeny!" This remark shown how far the 'great sage' carried his hatred of so inhuman a practice, cincn he regarded even a nearer approach to the reHemblance of human beings worthy of such punshment.—But we turn now to the paper of Dr. Burger. He says, "The form of religious worship in Japan especially the old form, has no resemblance whatever to any of the cotemporary Chinese; the earlier inhabitants of Japan had a peculiar form, which being respected as that of their ancestors, has maintained itself to thia day, as well in the hut of the peasant as in the palace of the hered- itary emperor. Being generally liked, it is not only tolerated, but even protected and venerated, by government; and even at the present time it might be named as the the positive religion of the Japanese, had not political causes obliged the subjects openly to acknowledge one of the sects of Buddoo. The doctrines, views, and mode of explaining the ancient worship of the Japan- ese, are in no essential points similar to those of Buddoo; and although by a contact of a thousand years they appear to have more or less amalgamated, yet they are kept strictly and rigor- ously separate by the present theologists of Japan. "The Sintoo form of religious worship.—The name Sintoo was introduced of late years as a denomination of the old religion, in distinction from the new one, that of Buddoo. The first is called Sintoo,* the way of the Spirit; the second Buddoo or Budtoo, the way of God. The principal articles of faith, and the rites of the Sintoo service are the following: "The originators and founders of the Japanese empire are held to be the descendants of the sun and moon, and particularly Ten-syoo-dai-zin, or in pure Japanese, Amaterasu-oho-kami, is the supreme Being, the highest deity. The pure Sintoo worship recognizes no higher being or spirit than him. The hereditary emperors spring from this divine race, which descended from heaven upon the Japanese land, and are gonuine representations and followers of Ten-syoo-dai-zin: hy their title of Ten-zi, sons of heaven, they recognize their divine origin. The race also can never become extinct; for in case of a failure in the succession, a descendant is sent from heaven to the childless Ten-zi. Even at the present day, in case the hereditary emperor has no progeny, a child from some noble family is chosen by the emperor himself, and by an arranged secret convention is found under one of the trees of the palace, and as sent from heaven is established heir of the throne. The spirit of their ruler is immortal, and this also confirms the faith of the people in the existence of the soul after death; thus the idea of immortality exists, and with it, that of rewards for the good, and punishments for the bad, as also that of a place to which the spirit goes after death. Their paradise is called Takamakahava; their hell Ne-no-kwii, the land in the * An analyoU of the signification of this and moat of the following Japanese words will be found at the end of this paper. 1833. of tlte Japanese. 321 root [bottom or lower part] of the earth. Here the spirit must answer for itself before its heavenly judges. The good, rewarded, remove to takamakahava, and are received into the ranks of the heavenly rulers. The wicked are punished and cast down into the abysH, ne-no-kuni. In the worship of the kumi, (spirits or gods,) particular dwellings for them are erected on earth, which are called mi a; these are temples of various sizes, and built of wood; the smaller of lignum vitae, the larger of cypress. In the centre of them, slips of paper fastened to pieces of lignum vitae, are deposited as emblems of the godhead, and called gohei. These gohei are to be found in every Japanese house, where they are preserved in small shrines, on an elevated spot. At both sides of the mia, stand flower-pots with green boughs, generally of the myrtle or pine ; then two lamps, a cup of tea, and several vessels filled with the liquor sake. Here every Japanese, morning and evening, oflers his prayers to the creator Ten-syoo-dai-zin. Large, single funding gates and triumphal arches (in which I thought was discernible an order of architecture peculiar to the Japanese,) lead to the temples, which, with the dwellings of the priests anj other buildings, frequently form extensive and stately edifices. Before thtt dwellings of the kami, two dogs, called Romn-in, are placed; and before those of Ten-syoo-dai-zin two guards called Stirutihako. These creatures, of a peculiar shape, are said to have been the glides and guardians of Ten-syoo-dai-Zin. They are also at po.mlar festivals, carried in procession before the god ;—the one named Ho-no-oo is adored as the tutelar god to protect men from fire; the other Mizu-oo, to guard them from water. "Daily, occasionally, or at appointed times, as on the anni- versaries (matsuri) of birlhs and deaths, prayers and git's are offered to the spiri's of the founders of the empire, of good rulers, and of meritorious statesmen to the praise and honor of such godlike beings (kami). These periods are often celebrated as national festivals; however to the highest kami, Ten-syoo-dai- /.in, the pious cannot address their prayers directly, but by in- tercossors and mediators between this supreme deity and his children on earth. These are called Syu-go-zin, watching and protecting gods. All kami, except Ten-syoo-dai-zin, are tutelar gods; and as animals havo often h?en sorviceable to knmi, they also are adored as protecting deities; such for instance as foxes, hares, &c. Besides some tlower.pots, a bell, u drum, and soiue other musical instruments, there is a mirror (kagaini) near the habitation of the kami, signifying here the purity and clearness of the soul. Several writers appear to have confounded the mirrors used in the Sintoo worship with those employed in that of Bud Joo. Tliunb :rg and Malte-Brun have done so, both having copied from KiBinpfer. "On stated occasions, but mostly at thr beginning and middle of the month, various eatables, as rice, mille', cakes, fish, &c., are oflered to the kami and to their tutelar jrods. In very ancient Q 322 Religious Worship Nov. limes, human sacrifices were offered to the watching ana pro- tecting gods, among which are the nine headed dragon, &c. These evil creatures were looked upon as attendants of the divinity, and it was sought to reconcile them to mankind hy offering such dear pledges taken out of the family. In ge- neral the victim was a beautiful and innocent daughter. It is permitted to the followers of this religion to kill animals, and to. stain themselves with blood; the priests also may marry. The dead are buried in coffins resembling a mia or temple; and in former times, when men of rank died, a number of their de- pendents and friends were buried wifh them in their graves; in later times they used to rip up their own bellies, that they might follow their deceased masters and friends after death. In the 83d year of the reign of Suizintenoo, (A. D. 3,) these usages were interdicted, but they still maintained themselves till the time of Taiko (A. n. 1650). They also used in lieu of human beings, clay images, which are frequently dug up even at the present day. "The Buddoo form of religious worship.—This religion was probably first introduced from China, through Corea, into Japan, A. D. 540; and was confirmed A. D. 576 by the introduction of the image of Syaka (Shakia, in Chinese Shikya,) likewise from Corea. According to the accounts of learned Japanese, the dogmas of this religion are divided into classes, distinguished as a higher and lower doctrine of faith. "The higher doctrine rests on the following foundation. 'Man derives his origin from nothing, and therefore has no evil in himself; the impressions of the world without, bring out in him the first seeds of evil, from which also he derives his first ideas of wickedness. One must therefore seek to guard himself against these impressions, which is done, by singly and alone following the bent of the soul which lives within us. This is the deity itself, which guides our actions. Hence no worshiping of idols is permitted. The human body sprung from nothing, and after death returns to nothing. The soul survives; that of the wicked floats eternally in the void of space; that of the good reposes in the palace of the deity, from whence, if the inhabitants of the world should require the assistance of a virtuous man, it is sent from heaven to occupy another human body.' "The lower doctrine of Buddoo, which properly is the religion of the people, is thus explained. 'There is on the other side a great judge called Emaoo; before him stands a large mirror, in which the actions of all men are imaged forth. Near this mirror stand two evil spirits, servants to Emaoo, who observe all the actions of the inhabitants of earth in the mirror, and report them to the king. The one on the right hand is called Doo-soo-zin, 'the quick-eared spirit;' the one on the loft, Doo-me-zin, the 'quick- sifihtcd spirit.' A third spirit at the side of the king takes down all the reports in writing, l>\ which lliu souls of the dead are judged.' 1833. of the Japanese. 32S But properly the souls of the dead, both good and evil, are sent to their rewards and punishments by six different roads. This con- firms their belief of the transmigration of souls. These roads are :— 1. Gokurak, the road to paradise. 2. Ningen, the road to the world of men, or perhaps, to the men of the earth. 3. Syura, the road to the righting hell. 4. Gaki, the road to the starving hell. 5. Tsikusyo, the road to the animal hell. 6. Ten-nin, the road to the men of heaven. "Amida, the receiving, helping, and saving god, is the principal deity and dweller in paradise. There are five commandments, given as rules for the guidance of human actions, viz., 1. Moogo, not to lie. 2. Z'yain, not to commit adultery. 3. Sewasyoo, not to kill any living creature. 4. Insyoo, not to get drunk. 5. Tsyootoo, not to steal. "These two chief branches of the doctrine of Buddoo, spread again into several ramifications; and there are now in Japan the following sects which are tolerated by government. 1. Zen; of which there are three subdivisions, viz. Rinzai, Syootoo, and Oobak, named after Chinese monks; "2. Zyoodo; 3. Hokke; 4. Tendai; 5. Singon; 6. Gusya; 7. Z'yoosits; 8. Sitzoo. These eight sects now divide the various doctrines of Buddoo (Buddoo signifies the same as Syaka); they are narri- ed from their books, principles, or earlier habitations, whereof I will give the following brief particulars. Zen means literally sitting quiet, sunk back in perfect repose of thought. Zyoodo means holy land, and thus indicates the belief in a holy land. Hokke, Gusya, Z'yoosits, and Sitzoo are names of the books bequeathed by their authors. Tendai is termed thus from a mountain and temple of that name in China. (Query, Hindostan?) Singon means to repeat true psalms. "The two last named sects, in their doctrines and prayers make use of the Indian writing, known under the name of the old Deva- Nagari. They themselves call it Bonzi. It is also written in the books Ziki and SiUan mata teimon, that they are received by the Brahmins. "Beside these two principal religions, there now exists also the sect of Syuntoo, i. e. the morality of Confucius, which has existed in Japan, since A. D. 59. Here also, as in China, its only olijnct is a virtuous life in this world, without troubling its followers about aught that may occur after death. 324 Japanese Religion. Nov. "Lastly, we observe also the sect of Jamabus, literally 'mountain soldiers,' properly magicians, proceeding from two of the sects of Buddoo, viz. Teodai and Singon. These Jamabus, whose exter- nal appearance much resembles the priests of the abovementioned sects, except in some insignia, are particularly distinguished from all other priests and monks of Buddoo, by being permitted to eat flesh and to marry, which are most rigorously forbidden to the former. "From this superficial statement of the dogmas and divisions of B'iddooism, the religion will at once be recognized as that of Fo, Foe, or Fohi of Syaka; in short as the brahminical religion which began in India about 2,800 years since, and has latterly spread over the southeastern parts of Asia. The more its doctrines were thrown into a form, comprehensible to the people, so much the more profuse it became in the use of images. One may there- fore easily fancy the erection of innumerable temples filled with multifarious and polymorphous symbols and attendants of the dei- ties, to consecrate and direct the sensuality of the common people. "Foe is also known to the present Japanese. They affix this name to everything possessing the power of doing anything ex- traordinary. It is therefore an attribute of the deity, of all Budds and kami, and there are consequently innumerable Fo; 1 allude to the Fo of the learned, which is sometimes called Syaka, some- times Budda, and who is the founder of the brahminical religion." ANALYSIS OF THE JAPANESE WORDS. Sin-too: from sin, or zin, spirit, god, properly spirit of god, and too, law, way. Bud-dao: from budd, god or Budha, and too (for euphony read doo), way. Ten-zi: from ten heaven, and zi, child, son ; the emperor. Ne-no-oo: from hi or fi, fire, no, the possessive sign, and oo, great lord ; the lord of fire. Mizu-oo: from mitz', water and oo, great lord; the lord of water. Syu-go-zin: from syu, watching, go, protecting, and zin, spirit or god; the tutelar gods or intercessors. E-ma-oo: from e, flame, ma evil, and oo, king or great lord; the judge of hades. Doo-soo-zin: from doo, quick, soo ear, and zin, spirit or god; the quick-eared spirit. Doo-me-zin : from doo, quick, me, sight, and zin, god or spirit; the quick-sighted spirit. A-mi-da: from a, receiving, mi, saving and da, helping; this is one of the Indian attributes of Budha. Syun-to: from syun, moral, and too, way or law; the principles of Confucius. Jamii-bus: from jama, mountain, and bus, soldier; the sect of Jamabus. 1833. Chotft Farewell Address. 325 CHOO'S FAREWELL ADDRESS.—The late lieut.-governor of Canton, when about to retire, published a sort of farewell address to the people, in eight verses, which were printed and sold in the streets. The manner of doing such things in China is a little different from that in India and other places, when a favorite officer retires, although the principle is much the same; each party flatters and praises the other, and so both are pleased. However in Choo's case, there was no dinner, nor speech- making; nor was there a letter or address sent to him with a great many signatures; yet he put forth the following, which shows somewhat of the mind and feelings of men in China:— Having been long ill, I requested and obtained permission of the emperor to return to my native village. The scholars (or gentry) and common people henrcl the announcement with alarm, talked about it, and some even wept. When I heard this my feelings were wounded, and I wrote the following disconnected verses to console, and excite them to virtue. Yu keti seen she—shtnc joofung; Leang toe e jin—taou Yve chung: Kin jih keu jen—che sze tsee; Hang tsedng tso lih—Le we hung; &c. &c. &c. From ancient days, my fathers trod the path Of literary fame, and placed their names Among the wise; two generations past, Attendant on their patrons, they have come To this provincial city.* Here this day, 'T is mine to be imperial envoy; Thus has the memory of ancestral fame Ceased not to stimulate this feeble frame. My father held an office at Lungchow,f And deep imprinted his memorial there:— He was the sure and generous friend Of learning unencouraged and obscure. When now I turn my head and travel back, In thought to that domestic hall, it seems As yesterday, those early happy scenes;— How was he pained, if forced to be severe! From times remote, Kwangtung has been renowned For wise and mighty men; but none can stand * The Chinese have a great affection for the place of their nativity, and consider being in any of the other provinces like being in a foreign settle, ment. They always wish to return thither in life, or have their remains carried and interred there after death. t A district in the province of Canton. 326 Choo's Farewell Address. Nov. Among them, or compare with Keuh Keang :—* Three idle and inglorious years are past, And I have raised no monument of fame, By shedding round the rays of light and truth, To give the people knowledge. In this heart 1 feel the shame, and cannot bear the thought. But now, in flowered pavilions, in street Illuminations, gaudy shows, to praise The gods and please themselves, from year to year The modern people vie, and boast themselves, And spend their hard earned wealth,—and all in vain, For what shall be the end? Henceforth let all Maintain an active and a useful life, The sober husband and the frugal wife. The gracious statesman, [gov. Loo,] politic and wise, Is my preceptor and my long tried friend; Called now to separate, spare our farewell, The heart rending words affection loves so well; That he may still continue to exhort The people, and instruct them to be wise, To practice virtue, and to keep the laws Of ancient sages, is my constant hope. When I look backward o'er the field of fame Where I have traveled a long fifty years, The struggle for ambition and the sweat For gain, seem altogether vanity. Who knoweth not that heaven's toils are close, Infinitely close! Few can escape.f Ah! how few great men reach a full old age! How few, unshorn of honors, end their days! Inveterate disease has twined itself Around me, and binds me in slavery. The kindness of his majesty is high:): And liberal, admitting no return, Unless a grateful heart; still my eyes Will see the miseries of the people.— Unlimited distresses, mournful, sad, To the mere passer by, awaking grief. * Keuh Keang was an ancient minister of state, during the Tang dynasty. His imperial master would not listen to his advice, and lie therefore retired. Rebellion and calamities arose. The emperor thought of his faithful ser- vant, and sent for him; but he was already dead. t The natives consider this sentence an insinuation unfavorable to the monarch, and amounting almost to treason. It is well for Choo that he is not going to Peking, where some friend might bring this verse to his majesty's notice. t In permitting Choo to retire from public life. 1833. Superstition and Idolatry. 327 Untalenled, unworthy, I withdraw, Bidding farewell to this windy, dusty world; Upwards I look to the supremely good— The emperor,—to choose a virtuous man To follow me. Henceforth it will be well.— The measures and the merits passing mine; But I shall silent stand, and sec his grace Diffusing blessings like the genial spring. These hasty lines are written by Cluxt Kieeiching of Kinling, in Cheke'dng province. The above, in the original, is considered a tolerable specimen of Chinese verse. Of poetry it contains nothing. Choo seems unhappy. He finds nothing to satisfy the immortal mind. Would that he knew and would receive the glorious gospel which brings life and immortality to light. SUPERSTITION AND IDOLATRY.—These are words of a very in- definite meaning, judging by their application in the western world. We give below, what we consider examples of these abominations, not meaning, however, that there are. none elsewhere. The Peking Gazette of the 26th of the 5th moon of the current year, the 13th of Taoukwang, contains a long document con- cerning Shoo-hing-tae, a Mungkoo Tartar, who, while he held the office of major in his majesty's cavalry during the wars in Cashgar, became ill of a pulmonary disease, which disabled him from doing duty on horseback. He was afraid of being dismissed, and thiere- fore sent in his resignation, but did not wait for-an answer. He disappeared for a long period; at last he was seized by ths police of Peking in a huckster's shop, where having engaged in a dispute, he had recourse to blows. Being taken into custody for breaking the peace, he was required to give an account of himself. The account he gave was so unsatisfactory, that he was considered a suspicious person. The present emperor of China is actually, as well as nominally, "the first magistrate," the head of the police; and he also thought the major a "suspicious person," especially because of his having changed his name, and that more than once. Shoo-hing-tae's case as stated by himself, was as follows. The reader will judge of the propriety of the term superstition, which we have prefixed to his recital. When he found himself ill of a dangerous disease, and unfit for the emperor's service, he made a vow, that if he should recover, he would become a priest of the Taou sect, quit the world, and visit, in order to worship, the five great mountains of China. He was restored to health, and went to the flowery hills of Shense, and was ordained a priest. Hav- ing effected this, and in the temple of ' Ihunder's ancestor,' wor- shiped Koo-jin-chaou as his master, he sot out upon his pilgrimage I') the live great mountains, culling at his mother's IHJUSU in his Iditldlry and Superstition. Nov. way, when unluckily he fell into the dispute in the huckster's shop. About his person were found some doctor's and astrologer's books, on which he had written his name, differently from the name taken at his ordination. This, he said, arose from careless- ly writing his familiar, boyish nanv?, mixed with his priestly name. He was sent back to Shense, where he had obtained priest's orders, to be there tried by the local magistrates, and confronted with his professed spiritual master. In his vow, he limited his ef- forts to the term often years, but was C'ired at an earlier period. The idolatry wo refer (o, appears in the Peking gazette for the 5th moon, 25th day. There, the tboyuen of Kwangse, and Loo, the governor of Can inn, on their knees beseech his imperial majes- ty to confer honors on an old idol god, the image of a man named Chm, who lived in the time ot'thc Sung dynasty. The reason for this special favor, in conferring which, ills majesty is requested to manifest his compassionate kindness to the gods, is, that during the late highland rebellion, which is not yet forgotten, this idol showed wonderful power and was murvelously preserved. It was much esteemer], and on the descent of the mountaineers, much prayed to; and in consequence, the rebels passed the villages near where it stood without burning them. Afterwards, thesa same re- bels were caught and tied with cords in the idol's temple. At mid- night they attempted to unloose themselves, while the guards inside were asleep. But a red Maine issued from the idol's temple, and alarmed the troops oulside. The plot was discovered, and a heavy fire of artillery opened upon the prisoners within, by which they were all killed. Still, notwithstanding all the cannonading, the idol remained unhurt. The walls were battered by the shot, but the image remained entire. For these divine services in behalf of the reigning dynasty, the governor and lieut.-governor solicit the emperor to confer the honor of a new tablet upon the idol's temple. Surely it is hard to tell whether one should laugh or weep at this. Men, educated men, and thought fit to be governors over millions, thus petitioning for honors to be conferred on—what? Whv, a block of wood it may be, or a piece of stone! Again, petitioning the emperor to shew his compassion to the gods! Doubtleas they need it; and much good will the idol derive from his new honors. But it is bettor to feel our spirits stirred within us, as Paul did when he saw the idolatry of the Athenians. Tell us, yo, who acknowledge Jehovah as your G.>H, the Author of your every good, of tlie worl.l in which you live, and of yourselves, can you look on and see his honor thus given to sensHess idols with indifference? —his glory to graven images, and make no off:rt to prevent it? We should ftiul our hearts moved with co.pn;> ission, as a greater than Paul did, when he saw men ignorant an.i wicked, and should follow his example by seeking to enlighten and save them, even though it he at the expense of pleasure, and honor, and ease, yea of life itself. J833. 329 lAterury Notices. LITERARY NOTICES. Publications of the Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knout- ledge.—We have been obliging, ly furnished with a small pamph- let, entitled, "Some remarks on the fifth annual report of the Society for the Diffusion of Use- fill Knowledge;" it was accom- panied by the following note, addressed "To the Editor of the Chinese Repository." «• Sir, having been requested, by the committee of the Society for the Diffusion of Useful Know- ledge, to give circulation to the enclosed 'Remarks' in answer to various attacks recently made upon the Society, chiefly by those members of the trade, who con- sider themselves aggrieved by the cheapness of its publications, I beg the favor of your inserting in your journal, (whose objects are of a cognate character with those of the Society,) such por- tions of the remarks as appear calculated to promote the end in view, and are likely to prove interesting to your readers. I am, Sir, Your most obedient serv't. J. F. D." We do not suspect that this note was intended as a hint to reduce the price of our own puhlica- tion; but coming with the pamph. let as it did, when we were considering the expediency of so doing, it brought us at once to the conclusion that such a measure isoxpedienl ; ;md when we proceed lo Ihe tinnl volume, unless good reason can be ad- duced for changing our present purpose, we shall reduce its price one half, anticipating of course that the number of copies circulated will be more than doubled. We are exceedingly gratified by the mariner in which the Re- pository has been received, and are persuaded 'hat a tolerable degree of faithfulness on our part will increase its circulation, und give it new claims to the at- tention of the reading world. The exigenc es of the case do- mand such a publication. These eastern nations present a wide field for research and inquiry; and the number of those who seek for information concern- ing them, is rapidly increasing. The circle of readers, on all subjects of importance, is daily extending. Forty years ago, in the opinion of Edmund Burke, there were only 80,000 readers in Great Britain: but, during the last year, it has been shown that there are 200,000 purchasers of ono periodical work, the Pen- ny Magazine; and •« it may be fairly calculated that the num. her of the readers of that single work, amounts to a million." The works now published by the Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge, are ten in number, viz. "Library of Useful Knowledge, Library of Enter- taining Knowledge, Farmer's series of the Library of Useful Knowledge, British Almanac, S30 Nov. Literary Notices. Companion to the Almnnac, Journal of Education, Portraits, Maps, Worlung-man's Com- pariion, and Penny Magazine. In addition to these, a Penny Cyclopcedia will be commenced with the new year." Such was the number of the Society's pub- lications at the close of the year 1832. The character of these works, their intrinsic value, and the very low price at which they are sold, are well known to the public. The writer of the pamph- let before us notices each of them separately; but our limits forbid us to follow him in detail. Concerning the "acts" and the "intentions of the Society," he says :— » With the the sum of £300 per annum, (the sum total deriv- ed from life and annual sub- scriptions,) at its disposal, the Society, according to some statements, has been able to carry on, what is termed, a great monopoly—to undersell the in- dividual publisher—to render the publication of new books a hopeless speculation—and to depreciate the labors of all litur- ary men, but the few engaged by the Society. These, indeed, are great evils to be accomplish- ed by such small means; but if we look farther into the report [of the Society], we shall find that even this little fund cannot be applied without some abate- ment. 'The average amount of yearly subscriptions has been £1-25, after deducting the ex- penses of collection, and the price of the treatises delivered to subscribers.' But even this amount is falling of—' these annual subscriptions have gra- dually diminished.' "In the mean time the Socie- ty is steadily enlarging the circle of its operations; in supporting the permanent expenses of its establishment, which, although upon a very moderate scale, amount to £800 per annum; and is investing a large amount of capital in future undertakings. How is this to be explained? Simply thus. The Society does not depend upon subscriptions at all. Those subscriptions were necessary when its success was a matter of experiment; but the majority of the publications of the Society, cheap as they are, afford a profit, partly to the So- ciety, and partly to its publish, ers. Every new work of the Society is a commercial specula, tion, involving a large expendi- ture of capital, and considerable risk. The only peculiar advan- tage which the Society possesses, and which we shall endeavor to explain in detail is this ;—that it has calculated upon a much larger number of readers and purchasers of books, than was ever before assumed in any esti- mate upon which the current price of books has been fixed; and that thus, having established a new standard for the market value of books, by speculating upon a liirge demand instead of a small one, it has necessarily created a broad distinction be. twecn the price of books for the many and for the few, the real nature of which distinction, the parties interested in the produc- tion of books for the few, have attempted to control." In this way—by making its publications cheap, and adapting them to the wants of their pur- chasers, and not by entering 'into unfair competition by the power 1833. 331 Hittory of China. of a large subscription fund," the Society has been enabled to give its publications such a wide circulation, and also to create a "monopoly" as extraordinary as it is confounding to some* of the aggrieved members of the "trade." And hence the attacks which have been made upon the Society. "On one clay, we hear a complaint, that its efforts to improve the condition of man- kind, by enlightening their un. dt'rstandings, are Confined to a •Treatise on Probability;' on another day we are told that the Society has established a monop- oly of cheap and popular pun. lications. Some say that the Society is utterly powerless in its effects upon the minds of the people; others, that its works are calculated to destroy all originality, by absorbing every other literary effort," &c. A publication, because it is cheap, is not therefore necessarily of no value. "The bent of civiliza. tion," says Chencvix, "is to make good things cheap." That some members of the trade have been deoply wound, ed by the operations of the So. ciety, there can be no doubt. "Poor Robin," the indecent al- manac, was discontinued as ear- ly as 1823. "Season on the seasons," one of the astrologi- cal writers, has also expired; and 'Francis Moore,' though he has retreated from blasphemy and stupidity, "limps onward to jls fate, being kept alive solely through the force of habit in iti purchasers." In China, "there are no previous licenses demand- ed, or restrictive regulations en- forced," in order to secure and control the press; "nor in the case of publications upon ordi. nary subjects, are any checks whatever imposed on their num- ber or variety. This is the tes- timony of the translator of the Chinese Penal code, and it is true; it is true also, according to the pamphlet before us, that for a century and a half '< no one but the privileged corporations," the two universities and the Sta- tioners' Company, could even so much as " print or publish an almanac, as no one but the two universities and the king's print, er can now print and publish a Bible." Erskine overthrew the monopoly of almanacs in 1779; but the other, the monopoly of printing Bibles, is upheld to the present day. HISTORY OF CHINA.—This country is daily becoming more and more an object of attention among enterprising men. Its productions, almost from time immemorial, have been sought for by Europeans; while the country itself has been to them a "Grt;at Unknown." A new interest, however, is beginning to be excited; and inquiries are becoming frequent. One enter- prise will lead on to another; and each advance will bring into view m w objects fur investiga. tion. The wall of separation between this country and Chris. tendon) will disappear; the fra- terni'.y of nations will be ac- * We are far from supposing that all (he members of the trade are offend- ed at the operations of the Society; on the contrary, there are many, we doubt not, who are its friends and rejoice in its measures for the diffusion of useful knowledge. 332 Nov. Aborigines of AVtc Zealand. knowledge'!, and its rights re- spected. The unnatural condi- tion in which China stands in regard to the rest of the world cannot long continue. But her present state needs to be more clearly and faithfully exhibited; and every additional item of in- formation, relative to this sub- ject, that shall be presented to the minds of men whether fo- reigners or natives, will hasten forward 'a consummation de- voutly to be wished.' While such is the condition, and such the relations of China, we hail wilh joy every publica- tion that snein.s calculated to aid in the grand enterprise. The work, the title of which stands at the head of this notice, was commenced by Mr. Gutzlaff, while on the coast of Fuhkeen, and finished during his recent sojourn in Canton. He took great pains to consult the best authorities, both native and for- eign, and has endeavored to give a succinct and connected history of China, and its intercourse with foreign nations, We have had opportunity to peruse the work in manuscript, and are sure it will be read with no or- dinary interest by those who seek information about China. RELIGIOUS INTELLIGENCE. ABORIGINES OF NEW ZEALAND. A recent number of the Orien- tal Christian Spectator contains a letter from the gentleman re- ferred to in the Repository of July (page 140), some extracts from which we wish to lay before our readers. New Zealand is becomiiig one of the most inter, esling countries on the globe, whether we contemplate it as philosophers, philanthropists, or Christians. A people of more than common energy, both phy- sical and intellectual, is fast emerging from a state of barba- rism, and corning forth to expe- rience the influence of civiliza- tion and science; and the phi- losopher watches their progress to see what are the effects of that influence when operating upon the human character in almost its worst and lowest state, A nation of savages, of insatiate cannibals, is ceasing to fea^t on human flesh, and exchanging those habits which made "war their glory, and fighting the principal topic of their conver- sation," for the employments and customs of civilized society. And the mere philanthrophist, he who seeks the good of his fellow-men without reference to religion or the immortality of the soul— while he rejoices in the change by which this small portion of his race is made more happy, endeavors to learn how a similar change may be effected among every savage people. The Chris, tian, while he views the scene with all the interest of the philo- sopher and mere philanthropist, also derives form it other and higher enjoyments. He sees in it a new proof, or rather, since the point has long been proved, a new instance of the power of the gospel of Jesus Christ to tame the savage, elevate the de- graded, and make the wretched happy. He rejoices also in the 1833. Aborigines of New Zealand. 333 hope that the change, which has taken place in the character of many, will be as lasting in its effects as is I lie soul of man in its duration, and honorable to its author as well as salutary to its subject. The first Christian efforts for the benefit of the New Zealand- ers were commenced about the year 1810. We have not room for a history of those efforts, but merely remark, in passing, that the missionaries have had to contend with difficulties, and encounter dangers, such ns would dishearten any but those whose hope relies upon the pro- mised protection and blessing of the Almighty. When retiring to rest at night they have had rea- son to fear that they should feel the murderous mery before the morning sun should rise; and have actually been driven from some of their stations. Yet they persevered in their work, confi- dent that in due time, according to the promise of Him in obedi- ence to whose command they had gone thither, they should reap the fruit of their labors and sufferings. That their hopes have not been disappointed, is abundantly shown by the letter before us. We quote the more largely because facts are narrat- ed in a plain manner, such as nature dictates when the writer is interested in his subject, and the truth—the simple trtiih, is to be told ; but our limits oblige us to omit several paragraphs, and even abridge those from which we make extracts. The writer landed on Satur- day, Feb. 9th, 1833, at Paihia, one of the missionary stations, of which he says; "on ascending the beach we saw an aged chief seated on the turf, wrapped up in his niiii, who had come from Wangaroa, a bay about 50 miles to the northward, on purpose to spend the Sabbath at the settle- ment with H view to religious in- struction! The church bell rung as usual for evening prayers, on which occasion the building was nearly filled with natives. The next morning ushered in a day that will not soon be forgot- ten. The church bell rung at 8 o'clock, and assembled the in- habitants of the place to the morning service. There was nothing to disburb the quietness of the Christian Sabbath, and natives were seen assembling from different directions for the worship of that God, of whom but very lately, they, ;is their fathers had been, were altogeth- er ignorant. Tiie church was completely filled as I entered it, and the sight of so many natives seated on forms, some clothed in mats and others in blankets, whilst a few were habited in English costume, and all quiet and orderly, was deeply inter- esting. The Rev. W, Williams conducted the native service, which was commenced by sing- ing a translation of a beautiful hymn by Kelly. The whole con- gregiition appeared to unite in singing with much devotion and propriety; and the notes of a fine toned organ were almost drowned by one general burst of harmonious voices, united in singing the praises of Jehovah. I was much interested, while Mr. W. was preaching, in ob- serving the fixed attention of the natives. Their fine, manly fig- ures, tattooed countenances, and native costumes, while they were thus drinking in as it were, the 334 Nov. Aborigines of New Zealand. > water of life,' made it indeed a scene not to be described. Some women, rather than be kept away to nurse their infants, brought them on their backs; and some who could not gain admission, were standing in the vestry and at the windows listen- ing. Miiny of this large con- gregation had «tasted that the Lord is gracious,' some had felt their need of a Savior, and all were attentive listeners to the word of life; and a more order, ly, attentive, and apparently devout assembly I never witness- ed even in a Christian country. "The next day I inspected the schools where I was much gra- tiffed to behold old and young, high and low, chief and servant, bond and free, all engaged in learning to read and write. Every old prejudice appears to have worn off, and there is now a general thirst for instruction. Hostile tribes here throw away their animosities, and come even from a distance of many miles to gain admission to the mission schools. "From Paihia I proceeded to Waimate, an inland station a. hout 16 miles from Paihia. From Waimate, I made two tours in the surrounding country. In one of them we fell in with the converted chief Ripi. He and his people were voluntarily engag. ed in cutting a road through a forest to enable thu missionaries to get at a friendly village be. yond it for the purpose of afford- ing instruction to its inhabitants! Ripi never fails to express his mind fully to the natives when they meet. On one occasion, when arguing with another chief on the evils of his former courses, he alluded to the motives of re- putation and power, by which the natives are influenced. «The name,' said he,'which one gain* by such means is like the hoar- frost, which disappears as soon as the sun shines upon it; but if a man is brave in seeking after the things of Jesus Christ, his name lasts for ever.' This noble individual now conducts daily worship in his village with hi» own tribe, and is walking in the light of truth, and adorning the gospel in his daily conduct. "In another of my tours we called on an old chief named Tamoranga, an old friend of the Rev. S. Marsden, the father of the New Zealand mission. This chief has evinced his anxie. ty for (he religious instruction of himself and his people by mak. ing a road of three miles extent across the country to Waimate and constructing several small wooden bridges over rivulets, across which the road runs, in order to facilitate the journeys of the missionaries from that station. In one village, the natives have actually established amongst themselves, without any direct interference of the missionaries, a daily school according to the circulating class system, used first at Islington (England), and now generally adopted in the New Zealand mission schools; and old and young, free and bond, all fall into their classes, and learn to read and write. "At Waimate I attended a na- tive wedding. It was a deeply interesting and affecting cere- mony. I observed several chiefs and others standing up and appearing deeply interested, even to tears, as the vows of mutual conjugal affection and 1833. Journal of Occurrences, attachment were exacted from the married couple; a thing so contrary to the native custom, according to which, the wife is always the subject of a vin- lent contest, and only surrender- ed by her friends to superior force to become the wifp of one by whom she may be ill treated and even put to death. I was assured that our marriage ser- vice is beginning to attract attention generally ; and I doubt not but it will materially forward the civilization and happiness of this benighted race. When we consider a moment the state in which the New Zealanders were only a few years ago—canni- bals, without a written language and debased by all the vices which disgrace human nature; opposed moreover, to instruc- tion and averse to the mission- aries, who in love to their souls had sat down among them ; how wonderfully have the efforts of these missionaries been blessed. I am forward to say that one half of the reality has never been laid before the public. So far are the reports of this mission from being overstated. People m;iy say what they will, but I JOURNAL, OF OCCURRENCES. BREACH OF CHINESE ETIQUETTE.— The gazette of September 10th notices the degradation of Peihchang, a Tar. tar officer, who was recently in com- mand on the northwest frontier. On the birthday of a member of the im. penal household, Peihchaug, like a true and loyal subject, sent to court his congratulatory card: but mark the offense; instead of forwarding it by the common post-carrier, he dispatciicd it by an express traveling at the rate of 400 Ic, or about 120 miles per Hay. For thu violation of the rules of pro could but feel thankful for thai change which enabled me to repose on my bed H! night with unfastened doors, with a confi- dence of perfect safety, where once human victims used to be killed and roasted nnd eaten in front of the dwellings of the missionaries, and the inmates were insulted and threatened with a similar fate. Nothing hut the blessing of God, nothing but divine grace could effect this change. What else, could hrins; them by hundreds to our schools and our churches? What else repress violence and fraud? Will deism do this? Let the deistical philosopher go forth amongst savage nations, as the Christian missionary has here done, with his life in his hand, and demonstrate to the world the truth of his hypothesis; and then his arguments may deserve consideration. No; it is only the love of God in a crucified Redeemer, as applied by the Holy Spirit to the heart, that can produce love to him and to his people, and diffuse peace and happiness on earth, whether amongst learned or unlearned, the civilized or the savage." priety—this grievous outrage on the laws of moderation, Peihchang has been degraded and recalled from hi* station. FORMOSA.—A great deal has been published in the gazettes concerning the late insurrection in this island. The disturbances commenced in Ocl. 1833, and continued till lust June, when pe-i.ce and tranquillity were again restored. During (he contest*, which continued to rage, »t intervals, 336 Journal of Occurrences. GRIMES AND PUNISHMENTS.—In 8he.li- ne, a widow and her mother-in-law both lived in illicit intercourse with differ- ent men. The widow brought in supplies of rice and money by her vicious conduct. Her paramour, how. ever, fell into poverty and the supplies ceased. The mother, who was aware of all the intercourse order- ed the daughter to go after the man and bring home supplies. She failed. The mother began to chastise her. The daughter seized a sharp hook or sickle; they fought, and the mother was killed. The daughter cast the body into a neighboring river to remove all evidence of her crime. She was sen- tenced to be cut in pieces, but in con- sideration of the mother's illegal con. duct in selling the daughter to vice, her sentence was changed by the supreme court to immediate decapitation. We see here some of the natural ef. fects of the doctrines referred to in the preceding article in this number upon the condition of females in China; woman a saleable commodity; entire control of the parent over the daugh- ters, and the uselessnees of knowledge to females. Vice, unrestrained pas. sion, and brutality, are, and for ever will be, the inseparable attendants of ignorance and degradation. It is when we are reminded of this by such facts as those just mentioned, and when we think of the unfit ness of such beings to become inhabitants of a pure and holy heaven, that we feel constrain, ed to labor and pray for the introduc- tion of that Gospel which teaches that woman has an immortal soul, as pre- cious as that of him, who now tramples her in the dust; and to call upon others of every place, if they would claim to themselves the character ei. thcr of philanthropists or Christians, to join us in using every possible means for expelling such evils, by the introduction of that knowledge which can purify from vice, and save from ruin. for more than eight months, many individuals were slain, man; degrad- ed, and many have at length been promoted. "Now all are again quiet;" the cultivators of the soil have resum- ed their usual occupations, and the imperial troops have returned in triumph to their former stations; and "the mind of his majesty is filled with consolation."—The principal transactions of the insurrection are reviewed in a late gazette, and the subject seems to be finally disposed of, being set for ever at rest. SEVERITY OF PUNISHMENT.—The Criminal Board at Peking, expressed to the emperor in September, 1832, a wish, on their part, to alter the law which involves, with a rebel, all his kindred. In reply, his majesty says that their recommendation is unsuit- able. "Rebels area virulent poison which infect a whole region; and inas- much as they involve officers, soldiers, and their families, their crime is su- preme, and their wickedness infinite; if then their descendants are not all ex- terminated, it is an act of clemency." As to the suggestion of the court that "when they arrive at the place of exile, disallowing them to marry, will be sufficient:" his majesty regards their representations as "empty words preserving the name, but neglecting the reality of punishment. It will never prevent the increase of these rebellious descendants: and it is far from exhibiting a due severity of pu- nishment." However, the emperor says, that in the existing law there is an inequality of punishment, which he orders them to deliberate upon, and alter to something more equal. "At present the kindred of rebels, if arriv- ed at years of maturity, are banished to new settlements, and given to the soldiery for slaves: and those under age are emasculated, which seems to be treating them with more severity than older criminals." POSTSCRIPT.—-Recent intelligence from Yunnan confirms the report con- cerning an earthquake in that province. The number of persona killed, is said to be several tenr, of thousands; but we have yet seen no official statements. The execution of Y£ Mungcke, the famous village tyrant mentioned in our first volume, took place on the 25th instant. Fifteen other individuals were executed at tho same time and place with him; of these 12 wore decapitated, and the other three, with \'t Slungeke, were strangled. One of these latter was a priest of Budha. THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. II.—DECEMBER, 1833.—No. 8. REVIEW. AN authentic account of an embassy from the king of Great Britain to the emperor of China; includ- ing cursory observations made, and information obtained, in traveling through that empire, and a small part of Chinese Tartary: taken chiefly from the papers of his excelli-ncy the EA RL OF MACARTNEY, knight of the llalli, his majesty's embassador ex- traordinary and plenipotentiary to the emperor of China. By Sir GEORGE STAUNTON, secretary of the embassy, Sfc. 2 Vols. London, 1798. DURING the last two centuries, several embassies have been sent from Europe to the emperors of China. The sovereigns of Holland, Portugal, England, Russia, and the popes of Rome, have been represented at the court of Peking. These missions have always been com- posed of chosen men, fitted out at no inconsiderable expense, and while in progress were objects of uni- versal attention. Concerning their expediency and success, or the reverse, the political world has been fruitful in remark, and has generally differed widely in its conclusions ; but in regard to the fact, except it may be in the case of the Russians, that their in- fluence has now nearly or quite ceased to be felt, or is fell only to the injury of foreigners, there is probably is 338 Macartney's Embassy DEC. but one opinion. Whatever may have been the ob- jects of those embassies or their effects, immediate or remote, no one of them was planned and executed with more care than the present, which reached Peking in 1793. "Much of the lasting impression which the rela- tions of lord Macartney's embassy leave on the mind of his reader," says an able writer, " must be ascrib- ed, exclusive of the natural effect of clear, elegant, and able composition, to the number of persons en- gaged in that business, the variety of their charac- ters, the reputation they already enjoyed, or afterward acquired; the bustle and stir of a sea-voyage ; the placidity and success which finally characterized the intercourse of the English with the Chinese; the splendor of the reception the latter gave to their European guests; the walks in the magnificent gardens of'the son of heaven;' the picturesque and almost romantic navigation upon the imperial canal; and perhaps, not less, to the interest we feel for every grand enterprize, skillfully prepared, and which proves successful, partly in consequence of the happy choice of the persons and the means by which it was to be carried into effect. The names of Ma- cartney, the two Stauntons, and Barrow, are now familiar to every reader. The emperor Keenlung lives probably in the memory of every impartial Eu- ropean, at the head of the sovereigns of half-civiliz- ed nations. Indeed, since Cook's voyages, no expe- dition to a foreign and distant country, has become so popular as that of which we speak." The grievances which the English had suffered long at Canton, and the necessity of representing them to the emperor, from whom they were carefully concealed by the local authorities, were among the principal considerations which led to the appointment of an embassador. Macartney's secretary, in the work before us, after enumerating the transactions that had caused an "unfavorable impression of the English in the minds of the Chinese," says :— 1833. to China, in 1793. 339 "Of all foreigners frequenting the port of Canton, the English were certainly depicted in the most unfavorable colors to the government of the country; and probably treated with the great- est rigor upon the spot. And thus the imperial officers, under whose immediate inspection they were placed, were in little danger of reprehension for any ill treatment of their persons, or imposi- tions on their trade. Their complaints were considered as frivo- lous or ill-founded; and attributed to a restless and unreasonable disposition. Effectual measures were likewise taken to avoid a repetition of their remonstrances, by punishing such of the natives as were suspected of having assisted in translating the papers which contained them, into the language of the country. The few English, who were in any degree acquainted with the language, being necessarily brought forward for the purpose of communicat- ing their grievances, became particularly obnoxious; and this circumstance contributed to deter others from any attempt to acquire it: and, indeed, to teach it to them was found to be a service of some danger. They were thus under the necessity of trusting entirely to the native merchants themselves, with whom they had to deal; and who found their account in acquiring, at least, as many English words as were necessary for carrying on their mercantile concerns. Besides, the vast superiority of rank over all merchants, assumed by persons in authority in China., became an obstacle to all social and familiar intercourse between them and the only Englishmen who went there. And, notwith- standing a British factory had been established upwards of a hun- dred years, not the least approach was made towards that assimila- tion of manners, dress, sentiments, or habits, which, in similar insti- tutions elsewhere, tends so much to facilitate the views of com- merce, as well as to promote the comforts of those immediately engaged in it. "Under such circumstances, the ancient prejudices against all strangers, always great in proportion as there is little communica- tion with them, could scarcely fail to continue in their full force— those prejudices not only operating upon the conduct of the Chinese, but reduced into a system, supported by the fullest con- fidence in the perfect state of their own civilization; and the com- parative barbarism of every other nation, suggested the precaution of making regulations to restrain the conduct of all Europeans frequenting their coast, as if aware of the neces-ity of preventing the contamination of bad example among their own people. One port only was left open for foreign ships; and, when the season came for their departure, every European was compelled to embark with them, or leave, at least, the Chinese territories: thus abandoning his factory and unfinished concerns, until the return of the ships in the following year. There was little scruple in laying those restrictions on foreign trade, the government of China not being impressed with an idea of its importance, to a country including so many climates, and supplying within itself, all the necessaries, if not all the luxuries of life. 340 Macartney's Embassy DEC. "Though the natives immediately engaged with foreigners in mercantile transactions, have been very considerable gainers by such an intercourse, the body of the people is taught to attribute the admission of it, entirely to motives of humanity and benevo- lence towards other nations standing in need of the produce of China, agreeably to the precepts inculcated by the great moralists of the empire; and not to any occasion or desire of deriving recipro- cal advantage from it. For a considerable period indeed, there was little demand for European goods at the Chinese markets; and the consequent necessity of paying for the surplus value of their commodities in money, an object so desirable for nations which may often have occasion to remit cash elsewhere, was thought in China, where such a want could seldom occur, to be productive of little other alteration, than to increase the relative weight of the metal representing property ; aud which increase was considered rather an inconvenience than a benefit. "With such an opinion of foreign trade, those who presided over it, being indifferent to its progress, and suffering it, rather than seeking for it, there was a very slender chance of favorable atten- tion, or even common justice, towards the strangers who carried it on; especially the English at Canton, who had not the faculty of asserting their own cause upon the spot, and were entirely with- out support at the capital, where their grievances might be redress- ed. They were, in fact, subjected to many oppressions in their dealings, and insults upon their persons. They did not however, conceive that such treatment was authorized by the emperor of China, or even known to him; and therefore several of the East India Company's agents employed in the Chinese trade, suggested the propriety of an embassy to his imperial majesty, to represent their situation, in the hope that he might issue orders for the removal of the hardships under which they labored."**** " It was urged, that a British embassador would be a new spectacle; and his mission a compliment that would probably be well received. Upon general reasoning, it appeared that every motive of policy or commerce, which led to the maintenance of ministers from Great Britain, at European courts, and even in Turkey, applied with equal strength, to a similar establishment, if practicable, at Peking." Besides the embassador and his secretary, "minis- ter plenipotentiary in theabsenceofthe embassador," the mission consisted of the following persons ; viz. captain, now sir Erasmus Gower, commander of his majesty's man-of-war, the Lion ; "young gentlemen, of the most respectable families, glowing with all the ardor and enterprise of youth," who were admitted into the Lion, considerably beyond the customary complement of midshipmen ; a military guard, con- 1833. to China, in 1793. 341 sisting of "picked men," under the command of colonel Benson, assisted by lieut.-colonel Crowe, and captain Parish; doctors Gillan and Scot; doctor Dinwiddie and Mr. Barrow, "both conversant in astronomy, mechanics, and every other branch de- pendent on the mathematics;" Mr. Acheson Max- well, "who had formerly resided in India with lord Macartney, and was much in his confidence;" Mr. Edward Winder, "a young gentleman from the university;" Mr. Henry Baring ; a page, (now sir G. Thomas Staunton, but then) "ofyears too tender not to have still occasion for a tutor ;" two Chinese, "perfectly qualified to interpret between their native language and Latin or Italian,"—these were from the Chinese college at Naples ; also musicians, arti- ficers, soldiers, and servants. To carry out such presents and persons, as could not be accommodated on board the Lion, the Hindostan, one of the largest Company's ships, was appointed ; and a small brig, the Jackal), provided as a tender. At length, every thing being ready, all those who were to accompany or attend the embassador, joined his excellency at Portsmouth, from whence they set sail, September 26th, 1792. Lest the undertaking might, through error or design, be made to assume a warlike or suspicious appearance, and the embassador's reception thereby be Hindered "dubious," an early opportunity was taken of announcing the embassy to the Chinese government. For this purpose, three commissioners were selected by the Company, from among their most approved servants at Canton, to whom it was intrusted tocommunicate intelligence of the intended mission, by delivering a letter to the governor of Canton from the "Court of Directors." In this letter, sir Francis Baring, then chairman of the Court, stated that:— "His most gracious sovereign, being desirous of cultivating the friendship of the emperor of China, and of improving the connection, intercourse, and good correspondence between the 342 Macartney's Embassy DEC. courts of London and Peking, and of increasing and extending the commerce between their respective subjects, had resolved to send his well beloved cousin and counsellor lord Macartney, a nobleman of great virtue, wisdom, and ability, as his em- bassador extraordinary and plenipotentiary to the emperor of China, to represent his person, and to express, in the strongest terms, the satisfaction he should feel if this mark of his atten- tion and regard should serve as a foundation to establish a per- petual harmony and alliance between them; and that the embas- sador, having several presents for the emperor, from his Britannic majesty, which from their size, and nicety of mechanism, could not be conveyed through the interior of China, to so great a dis- tance as from Canton to Peking, without the risk of damage, he should proceed directly, in one of his majesty's ships, properly accompanied, to the port of Teentsin, approaching, in the first instance, as near as possible to the emperor of China." After visiting several places on his way to China, the embassador arrived off Macao, June 20th, 1793; there he obtained information that the emperor had given orders, that officers and pilots should be in waiting on the coast to take charge of his excel- lency's ships, and conduct them in safety to Teen- tsin ;—concluding his commands in these remark- able words, "that as a great mandarin had come so Jar to visit him, he must be received in a distinguish- ed manner" Feelings very different from these were cherished towards the embassy, by the officers of Canton, "particularly by the hoppo," whose con- sciousness of having merited reprehension, always connected in his mind the subject of complaint with the views of the embassy, and every engine in his power was set to work to prevent its success. The governor of Canton was anxious to receive a list of the presents, alleging that " he could not send the letter announcing the embassador's approach, with- out transmitting the particulars of it." But this request was not granted. On the 23d of June, they weighed anchor and proceeded northward, and in a few days arrived in the Chusan Archipelago; there they found a great many valuable harbors—" places of perfect security;" and their ships were supplied plentifully with provi- sions, and thronged with visitors. Several officers 1833 to China, in 1793. 343 came on board, one of whom was accompanied by a native interpreter, who had formerly been connected in the trade there with the agents of the East India Company: by this man's account, the English had given no just cause of dissatisfaction in that place, though they have been interdicted from it, " through the means, as is most likely, of the superior influence of the officers governing at Canton," who draw large sums from the accumulation of trade in this port. At Chusan, the squadron bad arrived at the ut- most boundary of recorded European navigation; the sea from thence northward was wholly unknown, except to those who dwelt in the neighborhood of the shores. After some delay, two native pilots were obtained, and the squadron sailed for the mouth of the Pei-ho, where it arrived near the close of July, and was received by Wan, a military, and Chow a civil officer, and a third person, a Tartar of high distinction, who acted as the principal legate on the occasion. On the 5th of August, the embassador and his suite quitted their ships, and on board small craft proceeded towards the capital. No slight magnificence was displayed, and no expense seemed to be spared. Ample provision was made for every member of the embassy ; almost every vessel con- nected with it had on board both Europeans and Chinese; and the scene which it now exhibited was truly novel; and the regard manifested towards the present strangers, showed that they were not unwel- come visitors. The mutual interest felt on the oc- casion, is thus noticed by the embassador's secretary. "The approach of the embassy was an event of which the re- port spread rapidly ameng the neighboring towns and villages. Several of these were visible from the barges on the river. Crowds of men were assembled on the banks, some of whom waited a considerable time to see the procession pass, while the females, as shy as they were curious, looked through gates, or peeped over walls, to enjoy the sight. A few indeed of the ancient dames almost dipped their little feet into the river, in order to get a nearer peep ; but the younger part of the sex generally kept in the background. The strangers on their part were continually 344 Macartney's Embassy DEC. amused and gratified with a succession of new objects. The face of the country, the appearance of the people, presented, in almost every instance, something different from what offers to view elsewhere." It was announced to the embassador while at Teen- tsin, that the emperor was at his country residence in Tartary where he intended to celebrate the anni- versary of his birthday, and wished to receive the embassy. This arrangement was pleasing to the strangers, for-it would afford them a better opportu- nity of seeing the country, and give them a view of the Great wall. The country, as they moved up the river, was remarkably level, and the sky serene ; not so much as a hillock was observed by them, until the fourth day after they left Teentsin, when some high blue mountains were seen rising from the northwest. These indicated their approach to the capital, beyond which they were situated. On the 16th of August, the yachts anchored within 12 miles of Peking, being then 90 miles from Teentsin. Here they left the river and proceeded by land to the capital; to carry them, and their baggage, 90 small waggons, 40 hand-carts, upwards of 200 horses, and about 3000 men were required, The road to Peking is a mag- nificent avenue, bordered with trees. Shortly after reaching the capital, attempts were made to extort from the embassador the promise of making the Chinese prostration : these were success- fully resisted, and his own conditions were proposed, viz: "that a subject of his imperial majesty, of rank equal to his own.should perform,before the picture he had with him of his majesty(the king of Great Britain), dressed in his robes of state, the same ceremonies that the embassador should be directed to do before the Chinese throne."—A part of the presents, and some of the members of the embassy were detained at Peking, while the embassador and the others set out for Zhe-hol (Je-ho); his excellency rode in an English carrriage drawn by four Tartar horses, and was cheered with a " gracious message" from the 1833. to China, in 1793. 345 emperor, inquiring about his health, and recommend- ing to him to travel by easy journeys, and to be accommodated at the places where he himself usual- ly stopped on his way to Tartary. Their journey northward was agreeable; they had a fine view of the Great wall ; and on their approach to the resid- ence of the emperor were received with military honors. Here the question concerning "the ceremony" was again agitated, and was brought before Ho- choong-taung, (Ho-kwan,) the chief minister of state. In the course of this discussion, it was remarked by the embassador, "thatto his own sovereign, to whom he was bound by every bond of allegiance and at- tachment he bent, on approaching him, upon one knee; and that he was willing to demonstrate in the same manner, his respectful sentiments towards his imperial majesty." This form of obeisance in lieu of the Chinese prostration, was deemed satisfactory by the imperial court. The attention of the embassy was now taken up in preparation to wait upon the emperor. The presents were carried to the palace, and everything put in readiness for the occasion; and the 14th of September, three days previous to the emperor's birthday, was fixed on for the parti- cular reception of the British embassy. On the morning of that day, before the dawn of light, the embassador and his suite went to the palace garden, where were several tents, in one, and the largest of which, " his imperial majesty wes to receive, seated on his throne, as a particular distinction, the delegate from the king of Great Britain." The emperor's approach, and the introduction of the embassador are thus described by sir George ;— "Soon after day-light, the sound of several instruments, and the confused voices of men at a distance, announced the emperor's approach. He soon appeared from behind a high perpendicular mountain, skirted with trees, as if from a sacred grove, preceded by a number of persons busied in proclaiming aloud his virtues and his power. He was seated in a sort of open chair, or trium- phal car, borne by sixteen men: and was accompanied and fol- 2T 346 Macartney s Embassy DEC. lowed by guards, officers of the household, high flag and umbrella bearers, and music. He was clad in plain dark silk, with a velvet bonnet, in form not much different from the bonnet of the Scotch Highlanders; on the front of it was placed a large pearl, which was the only jewel or ornament he appeared to have about him. On his entrance into the tent, he mounted immediately the throne by the front steps, consecrated to his use alone. Ho-choong-taung, and two of the principal persons of his household, were close to him, and always spoke to him upon their knees. The princes of his family, the tributaries and great officers of state being already arranged in their respective places in the tent, the president of the Tribunal of Rites conducted the embassador, who was attended by his page and Chinese interpreter, and accompanied by the min- ister plenipotentiary, near to the foot of the throne, on the left hand side, which, according to the usages of China, so often the reverse of those of Europe, is accounted the place of honor. The other gentlemen of the embassy, together with a great number ot mandarins and officers of inferior dignity, stood at the great open- ing of the tent, from whence most of the ceremonies that passed within it, could be observed. * * * "The broad mantle, which as a knight of the order of the Bath the embassador was entitled to wear, was somewhat upon the plan of dress most pleasing to the Chinese. Upon the same principles, the minister plenipotentiary, being an honorary doctor of laws of the university of Oxford, wore the scarlet gown of that degree, which happened also to be suitable in a government, where degrees in learning lead to every kind of political situation. The embassador,instructed by the president of theTribunil of Rites, held the large and magnificent square box of gold, adorned with jewels, in which was enclosed his majesty's letter to the emperor, between both hands lifted above his head; and in that manner ascending the few steps that led to the throne, and bending on one knee, presented the box, with a short address, to his imperial majesty ; who, graciously receiving the same with his own hands, placed it by his side, and expressed " the satisfaction he felt at the testimony which his Britannic majesty gave him of his esteem and good-will in sending him an embassy, with a letter and rare pres- ents; that he, on his part, entertained sentiments of the same kind towards the sovereign of Great Britain, and hoped that harmony should always be maintained among their respective subjects. * * * "His imperial majesty, after a little more conversation with the embassador, gave, as the first present from him to his majesty, a gem, or precious stone, as it was called by the Chinese; being accounted by them of high value. It was upwards of a foot in length, and curiously carved into a form intended to resemble a sceptre, such as is always placed upon the imperial throne, and is considered as emblematic of prosperity and peace. The Chi- nese etiquette requiring that embassadors should, besides the presents brought iu the name of the sovereign, offer others on 1833. to China, in 1793. 347 their own part, his excellency, and the minister, or as the Chinese called him, the inferior embassador, respectfully presented theirs; which his imperial majesty condescended to receive, and gave in return others to them." His imperial majesty appeared perfectly unreserv- ed, cheerful, and unaffected during the interview, which was considerably lengthened by interpreting whatever was said by either party. The emperor, adverting to the inconvenience arising from such a circumstance, inquired "whether any person of the embassy understood the Chinese language; and being informed that the embassador's page, a boy then in his thirteenth year, had alone made some proficiency in it, the emperor had the curiosity to have the youth brought up to the throne, and desired him to speak Chinese. Either what he said, or his modest countenance, or manner, was so pleasing to bis imperial majesty, that he took from his girdle a purse, hanging from it for holding areca nut, and presented it to him." After these ceremonies were over, some Hindoo embassadors from Pegu, and some Mohammedans from the neighborhood of the Caspian sea, wore intro- duced to the emperor on the right side of the throne; they repeated nine times the most devout pros- trations, and were quickly dismissed. A sumptuous banquet was then prepared, and the European guests allowed to feast with his imperial majesty, who "gra- ciously" sent them several dishes from his own table: when the repast was over, the venerable monarch called his visitors round him, and " presented with hjs own hands to them," a goblet of wine. "He asked the embassador the age of his own sovereign ; of which being informed, he immediately replied, that he heartily wished him to equal himself in years, which had already amounted to eighty-three, and with as perfect health. He was indeed yet so hale and vigor- ous that he scarcely appeared to have existed as many years, fifty-seven, as in fact he had governed the empire. When the festival was entirely over, 348 Macartney's Embassy DEC. and he descended from the throne, he marched firm and erect, and Without the least symptom of infirmity, to the open chair that was waiting for him." After this the embassador and his suite had oppor- tunity of visiting the imperial "gardens or pleasure grounds," and of joining in the celebration of the emperor's birthday; on which occasion the number of troops assembled was about eighty thousand, and the number of officers about twelve thousand. But the time had now arrived for the embassy to return; in left Je-ho on the 21st of September; traveled back upon the imperial highway; and made its re- entrance into the capital with " usual honors." Short- ly afterwards the ernperor returned to Peking; in- spected the presents; arid called a council of his ministers to take into consideration the letter from the king of Great Britain, and to deliberate on the mode of proceeding proper to be used towards his subjects. An answer to the letter of his Britannic majesty was soon prepared, and with "farewell pres- ents," in due form transmitted to the king's " well be- loved cousin and counsellor." With the receipt of these, Chinese etiquette required that the embassy should cease; nor could any personal communication afterwards take place with the emperor. According- ly, on the morning of the 7th of October, the em- bassy left Peking; on the 19th of December arrived at Canton; and on the 17th of March, 1794, quitted the shores of China. Such was the progress of an embassy, which was carried forward with greater splendor and ability perhaps than any other mission that has ever visited the court of China. And what did all this pa- geantry and talent achieve1? What melioration of grievances did it effect! It was a mere visit of ceremony. The advantages gained, or supposed to have been gained, may be summed up in few words. While the embassador was at Canton, the govern- or promised him that "no obstruction should be given on the part of government to the acquisition 1833. to China, in 1793. 349 of the Chinese language by foreigners*" In his " good disposition to protect the English," his excellency was confirmed by late dispatches from the emper- or, in which his imperial majesty expressed "how welcome the return of an English minister to his court would be to him." The governor added "out of another letter from the emperor, that as he meant to resign his crown on the completion of the sixtieth year of his reign, 1796, "he should be glad to see such minister by that time, or as soon afterwards as might be convenient. Thus the embassy, according to the expectations which led to the undertaking, but contrary to the prospects which clouded it some- times in its progress, succeeded at length, not only in obtaining permission, but receiving an invitation, for a similar intercourse with the court of China, whenever the government of Great Britain and the Company shall deem expedient to renew it." How this contemplated "intercourse" has been sustained, during the forty years which have now elapsed, we need not undertake to tell; suffice it to remark, that, in a commercial point of view, none are more in- terested, and none are likely to succeed better in their intercourse with the Chinese, than Britons. In concluding this article, we cannot do better than to quote the words of one who had long resided at the capital, and who was thoroughly acquainted with the court of Peking. He says, that "the Chi- nese have no other idea of an embassy, than that of a visit with presents, on some solemn festival, and to last only during the continuance of the latter ; that accordingly, of the many embassies sent to them in the past and present century, none of them were suf- fered to pass that period; that in the present reign, the embassador of the Portuguese, the most favored nation, was dismissed in thirty-nine days ; that the Chinese have little notion of entering into treaties with foreign countries; but that whatever business it might be desirable to transact with them, must, after a favorable foundation for it, laid by the compli- 350 Spanish Relations and DEC. ment of an embassy, be afterwards prosecuted to effect by slow degrees, for that much might be ob- tained from them by time and management, but nothing suddenly." MISCELLANIES. SPANISH RELATIONS WITH THE CHINESE, VIEWED IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR EASTERN POSSESSIONS. We W6FC WfODg ill OUf last number, in saying that Spanish ships are excluded from the port of Canton ; such is not ths case. The Spanish flag, as well as those of all other European nations except Russia and Portugal, is al- lowed to enter the Tiger's Mouth, or the Bogue. In fact, not one of all the nations of Europe enjoys so great privileges in China as the Spanish; having liberty with the Portuguese to trade at Macao, and access also to the ports of Canton and Amoy. But while they have enjoyed these advntages on the one hand, the Chinese on the other, have been treated by them with more rudeness and se- verity, than any oilier people. And why are the Spaniards allow- ed advantages which are denied to other nations? And why suf- fered to maltreat and oppress as they do, the subjects of the celes- tial empire? "It have old custom," is the answer usually given by the Chinese to the first question. In reply to the second, it may be remarked, that the paternal kindness of the Chinese, so often applauded by themselves, never extends beyond the bounda- ries of their own empire; "those who go away from their country, are in the highest degree unfilial, and deserve the severest chas- tisement." This government seems to be wholly indifferent to the welfare of those of its subjects who go abroad to other countries. That the Chinese authorities are not entirely ignorant of the sit- uation of their countrymen at Manila, we infer from the well-at- tested fact, that the system which they have long been endeavoring to impose upon foreigners here, has been borrowed from the Span- ish government. We are informed on the very best authority, that Pwankequa, the father of a late well-known senior hong- merchant, and grandfather of him who bears the same name now, having had occasion to visit Manila, saw there the harsh treatment inflicted on the Chinese in order to keep them in subjection, and marked it as a' model and motive' to be acted on, after his return to Canton. He was a man possessed of considerable influence in regard to all measures concerning foreigners; and the restrictions on their privileges, which he caused to be introduced, have been gradually becoming more severe, since the middle of the last cen- tury. But notwithstanding the privileges of the Spaniards in this country, they actually carry on a less amount of trade with the Chi- 1833. Possessions in the East. 351 nese, than most of the other nations which frequent these shores. In addition to their other advantages, their possessions in the East give them facilities for commercial intercourse with the Chinese, far better than are enjoyed by any of the other nations of Europe. To be thoroughly convinced of this fact, we need only look for a moment at' the Kingdom of the Philippines,' which is the property of the crown of Spain. A small volume entitled "Remarks on the Philippines, and on their capital Manila," published in India in 1828, will supply us with much information relative to our pre- sent subject. "Of the numerous groups of islands which constitute the ma- ritime division of Asia, the Philippines, in situation, riches, fertil- ity and salubrity, are equal or superior to any. Nature has here revelled in all that poets or painters have thought or dreamed of the unbounded luxuriance of Asiatic scenery. The lofty chains of mountains, the rich and extensive slopes which form their bases, the ever varying change of forest and savannah, of rivers and lakes, the yet blazing volcanoes in the midst of forests, coeval perhaps with their first eruption—all stamp her work with the mighty em- blems of her creative and destroying powers. Java alone can com- pete with them in fertility; but in riches, extent, situation and politi- cal importance, it is far inferior." Their position is strikingly advan- tageous. "With India and the Malayan Archipelago on the west and south, the islands of the Pacific and the rising empires of the New World on the east, the vast market of China at their doors, their insular position and numerous rivers affording a facility of communication and defense on every part of them, an active and industrious population, climates of elmost all varieties, a soil so fer- tile in vegetable and mineral productions as almost to exceed cred- ibility; the Philippine islands alone, in the hands of an industrious and commercial nation, and with ;i free and enlightened govern- ment, would have become a mighty empire : they are a waste!" By a census taken in 1817-18, their population amounted to 2,236,000 souls. Only a few hundreds of these are Europeans; the remainder are Negroes, Malays, Mestizos, and Creoles. "The negroes are in all probability, the original inhabitants of these is- lands;" they are small in stature, woolly headed and thick lipped; they subsist entirely on the chase, i-r on fruits, roots, herbs, or fish; they are often nearly or quite naked, and live in huts. Sometimes however, they form villages in the deep vallies, and sow a little maize or rice. The Malays, or Indians as they are called by the Spaniards, appear to have emigrated to this country at different times, and from different parts of Borneo and the Celebes. Those of the provinces are all "a proud-spirited race of men; and such materials, with proper culture, would form the foundation of all that is great and excellent in human nature; " but for three hun- dred years they have been ground to the earth with oppression; they have been crushed by tyranny ; their spirit has been tortured by abuse and contempt, and brutalized by ignorance." It is not 352 Spanish Relations and DEC. here meant to accuse the Spanish laws; many of them are excellent, but these are rarely enforced, or if they are, delay vitiates their effect. That this country, the most favored perhaps under heaven by nature, should have remained till the present day almost a forest, is a circumstance which has generally excited surprise in those who are acquainted with it, and has generally been account- ed for by attributing it to the laziness of the Spaniards and Indians; but this is a superficial view of the subject; the true reason why so little improvement has been made by the inhabit- ants of the Philippines is, "beeause there is no security for property." Does an unfortunate Indian scrape together, a few dollars to buy a buffalo, in which consists his whole riches? Woe to him if it is known; and if his house is in a lonely situation, he is infallibly robbed. Does he complain, and is the robber caught? In a short time he is let loose again, to take ven- geance on his accuser, and renew his depredations. Hundreds of families are yearly ruined in this way. The imperfect mode of trial, both in civil and criminal cases, lays them open to a thousand frauds. While the civil power is thus "shamefully corrupt or negligent of its duties, the church has not forgotten that she too has claims on the Indian. She has marked out, exclusive of Sundays, above forty days in the year, on which no labor must be performed throughout the islands. Exclusive of these are numerous local feasts in honor of the patron saints of towns and churches." These feasts are invariably, after the procession is over, scenes of gambling, drinking, and debauchery of every description. Thus they unsettle and disturb the course of their labors by calling off their attention from their domestic cares ; and by continually offering occasions of dissipation, destroy what little spirit of economy or foresight may exist among so rude and igno- rant a people. Notwithstanding all these disadvantages, the writer of the " Remarks" before us, in summing up the character of the Indian, says, "He is brave, tolerably faithful, extremely sensible to kind treatment, and feelingly alive to injustice and contempt, proud of ancestry, which some of them carry to a remote epoch; fond of dress and show, hunting, riding, and other field exercises; but prone to gambling and dissipation. He is active, industrious, and remarkably ingenious. He possesses an acute ear, and a good taste for music and painting, but little inclination for abstruse studies. He has from nature excellent talents, but these are useless for want of instruction. The little he has received, has rendered him fanatical in religious opinions; and long contempt and hope- less misery have mingled with his character a degree of apathy, which nothing but an entire change of system and long persever- ance will efface from it." Under the name of Mestizos are included by the author of the book, not only the " descendants of Spaniards by Indian women and their progeny, but also those Chinese, who are in general whiter than either parent, and carefully distinguish themselves from the Indians. The Mestizos are, as their names denote, a 1833. Possessions in the East- 353 mixed class, and, with the Creoles of the country, like those of all colonies, when uncorrected by an European education, inherit the vices of both progenitors, with but few of the virtues of either. Their character has but few marked traits; the principal ones are their vanity, industry, and trading ingenuity : as to the rest, money is their god; to obtain it they take all shapes, promise and betray, submit to everything, trample and are trampled on ; all is alike to them, if they get money; and this when obtained, they dissipate in lawsuits, firing cannon, fireworks, illuminations, pro- cessions on feast days and rejoicings, in gifts to the churches, or in gambling. This anomaly of action is the business of their lives. Too proud to consider themselves as Indians, and not sufficiently pure in blood to be acknowledged as Spaniards, they affect the manners of the last, with the dress of the first, and des- pising, are despised by both." Such are the three great classes of men which may be considered as natives of the Philippine islands. The Creole Spaniards, or those whose blood is but little mingled with Indian ancestry, pass as Spaniards. Many of them are respectable merchants, and men of large property, while others are sunk in all the vices of the Indians and Mestizos. The government of the islands is composed of a governor, who has the title of captain-general; a lieut.-governor; and the supreme court, which is also the council, and is composed of three judges and two attorney generals. The financial affairs are under the direction of an intendant, who may be called a financial go- vernor. Commercial affairs are decided by the consulado or chamber of commerce, composed of all the principal, arid in Manila, some of the inferior merchants. The civic administra- tion is confined to the ayuntamicnto, which is composed of two alcaldes, twelve regidors or aldermen, and a syndic; these en- joy very extensive privileges, approaching those of houses of assembly. The civil power and police are lodged in the hands of a corregidor and two alcaldes ; to the corregidor are subject the Indian captains and officers of towns, who are annually elected by the natives. The provinces, twenty-nine in number, are go- verned by alcaldes, " the determined enemies and the real oppres- sors" of the Indians. The ecclesiastical administration is composed of an archbishop (of Manila), who has three suffragans, two on Luqoniaand one on Zebu. The revenue of the archbishop is $4000, and that of the bishops, $3000 annually. The regular Spanish clergy of all orders are about 250; the Indian clergy are in number from 800 to 1000. Until very lately, these rich islands have been a constant burden to the crown of Spain, money having been annually sent from Mex- ico to supply their expenses. The establishment of the monopoly of tobacco has principally contributed to supply this deficiency; "the sales of this article amount more or less to $ J ,000,000 per annum." Another of these monopolies is that of cocoa wine, a weak kind of spirit produced from the jui. e of the toddy tree, Borassus gomntuf, and from the iiipa, Cocas i>t/pa; of this large quantities are used 354 Spanish Possessions in Ike East. DEC. by the natives, the net revenue to government varying from 2 to $300,000. The poll-tax, with some variations and exceptions, is $lf for every married Indian, from the age of 24 to 60; the mes- tizos pay $3, and Chinese $6 each. The customs produce from 1 to 300,000 dollars per annum. The remaining part of the re- venue is derived from minor sources, such as cards, powder, stamps, &e. The government maintains a tolerably efficient military and marine establishment. The agriculture is but in its infancy. The soil is in general a rich red mold, easily worked and very productive. Frequent rains, and numerous streams and rivers, add to its extraordinary fertility. The country is seldom afflicted with droughts, but is at times devastated by locusts. The buffaloes are used in all field la- bor ; and the horse which is very small, but hardy, is only employed for riding. Rice and cane grow plentifully; "the indigo plant is very fine; coffee and cotton are cultivated but only to a very limited extent. Timber is excellent and plentiful. Their forests are not infested with those ferocious animals which are the terror of the other Asiatic countries. Serpents, however, attain an enor- mous size ; the largest are those of the Boa genus. The supply of minerals is " inexhaustible." The merchant of Manila, according to Comyn, who wrote in 1809, is "entirely different from the merchant of other parts of the world ; he has no extensive correspondence, no books or in- tricate accounts; his operations are confined to a shipment of bales to Acapulco, and to receiving the silver in return; and in forty years, only one or two instances have occurred wherein bankrupts have been able to produce a correct set of books to the chamber of commerce." But says our author, "they are now much improved, and though not excessively enterprising, are better acquainted with the true principles of commerce." We need not detain the reader here with any account of the funds employed in their trade, or of that deep rooted jealousy which the Spaniards of the Philippines long cherished towards all that is not their own. Since 1800, however, foreigners have been gradually admitted, and they have supplied the wants of the country by in- troducing European articles, and carrying off surplus produce, when a sufficient quantity could be procured to employ their capi- tal. The whole number of vessels which entered the port of Manila in 1827 was eighty-three; of these, 34 were " nacionales," and 49 "estrcmgeros;" and of these latter, nine were from the ports of China, north of Canton. In 1818, the number of foreign vessels was fifty-two; articles brought in these ships were cambrics, woolens, silks, printed cottons, wines, spirits, birds'-nests, tortoise shell, wax, teas, dollars, etc. An active coasting trade is carried on by the natives among the islands, though they suffer dreadfully from pirates. "A most serious drawback," among other hindrances to the commercial prosperity of the Philippines, " hasbeen the negligence or ignorance, or both, which have prevented the establishment of 1833. Free Trade with China. S55 bunded warehouses, or a system of drawback duties on re-expor- tations. A glance at their position, and the consideration of th e monsoons, will convince any one, that this was of all things that for which ample provision should have been made; and it would be no exaggeration to say, that this commerce would in a few years have increased tenfold with China alone, had this plan been adopt- ed. The enormous duties and vexatious spirit of the Chinese go- vernment, together with what must often be the case, the fleecing combinations of the hong-merchants, would long ago have driven away every vessel from their ports, could another have been found near enough to insure a supply of goods, which from the enterpris- ing spirit of the Chinese, could not have failed. Manila is this port. *** It would be foreign to the object of a cursory sketch, like the present, to enter further into the details of the subject. Enough has been said to bear out an assertion, which those who are acquainted with the trade will not think exaggerated, that had this system been fairly and equitably established, one half of the trade to China, would before this, have centered at Manila; and it is only at Manila that, the advantages of such a transit could have been unknown or neglected in the nineteenth century." We have followed our author much further in detail than we at first intended; and we have done this solely in consideration of the interest and importance of the facts which he narrates, and which, generally, are fully corroborated by a manuscript account written in 1830. If in a single instance we have deviated at all from the truth, it has been unintentional; we owe the Spaniards nothing but good-will ; and we deeply regret that they have turned to so bad account the privileges which they have enjoyed, and con- tributed, as they certainly have done, to raise and strengthen the barrier which ha? separated China from the rest of the nations. The Philippines were discovered by Europeans early in the 16th century, and received their present name in 1543. They were shortly after visited by the Chinese, whom the Spaniards have al- ways, from that to the present time, regarded with jealousy and treated with hostility ; sometimes interrupting their commerce or expelling them from their territories, and sometimes slaughtering them in great numbers. Note. Since the above was in type, a friend lias informed us, that he thinks, the warehouse system, which our author recommends, has been established. Free Trade with the Chinese. A VARIETY of documents have lately been received from Europe relative to the affairs of India and China; the latter of course are the most interesting to this community, as they contain the poli- cy proposed to be pursued in regard to our trade with this place, which is the broad principle of free commerce. 356 Free Trade with China. DEC. In adopting this principle, ministers have no doubt, been influ- enced by the public feeling, and the growing aversion to exclusive preferences in any shape. The stationary nature of British com- merce with China had long attracted public attention, and the opinions of the day are the growth of many years. The rapid increase of the Indian trade, contrary to the affirmations and as- severations against the possibility of it, established a conviction of the fallacy of the views taken by the Company's servants, even by the most talented of them. But the most influential fact with re- gard to China, was the glaring circumstance of other nations, par- ticularly the Americans, becoming the carriers of Europe, which the Company did not partake in, and which they would not abandon to free British shipping. Another fact no doubt operated, name- ly, that the export of manufactures by the Company did not supply the wants of China, and that the trade fell into foreign hands to the exclusion of British shipping and capital. It has been judiciously remarked by a friend, that the commit- tee of foreign trade of the House of Lords in 1820, was formed in all probability with regard to India, for the purpose of giving the East India Company an opportunity of conceding that to the na- tion, which was not available to themselves. Such an act would have been viewed in a liberal light by the British community, and any reasonable extension of their charter would have been conced- ed in return. Fortunately they did not avail themselves of it, or we might have been obliged to wait five or ten years longer for that which now appears almost within immediate attainment. The British trade with China is now becoming the property of the free merchant; and how we may avoid past errors, and turn it to the best advantage is a very important consideration. With regard to the new regulations of the trade we know little; nor do ministers appear to have fully made up their minds. As the press of Canton has attracted their attention, a casual hint that local knowledge may give, may not be entirely without its use.—And first, a short view of our early connections with China, and of the advantage or otherwise of our policy, may not be altogether su- perfluous. The British nation, after a long series of intercourse, remains on as unsocial a footing as ever. The reverse of what takes place in the usual intercourse of nations, has resulted from ours with the Chinese. The intolerant nature of the Chinese government re- pels every nation from intercourse, and submission has tended to widen the distance, by increasing their contempt of us. The ear- ly contentions between the Portuguese and Dutch, and subsequent- ly with ourselves, most materially deteriorated European character in their estimation. Hence has arisen that arbitrary conduct, and that insolent language, which has since been strictly adhered to. It has at length become habitual, and firmly grafted on their habits and feelings ; nor has there been anything in our policy calculated to raise us in their estimation. 1833. Free Trade with China. 357 The prejudice against foreigners iseven extended to those of their own nation who trade with them. The hong-merchants seem to be in some measure out of the pale of the law that protects others; and to be exposed to extortion, which is not applied to the Chinese people generally. The delivering up of the gunner of the Lady Hughes, and the conduct of admiral Drury, have confirmed this feeling; and many other acts, in common with these, have tended to establish more firmly the prepossessions against us. The magnitude of the British trade has been brought forward as tending to give weight to the national character; but the facts upon which this assumption is founded are at best but of a negative kind. Passing over previous disputes, we come to that of 1829; which is remarkable as being different from all others, inasmuch as in all former disputes we were put on the defensive; in this we took an opposite position, and gave the Chinese to understand, that unless they complied with our wishes, we declined to trade with them. The influence of British commerce was fairly brought into the scale and found wanting. The most that could be obtained were a few minor concessions; and Britsh influence has at no time ever extended beyond this. In fact, we do not appear to have emerg- ed at any time from that character, which we had early fixed upon ourselves; and we continue to be considered as poor foreigners and traders ; which character has been fatal to any social, or more elevated, intercourse. It has been more than once suggested, that the appointment of consul being given to the chief British authority, would add to his weight and consideration here. But it seems to have been entire- ly overlooked, that such an appointment could have no influence in overcoming long established prejudice, created by our early acts, and confirmed by the failure of our more recent ones. Nor is it reasonable to think that any honorary appointment could be com- prehended by the Chinese; at least to an extent that should be able to overcome the prejudice of years. As difficult would it be to convince an enlightened Englishman of the day, that an educat- ed and talented merchant or supercargo, is not jit company for a peer or a prince, as to convince a Chinese, that a foreign trader is fit company for a mandarin of even ordinary rank. It is the failure of not knowing ourselves, in our relative posi- tion with regard to the Chinese, in which all our errors are ground- ed. It is in vain that we know and feel that we are gentlemen, and engaged in a profession equal with those that rank the high- est—if there be an alloy in the sight of others that we cannot over- come or dissipate. In short, we possess a tainted character with the Chinese, and until our government raises it by just and effi- cient measures, we must confess our fault, and have our sins ever before us. By so doing, we shall avoid, at least, past errors and incongruities. Let us take one for example; no doubt can be well entertained, that our embassies should never have come to Canton, and associated with resident merchants and supercargoes of the place, What could be more incongruous to Chinese notions, than 356 Free Trad irith China. DEC. to see poor merchants and foreigners mixed up with a great man- darin authority, the representative of his celestial majesty's equal? What impression could the Chinese receive, when they saw their own classification of extreme ranks, the antipodes in fact, so jumbled together, that it was utterly impossible to form any true notion respecting the embassy, or reconcile its component parts with each other, or with their own ideas of reason and common sanse? They might well ask the question whether it came from the Company or from the king. They could not possibly avoid having some misgivings, and even having suspicions of a surrepti- tious attempt to impose on them. Whatever may have been their precise notions, the embassy was evidently deteriorated below mediocrity ; and its treatment marks the fact. This has been more particularly dwelt upon, as it is the ignis fatuus that has allured us into error, and by a full knowledge of which we can alone act more skillfully in future, and avoid the fol- ly of attributing to ourselves, an influence that we possess only in a very limited degree. Let us not run, however, upon Charybdis, or refuse ourselves honor where honor is due. A trade of magni- tude, such as the British trade to Canton, or the Company's taken separately, whether conducted by an individual, or by a body, must always have weight and influence; but the degree must mainly de- pend upon the talent and ability, with which either the one or the other conducts the trade; it being necessary to form a just estima- tion of the weight of sueh influence, and not to apply it beyond its just powers, and thus render it inefficient, which has been one of our past errors. But this species of influence when applied to a government can at best be but of a minor nature. The only thing that has raised our character above its debasement, and created an influence with the Chinese, is the conduct of our men-of-war. They indeed have established a character which makes the Chinese tremble at the knowledge of their approach: no considerations have induced them to submit to anything, that was not due to their own high characters, and the honor of their sovereign's flag. The Centurion, the Topaze, the Alceste, may be named as having created a real influence with the Chinese, distinct and elevated, far above that which may be supposed to arise from the magnitude of our trade. Their conduct has produced a distinct notion of British mandarin authority, weighty and uncompromising, a power distinct from commerce, the very opposite of a submissive temporizing character. Nothing can more strongly mark the low ebb at which we stand, than the means we are obliged to employ to obtain redress for any grievance of importance; namely, by assembling in large bo- dies and forcing our way into the prohibited city; and nothing can be more offensive to the Chinese authorities, where the forms of gravity, order and sobriety are so strictly kept up. Yet so firm- ly are their prejudices fixed, that they will not listen to the milder means that are generally, in the first instance, resorted to through the hong-merchants. They permit themselves to be tumultuously 1831*. Free Trade with Clitna. 359 bearded by those they accustom themselves to despise; and thus allow an example of insubordination, which if followed by thepe<»- ple would be fatal to themselves and their government. For it is well known that the Tartar dynasty floats upon a smooth, but dan- gerous sea, and that its existence depends upon the habit of tran- quil obedience to their authority. Sensible of this, the high autho- rities view with abhorrence anything, however remote, thut s?vors of perturbation ; yet obnoxious as it is, they submit to it, rather than deviate from their fixed habits of haughtiness and contempt. We in fact as merchants have little influence, and it appears lit- tle short of absurdity to have supposed that any honorary title could in any way elevate those whose rank and situation are essentially mercantile. But under existing circumstances, some authority will undoubtedly be appointed; and the first essential object is, and undoubtedly will be, to keep him distinct from anything like a commercial character. It matters not what his designation be; whether consular, or some higher title be selected; but it is import- ant that it be distinct, and invested with authority and rank which the Chinese should distinguish as mandarin authority, that is au- thority emanating directly from the king. The objection is unim- portant that bus been urged with regard to the Chinese recognizing him ; on necessary occasions, whenever broils may taka place, his coming forward for the object of adjustment will virtually involve recognition. The great difficulty that presents itself, is that of keeping the authority, whether diplomatic or consular, in that elevation that it is requisite he should hold with relation to the Chinese ; for it is evident he could only enter into intercourse with the governor or hoppo, or at least with officers of the highest rank. A chamber of commerce will in all probability remedy this in- convenience ; at least, no other at this moment suggests itself to our minds, and it might perhaps be so formed, as to exist in contra- distinction to the co-hong, if composed, as we suppose it must be, of the resident merchants of the place; and no doubt can be en- tertained of the efficacy of the consultations of talented and edu- cated men, inspired by a common interest. The co-hong would then be balanced by the chamber of commerce, and arrange with them in all matters of trade; the king's authority holding himself superior to either, and admitting of no equality but with the go- vernor or hoppo. A species of anthority might then be established; the parties might be invested with civil and criminal jurisdiction ; determine disputes about wages and engagements, &-c., and try the misconduct of sailors. Such powers would tend materially to prevent disputes. A jury might be formed, composed of captains, officers, merchants, &c.; and the authorities be empowered to administer prompt pu- nishments. Such acts might be made consistent with British law, and have weight and effect with the Chinese authorities. Although a government authority is recommended, it may be ob- served, that the China trade could be conducted by the establish- 36U Free Trade with China. DEC. meat of a chamber of commerce, without any intervention on the p:irt of government, except as may be required for its formation, regulation, and protection. Such a step would be the slightest pos- sible removal from the past system, and would much resemble in character and functions, the Company's committee of supercargoes about to expire. The free trade of China would in a great mea- sure be left to itself, in its first efforts, after emancipation from past trammels. It must certainly be admitted to be a reasonable expe- riment, which if failing, government would have the power of step- ping in when they might deem it expedient. Some regulations might be formed for its guidance of a general nature, and the president instructed from time to time to inform go- vernment of its proceedings; it might adopt the routine of the Select Committee and continue thtir records. This view is suggested by the perusal of the proposed changes contained in Mr. Grant's letter to the Secret Committee of the 12th of February, 1833, in which an open trade to China seems fully determined upon. It would leave the free traders to themselves for a time, that the "patient, thrifty, dexterous assiduity of private and untrammeled enterprize" might have full scope. It is not probable that men possessing these qualities would be content with or be confined, like the Company, to Canton as the object and the end of their views; nor would they in all probabil- ity leave so noble a field as China, accessible only through one port. Their untrammeled enterprize will advance to other ports, nor stop until it has passed the coast of China, traversed the Yel- low sea, and put to the test the repulsive patience of the Coreans and Japanese. Past traders may ask, "why should they do all this, and force upon a government that which they wish to avoid taking," and which they ought to add, " the people are too willing if possible to receive 1" Surely no morale will be urged against it. For they have notoriously supplied a deleterious drug, and collat- erally aided its introduction into a country where it is expressly prohibited. We cannot for a moment presume to contrast the in- troduction of goods and wares which contribute to the comforts and happiness of the people, with the introduction of that which ener- vates and destroys. It is not intended, there is no wish speak disrespectfully; but it has been repeatedly asked, 'what right have we to force a trade which the Chinese government object to?' and that we have no right has been urged against the extension of com- merce by free traders. Should this argument however have any weight, it falls infinitely heavier upon the introduction of a prohi- bited and objectionable article, than upon those which are recog- nized by law, and admitted under regulated duties; yet this smug- gling trade bears manifest indications of what untrammeled en- terprize can do. Ten or twelve years ago 6000 chests supplied the market; now 22,000 is about the amount annually consumed. If you ask a Chinese the cause of this extraordinary increase, he will answer in his crude way, "China has got too much people." 1833. Free Trade with China. 361 The countries abovementioned, as well as China, have been a dead letter heretofore to our commerce; by breaking up the mo- nopoly, a chain is destroyed that bound these beautiful provinces and kingdoms together, and excluded British enterprize from ope- rating upon them. In destroying this barrier, it is no hyperbole to say "the Pyrenees are removed." Populous countries are laid open to us, and the first great political step is taken, to make these countries administer to the comfort, and form a part of the social system of nations. Great as the expectations are which the China trade holds out, we are met at the threshold, by a confirmed antisocial system, so fixed and stubborn, that it has hitherto resisted all endeavors to overcome it. These endeavors it is true have been ill adapted to the end; and some, so insignificant and puerile as to have rather confirmed than eradicated existing evils. The means of evading, of mitigating, or of overcoming this obnoxious, repulsive system are forcibly thrust upon our consideration. The question is one of no small difficulty ; it embraces a variety of considerations, of- ten contradictory, and attended with all that entanglement, which invariably results from a highly civilized nation's coming in contact with one replete with notions of the highest barbarism, and where no standard, like the law of nations, can be made to apply equally to both. Briefly as it is proposed to treat this question, it must be done somewhat seriatim, that the subject as a whole may be brought to our view: and first let a chamber of commerce be spoken of. This, while it gives consistency and weight to the deliberative acts of merchants, forms a court or committee of record; its cha- racter would be so quiescent, that it could be considered only as a continuance of our past passive system, and at the same time, leaves the free merchant at liberty to follow his own plans. Certainly to see the British free merchant, with hisprinciplesof free intercourse, stimulated by the hope of personal advantage, struggling to over- come the obstinacy of a people, (it should be government, for the people are decidedly with us,) inspired with the most opposite sen- timents, will be a sight at once singular and instructive. The process if successful, can be but slow and progressive; and if it be found inefficient, or of doubtful success, it must be admit- ted that it is the first and the most natural position in which to place the two parties. And it may be asked, short of the applica- tion offeree, what power has England to put in action, equal to the energy of the commercial spirit, or likely to act so constantly upon the repulsive character of the Chinese government? It may be objected, that the field has been open to the Ameri- cans, and that they have not availed themselves of it. This objec- tion, with one or two others, is more specious than solid. The Americans have not been a manufacturing nation, their operations with China have been exclusively those of commerce; but the En- glish are not alone commercial, there are other principles of im- pulse more powerful than commerce, which may be said to over- 2V 362 Free Trade with China. DEC. rule, and constantly propel it. These are our capital, our manu- facturing interest, our power-looms, which cry out 'obtain us but a sale for our goods, and we will supply any quantity.' It is evident therefore, that no comparison can be made between America and ourselves, in any way bearing upon the question; with this propel- ing power constantly in action, and operating upon China, there will be a stimulus existing, which the Americans will be in want of, and which changes the essential quality of this question. There appears to be something substantially proper, in the pre- sent state of things, in leaving our merchants to their own tact and ingenuity. Yet it is subject to the great objection, that it leaves unamended the real evils of past times; and we should advance nothing towards putting our commerce and revenue on a more se- cure basis; for our revenue and commerce are inseparably united. No one can doubt their magnitude or importance, yet they rest upon the most transient, insecure foundation. Mr. W. S. Davidson, in his reply, (6344 of evidence,) says very truly, "that complete pro- hibition of trade with foreigners is unavoidable, sooner or later under our present undignified system, and earlier under an open trade unquestionably." Some of the acts of this undignified sys- tem have been already noticed. Although a governmental authority has been spoken of, and in some measure recommended, we must not shut our eyes to the position he will be placed in, supposing him to have simply a pas- sive character; the difficulties and disadvantages of which are not of a common nature. Let it be supposed that all intervening difficulties are overcome; that a king's authority is recognized by the Chinese as having com- plete control over British interests in China, and in communica- tion, (as he should be,) with the governor and hoppo, a supposition most gratuitous; but it will serve to illustrate the position in which he may be placed, and probably would, be placed, by the cunning diplomacy of his antagonists. The first acts of the free traders after the Canton market be- came glutted, would be to press their way into other ports, and it may be said infest the ports of China; a circumstance that would not fail of alarming the Chinese authorities, and they would turn to the king's authority to put a stop to it. To act upon such a re- quisition, would be to destroy that extensive field that is now open- ing to our commerce: the officer would find himself in an awkward dilemma. He would be obliged to refuse any interference in the suppression of a trade, which the Chinese would represent as being against their fundamental laws; or should he be induced to acqui- esce, he would destroy one of the most valuable advantages likely to arise from our open trade. They might then demand the suppression of the opium trade. This exsits under prohibitions so severe that little doubt can be entertained of the desire of the Chinese government to suppress it, and no doubt as to the duty of the authorities 50 to do: who, (such is their venality,) protect it, and receiving bribes for the same, it 1833. Free Trade with China. 363 may be said, obtain a revenue by connivance. This illicit commerce is so interwoven with our financial system in India, as well as with our commerce, that it is not inferior in importance to the revenue obtained from tea at home. These two points are sufficient to show the case put. They would seize these to argue upon, place themselves upon the vantage ground, and refuse any concessions until we had complied with their laws. In what a position then would an authority be placed? He could only have put himself in communication with the Chinese (at least the case is supposed,) by the representation of the equitable character of the sovereign whom he represented, and by his own disposition to be guided by justice and equity in his transactions with them. Yet he would find his pretensions and professions invalidated by demands, so grounded in law and justice, that they could not be with reason refused, but as assuredly they could not be complied with. It is useless to enter into any notice of the many arguments that might be used to repel these demands, or of the casuistry that might be employed ; the main facts after all would remain the same; namely, that any confidence that might be obtained would be destroyed, and his office reduced to a dead letter. Such are some of the difficulties, and they are of no small magni- tude, which a governmental authority would have to encounter, could he effect an impossibility, or what at present may be consi- dered as such, i. e. insinuate himself into a communication with the head authorities of Canton. Hence it is a question, whether such a position is desirable or could be made beneficial. A cham- ber of commerce, acting simply in the affairs of trade, and not having or presuming to have, any delegated authority, seems some- what preferable also, from the circumstance, that no new character would be introduced to alarm the Chinese, and that the present British residents are quite equal in point of talent and numbers to form themselves into one. They would be equal in point of un- ity and influence with the select committee of the Company, and perhaps superior as combining a greater number of interests. In this short review of the probable position of a passive au- thority, (and some only of the inconveniences have been pointed out,) it will appear, that the appointment would be of little prac- tical utility, little or nothing could be effected by him, and abso- lutely nothing, towards placing the British subject free from the oppressions, annoyances and insults, to which he is daily exposed in common with" those occurring under the select committee. These evils have not, nor can they be adequately described. The major ones are not only great, but the minor ones are perpetual and incessant. The free spirit must one day recoil against one class of injuries or the other, under the present state of things, and the minister of England would be wrong, not to expect to receive by every dispatch, the account of some formidable rupture, and his scheme of finance, to the amount of some three or four millions, inlvolred. 364 Free Trade with China. DEC. If an authority therefore be placed in China, he must be an efficient one, and vested with powers of no ordinary nature; as being placed in a position that may force him into a state of war in spite of his best endeavors to the contrary; nor indeed, should our valuable commerce and revenue, both to India and Great Britain, be permitted to remain subject to a caprice, that a few gun-boats laid alongside the city would overrule by the dis- charge of a few mortars. The governor and hoppo would soon find that their freaks of fancy were no longer the pastime they used to be, and that it was not prudent to provoke those who were willing to be their friends, merely that they might gratify their assumed superiority, and exhibit their contempt of us to the com- mon people. The result of war with the Chinese cannot be doubted, but re- flection will suggest, whether more apprehension is not to be en- tertained of the fatal consequences that would attach to China itself, should the spark of war once be lighted, by the internal revolutions it would create without any extrinsic aid, than doubt of what would be effected by ourselves, should we be driven to that extreme. Putting aside for the present, this deeply important considera- tion, we will consider it merely in the abstract, and rather as it relates to ourselves than to them. Hostilities with China are of the most anomalous nature; as the slightest application of them may produce the effect required, or force us into all the extreme operations of war. That we shall one day be coerced into it, we take for granted. It is unreasonable to expect that we shall be less exposed than heretofore, and it is utterly impossible that ag- gression can be overlooked; nor indeed is there any cause that it should be. When we reflect that our intercourse has been put in abeyance, for refusing to deliver up individuals, demanded for no other object than for immolation, we must revolt against the idea of its future recurrence. The case of the American is the last instance; he was delivered up on the promise that justice should be rendered; the next morning he was strangled. Acts of this nature, possessing their own peculiar features of aggravation, can- not but involve hostility. . Our position would then be this; we must succeed, or fall infinite- ly below our present level;—having passed the Rubicon we must proceed to Rome, or lose the empire. Another admiral Drury's affair would be fatal to us, from the effects of which we have not yet recovered, notwithstanding the more recent spirited conduct of our navy. In short, we might be obliged to establish an embargo on their shipping about Canton, or extend it to the whole coast, or cut off their communications by the Great canal, or land an army of fifteen or twenty thousand men in the Yellow sea, and obtain a substantial commercial treaty under the walls of Peking. But we must first ask, are there not objects far more worthy of contending for, than the port of Canton; and ground much better 1833. Free Trade with China. 365 adapted to contend upon, than that, situated at the extremity of a great empire? These questions must both be answered in the affirmative. The past traders to Canton, it is true, have confined their attention to that place, and abandoned ports we once pos- sessed to the eastward. Under existing circumstances, (always referring to Mr. Grant's letter,) " the Pyrenees are removed," our views become less bounded. The question is no longer of Canton, but of China entire; from a minor object, we turn our eyes, as it were, to the rising sun. We must then repeat, that China entire, a coast of 1600 miles, with a dense population among whom British manufactures have not yet obtained an entry, is the more worthy object of our attention. And when we consider, that this may be obtained, with no greater efforts, no greater exertions, no greater tact, than is necessary to obtain the commerce of a provincial town of the empire, Canton diminishes in magnitude and importance. Taking then this enlarged object, as the proper landmark upon which to direct our efforts, Canton should no longer be the base of operations, be they of negotiation, of peace, or of war. As we proceed, other causes will be shown, why this local- ity should cease to be the point d'appui, and why this point should be transferred to the seat, or the centre of the empire. An admiral's station should therefore be selected. For the sake of resting upon some point, let Ningpo be adopted, or the adjacent island of Chusan. This locality is well known; it is fully described by the foreign missionaries, by Du Halde, and was formerly the station of a British factory. This place is mentioned for the sake of removing us from Canton. But close and minute investigation may show, that a position more north- ward, about the great promontory of Shantung, might be more desirable, or perhaps a station near the mouth of one of the two great rivers. The latter position would command the great artery of internal commerce—the Grand canal; a circle of 100 miles diameter, containing within its circumference six to eight of the largest and richest cities of the empire. Hostilities, and the impossibility of avoiding them, have been already touched upon; and it is now requisite to enter into some brief notices on this point. It must however be premised, that wanton or inconsiderate hostility would never be tolerated by a British parliament, nor is it consistent with the moral or political footing of the people of Great Britain; much less would we pre- sume to offer any remarks tending to such an end. This obser- vation is requisite, that any following ones may not be entangled or deteriorated, and to mark the fact and circumstance, that when we speak of hostility, it is under the supposition, that it has been forced upon us, and that more than adequate cause has been given. Our navy must always form a prominent feature with regard to China, not only from its own pre-eminence, but also from the accessibility of the Chinese coast, The effect produced by the 3GG Free Trade with China. DEC. uncompromising conduct of our men-of-war has already been notic- ed ; their power has never failed to overawe the Chinese when- ever duly exerted, and to produce upon them the most remark- able effect. The succumbing to the spirited conduct of the Topaze and Alceste is sufficiently illustrative of the fact, not to require any additional force from comment. The Company, in their negotia- tions with government, have repeatedly set forth the influence of their servants in China, which they only possessed to a limited degree, and may almost be said not to have possessed at all; what- ever did or does exist, with regard to the British nation, we owe to the spirited conduct of our navy. Ii has been before observ- ed of them, that no considerations of a less elevated character were ever permitted to interfere with the honor of the British nation and the royal flag. That the Chinese are sensible of their incapacity and weakness, we have many proofs; witness their solicitude to get the shipping from their shores which conveyed hither our embassies. In fact, the empire is at present in so crumbling a state, that they dread danger beforehand, and fear the slightest external symptom, that might ruflle the torpid calmness of their government. That we have been most unwittingly and ignobly the creatures of their policy, cannot fail to gleam upon us, perhaps with a blush, as we investi- gate; for we must remember that we have suffered insults of no small magnitude. That they have skillfully played their game cannot be doubted; but the range, of our vision is now extended, and we must acquire juster perceptions and retort their own game upon them. We ourselves must practice upon their fears, and change the current that has so skillfully been set against us; and instead of prohibiting our ships of war from appearing, instead of soliciting that no men-of-war should approach China, let them rather be invited to show themselves; there are certainly ample objects of nautical pursuit for the employment of our ships of war in the China and eastern seas. These have hitherto been forbidden regions, for which no good reason can be assigned, unless monopoly fears may be considered as such. In the employment of them in the various services that may be suggested, they should visit the Chi- nese ports, in the same way as those of civilized nations, and claim the same respect and attention that is due to his majesty's flag; on all occasions making due allowance as to form, but noth- ing to the want of respect that is due. Conceding everything to courtesj, but nothing to arrogance and insult. The presence of our cruizers would sufficiently alarm them, however friendly might be our conduct, nor is it desirable that it should be otherwise. It might probably invert the past order of things, and oblige them to be the complainants. They might first refer to Canton. If a chamber of commerce were there, they could only answer, as the select committee have only been able to answer, that a mandarin ship was above them, and beyond their control. Urged by their fears they might send an address to 1833. Free Trade with China. 367 the viceroy of India. One thing we might look to with certainty, that with such companions on the coast they would not proceed to any extremity, or touch the trade of Canton. In short, we must establish a new base of operations, by the formation of a flag sta- tion ; and that base should be about the centre of the coast of China, or nearer to Peking. The appearance of our ships on the coast of China, whether of war or of commerce, would be received and repelled, by two conflicting dispositions ;—they would be received with joy and satisfaction by the great mass of the Chinese population ; they would be opposed and repulsed by the mandarins or officers of govern- ment with a more dominant power. A deep and distinctive line must be drawn between the nine-tenths of the Chinese population who delight in the exchange of civilities, and enjoy themselves in social intercourse; and the remaining tenth, who form the manda- rins, or Tartar officers of government of all grades; whose study it is to maintain the rule, that has obtained against foreigners, and to enforce it upon the people. Yet it must not be hastily inferred that the mandarins or officers of government are averse to intercourse. The provincial ones are materially benefited by it; there is not a single office about Canton that has not its price, which is paid for, by extortion from foreigners. New ports of trade would open advantages which Canton is now usually known to possess. Hence their cupidity is strongly tempted, and there is no doubt of their willingness to relax. But they are withheld by the espionage of mandarins of the court, who would readily avail themselves of the slightest opening to charge them with negligence of duty in regard to foreigners, that they might displace them, and again sell their posts. This manifests strongly the necessity of drawing nearer to the court. It is at the fountain head that we must turn the current into the proper channels. To negotiate at Canton, and for Canton, would be a waste of time, and of no practical utility. The Chinese government will be as much at ease, as if we communicat- ed from England. Create apprehensions from without, approach the capital, and we shall have attention from within; until then, little shall we do with the Chinese ; then, much may be hoped for. These remarks may appear to have little to do with hostilities, the subject we proposed speaking of, but it must be remembered what is here spoken of, is a sort of hostilities demonstrative, and would be so considered by the Chinese; hence, they would have a more powerful effect: when we come to speak of negotiation, their value will become more clear. The flag ship was supposed to be established in the port of with her cruizers; the most valuable would certainly be our small sloops of war and flat bottomed gun-boats. It will be seen by reference to the maps, that the admiral would possess, by means of the Hwang-ho and other rivers, facilities for operating upon the Grand canal and cutting off the supplies of Peking. It is scarcely necessary to notice the magnitude of the consequences that would 363 Free Trade with China. DEC. result from such an act, and its overwhelming effect upon the capital of the empire. An e,mbargo would be a minor and more preparatory act. Yet in this we are struck with its weight, as affecting the Chinese. At once is brought to view the whole of the Chinese coast, studded with boats, craft, and junks, the feeders of the empire. These are totally unprotected, and even the stoutest among them unable to contend with the meanest of our cruizers. It is difficult to find terms to express adequately the disparity between what is Chinese and what is European with regard to the military and to the navy. One small brig of war may be considered equal to the mightiest of their junks of war ; one battalion as equal to any 10,000 men they could produce. As to military numbers, in a most serious recent rebellion, they are said not to have been able to produce more than 15,000 men in the field, although their muster roll, like that of their population, is enormous. It is not pretended that this is any just estimate—it is merely to render our vague notions less inde- finite. Of the effeminate character of the Chinese, both physi- cal and moral, few can have, without some local knowledge, any just idea; and this effeminacy singularly agrees with their social habits, and trafficking dispositions. An embargo would carry with it consequences the most weighty. That we sho'uld ever be driven to it, by the unimportant causes, that will one day lead to it, cannot but be a matter of deep regret; and when we consider its effect upon a portion, and an extensive portion, of an innocent population—feelings both of justice and humanity loudly call upon us, to suffer no consideration, of a less generous nature, to prevent us from devising the means of averting so inhuman a recourse. Our interests with this nation have be- come too mutual to be easily severed; too valuable to be left upon the present basis of caprice and chance ; too capable of extension to be treated with monopoly indifference; and above all, too sus- ceptible of being placed upon a substantial basis of mutual inter- ests, not to demand the most serious and immediate attention of government at home for the common benefit of both empires.— With all possible respect, it may be asked, shall one of two great exclusive barriers which the Chinese have erected, be permitted to exist for ever? The Tartars, in centuries gone by, passed the Great wall of China, and seated themselves- upon the throne; that wall now remains, but an eternal monument of Chinese co- wardice and imbecility. Yet the invisible one of prejudice, the wall constructed by a tithe of the people, still towers in all its strength, and the enlightened nations of Europe,—the British, who pride themselves upon their intellect, who would scorn to be called dupes, crouch nevertheless to its influence, and it may be said, worship the edifice they have contributed to erect. But to return; an embargo would intercept their supplies of fish, rice and salt, destroy a large portion of their tribute and re- venue, and carry distress to the inmost recesses of the empire. 1833. Free Trade with China. 369 Our brigs of war, by intercepting these articles from the islands of Hainan and Formosa, the granaries of the adjacent provinces, would act so forcibly upon the wants of the population, that no government could withstand the calls that would arise from it. It is very doubtful indeed, whether an army of 15,000 to 20,- 000 men, acting upon Peking, could produce a more influential effect. Yet such a body of troops, efficient and disciplined, it is maintained, would overturn the dynasty and the empire; from which opinion few who can judge, will be found to dissent. To what point force should be directed is subject to a variety of opin- ions; the fertile island of Formosa has been suggested ; secondly, the seizure of the island of Lantao; thirdly, the cession of Macao from the Portuguese. All these propositions seem liable to the same general objection, that any one of these steps would equally excite the jealousy of the Chinese;—we could not even obtain the cession of Macao, with- out producing that effect. After all, what advantage would it be, placed as it is at the extremity of China? Yet it has been serious- ly spoken of for years past, as a step that would relieve us from the arrogance of the Chinese. In a political or commercial point of view, no advantage could be derived from it whatever. It would in fact, remove us from the facilities of trade; the Chinese would in all probability interdict any island that may be taken, and leave us to our own plans, as they did recently until we chose to adopt their system. To take an island therefore from the Chinese, is but to open Pandora's box upon ourselves, without the chance of obtaining a'iy remunerating benefits; it would attract their displeasure without enabling us to obtain one advantage over them. It is mamifr..'-!., that on the employment of force, to direct it upon the centre or the capital of the kingdom, would be by far the most efficacious; the moral influence of such a step will readily be seen, com- pared to that of acting upon an isolated point, or an extremity. Puerile indeed does appear the idea of influencing a great empire by the seizure of one of their petty islands ; it lias been fledged under leaden wings, and scarcely rises above the atmosphere of Boeotian dullness. To close all further remarks with respect to hostilities, it may br sufficient to observe, that of all the nations of the east, not one is so removed from a military character as the Chinese; and there are advantages with regard to China as a military field, that we are not accustomed to meet with in the East, arising from soil, cli- mate and locality. Any body of men rendezvoused at Singapore by the end of March, would have six months of fair monsoon for action. Twenty days would carry them to any port of the Chinese domin- ions. There, a climate healthy and salubrious would attend them, cultivated and fruitful provinces would facilitate their operations. No forests or impervious jungle would impede their course, or des- troy by premature sickness their numbers, as in the recent Bur- mese war. 2W 370 Free Trade with China. DEC. Passing from the military to the moral of the Chinese charac- ter, two feelings may be said to overrule all others with regard to foreigners. These are arrogance and fear; the one dictates the assumption of superiority, the other creates the policy of expulsion. With regard to the British, fear may be said to be, since the Bur- mese war, the prevailing sentiment; other causes have doubtless contributed, but this has had the most overpowering influence with them. Burmah has been the grave of more than one Chinese army, and they are by them considered as formidable and warlike. In the late war, the Chinese fully predicted our defeat; the opposite result rendered their astonishment the greater, and the full convic- tion of our power could no longer be driven away; and this impres- sion may be considered as universal throughout the empire. Under these impressions our attention should be fixed upon ne- gotiation; and it has been to come at this important point that we have been obliged to wade through the foregoing details somewhat seriatim:—between demonstration in its most qualified forms, and the application of force, lies this vast and extensive field. It is here that diplomacy has full scope, proceeding firmly but with caution, supported by a navy ostensibly engaged in scientific pursuits, the Chinese feelings of haughtiness and insult would be half put in abeyance. The king's authority could neither be treated with the flippancy, or the insolence to which past embassies have been sub- jected. It would not be a first repulse that would dishearten him, or nullify his powers. He would be a resident either afloat or ashore; every repulse would be but a signal, to renew in some other shape the object of his mission; our cruizers visiting their ports, would sufficiently alarm them, and supplied with able interpreters, a communication with the authorities would follow, mutual expla- nations would result, their apprehensions would be gradually allay- ed, and an armed force would be found to have no other object than peace; each communication would rapidly pass and repass to Peking; at lengthtbey would find that their ease and security were alike consulted, by complying with views of moderation and reci- procity. This is yet untried ground, and loudly calls for due con- sideration, as containing in it objects of the last importance to Brit- ish interests. In these remarks it has been the object, rather to put forth the various considerations that the subject suggests, than to advocate any particular one. But certainly our opinions do predominate on the humane side, namely, that by bold demonstrations through our cruizers, followed up by negotiation through a commissioner, we might arrive at arrangements with the Chinese government mutu- ally beneficial, without any violation of justice, or any act of hos- tility, and by it avoid being driven to acts of violence, which will admit of no compromise. By firmness and decision, we can certainly attain all that we have a right to require, without resort- •ng to any of those extreme alternatives, which have been brought forward, but to complete the general picture of our relative posi- tions : and as we fully prepare for that last alternative, the first steps 1833. Free Trade mth China. 371 become more efficient to effect the object. Undoubtedly, negotia- tion has not been fairly tried, and rational and substantial grounds do exist for bringing it to a successful issue. It is with reluctance that the acts of past times are referred to, as the censure they call for, may bear an invidious interpretation; yet let any one take up a collection of Chinese edicts with regard to foreigners, and after perusing them ask himself, (for tojudge fairly, we must apply the case to ourselves,) whether as an Englishman he does not feel degraded in his own estimation by the epithets applied to him. Let a minister ask himself, whether the dignity of his country or of his sovereign, is consulted by permitting a nation, whom we might crush in a grasp, to draft their official language, in terms the most offensive that can be selected, and by allowing his sovereign's picture to be insulted. Is it humane or just, to permit those British merchants whose trade contributes so greatly to the revenues of Great Britain and India, to be exposed to every species of degradation, while they effect this great object? To be spurned as barbarians and bearded with appellations, nothing short of ignominious? To be deprived of every social enjoyment, of every domestic comfort, and pent up in a space to which the King's Bench is a domain? Why has this obtained? Simply be- cause the authorities at home, anglo-monopoly as they have been, were content to be underlings. But relieved from this incubus, will the spirit of the British na- tion permit the continuance of such a course, feeling as they will, that both the Chinese nation, and themselves are endowed with a reciprocal disposition in regard to commerce, the former being chained down only by the dominant power of their Tartar con- querors? For, we must once for all dismiss the prevalent jargon, which so erroneously confounds the people of China with their Tartar conquerors. These are separate and distinct, in interests and sentiments, and are in every way opposed to each other: this truth has been smothered in common with many other undigested facts with regard to China. But to the British people, and we trust, to our executive, the dawn of conviction will arrive; that the moment we assert our national dignity, from that moment, the great barrier that has been permitted to rise, will cease to exist. One great obstacle, the monopoly, by the hands of Mr. Charles Grant, has received its "coup de grace;" what others remain will we trust be as powerless as the Great wall itself, which a daring nation, with a handful of men, for centuries past, has cleared; and et at naught both it and its constructors. This fact, among many others which history records, is one that shows the inapplicability of the principles of civilization to any practical object, in their adaptation to a barbarous, or to a demi-civilized people. To take the law of nations as a rule with a nation where no knowledge of it exists, at best seems idle. With regard to China, Corea and Japan, its operation has been, and still is, to exclude us from a valuable commerce, except under restrictions and contumely, as disgraceful to us, as inconsistent 372 Free Trade with China. DEC. with reason and common sense. Cautious ourselves of violence that we would not endure, they have attributed our forbearance to any cause, but the proper one; and we have permitted them to doze in error, when one rude shock would have aroused them to a sense of it, and placed us at once upon an equal footing of social intercourse. One mistake produced another, until the very re- verse of the opinion, that would have arisen with a civilized nation, was produced upon this barbarous one. Let us now take a fact. A barbarous nation, the Tartars, de- spising treaties and the Great wall, have seized the destinies of China, and ruled it with an iron hand. We, with our principles of forbearance, have been fixed in a corner of China; ourselves insulted, our fellow subjects unjustly slaughtered, and insult and contumely showered upon us most unsparingly. Far be it from any one, to deprecate our humane forbearance, or to praise the iron severity of the conquerors. But reason and impartiality will ask the question, and we trust, our countrymen at home will ask the question, has not the principle on our side been carried to an ob- noxious extent? Has not their purity been sullied by there- turn that has been made? Has not the nation been disgraced by its extreme humiliation in the face of insults of the grossest nature? Has not the Chinese commerce of Great Britain been purchased with the blood of the gunner of the Lady Haghes? Has not his immolation up to this day, remained unavenged? Have we not been told by the Chinese, that blood for blood is the law of their empire, and have we not submissively subscribed to it? It matters not to tell, be it in Gath or in the streets of Askelon, that all this was under an anglo-monopoly, and that the British nation has no concern with it; the feelings of Englishmen will respond in spite of them, " there is the smell of blood still." What reason existed, where this and other sanguinary laws were practiced upon us, that we should not have arranged our civil and commercial relations? Will any reasonable man maintain that there was not sufficient cause for insisting upon it, coute qui coute, or that the same causes do not now exist? If the monopoly were an impediment to the vindication of our national honor, it is the more necessary, the moment we are removed from its tar- nishing influence, that we should lose no time, in setting ourselves ri"ht with posterity, and wiping off the sordid fact, of having purchased our commerce with the blood of a fellow subject. The past, the present, and the future demand it, for each day but ex- poses us to fresh liabilities. Such then, has been the result, of ap- plying the principles of civilization to a barbarous people; they have acted conversely to our intentions, and to their ordinary course; they have thrown back ignominy upon ourselves, and disgraced our nation's character; and so they will for ever act until our policy is adapted to the character of the nation with which we deal. The success of any operation with regard to China, be it to redeem the past or establish the future, must depend mainly upon the authority selected; one high, not in rank, but in talent. In 1833. Free Trade with China. 373 him, should all authority be invested, alone, without council or control. When the important powers that must be placed in an authority are considered, the tact it would require, and the value of the objects to be attained, it may be fairly said that a consular de- signation does not correspond with the high nature of the func- tions that would be delegated; nor would that of embassador be more appropriate, but some term should be adopted correspond- ing to a general designation of the various powers intrusted to him. The basis of his demands should be an open trade with China, for which, the edicts of Kanghe would form the incipient argu- ment. That emperor threw the whole of the ports of the empire open to free trade in about 1680, and they continued so till about 1720, when a mandarin represented to the emperor that Europeans were a dangerous and turbulent race; which assertion, the folly of the missionaries but too much justified : they absolute- ly harrassed the Chinese beyond the bounds of ordinary forbear- ance, with their speculative doctrines; and commerce was made to pay the debts of ecclesiastical arrogance. It would too much detail this subject to touch upon the other various 'Xjints that would follow this leading claim founded upon past reords. What we would insist upon, should be well digest- ed, and firmly adhered to, when once determined upon. Our authority would find, when he had once established a re- putation of moderation and of determination, that he had not taken the task of negotiation in vain. The scrupulous deport- ment of past embassies should be wholly laid aside; submission to etiquette and forms would produce no advantage, but must be considered as defeating the objects intended to be gained. A diplomatic Petruchio would be far preferable, who to tame his wayward wife, insisted that black was white, the sun the moon, confounded the order of things, and who overruled all by the de- fiance of all, yet preserving due decorum even in the torrent of his passion. Such a character would be infinitely better than one cringing to forms, which as he submitted to them would be multi- plied ad infinitum. We now close these remarks. It must forcibly strike any one, that a king's authority, possessing less powers than those of the most confidential description, would be a nullity. In 1829, the Company put forth all their direct and latent powers; and it must be recollected that at home they have repeatedly set forth their influence; yet they were incapable of obtaining any effectual re- medy for their grievances; they fairly measured their strength with the Chinese and were found wanting; they put forth all their direct and collateral influences, passive or negative as they were, that can ever be brought to bear upon the Chinese government. Should they be wielded by consular or royal authority, nothing more could be exerted or brought into action. Therefore, if powers beyond this and entire responsibility be not given, it is only necessary to repeat our first quotation "laissexfaire," under the auspices of a chamber of commerce. 374 Tht Chinese Kotow. DEC. Yet the field is a noble one. A late minister has had the merit awarded him of calling the western world into existence; certain- ly the one who directs his energies upon China, Corea and Japan, which with great propriety may be called the terra incognita of the East, has not a less glorious field; and to call these coun- tries into social and commercial existence, would be an act not less elevated, and of much greater value, as affecting the interests of Great Britain, and her possessions in the East. A BRITISH MERCHANT, Macao, 1833. (Formerly of Canton.) The foregoing document, concerning free trade with China, came to us ac- companied by a note in which our correspondent says, "A friend of mine, who lately departed from China, left with me the accompanying manuscript, to make what use of it I pleased. It is carelessly and diffusely written, and con. tains a good deal thai there is room to dissent from, but withal has some hints which I think valuable. If you think it would suit the pages of your Repository, I should like to see it in print; and would feel obliged by your making such curtailments and corrections as may be considered necessary and desirable." As the subject discussed is one of considerable interest and importance, as well as difficulty, we have preferred to give the paper entire. We do not however vouch for the correctness of all the positions taken and the arguments advanc- ed by the writer, who shows himself, on most points, well acquainted with his subject, and handles it with much ability and fairness. We will now only add a short paragraph from the speech of Mr. C. Grant before the House of Com- mons, on 13 h last June. He said, "With regard to the trade with China, that should be free. The public voice had decided that question. Commerce had been struggling under the trammels which confined it, until at .Irst it had broken through them, and it became necessary to do away with the restrictive system. The exclusive privilege of the trade with Chini upon every ground must now be considered to have arrived at its natural termination. The Chinese were a sensible, jea- lous, and ci\pr:ci'ius people. They were despotic and arbitrary, and there might circumstances occur that would excite a collision between them and this country. Year after year brought news to that most sensitive and suspicious people of the great and important victories obtained by the Company. The emperor had forbidden, on good grounds, the trade in opium, and the late viceroy at Canton had Icealizi'd it by a duty. Now it was proposed to send out persons, firmed with eons derahle authority, to represent the British at Canton. It would be unwise, he thought, to have any previous negotiation with the Ch ncse authorities. Tin: trade with China, under the charter of the East India Company, would terminate in April, 1834." THE CHINESE KOTOW. "What are called ceremonies, some- times affect materially the idea of equality. They are not always 'mere forms and nothing else, but speak a language as intelligible as words; and it would be just as conclusive to affirm, it is no mat- ter what words are used, words are but wind, as to affirm, it is no matter what ceremonies are submitted to, ceremonies are but mere forms, and nothing else. Some ceremonies are perfectly indif- ferent; as whether the form of salutaion be, taking off the hat and bowing the head; or keeping it on and bowing it low, with the hands folded below the breast; these, the one English, and the other Chinese, are equally good. There is, however, a difference of submission and devotedness expressed by different postures of 1883. The Chinese Kulow. 375 the body; and some nations feel an almost instinctive reluctance to the stronger expression of submission. As for instance, stand- ing and bending the head, is less than kneeling on one knee; as that is less than kneeling on two knees; and that less again than kneeling on two knees and putting the hands and forehead to the ground; and doing this once, is in the apprehension of the Chi- nese, less than doing it three times, or six times, or nine times. Waving the question whether it be proper for one human being to use such strong expressions of submission to another or not; when any, even the strongest of these forms, are reciprocal, they do not interfere with the idea of equality, or of mutual independence; if they are.not reciprocally performed, the last of the forms express- es, in the strongest manner, the submission and homage of one person or state to another: and, in this light, the Tartar family now on the throne of China consider the ceremony called san-kwei kew-kow, thrice kneeling, and nine times beating the head against the ground. Those nations of Europe who consider themselves tributary and yielding homage to China, should perform the Tartar ceremony; those who do not consider themselves so, should not perform the ceremony. "The English embassador, lord Macartney, appears to have understood correctly the meaning of the ceremony, and proposed the only alternative, which could enable him to perform it; viz. a Chinese of equal rank performing it to the king of England's pic- ture. Or, perhaps, a promise from the Chinese court that should an embassador ever go from thence to England, he would perform it in the king's presence, might have enabled him to do it. These remarks will probably convince the reader that the English go- vernment acts as every civilized government ought to act, when she endeavors to cultivate a good understanding, and liberal in- tercourse with China; but since, whilst using those endeavors, she never comtemplates yielding homage to China, she still wisely refuses to perform by her embassador, that ceremony which is the expression of homage. "The lowest form by which respect is showed in China at this day is kung-show, that is, joining the hands and raising them be- fore the breast. The next is tso-yih, that is, bowing low with the hands joined. The third is ta-tseen, bending the knee, as if about to kneel. The fourth is kwei, to kneel. The fifth is ko-tow, kneel- ing, and striking the head against the ground. The sixth, san-kow striking the head three times against the earth before rising from one's kneee. The seventh, luh-kow, that is, kneeling and striking the forehead three times, rising on one's feet, kneeling down again, and striking the head again three times against the earth. The climax is closed by the san-kioei-kew kow, kneeling three different times, and at each time knocking the head thrice against the ground. Some of the gods of China are entitled only to the san- kow; others to the luh-kow; the teen (heaven), and the emperor are worshiped with the san-kwei kew-kow. Does the emperor of China claim divine honors?" See Morrison's Memoir, p. 142. 376 Pride and humility. DEC. BENDING THE KNEE.—Chaou Tun-she, one of the censors has complained to the emperor, that in the courts at Peking a spirit of servility is creeping among the officers, which is manifested by some of them, who ought to stand erect when they see others, now bending the knee and wishing them repose. They are also accused of receiving too-e, emblems of prosperity such as the emperor sent to the king of England. The latter part of the accusation, which was leveled at some of the emperor's kindred, the censor, before the court of nobles which investigated the case, could not sub- stantiate; and he himself is subjected to a strict, or rather severe court of inquiry. PRIDE AND HUMILITY.*—Poor, mortal man has always been dis- posed to arrogate to himself authority and honors, which belong only to Him who rules above, and before whom all " nations are as a drop of a bucket, and are counted as the small dust of the ba- lance;"—yea, they are as nothing, and are counted by him as less than nothing, and vanity. For he " hath measured the waters in the hollow of his hand, and meted out the heavens with a span, and comprehended the dust of the earth in a measure, and weighed the mountains in scales, and the hills in a balance." As the de- sires of man are not bounded by earth, his ambition can never be satisfied with short-lived, earthly glory, which passeth away like the flower of the field. The conqueror, satiated with earthly glory, regards all the titles which this world can bestow as not sufficient to portray his dignity; his ambition reaches up to heaven, and the frail child of clay claims relationship with the sun, moon, and stars. But he stops not here even; he proclaims himself lord of those luminaries. Reason smiles at this presumption; philosophy pronounces it absurd; and pure religion stigmatizes it with eternal infamy. Alas, how many mortals have arrogated to them- selves divine honors, and sought to be deified here on earth, and adored as gods by their fellow men. These facts afford the most decisive proof of our apostacy, and constrain us to confess that we have been in league with the great destroyer of good. Clad with celestial glory, far above many of his compeers in heaven, he fell by his abominable pride. Cast down to the realms of darkness for his transgression, he now seeks to seduce our race, and lead them to offend by a similar exhibition of pride and vain glory. He has declared himself lord of this world, and promised that whosoever will fall down and worship him, shall share with himself the glory and the empire of it; and man, proud man, with equal ambition, seeks for universal sovereignty. These are not the idle strains of dark deinonology. Alas, men have given too much proof that they are under the influence of the prince of darkness. Though his power is invincible and little acknow. kdged—yea, even ridiculed and denied, his sway is wide and povv. erful • and if the omnipotent God did not set bounds to his influ. * From a Correspondent 1833. Pride and Humility. 377 ence over mankind, they would act the part of demons towards each other, and by perpetual contests for supremacy, would deso- late the earth. But to fathom the machinations of this power of darkness is beyond our ability. The fuel of ambition is in our hearts; Satan throws in the spark, and the fire becomes unquench- able. Her responsibility however, is not lessened on this account; we are warned to flee from this arch fiend; and if we resist him, God will deliver us from the power of darkness and translate us into the kingdom of his dear Son. The fruit of this spirit of dark- ness is ungovernable pride; the fruit of Christ's spirit is deep humility. Unless the human mind is reduced to obedience to Christ, we may never expect to see men truly humble before God. The more enlightened a nation becomes, the less will be the pageantry of royalty and the desire to assume higher honors than belong to man. The more uncultivated the mind and the more addicted to idolatry, the greater is the danger of giving way to the idle fancy of usurping divine honors. We read of a Babylonian monarch who caused himself to be deified and wor- shiped. The millions who obeyed the sovereign of Persia, were all the slaves and worshipers of their king. Even Alexander, though he had received a Grecian education, could forget himself so far as to wish to receive divine honors. Many of the Roman empe- rors were foolish enough to permit their statues to be adored, and finally made a law requiring this impious worship of every citizen of the empire. Could there be an instance of more gross idolatry than this? A whole nation, composed of men whom we honor for the soundness of their judgment, and the many noble qualities which they possessed, thus degrading themselves below many a nation of barbarians and savages. It is vain to interpret this deification of mortals as only emblem- atical. Nations, which are without God in the world, are vain in their imaginations, and are led on from one error to another, till they become hateful in the sight of God, and dishonor themselves by the vilest abuse of the noble faculties bestowed on them by their Creator. When we see untaught barbarians puffed up with vanity and self conceit, we pity them; but when we see enlightened na- tions, who possess the means of knowing their own insignificancy, exalting themselves before the Most High, our compassion may well be mingled with contempt. Christianity, though it admits of no boasting before the Judge of all mankind, has been accused of cherishing the spirit of pride and self-complacency, by substituting the grace of God for our own righteousness. Fallible men have extolled and trusted in their own meritorious deeds, and thought themselves worthy to appear in the presence of Him who looks not at the outward conduct mere- ly, but knows the innermost recesses of our hearts, and who cannot behold sin but with abhorrence. Vain delusion this! Vain indeed will it appear at that day, when the eternal sanctity of God shall shine forth in its proper lustre, and when every stain and imperfec- tion of the most holy men that have ever lived shall be clearly seen. 378 A Hortatory Command. DEC. Our brightest ornament in the sight of God is, to be clothed with deep humility. Our great pattern, Jesus Christ, "being found in fashion as a man, humbled himself and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross." Let us follow him, that we may not be found naked and forlorn when all the vain glory of this world shall cease to dazzle, and all its pleasures be set at naught. TRAIT OF THE IMPERIAL CLAN.—The court of General Police has represented to the emperor, that the widow Lewseu only eighteen years of age, applied to their office, and stated that her niece, a girl of fifteen years of age, whose father was dead, was persecuted to become his wife by Changpa, a powerful man of the clan. It was the duty of her late husband Mingshow, to protect the girl. His consent to sell her was necessary, be- fore Changpa could make the purchase. Changpa often en- deavored to frighten Mingshow into compliance in vain. He then hired vagabonds to seize him, and carry him to his house; which they did, and there bound him and beat him to force him to sign an agreement. Under this usage he made a false promise to refer the matter to the head of the tribe. But the headman himself was afraid of Changpa, and instead of helping the op- pressed, joined hands with the oppressor. Changpa next armed a number of followers, who entered by violence the house of Ming- show. He ran out at a back door, and in his fright threw himself into a well The crowd of assailants wished to rescue him; but Changpa stepped forward and prevented them, and so Ming- show her husband lost his life. Peking, August, 1833. A HORTATORY COMMAND.—It is difficult to combine an exhorta- tion and an order; but the government of Canton, to soften the command addressed to all householders, requiring them to sub- scribe for the relief of the sufferers in the last inundation, have prefixed to it the word exhortation. This keuen-yu, as they call it, has given great dissatisfaction to the people, some of whom have stuck up anonymous placards against the governor and his late colleague, the fooyuen. In these they sneeringly thank the foo- yuen for his kind wishes, with which however they cannot com- ply, and intimate that the officers of government devour what they thus extort. They argue that many widows and poor persons who let small houses, have nothing else but the rent to live upon: take from them a month's rent, and they must go without a month's food. Besides, they are scandalized at the official collectors' feast- ing every day out of the sums collected from the poor subscribers for the relief of the houseless and distressed sufferers. The managers of charity in China, as well as elsewhere, think that charity begins at home; they must have a good dinner and choice wines, when they take care of the affairs of the poor. The horta- tory command extends to them who occupy a house of their own. of its probable rent is made, and that sum demanded. 1833. 379 Religious Intelligence. RELIGIOUS INTELLIGENCE. SANDWICH ISLANDS.—By the Prussian ship, Princess Louisa, which arrived in this port on the 24th ult., we received letters from the Islands to the 31 st of August; one of them is from the princi- pal of the High School at La- haina. This institution was founded in the summer of 1831. For the first year, the number of scholars was limited to fifty ; but it has now increased to near one hundred. Since the language of the Islands has been reduced to writing, and incipient measures adopted to instruct the inhabit- ants, many thousands have been taught to read, and the want of more competent teachers is sen- sibly felt. A leading object of the high school is to train up native teachers, who being well instructed, may aid the mission- aries in their arduous duties, or pursue other occupations as a sense of duty shall direct. "It is also the design of the institu- tion to disseminate sound know- ledge throughout the islands; embracing literature and the sciences, and whatever will tend eventually to elevate the natives from their present ignorance, and render them a thinking, enlightened, virtuous people." We wish the school every success; and hope its directors will, without delay, be enabled "to raise it as high as possible, consistent with the length and breadth of its foundation;" and the principal may be assured that "whatever will please and in- struct his pupils," which it is in our power to command, shall be forwarded to him by every con- venient opportunity. We would not seeChinese ethics transplant- ed to another soil; but some- thing of Chinese industry as dis- played in their husbandry, ma- nufactures, &c., might not be amiss among the Sandwich Isl- anders. "There is an article on ' Per- secution' in the July number of the Repository for 1832," says a correspondent from the islands, "which purports to have been founded on 'reports' in circu- lation concerning the 'South Sea islands,' and implying that the chiefs or missionaries have attempted to 'enforce church discipline' upon the people gen- erally. Now as to the Sandwich Islands, the rulers, as such, have not attempted to enforce church discipline even on church members, much less on those who are not members of the church. And the missionaries surely have not attempted to en- force church discipline on any but members of the church; the doors of which they have ever guarded with great care to pre- vent multitudes rushing in, who were ready to be baptized, and to take on them the vows of the covenant,—at least, many who proclaimed themselves to be thus ready, but whom we feared were not truly born of the Spirit. In all the islands, only 669 have been admitted tu church- membership." Missionary Seminary at Batm ticotta, Ceylon.—This institu. tion has been in operation abou( ten years, and has thus far full 380 DF.C. Religious Intelligence. answered the expectations of its founders. It was called into ex- istence by the wants of the peo- ple in that and adjoining districts —wants which are felt in per- haps an equal degree in every part of western Asia. These wants may not indeed be known to those who are the subjects of them. The palsy of'intellect is too complete for that. The moral disease has progressed till there is not life enough left to enable the people to perceive what their wants are. But they are seen and felt by those who know what men are capable of doing and enjoying, and who wish to see these nations rising to an intel- lectual and moral equality with the nations of the west. The object of the institution is to give some of the most pro- mising youth selected from the mission schools in the surround- ing country a thorough educa- tion. This the founders justly regarded as the surest means of freeing the minds of such youth as might come under their in- struction from the errors in phi- losophy, morals, and religion, which have from time immemo- rial prevailed among their countrymen; and of preparing them to become teachers of others. The principal building be- longirj to the institution is Otley Hall; so called in honor of sir Richard Otley, who con- tributed liberally for its erection. It is 64 feet in length by 29 in breadth, built of hewn stone. It is completely surrounded by a verandah, and contains four large rooms for library, lectures, and public examinations, and sever:il smiller ones for other purposes. The whole necessary expenses of a native student, tuition, library, &.c. being gratis, do not exceed $30 per annum; connected with the seminary, is a preparatory school, the object of which is sufficiently indicat- ed by its name. The course of study is liberal and well calculated to effect its object as stated above. Of this, the following list of books used by the several classes in 1831, is a sufficient proof. "First class, 17 students. Lennie's grammar and exer- cises; Blair's lectures on rheto- ric; Porteus' evidences of Chris- tianity; Euclid through the 4th book; Blair's grammar of na- tural- philosophy through optics; translating, declamation, and composition; andTamulclassics. "Second class, 18 students. Woodbridge's geography; Len- nie's grammar; .Euler's and Bonnycastle's algebra; Mental arithmetic (reviewing): Tamul and English phrases; Euclid 1st book ; Pronouncing Testament; Tamul grammar of the high language, and Tamul classics. "Third class 18, and fourth class 30 students. Lennie's grammar; Colburn and Joyce's arithmetics through logarithms; phrases; Native arithmetic; first lessons in astronomy ; writ- ing in English ; New Testament and English tracts.—All the classes attended to the study of the Bible in connexion with chronology." Special attention is paid to the subjects of geography, natu- ral philosophy, and astronomy, on account of the connexion of the native systems with the my- thology and superstitions of the Ceylonese. According to the Skanda Purana, one of their 1833. Missionary Seminary at Batticotta. 381 sacred books, which is used, very much to the terror of the priesthood as a classic in the seminary, "The earth is flat, one thousand millions of yosany (or 2,000,000,000 miles) in di- ameter, one hundred thousand yosany from the sun, and twice this distance from the moon, and remains immoveably fixed. It is the opinion even of the best informed among the natives, that these things were not as- certained by human investiga- tion, but are matters of pure revelation; sanctioned, however, by the testimony of all antiqui- ty; consequently whatever mili- tates against this system, is to be rejected as false, if not pro- fane." With the help of a valuable apparatus procured in England, the principal has succeeded in convincing not only the students generally, but also many others who are usually present at the public examinations, and occa- sionally attend his lectures, of the incorrectness of the systems taught in their sacred books. The truth is made so plain that its evidence cannot be resisted, unless it be by a determination not to be convinced, which will not yield even to the evidence of sight. The effect desired is produced. Their confidence in those books, and consequently in the gods from whom they were supposed to have been received, is shaken, and in some cases entirely overthrown. A spirit of inquiry is awakened and the native intellect begins to be in motion. Those who are accounted learned men begin to tremble for their repu- tation, and the priests for their credit and support. The people begin to think, to distinguish truth from error, and free them- selves from the chains of super- stition and bigotry in which their fathers were held. This is to be attributed in no small degree to the wise policy which gave the institution a character truly and decidedly Christian; and has led its instructors to use every proper means for bringing the truths of the gospel to bear upon the minds of the students with all their force. They are not satisfied when they have convinced their pupils of the truth of Christianity,nor even when they see evidence of their real piety. They endeavor to inspire them with the same spi- rit of active benevolence which dwelt in the bosom of Him who "went ab^i, doing good," and which is tie distinguishing cha- racteristic of real Christanity. A large proportion of thenrspend a part or the whole of their va- cations in going from village to village, and from house to house, and by conversation, reading the Scriptures, and the distribu- tion of tracts on various sub- jects, correcting the errors of their countrymen, and commu- nicating to them the knowledge they have obtained at the semi- nary; and some usually spend a part of every day in such labors. Let this system continue in operation a few years more, and the sacred books and the Brah- mins will lose their influence, truth take the place of error, and virtue and happiness suc- ceed to vice and misery. In these anticipations we are not alone. So long ago as 1824, sir Richard Otley, then govern- or of Ceylon, after attending an examination and testifying his 382 Missionary Seminary at Batticotta. DEC. approbation by a. very liberal donation, remarked, "I enter- tain much more sanguine hope of the progress of civilization among the natives, than I did previously to witnessing the ex- amination." Sir R. usually at- tended the annual examinations, at the close of which he address- ed the members of the seminary and their parents and friends who were present, sometimes distributed rewards to the most deserving of the students, and in various otheir ways rendered im- portant aid to the institution as long as he remained on the isl- and ; and at his departure promis- ed to recommend it to the favor- able consideration of the British government; a happy instance of the union of rank and influ- ence with decided and efficient piety; such as we ardently desire to see exemplified by those who bear the Christian name in every other land. Sir Robert W. Horton, the present governor, is no less fa- vorably disposed towards the seminary. The last examination of which we have received any account, was attended by him and lady Horton, together with a large assembly of the ladies and gentlemen of Colombo. The students were prepared to be examjned in theology, En- glish reading and grammar, Latin, Greek, Hebrew, geogra- phy, arithmetic, algebra, geo- metry, and trigonometry. His excellency selected passages from the classics used by the students in which they were ex- amined. Their reading, pars- ing, and answers to questions proposed, were in general highly creditable to themselves and their instructors, and seemed to give great satisfaction lo the highly respectable audience. We have watched the pro- gress of this institution with the greater interest, because we believe that the work of arous- ing the Ceylonese, and every people in this part of the world, from their comparatively stupid state, and of effecting the need- ed reformation in their charac- ter and condnct, must, be done chiefly by natives. We recollect no instance in which a great reformation has been effected among any people by foreign influence alone. Foreigners may, and often do, bring into a coun- try the knowledge which rouses the native mind to activity, and thus give the first impulse to the agency which changes a nation of savages or pagans into an enlightened and Christian peo- ple. But to give this impulse is all that can be expected from abroad. This is all that we ex- pect will be done for the Chi- nese by those foreigners who are interested in their moral and religious improvement; and it is all that needs to be done. When all the great truths in science and religion which have made western nations what they are, shall have been fairly brought to the knowledge of a comparatively small number of the Chinese, and they shall have been led, like the members of the Batticotta seminary, by the influence of those truths to put forth the energies of their minds for the instruction oftheir countrymen; then the great ob- ject of our desire will be near its accomplishment; then China will soon be delivered from her ignorance, bigotry, and suprr- slition, and the evils which they 1833. 383 Sycee Silver and Dollars. produce and perpetuate; and her sons and daughters be seen walking in the paths of know- ledge and holiness. ROHAN CATHOLICS IN MACAO. Two or three months ago we heard it rumored, that his excel- lency, the Portuguese governor of Macao, had determined that all the Catholic priests in that settlement, who were not the subjects of his catholic majesty, should, on an appointed day, (15th inst.) leave the place. We doubted that rumor at first, but it has proved to be true. Four of the priests, and no doubt the true and faithful subjects of his holiness, have accordingly quit Macao; three of these are Frenchmen, the other is a na- tive of Italy, and agent for the Congregatio de propaganda fide at Rome. How his excellency can reconcile this conduct with the catholic principles of Chris- tianity, or even justify himself to the pope and the other high authorities of Europe, we are unable to conjecture. But of this we are confident, that such a procedure cannot be supported on Christian principles, and that it must and will be condemned as unfriendly, uncharitable, and unjust by enlightened and libe- ral minded men of every name and denomination. JOURNAL, OF OCCURRENCES. CANTON.—During the month, an imperial messenger has visited the government here to bring an offic al intimation of the late empress' re. mains having been deposited in the imperial mausoleum. This messenger wore only a gold button, which indi. cates the lowest rank; but in honor of his master, the governor went down on his knees and knocked his head nine times on the earth, whilst the other stood erect on the bow of his boat. This envoy brought, it is said, a request from a royal personage in Pe- king, to a hong merchant who had formerly sought his patronage, that he would procure for him a pair of gold wash hand-basins. SrCEE SILVER AND DOLLARS.—From the province of Chekeang, a repre- sentation has been made to the em- peror, stating that sycee silver was exported from the country for the purchase of opium, &c., but that no law existed for the punishment of the offense; moreover there was some job- bing in playing foreign dollars and sy. cee silver against each other, by which the price of silver was enhanced, as best suited the interests of the jobbers. By his majesty's order, the Criminal Board deliberated on the subject, and decided that the exportation of "yel- low gold and while silver" should be punished in the same manner as the clandestine exportation of rice or other grains. The Board recommended that the trade with foreigners should be in the way of barter, goods for goods j but in the term white silver, they would not include "foreign money," or dollars; since the dollars were imported, they might also be exported without detri- ment to the metals of the country. Against this decision Hwang Tse6- tsze, censor of the province of Fuh. kci'm, has protested. He says, "the people are pleased with dollars for their convenience in counting; they are of value also for the facility of transport, and for use where sycee ia extravagantly high, as dollars can be made of an inferior touch. On these accounts, dollars are made from sycee silver by crafty merchants in Canton, Fuhkefin, Keangse and Keangsoo, similar to the foreign dollars; so that if dollars apparently foreign may be exported with impunity, all the sycee silver in China, may be converted into dollars, and thus sent abroad without any crime. The new law. he says, prohibits the export of sycee with one hand, and permits it with the other. He begs the emperor to prohibit by 384 Journal of Occurrences. penalty the coining of dollars, as he does the secret coining of cash; and as rice and money are so different in bulk while the same in value, that he should accordingly increase in the same proportion the punishment for exporting silver. Otherwise the trea- sure of the land will go forth to feed the cupidity of barbarians, and injure China for myriads of years. The ex- port of copper and iron affects only military weapons, but that of silver touches the vitals of the empire. JEALOUSY OF THE CHINESE GOVERN- MENT.—Two nobles of one of the tribu- tary Tartar tribes, employed in atten- dance on the emperor at Peking, had lately to return to their native tribe, to sacrifice to the manes of a deceased prince. On their way back, feeling a desire to see new places, they left the ordinary route outside of the Great wall, and proceeded to Peking through Shense and the other provinces inime. diately south of the wall;—defraying all charges themselves, in place of expending the traveling allowances to which they were entitled, on the usual outside route. For this they have fallen under the imperial dis- pleasure, and the Board of War is directed to deliberate regarding the punishment of their demerit. GAME LAWS OF TARTARY.—The wild horses and cattle of the Manlchou forests are, like the ginseng which also grows there, considered the pro- perty of government; and to hunt these cattle is prohibited to every one who is not employed by government for the purpose. It has however been found impossible to prevent tbe con- stant infringement of the laws, and therefore it is to be taken off in some places, but retained in others. By this change the government still re- tains in fact the monoply: for as the frequent hunts on the free lands will drive the cattle into the government forests, the people will rarely be able to maintain the hunt with success. accuses him of having taken three sisters to be his wives without any of the formalities that law and custom require; and of making two thousand taels of silver the price of every favor- able decision. The Kwangchow foo, whose name is Kin, or Gold, is in very bad odor among the people of Canton. The late fooyuon Choo forced him upon his predecessor Hoo, who died of vex- ation ; and now he is placarded in the streets, and even against his own office. One of these placards now before us, PEKING. We have received the Gazettes to the 8th of the 9th moon, October 20th; the recent numbers con- tain very little that is interesting to foreigners. We have looked them all over, but have found nothing to repay the trouble. The military governor of the "nine gates of Peking," conti- nually reports cases of theft, robbery, assault, sodomy and rape, such as in other nations are managed by officers of the police, or inferior judges. On the 27th of the 8th moon, he re. ported the apprehension of a band of vagabonds, who had committed all these crimes, and who endeavored to escape being detected by pretending that they were officers of government patroling the streets at night. In another gazette a case of parricidt is recorded. The deceased was a Mantchou, who belonged to the Han- lin college. The son says, he was at home superintending the worship of tablets dedicated to heaven and earth, when his father having neglected to give orders, he omitted to burn incense at the proper time. The father, then in front of the tablet, used abusive language to the son; who in a fit of passion seized a billet of wood and broke his father's skull. He then drag, ged the body into the street, intend- ing to make some pretext to screen himself from the charge of murder, but was seen and apprehended. On another occasion eight individ- uals were seized for having propagat- ed heterodox opinions and formed associations. A member of the imperial family has petitioned government to seize his rebellious and vicious son, in order to send him to Mantchou Tartary, and shut him up in perpetual confine, ment, Delinquencies of Chinese Officers. His majesty has recently been very much displeased at the carelessness of many of his officers who have charge of the seals of government. Four cases have come before him this year, where- in the parties lost the keys of the box- es in which UK; seals were kept. J'lfF, CHINESE REPOSITORY VOL. II.—JANUARY, 1834.—No. 9 REVIEWS. History of the Indian Archipelago; containing an account of the manners, arts, languages, religions, institutions, and commerce of its inhabitants. By JOHN CRAWFURD, F. R. s., late British Resident at the court of the sultan of Java. Three volumes. Edinburgh: 1820. LONG before the names and situation of the islands of the Indian Archipelago were known in Europe, their productions, having found their way fur west- ward, were included among the choicest luxuries of its inhabitants. More than twenty-eight hundred years ago, in the memorable days of the Hebrew commonwealth, king Solomon's navy, which he built on the shores of the Red sea, came to Ophir; three years were required for the voyage ; the ships were navigated by Tyrian "shipmen that had knowledge of the seas," and they returned laden with spices, gold, ivory, ebony, apes, peacocks, and various other articles. As to the situation ^f Ophir there is a diversity of opinion, and it must probably for ever remain a matter of uncertainty. Josephus places it in the Indies, and says it is called the 'gold country,' by which he is thought to mean the peninsula of Malacca. Others think it. is Sumatra, Java, or Cele- bes. But whatever may be the truth in regard to those conjectures, it is quite certain that at a subse- quent period, an extensive commerce was carried on 386 Crawford's History of the by the half civilized nations of India, who being almost entirely ignorant of geography and naviga- tion were poorly qualified either to extend their own researches, or lo communicate to others the little knowledge which they had already acquired. Dur- ing the middle ages, the productions of these eastern islands constituted the most important part of" that oriental commerce which lighted the embers of civi- lization in Italy;" and finally, it was the search for them that led to the interesting discoveries of Gain a and Columbus. It is matter of deep regret, that to the present time, these islands and I heir inhabitants remain in so great a measure unknown to the enterprising and philanthropic people of modern Europe and America. Rich, fertile, and salubrious in a very high degree, they are, with but few exceptions, the abodes of un- civilized tribes, who hold a very inferior rank in the scale of nations. Were they better known to the people of the west, and more frequently visited by them, they would unquestionably contribute much to the advantage of the visitors; and were the visitors men of probity and benevolence, able and ready to communicate, they would prove themselves to be the benefactors of the islanders. Both the Hindoos and the Arabians who first visit- ed these islands were ignorant of their topography; they sought only for their productions, and to them their knowledge was confined. The natives were, and are still, equally ignorant. Though from their geographical situation they are necessarily a maritime people; yet their enterprises rarely extend beyond those islands and countries which are in the imme- diate neighborhood of their own. Their voyages are usually confined to the coast; sometimes however, favored by the steadiness of the monsoons, deriving some assistance from observing the heavenly bodies, and now and then having recourse to the compass, the more adventurous navigators pursue a bolder track, and quilling sight of land, by a direct cours»: 1834. Indian Archipelago. 387 make for their port of destination. At what period the mariner's compass was introduced among them, and whether they received it from Europeans or from the Chinese, it is difficult to determine: they call it pandoman, which is a native name. The islanders have no term to designate the monsoons ; they divide the year " into a dry and a wet half," and designate them by the " native term mam or mangsa, meaning season, or by the Arabic one of the same significa- tion, musim," which Europeans have changed into monsoon. The natives have no common name to designate the whole group of islands which is so well defined and known by the appellation, Indian Archi- pelago. The words pulo and nusa, which ought to be translated ' islet,' they seldom apply to any portion of land, "the insularity of which is not within the range of vision." The name which they give to an island is usually borrowed from the physical aspect of the country, most commonly from its configura- tion: for example, Fencing, 'the areca nut,' is so called from some imaginary resemblance of the shape of the island to that fruit. Ubi, or Uwi, ' a yam,' is a name given to several small islands, in allusion to their form. When an island is inhabited by a tribe considerable for its civilization or numbers, the idea of insularity is dropped, and the country takes its name from such a tribe. On this principle Am- boyna, Bali, &c., are called, not the islands of the Amboynese, Balinese, but tunah Atnbun, tanah Bali, the lands of these people. The Indian Archipelago is by far the greatest group of islands OH tin; globe. Its proximity to Chi- na, and the intercourse which subsists between the inhabitants of the two countries, not, to mention va- rious other considerations, often attract our atten- tion to that interesting and important subdivision of the earth. After a residence of fourteen years in India, nine of which ho spent in the islands of the ^astern Archipelago, Mr.Crawfurd was well prepared to writo the history of thfisr islands. From his work 388 Crawford's History of the JAN. the title of which stands at the head of this article, we shall here introduce a rapid sketch of the geo- graphical and physical features of the country, add- ing from the same source brief notices concerning the character of its inhabitants, their history, and their intercourse and relations with foreign nations. All that we can state in the present article will be ge- neral; the more particular accounts of the several islands and their productions, and the different tribes of men and their "innumerable languages" must be reserved for future numbers. The Indian Archipelago embraces in length forty degrees of longitude, and in breadth thirty degrees of latitude; thus comprehending, with the intervening seas, an firea of 4,500,000 geographical, or about 5,500,000 statute miles: it extends from the western extremity ef the island of Sumatra, to the parallel of the Araoe islands; and from the parallel of 11° south to 19° north of the equator. "Its general position is between the great continental land of New Holland, and the most southern extremity of the continent of Asia. It is centrically situated with respect to all the great and civilized nations of Asia, and lies in the direct and inevitable route of the maritime intercourse between them. Its eastern extremity is within three days sail of China; its western not above three weeks sail from Arabia. Ten days' sail carries a ship from China to the richest and most centrical portion of the Archipelago, and not more than fifteen are requir- ed for a similar voyage from Hindostan. Taking a wider view of its geographical relations, it may be added, that the passage from Europe or America to the western extremity of the Archipelago, may be readily performed in ninety days, and has been often done in less, and that the voyage from the west coast of America may be effected in little more than one half that time. Such are the extraordinary advan- tages of the geographical and local position of these lint- countries." 1834. Indian Archi'inhiffo. ri8i» The following short abstract of the topography will serve our present purpose. It contains three islands of \hefirst degree in size ; namely, Borneo, Sumatra, and New Guinea; of the second rank, it contains an island and a peninsula, namely, Java, and the Malay- an peninsula; of the third rank, it contains three, Celebes, Lu9onia, and Mindanao; and of the fourth, it contains at least sixteen, namely, Bali, Lombok, Sumbawa, Chandana, Flores, Timur, Cerain, Booroe, Gilolo, Palawan, Negros, Samar, Mindoro, Panay, Leyte, and Zebu. Of the relative importance, value, arid populousness of the different islands, the size is by no means a just criterion. Many valuable islands of small size are excluded from the preceding list; some of these «iay be noticed in the sequel. "The whole Archipelago is arranged into groups or chains of islands, with here and there a great island inter- vening. The islands are upon iiie whole thickly strewed, which gives rise to innumerable straits and passages, which would occasion, from their intricacy a dangerous navigation, were the seas of the Archi- pelago not distinguished, beyond all others, by the proximity of extensive tracts of land, by their pa- cific nature, and by the uniformity of the prevailing winds and currents." Five portions of the ocean which encompass or intersect the different islands of the Archipelago are of considerable extent, and tolerably free from islands. The first of these in extent is the China sea, which lies between Borneo and the Malay un peninsula ; the second is the Java sea; the third is that tract of waters called the Banda sea, lying between Celebes on one side, Booroe and Ceram on the other, and the chain of islands to the south, of which Timur and Timurlautare the most conspicuous; the fourth is the clear tract of ocean named the sea of Celebes, lying between Celebes and Borneo to the south and west, and Mindanao and the Sooloo chain of isles to the north; the fifth and last is the basin formed by tho Sooloo chain, Borneo, Palawan, the southwest 390 Cruwfnrti'* Hi glory ,>/ thr J,\. side of the Philippines, and Mindanao, usually known as the Mindoro or Sooloo sea.—The bay of Bengal and the Indian ocean, wash the western shores of the Archipelago, the Pacific, its southern and east- ern shores, and the China sea its northern. The western boundary of the Archipelago is formed by the Malayan peninsula and Sumatra. The southern boundary is formed by a long chain of contiguous islands, the most singular which the physical form of the globe anywhere present; it commences with Java, and terminates nearly with Timurlaut, running in a straight line almost due east and west, in a course of 1600 geographical miles. The eastern boundary is more extensive, broken, and irregular than any of the rest; it is principally formed by the great island of Luconia. • The northern barrier is formed by the great islands of Luconia, Palawan, and Borneo. The whole Archipelago lies within the tropics, and almost the whole of it, with the exception of the Philippines, is situated within ten degrees (on each side) of the equator. "There is necessarily a ge- neral uniformity in climate, in animal and vegetable productions, and of course, in the character of the dif- ferent races of inhabitants. Notwithstanding this, a nearer acquaintance both with the country and its inhabitants, soon points out to us that there is much diversity in both, and we shall find that the whole is capable of being subdivided intone natural and well grounded divisions." We will notice each of these divisions, and nearly in the words of our author. The first, comprehends the Malayan peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Bali, Lombok, and about two thirds of the western part of Borneo, up to the parallel of longitude 216° east. The animal and vegetable pro- ductions of this division are peculiar, and have a higher characterof utility than those of the others ;the soil is of superior fertility, and better suited for rear- ing vegetable food of the first quality. The civilized inhabitants have a general accordance in manners, JH.iuii.wsr.fs and political institutions ; they are far more 1334 litdtnii .•irc/tijfclt.tgti >!H civilized (him th<»se of the other divisions, and have nuide considerable progress in arts, arms, and letters. The island of Celebes is the centre of the second division, which comprehends, besides that island it- self, the smaller ones on its coast, as Boutori and Salayer, the whole chain of islands from the parallel of longitude 116° to 134° east, with the whole east coast of Borneo within the same limit, and up to about 3° of north latitude. The animal and vegeta- ble productions have generally a peculiar character, the soil is of an inferior quality to that of the last, arid less suited to the rearing of rice of the first qua- lity. In language, manners, and political institutions, the inhabitants agree remarkably among themselves, but differ widely from their western neighbors, and are inferior to them. Rice is their priucipal food, but it is not abundant, sago is occasionally used. The third division differs in a most remarkable manner from all the rest. Its extent is from the pa- rallel of longitude 124° to 130° east; and from south latitude 10° to latitude 2° north. The character of the monsoons is here reversed. The eastern mon- soon, which is dry and moderate at the west, is here rainy and boisterous; the westerly monsoon, rough and wet, in the two first divisions, is here dry aud temperate. The greater number of the plants and animals of the two first divisions disappear in the third, where we have strange productions, in both kingdoms, unknown to any other parts of the world. This is the native country of the clove and nutmeg, and the only one in the world which produces them in perfection. For raising the better kinds of vegeta- ble food, the soil is of inferior fertility. Rice is scarce- ly produced at all, and the staple food of the people is sago. In language, manners, and political institu- tions, the people agree among themselves, but differ essentially from all their neighbors. They are far inferior to the inhabitants of the first two divisions in civili/ution, in power, and in knowledge of the useful •W2 '.'m/r//m/'.y Ihslury of lh< J\ arts. They luivo never acquired of themselves the use of letters. The fourth is, of all the divisions, the least distinctly characterized; it extends from the parallel of 116° east longitude to about 16furif* History of i.lu JAN. than muscular." The face is of a round form ;tlit;iiioutli wide; the teeth, when not discolored by art, very fine; the chin is rather of a square form ; (he angles of the lower jaw remarkably prominent; the cheek-bones are high, and the cheek consequently rather hollow; the nose is short and small, never prominent nor flat; the eyes are small, and always black, as with other orientals. The complexion though usually brown, varies a little among the different tribes. The fairest races are generally towards the west, but some of them, as the Battaks of Sumatra, are upon the very equator. The Javanese, who live most comfortably, are among the darkest people of the Archipelago ; the wretched Dayaks of Borneo are among the fairest. Compared to Europeans, Arabs, Persians, Tartars, Burmese, or Siamese, the Indian islanders must be considered as an ill-looking race of people. In color, virgin gold is their standard of perfection ; but their complexions are scarcely ever clear, and a blush is seldom seen upon their faces. The sooty-colored race is a dwarf African negro; and by the brown-complexioned tribes is designated \Pua-pua (Papua, or woolly haired) race. A full grown male brought from the mountains of Queda was found to be no more than four feet nine inches high. Among those brought from New Guinea and the adjacent islands, our author thinks he never saw any one that exceeded five feet in height. Besides their want of stature, they are of a spare and puny frame. The following distinction has been drawn between the Papuan and the African negro, by sir Everard Home ; speaking of the Papuan he says :— "His skin is of a lighter color, the woolly hair grows in small tufts, and each hair has a spiral twist. The forehead rises higher, and the hindhead is not so much cut off. The nose projects more from the face. The upper lip is longer and more prominent. The lower lip projects forward from the lower jaw, to such an extent that the chin forms no part of the face, the lower part of which is formed by the mouth.'1 The 183-J, lndi«n Archipelago, 39f> puny stature, and feoble frames of those who belong to this race, Mr. C. proceeds to remark, "cannot be ascribed tothe poverty of their food or the hardships of their condition, for the lank-haired races living under circumstances equally precarious, have vigor- ous constitutions. Some islands they enjoy almost exclusively to themselves,yet they have in no instance risen above the most abject state of barbarism. Whenever they are encountered by the fairer races, they are hunted down like the wild animals of the forest, and driven to the mountains or fastnesses, in- capable of resistance." The question of the origin of these two different races, appears to our author to be one which is "far beyond the compass of human reason ;" it is however "one of such curious speculation and interest, that it cannot be passed over altogether in silence." The only connection in language, manners or customs, which exists between the inhabitants of the Archipela- go and any distant people, which cannot be satisfacto- rily ascertained, is that with the negro races of Mada- gascar. Mr. Crawfurd has "no hesitation in think- ing, that the extraordinary coincidences in language and customs, which have been discovered between the people of the Archipelago and those of Mada- gascar, originated with the former; every rational ar- gument is in favorof this supposition, and none against it." He discusses this subject at some length, and then concludes, that these facts point at a connec- tion of groat antiquity, and lead him "distinctly to assert," that the connection which existed between the two countries, "originated in a state of society and manners different from what now exists, and took place long before the intercourse of the Hindoos, net to say the Arabs, with the Indian Archipelago." The limits of a single article forbid us to follow the historian of the Archipelago, in his particular description of the intellectual endowments, social qualities, religious institutions, domestic ceremonies, and familiar usages, games and amusements of the 39G CrawfurtTs History of the JAN. natives. From the correspondence of gentlemen, some of whom have long resided in the islands and are well acquainted with them and their inhabitants, we hope to be able from time to time to lay before our readers interesting notices of the Indian islanders. We now proceed to notice very briefly the principal foreigners who have at various times come in and settled among them. These are Indians, Chinese, Arabs, Portuguese, Spaniards, Dutch, and English. The natives of Hindostan are found chiefly in the western portion of the Archipelago. By Europeans these are called Chulia; but by the natives Teling or Kaling, which is more correct. Kalinga is the only country of India generally known to the islanders; and they give the name Kaling to those who come from that country. Between the Coromandel coast and the Indian islands, a commercial intercourse has existed from time immemorial. "A passion on the part of the Hindoos, in common with the rest of mankind, for the spices and other rare productions of the islands, gave rise to this commerce, which in- creased as the nations of the west improved in riches or civilization; for the trade of the people of Coro- mandel was the first link of that series of voyages, by which the productions of the Archipelago were conducted even to the markets of Rome." Taking advantage of the westerly monsoon, these adventurers came annually to seek their fortunes in a country richer and far less occupied than their own. In their character, they are shrewd, supple, unwarlike, men- dacious and avaricious ; a large portion of them re- turn to India, but a considerable one also colonizes and intermarries with the natives. Of all foreigners, the Chinese are the most nume- rous in the Archipelago. Their junks never fail to ^ring a large supply of emigrants, and the European trading ships frequently do the same—as many as 450 have been known to sail in a single ship. Many of these return to their own country, "and the first intention of every emigrant is probably to do so ; but 1834. Indian Arcliipdtigo. 397 circumstances detain a number of them in the islands, who, intermarrying whith the natives of the country, generate a race inferior in energy and spirit to the; original settlers, but speaking the language, wearing the garb, professing the religion, and affecting the manners of the parent country. The Chinese settlers may be described as at once enterprising, keen, laborious, luxurious, sensual, debauched, and pusil- lanimous. They are most generally engaged in trade, in which they are equally speculative, expert, and judicious. Their superior intelligence and activity have placed in their hands the management of the public revenue, in almost every country of the Archi- pelago, whether ruled by natives or Europeans; and of the traffic of the Archipelago with the surrounding foreign states, almost the whole is conducted by them." The principal part of these settlers are in Java, Borneo, Singapore and Penang; but a few scattered families are to be found in every island where the people are in any manner civilized. Of these emigrants, sir Thomas Herbert has given, in the quaint language of his time, the following ac- count:—"The Chyneses are no quarrellers, albeit voluptuous, venereous, costly in their sports, great gamesters, and in trading too subtle for young mer- chants; ofttimes so wedded to dicing, that, after they have lost their whole estate, wife and children are staked ; yet in a little time, Jew-like, by gleaning here and there, they are able to redeem their loss; and if not at the day. wife and children are then sold in the market for most advantage." The Arabians began at a very early period to trade to the Archipelago; but these settlers are more consi- derable for their influence than for their numbers. In 1296, when Marco Polo visited Sumatra, he found many of the inhabitants of the coast converted to Mohammedanism. Arabian adventurers have settled in almost every part of the country; and of all who meet on this common theatre, the Arabs are the most ambitious and bigoted. They have a strength 398 Crawfwnfx Hilary of t.ln JA.V of character which places thorn far above ilie natives; and when not devoted to the service of the prophet, are wholly occupied with mercantile affairs. The genuine Arabs are spirited, fair, and adventurous merchants; but they often intermarry with natives, and the mixed race is of a less favorable character. Such are the Asiatic strangers, who at various time have visited the Indian Archipelago. With regard to Europeans, three nations only, the Portu- guese, the Dutch, and the Spaniards, have establish- ed a dominion of such extent and duration as to pro- duce a material influence on the condition and cha- racter of the native inhabitants; the Dutch and Spaniards are the only people who have colonized in the Archipelago, or at least who now exist there as colonists. The British, at the present time, and under the government of the honorable the E. I. Company, have a governor and resident at Singapore, Malac- ca, and Penang. "It is instructive," says our author, "to contemplate the difference which has characte- rized the policy pursued by European nations in these countries and in America, which became known to Europeans nearly about the same time. Avarice was the main spring of the policy with respect to both countries, but it took a different direction, and was differently modified according to the circumstances in which they found the nations which occupied them. The gold of America was soon exhausted; the per- secution of the natives which followed the search of it soon ceased ; the Americans had no rich commerce to prosecute; their soil furnished no productions on which Europeans put an extraordinary estimate; colonization was consequently early resorted to, and the prosperity of America has been comparatively great and progressive. The Indian islands, on the contrary, were found to have an industrious and com- mercial population, and to abound in highly prized commodities peculiar to themselves. The attain- ment of these commodities by violent means, and not the search for gold, became naturally the object of IU;34. Indian Archipelago 3'J(J the European adventurers ef all nations. The prose- cution of the same object has continued down to the latest period to actuate their policy; a systematic in- justice which has, in every period of the European connection, generated a train of evils and misfortunes to the native inhabitants, of which no other portion of mankind has been so long the victim." Of European nations, the Portuguese were the first who reached the Indian islands by way of the cape of Good Hope. Diego Lopez de Sequeira led on the enterprise; and, "if we except the accidental visits of Marco Polo, Mandeville, and others," may be look- ed upon "as the proper discoverer of the Indian Ar- chipelago." Malacca was wrested from the natives in 1511, and its immense riches were given up to plun- der. During the 130 years the city remained in the possession of the Portuguese, it was 18 times besieg- ed or blockaded ; six times by its legitimate posses- sors, seven times by the king of Acheen, thrice by the Javanese, and twice by the Dutch. In 1521, a squa- dron of nine ships appeared in the Spice islands for the purpose of taking possession of them in the name of the king of Portugal. The "simple sovereigns" of the Moluccas received their treacherous guests with caresses, and contended for the honor of enter- taining them. De Britto established himself in Ter- nate; and was soon astonished by the arrival of the companions of Magellan, who had reached the Mo- luccas in the course of the first voyage round the world. These he seized and imprisoned; and the na- tives no sooner knew Europeans, than they were pre- sented with the odious spectacle of their hatreds and animosities. The first governor of the islands, "stirred up civil war," and even distributed rewards for the massacre of the unfortunate natives. For sixty years during which their dominion continued, "the same scenes of rapine and cruelty were exhib- ited. Kings were made and dethroned, executed mid extirpated at (he caprice of these p<;liy tyrants nfjliH Moluccas," 4UO Crawftirtfs History of the JAIN. The Dutch intercourse with the people of the Archipelago, did not commence until 1596; in which year, a fleet of four ships, after a voyage often long months, arrived at Bantam, then the principal trad- ing port in the Indies, for those commodities which the habits of Europe demanded. The adventurers acted without judgment or moderation, in their inter- course with the natives. At Bantam they embroil- ed themselves with the inhabitants, and committed actual hostilities. At Sadayu, "they committed a horrible massacre, and at Madura a still more atro- cious one, in which the prince of that country and his family, coming to visit a Dutch fleet in a friendly manner, lost their lives through the suspicious timi- dity of these strangers." The early period of the Dutch history, "consists in a compilation of their commercial transactions, their wars with the Span- iards and Portuguese, their broils with the English, and their aggressions upon the natives." We might follow our author through many pages of similar narrative, but we have no heart to do it, and we desist from the task. At the present time, the Dutch have possessions in Java, Amboyna, and Macassar; and their countrymen at home in concert with a few in the east, as in former times, are making laudable efforts for the improvement of the islanders; and we hope their success will be equal to the opportunities they enjoy. Of the Spanish possessions, which are confined to the Philippines, we have already spoken in another article, and shall not here resume the subject further than to quote one short paragraph from the work be- fore us. "It is remarkable," says Mr. Crawfurd, "that the Indian administration of one of the worst governments of Europe, and that in which the ge- neral principles of legislation and good government are least understood, one too which has never been skillfully executed, should, upon the whole, have proved the least injurious to the nalive iiih;il>it;iiits of the countrv This, undoubtedly )m? been the elm- Il)o4. Indian Archipelago. 401 ructer of the Spanish connection with the Philippines, with all its vices, follies, and illiberalities; and the present condition of these islands affords an unques- tionable proof of this fact. Almost every other country of the Archipelago is, at this day, in point of wealth, power, and civilization, in a worse state than when Europeans connected themselves with them three centuries back. The Philippines alone have improv- ed in civilization, wealth, and populousness." We have now brought into review all the topics which we proposed to notice in this article. We shall conclude it by adding, in the form of a chronolo- gical table, brief notices of the principal events iu the history of the Archipelago, whether native or European. Our limits will not allow us to give the table entire as it stands in the volumes of Mr. Crawfurd; we select only the most important and interesting particulars. CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE Of the principal events in the history of the Indian Archipelago. 1160. A. D. A MALAYAN colony, first from (he original country of that people, and latterly from Palembang in Sumatra, set- tles at the extremity of the Malayan peninsula, arid founds the city of Singhapura (Singapore). 1252. The king of Java invades Singhapura, and drives the Ma- lays from thence, who, proceeding further westward, found the city of Malacca. 1276. Sultan Mohammed Shah ascends (he throne of Malacca, and embraces Mohammedanism. 1304. The Javanese and Malays visit the island of Ternate for cloves, and many of them settle there, and are soon followed by Arabians 1340. The king of Malacca engages in i war with Siain, whose sovereign is killed in a battle which ensues. 1350. An Arabian adventurer instructs the king of Termite in Arabic, and in the art of ship-building. 1391. An unsuccessful attempt to convert the Javanese to Mo- hammedanism is made by a rajah. I4H5. Javanese, Malays, and also Chinese, in great numbers, frequent Ternate in quest of cloves. 1478. The Mohammedan religion established in Java , and short- ly after, the people of the western rndofihc same island, or flu: Sumlas, converted to .Mohammedanism. 402 Crawfurds History of tlte JAN. 1495. The king of Ternate embraces the Mohammedan reli- gion, and visits Java to receive instruction in that faith. 1509. A Portuguese squadron of four ships, under the command of Diogo Lopes de Siqueira, reaches the Indian Archipelago. 1511. The renowned Alphonzo Albuquerque, viceroy of the In- dies, with a fleet of nineteen ships, and fourteen hundred men, conquers Malacca, and sends a squadron under Diogo de Abreu for the discovery of the Moluccas; he touches only at Amboyna, and returns with a cargo of cloves. 1512. The Portuguese permitted to settle in the Celebes, where they find some of the inhabitants converted to Mohammedanism. 1521. The Spaniards, conducted by Magellan, arrive in the Mo- luccas by the straits bearing his name. That great navigator is killed in an affray with the people of the little isle of Maktan, one of the Philippines. 1523. The king of Acheen besieges the fortress of Passe, the Portuguese garrison of which, after a gallant defense, take flight, which puts an end to the Portuguese dominion in Sumatra. The king of Bintan invests Malacca with a fleet and army, 'the former under the command of the celebrated Laksimana; Al- phonzo de Sousa arrives and relieves the city, sails for Pahang, where he destroys all the merchant vessels, kills six thousand persons, and takes prisoners in such numbers as to afford every Portuguese six slave*. 1526. The Spaniards form their first establishment in the Mo- luccas, on the report of the companions of Magellan. 1530. Goncalvo Pereira, as governor of the Moluccas, sails for those islands, touches at one of the ports of Borneo, where he makes commercial arrangements with the king. 1531. The kings of Gilolo, the Papuas, and the princes of the Moluccas, join in a league to exterminate the Portuguese, who are "blockaded and confined until the arrival of the new govern- or, the heroic Galvan. To save the effusion of blood, Galvan proposes to the kings of Gilolo and Bachian to meet each of them in single combat, which they accept, but the meeting is prevented and peace concluded. 1537. The king of Ternate, sent to India, is there converted to Christianity, and sent back to be reinstated in his kingdom, but dies at Malacca on his way to the Moluccas. Galvan employs himself zealously in converting the islanders to Christianity, institutes a seminary for religious education, which was approved of by the council of Trent; and, after mak- ing himself beloved to such a degree as to cause the inhabitants of the Moluccas to propose making him their king, is supersed- ed in his government: during his rule, Christianity made rapid progress in the Moluccas and spread to Celebes and Mindanao. 1547. Francis Xavier, ' the apostle of the Indies,' makes his ap- pearance at Malacca, and the Portuguese ascribe to his presence the salvation of the place from a formidable attack of the kino of Acheen, who camu agniiibt it with a fleet of seventy hirgr: g;il- 1834. Indian Archipelago. 403 lies, and an army of a hundred thousand men, among whom there were five hundred Turkish janissaries. Two years after this, Xavier propagates Christianity in the Moluccas. 1565. Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, in the -eign of Philip II. of Spain, takes nominal possession of the I. ilipptnes. 1-371. Manila founded by the Spaniards, and three years after, attacked and nearly taken by the Chinese rover, 'J^imnhon.' . 1578, Nov. 14th. The English, under sir Francis Drake, make their first appearance in the Archipelago, touching at Ternate and Java. 1581. The king of Ternate captures the Portuguese fortress, and puts an end to their dominion in that island. The kingdom of Portugal being united to that of Spain, its Indian dominions fall under the power of the latter. 1586. There is a great eruption from the volcanic range of moun- tains in the islands at the eastern end of Java. 1588. Thomas Cavendish, in his circumnavigation of the globe, touches at Java. 1590. The emperor of Japan sends a mission to the Philippines; the king of Camboja does the same, and begs the governor, Dasmarinas, to assist him against the king of Siam. ,1593. The governor of the Philippines, having sailed against the Moluccas, his fleet is dispersed, and he is murdered by the mu- tiny of the Chinese part of his crew, who had been cruelly used by the Spaniards. 1596. The Dutch under Hautman, arrive in Java, and the prince of Madura and his family are massacred by them while paying a visit of ceremony on board of Hautman's fleet. 1600. The Dutch visit Acheen; and the next year the king sends two embassadors to Holland, one of whom dies there, but the other returns in safely. Tobacco is introduced into Java. 1602. The emperor of Japan sends another embassy to the go- vernor of the Philippines, requesting a continuation of the com- mercial intercourse between Japan and those islands, and also that some Spanish shipwrights might be sent to him. 1603. The emperor of China sends an embassy to Manila to as- certain the truth of a report that had reached him, that the port of Cavit(>•„'! the Dutch concluded peace with the 3B 410 i'uniHwi. JAN. Clnnese, l>y wlm.lt liberty of commerce w at- g I an ted them. Tlicy on (heir part evacuated the it-laud, sailed to Formosa, and took possession of a harbor on tin: sou ill western side. The best en- trance to it was narrow and shoal, there being at high water no more than thirteen feet. Tims the Dutch entered upon Formosa; a small Japanese co- lony then resident there, soon retired, and the natives offered no opposition. To defend their new establishment, a fort and batte- ries were built, which protected the principal harbor, Ta-kedng; this fort was named fnrl Zealand. For the defense of the trade between China and Manila, the Spanish governor of the Philip- pine islands fortified the port of Ke-lung, in 1626; from which, however, the Spaniards were subsequently expelled by the Dutch. Thirty miles from this harbor, on the western shore, another settle- ment was formed, called Tan-shwuy. Yet the jurisdiction of the Dutch extended little beyond the towns and villages in the neigh- borhood of their principal fort. In these they wisely combined the Dutch and native authority; "they introduced new laws among them, and instead of their councils of elders, constituted one of their chief men surpervisor in every village, who adminstered jus- tice, and was accountable to the governor of the island." The natives in these districts were reclaimed from many barbarous customs, and became attached to the government of the Dutch. In 1626, George Candidius, a Protestant divine, was appointed minister to the settlement; and he took great pains to intro- duce Christianity among the natives. At the governor's request, he gave his opinion on the prospects of propagating the gospel in Formosa. He considered both the dispositions and circum- stances of the people favorable for their conversion to Christian- ity. "With good capacities, they were ignorant of letters; their superstitions rested only on tradition, or customs to which they were not strongly attached, and which had been almost totally changed within the last sixty years: no obstacles were to be ap- prehended from their government. God blessed his labors in For- mosa, so that during a residence of sixteen months, part of which was occupied in studying the language, he instructed 120 of the natives in the Christian religion." The number of Christians, it is said, daily augmented; the intermarriage of Dutch and natives was practiced; churches and schools were multiplied, so that in all, many thousands of the islanders were converted to Christian- ity and baptized. "But the Dutch governors in India were cau- tious of encouraging the conversion of the Formosans, lest it should give offense to the Japanese, with whom they had com- merce, and by whom Christianity was then heavily persecuted." Thus as often elsewhere the interests of true religion were sacri- ficed upon the altar of Mammon, and the knowledge of salvation withheld for money. The whole interval of Dutch authority in Formosa was a period fraught with calamity to China, both from the scourge of civil war and foreign invasion. In 1644, the Manlcliou Tartars had gained 18:34. Formosa. 411 the capital, Peking, and (lie Tartar chief was Acknowledged as emperor of China, by most of the northern provinces. At the close of the next year, twelve of the fifteen provinces had submitted to the usurper. Throughout the whole course of this long war, the Chinese were emigrating to other countries to escape the miseries of their own. Early in the struggle, 25,000 families are said to have transported themselves to Formosa. The industry of these strangers gave the island a cultivated appearance, and increased the produce of rice and sugar for exportation. At first the Dutch encouraged this immigration, and at length were unable to prevent it; which influx of foreigners aided in the final overthrow of the Dutch dominion in the island. But the unexpected and unheard of result, that of Europeans being defeated in contest with the Chinese, will excuse a minute description, and demands a brief retracing of some previous events. These calamitous and turbulent days produced in China, as ever elsewhere, some daring spirits, who rode upon the storm, and whose names are well known in the history of those times. None of these was more remarkable than the half piratical, half patriotic naval chief, Ching C/iingkung, butter known as Koxinga. His father was once a servant of the Portuguese at Macao, and was instructed in the Christian religion, nrid baptized by the name of Nicholaus. From a petty trader, he grew by foreign trade to be the richest merchant in China; and afterwards equipped, at his own expense, a small fleet against the Tartars. His success gra- dually drew around him a vast number of Chinese vessels, till he became the commander of as formidable a fleet as ever sailed these seas. But after many battles, the Tartar chief invited him to court, and offered him the dignity of king, which he accepted, leaving the command of the fleet to his son Koxinga, while himself was doomed to perpetual imprisonment at Peking. Koxinga, with more than his father's valor, opposed the usurper, and continued faithful to his country. During several years, he scoured the seas with his formidable fleet, descended upon the coast, and with the aid of a land force, retook some cities and defeated the enemy in several engagements. But in three or four years the Tartars by force and bribes recovered all, and drove him from the coast to the numerous islands which line the shore. In this state of affairs, the larger and fertile'island of Formosa became the object on which the exiled chieftain rested his last hopes. The Dutch foresaw the danger; they were aware that the agents of Koxinga held secret correspondence with the resident Chinese; and the garrison at fort Zealand was accordingly increased in Iti50. For several suc- ceeding years, there was no open hostility, and Koxinga being fully employed against the Tartars, neglected Formosa; yet dis- satisfaction was mutually increasing between the Dutch and the chief. But after his severe defeat in the seige of Nanking, he had no resource left but to obtain the island; his followers were dis- persing to procure subsistence, and his fleet could not be kept together. HP now began in earnest to look at the " beautiful isle." Formosa. JAN. The Dutch also increased their vigilance; took some of the most considerable emigrants as hostages, arrested and tortured others who were suspected. At the earnest .request of Coyet, governor of Formosa, 12 ships were dispatched from Batavia in 1660, with large reinforcements, and orders that if the alarm at Formosa proved groundless, the fleet should proceed against Macao. The garrison at Tae-wan now consisted of 1500 men, a force which the admiral thought superior to any number whatever of Chinese troops. A categorical answer was demanded of Koxinga, " whether he was for peace or war." The wily chief replied by letter, that "he had not the least thought of war against the Company." To remove suspicion, he sent several merchant ships to Tae-wan; but as he still continued his vast preparations for war in his strong- hold at Heamun (Amoy) and Ke-mun, the governor's suspicions were not removed. The majority of his council, however, were of opinion that there was no present danger, and all the ships were therefore ordered away to their respective places. The admiral returned to Batavia, and accused the governor of unreasonable apprehensions. The council, wearied with the expenses, and with the false alarms of the governor for several years, suspended him from all office, and ordered him to Batavia to defend himself. M. Clenk his successor sailed for Formosa in June, 1661. Widely different from these conjectures were the events then passing at the island. No sooner had the Dutch fleet departed, than Koxinga, and his forces were in motion. He embarked 20,000, or 25,000 of his best troops in a great number of vessels, and appeared before fort Zealand, and assisted by thousands of his countrymen on shore, began to land. He first stationed a number of his vessels between fort Zealand and fort Province, on the opposide side of the entrance, and occupied with his forces a point which would cut off the communication between the forts. The governor seeing this ordered out 240 men to dislodge the enemy from this post. Here was the first trial of their strength. By the time of their coming up, 4000 Chinese had already occupi- ed the place; but so confident were the Dutch that the enemy would not stand the fire, that they immediately attacked them. "But so far were the Chinese from giving ground, that they return- ed the fire with musketry and arrows, and sent a detachment to attack us in the flanks. This alarmed the soldiers, who threw down their arms and fled, leaving the captain and lit men to the mercy of the enemy. Qne half only of their company reached the fort alive. Nor was the defense by sea any better. The four ships in port attacked the junks, and sunk a few; but one of the four was burned by (he Chinese fire ships, and the rest escaped from the harbor, to which they all returned again, but one which sailed away for Batavia." By passing around the Philippines, she reached Batavia in 53 days; the first instance of a passage down against the monsoon. The Chinese landed without any further oppositin1 and in four hours' time cut off all communication the forts, and also between fort Zealand and I he open 1834. Formosa. 413 country. Koxinga now summoned the tort, threatening to put all to fire and sword, if they did not surrender immediately. A consultation was immediately held, and it was agreed to send deputies to Koxinga, offering to surrender fort Province rather than to lose all. They went to his camp, then consisting of about 12,000 men who were besieging fort Province. They were armed with three different sorts of weapons; the first, of bows and arrows; the second, of cimiters and targets only; and the third, of backswords and pikes, three or four feet long, with broad point- ed irons at the ends. The deputies were conducted into a spacious tent, where they waited till Koxinga was at leisure. He mean- while was employed in combing his black, shining hair, a great ornament among the Chinese. 'This done, they were introduc- ed into his tent, all hung with blue; he himself was seated in an elbow chair behind a four-square table; round about him attend- ed all the chief commanders, clad in long robes, without arms, anil in great silence, with a most awful countenance." Koxinga repli- ed; that "Formosa had always belonged to China, and now the Chinese wanted it, the foreigners must quit the island immedi- ately. If not, let them only hoist the red flag." Next morning the red flag waved over fort Zealand, but fort Province was surrendered, with all its garrison and cannon. To prepare for a more vigorous defense, all the men able to bear arms were taken into the fort, and the city set on fire, but not so effectually as to prevent the Chinese from preserving many of the buildings, which afforded them a shelter. They also brought up thither 28 cannon to bear against the fort; but they were so galled by the fire of the Dutch that the streets were co- vered with the slain, and the beseiged making a successful sally, spiked the enemy's guns. Koxinga now finding all his attacks fruitless, began a close blockade, and meanwhile made the open country fee) his rage. He made the Dutch, especially the minis- ters and schoolmasters, prisoners, because they were suspected of secretly encouraging their parishioners to kill the Chinese residing among them; some were crucified by the Chinese, and their cross- es erected in their respective villages. One individual event of this kind as related by Nieuhoff, is so Regulus-like that we pre- sent it entire to the reader. "Among the Dutch prisoners taken in the country was one Mr. Hambrocock, a minister. This man was sent by Koxinga to the governor, to propose terms for surrendering the fort; but in case of refusal, vengeance would be taken on the Dutch prisoners Mr. Hambrocock came into the castle, being forced to leave his wife and children behind him as hostages, which sufficiently proved that if he failed in his negociation, he had nothing but death to expect from the chieftain. Yet was he so far from per- suading the garrison to surrender, that he encouraged them to a brave defense by hopes of relief, assuring them that Koxinga had lost many of his best ships and soldiers, and began to be weary of the siege. When he had ended, the council of war left it to hi* 414 Pur moan. JAN. choice to stay willi tlicmor return to ilu> camp, where lie could expect nothing but present death; every one intrealed him to stay. He had two daughters within the castle, who hung upon his neck, overwhelmed with grief and tears, to see their father ready to go where they knew he must he sacrificed by the merciless enemy. But he represented to them that having left his wife and two other children in the camp as hostages, nothing but death could attend them if he returned not: so unlocking himself from his daughters' arms, and exhorting every body to a resolute defense, he returned to the camp, telling them at parting, that he hoped he might prove serviceable to his poor fellow-prisoners. "Koxinga received his answer sternly; then causing it to be rumored that the prisoners excited the Formosaus to rebel against him, ordered all the Dutch male prisoners to be slain; this was accordingly done, some being beheaded, others killed in a more barbarous manner, to the number of 500, their bodies strip- ped quite naked, and buried 50 and liO in a hole; nor were the wo- men and children spared, many of them likewise being slain, though some of the best were preserved for the use of the com- manders, and the rest sold to the common soldiers. Happy was she that fell to the lot of an unmarried man, being thereby freed from vexations by the Chinese women, who are very jealous of their husbands. Among the slain were Messrs. Hambrocock, Mits, and Winshaim, clergymen, and many schoolmasters, who were all beheaded." Thus ended that tragical scene. Two days after the council at Batavia had censured Coyet for his fears, and had dispatched his successor Clenk to Formosa, the Maria arrived with the news from Formosa. They immediately revoked the censure and suspension, and fitted out 10 ships with 700 soldiers for the island ; but Clenk arrived first off Tae-wan, where instead of the rich and peaceful station he had flattered himself with obtaining, he saw the red flag flying, and hundreds of Chinese vessels lying in the northern roads. He anchored in the southern, sent his dispatches ashore, did not land himself, but sailed for Japan, and was heard of no more at Formosa. Soon the succors from Batavia arrived, and the besieged began to act on the offensive. They were unsuccessful however in attempting to dislodge the enemy from the city of Zelandia, and suffered the loss of two ships and many men, in the attempt; the garrisons were now ordered from the two northern ports, Kelung and Tan- shwuy, to increase the force of the besieged. "The women and children and other useless persons were also sent to Batavia." These preparations checked the approaches of Koxinga for the present, which led to an injudicious act on the part of the besieged. The governor received letters from the viceroy of Fuhkeen, re- questing his cooperation in expelling the remains of Koxinga's forces from the coast, and promising his whole aid afterwards to (lie Dutch at Formosa. Five ships were therefore dispatched for this purpose, but three were lost in a slorrn and the remainder re- lumed to Riitavia. 1884. I'vnnimH. 415 This act was just to the wish of Koxmga, ami led llic besieged to despair of holding out much longer. A deserter from the Dutch encouraged the besiegers, and directed them where to press the at- tack. They now assailed the fort from three near batteries, and not- withstanding opposition, after many assaults succeeded in making a breach, and gaining one of the redoubts, fioin whence they an- noyed the Dutch, and seemed ready for a general assault through the breach. Then the besieged began to deliberate, and the ma- jority of the council agreed that the fort was untenable. The go- vernor yielded his opinion to the majority, surrendered the public property, but was allowed to embark their private property for Ba- tavia in their only remaining ship. Thus after a siege of nine months, with the loss of 1600 men, the Dutch returned to Java; "where the governor and council of Formosa, after all the ha- zards and incredible hardships they had undergone, were impri- soned, their goods confiscated, and the governor condemned to perpetual banishment in one of the Banda isles," but was finally recalled by the Prince of Orange. Thus after thirty years' duration, ended the Dutch authority in Formosa, in 1662. Freed from all opposers, Koxinga now distributed garrisons throughout the western parts of Tae-wan, and established an undis- puted dominion there. He constituted himself sovereign of the island, assumed a princely style, and fixed his palace and court at Zelandia. Then the island assumed a new aspect; for with their proverbial industiy he introduced also the Chinese laws, customs, and form of government. He even looked beyond " the beauti- ful island " to the rich clusters of islands which almost bordered on his narrow domain. He had threatened the Philippines, and was preparing for an expedition against the Spanish there, when he was arrested by death only two years after his gaining Formosa, and left his possessions to his son. Ten years after, when the provinces of Kwangtung and Fuhkeen revolted against the em- peror Kanghe, this son resolved to join the king of Fuhkeen : but not being acknowledged by the latter as a sovereign prince, he de- clared war against the king on the spot, defeated him in several battles, and weakened him so that he was obliged to submit again to the emperor, and receive the tonsure. Kanghe now abolished the title of king, and appointed a governor over Chekeang and Fuhkeen. This man seized upon the Pang-hoo isles, and pro- claimed general amnesty to all who submitted to the emperor. This policy had the desired effect of inducing many Formosan emigrants to return again to China, and of weakening the enemy upon the island, till it was finally surrendered to Kanghe by the grandson of Koxinga. Thus ended the sovereignty erected by that chief, and Formosa passed into the hands of the Chinese go- vernment in 1683. Little change ensued in the government or customs upon this change of masters. The imperial authority on the island, though often assailed by insurrections during the last 150 years, is still maintained. The land* possessed by the Chinese in Formosa 41(i Formosa. JAIN. were at that time divided into three districts: the subject natives composed 45 towns or villages. Little can be said with certainty of the events which have since transpired there. The two most prominent events are the destructive inundation in 1782, and the rebellion in 1788. The official report of the former disaster states, that in May (which is not the month for tyfoons,) a wind, rain and swell of the sea together for 12 hours, threatened to overwhelm the island. On its cessation, the public buildings, granaries, barracks, and salt warehouses were found totally des- troyed, and mo«t private houses were in ruins: of 27 ships of war, 12 had disappeared, and 12 more were wholly ruined: of other ships, about 200 are lost. Without the harbor, a prodigious number of barks and small vessels disappeared, and left not a piece of wreck behind. The emperor directed that all the houses thrown down should be rebuilt at his expense, (i. e. from the public treasury,) and provisions supplied to the people. "1 should feel much pain," said he, " were one of them to be neglected." Subterranean con- vulsions may have conspired with the winds to aggravate this ca- lamity. This event was followed six years later by the most important and bloody rebellion which Formosa has yet witnessed. The particulars of it cannot be given, but its suppression by cruel punishment and almost indiscriminate proscription, tarnished the name of Keen- lung, the emperor. M. de Grammont states in a letter of March, 1789, that " the troubles on Formosa are ended at last, but at the cost of a shameful and expensive war to China. She has lost at least a hundred thousand men, destroyed by disease or the sword of the rebels; and she has expended more than two millions of taels. The only advantage that she has secured, is the recapture from the Formosans of the two places they had seized. According to the returns of the Chinese general to the emperor, the renowned rebel leader, Lin Chwang-wan has been captured and cut into a thousand pieces; but according to private advices the rebel still survives, and the real sufferer was only a Formosan bearing the same name." A brief geographical description, adapted to its present condition will be found at the close of this account. One prominent object with the Chinese government in retaining Formosa, second to pre- serving it from the possession of foreigners, is to prevent its becom- ing a rendezvous for criminals and desperadoes from the empire. For this purpose they have always maintained a numerous guard of soldiery upon the island. The officers stationed there have been strict, even to vexation, in granting passes to the applicants who come thither from China to trade or to reside. Many hundred thou- sand emigrants from Fuhkeen, Kwangtung, and Chekeiing have peopled tlie villages of Formosa, and it is said a regular system of extortion is praiiced by the officers upon the new comers. They demand a fee so large, that poor settlers have no other means to pay it, than to bind themselves to the officers in a certain por- tion of their profits till the whole demand is discharged. Thus on 1834. Formosa. 417 their arrival, many of the emigrants rind themselves in a manner slaves to the mandarins, as to them much of their hard earnings must revert. " Though they are industrious," says a recent observer of the island, "yet the emigrants have deservedly a reputation for insubordination and lawlessness. They associate much in clans, and clannish attachments and feuds are cherished among them ; but they are very fond of intercourse with foreigners. Many of them are unmarried, or have left their families in China, to whom they hope to return after amassing a little property." Having just es- caped from the grinding tyranny of magistrates at home, they na- turally wish to enjoy more freedom in their voluntary exile. But the mandarins of Formosa on their part also, by being more re- moved from the supervision of their superiors, can proceed to more open and extreme extortion than in China itself, since complaint is difficult, and relief still more so. Thus mutual dissatisfaction is excited and cherished, on the one hand by new acts of oppression, and on the other by new arts of evasion or resistance; hence, in no part of the empire have insurrections been so frequent as in Tae-wan. The late threatening rebellion there has but just closed, though for some time it has ceased to excite any conversation or interest. The reports from the seat of war were so imperfect or contradictory, that it is either difficult or impossible to obtain satis- factory information. It appears that the naval and military forces stationed on the island were noways contemptible as to numbers. An imperial report states, that 20,000 of the troops there in garrison had been allowed by their officers so to mingle in the employments and in- terests of the people, that on the breaking out of the rebellion, no effective force could be mustered on the island. The general cause of the war doubtless was, and the emperor at last acknowledged it, the growing oppression of the officers of government. But there was no unity among the rebels, nor any previous concert to rise against the government. The occasion of the insurrection is said to have been a quarrel between two clans, one of which, by appeal- ing to the officers, brought in the other for an unusual fleecing from the mandarins, which in this case was not endured. The oppo- sition burst forth about 15 miles from Tae-wan, the capital, and 20 or 30 officers with near 2000 men were killed at the first ex- plosion. The news soon spread, and there was a very general rising throughout the districts, and the imperial troops were destroy- ed or fled into the mountains; they disappeared. While troops were being levied and dispatched from the four southeastern provinces of China, the insurgents were expending their strength against each other. It was said that one clan had seized the capital, and kept possession of it with 30,000 men, and that 50,000 of the hostile clan were marching against them. The navy and most renowned officers were dispatched to suppress the rebellion; commissioners were sent from Peking for the purpose, and woe be to such officers in China, who are not successful l>y some means or other. At Irnptli, by force ami money, and if report be true. 418 Formosa. JAN. not much less by the latter than the former, the insurrection was checked; but it broke out again at different times and places till June, 1833. Alter a continuance of eight or nine months, " now all are again quiet," says the final report, "and the mind of his majesty is filled with consolation." After this sufficiently extended sketch of the histoiy of the island, we proceed to its form of government and productions. Formosa, together with the Pang-hoo islands forms one J'/iu, or department of the province of Fuhkeen. It is immediately subject to the foo- yuen of that province. For an account of its present divisions, we refer to a geographical description in the Canton Register, the writer of which drew from Chinese statistical books. The depart- ments, defined as above, comprises six keen, or subordinate dis- tricts, five of which are in Formosa, the remaining one includes the Pang-hoo isles. The aboriginal inhabitants of the western parts have been mostly subdued and enslaved by the Chinese; but they do not continue in quiet submission to their conquerors, ex- cept the small proportion which are styled matured foreigners, and arc civilized. Tae-wan been, the chief district, is a narrow tract of land, comprehending a town, 21 Chinese and 3 native villages. The capital Tae-wan, is in latitude 23° N. Its harbor had formerly two entrances, one of which called Ta-keang, is now entirely blocked up by the accumulation of sand; here stood the fort Zealandia. The other is so shallow and intricate on ac- c6unt of shoals that it is impracticable without an experienced pilot. The city of Tae-wan is described as ranking among cities of the first class in China, in the variety and richness of its mer- chandise, and in population. Its streets are covered many months of the year to avoid the rays of the sun. Fung-shan been, lies south of the former, and includes a town, 8 villages, and some plan- tations of Chinese. The native villages are 73, of which 8 only are occupied by the civilized natives. Choo-lo been lies north of Tae-wan and comprehends a town, 4 Chinese and 33 native vil- lages; 8 belonging to the civilized natives. Chang-hwa heen, besides its town lias 16 villages and 132 plantations of Chinese, and 51 native villages. Tan-shwuy been has a town, 132 farms, and 70 native villages. Pang-hoo ting, according to Nieuhoff who visited it, " has several good harbors and two commodious bays, where ships may ride safely at anchor in eight or nine fathoms of water. It contains many populous villages, the islands being all well stored with inhabitants, with fat cattle, especially cows, and birds of all sorts, with an incredible number of fine, large cocks. Here are always seen many Chinese vessels for fish- ing and traffic; the islands are many in number; the two most famous are Fisher's island, (which is the western,) and Pehoo. The southeast side of Fisher's islaiuHs so barren that it produces not a tree." Perhaps this last remark may aid us to understand oilier accounts which represent these islands as desolate and barren. A chain of mountains divide* tin- island in its whole length from norih to south, (uniting in general, the hariu-i hctwcm lli< I a 34. For MOM, 4I!< Chinese on the west, and the independent natives ot the unexplor- ed eastern side. Many of these mountains are very lofty, some- times slightly covered with snow; some are volcanic and sul- phureous. Of the native inhabitants, there are throe classes; first, those who have not only submitted to the Chinese but also h;ivo adopt- ed many improvements from them, and have advanced beyond their former rude state towards civilization. These were in- structed by the Dutch as has been related; but having lost their teachers and pastors together, it is not to be supposed that they retain much knowledge of Christianity now, after a period of 170 years. The Jesuit Du Halde, who wrote seventy years later, and who would not hnve judged too favorably says; "the peo- ple adore no idols,, and abominate every approach to them, yet they perform no act of worship nor recite any prayers. There are many who understand the Dutch language, can read their books, and who in writing use their letters, and many fragments of pious Dutch books are found amongst them." The second class is composed of the aborigines, who though acknowledging the authority of the Chinese, yet retain their pri- mitive customs, and are called "raw natives." This class com- prises much the greater part of them who are subject to the Chi- nese. The third portion includes all the unsubdued and inde- pendent, tribes and villages, of whom we have an imperfect know- ledge. It appears, however, that they have no books or written language; that they have no king or common head, but petty chiefs, and councils of elders and distinguished men, in that res- pect, much like the North American Indians. It does not appear whether they have any separate priesthood, but it is probable that there is none beyond the conjurers and enchanters of all savage tribes, nor any ancient and fixed ceremonies of divine worship, or system of superstition. They are represented by the Chinese as free from theft and deception among themselves, and just towards each other, but excessively revengeful when outraged. In their marriages, which are made by mutual choice, the bride takes home the bridegroom to her parents' house, and he returns no more to his father's; "therefore they think it no happiness to have male children." They are of a slender shape, olive complexion, wear long hair, are clad with a piece of cloth from the waist to the knees; they blacken their teeth, and wear ear-rings, and collars. In the southern part, those who are not civilized, live in cottages of bamboo and straw, raised on a kind of terrace three or four feet high, built like an inverted funnel, and from 15 to 40 feet in dia- meter. In these they have neither chair, table, bed, nor any mov- able; they place their food on a mat or board and use their fingers in eating, as the apes do. They tattoo their skin. In the noith part they clothe themselves with deer skins. That portion of Formosa which is possessed by the Chinese well deserves its name; the air is wholesome, and the soil very fruitful. The numerous rivulets from the mountains fertilize the 420 Formosa, JAIN. extensive plains which spread below; but throughout the island the water is unwholesome to drink, and to unacclimaled strangers it is often very injurious. "All the trees are so beautifully ranged, that when the rice is planted, as usual, in a line and checkerwise, all this large plain of the southern part resembles a vast garden, which industrious hands have taken pains to cultivate." Almost all grains and fruits may be produced on one part of the island or another ; but rice, sugar, camphor, tobacco, &c., are the chief productions. Formosa has long been familiarly known as the granary of the Chinese maritime provinces. If wars intervene, or violent storms prevent the shipment of rice to the coast, a scarcity immediately ensues, and extensive distresses, with another sure result—multiplied piracies by the destitute Chinese. Some idea of the exports from the island may be formed from the reports of an European who has visited the island, and who is intimately acquainted with the maritime provinces of China. "The quan- tity of rice exported from Formosa to Ftihkeen and Chekeang is very considerable, and employs more than 200 junks. Of sugar, there annually arrive at the single port of Teentsin upwards of 70 loaded junks. Much of the camphor in the Canton market is supplied from Formosa. The greater part of the colonists are cultivators of the soil, but many of the Amoy men are merchants, fishermen, and sailors. The capital which they employ is very great and the business profitable. The natives have receded farther and farther towards the east coast, and have been partly amalga- mated with the planters. The whole population may amount to two or three millions." The position of Formosa is admirable as affording facilities for trade; within 30 leagues of China, ISO of Japan, and less of the Philippines, its situation and resources make it a desirable station for the commerce which is now opening, and yet to be opened in those long forbidden lands. But except Ke-lung, there is no good harbor yet explored on the whole coast; at Tae-wan, the greatest depth at high water is eight or nine feet. The Lord Amherst, which stopped at Formosa a few days in 1832, could not approach with- in several miles of the shore. Junks also lay a long way outside, and received their cargoes in lighters. It is well known thai-the harbors are becoming shoaler, and the land is increasing by con- stant and large accretions of sand. The currents in the channel are very strong, so that unless the wind be fair, Chinese vessels cannot bear up to regain their course; and in passing from Fuh- keen to Formosa, they have often been driven so far to the south, that they not could reach iheir destination, when not unfrequently they bring up at Cochinchina or Slum, there to await a change of the monsoon. But foreign ships, during the last and present winter, beat up the channel against the full strength of the northeast mon- soon ami the current; yet this can be accomplishd only by strong •Hid snprrior sailing ships THB CHINF.SR NAVY.—The Peking gazelle of tin- Illli day ol the i)th moon, October 29th, 1H3H, contains a paper (if six pages concerning the navy of China, from the pen (or rather pencil) of his imperial majesty. It was occasioned by the operations of the Canton navy, a few months ago, on the coast of Cochinchina, when a pirate named Chin Keahae was taken prisoner. He WAS really a Chinese, but made himself a citizen of either nation as suited his convenience. It will certainly be belter for some peo- ple, when all are allowed to be citizens of the world, but amen- able to no one stale in particular. The emperor's attention being called to the navy by the operations above alluded to, and by some failures against pirates on the coast of Fuhkeen, he takes occa- sion to animadvert in rather severe terms on the present state of the Chinese navy. He begins his paper by this first principle, that, "according to the ancients, in the government of a nation, while civilians required rubbing up, the military no less required a brushing. Government," he says, " appoints soldiers for the pro- tection of the people; and naval captains are not less important than dry-land soldiers. But the navy has lately fallen oil', as ap- pears by many cases of failure on the high seas. "On shore a man's ability is measured by his archery and his horsemanship; but a sailor's talent by his ability to fight with, and on the water. A sailor must know the winds and the clouds, and the lands and the lines (or passages among the sands). He must be thoroughly versed in breaking a spear with (or beat- ing against) the wind. He must know, like a god, how to break through the billows, handle his ship, and be all in regular order for action. Then, when his spears are thrown they will pierce; and his guns will follow to give them effect. The spitting tor- nadoes of the fire-physic (gunpowder) will all reach truly their mark; and whenever pirates are met with, they will be vanquish- ed wonderously. No aim will miss its mark. The pirate ban- ditti will be impoverished and crippled, and even on the high seas, when they take to flight, they will be followed and caught and slaughtered. Thus the monsters of the deep, and the waves will be still, and the sea become a perfect calm, not a ripple will be raised. "But, far different from this, has of late been the fact. The navy is a nihility. There is the name of going lo sea; but there is no going to sea in reality. Cases of piracy are perpetually oc- curring, and even barbarian barks anchor in our inner seas, with- out the least notice being taken of them! I, the emperor con- sider," &-c. Here his majesty looks back on the past, and has rather dismal forebodings for the future, arising from such an un- comely appearance of things ;—but the shadows of night are ob- scuring his paper, and the translator is weary of his subject, and therefore leaves the rest to the imagination of the reader. After advising and threatening his naval servants, the emperor adds, "do not hereafter say that you were not early warned." 4'22 *SVvi»«'M in I/if- SEAMEN IN THK POKK OF CANTON.—In no place in the world is (he ch.nacter and conduct of seamen more deserving of considera- tion, than in China: lor nowhere else does so much depend on their deportment. We do nor say this solely or chiefly on ac- count of the magnitude and importance of the foreign trade, but in consideration of the liability of that trade to be hindered or stopped in consequence of the ill conduct of sailors. Of all the causes which have heretofore interrupted the commerce with the Chinese, and led to long protracted and vexatious disputes with the local authorities, this has been one of the most frequent. And if the contemplated changes in the British trade take place, as they most surely will, there is reason to fear that still more serious evils may arise in future from the same cause. In order to show that the most undesirable consequences may result from the rash and improper conduct of seamen here, we will cite a few, from among a very great number of occurrences, which bear directly on the point in question. We do not allude to past, transactions with any other view than that they may serve as beacons to warn off from danger those who may hereafter visit this port; nor will we designedly attribute to seamen any of that blame which justly belongs to those natives who rudely attack them, cozen them, or decoy them into evil. The first case which we have to notice occurred in 1721. The Bonita, a trading vessel at Whampoa, was preparing to sail for Madras, when David Griffiths, a man belonging to one of the other ships, having engaged to sail in her, procured one of her boats to tranship his effects. On his way to the Bonita, a custom- house boat made towards him, intending to search his boat. "Grif- fiths, being intoxicated and also alarmed for his property, fired a musket at the Chinese boat, and killed one of the custom-house men. The next morning, the corpse was laid before the door of the English factory, and a supercargo belonging to the Bonita, who happened to be the first Englishman that went out of the fac- tory, was apprehended by the officers of the Chinese police, and led chained about the streets of Canton. Griffiths was secured and confined on board one of the East India Company's ships, whilst endeavors were made by the factory to appease the Chi- nese, which, however, was not done, nor the release of the super- cargo obtained, until the culprit was delivered into their hands." In 1772, a Chinese and some Europeans were wounded in an affray, which originated in the fourth officer of the Lord Camden having incurred debts which he was unable to pay; the trade was in consequence stopped. In 1800, the supercargoes of the Company "made strong repre- sentations to the court, respecting the English sailors and their riotous conduct while on shore at Canton, whither they were oc- casionally permitted to go to purchase necessaries. It was hoped that the court would seize any opportunity to make regulations which might, be effectual, as the scenes described were disgrace- ful in the eyes of the Chinese, embarrassing to the Company's L'orl of Canton. 4>',\ and in then servants, and highly olirii-m- to all nVscfi|i- lions of persons." Again in 1804, the attention of the court was called to tlie " long established practice" of permitting the seamen to spend three days on shore at Canton, " where they are exposed to the arts practiced by the Chinese of mixing their liquors with ingredients of an irri- tating and maddening effect, causing a state of inebriety mart fe- rocious than that occasioned by any other spirit, and leading to riotous scenes of the greatest enormity, and which tend to keep alive in the minds of the Chinese, the most unfavorable opinion of our character." The circumstances connected with the execution of the unfor- tunate Francis Terranova, an Italian sailor serving on board an American ship, in 1821, are yet fresh in the recollections of many. We do not undertake to say what degree of blame was impulablc to him in causing the death of Ko Ledng she. It is generally be- lieved thai he was bartering with that woman for ardent spirits, when the quarrel arose which ended in her death. The charge of murder was brought aginst him, the whole American trade was stopped, and the security-merchant and linguist of the ship Emily, to which he belonged, were both arrested, and placed in close confinement within the walls of the city of Canton. On the 25th of October, Terranov a was brought from Wharnpoa, and plac- ed in irons at the public hall of the hong-merchants. "During the two following days, the forms of a Chinese trial were goue through in the same place, but the precise nature of the proceedings can only be conjectured, as no foreigner of any description was allow- ed to be present; and on the third day, about day-break, notwith- standing a very general expectation entertained here, that his life would be spared, the .ifortunate man was brought forth and pub- licly strangled at the usual place of execution, without the walls of the city. His body was given up to the Americans in the course of the evening, and on the following day, the trade was re-opened." The preceding instances of disturbances, and the testimony con- cerning them, will suffice for our present purpose of showing that the most serious consequences may result from the bad conduct of seamen here ; and that the acts of a single individual, in a fit of intoxication, may put in jeopardy the property and the persons of many. These unpleasant occurrences have not been confined to men of any one nation; they have been witnessed among seamen under most, if not all the several flags, which visit this port. Lat- terly they have been less frequent, probably, than they were thirty years ago. Still they have occurred recently, and will continue to do so, unless most carefully guarded against. The liquor which is given to sailors on entering most'of the shops which they arc wont to frequent in Canton, and which is frequently conveyed to them either openly or secretly at W'hatn- poa, is a rare dose, composed often of alcohol, tobacco juice, su- gar, (Hid arsenic. The liquor which contains tin: alcohol, und 4'24 Sfftmm in Canton. JAN. which constitutes the principal part of the dose, is literally and very properly called ho tscw, 'fire liquor." Its effects, with the substances mixed with it, are awful; when taken in considerable quantities, it not only destroys the reason and senses of the man, but, at intervals, it throws him into the most frightful paroxysms of rage. Some may say that "the reformation and inprovement of sea- men cannot be effected, their case is hopeless, and they must be left to take their own course," i. e. must continue to be neglected. But the success that has already attended the incipient efforts for their improvement, demonstrates clearly that their case is not hopeless. To raise them to the rank, in regard to moral charac- ter and conduct, which they ought and are able to hold, needs only the prompt, united and persevering efforts of those who are engaged in commerce, cooperating with the numerous friends of seamen who are rising up to plead their cause in every parl of Christendom. Most of those who are engaged in the trade with the Chinese are aware of the difficulties and embarrassments, to which they are exposed on account of the misconduct of seamen. Should any such, or others who are about to embark in this trade, inquire "How may these evils be avoided?" We would answer; "In the first place, take the most special care to employ commanders and officers who can be relied on for maintaining discipline; and in the second place, let the commanders see to it that they have orderly crews, composed of temperate and trustworthy men." With these precautions, and a proper degree of carefulness by all while they are in port, not the least difficulty need be apprehend- ed. But it is not enough that foreign seamen abstain from acts of aggression. As civilized and Christian men they should exhib- it conduct worthy of such a character and name. We give our most decided approbation to the efforts of those who are strhing to elevate and improve the character of seamen; and, so far as we may have opportunity, shall joyfully cooperate with them in their good work. In a short "Address to masters, officers, and seamen, in the port of Canton," published last September, the seamen's chaplain notices several things which he deems it desirable to accomplish here for the benefit of seamen, and several evils which are to be removed. But one thing of moment, which deserves immediate attention, he did not notice; we refer to some medical aid for the sick. Whether improvements cannot be made in the accommo- dations for seamen on board ship, is a question that demands more attention than it has yet received. Few individuals would be willing to take up with the ordinary accommodations of com- mon seamen. Could these men be better provided for, there would be among them doubtless less sickness, and fewer deaths. There is an economy which tendeth to poverty and distress. To the exercise of this economy in the accommodations of seamen, ma" be attributed many of the discomforts, and much of the sick- IH34. d'ovcrnmml (Iratuiticf. 4"25 ness and premature death prevalent among them. Go the mer- chantman, when she is about to sail on a voyage often months or a year, and see what preparations are made for her crew during that long time. A space twenty feet long by ten or twelve wide, having little light and poorly ventilated, without chairs or table, half filled with berths and chests, and the persons often or twenty men, is their only room for eating and sleeping, and generally also for their accommodation in times of sickness. On their homeward passage, a part even of this space is often occupied by stores, &-c. While the ships are in this port, during the first au- tumnal months, when the weather by day is usually very hot, the air in these forecastles becomes so close, confined, and warm, as to render them utterly unfit for dormitories. Hence, where it is al- lowed, the sailors accustom themselves to sleep upon deck, till the fever and ague, or other disease, obliges them to retreat from the cold, damp night air, and seek for rest in their berths. Of the American ships employed in the Chinese trade, very few are provided with physicians. English laws require that every British ship having more than forty men on board shall be provid- ed with a surgeon. But if the Urge ships of the East India Com- pany cease to frequent this port, it is probable that a very consi- derable part of the English merchantmen will be equally destitute with the American ships. With eighty or a hundred ships then annually visiting this port, shall there be no medical aid provided for their sick? Something, it seems to us should be done. The medical gentlemen who are resident at Canton might, perhaps, by fitting up a hospital at Whampoa, and securing the aid of one or more medical practitioners, make all the necessary and desired arrangements. Or some other plan might be adopted ; other medi- cal gentlemen might, perhaps, independently, establish themselves there, and during the business season attend upon the sick and administer to their wants. At Lintin also, if the shipping contin- ues to increase, as it seems likely to do, the constant presence of a medical gentleman will soon, no doubt, be deemed indispensable. GOVERNMENT GRATUITIES, in times of calamity and scarcity. That the Chinese government does nothing for the poor and dis- tressed is not true; but to use a Chinese phrase, there is so often "the name without the reality," as to make the doing appear next to nothing. These remarks are suggested by two official papers before us, which were recently issued in the form of proclama- tions to the people. When in the month of August last, the middle of the seventh moon, the rains, the winds, and the river conspired to wash away or rend to pieces the humble dwellings of the poor, the government swnt around surveyors to take a list of the names of the sufferers. On the 28th of the 11th moon (the 7th instant), :in official docu- ment was published by Htrnng and Lr., i c. "Yellow" and 'l'2(i Literary Notices. ,\K. "Plum," the magistrates who divide tlie oily of Canton between them, stating that on the '2(1, 3d, 4th, and 5th, days of the 12i.li moon, the sufferers from the inundation (which occurred about five months ago), might apply for relief, which would be paid to them out of sums subscribed by the public, in the following pro- portions. To the poui who were utterly unable to rebuild their houses, and where one roof had fallen in were to be paid 2 mace, 5 candureens. To the poor whose houses had fallen in, and who were destitute, money was to be given for two months' food; i. e. for every big person's mouth were to be given, per mensem, I in. 3 c, 5 cash; and to every little person's (or child's) mouth one half of that sum. That is (as the proclamation states it) for two months, each big mouth was to receive 2 in. 7 c.; and each little mouth 1 m. 3c. 5 c. Thus, a poor man, five months after the falling in of his house, who has strength to wait and rush and reach the distributor with his ticket, will get two mace and five candareeus gratuity to help to rebuild his house. But this sum (about, say'largely, 2 shillings sterling), as a native has observed, is not enough to remove the rubbish of a fallen in house, nor to buy a single beam. The supply of rice to the poor by government, notified in anoth- er proclamation, is on the same liberal scale. The allowance per month for " big mouths," or grown people, is given at a rate of money, value 1 m. 3 c. 5 c. For " little mouths" or children, the abatement is valued at one half of this. Thus the poor may apply at once for the two months' allowance, or 2 m. 7 c. 0 c. for the "big mouths;" and 1 m. 3 c. 5 c.. for the liitle mouths. But here again, to obtain this pittance of from one to two shillings, there is so much rushing and pushing and wailing,—for the aged and feeble have to go two or three days successively before they can reach the distributing officer, who does not preside many hours per day,—it becomes a question with many whether to go or not. Of course those who have employment are not required to go, and would do better to stay at home. We state these facts to show the case, and not for the purpose of reflecting on the government, for with the best intentions their task is difficult. LITERARY NOTICES. Tim-kwci Tieili, the. Oleafrti- titude for mercies received. We grans Miscellany: or some say, bought our copy, but the title the Lauras cassia, which grew page gives the name of a person in heaven and fell from the moon, who printed a thousand copies, This is the title of a collec- for distribution in the tweniy- tion of Chinese religious and third year of the late emperor ethical essays in four small vols. Keaking. The value is about It is a popular work, and is often two mace five candareens,or one given away by benevolent na- third of a Spanish dollar, tives as an expression of gra- This Fragrant Miscellany is Ill) 427 1 O.J Lilt.rnry (if tlic oi'lcrtif -r.hnnl, and con- tains extracts from the writ- ings of the Confucian sect or llie Jiio-kr.ttnu, and also from iShih and Tauu. i. e. the Bnd- liists and Taouists. There is in it consequently a good deal of variety of opinion, and ra- ther contradictory sentiments, but supposed to be consistent in one tiling, viz., in being favora- ble to virtue and opposed to vice. For example, the preface sets out with the high-flying doc-trine of infidelity, thai hope of reward and fear of punish- ment are incompatible with vir- tue; and yet the body of the In, >k is fdled with the sentiment that virlue is rewarded and vice punished in this life. The first two volumes con- tain various essays on morals; and papers which profess to be revelations from the gods; and the two remaining volumes con- sist of illustrations and proofs, derived from legendary tales, which are often frivolous and silly, and generally absurd fic- tions. The style of these books is generally sententious and per- spicuous; abounding in point and energy. The thoughts are sometimes beautiful and just; but often disfigured by super- stition and nonsense. The whole book is what in Europe is called a "pions fraud." In our opinion no fraud can be pi- ous; man should never do evil that good may come, nor at- tempt to help the truth by tell- ing a lie. In religion and mo- rals, truth alone is of value. If superstition be any check on the vices of mankind, it is only in consequence of its contain- ing some portion of truth In the collection there are about forty essays, most of which are common to Chinese ethics. The mere titles of them would give but little idea of their contents; and a trans- lation of them would be too voluminous. In them, however, many virtues are inculcated, though from mistaken princi- ples, and fallacious sanctions. Filial piety of course holds a chief place. Truth, honesty, chastity, temperance, mercy and kindness are all taught. And, what is remarkable for a pagan and a Chinese, humility, for- bearance, and the forgiveness of injuries are also inculcated. There are dissuasives against gambling, infanticide, and un- natural crimes; against sland- der, backbiting, and envy. Some of the papers have already ap- peared in Morrison's Chinese works, but the most of them are new to the readers of tbe west- ern world. Vre hope as Chi- nese scholars increase, transla- tions from curious books like that before us will more abound. Memoirs of Louis XVI1I/A, written by himself. 2 Vols. London, 1832. If this book be a faithful pic- ture of the court of France, and the Romish religion, it would seem that vice and su- perstition were as prevalent in Paris, the most scientific city in Christendom, as in pagan China. Louis the XVth died in the midst of the vices in which he had lived; but what is called the "last sacrament" in the book before us, was thought es- sential lo, and seemingly per- fectly sufficient for, the " king's eternal welfare." Still the 428 The Lost Ttn Tribes. priests were afraid to admiuis- ter it lest the king should recov- er. Five or six bishops were "invested with the duty of pro- viding for the king's salvation." Yet owing to the selfishness and fears of all parties, "the hall," our memorialist says, "was bandied from hand to hand, and the precious time so wasted, that it became not improbable that the soul of the eldest son of the church might have been carried off by Satan" for want of the,, last sacrament," admi- nistered by the hands of a con- secrated priest. The grand almoner, who was applied to, feigned a sudden indisposition, till the king's death appeared certain, and then "being no longer afraid of the king's dis- pleasure," he at once became quite well and officiated "in pontificalibus;" made a lying speech to the clergy and people at the foot of the royal bed, and gave the communion to save the king's soul! RELIGIOUS INTELLIGENCE. TUB LOST TEN TRIBES OF ISRAEL.—Concerning these an- cient inhabitants of western Asia, we have received the fol- lowing letter from a correspon- dent. He says, "From Calcutta and Madras there have lately been gentle- men visitors in China, who had personal acquaintance with Mr. Wolff, the far-famed Jewish missionary, who has traversed central Asia in search of the so called lost ten tribes. Mr. Wolff is generally considered, not only as enthusiastic in the extreme; but even to be a little beside himself, though to all appear- ance a pious man. However the utter ignorance of educated gen- tlemen, concerning these said tribes, as manifested in conver- sation, was occasionally very extraordinary. "You know, Mr. Editor, that Mr. Wolff has not found the lost tribes, and I am inclined to think, with Dr. Jahn, in his History of the Hebrew Common- wealth (p. 155—159), that there ure no such lost tribes to be found, for the decree of Cyrus, (B. C. 536) inviting the people of the Lord God of heaven to go and rebuild Jerusalem, (Ezra i. 1,) included not only the cap- tives of Judah, but also the cap- tives of Israel. And as the jea- lousy between Judah and Israel had now ceased, according to the predictions of the prophets, they united, and all received the denomination of Jews. 'All questions therefore, and inves- tigations, for the purpose of as- certaining what has become of the ten tribes, and whether it is likely they will ever be dis- covered, are superfluous und idle.' "Your's obediently, **•*#» MODERN BENEVOLENCE.—Per- haps there has never appeared a more remarkable phenomenon, or been a more cheering event in the history of man, than is the increase of benevolent exertions within the last forty years. For an illustration of this remark, look at the efforts made for a 1831. Modern Jirncvolencc. single object, the Spread of the gospel of salvation. The first missionary society in England was formed in 1792; and from that year we may date the com- mencement of those truly Chris- tian efforts which promise ere- long to change the moral aspect of the world, and extend the blessings of civilization, intelli- gence and true religion to every nation and family on earth. As- sociations for benevolent pur- poses have since been constant- ly increasing in number and ef- ficiency. A mighty machinery is now in operation , too well planned and directed to fail of effecting its object, and too pow- erful to be resisted. Its influ- ence is already extensively felt, and will soon pervade the world. The following brief statements taken from the latest reports which we have at hand, respect- ing some of the most important societies in England and Amer- ica, will serve to confirm the truth of this remark. We begin with those of England. 1. The British and Foreign Bible Society formed in 1804 has issued 6,119,376 Bibles and Testaments, in 143 languages and dialects. In the year 1829- 30, the number was 434,424 Income, .£84,982. 2. The London Missionary Society was instituted in 1795. It employs, chiefly in India, Af- rica and the South Sea islands, 13 printing presses, 92 ordained missionaries, 20 European and 105 native assistants; and has under its care 391 schools, con- taining 22,!93 scholars. In- come -£48,526. 3. The Church Missionary Society, founded in 1800, em- ploys in Hinilostan, Africa, anil other rouniru's, 59 mission- aries, 102 European nnd 483 native assistants, and has in ha schools 15,791 scholars. In- come, ,£47,328. 4. The Wesleyan Mission- ary Society employs 229 mis- sionaries, and has more than 30,0(10 scholars in its schools. Income .£55,265. 5. The Society for Propagat- ing the Gospel, formed in 1701, but revived within the period named above, employs 160 mis- sionaries, and supports wholly or in part 4 colleges in foreign countries. Income, £29,168. 6. Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. Estimat- ed income, £60,000. 7. The Religious Tract Soci- ety formed in 1799, has publish- ed 1300 different tracts and books, ami issued probably be- tween 170 and 180 millions of copies. In 1829-30, 10,900,000, Income, .£24,973. 8. The Baptist Missionary Society formed in 1792, employs 28 missionaries, and 260 native assistants. Income, £11,300. The income of other societies on the list be .'ore us, nearly all of which have Xhe same general object, is £49,&75; making a total of £431,717; which is ex- pended chiefly for the benefit of foreign countries. We will now notice a few of the most promi- nent benevolent associations in the United States of America. 1. The American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Mis- sions, organized in 1810, em- ploys 75 missionaries, and 178 American and 34 native assist- ants. Its printing presses have issued 61,000,000 of pages in 12 different languages; 14,200,060 in 1831-32. Its school? contain <>j (tenth'fliers'. Jv.v 59,824 lenrners. Income, J 1:1(1.- R"i4. 2. The Bible Sociny, organ- ised in IHUi, has published alxmt 1,084,51!$ Bihles and Testa- ments;—iJS.orfJ in ItfcJO-JJO. Income, fcl 7 0,007. :J. The Tract Society, insti- tuted in IK25, has issued (i 18 dif- ferent publications, of which about 2H,954,173 copies have been put in circulation. Income, 9(3,443. 4. The Home Missionary Society employs 509 missiona- ries and agents, chiefly in the western states. Income, $4tt.240. 5. The Education Society assists (J73 young men in pro- curing such an education as will qualify them to become preach- ers of the gospel. Income $41,- 927. (5. The Baptist Board for Fo- reign Missions. Income$20,000. The income of other societies whose object, with one or two exceptions, is the same, *il42,- 655; making a total of £(541,- 439. Thus England and the United States alone expend, by means of these societies, to say nothing of what is contributed in other ways, for benevolent purposes mure lluni two millions, Jive hun- dred thousand dollars annually. In addition to this, probably not less than 1,500,000 chil- dren receive instruction in their S:il>hath schools from nt least 150,000 teachers, who thus make a we.tkli/ donation of 25,- (100 days' time to the cause of benevolence. Let this benevolent spirit con- tinue to increase, and it will soon fill every dark place with light,and cause the whole world to rejoice in its genial influence. Let it progress during the next •10 years in the same ratio in which it has during the last 40, and wherever it is allowed to extend its operation, it will give every child an opportunity to attend a school, give every slave his liberty, enable every indivi- dual to hear the gospel preach- ed, and give to every family that will receive it, a copy of the word of God. But opposition and reverses are to be expected, and the ui-aiul result, the uni- versal diffusion of Um blessings of science and Christianity will probably not IK; witnessed with- in so short a period as that just named. Yet the above state- ments show a:i increase of be- nevolence at which every friend of man must rejoice. It is the true "glory of the age." View- ed in connection with the pro- mises of God, it may justly be regarded as a sure indication that the true golden age of the world, when knowledge, virtue, and happiness will be universal, is fast approaching. JOURNAL, OF OCCURRENCES. REVENUE OF CHINA—In a Gazette because, during the lasl few years, of the lllh of October there is a long the outlay has exceeded the income document, which is the result of deli- beration among the several supreme linards and the Him I'm or Treasury ili-parlnieiit Its object is to increase fin- revenue I'm- enrreiK expense-; more than thirty millions of tads. This is attributed to the two Mohammedan rebellions, together with the "uglv monkey !i !<•!, ui the highland monn isineer":" :tl<'i ihf- eiilaniilirs IVnin 18-34. 431 Journal of Occurrences- wnlcr ami drought, in opposite ex- tremes, which made it necessary to remit the land-tax, during Hie last two years of his majesty's reign; and to the various public works in re- pairing the bunks nl' rivers, which have drained bulli the general and provincial treasuries. The method now adopted lo raise money is the sale of office, i. e. eligibility to office, as vacancies may occur. This method has been resorted to several times of late years, for a given period. The present term is to continue till the 5th moon of next year, when it will be closed. Kach of these periods, like the European loans, hns an appropriate name. The sale now iipi:n is called the Chow pe lin*; fi:i he, and the vacancies occurring are to be filled up in certain proportions by the old and the new purchasers. But the system is altogether a bad one. Many of the old purchasers are un- employed and standing idle for WHntof office; and those who get into office, having bought their places, deem it hut ju-t to repay themselves as fast as possible from the people. Since the preceding was in type, more infoniiaion has come to hand on the same subject. In the Gazette of the 9th moon, SSSth day (Nov 9th), there is an elaborate state paper con- cerning the revenues by the censor of the province ofKeiuig.se, Nit-sze-hung- ah, a Tartar, as his name and style in- dicate, for lie calls himself noo-tsae, 'a slave,' which is the usage of the Tartar statesmen, whereas Chinese call them- selves chin, 'a servant.' This slave says, that the whole income from land las, salt monopoly, customs and duties, with items paid to nnke these good, does not exceed forty and odd millions of tacts; and the regular outlay of the nation is thirty and odd millions. He adds, that although the overplus be not great, yet were there no deficiencies of income, the machine of state would go on long, and the supply be abun- dant. But of late years, there has nr-t been one in which numerous defalca- tions in every department have not occurred, so that the income has not boen adequate for times of tranquillity; whilst in cases of insurrer.lion, scarci- ty, and so forth, the deficiency has amounted to millions; and to supply these, various expedients have been proposed. Some have been for open- ing the mines; bomu have advised rai'Tm^ the prici* of sail; some tor selling appointments, and persuading merchants to subscribe tor the wants of the state; thus causing anxiety tothe sacred mind of his majesty, on whom it devolved to balance the advantages and disadvantages of these plans, and either to reject them at once, or give them a trial. and then desist. But these measures have been only the result of necessity, and not of any well di- gested and permanent plan. ROBBERY. — On the evening of the 10th of Jan. about ten o'clock, a band of robbers in the district Kaou-ming, repaired by torchlight to plunder a respectable clothier's shop, situated at the entrance of Po-shih (Broken- stone) street. They carried oft' proper- ty worth from one to two thousand dollars. An officer of an adjoining guard- house saw the robbers proceed (o their booty, but was afraid lo attack I hem with his inferior force. However he secreted himself near the path by which they retired, and under the rover of darkness, shot twenty or thirty arrows against the crowd of plunderers. They, notwithstanding, went off; and the next morning reveal- ed that many of them had been wound- ed, for the arrows tinged with blood were thrown upon the path. One of their number severely wounded, re- mained behind, and died before any confession was obtained from him. King, the local magistrate, directed the parties concerned to report the matter as a case of simple theft, and not of open robbery. The neighbors complied, but the father and son, belanging to the shop plundered, re- fused to conceal the truth, and by the last accounts were kept in custody in order to compel them to comply with the direction of the magistrate. How- ever, the surrounding neighborhood. became roused by the firmness of the father and son, demanded their release, and that the case should be prosecuted according to the facts. To bring the local magistrate to terms, the markets were discontinued, the shops closed, all business suspended. The people in fact struck — they stop- ped the trade. This proceeding is known in China by the term pit she. E. — In a Peking Gazelle nl November 'i'li, (he emperor delivers a Journal of Occurrences. severe cuiinuru un (lie governors ut provinces, and their subordinate offi- cers for,delay and inattention in cases of homicide. The circumstance which called his attention to the subject, was an appeal from the province of Canton, which alleged that nine lives had been destroyed eleven years ago, and no satisfaction obtained from the government. Governorsand lieut.-go- vernors are expressly appointed, his majesty says, to take care of the lives of the people, and they should unite with the judges and «ee into affairs themselves Speedy justice is requir- ed, that the dead may be satisfied, and the living witnesses set free. The emperor then threatens those govern- ors, &c., who notwithstanding this admonition are found remiss. jumr Chinese women, who had been previously carried oft'. Decapitation of a son for t/ie murtler of his father.—[n Shense. a young man being vexed with a creditor, who was urging his claims with abusive language, picked up a stone and threw it at him as he stood in the doorway. At that moment the creditor stooped, and the father of the young man rose; and the stone, passing over the foe, killed the father. The son for this unintentional parricide is condemned to be decapitated. Had it been in- tentional, he would have suffered the slow and ignominious punishment of being cut to pieces; but as it was confessedly unintentional, the sen- tence was commuted to merely cut- ting off his head! Surely it. may be said, their tender mercies are cruel. HETERODOXY.—Im the province of .Shantung, the propagators of what the Chinese call scaij keaou, ' deprav- ed doctrines.' have been apprehend- ed. But. as it usually happens in such cases, the doctrines which they pro- pagate HIT.nol specified in the Gazette. SZKCHUF.N.—On the frontiers of this province there have recently been some military operations against the barbarians. Twenty-three of the prisoners taken were put to death. The imperial troops pursued the ene- my among the hills, killing and burn- ing in all directions. They found also COAST OF CHEKEANG.—It appears by reports in the Gazettes, that vessels of Corea and Lewchew have been wrecked on this coast, during (he last season. KOKO-NOR.—The head Tartar prince at Koko-nor has "sickened and made a vacancy," i.e. died. To select anoth- er from the kings and nobles is spok- en of as a great event, previously to which a sacrifice was offered to the Tsing-hae, 'azure sea,' lake Koko-nor. The barber's shop, or stall, is in China the place to which travelers, in town or village, repair for local in- formation, and the news of the day. A man who wants his head shaved, or his hair plaited, has a right to enter the shop; and as it is said of portrait paint- ing, that a talent for conversation is essential to the artist, so it is in barber- ing—the shaver, who can lather his customer well, or, as is the case in China, (where the barbers do not use soap,) can scald him well and bring off the hair, and at the same time re- gale him with news or scandal, is sure to succeed. Idolatry of an aged statesman. Wang How-bo, an old officer of the Board of Rites at Peking, relumed thanks to the emperor for having sent him, on the 70th anniversary of his birth, an in- scription for his gate, and the word longevity written with his majesty's own hand; also an image of Budha. The old statesman says on receiving the heavenly marks of the emperor's favor, be spread out an altar of in- cense on the ground in token of hisgra- titude! Alas, what childish idolatry in the emperor and in his minister. The emperor has received his mo- ther's orders to confer the titles " im- perial, honorable," &c.t on three of his concubines: and has ordered the Board of Rites to search and see what are the proper formalities for so grand on occasion. TIIK CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. II.—FEBRUARY, 1833.—No. 10. DESCRIPTION OF THE CITY OF PEKING. PEKING, the capital of the Chinese empire, stands on a vast plain, in the interior of Chihle, (or Pih Chihle), the most northern province of China Pro- per. It is situated in latiude 39° 55' north, and in longitude 116° 45' east from Greenwich, and about 3° 30' east of Canton. On the east and south, the low and sandy plain extends farther than the eye can reach; on the west and north, hills begin to rise above the plain only a few miles from the walls of the city; and at a distance beyond, the prospect is bound- ed by mountains which separate the province of Chih- le from Mantchouria. Viewed from the summit of those mountains, the city appears as if situated in the midst of a thick forest; this effect is produced by the clusters of trees that cover the villages, temples, and numerous cemeteries which encompass the capi- tal. From the great wall, which passes along upon this ridge of mountains, Peking is about fifty or six- ty miles distant; and a little more than a hundred from the gulph of Chihle. The Pei ho, rising in the north beyond the Great wall, flows within twelve miles of the city on the east, and then passes down in a southeast direction by Teentsin into the sea. Several smaller rivers, issuing from the mountains on the northwest, water a part of the plain; and one of 4.34 Description of the FUB them, which is called the Tung-hwuy, descends to the city and supplies its numerous canals and tanks; it then flows eastward, and uniting with one of the larger rivers forms an extensive water communica- tion by which provisions are conveyed to the capital. Peking or L'ili king 'the Northern capital,' is re- garded by the Chinese as one of their most ancient cities: its early history, however, is involved in ob- scurity. The imperial court has been repeatedly re- moved from one province to another, having been held in Shense, Honan, and in other more south- ern provinces. The first monarch of the Yuen dy- nasty, who ascended the throne in A. D. 1279, kept his court for several years at the capital of Shanse; but subsequently removed it to S/iunlccn foo, the principal department of the province of Chihle, and the present site of Peking. Hungwoo, the first em- peror of the Ming family, established the seat of his government at Realigning foo, the principal depart- ment of the province of Kek'ngnan, and hence sty- led Nanking, 'the southern capital;' but Yunglo, the third monarch of the same line, removed it to Pe- king, where it has remained to the present time. On native maps the city is not usually denomi- nated Pih-king, but Kingsze, 'the residence of the court.' Since the foundations of the city were first laid, it has undergone many changes in its extent and form. For a long period it was surrounded only by a single wall, and had nine gates; and hence, even to the present day, it is sometimes spoken of as 'the city of nine gates.' At a later period it was extend- ed towards the south by a new wall, leaving the former southern wall between the old and the new city. At the present time, the northern division is called nuy- ching, ' the inner city,' and the southern, wae-ching 'the outer city;' and as in the case of Canton, the northern part is frequently denominated the Tartar city. The new wall which surrounds the outer city, or southern division of Peking, has seven gates. The northern division of the city is nearly in the I8i$4. City of 1'ttiitg. 435 form of a parallelogram, of which iho four sides face the four cardinal points; it extends from north to soutli about four miles, and from east to west three, having an area of twelve square miles. The south- ern division extends from east to west nearly six miles, and two and a half from north to south, occu- pying an area of about fifteen miles. Thus the en- tire circumference of Peking may be estimated at nearly twenty-five miles, and its area at twenty seven square miles. The walls of the northern division of the city, ac- cording to Barrow, are thirty feet in height, twen- ty-five feet in breadth at the base, and twelve at the top. The inclination is chiefly on the inner side; the outer side is smooth and nearly perpendicular. Near the gates, the walls are faced with marble or granite, but in other places with large bricks laid in mortar, which is made of lime and clay, and "in pro- cess of time becomes almost as hard arid durable as granite." The intermediate space between the in- ner and outer suri'aces of the wall is filled with the earth and clay that was dug from the ditch which surrounds the city. On the outer side of the walls, square towers, projecting about fifty feet from the line of the wall, and of the same height with it, are built at the distance of about sixty yards from each other. Two such towers, of equal height with the walls, stand one on each fide of every gate, and are connected in front, by a semicircular fort. The arches of the gates are strong, being built of stone ; they are surmounted by large oodenbuildings, several stories high. On the inside of the wall, at the side of every gates, also near the middle of the interval between the gales, and at the several corners of the city, thore is a species of esplanade for ascending to the top of the wall. A ditch surrounds the whole city, which is supplied from the waters of the Tung hwuy river: with this ditch others are connected, by which the same waters are conducted to all the principal parts of this great metropolis. 436 Description of the FEB. To the stranger approaching the city of Peking, its lofty walls and towers give it an imposing appear- ance, not unworthy the capital of a great empire; but when he comes within the walls, his admiration is turned to surprise. He beholds there none of those beautiful and superb edifices, none of those neat and elegant streets, which are the principal ornament of European cities; instead of these, he sees in va- rious directions irregular assemblages of houses, shops and temples. The style of the architecture, and the general appearance of the buildings, is the same as in Canton. Most of the streets are indeed sufficiently wide and straight; but they are not pav- ed, and, in general, their bad condition is a just sub- ject of complaint, in this as well as in other Chinese cities. As, however, the front of every shop in the business streets, has an arrangement peculiar to itself, and before it, on either side, a perpendicular sign- board as high as the roof, covered with inscriptions in large gilt or painted letters, describing the wares within and the reputation of the dealer, and often hung from top to bottom with flags and ribbons; this diversity in the arrangement of merchandise, to- gether with the profusion of gaudy decorations and the bustling crowd by which he is surrounded, di- vert the attention of the spectator, and cause him to forget in some degree the more disagreeable parts of the scenery around him. The smaller streets are quiet and free from crowds; but those which lead to the principal gates are con- stantly thronged with people. The following de- scription by an eye-witness will serve to convey some idea of the scene they often exhibit. "The multi- tude of movable workshops of tinkers and barbers, cobblers and blacksmiths ; the tetits and booths where tea and fruit and rice and other vegetables wore ex- posed for sale; with the wares and merchandise ar- ranged before the doors of the shops, contracted the spacious street to a narrow road in the middle. The processions of men in office, attended by their 1834. City of Peking. 437 numerous retinues bearing umbrellas and flags, painted lanterns and a variety of large insignia of their rank and station; trains accompanying, with la- mentable cries, corpses to their graves, and others conducting brides to their husbands with squalling music; the troops of dromedaries laden with coal from Tartary; the wheel-barrows and hand-carts loaded with vegetables; occupied nearly the whole of this middle space. All was in motion; the sides of the streets were filled with people buying and sel- ling and bartering their different commodities. The buzz and confused noises of this mixed multitude, proceeding from the loud bawling of those who were crying their wares, the wrangling of others, and the mirth and laaghter which prevailed in every group, could scarcely be exceeded. Pedlars with their packs, and jugglers, and conjurers, and fortune-tel- lers, mountebanks and quack-doctors, comedians and musicians, left no space unoccupied." Such, accord- ing to Mr. Barrow, is the scene exhibited in a street in Peking. The crowd of people, and the variety of strange sights and sounds on the occasion described, was probably rather greater than usual; but he has given too correct a representation of what may some- times be witnessed even in the suburbs of Canton, to allow us to accuse him of much exaggeration. Soon after the present dynasty took possession of the throne of China, in 1644, the government, de- signing to occupy the northern division of the city as barracks for its troops, purchased the houses of the private owners and gave them to the Tartars who had served in its wars; but these brave soldiers, less skill- ed in the arts of peace than the people they had sub- jugated, were very soon obliged to sell them to the Chinese. In consequence of this, all the principal and many of the smaller streets, with the exception of those near the imperial palace, are owned and occupied by Chinese; and the Tartar soldiery have been compelled to take up their abode in the lanes and alleys near the walls of the city. Thus far we 438 Description of the FEB. have spoken of the capital as a whole; we now pro- ceed lo survey its principal parts. The northern division of Peking consists of three inclosures one within another, each surrounded by its own wall. The first contains the imperial pa- lace and the abodes of the different members of the imperial household; the second was originally de- signed for the residence of the officers arid atten- dants of the court, but is now occupied in part by Chinese merchants; the third consists of the remain- ing space inclosed by the outer walls, which have already been described. The first inclosurc, which is called the forbidden city, being the seat of 'the dragon's throne,' the place from which emanates the authority that governs one third of mankind, is the most splendid, as well as the most important part of Peking. According to the notions of a Chinese, all within its walls is gold and silver. "He will tell you," says Mr. Barrow, "of gold and silver pillars, gold and silver roofs, and gold and silver vases, in which swim gold and silver fishes." It is situated nearly in the centre of the northern division of the city. It is an oblong parallelogram about two miles in circumference, and inclosed by a wall of nearly the same height and thickness as that of the outer wall of the capital. This wall is built of polished red brick,and surrounded by abroad ditch lined with hewn stone, and covered with varnished tiles of a brilliant yellow, which give it the appear- ance, especially when seen under the rays of the sun, of being covered with a roof of gold. On each of the four sides is a gate consisting of three arcades or avenues, surmounted by a tower. A tower also stands at each corner of the wall. The interior of this inclosure is occupied by "a suite of courtyards and apartments which seem to vie with each other in beauty and splendor." The terraces and glacis are covered with large bricks, and the walks that lead to the great halls are framed of large slabs of gray arid 1834. City of Peking. 439 white stone. It is divided into three parts, the east- ern, middle, and western. The middle division con- tains the imperial buildings, which are subdivided into several distinct palaces, each having its particular name and destination. "There reigns," says father Hyacinth, "among the buildings of the forbidden city, a perfect symmetry both in the form and height of the several edifices and in their relative position, indicating that they were built upon a regular and harmonious plan." We will notice a few of the most remarkable objects it contains, beginning at the southern part of the middle division. 1. Woo mun,' the meridian g;ite.' Before this gate, on the east, is a lunar, and on the west, a solar dial, and in the tower above it a large bell and gong. Public officers, of both the civil and military depart- ments, enter and leave the palace by the eastern avenue; none but the princes of imperial blood are permitted to pass the western, and no one but the emperor the southern avenue. Whenever he goes out or returns through it, the bell is rung and the gong struck. When his troops return in triumph from war and come to present their captives, the em- peror places himself here to perform the ceremony of receiving the prisoners. Here also, are distributed the presents which the emperor makes to foreign prin- ces and their ernbassadors, as well as to his own vas- sals. After passing this gate the visitor enters a large court, through which runs u small canal, over which are five bridges adorned with balustrades, pillars, steps, and figures of lions and other sculptures, all of fine marble. He next enters a beautiful court, terminated on the right arid left by gates, porticoes, and galleries adorned with balconies supported on pillars. 2. Tae-ho mun, 'the gate of extensive peace.' This has five avenues, and in other respects resem- bles the Woo mun, or meridian gate; it is a su- perb building of fine white marble. The height of the basement is twenty feet, and of the whole edifice, 440 Description of the FEB. according to father Hyacinth, one hundred and ten. The ascent to it is by five flights of forty-two steps each, bordered with balustrades, and ornamented with tripods and other figures in bronze. The cen- tral flight, is very broad, and is reserved for the emper- or alone; princes and officers of the first rank enter by the two next, and inferior officers by the others. Here the emperor, on the first day of the year, on the anniversary of his birth and several other occa- sions, receives the congratulations and respects of his officers, who prostrate themselves to the earth before him and strike the ground with their foreheads. 3. Chung-ho teen, 'the hall of perfect peace.' This is the hall of audience where the emperor comes to examine the implements prepared for the annual ceremony of ploughing; and where also the genea- logical tablets of his ancestors are presented to him. 4. Paou-ho teen, 'the hall of secure peace.' In this the emperor gives a banquet to his foreign guests on newyear's day; and the authors of the bio- graphy of his deceased father come in pompous ce- remony to this hall to present to him their work. After ascending three flights of steps, and passing another gate, the ke'e'n-tsing mun, the visitor sees before him 5. Keen-tsing kung, 'the tranquil palace of heaven,' i. e. of the emperor. This is a private re- treat, to which no one can approach without special permission. To this palace the emperor repairs whenever he wishes to deliberate with his ministers upon affairs of state, or to see those who present them- selves as candidates for office or for advancement. It is described by Timkowski as "the loftiest, rich- est, and most magnificent of all the palaces. In the court before it is a small tower of gilt copper, adorn- ed with a great number of figures, which are beauti- fully executed. On each side of the tower is a large vessel likewise of gilt copper, in which incense is burnt day and night. It was in this palace that Kang- he, in the fiftieth year of his reign, instituted a grand 1834. City of Peking. 441 festival, to which every individual, whose age ex- ceeded sixty years, whether a civil or military officer, or a private citizen, was invited. Tents were erect- ed in the front of the palace, and tables spread for many thousands. The sons and grandsons of the emperor themselves waited upon the guests. At the end of this generous entertainment, presents were distributed adapted to the condition and rank of those to whom they were given. Keenlung also, in the fiftieth year of his reign, made a similar feast. The number of guests was twice as great as on the form- er occasion. Those whose age exceeded ninety years were admitted to the table of the omperor, who addressed them with kindness, and afterwards be- stowed on them magnificent presents. 6. Keaou-tae teen: this hall resembles in many respects the chung-ho teen; it contains twenty-five of the emperor's seals; ten others are kept at Moukden. 7. Kwdn ning kung,'the palace of earth's repose,' i. e. of the empress, is the usual abode of' heaven's consort.' This opinion, that keen and kwan, the em- peror and empress, are heaven and earth, is a favo- rite dogma of the reigning dynasty, and is sedulous- ly inculcated in its state papers.—Beyond this palace stands the 8. Kwdn ning mun, 'the gate to earth's repose,' which admits the visitor to the 9. Yu hwa yuen, 'imperial flower garden.' This is laid out into beautiful walks designed for the use of her majesty, who, being of Tartar origin, is not deprived of this pleasure, as are the Chinese la- dies, by being crippled with small feet. The gardens are filled with elegant pavilions, temples and groves, and interspersed with canals, fountains, lakes, and beds of flowers. Two groves, rising from the bo- som of small lakes, and anolher crowning the summit of an artificial mountain of rugged rocks, add much to the beauty of the scene. At the east of this moun- tain is a library, said to contain a complete collec- tion of all books published in the empire. 442 Description uj the FKB 10. Shin-woo man; this gate stands beyond the imperial flower garden, and forms the northern en- trance to the forbidden city. We have now com- pleted our survey of the central division of the kin ching; the eastern contains fewer objects of interest. 11. Nuy-ko, ' the council chamber.' This term, nuy-ko, is used to denote not only the Cabinet of the emperor, but also the hall in which that body holds its sessions. It is situated near the southern wall; and beyond it, towards the east, is the nuy-koo, the imperial treasury. 12. Chucn-sin teen, 'the hall of intense mental exercises.' It is situated at some distance northward from the Nuy-ko. Offerings are brought and sacri- fices presented here to "the deceased teacher," Con- fucius, and likewise to other ancient sages. 13. Wdn-yuen ko, the imperial library, or, more literally, 'the hall containing the literary abyss:' this is situated near theChuen-sin teen, and consists of se- veral buildings and suites of rooms, which, containing a large compilation of the national literature, Sze koo tseucn shoo 'the complete books of the four treasu- ries' (or libraries), presents the largest and most complete literary collection in the empire. Farther north, in this division of the prohibited city, are si- tuated several imperial buidings, and the palaces of princes: and also 14. Fung-seen teen, a temple to which the em- peror comes to "bless his ancestors," whose names are written on tablets deposited here. Before the day when any great sacrifice is to be offered, and when he is about to leave the city, as well as when he returns, the emperor pays a visit to this temple; like- wise, at the commencement of each of the four sea- sons of the years, and on the first and fifteenth days of every month, offerings are here presented, and du- ring each day are thrice repeated.—In the western division of the prohibited city, beginning again at the south, we notice only a few of the principal objects. J5, Nun-hcun (ecu; this hall stands near the 1834. City of Peking. 443 southern wall, and in it are collected the portraits of the sovereigns of preceding dynasties, and likewise tablets, and broad rolls, containing the portraits of eminent scholars and sages; these are arranged ac- cording to the degree of merit attributed to each. 16. Woo-ying teen; this hall contains his majesty's printing establishment; it has a bindery and buildings in which the blocks used in printing are preserved. 17. Nuywoojoo; here are held the sessions of a court of commissioners, or controllers, which "has among its prerogatives the regulation of receipts and expenditures of the court, its sacrifices and feasts, rewards and punishments, and all that relates to the instruction of its younger members, &c. This estab- lishment, together with the principal magazines of the crown, which are under its superintendance, is situated near the wall on the west side of the city. 18. Ching hwang mcaou, 'the temple of the guardian deity of the city,' which stands at the north- west corner of this inclosure. In the north-eastern part of the same division, are six palaces which are occupied by the females of the emperor; they are si- tuated like those designed for the residence of the princes, in the eastern division. We have now completed our brief survey of the prohibited city, which is regarded by the Chinese as the most sacred and awful of places. In their esti- mation it is also the most magnificent. The glitter- ing yellow and various ornaments of the roofs of its palaces and other edifices, and the brilliant colors and abundant gilding applied to the interior, give it, in their eyes, a dazzling glor'y; but were we to seek in it for convenience of construction, or for much that can seem elegant or grand to one whose taste has been formed according to any of the rules of archi- tecture adopted by the people of the west, we should doubtless meet with disappointment. ( To be continued.) 444 Chinete Weights and Measures. FEB. MISCELLANIES. CHINESE WEIOHTS AND MEASURES.—The frequent mention of Chinese weights and measures, in the pages of the Repository, renders a brief description of them desirable, especially to those of our distant readers who may not be familiar with the terms in use among this people. The Chinese weigh all articles that are bought and seld that are weighable; as money, wood, vegetables, liquids, &c. This renders their dealings simpler than those of other nations who buy and sell commodities with more reference to the articles them- selves. Their divisions of weights and measures, are into money and commercial weights, and long, land measures, &c. 1. MONEY WEIGHTS. The circulating medium between foreigners and the Chinese is broken Spanish dollars, the value of which are usually computed by weight. Dollars bearing the stamp of Ferdinand have usually borne a premium of 1 to 1 £ per cent., while those of Carolus have risen as high as 7 or 8 per cent., but are subject to a considerable variation, according to the season and difterent times of the season. Those coins bearing the stamp of the letter G, are not received by the Chinese except at a discount. Mexican and United States' dollars do not pass among the Chinese, but are taken at par by foreigners. Every individual coin has the mark of the person through whose hands it passes stamped upon it; and as the num- ber of these marks soon become very numerous, the coin is quickly broken in pieces, and this process of stamping being continually repeated, the fragments gradually become very small. The high- est weight used in reckoning money is the tael (leang), which is divided into mace (tseen), candareens (fun), and cash (le). The relative value of these terms, both among the Chinese and in fo- reign money, can be seen by the following table. It should be ob- served here that these terms, taeh, mace, candareens, cash,—pecult and catties, covids and punts, etc., are not Chinese words and are never used by the Chinese among themselves ; and why foreigners have employed them instead of the legitimate terms it is difficult to conjecture. Tael 1 Mace. [ Cand. | 100 | Cash. | Ounce tr. | Grs. tr. Sterg. | Dollars. 1 1 10 | 1000 | 1.208 | 579.84 6s.8rf. | 1,389 o 1,398 1 1 100 | | 57.984 8rf. | .I38a ,139 1 1 10 I | 5.7984 ,3d. | The value here given for the tael, in sterling money and dollars, is not the exact value; and it is difficult to ascertain it, owing to 1834. Chinese Weights and Measures. 445 the ignorance of the Chinese of such money among other nations. The value given to the tael in sterling money is that which is found on the books of the East India Company: that given to the dollar is the extremes of its value, as different transactions have a different estimate for its value. The only coin of the Chinese is called cash (or ?e), which is made of 6 parts of copper and 4 of lead. The coins are thin and circular, and nearly an inch in diameter, having a square hole in the center for the convenience of tying them together, with a rais- ed edge both around the outside and the hole. Those now in use have the mime of the emperor stumped upon them in whose reign they wrere east. Notwithstanding their little value they are much adulterated with spelter; yet on account of their convenience in paying small sums and for common use, they generally bear a premium, and but 850 can commonly be obtained for a tael. The use of silver coin, however, appears to be increasing among the Chinese, as by recent accounts we learn that silver dollars have been made in Fuh-keen and other places, contrary to the laws of ihe empire. Bullion is rated by its fineness, which is expressed by dividing the weight into a hundred parts, called touches. If gold is said to be 94 or 98 touch, it is known to have 6 or 2 parts of alloy; the remainder is pure metal. Silver is estimated in the same manner; and without alloy, or nearly so, is called sycee, which bears a pre- mium according to its purity. It is cast into ingots, (by the Chinese called shoes, from their shape,) stamped with the mark of the otV fice that issued them, and the date of their emission. It is used to, pay government taxes and duties, and the salaries of officers. The ingots weigh from £ to 100 taels, and bear a value accordingly, Sycee silver is the only approach among the Chinese to a silver currency. Gold ingots are made, weighing ten taels each, and arc worth between $22 and $23 each; but neither gold ingots nor dnubioons, nor any other gold coin, are used as money among thi; Chinese. 2. CoMMERCrAL WEIGHTS. The only weights in use among the Chinese, other than mo- ney, arethe^ecu/ (tan), catty (kin), and 1 1* 1 1 Usage has established a difference between the tael of commer- cial weights, which, at the rate of 133J pounds to the pecul, weighs 583^ troy grains, and the tael of money weight, of which the old standard is 579.84 grains troy. By the above table it ap- pears that one ton is equal to 16 pcculs and 80 catties; one cwt. is 446 Chinese Weights and Measures. FEB. the same as 84 catties, and one pound avoirdupois equals jj of a catty. The Portuguese at Macao have a pecul for weighing cot- toii and valuable articles; a second tor coarse goods; and again a different one for rice. But the Chinese among themselves know no difference either in the weight of a pecul for different articles, or in the tael, whether used for money or goods. 3. MEASURES. The principal measures in use among the Chinese are three, rmmely, long measure, Imid measure, and dry measure: each of these we notice separately. Long measure. The principal measure of length is the covid (chih) which is divided into ten punts (tsim). The covid varies considerably, according as it is used for measuring cloths, dis- tances, or vessels. That determined upon by the mathematical tribunal is 13.125 English inches; that used by tradesmen at Can- ton is about 14.625 inches; that employed by engineers for pub- lic works is 12.7 inches; while the one by which distances are usu- ally rated is 12.1 inches nearly. The le, or mile, is also an uncertain measure, varying more than the covid or foot. Its common mea- sure is 316J fathoms, or 1S97£ English feet, and it is the usual term in which length is estimated. The Chinese reckon 192£ le for a degree of latitude and longitude; but the Jesuits divided the degree into 250 le, each le being 1826 English feet, or the 10th part of a French league, which is the established measure at [•resent. A le, according to this measurement is a little more than one-third of an English mile. Land measure. This also has varied considerably, hut is at present established by authority. By this rule, 1200 covids make an acre or mow, which contains about 6600 square feet. Dry measure. Rice or paddy is the only article measured in vessels the dimensions of which have been fixed by law or usage; but as even rice and paddy are usually weighed when sold in large quantities, the vessels for measuring these commodities are but little used. To perform their calculations, the Chinese have a kind of arith- metical board or abacus called swan-pan or 'counting board,' on which, by constant practice, they will perform calculations in num- bers with surprising facility. It consists of an oblong frame of wood, having a bar running lengthwise, about two-thirds its width fromone side. Through this bar at right angles, are inserted anum- bcr of parallel wires having moveable balls on them, five on one side and two on the other of the bar. The principle on which com- putations are made is this: that any ball in the larger compartment, being placed against the bar and called unity, decreases or in- creases by tenths, hundredths &c.; and the corresponding balls in the smaller division by fifths, fiftieths, used for perfumery and medicine. The rnusk-ox, found iu North America also produces this substance of an inferior quality. That which comes from Russia is very inferior to the Chinese, and is probably obtained from a different animal. MUSK SEED. These are the fruit of Hibiscus abclmoschus, which grows in China and other countries. The Arabians use them to give flavor to their coffee. The seeds are flat, kidney-shaped, about the size of a large pin head, and have a considerable odorof musk, with a slightly aromatic, bitterish taste. The black and musty seeds arc not good ; a greyish color is the natural one. They are now brought to Europe from South America and the West Indies. MYRRH. This celebrated gum is brought from Arabia arid Abyssinia, and is used by the Chinese for incense and perfumes. It exudes spontaneously from a tree of the genus Acacia, or is obtained by incision. It occurs in irregular grains of different sizes up to that of a horse bean. The grains or tears are resinous, greasy, and easy to be broken, of a reddish-brown color, with an acrid, warm and bitter taste. The pieces ought to be clear, light, and unctuous, but it has usually other gums mixed with it. The price varies from $4 to $18 per pecul in the Canton market. NANKEENS. This is a kind of cotton cloth, so named from Nan- king, the city where the reddish threads were originally made. They are divided in company's nankeens and the narrow; the former are the finest and most esteemed. Nankeens are also manu- factured in Canton and other parts of the empire, and in the East Indies. Those made in China, still maintain their superiority in color and texture over the English manufacture. The price va- ries from $60 to $90 per hundred pieces. NUTMEGS. These are the fruit of a large tree, Myristica mos* chata, which grows in the Banda isles; it is fifty feet in height, and well branched. In its general appearance it resembles the clove tree; the bark is smooth and ash colored, the leaves green above and grey beneath, and if rubbed in the hand leave a gratefully aromatic odor. The sap has the property of staining cloth indeli- bly. The tree bears buds, flowers and fruit at the same time. The flower is not unlike the lily of the valley. The fruit in size and appearance resembles the nectarine; it is marked with a furrow, like the peach, and as it ripens has the same delicate blush. The following description by sir Thomas Herbert is somewhat fanciful, and at the same time true. "The nutmeg, like trees most excel- lent, is not very lofty in height, scarce rising as high as the cherry 5 by some it is resembled to the peach, but varies in form of leaf and grain, and affects more compass. The nut is clothed with a de- 31 466 Articles of Import FKB. fensive husk, like those of a baser quality, and resembles the thick rind of a walnut, but at full ripeness discovers her naked purity, and the mace chastely entwines (with a vermilion blush,) her endeared fruit and sister, which hath a third coat, and both of them breathe out most pleasing smells. The mace in a few days, (like choice beauties,) by the sun's flames becomes tawny; yet in that complexion best pleases the rustic gatherer." The plant bears three crops in a year, but the fruit requires nine months to become perfect. The nutmeg has three coverings, which are all of different textures. The first is the outside coat, which is about half an inch thick, and when ripe cracks and opens of itself; the second is the reticulated mace which appears through the fissures of the first, and has a bright scarlet color; the third is a hard, black shell, which encloses the nutmeg. Good trees will produce from ten to twelve pounds of nuts and mace annually; but the average of an orchard is 65 oz. avoirdupois, or about two peculs to an acre. Nutmegs of a lightish-gray color, a strong, fragrant smell, an aro- matic taste, large, oily, and round, and of a firm texture are the best. The holes made by insects in eating into the kernel, are of- ten neatly filled up, which can be ascertained by the inferior weight. They are packed in layers of dry chunam. In commerce, nut- megs are divided into royal and queen, the former are of an ob- long, and the latter of a round shape. The trade in this article, like that of cloves, is a monopoly in the hands of the Dutch. They have entered into treaty with the petty rajahs of the Molucca isl- ands to destroy all the trees in their dominions, for which they pay them a small annuity. In the Banda isles, to which the cultiva- tion is restricted, the Dutch are obliged to import slaves to tend the trees. Any person who engages in the spice trade illicitly, is liable to the severest penalties. Yet it is computed that 60,000 Ibs. of nutmegs and 15,000 Ibs. of mace are clandestinely exported every year. The prices paid by government for the cultivation are fixed, and during a course of years, they have been obliged to raise the compensation, till at present, they pay Jive times as much for the nutmegs as when the trade was first opened. This strange and unnatural mode of operation has forced the raising of the nutmeg tree at Bencoolen in Sumatra, but at a great disadvantage. In the China market, nutmegs sell from $120 to $140 a pecul. OIL OF NUTMEGS. Nutmegs produce both an essential and a volatile oil; the former of which is known under the name of Banda soap. It should be free from impurities, and of a pleasant, aromatic smell. The volatile oil is not known in commerce. The nutmegs from which the oil has been extracted are sometimes offered for sale, but they are of no value. OLIBANUM. This is the frankincense of the ancients, and'is used in China, as in other countries, for incense in temples and perfumery in houses. The Greeks, Romans, Persians, Israelites, Hindoos and Budhists have used this substance in the various cere- monies of their religious worship. Olibanum is the gum that exudes spontaneously from the Juniperus lycia, a large tree which 1834. and Export of Canton. 467 grows in Arubia and India. The drops have a pale reddish color, a strong and somewhat unpleasant smell; a pungent and bitter taste, and when chewed adhere to the teeth and give the saliva a milky color. If laid on a hot iron, the gum takes fire and burns with a pleasant fragrance, leaving a black residuum. In market, olibanuin is seen in tears of a pink color, brittle and adhesive; the boxes each contain one cwt. Garbled olibanuin is valued at $6 per pecul and the ungarbled at $2 or $3 per pecul in the Canton market. OPIUM. This is the concrete juice of the Papavcr somnifcrum, a species of poppy cultivated in India and Turkey. The cultiva- ion of it is a strict government monopoly in British India; in Mahva and other native states it is free, but subject to heavy du- ties in its transit to the coast for exportation. That raised in Patna and Benares is superior to the Mahva, and both are prefer- red by the Chinese to the Turkey opium. Good opium is mode- rately firm in texture, capable of receiving an impression from the finger; of a dark yellow color when held in the light, but nearly black in the mass, with a strong smell, arid free from grittiness. That produced in different countries, however, varies considera- bly, and experience alone can determine the best article. The value increases for a short time by age; but this soon ceases to be the case, and Turkey opium in particular, deteriorates unless carefully preserved from the air. Opium is adulterated with leaves, dirt, and other substances; if very soft it is not usually good. The great consumption of this drug among the Chinese, has made the opium trade a very important branch of commerce. About fourteen millions of dollars worth have been annually sold to them for a few years past, and the demand is increasing. The trade is carried on by means of ships stationed at Lintin; here the opium is stored, and the owner gives his orders for its delivery to the buy- er, who always pays the money before receiving the drug. The trade has ever been (nominally at least,) an object of dislike to the Chinese authorities, and many ineffectual edicts have been issued against it. The opium brought from India varies from $600 to $700 a chest, and the Turkey from $620 to $680 a pecul. PEPPER. This spice is the fruit of the 'Piper nigrum, a hardy vine found in Sumatra, Malabar and Malacca. The cultivation of it is very simple and easy. Soil on primitive rocks produces the best pepper. The fruit is collected semiannually; the vine bears when three years old, and continues to do so till twenty, and lives to the age of thirty years. As soon as the fruit has changed from a green to a red color, it is picked and put into tubs, and afterwards separated from the stalks, and when dried thoroughly, it is then rea- dy for market. Pepper is known in commerce under two names, the white, and black. White pepper grows from the same seed as the black, and is deprived of its skin by being immersed in water and rubbed between the hands. It is but little used; the difference of price not being sufficient to pay for the extra labor. Good, black pepper has a very pungent smell, an extremely acrid and hot taste. That which has large grains and smooth skin, is the best. The pep- 468 Articles of Import FEB . per brought from Penang and Sumatra, is superior to that which comes from Java and Borneo. The consumption of pepper in Europe has long been very great. Ships of all nations have en- gaged in this traffic, and the pepper trade is now larger than that in all the other spices, and solely because it is a free trade. A large proportion of that brought to China is from Malacca. The price varies from $6 to $8 a pecul. PUTCHUCK. This is a medicine brought from India and Persia, and appears to be the roots of a plant which grows in those coun- tries. The color and smell are similar to that of rhubarb, and when chewed, it becomes mucilaginous in the mouth. The price varies from $12 to $14 per pecul. QUICKSILVER is brought to China in considerable quantities from Europe, and occasionally from America. The most part of it is converted into vermilion by oxydation, and in that state is used for painting on porcelain. Quicksilver is frequently adulterated with lead or tin; the fraud can be detected by boiling it to evaporation, when the other metals will remain ; if the quantity of extraneous metal is great, the quicksilver will feel greasy, and .also cleave to the skin, while the pure runs off. This metal ranges between $60 and $70 a pecul, and is one of the most variable commodities in the market, RATTANS are the branches of the Calamus rotang, the same plant which produces the dragon's blood. They are found in most of the islands of the Indian archipelago, but in the greatest perfec- tion in the district of Banjermassing in Borneo. The young shoots are the most valuable for their strength and pliability. After being stripped of the epidermis, the rattans are doubled and tied up in bundles containing a hundred each. As they require no cultiva- tion, the natives are enabled to sell them at a very cheap rate. They are brought to Canton in junks, and sell from $2J to $4J per pecul. Foreign vessels also bring them as dunnage or on freight. The Chinese use them for cordage, chairs, mats, beds, &c. Rat- tan ropes, bamboo timbers, and palm-leaf boards make a common house for the poor in China. RHUBARB, This drug is the dried roots of the Rheum palma- tum, a plant which grows in Taratry and China. From these countries it is carried to St. Petersburg and Smyrna. The rhubarb from Russia, which is the best, owes its reputation for goodness to the care taken in curing and assorting it. The Chinese dig the roots early in the spring, before the leaves appear, cut them into long flat pieces; dry them for two or three days in the shade; mul then string them on cords in cool places, and dry them thorough- ly. Rhubarb is often spoiled by moisture in drying, when it be- comes light and spongy; it is liable also to he eaten by worms. Good rhubarb is of a firm texture; when cut has a lively, mottled appearance, and is perfectly dry. The taste is bitter, acrid and unpleasant, and the smell somewhat aromatic. If when chewed, it becomes mucilaginous, it is not good; it also imparts to the spittle a deep saffron tinge. If black or green when broken, 1834. and Export of Canton. 4(59 it ought to be rejected. Rhubarb varies in its prices; from $38 tt> $40 per pecul tor those roots cured without splitting; $05 to $70 » pecul tor the cut. The rlmbnrb found iu this market has always been inferior to that brought from Russia and Turkey. RICE. This is the great staple commodity among the Chinese, null the importation of it is encouraged by all possible means. Formosa, Lu^onia, Cocbirichiua, and the Indian islands supply China with great quantities. To induce foreign shipping to bring it to this market, the government has permitted all ships laden solely with cargoes of rice to pass free of the cumsha and men: - urcment duties exacted at Canton. The price given for a cargo of foreign rice, varies from $13 to $2J, rising in seasons of scarcity as nt present, to $2j{, and for very good, $3 per pecul. ROSE MALOES. This is a substance of the consistence of tur; it is brought from Persia and India to China; and when good has a pearly appearance. The price is about $30 per pecul. SALTPETRE is brought from India, where it is obtained by lixiv- iating the soil. It is also found in Sumatra in caves and otht r protected places, and is an article of exportation from the Indian archipelago. The quantity brought to this market is small, as the Chinese make nearly enough for their own consumption. Tl e price is from $8 to $10 a pecul. SANDAL WOOD. This is the heart wood of a small tree, San- talum album, which grows in India, and many of the islands of tl e Indian and Pacific oceans. The tree resembles myrtle in size and appearance; the flowers are red and the berries black and juicy. The color varies from a light red to dark yellow; the deepest color is the best. The best wood is near the roots. In choosing sandal wood, the largest pieces, and those of a firm texture, hard, free from knots or cracks, of a sweet smell should be selected. The white outside wood is taken offby white ants, who eat it away when ihe billet is buried in the ground, and do not injure the heart wood. The best sandal wood comes from the Malabar coast, and sells for $10 or $12 a pecul; that brought from Timur is worth $8 or $9, while that found in the Sandwich islands, being small and knotty, is valued from $1 to $6. The chips also form another sort. The Chinese use sandal wood in the form of a fine powder to make incense sticks to burn in their houses and temples. An oil is extract- ed from sandal wood which is highly valued for its aromatic quali- ties. It has the consistence of castor oil, a yellow color, and a highly fragrant odor; it sinks in water. SAPAN WOOD. This is the wood of the Ccesalpina sapan, a tree which grows in India, Luc,onia and Bunnah. The tree is of the same genus as the Brazil wood, and has the same properties in a« inferior degree, and on that account is not imported to Europe. It is cultivated for its red dye, which is the best known to th« In- dian islanders. It is used in cabinet work for inlaying to a limited extent. Its value is about $2 per pecul in the Canton market, where large quantities are brought, chiefly from Manila. SEA SHELLS, The shores of the islands of the Indian ocean 470 Articles of Import FEB. afford a great variety of beautiful and rare shells, such as the cab- bage shell, the nautilus, the trumpet shell, the ducal mantle, &c. The greatest part of all the genera known can be found in great abundance in this market, and purchased at reasonable prices.—Beside shells, as objects of natural history, insects are also procurable at Canton, well preserved; they are mostly hard- winged insects as beetles; butterHie.s and other classes are also gathered, especially those which are gny. Precious stones are seen in small quantities, but rather inferior; cornelians and agates are the most common. Other minerals, especially limestones, are often seen cut into fantastic shapes; but these specimens being always lacquered, are spoiled for natural objects. Birds or fishes are seldom seen preserved. SEA WEED. Several species afFucus are brought to Canton in junks, and used as an article of food among the poorer classes. They are eaten both raw and cooked. SHARK'S FINS. The fins of the shark are sought for from the Indian ocean to the Sandwich islands to supply this market. The chief supply is from Bombay and the Persian gulf. They .are fat, cartilaginous, and when cooked, esteemed by the Chinese as a stimulant and tonic. They should be well dried and kept from any moisture. About five hundred pieces are contained in a pecul. The price is from $20 to $45 per pecul. SILK. The importance of this article demands for it a full and minute description, which we shall defer for a future paper. SKINS were formerly one of the most profitable articles that could be brought to the Chinese market, but their high price and the introduction of woollen goods has materially lessened their importation. Seal and otter are the most in request, the latter selling as high as $40 a skin. Beaver, fox, and rabbit skins are in demand, but the supply is limited. Many skins are brought to Peking from Siberia by the Russians. SMALTS. This is an impure oxyd of cobalt united with potash. In the mass it is not much used, but when ground fine is employed in coloring glass and porcelain. The powder is of a fine azure blue, and known under the name of powder blue. The demand is but limited; the price is from $50 to $90 per pecul. SOY. This is a condiment made of a species of bean which grows in China and Japan. To make it, the beans are boiled soft, and then an equal quantity of wheat or barley is added; after this has thoroughly fermented, a quantity of salt and three times as much water as the beans were at first are added. The whole compound is now left for two or three months and then pressed and strained. Good soy has an agreeable taste, and if shaken in a tumbler, lines the vessel wilh a lively yellowish-brown froth; the color in the vessel is nearly black. It improves much by age. SPELTER. This is the impure zinc, used in the manufacture of brass. It is in plates of half an inch thick, of a whitish-blue color. The Chinese import it but little, the mines found in their own country furnishing them with a supply. It sells at $4£ per pecul. 1834. and Export of Canton. 471 STEEL. Swedish anil English are the kinds usually imported. The quantity brought is increasing annually; and probably the demand will be greater every year, as the use of it becomes better known. From $4 to $5 per tub is tbe usual market price. STOCKFISH. These are dried fish brought from Germany and England, cured without the use of salt. In appearance, when preserved, they resemble codfish. The quantity brought is small; the price is about $5J per pecul. SUGAR. This is the manufactured product of the juice of the Saccharum ojficinale, or sugar cane. From all the notices that can be obtained from ancient history, it is very probable that China was the first country in which the sugar cane was cultivated. Its na- tive country is the southern part of the continent of Asia, and its properties have been well known by the inhabitants for many ages. Among the Chinese, the cultivation of it is carried on to an extent sufficient to supply their own wants and also to form an article of export. The varieties of the cane are several, but most of those that are indigenous have a reddish juice, which renders the sugar unsaleable. The only one cultivated is the same as that which grows in the West Indies. The process of manufacturing it is sim- ple and laborious; the machinery is coarse and the labor perform- ed mostly by human strength. In the Indian islands, the manu- facture is in the hands of the Chinese, the natives supplying them with the cane. The natives however make a coarse sugar for their own use, called jnggery. The sugar exported from China is principally in a crystulized state, and therefore usually called sugar candy. This is carried to India in great quantities, and its purity and beauty have been long and justly esteemed. TEA, which now constitutes an important branch of commerce throughout the world, must be reserved for a future number. THREAD. Gold and silver thread is imported into China from England and Holland. It is used in the borders of fine goods, in ornamenting ladies' dresses, and in other similar objects. The quantity imported is great; the English sells for from $36 to $40 per pecul. TIN. This metal is found very abundant and of a pure qual- ity in the island of Banca. It is cast intoingots weighing from 20 to 60 Ibs.: the purity of these bars is superior to those which are made of tin from the mines in Malacca. All that is of a superior quality which is brought to China in bars is called 'Banca tin,' while the inferior is known as 'Straits tin.' The former sells for about$17and the latter for $14 or $15 a pecul. Plate tin is brought from England and America in boxes, containing from 80 to 120 plates, and sells for about $10 per box, TORTOISE SHELL. This is the crustaceous covering of the Tes- tudo imbricata, an animal found on the shores of most of the Indian islands. The common name is hawk's bill tortoise. The shell is thicker, clearer and more variegated than that of any other species, and constitutes the sole value of the animal. It is heart-form, and consists of thirteen inner with twenty-five marginal divisions. 472 Imports and Exports of Canton. FEB. The middle side-pieces are the thickest, largest and most valua- ble; the others are denominated hoof. Good tortoise shell is in large plates, free from cracks or carbuncles and almost transpa- rent. The small, broken and crooked pieces are worthless. The Chinese nse large quantities in the manufacture of combs, boxes, toys, &c.; the chief marts of this article are Canton and Singapore, from whence it is sent to Europe and American. The price of the good varies from $1000 to $1100 per pecul. The very thin kind from the islands of the Pacific, is not suited to this market. TURMERIC. This is the dried roots of the Curcuma longa, a her- baceons plant cultivated in all the Indian islands, and on the con- tinent for its coloring, and aromatic qualities. The roots are un- even and knotty; difficult to break or cut; and have a light yel- low color externally. The color internally is a bright yellow at first, then reddish, and finally becomes much like that of saftron. It is easily powdered for use, but the dye is very transitory, and no means have yet been found for setting it. It has an aromatic smell resembling ginger, and a warm, disagreeable, bitterish taste. The islanders use it more as a spice than a dye. In packing it, care should be taken that the boxes be secure, as the least damp injures it. Turmeric is a good test for the presence of free alkalies, and the quantity used for this purpose is considerable. Its price varies from $5 to $6 a pecul. TUTENAGUE, or China Spelter. This is an alloy of iron, copper and zinc. It is harder than zinc, though less so than iron, sonorous, compact and has some malleability. The fresh fracture is brilliant, but soon tarnishes. Till superseded by spelter from Si- lesia it was exported in large quantities to India; but on account of its high price is now seldom or never shipped; spelter being on the contrary imported to compete with it in China. For boxes, dishes, household utensils and other similar purposes, tute- nague is well adapted. The art of tnaking it is not known to Europeans. Its export price used to be about $14 a pecul. VERMILION. This is made of quicksilver by oxydation and is then exported. It is also used for painting porcelain. The price, now about $33 a box, is entirely regulated by that of quicksilver. The boxes contain 50 catties each. WHANGEES, or Japan canes. These are the produce of a plant which grows in China. They are well calculated for walking sticks, and should be chosen with care; those that are bent at the head, and have the knots at near and equal distances are preferred. They should be tough, pliable and tapering. Their value is about $18 per thousand. WOOLLENS. The demand for these is annually increasing. The principal goods imported are broad cloths, long ells, cuttings, wor- leys and camlets. Woollen yarn is also brought in small quantities. Note. In the preceding list several minor and unimportant articles have been omitted. The principal authors consulted were Crawfurd's Indian Ar- chipelago, Milhiirne's Oriental Commerce, Macculloch's Commercial Diction- ary, and Hooper's Medical Dictionary. Considerable aid was also obtained from merchants in Canton. 1834. Free Trade with China. 473 Free Trade with the Chinese. In our number for December last, a document appeared on free trade, which was written by a British merchant, and to which -another British merchant' has replied in a paper now before us. We wish the writer .had given us his name, or been more careful to correct the errors of his copyist: and he must excuse us if we have not in every case given his words correctly ; we wish also that he had confined his remarks more closely to the subject, and canvassed more ably the arguments of his opponent. Few, very few, will agree with him, that England and France ' arc alone superior to China in civilization ;' or that 'happiness is more generally diffused through its population," than among the people of 'any oilier nation'. There arc other points which are questionable; that the Mantchou conquerors of China 'cherish the mass of the people and oppress only the rich,' does not (in ouropinion) appear, except in imperial edicts, where rude barbarians, and even the bensls of tlv1 field, arc •• tenderly cherish- ed ;md compassionated" by the celestial dynasty. But the writer, whoever lie may be, shall speak for himself. Addressing the British merchant, he says: I HAVE rend with satisfaction your recent publication regarding the future benefits to accrue from a free trade with China, and I have not failed to observe with pleasure that a more sensible ground is there upheld for possible changes in our relations with this country, than in the war-denouncing theories hitherto mooted by the Canton press. Nevertheless, to use your own expression, a strong "smell of blood" pervades your theory; an I, pardon me for saying so, there are very many parts of your paper which di- rectly contradict others, and very many in which unconsciously, your argument defeats itself. It is true that the trade from En- gland has hitherto been conducted more with a view of meeting the demands of the Canton market, than those of the whole of China; more to form a medium of remittance for the Indian re- venue, profitable alike to the Chinese and British merchant, than with a view to force a trade, contrary to the orders and enactments of the Chinese government, and, I believe, perfectly indifferent to the people. They want in thoir present condition, but very little that we can bring them: although fictitious wants necessarily arise from free intercourse, whether for the advantage of the con- sumers is very questionable ; nor is it fiiir to assume the gradual introduction of opium, as a test that useful and bulky manufac- tures can be introduced into the country by the same channel. Opium is considered by the imperial government, of so ruinous a tendency to the morals and condition of the people, that it is al- together a prohibited article; its value is necessarily enhanced by such prohibition ; and the evils which are assumed as flowing from if, necessarily arise from the very means employed to exclude it. A')d it is so with all smuggled spirits; the parties among the Chi- nese engaged in its introduction are a degraded class, the consum- ers are obliged to pretend secrecy ; and shame drives people of condition into holes and corners to enjoy a luxury, which if ad- mitted under the usual restrictions, it is fair to presume would not have a more injurious effect amongst the Chinese, than it carries with it through the whole of Tndia ; where the highest classes smoke and eat opium in largo quantities without any more evil conse- 3K 474 Free Trade with China. FKB. quences than attend the use of wine and spirits under a moral re- straint. The:-- are men who wallow in drunkenness in all coun- tries. The introduction of opium is easy ; it ia universally conveyed irom the junks by being carried on shore in small balls concealed about the person, and is sufficiently valuable to recompense the Chance of detection. How is this with broadcloth, calicoes, col- lon, iron, and lead, &<;., &c.? And are not the Chinese, a happy, thriving, and contented people without these articles? Is it neces- sary for them to export their own manufactures or the produce of their own soil? Tue one has almost entirely ceased, even from Canton, the other only exists in the form of' tea ;'but this is far too valuable an article in its transit through China, both as an em- ployment to the people, and a source of revenue to provincial of- licors, for the government to permit it to be exported nearer the region of its growth, unless compelled to do so by "British can- non;" and who will venture to uphold such a system, or say we have a right to make a nation trade on our own terms, and in ports of our own selection? We must not be led astray by the reports of those who have re- cently visited the northern ports, and who without exception ad- mit, that although the theory of opening ports is as good as ever, the practice of forcing commodities has been a miserable failure in all save opium. Without wishing to impugn their authority, I will only observe that the sources of it are impure; doubtless those natives with whom they conversed, expressed to the European su- percargoes, that the nation was anxious for an open trade, the mandarins only against it; that every custom-house officer was a rogue, and every war-boat a smuggler; that the government was rotten, &c. But, independent of the fact that these Chinese, prin- cipally smugglers, cordially detest every sort of custom-house of- ficer, or government officer of any description, are such authorities to be trusted? Other parties conversing with foreigners knew their auditors, knew the purpose on which they were bound; and, being no bud judges of human nature, told those tales which they were well aware would be most pleasing to their hearers, who were all men necessarily prejudiced to believe whatever suited their own views. I question whether we should not hear the same story about prohibitory and other duties in England and France, or anv less civilized country: and in truth, I believe, these two countries are nlone superior to China in civilization. I cordially agree with (lie British merchant that as a warlike nation, China is contemptibly weak, although its internal and domestic power is very great, because it pleases and cherishes thn mass of the people, iind oppresses only the rich, who are always objects of envy to the poor. It is true a single gun-boat would make the whole Chinese nuvy quail; but the imperial government of China has a firmer hold over the people and more power of effectual control, than either Great Britain, France, or any other nation; and there is every reason to believe that happiness is more generally diffused throtiph lU population. The British merchant in advocating the 1834. Free Trade with China. 475 of foreign commerce to the Chinese, seems altogether obliviscent that from the immense extent of the Chinese empire, greater than that of the whole of Europe, she necessarily possesses within her- self, the varied productions of every soil and climate, and is indepen- dent of other nations for whatever claims her necessities or luxuries may require. To put the point in its true light, the British mer. chant had hetter boldly assert, that Great Britain wishes or ought to take every possible means, foul or fair, to exhort, persuade, in- timidate, compel, the Chinese people to receive her manufactures, nolentes volentes. But push not the object beyond just and hono- rable measures. The Chinese nation can far better do without us, that we without them. I would now wish to canvass the observations regarding the con- tempt in which foreign commerce is held in China, and conse- quently the little importance which merchants possess in the eyes of the government. The fault is attributed to monopoly; be it so. But let me ask whether it is not as probable to have arisen from the fact that foreign commerce is of very little utility or import- ance to the Chinese nation? And, be not startled, my readers, in these days when only one side of a question is tolerated, has it not solely been preserved and rendered firm, by what some, term va. cillating, others politic, conduct on the part of these said bugbears, monopolists? Was the trade which once existed and flourished in different ports of the Chinese empire, lost through concession, or resistance? The British merchant should be well up in his facts before he founds an argument upon them. From a small stream, originally, the full tide of commerce with China now flows through the arteries of Great Britain ; but how has it been nurtured and fed? By monopoly, if a liberal and extended commercial policy can be so termed. Why should not the port of Canton have fol- lowed the fate of all other ports, but for the monopoly of the East India Company? Look into the annals of commerce with Canton; it has been by opposing in a firm and politic way divers imposts, by breaking the fetters which had already borne to the dust the in- dividual merchant, that this trade was saved at all. It has now at. tained a height which could scarcely have been contemplated, but which like all other difficult points, when once effected, becomes to rnens' minds, "simplicity itself." The Chinese in Canton, and provinces adjacent, derive such advantage from the foreign trade, that its cessation would now involve many in ruin; but the government at Peking derives little if any advantage from it. We must be cautious how we conduct it hereafter. Perhaps Great Britain may have been too tamely inclined, recently, to submit to absurd edicts, overflowing with Asiatic hyperbole; but mark, it has been the British government, and not the E. I. Company alone, or their servants in China, who have been desirous of continuing one stated routine, when it became no longer necessary. The Company have by their monopoly reared a commercial structure of vast consistency and firmness; it remains with their successors to place a dome upon it, or crumble it to the dust. I must say, 476 Free Trade with China, Fun. that if speculative theories are to rise paramount to solid advan- tages, the latter fale will speedily await it. In your strictures on the abasement of foreign commercial character in China,-ami your desire that it should be duly appre- ciated, you make a strange observation ; namely, that our embas- sies should not have been even partially composed of men engaged in commerce, as implying a want of knowledge of the character of the Chinese government : surely such an admixture of members of the British Ihc'ory with high officers of state must have gone far to evince to the Chinese, British ideas of such personages, and have tended to elevate them to their proper station in the eyes of the Chinese authorities. Having blamed the E. I. Company for succumbing to Chinese opinion, as degrading to commercial dig- nity, you equally object to so legitimate a means of uplifting it, founded as it is on the usages of our own country. Averse as you are to bestowing a scintilla of credit on monopolists, you must have been ill versed in the history of our embassies, if you are ig- norant, that small as ihe advantage is which we have derived from them, we have been saved from positive evil by this sprinkling of practical and useful men. The "Boeotian dullness" that would require an island of our own on the coast of China is not quite so apparent to the world at large, as to the circumscribed views of the "merchant." We are not bound to relinquish our trade at Canton because we possess an island ; we are not bound to abstain from the same system pre- cisely, as that advocated by the "merchant," because we possess an island ; but we have a nucleus wherefrom to radiate into all the eccentric motions of a free trade ; in fact, the parties who ar- gue against the possession of an island on the coast of China, may perhaps be not allogether disinterested. Warehouses might supersede floating go-downs. "Boeotian dullness" may be able to penetrate thus far. "Pandora's box" has still hope at the bot- tom, with its usual attribute of an anchor; which may be as hea- vy to fly as "leauen wings." I would further add that the British merchant should entertain n rather more modest opinion of his own abilities, than to level so sweeping an accusation of stupidity against those who may be as well, or better able to judge than himself. And may not the charge retort with grater force against the system of powers with which he would propose to invest the chamber of commerce? For mer. chants to make laws for themselves, to judge of their own acts, and be themselves the official agents between themselves and the local authorities, to erect themselves into a ciminal court for the trial of oftensns, wuulj be no less inornalous than dangerous to all parties. Merchants, where their owfi pookets are concerned, ;mld be but indifferent diplomatists, more especially, as most, if rof: all of us, are daily engaged in contravening the fiscal laws of the empire. I for one would rather our trade were subject to a consular authority in all things, than to so heterogeneous a mass as would collect to rule upon this occasion. It would be worse 1834. Chinese Metal Types. 477 tlian no rule at all. Doubtless we are all " honorable men," but we shall be a little the better for having some restraint on our acts and deeds. A chamber of commerce for all usual and legitimate pur- poses, or as a counterpoise to the hong-merchants, would doubt, less be a good institution and ought to be adopted. Your obedient servant, Canton, January 22d, 1834. Another BRITISH MERCHANT. CHINESE METAL TYPES. We have much pleasure in laying before our read- ers the followfiig "Brief statement relative to the formation of metal types for the Chinese language." The object and efforts of Mr. Dyer arc worthy of all commendation. MANY arguments have been brought forward to show the disad- vantages of metal types for the Chinese language, and their infe- riority in appearance to the wooden blocks in common use for printing in China. But these arguments have been fully refuted; and both the utility of the Chinese metal types, and the practica- bility of making them elegantly, may now be considered as ques- tions entirely set at rest. Hitherto Chinese types have been made only on the imperfect and expensive plan of cutting every cha- racter separately on the face of the type metal. The principal difficulty of procuring Chinese types has hitherto consisted in providing handsome and cheap steel punches, from which copper matrices may be struck, and the type cast, A mul- titude of calculations have been made of the probable expense of procuring types, according to the respective average price of each punch, as demanded by different individuals. At the lowest price per punch required in England, the cost of punches fora font of 3000 characters in variety, would amount lo 30,000 rupees; but cut in India, where work is so much cheaper, the amount would not much exceed 4,000 rupees, as already amply proved by ac- tual experiment. The want, however, of tools and machinery has occasioned many difficulties and delay; and the necessity of ac- quiring the knowledge of type-cutting by much reading and ex- periment has been the cause of multiplied errors; but by perse, verance these have been completely overcome. Upon the plan of cutting punches for the principal characters in the language, first, according lo a scale lately made with great accuracy; gradully proceeding from the more to the less import- ant characters ; and then supplying the occasional characters, by cutting them on the face of the tin or other type metal, until these also shall be, cut in steel; the font may be very useful when about 1200 punches are cut. And the further we advance in punch cut- ting, the less need will there be of providing occasional characters in any other way. The average price for which punches can be cut at Penang is not more than 69 cents; and the copper matrices are struck from them for the additional sum of 2 j cents each. Further to reduce the cost, some characters are divided perpendi- cularly into halves, thirds, and two-thirds; and horizontally into halves, where such division can be made without affecting the 478 Siam. FEB. beauty of the character : by this method, a large number of punches will be saved. Also, when a punch is injured in striking the ma- trix of any character, it may very frequently, after a little dress- ing, be used to strike matrices for similar characters of a fewer number of strokes. About 400 rupees have been subscribed, and nearly 200 punches have been cut; Hie funds remaining in hand will not admit of much further progriss; but the work will proceed just as far as fundi are provided. With the requisite funds, about_/bur punches could be cut per day, supposing five men to be employed—the agreement with the work-people being to give entire satisfaction in every pnnrh, or else to recut the same. It is worthy of particular notice, that if we could proceed no farther than we have done, a very great object is obtained ; for the 200 characters (nearly) which have already been cut, are those which are wanted most of all; and they can combine with type made in the common way, viz. by cutting the character on tin. But every contribution of 68 cents will carry us one step farther; and thus we intend (D. V.) progressively to advance, to the number of some thousand punches. Whether our progress be more or less rapid we leave for our friends to determine. It is hoped that all who feel interested about China will help in this work : a most herculean work, requiring the aid of very many; and a most bless- ed work, fraught with good to one-third of the human race. Penang, 31st October, 1833. SAMUEL DYER. *,* Contributions will be thankfully received by the Editor of the Chinese Repository. Canton; by the principal of the Anglochinese college, Malacca, and by Mr. Dyer, Penang. RELIGIOUS INTELLIGENCE. SIAM.—Letters from Bankok dated as that country affords; and he is now on the 22d of September have recent, making preparations to print the Si- ly been received from Mr. Jones, who amese History in 25 vols. The amount was still alone in that field of labor, of each volume will be the contents The Rev. Stephen Johnson and fam- of one of the Siamese black books, ily left Singapore for Siam on the 24th which are formed of thick paper fold- of Nov., and returned to the same ed backwards and forwards into from place on the 31st of December; the 30 to 35 folds. Chau-fa-noi, the king's vessel in which they embarked having half brother is also preparing several been unable to proceed on her course peculs of type for printing, against the monsoon. The opportu- P'hra Meh-tap, the commander-in- nities for correspondence between Sin- chief of the Siamese military forces, gapore and Siam appear to be few. had gone with a number of vessels for The Jemsetjee Jeejeebhoy and three the purpose of removing several thous. other Surat ships had arrived in June, and more Cambojans to Bankok, "so and were still in Bankok when Mr. to release them from the terrors they Jones wrote; since their arrival, sugar suffer through fear of the Cochinchin- had risen from 8 to 13 tical-s (about 62 cse." This a specimen of the man- cents) per pecul. "ner in which Cochinchina and Siam Kin, a young native who was for- respectively partition Camboja, and merly employed as Siamese composi- give protection to its inhabitants! The tor in the printing office at Singapore, cmnmander-in-chief returned on the has been for some time past engaged 24th of September, and brought with in preparing types from such materials him about a dozen boats each con- 1834. 479 Siam.—Malacca. taming nearly GO persons, men, wo- men and children. Others were still to follow. With respect to his own labors and engagements, Mr. Jones says: "I have from 10 to 30 patients daily. For some my prescriptions have prov. ed successful, so much so that patients have come 15 days' journey to consult me. Last Sunday we had more than 20 Chinese; the others were Poguans, Arabs, Burmans, Portuguese, and La. 08. I wonder that we have so much iucccss in this business since we know MI little about medicine. "Binty (a Chinese baptized hy Mr. Gutzlaff.) and his associates con- tinue their weekly meeting at onr house for Christian worship in Chi- nese: present last Sunday twenty, a greater number than usual. Some of them, so far as I can judge, give pretty good evidence of being true converts. One has solicited baptism; but as I cannot examine or instruct him, I have deferred it. You can hardly imagine how much we need a Chinese missionary, or how much I xvi^h there were here even an inter- preter only. They are mostly (to use Mr. GutzlafPs orthography.) Tio- chew people who visit us, though we have some of almost ev.-ry dialect. "At present, we have a good deal of intercourse with the Burmans; I think I have given most of them a general outline of Christianity; but I fear no fruit has yet sprung up. Mrs. .1. and I have spent most of to-day among them. I visited their monas- tery (I can think of no belter nannO; it contains from 40 to GO priests. In conversing with the head pries!, I ask- ed him in what state those who went to NigtttiH (commonly translated an- nihilationj existed? Holding up his finger, and giving it a puff, he said, 'in just the slate of an extinguished candle.' "Some of the Siamese seem friend- ly to me, but on what ground, their general character gives room to sus. pect. I have visited several of the nobi- lity. One of the p'hra-klang's sons has offered to build me a house rent free, if I will come to his neighborhood; but if I were to be houseless till it is clone, I fear I should suffer the pelt- ings of many a monsoon." various quarters. "The Christians in all the provinces," says the editor of the Singapore Chronicle, in his paper of the 2d ult., "who were protected by Ta-kong, (recently an officer of high rank and great influence, but now dead.) and who had nothing to expect from the king but punishment, fled to the fort of Saigon; and 700 of them, at the taking of Dongnai, defended themselves heroically and did great ex- ecution among the enemy. Thay (onu of the leaders of the insurgents,) sus- tained all the attacks of the royalists, and even made several very success- ful sallies. Being as politic as brave, he gained an advantage over his brolh. er-in-law, who commands in Tonquin, and created a division by exciting a rebellion in that quarter. The king was obliged to remove a great part of his troops from the south to the north, but the result is not yet known. There is, however, reason to suppose that the revolt in the north will be more serious than that in the south; and if the communication between the two revolting parties could be effected by sea as well as by land, the king will have much to dread. The centre of Cochinchina is not quiet either; sonic suspicions, perhaps false, have been attached to the king's brother, and he has been condemned to carry a chain, though he is allowed to remain in his own palace. "All the Christians are persecuted excessively; and several have been condemned to death. Of this number is Mr. Gagelin, a French missionary who was at Saigon wiih Ta-kong, and who was returning to Hut to take his leave before departing for Macao. M. Jacard and f;uh;r Odorico were pri- soners at Hue, and there are strong reasons for suspecting they have al- ready been executed." COCHJNCHINA.—Rumors of insur. m:tiinis ami disturbances in Cochin- china Hlill continue to reach us from MALACCA.—We have before us scv. oral letters and papers from Malacca, some of which are dated as late as the Gth nit.; they afford us a variety of in- telligence, especially concerning the college and schools, and encourage us to expect more information from the same sources. An earthquake occurred at Malac- ca on the 24th November at half past 8 o'clock p. M. The trembling of the earth continued nearly a minute, and shortly after an indistinct, rumbling noise was heard, like distant thunder iii the direction ol Sumatra, "Duruig 480 Journal of Occurrences. the whole evening," says our corres- pondent, "there was hardly a breath of air. and just previous to the sHock, the atmosphere was sultry and oppressive; and we noticed an unusually thick, smoky sky over the sea, westward; this gradually disappeared after the earth- quake and rumbling noise, and the sky became clear and tranquil, and soon a cool land breeze set in, which made the night comfnrtahle. Probably all we have experienced here are but the effects of a sudden eruption of some volcano in Sumatra. Two of our ser- vants who are advaccd in years, re- member two former earthquakes at M.ilacca, both more severe than the present. "Our minds were much awed by this display of the majesty and power of the Almighty. When he arises in his great power, he can make the earth shake and tremble as easily as the leaf is moved by the wind. Some of the Chinese and Malays when they felt the shock, immediately be^'an to pray and call upon their gods with much noise and confusion. "P. S. On referring to a chart, the only volcano I find laid down in Su- matra is one near to mount Ophir, 150 or 200 miles southwest from Ma- lacca. Probably its renewed heavings and fiery belchingsshook tha earth and made the hnrts of men quikc at. this remote distance." Shocks cru felt at Singapore at the sanu1 time as at Malacca. Our limits allow us room here for JOURNAL. OF OCCURRENCES. CANTON. Since the 9th inst., this city has presented a scene of festivi- ties, rejoicings, and congratulations which is usual throughout the Chinese empire during the holidays of new year. In the meantime there has been an unnsuid amount of suffering, espe. C'ally among :br lower c'asses of the inhabitants, (ireat numbers of the poor, who were rendered houseless and pennyless by the inundation last August, havo-perished during the win- tor. No one can describe the wretch, eduess of some of these sufferer*; and none but an eye-witness can conceive of it. .\[.>rnmg after morning, and in the same place, we have seen two, three, and four dead bodies; and in the narrow compass of a few rods we. liavc seen at uooii-day more than 'M only ^ remark or two concerning the schools and mission. There are al- ready several schools for boys, and a few for girls; and had the missionaries "the means" they could open many more immediately. The Rev. Mr. Tomlin, who for almost two vearshas been acting for the principal of the Anglochinese college, intends soon to open a new school on an extensive scale, which shall include boys of dif- ferent nations, such as Chinese, Ma- lays. Portuguese, &.c.; it is to be mo- deled after one of the best and most successful schools in Calcutta. The Rev. J. Evans has entered on his du- ties in connection with the college. Mr. E., we understand, has for many years been accustomed to the business of education, having, while in Eng- land, been professor of the classics, mathematics, Hebrew and Arabic, successively ; and trained a number of pupils for Oxford and Cambridge. BATAVIA.—We are indebted to the kindness of the Rev. Mr. Modhurst, for a copy of the •' Report of the Mission st;n.in at Batavia for 1833;" and of a "Journal of a voyage from Batavia to Sourabava and Smncnap on the isl- ands of Java and Madura, during the months of July, August, and Septem- ber, 1833." Copious extracts from both these doouinf-nts shall appear in our next number; suffice it to remark horr tin* tli-1 in-ssrm amidst many discouragements and hindrances is en- joying great prosperity. individuals stretched on the ground half naked, and either senseless or writhing in the agonies of death caus- ed by hunger. N > man cares for their b >dies ; none for their souls. His exc.-llcncy, Le Taekeaon, the literary chancellor of Canton, hung hinnelf in his own house on the morn- ing of the "J6lh inst. We may g;vo some particulars of the case hereafter. Banditti have again appeared on the hills at Legn-.how, carrying terror and destruction in cv -ry direction. Gov- ernor L >o has ordered troops and sup- plies to the field ; the result of the ex- pedition is yet unknown in Canton.— We have Peking gazettes to the xid of December; but they vonUiu uolhing MI :>!>.::.• ml interest. THK CHINESE REPOSITORY Vol.. II.—MARCH, 1834.—No. 11. DESCRIPTION OF THE CITY OF PEKING. HWANG CHINO, 'the imperial city,' received its name from the circumstance that it was designed to be the residence of the emperor and his court. This constitutes the second inclosure, and surrounds the forbidden city. It is about six miles in circum- ference, and surrounded by a wall twenty feet in height. It has four large gates, one on each side, and on the south three or four of an inferior size. Like the forbidden city, its form is that of an oblong parallelogram, having, however, a slight indentation at the southwestern corner. We will notice a few of the most remarkable objects it contains, begin- ning at the south gate.—We continue the series of numbers which was commenced on the preceding pages of the description of Peking. 19. Teengan mun, 'the gate of heavenly rest.' Before this gate is a large open space inclosed by walls, and terminated at the south by 'the gate of great purity;' which no one is permitted to enter ex- cept on foot. After passing another gate, turning to the right, we find, 20. Toe me.aou, 'the great temple,' which is de- dicated to the ancestors of the reigning family. The outer wall, which as usual includes several buildings, 31, 482 Description of the MAKCH. is nearly 3,000 feet in circumference. At the close of the year, offerings are presented here to the father, grandfather, and great grandfather of the reigning monarch; and also to the deceased females of the same family. In another part of the temple are the tablets of more remote ancestors, to whom likewise divine honors are paid. Westward from this temple, and on the other side of the broad avenue that leads from the southern gate towards the impe- rial palace, is 21. Shay tseih tan, 'altar to the gods of land and grain.' It consists of two stories, each five feet high: the platform of the lower is sixty-two, and of the up- per, fifty-eight feet square. The face of the altar is of particolored earth, "each color answering to its quarter in the heavens :" the north side is black ; the south, red; the east, green; the west, white; and the centre, yellow. Thb account, or rather the fable of its origin is, that "Chow, the son of an emperor who reigned B. c. 3114, having done much for the im- provement of agriculture, succeeding generations to do honor to so worthy an example, sacrificed to him under the name of Tseih. His great grandson, Kow- lung, about three hundred years after, taught his coun- trymen to distinguish the different, kinds of soil. Men of after ages therefore sacrificed to him under the name of Shay." Shay is placed before Tseih only for the sake of euphony. Whatever we may think of this account, it is certain that from a very remote period in Chinese history, honors which belong to God alone, have been given to these men. Sacrifices are offered to them in the second month of spring and autumn by the emperor himself, no other person be- ing allowed to perform the ceremony. Near the eastern gate of the forbidden city is a de- pository of military stores of every kind requisite for the clothing and equipment of infantry and cavalry; and also shops for their manufacture. Northward from these is the Russ school, designed to furnish interpreters for the government in its intercourse 183-1. CHy of Peking 483 with Russia; and at the northeast, a temple built, by government to the god of thunder, and another to the god of wind. Near the northeast corner of this division is the principal establishment of the Tibetan lamas or priests of JBudha in Peking. It consists of three temples, a printing office, &c. The next ob- ject worthy of notice is 22. Kingshan, an artificial mountain situated di- tectly north from the imperial palace. Its base, the Chinese say, consists of fossil coal, which is kept in reserve to supply the garrison with combustibles in case of siege, and its surface, of earth dug from the ditches that surround the walls, and the artificial lakes in its neighborhood. It is nearly a hundred and fifty feet in height, and encircled by a wall two- thirds of a mile in length. It has five summits lying east and west from each other, of which that in the middle is the highest. It is bordered at the foot with rows of cypress, arid its five summits are crowned with as many pavilions. Its sides are ornamented with agreeable walks, and in most places shaded by a variety of trees. Numbers of hares, rabbits, stags, deer and other animals enliven the scene below, while thousands of birds among the trees fill the air with the melody of their songs. It is truly a delight- ful spot; and as its height is such that it can be seen from a distance in every direction, it is an ornament of no little beauty to the imperial city. On looking at the western part of this inclosure, se yuen, 'the western park,' immediately attracts our attention. It extends from north to south through almost the whole length of this inclosure, and contains some of the most interesting places and ob- jects in Peking. An artificial lake, a mile and a third in length and on an average about one eighth of a mile in breadth, occupies the central part. Near the middle, this lake is crossed by a bridge of nine arches, 200 paces in length and 10 feet wide, built of fine white marble and bordered with a railing of the same material. Its banks are ornamented in 4 84 Description of thf iVl v H i • H . some places with a white marble balustrade, and in others lined with clusters of elms, lindens, and aca- cias, through the dark foliage of which glisten the roofs of surrounding temples and palaces. During the summer and autumn, the lake is covered with the flowers of the tribulus and water lily (Nympheea), which spread their fragrance throughout the gardens. "In a word," says father Hyacinth, "the infinite va- riety of beauties which the lake presents on every side, make this one of the most enchanting spots on earth." 23. On the southeast side of the lake stands the superb summer-house, ying tae. It consists of se- veral edifices, which are surrounded on three sides by water, and has many magnificent apartments and beautiful gardens and walks. In these gardens, the author just quoted says, "the monstrous rocks equal in height the loftiest trees of the forest, and the trees, which fill the air to a distance with the perfume of their flowers, are arranged by nature in a manner the most picturesque." The emperor often conies hith- er to attend to affairs of state, or more frequently, to taste the sweets of repose. 24. On the west side of the lake, a little south of the bridge described above, stands tsze kwang ko, an edifice to which the emperor comes annually in the month of September to see the military licentiates exhibit their skill and prowess in drawing the bow on horseback. It is customary also to celebrate here the triumphant return of his armies from war. To en- kindle an enthusiasm for military glory, the walls are hung with representations of battles, and portraits of generals and other officers, who have distinguished themselves by their exploits on the field of battle, or who have contributed by their activity or the wis- dom of their counsels, to the success of the empe- ror's troops. 25. Tseaou yuen, 'the plantain garden;' situated near the east end of the marble bridge which cross- es the lake. It is filled with various fruit trees and U::'.4. City of /Y/r/w». 4<,>,:> odoriferous shrubs. Among the buildings around it is a beautiful pavilion entirely surrounded by water, to which the emperor comes in summer to amuse him- self with sailing in his yacht, and in winter to see his soldiers display their skill in skating. 26. Ching Icwang teen, a royal pavilion situated northward from the plantain garden. It is surround- ed by a high circular wall with battlements above it, which rise in the form of a cupola designed to re- present the canopy of heaven. 27. North of this pavilion is a bridge of white marble, with an ornamental arch or gate of the same material at each end. This bridge leads to 'the marble isle? which presents the aspect of a hill of gentle ascent covered with groves of trees, temples, summer-houses, and palaces, and crowned at the summit with a white obelisk. It affords a delightful prospect of the lake and gardens around it. A large part of the hill consists of rare and curious stones, which were transported by land several years ago from Kaefung fou in the province of Honan. The present dynasty has erected here a temple which is inhabited by emasculated priests; and converted this beautiful island into a place of idolatrous worship. 28. Near the northeast corner of the western gardens is a temple consecrated to "the discoverer of the silk-worm." This discovery is attributed to Yuenfe, the wife of the emperor H wangle, who be- gan to reign, according to Chinese history, in the year B. c. 2636. It is built upon an elevated base- ment, and its roof is covered with green tiles. Near it is a terrace four feet high and about thirty-five feet square, designed for the reception of the leaves pro- duced by a neighboring plantation of mulberry trees; and also a palace surrounded by a colonnade and cov- ered with green tiles. The empress dowager and other great ladies of the court assist in tending the worms, in order to encourage a branch of industry which is indispensable to the clothing of the inhabitants of China; and the empress herself comes in person to Atjfi Description of thr MARC-II, attend the annual sacrifice here "presented to the genius that protects silk-worms." 29. Woo lung-ting 'the five dragon pavilions. These are situated near the north end of the lake. Rising abruptly from its bosom, and their shadows being reflected by it waters as by a mirror, they have a very beautiful appearance. They are fre- quently visited by the emperor, and are the summer -residence of the most beautiful women of his harem. 30. Chenfuh sze,'the temple of great happiness,' is situated near the northeast corner of the lake. The beauty of its site makes it one of the greatest ornaments of 'the western park.' And in another temple a short distance northeast from this is a co- lossal statue of Budha. It is made of copper, com- pletely gilt; is sixty feet in height, and has, accord- ing to Timkowski, a hundred arms.—In these gar- dens, the arrangement of the lakes and valleys, the hills and groves and bowers, is such as to make the whole seem to be the work of nature. This appear- ance, the exact reverse of that presented by the for- bidden city, where all seems to be the labored work of art, makes them a pleasing retreat for those who love retirement, and can taste the delights of rural scenery. But although we can say thus much with- out fear of uttering falsehood, yet from what we have seen of Chinese negligence, we cannot avoid the ap- prehension, that these places which might be so beau- tiful, are despoiled of half their loveliness by want of cleanliness and proper cultivation. 31. The movable type printing office is situated on the east side of the gardens, between them and the forbidden city. "The movable characters were formerly cast in copper like so many seals and then divided for use. In the reign of Kanghe a collec- tion of books was printed with these types, forming in all 10,000 sheets. This collection is divided into 6109 chapters, bound in 522 volumes, and is regard- ed as an encyclopaedia. More than half the types with which it was printed, have since been lost." 1U34. City <>j Prkiug. 4«7 The imperial city contains a multitude of palaces, pavilions, temples, and other public edifices, besides those which we have noticed. Attinet, a member of the Romish mission formerly at Peking, makes the number of palaces alone, in this division and the for- bidden city, exceed two hundred, "each of which is sufficiently large to accommodate the greatest of Eu- ropean noblemen with all his retinue." But we have dwelt as long upon this part of the city as our limits permit, and must proceed to notice a few things in the third and outer inclosure, which constitutes the remainder of the northern division. 32. A broad street leads from the middle gate on the south side of this division, towards the imperial city. On the east side of this street are situated five of the six supreme tribunals of the empire; namely, Le Poo, the Board of Civil Office; Hoo Poo, the Board of Revenue; Le. Poo, the Board of Rites and ceremonies; Ping Poo, the Board of War; and A'ung Poo, the Board of Public Works. The first of these tribunals appoints, with the emperor's appro- bation, persons to fill all important civil offices throughout the empire, and superintends their con- duct while in office; the second has the care of the financial concerns of the empire and the decision of lawsuits respecting the public lands; the third re- gulates the ceremonies of the court and of religious worship; the fourth has the general superintendence of the army, and likewise of the post, and of the trans- mission of prisoners from place to place; the fifth has the direction of all works undertaken at the ex- pense of the public treasury. The sixth tribunal, Hing Poo, the Board of Punishments, the duties of which are sufficiently indicated by its name, is si- tuated on the west side of the broad avenue mention- ed above. 33. Kin tccn keen, 'imperial celestial inspector,' or to translate ad sensum, 'the ?stronomical board,' is situated immediately behind the second and third of the supreme tribunals, It has the care of the 488 Description of the MARCH, observatory which will be noticed below, and of the preparation of the imperial calendar. 34. Tae e yuen, 'the great medical college,' or committee of physicians. It has a president and two colleagues, professors and other officers; and a great number of physicians in the service of the court are also connected with it. 35. The ihc emperor, and to report i» la34. City t'J Pflung 491 him every scandalous transaction thai lakes place, nor only in Peking, but throughout the empire.. They are also empowered to investigate every case of ex- tortion, or denial of justice by civil officers, and every kind of abuse and infraction of the laws. By means of their agents, they are required to maintain a con- stant watch over all the provinces of the empire. 49. The Mohammedan mosque, a magnificent building, stands nenr the southwestern corner of the imperial city; and around it are the barracks of the body of Turks whose ancestors were brought from eastern Turkestan about the middle of last century. 50. Teen cltoo tang, 'the temple of heaven's Lord.' This is, or rather teas, the monastery of the Portuguese Catholics. It is about half a mile cast- ward from the southwestern corner of the city. Its founders, designing to gain favor and make converts, partly at least, by the splendor of their ceremonial worship, spared no pains or expense in its construc- tion and decoration. It was superior both in extent and magnificence to any other place of worship in Peking. But it has long been going to decay. 51. Seiing fang, 'the elephant's inclosure,' is a short distance to the west of the Catholic monastery. A considerable number of elephants were formerly kept here, but at present there are not more than eight or ten, which are used to increase the pomp of some processions and ceremonies of the emperor. 52. Chmg hwang nuaou, the temple of a deity, styled 'the protector of the reigning family and of the public tranquillity.' His wife (for many of the gods of China have wives,) is also honored with the title of protectress, &c. This is regarded as one of the most beautiful temples in the city. 53. 'The temple of successive generations of kings and emperors' stands about halfway between the middle gate on the west, of the imperial city. It contains the monumental tablets of all the sove- reigns from the earliest period in Chinese history, ex- cept a few that have been rejected as unworthy of 492 Description of the MAKCH, sucli an honor, and also those of all their most dis- tinguished ministers. Offerings are presented at stated periods and sometimes, by the emperor in per- son, before these tablets. 54. Pih td sze,'the white pagoda temple,' stands a little west of the temple of kings and emperors. Within the inclosure which surrounds it is a white obelisk, erected in honor of the founder of Rudhism, in the llth century, and rebuilt in 1819. It received its principal ornaments from Kublai, who was induced to contribute liberally for its decoration, by an artifice of the priests, which served to persuade the Chinese whom he had recently conquered, that he was the man appointed by heaven to reign over them. "The corners," says father Hyacinth, "are covered with jasper, and the projecting parts of the roof with or- naments of exquisite workmanship tastefully arrang- ed. The magnificence and art displayed in the em- bellishment of this obelisk is such as has been and ever will be, seldom equaled/' Around it are ar- ranged 108 small brick pillars, on which are plac- ed as many lamps in honor of the sacred deposit said to be preserved here. This is a scab from the forehead of the holy personage mentioned above, pro- duced by his frequent prostrations and knocking his head upon the earth. At the present day, a kind of paste is made of flour, and of this paste, small pills are formed which are deposited here in a vase. Over this vase, prayers are read for about two months; and if the person who reads them is pure in body and spirit, the pills are then supposed to be incorrup- tible, and to have acquired the property of healing a multitude of diseases." 55. A building or suit of buildings, in which the deputies from Turkestan, Tungking, Siam, the Lew- chew islands and other countries who come to bring tribute to the emperor, take up their abode. It stands near the western wall of the imperial city. The northwestern part of the northern division is comparatively thinly peopled. It contains several 1834. City of Peking. 49/> large artificial lakes, separated from each other l>y dikes. Having completed our survey of the northern di- vision, we proceed to notice, woe ching, 'the outer city.' We have already spoken of its extent and its gates. Its walls are not distinguished by anything peculiar, either in their construction or dimensions, from those of other Chinese cities. It is the grand emporium of all the merchandize that is brought for sale in the city and its environs ; and as the northern division is subject in some degree to the rigor of military discipline, it is here that those, who seek for relaxation from the toils of public or private em- ployments, as well as those who are in pursuit of the pleasures of dissipation, come to enjoy themselves without restraint. Amusements arid sports, both innocent and vicious, are consequently provided in endless variety. Notwithstanding its extent and the amount of business done in it, it contains compara- tively few objects upon which we can fix as worthy of particular notice. A broad, paved street leading from the middle gate on the south, directly towards the forbidden city, divides it into two nearly equal portions. In the southeast part are several large collections of water, around which there is a consi- derable space unoccupied by buildings. This part is chiefly covered with grain, and garden vegetables. 56. Teen tan, an altar for sacrificing to the heavens, and the buildings connected with it, are the principal objects of interest in the eastern portion. They stand in an inclosure about three miles in cir- cumference, which is bordered on the south and west by the southern wall and the broad street mentioned above. "Everything in it," says Timkowski, "is magnificent." It contains, besides the terrace, three temples, and 'the palace of abstinence.' The terrace has been called 'the round hill,' on account of its form, which was designed to represent the firma- ment. It consists of three stages one above another; the first is GO foot in diameter, the second 90, and 494 Description i>J tht MARCH, •In- third !-'(), ami each is lOicH high. Tlie upper stage is paved with nine rows of stone slabs, each row consisting of nine slabs. The other stages are pav- ed in a similar manner. Eacli is surrounded with a balustrade of marble, and ascended by marble steps. The hill is encircled by a wall, in which are four handsome gates facing the four cardinal points. The palace of abstinence stands towards the northwest, from the terrace. The wall which incloses it is more than half a mile in circumference, and surrounded by a deep ditch or canal. Between the wall and canal is a walk covered with a roof, which is supported by 163 columns. "Before the principal entrance, on the left hand is a pavilion of stone in which is a bronze statue, representing a man in deep contemplation, and on the right, another, in which stands the monu- ment of time." Before offering the annual sacrifice to the heavens on the day of the winter solstice, the emperor comes hither to prepare himself for the ce- remony by three days' fasting. 57. In the western part of the southern city about half a mile from the street that divides this city is lew le cltang, a manufactory of polished tiles. It is about two thirds of a mile in length, and serves as ii deposit for all manufactures of a similar kind. On the southof it are warehouses containing large quanti- ties of glass and crystal manufactures. The best book- stores in Peking are also found in this neighborhood. 58. A little more than a mile from the southwest corner of the city is a mansion, which is much fre- quented by the literati and officers of the court on ac- count of the agreeable walks around it. It stands upon an eminence, and affords tlte-visitor a delightful viee regarded as a fair representation of the populousness of the country generally, and others that nearly all the inhabitants are congregated on the rivers. I have made many inquiries of natives who have traversed the country, and they uniformly testify that the people living in the interior exceed those residing on the banks of the rivers. If so, and 1 doubt not that it is, they have been both over and under estimated. A gentleman who has spent twenty years in the country, and been more extensively conversant with the people than any other foreigner ever was, estimates them at 10,000,000. These estimates, how- ever, were designed to include not only the inhabitants of the Bur- man empire, in its present extent, but as it was in 1823, including Arracan, and the provinces on the east of the Salwin, since ceded to the English. Arracan is known to be more populous than the other provinces. An attempt was made a few years ago, to take a register of the inhabitants in the Tennasserim province, but their confidence not having been fully secured, they were apprehensive of some sinister design, and fled from their villages to the jungles en masse,. The most probable estimate of the population, and that indeed very indefinite, would be from 8 millions to 12 millions for the Bunnau empire, 1834. Burmah. 501 Concerning the prodtictiorw and trade, the language of the Ency- clopedia is : " In the northern part it is mountainous, and abounds in gold, silver, precious stones, and marble; also in iron, lead, tin, antimony, arsenic, sulphur and petroleum, which issues from the earth in abundance. In the southern districts, owing to the nu- merous rivers, the soil is marshy and extremely productive. Here grow rice, sugar cane, fine tobacco, cotton, indigo, and all the tropical fruits. Land is cheap." This last statement deserves a passing remark. All the land of the empire is regarded as the property of the king, and no portion, however small, can be held by any other person in fee simple. The privilege of occupying a certain portion of land is usually sought from some officer of government, and though granted, may be withdrawn at the officer's pleasure. A present of course, must accompany any such ap- plication for ground, which may be regarded as rent. The pri- vilege of occupying such ground may be transferred, but the ground cannot be bought or sold. In the British provinces, the land all belongs to the E. I. Company, and the occupation of it is granted by their officers as agents, but it is not sold. The extracts proceed; "timber for ship building, especially teak, Tectmia grandis, which grows most luxuriant in a wet soil, on the banks of rivers, is abundant. The price of labor is high. AH but the lowest lands produce grain, or serve for pasture. Of manu- factured goods, Burmah exports cotton and silk stuffs, glass, salt- peter, powder, porcelain and marble images of Gaudama, to which the workmen in stone give an exquisite smoothness. The East India Company builds vessels even of 1000 tons burden in the I5urm;ui docks; and the shipwrights there, (giants in comparison with the puny Hindoos,) find constant employment." Specimens of glass or porcelain, manufactured by Burmans, here mentioned as exports, I have never seen, nor previously heard of. They im- port considerable glass, and a great deal of coarse Chinese porce- lain. If the East India Company ever built ships in Burmah, it has ceased to do so for many years. Some English merchants have built a few, but not recently. The Irrawady is said to ex- tend " 1200 miles into the interior." From this we must deduct, at least, one-third. A single remark concerning the currency of the country will suffice. Instead of coin, silver and lead in bars are used, and their purity is strictly tested in trade. The forging and stamping of these bars forms a separate branch of business. These are still used to a limited extent; but at Rangoon, and even at Ava, the Madras currency is very general. "The Burmans are skillful weavers, smiths, sculptors, workers in gold and silver, joiners, &c." Their skill as silk weavers can. not be questioned. In gilding too they excel; but in nearly all the other mechanical arts, are extremely rude. In such a large population, doubtless, a few persons may be found, who, possessed of peculiar natural ingenmty, may be deemed skillful, but 1 speak of the general body of artizans. 502 Burmah. MARCH, "Mcnderagee removed Hie royal residence to the new city of Ummerapoora (190 leagues east of Calcutta,) on a tongue of land which runs up into the lake of Tounzemah. Ava, once so magnifi- cent a city, about four or five miles distant, now lies in' ruins." The present king again changed the royal residence, and while Ava has been built with more than ordinary magnificence, Am- erpoora is utterly desolate. Rangoon is mentioned as an "im- portant trading city," and it is added, « many Europeans reside there." If three or four, at most, can be called many, this is true; not otherwise. Rangoon is however a place of second, if not of first importance, as being the seat of all foreign trade. The trade is principally with Calcutta, Maulmein, and Penang. In regard to manners and customs of t!;e people a few particulars may be noticed. "The Burmans are all fond of painting both their faces and hands. They slaughter no' tame animals, and live simply ; and for the most part, on vegetables." It is a very unusual thing to see a Burtnan with either hands or face painted. The men are usually tattooed upon the body and legs, the women fre- quently besmear themselves and their children with turmeric, or white clay, and other substances, which they regard as greatly con- ducive to beauty. The other remark is generally true ; but it often happens among the wealthy, that though they will not violate the precepts of their religion by killing -'tame animals" themselves, they keep Mussulman servants to perform the office for them, and when an animal is once dead, no Burman scruples to eat his flesh. Hence domestic animals that die of themselves are frequently eat- en. "The chief amusement of the Burmans is their theatre, where declamation, dancing and music alternate; the higher classes are fond of dramatic spectacles. The new year is celebrated with all sorts of purification. At this time, young women appear in public with water, and sprinkle every one they please ; it is considered improper to sprinkle females first." They are also fond of horse- racing, boat-racing, cock-fighting, &c. Throwing spears at a /nark is a favorite sport at certain periods of the year. It is very common for persons of all ranks to spend half the night at chess, and other games. « Among the Burmans, the distinguished dead are burned; the poor are interred ; the richest are embalmed, commonly in the an- cient simple mode in honey." The practice of embalming the priests is almost universal. They are usually preserved in the way above mentioned many months, and then burned with great cere- mony. The death of any important character, and often of ordi- nary ones, is signalized by music continued at intervals, day and Tiight, for three or /our days; then a feast is made for relatives and friends. They have funeral processions, which are sometimes very becoming, but often irregular and trifling. The Burman language is spoken to a greater or less extent, and with more or less purity not only throughout the whole of the Burman empire as it was in 1823, but also at Penang, Bankok, and various places in Siam and the Laos country. In different places 1834. Burmah. 503 there are slight variations in dialect, but in all, the written languages and books are the same. Thus in Arracan, beside the use of a few peculiar words, there is a greater roughness of pronunciation than in most other places, owing to the different power they assign to the character (2) rah-gouk. The people of Av.i, Rangoon, &c., pronounce it like our y: while the Arracanese give it the full roll- ing sound of an Irish r. While the former almost invariably say Yon-goon, the latter speak more comformably to the English or. thography, Rangoon. In Tavoy, and among those who come from thence, the variations from the colloquial dialect of Ava are greater than at any other place. Still, the same books are taught in their schools, as in other places, and are understood. The Barman alphabet consists of 10 vowels, and 32 consonants. The general form of the letters is circular, every letter is compos- ed of one or more circles. The vowels are expressed by symbols before and after, above and below, the consonants. The various combinations which are made by these are classified in a regular manner, and constitute what they denominate a them-bong-gyee; this is their spelling book. All of these combinations, amounting to some thousands, must in their mode of education, be thorough- ly committed to memory before the least attempt is made to read. Besides the words formed by the simple combination of consonants with one or more vowels, most of them are capable of expressing a different meaning according as they are pronounced with a dif- ferent stress, or quantity of voice. To indicate these they have appropriate marks. A shay.pouk (§) placed after any combina- tion, denotes a grave and heavy stress; anmyect ( ) placed un- derneath, requires a light and quick pronunciation, and where these do not occur, a natural tone is implied. Hence, tan, (natural) to go up a river; *an°, (heavy and protracted) to differ, to vary; fan, (quick and light) to stretch out straight. As the language is fundamentally monosyllabic, the Burmans are accustomed to unite two words, whose meanings are closely allied, to express a single idea; sometimes six or eight are strung together. As many words have two, three, and even ten significa- tions with the same orthography, this manner of connecting words is of important service in removing ambiguity. The verbs are very numerous, but the nouns are not so, especially those expres- sive of science or mental affections. This defect, however, is in a great measure supplied by the privilege of drawing from the Pali such as are wanted; and all verbs may be made nouns by the an- nexation of a substantive affix. The numerous noun, verbal, and adjective affixes, give great pre- cision to the language. By these are indicated the regimen of nouns and verbs, the number, relations, and often the form of objects, and the time of actions are expressed very exactly. Where number is spoken of, if reference be had to an object having a specific form, an affix is added to the numeral to indicate that form; thus Jon, round, is applied to all things globular, as eggs, eyes, fruit, &c. 504 Burmah. MARCH, byn, is thus applied to things flat, as paper, boards, mats, &c. Nouns and verbs are also qualified by affixes which indicate the lank both of the speaker and auditor. Pronouns too, indicate the same. Different words are, moreover, used to denote the same acts when performed by priests or sacred characters. Thus, the boiled rice of the common people is called fa-men; of the priests, soone.. The common word for eating is tsah; but if priests are spoken of, it is pong-bay* Although these modifications of the language make it very precise, they greatly increase the difficulty of acquir- ing it, and still more so that of writing it with accuracy. The construction of sentences resembles the Latin, in that the accusative always precedes the verb by which it is governed; but it is also marked by long periods and great involution, and thus seems more like the German. In translating a regularly construct, ed sentence from our language into Buruia.n, the order would be almost entirely inverted. Though many other languages are spoken in Burmah, this is the one in which all judicial business is transacted, and the records of the high court are kept. In regard to these other languages, it may not be improper here to make a few remHrks. The most important is the Pegitan, called Talieng by the Bur- mans, but among the Siamese, Mititm, by the Peguans themselves, Mine. Though the alphabet of this language is the same as the Burman, with the exception of two additional consonants, the pow. ers of the letters vary exceedingly, and the whole structure of the language is widely diverse. The Peguan abounds in gutturals from which the Burman is free ; and the words in a sentence follow more closely the English idiom. The various representations made of it by classifiers of language, are exceedingly incongruous as the language has never yet been learned by any European so fully as to justify them in speaking of it so freely as they have done.* The writer studied it a few months, and compiled a small vocabulary of three or four thousand words. He regrets extremely that his cir- cumstances prevent further attention to it, for the present, but hopes at some future day, if a merciful Providence bestow life and health, to resume it. This is an original language, much older than the Burman, abounding in works, of history, religion, and romance. It was formerly spoken in all that portion of territory between Frome and the Malay country. It has been a favorite object of the Burmans, since their conquest of Pegu, to obliterate the language, and, it is consequently, not generally taught in the Kyoungs (priests' houses) under the Burman government, but is spoken in Peguan families all over the southern and eastern part of the country, and is taught at Martaban, Maulmein, Amherst, Ya, and among many thousands in Siam. Many Karens under- stand it sufficiently for all purposes of business. The gospel of Matthew, John's epistles, and several tracts have been translated * The alphabets given by Mr. Crawfiird and Capt. Low are so unoouth that a native would scarcely reoognize half of them. J834. Burmah: 305 from the Burman into it by Ko Mem-poke, a learned Talieng ami Burinan scholar. One tract has been printed. The number of thin people and their character loudly call for more efficient efforts to spread the knowledge of Christianity among them. The Karens are a simple people, scattered over all the Burman territories, but are most numerous on the mountains which separate Burmah from Siam. Till very lately, their language was never written. Recently it has been acquired by Messrs. Wade and Ma. son, and reduced to writing. So far as the Burman and Talieng alphabets are adapted to express it, they have been employed, and but few additional characters are required. This furnishes import, ant facilities in regard to printing, as the Burman types will, with trifling modifications, print the three languages. It is amusing to a Burman scholar to read what has been grave- ly written and published, in regard to the Ruk'heng.* The pro- priety of calling the language spoken at Ponang, the Malay, and that at Singapore, the Singapore, would be equally as manifest as the propriety of distinguishing the language used in Arracan from the Burman used elsewhere. There is only a slight variation in pronunciation, and perhaps, a fow provincial phrases, but it might as well lie said that the Scotch do not speak English as that the Arracanese do not speak, read, and write Burman. Other lan- guages are spoken in Burniah by foreigners to a considerable ex- tent, as Hindostanoe, Chinese, &c.* but they claim no special regard here. "Every Burman," says the Encyclopaedia Americana, "learns arithmetic, reading and writing." This is generally true of the men, and yet there are many thousands who are utterly ignorant of either, and so are three.fourths, if not nine-tenths of the womon. The arithmetic which most Irani, is ralhur a series of tables made ready for them, than any ability to calculate for themselves. Their writ- ing is taught witli their reading, and both are learned at the same time. "It is common for court ladies to cultivate literature, and many in the humbler spheres of life are found not inattentive to the ad- vantages of education. The monasteries are freely open for the admission of male pupils, in which, under the gratuitous instruc- tion of the pri'sts, they learn (o read and write, on a plan, funda- mentally the same as that denominated the Lancasterian. * * * There is no such thing known as a classical education; no de- finite period of time, or course of study, is ever contemplated by the pupil, as the term and the object of his application." In common writing, the Burmans use a thick paper, blackened with charcoal, and a pencil of soft stone. Royal and court orders ure written upon a long palm leaf, with an iron style cut to a point at each end. Books likewise are written in the same manner upon palmyra leal', and when finished, the edges are trimmed and some- times beautifully gilt. The writing is made legible by rubbing the leaf with oil. Works in pn si; ;is well as poetry, are read, Kuli'lifiiff is the same as Arrnran, and though not uxar.lly expressive ol 'In- BI.IIIII.UI nriiiiiinrialiiin, u. ni'>n m-arly sn HUM Arracan 506 England and America, MARCH, some being works of fiction, and others of a religious character; of the latter kind, the Dzat and Wootto, or those books which illustrate the influence of merit and demerit, are the most exten- sively read. Few individuals have the means or the opportunity of collecting private libraries. The Pali or Magadhi is, with slight modifications, the sacred or religious language of all Budhist nations. Various facts and an- thorities lead to the supposition that it is the same as the Sanscrit, except those changes which have been made to create a greater correspondence with the vernacular dialects. For example, the Bali of Burmah, Pegu, and Siam, are all substantially the same, but the orthography differs. Thus, in Burman Pali, tha-tha-nah, means religion; Siamese do. sah-sa-nah, ditto. Burman do. thee.la, means religious law; Siamese db. see-la, ditto. The Siamese have no letter equivalent to th, and cannot utter that sound ; hence the s sound is uniformly substituted for it. "The form of the Pali characters among the Burmans is quad- rangular," says the Encyplopsedia. This quadrangular character may be found in the libraries of the priests and rulers, but is very unusual. The common circular Burman character is almost uni- versal. A thorough knowledge of Pali is very seldom acquired, except by the most talented of the priesthood. A smattering of it is however very common. Again the work above-quoted says: "The literary Burmans translate from the English all important works of science, particularly on astronomy and law." No Burman ever yet had sufficient knowledge of the English lan- guage to translate the simplest work from it, much less any on science. No European work has been translated into their lan- guage except by foreigners. A dictionary, compiled principally by Riv. A. Judson, with various additions not always correct, by Rev. J. Colman and Rev. Felix Carey, was published at Calcutta in 1826 under the supervision of Rev. J. Wade, and although con- fessedly incomplete, is exceedingly valuable. Mr. Carey publish- ed a small grammar many years ago which is now entirely out of print. One has also been compiled by Mr. Judson, and consider- ably enlarged and illustrated by other missionaries. It is still in manuscript, owing to the constant demand on the press for reli- gious works. The way is now open for an easy acquisition of the language. I reserve an account of translations to a subsequent communicatiou. ENGLAND AND AMKRICA FOR THE WORLD. The following is an extract from a letter dated London, May 22il, 1833, addressed to an English gentleman in China. Alluding to the correspondence of the British and Foreign Biblr Society, the writer says: "We have observed with much pleasure what you have stud .-".spieling thf Americans wishing r<> [Tint Chinese [versions nf 'h^J 1834. for the world 50? Scriptures. This is not the only enterprise in which that (the American Bible) Society is beginning to embark. She is, as it were, spreading her canvas. A. representative from New York at- tended our meeting (in London), having only arrived the preced. ing day, after a pnssage of nineteen days and sixteen hours. His spreech was very interesting i one sentiment in it produced an ex- cellent effect. There is a saying on the lips of many, 'England and America against the world;' he put it ' England and Amer- icnfor the world.' May it ever he so! "You will be truly happy to hear that the anniversary (of the British and Foreign Bible Society), was again marked by pence and by an excellent spirit. Death has been busy among us, tak- ing away early and excellent friends : Rowland Hill is among the number. Lord Teignmouth is still spared to us; but is very infirm. I see him occasionally, he is waiting for the kingdom of GoH, sup. ported under much bodily weakness by the consolations of the Scriptures. He has proved to be what bishop Porteus promised for him on suggesting his appointment, 'a good president.' Lord Bexley was in the chair, and presided in his usual excellent manner. He has been a truly good vice-president to the Society. One thing I may mention, nol contained in our report. It is con- nected until China, and will therefore interest you. We have an individual at this time in St. Petersburgh employed in copying a translation of the entire Bible into the Mundjur or Mantchou Ian- guage. The copy is from a MS. in Peking. We hope we have pot a treasure. We have young men here, who who will sit down with avidity to the manuscript, when it arrives in England, and who will then help us to form some judgment about it. "Mr. Kidd, who superintended the Chinese department of the printing office at (the Anglochinese College), Malaccn, has recent- ly returned home; but Mr. Tarn's son-in-law, the Rev. S. Dyer, has gone thither, and Mr. Tarn has been desired by the committee to write to Mr. Dyer to get ready 5000 copies of (he New Testa- ment for Mr. Gutzlafi''s use.* By a letter from Mr. Hughes, (at the Anglochinese college,) it appears that about 100 entire Bibles can now be taken off the blocks for 104 dollars. What a contrast with the state of things, when you, eight and twenty years ago, occupied yourself in copying a manuscript (of a harmony of the Gospels, &c.), in the British museum!" Yes, what has been wrought for China during the last 29 years! Morrison's Dictionary and Grammar, the Anglochinese college, the version of the Scriptures, lectures, the press, &c., &c.; have all appeared within this period. What a work has been wrought! We speak not of its merits or demerits, but of the fact; a revo- lution, a complete change has been effected. And yet the master spirit of absolute despotism in this land remains the same ; not one step towards a representative government has been gained; no- thing has yet been acquired for civil or religious liberty. Free trade is stalking abroad with pretty free morals openly avowed. * According to our latent accounts from the Straits, Mr. Dyer was at Penang. 508 The Diffuaon of MARCH, But as yet, for the dignity of virtue, for the supremacy of the Deity, for the regeneration of man, but little has been gained in these idolatrous regions. We heartily pray that henceforth all Christendom may be for the world, and not against it. THE DIFFUSION OF KNOWLEDGE IN CHINA.* Enjoying the bless- ings of Christianity, with all its concomitant advantages, we have never felt the evils of that wretched state incident to an uncivilized life. We may occasionally exclaim of the pagan, " poor creature, he knows no better :" and we may laugh at his ignorance. If in- deed we knew of no higher delights than sensual enjoyment, we might call the ignorant happy, because they know few wants; though this scale of estimating happiness would concede a still greater share to the brute, which knows still fewer wants, and the greatest of all to the stone, which knows none. If we were gifted with a body only, it would be well to bend our whole attention to satisfy its wants ; but being endowed with an immortal, wonderful soul, a spirit possessed of the greatest capacities; every mortal of every clime and color is to provide for its cultivation. Unhappily, the greater part of our fellow-creatures are too deeply sunk in igno- rance to feel their mental wants; nor are they in such a state as to enable them to relieve their wretchedness were it perceived. If others therefore have the means to improve their condition, their fellow-men have claims upon them for assistance. Though wo grant that knowledge improperly communicated, may aggravate the evils under which they labor, yea even become a bane to them; yet the great advantages derived from the possession of useful knowledge both individually and nationally, counterbalance all the incidental evils. In relation to China, we who reside on its confines have the larg- est field on the globe for beneficence, in blessing this great nation. The antipathy against foreigners, the contempt in which they are held by governments, and the vain boasting of mental superiority, have proved so many barriers against the introduction of European sciences. At the same time also, facilities of another sort are here presented greater than in any other Asiatic nation ; their language is adapted to convey the knowledge which a Chinese is capable of receiving, so that there are few sciences which might not be dressed in a Chinese garb: the reading class is very large, the de- sire of reading new books is never satiated, and their minds though greatly bigoted, are not entirely blind to those things which may be useful even when they have a foreign origin. Our own situation will be improved so soon as we have trans- fused more enlightened principles into the minds of the people, and though this may not be the work of a few years, by unwearied ex- ertions, it will ultimately be accomplished. Under this convic- tion it i.«, that the writer of these lines feels himself called to con- tribute his mite towards this great objrct. He has very little to "By Philosincnsis 1834. Knowledge in China. f>0fl In-slow, but this little he bestows cheerfully, hoping that others with greater means and zeal will lend a stronger hand in this grpat work. We have seen in England, a society for the promotion of useful knowledge, established under the highest patronage, and even ministers of state do not deem it beneath their dignity to co- operate. A similar society might be formed at Canton, the opera- tions of which would extend over the greatest empire in the world. By vigorous exertions its patrons might thus render to China and to their own countrymen also, a greater service than it has been hi- therto possible to effect by individual labor. If the members joined heart and hand in this great work, much could be effected with small means and in a little time. To extend useful knowledge in the widest sense of the word, naturally ought to be the only object. We do not wish to form scholars, nor publish works for academi- cians, but to benefit a whole nation. As there is scarcely any science upon which we do not find one or another work written in Chinese, we ought to conform our treatises to the dress in which they have clothed their own. In history, we have met excellent works which would not do dishonor to the Chi- nese, if they were translated into the western languages; upon these we would fix as standard works, and imitate them as closely as possible in giving them the history of the occidental world, toge- ther with allusions to the corresponding events in their own history. In geography, the Chinese possess tolerable works relative to their own country; but their descriptions of foreign lands are ridiculous, nor have they any correct idea of their positions. Natural philo- sophy labors under still greater difficulties; whatever is useful re- lative to it, is the work of the missionaries; the same remark ap- plies to physics; geology is scarcely known ; medicine has receivod a full share of attention, but would be highly benefited by Euro. pean aid. We abstain from further remarks; whenever there shall l>e a desire to embark in this great work, the writer would be most happy to lay before the community a statement, with an out- line of all the points in question. There are other objects which are entirely foreign; such for instance as the great improvements and inventions which of late have been made so rapidly. To these we should wish to call the attention of the Chinese, to rouse them from their lethargy, and to make them sensible of their deficiencies; combining these objects with teaching true principles of morality and religion, which ele. vate the soul and rouse her attention and gratitude to the Creator and Savior, we humbly hope that some good would be done in dis- inthralling this great empire from antiquated customs. These considerations we submit to the residents in Canton, respecting a noble enterprise, worthy the combined influence of'all wellwishers of mankind, and highly creditable to the true friends of China. We offer them at a time, which is marked by great events; and whilst the world is making rapid progress in knowledge, this re- mote but no longer insignificant corner ought likewise to share in the improvement and the blessing. 510 Peace Societies, and the MARCH, PEA<;R SOCIETIES, AND THE CONCRRSS OF NATIONS. Recent arri- vals from beyond sea have brought us accounts of the transactions of peace societies in Geneva, London, and New York. There are many persons, and thei rnumber is increasing, who are begin, ning to -view the business of killing their own species in its proper light; and there are many others, who considering the subject merely on the principles of political economy, see it to be too ex- pensive to property, to human life, and to national prosperity, to be any longer upheld and vindicated. When we consider the creed of the Mussulman, and the untutored character of barbarians and savages, we do not wonder that such men should rise and destroy their fellow-beings who happen to differ from them in the places they inhabit, in the clothes they wear, in the food they eat, in the language they speak, or in some other particulars equally as un- important: but when we peruse the constitution of the Prince of peace, we find it difficult to ascertain on what principles those act, who, while they love their neighbors and even their ' enemies,' un- dertake at the same time to maintain a system of human, or rather inhuman butchery, veiled under the name of war. If it is right for a man to defend himself from the wild beast of the forest, it is equally right for him to repel the assault of the assassin or any other being who assails, with intent to injure, his person or his pro- perty. But it is a nice question to determine what measures ought to be adopted by any given state or kingdom to preserve itself in peace ; and it is a question that demands of people and rulers far more consideration than it has ever yet received. When we re- duce the system of war to a small scale, so that we can view it in its full extent, it is at once divested of all its false coloring, and among civilized men can have no abettors. Should a dozen fami- lies composing a village of savages, each arm and equip themselves in order to maintain peace within their own border and through- out the whole neighborhood, they would act in character, and in miniature represent but too well the present attitude and conduct of the nations of Christendom. The Peace Society at Geneva is pursuing efficient measures for diffusing on the continent of Europe, right principles concerning war: other societies will soon be organized and imitate its example. The report of the "Society for the promotion of permanent and universal peace," which was read before that body at its annual meeting in London last May, shows that the minds of men are awaking to a sense of duty on this subject. "The primary step of peace societies," says the report, " is to produce a conviction of the unlawfulness of war on the community at large; for the public must first imbibe correct opinions upon the subject, before they can so influence governments as to preserve the peace of the world." The New York Observer for July 6th, 1833, states that, "by the li- berality of two friends of the cause of peace, the board of the Ame. rican Peace Society are enabled to offer the premium of $1000 for the best essay on a congress, or court of nations for the amicable settlement of national differences and the abolition of war." The 1834. Congress of Nations. 511 conditions are, that the essay contain from 60 Ui 150 octavo pages, or about these limits, and he transmitted to the office of the society before the 20th of June, 1834. "The wish of the society and of the donors is, that the essay may, under God, effect, as to the sub- ject of war, a revolution in the public mind: may, if possible, pro. duce in the sentiments men have on this subject, a change, radical and entire ; may effectually demonstrate that war is needless; that, in fact, it is as practicable as rational, for nations to decide their differences by reason; that a resort to swords is irrational, brutal, cruel, and wicked. As rulers, accordantly with public, opinion, do now require those whom they rule to settle their differences peaceably; so, the change that is desired being wrought, the peo- ple, by the resistless power of Ih'iir united calls, the energetic influence of the popular voice rightly expressed, shall cause that statesmen become true minister*—the nation's servants shall ad- just all difficulties of the nation, in the same rightful and legal way. The essay which shall carry conviction to people and govern- ments, that national differences can he settled without recourse to arms—am! ought to be, if men are rational he ings, and must be, ere the full reign of the Sivionr on earth can commence,—is the ono sought for. It rfceds then to show how unadapted to adjust na- tional differences is the brutal force of war, that teeming source of human ills,—to show, in reference to this adjustment, the perfect fitness of a court of nations, its advantages, and its feasibility." We are glad to see that this subject has been taken up in India. 'The question of war reviewed,' 'Sketches of the horrors of war,' and other similar publications, have been reprinted in Calcutta; and the Christian Observer, for November last, contains a per- tinent paper relative to • the prevention of war.' In the Oriental Christian Spectator, published at Bombay, a number of spirited papers have recently appeared, arguing against the lawfulness of war. "No man," says the writer of one of those papers, "who be. lieves in the divine inspiration of holy Writ, can doubt that there will come a time when the prophetic declaration, 'people shall learn war no more, &c.,' will be literally fulfilled on earth; but it must be allowed, on the other hand, that there is no one plain and direct command in the holy Scriptures, which would seem to force any Christian soldier to leave tho army; yet, notwithstanding, it will be considered by every Ciiristiiin, that the spirit of the whole New Testament is directly opposed to the practice of war." And again the same writer adds; " I doubt not that the time will come, and is perhaps nearer than we suppose, when every one who com- mences, not only an unjust war, but even a just one unnecessarily, and all those who assist therein, will be destested by the whole Chris- tian community as much as a slave trader is now detested and treat- ed as a felon. And if every unnecessary war is thus abhorred and viewed by all Christians as infamous, kings and ministers will soon convince themselves that most, if not all wars are unnecessary, and will become ingenious enough to avoid them without endan»prin<' the honor or the safelv ot'tlie slate." Shipwrecked Foreigners. MARCH, We are unable lo conjecture what feelings his majesty Taou- kwang would entertain concerning a congress of nations, were the subject duly propounded for his consideration; but we cannot doubt that, in the present. state of his empire, he would rejoice in the assurance that his dominions were secure from the encroach- ment of foreign powers. We have no expectations, however, that the ' one man who rules over the four seas,' will ever condescend, until urged by necessity, to meet other potentates of the earth on terms of equality. SHIPWRECKED FOREIGNERS. It is well known that the Chinese authorities on the coast of their own country, always admit the obligation of providing shipwrecked sufferers with food and cloth, ing; however ill, sometime-0, they may perform it. In the 13th volume of the original Chinese penal code, (Ta Tsing Leuh-le,) page 10, the law on this subject is given in the form of an imperial edict which is dated the second year of Keenlung, A. D. 1737. The following is a translation :— "Along the whole extent of our coast, it continually happens that foreign ships and people am driven on shore by gales of wind. It is hereby ordered that the governors and lieut.-governors of pro- vinces take the lead, and cause officers to be particularly attentive in affording compassion ; that they employ the public money to bostow food and raiment on the sufferers, and to refit their ships. After which, that they cause their goods to be returned, and see ihat they are sent home to their own country. This is done to manifest my extremely tender footings towards men from remote reigons. Take this order and command it to l>c an everlasting law. Respect this." The above mandate refers not only to Kuropean ships, but to those of Cored, Japan, and Lnwchew, many of which are every year wrecked on the coast of China. THE bii-KKiAL CLAIV, so we translate ifnnig-tiliih, "the honor- able house," the supreme family. The rnetni>ers of this family, or rather clan, are under the jurisdiction of a court appointed on purpose to control them, and they are not subject to the common laws of the land. The pages of the Peking gazette are often filled with accounts of their irregular conduct, crimes, and punishments. From one of these documents before us, it appears that in Peking they have for the c< pper coin, a paper representative, a bank-note in value about a halfpence, which they call tseen-peaou. One Tseang-yew, a member of the tsung-shih, passed off on a shopman a forged bank-note, and refused to take it back again. The shop- man was importunate, and the imperial gentleman gave him a cut with a sword he had by his side, and brought the fellow to the ground. One of his partner* carried him riff, laid him on a couch, l!{34. (Correspondence, Sfc. 513 and ran to the court of the tsungshih. The court having investi- gated the case, reported it with all its details to the emperor. Four- teen pages are filled with the statements and counter-statements of the accuser and the accused. However, the court have found that Tseangyew had twice before come under their notice for miscon- duct ; and they have sentenced him to banishment from Peking to the river Amour (the Hihlung keang, or Black Dragon river), there to be kept under a strict surveillance. The sword he wore they have taken from him and sent to the armory at Moukden, as it was public property. COKKKSI'OMHONCE WITH THE GuVEKNOR OF CANTON. [The following brief correspondence between the chief magistrate of this province and the committee of the factory of the Hon. the E. I. Company, ex- hibits a curious specimen of diplomacy ; and, as it relates tu the life of a fellow- being and a foreigner, it is interesting to those who arc desirous of maintaining intercourse with the Chinese. But after all that has been said and published concerning the affray at Cum-sing-moon, it is unnecessary for us to recapitulate the facts of the case. The man is plill in custody, (if we have been correctly in- formed,) and awaits the emperor' sentence on his trial, as it has been reported by his excellency the governor. How the case has been represented at Peking, e have not at present the means of ascertaining. Nor arc we confident that the man will very soon be set at liberty. According to the laws of the land a person guilty of killing in an .affray, "though without any express design to kill," shall suffer death by being strangled; but if guilty of killing "purely by acci- dent," without any intent to injure, he is then allowed to redeem himself by the payment of a fine; in case he is not guilty of murder, and has, by any means been induced to take the place of a guilty person, he must then suffer for so doing the same as if he were guilty, unless the murderer be detected, in which case his punishment is abated one degree.—It may be remarked, for the informa- tion of persons abroad, thai Cum.sing-moon is an anchorage near Lintin, a few miles from Macao, and that the affray occurred about the middle of Oct. 1833.] To his excellency, the viceroy of Canton, el Remusat. This very curious Chinese work contains an ac- count of the travels of some Budhist priests, during the years 399-411 A. D. from the city of Sengan foo in China, through Tartary, Hindostan, Ceylon, &c. and greatly elucidates the ancient geography and religion of Cen- tral Asia and India: it will like- wise be illustrated by the learned translator from many original Chinese writers." Among those preparing for publication is "the Li-ki, translated by M. Stanis- las Julien. This ancient Chi- nese work, [the compilation of] which is attributed to Confucius, was the original moral and ce- remonial code of China, and is still the principal authority on those subjects in that empire." Another work forthcoming is "a very interesting religious and political history of Bur- mah, translated from the na- tive chronicles by Father San- gcnnauo, who was for about twenty-six years a missionary in Ava; it will also furnish ac- counts of the natural produc- tions, laws, and metaphysics of that country. A Japanese his- tory also, translated by M. Ju- lius von Klaproth, is spoken of in high terms; it contains the history of the Dairis or ec- clesiastical emperors of Japan from the year 660 B. c. Works in the Pali and Singalese lan- guages are expected from the Literary Society in Ceylon ; and "the American missionary socie- ty at Jaffna, in that island, gives the committee hopes of signal assistance" in Tamil literature. Jtirti. MAHCH. RELIGIOUS INTELLIGENCE. JAVA. All those who are in- teresled in (lie progress of truth and righteousness, the increase of knowledge, and the improve- mrmt of their fellow-men, will read with pleasing emotions the following facts and extracts con- cerning Christian efforts in Java: thev are taken from a manu- script "Rejtorl of the mission station at liat.avia, for 1833," which has been very obligingly forwarded to us by the Rev. Walter H. Medhursr, by whom, and hy Mr. William Young jr., assistant missionary, it is sign- ed. The report is dated Oct. 1st, 1833, and includes twelve months immediately preced- ing that time. Preaching the word, the preparation and dis- tribution of books, and the su- perintending of schools, have teen the chief objects of the mission, and form the lending topics of the report. Preaching. Eight religious services are performed every week, at which about 500 per- sons in all are brought under the sound of the gospel: 1. On Sabbath morning, a sermon is preached in the chapel, when 20 or 30 individuals, besides children, usually attend ; 2. on Lord's day evening another ser- mon is preached; 3. on Thurs- day evening a prayer meeting is held, and an address is given: these three services are conduct- ed in English, and the two lat. ter are less numerously attended than the first : 4. a Malay ser- vice in the mission chapel, Sab- bath noon, at which about 40 attend : 5. n similar exercise on Tuesday evening, when about 10 persons, besides children, attend; 0. a catechetical exercise for the benefit of the Malays, is held Wednesday afternoon; 7. aer- vices for the Malay congregation in the Dutch chapel, and for the native convicts, every alternate Sabbath afternoon ; and 8. a Ser- mon is preached on Friday even- ing in a school-room near town, at which from 20 to 30 country born Christians attend. In ad- dition to these, occasional ser- vices are held at D«pok and Tugoe, where Christian congre- gations are assembled: at the former place, the school chil- dren are 40, the church mem. bers 40, and the catechumens 20; among these "the rising generation are the most prornis- ing.exhibiting in their intelligent countenances and ready an- swers, the striking effects of education and culture on the human mind, as compared with those who have not been bless, ed with the same advantages." Marked attention and serious- ness characterize all the reli- gious meetings, and general im- provement in the knowledge of divine things is in some evident- ly conspicuous. "Our situa. tion," say the writers of the re- port, "in a foreign colony, where decency is too frequently outraged without restraint, ren- ders it the more difficult to effect any moral reformation in the habits of those around us; but the influences of the divine Spi- rit are sufficiently powerful to make those who are accustomed to do evil learn to do well; for IIW4. 510 Java. these therefore, we look and pray, hoping (hat the Lord will soon open the windows of heaven, and shower down his blessing upon us." Again ; speaking of the Malay attendants at the mission cha- pel, they say: "about one half of them are soldiers, whe came originally from Menado, in the island of Celebes, and being without any religion were desir- ous of embracing that of the gospel. On their first arrival, nearly two years ago, they were entirely ignorant of letters, and were nor a little jeered and ri- diculed by their more advanced companions, for their presump- tion in aiming to raise them- selves from their original igno. ranee and blindness: but they persevered in their endeavors, going regularly to the regiment- al school, and attending the religions exercises at the mission chapel, until at length they were able to read and understand the Scriptures. Some who appear- ed more proficient than the rest, were selected as candidates for Christian baptism, and after much trial, consideration and prayer, on Lord's day, Septem- ber 29th, six of them were ad- mitted to the reception of that ordinance. "It was a joyful dny for us, after such long waiting, to see in some small degree the fruits of our endeavors, and to wit- ness six heathens coming for- ward to testify their faith in the Lord Jesus, and their determi- nation by the strength of divine grace, to persevere in following him even to the end. Tears of joy were shed on earth, and harps of joy were doubtless struck in heaven, over these re. turning and repenting sinner*. In addition to these six, twelve more continue as candidates for the same privileges who attend with great seriousness, and learn with diligence the lessons allot- ed them. In their quarters, they assemble together for mu- tual instruction and reading the Scriptures, encouraging one an- other in good things, and bear- ing with meekness the ridicule cast upon them." Besides preaching the gospel to assembled congregations, they engage in other labors which though varied are unin- terrupted; these "consist in daily visits to the Chinese streets and Malay village?, together with frequent tours to the mar- kets and fairs around. In these visits, religious conversation is immediately entered on, which with both Mohammedans and heathens is not so difficult of introduction, as it is with many who are called Christians. With the natives of the east it is con- sidered neither impolite nor un- seasonable to introduce religious discourse, and the very circum- stance of the missionary who engages in it having to differ in many respects from his hearers, in their long cherished and much loved opinions, imparts a kind of liveliness and interest to the conversation, which it would not otherwise possess. A be- ginning is made with a few re- marks on things about which both speaker and hearers arc entirely agreed ; such as the re- compense of vice and virtue, the general government of God, our obligations towards him; a transition is then made to vari- ous topics, with which the hear- ers arc little if any acquainted. Jura. M.vKtn. but which they do not object to hear, such as the undertaking of Jesus Christ for sinners, his life, death, and resurrection, together with his power and ability to save all that come unto God by him. After this, the conversa- tion generally turns on things in which we differ, such as the sin and folly of idolatry, and the litter uselessness of every false refuge to which the sinner is apt to cling, since there is no other name given under heavon among men whereby we can be saved, but the name of Christ Jesus. This generally excites opposition, and the politest Chi- nese, together with the most servile Malay, will not stand to have all their hopes swept away, and all their much loved prac- tices condemned, without striv. ing to say something in their own defense ; the common plea of the Chinese is the custom of their country, the example of their forefathers, and the dread of appearing singular. Some have urged, that if they do not sub- scribe to the idolatrous feasts abroad, and practice its ceremo- nies at home, they will soon have the troublesome office of master of ceremonies at a sacrifice al. loted them, which would occa- sion them both inconvenience and expense if undertaken, and subject them to line and im- prisonment if refused. Others again, who pretend to have more feeling urge, that they could not bring their minds to neglect the usual sacrifices to their deceased ancestors, while they see others offering them. Not a few however plead for the real truth and efficacy of their idolatrous system, and that therefore it is both right and proper to maintain it. The Chi- nese seldom make many objec- tions to the gospel plan of salva- tion, principally because they do not seek to understand, or care to avail themselves of it. They have no conviction of sin, consequently no desires after pardon, nor anxiety to flee from the wrath to come; and there- fore the plain unvarnished tale of Jesus of Nazareth dying for sinners, awakens few sympa- thies, excites no attention, and meets with no opposition. They are little concerned about a Sa- vior of any kind, much less of one who comes recommended to them by foreigners, of the place of whose birth they have never heard, and of the facts of whose history they are unable to judge. They are moreover so incessantly occupied with the business of money-making, and so much taken up with the in- quiry of what they shall eat, and what they shall drink, that they have little time and less heart for the still more important question, of what they shall do to be saved." Books. The whole number of books and tracts printed du- ring the year was 15,225, con- taining 574,058 pages; a part of these were printed by means of blocks, and a part by lithogra- phy: the number distributed, including 4557 sent to China for Mr. Gutzlaff, was 18,092: of these 13 were in French, 180 English, 728 Javanese, 2271 Dutch, 5918 Malay, and 8982 Chinese. "In all our visits to the na- tive population," quoting again the words of the report, "one great object is tho distribution of tracts whether from house to 1834. Java. house, through the streets and lanes of the city or among the crowds who throng the weekly markets. Every morning, on going among the natives, about a dozen books and tracts are carried under the arm, which serve to present to different in- dividuals after some serious con- versation held with them; but when the markets are attended, a bundle of 100 will scarcely suffice. Generally speaking, the tracts are well received, both by Chinese and Malays, who fre- quently ask for them, as they see us going along; no objec- tion seems now to exist against receiving tracts; the very priests, who were formerly so opposed, now eagerly take them, and the high-priest himself does not re- fuse, while those around him eagerly follow his example. The old man however cunningly ob- served on one occasion, that it was of no use for us to distribute these books, as the more stupid among the people could not un- derstand them, and the more intelligent would see through them : but trusting to the mighty energy of the Holy Spirit, who lias promised that his word shall not return unto him void, we persevere in the hope that one day both learned and rude will be pricked to the heart, and cry out, 'what must we do to be sav- ed?'" In the distribution of Javanese tracts, Mr. M. and his coadjutors have met wi'.h some opposition, but cherishing the hope that the restrictions now laid on the cir- culation of those tracts will soon be removed by the authorities of the island, "they forbear en- tering into particulars." We intend to resume this subject— the distribution of tracts, in our next number, and to introduce extracts from the journal of their tract distributor, Lukas Monton. Schools. "The schools for the Chinese are two in number, and contain about 40 children, and the Malay school about 10. The children in thete schools make encouraging pro- gress, and give us ground to hope that our labor is not in vain; in the English orphan asylum, 15 children are fed, clothed, and educated, by the gratuitous contributions of the inhabitants of Batavia: and in tin- English school about 30 children: so that we have alto- gether, 95 children under in- struction, about one half of whom attend divine service and are brought up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord." After a few remarks concern, ing the mission 'premises' and 'family,' our much esteemed Christian friends close their re- port in the following words: "The entire charge of the schools devolves on one of our number; that of the composition, print- ing, and distribution of tracts, on the other. Preaching labors are divided between us; and looking to the Divine support and direction, we hope that our labors will not be in vain in the Lord. On the 2Dth of Septem- her our hands were strengthen- ed by the arrival of two Ame- rican missionaries, Messrs. Ly- man and Munson with their wivos, who have taken a house in the vicinity, and render us already some assistance in the English preaching." It may be proper to add here that Mr. Munson and Mr. Ly- man have come to the east Sandwich Islands. MAKCH, "bound on a tour of observation and inquiry among the islands of the Indian Archipelago." A- mong the primary objects which are to claim their attention wherever they go, "are the topo- graphy of the islands or districts, the various communities, popu- lation, languages, and religions, the intellectual, the moral and social condition of the people, their disposition to receive Chris- tian teachers—the means of ac- cess to them, and the facilities for sustaining a mission when once commenced among them." SANDWICH ISLANDS. Some of our friends have expressed surprise that we should remain silent, while reports have been abroad aspersing the character of Christian missionaries at the Sandwich Islands. We were not silent because we believed or even suspected those reports were true. We knew too well the parties, both the assailants and those attacked, to entertain any doubts on the subject. And though we have very great con- fidence in the individuals who compose that mission, still we have more fears that they will become weary, or too confident of success, and so fail through want of perseverance and watch- fulness, than that they will be overthrown by the foe from without. The progress of im- provement since the mission commenced in 1820, is most sig- nal, and calls for devout grati- tude to God, who has given the increase; the work however is only in its infancy and requires patience, zeal, and faith—all of a higher order than have hither, to boon exercised, that the work jimv hr carried on to perfection. We have letters from the Is- lands to the 7th of February 1834: the view of the mission which we present below is dated Honolulu, Oahu, Oct. 3d, 1833. In reply to our inquiries, our correspondent says: "You wish us to give you facts respecting our mission. The reading world already teems with facts, and falsehood too, respecting the mission at the Sandwich Islands; but the great majority of English and Ameri- can readers are nearly as igno- rant of the true state of things here, as they are of the interior of the 'Celestial empire.' This ignorance, or rather misappre- hension, has resulted from va- rious causes. One extreme na- turally leads to the other. The writers on one side of the ques- tion have shown so much bare- faced absurdity and falsehood in their representations, that the friends of missions in defense of the cause have sometimes gone to the opposite extreme, and presented only the fair side of the picture, and that in glow- ing colors. Besides, it is more pleasant to missionaries and to missionary agents, and they are inclined to imagine more bene- ficial to their cause, to present to the public encouraging facts and circumstances, than those which are discouraging. On this account, the remarkable success, with which God has fa- vored this mission, has been dwelt upon and magnified to an extreme, while the dark side of the picture has been kept out of view, or passed over slightly. "But the great source of misapprehensfon respecting the state of things is owing, I think, to the nature of the subject. 1834, 525 tiandwtch Island a. The inhabitants of England and the United States, never having been conversant with a people in a barbarous or heathen state, form very erroneous conclusions respecting such a people, and respecting the improvements which take place among them. It is not easy for them to con. ceive the moral, intellectual, and physical degradation of such a people, and they are little aware of the time and toil necessary to raise them, even in a very par- tial degree, from this degrada- tion; so that when they hear of great and rapid improvements, they place them at once much above their real condition. They insensibly compare them to the people with whom they are ac- quainted, and to whom they bear little more resemblance than the infant of days to a man in the vi- gor and prime of life. The very terms used to describe the im- provements among them are also sources of error: for exam- ple, school-teachers, schools, school-houses, churches, chapels, palaces, &c., all mean very dif- ferent things at the Sandwich Islands, from what the same terms do in England and Ame- rica. It is true these terms have often been explained by us ; but they are not always explained wherever they occur, and by thousands the explanation has never been read, or is forgotten. The same remarks apply, in some degree, to many other terms and statements, which are us«d to exhibit the moral and religious changes among this people. These changes are so modified by the former state of the people, and by their men- tal, physical and political con- dition, that very erroneous im pressions are received, if the reader does not bear in mind, that the whole structure of so- ciety, and all the habits of think- ing, feeling, and acting have been heretofore, and are still, widely different at the Sandwich Islands, from what they are in his own favored country. "I have been led to these re- marks by a full conviction, that very many oaders of public jour- nals are placing the Sandwich Islands far too high in the scale, not only of civilization, but of morality and religion. Truth, and truth only, is the thing need- ed in support of this sacred cause. It is a cause which shrinks not from the most searching inves- tigation; for the more thorough- ly and accurately it is under- stood in all its parts, the more it will commend itself to the hearts and consciences of all good men. "1 would not intimate in these remarks, that great success has not attended the promulgation of the Gospel at these islands. Enough has been effected by the blessing of God, to silence gain- savers, and to fill the hearts of Z on's friends with the most live- )y emotions of gratitude. But the work instead of being al- most completed, as some seem to suppose, is but just begun. But I must hasten to comply, in some measure, with your request by giving particulars. I am not certain, however, that I can contribute anything to remove the misapprehensions referred to. "Tliere are now on the Islands 20 ordained missionaries and 8 assistant missionaries, and the samo number of females. Three of the assistant missionaries are 524 MARCH, Sandwich Islands. in feeble health, and able to do but little missionary work. These 28 missionaries are locat- ed at 10 different stations, and on 5 different islands. Public worship is regularly maintained at all these places, and occasion, ally in several other parts of the islands. Our congregations have considerably diminished during the past year. They now vary from 300 to 1500 or 2000. "We have a high-school just going into operation. It has many difficulties to struggle with, as everything has to be done; we must begin at the very foun. dation. We cannot, therefore, anticipate with any certainty its results. It contained 63 schol- ars during the last year. Se- veral more have recently enter- ed. It is under the instruction of Mr. Andrews as principal. The progress of the scholars must at present be slow, owing to the want of books, and other means of instruction. "The number of marriages du- ring the lust year, at eight of the stations,—there were no returns from the other two—wits 1290; the number of readers in our schools, was 20,184; the num- ber of persons admitted to the church during the year, was 72; and the whole number of persons admitted to the church, since the commencement of the mission, is 669. This statement is made out from the reports of the different stations presented at the last general meeting .of the mission in June. "A few have been excluded from our churches for miscon- duct, and several have died; so that the present number of church members is somowliat loss than that given iibovo. .\Ja. ny who have been taught in our schools are not classed as read- ers, and of course, are not in- cluded in the number; and some who are included, are very in- different readers. "In addition to our common schools taught by native teach- ers, (which by the way hardly deserve the name of schools, for they are taught with very little system or efficiency,) we have schools at most or all of our sta- tions taught by some of our own number, and designed particu- larly to qualify teachers for in- structing the common schools. In these station schools, read- ing, writing, arithmetic and geography are taught. "As it regards printing, f the chief's in this case, they must not l><- placed in the condi- tion of the enlightened rulers of the present age but rather in the condition of the heads of families. This is very much the relation, which they have always regarded themselves as holding towards their subjects. They exercise much the same author- ity over their people, that a pa- rent exercises over his children. It must he a long time before the principles of civil and religious liberty can be understood, and brought into complete operation among the people of the Sand- wich Islands. "I am not aware, that the chiefs have ever thought of adopting the discipline of the church, as Inws for the regulation of their subjects generally. They have it is true, endeavored to form their laws upon the principles of the Bible, so far as to make regulations for the external ob. aervance of the Sabbath, for the suppression of drunkenness, for- nication and adultery. If this is enforcing the discipline of the church upon their subjects, we should hope that all Christian rulers would do the same. So far from 'enforcing the disci- pline of the church upon their subjects generally,' the chiefs, who are members of the church, have nothing to do with enforc- ing the discipline of the church, even upon its own members; the missionaries thinking it pru- dent for the present to retain this power in their own hands. The whole external change has undoubtedly been owing, in a great measure, to the influ- ence of the chiefs, but this in- fluence, no far as religion is concerned, has been a kind of paternal influence, and not the. influence of law. No civil pe- nalty has ever been inflicted on their subjects by the chiefs for neglecting schools, public wor- ship, &c. "I feel very sensibly the force of the remarks in the article re- ferred to. The fact that so many of the chiefs are mem- bers of the Christian church, renders great caution necessary on our part to keep the church distinct from the state, and free from hypocritical members. In past ages, the frowns of royalty have, in many instances, proved a blessing to the church, while ils smiles have proved a curse. The church should, therefore, rejoice with trembling, when caressed by civil power. We are warned by what we have already seen here not to put our trust in princes. They have done much, to be sure, to bring about an external reformation among the people, but this very fact renders us less confident of its permanency. We are alrea. dy reminded, that, should the popular current turn against morality and religion, much that is now fair and inviting will be swept away, and a great army will arise here to espouse the cause of the enemy- We wish, therefore, to be prepared for re- verses, and we wish our friends to l»; prepared for them: and we wish them, when reverses come, not to feel that all is lost; for it can certainly be no loss to the church to be purified, and separated from its dross. Let us then, confide more in God to convert the nations to himself. He alone earn accomplish the work." KW4. Journal of Occurrences. SIAJI. '-Our litlle assembly of Chinese," says Mr. Jones in H letter dated in December last, at Bangkok, "still continues, conducted by Bunty as usual. We have for some months had as good evidence as I coulil ex- pect, that two or three of his associates were true converts, but owing to my ignorance of their language and their slight acquaintance with Siamese, I had hitherto declined their re- peated solicitations for baptism. At length, circumstances were JOURNAL, OF OCCURRENCES. CHINA. The present monarch is generally Bpoken of by his subjects in terms of high commendation and es- teem ; the period of his reign however is universally considered as infelicitous: not one happy or prosperous year has yet passed since he has filled "the dragon seat:" inundations, droughts, famine, insurrections, and other cala- mities are continually occurring in one quarter or another of his vast domin- ions. The provinces now suffering most are Yunnan, Hoonan, Hoopih, Keangse, Shantung, and Chihle, which includes the capital. This pro- vince and those of Kwangse and Fuh. keen are in a state of tolerable quiet- ude; provisions for those who have the means of purchasing them at a high price are plenty; but with multi- tudes the means are not, and the conse. quence is that thefts and robberies arc frequent; numbers of the unhappy be- ings charged with these crimes are almost every day consigned to prison: on the 20th instant, 38 were brought to Canton in one company.—The dis- turbances in the neighborhood of Leenchow have been quieted, and a part of the troops have returned. Fire in the temple of Honan, nearly opposite to the foreign factories, was discovered early in the evening of the •1th instant; and before 10 o'clock the r.hoo-tf£n kf>, a large hall filled with idols, was reduced lo ashes The fin- such that 1 did nut livl at liberty to decline anv longer, and on Sabbath morning, the, 8th inst., I administered the rite to Chek Bunty, Chek Peng, and Click Sengseah. I am exceedingly grieved at my inability to instruct them, except very imperfectly: and 1 earnestly hope, that some missionary to the Chinese will soon join us. We continue the distribution of books as we have opportunity, and have frequent discussions with the Burmans, and some with the Siamese." was communicated fruin a lamp which hung near one of the shrines. When the (lames first broke out, considerable concern was felt for the other parts of the temple, and for the houses of the se- nior hong-merchant which stood near the chootefn k6. The loss, it is said, will speedily be made up by a sub- scription among the people of Honan and Canton. Local officers. Governor Loo hag reported the circumstances of Lie Tae- keaov's death to the emperor; and has appointed the chief judge of the province to fill the office of literary chancellor until a successor is sent from Peking. Chung, the haekwan, or hoppo of Canton, has received an appointment in Peking, and it is expected that an- other "slave" from the capital will soon be •• promoted" to the office of commissioner of customs at this port. INVASION OF COCHINCHINA. A corres- pondent at Bangkok informs us, that on the 1st and 3d of Dec. near 50,000 men passed down the river " destined for an attack on Cochinchina. They were divided into two squadrons, one under the command of the P'hraklang to go by water, and the other under P'hra Mehtap (the Siamese generalis- simo) to proceed as far as they can up a rnnall river in boats, and thenr.e by land. Two M|/ .>/<»/> \PKii. of Africa: do greater obstacles impede, or fewer and less importantconsiderations encourage a steam navi- gation on tin; great rivers of China! I''or the honor of placing the illustrious name of a sovereign "on the true position of the magnetic pole," year after year is spent in the inhospitable regions of the arctic seas: do not the islands of the coast between the southern limits of Camboja and the northern boundary of Kam- tschatka afford equal scope for great and useful under- takings? Would there be no honor in placing the character of foreigners in "its true position," and es- tablishing a free intercourse among the millions of the east/? Do the waters of China and Japan pre- sent fewer objects for the scientific navigator than the polar seas'! Are the grand purposes of human life likely to be better served, by exploring the icebound regions of the north, than by surveying and delineat- ing accurately these more hospitable seas, which afford access to the most populous and productive regions of the earth 1 Individual, private enterprise will work its way wherever sufficient inducements of gain are held out; but it cannot always proceed, as it is desirable, to open new channels where great impediments block up the way. We shall not here touch the question of the expediency of maintaining large navies, as is now done by some of the nations of Christendom ; but if such must be supported, it very justly becomes a sub- ject of consideration, whether some of those ships ought not to be employed in those seas. Under the command of prudent and able men, they would afford protection from lawless depredations, and, by a high course of magnanimous conduct, inspire confidence, and command respect. Such ships should be em- ployed in making nautical surveys. In order to form ifood charts, the hydrographer should ascertain per- fectly and delineate minutely and clearly all the fea- tures required for a safe navigation of the field sur- veyed, so far as it depends on a knowledge "f natural I'MUSOS. Such charts of Hiase .seas do no! exist. In 1834. l,iu(lf' E.; in Dalrymple's chart it is in lat. 30° 18' N., long. 121° 7' E.; "whereas the result of repeated observa- tions by captain Rces,lhe accuracy of which was con- tinued by subsequent observation and comparisons, gave 29" 54' N. lat., and 121° 52^' E. long." We in- tended to take a brief survey of the coast of China, and to give the situation of the principal places ; but the confusion in the names of places is so great, that without a chart, any description which we could give, would be unsatisfactory. We proceed therefore, to a review of the two works, the titles of which stand at the head of this article. Messrs. Lindsay and (iul/lalt* commenced their voyage on the 26lh of February, 1832, and returned lo Macao on the 5th of the following September. Chiefly on account of adverse winds and currents, they were 31 days in reaching the borders of Fuhkeen, which are distant only about 220 miles from Macao. During this time however, they gained much infor- mation concerning the country and inhabitants along the coast, of this province. While at Kea-tsze, they were requested to give the local officers an account of the ship, whither bound. &,c. In reply, " I thought it right," says Mr. 1,., " to bear in mind the instruc- tions 1 lu>.d received, to *void giving the government Journal of Messrs. Ariur, any infunualiuii that I was acting in the employment of the Company; and therefore gave the following re- port in writing, with which they professed themselves perfectly satisfied: 'The ship is one of the English nation fron Bengal; her complement is 70 men ; she is commanded by Hoo Heame, and is bound for Jji- paii.' This report, though true in some respects, yet certainly gives no clue for the Chinese to trace the ship. She is from Bengal, and at the period I wrote this, it was anticipated that Japan would be compris- ed in the voyage." As they expected to have fre- quent communication with the Chinese, Mr. Lindsay thought it. best to style himself the commander of the ship; and as his own name would be known at Can- ton, he substituted for it his Christian name, Hugh Hamilton, which he wrote Hoo Heame. Keale was also adopted for the Christian name of Mr. G. The general appearance of the coast in the pro- vince of Canton, is described as barren and arid ; the people as being employed in the manufacture of su- gar, the staple article of export in most of the districts already visited. Salt, which is made by the evapora- tion of sea-water, is another of the principal produc- tions. The following extracts are from Mr. Lind- say's report: "The island of Nan-aou (in the local dialect Namoh,) is about fourteen miles in length, and of irregular breadth, varying from one mile to five or six. On the northern side are two deep bays, at the bottom of which are large villages and a considerable extent of cultivated ground. The general appearance of the island is mountainous and barren, though Chinese industry has here shown what effects patience and perseverance may produce in despite of the niggardness of nature. The mandarin resides at the eastern town, which is called Nan-tsze. This island, which is half in Canton, and half in Fuhkeen province, is the second naval station of Can- ton. It is the residence of a tsungkwan, or admiral, who has a nominal force of 5,237 men under his command, of which 4,078 belong to Canton, and 1159 to Fuhkeen, The existence, however, of these troops is very doubtful. The defenses of the station, as we saw it, consisted of seven or eight small junks, in appearance resembling the smaller class of Fuhkeen trading vessels, and in .ill respects inferior to those of Canton. On an island, at (he en- trance of the buy, nrr two for Is, flie iipprr nn«; inouiiliii^ ciglii, the 1834. Lindsay find Gutzlaff. 5tf3 lower six guns; hut ;is is invariably the case in Chinese fortifica- tions, they are both commanded in heights immediately behind them; up the bay there is another small fort without any guns. Here also, we met with the strongest proofs of the jealousy and sus- picion of the mandarins. Wishing to go on board of one of the war junks, we were refused admission, under the pretence that the admiral had issued positive orders that no one should hold the slightest communication with us. There were several large trad- ing vessels windbound here, and on sailing past one we went on hoard by the express invitation of her commander, an intelligent awl respectable person, who received us with the greatest cordiali- ty. We had been here hut a few minutes, before no less than three Miiall war boats with mandarins joined us, and at first commenced angrily upbraiding the captain, for entering into communication with barbarians. An interesting and amusing conversation follow- ed, in which we soon found, that though our opponents were very ready to commence with violent and angry words, yet that a mix- ture of independent and good humored argument very soon lowered their tone, and they ended by apologizing for the uncivil reception we had met with ; the blame they threw entirely on their superiors; and we then spent half an hour talking on various subjects in the most friendly manner. The point which seemed most to puzzle them, and indeed gave them most uneasiness, was hearing foreign- ers converse in their own language, and show some knowledge of their local institutions and geography ; it was, however, decided among them that Mr. Gutzlaffwas a Chinese from Arnoy, and one of them asked mr in a confidential way, to confess that their surmise was true. I took some trouble to explain to him that far from such being the case, the gentleman had only been six years out of Eu- rope, and previously to that was perfectly unacquainted with the language. Having given all the: information required for a report lo the mandarin*, wo parted on friendly terms, the chief man say- ing to rno, ' we shall report you to be well disposed persons, who thoroughly understand the rules of propriety.' Much regret was al- so expressed at their not daring to avail themselves of my invita- tion to visit the ship. Here, as at Kea-tszc, in unguarded freedom of conversation, the mandarins dropped hints expressive of the great alarm which the admiral had been in, thinking us a ship of war, as reports had reached them that a numerous fleet was ex- pected at Canton. "We had now quitted Canton province and entered that of Fuh- keiin. During the last month we had constant intercourse with the people at every place whore we stopped. Strangers and un- protected, either by any force of our own, or by the countenance of the government, we had repeatedly entered their villages, and been surrounded by hundreds of Chinese; and instead of the rudeness and insult which is but too frequent near Canton, we had met with nothing hut expressions of friendship and good-will. It is true the places wo have hitherto visited, are mostly poor, nor is it proba- ble flial much advantage will ever arise from intercourse with them; 534 Journal of Messrs. APRIL, but still it was a source of satisfaction and encouragement to us, to think that we have made some friends at every spot we have visited. In Fuhkeen we hail to look for intercourse of a more important description, but the experience we had gained, inspired us with confidence, in looking forward to a continuance of the same friend, ly disposition on the part of the natives, and that all our difficulties would arise from the interference of the mandarins. Left to them- selves, the Chinese are not the jealous and suspicious race they have been generally imagined. Those are the ideas that suggest, ed themselves at the time, imd the sequel will show that they have been amply realized. "I have few commercial remarks to offer respecting our voyage while in Canton province. Repealed inquiries were made for opi- um by our visitors, and at Nan-aou, some persons, after having seen our goods, promised to go to Ching-hae and procure custom- ers for us. Calicoes appear to attract most notice among the poorer classes, and in barter for provisions they generally preferred ten cu- bits or four yards of calico to 1000 cash, which is equivalent to a dollar; at this rate it would appear that the retail price to this peo- ple was as high as ten dollars per piece; but as we sold none, it would not be fair to draw any conclusion from such premises." The voyagers left Nan-aou on the 28th of March, and reached Amoy on the 2d of April. The district in which this place is situated, is one of the most bar- ren in all China; it is dependent, even for the neces- saries of life, on the neighboring island of Formosa; yet no spot in the empire numbers so many wealthy and enterprising merchants as Amoy; they have spread themselves all along the coast of China, and have established houses in many parts of the Indian Archipelago ; most of the junks comprehended under the name of' green head,' (on account of their being painted green at the bow, in distinction from the ' red head,' which designates the vessels from Canton,) are the property of merchants from Amoy. Its harbor is excellent; vessels can sail up close to the houses; load and unload with the greatest facility ; have shel- ter from all winds, and on entering and leaving tin; port experience no danger of getting ashore. "It is doubtless," says Mr. G. in his journal, "one of the best harbors for European mercantile enterprise, botli for its situation, its wealth, and the stores of Chinese exports. At an early period, the Portuguese traded here, the Dutch followed them ; tbf; Knglish for a 1834. Lindsay and Gutzlaff'. 535 long time had u factory here'; and the Spanish have lo this day a nominal right to come hither. The cause of the cessation of trade has not been so much the prohibitions of the emperor, as the extortions to which it was subject. The renewal of commerce will have the most beneficial influence both upon the nation engaging in it, and upon the Chinese;." Boldness, pride and generosity are characteristics of the people of Arnoy. When abroad, they often acquire great influence. "One of their descendants, as late as the middle of the last century, ascended the throne of Siam." But at home, their enterprise is repressed by the heavy exactions of government. Passing over many particulars relative to difficulties which were thrown in the way of our adventurers by the Chinese authorities of Amoy, we give the fol- lowing summary in Mr. L.'s own words. He says: "On subsequent reflection, I felt convinced in my own mind, that in our negotiation with the authorities of this place, I had com- mitted several errors, the knowledge of which would, however, prove useful to me in future; first, I was wrong in seeking for an interview with the higher officers of government without a distinct previous understanding lhat we were to be treated with due civility and courtesy; by standing in the presence of mandarins of infe- rior rank who were seated near the tetuh, we evidently lowered our- selves in their estimation. The experience I acquired here, also rendered it apparent to me, that hy a too scrupulous acquiescence with what the local authorities chose to term the invariable laws of the celestial empire, the object of our present voyage, which is principally for the acquisition of information, would in all proba- bility be entirely thwarted ; wherever we go, we evidently must be prepared to receive positive orders instantly to depart, with threats of the most serious consequences in case we dare to disobey. It therefore became a matter of reflection how far I should feel my- self justified in disobeying their injunctions, and at least trying the experiment of what measures the authorities would take for enforc- ing them, when they saw that mere words were disregarded by us. "On arriving here, we were positively prohibited from selling foot on shore, and ordered to sail away without a moment's delay. Both these points were disobeyed, and the comparatively trifling object of obtaining our provisions on our own terms, was successfully con- tested; would not more important points have been granted to us, if we had insisted on them? The result of our subsequent pro. ceedings at Fuhchow foo convinced me that less submission on our parts would have met with greater readiness to meet our wish- c« on theirs. 53(j 'Journal* of .\Jissrs. APHII., « We remained at Aiuoy till the 7tli instant, but nothing else worthy of remark occurred, except the somewhat singular behavior of the authorities in sending a simple sailor from one of the trad- ing junks, to act as our comprador, instead of one of their own de. pendents as had been agreed at the audience. Subsequent to that day, no mandarin of any description was allowed to visit the ship, and one Le laouyay, who had always shown himself very civil and obliging, sent a message to me expressive of his regret at not being allowed to come and bid us farewell. No reason can be assigned for this conduct, excepting a jealous apprehension lest we should establish a too favorable impression of the justice and reason of our arguments. The conduct of the authorities towards the poor man who was commissioned to provide us with provisions, was far more unaccountable, and places the wretched weakness and injustice of the government in a very strong light; indeed, it is difficult to think-or speak with any respect of a government which is reduced to such contemptible expedients to keep up a semblance of author, ity. This man had become acquainted with Mr. Gutzlaff during his former visit to Mantchou Tartary; and having received some benefits from him, was anxious to come and converse with him. He recognized his features while we were walking through the streets of Arnoy; and having some friend in the funfoo's office, he requested permission to be allowed to accompany him on board in a mandarin boat. This officer, hearing the circumstances, and his acquaintance with Mr. Gutzlaff, immediately directed him to go and officiate as our comprador; and thus a poor, illiterate sailor, who could neither read nor write, found himself suddenly forced into the situation of mediator between ourselves and the highest officers of government; both himself and the junk he belonged to were made responsible for our acts, over which certainly he could have no influence or control. Our water and provisions being all on board on the morning of the 6th of April, this man earnestly requested that I would immediately move the ship. On my inquir- ing what possible interest he could have in our movements, he told me that the mandarins had stopped the sailing of his junk, which was on the point of starting to Formosa, until our departure, and had further threatened him with corporeal punishment unless he induced us to depart. I at first refused him any answer, but sent him with a message to the tetuh, stating that I would readily give him a proper reply if a suitable messenger was sent, but otherwise I would not enter into any explanation whatever of my intentions. He returned shortly with many polite messages, which he either had, or pretended to have received from the tetuh towards us, but again appealed to our feelings of compassion, declaring that if we did not move out to sea to-morrow morning, he was threatened not only with torture from the mandarins, but the anger of his ship- mates, who were all detained on our account. The sole motive which brought him to our ship, was his friendly feeling towards Mr. Gutzlaff, and his anxiety to see him, and he now implored that gentleman's intercession in his favor. As 1 had determined li)^4. LtHtimiy find <>'utzluj}'. o37 on proceeding to sea the following morning, I did not think it just to keep the poor fellow any longer in suspense; and Ihe hurst of joy with which he received the intelligence, was strong proof of his sincerity, and that he had not been deceiving us, but really was threatened with punishment as he stated. Let it be viewed, how- ever, in either light, either as a concerted scheme between the man- darins and himself, or a real intention on their part to punisli him, in order to induce that compliance in us they were otherwise pow. erless to enforce, I submit it to the judgment of any candid mind, whether it does not convey undignified ideas of a government which finds itself necessitated to adopt such measures to maintain its authority ; yet, notwithstanding this, edicts were issued the day after our departure, announcing that the imperial fleet had driven away the barbarian ship! "Mr. Gutzlaff's servant returned on board during the night of the 5th, and informed us that the feeling of alarm excited on our first appearance was beyond belief. The most vague and exagge- rated reports had been spread all along the coast, of the disputes between the English and Chinese authorities, in consequence of the outrnges committed in May, 1831; and on our arrival a report spead like wildfire, that we were only the precursors of a fleet of twenty ships of war, which were coming lo avenge the insult and injuries that had been ottered at Canton. Expresses had been in consequence, sent to the adjoining districts for the collection and concentration of all the disposable forces in the neighbor- hood. He further stated, that so soon as the panic in some de- gree subsided, and the people became satisfied wo were merely a merchant ship, desirous of peacefully trading, and laden with Eu- ropean commodities, that much interest had been excited among the mercantile people, ar H Ihe greatest anxiety expressed that permission might be granted by the authorities for commercial intercourse. The severity of the measures adopted towards all those who ventured to approach our ship had terrified the respect- able traders so much, that none of those to whom he had mention- ed his connexion with us, dared to engage in any transaction of trade; but a general feeling of disappointment was expressed among all classes at the conduct of their rulers in prohibiting our trading at Amoy. "During the six days we remained at this place we daily landed for exercise, entered both the town and adjoining villages, and took long rambles about the country in evjry direction. When in the neighborhood of Arnoy we were generally attended by a party of soldiers and mandarins, who were uniformly polite, and assured us their only reason for accompanying us was fear lest the unruly populace should do us an injury ; hut we always were anxious to escape from their offered protection, and throw ourselves on the kin.) and friendly feeling of the people, which it was really gratify- ing to witness, whenever no mandarins or their satellites were present to check the spontaneous expression of their good-will. On these occasions our party rarelv consisted of above (hree or four 3S 538 Journal of Messrs, APRIL, and always unarmed, (excepting a fowling-piece I sometimes car. ried,) for my object was to show to the people that we reposed in perfect confidence on their hospitality, and that we had too good an opinion of them even to suspect that they could harbor a thought of injuring strangers, who had come as friends to visit them from a distance of many thousand miles. On many occasions, when Mr. Gutzlaff has been surrounded by hundreds of eager listeners, he has been interrupted by loud expressions of the pleasure with which they listened to his pithy and indeed eloquent language. From having lived so long among the lower classes of the Fuh. keen people, Mr. Gutzlaff has obtained a knowledge of their pe- culiarities, both of thought and language, which no study of books can convey; and this is coupled to a thorough acquaintance with the Chinese classics, which the Chinese are ever delighted to hear quoted, and a copiousness of language which few foreigners ever acquire in any tongue besides their own. The power which this gives uny person over the minds of the Chinese, who are peculiarly susceptible to reasonable argument, is extraordinary, and frequent- ly caused me to regret my own comparative ignorance. Every day that I live in China convinces me more deeply that a very leading cnuse of the present degradation of foreigners in Canton is general ignorance of the language of the country, and the substitution of a base jargon, as the only medium of communication; so that fo- reigners are very generally spoken of in the most contemptuous terms before their face, of which they remain in perfect ignorance from a want of knowledge of the language, a very limited acquaint, ance with which would insure much more respect from natives of all ranks. * * * "It has sometimes been sarcastically remarked, that foreigners iii China were better liked the less they were known; and the treatment we havo, received, in comparison with the behavior of the populace towards foreigners in Canton, may be appealed to in corroboration of this fact. On first appearance, this somewhat mortifying remark appears to contain some truth ; but when more closely examined, the most objectionable part falls to the ground. Who are the people in Canton that hate and despise the foreign- ers? Certainly not the higher and more respectable classes of merchants and shopkeepers, with whom commercial intercourse to the amount of many millions, is annually carried on. Let one of those men be asked in whose honor he would prefer confiding, a British barbarian, or one of his own countrymen? It is not our own numerous servants and dependents; they, it is true, are look- ed upon by the multitude as placing themselves in a state of de- gradation by serving barbarians; but still they are far to shrowd observers not to be aware of the superiority, both moral and physi- cal, which we possess over their countrymen. It is not, in my opinion, even the mandarins who despise us so much as they afllcl to do in their edicts and proclamations ; they, it is true, keep aloof from us, and nffrct a disdainful suprriority; but having lately haH the opportunity of seeing a good denl uf Chinese mandarin* of all 13:J4. Linihny ami (,'ttizltij a:'.«J runk.s in tree tiiui unceremonious intercourse, I cannot help feeling that they act wisely in keeping us at a distance, lest the respect which is felt for their dignity should vanish on a nearer acquaint. ance." So thoroughly was Mr. Lindsay convinced of the desirableness and expediency of making the Chinese better acquainted with the character of foreigners, that he determined to take on himself the responsibil- ity of distributing copies of a pamphlet, concerning the character of the English, written by Mr. Marjori- banks. "It contains," he says, "a plain account of the English nation, its power and magnitude; it speaks in the most respectful manner of the govern- ment and emperor of China; it appeals to the best and most philanthropic feelings of man, as a reason for mutual good-will to subsist between our two na- tions." This pamphlet was liberally distributed and eagerly sought for in every place they visited subse- quent to Arnoy. Many Christian books were also distributed wherever they went ; and while at Fnh- chow the fooyuen of Fniikce'n requested copies of their books for the inspection of the emperor; Mr. Gut/laflf accordingly made up a parcel, which con- tained a copy of the Scripture Lessons, u tract on gambling,' Heaven's Mirror,' or a full delineation of Christianity, and a few others, all of which were to be forwarded to Peking, for the perusal of the ernperor. Whenever there was opportunity, Mr. G. administer- ed medicinal aid to the sick and diseased. These cases were numerous, and some of them very painful and disgusting. At Fuhchow, "rarely a day elapsed," says Mr. Lindsay, "in which more than one hundred patients did not profit by his humane labors. The lame of this circumstance spread far and near, and in some instances attracted persons from the distance of more than fifty miles." Other objects presented themselves to view of a more revolting and distress- ing nature. The moral character of the inhabitants uf Amov are portrayed in very dark colors in the fol- lowing extracts: 540 Journals <>f Messrs. APUII., "At tlie beach," says Mr. Gut-/.laiT, "we were shocked at the spectacle of a pretty new-born babe, which shortly before had been killed. We asked some of the bystanders what this meant. They answered with indifference, 'it is only a girl.' It is a general cus- torn in this district to drown female infants immediately after their birth. Respectable families seldom take the trouble, as the}' ex- press themselves, to rear these useless girls. They consider them- selves the arbiters of their children's lives, and entitled to take them away when they can foresee that their prolongation would only entail misery. As (he numerous emigrations of the male popu- lation renders it probable tliat their daughters, if permitted to live, would not be married, they choose this shorter way to rid them- selves of the incumbranee of supporting them. Thus are the pledg- es of conjugal love, the most precious gift of the Most High, the most important trust confided to man by the Supreme Being, de- liberately murdered. * * * This unnatural crime is so common among them, that it is perpetrated without any feeling, and even in a laughing mood ; and to ask a man of any distinction whether he has daughters, is a mark of great rudeness. Neither the govern- ment, nor the moral saying? of thoir sage*, have put a stop to this nefarious system. The father has authority over the lives of his children, and disposes of them according to his pleasure. The boys enjoy the greatest share of parental atiection. Their birth is con- sidered one of tin; greatest and most fortunate events in a family. They are cherished and indulged to a high degree; and if the fa- ther dies, the son assumes a certain authority over his mother. There is also carried on a regular traffic in females. These facts are as revolting to humanity, as disgusting to detail. They may serve, however, to stimulate the zeal of Christian females to promote the welfare of one of the largest portions of their sex, by giving them the glorious gospel of our Savior—that gospel which alone restores females to (heir proper rank in society." After having visited the Panghoo or Pescadore islands and the coast of Formosa, the voyagers pass- ed by Chinchew and entered the narrow channel be- tween Haetan and the main land. While in that neighborhood, a singular scene took place in an in- terview with a naval officer; his name was Wan, and he had lived near Macao. We give the description of the scene in M. L.'s own words. "He (admiral Wan) was received on board the Amherst with tl-o respect due to his rank; a salute of throe guns was fired, and every attention paid to him; but it appears that the ideas he had t! erj (at Macao) acquired of foreign character did not lead him to imagine that such courtesy was requisite towards us. He began (he conversation by abruptly asking various questions, hardly giv iny rin' trim; to reply. 'Where did you r.oine from' \V(mt is vour IH-14- Lindsay and Guizlnff. 541 nation / What business have you hero? You must begone instant, ly,' &c. die. 1 had just commenced u reply, when hTs excellency turned sharply to Mr. Gutzlaff, and said. « You are a Chinese.' Mr Gutzlaff denying it, he told him to take off his cap, that he might see if he wore a tail, which being done, he said, 'No, I see you are a Portuguese.' I now told him that the ship was English, which assertion he treated with perfect discredit, sa'ying, 'I have lived at Macao, and know the barbarian customs; your ship is from Ma- cao.' I again replied, that it was strange in his excellency to accuse me of falsehood in this manner, and that both myself and the shii> positively were English, in spite of all he had known and learned at Macao. I then took a pencil and wrote on a slip of paper < Ta YingkwS (Great Britain) is my nation,' and placed it in his hands On receiving it he burst into the most scornful laugh, and exclaim' ed, 'Nonsense! the great English nation! the petty English nation you should say! you tell lies to me.' Up to this moment, I had kept my temper perfectly, and answered all his insultin* remarks with civility, but I confess that the grossness of this last speech completely overcame the natural placidity of my disposition ' I snatched the paper, which lie was still laughing at, out of his hands and seizing hold of th.- admiral's arm, 1 said, 'As you have come to my ship merely to insult my nation and myself, I insist on vour instantly quitting the ship,' and suiting the action to my words F was on the point of handing him out of the cabin. His excellency now saw that he had carried the matter too far, and commenced apologizing. 'Pray excuse me; I did not mean to offend- vou know well there is the Ta Se-yang, and the Seaou Se-yana (the one is generally applied to Portugal, the other to Goa); I thoiieht there also was the Ta Yingkwo, and the Seaou Yingkwo- lie knowledge my oifense, and again beg you will excuse me'' This" ingenious apology was accompanied with a profusion of bows and a behavior as cringing as it had before been insolent. He staid on board a considerable time, but his manners and conduct were so singular as to raise a suspicion that his judgment was not unite sound, which was corroborated by some of his officers who accom' pamed him, and who expressed much regret at the indecorous con" duct of their commander."' The Lord Amherst arrived off the entrance to the river of Fuhchow foo on the 21st of April, and left the same place on the 17th of May. Fuhchow the capital of Fuhkeen, and the residence of the fooyuen of that province, and of the governor of the two pro vinces of Fuhkeen and Chekeang, stands inland about 50 miles from the mouth of the river Min whirt, wiiilat.26'6'N.f long. 119°55'E. After a short de- lay, Mr. Lindsay drew up a petition to the governor m|ii™imjf his permission u» Iradc; and buin Journal uj Messrs. \IMMI., ed to present it in person, proceeded, accompanied by Mr. Gulzlarf, to the capital. Their reception by the officers of government was not the most cor- dial; and finding no prospect of an audience with the governor, the petition was put into the hands of one of his officers, who "promised to deliver it with- in an hour." His excellency in return sent back a "present of wine, flour, pigs, and vegetables," but gave no answer to the petition. A course of pro- ceedings was adopted by the government similar to that which had been pursued at Amoy. "It was therefore evident," says Mr. L., "that only two cour- ses remained for my selection; the one, to submit tacitly to the dictation of the mandarins, and relin- quish all hopes of succeeding in my object either of trade or intercourse ; the other, to use such measures as I hud in my power to attain my object." He re- solved on the latter course, but determined at the same time to avoid hostile collision, and scrupulously to abstain from any acts of violence except in self- defense. The voyage was entirely an experimental one; "and," he adds, "as we bore no official charac- ter to render the Company in any way responsible for our acts, there appeared to me no reason why a slight experiment should not be tried on the government, by an appeal to its fears and weakness, of which we had already seen such ample proofs." Several days had now passed, and no reply had been received to their petition; but a squadron of junks and boats of war had collected to drive away the people who were anxious to visit the ship. In view of these facts Mr. Lindsay, on the morning of the 27th, waited on admiral Chin, the chief officer of the station, and informed him that unless free inter- course was allowed, his ship would immediately enter the port, and there await the governor's reply. This statement produced the desired effect; the interdict was immediately taken off, and the ship again crowd- ed with visitors. "It is a singular fact," s;iys Mr. L.. '-and one :-;<> contrary l<> general principles of hu Ib«i4. Lwdxiiif and (lucjiifl .')•!.' man nature, tliul nothing btif practical experience can convince one of the truth of it; but in every case, l>ol.h on matters of greater or smaller importance, I hav«- found that little or nothing can be obtained from the Chinese government or its officers by humble intreaty and conciliatory arguments, but that the moment the tone is changed, and a resolute determination is evinced of carrying your point at all risks, it will be conceded with apparent readiness, particularly if the claim is founded on justice and moderation; and what is more singular, they appear to look on you with more good-will and cordiality in consequence." The two following paragraphs from Mr. L.'s journal, place the cowardice of the Chinese navy, and the kind feel- ing of the people in a clear light. The first refers to an encounter with the jurik of admiral Chin. » During the night of the 27tli, the admiral's junk shifted her station, and anchored so close to our bow, as lo endaii«er (lie safety of our vessel, and as it was blowing a strong gale of wind at the time, I hailed her in the most civil terms, requesting that they would immediately shift their berth, or we must get foul of each other, and at the same time we fired a large gun to arouse them. living repeated these warnings several times in vain, and the ves- sels being every moment in peril of touching, I hailed again, saying that if the junk did not move directly, I would send and cut her cable. To this the only reply was appeals to us as their elder breth- ren and good friends, and a promise to move by-and-by. The tide having now made strong, the junk's stern came foul of our jib- boom, and then, at the very moment when they should have held on, they commenced veering away the cable, by which unseaman- like manoeuver they carried away' our jib and flying jib-boom, and seriously damaged some of our sails and rigging, while our bow. sprit tore away her mizen and part of her stern frame. She now dropped alongside, and having already demolished our gig, she let go another anchor as close astern of us as she had been ahead. In the meanwhile, in order if possible, to obviate this mishap, our launch, with ten men and two officers, had been sent to cut the junk's cable. There were no arms whatever in the boat, except two short axes. Our launch arrived alongside at the moment the junk let go her second anchor, and Mr. Simpson the second mate, and the gunner jumped on board with axes in their hands, followed by Mr. Jauncey and another man, totally unarmed. On seeing them come on deck, the Chinese crew, m number forty or flf'lv, were 'ci/.eH with >iich a panic, that one simultaneous' rus|, w'Hl nmdc torpid; some ran Iwlou, some o 544 Jimnuils of Messrs- APKII., head foremost mlo I he water, and our party of tour wore left in possession of the junk. The only persons to be seen on tleek were the admiral and his personal servant, both of whom seemed in the greatest state of alarm. Mr. Simpson then quietly cut the cable as directed, and relumed on board. I will not now offer any com- ment on this singular scene, further than to repeat the plain fact, that four men, two of whom were unarmed, thus took undisputed possession of the junk of a Chinese admiral, and that during seve- ral minutes they were on board, not an individual was to be seen except the ta jin (great man) himself, and that all his gestures were to implore mercy for an imaginary injury; for our object was to extricate him as well as ourselves, from the consequences of his ignorant and unseamanlike behavior. This trifling fracas was unattended with any unpleasant circumstances, nor did it in the least interrupt the friendly intercourse with the mandarins; on the contrary, it appeared to increase the estimation they held us in, and one very satisfactory result was, that from that day no war junk ever anchored within half a mile of us, excepting when they came to trade. The three spars destroyed by the admiral's junk were replaced be'fore our departure by order of the civil mandarin of the district. "On the following morning, the 28th, a numerous deputation of the elders came from the village of Hookeang, where we were so hospitably entertained on our arrival, bringing with them the annexed paper, which was read aloud by Mr. Gutzlaff on the quarter-deck. 1 record it as a pleasing testimony of the effect produced by the distribution of our books, particularly that con- cerning the English nation, the fame of which has spread greatly, and almost the first requst of our visitors is to be favored with a copy. The remark in this address, on the character of their ru- lersi 1 confess, surprised rne much, till the daily repetition of such sentiments from all classes of people, convinced me not only of the unpopularity of the government, but also that the people dare give utterance to their grievances. Our visitors were very curious about last night's affair, and on being informed concerning it, their delight was extreme, and the general remark was, 'you are quite right, our mandarins are rogues, but the people are your friends.' The following is a translation of the paper from the elders. 'We. the inhabtiants of this village, have never yet seen you foreigners (foreigners, not barbarians). All people crowd on board your ship to behold you, and a tablet is hung up therein stating that there is a physician for the assistance of mankind: there are also tracts against gambling, and other writings, besides a treatise on your country, with odes and books; all which make manifest your friendly, kind, and virtuous hearts. This is highly praiseworthy; hut as our language differs, difficulties will attend our intercourse. The civil and military mandarins of the Fuhkeen province, togeth- er with their soldiers and satellites, are unprincipled in their dispo- sition. If you wish to trade here, wait upon his excellency the foo- ynen; pr'vstralc yourselves and ask permission. If he complies. ii>:34. Lindsay and (Sutzlaff. 545 von may thuii do .so; but if liu refuses, then go to the districts of Loo and Kang and there trade; for in those places there are nei- ther despots nor musters. When you have fully understood this burn the paper.'" In the interview with admiral Chin on the morn- ing of the 27th, it was agreed, on condition that the ship would not enter the port, that no molestation should be given to her visitors, whether merchants or other persons; and a civil officer, Yang laouyay, "came on the quarter deck and addressed the peo- ple, saying, That they were permitted to come on board, but must behave well and quietly." But not- withstanding this, edicts were immediately issued, forbidding "the stupid people to supply her with rice and tea, or even in their boats to approach the ship." One of these was issued by the admiral himself. On seeing this, Mr. L. made up his mind to enter the port, and on the 3d of May the ship moved up the riv- er and anchored opposite the custom-house. This produced the desired effect; and early the next morn- ing, Yang was again on board, and said to Mr. Lind- say: "When you first came here you told me you would be satisfied if you sold goods to the amount of $10,000; now 1 have some friends who are desirous to make a purchase to that amount; will that induce you to quit the port'!" It was answered in the affir- mative: and as it was inconvenient to tranship goods directly in front of the custom-house, it was settled that the ship should move to her former anchorage as soon as .^1000 were advanced as bargain-money. "Yang also stipulated that a commission of three per cent, should be allowed him on the transaction;" he then left the ship, promising that the money should be on board as early as the 7th. He kept his word, and carne himself with the merchants. The price of the goods having been settled and the bargain-money paid, the ship moved out of the river on the 9th, and on the 12th the goods were transhipped. This took place in open daylight, and Mr. L. believed, " by the express though tacit sanction of the governor him- self." ^traiiffc and almost incredible as it will ap- 3T 546 Journali of MtHf*. APRIL, pear to those practically unacquainted with the com- plicated machinery and habitual deception of the Chi- nese government, after all that had been said and done, "two war junks hoisting the imperial flag came in the presence of hundreds of spectators, (upwards of 100 visitors were on her deck,) while the civil mandarin of the district staid on board the whole time, examined the goods, and assisted in the tran- saction.'* Fuhchow possesses many advantages for foreign commerce. The river Min, upon which it is built, is "navigable for ships of the largest burden to within JO miles of the town, perhaps nearer." Its three principal branches take their rise, one in the province of Chekeang, and after passing through the country whence come all the finest black tea, joins the other two branches which have their origin among the mountains of Keangse. "Had we therefore the li- berty of trading here," says Mr. L., "the tea, which is brought at a vast expense to Canton, might be con- veyed in boats from the farms where it is cultivated on board the ships." In the mere difference of ex- pense incurred between transporting the tea to Can- ton and to Fuhchow, "a saving of nearly four taels per pecul on 150,000 peculs, or 600,000 taels, would be annually made." One of the most respectable merchants of Fuhchow, who was in the habit of visit- ing the ship, wrote to Mr. L. in these words: "But I have formerly asked why does not your honorable ship go out into the open ocean 1 I have already told you I only wait to know where you will go, and I shall take tea on board my vessel, and transport it without interruption. As regards tea, it is somewhat scarce at. present; but if you have confidence in me, and will transact the business secretly, and inform me by let- ter beforehand, then there will be no difficulty in sup- plying you not only with 10,000 catties, but with any quantity you may desire." While at Fuhchow, Mr. L. madn many inquiries concerning tho demand for s of foreign manufacture, and thinks fhat (he Lindsay anil Gtthlufl. ,'>47 following statement will give a tolerably accurate idea of the shop prices then current. Camlets, - - - 856 a 70 per piece. Superfine broadcloth. 38 a 42 „ „ Calicoes, - - - - 9 « 12 „ Long-ells, - - - - 10 a 14 „ „ Iron, 2 per pecul. As regards the probability of establishing foreign trade at Fuhchow, the experience which Mr. L. gain- ed, led him to the following conclusion. "Thitt, under prespnt circumstances, an avowed permission is not to be expected from the Chinese government, and that it will be invariably refused when requested us a favor; but that a tacit sanction, and indeed connivance, will readily be extorted from their weakness, provided ships remain outside the port, in which case the government can make out any account they please, 10 transmit to the emperor. Some management will be required by the first ships which come there, to steer a course which will both keep the mandarins at a respectful distance, and at the same to conciliate the good-will of the people. This will remove one great source of uneasiness to the local government, lest affrays and homicides should arise between the natives and foreigners, which must then necessarily involve (he mandarins. Nothing however will be more easy than to continue and improve the natural good understanding which prevailed dining the whole period of our stay; it is only when the Chinese see the foreigners insulted and despised by their rulers, that they also treat them with habitual disrespect, and thus a sort of national antipathy is created which indeed it is the main object of the Chinese government to promote. At Canton they have succeeded too well; lei us hope that when the time arrives, in which foreigners are again allowed to frequent other ports of China, circumstances may be different: for when they are respect, ed by Hie government, I have no hesitation in saying, there will be mutual good-will between all classes of the Chinese and English." The voyagers arrived among the islands of the Chusan archipelago on the 24th of May, where and at Ningpo they continued till the 18th of June. Their proceedings were much the same as at Fuhchow, but on the whole more prompt, and their reception better than at the former place. They had learned the "the only way to proceed successfully with the Chinese is, never in the first instance to ask permis sion, but. act, and afterwards (if necessary) to offer excuses." Nuigpo stands a few miles inland, in lat, .")4f Messrs. Amu., about 29° 55' N. A British factory was once estab- lished there, and maintained till some time after the middle ef the last century. "The city and suburbs," says Mr. Lindsay, "cover fully more than half the space of Canton, and the streets are several feet wid- er, and the shops are handsomer, than in any Chi- nese town I have seen." His opinion concerning the feasibility of establishing a trade at that place, was nearly the same as at Fuhchow. "The government will not sanction it, and will fulminate edicts ordering all foreign ships to be expelled ; but at the same time if tact is shown, by properly combining moderation and kindness to conciliate the affections of the peo- ple, and spirit to deter the mandarins from offering molestation, an outlet for British manufactures, to a very considerable extent, may gradually be formed here; and the way for a more extended intercourse with this vast and extraordinary nation, comprising near 400,000,000 of enterprising and intelligent hu- man beings, will thus be gradually paved." Having quitted the river of Nin^po on the 13th of June, and been detained some days by thick and boisterous weather, they finally, on the 17th, pro- ceeded towards Shanghae, sailing inside the Chusan archipelago, a passage which they believed had never before been made by any European ship; they ac- cordingly named it the Amherst passage. The next day they came to anchor in 4£ fathoms of water, the northern of the Chusan group, a small islet, bearing S. 8 E. This situation was noways agreeable ; they being "nearly out of sight of land, in an open expos- ed sea, with little more than four fathoms of water, and apparently surrounded with shoals arid sand- banks." They now endeavored to procure a pilot from some of the junks that were near them. Se- veral men came on board, but they all declared that no sum would tempt them to pilot the ship into Shang- hae, yet one of them readily gave the following direc- tions, "which we found so accurate," says M. L., "that future navigators in these seas cannot do bet- 1834. Lindsay find Gutzlajf. .~>49 ter tlmn observe them. 'Take your departure from the northern island (which we named Gutzlajf's is- land), and steer NW. by N.; you will never have less water than four fathoms; and when you approach the channel between Tsungrning and the main land, the water will gradually deepen to five and six fathoms.'" The following morning (June 19th), they saw two large junks steering exartly in the course the fisher- man had pointed out; they immediately weighed an- chor and followed in their wake. At four p. M. they were only four miles from the land, in water that was perfectly fresh. On the 20th they were within about eight miles of the entrance of the Woosung river, upon which Shanghae is built. Determined not to lose time by waiting for the ship, Mr. Lindsay with Mr. Gutzlaff started in their boat early the next morn- ing, and reached the mouth of the river just at the dawn of day. As they proceeded up the river sever- al boats endeavored to prevent their going to Shang- hae ; "but," says Mr. L., "I merely replied to them, that having business to transact, and a petition to present, it was necessary we should go thither." They reached this far-famed emporium at about half-past four P. M. It stands on the left side of the river. Commodious wharves and large warehouses occupy the banks of the river, "which is deep enough to al- low junks to come and unload alongside of them ; in the middle it has from six to eight fathoms, and is nearly half a mile in breadth." They landed amidst a crowd, entered the city, and proceeded to the office of the taoutae, the people readily pointing out the way. "As we approached," says Mr. L., "the lictors hastily tried to shut the doors, and we were only just in time to prevent it, and pushing them back, entered the outer court of the office. Here we found numerous low police peo- ple, but no decent persons, and the three doors lead- ing to the interior, were shut and barred as we en- tered. After waiting a few moments, and repeatedly knocking at. the door, seeing no symptoms of their r».r)l) Journals of Messrs. APRIL. being opened, Mr. Simpson and Mr. Stephens settled the point by two vigorous charges at the centre gate with their shoulders, which shook them off their hing- es, and brought them down with a great clatter, and we made our entrance into the great hall of justice, at. the further end of which was the state chair and ta- ble of the taoutae. Here were numerous official assistants, who seeing us thus unexpectedly among them, forgot totally our unceremonious mode of ob- taining entrance, and received us with great polite- ness, inviting us to sit down and take tea and pipes." The taoutae being absent, the cheheen soon made his appearance, and after upbraiding the visitors for their temerity, "sat down, and I (says Mr. I..) in- stantly seated myself opposite to him, on which he again rose, and casting an angry glance at me, strode out of the room without vouchsafing a word, as if he considered himself degraded by seeing me seated in his presence." The taoutae soon entered; an audience was agreed upon, and the petition delivered into his hands; he was evidently prepared to brow- beat the stranges with fierce looks and angry words, commanding them in a boisterous tone instantly to depart and return to Canton. Twenty-four hours, however, had not passed before the demeanor of these men was greatly changed, and even the super- cilious cheheen met them with the greatest, polite- ness, and obsequiously forced them to take the high- est seats. "Such," says Mr. Lindsay, " are Chinese mandarins all over the empire. Compliance begets insolence; opposition and defiance produce civility and friendly profession." After visiting several parts of the city, and distri- buting many copies of their pamphlet arid othertracts, Messrs. Lindsay and Gutzlaff-returned to the ship, just as she was on the point of entering the river. In order to prevent this, all the military and naval forces of the neighborhood were put in requisition: tents were erected, and large guns without carriages were placed along on each side of the river; and to make Lindsay Mid Gutz/tiJ'. f>f>l the scene still more imposing, a row of mud heaps in the form of tents were thrown up, and then while- washed; and finally, fifteen imperial war junks sta- tioned themselves in the mouth of the river ; but the Lord Amherst passed safely through their line, and anchored at some distance u'p the river. Neither threats nor intreaties could induce the barbarians to swerve from their course. In more than one in- stance did the imperial officers prostrate themselves and offer to perform the kotow. But notwithstand- ing the tact and promptitude of the adventurers, the whole of their "intercourse with the officers of Shanghae was unsatisfactory and wearying, with- out being productive of any results." "The policy finally adopted by the officers was," says Mr. L., "to leave us entirely unmolested, and take little notice of us, merely contenting themselves with keeping the people from visiting our ship, and to trust to our departure when we saw that no object could be obtained by a longer stay." We have room for only one more extract from Mr. Lindsay's report. "As this is the first time the emporium of Shanghae has heen brought under the immediate notice of Europeans, some fow re. marks on it may not be inappropriate. Considering the extraor- dinary advantages which this place possesses for foreign trade, it is wonderful Ilistl it has not atiraeied more observation. ()-ie of the main causes of its importance is found in ils fine harbor and navi- gable river, by which, in point of fact, Shanghue is the seaport of the Yangtsze keang, and the principal emporium of eastern Asia, the native trade of it greatly exceeding even that of Canton. On our first arrival 1 was so much struck with the vast quantity of junks entering the river, that 1 caused them to he counted for several suc- cessive days. The result was that in seven days upwards of 400 junks, varying in size from 100 to 400 tons, passed VVuosung, and proceeded to Shanghae. During the first part of our slay most of these vessels were the north eountn junks with four masts, from Teentsin, anil various parts of Mautcliou Tartary : rtour and peas from which place formed a great part of their cargo. But during the la'ter part of our stay, the Fuhkcfen junks began to pour in, to the. number of HO and 40 per day. Many of these were from For- mosa, Canton, the eastern ATchipeiago, Cochinchimi, and >Siam. •• The river VVoosunp romcs out of the Ta-hno furcsit hike), al (. nHng-koiiou how ; it then lrnvrrs"K UK- Yun-li'i or lirrntraniil, and thu.s coinniiiiiiriiti-s with inr Yani;l.s/.« k( a"^r, the Yi-llnw rixrr. ami 552 Journals of Messrs. APRIL, Peking; from the Yun-ho it enters the Pang-shan lake, and flows by Soochow, the capital of the southern part of Keangsoo, one of the most commercial, wealthy and luxurious cities of Ihe empire. From this place numerous navigable rivers communicate and tra- verse each other in every direction. Thus it appears that this riv- er affords a commodious water communication with the remotest parts of the empire, from Peking to Yunnan, and from the eastern coasts to the centre of the deserts in Tartary. The advantages which foreigners, especially the English, would derive from liberty of trade with this place are incalculable. Woollen manufactures are now only admitted by inland transport from Canton; and the various exactions and necessary expenses attendant on their con- veyance, render them unattainable by the mass of the population in the interior; and from the coldness of the climate in the northern provinces, woollens would naturally be in much higher estimation in them than in the comparatively warm climate of Canton, did equal facilities exist for their introduction. "When it is considered how trifling the present consumption of woollens is, when compared with the population of Chins, for in- stance, in the staple commodity of broadcloth, under 800,000 yds. among 360,000,000 people, not giving an average of one yard among 450 persons, is it wild or theoretic to imagine, that with a more free and extended intercourse, the consumption might be quadrupled, or in time even increased tenfold? Or is it unreason- able to turn an anxious eye to these hitherto almost unknown parts of the globe, to find new outlets for our English manufactures, now, when all the nations of Europe are straining every nerve, by the en- couragement of their own manufactures, and the imposition of protecting duties, to exclude the produce of English industry from their markets? Here is a nation in population nearly doubling that of all Europe, combined with a seacoast of fully 3000 miles, abounding with the finest rivers and harbors in the world. Its ports and cities are filled with an industrious, enterprising and commercial population, who would all hail the establishment of a foreign trade with joy. Even the mandarins in enforcing their inhospitable and misanthropic laws, are ready to acknowledge the vast advantages whicii would be derivable from foreign intercourse; yet the mere will of a solitary despot has, for the last century, been sufficient to separate near 400,000,000 of human beings from all communi- cation with their species. I do not pretend to be sufficiently versed in the laws of nations (none of which are recognized by the ruler of China,) to presume to say how far other countries are bound to yield implict submission to these laws. But I may be allowed to express a hope, Uiat as wg attain more mutual knowledge of each other, and become better acquainted with the friendly sentiments entertained by the mass of the people towards foreigners, these selfish and injurious principles may gradually wear away, and that the time will soon come, when the people of China, under a more liberal and enlightened system of government, may assume the place they arc entitled to among the civilized nations of the world," Lindsay and GutdaJJ 55^ Having completed their transactions at Shanghae, and purchased "sundry trifles and various specimens of the beautiful silks and crapes of Soochow," with a necessary supply of provisions, the voyagers bade farewell to their friends on the morning of the 8th of July, and were followed out of the river by a fleet of junks, which performed the usual ceremony of expell- ing the barbarians by Bring several rounds of guns when the ship was about six miles distant. On the I5lh the Lord Amhcrsi touched at Weihae wei in (Shantung; the next day she stood out to sea; and by 10 A. M. on the 17th, made the land of Corea. Our limits forbid us to follow her track through the re- maining part of her course- In laying aside the Re- port and the Journals, it is unnecessary for us to say a word in their commendation; no enterprising or philanthropic man can read them without the liveliest interest, and the strong desire that the wall which now separates China from the other nations of the earth may soon be broken down. We do not expect the governments of the present day to embark in Quixotic enterprises; "yet. (repeating what we have already said,) if our distance might give us that hear- ing which our presence could not claim, we would assure the exalted personages who hold the reins of empire in the west, that if by the united expression of their desires, they could influence the policy of China, their generation would thank them and pos- terity would honor them. It is a great object invit- ing and meriting their concert." But whether they will engage in the enterprise or not, the train of events now in progress must sooner or later, and perhaps within a very short period, introduce here a new or- der of things—overcoming ancient prejudices, break- ing down misanthropic and antinational antipathies, and laying the foundations of an unrestrained inter- course between the people of China and the enlight- ened states of Christendom. In hastening a consum- mation so devoutly to be wished, the journals of" Lindsay -«nd f Juixlafl "'ill bear H conspicuous puri. •i r Aruil., MISCELLANIES, Kurmah. doclnws and practices of the Budltisls; their geography, astronomy, and upper regions; rewards and punishments; their periods (or ages); duties; ideas of death, worship, intelligent beings; their books, medicines, fyc. (Continued from page 506.) By BtNJiVOLENS. The object of this communication is to convey an idea of the no- tions anil practices of Budhists in Burmali, drawn from their own statements. In preparing it, I have been much indebted to the Btirman dictionary mentioned in a former communication. Many of the statements arc literal translations of passages in Burman books, and in every case, pains have been taken to present no oth er views than those which arc uniformly acknowledged by Burman Budhisfs. Though I have not met in their books, the account of Shway da gong, which is here given from the American Baptist Ma- gazine, I cannot doubt its correctness, for it is the same as was ver- bally related to me recently by an intelligent Burman priest. Many of these views will be amusing, and the number might be easily increased by others equally extravagant. But these will suffice to show in what a state of intellectual and moral ignorance many millions of our fellow-beings live, and to exhibit the propriety of those measures to enlighten thorn which I propose to recount in another communication. Geography. Kate is a certain number of sck-yah systems, 01 worlds, in which sense there are said to be three kinds, viz., tsah- tce.ka.te, consisting of a hundred thousand millions of worlds, which are destroyed and reproduced simultaneously; ah-nah-katc, con- sisting of a billion of worlds through which the authority of a Bud- ha extends; and wce-tha-yah-kate, consisting of an infinity of worlds, which can only be an object of thought. Sek-yah wa-lah is a sek-yah world or system, and comprises the central My-cn-rno mount, the surrounding seas and islands, the celestial regions, in eluding the circumvolving luminaries, and (he infernal regions. There arc four great islands encompassing My-en-mo mount; on the north, Oot-ta-ra-koo-roo; on the cast, Pyiip-pa-we-day. han; on the south, Sam-boo.dc-pah; and on the west, A-pa-ra gau-han. Each of these is surrounded by 500 small islands. There arc seven ranges of mountains (thal-tith-rah-ban) which surround My-en-rno mount, and which scpaialc the seven rivers (thec-tah) in regular succession. Sam-boo-de-pah, is the great south island on which we live. There arc five great rivers which run southward on the great south island. I. (iciig-gah, (he bathing place of crows. ? Asoe-ra-wn-tec, »'hevr the nats daughters sport and hathp 3. 1834. Murnuili. 555 .liiin-niuii-lin, where tli« eugenia tree grows. -1. Ma-liee, where ihe buffaloes bathe. 5. Tlia-rS-boo, where the bruwn li/ards bathe Meet-su-ma-day-tha, the middle part of the world, including the sixteen great countries, is the scene of the sacred histories of Budha. (This is the northern part of Hindostan.) Heiiia-woon-tah is an immense, hut imaginary forest, (said to be situated in Thau-la-tha, or South Behar,) in which are seven large lakes; the width of eacli is about 500 miles, and the deptli the same. It is in this forest that most of the wonderful tilings mentioned in the Budhist scriptures are said to have happened. Sam-boo-tha-bya, the cugenia tree which produces gold, is said to grow on Iho north- ern extremity of the island Sain-boo-de-pah. Tlien-ho, the isl- and on which the Biirman sacred books were written, is said to be Ceylon. The Burman books say that there are eight wonders of the sea, vi/. 1. The waters continually rising into swells, and sinking into vallies; 2. that the waters do not overspread the shore ; 3. that it throws deail bodies on the shore; 4. that the five great rivers lose their names when they reach the sea; 5. that its waters never diminish nor increase; 0. that the salt is so mingled with the water as to liecomo one; 7. that it is the repository of precious stones; and, 8. that it is the residence of Ihe nats. Their theory of earthquakes is this; the earth is an extended stratum, which rests on a stratum of water; this again upon a stra- tum of air, beyond which is an entire vacuum. The stratum of air thus situated, is easily agitated by a variety of causes; when agi- tated, it communicates its motion to the superincumbent water, which in turn shakes the earth above it. How simple the theory' and how indicative of the state of science among them! What the Burmans call a great island is the same as a continent with us, and should be so reckoned in our estimate of the correctness of their geographical notions. The base of My-cn-mo mount should, on their theory, be found where the island of Spitzhergen lies. Astronomy. The Burmans enumerate eight planets, vi/. the sun, moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn, and Rahu. The last of these is not discoverable, but is said to be the residence of the nat who occasions eclipses. Nine principal constellations are enumerated, corresponding with the twenty-seven nek-khjtts (stars), viz.; 1. the crow; 2. a kind of bird; :$. a species of crab fish; 4. scales; ,r>. the crest, an ornament used to fasten up the hair; 6. the fisherman; 7. the elephant; 8. the horse; 9. the heron or paddy bird. We.-dc-thon.hall-the arc the three courses of the planets round My-en-mo mount, the inner, middle and outside courses. The sun enters the. inner course at the full moon in March, and continues (ill the full moon of July, which is the hot season; it then enters the middle course, in which it continues till the full moon of No. mlier, which forms the rainy season, after this, it passes through tlir; niitei C..IIUH! till tin} full moon of March, and this the cold sea ,«*»» Thu i".«'\> liciiiy "iii-pii-a';! to be an e\lci"WI |.|:nn the il-n|v 550 Btinnah. APRII,: diftaupfurau<'.£ of tin2 sun is attributed to the intervention of My-en- mo mount. As we live on tlie grent south island (Sam-boo.de.pah), this mountain must be to the north of us. In their views of cos. mogony, it cannot, with perfect accuracy, l>e said to lie under the north star, because its height is much greater than the elevation of that star, but its latitude and longitude are the same. Upper Regions. B6-wah- meaning a state of existence, a world, is the world of passion, including the four states of punishment; the stale of man, and the six inferior heavens, the world of visible ob- jects, including the sixteen material superior heavens, and the world of invisibles, including the four immaterial superior heavens. The six inferior heavens here mentioned, are the six stages of the nat country. Sa-du-ma-hah-reot is the first stage of the world of nats situated round the waist of My-en-mo mount. Thon-an-dah is a famous garden in the first stage of the nat country; it extends about 12,000 miles, and is the scene for recreation and pleasure to the inhabitants. Tah-wa-ding-thah, the second stage of the world of nats, is situated on the summit of My-en-mo mount. The others rise successively above these. Thoke-dath-thana is the name of a city in the nat country, where the king of the nats resides. Bramha-bon, which is the abode of the Bramhas, includes the superior celestial regions, of which there are twenty stages or stories, sixteen material and lour immaterial or invisible Thoke-dah-wah-tha, one stage of the Bramha coun- try, consists of five divisions ; in one the inhabitants live through- out a thousand complete revolutions of nature (see Maha-kal); in another the inhabitants live through two thousand revolutions of nature; in a third, through four thousand; in a fourth, through eight thousand; and in a fifth, through sixteen thousand complete revolutions of nature. Offerings and rewards. There are said to be five particulars which respect offerings; vix., 1. making an offering in the expec- tation of the reward ; 2. with proper materials and free from blem- ish; 3. giving to travelers the best of flowers and fruits in a time of famine ; 4. nriking offerings when one is very indigent; the 5th is not mentioned. The priests in their exhortaions to the people are accustomed to promise a great variety of rewards as an induce- ment to be liberal in their benefactions. These rewards are fre- quently of an intellectual nature, but more generally of a sensual kind. The following are of a general character. Ah, a kind of wisdom which destroys the four enslaving principles to which all men are subject. Abin-yTn, which denotes certain excellent attain- ments; viz., 1. the faculty of seeing like a nat; 2. hearing like a nat; 3. creative power; 4. knowledge of other men's thoughts ; 5. prescience ; 6. knowledge of one's past existences. Dzlnn, a cer- tain attainment or state of mind, which enables the possessor to traverse different worlds. It is divided into five .constituent parts; 1. thought; 2. consideration, reflection; 3. pleasure, joy; 4. bliss, happiness; 5. permanency, immutability. The following are examples of rewards promised to specific a«-.ts. 1834. Burmuh. 557 There are five rewards obtained by the person who makes a reli- gious offering of a razor; viz., numerous good friends; perfection in diligence; patience; wisdom, and purity. There are five re- wards of patience or forbearance; viz., the universal love of man- kind; peace; few faults; composure in death; deliverance from the four states of punishment after death. Also five awards of impatience, just the opposites of those of patience. There are ten rewards obtainable by the person who rrakes an offering of a the-bike (an open-mouthed pot in which the priests receive their rice); viz., dishes ornamented with precious stones, &c.; the necessaries of life at all times; deliverance from evil; freedom from oppression; the reverence of mankind; easily ob- taining food, clothing, a place to sleep, and a place of habitation; happiness and enjoyment which shall not be destroyed ; a settled and contented mind ; a love for the divine law ; few sexual desires and complete freedom from anxieties. They are also promised tham-pat-tee-tset-lay-bah, a general term which embraces four particulars; viz., the privilege of living in an elegant and delight- ful place of abode; having an old stock of merit for good deeds performed in a previous state of being; doing well for one's self; and the privilege of associating with upright and religious persons. The highest reward which is attainable is thap-pe-nyu-tah-nyan, which consists in a perfect knowledge of the five following princi- ples or laws; viv., of mutability ; of the modes of existence ; of dis- criminating marks or signs; of absorption or annihilation; and, of religious law. This reward can be obtained only by making a religious offering of all these five things; viz., one's property ; the principal members of one's body, as a foot, a hand, or an eye; one's children; one's wife; and finally, one's life. It seems not improper to remark, that there are certain classes of persons who can never obtain any reward, let their offerings be ever so numerous and costly. The barbers are an instance; they are subject to this curse on account of some disrespect one of the fraternity showed Gaudama during his incarnation. Punishments. Punishments are threatened as dissuasives from crime and the neglect of religious offerings. An.der-et.>-ya-kan, instant and uninterrupted misery, is denounced on the person who is guilty of killing a father, killing a mother, killing a rahandah, wounding a Budha, or making a schism among the disciples of Budha. Those who arc guilty of the sin of drinking intoxicating li- quors, are subjected to the loss of property, a quarrelsome disposi- tion, sickness and disorders in the body, loss of reputation, contempt and disgrace, and destruction of the understanding. The Bur- mans are taught that punishment follows sin as surely as a cart- wheel follows the ox, but it must be proportioned to the crime. Me- rit is followed by reward in the same way. There does not appear to be so much difference in the nature of these as in their duration. The one is suffered and the other enjoyed alternately for millions of ages in the different hells or stages of the nal eoiintry. There are eight great rentral hells, ranged one above another, each (il ventures the) arrived at the pluce win-re Sliway da gong now is, and on searching found the other three relics, which, with the eight hairs of Gaudamn, they deposited together with immense treasures in a vault, over which they erected the pagoda. Intelligent Beings. It will be impossible to recount all the va- rieties that are classed under this head, as the Burmans reckon 214 orders of beings who inhabit the several states of happiness and misery. Enough however will be given to illustrate many of the prominent views entertained by Budhists. Thu-ngeyr is a child. When first born, a child is supposed to have its mind deeply im- pressed with the past; if it came last from hell, or a state of pu- nishment, it reflects on what it there suffered, and weeps; but if it came last from the nat country, it reflects on its late enjoyment and smiles. Thu-dlike is an ignorant or foolish person. Three things, or signs, distinguish a foolish person; viz., 1. though des- titute of property, they desire to marry; '2. though destitute of strength, they delight in fighting; and 3, though ignorant of the sacred books, they wish to dispute about the subjects they contain. Tin e-rte-dainmah-thaiikak is an ancient king, who for his great merit obtained authority over the whole of the great south island, and to the extent of twelve miles above and below it. Po-yah-long is one who is destined to be a deity—the bud or sprout of deity. Nats, or Dew&li, are supposed to be superior to men, but inferior to Bramha; some of whom are said to inhabit the inferior celestial regions, and others to have dominion over different parts of the earth and sky. Athu-ra are fallen nats, some of whom were formerly driven from the summit of My-en-mo mount to the region situated between the three stone pillars which support the mount. Alhurning is a nat who is supposed to occasion eclipses. Ngal-yen is a fa- bulous being, supposed to occasion earthquakes. Beloo is a kind of monster which eats human flesh and possesses certain super- human powers. Gan-dap-pah, Rek-kike, Com-ban, Ga-16ng, and Na-gab, are different races of huge monsters, many of whom inha- bit and guard the base of My-en-mo mount. Way-na-dav-ya are a race of Galongs, whose king or chief is said to be of immense size, each wing being above 600 miles; the distance between the wings the same, the length of the body above 6000 miles; the crest of his head above 36 miles; and his bill, above 1800 miles. Weetsa- moiie is an aerial spirit which guards the Thu-roung tree, which is said to produce a fruit in shape like the human species. Man-nat is a powerful evil spirit who resides in the highest inferior heavens, and has dominion over all the lower parts of the universe. Sek- kyamen is a sovereign of the four great islands which surround My- en-mo mount. Aree-yah is one who has undergone a great change by which he has become independent of the common accidents of nature: they are divided into four grand orders, each of which embraces two classes, in all, eight kinds. Zfp.na or tfudha is a person who has overcome the. five evils or tyrants vi/,. I. annual constitution: '2 siihjcw;tioa I" the, four causns; .'-', th(J passion*: -1. death: T>. the most powerful ^\ il nat. HP :i V 5i>2 fiuimti/i A run ii.is tin; loiin ol a in.in, .mil, in (xniil of wisdom an i virtue, is 1111 rivaled throughout the isok-vah xystcmti, and is thn supreme object of worship, hoth during his exislcnce and after his annihilation, until the appearance of another Budha. In the present grand period (see Boke.dah-kat) four Budhas have already appeared, viz. Kau-koo-than, Gauna-gong, Kath-a-p&n, and Gaudarna; the fifth, A-rii-ina-day-ya is yet to come, and to him the expectations of all Budhists arc directed with much earnestness. Theg-gyah is one of the higher orders of intellectual beings of which there are said to be 32 oiassus. Theg-gyah-men is the king of nats. There are however, it is said, three nats who excel him in glory; they ob- tained this transcendency on account of certain offerings made in time of one of the incarnations of Budha. Bramhas are beings superior to men and nats, inhabiting the higher celestial regions (see Bramha-hon). Tha-ken-por&h is a term which is applied to great personages, particularly to Budha or deity. The whole number of absolute or distinct Budhas istwenty-eight; five belong to the present system, but one of them has not yet appeared; twenty.three made their appearances in different successive worlds previous to the present; the 1st lived 80,000 years; the 2d, 90,000; the 3d, 80,000; the 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th. 8th, 9th, 10th, llth, lived each, 100,000 years: the 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, and 19th, lived each 90,000 years; the 20th, and 21st 60,000 years; the 22d, 80,000 ; the 23d, 70,000. The 1st of the present 'world, 40,000 years; the 2H, 30,000; 3d, 20,000; and Gaudama, the last, lived only 80 years. Five of them were 80 cubits in stature; six were 88 cubits; one, 90 cubits: three 60 cubits each ; four, 58 cubits; one, 50 cubits; one, 70 cubits ; one, 40; one, 30; one, 20 ; and Gaudama the las', only 18 cubits in stature. These deities possess the power, it is said, of emitting rays of glory or splendor in six streams of different colors. Books. The most important religious work, and that which is most referred to as authoritative, is the Bedagat. This consists of three grand divisions; viz. 1. Wee-nee, containing five books which comprise the commands of Gaudama for observance of his priests; 2. Thoke-tan, which is in three books; 3. A-be-de-ma, in seven books. It was 458 years after the death of Gaudama, in the reign of Doke-ta-k&'i-ma-ne0, that these books were, according to Budhist authorities, "miraculously transcribed in one day from the original which is now lost," but which, in the estimation of most persons who havt; investigated the subject, never existed. [n the reign of Nam-mn, 930 years after the transcription, they were translated out of the Thee-ho language into Magadha or Pali by Boke-da-gau-thah, a great religious ascetic, and brought to Sam- boo-de-pa, or as the Burmans say, our island. Abridgments of these have been made; they are variously interpolated, and com. mentcd on. The grand purport of them is to offer inducements to the people to make liberal offerings to the priests, and provide largely in every way for their accommodation. This is done hy telling stories of the rewards received by those who had been bounteous in their present's to the priesthood, or the calamities 18:54. TctH/sb. (i4 Temple at Mrichoir. Amir.. because their descriptive poetry has so little of the picturesque, ar|d seldom dwells upon the beautiful and sublime scenery which na- ture's God has spread out upon the surface of our globe to lead us to love and admire the Hand that made it. But though their poets are deficient in the description of rural scenery, the Chinese inva- riably select the most romantic spots for the erection of temples in honor of their gods. Along the whole coast of China there is scarcely a conspicuous spot without a temple, or at least a shrine. The temples and pagodas built upon the hills and promontories, serve as so many beacons to the Chinese navigator, who never passes them without burning gilt paper and incense, to propitiate the favor of the deities supposed to reside in them, and secure a prosperous voyage. Thus, as the groves and high places of Scrip- ture also teach us, the heathen in every age have dedicated these attractive spots to the service of their imaginary deities. The temple at Meichow consists of a number of buildings which rise gradually one above another till they reach a cliff which forms the summit of the hill. It is remarkable for its colossal gilt images. In one of the lower buildings there is a large horse in a prancing attitude, the workmanship of which exhibits considerable skill. At present it wanls a rider, but this deficiency will soon be supplied, as the moulder has one preparing. The priests, though only eight in number, pav great attention to their sanctuary, and keep it clean and in good onlor. The merits of "Heaven's Queen" are rehears- ed daily in their vespers; and though she; is not of Budhistic origin, they sing her praises in the Pali language. Many are the votaries that crowd this temple for worship. Pilgrimages are made from every part of the province of Fuhkeen to conciliate her favor. No junk of any importance passes without stopping a while, that the captain and mate may render homage to their protectress for her aid in the hour of danger. The priests are consequently rich, and own much of the island, in the interior of which are many fertile spots and some flourishing villages. When we visited them, we charged them with deluding the peo- ple, and reproved them for maintaining a worship which reason condemns, and every pure heart must abhor. We told them of the Creator of all things, and of the Savior of sinners; and ex- horted them to relinquish their foolish idolatry and turn to the living and true God. Pliant, like the votaries of Budhism, they acknowledged that all their idol worship is a mere farce; but as old custom is in its favor, and their own gains would be lost bv its abolition, they cannot consent to give up a system which has the sanction of ages. Nevertheless they thought us in the right and would be glad to adopt OUT system, if their worldly interests were not concerned. From the various conversations we have had with Budhist priests, it is evident that their tenets have no very strong hold upon their minds. They are formal worshipers, and tread in the steps of their forefathers without examining upon what grounds their belief is founded. They might be easily persuaded to change licir religion if their own present interest could be promoted by it: H5:i4. ('tmri'rsiim of the Chinese. 5()"> Inn without a radical cliangf1 ol' lioart, this is scarcely desirable. Tlieir outward compliance with our forms of religious worship would only prove detrimental to the progress of the gospel. It is in vain, therefore, to hope that they will forsake their idolatry, if the power of the Holy Spirit does not regenerate their hearts. For this we incessantly pray. May those feeble endeavors to point out to the priests of Meirhnio the wav of salvation be blessed from above. Remarks concerning tlie Connersion of the Chinese, We have long been told that the Chinese empire is shut against the entrance of the gospel. This sentiment has paralized the efforts of the Chris- tian church in behalf of the Chinese-; and we sincerely hope it will soon erase to exist. We cannot, indeed, at present adduce many instances of actual conversion to prove its fallacy ; but it may be safely asserted that the principal difficulty in the way of introducing the gospol into this great nation, lies, not so much in the physical and political position of the empire, as in the indifference of the people themselves. The hardness of a Chinese heart is great. A lying spirit is implanted and cherished in them from their child, hood; they can form no conceptions of spiritual things; and the things of this world seem to satisfy all their desires. The difficulty of bringing such a people to feel the influence of religious truth is indeed great; yet not so great as that of introduc- ing it among Mohammedans, or even among the Hindoos. Here we meet with a reading people, comparatively free from prejudice, willing to listen to the truth, with a £ood portion of common sense, and not trammeled by any religion of state. To a true Chinese all religions arc alike. Provided he move in the track of his fore- fathers and worship their manes, it mutters very little with him what idols he worships; yet he must have some object of adora- tion, however small and contemptible. This, however, can hard- ly be regarded as a favorable indication; the sick man, who is in- sensible of his disease, and therefore seeks no remedy, is in the greatest danger. What must be the sensations of the Chinese at their transit into that world, where they find themselves surrounded by realities, of which till that moment they had never had a thought! But we cannot, while we live, pursue them and mark their condition in the world of spirits. Though we must all enter that world, it is beyond the power of human reason to tell what will be our sensations there. China's millions of unconverted heathen have often been the theme on which the friends of missions have dwelt. Their readi- ness to succor those who are engaged in the great work, and to sacrifice their property for the promotion of it, show that their zeal consists in something more than more words. Though their means might not be adequate to- meet the demand, were the work to be currier! nn as vigorously and extensively as it needs to l>e, we may fxporl th.tt they will use their utmost exertion* in behalf of thi< .">(>(> (\mvtrsion oj tht flritifsf. APKH., populous nation. On this point no fears need be entertained. The friends of the Savior at lioine are fervent in their prayers, and their supplications before the throne of grace are precious in the sight of the Lord. The merciful Redeemer will not leave their petitions unanswered; lie will grant success to those undertakings, of which the sole object is the promotion of his glory. Thus armed by the promises of a faithful God, and sustained by the prayers of our fellow Christians, let us boldly attack the king- dom of darkness, undismayed by the difficulties which lie our way. They are not so great as the first missionaries in Greenland, Labrador, and at the Cape of Good Hope, had to encounter. The same faith which made them prove victorious and successful in those inhospitable regions, will enable us to persevere in similar labors, and in the end secure for us similar success. We have an almighty Savior for our leader, whose mercy embraces China, as well as every other nation. To him let us look steadfastly, and in his strengh " fight the good fight." Oh ! that crown of glory which awaits us at the end—the prospect of seeing so large a nation bene- fited by our labors, of destroying the empire of the prince of darkness here, freeing his slaves from bondage, bringing them to their Savior, and rendering them happy for ever! Let the promises of God, that China shall see the salvation of the Loid, he continually before us, especially when we find our- selves surrounded w.th difficulties and dangers. The struggle which will result in the spiritual emancipation of China will prob- ably In- arduous and protracted. Let us not, then, be disheartened, should we meet with reversss; but having once believed that God is our protector and eternal joy, let us not count our lives too dear to be sacrificed to the noble cause. Why should we hesitate, if duly calls us to do it, to offend a jealous government, and draw down upon us their vengeance? What would have become of Christianity in its infancy if the apostles had been dismayed by the threatenings of the Jewish sanhedrim, who had it in their power to oppose the progress of the gospel more effectually than can the emperor of China with all his host of officers? Our predecessors in the work have paved the way before us. Let us press forward in the course which they have commenced. The time for making the necessary preparations for the great cam- paign is past; and we are now to meet the enemy and fight with the spiritual weapons which have been provided. We would say nothing derogatory to useful literary labors of any description, nor discourage in the least the establishment of schools or col- leges among the Chinese whenever it can be done. But we wish to fix attention upon the great object-of our exertions—the preach, ing and promulgation of the gospel in China itself. Writing for the benefit of the Chinese stands in intimate connexion with this object; but it seems scarcely necessary to remark that the best pre. paration for writing thus, is such an intercourse with them as will make us intimately acquainted with their spoken language, their prejudices, and all the peculiarities of their habits and character. l!M4. DiiHgrr of , id fining J We lio|>e (lui (hue will scon come, when an abundance of rclig'oiis books shall be published in the Chinese language, winch will not yield, either in perspicuity or purity of idiom to the best native compositions We therefore recommend an unwearied study of the Chinese language, both spoken and written. We expect that all who engage in the work as missionaries, will have received a thorough classical education, to prepare them to become fully mas- ters of this difficult language. We also recommend the employ- ment of any time which cannot be profitably occupied in preach- ing, in literary pursuits. But preaching and promulgating of the word of God should be the primary, writing the second;) ry, object. Well directed efforts will have the desired effect. When a free intercourse shall be opened, the influence of our conversation with the heathen, and the example we set before them, if such as be- come Christians, will be felt. If that pure principle of love and benevolence which dwelt in Jesus Christ, animate our hearts we shall endear ourselves to the nation. Though for a titne repaid only with ingratitude and looked upon as barbarians, we shall finally gain their affections, and thus most effectually secure our ultimate success. But China is not yet open. Nothing is so important, at the present crisis, as securing a free intercourse with the empire. This for the present should be nrtde the chief object of our efforts. The probability of our being able soon to establish the long wished for intercourse, is at least as fair as it ever has been. Let us improve the inviting prospect, and by our joint endeavors pull down the wall of separation, and after it, the disgraceful and hideous idolatry of China. We commend these few lines to the serious attention of our fellow-laborers, and of those who are about to engage in the same good work. May an unaimous cooperation for the accomplish, ment of the same great end, and iron perseverance, and especially that holy ardor, love, and patience which is (he peculiar gift of the blessed Savior, henceforth characterize our efforts in laboring for the conversion of the Chinese. Philosinensis. The danger of giving unasked advice to despots. "Let Kin Mingkwan be delivered over to the criminal court for trial. Res- pect this." So said his majesty: and what had this person done? He presented a sealed memorial to the emperor, showing his opi- nion how to rid the nation of rebellious banditti, of thieves, gamblers and prostitutes. Being a man devoted to letters from his childhood, he had more knowledge of the ancient classics than of modern manners, and wished to revert to those happy days in which the land was cutlivated by the united labors of the government and people, when "hunger and starvation," the causes of all social evils, were unknown. These and similar vagaries were the head am) front of the. old man's offending. ,r>t)c5 The Self-delusion of Mankind. APRIJ,, The court says, there was nothing rebellious or disrespectful in his paper. And he was in fact, nothing more or less than a Chi- nese Owen of Lanark. But for his presumption and imprudence in giving unasked for advice, their decree that he shall receive one hundred blows with the large bamboo, and be transported three years, would not have been passed. However, he set up a plea that he was the only son of an aged mother. The court therefore di- rected that in the first instance he be sent back to Ganhwuy, the green tea country, whence he came, that the local government may ascertain the facts of the case ; and if his allegation be true, to put him in the pillory, and bamboo him, before they send him to his mother; but if false to transport him as before directed. The court in their memorial add, that his suggestions are impracticabili- ties, and recommend his majesty to dismiss the subject without further consideration. In the new "Memoirs of the court of king Charles the first," by Lucy Aikin, we find that poor William Prynne, about two hun- dred years ago, for writing a book against stage players, female actors, and royal book of sports for Sundays, &c., was used more harshly by the Star-chamber of England, then Kin Mingkwan was by the criminal court of Peking. Prynne had to pay a fine of £5000 to the king, to stand in the pillory, to lose his ears, (that is, to have them cut off',) to have his book burned before his face, and to be imprisoned for life. Another zealot of that day, Dr. Alexander Leighton, a Scotch divine, for an appeal to parliament against prelacy, and some rude remarks on king Charles' Roman catholic queen, was sentenced " to pay a fine of £10,000, to be imprisoned for life, to stand twice in the pillory, and each time to be whipped, to have an ear cut oft', a nostril slit, and a cheek branded." For this sentence, bishop Laud pulled off' his cap and publicly gave thanks to God, and the whole savage punishment was inflicted on Leighton, without the slightest mitigation! What changes have 200 years produced in the western world! And if knowledge be diffused, why may not similar happy changes for the better be some day effected in the eastern world, where horrid inhumanity and cruelty still exist even in the forms of law, and by its solemn delberate sanction? The most cruel thing in Chinese law, as it appears to us, is the putting to death all the male kindred of a rebel leader, from his grandfather to his grandchildren, his wile's male kindred and his daughters' husbands; whilst all the females are doomed to be slaves. Of course this severity is intended to deter men from rebellion: but legal cruelty perhaps enrages more than it intimidates. The self-delusion of 'mankind, or Sdtanie influence inducing false belief, is strongly exhibited by the mode of speaking common both in Christian and Pagan lands concerning persons departed ihis life. That the judgment of the deceased -should \>c left to Him who cannot err, is what our minds approve ; hut it is the usage to IM4. DislnlniltuH. oj' Trails. >' say nothing but good of the dead," and hence the truth—tlmt is the whole truth, is not told ; silence would be better. As it occurs in Christendom that services are said over deceased persons, sup- posing that they are all "with God," so in pagan lands, all descriptions of persons arc sent to some clysium, or made blessed genii or demigods. A case of this kind occurred on the 19th of the first moon of the current year in Canton. The literary chancellor Le, a namesake of the late governor, having recently obtained high promotion, was it is said, so elated by prosperity, that ho indulged in a proud self- sufficiency and disrespect to inferior officers. The tale as it was given to us by a native correspondent runs thus. Last year, chan- cellor Le, went on a literary examination for degrees, to Lce'n- chow. There resided the magistrate of Hopoo been, who through life had been intimate with Lo, and whose father had been Lc?s tutor. When the magistrate called, as his otlicial duty required, and presented his "shmc-pun" or card containing his official history, according to custom, it was simply received, but no notice taken of him wlvo presented it. Thus commenced bad feeling. The magistrate in tlic next place had selected a candidate for the first nnmf in the successful list, said to deserve the place. Chan- cellor Le however had been bribed to install a stupid fellow, a rich man's son in the same place. Tiie magistrate obtained his proofs: represented the facts to the governor of Canton, and he to the em- peror, which when Le found out, he became so "frightened at the crime" he had committed, and the consequences likely to follow, that he retired to the western side of his mansion and hanged him- self. Next morning the provincial court circular announced that Le the magnate, had from his palace "gone to ramble among the blessed genii." Concerning Le's destiny we presume to say noth- ing; but only lament that mankind should persuade themselves and rashly affirm that criminal suicides, and other wicked persons dying impenitent assuredly go to heaven. RELIGIOUS INTELLIGENCE. Distribution of tracts on the and Indramayoe, on the coast islands of Java and Madura, of Java, and at Sumenap on The following extracts are from Madura. \ all of these places the journal of Mr. Lukas Mon- he was well received bv the na- ton, which was alluded to in our lives and found opportunities last number: the journal was for circulating upwards of 2800 written during the months of tracts. He was however inter- July, August, and September, riipled in his benevolent work 1833, while Mr. M. was on a by the Dutch authorities, on ae- voyage, to Chcribon, Samarang, counl of hid having circulated a Lassam. Smiralwv:i, Grissc"-, few JiUHnrsi- liari.s, «lii(.h (hat .v/u Al'KII., Distribution o Uhrislian government does not wish to have distributed, lest the discontented part of the popula lion, should interpret it into an > nterference with their religious notion.", and should make it a pretext lor raising the standard uC insurrection. But this is a wrong view of the case: instead of the people being displeased with (he books already put into their hands, they are invariably pleased with them; and rather than raise an insurrection on account of religious tracts being given them, the Javanese are more likely to complain of their being with- held, while they see their Malay and Chinese neighbors receiving them in abundance. That an enlightened Christian govern- ment, in siu-.li an age as thi.1;, should directly oppose the pro- inulgation of the gospel, seems to us verv unaccountable; but cherishing the hope thai this opposition will soon cease, we forbear to animadvert on such conduct. W<> have rend VIr. Monlon's journal with much pleasure; but our limits will allow us to quote only a part of it. We give the most interesting paragraphs, which may serve as specimens of the whole. He arrived at Cheiibo'i, July 'J Tracts. AHKII., them on account of the restric- tion. However, they insisted on having them, and when their de- mands grew more loud and cla- morous, I was afraid of a dis- turbance, and made my escape into the house of a Chinese, where I thought 1 would give away a few quietly, but they crowded in more and more, till the Chinaman shut the door. This they soon pushed open, and came in a body demanding tracts. The room was soon so full that I was unable to take out any, till I got upon a chair. Still it was impossible to deal them out. The Chinese now became angry ; but for this they cared not a whit, insisting on having tracts; when 1 found that it was impossible to pacify them otherwise, I got upon the high table, which served the Chinese for an altar piacs; thus being elevated very much above the rest, I wa.s enabled lo deal out a few. Some wanted to snatch them, others asked for them, but would not keep quiet, for when one had obtained a book, and began to read a few words of Javanese, another would snatch it out of his hand. I could not conceal the Javanese tracts, for they followed me begging, and if I said, they are all gone, they still kept following me to a great distance, and would not quit me, till they found that all were gone. "August 6th, I went out to dis- tribute Malay and Chinese tracts which were sought after by ma- ny of the Malay and Bugis peo- ple. Wherever I went, a con- stable and two police officers followed me, examining my bun- hie to see if there were any Jn- ,;inese tracts: licit they found only Chinese and Malay. Upon seeing the constable and police officers following me, the people were rather shy of receiving tracts, but I distributed them notwithstanding among the Ma- lays, and those Javanese who understood the Arabic charac- ter. The common people were now afraid of making a noise, because they thought that the constable and the police officers were sent to take care of me; on which account they asked for books in a gentle and quiet manner, but they knew not that the object of sending the officers after me was to watch my pro- ceedings. Thus the officers were after all of some service, in keep- ing the people quiet. When the books were gone, I gave a tract to the constable, and re- turned home. Thus it went on for several days. Whether I went to the Malay villages, or the Chinese cainpong, the offi- cers followed me, and when my books were gone, I thanked them for their kindness in tak- ing care of me, and preventing disturbances." "About this time, 1 had some conversation with Fek-svy, a Chinese who had adopted the Christian profession. He spoke as if he were already secure, and should never be moved. I talk- ed to him of the new birth, but it appeared he had never turned his atten ion to this subject. He had many expedients for cover- ing over his own faults, as Adam covered himself with tig leaves, but of the new birth he knew nothing. When he was baptized, two of his children were baptiz- ed with him, but his eldest son was not brought forward for baptism, berniiw, ns he said, he Distribution uj 'J'r night be tin? means of bringing another soul into the church with him; by which he meant that his son should grow up and mar- ry some rich Chinese woman, who would then embrace Chris. tianity with him. 1 remonstrated with him on the folly of such a scheme, and told him that I fear- ed his profession of Christianity was mere outside show, for the sake of gain; and that he was not entering into the kingdom of heaven himself, but preventing those who were entering from going in. After talking much with him, I found that the drift of his conversation was to justify himself, but when I came to ex- perimental subjects he was either silent or angry. One of the at- tendants on the religious ser- vices had been overcome hy temptation and had consequent- ly discontinued his attendance, against whom Fck-suy appeared to be much enraged, without showing the least pity for his fallen brother; whereupon I re- proved him, and told him not to judge his brother, or set at naught his brother, for we must all stand before the judgment seat of Christ. "After this the people in jail, (whom he had before visited,) sent to call me, that I might pray for them, thinking by that means to escape from prison. I came as I was called, and distributed books among them, when the professing Christians who were confined called me aside, and spoke as if they thought that I could pray them out of jail. I said, how foolish you are to suppose that my prayers would avail to get you out nf prison. No; (his prison (Ind lisis appointed for the con- finement of evil iiii-ii, and Ibis is a specimen of what hell will IK:; you are confined here for your crimes, and if you do not repent of them, God will punish you for them still more in another world. "August 31st, they appointed for me a place of meeting (at Sumenap), where more than 60 professing Christians came to. gether to hoar the gospel of Je- sus: and truly they appeared like persons just awaking out of sleep, and as it were hungering after the word of life; for there is no one to give them instruction in the Malay language; Mr. Ploegman being fully occupied with the Dutch. For the four drys that I was with them, they assembled every evening to the number of 55, besides children, who were all very desirous of hearing about the death of Je- sus, and of pardon through the blood of God's dear Son." "September 3d, Mr. Ploegman took me to the palace to see the sultan of Sumenap, and from 8 o'clock in the morning till 11, we continued talking about the religion of Jesus. The sultan acknowledged that the Scrip- tures were true, that Jesus Christ was the son of God, and the Savior of men; but the death of Christ he would not admit of. I asked the sultan who told him that Jesus did not die. 'Moham- med,' he replied. I then asked his highness to be good enough to read the 4th and 5th chapters of the Koran, where it is re- corded, that God said to Jesus, 'I deliver you to death:' it is also said in the same book that Jesus did not die, but that God took him up to heaven alive; now which are we to believe? Mohammed has also said, that Joiirtitil iff AHUM,, Jesus is iini ilic son of God, but the spirit of God; and which of these titles ascribes to the Savior most divinity?' Some Europeans who were sitting with the snllan while I was talking with him, now began to rub their noses, and getting up they walked away. Upon which I said, Of all peoplo there are n?ne so in- consistent as professing Chris- tiuns. 'How is that?' said the sultan. 'Let your highness,' I re- plied, 'only look at the Chinese; JOURNAL, OF OCCURRENCES. Termination of Ike hon. E. I. Compa- ny's exclusive right$]in China.—'The exclusive right of trading vvilh the do- minions of the emperor of China, long enjoyed by the united Company of merchants of England,' ceased on the 22d inst.; and henceforth (notwith- standing any provision, enactment, matter or thing made for the purpose of protecting the exclusive rights of trade, heretofore enjoyed by the said Company, contained in any act of the said Company or of the British parlia- ment,) it shall be lawful for any of the subjects of his most excellent majesty, king William the Fourth, to carry on trade with any countries between the Cape of Good Hope and the Straits of Magellan.' This act of king William, passed "by and with the advice and consent of the lords spiritual and temporal, and C>mmons" of Great Britain, will aid very much in hasten- ing the abolition of the long cherished EXCLUSIVE RIGHTS of the celestial em- pire. That the now arrangements will cause embarrassment to some of the native merchants we have no doubt; but that, they will prove beneficial to the nation, and to the world, seems most certain. We are by no means disposed to criminate the men who enjoyed those exclusive privileges; and none, we trust, will grieve that such exclusiveness is going into disuse. Kvery Briton, and every freeman, niiisl exult in the triumph of principles liiirli ilrmand llie r<-|..'al ..I url. they make a god of paper and wood which is but a false god, and yet they respect it, and bow down to it; but Europeans, who have the knowledge of God and of his Son, cast contempt on the very religion they profess. God wishes us to become his children, buf the majority choose rather to be children of the devil, who was a transgressor from the beginning.' On hear- ing this, Mr. Ploegman urged me to go home." laws, however long they may have been established, as take the natural rights of the many, and make them the chartered privileges of the few. We do not suppose that the removal of the "incubus" will give a freer re- spiration to British subjects in China than they before enjoyed, or cause all to realize what they may expect from free commerce. Some, perhaps ma- ny, will engage in the new trade to their sorrow. Among the native mer- chants and local officers there is a good deal of curiosity to learn what are to be the new arrangements. His excel- lency governor Loo, we understand, has taken pains to inquire of the Brit- ish factory whv their ships cease com- ing to China, since tea has become necessary to England. Death among the beggars of Canton. —The number of beggars, time out of mind, in Canton, has been very great; but during the past winter, and chiefly in consequence of the inundation which occurred last summer, both their number and their distresses have been greatly multiplied. We have sought in vain for the means of making a sa. tisl'actory estimate of the number in and about the city at the present lime; judging from what we have seen we think it cannot be less than 5000, and it may. be even twice that number. In ordinary times, only a fc are left to tarnish ntnl din in tlir streets; hnt fine, mo tin: lainy montlr <>l Ihe cm- 1834. 57.ri Journal of Occurrence*. rent year, many hundreds have perish- ed for want of food and raiment. Now and then an individual has died near the foreign factories; but most of these unhappy beings are to be found near the market-places and the temples. A note from a correspondent, which we will here introduce, shows what may be witnessed at a single spot; and probably docs not exhibit one-twen- tieth part of what is suffered by the beggars of Canton. The temple to which our correspondent, refers is that of \Van-woo-tc, situated about one hun- dred rods northwest from the foreign factories. Our correspondent writes: "Mr. Editor: You have frequently alluded in the Repository to the con- dition of the poor in Canton ; I there- fore suppose you will not be unwilling to admit a few plain facts. I happen- ed one morning to pass by a temple before which a number of beggars had passed the night, several of whom had died of cold and hunger. Preparations for some ceremonies in the temple drew my attention to the same place the next morning, when the number that had perished during the night was still greater. I have been there, as oft- en as every other morning since, and have almost always found several dead bodies; sometimes eight or tcn- A considerable number of poor crca lures pass the night there, with no other covering than a mat, and fre- quently without even that. Not a few appear like persons who have seen better days; and some are probably brought thither, when sickness has disabled them, by those who should he their friends. Some are young, from 10 to 15 years old. I have seen several such that died of starvation; and have often witnessed scenes too horrid and disgusting to be described. For weeks I did not attempt to ascer. tain the number that perished; but during the last week, ending April 26, on the five mornings I went there, I counted 15 ; on one morning five, and another six. I hope it will not be sup- posed that any citizen of a Christian country can witness suchwretchedness without endeavoring to do something for its relief; but the aid afforded has been but too feeble, and I invite the attention of others to the subject with the hope that more general and effi. dent means may be used for the relief of these sufferers. They are men, as well as we ; and are pe.rishing of want before our doors-, 1'kilo," Since the preceding paragraphs were in type, we have heard that a procla- mation has been issued by one of the local officers, giving notice that the salt merchants of Canton have advanc- ed money to purchase coffins for such beggars and poor people as die in the streets: but not a cash is offered to procure food or raiment for the living. It is painful to observe the indifference with which the Chinese look on the distresses of their fellow beings. Since we received Philo's note, we have vis- ited thn temple of Wan.woo-te; it was in the afternoon; and instead of seeing a company of beggars, we found a stage erected, upon which a company of players were acting the parts of statesmen and warriors for the enter- tainment of hundreds of spectators— men, women, and children. Just in the rear of this multitude, as we walk, ed away from the scene, we saw sev- eral emaciated half naked beings in the very last stage of starvation. Can nothing be done to relieve these suf- ferers? GHOST OF CHANCELLOR L,F. It is rumor- cd that the ghost of the late chancellor who hanged himself, sometimes makes its appearance at the court where he used to preside. Gov. Loo's report to the emperor concerning this suicide is long and elaborate; concealing the facts of the case; and attributing the deed to something like mental de- rangement, arising from the weight of responsibility, which his office as the awarder of degrees brought upon him. Some think the varnished tale will not obtain the-emperor's belief. EXECUTION. The year before last, a party of insurgents opposed govern- ment in Keangsoo, at one of the em- bankments, and broke it down by su- perior force. The leader of this party Chin-twan, notwithstanding very ur- gent orders from the emperor to capture him, remained concealed till about five months ago. When an ex- press "communicated the information of his capture to his majesty, he burst into expressions of joy, scarcely be- coming his dignity. He savs, "it is an event sufficient to give great delight to the hearts of all men;" and orders him to be forthwith conveyed to the place where the crime was committed and there executed, to illustrate the justice of government, and be a hurn- >ug beacon to similar offenders. The r»7« Journal of Occiim-nccs. district magistrate who caught Chiu- twan is promoted to be a chechow; and hasTWhonor of wearing a feather of a peacock's tail conferred on him. ANNUAL PLOUGHING. The 6th of the present month was the day appointed for the performance of the annual ceremony of ploughing, a ceremony performed by the emperor, either in person or by proxy; by his principal ministers; and by the heads of the provincial governments. "The ceremony consists in holding a plough, highly ornamented, which is kept for the purpose, while the bul- lock which drags it is led over a given space. The rule is that the emperor plough three furrows; the princes, five; and the high ministers, nine. These fur- rows are, however, so very short, that the last four monarchs of the present dynasty altered the ancient rule laid down by Confucius, ploughing four furrows, and returning again over the ground. The ceremony finished, the emperor and his ministers repair to the terrace for inspecting the agricul- tural labors; and remain till the whole field has been ploughed by husband- men." Anglockinese Kalendar, 1834. It was formerly customary to as- semble a number of aged husband- men, a day or two after the ceremony, and to give presents to those who had never neglected agricultural labors to engage in any other occupation. But the subordinates directed to assemble the husbandmen having made it a practice to bring together a number of idle old men, instructed to say, whatever might have been their pro- fession, that they, their fathers and their children had always been em- ployed in agricultural labors, the cus- tom has been abandoned. AUTUMNAL ASSIZK. At the last au- tumnal assize the supreme court re. versed the sentences in 13 cases which the judges of the land had respited, to immediate execution. From this the emperor takes occasion to lecture the governors and lieut.-governors of pro. vinces for their remissness, and orders them hereafter to take charge of the judges, and see that they do their duty with the strictest justice and impartial- ity. They must not, he says, allow themselves to be deluded liy the phrase ••you may save tin living but cannot save the dead," auH such like praUle, i is only used with the design of being lax and mitigating punishment. At the same time he adds, there must be no intentional harshness and exces- sive severity. The grand object, which he bids them aim at, is neither to pre. vent the law nor connive at the crime! but let every one bear his merited pu- nishment, and so aid him in maintain- ing the impartiality of the law. We are sorry to see rather a lean- ing to severity in the monarch's mind; for u mercy and truth preserve the king; and his throne is uphold™ by mercy," not by severity. A case record- ed in the gazette of the 10th moon 28th day of last year tends to justify the apprehension we have expressed. It is a case of perfectly unintentional homicide; and yet the offender, after an appeal to the emperor, was left to be decapitated. The mercy shown him was to take his life by that mode, rather than the more severe one of being cut into eight or ten pieces. Al- though according to our notions, since the head is cut off, it is of little con- sequence whether the rest of the body be left entire or not. The offender in this case was Wang Kcfuh, of the province of Ganhwuy. He was a husbandman. On coming home from the field, he told h'is wife to boil some water and make him a cup of tea. She was busy at the mill pounding wheat, and had not time to make him tea. At this he was vexed and reproved her harshly. But instead of submitting she answered again, and disputed with him. Wa-g Kefuh then got into a passion and run towards her to cliartise her. She run to the cook- house, and he seized an earthenware tea-pot to throw at her head. She evaded it, and his old mother at that instant put forth her head to make peace and received the blow on her temples. He had all his life been a du- tiful son, and he immediately rendered what assistance he could and called for a doctor to his wounded mother; but she died in consequence of the stroke. The kindred agreed to treat it as an accident, and prepared a coffin to inter the remains. But government heard of it and seized the son. He was tried and confessed all he had done ; but de- clared that there was no quarrel with his mother, nor any intention to hurt her. However he was sentenced to be cut to pieces: and his case referred to I he emperor, who'sent it to the Crinii. n.i! IJoard.and they recommended the mitigation mentioned above! htTES SCIENTIA VERITA3 I \ THE CHINESE REPOSITORY VOL. Ill FROM MAY, 1834 TO APRIL, 1835 MARUZEN CO., LTD. TOKYO Asia This edition may not be sold to North, Central and South America. Reprinted in Japan THE CHINESE REPOSITORY VOL. III. FROM M A Y 1 8 3 4, T O A P R IL 1 8 3 5 CAi\TO,\: PRINTED FOR THE PROPRIETORS. 1 835. ABEL'S natural history of China 86 Account of an unsuccessful scholar 119 Acheen in Sumatra Acquittal of a murderer Address of gov. of Philippine Is. Agriculture in China Agriculture, antiquity of Agriculture, implements of - Alemanaka Hawaii American Merchant's remarks Anatomy of a small foot Anglochinese college, origin of Anglochinese Kalendar for 1834 Anglochinese Kalendar for 1835 Argyle, seamen of the ship - Arrian's account of the Sinte - Attila's invasion of Europe - Attila's battle with Theodoric Auber's Intercourse with China Australian Almanac for 1834, BAMBOO, description of the - Bamboo, cultivation of the Bamboo, uses of the Bambooing, a punishment Batavia, mission at Battaks, murder by Battaks, country of the Battaks, cannibalism of the - Battle nt the Bogue Battle with the pirates Batu khan, acts of j]; Beaver, account of the Beochy visits the Benin islands Beggars in Canton Beighton, Rev. T., at Penang Benyowsky's adventures Benyoivsky's arrival in Formosa Benyowsky's proceedings there Beverages of the Chinese Bible among the Jews in China Bible, cost of printing Chinese Black lines in Canton - 316 95 573 181 122 569 406 539 183 44 535 478 108 216 219 134 185 262 263 265 267 438 312 320 32] 334 78 !,446 550 512 96 222 496 497 498 464 175 472 406 89 93 439 48 93 254 Bomn islands, Japanese account of 510 Bonm islands, recent visit to 514 Borneo at Singapore, people of 388 Unbery and sacrilege - - 573 Bridges over canals - . 125 British authorities, commission to 143 British authorities inChina 324,345,472 Kritish authorities, arrival of 144,190 British authorities, situation of British relations with China - Burmah, sketch of missions in Burmah mission, state of - Burmah, converts in - - Burma n ambassador, death of Burmese Christian books - CAIRO, notice of - Canfu, situation of - . JJ5 Cannon foundry . . 533 Canton, regulations of port of 436,579 Canton, seamen in - -376,475 Canton Register, . 53,282,573 Canton, local officers of - 577 Ceylon mission - 4g Chancellor Le, remains of - 48 Chang Heenchung, the rebel - 525 China, conquests of . 445 522 China, promulgation of gospel in 428 China Christian missions in 5S9 Clung Chelung, the pirate - Chinese and English dictionary Chinese Magazine - . Chinese classics Chinese classics, love for Chinese, orie-in of the - Chinese it Japan . . 8n Chinese officers visit Lord Napier 237 Chinese g,rls, education .of - 40 Chinese poetry, treatise on - 44 Chines; histories . H Chinese historians . . 2^ Chinese pirates . _ (.., Ciwiete wars, account of I sjg 63 182 185 97 564 213 211 IV INT1KT. Chinese peasant, Hoo Loo - 489 Chinese metallic typos 248,528 Chinese, stereotyping in - 530 Chinese Commercial Guide - 386 Chinese, diet of the - - 457 Chinese, beverages of the - 464 Chinese cooking,- - - 465 Chinese written language - 14 Chinese writing, origin of - 15 Chinese mode of writing - 3? Chinese styles of writing - 21 Chinese language, orthography of 24 Chinese Lingtuga, sounds in - 29 Chinese language, radicals in the 32 Chinese language nations - 3 Chinese language, dialects of 3,484 Chinese language, character of 5 Chinese language, aids to study 11 Chinese language, difficulties of 433 Chinese oral language - 480 Chineso oral language, nature of 481 Chinese oral language, charist of 484 Christian missions - 40,428,559 Christian books in Burmese 93 Chronica de Macao - - 53(5 Clavijo's ambassy to the khan 113 Coir rope made from palm - 269 Cooking of the Chinese - 46511 Colledge's ophthalmic hospital 3<>4 )l Colledg-e'g letter to Lord Napier 373 Colledge's note to merchants, Dr. 281 Colledge'a statements 283,348 Colledge and Anderson's account 284 Commission of British authorities 143 Commission, members of 143,475 Commiasion at the city gates 480 Comparison of modes of printing 246 Comparison of bamboo nnd palm 261 Confucius, writings of - - 99 Curuoo charge - 424 Constant Reader, letter from a 394 Contribution, &c. of Macao -289,533 Corvino's mission to China - 112 Cost of living in China - 469 DAI »A of Japan - lf>5, Death of Dr. Morrison - - 177 | Death by opium - - 142 Death of prisoners - - 48 Death of Burman envoy - 48 Death of imperial ministers - 96,578 Death of Lord Napier - - 275,281 Decree of Don Pedro - - 301 Defense of the Gospel in Mal,i> 101 | DiHlects of China - - 484 j L»ei of tli.1 Chinese > . 457 i Difficulties of Chin, missions 245,429 Dishes of the Chinese - 466 Dispute and controversy - 140 Disposition of the Chinese people 436 Distribution of books in China 246,567 Domestic animals of the Chinese 463 Douglas' View of England - 304 Dragon-boata, festival of - 95 Drought at Canton - - 577 D-itch embassy to Peking - 417 Dutch in Japan - - 209 Dyer, Rev. S. at Penang - 227 Dyer, movable types of - 248 EARLY intercourse with China 107 Earthquakes in China - 344 Eating, mode of - 467 Education of Chinese girls - 42,565 Egypt, climate of - - 255 Ellis' preface toGutzlaff 'a Voyages 415 Emperor's reply to memorial - 336 Emperor's edict of punishment 336 Emperor's mandate - - 337 Emperor's edict on Lord Napier's departure - - 342 Emperor's edict for a new chief 344 Emperor's edict against opium 487 Emperor's letter to Dutch embassy 417 Empre.sg, new - - -486,578 Encouragements to missions 245,433 English trade stopped - 235,238,326 English trade opened - - 349 English at Japan - - 210 Epitaph on Dr. Morrison - 176 Ermine, account of the - - 549 Examinations, literary 235,488,578 Examinations, military - 344 FAH TE, or Flower Garden - 86 Females, education of Chinese 42 Femalos, smsill feet of - 537 Festival of dragon-boats - 95 Fish used by the Chincsse - 462 Fooyuen, arrival of a new - 47 Foreign intercourse with China 417 Foreigner, loiter from a - 396 Formosa, Conyowsky at . 497 Foxes which produce fur - 5.11 Frigates enter the Boyue - 333 Frigates attack the forts - £14 Frigates' attack, effect of - ;«5 Frigates leave Whampoa - 283.IJ39 Fruits cultivated in CJiina - 460 Funeral of Dr. Morrison - 178 Funeral of Lord Napier - 'Wl Funeral *.>rrnon on Lord Xapii>r V'7l INDEX. Fur trade, account of - - 548 Fur, animals producing - 549 Fur into Canton, imports of - 558 GABRIEL de Torres, address of 573 Garden vegetables of Chinese 459 Genghis khan, arts of - 443 Geology of China - - 87 Geology of Canton and vicinity 88 Glasspoole, captivity of Mr. - 74 Glasapoole, account of pirates by 75 Gospel, Defense of - - 161 Gospel in China, promulgation of, 428 Gov. Le, recall of 48 Gov. Loo's edict to hong-merchants to go to Macao 187 Gov. Loo's edict on Lord Napier's arrival 1*8 Gov. Loo's rank - - 189 Gov. Loo's edict stopping trade 238 Gov. Loo's edict on leniency 386 Gov. Loo's edict against vice 391 Gov. Loo's feelings and anxieties 336 Gvo. Loo's preparations for war 337 Gov. Loo's memorial on Lord Napier's arrival 327 Gov. Loo's memorial on Lord Napier's departure 340 Gov. Loo, degradation of 337 Gov. Loo, restoration of - 343 Gov. Loo visits the factories 45 Gov. Loo reviews the military 47 Gov. Loo orders a fast - 96 Grains raised in China - 458 HANGCHO w foo, the ancient Canfu 116 Historians, list of Chinese - 60 Histories of the Chinos - 54 Histories, confusion among . 57 11 intones, inducement to study 55 Histories of present dynasty 61,5^1 Hokwan, premier of Keenlung 241 Hokwan, impeachment of - 242 1 (okwan, riches of - - 344 Ho.nicides in China - - 38 Homicides, six distinctions of 39 Hong-merchants, letters from 281 Hong-merchants' statement to governor Loo 348 Hong-merchants, edict against 391 Hong-merchants, misfortunes of 577 Hoo Loo, the Chinese peasant 489 l,Too Loo, operation upon - 491 Hdppo's arrival at Canton - 192 Hoppo's account of Lord Napier's arrival - 1!K) Hoppo's pdji-t of regulations iy 1,579 Hoppo's lady visits tho factories 47 Hoppo's visit to the factories 45 Hoppo's family arrives - 440 Hoppo's domestic, arrest of a 488 Hospital for seamen - 373,475 Hospital, law concerning - 476 Hospital at Macao, ophthalmic 364 Hospital, plan of a floating - 375 Howqua's interview with Dr. Colledge - - 283 Hudson, statement of Mr. - 479 Hudson Bay fur Company 555 Hulugu klian, acts of - - 445 Huns, account of - - 211 Huns, inroads into Europe 215 Huns, present condition of the 230 IBM BATUTA'S adventures - 109 Imperial commissioners 192^285 Imperial commissioners, death of 344 Imperial edicts - 336,342,487 Implements of husbandry - 126 luce, death of Rev. J. - 326 Insurrectkfl in Szechuen - 536 Intercourse between English and Chinese 285,361 Inundation at Canton - - 90,143 Inundation, repairs made for 488 Inundation in Keivngsoo - 144 Irrigation in Clina - - 125 JA«GERT, a sugar from thn palm 270 Jambi in Sumatra - - 319 Japan, situation of 145 Japan, divisions of l-i8 Japan, country and rivers in lol Japan, productions of - 153 Japan, government of - 193 Jap ,n, religions of - 202 Japan, literature of - - 2(xj Japan, foreign intercourse with 207 Japan, population of - - 211 Japanese, origin of - - 105 Japanese, history of - 158 Japanese language, sounds in 207 Japanese Vocabulary 2lHi,a.r;0 Jesuits in Kwangtung - 300 Jews in China - - 175} Jews by the Jesuits, search lor 174 KA LAMA HAWAII - 559 Karons of Burniah - - 139 Kauikeaouli's code of laws 5/0 Kea'king's arrest of Hokwan 24:i Koangsoo, inundation in - ] 14 Koran, spuriouaiies.! of - l^-t \l a, the pirate Koxingtt dies in Formosa, Kublai khan, arts of Kwo Pot^e, the pirate 66, 68 4-15! LADY Napier's departure - 360 Lavalette, dream of - 516 Lrt Tszeching, a rebel - 523 Letters from Chinese patients 307 Letters from correspondents 140,394 Linguist, imprisoned - 577 Literary chancellor's arrival 143 Literary candidates - - 235 Literary examinations 488,577 Lithography of Chinese books 247 Living in China - - 4(i9 Lord Napier's birth and early life 272 Lord Napier's public course 273 Lord Napier's arrival at Canton 144 I.*rd Napier's commission 143,186 Lord Napier's letter to city gates 186 Jxird Napier visited by Chinese 192 Lord Napier's statement - 237 Lord Napier's statement, effects of 326 Lord Napier's observation on edict 285 Lord Napier's protest - 285 Lord Napier's letters to merchants 333 Lord Napier's situation at Canton 240 Lord Napier's letter on leaving 339 Lord Napier departs for Macao 240 Lord Napier's journey to Macao 283 Lord Napier's sickness - 282 Lord Napier's sickness, causes of 284 Lord Napier's death ,it Macao 275 Lord Napier's death noticed by Chinese - 281 Lord Napier's funeral - 282 Lord Napier's character - 274 Lord Nn.picr's course, remarks on 350 Lord Xorth's island - 450 Lord North's island, population of 451 Lord North's island, inhabitants^453 Lord North's island, seamen on 457 Lyman and Munson, murder of 307 MACAO to Portuguese, cession of 63 Macao, prospectus for history of 533 Macao, newspaper at - 536 Macao, mission at - - 300 M.icao, population of - 303 Macao, ophthalmic hospital at 364 Macao, fire at - - 344,485 Mnhnrnd's invasion of Hindostan 258 M'intchou invasion of China 521 M inure, collection of - 124 Map of the Clioo Koang - 8!) Marjoribnnks' lettrr - - 132 TVIarti'ii, account ot'lhe pine 550 MiiTN'ii, account of Pennant's 550 Medhurst, letter from Rev. \V. H. 308 Modhurst, report from - 438 Memoirs of Count Benyowsky 490 Memorials to the emperor 327,340,579 Muncins, sayings of - 101 Menangkabu in Sumatra - 317 Mentor, shipwreck of the ship 450 Military reviews at Canton 47,344 Mink, account of the - 550 Missions in China, Christian 428,559 Mission in Ceylon - 40 Mission at Batavia - - 438 Mission in Burmah - - 439 Mission, Sandwich islands - 569 Missionaries, character of - 203 Mode of writing Chinese - 37 Mode of eating - - 467 Mode of making paper - 2t!5 Mohammedanism among Malays 161 Mongols, their conquests - 441 Morrison, obituary of Dr. - 177 Morrison's descent and early life 178 Morrison's arrival at Canton 180 Morrison on Chinese laws - 421 Munson, murder of Rev. S. 311 Munson, letter from Mrs. - 309 Musk rat, account of the - 552 NATURAL history of China 83 Natural history, little known of 84 Natural history, works upon - 85 Negotiations with China - 417 Neumann's translations - 73,76 New empress - 486 Nutria skin, account of - 551 OBITUARY of Dr. Morrison 177 Objects of worship in China 50 Oderic's visit to China - 112 Officers of Canton - - 5»7 Ophthalmic hospital at Macao 364 Opium brokers seized - 1'12 Opium, imperial edict against 487 Opium, burning of 488 Orders respecting seamen 475 Orthography of Chinese sounds 24 Osheck's journey to China - 85 Otter, account of sea - 553 Our country, partiality for 303 Our country, oxa i nples of pa rtiality 305 Outside merchants, edict upninst )<14 Outside uiCi'chuulK, release of 536 PADRIES in Sumatra - - 320 Remarks on translations - 141 Palm, description of the - 267 Palm, uses of the - - 269 Paper, mode of making - 265 Passage to Europe via Red aea 252 Passage from Europe via Vera Cruz513 Penang, account of 241 Penang, missions in 223 Peking, fire at - 144 Peking, occurrences at - - 48 Peking, death of ministers at - 96,578 Periteol, an Italian Jew - 172 Petition to King of England - 354 Philippine islands, address of go- vernor of - - - 573 Piastre, a coin in Egypt - 255 Pinto, a Portuguese adventurer 113 Pirates, Chinese - - 62 Pirates, daring of - - 72 Pirates, submission of - 80 Pirates near Canton - 83 Poetry of the Chinese - 44 Portuguese at Japan - - 207 Portuguese attack the pirates 78 Portuguese in China - 289,297 Portuguese bishop at Macao 298 Portuguese missionaries - 300 Port of Canton, regulations of 579 Postholder at Tappanooly - 310 Priests in Chinese temples - 51 Printing-presses in China - 43 Printing in Chinese - - 216,528 Profession of letters in China 118 Promulgation of gospel in China 428 Promulgation, obstacles U> its 429 Promulgation, facilities for its 433 Proof of the Scriptures - 163 Propagation of the gospel in China 244 Prophecies against Mohammedan- ism 169 Prospectus for a history of Macao 533 Prospectus of movable types 529 Ptolemy's account of the Sins 108 QUARTKRI.I Review on China 134 R. C., letter from - - 398! Radicals of the Chinese language 32 Raffles' journey to Sumatra - 320 Remarks on British relations 406 Remarks on Christian missions 41,559 Remarks on Chinese history 53 Remarks on misnionarie» - 291 Remarks on Lord Napier's course 349 Remarks on negotiating withChina 417 Remarks on free intercourse 393 Remarks on secret memorials 331 Rice, mode of cultivating 231 Rice, preparation of - 233 Rice, importation of - 234 Riots in Kansuh - 579 Romanism in Japan - 201 Romanizing Eastern languages 385 Rubruquis' embassy to grand khan 111 Russian mission to China - 419 SABLE, account of the - 549 Sacrifices used in China - 52 Sandwich islands, education at 560 Sandwich islands' code of laws 570 Schools for Chinese girls - 43 Schools in China ... 564 Schools at Penang - - 227 Schools at Singapore - - 387 Seal, account of the - - 553 Seamen at Canton - - 376,475 Seameniof the Argyle - - 478 Seamen on Lord North's island 457 Secret memorial of governor Loo 327 Secret memorial, remarks on 331 Select napers on Romanizing the languages of the East 385 Si Jan's account of Lyman, &c. 312 Siak in: Sumatra . . 313 Siam, missionaries in - - 390 Siamese tribute-bearers - 192 Siamese romance - - 505 Sign-manual of the Chinese - 489 Singapore, schools at - - 387 Singapore, Bornese at - - 388 Sinmoo, founder of Japan - 156 Situation of Canfu - - 1)5 Small feet of the Chinese females 537 Smugglers caught - - 487 Smugglers, edict against - 578 Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge in China - 378 Society for D. U. K., officers of 380 Society D. U. K., regulations of 383 Society for D. U. K., objects of 382 Spirits of believers - - 279 St. Paul's church at Macao burned 485 State religion of China - 49 State religion, informality in - 53 Staunton's remarks on China 130 Stercotpying in Chinese - 530 Stoppage of trade - - 192,240 Sumatra, notices of - - 307 Sumatra, nations in - - 315 Sunshing, imprisonment of - 331 Sunshmg, liberation of - - 440 Till Superintendents, notice from 4?'J Superintendents, list of 143,475 Sydney Directory - - 185 Sze Shoo, or Four Books - 98 TABLE of sounds in Chinese 29 Table of importation of furs 558 Tall soldier ... 48 Taverns in China - - 468 Teen Kesheih's opinion of China 304 Temperature of China - 193 Tibetan envoy - 144 Tibetan dictionary and grammar 165 Timnr khan, acts of 447 Toddy from the palm - 270 Tomlin's school at Malacca 138 Tracts distributed in Java 439 Tracy, journal of Rev. Ira - 387 Trade, restrictions of foreign 19),579 Translation of Scriptures - 141 Turks, origin of - - 256 Turks, emigration of - 257 Turks take Constantinople 261 Turner, captivity of Mr. - 69 Tumor's account of pirates - 70 Types, Chinese movable 238,530 Types, cost of movable • ii'18 Typos, Gutzlaff's font of - 2.52 Types cast in Paris, movable 5!J9 Typography, cost of printing by 248 UNIVERSAL peace, obstacles to 516 Universal peace, attainment of 55J7 Urmston's pamphlet on China 131 Useful Knowledge, Society for 378 VISIT to the factories - 44 WANGSHE, murder of - 545 Webster's speech on our country 305 Well wisher, letter from a - 4('0 Westminster Review's opinion 135 Woo King or Five Classics 103 Woo Tsihteen, empress of China 543 Woo Tsihteen, cruelties of 544 XYLOGRAPHY, cost of printing by 247 YA^G and Yin, two powers 55 Yarkand, foreigners at - 1-14 CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. III.—MAY, 1843.—No. 1. ART. I. The Chinese language: its antiquity, extensive use, and dialects ; its character and value; attention paid to it by Euro- peans ; and the aids and inducements to study it at the present time. ORIGINALITY is a striking characteristic of the Chinese language. Its origin, like that of the people who speak it, is lost in the earliest periods of postdiluvian history. In its form and structure, as pre- sented to us in modern times, it stands peerless, an object of wonder, having no consort or relationship with the other languages of the earth. The Hebrew lives only in the oracles of the Most High; it long since ceased to be a spoken language. The Greek and Roman languages are found in great purity and perfection in books; yet wherever they are spoken among the descendants of those ancient nations, they, at the present time, differ widely from their originals. The Sanskrit and Pali, if ever spoken by whole nations, have shared the same fate. And the Arabic never rose into importance, until the conquests of Mohammed carried it beyond the confines of Arabia. Among all these ancient languages, in point of antiquity, if we except perhaps the Hebrew, the Chinese is unrivaled. It seems to have sprung up soon after the confusion of tongues, and has always formed a broad line of demarkation between this and all the other branches of the human race. Ages have elapsed; the faee of the globe has been changed; new tribes have appeared; and new languages have been formed: yet amidst all these changes, the Chinese language has undergone few alterations; and since the commencement of our aera, its written idioms have mostly remained unchanged, and the style of standard works which were published at that period differs very little from the common language now used in books throughout all the provinces of the empire. It will enable us to form more correct ideas of the nature and im- portance of this language, if we pause here for a moment to view the extent to which it is now used. The language at (he present lime is CH: REP :—VOL, ill. 2 2 The Chinar Language. MAV, not only spoken throughout the whole of the dominions of an empire embracing three hundred and sixty millions of human beings, hut is also extensively used in adjacent kingdoms and colonies, where it has become the standard language, lu Lewchew, many of the people speak and read Chinese fluently. In Corea, the Chinese classics are studied by multitudes, and exert no inconsiderable influence on the character of a nation which is proud of imitating in manners, cus- toms and laws, the inhabitants of the Celestial empire. In their state papers, their books, and in all the correspondence between persons of the higher classes, the Japanese also use the Chinese language. On the, south, in Tungkirig and Cochinchina, it is still more exten- sively employed, and a knowledge of it is deemed indispensable for all persons of rank or influence in society; it seems to be indeed the only language used in some parts of the latter country. In Camboja, Siam, among the Laos, and in various islands of the Indian Archipe- lago, there are many thousands of inhabitants, chiefly emigrants from China, who speak the same language. Including then in our survey all the people of these several countries, who employ this one language, the number may be safely estimated at four hundred millions, scattered over an extent of country which is more than equal to the whole of Europe. It is very natural to suppose that in passing down through such a long series of ages, and being used over such a wide extent of territory, the language must have undergone many changes, and be found at the present time to differ widely in different places; such to a certain extent is the fact. It will he seen in another article, when we come to speak of the progress of the language and exhibit specimens of its ancient and modern forms, that it underwent various modifications in its infancy and youth. In particular the pronunciation of the lan- guage has varied greatly in different periods and places. Though the same standard works are used from one extremity of the empire to the other, yet there are a great number of dialects, more or less different, now spoken by the Chinese within their own dominions. These dialects, however, in common use among the people, are usually con- fined to very narrow limits, and have scarcely any influence on the body of the language. These two facts—the diversity of dialects, and the permanency of the main body of the language—are easily accounted for by a reference to the history of China and the system of education which is established throughout the land: in the first instance, during the early part of her history, China was often divided into small states, which being hostile to each other, free intercourse between the remote parts of the nation was prevented ; in this way local phrases and sounds originated and became established ; hence the diversity of dialects. In the second instance, every individual who aspires to office must become familiar with the ancient classics, and acquire some knowledge of the style and the pronunciation which prevail at Court, and in all the public provincial offices throughout the empire: hence the jicnuantni y of llie national language. There is another fact which lias hud no inconsiderable influence in multiplying 1834. The Chinese Language. 3 the number of dialects and in increasing their dissimilarity :—the language being destitute of an alphabet, there are no means, by the mere inspection of the characters on any page, of ascertaining the sounds which ought to be given to those characters. That method, introduced by foreigners, probably the Budhists, of employing two known characters in order to exhibit the sound of a third, is rarely employed by the Chinese; and every boy, and almost all of those too who have made considerable progress in the knowledge of the language, learn from the lips of a teacher the sound of every new character they find. Among the dialects of which we speak there is not the same differ- ence as there is among the languages of Ilindoetan. In some instan- ces they differ very much from the common language of the empire; but often the difference is very slight. It should be observed here that in considering the dialects of this country, we must keep in mind the differences in pronunciation as well as those which result from the choice of characters and the structure of sentences; indeed in many instances the chief peculiarities of a dialect are found to consist in the pronunciation. In the northern provinces of the empire, the pure Chinese, commonly called the Mandarin Dialect, prevails extensively. It is not to be understood, however, that there are no local words and phrases even in those places. On the north of China, in districts bordering on Tartary, a modification of the language occasioned by the domination of the Mantchous is apparent. And doubtless some- thing of the same kind of influence may be exerted along all the frontiers of the empire. In Chekeang and Realign an, the difference between the pure Chinese, (which is there spoken by a very consid- erable part of the people,) and the local dialects is very striking. In Fuhkeen and the eastern part of this province, the difference is still more remarkable; to an individual who was only acquainted with the standard language, the dialect of Fuhkeen, as it is usually spoken, would be utterly unintelligible. In the southwestern provinces of the empire there is less deviation from the pure Chinese. The dialect spoken in this city bears considerable resemblance to that which prevails in the public courts; and a person who has a knowledge of the one with a little attention to the subject, will soon be able to un- derstand much of the other. Beyond the frontiers of the empire, in Cochinchina, Corea, Japan, &c., where the Chinese language is used, the local dialects differ from the standard even more than in Fuhkeen. The simple fact that this language is used by so great a number of human beings, inhabiting so large a portion of the earth, is in itself a motive which must arrest the attention of enterprising men. Hith- erto foreigners have neglected this language far too much, even for their own interests in a commerial point of view; they have ge- nerally regarded it as either too difficult to be acquired, or as not pos- sessing sufficient value to be made an object of their thought and study. It has however been far otherwise with the Chinese; like the ancient Greeks and Romans—and some of the moderns too—they 4 The Cftincse Language. MAV, regard their own language as vastly superior to all others, not less for its intrinsic beauty and excellence than for the stores of knowledge and wisdom which it contains. A thorough acquaintance with it constitutes with them the highway to honors, emoluments, and power. Hence they study it with unwearied diligence. In compari- son with it the language of foreigners (of which they know almost absolutely nothing), is a mere unintelligible jargon, unworthy of their notice. The rules of propriety, and the true principles of governing and tranquilizing the world, are found only in their language; in it the renovating doctrines of the sages have come down from the re- mote ages of antiquity; and in it they must be transmitted to future generations; and all who refuse to study and admire it, must for ever be regarded as unlearned, uncivilized, cruel, and barbarous! We may smile at this national vanity; but at the same time we are con- strained to admit, that on account of its antiquity and extensive use, the language has a strong claim to our attention. And it is not with- out value when viewed merely as the repository of ancient historical facts. Moreover, when contemplated as a curious medium of com- municating thought, and as opening a wide untrodden field for philo- sophical research, it cannot be regarded as unworthy of our notice, or as holding out no promise of reward, to those who study it and make it as familiar as their own. In attempting to give our readers an ac- count of the Chinese language, we would not be so charmed with its peculiarities, however novel or striking they may be, as to overlook its defects; nor yet so unmindful of its real merits as to depreciate in the slightest degree its just and lawful claims. We have already named the grand characteristic of the Chinese language, which distinguishes it from all the other tongues and dia- lects of the earth; we allude to the formation of the characters, which are not framed from the materials of an alphabet, but consist of simple lines which are not the representatives of sounds. A person accustomed only to the alphabetic systems of the West can scarcely conceive of the possibility of employing in writing a separate charac- ter for every idea, or imagine how ingenuity could ever devise such a system, and construct for every new object and idea a corresponding character or symbol. In its present form, the language is very far from being a system of hieroglyphics; and in vain do we undertake to compare it with the Egyptian or Mexican systems; for hitherto there have not been found in these systems such marks of resem- blance as will enable us to conclude (hat they are formed on the same principles. The Chinese reduce the number of lines which form their charac- ters to as few as seven or eight. The number of characters under which, as heads of classes, they arrange all others, is only two hun- dred and fourteen; and of these 214 elementary characters, not a few are confessedly compounded of other primary characters. This ar- rangement into classes is not strictly philosophical; but having been once adopted l>y the Chinese in their national dictionaries, it remains still in use.. The whole number of characters in llic language is very 1834 The Chinese Language. 5 great, amounting to several tens of thousands, and probably is not less than sixty or eighty thousand; but those in common use scarcely exceed six or eight thousand; while those which are to be found in any work of moderate size often amount to no more than two or three thousand. That part of the Chinese penal code, which has been translated into English, was found by its translator to contain less than two thousand characters in variety. We have been assured on good authority, that in ten volumes of the famous San Kwo Che, the number of different characters amounts to only 3342; and that in the version of the Bible by Morrison and Milne, consisting of twenty- one volumes, the number is only about 3600. If each of the charac- ters in Chinese expressed only one idea, and was always confined to that one, the difficulty of acquiring a thorough knowledge of them would be comparatively small; but now most of them, b; being placed in new positions, are made to convey different shades of mean- ing, and sometimes an entirely new idea. Occasionally two, or even three characters are synonymous, and are used for the sake of per- spicuity; in other cases, the characters lose their original meaning and express a meaning entirely new. If to all this we add the fact, that the characters are often differently written, it will not appear surprising if the language is affirmed to be difficult, and that years are necessary to enable one to acquire such a knowledge of it as to be able to read, write, and speak it with ease and correctness. In the spoken language of China, consisting of only about four hundred and fifty of what have usually been considered monosylla- bles, there are less than two thousand sounds, and the greatest part of these can be distinguished only by tones or inflections of the voice. This topic, which requires a very full illustration in order to be dis- tinctly understood, must also be reserved for a subsequent article; it is however obvious, and to our purpose to remark here, that this cha- racteristic of the language increases very much thedifficulty of acquir- ing a thorough knowledge of it, and shows it to be very defective. When there exists so small a number of words (if we may so deno- minate the syllables and marks which foreigners have adopted to express the sounds of the Chinese language), and these are distin- guished by nice and very slight intonations, mistakes in understanding the language when spoken will frequently occur. The great number of homophonous characters, which, though differing wholly from each other in their meaning and form, require to be expressed by precisely the same English orthography, is a serious impediment in speaking the language. This difficulty is in part removed by joining together two words, which have the same meaning but different sounds, to express a single idea or object. Yet, notwithstanding this expedient, the language still remains an imperfect colloquial medium. In acquiring a knowledge of the pronunciation, foreigners are greatly embarrassed; for without a considerable experience they find it diffi- cult to catch with the ear the nice distinctions in the sounds, and on the other hnnd to enunciate so accurately as to be readily under- stood by the native f> The Chinese Language. MAV, The grammatical structure of this language is very simple. It is not trammeled with the forms and accidents of etymology; and the number, case, mood, tense, &c., are expressed by particles without any change in the noun or verb. And recourse is not had even to this method in many cases where the genius of western lan- guages requires it, but the grammatical distinctions or relations are indicated solely by the position of the several parts of the sentence or paragraph. This sometimes renders the meaning of a passage or phrase vague and obscure. To a native who is accus- tomed to express his thoughts in this and in no other way, few dif- ficulties occur from this method : to a foreigner, however, it is other- wise; and unless he has made considerable proficiency in his know- ledge of the language, or has a learned native at hand to aid him in his investigations, he is liable frequently to mistake the meaning of his author. The syntax of the language is .very peculiar, and unlike that of the alphabetic languages of the West. The facility with which a character may be changed in its meaning from a noun to a verb, or to an adverb, &c., often occasions the foreigner much difficulty in as- certaining the meaning of the text. The Chinese writing, being thus destitute of these prominent features which in other cases have given rise to systems of rules for the agreement and government, of words, has occasioned some writers to designate it an asyntactic language. In almost all Chinese composition, measured periods, not unlike blank verse, abound, and are esteemed by the Chinese as a capital beauty of their language. No author can lay claim to excellence in writing who cannot produce these periods, fill his pages with antithe- ses, and so round his sentences that they shall correspond with each other in the number of characters of which they are composed. Books which are written in the conversational style have usually fewer of these ornaments than those of a higher order, such as government proclamations, and essays which are produced at the literary examinations Still, more or less of this characteristic is re- tained in every kind of composition, and constitutes an essential fea- ture of the Chinese language. It is very evident that whereas much attention is paid to the form in which ideas are expressed, the free flow of thought must be greatly checked. Often indeed, ideas form the secondary object of consideration, while the mode in which they are to be expressed claims the first attention in Chinese composition. There is yet another distinguishing mark of this language, which is rarely to be met with in (hat of any other nation. Set phrases, not unlike our law terms, which are often repeated and always in the same sense, abound in the writings of the Chinese. In fact, their books are filled with apothegms, which are wrought into composition according to the pleasure of the writer. Thought is stereotyped, and all the ideas which the Chinese wish to cherish or inculcate are con- tained in those records which have come down to them from the ve- nerablo sages of antiquity. Excellence in composition therefore consists in arranging anew those orthodox phrases winch :ire to I>P found only in their ancient classics. This is true of ;JI kinds of their hie- 1834. The Chinese Language, 7 rature. Even poelry, which delights in freedom arvl glories in inven- tion, is bountl down by these iron rules. Wo to the poet, or the writer of any description, who should dare to deviate from the beaten track which is pointed out to him by the worthies of antiquity! Such an one would be looked on as a heretic, and would be denounced as an uiitilial and rebellious subject! Having now adverted to the principal defects of the Chinese lan- guage, we ought in justice to speak also of its prominent excellences. Though less full and sonorous than most of the Indochinese lan- guages, yet when its measured periods and its tones are carefully observed, it is grateful to the ear. There is sometimes, on account of the choice and position of the characters which form a sentence, a degree of power and beauty in the style of the language which de- fies translation; and very often there is a pith and terseness in the expressions which are rarely equaled in any language. We ought not perhaps to expect to find in the writings of this singular people, the same beauties of style as those which have been produced by the most eminent scholars of Greece and Rome, or modern Europe; nevertheless, the Chinese have their own claim to excellence, a claim which should not, and by the impartial judge, will not be rejected. Chinese books abound in ingenious expressions, striking illustra- tions, unexpected comparisons, and bold metaphors. The literature of this nation is exceedingly multifarious, and in some departments it is rich. Few of the old Greek and Roman writers have produced such copious and extensive works as the Chi- nese. The number and variety of authors which have appeared since the days of Confucius are very great. But in the present degenerate age, new productions are rare, and those which are put forth are light and trivial, calculated to afford very little instruction or real en- tertainment. The Chinese need a new literature, rich in thought, cor- rect in sentiment, and pure and elegant in style. But it is a difficult task so to imitate their idiom as to make new thoughts and senti- ments interesting and instructive to readers who have always been accustomed to the formalities of this language. Much study and a thorough knowledge of their standard works will be necessary, there- fore, to enable the foreigner to write in such a style as to please and benefit the Chinese. It should be always kept in mind, that before a stranger can exercise any control over their taste and sentiments, he must l>e able to couch his thoughts in such language as may not only be clearly and easily understood, but as shall gain for him a patient and an attentive hearing. This will appear very difficult, especially when we consider their national pride, and their contempt of foreigners. We may rest assured, however, that treatises which do not conform to their idioms will find very few readers. But if new and interesting thoughts, pure and elevated sentiments, and above all the sublime truths of divine revelation are rightly exhibited iti a na- tive costume, then they may have a charm and a power which will rouse the mind, sway the passions, correct the judgment, and event- ually work a mental and moral revolution throughout the empire. 8 Thi, Cliinesi Language. MAV, The Chinese need strong excitements to induce them to read the works of foreigners; and great care will be requisite in order to adapt new treatises to their capacities and wants. Their language differs so widely from all others, that mere translations, except of the sacred Scriptures, cannot be recommended. But this language is rich in the variety of its characters and phrases, and capable of conveying to the minds of men a great diversity of ideas and facts on subjects of every description. These considerations, which are the result of long observation, and that not of a single individual, will serve to show the value which we ought to place on a knowledge of the Chinese language. Without this knowledge, the wall which has so long separated this people and their country from the other nations of the earth, cannot be effectually removed. Such a knowledge will be indispensable to foreigners, and one of their best auxiliaries in maintaining an extensive intercourse with this nation. True, this language, if well understood, will be deemed valuable to the historian and philosopher on account of the facts which it brings to their notice concerning the history of a large portion of our race; but it is only when we view it as a medium of communication, by which an honorable intercourse can be maintain- ed, and facilities thereby afforded for a wide diffusion of useful know- ledge, that it appears in its proper importance. It is not in morals alone that the Chinese are evidently in a lower state now, than they were in former times; they have gone backward also in arts and sciences; and there is perhaps even less enterprise in the nation than there was a thousand years ago. Nor is it strange, considering the po- licy of the government, that such should be the fact; for it has not only n'ot presented motives to excite and stimulate inventive genius, but even those which have arisen from natural and incidental causes it lias sedulously counteracted. With all due deference we would ren- der honor to whom honor is due, nor on any account detract from the just merits of any one; but we are constrained to believe that it is the crooked and unnatural policy of government which has caused so wide a difference between this people and the nations of the West. Once the Chinese had a far more extensive foreign commerce than at present, and commerce might have increased up to the present period. Their manufactures, which were once so far in advance of those of most, if not all, other nations, are utterly unable to compete with those which are now produced in such abundance by the giant power of steam. And so it is in most other respects. The inhabi- tants of this land will never be effectually waked up from their long, deep slumbers, until anew ;rra is formed in their literature, and they are excited to think for themselves, and to exchange their galling ty- ranny and their abominable idolatry for just notions of individual and national rights, and the holy religion of the living God. We see no prospect, and indeed have no expectation, that China will ever occupy that rank which she ought to hold in the scale of na- tions, until she feels the influence of some foreign agency. What agency shall that be' ll.ul that muster ,-pirit which a lew years ago 1831. The Chinese Language. 9 threw all Europe into consternation, held on a little longer in his career of conquest, the exclusive system which is now 50 frequently and justly complained of, might long since have been swept away. Another such reformer we would never see. We deprecate the idea of foreign invasion. What agency then shall be employed to rescue this nation from its thralldom? Just such an agency as roused Eu- rope from the slumbers of the dark ages. The circumstances of the two cases are not very dissimilar: an 'emperor' and a ''pope,' 'bands of monks' and 'hosts of mandarins,' are different in name, but alike in their power and influence. A great majority of the Chi- nese are by no means aware of their rent condition; for being altnont wholly ignorant of all that is most valuable in other p^rts of the world, they are incapable of making a comparison between them- selves and others, and hence incompetent to judge of their rehiivs rank, to estimate their own wants, or to see I he occasion thnre is fur improvement. Kanghe, the most enlightened and the most liberal of all the monarchs of the reigning dynasty, received very much of hw knowledge from the foreigners who were about his Court; and had it not been for the rival interests and overreaching of the Europeans who were allowed to reside and travel in every part of the empire, the advances then made in establishing a free intercourse most surely would have been maintained and improved : but had those men suc- ceeded in their main point, an emperor's authority, there is reason to suppose, would have been exchanged tor that of a pope's; and other corresponding changes would have followed in the train, and a des- potism more cruel than had ever before existed in China would have been the final result. We argue thus from what we have seen t>f papal authority in various other parts of the world as well as here. Many of the persons who engaged in those scenes, and who had in- fluence with the monarch and his ministers, were well versed in the language of this country; but there were very few of those men who were active in the diffusion of useful knowledge. They attracted the ga/.e of the multitude by the splendor of their ceremonials, but did not touch the heart and the conscience by the force of Divine truth; hence when reverses came and they were driven from the country, there was left behind them no seed of the Word, no germ of the tree of life. In a moment the whole structure they had raised, was brought down to the dust; and there is reason to believe that the condition of this people is now worse, and the difficulties of gaining access to the country greater, than would have been had the Jesuits never entered Chinn. But be this as it may, if we mistake not the signs of the times, a cris>s is rapidly approaching in the affairs of this nation; a revolu- tion, though it inny be long delayed, seems inevitable; and it must be tflected by a military force or by means of the press. A military power would not improve the condition of society; though it might. indeed, by its desolating course, open a way for the introduction of imp ovemeiits: on the other hand, a diffusion of knowledge, vihicli shall eli'ectually reach the morals and the religion of the nation, and en: REP :—VOL. in. ,\o. i 3 10 The C'hintff Language. MAY, punfy the sources of authority, check the outbreaking* of rebellion, and prevent the infliction of unlawful punishments, would save on empire from destruction, and place it in its proper rank among the nations. This diffusion of knowledge must lie effected by a foreign agency and at no inconsiderable expense. A military conquest would cause the destruction of thousands of human lives and millions of property; hut a conquest of principles, the triumph of right reason, the victory of truth, will cost a far less expenditure of men and means, will be glorious in its results, and carry the blessings of peace and the bright hopes of immortality to the multitudes of this nation. The fact that but little has been achieved affords no occasion for discouragement; for hitherto very little has been attempted. The study of the language, the very first step to be taken in the great en- terprise, has hitherto engaged the attention of very few individuals in Christendom. It will enable us to see more distinctly what is re- quired in this respect, if we notice what has been done, and some of the helps that have been prepared, to aid in the study of (he Chinese language. The French have taken the lead. Many of the enrly Romish missionaries to China were from France; several of them, under the patronage of Louis XIV., 'the true founder of Chinese literature in Europe,' became distinguished for their knowledge of the Chinese language. The disputes which arose between the Jesuits and the Dominicans concerning certain words, phrases, and ceremonies, drew into this study a number of able men, among whom were Bouvrt, Gerbillon, Couplet, Gaubil, and Premare. The successors of Louis have been liberal in their benefactions in aid of Chinese literature; witness the Grammatica Sinica, I'Histoire des Huns, I'Histoirede !a Chine, les Memoiressur lesdiinois, lesLettres fidifianteset cnrieuses, &.c., &c. De Guignes, the last of Fourmonl's disciples, died near the close of the 18lh century, and left behind him no successor. And notwithstanding all that had been done, the Chinese and their lan- guage and literature sunk fast in the esteem of the French; for (lie intercourse between the two nations was interrupted and almost en- tirely neglected. Thus the tide of public opinion was setting strong against the study of Chinese literature, when in 1815 the accom- plished M. Abel-R6musat entered on his course as royal professor in the French college at Paris. Others have followed, and joined in the labors of that eminent and lamented sinologue. M. Stanislas Julien has been appointed his successor as royal professor. In 1815, the Chinese library at Paris contained more than 5000 volumes: addi- tions have doubtless been made to it since that time. Spain, notwithstanding her possessions in Luconia have brought her almost within hearing of the Chinese, has done very little, and is doing nothing towards cultivating this language and literature. At present Spain participates but slightly in the concerns of the Celestial empire. The Portuguese, on account of their situation in Macao, have clone much more than the Spaniards. From their first approach to China, more than three centuries ago, they have had excellent 1834. Thf Chinese Language. 11 advantages for acquiring a knowledgc'of the language and literature of this nation. The study of the Chinese is now chiefly confined to those who reside at Macao, where the labors of J. A. Gonc,alve9, in the college of St. Joseph, are worthy of notice. The Dutch, though for a long time masters of a portion of territory which is now inhabit- ed and governed by the Chinese, have never distinguished themselves as students of their language. Russia, for the last one hundred years, has enjoyed peculiar facilities for learning Chinese, but surely has failed to improve them as she ought, either for herself or for the rest of the world. The school at Naples does nothing for the promotion of the study among Europeans: a few Chinese students, cloistered ami trained up in ignorance of everything except the dogmas of the Romanists, form the whole establishment. At Berlin, and at some other places on the continent of Europe, where Chinese libraries have been collected, a few solitary individuals have engaged in the study of this language. Considering her enterprise, her literary character, and her exten- sive and long continued intercourse with China, it seems remarkable that England should so long have neglected the language of this people. Previous to the embassy of Macartney, not more than one individual of that nation, so far as we know, ever undertook to acquire a knowledge of this language. No considerations had been sufficient to direct her attentiou to the study; and that ambassy was obliged to seek in foreign states those aids which were necessary to maintain an intelligible intercourse in the mission to the court of Peking. The younger Staunton, then 'of years too tender not to have still occasion for a tutor,' was the only European of the ambassy who had made any proficiency in a knowledge of the language. On that occasion, the emperor Keenlung, in the interview which he gave the ambas- sador, did not fail to notice the great inconvenience which each of the parties suffered by being ignorant of the language of the other. The translation of the Penal Code of China appeared in London in 1810. At that time, and chiefly with a view to translate the Sacred Scriptures, two individuals, Morrison in China and Marshman in Bengal, were successfully engaged in studying the language: both of those men still live, and with others of their countrymen, not to omit Milne and Collie who rest from their labors, are doing very much to promote and extend a knowledge of the Chinese language ami literature, and are far in advance even of the French. There are two or three Chinese libraries in England—which however are left quite neglected—and a choice collection of Chinese books in the library of ihe Anglochinese college at Malacca. Perhaps we ought not to pass over America in silence. For half a century past she has driven a thrifty commerce with tl.i.s people; we should s'iy rather that her citizens have done (his, and without her protection, for not even the erection of a flag-staff has been done at her charge. We would not see her wage war against the Chinese, nor carry tribute to the son of heaven; but that she has nothing to do in opening ii freer, more honorable, and betier regulated intercourse \ith 12 The Chinese Language. MAY, this nation, we can not admit. In sending abroad ministers and con- suls it is usual and necessary that those functionaries (or others who accompany them), should have a knowledge of the language of the people among whom they are appointed to reside. But in the case in question, persons possessing such pre-requisites could not, we think, he obtained. There is not, so far as we know, more than one individ- ual in the United States, who even pretends to have any considerable knowledge of this language, or has ever undertaken the study of it. A few Chinese volumes may have found their way thither, and lexi- cographers and philologists have doubtless obtained the principal grammars and dictionaries which have been put forth by European scholars. A few Americans now in the East are engaged in (he study o! the language; but they have only recently entered on the work, and what will be their success remains to be seen. We shall not undertake in this place to characterize the several works which have been prepared and published with a view to aid in the study of the Chinese language; an enumeration of (he principal grammars, dictionaries, &,c , is all that we shall attempt. These works are not numerous; and several of them have been written and sent into the world under not a few disadvantages, arising chiefly f'.'om the peculiar difficulties of the language. Enough, however, has l>een done in this department to encourage those who have engaged in the work to persevere, and to invite and warrant others to enter a field where so much remains to be accomplished As a curious work, we notice lirst a Chinese Grammar in Spanish by Francisco Varo, which was printed at Canton in I70!3, on native paper with woodea blocks, and without the Chine.se characters. Bayer's Museum Sim- rum appeared in 1730. Breitkopf's Exeinplum typographic Sinica?, '•.run.-, charncterum e typis mobilibus compositum, w»s published at Leipsic in 1789. The Chinese dictionary of Basile, edited by De (iiiitfnes by order of Napoleon, appeared in Paris in 1H13. Marsh- !,i.i:iV Chinese Grammar was printed in Serampore in 1814. The next year, Morrison's Grammar was issued from the same press; and his dictionary, in six volumes, came from the honorable E. I. Com- p-iny's press ai Macao, between 1815 and lP22. R£musat's Gram- mar w«s published at Paris, in 1822. In 1S3I, Premare's Notitia ],ing;iae SinicsE came from the press of the Angloohinese college at Miihicca. A dictionary by Goncalves was printed at the college of fa:. Joseph's, in M:icao. Ioo3. Two new works are now in the press; one of tnein id a dictionary of tht> Fuhkee'n dialect by Mr. Medhurst, and is h.-Mii;; printed ut the honorable Company's press at Macao; the other is an Englrsh .Chinese dictionary, edited by Mr. GutzlafT, and is i;i the press at Serampore. Ths inducements to undertake the study of the Chinese language at (he present lime, are numerous, and such as can not escape the notice, nor fail to interest the attention of discerning men. It is in vain for us now to fold our arms and lock back to the time when the whole world was of one speech, nnd sigh over the folly of those who • .!•! ''il tho Almighty to come down in displeasure and confound 1834. The Chiiirff Language. 13 their language, and scatter them abroad upon ilic face of the whole earth. All the tribes of our race in their long separation from one another hare often been in perplexities and distresses, and as if the natural ills which flesh is heir to were not enough, they have tiend- like, or rather manlike, set upon euch other, and the great and pow- erful ones of the earth hare often employed their energies in human butchery, and gloried in their success. But God has made of one blood all the nations of men. And surely as the knowledge of Him is to fill the whole earth, and peace become universal, so surely will China be brought into the family of nations, to associate, to sympathise, and to act with them. So great a change, however, can not be effected without efforts, and these must be put forth by the men of Christen- dom. The advantages which will result from such a change will be numerous; and hence the strong inducements to learn the language of this people. Whether we regard the subject in a commercial, poli- tical, literary, or religious point of view, there is, we think, no tb- reign language, which holds out to the people of the West so many considerations for studying it as the Chinese. Every one who is at all acquainted with China knows thit the com- mercial relations between this country and the rest of the world stand on a very bad footing. We do not deny that the trade under all ita embarrassments is highly lucrative: but it might be made vast- ly more productive. Let the whole of Europe be placed under the sway of one man, and all the foreign commerce be restricted to Cadiz; then the people of the West would be able to judge of the policy of the Chinese empire. And the trade is not only restricted to an extreme port of the country, but is chiefly in the hands of a few individuals, mid subject to regulations that can not endure the light. We will not undertake to enumerate the many petty annoyances and illegal impositions to which it is exposed. Now, in order to remove these evils, and to place a most important branch of commerce on a good foundation, at once permanent and secure, access must be had to the sources of authority. Except Russia, none of the nations of the earth have any fixed relations with China. But why on that account do they stand at such an awful distance from her? Why may not the ships of Europe and America visit the Chinese waters, sail along the coast, and enler the poru and rivers of this wide empire? Are riot such waters the highway of the nation!!? Hare the nations sold or forfeited their birthright? On what principle then, or for what reason, are their ships, when they approach these shores, except at a given point, to be instantly driven away? The means hitherto employed to negociate vviih the monarch of this land have utterly failed, and recourse must now be had toothers. And what shall they be? Not swords; nor bayonets; nor yet navies, unless they are prepar- ed with means by which they can make known fully their wishes and their purposes. Witness, for example, the means—consisting of men and books—with which the Lord Amherst was furnished in her visits to A tuny, Fflhchow, Ningpo, and Shaughne. Let the pros be made to speak, until the Chinese shall understand the character, 14 The Chinese Written Language. MAY. tltc wishes, the rights, the purposes, and the strength of foreigners; then they may condescend—nay, be glad to negociute. What is requisite, therefore, in order to establish proper commer- cial and political relations with the Chinese, is made to depend in no small degree on a knowledge of their language. Hence arise the strong inducements to learti the language, and study the literature and the laws of this nation. But there are other still weightier con- siderations which urge us to seek for an acquaintance with the Chinese language, that thereby we may gain a knowledge of their manners and customs. and their moral nuct religious systems. Let a decree go forth, and let it be executed through the whole of Europe or America, or both, that every temple of the Most High shall be thrown down, that every copy of the holy Scriptures shall be destroyed, and all the ordinances of our holy religion annulled and forgotten; let su- perstitions come, and every species and accompaniment of idolatry; and let the whole multitude of the people and the rulers bow down and worship wood and stone: then the lands of Christendom would be- come like pagan China; and England, Scotland, France, Germany, and America would be enveloped in thicker darkness than they were fifteen hundred years ago. And how have those lands, now so highly favored of heaven, been brought to their present enlightened nnd elevated state? By what instrumentality are they at the present time urged on with such amazing velocity in the march of improve- ment? By H variety of causes no doubt; but letters have formed the grxnd media by which science and Divine truth have been made to shine on those nations. And the same instrumentality must he em- ployed here. Viewed in this light, a knowledge of the Chinese lan- guage rises into an importance, and gathers around it an interest which no pen can ever describe. ART. II. The Ckinesf written language: origin of Chinese writing; sir classes of symbols or characters; various modes of writing; names of characters in the national language, and the orthography bist adapted for representing the sounds in English; modern divi- sions of the characters into tribes; list of the heads of tribes, com- monly called radicals or keys. IN the preceding article we have spoken of the antiquity of the Chinese language, and the wide extent of country throughout which it is employed. Its present extensive use is confined, however, to the written medium of which we have now to speak. As a colloquial medium, its idioms and pronunciation hare at all times been subject to change; and the variations in both the.se respects are now rery considerable in different provinces and kingdoms where it is spc.ken. It iv (he peculiar structure of the Chinese written language, its not a- liun, il we may so say. of ideas, lh;tl has lor so lung a |»Tlod pre- 1834. Tin Chinese Written Language- IS served it almost inviolate from the hand of time and the ravages of frequent anarchy. The best idea of its nature will be derived from a comparison suggested by the expression we have just used. The pri- mary characters of the Chinese language, though they originated in hieroglyphic writing, are now mere symbols ; the nature of which is nearly the same as that of the Arabic numeral figures, in almost universal use for the purpose of arithmetical notation; and like these they may be adopted into the language of any nation. Thus the symbolical character A , which denotes a man, possessing in it- self none of the representatives of sound, of which the words in al- phabetic languages are compounded, may, with equal propriety, be pronounced by the Chinese jin, by the Japanese run, by the Roman homo, or by the Greek ctvSpcjirot:. Like these numerals, also, the symbolic characters of the Chinese language admit of the combina- tion of two or more primary characters to represent a single idea. There are many compound characters in Chinese which resemble in their nature such combined forms of notation as 32, 55, 304, and so forth. Both these—their elements, however arbitrary, being under- stood—present to the eye a definite idea. Thus in Chinese, /£ sig- nifies not, arid jj- denotes straight. Arbitrary as these symbols ap- pear, yet when known, the combination of them in one character -35, immediately suggests the idea of crookedness. But when we come to examine further the characters of the Chi- nese language, we find that in one important point they differ from the numeral figures of the West. These latter, in whatever way com- bined, can never indicate sound, while of the Chinese characters a large proportion are in part, of a syllabic nature. They are formed from the union of idea and sound. This is attributed by Chinese philologists to the imperfection of the symbolical system, ' to which,1 they say,'there are limits, but to the syllabic system there are no limits.' Hence, when it was found impossible to represent words by symbols, unless such as should be of an altogether arbitrary nature, the plan was suggested of combining existing symbols in such a way as to indicate sounds. These combined symbols were rarely more than two in number, the one a representative of sound, the other usually of a generic character, expressing some quality or property of the thing to be denoted. The sound indicated by one of the com- bined symbols was the same as, or similar to, the pronunciation in the colloquial language, of the word for which a written symbol was to be found. Thus, in the colloquial language kirei signified the cassia tree. To form a hieroglyphic symbol for this tree was impos- sible, as without accurate representation its symbol could not be dis- tinguished from that of any other tree. Recourse was therefore h;ul to the syllabic system. The combination of the generic symbol for tree, -fa with an existing symbol which had the sound of kieei tfe, produced a character sufficiently definite, and expressing in a single word *?£ ' the kwei tree." In this way a jireat majority of the Chinese characters have originated. The sound is however in many cases only 16 The Chinese Writtm Langt/ngf. Mvv, smilar; and moreover characters may appear to be formed of sylla bic symbols, which in point of fact are not so. While therefore a great degree of probability as to the sounds of characters may be ob- tained by mere inspection, there is not, we believe, a single instance in which the sound can in this way be determined with certainty. There are a few instances of a near approach to—iti fact almost an inadvertent arrival at—an alphabetic system. For example, there is a character me Pref (No. 7566 of Morrison's Dictionary), which is i-i'i- ID 8 compounded of the characters ma Jff and fe 3E If the conso- nant which commences the first, be joined to the vowel terminating the last of these words, we find the sound of me produced from their union. And this can hardly be considered a fortuitous circumstance, as the two component characters bear no relation to the primary sig- nification of the compound. Indeed this system of indicating the sounds has in modem times been introduced into the Chinese diction- aries, as we have reason to suppose, from the Sanskrit, to which also we may perhaps be indebted for the characters of which we have just given an example. But supposing them to be the invention of a Chinese, the circumstance is easily accounted for, by the fact that characters of a syllabic nature, have been introduced at various times and in various places; it would not be surprising, therefore, if a per- son should advance to a knowledge of an alphabetic system, and form a few characters on its principles, and yet, having no reason to hope that he should be able to bring it into use, refrain from communica- ting to others the knowledge which be had attained. The syllabic division of the language, which is by far the largest, is the only one now open for the introduction of new characters. To it we are indebted for the characters, usually called vulgar, which have been adopted in various provinces to express words peculiar to their own dialects. These remarks serve to show, what we have now further to eluci- date, that the majority of characters of the Chinese language aie not, in their origin at least, arbitrary They plainly originated in a sort of picture writing, a rude attempt to sketch the resemblance of mate- rial objects, or to depict some peculiar property of them. They were hieroglyphics; but, gradually modified for greater convenience of writing, or for purposes of ornament, they have become mere sym- bols. On this point we are told, by an able writer in the Tung-che, a Chinese cyclopredia, that "writing and drawing have the same origin ; but drawing regards the complete forms of objects, while writ- ing attends only to their general resemblances ; drawing consists in. many strokes, but writing only in a lew. Both resemblances and complete forms can be drawn; but without the art of drawing, there can be no writing." We have no reason to suppose that any specific, system for the formation of hieroglyphics was adopted by Tsanifbee, who is the re- puted inventor oi Chinese writing. He is said to have derived the first ideas which led to this important invention from careful observa- tion oi tin- varied forms in nature; or at the Chinese tonievvhut 1834. The Chinese Written Language. 17 childishly express it, from remarking the diversified shades on the back of a tortoise, the fortuitous traces in the impression of a horse's hoof, the transformations of clouds, and the varied positions of the stars. Considering the early period in which he lived, nearly at the commencement of the settlement of China by the ancestors of its present inhabitants, if not anterior to that time, it is not probable that Tsanghee proceeded much beyond the first step in hieroglyphic writ- ing — that of forming rude pictures of natural objects. The philolo- gists of later times have, however, divided the characters of the lan- guage into six classes. And at a still later date these have been fur- ther subdivided to a very considerable extent. The following are the six classes, commonly called Ink shoo, 'the six writings.' 1. Figures bearing a resemblance to the forms of material objects, expressed by the words seang king. This cUss needs no further elucidation than is given by the following examples :— 0 Sun. Moon. Hills. Eye. Child. Horse. JV'oio written 0 n A 3 * m 2. Figures pointing out some properly or relative circumstance — expressed by the words che sze. Thus, the sun just above the hori- zon denotes morning; and the moon but half appearing signifies evening, when the sun has but just set. The rest of the following examples strike the eye more plainly. _!_ T A Morning. Evening. Above. Below. Union. Center. Jftne written EL jr _h T ^ $ 3. Combinations of ideas — htmiy e, consisting of two, and in a few cases three, figures or symbols, united to represent a single idea. Thus the union of the sun and moon expresses brightness; a tree or piece of wood in K door-wny denotes obstruction; two trees stand for a forest; the junction of eye and man points out the idea of seeing; two men seated on the ground exhibits the act of sittifig; and ilie combination of telf and ruling shows forth the imperial power of heaven, as well as of heaven's earthly vicegerent, the emperor. Bright. Obstructed. Forest. To see. To sit. Emperor. .You written Jl ca; Klip :— VOL. 111. No, i 4 18 Tlie Chinese Written Language. MAY, 4. Inverted significations — chuen ckon — represented by inverted delineations of symbols, either in wlio!e or in part. When the sig- nification of the symbols is altered by the subtraction or addition of strokes, such symbols are also considered as pertaining to this class. In the following examples the inversion of form and of idea is com- plete. In the last, however, the original signification is now lost Right hand. Left hand. Sundered Continuous. Body. Turned (threads) '(body). Now written 5. Symbols uniting sound—ktae shing—that is, compound cha- racters, in which symbols representing the colloquial sounds by which objects are named are combined with other symbols expressing some general properly of the same objects. This has been more particular- ly explained above. We subjoin but two examples. The first is compounded of a symbol pronounced ngo, and another signifying a bird; hence, the ngo bird, or goose. The second is compounded of the symbol for water and the sound ko, from which we derive the similar sound ho, a river. ^" si m Ngo, a goose. Ho, a river. JVtes of learned men, by ulum, it has been 20 Thf Chinese Written Language. MAY, sometimes thought that the meaning of a character could be better represented by a new combination of symbols, different from what was generally in use; others again have arisen from caprice; some have been introduced for the purpose of abbreviation; and some from ignorance. All these differences in form are by European sinologues culled variants. They may be arranged under the following classes: 1, correct forms; 2, ancient forms, sometimes adopted by pedantic writers; 3, synonyms in which the juxtaposition of the component parts is changed, or even a wholly different form is adopted, while all the significations remain the same; 4, similar words agreeing only in some particular significations; 5, vulgar forms; and 6, abriJged forms. For example, instead of the correct form of ^, the ancient form .JJ- is sometimes used; TJ and ||f$, differing only in the position of the parts, are synonymous; so also are ijJjtt and It, in which one of the component parts is varied, but here the two characters are commonly used as distinct; they both have two significations, to measure, and to speak; for the first the latter form is now almost exclusively employed; again Jjjr and 4t, though totally different in form are but different modes of writing the same character. Of the 4th class are |Sp and j^, which agree only in the signification of heaping up earth. Vulgar forms are common ; thus for j-^> the vul- gar form fa is often written. Abbreviations are also numerous in books of light literature, and especially in common ballads, as well as in quick writing. Such is fT.ii for tfe., a line being drawn to supply the place of four dots. All thc.se varieties of writing are more or less admitted into the dictionaries; so that the difficulties which they are calculated to present to unassisted students are in a great degree overcome. This is not, however, the case with many corrupt and erroneous forms of writing, which are wholly unsanctioned. In the study of these variants, care should be taken not to confound characters which differ only in one or two strokes; these are often entirely different in signification. In observing characters slightly modified in their component parts, they should never be considered variants, unless the parts which give meaning be nearly synonymous. For instance, the symbols for wooil, herb, and bamboo are often used indiscriminately in the composition of variants; but the symbols for enrth and wntrr can enter into the combination only of characters that have no similarity of meaning. In addition to variations in the forms of particular characters, dif- ferent styles of writing, affecting the appearance of all characters, have been at various times introduced, which resemble in their nature our distinctions of Black Letter, Roman, Italic, Script, &.c. The changes in these have been in part occasioned by changes in the imple- ments of writing. In the time of Confucius they used pieces of bam- boo pared thin and smooth, and also leaves and reeds, such as are still in u^e in Ceylon, Malabar, and among the priests of Budhii in Bur- 1834. The Chinese Written Language. 21 mah, Siam, and other countries. Oil these, characters were drawn by means of a sharp pointed slick or iron style, and sometimes with varnish. Silk and cloth were afterwards employed, and to write on them, pencils made of various kinds of hair were introduced, about 300 years before our era. In the first century of our era, paper was invented. It has been made of various materials; the best and most common kinds now in use are m-ule of bamboo. The ink known by name of India ink, which is now universally employed in China and the Indochinese nations, was first brought into use in the seventh century of the Christian era. The various styles of writing now known are six. From this enu- meration we exclude the fanciful ancient form called k'n tow, or 'tadpole-headed,' in which all the strokes were made to terminate in a form similar to what is described by its name. Of this form few examples now exist. Of the six styles, specimens are given on the opposite page. Their names are the following :— 1. The Gluten shoo. This, from its present most common use, has been called by Europeans the seal character. Next to the original hieroglyphics, it is the most ancient style of writing, and includes many varieties, either fanciful inventions, or modifications of various ages; its chief distinctions however are two, the greater and the in- ferior chuen. The former belongs more exclusively to seals or stamps, and an example of it as so used is given at the end of the opposite plate. Of the latter, which is frequently used for ornamental in- scriptions and prefaces to books, as well as for seals, a specimen is given in the first column of the plate. 2. The Le shoo, syle of official attendants. This was introduced in the Tsin dynasty, near the commencement of the Christian era. It was formed for the use of writers in the public offices, and has de- rived its name from this circumstance. It is now chiefly used for inscriptions and prefaces of works. See a specimen in the second column. 3. The Kr.ae shoo, pattern style. This has been formed by the gradual improvements of good writing; and from it all the modern forms have originated. A Chinese can have no claim to literary merit among his countrymen who cannot write neatly as well as correctly in this style. 4. The Hing shoo. This may be literally translated the running hand, and to a certain extent it is so; but It does not admit of perfect freedom. The pencil may be carried from stroke to stroke, without being raised from the paper; but no forms of abbreviation unauthor- ized by the dictionaries may be introduced, nor may any of the com- ponent strokes of a character be thrown out. It is the common hand of a nent writer; and is frequently used in prefaces of books. 5. The 7'snou t.tze. This name is given to a freer description of running hand than the preceding. It is full of abbreviations, which render it very difficult even to a well-educated native. Not only are abbreviated forms adopted, but even from them many lines are thrown out, and the pencil may be curried from character to character almost 22 The Chinese Written Language. MAV, ad libitum. This style is partially employed in the ordinary writing of the man of business; but to understand it fully requires a particu- lar study of it. Its chief use is therefore in inscriptions, and some- times also in prefaces, particularly those of aged writers. 6. The Sung te, siyle of the Sung dynasty. This was introduced as a more elegant form of printing than any of the others, under the dynasty whose name it bears. Printing in China, by means of carved wooden plates was invented in the early part of the tenth century. The Sung family obtained the supremacy about forty years after: and this style of writing was gradually formed during the period that it retained the throne. Since that period we believe no material alterations have taken place in it. The almost exclusive use of several of these styles for ornamental inscriptions and prefaces, is a point which requires some explanation. The Chinese hold writing in great esteem, and regard their own written characters as highly elegant. Owing to the long period dur- ing which printing has been known among them, and the peculiar literary institutions of the government, they are also a reading peo- ple. Hence, the multiplicity of inscriptions (not always unaccom- panied by landscapes and historical sketches) which are hung up in their houses, occupying the place that pictures do among us. And these are so common, that they are rarely wanting even in the boats, which form the habitations of ?o large a population in Canton and some other maritime ports'. The same esteem for writing induces a peculiar fondness fur autographs of learned men, a fondness which is easily gratified, in consequence of the facility which their mode of printing affords for taking off facsimiles, in which indeed it is no way inferior to lithography. Hence originated the custom among learned authors of writing their prefaces in antique and cur ions styles, to exhibit the elegance of their penmanship; and this custom is still preserved, although in most instances, such writing is now performed by tran- scribers for the press, who study handwriting as a profession. In the mutual relation of the written and oral languages there is a striking characteristic, which is we believe peculiar to the Chinese and a few cognate tongues. The assertion is common that they are altogether distinct languages, and that the characters are not pictures of spoken words, nor the words the vocal utterance of written cha- racters—" le premier [le caractfcre] n'est pas le peinture du second [le mot], ni le second I'expression du premier."* If by this it be meant that the words written anil spoken do not bear precisely the same re- lation to each other as they do in alphabetic languages, the statement must be admitted. But if it be meant that sound has no place in the formation of the Chinese characters, we must refer those who would adopt the opinion to the filth class of symbols, of which we have spoken above. These, which are partly of a syllabic and partly of an ideographic nature, are far more numerous than the characters of any oilier class. If they be deprived of the power of representing '(irammain4 ('Mnoisr. ]i:tr . n-l K lias the same sound as in the words few, luw. ih is a peculiar sound; it is nearly the same as that of i mfir, sir; or that of e in servant. In Morrison's Dictionary it has been con- founded with the sound uf eih, by an occasional inadvertent use of the letters ih to express that sound. o has the open sound of o \ go, so, &c.; it sometimes approaches to the sound of the German b. 6 has the short sound of u in cot, s/wt. 183-1. The t'htnrti \Vnltni Language 2,") o<> has the lengthened sound that is found in the words/»»»/, run/, dtr. oa> is a closer sound than that represented by (he same letters in English; it appears to be compounded of the shortest sound of a, quickly gliding into that of uu. v, standing alone as a final, has the French sound of that letter; combined with nasals, its sound is nearly that of « in bull, uf, represents a sound resembling that of u in cut, but more protracted. «/» represents the short sound of a in put. uy is a peculiar sound, resembling the sound of ui wjliail, and in the French pluie. The above are mostly simple articulations. In conjunction with the nasals n and ng, the vowels produce. an, an, ang, and ang, which are pronounced according to the sounds of their respective vowels already explained. en, sounded as in pen, men, or sometimes nearly as an in ant. in and ing, sounded as in sin. and sing. un and ung, pronounced agreeably to the sound of the letter u in bull. The sound of an is often confounded with that ofnn. From the union of two or more vowels in the final, the following additional sounds are produced, generally pronounced as two or three short syllables, gliding quickly into each other, as in fluid, ae, like the Greek ai in xai. do, or nun, requires a quick but distinct enunciation of each vowel. ea, like the sound of ya, never that of the diphthong en in English. tae, emig, eauu, cay, fe or yf, ecn. li is a difficult sound, approaching to that of uy given above. to, euc, euen, euh, eun, eung, tod or ood, wd, wac, won, wan, wang, wang, wf'i, too, wo, won, wuli. The various syllables (as the significant sounds of the Chinese lan- guage have been called, on the supposition that it is a true monosyl- labic language) are. formed by prefixing to the above finals, the lol- lowing initial sounds :— ch soft, as in the words chat, chaste. ckh, a hard and aspirated modification of the preceding sound. f, the same sound as in English. A, before a, e, o, oo, and their compounds, is a strong guttural aspirate; it has no sound exactly corresponding to it in English, but resembles the Hebrew n hlieth. h, betore e. has H hissing sound, as it followed by a y; thus Ac is pronounced like ye preceded by a spiritus asper, 'yr. j or zh, is like the French _;' jamais; it is liable to be confounded with y as used in the Dutch language. k is the same as in kick, kid, or as c hard in cut, calf, kh is a guttural and aspirated sound, similar to the Hebrew 5 snd Greek •%• I, m, and n, are the same is in ISnjrlish. in" is a nasal, having the same sound as at the end, of wordb in CH Rlil'; VOL !!!• NO I t> 2fi The Climest Written Lmiguagr. M. , English, as an initial, its sound may be obtained by dropping the two first letters in pronouncing the word hanging. Its proper sound is often changed into y, or becomes altogether silent like the nasals in Sanskrit. It is then called an anhelation, and resem- bles the Greek spiritus lenis and the Arabic ^ run. ny is like liquid n in Spanish, or like, gn in the French word maligne. p has a soft sound approaching to that of b, as well as a somewhat harder sound, which is the same as p in English. p'h is a strong aspirated sound of;>; it must not be assimilated with the English pit, which is the same as /. s and 55 are nearly the same as in the English sit, hissing, &,c.; they cannot be clearly distinguished. 5/4 is the same as in English, or as i:h. in French. sz is a difficult sound to represent; it does not differ much from the sound of ss, by which the French have represented it; it is combin- ed only with a peculiar vowel sound, which can be learned only from the living voice. t has a soft sound, sometimes approaching to that of d. fh is an aspirated modification of the preceding sound. ts and fs, the one soft and the other aspirated, are analogous to the Hebrew 5 tsadhe. tsz is formed by prefixing the sound of t to that of sz described above. 10 should perhaps be considered a vowel sound ; it is analogous to w in English, being pronounced sometimes as in who, at other times as in war, toon, &c. y is a sound usually analogous to that of y in yard, yoke; but it some- times becomes quiescent, resembling the silent or anhelative nasal ng. Y, wr/i, 'II, or etil, is a very peculiar sound, at once initial and final; it appears to be formed from an attempted enunciation of r, prevent- ed by the imperfection of the vocal organs. The Chinese diction- aries find it impossible to represent the sounds, giving it the names je, ye, nye, and '«; and so it is pronounced in different provincial dialects. In the national language, the sound seems to resemble that of the almost unenunciable Sanskrit letter ^ Iri, which the learned of Bengal soften into a peculiar /. Chinese writers, in endeavoring to follow out as far as possible the Sanskrit distinctions of sounds, have reckoned several other minute modifications, which are, however, hardly perceptible. Instead of in- creasing the number of the above initials, we may rather diminish them, by regarding the soft and aspirated letters, r.h, chh, p, ph, &c., as essentially the same sounds, modified by the intervention of the spiritus asper. We do so accordingly in the table of the significant sounds of the Chinese language, which will be found below. Distinctions are made in the finals, as they have been given above, by the use of four tones, which if they could be applied equally to every original sound would multiply the tonic modifications of the language fourfold. But this is not the case. Some sounds admit but three, and some not mure th.in one or two different intonations. 1831. The Chinese Written Language. The four tones are these:—1, p'ing shing, an even or monotone; 2, shang shing, or rising tone, uttered with force of voice ; 3, k'eu shing, or departing tone, a prolonged falling tone; 4,juh shing, or entering tone, which is short and abrupt as if suddenly recalled while yet but half uttered. These four tones are marked by the Chinese on a hand, accompanied by the following explanation in rhyme, for the purpose of assisting the memory, thus :— Shang K'eil JBh Jt SC1 it A ft JS UE & ft ic P'Tng shing, p'ing taou mo te ngang; Shting slung, kaou hoo ma'ng lee k'eang; K'eil shing, fun ming ngae yuen t^ou; Juh shing, tw&n ts'uh keth show ts'ang. The even tone—its even path is neither high nor low; The rising tone—it loudly calls, 'tis vehement, ardent, strong; The declining tone—is clear, distinct, its dull, low path is long; The entering tone—short, snatched, abrupt, is quickly treasured up. The first European sinologues, the Romish missionaries, in adopt- ing marks to represent the Chinese tones, employed the grave accent to denote the shang shing, and the acute to point out the k'eu shing. Some modern writers have reversed this order, adopting the system which is common in European books. The following are the marks we shall employ whenever il is necessary to reprnscnl the four tones :— JS The Chinese. Written Langvnge. MAY, 1 — for the p'ing shing, as in pan; '•Z. / for the shang shitig, as in /win; '3 ^sjor the k'eu shing, as in [lAn; 4. V_y for the jiih shuig, as in pa. Many opinions exist among the Chinese as to the precise number of tones belonging to their language. In their written language, how- ever, only these four exist, or at least are employed to any consider- able extent; we shall therefore defer any further consideration of this point until we come to speak of the oral language. Though a know- ledge of these tones is requisite in speaking, yet in writing, the Chinese do not mark them, except where a variation of tone occa- sions a difference of meaning too slight to be ascertained by the con- nexion ; and it is, therefore, thought unnecessary to introduce them, generally, into our orthography of the Chinese words. In explaining the initial and final sounds of which Chinese words are compounded, it was necessary, in order to be perspicuous, to make considerable use of accents. But an examination of the orthography will show, that the powers of the vowels employed are pointed out by their location, except in a few instances. It is therefore needless to continue the use of accents, except over the final sounds a, an, ang, i, 6, where they are required as marks of distinction from a, an, ang, e, and o. Here a difference must be observed between the use of a alone, and that of the a in an and ang. The first marks the juh siting, and is considered by the Chinese as only a tonic modification of an. or ang. The other points out a particular sound, Hiid has no effect on the length of the syllable, which is capable of receiving any of the tones; thus—ha'n, ha'n, hun, hih, more uniformly represented in French orthography by hen, h'tn, hfri, h(. The sound of the a, Hi, and i\ is here nearly the same as that of o in money, or of the French e in de, qne, &,c. The following table is mainly the same as that given in Morrison's Dictionary. In casfes where an alteration of the orthography has appeared necessary, that of the Dictionary has been added in italic letters. Where alterations have appeared merely recommendable but not necessary, the orthography of the Dictionary has been retained in the first place, and the alteration added in Roman letters. All the abrupt sounds belonging to thejw/i siting are considered by the Chinese merely as tonic modifications of their sounds; but in English they require a different orthography; though inserted, therefore, they are distinguished by an *. The suirilus lenis prefixed to the vowel sounds, h intended to mark them as auhelative—having an inherent nasal or liqujd sound, which is generally required by the present usage to remain silent. Thus, 'e is a sound formed sometimes from vgK or nye, and sometimes from ye, sounds which it still occasionally retains, though good usage requires it to be pronounced simply as an iMiglish e.. ' Wei or 'uuei, and 'o<>, are syllables which still more frequently retain the nasal sound ofng. The number of syllables in Morrison's Dictionary is 411: in the following table six more have been milled, Imi they arc not numbered. 1834. 29 The Chintst Written Language. TABLE of the Chinese significant sotinds, exclusive of the variations formed by the modulation of tones and aspirates. 'A 1 G8, Ng5 48 Jow 102 Laou 158 Nan 212 'Ae, Gae Gow, ) .„ Juen 103 Le 15-.I Nang 813 'An 2 Ngow ) * Juh 104 Leang 160 Nang 214 'An, C4n Hae 50 Jun 105 Leaou 161 Naou ai5 'Aon 3 Han 51 Jung 106 "Lee 162 Ni: 216 Cha 4 Han 52 Juy 107 * Leen 163 Nefing 217 Cha 5 Hang 53 Kae 108 Leih 164 Meaou 218 Chae 6 Hang 54 Kan 109 Led 105 "Nee 219 Chan 7 Haou 55 Kan 110 Leu 166 Neen 220 Chang 8 He 56 Kang HI * Leue 167 * Neih 221 Chaou 9 Hea 57 KAng 112 Leuen 168 "Ne6 222 Chay 10 * Hea 58 Kaou 113 Leuh 169 Neu 223 Che 1 1 Heae 59 Ke 114 Lew 170 New 224 Che 12 Heang 60 Kea 115 * Lih 171 Nin 225 Chen 13 Heaou 61 * Kea 116 Lin 172 Ning 226 Cheih, > . * Hee 62 Keae 117 Ling 173 No 227 Cliih j Heen 63 Keang 118 Lo 174 "N8 228 Chin 15 * Hcih 64 Keaou H!) * Lo 175 Noo 229 Ching 16 • He6 65 Keay 120 Loo 176 Now 230 Ch6 17 Heu 66 * KeS 121 Low 177 "Nun 231 Choo 18 * Heu6 67 Keen 122 * Luh 178 Nun 232 Chow 19 Heuen 68 * Keih 123 Lun 179 Nung 233 Chue 20 * Henh C'» * Keo 124 Lung 180 Nuy 234 Chuen 21 Heun 70 Keu 125 Luy 181 Nwan 235 Chun 22 Heung 71 "Keue 126 Lwan 1 82 'O 236 Chun 23 Hew 72 Keuen 127 Ma 183 * '6 237 Chung 24 "Hih 73 * Keuh 128 * Ma 184 Pa 2:t8 Chu, Choo Hin 74 Keun 129 Mae 185 * P4 239 Chay 25 Hing 75 Keung 130 Man 186 Pae 240 Chwa 26 Ho 76 Kew 131 Mang 187 Pan 241 Chwae 27 • Ho 77 * Kih 132 Mang 188 Pang 242 Chwang 28 Hoo 78 Kin 133 Maou 189 Pang 243 How 79 King 134 May, 1 „ Paou 244 •E 29 Hung 80 Ko 135 Meay $ l!)0 Pe 245 Hwa 81 * K6 136 Me 191 Peaou 246 Fa 3" 'Hwa 82 Koo 137 Meaou 192 * Pee 247 Fan 31 Hwae 83 Row 138 * Meg 193 Peen 248 Fang 32 Hwan 84 * Kuh 139 Mefin 194 Pei 249 Fe or Fei 33 Hwan 85 Rung 140 Mei 195 * Peih 250 Foo 34 Hwang 86 Kwa 141 * Meih 196 Pew 251 FS 35 Hwang 87 * Kwa 143 Mew 197 * Pin 252 Fow 36 * Hw6 88 Kwae 143 * Mih 198 Pin 253 Fuh 37 * Hwuh 89 Kwan 144 Miii 199 Ping 254 Fun, Fan 38 Hwuy 90 Kwan 145 Ming 200 Po 255 Fung 39 'In, Gilt Kwang 146 Mo 201 "P6 256 Gae, Ngae 40 Gan, Ngan41 Jang 91 .I.IDII 92 Kwang 147 Kwei 148 * Mo 202 Moo 203 Poo 257 Pow 258 Gan, Ng8n42 Jay 93 Kwo 149 Mow 204 * Puh 259 Gang, ) ... * Jg 94 * Kwo 150 * Muh 205 Pun,pan 260 Ngang J * Jeufi 95 * Kwuh 151 Mun, > 2(),. Pung 261 Gang, ),. * Jeih, Jilt 96 La 152 M an 5 Pwan 262 Ngang J Jen 97 « Lft 153 Mung 207 * Sa 263 Gnou, ) ,- Jin 98 Lae 154 Mwan 208 Sae 264 Niranu ) Jing !»9 Lan 1 55 Na 2H9 San 205 Gili,N.;ili 46 " Jo 10(1 Lang 156 * Na 210 Siin 260 On. .\';J'. 17 .loo, Ji'ii IDI Laiifj i~>7' .\u(; :>\ Sang 207 30 MAY, The. Chinese Written Language. Sing 96^ Shoo 298 Tang 326 Tseuen 357 Wan 384 Saou 26!) Show 299 Taou 327 Tseun 358 Wan 385 Se 270 Shu Te 328 Tsew 359 Wang :i8« Seang 271 * Shuh 3DO Teaou 329 • Tuin 360 We 387 SeaoQ 272 Shun 301 Teay 330 Tsin 361 Wei 383 Seay 273 Shwa 302 * Tee 331 Tsing 362 'Wo 389 "Se6 274 * Shwa 3113 Teen 332 Tso 363 • W6 390 Seen 275 Shwae 304 * Teih 333 • Tso 3(i4 Woo 391 * Seili «~6 Shwang 305 Tew 334 Taoo 365 'Woo * Seo 277 * Shwo 306 * Tih 335 Tsow 366 Wuh 392 Seu 27o Shwuy 307 Ting 336 Tsuh 367 Va 393 * Seug 279 "Sih 308 To 337 Tsun 368 * Ya 394 Scuen 28i. Sin 309 "T6 33S Tsung 36!) Yae 395 « Seuh 281 Sing 310 Too 339 Tsuy 370 Yang 396 Seun 282 So 311 Tow 340 Tswan > '9*7 1 Yaou 397 Sew 283 • S6 312 * Tsa 341 Tsoan 3 371 Yay 398 Sha 284 Soo 313 Tsae 342 Tsze ) 070 * Ye 399 Sha 285 Sow 314 Tsan 343 Tsz'h 5 &tm Yen 400 Shae 286 Suh 315 Tsang 344 Tuh 373 Yew, > Shan 287 Sun 316 Tsang 345 Tun 374 Yoo J401 Shang Shaou 288 289 Sung Suy 317 Tsaou Tse 346 347 Tung Tuy 375 376 * Yeih, J4(i2 318 Yik Shay She 290 291 Swan, ) Soan ) 319 Tseang Tseaou 348 349 Twan, > Toan 5 377 Yin Ying 403 404 * She 292 Sze, ) 320 Tseay 350 * 'U"h, ) "}7k * Y6 406 Shen 293 Sz'h 5 * Tsee 351 Wuh, 5 Of O Yu, 'U 406 * Sheih, 7 O(M Ta 321 Tsefin 352 'Ung 379 « Yue 407 Shih > *;.•* * Ta 322 * Tseih 353 Urh 380 Yuen 408 Shin 295 Tae 323 * TseS 354 Wa 381 Yuh 409 Shing 296 Tan 324 Tseu 355 * Wa 382 Yun 410 * She 297 Tang 325 * Tseue 356 Wae 383 Yung 411 The want of an alphabetic system (which wherever it is possessed has been found so convenient for arrangement) renders the classifi- cation of the Chinese characters difficult. The first method of ar- rangement adopted was suitable only for the use of those who already knew the names of characters, and wished to discover their significa- tions. The characters were all arranged according to the final sounds, in the manner of a rhyming dictionary; but it was not enough to form many classes according to the different essential sounds;—a further subdivision of the same sounds according to the tones was thought necessary,—thereby enhancing the difficulty of finding a character without a previous knowledge of its sound. This imperfect plan appears still to be preferred by those for whom it would seem most inconvenient—the illiterate. The next plan, though a little superior, was equally unfitted for those who were not previously acquainted with the sounds of characters. It was adopt- ed after the introduction into China of the Sanskrit arrangement of sounds; and differed from the former system of finals in the addition of a system of initials. Thus, instead of having to search through the whole class of s-een, in order to find keen, leen, or any other word having the same final, as was before the case, dictionaries on the new plan had a system and order of initials, so that a person acquainted with their use could in a short time refer to the initial column k-r.ii, l-nn, representing k, /, &.C , and there find the word T/te Chintit Written Language- 31 wanted. This system is now in general use in Fuhkeen, as the former is in Canton. They are both so plainly unfitted for finding the sounds of character*, that their only object must be to point out the written forms of words already known, and the different senses of the same character. After these two, a system of classification according to the compo- nent parts of characters gradually came into use. The most con- spicuous portions of characters were adopted as 'heads of tribes,1 which in Europe have been called keys and radicals; and all cha- racters in which the same 'head' appeared conspicuously, were classed together as one ' tribe.' No uniform system having been adopted, lexicographers have differed very much in the number of tribes; some having upwards of five hundred, others three hundred; but the best modern dictionaries, including the standard one of the emperor Kanghe, have only 214; and these are capable of being considerably diminished, as has been shown by Gonqalves of Macao, in his "Arte China," and "Diccionario China-Portuguez," in the last of which he reduces them to 127. The radicals (so we continue to call the 'heads of trilies ') rarely have any relation to the sounds of the characters of which they form component parts. Sometimes they are mere unmeaning strokes, or combinations of strokes, or, though themselves possessing meaning, yet do not at all affect the sense of the compound characters. At other times, on the contrary, portions the least conspicuous to the eye have been selected as radicals, because connected in sense with the compounds. But in the great majority of cases, the radicals are conspicuous to the eye, and at the same time significant characters, serving to point out the general sense of the compounds. They are in these cases usually combined with syllabic portions, which limit the general sense pointed out by them. This is particularly obser- vable in words belonging to natural history, though instances are numerous also in words relating to other subjects. Radicals of this last kind are readily discovered; but with regard to the others, par- ticularly those that are not conspicuous to the eye, difficulties and irregularities frequently occur. The position of radicals varies; but their most usual place is on the left side of the compound. Some, however, occupy always the right; others have no fixed place; some occupy the top; others the bottom. A few are divided, part being placed on one side and part on the other, or part at top and part at the bottom. Some form receptacles within which the compound parts are written. Several have composite forms, each having a different locality. In the list of the 214 radicals which is given below, these composite forms are also included. The following examples will serve to illustrate the manner in which the radicals combine with the other portions of characters. The number attached to each charac- ter is that of the radical to which it belongs, in the order of the list of radicals which follows. ± fn # ft inia3L3&^#fe^teig 9 9 18 18 163 170 39 39 39 39 144 146 22 31 Tht Chinese Written Lmiguagr, MAV, 2 I 3 "* 4; 6 t J a crooked line. 21 6 K'enf. a barb, to draw as by a hook. 8 OF TWO STROKES -. ~* Ur k, two, second, repeti- 'tion. 22 _L» Tow, an undefined cha- 8 10 1 1 1 racier. 20 JV /f •'*". a human being, /» I a man 741 a man. II Jin, man (placed at the /L' l,,,tt,.,,,N 34 A bottom). 34 Jfih, passing in, to enter, entering. 12 A Pa, back to back, to se- r.'ifitt. oirrKt |V4 .„ p~l parHte, eight. Keiing, distant boundary, desert. 29 14 Mcik, to cover as with a .- 16 y ii f~~ Fang, a square receiving '— vessel. 57 LIST OP THE HEADS OF TRIBES OR RADICALS. The figures placed after the definitions indicate the number of characters class- ed under each 'head of a tribe,' according to a native dictionary, which contains thirty thousand characters. OF OJfE STROKE. I — Yelk, one, the same, to re- duce to one state. 32 Kwa'n, to descend perpen- dicularly, straight. 14 Cho6, a point, a flame, a lord, a chief. 7 P'eih, drawing to the left, a curve. 22 Yelk, curved, to mark with 03 T *" *^^ II f, a place to conceal, a cover. 13 tSheth, ten, perfect, super- Lilivo !ll lative. 31 j> Puk, to divine by the lines "on a tortoise. 19 07 28 29 PT/ TseS, ancient seal, a u joint. 35 r~~ fJAn, an overhanging hill, a shelter. 96 ^ Sze, perverse, a seducer, """ base. 17 A/ Y&0, the right hand, more, farther. 00 OF THREE STROKES. r>n |~l K*6w, the mouth, an open- M ing. 989 .jj J I Kwuy, an inclosure, a boundary. 92 oo -I- 1*o6, the ground, one of the five elements. 480 oo _L Szd, a scholar, a moral philosopher. 18 34 napkin. 25 Ping, water flowing, an icicle. 86. AY, a stand, a niche, a|< seat. 1(5' 35 1877 0 KAn, n hollow receiver, a cavern. 15 Taou, a knife, a sword, to cut. 326 38 CM, to follow. 7 Suy, to walk slowly. 19 XciA, the setting moon, the evening. 29 Ta, large, great; to enlarge, much. 110 Nen, female of the human species, a daughter. 834 Tszt, a child, a son, term of respect. 67 Mien, a covering, the roof of a house. 199 in +1 LM> sinews, strength, to 4() 19 /' use force. 132. f-t Paou, to fold up, toenve- ,, _1- Ts'tin, tenth of a Chinese. J lop. 51 *J foot 32 spoon, to arrange 21 lop. Pf, a J" /K '*' tracleU. pelly, con- 1S3-1, The Chinese Written Language. .. pi iSYie, lying as dead, a jig corpse |f| Che, a plant taking 'root, a sprout. 17 46 sprout Shan, a hill, mountain, a wild. 574 22 vulets. -p /iCung-, art, a work- 4cj "*" man, workmanship. „ p Ke, self, selfish, pri- 49 L-. „„,,, vate. 50 53 54 11 19 rh Kin, a napkin, bonnet, "W cap. 248 :p Kan, to oppose, a shield. I 15 {/ Yami, slender, small, young. 15 t*- Yen, the covering of a piazza, a shed. 226 Yin, continued walking. 10 tr .LU JKttayp, the two hands TT united. 33 rn U- y«i/i, to cast a dart, ° ^ an arrow-head. 14 57 jri Kitng, a bow to shoot * with 142 58 3 H Ke, a hog's head, —^ a genus. 17 59 ^ oats joined. Af square, place. 66 71 "51r %i Woo, destitute of, /Lj not. 9 72 R <^6'^'» 'he sun, the day, a M day. 388 73 *, to speak, to say, *"~* to call. "23 B YuS, the moon, a lunnr month. 5') -Jr Muh, a tree, wood, one of 'the five elements. 1242 A- Keen, dispirited, to be -/v in debt. 193 «L Chf, to desist, to be still, •^ to impede. 49 Tat, perverse, bad, vicious. 190 Shoo, the bundle of a spear, to kill. 58 80 "fif Woo, not, a prohibitory •* particle. li) Ql h[/ P^, to compare, classify, contiguous. 14 g2 ^. Maun, the hair of the "body, of brutes, &,c. 156 83 Ef" ^i^> 'he surname of ^ females. 7 ^4 £i Ke, vapor, air, breath, "spirit. 9 85 ~A( ^ >P Shwi'iy, water. /4 ' *^ Iliol 8(! '/C >Ui "^' ^allle a^ceii(lniLr: ^ fire. 548 ^7 /IT rT^ C/inoii, talons, claws, ''* nails, lo scratch. 2:j 88 ^/" foi>, head of a family, a ^ father. '10 -it) •>* llt'diiii. to bk'iid, to r; « 34 MAY, The Chinese Written Language. gg It Chwang, a splinter, a kind "of seat. 38 113 91 .H P'ekn, a fragment, petal "^ of a flower. 75 114 oo ^p Yd, a tooth, the lower * XJ teeth. 9 115 no it fa New, horned cattle, "1 ~ a cow. 214 116 94 ^ ^f K'eufn, a dog, ferine ** animals. 421 OF FIVE STROKES. 117 gg j{£ Keuen, sky color, sombre, •^ dark, deep. 6 118 (,,, "^ ~Tp iih, getn, precious •*"" stones, precious. 420 119 97 III Ktoa, a melon, cucumber. 50 120 98 Hi *^' '"es> hr'r'k> burnt 'earthen vessels. 161 121 ,1Q 44- Jvff»i, sweet, pleasant, Jl* ° delight. 19 122 inn ^t* S&'ng, to produce, live, life, unripe. 17 123 ini EfJ Yting, to use, use, 124 IUI /1J iseful. 10 102 ffl ^e'n>cu'l'vate(^groun<'» to cultivate. 151 125 .,.„ 7p SKU, Shad, and P«iA,the 11 B '*" foot, a measure. 12 126 in.1 J*' ^^i debility, sick- *" ness. 472 127 me. 7%* P°> to drive aside with 128 '' the feet. 12 me 1^1 P*h, white, pure, clear, ""' M freely. 88 129 107 ft ''*''' t'le s^ln> tne bark, ^* a wrapper. 76 130 mo nil M*ng, vessels for eating 131 1 08 JUL j 1 • i • ,nt and drinking, 104 ino H Miih, the eye, direction, 'f' index of a book. 519 132 . .,. Jf* Mow, a long barbed wea- ^ pon. 48 133 ^ , i /r. F7 <^'ie*'*' a st°ne, rocks, ^ haul, firm. 54(1 135 jZ- Ke, a sign from heaven, * to instruct. 180 r^i J6w, the print of a beast's 1 ' foot. 12 •^1^ Ho, grain, growing corn, r|v paddy. 355 fi* Heue, a cave, a den, a 'V hole. 144 •A- Lnh, erect, to erect, to establish. 73 ffy M fG IM Of SIX STROKES. ty( Chii/i, a reed, bam- boo. 675 Mt, gi"»in cleansed from the husk, rice. 207 & M,\h and S-ze, silk, •'» silk threads. 628 /p<5«', crockery, earthen- ware. 62 nn im ^fe Yang, a goal or sheep, 'the antelope, &c. 108 W( Vu, the long feathers 1 of the wing. 157 4£ Liiou, aged, venerable. . 14 Hft ^r^. whiskers, and, but, yet. 17 sfe .£.tty, a ploughshare, a "plough-handle. 77 Jt U'rh, the ear, the ear of a vase. 138 ^ F"A, a stile, pencil, or ~1 brush. 15 H -^«A or •''w, flesh, ^ fat. 578 C/mi, a servant, a states- man. 12 ^2^. fr°ni, self, myself, himself, &c. 21 3* C*^. to a"ive at, to, very. 17 /(L^W, a mortar, to pound grain. 40 Wi^, the tongue, taste. 34 Tin Chinese Writ/en Language. 137 141 143 141 146 147 148 149 151 153 154 155 156 157 153 £ w £ jftL Churn, uncertainty, error, wandering. 8 Chow, a boat, to trans- port, to carry. 166 Kan, a limit, opposition, fixed. 5 Sih, color of the coun- tenance, quality. 2U Tst'tuu, herbage, plants. 1431 , a tiger, variegated. Ay, and Ch'ung, in- sects, reptiles. 810 Hcuf, blood, the blood of victims. 40 _ to do, a row. 35 E, upper garments, a cover. 473 Ya, to overshadow, to 20 invert. OF S£F£JV STROKES. i, to see, to notice, /L| to appear. 135 fft Keo, a horn, a sharp 'corner. 137 •=• Yen, words, discourse, to speak. 750 Kuh, a valley, an aque- duct. 48 M £ Tdia, leguminous plants. 49 a hog, swine. 121 Clie, reptiles, animals deslitute of feet. 114 Pel, a shell, a pearl, precious. 218 Chflh, naked body, red, totally. 29 Ts6w, to go swiftly, to fun. 243 £Tsuh, the human foot, full. 507 8kln% the body, trunk of a tree, one's own porson.fi" 159 Chay and Kcw, a wheel carriage. . 342 .,,,, A. Sin, distressing, bitter, 160 TT mmcrent. 32 161 162 163 164 165 a? pungent. 32 Shin, to excite motion, time from 7 to 9 A.M. 14 3 Ch'o, going on *- swiftly. 327 •• inclosure. 345 Y&w, new wine, time from 5 to 7 o'clock P.M. 251 Pfin, to separate, distin- guish. 10 Li', a Chinese mile. 7 167 168 169 170 171 172 !73 174 w OF EIGHT STROKES. (X Kin, metal, gold, one of the elements. 723 ||. Ch'dng, long, aged, **• remote. 49 III Man, a door, an entrance, J a class. 213 If Fine, a mound of 'earth, large. 282 Tat,, to reach to, until. 11 Chuy, birds with short tails. 205 Yu, rain, to rain. 237 TJing, azure, natural color. 17 17r dfc Fil, wrong, vicious, 170 ?r faise, not. n 170 177 173 179 180 OF jY/JV'£ STROKES. g"f Mefn, the human face, the surface, fronting. 64 Kill, untanned skin wiihout the hair. 290 Wei, dressed leather thongs. 94 •, leeks. 16 Yin, sound, news, a musical tone. 34 36 MAY, The Chinese Written Language. 181 lief, human head, a page of a book. 324 Fung, the wind, air, man- ner, temper. 161 Fe or Fn, to fly as a bird. 10 184 Sltelh, or Cheifi, to eat, to drink, to feed. 345 Kliaw, the head, first, to go foremost. 186 ^* Hcang, fragrance, incense. OF TEN STROKES. 17 32 187 fa, a horse, anger, rage. 412 fu/i, or Kiefth, bones. 189 7^ Kaou, high, loud, emi- * " nent, noble. 27 1QO & Pe&ou, long disheveled hair. 226 1Q. K3 T(no, single combat, li I 'to fight. 20 190 ^ Ch'ang, fragrant wine '-* for sacrifice. 7 193 ra ^*'J''' a lr'P°''' an ear'lie" 1-rJ vase. 55 104 $iL K'"f*> §'lost. demons, '• devil. 121 OF ELEVEN STROKES. •gj FS, fish of any kind. iqr IJO 198 498 Ncaon, a bird, the feath- 0* ered tribe. 622 , unrefined salt. 39 , a 200 Mil, hemp, flax. 30 201 202 203 204 205 OF TWELVE STROKES. !p Hwang, color of clay, "* yellow. 35 ^ Sho6, species of millet. v* 44 B Hlh, black, dark, oli- "scure. 140 Ckf, embroidered work. 9 OF THIRTEEN STROKES. Ma'ng, Ma'n, and JUefn, frogs, toads. 35 MR JJH r'"^>a triP°d> steady. Mb W firm. 13 207 208 209 2(0 211 212 - Ko6, a drum, to beat the drum. 41 life lor life. 40 Kuitai'L:, n/t Christian Miisiuns, MAY, ART. IV. Religious intelligence. 1. Mission in Ceylon reinforced; remarks concerning the principles and feelings with which Chris- tian missions ought to be conducted. 2. Schools for the education of Chinese girls greatly needed, but hitherto neglected. 1. WE are informed by a late arrival from Calcutta, that the Ame- rican mission in Ceylon has been strengthened by the accession of five laborers, four ordained missionaries and a physician, wilh their wives. This reinforcement was welcomed with peculiar gratitude and joy by the former members of the mission, who had received no addition to their number for thirteen years. The jecruits above named, arrived in Oct. 183.1; and since then two other missionaries and their wives have joined them. From returns which were mnde out for Government in Nov. last, it appears that the mission has under its care 73 native free schools, in which there are 2700 boys and 400 girls; four central schools of a higher order than the form- er, containing 95 boys; and one central boarding-school for girls, with 52 scholars. The Seminary, of which some account was given in the Repository of December last, contains 138 students and 10 native teachers. The native church has 201 members in communion. The live native congregations on the Sabbath, number 1750 attend- ants, about three fourths of whom are children from the native free schools. Some parts of the letter which has furnished us with these items of intelligence, contain so good an exhibition of the principles and feelings on which every mission should be conducted, that we are unwilling to withold them from our readers. "To secure the best results," says our correspondent, " in the great work to which we h;ive been called, we shall find it necessary to cultivate, with singleness of resolution and untiring patience, all the fruits of the Spirit; and that not in their common measure, but as exhibited in the life of our Savior. We must love as he loved, be long-suffering as* he was, gentle, good, meek, and temperate in the exhibition of every feeling, as he was, remembering that as the Father sent him into the world, so he hath sent us. In order thus to put on Christ, we shall find great advantage in looking at each of these traits in the character of our Savior until our soul is suffused with admiration and desire, mid then labor to transfer those graces individually into our own soul, as natural and spontaneous growths. Let us meditate by day and by night on the character of R Christian as brought to view in the following passages of Scripture. [John 3 : 6. Rom. 8 : 6, 9. I.si Cor. 3: 1(5, 17; and 6:19, 20. Eph, 4: 24. Gal. 3 : 38 ; and 6: 15. Mat. 22 : 30. 1st Cor. 15 : 47, 49.] Looking at each of these graces until our souls are filled with desires to make them our own, let us clothe ourselves with them all "as an orna- ment, and bind them on as a bride doeth." Even .private Chrmiims would reap jjreul advunUigtfss from the can-fill cultivation »t this 1834i Remarks on Christian Missions. 41 spirit; but in the case of a missionary, 1 conceive that nothing short of tliiit can prepare him for the thousand unforeseen and very per- plexing difficulties into which he will be daily thrown, either in rela- tion to his work among the heathen, to his duties as a pastor of a little flock gathering and gathered from among them, to his associate brethren and sisters, or to his fellow-helpers of other societies and denominations. "In reference to the heathen, my experience leads me to be careful not to infringe upon any of their sacred privileges by going unad- visedly into their temples, or by crowding myself upon their notice when they are displeased with my company. I avoid dispute and controversy and preach repentance towards God, and faith in our Lord Jesus Christ, as the only hope of salvation. "In connection with associates, whether sent out from America, or from England, Scotland, or Germany—whether Baptists or Method- ists, Dissenters or Churchmen, let the motto be, union is strength, and the STRENGTH OF UNION is I.OVE. Let it be that love spoken of in the 13th of 1st Cor., that perfect love which casteth out fear, that love which constrains each and all to have but one heart, one hand, one joy, one grief; which recognizes neither Paul, nor Apollos, nor Cephas, and will know nothing but Christ and him crucified. To secure this, all in the same field should meet at least once a month for united prayer and reciprocal edification and encouragement. Jn all general things, act in union and with counsel. Be familiar and talk heartily with each Mid all. If near each other, meet once a week or fortnight for an evening prayer-meeting, and as much as possible unite in labors also. Should a spirit of disunion, 'ultraiftn' or 'nullification' ever spring up, or should any one or more appear restive, keep firm hold of your motto. Let general principles govern; bear and forbear until the seventieth time seventh trial of patience has had its perfect work. But if after all, any one will depart, let him depart; because it is better that it be so, rather than sacrifice broad and general principles for the accommodation of individuals. In all this trial of your faith and patience, takft firm hold of the fol- lowing resolutions:—1st, I will never be offended; 2d, I will never have my own way; :Jd, Wherein I see that I am wrong (and I will try to understand my errors), 1 will without delay triumph over my- self, and enjoy the luxury of frankly and fully acknowledging my error; 4th, I will never reply;—if any individual says an unadvised thing in ill humor by way of finding fault, I will pass it over for the time at least, if necessary tfke another opportunity to speak with him; 5th, I will never write notes in reply to unkind notes, and never expose beyond the little circle who may be concerned in loro, any notes or letters written in an, unkind, criminating spirit. If an explanation is advisable, better spend days to gain the advantages of a personal in- terview than write a single line. Writing in reply is one of the thou- sand cases in which we are strongly tempted to do good in a bad way, and to make things right in the wrong way. Missionaries must learn to ' hold still,' until light is made to bear upon all tides of the en; REP :—VOL. in :vo. i. 7 42 Education of Chiiust Females, MAV, subject before them, and until lime anil patience have niRtured their judgment. A little haste may ruin themselves, and throw such bar- riers in the way of the cause as nv-iy not be removed lor many years. "Oar experience and observation lead us to be very jealous lest teaching, preaching, or writing in English, should draw our attention from the natives, or hinder us from giving our whole time and strength to the acquisition of the language, and preaching Christ in the mar- kets and from house to house, as well as in our chapels. The great Head of the church has, we conceive, sent us to the heathen, and lo them we have consecrated our all, not wishing to leave our work until we leave the world." 2. Schools for the education of Chinese girls.—The following communication is from the pen of a Christian lady, who for a few years back has been engaged in educating Chinese girls. Brief as the paper is, it will not fail to direct attention to a subject, which hitherto has been almost entirely neglected. The character and con- dition of this part of our race in China are very imperfectly known to the people of Christendom. Could the females of Europe and Ame- rica witness the universal degradation of their sex in 'the Celestial Empire,1 proudly and impiously so styled, ways and means would speedily be devised to shed light on these benighted minds. We heartily recommend the following paragraphs to their perusal:— "]t is desirable that the attention of Christian ladies should be directed in a greater degree to the females of China, to pray more earnestly to the Lord for them, and in every possible way to endeav- or to (each them the knowledge of salvation by Jesus Christ. It is melancholy to view so large an empire given to idolatry. In attempts to turn it to Christ, female instruction should not be undervalued; females have a great influence both upon the morals and the politics of a nation. Youth are generally under the superintendance of the female sex. But how ill qualified is the Chinese woman for this or any moral duty! She is acquainted with no revelation from her Maker, as the standard of duty, and by which she can form her principles. She does not know the Redeemer who came to deliver from sin and from condemnation. A kind, heavenly Father is not tin- object of her faith and worship, but dumb idols which cannot help. She is under the influence of debasing fears and superstitions, and emphatically 'without God and without hope in the world.' I Inve witnessed cornpinie*i of Chinese women collected together, but seldom for wise or benevolent purposes. 1 have visited sick beds and death beds; but those women were not acquainted with the consoling word and promises of God, to render the former more easy, or lo enlighten the latter with a ray of hope for the future. Contrasted with them, what comforts and consolation do Christian females possess! "It is an important question, what can be done for the improve- ment of the circumstances of Chinese females in the present state of China Proper? There are systems of exclusion and seclusion there, which prevent at present much being actually attempted for their 183-1. Literary Inti:lligrnrr. 4:1 improvement. Moreover the sex is generally and greatly despised. Very few females in China can either, read or write. "In a missionary station without China Proper, it has been pleas- ing to witness for some years the gradual decline of prejudice against female education. The first attempts to obtain girls lor instruction were unsuccessful. At present there are sever;;! schools in which children are reading Christian books exclusively. The books taught are Dr. Milne's tract, Dialogue between Two Friends, one a convert to Christianity, and the other a heathen; and tracts by Mr. Collie and Mr. Medhurst, containing chiefly statements of Christian doctrines. The chief result of these schools at present is a decline of prejudice in the minds of children and people. As yet no con- verting influence has been perceived; but the Lord will bless his word, and instruction given out of it in due season. "It is consoling and cheering to the hearts of all who now labor for their good, resting on the sure word of promise, to anticipate the time when idolatry and the kingdom of Satan will be overthrown in China; when the system of seclusion will be done away, and when the Chinese female will bear her part in society, and be ready to devote her enlightened mind and her sanctified talents, to the glory of the Savior who has redeemed her. "May God pour down upon his people a spirit of prayer on their behalf, and send laborers into this field, influenced by the love of Christ, and wholly given up to his cause, not counting their lives dear unto them that they may advance it ; and may Christian female in- struction keep pace with all the other improvements of the age." ART. V. Literary intelligence.: Foreign presses in China; Poetry of the Chinrte, £fr.; Cuiitribvtttin to an Htxtwirai Sketch nf the Humanists at Mucno; and the Anglochinese Kalendar fur 1834. 1. Eurnpran presses in China.—With respect to the foreign presses in China, but few changes worthy of notice have taken place during the last twelve months. The Honorable Company's press continues in operation at Macao, being chiefly employed, we believe, with Mr. Medhurst's Dictionary of the Fuhkeen dialect. The Albion press, which was interdicted last June by Porti^uese authority in Macao, hns been removed to Canton, and is at present employed on a commercial guide. The oldest press in Canton, which has sent forth six volumes of the 'Register,' has not only maintained its own ground, but his united with itself that of the late ' Courier' This latter piper was discontinued early last summer; and the 'Register,' since the commencement of the current year, has appeared every week, instead of semi-monthly as formerly. Our own establish- ment continues in statu quo, except some" small additions to the fonts of types, which in Chinese words will enable us to mark the 41 Jonrnnl nj Omtrrrnrrf. MAY, intonations, add the latest ond most interesting items which appear in the Gazettes, subjoining any other facts which come to our knowledge and are worthy of notice concern- ing China and the adjacent countries. Could guch a record of events be made tolerably complete, it would aid our readers very much in their endeavors to ac- quire a correct knowledge of the present condition of the Chinese empire, and the neighboring countries.—The month has commenced wil.h a quiet state of public affairs^and the season promises fair for the husbandman, than which nothing is more agreeable to the Chinese community. In some parts of the city there ii much sickness, especially among the poor; and we hear that there have been a few cases of small-pox in neighboring villages. Vaccination at the hong-merchants' public hall is continued as usual by Hequa. A report has been current to-day that governor Loo will visit the factory of the Honorable Company to-morrow. Saturday, May 2d. Visit of the Governor, fyc. Foreigners residing at Canton rarely have an opportunity of seeing the high provincial officers, and are the more desirous therefore of improving any such opportunity, when it does occur. The rulers of this land stand aloof, far above the common people, who seldom see their 1 political fathers' except in state, and are then wont to look up to them with great awe and veneration. There has been only now and then a governor, or any other officer of high rank, who has deigned to visit the foreign factories. For several years no such visit has been paid, except that of Choo, the late fooyuen, who three years ago came to wreak his vengeance on the hong-merchants and lin- guists, because they had allowed a few feet of earth to be added to the Com- pany's garden, without the express permission of the emperor. Nine o'clock was the hour (according to rumor) for the Governor to make his appearance. Long before that time, the gate of the factory was thrown open, and a narrow strip of scarlet cloth hung over it, and two lictors stationed near to guard the entrance. All the members of the Factory, except an individual or two, being absent from Canton, the hong-merchants and linguists had made preparation for the reception of his excellency, nnd had fitted up the principal hall with chairs in the Chinese style, and in an adjoining room had spread a table in the European manner. All things being thus in readiness, a few vaporing runners from the hop- po's office, whether by order or instigation of others we cannot tell, undertook to make themselves masters of the rooms of the factory, and rudely closed one door after another, asserting that no foreigner could be permitted to see the 'great men.' But they had already carried themselves too high, and the gentlemen of the Fac- tory with a better grace than humor (which, however, was most pardonable and well befitting such an occasion), soon directed them to their proper stations down stairs. All was now quiet till past 1 o'clock, when the sound of the gong and the cry of heralds, (not unlike the howling of dogs,) announced the approach of an officer. This was the tseangkeun, or general-commandant of the city of Can- ton, a Tartar officer of high rank. He was borne by four men in a sedan, and was accompanied by a small retinue, consisting of servants, soldiers, and petty officers. These were all Tartars, and most of them were from the north of Chim. A son ot Mars with aheavy gong (for no drum and fife are found here among the inilitu- hia hands a Lo-san, in shape resembling a parasol, but very high and broad; then followed other officers and soldiers, and close after them Hafungah, the general. Most of the company were unarmed ; a few carried spears, and some had swords, most of which were wooden! As soon as the General reached the Factory, he step- ped from his sedan, and ascended to the hall. Being acquainted with one of the senior hong-merchants, lie called him upstairs and entered with him into brisk conversation, while waiting for the Governor and other officers. At length a lieutenant-general arrived, and the hong-merchant retired. Ni'Xt came the hoppo, and shortly after another lieutenant-general. These three offi- cers were aljo Tartars, as were most of tiieir attendants. While waiting for the Governor,they took their seats in the verandah, and sat opposite to each other, two against two, leaving the highest seat on the left vacant. No one sat in their pre- sence, or spoke with them ; they noticed no one, or any object except a camera obscura which stood near them. It was now near three o'clock, when the Go- 4(> Journal- uf Occurrences. MAV, vernor's approach was announced. Like all the others, he was borne in a ipclnn, curried by eight men, which was twice the number allowed to either oi'the others; and his whole train was nearly in the same proportion. When his excellency came in front of the factories, the soldiers which had preceded him opened to the right and left in two lines and knelt as he passed. From his sedan, he was carri- ed in an open chair to the head of the stairs, where the Hoppo stood waiting to receive him. This ceremony was performed on the part of the latter officer, by bending the knee, and raisin;} and extending both hands nearly in the attitude of BUpplication, while the Governor but slightly bent the knee and extended both his h.imU to support and raise him up. Then, the Governor leaning on the arm of a friend, they moved through the hall into the verandah, when the three mili- tary officers advanced, and each in his turn saluted his excellency much in the same way that the Hoppo had done. The next point was to determine who should move first to the seats. They finally moved nearly all together ; but when there, a. more difficult question was to determine who should sit first and in the highest place. The Governor insisted that the General, as all the others had declined, should occupy the left hand seat, the place of honor, and he himself be consider- ed as the host. To this the Tartar yielded. When finally seated, which was no very easy or speedy matter, as each was careful not to incline faster than the others, they appeared unreserved, familiar, and talkative. The Governor was rather tall and stout, but there was nothing to distiguish his face from that of any other Chinese. In the appearance of the General there was nothing Chinese ; his face was narrow and thin, his nose aqui- line, and his person tall and spare. The two lieutenants were fine portly looking men. But in the dimensions of his beard, and the appearance of having been well fed, no one present equaled the ' Grand Hoppo.' They were all aged, and the Governor and General not less than sixty. They wc.e rather plainly and very similarly dressed, in a dark flowered silk rnbe, worn over another which was longer and of a lighter blue. On the breast and back, was a brilliant piece of embroi- dery which was wrought into tigers and other national emblems indicative of dignity. Their caps were surmounted with buttons ; those of the Governor and General were of a bright red stone, the badge of the highest rank in China. Some of their caps were ornamented with a peacock's feather. The first thing that followed the-ir being seated was a refreshment of birdsnests' soup, presented by one of the hong-merchants. Then was exhibited a curious scene of washing fnces. Tea and pipes followed ; the Governor all the time making free use of his snuff-box. The party now rose and walked to the side of the verandah which faces the river, and the H«pp.> in right, good humor pointed out to the others the breach which had been made in the garden by his worthy colleague Choo, in I?3I. Krom the garden they turned their attention to the dining-hall, and took their scats around the table, much to the amusement of themselves and others. Their use of knives and forks, instead of'chopsticks,'was not the most graceful; one took a slice of cake upon his fork, and not comprehending the advantages of a knife, held it up and nibbled it in true Knickerbocker style ; another mistook his saucer for a plate and went on accordingly. But the repast was soon finish- ed They then walked to the large hall and took a look at the portraits of George the Fourth and of Lord Amherst, and forthwith descending the stairs, entered their sedans, and the visit ended. Such were the chief particulars of the visit of thefie 'great men' to the foreign factories. All that we witnessed on the occasion did not serve in the least to hc'ighten our ideas of the intelligence, enterprise, or energy of these high function- aries. There was nothing business like in their appearance or deportment, and the impression was left strong on the mind of many of the spectators that the olficia] duties of these men must devolve chieflv on their servants. Enterprise and activity are qualities lightly esteemed in a Chinese officer, whose path of duty is so perfectly marked out before him that no scope is left for any highminded, public spirited, enterprising men ; eaeii and ail ot them, whatever may be their inclination or genius, must be contented to become mere imitators. It is sad in- deed to think that twenty-six millions of human beings are under the authority of a man like him who now governs the two provinces of Kwangtungand Kwangse; for though a mild and well disposed person, yet what hope is there that he can or will reform the multifarious abuscsin the loweroffices throughout these provinces? 1834. Journal of Occurrences. 47 What hope is there thai any attempts to enlighten the public mind, diffuse use- ful knowledge, or introduce any of the improvements of the age, will meet the approbation and support of such a man? His opinion of foreigners was fully expressed last summer in a public document, wherein he declared that the "foreigners are naturally crafty and deceitful." That proclamation, like many others even more disgraceful,was sent forth to the people to be read i n their streets and their market-places, thus sanctioning by the highest authority of the land, save that at Peking, the scorn, the contempt, and the distrust which too many of the natives of Canton have long cherished towards foreigners. Mniist-house outside the Chaouyang gate, and whether they may give to the funeral ^1)0 taels of silver, as the late emperor K'-ykingdid to that of a Cochin- Chinese ambassador, who died at Peking; and a Siamese envoy who died at Canton. The principal Burman envoy s lum i • Meimayatsakeosing. THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. III.—JUNE, 1834.—No. 2. ART. I. Tke state religion of China; objects of thr governm'iitat worship; the ministers or priests, and the preparation r quired for their service; sacrifices, offerings, and ceremonies; an I pe- nalties for informality. THE Chinese have no generic term for religion. The word kr.aox, which means to teach, or the things taught, doctrine or instruction, is indeed applied by them tn the religious sects of Taou and Budha, as well as to the ethical sect of Confucius. And they apply this same word also to Mohammedans anil Christians. But they do not apply it to the state religion: for that does not consist of doctrines wh ch are to be taught, learned, and believed; but of rites and ceremonies. It is entirely a ' bCdily service,' which however tacitly implies the belief of some opinions; though to have correct opinions, accordi ig to some prescribed rule or articles of faith, forms no part of the system. The state religion, as practiced by the Court at Peking and by the provincial governments, is contained in the code of laws, c;ii!;d Ta Tsing fftouy-tt'en, and in the Ta Tsing Leuhle, under the head If, rules of propriety and decorum or rites and ceremonies, and in the subordinate division tsc-szr., sacrifices and offerings. From these two works we shall briefly specify, 1, the persons or things to whom th.;se sacrifices are presented, or the objects of governmental worship; 2, the ministers or priests, who offer these sacrifices, and the preparation required of them for the performance of this teligious service; 3, the sacrifices and offerings, the times of presenting them, and the cere- monies accompanying them; and 4, the penalties for informality, or defective performance of the state religion. First, we are to speak concerning the objects of worship, or things to which sacrifices are offered. These are cehifly things, although persons are also included. The state sacrifices are divided into three classes; first, the ta sze, or great sacrifices; second, the cbuiig sze, or medium sacrifices; and third, the seaou szc, or little sacrifices. These last are also denominated kiun sze,, the crowd or herd of siicrifices; the- wont kemi, 'a flock of sheep,' being used as a tiouu of multitude. CHI: REP voi in 50 The Stuti Religion of China. JCNE, In the following list, the 1st, 2d, 3d, ;,nd 4ili are the objects, or classes of objects, to which the great sacrifices are offtri'd; from the 5(h to the 13th are those to which the medium sacrifices are offered; those of the 14th and onward, have right only to the little sacrifices. I. Tten, the heavens or sky. This object of worship is other- wise called the azure heavens; and htcang kung yu, ' the imperial concave expanse.' 2. Tc, the earth. This, like the heavens, is dignified with the epithet imperial. 3. Tae mutton, ' the great temple.' of ancestors. This title is used to include all the tablets contained therein dedicated to the manes, or shades of the deceased emperors of the present dynasty. This triad of titles, teen, te, tue meaoti, always placed together on a level in re- spect of dignity ai the grand sacrifices, are also worshiped apart. The tines or columns of Chinese characters, being read from top to bottom, dignity is always denoted by the height of the title; which corresponds in some degree to our use of capital letters. Inferiority of rank or dignity is marked by the title being placed one or more characters lower. Heaven, earth, and ancestors, as objects of wor- ship and of equal rank and dignity, are placed on a level, and one or more characters higher than other objects, as the sun, moon, •tars, &,c. An idea of this may be conveyed to the reader, by the po- sition of the words in lines, thus:— Heaven, Earth, Ancestors, Sun, Moon, Stars. &,c. 4. Shay tseiti, the gods of the land and grain; these are the special patrons of each existing dynasty, and are generally located in the fourth place. 5. Jeih, the sun, called also fa ming, the ' great light. 6. YuS, the moon, called also yay ming, the ' night light.' 7. T.it-i'n toe te teang, the manes of the emperors and king!) of former ages. 8. Seen sze Kungtsze, the ancient master, Confucius. 9. Seen nung, the ancient patron of agriculture. 10. Sr.cn tsan, the ancient patron of the manufacture of silk. 11. T en shin, the gods of heaven. 12. Tc kt, the gods of the earth. 13. Tae suy, the god of the passing year. 14. Seen c, the ancient patron of the healing art; together with choo jin kwei che tsc, the innumerable ghosts of deceased philan- thropists, faithful statesmen, eminent scholars, martyrs to virtue, &.c. 15. Siiif shin, the stars, are sometimes placed next alter the sun and moon. 16. Yun, the clouds. ~) 17. KM, the rain. I These atmospheric divinities are 18. Fung, the wind. f usually placed in one column. 19. Lny, the thunder. ) 20. \Vo» yo, the five great mountains of China. 21. iSfcc h,ac, the four sens: i. c. all the waters of the ooean. 18=34. The Stair Rrligi,m of China. SI 22. f>ze tun, the four rivers. 23. Ming shan, famous hills. 24. Ta r./tueit, great streams of water. 25. Ki: tnk, military flags and banners.. 2(i. Taou-loo fht Skin, the god of the Road, where an army must pass. 27. Ho-paou eke Shin, the god of Cannon. 28. MUH Shin, gods of the Gate. 2i>. Hmo-ton rhe Shin, the queen goddess of the Ground. 30. /**'/» keih, the north pole, &c., &c. From this specimen it is apparent that in the Chinese state religion, the material universe, as a whole and in detail, is worshiped; and that subordinate thereto, they have gods celestial and terrestrial, and ghosts infernal; that they worship the work of their own hands, not only as images of persons or things divine, but human workman- ship for earthly purposes, as in flags and banners, ana destructive cannon. That the material universe is the object of worship appears not only from the names of those several parts which have been given above; but also from other circumstances. Thus the imperial high-priest, when he worships heaven, wears robes of azure color, in allusion to the sky. When he worships the earth, his robes are yel- low to represent the clay of th'u earthly clod. When the sun is the object, his dress is red; and for the moon, he wears a pale white. The kings, nobles, and centenary of official hierophants wear their court dresses. The altar on which to sacrifice to heaven is round, to represent heaven; this is expressly said. The altar on which the sacrifices to 'he earth are laid, is square; whether for the same wise reason or not, is not affirmed. The "prayer-boards," or cA«A- pan, are of various colors for the same reason as the emperor's robes. In the worship of the heavens, an azure ground with vermilion let- ters is used; in the worship of earth, a yellow ground is used with black characters; for the worship of ancestors, a white ground is required with black characters; for the sun, a carnation with ver- milion character*; and for the moon, a white ground with black characters. We proc.eed now to the second part of our subject, and notice the sacred persons who perform the rites of sacrifice. The priests of the Chinese state religion are the emperor himself, who is the high priest, the 'pontifex maxinms;' and subordinate to him, the kings, nobles, statesmen, and j>ih kwnn (as they phrase it), the centenary or crowd of civil and military officers. The jon keae fro>e from any recent IPS'il c.riinc, and nut in mourning f r ilic dead. For thr first 52 The Suite Ktil»tan of China. Jr, order of sacrifices they are required to prepare themselves by ablutions, a change of garments, a vow, and a fast of three days. During this space of time they must occupy a clean chamber, and abstain, 1, from judging criminals; 2, from being present at a feast; 3, from listening to music ; 4, from cohabitation with wives or concubines; 5, from inquiries about the sick; 6, from mourning for the dead; 7, from wine; and 8, from eating onions, leeks, or garlic. "For," says the annotator, " sickness and death defile, while ban- queting and feasting dissipate the mind, and unfit it for holding communion with the gods." The victims sacrificed and the things offered, form our third topic. The animal or bloody sacrifices for heaven and earth are divided into the four following classes: 1, A heifer, or new tfze, ' a cow'* child;' 2, a bullock, or new foo, 'a cow's father;' 3, oxen generally : 4, sheep or pigs. The things ottered are chiefly silks, on which we do not dwell. "The Greeks sacrificed the ox, hog, sheep, kid, cock, and goose. The victims were to be 'sa»a et integra.' The different deities had their proper victims. Jupiter, an ox five years old. Nep- tune, a black bull, a hog and a ram. Minerva, a heifer and an ewe. Esculapiux, a she-goat and a cock." The Chinese also require that the victims should be whole and sound, and they prefer an azure- black color. For the grand sacrifices the victims are to be purified nine decades or cleansed ninety days; for the medium classes, three decades; and for the herd or flock of sacrifices, one de- cade, or ten days. We do not perceive any ceremonies connected with killing the victims. There are no wreaths or garlands as there were among the Greeks, nor as among the Jews any sprinkling of blood, particularly mentioned. The victims seem to be simply butchered the day before they are to be offered and dressed, we rather think, ready to be distributed (after being hid on the altar) among the hungry participators of the tsf luh jow, 'the sacrificial blessed flesh," which the civil and military priesthood will no doubt relish after a three days' fast. The limes of sacrifice are specified as follows :—those to heaven are offered on the day of the winter solstice; those to earth, on the day of the summer solstice; and (he others at regularly appointed times, which ii is not important to detail in this sketch. The ceremonies of this orand worship of nature, this ' natural religion," consist in bowing, kneeling, and knocking the head against the ground, or in Chinese, pae, facet, kow. In those sacrifices in which the emperor officiates in propria persona, he never knocks his he.ld agaiiut the ground. Wh;it he requires of the greatest monarch on earth, he will not give to the greatest, 'snpremesl* thing that he worships. The three kneelings and nine knockings of the head airainsi the ground he turns into three kneelings and nine bow*. The knw or the par. i. e. the knocking or the bowing seema to ninke a material, or rather a feeling, difference in the estimation t>f His Majesty. The In"! topic upon liirh wo proposed to remark, is the penalty 1831 Remark* an Chiiiftf /fi.f millions of China, ds it is for the nations of Europe and America." 1835. Chinese Met alii, Types. ~>'3\ A set of the stereotype plates mentioned above, reached China last October. They were cast from blocks in every respect similar to those used by the Chinese, and great care was taken to have them well cut; the experiment, therefore, jnay be regarded as a fair one. To the advantages mentioned in the extract from the Herald, •' that the plates will be fur ni'.>re durable than the wooden blocks used by the Chinese printer, and the printing executed with manifold more rapidity," we would add one or two more which occur to us. The number of plates can be increased to any extent, and at a mucli less expense than duplicates of blocks can be cut; and these can be distributed among several distant offices, and copies of the books struck off at the place where they are needed. The space occupied by plates is about one half that of blocks; and the white ants, those Voracious and insatiable depredators in a Chinese printing-office, can make little havoc among leaden plates. Tlie ravages com- mitted by these insects are often very serious. Sometimes a st of blocks, which have not been used for a long time, is taken out t^ print a new edition of a book, and on the first impression, the sur- face of the wood falls in, the interior of the block having been com- pletely eaten out. Stereotype plates, as observed in the Herald, (-.in be used in the common press, but wooden blocks can not; and they will have all that ease and beauty of character prized by the Chinese, which is so difficult to be attained in rnoveable types. There are, however, disadvantages attending the use of stereotype plates, which it will be well to notice. Some of them are the same as attach to wooden blocks, and are inseparable from all such mas- sive modes of printing. The plates, when cast, are as fixed as the blocks from which they were taken, and all the imperfections and unevennesses of the one are transferred to the other. This was the cnse in the experiment which has been made; and many of the fine marks which are necessary to form a perfect character are want- ing in the plate, because the block wns imperfect. This defect \i partly owing to the soft texture of the wood which the Chinese use for blocks, but more to their carelessness in cutting the fine strokes in the middle of the character. Harder wood, as box or ebony might be employed, which would receive a higher finish than the softe kinds; but pieces of a sufficient size are very expensive, even if they could be procured. When the plate is cast, there are no means of Correcting it, except by cutting a new block; and the liabilities of fracture in the hands of Chinese printers, who are not very carefu with blocks, would be great. If the paper is to be printed on hot sides, (for the common Chinese paper is capable of it,) only ot p;ige can be cut on a block, in order that the pages may be right imposed for folding the sheet; and the block used for stereotyping single pages will be unfit for the usu.il mode of Chinese printin^ with donltle p;iges, and on only one side. The saving in paper, how- ever, by this method, would be one hulf, and the thickness of the book would also he reduced nearly as much: both of which are important Considerations in an extensive establishment. To this it may be oh- 632 Chinese Metallic Types. MARCH, jected, that the Chinese are so partial to their mode of making books, that they would refuse one which was printed on both sides of the leaf; but that such is or will be the fact no one can tell until the ex- periment has been tried. It is very desirable also, to disabuse the Chinese of their unreasonable fondness for old custom, which would be the tendency of books which were neatly printed in this manner. There is "an enormous expense" incurred in purchasing the mater.als and tools requisite for a stereotype foundry. This initial cost would be slowly reimbursed by the greater durability of the. plates. A professed founder would be needed to superintend and teach the native workmen in his employ. An establishment for cut- ting blocks, with its attendant copyists, and printing-presses also, in which to strike off impressions from the plates, would be indispen- sable to the foundry. Perhaps, howerer, the number of printing- presses needed will be small, as the Chinese printer, with his brush and ink, can take impressions from the plates. This has been done; nnd although the appearance of the page is not so good as when printed in a press, or as when struck off from the blocks, yet it is fair and perfectly legible. The ink used by the Chinese is thinner than that nmde in Europe, and is much better adapted for print- ing on wood than on lead. Moreover, the number of works which are in such extensive and steady demand as to require stereotyping are very lew, compared with the whole amount of printing hereafter to be done. It would be poor economy to stereotype a publication, the demand for which would hardly wear out one set of blocks. These remarks we have thrown out, to show what we apprehend would be the case, if this plan were carried into extensive opera- lion, and not to put hindrances in the way of any plan to advance so desirable an object as the introduction of knowledge among the Chinese. In undertaking a work of such magnitude, it is extremely necessary to count well the cost, and devise those plans which in the end will be the most economical and effective. We do not perceive why that mode of printing which is practiced with all other langua- ges, is not applicable to the Chinese. If, because labor is cheap, books can be manufactured in China at HS little expense by block?, as they can be in Europe by the press, where labor is dearer, will they not be made much cheaper here, when the labor-saving machines of Europe are introduced 1 The number of characters which must be cast iii order to print the common classes of books in the Chinese language, is about 4000; and even this number c«n be reduced one fourth or more, without serious inconvenience. Three fonts, each of this number of characters, will, we apprehend, amount to much less than can be found in extensive printing offices in Europe and America. According to Johnson ( Typngrapliia, vol. II p. 31), the number of sorts required in a full foul of English, is 240, including accents. Ter ""• fifieen differ' ••• fo-*ts are not unusual, arid together with fincy leiter, flowers, &.C., v ," m?ke the nrmber of so ,'mo > several thousands. Characters that occur only on _• or twice in a book can be cut on lin or wood. Tide pages and prefaces in the seal or running 1835. Literary Notices. 533 character, can be cut on blocks, and stereotyped; and such we think will be the most feasible plan for those parts of the book. In the body of the book, the type is uniform, except in size; for books with notes, or dictionaries, only two or three fonts will be required. When a set of punches for moveable types is once cut, the greatest part of the difficulty is overcome; and fonts of type may be obtained from one set of punches sufficient to supply any demand. We would therefore encourage, by all the means in our power, such undertakings as that of M. Pauthier in Paris, and of Mr. Dyer at Penang. Stereotype plates can then be cast from metallic types, which will equal those now seen in western countries, and far surpass, in neatness and finish, any taken from wooden blocks. ART. VII. Literary nvticts: 1. Prospectus of an Historical Sketch of the Portuguese settlement in Macao, and of the Roman Catho- lic church and mission in China; 2. the Anglocliinese Kalendar for the year 1834; and 3. Chronica de Macao. 1. The prospectus fur the Historical Sketch of Macao, S?c., by Andrew Ljungstedt, knt., appeared in December last : since that time the work has been forwarded in duplicate, to the United States, where it is to be published with all convenient dispatch. The ori- ginal of this work was published in ' two Contributions to an Histori- cal Sketch of Macao,'—the first in 1832, and the second in 1834, and both have been reviewed in the former numbers of the Reposi- tory. (Vol. I. p. 398; Vol. III. p 288.) Some idea of the plan and character of the work may be formed from the following table of contents, copied and abridged from the Prospectus. Part. First. Portuguese Settlements in China. I. Temporary settlements in China. Preliminary remarks. 1. Limpo—Lyangpo—Ningpo. 2. Chinchew—Tseuenchow—Tseuenchow foo. 3. Tamao—Tango—San shan—St. John's. 4. Larnpaqao—Lsng-pih-kaou. II. Fixed settlement of the Portuguese at Macao. 1. Historical narratives. 2. Topographical description. 3. Divisions : [a] parochial districts; public buildings; church- es, &c.; senate-house; fortifications; [b] ports; Typa; Inner Harbor. 4. Population : preliminary remarks; [a] classes; natural sub- jects; Chinese vassals; foreigners; [l>] public education; king's schools; royal college; dz-c.; [c] charitable institu- tions; [b] hospitals. 634 Literary Niitiets. MARCH, 5. Government; preliminary remarks; [,i] pure municipality; [b] senate; I, domestic political influence on its subaltern officers, on the Christian population in general, on the military department, on the civil department, on the po- pulation; 2, domestic economical influence, on receipts, on expenditures; [c] constitution or Macao; preliminary remarks; I, senate, its member?, their duties, their pre- rogatives; 2, governors, the presidents over the senate, head of the military, &-<•-; 3, minister, vice president, and judge of the customs; 4, royal chest. 6. Foreign relations: [a] with Portugal; [b] Goa; [c] the Dutch; [ >l ] the British; [e] with China, politically, judi- cially, diplomatically, &c.; [ l'| with Japan, Catholic mis- sion, commerce, envoys, &c.; [g] with Manila; [h] with Timor; [i] with Batavia; [j] with Goa, commercially; [k] with Malacca; [I] with Siam, commercially and di- plomatically; [m] with Cochinchina, commercially and politically. Actual state of trade at Macao. III. Suburban settlements. 1. Green island—Tsing shan—Hha Verde. 2. Oritem or Oriteng. 3. Sundry lodges. Part Sicond. Of the Roman Catholic church and mission in China. I. Roman Catholic church ai Macao. 1. King's patronage. 2. Hierarchy. 3. External rites. 4. Objections to Chinese recreations. 5. Actual slate of the bishopric of Macao. II. Roman Catholic mission in China. Preliminary remarks. 1 Missionaries. 2. Papal legates to China. Supplementary chapter. Description of the city of Canton, repub- lished from the Chinese Repository, with the editor's permission. Our opinion of the original " Contributions" will be found in the reviews, to which we above alluded. The new work-is much more elaborate than those essays; and if we may judge from a hasty perusal of a part of the manuscript, it is much better arranged and more accurate. The author has spared no pains in his researches, •id he has had access to the most authentic sources of information, i he following remarks are from his Prospectus: "The work will be enriched with four lithographic prints; two of them representing the funeral monument of St. Francis Xavin the inland S;tn shan, or St. John; two are plans of Macao ; one of them drawn probably in I6.V>, the second delineated in 1834; one to face the other. The frontispiece of the work will lie n lithographic :v of the great Unding-phice of Prayn Grande at Macao. A co- • 10:1- index nil! ruler the reader to the contents of the work, which will H3o. Littrary Xotices. 535 make, it is supposed, from 350 to 370pages full sized octavo, including the Supplement. Were the author in his former prosperous situation, lie would have sent his manuscript to the press without troubling any one; but his inability compels him to solicit assistance. M y years ago he employed a principal part of his property in establishing a, free school, in which children of both sexes, whose parents were unable to defray the expenses of their education, are taught, together with reading and writing, the history and geography of their native country (Sweden), and also arithmetic, drawing, &.<;., so much as may be list-fill to youths, whose future destination will be to employ themselves in any brunch of the mechanical arts. By the last report from the directors of the free school, published in 1833, the founder had the satisfaction to learn that 221 bays were under the daily tuition of an excellent professor, after the Lincasterian method; and that a housa was preparing for the education of young girls. Forty-nine boys had thiit very year left the institution, where they had previously been instructed by hired masters, in the first principles of different me- chanical occupations; and they were then, according to their choice, placed with mechanics at who«e hands each of them may acquire the requisite instruction for intelligent workmen. "The. net proceeds of the book are intended for my school, there to constitute a permanent fund ; the annual interest of which shall be applied to the purchase of treatises and books, which teach how to simplify and improve the operations of the mechanical arts. By de- grees a small library will thus be formed, by which the young men, who have had the advantage of being brought up at my school, and artificers of an inquiring mind may considerably advance their know- ledge, and become efficient and useful members of societv." 2. The Anglochinese Kalendar for the year of the Christian era 1835: Corresponding to the year oft he Chinese lyrle era 44'2, or the 32rf of the 75th cycle of sixty ; being the !5fA year of the reign of Taoukwting. Canton, China: printed at the Register press. This little work has made its appearance during the current month; and by the ' advertisement ' we perceive that it comes out under the auspices of the editor of the Canton Register, and not as formerly under the editorship of Mr. Morrison. In addition to the useful mat- ter contained in the former editions, the new editor has presented us with a Chronicle of Events, which he says " hns been mostly com- piled from the late Dr. Morrison's ' View of China for Philological Purposes;' now believed to be a scarce book." The chronological table in the ' View of China' commences A. D. 1816, and ' passes up the stream of time.' The ' chronicle of events ' commences A. D. 1834, and in the same order ascends to the memorable days of 'Neu-wo-she, who melted stones and repaired the heavens.' W^ like the plan of a chronicle of events connected with Chinese history very much, but can not reconcile ourselves to the inverted order. To us it seems unnatural, and is always perplexing; and for a new edition we would recommend the propriety of turning it about, and of commencing at the beginning. 636 Journal of Occurrences. 3. Chnmicn de Macao. The first number of this periodical, a semimonthly newspaper, was published at Macao, October 12th, 1834. "We have chosen this day," says the editor in his introduc- tory remarks, " for the publication of the first number of our perio- dical, because it is the anniversary of the birth of his imperial high- ness, Dom Pedro de Alcantara, Duke of Braganza. The name of this illustrious prince will last for ever, for the love with which he has governed his people, the firmness of his character, for his illustrious actions, and above all, for his disinterestedness, and the contempt for crowns which he has manifested. Within a short time he has abdicated two; one in 1826, in favor of his august daughter, our present queen Donna Maria II; and another in 1831, in favor of his august son, senhor Dom (Pedro II. present emperor of Brazil. May God grant him long life, for the happiness of the realms governed by his august children! This is the highest eulogium which our ill- trimmed pen can pay him." This loyal and patriotic spirit augurs well. We wish the editor and his coadjutors all good success in their laudable and well-timed undertaking.—It is said that the Spa- niards will follow this example; and that under the auspices of the new governor of Livonia, a periodical will soon be forthcoming from Manila. ART. VIII. Journal of Occurrences: new regulations for the port of Canton; cannon foundry; release of the outside merchants; and insurrection in Szechucn. Monday, March 9cA. Their excellencies the governor, fooyuen, and hoppo of Canton have framed a new code of regulations for the purpose of restraining and keeping in order .the barbarians trading at this port. A copy of these has been sent up to Peking, that they may receive the imperial sanction. J) cannon foundry has receiitly been •established on the military ground, east of the provincial city, under the direction of governor Loo. It is said that two or three hundred " great guns "are to be cast, and some of them of a large calibre, designed for new forts which are to be built at the Bogue. Saturday, the iilrf. Release of the outside merchants. Four of these men who were imprisoned several months ago, have been released to-dny ; and it is now un- derstood thit the others, together with the linjuists and pilot, will be set at liberty in the course of a few days. We have heard many reports, and seen some official statements, relative to their imprisonment and release; some of these we shall endeavor to lay before our readers in our next number. Tuesday, the 24th. Insurrection in Szechucn. A report is current in Canton that an insurrection has broken out in Szechuen. This commenced, according to the report, near the close of last year. It was occasioned bv the extortion- of the civil magistrates ; and the militnry officers were the first I resent the ir dignities. Concerning the extent of the insurrection we have no particulars. T H K CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. III. —APRIL, 1835.— No. 12. Ant'. I. Smntl Fart nf tkr. Ctinete feiMltt; remark* on the origin, of Ike. custom of compressing Ihefr.tt; the client and effects af the practice; with an anatomical description of a. small foot. AMPLE evidence of the inefficacy of the ethical systems of the Chi- nese, is found in their national and domestic customs. Not only the minds of the people, but their bodies also, are distorted and de- formed liy unnatural usages; and those laws, physical as well as moral, which the Creator designed for the good of his creatures, are perverted, and, if possible, would be annihilated. The truth of these remarks is presented to our view in a clear light by the anatomical description, which forms a part of this article. Historians are not agreed as to the lime or place in which the practice of compressing the feet originated. Du llalde slates, but on what authority he dues not inform us, that the practice originated with the infamous Tanku, the htst empress of the Shang dynasty, who perished in its overthrow, B. c. 1123. "Her own feet being very small, she bound them tight with fillets, affecting to make that pass for a beauty which was really a deformity. However, the women all followed her example; and this ridiculous custom is so thoroughly established, that to have feel of the nnturul size is enough lo render them contemptible." Again, (lie same author remarks, " The Chinese themselves are not certain what gave rise to this odd custom. The story current among us, which attributes the invention to the ancient Chinese, who, to oblige their wives to keep at home, are said to have brought little feet into fashion, is by some looked upon as fabulous. The far greater num- ber think it to be a political design, to keep women in continual subjection. It is certain, dial they are extremely confined, and sel- dom stir out of their apartments, which are in the most retired pi.ice in the house; having no communication with any bul tho women- cm; uEl' : VOL. in. (51) 533 Small Feet of the Chinese Females. APRIL, servants." Others state that the custom originated in the time of the Woo Tae, or ' Five Dynasties,' about A.I>. 925. According to a native historian, quoted in Morrison's View of'China, " it is not known when the small feet of females were introduced. It is said that the custom arose in the time of the Five Dynasties. Le Howchoo ordered his concubine, Yaou, to bind her feet with silk, and cause then;, to appear small, and in the shape of the new moon. From this sprung the imitation of every other female." In regard to the extent and effects of the practice, there is not the same degree of uncertainty. It prevails more or less throughout the whole empire, but only among the Chinese. The Tartar ladies do not yield to the cruel custom, but allow their feet to retain their natural form. In the largest towns and cities, and generally in the most fashionable parts of the country, a majority of the females have their feet compressed. In some places, as many as seven or eight in ten are tormented in this way; in other places, the number is not more than four or five in ten. The operation of compressing the feet is commenced in infancy; and so closely and constantly are the bandages applied, in the most successful cases, as to prevent almost entirely the growth and extension of the limb. Ladies of rank and taste, who are fashioned in this manner, are rendered quite unable to walk. The effects of this process are extremely painful. Children will often tear away the bandages in order to gain relief from the torture; but their temporary removal, it is said, greatly increases the pain by causing a violent revulsion of the blood to the feet. This violent compression of the limbs, moreover, is injurious to health, arid renders the victim a cripple through life. In some cases the com- pression is very slight, and consequently the effect is less hurtful It is no marvel that the Chinese ladies never dance; it is rather a mat- ter of surprise that they can move at all on such ill-shaped and dis- torted members; some of which, scarcely if at all, exceed two and a half inches in length. Those who can avoid it, seldom appear abroad except in sedans (we speak of those in the neighborhood of Canton); but there are frequent cases, among the poorer classes, where the unhappy victims of this barbarous custom are compelled to walk on their little feet. Their gait appears exceedingly awkward to others, and must be painful to themselves. Generally, in attempting to walk any considerable distance, thry find a stick, or the shoulder of a matron or servant-girl, a necessary support. In walking, the body is bent forwards at a considerable inclination, in order to place the centre of gravity over the feet; and the great muscular exertion required for preserving the balance is evinced by the rapid motion of th'e arms, and the hobbling shortness of the steps. The form of these ' golden lilies,' or kin Ic'en, as the Chinese call them, is accurately described in the following paper, taken from the Transactions of the Royal Society of London. It was written by Bransby Blake Cooper, esq , surgeon lo Guy's Hospital; and was communicated to the Society by the secretary, P. M. Roget, M. D., March 5th, 1829. 1835. Small F,t.t nf tJu Chinese Females, "A specimen of a Chinese foot, the account of which I have the honor to Ir\y before the Roy;il Society, was removed from the dead body of a female found floating in the river at Canton. On its arrival in England, it was presented to Sir Astley Cooper, to whose kindness I am indebted for the opportunity of making this curious dissection. Without entering into an inquiry whether this singular construction, and, as we should esteem it, hideous deformity, of the Chinese female foot, had its origin in oriental jealousy, or was the result of an un- natural taste in beauty; I shall content myself with describing the remarkable deviations from original structure, which it almost every- where presents. It may be proper, however, to remark, that as this conformation is the result of art, commenced at the earliest age, and exercised on the persons of females only, we should naturally expect to find the most perfect specimens among those of the highest rank. Now as this body was found under circumstances which lead me to suppose that it was one of the lower orders, the measured proportions of the foot are therefore to be considered somewhat above the more successful results of this cruel art, when completed on the feet of those in more exulted stations of life. "To an unpracticed eye, the Chinese foot has more the appear- ance of a congenital malformation than the effect of art, however long continued; and although no real luxation has taken place, yet At first sight we should either consider it as that species of defor- mity, vulgarly called club-foot, or the result of some accidental dislocation, which from ignorance and want of surgical skill, had been left unreduced. "From the diminutive size of the foot, the height of the instep, thfi want of breadth, and above all, the extremely dense nature of the cellular tissue of the foot, it is evident that progression must at all limes be difficult, and even the poising of the body when in the erect position, must require unusual exertion of musculnr power, which, considering the disadvantages with which these mus- cles have to contend, is a matter of no small astonishment. "From the heel to the great toe, the foot is unusually short, not exceeding five inches, and is said in some instances to measure even less than this; and the great toe itself, which, in its natural and free state, projects forward in a straight direction, is bent, with a peculiar abruptness, upwards and backwards, whilst the remaining toes, with the exception of the first phalanx of the second and third, are doubled in beneath the sole of the foot, so as to leave scarcely any breadth at this part of the foot, which in the unconstrained limb is commonly the broadest; and the striking shortness of the heel, scarcely projecting beyond the line of the leg, which itself descends upon the foot at a considerable obliquity from behind forwards, imports an appearance to the foot, as if it were kept in a state of permanent extension. The upper surface of the foot is very con- vex; but its convexity is irregular and unnatural, presenting a sud- den and prominent projection just anterior to the external malleolus, and above the outer extremity of a deep cleft which traverses the f>40 Small Feet of the Chinese Females. APRH,, sole of the foot. But as it is in the sole, that the most remarkable alterations are produced, 1 shall give a particular description of it first. "Salt of the. foot. In describing the sole, we will suppose the foot to rest upon the heel, as it would do were the individual placed hori- zontally upon the back. In this view, we observe the great toe bent backwards towards the leaf, and immediately beneath the articu- lation of its two phalanges, the second toe is so twisted under it that its extremity reaches to the inner edge of the foot; its n«il occupies liie centre of this position, having a considerable projection of integument beyond it. Next, but still anterior to the ball of the great toe, are the two extreme phalanges of the third toe; they are placed more obliquely than the phalanges of the second toe, and consequent- ly do not reach so fur inwards across the foot. The nail of this toe is somewhat nearer its extremity, but more completely on its anterior surface, so as nearly to touch the edge of the preceding one. A corn which appears on the space external and posterior to the nail of this toe. seems to indicate that as the point of the fore part, of the foot which is first subjected to pressure. We come now to the ball of the great toe, which separates the toes already described from the two outer ones; it does not present its usual full, convex appearance, but is flattened on its under surface, and compressed from before backwards by the position of the third and fourth toes. The position of the two remain- ing toes is very remarkable, and differs essentially from that( of the others; for while in them only two phalanges are bent under the plantar region of the foot, in these nil the phalanges are doubled be- neath it in such a manner as to produce a visible depression in the external edge of the foot. The fourth toe is placed more obliquely than the third, with its nail very much contracted, and is situated on its anterior edge; a large corn presents itself more external to the nail than in the third toe. The last or fifth toe stretches in the transverse direction across the under surf-ice of the foot, and forms the anterior boundary to a deep cleft which occupies the centre of the sole. This toe is so much expanded as to appear the largest; ex- ternally and posterior to its nail, it has two corns, placed much in the same manner as that in the fourth toe. But the strangest feature in tins deformity, is the cleft or hollow just mentioned; it is very deep, with a slight obliquity from without inwards, and extends transversely across the whole breadth of the foot between the toes and the heel. To judge from its appearance, one might suppose that the heel and toes had been forcibly brought together, so as considerably to dimin- ish the whole length of the foot, and to convert its natural longitudi- nal hollow into that deep concavity. The heel, which forms the other boundary of the cleft, presents a large square surface, if not ••ntirelv fllttened, yot with a striking; diminution of convexity, so as to siio-gpst the probability that it affords the principal point of sup- port in progression; a surmise which is further corroborated by the great density of the skin in this part. "Durst/in of the foot. The external character of the fixit is com- pletely altered" here also; the direction of the log downward and for- 1835. Small Fed of the Chinese Females. 541 ward, forming before an obtuse angle with the foot, so as to give it an appearance of permanent extension, is the first circumstance worthy of notice. The dorsum rises with an unusual convexity, not only from behind forwards, but also from side to side; it affords a distinct protuberance situated just before the external malleolus, and above the outer extremity of the cleft in the sole, which is here very conspi- cuous; anterior to this eminence, the dorsum presents a plane surface facing outwards, till it slopes off rapidly beneath where the toes are turned under the sole. There is but a trifling alteration in the aspect of the inner surface of the dorsum, this side of the foot having undergone but little distortion : but the manner in which the dorsum is united with the great toe, deserves yet to be particularly noticed. A considerable angle distinguishes their point of junction, resulting from the dent or hollow, which the abrupt direction of the great toe upwards and forwards produces upon that surface. In this view we have the dorsum of the great toe with its aspect directly upwards; whilst the inner surface of the first phalanx of the second toe, has its dorsum turned outwards. Only a small portion of the inner sur- face of the third toe can be perceived in this view, whilst the remain- ing toes are buried beneath the foot. Posteriorly, there is little to re- mark, beyond the extreme shortness of the heel, which is not flatter, but wider than in the natural condition. "The integuments covering the heel are unusually dense, hard, and resisting, and the cuticle is of a remarkable thickness. The sub- cutaneous structure resembles rather the fatly sole of a horse's foot, than any human tissue. The skin which covers the rest of the sole, presents a corrugated appearance, and is somewhat thicker than in an ordinary foot; but in those places where it had been defended from external pressure by the intervention of the toes, which passed under it, it does not deviate from the natural construction. On the dorsum, the integuments offer nothing unusual; unless it be the nail of the great toe, which, as might be anticipated from constant' com- pression, is rendered particularly convex from side to side. The other nails are not visible in this aspect of the foot. The tendons do not appear to have undergone any change, further than as their direction depended upon the altered position of the bones. It is, however, in the skeleton of the foot, that we observe the greatest changes produc- ed by art. The powerful effect of long continued pressure over the direction even of the bones is here very striking. "The position of the os calcis is very remarkably altered; instead of the posterior projection which usually forms the heel, a straight line is preserved in this direction, not deviating from the line of the tibia ; and the projecting point, which forms in an ordinary foot the most posterior process, and into which the tendo Achillis is inserted, touches the ground, and becomes the point d'appui for sustaining the whole weight of the body. The articular surface of the calcis, in connection with the cuboid bone, is about half an inch anterior to, and two inches above this point; while the astragalar joint is behind, and somewhat below, the caleocuboidal articulation, consequently, the 542 Small Ftct of the Chinese Females. APRIL, direction of the os calcis (in its long axis), instead of being from be- hind forwards, is from below upwards, with the slightest possible incli- nation forwards. The most prominent parts of the instep are the round head of the astragalus, and the cuboidal articulation of the os cilcis. From this, the remaining tarsal bones slope downwards at nearly a right angular inclination to join the metatarsal bones whose obliquity is still downwards, until they rest on their phalangeal extre- mities. "The length between the os calcis where it touches the ground, and the most anterior part of the metatarsal bone of the great toe, is 4 inches. The length of the foot, including the toes, 5J inches. The height of the instep, 3.J inches. Thus the arch of the foot has a span of two inches and a quarter, with the height of two inches, which space is filled up with the condensed cellular substance before des- cribed. The cleft of the sole traverses the foot at this place, and is three inches in depth. The width of the foot at its broadest part is barely two inches. The points of support are the os ealcis, the an- terior extremity of the metatarsal bone of the great toe, and the dor- sal surface of the fourth and fifth toes, which are bent under the foot so as to press the ground at this part. "Such are the anatomical particulars of this singular deformity; and although Nature has, by providing an accumulation of fat, thick- ening the skin and cuticle, and widening the surface "of the heel, done her utmost to rectify the evil consequences of an unnatural custom, yet the awkward gait of a person attempting to walk on such deformed members may be easily imagined. Under such cir- cumstances, in order to preserve equilibrium in an attempt to walk, it must be necessary to bend the body forwards in an uneasy po- sition, and at the expense of a muscular exertion, which in ordinary progression is not put forth. To what extent the general health of the unfortunate individual thus deprived of the natural means of exertion may be affected, is a curious subject of inquiry, and re- mains, I believe, to be ascertained. I may be permitted to add, that the existence of this extraordinary custom, though familiar to our ears, is presented in a forcible light to our imagination by such a specimen as I have the honor to present to the Royal Society. "In offering to the Royal Society this brief sketch of the dissected foot, I do not pretend to attach to the subject any more importance than it deserves; nevertheless I have thought it would be considered as curious, and calculated to interest scientific men. And further, as its description has hitherto formed a desideratum in our accounts of anatomical curiosities, I Ivive thought that my endeavor to supply it would not be unacceptable." 1835. Woo Tsi'tlcen, Empress of China. 513 ART. II. Woo Tsihtien, empress nf China: fur pnretitngf; nd- mission to the palace; kills her daughttr with her own hands; causes the death nf the impress, and is elevated in her stead; takes the title of Queen of Heaven, and reigns absolute. HISTORY, whether of ancient or modern times, of the eastern or western world, can afford but few examples, either of men or women, whose acts of cruelty and injustice equal those of the empress Woo Tsihteen. Her malignant course appeared the more conspicuous, because it was run during the early part of a dynasty, which in the iiunals of China is renowned for its pacific character. Alter a long series of most destructive and bloody wars, which were waged by se- veral contending states, the family of Tang gained complete ascen- dancy over the empire, A. D. 618. The first monarch of Ihis line, after a reign of nine years, abdicated the throne in favor of his second son, Taetsung. There were, at that time, among the ladies of the imperial palace, several degrees of rank, all inferior to the empress. Those who composed the lowest rank were called tsacjin, ' talented ladies,' and were usually the daughters of obscure paretits. To this rank, Woo Tsihteen was elevated by the emperor Taetsung. On his demise, she became the favorite of his son and successor, Kaoutsung, and rose rapidly till she became the sovereign of earth and queen of heaven. And after a career not less inglorious than extraordinary, she died in the eighty-second year of her age. A brief account of this ' talented lady' will afford additional evidence of the truth of the position, that the moral qualities which give rise, to wars are not less prevalent in the eastern than in the western world, and that China has not suffered less by bad government than other nations of the earth. Woo Tsihteen, like Catherine the First of Russia, was of obscure and humble parentage. Her father and his wife had both advanced almost to the age of fifty, when being childless they resolved that he should bring to his house a concubine. Chang, the daughter of a carpenter, was selected, who afterwards became the mother of Woo Tsihteen, about A. D. 624. This obscure parentage, joined to the general tenor of her life, has served to make her a fine subject for Chinese novelists, who relate many marvelous tales concerning her birth and childhood. But the simple truth is enough. At the early age of fourteen, she was taken from her parents by the renowned Taetsung, and placed among the ' talented ladies' of the palace. There she continued to enjoy the favor of her master, till his death, A. n. 650. She was then, with many other of the imperial ladies, removed to a nunnery. Kaoutsung, the ninth son of the late emperor, succeeded his father at the age of twenty-two, and reigned thirty-four years. This mon- arch, while attending on his father, frequently saw Woo Tsihteen, and was captivated by her charms. On his elevation to the throne, his wife Wanghe, a lady of rank, was made empress, and Seaou- 544 Woo Tfi/Ueen, .Empress oj China. AFBIL, shtih became a favorite concubine. Between these two persons, jealousies soon arose, and they became inveterate enemies. In the meantime, the emperor, on the anniversary of his father's death, had to repair to the nunnery to offer incense. There he saw ag;iin the 'talented lady,' and was more than ever pleased with her charms. The empress Wangshe heard of this, and immediately took measures to secure her return to the palace, hoping by her means to detach the affections of the emperor from the favorite concubine. In this she was successful. Woo Tsihtee'n was restored to the palace, and at once enjoyed full scope for the display of her blandishments, and the exercise of her abilities. With the most assiduous care she accom- modated herself to the empress, who, even in the presence of the emperor, praised her and called her beautiful But the talented lady knew how to touch another string, and so skillfully, that " it was not long," says the Chinese historian, " before she was blessed with great favor, and promoted to the rank of chaou e," a post of high distinc- tion. The die was now cast. Both the empress and the favorite concubine found themselves neglected, and became friendly to each other that they might the better destroy the influence of their rival. All their efforts, however, were of no avail. The friends of Woo Tsihtee'n, one after another came into places of power and trust, while those of Wansshe began to lose the influ- ence and the stations which they had held. All the arts and devices within the reach of her ladyship were put in requisition. She flat- tered those who were offended with the empress, and bestowed freely among the eunuchs and others whatever gifts she received from the emperor; to whose ear, at the same time, she conveyed every tale she could collect against his wife. One of these tales was that the empress was disrespectful to his majesty's mother. This fixed him in the purpose of putting her away, and of elevating Woo Tsihteeii in her stead. But in order to cary into effect her plan, it was neces- sary to have some ostensible reason which would form an excuse for so harsh a measure. The facts which furnished the pretext are so unnatural as scarcely to be credible. Woo Tsihleen presented the emperor with an infant daughter: the empress, as in duty bound, at- tended the accouchement; fondled the child; and forthwith left the apartment. His majesty, according to previous arrangement, was the next to make his appearance on the occasion. But between the exit of the one, and the entrance of the other, the mother with her own savage hands destroyed the life of the infant, and covered up its life- less body. On the emperor's approach, she manifested great joy and delight, and hastened to uncover the child. But oh, what hor- ror! The babe was dead! The mother astonished, wept bitterly, and c:illed for the attendants who had approached the infant. The at- tondants were interrogated, and all said that the only person who had fondled the child was the empress, who had just left the room. Suspicion now was doubly strong. What! said the monarch, as he kindled.with rape, has the empress carried her resentment to such a decree, that she presumes to uko the life of my daughter! 1835. Woo Tsihteen, Empress of China. 545 Woo Tishteen had gained her point; and there was no longer wanting evidence to fijrthe degradation of Wangshe. The tongue of the talented lndy, surcharged with venom, reiterated the false al- legations against the unhappy empress, urging the monarch to the execution of his purpose. Kaoutsung knew, or should have known, that Wangshe was innocent; but so assiduous and artful was her adversary, that she found no opportunity of vindicating her character. Still the emperor hesitated; summoned before him his chief ministers; and by every argument he could urge, endeavored to gain their con- currence. The empress, it was urged, was childless, and of course there was no heir to the throne except an adopted son; but it was otherwise with Woo Tsihteen; she ought, therefore, to be elevated, that her son might succeed to the throne. Against all these argu- ments the ministers remonstrated, and were dismissed. Again they were assembled; and again they remonstrated. One of them laid the badge of his office at the foot of the throne, declaring himself willing to be banished or to die, rather than consent to the degrada- tion of Wangshe, and the elevation of her rival. At this, the em- peror was enraged and ordered him to be removed from his presence. At the same moment, Woo Tsihieen, who had placed herself behind the screen, where she could hear the debate, exclaimed, " Crush and kill tlie old dog." A scene of confusion ensued, and the contention rose to a high pitch At length it was argued, that it was a domes- tic all'iir; that ministers ought not to be consulted; that the emperor should act according to his own pleasure; and that, as poor peasants were permitted to put away one wife and take another at pleasure, "much more ought the Son of heaven to enjoy this liberty." This was enough. Forthwith Wangshe was degraded; the talented but infa- mous Woo Tsihteen proclaimed empress iu her stead; and heralds dispatched throughout the empire to announce the joyful event. Thus elevated, she found new scope for her abilities, the sure sig- n il for new cruellies. According to the custom ot the court, all the officers of state repaired to the palace to show their respect to her majesty. In the meantime, the late empress Wangshe and the favor- ite concubine Seaoushuh were both imprisoned in a remote apart- ment of the imperial buildings. But notwithstanding their present degradation, his majesty continually thought of them; and in one of his solitary walks, approached the cell where they were. His heart relented. He paused, and called them by name. The sound of his voice reached their ears, and Wangshe, bursting into tears, answer- ed, " Most noble sire, think ot my former state, and cause me once more to see the sun and moon; then I shall be most happy." His majesty replied, " I'll manage it." But his purpose was of no effect. For Woo Tsihteen, who had now gained such influence throughout the court, th.it her orders were implicitly obeyed, heard of the inter- view; and kindling into a rage, instantly sent her minions, bidding them cut off the hands and feet of the imprisoned ladies, and throw them into a jar of wine, scoffingly saying, " I'll make them drink to the bone." A few d lys afterwards, the unhappy Wangshe and cm: IIEP : VUL. in. 70 546 Woo Tsihteen, Empress of China. APRIL, Seaoushuh both expired of their wounds. The vengeance of the murderess still pursued-them; nor did it cease, until at her command, their lifeless corpses were cut and torn in pieces. Woo Tsihteen thus entered on her public career ; and from that time till her death, a period of forty years, she kept the whole empire in awe, and played such acts, political and domestic, as would make angels weep. A few of these we will briefly narrate. While the late empress was in favor, being childless, she adopted a son, who with the consent of the emperor was appointed heir-appa- rent to the throne. To displace this son, and elevate one of her own, was the next object which engaged the attention of Woo Tsihteen. Her design was easily and speedily carried into execution. Heu Kingtsung, the same casuist who on a former emergency taught the emperor how to repudiate one wife and take another, now showed him and his talented consort how they might remove one heir and place another in his stead. "Chung, the heir apparent, is not the sou of an empress, and no imperial blood flows in his veins. Hung is the legitimate son of her imperial majesty; let him succeed to the throne, then the empire will enjoy tranquillity, and happiness will flow from the temple of ancestors." Thus argued the crafty minister. And every scruple being thus removed, Chung was displaced, and Hung appointed heir-apparent in his stead. But, ill fated princes! they were both destined soon to fall by the machinations of the empress The first was ' permitted to enjoy the favor of being his own executioner.' The other, because he dared to remonstrate against the wicked pur- poses of his mother, she destroyed by poison, and elevated another of her sons in his stead ; who again in his turn was first displaced, and then murdered, in order to make room for another of her sons. This one, the third which she elevated, finally succeeded to the throne. But of him, more will be said in the sequel. Several of the chief ministers of state, had, on numerous occasions, strenuously opposed the measures of Woo Tsihteen. Among these was the aged and faithful Changsun Wooke. The time had arrived for him to be set aside. Accordingly, he was summoned to the pa- lace, and there falsely accused of plotting rebellion; and under cir- cumstances that prevented all hope of vindicating himself from the calumny, or of making any resistance, commanded to destroy his own life. That she might know how to select her victims, all the officers of state were encouraged to make free communications to the empe- ror, concerning both those who were in authority and those who were not. Memorials poured in from every quarter; but the emperor, feeble and dim-sighted, was unable to examine them; it was deter- mined, therefore, that they should be submitted to the inspection of her majesty. They passed rapidly under her scrutinizing eye; and she marked and directed at once what was to be done in every case which they brought to view. She began now to assume publicly the administration of the government, and shared equally with her lord the exercise of authority. Moreover, that respect for his majesty, as false as it was profound, now that she had gained the ascendancy 1835. Wuo Tsihtrcn, Empress of China. 547 over him and others around her, was gradually laid aside. In fact, all his movements were regulated by her caprice; and he dared not even utter the truth in her presence, if it was in opposition to her will. Henceforward, there was no affair, whether great or small, connect- ed with the government, that escaped her notice. "The supreme authority of the empire reverted to the inner palace (i. e. to the em- press) ; the son of heaven folded his arms; and within and without the court, their majesties were styled ihe two holy ones." In the last part of the reign of Kaoutsung, the empire was visited by drought and famine. The talented Woo Tsihteen seized on this calamity as an argument to persuade Kaoutsung to abdicate the throne, and leave to her undisputed control over tin; whole world. But tothia lie would not consent. However, it was soon determined, that his majesty should take the title of emperor of heaven, and that she should be styled the queen of heiven. At length Kaoutsung died. During the night in which he expired, a faithful minister was summoned to his bedside, and the monarch's last will and testament intrusted to his care. According to that document, his son Chungisung, the third born of Woo Tsihteen, was raised to the throne. The first and second sons of the empress, as we hare seen above, were displaced, because they possessed dispositions which would not always readily yield to her purposes. And the young emperor Chungtsurig, WHS next set aside, with as little ceremony as his elder brothers h.id been, and a younger and a weaker brother was placed in his stead. WooTsihleen, the queen of heaven, now stood alone; and reigned absolute. Her murderous disposition knew no restraints. She reveled in blood and every species of excess. Prune ministers ot state, members of the imperial household, and even her own brothers and sisters, were murdered at her command. Oace and again she endeavored to destroy all the " seed royal " of Taetsung, the monarch who raised her from obscurity In a word, almost every page of her history is stained with blood, and black with deeds of the foulest character. But enough of her cruellies have been exhibited, we think, to make good the declaration with which we commenced this article. In the midst of her enormities, an occasional act was performed, which, irrespective of her general conduct, might claim commen- dation. When the people suffered by famines, inundations, and banditti, as they frequently did, she would sometimes adopt wise and salutary measures to relieve their distresses, and supply their wants. Some of the laws and regulations which she established have contin- ued to the present day. She possessed extraordinary enerijy of cha- racter; and her ambition was unbounded. She could adapt herself, and could make others conform, to almost any circumstances which would serve her purposes. The religions of the country sometimes enjoyed her patronage. Budhists and Taouists were even admitted to the palace. But on the Nestorian Christians, who entered the country about the time that she commenced her career, she placed the ban of the empire; and the storm of persecution raged fiercely against the;a. 548 The Fur Trade. ABPIL, Her own vanity, excited by the flattery of the crowds of sycophants who thronged her court, induced her to regard herself as something more than mortal. Her assumption of titles was most impious. Af- ter the death of Kaoutsung, not satisfied with being the Queen of Hea- ven, she took the title of Emperor, and claimed the epithets holy and divine, styling herself at one time the Holy and Divine Ruler; and at another time, assuming the titles holy Mother, Divine Sovereign. Repeatedly, during her reign, she changed both her own name and that of the dynasty. And notwithstanding the inhuman manner in which she hewed down her own kindred,—brothers, sisters, daugh- ters, sons, &c.,—she was still desirous that her name and family should be perpetuated. Accordingly, her name and her titles, written in broad capitals, were placed in courts and temples. Some of her family received posthumous honors; and others, who had not been sacrificed to her proud ambition, were elevated to places of trust. At length her race was ended. During her administration, repeat- ed attempts were made, by conspiracies, by secret memorials, and public remonstrances, to cut short her career: hitherto, however, they were ineffectual, or served only to hasten the accomplishment of new deeds of cruelty. Raised from obscurity at the age of fourteen, she was placed among the talented ladies of the palace; witnessed the death of the second and third monarchs of the Tang family; expelled the fourth from his throne; and for twenty-one years reigned absolute. But the cup of her iniquity was now full. A plan was formed to re- store Chungtsting to the throne of his ancestors. At the hour of midnight, the conspirators, accompanied by her son, entered her apartment, and approached the couch on which Woo Tsihteen reclin- ed. Roused from her slumbers, she soon learned the object of their visit; "Heaven, earth, and his ancestors," said their leader, " desire your majesty to reinstate your son upon the throne; do this and their wish will be accomplished." Her two confidential ministers were al- ready laid aside; and five hundred armed men, the imperial guard, were standing with the conspirators, and ready to execute their com- mands. There was no time to hesitate. "The government shall immediately revert to his hnnds," was her reply. The next day, Chting- tsnng was placed on the throne; and his mother was removed to he.r own apartments, where a few months afterwards she died. ART. 111. The fur trade: animals which produce fine furs; those producing hairy skins; the progress of the fur trade in Asia, America, and Europe; imports into China. FROM the days of Nimrod, the " mighty hunter," the furs and skins of animals have been sought both for use and ornament. The hunt- 1835. The Fur Tradt. 549 ing of these animals has been carried on amidst the greatest perils. The Siberian in his search for sables has brought to light new lands in Northeastern Asia, and the enterprising seaman has discovered new islands while seeking for seals in the South Pacific. The manu- facture of the products of their toil employs many thousands of men and capital. From the long shaggy robe of the bison, with which the North American Indian defends himself from the cold, to the splendid ermine which adorns royalty, furs are employed in many ways for elegance and comfort. Thousands are annually consumed for hats, great quantities to ornament winter dresses, and the various other purposes to which they are applied, has rendered the fur trade one of vast extent and importance.—For the substance of the follow- ing remarks, we are indebted to an article in the American Journal of Science and Arts, " On the Fur trade, and Fur-bearing Animals;" Godman's Natural History, and McCulloch's Commercial Dictionary, have also furnished some facts on these topics. The richest and most valuable furs are porcured from the weasel family. The ermine (Mustela erminea), called by way of preemi- nence, ' the precious ermine,' is found of the best quality only in the cold regions of Europe and Asia; yet it is by no means limited to arctic regions, for it occurs throughout a vast extent of country, from the parallel of 40° N. to the highest northern latitudes. In the south- ern part of this region, where the cold is not sufficiently severe to cause its coat to change, the animal is known by the name of weasel; farther north, it is called ftixit in summer, and ermine in its winter pe- lage of pure white. The fur in summer is soft, silky, and short, except on the tail and feet, where it is long; and of a light ferruginous or chestnut brown color. Its winter dress is white, except the tip of the tail, which during the whole year is of a shining black. With these black tips tacked on the skins, they are beautifully spotted, producing an effect often imitated, but never equaled, by any other furs. The pelage is so white, that when the snow covers the ground, no part of the animal, except the end of the tail, can be seen. That of the oldest animals is thought to be the best. The ermine, or as it is called by Godman, the ermine weasel, is from fourteen to sixteen inches long, including the tail. It lives in hollow trees, river banks, and other retreats near its prey, which consists of mice, birds, and other small animals. When pursued, it emits a musky odor, and is caught in traps, or sometimes shot with blunt arrows. The sable (Mustela zibellina) can scarcely be called inferior to the ermine. It is a native of Siberia and the countries which border on the Arctic ocean; it is found also in the Aleutian isles, and is pro- bably an inhabitant of Northern America, but the hunters have not been so far north as to find it in abundance. Pallas says that the skins are found among the furs in which the Americans traffic with the inhabitants of Eastern Siberia. It resides in the most desolate situations, and is hunted in the winter, amidst barren tracts, and impenetrable forests covered with snow. The fur is then of an ob- scure fulvous or tawny hue, and peculiarly rich and flowing. The 550 The Pur Trade. APRIL, sable is about twenty inches in length, including the tail; and in its general habits resembles the ermine, sleeping during the day, and seeking its prey by night. The Russians carry on nearly all the trade in sable skins, and large profits are annually realized. "The rich, dark shades of the sable, and the snowy whiteness of (he ermine, the great depth, and the peculiar, flowing softness of their furs, have combined to give them a preference in all countries and ages of the world. At the present time, they maintain the same relative estimate in regard to other furs, as when they marked the rank of the proud knigl.t, and were emblazoned in heraldry." The skins of the pine marten (Mustela martes) a( the present time are brought in great quantites to the dep8ts of furs in North Ame- rica. According to Godman, more than 45,000 were sent from America to Europe in the year 1743, besides those which were con- sumed by the inhabitants. The pine marten is found in North Ame- rica, and the northern parts of Asia and Europe. The animal is about eighteen inches in length, and lives mostly in the tops of trees, particularly pines, from which circumstance it derives its name. The fur is of a brilliant fulvous brown color, except on the throat, where it is of a yellowish hue, from whence the animal has been called the 'yellow breasted marten.' The peculiar color of the pelage is owing to the intermixture of two sorts of hair. In summer, the color becomes paler, and loses it brilliancy and silky fineness. The skins are ex- tensively used in the manufacture of hats, and for ornamenting and increasing the warmth of winter dresses. The skin of Pennant's marten (Mustela. Pennanti), commonly called the fisher, resembles that of the pine marten, except in the size; being from twenty-four to thirty inches in length, without the tail, which is about sixteen inches. It inhabits the northern parts of America, and its modes of living are very similar to the pine marten. The fur is of a dusky hue, dark at the base, yellowish above, then tipped with black, and with the hair increasing in length towards the tail, which is bushy and black. The skins are applied to the same purposes as those of the pine marten. The mink (Mustela lutrtola) is found on the American continent from Carolina to Hudson's Bay ; and in its residence, food, and habits much resembles the musk-rat. From its aquatic mode of life and webbed feel, it has been called the lesser otter. The animal is about two feet long, including the tail. The hair is of two colors, which combined give the fur a brownish hue, more or less dark as either shade preponderates. The fur is principally used by the hatters. The beaver (Castor fiber) is too well known to need description here, and the curious instinct it displays in building its winter habi- tation has long been celebrated. It is about two feet in length, having a thick and heavy body. The pelage is composed of two sorts of fur, one of which is long, stiff, elastic, and of a reddish brown color at the tips : the other, on which the value of the skin chiefly de.|>ends, is short, very fine and soft and of a light lead color. The beaver is at present found only in the wilds of Northwestern America; ami in any nousidcrubli: numbers only in the ciiuntiy w. £ .». 6l 772,6n3l4!)4,067 23,198 1835. The. Fur Trtitle. 557 In commerce, the skins of animals are termed peltry until they have been dressed, when they are called furs. The principal consu- mers of furs comprised under the ornamental class are the Chinese, Turks, Russians, Germans and English. The Egyptians use furs to a limited extent. The Americans consume comparatively few in this manner, and re-import the dressed furs from London which were exported there as peltries. In 1831, out of 764,746 musk-rat skins imported into London from North America, 592,117 were exported to the United States. New York, Leipsic, Kiakhta, and Novogorod are the principal marts of furs after London. "It is a remarkable feature of the fur trade," observes McCulloch, "that almost every country or town which produces and exports furs, imports and con- sumes that of some other place, frequently the most distant. It is but seldom that an article is consumed in the country where it is produced, though that country may consume furs to a considerable extent." The consumption of furs in China is very great. The necessity of restricting the use of fuel to culinary operations and the arts, com- pels the Chinese to load themselves with garments in the winter. To limit the number as much as possible, the outer one is lined with fur, or stuffed with cotton, and the former is obtained by the people whenever their means will permit. All kinds of fur are used for this purpose, and the cost of a garment lined with fur, varies from $20 to several hundreds. These dresses are carefully preserved, and often handed down from father to son: but the usual length of time they are worn before being spoiled is not far from twelve years. Cat, fox, deer, otter, seal, rabbit, hare, beaver, leopard, and others, are worn by the inhabitants of this province. Kiakhta and Canton are their principal, if not the only, emporia of furs. Those sold at Kiakhta are brought there by the Russians from their possessions in Asia and America, and exchanged for teas, silk, porcelain, and other commodities of China. We have no data from which to form any idea of the amount of furs imported into China through that place, but we should suppose the supply inadequate from the fact that dealers even from the province of Shanse come to Canton to purchase furs. Lamb and sheep skins, and the inferior kinds of fur, are said to form the bulk of those imported at Kiakhta. The importation of furs into Canton has, for the most part been carried on by the Americans, although the English have every year brought more or less to this port. Seal is the only fur brought from the South Seas; sea-otter skins are procured from Russian America, and the others mostly from New York. The imports of furs by the Americans from the year 1805 to 1834, will appear by the accompanying table. 558 APRIL, Tlie Fur Trade. o » P ill ' j . - lo • "go "bo ^J' f^lji in • en <*o *c CJ 5i o! tc t4cS*.ec o^ to^oo — " M (?)•**• Oi C^ Ol 00 tc"o — QO C^ Ol 00 to = *• Ol W"io"^"*~ 4C * " ""* • ^ O O' O* **^ oo in en ji (c /" *»j * o en o *^i "~* / * * ^ ""* I gj |:«|-SJ *£ ( & iC (O ( ^ ', ( ^ O") ^J . *>| • ^ p So o > • - cc » • OD: co "bo "ou "CD "tn •— f • *5' OlO^QOfwM : =: *. ^ ^JMCH „ ,_. _. OL { • J"* ??? 2°^ co f '• *j: To'o'co'Vj'cji ic ^: -i: to oo io — o i . X . --1 *-•**• O1. M B \ • w>: *. * Jk CO CO CO — co— en —.,- M occccw » . 0*01 M co c a en ti^V'*^--c«^iu § §2 • „**..".."** '"c^u"to i SSt co — §: §2 o: o u )' To'bo -j'in'b':: "10 -- i O O C5 - J*J*."" §SW ••o IOQO 09 m ••a T> a s O § to 3 < O g _ c o ^ o en 00 4h 1 1835. 559 Christian Missions in China. TABLE, showing the duty levied on the different furs by the Chinese, and the average prices in the years 18U4 and 1834. SKIMS. Real Duty. Nominal Duty| 1824 1834 Land Otter, - - each Sea Otter, - - - „ Seal , (OmO c6 c 1J 1315 0 1 3 li ( 0 mile 7 c3 1420 0136 $4.00 38.00 2.UO $6.124 37.50 2.25 0145 0150 8.00 Fox, large, - - - , ti i a 5 0145 0072 1.50 1.40 0 0 6 24 0110 4.50 6 124 Rabbit, - - - per 100 0410 0450 0.60 0.65 The duties in the above tahle are extracted from the Commercial Guide, and are as near the general charge made by the Chinese as can be ascertained. Besides the nominal duty on land and sea-otter skins as above, there is an additional charge of five per cent, on land- otter skins and sea-otter tails, and of three per cent, on sea-otter skins; this demand is exacted by the Chinese officers in kind. By real duty, is meant that which is paid to government, and by nominal duty, that which is paid by the foreign merchant to the hong-mer- chants. The price set down for tiger's skins is merely nominal, as very few are brought to this port, and those chiefly by natives. The E. I. Company, during the year 1831, imported 13,330 rabbit skins estimated at 50 cents each; in 1832, there were 20,580 skins of all kinds, valued at $9,850; in 1834, the number was 18,069, valued at $17,306. ART. IV. Christian Missions in China: remarks on the means and measures for extending and establishing Christianity; name- ly, the preaching of the gospel, schools, publication of books, charities, Spc. By PHILOSINENSIS. OFTEN when surveying the multitudes of this extensive empire, and contemplating their future destiny in this life and in that which is to come, the mind is filled with the most painful emotions It would be mistrust in Divine omnipotence, wisdom, and mercy, to believe that while the means for the regeneration of so great a na- tion are in a state of preparation, the door for the entrance of the gospel should be obstinately shut. In a political point of view, there may be occasion for strange misgivings; but so far as the kingdom of our Savior is concerned, futurity presents a glorious vista, the dazzling splendor of which far exceeds the gloom now spread over this country. The experience of all ages shows that Christ, seated at the right hand of the Father, looks down with the most tender compassion upon his people, and manages all the inte- rests of his kingdom with a powerful arm. The propagation of the 560 Christian Missions in China. APRIL, gospel fills the world with his glory, and prepares the way for his universal reign, so distinctly foretold in the prophecies. As those, therefore, who know the lovirigkindness of the Lord, and are pe- netrated with gratitude, we ought to honor and glorify him by making known his amazing love to those who are living in total ignorance of his great salvation. The Roman Catholic missionaries afford a convincing proof of what perseverance and combined exertions can effect: but they have not been scrupulous about the means to effect their purposes. China, pertinaciously shut against barbarian intruders, was not only entered by them; but they traveled through the country, visited all the important cities, made maps, gave a new direction to the dor- mant sciences, and became counselors in the imperial cabinet. We do not wish to become imitators of them; we cite their conduct as an example of what a firm resolution may accomplish. When this is hallowed and strengthened by Divine grace, and directed by the Spirit from on high, its power is irresistible. It waxes strong by combination, and receives life and vigor only by communion with the living God. The principal actors among the Roman Catholics were Jesuits; but they were joined by great numbers belonging to other orders, namely, the Dominicans, Franciscans, Augustiues, &c.; and these soon contended with their brethren, and stopped their career by accusing them of a temporizing spirit. It will not be long before men of various nations and tongues will join in the Protestant mission. Let this example of their predecessors warn them of their danger. Let no one enter this field who is not so penetrated by love to the Savior, that he can give his whole soul to the work, and find no leisure for matters of minor consideration. Let those who come hither, subscribe to the Gospel and Epistles of John, and prove by their conduct that they are richly imbued with the same spirit that rested on the beloved disciple. Who shall be considered con- verts, and what rites they shall relinquish, and what retain, can be determined only by the rules of the gospel. If none but those who are under the influence of the divine Spirit are to be admitted as candidates for baptism, and these tried by our Savior's test, "ye shall know them by their works," a distinct line will be drawn be- tween the pagan and the Christian, the votary of idolatry and the worshiper of the living and true God. Conversion and proselytism have too often been confounded: none can be Christians indeed who are not renewed by the Holy Spirit. This paper is written in the hope that a new era has already com- menced, or will soon come, in this mission. Putting political changes quite aside, which doubtless will greatly influence the propagation of the gospel in China, we hail with joy the sympathy which is awakening in the churches of Christendom. There has never been a time like this. Hitherto, alas! China has had but few friends. Now Christians in Holland, Germany, Switzerland, England, and the United States, are turning their anxious thoughts towards this long neglected country. The laborers here must erelong be very uume- 1835. Christian Minions in China. 561 rous, and it will be necessary so to combine their efforts that their work in the temple of God may be carried forward with skill and success. There must be a division of labor according to the gifts and talents of the laborers; but at the same time, there must be unity of purpose. It is to be hoped that those who first come to China, will be men of the most sterling piety and talents, and well fitted for pioneers. But shall they wait and desist from every effort, until political revolutions shall change the prospect, and afford a sure pledge of a quiet residence in the country? Certainly not. For neither Scripture nor experience bids us to tarry. To-day is the day of salvation; and to-day ought Christians to enter on their work. They must act openly and boldly, but with prudence. Those that enter the country must assume no other character than that of preachers of the gospel, and be determined to know nothing but Christ and him crucified. With the laws of the country we have nothing to do. It is our duty, as members of that kingdom which is not of this world, to preach love toward all men, while we enjoin obedience to the higher powers; for there is no power but of God; "the powers that be are ordained of God." As soon as our number and means are large enough, it must be our first endeavor to establish permanent missions in this empire. Before an almighty Savior, mountains of difficulties dwindle into nothing: it is his work, and we go at his command. If wisdom be required to accomplish the design, let us ask it of God, who giveth to all men liberally and upbraideth not; and let us ask in faith, nothing wavering. Christian meekness, patience, and long-suffering, have not yet been tried against Chinese arrogance arid misanthropy. It is our duty to do with our might whatsoever our hands find to do; and at the same time to look up with the most childlike submission to our merciful Redeemer, who intercedes with the Father, and delights to hear and answer prayer. He will open doors which no man can shut; he will remove obstacles insurmountable to human power; and he will order all things for the promotion of his own glory. If our faith be genuine, our prayers fervent, and our love for the cause ardent, we shall never be confounded. We may be called from the scene of action before we see the fulfillment of the Divine promises; but our supplications and tears will be remembered be- fore the throne of the Almighty, and our successors will see that God is faithful. Gloomy forebodings may often fill our breasts; every- thing around ns may be enveloped in darkness; and the fulfillment of the promises may appear as distant as ever: but let us always remember, that the trial of our faith, being much more precious than of gold that perisheth, though it be tried with fire, might be found unto praise, and honor, and glory, at the appearing of Jesus Christ. Let us not be ignorant of this one thing, that one day is with the Lord as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day: and that the Lord is not' slack concerning his promises, as some men count slackness, but is long suffering to usward, not will- ing thai any should perish, but all come to repentance. CH:: REI-: VOL.in. 72 562 Christian Missions in China. APRIL, The means to be employed in the promulgation of the gospel, are (1.) preaching the word; (2.) schools; (3.) the press; and (4.) well- doing, or works of charity. On each of these topics it is proposed to dwell at some length, hoping to fix and direct the attention of those who are interested in the welfare of the Chinese. I. The preaching of the gospel in this language has its peculiar difficulties. It will require a good deal of patience to acquire such a knowledge of the colloquial idioms as will be necessary to speak intelligibly to the common people. Besides reading with a native it will be requisite to live among the people. Few sinologues have acquired fluency of speech; and there have been some who have de- sisted from undertaking it in despair. Much time and undivided at- tention, must be given to the language. Though we can not address the people in stated assemblies, »or long secure their attention; yet even a few appropriate words will always leave some impression. If our sentiments have received an unction from on high, they will pe- netrate to the inmost recesses of the heart, especially if we dwell on the atoning scarifice of the Savior, and are fervent in our prayers for the gift of the Holy Spirit. Novelty will always attract a great many hearers; and among a large number there will usually be found some inquisitive minds, who will be ready to engage in conversation. The Chinese are not wholly indifferent to a show of interest in whatever regards the in- ternal man; though they will hear with the utmost indifference of the sufferings and death of the Savior of sinners. This is very dis- couraging, but He who bids his disciples preach the gospel can give them a mouth and wisdom, which none can gainsay or withstand. On the coast of China, to which foreigners have the readiest access, the Fuhkeen dialect is spoken. This perhaps can be best learned among the colonists in the Archipelago. If a door of entrance is opened to the northern provinces of the empire, where the language spoken does not differ much from the court dialect, this latter must be studied with assiduity, and learned more by conversation than from books; and Canton furnishes perhaps the best opportunity for ac- quiring it. It is hoped that those who are to enter on this work, will give fair proof at home of their talents for acquiring languages; for those who can not learn either Greek or Latin, will make but slow progress in learning Chinese. An easy diction and a fine ear wiH be of great advantage in mastering this language; and those Directors and Committees whose duty it is to select the laborers for this field, ought to attend to these particulars. Many of the Romanists spoke the language to perfection; but a great part, we fear the great- er, judging by their own statements, were never able to communicate their thoughts with facility; nay, some even disdained to give them- selves the trouble of acquiring the language. True, the gifts of God are various; some have great gifts for learning languages, others have not. Without discouraging any from doing their duty, we would advise those who are about to engage in this study, to ascer- tain whether their natural powers and their organs of speech are 1835. Christian Missions in China. 663 equal to the task; and if they find they are not, then they can en- gage in other missions where the "gift of tongues" is not required. For the commencement of the work in China there are needed effec- tive men, who can soon preach the word. More attention must be given to China, as well as to the Chinese colonists in the Indian Archipelago. Facts show that the whole coast of China is accessible; and so are also the adjacent islands. Thus the way is being prepared to form many new missions. The hints recently published on this subject have not yet received that attention which they deserve, and this, doubtless, because of the long cherished opinion that nothing can be done in the dominions of the Chinese. In Fuhkeen, no place presents so many advantages as the capital of the province, which has a very large population, and is under the immediate inspection of the provincial government. This would counteract all suspicions of entering the country in a clandestine manner. The districts around Amoy and Changchow ate thickly settled; and the inhabitants, having for a long time car- ried on an extensive trade with the Chinese colonists, are pretty well acquainted with the European character. Both Changchovv and Amoy would be good missionary stations. In Chekeang, the north- eastern ports ought to be first selected, where the people are the most friendly towards Europeans, and show a great deal of in- quisitiveness. Once established at Ningpo and Hangchow, there would be ready access to many millions of inhabitants, and local ad- vantages enjoyed which are probably to be found in no other part of China. Other places along the coast might be pointed out; but those already mentioned are the first to claim attention. In all the voyages along the coast, there has been a great demand for books, and a spirit of inquiry stimulated by curiosity. And there are other facts which ought to arouse our hopes and excite our desire, not only to make occasional visits to those places, but to commence perma- nent establishments for the benefit of the people. There are difficulties in the way; yet they are not insurmounta- ble: by faith, and prayer, and aid from on high, they can be over- come. Pioneers in China will not be placed in ordinary circum- stances; and if they count their lives too dear, and can not give up all for the sake of Christ and his gospel, they are not fit for the work. What extraordinary men were the first Jesuits, as Ricci, Verbiest, Schaal, Bouvet, Gerbillon, Premare, &c.'! Their cringing servility, their crooked ways, are not to be imitated or approved; but their zeal, perseverance, and fortitude, are worthy of being employed in a better cause and for better purposes. What was the situation of the first missionaries to Hindostan 7 Did they enjoy much protec- tion from the Christian government and their own countrymen? Or were they not rather viewed as a proscribed class? What reception did the first heralds of the cross meet in the West Indies? How were they treated by the Esquimaux? In the northeastern part of China, there is a healthy climate, a large population, aud a settled government. All tliat we have to tear is the exclusive policy of tliis 564 Christian Missions in China. APRIL, self-same goverment, atheistical in principle and full of bitterness against the truth; and its apathy to all vital religion subjects us not so much as preachers of the gospel, as foreigners, to persecution. "Beware of men; for they will deliver you up to the councils, and they will scourge you in their synagogues. And ye shall be brought before governors and kings for my sake, for a testimony against them ,nd the gentiles." As this will fully apply to the first mis- sionaries in China, let us not fear them that kill the body, but are not able to kill the soul. "He that findeth his life shall lose it; and lie that loseth his life for my sake shall find it." Aided by the assistance of Hirn who has said, " Lo, I am with you alway even unto the end of the world," we can boldly enter this empire, and our faith in him will not be confounded. Various plans have been proposed for entering China. From the south through Siarn and Laos, or by way of the Burman empire, or from the north through Siberia, are some of the ways which have been pointed out. Equal facilities for entering the country may be found by the way of Bengal through Nepaul or Bootan. Yet no part of the empire is so accessible as the coast. It is at present impossible to determine what will be the result of the political discussions with the local authorities last year; it is certain, however, that a commercial intercourse will exist between foreigners and the principal ports on the coast, and will not cease until the free trade is extinct,—an event which will not soon transpire, 2. Schools are needed to train up native youth. The Chinese political system laid down by Confucius and his followers, is founded on filial piety, and regards education as the principal object of its solicitude. Yet the range which education here takes is very narrow. Reading and writing occupy the attention of the pupil for several years, while the arts and sciences are wholly neglected. When he is well versed in the literature of the country, he has then arrived at the acme of knowledge. The difficulty peculiar to the Chinese lan- guage, accounts for the slow progress made in education. The boy must spend many yenrs in learning the sounds, and meaning, and forms of characters. As he advances, new difficulties present them- selves; and the preposterous idea that the Classics contain the ne plus ultra of wisdom and knowledge places a bar to his high attain- ment, and renders his education extremely defective. If other books than the Classics were used as elementary works, as has been done in the Protestant schools in the Archipelago, and if a better plan for imprinting the character upon the memory of the student was adopt- ed, it might be expected that something more than mere reading and writing could be taught. But the prejudices in favor of the Classics are so deeply rooted, that it would be imprudent to adopt at the out- set this otherwise reasonable mode. Christian books may be read together with the native works, and some hours may be set apart for oral instruction, but our routine will be circumscribed. Elementary schools, though useful, are not the prime object of our endeavor; and the native schools, now existing in all parts of the country, will 1835. Christian Missions in China. 565 render assistance in this part of the labor. It should therefore be our endeavor to form schools for those youth who already possess a tolerable knowledge of their own language, and instruct them both in religion and science. The more elementary and general know- ledge can be communicated, by so much the more will the grand object be facilitated. To this end, a course of geography, general history, physics, &,c., is not only to be recommended, bat is necessary. With the aid of this powerful weapon, knowledge, prejudice of every form can be effectually combated. The teaching of the English language, and thus opening the road to general literature, has been thought a very practicable way for the attainment of this object. The experiment has been tried, but under many disadvantages. It was fondly hoped that when the Chinese youth became conversant with English literature, they would eagerly avail themselves of their advantages, and become instructors to their fellow-countrymen. But in this, we have been hitherto disappointed. It is, moreover, a most arduous task to teach a Chinese the principles of grammar, and to make him fully acquainted with the spirit of a foreign language, without which he would be very little benefited. They are exceedingly quick in obtaining a smattering of knowledge, and expressing their ideas in a broken jargon, but are slow in under- standing abstract ideas, and mastering the idiom of a foreign tongue. And the prejudices they have imbibed against foreign literature is such that they can not persuade themselves that our books contain more than their own. While we thus freely state these difficulties, we would by no means convey the idea that they are insurmountable. It would be very desirable that some individuals thoroughly acquainted with the best system of education should devote their time and talents to promote it among the Chinese. An institution, located in China, where the higher branches of science could be taught to those previously well versed in Chinese literature, would be desirable. To find a suitable location for such an institution, would perhaps be very difficult, and prejudice might act on the minds of the people, and thus decrease the number of scholars. But from the fact, that the Roman Catholic missionaries prevailed upon a great number of Chinese youth to ac- quire the Latin language, and to wade through the mazes of scholas- tic theology, but little fear need be entertained of the practicability of founding an institution on a liberal plan. Female education, as in all other pagan countries, is greatly ne- glected also in China, but the prejudices against it are not so strong as they were formerly in Hindustan. There are now female Chinese schools at Malacca and Penang, which are in a flourishing state. If we are persuaded, as every thinking Christian ought to be, that no country can be raised from barbarism, and enjoy the privileges of the gospel, until the female sex obtains its proper rank in society, we shall exert ourselves to the utmost to establish female schools. Obstacles there undoubtedly will be to such a plan, but w« hope by the gracious assistance of God to overcome them all. 566 Christian Missions in China. APRIL, 3. After mature reflection, we have become convinced that not- withstanding the complicated structure of the Chinese language, it may be reduced to very simple rules, which will greatly facilitate its acquisition for natives as well as foreigners. Instead, however, of dwelling upon this subject, which can be better proved by trial than argument, we would again recur to the difficulties which render composition in Chinese so arduous a task. Even a native must study five or six years, before he is able to write a tolerable essay, and yet how paltry are most of those which are approved at the literary ex- aminations. Whoever wishes to excel as a Chinese author, will find it as great a labor as to write Attic Greek or Ciceronian Latin, if not even more so; but his reward will be far greater, for he can benefit my- riads by his words. The Chinese are more of a reading nation than any other of the Asiatics. Their literature is very voluminous, being the collective productions of many ages and numerous writers. The press will be the great engine with which to batter the walls of separa- tion, superstition, and idolatry. The leisure time that remains, after the elements of the language are acquired, and the missionary has become able to preach, may well be employed in forming his style according to the best models. Not that we mean to say that the strength of argument and power of conviction are solely contained in excellency of speech; far be it from us to advance an opinion so diametrically opposite to the sentiments of the great apostle; but all that is to be desired is, that our compositions may be in an easy, perspicuous, idiomatic and pleasing style, so that while they afford instruction they may be read with delight. Much has been attempted in this way, but still there is no one among the laborers now in the field, who could prove his thorough knowledge of the Chinese language, by laying down the rules which constitute its excellencies, peculiarities and defects; and yet, such a critical knowledge is indispensable. It should be a standing rule, that none but idiomatical writings be published. The reasons for this are obvious. A nation, prejudiced, proud, and ignorant, can neither comprehend nor relish other com- positions. It has been suggested that those native converts who are qualified be employed as writers. This is a good thought, but it must always be kept in mind, that the whole current of their ideas runs in the same channel as that of their countrymen, and that however excellent in point of style their productions may be, they convey comparatively but little information. The Roman Catholic mission- aries tried the same plan, and the result was similar to what we have described. Before the minds of the Chinese are aroused from the lethargy under which they labor, this task will fall on foreign laborers, and, with the help of the Almighty, the Giver of every good and perfect gift, it will be accomplished. The fundamental doctrines of the gospel should be the principal topics of our writings. A Savior for lost man, redemption through his blood, grace, sanctification, a God above all to be praised forever, his greatness and power, and our obligations to him, are subjects Christian Missions in China. 567 exclusively Christian. These ought to employ our pens first of all; and here, eloquent, affectionate and urgent appeals should be made to invite sinners to come to Christ. A second point will be to elu- cidate these subjects, by historical facts referring to native works; and by these means to rivet attention, and to show the excellency of our creed, hope, and prospects. This opens a large field, which has scarcely been trodden. Works upon scientific subjects, which of themselves embrace a very extensive sphere, at first may be published upon a small scale, and in close imitation of Chineie works upon the same topics. Let them be gradually enlarged, until they rank among the best produc- tions of the country. Here we have a great advantage. Science in China stands at a low state; many of their productions are puerile, or at least, unsatisfactory, and if the people can be prevailed onto examine the respective merits of the two with an unbiased mind, we flutter ourselves that we should very soon gain credit. The chief object in writing scientific works should be to humble ihat arrogance which opposes improvement. To effect this, usefulness should be aim- ed at, and the matter be made so interesting as to induce the reader to seek for further knowledge. The whole compass of science ought to be embraced, though a certain gradation of subjects should be maintained, and it appe.irs to us. that geography and history would be good treatises to commence the series. Little hiis hitherto been done in this branch, and that which is extant is defective; but the days of sloth are past, and if we meet with sufficient encouragement from our own countrymen and the Chinese, there will, we trust, be no complaint of the want of books. For the publication ot religious treatises, the churches at home have pledged themselves, and we have no doubt of their readiness to fulfill their promises. The pub- lication of works upon the Chinese language, of which there is al- ready a considerable number, can only be undertaken with a view of improving the labors of our predecessors, and of rendering the acquirement of the language easier. Here is a large field, but it de- serves only a secondary consideration. Works in the languages of Europe, which would illustrate the literature of China, or give a dis- tinct view of the empire, might be occasionally compiled in order to invite attention to the welfare of this people; and for this purpose they can be recommended. Our books may be disposed of in various ways. Scientific works, which interest the general reader, and well written religious essays, may be disposed of by means of booksellers. A feeble attempt of this kind has lately been made. But we can not expect that the in- terest felt in this new literature will at first be so great as to lead us to hope that the Chinese will defray all the expense. It will therefore be necessary to look for aid from societies, and from bene- volent individuals interested in the cause, until we have gained some ground. Though it is the surest way to work by means of interested booksellers upon the mass of community, and to make our books cheap and in the best style, yet this procedure is slow, and often 568 Christian Missions in China. APRIL, uncertain. The gratuitous distribution of hooks, the method hitherto adopted, insures circulation, but we are not always so circumstanced as to make a proper choice of individuals on whom to bestow them. In the expeditions along the coast, many thousands of volumes have been disposed of to an eager populace, who crowded around the distributor, and actually forced the books from him. Although it is pleasing to see such impetuosity, it is more desirable to maintain a better mode of circulating the books. Under present circumstances, however, k would materially aid the cause if a vessel went anuually from Haenan to Chihle, scattering them amongst the thousands who have never heard of Christ. 4. To furnish fruits is a proof of the excellency of the gospel, and an efficacious mode of convincing unbelievers. A missionary station ought to have a hospital and a physician ;—this is aposto- lical. If the bodily misery which prevails throughout China is taken into consideration, this is perhaps a sine, qua nun of a station; and it might be well to commence soon at Canton. But it should not be deemed sufficient to afford medical help merely, for which there will be many applicants; a lively interest in the welfare of individ- uals, kind assistance in the hour of need, or a friendly word under sufferings, open the heart for the reception of truth. By imitating our Savior and his apostles in well-doing, we shall prove our claim to be called his disciples. It is a matter of joy that some physicians are on the point of joining in the good work. But it should never be forgotten, that it is the most sacred duty of all to alleviate suffer- ings, and thus to show that the gospel is indeed a message of mer- cy. To do this, requires few directions; if we love the Chinese, and this is a pre-requisite in a missionary to this people, we shall show them works of love, and be unwearied in convincing them that we are actuated by the spirit of love. It is by the irresistible power of this noble quality that we hope to gain ground; if we have it not, Paul's remarks tp the Corinthians (I Cor. ch. 13) apply to us. We anticipate that happy time when our wishes shall be realized, and our prnyers heard; for we earnestly desire the salvation of China. Even should this appeal be ineffectual, and the foregoing suggestions, which are the result of much reflection on the spot, be re- jected, yet the time will come, when the Christian churches will not be content with merely saying, "China is inaccessible;" when they will think it their duty to adopt the most effectual measures for spreading the gospel in this large country; and when laborers of different nations will unite in the work. Perhaps our mortal bodies may he then moldering in the grave, and our spirits be with God; but could we see, with Simeon of old, the day of the Lord and the Consolation of Israel approaching, we would humbly exclaim with him, " Lord, now lettest thou thy servant depart in peace, according to thy word, for mine eyes have seen thy salvation, which thou hast prepared before the face of all people." 1835. The Sandwich Inlands. oG9 ART- V. Sandwich Islands : code of laws by Kanikenoiili, the king, 1835; Alemanaka Hawaii, no ka makahiki i> ko kaknu liaku o .Iran, Kristo, 1835; Ka Lama Hawaii, 1834 ; Ke Kama Hawaii, 1834. WHEN these islands were discovered by Captains Cook and King in 1778, they had, it was supposed, a population of 400,000 souls. Between the time of their discovery and 1819, the number of inhab- itants was reduced more than one half: this was occasioned partly by the wars which raged during the reign of Tamehameha, and " partly by the ravages of a pestilence which was introduced by foreign vessels." Previous to 1819, idolatry, superstition, and ignor- ance, went hand in hand through the islands, debasing and destroying their inhabitants. "These people," said those who had visited their shores, and who were opposed to any efforts being made to improve their condition, "these people are so addicted to their pagan customs, that they will never give them up. They will not abandon their tabus and their sacrifices. You may attempt to teach them better, but you will never succeed." Yet in great mercy, Jehovah has looked down upon those deluded inhabitants; idolatry has been overthrown; super- stition and ignorance have received a denth blow; and a work has been commenced which, as it advances, will place the people of the Sandwich Islands among the most enlightened and happy nations of the earth. Fifteen years ago the islanders were wholly destitute of the means of instruction : they had no books; no written language; and no laws. But in all these, and many other particulars, there have been rapid and most pleasing changes. We have letters from the Islands to the 15th, and the ' Ke Knmu Hawaii,' to the 18th of Febru- ary, 1835. The prospects of the mission were then more promising than they had been during the last twelve months. The work of improvement in every department was progressing. The number of pages printed in the year ending June Jst, 1834, was upwards of four millions. Some efforts, we understand, are about to be made to in- struct the inhabitants in the business of manufactures : and these, it is hoped, will lead to the adoption of some measures for the improve- ment of the agriculture of the islnnda Our correspondents have kindly favored us with specimens of all the works, the titles of which stand at the head of this article. The third and fourth are newspapers; the former was commenced early in 1834, and the other in November of the same year. They are both neatly printed, in good style, and so far as we can judge are well calculated to accomplish the objects for which they are designed, u> interest and instruct the native inhabitants. The Kumu Hawaii, or 'Hawaiian Teacher,' for November 2Gth, notices the death of the Scottish traveler and naturalist, Mr. David Douglas. The 'Ale- manaka' is, we suppose, the first ever printed in the l.-lands. The code of laws is also an original production, and the first wriuen statutes that ever were promulgated in the land. The laws are only five in number. The following translation has been forwarded to us; O r cm: REP: VOL. in. 73 570 Thr. Sandwich Islands. AI*RII,, and we give it entire, as a very curious specimen of legislation. The laws are prefaced by the following preamble:— "Wt make a' proclamation. AH ye people of every land, hear and obey. Let him who hears these laws obey them; but if lie transgresses, he will be guilty." Then come the laws:— "1. We prohibit muTder. Let no one of any country commit mur- der here. Whoever takes the life of another with a malicious design to kill, he shall die. Whoever in anger destroys human life, yet not intending to kill, he shall be imprisoned four years. Whoever aids in destroying human life with an intent to kill, he shall die. Whoever aids in destroying human- life, yet not designing to kill, he shall he imprisoned four years. Whoever with malice incites or entices to Uie commission of murder, if the murder be actually committed, he shall die. Whoever incites or entices another to kill, and no life is thereby taken, he shall be imprisoned four years. "Whoever in anger stabs with a sharp instrument, or strikes with a weapon, or throws missiles, and the life of an individual is thereby destroyed, he shall die- Whoever stabs with a sharp instrument, or strikes with a weapon; or throws missiles with malicious intent to kill, yet no one dies thereby, he shall be imprisoned four years. Whoever threatens to take the life of a person, and the deed is actually com- mitted, he shall die. Whoever threatens to take the life of a person and actually beats him but not to death, he shall be imprisoned four years. Whoever robs and kills a person, he shall die. Whoever robs a person1 but spares his life, he shall be imprisoned four years. "Whoever kills a shipwrecked person, whoever drives fatally a per- son into a place of death, whoever destroys a child after its birth, whoever (maliciously) burns a house with fire,—all these are reckoned as murderers. And if the criminal sentenced to imprisonment chooses to commute with money, he shall pay fifty dollars for each of the four years, and then be lawfully discharged ; but in failure thereof he shall be put to labor till the four years expire, then be discharged. If the said criminal is again guilty of the same crime, he shall be fined one hundred dollars for each year, and in this ratio shall his sentence be increased till the fourth offense. This shall be the judgment of those who escape capital punishment. Furthermore, whoever plots the death of the king, and prepares the means of his destruction, his crime is similar to that of murder,—he shall be put in irons and banished to another land, and1 there remain till he dies. KAUIKEAOULI. "2. This is the second. We prohibit theft. The person who steals property whatever it may be, shall restore double the value of that which was stolen. If the amount stolen was one dollar, two dollars shall be restored. In the same ratio shall he pay, to whatever sum the property stolen mny amount. IT he can not restore two fold in kind, he shall restore the value in other property to be estimated at the cash price. It the thief shall restore according to the provision of this law, paying in full the fine to the individual whose goods he has stolen, the person thus remunerated shnll pay to the judge one fourth of every dollar to 1853. The Sandwich Islands. 571 any amount which the thief pays to him whose property was stolen. If the thief does not make restitution, he shall be either imprisoned or sentenced to labor, or be whipped. If the amount of property stolen be great, it is proper that the number of lashes be increased, and if small that they be diminished. Thus also the imprisonment and the labor. KAUIKEAOULI. "3. This is the third. We prohibit illicit connections. The married woman who commits adultery is punishable by this law. This is the fine; fifteen dollars for the man, and fifteen for the woman, and if not paid in money, in other property to the amount of fifteen dollars. And for want thereof, tlie offender shall be imprisoned four months, or sentenced to four months' labor. Of the fine for adultery as adjusted by this law, five dollars shall be paid to the judge, and ten to the hus- band if it be a woman; or if it be a man who is the criminal, (ten dollars) to the wife. "Furthermore, any one who abets the adultery of another's wife, or husband, or prostitutes a wife, or husband, or daughter, or son, or neighbor, or brother, or sister,—any father-in-law his daughter-in law, or son-in-law his mother-in law, any two men having one wife, or any two women one husband, and who cohabit illegally in this new age,-— all these are punishable according to the above lines. And if the husband of the adulterous wife, or wife of the adulterous husband, desires to be separated for life on account of disgust arising from fre- quent adultery and bad conduct, let a bill of divorcement be given and let them separate; but the adulterous person shall by no means marry again till the death of the party forsaken; and whoever has illicit intercourse with the adulterous person during the life of the party for- saken, it is adultery, and punishable according to the sentence in the preceding lines. "The fornicator, the prostitute, the person who keeps a house for prostitution, whoever aids in prostitution and makes it a source of profit; the punishment for each of these offenses is ten dollars (in money), or in other property whose value is equal to ten dollars, and for want thereof he shall be imprisoned two months, or sentenced to two months' labor. But the man who with a strong arm, employs force upon a woman because his wishes are not assented to by the woman whom he forces, he shall pay fifty dollars to the woimn on whom he uses violence; or in want thereof, other property to the value of fifty dollars; or he shall be imprisoned five months, or be con- demned to five months' labor. When the person guilty of rape pays filly dollars, fifteen shall be for the judge, and thirty-five for the wo- man on whom he uses violence. This is the punishment for rape. KAUIKEAOULI. "4. This is the fourth. We prohibit deception. He who falsely claims and appropriates to himself the property of another, and he who denies his just debts, and whoever according to this law, is fraudulent in respect to property; the following is the penalty in all such cases. If the amount of property concerning which the deception is used be one dollar, two dollars shall be restored ; and ihe restitution shall be in 572 The Philippine Islands. AMUL, the same ratio to whatever sum the property in question may amount. 1C not restored in money, it shall be in other property ; or for the want thereof, the offender shall he imprisoned four months, or sentenced to four months' labor. When the fraudulent person pays, according to this law, the person whom he has defrauded, then the owner of the property shall pay to the judge one fourth of every dollar which has been recovered, to any amount of property taken by fraudulent means. "Moreover, whoever maliciously slanders an innocent person; and whoever gives false testimony; and whoever himself worships an idol—for that is not the true God—or imposes the burden of this folly upon other people, he is a deceiver. And the punishment of all deceivers who do not thereby deprive others of their property, is either four months' imprisonment, or four months' labor, at the expiration of which time they shall be discharged. KAUIKEAOUI.I. "5. This is the fifth. We prohibit drunkenness. Whoever drinks spirituous liquors and becomes intoxicated, and goes through the streets riotously, abusing those who may fall in his way, he is guilty by this law. He shall pay six dollars in money, or in other property of the siime value, and for want thereof he shall be whipped twenty-four lashes, or be condemned to labor one month, or be imprisoned one month, at the expiration of which he shall be discharged. But if a drunken person shall be riotous, or if one not drunk shall be riotous, and break the bones of an individual, or otherwise inflict a severe wound vvhif.h does not speedily recover, he shall pay to the person injured fifty dollars in money or in other property to the same amount; and for want thereof he shall be imprisoned five months, or be con- demned to five months' labor, or he shall be whipped one hundred lashes and then be discharged. "When the said transgressor pays the fine of fifty dollars, the judge shall be entitled to fifteen dollars, and the person injured, to thirty-five. If the intoxicated person, or a riotous person not intoxicated, breaks down a fence, he shall pay one dollar for each fathom, be the same more or less. And if the offender does not make redress according to this enactment, he shall rebuild the fence which he has broken down. But if the breach in a fence, or in a house be small—for this law is applicable to houses also—the fine likewise shall be small, and if tlie aggressor refuses to pay it, he shall be imprisoned one mouth and then liberated. This is the punishment for damaging a fence or a house. When the individual who damages a fence or house pays the amount forfeited by his crime to the owner, he, the owner, shall pay to the judge one fourth of every dollar, which the fence-breaker, or the house-breaker, shall pay. KAUIKEAOULI." A RT. VI. The Philippine Islands: an address to its inhabitants by their governor and captain-general. [TiiF. " dawn of Spanish regeneration," we would hope with his pxeellenny, (iiilirinl du Torres, is iM'jrimiiug to ln'cak forth from tlie tliirk clouds, which tor 1853. The Philippine Islands. 573 a long period of years, have wrapt in darkness some of the finest portions of the earth—Old Spain, South America, and the Philippines. In the latter, the business of regeneration will be slow and arduous, because the means of intel- lectual and moral improvement,, which alone exalt and give stability to a nation, are very few. Education, arts, sciences, and literature, as well as religion, are all in a low state. But as the work is arduous, so the honor and reward of per- forming it will be great. We wish His Excellency every success in the lauda- ble efforts to improve the inhabitants of the islands over which the "August Queen-regent" has given him the government. We copy the Address from the Canton Register of the 31st ult.j "Gratitude to the august Queen-regent, who, in the name of our high and mighty Queen and lady, Isabella the Second, has been pleased to bestow on me the government of these islands, would exact from me, even were it not a matter of duty, that, responding to such a distinguished mark of her coniidence, I should devote myself incessantly to guard that peace which they so fortu- nately enjoy, and to consolidate that happiness which their loyal inhabitants so well deserve. They are, and ever have been, an especial object of our sovereign's care. It is my duty to regard them in the same light; such is my desire, and such will be my constant aim while I remain intrusted with the government of these islands. Separated by an immense ocean from those countries where I have had the honor to dedicate myself to the service and glory.of my native land, and in which the testimonials of my political career amid the changeful circumstances that I have witnessed, would serve to stifle nil hasty conjectures, I have deemed it proper and becoming to my own cha- racter to anticipate these by frankly coming forward with a short but sincere exposition of those principles which I propose to myself as a beacon in the administration of the countries over which Her Majesty has set me, and the means I intend to adopt towards their benefit. "My first object will be to guard and defend, at all hazards, the sacred rights Of our august Queen throughout these islands. Their history is not unknown to me; and during the time I have resided in them I have been able to satisfy myself of the good intentions of their citizens. I therefore look forward with confidence, that their honor, their gratitude, and a knowledge of their true interests, will henceforward, as till now, ward off from their happy shores the insidious suggestions of the genius of discord: and, con- vinced that it is only under the shadow of the throne of the innocent Isabella they may live secure and fearless from the calamities and horrors which civil war has entailed on other countries, happy and envied whilst they enjoyed the protection of the Spanish flag,—they will give me new proofs of that loyalty which has always distinguished them; I, as the careful guardian of the rights of the throne, as the bulwark of the peace and prosperity of the people, at whose head I stand, will watch, day and night, over such a sacred deposit, over such an inestimable treasure. And if, which I do not fear, there should arise amongst us any of those wretches who shrink from the society of the upright, who abhor peace because it affords no mantle to their crimes, who foment and kindle the flames of rebellion, because they can only thread their way amidst anarchy and confusion—against such the law shall be enforced in its utmost rigor. The punishment of the wicked shall gua- ranty the safety of the good citizen. "The morals of a country inspire distrust, or hold out a prospect of securi- ty; they are the tests of its civilization or its barbarism. Fortunately, those of the inhabitants of the Philippines, being guided by a pious and enlightened legislature, and cherished by zealous ministers of the gospel, do not on the whole, belie the unremitting care and attention of the supreme government to direct them aright. Neveretheless, I can not omit to state, that respect for our holy religion, veneration for its ministers, subordination to the laws, esteem for the constituted authorities of the country, and decorum in public 574 The Philippine Islands. APRIL, conduct, are the principal guaranties of the security and the prosperity of the people: these are qualities which ennoble them. Dignity, virtue, and true happiness were never yet found by the side of impiety, insubordination, and disorder. It will, therefore, be one of my chief objects, zealously to labor for the preservation of good morals, to support and strengthen them, and to correct those blemishes which might lead to their being corrupted. To effect this, therefore, a constant vigilance shall follow the footsteps of those who, without any known means of subsistence, make a profession of vice, and live by fraud and deceit; who roam about with unfixed intentions, who take advantage of candor, honor, and good faith, to involve them in their toils: these corrupt by their pernicious example, they are actual drones, the pests of society. In this abundant country, the productiveness of its soil, the sim- plicity of its culture, a mild and protecting legislature, the rapid communica- tions which facilitate the export of its valuable staples, and even of its scanty manufactures, have given such an impulse to production, that the industrious and persevering man can not do less than take advantage of circumstances, as advantageous as they are difficult to unite. He who in the midst of those should prefer a vile, degrading sloth to moderate exertion, or to an honorable means of obtaining a livelihood, is a wretch who is only anxious to enjoy his ease at the expense of his neighbor's sweat. My eye will be upon such. "But the honorable man, the deserving citizen, be his state or condition what it may, will always find with me a kind reception; at all hours my ears will be open to his complaints, and I will remedy them if they are just; I will listen to his prayers, and grant him the help he may require, if it be in my power. I will not permit that he be the plaything of authority, or the victim of power. I will interpose between the oppressor and the oppressed; if the law be trampled upon, its voice shall be heard, not amid the clash of the passions, but in the respectful silence of the temple of justice, as clearly and as distinctly pronounced as it is my determination never to see her venerable statutes despised. "Convinced that at times it is not the depravity of the heart, but human weakness, or perverted judgment, the impulse of the violent passions, which unfortunately induces men to deviate from the path which a sense of duty and the laws of their country have marked out to them, I shall feel an earnest desire, a sincere pleasure, in checking them for their amendment; aud to obtain this end, I will use the solicitude of a father who is anxious to change his misguided sons into useful members of the family over which he presides. Thus at one time armed with the sword of justice, and at another time sooth- ing its rigors with mercy; always inexorable with the wicked, and always protecting from their thousand snares the upright citizen, peace and safety will be established; and thus complying with the wishes of the august Queen- regent, and satisfying my own, I will devote myself to the utmost to insure the prosperity of these islands. "From the days of Philip the Second till our own time, all our august sovereigns have bestowed unremitting attention to this most interesting object, as the numerous laws and royal schedules, perennial proofs of their wisdom and magnanimity, abundantly attest. But the immortal Christina, scarce yet recovered from her intense grief, waylaid by a reckless and turbulent faction, who are stirring up revolt against her illustrious daughter, surrounded on all Hides by the wants of a great nation, probing their wounds and procur- ing their remedy; in fine, busied with all those weighty cares which are natural to a new reign, which beams on the world the dawn of Spanish regeneration, at the beginning of such an important task, directs her thoughts to this distant handful of her loyal vassals. The supreme tribunals that have to take cognizance of their complaints and necessities, assume a more ex- peditious and analogous form; upright ministers and employes, whose services 1835. The Philippine Islands. 575 beyond sea, whose knowledge and experience equal the firmness of their resolves, are called to her confidence. Sundry other measures for support and protection emanate from the throne; and the future happiness of our ultramarine possessions will be guarantied by the best wishes of a good and illustrious Queen. It having fallen to my lot to put in force her sovereign will throughout these islands, I shall consider it an honorable task to give activity and impulse to the sources of their riches. "Different royal decrees, issued especially since the reign of Charles the III. of glorious memory, up to the present day, have had for their object not only to protect the industrious laborer, but also to stimulate and support him by rewards, which added to the motive of private interest in a country whose fertile soil so abundantly repays the skillful agriculturist, ought to induce to every exertion in the culture and care of their valuable productions. I will see that the most wise and fatherly steps b taken; I will patronize to the utmost the first and noblest of the arts; I will examine minutely the obstacles that might cramp its perfect growth; I will do all in my power to obviate them, and will neglect none of the ways and means that my authority may enable me to use in its support "The first of these is, and ought to be in every agricultural country, to factilitate the export of its surplus produce. Commerce, therefore, that channel of human wealth and knowledge, which has become the stay, the strength, and the common soul of nations, will find in me all the protection which its importance demands, and all that security which a government jealous of its good name can possibly hold out. "Our wisest monarchs have opened their hands liberally to commerce no less than to agriculture ; but ill-founded calculations, information adulterated by impure motive, or mistakes arising from the ignorance of the age, have changed at times their protection, however well meant, into useless, nay, perhaps, fatal interference. The enlightened government of our illustrious Queen is even now discussing this important subject, and new royal decrees, loosing some of the fetters that have till now cramped the genius of commerce in these islands, foretell a favorable change in this branch of the legislature. For my part, in the sphere of my own power, I will avoid all restrictions not absolutely necessary, nor shall I interfere, unless peremptorily called" for. I will give individual enterprise all the scope that it requires, even until it trespasses on the royal commands, and it shall not want the succor that my authority can supply. This succor I will extend alike to native industry, and, as is my wish, so shall I exert myself to rescue it from the state of backward ness into which it is plunged. "Such is my sincere desire to respond worthily to the unlimited confidence with which her Majesty has been pleased to honor me, by supporting and consolidating that happy peace and security which the inhabitants of these islands enjoy, and cherishing their wealth and prosperity. To put these resolutions in force, I reckon upon the cooperation of all the authorities, more especially upon that of the royal council, of which I have the honor to he president; and from my personal acquaintance with all of them, I may entertain a well grounded hope that they will proceed in union and harmony, not al- lowing a spirit of competition or ill-timed discord, to stifle their zeal for the service of H. M., or the common good of these, her royal vassals. The bound- ary line of the faculties and privileges of all is distinctly marked out; not only will I respect it! myself, bat I will take eare that it is trespassed by no other individual; and although, by the royal decree of the 8th of April last, H. M. has been pleased to grant me new powers ef the most ample and unlimited nature, I will not make use of this great distinction and high mark of her confidence, unless compelled to exert them in defense of the important trust committed to my care. "I reckon likewise upon' the loyalty of the distinguished army of these 576 Journal of Occurrences. APRIL, islands, .as it may count upon my attachment and particular regard. I will endeavor that every individual of it may look upon me as his comrade, a sharer of his fortune, interested in his welfare, in his advancement, and determined to honor and protect all those whose conduct may respond to my hopes. Although fully persuaded that the meritorious chiefs and officers at its head will, as until now, know how to be grateful for the distinction and confidence which H. M. has bestowed upon them, still having been schooled by a long experience, I will not fail to inculcate the strictest discipline; and convinced that this is the true strength of soldiers, the nurse of warriors, and the support of the state, I will never look, with an indulgent eye on the slight- est breach of its laws. "I have thus given a slight sketch of the principles which I propose to act upon in the government of these islands. Having adopted them because I believe them just, I will support them with firmness because I consider them equally conducive to the fulfillment of my duty, and the accomplishment of my ardent desire for the happiness of this country. "Manila, March 1st, 1835. » GABRIEL DE TORRES." ART. VII. Journal of Occurrences: black lines in tJie streets of Canton ; imprisoned linguist, pilot, Sfc.; hong-merchants; local officers; drought; bribery and sacrilege; death of imperial offi- cers at Peking; literary examinations; riots in Kansuh; memorial to the emperor, with regulations restrictive of foreign trade at Canton.- A GREAT variety of occurrences and rumors, some of them of a very serious, and others of the most trivial, character, have come to our notice during the month. There is, however, in the political hemisphere a stillness like that in the natural world before a storm, when the elements are held in suspense. There are too; in the course of nature, or rather in that of Divine Provi- dence, signs which interest the most careless observers. It is said by the Chinese, that when a new family is destined to ascend the throne the event is preceded by happy prognostics; and that in like manner, the fall of dy- nasties is preceded by monsters and prodigies. The fall of mountains, earth- quakes, excessive heat, outbreaking of fires, raging storms, inundations, drought, &c., are presages of misfortune. To these, they add many other things which they regard as the precursors of evil. Dark blackish lines in the streets of Canton, and of the adjacent villages, have been objects of wonder among the populace during the last few weeks. We can not ascertain what has given rise to the belief of the existence of the phenomena in question; it is clear, however, that the "dark, blackish lines," exist nowhere else ex- cept in the darkened imaginations of the people. There are other things, however, such as protracted dry weather, and the like, which though they may not be 'presages of misfortune,' are evidently judgments sent from God. The workers of iniquity often go unpunished in this world, while calamities overtake those who do well: but often also, it is otherwise. Whether this great nation, for the iniquities and cruelties with which it is filled, is soon to be dashed in pieces, or whether it is to be preserved, purified, and elevated, we will not venture to predict; but will endeavor to mark those occurrences which illustrate the condition and character of the inhabitants of the land, and those events which manifest the will of God concerning them. 1835. Journal of Occurrences. 577 Imprisoned linguist, pilot, fyc. The expectation, expressed in our last number, that the linguist and others charged with aiding and abetting the late chief superintendent in coming to Canton, would speedily be released, has not been realized. On the contrary, it now seems certain that they have been sentenced to transportation, — the linguist to -'the cold country," and the pilot to one of the neighboring provinces. There is, however, an obscurity about this case, which will induce us to lefer to it in a future num- ber. By the bye, we should like to know what has become of the "inno- cent, unfortunate man," who several months ago, "in obedience to the laws" of the Celestial Empire, "voluntarily gave himself up" to the local authorities. Has he, or has he not, been set at liberty? If not, where ia he, and what is his condition? Hong-merchants. Fatqua, one of the respectable hong-merchants, who was recently declared in debt to government, to the amount of more than three hundred thousand taels, has been compelled to stop business; and it is said is endeavoring to procure a declaration of bankruptcy and sentence of banishment, in the hope of being able after a few years to return and live on " private property." Gowqua's hong, which was recently shut up, has been reopened under the name of Tunghing, instead of Tungyu. Punhoyqua is also resuming, or is about to resume, business. Local officers, (fc. Governor Loo left Canton early in the month for a tour through the western departments of this province and to Kwangso, to attend the military reviews. His excellency has given orders to the Chi- nese authorities at Casa Branca to watch carefully the barbarians at Macao, and to seize and send up to Canton any natives of a suspicious character. Drought. During the last eight months scarcely any rain has fallen in this neighborhood. In consequence of this, several edicts have been recently published. The following singular one appeared on the 25th inst: — "Pioan, the acting chefoo of Kwangchow, issues this inviting summons. Since for a l<»ng time there has been no rain, and the prospects of drought con- tinue, and supplications are unanswered, my heart is scorched with grief. In the whole province of Canton are there no extraordinary persons who can force the dragon to send rain? Be it known to you, all ye soldiers and people, that if there is any one, whether of this or any other province, priest or such like, who can by any craft or arts bring down abundance of rain, I respec'.fnlly request him to ascend the altar (of the dragon), and sincerely and reverently pray. And after the rain has fallen, I w'.ll liberally reward him with money and tablets to make known his merits Speedily comply with the summons. Delay not. A special edict." To this, some of the rogues in the street have added the following lampoon :— "Kwangchow's great protector, the magnate Pwan, Always acts without regard to reason: Now prays for rain and getting no reply, Forthwith seeks for aid to force the Dragon." In obedience to this inviting summons, an 'extraordinary person' has presented himself before the chefoo, and has ascended the altar, promising that he will compel the old Dragon, the God of R;iin, to send down copious showers within three days; what will be the consequences of this mockery remains to be seen. Abundance of incense is being offered; crowds of peo- ple are thronging the temples; the slaughter of animals continues interdicted; and the chief southern gate of the city is closed up. Bribery and .Sacrilege. There is scarcely any specios of malversation or sacrilege, which is not in vogue among the Chinese. Many of these; evil cm . UKI- . voi . 111. 74 579 Journal of Occurrences. APRIL, practices and misdemeanors become so familiar that they excite neither sur- prise nor compunction. None, not even the dumb idols of the country, are free from the rapacity and insults of both rulers and people. Not many years ago, in a season of drought like the present, the chief magistrate of the province, after having prayed a long time to the God of Rain without gaining his purpose, and finding also that nis offerings and presents produced no effect, became enraged with the god, put a chain about his neck, dragged him from his temple, and exposed him to the hot, scorching rays of the midday sun. During the present month, (up to the present day, the 29th,) great efforts have been made to move the compassion of the gods: officers of go- vernment have gone to the temples, sometimes alone, and sometimes en masse, but all their endeavors have hitherto been in vain. "When these officers have to deal with us," say some of the shrewder ones among the people, " they can usually soon obtain the object of their wishes by some means or other; but now they can obtain nothing from the gods, either by their prayers, by their offerings, or by their threats." All officers of government are strictly forbidden to receive bribes. But this prohibition has very little effect The great difficulty is, since the laws which regulate the system of bribery are unwritten, to determine in any given case the amount of money that shall be paid, and the persons among whom it shall be divided. The recent edicts have been a fruitful source of gain. The people must have provisions; and the butchers must sell the beef, pork, Sic., which they have slaughtered. But to do this, it is necessary to blind the eyes of the police-men who are near them. Sometimes the poor butcher comes in contact with two sets of these har- pies; and then he is in danger. A case of this kind occurred on the 24th inst The man opened his stall under the protection (which he bought) of the Tartar soldiers near one of the gates of the city. A servant of a civil magistrate, passing that way, and being refused the demand which he made, reported the case to his master, who immediately hastened to the spot accompanied by a number of his soldiers. The butcher stood his ground, supported by his friends, the Tartar soldiers; the magistrate descended from his sedan, and ordered his minions to seize and bind the impious wretch who dared to violate a public edict Blows soon followed angry words, and the magistrate, beaten and overpowered by numbers, was compelled to return. The next day, the butcher was missing, and the case was reported to the superior authorities. Peking: death of imperial officers. Recent gazettes contain notices of the death of four high officers of state, viz, Tsaou Chinyung, Tae Tun- yuen, Wanyin, and Shingyin. The first of these died of a cold, in the 87th year of his age. He was cabinet minister, president of the Hanlin Col- lege, &c. The second, Tunyuen, was president of the Tribunal of Punish- ments ; the third was president of the Tribunal of Public Works; and the fourth was commissioner to Canton last year, and died on his way back to Peking. Literary examinatioru. In consequence of the empress dowager, the step- mother of Taoukwang, reaching the 60th anniversary of her birth (not the 70th, as we erroneously stated in a former number,) there are to be this year throughout the empire, extra literary examinations, for attaining both the higher and lower degrees. The examinations for the degree of keu-jin, are to take place at the usual time, tnz. on the 8th moon of the year. This joyous event, " the holy mother's birthday," and another equally felicitous, the exaltation of a new empress, have caused a great variety of special fa- vors, pardons, &c., to be decreed; all of which induce his majesty to hope that this year will be one of great rejoicing throughout the empire. Riots. There is in the gazettes, a notice of riots in Kansuh. An attack was made on the office of the governor, and his house was set on fire by the populace. The affray, however, was soon stopped, and quiet restored. 1835. Journal of Occurrences. 579 Document from the hoppo, containing a memorial from the Canton government to the emperor, with eight regulation! restrictive of foreign trade. Pang, by imperial appointment, super!atendent of the maritime customs of Canton, r -/ Mnries > i» » 7 JARTES SCIENTIA VERITAI THE CHINESE REPOSITORY VOL. V FROM MAY, 1836 TO APRIL, 1837 MARUZEN CO., LTD. TOKYO Asia Libiary v<> 1*1 This edition may not be sold to North, Central and South America. Reprinted in Japan TJ1-K CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. V. FROM MAY 1836, TO APRIL 1837. CANTON: PRINTED FOR THE PROPRIETORS. 1837. ..I/LAR, a Mohammedan 273,357 s in A'sani, tribes of - 53,99 mts, acute and grave - 24 .sghlags, the white-capped Mohammedans - - 352 cultural implements described 485 ,od shah, ruler of Iskardo - 2(i8 ng-phura or Alompra, king 73 'hoi, its constituent parts - 289 anacs of India and China - 2 ;riciiii ship in China, first - 219 ;rica with China, relations of the U. S. of - - 218,228 jrica with Cochinchina, rela- tions of the U. S. of - • 541 ir of Bokhara - - - 270 Irews, vocabulary of Rev. L., 77 rlochinese college, R»port of 90 roching mountains - - 213 ion, Lord, interview with the governor ol'C.m!on - 127 .can, the province of - 72,212 ;o, a kins's ship, measured 130 neninn apothegms - - 278 im, general description of 49,71,97 amese, tribes of 97 istic Journal, errors of - 282 (ociations and sscts denounced 94 plum at Penang, orphan - 147 plum, the Par.ipattan - 88 ksii, the district of - 271,317 rungzib, the Indian conqueror 97 tumnal assizes - 44,47 'BER, prince of Ko!;an - 269 iracter, the conduct of - 533 hlow in the Lama country - 53 Ikh, the province of - 268 nditti in Fuhkeen, seizure of, 8 nkok, the city, &c. - - 57,23 nkruptcy of a merchant - 9 .Labong, province in Kamboja 5 > Batavia, mission at - 88,352,264 Battaks, nime and character of 3-13 Baujin, Usbek envoy to Peking 351 Begs, the Mohammedan - 271,534 Beldestan, or Iskardo, state of 2(j8 Bedford, captnin, in A'sam - 51 Benevolences of government - 92 Biography of eminent women - 83 Bogtie,' forts at the, &c. 240,288,349 Bokhara, state of - - - 268 Bombay, mission to - - 91 Borneo, a voyage to 231 Botany of the East - - 118 Bradley, Report of Dr. Dan B. 444 Brahmins, their conduct 102,215 British commerce - - 527 British Commission in Canton 431,576 British relations withChinal23,248,422 Brown in A'sam, the Rev. Mr. 104 Budnkshan, a small state - 268 Budhist p-iest, a swindler - 9 Biigis. ttu-ir name - Biiri Dihing, a river Biiri Lohit, a river Burmah, mission in Burmah, situation of - 333 51 50 49,91,286 72 Burmans, the character of the 53 CABU'I,, its relation to Bokhara 269 Calendar, Chinese Court - 3 Canals of the Siamese - - 105 Cannon of the Chinese - - 107 Csps, order for changing - 336 Capsing moon, position of - 348 Carey's translation of Scripture 103 Caribari hills in A sam, - 104 Cash, their reduced value - - 140 Cashmir, the state of - - 268 Catty, the Siamese - - 105 Cazim Mohammed, his history 97 Changling, rewards given to - 356 Charlton, lieutenant - 4IUOO IV Chcrra punji mountains - 33,101 Chestan, Rev Mr. of Corea - 147 Chiangmai, the city of - - 105 China, A Abelha da, newspaper 154 China, the raja of - - - 553 China, places on south coast of 337 Chinese, mode of torching - 62 Chinese books in England - 282 Chinese Chronicle, Malicca - 147 Chinese periodical literature - 2 Cliin?3(.' Htudents, foreign - 148 Chines; Repository, No. of copies 159 Hiitral, the state of - - 2«8 ~;iioo footsze, tlie philosopher 83 Circular, Cnnton Court - 240 Coal found in A'sain - - J Coast, description of the southern 337 Cochinchina, the Peacock at - 544 Codiinchina. Chinese frontier of 340 Cohong, its origin - - 126 CoJburn's Intellectual Arithmetic 77 College for Chinese in Penan? 147 Commerce, the hong merchants' report on 385 Commerce, the foreign - - 432 Commercial agents in Canton, 429 Conaomnls, how used - 27,68.75 Consuls in Canton, foreign - 431 Consuls of ths U. S. in Canton 218 Consuls in Cnnton, French - 132 Corea, the bishop of 147 Council of state, the General 6 Criminals absconding 93 Criminal's heads exposed - 9G DAVIES, Rev. Evan, Penang - 88 Davis1 account of'China, J. F. 280 Davis'opinion of opiiun - - 57) Dayak's covenant by blood - 234 Dayaks of Borneo - - 233 Deb r»ja, territory of the - 52 Decapitation of criminals - 48 Description of Mmipiir - - 212 Dey: ah D >on, or Subathu - 211 Dhursiri river - - 50,105 Dibiiru, the river - 54,99 Diacritical'marks, use of - 24 Diard, M., a French naturalist 122 Dikho, the river ... 50 Diseases of the eyes (see hospt) 34 Disturbances in Hoonan - 239 Dollars, their circulation - 419 Dollars, their weight - - 421 Durung, district of - - 50 Duties, Illustration of - - 308 Dver. the Rev. S. dt Malacca 88, EDUCATION Soc. Morrison, 238,373 Education, remarks on - - 57H Egyptian inscriptions - 281 Ele, city and state of - - 270 Elephants, the white - - 5;% Elphinstone's opinion at Canton 245 Eleutlis, a race of Tartars - 271 Embassies, remarks on - - SIS Emperor's family - - 576 Englishman kills a Chinese - 221 Envoys, imperial - - 144,239,384 Examinations, triennial - - 57b' Executions, capital - - 240 FAIRY lost, the British brig 288,336 Fathom of the Siamese 57 Ferghana (see Kokan) - 269 Fires in the city - 48,96,288,336 Fire at Yuenming Yuen - 432 Fire-engines tor Hoonan - 28tJ Flint, the treatment of Mr. - 128 Flora Cochinchinensis - - 118 Foreigners about Koko-nor - 9 Foreigners, expulsion of o-?-:,384,528 Forts of the Chinese - - 167 Foreigners in Canton - - 426 Fraternity of great elevation - 10 Free intercourse between China and Christendom - - 241 Free trade, the system of - 157 French relations with China - 132 Fuang, a Siamese weight - 60 GALES, severe ... 192 Gambling in the imperial palace 9 Garhawal, district of 211 Gnrpons or officers - - 210 Gar'>, ridge (and state) of - 50,103 Gaudama, a deity 35 Gium, or chief of the Meris - 51 unis or clans in Asain - 217 Gazette, London Literary - 283 Genghis khan ... 5^73 Gernaert, French consul at Canton J.'jii Gilgit, name of a state - - 268 Glasgow East India Association -334 Gonlpara, town of - - - 50 Golub Singh of Juniim of Tibet 2t>7 Gordon, captain 54 Gordon, Mr., of the tea committee 100 Government, the Chinese - 178 Govindau, an image - - 214 Grant, major 54 Gungut, the state of 268 Gunpowder by the Chinese, invention of • - 166 INDEX. »N, the is In ml of - - 340 the collegiate 47 . the sandy desert - - 270 liian language - - 12,78 :hel, on sounds Sir John, 66 ;y islands, occurrences in 43 lalaya mountains - 50,127,210 ustan 97 liisra .... 102 ir, the state - - 262 iry among the Chinese - 198 [-merchants, list of - 432 ;chun, (a Mantchou ?) - 273 o proposes to visit the Oph- .haliuii: Hospital 41 0 in 1702 - - - 125 jurgh, obituary of captain 381 jurgh's opinion of opium 570 .tal in Bankok - - 444 ital, Ophthalmic 32,185,323,456 ital for seamen - - 273 ital, the foundling - - 47,95 1'a visit, the baron - - 268 WORSHIP 48 try of Chinese officers - 47 •ial edicts—the term, - 6 m - - 317 us of North America - 73,99 1 Archipelago, trade with 43-3 Chinese languages - 72 Chinese Repository - 149 raja ... - 59 lies, Sicrificial - - 313 ictor, Juvenile - - 150 •ection in Hoonan 46 •ection in Kwangse - 144 •ection in Shense - 44,145 :ourse with China 243,253,:«5 itions, how used - - 29,74 di, the river ... 100 (Isahk), Moham. prince 240,352 lo, state of - - - 208 !, town of - - 270,213 TKMOWT, the traveler - 211 li Mohammedans - - 273 .ries, their destruction - 530 sse in Canton, - - 48D (or Turks?) - - - 207 gir, the chieftain 273,316,351 is in Asi'ni, Captain - 49>98 of the Chinese - - 173 A/R, province of - .reso, a tribe of Kalden, khan of the Elcuths - 273 Kalmuks, roving tribes of - 269 Kakus, tribes of - 52,99 Kamboja, king lorn of - - 55 Karataghtag, tribe of white capped Mohammedans - - 352 Khojehorchiefof Eleuths - 273 Khoten, population of - - 353 Kirghis, a tribe - - 268,351,:«3 Kokan, state and population of 268 Kokphaya, temple and town 58,162 Kouche, population of - - 271 Kourkhara-usu, a Russian town 271 Krutzenstein, a Russian - 66 Kublai khan, the Mongol - 204 Kuchangs, a rude tribe - - 216 Kullung river in Assam - 50 Kumsing Moon anchorage 336,347,528 Kiindil nulla, 52 Kiinduz, town of - - - 268 Kupuis, a rude tribe - - 216 Kutibong, province of Kamboja, 55 Kutch Behar, frontier of - 97 Kyendyen, a river ... 213 L'AiwroT, account of 2C8 Ladakh, chief of - - - 270 Lidakh, state of - - - 267 Lama country, upper A sam 53,100 Lamaism, its character - - 102 Lanchang, capital of - - 105 Languages, Egyptian and Chinese 281 Lantao, island of - - - 348 Laos, the country of 56,73 Lassa in Tibet, city of, - - 47,267 Left Neu Chiien, a classic - 83 Leh, capital (misprinted Scb) 216,268 Lew Heang's writings, a classic 83 Leyden's Malay Annals - 553 Lindsay, letter of Mr. H. H., 246 Linguists, list of th'ir names - 4:52 Lish at Cherra punji, Mr., - 103 Literary chancellors censured, 45 Literary piracy reprehended - 95 Ljungstedt, death of Sir Andrew 334 Loaning system in China - 93 Lockwood, at Batavia Rev. H. 88 Lolos, a race of Shans - - 2C9 Loureiro, J. de, his work, - 117 Low's grammar of the Tai, Capt 78 Ludiana, English agent at - 268 Lnhchow's essay on commerce 433 Lu'npli, a walled city - - 160 :: 1! 3 y> 3»> =*• ^ 49,97,212 M.4CA1STA Impnrcial, newspaper 152 53 J Macao, Chronica de, newspaper 152 VI INIIEX. Macao Gazette, a newspaper - 331 Macao, government of - - 431 Macao, historical account of - 334 Macao, no opium to be in - 549 Macnish on opium - - 570 Madras Journal, character of the 33'i Maemae-ching near Russia - 207 Magazine, errors of the Penny 154 Magazine, New Monthly - 280 Magazine, the Chinese - - 575 Maha Chakrapat, prince - 162 Malacca Observer, newspaper 147 Malay Annuls by Dr. Leyden 554 Malays of Borneo, character of 231 Manas or Bonash river 50 Manipur, description of - - 212 Manipur, kingdom of - - 49,97 Manipur valley, length of - 54 Manipiiris, their character - 54 Manji (Maneej in south of Cbini 204 Maomariyas, tribes of - -51,101 Marians, a tribe of 216 Martaban, the city of - - 59 Ma szeyay's poetry - - 190 Marehman on tones 76 Materia Mctlica of Le Shechin 139 Matheson, on free intercourse Mr. James, - - 243 Maweralnehar, state of - - 268 Mayeng wat, Siamese temple - 60 Medhurst at Batavia - - 88 Meris, wild tribes - - 51 Military skill of the Chinese, - 161 MirofKiindiiz, - 268 Misenor, Mr., chief of the Factory 127 Missionaries to the east, - 285 Modern China, 202,267,316,357 Mogaung, capital of Tai 72,73,102 Mohammed Ali, pacha of Egypt 534 Mongols favor foreigners - 204 Moorcroft, travels of - 211,268 Motgong, town of - - 51 Murray's Account of China - 391 Musulmans - - - - 112 Mutaks, tribes of - - 51,98,103 NA'OA tribes - - 53,216 Nagsh-bandi sect, the Ak Tak 352 Naksang, prince of Laos - 58 Napier's conduct, remarks on 250 Nasal sounds, remarks on - 25 Nature, the gift of heaven - 83 Navigateur, crew of the ship - 132 Navy, the imperial - - 172 Negrais, cape of - - - 212 Nepal, tin: kingdom of - - 52 New-year's day. - - -155 Newspapers beyond the (.anges 145 Ningthi, river of - - - 213 Noa Diking river 52 Nowchow, port of - - 343 Nursery learning, 83 ODES, the Book of - - 308 Offensive proclamation issued 336 Office, dismissal from - - 481 Officers, appointment of deputy 7 Omar, khan of Kokan - - 274 Oortungs, or stages - - 272 Opium mania, a case described 36 Opium, Heu Naetse's paper on 139 Opium, governor Ting's report on 259 Opium, memorials on - - 390 Opium for China, preparation of 595 Opium, history of traffic in, &c. 546 Opium trade 254,297,367,407,560 Opium trade, proposed regulations of the - - - - 226 Opium trade, premium for an essay on the - - 417,524,573 Orenburg, a Russian town - 269 Oroumchi, presidency of - 270 Orthography proposed for Chinese words - - - 22,66,481 Ottoman empire, its condition 529 Oushi, population of - - 271 Oxus, Jihon, or Amoo, river, - 268 PAK.TAM, in Siam, town of, - 105 Pakong, prince - - - 58 Pallas' visit to Kiakhta - - 207 Pamer, the plains of - - 268 Panton, captain, his conduct - 130 Parker's Hospital reports - 32,323 Patani, the state and town, of 59 Peacock, U.S. sloop of war 44,228,542 Pegu, the king of - - - Ifjo Peking Gazettes, character of 6,44 Pemberton, discovery by capt. 73 Pemberton in Manipur, capt. 212 Penang Gazette, its character 146 Periodical literature of China 2 Periodical Miscellany - 150,477 Periodicals in the East, European 145 Petition presented to government 48 Phraklang, a Siamese officer - 161 Phukhautong, a wat or temple, 59 Phuyen in Cochinchina - 544 Phya krek, a Siamese, - 55 Pickering, works of Hon. John 7.3 Pictures, admonitory - - 571 Pigou, opinion of Frederick - 12H INUKX. VII tea, execution of - - 384 ts, euphorbiaceous - - 437 nesian language, origin of 12 pi, case of nasal 39 ilationofEle - -271 >y, cultivation of the - 470 nguese, first settlement of 346 , delay of the Chinese - 479 iiumof£100 - 413,573 B is not free in China - 11 s, the Canton, newspaper 156 10 ry Lessons, a classic 81,305 ting, invention of - - 153 ting in China, cost of - 158 ic works, repairs of - 94 Nias, mission to - - 147 shment, instances of 75,96,192 nkequa, a hong-merchantJ 547 at Gowahati, Rev. Mr. f03 -storms, severe - 528,576 tirat, - - - 57,105 a, the Budha, 57 toning, triennial - 92,576 rm of abuses, governmental 241 ster, the Canton, newspaper 154 ew, Foreign'Quarterly - 281 9, Book of, a classic, - 83 erts in Annam, Edmund - 542 ;rtson, Mr., agent in Asam 98 anizing system in India, 73 11 Asiatic Society, - - 476 ruquis, De, embassador - 264 g, Chinese Domestic, - 306 s, Chinese Sacrificial, - 312 phius'Herbarium AmLoiriense 120 ja Gora, town - - 51 lit Singh, prince - - 268 lian influence eastward - 211 TA Khava Gohain, the - 52 jra, a town in A'sam 49,50,71 manufacture of - 343,350 wich Island Gazette - 478 wich Islands, language of 80 ols at Malacca - - 88 ols, in China character of 85,147 itific institutions in Bengal 574 , Mr. David 97 ; Sir Walter, lines on - 31 jsh Christian Herald - 284 lorse, the British frigate 130 11 He6, a classic - - 87 ten, rules for admitting - 274 i and associations 94 i, their power - 211,267,268 Sen, Siamese measure - 58 Seylax, navigator of the Indus 112 Slums, their origin - - 71 Shaw's account of visit - - 219 Sliinh sect, its character - 268 Ships lost in the China trade 191,2:38 Siam, late bishop of - - 147 Siam, mission to - - - 237 Siam, origin of the name - 71 Siamese history - 55,105,160,537 Siamese eras defined - - 55 Siamese orthography - - 56 Siamese types newly prepared 91 Siamese ship-building - - 235 Siainc.su missionary dispensary 444 Sickness of officers - - 96 Silhet, the town - - 53,54,97 Silk-weaver, fall of a - - 40 Singapore, missionaries at - 91 Singapore Chronicle, newspaper 151 Singapore Free Press, newspaper 151 Singapore schools - - 237 Singh, Gumbhir, king of Manipur 214 Singh, prince Runjit, - - 268 Singpho tribes - - - 52,99 Singpho country - - - 210 Sir, Sihon, or Jaxartes - - 272 Sisi district 51 Sisin, a Siamese hero - - 106 Skottowe, the conduct of captain 129 Slave trade, the Chinese - 480 Slung, a Siamese coin - - 58 Small-pox in Siam - - 60 Smugglers captured - 47,384,432 Spiritus asper, how used - 24 Staunton's, remarks of Sir G. T., 248 Stevens, obituary of Rev. E., 513 Student's Manual, ancient classic 86 Sunite creed - - - 268 Sutlej river - - - - 211 TAI language, its character - 73 Tajiks, or aboriginals • • 268 Tak ak, nagash-bandi sect - 352 Tak kura, kadaries, a sect - 352 Tallow tree, Stillingia sebifr.ru 439 Taoukwang's birth-day - - 240 Tariff, correspondence on the 129,181 Tartary, north-western - - 144 Tattooed criminals - - 240 Tawadas, images of - - 105 Tea found in A'sam - - 102 Tea trade with China - - 288 Tea tree in Singpho - - 210 Teas, to England exports of, - 158 Temperance ships, character of 256 SI 31 c-: n; VIII INIiF.X. Terranova, hit) execution • 223 Testament, Chinese New - 88 Thai Yai, name of Laos - 56 Thalein, a river - - - 208 Theft in Peking • 239 Theinga pa,ni river - - 52 Thunder storms, severe 44,527 Tibet, changes in - - - 47 Tienpak, notice of town of - 343 Tones, how used in speaking 29,76 Toplis's pacificator - - 165 Tracts, distribution of - . 287 Trade,jmissions will help . 256 Transoxiana, state of - - 268 Treasure, despatch of - - 96 Troops, review of - - 45,47,336 Troughton, plunder of barque, 131 Tsungling mountains - - 268 Tsze Hea, writings of - - 87 Tsze Sze, writings of • • 83 Turkestan, prince Isaac in 240,968 Turkey, or Ottoman empire 530 Turkmans, their character 269,530 USBEKS, or Turki - - - 268 Useful Knowl. Society's Report 507 Utbng, a king, or deity • • 57 Utonglan, a young prince - 58 VAUO.UKLIN, earliest French Consul at Canton - - - 132 Vigne, Mr., a traveler - - 268 Vincennes, the U. S. ship - 154 Vocabulary, Indo-Chinese - 71 Vunglam, port of • Vowels in Chinese - 5J.'{ 25,68,75,48* WADE, Mr. his report • - 317 Wakhan, state of - 268 Wallich, researches of Dr. - 100 Wan Wang .... 84 Water-wheel, description of a 494 Wathen, notices of Mr. 272,331 Wats, or temples, in Siam 57 Weapons of war - - 171 Westinacott, cnptain - 100 Whampoa, hospital ship at 276 Whampoa, shipping at - 288 Wheatstone, professor - 66 Wiang chnii, south Laos - 56 Wilcox, captain - - 51,100 Wilson, Rev. J., his sermon - 111 Winds on Chinese coast - 350 Woosheih, (Oushi) frontier town 317 Woo Wang, the martial king 84 XAVIER'S death, place of - 346 YANGOUSPATIH - - - 353 Yaou, prince 85 Yarkand, Yarkund 211,268,271 Yaru-tsangpu, river of Tibet • 51 Yellow river - - - 94,480 Yingkeshurh • - - 364 Yu, praises of - - . 84 Yuen Yuen against opium • 54g Yunnan through Bumah, access to 28^ Yutiya, its various names - 5g 2HISESE REPO&ITORT. VOL. V.—MAY, 1836. —No. 1. T. I. Periodical literature.' Chinese Almanacs; imperial Court Calendar; the provincial Court Circular of Canton; the Peking Gazette; urith remarks on the condition of the press in China. RIODICAL literature forms a prominent characteristic of the pre- it ace. Within the last few years it has multiplied many-fold, and rapidly increasing. In its various forms of Annuals, Quarterlies, mthlies, Reports of scientific and benevolent institutions, and other blications of a similar kind, men and means to a vast amount are istantly employed. Arts, sciences, politics, religion, and the like, ! all brought within its sphere; and discoveries, occurrences, opin- is,—all that men do and say, being carefully recorded, are borne ickly through a thousand channels from one extremity of the earth the other. Difficulties also, which only a few years ago invariably I to an appeal to arms, are settled by the batteries of the press. In is way, truth triumphs over error; reason, over brute force; know- Ige is diffused; and right principles, established. The conduct of lers and the wants of the ruled, the will of the few and the wishes the many, are made known simultaneously; freedom, liberty, duty, id obligation, are more clearly defined and better understood; and e debates of contending parties, duly controlled, lead to results ost safe and salutary. For whatever is proved to be good, is corn- ended to notice; and evil, seen to be such, is rejected. Thus the ess becomes powerful, often irresistibly so. Before it, ignorance ves way; superstitions vanish; folly stands ashamed; and tyranny embles. Through the medium of the press, when its freedom is ifficiently guarantied, errors and abuses are disclosed; improve- ents and reforms, suggested; and multitudes, stimulated to noble iterprises. And thus the condition of the press and the character "its productions in any country, form a criterion by which we may ;ry safely estimate its rank in the scale of nations. VOL. v. NO. i. 1 r s 5 2 Periodical Literature. MAY, The periodical literature of China and the neighboring nations, if it deserves such a name, is very meagre; and the European publi- cations, on this side the Ganges, are as yet few and of recent origin. Our remarks in the present article will be confined to the periodical publications of the Chinese; on another occasion, those of Europeans will form a proper subject for consideration. For the present, it is not in our power to give any well-authenticated information respecting this kind of literature in the neighboring nations. We shall feel greatly obliged, however, to any of our correspondents, who may hap- pen to be in Japan, Lewchew, Cochinchina, Siam, Burmah, Asajn, Nep&l, or elsewhere in the unexplored regions of the east, if they will furnish us with information on this subject,—or on any other, suitable to our pages. And for the trouble and expense which they may incur in so doing, they shall be fully entitled to the same compensation which we ourselves receive,—the satisfaction of acquiring and com- municating useful knowledge. Annual reports of public institutions—such as literary, scientific and benevolent societies, hospitals, asylums, and the like, are not known among the Chinese: at least, we have not been able to find any such. Indeed, so limited are the institutions of this kind among the people of this country that they are scarcely worthy to be reported. In order to guard the morals of their subjects, the officers of govern- ment send forth annual proclamations, admonishing all people to be good, and threatening transgressors with condign punishment. These periodicals relate to thefts, robberies, gambling, commerce, agricul- ture, fisheries, and the preservation of property from fires, inundations and the like. For many years it has been the usage of his excellency, the governor, to issue one of these state papers, in reference to foreigners, "in order to show compassion to the distant barbarians." Specimens of these have been translated and published, and need not be here introduced. There are also, we believe, some other works which come out annually, in the form of literary and moral essays; but these scarcely fall within the prescribed limits of this article. Almanacs and calendars seem to be in universal use among the Chinese, though they are very poorly fitted for any useful purposes. The Friend of India, speaking of a native almanack in that country, justly remarks: "It is a common and not altogether unfounded com- plaint that Europeans know but little of the native character. This ignorance arises in some measure from the slender means we enjoy of acquiring a knowledge of those observances by which the national character has been moulded. To supply in some small measure this deficiency, we have thought that a review of the native almanac of the year would not be unacceptable to our readers. The various rules and observances enjoined in it, will serve to show more accu- rately than elaborate disquisition or learned research, the numerous links of superstition by which the votaries of Hinduism are bound. This almanac will afford abundant scope for ridicule to those who are disposed to laugh at the follies of mankind; and matter of deep and pHint'ul reflection to those who are anxious to secure the liberation I Periodical Literature. 8 ic country from these degrading influences." (See volume i. 14.) These remarks apply in all their force to Chinese alma- , one of which it was our intention to review in this place, but limits and the nature of the subject require us to postpone it for parate article. The Court Calendar, published quarterly at Peking, is a more irtuiit work. It resembles the national Calendars of western itries. The title of the work will be found explained in our last me. Though not published under the direction of government, it tains a valuable collection of information, in six small volumes, two vhich are occupied solely with the names and titles of the officers i constitute the imperial army. The other volumes, which the ipiler says are drawn from the best authorities in the empire often thoroughly revised, relate to revenue, agriculture, granaries, x>ls, etc. They are, however, by no means free from error, or cuted in a manner which does much credit to Chinese typography. . noticing punctually the changes which are made among the of- rs of government, is one of the chief defects of the work,—it being lerstood that the compiler always desires to have those who have n promoted, or transferred in the government from one part of the pire to another, give notice of the same by sending to him such sents as are worthy of their rank and emoluments; and if they to do this, it usually happens that he also fails to make the proper tnges in the Red Book. The provincial Court Circular, as we have ventured to designate it, called yuen mun paou, "a report from the gates" of the chief pro- cial officers. It consists of a small sheet, printed from waxen cks and only on one side, and that very illegibly. A few extracts 1 afford our readers some idea of the contents of these papers, ich are published daily and without the sanction of government, i the evening of each day, the publisher obtains the " matter" for paper from clerks, who are stationed at the gates of the governor i fooyuen, and whose duty it is to record the visits which their e>.- lencies pay and receive. The Circular comes out early on the lowing morning. The first extract which we give is from the first per issued after the Chinese new-year; the other is an entire paper a later date. 1. "Taoukwang, 16th year, 1st moon, 20th day (March 7th, 1836). a excellency, governor Tang, at eight o'clock A. M., under a salute guns, opened the doors of his office, entered the great hall of dience, and turning his face towards the palace of the emperor did m reverence; he then "opened the seals" of his office, and all his :rks and attendants came forward in their order, prostrated them- [ves before him, and offered their congratulations; the doors were en closed, and he received and issued official documents. All the gh functionaries and literary gentlemen of rank directed their subal- rns to send messengers to present their congratulations." * * * 2. "Taoukwang, 16th year, 3d moon, 12th day (April 27th, 1836) is excellency, governor Tang, went to the office of the fooyuen and 4 Periodical Literature. MAY, joined him in the examination of a criminal case; afterwards he waited on Hang, lieut.-general of the brigade stationed in the departments of Nanheung and Shaouchow; then he returned to his own office, and received and issued official papers. Hang, the lieut.-general, sent a messenger to thank his excellency for his visit and to return his (the governor's) card. Choo, the acting magistrate of Kvrangchow foo, reported to the governor, that on the 13th of the moon, under a salute of gongs and guns, he should go to the collegiate hall to attend the third examination of the literary undergraduates of Nanhae and Pwan- yu, together with those of the eight banners. Lew, the acting magis- trate of Nanhae, reported himself by card at the governor's office. Lew Keenkang, candidate for the district magistracy, reported that the Kwangchow foo had directed him to attend the examination at the collegiate hall. Sun, late acting magistrate of the district Chehing, re- ported his arrival - having retired from the duties of his office, requested an audience, made a declaration respecting his genealogy, and stated that having heard of the death of his father he was withdrawing from public duties. Ting Ekuh, an aiddecamp of the governor, presented his thanks for having been appointed temporary superintendent over the salt works at Kanpih. Woo Yungtseang, who has been per- mitted to fill the clerkship in the district of Hwa, reported that he had received orders to join the jailor of Kwangchow foo in guarding the degraded officer Loo Yingtseang. Keang Seuene undermagia- trate of Keangtsun, in the district Shuntih, reported his arrival with five criminals, Keang Hwuytae and others, for the autumnal assize, and took leave to return and bring more prisoners. Le Seihshow, candidate for the office of assistant district magistrate, reported that the period for which he had obtained leave of absence on account of ill health had expired, and that he was again ready to attend to the duties of his office. Chang Kingwan, sent by the Board of Office as a can- didate for the secretaryship in the departmental magistracy, reported his arrival from Peking, and presented his compliments. Chang Seihshoo, the deputy appointed to oversee the cruisers about Canton; and Lin Weie, joint-deputy over the custom-houses on the east of the city, reported that they had examined the boats of Chang Chaou, who conveys to Peking the fifth dispatch of maritime revenues, and that he had no contraband salt on board. Wang, the ngancha sze; Choo, the acting Kwangchow foo; Lew, transferred temporarily to the ma- gistracy of Nanhae; Seu, the magistrate of Pwanyu; Kwo, acting colonel of the regiment in Kwangchow foo; and Ying, the It .-colonel of the fboyuen's right battalion,—together reported the execution of a criminal (Ye Ashun). "His excellency Ke, the fooyuen, received and issued official docu- ments. Ah, the pooching sze, and Wang, the ngancha sze, requested an audience, reported that they were waiting his excellency's pleasure to attend the trial of a criminal case; presented to him their thanks for his call on them, and returned to him the cards which he had left with them. Le, commissioner of salt, recently promoted to the office of nginrha szr in Shcnse; Ching, the commissioner of grain; and Periodical Literature. 5 director of the circuit which includos the departments of Kaou- md Leiinchow; these together presented thanks to the fooyuen, ed his cards which he had left with them, and informed him ere waiting his pleasure to attend the trial of a criminal. Choo, iting Kwangchow foo; Shaou, an assistant departmental nm- e; Hoo, an assistant magistrate in Kwangchow too, stationed eenshan near Macao; Choo, of Yaechow, ready to be an assis- the departmental magistracy; Ying, a departmental magistrate; waiting for the same appointment; Yo, candidate for the dc- intal magistracy; the chief magistrates of the two districts ,e and Pwanyu; Le, the acting magistrate of the district Slogan; emporarily performing the duties of magistrate in the district ig; Wang Lansin, waiting to fill a district magistracy; Heu in, waiting to be employed in the district magistracy; Leu >w, a candidate for the same; Fuh, sub-colonel, having tcm- y command of the governor's troops; Kwo, sub-colonel of the in the department of Kwangchow foo,; and Ying, It.-coloncl of >yuen's right battalion; these, with all the subordinate civil ilitary officers at present in the city, reported to his excel- the fooyuen that they were waiting his pleasure to attend al of a criminal. Choo, the acting magistrate of Kwangchow nt a messenger to report that on the 13th, under a salute of ie should go to the collegiate hall to attend the third examina- 'the undergraduates of Nanhae and Pwanyu, together with f the eight banners. Yae, the acting magistrate of the district uen, permitted to perform the duties of the same office in the Pingyuen, reported his arrival and presented his compliments. Wanneen, a candidate for the departmental magistracy, y sent on public business to the district Yingtih, having d, reported that he had completed the duties of his mission. Seuene, undermagistrate of Keangtsun, in the district Shuntih, 1 his arrival with five prisoners, Keang Hwuytae and others, he had received from the district magistrate of Heiing- »r the autumnal assize, and having brought them to the city ive of absence. Le Chookwan, undermagistrate of Shinngan, district Nanhae, reported his arrival with eleven prisoners, Lee and others, whom he had received from the magistrate of rict Haeping for the autumnal assize, and having brought them ity he took leave to return. Too Chin, an expectant of the •yship in the departmental magistracy, reported that he had {ed the duties assigned him in the examination of the streets, sented his thanks for a temporary appointment to be an assistant ite in Singan district. His excellency, governor Tang, arriv- in (the fooyuen) in examining a criminal; and at eight o'clock ider a salute of guns the doors of the great hall of audience rown open, and their excellencies (the governor and fooyuen) ;ir seats, supported by all the other functionaries assembled for ision. The police-officers of the ngancha sze were then di- o bring forward the prisoner Ye Ashun, a native of the district H Periodical Literature. MA.V, Tsingyuen; he was forthwith brought in, tried, and led out. The t'ooyuen thru requested the imperial death-warrant, and sent a de- putation of officers to conduct the criminal to the market-place (just without the gates of the city, ) and there decapitate him. Soon after the officers returned, restored the death-warrant to its place, and reported that they had executed the criminal. The Peking Gazette, or as called by the Chinese more properly, King Chaou, " transcripts from the Capital," is a much more valuable production. In the provinces, it always appears in manuscript, being transcribed from documents which are made public in the emperor's courts at Peking. This, however, if we are rightly informed, is not done by persons under the immediate direction of government, as we formerly stated (vol. i. p. 506), but by booksellers at their own expense. Only a very few copies of the Gazette reach Canton, some of which are brought by the imperial couriers, and others by private conveyance; and the- latter usually arrive first. From the few co- pies, many more are transcribed. These transcripts are circulated in various forms, according to the wishes of those who seek for them. In their best style they form a daily manuscript in small octavo of about forty pages; but in an inferior style, they appear only once in two days, and then do not contain more than fifteen or twenty pages, and often not so many. As a specimen of that form of the Gazette which appears in Canton once in two days, we will here introduce a translation of an entire number, the 175th for the 15th year of Taoukwang, purporting to be for the 13th and 14th days of the 12th moon (Jan. 30th and 31st 1836). It contains fifteen separate papers, which for convenience of reference we have numbered. The edicts are called .slicing yu, "su- preme (or imperial) edicts;" and are prepared at the emperor's di- rection by the Inner Council or by members of the Imperial Academy. However, if written, as they sometimes are,' in the imperial presence, at his majesty's dictation, they are then called choo peih "writings in vermilion," being executed with red ink. All edicts and replies received from the emperor, are closed by the words kin tsze, "respect this," which none except the one man may use.—The "imperial pleasure" is obtained in the following manner. Daily at an early hour in the morning, the General Council of state assembles in the hall of audience, where the emperor comes forth to meet his ministers. Memorials are then presented. Usually, these have been previously opened, and answers to them prepared, such as it is presumed will be approved; and sometimes two, three, or more answers are attached, when the subject admits of being answered in so many different ways. The answer which is approved by his majesty is marked in red ink, with a heavy stroke of the pencil. This is called che, "the imperial pleasure," and with the original document, (copies having been first taken,) is returned to the memorialist whether in Peking or in the provinces. In case no one of the previously prepared answers is approved of, another is written by the officer in waiting at the em- peror's dictation: this is called choo pe, "reply written in vermilion," Periodical Literature. s also returned to the memorialist. The appointment of officers, generally made in answer to either written or verbal representa- is likewise styled che, "the imperial pleasure." The answers to trials are usually brief, as " it is known," "let the appropriate I be informed of it," " another decree (or expression of the imperial ire) shall be given." "It is known," is a reply given to a do- nt of mere form, which requires no further notice. "Let the priate Board be informed of it," is applied to those state papers i need only to be placed in the archives of that Board. There rther form in which replies are frequently given to memorials, n which case they are called imperial edicts. This is when mperor, giving the substance of what has been represented memorial, issues an edict thereon. When this is done, the or's edict is first published; and hence, afterwards, when the rial appears in the Gazette it is stated fungche e luh, "the impe- easure hereon has been recorded." With these explanations we it to our readers the "Peking transcripts," No. 175. 'Imperial edict. The censor Chang Kin has presented a report, ting that instructions be issued, prohibitory of excess and negli- in the appointment of deputed officers in the provinces, and of ictice of forcing the services of private literary attendants on appointed magistrates. In all the provinces, the number of ant magistrates and of subordinate unemployed officers being and there being much irregularity in regard to their various s of rank, there must unavoidably be both good and bad indi- i among them. If they be indiscriminately and in excessive rs employed on deputations, a rapid growth of offenses and :nces will be the result. With regard to those private literary whose duty it is to assist in preparing the originals of documents, it is essential that they should be confidential and orthy persons, tried and well-informed: then only can they be te to the task of affording assistance. On no account may ; allowed to dictate to the higher officers, or, presuming on their i, urge them to recommend their friends to newly arrived •ates, whereby detriment to public affairs may be occasioned, cording to this memorial it appears, that it has of late been tctice in all the provinces, to appoint very numerous deputa- :nder a variety of names, but chiefly under that of 'winter ions;' that, while yet unapppinted, the sole aim of the sub- c officers is to gain an appointment on such a deputation; oqucntly, when an appointment has been obtained, all that is to send away a follower to collect the fees and presents, soon as that is effected, to report that the object of the meiit lias been accomplished; .that, moreover, some even go to ent of carrying goods with them, in order to evade the custom- lues, intrusting them afterwards to others to sell for them prices. It appears, also, that when newly appointed magis- rrive in the provinces, it is common for men of letters to repair to the literary assistants of the higher officers, and to induce o :r 8 Periodical Literature. MAY, these to urge the higher officers to recommend them to the newly arrived magistrates; that if these magistrates are men who pay much regard to public affairs, they usually engage other literary friends themselves, while those who have been recommended to them by the higher officers receive simply a salary, and hold sinecures. Such an indiscriminate and excessive appointment of deputations, and these forced recommendations of literary assistants, cannot but have a bad influence on the civil administration of the country. It is indispensable that these practices should be thoroughly reformed. "Let general orders be given to the governors and licut.-governors of all the provinces, that every deputed officer is to be carefully selected, and not appointed indiscriminately. And whenever any previous offense is discovered, let his appointment be immediately can- celed, and proceedings commenced against him. With regard to the literary assistants of magistrates, let each magistrate have perfect freedom of selection; and let no one rely on his situation to force them in making their selection. Thus may civil administration be reformed, and the grand rules of government be duly revered. Let these general commands be made known to all. Respect this." 2. "Imperial edict. The censor Fuhchang has reported, that in the department of Shunteen foo, there are still subordinate officers appointed to the acting charge of district magistracies; and he there- fore requests, that our pleasure be declared, and an investigation com- manded. Let the chief magistrate of Shunteen foo make investigation, and report the facts. Respect this." 3. "Imperial edict. Ching Tsoolo, ( governor of Fuhkeen and Chekeang,) has forwarded a report respecting the seizure of certain banditti, and requests therefore the remission of faults marked, on account of former negligence, against the officers concerned in their seizure. Tsang Apaou and Chin Cheheaou, bandits on the rivers and lakes of Fuhkeen, having plundered and held in terror the whole department of Yenping foo, Tseang Se, the director of the circuit, took measures at his own cost which have resulted in the seizure of a hundred and seventy-three persons; he has also tried and convicted criminals in eleven hundred and sixty distinct cases. He has thus been enabled wholly to exterminate those who have for years been noted as bandits. Let our favor be manifested to him, and the Board of Civil Office take the reward of his merits into consideration. All the officers, who, having before_been guilty of neglect, have in this instance aided in the seizure of the criminals, may be remitted their former demerits, as these are in a measure balanced by their pre- sent merits. Choo Pingheuen, the magistrate of Kecnyang, having seized thirteen criminals convicted of capital crimes, and having also had some little merit in the seizure of Tsang Apaou and his followers, may be remitted the faults marked against him when formerly acting in Kooteen district. Respect this." 4. "Imperial edict. Oorkunge, (lieut.-governor of Chekeang,) has presented a memorial, requesting permission for a district magistrate to change his line of official employment. Wan Tingheen, waiting 16. Periodical Literature. 9 appointment to a district magistracy in Chekeang, is a man of per- •ted talents and but very imperfect knowledge, and is unfit for the ponsible -duty of governing the people and having charge of a terri- ial district. That officer, however, formerly graduated as tsinsze, 1 his literary talents are still vigorous; let him be permitted there- e, to take an office of instruction corresponding to his present rank; 1 let the Board of Civil Office nominate him to an appointment jordingly. Respect this." >. "Imperial edict. Ching Tsoolo and his colleagues have re- ted respecting the seizure of a swindler, noted for several years past, 1 have offered the result of their deliberations as to his punishment, is is a case of a Budhist priest, Khinlang, of Shanghang district, in department of Tingchow foo, in Fuhkeen, who has been guilty of jit intercourse with married and unmarried women, of sharing in produce of theft and plunder, of extorting ransoms for persons ler threats of depriving them of sight, and of involving and troubling ay by falsehood and lies, with numerous other transgressions of laws. The magistrate of the said department, having of his own ord apprehended and brought him to trial, let all demerits marked inst him on account of negligence be remitted. Respect this." i. "Imperial edict. Shootungah, (commissioner among the Mongols tokonor,) has reported the particulars of a calamity which has be- sn some of the foreign families, and requests to know our pleasure o the measures to be adopted. On this occasion the Kerghi and jr tribes, eleven in number, suffered from a falling in of the earth, ng to which a heavy weight of snow was thrown upon them, where- many of those foreigners were killed and wounded. The circum- ices are such as to awaken deep commiseration. Let our grace be lifested, by the perpetual remission of the regular pecuniary tri- 3, as respects those foreigners in whose families deaths have been asioned by the calamity; and by the remission of the same tribute three years, as regards those who, while they have lost their herds flocks, have themselves escaped with all their families: after the :e years, let these last resume payment. Thus shall our compassion ihown to them. Let the said commissioner cause this edict to be ted, and published everywhere, in accordance with our extreme re to show commiseration for such as have suffered by great ca- ities. Respect this." . "Imperial edict. Let Tsang Wangyen fill the office of vice- ident of the Sacrificial Court. Respect this." . "The imperial pleasure has been thus declared: Let Seu Sze- fill the office of shootsze in the Hanlin Academy. Respect this." , "The imperial pleasure has been thus declared: Let Choo w fill the office of hedsze of the Inner Council, and ex-officio ang of the Board of Rites. Respect this." ). "The imperial pleasure is thus declared: Let Linkwei be ngching sze in the Court of Representation. Respect this." I. "The imperial pleasure has been thus declared: In this case, He assembled people to gamble within the palace of the Chwang VOL. v, NO. ii. 2 10 Periodical Literature. MAY, tsimvang, Yeihshan, and continued to do so for more than a month, without being discovered by the tsinwang. This is not a mere ordi- nary case of negligence; let the tsinwang be therefore subjected to a court of inquiry of the Tsungjin foo. Respect this." 12. "The imperial pleasure has been thus declared: In this case, Salingah the lieut.-general of the brigade stationed in the departments Nanheung, Shaouchow, and Leenchow, in the province of Kwangtung, from the time that he was raised to that station, has left all things to fall into neglect and disorder, and has shown himself inadequate to the post assigned him. He has not, however, been guilty of scheming for his own personal advantage. Let the punishment of Nftrkinge, who recommended him for appointment, be changed to a degradation of three steps in rank, but without removal from office.—Wan Yung, lieut.-general of the Kaouchow brigade, when before in com- mand of the Keenchang brigade in Szechuen, combined with his son to advance their own interests illegally; and he has thus shown most clearly that it was his deliberate purpose to deceive. Let the punish- ment of Oshan, who recommended him for promotion, be changed to a degradation of four steps in rank. Let neither of these degradations be redeemable. In the case of Wan Tsunling (the son of Wan Yung) changing his registry of birth, [so as to appear not to be the son of Wan Yung,] Oshan, inasmuch as he did not discover the deceit; has incurred only the punishment of an ordinary case of negligence; let him be for this degraded one step, as the Board of Civil Office suggests, and let him be permitted to redeem it. 13. "Presentations. The Board of Civil Office introduced into the imperial presence Kwo, a censor capacitated to fill a departmental magistracy; Chin, a langchung; Hwang, a choosze whose period of mourning was accomplished; and Lin, an expectant of the office of choosze; when the imperial pleasure was thus declared: 'Let the names of Kwo Mingkaou and Chin Yen be recorded for employment in difficult departmental magistracies; let Hwang Seangche receive the earliest promotion,—it is unnecessary that he should complete the period of remaining in a subordinate office; let Lin Szetsin fill the office of choosze of the department for the investigation of merits in the Board of Office. Respect this.'" "The same Board also introduced into the imperial presence Shin, undermagistrate of Keating foo in Szechuen; Seu, district magis- trate of Nanmang hecn in Honan, Chow, removed from the district magistracy of Hwuy hee'n in Honan into Keangsoo, and Kwo, an ex- pectant of a district undermagistracy; when the imperial pleasure was thus declared: Let Shin Yun and Seu Yun both return to their present offices; let Chow Choohwa be retained in the office of district magis- trate, and be sent to Keangsoo to wait for an appointment; let Kwo Kingwan be sent into Kirin for employment. Respect this." 14. "Supplementary memorial of Keshen, governor of Cheihle pro- vince. In the case of Suhlaou a second time propagating false princi- ples of the fraternity called the 'sect of great elevation,' the. Board of Punishments having investigated the case, those officers, both civil Periodical Literature. \ 1 ilitary, who had failed to discover what was tiding were several- rraded, as is on record. On the present occasion, since the encement of the rise of Le Jooling, the officers have in no ee failed to investigate; and when that offender concealed him- the adjoining districts of Shantung, the local officers united severing his retreat. They also discovered the banished cri- Hanyuh, and immediately apprehended him. Their merits idequate to balance their demerits. I therefore present a sup- itary memorial, to solicit that I may supplicate the imperial to be shown to them, in restoring them to rank and remitting • punishment in order that they may be excited to future efforts, nperial pleasure declared hereon has been recorded." Supplementary memorial of Ching Tsoolo, governor of Fuhkeen hekeiing. Before, on the first arrival of Yungan, the newly d magistrate of Kwangtsih been, he being inexperienced in the of civil administration, I and my colleagues reported that wo imporarily appointed him assistant to the departmental magis- if Fuhchow foo, to enable him to gain experience by practice, ver to this we received your majesty's roply—' he must be either tated, or incapacitated; let him not be intruded on a situation iich he is unfit. Respect this.' We find Yungan to be a f a robust and vigorous age, and not wanting in intelligence. ; the few past months lie lias acquired a considerable degree of :dge and experience in judicial cases. He is also disposed to imself to investigate and examine closely. And the magistracy angtsih linen is one of but ordinary importance; it is not a t post. When the said officer first arrived in the province, the happened to be laboring under a debt to the government rendered it sucli as a newly appointed magistrate could not anage; therefore we feared to send him at once to his office, e debt is now cleared off, and Yungan by his detention at the of the province lias acquired some mouths' experience, and > now capacitated for the post. It is right that we should forth- nd him to fill it, that he may feel the weight of responsibility, giving him directions accordingly, we also, as the rules enact, I this supplementary report. The imperial reply received is, nown. Respect this.'" ie papers, with the remarks we have already made, will enable ders to fonn an opinion of the periodical literature and the >n of the press in this country. It has been said, by high au- the ixwdoii Quarterly Review (vol. iii, p.201), that "the press a is free to every one:" :md that "the printer and the vendor ily to be careful not to offend the government, and they may i impunity against decency and morality." The last part of ^aration is most, palpably true; but thb first part needs to be ich qualified. It is correct, we believe, as stated in the Quar- lat. "no previous license is demanded, no imprimatur is reqiiir- tio passport for a literary work;" but, on the other hand, can be given? Do the laws aflbrd any protection or security to 12 Polynesian language. MAV. the press? Not to mention politics and religion, we ask with refe- rence to " all the other thousand fields of literary exertion,—all art, all science, all criticism, all history, all philosophy, all political economy, all the 'high heaven' of imagination, all the compositions devoted to the instruction of youth, all that is instructive in morals, edifying in piety, or elevating in devotion,"—is there even one subject on which any liberty or freedom is guarantied to the press? If there is, we are ignorant of it. Indeed, so far as we know, freedom and liberty, as understood by the people of Christendom, are ideas for which the lan- guage of this country has no appropriate terms. A writer in the Indo- chinese Gleaner, for April 1819, says; "China has always been subject to an absolute monarchy; and the press has not been free." And he adds, "modern books in China, indicate no effort of the hu- man intellect to enlarge the sphere of knowledge; they are mostly compilations, made in obedience to the command of the sovereign, or the collections of industrious individuals; they are productions of the hand, rather than of the mind." It is even so. The press, in any proper sense of the word, is not free. It is tolerated, and that under a surveillance which paralizes the soul. Witness the Canton Court Circular; no sentiment, no opinion, ever comes forth in it. So in the Peking Gazette; no thought, no word, except such as his majesty has made public, goes forth in that publication. No more life is seen through all "these thousand fields of literature," than appeared to the prophet in the valley of vision: like those bones, the works here are indeed very many, "and, lo, they are very dry." And until some new spirit—some pure breath of life divine and of hallowed freedom—come over this land, these desolations will remain, and these death-like slumbers be perpetuated. ART. II. Remarks on the Hawaiian dialect of the Polynesian lan- guage; prepared for the Repository, by the Rev. Lorrire Andrews, of the High School, Lahainaluna, February, 1836. THE origin of the language of the Polynesians, divided as it is into several different dialects, is buried in deep obscurity. The people themselves know not whence they are, as the fabulous accounts of their own origin sufficiently testify; and yet, on the slightest inspec- tion and comparison of the different dialects, it cannot for a moment be doubted that they had one common origin. And a singular cir- cumstance is, that the people at the extreme parts of Polynesia speak dialects of the general language the most resembling each other. It has been said that the dialects of the New Zealanders and the Hawaiians resemble each other more nearly than any of the other dialects. (See Grammar of the Tahitian dialect, p. 4.) But whence came the inhabitants of Polynesia? How did they come, or get pos- Polynesian Langungr. 13 n of so many islands scattered over such a vast extent of ocean? i did they come? And why did they come? are questions that »t now be answered without much conjecture. Yet, no doubt ef'ul and thorough examination of the several dialects, and a irison of one with the other with a view to ascertain the ground- of the general language, and a comparison with the languages : neighboring continents, would not only be a subject of inquiry f interest, but would go far to indicate the probable origin of eople. It is to be hoped that the moral and intellectual darkness tas long brooded over the islands of the Great Pacific, will ere- •ive place to-light, and that ample data for such an investigation xist. ; following observations are not intended as a philosophical view if the general principles of the language, but merely as general for those who would become acquainted with it. Much time «n lost to all foreigners who have attempted to acquire even tering of the language, to say nothing of the danger of mistakes long experience and practice only can rectify, for want of a ;neral principles relating to the idiom and grammatical struc- 'the language. first and most important thing to be attended to in studying ian, or indeed, almost any foreign language, particularly if it is 3d to be written or spoken, is the idiom, or the manner ofexpres- culiar to that language. The definition of words is a matter of importance. Hence it is well in the outset to divest ourselves dea that the language we are about to study can be constructed ten or analyzed entirely on the principles of our vernacular ; and that we have nothing to do but to acquire the definitions iv set of words, and then be in the possession of a new language, ild be remembered that different people have different modes (ing and speaking, according as the objects with which they ly conversant, and about which they think and speak, are t. Hence the idioms of no two languages can be expected ike. In order to secure a competent knowledge of the idiom of age it would be well to commit to memory the various forms e and compound sentences, particularly the idiomatic expres- These will serve as a nucleus around which the exceptions eties of the language may be made to adhere, when there is jr a disposition to secure them. aages, like men, may, as it regards their idiom, be divided Ferent classes, and these again may be subdivided into lesser Most of the languages of Europe, for instance, including the Greek and Roman, may constitute one great class. The rules of construction are similar. The ancient languages of ern parts of Asia, the Arabic, the Armenian, the Hebrew, dtc., istitute another class. And so of other parts of the world, oever shall attempt to write, speak, or resolve, one of these n the principles of the other, will find himself involved in ble difficulties. Take an example of two languages of the 14 Pulyuminn Lnnguagr. MAY, same general class. Suppose a tyro in Latin, having mastered the grammar of his own mother tongue, English, but not having yet learn- ed that the different languages are to be resolved on different prin- ciples, comes to this phrase in Latin, Est mihi liber, which means, he may be told, / haoc a book. But in parsing it by his English syntax, he will be liable to two grand mistakes: for he would, as a matter of course, call mild the nominative case, and est the first person of the verb, to say nothing of the wrong idea he would attach to the verb est as a verb of possession. Every philologist knows that there is something exceedingly stubborn and unyielding in the laws of lan- guages; they will submit to be governed only by their own laws, they will yield willingly to no other. Hence those laws must l>e understood before one can yield obedience to them either in writing or speaking. It would be easy to show that the grand principles of the Poly- nesian languages differ more, both in idiom and in syntax from the European, than the European do from the Asiatic. The facts, how- ever, corroborative of this opinion cannot be introduced here, as it would extend these remarks beyond the limits prescribed. It should be remembered, however, that in comparing one language with another, particularly in comparing a barbarous language lately reduced to writing, and while but few of its words are in daily and common use, with a language with which we are well acquainted, and whicli it has been the object of able and learned men to improve for centuries, we are liable to be led to false cc-iclusions. To compare the Hawaiian, for example, with the English, would be like compar- ing a new born infant with a giant of mature age. If we wish to do this, we should take the English as it was when the country was invaded by Julius Czsar. Indeed it is questionable whether a vocabulary made out in the days of Alfred the Great, after the lan- guage had been enriched by a host of words from the Saxon, could boast of more words than could be collected were a full vocabulary made of all the words in good use in the Hawaiian. But the English has grown by culture into an extensive and rich language, and so may the Hawaiian,- and still retain its own idiom in all its purity. There is no probability, as there is no evidence, that the Hawaiian language has undergone any material changes for many generations. The tucks and kartos (songs and legends) of the ancients are under- stood and recited by the people of the present time. It is also well known that unwritten languages are less liable to changes than writ- ten ones, as there is no method of spreading innovations to any ex- tent even if they were made. The cultivation of the language is not the first thing attended to, even when a nation is disposed to emerge from a state of barbarity to a state of civilization. But in the usages and arts of civilized life, the Hawaiians had made no progress when letters were introduced among them a few years ago. There is not, indeed, a perfect uniformity in every particular in the use of the language from one extremity of the island lo another, but xtill there are no such variations as would deserve the name of dialects. They may, perhaps, be termed provincialisms. Those may 5. Poly lit siitn Language. 15 educed to two general heads; the variations that arise from the nciation of single sounds, or as they may now be termed, the lunciation of single letters; and the use of different words for same thing. As to different enunciation, the Hawaiian original- thai is, until other sounds were introduced, had but two mutes icir language. One of these would answer to the English b and IG other to k and t. The p sound is the common one in distinc- from that of 6; indeed the Hawaiians themselves never give to letter the strong sound of the English 6, but when any letter is sounded by foreigners, they cannot distinguish it from p. With rd to the other sound there is a great difference of usage. Some junce it with the middle or root of the tongue, when it becomes thers with the end of the tongue, when it becomes t; nor can ears perceive the slightest difference. For the remaining ish mute d, the Hawaiians have no equivalent, except in a few s, when it is difficult for English ears to determine whether it d be represented by d, I, or, r. Thus the proper name, Hilo een written by foreigners as they supposed they heard it, Hilo, and Hido. As to the k and t sounds, before the conquests of ihameha, the former was prevalent on Hawaii, and the latter on u. Since that period there has been such an amalgamation of sople and so many removals, that the pronunciation is no longer 3d by geographical divisions. It is not known exactly to what t provincialisms exist, which consist in the use of different words e same thing; probably to a considerable extent, but still not so that the words, though not commonly used, are unintelligible r, ias been supposed that the chiefs speak a different dialect from immon people, or that they could do so when it was necessary. is a mistake. In all despotic governments, like the ancient iment of these islands, there is kept up between the chiefs and on j>eople as broad a distinction as possible. Indeed it was sop- until lately, that the chiefs and people were distinct races of i. It would not be wonderful, therefore, that the chiefs should use vords and phrases that would not be entirely familiar to the com- eople. It is so in all countries where an aristocracy of any kind But in view of all that can be collected from those who have middle rank between chiefs and common people, and who have tcrcourse with both, it does not appear that the difference is • than it is between the higher and lower classes in other ios. The Hawaiian language was first reduced to writing latter part of the year 1821; and soon after, schools were es- zd over the islands, and multitudes acquired the first principles ;cn language. From the time the chiefs and people became ited with the art of writing, or marking characters representing ite sounds, they have generally used this method of conveying o each other. Many legal proceedings have been written, ws circulated over the islands by means ol letters written by inion people. 16 Polynesian Language. MAY, A grand point in reducing a barbarous language to writing should be simplicity. Two rules should be observed; 1st, the characters should be sufficient to express the simple sounds; and '2d, if possible, there should be no superfluous letters. The reduction of the Hawaiian language to writing was not a hasty procedure. The above rules ap- pear to have been kept constantly in view, though it was difficult at first, in many cases, to distinguish between a simple and a compound sound. Two points, however, were readily ascertained; 1st, that vowel sounds predominated to a considerable extent above those of consonants; 2d, that, to an English ear, the language was very mo- notonous. Five vowels and seven consonants, were all the sounds that could be recognized. Reference is not had here to all those nice shades of distinction, which are found in every language, and which it would be impossible to find characters to express, for such abound in the Hawaiian; but reference is had to such sounds as are com- monly expressed in the European languages by written characters. With all the possible combinations of so few letters, a language must be monotonous. The Hawaiian is restricted to less than half the number of the English letters; and it was found to be a fundamental rule, that every syllable must end with a vowel. It was very impor- tant, therefore, that the vowels, upon which so much depended, should be represented by such characters as would express them with the greatest simplicity and precision. It has always been considered a desideratum rather than an event to be realized, that in a written language the vowels should have but one uniform invariable sound. Though this point has not been completely gained in respect to the Hawaiian language, yet there is a near approach to it. It has been objected to the orthography adopted in writing the Ha- waiian language, that it gives to vowels different sounds from those of the English, and this has been considered of course a needless inno- vation. It has been called in an English Review, an affectation of Italicising, Sfc., and the question has been asked, why the sounds of the vowels were changed from those of the English? But it should be remembered there is a previous question to be settled; Why did the English, in adopting the Roman alphabet in preference to the black letter, give their vowels the sounds they did, in opposition to almost all the other languages of Europe? It is well known that those who speak the English language, stand alone in the sounds they give to the characters representing the vowels. Almost all the nations of western Europe at the present day either use or can use the Roman characters in writing their languages, and pretty uniform- ly have given to all the vowels, except perhaps o, sounds different from those of the English. And it is well known too that the Italians, Spa- nish, French, and Germans, laugh at us for it. Now it may be asked, why is this innovation upon the long established customs of so many nations? To what shall it be attributed? When these questions shall be answered, those who reduced the Hawaiian language to writing may be ready with their answer. But they need not wait so long, for there are other obvious and sufficient reasons at hand. 6. Polynesian Language- 17 . The orthography adopted fully answers the purpose of express- the sounds of the language. Reference is had here only to the el sounds. It was mentioned before as desirable if possible that els should have but one sound, and that this had in a good degree a secured by the orthography adopted. The sounds given to the vowels in the English language would answer to express the Hawaiian vowel sounds without an utter ifice of simplicity. Thus i in Hawaiian, sounds like ee in English, v the class of words requiring the reduplication of i is numerous; ) pit, to ascend, in English dress, would need to be peeee; hi, to 1 in the arms, would be hef.fi:; Hi in. small, would be lr.ff.dt.ree, die. tin, u in Hawaiian, sounds like oo in coo; hence ku, to stand, would Icoo; and kuu, to let go, would be written koooo; uuku, small, ild be ooookoo; and mm to stammer, would be 000000 / And the le of others. In using the English vowels, therefore, to write waiian it would be necessary to use the above orthography, or to oduce a series of points similar to the Masoretic if not quite as iblesome. t is not denied that there are some formidable difficulties in the 'to a thorough knowledge and investigation of the Hawaiian lau- ge. Such are the following. . The want of a full supply of documents written by natives nselves, as reference or authority in matters of etymology and tax. Though the means in this respect are increasing, yet hither- ihey have been too few to determine fully the urns ioquendi of language. !. The great flexibility of the language itself in regard to forms of ression. This has been, and is still, the cause of much dispute :mg those engaged in writing the Hawaiian language. One, for in- ice, happens to hear a particular set or form of words used to ress an idea, he remembers it and reduces it to practice both in aking and writing, and when he supposes himself fully master of guage sufficient to express that idea, he finds that another, in iressing the same idea, makes use of a set of words entirely dif- 5nt, or if not different, he alters the position of them so much the sentence that it seems an entirely new form. But as the ner, after taking much pains, has not so learned it, he is ready to pute the classic purity of the latter, and as authorities are scarce, ;ept such as each one can summon from his own stock, to sustain own course, the dispute is likely to be protracted; whereas they y both, at the same time, be substantially correct. I. A still more fruitful source of difficulties consists in the ina- ity or unfaithfulness of those natives to whom application is made help. Some are so unaccustomed, though they may be masters ;heir own language, to the business of correcting others, that they let j thing pass which they themselves understand, however awkward nay be when compared with the real purity of their language. 1. The disposition of the Hawaiians to accommodate themselves the ignorance of those who consult them, is a difficulty in the way VOL. v. MO. HI. 3 18 Polynesian Language MAY, of getting pure expressions. When consulted respecting any word or phrase, their object seems to be to find out how much the person consulting them knows respecting the point himself. And if he appears to know anything they will tell him he knows everything. Or in giving a definition, they will give such as the person understands as synonymous, without much regard to precision or definiteness in the case; and it is only by a long series of questions that the desired information can be obtained. They are exceedingly fond of introduc- ing and using foreign words and foreign expressions, even to the exclusion of their own words and idiom. The sources of good authority for the use of Hawaiian words may be classed thus. 1. The letters, or other documents, which one chief writes to another. It is well known that a person is more careful of his words, when he sits down to write, than when he speaks. And one chief writing freely to another would be under no temptation to accommodate his language to the capacities of those whom he might suppose would not understand. 2. The meles, kauikaus, kaaos and mooolelos of ancient time written down by natives themselves. The only mistakes to which these would be liable would be in the omission of words and the orthography of some words. 3. The language of chiefs as written or spoken in their laws, charges, or commands to the common people. 4. That of the common people in their addresses, letters, or writing of any kind, designed for the ears of the chiefs. They may be expected, in such cases to use their best language. 5. The language which the common people use in corresponding by letters with one another. Such letters exist in great abundance, and on almost every subject, and exhibit a great variety of style and forms of expression. 6. The letters or other documents of chiefs written for the perusal of foreigners. Perhaps these ought to be placed higher in the catalogue of authorities. The reader will judge for himself. 7 The letters, &-c., of the common people addressed to foreigners. 8. Lastly, the writings of foreigners reviewed or corrected by natives. This species of writing is liable to two errors; a failure of the best selection of words to express the idea, and a liability to Anglicisms or idiomatic expressions of other languages in distinction from the pure Hawaiian. The poetry of the Hawaiian language has been but little examined by foreigners. The form in which it is generally exhibited—the scenes of the hula, the monotonous unmusical character of the music with which it is connected, and its being entirely unintelligible to for- eigners, give it a forbidding aspect. But if we may reason from those qualities deemed essential or generally connected with the existence of good poetry, viz. strong passions, a flexible language, a congenial climate, the existence of wars and military exploits, the intrigues of love, &c., we might expect a language adapted to poetry. And so we find it. It will be sufficient here to introduce two or three short specimens of Hawaiian poetry to show what the language actually contains and of course is capable of expressing. It should be pre- mised, however, that genuine Hawaiian poetry knows nothing of what •fclti. Polynctian Language. 19 > termed rhyme in English poetry, nor does it consist in any definite umber of syllables in a line, but in a certain terseness of expression, bruptness in changing from thought to thought, conciseness, gene- lily impassioned and highly figurative. The following is a specimen of the simplest kind of kauikati or llegy, with a literal translation. It was first taken down by Mr. Ellis. Ve, tie, ua make kuu alii Alas! alas! dead is my chief, Ua make kuu haku a kuu hoa. Dead is my lord and my friend, Kuu hoa ika wa o ka wi, My friend in the season of famine, Kuu hoa i paa ka aina, My friend in the drought of the land, Kuu hoa i kuu Uihunr,, My friend in my poverty, Kuu hoa ika ua o ka makaui, My friend in the rain and the wind. Kuu hoa i ka wela o ka In, My friend in the heat of the sun. Kuu hoa i ka anu o ka maitna. My friend in the cold of the mountain, Kuu hoa i ka ino My friend in the storm, Kuu hoa i ka malie, My friend in thr calm, Kuu hoa i mau kai ewalu. My friend in the eight seas: Ve, ue, ua hala kuu hoa, Alas! alas! gone is my friend, Aohe e hui hau mat. And will return no more aguiu. "'he following is a couple of distichs of an Elegy on love. Hookahi no tnoa, o ke Aloha la, One only name he had, and that, was love, He aloha wale no kona alelo. And love only was all his talk: A ka makua he mae i hanau mai, From sleep, his parent, was he born, He kaikaina ke kuko, he mihi ka Lust was his brother, and grief his nut nao. thought. 'he following is a scrap of a mele or Song on the creation of Hawaii. Ua hanau ka moku Born was the island. [and expanded; A kupu, a Inn. a loa, a no, a muo. It budded, leaped, increased, flourish'd, A tiko ka moku ilium o Hawaii It blossomed on the top, 'twas Hawaii, 0 Hawaii net no ka moku. This Hawaii was an island. Hepulewa ka aina. he naka Hawaii, Unstable wasthelarid, tremulous Hawaii, Elaeauxdeananoi kalani,leicahonua. Waving in the air; waved the earth, Mai o Akea uapahonoia. From Akea 'twas fasten'd together. Malie i ke na o ka moku me ka honua, Ciiiiet by the roots the island and the land Paaia i ka lewa taia.nl i ka lima akau o It was e employed uniformly in all the dialects of the Chinese language, the following pages we hope to show that to attain this is not im- sible, that on the contrary it is to be attained with ease and with a at degree of simplicity. In taking up the subject at the present e, we have been in a great degree influenced by the efforts now ting in India to render general, throughout the eastern territories jrreat Britain and in the adjoining countries, the adoption of one form system of orthography, suited to represent clearly and defi- •\y the sounds of words in the Sanskrit, Persian, Arabic, and their nate languages. t is a common error in adopting an orthographical system, to en- vor to employ such modes of representing sounds as will be 'at sight' intelligible to a reader, a method which would undoubtedly jood were it not in several respects impracticable. But as in this hod no provision is made for new sounds, foreign to the language Orthography of Chinese IVordf. '23 orthography is employed, such sounds can bo but very iniper- epresented by it. And no regard having been paid to the ele- of sounds, or of spoken language, each orthoepist will probably i different mode of representing them. It is plainly impractica- to represent them, as that no explanation will be required. This j particularly the case with the English vowels, with respect to all rules are set completely at defiance, so that there is not per- single vowel sound in English which cannot be expressed in different ways. Sir William Jones gives an instance of this sentence, "a mother bird flutters over her young," where the ound is represented in six different ways; namely by a, e, i, id ou, to which may be added the sound of ea, in heard! This extreme case, but it would be easy were it necessary to show ery vowel sound may be expressed in English orthography in three different ways. len it be impracticable to adopt a system of orthography which once exhibit to the eye of the uninstructcd all the true sounds >reign language, and if it be in a more especial manner impos- 0 frame a simple and definite system of orthography, in accor- with the sounds most usually attached to the letters in the h language, why should we not have recourse to the less em- jed and better understood systems in use on the continent of 3, rather than restrict ourselves to an orthography which is .vledged to be the worst that can possibly be found? For the h orthography is characterized in a peculiar degree by the two it defects of a written language, the application of the same to several different sounds, and of different letters 'to the same But that precision in regard to the vowels, which we in vain or in English, we find in the Italian; and the consonants with exceptions, are nearly the same among most European nations, talian language, excluding the peculiar sounds of some of its lants, has therefore been made the foundation of several of the ipproved systems adopted in various parts of the world,—by sir m Jones and many other literary men in India, and by the naries in the South Sea islands, among the American Indians, 1 other places. The orthography of these several systems dif- hardly any respects; in its vowels it is fundamentally the same Spanish and Portuguese, and varies but little from the ortho- 'of Germany and Holland: it is therefore well understood in jarts of the continent of Europe. By the literary gentlemen of it has been shown to be well adapted to exhibit in a clear and manner most of the sounds of the Sanskrit, Persian, and ; languages; and entire works have been published in the Ro- haracter, conformably to this orthography, in several of the lan- 5 of India. Is then this system (the system, as it has commonly ialled in the east, of sir William Jones,) adapted to represent •opean readers the sounds of Chinese words? For if it is, a advantage will be gained in point of simplicity, by assimilating thography of China to that of India, and of the Indochinese •i'l MAY, Orthography of Chinese Words, nations. After a careful examination, we are of opinion that it is so adapted, and that it is the best which can be employed to indicate the sounds of Chinese words. We will proceed, therefore, to represent the manner of applying it, and the invariable sounds given to each vowel, diphthong, and consonant, not taking into account those very slight variations which are common in every language, and which it would be vain to attempt to distinguish. As, however, the number of vowels in the Roman alphabet is less than the number of vowel sounds, we are obliged occasionally to have recourse to diacritical marks; and it will be well in the first place to point out in what manner these are used by us. As a general rule, a short vowel is left without any mark over it, while a fuller enunciation of the same or nearly the same vowel is distinguished by the acute accent (') over it; thus a is short as in quota, and d long as in calm. 'Perpendicular mark. Both the long and short vowels are often pronounced with an abrupt termination of them, either by simply ceasing at once to utter any sound, or by suddenly stopping the voice form passing out, and thus producing one of the three mutes, k, p, or t. To mark this variation, we use a small perpendicular mark ('), either on or after the vowel or diphthong so enunciated. '" Acute and grave accents. The same letter has sometimes to be used for two different long sounds, in which case we use the acute accent (' ) over one, and the grave accent (* ) over the other; thus we have two long sounds of e, marked t and i, the first as « in neigh, and the second nearly as e'e in ne'er. •• Diaeresis. To distinguish that sound of the vowel u which is commonly known as the "French u," we use the diaeresis; thus, lun is pronounced like I'une ih French. 'Apostrophe. To mark some peculiar sounds which appear to arise from attempted enunciations of consonants without the interven- tion of vowels, we use the apostrophe (' ) or mark of omission. The syllables in which this occurs are three; namely, 'm, 'ng, and sz'. The sound of 'm is produced by simply closing the lips, and causing the voice to pass into the nose, and thus producing the nasal m, with- out having previously uttered any vowel: the sound of 'ng, is also produced by the passage of the voice into the nose, but with the tongue raised towards the back of the palate; it is nearly the same as the sound uttered by a sulky child when whining: the sound of sz' is produced by endeavoring to change the hissing sound of 5 into that of 2, by endeavoring to slide from the hissing sound of s to the more vocal sound of z. The apostrophe is also used as the mark of omission before vowels, to show the dropping either of the nasal ng, or of w or y. The nasal may be dropped before most vowels, the w only before u and u, and y only before i, I, and ii. 'The spiritus asper of the Greeks is employed to mark the inter- vention of an aspirate between a consonant and a vowel, or between a consonant and a half-vowel: it is not used before any word, but only after the consonants, ch, k. p, t, and is. The aspirate before a word is represented by k. . i !>. Orthography of (,'hintfr IIWf/,«. 'i~> In the dialect ol'Fuhkeeii. a strong nasal enunciation of t IIP vow- s common, not quite amounting to the prefix or suffix of a nasal, produced as if by the utterance of the vowel sound through th* , without the escape of voice through the mouth. To represent sound, Mr. Medhurst lias used a raised a before, or nf after the jl; but. an a diacritical mark will be both more convenient in and less awkward in appearance, we have adopted a mark (°) muling the ang or anus-warn of the Indian languages, although tese the ang appears to represent a more distinct nasal utterance. he vowels of the Chinese language now demand our notice. In explanations of these, we shall not attempt to point out the minute es of difference, often observable in the pronunciation of some of i; but will give what, after a careful examination of the arrange- '. of them in Chinese rhyming dictionaries, and a close attention e utterance of them by the living voice, appear to be their most ;ct sounds. The different sounds to be represented may be shown, icurring in English words, in the following manner, long and enunciations of the same sound being regarded as but one vowel. •quota.. - .. men .. - ..habit ..-..- ..put .. - .. • — .. culm .. ne'er .. neigh .. police .. lord .. cold .. rude I'une .. allure. iis arrangement be correct, there are in Chinese ten vowels, h we will proceed to explain or define more minutely, represents a sound very frequent in English, in which language expressed in seven or eight different ways-, but most usually lort it as in but. When represented by a in English, it is never ited; in Chinese on the contrary it often is. On this account dticipate many objections to our use of a to represent this vowel. objections have Occurred to ourselves; but we have been una- i find any other letter which can so well represent it in every on. If we were to adopt u in place of a, we have already three Is attached to that letter, which can be represented by no other i letter; nor would u, as in shun, give always the true pronuncia- >f it, as any one may convince himself by a careful examination ! sound enunciated in pronouncing the last syllable of the word •ican with a heavy stress on it. This vowel is sometimes pro- ccd nearly as if it were a rapid enunciation of the a in calm, with an acute accent, is invariably long, as in balm, calm, •, approaching sometimes to the a in want, is nearly the same as in whet, yet, men, and IP a sound which lot often occur in Chinese. with a grave accent, is like the e'e in ne'er, or a,s a in share: >ften protracted till it assumes almost the sound of a in ant, .vhich sound it is sometimes altogether changed. It has been stcd, that, when thus protracted, there may be a short e, as in preceding it; but we are doubtful if this suggestion be correct, with an acute accent, is invariably el as in neigh, or ay in l;i\. s invariably as in pin, pit, and never as in pine. VOL. v. NO. iv. 4 Orthography of Chinese Words. MAV, i, with an acute accent, is the same sound prolonged, as in ina- line, police, or as ee in feel. o, is pronounced as in lord, or as a in ball, or aw in awful; o, ort, as in lock, lot, does not occur in any dialect of the Chinese .th which we are at present acquainted. 6, with an acute accent, is pronounced as in note, sometimes a tie more protracted as in roll, cold, or even as if followed by the in foot. u is pronounced as in pull, push, never as in pure, nor as in flush. /i, with an acute accent, is pronounced as in rude, rule, or as eo rood, fool. ?), with a grave accent, is pronounced as in illumine, allure, a und intermediate between u in rule, and the French u. it, is pronounced as in French, in the words I'ttne, user, &c. The following diphthongs, formed by the combination of the above wels, are found in Chinese. at, is pronounced as in aisle, or as the English i in white, line. di, is pronounced exactly as the word aye. au, is pronounced nearly as ou', in how, or ou in our, but is some- hat more slender. au, is a similar sound, but broader, being compounded of the a in ;lm and u in put, or ti in rule: it is broader than any similar sound English, but comes nearest to the ow in howl. ei, is pronounced nearly as ey in bey, dey, and is produced by a imbination of the short vowel e and the short i, nearly the same as it suld be in the word weight, were that word to be pronounced with a eater degree of stress on the ei than is usual. It is often confound- I with the long t of machine. eu represents a peculiar Chinese sound, produced by a distinct mnciation of the sounds of e long or ay, and of u short as in put, sometimes perhaps of a short, in quota, the stress being laid on the ng e. This is a sound which it is difficult to acquire correctly. hi is a sound not differing much from the English ew in the words w, pew; but in Chinese more stress is usually laid on the i than on e u, and the latter vowel is nearly the same as in allure. oi is pronounced nearly the same as in the French word gGitre, the as in note or as in lord, and t as in pin, being both preserved distinct. 6u is a very lengthened sound of the o in roll, which seems to to llowed by the sound of short u in put; the distinction between this id the sound of a protracted o is considered doubtful. ui is a combination of the sound of the short u in put, or of the rench ii, with short i, nearly as in fluid, or as in the French word 'uie. iii, is a similar sound, the short u being changed for the long the consonants, taking first those which can be represented by letters of the Roman alphabet. s in bunn, bard, is a sound unknown in most parts of China, but uent as an initial in the dialect of Fuhkeen, the nasal m being tiangeable with it. In (he north of that province, however, the is changed either mta p or m. 9 in far, fast, is a frequent sound in Chinese: in the dialects it n changed into an aspirate or vice versS. hard, as in give, get, never occurs except in some of the Is. Whenever this letter is found ia European dictionaries of neral language as an initial, the nasal ng should supply its place, apostrophe marking the omission of that nasal. The same re- ipplies for the most part to the dialect of Canton. is an aspirate,- is very frequent in Chinese; it is generally a er aspirate than in English: in the dialects of the south it is of- anged intoy in the north into s, or sh. To mark an aspirate consonant, we use the Greek spiritus asper in preference to ft. s in jest, or as g in gentle, is a sound which does not occur, perhaps in some of the dialects. Correctly speaking, it is not le consonant, but is composed of d and the French j, or zh. s in the French jamais, or as s in pleasure, occurs in Chinese, ith a tendency to change, as in German and Dutch, into the sound of y, and into ny. We' affix a mark to this letter to uish rt from the j in jest; the mark should rather have been 3d to the latter j, which represents a compound sound, had this 3n already so generally adopted without a mark, in the Indian do-Chinese languages. The use of the two letters zh to express nple sound, when so easily to be avoided, appears particularly enable.- s in kite, or as c in card, is a very frequent sound in Chinese, ly as an initial, but also in the dialects, as a final: as an ini- is often confounded with the strong aspirate k. It sometimes :s an asphatioh after it, being then pronounced as k'h in the jncJ word, pack-house. When thus strongly aspirated, it is then, hanged, in the northern pronunciation, into ch. i in lame, is a frequent sound; it is often confounded with n. s in maim, is also of frequent occurrence as an initial, but as a i the dialects only: in these it often takes the place of the final Orthography of Chiiifst Words. . MAT, •n, as also of the initial w. In the dialects of Fuhkeeii and Canton, this sound sometimes occurs as a word by itself, unaccompanied by any distinct vowel sound. n, exactly as in nun, occurs frequently in Chinese both as initial and final. p, as in pippin, is also a sound of frequent occurrence in Chinese. In some syllables it is often confounded with f. It sometimes re- ceives an aspiration after it, when it Is pronounced as p'h in the compound word, nap-hazard. It is then represented by a Greek aspirate after it, as in p'an; for want of which we are obliged to use the inverted comma. r, as a vibratory sound, is foreign to Chinese: it occurs, however, without any vibratory motion accompanying it, being then preceded by an indistinct vowel, or by the a in quota. This sound has been written itr/t and eulh; the latter is plainly incorrect, the sound which it is intended to represent being enunciated, as we have said, by framing the mouth to express the sound of r, but without a vibratory motion of the tongue. We have never heard this sound changed at all into I; but in the dialects it is altogether transmuted, being pro- nounced the same as I long in machine. s, as in sit, occurs as an initial only: it is often confounded with ah, a sound which the people in some districts cannot pronounce at all. This sound never changes, as in English, into that of z, but it is combined sometimes with z, unaccompanied with any distinct vowel, forming a peculiar sound which can be caught only from the living voice. t, as in title, occurs often as an initial, and in the dialects is fre* quently a final also. It sometimes receives an aspiration after it, when it is pronounced as the t'h in ant-hill, and written with a Greek aspirate following it, as in fan. v, as in revive, is a sound which does not exist in the general lan- guage of China, but it supplies the place of w in some of the dialects. w, as in want, is a frequent sound: it is pronounced precisely as in the English word wen, and if preceded by an h, precisely as in when. y, as in yet, is also a frequent sound: it is pronounced precisely as in yet, yard, and similar English words. z, as in zone, is a sound never used but in connection with s. See under s, and below under sz. The only combinations of consonants occurring in Chinese are, tli, hw, ng, ny, sh, sz, ts, and tsz: of these, ng and sh, although represent- ed by two letters of the Roman alphabet, are indivisible sounds. ch is an initial, pronounced precisely as in the word church, or as tch in French. This sound sometimes receives an aspiration after it, and is then pronounced as ch'h in the combined words church-hill: to avo:d tho repetition of the h, we write this with a Greek aspirate following the ch, as in ch'an. The aspirated k, is often turned into eh, particularly in the northern pronunciation. hw, is precisely the same1 as wh in English, in the word, when. of CHncsr \Vitrdt. 'i$ . as in sinking, occurs in Chinese both us an initial and final: as itial it isol'tcn difficult for a European to pronounce it correctly; : may readily be acquired by raising the root of the tongue to- the palate, and at the same time causing the voice to pass into >sc. This initial is often altogether dropped, and an apostrophe rk of anliclation is then used by us to supply its place. or the Spanish liquid n, occurs in Chinese, but is the correct nciation only of two or three words. It is often used in place French _;', but incorrectly. is precisely as in the English word ship, and occurs only as an ; it is often used interchangeably with .«, and sometimes with in that letter is followed by f or t. s a peculiar sound, consisting in a sudden change from the iation of the hissing sound of s, to the more vocal sound of z; irs only in one syllable, which, being usually pronounced wit.li- }' distinct vowel sound, we write sz.'. ; pronounced as in the words wit's end, supposing the ts remov- i the end of the first, to the beginning of the second word. It nes receives an aspiration after it, and is then pronounced as words Scott's house, removing the ts of the first word to the ing of the word house. s the preceding sound placed before z, in the same manner as in explained with regard to sz above, use which we have made in this system of diacritical marks some change necessary in the mode of designating the tones, ctions of voice, of the different syllables. We have • formerly ::d the nature of these tones, as applied by the Chinese to dis- i words which are otherwise pronounced alike; and on that i conformed to the mode of noting them previously adopted catholic missionaries, and after them by Dr. Morrison. Per- e same marks may be used as formerly, with the difference >lacing them after the words, rather then over the vowels. It irposo to revert to this subject at another time, lave been particular in denning the sounds which it has been ct to represent, "in order that we might prevent the possibility mistaken. And our purpose in publishing the above scheme iresent time, is to invite all our friends and correspondents us with their opinions thereon, that with the different views to assist us, we may be'enabled before the close of the year ler the subject more maturely, preparatory to introducing an system of orthography in our next volume. Orthography of Chinese Words. MAY, Fhe following statement will show at one view the loiters and rks which we have adopted, and the sounds they are intended represent. Diacritical markf. lark of abrupt termination; as in cha., ( Marks to distinguish different | long sounds; y Walter Scott. 31 . IV. Lines "written on seeing sir Walter Scott embark for Scotland in a melancholy state of debility." a little eulogy was put into our hands with a note, which, as it will our readers all we know of the production of our "Friend," we here luce. "The accompanying lines being original, and never having ap- id in print, are sent for insertion in the Chinese Repository,—if thought jy of a place there:—By a Friend. Canton, May 17th, 1836." Surely rreat Unknown, in all his musings, never could have dreamed that his 28 would so soon be published in the celestial empire. Should any of our e readers not think the "lines" the best ever written, nor perceive bearing on the objects of our Journal, yet doubtless, they will find them aaing interlude between descriptions of 'accents,' 'aspirates,' and Js,' on the one side, and of ' albugos," 'entropia,' and the like, on the . We leave it with critics, without apology or prologue, to determine lerits of the lines, only " presuming," as the Chinese say, "respectfully quest our friends to bestow a glance upon them."] What car is that the cautious sailors seek, So silently to hoist upon the deck? What feeble form therein extended laid, By every eye so cautiously surveyed? Pressed by a throng—all eager, yet not rude, Anxious to scan, yet fearing to intrude— Well may they pause and gaze intently. Here No vulgar cause excites the unbidden tear: At this gad scene may sorrow well break forth. Behold the mighty Minstrel of the north! Those pallid lips, which now.BO feebly move, Sang Marmion's valor and de Wilton's love; Sounded Clan Alpine's gathering cry to arms, And sweetly whispered gentle Ellen's charms. That fading eye in dying dimness quelled, What brilliant visions hath it once beheld! The court, the camp, the cottage, and the bower, Alike were pervious to its searching power— As oft, enraptured, it read nature o'er, From Scotland's craigs to Syria's burning shore. Whilst by the Bard I now admiring stand, And sadly mark that scarcely living hand, The creatures of its skill appear to me, Glittering in every bright variety. The fiery chieftain, his devoted clan, The gallant Graham, the stern Puritan, The virtuous Jennie, and frail Effie's grief,' The gipsy Sybil, wise beyond belief, The princely Richard of the lion heart, The rival Soldan, graced by every art, The stately Templar, and the Prior vain. The Norman noble, and the Saxon Thane, The bold freebooters of the olden time, And Judah's maiden, simple yet sublime: All these, and more, now rapidly flit byy Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. MAY, Reflected in the glass of memory. — Ne'er shall the Poet number you again, The wizzard sinks altlio' his spells remain; To sooth him now how little they avail, Less than to Rhoderick the old Harper's talc. And so exhausted will he brave the sea. Still Caledonia, still he turns to thee, Drags his faint footsteps from a foreign strand, And dying seeks his own, his native land, Sighs for those scenes his genius first made known, And there, content, will draw his parting groan. What tho' we grieve at thy approaching tomb, Can Fancy's self portray a brighter doom, A course more glorious than 'twas thine to run, Delighting nations, yet offending none? Ne'er swayed by envy, eager to commend, Thy only rival proud to be thy friend; Unchanged by all the flattery of Fame, The both applauding worlds extol thy name; With satire's venom, ever unimbued, So simply great, BO eminently good, Childhood was charmed, and sober age approved, Admired by all, by all admiring loved. 1833. J. D RT V. Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton: second Quarterly Report, from the 4th of February to the 4th of May 1836; by the Rev. Peter Parker, M. D. [Some repairs of the hospital, which were much needed at the end of the ;ond term, made it necessary to close the door for a few days,—during lich, Dr. Parker is enjoying a visit at Macao. His Report, which he prepared fore leaving Canton, goes to press during his absence; and in a lew instances s have abridged the MS., it exceeding considerably the space alloted for it ic expenses of the term were $441,9ii. The repairs are now nearly completed, d the doors will soon be reopened. The silk weaver, brought lo the hospital the 12th instant, continues to improve, and has a fair prospect of a speedy ;overy. May 24. ] IIP. whole number of patients on the records of the hospital is now 83. There were admitted during the term 358, of whom 282 wen; lies, and 76 females. In this number, those who remained on the t at the end of the last term, with those who, having been cured d discharged, have had a relapse or a new attack of disease, though :inerous, arc not included. Had the object been to swell the ca- .ogue of patients received, and were the strength of an individual Hicient for tin- tusk of an adequate attendance, the aggregate might \p been thousand*. The difficulty has been in avoiding applica- nt, rather tlisui in obtaining patient*. For nearly a month, the > 3. Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. 33 s were nominally closed against new applicants, and at least one I of the new patients have gained admittance by importunity and sombined influence of their friends, when there were already as y in the hospital as could be faithfully attended. The young man hinese, born at Malacca and educated at the Anglochinese col- ) who rendered me essential assistance during the first quarter, :ig returned to Singapore, and a European subsequently employed is place having returned to England, the double task of prescrib- iiul compounding medicines and administering the same devolved me, except as I have availed myself of the assistance of untaught ese. Thus the labors have been more arduous than during the term, though the number of new patients admitted to the hospital been less. It would add very much to the efficiency of the in- :ion, if the constant services of a few well-educated native youth, HIS to become masters of the healing art, and prepared to go igh a thorough course of instruction, could be secured; and the fits, which would accrue to such young men, would by no is be inconsiderable, le success, too, of the second term calls equally with that of the 'or gratitute of heart to Him who has given it, and equally in* 5 fresh courage to enter upon the future. The following details ihow that the institution has attracted more and more the atten- >f those who might be expected to be most unfriendly to it. Offi- >f government have in several instances personally countenanced application for medical care, and in their grateful acknowledg- 3 of benefits received have exhibited no less warmth than their rymen, in the humble walks of life, whom they have met in large *rs upon the same floor. Ten officers of government with more twice the number of their attendants (private secretaries, clerks ; public officesf &.c..,) have visited the hospital as patients. On 'Ccasion I recollect as many as five of these official gentlemen r around me at one time, with seventy-five or a hundred other its seated about the room. An elderly man, who has filled tation of provincial judge, in one of the northern provinces, rank of which is indicated by a blue button,) has condescended enrolled among the patients of the hospital. Another gentleman ted for a time his office as district magistrate, for the same pur- and the magistrate of Nanhae been, or the western district of in, sent in his card with a request that I would treat an afflicted of his relative. e arrangement adopted in the first report will be followed in — first, presenting a tabular view of the diseases, and then in the d place, giving in detail a few of the more important cases i have been under my care. The table showing the ages of the its is omitted. The diseases of the ear have been so numerous, t seemed desirable to class them together, as has been done. • of the patients have been afflicted with more than one disease, ich cases each is numbered in the tabular form. The cases :d, though few, must serve as specimens of the whole. VOL. v. NO. i 5 Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. MAY, Diseases presented during the quarter; 1st, of the eye, 2dly, of ie ear, and 3dly, miscellaneous. Amaurosis 12 Acute ophthalmia - 34 Chronic ophthalmia - 11 Purulent ophthalmia - 15 Rheumatic ophthalmia 2 Ophthalmitis 2 Ophthalmia variola - 1 Conjunctivitis - - 2 Hordeolum - - 6 3d: Cataract - - 24 Entropia - - 14 Trichiasis - - 6 Pterygium - - 11 Opacity and vascularity of the cornea - 36 Ulceration of the cornea 7 Nebulae ... 9 Albugo 23 Leucoma - 4 Staphyloma - - 16 Staphyloma sclerotica 2 Onyx - - - 2 Iritis ... 3 Lippitudo - - - 8 Synechia anterior - 13 Synechia posterior - 3 Myosis ... 2 Closed pupil with deposi- tion of lymph - 3 Procidentia iridis - 2 Glaucoma - - 1 Exophthalmia 2 Atrophy 13 Hypertrophy - - 2 Complete loss of the eyes 16 Total loss of one eye 6 Injuries of the eye - 2 Obstruction of nasal duct 1 Weak eyes - - 7 Abscess of the ear - 2 Otorrhoea - - 12 Deficiency of cerumen 3 Nervous affections of the ears ... 2 Malformation of the meatus auditorius 1 Enlargement of meatus 1 Deafness with enlargement of the bones of the ear 2 Deamess - 4 Abscess of Parotid gland 1 Psoas abscess - - 1 Anasarca - 3 Cancer of the breast - 1 Disease of the lower jaw with great tumefaction 1 Ranulae ... 2 Benign polypi of the nose 3 Fistulas in ano - - 1 Amenorhoea - - 2 Chronic cystitis - 1 Abdominal tumors - 3 Sarcomatous tumors - 5 Encysted tumor - 1 Tinea capitis - - 2 Scrofula ... 3 Indolent ulcer of the foot with elephantiasis 1 Asthma ... 2 Bronchitis - - 1 Bronchial flux - 1 Pneumonia - - 4 Ichthyosis- 2 Herpes ... 4 Impetigo ... 1 Psoriasis - 1 Disease of the antrum maxillare - 1 Bronchocele - - 2 Croup ... 1 Opium mania* - 9 Inguinal Hernia - 3 Paraplegia - - 1 Paralysis ot the arm - 1 llydrocephalus - 1 Deposition of cerumen No. 844. February 1st. Asscites with anasarca ot the lower extre- uties. Oon Heong, iiged thirteen. This little girl came to the lios- ital a few times last term, and was then absent till March. When Applied tc> filch a^ have become ,'lavc? to the use of •• th'.- drug." 5. Ophthalmic. Hospital at Canton. 3o entered the hospital, she appeared more like a monster than a girl lirteen. Her abdomen was greatly distended, her legs three or times their natural size, and her face very much bloated; pulse 120 to 130, respiration difficult; severe and protracted cough at t with fever. The disease was making rapid progress, insomuch I feared a fatal result, and told her friends they must eithet take iway, or be satisfied, if, after the best I could do, she should die in lospital. They were urgent she should remain, promising to make ifficulty. Calomel, jalap, and cremor .tartar were first administered few days. Blisters were applied to the legs with manifest advan- Afterwards a pill of calomel, gamboge, and pulvis scills (R. cal. is. pulvis gamb. gr. j. pulvis scillae, gr. ij.) was taken every night, ar. elixir and spts. nitr. ether, each two drachms, and of tinct. alis twenty drops daily. This treatment was continued till the )f April, when absorption commenced and advanced most rapidly, a gallon of fluid was evacuated daily; the abdomen and lower mities soon returned to their natural size; the fulness of the ks disappeared: pulse 90, and the child, cheerful and light, I walk about the hospital. The same treatment was still conti- , till she seemed to have nearly recovered her usual health, king a change of air might be serviceable, she was permitted to go : for a week, receiving strict charge as to the diet and medical nent in the mean time. The day after her return, she came to the hospital dressed in fine clothes and painted like a doll, and her a box of tea and other presents were sent from her master, ny pleasure was far from being unmingled. I had reason to think .he little child, instead of being recovered from a premature grave useful and respectable in life and happy beyond the tomb, was d to be a source of gain to her master when of a suitable age to ild for a concubine. And to add to this, in consequence of not •ing strictly to the directions given at her leaving, she returned Dut ten days with a partial relapse, and has been put upon the treatment again. . 926. Gunshot wound. February 17th. Acheen, aged twenty- This young man unfortunately burst a matchlock in his hand, vant in the factory came to me in great agitation saying that i was shot, and that he would request me to see him. I ordered an to be carried to the hospital, where I would dress his wound, id both him and his friends who came with him in great alarm ic wound should prove fatal; but I soon found their alarm to oundless, and they were pacified when assured of the patient's . The thumb was blown off from about the middle of the first the portion that remained dislocated, the fractured end turned to the wrist, and kept in that position by tendon and skin, with uscles forming the ball of the thumb torn up to the wrist. Pre- on for putting the wound in a proper state was commenced by ing with the knife the dislocated piece of bone, the shreds of also the cartilage of the metacarpal bone, then cleansing the 3, the edges of which were supported by adhesive straps, and Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. MAY, vcr these, large poultices were applied: in a few days, healthy gra- i ul at ions came on, and at the end of three weeks, the wound was iiiite healed. The patient was able to make considerable use of the preserved portion of the thumb. No. 930. Encysted tumor. February 24th. Pang she, a young ndow, aged 30, from Tungpo, had had for many years an encysted umor upon the head, situated posteriorly and superiorly to the mas- oid process, of an oval form, a little flattened; its length about three nches, and transverse diameter two and a half inches. It was suc- cessfully removed. Its contents, after evacuating a wine glass of luid, were of the consistency of thick dough, and of a brownish color, in about twenty days the incision was entirely healed, and the pa- jharged. No. 931. February 26th. Asthma and opium mania. Asay, aged 14, father of Akwei, the lad with imperforate meatus auditorius men- ioned in the last report. This man had been afflicted with asthma rorn youth and had long addicted himself to the excessive use of ipiuni. On account of his father's illness and expected death, the ad was unwilling to remain in the hospital, and after being permitted o return home became very irregular in his attendance. The father vas brought in a boat opposite to the factories, where I was requested o see him. The alarm of friends was well grounded respecting him. He was very languid, breathed with great difficulty, and had general Edema throughout the system. Being unwilling to prescribe for him without seeing him daily, and being desirous also that his son should •emain longer under my care, the father was received into the hospi- ;al, his health began in a few days to improve, and strong hopes were intertained of his recovery. When sent for one morning to see him, is he was thought to be worse, 1 went directly, but found, to my sur- srise that he had been some time dead. Probably there was an effu- iion into the thorax. The other patients were immediately removed from the room and the door closed. Patients were received during :he day, the friends were apprised of the event, and requested to ;ome in the evening and remove the corpse. The occurrence was regarded and treated as an event in Provi- ience, and there was no disposition on our part to conceal the event. Fhe corpse was removed and no difficulty ensued. A few days ifter, I was informed that Akwei must attend to the funeral cere- nonies and could not come any more for the present. I explained o him the necessity of the case and objected to his leaving. He ibsented himself, however, and I heard no more of him till some weeks subsequently, when being in the part of the city where he resided, I vas recognized by the grandfather and invited to the residence of he deceased. The car had been neglected and the orifice nearly lealed up, having a depression in the situation of the foramen. No. 962. March 5th. Disease of the Antrum maxillare. Ashun, of r from the gum. It was evident that there was a deposition of I' lanced it in the mouth and evacuated two fluid ounces re- iling gall. I afterwards passed a probe into the antrum, three or inches in several directions, without pain to the patient. There i tooth slightly defective opposite to it, which appeared to be an t rather than a cause. I encouraged the patient to expect only orary relief. He returned the same night with a promise to ! again in three days, his business not allowing him to remain iirther treatment. As I have not since heard from him, I pre- : that the fluid has not again collected. >. 967. March 7th. Hypertrophy of the right eye with deep opa- >f the cornea. Sze koo, aged 22, of the province of Nganhwuy, hter of Chaou Keu, a district undermagistrate in this province, had sent his card, a few days previously, with a representation of ase, of which a translation by Mr. Morrison is subjoined. herewith present a statement respecting the affection of the eye under she suffers, requesting instruction. My young daughter is upwards years old. In her right eye a covering (cataract) has grown up, ig the pupil, which arose from a diseased state of the bowels, when she etween five and six years old. A covering of skin has grown over the i that she cannot see anything with it, and although she has been under al treatment, the sight has not been improved, but she. can still perceive (on a bright day). Probably the pupil is not injured, but only covered y the cataract (literally, white screen ). I have heard of Dr. Parker, >nd Hwato, and desire to solicit that he will look at the eye and take ider his care. I request him to couch the cataract, and though she should able to see, I shall be satisfied. I particularly entreat him to adopt a and easy method of cure. If he can indeed cure her, she shall go on the nstant to solicit his care of her, and I beg that he will either give her ine, or adopt some other good mode of treating her, permitting her to the same day. If it be necessary to remain from home, it will be in- lient. I trust he will inform me whether this be right or not. And I e inexpressibly grateful." repeated puncturing of the affected eye and evacuating the us humor, it has been reduced to nearly its natural size, so that Is cover it, which is all that she or her friends were encouraged ject when I "took her under my care," and with which they ;I1 satisfied. Of the affection to which the father attributed the 'her eye, she has also been relieved. Naturally amiable and good g, neatly dressed, with less rouge and artificial flowers than of her countrywomen employ to improve their beauty, she seem- ly to need intellectual and moral culture to fit her to be an ible member of any good society. Her father, two brothers, and sistor, an interesting family, have all been my patients during m. Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. MAY, 1017. March 12th. Sarcomatous tumor. Atsoy, aged 14, of . This tumor commenced two years since, situated beneath tit eyebrow. One part extended up upon the forehead two the other downwards so as to conceal the eye. The lad, un- sprightly and pleasant, consented readily to have it extirpated. as- done on the 17th, when I found it to originate much deeper rbit of the eye than I had before supposed. I found it attached ise near the orbital foramen by a kind of peduncle, into which an artery, that was furnishing it with full nutriment. Two required a ligature. The eyebrow was not much disfigured ig divided. The parts were united by a suture, the power of was preserved, and the eye, before nearly useless, was again valuable as the other. Judging from the size it had attain- ',wo years, and the supply of blood it was receiving from the it must have become a great evil. The wound healed kindly ulations, and in three weeks the patient was discharged. 1077. March 28th. Sarcomatous tumors. Asoo, aged 21. )ung woman had a tumor from the pendulous portion of each h about three fourths of an inch in diameter. March 31st, I 1 the tumors by a double incision, in the form of the letter V 1, and with sutures brought the lips together. Her first inquiry e operation was if she ever again could wear ear-rings. The healed by the first intention, and in a little more than a week ent was quite well, and the natural shape of the ear perfectly id.—One other patient with a similar affection of one ear has resented. Probably these tumors were originated by wearing 'great weight and of improper composition. 114. Nervous affection of the ear with malformation of the Le Kingko aged 67, of Fuhshan, the provincial judge or isze before alluded to, came to the hospital on the 8th of April, ; treatment for an affection of his ears. He complained of 3 and a noise in his ears. I found the meatus auditorius very r, preternaturally enlarged both internally and externally too small centrally. Externally, the orifice was nearly trian- Pulse 84, foul tongue, and costive. He was informed that the lation was irremediable, that his general health might be im- when probably the noise he complained of would subside, and •ing might be also benefited though not completely restored, ent: Syringed the ears and introduced cotton, and gave of and rhubarb each eight grs. at night, and an ounce of sulphate lesia in the morning. Applied blisters behind each ear. April I ear better, the noise nearly subsided. Gave of comp. ext. of co- twenty grains, ten to be taken at night and the remainder in rour hours. Syringed the ear, dressed the blisters with basi- nd directed him to come again in two days. April 12th, improvement in his hearing and general health, and the old an expressed himself itiuc.h pleased with the benefit received, luced a little terebinth coratr- diluted, and the same treat- is rontinufd. Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. 39 . 1'243. April 20th. Nasal polypi. Tingqua, aged 65, a native ihkeen, and partner of one of the senior hong merchants, had afflicted for five years with nasal polypi in both nostrils. The attempted was completely removed in half an hour, and with loss of blood. The old gentleman proposed that I should remove ther also, which was effected in fifteen minutes. This polypus away entire, bringing with it a piece of thin bone, one third inch, long and one eighth wide. The patient endured the ope- i as if insensible to pain. I have repeatedly seen him since. one nostril he can breathe as freely as ever, the other will •e a further operation. Previously to operating upon Tingqua, I >een called to his house to visit his wife, who has long been af- I with chronic iritis in both eyes. Her sight is now sensibly ved, but as she is still under treatment, I defer the particulars case. I have had other patients from the same family, long the several cases of nasal polypi presented, I may here on another. This patient had also a polypus in each nostril, fhen I first saw them I judged them to be of a malignant cha- , as they were inflamed and bleeding, and the least violence excite hemorrhage. I immediately pronounced them of a kind be interfered with, and the patient went away. But his unfor- s condition was still revolving in my mind. I sent foi him in days that I might again examine his case. I then abraded a II portion of one polypus and waited to see if it healed. There >me hemorrnage. In a little time it healed kindly, and inferring a part what might be true of the whole, I proposed to remove They adhered firmly around nearly the whole circumference anterior nares, but how far back they extended I could not line. With a small scalpel, as the forceps were inapplicable, I ted out both. Fortunately they were limited within the anterior There was rather more than usual hemorrhage, but I have jn a case in which the result was more satisfactory, ing the quarter, a larger proportion of cataracts have been ted than in the first term. Upon a child five years old, who een partially blind from cataract in both eyes for three years, sful operation has been performed. The difficulty of confining tie patient so as to couch it in the ordinary way rendered it ary to introduce the needle in front, through the cornea and up the lens. The next day I could not perceive where the ire had been made. The wound healed and the absorption .pid. I have since operated upon the other eye, but before the tion will be complete, expect to introduce the needle again. hin the last fortnight I have operated upon five children (the thirteen years old,) for staphyloma. In two of these, the eye led so far as to render it impossible to cover it with the lids. In ase the removal of the protruding portion was attended with no sant consequences. In one case the excision left the lens so capsule or a new deposite over it presented the appciiraiicc of cornea, the patient still insensible to light, but much improved Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. MAY, appearance, and relieved of a source of perpetual inconvenience d pain. No. 1279. May 3d. Injury by fall. Yeang she, aged 24. A iweaver. On the approach of a very severe thunder storm that ;urred on the 2d instant, this woman went to take in some clothes m an upper loft, and in her haste to return fell from a ladder, a tance of twelve feet, upon a perpendicular piece of bamboo one •,h in diameter and three feet high. It entered deep in the centre the right arm-pit, came out above the shoulder beneath the clavicle lich it fractured, reentered the side of the neck, and passed ap- rently through the pharynx and oesophagus, rent the soft palate of : mouth from the fauces to the nose, and was arrested only by the se of the cranium. About eighteen hours had elapsed from the ic of the accident, when I first saw her. The wounds had been rered over with some Chinese plaster. The patient had a high er, hot and dry skin, pulse 125, and local inflammation about the uuds. Fluids taken into the mouth came out at the side of the ck, and the air also passed on respiration. Treatment: Dressed ; wounds, applied poultices to the sore and inflamed parts, abstracted irly fourteen ounces of blood, and gave her a calomel and rhubarb -.hartic, half a drachm of Dover's powders to be taken in five grain ses hourly, and in the evening applied one dozen leeches about the .vicle along the course of the wound. May 4th. Patient as comforta- ; as could be expected from the nature of the case. Pulse 108. Free ine evacuations, indicating that a large quantity of blood must ve been swallowed. Fever of the system much abated as well as the ,al inflamation., She had expectorated about half a pint of thick npy sputum (she had previously a catarrh,) during the night. The altices and Dover's powders were continued, with the addition of een grains of carbonate of ammonia taken during the day. May 5th. Symptoms of the patient as favorable as on the preceding y. I found the external jugular had been just avoided at the place .ere the bamboo reentered. Slight fetor from the wounds, though ! edges of them appeared well. Patient could swallow more easily, ne appetite and less thirst than before. Dressed the wounds, inject- r them with a solution of nitrate of silver, ten grains to the ounce of ter, and continued the treatment with addition of an ounce of sul- ate of magnesia, which was rejected. May 6th. No material change, me treatment continued, and all the wounds were cleansed with a ution of chloride of lime. _R. tinct. rhubarb drachma; iij. May 7th, Ise 100; orifices of the wounds appeared healthy; the patient could allow more easily than on any preceding day, but complained more in ever of debility. Considerable coma, with stertorous breathing, rceiving some discharge from the fractured end of the clavicle, I amined it more particularly, and traced with my probe and directory : passage of the bamboo from the shoulder to the entrance of the ilia. I dressed the wounds as usual, and as there had been no eva- iitions, gave four grains of calomel to be followed by half an ounce tinct. rhubarb, and thirty drops of laudanum to be taken at night. i. Ophthalmic Hospital, at Canton 41 ted the patient to lit; as much as possible on the affected side, to nt effusion of pus into the thorax. The discharge from the i being similar to that externally, it appeared probable that there communication with the lungs. I had but little expectation of covery. May 8th, pulse 106. Expectorated dark coagula of blood, removed some aim from the wound in the side of the neck. In better spirits, she had little pain, less comatose, no evacuation, e mouth slightly sore. Dressed the wounds, gave a gargle of urn, one drachm to four ounces of water. Ordered to be taken tely every hour, rectified spirits of ether, and spirits of ammo- drachm of the former and twenty drops of the latter. Also to the same and apply spirits of ether to the temples. May 9th, better. Pulse 90, more natural. Bowels free: appetite not countenance much better: wound is healing : and the patient rates easily and less than before. Swelling and emphysema lie fractured bones subsided. Bandaged about the chest, and B parts together, placed cushions under the arms, adhesive plas- ose the orifices, and poultices over them. Carbonate of ammo- efore. May 10th, much better; pulse 90, rather feeble. Less il fever, slept quietly. Wounds still appear healthy, granula- nmenced. Treatment, essentially the same. The patient at est was allowed to eat broth and a little fresh fish. May llth, ,-and all her symptoms favorable. Proposed that the patient icd to the hospital to-morrow. May 12th, she was u.ble to be to the hospital, and all the wounds apparently healthy. Not igued. Same general treatment continued, ise of Pang, hoppo of Canton, claims a remark or two in this ome time in the month of March, one of the linguists came med me that the hoppo "had something the matter" with but as the "great man " did not like to come to the hos- linguist wished to know if I would meet him at the Compa- ry. As I had no right there, I preferred he should come to esidence, the next day or at any time he chose, or if he pre- •ould go to his house. With this, the linguist was pleased, le would bring a reply the next day. lie did so, informing e hoppo had looked in his book, and found that the 12th n was an auspicious day, and that he would then come. •rived, however, I was informed, that as he had some extra t would not be convenient, but he would see me before he i Peking. This, however, he has not done. As he was soon himself at the imperial court, it might not have been uiiim- could have been instrumental in affording him an obvious t, from all I could learn of the nature of his disease, there lance of rendering much assistance by merely seeing him ue. close this report without adverting to the encouragement the generous donations of friends and the kind sentiments liformly accompanied thorn. The amount of donations re- excccds $1400, of which u particular acknowledgement v. NO. i. 0 Religious Intelligence. MAY, 'ill be given at the expiration of the year. In the mean time, 1 esire to express sincere thanks in behalf of the hundreds, recipients f their munificence. It is an encouragement, a generosity, the lore sensibly appreciated as it has been unexpected. 1 wish also to cknowledge the unremitted kindness of Dr Cox, who has continued ) assist me weekly upon the day for operations. In this hasty report it is impossible to convey to the mind of a tranger an adequate idea of the interesting scenes of the past three lonths. To do this he need imagine an assembly averaging from 3venty-five to a hundred of the unfortunate in every rank. He need ce the man or child lately groping in darkness now rejoicing to be- old the light; here the fond mother, her countenance overcast with loom at the apprehension that a darling child must soon die, pre- 2ntly wanting terms to express her joy as she sees that child prat- ing around her, insensible to the danger from which it has been res- ued; and again he should witness the gratitude of those whose pro- •acted afflictions they had supposed would terminate only with life, i a few days restored to health; and as he beholds considerable num- crs who never again can see the light, think of a still larger com- itiiy, who but for the timely relief afforded would have become alike afortunate. Were it 'all of life to live,' were there no hereafter, the ondition of man being as it is, there would exist no higher privilege ran to be a physician, rendering advice and assistance and dispensing u dicines gratuitously. But the reflection perpetually recurs, it is not 11 of life to live. Beyond the limits of man's earthly being, the soul's xisience is eternal, and as the duration of the latter exceeds that of le former, so is its welfare more important and desirable; and the erfection of earthly felicity would be to labor directly, to labor long nd successfully for it, and especially among those whose immortal appmess has so long been neglected. But since this is in a measure npracticable, and by the Chinese as a nation unappreciated, it is ist occasion of thankfulness to God that those means can now be mploved, which, in themselves most desirable, are chiefly important s preparatory to their reception of his most valuable gift to man, ic Gospel, which is destined ultimately to bring into the fold of the Lcdeemer an innumerable multitude from the inhabitants of this, nique and populous empire. iBT. VI. Religious intelligence: Sandwii/i and Jleiyey Islands; Batavia; Singapore; Malacca; Penang; Siam; Burmah; and Bombay. WITHIN a few days, letters have come into our hands from the several laces specified above. Among the communications from the Sand- •ich Islands, was the second article in our present number, with arious specimens of new works which have appeared in the Hawaiian Religious IntrUigrncr. 43 ige. For these favors we feel much obliged to those friends lave conferred them, and hope our obligations may yet be still r. The "Vocabulary" shall soon be noticed. L letter from the Hervey Islands, dated Rarotgna, December 8th, by Messrs. Pitman and Buzacott, it appears that wars, pesti- fire, and hurricanes, have been experienced in that place. The bllowing extracts are from the letter before us. hrough the 'tender mercies of our God' we have been spared >r in this part of his vineyard for rather more than seven years half, during which period we have experienced a diversity of ss. Two native teachers from the Society Islands preceded us, jse labors idolatry had been abolished and their temples des- The conduct of one of them, however, was so very incon- that we were compelled to deprive him of his office, which has 3n restored. As we acquired the language, we found the peo- >e in a wretched state of ignorance, but willing, and apparently s of instruction. At Avarua a very large chapel was erected, undred feet long, where the people formerly worshiped. But fore our arrival they had removed to another part of the island, nia. Here we erected a building for the worship of God, one 1 and fifty-four feet by fifty-six, which was well attended. We md the expediency of the people being divided and of residing .he boundaries of their respective leading chiefs. Three set- 9 were consequently formed, in each of which was erected a ind school-house. * * * faith and patience were yet to be put to the test. A few passed away when we were reminded of the instability of all ;mporal, by the visitation of a most destructive hurricane, the le same time over-stepping its usual boundaries. In accom- its appointed work no time was lost. All our chapels, school- nd nearly every dwelling house in the island, in a few hours, reled to the ground; trees of many years growth were torn e roots; hundreds of our valuable bread-fruit and other trees i; in fact, scarcely any food was left for our poor afflicted peo- several months afterwards they lived upon the roots of the si tain trees. As soon as practicable we reerected our chapels Iling houses, which was a work of great labor, ich of our settlements those who voluntarily attach themselves e divided into classes; and as the people forsook their evil , and agreed to the rules of our society, they were admitted, means we become more thoroughly acquainted with their 5 well as public character. Our chiefs, though constant in indance on divine worship, and always ready to assist us in >sed undertaking, did not, for the most part, unite with us; i, probably, that their private conduct did not correspond rules of our society. A very great change, however, has n place, and we scarcely know a chief on the islands but tarily attached himself to the cause of truth. Our chapels led every Lord's day; and two evenings in the week our 14 MAY, Journal of Occurrences. congregations are very large. Our schools also are well attended, ind the children take great pleasure in learning: we have about 2500 inder a course of daily instruction. A very great spirit of inquiry at )resent prevails, and many profess to be seriously impressed with the vord of God. Several have applied for baptism and admission to the Lord's table. Churches have been founded at each settlement; mem- jers in the whole about forty-eight; we have also several candidates." iVote. For waul of room we arc obliged to postpone the intelligence from Batavm, Singapore, Malacca, Penang, Buniiah and Bombay. (\.RT. VII. Journal of Occurrences. Peking Gazette; Peking; Shanse; Hoonan; Tibet; imperial commissioners; Canton Court Circular. ["HE cstrncts which we have made from the Gazette mid Court Circular, will ndicale the state of public affairs both at Peking and Canton. The " autumnal issizes," mentioned in the Court Circular, are so called because, though ad- udjed now in the provinces, the criminals, or representations of their cases, ire in autumn to come under the consideration of his majesty, who will then >ronounce the irrevocable sentence. During the month, a malignant disease has >een prevalent among the Chinese, in and about the provincial city; and deaths lave been frequent and sudden. The fall of rain has been abundant; and in several nstances, it has been accompanied with heavy gales, thunder, and lightning, iometimes terrific. The prospects for good crops of rice, silk, &c., are fair. Within a few days, arrivals (of foreign vessels) have been numerous. Among hem are two of the U. S. navy: the sloop Peacock, C. K. Stribling, esquire, com- nander; and the schooner Enterprise; from Batavia, Siam, and Cochinchina. Fhe Peacock, we understand, hears the broad pendant of commodore Kennedy. The Peking Gazettes. The press of other mailer has made us rather bchiiid- mnd in our extracts from these documents, the principal source of general infor- nation respecting China which we possess. An account of the manner in which he Gazettes are compiled and published has been given on the sixth page of he Repository for the present month, accompanied by a translation of a whole lumber as a specimen,—a specimen, however, rather more favorable than is uually to be met with, the chief contents often consisting of long documents •especting arrears of duty, neglects of form at literary or military examinations, letails of some trifling criminal case at Peking, or recommendations of officers for ome not very important district magistracy. Through much uninteresting matter )f this nature must we wade, in order to avoid missing objects of a more inte- esting character which we often find. Hence it must frequently happen that, or want of leisure sufficient to translate many documents, we are compelled to imit ourselves to a summary of their contents. Such a summary, however, at he least, we hope that we shall be able to give our readers regularly from month o month, being convinced that we shall thereby furnish them with more valuable nformation on many points than we can possibly do by any labored articles, lur present file reaches back to the beginning of November last, and extends to he end of February: but we have extracts respecting changes of appointments, legradatioiih, and so forth, as well as of the more interesting documents, of a nnnth's later date. We will arrange our summary with reference to the order •I'the different province*, placing every thing of a mor" general nature under the cad of Peking. Peking. Several imperial c-dicls have lately appeared which are addressed In ho whole cmpii-r \V> published. la;l month, one on the subject of negligence 4. Journal of Ocruri'tacrs. 45 ilitury appointments; nnd on a preceding page ol our present minilier is n ilation of another against the practices of llie 'literary assistants,' or private itaries, ot high officers in the government. \V<-observe. In^idrs these. t\u> iferencc to literary chancellors. The first is prohibitory of their employing ral literary friends from the same province or district, lest the intimate lections of these individuals should divert them from that impartiality and ;htness which ought to characterize the assistants of officers whose duty it is icide on the literary merits of numerous candidates. The other edict in re- icc to literary officers, is prohibitory of their receiving any kind of fees or ;nts. lother general edict is in reference to the negligence with which the reviews e military in all the provinces are for the most part conducted; this is occa- jd by the report given by Shin Kehccn, the newly appointed lieut.-governor house, as to the state in which he finds the military in that province. In this nee, his majesty is the more indignant, inasmuch as high military officers had everal occasions been sent into that province to review the troops. After manding these, his majesty concludes in the following terms: "Hereafter let le governors and lieut.-governors act with real zeal for the proper discipline IB army and for the maintenance of correct principles in it; and let those officers who are specially appointed by us to review the forces, lay aside all >e regard for others, and distinguish with a perfect regard to justice the sev- merits or demerits of those submitted to their inspection, even as if we ! ourself present to review them. By thus acting, they will not fail of fulfill- he important duties intrusted to them." 'a similar character with this is another general edict, occasioned by the less manner in which Wanfoo, one of the first ministers, performed the duties mission on which he was sent to a Mongol tribe. The object of the mission to investigate the conduct of the head of the tribe. It appears that in his rt on this subject, Wanfoo absurdly represented the prince as having, on one sion (we know nothing beyond what is here staled,) gone to a hunting r seated in a sedan; on which his majesty indignantly remarks: "What ing is it possible for him to have there! and who ever heard of going to a ing party in a chair! How could Wanfoo insert in a memorial statements so ily falsified 7" Excited by this and other faults in the memorial, his majesty i his attention to the whole empire, and exclaims: "A thousand parts of the linery daily demand our care, and if our thoughts wander from them in the degree, excess or defect in one quarter or another is inevitable. Have all ervants, the recipients of multiplied favors, never heard that rule which a rand ages have ratified, that 'Their merits, to their prince they owe. 'Their faults themselves must bear?' etful of this rule, they all screen one another; and to free themselves the imputation of error they make their sole object. In what way can apply to themselves ' the constant toil—the ill-report ' which is spoken of? safter, then, let them make it their anxious endeavor to rouse themselves all sloth and indolence, and rid themselves of every bad habit.—Let this ade known as an edict addressed to all. Respect this." rinse. The late disturbances in Shanse formed one of the most prominent is in the gazettes at the close of the last year, having by their nearness to ng excited more particularly his majesty's attention. This insurrection com- ced in April 1835, and was not entirely suppressed until after three months elapsed. We have given all the information which the Peking gazette af- relative to its commencement in our number for June last year, and this is re hear of it until some time after, in a gazette of the latter end of July,.of h we have but lately obtained a copy. It contains a report from Oshunan, t.-governor, of the disturbance having been entirely suppressed. On this sion, his majesty, pleased to hear of the entire dispersion of insurgents, ap- ed of what Oshunan had done, and waived the inquiry into his conduct h the laws ordinarily render necessary. A nephew, yet under age, of the offi- ivho with all his household had been massacred by the insurgents, was declar- cir to the title which had been granted to the deceased officer, and it was 46 Journal of Occurrences. MAV, lg directed that 'on attaining his majority he should be presented for investiture. otj, Various officers who had been active in the contest received promotion, and the jj, people who had suffered, and those who had subscribed toward the expenses of to , the contest, were in various ways made the recipients of imperial favors. ^, But a member of the censorate had meantime been making inquiries, and dis- covered that the false doctrines which the instigator of the disturbances had dis- *J seminated had their origin as far back as 1822. This he immediately represented" to the emperor, accompanying his representation with a request that the officers r who had failed to discover this fact, from that period onwards, should be subject- ed to inquiry. His majesty now discovered that Oshunan had allowed half a year to elapse since the suppression of the disturbance, without having sent in any statement in regard to those officers who had neglected their duty, that on the contrary he had stated the case of some of these in the most favorable light, and that his recommendations of others, had been chiefly confined to the civil branch of the service. His majesty now found that since his appointment to the government of Shanse, Oshunan had shown himself inefficient; he was there- fore degraded, and sent in a subordinate capacity into Mantchon Tartary. After this, a long list appeared of the officers who had since 1822 occupied the principal vtations in the province, all of whom have been punished by degradation of rank in their various stations. Finally, another allegation having been brought against Oshunan, he was again condemned and degraded, and sent as assistant resident into Tibet, to reside at Chashi-lounbou. _. Hoontin. We mentioned last month a vague report of disturbances in Hoonau; latt - this report has been fully confirmed; the disturbances are not, however, among i£85 the mountaineers as then stated, but among the people of the plains, who assem- lars bled in the mountains until they were sufficiently prepared for an attack. We 7 have before us a dispatch to the emperor, from Woo Vungkwang, the fooyuen the or lieut.-governor of the province, when on the point of proceeding in person thit to the scene of action, the substance of which we subjoin. The first informa- ^ tion which the lieutenant-governor received of the affair was a dispatch from issu the chief officers, civil and military, in the frontier department of Paouking foo, Th« adjoining Kwangse on the one side, and Kweichow on the other. This was on fiat the 27th of March. Their dispatch was to the effect that on the 12th of the same reci month they had apprehended an individual on whose person they discovered a 4 yellow flag and papers of a traitorous nature; that this individual divulged the nga tact that a party of insurgents was assembled in a mountainous recess in the dis- dej; trict of Sinning heCn, and that they were planning an insurrection; that another C1^,/ person was also apprehended, having about him traitorous documents, and that to d he confessed that the head of the insurrection, named Lan Chingtsun, had fixed ed — the following day (March 22d) for an attack on the city of Wookang; and that in BJJ>_-_ consequence of these circumstances, the chief magistrate of Paouking foo had ^^ collected the military, and was proceeding at their head to the relief of that city. «*_ The lieut.-governor was still engaged in attention to these dispatches, when a further dispatch of the 23d March reached him, representing that the insurgents had made an attack on 'Wookang, and requesting immediate reinforcement. 'During the perusal of this dispatch,'1 says the zealous lieut.-governor, "my hair became erect from the force of my indignation and rage, that the rebel Lan rhingtsun should have the extreme audacity to break forth into open insurrec- tion in the broad light of day, and should with an assembled multitude have attacked a walled city. A crime so great, an offense so flagrant, demands the ipeedie: and most severe punishment." The lieut.-governor, being under sentence of degradation, proceeds to point out the impossibility of waiting the arrival of his successor, and to represent what it was his immediate intention to do. Expecting that the governor was already on the way from Hoopih, the northern portion of the government, as he had pre- viously notified his intention to visit the south at that period, it was his intentien to expedite that officer's movements, and also to write to the newly appointed fooyuen and poochiiii^ze. urging both of them to hasten to their new appoint- ments. He was at the same time sending to Wookang. an immediate reinforce- ment of 800 men. whom he would soon follow; and the chief civil and military officers of Paouking. having left that city for Wookang, he would »end 300 ^ I Journal of Occurrencef. 47 troops for (lie defense of the former station. Before concluding hi.- ch, lie received further information, thnt the insurgents, who were from two in thousand strong, had been repulsed in their attack on Wookang; and that s twenty slain in the onset, they had lost many in their retreat, in conse- B of being driven across a river. This satisfactorily proved to the lieut.- lor that they were yet but a hasty assemblage, as it were a flight of crows, at by accompanying his military manoeuvres with a proclamation promising mess to those who would at once submit, he should be able to suppress the ction immediately. If the latest rumors be correct, he has been dis- ted in this expectation. . Both the resident and assistant resident in this colony have been lately d. Wanwei, the late resident, has been recalled to Peking, and Kingluh Lassa in his place, and Oshunan has been appointed assistant resident, id at Chashi-lounbou. mperial ammitsioners who have lately arrived from Peking are, Anming, ent of the Board of Rites, and Chaou Shingkwei, a vice-president of the if Punishments. They are attended by four subordinate officers, one from ler, and three from the latter, Board. The immediate object of their corn- is a case of mutual accusation and of appeal to Peking on the part of two now degraded; one a chief magistrate in this province, and the other id in one of the Boards in Peking. The appeal by the mother of the reives the commissioners who were here in 1834, (see vol. iii, pp. 192, ) of whom one only, Saeshangah, now survives. We defer the particu- ie affair until the investigations are at an end. union Court Circular contains the following items of intelligence, since ultimo; a translation of the Circular for that day will be found on page his number. W/i, I3tk of the 3d moon. Their excellencies the governor and fooyuen d received official papers; paid and received visits of ceremony. N. B. lits, forming as they do a part of the routine of every day, with little va- eed not, ordinarily, be noticed —Fung Yaoutsoo reported that he had orders to distribute clothing to the children at the foundling hospital. !)t/t. Le, commissioner of salt, recently promoted to the office of :e in the province of Shense, reported to the governor that he should er the seals of his office on the morrow.—In consequence of this change, s director of the commissariat, will retire from the duties of that office, ;<• temporarily those of the salt department; and he will be succeed- time being by Hung, who is waiting for a directorship. Six crimi- lirought to the city for the autumnal assizes. '/i. Their excellencies went early in the morning to the temple of the r, and offered incense; and then repaired to the "hall often thousand >nsecrated to the worship of the emperor ), and there attended to the he Sacred Edict. Seven criminals were brought in for the assizes. The governor paid Le a parting visit, as that officer leaves the •. to proceed to Shense, of which province he has been appointed a or commissioner. The governor went out of the north gate of the city to review troops and on returning, went and congratulated Chirig, acting comniis- It,—it being his birth-day. Five criminals arrived. Cboo, the acting chefoo, reported that he should go on the morrow, ute of gongs and guns, to the collegiate hall, and attend the fourth of the undergraduates. Wang ChinkaoU, major of the left batta- tation of Heiingshan, reported that he had captured a smuggler with ces of camlets, and had brought the same to Canton. The officers who had been sent to accompany Le, the late commis- . beyond the boundaries of Kwangchow foo, on his way to Shense, ir return. Five criminals arrived. '.Qt/i of tlie 'Ad moon Wang, the nganchasze of the province, came equest the governo) to attend the assizes; and (according (o cus- second and third deputation to repeat the request. At S A.M., '!:c fcoynen's great hall were thrown open; the governor and all Journal of Occurrences. officers took their seats; one hundred HIM! fifty-five criminal- fur iivti/rs were liruught in, judged, and led uut; the fooyuen directed nils of cash, fans, and cakes, to be given to the criminals, and then to he reumnded to prison. The hong merchants reported that they meet the new hoppo. .'risoners were sent back from the city to the country. Officers meet the commissioners from Peking. Chingtaih reported the 0 smugglers loaded with salt. lo Pangyen reported that he had been directed by the poochingszc '.<•. to conduct the prisoner Ma Tihisin lo Peking. The governor went early in the morning and offered incense in if. one of the principal temples of the city; and then attended the regiment on this station. The chefoo reported that to-morrow he the fifth examination at the collegiate hall. 1 is excellency, the governor, went to the great landing-place and iew hoppo, Wan, and inquired of him after the repose of his sacred smperor. Two Tartar prisoners, formerly employed as officers, the custody of the district magistrate. st ilni/ of tin1, 4th moon. Their excellencies the governor and foo- the temple of the god of literature, and ottered incense; they after- d to the great landing-place, took leave of Ping, the late hoppo; liin their wishes for the repose of his sacred majesty. Choo, the ed that to-morrow he would attend the sixth examination of the es, at the chancellor's hall. rheir excellencies, the governor and fooyuen, went out of the city, real western gate and offered sacrifices to the gods of the hill* s; they then repaired to the great landing-place, received the two nissiouers, and inquired after the repose of his sacred majesty, itrate of Haefung brought to the city a female criminal, Ching Lin ered her over to the custody of the nganchasze. The magistrate of :ed that at 2 o'clock this morning, a fire broke out in the western city, in a money-changer's shop, which was consumed, and two ;s were torn away, to extinguish the fire. The two senior hong merchants, pin kou> tc e pin, 'prostrated jfore the governor) and presented a petition of the barbarians.' Die governor arrived at the office of the fooyuen, and the doors of vere thrown open under a salute of guns. These officers and the mclioiiHries of the province arranged themselves for the trial; the yhaou Heuugwan and Chin Cheche, were brought in, judged, and fooyuen requested the death-warrant; and sent a deputation to •iminals lo the market-place, without the southern gate, and there em. It was done accordingly, and the death-warrant returned ["he magistrate of Nanlme reported that yesterday at 3 o'clock P.M., ut in the western suburbs; one house was destroyed, and one .no Kekwang (Mowqua junior) reported his return from the coun- ivoche. one of llin assistant magistrates in the district of Pwanyu, it fire broke mil at •', o'clock this morning in the suburbs on the e city ; twenty-three buildings were burnt, and six w^rc li/ru clown, derers were brought to the cily from the district of Tiingkwnn was taken and handed over to the proper authorities for triol. feiing Seuene, siib-.nai;i«1r.->te of Shiintih. brought eleven criminals ruug Yuiigfnl) reported the seizure of a thief. An execution took le day with the usual formalities. tVang Ynkin? reported that he had been directed to gr> wilh ll,o Nianhae, and distribute the governmental gratuity among the blind 'ih s:e, one nf the temples of the city. Die chefoo sent a messenger to report that to-day he will attend on of the undergraduates from all the (fourteen) dioiricts of TII E CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. V.—JUNE, 1836.—No. 2. r. I. A (kscription of A'sam: extent and boundaries of its three principal divisions; with notices of the states and tribes bordering on the north and south. >resenting a description of AVim, we feel a little embarrassment :eming to inform our readers on a subject with which we are aware e of them must be much better acquainted than ourselves. But growing importance of the country, as connecting the dominions Jreat Britain, Burmah, and China, and the recently discovered that the tea shrub is growing indigenous in it, will excuse our npt to extend the interest we feel in this bordering state. Much ur knowledge respecting it is derived from a series of excellent les in the Friend of India, and the Calcutta Christian Observer; hich valuable periodicals we confidently look for further authentic mation, both respecting this and other parts of southeastern . In the present article we shall confine ourselves chiefly to a •iption of the country and its adjoining tribes, leaving an account s government, productions, and prospects to a future number, ecting its history, it will be sufficient for the pres nt to observe it was annexed to the British territories in 1825, as a conse- ;e of the Burman war. Since then successively the kingdoms itricts of Jynteah, and Kachar, have been added; and Manip.ir jch under British influence. Thus the British government under their immediate dominion or influence, HII extent of jry on the eastern border of Bengal, more than three hunderd in length and two hundred in breadth. So far us we understand olitical relations of the government, lieutenant Charlton is the lit at Sadiya; major White, as political agent, usually resides per A'sAm; but the authority of captain Jenkins, the governor d's commissioner, is paramount throughout the whole country. are all apparently pursuing a liberal and enlightened course of toward* the natives under their control. VOL. v NO ii. 59 Description of A'sum. JUNE A's:m is separated from Tibet on tlie north by wild hill tribes and by the lofty Himalaya mountains ; on the east a narrow strip only of the Burman terriory divides it from the Chinese province of Yun- nan; on the south, it borders on the Burman empire; and westward is Bengal. From the point where the united waters of the Ganges and Bramhapi'Ura pour into the bay of Bengal, if we ascend the latter river in a direction varying from northwest to northeast, till we reach the latitude of 26° 10'N., and the longitude of 90° 30' E., we find the town of Goalpara. This town situated on the left bank of the river is reckoned the western extremity of A'sam. From Goalpara it stretches with the river in a northeast direction, occupying the whole valley of the BramhapiHra to Sadiya, in latitude 27° 50,' and long. 95° 45.' This valley is closed in on the north by various ridges connected with the Himalaya mountains, and the Garo, Khasiya, and Jynteah ridges on the south. These limits include a territory full three hun- dred miles in length, and though its breadth is not quite uniform or entirely defined, it may be set down at a rough average of seventy miles. Within these bounds, thus generally stated, lies that country of great fertility, and as it would seem, of almost unparalleled advan- tages in situation, which we now briefly describe. The whole territory is divided into three portions, Lower A'sSm Upper A'sam, and the country of Sadiya. Lower A'sam extends on both banks of the Bramhaputra from Goalpara northeastward to the junction of the Dhunsiri with the great river, above the town of Bish- vvanath. In a straight line this is a distance of about one hundred and seventy-five miles; and the whole extent is strictly under British rule. Through its whole length, Lower A'sdm is divided nearly in the centre by the Bramhaputra. The chief tributaries received in its passage through this division are the Manas or Bonash which comes down from the north, and joins it near Goalpara; and the Kullung, if it be not more properly a part of the river itself, which leaving the Bramhaputra near Bishwanath and rejoining it near Go- wahSti, forms no inconsiderable island. On the north bank of the river, the principp] divisions noticeable on the map are, Kamrup, and Du- rung. Gowah;iti, the usual residence of the commissioner, stands on the left bank, seventy miles in a straight line east from Goalpara. This latter town is described as fast rising in importance, and as a mart for exchanging the produce of the \ hole surrounding country. Gowahati, the capital, is well laid out, and has become a populous town. Upper A'sam extends in the line of the river, on its south bank, from Bishwan.ith to the junction of the Dikho with the Bramhaputra; and on the north bank somewhat higher. In a direct line the length may be eighty or ninety miles. For the chief part of its course through this portion, the Bratnhiiputra is divided into two main branches or channels, the northern of which is called the Bnri Lohit, and the southern which has the largest volume of water, the Dihing. These branches inclose the large island of Majuli, about sixty miles in length, and from ten to fifteen in breadth. This fine island, which runs almost the whole length of U|>ucr A'sim, was ouce well inhabited *3fi. Description of A'snm. fil id cultivated, hut is now mostly a wilderness. About twenty miles ;low the upper extremity of this island, the Dikho falls into the south- n branch of the great river, after running a short course from the Us on the southeast. Its banks are marked with the sites of several 1 forts. A few miles above, the Disung after a longer course from ; east joins the Bramhaputra. The tract lying between these two inches, though bearing numerous traces of former inhabitants, is w entirely overrun with grass jnd forest jungle. The next branch the considerable river Bi'iri Dining; rising among the mountains itheast of Sadiya, it flows westward, throwing off a branch to the •th which joins the Bramhaputra opposite Sadiya, while the rest of waters pass on and intercept the great river seventy or eighty miles ow, in latitude 27° 15,' and about twenty miles above the Dikho. us its two branches, it will be seen:, include an extensive plain, mining the country of Sadiya, and bounded on the west by the Bram- utra. This plain is almost entirely covered with grass and forest rle, but is sparsely inhabited by the people called Mutaks, or jmariyas or Mo.'iris, of whom we may speak hereafter. Their icipal town and the residence of their chief is Runga Gora, on small branch Diburu, along which is the chief part of the po- ition. Thus far upon the southern bank of the river, roceeding in the same manner on the north side, beginning at the .ern extremity of Upper A'sam, we find first the district of Sisi, in a state of great desolation from the ravages of wars before it e under British rule. The next are the Meris, a rude tribe total- iflering from the A'sSmese, and thinly inhabiting the northern : below the Dihong. The largest of their villages is Motgong, pe the chief or gaum resides; he has renewed allegiance to A'sdm sought protection for himself and for some of the Abors who ;ss the hills on the north of them. The river Dihong is an ob- >f interest, because of the large volume of water it conveys, and ncertainty that still hangs over its origin. Coming down from orth from the mountainous district where the British and Tibetan ories are conterminous, it falls into the Bramhaputra about the de of 27° 45° and the longitude of 95° 25. Insuperable difficulties e channel and on the banks have hitherto prevented its survey rd in 1825, the Dihong discharges 53,269 cubic feet per second; rarnhaputra near Sadiya, 19,058; and the Dibong, 13,000. Be- ie junction of these three rivers, the estimate was 120,176 feet cond. Since then the volume of water in the Dihong is nearly of that in the Bramhapntra atSudiya, it cannot be supposed !< L short course; arid it may be believed with captain W , receives the greater part of its waters from the Yftru tsanpu of though it also brings the waters of the true Bramhaki'md. The g from the mountains in the northeast falls into the Dihong ts mouth; the low triangular tract between these rivers is a wilderness without inhabitants, hut the highlands to the north e thinly occupied by tribes of Abors. 52 Jl'NF, Description of A'ium. The country of Sadiya proper, which forms the third portion in the general division given above is a vast plain, having the Dihong for its western boundary, the Bramhaputrafor its southern, and on the north and east is closed in by the same mountain ranges which terminate the valley of the Bramhaputra. "The town of Sadiya itself stands on a small stream called the Kundil nulla, about six miles from its junction with the great river. About twenty miles eastward of Sa- diya, on the Bramhaputra, stands Sonapilr, formerly a strong frontier post of the A'samese goverment; beyond which the river is navi- gable only for the canoes of the country. The Sadiya district has a rich alluvial soil, low and well watered, exceedingly well adapted to the growth of rice and other crops, of which it produces two harvests annually." But only a small part of it is under cultivation at pre- sent, though it is expected that the continuance of peace, and of the present enlightened policy which the British authorities are here pur- suing, will soon work a favorable change. The district of Sadiya was formerly subject to A'sam and peopled from thence, but its present inhabitants are chiefly refugee Khamptis and Mulaks, who were driven from their own abodes to the southeast, by the Singphos, about fifteen years ago; but during the civil wars, these refugees passed over and took possession of Sadiya, and when the Burmans invaded the country took part with them. They are subject to a Khampti chief, who assumes the old A'sarnese title of the Sadiya Khava Gohain. He has fully submitted to the British authority. Our survey will be completed by noticing the plains on the south bank of the Bramhputra, opposite the district of Sadiya. These plains are terminated by mountainous ranges on the south and east; are intersected by two rivers, the Noa Dihing, and the Theinga piini; and chief of the population is found on the banks of the latter river. A simese subjects once possessed these plains; then the Singphos and Kiikiis, who were frequently ravaging A'sSm with fire and sword, not only plundering property, but carrying off the people for servitude. Many of these wretched captives were restored to freedom when the British troops expelled the Burmans from the country. In order to present a connected view of the georaphical position and advantages of this country, we omit for the present other interest- ing topics, and proceed to notice the adjoining states and territories. The long and narrow kingdom of NipSI, which skirts the south side of the Himalaya mountains for several hundred miles, does not reach to A's'im, but appears to be bounded on the east by the independent kingdomof Bhutan This latter country running the same direction and in shape resembling Nipiil, by an undefined boundary, is conterminous with the northwest part of Lower A'siim. Next on the east in the same line is the territory of the Deb r.ija, the relations of which with Britain we are not welJ informed of. Occupying the mountainous ridges immediately to the north and west of Sadiya are various tribes of wild Abors. This name is given to a number of tribes of the same orifrin, language, and c-ifitoms; it signifies independent, and is well applied 10 these unsubdued and almost unknown mountaineers. $6. Description of A'xam. 53 any particulars relative to them we shall mention in another plane. irthcr still towards the northeast, among the higher ranges of the mntains, are the Bor Abors, or Great Abors, who are both more werful and more civilized than the other tribes of the same name. le Mislimis are intermingled among these, but appear to be of an crior race and in a subordinate condition, ft is an important fact it the Sadiya KhAvaGohain possesses over them all sufficient influ- ;e to be able to give a safe passport to pilgrims journeying by the y af Sadiya to the L£ma country. The journey from Sadiya to hemah is said to occupy twenty days, eight of which the traveler n the country of the Mishmfs and Abors, and on the sixteenth reaches Bahlow, the frontier post of the Lima country. "Rohe- h, the first important town in that country, is reported to be a very ! city, with brick houses three stories high, having judges, collec. i, and the apparatus of a civilized government." leturning now to the south of A'sim, and beginning in the same iner as before, from the west, we shall mention in order the chief endent or contiguous states. These are the G&ros, Khiisiyas, Ka- rese, and the kingdom of Manipur. Southward of Upper A'sim, of Sadiya, are the Naga hills, occupied with various N&ga tribe?, ch seem to acknowledge more or less allegiance to the British or man governments, though, if we are rightly informed, chiefly ;hed to the latter. These several states lie along in a single tract >untry, which includes the whole space between A's&m on the i and Silhet and Burmah on the south. The river Surma rises [anipur about the latitude of 25° north, and the longitude of 94" and running a general westerly course through three degrees, passing Silhet turns to the southwest, and empties into the ihaputra in lat. 24°. Between this river and the almost parallel y of A's&m on the north is the tract in question, of a breadth from ity-five to one hundred and twenty miles, and in length extending igh three or four degrees of longitude. The Garos occupy the i western part of this interjacent tract, that part formed by the bend of the Bramhaputra to the south, after passing through n. They are now confined to the hilly island district, and either ir once were famous for their ferocious conduct and manners. ;uppose their reputation in this respect is already much improved. xt to the Garos eastward and southward, are the mountains of •a and the various Khasiya tribes. According to the Friend of , from which we have derived most of the preceding facts, the that inhabit these mountains, of which the Khasiyas are the are a free, bold, robust race, fairer than their Bengali neighbors, reatly their superiors in personal strength. They live in com- ies which we term villages, but which have no resemblance to a 3 in Britain. Each has a chief over it, who has counselors to him in the administration. Of these Khasiya communities there considerable number scattered among the mountains, and the ition cannot fall short of a hundred thousand inhabitants in all. ;h once decreasing, while under the oppressions of the Burmans, Description of A'sam. >w increase in the quiet secured by the British rule over lost noted mountain is that called Cherra, or Cherra pum. Dwever, only five thousand feet high, while the highest usand feet. This has been well known as a sanatarium, ;treat for invalids from the burning heat of Bengal; but supposed to enter into this disputed subject with all the icterizes our Indian friends. Jynteah, which appears to rt of Khasiya, or another name for it, has very recently inder British control, .ingdom of Kachar, or Hirumbha, lies next westward of A'sarn on the north, Silhet on the south, and Manipur Extending from 24° to 27° north latitude, and fiom 92° ngitude, it is just within the temperate zone, and prndu- ng necessary for the comfort of life. Within the last years, this country has been taken wholly under British Its aged raja, whom the British had reinstated in his driving out the Burmans, was murdered, and as it was ic instigation of the raja of Manipur. On this event, : the latter reaping the reward of his wickedness, K6- nediately placed under the British jurisdiction. An lirumhha, published some years ago, estimated the mtained to be 80,000, which would probably give a icar half a million. low gone over the territories which are wholly and pro- r British rule, and last we come to the important state Munipiir, which is little less than under the British lany most interesting particulars relative to the govern. ;e, and religion of the Manipuris are detailed by the rs, major Grant, and captain Gordon, in the Calcutta ?rver; some of which we may present our readers here, ling to the former gentleman, the whole length of the y is about sixty miles, lying between 24° and 25° of north elevation of about three thousand feet above the sea. is considered as highly salubrious; and the natives of 3 healthy and robust than he had seen in any other part icrior rice is raised in the valley; cotton and camphor e former to a considerable r.vtent. A great variety of Manipur, but few of them, with the cultivation which i will bestow on them, come to any degree of perfection ame the established faith only a little more than half a at the command of the raja; and it seems to have ild on the minds of the people. "The Manipuris are inguished above the natives of western India, by a live- 3ition, a quickness of perception, an aptitude in receiv. , and a spirit of inquiring curiosity, which in the Euro. • are hailed as proofs of a fertile soil, requiring only the il and judicious culture-" It is an important fact, that ifant rdja is beginning a course of English education, be completed in the best manner that India allows. A . I Jtf. Siamese History. 55 jtain Gordon, the present resident at Manipur, well aware of the lortance of this step, is encouraging others of the better class of nipuris to engage in the same study; and appears well disposed idvise and aid in every proper means of elevating the people. No sionary, so far as we know, has yet entered that field. ii the language of the Friend of India, after reviewing the whole, conclude; 'thus a portion of territory full three hundred miles :>ngth and nearly as much in breadth, has fallen under the care protection of the British government without any preconcerted of conquest, and almost without the knowledge of the inhabitants ur Indian metropolis. On the south, nothing separates us from man but the little state of Manipur, recovered and preserved by ish power; on the east, thirty leagues of Burman territory may •vene between us and the Chinese province of Yunnan; but if ;o northward through territory wholly- our own we come directly ibet, which is completely under the Chinese government.1 II. Siamese History: distinction of sacred and common eras; ith historical notices from A. D. 1351 to 1451, the eighth century 'the Siamese era. From a Correspondent. SIGNAL statements drawn frcm personal inquiry and journals rsonal observations during a limited residence in Siam, have :ntly been published. Hitherto the accounts which the Siamese recorded of themselves have been inaccessible to foreigners. ?alous eye with which they have always looked upon foreigners, duced them studiously to conceal their national history; and not until after numerous protracted and unsuccessful efforts was fortunate enough to get possession of the first ten volumes It is written on the black books in common use in the coun- ded backwards and forwards somewhat like a fan. The whole is said to be comprised in about twenty-five volumes. Siamese have a sacred and a common era. The former nces with the death, or, as they say, the annihilation of God- ind dates at the present time (1836) 2378 years. This is their religious writings and saored edicts. The latter, dates hya Krek, a man of distinction at Kutabong, (now called Ba- ) a province in Kamboja, respecting whose exploits the Kam- relate many marvelous stories. Of this era, the present year 197th. This is used in their history, and in the transaction •dinary business. Wherever, therefore, the Siamese common ;urs, we have only to add (W9, and it gives us the Christian his, however, is not perfectly accurate, inasmuch as the Siam- 56 Siammf History. ese year commences the last of March, or in the month ot'April, instead of January. It is my purpose in a succession of papers lo present you the substance of the history above mentioned, without at all restricting myself to a rigid translation. When these historical facts are placed before you, I propose to add some such speculations as I may be able, regarding the literature and religion of the country. It will be necessary as I proceed to add occasional notes for the elucidation of some facts which will be stated. It will be perceived that the history gives no account of the origin of the Siamese; but commences in the year 7)2 of their era, A. D. 1351. Their pride forbids that they should dwell much on that subject. It may be necessary therefore to remark, what is quite evident from various authentic sources, that the Siamese did not exist as an independent people long before that period. Kamboja was a large and powerful kingdom, and included south Laos (now called Wiang Chan,) and Siam as tributaries. The total dissimilarity of the Siamese common language from that of Kamboja militates against the idea of the Siamese having sprung from a Kambojan source. On the other hand, the agreement of the Siamese and Laos, or Wiang Chan, languages, in all their most important-terms, forms a strong presumptive evidence in favor of their having originated from the Laos. There is abundant evidence from the Siamese writings that the Laos were formerly called Thai Yai, or the Great Siamese, which would be a very natural appellation if they were their progeni- tors. This name has now gone into desuetude, since the Siamese have become so great as to be unwilling to speak of others as great compared with them. Perhaps this subject may be alluded to again hereafter. As various names must necessarily occur in these papers, to which the public are not accustomed, it may be here remarked that I adopt the following system of sounds to express them. The consonants are generally as in English. a as in America. o as in note. si as in father. 6 as in long. e as in they. u as in ruminate. 6 as ay in mayor. u same lengthened. i as in pin. au like the English ow in how. i as in marine. The first century, from 712 to 812 of the Siamese era, is more barren of interesting incidents than those which succeed it. Siamese era, 712. On Friday, the 6th day of the waxing moon, 5th month, at 13 o'clock and 50 minutes, the magnificent and sacred city Sia Yiitii/a* was founded. This had previously been declared propitious by Brahmans. There palaces were erected on the occasion, and his lordship Utang was crowned as king, to whom the Burmans * This if the oily commonly called Yiithia, Yoodia, and by the Burmans Vudarn or Ynrliiyii. It was tlie capital of the country till destroyed by the Burmans about half a century since. J6. Siamese History. 57 'e the name, "mighty, supreme king R4m4 the Budlm, who go. us the magnificent country Sia Yutiyi, which abounds in all the imodities of earth." At that time, the king sent his son R&mme. •an, to govern the province of Lopburi. And then, also, the ernors of the following countries were considered as tributaries, , Malacca, Java, Tenasserim, Sidammurat,* Tavoy, Martaban, nlmein, Snngkla (Singora), Chantapurf, Pitsanulok, Sukkhoty, 'annalok, Pichit, Kamp6ngpet, and Sawanpuri. This year, the ; sent an army of 5,000 men to attack Kamboja. They were ated; but being reinforced, were victorious and brought back iam a great many Kambojan prisoners, f < a 715' On Thurs lay, the 1st of the waxing moon, 4th month, it o'clock and forty minutes, the king laid the foundation of a tern- it H';i(,± called the wat of the heavenly Budha of Siam. A mare a colt with one head, two bodies, and eight legs. A hen hatch- chicken with one body and two heads! jar 725. The king's two sons died of the small-pox; and he i wat erected over their remains, called the " Crystal Forest." lar 731. King Rainfi died,§ after a reign of twenty years, and on K'unmeiawan returned from his provincial government and eded his father. ar 732. The prince R4j4tirat came down from Strpanpuri; nesawan resigned the sovereignty to him, and returned to govern iri. ir 733. Raj4tir4t marched and subdued all the northern ices. ir 734. This year is signalized by the subjugation of Pankla 6ngiiau. ir 735. Tlie king made an attack upon Chakangrau.lT The Kirs, Chaikiu and Komh£ng came forth to the contest; the was slain, and the latter with his forces returned home. The army also returned to Sia Yutiy4. r 736. The king, out of reverence to the duties of religion, d (lid wat called Mahadhatu, nineteen fathoms,4'* with a spire iitliuins high. i unable to tell what or where this country is. The situation of Malacca, .•iiHKHi'rim, Tavoy, SongkU, and Chantapuri, are well known; the others id N. W. of Bangkok. Most of the names have specific meanings, given y, without doubt, from some production or quality in which each place Thais Chantapuri signifies " the country of nutmegs;" Sawannalnk avecly world;" Kampengpet, " the wall of precious stones," and Sa- , " the heavenly country." KC were mostly made slaves, of course. at signifies a temple, of rather collection of temples and priests' houses, ies, tanks, gardens, &c., and rather resembles a monastery than a temple; icrefore retain it in these papers. Siamese word here rendered," died," means "turned aside to heaven." isider it as a great want of loyalty to suppose, much more to say, that can die. Priests are said to "return ;" common people "die." situation of the three places, Pangkla, S6ngsiau, and Chakangrau is at nknown. amese fathom i> 4 cubits of 19^ English inches each. Ot- V^ MO. U. 8 58 Siamese History. JUNE, Year 737. The king captured Pitsanulok and its governor Sam- keu, together with a multitude as prisoners of war. Year 738. The king went and took Chakangrau and the governor Kamheng; pursued prince Pdkong and his army, took him and his officers and returned. Year 742. He marched to Chiangmai,* but being unable to enter and plunder the city Limping, the king sent a message requiring the govenor to come and pay his respects, and returned. Year 744. Rajatirat deceased after a reign of thirteen years, and his son Utonglan, then a little child, ascended the throne and reigned seven days, when Rammesawan came clown from Lopburi, entered the palace, seized Utonglan, and had him killed at the wat Kokphya. Year 746. Rammesawan equipped his army, marched to Chi- an»mai, built a royal fortress near the moat of the city, at the distance of 140 «en,f and caused his officers to build forts round about him, and get every thing in readiness for plundering the city. The front ranks fired their cannon and broke down the city walls five fathoms in length. The king of Chiangmai then ascended the ramparts, hold- ing a large fan, and caused a soldier to fasten a letter to an arrow and shoot it down into the Siamese camp. The purport of the letter was this; 'We beg you to refrain about seven days, and we will bring forth presents to confirm our mutual friendship.' The Siamese king asked his nobles, what it was best to do? They replied, it was probable that the Laos king was adopting a stra- tagem to gain time; they therefore bigged him vigorously to pro- secute his design of plundering the city. The king replied, that such a procedure, under existing circumstances, would not comport with royal dignity, but that if the Laos king did not regard his engagement, there was no possibility of his escaping the power of the Siamese army. The Laos in the mean time exerted themselves to rebuild their shattered wall, and when the seven days were past; did not appear with their presents. The Siamese officers began to complain; rice was ten slungs for a cocoanut shell full, and they had no means to buy it.lj: They therefore implored the king to proceed vigorously and plunder the city. The king accordingly in his compassion gave or- ders to proceed and plunder in earnest, and on Monday, the 4th of the waxing moon, 4th month, at 8 o'clock and 20 minutes p. M., just as the moon was setting, the persons designated, fired their cannon, took scaling ladders and ascended the walls ; the Laos king could not re- sist them, but fled with his family, and at 5 o'clock in the morning, the Siamese soldiery entered the city, and apprehended Naksang, the son of the king, whom they presented as a trophy of victory to his Siamese majesty. He told Naksang, that had his father * This is the country generally known as north Laos. The inhabitants differ from those of Wiang Chan, or South Laos, in their language, several customs, and a district government. t A sen is 20 fathoms or 120 feet. J A slung is 15 cents, or } of a baht or tical, which is generally valued at (jO cents of a. Spanish dulhir. J6. Siamese History. 59 ;arded his pledge, it had been his intention to confirm him in his rernment. He then made Naksang take the oath of allegiance to n, and leaving as many of the people as he thought proper, took rest as captives and made Naksang escort him down as far as wunburi. From thence he was sent back to govern Chiangmtti. e king of Siam proceeded to Pitsanulok, Where he spent seven ITS at a religious festival, making offerings to Budha. The Laos >tives were distributed, some to Patalung, some to Songkla, some Dhammarat, some to Chantaburi.* As the king was returning his elephant, about 4 o'clock one morning, he cist his eyes to ; east, and preceived a relic of Budha, calling on him to change residence. He turned aside and set up a temporary monument sr the place where the relic had appeared, and afterwards founded ire a wat, Maha Dh itu, or the "Might Relic," subsequently to ich, he made a festival of joy throughout his dominions. Just then, the king of Kamboja marched into Chonhuri and Chan- turi and carried captive men and women to the number of more in 6,000. His Siamese majesty, on being informed of it, sent i general to attack the Kambojans, who were defeated in the first icountre. The Siamese spent three days in building stockades, and ;n renewed the contest, and drove the Kambojans into their own arlers : meanwhile the Kambqjun prince saved himself by flight, but i son was taken prisoner, and the Siamese general Chainerong was 't with 5,000 men to ksep the country in subjection. The king of im returned home. After a while, the Cochinchinese came to ack Kamboja; while they were few, the Kambojans could resist sm, but when they came in large bands, raising great 'tumults, minerong sent letters to Siam, whose king ordered him to sweep f all the inhabitants and bring them to Siam. On their arrival, he ide a great festival throughout the cpuntry, and rewarded his prin- >al military officers. Year 749- The wat Phukhautong (or the golden mountain) is founded. As the king was riding his elephant, prince Mola, 10 had been long dead, made his appearance in the middle of the id before him, for a short time, and then disappeared. Ramme- ivan deceased after a reign of six years, and his son succeeded and gned fourteen years. Year 763. King Ram was angry with one of his nobles and order. him to be apprehended. He fled and gained an asylum at Patak- ucham, from whence he sent an invitation requesting an interview th Indra raja, the governor of Supanbiiri. Assisted by him, "the bleman entered and plundered Siam, and then invited Indra raji assume the government, and sent the ex-king to govern Patakhu- am. Indra raja gave the nobleman a royal wife, a golden betel 'It will be perceived that the termirtation of these words is sometimes written :h p, and sometimes with b. It is the same in its origin and use, as pore, pur, >r, and pure, in Indian words : as Chitpore, &c., but the Siamese use 4. 'Such is literally the Siamese expression, and a very apt one it is for their nner of devastating a country, as was prove'd recently in the case of Wiang an and Patim. 60 Siamese History. JUNE, case, two gilded salvers, a gold goglet, a royal sword, and some other presents. Year 765. News of the death of the governor of Pitsanulok ar- rived, and that all the northern provinces were in a state of anarchy. The king immediately marched to Prabing to settle affairs. The governor treated him so respectfully that he soon returned and sent his eldest son to govern Supanburi, and his second to govern Preksi, and his third to govern Clminat. Year 780. Indra raja died after a reign of fourteen years. His two eldest sons returned to Sia Yutiya and fought for the throne; they encountered with spears, cut each other's throats, and both died together. The nobles then repaired to the third son and told him all the particulars. He assumed the government under the title Raja- tir.it. He had the bodies of his two brothers burned at the wat of the Mighty Relic, where he erected to their memory two sacred spires, and changed the name to ' Royal Fortune.' Year 763. Rajalirat came down from Chainit and took pos- session of the royal city Sia Yutiyi, where he appointed his son Pranakh6n Indra king. Rajatirdt brought with him images of cows and various other animals and deposited some in the wat Mighty Relic, and some in the wat Sanpet. Year 786. Wat Mayeng was founded by, Raja-tirat. His son Rimmesawan went to Pitsanulok. At that time, the teurs fell from the eyes of the image of Budha and appeared to be blood. Year 788. The royal residence was destroyed by fire. Year 789. the three cornered throne was burnt. Year 890, Rajatirat sent an expedition against Chiangmai. He was unable to enter and plunder it, and being taken sick, returned. In the year 792, lie started another expedition to Chiangmai, and took 120,000 captives and returned. Year 796. The Raji died after a reign of sixteen years, and his son Rainrnesawan succeeded him, assumed the title Boromalrylokanat, (the dependence of heaven, earth, and hell,) turned his palace into u wat railed Sisanpet, and went and lived beside the river. He then built two palaces, made a total overturning of officers and offices, founded cities and wats, and changed the names of old ones. Year 802. The ravages of the small-pox swept away multitudes. In the year 803, an expedition was fitted out against Malacca.* And in 604, an expedition was started against Sisopturn, and the army being reinforced pitched at a place ealled Don. Year 305. Paddy was a tvang^ for a cocoanut shell full, and a klan^ was 258 ticals. In the year 806, great pains were taken to ad- vance the Budhist religion, and 550 images of Budha were cast. In 808, a memorable festival in honor of priests was kept. At this time, * Crawfurd's Indian Archipelago says, that in A. D. 1340 (one century earlier than this dale), the king of Malacca engaged in war with Siam, whose king was killed in u (subsequent battle. t Th« fuanir is J of a tical. t TliiR is a measure in Siam consisting of eighty baskets of twenty-five cocoa. nut slid)- full. fi. Mode of teaching the Chinese Language. 61 liang committed treason and withdrew many people from the rnment. ;ar 809. Chaliang made an assault upon Pitsanulok, but did succeed in plundering it to any great extent. He then proceeded [arap^ngpet and continued his siege seven days without success. natrylokanil and Indra raji marched to the aid of Kampeng, ml arrived in season to save it. Indra raji routed PhyA Kian, rounded in the forehead by a gun.shot, and the Laos retreated . In 610, Boromatrylokanat built the wat Chulamani. And in le became a priest for eight months. E. Both in compiling the first article in our present number, and in correct- proofs of the present one, we have found much difficulty in the orthogra. the names of places, &,<:. To those who are familiar with the affairs of [he great and numerous discrepancies which now exist may not cause any ty, but they will always confuse and disgust those who are not intimately ted with the history and present state of that country. If any arguments could have influence in this case, we would recommend strongly that a on of literary gentlemen, from the various parts of the British empire in e immediately convened, to adopt a system, which should serve as a . The '• system" of our Correspondent is very incomplete ; and in pri- ors from Siam, we find an orthography which is still worse, with diacritical itroduced without any key or explanation to them, making a complete bra. The list of vowels and diphthongs is very imperfect; and the ts, though "generally as in English," are most surely not always so. e of writing proper names too, is cabable of being improved. Rujatirnt, ilso Rojd tiriit, we suppose to be intended for the rAjn Tirol, being the title of an individual. And so of Indra raja. For prince William, we te Princfurilliam. We deem it sufficient simply to turn the attention >rrespondent to these points, assured he is able to put the whole matter light. His second communication has reached us, and shall appear in number. Instead of writing Lopiuri and Loppuri, it would be well, we write uniformly puri or jifir, the Siamese 6 notwithstanding.] Mode of teaching the Chinese language; defects of the ', method; desirableness of a new one, with suggestions ing its introduction. ;r number of the Repository (vol. iv., page 167), we offered irks on the desirableness of having an alphabetic language by the Chinese instead of that now in use among them. •n of the importance and practicability of this is strength- very hour's additional reflection on the subject. We hope one soon. Yet as we cannot expect that it will come into for some years, it is desirable, in the mean time, to make se we can of the cumbrous medium of communication, present character affords. We intimated in the article re- at we believe the language might be acquired in much less 62 Mode of teaching the Chinese Language. JUNE, time than is now occupied by Chinese boys in learning to read. We have thought on the subject since, and will now give a brief outline of the plan of education to which our reflections have led us. It is far from being completed, but there may be advantages in giving it early publication, that others may think on the subject, and devise something better adapted to accomplish the end in view. The two great defects of the present mode of teaching in Chinese schools, are, 1st, that it is mechanical, and does not aim at, nor effect the education of the mind ; and 2d, that it requires too long time to enable a scholar to read. The new system of instruction should aim at the correction of these two evils. The first would be correct- ed by causing the pupil to understand the meaning of every charac- ter, and every phrase and sentence, he reads. The second would be remedied, in some degree, by the same means, and still farther by leaving the practice of committing to memory so much as they do, and directing the scholar to aim at the knowledge of the characters, in- stead of seeking to be able merely to repeat the sentences, and, when he has made some progress, by teaching him to exercise his mind and to use a dictionary instead of following implicitly and inactively in the steps of his tutor. Were we to undertake the teaching of Chinese children, we would have broad sheets prepared with pictures of objects, and the characters used to denote them placed in juxtaposition, in the following man- ner; except that we suSstitute the meaning of objects instead of their pictures, and the sounds of the characters instead of characters themselves.- Thus; man jin. sum jei.h. hand slow. woman neu. moon yuc. knife /unit. child tsze. tree muh. cow new. When the pupil has learned a few of the most simple characters, representing objects with which he is every day familiar, we would teach him characters that are simple in their form, and denote com- mon relations, thus: father foo. mother moo. husband foo. son tsze. daughter neu. wife tse. The picture of a man and a boy near each other would naturally suggest to every mind the idea of father and son ; and so of other rela- tions. We would ihen proceed to verbs in the same manner. Here the pictures would need to be a little more complicated, as the idea designed to be conveyed is so; yet it is evidently perfectly easy to convey the meaning of all characters to the mind of a child by means of representations of the objects which they designate. This mode of teaching might be continued till the pupil has learned the meaning and form of several hundred characters belonging to all the parts of speech; exclamations, interrogations, and some other particles, per- haps, excepted. We have taken a little pains to collect single charac- ters, and names of things and verbs composed of more than a single Mode of the teaching the Chinese Language. 63 cles (he meaning of which we could contrive to convey by es, and have already a list of more than 700. This number be greatly increased. en our pupil has advanced as far as might be thought expedi- 1 found practicable, in this way, we would have him learn those s which would not be included in the characters learned by s. We would then put into his hands the best native dictiona- inged according to'the radicals, and some book prepared for rpose, and adapted to the capacity of chidren, and to the abili- .)»(! beginning to read; or, if such could not be obtained, the book to read tliat we could find. We would have him study independently as possible ; but he would of course need much ce from his teacher. When he could read the book, and tell .tiling of its contents, we would have him pass on to another little more difficult, and study in the same manner. He dvance gradually from the easier to the more difficult, till Id be able to read any book on common subjects with ease. • he should be able to repeat a single line from the Chinese verbatim, we would not care ; but we would have him read lok with such attention to the thoughts is contained, that he able to give a tolerable account of the facts, or doctrines, of might treat. ve thus far spoken of what the Chinese boy should learn. It roper to say a few words about the mode in which he should We would begin to teach him much as the English boy is 9 alphabet. We would point to the first character in our x>k, and ask him in his " mother tongue," what it is, and ry also direct his attention to the picture at its side to give ea designated by the character. When he could answer ) would cover the picture, and ask him the name of the again; and proceed thus with all the characters illustrated i. The book should be in his hands to study by himself !rv;tls between his readings with his teacher. As a pleas. as profitable, change in the boy's studies, we would teach te the characters as fast as he learned them, at first with 'ore him, and then memoriter, without it. has learned the radicals, we would add another exercise, (each him to pay particular attention to the composition s, and require him to tell of what radicals they consist. somewhat resemble spelling in alphabetic languages, he analyzing would not give a clue to the sound. The i give, for instance the word shoo^ book} and the scholar » component parts, peih, a pencil, and yue, to speak: '>dng- a trunk, and the scholar would name the radicals or which it is composed, namely, chuh, bamboo, muh, a tree, eye. The advantages of this mode of analyzing the >uld be very great. It would give the scholar a more dge of the meaning of the word, as its constituent parts 'suggest its primary signification, which is always the 64 Mode of teaching the Chinese Language. JUNE, proper key to the secondary meanings attached to it. It would make him also more familiar with its form, as it is easier to remember that xe'dng is composed of chiih, muh, and muh, than it would be to remember its fifteen distinct marks separately and without any such reference to the three parts of which it is composed. It would be of further advantage in enabling him to turn readily to words in his dictionary. If a course of instruction like this be adopted, we confidently be- lieve, one half of the time now occupied in learning to read might be saved. Children may also commence study at a much earlier period, than is now customary, and perhaps necessary in consequence of the wearisome mode of instruction. Their minds will also be excited to action by the greater variety of mental operations to be gone through with in the new than in the old course, and by the various knowledge that would be gained while learning to read. As in English schools, a variety of studies should alternately occupy the attention of the child; and the acquisition of useful knowledge, as of geogra- phy, astronomy, history, &c., be attended to at the same time that the scholar is learning to read. But as our present object is not to mark out a course of education, but only to offer hints on the first branch of it, we shall not dwell upon the subject. If the advantages of this mode of instruction appear as manifest and important to our readers as they do to ourselves, the question will naturally arise in their minds; How can it be introduced into general use? No one acquainted with the Chinese mind will doubt the diffi- culty of teaching any thing new. This difficulty is probably greater in the literati, than it is in the common people. Perhaps there is little or no hope of teaching an old man or even one who has advanc- ed to the age of twenty-five years, and has been employed, as the literati are, in committing to memory their ancient claries, to under- stand the superior merits of a new method of instruction, and enter into the spirit of it. Our hope must, therefore, be in young men. If a few of them could be made to sue the advantages of an intellectual and more speedy education, and to commence schools among the Chi- nese on the above plan, or some better one, we believe their success would soon lead to the more general adoption of it, and finally to its introduction into general use. For the attainment of this object, we think a school ought to be commenced as soon as possible by some English teacher, who should first acquire a knowledge of the lan- guage, and employ a Chinese assistant with the express purpose of training up Chinese schoolmasters. If he could not succeed in col- lecting a school in Canton, or other places in China, he might do it in some of those settlements occupied by Chinese out of the empire, to which the people emigrate. Youth of twelve or fifteen years of age are frequently seen among the emigrants, and .might be collected into schools with perfect ease. The scholars should be thoroughly trained to an intellectual method of study, and perhaps to the Lancasterian plan of instruction, or to some modification of it, that would make it better adapted to the 136. Semarks on the Orthography of Chinese Words. 65 bits of (he Chinese. They should be made acquainted also with elements of general science, and be qualified like teachers in the it, to lead on their pupils to thought, and to an acquaintance with world we inhabit, and the relations we sustain. To avoid the francos, which prejudice against every thing foreign would throw their way, the pictures should be made in the Chinese style, and books all have a Chinese dress and character, so Far as possible. light be necessary also that the. teachers should go to some 3 remote from those visited by foreigners, and introduce the new lod of instruction without reference to the place where they learn. , or the persons who taught them. When duly prepared, let them ut from the school imbued with the spirit of improvement, and ig that they can do something for the benefit of 360,000,000 of irtal minds that use the language: and may we not expect that [os, at least as important as those of Lancaster and Bell in En- education, will be effected in China? May we not hope that ges of mental inactivity will draw to a close, and that an era of tnd knowledge and a purer religion will the more speedily dawn he nation? V. Remarks and suggestions respecting the «system of or- 'raphy for Chinese words,' published in the Repository for I, 1836. From a Correspondent. nnot now offer any criticism on the remarks of our Correspondent) so promptly, carefully, and obligingly canvassed the merits of the system of orthography. It is our particular request that others, and f those who are conversant with the Chinese language, will, in like five us their views on this subject On page 69, our Correspondent f "the work about to appear5" if he received this idea from contained in our last number, we correct the mistake: so far as Formed there is no work about to appear on the subject in question, ware, however, that a plan has been talked of, and is, we believe, r consideration, for forming a new dictionary of the Chinese lan- hould this plan be adopted, it will be desirable to secure for it the ropean sinologues, as well as that of all those who are now in n order to render it as complete as possible in all the various if the arts, sciences, laws, government, philosophy, religion, &c. k is a great desideratum, and its completion will require much time e; and the plan will, we hope, receive due consideration.] Article in the last number of the Repository, on the ex- interesting subject of Chinrse orthography, concludes with an to its readers to offer their opinions on it, with a view to action of as accurate a system as may be attainable. And that the same necessity of a reform in the orthography of on's dictionary is experienced, which has been felt in all '8 in Indian languages, and which arises indeed inevitably rbitrary symbols of articulate si unds in one language an; v. MO. n. 9 66 Remarks on the Orthography of Chinese Word*. JUNB, for the first time applied to another. The opportunity which seeni.s DOW contemplated of applying with greater care to the Chinese lan- guage those symbols familiar to European eyes is so important, and the task of correcting the imperfect application already made is one which it is really so desirable to see executed correctly, and on general prin- ciples, once and for ever, that I doubt not it will be undertaken with the greatest caution. It will not therefore be uninteresting to your readers to know that this very subject, in its most extensive point of view, is now engaging the particular attention of some of the most able men of the age at home; and that the difficulties in tl e way of the application of a ge- neral set of signs to all articulate sounds are undergoing, at this moment, with a view to practical usefulness, that investigation which is far more necessary in order to render them infallible than superfi- cial observers would imagine. How far the labors of these men may prove serviceable to the Chinese philologist, I cannot pretend to say; but it seems reasonable at least to point attention to a quarter whence new and important light may be looked for, before (he improved sys- tem of orthography be finally fixed. Professor Wheatstone of London is following up the investigations of the Russian philosopher Krutzen- stein with remarkable success; and the views, rather hinted than divulged in the concluding section of sir John Herschel's Tratise on Sound in the Encyclopaedia Metroplitana, which point to a uni- versal language aildressed to the eye as something not absolutely hope- less of attainment, are, I believe, maturing, so far at least as to make their usefulness on an occasion like the present extremely probable. Whether the Italian orthography may be fitly adopted, because it is confessedly less variable and imperfect than others, depends on the further inquiry, whether a still moTe perfect system may not be at once formed, as easily as an old one borrowed and altered to suit our purpose? The progress, howevt r, that seems already made in the construction of a system founded on the Italian as a basis renders it perhaps supererogatory to make this inquiry now. If the entire sys. tem as now reconstructed from the Ital an, with the modifications and addition of diacritical marks specified, possess the two great deside- rata, 1st, of being absolutely invariable in its application in all cases whatever, and idly, of being sufficiently comprehensive and flexible in its plan, to include all varieties of sound in the language; if these •two great objects be secured by remodelling an old system of ortho- graphy instead of constructing a new, the inconvenience attending the us«' of symbols ihat havo a different interpretation elsewhere may not be much frit. I should a/, however, that the necessity of a most risiid adherence in all case> whatever, to every part of the plan thus formed, is in this case m. e imperious th m if a new system were formed, where mistakes from confusion with significations elsewhere could not well occur. And this reivark is offered because in the article alluded U\ I rai! er miss i!^at emi>! a<"s upon the necessity of ixntria- bifofjm, wi\ich li e txvasion I am :-tri ngly persuaded requires. Such a thing AS AH e region to the »\ mbo'ical signification once appointed, Remarks on the Orthography of Chinese Words. 67 i not be admitted from end to end of the work. If a sound which the scheme of symbols is not already comprehensive >h to indicate accurately and certainly, the scheme must be added rid a new symbol devised for the occasion, but on no account an ne altered even for a single instance, still less should it be zed, or made to fit, (as it were,) into a place not precisely its r habitation. There is, probably, a greater accuracy of ear re- 1 to detect slight variations of sound in familiar language, par- rly when acquaintance with it as is almost a universal event in issociation of ideas suggests to the mind the orthography, than ling the most difficult of musical instruments. And the sentence quoted from sir William Jones, is, I think, a good example of the jlty which is found in detecting these nice varieties in vowel Is: "A mother bird flutters over her young," is given as an il- .tion of the same vowel sound represented in six different ways, by a, e, i, o, v, and ou, "to which may be added the sound of i heard." I should have supposed the vowel a in that sentence Med by sir W. Jones in mistake, or perhaps the mistake is in the e before me, or perhaps I am in the mistake; but it does ap- to me that the sound of this vowel is widely different from that \) uniform sound which pervades the subsequent syllables. Yet lem also there is, I think, a difference very observable on close tion; too decided a difference to be overlooked by a critical epist in his task, though it may be slighted by an indolent ear: istance, in the duration of sound in the vowels e and /, and in the hong ou, which is much greater than in the vowels o and u; and s greater duration be on further inquiry found a general charac- ic of those vowels, it is clear that they will require a different ol from the shorter vowels. Besides the duration, there seems dation of at least three distinct sounds, reckoning from the sound given to o in mother, to the sound which belongs to u in flutter. ips the following extract from the Treatise on Sound, above ed to, as connected with these minute distinctions of sound, in English language in particular, may be interesting. iVe have six letters which we call vowels, each of which, however, sents a variety of sounds quite distinct from each other, and ! each encroaches on the functions of the rest, a great many good e vowels are represented by binary or even ternary combinations, ic other hand, some single vowel letters represent true diphthongs, he long sound of i in alike, and that of u in rebuke,) consisting o distinct simple vowels pronounced in rapid succession, while i, most of what we call diphthong are simple vowels, as bleak, land, &c. This will render an enumeration of our English entary sounds, as they really exist in our language, not irrelevant, have therefore assembled in the following synoptic table suffi- examples of each to rendent evident their nature, accompanied occasional instances of the corresponding sounds in other lan- es. In words of two or more syllables, those containing the ds intended to be instanced nre printed in italics. 68 Remarks on the Orthography of Chinese Words. JUNE, VOWELS. Rood ; .////ins; Rude ; Poor; Womb ; Wound ; Ouvrir (Fr.). "Good; CmAion; Cuckoo; Rund (Ger.); Gusto (Ital.). 2. Spurt; Assert; Dirt; Virtue ; Dove; Z>ouble ; Blood. 3. Hole; Toad. All; Caught; Organ ; Sought; Broth ; Broad. "Hot; Comical; ffommen (Ger.). 5. Hard; Braten (Ger.); CAarlatan (Fr.). 6. Laugh; Task. 7. Lamb ; Fan; That. 8. Hang ; Bang ; Twang. 9. Hare; Hair; Heir; Were ; Bear ; Hier (Fr.); Lehren (Ger.). 10. Lame; Tame; Crane: Faint; Layman; Mfinie (Fr.). 11. Lemon; Dead ; Said ; Any; .Every ; Friend ; Eloigner (Fr.). 12. Liver; Diminish; Persevere; Believe. 13. Peep; Leave; Belicce; Sieben (Ger.); Coyuille (Fr.). 14. s; sibilus; cipher: the last vowel and the first consonant. TRUE DIPHTHONGS. 1. Life. The sounds No. 5 and No. 13, slurred as rapidly as possible, produce our English i, which is a real diphthong. 2. Brow; Plough; Laufen (Gorman). The vowel sound No. 5 quickly followed by No. 1. 3. Oil; Xauen (German). No. 4 succeeded by No. 13. 4. Rebuke; Yew; You. No. 13. succeeded by No. 1. 5. Yoke. No. 13 succeeded by No. 3. 6. Foung; Yearn ; Hear; Here. No. 13 succeeded by No. 2 more or less rapidly. "The consonants present equal confusion. They may be generally arranged in three classes : sharp sounds, flat ones, andI indifferent or neutral. The former two have a constant relationship or parallelism to each other, thus: SHARP CONSONANTS. S. sell, cell; rf. (as we will here denote it,) shame, sure schirm (Ger.); 6. thing; ¥. fright, enough, phantom; K. king, coin, quiver; T. talk; P. papa. FLAT CONSONANTS. Z. zenith; casement; £. pleasure, jan\in (French); PJ. the th in the words the, that, thou; V. vile; G. good; D. duke; B. babe. NEUTRAL CONSONANTS. Ij.lily; M. mamma; N. nanny; v. hang; to which we may add the nasal N in gnu, JElna, Dnieper, which, however, is not pro- perly an English sound. R. rattle ; H. hard. COMPOUND CONSONANTS. C. or Tf the first step towards a universal language, one of the great erata at which mankind ought to aim by common consent." ese observations, coming from such a quarter, may be of value. suggestions arise from a comparison of this synoptical table that at page 30 in the Repository, which I may be forgiven the •nption of offering; though it is evident that the subject has al- been so carefully considered by the writer of the article, as to him very independent of foreign aid in completing his design. venture, however, to note briefly what has occurred to myself ! subject. first suggestion would be, the formal enunciation of the new i in a very distinct manner at the commencement of the work to appear. The general principles of the system may be d at length; and then the result exhibited in a tabular form, dvantage of something like a separate pulication, and in a lent form, of the new orthographical scheme, is evident. For usefulness will not be confined to its application to this single but is intend to be durable, and to guide the orthography re philologists or general writers on Chinese topics, it will be of laterial consequence that the scheme laid down be one of easy iversal reference. "acilitate this reference the more, I would suggest further that Je of articulate sounds in the Chinese language, have each numbered. Herschel's specimen-table numbers vowels, diph- and consonants, each in a separate series. But for the pre- •pose, one sequence of numbers, from the first elementary sound inguage to the last, appears decidely preferable, table at page 30 of the Repository appears to me capable of iprovements; nor need I press further apology for suggesting I think that the diacritical marks ought not to form any the table itself. They are mere cogents or influences, not res sounds. Let them therefore be explained (if they are to in some other place ; but let the " table of articulate sounds in lese language" be kept strictly apart from all collateral mat. t be the pure result of all foregone explanations. This will he repetition in the table, of—for instance—the diacritical ) as applied perhaps to two or three consonants, which will have to be numbered separately as so many different sounds; •)t be complained of, if there be actually such different sounds iguage. A distinctive symbol for every sound in the language, 70 Remarks on the Orthography of Chinese Words. JUNE, is the very end to he aimed at. To abridge the apparent number of symbols, by hesitating to give one for each individual, sound, and to affix a number to it for better reference, is not lessening the labor of the student in the least, but only complicating the system which is his guide. The two first sounds in the table at page 30 of the Repository appear to me—as far as I can judge by the exemplar sounds given of each, viz., quota for the first, and calm for the second—the same, only differing in length. The Latin a in penna is, I suppose, the identical sound in the word quota; and this, as far my ear can distinguish, is precisely the same sound as that of a in calm except that it is enounced more quickly. In this case, I should think the use of the common prosodial signs ("and"), the most natural; and not the acute and grave accents applied in the present scheme. The same remark seems applicable to the two first sounds distin- guished by the letter u in the table, where the example of the first sound is the word put, and of the second the word rude. If the latter word, as I conceive, be exactly of the same vowel sound as exists in the word good, \ cannot see that it all differs from the sound of « in put, except in that it is more lengthened, and therefore if it claim a separate place, or number in the table at all, I would again recom- mend the familiar mark (" ) as the fit symbol of this distinction, and not the acute accent by which it is now distinguished. The next vowol sound in the new table, illustrated by the word allure, appears to me a very decided diphthong. As such it will be found in HerscheFs table of diphthongs above, numbered 4, and is resolved by him into the two vowel sounds of his preceding table, Nos. 13 and 1. The last suggestion I would take the liberty of offering, is that the exemplar words to be given in the new table, when finally prepared, be very abundant, and from as many languages as may be. The un- conscious variations of sounds to which even educated men, natives of the same country, are liable in the use of particular words, are such, that the real sound meant to be indicated cannot always be known with certainty unless by presenting a number of instances, and of as many different modes of spelling as possible. P. S. Since writing the above, I have been led into further con- sideration of the table of the new diphthongs, but will only encroach on your time and space, so far as to express my doubts regarding the propriety of including the combination of ui in this list. The word fluid, given as the example, is a decided dissyllable, and has no diph. thong in it. I am inclined to form the same opinion also of both the other combinations ue and ua. Indo-Chinese Languages. 71 "Proposal for forming a Comparative Vocabulary of he Indo-Chinese languages," together with a plan of the bulary. <>nths ago we received a document containing the plan in ; and not long afterwards the same, except the catalogue of id a short list of sentences, appeared in the Calcutta Christian r (vol. iv, NO. x, 1835,) under the title which we have placed head of this article. "The plan" we shall quote entire, as it brd essential aid in forming a system of orthography for Chi- >rds; and some of the remarks in the Observer, viewed in ion with the first and second articles of our present number, ually worthy of being quoted. After speaking of the affinities i different languages, and of their great practical importance accumulation and extension of knowledge, the writer in the r thus proceeds: im is a well known province on the eastern frontier of Bengal; i familiar to us as a country on the shores of China sea, and us may have seen scattered notices of certain " Shan tribes," ng the interior of the Burmese empire; but till very lately it t generally understood that these coutries had any connec- th each other. Recent inquiries, however, have demonstrated e Shins and Siamese are essentially the same people, while ing race in A'sAm are an offset from the same root; that iguage, with only certain variations of dialect, is spoken from in A'sam to the southern extremity of Siam, and that even mes of the three countries can be traced, by an easy inter- of letters to a common origin. The Burmese call the whole which these remarks refer Syan, which the Portuguese turned im, and gave that name to the independent kingdom so called, was the only part of the kingdom inhabited by the Syans with they were acquainted. On the other side, when these same broke into Bengal, the Indians, according to their usual custom ilar cases, prefixed a vowel to the two consonants, and called ovince which had been colonized by the Syans, Asydn, or , which we have turned into A'sam. In the mean time, the f the nation, who continued to inhabit the country between and Siam, long remained unknown to us; and when they it last brought to light by the advancement of our frontier to , in consequence of event of the Burmese war, we called Shans (Sy4n); but till very lately we remained in a state found ignorance of there being any connection between them ic A'samese and Siamese. They are, however, the parent of both; and although at present subject to foreign rule, are a lumerous people, who not only compose the bulk of the popula- f all the northern provinces of the Burmese empire, but also 1 far into Yunnan, the westernmost province of China. Their 72 Indo-Chinese Languages. JUNE, ancient capital was Mogaum, but their independence fell before the rising fortunes of the Burmese. "It is not easy at present to estimate the full importance of this discovery, but thus much is certain; that, as it has been ascertain, ed that only one language prevails in the countries between A'sim and Siam, the same books, with only some slight modifications to suit the variations of dialect, will answer throughout the whole of this tract. * * * It is also deserving of remark, that the countries inhabited by the Shan race, form a belt extending across the Indo-Chinese pe- ninsula, and separating Burmah proper from China ; and, while the Burmese dominions are in a manner insulated by it, the missionary station about to be formed at Sadiya will by the same means be brought into connection with those on the shores of the China sea. There will soon be a missionary establishment at each end of the belt, viz., at Sadiya on one side, and Bankok on the other; and if a third establishment were to be formed at Mogaum or some other central point in the Burmese Shfui provinces, the chain of connection be tween the Bramhapiitra and China sea would be complete. This line of action opens to our prospect an avenue into the heart of east- ern Asia, and if we can secure our position upon it, we shall be able to enter into communication with the inhabitants of the Chinese and Burman empires, from an exactly opposite quarter from that in which we have hitherto had access to them. Burmah will be placed between the new stations in the Shan country and the British provinces of Tenasserin and A'r^kin; and Yunnan, the great western province of China, will be placed between those stations and Canton: and we may hereafter make advances to the points even beyond this, whence the Chinese empire will be more completely laid open to our influence. Although at present they appear distant, these prospects lie fully be. fore us, and if proper means are adopted to gain the good will of the Burmese government, we may expect ere long to see a missionary station fixed in the Shin country, which will at once form a central point of communication between all the Indo-Chinese missions, and furnish a new and important opening for the evangelization of the great Chinese empire.—We have been unconsciously led, by the in- terest with which we regard the subject, to wander from the particu- lar purpose with which we took up our pen. As an important udvan. tage has been already gained by a slight attention to the connection between the languages of that quarter, we consider it our duty to pro- secute the inquiry, until we succeed in obtaining tho means of making an accurate comparison of all the different languages and dialects which are spoken in the Indo-Chinosc peninsula, or in other words, in the countries situated between India and China." The resolve to prosecute this inquiry is worthy of all commenda- tion; and if we can afford any aid to those who are engiiged in tho work, we shall esteem it a pleasure, as well as our duty so to do- The following paragraphs contain the "Plan of the Vocabulary." "At the request of various friends to native education, the fol lowing table has been prepared, containing about 500 of the most Indo-Chinese Languages. 73 on English words, with the corresponding terms in two of the Chinese langifages, and blank columns to be filled up with other ts. The object is to obtain a Comparative Vocabulary of all nguages spoken between India and China, for the purpose of g their origin and affinities. The first column in the table ns the English words; the second, the corresponding terms in !se; the third, those rn the language of the Sy&ms (Syins or ), or as they call themselves, Tat.* The Shan words are given ling to the dialect spoken in the neighborhood of Zenme, the I of northern Laos. This language is supposed to be originally d from the same Stock as the Siamese.f and it will probably nd nearly identical with that spoken by (he various Shin tribes ting the territories east and north of Ava. 'io system adopted in (his table, for expressing the Tai, or and Burmese sounds, is the one which is now so extensively iccessfulty used in Romanizing the languages of India, and is ;al with the plan proposed by the honorable John Pickering, lire of Amer. Acad., vol. iv.,) for writing the languages of all idian tribes of North America in a uniform character, and now ively adopted by the missionaries among those tribes. It is le same system as that introduced by the missionaries at the 'ich and Society Islands. The vowels are used in accordance leir classical pronunciation on the continent of Europe. It has found necessary to introduce several diacritical marks, in order :t the wants of the complex vowel systems of the Burmese and The fundamental vowel sounds are as follows: a, sounded as in America, agreeable; or short u in but. a, as in far. c, as in men. 6, as in they; or a in name, i, as in pin. f, as in pique, police, o, as in not, nor, or aw in law. 6, as in note, u, as in put, pull. u, as in rule, or oo rn moon. Iditional sounds. The Burmese and Slians have a broad sound short e, resembling that of e in there, or ay in mayor, for winch y use e, with a grave accent. ), is likewise used to denote a peculiar sound of the i in the ancient Slum manuscript, of great value, has recently been discovered lin Pemberton, late Commissioner at Manipur containing a history of ent kingdom of TAI, from the 80th year of the Christian era, to the time al subjugation and dismemberment by the Burmese, during the reign of phuri (or Alompra), A. D. 1752. The capital of this kingdom was Mo- situated on a branch of the Era wadi, several hundred miles north of Ava II an examination of captain Low's grammar of the Tai, or Siamese e, it appears that more than half the words contained in his Vocabulary isely the same as are used among the Shins vol.. v. NO. u. 10 74 Indo-Chinese Languages. JUNE, Burmese language, not differing essentially from the sound of e in me. 6, denotes the broad sound of short o, in groat, or a in hall. It is necessary to use this character only in those languages which contain two modifications of this sound; as the English, which has short o in not, and broad 6 in nought. ii, denotes the French u, or the German ii. ii', is the same sound, but longer. "Diphthongs. In the expression of diphthongs, it is necessary to combine the vowels in such a manner that they shall express the same sounds when united, as they do when separate. ai, is the long English i in pine; a combination of the short M [a] with the sound of i in pin. ai, as heard in the word ay. an, a combination of short a with the u in pur; forming the English ou or ow, as in loud, cow. au, a in far, and u in put; producing a flat sound of the ou, such as is sometimes heard in the vulgar pronunciation of round, sound, bound, &c. oi. short o and short i, as in oil, boil. eu, is used to denote a peculiar sound of the Shins, resem- bling the French eu in pcur, dotdeur. "The combinations ia, iau, iu, eau, 6a or ua, ue, ui, and iii, need no further explanation, as each of the vowels is used to express its own invariable sound. "Intonations. The grand peculiarity of all languages connected with the Chinese family, ippears to be the complexity and niceness of their system of intonation. The first diversity of tone which strikes us, is the use of the rising and falling inflexions, or the upward and downward slide of the voice in pronouncing a syllable. In English, we use inflections not for the purpose of changing the significations of words, but to give them a more striking emphasis, or often perhaps merely for the sake of ornament and variety. Where did you go? Did you go 1 "The word go, in the first sentence, has the falling tone; in the second, the rising. But in the Indo-Chinese languages, this modifica- tion of the tone produces distinct words, of an entirely different sence. To express this modification in the Roman character, it is proposed to draw a straight line under the initial letter of every syllable which has tlie downward lone; leaving the rising tone in its natural state, without any mark. The Burmese represent the falling tone by writ- ing their shepatik at the end of the syllable; while in the Laos and Siamese systems, this distinction is denoted in writing by a difference in the initial consonant. The latter mode is preferred; for although a diacritical mark attached to a final letter might be quite practica- ble in Romanizing the Burmese, it could not well be adopted in the Shan and Siamese, on account of its interference with other impor- t:ml tones!. VVo nuiy illustrate the proposed plan of using the lino Indo-Chinese Languages, 75 atli, by the words no and not, as heard in the following sen- the two former of which we have the rising tone ; in the IT falling. Did you say no? Will you not? I said no. I will not. i second peculiarity of intonation, is the abrupt termination ml, as if it were broken off in the midst of its enunciation. case, the volume of voice is full at the end; contrary to the loci ificat ions, where the sound is drawn out in such a manner, volume of voice gradually decreases from the commencement close. To distinguish this peculiarity, it is proposed to place mder the final vowel or consonant, after the manner of the s aukmyit. The Shins apply the abrupt termination to words the rising and falling inflection, thus making four varieties to pliable ; while the Burmese have only three, the natural or he falling, and the abrupt. s low monotone forms the only remaining peculiarity of the iialects. For the expression of this, a straight line is drawn :ath the intermediate or final vowel. The five varieties of on will then be expressed as follows: kang, the natural rising tone, kang, the same, with abrupt termination, kang, a low monotone, kang, the downward tone, kang, the same, with abrupt termination. \sonant. B, ch, d, f, g, hard, h, j, k, I, m, n, p, r, s, <, v, w, y, used as in English. H, used after another consonat, shows s aspirated; thus, kh, is sounded as in paci-Aorse ; th, as in pot- not as in think; ph, as in up-/iill, not as in philosophy ; sli, as s-Aouse, not as in ship. To express the sounds of sh in ship, in think, the letters are united by a line drawn through them, , fTi. Ng is sounded as in singing. inge of Consonants. It is to be noted, that in all Burmese ver- meral, and noun affixes, reduplications of monosyllabic roots, lerally, in the added syllables of compound words, commencing ther of (he sharp consonants k, t, p, or *, these letters are 1 in pronunciation, to the corresponding flat or soft conso- ',, d, b, and z; unless when preceded by a sharp final conso- i which case the original sound is preserved. s particularly requested, that in filling up the blank columns of with other dialects, the spelling may agree, as far as practica- h the plan here laid down. In case new varieties of intonation i any language, it is very desirable that they should he denoted (S under the letters, and not over them. There will then be love the line for diacritical marks, to e.xpress all possible vari. "vowel sound in every language; while the intonations will 16 Indo-Chinese Languages. Jinv?, be uniformly denoted by appropriate marks underneath. In intro. during native terms into English writing and printing, all marks below the line, as they would convey no idea to an English reader, may be disregarded, and only the accents above the vowels be preserved. "It is also requested, that information may be furnished on the fol- lowing points. 1. Within what geographical limits each language or dialect which may be added to this Vocabulary is spoken. 2. The timated number of the people who speak it. 3. The account they give of their own origin with any circumstances, which in the opinion of the writer tend to elucidate their origin and to establish an an- ciont connection between them and other races." Here ends the "Plan of the Vocabulary," to which the writer in the Observer adds the following remarks: "There can be little doubt that the Roman character may be applied with the greatest ease and advantage to the language of China, and it is quite certain that their present complex hierogly- phical mode of writing must, sooner 01 later, give way to some regular alphabetic system. The number of the Chinese intonations being, according to Dr. Marshman, not more than four or five, will be even less difficult of expression than those of the Shins; and it is confident, ly believed, that several, if not most of their intonations will prove to be identical with those which have already been found common to both the Burmese and Shans." This subject of tones, so far as it regards correct speaking in the Chinese language, is very difficult, and very important. Though many of the Chinese know nothing of the subject theoretically, yet practically their intonations are surprisingly accurate. In his Clavis Sinica, (page 172,) Dr. Marshman says: "The tones, or intonations, by which the Chinese have varied their words are four. The first of these, the Catholic fathers divide into two ; and indeed it includes two sounds, the one high and clear the other thick and low." These five they indicated by the same number of marks, thus pfl, po, po, p6, po. See Premure's Notitia Linguae Sinicee. In the introduction to Mor- rison's dictionary, part first, the same subject is briefly noticed and reference made to native works, in which it is treated of in extmso. We cannot now pursue the topic, and have thus adverted to it, merely for the sake of bringing it more distinctly to the notice of our readers, some of whom, we hope, will give it a thorough investigation, and favor us with the result of their labors. P. S. For indicating the eight tones, which are clearly distinguish- ed in some of the dialects of China, we have thought of using the four marks which were defined in our third volume, page 27, with only this difference, that each of the four there specified be divided into two, a high and a low, and be placed after the syllables to which they belong, in the following manner: sien" sien' sienv sit" sien sein sien sie Hawaiina Lnngauge, 77 VI. A Vocabulary of words in the Hawaiian language, pp. 2. Svo., by the Rev. Lorrin Andrews, of tlie High School, thainaluna. February 23d, 1836. RUN the years 1821, when the language of Hawaii was first d to writing, and 1834, twenty-seven different publications ed in that dialect, which, with several complete books of the id New Testament, gave a total of 36,640,920 printed pages, were the productions of the Hawaiian press in June 1834 ; since it has been kept in constant and vigorous operation. There ng before us at this moment, no less than twelve different pub- ns, all of which came from the press during the year 1835; ; these, are Primary Lessons for children, Colburn's Intellectual netic, the entire New Testament, and a Vocabulary of the Ha. i language. This last, though confessedly very imperfect, looks jf a beginning. We notice the work thus early, in order to the Hawaiian system of orthography before our readers in close ition with that proposed for Chinese words. For, it is only careful comparison of different languages and of the various of writing them, that philologists can ever expect to construct stem of characters, signs, or symbols, which shall be of univer- , or well fitted even for a limited application. Possibly an exa- on of the Hawaiian inconnection with the Chinese, may throw ight on the origin of the former. In the preface to the Voca- , the manner in which it has been "got up" and completed, ribed as follows: rhaps the Sandwich Islands's mission owes an apology to the f world for having reduced to writing a language of such vari- 1 extent as the Hawaiian, and published so many books in it t having given any account cither of the genius, structure, or irities of the language. Many reasons, however, exist why so lit- been done in this respect. The want of leisure in any member mission for sitting down to labors purely literary, is one reason, rant of proper materials heretofore for authority, is another. e reason that has had the greatest influence i«, the fact that who came first on the ground and acquired the language by the id by mixing with the natives, soon became independent of ml needed neither a vocabulary or a grammar of the language: ose who came later, and most needed such holps, felt that they ot well qualified for the task of making them. But, however jority of the mission may feel with regard to an apology in their the compiler of the following Vocabulary feels that on explana. due from him respecting the manner in which the work has ot up. a meeting of the mission convened in June 1834, it was "That Mr. Andrews prepare a Vocabulary of the Hawaiian <>e." At the same time a wish was earnestly expressed and 78 Hawaiian Language. JUNK, often repeated since, that the work should not be delayed, but should be printed as soon as possible, and it was fully understood and expected that the work would necessarily be an imperfect one. On receiving the above appointment from the mission, the compiler set about a review of his materials for the compilation of a vocabu- lary. The materials at hand and from which the following work has been compiled were the following: 1. A vocabulary of words col- lected, it is believed, mostly by Mr, Looinis, formerly a member of this mission. This was transcribed by the compiler on the voyage from the United States, and was put to use in 1828. In using it, it was his object to insert every new word which he saw in print or heard in conversation, or could obtain in any other way, besides cor- reeling such mistakes as had been made in transcribing from the copy of Mr. Loornis. It was also a point with him to insert, if possible, the authority. Owing however to his ignorance of the lan- guage at the time, many mistakes were made both in the orthography of the words and in the definitions. 2. A vocabulary of words arranged, it is believed, in part by Mr. Ely, at the request of the mis- sion, and finished by Mr. Bishop. A copy of this was received and transcribed by the compiler in the summer of 1829. Every other page was left blank for the insertion of new words, and for any such other corrections or additions as should be important. In using this manuscript, the same method was taken as with the vocabulary of Mr. Loomis. New words, and new definitions of words before col- lected, increasd the size of the book to a considerable extent. "On the slightest review of these irregular masses of materials, it was manifest that the labor of a thorough examination of every word either by consulting intelligent natives, or by examining the usus la- quendi from such manuscripts as could be obtained, or from the books that had been printed, must necessarily be a very protracted labor, of at least some years. In consideration therefore, of the urgent desire that something should immediately be commenced in the form of a vocabulary, and that a work having any pretensions to perfection must be slow in its progress, and protracted in its completion^and as the compiler was burdened with labors of another kind, he judged it best to reduce the materials he had on hand to order in the best manner his time would allow. He has done so without looking for any new word, or extending the definitions of such as were already collected, or consulting any native with regard to the propriety or impropriety of any definition. He feels it his duty, therefore, to fore- warn tliose who may consult the following vocabulary, that they will often be disappointed. It is by no means a perfect Vocabulary of the Hawaiian language. "Among many others, the following errors and deficiencies will be obvious. 1. The words are not always placed in their exact alpha, betical order. In looking at two or three copies in transcribing, some words have been inserted a few places above or below where they properly belonged. 2. There are a great many words with which the compiler is not acquainted; having never heard the words . Hawaiian Language. 79 by the natives or seen them in writing. They are put down on mthority of the manuscript vocabularies which he transcribed. collecting words from manuscripts written by natives, the best ition has not, perhaps, always been put down, or the figurative >f the word has been inserted instead of the radical one, or vice . This is a source of many mistakes in defining words in the lage. 4. There are undoubtedly numerous errors in the orthogra- if the words defined. The enunciation of Hawaiians is generally pid that it is difficult in many instances to distinguish between of the vowel sounds, particularly when unaccented. 5. But not aw out a long list of errors obvious to the readers, it may be tted at once, that the work is greatly deficient in words. Words have been collected from conversation, from manuscripts, and printed books to almost any extent, but the time necessary for :ting and defining them properly, could not be spared without ing the work indefinitely. There are probably a great many ;, the definitions of which are very deficient for want of investi- n. And probably some words are inserted and regularly defined i do not exist in this language or any other. The compiler can lowever, that he made the best use he could of the materials in sssession and of the time at his disposal. ^"he printing has been delayed several months, owing to causes, ver, which need not be mentioned, but which were not under the ol of the compiler. All the deficiencies, errors, mistakes, blun. &c., that shall appear in the perusal of the work, the compiler upon himself, and the forgoing simple statement of the circum- es in which the work has been composed, is all the apology he > offer. The work might have been increased about one third pying the examples that had been collected as authorities for the tions given, but it was thought best in a mere vocabulary of .nguage to omit them. A few have been retained, taken gene, from native manuscripts. It may be asked, after what has been •espectin'g the work, if it is so full of errors, deficiencies, mis. &c., of what use will it be? This question will be left for reader to answer for himself, after he has made a thorough iment in using it. In the mean time, it should be remembered, he question respecting it is not, whether it is as good as it could teen made, but whether it is better than nothing at all? If it be 3d that it is really of some value, it will be used just in propor- s it is valued. If it be decided that it is no better than nothing it can easily be thrown aside, and to such it will be as though not been. : was designed to say a few things repecting the language by >f introduction to the Vocabulary, but they are deferred for the it. They may appear hereafter. It is hoped that others will e in the business of bringing to light the resources of the Hawai- nguage. The field is open and large, and they who shall bring 5 labor, skill, patience, and perseverance, will reap a reward sir efforts." 80 Hawaiian Language- JUNE, The letters of the Hawaiian alphabet, which seem to be only twelve in number, are introduced into the Vocabulary in the following order. 1. A, generally as a in father, ask; sometimes, when standing before k, I, m, n, and ;>, it somewhat resembles u, in mutter; it has also, in a few words, a sound nearly resembling that of ate, or an in English,—the true sound is between the slender a in ask, and broad a in all. '2. E, is like the long slender sound of a in English, or like e in ebony; it is sometimes commuted for a, as alelo for elelu, the tongue; in an unaccented syllable at the end of a word, its sound is like that of the English y, as ope, opy. 3. I, has the sound of ee in English, or that of the French t. 4. O, has generally the sound of the long English o in note, bone; there is a difference in some words among the natives as to the quantity, some saying mahope and others mahoppy. 5. U, is generally that of the English oo as in too, fool, &c.; but when preceded by i, it sometimes has the sound of the En- glish u or yu. 6. II, is an aspirate as in English; it is frequently euphonic, par- ticulary between the verb and its passive termination ia, in which case it is sometimes exchanged for Z, as kaulia for kauhia. 1. K, varies somewhat from the sound of the English k to that of I, according as the enunciation is made at the end of the tongue or near its root; it is difficult to make the Hawaiians perceive the difference between the sounds of k and t. 8. L, a liquid as in other languages; hence it easily assimilates itself to such of the other liquids as are similarly pronounc- ed, "viz., ttt and the smooth American r f ? ] in foreign words;" sometimes, like h, it is used for the sake of euphony. 9. M, is used extensively, but its sound is not defined in the Vo- cabulary. 10. N, has the same liquid sound as in the European languages, and is frequently commuted for I. 11. P, like m is introduced without a word of recommendation or description. 12. W, is "the twelfth letter of the Hawaiian alphabet, the real sound of which is between the English sound of to and v." Here with the letter w closes the Vocabulary, excepting only a few words on the last page. These "words, with many others, have been introduced into the Hawaiian language, and of course, with a sufficiency of foreign letters to show their derivation and to distinguish them from native words." The words specified are not more than forty.fivr-, and are arranged under the letters b, d, f, g, T, s, t, v, t; among them are the following; ha-ha, tobacco ; bale, barley ; bit-ke, book; do-la, dollar: fi.ku, fig; go-la, gold; ra-na (Latin,) a frog , JSeaou HIM, or Primary Lessons. 81 a (Greek,) Satan; &c. Thus, for native words, only twelve are used; to them nine others are added to express foreign which have been introduced into the language, leaving only r, and y, unemployed. In several cases the vowels are united, on, oi, on, iV'.c., but these diphthongs are not denned, nor lumber specified. These particulars, we presume, will all ! careful attention whenever a grammar of the language shall . In numerous instances, we observe several words which, ;hey have the same orthography, are all different from each in their signification: for example, Ao, v. to be or become Ao, s. light; Ao, s. a cloud; Ao, s. knowledge; Ao, s. dried is; Ao s. a species of bird; and Ao, adj. enlightened: in other we find a still larger number of repetitions, each with its pe- meaning. Thus E, is repeated ten times. Were the Chinese ge written in the Roman character the number of these re- is would sometimes be more than one hundred and fifty; but ould be distinguished by several distinct shing or tones. Now, ic tones, or any thing like them, characterize the Hawaiian ge? iTII. Seaou Heo, or Primary Lessons: character and object he work; tabular view of its several divisions; a translation Part first, with brief explanatory notes. vork, as its title indicates, consists of a series of lessons, are designed for the instruction of youth. Fully explained, Heo designates that kind of instruction which is peculiarly I to the young, through the first stages of their education; iterally translated, the two words mean 'lesser knowledge.' disciplining the mind, no work was ever more unfit than the ore us. It does, indeed, contain many most excellent precepts children ought early to learn, but which are couched in lan- that is far above the comprehension of infant minds. The are composed almost entirely of short paragraphs, selected B ancient Classics, purporting to contain the maxims of wise 10 were contemporary with Abraham, Moses, Solomon, Lycur- lon, i ml Socrates. The work ranks with the Heaou King and King. A translation of the Heaou King is already in the four readers. (See vol. iv, NO. 8, page 345.) The term 1 which we formerly gave as a translation of Seaou, is evident- inomer, and less accurate than the one which we havn used Since the compilation of the Primary Lessons by Choo about the middle of the twelfth century, the work has found lhan fifty commentators, twenty of whom have flourished since •OL. v. NO. ii. 11 82 Scaou Uei), or Primary Lesson*. JUNK, the conquest of the Mantchous, in 1644. One of the early com- mentators says, "We confide in the Seaou Heo, as we do in the gods; and revere it, as we do our parents." The whole work is divided into two peen, or books; the first of which, says the writer just quoted, comparing it to a river, "is the fountain of learning;" and the second, "is the stream flowing from it." The first book is divided into four parts, and contains the re- corded sayings of eminent persons who lived in the times of Yaou and Shun, and of the Heii, Shang, and Chow, dynasties. These relate to the four following topics; namely, the first principles of education; the relative duties; and the duties due to one's self: these are the leading topics of the Seaou Heo; and in order to establish them, and to show that the actions of the ancients were in accordance with their precepts, there are added, in the fourth place, examples of the conduct of those who lived during the same period, which, according to Chinese historians, was from 2337 tc 249 years ante ior to our era, and while the art of writing was just coming into existence and passing through its earliest and most imperfect stages. The second book is in two parts; the first consisting of the good sayings of emi- nent men who flourished after the rise of the Han dynasty, it. c. 202, compiled with a view to illustrate more fully the three leading topics already named; the second containing a record of virtuous actions of those who lived in the same period, designed still further to establish the truth of the principles already advanced. The whole is divided into 20 chapters, containing 385 sections, thus: BOOK. I. PART i. Respecting the first principles of education; in thirteen sections. PART ii. Respecting the relative duties; in one hundred and seven sections. Chap. 1. Affection between father and son. Chap. 2. Principles of justice between a prince and his ministers. Chap. 3. The respective duties of husband and wife. Chap. 4. Gradations between seniors and juniors. Chap. 5. Faithfulness in the intercourse of friends. Chap. 6. Concluding summary. PART iii. On the duties to be performed towards one's self; in forty-six section*. Chap. ]. In regard to mental exercises. Cliap. "2. In regard to external demeanor. Chap. 3. In regard to dress. Chap. 4. In regard to diet. PART iv. Examples of illustrious conduct of the ancients; in forty-seven sections. Chap. 1. Relative to first principles of education. Chap. 2. Relative to the relations of men to each other. Chap. 3. Relative lo duties which are due to one's self. Cliap. 4. Concluding summary. BOOK II. PART i. A collection of good sayings; in ninety-one sections. Chap. 1. To illustrate the principles of education. Chap. 'i. To illustrate the social relations. Chap. 3. To illustrate the duties due to one's self. PART ii. A narrative of virtuous actions; in eighty-one sections. Chap. J. To confirm the pi inriples of education. Chap. 2. To confirm the practice of relative duties. Cliap 3. To confirm the exercise of [wsoml duties Seaou Htb, or Primary Lessons. S3 ese six parts we propose to take up separately; but in the pre- irticle, we will confine ourselves to the first. This contains in sections: the first respects discipline prior to birth; the se- and third are occupied with the care of the nursery; from the to the eighth inclusive, the regulation of schools, forms the sub- ;he instruction of pupils under private tutors is treated of through maining sections. To exhibit " those most excellent rules" by the ancient sages conducted education is the capital object of irt of the Primary Lessons; it is limited to those first princi- vhich respect the relative and personal duties, and is introduced : compiler Choo footsze, with a short extract from the writings ;es/e, a grandson of Confucius. BOOK FIRST. Part I. Establishing the first principles of education. ihilosopher Tszesze said, "The gift of heaven is called nature; s performed in accordance with this, are termed habits; the ition of these, constitutes education." Following the light of , and guided by the laws of the sages, I have compiled this 3, that instructors may know how to teach, and pupils what to SECTION I. biography of eminent women contains the following remarks: icient times, married women, during the months preceding the f children, would not sleep lying on their sides; nor sit in an .rd position; nor stand resting on one foot; nor would they eat )d which had not its natural taste, or was not properly sliced; .t was not spread out smoothly, they would not sit down upon y would not look on any thing that had an ugly appearance; ten to bad music; at evening they summoned before them ersons to rehearse sacred odes and to discourse about the rules riety. Acting thus, they bore children of the most perfect form extraordinary abilities." The sentiments of tliis section, on which the Chinese delight to ,ve been given in a former article of our work, (vol. iv, p. 112,) but aseology here varies from what was there used, the text being differ- r the Chinese do not care in such cases to quote verbatim, but merely \m. The biography of eminent women (Lpg Neu Chuen,) was corn- Lew Heiing, who lived during the reign of the western Han dynasty, losed soon after the commencement of our era. SECTION II. lat part of the Book of Rites which relates to the inner apart- or nursery, are the following precepts: "All those who have i born to them, ought to select from among their concubines ho are fit for nurses, seeking for such as are mild, indulgent, late, benevolent, cheerful, kind, dignified, respectful, and re- ind careful in their conversation,—and make them governesses ;ir children. When children are able to take their food, they 84 Seaou Heo, or Primary Lessons. JUNE, should be taught to use the right hand. When able to talk, the lads must be instructed to answer in a quick bold tone; and the girls, in a slow and gentle one: a leathern girdle should be given to the lads; and a silken one, to the girls. At the age of seven years, they should be taught to count, and to name the cardinal points. At the age of seven, boys and girls must not sit on the same mat, nor eat at the same table. At eight, when going out and coming in, and when eating and drinking, they must wait for their superiors, being taught to pre- • fer others to themselves. At nine, they must learn to number the days of the month. At ten, they (the lads only) must be sent abroad to private tutors, and there remain day and night; studying the arts of writing and of arithmetic; wearing plain apparel; always learning to demean themselves in a manner becoming their age; and both in receiving instruction and in practice acting with sincerity of purpose. At thirteen, they must attend to music and poetry, marking the time as they rehearse the odes of Woo Wang. When they have advanced to the age of fifteen, they must continue, as formerly, the recitation of poetry, using those odes which celebrate the praises of Wftn Wang; and at the same time, attend to the practice of archery and the man- agement of the chariot. At the age of twenty, they are in due form to be admitted to the rank of manhood, and to learn additional rules of propriety: they may now wear garments made of furs and silks; must rehearse the odes in praise of Yu; must be faithful in the perfor- mance of filial and fraternal duties; and though they possess exten- sive knowledge, they must not affect to teach others; but must re- main at home and not spend their time abroad. At thirty, they may marry, and commence the management of business, and while they will now have but few opportunities for extending their knowledge, they should respect the wishes of their friends and strive to accom- modate them. At forty, they may enter into the service of the state, where they will have to bring their knowledge into frequent use; and if their prince maintains the reign of reason,, they must serve him, but otherwise not. At fifty, they may be promoted to the rank of chief ministers of state, and engage in the management of the general go- vernment. And at seventy, they may resign and retire from public duties. "Girls after they are ten years of age, must not leave their apart- ments. Placed under governessess they must be taught to be mild both in language and deportment; they must learn to spin, wind oft" thread, and to weave cloth and silken stuffs; and thus perform those duties which properly belong to women in providing clothes for their families. They may see to the preparations for the sacrifices; and arrange the vessels and the offerings of wine, and vegetables, and thus aid in the sacrificial rites. At the age of fifteen, they are in due form to be admitted to the rank of womanhood. And at twenty, they may be married, unless by the death of a parent they have been call- ed lo mourning, in which case marriage must be deferred three years. When they am received with the prescribed ceremonies, they then become is; but otherwise they are regarded as concubines." Seaou Hed, or Primary Lessons. 85 «. ." Since wives and concubines have each their appropriate duties, must not be confounded. When the six ceremonies havo all been •ly performed, and the woman brought home to the house of the man, then called his wife; i. e. an equal, or one who is on an equality with isband. But if without such ceremonies she goes to the house of the ihe is then called a concubine, that ip, one taken, or one who is only ed as an inferior." See Seaou He6 tseih choo, p. 5. SECTION. III. e Book of Rites contains this precept: "Let children always ight to speak the simple truth; to stand upright and in their • places; and to listen with respectful attention." SECTION IV. ;he records of learning (a section of the Book of Rites), it is , that, "For the purposes of education, among the ancients, ;s had their schools; districts their academies; depart- , their colleges; and the provinces ( or principalities ) their sities." :. During the times of which this section treats, which was some two ad years ago or more, twenty-five families living together formed a , and their place of education was called shuh, a hall or school-room, undred families associated or dwelling near to each other, formed a , and their place of education was called tseang, an academy, or f, according to the composition of the word, "a covert for lambs." the number of families amounted to twenty-five hundred, they were into a department (chow), and their place of education was called college. The principalities, which formed the dominions of the son ren and of his nobles, had also their respective places of education, ivere called heS, or universities. Of these four grades of schools, the is for seaou hed, or primary education, and boys entered it at the age t years, and continued there till they were fifteen years old, when ere permitted to enter one of the other schools, there to study the or superior branches of education SECTION v. as said by Mencius, "If men possessed of reason, having food iment, are satisfied to remain uneducated in luxurious ease, iey will be but little above the brute creation." illustrious chieftain ( Yaou), anxious to promote the welfare of >ple, appointed See to go as his commissioner and teach them perform the relative duties; that between father and son affec- ight be maintained; between the sovereign and his minister, that the respective duties of husband and wife might be duly id; order preserved between superiors and inferiors; and fait h- among friends. SECTION VI. i, when giving orders to See, remarked: "Unless the people are each other, the five relative duties will not be performed: go, e, as my commissioner, and respectfully inculcate the duties ve relations, treating the people with kindness." Addressing mother of his ministers, he said, "Go in the office of chief 86 Seaou Hen, or Primary Lessons. JUNE, musician, and teach the elder sons that they must be rigid, yet gentle; lenient, yet firm; rigorous, but not cruel; reserved, but not haughty. The feelings of the heart are expressed by words in poetry; words are arranged by numbers in verse; numbers are regulated by intervals into tones; and the tones are reduced to harmony by a scale of notes, with which the sounds of the eight kinds of musical instruments are brought in unison, without the slightest jar or discord. With such music both gods and men are delighted." SECTION VII. According to the Book of Rites, the literary chancellor provides the inhabitants of the villages with the means of education in three distinct departments; and in order to give instruction to all the people those who are the most worthy, are honored and promoted. The first department includes the six virtues, wisdom, benevolence, prudence, justice, faithfulness, and gentleness: the second, embraces the six actions, filial obedience, fraternal kindness, kindred attach- ment, relative affection, true friendship, and tender compassion: the third, comprehends the six arts, viz., the ceremonies, music, archery, directing the chariot, writing, and arithmetic. In like manner, by villages, he regulates all the people by enforcing the eight kinds of punishment; the first, for disobedience to parents,; second, for abandoning kindred; third, for hatred, of relatives; fourth, for the war.', of fraternal affection; fifth, for breach of friendship; sixth, for not exercising compassion; seventh, for tale-bearing; and eighth, for exciting rebellion. SECTION Till. The royal statutes, contained in the Book of Rites, require the directors of learning to promote the four fine arts, namely, poetry, his- tory, ceremonies, and music; and to establish four terms in which they shall be respectively taught, therein following the example of the ancient kings for training up literary men. Ceremonies and music should be taught during spring and autumn; and poetry and history, in the summer and winter. SECTION IX. In the Students' Manual (written by Kwanchung ), it is said: "While the tutor gives instruction, the pupil must learn; and with gentleness, deference, and self-abasement, receive implicitly every word his master utters. When he sees virtuous people, he must follow them. When he hears good maxims he must conform to them. In a gentle and submissive manner, he must perform the duties which he owes to his parents and brothers; and must never behave proudly, presuming on his own abilities. He must cherish no wicked designs; but always act uprightly. Whether at home or abroad he must have a fixed residence, and associate with the benevolent. He must care- fully regulate his personal deportment, and control the feelings of his heart. He must both when rising and at rest keep his clothes in order. Every morning he must learn something new, and rehearse Seaou I fed, or Primary Lessons. 87 me every evening, doing all with the most respectful and watch- ention." This is the way to become a student. SECTION X. ifucius said; "Let your children, while at home, perform the which they owe to their parents; and when abroad, practice ivhich are due to brothers; be constant and faithful, loving all but associating only with the virtuous; and if they have any , after they have performed their duties, let them spend it in the t of literary objects." SECTION XI. imence in poetry. Be established in ceremonies. Become :te in music. SECTION XII. he records of music (a part of the Book of Rites), there is this "Ceremonies and music can never for a moment be laid SECTION XIII. :hea (a disciple of Confucius) once uttered this saying, "Those ipect the virtuous and put away unlawful pleasures, who serve irents with all their strength, and their prince to the utmost of bility, and who in their intercourse with friends are faithful word,—these, though they should be considered unlearned, t pronounce educated men." , and so good, are the Primary Lessons for laying the founda- 3ducation. Many of them are .excellent; yet if the wise king 1 is worthy of credit, if the records of inspiration are true, this ion is incomplete and insecure. Admit that the ancient sages nany things which are worthy of all acceptation: but let it mbered that they themselves, while they taught others, never to the "beginning" of knowledge. "The fear of the Lord" ver knew; and of course, it never formed any part of their of instruction. This single fact forms the grand defect of systems of ethics. They discourse of wisdom, truth, justice, mce, and the like, while in practice these virtues end in mere d ceremonies. Moral restraints, which, whether in secret or fie world, act constantly on the conscience to prevent the iing of passion, are not felt. All the evils, therefore, which •om the heart of man, so long as they do not appear in open 'iitrage the laws of half-civilized society, may live and grow ed. This they do in ten thousand instances, until they incurable and irrepressible: hence, the falsehoods, the de- 1 theft.'', the robberies, and all the long catalogues of other id misdemeanors, which perpetually blacken the records and fie happiness of this great empire. 88 Parapattan Orphan Asylum. JUNE, ART. VIII. The third annual Report of the Committee of the Parapattan Orphan Asylum, Batavia; and the eleventh Report of the Anglochinese college, Malacca. FROM Batavia, the Uev. Mr. Medhurst writes, under date of February 9th, 1836, that he has " commenced the printing of the New Testament, of which 2000 copies will be completed in eight months, at the rate of one rupee per copy, in- cluding paper." This is to be done by lithogruphy; and is the revised edition of the Chinese version. Mr. M. was expecting in a few days to leave Batavia for England, with all his family excepting his eldest daughter, Sarah Sophia, who remains behind, having formed a conjugal alliance with the Rev. Mr. Lockwood. Their marriage was solemnized on the 17th of that month. The Rev. Mr. Hanson and Mr. Lockwood, whose visit to Canton last autumn will be remembered by many of our local readers, reached Batavia on the 23d of December 1835, where they are pursuing the study of the Chinese language. The Rev. Mr. Dyer, late of Penang, has removed to Malacca, where he is laboring to complete his font of metallic types for the Chinese character. He has kindly forwarded to us a specimen of his types, of which we shall soon give our readers some account. The Rev. Evan Davies has succeeded Mr. Dyer at Penang. According to our last letters from Malacca, the number of boys in the Anglochinese college was seventy. "There are," says our correspondent, "more than twenty schools, containing about 600 children under the care of the mis- sionaries" of the London Society. "It as a pleasing sight indeed, to behold 200 Chinese boys assembled in the house of God on the Sabbath day, and lis- tening to the regular exercises of the sanctuary." This was in the mission chapel. Besides the schools above mentioned, there are "free schools," and Mr. Tomlin's Institution for all nations. The latter contains about M) boys. The two foregoing paragraphs were prepared for our last number, but were necessarily postponed. We have now the pleasure of adding extracts from the two Reports, the names of which stand at the head of this article, the first referring to Batavia, the second to Malacca. The object of the Asylum is, "to feed, clothe, and educate orphan children, the descendants of Christian parents." The Institution for the current year is under the direction of a Committee, consisting of Dr. E. A. Fritze, president; E. Doering, esquire, treasurer; W. Young, junior, secretary; Rev. F. R. Hanson; the Rev. H. Lock- wood; and H. K. Spencer, J. Davidson, A. L. Forestier, G. Mac- laine, J. Arathoon, J. B. Gray, and J. B. de Nys, esquires; Mrs. A. Batten is teacher in English; Mr. H. Kryger, teacher in Dutch; and Mrs. C. de Jonker, matron. "It is highly gratifying to see the lively interest that is taken in this work of charity both far and near." The finances are in a prosperous condition, and "the fund already amounts to/5000, and it only needs the extra exertions of each bene- volent friend for a few years, to place the Institution beyond the reach of accident or harm." The total receipts for 1835 were/7464. 67; of which 1000 Spanish dollars were from China. Valuable donations of apparel and books have also been received; the latter from "bene- volent individuals in America." With every friend of humanity, we rejoice in the prosperity of the Institution, and will gladly do any 8. Parapatlan Orphan Asylum. 89 f in our power to promote its welfare. The following extracts, torn the Report, read at the annual meeting, February 1st, 1836. The Committee of the Parapattan Orphan Asylum, in recording proceedings during the past year, have fresh reason for gratitude IB Almighty for the abundant measure of success with which il pleased him to crown their operations. Ever since its formation Jewing of Heaven seems to have rested on this Institution, a cir- tance which not only calls for thankful acknowledgments to the le Being for his goodness, but affords moreover an incentive to ising and persevering exertions in the cause of humanity, t the last anniversary, the Committee announced with pleasure success in procuring a suitable individual as an instructress for .sylum; they were led, on the accomplishment of such a long, j.for provision, to anticipate most favorable results to the Insti. , inasmuch as the lady would be resident on the spot, and have lildren under her immediate cognizance and direction. The ig house and offices, to which allusion was made in the last being completed, Mrs. Batten removed to Parapattan, and ) on the discharge of her new and important duties in the of April last. For a short time the children were instructed verandah attached to the orphan house ; but the place being ired as rather confined for the purpose, the Committee resolved ;ting a small but neat and commodious school-room, on a ullicient to accommodate 25 or 30 children. This building tee been finished, and furnished with desks, tables and form.", ing both light and airy, and occupying a central .situation, is ngiy well adapted to the purpose for which it is intended. •o the children assemble daily ; they commence their morning at nine o'clock, and break up at twelve. During the hours iction they are taught reading, spelling grammar, geography, catechism, the catechism of nature, writing, and arithmetic, re arranged into five classes. Their progress in general in couraging; most of them understand and speak the English 3 with tolerable propriety. The total number of children is 12 girls and 13 boys. >ne o'clock p. M., they again repair to the school and attend icedle-work. In this department of her labor, Mrs. Batten has icouragement in the diligence and improvement of her young ises, who are very anxious to outvie each other in the clean. sa'noss, and quantity of their work; and in securing the on of their teacher, and of those individuals who occasional- he Asylum. They are engaged at their needles from 1 to 2 They have made several articles of dress for themselves and nd some of them have been reeeHly taught fancy-work, for ey seem to show a great predilection; but for want of tha iterials the teacher has not been able to bring them so far i she would wish. >oys are equally industrious at their needles as the girls; ! hemmed towels, and made trowsers for themselves; while vol.. v. NO. II. 12 90 Parapatlan Orphan Asylum. JUNE, the idea of putting on clothes of their own making, seems to inspire them with greater diligence in their work. Two boys are engaged in the printing business, and so long as there is work to be done, they are sedulously employed either in composing for the press, or distri- buting and sorting lypes. B )th by priming arid sewing, the children as usual contribute a little towards the funds of the Asylum. "The children with their accustomed regularity attend at the En. glisli chapel, on every occasion that divine service is there performed. Their attendance at the Siihbath school is also punctual, and has al- ready been productive of great benefit to them. Once a week, the children attend a singing meeting, where they are instructed in psal- mody. They are already acquainted with a number of tunes, and have made some proficiency in this agreeable science. O;ie of the elder girls, who is a good singer, is also tiuglit to play on the piano. As it respects their improvement in the Dutch language, the Committee are happy to state, that it is exceedingly satisfactory. * * * "The Committee hope that the friends and supporters of this Insti- tution will not only continue to give it their patronage; but also exert themselves in the sphere of their acquaintances and friends to obtain more funds, for the purpose of carrying on with still greater vigor, and, if possible, 0.1 a more extensive scale, the operations of the Asy- lum. They are assured that the highly favorable circumstances in which the children now appear, both in respect to their physical and moral condition, will be considered by all as pleasing proofs that the labor, time, and expense, hitherto bestowed on the Institution, have not been bestowed in vain. They doubt not but that every indivi- dual who has contributed towards this charity, when he sees so many helpless orphans rendered happy through his means, will feel that exquisite satisfaction which is always attendant on acts of disinterest- ed benevolence. To see them, instead of falling easy victims to sloth and vice and wandering forlorn and unbefriended, comfortably cloth- ed, maintained, nnd educated in their duty towards their Creator and their fellow creatures, and promising to become hereafter useful members of society and ornaments to religion, must diffuse, in every benevolent bosom, something of that hallowed delight which the Di- vine Being enjoys while supplying the wants of his needy creatures, and who himself has said : It is more blessed to give than to receive." The Anglochini'se college has been often noticed in the Repository. A summary of its Report for 1834, was given in our last volume, page 98. The report imw before us, for 1835, shows that a pleasing ad- vance has been made during the past year. But we have no room to repeat what has already been stated in our pages. The patrons, trus- tee?, and officers of the college have abundant encouragement to per- severe. The field before them is wide, and has a strong claim on their best efforts. Their object is noble, and we heartily wish them God speed. The number of students is now 70. There are also, in connection with the Institution eleven Chinese " out-schools," con- taining 130 girls, and 230 boys; and six Malay schools, having about 200 boys and girls. In the printing department, there have been t Religious Intelligence. 91 ced during the year, 54,729 volumes of tr.icts, hymn-boohs, Is-books. &c.; 570 complete copies of the holv Scriptures, con- 'g 11,970 volumes. The disbursements fir 18.'!5, were $1639,45. funds, at the present lime, are $11,405,44. The Report closes wine excellent remarks on the objects aimed at in the education is provided for native youth by the officers of the college. IX. Religions Intelligence: baptism of a Chinese convert at lavia; the press at Singapore; Siam; Burmah; and Bombay. jur last number was published, we have received Mr. Medhurst's of the mission under his care. A summary of it we will soon lay our readers. A letter, dated Batavia, May 6th, 1836, says, "Mr. at left us (for England) on the 6th of the last month. On the day he ie baptized a Chinese, the first and only one who has received Chris- mi™ in Java. It is singular too that the man had never seen Mr. st till within ten days of his baptism, for which he applied, and stated ind come once before for the same purpose, while Mr. M. was absent a. He is from Amboyna, and for some time has been employed as T or. captain of a vessel, and has obtained all his knowledge of divine •ith the extent and accuracy of which Mr. Medhurst was much 3,) from books only." Mr. M. arrived in the east, June 12th, 1817. tiers just received from Singapore, we learn that five Christian mis- i are now there,—the Rev. Messrs. Tracy, Wolfe, Dickinson, Reed, 3k,—all engaged in the study of the Chinese language. Preparations king for schools and extensive printing establishments. Among the lere are "all the necessary implements for a complete type and ie foundary," under the care of Mr. Alfred North, ilso pleasing to know that a press had arrived at Singapore for id that punches are preparing for the manufacture of Siamese type. mah, the press has been established several years, and truth is gain- id steadily. In a letter dated Maulmein, Jan. 28th, 1836, Dr. Jud- "on the 29th of December last, the Burmese Bible was completed Ties, containing about 2400 pages. The translation was finished ) years ago ; but the work of revision I have found to be exceedingly He adds that the total number of persons baptized in Burmah ,o the year 1835 was 671, being 168 Burmans, 341 Karens, and 162 i; and that the number baptized during the year 1835 was 120, 0 Burmans, 70 Karens, and 30 foreigners.—making tht whole num- 1813, when the mission was commenced, 791. The first of these 0 Christianity, was baptized, June 27th, 1819. Jombay we have recently received two printed Reports, one of the Missionary Society, the other of the American Murathee Mission, aining a great variety of particulars. The amount of printing and the number of children educated, in connection with the two are large and steadily increasing. In one of the Reports, there of several Chinese convicts—'it Malcolm Faith on the Maha- 1 hills about one hundred miles in a wuthe'ist dirf 'tion from four of whom have declared their full belief in Christianity. 92 Journal f labor; and the recent introduction of opium, has, as in all other only aggravated their natural indolence and reluctance to the r labors of civilized life. The soil, however, is rich and needs e hand of the cultivator to make it extremely productive; the abounds with game; the elephants yield ivory; and the rivers ihort distance from the town of Sadiya furnish gold. Both the ptis and Singphos use the musket in taking game, but their lependence is the poisoned arrow. Singphos and Kikus are the chief possessors of the large which lie south of the Bramliaputra opposite to Sadiya, and till they are closed in on the east by mountains. The Singphos ^ided into twelve clans, each of which is called after its res. chief, but the whole collectively are known by the name of welve tribes." There is but slight union between the several though upon any occasions of great importance they do 100 Asdm. JULY, combine. The Singphos in A'sam retain their original distinc- tions, and give to their new settlements the names of the old towns which they have left. Before the plunder of the country corrupted them, they were industriously engaged in agriculture and other oc- cupations, but lattarly these inferior services had been performed by A'simese captives, who were kept in the proportion of fifty to one of their masters. The Singphos have intermingled many of the super- stitions of their neighbors with the religion of Gaudama, to which how- ever they are yet so much attached that he has a temple and priest in every principal village. They practice polygamy without restraint. The Kakus are intermingled with the Singphos, yet are not counted a distinct people, nor in a servile condition : they are divided into four distinct tribes. The original country of the Kak us appears on lieut. Wilcox's map to be on the east bank of the Iraw^di. We are con- cerned to hear by a recent letter from Gowah&ti that lieut. Charlton, the resident of Sadiya, has been obliged to leave his station and the province for a time, in consequence of a wound received in a skir- mish with some Singphos who have lately been troublesome on the extreme southeast frontier. In the mean time, the civil and military charge of that frontier will be held by lieut. Millar. The trade and productions of the country are in such a state as might be expected, where they are but just beginning to revive from the desolating influence of long continued misrule and war. Though rich in soil and possessing great advantages of situation for supporting a dense population, yet we are assured that the uniform aspect is that of a ruined country. Marks of numerous former inhabitants are everywhere seen; traces of ruins are found, of which an interesting description may be seen in the Journal of the Asiatic Society for April 1885, from the pen of captain G. E. Westmacott, assistant, governor general's agent. Those which were discovered by that officer were in Central A'sam, on the north of the river, in latitude between 26* 3-2,' and 26° 51', and long. 92° Itf, and 92° 55.' They consist of the ruins of a temple, of granite buildings, of large altars and pillars, the history of which seems to be intermingled with absurd fables. The whole population of the country has been estimated at near 1,000,000 souls. From its diversified elevation, the soil is adapted to the culti- vation of almost every variety of the fruits of tropical and temperate climates. Rir.e, sugar-cane, pepper, mustard seed, cotton, and moo- lah silk are the chief articles of produce at present; but in raising these tlie natives are indolent. The attempts to ascertain the capacities of the soil for the purpose of cultivating there the tea shrub have excited much attention. It is now several years since it was first discovered that tea was growing in Manipur. Some three years ago, the Court of Directors instructed the supreme government to ascertain whether it would not be possi- l>le to acclimate the tea plant in some part of British India. This led to tlie formation of a tea committee, of which Mr. Gordon, an intelligent and enterprising gentleman, was appointed secretary. In the prosecution of his duties, Mr, G. several times came to China, i. A'sdm. 101 ;d the tea district in this country, and procured large quantities e true seed. Meanwhile the important discovery was made, that ea plant was growing wild in the country of Sadiya itself. Dur- he last year a deputation was sent thither from Bengal, consist. >f Dr. Wallich and his colleagues, to examine the whole subject itifically. This deputation has satisfactorily accomplished its :t, and ascertained even more than was before suspected. Two ities of the tea were found in the country of the Maomariyas, since their country nearly resembles the rest of the great valley, hoped that the cultivation of it may be extended through the m;o. Another locality is at the bottom of the Naga range, in a few miles of Purunder Singh's capital. Similar localities both sides of the whole valley, and since it has been found on south of this range of hills, in the country of Manipur, it must ibly exist in intermediate places. We observe sanguine hopes entertained of entire success; the whole project of an Indian :rade, says a writer in one of the Indian papers, is already far need towards maturity, since the plant is found at once in laivc natural plantations; and we may soon "afford to lose alto- ;r our opium trade, which at present fixes upon us the stigma ing the greatest panderers to human vice and depravity, which wld holds." te mineral and vegetable treasures of the country are but little rn, though from the present cursory observations, Dr. Wallich, it id, declares he has never seen or heard of so rich a Flora as in n. The same may perhaps be said in respect to geology. It is unded with hills and mountains, which embrace nearly every vari- f the primary and secondary formations. From time immemorial, has been found in the sands of at least a dozen of its rivers, both e north and south of the Bramhaputra. The smelting of iron ilways been the chief branch of industry among several of the ribes. Silver and lead will probably be found within the frontiers BV are beyond them, by the Burmans. There cannot be a doubt limestone exists here equally good as that now brought 400 miles Silhet. Excellent bituminous coal, much resembling that at •a piinji, is found like it in connection with shell limestone, both harmpur, and in the Morung on the Dhunsiri. Other places also been specified, where the existence of coal has been ascer- L Though now dependent on Bengal for salt, yet sal t.springs are to exist at Burlialli and neer Sadiya, on the northeast of the 4r hills, and elsewhere in connection with sulphureous hot TS. former times, Sadiya appears to have been the entrepot of a very ierable trade, which converged to that point by well defined > from Tibet, China, the Burman empire, and India. The revival s trade was one of the earliest efforts of the late Mr. Scott, and considerable success. The imports from India are all kinds of of European manufacture, glass, salt, opiutn, spirits, and the The returns are gold, silver, ivory, copper pots from the Lima 102 A'sAm. JBLY, country, various roots, and native weapons of several kinds. Besides the supply from the native rivers, gold is found more abundantly in the region of those Smgphos who are under the influence of Ava. It is found in lumps of two or three sicca weight near Mogaung, the capi- tal of the ancient kingdom of Tai; where also emeralds and other pre- cious stones are found. The chief destination of these precious stones is China, where they are sold at high prices, but the Burmans levy a duty of twenty per cent upon them at the mines. The Chinese mer- chants come from Manway, which lies to the east of a range of moun- tains, having the Singphos or Shans immediately on the west. They have only to cross these hills, bringing their goods on the back of thei-is-mules, when a water passage is open down the Ir4wadi to its junction with the river on which Mogaung stands, the ascent of which to that city requires five days. These merchants bring choths of vari- ous sorts, particularly broad-cloths, nankeens, silks, tea, copper, and silver. Silver is their chief article of export, in small lumps, with a Chinese stamp and character on them. These are of various sizes, appear to be carelessly run in holes made with the finger, and stamp- ed while warm. The Chinese silver is said to be very pure. Tea is used as a constant beverage by all the tribes between old BisA and the confines of China. It is chiefly cultivated in the neighborhood of Palong, where the manufacture of it said to amount to some lakhs of maunds, but it is different from that brought to the Canton market. "The leaves are first heated in boiling water, and then packed away in pits or vats for several months, preserved from the access of air, and finally crammed into earthen vessels or bam- boos, whirh are carefully closed and sent into all parts of the empire." If so it may resemble the brick tea sent to Tartary. The slave trade, we understand, is not suppressed, but the Khampti and Singpho chiefs still maintain a constant traffic in slaves. Under the adminis- tration of the present commissioner, transit and internal duties have been given up; and if the country is destined to become the scene of an extended tea cultivation, who can estimate its importance? It has suffered long and deeply from oppression and war, but now the people are protected and satisfied, and the revenue is understood to exceed the expenses. If such is the case, while perhaps not more than one seventeenth of Lower A's&m is under cultivation, it is easy to imagine what it must become under the course of improvements already begun. On many accounts, A's.im is a missionary field of great interest. It is' the most eastern point which western intelligence and the true religion have gained in this direction. Connected as it is with Tibet, the head quarters of Lamaism, with Bnrmah, and with the "inacces- sible " Chinese empire, we cannot but regard it with peculiar feelings of hope, as destined in Divine Providence to be a centre from whence the true light may radiate on all the surrounding darkness. It is but 150 years since the system of Hinduism was introduced, and though by the influence of the rSja and the Brahman.*, it rapidly Sained ground, it has not yet taken full hold on the passions of the A'jam. 103 ; while the G4ros Khilsiyas, &c., on the south, and the Daflas, , Abois, Mishmis, and other tribes to the north have, till lately, ilmost exempt from its influence. The Khamptis and Singphos idhists; and the Mutaks are but lax Hindus. Yet this state t continue long ; and even now the Indian leligion is extend, th the extension of British influence, and the introduction of soldiery. shall close this article with a view of the interesting prospects I before the Christian missionary and philanthropist. Most of iders are aware that within a short time some movements have iade in India indicative of a desire to become acquainted with •gress of improvement in the world. Limited indeed as this is, yet it is encouraging to observe it at all, and the more so to operating in the minds of some of the native rulers, the raj& lief men. This should be hailed as a good omen of better to come. The late Dr. Carey, several years ago, completed the tion of the Sacred Scriptures into the A'samese language; and ;h of the Serampore mission is established at Gowahati, where verend Mr. Rae has been for some time past laboriously occu- the education of the young, the preaching of the gospel, and stribution of the Scriptures and tracts. The education com- also sent thither an active teacher, a year ago, has already ;d a large school, including the sons of some of the principal n the district. Mr. Rae is urgent that the gospel be sent to A's&rn also, as well as to the remoter tribes. Mr. Lish, at punji finds himself so well established among the Khasiyas requests a colleague may be sent to him, in order that their >ns may be extended inlo Jynteiih. But all these places are west to effect all that is desirable ; Sadiya is therefore fixed a station of great promise. e Calcutta Christian Observer, captain Jenkins strongly re- ids attention to Sadiya, and accompanies his opinions with iformnlion that is both practical and interesting. He observes northeastern frontier is chiefly occupied by the Khamptis and s, two tribes of the great Shan family; and that as the dia- these tribes differ very little from the Siamese and Burmese, lionnries in Burrnah would have great advantages in the way lunicating easily with these tribes. The Sh£ns, he describes jh more intelligent people than the Burmese, and ten times as s. "They and their kindred races occupy entirely the two provinces of Ava, Hukum and Miingkum; they occupy all bank of Ir^wftdi; they stretch down the Salwen to Tenas- ind Laos, Siam, and Cochinchina are their proper countries; ipose half the population of Yunnan, a great part of that of i, and stretch up into that district which has always baffled ese between Tibet, Tartary, and Szechuen; whilst A'sam is opnlated by the overflowings of this great people." The 3 are a fine bold people, and the Singphos are a less civilized tempered race. 104. Asdm. JULY, An important and curious fact is announced in a more recent let. ter from the same gentleman. It seems 'that 250 Khunungs have arrived at Sadiya to settle under us, who report that 5000 of their tribe are to follow if the present party hold out encouragement to them. The Ex-Sadiya Gohain describes the Khunungs as a tribe subject to the Khamptis, whose country is east of the Iriwadi. He says, they are wandering west, retiring before large bodies of Chinese who are advancing to settle on the IrAwiidi. The Chinese colonists cannot pass the Ira-wadi without coming in contact with the Burmese, under whose away the Bar Khamptis profess to be ; but their allegiance is, I imagine, very unwillingly paid. These movements enhance the im- portance of that frontier; but while they open a prospect of danger to A'sam, they show the only way in which any great improvement can be expected to be made in the relations with the eastern tribes. Were the post of Sadiya relinqished, those tribes would still pour in, but would be beyond control and improvement. If tranquillity can be pre- served, their amelioration must follow. I should like to see ojr mis- sionaries in the field early. The influence of persons skilled in the language of these tribes, and devoting all their time and abilities to humanize these rude races, would not fail of being useful to us and to them. Every day there opens a fairer prospect of spreading our ascendance over the Shan tribes and under Providence nothing but gross mismanagement and remissness in availing ourselves of the opportunities bestowed on us, can prevent the increase of our power from being serviceable to the improvement of our country and those connected with us.' Such are the sentiments of an enlightened po- litician. He concludes with the expression of other than mere politi- cal views: "No attention of mine should of course be wanting to make the place comfortable to any missionaries, and I will be willing to con- tribute my mite to their establishment. You may mention that I will subscribe 1000 rupees if a. family is settled as a mission at Sadiya; and whenever they have had a press at work six months, I shall be happy to double that sum, if I remain in charge of province." In addition to the generous donation of captain Jenkins, major White has offered to give 200 rupees, and It. Charlton and Mr. Bruce 100 rupees each, towards the outfit of a missionary family who shall settle at Sadiya. We are happy to know that these advances have been promptly met. The Rev. N. Brown, late of the mission at Maul- mein, volunteered to go to Sadiya, and has doubtless reached the place some months ago. He was accompanied by Mr. Cutter, a printer. Note. Since the foregoing article was written we have received files of Indian periodicals, among which are several numbers of the Journal of I he Asiatic Society of Bengal, and of the Calcutta Christian Observer, both affording much new and valuable information relative to A'sam. The Journal contains an extract from a letter of captain Jenkins, dated Goalpara, December 5th, 1836, respecting the discovery of coal beds. "It now becomes almost certain that we shall find very large supplies of this invaluable mineral on the south bank of Bramhaputra; we know already of four places where coal has been found, viz., 1st, under the Oaribari hills; 2d, that of Dharmpur Perjrunnah; 3d, on the Suffry, a nullah near the Rorhaf salt formation ; and 4th, on the Noa Dihing, in the Singpho district, south of Sadiya. Siamese History. 105 II. Siamf.se History: noticet continued from 812 to 904 Sia- xeera, or A. D. 1451 to 1543. By a Correspondent. TAUM'K governor of Chiangmai. 815. The Siamese king ed a "white elephant."* 818. An expedition to Chaliang. The Siamese country first established.! 824. The governor of ling (the capital of South Laos or Wiang Cltan) deceased, le king of Siam sent one of his nobles to succeed him. . The king compassionately allowed a festival of fifteen days in of the relics of Budha. 828. The king's son, at the age of years, entered the priesthood. 829. Left the priesthood, and lised to the rank of premier. 831. Taluk deceased. 832. rat fitted out an expedition against Tavoy, and just as Tavoy jout to yield, there appeared various evil prognostics;—a cow cnlf with one body and eight feet;—a setting hen hutched a i with four legs; and husked rice sprouted and put forth leaves. dry laka mil, deceased, having reigned thiry eight years. Pic.lud was first enclosed by a brick wall. 836. Four years is death, the relics of Boromatry laka not were deposited in lificent urn. 838. The king revived the playing of ancient 841. Built the wat Sisanpet, the great image in which was Sunday 6th month, the 8th waxing moon. 845. The above was consecrated; its whole height was eight fathoms (52 En. set), the face four cubits long and three broad, and the breast ven cubits broad. The gold used in casting it weighed catties;:): the gold for the dress weighed 286 rallies, &c. Kama caused a work to be written on war and military tac- lich is still extant); also first established the plan of con- public business by written documents. About that time one .;anals near Paknam was too shallow for large boats and the 1 it dug anew. In digging, bronze images of Tawadas were sd; on one was inscribed the name Sentd (100,000 eyes), he other B£tmongk6n. These were cleared of their rubbish •sited at Prad&ng. The right tusk of the king's elephant grew loose and fsll off. rth month the people showed a disposition to revolt, and lumber of govern metal officers were put to death. Jnusual drought, rice withered and destroyed. There was earthquake and a complication of calamities. 868. Rice ce and dear. The king appointed his son A'titawotip (of the le sun) as premier, and sejit him to govern Pitsanulok. his designation became it has obtained extensively among those who ibed Siam and Burmah. The animal so designated is more nearly of lor. he Siamese speak of their country on its restoration from foreign Bub- iamese cutties are equal to one pecul or 135 pounds. L. v. No. in. 14 106. Siamese History. JULY, 871. There was a wonderful meteoric phenomenon in the night, rising from the S.W. and proceeding to the N. W., remarkably bright. It was seen on Sunday 8th day of the rising moon, 12th month. King Rama died, after a reign of thirty-eight years and his son A tit a wong succeeded under the name B6roma raja n6 putang kun (the king, the bud of deity). 875. The above king died, and his son, then a child, succeeded him. 876. The prince died and Ctiaiya raja succeeded. 880. This year, one or two foreign expeditions were projected, but with no important results. One day in the 4th moon, about 9 o'clock in the evening, there was a tremendous hurricane, which dashed many Jarge boats to pieces. A nobleman named NarAyun committed treason, was apprehended and put to death. 887. A fresh expedition against Chiangmai, in which the govern- or of Pitsanulok was commander-in-chief. After various marches he reached Chiangmai, but what was done after their arrival there, the history "sailh not," except that they returned. A conflagration oc- curred in the royal city during their absence, which lasted three days, and is said, by the register, to have consumed dwelling houses •and temples to the amount of 100,050. 889. The king died on his return from Cliiangmai, having reigned fourteen years. He had two sons; the eldest was called Y6tfa (the summit of the sky); he was eleven years old. The youngest, five years old, was called Sisin. After the king's remains were burnt, a person named Tian, of the royal family, concluding it to be a perilous matter for him to enlist in political affairs, and seeing on other way to escape danger, entered the priesthood, and Ydtfd was elevated to the throne, and his mother, Si su dd chan became regent. That year there was an earthquake. 890. Tho king had an elephant fight, in which one of the ele- phants had his tusk broken into three pieces. The king's elephant a'so ran about crying like a man. One of the royal gates also made a dismal creaking. At that time, the queen regent employed various intrigues for elevating her paramour Banbiit.iilep who was then a more guardian of household gorls. She had him introduced into the palace to some higher station, nnd eventually had children by him; and then, pretending that the prince was inadequate to tlie cares of governing so mighty an empire, hold a mock consultation with her nobles, in regard to associating her paramour with herself in the go. vernment, till the prince should have grown up. They assented, and Banbntsitep assumed the government under the title of Kun wara wong sd ti rat, made his brother premier, and removed such officers as he supposed would thwart his dfcsigns. 891. The usurper then slew Ytitfii, after he had been on the throne one year and two months. His hrother Sisin was allowed to live. In these circumstances, four patriotic noblemen undertook to restore the country ;md rlpvate Timi (who bad fled to the priesthood) to the throne. HP, haveinfr gonn through a variety of ceremonies, )>artlv religious, partly cabalistic, to ascertain whether he should pros- Siamese. History. 107 his efforts, at length consented. Measures were concerted by the premier was slain on a hunting expedition. As their plans :1, they became known to the usurper, who with t'ie queen and i, fled in a single boat, but were apprehended, slain, and their hung upas a public spectacle. The usurper's rei,;n was only onths. With every possible demonstration of splendor, Tian mducted to the royal palace and consecrated king, by the in- ion of priests, brahmians, and nobles of all ranks, under the aha chak ra pat (i. e. the mighty emperor). He took the prince jruler his protection. How the four patriotic noblemen should 'arded became the first object of consideration. One of them '.re/ilep) was rewarded with the government of Pitsanulok, w kind's daughter for a wifi-, and various other costly favors. hers received various royal tokens respectively of great value. king then made a solemn imprecation, that if any future king do any mischief to any of those who had been instrumental sring the country, or their families, or posterity he should be from his throne. At that period another "while elephant" was During the disturbances which bad occurred, news of all that ed had been conveyed to the king of Pegu. He supposed that •cik advantage of the prevailing confusion, he might easily add his dominions. He therefore got in readiness an army of 30,000 [10 war elephants, more than 2,000 horses and made forced i to the three Pagodas,* attacked Kdnpuri and captured an who informed him that it was true, there had been disturbance country, but now Tian had ascended the throne and all was The Peguan monarch supposed it would be disgraceful to n such circumstances, and therefore determined to proceed the country and what kind of soldiers it contained, and then In the second month, intelligence of the Peguan king's nts reaching Siam excited much alarm and drew forth very oval edicts to put the country on the defensive. On the .nd, the Peguan king, having rested his army 3 davs in sight >yal city and palace, quietly returned by the way he cume. king of Kamboja, learning that there was a revolution in Si- :oted his forces, marched to Prachim,^ where he seized a i whom he learned more definitely the real posture of affairs not xen ure to proceed any further, hut swept up the inhabi- Prachim and returned home. The king of Siam determined engeance on the Karnbojans, but spent several months in the building and subsequently consecration of Wats. The only event thought worthy of record this year was a ional festival. When the king heard that all was quiet in Pegu, he collect- ly of 50,000 men, and began his march for Kamboja by way a place just on the borders of Siam, nearly east from Maulmeiu, Kan. itlle south of it. n is south of east from Bankok near the Karnbojan frontier!. 108 Siamese History. JOLV, of Batlabong. The expedition by water entered a small stream at Put tai mat. The first division pitched their camp only ten sen from the capital, but the royal brigade at 150 sen distant. The king of Kamboja, seeing he could not defend himself, sent a communication, the purport of which was; 'I, the governor of Kamboja, beg respect, fully to pay my respects at your majesty's feet. I acknowledge my guilt in carrying away the inhabitants of Prachim, and humbly beg your majesty's pardon. I implore that you will not enter and plunder the city, but refrain three days, and I will come forth with offerings to your majesty, &c.' The king of Siam consented, and in three days the king of Kamboja brought his offerings, together with his two sons whom he also presented to the king of Siam. Then was his wrath appeared, and he bade the king of Kamboja remain and govern his country justly. As for his two sons he would take them away and adopt them as his own. He then returned home and sent one of the Kambojan princes to govern the province Sawanlok. 895. Altered the royal boats and had the heads of various animals carved on the prahus. 896. A great festival throughout the province of Chain&t. 897. The king went to an elephant hunt at B&nglamang and took sixty elephants, male and female, and in the twelfth month obtained a male ' white elephant' more than six and a half feet high. News arrived>that the Kambojans were subjugated by the Cochiuchi- nese. The king of Siam, determined to regain Kamboja and dispatch an army under the command of the governor of Sawanlok. 898. At the commencement of the dry season, the governor of Sawanlolc be- gan his march with 30,000 men Through opposing winds the expe- dition Iry water did not meet that by land, which, on its arrival was furiously attacked by the Cochinchinese; the commander perished on his elephant and men, elephants, and horses* were taken by the enemy in groat numbers. 899. The kings palace was destroyed by fire. An extraordinary festival in honor of the priests, on which occasion the king gave away a white elephant with bags of money tied to his feet, the value of which was 1,600 chang, or 128,000 ticals; also seven chariots drawn by horses. In the 7th month sixty elephants, male and female, were taken at Trokpra. 900. This year forty elephants were taken at Senko. The history states that in 902, forty elephants were taken, and in 904, seventy were taken. * The Siamese arrangement is elephants, horses, and men, "and so sexrrntin." Remarks on Education. 109 111. Brief remarks respecting the mode of bringing improve- enti in education into practice among the Chinese. it last number we advanced some suggestions for the improve, of education among the Chinese. As the possibility of intro- a any new plans into practice may be doubted by some of our •s, we will now add a very few remarks respecting the mode in it should be attempted. We do not suppose that it will be an work, nor one that can be accomplished in a day. No one ne- ed with the Chinese character as it now exists, modified by and up of "old customs," will believe it easy to induce them even a new thing, much less to adopt it. As they are proud of their ig as a nation, and as it is incorporated into the very nature of eing by their spending a long time in acquiring it, the difficulty wincing a change in their system of education may be greater mt of any other change, except as it may be diminished by the 3 and great advantages of a better mode. On account of this ty and their prejudice against every thing foreign, it seems to sr to use the agency of natives chiefly, than to attempt to in- i the new system directly by means of European teachers. aps the best plan would be nearly this. Let the mode of edu- which it determined to adopt be renedred as perfect as pos- ition let a few promising Chinese youth be selected and tho- instructed in it, and educated according to it, or at least to practice it for a year or two. In doing this, a European fell acquainted with the best models of education, must ncces- 9 employed. On a moderate scale this might be attempted in But it will probably be best, so far at least as it regards se. rom interruptions, to have this done at some foreign settlement Chinese, and the youth with whom the experiment shall be my be selected from among the Chinese natives of the settle, r from China. The latter would doubtless be best. When rei become thoroughly acquainted with the system and have J it for some time in the school where they are educated, let a select number of them who may be judged best qualified work, be intrusted with the important charge of introducing system among the sons of Han, both within and beyond the is.' They should be made to understand and feel, as far as that they are intrusted with one of the greatest works ever id to men—thai their success will, for every Chinese youth ages, rescue from loss several years of his precious life, and towards raising his immortal mind to intelligence first, e knowledge of divine truth in the sequel ; and that their ill be an irreparable loss to the same immortal millions. To h motives we know not that it would be improper to add the 110 Remarks on Education. JULY, prospect of peciininry emoluments, and of honor to themselves, in case tl'.py succeed. It would, perhaps, he best to direct them to go to different pro. vinces and places, and collect schools, and teach them on the new plan. If the children of tlie rich could not be induced to attend, it is perfectly certain that those of the poor could ; so that the plan can- not fail for want of opportunity to make an experiment. An agree- ment might be entered into, that the scholars should receive a cer- tain sum monthly for their support, during their attendance; and at the close of the time which may he deemed necessary for a fair expe- riment and the developement of the advantages of the system, such an additional sum as would prove a sufficient inducement to them to attend. When the advantages of the new plan shall thus become evident by actual experiment in these schools, and shall have been brought to the notice of some immediately around them, let them publish in the best way they can find, the fact that they cm teach the written language to children of ordinary capacity, within the time which they shall have found necessary ; and also the other advantages of the system; and refer for proof to the actual experiment which they have made. Let them accompany this publication with an offer to take children into their school, and educate them on this plan. Possibly the advantages of the system may attract attention, and perhaps draw in scholars before this; but we may expect it now to attract more general notice. A people so eager for gain as the Chinese, will not fail to perceive at least one advantage of it; they will see that it will save the pay of teachers for two or three years or more, and secure to them, if they are poor, the labor of their children for the same length of time. We may confidently expect that the publication of the benefits of the system, and the offer to educate youth according to it, will draw together a large number of children. They will probably soon be- come too numerous to be taught by a single teacher, even on the Lancasterian plan. Some of the scholars will therefore be called upon to teach t, and the original teacher will perhaps open a school for the express purpose of training up teachers for the new system. When this shall be the case, the system may be regarded as fairly introduced. It will spread rapidly. The difficulties all lie in the first part of the wny; and when they shall have been overcome, we may regard the salvation of Chinese from the cramping, stupifying, destroying influence of their present system of education, and all its attendant and consequent evils, as accomplished ; and once accom- plished, we may rest assured, it will be forever. No one will raise to life the hateful, useless monster. "Weil," some reader may say here, "this looks very well on paper, but it is too much like a 'castle in the air;' I fear it would not appear so Wfll in trial." It is indeed a plan merely, but there must always be plans before there can be doings th;it will promise much good. We propose it as a plan which we earnestly wish to see perfected in its theory, then acted upon. We believe it tu be a practicable plan; i. British Hovere.igtily in India. 111 f any one can point out any part of it, of the failure of which is any probability, we will try to amend it, or abandon il our- s and wish it to be forgotten by others B'lt if it be practicable, !ivy weight of responsibility will henceforth rest on some indivi- in respect to it. Who are those individuals? 3 regret exceedingly that there is now on one employed in en- irinjj to improve the education among this interesting people. Anglochinese college at Malacca is indeed doing something for location of Chinese yuuth there, hut we are not aware that it particularly at the improvement of the prevailing system of edu- i among the Chinese generally, or at training up teachers for Is. It is surely an object worthy to employ the best energies of [dividual at least, to save one half of the lime spent in learning id by so many myriads of Chinese youth and to give such an SB to those myriads of immortal minds, as the introduction of the rements which we have suggested, would, we think, be sure ;ct. But alas, where is the man to do it? Every fore'pner in ist, at all acquainted with Ihe language, is engaged in impor- rork, which he cannot consistently leave ; except perhaps some se just arrived. And these, we fear, all have their attention id to other objects, which they will be unwilling to abandon. 3nture, however, to recommend this subject to their serious jration. Perhaps they will feel that it is too important to erred till men can be procured in England 'or America to out expressly for it. But if no one is found among them, .n devote his undivided time and attention to this object, we on time should be lost in sending for teachers who will arth with the high purpose of giving a new and vastly better of education to the empire of China, and with a devotion to work tending to the salvation of men,—a devotion which will lem through every difficulty and discouragement, and be a edge of ultimate triumphant success, and of the blessing of T. The British sovereignly in India: a. Sermon preached >ehalf of the Bombay Scottish Missionary Society; Novem- )th, 1835. By the Rev. John Wilson. are many things respecting the relations of the western na- the eastern, which we wish to say, and to reiterate until they e accurately understood. Not long ngo, we are credibly , the question was gravely discussed in one of the large America, by learned ecclesiastics, whether they should not 112 British Sovereignty in India. JULY, immediately appoint a bishop to Canton in China. We have letters before us, which show that there are not a few even in Europe, who know but little more of some countries of the east, than they do of the moon. So long as this ignorance remains, it is vain to expect that the people of Christendom will ever comprehend the full magnitude of the work which God in his providence seems calling on them to perform. With respect to India, the position in which it stands, po- litically considered, imposes peculiar claims on the people and go- vernment of Great Britain; and we have seldom if ever seen those claims urged with greater force than in the discourse before us. It is inscribed to the right honorable sir Robert Grant, governor of Bom- bay, and is founded on Isaiah xlv, 1, 2, 3, 4,6, 13. In elucidation of his text, the preacher briefly considers the divine dealings with Cyrus, and their actual results; and, with a view to an application, traces, certain analogies and comparisons between the elevation of the MeHo- Persian monarch and the British acquisition of sovereignty in India, pointing out the corresponding duties which thence originate. The following are extracts. "It appears, from the universal record of history that India, from time immemorial, has been conceived to be a country boundless in its wealth and luxuries; and consequently it has been an object of envy and of covetousness, to the different nations of the earth. Darius Hystaspes, on Deceiving a report of it from Seylax of Caryandra, who had nagivated the Indus, was fired with the lust of its riches, and lawlessly conquered its northern provinces. It was in order to get possession of it, and to wield its resources, and not from any national provocation, or from any philanthropic desire to benefit its inhabitants, that the Macedonian hero urged his forces to its north-western bor- ders; and he experienced the greatest disappointment, when, from the discouragement of his troops, and the opposition of its then powerful tibes, he prepared to abandon it, and surrendered his partial acquisi- tions to one of his generals. The mixed Bactrians, from the love of its riches, encroached on some of its most valuable territories, and, as appears from discoveries in antiquities which have been lately made, settled in it for several centuries. If the Romans, Egyptians, Vene- tians, Genoese, and others were, in after times, content to satisfy themselves with the profits of its trade, it was because they had not power adequate to its subjugation. The love of gain, more than the dictates of the Koran respecting the overthrow of infidels, urged the Musalmdns to their conquests in this region of the world, and the final establishment of their empire. The Portuguese, the first of the Ertro- pean powers who discovered the passage by the Cape, though in the first instance they aimed at the commerce of the East, which they sought to engross, soon panted for territory, and proceeded unjustly to acquire it. The Dutch were their close imitators in this respect, for it was early observed of them, that they here paid ten times more attention to revenue than to trade. "The English, alone, be it observed, at the commencement of their enterprizr, disclaimed, and that sincerely, all idea of conquest. 8. British Sovereignty in India. 113 y were generally content, as a nation, with the commercial facto. of chartered associations, and the gains which resulted from them. as to protect these factories, and to avenge insults which had been etrated against them, that they first took up arms. When victory possession of a large portion of the country, they did not even n it in their own name; and protests and remonstrances against .cquisition of it, by the foreign servants of the Company, who were sed and that, perhaps, in a few cases, deservedly, of gross injus- ind unhallowed ambition, were made by its Directors, and by the e of the nation. The British power and influence, however, lally increased and extended. The breaking of engagements by the natives, and the formation by them of suspicious confe- ions, were viewed as justifying aggressions upon them, and these seldom unsuccessful. The influence of the other European •s unjustly brought to bear nguinst the British, formidable though eeral occasions it appeared to be, was ineffectuil to restrain them, : was finally weakened so as to cease to be a matter of the least ty. In the wars which were here carried on, comparativly few either of our countrymen or of the natives were lost. The sons land, who flocked to our standard, and faithfully and valiantly by it, formed the body of our armies, and its own wealth was jay. The arrangements of Providence have been such, that we got the sovereignty without any fixed design on our part; and ho came merely to trade at a few ports, now cease, this very year, 10 any commercial transactions on the public accojnt, and find res ruling over the greater part of the territory, and wielding over imainder of it, an influence little less potent than that of law We, a handful of people, from a small island in the western now possess the whole continent of the sons of Bharata, and of lar and lunar kings, whose achievements, though seen by us h the medium of the tradition of national vanity and crafty ini- !, must yet be admitted to be those of-mighty men of renown, r success in this land, I have no hesitation in declaring, is lleled in the history of the world. It surpasses in wonder that js over Babylon, the various stages of which, remarkable though ere, we can trace and understand. It surpasses the conquests gander, who overthrew the empire established by Cyrus; fur impelled by a thirst of military glory, and the desire of unjust ion, and rather marched his predatory troops through saviijre civilized countries, than brought them under a regular govern- and he himself had to turn his face to his home after he ) these regions. It surpasses all that Rome, the mistress of tho n her proudest days accomplished ; for in no sucli short space y years, did she ever subdue ninety millions of people, and d her eagles move without glutting themselves on the carcases niberetl multitudes of slain. It surpasses that of the fanntic s, who, though impelled to the field by the promise heliev- gh false, of heaven, as the reward of their valor, occupied in a contury in subjugating a population of less, at the highest or., v. NO. in. 15 114 British Sovereignty in India. JULY, computation, than sixty millions. It surpasses that which issued in the establishment of the great Moghul ; for, by slow advances was it procured, and at no period did it appear very secure, and it was impaired by the Mar&thjls at the time of its greatest glory. It is a success so unexpected, and brought about by so great a concurrence of events and interpositions, that even the most undevout when re. fleeting upon it, must ascribe it to God himself. 'The Lord most high is terrible; he is a great King over all the earth. He hath subdued the people under us, and the nations under our feet.' "And for what purpose, let me now ask, has God conferred upon us the sovereignty of this great country? Is it merely that we con- sume, or export, its wealth, find situations of honor and respectability for a portion of Britain's youth, and afford protection and security to our private trade? Is there an individual within these walls, so self- ish in his feelings, so little skilled in general history, and so limited in his views of the Divine arrangements, as to answer this question in the affirmative? I believe that there is not one. I believe that all of you would spurn away the idea, that such remarkable interpositions as have been made in our behalf, are intended by the all-wise Dis- poser of events, to have their termination in our personal and national, secular agrandizement. I believe that all of you will not only admit, but readily declare, that it is for this country's weal that it hath been given to us; and that considering, on the one hand, its amazing extent,, and its teeming population, and its present wants and necessities; and on the other, the infinitely precious blessings which we hold in pos- session, and which we have it in our power to bestow, there is a res- ponsibility resting upon us in connection with it, so great that it tran- scends our calculation. I more than fear, however, that the facts which we admit, and the declarations which we make, have not only been long overlooked and withheld by us; but that even now they are very far indeed from being properly felt and acted upon. "Cyrus had no sooner conquered Babylon than, heathen though he wns, he made some acknowledgment of the Lord God of Israel. Our first act, after acquiring territory in India, however, was not that of confessing God before the heathen who had been subdued under us. We showed no care to awaken their curiosity, and to lead them to inquire into the nature of Christian principle and practice ; but we followed a line of conduct more calculated to confirm them in their error, than to induce them to seek deliverance. They did not see a Christian ministry of any amount, and of any approvable devotedness, seeking the conversion and improvement of our countrymen ; and they did not witness the worship of God at the different stations in our public assemblies, and in temples reared to the honor of Jehovah. They did not even, for long time, know that we had a God distinct from their own vanities, that he made to us a revelation of his will, that he demanded our homage, or that, in his unsearchable wisdom and grace, he had opened a way for the salvation of our souls. Intend of saying, like Cyrus, "He is the God who is in Jerusalem," wo did not oven—to our everlasting shame he it spoken—preserve neutrality in reference to 1C. British Sovereignly in India. 115 ir superstitions and delusions. In many instancos, we thoughtless- Dr presumptuously, endowed their idols and their temples; ratified r ceremonies; took part in their idolatrous rites and processions, nocturnal dances and revelries; dignified them with military civil honors; and hy levying taxes, participated in their unholy is; invoked their gods at the commencement of our official 3spondence, suffered to be dedicated to them the records of our incial courts of justice, and employed Brahmans to pray to them, propitiate them, that they might send us rain and fruitful seasons, nany instances, we did these things, do I say? tn many places, and to a great extent we still do them. Cyrus, after his conquest of Babylon, granted deliverance from and religious bondage to God's exiled servants. We, after the uest of India, g-anted full toleration to proselytism under every m of error, however extravagant, absurd, and immoral, but deni- to Christianity, that system of eternal truth, to which alone our n is indebted for all its greatness, and all its preeminence, and h we professed to one another to be the sole foundation of hope regard to the world to come. Instead of generously throwing the 1 of protection over the ministers of God's word, commissioned ic churches to call upon India's inhabitants to forsake their false and dumb idols, for the worship of Him who made the earth, the sea, and the fountains of water, and to abandon their foolish ons, and pilgrimages, and penances, and other mistaken works srit, for the righteousness of the Son of God from heaven; we i them access to these shores, or forced them to retire into for. possessions after they came, or sadly restrained and discounte- d them in their operations. We did all this with a show of icnt which outraged all the history of man, and which unblush- perverted facts palpable as the sun in the meridian firmament, t one time, in despite of the innumerable dcvas and devastluins, idols of gold and silver, and brass, and stone, and wood,' to be throughout the country and which, if collected together, would the materials and inhabitants of the largest cities of the world; i despite of the funeral piles consuming thousands of helpless s, and the rolling cars of Moloch crushing hundreds of wretch- J midnight orgies so abominable that they defy description, moral code so lax, that with regard to many particulars it can- distinguished from a lustful license, we told the world that ndus were so religious, virtuous, and happy, that thev did not ic gospel; and, at another, in despite of all the native churches, by the Nestorians of Syria, and the Danes and Germans, in th, that they were so firmly bound by the immovable chain of nnd so deeply sunk in the ocean of error, delusion, and vice, ie gospel could not reach them. At one time, we maintained rilhrnans were so skilful philosophers, and transcendent mcta- ins, and acute masters of logic, that they could defeat in ar- the very professors of our universities; and at another time, of meeting a missionary on Ihr arena of discussion Ihey 116 British Sovereignty in India. JULY, would raise up armies, and engage our troops in the field. At one time, we urged that missionaries would be so indiscreet and so regard- less of their own success in their work, that they would wantonly out- rage the prejudices of the natives, and sacrifice their own lives in a needless storm of popular fury ; and at another, that they would pro- ceed no peaceably, and quietly, and sneakingly, and jesuitically, to work, that they would win the heart of the population, and wield their influence against the established government. At one time, we insisted that science must of necessity precede Christianity, and prepare the way for her progress; and at another, that Christianity would precede science, and instead of viewing her as a handmaid, as she was wont to do, would prove so illiberal that she would not even allow her to fol- low in her train. At one time, we maintained that the effect of edu- cation would be that of divorcing the affections of the instructed from their teachers and their institutions, and qualifying them for rousing the nation to a successful resistance of them; and, at another, that its effect would be that of exhibiting the instructed as a privileged and favored class, who, instead of being respected by their countrymen, and permitted to wield over them an effective influence, would excite their jealousy, and engender opposition, and even persecution. No theory, however absurd, we left to be invented. No occurrence, how- ever undeniable, we refrained from perverting. "Cyrus set apart a large portion of the revenues of his stale for the support of true religion among the Jews. After a great deal of discussion, our par] ament voted a single l;\kh of rupees, a sum bear- ing no proportion to our income, to be given as a donation for the promotion of general education amongst the many millions of our sub- jects, who minister to our comfort and affluence. We, the represen- tatives of the British nation in India, instead of applying this grant wholly to the diffusion of a knowledge of the literature and science of the west, as, we must suppose, was intended employed most of it in trie support of colleges for teaching pensioned students the elements of the "sicred," and not neglected, Sanskrit and Arabic Innguages, and inculcating through them the immoral precepts of the Vedas and P.ir; ;iK, the aphorisms of dreamy and obsolete legislators, and the prescriptions of quack-doctors, and alchemists, who died in the ardent search for the philosopher's stone; or in printing oriental books to fill tlie shelves of a learned and curious, but illiberal and unphilanthro- pic, confederacy of English and French antiquarians. It is only within these few months, that this misappropriation has to any extent Id.'cti testified against, and it is only within these few weeks that steps have been taken to restrict and ultimately to suppress it. "It is in a spirit of heaviness, my brethren, and with a view to associate our regrets and complaints with regard to the past, with our vigorous efforts to amend our ways and to redeem the time which is to come, and not to indulge a spirit of vain censoriousncss, that I have alluded to these melancholy circumstances. While I nfllict my soul in thr remembrance of them, I bless God that a bright- er day has now began to dawn upon this land, even the day of its t Brilith Sovereignty in India. 117 :ifiil visitation. It is n matter of sincere congratulation, that the blessing of God upon the enlightened and Christian advoca- 'our Grants, and Buchanans, and Willwrforces, and the supplica- )! thousands of our countrymen at home, a Christian ministry derable, though still inadequate, has been provided "for the sons igland and Scotland here sojourning. Our religion, though far being so prominent as it ought to be, is now a matter of public nation by our numerous heathen neighbors, and as far as the er of its professors is concerned, is undoubtedly on the increase, nost every station, there are some true disciples of Jesus, who his gospel by their life and conversation, and who devote thern- to works of Christian philanthrophy. The order has been from the authorities at home, and has already been partially A into effect, "That in all matters relating to their temples, worship, their festivals, their religious practices, and their ccre- I observances, our native subjects be left entirely to themselves." of their most unnatural and horrid riles, as that of Satf, have bolished by law; and measures are in operation, which, it is loped, will end in the complete suppression of infanticide, that which is scarcely equaled in the black catalogue of human The Euphrates, the source of protection and supply to the n of India, so long fed by misapplied endowment, and guard, perverted authority, and inconsiderate custom, is drying up; e way is preparing for the kings qf the east, the appointed lents of its destruction, to nrike the assault upon it. None who :o seek the welfare of India, are denied the right of residing icre within its extensive boundaries. The fullest liberty of and of writing, is now granted to the missionary of the cross. y lift up his voice and proclaim a Saviour's love and pardon- ircy, and glorifying grace to listening multitudes from the ins of Himalaya on the north, to the cape of Comorin on the none daring to make him afraid; and, as long as he confines to legitimate argument, he may expose every system of error superstition, prevalent in the land; and he may freely dis- the Word of life, so that the various tribes may read in their gues the wonderful works of God. He may open thousands Is, and have them speedily filled to overflowing, and unfold i every doctrine, and inculcate every precept revealed by 118 Botany of China. JULY, ART. V. Flora Cochinchine.nsis: sistens plantas in regno Cochin- china mascentes. Quibus accedunt alia obscrvuta; in Sinenso imperto, fyc. A Flora of Cochinchina, containing descriptions of the plants growing in the kingdom of Cochinchina, to which are added others observed in the empire of China, the east coast of Africa, and in various places in India; arranged according to the suxual system of Linnceus; being the work of John de Louruiro, follow of tho Royal Academy of Sciences in Lisbon, and formerly a preacher of the Catholic faith in Cochinchina, and there a professor of mathematics and physic in the royal palaces. Printed in Lisbon, 1790,2 volumes 4to, pp. 744. THE BOTANY of the Chinese empire is a subject to which we have drawn the attention of our readers on a former occasion, when we presented a paper written by Dr. Livingston of the East India compa- ny's medical service; in which he exhibited some parts of the un- explored field there is in China for the examination of the student of nature, and the facilities enjoyed at Canton for purchasing native plants of the Chinese florists. Reference has also been made to the subject in other pages of the Repository. It will, however, need no I ihored argument to show conclusively that the botany of China, and indeed, all the other departments of its natural history, can be dis- coursed upon most learnedly, while little or no real progress is made in elucidating and applying them to the arts of life. Any one who will take the trouble to examine what has already been said on this subject, will be convinced that the confined situation of foreigners precludes nearly every attempt to make new acquisitions; and by shutting us up as the Chinese do, they shut out from themselves nil the advantages which might arise from the scientific applica- tion of the mineral and vegetable treasures this great empire con- tains, to the purposes of common life. And in botany especially is close and repeated observation indispensable before certainty can be attained, and conclusions drawn that can be relied upon. As well might a man who had never moved beyond the precincts of Madrid, undertake to describe the plants of France from drawings and des- criptions, as that persons should write upon the vegetable productions of China from what can be gleaned out of foreign authors. We know the existence of the varnish tree, the cotton tree, the tallow tree, the tea shrub, and many others, and that important products arc obtained from them, and so did Matthew Ricci; and we now cannot bonst of much greater knowledge than he and his companions had then obtained. To this day, it is a matter of dispute whether the prevn and black tea are species or varieties, although the leaf has been an article of commerce ever since the ninth century. During the long time that foreigners have traded to this port, there has been a succession of travelers and naturalists, like Osbeck, Toreen, Abel, :md others, who have examined the plants growing about Canton and Macao, with a good degree of minuteness, much more so than in Botany of China. 119 it many other parts of Asia. The rest of the empire, together Japan, Coreii, und the isles adjacent, are still open (shut rather,) ) investigation of whoever has the hardihood of a Tournefort ie zeal oi a Pursh. And zoology, mineralogy, and geology are i the same case; just as inviting and just as unknown. if (he works of nature in China are shut out from our gaze, wo x>k into the books of the Chinese, and ascertain if they have 1 the handv works of God to any purpose. Their medical and cal treatises are numerous and voluminous indeed, and wo reasonably promise ourselves a reward in reading them, by lining their modes of applying the resources of the land to heal , and administer relief to the sick. Judging from the multitude ors and herb-sellers seen at the corner of the streets of this city, ght infer that the Chinese possessed great facilities of curing : vvl.at ills their flesh is heir to. The signs of the apothecaries >rroborate this notion. But alas, on examination it will be as. pd that very little science can be found in their best books teria medica; and their practice is not yet perfect, we have demonstration. The practice of the Chinese is founded on se, and by a long observation of the effects of certain modi. n the system as indicated by the pulse, a man will acquire xperimental knowledge of the necessary remedies. But for it part, the medical practice among this people deserves no lame than impudent quackery. Some get a reputation by a unate cures, and trumpet them far and wide, leaving all tho occasioned by their ignorance to die in obscurity : a mode :dure not unlike what may be seen in some western coun- their nostrums and medicamentums. Little dependence can )d on what the Chinese now know of the art of healing; •a must be introduced by foreigners; the well established sys. pharmacology known in the west must supersede the Pun ind the dogmas of Shinnung, and the modern quacks must nged for the demonstrations of the Hunters and the Coopers, e losing sight, however, of our present object; which is not sketch of the state of medicine among the Chinese, not to cm the blessings accruing to them from the introduction of >ractice, nor to fill up pages in treating of the botaniciil trea- China as described in glowing terms by the Abbe Grosier laldc, but simply to give some account of the work which the head of this article. the production of John de Loureiro, a Portuguese, formerly y in Cochinchina. We ha*e not been able to ascertain f of his life, except what he says of himself in the preface, •k, which was printed at the expense of the Royal Academy , under Loureiro's own superintendence; and, as it justly is dedicated to that body. In his dedication, he observes .vcnty years he had been endeavoring to get the book print- Llic Academy undertook it. Due respect is paid to those 'receded him in the study of Flora in the unexplored regions 120 Botany of China. JULY, of the Indian archipelago, and countries adjacent, among whom Garcias" work on the spices, and Rumphius' Herbarium Amboniense afforded him much assistance. Speaking of the neglect this science experienced, he says: 'But I know net by what fate-it has happened, that our predecssors, to whom neither talents nor opportunity were wanting, neglecting to follow the example already set them by their countrymen, have scarcely inado an acquaintance with botani- cal science. From which cause great loss has arisen, inasmuch as we have been in a manner deprived of valuable treasures contained in the vegetable kingdom, while other nations have been deriving benefit from them. But this will not always continue, because op- portunity will arrive, if the powers above favor, to change tho unto- ward into fortunate and prosperous circumstances.' After a proper portion of flattery is applied to those who needed it, Loureiro thus closes his inscription: 'It will not be in my power to contribute stones, metals, and more precious things towards the erection of the fabric (the temple of science), yet I will not be entirely an idle and useless member. From my stores, such as they are, 1 offer you this Flora of Cochinchina. Among its treasures you will find wood fit for the building, colors to adorn, food and medicines to recruit the labo- rers who spend their strength in the completion of the work, and devote it to the public good.' Our author then proceeds, in an address to the candid and stu- dious reader, to give some account of his residence in Cochinchinu, the cause and manner of his collecting the materials for his Flora, with an eulogy on the system of Linnaeus. Speaking of his residence in that kingdom, which, according to him, extends from .18* of north latitude, comprising Tsiampa and part of eastern Camboja, and stretches southwards more than nine degrees to the gulf of Siam, he says: 'During the thirty-six years 1 resided in that country, I had time to examine into the mysteries of nature peculiar to those regions; but, as leisure and aid were wanting, diligence and industry were my only assistants. I first went thither as an evangelist and preacher, to announce to them the common Creator of all, and the Savior Jesus Christ. But when heathen superstition opposed too hard, and the laws of the kingdom forbade Europeans setting foot there, this work was of service to me, as by it I obtained permission to remain, and to labor as far as prudence, fortiude, and charity would allow; prudence, lest imbued with too much zeal, 1 should seem openly to despise the laws of the king, while at the same time by attending to those sciences, which were able to please him the more, I could secure his favor the more firmly: fortitude, by bearing in a foreign country all those evils, which not unfrequently occur in one's own: and charity, since by becoming all things to all men and by ;\ disregard of private advantage and gain, I could relieve the wants of others; more especially by practicing the medical arl, according to the divine injunction, "heal the sick who are in that place;" hence I distributed medicines gratis to all who solicited me, both believers and infidels. Thus by the favor of God, and the popular Botany of China. 121 ipprovlng, it was not difficult for me to obtain permission nain in the country, nay the king even appointed me pro- of mathematics and medicine in his own palace. But in limtion I was not at liberty to promulgate the doctrines of the yet, by acting cautiously and secretly, these designs could ied on. ?airs being thus circumstanced, I was almost overwhelmed by Ititudes who came to me, many of them desiring to be instruct, the mysteries of the Catholic religion, but the greatest number ing to have their bodily maladies healed. For curing all these it diseases, I was not able to obtain any necessary articles Europe; nor if 1 had been able, could I have paid for the Such being the case, I began to consider whether I could istitute the materia medica indigenous to Cochinchina, and by lode make what was in that country supply the place of the irecious things from Europe. This was the beginning and f my commencing the science of botany. account of the want of teachers and nulhors my progress was Neither from Dioscorides, nor his commentator Laguna, nor ay or Tournefort, whose botanical works I had successively d, could I obtain so much light, as to distinguish clearly nts of India; many of which, both genera and species, are in nee very different from those found in Europe. At length, af. ;arisome delay, I obtained the works of the illustrious Linnaeus, core sent to me by Thomas Riddell, the captain of an English i excellent man, to whose kindness I owe much. From these i I obtained a knowledge of the doctrines and terminology of s ; and immediately I saw how much this system excelled the and how greatly it aids the tyro when other props are wanting, tanical gardens and the green houses of princes, which are n Europe, were much desired in Cochincliina, that I might ! those plants with these and thus easily know what difference between the two. The wild plants of Cochinchina, are nume- id to seek them in the highest mountains and extensive jun- s attended with much toil and oftentimes with danger. * * * erefore, Ihe system of Linnaeus comprising ample materials, obtained sufficient for my medical use. I have can-Cully ci the characters, properties, and habils of all those plants pialities I knew either from European, Chinese, or nsitivu those which I judged useless in the practice of medicine I discarded. But yet, since the number of these latter daily d, it-occurred to me that it would not he useless to collect and them as well as the others; it would be increasing the e of Linnaeus, and be useful in future, although it might ost labor at present. Thenceforward 1 collected all indiscri- ', and placed them in my collection. * * * From these and ther plants, preserved by me and again examined, is this niposed; nor ytt do 1 suppose it to be complete; for many to be sought for in reinole forests, and, though growing UL. V. NO. 111. 16 122 Botany of China. spontaneously and rarely in Cochinchina, I could not obtain, and therefore deem that but about the fourth part of the entire Flora is described. '•During a three years' residence at Canton, I examined many Chinese plants, which for money were brought to me by a Chinese rustic, for Europeans are not permitted to wander about the suburbs of the city. This native, not altogether ignorant of Botany, was in the habit of collecting beautiful plants to sell for medicinal uses. He would also tell me the names in the local dialect of Canton, yet I do not place much confidence in them; for when urged to give the name, we may suppose that if the true one did not occur to him he would substitute an arbitrary term, which is the practice of the Chinese lest they show their ignorance. But the names of thoso plants which are used in medicine or which serve for purposes of luxury are more correct, as they are generally taken from Chinese books, and expressed in the universal language of China used by the learned throughout the empire. "When returning from China to Portugal, I was compelled to stop at the island of Mozambique in eastern Africa, in about 15 degrees of S. latitude, where for three months I had opportunity to prosectite my botanical studies, collecting and describing rare plants from the neighboring continent of Africa. I have also got together a few others from different parts of India, where I have been; namely Cambnja, Tsiampa, Bengal, Malabar, Sumatra, and elsewhere, some of which I have inserted in their proper places in the Flora." Such were the advantages which were enjoved by Loureiro, during bis long residence in the east, for collecting the materials of his work. He has described and named one hundred and eighty.four new gene- ra and more than three hundred new species. In his very full des. cription of the plants, he has inserted their height and appearance; the uses to which they can be applied, and what parts are employed; their medical virtues, as he himself ascertained, and as used by the natives of the country ; the mode in which they are cultivated; and any other circumstances he thought important. The names of the most common plants are given in the Cochinchinese and Chinese languages, and a few in the Malay. His Flora contains, however, only a small part of what there is in these countries to reward examination and industry. The field is too large for one or even a few to investigate, too interesting to be neglected longer, and too promising to suppose it will remain long unexplored. We hope the industry of Loureiro and others who have succeeded him in these pursuits will find imi- tators, till all the productions of the Chinese empire are as well known as those of anv part of Europe. M. Diard, a French naturalist, has spent some years in Cochinchi- na, where we believe he is still residing: and if, as he hoped, he has benn permitleH to visit different parts of the country, we may reasonably look lor valuable results from his labors. Relations of Britain with China. 123 VI. Relations of Great Britain with China: policy hitherto united, with suggestions respecting future measures; case of the ark Troughlon. INCED as we are that, if the government and people of Great in were fully informed both of the policy hitherto maintained by representatives in this country, and the footing on which the iginnou" here stand, they would immediately adopt measures iprove the relations between the two nations, we welcome every mblication fitted to afford the desired information. Such a work ust fallen into our hands: it is entitled, 'Address 1o the people eat Britain, explanatory of our commercial relations with the e of China, and of the course of policy by which it may be ren- an almost unbounded field for British commerce.' It was writ- by a Visitor to China,' and published in London early this Before commencing the Address, the reader is advertised, this attempt to throw light on a subject which has been much iresented, and is but little understood by the public at large, tn the pen of a gentleman who visited China for purposes y unconnected with commerce; and who, with the advantage soiml observation, may reasonably be supposed to have formed : impartial and dispassionate judgment, than could have been 1 ut by one writing under the smart of the injuries which he is." Our local readers will have no difficulty in identifying the of the Address with the leader of two expeditions undertaken the last year, to gain information respecting the cultivation of the province of Fuhkeen. We wish he had put his own name pamphlet, and that it were generally known to those who read he availed himself of the most authentic sources of information It may also be remarked, that for many years he has resid- ndia, a part of the time engaged in commerce, and a part ed by the government. here have we seen so great a number of facts, in so small mss, (one hundred and twenty octavo pages,) all tending to :e former intercourse with China, as are thrown together in the it before us. To those who wish for information on this we recommend its perusal. If those who 'visit' China, or urn to the west after a long 'residence' here, will only in a nd lucid manner tell the truth, and nothing but the truth, al- it be not the whole truth, they will merit the praise of their 1 future generations. But while we would encourage author- those who are competent, we would never by any means a nee those who are not so. Several productions, some great mil, designed to 'throw light on China,' have come forth to the ithin the last two or three years, which were more tit for the 124 Relations of Britain with China. JULY, flames than the press. The only fault which we find with the author of the Address is, that he has not generally given his readers any references to the sources from whence he derived his facts. So far as we know, however, except on a few minor points, the work is throughout perfectly correct; and in some instances the reality of what has been and is here, is portrayed more faithfully than in any other book that ever came to our notice. For instance, speaking of the state of society, he says; "There is in China every gradation of society that is met with in Europe; and, though there are certain privileges exclusively pertaining to the mem- bers of the Imperial family and the functionaries of government, wealth is distributed also ainong the private gentry, as well as among a very numerous and enterprising mercantile community; nor are the manufacturers and arti- sans denied the reward of ingenuity and industry. Money, indeed, is not often in China withdrawn from circulation for the purpose of being hoarded; in fact, the habits of the Chinese are not parsimonious. Though the most actively industrious race of beings in the world, they are sensual and luxu- rious. Unlike the priest-ridden Hindu, the son of Han pays [comparatively] but few taxes to the gods. Births, marriages, and funerals, are in this coun. try indeed, as elsewhere, madn occasions of expense, but it is only at the death of a parent, when the property of the deceased furnishes the means, that institutions of a religious character are attended with any very consi- derable cost. Official rapacity renders the accumulation of wealth a dan- gerous experiment, while filial duty imposes on children the charge of main- taining their parents, and thus the Chinese are more distinguished by industry and enterprise in acquiring wealth, than by parsimony in the use of it. With this general inclination to spend, and means of indulgence in the hands of so many members of the communiy, there is no want of commercial activity in bringing from abroad such objects of luxury as their own country cannot supply. Mercantile speculation, indeed, accords well with the gambling dis. position very generally prevalent among this people. The factors of the East India company, writing to their employers in the year 1623, inform them in the quaint style of the day, that, "concerning the trade of China, throe things are especially made known unto the world. The one is the abundance of trade it affirdeth. The sacond is, that they admit no strangers into their country. The third is, that trade is as life unto the vulgar, which, in remote parts, they will seek and accommodate with hazard of all they have." The interesting and instructive narratives of Lindsay and Gutzlaff prove, that, a fter the lapru of two hundred years, those three things 'are, at the present hour, as strikingly characteristic of the nation as they ever were." With equal accuracy he remarks that, "neither the East India Company, nor any other merchants, have been permitted, correctly speking, to trade with China. Their dealings have been conducted with about a dozen individuals, whose residence, indeed, is in this country, but who ought to be considered rather in the light of slaves to the officers of the local government, than, as merchants. The pxpfiriracnt can not be regarded as fairly made, till the trader can legitimately pursue the nntur.il liberty of trafficking where, with whom, and in what objects of commerce, may best suit his interest; secure from nil molestation so long as he offends against no rational law of the country, and sure of redress should wrong be offered to him." Further, after showing that isolation from all the world, the antisocial Relations of Britain with China. 125 i as regards other nations, so far from being a fundamental prin- >f Chinese political ethics, is, on the contrary, at direct variance he written authorities on which their political creed is avowedly jd, the Visitor thus proceeds,— ie contrary doctrine, which would exclude the Chinese from the society ons, would divest them of all claimg to the protection of international Variously distributed as are the gifts of nature over the several regions ;arth, it is only by the interchange of commodities that the inhabitants i portion can severally have their due share of the bounty prepared for ), by their industry, are entitled to participate in the common stock. there should be any government which should, as China has been ed to do, capriciously set itself against the general good, in opposition desires of its own subjects as well as the demands of its neighbors, it ve but little claim to their consideration and forbearance. It must be *d, quoad lute, as the common wronjj of mankind, and as such be corn- to abandon a position so hostile to the general interests of the human The practical recognition of the contrary principle, as we have seen, t which cannot for a moment be forgotten, should the stipulations we ropose be objected to, on the pretext of ancient custom being opposed r admission. In the fourteenth century, the provinces of Chekeang, in, and Kwangtung were appointed for the reception of foreign ships, ints wishing to go to other ports were allowed to do so, on giving a 3 carry no prohibited articles. This also is a precedent which must lost sight of where antiquity stands for reason." M occupying several pages with preliminary remarks, like those we have quoted, our author takes a retrospective view of Euro- ritorcourse with China from the arrival of the Portuguese in down to the present time. The Portuguese erected forts, laid levied duties, " ;is if they had been the sovereigns of the conn- The Dutch who followed them, "too closely imitated the Ie." For a long lime the English found themselves excluded 11 the ports of China. At length, however, captain Weddell 1 in the Chinese waters; and after being grossly hisulted by i:al authorities, dismantled the forts at the Bogue, proceeded to n, and obtained "a patent for free trade." In 1689, the supercar- t Amoy were put in confinement; and not long after, one was d in his own factory : heavy bribes were paid for their release. 2, the hoppo of Canton bambooed a linguist, because the super- s of some ships refused to let a proclamation be pasted on their About this time, both at Amoy and Canton, the foreign trade •anted by the government as a monopoly to a single privileged int. At Chusan also, fair promises were made, but they were kept, and the supercargoes were compelled by force to receive for which they had not contracted. 1712, the Company's ships coming to Canton took the precaution of ng near Macao till they had settled a specific sum for measurage, B, and fees. They also stipulated for liberty to trade with whom they , and to choose their own linguists and servants. They were pro- xemption from all new customs and impositions; and had granted to e sole right of punishing their own people if disorderly. It was also that their boats should not be stopped at the custom-houses, and that 126 Relations of Britain with China. JULY, they should be protected from all insults and impositions on the part of the natives. Such were the conditions on which we agreed to give the Chinese the benefit of our commerce, when it first assumed a regular form; and those stipulations were for some years required and acceded to on the arrival of each fleet. R is, therefore, a misapprehension of the real case, and one which may to some seem an error of great importance, to assume that the trade was sought only on one side. The facts we have stated show that the desire was mutual, and the conditions reciprocal; and the whole subsequent history of our connexion with China is compatible only with this view of the case. It is true that those-covenants were, in the first instance, entered into with only subordinate officers without legal authority; but we shall soon see that they subsequently received the imperial sanction ; and the only defect in this treaty of commerce arose from the inequality of the parties,—a despo- tic monarch being the contractor on one side, and the servants of a company of merchants, instead of their king, the parties on the other." Irregular exactions, or downright extortions, soon came thick on the trade. "The year 1720 is memorable as having given birth to the first association in the shape of a cohong," which was formed under the auspices of the hoppo. The admiral was said to be connected with the cohong. The supercargoes refused to enter the port till this association was dissolved, and at the same time sought for the inter- ference of the governor. He listened to their request, and " the con- spiracy was thus defeated for a time," and the trade resumed. But soon the extortions became so great that they reached the ears of the emperor Yungching, "who in 1725 published the first tariff of duties, in the shape of a code, the strict observance of which wail enjoined on the officers of all the custom-houses." The tariff, however, was utterly disregarded: this led to fresh efforts, on the part of the com- pany, to renew the trade at Arnoy and Chusan; but "heavy duties, arbitrary and haughty conduct towards the supercargoes, extortions and ruinous delays," were still the order of the day. u Had a proper representation of those abuses been conveyed to the em- peror, there can be little doubt that redress would have been obtained. The t-dict published at Amoy proved that the cabinet of that time was well dis- posed towards the promotion of foreign trade, and to the removal of any obstacles to its prosecution that were brought under their cognizance. The difficulty was to find means of communicating with the court on the subject of wrongs committed by the very parties who were the regular channels for the transmission of petitions. The officers might perhaps have been driven by the complaints of Chinese subjects to bring the conduct of foreigners before government, had violent resistance been offered under which indivi- duals had suffered injury; but no one had courage to repeat the experiment made by the Ann, and those wrongs remained unknown to the government and therefore passed unpunished. It would appear, however, that Ihe super- cargoes at Canton had succeeded in drawing the attention of the emperor to the recent ten per cent, duty, for it was revoked in 1736 by an edict of Keen- lung, on the occasion of his accession, or rather his coronation at the con- clusion of his minority. "The governor of Canton, however took to himself the credit of the revocation, for which he demanded an honorarium of 30,000 taels, 'For why,' said he, 'should courtiers serve the English for nothing?' An advance of 6000 taels was made on bond to a merchant, on condition of his obtaining in like manner, the revocation of an imperial order, that all ships should laud 6. Relations of Britain w'Uh China. 127 r arms and ammunition. That order does not appear to have been aled, but it was never afterwards acted on.—It was discovered that the r often per cent, had been represented to the emperor in the first instance voluntary contribution from the European merchants. Upon attending, irding to invitation, to hear the edict read, the supercargoes were required neel, but they unanimously resisted. No audience of the governor could, ever, afterwards be obtained without the ceremony of kneeling. The lish in one address, presented through the governor, thanked the emperor bis favors; and in another solicited the removal of other burdens on their ;, but unsuccessfully. The measurement duty and cumsha were ordered to be paid." 'he Ann, mentioned above, was a private ship from Madras, trad, at Amoy in 1716: the officers of the port refusing to secure the ment of her just demands (about fifteen thousand taelf), she took ession of a junk worth eighty thousand. The emperor, ascertain- the facts of this case, ordered the said officers of the port to ho shed, and all their property, after the owners of the junk had i indemnified, to be confiscated. he year 1741 was rendered remarkable by the arrival of lord jn, and the civilities which he extorted frotn the Chinese. The rcargoes tried to dissuade lord Anson from seeking an interview the governor, "influenced probably by the hong merchants, were then as they still are, jealous lest there should be any other inel than themselves of communicating with the governor." About time, mirabile dictu, the hong merchants themselves suggested as, in 1751, the emperor would be at Nanking to celebrate the it birth-day ' of his mother "some one should bo sent there, with ints, and a petition for a remission of the exaction of the 1950 (cumsha per ship), and some others which pressed on them- s as well as on the supercargoes." le policy of the Court of the East India Company, and that of who managed their affairs here, is briefly sketched in the fol- g paragraph. > confident were the merchants of the success that would attend this md so much did they feel interested in the result, that they even volun- to bear the expense of the journey and of the presents to the emperor, [isenor, who was at the time chief of the factory, declined the proposal, e said, oilier nations should reap the benefit of his success. It does not • that the Court of Directors dismissed Mr. Misenor with the ignominy onduct merited ; perhaps it even accorded with their own views. Their argoes were directed, instead of seeking admission to the emperor, to i such a sum on the spot as they might see fit, in endeavoring to obtain from exactions. To an appeal to the supreme authority it would ap- hey were averse; and resistance to illegal extortions was a course lent to be sanctioned by their masters at home. Bribery and corrup- ting less eclat than either of the other means proposed, appeared hi- nts better suited to the modest character of a company of merchants, imorality probably never occurred to them, any more than the gross y of feeding the very monster that was preying on the vitals of their It is scarcely possible to imagine a line of conduct so preeminently ing meanness with folly. To satiate to its full extent the avarice of officers of government at Canton in succession from time to time, ^28 Relations of Britain with China. JULY, would have required a far greater sacrifice than the most prosperous commerce could have repaid. But every thing that fell short of that measure of bribery, would serve only to add fuel to the flame. Whether or how far super- cargoes acted on the Court's suggestion, does not appear. Certain it is, that the wrongs they complained of, so far.from being redressed, grew daily more galling." The conduct of Frederick Pigou, one of the supercargoes who sug- gested an embassy to Peking in 1761, is noticed by our Visitor in terms of approbation and commendation; and a curious fact stated on his authority, sufficiently illustrative of the necessity of having an European interpreter for the Chinese language attached to any mis- sion to the court of Peking. "It is said that the king of Siam, in his triennial embassy to Peking, styles himself in his letter, brother to the emperor. His embassador is a Siamese, but is under the direction of the Chinese, who make a new letter for him, wherein the king is call- ed tributary to the emperor." It is remarkable that the same stylo from the prince regent, afterwards George the Fourth, was objected to in lord Amherst's embassy, and an alteration acceded to: "one of the many acts of vacillation which contributed to the failure of the embassy." The conduct of the Court of the E. I. company, in promoting the acquisition of the Chinese language, is truly honorable. As early as 1753, they sent out two young men to study it here, at their expense. About this time, an attempt was made by their direction to renev/ the trade to the north. With this view a mission was sent from Canton, and Mr. Flint, who planned the mode in which it was to be conduct- ed, was appointed secretary and linguist. The mission was favorably received both at Ningpo and Chusan ; and many fair promises were made. But soon intrigues were set on foot by the authorities of Canton; "and 20,000 taels paid by them and the hong merchants to officers about the court at Peking," procured an edict from the om- peror, confining the trade in future to the single port of Canton. The narrative of the transactions which followed, we quote in the word of the Address. "Upon this, the governor of Ningpo informed Mr. Flint, that he and the English merchants must depart immediately, for they should no longer have liberty to purchase goods or even provisions, at that place. The unfavora- ble period of the monsoon was urged in vain, and Mr. Flint was forced to sea. Instead of beating to the southward, however, he bent his course to the mouth of the Pihho, where, by means of bribes, he succeeded in getting a petition brought to the notice of the emperor. A great officer, who had been general commandant of the city of Fuhchow foo, the provincial capital of Fuh- keen, was, in consequence, directed to proceed to Canton, in company with JVlr. Flint, to inquire into the existence of tlie abuses alleged in the petition. This commissioner, joined with some of the local functionaries, formed a court of inquiry on the conduct of the lioppo; and, finding that there were real f rounds for the charges preferred against him, had him dismissed from his escort must be precluded from regmbarking." 'he Visitor subjoins to his address a "rough sketch" of the seve- objects which should be required by an expedition to the court of ing. We may advert to these on some future occasion; but have « left to us now only briefly to state some additional facts respect- the Troughton, captain James Thomson, from London, i our last volume, on pages 151, 248, 295, and 522, the aggravated jmstances in which she was plundered are detailed, and need not lere repeated. The following statement of the sum plundered, of those which have been recovered and paid over by the govern- ( to the consignee, has been very kindly furnished us for publica- : it differs slightly from some of those given in our former numbers. Total sum plundered from the bark, was . . . $71,211.77 1st payment, made August 1835, was . 24,435.50 3d payment, made December 1835, was . 5,504.Od 3d payment, made May 1836, was . . . 1,933.93 4th payment, made June 1836, was . . . 1,120.00 ducted for inferior coin 29.00 icounted on Mexican dollars 623.83 ial sum, paid July 1836 $32,340.60 ance left unpaid 38,871.17 ides these sums, there have been other trifling returns, as parts ixtant, with a pair of gold watches, &c. Several boats belong, those who plundered the Troughton have been taken and sold, has been said, that some of the Chinese who rifled the pro- mve been seized. But so far as we can ascertain, no one has ut on trial; nor is it probable that any further inquiries will le on the subject by the local authorities, unless they are urged o by some considerations which, under present circumstances, ivailable to those who must endure the loss. For our own part : no reason why the case ought not to be investigated: no rea- eed can we see, why this should not be done by British au- s; or at least, none why they should not see that it is done by inese. Were no revenue derived from this trade, British sub- mid have the right to claim of their government protection for ves and property. Millions of revenue now annually flow from unerce into the British treasury: but where is the protection? :ohong? In the local authorities? 132 Relations of France with China. JULY, ART. VII. Relations of France with China: appointment of a king's consul; return of property for the benejit of the friends of the Navigatettr's crew, with correspondence relative thereto. DURING three centuries, an intercourse has been maintained between the French and the inhabitants of the Chinese empire. In the early part of this intercourse, the relations were of a mixed nature. "Mis- sionaries and mathematicians" were conspicuous; perhaps, more conspicuous than the merchants, and were backed by royal author- ity. In 1685, Le Comte and five other Jesuits left France for China: they all came by the command of the king. Their successors, we believe, for more than a century, continued to enjoy the countenance and support of the French government. A succinct account of the intercourse between the two countries, in which the scientific, religious, commercial, and political character of the relations should be clearly and faithfully delineated, would make a very valuable chapter in the history of the east; and we would most readily give ample space for such an article in the Repository.—Notice of the first arrival of the French in this country, with some statements respecting their commerce and the loss of the Navigateur, have been given in former pages of our work. See volume 1, pp. 251,369 ; vol. 2, p. 294; vol. 4, p. 371. In the Canton Register for December 20th, 1832, (vol. 5 p. 140,) there is the following record: "The flag of France—of the French people, of France in her emancipated state—the tri-color, is now flying in Canton, having been hoisted by Mr. Gernaert, the French consul, in front of the French factory, on the 13th instant, after an interval of about thirty years; during which time, none having been displayed, the flag-staff had been removed. We understand, that for the last three years, ineffectual exertions had been made to obtain the consent of the government, or rather of the hong merchants, to the replacing of it; and permission was only at length granted, when it was found that preparations were already in progress for effecting what, it now appears, there was from the first no reason for objecting to." As early as 1776, Mr. P. C. F. Vauquelin was appointed French consul in China; and was installed the next year. The chief super- cargo of the French factory, Mr. J. B. Piron, was appointed agent for the French govprnment in 1802, and on the 16th of January of the following year hoisted the tricolorerl flag for a short time ; but prior to 18vJ9 (we have the best authority for milking this statement), on French king's consul was ever recognized by the local authorities of Canton, or by the court at Peking. We are not aware, moreover, that the French government has ever sent, or attempted to send, any em- bassy to the "son of heaven;" because that government supposed, is we have been correctly informed, that no such mission could be Relations of France with China. 133 id, except by complying with conditions which would ill-become dependent kingdom. It is said, however, that some presents Louis XIV found their way by means of the Jesuits to the foot .nghe's throne, and were graciously received by his majesty: doubtless, must have been sent to France in return; of which, we have no information. isieur B. Gernaert received his commission here from his own iment late in 1828; but at first the Chinese authorities refused )gnize him as a king's officer. However, a train of events, were n progress which soon induced them to change their policy. In t of that year, the crew of the Navigateur was massacred off i; and by the influence of the Portuguese government and of the ;ntatives and gentlemen of other countries there, the case was liately laid before the Chinese authorities. On the 24th of Ja- 1829, the perpetrators of that horrid deed were brought to trial nton; and on the 30th of the same month, seventeen of them d capital punishment, while lighter penalties awaited their less associates.' The goods of the malefactors were confiscated and and some of the property of the Navigateur's crew was re- d, and likewise sold. In the mean time, it became necessary ! French consul to address the Chinese authorities; but, as in te case of the lamented Napier, all his communications were teously thrown back upon him. At length, however, the or—his excellency the governor of the two wide provinces, his y's minister, a president of the Board of War—saw fit to i his course of procedure and to receive the communications form. And this, it is believed, * he presumed to do' without iecial permission from the emperor: nor can it be supposed ! needed any such, it being one of those minor points, which neral government leaves to the management of its provincial And to the present day, the king's consul, on all govern. affairs, is addressed by his proper title as consul, not as tae- Thc same is done also in all communications to the Nether- consul. This is truly "according to propriety and reason," quite in opposition to old custom. There is, however, one n the case which is very characteristic of the Chinese: while vernor, hoppo, and others, receive communications from the officer in due foim, they direct all their communications for the hong merchants, who always are strictly charged, "to the said orders on the consul." It is plain, therefore, that this ition is partial, and by no means places the consul on the same with king's officers in other countries. He simply regarded responsible head of his countrymen in China, from whom the ithorities are willing to receive petitions, and to whom they ue their orders. narrative of the principal circumstances connected with the "the Navigateur is briefly as follows. Our vouchers for these ire, first, the declaration of Ludovico [erroneously called ico] Mangiapan, as recorded in the Canton Register of April 134 Relations of France unth China. JULY, 18tlt, 1829, and, secondly, Chinese official documents which have been very obligingly put into our hands by the French consul; extracts from some of them have already been published in the Repository, but by far the greater part will be new to our readers. The Navigateur left Bordeaux in May 1827, for Manila, under the command of captain Saint Arroman. She reached Turon in Octo- ber ; and, in consequence of injury received at sea, was abandoned and sold to the Cochinchinese government. On the 15th of July 1828, captain Arroman, having chartered a Chinese junk, sailed for Macao. Twelve of his crew and one passenger were with him. There was on board the junk some cargo, belonging to them, consist- ing of wines, silks, clothes, &c., to the number of about 400 packages, and treasure to the amount of three or four thousand dollars. On the 4th of August, at about 4 o'clock in the morning, while off Macao, the people of the junk rose on the French, only one of whom escaped, and by the help of a native boat succeeded in reaching the Praya Grande at day light. This Was the sailor, aboved name, Ludovico Mangiapan, on whose declaration the truth of these few facts chiefly depends. According the Chinese official documents, the junk "Lewyuen- yung," was fitted out at the port of Amoy, for her voyage by Lew Tszeshing, Le E, and Woo Kwan, partners in trade, and natives of Tungngan, one of the districts of Chinchew in the province of Fuh- keen. Two of the owners, Le E and Woo Kwan, with fifty-two others to assist in the management of the vessel, embarked together on the 6th day, 2d moon, 8th year of Taoukwang. On her return from Cochinchina, she had on board as passengers, besides capt. Arroman and his companions, thirteen native passengers who were returning to China. They left Turon on the 7th day, of the 8th moon. While on the voyage homewards, there was some disagreement about the management of the junk, which led to sharp altercation between the foreigners and Chinese. On the 23d day of the same moon, they arrived at the Grand Ladrone, off Macao ; and twelve of the native passengers immediately went on shore. During the following night Woo Kwan, who was in command of the junk, supposing there was much treasure on board belonging to the French, formed the plan of killing them, and taking possession of it and their other effects. Twenty-two of the Chinese acceded to the plan ; thirty-one dissented; among these was Le E, who, with three others, tried but in vain to dissuade their companions from the sanguinary purpose. Tsae Kung- chaou, the other native passenger, being asleep, was not privy to the plot; and several of those who were, hut who refused to join the murderers, hid themselves in the hold of the junk. At about the fourth watch of the night (2 o'clock A.M.), when all the barbarians were sound asleep, Woo Kwan and his associates commenced the execution of their work : four of them at the first onset, shrunk back and withdrew and hid themselves; while the others, nineteen in number, with Woo Kwan at thoir hond, completed the iwissacre. One of their own party was killed ; and another severely wounded. Relations of France with China. 135 soon as they had cleared the dead from the deck, they examined ods and the money; the latter amountnd to thirty .three hun- ollurs. Of this, eighteen hundred were divided into seventy-two of $25 each; three of these were assigned to Woo Kwan; each of the seventeen, who aided him ; and one share to each of lers; except to Tsae Kungchaou who refused to take any part of he remainder of the money, with the proceeds of the goods, to be some of the ports in Keangnan and Chekeang, were in due i be divided. The murderers having thus argreed among them- sailed for Fuhkeen, where they arrived on the 29th of the moon, the junk was wrecked; and both the crew and property were id. measures which were adopted for the apprehension of the .Is and the recovery of the goods we need not give in detail, it to say: two became informers; six escaped ; and the others ized, and, with Lew Tszeshing one of the owners of the junk, two informers, were brought to trial at the public hall of the srchants, before the chief local authorities. The sentence of t we find recorded against forty-nine individuals as follows: 0 Kwan, to be cut to pieces, slow and ignominiously; Chcchung and others, to be decapitated and their heads exposed; a Yang1 and others, to be transported to Tartary for life; ng Ko and others, to be banished from their native province for life; H, and the two informers, with two others, to be banished three years; Tszeshing and Tsae Kungchaou, to be bambooed. bregoing statements are from an official paper, dated Taou- 9th year, 4th moon, 13th day, issued by Le Hungpin, who governor of Canton. The execution of Woo Kwan and his 3 has been noticed—all having suffered capital punishment le who fell in the massacre on board the junk, and one who apprehended. The three, sentenced to be transported to western frontiers of the empire, were of those who at first to the plot of Woo Kwan, but afterwards shrunk back: the ! who did so, was not caught. Wang Ko and the others, to perpetual banishment from their native province, were 1 took no part in the massacre, and who each received only , $25 of the booty. Le E, one of those to be banished three I who was one of the owners of the junk and endeavored vain to dissuade Woo Kwan from his foul purpose, died in t does not appear that Lew Tszeshing or Tsae Kungchaou gable with even a shadow of guilt. ion to money and portions of the cargo which were delivered nil in 1829, together amounting to $4,626, it was stated to illy, that $15,945, proceeds of the confiscated property. in the hands of the government of Fuhkeen, and should him for the benefit of the families of the murdered crew. > property was confiscated we do not know; it was suppos. ime, by competent judges in Canton, that the whole amount e less than $150,000. It was well that a written pledge 136 Relations of France with China. JULY, for the payment of at least a part of it, was secured in due time; otherwise, there is reason to believe, fair promises would have been of no avail. Claims, in order to have any force on the Chinese, must be "on record;" and then, unless the time and mode of payment be "so written in the bond," it will be difficult to obtain them. The promise for the payment of $15,945 was fair, and fairly "on record;" but for six full years was the fulfilment of the promise de- layed. The correspondence which took place in the mean time is curious. About once in two months, or six times a year, during the whole six years, the French consul addressed the government; and as often received fair promises in reply ; one of which replies, as a sample of the whole, we will put "on record." It is dated, Canton, March 10th, 1834: Taoukwang, 14th year, 3d moon, 1st day. The translation of it is as follows: Hwang, the Nanhae been, sends this communication in answer. On the 15th day of the 1st moon in the 14th year of Taoukwang (Feb. 23d,) I re- ceived a document from the Kwangchow foo. On opening it, I found that— On the 27th day of the 12th moon in the 13th year of Taoukwang (Feb. 5th,), he had received an official document from the acting nganchasze of Kwangtung, Heu, which, being opened, showed that— On the 16th day of the 12th moon in the 13th year of Taoukwang (Jan. 25th), the nganchasze had received an official document from the governor of the two Kwang provinces, Loo. It was as follows: On the 8th day of the 12th moon in the 13th year of Taoukwang (Jan. 17th), 1 received a communication from the governor of Fuhkeen and Ch6- keang provinces, Ching,—as follows: 'On the 19th day of the 10th moon in the present year (November 30th) I received the following communication from your excellency. "On the 14th day of the 9th moon in the 13th year of Taoukwang (Oct. 26th), the French consul, Gernaert, residing at Canton for the control of men and ships of his nation trading to Canton, presented the following address:—[Here follows Mr. Gernaert's address of 26th Oct. 1833.] "Having received it, I gave this public reply:—' On examination of the document, a copy of which was enclosed, it appears that the effects as above stated brought under confiscation, for repayment to the sufferers' families, were at an early period sold off by the Fuhkeen government, and the proceeds laid by. But they have not yet been forwarded. During the last winter, the nganchasze having made inquiry, wrote to hasten the remit- tance. But still the remittance has not been made. Wait till another ex- press has been sent to urge the speedy remittance of the money. When it arrives, orders will immediately be issued to the hong merchants, to be enjoined on the said consul.' Besides issuing this order, which was pasted up publicly, I also again send a flying Communication, requesting your exami- nation of both the former communications and the present; and requesting that you will speedily take the aforesaid amount of confiscated money, and give strict ordere respecting it, that with speed an officer be sent to Can- ton in charge of it, for the purpose of its being delivered for transmission to the said country. Pray do not suffer further delay. I request also that you will favor me with an answer on which I may act" 'This having reached me (the governor of Fuhkeen, Sic.}, on the receipt of it made investigation and find, that several communication have been re- ceived from your excellency's office urging the speedy remittance above named. Both the former acting governor Wei and myself have, from time to Relations of France with China. 1ST1 ven directions to the nganchasze of Fuhkeen, to make choice speedily Beer of his department to take charge of the said foreign money laid up d, and carry it to Canton province, to be delivered to the said fo- , that he may remit it to his country, for distribution among the families offerers. Yet no report has been made, nor any request presented for ney to be remitted. The principle of tenderness to foreigners has eatly lost sight of. Having now received the above communication, I ven to the ppochingze and nganchasze the following directions:'that ite in speedily selecting, according to the orders given, a trusty officer, a make request for him to be sent to Canton in charge of the foreign aid up as aforesaid, for the purpose of having it delivered to the said ir Gernaert, to be remitted to his country, for distribution among the of the sufferers: and that this be done without any further delay." besides incumbent on me that I reply to you, requesting your exa- i hereof." coming before me (the governor of Canton), I unite the circum- and hereby issue full directions to you the nganchasze, that at your ite convenience you, in conjunction with the poochingsze, give orders nerchants, to enjoin orders on the said nation's consul, that having ge thereof he may not oppose. [The nganchasze adds,] reaching me, (the nganchasze of Canton) I, on the receipt of it, ;ommumcating with the poochingsze, do also unite the circumstances, iby send directions to you the Kwangchow foo, that at your immediate ince you give orders to the hong merchants, to enjoin orders on the on's consul, that he may have knowledge hereof. Oppose not reaching the Kwangckow foo was transmitted by him, and having me the Nanhae been, I, on the receipt of it, forthwith issue ) the hong merchants. When this reaches them, let them at their ;e convenience enjoin orders on the said nation's consul, that having je hereof, he may act accordingly. Oppose not A special order, the French consul had long persevered in this course, urg. address close upon another, until they numbered scarcely n six times six, an answer came and money with it: but :>(' the full sum $15,945, not to mention the interest thereon night be justly claimed, the money paid amounted to only .17, still leaving a balance of $2,801.83 in the hands of the tent. To make up this deficit, long arguments and minute its of facts about the various rates of exchange, &c., &c., ged in the hand of the consul; but they did not liquidate the r prevent a renewed address in behalf of the king's govern- The demand had its desired effect; and, within a few days 3newed promise has been made to Mr. Gernaert, that the 1 the remainder shall be immediately laid before the govurn- Fuhkeen. s case of the Navigaleur there is a strange blending of ith cruelty. We have here given only the fair side of the for a view of some of its darker shades, we refer our readers f the communications of R. 1., page 371 in our last volume. 39 JULY; Opium. IRT. VIII. Opium: memorial to Ike emperor proposing to legalize the importation of it; some of the probable results of such a measure; translation of tte memorial. L"HE official document of which we annex a translation has been a 3ading subject of conversation during the present month, among oth the natives and the foreigners resident in Canton. It is a epresentation to the emperor from Heu Naetse, an officer of one f the local courts of Peking, in reference to the trade in opium, ecommending its legalization on the ground of the impossibility of topping it. The claim of Heu Naetse to be heard on this subject ssts on his having been for some time commissioner of the salt gency in Canton, and for a short time, in 1834, acting judicial ommissioner; in both which offices, as he himself states, he made it is special duty to inquire particularly into every thing of importance especting the province. We have been informed, that, at the period 'hen he was about to return to Peking, be addressed a foreign mer- hant residing in Canton, through the medium of one of the hong lerchants, making very minute inquiries respecting the trade car- iecl on at Lintin. The document has been sent down by the empe- >r to the provincial government of Canton, with instructions to eliberate and report thereon. Their opinion will probably be in ivor of the trade; but it has not yet been given. The points most worthy of notice in this document are, the spirit f change which pervades it, and the admissions made, that it would e wrong—nay, that it is impracticable—to cut off the foreign trade, lat this branch of commerce is not unimportant as regards the jvenue arising from it, and that it is the main, if not the sole, support f multitudes of the dwellers on the coast. It is pleasing to observe t how low a rate some, at least, of the emperor's ministers are dispos- d to hold ' matters of mere empty dignity.' But we hardly expect, d to find the 'paternal' Chinese government speaking with such ontempt of its children, and approaching so nearly to the Malthusian rinciple of population, that it is for the general good of a closely eopled country to have its numbers thinned by any means whatever. Unless a counter-memorial should induce the emperor to set aside IB recommendations of Heu Naetse, backed, as we think they are, y at least one cabinet minister (Yuen Yuen), we may expect ere, lany months have passed, to see opium legally imported. What may 3 the consequences it is impossible to foresee. As long as the rapa- ous spirit of the local government, in all its branches, continues nrestrained, it is likely that the legal importations will be but small; lat it will be found nearly as cheap to smuggle as to import legally; id since money, owing, to the unphilosophic notions of the Chinese ispecting it, may be an article of clandestine exportation, even in a renter degree than it now is, it is likely that illegal traffic will, on I, medi, ff£" S*^ **" 5^^i 1 ^^ Opium. 189 ole transaction, be found the cheaper of the two. Opium, eve, can now be landed i'-i Canton clandestinely at the rate of iliest, though this sum, we imagine, cannot cover the risk of in. The proposed duty of 5£ taels per pecul will, with legal thereon alone, amount to about $10, and it is not to be expect, much less than the same sum will be expended on the nume- Seers and underlings who have hitherto been largely feed. r with others who will now for the first time begin to derive refit therefrom. One result, it is hardly to be doubted, will spring out of the legalization of the trade; the vessels now : to the east coast of China will soon be increased, since the es to be encountered by native purchasers will be confined isle attendant on landing the cargo: once on shore, it will be liable to seizure. And in this manner may we not expect le way paved for a speedy opening of the ports of this empire n commerce ?—We subjoin the memorial, and reply to it. NAKTSE, vice-president of the sacrificial court, presents the * memorial in regard to opium, to show that the more severe diets against it are made, the more widely do the evils arising n spread; and that it is right urgently to request, that a >e made in the arrangements respecting it; to which end he intreats his sacred majesty to cast a glance hereon, and to ret orders for a faithful investigation of the subject, d humbly represent that opium was originally ranked among s; its qualities are stimulant; it also checks excessive se- and prevents the evil effects of noxious vapors. In the Hedicii of Le Shechin of the Ming dynasty, it is called Afoo- Vhea any one is long habituated to inhaling it, it becomes to resort to it at regular intervals, and the habit of using it, eterate, is destructive of time, injurious to property, and yet ne even as life. Of those who use it to great excess, the comes feeble, the body wasted, the face sallow, the teeth e individuals themselves clearly see the evil effects of if, it refrain from it. It is indeed indispensably necessary to re prohibitions in order to eradicate so vile a practice, liry I find that there are three kinds of opium: one is called ; the outer covering of it is black, and hence it is also called th ;' it comes from Bengal; a second kind is called 'white- comes from Bombay; the third kind is called ' red skin,' frome Madras. These are places which belong to England, ilung's reign, as well as previously, opium was inserted in ? Canton as medicine, subject to a duty of three tads per tties, with an additional charge of two taels four mace and sens under the name of charge per package. After this, it ted. In the first year of Keaking, those found guilty of ium were subject only to the punishment of the pillory and iow they have, in the course of time, become liable to the ml ties, transportation in various degrees, and death after f continuance in prison. Yet the smokers of the drug 140 Opium. JULY, have increased in number, and the practice has spread throughout almost the whole empire. In Keenlung's and the previous reigns, when opium passed through the custom-house and paid a duty, it was given into the hands of the hong merchants in exchange for tea and other goods. But at the present time, the prohibitions of government being most strict against it, none dare openly to exchange goods for it; all secretly purchase it with money. In the reign of Keaking there arrived, it may be, some hundred chests annually. The number has now increased to upwards of 20,000 chests, containing each a hun- dred catties. The • black earth,' which is the best, sells for about 800 dollars, foreign money, per chest; the 'white-skin,' which is next in quality, for about 600 dollars; and the last, or'red-skin,'for about 400 dollars. The total quantity sold during the year amounts in value to ten and some odd millions of dollars; so that, in reckoning the dollar at seven mace, standard weight of silver, the annual waste of money somewhat exceeds ten millions of taels. Formerly, the barbarian merchants brought foreign money to China; which, being paid in exchange for goods, was a source of pecuniary advantage to the people of all the sea-board provinces. But latterly, the barbarian merchants have clandestinely sold opium for money; which has ren- dered it unnecessary for them to import foreign silver. Thus foreign money has been going out of the country, while none comes into it. During two centuries, the government has now maintained peace, and by fostering the people, has greatly promoted the increase of wealth and opulence among them. With joy we witness the econo- mical rule of our august sovereign, an example to the whole empire. Right it is that yellow gold be common as the dust. Always in times past, a tael of pure silver exchanged for nearly about 1000 coined cash, but of late years the same sum has borne the value only of 1200 or 1300 cash; thus the price of silver rises but does not fall. In the salt agency, the price of salt is paid in cash, while, the dulies are paid in silver: now the salt merchants have all become involved, and the existing state of the salt trade in every province is abject in the extreme. How is this occasioned but by the unnoticed oozing out of silver? If the easily exhaustible stores of the central spring go to fill up the wide and fathomless gulf of the outer seas, gradually pouring themselves out from day to day, and from month to month, we shall shortly be reduced to a state of which I cannot bear to speak. Is it proposed entirely to cut off the foreign trade, and thus to remove the root, to dam up the source, of the evil? The celestial dynasty would not, indeed, hesitate to relinquish the few millions of duties nrising therefrom. But all the nations of the West have had a general market open to their ships for upwards of a thousand years; while the dealers in opium are English alone; it would be wrong, for the sake of cutting off the English trade, to cut off that of all the other nations. Besides the hundreds of thousands of people living on the sea-coast depend wholly on trade for their livelihood ; and how are they (o 1* disposed of? Moreover, the barbarian ships, being on the Opium. 141 as, can repair to any island that may be selected as an entre- id the native sea-going vessels can meet them there; it is ipossible to cut off the trade. Of late years, the foreign vessels sited all the porta of Fuhkeen, Chekeeng, Keangnan, Shan, yen to Teentsin and Mantchouria, for the purpose of selling And although at once expelled by the local authorities, yet •ported that quantity sold by them was not small. Thus it that, though the commerce of Canton should be cut off, yet lot be possible to prevent the clandestine introduction of mer- e. said, the daily increase of opium is owing to the negligence of in enforcing the interdicts? The laws and enactments are the ivhich extortionate underlings and worthless vagrants employ fit themselves; and the more complete the laws are, the greater re numerous are the bribes paid to the extortionate underlings, ! more subtil are the schemes of such worthless vagrants. In year of Taoukwang, the governor of Kwangtung and Kwang- n Yuen, proceeded with all the rigor of the law against Ye DO, head of the opium establishment then at Macao. The ence was, that foreigners having no one with whom to place mm, proceeded to Lintin to sell it. This place is within the s of the provincial government, and has a free communication r on all sides. Here are constantly anchored seven or eight tips, in which the opium is kept, and which are therefore call- giving ships.' At Canton there are brokers of the drug, who d 'melters.' These pay the price of the drug into the hands of dent foreigners, who give them orders for the delivery of the oin the receiving ships. There are carrying boats plying up •n the river; and these are vulgarly called 'fast-crabs' and ing-dragons.' They are well-armed with guns and other , and are manned with some scores of desperadoes, who ply s as if they were wings to fly with. All the custom-houses tary posts which they pass are largely bribed. If they happen inter any of the armed cruizing boats, they are so auda- to resist, and slaughter and carnage ensue. The late gov- 10, on one occasion, having directed the commodore Tsin to cooperate with Teen Poo, the district magistrate of an, they captured Leang Heennee with a boat containing the amount of 14,000 catties. The number of men killed i prisoners amounted to several scores. He likewise inflicted ty of the laws on the criminals Yaoukow and Owkwan (both icing brokers), and confiscated their property. This shows fulness in the enforcement of the laws is not wanting; and ractice cannot be checked. The dread of the laws is not so the part of the common people, as is the anxious desire of ich incites the to all manner of crafty devices; so that s, indeed, the law is rendered wholly ineffective, are also, both on the rivers and at sea, banditti, who, with )f acting under the orders of the government, and of being 142 Opium. JULY, sent to search after and prevent the smuggling of opium, seek oppor- tunities for plundering. When I was lately placed in the service of your majesty as acting judicial commissioner at Canton, cases of this nature were very frequently reported. Out of these arose a still greater number of cases, in which money was extorted for the ransom of plundered property. Thus a countless number of innocent people were involved in suffering. All these wide-spread evils have arisen since the interdicts against opium were published. It will be found on examination that the smokers of opium are idle, lazy vagarants, having no useful purpose before them, and are un- worthy of regard, or even contempt. And though there are smok- ers to be found who have over-stepped the threshold of age, yet they do not attain to the long life of other men. But new births are daily in- creasing the population of the empire; and there is no cause to appre- hend a diminution therein : while, on the other hand, we cannot adopt too great, or too early, precautions against the annual waste which is taking place of the resources, the very substance of China. Now to close our ports against [all trade] will not answer; and as the laws issued against opium are quite inoperative, the only method left is to revert to the former system, and to permit the barbarian merchants to import opium paying duty thoreon as a medicine, and to require that, after having passed the custom-house, it shall be delivered to the hong merchants only in exchange for merchandise and no money be paid for it. The barbarians finding that the amount of duties to he paid on it, is less than what is now spent in bribes, will also gladly comply therein. Foreign money should be placed on the same footing with sycee silver, and the exportation of it should be equally prohibit, ed. Offenders when caught should be punished by the entire destruc- tion of the opium they may have, and the confiscation of the money that may be found with them. With regard to officers, civil and military, and to the scholars and common soldiers, the first are called on to fulfill the duties of their rank and attend to the public good; the others, to cultivate their talents and become fit for public usefulness. None of these, therefore, must be permitted to contract a practice so bad, or to walk in a path which will lead only to the utter waste of their time and destruction of their property. If, however, the laws enacted against the practice be made too severe, the result will be mutual connivance. It becomes my duty, then, to request that it be enacted, that any officer, scholar, or soldier, found guilty of secretly smoking opium, shall be immediately dismiss- ed from public employ, without being made liable to any other pe- nalty. In this way, lenity will become in fact severity towards them. And further, that, if any superior or general officer be found guilty of knowingly and wilfully conniving at the practice among his subor- dinates, such officer shall be subjected to a court of inquiry. Lastly, that no regard be paid to the purchase and use of opium on the part of the people generally. Does any suggest a doubt, that to remove the existing prohibitions will detract from the dignify of government? I would ask, if he is Ofi'ium. 143 nt that the pleasures of the table and of the nuptial couch may e indulged in to the injury of health? Nor are the invigorat- iigs footsze and wootow devoid of poisonous qualtics: yet it sver been heard that any one of these has been interdicted. 3, the removal of the prohibitions refers only to the vulgar and in people, those who have no official duties to perform. So i the officers of government, the scholars, and the military are eluded, I see no detriment to the dignity of government. And iwing the proposed importation and exchange of the drug for ommodities, more than ten millions of money will annually be led from flowing out of the central land. On which side then ;ain, on which the loss? It is evident at a glance. Bat if we y look back and delay to retrace our steps, foolishly paying to a matter of mere empty dignity, I humbly apprehend that iventually it is proved impossible to stop the importation of it will then be found that we have waited too long, that the are impoverished, and their wealth departed. Should we 3gin to turn round, we shall find that reform comes too late, igh but a servant of no value, I have by your majesty's con- ling favor been raised from a subordinate censorship to various stations, both at court and in the provinces; and filled on one n the chief judicial office in the region south of the great ins (Kwangtung). Ten years spent in endeavors to make iturn have produced no fruit; and I find myself overwhelmed ame and remorse. But with regard to the great advantages, t evils, of any place where t have been, have never failed 3 particular inquiries. Seeing that the prohibitions now in jainst opium serve but to increase the prevalence of the evil, ,t there is none found to represent the facts directly to your and feeling assured that I am myself thoroughly acquainted 3 real state of things, I dare no longer forbear to let them mr majesty's ear. Prostrate I beg my august sovereign to :ret directions to the governor and lieut.governor of Kwang- jether with the superintendent of maritime customs, that they r investigate the character of the above statements, and that, find them really correct, they speedily prepare a list of re- ! adapted to a change in the system, and present the same for [esty's final decision. Perchance this may be found adequate urther oozing out of money, and to replenish the national i. With inexpressible awe and trembling fear I reverently his memorial and await your majesty's commands, ollowing document was received on the 2d of July, from the ouncil of ministers at Peking, addressed "to the governor of L these and kindred subjects, is to have weight in determining le of the literary productions of this prolific age, our Ultragan. iriodicals will not suffer by comparison with those of aviy other the world. On the conductors of these publications, great ibilities are devolved. Like sentinels, they occupy important They stand on high ground. On every side wide fields for tron are spread out around them. The whole world of nature the handy works of the Almighty, arc open to their inspection. v. No. iv. 19 146 European Periodicals beyond the Ganges. AUG. But to portray faithfully the character of all these—delineate accu- rately the form and features, the actions and mental acquisitions of tribes thoroughly savage or only half-civilized ; to gain complete command of many and very difficult dialects; to trace out and eluci- date historical facts which transpired in times long gone by; to describe the geographical boundaries of states and empire?, with all their vaneries of climate, soil, and products—hie labor, hoc opus est, The Prince of Wales' Island gazette is, we believe, the first perio- dical in the English language, which the traveler eastward finds after passing the Ganges. We have been very anxious to obtain complete files of this paper; but have succeeded in getting only of volume third, Nos. 27 to 52, from July 4th to December 26th, 1935. It is a large quarto of four pages, with three columns on each; and is "printed and published by William Cox, Beach street," Penang. From one of the numbers before us, and from the Singapore Free Press, it appears that a newspaper, called the " Prince of Wales' Island Gazette," was first published in that settlement in 1805, and continued till August 1827, a period of twenty-two years; when tho government, • from displeasure at some remarks relative lo the Sia- mese treaty,' withdrew its accustomed patronage, and the proprietor, thinking he could not conduct the paper without that support, discon- tinued it. On the 22d of August, in the same year, appeared the first number of the "Penang Register and Miscellany." This was a weekly paper; and, according to the Singapore Free Press, "was con- ducted with considerable ability and industry. It entertained liberal views, and espoused popular interests; although the editor appears to have, in some measure, advocated the wisdom of imposing those restrictions to which the Indian Press wns then subjected. It was doomed, however, to an ephemeral existence ; and in the month of September 1828 expired under the frowns and threatened penalties of authority, the editor having been bold enough to publish, on a se- parate slip, certain paragraphs of his paper which the censor had des- tined to oblivion, being thus brought to feel, and perhaps to acknow- ledge, the evil effects of a system which he had done something to •encourage." On the 25th of October 1828, came out the first number of a new weekly publication, called the " Government Gazette, Prince of Wales' Island, Singapore and Malacca." It arose under the imme- diate patronage, of the government, and closed its short career on the 3d of July, 1830, "when the government, which had brought it into life, was itboiished." On the 20th of July 1833, the first number of a second " Prince of Wales' Island Gazette," the one now before us, made its appearance. Among the topics of local interest in those numbers of the Gazette which have reached us, piracies and temperance societies are conspi- cuous. In the number for December 26th, there is a prospectus of a pociety to be called "the Penang anti-mendicity and friend-in-need Society," wherein it is proposed, that a committee be appointed to inquire into every case, and to relieve, in such a way as may seem best, those who are truly needy, and thereby break up the mendicant '<• European Periodicals beyond the Ganges. 147 opflly and give a right direction to the charities of the benevolent. number for December 19th, contains "A general Report of the an Ciitholic missionary labois at Prince of Wales' Island, from to 1835." It appears that within the last ten years, there have no less than seven hundred and fifty-nine Chinese converted to Romish faith, in Peiiang; and, since June 1830 about eighty at Biittu Kawan, a district in Province Wellesley. It appears that a female Asylum and a Chinese college have been estab. I, and some efforts made to send a mission to Pulo Niiis. These .ires are sanctioned and sustained by the court of Rome and by iety in France. The Report makes honorable mentioa of "hia lency, the lato Lord Bishop of Siam," who paid Penang a pas- visit so far back us 1818 ; and of the Rev. Messrs. Bouche and : "the later gentleman is a great acquisition to the Society from mwledge of the Chinese Inngungp, having been a laborer in the i vineyard in China for about five years. His arrival in Penang fortunate circumstance, as it was very recently after the dopar- f the Rev. Mr. Chf'stan in May 1833, to join his brother laborer [shop of Corea, who left Penang on his mission to that country 12." i Malacca Observer and Chinese Chronicle commenced its in September 1826, and closed it in October 1829. "This cry probably the first newspaper ever published in that vene. :olony." It was issued once a fortnight at the press attached Anglo-Chinese college: the same press from which^was pub- trie Indo-Chinese Gleaner. See our second volume, page 186. onductors of the Observer took a very lively interest in the ion of the Chinese. In the number for April 10th, 1827, page ve find the following pertinent remarks: ; mode of communicating instruction amongst the Chinese ia certain- e to very serious objections. When a boy enters school he must > repeat accurately a book called the classic of three characters, so Because every three characters form a complete sentence. After he iiently acquainted with the sound and forms of these characters, he 3 to the Four Books which are compilations of the sayings of Confucius ncius. It is of so much importance in the system that the sounds and hould be well remembered before any attention is paid to the sense, ners are compelled to repeat a book three or four times through, be- ,• are taught its meaning. Some allowance ought to be made to this proceeding, since there is nothing in the form of the character to inui- ound, and it must be learnt entirely from the lips of another; but still a great deal too much time sacrificed to sound. Even where the un- ing and the judgment are allowed to operate, it is very problematical any advantage results from so laborious an exercise of memory ; but lemory be encouraged to the prejudice of the understanding, conse- the most ruinous to correct education must unavoidably ensue. The ively little regard which the Chinese pay to the sense of the authors ess to teach, in the first instance, is a capital defect in their system. 3 not so anxious to fill the mind with ideas as to load the memory ids and crowd the imagination with symbols. It is somewhat singu- the Chinese are reputed for tlieir sagacity in conducting pecuniary 148 European Periodicals beyond the Ganges. Arc. matters, that no provision whatever is made in their schools for teaching the science of numbers; even their swan pwan is not taught the boys, their education comprising writing and reading only. Abstract science of any description has little or nothing to do with their education. Is is not that their writings are devoid of abstruse subjects or that their language is incapa- ble of expiessing- metaphysical ideas, but that they deem it more important to pay attention to things of a practical nature." The Observer was ably conducted on liberal principles. Not only the cause of education, and the diffusion of useful knowledge, but the freedom of the press, and the abolition of slavery, were advocated in strong but temperate terms. The strenuous and unshrinking zeal with which the editor exposed the system of slavery—still prevailing in that settlement—" roused the particular resentment of government, which, to effect the suppression of the Observer, had recourse to a system of intimidation and other acts of petty tyranny as utterly con. temptible as they were finally effective." The remarks on slavery created some dissatisfaction also among the inhabi a ts of the settle, mcnt, who were personally interested in the case. Until the establish- ment of the Canton Register, Dr, Morrison was a constant contributor to the pages of the Observer. His communications consisted chiefly of notices of local occurrences and of extracts from the Peking Gazette. In the number for February 12th, 1828, there are some curious no- tices of "Chinese students," which we quote. "In modern times, there have been several in Europe; firstly, Dr. Hager, who perished, we believe, in most unsuccessful efforts to acquire patronage in England and Prance some twenty years ago. Secondly, Dr. Montucci, a most persevering veteran in Chinese literature, who, after fighting hard with Hager, retired to Prussia, spent his time and property on Chinese types, and projected a Chinese dictionary, till the grave opened"to invite him into it; then he abondoned his Chinese enterprise, renounced the dictionary, and sent to England all his materials for sale. Thirdly, M. Remusat, M. B. of Paris, a scholar and a gentleman, who has edited beautifully some old transla- tions of Chinese classics, new modelled; ami has the merit of procuring in Paris a royal chair for a professor of Chinese. Remusat has half a dozen pupils, whose names we do not know; one of them, S. Julien, has edited, under the patronage of the English banker, H. Drummond, esq. (a most be- nevolent man, and we hope a devout Christian), the works of Menciua. Fourthly, in Russia, the baron Schilling, patronised by his imperial majesty. Fifthly, the German Klaproth, a devoted literature-monger, who knows the titles and the contents of a great many books, and tries to live by his craft. Sixthly, Morrison, the Chinese lexicographer, a plodding genius, who profes- ses to study utility in his several works. Seventhly, Marshman, the Indo-Chi- nese gleaner, whose Clavis Sinica and uLun-r,gee" exhibit volubility and copiousness. Eighthly, Davis, of China, known by a miscellaneous volume, containing specimens of the Chinese novel, drama, and proverb, neatly print- ed by Murray, Albemarle street. From this quarter we expect something good, erelong, on Chinese poetry. "We have omitted some names which ought to have taken precedence, because we apprehend they have abandoned the good cause. We mean sir G. T. Staunton, bark, well known in this department by his translation of the Penal Code of China. Next, Mr. Manning many years resident in China, and a constant student of the Chinese language; but whose lucubrations still remain, it is said, (unwritten) in his own cranium; Ohinpse would sny in his 6. European Periodicals beyond the Ganges. 149 lly," where they, very queerly to most people, place the seat of thought re is another name now gone by, the late Dr. Milne, whose works were. ellaneous. The hiatorial books of Holy Scripture were translated by him, he wrote very luminously and impressively on moral and religious sub- i in Chinese. His tracts remain to substantiate this remark. The late [nee at Penang, was a very fair Chinese xcholar, and Mr. Medhurstin Java capital Fuhkeen linguist In China, we hear, they have some students, ;e works have not yet appeared, and therefore we suppress their names, or three English are good Chinese scholars. Two Americans have ; considerable progress, and one Dutchman is beginning to learn. In icca, there are Messrs. Collie and Kidd well versed in Chinese. Mr. ns, the printer of Morrison's dictionary, translated a Chinese novel into ishjthe back of which he labelled "Thorns' Courtship." he prospectus of an "intended work," to be called the Indo- jese Repository, and to be printed and published by subscription, terly, at the Anglo.Chinese college, appeared in the Malacca jrver of November 29tli, 1827. The following is the Prospectus. 'ublications of this nature are numerous nnd possessed of varied interest; srefore, seems reasonable to expect when a new one is announced, that >uld possess some claims to originality or novelty, if its projectors would •o the approbation and patronage of an intelligent public. Every one issues the prospectus of a new work doubtless has reasons which satisfy 3lf, as to the probability of its meeting with a favorable reception, although ay not be able to persuade others to view them exactly in the same light does. In choosing subjects for the amusement or instruction'of the c, erroneous notions are frequently formed respecting its taste; hence in is well as other undertakings experiment is the best criierion of merit ; is not without feelings of diffidence, accompanied by the conviction of a work being highly desirable, that proposals are now made for establish- periodical to be denominated the " Indo-Chinese Repository." The com- ively little information that has yet been obtained respecting the Chinese, thstanding the length of time during which Europeans have had inter- e with them, seems in some measure to justify any attempt to increase cquaintance with that singular and ancient people. It is moreover an sd object of the college to afford all possible information on the subject tra-Gangetic literature. The Repository will comprise original essays on inguage, philosophy, manners, customs, and general literature of the Chinese nations, together with such local information as may be deemed ind interesting. It is particularly wished to develope the mind of China, iscover as much as possible the causes of that uniform mode of thinking icting which the Chinese have adopted from time immemorial, and to i they still pertinaciously adhere in spite of changes and improvements d them. Information of political nature, and of the present system of al regulations in China, it is hoped, will be from time to time procur- :d give additional interest to the work. As this people are possessed of tiderable portion of ancient literature, translations will be given of such i of native compostion as appear calculated to interest and gratify the is, and to assist in investigating the causes of those revolutions which taken place in the government, and the changes which may in other its have been experienced. is desirable to ascertain how far their system of political economy is de- e from the mental thraldom in which the mass of the people have been ig enslaved ; and what peculiar causes have contributed to that ascen- over the minds of their subjects, which the government at present 150 European Periodicals beyond tiie Ganges. AUB. possess. The rites and ceremonies of the Chinese, whether civil or religious, public or private, will claim our attentive consideration. "The projectors of this work will deeui it their duty to use all possible means for acquiring information illustrative of the manners, customs, &c., of other countries. The plan embraces the natural and moral phenomena of the kingdoms of Siam, Cochinchina, Japan, &c. It is also wished to investi- gate the history of the Malays, and collect whatever is interesting or curious respecting them. There is danger indeed of proposing more than may he actu- ally realized ; but the prospect of enlarging the establishment under the aus- pices of which the present periodical is to published, warrant the hope that persons may erelong be employed, who will turn their sole attention to the lan- guages of the countries around us. In the mean time, the utmost endeavors shall be used to oblain assistance from those gentlemen whose situations or opportunities afford them the means of imparting the requisite knowledge. Communications will be thankfully received in any department of oriental literature. Government having evinced a laudable desire to promote inquiry into the intellectual and moral state of neighboring nations, it is hoped a • publication of this nature will meet with their encouragement. "The Repository will contain occasional notices and reviews of such works as seem to bear upon its peculiar object. It will comprise sixty octavo pages closely printed on English paper, price one Spanish dollar. The profits, if any, after the expenses of printing, paper, die., are defrayed, will be given to the funds of the Anglo-Chinese college. It is intended to commence the periodical as soon as a sufficient number of subscribers is obtained ; and to issue the numbers on the first week of January, April, July, and October, respectively. Application may be made to the superintendents of the col- lege, and to the Editor of the Observer, who will furnish subscribers with copies according to their directions, until agents for that purpose be pro- cured." The intended work never appeared. However, we are induced to hope that the original design of the Indo-Chinese Repository, which was quite like that of the Indo-Chinese Gleaner, will at length be carried into effect. This we are led to expect from the prospectus of a Magazine, to be called the Periodical Miscellany and Juvenile Instructor, which has recently come to hiind, and in which we find the first part of that issued in 1827, copied verbatim. - The new pros- pectus is dated Malacca, April 18thj 1836; and, after repeating the first paragraph of the forinur one, quoted above, thus proceeds: "It may be affirmed with truth, that there never was an age when so much was doing for the advancement of the Redeemer's kingdom, and for the general good of mankind, as the present: so extensive is the effort to diffuse abroad the knowledge of the Lord Jesus Christ, and so various are the plans fraught with benevolence to man, that none, who bears the name of Christian, should remain an uninterested spectator; much less should any one be ignorant of what is doing. And yet there is no little danger of being both uninterested with, anil ignorant of, what is doing, unless the mind be frequently brought in contact with the varied objects of impor- tance, which engage the attention of the Christian world. In order to accom- plish this purpose, as well as to supply a source of profitable reading and interesting instruction to our little community, proposals arp now made for establishing a Magazine to be denominated the Periodical Miscellany and Juvenile Instructor; to contain, among other matter, subjects of the following nature. I. European Periodicals beyond tJie Ganges. 151 Jeneral information concerning various plans of benevolence in different of the world; matters of local interest; modern improvements, calcula- o advance the interests of mankind; miscellanea, respecting the various' s who inhabit the Malayan Peninsula, and the islands of the Eastern Ar- ilago; notices of recent oriental publications; and occasional papers oh inguagp of the east, particularly those spoken to ultra Ganges. The ir is fully aware of the great difficulty of conducting a periodical, s<> it shall at once prove interesting and useful: but he lias been encouraged e assurance of the support of friends, in the discharge of his editorial s, and by contributions to the work.—Those persons who may be willing iscribe for one or more copies, can send their names to the Anglo-Chi- college; and those friends who may feel disposed to contribute to the may send their contributions to the same place, addressed to the Editor, number of the Periodical Miscellany will consist of twenty-four octavo , price 20 cents ; and will be published on the 5th day of every month: •st number to be issued on the 5th of June 1836.." e Singapore Chronicle and Commercial Register is the next which we have to notice. For several years it was published once a fortnight and printed on a quarto sheet; but in 1Q30, it red on an extended scale and wa.« issued weekly. Number ar November 22d, 1827, is the earliest one which we have and if prior to that date the paper wis published regularly once u weeks, it must have been commenced early in the year 1826. ding to the Singnpore Free Press, however, it is now nearly four- •ears since the Chronicle wns first published. In the last number has come to hand, that of the 2d ultimo, the Editor says, " We length happy to fulfill our promise of publishing the Singapore icle on Europe paper. That it has nut been our fault we assure vcs of our subscribers believing, and that it will not be theirs in raging our humble exertions we are equally certain, if the ae- on within the present year of one. third in addition to the nurn- our list of subscribers be a standard of their approbation and t." first number of Singapore Free PI-OSS, Mercantile Advertiser rice Current, appeared on the 8th of October, 1835; the inten- publishing having been previously announced to the public in lowing style, in the form of a prospectus. ; Press, in order to possess all the advantages for which it is intended, ot only to be free from the restrictions imposed by authority, but at e time exempt from the exclusive influence of mere individual or par- •ol. A monopoly of publication, when abused, is equally injurious with ind therefore opposed to all those interests which a really free press is ed to promote. We have lately witnessed the unjust exercise of soch >oly in this settlement; and the establishment of this paper will, it is ped, secure those benefits which can only be fully enjoyed where on is free from all restraints except such as are imposed by candor al obligation. In conformity with these principles the first number ingapore Free Press will be issued as soon as a printing apparatus, as already been ordered from Calcutta, can be brought into operation. )t very easy to delineate the exact plan on which a newspaper ccd in this settlement shall be conducted; but the following is offer- outline of the matter which it is intended to coutain; namely: 15'2 European Periodicals beyond the Ganges. AUG. "Intelligence connected with the interests of this Colony, and its general commercial relations; also, notices of the government, natural history, productions, &.<\, of the neighboring native states; with a list of the im- ports and exports, remarks on the state of the market, and a copious Price Current It shall be printed on Europe paper of the same size as the Sin- gapore Chronicle, the price lo be $4£ per quarter, or if paid in advance, $16 per annum. The conducting of the paper has been undertaken by a gentle- man of considerable experience as an Editor, who has secured the assistance of several contributors; and their united efforts will, it is hoped, render the Singapore Free Press acceptable to the public." By the united, and sometimes conflicting, efforts of the Chronicle and Free Press, the local occurrences and interests of Singapore are pretty fully and fairly represented. The editors of both papers seem well pleased with the support they respectively receive from their friends and correspondents, who are on their part, we doubt not, equally well satisfied. We marked several paragraphs in each paper, which we intended to extract, but the space allowed for this article forbids our doing so. The Chronica de Macao, the commencement of which we have put "on record," holds on its course prosperously and has now reach- ed No. 14 of its second volume. Like the Singapore Chronicle and the Canton Register, the Chronica de Macao has drawn forth a wor. thy competitor; by which, as ID the case of the two others, it is likely to be stimulated and spured on in its career. We like to see fair and honorable competition; and if we judge rightly, there is ground enough, and that which ought to be occupied, to employ the best efforts of both papers. So far removed as Macao is from the more busy and spirit-stiring scenes of Europe, it would not be strange if some of its inhabitants, in regard to general information and the most recent enterprises and improvements of the- age, should not keep pace with those born and bred in the happiest regions of the earth. To provide against this, by the wide and speedy diffusion of knowledge, by indue, ing the members of society each and all to read and think and judge for themselves, there are perhaps no better means than periodical pa- pers. Perfect liberty of conscience and freedom of the press, we long to see as fully recognized and as well secured throughout the east, as they now are in any countries of the west. Let the truth, the whole truth,- and nothing but the truth, be published, freely, boldly, widely, and it will triumph; it will unveil the mysteries of iniquity; it will break asunder the bonds of tyranny; it will bring consolation to the oppressed ; establish and strengthen every lawful rule and authority; and hasten the good time, when all the dwellers on the face of the whole earth, enlightened and renewed by Jehovah's truth, shall wor- ship him as their God and Father, and honor and love each other as brethren. The Macaista Imparcial, the competitor of the Chronica mentioned above, is a semi-weekly newspaper; the first number of which was published June 9th of this year. On religious topics, a few para- graphs have appeared in the Macaista, upon which some of our read. ers may expect us to animadvert. This we chose not to do; though European Periodicals beyond the Ganges. 158 lence must by no means be regarded as approbation of them, an compass our object better, we think, by striving to let our bine, than by becoming controversialists, because others declare "candlestick and oil possess infallibility. In due time we .toth receive tho reward that is meet. The following is the ctus of the Macaista Imparcial. hough periodicals are not in the number of those works which give > or immortalize their authors, yet the nature of their being, reaem- te repeated flashes of lightning, is such a* to instruct the people, to the public opinion, to lay open the conduct of governments, con- , or attacking; hence originated the saying, 'that metal when melted llcts is not so mortal as when founded into types;' and hence too, sstrained liberty of the press became so dreaded, that laws were pro- id to restrain its abuses; but when conformed to the laws, and confined wits which they prescribe, there can be no doubt respecting the utility iodical to human society, in politics, in commerce, and in all else that within the limited sphere of a single sheet se be to the invention of the press, that excellent contrivance of hu- ierstanding, discovered in the 15th century ; for by it there was caus- e empire of science a revolution equal to that occasioned in politics by overy of tho new world. It owes its first existence, in 1440, to John erg of Strasburg, and its perfection, in Mayence, to John Faust and Pe- leffer. There have been some who questioned, whether this valuable g equally capable of producing error and truth, has not been as injuri- snencial to the world. To solve this problem, as a clever author has rould be necessary to bring under notice all books, and to analyze eduction of the press, minutely discussing all the thoughts and opin- ight forth by all the writers of every nation, and age, since books :n printed; in short, to put together and review all that B true or iful or injurious, reasonable or absurd, in those vurks, which by means t have been spread throughout the universe. This being an impos- 1 vain undertaking, let us, without troubling ourselves about the tis ingenious an may produce, at once grant that we ought to be for the benefits derived from it True it is, that more than once the contributed to corrupt men's habits and to propagate err- r among •om age to age; equally certain it is that through its rnedi m, useful :c has been extended to both the nearest on-1 ',!•• most it ote na- il that light has been spread ahioad, strengthened, and reason , illuminating by its rays fields of science and art o had its Journals before the foreigners in Canton issued.thoir'a; we are to Bend forth a new one. Perchance it may not merit such is as those edited by Balbi, nor be so well received by the public, tastes are not less different than their physiognomy; yet we are > anticipate a favorable reception from the public, resting our hopes partiality we promise to maintain in our paper, our faithful notice of nd domestic occurrences, as well as of the arrival and departure of of the prices of the principal articles of commerce, together with lality with which we shall publish on every Monday and Thursday, le that can contribute to render a paper, not connected with any that of the laws, respectable. All that is uninteresting to the that may tend to agitate quarrels (as anonymons correspondence does,) shall find no room in this paper. We dedicate it solely to welfare, or as the letter of Pelican says,'Pela Ley e pela Grey.'" ncerely do we hope that all these expectations and premises* with respect to impartiality and truth, may be fully realized. i. v. NO. iv. 20 154 European Periodicals beyond the Ganges. AUG. How many periodicals Macao may have had in former time we have not the means of ascertaining: however, single numbers of two have fallen in our way; the first is, « A Abelha da China," No 54, Sep. tember 27th, 1823; the other is the « Gazetta de Macao," No. 1, January 3d, 18*24. The Canton Register, the oldest newspaper in this place, has now reached No. 31 of its ninth volume. A few short extracts will afford those of our readers, who may not see the Register, a more correct idea of its manner and sentiments than any remarks we can make. There are two mino; j points, however, to which it may be proper here to advert. One is the style of writing Chinese names : we would not write William Waterbouse in one word thus, WUKamwaierhouse; although it would be quite as correct, for ought we can see, as to write T&ngtingching, instead of Tang Tingching. The Chinese place the surname first, the reverse of the English mode. Quoting from the Penny Magazine, without correcting its errors, is the others point we have to notice. As it is generally known that the Editor of the Register has long been acquainted with the Chinese and their Ian. guage, whatever goes forth to the world in his paper, respecting them, will be received as worthy of all credit. At first, we supposed he intended the quotations should be regarded, like the allusion to How. qua's property, as "mere jokes." If so, they are indeed, "amazingly prodigious." The square pagodas or tans, surrounded with urns of bronze; flag.staffs used as telegraphs; the bridge 5940 feet long and 104 broad; the immense number of others thrown from mountain to mountain, with beams laid from cliff to cliff; the 1400 stone beams all alike. 2 paces long and 2 broad; the celebrated city, the ancient capital of southern China, having 12,000 bridges; these and a multi- tude of other similar "facts" are prodigious, aye " amazingly pro. digious." We will not at present, however, undertake to deny them, though we have no more idea that tin j- are true, than that the forts at the Fugue are in stength equal to those of Gibraltar. The Editor of the Re ister, we trust, '/ill pardon us for these remarks on his paper, r rather on the errors of the Penny Magazine, and bid its conductors to beware of what they publish respecting the interior of the "celestial empire." The three paragraphs which we subjoin, taken quite at random, are fair specimens of the usual style of the paper. They need no comment farther than the remark, that the second one was occasioned by an edict against the Vincennes, belonging to the government of the United Statea, ordering her to "go home." "In commencing another volume with a new year, our grateful feelings lead us to express our heartfelt thanks to the foreign community of Canton for their encouragement of our humble efforts; we hope, indeed, that the time is not very distant, when we shall have the pleasing task of combining the native with the foreign community in our expression of thanks for their liberal patronage of the Canton Register and General Price Current In fact, the last publication is already taken by one native. The Canton Register is now in the 9th year of its existence; but alas, its early and great supporter, Morrison the sinologue, is no longer here, to inform the public, in its pages. European Periodicals beyond the Cangei. 155 local or general news of the Chineae empire. Still the stirring time* BO trade system, will, we satigiiinely anticipate, be so fruitful in new , in extension of the trade, and alteration in the feelings and manners government and people towards us, that, in doing our duty in recording we venture to hope mat a due share of the public interest and patronage, the Canton Register excited and enjoyed on its first establishment, will continued to the journal. There is one fact which we are proud ippy to state to our readers; ft is that the circulation of the Register easing. This is the most exciting encouragement; the support and ge of our ardent hopes; for what the clapping of hands, waving of rchiefs by fair fingers, and the hearty cheers and encores of a. full ire to a favorite Actor, such is an increased list of Subscribers to a journalist, whose list never can Ie full: as, then, there are no limits mhlic patronage, let there be no limits to the journalist's hopes; but at ie time let him remember he must work hard for such distinction, and •o put no limits to his effors, nor shrink from any exertion to deserve ain it" Fot 9, JVo. 1, ». 2. tse document* (special edicts against ships of foreign governments) fficial and placed on record, and thus forming the materials of Chi- story, it becomes a serious and important question how much foreign governments are to permit their officers to submit to the 'tactily receiving them. The blustering rodomontade of Chinese is not surprising, when it is recollected how tamely not only the merchants of all nations, but even all foreign governments, in the per- Jieir commissioned officers, succumb to, without protesting against, spiuble and insolent tone and conduct of the imperial and local ge- ts of China. That such carelessness of their national character and euts such neglect of their commercial interests, and of the lives and of their citizens, is highly disgraceful to nations so powerful as Great uid the U. S. of America, few who are acquainted with Canton think, deny; or who will not confess that, owing to such submissive igent conduct, no day passes without the continuance of the foreign ing hazarded by the extortions of the Whampoa custom-house offi. I the violent and the thieving conduct of the Whampoa villagers, different course of conduct is speedily adopted towards this country, if our present relations with China and of the position of the trade ital both to Chinese and foreigners. A struggle must eventually s object of which will not be creditable to either party, and the con- results will be dissatisfaction, suspicion, fear and hatred; when 3d, judicious and just frweedings, a satisfactory and becoming iding might be commenced with this government and people, the course of time would ripen into mutual respect and esteem; •will, friendship, and confidence would then be established on sura i . A free intercommunication would ensue, and the religion, phy- mt science of the outside nations would then be received into the ogdom." Fol 9, JVb. 3, p. 9. wow is the new-year's day of the Chinese which they call yuen-ton day." Precisely at the Ine the, or beginning of the day, after mid- ,' bathe their bodies in perfumed water, put on their best clothe^ ning at home, worship the gods and fire off crackers. The family sing over, they then go to worship the gods in the temple. At day- "athera. mothers, wives, sons and daughters, and the domestic sei> slaves, these with those, congratulate each other en the new.year. 1 euccesaiv« days, visits of rejoicing are made to all rotations ft, which are mutually returned, and. they invite each other to the joy of the dim tieto, "the wine of spring." All business ie 156 European Periodicals beyond the Gangene. AUG. stopped for several days, and all abandon themselves to pleasure in the way they like best From the yuen-tun to the 5th of the moon, lucky days are cho- sen to suspend flower-lanterna on the houses and temples, at which ceremony the heat and clamor are great If partnerships are to be dissolved or ser- vants discharged, it is done in the first moon. On the yvrn-tan, a little rain, or a north, a west or an east-north wind (N.E.), are all happy prognostics; but a south wind is deemed unlucky. An easterly wind brings rain, and a north wind, cold weather; the cold is an indication of the warmth of the ensu- ing spring season. On the first day of the year, they begin weighing water and continue weighing for twelve successive days. If the water is heavy, there will be much rain, if light, the season will be dry. The customs of the people—says our Chinese informant—are so numerous, that it is impossible to describe them all." Vol. 9, M>. 7, p. 86. The Canton Press was commenced in September, 1835; and its first and second numbers, on their appewanco, were duly noticed in our pages. It has now reached No. 47 of its first volume. Like the Register, it is accompanied by a Price Current, and occupied chiefly with topics more or less connected with commerce. Tuesday is the publication day for the Register; and Saturday for the Press. In order that this paper also may speak for itself, we will give two or three quotations. In his paper for Saturday, February 6th, the Edi- tor says; "The editorship of this paper has changed hands, of which circumstance we avail ourselves of the earliest opportunity to give information to our readers; and as a kind of programme may be expected, as to the principles on which the paper will in future be conducted, we proceed to lay it before the public. "It is our belief that the free trade with China, being open to all, we should allow it gradually to encroach upon a great many of the regulations which the Chinese have hitherto more or less strictly enforced in order to prevent any connection will) foreigners not absolutely necessary to the purposes of commerce. Our intercourse which the Chinese is already, though it is only two years since the company's monopoly ceased to exist, much more extensive than it has liitlicvin been, owing to a greater number of vessels visiting both Whampoa and Lintin; and there being no surveillance on the part of the Brit- ish to keep up a monopoly, the opportunities offered to the Chinese to evade the regulations of the cohong are much more frequent than before, and the Chinese are speculative enough to avail themselves of them, and to carry on an extensive trade, against the oppressive laws of the country, aided in so doing by the corrupted revenue officers, who seem to hold their offices on such precarious terms, that being liable to be turned off at any time, they are determined to "make hay whilst the sun shmes," and this illicit trade gives them ample opportunities. It is to be supposed that a nation, agricultural, ma- nufacturing and commercial, each in an eminent degree, and on that account more advanced in civilization than any other Asiatic people, will soon, if they do not already see that the many restrictions on their intercourse with for- eigners, imposed by a despotic government, and enforced by a set of officers as venal as possible, cannot tend to its own advancement; and as the intercourse of the Chinese with foreign nations is becoming every day more frequent, and in consequence offers more difficulty to the government to pre- vent or at least restrict it as hitherto, they will become bolder in their eva- sions of the oppressive laws, and will make common cause with the foreigners and perhaps ultimately entirely throw off the yoke under which they labor for the benefit of their Tartar oppressors. Thus we may see within a short time, that our intercourse with the Chinese will be on a much'better footing, by the simple but active means of self-interest, than it could possibly be It European Periodicals beyond tfie Ganges. 157 ly coercive means, whereby not only man; innocent lives among the sec may be lost, but they may also, for a period, at least, etop all inter- e and trade with them, and endanger the lives and property of a great peaceable British subjects, whose enterprising commerce greatly en- 9 their own country. We shall not at present insist on the manifest ice of an armed aggression to force oar friendship upon a nation which «!9 itself to possess, and may, for ought we know to the contrary, possess lent resources to be able to isolate itself from the rest of the inhabitants ; globe, leaving this subject for future deliberation in our paper, adding only, that we believe that the same object will be gained, and in a better manner, by allowing commerce gradually to overcome those les and prejudices, which have hitherto rendered a residence in China ireigner very galling, and frequently degraded him in bis own opinion, deference he necessarily shewed to his Chinese superior, i politics at home, we have little to say—being so remote from the or action, we shall limit ourselves to give extracts from the Europe and >apers, and to acquaint our readers with the latest news from home, tention will be particularly directed towards obtaining and giving local :o make our readers acquainted with Chinese manners, and to keep :iformcd of anything happening here that may be of interest even at a e. To give as much information as we shall be able to collect on the ine islands, Indian Archipelago, and other eastern islands and New i, will be our especial care. The commercial part of our information heretofore, be collected with the greatest care and attention, and we at our prices current will continue to be approved of. In conclusion, to assure our readers, that, whether or not our efforts meet with their tion, we shall devote our best exertions to this paper, and if we fail in leavers to please, to attribute it to want of ability and to any other lich we can correct," Vol. 1, JVb. 22, p. 169. second extract, and the last which our limits will admit, refei to the free trade, showing that "none of the evil conse i, predicted by those who had enjoyed the sweets of the mono- ive yet become apparent." sr as friendly and uninterrupted intercourse with the Chinese is con- ire have shewn thai the free trade system has worked well, but it be wished that it were relieved from the shackles which now oppress y, in the shape of immense duties in England; partly, in company's ed stock of teas; and partly, in the shape of the East India compa- ice committee here. In a former paper we have already observed teas, and on such of which the bulk of teas, shipped to England con- duty now levied amounts to 300, but generally to 200 per cent on st, and that on very few of the finest qualities of tea only the duty is cent, or less. It is true that the consumption, owing to the much irices at which the importer now sells, though the duty he about the pound, has already increased a little, but there can be doubt that won amount to double its present quantity, were the duties the same »e, say about 100 per cent on the sale price, as they were during if the monopoly. The present high duties alone would have lessened : the free trader expected to make, as the importation exceeded con- the consumption, but the great cause of fall of prices and abstinence ulation in England, is the still undisposed of stock of the East India which at the end of last year amounted to upwards of twenty-five "pounds, and which might, according to the East India directors* •him, be either partly or at once thrown upon the market, thereby prices at their will, and disheartening capitalists from laying out 153 European Periodicals beyond the Ganges. Ace. their funds in tea speculations. The importer can therefore only sell for im- mediate consumption, on account of the unsettled state of the market from the above cause, and he being unwilling or unable to prolong his risk under such circumstances, presses the sale of his teas, and must submit to heavy losses. "The shipping engaged in the tea trade under the monopoly, averaged about 28,000 tons per annum, and employed about twenty-four or twenty-six ships. During the first year of the free trade ending on the 31st of March, sixty-seven ships loaded at Whampoa, registering 34,982 tons, and during the second, no less than eighty-three ships of 41,934 tons register, thus shewing an increase of shipping upon the monopoly trade of 10,188 tons ave- rage during the first two years. In these none of the ships carrying British manufactures or eastern produce to China, and discharging at Macao and Lintin, without coming to Whampoa, are included; and these likewise have been much more numerous, during the last two years than before, nor are the country ships with cotton from Bombay, Calcutta, and Madras counted. "The exports of teas to England since the trade was thrown open (23d April 1834,) up to the present moment, have amounted to Iba. 96,797,320; and those in the last season only up to the present time to Ibs. 45,731,196) or Ibs. 1,946,665 less than in the season before last; nor is it probable that before the new crop comes in, any more will go to England, since few teas are now in the market, and no ship laid on. The average price of the last season's teas, taking the Canton Commercial Price Current as guide, we find to be, a fraction more than 24 taels per pecul, producing 823,616 taels, or $11,480,636, or at the exchange of 4s. lOd. £2,774,487. This prove* with how much more vigor the free traders have entered into the trade, than was shown under the company, when the capital employed in purchases of tea in the year 1827-28, did not exceed £1,981,419, or near one million less than what is now engaged in the trade. The purchase amount in the last season of tea for the British market, was nearly as much as the proceeds of the annual sales of the company's teas, including their enormous profits as we find them to have amounted in 1830 to .£3,024,138 only. "Surely the British government, seeing what an immense capital is em- ployed by its subjects in carrying on a trade from which the treasury de- rives so great a revenue, the duties on lea amounting to nearly one in every fourteen pounds of the whole revenue of Great Britain, ought to do something inwards removing the difficulties which now prevent this trade from becoming as flourishing as it might be, and lower the rate of duties, by which the revenue would probably, not only not be prejudiced, but evett benefited as an increase of consumption must necessarily be the conse- quence." Twelve dollars per annum may seem a high price for a weekly paper, like the Canton Register, or Press; but when their necessary expenses are brought into the account, it will be seen that neithef of these papers can at present be afforded for a less sum, or even for so small a one, as that at which they are now sold. The expenses of the two papers, with their respective price currents, must be nearly the same in each case, and cannot be far from the following estimate, per month: Interest on original capital, say $2000 .20.00 Wear and tear of machinery, repairs, &c 20.00 Rent of house, office, &c 50.00 Pressmen, and coolies, 15.00 Lamps, oil, &c 10.00 Compositors' wages, more or less, say 100.00 Paper for printing and writing, 10.00 European Periodicals beyond the Ganges. 169 this sum, 225, multiplied by J2=r$2700 per annum, we add 92000 for editorial services, the total of 14700 will somewhat d the income of either of these papers. The subscription list of Legister, we are credibly informed, shows that about 280 copies int out weekly from the office—to the Straits of Malacca, to Urn sot Indian presidencies, and to several of the chief commercial in Great Britain and in the United States; and about 325 i of the Price Current are issued weekly from the office of the tcr, at $5 a copy per annum. But several copies of the Regis- d of the Price Current arc sent gratuitously or in exchange for papers. We suppose that two hundred and seventy.five of 812 for the one, and $5 for the other, per annum, giving a return of $4675 will fully equal, perhaps exceed, the actual erative numbers of the Canton Register and General Price fit. The circulation of the Canton Press, and its " Commercial Current," they having been commenced within the last twelve s, must be still less. This statement does not include re- fur advertisements, arrayed in all his insignia of military glory, mounted on a male ilephant, named the 'Earth Leveller,' caparisoned with royal mag. mce, the army being all drawn up with the utmost order and sion, flags flying, and every thing in rcadinass, at a propitious ent, the head astrologer struck the mighty gong, whereupon, with inner of powerful and delightful music, the march from Pegu commenced, and vigorously continued lor seven days, till they ;d at Moktama (Martaban) by way of Sand. that time, a arrived at Kayachontapuri, saying that the guards had gained igence from Choiya, that the Pegtian king had, by a march of days, reached Moktama and there remained.—The prince Ma. mkrapat caused all the families of Trichatwa and the surround- :gions to remove for safety to the city, and sent word to Pitsa- that if the Peguan army should enter Siam, prince Thamma should collect all the forces of the north, and intercept them, en ordered Phaya Chakri to pitch a camp at Sumpli with 15,000 wearing red jackets and red caps. The dragon prince (Phayi ) was then a priest in the wat which is called the golden lain. He left the priesthood and erected fortifications for the ;tion of the flotilla, extending from the wat of the golden moun. o the vat of the jungle Pun. All the people begged him to trench outside of the works for the further protection of the This was hence called the canal of the dragon prince (Phaya ). The nobleman MahAseni raised fortifications with 10,000 it Badokmai, (or the village of flowers,) having a thick battle, in front. His men wore green jackets and caps. The Phra. having 10,000 troops, established himself at Champd. His rere arrayed in black jackets and black caps. All manner of itions were made with great vigor. The king of Pegu passing hontapuri, marched towards Siam, and on "Saturday the 5th of ixing of the 4th moon, pitched the first division of his army at Jang. The division under the viceroy at Phaniat: that under fernor of Prome at a new town called MekhAmyong: that under rernor of Bassein in the plains of Brachh6t. the Sunday morning, the 6th of the waxing moon 4th month, Maha Chakrapat designed to march out and try the strength of pmy on the plains of the golden mount lin. He, therefore, to- with his queen, arrayed in the habiliments of war, and two s Ramesawan and Mahinto raja, mounted their respective its, and at a propitious moment, as notified by the royal astro. he gongs, drums, and trumpets made the welkin resound, as n for marching; wheni|«»n the king commenced his movements, v. so. iv. 21 162 Siamese History. A.VG. taking with him his two sons. The elephants rushed on with fury bear- ing each a man armed with a musket mounted on his neck, while the foot soldiers marched on with swords, shields, spears, and guns, in rear and front, on both the right and left. The trampling of men and elephants made a noise like an earthquake. They continued their inarch to Kokphaya. When the Peguans saw this, they convey, ed intelligence of all to their sovereign. He replied, 'without doubf, it must be Man& Chakrapat coming forth to have an elephant fight;' and he ordered his men to set themselves in array. Then mounting his elephant, with 10,000 men armed with swords, in company with the governor of Prome, with 1,500 men armed with swords in each hand, he marched forth into the midst of the plain fronting the Siam- ese army, at the distance of 100 sen. While he was waiting for some happy omen, he ordered his men to engage in all manner of bois- terous sports and dancing. The king gazed and saw the sun blazing without cloud or mist in the sky; regarding this as a favorable omen, he rode his elephant in front of his army, and caused the drums to beat, the trumpets to be blown, &c., with deafening noise, directing his forces to make a furious onset upon the army of iVIaha Chakrapat, who ordered his men to open to the right and left, rush forward with boisterous shouts, pursue, transfix, cut, slash in every direction, till they plunged forward as though leaping through the sky. On both sides many fell dead, and others rolling in the anguish of their wounds till they almost filled the plain. Mahi Chakrapat pushed forwards his elephant so furiously that his life was seriously endangered. His queen, seeing this, hasted to rescue him, when the governor of Prome rushed forward, and with his royal sword made a gash in the queen's shoulder, passing down to her breast, and she died upon the neck of her elephant. Ramesawan and MahinterSt advanced to receive the corpse of their royal mother, and bore it away to the city. The Siam- ese perished in great numbers. The king removed his queen's relics to the royal gardens. The next morning, the Peguan viceroy attacked Sunton Song. krara's fort; its garrison resisted from morning till night, but when the Peguans were reinforced, it was compelled to yield with great loss. The next morning, the king of Pegu mounted on an elephant painted red, marched his army into the fields of Sumpli, ordering his foot soldiers to march behind the clumps of trees on both side of the plain. Here halting his elephant, he pointed with his finger towards the entrenchments of Phaya Chakri, requiring his cavalry, to the amount of 500, to advance upon it. Phaya Chakri came forth to the contest. When the Peguan army behind the trees, beheld this, they rushed forth, and slew on every side, pursuing the Siamese close to the fort, and occasioning dreadful carnage; Phayd Chakri and his remaining forces fled across the country to the capital, and the Peguans took his camp, and returned to the king's division, four- fifths of the cavalry hearing each a head of the enemy. The king had huilding erected, in which he gave a feast to all who brought heads for three days, dining which, those who brought none were to remain 5. Siamese History. 163 alh and have all the water in which the others washed, poured i upon them. lie Siamese determined to convey heavy ordinance in boats, and ir down the Peguan forts; the effects of which were such that the lans fled to Phutlau, where they remained three days. Thence proceeded by the three sacred Bannyan trees, to Phaniat, at the rfthree palaces. While Phaya Rim was firing a heavy gun to jge the Peguans, the reaction of the gun upset his vessel, but the broke off an immense limh of a tree which fell near his majesty's n; and the inmates of a fort, called Mahachai, assailed the Pegu- 0 actively that they failed in every attempt to gain the capital, and ing fled to his tents. When news of the Peguan monarch's ad- ! towards Siayuthia reached Thammarit (governor of Pitsanu- he collected an army of 50,000 men from Pitsanulok, Sawankha- Sukhotai; Pichai, and Pichit, and marched to Chaiyanatpuri, s he built forts, and sent messengers to obtain news from Singa- These messengers, when they saw the multitudes of the Pe- army, fled but were pursued, two men taken, and brought to the in king, who smiled at the intelligence they brought, ordered heads to shaved, and then sent back to their muster, with the ge that, if they were coming to intercept the Peguans, the ns would wait to receive them, if they were not coming, the ns would go in pursuit of them. At this news, Thammar&r, ed, how large the Pegnan army was? The messenger replied, saw only the exterior encampment, but it seemed large enough the plains of Phutlau. The Siamese governor after complain- the difficulty of getting intelligence in war that might be de- 1 upon, assured by all his officers, that the Peguan monarch mous for his strict adherence, to truth : still, for greater security, latched the forces of Sawankhalok and Sukhotai, amounting 100 men, to Indopuri, there to make observations. Tuesday, the third of the warning of the 4th moon, the Peguan 'by royal order, very early in the morning, attacked the fort of 3n&, whose men resisted most valiantly. The viceroy was very that the fort was not immediately taken, and riding up in front fort, distant about three sen, he proclaimed to his officers, that did not take the fort, at once, he would cut off all tlmir head*, ig them as ensings. Being thus intimidated, they ruslied for- i masse, and carried the fort with serious carnage: but IM:iha$e. his forces fled by a canal, and reached wat mayeng With great nen. The viceroy returned, and told the king all he IiaM done, time, the began to be in great want of provisions, f'ordging were sent out, but returned without success, and the Peguans } think of retreating. They could hop* for the procuring of in returning by the wny thev came, for they fcad destroyed ing as thev passed along: "besides,'' says the king, "I have rd -that if Tamrnara.t does not fonie dawn, I will go up and is said, by the Siamese, to be the name of a place on the north-east of 104 Aro. Siamese History. ntfack him; he has plenty of provisions and his army must give way before us at the first onset, and his provisions will fall into our hands." The people praised his decision as the wisest possible. He expected, that as he proceeded to attack Thainmaral, Mah& Chakra- pat would pursue him in the rear, and that he would therefore have two armies to contend with. He therefore collected detachments belonging to Hussein, Lakeung, Siriam, Toungii, and Sittoung, of each 30,000, in all 150,000; appointed the governor of Prome com- mander, and ordered him, if he met the forces of Thammarai to attack nml rout them at once. If he let them escape for one night, the heads of all the officers of the detachment would be taken instead of those of the expected captives. The Feguan viceroy was appointed to com- mand the forces that remained, and if the Siamese forces should assail them in the rear, the viceroy must employ some stratagem to seize more or less of their officers and bring them to the king of Pegu on penalty of life. Every arrangement was then made for withdraw, ing from the Siamese territories, within three days. When the Siamese monarch heard that Phayi Thammara.t, had collected his forces, sent 20,000 to Indapuri, and was himself at Chaiyan4tpuri with 50,000, he was delighted with the intelligence, supposing that the enemy were now fairly hemmed in by him, and had no way of escape, except by flight to Kayachontapuri. Sunton Song, kram maintained that his Peguan majes'y was too able, skilful, and had too strong an army for such a measure, inasmuch as in his ad- vances he had destroyed all the provisions of that province. Hence he inferred he would proceed, attack Phay£ Thammarat and seize his provisions. The king of Siam differed in his opinion, and ordered Sunton Songkram to take 5000 men and 'vaylay the Peguans on the road to Kayuchontapuri. Notwithstanding, lest the suggestion might prove true, his majesty ordered his two sons Rimesawan and Mahinteral to pursue the Peguan army towards Chaiyanot. Both these sone were taken and conveyed to the Peguan camp. When their father received intelligence of it, he was greatly dispirited, but framed a fulsome and yet a supplicating address to the Peguan mo- narch, and begged him to restore his children. He released them, and sent them back to their father to request that their father would give him a couple of royal male elephants. They relumed and told their father that their offense in suffering themselves to be taken de. served death, but begged he would pardon them once. He graciously forgave them. They then mentioned the Peguan monarch's request, which after some demur was granted, but the Peguans and Burmans could not manage (he elephants, which occasioned serious disturbances throughout the camp, and were therefore returned. The Peguan forces wi-re then withdrawn and returned home by wav of Kamneng- pet. The king of Siam then established the cities, Sakhon, Nonta. puri and Nakhnnchliaisi, and threw down the walls of Loppuri, Ni- yok, and Pliannapuri. Here end the occurrences of this year. II* Military Skill and Power of the Chinese. 165 '. III. Military skill and power of the Chinese; actual stale if the soldiery, forts, and arms; description of the forts on the •veer of Canton; army and navy of China; modes of warfare; i/ensive and defensive arms, <$•<:., <$•<•,. From a Correspondent. RE is, probably, at the present day no more infallibe a criterion e civilization and advancement of societies than the proficiency h each has attained in "the murderous art," the perfection and ty of their implements for mutual destruction, and the skill with h they have learned to use them. Paradoxical as may appear the tion that this very perfection and systematic simplification of 2snle murder has a direct effect in humanising mankind, by bring. 11 to one level and by reducing war to a mere calculation, it is a now well understood; and of which history proves the truth, most deadly warfare has ever been that of man to man, when ng hand to hand, where the personal strength and skill of each dual was drawn out, and each fought personally for victory, and '»,•. As civilization advanced, and war grew into a science, indi- I valor became less prized ; and discipline became the object of immander, who relied on his own skill, in the direction of large s on certain points, as the means of victory. The introduction sunns, and the consequent relinquishment of defensive armor, e the next grand step; and the world has, in latter times, seen >ms won and lost with not so much effusion of blood as formerly have but satisfied the commander of a moderate sized army in e battle. The object, in civilized countries, has now become 'incapacitating and disorganizing the opposing power, in lieu of 1 plan of measuring the 'glory ' by the number the slaughter, id it is by no means problematical that, some few years hencr, snce and implements of war will be so perfected as to make the ir too dreadful for even kings to play at; as utter extermination result to both parties engaging. The recent improvement of and its adaptation to the purp< s s of war, as in steam-ships, ;uns, and the invention of Mr. Topli's dreadful pacificator (of ye see a French double is announced, and which propels a of balls to a radius extent of near two miles,—the first idea or >n of which may probably be given to the first baron Napier or quis of Worcester), with the still greater improvements that we isonably look for in a few years, will, we have no doubt, help about what all the lessons of the sage, the treatises of the and the legislator, have tried in vain to effect—the blessing ;rsal peace; when, indeed, the sword shall be turned into ishare, and the falchion the scythe. se views are correct, and we believe them to be so; and if iciple is admitted; the celestial empire will be found in the 100 Military Skill and Power nf the Chinese. AUG. lowest state of civilization, yet more in arms than arts. We shall now make some inquiry as to the advancement of the Chinese in the des- tructive science ; and respecting their weapons, means of defense, &c. Tlie march of improvement in these has been as assiduously excluded from this "inner land," as in other things of a more pacific kind; and as the Chinese were in this respect in the thirteenth century, so we find them now; at least, the change is so trifling as to be hardly worth noticing. Morrison, in bis View of China,* gives the year 1275 as the time of the invention of powder and guns; and, as the powder is, to the present hour, of very inferior kind, and the can- non as bad as it is possible to be, with even moderate security to those serving them, the probability is that neither have much im- proved since their first invention. We, of course, do not include in this censure the guns cast by the Jesuits, Schaal, Verbiest, and others, for the emperors; and probably, some pieces cast, of late, near Can- ton, may quoted as improvements, in form and manufacture ;f but in the main, the remark holds good. The Chinese powder is usually coarse grained, and of uneven size; apparently, also, from the noi- some smell which it leaves after firing, abounding in sulphur; it seems to be easily affected by the atmosphere, to decompose rapidly, and to leave black stain and moisture on paper when fired. For these rea- sons, we can understand the want of expansive force which has been noticed by all who have witnessed the discharge of Chinese artillery. At the passage of the Bogue, by his Britannic majesty's ships Andro- mache and Imogene, few of the shot had impetus enough to go through both bulwarks, though fired at a very short distance, sometimes not more than a cable's length; while many fell off harmless from the bends of the ship; and many fell short; some almost tumbling out of the mouth of the guns. It has been asserted that the government does not manufacture the powder for the forts and troops, leaving this to the care of the soldiers, or officers, who are allowed for it in their pay ; but, whether this is the case or not, the fact of the miserable quality of the Chinese gunpowder is indisputable. * (A. D. 1275.) Fire machines ia war were used in ancient times, but not with powder. What were called paou, were machines for throwing stones. They could threw them from 100 to 200 paces. Fire-engines commenced during this dynasty, amongst the Tartars. Lime and sulphur (they say) were enclosed in paper, and when thrown into ditches that surrounded the walls of towns, explod- ed upon coming in contact with water, and annoyed the besiegers. Wei Shing made engines for throwing stones, in which he used powder. His powder was made of sulphur and willow charcoal. These, it is said, were the commence- ment of the powder and guns used in later ages. At the commencement of the Ming dynasty (1366), they had 'fire-chariots,' 'fire-umbrellas,' and guns, which they called the great general, the second, and the third general, &c. At the beginning of the dynasty, they had only a kind of musket called shin-ke-ho-tseang. The guns and muskets of the Franks (or Euro- peans), all appeared afterwards. Leaden bullets were first introduced in the forty- third year of Keaking (1563). Muskets were introduced during the reign of Keatsing. Japanese entered the country, and with their muskets were taken. The Japanese thus taken were ordered to teach the Chinese. t In a report to the emperor, the governor of the province states that of these ijuns t<*n burst at ihr first fire, tlie number cn^t heirio- fifty-nine 6. Military Skill and Power of the Chinese. 16? 'he cannon which are to be seen in the forts on the Canton river, which may be taken as the best which they have, except the s guns of the Jesuits, are worthy of the powder which is used for D. Many are Portugi ese or Dutch pieces, of every age, length, ie, and calibre; and not a fow of them so old and honey-combed > be useless. Of mnrine cannon, properly so called, they have i: those on board the junks being field or battering pieces, as ribed above. The native cannon are cast; and are, we believe, ersally iron; the bore not drilled smooth, as in European guns; :arriages on which they rest are mere blocks of wood, or solid on which the gun is lashed down with rattans; so that it must npossible to fire any but point blank shots, and very difficult to t the gun to an object, except thiit immediately in front of the asure whence fired*- The forts about the Bogue are furnished this piebald sort of armament, to the gross inefficiency of which is to be attributed the escape of the two corvettes in 1834, which d have been blown into the air, at once, had the forts been effi- y supplied and worked. ese forts, of which we hear so much, are however, formidable •cmi their position; the passage between the starboard and lur- ones being a short three quarters of a mile ; and vessels drawing two fathoms being compelled to pass under the guns of that on island. The Andromache and Imogene, it will be recollected, d through with light northerly airs, and against an ebb tide; ere exposed to the fire of the forts, often a raking one, for an nd ten minutes; yet they received little if any damage, and t two men, in both day's engagements. The Chinese idea of ation seems confined to the erection of a plain wall, generally down from the water, and facing the channel of the river; mt is built of granite slabs and chunam; and is of greater thick- low, than where the guns are placed, becoming thinner as it es in height, and ending in battlements, on a common wall high, which the lookout men, on the top of the main wall, can r. No use, however, seems made of the battlements, which are e look see." At the back of the forts it seems to be the object a hill as steep as possible, up the face of which a solid wall, embrasures is run, joining nearly at the top, so as to give it >earance of a great stone " pound." Along this part there are ices, and it is built but to prevent the gunners being pounced the rear. It seems probable that the original model of these •hoe" forts is to be found in the Portuguese one of the barra, to; where nature of the ground suggested this form, and the Chinese have copied it. Some of the forts in the Canton tie Macao passage, and one at Anunghoy (the old Bogue : in a circular shape, and look much more formidable than •s; most of these mount two tier of guns—as, in fact, do now the others, since the forcing of the Bogue in 1834. That on ig island, situated on the western side of the entrance of the iw looks more like a regular fort; an upper tier, with a 1(>H Military NM/ and Power of tlie Chinese. Arc.. different face, so as to make a cross fire with the lower tier and Anunghoy, having been added lately, apparently by some better en- gineer than the Chinese are likely to possess. The back passage, and that to the westward of Tiger island, are now defended by forts or batteries, d jlf.vr dr. Vt'un; and probably now altogether not less than 250 to 300 pieces of cannon may be contained in the whole of the defences of the Bogue. The guns of some of the old forts are so badly placed that, if the powder possessed the strength of that used in foreign countries, the fire would tell on each other. From the Bogue to Whampoa, there is no defence—hut, on the forks of a cross, the opposite points of two islands dividing the stream of the river into two channels, which meet again, the lower ones at Whampoa, the others two miles below Canton, there are two "forts," on flat marshy land; one of which, known as "Howqua's folly," was built after the visit of the Alceste to Whampoa; and the other one, higher up, scarcely completed, was commenced about six months ago. This is built of granite, pierced for about thirty guns, in a semicircular form; and commanding the course of the river from Howqua's fort, as also the two parts of the river which it divides. It is a long half mile from its neighbor, one of whose sides (it being of a square shape,) it could batter down, while the compliment was return- ed into it from nine guns (always supposing Chinese shot to travel half a mile), in case of any craft or boats forcing a way up. Howqua's fort or folly, as it is called, is .so placed as to be, in fact, useless; as a position could In; taken up, on two of its angles, by boats, which might batter it down unharmed; and even in case of boats pulling up to storm, the height of the guns from the water would render them innocuous. The forts, as they are in courtesy called, in the immedi- ate neighborhood of Canton, as the "French and Dutch folies," &c., arc in such a wretched state as to be scarcely worth naming, except as they might he made points d' appiu against the city of Canton if attacked by an invading power, as they command the city and are easily assailable from the water. Had admiral Drury been aware of this, Great Britain might have been spared one of many signal dis- graces in this country. We have given this detailed description of the several forts near Canton as, from all that w« hear and read of those in other parts of the empire, these may be looked on as chef tf ceitvres, and models for imitation. It will be seen that they are but samples of fortification in its infant state; without fosses, bastions, glacis, or counter defen- ces of any kind; being, in fact, but such lines as the engineers of a disciplined army would throw up, as temporary defences and to cover (heir guns, in the course of a single night. The river forts are open at all points; and none of them could stand the fire of a heavy ship, assisted by a ^forming party, or tirailleurs on shore, who C"uld always find excellent posts in the rear or flank, out of the reach of the guns of the forts. Not the least noticeable point is that the gate is invariably placed in the side; the direct approach, if not quite open, commanded by at most one or two guns, and without ditch, drawbridge, I. )Iditai-y Skill and Power of llw Chincsr. IfiO iv defense but a few inches of plank in the inner and ouicr doors; he wall is thicker here than at other parts, a small court being 3en, which may be commanded from the top of the wall by match- or arrows. far as wo can judge of the effective state of these forts, we should unce it to be, in general, except on extraordinary occasions, as » the stay of lord Napier, the very worst imaginable. Many readers may recollect the capture of Howqua's fort in 1832, at when the officer and men were surprised, by a single piratical vliich had taken some offense at the garrison. It is true that, 1834, a considerable body of troops has been stationed to work nard at the Bogue; but we are convinced that a coup de main ;arry any one of them in ten minutes, and that, before the pas- f the corvettes, a body of fifty armed men might have walked, sed, in and out of all the forts. 3ady effective military strength, the Chinese seem to have no ven at the city gates, where it is considered that a strong and ible guard is always kept, foreigners, who go from curiosity in, find no opposition more than from a coolie-looking man, vith a pair of breeches, a fan, and perhaps a rattan whip. The h of foreigners to deliver petitions as always a signal for a mus- ic military, who come in, one by one, undressed, unarmed, red, and half asleep ; while piles of brown felt caps, and heaps jy looking red and yellow long jackets, bearing the character e " on a large scale, before and behind, arc brought through is, for the adornment of the heroes of the hour; by and bye, in an officer, generally the largest sized man that can I; some bows, sheaves of arrows, and rusty swords, make warlike show; evidently got up for the nonce to astonish "the barbarians," who might, did they please, be in the go- harem before the guard could awake from their slumbers, >n their courage with their uniform. •iking proof of the inefficiency of this guard is the liict of the e city gates at early hours during winter, frequently as early , to prevent the irruptions of banditti; who, nevertheless, of- cil in getting into the city, unopposed, and undisturbed, :ing whole streets; of which many instances may be read y Nos. of the Canton Register. Those who accompanied in his expedition to the city gate, in December last, to in- release of the officer of the "Fabric Qnceno," can bear the truth of the above acco.mt ; the swords then produced isty that the soldiers could scarcely draw thorn : the only •i. wounded by them was one of the soldiers who received ? face from the back hand of the hero who stood before same want of discipline, and the same carelessness ap- ry |>agc of Gutsslaff's and Lindsay's voyage up the nortli- vlicrb even, if possible, things seem yet worse; aiiioriir, : of Hio sort, a display of the military is described, whove •c in lino was attempted, but so badly executed, that the v. NO. iv. 22 170 Military Skill and Power of the Chinese. Auo, soldiers themselves joined in the laugh set up by the foreigners, who were present, witnessing their manoeuvres. See also the rest of the voyages of Gutzlaffnn the coast of China passim. While such would appear to be the actual state of'the soldiery, it will seem strange to many that the accounts of the two unhappy em- bassies teem with statements of the high discipline and fine appear- ance of the soldiers among whom they passed; but, even supposing that neither of the writers of the works, published since, labored under a delusion, (and of this, particularly of Mr. Ellis, in the last embassy, few can doubt,) the frequent accounts of the drawing out of bodies of troops in all the cities as they passed, strikes the reader as a mere trick to dazzle or mystify the foreigners, and to impress them with high ideas of the number and power of the troops ;* any great bociy of men looks imposing, especially when in uniform; and it is far from improbable that the Chinese supreme government gave orders to alj the governors of provinces and cities, in the route of the embassy, to make as great a display as possible; in like manner as commanders of forts obtain a capitulation and the honors of war by exhibiting to the flag of truce an appearance of plenty and force, while starvation and weakness reign in the garrison. The constant firings at night, so much spoken of in Lord Arnherst's return voyage through China, go to bear out this. It may be true, that some of the Tartar troops yet retain something of the warlike spirit which enabled so few of them to overrun this vast empire; though, even against this, come the constant complaints of the emperors, from Keenlung downwards, as to the falling off" of the military ardor, and the lessened dexterity in the use of their pe- culiar weapons, the bow and the sword.f These complaints are often now to be found in the Peking gazettes; and it is but a short time since the viceroy of Canton, in a proclamation, stated the same fact, ordering the frequent exercise of the troops, to repair this great error. The falling off of the Tartar spirit is, in fact, in accordance with all that we are taught by the history of human nature; and the same result has invariably attended, within a few generations, the des- cendants of the conquerors of every soil, when once domesticated "At every military post and every town of note along the river, troops were drawn out while the yachts carrying the embassy were passing After the salutes were over, the gandy dresses or uniforms of the soldiers, worn upon extraordinary occasions, together with their arms, were said to be deposited in the storehouse of the station, until they should again be wanted : in the interval, the men assume not always a military, but often the common habit of the people; and are occupied in manufactures or the cultivation of the land. Staunton's Embassy, vol. 2, p. 74. t Du reste, on y remarque bien morns de discipline que dans les troupes mo- di-rnes de 1' Europe, inoins d' esprit militaire, et, sans contredit, moins decourage. Elles ont eu d' ailleurs pen occasion de 1' exercer depuis la derniere invasion dps Tartares. Ceux-ci ne sont plus eux-meines ce qu'ils furent autrefois ; 1'c- ducation qu'ils resolvent aujourd'huj a dfl conlribuer a les arnollir. On tie inrt sous les yeux des jcunes Chinois quo des livrcs de morale ; on ne leur parle qnr de lois et de politique ; ils voient partout pcu d' egards pour 1' etnl militaire oeux qui 1' embrassent, ne le font souvent que par 1' irnpuissancc de poitvon prendre tout autre parti II lour manque ce qui meiic anx grands pvogn's dans tons les genres, 1 6mulalion. Grosier, Descr tic {« Chine, Vol 5, p. Id. Military Skin and. Power of tlie, Chinese. 171 gsl, or amalgamated with, the conquered. So far has this been id in China, that the emperor has frequently reproved in public nenls, the Tartar tribes, for forgetting, not alone their military ises, but even their language, which it has ever been the policy ! dynasty to preserve unmixed and uncorruptcd. s total insufficiency of the Chinese military force to repress any ry out-breaking in any part of the empire has, of late, become >us to foreigners: and in the many insurrections, within the last /ears, on the northwest frontier of the empire, as also in many provinces, in the islands of Formosa and Hainan, and the hills Meamitsze in Hoonan, Kwangse, and Kwangtung, the Chinese admit that treachery and gold have effected what arms failed in ng, the return of the leaders of the disaffected to submission. In ing Meamitsze war of 1832, so great was the demand for, or the of soldiers, that the Tartar troops, who should always remain in , and the fooyuen's own troops, were sent off; and, even then, )le force raised by the government did not reach, it is said, 11,000 men. In Hainan, where governor Le went in person, lot more than 6,000. If these stalements be correct, and they e very wide of the mark, what becomes of the immense paper which the Chinese are said to be able to collect? During >ier's residence in Canton, it was notorious that men were the day, to pass off as soldiers to intimidate the foreigners; •ng the heroes, were recognized discarded cow-keepers, bro- n tailors and shoe.makers, and other riffraff innumerable. which has recourse to such shifts, and which dresses ils iers in regimentals, in imitation of tiger's skins, to terrify its y their appearance and cries, can have but small pretensions military skill. We had also a curious proof of the state of among the soldiers at that time. The gang which had it in watch the unfortunate lord Napier, to blockade and starve being the cowardly fiendlike plan for conquering him, were day and night, in smoking and gambling on the pavement the factories, spread out at full length, in the indecent much liked by the Chinese. s described the Chinese as powerless on land, except in i resulting from great numbers; but it may be fairly doubt- froin this, any real strength could be looked for. In all itries, the cultivator of the soil is so driven down to a snce that he has no care as to who is, for the time, gov- ssessor of the country; in fact, he has nothing to lose: queror, for his own sake, will not attempt to harass him nothing is to be got, and on whose exertions mainly depend his conquest, the soil; it is for this reason that serfs and i in quietness, regardless of all changes and conquests; r patriotism, as we call it, is confined to a mere love of the hich they have been brought up, and does not extend to vhich governs the country, any more than it does to the ver over them or their village. This is the secret of the 172 Military Skill and Ptttcer.of l)m Chinese. Avv. rapid overrunning of largo eastern empires, immediately a heavy blow i* struck at the chief of the state; or that the defending army is dr. feated. The only opponents are military, and nobility, or wealthy men of the state; some struggling for life and place; others for their possessions; while the peaceful laborer lives on in utter disregard of the struggle, and indifference as to the side to which victory may incline. The repeated conquest of China, India, and Persia, may prove this sufficiently; and the conquest of this country (apparently, if we may judge from the elements of changes already apparent, now not far off,) will be effected with less difficulty than at any former time; so relaxed and powerless seems the military force of the empire. If, however, this be predicated of the land force, what words can convey an adequate idea of the monstrous burlesque which the im- perial navy presents to our astonished gaze? Powerless beyond the power of description or ridicule to pourtray, yet set forth with all the braggadocio and pretence for which the Chinese are so famous, the marine of this vast empire presents a state of things unparalleled among even the most savage states or islands that we know of: and wo <|uery much if a couple of New Zealand war canoes would not be an overmatch for all the force that could be brought against them. It lias been seen that a whole imperial licet has, more than once, " knock. <•; and had, it is believed, been in Europe, or India. It must orvcd that this buying off of the pirates was when the Tartars in the flush of conquest, and when all China had been reduced if arms. By his power at sea, this man's son, Koxinga, kept iion of Formosa, from which he had ejected the Dutch, to it had been given by the previous dynasty, in exchange for the ires, which they had established themselves on, and which linese had not power to wrest from them. He succeeded, by >' and blockading the Dutch, whose ships had gone to Hatavia, ing them to evacuate the fort Zelandia, and retire from Ihe which on his grandson's surrendering to the Tartar emperor, to the Chinese empire. It will be thus seen that the same iakncss, in which the Chinese empire is now, such has been acteristics for centuries; and, as all foreign improvements ised, there seems little doubt but that it will be permanent, 'hinese war ships (junks) are large unwieldy looking masses r, with mat sails, wooden anchors, rattan cables, a considera- ', flat upright stems, no stern posts, enormously high sterns ted with gold and paintings, considerably weakened too by ole in which the monstrous rudder can be hoisted up and i bad weather; immense quarter galleries, and look-out i the deck ; generally drawing but little water, flat floored, ;d and black, with large goggle eyes in the bows; and, as scker describes the Goede Vrouw, looming particularly large ; such is the appearance of a celestial "first rate :"—few 250 to 350 tons, and the generality are armed with but two ns, which, aa we have before observed, are on solid beds, therefore be useless, save in the smoothest water. We have ly, however, seen six guns in a large war junk, on special nd two which were stationed in front of the Praya Gran- zao, during the business of the late lord Napier, had each irious sizes; two of which, taking the whole width of the old brass field pieces, which, had they been fired, must sunk the junk, or gone, with the recoil, over the gangway r. The crew is composed of forty to sixty men, accord- d seerri, as they are designed to act against their own reigners. Lances, pikes, and a few swords, but plenty of , make up the armament. The smaller craft are not so the others, being built partly on the model of some for- ts the Chinese acknowledge, the same as used in the hong. nd the smuggling boats; these arc neat in their appearance, 174 Military Skill and Power of the Chinese. AUG. pull from ten to sixty oars, and go very fast; they are armed with one or two small swivels, two, three, or four pounders, and the usunl and favorite weapons of the Chinese, lances and stones; over the sides of the boats, as they pull, are hong shields of rattans painted into a caricature of a tiger's face, with which to protect themselves in case of attack. We have also, in some of these seen, occasionally, some- thing approaching to boarding nettings; but their speed is what is chiefly relied on. To convey to the mind of a stranger the ridiculous excess of the inutility of the naval establishment of China, would, we are well aware, be impossible 4 oould it even be rendered, it would not be more credible; helplessness and cowardice are the chief, we may say the only points; but carried to such an extreme as would appear impossible to all who have not visited the country. Nor again, judging from what we knowofthe campaigns of late years, are the Chinese armies much more to be dreaded than their fleets. We have now before us multitudes of instances in which small bodies of insurrectionists have kept head against the imperial troops for peri- ods that amaze us : the emperor, in almost every case, being obliged to urge, threaten, and force the governor to take the business properly in hand; and yet, notwithstanding all this, partial rebellions are pro- traded for indefinite terms, and are generally only got under, at last, by bribery and conciliation. The Chinese army, large as it is some- times made to look on paper, exists but in name; the soldiers, who are stationed from generation to generation in the same town, unless call- ed out on actual service, naturally prefer taking their pay and going on with their peaceful avocations, or luxuriating in the duil.ce far uiente, the supreme bliss of a Chinese, to undergoing the dangers of the tented field; and what the soldiers want in courage and effi- ciency the officers by no means make up in skill: nor is the total absence of a good commissariat, and the difficulty of transporting supplies, or munitions de guerre as de bouche, with the want of all medical or surgical aid, much calculated to stir up the dormant courage of the sons of Han. The Chinese tactics are as puerile as most of their other ancient disquisitions, whether on morals, philosophy, government: a collec- tion of pompous, trite, and meaningless common places forms but a poor school for soldiers; yet, in the most famous treatises on the mi- litary art, held, as all the old books, in bigoted esteem by the Chinese, we find nothing better. Sententious nothings, and merry andrew tricks nit . distortions, are all that we find as theoretical and practical soldiership, in these admired treatises; to depart from or impugn which, would, in the eyes of the Chinese, be little short of sacrilege. We have now open before us their books on the art of war, as collected by the Jesuit missionaries, and which form a compendium of military skill. From the "exercises," we take, almost at random, the following, which is a good sample of the whole; and which will convey no bad idea of the absurdities, yet held in reverence, and which have been approved of the Tartar Chinese emperors. On iktiinc un son de trompette; immediatement apres on frappe un coup sur Je tambour: a 1'instant les soldats discontinued leurs evolutions; ils ']«. Military Skill and Power of the Chinese. 175 ent debout en bonne contenance, tenant le sabre et le bouelier au dessos de s tries, dana la disposition

line side, can change the heart of China. She is antisocial • character, and we look in vain for any relinquishment of n on her part. Much is predicted from the contemplated regard to opium. It is argued that the free trade has for, her this boon. And what has it obtained?, Is it any thing ige by which to extend her exclusive system? Is the bring - article within the purview of her noble company of hong a grant to freedom? True,-the emperor does herein con. 10 cannot keep from his subjects an article which they mitt so ho changes his position and gives it to them in his own; ethocl, and, for aught we can see, China remains China do uot mean to be understood as saying^ that freedom of e sit'- v/f foreigners does not afford more grouad «i' hope of 180 Correspondence with tlie Chinese Government. AUG. free intercourse with China than the monopolizing system of our late K. 1. company. But we conceive that it will effect this by awakening and extending interest in regard to China, and eventually causing right efforts to be made from right iind effectual quarters, rather than by any inherent power of its own to change the attitude of the Chinese autho. rities towards foreigners. We protest against the idea that the change of foreign relations with China is to wait the slow and uncertain issue of connivaces with those petty authorities, who are reckless of sharne and all regard to justice. And does any one pretend that the changes which it is presumed will flow from this one-sided free trade system, can ever flow in any other channel than in connection witli these connivances? We see not how; and, till we do see, we advocate remonstrance, honest remonstrance, EFFECTUAL GOVERNMENTAL RE- MONSTRANCE, until foreigners shall stand in the view of China, as clothed in the attributes of children of one common Father; and all the righls, which nature and nature's God gives us, of free intercourse, ran be exercised in a way that does not beggar us of all self-respect. In every remonstrance three things are to he premised; the case must be palpably just and important; it must be stated in clear and respectful language ; and then urged with a resolution that will hold on - and hold on - and never let go. The first of the following series of documents was addressed to the governor Tang in April hist; and another of the same tenor was at llio parne time addressed to the late hnppo i'ang. The answers of both these officers were in the tone of haughty dis- regard and vain assumption, so usual with Chinese authorities. One thing, however, seemed to bear the character of a concession; the hong merchants shortly afterwards sent a list of the various charges to which tlie principal cotton and woollen manufactures that are im- ported are liable; and though the aggregate of the charges on eaeh article as stated therein is somewhat greater than the average of what has usually been paid, it was yet regarded as an advantage to have obtained an official statement, a thing which had always before been peremptorily refused. On the other hand, a flaw in the Chinese tariff, which had been beneficial to foreigners, was remedied, by rendering longcloths of a greater length than 40 yards subject thereafter to pay double duty. Under the impression that the having procured an official statement of the charges on a few articles was an advantage gained, a second letter was addressed lust July, to tlie governor, and duplicate of it to the hoppo Wan. Tlie answers of their excellencies are given below, marked No. 3 and 4. These arc also in the usual style of Chinese documents, and while they grant no relief to the petitioners, another advantage which these have hitherto enjoyed, that of passing grey longcloths of every quality at the same rate as coarse white ones, is t;:ken from them. Thus, changes which will benefit themselves, whether right or wrong, are«asily made by the authorities, irrespective of the will of the great emperor; but to make any changes in favor of foreigners, " it is Correspondence with the Chinese Government. 181 si We," because regulations, once established, change not. And ever be thus, until the powers that be here, know that the 9 at Peking will be reached with remonstrances, in the tone and which justice assumes when she awakes to a accomplish the >f righteousness. No L emlkney the governor of Kumngtung and Kteanfpt. -We beg to represent to your excellency, that, for some yean pant, we '(in importers of large quantities of cotton and woollen manufactures for Canton, the duties on which have been punctually paid. Of late, how- e levying of the duties has been attended with much vexatious discus- tween ourselves and the hong merchants and linguists, not only from ineous manner in which the goods are classed and measured, but also s various rates at which the duties are charged, such discussion, and culties which give occasion to it, arising, in a great measure, from our ce of the scale of duties established by the government raid these discussions, which not only involve loss of time, but are ed to disturb the good understanding that in a business point of view i subsist between ourselves and the hong merchants, we solicit that :ellency will cause us to be furnished, for our future guidance, with an c list of duties payable on manufactured and other goods imported eign parts. re satisfied that the difficulties complained of are unknown to your cy, and that by placing them before you, as we now do, they will be tely inquired into, and remedied. We have the honor, &c. d by twenty-three firms and individuals.) No. 2. wllency the governor of Kwangtung and Kwangse: Since receiving your excellency's reply to our representation on the f import duties, we have been furnished by the cohong with a tariff of yable on woollen and cotton manufactures, the scale of which fixes t higher rates than were previously demanded. Your excellency will that an increase has of late years taken place in the imports of wool- otton manufactures; the consequence has been a great reduction in )rc particularly on cotton goods ; longcloths, which twenty years ago ily sold ut $13 per piece of forty yards, being now worth only $5 ; and finer qualities having declined in the same proportion. Thus is able to pay the duties now levied, and we solicit that your excel- cnuso the matter to be inquired into, and some relief afforded. The •ngcloths of first quality is stated, in the tariff just received, at about or piece ; and on those of second quality at about 44 cents per piece ards, on which length duties are ordered hereafter to be levied, on eighty yard pieces, as lately allowed. i beg to call to your excellency's notico the high duties levied on d Dutch camlets, which amount nearly to a prohibition; thus pre- r importing them, as well as opening the door to smuggling and he government of a large revenue. Id farther beg your excellency's attention to the subject of goods . damaged stale, occasioned by ships meeting with bad weather on ; and ould pray that an allowance may be made in tho duties, ate with the injury the goods may appear to have sustained. Id also beg leave to state to your excellency, that it frequently Lt goods received by us are, from unsuitableness to the market, or causes, unsaleable, excepting at a heavy loss on the original cost.; cases we would solicit that we be allowed to export them without 184 Correspondence with the Chinese Government. AUG. I being required to pay export duties, and that the duties paid on import be also allowed us back. To guard against evasion or advantage being taken of this b indulgence, we submit, that, upon the arrival of goods the realization of which may appear doubtful, they be deposited in some special warehouse under the , ciistody of the government and cohong; and that a reasonable time be af- j forded for endeavoring to effect sales—say nine 6r twelve months from the date of their being warehoused ;'at the-expiration of which period it would be ( imperative upon us, falling a sale, to export them. We would likewise beg permission to point ottt to your excellency that t differences frequently arise in fixing th» quality of cotton longclolhs for the first and second grades of duty; and that the cohong have suggested that to obviate this in future, we send to your excellency's office a piece of each description as formerly imported; that they may receive an official stamp, and afterwards be deposited at the consoo-house for reference when needful We accordingly send your excellency a piece of each quality, the difference between which is easily distinguishable. The dimensions of cotton handkerchiefs are also frequently a source of vexatious discussion, and we would, therefore, solicit your excellency to cause us to be furnished with the standard size on which the first and second class of duties are to be levied ; and, in order to enable us to make true comparison of the Chinese government measures with our own, we pray that we may be famished, through the cohong, with a measuring rod, to represent the im- perial covid under which duties are levied on goods chargeable by length. Having as yet received only the scale of the duties on a few articles of our import, we would respectfully request that we be furnished with a general tariff of duties payable on all foreign imports; and that an official copy bo also deposited in the consoo-house for reference at all times. We take the liberty of placing these matters before your excellency in the full confidence that they will have your favorable consideration ; ground- ed, as we are willing to hope they will be found, on strict justice and equity And we would also take leave to point out to your excellency that a defined regulation for the levying of import duties on foreign trade, which is every year becoming more extensive, will be the surest means of continuing a good understanding, and facilitating our commercial operations with the cohong. (Signed by twenty-three firms and individuals.) No. 3. Reply of governor Tung to the second letter of the foreigners at Canton, T; g, governor of Kwangtung and Kwangso, &c., &c., issues this procla- mation in reply to the English foreign merchants, Fox and others. On a former occasion, the said foreign merchants presented a petition at •my office, which I, at the time plainly answered. I also addressed a commu- nication to the lioppo, and received from him the following reply. "Hereafter the goods brought by foreign merchants ought to bo regulated according to the measure and quality of the company's imports. There is a marked difference as regards fineness in the qualities of the first and second classes of cotton piece goods ; or if, perchance, any of second quality he rather finer than usual, so as to resemble that of first quality, it is nevertheless to be regarded when examined as really of second quality, and to be assessed accordingly. At the same time, the said foreign merchants must make true reports, nor may they represent as of second, what is really of first quality. Of longeloths, one hundred covids are to be regarded as the dimensions of one piece, and two hundred covids as constituting two pieces. Broad cloths, long eMs, camlets, &c., are to be fairly and equally measured, so as to obtain the consent of all. In regard to the proclaimed tariff of duties and the legal measure, they have already been given." 1 Correspondence wtih the Chinese Government. 18!< is full reply has been already made known, in order that obedience might id toil iv, again, another petition has been presented, making a series of sts on the above points. 1 have examined the subject, and give the ing decision. The tariff of custom-house duties has been fixed, after ; deliberation, by the supreme Board of Revenue, and has been publish- command of the BREAT EMPEROR. It is to be reverently and for ever nd followed. How can any presume to hope, that, because of late ces of goods have been reduced, or because the high rate of dutius to importation, a reduction will therefore be made in the fixed amount is? It matters not whether goods be damaged or not, they are to be d as the goods which they are found to be. The regulations contain ord of permitting a reduction on account of damage. As to the market they vary at different times; but the established regulations, once corn- change not. If the market price should be found such as is unsuitable, foreign merchants must be satisfied with what they chance to find it; i on importation and exportation the legal charges must be levied, n a want of gain on the part of the said foreign merchants, a matter private concern, afford a reason for indulging them with permission to ir imported goods assessed only if found suitable, and freed from all ot suitable? All these requests are flimsy and absurd, and not to 3d. With regard to the size of cotton handkerchiefs, the legal covid having been given already, they can of course be measured according lout error or irregularity. It is needless consider of this request t in reference to the desire that pieces of the first and second quali- igcloths, sent to the hoppo, may be examined, officially stamped, and he hong merchants, to be kept by them as musters, which can here- isily referred to for comparison, so as to prevent contention in refe- assessments; let them await the decision which shall be given, re sent a communication to the hoppo, and have requested him to te subject thoroughly, and to issue orders as to the mode of acting spect. This let them do. ing, IGth year, 6th moon, 16th day. (28th July, 1836.) No. 4. >o Waris reply to the second letter of the foreign mercJiants resident imperial appointment Superintendent of maritime customs in the Kwangtung, &c., &c., to the hong merchants, "th of the Oth moon, in the Kith year of Taoukwang (30th July), orn tlip governor an official document, as follows; [the governor's ijiimences with a copy of the letter from the foreign merchants ency, which is followed by a copy of his answer, and ends thus:] ending- the above to the hong merchants, and directing them join my orders, it is right that I should also address you the i subject, and request you to examine it. I hope that you will .akc into consideration tho propriety or impropriety of granting liat pieces of the first and second qualities of longcloths may be icially stamped, and given to the hong merchants, to be kept by :rs, which can hereafter be easily referred to for examination, nt contention in reference to assessments. I hope also that you i an official edict your decision on this point, and that you will n me thereof.' ;ived the above, as also a foreign petition in Chinese, from i, merchants of England and of other nations, of the same to the governor; I, the hoppo, have examined, and give the ion. 18* Correspondence wrth the Chinese Government Auc. All duties levied upon foreign imported goods are fixed in respectful obedience to the tariff, which was established by imperial authority, and was published the supreme Board of Revenue. Heretofore foreign merchants coining for commercial purposes to Canton have always obediently paid thene, nor has there ever been any discussion respecting them. How is it possible that the importation and exportation of goods should be left to the will of individuals, or that any increase or diminution of duties should be unauthori- zedly made, in accordance merely with the varying qualities or the fluctuat- ing value of commodities? With respect to smuggling, and defrauding of the revenue, explicit rules exist: why should the prevention of goods being imported, when occasioned by high duties on them, lead to the offense of smuggling? Since the said foreigners have dared to embody such a state- ment in their petiton, they must have had reference to something actually existing. Let the hong merchants question them authoritatively and minute- ly on this point, in order to furnish data whereon to investigate the matter legally. In reference to the request that, if, when goods are imported the price be found unsuitable, permission may be given to reexport the same and to receive back the impor* duty already paid ; I answer, that, as soon as any duties are paid, the sum is immediately entered in a ruled book furnished by the Board of Revenue, and the amount of duties received is from time to time stated, and the money forwarded to Peking. How can such a principle be admitted as to give back the duty because the article may be unsuitable for sale ? This request is evidently attributable to the said foreigners' ignorance of the rules and statutes of the celestial empire and to their own vain and inflated expec- tations. It needs no consideration. In regard to the published tariff of du- ties, and the declared legal measure of the Board, the late hoppp Pang has already given an answer on these points. Why do the said foreigners again annoy with needless requests? But in reference to vessels which, while sailing on the high seas, may have had their cargoes injured by tlio violence of the winds and waves; the said foreigners may, whenever a case of this nature occurs, represent it at the time, and it shall then be taken into coin- sidoration whether there be any call for compassion to be shown, and to what extent It is unnecessary, to make fixed rules respecting this matter. In regard to the musters of different qualities of longcloths presented for examination with the request that they may be stamped and placed in the consoo-house to be referred to at any time ; I answer, that there are diver- sities of quality, both in bleached and unbleached longclolhs; but the said foreigners very commonly pass the unbleached longcloths as all of second qua- lity, or oven as being all coarse. This cannot but lead to confusion in the classification. They must of course, therefore, present musters of the differ- ent qualities of unbleached longcloths also. Then only can the evils of over- reaching and contention be avoided. Let the hong merchants meet together and consult as to what is allow- able and what is not so in the above particulars. They must pay special at- tention te these points,—to fix the various qualities of goods ; to state the dif- ferences in their dimensions and weights, and in the duties applicable there- to; and to remove entirely all confusion and the evil practices connected with it They must with earnestness and assiduity impress on the foreigners these things, that they may implicitly obey the enactments of government, and may cease to render themselves offensive by whining complaints. In compliance with the reply given by the governor, immediately take this subject into consideration, and report on it; and let there not to 'ie the least connivance or delay. Let this receive the most earnest attention. A spe- cial order. Taoukvang, 16th year, 6th moon, 18th day. (31st July, 1836.) Ophthalmic 7/os/nto/ at Canton. 185 L Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton: third quarterly report,  term ending on the 4. itv repairs of the hospital prevented its being roopened until f June. During the two months, which have since elapsed, patients have been treated, making the aggregate 1674. urnber of applicants have been sent away as incurable, with- enrolled. All classes have eagerly applied for aid, and the titude and confidence have been exhibited as heretofore. lenity has still existed in obtainning the assistance which the 'patients and the heat of the season have rendered desi- le prescribing, the principal part of the labor of administer- sscriptions, and the supervision of the house patients by ight, have devolved upon an individual; and the treachery it who has conducted dishonestly, and the loss of instru- heft, which were in daily use, have increased the cares and icident to such an institution in such a place as Canton. )es of the hospital for the last term have been $328.50. presented during the quarter: 1st, of the eye, 2d, miscel- Iritis ... 2 Lippitudo - . 7 Night blindness . 1 Synechia anterior - 8 Synechia posterior - 2 Myosis ... 7 Closed pupil with depoi- tion of coagulable lymph 6 Procidentia iridis - 3 Glaucoma . . 1 Atrophy ... 26 Hypertophy - 3 Complete loss of one eye 3 Less cf both eyes . 40 Mucecele - . 1 Muscoe valitantes - 2 Malignant ulcer of the upperlid - - 1 Encysted tumor of the upper lid 1 Tunor from the external angle of the right eye. causing it to protrude upwards, out of its orbit 1 •osis 23 ophthalmia 36 c ophthalmia - 10 it ophthalmia - 16 ous ophthalmia 8 atic ophthalmia 2 Imitis a tni.'i variola - 3 :tivitis - 10 urn 10 t 23 L - 83 ... 2 is - 5 1 14 und vascularity 'the cornea - n of the cornea la ia sclerolica 59 11 10 IS 10 10 iv. UplUhatmic Hospital at Canton. A uc;. Adhesion of the conjunc- tiva to the cornea . 2 Preternatural growth from the lower portion of the orbit and near the external angle of the right eye, reijembling a congeries of veins 1 Disease of the caruncula lachrymalis - - 1 2d: Psoas abscess - . 1 Abscess of the thigh . 1 A bscess of the ear - 1 Abscess of the head - 1 Abscess of the face - 3 Otorrhcea ... 2 Deficiency of cerumen 1 Nervous affection of the ears - 6 Malformation of the meatus 1 Polypus of the ear - 1 Deafness ... 3 Disease of lower jaw - 2 Dropsy ... 4 Ovarian dropsy - - 2 Hydatids - 1 Cancer of the breast - 2 Goitre . 2 Enlarged tonsils - '2 Sarcomatous tumors 2 Encysted'tumor - I Hernia ... 2 Curvature of the spine 8 Phymosis, natural - 1 Hydrops articuli - 2 Acne ... 2 Impetigo - - 2 Rheumatism - - 4 Intermittent fever - 2 Phthisis . . 1 Dyspepsia . . 2 Deaf and dumb child- 1 Dumbness . 3 Urinary calculus (remo- vod) ... 1 Needle by accident thrust into the breast, just be- low the sternum - 1 Needle, thrust into the palm of a child's hand, removed by a magnet, after an incision with a lancet, a month .subse- quent to the accident. 1 As in the former reports, only a few of the cases presented will be detailed. The first I shall mention occurred during my visit to Macao. No. 1284. Lan Alin, aged 54, had been affected with an ulcerat- pd tumor upon the crown of his head twenty.two years. Hearing that 1 was to visit Macao, he requested his friends here te prevail on me to see him when I arrived there. Several applications of the kind ere made, and in this instance I consented. VVhen I saw him, the tumor was in a bad condition, and the appearance of soon putting on a malignant character. At times, according to the statement of the patient, who appeared to be a sensible man, it had bled to the amount of twelve or fourteen ounces. With the concurring advice and assistance of my friend, Dr. Colledge, on the 21st of June the tumor was extirpated. I saw it dressed while [ remained, and on leaving Macao, Dr. Colledge kindly took the care of it. In about two weeks he wrote, "your patient is quite well, and in fine health has left, and I have seen no more of him." He has since sent by his son his "ten thousand thanks." On my return to Canton,, on the last day of May, I had the satisfaction to find the young woman, Yeang she, who was wounded by a fall in a thunder storm, quite out of danger from the injury re- ceived. The side of the neek that had been perforated by the bamboo was perfectly healed. The discharge from the fractured clavicle Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. 167 ed for some time, the patient being very irregular in coming lospital, and it had not entirely ceased, when at her own discre- i discontinued her visits. On inquiring for her some weeks found she had gone to visit her friends in the country. 1283. Fungous Haematodes of the eye. Yat Akwang, of the of Pwanyu, aged 4 years, entered the hospital May 4lh, and- id a few days under medical treatment. The disease com- about four months before, between the sclerotica and con- of the upper lid, and gradually increased till the whole eye cealed. When the child came t» the hospital, a large prolrud- r appeared in the situation of the left eye, and the least irrita- sed it to bleed. The child inclined his head to the opposite i was very feeble. The father wae told that it could not then ved, but he might return on the first of June, and if circum- lustified, I Would extirpate it. Early in June he returned, iased mass had grown rapidly, and the protruded eye which wn upon the cheek as low as the mouth, was six or seven n circumference. The fate of the child, if the tumor was self, was evident. The father wished it removed, and, being measure might prove fatal, said it was better for his child to live in such a condition. The possibility of its returning, IB operation not prove unsuccessful, being also explained, ho ed it to be performed. On the 26!h, the eye was extirpated i history of the case, it was possible the eye itself might he it covered with a fungus. I proceeded with the operation *ly, but soon found the whole was diseased. Without much the eye was detached from the surrounding parts, and the re divided below the globe of the eye. The little child en- operation with much fortitude. The hemorrhage was not !ut little inflammation succeded, yet on the third day after, 3 entertained for the life of the child ; but on the 9th day, the d quite healed, and the lids fell in and the child's appetite and his prospects were flattering. However, the appearance ic nerve at its section, being diseased and presenting in a dry yellow substance, like the cerumen of the ear, render, ult suspicious. Before leaving, the little boy had become I playfnl. He has since returned, and to my deep regret iflbrded him is to be momentary. The fungus has returned ed half its former size, and that in less than three months moval. 3. Ascites. Pang she, mentioned in a former report, re- he hospital on the 4th of May. She had neglected all my respecting her health, and her abdomen had become more ind tense than in the first instance. Being the close of the re her medicines for the coming month, aad told her to he first of June; she returned accordingly, but her extreme and the warm weather made me hesitate to repeat the ill it became evident that it was the only chance of prolong- Her pulse was 144; her skin was hot anil dry, with a and respiration difficult, when on the 20ih of June I again 188 Ophthalmic Haspital al Canton. n. performed the operation. Three gallons and two and a hnlf pints of dark fluid, similar to the former, was abstracted, making the aggregate of about six gallons. She was immedinately relieved of most of her former symptoms; her pulse the day following WHS 95. She rapidly recovered her health, and was discharged on the 8th of July. I am confident she could not have lived two days longer without this in. terposition. On the 28th, she reported herself and had improved very much during twenty days' absence. No. 1500. July 8th. Chin Aying, a little girl of thirteen years of age. She had been incommoded by tl,r.:e sarcomatoos tumors situated together, between the shoulders and above the spine. The three were in close contact, and as it were formed one, four inches in breadth and three in depth. On the 14th. they were extirpated. The largest of the cluster was firmly united to one of the spinous pro- cesses by a semi-cartilaginous or bony union. The whole tumor was a very hard and almost horny substance. Judging from the rapid growth of the last year, it must soon have become a cumbersome load. No unpleasant consequences have followed the removal of it, and the wound is kindly healing up by granulations. No. 446. The case of Akae is mentioned in the first report, under date of December 27th, 1835. About three months subsequent to the removal of the original tumor, as she was walking by the river side, a coolie, carelessly passing by, thrust the end of the bamboo, with which he carried his burden, against the superciliary ridge of the right temple,, from which the tumor had been removed. When she came to the hospital about a month after the accident, there was con- siderable tumefaction above the eye. It being the close of that term, she was directed to remain at home until the first of June; at which time the tumor had attained the magnitude ef the former one, though not exiictly the same shape, and others previously on the side of her fuce were enlarged. The new one was altogether of a different cha. racter from the former. It had the appearance of a spongy mass, and was bounded on the left by an exostosis from the superciliary process ono eighth of an inch deep, and one inch and a half long at its base, forming an irregular perpendicular ridge ; the tumor grew rapidly and was fast tending to suppuration: the general health was affected, and death seemed probable and that speedily, unless its progress could be arrested by a surgical operation, while the heat of midsummer not a little increased the hazard of such a measure. After repeated consultattons with Dr. Cox and Mr. Jardinr, who had assisted in the former instance, it was resolved lo embrace the first favorable day for the operation. On the 21st of July, the operation was performed. On the first .cision being made, a large quantity of greenish fluid gushed out from cells of disorganized matter. Two elliptical incisions from tlic middle of the forehead down the cheek to a level with the ear were first made, and then a third from the middle of the first incision back upon the side of the head to a point five inches above the ear. The whole cyst was completely dissectely out upon the temple, and even portions of (he pericranium were removed, showing distinctly (he bloody appearance of the cranium caused by the contusion of the OptUhalmic Hospital at Canton. 189 •; tumors above the ear were all removrd, and what on •r.asion was sup|K>sed to be the parotid gland and its nd, were sarcomatous tumors, occupying their situations; so removed, together wilh a tumor lying deep in the i. There was a loss of about sixteen ounces of blood. warmth of the weather rendering it necessary to dress ily, on the following day there was found considerable hove the eye, which finally suppurated. The incisions i.irt healed in the same kind manner as before, and but ration that took place beneath the integuments, would nth the same rapidity. The exostosis has not advanced it was at the operation. The constitution suffered much the former instance, but she has very much regained .1 ml the flesh she had lost, and now looks forward to the turning home in a few duys, with the hope of enjoying eve from the grave. s of the same general character as mentioned in the former : be detailed, but it is unnecessary. I have often been he slight inconvenience experienced by cataract patients; very infrequent consequence of the operation, and usu- ammation is very slight. When the patient lives ;il a d finds it inconvenient to be long absent from home, I eated cases, couched the cataracts in both eyes at the and with equal success as in cases of a single eye. An 73 years old, was brought from a distant part of tho only blind but lame. I found that she had broken the lighbone eleven months before, and had a cataract in each. 3 importunity of her friends I was prevailed upon against I to operate upon her eyes. 1 did so, and found the lenses jsorption took place, sight was restored to a considerable .he absorption was still going on, when after a few weeks :tter health than before, elude this brief report by subjoining a translation of some by Ma szeyay (in the first report called Matszeuh), ecretarv to the Chefoo, as the)' will serve to illustrate tho ihngs which he and other patients entertain respecting The translation is by Mr. Morrison, to whose kindness many obligations. It has been put into verse by a friend, i of the style is a necessary consequence of faithfulness inal. The old gentleman's gratitude has ever seemed nd when dismissed from the hospital, he requested leave inter and take "irty likeness that he might bow down ry day." He had previously intimated his intention of ide- The painting of course was refused, but his ode was varded with some marks of formality; first he sent a ser- variety of presents; then a friend, who was equipped for , presented the ode and a gilt fan with a quotation from >ost Chinese poels, alegantly transcribed upon it by a la szeyay, relating to the same subject. The ode, pre- icw remarks of his own, is as follows. 190 OphHudmic Hospital at Canton. AUG. Doctor Parker is a native of America, one of the nations of the western ocean. He is of good and wealthy family, loves virtue, and takes pleasure in distributing to the necessities of others: he is moreover very skilful in the medical art In the ninth month of the year Yihwe, he crosed the seas, and came to Canton, where he opened an institution in which to exercise gratuitously his medical talents. Hundreds of patients daily sought relief from his hands. Sparing neither expense nor toil, from morning to evening, he excreised the tenderest compassion towards the sick and miserable. I had then lost the sight of my left eye, seven years, and the right eye had sympathized with it nearly half that period. No means used proved benefi- cial ; no physician had been able to bring me relief. In the eleventh month of the year above named, my friend Muh Keaeshaou introduced me to Doctor Parker, by whom I was directed to convey my bedding to his hospital. I there made my dormitory in a third story, where he visited me night and morning. First he administered a medicine in powder, the effects of which, as a cathartic, continued three days. He then performed an operation on the eye with a silver needle, after which he closed up the eye with a piece of cloth. In five days, when this was removed, a few rays of light found en- trance, and in ten days I was able to distinguish perfectly. He then operated on the right eye, in like manner. I had been with him nearly a month when, the year drawing to a close, business compelled me to take leave. On leaving, I wished to present an offering of thanks ; but he peremptorily refused it, saying," return, and give thanks to heaven and earth: what merit have I?" So devoid was he of boasting. Compare this his conduct, with that of many physicians of celebrity. How often do they demand heairy fees, and dose you for months together, and after all fail to benefit Or how often, if they afford even a partial benefit, do they trumpet forth their own merits, and demand costly acknowledgments! But this doctor, heals men at his own cost, and though perfectly successful, ascribes all to heaven, and aosolutely refuses to receive any acknowledgment How far beyond those of the common order of physicians are his character and rank! Ah, such men are difficult to find. The following hasty lines I have penned, and dedicate them to hirn. A fiuid, darksome and opaque, long time had dimmed my sight For seven revalving weary years one eyepwas lost to light; The other, darkened by a film, during three years saw no day, [ray. High heaven's bright and gladd'ning light could not pierce it with its Long, long, I sought the hoped relief, but still I sought in vain, My treasures, lavished in the search, bought no relief from pain; Till, at length, I thought my garments I must either pawn or sell, And plenty in my house I feared was never more to dwell. Then loudly did I ask, for what cause such pain I bore,— For transgressions in a former life unatoned for before? But again came the reflection, how, of yore, oft, men of worth, For slight errors bad borne suff'ring great as drevr my sorrow forth. "And shall not one," said I then, " whose worth is but as nought, "Bear patiently, as heaven's gift, what it ordains?" The thought Was scarce completely formed, when of a friend the footstep fell On tny threshold, and I breathed a hope he had words of joy to tell. "I have heard," the friend who enter'd said, " there is come to us of late "A native of the ' flower'd fla'gs' far off and foreign state; "O'er tens of thousand miles of sea to the inner land he's come; "His hope and aim to heal men's pain, he leaves his native home." Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. 191 nt forth, this man I sought, this gen'rous dor.tor found; my heart, he's kind and good; for, high up from the ground, room, to which he came, at morn, at eve, »t night,— re but vain were I to try his kindness to rscite. lie argentine, lie pierced the cradle of the tear; s I felt! Soo Tungpo's words rung threat'ning in my ear: ig in mist," the poet says, " take heed you do not shake;" Is of fear rung in my ear) " how if it chunce to break." e lens his needle pierced: the drad, the sting, the pain, on these, and that the cup of sorrow I most drain: ny mem'ry faithful showed the work of fell disease, the orbs of sight were dark, and deprived of ease. I thought: if now, indeed, were to find relief: it too much to bear the pain, to bear the present grief, words of kindness, which I heard, sunk deep inlo my soul, from fear I gave myself to the foreigner's control. needle sought the lens, and quickly from it drew je and darksome fluid, whose effects se well I knew; n probe scon clear'd the lens, and then my eyes he bound, with water, sweet as is the de :v to thirsty ground. rs thus lay I, prostrate, still; no food then could I oat, relax'd were stretch'd as though tli' approach of death to meet; ights astray—mind ill at ease—away from home and wife, }ught that by a thread was hung my precious life. rs I lay, no food had I, and nothing did I feel; er, sorroow, pain, nor hope, nor thought of woe or weal; fled, my life seemed gone, when sudden, in my pain, ne one ray—one glimmering ray, I see, live again! from visions of the night, he who dreams a fearful dream, he tomb, uprushing comes, one restored to day's bright beam, ith gladness and surprise, with joy, with keen delight, Is and kindred crowd around, I hail the blessed light: .eful heart, with heaving breast, with feelings flowing o'er, 0 lead me quick to him who can the sight restore!" tried, but he forbade ; and, forcing me to rise, Eil man bend not the knee;" then pointing to the skies:— "said he, "the workman's tool, another's is the hand; is might, and in his sight, men, feeble, helpless, stand: IB learn to cultivate, and never thou forget • some work of future good thy life is spared thee yet!" ng, token of my thanks, he refused ; nor would he take *old, they seemed as dust; 'tis but for virtue's sake are done. His skill divine I ever must adore, emembrance of his name till life's last day is o'er. ! I told, in these brief words, this learned doctor's praise, 1 his worth deserve that I should tablets to him raise.— ;d nearly a month in the hospital, I penned also the following I have stated the thing which I saw and heard while there, >f his successful practice. Journal of Occurrences, [A translation of the lines here alluded to by the old gentleman, and aiwo of the quotarion from Soo Tungpoo, may be given in a subsequent number.— What he says, of my calling on him to give thanks to earth, of my rich family, &c., is to be received with due allowance as Chinese embellishment.] ART. VI. Journal of Occurrences. Peking; Hoonan; destructive gale in the Chinese sea; extracts from the Canton Covrt Circular. AGAIN we find ourselves limited to a much narrower space, for noticing passing occurrences, than we could wish. Rumors, here, are always afloat, but none at prcsjnt which we need to nolice. The state of public affaire throughout the empire, so far as we know, is tranqu;l; the fruits; of the earth, during the past season, have generally been plentiful; and health continues to be enjoyed. The final decision of the emperor, on the memorial of Hen Naetse, is not yet known in Canton. Peking. The indignation of his majesty has been roused by the unprincipled and corrupt conduct of some of his high ministers, including two princes of the blood. His anger is directed against their conduct in general; the particular case which has excited it, is. that they passed, at a grand military examination, an individual wholly incapable of performing the military exercise require. "Have we," exclaims his majesty, "directed the government of the people for sixteen years, and can none of our princes and great ministers yet see that all we seek for is comprehended in the one word, TRUTH?" His majesty then proceeds to com- mand the degradation of the several offenders, and adds: "In these punishments we manifest an unusual degree of tenderness. Let all our princes and ministers be roused thereby to greater diligence and faithfulness, and let them not fear to incur hatred or reproach for doing well. Let them not fail to pay regard to those high desires which occasion these reiterated and earnest instructions." Hoonan. The disturbances in this province are stated by the goverenor of Hoo- pih and Hoonan to be at an end. No details are given of what took place, beyond those which have already appeared in our number for May last. The severe gale, which is noticed below, in the Court Circular of the 1st instant' was very destructive to the shipping in the Chinese seas. The bark tin/sunn, be- longing to Macao j and the Admiral Buyskes, a Spanish ship, were lost, with a part of their crews. Two or three other ships, we fear, will have to be placed on the same list; we refer particularly to the Hormasjee Bomanjee, Hamoody, and the Margaret Graham. Extracts from the Canton Court Circular. June 26iA. The governor and It.-gover- nor we:- and offered incense in the temple of the god of war. Fung Yaoutsoo pre- sented a report respecting the vaccination of children at the foundling hospital. June 29ry extend. the third volume,- after a condensed view of all that is known respect- interior of the empire,- its foreign commerce,- particularly' with our own ', is described. This subject so extremely important at the present t, is luminously discussed by Mr. Peter Gordon and Mr. John Craw- the latter a gentleman whb has established a well-m'erited reputation •'History of the Indian Archipelago," and by his account Of the embas- :he courts of Ava, Siam, and Cochinchina. In the discharge of his offi- ies on these occasions, as well as when governor of Singapore, he ample opportunities of collecting information, which he has hero :d with his characteristic activity and intelligence, appeared of importance to introduce directions relative to the na-viga- China, corresponding to those in our work on British India. The 3 been ably performed by captain Lynn, an officer long employed by pany in navigating their vessels, and afterwards as examiner of their fleers, and whose nautical tables and other works display a thorough ance, not only with the scientific principles of his profession, but also intricate straits and channels to which he here supplies a guide. In ig the chapter for which we are indebted to him, he communicated tain Horsburgh, who liberally allowed the use of his valuable col- icmatics and astronomy, though they appear not to have at any time high eminence in China, present some striking peculiarities. The 196 Historical and De.scriptivf Acroiinf of China. SEP. account of these sciences, embracing their history and actual condition, has been contributed by professor Wallace, whose distinguished attainments are a sufficient guarantee, that it will be found both interesting and satisfactory. "The natural history of those vast provinces is the branch which remained longest in a state of imperfection, an inconvenience resulting from the strict prohibition imposed upon the intercourse of Europeans. Of late, however, the exertions of the British residents at Canton have procured from the in- terior numerous specimens, many of which now adorn our museums and gar- dens. To Mr. Reeves, particularly, the scientific world is indebted for these important advantages; and his friendly communications have been found of essential service in the composition of this division of the present work. "The chapter on geology and mineralogy, which has been prepared with great attention, will be found to contain many interesting facts, and to pre- sent as full a view of these branches of knowledge as could be obtained in the present limited state of our acquaintance with the central parts of China. "Botany, a subject of the highest importance, has been treated by Gilbert Burnett, esq., the late professor of that science in king's College. In com- posing it he enjoyed an unreserved communication with Mr. Reeves, and had access to all the materials in possession of the honorable Company. "With regard to zoology, it may be stated, that the observations which have been given, are enriched with some elegant engravings of animals cha- racteristic of the Chinese empire. "The author has pleasure in expressing his obligations to sir Charles Wilkins, for the liberality with which he admitted him to the museum and library of the East India Company. His acknowledgments are likewise particularly due to Dr. Horsfield, not only for the obliging manner in which he facilitated his access to those collections, but for the aid afforded by him in procuring information from other quarters. "The map of China has been carefully engraved from a drawing by Mr. Walker, who had the advantage of inspecting all the materials in the posses- sion of captain Horsburgh. It has been greatly improved by means of the chart of the eastern coast prepared with great labor and from the most recent surveys by that eminent hydrographer. "The cuts, amounting to thirty-six, executed by Jackson in his best style, are almost entirely taken from original drawings never before engraved. The splendid collections possessed by the Company were liberally submitted to the inspection of the Author. Some valuable subjects have also been ob- tained by the publishers from Canton as well as from private individuals; and all of them, it is hoped, will be found well calculated not only to embellish but to illustrate the work." Greater promise than is here held out, no reader could ever wish to have fulfilled. The promise, however, is not greater than will be the disappointment of those who expect to find "a complete and connected view" of the Chinese empire. We will not attempt to remark on the vagueness and ambiguity of the Author in the open- ing paragraph, where he tells his reader, that, "Generally speaking, the great kingdoms of Asia extend along its southern border, chiefly upon the shores of the Indian ocean, and are bounded on the north by the snowy peaks and pastoral wilds of Tartary;" while, "China, on the contrary, is situated on the Pacific at the eastern extremity of the Asiatic continent, and in the same latitude with the most elevated of its central mountains." We likewise pass over similar descrip- tions in other parts of the work. But what is to be thought of the en- IHiitorifdl anil Dearrijitivf Arromit uf China. 197 r soberly to prove that China is not, as "hns often been regard- ne vast plain? Who ever believed it to be one vast plain? ne of the old books about China, it is aaid that tea grows on summits so inacessible that monkeys are trained to pluck the and bring them down to their masters. Many other wonderful are related, of which we may say with truth, that the more ley are, the more readily they have been believed. But these t the materials for authentic history; and the time for their ion as matters of fact, we supposed, was over and gone. much to be regretted that the Author looked at China, as he Jy has done, through the magnifying glass which some of the 'esuits presented to him, forgetting the circumstances under they wrote. If we deprive Chinese scenery of the false color- ich those writers have thrown around it, and of the errors some others have added, we shall find the whole eighteen pro- throughout nearly the whole of their extent, to be moderately aid in some places highly productive, capable of amply remu- ; the industrious laborer; but not producing fruits so spou- !y as to induce its inhabitants to sink into slothful inactivity. II find the country thickly populated, and every advantage > improve it by the great rivers which rise in the elevated of central Asia, and by the smaller ones which spring from mountains. We shall find many fertile agricultural districts studded with villages of every size; and we shall ace corn- rawing together in large cities natives from many of the 9. Finally, we shall behold the crowded population often d, in order to obtain a livelihood, to bring under cultivation I that will repay their toil, and to redeem land from the water iame purpose. Such a country is a rich picture in itself, it i false coloring. '' Those immense ridges which traverse for the most part "clothed to the very summit with luxuri- s and trees," particularly the tallow and the camphor; "the brests, for example, which overspread that highest and most lain which crosses the southern provinces," affording fuel •ials for building "to the northern districts;" and above all, if Kwangtung, Yunnan, and Fuhkeen, "covered with plan- lea;" all these, and an immense number of bridges, immense ssive capitals, splendid triumphal arches, hills covered with reels and cities on the waters,"—all these we did not ex- i stereotyped, for at least the hundredth time, in the Edin- inet Library. ;ter of surprise and regret that Mr. Murray should fill his such " facts" as those contained in the following sentence. not only has the indigenous vegetation been everywhere by culture, but the highest mountains have been leveled d almost to their tops; cities have been built upon them, ive ranges of wall erected along their summits. They tants) practice upon a vast scale all the industrial arts, raJ or manufacturing." And again, he tells us of chains of 10H Historical and Descriptive, Arcount of China. SEP. mountains, which, "in some places, where the great rivers have forc- ed a pas sage through them," are "shattered into very irregular forms;" but are, he adds, "in general, covered with verdure and cultivation, and adorned with triumphal arches, pagodas, and other fanciful struc- tures, and are thus made to exhibit a gay and smiling aspect peculiar to themselves." It is often difficult, and sometimes quite impossible, for us to ascer- tain from what sources Mr. Murray drew 'his information; and we are astonished to find no allusions to the valuable works of Remusat and Klaproth; while at the foot of many a page are marshaled old Mendoza, Purchas' Pilgrims, and a long list of other like worthy veterans. In the first chapter of our author's work, which he says, contains a "general view of China," and occupies twelve pages, there is-not, in our humble opinion,- even one paragraph, long or short, so free from errors or defects as to be in any tolerable degree fit for the press. It is strange, it is passing, strange, that any one should venture to pub- lish such a work under the name of history; and how Mr. Murray could allow it to go out into the wide world, with his sanction; we cannot understand. Excepting the preface, there is nothing in the work worthy of such a mind as Mr. Murray's; indeed, we can hardly conceive it to be his own work; it is more like the production of a giddy school-boy, or of some young aspirant, than of a grave historian. The author talks of "China," of this "immense sovereignty," of this . "vast empire," most apparently without having any definite idea of what he would fain describe. It does not even appear from any thing we can find in the book, if we except the map, whether he intended that his " general view of China," should embrace the whole empire, or only the eighteen provinces. ' The description of the mountains, plains, rivers, lakes, &,c., affords no adequate idea of the actual state or appearance of the country. The second chapter, occupies thirty-three pages, and contains the "ancient history of China;" the third, in sixty-seven pages, gives us the "modern history of China;" thus, in one hundred duodecimo pages, the reader has the promise of "a complete and connected" his- tory of this vast empire. The first and second paragraphs of the second chapter will show how well this promise is fulfilled: we quote them entire. "The history of China, long entirely unconnected with the western na- tions, has excited less of our attention than that of countries with which we have maintained a closer intercourse. It possesses, nevertheless, a deep and in some respects even a peculiar interest. It includes an almost uninterrupt- ed series of annals for upwards of 4000 years, commencing at an era coeval with the rise of the Egyptian and Assyrian monarchies. Nor do these memo- rials, like those of Europe, exhibit alternate ages of greatness and decline, of refinement and barbarism; they present a vast empire ascending, by gradual steps, from the first rude elements of the social state, to a very considerable pitch of civilization and improvement. No other records, except such as are contained in the Sacred Volume, give an account of human society at so early a stage. "History Chinese mon were made t to future tin- one of the chi mined by a i tion of the na sheets, which never opened pared original But, accordin. events of an all his descei Though this f cult to believi and not rathe ™y happens I actions of the "dens with v them, become 'hat those rec emperor. Tl when it was s precedent of a These t«-< Ch'na," anci ">g to point i sentence. First. "] tioa to the C u f°rd us any „ to lf>e time o! C1U8! for fe, raised (o t|le *ould have sei aw»ority of < ***** cue to th, Historical and Descriptive Arcouiif of China. l'J9 istory appears to have been an object of peculiar attention to the : monarchs and sages at a remote period. Regular arrangements lade under the authority of the state, for transmitting public events :e times. In the literary tribunal, or rather board, called Hanlin, he chief departments,—the qualification of whose members are deter- >y a minute examination,—is exclusively devoted to the composi- he national annals. They are written in the first instance on loose which are introduced through an aperture into an official bureau,* lened unless by express orders from the sovereign. .Being thus pre- iginally by the government, they are not destined for general perusal. urding to Grosier, such care is taken to secure impartiality, that the f an emperor's reign are never reduced into an historical shape, till escendante have died, and the throne has passed to another dynasty. ;his statement seems to have obtained credit, it is nevertheless diffi- Jieve that a royal family would thus anticipate its own extinction, uthe T look forward with some hope of perpetuity. It, however, usu- ens that the founder of a new race, having no motive to conceal the 'the one which preceded, and finding, probably, in the conduct of the th whom it closed, ground for having wrested the sceptre from omes inclined to sanction the publication. It appears certain too, records cannot be tampered with, and are never seen even by the The bjjtory mentions one instance of the request being made, is successfully resisted by the board, who urged that there was no of a similar demand." two paragraphs are fair specimens of the whole "history of ncient and modern. Passing over the first, without attempt- nt out its errors, we will examine the second, sentence by "History appears to have been an object of peculiar atten- Chinese monarchs and sages at a remote period." What nthor means by a remote period, he does not specify, nor af- 'means of ascertaining. We suppose he must have referred : of those monarchs and sages who Jived anterior to Confu- few, if any, persons who have lived since then have been lie rank of sages. If such were the author's meaning, he e inserted a negative, and said, "history appears not to an object of peculiar attention," &/c. Until the monarchs i dynasty ascended the throne, none of the imperial rulers, ; can learn, gave any "peculiar attention" to the writing reservation of historical works. entence. "Regular arrangements were made, under the r the state, for transmitting [the record of] public events les." When were these arrangements made? By whom iade? And, what were they? These questions we leave [deration of those who are able to answer them, iteiice. "In the literary tribunal, or rather board, called of the chief departments.—the qualifications of whose 5 determined by" a minute examination,— is exclusively le composition of the national annals." Here the Author listoire Generale de la Chine ( lit vols. 4to, Paris 1777 ). I'ref. 200 1836. h Historical and Drscriptivr Arciiunt of China. SEP. evidently leaps from "a remote period" to the present time. But how and why does he convert the imperial academy, the Hanlin yuen, into a literary tribunal or rather board? And why does he say that "one of the chief departments" of the academy, "or rather board," as he would have it, " is devoted to the composition of the national annals," whereas only a subordinate branch, the kiodshe kwan, is en- trusted with that work? Fourth sentence. "They (the national annals) are written in the first instance on loose sheets, which are introduced through an aper- ture into an official bureau, never opened except by express orders from the sovereign." This may be true; if so, however, it is very unlike the method of writing and preserving historical papers, gene- rally prevalent among the Chinese: Grosier's work, to which our author refers for proof of this statement, is not always correct; and we doubt if it be so on the point in question. Fifth sentence. The national annals, "being thus prepared ori- ginally by the government, are not destined for general perusal." How correct it is to say that the annals "are not destined for general psrusal" will appear in the sequel. Lest the reader should be led to suppose that the annals were "thus prepared" by the government at "a remote period," as Mr. Murray intimates, it should be borne in mind that the Hanlin yuen is a modern institution, having had its origin long subsequent to the period at which our author commences his modern history. Sixth sentence. "But, according to Grosier, such care is taken to secure impartiality, that the events of an emperor's reign are never reduced into an historical shape, till all his descendants have died, and the throne has passed to another dynasty." This is a specimen of Grosier's work; and it would be sufficiently contradicted by the fourth sentence above, if that were correct: for, as the histories of China, which are prepared by the government, are usually mere an- nals, if "the literary tribunal" were exclusively devoted to their com- position and to placing them in "an official bureau," there would be produced something very nearly approximating to "an historical shape." But, be this as it may, Grosier's account is refuted by the facts that the events which occurred during the reign of Teenming, Tsungtih, Shunche, Kanghe, and Yungching, monarchs of the pre- sent dynasty, have been " reduced into an historical shape," printed in sixteen quarto volumes, which are now for sale in this city; and also, we presume, in all the principal cities throughout the empire, though it is not published with the emperor's "sanction." A copy of this work is now lying before us, along with Mr. Murray's "com- plete and connected" history of ancient and modern China Seventh sentence. "Though this statement seems to have obtain- ed credit, it is nevertheless difficult to believe that a royal family would thus anticipate its own extinction, and not rather look forward with some hope of perpetuity." It is "difficult to believe," truly; and there must be no lack of " credit" too, if it can be obtained for such statements. Eighth se of a new n which prece with whom becomes inc losophical vi and sages, a history. "I history, who the accuracj in the condu "grounds ft inclined to s Ninth sen not be tamr himself." \ nothing can access to al trouble to t find proof 0 fuses the rec Tenth sei quest being «ho urged tl 'hen, for one "'elding the with the pre] hls »ill is foi incredible th no precede! W9ion for m majesty to ex Well does »itk (he we fo- en than t' Historical and Descriptive Account of China. 201 th sentence. "It, however, usually'happens that the founder jw race, having no motive to conceal the actions of the one preceded, and finding, probably, in the conduct of the rulers bom it closed, grounds for wresting the sceptre from them, 3 inclined to sanction the publication." This is a very " phi- ;al view of the causes" which induced "the Chinese monarchs es, at a remote period," to give their "peculiar attention" to "It, however, usually happens that the" writer " of a new" who has no adequate means, or " no motive," for determining iracy of those works "which preceded, and finding, probably, induct of" certain publishers "with whom" he is acquainted, Is for" believing he will be amply remunerated, "becomes to sanction the publication." The publication of what? sentence. "It appears certain too, that these records can- ampered with, and are never seen even by the emperor Whether "these records" are to be tampered with or not, can be more certain than that the emperors of China have i all their "tribunals;" and if Mr. Murray will take the 3 turn over the pages of the Peking gazette he will there f of this fact. The emperor frequently peruses, and repe- records of his government. sentence. "The history mentions one instance of the re- ng made, when it was successfully resisted by the board, ] that there was no precedent of a similar demand." Thus mce, the will of the one man, who is supreme in everything, the highest powers without control, and who is clothed rerogatives of deity and styled the " son of heaven,"—even for once successfully resisted. However, it is by no means that the purpose of the emperor, absolute as he is, should be y opposed; nor is there any reason to doubt that there is Jent of a similar demand," because there could be no oc- making It, since it is the undisputed prerogative of his examine the records whenever he pleases, es Mr. Murray say, in commencing his next paragraph, 'ds, it must be confessed, hang over the remoter eras of the iple." When we sat down to the perusal of his book, it he Intention of marking every sentence and paragraph found to be incorrect, in order to notice some of the most errors, in a review; but we soon found that the procedure •e more time and space than either our readers or ourselves e to such an object. The last part of the book, though the first, is sometimes grossly erroneous. However, we e whole volurne, that it contains many things that are true ings that are new: but,.unfortunately, it too often happens rhich are new are not true, while those which are true Here we close our brief notice of " China vol. I," and f to see what " new light" is to be thrown on the world ation of volumes II and Til. 1836. 202 Notices of Modern China. SEP. ART. II. Notices of Modern China: the influence of foreign com- merce considered, first in connection with European nations, and then with those conterminous with this empire. By R. I. IT was stated in a former part of these " Notices," that a principal cause of the stability and integrity of the Chinese empire, is its isolated locality and the peculiar language which debars communication with other large empires; and that this accidental position has established isolation as a principle of safety to its government. It must not be, however, supposed that the Chinese government has been always able to maintain this seclusion. The empire has been exposed to intercourse with other nations both by commerce and by conquest, and has indeed shown no disinclination to the former, when unattend- ed by danger of the latter. "It is remarkable," say Robertson,* "that the discoveries of the ancients were made chiefly by land; those of the moderns are carried on by sea. The progress of conquest led to the former, that of com- merce to the latter. It is a judicious observation of Strabo," he con- tinues, "that the conquest of Alexander the Great made known the east, those of the Romans opened the west, and those of Mithridates, king of Pontus, the north." This remark is true, as regards the first part of the sentence; but, with deference to both the above named historians, we must give precedent to commerce, before arms, in nearly all discoveries, whether ancient or modern. The silks of China had probably found their way to Tyre long before Alexander arrived there in his career of conquest. In any event, the Phoenicians and Mas- silians traded in the tin of Cornwall two centuries before Caesar's de- scent on Britain; and Jason & Co. had laid in an investment of wool in the Euxine, long before Mithridates lived. The English East India company in modern times, is of itself a confirmation of our position. It is the wealth of commerce, in truth, which both whets the appetite of conquest and furnishes the means to pursue it. But commerce may also claim a priority of merit beyond mere discovery. "The great conclusion, so interesting and important for human nature and its history, becomes in a manner forced upon us,—the first seats of com-: merce were also the first seats of civilization. Exchange of merchan- dise led to exchange of ideas, and by this mutual friction waa first kindled the sacred flame of humanity."t So it has been and will be with China. Considering plunder to be the stimulant to conquest, we are tempt- ed to doubt the truth of the wealth and prosperity of ancient China, when we find the Huns, the Turks, and the Mongols, who had alter- History of Amprica, vol. ], note 7. t Heeren's Reflections on the Politics, &c., of the ancient nations of Africa vol. 1. pagr 475 foi onof . ativel; I ftottT\&V»ed, ai: att.Ya.cA.ed to t We atn.' dan," those is One Judge mere.T2a.nte o. conduct, bee ble to the Ko commerce of the second t: rebels. In t the narrator, hammedfws, . eoiantoftra.fi?; we remembe , China: and! insurrection' Up to this i with fore/gne those ifJo cs China had /• tribes, and iD Notices of Modern China. 203 attacked the petty states of K at hay, abandon the contest to pour tribes upon the rest of Asia, and of Europe. But about the ian era, the king of Tsin formed the little principalities of Ka- nto one empire; "the pearls and merchandise of foreigners to enter China.';* Two centuries later, " in the time of Hwante, Tatsin, (Egypt or Arabia,) and other nations, came by the rn or Chinese sea with tribute; and from this time trade with iers was carried on at Canton."t Then it was that the Heung ^iirks) poured into Kathay and held more or less of the country, ?ht for it during several succeeding ages. In the meantime, ;ion of the Manji, although torn by civil war and dissension, was •atively free from foreign conquest; and here foreign commerce led, and with it, no doubt civilization, until the Tartars were :d to this part of the empire also* learn from the Arabian travelers,^ that in the ninth century, was the port of all the ships of the Arabs. "A Mohamme- iays one of them, "is appointed judge (query, consul) over This religion, by the authority of the emperor of China, and he idge of all the Mohammedans who1 resort to those parts. The nts of Irak who trade thither are in no way dissatisfied with hia t, because his decisions are just and equitable and conforma- ie Koran." This was the result of peaceful times; but the ce of the foreigners was afterwards interrupted, according to snd traveler, by a rebellion, when Canfu was taken by the In the massacre of the whole population which ensued, says rator, "there perished one hundred and thirty thousand Mo- lans, Jews, Christians, and Parsees, who were there on ac- traffic." This passage is worthy of remark as being, so far as smber, the only instance of the murder of peaceful traders in and that not by the imperial government, but during an tion of the people. this time, the Chinese had shown no disinclination to trade signers; there was then no disinclination, because no fear of 10 came by sea. But six centuries before, the great wall of ad been built in' the north to check the incursions of hostile id in the time of the Mohammedan travelers, a jealousy of for- ression existed in the south. "When the ambassadors of Ma- Jarge country bordering on China,) says one of thenv "enter ley are carefully watched, and never once alloVs-ed to survey try, for fear they should form the design of conquering it, •uld be no difficult task for them, because of their great num- because they are divided from China only by mountains and Although the Chinese, therefore, had found good reason litically jealous of foreigners, it does not appear that they interdicted their entrance into the country for peaceable De Rubruquis, who was sent embassador to the Great Khan on's Chronology, page 47. t Morrison's Chronology, P-45. s of two Arabians. Harris' collection of voyages. •204 SEP. Notices oj Modern China. of the Mongols about A. o. 1253, tells us: "the Nestorians inhabit fifteen cities of Kathay, and have a bishop there in a city called Segin." ( Seganfoo in Shense.) We pause here to remark, that the apostles of religion, who should be essentially ministers of peace, here in China, as elsewhere, were the first followers in the train of commerce, where they have not preceded it, and have always been in advance of conquest. The Nes- torians probably accompanied the caravans, which must have traded at a very early period between China and the western nations; and they propagated their religion in Tartary and Kathay, in the first ages of Christianity. We have already seen that Mussulmen, Jews, and Parsees had long found their way into China, where no conquerors of their creed have yet set foot. The Mongol conqueror of China, Kub- lai khan, so far from being averse to foreigners, invited the Polos to his capital in Shanse,* and afterwards sent them back to Europe, accompanied by one of his officers, on a mission to the see of Rome, to bring back with them missionaries, holy oil, &,c. Marco Polo, who became subsequently an officer of the empire, speaks of Nestorians, Christians, Saracens, and Mohammedans, as living in several places in China, both north and south of the Yangtsze. The latter country, by the way, he calls Manji, (Manee,) which according to Dr. Morrison,t means "savage barbarian." This term barbarian was used equally by the southern people in speaking of the northern, and in preceding ages most likely by every petty tribe with respect to every other state, as it is applied by the whole empire to this day, to all countries beyond China. The Mongol dynasty was driven from the throne, towards the lat- ter part of the fourteenth century by the Ming, a Chinese family. The last were exposed equally, however, to^the attacks of the Tartars, throughout their whole dynasty, and their jealousy of foreign conquest was further excited by frequent descents upon the enst coast by the Japanese. They did not refuse, nevertheless, to admit the Portuguese to their ports to trade, about the middle of the dynasty, notwithstand- ing the outrageous proceedings of Simon de Andrade, one of the first Portuguese commandants who visited China. It was under this dy- nasty too, that Macao was given to the Chinese; and that the first Jesuit missionaries appeared in the country; and were received and honored at court. To the Ming succeeded the present Mantchou dynasty, under the first emperors of which the Roman Catholic missionaries gained con- siderable influence in the empire, and the western European n itions began to trade with China. We have given this short sketch of the intercourse of foreigners with China, because the policy of the government has been constantly confounded with the temper of the people, which has been supposed to be averse from foreigners and from commerce. Even the committee of the houses of parliament on the East India company's charter, * Mitrsden's Marco Polo, quart, edition, p. 10. t See Canton Register May, J82H: also Morrison's Dictionary. \V «e, \V.« this are wf wit-lwut hic sVxo"v,-n that it it V» as more n tV>«5 only safe sta.t6>0/mora/ f^hina; we in extends^., of th going ffeicts w desire t—o exte possible, to e; The experi above conclus ney and Amh characters of tliem; but co auring *«, * \otir.tf of Modern China. 205 ht it necessary to take a mass of evidence, to prove that the ;se, like other people, were impelled by self-interest, and willing fore, to trade with whomsoever they could gain profit. Upon "alse assumption has also been based the position, that nations jstified in breaking forcibly through this seclusion of the Chi- froni the great family of the world; whereas the restriction upon ;ners, where it does exist, is simply the policy of the government, >ut which it might possibly soon cease to exist; which we have n that it has long acted upon, and which we shall presently show i more need than ever to preserve; supposing it, as we do, to be •nly safe policy, which the Chinese government in its present of moral and political knowledge can pursue. We have seen that fierce led to the first discoveries, by Europeans at all events, in a; we infer that it has contributed to the civilization, as far as it ids, of the Chinese; and would make a deduction from the fore- r facts which it seems difficult to escape; that the foreigners who e to extend their trade with this empire, should forbear, as far as ble, to excite its fears. le experience of the English in China points especially to the s conclusion. The different reception of the embassies of Macart- ind Amherst, must be attributed, in part perhaps, to the personal icters of the monarchs Keenlung, and Keaking, who received ; but could have nothing to do with the character of the people. n we learn,* however, that in former days a viceroy of Canton, ig the first six months he held office, invited the chief Brit- mthorities here to nine several conferences, gave and accept- ntertainments, &c., that his predecessor, and even imperial com- ioners of the highest rank, admitted the select committee of the India company's factory to personal audiences, acts of com- ency which have been quite unknown for several years past; we fairly infer that the conduct of the government and its officers been measured by their fears of the power of the British govern- t in India, at the different periods, rather than by general aversion .rangers, he instance given of the massacre of foreigners during a rebellion, 0 proof of peculiar aversion to them, for all the Chinese of the were put to death at the same time. The only wonder is that supposed wealth of the foreigners in Canton, has not oftener pro- sd the cupidity of the mob. The truth is, that the foreigners are r both in person and in property, than the natives are themselves, 1 are often sorely oppressed by the governmental officers, and by ;nce by robbers, as our previous Notices will show. The foreign- owe this safety to the very policy of which we speak, for the srnment seeks, as far as its pride and nature will permit, to dis- them of all ground of just, or at all events, of serious grounds of iplaint, in order to avoid collision with their governments. This reflection induces another principle of conduct for foreign traders St«unton'.« Miscellaneous Notices, p. 135: see also Canton Register, March. 1832. 206 SEP. Notices nf Modern China. in China, which is, that if instead of taking the good along with the evils of a despotic government, they endeavour by outrage to in- sult that government and weaken its control over its own people, they jeopardize their own property, and use their growing strength to pull down the edifice of the Philistines on their own heads. We have said that the apostles of religion have in China, as else* where, been the first followers in the steps of commerce, which ia only to say in another way that commerce introduces civilization amongst the people with whom it prevails; for religion (meaning Christianity) is as we have observed elsewhere,* the summary of all civilization. It may be said that the march of improvement through this or any other means, ses, and the influence amongst the conquered people requisite in to maintain them. .ving shown what we consider to be the true policy of foreign i in their communications with China, and the only policy which •hinese government in its present state of knowledge is likely, or i\y, able to pursue towards foreigners, we proceed to consider tates which are conterminous with China, to which our remarks particularly refer. was said in a former number of these Notices, that China is al- as much isolated by her geographical position from other great ns, as the British isles. She has formerly, perhaps, been more The ocean protects her eastern and southern provinces, and on /est, the sea of sand, the desert of Gobi, covers her frontier more tually than the ocean. The northern frontier of the empire alone .protected, except by the weak device of the great wall, and there s frequently been invaded and twice conquered by comparatively niilcant, tribes. The colonies of the empire on that side, are tchouria, Mongolia, and Soungaria, an account of which will be d in this work.* They comprise the countries whence probably id the Jauts, (Turks?) the Huns, the Mongols, to overrun Asia and 3 of Europe. No tribe of these countries seems to be now likely to into importance, unless the present Mantchou dynasty be driven i the throne of China, and reconstruct its power in its proper ter- ies. The possibility of such an event appears to be anticipated ic emperor himself; for in 1829, according to the Peking gazette.t ent a million of taels of silver from the Peking treasury to be de- ted for ever at Moukden, the capital of Mantchouria, which can r be intended for some such emergency. .11 of these colonial possessions are bounded along their whole ,hern frontier by the Russian territories, their only commercial rcourse with which is nominally at Kiakta, near the river Selinga; this restriction must be confined to the natives of Russia and na Proper, for the routes collected by HumboltJ when in Siberia i commercial travelers show that a frequent traffic is maintained >ss the frontiers by the Tartar subjects of Russia. The Russian Chinese trade at Kiakta continues, as far as we know, to be con- ted on much the same terms as stipulated in the treaty of 1728. B Russians inhabit the town of Kiakta on one side of a small river, I the Chinese their Maemae ching on the other. The officer of ernment who presided over the Chinese at Maemae ching in 1772, sn Pallas visited it,§ was paid a fixed salary, but it did not nearly lal the emoluments derived from the presents which the merchants Chinese Repository, vol 1, p. 117; vol. 4, p. 57 and 2tT> Clinton Register, 19tb January, 1830 Fragment de Geologie, &c.. par A rte Humbolri Pullni-' Voyages. Nutices of Modern China. Sue. were obliged to make him. The same system occurs at present, no doubt with its consequent corruption, as well at Maemae ching as at Canton, and other parts of the empire. "It is remarkable," suys Pallas, "that there were no women in the Chinese town, but the females in the Russian town recompensed the Chinese for the privation." We have here the same policy of the Chinese govern- ment operating precisely in contrary ways at Maemae ching and Can- ton; at the latter place, it is the foreigners who are deprived of their wives. The late Padr6 L'Amiot tells us in a note to his translation* of a Chinese statistical account of Tartary, that at the period of the arrival of lord Macartney's embassy at the court of Peking, the first minis- ter of the empire was on the Russian frontier, acting as commis- sioner for the settlement of the boundary lines of the two empires. "The Russians were accused," says the Padre, "of having advanced too far along a river. After many debates, there was a kind of ar- rangement, but it appears that the Russians did not retire, and, au- dita refero, this affair was not in the Peking gazette." Former "Notices" in this work, recount many irruptions and insurrections amongst the barbarous tribes within the Chinese frontier and on the borders, as mentioned by the Peking gazette; but the writer has no where met with a case of a-ggression by foreigners over the Russian frontier, which may either be accounted for upon the Padre's insinua- tion, or we may attribute it to the moderation of Russia. Judging the latter power however, by what we know of its career in Asia Minor and about the Caspian and Aral sea, we will venture to infer that it menaces encroachment upon China by the same fatality, which we shall presently see urges on the British upon another frontier of the empire. The Peking gazette does not hesitate to confess to disturbances upon its southern frontier, as has been previously shown,t having little to fear from its tributaries Cohinchina and Burmah; yet it is in this quarter perhaps, that events are preparing by the ordinary operations of commerce which are likely to influence the destinies of China at some future day, more than most of h^r causes of apprehension; but this commerce is urged on by British enterprise, through the British provinces which approach the empire on this side. Martaban, one of them, lies about the mouth of the river, Thalein, which takes its rise in Yunnan. A scientific expedition dispatched by the supreme gov- ernment of India, has lately explored this river; and Dr. Richardson, who also ascended it, apparently on a political mission, met at Zeunay a Chinese caravan from Yunnan, and arranged with the heads of it, that they should proceed down the river next year, to Moulmein. It is more than probable that the Chinese will fail to perform their agreement in the first instance; but the circumstance may be improved hereafter into a continued intercourse. 'MS. copy: a part only of this work has been published in the Royal Asiatic SocHity's Transactions. » (,'liinpsc Repowtory, vol 4, p. 490. ™»ss^_ fe C «->' Wt 5 VOV*^,. the Chins J and tion, 14^ btan «Au>s and of ,\ origin, ail prce ^ to"ni( "H !% :nv 3. Historical and Descriptive Account of China. 200 he people who live in Ava between the Chinese frontier on this and Martaban seem to belong to the race of Shans, one of ih, under the name of Lolo, was described in a former number of e Notices, on Chinese authority. Their kindred tribes extend ;e over all the mountainous countries between Yunnan and A'- , as far as the Yangtsze keang in Szechuen, and are the same m we have already shown to vex the Chinese frontiers both of that rince and Yunnan. It was one of this race, bearing considerable lity in appearance and habits with the Chinese, which, as allies he Burmese, once and once only encountered the British army in Burman war, and got a lesson on the value of discipline, which Chinese have still to learn. Some of these tribes are now sub- s of the British rulers of India. In account of the British province of A'sdm, and of several of the in tribes who are either incorporated or in alliance with it, is al- ly given in this work.* It is extracted chiefly from a work called "Friend of India," from which we will repeat a passage to which much attention cannot be given. It shows forcibly the irresistible •ulses which urge forward the British, like the Russian rule in la, in spite of the resolves of the first, if not of both those powers. ,er a review of the tribes in question, it concludes; "Thus a por- i of territory full three hundred miles in length and nearly as ch in breadth has fallen under the care and protection of the Brit- government, without any preconcerted plan of conquest, and al- st without the knowledge of the inhabitants of our British metropo- (Calcutta). On the south, nothing separates us from Burmah, ; the little state of Manipi'ir, recovered and preserved by British ver; on the east, thirty leagues of Burman territory may inter- le between us and the Chinese province of Yunnan; but if we go rthward through territory wholly our own, we come directly to Ti- t, which is completely under the Chinese government." Another and a very full account of these states in the Journal of i Asiatic Society (April ]836), asserts: that "our territory of Seim is situated in almost immediate contact with the empire of nna and Ava, being separated from each by a narrow belt of moun- nous country, possessed by barbarous tribes of independent savages, d capable of being crossed over, in the present state of communica- m, in ten or twelve days. From this mountainous range, navigable inches of the great rivers of Nanking (the Yangtsze), of Kambodia he Menam ), of Martaban (the Thalein), of Ava (the Ira'wa'di), d of A's&m (tributary streams of the Brahmaputra), derive their igin, and appear designed by nature as the great highways of com- erce between the nations of Ultragangetic Asia. In that quarter ir formidable neighbors, the Burmese, have been accustomed to ake their inroads into A'sAm; there in the event of hostilities, they e certain to attempt it again; and there, in the event of its becoming :ctssary to take vengeance on the Chinese, an armed force embarking • See vol. 5, |>Hj;r 49 VOL. v NO. v 27 210 1836 Notices of Modern China. SEP. on the Brahmaptitra, could be speedily inarched across the interven- ing country to the banks of the greatest river of China, which would conduct them through the very centre of the celestial empire to the ocean." "The tea-tree," adds the same work in another part, "grows wild all over the Singpho country, as also on all the hills in that part of the country, and is in general use by the natives as a wholesome beve- rage."—The Bengal government is, it is understood, about to attempt the introduction of the cultivation and preparation of this shrub into the country by means of the Chinese, -There is no conceivable rea- son why the manufacture of tea should not succeed in its native coun- tfy, except the expense attending it. If the government is willing, however, to make a pecuniary sacrifice, if it be necessary, for the Bake of benefiting the country hereafter, we may expect to see a Chinese colony established in A Vim or its tributary states, who will speedily carry on an active trade with their countrymen in Yunnan. One of the governors of Canton, Yuen Yuen, we believe, in one of his edicts respecting foreigners said, that they were only to be curbed by tea reins, alluding to the necessity which he supposed them to lie under of procuring tea, for which they could submit to any thing. It seems not impossible that tea reins may be used hereafter to procure greater concessions from the haughty government of China than it has yielded already to a more ignoble influence, the smuggling trade in opium. It may be said, that if any advantages are to be derived hereafter in this quarter, they will be attributable to the Burmese campaign. This may be true; but looking to the influence which is now quietly being gained over the Shan tribes by the British officers in A'sSm, and the strength of those tribes, as stated in the before quoted works, we argue, that the same advantages might have been acquired by less costly and more worthy means without the Burmese campaign; that mild treatment and patient but firm control over the mountaineers who were in immediate contact with our possessions, might have united them in an opposition to their oppressors, the Burmese, and been a sufficient check upon that people; or that if, at the worst, it became absolutely necessary to invade Ava, that the task had been rendered infinitely less expensive and bloody, by ftrst securing the cooperation of the honest and hardy mountaineers. Following the Chinese boundary westward from A'sim, we find that government in control of a territory, which extends over twenty degrees of longitude, and which is only separated by the Himalaya chain of mountains from countries of equal extent, controlled similar- ly by the British. Tibet, upon the northern side, is indeed, ruled nominally by the Lama hierarchy at Lassa, but it is really directed, esipecialiy in its foreign policy, by the Chinese resident there. He is understood to nominate or appoint the Garpons or officers of govern- ment, who superintend and guard the various passes through the mountains, and one of his assistants presides at the great mart at Crartope, near the western extremity of Tibet. *i>5 it ik n - hel *><*. Notices of Modern China. 91J the southern side of the mountains, we have the Nipa'lese tei> which still professes to pay tribute to China; but is actually y independent of that government, and controlled by the Brit- iident at Katmandu. The policy of the supreme government, t with its real power over this principality, wisely allows the 3 play sovereign after his own Chinese fashion. The British it and his suite are accordingly restricted to a limiied space valley of Katmandu, and until lately, if not now, have been len to take their wives into the country; these are very much tie restrictions of which the foreigners in Canton complain, ve here by their own option. stward of the Nipa'lese state lie the British districts of Kemaon rarhawal, which are in immediate contact with Tibet, with the Gurkas and others, subjects of the British government in trade directly through the passes in the mountains. Beyond wal and between that district and the river Sutlej, where they in contact with the Seik power, lie a number of little indepeu- rincipalities, whose ra'ja"s exercise the power of life and death neir own subjects; but they all pay tribute to the British gov. nt, and are controlled in their relations with each other and breign states by the governor general's agent at Deyrah Doon Dathu. The hardy mountaineers who people these states carry raffic in the summer season through the valley of the Sutlej and he passes of the Himalaya 'with Seb and Gartope, and some of even penetrate to Yarkund in one quarter and Lassa in an- Tibetan officers appointed from the latter place are stationed se passes expressly to prevent the passage of Europeans through but they do not hinder the Asiatic subjects of those same leans. Here, however, as elsewhere in the Chinese dominions, igligence or impotence of the Chinese authorities enables enter- g individuals to evade the restrictions, as Moorcraft, Gerard, acquemont have proved; and our knowledge of Tibet will no , receive constant accessions in this way. Upon all these matters, ibout the proceedings on the Burmese frontier, the Peking ga- be it observed, is equally silent as about Russian affairs; its e being as significant, perhaps, as its narrations. ; have thus shown that the Russian and British powers are hem- in the Chinese colonial possessions in two nearly parallel lines, he British are, moreover, pressing upon the provinces of China ;r. China is losing, therefore, the advantages of its former iso- position, and with it must decrease the resistance of its isolating' !. The lava-like progress of those two great powers must continue fance upon it with almost imperceptible but irresistible effect, It as little with themselves possibly as with the Chinese to arert lock; but the foresight and energy of the European governments enable them to check it, and their religion as well as sound po- should prompt them to do so, until certain that the collision will happiness to the conquered as well as advantage to them- i. It may rest with either of them, as little, to make an 212 163 Description of Mampiir. SEP. immediate impression upon the Chinese empire, and a too precipitate attempt, if such a thing were to be thought of, might only retard the events which are peaceably promoting the trade of all the countries. Whenever the present dynasty of China wears out, and there is no reason to suppose that it will be immortal more than those which pre- ceded it, it is more than probable, that the empire will rend into Tar- tar and Chinese kingdoms. Each will probably seek for foreign aid against the other, and" the contest for political influence now going on in other parts of Asia, between Russia and the western European states, may then be removed to China. Any advantage to be obtain- ed in this or a similar commotion in the Chinese empire, will fall to the foreign power which has contributed most in the interim to deve- lope the intellectual and moral capabilities of the Chinese, and taught them previously to confide in and respect the moderate and moral dignity of the people, whose physical aid they may then invite. The above speculation is presented merely as one of many acci- dents which may at some future day call for European interference with China, and be turned to advantage by the power which is pre- pared to avail of them; but ages are but as days in Asiatic history, and it is impossible to predict the time when any change may occur. The present emperor of China, if less energetic, seems to be as just and as attentive to the business of the empire, as any of his race. But although of middle age, he is reported to be prematurely old, his heir presumptive is a child, the mother said to be one of the cleverest of her sex, and her father by adoption a minister of state—contin- gences, any one of which is sufficient to revolutionize a despotic government. What are the elements of ehange amongst the people, may be gathered from our previous "Notices." ART. III. Description of Manipur: its situation, productions, gov- ernment, language, and religion; with some account of the ad- joining tribes. FROM an unpublished Report recently made to the Indian govern- ment by captain Pemberton, late joint commissioner in Manipur, from which extracts are made in the Calcutta Christian Observer, as well as from other Indian publications, we have derived our information respecting this state. The Report describes the great chain of moun- tains which forms a barrier on the east along the whole extent of the Bengal presidency. From the southeast of the valley of A'sam in N. lat. 26° 30,' and E. long. 95,° this chain runs a course general- ly south, having Manip'ir and Burniah on the east, and on the west Kichar, Khasiya, and A'ra'cSn, till it terminates at cape Negi ai» a*> ffl in thus »frain Description of iUaiii/jtir. 213 outhern limit of the latter province, and the southeastern oape } bay of Bengal, in latitude 16° north. In the northern part, eding eastward from Jynteah, this range increases in height till it es the east end of the valley of A's.im; thus fur being under h authority, and farther 011, more or less directly so. This part ; from 6000 to 8000 feet in its greatest height, while farther , rises to 10,000 feet, and the vallies lie at an elevation from 2500 10 feet above the sea. From the east of A sain this range is divid- le part passes directly on into China, into the provinces of Yun- ud Szechuen; another in the latitude of Sadiya meets a branch snowy mountains from the north; and a third divides into the ountainous ranges which border thelrawadi on each side, from urces to its mouth. "Every part of this mountainous country have visited," observes captain Jenkins", "presents nearly a m geological structure, being almost entirely composed of clay and everywhere nearly of the same appearance, very much i and disintegrated, so much so as to be seldom visible in mass, iing covered with a deep coat of soil and luxurious vegetation in the greatest hills." s valley of Manipur lies between this great chain on the west, e Angoching mountains on the east; this latter range is west of, irallel with, the Kyendyen, or Ningthi river, which is the chief n branch of the Ira'wa'di, and unites with it below Ava. It is le mountain valley about sixty miles hi length, lying between d 25° north latitude; at an elevation of 3000 feet above the sea. jpulation does not exceed 30,000, or 40,000, but being a united lirited people, "they exercise rule over all the hill tribes from ,n to A's4m on one side, and from Ita'char to Burmah on the The valley is well watered by the numerous streams from Is, which intersect each other in every direction, and by means ;h the irrigation of the fields is accomplished with but little In the centre of the valley are numerous small lakes of fresh so far as examined, which, with all the streams and the water ains, have but a single outlet. This is at the southeast corner, is shows that there must be a slope from north to south; for if from the heights the aspect is that of a perfect level. From •t on himself and other Europeans, major Grant celebrates the ,y of the climate. 'The natives of Manipur,1 he observes, 'are st healthy and robust race he had seen in any part of India. :asons are divided into the dry and rainy; the former lasts ovember to May, during which, the weather is generally clear '. There is almost constant frost at night for the two winter , but seldom or never is snow seen. In the. rainy season, the ain is frequent, but the quantity is not great. The only grain ed with any care is rice, but this grows of a superior quality, quantity nearly double of what the same extent of ground in produces. Tobacco, Indigo, sugar-cane, and the like, grow valley, and cotton, and camphor are cultivated on the hills; iting th° itimulus of a good market, none of them except 214 SEP. Description of Manipur. cotton is raised to an amount beyond the supply of the people. The cultivation of fruits is neglected and left to chance, so that though they might be grown in great variety, yet at present few of them attain to great perfection.' In the royal genealogical roll of Manipiir kings, we find a series of rajas from near the time of the Christian era down to A. D. 1819, when the reigning raja was expelled from his dominions by the ambitious Burmans. About 1824, the British reinstated his brother Gambhir Singh, in his dominions, which he retained till his death in 1834. His son is yet a child, and the government is in the hands of a regency. From the account of captain Gordon, the government appears to be framed after the true Chinese paternal model; the idea is that of a large family; the raj4 is the head or father, the royal con- nections the members, the chiefs the stewards, and the people are the servants. The latter are, indeed, divided into several classes, but all are designed in some way or other to minister to the wants or state of the royal family. Some provide grain, others salt, others cloth, others silk, others grass, others earthern pots, &c., &.c. Every one has his duty, and every duty has its agent; each class has its sirdars, who after deducting their own allowances and the shares for other men in power, hand over the remainder to the head steward, who, in caae it be not already cash, sells the surplus for his own and master's benefit. All these classes, however, are termed tributaries, are deemed inferi- or, rarely give personal attendance, and if they go on military expe- ditions generally act as porters. The next great division of the peo^ pie give attendance at the rate of ten days in forty. Of these, the most numerous are the seapoys, then the horsemen, spearmen, messengers, house-builders, doctors, barbers, and in short, every de- scription of people needed for the police or for the defense of the country. The raj£ has the power of degrading any one to a disre- putable rank, or of elevating to a higher; and when we farther re- member that no man here can resign in disgust, but must continue through life to be in some way or other a servant of government, we perceive the power of the raji, for good or evil, is unusually great. The whole people look up to their government not only as the source of honor and emolument, but also as the authority on which all in every grade depend for the rank they hold in society, and to which they look as their model of manners, fashions, and religious observances. It was the command and example of a prince of Manipur, which first introduced Hinduism into the country. About the year 1780, an image of Govindah was publicly consecrated with much ceremony in Manipur, by the grandfather of the present raja. This was the first national profession of that faith, though its votaries had previously been resident there. At the same time a proclamation was issued by the raja stating that, in order to avert the recurrence of such calami- ties as then oppressed them, (the invasions of the Burmans,) he wholly made over his country to this celestial proprietor, henceforward hold- ing the government in his name. Near the same time, an inferior Description of flfanipftr. 215 ; was consecrated, to whom was entrusted the presumptive lip; and the ra'ja" positively enjoined that no descendant of his, ut the possession of these images, should ever be raised to the dignity. Hence the possession of them was a fruitful source of ision between his sons, up to the accession of Gambhir Singh, 24. >m the commencement of the present century Hinduism has progress in Manipiir, and the Brahmans now form a very influ- class. Over the late raja they obtained almost unlimited sway, in them, and in the erection of temples at their sacred place, •ab;m, he spent all the money received from the British gov- ent during the late war. Much of that influence terminated the life of the raja; and though the practices and doctrines of uism are most rigidly enforced, there are such exceptions as that this degrading superstition is received in form rather than rit. The strict observance is called genteel, while eating ani- bod or violating any other rule is termed vulgar. Aged people irnes finding daily bathing inconvenient, wholly give up the sys- jf ceremonies, and yet live respected in their families. Many af the rites of the religion prevalent before the adoption of Hin- i are still practiced, and they have a regular set of priests and ,esses unconnected with the latter system. would seem as though a more favorable time than the present not- be had for introducing the knowledge of the English lan- ;, and of the Christian religion. The influence of the Brahmans :akened by the death of the late raji; the Bengali is a foreign age understood but by the court and the Brahmans; while in lanipuri few books have been written, and none printed. This .age being quite distinct from any of the Indian stock, and being and uncultivated, for some time to come the people must be ited from the stores of another language. That this must be the sh is the decided opinion of captain Gordon, the political agent, las proved himself the warm friend of improvements and of hu- ty. The present Manipuri alphabet is derived from the Bengali nich it is imperfectly expressed, while by the adoption- of the m character, if not also of the English language, more books be put in circulation in one year than all that exist at present, his purpose captain Gordon is exerting all his influence: he has iy succeeded in adapting the Romanizing system of India to anguage: and is now preparing a dictionary in English, Bengali, klanip'iri, for the use of the people, in which he uses the Roman LCter only. te mother and guardian of the young chief have agreed that the ition of their ward shall be conducted under the superintendence, itain Gordon. And the work has already been begun. An in- Bnt native tutor, brought up at the Chitpur school, h:is been pro- for him at the joint expense of the British and Manipiir goveru- s. A school room has been built in which the young r;ija his lessons. With him are associated the sons of the regent, •210 1836. Description of Manipiir. SEP. and perhaps a few other of the nobility, who with wise foresight are preparing to be the companions of their future chief. The Brahmans, it appears, had previously exerted all their influence to prevent the r£ja commencing the study of English, but entirely failed. "All ob- stacles," captain Gordon observes, "founded on ignorance and bigotry may be considered as removed; for none here dare cavil against a system of education which has been adopted by their prince, and the children of him who now holds the reins of government." The infe- rior and dependent hill tribes take their tone from the dominant valley, and witnessing there the benefits of knowledge and improvements will seek the same means of civilization for themselves. In this light, the small extent of the population of Manipur is regarded as an ad- vantage; for two or three dozen schools would educate the whole na- tion: 'then,' as the Chinese would say,' the nation being educated, ci- vilization follows; civilization following, the neighboring tribes behold and seek it; the neighboring tribes seeking it, knowledge is univer- sally diffused and all is peace.' Such are the views of ardent and intelligent persons regarding this small but important state. No mis- sionary has yet been sent to make known the gospel there, but we are assured that such would be cordially welcomed by captain Gordon, if as a preliminary step it were his avowed object to give instruction in the English language. The brief extracts from captain Pemberton's report, as given in the Calcutta Christian Observer, are the chief source of the informa- tion we possess relative to the numerous and various tribes inhabiting the great mountain range before described. The principal of these are the Mara'ms, who occupy the tract between A'sam and Manipiir; next the Kupuis, or Nagas, who reside on the several ranges of hills between Kachar and Manipur; then the Khongjuis, better known as Kukis, Kuchangs, and Kusi, stretching from the southern border of the valley to the northern limit of A'raca'n; and beyond these are the Khyens, between that province and Ava; and the Ka'rens, who reside on the inferior heights overlooking the low lands of Bas- sein. Besides these which are more important, are several others of inferior note principally dependent on Manipur, such as the Mara'ms, Tankfils, Koms, Changsels, Chirus, Anals, Purams, Muiyols, Man- sa'ngs, Marings, and Luhuppas. On the east, the Mara'ms are bor- dered by the Luhuppas, on the south by Manipur, and on the west by the Ka'cha'rese. The villages of all the principal clans are large and populous, some of them numbering more than a thousand houses each, and capable of bringing into the field three or four hundred men. Their cultivation, which is chiefly rice and cotton, is most extensive; their herds of cattle are numerous, and they are in ap- pearance, stature, and courage very superior to any other tribes with which we are acquainted, except the Lfihuppas, whom they much resemble. All these tribes are so far civilized that they have become per manent cultivators of the soil, live in regular villages, under a sort of patriarchal government, which checks their fierceness sufficiently to prei knowle others i village; men to borderii those co Kyendy* course w made aw V^^^'S I- V AY Description of Manipfir, 217 s the social compact. Some of these communities ac- the authority of one chieftain, as the head of the tribe; [ protection by becoming tributaries to some more powerful it their submission extends only to sending the quota of their paramount authority in any exigency. The tribes >n A'sa'm, Bengal, and Ava, carry on a limited traffic with Iries; but the belt between Tripura and the valley of the river is occupied by clans which have little or no inter- i their lowland neighbors, and of whose existence we are : only as the warfare among them annually forces some ito notice, on the southern borders of Manipur. So far ivn, the same system of exterminating warfare prevails hfferent tribes of these mountains, and even exists between ring villages. In such a state of society no improvements cted to be welcomed; and hence we find that they pursue nvarying course of employment, in the season of cultiva- felling the timber and tilling the ground; and when the iaped, either resigning themselves to the feast and the inning new marauding expeditions against their weaker bes north, west, and east of the MauipCir valley, arc said trongly of the characteristic features of the Tartar, and is tall, fair, with elevated foreheads, guttural dialects, and :. On the contrary the Kukis, or southern tribes, are larker, distinguished for the extreme softness of their 3 sweetness of their language. But their exterior mild- tent with ferocity of character, and with some of the ;al customs of savage life. The practice of " taking ils among them; and plunder is less their object in an the acquisition of heads. These are considered es- due performance of the funeral rites of their village 1 to obtain them they undertake long and difficult jour- ;aled for many days by the paths that communicate it villages, and from thence spring on the unwary trav- e him in an instant, and again plunge into the forest r way home, bearing their bloody booty. Among the i in these expeditions establishes a claim to the highest t tribe can confer; and their approaches are made with hat the yell of death is almost always the first intima- rs receive of their danger. During the lifetime of the [a'cha'r, these scenes were frequently enacted in the eastern border of his territory, by the Kukis occupy- south of the Ba'ra'k river; and though their aggres- in some degree checked, they are still far from being mted. 3 who inhabit the plains and mountains in the south- A'sa'm, are divided into twelve principal tribes, of ailed Bisa appears to be the head. The authority of lid to extend over nineteen clans, or gaum, thirteen in. v '28 -218 SKP. Relation* between t/ic American and China. of which with himself have tendered their submission to the British authorities. This chief resides at the town of Bisa, and his own tribe amounts to about 10,000 men. Besides furnishing a small contingent of soldiers, his chief duty consists in giving immediate information to the British authorities of any thing calculated to excite apprehension. A constant communication seems to be kept up between the Singphos within the British frontiers, and those beyond and in the Barman territory. North of the Singphos are the Bor Khamptis, who occupy the mountainous region interposed between the eastern extremity of A'sa'm and the valley of the Ira'wtf'df. They are succeeded by the Mishmis, occupying the mountainous country from the northeast of A'sa'm to the extreme eastern source of the Bramhapntra. Sadiya, is the principal seat of the Khamptis in the British territories, and the villages of the district are said to extend not more* than six miles from the town; the rest of the country is covered with a dense forest, in which herds of elephants roam undisturbed. At this post are station- ed two companies of the A sa m light infantry, under command of a British officer, with two gunboats, eacli carrying a twelve pound car- ronade. This force is considered quite sufficient to overawe the rest- less tribes around, and check their lawless depredations, as well as to guard against the doubtful fidelity of the Singpho, Miitttk, and Khsmpti allies. In conclusion »ve may adopt the words of the Observer in reference to the east and northern frontiers: ' the philanthropist, and the Chris- tian will see how vast and how interesting is the prospect which opens before him. The Singphos and Khamptfs may share in the labors of the infant mission at Sadiya; the Mikirs and Khasiyas will enjoy the exertions of the Seramporc missionaries; and a pleasing prospect of intellectual improvement is already opening in Manipi'ir.' These things are, indeed, incouraging, and matter of thanksgiving to God; but for the supply of the many friendly tribes now accessible to Chris- tian missionaries, and in some parts already preoccupied by the teachers of Hinduism, how inadequate are tho meaifs which are now employed! ART. IV. Relations brticccn t/u: United fttatcs of America and China: con fills at Canton; narrative of the Empress, tlie first American ship widrh visited this port; trial of Tcrranuva; treatment of national ships. MR. SNOW, father of the present incumbent, was appointed consul at Canton near the close of the last century — probably in 1798; pre- vious to which time no agent from the government of the United .States ever resided in this country. The successors to Mr. Snow r§ '7lf- &k& ymfy torn tecs I IS, III '). Relations between America and dltina. 219 been only four; namely, Mr. Harrington, Mr. Wilcox, .Mr. J. H. venor, and the present consul, Mr. P. W. Snow. Mr. Growvenor, elieve, never resided in this country while he held the office of il; his official duties, however, were performed hy an agent till , when the agency was resigned, and the flag-staff taken down, year, soon after the arrival of the new consul, the flag-staff was ;ed, and the flag hoisted. Whatever may he the authority, which •n consuls in China have over their countrymen, their influence ituatjon, with reference to the local functionaries, differ scarcely from those of the other foreign residents. In cases of diffi- the Chinese government usually look to thft consuls as the I men" of the respective nations to which they belong;- hut it lot recognize in them any authority or rank that can give them ly with even the lowest officers of the celestial empire. Indeed, ightly understand the idea which the Chinese entertain of gov- rotal authority, there is none under l.eiven, which is legal and ndent, except that which emanates from the "orre man," who s universal sovereign on earth. Hence arises the extreme reluc- if the Chinese to use any official titles, when speaking of per- authority who do not belong to their own country. And hence, mean epithets Which they always seem, fond of applying to ho are not of the "central flowery land.-" And, until the gov- ts of Christendom see fit to put themselves in free and friendly nicatioir with the rulers of China, consuls here must remain ed in their present anomalous position, and forego the courte- ich are due to them as the representatives of independent and ned governments. ;cting the commencement of the American commerce with there rras heen published an interesting letter from Samuel Mr. Jay, who was at the head of the "office of foreign af- t Washington, when the first voyage was made to China. It , New York, 19th of May, 1785': we give it emire. See ha Jay, also the North American Review for October, 1834 —The first vessel that has been fitted out by the inhabitants lited States of America, for essaying a commerce with those ipire of China, being, by the favor of heaven, safe' Returned rt, it becomes my duty to communicate to you, for the in-' ofthte fathers of the country, an account of the reception1 ects have met with, and the respect with which their flag has ted in that distant region; especially as some circumstances rred, v hich had a tendency to attract the attention of the owards a people, of whom they have hitherto had very con- is; arid which served, in a peculiar nranner, to prace the s in a more conspicuous point of view than has commonly he introduction of other nations into that ancient and ex- pire, hip employed on this occasion is about three hundred and hurthen, built in America, and equipped with forty-three nder the command of John Green, esq. The subscriber 220 SEP. Kclatioii* biti/'crii America and China. had the honor of being appointed agent for their commerce, by the gentlemen, at whose risk this first experiment has been undertaken. On the 22d of February, 1784, the ship sailed from New York, and arrived on the 21st of March at St. Jago, the principal of the Cape de Verd islands. Having paid our respects to the Portuguese viceroy, and with his permission taken such refreshments as were ne- cessary, we left those islands on the 27th, and pursued our voyage. After a pleasant passage, in which nothing extraordinary occurred, we came to anchor in the straits of Sunda, on the 18th July. It was no small addition to our happiness on this occasion, to meet there two ships belonging to our good allies, the French. The commodore, Monsieur D' Ordelin, and his officers, welcomed us in the most affec- tionate manner; and as his own ship was immediately bound to Can- ton, gave us invitation to go in company with him. This friendly offer we most cheerfully accepted; and the commodore furnished us with his signals by day and night, and added such instructions for our passage through the Chinese sea, as would have been exceedingly be- neficial, had any unfortunate accident occasioned our separation. Happily we pursued our route together. On our arrival at the island of Macao, the French consul for China, Monsieur Vieillard, with some other gentlemen of his nation, came on board to congratulate and welcome us to that part of the world, and kindly undertook the intro- duction of the Americans to the Portuguese governor. The little time we were there, was entirely taken up by the good offices of the consul, the gentlemen of his nation, and those of the Swedes and Imperialists, who still remained at Macao. The other Europeans had repaired to Canton. Three days afterwards, we finished our outward bound voy- age. Previous to coming to anchor, we saluted the shipping in the river with thirteen guns, which were answered by the several com- modores of the European nations, each of whom sent an officer to compliment us on our arrival. These visits were returned by the captain and supercargoes in the afternoon, who were again saluted by the respective ships, as they finished their visit. When the French sent their officers to congratulate us, they added to the obligations we were already under to them, by furnishing men, boats, and anchors, to assist us in coming to safe and convenient moorings. Nor did their good offices stop here. They furnished us with part of their own banksall, and insisted further, that until we were settled, we should take up our quarters with them at Canton. "The day of our arrival at Canton, and the two following days, we were visited by the Chinese merchants, and the chiefs and gentle- men of the several European establishments. The Chinese themselves were very indulgent toward us, though ours being the first American ship that ever visited China, it was some time before they could fully comprehend the distinction between Englishmen and us. They styled us the new people; and when by the map we conveyed to them an idea of the extent of our country, with its present and increasing po- pulation, they were highly pleased at the prospect of so considerable a market for the productions of theirs. r M n th ra wi Eu- t d puti* I. Relations between America and China. 221 The situation of the Europeans at Canton is so well known, as to ir a detail unnecessary. The good understanding commonly iting between them and the Chinese was, in some degree, inter- \ by two occurrences, of which, as they were extraordinary in elves, and led to a more full investigation of the American cha- by both parties than might otherwise have taken place, I will, /our permission, give a particular occount. he police at Canton is, at all times, extremely strict, and the ;ans there are circumscribed within very narrow limits. The iad observed, with concern, some circumstances which they 1 an encroachment on their rights; On this consideration, etermined to apply for redress to the hoppo, who is the head jf the customs, the next time he should visit the shipping. De- iccordingly attended from every nation, and I was desired to it ours. We met the hoppo on board an English ship, and ses of complaint were soon after removed. 5 other occurrence, of which I beg leave to take notice, if to what was commonly called the Canton war, which ed to be productive of very serious consequences. On the Vovember, an English ship, in saluting some company who d on board, killed a Chinese, and wounded two others, in darin's boat alongside. It is a maxim of the Chinese law, i. must answer for blood; in pursuance of which, they de- he unfortunate gunner. To give up this poor man was to con- to certain death. Humanity pleaded powerfully against the After repeated conferences between the English and the the latter declared themselves satisfied, and the affair was to be entirely settled. Notwithstanding this, on the morning ist conference, (the 27th,) the supercargo of the ship was ile attending his business, thrown into a sedan chair, hurri- '. city, and committed to prison. Such an outrage on per- ty spread a general alarm; and the Europeans unanimously end for their boats, with armed men, from the shipping, for •f of themselves and their property, until1 the matter should to a conclusion. The boats accordingly came, and ours number; one of which was fired on and a man wounded, as stopped, and the Chinese men-of-war drawn up oppo- ories. The Europeans demanded the restoration of Mr. ;h the Chinese refused, until the gunner should be given mean while, the troops of the province were collecting in •hood of Canton; the Chinese servants were ordered by tf.s to leave the factories; the gates of the suburbs were ercourse was at an end; the naval force was increased; •oops were embarked in boats ready for landing; and wore the appearance of war. To what extremities mat- ve been carried, had not a negotiation taken place, no The Chinese asked a conference with all the nations igJish. A deputation, in which I was included for Ame- Fuen (fboyuen), who is the head magistrate at Canton, lii'lutioii Le fir. tn Anirrira and China. with the principal officers of the province. After setting forth, by an interpreter, the power of the emperor, and his own determination to support the laws, he demanded that the gunner should be given up within three day's; declaring that he should have an impartial exam- ination before their tribunal, and if it appeared that the affair was accidental, he should be released unhurt. In the mean time, he gave permission for the trade, excepting that of the English, to go on as usual; and dismissed us with a present of two pieces of silk to each, as a mark of his friendly disposition. The other nations, one after another, sent away their boats, under protection of a Chinese flag, and pursu- ed their business as befoiv.. The English were obliged to submit; the gunner was given up; Mr. Smith was released; and the English after being forced to ask pardon of the magistracy of Canton, in the presence of the other nations, had their commerce restored. On this occasion, I am happy that we were the last who sent off our boat, which was not disgraced by a Chinese flag; nor did she go until the English themselves thanked us for our concurrence with them, and advised to the sending her away. After peace was restored, the chief and four English gentlemen visited the several nations, among whom we were included, and thanked them for their assistance. The gun- ner remained with the Chinese,— his fate undetermined. "Notwithstanding the treatment we received from all parties was perfectly civil and respectful, yet it was with peculiar satisfaction that we experienced, on every occasion, from our good allies the French, the most flattering and substantial proofs of'their friendship. 'If,' said they, 'we have in any instance been serviceable to you, we are happy; and we desire nothing more ardently than further opportunities to convince you of our affection.' The harmony main- tained between them and us was particularly noticed by the English, who, more than once, observed that it was matter of astonishment to them, that the decendants of Britons should so soon divest them- selves of prejudices, which they had thought to be not only hereditary, but inherent in our nature. "We left Canton the 27th December, and on our return refreshed at the Cape of Good Hope, where we found a most friendly reception. After remaining there five days, we sailed for America, and arrived in this port on the llth instant. "To every lover of his country, as well as those more immediately concerned in commerce, it must be a pleasing reflection, that a com- munication is thus happily opened between us and the extremity of the globe; and it adds very sensibly to the pleasure of this reflec- tion, that the voyage has been performed in so short a space of time, and attended with the loss of only one man. To captain Green and his officers every commendation is due, for their unwearied and suc- cessful endeavors in bringing it to this most fortunate issue, which fully justifies the confidence reposed in them, by the gentlemen con- cerned in the enterprise. "Permit me, Sir, to accompany this letter with the two pieces of ?ilk, presented to me by the Fuen of Canton, as a mark of his good t n tl HI » I •f t" ft wu\io,,t(| as SOD,, Relations between America mill China. '.223 ition towards the American nation. In that view, I consider f as peculiarly honored in being charged with this testimony of endship of the Chinese for a people who may, in few years, pro- a commerce with the subjects of that empire, under advantages if not superior, to those enjoyed by any other nation whatever, the honor to be," &c. lave already, in former numbers, given some account of the trial :ecution of Terranova. The following is extracted from the imericau Review for January, 1835; it was drawn up in Canton ime of the occurence of the unhappy events which are narra- t; and is dated Saturday, October 6th 1821. the fifth of October, 1621, the committee of the American ien at Canton, to whom captain Cowpland, of the ship Emily, jlied for advice and direction for the government of his con- lative to the trial of Francis Terranova, received a communi- •om the committee of the hong merchants of the following viz:—that the viceroy of this province had issued orders to -HC to repair on board that ship the next morning, and there to try the said man for the crime of which he was accused; ese having acceded to the propositions previously made, that J have a fair and impartial trial, and that both American and witnesses should be examined; at the same time refusing to rmission to the Rev. Robert Morrison to attend as interpre- he ground of his being attached to the British factory, and 3rmination not to allow the interference of those attached or • to any other nation. These things having been comrnuni- aptajn Cowpland, who was then at Whampoa with his ship, ity of the committee, as there was not time to receive his fore it was necessary to be on board, proceeded directly to , and early the next morning, Saturday, Oct. (ith, assembled the Emily, previously to the arrival of the Pon-ue. They the vessel hud been prepared in the most suitable manner, iiness in hand. Arms of every kind had been removed, and of the vessel, (with the exception of the prisoner, who was i a state-room, guarded by two American officers,) were >n the forecastle, which they did not leave during the day. merchants attended at the trial. eight o'clock in the morning, as the Pon-ue's boat, attend- imbcr of Chinese men-of-war's boats approached the ship, ivpJand with the linguist Cowqua, joined him, and came i the boat with him. Captain Cowpland immediately went is vessel, and was required by the hong merchants there to take the prisoner, and go with him on board the Pon- at the Pon-ue, agreeably to the Chinese criminal practice, im in the face. Captain Cowpland hesitated to comply with , regarding it as substantially a surrender of the prisoner, stipulated trial. Howqua, however, pledged himself, that, c ceremony had been performed, Terranova, should be board the ship, and no further opposition to this demand Kelations between America and China. SEP. was made. Howqua then required that the prisoner should be hand- cuffed, which was promptly refused. Captain Cowpland having pledg- ed himself for the safe-keeping of the prisoner till after his trial, and the Chinese having agreed to leave Terranova in his custody, he re- fused to put him in irons, on the ground that no prisoner is thus confined in America, during the progress of his trial. As they had chosen to try the accused on board an American ship, they must permit him to be treated as an American prisoner, till the conditions acceded to by them had been complied with; that is, till he had a fair and impartial trial. Should he be found guilty, they would then have a right to secure him, as they pleased. On this explanation, the demand was waved, Terranova himself having promised to demean himself peaceably. Captain Cowpland accompanied the prisoner into the Pon-ue's boat, still lying alongside, and after remaining there a short time, they were sent back by the Pon-ue, to the Emily. "In a few moments, a number of Chinese officers of the suite of the Pon-ue, came aboard, bearing the insignia of that magistrate. They were received by the eight hong merchants, who had already been on board more than an hour, viz: Howqua, Mowqua, Chonqua, Pacqua, Kengqua, Consequa, Gowqua, and Poonqua. The Pon-ue himself soon came on board, bringing with him all the witnesses on the part of the government, and a considerable retinue. As soon as he was seated, the linguist made out and handed to him a list of the names of the committee, noting those who had not yet arrived. This committee consisted of twelve or fifteen of the most respectable American mer- chants at Canton. "Pacqua, the security merchant of the Emily, and Cowqua the linguist, being called, fell on their hands and knees, to hear the de- mands of the Pon-ue, of which the Americans could get no interpre- tation. Captain Cowpland was next called. The question asked him, whether Pacqua was his security merchant, and Cowqua his linguist, being answered in the affirmative, he was required to bring forward the prisoner. This was done. Terranova approached the table at which the Pon-ue sat, the fatal jar with which he is accused of having struck the woman, and is supposed to have caused her death, was placed before him on the deck, together with the hat she wore at the time. He was questioned whether he knew the jar, whether it belonged to him, or to the ship. He replied with perfect composure and firmness that it was the same jar which he had handed the woman, at the time that he gave her a mace to pay for the fruit she was to put into it; showing by signs the manner in which he had handed it into the boat. The Pon-ue showed much irritation at any attempt at explanation, and Howqua and the linguist, although repeatedly urged by those assisting the prisoner, evidently did not translate the half of what was urged in his defense. Whenever either of them attempted an explanation, he was silenced by the Pon-ue. Without hearing what the prisoner wished to state in his defense, the Pon-ue called the government witnesses, stating that all he now wished of Terrano- va was to identify him,—to have him acknowledge himself the seamen tl*^ Relations between America and China. 225 was trading with the woman, and that the jar was the same i he had used. The Pon-ue urged much the same considerations ir as could be gathered from the limited abilities of the linguist [owqua as interpreter,) as he had urged on the inquest; and it Hiclusive to every unprejudiced mind, that he had prejudged the md had only come on board to receive his victim. [though these appearances tended greatly to discourage the hope mpartial trial, the Americans present could not in silence suh- this breach of faith on the part of the mandarins, after having Ives complied with all that had been required of them, and they I on having their witnesses examined. The Chinese witnesses been called, the American withdrew, (such being the usage linese trial,) but not without the assurance, and in the full ex- >n, that their request should be granted. The only witnesses d on the part of the government, were the husband of Ko ihe, the woman belonging to the hoppo boat attached to the and two children, apparently between the ages of seven and rears. These witnesses approached the Pon-ue's table on ids and knees, never raising their eyes. When the woman tired to look up, and point out which was the man, although ts no other seaman near, the linguist was obliged to put his i Terranova, to enable her to say, he is the man. She gave tig account of the affair, in which she was constantly prompt- e oldest child. This circumstance was objected to on be- e prisoner, and the linguist was desired to make known the to the Pon-ue, but he refused to do so. The linguist then ed a translation into Engjish of the woman's evidence. It I, that as she was well known to speak better English than linguist or Howqua, she ought to be allowed to repeat her own n English, for the benefit of the Americans, in order, that if from the Chinese version, the falsity might be exposed, refused, and on her commencing a few words in English, topped. The Americans were accordingly obliged to sub- : garbled translation tnadi; by the linguist. As soon as it they called on Howqua, in the most solemn manner, to al- ii faithfully interpret what they had to bring forward as in reply to this first and most material witness, which they n would be sufficient, in any court of justice in America, i her evidence. She had just stated, that, from the hoppo ed to the Emily, she had seen the jar thrown. She saw head of Ko Leang she; saw her fall into the water; saw se no more; and knows that this is the very man who ar. It was proved in contradiction to this evidence, that •sition of the two boats at the time, it was impossible for seen what passed, the ship being between the two boats; afternoon of the day on which the event happened, and ext morning she had stated to captain Cowpland, in the x>ur other American captains, (who took it down in writ- led it, and the paper was forthcoming,) that she knew v. NU. v. 29 RcUitiunn between America and China, SEP. nothing of the affair; that she was inside her own boat, and that her attention was occupied in looking out to see what was the matter with a child, which she heard crying in a sanpan (boat), that was then floating past the stern of the Emily, and near it a woman's hat in the water. Soon after, the husband of the woman, (who had been iii the sanpan) came round the bow of a country ship, which was near, and took the hat out of the water. It was then perfectly whole. He then took up the jar out of the boat which was also perfectly whole, .and beat the hut forcibly with the jar. All this Howqua was required, as he valued the truth, faithfully to interpret Jo the Pon-ne, and it was be- lieved, that, as far as his ability extended, he did so. The instru- ment of torture was then called for by the Pon-ue, and thrown down before the woman, but it was not applied. She persisted in her pre- sent story; and the only satisfaction given to the prisoner's friends was, that now she told the truth, whereas before, she told what was not true. One of the children gave some evidence, which was not inter- preted. It was urged, on behalf of the prisoner, that neither of the children had witnessed the affair; but they were afterwards brought from the shore, by the husband of the deceased, and that he came from the side of the country ship, opposite to the Emily, and conse- quently could not himself have witnessed the accident. All this the Americans could prove by the government witnesses. "The Pon-ue had, for some time, evinced a desire to close the trial with this evidence, and not to hear any thing brought to con- trovert it. At this moment, with passion in his countenance and violence of language, he declared that all this was of no avail ;— that he had seen for himself the hole in the hat and in the head pf the woman; that he had applied the bottom of the jar and found that it fitted the fracture ;— that th.e jar belpnged to the man or the ship,— and that this was all that was necessary, and that the prisoner must be given up. With this, he rose to depart. It was strenuously urged to the linguist and to Howqua, that the condition of the trial had not been complied with; they had pledged themselves we should be heard; there were many ways, in which the woman might have come to her death; she might have fallen in the boat on some pointed in- strument, on the iron pin upon the stern, on a nail standing up qn the side of the boat, or what was more generally believed, her husband finding Jhe body, might have himself inflicted the wound, for the pur- pose of extorting money from the ship On such evidence, it was urged, the man cannot be given up to suffer the penalty of your laws. Our laws regard every man as innocent, till he is proved to be guilty. We have searched for the truth: we are not satisfied. If he is guilty, prove him so and he shall be delivered at your own city gates. We have one witness, who saw the jar handed into the boat by the pri- soner. He also saw the woman fall out of the boat, at a considerable distance from the ship. Hear his testimony. If you will hear no more than what your witnesses have stated, we are not satisfied. We are under your laws; execute those laws. We do not resist you; find ihe man guilty by a fair and impartial triiil (which you have promis- I £ ca an fei hk Go the dec. Relations bttteetn America and China. 227 ml he will be delivered up to you. If he is not proved so, and irsist in not hearing the evidence, you must take him out of the We will leave her; no resistance ought or will be* made to you. •HII| be 011 your heads. ; length, the Pon-ue perceiving fhe earnestness of the Ameri- was induced again to take his seat. He sat a few moments, e witntess alluded to Was produced. The Pon-ue heard but a rds of the testimony,— silenced the linguist, and rising from lir, said, it was heaven's business; if he had judged wrong, mild punish him for it hereafter; hct knew, in his own heart, i was guilty; he must be delivered up. With this he left the f the Emily, and went on hotrrrf his own boat alongside, with his retinue, leaving the hong merchants and linguist to see was obeyed. •ing this mockery of justice, there were on board the Emily in one thousand Chinese. The ship was surrounded by men- oats. The Americans on board did not exceed forty persons; boats of the other American vessels were purposely ordered Every thing that could be construed into an offensive weapon, i carefully remoVed, to show that we considered ourselves com- i their power, and as a fespectful compliment to the Chinese 38, the colors were flying. rqii'a, as the oldest of the hong merchants, now acted as i-n, and required H» the Pon-r.e's name, that we should deliver risoner. The same reply was made by us as before; come him. You have the power and you have armed men to ex- He again asked, if there would be any resistance, and the n« jfesufance was given, that there should be none. How- bis turned to go to the Pon-ue's boat,- as was supposed, to uard of soldiers to take Terranova. It was, however, stated it he must understand and must inform the Pon-ue, that the j did not consider him as complying with his engagements, remised a fai.- and an impartial trial. It had not been al- We consider the tase prejudged. We are bound to sub- ir laws while we are in your wafers-, be they ever so unjust, ot resist them. You have, following your ideas of justice, I the man unheard. But the flag of our country has never teed. It now waves over you. It is no disgrace to submit rer, surrounded as we are by an overwhelming force, back- of a great empire. You have the power to compel ufif. the man innocent; when ne is taken from the ship we ind the commander strikes his colors. i considered these last suggestions of so much importance, ;ther with several of the other hong merchants, went down -ue's boat, to communicate their substance to him. Be- Id return, the linguist was ,/ut in chains on the Emily's hong merchants, having returned, required that captain lould take the man to Canton for a further trial, or put la's hong, till another and higher mandarin should be •2-28 SEP. Relations between America and China. ordered to adjudge the case. This was refused by the Americans, on the ground that the Chinese had their option to try the man at Can- ton or on board the Emily. They had chosen the latter, and there we now required, that the trial should be closed. This being com- municated to the Pon-ue, he was heard high in words with Howqua, who returned to the ship with the same demand, which he had just made, and to which the same answer was returned. We gave as our ultimatum, that they should come on board on their own responsibili- ty and take out the prisoner, and the ship's colors should be struck. To this we steadily adhered. "This conference lasted several hours. The Chinese persisted in refusing to take the man, and the Americans refusing voluntarily to surrender him. At length, the Pon-ue's patience being exhausted, he having sat in his boat more that three hours, he went on board the ship and took Pacqua out in chains, commanding him, with the other hong merchants, to follow him to the city, there to lay the whole affair before the viceroy." Here ends the account of the " mock trial." It needs no comments from us. The fate of the unhappy sailor is well known. How the Pwanyu (or Pon-ue) knew in his heart the man was guilty, it is not easy to understand. When it is said, "God would punish him," we suppose the linguist used the word jos as a translation of the Pwanyu's words for the gods of his nation. The manner in which the Chinese government is affected by the arrival of national ships, and the conduct which on such occasions it exhibits towards "men from afar," is very clearly exhibited in the following edict from Wan, the imperial commissioner of maritime customs at this port. The arrival of the Peacock and Enterprise was noticed in our number for May last. Among those who went on shore at Macao, were lieutenant commandant A. S. Campbell, and Edmund Roberts, esq., deplomatic agent of the United States: the first de- ceased on the 3d of June, and the latter on the 12th of the same month. It is much to be regretted that proper measures are not adopted to disabuse the Chinese mind, relative to the designs of for- eign governments. It would not be difficult, in a case like the one which we here notice, to make the officers of government understand the truth: to do so is practicable; and in a high, degree desirable, as it would aid greatly in preparing the way for opening a friendly in- tercourse with this great empire. The following is the edict above alluded to. Wan, overseer of his majesty's gardens, by imperial authority superin- tendent of the maritime customs of Kwangtung, &c., issues this order to the hong merchants, for their instruction. The deputy officers at the cus- tom-house in Macao have sent up to me the following report: The pilots Chang Yuhfang and Yang Yungtae have sent in a report to us, stat- ing that, On the 13th of the 4th month of the 16th year of Taoukwang, two American ships of war, the Peacock and Enterprise arrived in company, and anchored off the Nine Islands We went immediately and inquired the reason of their doing »o; whereupon the captains of the two ships made the following declaration: th »w ca upon ike Aet^ two t»»,i, of war.. Relations between America and China. 5J20 two ships left America to visit other purls; and on account of contrary ave come hither to anchor for a little time; there is no other reason for n'ng so.' ig obtained this declaration, it is proper that we report the snme, and also 0 you a statement of the number of men and arms on board these ships: ! as follows; in the Enterprise are 60 men, 10 cannon, 50 musket-;, 50 500 catties of powder, and 500 balls; in the Peacock are 190 men, 22 100 muskets, 100 swords, 800 catties of powder, and 800 balls. was (he report of the pilots. Besides directing them to keep a strong ound the ships, we, as in duty bound, transmit to you their report for ion. ;r the said deputy officers (who are stationed at the custom-house >,) have reported thus: C we have informed your excellency of the arrival and anchoring of rican ships, and of the reason of their so doing. Between 3 and 4 H. on the 14th of the current month, the pilots Chang Yuhfang and igtae informed us thai, , three small boats from the American ships of war came into the larbor and approached the shore (at Praya Grande), having in them ailors; we went instantly and inquired the reason of their landing, 1 they made the following declaration: seven of us are from the Peacock, and fifteen from the Enterprise; on board ship we have come to Macao with the intention of living in D factory for the restoration of our health; and as soon as that is res- ball reembark.' r servants, examined each of the sailors; they were really sick; there eption in the case; and we report accordingly. 9 the statement of the pilots. Besides directing Ihem to keep a strict nd Ihe ships, it is proper for us to send up their report for your excel- mination. going reports, having reached the custom-house office, were under >n, when I received the following communication from his excel- rnor Tang. 5th day of the 4th month of the 16th year of Taoukwang, I received :ntion from Kwan, admiral of Kwangtung: it contained the fol- menti. lou Keenching, acting colonel on the Heangshan station, has report- t, ing, at present acting ensign under my command and attached to appointed to guard against barbarians, has reported that, he hours of 11 and 12, on the night of the 13th of the current month, 9 barbarian ships coming in from sea; they approached near the and there anchored. Instantly I hastened to make inquiry, where- ts, Yang Yungtae and Chang Yuhfang, declared that, to instructions given to us, we have examined respecting the ships which have arrived. It appears that they are American ships irgest [the Peacock,] called Sze-keiln-lan, has on board 190 men, 22 muskets, 100 swords, 800 catties of powder, and 800 balls: the Enterprise,] called Kin-ma, has 60 men, 10 cannon, 50 muskets, catties of powder, and 500 balls. To our inquiries for the reason ;. the captains of the ships made the following declaration; left our country to visit other places; and on account of contrary me here to anchor for a short time ; there is no other reason for pilots), having obtained this declaration respecting the reason of take this clear statement. account given to me; whereupon I, as acting ensign examined e Peacock has three masts; is about 140 cubits long; 30 across lat on each side of her hull are twelve port-holes, eleven of which Relations Itrtifrrn Amrricti and Oiina. SKI-. lire furnished with cniinon: I ascertained nlso, that the Enterprise Ims two mast*; is iiboiit 70 cubits lung: 20 wide; mid thai on each of her sides arc 5 cannon At present, lioth ships HIV quietly Hi anchor. As duty requires, I make this statement. The above, having come before me the acting colonel, I find well authenticat- ed; and on personal examination do not ascertain any thing differing therefrom. However, since the designs of the barbarians are incomprehensible, I immediate- ly gave orders to the cruizers to keep up a strict guard; I likewise sent letters to the civil authorities, desiring that they might take measures to hasten the depar- ture of the ships, and not permit (hem to sail about here and there at pleasure; and that if the ships should move at Ml, they must speedily report the same. These particulars respecting the two American ships of war, I report for your examination. The foregoing,,coming before trie the admiral, I find to be authentic. On exam- ination, it appears that the ships of war belonging to foreign barbarians, all annually arrive during and after the sixth month, and then as convoys for the merchantmen trading to Canton; but now two American ships of war, one large and one small, nave just at this time unexpectedly arrived; and although the pilots, after a clear examination, have made a well authenticated report, that the ships, having sailed for other Countries, on account of contrary winds, have anchored only for a little, lime; still, when thoroughly investigated, it is difficult to believe this. Besides sending orders to the military stations in lieiingshan, and Ta- pang, directing the officers to exert all then1 energy to keep up a strict gtrard, and likewise directing all the guMien and omcers in the forts be vigilant, and have every thing in readiness for action—besides, returning an answer to major Cbaou Keenching, requiring him to command those who are on duty instantly to report every thing they hear; to forbid the small boats to go near them, either to receive or to give any thing; and to urge the said ships of war immediately to depart, and not allow them to remain and create disturbances—and besides, also, order- ing the cruizers to keep the ships of war quiet by maintaining a strict guard around them;—besides doing all these things, I send this communication for yow inspection. Such was the report from the admiral. On the same day, the acting colonel on the Heangthan station, major Chaou KeKnching, sent up a report, the same as that given ahove. All these on examination, were found well attested. Besides giving replies, requiring strict guard to be maintained, I find on examination that the late colonel Tsin, of Heangshan, who obtained a furlough on account of the death of his parents, has been succeeded by a n»v»l officer, Hwuy Changyaou, who had already been raised to the rank, of colonel: this is on record. Hwuy Changyoou has likewise reported the arrival of the American ships of war. It is of the utmost importance that a strict guaid should be maintained. Accordingly, or'ders have been given to Hwuy Changyaou, to those in command of the cen- tral, left, and right divisions of (he maritime forces, ami to the military officers at Tnpang, and to those in the forts at Taboo ( on Tiger island ), Hwangtang, Chinyuen, Weiyuen, Shakeo, and Take6; to be constantly in readiness tor ac- tion, endeavoring to ascertain whether those barbarian ships of war have indeed come from America or have been driven here from soihe other province; to maintain on every side a strict guard against them, endeavoring fo hasten their departure and not permitting them to move from place to place at pleasure, and when they go ta sea, to observe closely which way they steer their course; and, if they should approach the mouth of the river, to be aware of it, and prevent their entering, not permitting them to advance one single step Within the mouth of the river, which would involve serious consequences; and, if they should sail to the eastward, to send up a report thereof swift as the wind, that I may quickly send a dispatch to the authorities of FuhkeSn. There must be no remissness in any quar- ter. I likewise have sent communications to the judicial and financial commission- ers of the province, that they may confer together on the subject, and issue suitable directions to all their subalterns: and, moreover, I now transmit this document for your excellency's inspection and guidance. Such are the documents which have been received at my office. On exam- ination, I find that, as the two ships of war are not here for the purposes of wl I I 1C rec the toV Im thei .e. forf »'!*:». Voyage to Borneo. 231 rce, they cannot be permitted to move from place to place and anchor er they please, thereby creating disturbances. But since many of the ; sick, and have gone to Macao to live in the barbarian factory for the y of health, I have directed the deputy officers at Macao both to rouse ts to do their duty in keeping a strick guard around the ships, and also n the recovery of the njen and their departure to their own country, ver issue this edict to the hong merchants: on the receipt of it, let sld obedience thereto, and immediately transmit the edict to the chief sul] of the barbarians of the said nation: let them direct him to hasten rery of the sick men; and as soon as they are all well, let him forth- ;d their return to their native country. Let no pretexts be formed tting any delay, and thereby involving the parties in serious difficul- t the day of their departure be reported. Hasten. Hasten. A spe- 'aouhwang, 10th year, 14th month, 20th day." (June 3d, 1836.) Voyage to Borneo: arrival at Banjer-masin; notices of tini:st and Malays at the place; piratical chiefs; pisit to the y of the Dayaks; character and conduct of their chiefs. re was undertaken by Mr. Lukas Monton, and the Rev. Mr. Ba- issionary of the Rhenish missionary society. Mr. Monton is a me of the islands of the Indian Archipelago, and has been for rs connected with the mission at Batavia, under the direction of ', Medhurst, who has kindly sent us in manuscript a full account of to Borneo. The journal of the voyage confirms the account j Dayaks in our last volume: see page 498. The voyagers left 12th of May, 1835, on board an Arabian vessel; and, after visit- ilaces on the eastern shore of Java, they sailed for Banjer-masin, arrived late in the month of June, and when Mr. Barenstein was ') severe illness. However, he was soon well again, and able to i object pf his njissipn. In the mean time, Mr. ^Monton engaged H11 ion of Christian books. A few extracts, which may serve as the whole journal, are all that our limits will admit. The voy- rked at Banjer-masin for Java on the 1st of August. r were they comfortably settled, than Mr. Monton appii- ident for permission to distribute books; and the Lord, learts in his hands, inclined him not only to comply with mt to give some wholesome advice regarding his conduct ss: observing that our religion was not to be spread by • mild persuasion, and that it became us rather to suffer holy cause than to inflict it on others. Upon this, a be- nade with the Chinese, because they were few in num. become so familiar with the Malay language and the ;ter that they could read and write them better than their :hinese were, however, struck with the circumstance of stributed to the people, and said in their simplicity, that 332 SEP. Vuyngf to Borneu. these wonderful events portended the near approach of the judgment day. On returning to his lodgings, a number of Chinese came to ask Mr. Monton for books. One rich and influential man, of the name of Bola, desired much to be acquainted with our religion; say- ing, that, if he could be convinced of the truth of Christianity he would become a Christian. At Sola's invitation Mr. Monton went to his house, where he found a number of Chinese, as well as Malays and Arabs, with their priests, assembled. Bola then said, that he had convened all these together, that by listening to their different ac- counts he might judge where the truth lay; for, the Malay priests had constantly informed him that, unless he became a Mohammedan he would not enter heaven, and he now wished to know whether or not that was true. Mr. Monton then asked wherefore all these people were assembled? They replied, to hear some accounts of the books which had been brought. He then began to discourse to them from a tract which he held in his hand, and continued till the house became full to suffocation, on which account he asked them to adjourn to the open air, where he continued his discourse with them from three to six o'clock in the evening.- All the Chinese declared that this ap- peared to them the right way, because it revealed to them the love and mercy of'God, and was accompanied by the free gift of books, whereas the Arab and Malay priests would never let them have a Koran without paying for it, nor give them any instruction unless they distributed alms to the clergy. To all this, the Mohammedans -made no reply, but returned to their houses apparently ashamed. On the 5th July, Mr. Monton went to the Malay campong that was under the authority of the sultan, where he found the people still more willing to hear; and able to read and understand the books; but the traveling was difficult, and was obliged to go from one house to an- other in boats; the market was held on the water in boats; and the market people were not men but women. On seeing this, he thought it unnecessary to distribute books there, and was about to move off to the middle of the river, when a man came after him in a small boat, asking for a book; Mr. M. gave him one, and desired him to read it, and, as he was reading a woman came to hear, who also asked for a book, and immediately read it aloud. Upon this, the whole mass of women came in small boats, asking for books, and pressed so close upon the distributer that he was afraid of sinking, while prahu was pressing over prahu. He therefore told his boatman to row hard, in order to get away, but the women seized his prahu and would not let him escape, untill he had satisfied their demand for books. After this, he pulled alongside a large prahu, and getting on board, he divided the books anjong the assembled crowd, till they were all gone. On the 8th, a minister of the sultan called and asked Mr. Monton to go to his house, and hold a conference on religious subjects, which he did, and answered their knotty and captious questions by appealing to the Scriptures, and bringing the word of God to bear on their hearts and consciences. Thus, numbers came from day to day to converse on religious subjects, and to ask for books, who were sup- plied as far as the stock would permit. Various persons also came to 1 ell Voyage to Borntu. '2&\ ), and among the rest, a Malay priest, who tried every means to le the distributor of tracts in his talk, but was answered by ce to the mercy and grace of God, as displayed in the gracious iking of a Savior, so opposite to the encroaching and oppres- lirit displayed by Mohammed. he 9th of July, three piratical chiefs called. These men were i stature, but of a fierce aspect, with red eyes and firm manner, g in a very decided tone; they were natives of Borneo, and n engaged in extensive piracies over the whole Indian Archi- along the coasts of Java, Sumatra, and the Malayan peninsnla, ; all the islands in the vicinity. The principal chief was edji Java, and had his residence at Pulo Laut, on the southeast torneo. This island was high and fertile, peopled by several I pirates, who had under them a number of Malays and Java- 0 have been taken from the various prahus captured by them, 'ere employed as slaves, or were sold to others, sometimes for 'iipees, and sometimes for a bundle of black sugar; while he more clever were employed in manufacturing guns and ogether with other warlike implements. These three piratical 10 afforded this information, had come to Baujer-masin with submitting to the Dutch government, which they themselves ined to do, but to which their king was averse. 14th of July, the travelers set off from Banjer-masin for the f the Dayaks, on board a prahu with thirteen men, and the ing arrived at the village of Marabaan. There they distribut- acts, and the next day proceeded on their journey, and about n the evening arrived at the borders of the Dayak country, orning of the 16th, they entered some of the Dayak huts, on the son of the chief, named Radon Tuah, who requested Hx>k, as he wanted to learn to read, in order to understand 1 of Jesus: they then went about in their boat from one mother among the Dayaks, who were very glad to receive :o listen to their discourse on divine things, saying: This doctrine, and suits us better than the teaching of the Mo- , which we do not understand. Those of the Dayaks toad the Malay language well, appeared perfectly astonish- iy heard the missionaries speak of God and Christ, and hell, and seemed as men just awaking from sleep: on , Will you follow this religion, they repli«d with one voice native. Amongst the Dayal s were some Malays who e with the view of persuading the Dayaks to become ns, and in some instances they had been successful. One cular, had joined their party, but he was generally scorn- ther Dayaks, for his corrupt, moral character, and for his his wife and children. The missionaries, however, told e religion of Jesus by no means required such conduct, led us to do good to all, and especially to those of our d; and that next .year they would return and leach the eligioii; to this they all assented. . NO. v. 30 234 SEP. Voyage to Borneo. On the 17th of July, the travelers proceeded further up the river to the Great Dayak at a village called Pangkah, where they were re- ceived into the house of a chief named Seaji. In this house were a number of chambers, but their host gave them the middle hall to sleep in, because it was the post of honor among the Dayaks. They spoke to those assembled on the things of God, and were listened to with attention, but when they told them that in another year they would come and live among them, the Dayaks appeared extremely happy, and the chief expressed a wish to become a Christian. On the next morning the travelers pursued their journey, accompanied by the chief, above named, to act as interpreter. Thus they went on, stopping at all the houses on the sides of the river, and speaking to the people of the things of God, till in the evening of the 18th they arrived at the village" of Gohang, where resided a Dayak chief, named Raden Anam rAji Panghulu, who received them joyfully. On the next day, they went to the village of another chief, named Pata Bunga Laut, and returned with him to the village of the former chief. Here a number of chiefs and people were assembled, who de- sired to know wherefore the travelers were come amongst the Diiy.-sks. They replied, that their object in coming was to proclaim good news from God to'their brethren the Dayaks. With this, the r^ji Pang- hulu appeared pleased, but Pad Bunga Laut did not seem so well dis- posed towards them. Upon this, Mr. Monton expatiated on the doc- trines of the gospel, until the heart of Pati Bunga Laut appeared to be inclined towards them: the two chiefs then wished to enter into a co- venant with the missionaries, because they said, the Lord must surely be with them, as many strangers had come to their country, but never any brought such divine instruction with them as what they now heard. They wished, therefore, to establish a fraternal agreement with the missionaries, on condition that the missionaries should teach them the way of God. The travelers replied, that if the Dayaks became tho disciples of Christ, they would be constituted the brethren of Chris- tians without any formal compact. The Dftyaks, however, insisted that the travelers should enter into a compact, according to the custom of the country, by means of blood. The missionaries were startled at this, thinking that the Dayaks meant to murder them, and committed themselves to their heavenly Father, praying that whether living or dying they might, lie at the feet of their Savior. It appears, however, that it is the custom of the Dayaks, when they euter unto a covenant witli any, to draw a little blood from each other's arms, and having mixed it with water to drink it together. Mr. Barenstein having agreed to do this, they took off their coats, and two officers came forward with small knives to take a little blood out of each of the travelers' arms, as well as out of those of the two-chiefs; this being mixed together in four glasses of liquor, they drank several- ly from each others glasses; after which they joined hands and kissed each othnr; then the people came forward and made obeisance to thorn, as the friends of the Dayak kings, crying out with a loud voice, Let us be friends and brctlirun forever, and may God help the Dayaks 8. Religious Intelligence. 2JW ibtain the knowledge of God from the missionaries. The two fsthen said, Brethren, be not afraid to dwell with us, for we will ou no harm, and if others wish to hurt you, we will defend you our life's blood, and die ourselves ere you be slain. God be sss, and this whole assembly be witness, that this is true. VI. Religious Intelligence: Satavia; operations of the ess: Bankok; distribution of tracts; enterprise of Siamese bles; medical practice of Dr. Bradley among the Siamese, Sfc. receding article, respecting the voyage to Borneo, we extracted he Report of the mission at Batavia, for the year 1835: the is sigued both by Mr. Medhurst and Mr. William Young, jun. >utine of ditties, sustained in connection with the mission, and in former numbers of the Repository, were continued through ir, excepting some of the public services, during Mr. Med- visit to China.— The operations of the press have gone on ted: the whole number of works printed,-by lithography, xy- i, and typography, were 24,645 copies, amounting to 1,830,656 The total number of copies sent out from the depository, was These were in various languages, as the Chinese, Malay, Dutch, French, &-c.; and had a very wide circulation, from ince of Shantung in China to- the extremities of Java. k. Under date of July 25th, 1836, Mr. Johnson, a mission- e Chinese, writes: "Much of the time since our arrival in i have, indeed, been in the midst of trials and perplexity, ivith sickness and death, and without any certain dwelling- n the year 1835, we buried two children. * * * Siiice our e have changed our residence no less than seven or eight me instance having beeir expelled by order of government -welling constructed with much expense of time and money; aughter Mary, at the time lying at the point of death, ex- iay following. * * * Within the last two years, with some y brethren, I ha've distributed about 14,000 tracts. Here ud interesting field for tract distribution. A great number junks annually visit here from different ports of China." inson- is one of the missionaries to the Siamese at Bankok. d also visited his family, and taken from them their young- May. Under date of July 22d, Mr. R. writes: "While of junks trading here is yearly diminishing, the European an trade is increasing. Three years ago, only three or igged vessels were seen here, and that but once or twice >le year, and these mostly Arabian vessels under English it is not uncommon to see two, three, or four during al- 011 th of the year. Nor are the Siamese asleep; they arc improvements especially in ship-building. During tlio Krtig'iuus liiti'lligrittr. SEP. past year, Suang Nae Sit, son of the prahklaug, built an elegant ship after the European model, which has been sailing for some time. He is also now superintending the building of two large ships of war, at Chantabun. Prince Chow Fah has also completed a large vessel, which sailed down the river a few days ago; and which we have sel- dom seen surpassed in neatness and elegance. We have heard that the king has ordered no more junks to be built, but that all his vessels be built after the European model." Application had been made to government for a place to erect the printing press, and the prahklang had given a favorable answer, intimating however, that it might be ordered that all the " white faces" should live together. In the letters of D. B. Bradley, M.D. we have interesting accounts respecting his medical practice in Bankok. While there is much discouraging and trying, we fully agree with him that there is also much ground of encouragement for the friends of the Siamese mission. Under date of June 8th 1836, Dr. B. says: "on my return from Chan- tabun, I quickly set myself about fitting up another dispensary. For this purpose I purchased a floating house on the Meinam, the great thoroughfare of Bankok. My location possesses the great advantages of being airy, cool, cleanly, and movable. In case the government should again become jealous, and command me to move off to another place, I shall have none of the trouble, as before, of packing up med- icines with considerable loss, and turning off my 800 patients on an unfeeling community It will only be necessary to loose from my moorings, and float away with my patients on board if I please, quietly engaged in treating them. Thus the Lord has overruled the conse- quences of my expulsion last autumn greatly to my advantage. Not only in this particular, but in many others relating to our mission, all things have been made to work together for our good. For many months I have had, on an average, about 100 patients daily, and often 150 and 170, at midday. They consist of Siamese, Chinese, Burmans, Kambojans, Laos, Malays, and Portuguese. I spend about three hours daily in treating them, beside the time spent in preparing medi- cines, and visiting the sick in the families of the king, princes, and nobles,— which is not a little. "In the hospital, males and females are separate, and treated on different sides of the dispensary but at the same time. A Chinese assistant administers to the males, and a native female to those of her own sex. Mrs. B. sits between the two departments, and directs the assistants in fulfilling my prescriptions. She has considerable time for conversation with the females on religious subjects. My patients carry their papers to the assistants, and they to Mrs. B. to interpret. When I have finished prescribing, I perform a variety of surgical operations, frequently such as are of considerable consequence, as depression of cataract, excision of pterygium, cutting off immense staphyloma, opening jaws that have been perfectly fastened together for years by adhesion of the sides of the cheeks, opening nostrils clos- ed by the small pox, removal of tumors, amputation of limbs, extrac- tion of polypi, &,c., &c. J(>. Hrhouls at Singapore. 23? 'On Saturday, particular pains are taken to call as many together the Sabbath as possible. Our floating chapel is generally very ch crowded on that day; and Mr. Robinson preaches to the Siamese, i manifest a good degree of interest in what they hear. The au- we come from all parts of Bankok and the country. Although ire not encouraged by any special seriousness in our hearers, yet rust that the Lord is by these and other means preparing his way ng this people, and that he will soon appear among them in his !. Mr. Dean is steadily and judiciously engaged in the supervi- of the little Chinese church in this city, in studying Chinese, in healing the sick." a subsequent letter, dated July 23d, Dr. Bradly, after saying success attended the operations in his hospital, adds: "I have y obtained a place for the establishment of the Siamese depart- of our mission. The land belongs to the prahklang. I have not een able to complete the bargain, but hope to do so after long i with patience. As I shall rent it of the prime minister for for- affairs, it will be more stable than any other situation. It is in sant part of Bankok, opposite the city wall, where Mr. Robin- id myself hope soon to build each a house, and as soon as possi- good printing office and chapel." We understand that a loca- as already been found for the erection of a Tuft's power press, rried up to Bankok. 711. Schools at Singapore: the Second Report of the Singa- s Schools, for 1835-36; printed at the office of the Singapore e Press. schools, though of recent origin, are in a prosperous state, regards funds and scholars. At present, there are of boys ants of English, Portuguese, Armenians, Malays, and Chu- 15 in the English department, 14 in the Tamul, and 13 in ayan. These, however, are not the only schools in the set- "as the missionaries of both English and American societies ely established Chinese and Malay schools in different parts >wn, which are well attended, being near the dwellings of the "In our last volume, page 524, some account is given of apore Institution, which is mentioned in one of the two para- hat we extract from the Report before us, and which will >nce something of the views and purposes of the directors of Js at Singapore. The following are the two paragraphs, avoidable position of Singapore as a place where a beneficial con- tinues to be carried on by Europeans with the traders of the Indian fo, has been often set forth; but to a philanthrophic mind, the ntage presents an extensive field for operations of a higher order; ie gradual introduction of civilization and the religion of truth various classes of natives who have either settled here pennanent- instantly coming and returning for purposes of commerce. Plac- ery verge of the British dominions in the east, and in the midst of Journal of Ocrurrenr.rs. SEP. barbarous states, Ibis settlement shows a varied population consisting of Chi- nese, Malays, Bugis, a smaller portion of other natives of the Archipelago, with a large admixture of settlers from Bengal, and the Coromandel coast: and, though it is pleasing to witness such a heterogenous mass dwelling peaceably together under one common rule and busily engaged in commerce chiefly, yet the moral picture it presents is deplorable. Ignorance, supersti- tion, idolatry, sensuality, and fraud prevail, and the details of the commission of crimes which we so often hear, shew but too clearly that we are living amongst men, some classes of whom, the Malays of the neighboring regions especially, are not yet brought within the pale of common civilization. Is it not, therefore, the duty of those who are more enlightened, who profess Chris- tian doctrines and principles, to endeavor as much as possible to ameliorate the moral condition of these their fellow-beings? It is by education, and instilling correct principles into the minds of the children of the different clas- BOS of inhabitants in this settlement, that we must look for a gradual advance in virtue and knowledge amongst thorn. "The English school is free to children of all classes who may be desirous of learning the English language, now rapidly becoming the lingua franca of the world ; and to Malay and Tamul children, the two native schools attached to the institution are open; ths plan being, that when the children in these djpartments are considered to have acquired a sufficient knowledge of their own languages, they may avail themselves of the superior advantages offered them by attending tho English school. The smallness of the building, at present occupied as a school-house, and the limited state of the funds have heretofore prevented an extension of the plan to the Chinese, Bugis, and other classes of the native population; but when the schools are removed to the building originally designed for the Singapore Institution, and now under course of repair for that purpose, it is hoped that the plan above alluded to will be extended, in establishing schools for the instruction of the children of most classes of the varied population of this settlement, first in their own language, and afterwards in English, if required." ART. VIII. Journal of Occurrences: Seamen's Hospital; Educa- tion Society; disasters by the late typhoon; report to the Emperor on the memorial of Heu Naetse; the hoppo'i order on longcloths; theft in Peking; imperial envoys; disturbances in Hoonan; new governor in Fuhkeen; prince Isaac in Turkestan; defenses at the Bogue; extracts from the Canton Court Circular. tl H Wl tai Si M vin V, wiira ^ y/ THE Canton Register of the 27th, contains the first Report of the "British Sea- men's Hospital Society," the plan of which originated under the auspices of the late lord Napier. We shall endeavor to give the Report a place in our next Tlie Morrison Education Society, for the promotion of education among the Chi- nese, was organized on the 28th instant. The constitution of the Society, we understand, will appear in the Canton Press of to-morrow, the 1st of October. The disasters occasioned by the late gale (on the 1st of August,) seem not to be lessened by the lapse of another month. The Hormasjee Bomanjee, the Ha- moody, and the Margaret Graham, are given up as lost.—On the 30th of July, at JO o'clock P.M. the Alexander, captain, G. R. Wilson, was wrecked, sailing hence to Singapore: at noon on that day she was in N. lat. 10° 28,' and 111° 27' E. long No lives were lost; and no property was saved. f S A report has reached Canton that the Hamoody has arrived at Manila, dismasted. This report, we hope, will be found authentic. ^s ,»-/ ->>*.! :^/A;:; ii^^ x ^V >P»« Mi. Jiiuriidl of CJrrtirrenrr.*. I report on the memorial of Hcu A'uttsc. recommending to his majesty to allow iraportittioii of opium through the custom-house of Canton, so as to prevent iggline and the exportation of silver, was dispatched to Peking on the Till in- toy the chief provincial officers. It is rumored (hat there will be a "strong osilion party" to this "new measure." In order respecting "lotigcloth«," came out from the office of the hoppo, n our last number was going to press: we introduce it here as supplemen- to an order contained in that number, page \ •-','>. It was issued in conse- ice of a representation from the hong merchants, at the instance, we believe, e foreign residents. It is as follows. (Van, by imperial appointment superintendent of maritime customs in the pro- e of Kwangtung, &c., &.., in reply. Die object of this petition is to request, that unbleached longcloths may he sed at the same rate as coarse white longcloths, It sets forth, that, if distinc- lic made in regard to quality, the low price which the former bear in the et will occasion losses on the part of the said foreigners. This appears to correct representation, but in a case which relates to the established regula- it is requisite of course to examine the quality of commodities, and act in ence to the regulations. In regard to the two pieces of bleached longcloth ; presented, let the petitioners wait, and the pieces shall be officially stamp- d sent out to them: a communication also shall be addressed to the gov- that the matter may be duly placed on record.—16th year of Taoukwang, onth, J6th day. [August, 27th, 1836.] ft in Peking. A curious case of theft has taken place in Peking, the office Board of Punishments having been broken into at night, and the great seal i off. Within a month after its loss, both the thief and seal were discov- the latter not until repeated searches, when it was at length found in the ey of a kind of oven, used in the north for the purpose of heating the rooms winter. The immediate occasion of the theft is represented to be a loss ihling, in which the thief had been engaged in the outer court of the office; tal object he expected to gain by the mere theft of the seal, unless he took ing of more value also with it, does not appear. rial Envoys. The two envoys who were lately at Canton have been has- alled to Peking, his majesty being displeased with the manner in which inducted the investigation of the last case that was submitted to them, III their departure before the investigation was concluded. Two other Choo Szeyen, president of the Board of Office, and Keying, president of rd of Revenue, were to leave Peking in August last; and, after conclud- e affairs in Chfikeang and Keangse, will continue their journey to Can- nvestigate a second time the case above referred to. It is a case of B, or murder, committed by the son of a district magistrate in his father's cy, and hushed up at the time, but reported by an officer at the capital. isturbances in Hoonan. The governor of Kwangtung and Kwangse has the apprehension of several vagrant priests of suspicious character, 'horn has been recognized the leader of the late insurrection in Hoonan. (scaped, and was traveling, as a priest of Budha, through Kwangse, in- irol>al»ly to cross over into Tungking. Several other principal offenders t liberty; and the emperor is not a little indignant, that, in a compara- el province like Hoonan, so many should have been suffered to escape eal themselves for a long time. The disturbances would appear to have to Sfcpchuen. as the governor of that province, as well as the governor vang, is required to examine into the tise and progress of the associa- bich the disturbances were excited. Either the police is very effective ous, or the discontented among the people are very feebly united, else I not see these wide-spreading insurrections so readily suppressed as we The late disturbances are as usual attributed to religious sects, miioiif. we have before seen, Romanism, is included. It is easy, therefore, t for the jealousy with which the government views the circulation s opinions, regarding them as a cover mere.ly to political projects of nd treason. Chung Tsea'ng, who has been for several years lieut.-governor of and has always been earnest in his endeavors to hinder the visits of 240 .luiinml iif Oceurrciirea. foreign ships on the coHst of that province, has just been appointed to the govern- ment of FiihkePn and Chf kca'iig. He is commanded to proceed to Peking im- mediately, to receive the imperial instructions. Turkestan. We give the following translation of an imperial edict, as showing the tone assumed by the Chinese government towards its subjects of another race and a different religion. "The Mohammedan prince, Isaac, was lately holding an appointment at Peking; and the climate not agreeing with him, we expressed our pleasure that he should return to his home, for the recovery of his health. Kwo- chun has now reported that the prince is quite recovered, and requests the gift of a new appointment. This is highly gratifying to us; but as the prince is now up- wards of sixty years of age, it is probable that the toil of a long journey, and the uncongenial nature of the climate will overcome him. He is not therefore re- quired to come to Peking, but is permitted to remain at home. We would thus manifest the tender regard we bear towards our Mohammedan servants." The Bogue. The governor of the "two broad provinces" has applied for a grant of money to be placed at interest, the annual sum accruing from it to be appropriated for the extraordinary expenses of the fortifications of the Bogue and river of Canton. The estimate of what will be annually required, for the pur- pose of exercising the military in working the guns for reviews, and for presents to those who perform the exercise well, is 6700 tacls. To produce this annual sum, a grant has been made of 50,000 taels (the amount of the property of two extensive opium dealers, confiscated to government about two years ago,) to be placed at interest, at ten per cent. The remainder is to be paid from a branch of the naval department in whii:h some reductions have lately been made. Ac- counts of the actual expenses are directed to be returned annually. The governor has just left the city for the purpose of inspecting these and the other fortifications at the entrace of the various branches of this river, and to review the troops. Extracts from the Canton Court Circular. The execution of capital punish- ment, from the 26th ultimo to the 22d instant, is reported to have taken place only on two occasions. The number of thieves, robbers, and other disturbers of the public peace, who have been caught and handed over to the proper authori- ties for trial, in the mean time, has been unusally large. Reports of these, and of official visits, fill up the Circulars before us; other occurrences, in which the people are concerned, find no place in this courtly paper: one or two of which, however, may be here noticed. Early in the month, a person reported to one of the officers of the police, that in a certain shop near the foreign factories, boxes were made for contraband goods: deputies were accordingly sent to seize the offenders; by mistake they entered the wrong shop, and rudely commenced making search : at this the people of the shop and their neighbors were incensed, and soon had the deputies bound. It was not long before the cheheen and the chefoo arrived, and the deputies were released. The next day the case came be- fore the chief authorities, and the master of the shop and his principal supporters in the affray, who had been taken into custody, were released on the plea that they believed the deputies were unauthorised persons in disguise,—a thing which frequently happens. Another more recent affray has occurred, in which the parties, members of two different clans, took the field with swords, spears, and arrows; some lives were lost; but the particulars we have not yet ascertained. August 26iA. The governor and 1'teut.-governor went early in the morning, and offered incense in the temple of the god of war. N.B. This is repeated every few days, with more or less ceremony during the month. Annual •JfMli. Chin Alae, a tattooed criminal was seized and delivered over to the cheheen of Nanhae. Sept. 20n, J. Goddard, and a Resident in China. ess than the permanent establishment of free and friendly between China and the western nations will satisfy the 'this age. The present state of international relations, in ulars at least, is "utterly intolerable;" and in all respects ; of improvements, beneficial and desirable to all who are erested. The great number of publications respecting ch have come from the press during the present year, men are beginning to think on their relations with this The inquiries which are now abroad in the west concern- astern nations, are, we think, the sure precursors of ; and the friends of improvement, if they will so contend shun that recklessness which is too apt to characterize iers, have nothing to fear. We need not have ruin in •e reform; nor need we think or act as though natural or are permitted of Heaven that they may be passively endur- deplored by us. When ourselves or others are visited irils, it is right to regard them as occasions which demand lent of our powers in trying to remove or surmount them. d now is, much may be done for the improvement of man the dark abode of the savage may be progressively trans- the home of the refined and virtuous; and wherever under whatever circumstances placed, it is always our ty to exert ourselves as we find opportunity to effect this Human power, we believe, is to be diligently exerted to condition of China and its relations with other nations, who would exercise a spirit of conquest or revenge (if v. NO. vi. 31 242 Free Intercourse between China and Christendom. OCT. there be such) we cannot coincide, nor can we with those whose dread of impetuosity makes them, if not in theory yet in practice, con- servatives of existing abuses. We do not think with an esteemed correspondent in our last num- ber, that our line of obligation in accomplishing the desired changes, is measurable by the progress of commerce, nor, because its abuses have been by a wise Providence overruled for good, that therefore we may wait on their continuance and expect to see the fulfilment of our wishes. The circulation of tracts may have been extended somewhat by means of the opium trade; but this fact is no good reason for our wait- ing for improvements that follow only in the wake of commerce; and though hereafter, its "intoxicating progress" should still be overruled to work much political change, yet, surely, we may not therefore rest in the possession of such means to effects-moral good. Commerce has done and is doing much for the benefit of mankind, and every proper means should be used to extend its benefits. But that an intercourse which self-interest seeks, when connected as it is in China with il- legal and demoralizing courses, is all that the wisdom and energy of Christendom should endeavor to establish or is capable of effecting, is a sentiment to which we cannot give our assent. Nor do we think it right to sleep on, until we can witness the "irresistible effects" of the "la*a-like progress" of the two great "conterminous" powers on the north and west of China. Are we warranted to expect that the "energy" which emits the lava will by and by prompt to check it? It may be that the influence of " religion as well as sound po- licy" should be exerted to avert " collision" until happiness can be secured to the "conquered;" but the "foresight" requisite for this is an acquirement so rarely found that we cannot build our hope upon it. In short, while we deprecate "a too precipitate attempt" to im- h°^5^^^^\ cd' prove our intercourse with the people of this empire, we cannot u^^-/^^ ^^ recommend waiting for the results of the present system of commer- n°^^^ cial intercourse, and for we know not what events of " external pres- CV^^$T" sure" and '.' internal commotion." Our voice is and it must be to the *~~-^ ^ moral powers of Christendom (whose governments are or ought to "-^^ be the repositories of such powers,) to attempt the amelioration of the • -^. condition of China. For accomplishing this end, a free and friendly /^ :S-^r intercourse is a great desideratum; and we firmly believe, that if they j^HH* ^s will "attempt great things," with a right spirit, in a right way, and lc-^ *~ for a good end, they may expect great and most beneficial results. » -^* In making the foregoing remarks, we are not to be regarded as be- ^-y^^ ing either belligerent or pacific, In reference to any parties which may t-\x- be supposed to divide in opinion our community. Truth is our object, v*z>c and we trust our pages show that we are not partisans, but we do a\V wish and hope and desire to bear a humble part in labors to concen- C.OT trate the cne.rgies of all in just and generous efforts to improve the on condition of China. THIS is DUTY. And we hail with satisfaction t- every effort to remove that ignorance of the character and circum- • «•< stances of this people which must be felt to be signal among the r' difficulties embarrassing our path, in the institution of measures for ° 3. Free Intercourse between China and Christendom. 243 aassing the object of a more intimate connection of China with stendom. The several writers named at the head of this article come before the public with this design, and with claims which ; residence' here gives them to be heard: the facts and opinions h they have advanced are worthy of being placed "on record;" is far as our limits will allow, we do this in their own words. The ;ts which follow, though brief, are intended to show the spirit lanner and object of each writer. T/te present 'position mid prospects of the British trade with China; r with an outline of same leading occurrences in its ]:ant history. By Matlieson, eeq., of the firm of Jardine, Mathoson & Co. of Can- p. 135. London: Smith, Elder & Co., l.'ornhil!, booksellers to their es. 183tf. ! first part of Mr. Matheson's pamphlet is occupied with a brief of some of the circumstances attending the king's commission ton in 1834, and of the principles upon which the policy of the ndia company was based: he then proceeds to consider the . attitude of affairs, and to offer son remarks on the policy ought now to be adopted, of which the following paragraphs cimens. t, it is said, the emperor of China has an unquestionable right it or refuse us intercourse with his dominions; to impose such ms as he may think fit; and that where no treaty exists, noth- rents him from, at any time he pleases, withdrawing, restrain- nodifying such permission. Such observations as these are, ceived, quite beside the real question now in dispute; which 'hat were the original rights of China, as an independent na- it she might have done, or refused to do, in the first instance, : are the rights of China, now; whether her own acts have ricted and limited those rights, and imposed upon her abligations, and subjected her to certain liabilities, from e principles of justice,— of the law of nations,— forbid her ." p. 33. ss, therefore, we are to discard all principles of right reason- ouiid construction of the rights and liabilities existing be- :ions, we have abundant evidence to show that China has 1 — has imposed upon herself—the obligation of continuing emission to trade with her, on fair and reasonable terms. is said, 'there is no trecity, and in the absence of a treaty, lot exist any such obligation as that spoken of.' It is true is no formal treaty solemnly and in so many words agreed een the two nations; that the emperor chooses now to reject ;s to procure one. Surely, however, we are warranted in •, that in analogy to another regulation of our municipal law, ous reasonableness and utility,—e.g. a right of way over of another, which after a certain number of years' use, prescription, an indefeasible right to the enjoyment of that f, and is supported by the supposition of an original deed that easement; the trade which the emperors of China i •244 Fret Iitfercoume betwfeit China and Chiistrridom. OCT. have suffered to be carried on for nearly a couple of centuries, may be reasonably presumed to have had its origin in a treaty—even of the most explicit and formal description. Let it be borne in mind again and again, that the advantages of this trade are not all on one side, but reciprocal, and have been acknowledged to be so, by China. It is mere trifling to talk of her being now at liberty to disregard the law of nations, on the ground of her having never designed to recognize it. She has been long too far committed by her conduct towards this country. We have already seen that in 1678 she invited us to settle a factory at Canton; the emperor has himself personally, and :epeatedly through his viceroy, sanctioned our intercourse, and even laid down the terms on which it might be carried on. In 1715, the supercargoes stipulated for eight articles or conditions, according to which the trade might be carried on with China, and which were deliberately and solemnly conceded." pp. 41,43. "Is, then, the trade of China to be continued, and on terms consistent with the honor of the British nation? If the voice of Great Britain answer this question in the affirmative, a very dif- ferent tone and style of policy must be forthwith assumed, from that which has hitherto so unfortunately been adopted. Great as are the sacrifices we have made to secure this valuable trade, long as we have carried it on, important as are the relations and responsibilities it has entailed upon us, we should forfeit for ever our character in the society of nations, whose eyes are upon our movements in this matter, were we, on light grounds, now to succumb to the Chinese, to be bullied and terrified by their absurd swagger and airs of intimidation, into a surrender of our just and hard- earned rights and privileges. At the present moment these consid- erations press upon us with uncommon force. Having seen fit recent- ly to alter altogether our system of commercial intercourse with Chi- na, a measure which must be presumed to have been thoroughly and wisely considered before it was adopted, we shall become the laugh- ing-stock of the world, if the direct effect of our elaborate legislation be, either to shut us out altogether from China, or place our inter- course upon an infinitely more precarious,- oppressive, and ignomini- ous footing than ever, as wilt infallibly be the result, if we be not now fully alive to the nature of our claims upon China, and prepared to assert them with resolution and vigor. Is there any one who doubts the justice of these observations? Let him meditate upon a recent il- lustration of their truth,—the melancholy and most humiliating recep- tion and fate of lord Napier!" pp. 50, 51. "The emperor of China, by ratifying the acts of the local authori- ties in their outrageous treament of lord Napier, has rendered himself responsible for such treatment; it has "become a public concern, and the injured party is to consider the nation as the real author of the injury, of which the citizen was only the instrument." Surely we should be able to show, before proceeding to such extremities, that we have "ineffectually demanded justice, or. tha(t we have every reason to believe that it would be in vain for us to demand it." 16. Free Intcrcuune between China and Christendom. 245 istice is refused," says Vattel, "in several ways: first, by a denial istice, properly so called, or by a refusal to hear your complaints hose of your subjects, or to admit them to establish their rights re the ordinary tribunals." If this latter be, in the opinion of an jhtened writer on international law, of itself a sufficient cause for 'muting of letters of marque and reprisals,—what abundant cause s for resorting to the same measures, in the accumulated wrongs h the Chinese have already heaped, and still threaten to heap, the subjects of Great Britain!" p. 67. iio far back as the year 1815, we find the president of the Select nittee at Canton—Mr. Elphinstone,—thus indicating, to the t of Directors, the most advisable course then to pursue, in order nedy evils of which we have now even far greater cause to com- :—" There appears to me no mode so likely to prevent these :>us consequences (i. e. an entire stoppage of the trade with .,) as that of establishing a direct and frequent communication, en the two governments." * * * Following up this suggestion, •otiting by subsequent experience, carefully considering, more- he very peculiar position of aftairs at the present conjuncture, ubmitted that his majesty's government would act wisely in ig the suggestions of the present Canton merchants: who hum- ,y, * * * " That his majesty would be pleased to grant powers itentiary to such person of suitable rank, discretion, and diplo- sxperience, as his majesty in his wisdom might think fit and to be entrusted with such authority: and that he should be 1 to proceed to a convenient station on the eastern coast of as near to the capital of the country as might be found most it, in one of his majesty's ships of the line, attended by a suf- laritime force, which, they are of opinion, need not consist of in two frigates, and three or four armed vessels of light draft, with a steam vessel, all fully manned;" and that he might >laced in a position to demand the reparations and concessions ggested. Scarcely any additional expense, if that could be an such an affair as this, need be incurred by this country, in this course of policy; since the costly establishment which, [uence of their exclusion from Canton, we are now maintain- hardly any functions to exercise) at Macao,—may be great- d; and our Indian squadron, already in commission, might ed to cruize as a fleet of observation along the coasts of stead of lying at some of the Indian ports, which are usually y unhealthy to their crews. If the occasion should not be i require in the first instance, the service of a special pleni- , the admiral might be charged with a letter from our it to the emperor, referring to the manner in which lord is received and treated, as a reason for desiring a commu- ith his imperial majesty, with a view to come to an under- n this painful subject, as well as on the grievances from trade is suffering." pp. 73, 75. 246 Free Intertwine bttwecn China and Christendom. OCT. "If, finally, his majesty should see fit to adopt the above suggestion, there remains one observation—already alluded to—to be most re- spectfully pressed upon the attention of ministers; that our plenipo- tentiary should be clothed with sufficient powers to enforce, if neces- sary, the assertion of our rights. It is an acknowledged maxim in all negotiations, that the surest preventive of war is an unequivocal manifestation of our being neither unable nor unprepared, on its becoming necessary, to resort to it. The moment our negotiator- lets it be perceived that he is precluded by his instructions from adopting such a course, whether to protect the rights of our mer- chants, or vindicate the respect due to his official character, he may be assured that all his arguments will prove unavailing, and can tend only to betray his weakness; while, it is equally certain that the acute policy of the Chinese will, at the very outset, be invariably exerted to make him develope under what instructions he is acting; what are the limits to his sufferance, and what the extent of his powers to re- taliate in case of insult or injury. This they will soon bring to light, by such a studied system of privation and disrespect, as shall compel him to show his strength, if he have any, or wanting this, to flounder through a course of alternate opposition and unavoidable submission, which cannot do otherwise than end in his defeat." p. 78. 2. Letter to the right honorable viscount Palmerston, on British relations with China. By H. Hamilton Lindsay, (late of the honorable East India Company's service in China,) author of the "Report of the Amherst's voyage to the northeast coast of China." Third edition ; pp. 19. London: Saunders and Otley, Conduit street: 1836. Mr. Lindsay, after remarking that it must be apparent to all "that our affairs can hardly be allowed to remain in the anomalous state in which they are now placed," asks, what is to be done? and having pointed out some of the difficulties of the case adds: "I have considered the subject deeply, and feel convinced that there are but two modes of acting that can now be adopted with any appearance of consistency. The first method which I should suggest is by a direct armed interference to demand redress for past injuries, and security for the future. The second, the withdrawal of all poli- tical relations from a country wjiich obstinately refuses to acknow- ledge such without insult. The mode of proceeding in the first alter- native I will hereafter detail. In the second, I would suggest the withdrawal, at once, of all his majesty's commissioners, and that a person of no pretensions should be sent out as agent for the customs, whose sole duties should consist in registering ships' papers, and countersigning manifests. This mode of procedure will be highly embarrassing to the Chinese authorities, who are most anxious to see some recognized chief at Canton for the purpose, as they term it, of "managing and controlling all affairs of the English nation;" and on the very first difficulty or dispute which occurs, they will most anx- iously inquire, why no such authority exists. Our reply then is ob- vious: "It is your own fault; for, when we sent one to you, you treat- ed him with insult; and it is incompatible with the dignity of England •>; ie i °U8tair, >\y -jm ~ Sto> :f< !(i. Free Mrrrourse between China and Christendom. '247 ; a representative of her sovereign should be subject to such giiity; no chief will, therefore, be sent until you promise him iper reception and treatment.'" p. 4. It is needless for me to enter at length here on the various griev- is under which we labor in China, and which must be removed re can expect to realize the advantages which a really free trade that country offers. I will merely recapitulate a few which ap- to me most prominent. 1. The use of opprobrious epithets both licts and proclamations- issued by the government, imputing to fners crimes and profligacy of the most atroci'ous and revolting .cter. 2. The undefined state of the duties,—the real being in instances tenfold the nominal. 3. The interdiction to hire louses, and consequent insecurity ofproperty, or to trade legally my but the hong merchants. 4. The exorbitant port charges, effectually prevent small ships from trading legally at Canton, e prohibition to trade anywhere but at Canton, being the port empire the worst adapted for extending our commerce, for the reason that the staple articles of export, tea, and silk, are it from the northern provinces at a heavy expense, while the heavy charges of conveying our woollens to the north, form iperable bar to any great increase in their consumption. 6. ^illations enforced relative to homicides. All the comparatively personal grievances under which we labor, which are, how- lost galling and unnecessary, would vanish the moment we itablished a claim to be respected by the Chinese, instead I despised, as we are most deservedly at present.—What, >uld be the force requisite to coerce the Chinese empire, with itless millions of inhabitants? In my opinion, by combining c measures with judicious policy, a comparatively small naval uld do all that was requisite. 1 would wish to see an ambas- it out from England to act in conjunction with the admiral ndian station for the purpose of demanding redress for inju- :ined, and negotiating a commercial treaty on a liberal basis. Y adequate force to compel submission would consist of one (tie ship, two large frigates, six corvettes, and three or four 3amers, having on board a land force of about six hundred sfly artillery, in order to protect any land operation which necessary. The greater portion of this force is already in i might be made available but with little expense." p. 11. esult of these proceedings would, within a very short period, lilated all vestiges of a naval force along the coast of China, Jaced in our power thousands of native merchant vessels. ese coast presents facilities for such operations beyond any e world, being studded with numerous islands, in many of veil as oji the main land, are long, narrow bays with deep tvhich ahy number of vessels might be deposited, and the sd by a single man-of-war or armed merchant vessel. se such depots might be formed, the vessels moored there- 's landed with the exception of a fe men in each to take 248 18; free Intercourse between China and Christendom. OCT. care of their property, and then would be tho time freely to circulate printed papers, recapitulating the grievances we had to complain of, the demands we made, and stating that the moment they were granted peace would be restored, and all the junks in our possession would be liberated, safe and uninjured. This would have the double good effect of proving that our moderation was equal to our success, and would render every person directly or indirectly interested in the Chinese property in our power, an advocate for the expediency of granting our claims. A lithographic press, of which there are several in China, would form a valuable auxiliary on board the flag-ship. I need hardly say that I would recommend the kindest and most lenient conduct towards all the fishermen and inhabitants of the coast, and that all provisions required should be punctually and liberally paid for. By these means, confidence would soon be established, and the Chinese would flock to us from all quarters, bringing abundant sup- plies of every article we might stand in need of. I will even go so far as to say, that I fully believe trade to a very considerable extent might be carried on throughout the whole period of hostile operations, by granting passes to such Chinese vessels as were ready to embark in it." pp. 16, 17. 3. Remarks on the British relations with China, and the proposed plans for improving them. By sir George Thomas Staunton, bait. pp. 48. London: Edmund Lloyd, Harley-street; and Simpkin and Marshall, stationers'-street court. 1836. The chief object of these remarks is to rebut those offered by Mr. Lindsay. What he promises to show respecting "a very highly co- lored or absolutely false translation," we here omit, because its inser- tion, with the remarks which the case demands, would require much more space than the present article will allow. Hereafter, in due time, we will return to this topic, and may then be able to show that the translations in question are neither "absolutely false" nor "very highly colored:" perchance we may show more than this, for our object will be to exhibit fully, by quotations from a variety of standard authors, the true meaning of the terms in dispute. After a few preliminary observations, sir George thus proceeds: "It may be as well, however, just to notice cursorily, in this place, the six topics of grievance adverted to by Mr. Lindsay.—p. 11. 1. "Opprobrious epithets." It must be obvious that these must be wholly unworthy of notice as a matter of formal complaint, except so far as they may be introduced into official documents; and I think I shall be able to show, hereafter, that the most prominent instances of offensive language imputed to such documents, are to be ascribed either to a very highly colored or absolutely false translation. 2, " Unde- fined state of duties;" 3, "interdiction to hire warehouses, or trade with any but the hong merchants;" 4, "exorbitant port charges;" 5, "prohibition to trade any where but at Canton." There can be no question but that these are all points upon which the system of our trade with the Chinese might be altered vastly for the better; that it would be perfectly natural and reasonable, on our part, to endeavor •art >K°fi|J i11" ffOH on Hi. Free Intercourse between China and CkfiateluloM. 249 btain from the Chinese government such additional privileges ;>:iuJd have tarnished our national honor, ess I think it possible that a third mission, if sent to China, which this is not the place to detail, might, in very skilful er clear of those difficulties which obstructed the former ne, and rendered all negotiation impossible, and that our uior might be preserved at the same time that our national »uld be promoted ; but I am very far indeed from recommend- le experiment should be tried. It would not only require fill leader, but it would be necessary that he should have confidence and cooperation, if called upon, of that British community at Canton, for whose interests he was to Jetliner aside the risk of an ambassador being named, who ,-ery good quality except that peculiar one, of fitness for 250 Free Intercourse between China and Christendom. OVT. his office—what possible chance would he have of advancing peace- ably in the slow but sure steps of ordinary negotiation, while the ma- jority of the British community at Canton, sympathizing, as I believe they at present do, in the belligerent views of Mr'. Lindsay, would be impatient to cut at once with the sword the Gordian knot of his diplomacy? "There are one or two other points in Mr. Lindsay's pamphlet which seem to require some notice. Although he is an advocate for naval hostilities on a large scale, he especially provides that "he would on no account advocate the taking possession of the smallest island on the coast." (p. 3.) No man certainly would advocate such a measure, except as an ultima ratio; but when we consider how many islands there are upon the coast, over which the Chinese government exercises no one act of jurisdiction, and which might easily be taken possession of with the entire consent and good-will of the inhabitants, if there be any; and when we further recollect that the original occu- pation of the island of Macao by the Portuguese was precisely an act of this description, and not the result of any previous authentic ces- sion by the Chinese authorities, as pretended, it does seem an exces- sive and inconsistent degree of scrupulousness so carefully to disclaim any such intention, especially when something of the kind must have been anticipated when speaking (p. 10,) of forming depots among the numerous islands, where the crews of the captured vessels might be landed. Mr. Lindsay objects to the occupation of an island, because "such a measure would have quite a contrary effect from forwarding that extension of purely commercial intercourse, which would be so advantageous to both countries, and might also lead to consequences of which it would be impossible to foretell the result." (p. 8.) Very likely; but these are the very reasons why the scheme of a squadron, having sea and land forces'on board, for the purposes of embargo and blockade, is also objected to. Tt is only in order to avoid direct hos- tilities, even as an ultima ratio, and under the circumstance of the British commerce having been driven altogether from the continent of China, that I ventured to suggest (in the resolutions which I mov- ed in the house of commons,) that, instead of endeavoring to regain our position on the continent by force, we should endeavor to esta- blish our trade "on some insular position on the coast, where (being out of the limits of Chinese jurisdiction,) it might be carried on beyond the reach of acts of molestation and oppression." From this proposi- tion thus qualified, I confess, I see no reason to shrink." pp. 31, 35. 4. Remarks on the late lord Napier's mission to Canton; in reference to the present slate of our relations with China. By James Goddard, esq., late of Canton, pp. 21. London. 1836. The writer of these remarks first alludes to the circumstances un- der which lord Napier "came to Canton," and then adds: "As regards personal considerations, no one perhaps could have been selected better qualified than lord Napier for the important office of chief superintendent of trade: he seemed to combine in his .o eye, quo of if, and imp( opinion, in Free Intercourse between China and Christendom. 251 cter a degree of firmness and pliancy, of dignity and affability, dapted to unite the suffrages of those whose interests he had to t, and to influence the Chinese government, if they were to be iced at all. But in the struggle which he had to make in order iblish himself on an equality with the authorities at Canton, he iset with numerous difficulties, which in relation to the Chinese led and overshadowed his influence. rst, there had been united with him, as his majesty's chief ity, three members of the company's factory, a melke. totally in- ble to the Chinese, who looked upon the company's servants as e equals of the hong x merchants, which hong merchants are to kneel in humbleness and submission before the local author- 'Canton. Yet, in defiance of Chinese prejudices, these dis- materials were blended together in the superintendents of free There had also been established, before lord Napier's arrival, ;e committee, which was composed of another portion of the y's servants; so that to the eyes of the Chinese theie was the nee merely of mutation, and not of radical change; for al- the monopoly was abolished, and the company had not the interest or connexion with free trade, yet they thus contrived i China as large a portion of their retainers, as if they had d to possess, in reality, the whole administration of the Brit- nerce with that country." pp. 4, 5. appearance of eight of the company's servants in high offi- itions, not only gave scope for this inference, but it furnished •ounded hope, to the Chinese authorities, that if they could t lord Napier, they would then be able to preserve the status ings, and conduct matters as heretofore. Indeed, so natural sing was this inference, that even Europeans fell into the same Lord Napier soon became sensible of the equivocal situation he was placed; and a Chamber of Commerce suggested itself is -an institution likely to combine the commercial body, in ited information he might repose confidence, and whose F interest in the policy that it might be necessary to pursue, arantee that their opinions would not be advanced without Dn and consideration when he might find it necessary to lem. To this object, therefore, he directed his attention estness: he called a public meeting, and, among other commended this to their particular attention,.handing them e time a paper of hints for their information and guidance; a done so, he left them to pursue their own plans with re- in consequence, rules and regulations were drawn up superintendence of a committee, which only required the 'a general meeting; all parties seemed to contribute their le common object, and lord Napier appeared to have estab- lanimity beyond what could have been reasonably expected. this was in progress, and his lordship was endeavoring lis natural supports around him, the contention with the gan to thicken; each person began to entertain notions I'i'i'i' lnfrrriHirSf. lii'tiuei'ii ('liittti ntni (IhriftriitloiH. of his own: nil the varieties of fear and apprehension, of hope and confidence, took place; some appeared to be frightened at the shadow of a shade, and others assumed a confidence which saw neither ha- zard nor danger It would be difficult, and perhaps injudicious, to pronounce an opinion of the justice or folly of the views entertained on either side. pp. 5, 6, "The determination and vigor witli which lord Napier conduct- ed the contest, shook for a time the resolution of the Chinese author- ities, and an evident relaxation of their high tone took place: sub- ordinate officers were appointed to hold an interview with his lordship, in order to obtain some insight into the nature and object of his mis- sion, steps evidently of a yielding character, p. 8. "On finding, however, that all direct communication with the Chinese authortities was still withheld, lord Napier adopted a plan which appears to have brought him nearer to an equality with them than any steps that had yet been taken. He publicly replied to the viceroy's and officers' edicts, adopting their own language and phra- seology, as far as could be done with propriety. By this act they found their conduct about to be exposed to the body of the people, and their own proclamations met by those of equal publicity, their falsehoods detected, and the barriers which they heel set up overturned. Had circumstances not prevented, or rather had lord Napier's sickness not overtaken him so rapidly, the operation of this system judiciously conducted would probably have overruled all obstacles." p. 10. "So much with regard to the trade at Canton. As respects the extension of our intercourse with the eastern coast of China, we ap- prehend this can only be brought about by keeping up a constant communication with various ports by the ingress and egress of our ships of war. In an object of great commercial importance, promising to open to us the means and mode of supplying nations supposed to comprise a third of the population of the globe, with our arts and ma- nufactures, cannot a few ships of war be spared, as well for the better protection of our merchantmen in the China seas, as to endeavor to slip between the Chinese and their prejudices by frequently visiting their ports with demonstrations of friendly intentions? It may be ca- viled at as a paradox, how ships of war are to be employed with friend- ly intentions: but the object is, to establish a social intercourse, to interchange communications, be they ever so frivolous, to show the Chinese by tranquil and judicious visits, that the ships are only ships of war in name. Will it be said that the gallant commanders and officers, when understanding the character of their mission, are not equal to carry it into effect? The only answer that can fairly be made is, that if they are not, they will be found wanting for the first time, and to belie their national character of being as social in peace as brave in war. This woulo not interfere with, or exclude, our merchants from taking their part and exercising their "thrifty assiduity" for the extension of trade,—and by their conjoint efforts, the Chinese may be moulded into something like a social and inter- national body." i>j>. 17, 18. raeiL and wiel Free Intcrroune betioef/t China ami Cltristriuluni. ~:">3 'ritixli intercourse with China. By a Resident in China, pp. 58. i: Edward Suter, 19, Cheapside. 1836. prefatory note, "to the British merchants and manufacturers ted in the trade with Eastern Asia," the Resident remarks: iiu perfectly aware, that in the present state of foreign inter- with China, a residence there does nothing more than supply terfect test, to which to bring the speculations that are hazard- i the anticipations that are indulged, in reference to that em- 1 am far from claiming your attention on this ground, to the mts expressed in the following pages. If they be not com- ! to you by their own propriety, nothing else should commend I have made them public, in a sincere desire to contribute a share to the adoption, on the part of government, of the wisest 3specially toward China: and I address them to you', in the it your powerful cooperation will be given towards the suc- issue of that policy, in throwing open to commerce, to civili- md Christianity, that mighty empire." 3f statement of the case,-as it respects the Chinese govern- e hong merchants, the foreign residents, and so forth,-occu- first part of this pamphlet; then, after remarking that "we t in claiming free intercourse with every part of the Chinese the writer goes on to speak of the agency requisite to effect He thinks the government should " choose a pacific policy China on grounds of expediency, humility, and generosity, ne its political action to the erection of a consulate at Can- a small naval armament for the protection of trade;" and ;eeds in a strain of remarks, from which we make as copious is our limits will allow: he says: uld not confine the action of the British government upon thin such narrow limits, did I not think there is another appropriate agency which may be relied on, to give the af civil and religious liberty to the whole eastern world. It gency of the classes to which these remarks are addressed, w refer. In this matter their instrumentality must be the lent; on them, the sacrifice should fall. Let us for a mo- at the nature and force of this agency, and also at one of ces, that should be immediately submitted to, and cheer- 3. I am aware that the private efforts of a body of mer- 1 manufacturers, when compared with the power of govern- • be undervalued, or perhaps despised. If any regard in the agency of these classes in eastern Asia, employed d through the medium of the Christian missionary, let me to the testimony of the late able governor-general of Brit- riven publicly just before his return home. They will find jnced statesman looking away from the joint agency of ; and the church establishment, and reposing " his hopes stianization of British India, on the humble, pious, per- issionary." The power which the Christian missionary the civilization of pagan nations, does not however need i>54 ll Free Intercourse between China and Christendom. OCT. to be explained here. Nor as to the facilities and cooperation which the merchant and manufacturer can afford him, need I say more than this. They can take under their care, the man who offers himself as the agent of their benevolence, convey him to the scene of his labors, and assure him a welcome there. They can cheer him on in his self-denying course. They can give him access to the precise spots where he is most desirous to exert his influence; and their concur- rent testimony to his integrity and usefulness, can be given for him at home and abroad, above the suspicion of favor or fear. In doing all this, they compromise no commercial object. On the contrary, they identify themselves with a cause noble in itself, and the success of which is sure. These facilities must come from them alone: but in the general labor and burden of providing the means of instruc- tion in civil and religious truth for the people of Eastern Asia, their countrymen of all classes may share. There is, however, one sacri- fice already referred to, which falls on the merchant alone. I allude, of course, to the sacrifice on his part, of all gain accruing from the sale of injurious articles—for instance, from the opium trade. "As to this traffic, it is not too much to say, that the Chinese government derives stronger justification from it, in its exclusion of foreigners, than from any other source. It is this trade which throws such deep discredit on our character, and such suspicion on our intercourse. It is this lamentable traffic which gives a color of benevolence to the Chinese edicts, which restrict and brand us. Is it then unreasonable to express a hope that patriotism, benevolence, and desire of free communication, will put an end to a trade, so in- jurious to the character of the nation,, so opposite to the spirit of doing good, and so fatal to every expectation1 of a better intercourse? When- ever this sacrifice shall be made, these facilities furnished, and the great associations of this country for trie diffusion of useful and Chris- tian knowledge, come forward in the eause ef Eastern Asia, then will the prospect of amelioration there be more cheering, than if govern- ment had pledged itself to the same purposes, and commissioned a fleet and an army to redeem its word. May it not be expected that all this will be done without delay? The merchant calls on govern- ment to make expensive preparations, to expose valuable lives, for the extension of trade. Will he, can he, then, refuse one sacrifice on his part; costly perhaps, but paying feack in honor, all that it in- volves in point of cost. Let him also say to himself,—" the age of mo- nopoly -has passed away, shall the monopoly of Christian liberty and happiness be maintained?" Let the manufacturer too remember that the products of the mill and the workshop are scattered throughout the east, and say to himself, the diffusion of our peculiar blessings must not be any longer restrained. "The individual who is sharing the direction and rejoicing in the success of our benevolent societies, must find in Eastern Asia, an object of more than common regard. He will remark that these coun- tries abound, above all others, in the object of his Christian charity, in benighted men. He will rejoice in the reasonable hope, that those tlws A* Free Intercourse between China and Christendom. 255 us now so remarkable as the great scenes of human probation, erelong be still more distinguished as the scenes of the display leeming grace. It will be seen, from the strain of these remarks, ny object is to recommend a mixed commercial and benevolent ;y, as the best instrument of those ameliorations in Eastern Asia, iich to be desired by every merchant and every philanthropist, uld be making shorter work with every thing which opposes our * there, to batter it down. But where ignorance, distrust, pre- •, and barbarism are the obstacles in the way, the best mode of g rid of them is to change them into intelligence, confidence, rateful esteem. This is the mode of proceeding which I would >t to recommend. etme then go on and trace the operation of this mixed agency, i the uncivilized races of the islands, and next on the compara- refined continental nations of the east. To the first of these i of eastern population, commerce comes and presents them multitude of objects, useful, agreeable,—suited to their condi- id demands. All these are offered to the savage as things which i possess, not by an act of violence as he has been used, but in ige for the fruits of his peaceful labor. As soon as this is ap- to him, as far as this influences him, so far he is transformed. ;omes an industrious, peaceable man. The trade of plunder, war, is forsaken. The spirit of rapine gives way to the spirit . And notwithstanding Dr. Southey's opinion to the con- t is a blessed exchange. Alas! that Christian merchants have mingled injuries with these blessings :—that they should ,ve offered to the Malay, or the Polynesian, the weapon with ie is emboldened to attempt anew the life of his enemies, or r equally fatal to his own. But the sacrifice of these miserable icy cannot any longer refuse. They will make this sacrifice f from nobler views. If not, they will make it of necessity, ublic opinion comes to bear on this agency, as it has on the ide, with irresistible force." tin, we will trace the immediate operation of the agency in on China, as the controlling nation of the eastern continent, le people of China must be taught more than they ever yet our designs and character, more of each other's rights, and ities we owe each other. They must be bound together by —by those fine cords of public opinion and enlightened sym- hich carry impressions from one end of the empire to the th electrical quickness and force. They must have light on subjects of national obligation and intercourse. They will their strength and their way. They will soon observe that numerous enough (near 400 millions), and that on any point ;y concur, they must be strong. They will be prepared then heir foreign intercourse on'a liberal and firm basis, and at time to enter on a course of domestic and general reform. ;rnment may cling to its distrusts and its abuses still, but inion will put a period to them all." J''i'rr tntrrrmimr lirftcfru ('liinn nnil dhristnidnm. OCT. "British merchants and manufacturers have a direct interest in tliis subject, and a more valuable one than they are aware of. The regions of the world now in question, have great resources. They are undeveloped, it is true. We cannot tell how much they can produce, and exchange and consume. Instead of making large promises, let me give a quotation only. It will serve to remind us that we have a double interest here; that the more we give to Eastern Asia, the more shall we receive. A mercantile writer says, "I will not tell statesmen what they should do: nor Christians what it is their duty to do; but as a merchant, 1 will say, were the' trade with Eastern Asia conveyed to me in perpetuity, the diffusion of knowledge and the support of Christian missions there, are the measures to which 1 should feel directed, by a regard to pecuniary interests." To this tes- timony I add my sincere Amen." "Again, this subject should be looked at by the British merchant and manufacturer as a matter of character also. We have been told by some (who should have spoken more kindly,) of " manufacturing greediness," and of "the rapacious short-sighted spirit of trade." And do these charges lie at our doors? Will we consent to be brand- ed with marks like these? If not, how shall they be repelled? I woukl answer—by identifying our professions with the advancing happiness of the whole world. Especially, as the rule of personal exertion, let the countries with which we are most nearly connected, receive a proportionate share of our benevolent and Christian regard. The charge of greedy, short-sighted avarice will not cleave to those whose agency is the honored instrument, under Providence, of con- veying blessings to distant, neglected tribes and nations. Tlieir characters will be safe, and the blessings of Him who maketh rich and addeth no sorrow therewith, will also be theirs. This matter of character has distinct claims to the merchant's attention, inasmuch as he is the representative of his nation in foreign lands.*" * i cannot fiut take this opportunity of reminding the British merchant of the duty of introducing the temperance system into all vessels navigating the eastern seas. The perfect practicability of (his system is fully proved. It is practiced by one of the ablest English houses engaged in the China trade. The American ships resorting to those seas are, almost without exception, navigated with no spirit on board. In the longer and more hazardous voyages in pursuit of the whale, the great majority of the Americans have no spirit on oonrd. Why are we so slow to follow a system so nobly and so successfully begun? It is a sad thing, that so many of our merchants still contend for this old abuse. They libel the British sailor1, when they say lie needs a glass of grog to give him conntge or strength. He needs no such assistance to raise him above weakness and fear. These enemies of the British sailor tell us. moreover, that his reformation is hopeless: that he always will he a profane, thoughtless, drunken, profligate man. Alas! it is true, that many of the older sailors are too far gone. But here, preven- tion is more valuable than cure. The temperance system will save (he young sailor, who now drinks his ghiss in the presence of his shipmates, because h^ fears their sneer; and is thus, in the course of one long voyage, dragged a struggling victim to the drunkard's doom. How long shall this vile system be endured? Does '• manufacturing greedi- ness" sacrifice nobler victims than these? Will not the press of this country take up his subject, and, for one thing, close its columns against governmental uiMitrarts for rum .' c< cu. Free Intercourse between China and Christendom. 257 th the resources of the richest and most extensive regions at her land, England may not fear the losa of a market on the Black ir on the Elbe, or the Rhine. She can bend her influence to ling the time when "the spear shall be cut asunder, and the it burned in the fire." The commerce which she has fostered, in peaceful and valuable connexions, will help her to disarm, for the foolish and mad passions that engender war. Let the agri- al classes look at the late instance of her mediation, in prevent- itional strife. Let them observe what interwoven commercial its have done here, and imagine what they will do, by their strength in times to come, and answer, if there be not in this ct something as cheering, as they ever anticipate from the of improved drainage, or the use of bone manure. I hope it ! granted that the Providence which has made this nation the ary of revealed truth, has also marked her out, by her insular i, her narrow boundaries, manufacturing skill, and naval superi- s his chosen instrument for diffusing it through the earth. No else do we find these qualifications combined. This is the hen, which this country has set before her, and recreant to merest, honor, glory, she must be if she stop short or turn Let her, then, lay aside every weight, and run with ardor tience, looking to this hope—that the labor borne in this vill bring speedy and rich returns;- and that when Eastern all be raised to equal refinement, skill, and prosperity, and spend on her no longer, then other compensations for her in- tality shall be given to her, under the rewarding blessing ill now turn to a short consideration of the general results nay be expected from a pure exercise of our power, as practi- benevolent men, on Eastern Asia. The weakness of the >f China, now'leaves them at the mercy, not of the emperor it of every provincial officer, from a governor of provinces, the petty magistrate of the poorest been. With no means of imunication, they cannot make known their 'wishes or suf- to each other, or join in any determination to acquire new s or redress old wrongs. But when something is done to » this mass of mind, the case will be changed. On the very on of public opinion, their domestic condition will begin to It will no longer be emphatically true, of every place of i China, that "iniquity is there." Nothing short of this reform can remove the e«ils which press upon the foreign n its doing this we may confidently rejoice. But it will do ire; it will unshackle the industry, the enterprise, the inven- hat people, and engage all these energies in the work of iut the vast resources of their favored territories. It needs fiow close and heavy are the fetters which Chinese industry rprise have worn. It is equally true that'the genius of that B been systematically repressed. They have been misdirect- lelled to look backward instead of forward; taught to seek L. v. NO. vi. 33 Free Intercourse between China and Christendom. OCT. their standards, their patterns, in a remote antiquity. No wonder they have not got on. "Leaving, to a further page, the moral and religious changes which will succeed, let us follow the course of this reform, as it passes the boundaries of China, and carries its blessings to the farthest coasts and islands of the east. The Chinese will then become the great agents of this reform. Already their power extends from the Pacific almost to the Caspian sea. It is established over Tibet. Besides this, their influence is felt, politically or commercially, in Cochin- china, Siam, the Malayan Peninsula, and in many of the principal islands to the southeast. This mercantile influence, (leaving the political out of view,) has been acquired without the aid, nay, against the will, and under the interdict of their government. It has been acquired by personal enterprise, sagacity, and industry, in spite of deficient geographical and nautical knowledge, and the dangers aris- ing out of the character of the Malayan race. What then may we not expect from these characteristics when Christianity has exalted them, when British intercourse has supplied this knowledge, and made property and life secure, when a reformed government shall encourage what it has so long opposed? Under these circumstances, Chinese emigration must overflow the countries to the south and southeast; filling them with a population, having the best elements of nitional character, and excelling in all the arts of peace. And every one who has even sailed by those lovely islands, as they rise from the bed of the ocean, clothed with the richest robe that nature ever wore,—so verdant, luxuriant, fragrant, yet silent and unimproved, because there is no safety there,— is prepared to rejoice in the pros- pect, that they will one day come under the influence of the mild, intelligent, and Christianized Chinese. "I will conclude this pamphlet with a few remarks, already pro- mised, on the moral and religious changes to be expected, happily, in the condition of the inhabita ts of Eastern Asia. It is not possible perhaps to get, much less to give, a good idea of the condition of the Malayan races in these respects. If, however, the tree may be judg- ed by its fruits, we have, in the degraded, perfidious, desperate char- acter of these islanders, a guide to their faith. It is however certain, that these lawless men are themselves the slaves of cruel and puerile superstitions. The Dayak, who qualifies himself for every impor- tant act or event of life by a fresh murder, is an example of the one; the Tagalo soldier, who sees, as he stands sentry on a lonely part of the walls of Manila, the goblins of his fancy leering at him through the embrasures, or lifting in sport the heavy cannon from their car- riages, is an example of the other. Where but in Christianity shall we find a power that can regenerate the monster, and liberate the slave of these superstitions? In the gradual working of the measures we have recommended, all this, and much more, we promise shall be accomplished. Again, as respects the people of China: Are they leirned? Christianity will give them purer precepts and a better ex- ample than have come down to them from their venerable master. It Report respecting the Importation of Opium. 259 disclose too the futurity, which Confucius never attempted to pe- te. They will find life and immortality brought to light in the 1. Are they followers of Laou Keun? Their fruitless search after bilosopher's stone, after some recipe fbr endless life, may be given Here are the waters of life, which a man may drink and live er. Are they Budhists? The Bible will show them the folly uilt of their idolatry. It will bring them the doctrines of grace, d of their silly scale of merits and demerits; and the rest that neth for the people of God, in exchange for the stupid abstrac- >f Budha. Perhaps those who have never witnessed idol-worship Hod it difficult to realize its tendency, or the grounds of the denunciations against idolatry. But let them go and stand in tual presence of hideous images, perhaps of gigantic size, bru- itudes, and cruel, unfeeling expression, and see divine honors lem; and they will then want no further assistance to conceive lebasing, how fatal must be ita influence, on the character wtiny of the worshiper. Let them remember too, that man •eated that he might be the intelligent beholder of his Creator's ncy, and the voluntary instrument of his praises for ever, and e, if they can, a grosser crime, a deeper degradation, than that lid change the image of the blessed God into an impersonation y hateful, vile, and loathsome attribute. Yet this is the degra- and the guilt of the millions of idolaters in China. How ibly, then, may we call on British Christians, to cooperate in jrt to restore them to the noble .purposes for which they were , and in which pure and perfect happiness will be their portion r. How ardently and how often should we all lift up to God selves the prayer of Moses: "I beseech thee, shew me thy And as this prayer is granted to us, day by day; as we are id to look, again and again, on his uncreated beauty; how gratitude conspire with love and pity to urge us to the work ing Him known throughout the earth, whom we have seen premely and altog ther o ely." See page 26, &c. Report of the governor of Kioangtung and Kwangse and ieut.-governor of Kwangtung, in reference to the proposal '.notion the importation of opium. Sept. 7th, 1836. ;, in obedience to the imperial will, jointly deliberated on the )f repealing the regulations now in force in regard to the on of opium, and of permitting it to be sold in barter for nmodities; and we herein present a draft of regulations, that sketched, comprising nine sections, on which we humbly ur sacred majesty to cast a glance. 260 Report respecting the Importation of Opium. OCT. On the 19th day of the 5th month (2d July ), we received a letter from the grand council of ministers, inclosing the following imperial edict dated the 29th day of the 4th month. (12th June.) "Heu Naetse," &c. &c. [ Se'e Rep. p. 143.] Beholding our august sovereign's tender solicitude for the livelihood of the people on this remote frontier, and the anxious desire manifest- ed to remove all evils, we, as on bended knee we perused the edict, were deeply affected, and bowed in profound reverence. We imme- diately transmitted the edict to the superintendent of maritime cusr toms, your majesty's minister Wan, and also read in council the copy forwarded to us of the original memorial. While we ourselves gave the subject our joint and careful consideration, we at the same time directed the two commissioners (of finance and justice) to discuss it thoroughly and faithfully. These officers, the financial commissioner, Atsingah, and the judicial commissioner, Wang Tsingleen, have now laid before us the result of their joint deliberations, and we have con- sidered their suggestions. We are humbly of opinion, that in fram- ing regulations it is of the first importance to suit them to the cir- cumstances of the times; and that to govern well, it is essential in the first place to remove existing evils. But if in removing one evil, an evil of greater extent is produced, it then becomes the more impe- rative to make a speedy change suited to the circumstances of the occasion. Now in regard to opium, it is an article brought into the central empire from the lands of the far-distant barbarians, and has been imported during a long course of years. In the reigns of Yung- ching and Keenlung, it was included in the tariff of maritime duties, under the head of medicinal drugs, and there was then no regu- lation against purchasing it, or inhaling it. But in the 4th year of tKeaking (1799) the then governor of this province, Keihking, of the imperial kindred, regarding it as a subject of deep regret, that the vile dirt of foreign countries should be received in exchange for the commodities and the money of the empire, and fearing lest the practice of smoking opium should spread among all the peo- ple of the inner land, to the waste of their time and the destruction of their property, presented a memorial, requesting that the sale of the drug should be prohibited, and that offenders should be made ame- nable to punishment. This punishment has been gradually increased to transportation, and death by strangling. The law is by no means deficient in severity. But the people are not so much influenced by the feur of the laws, as by the desire of gain. Hence, from the time that the prohibition was passed, the crafty schemes and devices of evil men have daily multiplied. On the one hand, receiving ships are anchored in the entrances from the outer seas. On the other hand, brokers, called melters, are everywhere established in the inner land. Then again 'fast crabs' and 'scrambling dragons'—as the boats are called—are fitted out for clandestine commerce: and lastly, vaga- bonds, pretending authority to search, have under this pretext indulg- ed their own unruly desires. Thus, what w;ii« at first a common I. Report respecting the Importation of Opium. 261 le, of no esteem in the market, either for smoking or eating, and nf a moderate price, has with the increase in the severity of the ations increased in demand, and been clandestinely and largely rted, annually drawing away from the pecuniary resources of nner land, while it has done nothing to enrich it. e your majesty's ministers, having examined the original ineino- and considered the details therein contained respecting the evils removed, regard the whole as true and accurate. The request tor icitl of the prohibitions and change in the system, and a return e former plan of laying a duty on opium, is also such as the nstances of the times render necessary; and it is our duty to : your majesty's sanction thereof. In case of such sanction, any ner, who in the course of trade may bring opium, must be per- I to import and pass it at the custom-house, paying the duty on fixed by the maritime tariff of Keenlung, and must deliver the hong merchants, in the same manner as long-ells, camlets, :her goods, bartered for native commodities, but on no account e sell it clandestinely for money. If this plan be faithfully and usly carried into effect, the tens of millions of precious money now annually ooze out of the empire will be saved, the source stream will be purified, and the stream itself may be eventually . The amount of duties being less onerous than what is now i bribes, transgressions of the laws, regulating the revenue, will of themselves; the present evil practices of transporting con- d goods by deceit and violence will be suppressed without ef- he numberless quarrels and litigations now arising therefrom iton, together with the crimes of worthless vagrants, will be ihed. Moreover, if the governmental officers, the literati, and litary be still restrained by regulations, and not suffered to the drug; and if offenders among these classes be immediately ed from the public service; while those of the people who si! the drug and smoke it, are not at all interfered with, all inly see that those who indulge their depraved appetites are tims of their own self-sacrificing folly, persons who are in- of ranking among the capped and belted men of rank and r. And if in this way shame be once aroused, strenuous ex- ind self-improvement will be the result,—for the principles of ire founded in shame and remorse. as it is truly said in the original memorial, will the dignity of lent be at all lowered by the proposed measure. Should your sanction the epeal, it will in truth be attended with advan- :h to the arrangements of the government and the wellbeing jople. But in passing regulations on the subject, it is of great ice that every thing should be maturely considered, and that should be rendered perfect and complete; and it is of the '. consequence that effectual measures should be taken to pre- exportation of sycee silver. If the regulations be in any way :te, the consequence will be that in a few years fresh evils will •> and spread abroad: such is not the right way to accomplish 262 Report respecting the Importation of Opium. OCT. the purpose in view. We have, therefore, fully discussed the subject together, and have also in concert with the financial and judicial com- missioners examined and considered it in all its bearings, and after oft-repeated deliberations, have determined upon nine regulations which we have drawn up, and of which we present a fair copy for your majesty's perusal. The result of our deliberations, made in obedience to the imperial mandate, we now jointly lay before the throne, humb- ly imploring our august sovereign to instruct us if our representations be correct or not, and to direct the appropriate board to revise them. The following are the regulations which we have drawn up in refe- rence to the change of system called for in regard to the importation of opium, and which we reverently present for your majesty's perusal. 1. The whole amount of opium imported must be paid for in mer- chandise: here must be no deception. The object in repealing the interdict on opium, is to prevent the loss of specie occasioned by the sale of the drug for money. When opium is brought in foreign vessels, therefore, the security and senior merchants must be held responsible for the following arrangements being carried into effect: the value of the opium must be correctly fixed; an amount of native commodities of equal value must be apportioned; and the two amounts must be exchanged in full. No purchase may be made for money-payments. The productions of the celestial empire are rich, abundant, and in universal demand; its commodities, are many-fold more than those of foreign barbarians, so that in an exchange of commodities the gain and not the loss must be on its side. But should it at any time perchance occur, that the quantities imported- were somewhat greater than the amount of native commodities required, so that an exact balance could not be struck, while it were necessary for foreign ships immediately to return; in such case, the whole amount of duties having been paid through the security merchant, and the barter of commodities having been made, the surplus opium not yet bartered may be laid up in the merchants' warehouses, and an account of it, taken under the in- spection both of the security and foreign merchant, may be registered in the office of the superintendent of customs. Then the opium may be sold as opportunities occur; and when the whole has been disposed pf, the hong merchant and the consignee of the opium may jointly report that it is so, and have the register canceled. When the for- eign merchant returns to Canton, he must receive payment for the opium thus sold, in some merchantable commodity; he may not be allowed to give the value a pecuniary designation, and under cover of this receive payment in money. Some substantial and opulent senior merchants must be strictly required to watch over the enforce- ment of these regulations. And when a foreign ship is about leaving, the security and senior merchants must sign a bond that she carries away no sycee silver on board of her, which bond must be delivered into the hands of government. If they know of any clandestine pur- chases being made for money-payments, or of any money having been paid, they should be required immediately to report the facts, and the parties should be severely punished, and the opium confiscated and • •> "hick Report respecting the. Importation of Opium. 203 br government; or, if it have been already delivered to the pur- r, the price should be recovered from the latter and" forfeited to nnient. If the senior and security merchants be found guilty C connivance at such offenses, they also should be severely bed. The naval cruising vessels, and all the officers and men of the n-house stations, should be required diligently to watch the cu- ss and passages of rivers; but at the same time, to confine their i, they should not be allowed to go out to sea-ward, and under thereof to cause annoyance. Even though the interdict on opi- repealed, there is yet cause to fear that the mercantile people i their mad search for gain are, as it were, bewitched, will still to foreign merchants (out of the port) to purchase it, so that silver will continue secretly to ooze out. The naval-cruising , therefore, and all those who are attached to the custom-house s, should be required to search diligently and faithfully when- ly discovery shall be made of silver being smuggled out, and ne should be forthwith seized, and the offending parties appre- 1; and the whole amount of money so taken, with the value smuggling boat, should be given as a reward to the captors, T to encourage their exertions, and thus to destroy smuggling, e silver be exported, there is necessarily a place where, and a which, it is carried out: that place must be near the'foreign ss; the way must be through the important passages and en- of rivers. It is only needful then to watch faithfully at such for by so doing, the export of silver may be stopped without uble. But if the smugglers once get out into the open roads, on spread themselves abroad in various places and there leave ;e by which to find them. If the soldiers, or vagabonds I to be soldiers, frame pretexts for cruising about in search of »ot only can they not effect any good, but they may also give i to disturbances, attended with evil consequences of no character. They should therefore, be strictly prohibited so n regard to foreign money, the old regulation, allowing three 3 be exported, should be continued; and to prevent any fraud, ccount of the money imported should be given (by each ship ) al. Formerly, much foreign money was brought to Canton in gn ships, in order to purchase commodities in excess of those 1 by barter, and to pay the necessary expenses of the vessel eturn. Whenever the imported goods were in larger quantity >se exported, there was then a surplus of foreign money, of would not have been reasonable, under such circumstances, to the reexportation. In the 23d year of Keaking, (1818,) the terintendent of maritime customs, Ah, finding that the bar- took away foreign money without any limit or restriction, ad- i communication to the then governor of this province, Yuen, quence of which it was decided to limit the exportation by sel to three tenths (of the surplus of imports), allowing the 204 Report respecting the Importation of Opium. OCT. remainder to be lent to any other foreigner to enable him to purchase goods, to pay the duties, die. This has continued to be the rule down to the present time. Now it is probable, that sometimes, when opium is imported in not very large quantities, money will also be imported with it, for the purpose of paying the price of goods in excess of what may be purchased by barter. It will be right in such cases to conform to the existing regulation. But the amount of foreign money so im- ported in foreign ships, may vary considerably. If the balance be 100,000 dollars or upwards, it will then be very well to permit the exportation of 30,000 dollars; but if the balance should exceed 200,000 dollars, a further limit to the permission to reexport becomes necessary. We deem it our duty, therefore, to request, that hereafter, when the surplus of silver imported, does not considerably exceed 100,000, permission be still given to reexport three tenths of that surplus; but if it amounts to 200,000 dollars, whether the merchan- dise brought with it consist of opium, or of any other goods, that the permission to reexport in that case be limited to 50,000 on each ship. This amount should not be exceeded. With respect to the examination and report made by the security merchant, on a ship's arrival, of the total amount of silver imported by her, this examina- tion and report should still be required, in order that, the expenditure of the vessel having been deducted therefrom, the proportion to be reexported may be accurately calculated. A senior merchant also should be required faithfully to join the security merchant in the investigation. If the officers of the customs make feigned examinations and false reports, they should be subjected to severe punishment; and if the senior and other merchants connive at any illegality, they also should be punished. 4. The traffic in opium must be conducted on the same principle as other foreign commodities; it is unnecessary to place it under a separate department. The first principle of commerce is, to adopt those measures which will yield the greatest possible amount of gain. Each one has his own method of doing this, and what one rejects another may seek for; nor it is possible to bring all to one opinion. Now if the importation of opium be permitted, as formerly, and it become an article of commerce, as a medicinal drug, the traffic in it will no wise differ from the traffic in other articles of commerce; and if a special department be created for it, there is reason to fear that monopolizing and underhand practices will gradually result there- from. It is right therefore to let the foreign merchants make their own election, and engage what hong merchants they will to pass their cargoes at the custom-house and pay their duties for them. To es- tablish one general department for the purpose is unnecessary. By this arrangement crafty individuals may be prevented from taking advantage and extorting exorbitant profits, and benefit may accrue to both the foreign and the hong merchants. 5. The amount of duties should be continued the same as for- merly; no increase is called for; and all extortionate demands, and illegal tecs should be interdicted. In the tariff of maritime customs <^3o 6. Report respecting the Importation of Opium. 205 Canton, opium is rated at a duly of three taels per hundred cat- ; to which we must add ten per1 cent, or three mace, for loss in ting; .and as peculage fee, and fee per package, according to the irt formerly made of public and legal fees, eight candareeus six i. Although there are three kinds of opium,-the ' black earth,' 1 white skinned' and the 'red skinned,' differing in value, yet the per catty may be the same on all. These arrangements are e on the principle that if the duty be heavy it will be evaded, and Jgling jail erjsues whereas if it be light, all will prefer secu- io smuggling; and that if a fixed charge be imposed, the officers e customs will be unable to intermeddle. The same clear views entertained by our predecessors, when they established the re- ions; and it will be well to conform to the amount of duty fixed lem, without any addition. But there is reason to fear that when >rohibitions are first taken off, the servants of the custom-house ng for petty gains, may under various pretexts lay on illegal making heavy by their exactions what as a legal duty is light; hereby losing sight of the principle that they are to show kind- to men from afar. If this take place, the natural result too will :at the means of legal importation will be avoided, and contri- is to import clandestinely will be resorted to. Perspicuous and proclamations should therefore be issued, making it generally n, that, beyond the real duty, not the smallest fraction is to be :d; and that offenders shall be answerable to the law against ionate underlings receiving money under false pretext. Vo price should be fixed on the drug. It is a settled principle of eree, that when prices are very low, there is a tendency to rise, hen high, a tendency to fall. Prices then depend on the sup- it is procurable of any article, and the demand that exists for it market: they cannot be limited by enactments to any fixed Now, though the prohibition of opium be repealed, it will not )ssible thing to force men who buy at a high price, to sell at p one. Besides, it is common to men to prize things of high and to underrate those of less worth. When therefore opium verely interdicted, and classed among rarities, every one had wtunity to indulge in over-reaching desires of gain; but when ic interdicts are withdrawn, and opium universally admitted, jecome a common medicinal drug, easily to be obtained. 'The gem, when in the casket prized, « When common is despised!' price of opium, if left to itself, will fall from day to day; where- ed at a fixed value, great difficulty will be found in procuring i price at which it is rated. It is reasonable and right there- eave the price to fluctuate, according to the circumstances of es, and not to fix any rate. Lll coasting vessels of every province, when carrying opium, >e required to have sealed manifests from the custom-house of By the existing regulations of commerce, all commanders OL. V. NO. VI. 34 266 Report respecting the Importation of Opium. OCT. of coasting vessels, without exception, are required, whenever they have purchased any foreign goods, to apply at the chief custom-house at Canton, and obtain a sealed manifest, stating the amount of each kind of goods, so as to prevent any clandestine purchases. They are also to be provided from thence with a communication addressed to the authorities in every province and at all sea-ports, calling on them to search closely; and if they find any foreign goods, not having the stamp of the Canton custom-house on them, to regard such goods as smuggled, to try the offenders according to law, and to confiscate both vessel and cargo. The law on this point is most precise. Now when the interdict on opium is repealed, it will become an article of ordinary traffic, like any other foreign commodity, and subject there- fore to the same regulations. All commanders of coasting vessels, wishing to purchase opium, should therefore be required to report their wishes to the hong merchants, bringing goods to barter for it, and should then apply at the custom-house for a manifest, and for a communication from the superintendent of customs to the authorities in all the provinces as aforesaid. Thus there being documents for re- ference, both in this and the sea-board provinces, the native coasting vessels may be prevented from having any clandestine dealings with the foreign ships at sea, and from smuggling away silver. 8. The strict prohibitions existing against the cultivation of the poppy, among the people, may be in some measure relaxed. Opium possesses soothing properties, but is powerful in its effects. Its sooth- ing properties render it a luxury, greatly esteemed; but its powerful effects are such as readily to induce disease. The accounts given of the manner in which it is prepared among the foreigners are various; but in all probability it is not unmixed with things of poisonous quali- ty. It is said that of late years, it has been clandestinely prepared by natives, by merely boiling down the juicy matter from the poppy; and that thus prepared, it possesses milder properties, and is less injurious, without losing its soothing influence. To shut out the im- portation of it by foreigners, there is no better plan than to sanction the cultivation and preparation of it in the empire. It would seem right therefore to relax, in some measure, the existing severe prohibi- tions, and to dispense with the close scrutiny now called for to hinder its cultivation. If it be apprehended, that the simple people may leave the stem and stay of life to amuse themselves with the twigs and branches thereby injuring the interests of agriculture, it is only necessary to issue perspicuous orders, requiring them to confine the cultivation of the poppy to the tops of hills and mounds, and other unoccupied spots of ground, and on no account to introduce )t into their grain-fields, to the injury of that on which their subsis- tence depends. 9. All officers, scholars, and soldiers should be strictly prohibited Hud disallowed the smoking of opium. We find in the original memo- rial of Hen Nuotse, the vice-president of the sacrificial court, the fol- lowing observations: "It will be found on examination that the smok. ers of opium are idle, !a/y vagrants, having no useful purpose before (5. Notices of Modern China. 267 i. And though some smokers are to be found who have overstepped threshhold of age, yet they do not attain to the long life of other But new births daily increase the population of the empire, there is no cause to apprehend a diminution therein. With re- to officers, civil and military, and to the scholars and common ::rs, the first are called on to fulfill the duties of their rank and d to the public good; the,others, to cultivate their talents and ne fit for public usefulness. None of them, therefore, should be itted to contract a practice so bad, or to walk in a path which nly lead to the utter waste of their time and destruction of their rty. If the laws be rendered over-strict, then offenders, in or- ) escape the penalty, will be tempted to screen one another. assuredly, is not then so good a plan, as to relax the prohibi- and act upon men's feelings of shame and self-condemnation. ! latter case, gradual reformations may be expected as the result viction. Hence the original memorial also alludes to a refor- i noiselessly affected. The suggestions therein contained, are i of regard and of adoption. Hereafter no attention should be 9 the purchase and use of opium among the people. But if s, civil or military, scholars or common soldiers, secretly pur- jnd smoke the drug, they should be immediately degraded and wed, as standing warnings to all who will not arouse and reno- emselves. Orders to this effect should be promulgated in all vinces, and strictly enjoined in every civil and military office, superiors or their subordinates, to be faithfully obeyed by me. And all who, paying apparent obedience, secretly trans- his interdict, should be delivered over by the high provincial iies, to the Civil or Military Board, to be subjected to severe atioit. I. Notices of Modern China: Mohammedan states on the •rn frontier of the, empire; Laddkh; Jskdrdo; Ktindtiz; hdra; Kokan; Sfc. By R. I. ist number we supposed the Chinese empire to be threatened , although remotely, by the Christian powers which rule the : bordering upon her northern and southern limits; we low to notice the several Mohammedan states on the wes- tier, where alone the empire has been actually invaded of late ^he next country westward of Tibet is Laddkh, the gelpo 'which, a Mohammedan, has been placed under the control inese resident at Lassa, in order to restrain the incursions of :ts into Tibet. This country borders also upon the Seik 3 of the chiefs of which, Golab Singh of Jamun,' a depend' 268 Notices of Modern China. OCT. ent on Runjit Singh, has lately invaded it and levied contributions ^^t-hf there. Moorcroft visited Leh the capital, several years ago, from Ti- ,f 1 bet; and two other European travelers, baron Hiigel and Mr. Vigne, -^g ft have lately entered it from Cashmir, along the valley of the Indus in ^^°^, which Leh is situated. The death of Runjit Singh, ruler of Lahore, is ~*:'er< seldom anticipated, without the supposition being added, that it will -«^*''^ hasten the approach of the British to the banks of the Indus. The *£a»r« valley of Cashmir will become then of course a British province, ^**iit>* and a new channel will be opened for British commerce into the *<*5^^ heart of Tibet. Ladakh will follow in due course; into which another large stream, the Shyuk, is said to flow to the Indus from the north- ward,2 and to take its rise in the (Tsung linger) Kara Korum moun- tains, which separate Ladakh from Yarkand. Following the Chinese frontier westward from Ladakh, we find the mountainous states of Iskardo, Gilgit, Gunjrit, Chitral, &.c. IskSrdo or Beldestan, said to be eight marches northeast from the city of Cashmir, has also been invaded by the Seiks from that valley,3 who appear to have been driven back: but they succeeded in subduing the little intervening principality of Kathai, which was before indepen- dent. Ahmed shah, the present ruler of Iskardo, is in friendly corres- pondence wtth the British political agent at Ludiana. A high road, we are told,3 leads from Iskardo to Yarkand in Chinese Turkestan, over which merchants travel in caravans. The rulers of these moun- tainous states, as well as their people, are Tajiks, that is, the aborigi- nal natives of the country before it was overrun by the Tiirki or Usbeck tribes; but they have been converted to the Shiah sect of the Moslem faith, and they receive their religious education from the Persians. This circumstance is favorable to China, inasmuch as it renders improbable an alliance between these states and the more powerful Mohammedan countries in the west and north, which follow the S;mite creed. Chitral is, however, subject to the mir of Kun- diiz,4 who is an Usbeck, but the mass of his population are Tajiks. Kundiiz,4 a small town of 1500 inhabitants in the valley of the Oxus, has given a conqueror to Budakshan, and some of the moun- ,'"""" tainous states of Wakhan, Shughnan, Hissar, &c., which lie about the ^"ctm! mountains which separate Chinese Turkestan from Maweralnehar "TOarm (Transoxiana). The mir of Kunduz is an Usbeck, as is also the -*.n.l5'2l ruler of Hissar, but their subjects are chiefly Tajiks, and in the tie risijj other hill states both prince and people are of the latter race. The snbseqnei high plain of Pamer in the mountains between Budakshan and _*hW\u\ Yarkand, is inhabited by Kirghis. Besides Kunduz, the two prin- cipal kingdoms in the neighborhood of the Chinese possessions in this quarter, are Bokhara, including its provinces of Samarkand and Biilkh, and Kokan. Bokhara and Kokan5 may be said to include all Turkestan ( not Chinese), since they are the two most influential of its states. The rulers of these countries, and the greater part of their subjects, are Ushecks, and Mohammedans of the Simite sect. Their slaves, who rhiefly cultivate the land, are mostly Persians, captured and sold by JO. \otifff i/f Minimi Cliina. 269 Turkmans of the desert; and those Persians are all Shiahs, om the Srnites do not consider as true believers. The connexion Bokhara, according to Burnes, with China, Cahiti, and Turkey riendly, and all of them have scut embassador. The bazars of ihaia, he continues,6 are supplied with European merchandise by caravans from Russia, and also with British fabrics by the native •chants from India. The Russian government is supposed to e been straining every nerve, since the time of Paul, to force a le in this direction; whilst the English commerce, with very little ny effort on the part of its government, has widely extended, so the "Russian merchant discovers a formidable rival in the di- ution of this trade." A considerable trade is also carried on i Bokhara and other countries of Maweralnehar to Cashgar, and kand, where European commodities among others find their way tchange chiefly for tea. he trade is carried on by the natives of Budakshan, who, we ;old, by Burnes,1 "praise the equity of the Chinese, and the faci- i of transacting matters of commerce with them; they lay a duty le in thirty on all traders, which is very moderate." Timkowsky rts the same duties at Auksu, except for the Cashmfrians, who )ne in forty, on account of their extensive commerce. >kan, which is the next considerable country on the western ier of Chinese Turkestan, is bounded on the north by the Rus- dependencies of Orenburg and Tomsk, and thus we complete hain of foreign powers around the Chinese frontier. There are ver, some roving tribes of Kussaks, Kalmuks, and Kirghis g the mountains bordering on the Chinese territories, who are ently in half subjection only to one or other of the powers on side of them. They are all tribes of the same Turkish stock who alternately overrun these countries and established themselves ; and they have all been converted to Mohammedanism except alinuks. can, called also Ferghana, was the patrimony of Betber, the Mon- mquerer of Hindostan. His father was khan of Kokan, but riven from his kingdom by an irruption of Usbeck Tartars in 520, who were themselves ejected from their own country by sing power of Russia. Baber seized upon Cabill, whence he uently pounced upon India; thus affording a striking instance impulses which urge on Asiatic governments to conquest. We for a moment to Russia, because that country is in immediate t with Kokan, which we shall presently see to have been lately ision with China, with a strong suspicion frequently expressed public journals, although perhaps quite unfounded, that the s fomented by Russian emissaries. srding to Klaproth,8 the Russian new boundary, about the !28, put them in possession of a tract of country of 220,000 miles, quite unknown to the rest of Europe; this boundary was ksu or Blue river; but a recent report9 says that the Russians > crossed it and have erected forts on the Kokan side. Ano- 270 OCT. Nutlri'K of iMtulffil ther report,10 makes them to have aggressed upon the'Chinese ter- ritory itself in another quarter, and arrived at Ele, the capital of Soungaria.* This is, coupled with the intelligence that the chief of Ladakh has informed the emperor of China, that the English are. con- structing a road to Kanghri, which is situated near Ispitte. This is true so far as the road is concerned, which the British resident at Subathu has caused to be made in the valley of the Sutlej, through the state of one of the British tributaries, and that Kanghri is a Seik province lying on the opposite bank of the Sutlej, and Ispitte, another country bordering the frontier. These reports show the at- tention which is paid to the movements of foreign powers, and the fact of the English road may serve to test the degree of truth to be assigned to them. We may terminate our notice of the Mohammedan states bordering on China by recounting, after Burnes, the forces which the principal powers could bring to act against their neighbors. Kokan is stat- ed" to contain about 100,000 inhabitants (speaking of the capital), and the kan may be able, on an emergency, to bring 50,000 horse into the field: he has no infantry. The amir of Bokhara12 may rule about a million of souls, and his military force is estimated at about 20,000 horse, 4,000 foot, and 41 pieces of artillery, besides a kind of militia of about 50,000 horse, drawn from all the provinces and the Turkman levies: the city of the of Bokhara contains about 130,000 inhabitants. The mir of Kunduz musters13 about 20,000 horse and six pieces of artillery, on of which is a thirty-six pounder. Having given the foregoing sketch of the countries which border upon the western provinces of China, we proceed to collect a fewjfacts relative to those provinces themselves, preparatory to as full an ac- count of the late rebellion there as our materials will permit; which may afford the best means to judge of the amount of danger to which the Chinese are exposed in this part of their territory and of the means to avert it. Under the present dynasty on the throne of China, Kansuh an ori- ginal province of the empire, has been made to extend from the pass Kea-yu ( kwan ) in the great wall, westward to Kami, a desert space of about 1000 le (250 miles). This last place, however, along with Tourfan and some others, were in 1827," placed under the presidency if we may so call it, of Oroumtchi; which is again supervised by a kind of governor-general of Soungaria at Ele. The eight Mohammedan cities of Turkestan appear to form as many residencies, of which the chief wap formerly Kashgar, but in 1831,15 the seat of the residency was removed to Yarkand. The details..of the changes in the govern- * The writer of these notices has no wish to join in the popular clamor of the day against Russian ambition : he believes that no strong government of a country bordering on another with a comparatively weaker government, especially when they are in very different stages of civilization can or will long maintain the integrity of treaties or boundaries. Thus the United States of America must continue to encroach upon the Indian territory and upon the Texas. France hus commenced n similar career in Africa; Russia and England will continue to ad- vance in Asia, as they have done and are doing. nil i. s not In •fmh no Ha Koi Far flt «. JVoticn of Modern China. 27 J its, about thiis time, are not very clearly given; but it would seem ftlie governments of Yarkand,Oroumtchi, and Ele, have separate sdiction over their respective residencies, something analagous le presidencies of British India, and that the governor-general of takes the supreme command in cases of emergency, such as siori or insurrection. He has also16 a kind of council of officers such titles as tsan-tsan, ta-chin ( assisting and advising ), and sze ta-chin (minister for transacting), who seem, however, to •esidents. There are altogether thirty-four residents," who are d tajin (literally, great men ). They are all'Mantchou Tartars, 'ongols. There are also Mohammedan kans18 and -begs in situa- of various trust under control of the resident, in the way perhaps lich the natives are employed in British India. ie salary of the governor-general at Ele was raised in 1827 from to 4000 taels. That of his council from 1000 to 1500. The laml.'uil, at Kourkharafisu ( probably a station on the Russian cr) has 800 taels instead of 400 as before. The salary of the gov- of Kashgar or Yirkand was increased14 from 1500 to 1700; that assistant from 700, to 900. cording to a census of the population of the Chinese empire taken 13,'9 the frontier tribes under the government of Kansuh con- I 26,728 families; Ele and its dependencies 69,644; Tourfan The population of Ele in 1790, was divided as follows, according ither authority,80 which would seem to infer that the same census nployed on both occasions, so far as regards this dependency: Shis town of Ele, soldiers of different tribes • 10,640 pie connected which the Eleuths 3,155 irgouth shepherds 25,595 Mohammedans, 6000 families (they are it down at 20,356) perhaps equal to 30,000 iese,71 families 290 linals transported (Chi. Rep., vol. 4, p. 368).... 244 |69,924 population ought no doubt to have increased between 1790 13, and still more of course, up to the present time. But this he only omission in the census of 1813 as given above; for we i enumeration at all of the population of Chinese Turkestan, me work,20 which specifies the population of Ele, assigns the g number of souls to seven of the Mohammedan districts. irashar 5,390 uch6 1,898 ksii 24,607 shi 3,258 sghar 66,413 rkand 15,574 sten 44,630 161,770 272 OCT. Notice* of Modern China. It is doubtful whether some of these sums do not refer to the cities only, and others to the districts. The reports which Burnesvl col- lected gives to Yarkand 50,000 souls; but the Mohammedan families alone are afterwards estimated at 12,000 families. Another ac- count-'2 rates the population at 30,000 families, upon the authority of a Chinese census. The same discrepancy is found in the accounts of the other places, which throws entire discredit upon the whoje of them. We find equal difficulty with regard to the military force which was stationed in these provinces before the war. It was reported to Burnes23 that the troops were recruited from the Tiingani tribes of Mohammedans; whereas the report given to Mr. Wathen, which we have before quoted,'-2 states that the soldiers are partly Chinese and partly Mantchou or Mongol, and not Tungani, adding that the Chinese are afraid of the latter, which we shall presently see to be probable: the reports refer very likely, to different periods of history. A Chinese statistical account/1 not of recent date, of these countries places under the governor-general at Ele twelve civil and forty to fifty military officers, amongst whom were thirty che-wei (imperial guards) and 3,600 Mautchou soldiers, besides irregular troops under 128 offi- cers, distributed throughout the country. We find by the Peking ga- zette,25 that the troops at Ele were increased in 1831, after the rebel- lion, to 6,700 men, to which the governor requested an accession of two hundred muskets, but was refused. There are thirty eight military posts on the road from the great wall to Oroumtchi,26 with relays of horses for carrying expresses, &c., which were found insufficient during the war, and a request was made to the emperor to increase the number both of men and horses. The usual journey, is said2' to exceed five months, but an express may be sent in thirty-five days, and even in fifteen or twenty days on a great emergency. Oortungs or stages where there are relays of horses are erected every eightor ten miles, and at each of these stages there are piles of wood which are directed to be set on fire on the intelligence of the ris- ing or invasion of the Mohammedans, and by these means intelligence has been sent from Yarkand to Peking in six days. The Peking ga- zette 7 states an express to have been received from the seat of war during the rebellion, winch traveled 800 le (about 200 miles) a day, and another performed the journey in twenty-seven days.2' 1 his last fact is the most probable, the point of departure being Kashgar, which is given at 11925 le from Peking, unless that the communication was made by fires. The following are given as the relative distances of several of the places before spoken of, taking Yarkand generally as the centre; thence to Peking, five months' journey (Burnes); to Ele, forty marches north (B.); to Ladakh, the number of actual marches is twenty-eight, and seven days are employed in passing the mountains ofKaraKorum (B.), the distance is about 260 miles (H) ;2' to Bokhf.ra, by the valley of the Sirr, forty-five days (B.); to Ak.sou, twenty days;toHami, <>060 /i' (Cnnton Register, 4th July, 1831); to Kashgar 105 miles and thence to Seinipolatinsk forty days, about 750 miles (H.). The 80. Notires of Moilrrn China. -27:1 mber of miles in a day's march varies from eight to twenty-five, cordingly as the country is more or less mountainous. Neither the natives nor the Chinese appear to have any general me to designate the Mohammedan colonies. They are called Kash- •, Bokhara, Chinese Turkestan, &.c., by foreigners, none of ich seem to be very appropriate. They have also been called Jaga- after a son of Genghis khan, to whom this country fell as his por- i after his father's death, and he included all the eight Mohamme- i cities, with some of the surrounding countries, in one kingdom, is said to have remained in this family, with some interruptions, il conquered by the Eleuths of Soungaria in 1(383. When Kaldan, last khan of the Eleuths war -ubdued by Keenlung, he made Tur- lan tributary to the Chinese, and finally annexed it to the Chinese mial government of Ele, in 1759. 'here seems always, however, to hive been a khan or chief under name of khojeh, a title of honor implying sucrednuss, who had i left in the nominal government of these countries on account of respect which the people bore towards him. It does not appear nee this family is derived, unless from an account apparently slated from the Chinese,30 which makes Chin-ko-urh, one of them, ive been a Mantchou of the red standard, related to the imperial ly of China, which seems inconsistent with his .Moslem faith, also with the subsequent assertion that Ele was the seat of his stors. He carried on warfare with the Chinese and was either ired or inveigled to Ele, where he was detained until he died, left two sons, Pulatun and Hotsechun, whom Keenlung re- d to authority over the eight cities:31 they both rebelled, however, yere driven from the country. One of them apparently fled to .kahan,*1 !l and was put to death by the mir of that country, to ! favor with the Chinese or to avert their displeasure. The other led also; but both left sons. AlulaIIah (Ohpootoohale in Chinese) )i> of Pulatun, "should," said the present emperor 2 in one of iict.->, "have been destroyed also, but the then reigning emperor assionated him on account of his youth, and spared his life, luting death to domestic slavery under great officers of state. ;g the third year of my reign," continues his majesty, "I li- ;d him, in consequence of his having lived long in slavery and ed quietly, and placed him and his family under the white kii standards, and gave him employment." s edict was published after the rebellion of Jehangir (Changkih- Chinese), who was grandson of Pulatun, whose father appears e sought refuge with the khan of Kohan, where Jehangir was nd seems chiefly to have lived. Moorecroft speaks33 of him as ig under the protection of Omar, khan of Kokau in 18urnal Asiatiqne, 1828, p. 144. 9. Journal of the Asiatic Society, Aug., 374. 10. Ibid. Nov. 1835, p. 601. 11. Ibid. Aug. 1834. 12. Bs.'Travs. v. NO. vi. "35 274 OCT. Hospital fur Seamen. vol. 2, p. 184. 13. Ibid. p. 348. 14. Canton Register, May 31st, 1828. 15. Ibid. Feb. 16th, 1832. 16. Chin. Repository, vol. 4, p. 58. 17. Cant. Reg., July 4th, 1831. 18. Ch. Rep., vol, 4, p. 286. 19. Companion to the Anglo-Chinese Ka- lendar. 20. Morrison's Views of China, p. 76. 21. Bs'. Travs., vol 2, p. 230. 22. Journ. of the As. Soc., Dec., 1835. 23. Bs'. Travs., v. 2, p. 229. 24. L'Amiot's Translations. 25. Cant. Reg., March 24th, 1831. 26. Mai. Observer, Feb. 13th, 1827. 27. Cant. Reg., Aug. 25th, 1828. 28. Ibid, Dec. 18th, 1830. 29. Hum- bolt's Fragments, taking the Russian werst at about | of a mile. 30. Mai. Ob- server, June 5th, 1827. 31. Ibid. Jan. 30th, 1827. 32. Ibid. Ap. 22d, 1828. 33. Royal Asiatic Society's Transactions, vol. 1, page 55. V ART. IV. Hospital for seamen: first report of the British Sea- man's Hospital Society in China; with the general rules of the institution. [It is with much pleasure that we present to our distant readers the "first Report of the British Seaman's Hospital in China." The report did not reach us in time for our last number; we now give it entire, excepting only the list of subscriptions and donations. The object is worthy of every attention; and we trust it will receive ample support; and we should rejoice to see the like liberal provision made for a Seaman's Chapel in China.] THIS Institution originated under the auspices of the late lord Na- pier, his majesty's chief superintendent, soon after the opening of the British free trade with China, and was only abandoned for a time on his lordship's being obliged to quit Canton. It was again brought for- ward at the requisition of his majesty's superintendents, addressed to James Matheson, esq., who was requested to convene a meeting of British subjects resident in Canton, which was held accordingly on the 23d of February, 1835. Mr. Matheson opened the meeting by stating the necessity of the proposed establishment, and the means at command to defray the requisite expenses, arising from the following sources, viz.: a sum of about $ 1000 already subscribed; the amount which captains and owners of ships may be expected to contribute; and a sum equal to the amount subscribed by individuals, which his majesty's superintendents are authorized by act of parliament, and have offered, to pay. Mr. Matheson also stated that, in order to avail themselves of the offer made by his majesty's superintendents, it was necessary to adhere to the regulation pointed out in the said act of parliament, viz., "That any subscriber of ,£3 3s. should have a vote in the selection of a committee who were to manage the concerns of the hospital." Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co. were constituted treasurers, and the following gentlemen chosen members of a committee, to consider the best mode of carrying into effect the objects of the institution, viz., W. Jardine, esq., chairman, R. Turner, esq., F Pestonjee, esq., f. R. Reeves, esq., W. Blenkin, esq. 16. Hospital fur Seamen. 275 n pursuance of their instructions, the committee drew up rules and illations for its management, which were submitted to, and upprov- )f, by a general meeting of subscribers, held on the 12th June, 5; and also received the sanction of his majesty's superintendents. 'he first and principal object to be accomplished, appeared to be establishment, at Whampoa, of a vessel to receive from the shipi e such patients as required medical aid; and the attention of the mittee was directed to the purchase of a suitable vessel, and a sum 4000, placed at their disposal for that purpose. They regret to , that hitherto their endeavors have proved ineffectual, on account e inadequacy of their means to procure a vessel of sufficient ca- y. The committee have now three vessels in view, any one of h would answer the purpose, and they feel confident, that the de- icy of their means has only to be made public to insure its re- 1 by additional and continued subscriptions. In the interim, practicable measure was adopted to place medical assistance ce within the reach of such vessels as were at the time in China; lie services of the assistant surgeon to the commission were, in ost liberal manner, offered gratuitously to the institution by his ty's superintendents. the stations of Lintin and Kmusing Moon were likely to contain eatest number of vessels during the summer months, Mr. An- i was stationed at whichever place they were anchored, and has ued to attend them from the commencement till this time; while olledge, the senior surgeon to the commission, afforded his as- ;e to all cases which have occurred at Macao. At both places, t number of patients have come under treatment. Mr. Colledge : one hundred and twelve, during the months of May, June, ly, of the present year; and last season, as many as seventy- ire at one time under Mr. Anderson's care, necessity for the establishment of a hospital ship at Whampoa sply impressed on the minds of the committee, and if a doubt ;r existed on the subject, it would have been entirely removed following extract of a letter from Mr. Colledge, who, from his d intimate knowledge of the diseases prevalent there, must be red the best authority in such case. m not called upon for any opinion by the committee, but pass over this opportunity of offering a few remarks. The ;ee must bear in mind, that almost all the subjects they are > provide assistance for, are young men, or men in the prime ist from Europe, full of health and vigor, and that the diseases most prone to in Whampoa reach, during the months of July, September, and October, are of a highly inflammatory cha- •equiring, on the part of the medical practitioner, prompt, and energetic measures; as in many cases, an hour's loss of ipplying appropriate means will render the cures tedious, and instances, perhaps, place life in imminent danger; whereas a deeding, combined with other antiphlogistic means will at due a formidable attack, and enable the patient to return to Hti.yiita! fur Orr. his duty in ns many days as it would otherwise l>c weeks. When cases occur which have passed over the first symptoms unchecked, I shall, provided the committee or surgeons send them to me, do my best for their restoration; but I would repeat, that as almost all the cases are inflammatory, no time should be lost in treating them, and that the distance between Whampoa and Macao must preclude my seeing patients under incipient symptoms." The annexed list of donations and subscriptions amounts to $9,028: which includes 84510, contributed on behalf of the British govern- ment by his majesty's superintendents, and will be augmented to the extent of any further sums subscribed by the public. The expenses incurred amount to $539.41, leaving $8488.59 in the hands of the treasurers. The committee have only to state in conclusion, that the main ob- ject of the institution in placing a hospital ship at Whampoa, will be carried into effect with the least possible delay. As a temporary ar- rangement, they have obtained the services of Mr. Johnstone, surgeon of the "Earl Balcarras," during her stay in port, to visit all vessels requiring medical attendance at that anchorage. Mr. Anderson will remain at Lintin or Kumsing Moon, and Mr. Colledge will continue his services to any cases occurring at Macao. For the future support of the hospital, they rely upon the charitable feelings of the community; and feel satisfied that the call in, aid of an establishment, which the experience of two seasons has shown to be so much wanted, will not be made in vain. Canton, Sep. 22d, 1836. W. BI.ENKIN. Secretary pro tern, to the committee. General Rules for the British Seaman's Hospital in China, submitt- ed by the committee to a general meeting of subscribers, held on the 12th, June 1835. No. 1. Every British subject so far as She funds of the institution will permit, either seamen, or other persons not being seamen, who shall be considered by the managing committee to be indigent, shall be entitled to receive medical aid and relief gratis from the hospital upon the following conditions. N. B. It is to be understood that the medical aid and relief is to be taken to include medical advice and attention, medicines, lodging, and hospital linen and clothing. No. 2. Every British subject presenting himself as a claimant for relief, shall be examined by the surgeon of the institution, and if it shall appear to him to be necessary to receive the said person at the hospital, his name and the date of his entrance shall be duly entered in a book, to be called the book of entries and discharges. No. 3. Any British subject, not being a seaman, who shall be re- ceived into the hospital, shall be reported to the superintendents, who will take orders to provide for his sustenance in the hospital, and his future disposal according to law, as soon as he shall be in a fit state to be discharged. No. 4. If the person received by the surgeon shall belong to any British ship or vessel, and shall be presented for relief by the com- :M>. llotpital far tf.am/ii. 277 inilor o;- -commanding officer, t'no said commander ov roi, in ndlng icor shrill sign an acknowledgment (forms to l>o provided) to the act, that the expense of the ptttieiit's sui. If the person claiming relief shall belong t.o a ship on fird of which no surgeon shall be embarked, and shall not he pre- ited by the commander or commanding oiricer, bin s nil come his own accord, and if the said commander or commanding oilker ill not think fit to sign the aforesaid acknowledgment, the surgeon :he institution shall nevertheless, if he see fit upon medical grounds, ,eive the patient for treatment, reporting the whole circumstance to i managing committee without delay. Mo. 6. The consignee of any ship or vessel, belonging to which •f persons shall be receiving treatment in the hospital, who shall not sufficiently recovered to be discharged at the period of her dep;ir- e, shall be applied to for his engagement, on behalf of the captain owners of the said ship or vessel, to reimburse the institution for expense incurred for the continued support and sustenance of :h patient, until finally discharged from the hospital; when if no p offers, his case shall be reported to his majesty's superintendonts. So. 7. If the managing committee shall not be able to protect the erests of the institution by causing the required acknowledgment be signed, the matter is to be reported to the superintendents, in er that such further steps may be taken as the urgency of the case ill seem to require. *!o. 8. The officers and seamen belonging to foreign ships or sels who may need medical care and relief, and who are presented the commanders or commanding officers of their ships, shall be itled to the same relief as British subjects, upon condition that an ragement for the payment of seventy-five cents per diem be enter- into by the commanders and consignees, for the charge of the pa- it's sustenance until discharged from the hospital. Vo. 9. If the hospital shall at any time be full and sickness is reasing, the surgeon of the institution shall report the circum- ice to the managing committee who shall have authority, if the state the funds permit, to hire the whole or part of any ship lying at lampoa as a temporary additional lodging, and adequate arrange- nts shall be made for placing the whole or any portion of the said t at the complete disposal of the medical officer. "Jo. 10. The surgeon is to be considered the chief executive officer he institution, and all persons under his care are to be called upon respect and obey him in that capacity, as in that of the medical iser; but all regulations for the internal management of the hospi- are to receive the sanction of the managing committee before they permanently established. "Jo. 11. All indents of stores, medicines, &-C., are to be submitted the president of the managing committee and receive his sanction jre they can be acted upon. 278 OCT. Armenian Apothegms. No. 12. A monthly statement of patients received and discharged is to be forwarded to the president. No. 13. Any Chinese indigent persons soliciting medical aid, shall be relieved as far as the funds of the establishment permit, gratis. No. 14. It is recommended that the hospital should be visited at least once in every quarter by a member of the managing council or committee. (Signed.) William Jardine, chairman, Richard Turner, Framjee Pestonjee, John R. Reeves, William Blenkin, secretary. Sanctioned and approved. (Signed.) George Best Robinson, chief superintendent, Charl59~Elliot, second superintendent, A. R. John- ston, third superintendent, Edward Elmslie, secretary and treasurer. ART. V. Armenian Apothegms: glory; hope; faith; truth; false- hood; caprice; Sfc. Continued from volume fourth, page 427. By Otto Stanislaus de M. THE slighting of glory is the most glorious act of a hero.* To hope that all our hopes will be realized is the most invigorating of all hopes: to hope because some hopes have deceived us is weakness: and to entertain, like Sebastianists and Demetrists, chimerical hopes is to act like a madman. The prosperity and happiness of man in this world, notwithstanding his helplessness and apparently forlorn condition, plainly indicate the existence of an Almighty protecting power, to believe in which faith is as necessary as reason. When truth offends, it is civility to lie, then a lie undergoes a trans- mutation, and is termed a polite flattery: such is the caprice of man, that even a sin is committed with a plausible excuse. He who will not ape the little fooleries of the world, will by the world be called a fool. But where is the evil of being laughed at by laughing- stocks? Have not civility and disregard, praise and censure, pas- quinades, philippics, panegyricks, and tirades, their different weights according to the different quarters they come from? The ancients have gone to one extreme, and some of the moderns * Translated from the French; vide Dietionaire Universe! Historiqiie, Critique, et Bibliographlque for the article GARMKRAGHEL, whose saying is (lie above; he was an Armenian general of great renown in the 10th century; he took by storm the fortress of Manaskiert before that supposed impregnable; he was a scourge of the Mohammedans, and was always successful against them; at the head of his high-spirited, and zealous Christian soldiers in every engagemi nl, he routed and defeated " formidable odds " of the enemies of the cross. fei as afflict net. oil tk ret Armenian Apothegms. 279 other; the former, not satisfied with making their'Jupiter and s the god of gods, have also deified their heroes, and allotted thrones in the heavens; and the latter, not satisfied with attempt- :o evacuate the heavens, attempt even to represent that world >ut a ruler, consequently, in a state of anarchy. What strange •arieties! What impartial man, in his senses, will not with the ut- urgeut precaution steer in the middle to avoid the two extremes? le man exerting the powers of the mind, and another of the body, ike two machines working on two different principles, the results lich tend to the general good; but the selfish is a zero in nature: lay as well enclose himself in a vacuum, or entomb himself in the b of a solitary mountain, as to be excluded from the connecting of the chain of the human family. He who fears that heavy rains quench, and strong winds may put out the fire of the burning sun, >t half so credulous an ignoramus, as he who believes that the re- r order and symmetry of the universe is directed by chance; which ;htly understood is itself but disorder and confusion, ordained by ILL WISE only to work out certain ends in his mystic disposal of tion. he caprice of men has affixed the venerable appellation of philo- ers to individuals of sects of the most absurd tenets—for in- ie, nudity accompanied with a pretended practice of the most un- ssary and rigid, austerities, sufficed to secure the name of philo- ers to the Gymnosophists, who in reality were the most absurd )ners, the greatest hypocrites, and the most useless members of ;ty. Blasphemous and subtle argumentations, and impudent and ilegious displays of wit, now a days, among a certain class of men, ince the literary merit of a scribler and dignify him with the title lilosopher, who notwithstanding his uselessness is a dangerous iber of society. It is indeed a sad misfortune that some, by at- >ting to reform, as if tired of their task, play the sceptic and intro- ; into their works a tissue of absurdities, embellished with the most iant and attractive literary decoration. Who that is not fortified tith, or not versed in untieing the intricate knots of sophistry, will be struck, and allured by the erudite works of the atheist, who if had not abused their transcendent talents, could now be compar- ) stupendous massive golden mountains sustaining on their tower- summits the bright pharos of reason. 11 fears are destructive of happiness; the fear of becoming poor is fflictive as the fear of becoming poorer; the suspicious fear of hav- been detected, causes greater uneasiness than detection itself, he reason of man is so subject to err, that there is scarcely one t philosopher, who has not. erred in some of his hypotheses or theo- The critic must expect to be criticized; and the keen detecter •ror, is also apt to err; and to err in correcting error shows how is man, and how limited his penetration, and understanding, an unageous display of which sometimes secures to him from his fel- creatures the title of divine, and the honor of an apotheosis. It is he retreating path of self-confidence that discomfiture advances. 280 OCT. Litrrnry Nutirrf. AUT. VI. Literary Notices: 1. The Chinese, a general description of the empire of China and its inhabitants, by J. F. Davis, csq., F. R. s., &/c.; 2. The New Monthly Magazine; 3. The Foreign Qtiartu-ty Review; 4. The Asiatic Journal; 5. The London Literary Gazette; (5. The Scottish Christian Herald. TAKING it all in all, and judging from a hasty glance over the lead-* ing topics of Mr. Davis' new rvork, we think we shall not have to "eat our words," if we pronounce it the best account of the Chi- nese empire and its inhabitants, which has ever appeared in the En- glish language. In the first place, it is of very moderate dimensions, being comprised in two volumes of about 450 pages each. It comes forth also with very moderate pretensions, not promising in the begin- ning what is not given in the sequel. Moreover, it is throughout free from that extravagance, so characteristic of most of the works on China hitherto given to the public. Mr. Davis has takeu from the Chinese that factitious character, which most writers have labored- hard to provide for them. He has not, indeed, given us all that we hoped for from his pen; he has often stopped short in a narrative or discussion, where we expected he would go on to the end of his subject; he has made some personal allusions which ill befit the page of history; and in some instances he has, we think, expressed opin- ions, respecting the religion and manners of the people, which can- not be supported by facts, when the topics in question are fully can- vassed. Yet, these things notwithstanding, the work contains a great amount of valuable information: it is such an one as we shall de- light to review, which we intend to do iis soon as we can obtain the second and third volumes of Mr. Murray's "China." 2. The New Monthly Magazine, for May 183(5, contains a "criti- cal" notice of the works of Mr, Davis and Mr. Murray. The opinions put forth in it -lifter from those which we have presumed to express; but whether these or those are the more correct, we leave for the reader to judge. The following is the notice: "It is singular that the two works relative to China should have issued from the press within a ironth of each other. "The Account of China" forms part of the "Edinburgh Cabinet Library;" and is worthy of a neries which has heretofore maintained a very high cha- racter. The compilation is from the peus of several eminent writers; they have judiciously selected the more useful and interesting details of various travelers, and have produced a work, the accuracy of which may be relied on, upon all material points. In value and im- portance, however, it must yield to that of Mr. Divis, who Ins been for above twenty years a resident in the country he describes, and where lie Md a high official situation :—to his own practical experi- ence in u)l juutters relating to the empire, he has added much from Literary Notices. 2NI travelers; and has supplied us with that which we have long y needed — a perfect picture of its condition, its laws, it* cus- its people, its cities, and explained in a manner the most clear atisfactory the relations which subsist between it and England, he safest modes of rendering them amicable and advantageous h." The Foreign Quarterly Review, No. 32, January 1836, con- some "matters-of-fact" concerning the "antiquarian researches ypt." It appears that now, through Young, Champollion, Wil- i, Felix, and Klaproth, we possess a sufficiently well-ascertain- iplement in the phonetic alphabet for interpreting the names >yed in the Egyptian inscriptions; that Tatlam's projected dic- y promises to throw equal light on the common or demotic lan- i (whether oral or written); while we have made a very exten- rogress in our knowledge of the symbols constituting the liiero- ic, and still more so, of the /hieratic or the conventional lan- i employed by the priests, in which the grammatical forms of li appear to have been expressed phonetically,—in other words, sans of the phonetical representatives of sound. Moreover, we now, chiefly by the merit of Rossellini, complete materials for story of that magnificent race'of sovereigns, entitled " the eigh- i dynasty," during the reign of which, "all the most momen- ivents connected with the human race appear to have occurred." g this dynasty, three peculiar classes of colonization took place rhout the world; by the expulsion of the shepherds, of the 3ws, and of the Argive family. Railroads and steam engines "apparently" then in vogue, and we have yet to recover rtfs pcrdita, known to the Pharaohs of the eighteenth dynasty. ie monuments of Karnac, as well as the stone of Abydos, prove sracity of Manetho, who avers that a portion of his history was pective, being copied from that written by Thoth (Enoch) before sluge, the other prospective, being a prophetic history of the fu- lestinies of the world. concluding the article before us, the writer of it asks, who were imerous contemporary nations, with whom the kings of the eigh- & and succeeding dynasties are represented, on the monuments rnac, as being at war? Is the proof that India was among those ests, or the communication with it a source of Egyptian wealth, out by the Indian animals and products introduced in the phal processions? Was there a double communication with In- One by the thrice opened canal of the Pharaoh's extending the neighborhood of Cairo to the Red Sea; the other by an arti- causeway or railroad extending across the desert from Karnac sseir1? "Are the Chinese among the captives there? Further, earned "Egyptographer" says, "it is well known to every ir conversant with the Chinese language, that the origii:il of the elementary hieroglyphics of the Chinese resembled the ;ian symbols: a mmith, for instance, was depicted as a mouth 'o curved lines as in Egypt. But a mouth now in China is re- voi,. v. NO. vi. 36 Literary Notices. OCT. presented by four straight lines, and all the original imitative symbol* of the Chinese are broken up in the same manner and for the same purpose. That purpose was to classify the symbols in the Chinese dictionary; it was the only course left with regard to a symbolic language, while the dictionary of an alphabetic or phonetic language naturally follows the order of the alphabet. The Chinese symbols are arranged in classes to the number of two hundred and seventeen, ac- cording to the number of straight strokes which they contain: that, therefore, which we have taken for our instance, originally consisting of two curved lines, now comes under the class of four strokes. Much more might be added as to the Chinese mode of classifying, in their dictionaries, the combined symbols of combined words. But we have said enough for our purpose. The point at which we aim is to show a desideratum. Had the learned colleges of Egypt a simi- lar mode of classifying their symbols in dictionaries to that of the Chinese 1" So says the reviewer; and we have only to add, that this arrangement of the Chinese symbols into 'two hundred and seventeen' classes according to the number of'straight strokes,' which they con- tain, is new to us, not being found in any of the native dictionaries which have ever fallen in our way. 4. Tiic Asiatic Journal for January 1836, contains a notice of Mr. Holnmn's work, which, according to the reviewer, is "in one respect, that of being an account of a voyage round the world performed by a blind man,—the most extraordinary book ever published." The work is in four volumes and favorably noticed. Among the advertisements, in this number of the Journal are two which we quote. First. Seili sze (wan e lienou heo Ifiing. Mr. William Hutinaun respectfully announces, that he gives lessons in the Chinese language on reasonable terms, which miiy he obtained of him at No. 20 Belford street; or of Messrs. Allen & Co., booksellers to th« honorable Kast India company, Leadenhall street. Second. Chinese books for sale by Win, II. Allen and Co., 7, Leadenhall street. San tsae too hwuy; the celebrated Pictorial Encyclopedia; 63 volumes large 8vo. in six cases, jC25. Kanghe tsze ti-Pn; the emperor Kanghe's Diction- ary, 30 volumes, in three cases, £10. 10s. Pun tsann kung mnht Natural History of China, 38 volumes large 8vo. in four canes: plates, £12. 12s. Ta tsing leuh le; Penal Code of China, 20 volumes, large 8vo £8. 8s. This work has been translated by sir G. T. Stannton, bart. KCR paoi pieces on education, morals, &c., 32 volume* 8vo ffi ta tseuen; a System of Geometry, <$rc.. 20 vol £3. 8s. San keaou yuen lew; History of the r tseuen tseih; a Collection of , in four cases, :C8. 8s. Swan mt'S. large 8vo., in two case*, -p and progress of the sects of Confucius, Budha, and Laou tsze, 3 volumes, boards: many plates. £1.1)6.6(1. San kwii die; a celebrated historical Novel, 20 volumes, 8vo., bound in silk, £3. 8s. Slnvuy boo chuen; a celebrated Novel, 10 volumes, 8vo. bound in silk, £5. Fung shin yen c ; a Novel. 10 volumes 8vo, bound in silk. £5. Fel lung •rliuen; a Novel. 12 volumes, 8vo., in two cases. £3. 3s. Haou kew chuen, 3 volumes, I2mo. £1. Is. A translation of (hi* novel has been published by J. F. Davis, esq.. under (he title of Fortunate Union. Yuh keaoii le; 4 volumes 8vo. £1.1s. rtlnns. Rf'iuusat has published a translation of this novel under the title of Les Deux Oorisines. • Tim jinmbers of the Journal for April and May last contain articles on the British relations with China. We do not know who are the conductors of that work, but we are sorry to find them still so much m the dnrk with regard to the slate of affair* in China, and particnlar- eigj. dit/'c allud tr>n}, HS C°' ld; th, Literary Nutlets. anton. For example, in the number for April, they aver that, removal from China of the honorable East India Company de facto is yet but in part removed), the British and other Ibr- iders here are placed in a very uncomfortable and helpless con- This asseveration, and some others like it, have been duly no- il both the Register and the Press, and we may pass by them re without further remark. number for May contains some harsh remarks on the style in Chinese documents have been translated, and refers to those appeared during lord Napier's residence in Canton. We do irove of the style in which many translations of Chinese papeti one before the public; but had the conductors of the Journal ware of the circumstances under which the documents, to thev refer, were translated, they would have spared their cen- if the style was "detestable," the meaning was fully given; >se translations were as true to the spirit of the originals as they lave been, had they been drawn out in the most polished style, ot so with "a version in decent English" given in the Journal .rch 1835. That "version" differs essentially from the letter irit of the original. The Chinese are often, we admit, good pleaders. There was no want of false statement in govern- s papers, and no need of their being made more erroneous, ology for not denying the 'accuracy' of that version, when ded to it oiv a former occasion, is, that we supposed no body id it as accurate; and surely no one, at all acquainted with the e, could read it, "decent English " though it was and imagine ellency putting forth such sentiments as he is therein made to without being strongly tempted to smile: if we treated it with ivity than it merited, we beg pardon for so doing thing moie. The Journal is not correct in the remark res- ; the "auspices" under which our work is published. More- either its proprietors or' editor have any desire to engage in oversial" matters. Our object is not to conceal or pervert th, but to ascertain and divulge it. False and extravagant ac- concerning China have gw>e forth in sufficient numbers to the they ought to be corrected; and we: will endeavor to do so !er' tit occasions offer. We wish to know, and to show others, as we are able, the1 actual condition of this country and its in- its, and their relations with other countries. This is our ob- rid we will erxteavor to keep ourselves free from the "sin of itableness/' while we will use equal endeavors to be faithful, ig to1 the world our monthly Repository. Whether the con- of fhe' Astatic Journal in London, are better qualified than the tots of the Repository in Canton, to determine what subjecti e noticed in our pages, we leave with our readers to judge. Tie London Literary Gazette, for Apri 19th, 1836, gives it* respecting the British relations with China, in the follow- juage,—a fair specimen of the spirit and sentiment which, k, ought ever to be deprecated: the writer says; 284 OCT. Rcligioui LdMigf.net "According to the last accounts from Canton, the second officer of the Fairy Queen, having been despatched from her anchorage in a sailing-boat, with^ his letters, &c., to that city, was, under some pre- tence or other, seized by the Chinese authorities, his correspondence retained, and himself put in chains, thrown into prison, and otherwise ill-treated. The British superintendents having no influence with these insolent oppressors, the principal merchants could only prepare a peti- tion, paying for his release, which they were permitted to leave at the city gate! What a sequel to our review of Mr. Matheson's pamphlet a fortnight ago! The next British petition should be sent further into Canton, and in the shape of bombs and bullets. We will be sworn, they would be infinitely more efficacious in procuring redress and justice, and establishing the future intercourse on bases more suited to the character of a great and greatly insulted nation." This statement is incorrect in one point: the officer was not seized by the Chinese authorities, nor was he thrown into prison. See our last volume, page 486. (>. Tlie Scottish Chrhtian Herald, (in eight numbers,) for March and April, 183(>, has found its way to China. In matter and manner it is a good work, and may be read with pleasure and profit. We are glad to see that the "religious and moral aspect" of China is deemed worthy of consideration ;- and though the "picture" it gives of infanticide is extravagant, yet the general tenor of the remarks is quite correct, as is evinced by one sentence, which we quote. "The religion and mythology of the Chinese," says Mr. Bonai, the writer of the article in question, "is a dark and cheerless system, blending, with anomylous incongruity, atheism and the lowest kinds of polytheism. Their creed presents no proper object of reverence, hope, confidence, or love; affords no balm for the troubles of the mind, no support, under the ills of life, no hope for the future; their highest prospect is annihilation, or a change by transmigration to the body of some other being in creation." prev ART. VII. Religious Intelligence.: arrival of missionaries in the Indian Archipelago; access to Tibet and China through Bur- mah; distribution of books among Chinese, Cochinchinese, and Malays, at Singapore. RECENT letters from Batavia inform us of the death, on the 9th of August, of Mrs. Lockwood, the eldest daughter of the Rev. Mr. Med- hurst. "Death in her case had no sting; it was but the show of death; a gentle passage from time, to eternity." By the same let- ters we have the pleasing intelligence of the arrival of seven Christian missionaries; some from Germany and others from America: three from Germany, are to join Mr. Barnstein and proceed to Borneo; (an 5S£ •J*«m «** ?s* •itS his W iitts liitaUiginrr. '285 int, of Mr. B.'s first visit to the Day As will be found in our last >er;) the others with their wives ar- to remain for th<: present at /lei of in that neighborhood. Soiueihing oftho object these plii- ropists liave in view, and of the course they expect to pursue, be gathered tram the three following paragraphs .vhich we ex- froui a letter ot' instructions delivered to them, at New York, on tOth of last May, when they were about to bid fmiuell to their Is and native land and to embark for the east. After taking a survey of the Archipelago, and of the false religions which have iled there, thoir patrons thus proceed: Leinember, beloved brethren, that it is mind you are going to ope- pon. You will therefore direct your attention to the actual state mind; its intellectual and moral state—in individuals and com- ies. At the same time, seek for the causes, which are acting it for good or for evil. Your appropriate sphere of action is not the external and material, but the intellectual and moral world. chief concern is to be with thoughts and feelings. The effects ill seek to produce must be wrought in mind, and the means you inploy must be adapted to the end you have in view. Above all i else, aim at a holy spiritual influence. It might, in the ultimate , prove a blessing to the islanders, merely to give freedom to intellectual powers, and to rouse those into action; but your aim >e at a far nobler object; not only to wake up the power of iit whenever you can, but to hold up the most excellent subjects the thinking power, and bring every thought into subjection to . The deeper your insight into the spiritual condition of the , the more you will perceive that nothing short of the gospel can an adequate remedy for their maladies. he preaching of the gospel will be the leading instrumentality r remedial system of means and efforts. To this, education and ess will be powerful auxiliaries. For how shall a sufficient num- 'preachers be secured for so large a field? Slif.ll they be sent )ur own country? We cannot wait for a full supply from Chris- n. Moreover, it may be doubted whether a full supply from ian lands is desirable; and certainly it is unnecessary. The 33 did not send Jews from Judea, nor Christian ministers from lurch of Antioch, to take the oversight of churches they planted a Minor, Macedonia and Greece; but ordained pastors in every from among the native converts themselves. You will not find f of the islands such schools as existed at Tarsus, Alexandria, thens. But seminaries of learning can be and must be created, pair of procuring missionaries enough at home, we are using the , and God is blessing them, for raiding up a native agency in 'eral departments of evangelical labor. In addition to our com- ;hools in all the missions, and to our higher schools at a number m, we have eight colleges or seminaries in progress or in con- .tion. One most flourishing institution of this kind is in Cey- nother is at the Sandwich Islands; another is in Constantinople. ias been commenced in Syria. A convention of missionaries iilioiif liiti'lligenre. OCT. from different missions in the Levant met recently at Smyrna, to de- termine upon the site of a seminary for the Greeks. One will soon be commenced among the Nestorians of Persia; and another in the Mahratta country; and one on a large scale at Singapore. The last, we hope, with the smiles of heaven, to make a better seminary tor our purpose, than any of the boasted schools of antiquity would have been. And as our enterprise advances, seminaries must rise in Java, Sumatra, Celebes, Borneo, Siam, in different parts of China, and in many other countries; for in this way only, can a native agency be expected to supersede the necessity of foreign labor. Let these in- stitutions be founded, reared, and instructed in prayer, and stand by fiith in the Son of God; and in them let our native agency be tho- roughly instructed. We prefer quality to quantity ; efficiency to num- bers; a few able men to a greater number of indifferent laborers.* * * "Your civil relations will demand very careful attention. It is incumbent on the missionary to adopt the country to which he goes as his own. This you will do, for Christ's sake. The government of the country, whether Christian, Moslem, or Pagan, will be your government; the people, your people; their interests, yours. In this, making no improper sacrifice of patriotism, you will only yield your- selves to the influence of a higher principle as denizens of Zion. The gospel and the church of God belong of right and alike to all nations. In Christ Jesus, there is neither Jew nor Greek, barbarian, Scythian, bond nor free, but all are one in him.—The committee, however, must caution you to avoid forming connections with the go- vernment of the country in which you shall become established. As far as possible, shun official intercourse with it, except when demand- ed by your safety, or required by the laws. Do not aim to attract the attention of the government. But if brought before kings and rulers for the gospel's sake, declare plainly your object and manner of life, without disguise or subterfuge. What the Holy Ghost will give you in that hour to say, will be the truth, and nothing but the truth, both in matter and manner." 2. Access to Tibet and Cfiina through Burmah, is thus portray- ed by a member of the Burrnan mission, on a tour up the Irawadi: "Visited Meaday, a considerable village six miles above Ummera- poora. This is a Chinese mart. Large caravans come in from the province of Yunnan during the cold season, and exchange their goods for the productions of this country. I had an apportunity of seeing the Chinese as they are in their own country. Their dress is intend- ed to shield them against cold, and in this they resemble the Shaus, as well as in their general features, except that the Chinese are a size larger, and are inclined to be portly, like the Germans. They are more negligent in their dress and filthy in their persons than the Burmans. The most prominent trait in the expression of the counte- nance is dulness, combined with self-satisfaction. They have nothing of that lofty, consequential air, that marks so prominently theBurman character, and yet they appear to be equally proud and self-satisfied. I found many Chinese able to speak Burman, though no one that S>^=^sr- %<, <*ift I. Religions Intettigtitrr. 2S7 e fluently. As near as I could learn, their spoken language is ely different from that spoken at Canton and the eastern provin- though their written language is the same throughithe whole eni- I endeavored to ascertain what intercourse they had with sur- hng nations, particularly Tibet; and I found a considerable was carried on with Lassa, the capital of the Tibetans, but wai ble to learn any thing more. The distance to some of the nearest i in China is not, probably, more than two hundred miles, as a an makes the journey in twelve days. Bomau, the most north- ity of Burmah, is said to be but t o or three days' journey Yunnan. ; will be a day of triumph to the church of God, when her sons 3e permitted to make their way up the Irrawaddy into Tibet and , and there proclaim the redemption of Christ. Prayerful de- nce on the promises of God, will no doubt be succeeded with ision to occupy those hitherto inaccessible countries. As the door open in Burmah for preaching and printing the word of life, lite certain if we will only occupy Ava faithfully a few years, II be permitted to plant a branch of the mission in Bomau, en we are on the borders of China and Tibet. Let a press be operation in Ava, as the most effectual means of enlightening ids, and securing the confidence, of governmental men; and at ne time let the gospel be preached faithfully to all classes of Let one missionary be placed in Ava or Ummerapoora, learn- Chinese language, and also two of our best Burman assistants 3ted to travel incessantly between Ava and Bomau, preaching pel, and distributing tracts. All this is practicable and vastly R; and when we consider the end to be obtained, we ought illing to risk ease, and health, and even life itself. These re- al hive never been trodden by the messengers of peace, might their hands to God." r%e distribution of Christian tracts and other useful books, he Chinese, Cochinchinese, Malays, &c., who either visit, or u, the European settlements at the straits of Malacca, is de- of every possible encouragement. Like all works of charity, •ice blessed;" for while it serves to disabuse and elevate the r of Europeans in th'e eyes of the natives, it accomplishes her and nobler object of putting within their reach a fund of ret which when rightly improved is profitable alike for the life is and for that which is to come. We should rejoice to see lily, in which there are any members who can read, through- e Archipelago, and also every junk that visits those islands, not only with a complete copy of the Scriptures, but with irtinents of Christian tracts and other useful books. Against forts to effect this, there are no objections; while a thousand tioiis urge to the speedy execution of measures requisite to h so desirable an object. A brief extract from a rrinnu- Ijofore u» will shon how such books are received: Jinintiil uf Ocrurrrnces. "Singapore April 7th, began again my visits to the harbor. As Mr. A. wished to go with me to the Mnl ly prahns from Borneo, 1 took only a few Chinese books. While we were conversing with the Ma- lays, some Chinese, who were trading with them, asked for books: I gave them a few and told them they might have one or two more; but 1 tbund afterwards that they had helped themselves to about one half of all I had with me. * * * On the 18th, the last junks we visited were from Cochinchina, where the language is entirely different from the Chinese; but the people can read the Chinese language, though we could converse with them only by signs and by pointing to certain passages in the books." ART. VIII. Journal of Occurrences. Papers respecting the trade in opium and tea; shipping at Whampoa; seamen in Canton; the brig Fairy; imperial envoys; military reviews; Jires and fire- engines. PROCLAMATIONS, edicts, manifestoes, &c., have been the order of the day during the month. On a preceding page we have given the Report of the chief rirovin- ciul authorities respecting the importation of opium: it. seems probable, judging from all that we can learn, that the question whether it shall or shall not be intro- duced is undergoing a thorough revision, and new and strange inquiries are on foot both heie and at Peking. What will be the result of them, we will not venture even to guess. Early in the month, "on a lucky day," there came out from the merchants of Fuhkeen, who trade in the Bohea (Wou-e) teas, a manifesto—staling that they must have three tenths of the stipulated value of their teas paid within five days after the contracts are made, and the remainder within Ihe current year, excepting three tenths, which must also be liquidated on or before the second day of the second month in the year ensuing: if any one of their number fails to comply with these conditions he forfeits 1000 taels; and if any of the hong merchants, who buy of them, fails to make payment in due time, he is not to be furnished with musters of new teas. has been dispatched to search for her crew, with orders to proceed, if necessary, to the governor at Fuhchow foo.' The two imperial envoys, mentioned in our last number, are hourly expected at Canton: four subordinates, we hear, have been dispatched hither from I'e- Uns to watch the conduct of their superiors. 'Governor TSiiR returned on the -.Bd instant, from reviewing the military in some of the neighboring departments of the province. It is reported that while at the Bogue, exercising the troops in the forts, a number of his new pieces of cannon burst, and caused the death of several of those who were working them. Three or four fires have occurred in the city during the month; these, together with the return of (he north winds, have drawn forth a long series of admonitory edicts, warning the people to guard against the out-breaking of fires. In H Inte number of Ihe Canton Court Circular, the arrival of an official agent from HomiBii, is announced; he has come hither to procure (ire-engines for that province. adiuit. The ^D! origii aot exisl Tinman i •or rathe inaniraat stance is and 34.7! is alcoho ways: ft, a'r, when TJIF. CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. V. — NOVEMBER, 1836. —No. 7. I. Temperance: the term defined; remarks on the nature \d effects of distilled and fermented liquors; with statements specting the extent of intemperance, and the progress of reform, various parts of the world. ERANCE is the proper use of things beneficial, with abstinence hings hurtful. Distilled and fermented liquors, always contain- ore or less poison, as is evident both from their effects and from ;al analysis, have been adjudged by the concurrent testimony ly, in almost every age and nation, to be hurtful. Indeed, so ind numerous are the evils which result from their use, that, in w of thousands of learned and philanthropic men, entire ab- * f om them, except for medicinal purposes, is not only a mat- expediency but of duty. By a careful investigation of their and effects this position, it is believed, can be made perfectly and satisfactory to every mind that will contemplate the fully and fairly in all its bearings. A passing glance at it, r, is all that the limits and the object of our Journal will intoxicating principle, be it remembered, is not the product nal creation, but the result of a chemical process. It does t among any of the living works of God. It is the product of art, the work of man's device. This power of intoxication, ;r the substance which produces it, is obtained only from te matter by vinous fermentation. In this way a new sub- s formed, containing 13.04 parts of hydrogen, 52.17 carbon, r9 oxygen, and is a most subtle and diffusive POISON. This ol, and it may be obtained from fermented liquor in three rat, by placing the liquor under a receiver and exhausting the i the alcohol, at a temperature of about 70 degrees, will rise: OL. v. NO. vi. 37 Temperance. Nov. secondly, by means of the subacetate or sugar of lead, the mucilagi- nous parts of the liquor may be precipitated; and then taking off the water that remains, by the means of the subcarbonate of potassa: and thirdly, by the common mode of distillation. It is a mistake to suppose that there is alcohol in all vegetable substances, whereas it is only formed by vinous fermentation. According to Chinese historians, the art of distillation was known in this country at a very early period; but there is no proof that alcohol was ever extracted from fermented liquor, till about eight or nine hundred years ago: this was first done in Arabia, from whence the name, alcohol, is derived. The proportion of alcohol in distilled and fermented liquors, has been ascertained by Professor Brande as exhibited in the following Average 12.08 Nice 14.63 Barsac 13.86 Tent 13.30 Champaign (still). 13.30 Ditto (spaikling).12.80 Ditto (red) 12.56 Ditto (ditlo) 11.30 Average 12.61 Red Hermitage.. 12.32 Vinde Grave 13.94 Ditto 12.80 Average 13 37 Frontignac (Ri- vesalte) 12.79 Cote Rotie 12.32 Gooseberry wine. 11.84 Orange wine —a- verage of six samples made by a London manufacturer. 11.26 Tokay ,.. 9.88 Elder wine 8.79 Cider, highest average 9.87 Ditto, lowest.... 5.21 Perry, average of 4 samples 7.26 Mead 7.32 Ale (Burton) 8.88 Do. (Edinburg).. 6.20 Do. (Dorchester, English) 5.56 Average 6.87 Brown Stout . .. 6.80 London Porter (average) 4.20 Do. small Beer (average) .... 1,28 The effects of these liquors on the human system .have been very carefully observed and described by a great number of faithful and 1 Brandy 53 39 19 Malaga ... 1894 2 Rum . ..53.6f 20. Bucellas 18.49 40. 41. 3 Gin . .. 51.60 21. Red Madeira 22.30 Ditto .1840 4. Scotch whiskey 54.32 5 Irish ditlo 53.90 Average 20.35 12. 43- 6 Lissa .. 26.47 22. Cape Muschat... 18.25 23. Cape Madeira... 22-94 Ditto 20.50 Ditto 24.35 Average 25.41 7 Raiiin wine 26.40 Ditto 18.11 Ditlo 25.77 Average ..,. . ,20.5J 24. Grape wine 18-11 25. CalcavellB-- 1920 44. 45. 0iKo 23.20 Average 25.12 8 Mnrsala 26.03 Ditto. . . 18.10 Ditto. . . 25.05 Average 18-65 46-. Average 25.09 26. Vidonia 19.25 9. Port 25.83 •fl. Alba Flora . 17.26 47. Ditto 24.29 iS. Malaga 1726 48. 49. Ditto 23,7] 29. White hermitage 17,43 30. Rousillon 19.00 Ditto. . . 17.26 Ditto 23.39 Ditto 22.30 Ditto 21.40 Average ~ 18.13 Ditto 19.00 31. Claret. 17.11 Average ...22.96 Ditto 16.32 50. 51. 52. 10. Madeira.,.. 24.42 Ditto. 14.08 Ditto 23.93 Dilto. 12.91 Ditto(Sercial)...2l.40 Ditto 19.24 Average .. 15.10 32. Zanle. .. . 17.05 Average . ..22.27 :!3. MalmseyMadeira 16.40 34. Lnnel 15.52 53. 11. Currant wine. -.20. 55 12 Sherry . 19.8) 54. 55. Ditto 19.83 36. Syracuse 15.28 37. Smiterne 14.22 Ditto 18.79 Ditlo 1H.25 38. Burgundy 16.60 Average . .1917 Ditto 1522 13. Teneriffe . 19.79 Ditto 14 53 14. Colares 19.75 Ditlo 11 95 56. 15. LachrymaChristi. 19.70 16. Constantia, white 19.75 17. Ditto, red 18.92 18. Lisbon ..18.94 Average ,14.57 57. 39. Hock 14,37 Ditto . 1300 58. Ditto fold in r.askl 8.88 ivliisk portloi some s Sim going deuce used! that it, *hich and th "lot/,, ::JO. Triujirrancf 291 mpetitut witnesses, under almost every variety of circumstances, he testimony of a few of these we will here introduce. Sir Astley Cooper has stated, that he never suffered spirits to be in s house, considering them to be evil spirits; and if the poor could e the white livers, the dropsies, and the shattered nervous system* hich he had seen, as the consequence of drinking, they would be vare that spirits and poisons are synonymous terms. Rush has maintained that men in all the situations and pursuits of fe are better without than with spiritous liquors; and that there are jt more than one or two cases in which they can be used without isential injury. Frank has declared that the use of these liquors ought to be entirely ispensed with, on account of their tendency, even when taken in nail doses, to induce disease, premature old age^ and death. Trotter has said that of all tli evils of human life, no cause of isease has so wide a range, or so large a share,, as the use of spiri- ts liquors. Kirk says that ardent spirit contains a narcotic stimulant, always ossessing alcohol as its basis. When drunk, this is absorbed into :ie blood, circulates through the lungs, and is exhaled through the urnerous vessels containing the circulating blood of these organs; nd not only so, but the vessels of the brain are loaded with it. He nee dissected a man who died in a state of intoxication. The ope- ation was performed a few hours after death. In the two cavities of he brain, the lateral ventricles, was foimd the usual quantity of limpid luid. "When we smelled it," continues the Dr., "the odor of the vhiskey was distinctly visible ;• and when' we applied a candle to a >ortion in a spoon, it actually burned blue—the lambent blue flame, sharacteristic of the poison, playing on the surface of the spoon, for some seconds." Similar testimony from thousands of witnesses can be adduced, all Toing to show the deadly effects of intoxicating liquor. The evi- :lence on this point is perfectly conclusive. Why then is such liquor used? Because it is a "mocker." The nature of alcohol is such that its first effect on the human system is a quickening of action, which, by a fundamental law of our nature, is a source of pleasure; and this present momentary pleasure, men mistake for real good. It also arouses the energies of the system to an inordinate degree, which men have mistaken for an augment of real strength, though neces- sarily followed by a relapse with permanent injury. Thus because it gives present pleasure and sometimes seems to increase strength, a motive is hereby created to use it. It sometimes also xrtms to remove trouble and poverty; and even to increase riches and other desirable things. Thus it is a mocker, and a deceiver. Hence we may understand some of the reasons which induce those, who begin to use alcoholic liquor, to continue the practice and to in- crease the quantity. By the use of this poison, the system is over-ex- citcrl and becomes deranged; and having been over-worked, without any new strength communicated, it is of course weakened, and must 292 Temperance. Nov. therefore soon flag. And as a necessary consequence, according to another fundamental law, pain, languor, and inexpressible uneasiness spread through the system; and nature, suffering under such awful abuse, cries out for help. For a man cannot thus irritate and exhaust his system, and not afterwards feel uneasiness, any more than he can put his hand into the fire and not feel pain. Hence arise two motives to drink; namely, to regain past pleasure, and to remove pres- ent pain. But the system is unstrung and prostrate, and to restore it a greater quantity of stimulant is requisite, than was needed on any former occasion. Hence the motive to increase the quantity. By this process the natural life and strength of the human system conti- nually diminish, till they are wholly exhausted, and man sinks prema- turely to his grave. There is another principle which tends strongly to the same result. The more one partakes of this unnatural pleasure, which alcohol occasions, the less succeptible is he of all those natural and innocent pleasures, which are occasioned by the use of nourishing food and drink, by the exercise of the social a (lections, and the discharge of the various duties of life. Hence a person under its power becomes more and more destitute of all enjoyment, except that of this mocker, alcohol. For while its immediate influence becomes to him more and more his only enjoyment, the experience of its ultimate effects becomes increasingly the sum and substance of all his woes. And thus, by tl.e allurement of his sole pleasure on the one hand, and the terrors of shame and wretchedness on the other, the poor victim is urged on to death. It is perfectly evident, from the preceding statements, that the han- kering after alcoholic liquor is an artificial taste. God never gave it; nor is it the fruit of obedience to him; on the contrary, it is an unnatural appetite, formed by the violation of his laws. Hence another reason why this course, like every other wrong one, is down- wards; and the further a man proceeds in. it, the steeper it becomes, the swifter his progress, and the more difficult his return: it is the way of disobedience, and consequently of death. It is worth while to pause here, and see how alcohol causes death. It is a mistake to suppose it fit for the purposes of nutrition, for it is not in the power of the animal' economy to decompose it, and change it into blood, or flesh, or bones, or any thing else by which the human body is or can be nourished, strengthened, and supported. Alcohol, .ifler being taken into the stomach and carried with the blood through the whole system, is then, to a certain extent, thrown off again. But it is alcohol in every stage of its march; it is alcohol in the stomach, in the arteries, in the veins, heart, lungs, brain, among all the nerves and tissues and fibres of the whole body; and it is alcohol, when, af- ter having pervaded and passed through the whole system, it is again thrown off. "Give it," says an eloquent writer, " give it even to a dog, and take the blood from his foot and distil it, and you have alcohol, the same which the dog drank. No, not that which he drank! for a dog knows too much to drink it; the same which—in opposition to his Tmiprrancr.. '.J03 nowledge of good and evil, or the instinctive sense which God gave im, and drunkenness had not perverted,—you forced upon him. Not veil the sense of a dog will permit him to take it; nor can the pow- rful stomach of a dog digest it. Much less can that of a man. Take le blood from the arm, the foot, or the head of the man who drinks ., and distill that blood, and you have alcohol." Not a blood-vessel owever minute, not a thread of the smallest nerve in the whole ani- lal machinery, escapes its influence. It enters the organs of the lursing mother, which prepare the delicate food for her offspring, ntailing death. It penetrates, pervades, and hardens the brain, produc- ng insanity and a great variety of other formidable and fatal diseases. These are some of the ways in which it leads to misery and death. Moreover, from the fact that alcohol is not beneficial as an article of liet, it is natural to suppose it must be hurtful. All the organs of .he body have as much labor to perform as is consistent with prrma- lently healthful action, when they have nothing to dispose of but suitable food and drink. The Framer of our bodies, has evidently assigned to every organ and every member of the system as much work as they can perform in the proper disposal of suitable diet, and at the same time remain permanently healthy, and preserve life to the greatest age. If, then, we withhold from them a suitable portion of that nourishing diet which they require, we shall lessen their strength; or, if we load them with that which is not nourishing, and thus in- crease their labor, we shall of necessity produce premature decay and death. The use of alcohol produces both these effects; it les- sens the nourishment, and increases the labor, of the system. And further, by the use of this poison, even the nourishment which the system does receive is deteriorated. Thus by a three-fold process does it work out death. And what are the effects of alcohol on the morals of mankind? After twenty years' observation judge Hale declared, "that if all the murders, and manslaughters, and burglaries, and robberies, and riots and tumults, with the adulteries, fornications, and other great enormities, which had been committed within that time, were divided into five parts, four of them would be found to have been the result of intemperance." The testimony of the honorable William Wirt, late attorney general of the United States, is of the like tenor: "I have been," says he, "for more than forty years a close observer of life and manners in various parts of the United States, and 1 know not the evil that will bear a moment's comparison with intemperance. It is no exaggeration to say, as has been often said, that this single cause has produced more vice, crime, poverty, and wretchedness in every form, domestic and social, than all other ills, which scourge us, combined. In truth, it is scarcely possible to meet with misery in any shape, in this country, which will not be found on examination to have proceeded, directly or indirectly, from the excessive use of ar- dent spirits. * * * This deadly poison paralyses the arm, the brain, the heart. All the best affections, all the energies of the mind, wither under its influence. The man becomes a maniac, and is locked up 5294 Nov. in a hospital, or imbrues his hand* in the blood of his wife and chil- dren, and is sent to the gallows or doomed to the penitentiary; or, if In' escapes those consequences, he becomes a walking pestilence OH the earth, miserable in himself, and loathsome to all who behold him. How often do we see, too, whole families contaminated by the vicious example of the parents; husbands and wives and daughters ano sons, all drunkards and furies: sometimes wives murdering their husbands; at others, husbands their wives; and worst of all, if worse can be in such a group of horrors, children murdering their parents. But below this grade of crime, how much is there of unseen and untold misery, throughout our otherwise happy land, proceeding from this fatal cause alone. I am persuaded that if we could have a statistical survey and report of the affairs of all the unhappy families and individuals, with the causes of their miseries annexed, we should find nine cases out often, if not a still greater proportion, resulting from the use of ardent spirits alone." With such appalling evils rising on every side from the use of distilled and fermented liquors, it is not surprising that the friends of humanity took the alarm, and set themselves about the work of reform. As a sequel to the foregoing remarks, we will here add a few facts, showing the present state of reform in different parts of the world. The people of the United States of America were the first, so far as we have been able to ascertain, to enlist in the systematic work of reform. Voluntary associations, traveling agents, and the wide cir- culation of printed documents, have been the chief means hitherto employed in this arduous and benevolent enterprise. It has ever been a capital object, with those who have taken the lead in these measures, to exhibit the evils of using alcoholic liquor on the one hand, and the benefits of total abstinence on the other. The first temperance society, established on the principle of entire abstinence, in the United States was formed at Moreau, in the county of Sara- toga, New York, July 25th, 1808. Doctor B. J. Clark first suggested the plan. The American Temperance Society was formed in Boston, on the 10th of January 1826; of this society the honorable Marcus Morton was the first president. Not long ago, it was estimated that the use of fermented liquors, in the United States, caused a direct and an indirect expense to the people of $120,000,000 annually; fill- ed the poor-houses with 150,000 paupers; the jails and penitentiaries with 95,000 criminals; raised up an army of 300,000 sots; and sent annually 30,000 of the inhabitants to a dishonorable grave. Such were, it is believed, the facts. Already, in the work of reform, more than 8,000 temperance societies are formed; more than 2,000,000 persons have ceased to use intoxicating liquors; more than 3,000 distilleries have been stopped; more than 8,000 merchants have ceas- ed to traffic in ardent spirits; more than 1,200 vessels are afloat in which they are not used; more than 10,000 drunkards have ceased to use intoxicating drink; and pauperism, crime, sickness, insanity, and premature deaths, have been diminished in like proportion. 6. Temperance. 295 The first European temperance society was established in 1829, by exertions of G. W. Carr and others, at New Ross, in the south of land; and others were soon formed in the north of that island, and Scotland. On the 3d of June, 1334, J.S. Buckingham, chairman of parliamentary committee on this subject, stated in the house of nmons that above 400 temperance societies had been formed in gland, and an equal number in Scotland. In a letter dated Shef- d, January 1st, 1835, the same gentleman says, "The cause of iperance has advanced more rapidly in Britain, within the last ir, than in any ten years preceding. The number of societies has irly doubled, and the number of members increased in a still great- proportion. Above all, the two extremes of society, tlje very rich d the very poor, have been brought to think very anxiously on the aject, though until lately, it has occupied the attention of the niid- ! classes only." In the north of Europe the subject of temperance has been nobly xnised. The crown prince of Sweden not long ago, presided at temperance meeting held in his capital; openly declared himself 3 patron of temperance societies; and issued a proclamation, call- y the attention of all classes of his people to this subject. A docu- 3nt, entitled, "Temperance and Political Economy, discussed with ference to Sweden," was prepared in 216 closely printed octavo ges; and addressed to the representatives of that nation. The ithor of this document stated that they had, in a population of about 000,000, no less than 170,000 distilleries; and consume annually ), 104,570 canns (45,078,427 gallons) of distilled liquor; at an ex- snse to the consumers of 62,177,636 rix dollars. "This quantity and is value," says the writer, "passes annually down Swedish throats, 'a drink of which the first physicians and physiologists of all coun- ies declare that it contains not a single particle of nutritious sub- ance." According to more recent accounts from Sweden the cause 'reform continues to prosper; and it has begun to excite attention, iid to lead on to action, in Denmark and Finland. From the latter auntry, a gentleman thus writes, "The effects of drinking brandy re horrible; and not only with the vulgar, but also with the people f rank; and not with hearers only, but even with priests." From lussia a gentleman writes, that the publications on the subject of irnperance have already been translated into three languages, the luss, the Esthonian, and the Finnish; and that they are circulated lirough that vast empire, even to the borders of Persia and China. In Africa on the north and south, in India, in Burmah, in Penang, i) New Holland, and in some of th'e islands of the Pacific, this subject B gaining many friends and able advocates. From Burmah one vrites; "every man, woman, and child should wage unceasing war vith all intoxicating drink. * * * Let every one who loves sobriety, icnesty, or virtue, peace at home, or peace abroad, a clear conscience n life, or consolation in death, come out openly on the side of total ibstinence. This is the only wise or safe course." Says a writer, n the Calcutta Christian Observer for last May, 'we do not view the Temperanrr. Nov. temperance question as one purely religious: the evils which intem- perance generates are of a physical nature, and are opposed to the public health and morals. In its train we see murder, theft, slander, hatred, treachery; in a word, every distress.' Lieutenant Burns, when traveling through the desert of the Turk- muns to Bokhara, in the summer of 1832, incidentally remarked, " I found that abstinence from wine and spirits proved rather salutary than otherwise; and I doubt if we could have undergone the vicissi- tudes of climate, had we used such stimulants." Still moie recently, in a public address at Liverpool, the chairman of the parliamentary committee, mentioned above, said, " He had passed through Egypt, and Palestine, and Mesopotamia and Arabia; and afterwards settled in India, where he lived six years; in the course of these journeys, he passed twice to India, and back again by land; and traveled not less than 30,000 miles: he visited the cities of Cairo,. Damascus, Aleppo, Ispahan, &c., and in his tours, had seen, it was supposed, more than 3,000,000 people. Of course he had had a very extensive opportunity to witness the different habits of men; and he had never known them to be in any respect, benefited by the use of strong drink. Nor had he ever known any people who had adopted the use of it, among whom it had not been, in proportion to that use, detrimental." Here we close, for the present, our citation of testimonies on this momentous question. They might be multiplied to any extent; but those already adduced clearly prove two things; that wherever intoxi- cating liquors have been used as a drink they have been injurious; and so palpably so that, wherever the whole truth in regard to their nature and effects has been duly considered, great numbers of intel- ligent, enterprising, and reflecting men, have come out voluntarily and declared themselves the advocates of entire abstinence, and supported their principles by their practice. Note. It was our intention, when we commenced this article, to give some account of distilleries and the use of alcoholic drink among the Chinese; but the information collected on this subject must be postponed. The works on which we have chiefly depended, In writing the preceding pages, are the va- rious publications of the English and American Temperance Societies, and the speech of Mr. Buckingham delivered in the house of commons. We have fre- quently quoted verbatim without the formalities of double commas; but are not aware, however, of having advanced any sentiments or statements, for which we are not willing to be held responsible. We have long avowed ourselves the friends of temperance; but we frankly confess that before the present re-investi- gation of the subject, we never understood, as we now do, how the use of distilled and fermented liquors, under all ordinary circumstances, whether taken in large quantities or small, cannot but be injurious to the human system. tb cl L Remarks on the Opium Trade with China. 897 II. Remarks on the opium trade with China: to which it refited a preface by archdeacon Dealtry; dated, Calcutta, (ugust llth, 1836. 12n»o. pp. 21. Printed-at the Church mis- on press, Mission Row. his pamphlet came to band while we were writing the preceding article, e introduce it here as kindred to that; and though evidently designed for ople and government of British India, it may not be deemed unworthy of eration by those who reside in this country, nor by any who are interested relfare. The trade in opium is of such magnitude, and its use so extensive, lither the one or the other can be viewed with indifference. While three —the growers, the traffickers, and the consumers—are alike concerned in de, its immediate evilt fall chiefly on the latter class. With respect to the tion and traffic, the morality is to be determined by a fnir examination1 of ivils, the nature and extent of which are to be ascertained by an appeal to But situated as we are, it is not easy to collect, at once, such an array of i is usually requisite in such cases to sway public opinion. If there are vils connected with tliis trade, as the writer of the "Remarks" affirms, rho will come forward with evidence that shall serve to remove or check vils, will prove themselves public benefactors. On this subject, and a!l of a kindred nature, it is the bounden duty (if we rightly judge) of the i speak boldly. Impressed with this view of the subject, it will be our endeavor, as there is opportunity, to make known the true state of the [n furtherance of this design, we now submit to our readers the entire et, retaining the archdeacon's " Preface" in Us proper place.] following remarks on the opium trade were sent anonymously. The is entirely unknown to me. He wished me to make whatever use of thought proper, his own object being simply to serve the interests of iw-creatures both in a temporal and moral point of view. The sub- :he opium trade, I confess, is entirely new to me; but the evils as set i the 'remarks' are so palpable and so obviously destructive of the ss of mankind, that at present I feel 1 cannot better subserve the wishes and the object he has in view, than by publishing his own ind forcible observations just as they have come to hand, with scarce. rbal alteration. In mentioning the subject to a friend who is woll f the evils which are exposed, he observed, that if "I felt as strongly ould necessarily do, if 1 had seen a public opium den, or • hell,' as it ppropriately be termed, I should require no other inducement to aid possible way to forward the writer's object." The question is, 'how s of this trade may be abolished or lessened?' Let every man who ity or influence, and feels rightly on the subject, use it for this pur- t the merchants who traffic in this 'man-destroyingmerchandize," their responsibility to God and abandon it: let the press which, when an of this nature comes before them, generally adopts the right Bide, p with becoming spirit and vigor: and let the ministers of the sanc- hibit it constantly as one of the abominations for which the land i. T. DEALTRY, to, August llth, 1836. Arcluleacm. lowing brief observations are thrown together with a view ) excite attention to a very important subject, than with any ixhaustiug it: more in the hope of awakening men's doubts i morality of engaging in this trade, than of settling these y adducing at once all procurable evidence of its immorality. [>L. v. NO. vi. 38 298 Nov. Remarks on tlic Ojiiuin Trade with China. It is not by one effort, or by twenty, that truth can prevail with men when their sell-interest, love of gain, or other base passions, oppose. The principle, nun vi scd scepe ctcdendo, is never more apparent than in cases of this nature. The writer, therefore, has no other hope at present than of awakening some attention to a point too long neglect- ed; and shall not be surprized, though he will feel grieved, if even in this hope he be disappointed. When powerful patronage, general example, rooted custom, and the love of lucre, are all arrayed together in the cause of vice, the battle of truth against such a host must be a long and arduous combat. Even when the champions of truth are both able and willing, how long may they be unsuccessful in their attempt to obtain so much as a patient hearing! Their arguments, if at length listened to, may be wilfully distorted, however sound; may be ridiculed, however unanswerable. Upon abstract subjects, most men will not reason at all. Of those who do reason at times, how few are always able to reason correctly! Of those few who are able to reason correctly, how many fail to do so because of secret biases, prejudices, and partialities! Of those who both can, and will, reason correctly, in spite of prejudice and bias, how small indeed the number! And yet it is with them, and with them only, that the truth dwells. And when this handful of truth-lovers is winnowed from the mass, how long, oh how long may it be before their moral influence can affect the judgment of the rest, or win even a numerical majority! The efforts of truth's champions also may very often prove ill-timed or misplaced, and display more zeal than discretion: the most elo- quent arguments may often fall worse than lifeless by resembling dominie Reichmann's pathetic but premature appeal to his little scho- lar's feelings " as husbands and fathers." Alas! indeed then for truth, on whatever ground she fight, if the failures of her advocates against such difficulties as these, should prevent her own final victory. But they cannot: these failures may retard her success, but only make her own sober triumph more glo- rious, when, goddess-like, she descends into the arena of man's conscience. The positive certainty that truth is superior to error, and must sooner or later overcome it, animates the weakest in her cause. And it is with this confidence alone, and not relying on his own strength, that the writer of these few pages would now attempt to awaken general attention to a subject really of prodigious impor- tance, and of an interest intensely painful. It is a subject which he believes has never met with any thing at all like the consideration due to it upon every ground—social, moral, political. He is not aware that the question, ./»• the opium trade moral or immoral 1 has ever been put so seriously as it ought, before the government and com- mercial communities of India engaged in it. Whatever feeble doubts may have been entertainer] by some minris, whatever decided objec- tions may have been felt and expressed by a few others, there is no appearance of any suitable effort having evpr been made, or ever proposed, in order to bring these conscientious doubts to » general Issue; or to maintain and hold up these objections to universal 1 -I 1 7 t I). Remarks on tJte Opium Trade with China. if they be just and true. But the magnitude of tiie subject ands these efforts. And if a very few remarks, purposely brief, might almost say purposely inconclusive^ for he would tain stimu- disciissioii by a show of weakness, rather than be fled from and ionqueror of an inglorious field, to which the enemy would return, on as he moved off,) if these brief observations but prompt one iry, awaken one suspicion of guilt, excite one effort on the part 3 able and the benevolent, to trace to its very source a torrent of if which the worst desolations of war or of famirte, are, he verily res, but feeble in comparison : if such may be the result of these i, the writer will feel thrice-blessed in his humble endeavor to nd, would first notice briefly the facts, which are sufficiently well- 11 but too often forgotten, as to the effects of opium on the minds x>dies of those who indulge in it. And he will then examine mple questions arising from this view. How far a man in health tijKed in using opium as a stimulant 1 and, If he. be not justifi- using it himse.lf, how far he can' be, justified in contributing to, icouraging, its use by others 1 The effects of opium on- the' human frame. The intoxicating pro- or rather properties, of opium, differ in their nature from the sating property of alcohol. In some respects, the effects of the ;ation are also different. They both agree however in this, icy both stimulate the nervous system to an unnatural degree, •e only fit for use when such a state of bodily illness already as to make a stimulus of this nature subservient to the restora- r other vital functions disordered. They both agree in this, e pleasurable sense of excitement attending their indulgence, is d by a relaxation of the system and an undue depression of le bodily and mental powers, when the excitement is over. >oth agree in this, as a consequence, that the oftener they are d for the sake of this pleasurable sense of excitement, the must be the quantity used, in order to keep up that same de- excitement; so that if once the appetite is formed, constantly 'ng indulgence is necessary and almost inevitable; and not but is yielded to unconsciously of-this increase. The craving appetite is insensibly the man's standard for estimating what (as he supposes) safely indulge in. They both agree in this, y disorder the digestive organs, predispose to most other dis- rid materially shorten the term of life. They both agree in it they stupify and derange the intellectual powers, and that ly; for the seasons of depression are quite as far below healthy igor, as those of alternate excitement are beyond. And on stages of mental suffering to which both lead, one is fain to 3 veil: fiction can paint nothing of horror half so horrible. th agree in this, that they utterly corrupt, the moral sense, ^ross appetite the reins of reason, deprave and brutalize the nit up all the avenues to conscience, and make their victim prey to.every temptation that presents itself. 300 Nov. Remarks on tht Opium Trade with China. There is but one point of difference, between the intoxication of ardent spirits and that of opium, deserving of particular attention here. And that is the tenfold force with which every argument against the former applies to the latter. There is no slavery on earth to name with the bondage into which opium casts its victim. There is scarce- ly one known instance of escape from its toils, when once they have fairly enveloped a man. We need not appeal to the highly- wrought narratives of personal experience on the subject, which have of late years come before the public: they rather invite distrust than otherwise, by the exaggeration of their poetical style. But the fact is far too notorious to be questioned for one moment, that there is in opium, once indulged, a fatal fascination, which needs almost super- human powers of self-denial, and also capacity for the endurance of pain, to overcome. The operation of opium is on this account more deadly, by many degrees, than its less tyrannous rival. In other respects, above men- tioned, there is generally a more rapid, and a more permanent, influ- ence exerted by opium than by ardent spirits; an influence so directly inimical to all human happiness whatever, that if the fact were not before our eyes, we might well doubt the cunning of the arch-fiend himself, to recommend to one son of Adam the use of such an instru- ment of self-destruction. II. If this sketch be at all correct, it may almost seem unnecessary to ask, as proposed, "How far a man in health is justified in using opium as a stimulant?" The question however is not useless: for some people may say, "True; there is a risk, in smoking opium, that the indulgence may become habitual; but there are frequent instances where this risk is escaped, where men have only occasionally indulged, but have never become such regular smokers as to bring on any of those fatal effects mentioned." Before considering this argument of" my learned friends opposite," we must first understand, since we are about to discuss a question of morals, what is the standard of right and wrong which we both acknowledge. If we appeal to different laws, we may differ from each other, yet each be right in his own eyes. If you appeal to the law of general custom, I will allow that it fully sanctions the opium trade. The British Indian government promotes and encourages the trade; the mercantile community at large engages in it; not a voice is heard raised against it, (except " a faint and hesitating" whisper at times, as to the sin of smuggling, on which a\^ governments have a kindred sensibility ;) and if general opinion and custom are to de- termine the right and the wrong of the thing, I must at once confess the judgment is given in favor of the traffic. But I do not acknow- ledge this tribunal in a case of morals. The only true and safe judgment, is to be obtained from the source whence we obtain all our knowledge of duty, personal or social — the Word of God. If we be both professed Christians, this is the only standard that will satisfy us, because wr know it, and it alone, to be absolutely infallible; and I 1 I c £ ii a, tl a 6. Remarks on the Opium Trade with China. 301 t well remembered also, that on points of morals there it no obscu- in the languiige of Holy Writ, no possibility of misinterpretation, opportunity whatever for the cavil and the sneer that often bring n an accusation of ' warping Scripture,' and 'garbling quotations i it in order to suit particular views.' This fact must be strongly ited on before we go a step further. The ten commandments are lear as the sun; nor are the many moral precepts that flow from. ), through Holy Writ, a whit less intelligible. Nothing, therefore, be more conclusive than the judgment which this authority will ounce on the case, be that judgment favorable or unfavorable. us now boldly appeal to it. e do not expect the Bible to make mention of opium and of the n smuggling station, by name. The sins of gambling, and of de, are not condemned in the Bible by name; nevertheless we re them to be condemned. The Bible condemns drunkenness in any places, and in such awful terms, that I presume it is unne- ry to quote the passages. You allow this; but you reply, that lo not defend drunkenness, far from it; you only plead lor thu rate use of opium which produces a gentle stimulus and no more. if there ever was a ruined debauchee, who became such by n de-main, who fell into an irretrievable habit of intoxication in a or by any other process whatever than by that which you are defending, viz., the use of a gentle stimulus at first, I might , with some respect, to your argument. But when the fact is ous, that all drunkards have been by this very snare lured to doom; when you are made aware, on evidence which cannot insayed, that it is not only the natural, and the probable, out :>pimn the almost inevitable consequence of using a gentle sti- at first, to use a very powerful stimulus at last, you must par- le if, by all the laws of logic and. common sense, I charge you le guilt of those consequences of which you have been distinctly .rned. But perhaps you do not feel the force of this argument. din it there is a temptation in smoking a first pipe; but you :hat if you do indeed resist the temptation successfully, you are tly chargeable with breach of the law. Is there then no breach 's law in entering into temptation? Are you in the habit of ng the Lord's prayer, and of saying, " Lead us not into tempta- it deliver us from evil," without meaning what you say? If so, you can rise from uttering this prayer, and deliberately enter : temptation, which you confess exists in the case supposed, are ir prayers an impiout farce 1 yho shuns not the temptation, invites the crime; the crime m ind the law of God says, " Thou shall not steal." Does not im-smoker permit his depraved appetite to steal away his rea- health, his peace of mind, his bodily rest, his time, his money, j for this life or the next? The crime is murder; and the Jod says, "Thou shall not kill?" But the opium-smoker is it determined of suicides, for he pursues his self-destruction ! of himself, I may say, but that only proves the fatal despera- 304 Remarks on the Opium Trade with China. Nov. would have, if not by his hand, by some one's else. So Weald took the ' commercial gains,' preferring on the whole that blood should be shed, and by his hand, rather than these commercial gains to go another. Was he, or was he not, a murderer? The most astonishing fallacy which the advocates of the opium trade use as a palliative to their consciences, is that if they do not trade, others will. The Court of Directors use this excuse in writing to the Bengal government (vide extracts from India state papers in the D. U. K. Almanac for 1830), and confess, that so repugnant are their feelings to the opium trade, they would gladly, "in compassion to mankind," put a total end to the consumption of opium if they could. But they cannot do this, and as opium will be grown somewhere or other, and will be largely consum- ed in spite of all their benevolent wishes, they can only do as they do, &/c. I am not going into any examination of the general political ques- tion that seems here to arise. I merely adduce this as an instance of the ready use which men can make of a fallacy, so gross, so palpable, so apparent, that it can scarcely be exposed more distinctly than it exposes itself. In a periodical publication now before me, the fallacy is drawn out to the full length of its absurdities, and the general prin- ciple involved in it is seen to be this: 'wherever there is sufficient ground for believing that a given injury will be done to the community by somebody or other, it then ceases to be a moral wrong for any one to inflict that injury.' If this be sound morality, whether personal or political, judge ye! I leave the question here. I wish I could utter one warning whis- per that could be attended to. I wish that ministers of the gospel, especially those at the seat of government, would work the problem out for themselves, and having brought it to a point, would step forward with the boldness that becomes them, and drag down this hideous na- tional sin from the place where she sits in state; expose her more than Duessa-like foulness and deformity; and warn all, high and low, of the guilt that attaches to every individual who knows the law, "as he hath opportunity to do good unto all men," and yet directly diso- beys that command by countenancing a trade which has been more instrumental in killing souls and bodies than any curse ever inflicted on a people. We have no such access to China as enables us to ren- der a full statistical account of the desolation spread there by opium. It would be of comparatively little use if we had; for at the rate at which the trade is now advancing, statistics are utterly distanced long before they could be properly compiled. The importation of opium into China is increasing in ratio which doubles it in nearly four years' It amounted in value last year to not much less than four crores of rupees! [About $19,230,769.] Notwithstanding the rapid progress in the increasing supply, the demand more than keeps pace with it; and there is every probability, unless some direct interference of Pro- vidence mercifully thwart the natural course of events, that both will go on increasing in an increasing ratio until "ruin stand aghast" at its own awful doings. Our sin in growing, and encouraging the J6. Seaou Heo, or Primary Lfsxons. 305 de in opium is, indeed, one of the darkest that ever invoked the ith of the most high God upon a people. Where are the preach- of the gospel, where is the spirit of common humanity fled, that i sin should till this moment exist unrebuked? Oh what a wail misery would awaken your remorse and compassion, could the ig agonies of one poor opium-victim reach your soul! Think then THE MILLIONS who have already thus perished, and then ask your- how long is this to continue and no man in a Christian land ird it? How long is a British government to be seen drawing mue from this source, admitting- the misery, and excusing itself abetting, by a fallacy the most contemptible and insulting even to mm sense? How long is a whole community of British mer- its to be content with earning the price of blood, because if they ot, others will in their stead? III. Seaou Hro, or Primary Leifoiu: translation of Part '.cond, respecting the relative duties, \st between father and son; > which are added brief explanatory note*. first, of the Primary Lessons, was given in the second number is volume; and with it the plan of the whole work, as divided woks, parts, chapters, and sections. The first part of Book First, >ecting the principles of education," was divided into thirteen UK. Part second, on which we now enter, contains one hundred sven sections, in six chapters. To those who are desirous of ig correct ideas of Chinese character, we recommend the care- rusal of the works containing the principles and maxims upon that character is formed. Such a work is the Seaou Heo, is composed almost entirely of select passages from the writings sages and worthies of antiquity. In addition to the perusal ie works, there should be the most careful observation of con- in order to see how far the habits and manners of the people m to the prescribed rules. In the subjoined translation, we mdeavored to retain something of the Chinese idiom, though frequently at the expense of a good English style. BOOK FIKST. Part ii. Respecting relative, duties. hilosopher Mencius said, "The academies, colleges, universi- nd public schools, established to promote education, were all 3d to elucidate the relative duties." Having examined the books of the sages, and scanned the records of the worthies, compiled this treatise for the instruction of youth. VOL. v. NO. vi. , or Primary Lessons. Vote. There seems to be a reference here to a usage, which is prevalent ;he present day, of becoming "sworn friends." The Triad Society and other ociations, are usually, we believe, banded together on this principle, that ir members will die for each other, if circumstances require. The reason en why children should not thus pledge themselves, is that their bodies the property of their parents: one commentator says, that it is not right row to die for a friend, even after one's parents are dead, (because we are nd to reverence and preserve the body as the gift of our parents.) SECTION x. n the Book of Rites it is said; "While their father and mother living, children must not presume to do as they please; nor d: re egard any property as their own: thus showing the people the d f- nce between superiors and inferiors. So long as their father and her are alive, things to the value of a carriage or a horse, must be given away to their friends or be presented to their superiors by children: in this way the people are taught that they must not ume to do as they please." SECTION XI. the Illustrations of Duties it is said; "The man and wife who are Ful and respectful must not (presuming on the affection of the nts,) disobey or slight their commands. If, therefore, their pa- i give them food and drink, though they have no wish for it, they : taste it, and then wait their parents' pleasure. If their parents them clothes, though they wish them not, they must put them on, then wait as before. And if they are charged with the execution ly work, and other persons are directed by their parents to assist , they must yield though it be against their own wishes; and ig endeavored to instruct the persons assisting them for a little they may then take the work again into their own hands." SECTION XII. The man and wife may not reserve for their own private use any i, domestic animals or utensils; nor presume (without leave ob- 1 from their parents) to lend or give away any thing. If presents >d or drink, of dress, cloth or silk, of handkerchiefs or fragrant •s are made to the wife, she must take and offer them to her and mother-in-law; and if they accept them, she should rejoice en she first received them. Should the parents give them back to he must decline to accept them; but if they will not allow her line, then, taking them as new presents, she must lay them by ; future use of her father-in-law and mother-in-law. If she have :rs of her own to whom she would give some of the presents, she request them of her mother-in-law; and if they are granted, he may give them away. SECTION XIII. i Illustrations of Duties has this maxim: "When the father or r of a child calls him, he must answer and riw without delay." 310 Seatm Heij, or Primary Lessons. Nov. SECTION XIV. Among the rules to be observed by the scholar when visiting, are the following: "In conversing with an official person of high rank, he should observe first his face, then his bosom, and then again his face. He should never deviate from this; and towards every one should always exhibit the same conduct. But when conversing with his father, he may give more freedom to his eyes, though he must not raise them above his face, nor drop them below his girdle. And when the parent is not speaking, if he is standing up, the son must watch his feet and if he is sitting down look at his knees. Note. By watching the countenance, says the commentator, the scholar may ascertain the proper time to address the officer whom he is visiting; and by observing his bosom, he may discern what emotions are produced by his address; and by looking again at his face, he may know whether his address is acceptable. By looking at his feet, the son will know when his father is about to walk; and by watching his knees, he will see when he is about to rise. SECTION xv. The Book of Rites says; "When the father calls, his son must answer promptly without delay; he must drop whatever work he has in hand; or if he is eating and has food in his mouth, he must spit it out, and run quickly. If the son, who has aged parents, goes away from the house, it must not be now to this place and then to that; nor must he delay his return beyond the proper time; nor retain an undisturbed countenance, when his parents are afflicted with sick- ness." These are some of the rules for the dutiful child. Such a child, after the decease of his father, cannot bear to read the books where the traces of his hand are still preserved; nor when his mother is no more, can he bear to drink from the cup, on which are retained the traces of her breath. SECTION XVI. According to the Domestic Rules, "The slaves and the children and grandchildren of one's father and mother, though born of con- cubines, and tenderly beloved, he must always treat with respect, even after the decease of his parents. Or if he has two concubines, one beloved by his father and mother, and the other by himself, he must not put them on an equality in regard to their dress, or food, or domestic duties; and he must continue this course of behavior towards them, even though his father and mother are dead." SECTION XVII. "Though a son fondly loves his wife, yet if she is not liked by his father and mother, he must divorce her. But if he himself does not like her, and his father and mother say to him, "she serves us kindly," then he must tr.:;it her as his wife, us long he livet." SECTION XVIII. The philosopher Tsang said, "The dutiful child in serving his pa- rents, gives joy to their hearts, and never opposes their purposes; his 36. Seaou Ileo, or Primary Lessons. 311 irds are pleasing to their ears, and his conduct to their eyes; in the jning he wishes them repose, and in the morning inquires after their ilth; with a willing heart, always supplying them with food. Ac- •dingly, what his parents love, he loves; what they respect, he re- icts; and he will do this even in regard to dogs and horses: and v much more, then, with respect to men!" SECTION XIX. The following are contained in the Domestic Rules: "The mother- aw, at the death of her father-in-law, retires from her place at the d of the family; but in all matters regarding sacrifices and the ;rtainment of guests, the wife of the first-born son [who succeeds to station vacated by the mother-in-law,] must request her pleasure; the inferior wives must ask the pleasu-e of the principal one. enever the latter is charged with any business by her husband's 3r and mother, she must not be negligent, nor behave haughtily irds the inferior wives. These, in like manner when charged business, must not presume to claim equality with the principal ; nor to walk, sit, or give commands with her. None of the wives, 3s they are hidden to go to their own apartments, must presume to 3: if there are any affairs to which they wish to attend, whether are great or small, they must ask permission of their father-in- and mother-in-law." SECTION xx. Ill the sons of the family must respectfully serve the chief of the and his wife; though honored and rich, they must not, on that mt, presume on entering his dwelling to behave proudly towards mily; and although they have a great number of chariots and lants, they must dispense with these when they go to his house, nay they, presuming on the superior rank and riches, exalt elves above any of the other members of the family." ?. Eacli family of China, (including all of the same surname who have ded from the same ancestor,) may very properly be designated by the 'an. In each family, or clan, as thus defined, the eldest living first- n the direct line, from the original founder of the family, is the head or f thu clan, and lias always the appropriate designation tsungtsze; and v, that of tsungfuo. In each distinct male branch of the clan the son, whv-ther born of the wife, or concubine, is styled teihtsze; all the iro called fhaotixe. The first-^orn son is also called chunglsze; and e chungfito, "the principal wife," in contradistinction to the wives brothers, who are called keaefoo, "inferior wives." According to >, all the sons born of the tse or wife, are styled teihtsze; while all orn of tbo tseo or concubines are called shootuze. SECTION XXI. philosopher Tsang said, "If your father and mother love you, and he not forgetful of their kindness. If they dislike you, ;, hui. harbor no resentment. If thoy are in error, then strive :ct, them, without giving offense." 312 Nor. ft'ton Ileo, or Primary Lessons. SECTION XXII. The following precepts are contained in the Domestic Rules: "When his parents are in error, the son with a humble spirit, pleas- ing countenance, and gentle tone, must point it out to them. If they do not receive his reproof, he must strive more and more to be dutiful and respectful towards them till they are pleased, and then he must again point out their error. But if he does not succed in pleasing them, it is better that he should continue to reiterate reproof, than permit them to do injury to the whole department, district, village, or neigh- borhood. And if the parents, irritated and displeased, chastise their son till the blood flows from him, even then he must not dare to har- bor the least resentment; but, on the contrary, should treat them with increased respect and dutifulness." Note. A neighborhood, says the commentator, contained 25 families; a village, 500; a district, 2,500; and a department, 12,500 families. SECTION xxm. In the Illustrations of Duties it is written, "If a son, in performing his duty to his parents, has thrice endeavored to correct them, without their listening to him, then weeping and lamenting he must still follow them." SECTION XXIV. "The dutiful son, who has arrived at the age of manhood, when his father and mother are afflicted with sickness, will neglect to comb his hair; he will not be formal in walking: nor use levity in his conversation. Music will afford him no charms; his food will lose its relish; he will drink but little wine: will not indulge in loud laughter, nor in noisy expressions of anger. And as soon as his parents recover from their sickness, he will resume his wonted manner." SECTION xxv. "The faithful minister, whose prince is sick and requires medicine, will first taste of it himself; when the parents need medicine, the son will first try it himself. And they will not take the medicine of one who has not been a successful practitioner for a long time." SECTION XXVI. Confucius said, "Watch the inclination of the child while his father is living; and after the father's death, mark his conduct; and if for three years (from that date) he does not deviate from the ways of his father, he may then be regarded as a dutiful son." SECTION xxvn. In the Domestic Rules it is said, " Although your father and moth- er are dead, if you propose to yourself any good work, only reflect how it will make their names illustrious, and your purpose will be fix- ed. So if you propose to do what is not ijood, only consider how it will disgrace the names of your fat her and mother, and you will desist from your purpose." 1 I • Seaou fftn, or Primary Lessons. 318 SECTION XXVIII. ;he Sacrificial Rules it is written, "In the time of hoar frosts )ld dews, the dutiful son, as he walks over them, will have a heart and melancholy, that he will not heed the cold. And in spring, walking amid the rains and dews, his heart will bound with in, as though he were about to behold his departed parents." :. This refers to the vemal and autumnal sacrifices, which are offered Danes of departed parents. In autumn, the dutiful eon, moved by the in which all nature around him is wrapped, thinks how his parents ided away like the leaf; fearing that they too will soon be forgotten, his anxiety to do them reverence and to offer them the appointed sacri- e becomes insensible to tl>e inclemency of the weather. So in spring, spect of all things around him bursting into life fills him with expec- and he seems to see his sleeping parents revive. SECTION XXIX. he Sacrificial Institutes it is prescribed, "The husband and iust both go in person to oversee the sacrifices, that every thing, a the male and female departments of the household, may be repared." . There are several grades of sacrifices, each allotted to persons of it rank. In the grand national sacrifices, the prince takes the lead, as- ly his ministers, who are aided by their ladies. In the ancestral tem- , clan, the chieftain takes the lead, and oversees all the preparations nale department of the clan, assisted by the whole body of sons; while orable consort, as overseer in her department, is aided by all the ladies Jan. It is only in ths preparation of the sacrifices, utensils, &c., that igfoo or "ladies of the ministers," and others of inferior rank, are 1 to take any part. SECTION XXX. le good man, when the time for offering sacrifices arrives, will iself and superintend them: and if prevented from so doing, send a suitable person to act in his stead." SECTION XXXI, arding to the Sacrificial Rules, "Having put away all anxie- >m the mind, and abstained from animal food and wine, the iring the time of fasting, must call to mind the circumstances >arents" residence, their pleasant conversation, their disposition ns, together with their joys aird their pleasures; and on the lay they will appear to him in vision. On the day of sacrifice, ie enters the ancestral hall with his heart aliv?i with expecta- 3 will behold his parents sitting in their appropriate places; engaged in the ceremonies, atrd going in and out of the hall, ith awe and reverence, he will hear their well-known voices; he retires from the place, listening, with long-drawn breath, hear their mournful sigh. It was thus th<; itncient kings rc- their parents,, always kept their forrn^ before timir eyes; and ncs of voice aFways sounding in their ears; having the incli- ;ind desires of their hearts never out of mind. When most VOL. v. NO. vi. 40 314 Nor. »SV««« Hee, or Primary Lessons. ardently beloved, the appearance (of the parents) will be retained; and when most deeply respected, their form's will be recollected: and when this is the case, how can the son fail to do them reverence!" SECTION xxxn. In the Illustrations of Duties it is said, "The good man, though poor, will never sell the implements of sacrifice; though cold, he will not put on his sacrificial robes; and if building a house, he will not cut down the trees which grow over the graves of his ancestors." SECTION XXXIII. In the Royal Institutes it written, "The minister of state must not borrow utensils for the sacrificial rites; and if he has them not already prepared, he must not have any made for his own use, till those required for sacrificial purposes are prepared." Note. To do otherwise than this, would show a want of respect to the manes of his ancestors and the gods of his country. SECTION XXXIV. Confucius, in conversation with the philosopher Tsang, said, "To preserve from all injury the body and its members, which we have received from our father and mother, is the commencement of filial duty. And to elevate ourselves to high rank by a good course of con- duct, so as by transmitting an illustrious name to posterity to reflect honor on our ancestors, is the ultimate aim of filial duty. Thus it commences in serving our parents; is continued by serving our prince; and is completed by elevating ourselves to high rank. He who loves his patents, will not hate other people; and he who respects his parents, will not treat others with neglect: and when love and respect are carried to perfection in serving his parents, then his excellent conduct will afford instruction to all the people of the empire: such is the fi- lial duty required in the son of heaven. When those in high stations are humble, they are not endangered by exaltation; and regulated by the rules of propriety and carefully maintaining the laws, nothing will be wasted, though they have all things in abundance; and con- ducting in this manner, they will preserve the altars of their country and maintain peace among their people: such is the filial duty requir- ed of nobles. Those who do not put on robes, which are unsanction- ed by the ancient kings; who presume not to speak, except in accor- dance with the rules they prescribed; nor to act, unless in conformity to their virtuous example—those who thus demean themselves will preserve the temples of their ancestors: such is the course of filial duty incumbent on ministers of state. To serve the prince with filial duty, is fidelity ; and to wait on superiors with respect, is submission; and when fidelity and submission are preserved entire by those who serve their superiors, then they will be able to maintain the sacri- fices due to their ancestors. Such is the course of filial duty to be maintained by the literati. To observe the revolving seasons and dis- tinguish the diversities of soil; to guard well the body, and to prac- tice economy — in order that they may provide for their parents,— is -a' f w ovide ;^^^5S Brents i "Your 'Ur ] Seaou Heu, or Primary Lersons. 3J5 irt of filial duty among the people. Hence, from the son of a to the common people, no one can escape calamity, if he is ig in duty to his parents." . This conversation of Confucius with his pupil, the philosopher forms a part of the treatise on Filial Duty, published in our last vo- The phraseology there, however, differs somewhat from that in the Heo. SECTION XXXV. fucius said, "Your parents gave you existence, and there is y greater than to form a link in the line of ancestry: both and parents have watched over you, and there is no favor >r to this: not to love your parents, therefore, while you place Fections on others, is the perversion of virtue; and to disre- our parents, while you honor other men, is the perversion of ty.» SECTION XXXVI. tiful children, in serving their parents, always show them the respect and take the highest delight in supporting them; fflicted with sickness, their grief is extreme; and they mourn tterly, at their death; and when sacrificing to them, they do it 3 most profound reverence. Being good proficients in these ticulars, then children can perform their whole duty to their Moreover, such men are not proud if they are placed in high ; nor disorderly, if in low ones; nor contentious, if they are their equals. But if those in high stations are haughty, they ng destruction on themselves; if those in low ones are disor- hey will bring down punishment on their own heads; and if 10 are equals contend, they will involve themselves in bloody . Therefore unless men will avoid these three evils, they can i regarded as dutiful children, even though they should daily the three best of animals for the support of their parents." The animals here alluded to, ars the ox, the sheep, and the swine. of the latter is by far t.he most common article of food among the 'this neighborhood; beef and mutto.i are used only in very limited i. SECTION XXXVII. philosopher Mencius said, "There are five acts which all d pronounce undutiful; idleness, which disregards the sup- •irents, is the first; gambling and indulgence in wine, which the maintenance of fathers and mothers, is the second; hoard- Toperty for one's own wife and children, while provision for s neglected, is the third; sensual indulgence and gratifica- ch entails disgrace on fathers and mothers, is the fourth; and \ and contention, which involves the parents in danger, is SECTION XXXVIII. body," exclaimed the philosopher Tsang, " is the legacy of ;r and mother; how then can you presume to demean your- Notites of Modern China. Nov. self in an unbecoming manner! To behave unmanly in the ordinary pursuits of life, is a breach of filial duty; want of faithfulness in serv- ing the prince, is undutiful; unmagisterial conduct in an officer of government, is undutiful; unfaithfulness towards friends, is unduti- ful; and a want of courage in battle, is also an undutiful act. If, therefore, in any one of these five particulars there is a failure, ca- lamity will surely overtake your parents; how then can you dare to demean yourself in an unbecoming manner?" SECTION xxxix. Confucius said, "Of the three thousand crimes included under the five kinds of punishment, there is none greater than disobedience to parents." Note. According to a commentator on this section, the five kinds of pu- nishment were (1) branding, (2) cutting off the nose, (3) cutting off the foot, (4) castration, and (5) death. The number of crimes punishable by the first was 1000; by the second, 1000; by the third, 500; by the fourth, 300; by the fifth, 200: but of all these crimes none was more heinous then disobedience to parents. By referring- to the Ta Tsing Leuh Le, we find that Wiinte of the Han dynasty abolished these jnw king, "flesh punishments," and substituted flagellation in their stead. But to the present day the Chinese have their fire punishments; the 1st is from ten to fifty blows with a small bamboo; the 2d from fifty to a hundred, with the large bamboo; the 3d is temporary trans- portation within the province, or to a neighboring one; the 4th is trans- portation for life to a great distance; the 5th is death. But there are several modifications of these, making in fact, thirteen kinds of punishment. ART. IV. Notices of Modern China: tlie lute rebellion in Turkes- tan, headed by Jthang'r ( Changkihurh ); origin of the rebel- lion ; progress of the war; &/c. By R. I. WE proceed to give an account of the rebellion in Chinese Turkes- tan, of which Jehangir, of whom we spoke in our last number, was the promoter and leader. It would seem that he had made frequent attempts to recover his patrimony before that of 1826, which we are about tc describe, and which proved fatal to all the family. "The rebel Mohammedan Changkihurh," said the emperor in one of his edicts in 1828,' " has repeatedly entered the frontier and created disturbance;" and we find2 hereditary rank conferred in 1831 upon the family of a military officer who had suffered death rather than submit to the rebels, which was no doubt the result of one of Jehangfr's attempts. There were other causes, however, for the insurrection among the Mohammedan states, which it is necessary to enquire into, in order to understamd th« nature of the warfare which ensued. an wa H- «ose, ai -fcion of IMaraKl . IMashgar Noticts of Mudfi-H China. 317 :ny of the Chinese officers employed in Turkestan,3 had been bed from their own country for misconduct, and convicts were received into the public offices as secretaries, &-c. These peo- eated the Muselminn with contempt, took possession of their ii, and usurped their lands. This is admitted to have been the by a report4 of the commanding officer at Kashgar after the ion: "the officers," he says, "constantly oppressed the people by ons under the pretext of public service." The resident of Woo- which is situated between Auksu and Kashgar, was blamed6 lly in 1820 for "ignorance of the dispositions of the people he 3 govern, and for improper severity towards them." On one on, when some horses had been stolen, the resident, it appeared, at one of the chiefs ( khans or begs ) in custody, and deprived Phis peacock's feather until the horses should be restored; and similar marks of caprice or violence appear. A Chinese sta- I work6 informs us that Wooshih was totally destroyed in the fear of Keenlung, on account of a revolt, after which the em- by his grace, gave it ihe name of " Endless Tranquillity;" and t 400 soldiers and 500 Mohammedan families there, from other rs, to cultivate the land. Such acts of oppression as are de- i above are not likely to have been confined to Wooshih, and re quite sufficient to account for the Muselminn turning their ir redress towards Jehangir, the descendant of their kbojans, i described,7 moreover, as having the tact of attaching men's to himself. Thsre is some contradiction in the accounts of st overt act of insurrection; but it began probably by an inva- 3f Jehangir with a body of Kirghis from Indajan, one of the of Kokan, seconded by the khan of that country, and encourag- the reduction of the Chinese troops there. The news of the >n seems to have been promulgated in the Peking Gazette about cl of August 1826;° for a Gazette10 of only a few days before intained a recommendation to reduce the military stations on rthwest frontier, as certain recent assaults and inroads of the ;rs had been discontinued. This is perhaps a confirmation of ort upon the subject made to Mr. Wade," that, " when thekho- s still at Indajan, the Chinese force stationed on the frontier thdrawn towards the Kara Khatai country. When the khojan of the departure of these troops, the ruler of Indajan let him .nd the khojan sent a man to Kashgar to ascertain the disposi- the people; they replied that the Chinese force had gone to hatai, and he had only to come and possess himself of the whole '. According to their invitation, the khojan marched towards r, where he no sooner made his appearance, than the people d in his favor and rose against the Chinese, about 8000 of vere sacrificed to their fury. The amban or Chinese govern- r himself up." The story then goes on to say that the event nounced to the emperor by means of lighted balloons, which lothing more probably than the lighted beacons of wood, re- sy Burnes. 318 NOT. Notice* of Modern China. A report in Canton:a about the time was, that the rebels took every city they attacked, and gained every battle they fought. Hence the Mohammedan cities, although very strong, having Jehangir's friends inside, feH as soon as they were attacked. In one day four submitted. A passage in an imperial proclamation after the war, from which we have already quoted,'1 confirms the above report. "During the sixth year (of jTaoukwang), he (Jehangir) formed a coalition with the Poolootih Mohammedans, and usurped the frontiers." Another account u of the origin of the war, which professes to be extracted from a Chinese manuscript, varies the story, especially by making it appear that Jehangir had been living in Chinese Turkes- tan shortly before this invasion, which we subsequently find to be confirmed. After some preliminary observations, it proceeds to nar- rate, that in 1825, when the Chinese authorities endeavored to seize Jehangir, they pursued him to the border of the Poolootih Kirghis; but failing to take him, they seized one of the natives and put him to death instead, which aroused tl'-e Pruths in favor of Jehangir. The resident of Kashgar seized Chang's son and put him to death in the beginning of 1826, upon which Chang (Jehangir) assembled his followers and attacked Kashgar, but was repulsed. The resident tsedng pursued him, but was wounded in the face, and he sent two officers with troops, to continue the pursuit. They surrounded him b-:t he made his escape in the night. The Muselmimi now arose in his favor; the resident ordered 250 men to his relief from Ying- kheshur, 140 le. to the southward of Kashgar, but they were completely cut up on the road, and the garrisons shut up in their respective towns. One commandant of the fortified towns reported: "if the Muselminn attack this city, I will defend it till death." Another writes: "this orphan city has neither troops nor provisions; it is impossible to defend it; I can only collect our thinned troops and shut the gates." These accounts were known in Peking in the beginning of September, and they mark well the unexpectedness and rapidity of the rebellion. Reports received a few days later returned the names of two of the principal military officers at Kashgar, who had been killed. The emperor upon receipt of these advices, immediately appointed11 Chang- ling commander-in-chief and governor general of Ele, and Yang Yu- chun and Woolungah members of his council and generals of divisions; but the imperial signal was given to Changling, with full power of life and death, and discretion to act in all cases. The two generals are stated to have hfid each 5500 men under them. Changling was at the time fifth minister of state, and it is said to have been the fourth time only,ls within the last two hundred years, that a person of such high rank had been sent on a similar service. Ho is now the first or prime minister of the empire. ( See Chinese Repository vol. 4, p. 475.) The next step was to provide the ways and means, and the requi- site force. The Peking Board of Revenue in one of its documents '6 stated, that 30,000 Tartar troops were to be sent to the seat of war, and recommended at the same time that attention should be paid to •.is com ankof . alt men i *i this v . urns as i proi ff( every -*ioned in i Brings ftc ^*° provide The mo *t this tifl the H Notitn of Min!,rn China. :}I9 jmmissariat. In another Gazette," we find the emperor ordering ty officers of repute to appear before him, from whom to choose to send with the army, and ordering 20,000 men, apparently un- immand of Yang Yuchun,'7 to advance from Kajisuh and Shense, JOO cavalry from the river Amour. For the latter troops, 2000 horses were ordered to be prepared at the Taling river to re- iheir own jaded animals; but the officer stationed there report- at he had only 1500 good horses, but he had selected 500 good to make up the deficiency: 2000 convicts' from Ele, were attached to the army on its inarch. An imperial order was also very properly, to restrain the troops from robbing or distressing ople on the line of march ; that the soldiers who plundered were punished, and the officers who allowed it reported. A part of perial guards (see Chinese Repository vol. 4, p. 187) were also n Woolungah's division, who, according to his report, got the )f the convicts and were the very first to offend, even before ;ft Kansuh.18 The conduct of some of the officers was, he said, sming and un-officer like. Presuming on their station about ineror's person, they insulted the civil officers, and kicked and 1 every body about them. One of them, at the end of a day's , having to complain of the mess, went into the kitchen, beat )ks, and set to work to boil his own rice, which did not beseem ik. The same officer went the next day to the local magistrate ttorted from him the price of a mule. Another flogged a ina- 3's attendant, for not providing him with separate quarters, and ded the price of a saddle, which he said, he had lost. The ge- legraded them, and hoped that his majesty would confirm the ie, else the spirit they manifested in, Kansah, would be worse in stan. daily expenses of the army were reported 9 in Canton at 70,000 vhich is entitled only to partial credit; but we find that extra- •y means were resorted to, to raise supplies. The Canton er of the 30th October 1826 announced, that the governor and incil had arranged that, the governmental officers above the f fooyuen were to contribute for this purpose 400,000 taels; the rchants 400,000; and the hong- merchants 600,000. A sale of under government was resorted t«v, as has already been noticed work,''' which produced six millions of taels. The Board of le was directed L7 to forward from Shense and Kansuh such s might be ready, and to order four millions of taels from the rovinces. Two millions in addition to the four were afterward from Kansuh. 2 The emperor ordered ^ a bounty of four taels y private soldier who went to the war, and a sum, not men- in the translation, to the officers. In consequence of their suf- from cold, ten taels were subsequently advancedM to each man ide him with clothing, &c. monthly pay of a private cavalry soldier appears to have been time one tael, one mace; which we find increased in 1829, e war, to taels 1.45. We learn on the same occasion that at 320 Nor. Nutlres of Modern China. this last period there were upwards of 10,000 Mantchou troops station- ed in Turkestan. We gather too*' that of these troops, 1800 men and officers were stationed at Wooshih, who required for their "salt and vegetables," as their pay and allowances are called, 38,000 taels annu- ally, about twenty-one taels each man, which allowing for the officers, greater pay agrees well with the prior amount. The officer who makes a report to this effect, adds: that when e.:\ intercalary moon occurs, he shall require 2500 taels more, and for all the necessary sums he requests leave to draw on Kansuh. The following ammunition was ordered23 for 2000 men, viz : gun- powder 13,000 catties (of 1£ pounds each avoird.); powder for the pan 750 catties; balls 11,250; matches 12,000. In a late engagement, it is said, the troops expended all their ammunition, and the command- ing officer lost his life iu leading his troops on to the charge. Their articles of ammunition seem u to have been spoiled on their way from Peking to Kansuh, and it was afterwards found better to manufacture them at the latter place. One of the imperial documents in the Peking Gazette informs us that grain was abundant inTartary, but the transport very expensive; 10,000 camels were required l9 for this purpose, of which apparently 6000 were now ordered, which cost thirty-two taels each. A greater number of these animals were lost23 afterwards in crossing the desert of Gobi, as well as horses and mules, for want of water and provender. The commander-in-chief in reporting it, requested that the emperor would not require those in charge to replace them. After the war, the emperor ordered ^ that the camels supplied by the Mungkii khans should be restored to them. The number, it appears, then amounted to 14,787, of which 290 perished from fatigue and want between Ko- pi'ito and Oroumtchi. The idea of making those who had charge of them pay for them is again alluded to, but abandoned. On occasion'8 of 800 of the camels being presented by the Mongol chiefs in 1827, it is stated that their complement of horses is 20,000. As the success of the expedition was said M to depend entirely on cavalry, the government determined in this war to find the provender, instead of allowing five candareens a day for that purpose for each horse' as appears to have been done before. Accounts3' from Kami spoke of the horses, intended for the expedition, as being (hundreds of them) so emaciated and sickly as to be entirely useless and not worth pasture. 2000 bullocks and some milch cows were also ordered31 from Ele to Oroumtchi, for the use of the army; but 123 died in the same way, and the rest became useless. Camels were ordered to replace them. Many of the above facts will be found more intelligible on reference to the accounts of the Chinese commissariat in vol. 4, p. 280 of this work, and to that of the office for superintending the roaring of hor- ses, at page 182 of the same volume. The system of breeding hor- ses and camels for the public service, is more fully detailed by Timkowsky. ( Vol. I, p. 200.) We return now to the events of the campaign, of which it is, how- ever, impossible to gather a collected narration from our imperfect $. Notices of Modern China. 921 irials. We can only mention the facts as they present themselves, h will involve occasional repetition and inversion of dates; but necessary to multiply them in order that they may correct one iier. It may be well to premise, that the Peking Gazettes have "famous for describing battles that were never fought, and for uncing victories that were never gained,"'2 as was confessed by raperors Kanghe and Keakmg. Peking Gazette of October 1826s contains the following bulletin Hami. "Yang Yuchun respectfully states to his imperial majesty, sssive victories over the rebels for the consolation of his sacred . On the 1st of the 9th moon (October 20th 1826), 1 arrived at i, where I received letters from Chang Tsing and Talingah, say- ,hat on the south of the river Hwanpashih to the southwards of iu, the rebels had posted themselves with a design of opposing our s. On the 21st (November 9th), they had gone westward along •iver, and burnt Chahalakih, and had plundered the village urn. Talingah with Pahapoo took under their command the imperial s from Oromoutchi, also Tourgoth and Mungku forces, and then along the course of the river in pursuit. Having arrived at the they divided themselves into two branches to oppose the enemy, le 22d, at a shallow part of the river, the imperial forces crossed, • a discharge of muskets and cannon from the rebel banditti, imperial troops with impetuous courage rushed straight forwards, Iso simultaneously sent forth musket-balls and arrows, which upwards of three hundred of the rebels. pwards of forty were taken alive. The rebel banditti retired, ;d the great river, and fled to the southward. The governmental i pursued as far as. the great Mohammedan village, where they to death upwards of a hundred persons, and seized cattle innu- >le belonging to the rebels. Unexpectedly, another division of ibels crossed the river. They were opposed by Kihurhpakih, e troops being weak and few were unable to withstand the shock rere by the rebels dispersed. Other parties of the rebels either pted to surround our troops, or to cut off communication. When :ived these accounts I was much alarmed, and extremely an- for the defence of Auksu. Here the general sent such orders, ssembled such forces, as not only saved the place, but completely 1 the rebel party, three hundred of whom were put to the sword, lorsemen escaped for the moment. The pursuers decapitated jughtered bodies of the fallen enemy, eventually overtook those led, a hundred of whom were dismounted and killed; on exa- g the dead bodies, it was believed that one of the slain was a of the rebel party. Some of the prisoners were examined and ted." communications with Kashgar seems to have been cut off bv bels at Auksfi. The resident was shut up3 in the city with troops, and besieged for nearly two months. An imperial edict ns some circumstances of its fall and confirms in part the ac- VOL. V. NO. VII. 41 322 Nor. Notices of Modern China. counts we have already given of the origin of the war. The edict was addressed tb one of the principal Boards in Peking; and is as follows: "King Tseang, the commandant in Ele, Was twice sent to Kashgar tb examine into the rebellious conduct of Changkihurh. He mariaged the affair so unskilfully that he was unable to penetrate to the bottom of it, and consequently to transmit to us a correct statement. We have thought upon his daily conduct in Ele, which has hitherto been distinguished by diligence and attention in the discharge of his duties: in consideration of which he was afterwards appointed resident of Kashgar. Six months elapsed before he inquired into or made any report of the real circumstances of Changkihurh, then Wandering without his post, at the expiration of which time the rebels actually became possessors of the city. It now appears, according to the statements of Chang Ting and others, that the rebels surrounded and attacked Kashgar, upon which King Tseang led out his troops and opposed them to the utmost of his power. In about two months the rebels dug a subterraneous passage tb the city, and by that means en- tered it. Afterwards the imperial troops attacked them and killed many persons. But although all $ie ahlfttutaition of the imperial army was expended and the residents resources'entirely destroyed, he de- termined to Sacrincte his life for his* country, by maintaining his posi- tion till death. We weep Over him, and deeply commiserate his fate. We cbnrma'nd ymi to Whfcr uport hrtrt the posthumous title of 'guardian of the prince' "during hte 'mforitfty. Wes a week pass in which some patients, who have received per- ires do not return to the hospital with the expressions of lively 324 NOT. Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. oratitude for the favors they have enjoyed. All classes have con- tinued to avail themselves of the benefit? of the institution; and some cases subjoined show that there is no diminution of confidence on their part: cases in which they have submitted to operations after the fullest declaration that there was imminent risk, but that death was inevitable unless they accepted the possible relief. Diseases presented both during the quarter and the year; 1st, of the eye, 2d, miscellaneous. 1st, Diseases of the eye. Amaurosis ... - *15t85 Hypertrophy - - - * t!4 Acute ophthalmia - - 35 153 Complete loss of one eye 28 47 Chronic ophthalmia - 45 106 Loss of both eyes - - 56 148 Purulent ophthalmia - 7 59| Mucocele - ... 36 Scrofulous ophthalmia - Rheumatic ophthamia - Opthalmitis - - - - Ophthalmia variola Conjunctivitis - - - Hordeolum - - - - Cataract Entropia - - - - - Ectropia - - - - - Trichiasis - - - - Pterygium - - - - Opacity and vascularity of the cornea - - Ulceration of the cornea Nebula Albugo - .... Leucoma - - - - Staphyloma - ... Staphyloma sclerotica - Onyx ------ Iritis ------ Lippitudo .... Night blindness - - Synechia anterior - - 5 34 Abscess of the ear - - 7 Synechia posterior - 519 Abscess psoas - - - 3 Myosis ..... 11 26 Abscess of the thigh - 2 Closed pupil with depo- sition of coagulable gland ----- 2 lymph - - - - 9 30 Abscess of the arm - 1 Procidentia iridis - - 7 Abscess of the hand - 2 Glaucoma - - - - 7 Abscess of the head - 2 Exophthalmia - - Atrophy ----- 11 62. Disease of the lower jaw 2 9 *15 t85 35 153 45 106 7 59 2 6 3 19 1 29 2 28 26 57 160 36 171 I 3 6 41 28 100 51 314 5 66 22 81 17 101 6 33 13 78 1 8 1 11 5 40 24 39 r 5 34 5 19 11 26 9 30 i i 4 11 02; Hypertrophy ... Complete loss of one eye Loss of both eyes - - Mucocele .... MUSCJE volitantes - - Weak eyes - - - - Malignant ulcer of the upper lid - - - - Encysted tumor of the upper lid - - - - Tumor from the external angle of the right eye, causing it to protrude up ward, out of its orbit, Adhesion of the conjunc- tiva to the cornea - Preternatural growth from the lower portion of the orbit and near the external angle of the right eye, resembling a congeries of veins Disease of the caruncula lachrymal is - - - Fungus haematodes - 2rf, Miscellaneous. Abscess of the ear - - Abscess psoas - - - Abscess of the thigh - Abscess of the parotid gland - - - - - Abscess of the arm Abscess of the hand - Abscess of the head - Abscess of the face Disease of the lower jaw Total for the quarter. t Total for Ilie year. Ophthalmic Hoapital at Canton. Paraphlegia - - - - Phymosis (natural) Fistula in ano - - - Tinea capitis - - - Scrofula - - - - - Asthma - - - - - Croup ------ Bronchitis - - - - Bronchial flux - - - Phthisis Pneumonia - - - - Ichthyosis - - - - Herpes - - - - - Impetigo - - - - - Psoriasis - - - - - Disease of the antrum maxillare - - - Opium mania - - - Paralysis of the arm - Hydrocephalous - - Dyspepsia - - - - Urinary calculus (re- moved 3) - - - Stone in the bladder - Deaf and dumb child - Dumbness - - - - Needle by accident thrus into the breast, jusi below the sternum - Needle, thrust into a child's hand, &/c. - Hepatitis - - - - - Fungus haematodes - Ulcers 1598. Obstruction of the lacrymal duct. Lew Akong, aged Shuntih, came to the hospital on the llth July, with an ob- on of the duct of the left eye. Opened the sack, for a few Iressed it with lint, injected it with sol. sulhp. cupri., and then iced a stilett, which was worn for about six weeks. The rge having ceased, it was removed. The aperture soon healed, e passage is completely restored. Two other persons have ;ome to the hospital, and are now under the same treatment for ne affection. 1675. Sarcomatous tumor. Leang Ashing, aged 27, an arti- ower maker, came to the hospital August 5th, having an enor- nmor upon the right side of his face, extending from near a line ition of the lower jaw * t 1 rhcea - - •• - ;$ 17 ;ient cerumen i 5 isition of cerumen 5 filiation of meatus 2 rgement of.meatus I rforate auditory fo- imen - - - - 2 cms affection of the n £ ms of the ear - - 1 in J u ian dropsy . - - 4 6 flower excrescence 'the uterus - - 1 tids of the uterus 1 as of the uterus - 1 1 er of the breast - 1 5 4 f •* I t, ged tonsils - - 2 i of the nose (be- rrn ^ 5 i of the nose (ma- ;nant) - - - - 2 a inguinal - - 1 4 a umbilical - - 1 1 orrhoea - - - i ic cystitis - - ] rement of the spleen 1 ninal tumors - - f natous tumors - 4 H ted tumors - - 1 i ture of the spine f * t i 1 3 5 2 8 2 1 1 1 1 4 2 4 2 5 1 2 9 2 2 1 3 3 4 2 2 2 1 3 1 1 2 2 1 2 e 5 3-26 18f Ophthalmic, Hospital at Canton. Nor. with the zigomatic process superiorly, to two inches below .the sub- maxillary interiorly, and from an inch behind the ear, and standing about four or five inches from the side of the face. It was J8£ inches in circumference. It had been growing for more than te# years; by the application of cautery, (the moxa is coinmanjy used,) it had been converted into a loathsome; ulcer at its apex. Though .deep-seated, it appeared practicable to remove it. The patient's constitution had not then suffered much, and there seemed no objections to delaying the operation till cool weather should return,. At the .expiration of more than two months, the man came back, and to my great surprize th/e healthy countenance had given place to the .sallow and cadaverous expression of one fast verging to the grave. The tumor bad become exceedingly fetid, and so decayed internally as to admit a probe three or four inches in .different directions. After the .wy.sltua had been braced up for a short time by a course of tonic treatment, the patient was apprized of'his situation, the certainty of-a speedy death if left alone, the possible unfortunate termination if extirpated, and the encouraging prospect that he might live for year* if he submitted to the operation. He referred it to our discretion. Himself and his brother gave a writing, certifying that they requested the .removal pf the tumor,-and if successful should rejoice; but if othejwise;, it was teen che ming. 'the will of heaven,' or fate, and no bl^me would be incurred by the operator. On the 8d of November, assisted by Drs. R. H. Cox and J. Cullen, and W. Jardine, esq., the tumor was ex- tirpated successfully, in about nine minutes. Some portions of the masaeter and buccinator muscles were divided, also numerous small arteries, but two of which required a ligature. It weighed twentjNfive ounces avoirdupois, and was fast tending to mortification. Some days previous, his bowels had been regulated, and twenty minutes be- fore the operation, twenty-five drops of laudanum were given. During the incisions through the integuments and the disserting out of the tumor he did not move a muscle, change a feature of his countenance, or draw one long breath, so that apprehensions were even enter- tained that he was insensible; but if spoken to he answered deliber- ately and correctly. Subsequently he informed me he was sensible of all that was done, but putting his arms across each other, he said, "I determined not to move." In passing the sutures near the ear, he started involuntarily a few times. On raising him up to change his bloody clothes, he began to faint and was threatened with spasms, but soon recovered as he was laid down, and carb. amm. applied to his nose, and wine and water administered. After being put to bed, he complained of thirst. There was some oozing of blood from the wound. At 3 p. M., pulse was 120, its average for some days before. Treatment: in the evening, the patient took congee and chamo- mile tea. Pill. hyd. grs. x, and pulv. Dov. grs. v. At 9 o'clock, pulse 96. Patient complained of a swelling on the side of the neck; and I found that some blood had settled beneath the platisma myoides, and on pressure that there was emphysema. Applied a spirit lotion over the part. allied, n No. 17 Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. 327 ember 4th, A. M. Patient very comfortable. R oli. rici .one Bowels freely moved during the day, and very little thirst or Emphysema of the preceding night nearly disappeared—pulse I from 90 to 96, Dover's powder repeated in the evening, iber 5th, dressed tfie wound. Its. lips had united in several by the first intention. All appeared well, bowels free, Dover's r in the evening. Nov. 6th, pulse 90, all the symptoms improv- id the same treatment continued^ Nov. 7th, on dressing the found-eonsiderabje fetor like that of the tumor, and a thin un- 'discharge. The coagulated blood thrown off was very black, mt want of vitality in the part, cleansed it with the chlorid j, applied simple dressings, with a poultice, gave a glass of ne forenoon and afternoon, and three grains of sulph. quinine evening. Nov. 8th, A. M., dressed as usual, and injected a so- )f nit. argi and layed a pledget of lint saturated with laudanum ic whole; P. M., decided improvement: more vitality in the free discharge of pus and of a more healthy character, less pulse 96, port wine and quinine continued, and a generous owed. The above treatment was continued daily, the applica- the laudanum was decidedly beneficial. On the tenth day e operation, the discharge had ceased and the whole was heal- here is partial paralysis of the buccinator muscle, and of the ;yelid; and the lips are drawn a little askew General health h improved. He seems properly to appreciate the favor he eived, and is very ready to tell to others what has been doue i. 1700. -Adhesion of the lids to the cornea. Leiing Kwangche, L, from S.uishwuy. In consequence of fornaer inflamatiwn, ad- ;ook pla-ce between the lid and cornea, so as to render the eye A probe was passed under the upper lid, and with a cataract he conjunctiva was detaohed from the cornea to more than A"hich it adhered. A very slight portion of tbe membrane re- , and that was soon absorbed, and he had again a good eye. ar case of a Tittle girl, 12 years old, affected in both eyes, has d. In her right eye there was also staphyloma; in the left the in was successful, and sihe again enjoys good sight. 1736 Syirechia posterior, with opacity of the cornea. Le aged 35, of Keangnan, private secretary to the governor of came to the hospital August 15th. From a former inflama- lis right «ye, the -cornea had become opaque, and the iris ad- > the letrs, so as to form a pupil irregular, and preternaturally This gentleman paid weekly visits to the hospital for some iider the application of tutty (impure carb. zinc,) and collyria ub. to the cornea, the opacity was in a considerable degree ',. By means of belladona, the adhesion of the iris was de- except on one side, the pupil enlarged, and the sight much d. 951. Disease of the alveola process, &.c. Chang she, aged anking. Her case is introduced, not so much on account of 328 NOT. Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. the disease as of the patient. On the LOth of October, an officer sent his compliments and desired me to see his wife who had an affection of the face, intimating also that it would be most agreeable to meet me in a boat. The hour was appointed, and the next morning a servant of the hoppo came to wait on me. A splendid boat had been provided in front of the foreign factories, with carpets and brilliant chandeliers, tea, sweetmeats, &c., &c., every thing in due order, for the occasion. An officer of high rank stood at the door. Stepping upon the boat, a servant took the umbrella from my hand, and held it over my head. The officer and his wife were each accompanied by three or four personal servants, male and female, who seemed to be regarded as friends, and members of their family, beside other supernumeraries. He was an active and apparently intelligent man. Hearing the emperor's name mentioned, enquiry was made to know why, and I was informed that my patient was of imperial blood. Her female attendants were all of Tartar descent. It immediately occured that her features resembled the likeness I had previously seen of Taoukwang. Her dress was splendid. Her head was decorated with flowers, and abundance of gold. Ornament of various kinds were suspended about her person, among which were some superb specimens of crystalized rose quarts. No rouge was upon her face, and her feet were of natural size. The females that attended her were not much inferior to her in the richness and elegance of their persons and dress. For six months this lady had suffered much pain in the lower jaw. The face was swollen, and an abscess of the al- veola process was formed. Several of the teeth were loose. Two of the lower double teeth were extracted, which afforded her im- mediate partial relief. She complained of rigors that occurred at 12 o'clock every night. The symptoms have been palliated and she was once reported convalescent, but soon after had a relapse. She is still under treatment, the nature of her disease being explained and she apprised from my first seeing her that it would require time to effect a cure. No. 1992. Anomalous. Wang Le she, aged 49, a native of the pro- vince of Chihle and wife of the chefoo of Kochow foo, who is a mem- ber of the Hanlin college at Peking; she came to the hospital on the 18th of October. Once a beautiful woman, she is now a most unpleasant looking object, apparently from the mal-practice of a Chinese physician. She states, that originally she had a turning in of the eyelashes. The physician applied a split piece of bamboo, nip- ping up a portion of the skin of the upper lid, and letting it remain on, till the portion sloughed off. When in a sloughing condition, he ap- plied a medicine which acted as a poison, and the new disease, thus created, extended to the nose, over the whole face, upon the top of the head, to the left ear, and under the chin, and was still in progress when she came to the hospital. The nose was reduced nearly to a level with the face and its septum destroyed, uniting both nostrils in one. The lips partook of the disease and were no longer able to cover her teeth. The crown of the head was covered with one large scab, tee« 26. Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. 329 1 also the left ear. The lungs were affected, and without cough, : expectorated constantly. The edge of the eyelids with the hairs re quite obliterated and adhered to the ball of the eye; there was escape externally for the tears. The discharge from the surround- sores dried upon the cornea, and came off like scales; still she was sible to the light. The patient could turn her eyes as far as the finementofthelids would allow. The treatment commenced with a e of calomel and rhubarb, and after that, 5 grains of the compound •act of colocynth was administered daily for some days. Emollient Itices were applied to the head, ear, and chin: poultices made of et pears, were also applied over the eyes at night. On changing the Itices, the parts were well cleansed with casteel soap, and- warm 9r: after that, gave a lotion of the solution of sulphate of copper (4 to the ounce), and the red precipitate and citrine ointment were rchangeably applied. Under this treatment, on the 5th November, disease was quite arrested; the head and ears threw off the scab, left a smooth glistening skin beneath. The bone has not been af- ;d. Blisters have been repeatedly applied over the lungs, tincture of alis, tincture of squills, and wine of antimony, have been adminis- 1 internally. She expectorates less than formerly, and her whole; arance is much improved. She now remains in the hospital, and iubmitted to have the eyelids detatched from the globe of OIK; and if the secretions can be restored, there is a prospect of cou- able improvement of her vision. A son, twenty-one years old, accompanied her, had long been afflicted with an extensive ulcer e hollow of his foot. Of this he has a prospect of a speedy and ct cure. 3.2152. Amputation at the shoulder joint. AbEorption of the meri and enlargement of the arm. Po Ashing, aged '^!J, entered ospital on the 3d of November. Six years since, he fell from use and broke the humerus of the loft arm, half way from bow to the shoulder, the lower portion passing upwards and tards. Union so far took place as to render the arm service- till six months since, in a crowd at a " sing song," it was again n. From that time, according to his statement, the arm grudunl- ame larger till it had attained its present enormous size. Beside painful, the weight of it drew him quite one side; at several it seemed ready to burst; the skin was bright and glistering, ae veins passing over it were numerous- and much enlarged. was no doubt if its containing fluid, and though no pulsation be felt, apprehensions were entertained that the tumor might an aneurismal nature. November 14th, assisted by Messrs, yullen. Jardine, and Bonsall, I punctured the arm, supposing sssibly it might contain pus, and that the necessity of umput:i- ght be avoided; yet prepared, if disappointed in this, to remove n. On opening the abscess, a dark greenish fluid escaped, ansiderable force, but soon became darker and more bloody. ounces were first discharged, but the character of the fluid >t decisive. In the hope that the blood was from some VOL. V, NO. VII. 42 330 Nov. Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. small vein divided by the incision, and that there was deep-seated * pus, the lancet was reentered nearly its whole length; but the same discharge continued with a greater proportion of venous blood: thirty-two ounces in all were discharged, and the apperture closed. All were agreed that the only chance of life was in the removal of the arm; but the exhaustion of the patient and absence of his father in- duced us to postpone the operation till the next day, unless subsequent symptoms forbade. At 3 o'clock p. M., it appeared that the tumor, which had been diminished by opening it, had attained more than its former size, and supposing that the vein which had been opened was emptying itself into the tumor, and that there could be no safe dslay, the operation would have been performed immediately but for the absence of the patient's friends. The next morning (Nov. 15th), the circumference was still but thirty inches; the integument having reached its maximum of distention, it appeared as though the fluid was insinuating itself beneath the integument about the shoulder joint, increasing the difficulty and hazard of the amputation. It proved, however, to be mere tumefaction. The father and friends of the pa- tient had come, and given the agreement usual in cases liable to fatal terminations; and the patient had recovered very much from his pre- vious exhaustion. At 11 A. M., the gentlemen present the preceding day were ready, and all things were prepared for the amputation. The patient was seated in a chair supported around the waist by a sheet; the tourniquet was applied, also the suhclavian artery secured by an assistant; a single flap was formed as recommended by Liston, the extent of the disease not admitting the use of the catlin as practiced by Cooper. With a large scalpel, two incisions were made commencing on either side of the acromion process, and meeting at the origin of the deltoid muscle, which was immediately dissected up: the capsular ligament divided, the head of the humerus turned out of the socket, and another stroke of the knife upwards dissevered the arm from the body. A gush of blood pointed out the axillary artery which was readi- ly secured. The time did not exceed a minute from the application of the scalpel till the arm was laid upon the floor; the patient was then put upon a bed, and the pressure upon the artery removed. An excellent fhp was formed, and dressings were applied as usual. Afterwards the patient threw up the brandy and water and other medicines. The best representation of the arm after amputation, so far as shape is concerned, is that of a large ham of bacon. It weighed sixteen catties, equal to 21 .\ pounds. Opening the arm at the place where it was punctured the preceding day, a dark coffee-colored fluid gushed out. There were eight or ten ounces of coagulated blood in the cavity first opened, which was bounded by a cist that formed the walls of others. It resembled cerus membrane. Opening other cavities, there was a similar discharge and a quantity of matter resembling putrid crassamentum, of a light and purplish color, or like the disorganized lungs of persons who have died of pulmonary consumption. Some of the cists contained nearly half a pint of fluid, &c. Traced the 6. Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. 331 ;hial artery from the axilla to the forearm, and also the veins. The ry was very small, about one tenth of an inch in diameter, and its s thin; veins also small. The radial nerve was considerably rged. The bone was entirely absorbed, except an inch of each emity. From these small portions a few spicula of bones project- At the head of the humerus it appeared, till we discovered the rption of the whole bone, as if nature had formed a new joint the glenoid cavity within the head of the humerus. There were ts of osseous matter, but the cists collectively were surrounded on inside and back of the arm by a firm cartilaginous wall like the ;et of an ox, with tendinous fibres passing in every direction like ;urly maple. The muscles were much diseased, and their tendons in the mass of cartilage, which near the elbow, was three or four as in thickness. From the elbow downward, the muscles were ct. The forearm was oedematous, and considerable adipose sub- : was found under the integument. All who were present pro- ced the case the most remarkable they had ever seen. The nt is the first Chinese, so far as I know, who has ever voluntarily itted to the amputation of a limb. 5 o'clock P. M., the patient having awoke fiom sleep, asked what ight eat. Congee was given. The expression of his countenance food; he spoke with a natural voice, complained of cold, though ody was of a good temperature, the skin feeling natural, with a 3 perspiration upon the forehead. Not much oozing from the d, but little pain, and he was quiet: his pulse was 126. With nd, Mr. H., I watched all night with the patient. At I o'clock morning he wished to know if he might eat chicken. He occa- ly started in his sleep, and when awake, spoke of his arm as if •e still on. From four till five o'clock, he slept quietly, and made nplaintofpain, though there were some febrile symptoms, and his e was white and the skin dry. At (J o'clock sponged his body, ;ave an ounce of Castor oil. Pulse from 4 o'clock 110: bowels moved during the day, and all the symptoms became more favo- On the 18th, the wound was dressed and found to be united, : first intention, nearly the whole length of the incisions. Most sutures were removed. On the iJIst, the dressings were chang- iin, and the remaining sutures slipped, and the wound had the lealthy appearance. Patient walks his room, his general health is and his strength fast restoring. His gratitude, and that of his seem deep and sincere.—In this place I desire to express rny )ligations to Drs. R. H. Cox, J. Culleu, and W. Jardine, esq., ive often afforded me their able counsel and assistance. I should istice to my own feelings not to acknowledge the untiring inte- lich Dr. Cox has taken in the operations of the hospital during t year, lending his assistance upon each day for operations, and 0 other reward than that of doing good. tuation in which it is possible to become the occasion of hurry- fellow being to the invisible world, and that in a moment, is licli nothing but a fair hope of possibly retarding his exit to ;$;3-2 Nov. Ophthalmic Ifosjrital at Canton. that unexplored country, could prompt one voluntarily to t/ike: and yet such is sometimes the unavoidable predicament of the physician and surgeon. Whilst the consciousness of having done all in his power lor the good of his patient, may mittigate the poignancy of his filings when the means he employs to protract life become the oc- casion of shortening it: when successful, he experiences a pleasure, which can be purchased only at the price he has paid, the satisfac- tion of having instruinentally wrenched a husband or wife, a parent or child, from the iron grasp of disease and death, and of receiving the blessings of the rescued captive and his equally grateful circle of relatives and friends. The retrospect of the past year recalls several instances of the latter character. Of all those who have been treat- ed, nut a solitary instance is recollected of a patient's receiving any detriment by the means employed. It is gratifying to know that many hundreds have been materially beuefitted: some have been blest with the hearing of which before they were deprived; with others, a long night has haeu succeeded by the blessed light of day; and others still, whose diseases uncontrolled would have terminated in total blindness, have bee^j timely arrested. All which demand a return of thankful- ness to the kind and liberal friends who have furnished the means, and of devout gratitude and praise to God, who has so abundantly blest them. The number of Chinese, including the patients, who have visited the institution, is probably not less than (>000 or 7000. They have witnessed the operations, and have seen the cures. They are from nearly all parts of the empire; they carry with them the intelli- gence of what they have seen and heard. Consequently, from pro- vinces more remote applications are made, and new and anomalous diseases are presented, and the desirableness is daily increasing of not only continuing the institution commenced, but also of establish- ing other departments, and of supplying them with men of requisite qualifications. The past unsolicited liberality of friends and benefactors, in China, amounting to about SJI800.00, excites the hope that they will continue their assistance, without which the institution must have been con- ducted on a much more limited scale: but to the benevolent and hu- mane in Europe and America we must look for the rrofessional men. Besides the fact, that the strength of an individual is incompetent to sustain many years the labors and responsibilities of the existing in- stitution, it is impossible, unaided, to extend the sphere of his profes- sional labors. To all who have witnessed the pressure of the patients, it has been obvious that more and better accommodations arc impe- riously demanded. The number of the highest classes is, doubtless, much less than it would be, were there suitable rooms to receive them, where they would not be exposed to the gaze of the croud; and the wards of the hospital have often been fill ad fuller than thn health and comfort of the inmates would allow. These facts aie not mentioned by way of complaint, but to show the true situation of the case to those who fool and interest in promoting the welfare of the Chinese. Literary Noticta. VI. Literary Notices: 1, Madras Journal uf Literature and 'cience; 2, an Historical Sketch of tin: Portuguese Settlements in 'Mna, ffc., by sir Andrew Ljungstcdt. Indian press is steadily and rapidly increasing its power and ty, affording thereby an assurance that erelong the wants and ;sources of that country will be fully made known. The 111110- f the Journal before us [No. 12, July 1836,] is replete with ial matter: it is •' published under the auspices of the Madras iry Society and Auxiliary Royal Asiatic Society," edited by the ;ary of the Asiatic department, and contains 240 octavo pages, account of the customs and practices of the murderers called 5, forms a most remarkable chapter in the history of the human '. This murderous fraternity seems to extend throughout India, heir proceedings are unparalleled: "one man alone has given tions of the murders of upwards of nine hundred individuals, women, and children, that he was engaged in." See art. vii, 35. We purpose soon to give a summary of this account, icle fourteenth, of the Journal, contains some valuable remarks ting the language, origin, &c., of the Battaks in Sumatra, inant Newbold (one of the writers of the remarks,) says, that sir ard Raffles appears to have been misinformed when he described attaks as being "one extensive nation," whereas "the fact is, re a collection of tribes, under as many chiefs, inhabiting, prin- , the interior of that part of Sumatra which lies between Achin e now decayed empire of Menangcabowe." Their population nated to be " between one and two millions." Their alphabet, s, consists of nineteen letters, "which in power resemble those Limp'mgs, the BiJgis, and the Javans." According to Mars- hey are written from the left to right; and according to Dr. n, from the bottom to the top. Lieutenant N. inclines to the i of Dr. L., that the "characters are written, generally, in a r directly opposite to that of the Chinese, from bottom to top: 3ar some analogy to the Tagala, or Philippine characters." He irther, that the language is supposed to be one of the most an- ii Sumatra, and, "if we may credit the Battacks themselves, it the basis of all other languages prevalent in that vast island." he remarks of lieutenant Newbold, and from the alphabet and itteu characters to which they refer, the Rev. W. Taylor, the I translator of the "Oriental Historical Manuscripts," has been conjecture that, "perhaps, the Btittas may be descendants of or Bmilhists, who were, several centuries ago, driven from ntal, and especially from peninsular, India, by Braminical per- n." Mr. Taylor gives his reasons for this conjecture; but we ot room to quote them. He says, moreover, it appears that is properly Buttak. Authentic information, touching the 334 is; Memorial to Lord Viscount Pabnerston. Nov. literature, language, laws, manners and customs, &.C., of the Battaks, is indeed "a great desideratum in the history of Eastern Asia." 2. An Historical Sketc/i of the. Portuguese settlements in China; and of the Roman Catholic church and mission in China. By sir Andrew Ljungstedt, knight of the Swedish royal order Waza. With a supplementary chapter containing a description of the city of Can- ton, republislied from the Chinese Repository. Boston: James Muu- roe &, Co., 1836. pp. 356. The "contributions" of which this work is composed have been noticed in former volumes of the Repository. The book forms a very valuable addition to the history of Eastern Asia. The Author of it in a prefatory note thus speaks: "Placing an implicit confidence in the judgment of enlightened friends, who were pleased to think that the two Historical Contributions, concerning the Po; tuguese set- tlements in China, principally of Macao, distributed (in 1832, and 1834) among them for the purpose of gratifying general inquisitive- ness, might be of some public utility, I resolved to revise my Essays, correct mistakes, enlarge the view, and connect occurrences in a na- tural series of chronology. That the size of the little work may not swell by extraneous digressions, nor by my own individual reflections, all my exertions have been confined within the limits of simple and faithful narration of facts, leaving to the reader his right to exercise, at discretion, the faculties of his own intellect on the subjects under consideration. They are examined under distinct heads, and in chap- ters, that any inquirer may satisfy his curiosity by referring to the place alluded to, and decide on their relative merit." The prospectus of the work was published in our third volume. See page 533. The net proceeds of the book were devoted by the Author to the support of a free school in Sweden. Not many months after the publication of his prospectus, we received the following sad intelligence in a note from Macao: "J. G. Ullman is very sorry to inform you of the decease of his very worthy friend, sir Andrew Ljung- stedt on the 10th of November (1835) at 10 o'clock in the morning: aged 76 years, 6 months, and 17 days," The aged man took a great interest in the free school, which was established by himself; and it was his ardent wish that his "little book" might do something for its support: that wish we trust will be realized. ART. Vil. Manorial of the Glasgow Ea.fCorea, the coast of Mantchou Tartary, belonging to China, the eastern limit of an inland sea, called the sea of Japan; but last there has scarcely been visited; and it will be entirely omit- i our survey. Deeply indente I by numerous bays, gulfs, and in- and skirted by several very large, and many smaller, islands, nut eight degrees, in the direction of E. by N., with a slight curve the southward, it will pass over the whole southern coast, excluding y the promontory of Luychow; which stretching-south ward about miles, is separated by a narrow strait from the island of Hainan. )tn Breaker Point, at which this line will terminate, we may draw econd line of about six degrees and a quarter in a N. E. direction, the northern limit of the province Fuhkeen. This line will cut all principal headlands of Fuhkeen, and will terminate at a small >up of islands, marked in some maps as the Lesan islands. A third 2 of about five degree and a half drawn due north, from these is- ds to the northern point of the embouchure of the Yangtsze, will is outside of the whole coast, except the headland south of the river Ningpo, cutting in two the islands Chusan and Tsungming. A rth line, of seven degrees and a half, drawn from the mouth of the ngtsze to Teentsin, in the direction of N. N. W., will cut the pro- ntory of Shantung at its widest part, running nearly paralbl with rest of the coast, at a short distance offshore. From the termi- ion of the fourth line, the gulf of Chihle runs up northeastward ween the narrow peninsula called the Prince Regent's sword and opposite coast of Chihle and Mantchouria, about three degrees; great wall meeting it about two degrees from its northern ex- mity. This arrangement is well adapted to mark four different divisions of coast. The first includes a portion, some part of which has been 11 known for a long time, and respecting which ample details the navigator are to be found in Horsburgh's Indian Directory, an adjunct to this portion we may reckon Hainan: to the east of ich, we find the port of Teenpih; with the islands Hailingshan, H6- ine, St. John's, the river of Canton, &c. The portion comprised the second line is that now frequented by the vessels engaged in opium trade, including, among others, the island Namoa, the rich, ugh to foreigners unknown, port of Chaouchow foo, the ports and bors of Amoy, Quemoy or Kimmoon, Yungning or Chimmo, Chin- w or Tseuenchow, Fuhchow foo, &-c. To these we must add the ts of the island Formosa, and the harbor of the Panghoo or Pesca- group. The third line, after passing for some distance by a coast >lly unknown to us, cuts through the centre of the Chusan group, iprising within it the rich ports of Ningpo, Chapoo (the port of igchow foo,) and Shanghae, the port of the whole province of ingsoo. The fourth line touches but one known place, Teentsin; outside of it are several good anchorages on the southern coast 340 Coast of China. Dec. of the promontory of Shantung; on its northern coast, Weihae wei and Tangchow foo; and on the coast of Leaoutung, in Mantchouria, Kingchow and Kaechow. We will take up each of these divisions by itself, designating them severally, as the southern, southeastern, east- ern, and northeastern lines of coast. Following this arrangement we will commence with The southern line of coast. The most western portion of the Chinese coast is the mouth of Annan (or Ngannan) keang, -at the northern extremity of the gulf of Tunking, or Tanking. This gulf was frequented by European ships, trading with Tungking, about a century and a half since; but the trade has long been discontinued, and only scanty information is extant as to the navigation of the gulf; the little that is known has been collected together by Horsburgh. The gulf is about 35 leagues wide, having the coast of Tungking on the west, that of Cochinchina proper on the southwest, with the promon- tory of Luychow and the island Hainan on the east, being open to the southeast. The western and northern coasts are said to be fronted by shoals and reefs, some of them projecting a great distance from the main land. A few streams flow into the gulf, from the province Kwangtung; and at the mouth of one of these is situated the chief city of the department Leenchow foo, in lat '21° 38' 54," lon.J?0 29' 40" W. of Peking. From the difficulty that we find in gaining any information respecting this place, we infer that its trade cannot be considerable; and that it is probably carried on, for the most part, with Tungking and Cochinchina. Kinchow is the chief town of the district of the same name, and is situated on the river Kin, a few miles from its mouth in lat. 21° 54' N. The western coast of the promontory of Luychow is quite unknown. The strait that separates Hainan from the promontory is frequented by junks, and has, on its southern shore, Keungchow foo, the capital of Hainan and a place of considerable trade, situated at the mouth of the Lemoo or Liniou. This river rises in the centre of the island, and running through a course of above a hundred miles, in a northeast direction, discharges itself into the strait, opposite to the southern coast of Luychow. The Hainan strait is intricate, and by native pilots is said to be unsafe for large vessels, being lined by sands and breakers. Keungchow foo is represented as a good harbor: it is in lat. 20^ 2' 26," Ion. 6° 40' 20" W. of Peking. The habor of Keungchow is much frequented by Chinese junks, and some of them are supposed to be not less than 400 tons burden. Hainan is a mountainous island, having however many level inland districts which are well cultivated, and on which are produced several tropical fruits that do not grow on the main land, in particular the areca or betel nut: the coasts produce cocoa nuts; and sponges of a very inferior quality are sometimes collected by the fishermen. The mountains are covered with thick forests, the resort of the aboriginal inhabitants, a race similar, it is said, to the mountaineers of Kwangse and Kweichow. Though nominally subject to the Chinese, the abori- gines are so far independent that, in 1831, they were able to defy for !. Coast of China. 341 al months a large force led against them by the governor of ngtung in person. The Chinese inhabitants are chiefly descend- f emigrants from Fuhkeen, and are spoken of by Gutzlaff, during lay in Siam, where he met many of them, in terms of high praise, their progenitors, they are a commercial race, traveling to all jeighboring countries. The island extends 55 leagues in- a N.E. S.W. direction, and is about 35 leagues in breadth. Its north- ern and western coasts are little known, but are said to be lined hoal banks, extending 6 or 7 leagues from the shore. The coast he -south and southeast is bold, and may be approached very ily, with deep water near to the headlands. There are several harbors on the south coast, affording good shelter from the north- monsoon. These have been partially surveyed by captain Ross, 1 whom and from Horsburgh we derive almost the whole of the wing details respecting them.—We purposely omit details of value to the navigator, since Horsburgh's Directory must be in every s hands, and there have been no late visitors to furnish us with additional information. In all these harbors, there seems to be faculty in getting free supplies of good fresh water. aechow (Yait-chew) is the chief town of the southern part of the id, and is situated a little way up the river, which falls into the bay bears its name, in lat. 18° 21' 3(i" N., Ion. 7° 44' W. of Peking. : bay is described as having "some islets in it, and moderate depths inchorage, but exposed to S. and S. W. winds." The town is on north bank of the river, which runs into the bay in a westerly ction. Proceeding eastward, we pass Sychew (Sechow) bay, dis- uished by a hill with a pagoda on it, and exposed to southerly and terly winds. We next reach Sama bay, which affords anchorage small vessels, inside a number of islets and rocks. A branch of the r of Yaechow falls into it on the N. E., and a walled town, the dence of an officer, stands near the western bank of the river, 'ulin keling, the bay of Yulin (or Yulin-kan), is separated from la by a narrow slip of land. It is in lat. 18° 10' 30" N.; is well tered, except towards the S. and W.S.W.; and was often, in form- lays, a wintering place for vessels driven off the Chinese coast in N. E. monsoon. To the northward of the anchorage, is a lagoon nner harbor, well sheltered from all winds, but affording entrance f to small vessels. On the eastern shore are a fort and several ing villages, but no town. (along bay is separated from Yulin keang, by high land, between • and five miles broad, forming the southern extremity of Hainan; most prominent part of which is in lat. 18s 10' N., Ion. 109° 34£" E., 2 bay affords good shelter, except from southerly and S.W. winds: , if moored under fours behind an island, complete shelter may be lined. We are unable to find the name of this bay in any Chinese >s. Horsburgh thus speaks of it: "Having been disabled in a ty- n, in the Gunjavar, September 24th 1786, we were obliged to 2 shelter under Hainan, and remained in Gnlong bay until the 1st Lpril following; we walked inland at discretion, and found the 342 Coast of China. DEC. natives very inoffensive. The island abounds with wood fit for fuel, but none of the timber seems durable, or proper for ship-building." Lingshwuy (Lieong soy), or Tungtse Point, variously named from two towns in its neighborhood, is distant about 24 miles from Galong bay, in lat. 18° 22' 30" N., Ion. 110° E. The intervening coast is a continued curve forming a considerable concavity, and having the town of Tungtse on the west, and that of Lingshwuy on the north. The latter is a place of some trade, situated near the head of a small lagoon, which is entered by a narrow and very shoal channel from the anchorage near Lingshwuy Point. This anchorage is very much exposed, and is safe only in the northerly monsoon. The sur- rounding country is well cultivated, forming a beautiful plain, with high land in the background. From this point, the eastern coast becomes more level, the high mountainous land being visible only in the distance. The land is better cultivated than on the south, and produces great numbers of cocoa nuts; from hence probably the coir is procured, of which Chinese ropes are chiefly made. About ten miles E. by N. from Lingshwuy Point, is Teenfung, a cluster of large rocks, which, from one of them being higher and whiter than the others, has acquired the name of Sail Rock. It is thus mentioned in GutzlafFs first journal: "on the 10th of July, we saw Teenfung, a high and rugged rock. The joy of the sailors was extreme, this being the first object of their native country, which they espied. Teenfung is about three or four leagues distant from Hai- nan." Beyond this, no place of shelter is met with on the east coast of the island, with the exception of a bay on the west side of Tinhosa island, in latitude 18° 40' N., longitude 110° 29' E., or 3° 15' W. from the Grand Ladrone. In the neighborhood of this island is Manchow, or Wanchow, (the chief town of the district,) of which an account is given us by Mr. J. R., a gentleman, supercargo, in the East India company's service, who was wrecked on the coast in a typhon, in the course of a voyage from Macao to Cochinchina, in 1819. He reached the land about twenty miles S. E. from Wanchow. "The whole coast," he says, "as far as the eye could ascertain, was lined by a most dangerous reef of rocks, mostly high out of the water, and extending one league from the shore." Proceeding along the coast, if the weather be calm, we find ourselves sailing among fishing boats and stakes, until we have passed the island of False Tinhosa, the high mountain Tung'an, the Taya islands and Hainan Head; the last in latitude 20° N., and longitude J10° 57' E. Before finally leaving Hainan, we cannot refrain from subjoining a few remarks from captain Ross. "From my own observations (he says) when we were near the shore, and from the information of a very good Chinese pilot we had on board the Antelope in 1810, it ap- pears that the East coast of Hainan does not afford any place of safety for a ship to anchor in, and the bottom was in many places mixed with coral rock. * * * In the few communications we had with the people of Hainan, they were found to be civil, and ready enough to part with refreshments when the mandarins were not present; but 836. Coast of China. 343 'henever the latter appeared, they proved just as arbitrary and rapa- ious as we found them on the coast of China. From what I observ- d, I am inclined to believe that a number of bullocks may be obtain- d on Hainan, as they appeared to be plentiful, though small. There re numerous fishing boats belonging to Hainan, that are built of a ery hard and heavy wood (instead of the fir of which the Chinese oats are built), and that sail fast: many of them every year go on shing voyages for two months, and navigate to seven or eight hun- red miles from home, to collect the bicho de mar, and procure dried jrtle and sharks' fins, which they find amongst the numerous shoals nd sand-banks that are in the southeast part of the China sea. Their oyages commence in March, when they visit the northern bank, and saving one or two of their crew and a few jars of fresh water, the oats proceed to some of the large shoals that are nearly in the vicin- ty of Borneo, and continue to fish until the early part of June, when hey return and pick up their small parties and their collections. We let with many of these fishing boats when we were about the shoals i the China sea." The height between Hainan Head and Teenpih been, forming the astern coast of the promontory of Luychow, is unknown to us. Chik- ;an is a place frequented by the Fuhkeen junks on the northern side f the straits, nearly opposite to Keungchow. Chetingfow, which las received the name of Nowchow, probably from one of the neigh- loring islands, is on one side of an estuary, into which flows a river of ;onsiderable size, and some inferior streams. Several miles up the irger stream is Hwachow, and still further the city Kaouchow foo. )n the eastern point of the estuary is situated the town of Woochuen icen, said to possess a good but small harbor. Nowchow is des- ribed by Horsburgh, as a small port, dangerous to enter; but when in t, affording good shelter. He adds that it was a rendezvous of the pi- ates; and that the Maria, a Portuguese ship, went into the place for cater, and was captured by them. It is in lat. 20° 58' N., long. 110° !6' E. The native trade between Fuhkeen and places west of Teen- lih, appears to be of a very trifling nature, consisting chiefly of coarse oft sugar, the sugar of cocoa nuts, ground nuts, and some other fruits, nanure, &-c., for which the people of Fuhkeen give in exchange the coarsest of their manufactures. The timber of Hainan is in a great neasure appropriated by the emperor; but some of the finer kinds ire brought to Canton, and wrought into articles of luxury and taste. The trade from Teenpih, at which we now arrive, consists almost mtirely in salt, manufactured by evaporation on the mud flats of the jay, that is almost wholly dry at low water. Teenpih been (or Tienpak) was at one time, we believe, frequem- •d by European vessels as a place of trade; and is said to be, even low, a place where more hospitable reception may be met with, than n most other ports of the south coast of China. The usual anchor- Lge for foreign vessels is under the hilly islands which lie off the bay of Peenpih. The Chinese harbor is nearer to the town, which lies at he head of a shallow bay, and can be reached only at high water, in 344 Coast of China. D«g. boats, through canals intersecting the muddy flats by which the bay is filled up. The bay is surrounded by high land on the north, east, and south: a rivulet flows into it on the northwest, and wears for itself a channel, which affords depth of water sufficient for Chi- nese junks. Taefung keo, the outermost island in the roads, is in lat. 21° 2-r 3au, and Montanha ands, when we shall find ourselves a few miles northwest of the reat Ladrone. We now return to Hachune; but we pass over the names and situ- ions of the numerous smaller islands around it; since should any ie desire to burden his memory with their names, ho will easily id them in the Directory. Mongchow, a little to the westward of achune, is the only island in that direction, which affords anchorage r ships. Hachune is elevated, and is about eleven miles in length, [tending in a N.E. and S.W. direction. An anchorage on the west ieofthe island, where are two small bays, affording shelter for ves- :ls oflight draft, is called H:ichune road or bay. But what is regard- 1 as the harbor, is on the south side of the island, in Namo, or Nan- >a ('south bay'). A village at the bottom of the bay, and an islet hich shelters it to the S.E., have both also received this name, tough primarily, as its signification testifies, it is the name of the bay self. On the west and so-^th, the harbor is sheltered by a long pro- wling point of land; the S.W. end of the island, in lat. 21° 35," and «g. 112° 31' 30" E., has seven and eight fathoms water close to it. VOL. v, NO. VIM. 44 846 DEC. Coast uf China. The high land which rises on the north and east shelters the bay on those sides. There is no harbor on the eastern side of the island. About fourteen miles east from the S.W. point of Hachune is the south end of St. John's. Between these two, lies a group of islets culled the Five Islands, which are the only interruption in a passage, free from all hidden dangers, and having fFom five to six fathoms water, on a soft ground. St. John's, or Sam Joao, received its name from its first visitors the Portuguese, by a slight change of the Chi- nese name, Shang Chuen. It is also called Sanshan, or as first writ- ten by Matthew Ricci, Sancian. The island is in length five lea- gues, N.N.E. and S.S.W., and, in coming from the east, appears as if separated in the middle, whence it has often been supposed to consist of two islands. There are several bays on its N.W. and western sides. That of Sanchowtang on the N.W., appears to have been the one usually frequented by the Portuguese traders, and is the place where St. Francis Xavier was interred. It was then called Tamao, that is, according to Portuguese pronunciation Tangao, or Ta'aou, the great bay. The Portuguese first traded here in 1517. In 1521 they were expelled. They afterwards returned; but before 1542 they appear to have almost deserted it for Lampacjao, to the eastward. It was in 1552 that St. Francis Xavier died here.* Leaving the navigator to draw information respecting the other bays, and respecting the neigh- boring small islands, from Horsburgh, we will pass by Tykam, Cou- cock (which affords anchorage and shelter from N. and N.E. winds), Tymong, Tyloo, and Sanchow, or Santsaou, until we reach the island Wongkum, Hwangkin, or Montanha. Between this and Santsaou is the entrance to the Broadway, which we have before mentioned. Here we look in vain for the particular island, which, under the name of Lampacao ( Langpihtsaou ), was once, for several years, the resi- dence of many Portuguese merchants.t None of the islands lying outside, between St. John's and the Montanha, afford sufficient shelter against all winds; and we must therefore seek for it within the en- trance of the Broadway. It is strange that a place, where, in 1560, there were said to have been 500 or 600 Portuguese constantly dwelling, should now be entirely lost to the recollection of men living no further from it than Macao. The island was occupied by the Portuguese in 1542; in 1554 the trade was concentraded there; in 1557, Macao began to rise into notice; and 1560 is the latest date at which we find any mention made of Lampa9ao; but it was then, apparently, a flourishing place. The Broadway has sufficient depth to admit a large ship a consider- able way up; and may therefore be useful in a gale to vessels that have parted from their anchors. The Montanha, Mackarera and the Lappa islands, with part of Heangshan, bound it eastward: Santsaou and several other islands, westward. All these islands are elevated. We must pass rapidly through the well known harbors, and among the islands, in the estuary or gulf of the Canton river. With Tyloo "See An Historical Sketch of the Portuguese settlements in China, by sir A. Ljuniltdt, p. 6. t See Historical Sketch, p. 9. Coast of China. 347 >autsaou on our left, as we enter from the southward, we have on ight the Great and Little Ladrone, and Pootoy; and further east, :le to the southward, Kypoong (Kepang), or the Ass's ears, at- 3 our attention. Other islands of minor importance we omit to ion. The Ladrone, from its height and position is the standard nark for vessels entering by this passage/ A navigable channel •ates the Great from the Little Ladrone. North of the last is jho (Tuughoo), on the eastern side of which is a cove, where of the company's large ships, drawing 21£ feet, on one occasion out a typhon in safety. Potoe, or Pass'age island, is a flat sloping , lying nearly in mid-channel, bearing N.W. by N. from the Lit- ril to October, the opium laden vessels, which anchor (here during 3 winler months, repair to Kumsing Moon, which is distant- about pen miles to the westward. Vessels sometimes anchor, after' March itil June, on the north side of Lintin. The Bogue or Bocca Tigris (in1 Chinese Hoo mun), the entrance the Choo keangor Pearl River, which flows by the cily of Canton, id is fcommonly called the Canton river, is about 30 miles N. N.W. Dm Lintin. We pass the forts of Chuenpe and Anunghae separated > a wide bay, on the rightr and those of Tycocktow, Wangtong, and 348 Coast of China. DEC. Teafoo, on the left; and, safely piloted over the second and first bars, we find that we have exchanged the dreary barrenness of the coast, for an undulating, well cultivated, and closely peopled country. Having sailed nearly twenty miles up the river, we cast anchor at Whampoa, from which Canton is distant only about ten or twelve miles W. by N. We must now return to Lintin. Proceeding in a S. E. direction from Lintin, we pass through the safe anchorage named Urmston's harbor, on Toonkoo, and enter the anchorage of Kapshwuy (Capsing, or Cupsi) Moon, at the N.E. end of Lantao, having the high main land on the north, with several small islands westward, and having on the east only a very narrow and curving channel, between Lantao and the main. Till within two or three years past, the opium laden vessels used to anchor here from July till October, for shelter against typhons; but it was found an in- convenient place, the high land around screening it from the wind, and the under currents, called chow chow water, often detaining ves- sels without motion for many hours. Just after passing out of Kap- shwuy Moon, towards the northeast, there is a bay protected by the island Chungyue on the south, which affords good anchorage, is per- fectly land-locked, and was the principal rendezvous of the pirates in the early part of this century. It was examined by a party of English and American gentlemen last year, and pronounced to be one of the safest harbors in the world. Lantao, in Chinese called Taseu, or Taeyu, 'large island,' is about fifteen miles in length, extending N.E. by E., and S.W. by W., and in its greatest breadth about five and a half miles. It is in some parts well peopled, and a fort has been erected on it, under the apprehen- sion that the English desired to possess it. The peak of Lantao is the loftiest summit in the neighborhood; but foreigners have never yet been permitted to ascend to the top. The island forms the northern I bound of the Lantao or Leina passage, the entrance for vessels from the eastward. The islands Lamma and Hongkong also lie to the north of this passage; while on the south are Chungchow, Laf- samee, Chichow, Lingting, and the Lemas, the easternmost islands of that archipelago through which we have been sailing ever since we left Haelingshan. Passing out of the Kapshwuy Moon by the narrow channel, which we have mentioned, to the east of it we find ourselves a few miles north of the eastern or Lantao passage, by which we may at once communicate through the Lamma channel. On the west of this is Lantao, with several islets, and on the east are Hongkong and Lamma. North of Hongkong is a passage between it and the main, called Lyee Moon (Le-e mun), with good depth of water close to the Hongkong shore, and perfect shelter on all sides. Here are several good ancho- rnges. At the bottom of a bay on the opposite main is a town called Cowloon (or Kewlung): and a river is said to discharge itself here, a statement, the correctness of which we are disposed to doubt. On the S. W. side of Hongkong, and between it and Lamma, are several small bays, fit for anchorage, one of which, named Heiing- Coast of China. 349 g, probably has given name to the island. Tytam (Taetan or n) harbor is in a bay on the S.E. side of the island, having the point for its protection to the eastward, other parts of the island IB N. and W., and several small islands off the entrance of the :o the south. It is roomy and free from danger, ithong Moon (Tailing mun) is a passage between the east side of ;*kong, and a bluff point on the main land, off which is a small (1 named Tamtoo. It leads from the southward into the Lyee n passage, north of Hongkong. A little northward of the bluff point small bay, which will afford shelter during a gale. Taking a fresh rture from hence we bend our course northward, with but a little ng, the land now trending in that direction, and enter Mir's or Typo hoy (Tapang hae). This is a deep bay, of which the hwestern shore is but a few miles to the N.E. of Cowloon. The ;ary town of Tapang is not in this bay (to which it gives name), an the other side of a narrow piece of land by which this bay is rated from a deeper gulf to the eastward. Mir's Bay affords good lorage on its eastern shore, and shelter from all winds except e between S. S.W. and south. Bounding the promontory which separates Mir's Bay from the ad- mg gulf, or inlet, we pass Single island and Tooneeang on the :, Mendoza island on the east, and enter the gulf. On the left, protected by the pro;nontory, is the town and harbor of Tapang or wong; on the right, beneath an elevated point of land named Fo- Point, is the fortified town of Pinghae, and a bay with a fine sandy :h, named Harlem's or FiHghae Bay. At the bottom of the gulf are lerous villages, and an inlet called Fanlo keiing, at the head of ch a fine town is situated. This last cannot be approached, the er being too shoal. Tapang harbor yields to small vessels perfect irity, and to large ones protection from southerly winds. H:ir- 's bay affords protection against a northern or N.E. gale; but can- be considered safe in a typhon. Having rounded Fokai Point, we approach another bay, shoal ards the upper part. This is the bay of Hunghae, in the district sfung liee'n, pertaining to the department Hwuychow foo. It is n to the south. On the east side is a town, Taeshame, or Tysam- 3, and further in a village named Makung. The anchorage in inlet of Taeshame is confined and the entrance shoal. Salt is pared here in large quantities by evaporation. I)ff the western side of Hunghae bay, distant 19 miles S. 42° E. m Fokai point, and 49 miles eastward of the great Lema is a large ite rock, named by the Chinese Taesingchan, and by foreigners ira Branca. This name is often, from ignorance, written Pedro mco, and sometimes also Pedro Branca. As we leave Taeshame, we stand off a little from the coast to avoid i rocks which here line the shore. The sandy and sterile nppear- ce of the coast is still almost everywhere retained. Aftrr a course about 20 miles, we enter the bay of Kheeseak (Keesheih or Ke- ;k),. having on our left Shalung Point, with another headland, a Coaat uf China. DEC. little to the northward; and on our right the rocky islets Seekat and Tungkat, and the fort and city of Keesheih called by Howburgh Hieche tchin. This is a naval station; and here is a fleet of war junks, under the command of a vice-admiral. The bay has good an- chorage, affording shelter from westerly and northerly winds, and from the N.E. monsoon. Leaving Keesheih, we proceed along a sandy and hilly coast, turn- ing a little to the northward of east. A point named Wootang (Ootong) projects a little from the otherwise unbroken beach, and on it is a fort. Beyond this, the coast curves slightly, and we find ourselves in the bay of Cupchee or Keatsze, if to so slight a curva- ture we can apply the name of bay. An arm of a river here disem- bogues, and on its banks, a short distance up, stands the town of Keatsze. "Cupchee," says Mr. Lindsay, when visiting it in the Lord Amherst, "is a walled town of some magnitude, and the river admits the entrance of large junks. Three war-junks of the largest size were lying here. * * * The general appearance of the coast (he adds) is barren and arid in the extreme. Little or no rice is cultivat- ed; but the ground yields wheat, Barbadoes millet, various kinds of vegetables, and sugar cane. One of the principal productions ap- pears to be salt, which is made by the evaporation of sea-water. Nu- merous salt-pans are to be seen in the vicinity of all the towns along the coast; they are laid out in plots of about 50 feet square, and paved with small red stones, which give them a neat appearance." Beyond Keatsze, as we approach Breaker Point, we find an exten- sive sandy beach, slightly curved. At the deepest part, a small stream falls into the sea. On the left bank of it, a little way up, is Shintseuen, a large town, with numerous fishing boats. A few miles further on, in lat. 22° 56' 45" N., long. 116° 31' 30" E., is a low and rocky point, having within it some hummocks of black rock and red sand. The distance is about 23 miles from Keatsze, and nearly 50 from the Great Lema. This is Breaker Point. "The coast for several miles is here," says Mr. Lindsay, "one continued mass of sand; two hills of peculiar appearance, and nearly 400 feet high, were half covered with the sand, which looks like drifted snow." A foul wind, and a heavy swell, with the rapid current running round Breaker Point, here retard our progress. At length, we weather the point, and forthwith bend our course to the northeast, passing by the cities Chinghae and Haemun, till we arrive at the Cape of Good Hope — so named, not from any similarity of appear- ance between it and the celebrated cape, but from similar expecta- tions here indulged by the wearied navigator. Here we will rest, venturing to subjoin a word respecting the passage from the Le- ma to this place, trusting that on this and on all other points our nau- tical friends will oblige us with their corrections of whatever may be erroneous, and with their contributions, in wherever they have the means of supplying our deflects. "The wind," a friend assures us, "blows for not less than nine months down the coast of Kwangtung province. A vessel coming out of the Lema channel, when such is t r 81 8l Notica nf Modern China. 351 ;ase, ought always, if possible, to work up within about twenty of the shore. Repeated trials have proved the correctness of advice; for whenever ships have stretched out far to seaward, ng long tacks, they have always had to encounter so much ger winds and more heavy sea, that, their progress being wholly d, they have found, when again fetching the coast, that they had :d nothing." . II. Notices of Modern China: continuation of the. rebellion leaded by Jehanglr; progress of the war; seizure of the chief- 'ain; his trial and execution; conclusion of the rebellion, Sfc. Sy R. I. vould appear from the account of the first campaign in Chinese kestan, given in our last notices, that the warfare was confined to natives of the country and the imperial troops. In the campaign ;h we are about to describe, it will be seen that the empire was ially invaded from Kokan, and that the Chinese troops in their crossed their own frontier, although the Chinese accounts, no re make a direct admission of the first fact, while they speak only 'obscurely of the second. We learn it distinctly from the natives Lokan themselves, by means of accounts collected from some of n, by Mr. Wathen, the Persian secretary at Bombay; by Mr. de, the political agent at Ludlana; and also by the information lered by Burnes. 'rom the first gentleman we learn' that, after Jehangir's irruption, sovereign of Kokan also, being irritated at the bad treatment wn to the Mohammedan subjects of the Chinese, advanced with troops on Kashgar, surprised the Chinese general in his canton- tit near that place, and cut up the Chinese army. The khojan hangir) also got possession of the city and fort of Kashgar; subse- mtly the khan's cavalry overun the whole of Chinese Tartary, and possession of Yarkand, Auksu, and Khoten. Jehangir, however, :oming jealous of the khan, and suspicious of treachery, drew off his jps in a northerly direction, and a large Chinese force advancing, khan withdrew to his own country. The rebel was eventually zed by the. Chinese, sent to the emperor, and cut to pieces in his isence. An envoy was then sent to Peking (which the Usbecks 1 Baujin) to negotiate peace, which was made on condition of the ihammedans of Kashgar being subjected to the rule of a deputy of ! khan in all matters of religion, the khan being allowed a share in : transit duties, and binding himself to keep the Kirghis in subjec- n, and to assist the Chinese ip case of any insurrection in Chinese nkestan in future; ever since which time, the two governments 352 DEC. Notices of Modern China. I have been on the best terms, and a reciprocal interchange of presents takes place. The Chinese are said to keep a force ot" about 20,000 infantry in their Mohammedan possessions, of which 10,000 are sta- tioned ut Kashgar. Two pilgrims stated, in a subsequent account, that, on getting back to Kokan, " our khan had just returned from his campaign in Chinese Tartary,' whither he had gone to assist the khojan Jehangir. Our prince in some degree failed in his expedition owing to Jehanglr's not joining him cordially." A subsequent report,3 by the same gentleman, estimates the khan's force at 8000 horse, with which he attacked Kash- gar, in conjunction with Jehangir's troops, and carried it by storm. Khojan Jehangir then marched to Yarkand, where also he was well received by the inhabitants. The Chinese after sustaining several defeats abandoned the country. Encouraged by his success, the khojan then proceeded to Khoten and expelled the Chinese from that province. Whenever he made his appearance, the Chinese either gave way, or resisting were put to the sword. Thus Jehangir acquired possession of the whole country, which remained in his hands for five or six months; but abusing his power, he tyrannized over the people, and oppressed them. He became in consequence disliked, and was not supported by the inhabitants in opposition to the Chinese, who returned with an army estimated at about 60,000 men, besides many Kalmuk horse. Being unable to check their progress, the khojan retired to the mountains, and his Kirghis and Andajan allies retired to their own countries, carrying away with them property of immense value, of which on the approach of the Chinese they had plundered the inha- bitants. Shortly afterwards Ishak, khojan of Kashgar, being jealous of Jehangir, betrayed him into the hands of the Chinese general at Auksu. For the service which Ishak had rendered, he received from the Chinese the office and title of wang or^prince of Kashgar. The real cause of the defeat of Jehangir was, that the Usbecks of Chinese Tartary were divided into two tribes, the Ak Tak, to which he be- longed, who are of the Nagsh-bandi sect, and the Kura Tak, who are Kadaries, and who never cordially joined the other. Khojan Ishak was the chief of the latter. Sometime subsequent to his being ap- pointed governor of Kashgar, he was called to Peking, and never heard of after. It is supposed that the Chinese were afraid of his influence, and that the was got rid of by poison. Mr. Wade's account agrees gene- rally with the foregoing. He says,3 that the population of Kashgar, Yarkand, and Kokhan, consists of two tribes; the one is called Agh- taghlag, and the other Karataghlagi(( the white? and black capped Mahommedans of the Chinese), when the Chinese troops arrived from the recovery of Yarkand, the Aghtaghlags were all on the side of the khojan; in revenge of their adherence to whom, the Chinese authori- ties slew all their males, gave their females and children to their own countrymen, and sent them into distant parts of China. Of the Kara- taghlag, such as favored the khojan were killed, and the rest set at liberty. The information gathered by •Burnes in his Travels in in their •cannon The imj with im and 3,2( sheep wi f of Modern China. :fc>3 ira was much to the same effect. He reports the Chinese to have been 70,000 men.' "A great portion of the soldiers armed with large matchlocks, each of which was borne by two is." ! proceed now with the Chinese account of the same events, as they are known, which will be found to corroborate the above tives in the principal circumstances. IB interval after the first campaign, seems to have been employed hangling in endeavoring to gain over the rebels. A report by in the Peking Gazette of February 22d, 1827, informs us,3 that nissaries at Khoten had induced the rebels to give up four of their irs bound, and to put one hundred of their followers to death, igltng raised an altar, dedicated to the heroes who had died during 'ai, and put the four leaders to death before it, as a propitiation to nanes of the fallen warriors; which the emperor approved of, and ave rewards to those who delivered up the rebel chiefs. By asub- ent Gazette we learn," that Changling proposed to put the grand y in motion on the 26th of Feb. It was to advance in separate di- ms; four days later, a victory is announced. "After the preceding at of the rebels," says our authority, "in which, by the official ac- its, between 40,000 and 50,000 were slain or made prisoners, the my again collected the ashes of his army, to the amount of more than ,000 men, who ranged themselves on the mountains, in the form wo wings, near the village of Wapatih." Changling divided his es into two wings also, and advanced. The rebels maintained r position, in which they were attacked vigorously with musquetry cannon. They then kept up a fire with the wind in their favor. B rebels again dashed through the smoke to attack, but Chang- ; ordered up the 'tyger battalion,' which repulsed and threw them > confusion. The rebels then brought forward7 a reserve of troops i in crimson garments; but they were met by a body of troops from lind a village, and put to the rout. Between 20,000 and 30,000 :he rebels fell with some of the principal leaders.—We omitted, in aking of the population of Chinese Turkestan, to notice that Mr. ithen's report gives8 to the Khoten territory a population of 700,000 )jects who pay tribute. We must believe this in order to give tdence to the Chinese returns of killed and prisoners, even when allow for the Kokan contingent, to which the red-coated sol- irs probably belonged. The battle of Wapatih was followed by two other victories on the rt of the imperialists, according to the Peking Gazette of the 25th )ril.8 The first took place at Yangouspatih, when the Jehangirites posed the grand army with 50,000 men, and also harassed them their rear. They gave way, however, after a fire of musquetry and nnon; but made a determined stand again the next day at Shakang. he imperialists divided and attacked them on two different quarters, th impetuosity and routed them. Upwards of JO,000 were slain d 3,200 were taken prisoners; a great number of horses, cattle, and eep were, also captured. ' Three days after the forgoing dispatches, voi,. v NO. vin. 45 354 OKI:. Netlfti uf Moile.ru China. another arrived at Peking, containing an account of a third victory. Notwithstanding their former losses, the enemy are now described s to have upwards of 100,000 men, who had collected at Shapootour, and posted themselves advantageously on the bank of a rivulet, whence they made sudden attacks with their cavalry, whilst they kept up a fire of musquetry and cannon. The imperial troops kept up an equally hot fire, whilst some crossed the river and attacked the enemy sword in hand. One of their leaders, Sihtepaurhte beat the drum (the signal to advance, the gong sounds the retreat), and made a desperate resistance. The imperial cavalry was ordered to charge in detatchments cross- wise into the enemy's ranks, and break their line. Spears and arrows fell like rain. Pechung, a horseman in armour, killed Sihtepaurhte with an arrow, when the rebels fell into confusion and were dispersed. The cavalry pursued them thirty to forty le, to the banks of the river Kwan. They had there a few thousand men in reserve, who were at- tacked and routed. Two thousand cavalry and infantry, stationed on the west of the river, charged to support the others; but a tremen- dous fire from our (the imperial) cannon defeated and routed them. The killed and prisoners of the enemy were not less than 40,000 or 50,000 men, besides arms and horses innumerable, that were cap- tured. No mention is made of the loss of the emperor's troops, but a report, on the subject from the governor's office in Canton, says the translator, makes the killed 20,000 men! The emperor praised the commander-in-chief and generals of divi- sion highly, and bestowed rewards of a purple bridle and the order of kungyay (dukedom) on Changling, and the title "guardian of the heir-apparent on the two next in command.3 To the inferior officers he gave the Tartar title patooloo, with such epithets as brave, valiant, enterprising, &.C., along with presents of archery, thumb-rings, swords, &.C. The subsequent accounts3 of the battle state that all the Mo- hammedan villages and their inhabitants along the course of the Yangtama river were afterwards exterminated by the imperial troops. Rumors in Canton affirmed'" that, after this, his majesty's forces sustained a defeat, which seems not improbable by the tenor of the account in the Peking Gazette of the let June.10 Subsequently to Jehangir's adherents m Khoten being given up by their brother Mo- hammedans, he placed, itis admitted, 1500 men in ambush, who cut off and destroyed a few Chinese and Mohammedans. General Yang Fung upon this advanced to attack the same or another party of rebels, who were drawn up at Pelamun, and beat the drum, and met the attack, opening at the same time a fire of small arms and cannon. Yang Fung ordered his cavalry to charge, and at the same time sent a party of troops to attack the enemy in the rear. At this moment a rebel leader on horseback, clad in a garment of variegated colors, was seen to advance, holding a red flag in his hand, which he waved as a signal to his followers to come on. The imperial troops advanced boldly to the charge, when suddenly another chieftain, holding a flag and fol- Jowed hy five or six hundred horse, dashed out from behind a sand- hill, when musquetry and arrows blended, swords and spears met each k di A m ba qu ~ a! j. Nutices of Mudtrn China. r. The Mautchou (Kirin) troops now rushed to the fight. Ou« was killed, but two of the officers seized the party-colored leader e rebels and brought him off. The imperialists, upon this, pushed ard, and the rebels fled in confusion. They were pursued to the ince of twenty It, and 4,300 were slain, and 1000 taken prisoners, r this victory, the pihkih (beg) of Khoten came out with 1000 , and surrendered the place to the emperor's commander. In this e, says the Gazette, there were taken cannon, colors, spears, mus- s, clubs, and bullets, unnumbered; and powder in great quantity, he chieftain in the variegated garments, spoken of above, was most y an officer of the Kokan contingent. "The Usbecks," says ics," "delight to appear before their kings in a mottled garment Ik, called ' udrus,' made of the brightest colors, which would be lerable to any but the Usbeck." We do not find what became of gallant chief, unless it be the same,1' named Koosootookih (called reigner), who was shortly put to the slow and ignominious death g with seven of his brothers, and twenty-five followers at Woo- , where they are said to have first rose in rebellion. Koosootoo- s mother, wife, and four children, of the Puliitih tribe, were sent slavery at EIo. "Such punishments," say* the emperor, " glori- y evince the laws of the land and cheer men's hearts." "he battle of Pelamun seems to have been the last affair of inipor- ;e. The Peking Gazette, of the 1st July, mentions13 that YSrkand submitted on the approach of the grand army, through the' •tsof Opootoourman, a member of the imperial blood, and had de- red up eleven of the principal rebels, and one hundred and sixty ;rs had been seized. General Yang Yuchun put these men to an >minious death on the cross. t does not appear at this time whether Kashgar had surrendered he emperor or not, but a rebel named Chohour is said" to have the audacity to collect the remains of his party, and offer despe- resistance to a party sent against him by Yang Yuchun; but they e all destroyed. The emperor issued his commands, on the 27th f 1827, for the army to be withdrawn from Turkestan, leaving only risons in the principal cities. He takes occasion to affirm1* that /ards of 100,000 rebels had been slain during the war, and many jsands taken prisoners. t'he stores collected for the use of the army were ordered" to be I at a reduced price to the Tartar tribes, to save the expense of itring them back; and the commissariat on the frontier applied 1,8110,0'JO taels;13 to bring back the army. Changling was also ered13 back to Peking, and to deliver up the seal of his extr.iordi- y commission, upon which was engraved "the general appointed pread far and wide a dread of the imperial power." Ul this time Jehangir had escaped. So far before as the 12th May, 17, his majesty had complained in the Gazette'" upon this subject, had put, he said, a large force under the command of generals inkling, Yang Yuchmi and Woolmigah, for the extermination of rebels. It was uo-difficult matter for them u> take towns; but to 356 DEC. Notices of Modern China. II ;| 't catch the rebel Jehangir was the object which could alone restore peace to those regions and manifest the just punishment of heaven. This day, continues the emperor, an express has been received stating that Yungkishaurh was vigorously besiged by his troops, but no cer- tain information was gained of Jehangir. The generals, he adds, have not imitated my diligence, or they would not have been so remiss. It is right for me to punish them. Let the purple bridle be taken from Changling, and the lately confered titles from the others. Jehangir was reported17 to have escaped into Yingkihurh, a foreign country, whither the troops had followed him; but some time after- wards all intention of pursuing him beyond the frontier was nominally abandoned,16 and an army of observation was proposed to be kept at Kashgar to watch him. Every means was, no doubt, taken to gain information of the rebel chieftain's movements, and we learn13 that on one occasion the khqjan Ishak captured four Eleuths and a rebel spy from whom some intimation of Jehangir's movements was gained. Their information" seems to have been correct, for, on the 9th of March an express, which had traveled 800 le a day, reached Peking to annouce Jehangir's capture. In the month of February, says the emperor in his proclamation13 on the occasion, the rebel formed a co- alition with many of the Puliitih Khirgis and entered the frontier; but he was opposed by 400 of the black-capped Mohammedans and retreated again beyond the frontier. General Yang Fung pursued him to a mountain, where he pressed upon him and killed 200 of his men. Jehangir charged at the head of 300 cavalry, but was attacked by an ambuscade in the rear and all his followers killed but about thirty, who ascended the mountain. An officer named Hoo Chaou pursued him at first on horseback, but as the mountain was high and slippery, and the rebels had quitted their horses, he dismounted likewise and pursuing on foot killed five of the rebels. The rest rolled down the mountain and escaped, except ten who stood by Jehangir. Yung Fung with a large party now pressed on him on one side and Hoo Chaou on the other, and the latter seized him with eight of his follow- ers, after Jehangir had attempted in despair to cut his own throat. In the excess of his joy at this event, the emperor created Chang- ling an hereditary kung (duke). "I bestow upon him," he continues, "the right to wear a precious stone on the top of his cap, and a round (instead of a square) dragon-badge on his breast and back; and res- tore to him the rank 'great statesman in the imperial presence.' I confer upon him the right to use a purple bridle; to wear a double-eyed peacock's feather, and I loosen from my own girdle two purses to be- stow upon him, and an archer's white gem-ring from my own thumb. T give also a white gem-feather-tube for his cap; a white stone sym- bol of felicity and prosperity for his sash; and a pair of yellow-bor- dered, coral-studed purses, together with four smaller ones to hang there." Honors were also bestowed upon the other officers, and upon the black-capped Musselminn who assisted at the capture. The emperor issued, moreover, a thanksgiving manifesto19 on the occasion, as follows: I. Notice* of Modfi-n. China. 357 Ever since the tripod of our dynasty was firmly established, lux :sty Kwanle has often displayed, gloriously, spiritual and divine Changling, the commander-in-chief, reported last year, when ngkihur excited insurrection, and the rebels advanced as far as su, whilst our troops attacked them, a gale of wind suddenly 3, and filled the air with flying sand and dust. Then the rebels saw IB distance, a red flame illuminating the heavens, and they were ;r slain or taken prisoners. On another occasion, whilst Chang- was leading on the imperial forces at Hwan river, the rebels jyed the camp during a whole night, till a violent tempest arose, ;h our troops availed themselves of, and dashed in among the re- , when an innumerable multitude of them were taken, and had • ears cut off. The next morning the rebels all confessed, that saw in the midst of a red flame, large horses and tall men, with m they were utterly unable to contend; and hence they were ted to flee. All these manifestations have proceeded from our ing up, and relying on the spiritual Majesty, and glorious pow- if Kvvante, who silently plucked away the rebels' spirits; and aled us to seize alive the monster of wickedness (Changkihur), and ternally tranquilize the frontiers. It is therefore right to increase sincere devotion to Kvvante, in the hope of ensuring his protection the tranquility of the people to tens and hundreds of thousand of •s. 1 hereby order the Board of Ceremonies, to prepare a few is, to add to the title of Kwante as an expression of gratitude for protection of this god. Respect this." The emperor Keaking laid claim to a similar manifestation of ligies in his favor during the rebellion in 1813.—His majesty now led his attention to the punishment of Jehangir. The only observa- •° that we find respecting his personal condition is that, when tured, he rode upon a grey horse, wore a blue goldthread silk tet, and boots which were made of leather. He was immediately ered to Peking. Ln edict" of the previous year, which has been already quoted in jf of Jehangir's genealogy, was now directed expressly to the Mus- ninn at Peking to inform them, that the order for the seizure of ialah his uncle, and all his family, was in consequence of their being he same kin, and both of them descended from rebels, and that it not concern other Mohammedans who might be peaceable and aw their respective occupations. Abdalah and his family, said the it, ought to have suffered death, but the emperor could not bear to ict that punishment upon him; they were only banished there- i, and distiibuted" in Yunnan, Canton, Kwangse, and Fuhkeen. eir wives and daughters were sent to other provinces to be employ- es slaves. One daughter only, a child, was permitted to go with her ther. A son was ordered to be kept in the nganchasze's prison, and iluded from all intercourse, either by word o: letter, with any human ng outside; and an annual report was to be made of all the priso- s. It will be seen in the first volume of this work,23 that Abdalah d in captivity in L833, when his coffin was permitted to enter Not iff* it f Madtrn China. JKMJ. Dec. i I I I r - Peking for interment, and his family restored to the White Mongol •standard, to which had been attached before the rebellion. Jehangir's wife and two other women, with an old man of his family, were at this time^ living with the Haou Han tribe of Kirghis, who were ordered to deliver them up. A nephew who had been sent2* the year before by the pihkih (beg) of the Haou Han, under charge of a servant, to join his uncle Jehangir at Kashgar, was captured by the Chinese. The servant was ordered by the emperor to be detained until after Jehangir's arrival, to give testimony to his identity, and then to be decapitated. The nephew being under twelve years of age, was to be confined until he attained his sixteenth year, when further orders would be given about him. The youth may very likely be Pipakih, whose death is mentioned at the same time with that of Abdalah. In the meanwhile Jehangir was on his way to Peking. Yang- Yuchun, who was now governor-general of Shense and Kansuh, re- ported *' in June, that the prisoner had reached the frontier of his province, and that be had behaved well so far, and was preparing his dress in order to appear before the emperor. He arrived at the capital on the 25th, as appears by an edict of the emperor in which his ma- jesty proceeds to say :56 "I devoutly look up and implore the help of heaven, and the protection of my ancestors. To-day 1 have descend- ed to the gate, received the prisoner, performed the rites, and I am filled with consolation and with profound awe." He then goes on to confer on Changling the title of guardian of the prince, with the pri- vilege to wear a three-eyed peacock's feather. He also bestowed honors and rewards to the nobles and officers of Peking, and gave half a month's pay to the soldiers. The following day the great ministers of state and the military council assembled to try the prisoner, and the emperor examined him in person. We have unfortunately no authen- tic account of the examination, but it was rumored that the emperor said to him: "your ancestors received many favors from our imperial house but were ungrateful, and you also have ceased to be thankful in daring to excite a rebellion." Jehangir answered, "1 am not a rebel. The eight Mohammedan cities were the residence of my forefathers, I merely endeavored to recover them: how can this be called rel el- lion." He was found guilty, as may be supposed, and sentenced to the slow and ignominious death, and his head exposed to the public. "Let the sons of these officers, let the assistant ministers of state," says the emperor, on the occasion, "the presidents of the Boards and the imperial attendants &c., go and witness the execution. King Tse'inw, who killed himself when Kashgar fell, and general Woolung- ah, who died in the ranks," (we shall presently see that he was only missing) " when surrounded by the rebels, both owed their deaths to Jehangir. Our hair stands on end to think of his destroying our great officers. I command that the sons of these two officers go to witne; s the execution, to give expansion to the indio-nation which has accu- mulated in their breasts, and let the rebel's heart bn torn out and given to them, to sacrifice it at the tombs of their fathers and thus con so taken A giving mistal race < lion, w and la follow to the bridge: which great n by an e precedi Tern out and of civil and oth given a/ a month nese, an focal me through i n-en. allowed i Awarded 'ion to a are to re sorted art Corses, p Pitals for , carefully; The mi tne recent v,erse, and th« all mil "Wtomg h I have rec( ed through, tnous deed, of affluent flight." now to return e great ha| Noticrs of Modern China. 359 ile their faithful spirits." The execution is reported to have i place immediately, but we have no further account of it. few months later we have"7 a long imperial manifesto of thanks- g, amnesty and rewards, which commences by setting forth the ken clemency of former emperors in not exterminating the whole of the rebel. It then goes on to give an account of the rehel- which unfortunately is not translated entirely, in the most classical aconic style, says the reporter, that the language admits. Then v directions for expression of gratitude by adoration and sacrifice 3 circular heaven and the square earth; to holy ancestors; to the ;es which afforded a passage to his majesty's troop; to the hills h they passed over, &-c.; to the empress dowager, &c. The five mountains and four great rivers of China are to be sacrificed to i especial commission. Also the tombs of the emperors of all iding generations, and to Confucius in his native province, imples and tombs of ancient emperors and kings are to be sought nd repaired by the governors of provinces; the deceased parents u\ and military officers are to receive titles of honor; generals other officers who have fought for their country, are to be for- i all misdemeanours; students at the national college are to have nth's holiday. All the military in Peking, whether Tartar or Chi- , and the armed police, are to receive a month's extra pay; all magistrates who were blameable when the grand army passed igh their districts, if not guilty of plundering the public stores, are ven. The troops at Kashgar who owe money lor clothing, are red three years to repay it; wounded and old soldiers are to be rded; maimed soldiers, who can no longer serve, may get a rela- to act for them and receive the pay. All offenses not capital, to receive mitigated punishment. Tartar soldiers who have de- d are to be pardoned, if they did not carry off their arms and 3s. Roads are to be repaired at the expense of government; hos- s for widowers, widows, orphans, and childless old men, are to be fully attended to. he manifesto closes with language of gratulation, declaring that recent happy occurrences diffuse happiness throughout the uni- 3, and it commands that the news be published in such a way all under the canopy of heaven may hear. "Oh how pleasant," lims his majesty, "the blessing of peace and tranquillity which ve received from on high! The glories of the empire are diffus- liroughout the universe. I inherit the splendors which the illus- is deeds of my ancestors originated. I have received an ocean ffluence from the triad of the impartial powers, heaven, earth light." hangling, the hero who had procured the emperor all this felicity, who must have been at this time upwards of sixty-six year of age,'* now to be honored. The emperor ordered him to be met,s on return to Peking, at the bridge of Lookow and conducted in nph to the palace, where a banquet was to be conferred upon him in great hall of light and splendor, where a prince is usually nominated Notices of Modern China. DE*. I : ! successor"to the throne. He was shortly afterwards appointed x se- cretary of state for the frontiers. The second in command during the war, Yang Yuchun, had an image of Budha sent31 to him on attaining his 70th year, with an in- scription written by the emperor himself, to place over his gate, and the words ' prosperity and longevity' to adorn his hall, together with a Tartar necklace of beads and pieces of silk, &c. The inscription states that he had served three emperors with diligence. Similar pre- sents were sent to his wife. Upon receiving these things, the old peo- ple laid them upon an altar, and burning incense upon it and kneel- ing with their faces towards the palace, ko-towed the emperor.32 And similar honors were also conferee! on general Yang Fung on attaining his (50th year.ba Buttons and peacock's feathers, as marks of rank of the fifth, sixth, and seventh orders, had been bestowed31 very freely by the Chinese commanders upon the Mohammedans during the war, of their own authority. The residents were now ordered to examine into the title to wear these honors, and to report the same to the Board of Rites. The buttons were ordered to be connived at, but the feathers were to be plucked from the caps of those who were not authorized to wear them. At the suggestion31 of the governor in 1830, a button of the fifth order and a peacock's feather were bestowed upon the officers in command at the thirteen stations on the frontiers, but they were to be taken, away on their leaving their stations. Many of these honors were subsequently bestowed'2 upon the Mussulminn bogs by the em- peror, at the suggestion of Naycnching, who had succeeded Chang- ling as commissioner. On a similar recommendatioiv15 a button of the sixth rank, and a peacock's feather, were given the following year to a chief of one of the Bliriat tribes, who had exerted himself against Jehangir Having rewarded the meritorious, his majesty proceeds to punish the offending officers. Two, one of whom belonged to the imperial kindred, whose misconduct led to the loss of Kashgar, were tried3 at Peking in 1827, and sentenced to decapitation. The emperor ordered one into solitary confinement in a house, and the other into a prison until the autumnal assize. General Woolungah, who was supposed to be dead at the time of Jehangir's execution, if there be no mistake in the name, was per- haps captured only, for he now appears36 again in Peking. He declar- ed to the emperor that his sickness, which had prevented his being present at Jehangir's capture, had also cost him the merit of planning it, which Changling had usurped. It was he, he said, who proposed to push the cavalry beyond the frontier, and engaged the black-cap- ped Mohammedans to assist in the pursuit. The emperor sided, how- ever, with Changling, and degraded Woolungah for defamation to the rank of colonel in the imperial guards: his son also was superseded and banished from the precincts of the palace. He appears to have acted afterwards, however, as resident at Khoten, for we find him superseded there the following year.31 J. Notictt »f Modtrn China. 361 t the instigation of Changling,"8 his majesty confiscated the es- i, gardens, and houses of a great many of the families oi'Auknii, were implicated in the rebellion. Eighty-one estates, four huii- , and forty houses, and fifty-seven fruit-gardens, were ordered to old and the money applied to rebuild the walls of the town. The s of Yarkand also were rebuilt,38 and the town extended by means ic confiscated property. New cantonments near the principal ci- were also ordered to be built'3 by the same means, 'he names of the eight cities were even changed. Thus Wooshih, ;h we have seen to have been named by Keenlung "endless tran- lity," was3J now baptized 'Foohwa,' "soothed and converted," so with the others. Some Chinese, who had assumed :u the Mos- dn ss, cut of their tails and married Mussulmum women, were ishi;d, although no law existed against it. The emperor ordered sufreme court to punish all similar offenses in future. esules rewarding and punishing, his majesty endeavored to repair damages of the war and prevent the recurrence of the evils which iskned it. The usual levies of grain on the eight cities were itted in 1827,'3 on which occasion the emperor regretted the deso- >n of fields, gardens and houses, which the war had caused. The eriil revenue was concerned in the destruction of the gardens, it ;.ppearsJJ that a part of the tribute of the eight cities consists of id .'ruits, as well as goldthread stuffs, &/c., which is sent annually er charge of an officer to Peking. The tribute oi gram from isii was commuted 'M in Ii-j29 to 16,200 catt»> of copper from native mines, which had been worked by the troops since the , but their labor was now found to be less productive, than tiiat he natives of the country. The tribute of cloth also was remitted" tashgar and Khoten in 1827. Changling, before he was aware of lad requested a supply to carry on the barter with the Knssaks at , fo- horses and cattle, which had increased considerably in that r; Mid Khoten had alrealy supplied 20,000 pieces of cloth of its ta. The governor now recommended that the cloth should not be irned in consequence of the remission of tribute, lest it should er reach the contributors to whom it was sent; he proposed that it iild be carried to the credit of next year's tribute. L Peung Gazette of October I828l: contains an imperial order to rdio the trade in tea and rhubarb, carried on heretofore with the •tar fibes on the frontier beyond Ele; because it was considered lave Irtd to Jehangir's rebellion. The quantity of tea taken thither er pretence of su| plying the military and inhabitants of Oroumtchi Eie, but really smuggled across the frontier, is stated to have ed from one to three hundred thousand catties. Governmental •chants (hongs) were therefore appointed to supply the military people, under the control of the residents. The smuggling trade carried on chiefly by the Kirghis of Gantseihyeu, through whom angir is said to have organized his rebellion. Such of these people lid lived ten years at Eie, where allowed to remain there, but not narry with other tribes, nor apparently among themselves: those VOL. v, NO. viu. 46 ffutises of Modern China. DEC. who had been there less time than ten years, were ordered to mov« out of the country. This interdict seeins to have been extended43 to Turkestan as well as Souijgaria,3j and indeed to all the countries beyond the Keayu Pass;44 arid barriers were erected at eight different places on the frontier to prevent the ingress and egress of the traders, and the military employ- ed in the same object. Several officers were shortly afterwards de- graded "* for admitting a foreign trader into one of the towns. Some i'f.li'itih Tartars were also detected '5 in bartering piece-goods and goldthread for tea, and banished into China. Tine tea belonging to Kussak wang (king as he i« called by the translator) named Keangho- cho, was also seized,4' and he sent his son Pokihle to beg it back. The resident referred the case to the emperor, who was pleased to restore it to the waug in consideration of his respectful conduct, and the son was allowed to take back the tea, but an e"scort was sent to watch him over the border. Especial attention is, however, called to the Antseyen, who are on no account to be permitted to trade. The only exception to the interdiction, was54 in favor of the Haou Han jtribe of Pdlutih, the same with whom Jehangir took refuge. They were allowed to trade at one place only, where two hundred soldiers were stationed, and tha traffic was to be confined to barter, and the prices of every thing fixed by authority. If either Chinese or Mo- hammedans were found to be buying goods with money, the property was to be confiscated, and the parties punished. It may be supposed that these absurd \ ;gulations did not last long. Chalungah who suc- ceeded Nayenching at EJe, reported31 it) Ib30 that the tea remained on hand, and the horses and sheep to be bartered for it did not come in, and the hongs were consequently abandoned, as we shall see pre- sently. The imperial duty on the goods47 had always been one thirtieth part, but the Chinese residents h;id been in the habit of remitting the duty in part or altogether, they wore now ordered to exact it rigorously, To enforce the new regulations and maintain the peace of the coun- try, 6,500 additional troops had been left in Chinese Turkestan after the war," with the intention of withdrawing 2,000 at the end of three years, and 2,000 more after five years. On Nayenching representing, in 1329, that the iVtussahninn tribes both within and without the fron- tier were tranquil and happy, the troops were ordered to be withdrawn at shorter periods. The emperor required an account from the offi- cers at Kle, of the state of affairs at the close of every year. Every newly appointed officer was to report the information he had acquir- ed, within three months after his arrival; and every military officer in a separate command was allowed to communicate privately with the emperor, without consulting with or informing his brother officers, especially when he reported upon those who extorted money from the people. The, governor had already admitted41 that previously to the late rebellion, the officers of government had continually distressed the people by their exactions. He recommended on the same occa- sion that th? Use* and tees in the public courts should be reduced, (C. Notires nf Modrrn China. ch the emperor allowed, and he also sanctioned a series of appe.tli n the court up to the resident, and once a year finally to the su- me court in Peking; but care was to be taken that the complaint! •e just, lest the appellant be punished for false accusation. Notwithstanding the foregoing measures of pacification and the se* B punishments inflicted upon the Mohammedans, their spirit was yet broken. There was another attempt at rebellion in 1830,J but eems to have been speedily put down, by the apprehension and cution of twelve of the ringleaders, A few months latter, Chalungah orted <3 that he had seized a band of robbers who- had been en- ed in plundering the public granaries and treasuries, and stealing ses. A transported convict was at the head of it, who hail before n engaged33 in robbing the Akemuh (office of the tribute gatherer arently), but had escaped the law. He had now planned to burn easury in order to rob it, but his intention got wind and a soldier i set to watch him, who-discovered that his designs were deeper, I went to foment rebellion. He was immediately seized, but we hear more of him. The information must have been true, for the sol- r was ordered to have the first vacant coiiinrand of 1000 men, and commandant aixl officers of the city, who had wcgletted to get re timely intinution of it, were orJcTfcJ to be tried by the Criminal ird at Peking. k. more serious affair was reported1" in tire Peking Gazette of ths I October 1830, in the shape of a report from Chalungah, which [ arrived from Kashgar i'n twenty-seren days, to announce an irrup- i of the Antseyen Kirghis, the same tribe' whose trade was stop-- and who> are said to inhabit a country about 151) mites northwest Cashgar. Up to the 23d of October, says the reporter, the Gazettes tain daily orders and appointments in reference to tins invasion, ingling was ordered off again to take the chief command in 'Fur- tan with Halangah and Yang Fung as his council,4' Yang Yuchun extraordinary powers granted him, and two millions of taels placed tansulr, to facilitate the passage of thcr army across the desert Jobi. The Gazette43 of the lOfh of November contains the substance of ispatch from Peichang, whff seems to have been the superior resi- t of Yarkand and Khoteir. He says that a party of insurgents of •e than 10,000 in number, had arisen and assailed the villages; he called out his militia, consisting, beside his soldiers, of traders, ners, and" convicts, and repulsed the 10,0(10, with a loss to them of ut 400 killed, and 50 or 60 prisoners. He attributed his success sfly to the musquets and portable guns. On the 28th of the same rth, the emperor complains17 grievously of Yungn'gan who had been sred to' collect all the troops he could from Ele and the neighboring res, and proceed to meet the insurgents or invaders. Instead of c'h, he wrote to say (hat the enemy were in great force, and h« aght it more prudent to confine him'self to the defence of Auksli, pass apparently to Soungaria, and await a reinforcement. The jeror had already given an order for Yungngan to be sent 3(14 DB<:. Notices of JHodrrn China. arrest to Poking, where on the same day arrived another dispatch from Peichang to say that the foreign invaders had not yet reached Khoton, and that 2,000 troops would be sufficient to put down the insurgent banditti, as he calls them, upon which Peihchang was or- dered to take the recreant general into his custody. A further dispatch from Peihchang in a Gazette18 of the 21st De- cember, announces that the enemy, whether foreign or domestic does not appear, had made a second attempt upon Kashgar, but were re- pulsed with loss. His spies gave information that the banditti, as he calls them, had five or six hundred horse, and six or seven thousand iufaitry in camp; and two of the neighboring cities had taken part with them. Two of the begs are praised for having dug a channel and brought into the city the waters of a river betwixt the city and the enemy. Peihchang made a sortie with his troops to dispute the pas- sage of the channel. The enemy dashed into the stream in face of a fire of musquetry, and had nearly attained the opposite bank, when some portable guns on camels' back were opened upon them, which checked them, and the regular troops charging, they were driven back to their own side. The guns killed upwards of a hundred, another hundred were speared, and thirty made prisoners. A division of the imperialists, under the command of the camel artillery, pursued them for forty le, and took seventeen prisoners, with cooking utensils, tents, standards, &c. In speaking of his admiration of Peihchang at this second victory, the emperor bestowed upon him a precious stone snuff-bottle, a ring, one pair of large purses, and four small ones, and directed the proper Board to deliberate upon promoting him. The commandant of the camel artillery was honored with the title patooloo. Some foreign merchants who lent their assistance were presented with tea and silk. Notwithstanding their success, 3000 Mintchou troops were ordered45 from Kirin, to march to Peking and thence to Y&rkand; but they were not to march through the upper part of Honan province,49 as they had done on the former occasion, in consequence of the disasters oc- casioned there by the late earthquake, but to go through Shanse, and through the Kea kwan (pass). Four thousand and seven hundred camels were ordered to transport the materials, each costing thirty-two taels of silver, and four taels were given to each soldier to provide warm clothing.50 By the next accounts we have51 from the Gazette of the 3d of March, the sieges of Kashgar and Yingkeshaurh, ( not mentioned before) were raised on the approach of the imperial troops from Ele, accompanied by a militia of convicts. Some of them took a circuit by Khoten and YArkand in order to attack them in the rear, but the enemy escaped to the northwest, except a few stragglers. We are informed that the first party of troops who went against the invaders, headed by a civil assistant resident, were all destroyed. On the other hand a party of the enemy which had been captured were also put to death, and the officer who ordered it is praised. A few convicts aid- ed the regular troops of YArkand, who were rewarded with liberty to MJ. Notirfs of Motltrn China. 365 ini to their homes, but to be there under the supervision of the al magistracy. The campaign appears to have terminated here, troops on their way to Turkestan were consequently recalled.** Jhangling who had been instructed to inquire into the cause of war, now made his report/3 and attributed it to the expulsion of the tseyen traders and the interdiction of the export of ten and rhu- •b by Nayenching. Upon receipt of this report, the emperor de- .ded Nayenching from his title of 'guardian of the heir apparent,' 1 deprived him of the peacock's feather and the purple bridle; and >jected him moreover to a court-martial, which sentenced him to dismissed from the service. We-have already shown that these same asures had received the imperial sanction, arid the honors,* men- led above, had some of them been bestowed upon him in conse- snce of the emperor's approval of those measures. It seems to the policy of the government to sacrifice an officer whenever its rs have been unduly excited, or its measures unattended with icess. Some account of the effects of Nayenching's restriction of trade 1 be found in vol. I, p. 383 of this work, where it is affirmed, how- :r, that they did not originate with him. According to a statement a Kansuh merchant there given, it appears, that he himself h id ;sed upwards of 2,000,000 catties of tea through his hand, annually, :1 paid 117,000 taels duty to government, which ba'd entirely ceas- since the operation of the law. The trade with the Bi'iriats was jsequently declared" to be free from all imposts whatsoever. The lident at Yirkand a few years later, required further powers to en- le him to punish the Chinese traders who cheated the foreigners; the "incensing foreigners is a more serious matter to the state, than B native cheating another."36 Changling brought Yungngan, who was Nayenching's son, and the icers acting under him to a court-martial, and sentenced'7 him to ath with appeal to the emperor, who confirmed the general's sen- ice, but pardoned the officers who acted under his orders. Seven £s who took part in the rebellion were executed58 the following year, d their families given as slaves to those Mohammedans who re- lined true to their allegiance. The inhabitants of Kashgar and Yungkishaur were unable to pay ;ir tribute of grain tor 1831 in consequence of the calamities of war, d were excused.52 Several regulations were' made for the better vernment of those colonies, which we have before mentioned; longst them that of the removal of the principal residency from ishgar to Yirkand; but it was omitted to be mentioned that it has ice been restored to Kashgar53 on account of its being a greater irt of trade for the surrounding foreigners. Changling returned to iking towards the end of 1832. He seems to have been ill assured of 3 tranquillity of the western provinces; for before leaving he had re- ested 2,000,000 taels to be deposited in Shense,6" to meet the exigen- ss of the army, for which the only occasion seemed to be, another ght invasion of horse banditti, as they are styled, who killed some 366 DEC. Notices of Modern China. j I !l I! it ;; Mohammedan begs and their followers, who ventured to attack them. He also required stronger garrisons, and additional civil officers in some of the cities, particularly Wooshe and Auksu. His precautions were not without reason, for, besides the above attempt at invasion, another insurrection broke out at Khoten. in 1832,61 and an attempt was in.ule to lake tin; city. Two of the begs had received honors from the emperor, and their servants who refused to join the rebels, were put to death, and continued, says the resident Peihchang's re- port, to rail at their murderers as long as they had breath.64 The leader of the rebels, Mawakih and his accomplices-, amounting alto- gether to twenty persons, were put to a slow and ignominious death, and their heads sent all round the Khoten territory, 'to illustrate the hw of the IwV This is the last attempt at insurrection in Chinese Turkestan, as far as our information goes. The country suffered severely no doubt, during its previous struggles, and we find63 that it was* unable to pay its contributions during the years 1832, 1833, and 1834, and in- curred a large debt to the imperial exchequer. We find also on the same occasion, that Yarkand had previously been accustom- ed to supply 40,000 taels annually to defray the deficiencies of the mountainous and barren districts of Ele and Tarbagatai. In confirmation 3J of this account of part of those districts, we have the resident at Wooleyasoo, a place near the Altai mountains, so- liciting, in 1831, a supply of rice, wheat, flour, tea, and cloth from Kooching, which is between the former station and Ele, on account of the severity of the climate and shortness of the summer, which unfit it to supply its own food by agriculture. The emperor ordered 100 camels to be employed to convey the lequisite necessaries, but at the same time desired that the value of the articles should be deduct- ed from the soldiers' pay. The taxes for 1835 in Turkestan, were ordered to be levied with increased severity.64 The amount for the military expenses of these colonies for 1837 has been estimated at 680,000 taels. The sums required at Kashgar in 1829,6' were stated at 96,933 taels only, at Y;,rkand 27,079, and for tire other towns 6,000 to 10,000 each, but this may be for their internal expenses only. Of the personages mentioned in the preceding narrative, the fates of Changling, Nayenchrng, and his son Yungngan will be found in vol. iv. of this work, page 66. Chalungah, who was resident at Kashgar at the time of the Antseyen invasion of 1830, was adjudged M afterw?''ds to have done great injury by his rash and precipitate con- duct. Instead of attending to the advices and remonstrances of Ishak and Tass'ah, two Mohammedans o1 high rank, he sent out his small force to oppose the large body (as is now admitted) of invaders, in con- sequence of which his troops were entirely cut up. Being enabled, however, with the assistance of the inhabitants, to defend the city for three whole months, he might, says the emperor, have escaped any punishment but degradation, had he not accused Ishak of entertaining treasonable designs. B. Remarks on the Opium Trad*. 367 i consequence of the accusation, Ishak was deprived of his titles, ch weie wang of the second class and^-rtfcim beg; and Changling desired to investigate the accusation. Changling adjudged him to ree from all blame, and condemned Chalungah to death for having sived his monarch by a false accusation. Ishak was accordingly .stated, and further honors conferred on himself and sons. Cha- jah was reprieved until the next year, but finally we presume, par- sd, since we find" him second in command at Moukderi in the ;ent year, 1836. shak is the same who is stated in Mr. Wathen's report, to have ayed Jehangir, and to have been shortly after called to Peking, never heard of again. He will be found in another part of this k,58 to have returned lately to his own country, after holding appointment at Peking, and to be allowed to continue at home. ig upwards of sixty years of age. ties. 1, Journal of the Asiatic Society, Aug., 1834, p. 381. 2, Ib. Dec., 1835, 7. 3. II). Nov. If85. 4, Biirnns' Travels, vol. ii, p. 231. 5, Malacca Observ- u!y 17tb, 1827. 6, Ibid. Oct. 23d, 1827. 7, Mai. Obs., Nov. 6tb, 1827. 8. Obs., Sept.. 25th, ]827. 9, Ibid. Dec. 18th, 1827. 10, Ibid. Jan. 15th, J828. Js'. Travs., vol. i, p. 275. 12, Mai. Obs., Jan 29th, 1828. 13, Ibid. March , 1828. J4, Ib. May 6th, 1828, 15, Ib. July 1st. 1828. 16, Ib. Sep. 9th, 1827. Canton Register, Ap. 26th, 1828. 18, Ib. June 7th, 1828. 19, Ib. May 3d, . 20, Il«. June 21st, 1828. 21, Mai. Ohs., Ap. 22d, J828. 22, Ib. July 15th. Chinese Repository, vol. i, p. 472 24, Can. Reg., March 29»h, 1828. 25, iep. 20th. 26, Ib. Ang,23d. 27, Ib, March 16th, 1829. 28, Ib. Nov. 16th. . 29, Ib. Aug. 16th, 1828. 30, Ib. Oct. 18th. 31, Ib. Ap. 15th, 1830. 82, 'iily J6lh, 1829. 33, Ib. MaySd. 34. Ib. Feb. 19lh. 183), 35, Ib. Sep. 18th, . 36, Hi. Oct. 17th, 1829. 37, Ib. July 3d, 1830. 38, Ib. Nov. 3d, 1828. 39, iVb.2d, 1829. 40, Ib. June 18th. 41, Mai. Obs., Oct 21st, 1828. 42, Ib. JOth, 1829. 43, Can. Reg., Feb. 15th, 1830. 44, Ib. Jan. 17th, 1829. 45, .lay 15th, 1830. 46, Ib. Feb. 2d. 1831. 47 Ib. January 17th, 1831. 48, Ib. ch4th. 49, Ib. 50, Ib. March 24th. 51, Ib. Ap.2d. 52, Ib. July 4th. 53, Ib. ! 18th. 54, Ib. Feb. 19th, 1829. 55. Chi. Rep., vol. i, p. 457. 56, Ib. vol. . 144. 57, Can. Reg., Ap. 19th, 1831. 58, Ib. Aug 2d. 1832. 59, Ib Mar. , 1834. 00, Hi. Nov. 15th, 1831. 61, Ib. Dec. 29lh, 1832. 62, Chi. Rep., ii, p. 192. 63, Ib. vol. iv. p. 200. 64, Ib. vol. v. p. 144. 65, Can. Reg., 2dth, 18'i9. 6(5, Ib. Dec. 19th, 1831. 67, Chi. Rep., vol. iv, p 479. 68, Ib. v, p 240. r. III. Remarks on the Opium trade,, being a reply to those in the Repository for November, first published by archdeacon Dealtry, Cnlrutta August llth 1836. ilaving admitted an 'attack,' it is right to give the defense also. We ;: agr^e with our Correspondent that, if opium "is solely a haleful poi- "its UHC must be discontinued witli the traffic. Hence the subject ought ic thoroughly examined, that the whole truth of the case may appear and ! off ct. As in civil government, so in regimen, if there arc "abuses," rni must COUK;; and we reecho the sentiment, "carry through the-prin. Remark* on the Opium Trade. DEC. ciple with an equal hand;" only lot it be done temperately, promptly, and pf- feclually. On tliis great subject — temperance — much remains to be deve- loped. In tho case 10 which our Correspondent alludes, it has been alHrmed that th« wiiii.1 wliieh Pharaoh drank was the pure juice oi'tlic g.Tipe, free 1'roia alcohol: that used at the marriair.-f.Bast, may have been llu same kind, [t IK a well-authenticated fact, we believe, that such wine was common; and it is equally corcam that strong wines were often, if not generally, diluted with water, when used by tne Cirjeks, the Romans, and the Hebrews. But this is not the plao to d suiiss these points: we merely allude to them here as subjects of interesting inquiry, closely connected with the question in debate. The defense ca:no to us in the following epistolary form.] To the Editor of the Chinese R 'i>ository. Sir,— An article appeared in your last number condemnatory of those engaged in the culture of opium, and of those supplying the Chinese with this luxury. The attack of archdeacon Dealtry on a produce of India which provides the government (perhaps in the least oppressive way to the subject) with means to pay his, and such like salaries as his, is beyond doubt, not a selfish argument. How far it is expedient, or necessary, for mor ils to put down opium will be the sub- ject of this letter. The attack might have come at a jitter moment than when the emperor of China was fulminating his edicts on this subject against individuals, and to which his celestial majesty and his viceroys have been pleased to sh'jt their eyes for the last twenty years as entirely on this side of Asia, as the Church of England has on the other side, of Asia: still, if it is true that opium is solely a hateful poison, and those who deal in it are poisoners, truth will prevail, and it will be put down. If on the other hand — and this is the opinion here argued for—opium is a useful soother, a harmless luxury, and a pre- cious medecine, except to those who abuse, it, then opium will in- crease, and its merchants be freed from an unjust prejudice, and truth prevail! First then, as in 'much abusr.d win-,' it is here asserted that, the HT»ny enjoy a healthful luxury, the few abusers are supplied with a horrid poison: if so, are the prudent many to give up an enjoyment suited to their tastes, habits, much-caused by the danger of show as an outlet to wealth under this arbitrary government, for the sake of saving the minority, the abusers? That is, the respectable majority are to give up their tastes for the sake of a reprobate minority. Let us see how far this is supported by figures :— All those who know China are aware that what might be oillod ,in inveterate dram-drinker, that is an habitually intoxicated smoker, uses the weight of one tael per day of boiled purified opium. The annual supply to China may be taken at — chests of Bengal 16,000 Bombay 16,000 Turkey 2,000 total 34,000 chests. In Bengal chest?, a ball of Patna gives, one with another, 23 taels of th? smokeal Is drug: 40 balls to a chost give 9211 taels; a chest of Malwa or Turkey will produce more in proportion to its weight; red Ia_ J6. Remarks on thu Opium Trade. 369 the Bengal chests being considerably heavier, an average of 60 cent, or 980 taels of the smokeable matter per chest may be taken L fair estimate: this, on the total annual supply of 34,000 chests, gives Is 33,320,000 of smokeable drug: divide this by 365, being the year's iwance, and you have nf victimized smokers 912,000. The lowest id authorities place the population of China at 300,000,000; there- ;, by this view, not more than one person in 326 touches this luxury. Vow experience and observation show us that many millions of inese do participate in opium; so each million, using it as a ration- »nd sociable article of luxury and hospitality, reduces most eer- ily the sum of victimized smokers,— who in fact, are few, compa- ively, to the many sober and well regulated families that present a e of opium to a distant neighbor visiting them, as yeomen in Erig- d thirty years since did a bottle of wine,— such an article not again >earing on his table till the next visitor came: allow also for the :d and the invalid, who use it as a medicine and a solace, as our ers do wine. 3o much for my view of opium. If it is disproved, and no stitnu- t allowed by the stern voice of utility of the present age, let it be if public opinion will it, be it so. But do not stop: carry through i principle; though Noah planted the first vine after the flood; mgh Pharaoh drank its juice and prospered; and though our Savior ictioned the use of it at the marriage-feast—carry through the nciple with an equal hand. Depopulate the Rhine. Lay the vine- •ds of fair France waste! Abolish tobacco in Virginia, and in inila! Prohibit the growth of barley in Norfolk :—because a few luded reprobates attend the gin palaces in England, and smoke all f long in China and elsewhere. When the public are prepared for s equal measure, I shall not petition for the white poppy of India ing made an exception. Paley somewhere says: "yet if the desire for tobacco induces the rdy fisherman and the fearless sailor to brave the perils of the sea, irrive at this commodity, it is not without its use in the moral world." >w apply this; if a desire to get this luxury tends to produce the rsevering economy, and the never-ceasing industry of this great jple, whom we see around us—is it without its moral use 1 As to ! intrepid and skilful carriers of this commodity to China, not a ird need be said. The archdeacon in his crusade against opium, forgets a principle, lich, however lost sight of by him, has been acknowledged and act- on by the two most civilized governments of Europe—France and igland; and it is this, that in administration of any article likely stimulate the passions to crime, the dealers in it should be kept t only as much as possible respectable, but even under the power the police by license: so in France, as to gaming houses: so in igland, as to wine houses and gin palaces: yet seeing this clear be- e him, the archdeacon without the shadow of a chance of stopping 3 trade in opium, whether he is wrong,or right in his tirade against is for holding the present dealers in it, up to odium and infamy; VOL. v NO. vin. 47 370 D«c. Medical Missionary Society. thus throwing its supply into the hands of desperadoes, pirates, and marauders, instead of a body of capitalists, not participating certainly in what they carry, but in fact supplying au important branch of the Indian revenue safely and peaceably. I leave the matter to the judgment of your distant readers, and I do so confidently. Were the appeal to be made to those here, as ma- ny participate in the profits, it might be considered a partial one. The safe test of experience has shown that sovereigns and moralists are powerless against a pervading taste of a whole people. The proclama- tions of Elizabeth of England did not put down hops. The blast and counter blasts, are only to b,e found in the library of the curious collec- tor of books, but tobacco is cultivated and used all over the world more extensively than any other luxury. Mohammed by prohibiting wine only forced drunkards to use rakee, and opium: he was powerless to stop intoxication. What Temperance Societies may yet accomplish remains to be seen. Very faithfully, A READER. Canton, 10th December, 1836. ART. IV. Suggestions for the formation of a Medical Missionary Society, offered to the consideration of all Christian nations, more especially to the kindred nations of England and the United States of America. VIEWING with peculiar interest the good effects that seem likely to be produced by medical practice among the Chinese, especially as tending to bring about a more social and friendly intercourse, between them and foreigners, as well as to diffuse the arts and sciences of Eu- rope and America, and in the end introduce the gospel of our Savior in place of the pitiable superstitions by which their minds are now governed, we have resolved to attempt the foundation of a (society to be called the " Medical Missionary Society in China." The objects we have in view in the foundation of a Society of this description are: 1st, That those who shall come out as medical mis- sionaries to China, may find here those to whom they can apply for assistance and information, on their first arrival in the country. 2d, That by this means their services may be made immediately available, while, at the same time, they may be put in the way of learning the language for the purpose of fitting themselves to practice in parts of the country to which foreigners have not hitherto gained free access. 3d, We do not propose to appoint individuals to the work, but to re- ceive and assist the medical men who shall be sent out by Societies formed for the purpose either in England or America. Being acqua- inted with the peculiarities of the case, our especial desire is to draw attention to the selection of men of suitable qualifications. 4th, We therefore propose to receive any sums of monoy which may be given *», 5. Sttdical Missionary Society. 371 id of this object, and to disburse them as shall be deemed expe- ;, until the Society be formed, so that the labors of those who !je in the cause shall not ^ retarded. dividuals, subscribing fifty dollars, or upwards, in one payment, be considered members for life; or fifteen dollars annually, mem- iuring the period of their subscriptions. furtlier illustration of our views, we would here premise, that in to the success of the object contemplated, those who engage in it not receive any pecuniary remuneration: the work throughout be, and appear to be, one of disinterested benevolence. It is in- isable that the men who shall conduct the institution be not masters of their profession, and conciliating in their manners Is all classes, but judicious men — men thoroughly imbued with irit of genuine piety, ready to endure hardships, and to sacrifice al comfort, that they may commend the gospel of our Lord and , and so cooperate in its introduction among the millions of this ly civilized yet, 'mysterious' and idolatrous empire—men will- suffer the loss of all things for joys that await those who for 's sake do> good on earth. iddition to the Ophthalmic Hospital already established, other mints are equally needed, and1 eucl> would fully occupy the time ents of IHKI medical person. Among these may be mentioned, 'urgical department, for the treatment of cases requiring the sition of the surgeon, as the removal of tumors, cure of ulcers, on of fractured and dislocated limbs, and the like. partmentfor the Ear. A vast amount of good may be effected ig the affections of this organ, which perhaips are as numerous : of the eyes, or even more- so. The man who shall publish a in Chinese, accompanied by a statement of facts that shall cor- periucious practice of barbers who introduce a sharp cutting mt into the ear, by which violence is frequently done to this organ, will deserve well of the Chinese nation, for it is a evil. •artment for Cutaneous Affections. lit no country in the world ises of this class more numerous and aggravated; and added isfortune of being thus afEicted, if the disease of the sufferer is I to be malign-ant and contagions, he is liable to be deprived erty, and" immured during the remainder of Hfe. '•atment for Diseases of Females. Daily experience has dis- lat these are very numerous, and in some instances exceed- rravated1, and but little understood by Chinese physicians. ;rary to expectation facts have demonstrated that the seclu- racteristic of the upper classes of Chinese females, does not tuerrr from applying to foreign practitioners with "the hope of (i these calamities irfment for the Diseases of Children. An inconceivable "suffering is endured by children in China, which in many might be avoided, but for the ignorance of parent* and want :1 aid and advice. The merchants from distant province*, 372 DEC. Medical Missionary Society. who trade at Canton, are often attended by member* of their families, and frequently have brought their children for medical treatment. We cannot suppose the fond parent will remain insensible to the obli- gations of gratitude when he returns to his own home, or fail to speak there of the excluded foreigner who has gratuitously restored his child to the blessings of health. We conceive there cannot be a more direct avenue to influence than will be presented in this department, and the impression may be far more enduring than that made in almost any other way; for while in the case of the aged, who receive medecine from the foreigner, the remembrance may quickly depart with them; it may be otherwise in respect to the babe and the youth, who are, by the hand of charity, rescued from a premature grave, or from diseases which uncontrolled might extend through life. Regarding it desirable that these several departments be established as soon as Providence shall prepare the way, and the men and means are provided, we would also recommend to Societies, while they are sending out medical persons, not to neglect to encourage pious and well-disposed young men to accompany them, with a view to becom- ing dressers and apothecaries, and to render themselves useful in the supervision of the internal concerns of the hospitals. Here it may be proper to repeat, and with the utmost emphasis, that all who engage in this work should be JUDICIOUS men, thoroughly imbued with the spirit of TRUE PIETY, willing to endure hardships and to sacrifice personal comforts We cannot close these suggestions without adverting to one idea, though this is not the place to enlarge upon it. It is affecting to con- template this empire, embracing three hundred and sixty millions of souls, where almost all the light of true science is unknown, where Chistianity has scarcely shed one genipl ray, and where the theories concerning matter and mind, creation and providence, are wofully destitute of truth; it is deeply affecting to see the multitudes who are here suffering under maladies, from which the hand of charity is able to relieve them. Now we know indeed, that it is the 'glorious gospel of the blessed God' only that can set free the human mind, and that it is only when enlightened in the true knowledge of God that man is rendered capable of rising to his true intellectual elevation; but while we t'ike care to give this truth the high place which it ought ever to hold, we should beware of depreciating other truth. All truth is of God; the introduction of medical truth into China, would be the demolition of much error. In the vast conflict which is to revolutionize the intelectual and moral world we may not underrate the value of any weapon. As a means then to waken the dormant mind of China, may we not place a high value upon medical truth, and seek its introduction with good hope of its becoming the handmaid of religious truth? If an inquiry after truth upon any subject is elicited, is there not a great point gain- ed? And that inquiry after medical truth may be provoked, there is good reason to expect: for, exclusive as China is, in all her systems, '•he cannot exclude disease, nor shut her people up from the desire 86. Morrison Education Society. 373 relief. Does not then the finger of Providence point clearly to one y that we should take with the people of China, directing us to k the introduction of the remedies ibr sin itself, by the same door !)ugh which we convey those which are designed to mitigate or love its evils? Although medical truth cannot restore the sick I afflicted to the favor of God; yet perchance, the spirit of inquiry ut it, once awakened, will not sleep till it inquires after the source ruth; and he who comes with the blessings of health may prove angel of mercy to point to the Lamb of God. At any r.ite, this ns the only open door; let us enter it. Loathsome disease, in y hopeless form, has uttered her cry for relief from every comer le land; we have heard it, and would and must essay its healing, iith that worketh not may wait for other doors. None can deny this is a way of charity that worketh no ill, and our duty to walk seems plain and imperative. e most confidently rely on the aid of the pious and benevolent in ccomplishment of this great work, and when the millions which >ose this mighty empire shall feel the influence of true religion ;ivilization, when the light of Christianity shall take the place e dark cloud of paganism, which now envelopes them, then will (filled, in its spiritual sense, the prophecy of Isaiah: 1he eyes of the blind shall be opened, and the ears of the deaf be unstopped; the latne shall leap as an hart, and the tongue ; dumb sing." (Signed.) T. R. Colledge, P. Parker, and E. C. Bridgman. 'na, October 5th, 1836. V. Proceedings relative to the formation of the Morrison lucation Society; including the Constitution, names of the ustc.es and members, with remarks explanatory of the object, of Institution. Trustees of this society, elected on the 9th ultimo, for the current 3 Lancelot, Dent esq., President; Thomas Fox, esq^ Vice-president; i Jardine, e*q., Treasurer; Rev. E. C. Bridgman, Corresponding •y; and J. Robt. Morrison, esq., Recording Secretary. A pamphlet hey have just published (the title of which stands at the head of this we introduce here, somewhat abridged; and we fondly hope that r the object of the Society is made known, it will receive the pprobation and support of the friends of China. ig after the lamented death of the Rev. Robert Morrison, D.D., 1st of August 1834, a paper containing some suggestions for ation of an association, to be called the MORRISON EDVCA- ICIETY, was circulated among the foreign residents in China. >er was dated the 26th January, 1835. On the 24th of the nth, twenty-two signatures having been obtained, and the S486O collected, a Provisional Committee—consisting of sjr 374 DEC. Morrison Education Society. George B. Robinson, bart., Messrs. William Jardine, David W. C. Olyphant, Lancelot Dent, J. Robert Morrison, and the Rev. E. C. Bridgman — was formed for the purpose of ascertaining the best me- thod of carrying into effect the proposed plan of education. At the request of this Committee, Messrs. Jardine, Matheson &. Co. engaged to act as Treasurers, and Mr. Bridgman, as Corresponding Secretary, until a Board of Trustees should be formed. A circular was imme- diately issued, from which the following is an extract. "If we except the pastors and teachers who visited Formosa with the Dutch, about two centuries ago, Dr. Morrison was the first Pro- testant missionary who ever reached the Chinese empire. Chiefly by his labors the Sacred Scriptures have been translated into the Chi- nese language, and a foundation laid for diffusing, among one fourth of the human family, that true religion which is one day to pervade the whole earth. Though his chief object was to benefit the people of China, yet the good which he has conferred on others, especially on those who speak the English language, demands of them a tribute of grateful acknowledgment, and urges them to "go and do likewise." As a knowledge of the Chinese language has been of great advantage to foreigners, so an acquaintance with the English will be of equal or greater advantage to the people of this empire. For the purpose of conveying this benefit to the Chinese, and of aiding the work which Dr. Morrison commenced, it is proposed to erect, in an institution characteristic of the object to which he devoted his life, a testimonial more enduring than marble or brass, to be called the "Morrison Education Society." The object of this institution shall be to estab- lish and support schools in China, in which native youth shall be taught, in connection with their own, to read and write the English language; and through this medium, to bring within their reach all the varied learning of the western world. The Bible and books on Christianity shall be read in the schools. Already a Chinese, edu- cated at the Anglochinese college in Malacca, has been advanced to the station of governmental interpreter at Peking. And our posterity, if not ourselves, may see the Chinese, at no very distant day, not only visiting Europe and America, for commercial, literary, and political purposes; but, having thrown away their antipathies, their supersti- tions, and their idolatries, joining with the multitudes of Christendom in acknowledging and worshiping the true God. "As the small contributions which our limited community in Chi- na can be expected to afford, must be utterly inadequate to the object in view, we look to the enlightened and liberal in other countries to cooperate with us." In the hope of obtaining the aid and counsel of friends in Europe and America, and of increasing the list of subscribers and the amount of donations, measures for organizing the Society were deferred till the 28th of September 1836, when, notice having been given, a public meeting was convened at No. 2 American Hong. Mr. Dent, as chairman of the Provisional Committee, having called the meeting to order, it was proposed by Mr. Bell, seconded by Cap- !36. Morrison Education Society. 375 in Grant, and carried unanimously, that Mr. Fox take the chair. r. Morrison was appointed secretary to the meeting. The minutes of the several meetings of the Provisional Committee, Iraft of a Constitution, with an Address, drawn up by Mr. Bridg- n, explanatory of the views of the Committee, were then read. From the minutes, it appeared that the sum of 95977, including srest, was then in the hands of the Treasurers; and that a library ibout 1500 volumes of books, on scientific, literary, and other sub- is, had been presented to the Society: about 700 were from T. R. ledge, esq.; 600 from J. R. Reeves, esq.; the others from Messra. it, Fox, Morrison, and A. S. Keating. 'he Constitution, after a few amendments, was accepted; and the ting, on motion of Mr. Jardine, seconded by Mr. Dent, adjourned month for the election of officers. n the 26th of October the meeting, in consequence of many ibers being absent from Canton, was adjourned two weeks, ovember 9th 1836, Messrs. Fox, Lindsay, Innes, Olyphant, Mol- leeves, Green, Wetmore, Dent, Slade, Sampson, Jardine, Hine, the Rev. Messrs. Bridgman, Parker and Stevens, having met •ding to adjournment; Mr. Fox resumed the chair, and the Rev. Stevens was appointed secretary. ie minutes of the preceding meetings, together with the Con- on, were read; and after some corrections, the whole were mously accepted and approved. The Constitution being now 3d, the Society proceeded to the choice of officers by ballot; which it was ordered that the minutes of the Provisional Com- , with those of the two general meetings, be referred to the :es with a view to the publication of a summary of the same, er with the Constitution of the Society; a unanimous vote iks to Mr. Fox, for his services as chairman, was then passed, 3 meeting adjourned sine die. CONSTITUTION. \ 1. This Institution shall be designated the "Morrison ion Society." 2. The Object of this Society shall be to improve and pro- [lucation in China by schools and other means. y. Any individual donor of a sum not smaller than $ 25, al subscriber of not less than $10, may become a Member of ety, and vote at its general meetings; voting by proxy will be to persons necessarily absent from the place of meeting, pro- ey produce a letter of authority for specific measures, written public notice of the meeting has been given. 4. Funds may be raised by subscriptions, donations, and so d shall be under the direction of the Trustees. 5. The business of the Society shall be managed by a Board :es, five in number, resident in China, who shall be chosen at a general meeting of the Society, to be holden annually Vednrivileges of the Society and the Library. Remarks explanatory of the Object of the Society. ustees of the "Morrison Education Society," in commencing as with which they are now charged, would seek first of all ction of His Providence, whose favor is requisite to give suc- stability to their incipient operations. If this Institution be >nducted, thousands and millions may enjoy its benefits, and effects be continued down to the latest times. Trustees will here briefly state the outline of the plan they pursue. ley will obtain as speedily as practicable a Tutor from the tates; and will seek for one who is young, enterprising, well I.L. V, N'O. VIII. 48 37S Due. Morrison Education Society. acquainted wii.li the business of Education, and who is himself desi- rous of making it the great object of his life. 2. From the British and Foreign School Society, they will en- deavor to procure whatever aid and counsel that excellent and noble Institution may be pleased to afford. It is hoped that at least one Tutor from England may be early associated with a coadjutor from America. 3. They will take measures to ascertain the actual state of educa- tion in China, by inquiring how many of the whole population, male aud female, are able to read and write; the age at which they com- mence learning; the manner in which, and the length of time, they are instructed; the expenses for tuition, books, &,c. 4. The same inquiries will be instituted respecting the Chinese who have emigrated from their country, and are residents in the In- dian Archipelago, and elsewhere. 5. In the mean time the Trustees will not neglect to render im- mediate assistance, whenever and wherever suitable youth and oppor- tunities are presented. (i. Further, they deem it to be a part of their duty to endeavor to increase the number of subscribers, the amount of donations, and the catalogue of books. They will individually receive any such acqui- sitions to the Society; and do hereby jointly authorise that donations be received by Messrs. A. L. JOHNSTON &. Co., Singapore; Messrs. LYALL, MATHESON &, Co., Calcutta; Messrs. MACVICAR, BURN & Co., Bombay; W. A. HANKEY, esq., London; FREDERICK LEO, esq., Paris; Messrs. TALBOT OLYPHANT &- Co., New York. Tilt following paragraph! are abridged extracts from tlie Address read at the first Public Meeting of the Society, convened on the 28 keep alive the memory of Captain James Hors- burejh, by some work of public utility—emblem of his labors in the cause of science and navigation. Finis coronal opus. If you would give the subject a place in your pages, it would be of essential service in not only strengthening and confirming the efforts of your contemporaries generally, but particularly in America, where the name of Horsburgh is justly appreciated: of this a strong earnest is shown in the ready and generous manner in which the cause has been adopted by her citizens now residents in Canton. It has been assigned as a reason why no edition of the Directory has been published in America, that the press there held such a work sacred to the objects and emoluments of the author. Truly therefore may America be called his friend. "It is much to be regretted that no materials have been given, in any of the periodicals yet arrived here, to assist you in giving interest to what can now be known of him chiefly in his wonderful work. I knew him only through many conversations at the India House, and occasional chance-meetings; but I never left him without a strong and increased impression of respect drawn from his kind and willing manner of conveying any information requested of him, and especially from that single-mindedness, which seemed to form a marked feature in his character. I have it from a friend, an old resident here and one of his great admirers, that he came to this country quarter master in one of the Company's ships, the Cirencerter, captain Thomas Ro- binson,' and that in the same ship he went home as a passenger at the same commander's table. So that " he came in at the hawsehole, and went out at the cabin window." The ascent of the ladder, not u^i- frequently makes the climber grow giddy at the top. Not so with Horsburgh. The manner in which he bore his rise added one more to the sum of his merits, in lieu of detracting from their number. The motto he has chosen for his great work, may show how his mind was imbued. I deal no farther with this than to point out to you an excellence which, beyond any other, I am sure, will give him a claim on your respect. His habits seemed to be all of the most simple and industrious kind; and I think I have heard him say, not many years before his death, that he walked every day to his home in the country, some four miles from the India House. This spirit of perseverance, even in small things, may be cited as cause and effect of that unwearied di- ligence, that laborious research, and above all, that ardent, even jea- lous love of truth, which enabled him to benefit the world by one of the most valuable arid useful productions ever issued from the press. There is almost a spirit of adventure manifested in the recitnl of his own remarks, which might have justified the adoption of another sea- man's motto, Falconer, omitting allusion to the catastrophe. He seems °Ped, 836. Obituary of Capt. J. Ilursburgh. 383 i have sailed with a prophetic eye to his future fame, and to have raved the dangers which beset his track, in order to make the risks icurred by himself sources of safety to others. This may be shown the frequent groundings and strikings recorded of his ship, the Inne.' 'Nullnm quodtetigit nan ornavit,' has been said in praise some man of eminence; of Horsburgh it might be paraphrased, Hum quod monstravit nun tetigit — so many were his collisions th hidden dangers. "A word on the subject of a light-house, as being considered by .ny, the best calculated memento to honor the name. It would be ficult to fix on any work more cosmopolitan in its nature—a great iideratum in recording services given to the world at large; nor haps could any plan be found more akin to the nature of those ser- 3S. Wherever erected it would be hailed with thanks by all steered its friendly ray; and in proportion to the stress of the need, would * the gratitude to the name, which in death, as in life, has ever i the seaman's guide. The follower of Zoroaster might suppose soul of his friend to tenant the light hung out for his direction, to all time would take a religious interest in rendering the fire etual. Bombay was his home in the east, and we may hope "uture collections in that quarter will show in what estimation he held by the princely subscribers to all objects of public utility i residing. The site of the light-house or houses (for I hope there will be ') must be left to future decision. The paramount object now call the world's attention to the question, and to swell the list of ibutors. To this. Mr. Editor, you will give essential aid if you avor the cause. Should the Straits of Malacca be selected, or >lace within their government, the East India Company, whose 1 servant Horsburgh was, will with their accustomed bounty very facility and take on themselves, no doubt, the charge of enance. In short, at home and abroad, we hope there may be ne universal alliance, and that all will concur in honoring him as so much benefitted them. I am &c., NAUTICUS." ton, December 20th, 1836. have only space to add, that public meetings have been held; nittee of correspondence appointed; and something more than already collected, in Canton. The Committee consists of the ig- gentlemen, namely, W. Jardine, L. Dent, Captain J. Hine, Wetmore, J. H. Astell, M. J. S. Van Basel, Thos. Fox, Fram- tonjee, and Wm. Haylett, honorary secretary; they have sent circular, which has appeared in the Canton Register and the Press, both of which papers give the subject their entire ap- >n. Pedra Branca, at the entrance of Singapore Straits, has imeiJ as the site for one of a series of light-houses, which it is lay erelong rise in the Eastern seas. 384 Journal of Occurrences. ART. VII. Journal of Occurrences. Arrival of an imperial envoy; seizure and imprisonment of smugglers; the expulsion of foreign- ers postponed; execution of pirates; state of local of airs. CHOO SZEVEN, the long expected envoy from Peking, made his entrance into Canton on the 17th instant, with the usual formalities, and has taken up his resi- dence in the collegiate hall, where, il is said, he is joined by Soolfangab, the Tartar commandant of the city. We have not been able, hitherto,to learn any thing of the character or history of the envoy, farther than what we mention- ed in a former number. In his person he is described as being tall, stout, grave, aged, with a long beard. It is rumored that he has to investigate eight subjects: 1st, a case of homicide in the district Tuiigkwan; 2d, one of bribery and embezzle- ment in Heangshan; 3d, one supposed to be connected with murder in Tci'ii- pih (Tienpak) on the southern coast; the 4th is (he trial of Yung Chaou, a notorious leader of the police in Canton, who is suspected of extortion; the 5th is the smuggling of opium and sycee ; the 6th is the condition of the soldiery; the 7th is the situation of the foreign shipping; and the 8th is a charge of bribery against one of the late envoys Such is (he rumor.—Keying, who left Peking in August last, in company with Clioo Szeyen, has been recalled to answer to charges of misdemeanor in the management of the imperial household, of which he was recently controller. Seizure and imprisonment of smugglers. On the llth instant, governor Tfing, admiral Wan, and the hoppo, sent up to Peking a joint memorial concerning the seizure of two boats and fourteen men, captured while engaged in smuggling. The first boat with four men was empty; but the seizure led the way for the capture of the second boat, on the 27th ullimo, with nine men and 19,800 taels of sycee. The names of these men and the places of their residence are given. Under tor- ture they confessed they had been engaged in the contraband trade, and gave the names of their accomplices. The case is reported in detail for his majesty's scru- tiny. Han Shaouking, the gallant colonel who was deputed to wait on lord Napier, is reported as the chief manager in the seizures. The 19,800 taels have been distributed among the captors. It is said, the government has a long list of suspected persons for whom search is now being made. A partner in one of the new hongs has been seized, and very harshly beaten. By his friends, it is feared he will be sent to the cold country. The smugglers, it is supposed, will be deca- pitated. The expulsion of foreigners from Canton, which was to take place early this month, has been postponed. The regulations of the port, as sanctioned by the emperor, require all foreigners to leave the provincial city early in the summer; but that former practice, by slow degrees, has gone into disuse: this fact and a tender regard for those who come from far, are the ostensible reasons for postponing th'e execution of the edict of the 23d ult. Ten pirates mere executed recently in Canton, for having destroyed life and property on board a native vessel, not far from Macao, near the Nine islands. See the Canton Register of the 20th instant. The present position of local affairs is very unsatisfactory, and cannot, we think, be long continued. A crisis must come. The present system is pregnant with evil. Appeals to the local authorities are of little avail. Under such circum- stances, we de not wonder that even the " most pacific" desire—urge—demand, that those whose duty it is to regulate affairs of slate will no longer keep them- selves aloof from a work to which, sooner or later, they must come. It is high time to open a direct communication with the court at Peking. There is no time to be lost. Let the minds of the Chinese be disabused; let foreign.commerce l>e freed from every thing illegal and unjust; and let the governments of the west, acting in concert, endeavor at once to gain access to the ear of " hi« august majes- ty," and solicit fur themselves and for those over whom they rule, that respect and consideration which are due. Then peace, good-will, and prosperity, may here lie enjoyed. THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. V.—JANUARY, 1837.—No. 9. HT. I. .Honor merchants' Report on commerce; 1st, respecting the exportation of sycee; 3d, the interchange of merchandise; 3d, measures to prevent illegalities; and ith, the transit of opium, and the coasting trade in it, rgeveral articles, which were designed for the present number, are deferred order to give place to others of more immediate interest In our number July was published the memorial of Heu Naetse, with an imperial mandate, acting the chief authorities of Canton to deliberate thereon and report in iwer: their report appeared in our number for October, and ought to have m preceded by the one which we here introduce. This was made some e in the month of July last; we give it a place here, partly for its intrinsic ae as a commercial paper, and partly in order to render as complete as sible a series of papers which have come before the public, touching the le in opium. The following is the Report of the hong merchants.] obedience to the commands of his excellency the hoppo, to delibe- e on certain particulars, we now present for perusal the result of • deliberations, arranged under [four] distinct heads. First. We received directions " to examine in regard to the fol- ring statement—contained in a memorial presented to the emperor lereof a copy was previously transmitted), namely, ' that foreign rchantsdare not openly take goods in barter for opium, but always idestinely sell it for sycee silver.' Now the exportation of sycee er (it was remarked) has long been interdicted; and the said rchants surely do not presume to contravene the regulations in least degree. Yet it may be difficult to aver, that not a single rality is committed by them; and still more difficult would it be tand answerable, that there are no traitorous natives who carry i clandestine commerce." n reply hereto, we the hong merchants would humbly represent, . it is really owing to the strictness of the governmental regulations : foreigners are prevented from openly taking goods in barter for VOL. v, NO. ix. 49 386 JAN. Hong Merchants' Report on Commerce. opium. In regard to sycee silver, we, every year, severally and vo- luntarily enter into bonds, that we will on no account aid and abet the foreigners in exporting it, which bonds are presented to your ex- cellencies. How can we possibly contravene the regulations, and so render ourselves criminal? Yet it is indeed, as his excellency the hoppo says, difficult to stand answerable that there are no traitorous natives who carry on a clandestine commerce. To watch against such an illicit commerce is, however, beyond our power ; and it there- fore behoves us to request that the rule, in regard to seizures of smug- gled commodities, may be brought into operation, this rule, namely, that the capturers shall be liberally rewarded. In pursuance of this, a certain proportion of all sycee silver, that may hereafter be captured, should be given for an encouragement to the capturers, and thus those who receive such rewards will be induced to exert themselves in an extraordinary degree; and the smugglers, knowing that such rewards are held out, will at once become intimidated. Secondly. We received the following inquiries to direct our delibe- rations: "The foreign merchants have need of teas, rhubarb, cassia, sugar, silk, &c., which articles must have been heretofore kept in store by the hong merchants, so as to be in readiness to be exchanged for imported goods. Should the amount of imported commodities become hereafter too great, how can ware-house room be afforded, in order to retain such commodities for gradual sale? And can it be so arranged, that, when it is impossible to effect an immediate sale, and the foreign merchant finds himself unable to wait longer, he may be allowed to return home leaving his goods with the hong merchant to sell for him as opportunities offer, and on his return receiving such an amount of merchandise as is due to him in exchange? Let these questions be well considered." In answer hereto, we would humbly point out, what has been hither- to the practice: On foreign vessels coming to Canton to trade, their cargoes are sent up to our hongs; and then a list is given by each foreign merchant of the native commodities required in return, which commodities we purchase for them from the various dealers therein. We never keep a stock of each article on hand. And of late years our means have been very much reduced, so that often we are unable to pay in due season the duties accruing: how then can we possibly lay in a store of ready purchased articles? If it happen that too great a quantity of any article is introduced, so that it cannot be sold off at once, and the vessel is to sail immediately, the security merchant in that case applies to the foreigner for the amount of duties due, that he may pay them for him. The unsold goods remain in our hongs to be disposed of as opportunities offer; and when the foreign merchant returns to Canton, he then takes out the value thereof in native com- modities. This is the way in which the trade has hitherto been con- ducted, and we would request that it may continue to be conducted in the usual manner. Thirdly. We received directions to deliberate on the following questions: " Whether, if opium should be imported through the usual ""Port 1837. Hong Merchants' Report on Commerce. 387 •Inane! for other commodities (the hongs) any hong merchant being it liberty to land and enter it at the custom-house, it will not be fouud lifficult to guard against illegalities in the trade? Whether it will lot rather be requisite to make one of the most opulent of the senior Merchants responsible,—namely, one in whom entire confidence can ic placed, and one in whom the foreigners habitually place implicit rust; and to require him alone to enter the cargoes of opium for ex- mination at the custom-house, and to pay the duties; still, however, flowing the foreigner to sell it, at its market value, to whichever iong merchant he may choose, in order to prevent a monopoly? Llso, whether the hong merchants should not still be required to give onds as formerly, and to state the persons to whom they have sold pium, the places whither it has been transported, and what amount f any) of silver, sycee or foreign, has been given for it,—each sep- rate transaction to be reported at the time, and a monthly statement i be made out, and presented at the offices of the governor and hop- n, in order to enable them to make their reports to the Board of .evenue." In reply to this, we would humbly notice some particulars of the ode in which we have heretofore conducted our traffic with the reigners. We have indeed exchanged one commodity for another; it often, when the value of the imports and exports has been unequal, e balance has been paid, both by native and foreign merchants, to le anothor, in foreign money. And when, in consequence of the mmodities of a country being saleable but to a very small extent, at inton, large sums of foreign money have been imported for the pur- se of purchasing a cargo, and no restriction has been placed on the jxportation of any remaining sum. Hence the "exportation of three iths,"* has received the sanction of government. Again, there are ses in which full cargoes are imported, while—in consequence of : prices of native commodities being too high, or the commodities iinselves not calculated for sale in the places from whence the ves- s come—the exported cargoes are small. The surplus foreign mey, then being greater in amount than the "exportable three iths," whatever exceeds that amount is either left here for the pur- ise of other goods, or is lent to other foreigners. This is a thing common occurrence. For instance, of the rice-laden ships which v enter the port, the largest bring cargoes of somewhat above 000 peculs amounting in value to but twenty or thirty thousand lars; and the smaller ones bring cargoes of, it may be, 5000 or 6000 uls, the value of which is no more than ten thousand and odd dol- !. Yet these same vessels return with export cargoes of the value wo or three hundred thousand dollars, or at least of from one to hundred thousand dollars. The money required to purchase cargoes is therefore frequently borrowed from foreigners, who e a balance in money, in excess of that portion of the price of their ort cargoes for which they have taken goods. This then is a Thnt is, 30 per cent of the excess of the value of the imports over that of exports. 338 Hong Merchants Report on Commerce. JAM. clear proof that, in the instance of rice-laden vessels, the unemployed balance possessed by other foriegners is borrowed, in order to pur- chase exports wherewith to send them back to their country. Now, in reference to the question, at present under consideration, whether permission shall be given to import opium, paying a legal duly thereon, we have, as a provision in case that such permission should be given, inquired of the foreign merchants, if they can export goods to such an amount as to equal in value their importations of opium, so that they need not have any occassion for exporting money? Their answer was of the following tenor: "That it is right and proper that they should comply with the arrangement to take cargo in exchange for the proceeds of their opium; but that the ports to which they re- turn are not all alike, and that our native commodities are not every where equally saleable; that were the merchants who bring opium to Canton to made their returns in merchandise purchased here, such merchandise would be unsaleable,—and therefore the arrangement that goods are to be taken in return for opium cannot be univer- sally adopted; that, however, they can in such cases lend their money to other foreigners to purchase cargoes with, which will be the same thing as if the foreign merchants who import opium applied all the proceeds to the purchase of goods themselves; lastly, that, in case, they should be unable to lead out the whole of the proceeds, they are willing to act in accordance with the regulation hitherto existing, by which they are allowed to export in foreign money three tenths of the excess of imports over exports; but that to require each several ship to take export cargo in exchange for imports will, they really appre- hend, be found inapplicable, injurious, and impracticable; on which account they deem it their duty to request that the regulation hereto- fore existing, as above mentioned, may continue in full force." We the hong merchants, would here suggest, that, although there be no duty charged on exported silver, yet as it is required to export at the custom-house the sums shipped, it will be impossible that any very considerable amount should be clandestinely exported. Whether such an arrangement in regard to the importation of opium, the grand question now under consideration, shall be adopted or not, must de- pend on your excellencies' decision. It has been for a long time past the rule, when a vessel reaches Canton, to permit the foreigner himself to select the hong merchant who shall secure his vessel: this is left entirely to the will of the for- eigner, and no compulsion may be exercisd in the matter. All goods that are to be entered at the custom-house for examination and as- sessment are so entered by the security merchant, on application made by the foreigner; and the charges on the vessel, on entering the port and when discharging cargo, are also paid by the security merchant. But any of the hong merchants may have a portion of the cargo, and it is the rule, that the merchant who so receives cargo shall pay all the duties thereon into the treasury of the custom-house. In this way, there can be no monopolizing. Should opium be admitted for importation in the same manner as piece-goods, cotton, &c., the 100 &S& »' ^\^,'f, t'f i«5<= iv &SZ^^ ^^fS»- /Tiff* v» ^ uy give 837. Hong Merchants' Report on Commerce. rrangements in regard to the sale of it by hong merchants to minor ealers, and the transport of it from Canton to other places, should Iso be the same as with regard to those commodities. Such as is •a imported to other provinces by an over-land route should be entered i the eastern and western custom-houses, where a pass should be ob- tinable on examination. And such as is transported by sea on board ative trading vessels should be entered outwards, at the chief custom- inise, through the medium of the merchants of Fuhkeen and Chaou- liow. The laws on these points being very precise, it seems need- ss to report each separate transaction of sale, or to present any ninthly statements. fourthly. We received directions to deliberate carefully on this lestiou: "When opium is transported to other provinces for sale, lould not those precautionary regulations which have been enacted i regard to foreigners trading at Canton be put in practice, and xnmunications be sent to the authorities in all the seaboard pro- nces, informing them, that whatever opium has not the stamp of the istora-houee on it is to be regarded as smuggled, and both vessel and irgo therefore confiscated, and the parties subjected to legal inves- gation? And if any vessels proceed to the receiving ships, which e anchored on the high seas to trade with them, should not the hong erchants be required to take measures against their so doing?" In reply, we would humbly point out, that in the regulations enac- > last year for checking foreigners engaged here in trade, there icurs the following passage: "In respect to all native trading vea- ls, from whatever province they may be, any foreign goods that may i purchased for shipment on them shall be entered at the chief istom-house at Canton, and there, having been stamped, a pass for e same shall be granted, specifying in detail the amount of goods, order that no clandestine transactions may be suffered to take ice. And communications shall be sent to the authorities in all the ovinces that they may act in compliance with this regulation, and ly give orders accordingly to the officers of the maritime custom- uses, to examine all trading vessels carrying cargoes of foreign irchandise, and, if they find any articles not marked with the stamp the Canton custom-house, to regard such articles as smuggled, and subject the parties to a legal investigation and confiscation of both sst'l and cargo." These precautionary measures are sufficently ;cise, and should undoubtedly be acted on. But should any vessel, the course of her passage on the high seas, happen to traffic with 5 receiving ships, it is indeed beyond our power to prevent it. It fioves us therefore to request, that, as enacted in the above-named rulation, the officers of all cruising vessels along the coast be held ponsible; that they be directed, to cruise about in constant suc- ision; and should any traders approach a foreign ship to purchase ium, immediately to apprehend such traders, and send them to et their trial; and lastly, that both the vessel and cargo of such ders shall be confiscated, and the proceeds thereof given as a reward the cnpturers. We would also humbly request that an edict be 390 JAN. of Choo Tsvn on Opium. issued for the information of all native merchants, that they may know these things and be restrained by fear. At the same time we will continue earnestly to instruct and admonish the foreigners and make them understand that they must indeed bring their goods into port, and pay duty thereon, and must uot, as heretofore, clandestinely sell them on the high seas. Thus may the amount of duties be increased. ART. II. Memorial of Choo Tsun on Opium: character ef the trade in it: impolicy of sanctioning it; its baneful effects on the pro- perty and on the physical and moral character, of the people. Dated October, 1830. CHOO TSUN, member of the council and of the Board of Rites, kneel- ing, presents the following memorial, wherein he suggests the propriety of increasing the severity of certain prohibitory enactments, with a view to maintain the dignity of the laws, and to remove a great evil from among the people: to this end he respectfully states his views on the subject, and earnestly intreats his sacred majesty to cast a glance thereon. I would humbly point out, that wherever an evil exists it should be at once removed; and that the laws should never be suffered to fall into desuetude. Our government, having received from heaven, the gift of peace, has transmitted it for two centuries: this has afforded opportunity for the removal of evils from among the people. For gov- erning the central nation, and for holding in submission all the sur- rounding barbarians, rules exist perfect in their nature, and well-fitted to attain their end. And in regard to opium, special enactments were passed for the prohibition of its use in the first year of Keaking (1796); and since then, memorials presented at various successive periods, have given rise to additional prohibitions, all which have been inserted in the code and the several tariffs. The laws, then, relating thereto are not wanting in severity; but there are those in office who, for want of energy, fail to carry them into execution. Hence the peo- ple's minds gradually become callous; and base desires, springing up among them, increase day by day and month by month, till their rank luxuriance has spread over the whole empire. These noisome weeds, having been long neglected, it ha< become impossible to era- dicate. And those to whom this duty is intrusted are, as if hand- bound, wholly at a loss what to do. When the foreign ships convey opium to the coast, it is impossible for . them to sell it by retail. Hence there are at Canton, in the provincial city brokers, named 'melters.' These engage money-changers to ar- range the price with the foreigners, and to obtain orders for them ; with which orders they proceed to the receiving ships, and there the vile 37 Memorial of Choo Tsun on Opium. 391 ig is delivered to them. This part of the transaction is notorious, 1 the actors in it are easily discoverable. The boats which carry : drug, and which are called ' fast-crabs' and ' scrambling-dragons,' all well furnished with guns and other weapons, and ply their oars swiftly as though they were wings. Their crews have all the over- ring assumption and audacity of pirates. Shall such men be suf- ;d to navigate the surrounding seas according to their own will? i shall such conduct be passed over without investigation 1 'he late governor Loo having, on one occasion, sent the commo- ; Tsin Yuchang to cooperate with Teen Poo, the magistrate of .ngshan, those officers seized a vessel belonging to Leang He:;n- , which was carrying opium, and out of her they took 14,00f ies of the drug. Punishment also was inflicted on the criminals ukew and Owkwan, both of them opium-brokers. Hence it is rent, that, if the great officers in charge of the provinces do in i show an example to their civil and military subordinates, and if > do in sincerity search for the drug, and faithfully seize it when :1, apprehending the most criminal, and inflicting upon them •c. punishment, it is, in this case, not impossible to attain the ed end. And if the officers are indeed active and strenuous in exertions, and make a point of inflicting punishment on offen- will the people, however perverse and obstinate they may be, • continue fearless of the laws? No. The thing to be lamented (lability in maintaining the laws—the vigorous execution there- ng often and suddenly exchanged for indolent laxity, las been represented that advantage is taken of the laws against i, by extortionate underlings and worthless vagrants, to benefit elves. Is it not known, then, that, where the government en- . law there is necessarily an infraction of that law? And i the law should sometimes be relaxed and become ineffectual, •ely it should not on that account be abolished ; any more than uld altogether cease to eat because of diseased stoppage of •oat. When have not prostitution, gambling, treason, robbery, ch-like infractions of the laws, afforded occasions for extor- underlings arid worthless vagrants to benefit themselves, and jhood and bribery to amass wealth? Of these there have been it instances; and as any instance, is discovered, punishment sted. But none surely would contend, that the law, because in stances rendered ineffectual, should therefore be abrogated! vs that forbid to do wrong may be likened to the dykes which the overflowing of water. If any one, then, urging that the .re very old, and therefore useless, we should have them down, what words could express the consequences of the >us rush and all-destroying overflow! Yet the provincials, scussing the subject of opium, being perplexed and bewild- it, think that a prohibition which does not utterly prohibit, than one which does not effectually prevent, the importa- he drug. Day and night I have meditated on this, and can see no wisdom in the opinion. 392 JAN. Memorial of Cho<> Tsun on Opium. It is said that the opium should be admitted, subject to a duty, the importers being required to give it into the hands of the hong mer- chants, in barter only for merchandise, without being allowed to sell it for money. And this is proposed as a means of preventing money from secretly oozing out of the country. But the English, by whom opium is sold, have been driven out to Lintin so long since as the first year of Taoukwang (1821), when the then governor of Kwangtung and Kwangse discovered and punished the warehousers of opium: so long have they been expelled, nor have they ever since imported it into Macao. Having once suppressed the trade and driven them away, shall we now again call upon them and invite them to return? This would be, indeed, a derogation from the true dignity of govern- ment. As to the proposition to give tea in exchange, and entirely to prohibit the exportation of even foreign silver, 1 apprehend that, if the tea should not be found sufficient, money will still be given in exchange for the drug. Besides, if it is in our power to prevent the exportation of dollars, why not also to prevent the importation of opi- um? And if we can but prevent the importation of opium, the ex- portation of dollars will then cease of itself, and the two offenses will both at once be stopped. Moreover, is it not better, by continuing the old enactments, to find even a partial remedy for the evil, than by a change of the laws to increase the importation still further? As to levying a duty on opium, the thing sounds so awkwardly, and reads so unbeseemingly, that such a duty ought surely not to be levied. Again, it is said that the prohibitions against the planting of the poppy by natives should be relaxed; and that the direct consequences will be, daily diminution of the profits of foreigners, and in course of time the entire cessation of the trade without the aid of prohibitions. Is it, then, forgotten that it is natural to the common people to prize things heard of only by the ear, and to undervalue those which are before their eyes,—to pass by those things which are near at hand, and to seek after those which are afar off,—and, though they have a thing in their own land, yet to esteem more highly such as come to them from beyond the seas? Thus, in Keangsoo, Chekeang, Fuhke;;n, and Kwangtung, they will not quietly be guided by the laws of the empire, but must needs make use of foreign money: and this foreign money, though of an inferior standard, is nevertheless exchanged by them at a higher rate than the native sycee silver, which is pure. And although money is cast in China after exactly the same pattern, under the names of Keangsoo pieces, Fuhkeen pieces, and native or Canton pieces, yet this money has not been able to gain currency among the people. Thus, also, the silk and cotton goods of China are not insufficient in quantity; and yet the broadcloths, and camlets, and cotton goods, of the barbarians from beyond the pale of the empire are in constant request. Taking men generally, the minds of all are equally unenlightened in this respect, so that all men prize what is strange, and undervalue whatever is in ordinary use. From Fuhkeen, Kwangtung, Chekeang, Shangtung, Yunnan, and Kweichow, memorials have been presented by the censors and other •of them- ^od an iu\ •*' My an history of habit 337. Memorial of Choo Tsun on Opium. 393 Beers, requesting that prohibitions should be enacted against the iltivation of the poppy, and against the preparation of opium ; but hile nominally prohibited, the cultivation of it has not been really opped in those places. Of any of those provinces, except Yunnan, do not presume to speak ; but of that portion of the country I have in my power to say, that the poppy is cultivated all over the hiils id the open campaign, and that the quantity of opium annually pro- iced there cannot be less th:m several thousand chests. And yet e do not see any diminution in the quantity of silver exported as >mpared with any previous period; while, on the other hruid, the ck of the metal in Yunnan is double in degree what it formerly was. o what cause is this to be ascribed? To what but that ths consu- ers of the drug are very many, and that those who are choice and tinty, with regard to its quality, prefer always the foreign article? Those of your majesty's advisers who compare the drup to the dried afofthe tobacco plant are in error. The tobacco leaf does not :stroy the human constitution. The profit too arising from the sale tobacco is small, while that arising from opium is large. Besides, bacco may be cultivated on bare and barren ground, while the u jp- • needs a rich and fertile soil. If all the rich and fertile ground be ;ed for planting the poppy; and if the people, hoping for a large ofit therefrom, madly engage in its cultivation; where will flax and e mulberry-tree be cultivated, or wheat and rye be planted? To aw off in this way the water of the great fountain, requisite for the oduction of food and raiment, and to lavish them upon the root icnce calamity and disaster spring forth, is an error which may be mpared to that of a physician, who, when treating a mere external scase, should drive it inwards to the heart and centre of the body, may in such a case be found impossible even to preserve life. And all the fine fields of Kwangtung, that produce their three crops ery year, be given up for the cultivation of this noxious weed—those Ids in comparison with which the unequal soil of all other parts of ; empire is not even to be mentioned? To sum up the matter,—the wide-spreading and baneful influence opium, when regarded simply as injurious to property, is of inferior portance; but when regarded as hurtful to the people, it demands >st anxious consideration: for in the people lies the very foundation the empire. Property, it is true, is that on which the subsistence the people depends. Yet a deficiency of it may be supplied, d an impoverished people improved ; whereas it is beyond the power any artificial means to save a people enervated by luxury. In the itory of Formosa we find the folowing paur-a^c: "Opium was first >duced in Kaoutsinne which by some is said to be the same as Ka- ,a (or Batavia). The natives of this place were at the first spright- and active, and being good soldiers, were always successful in ttle. But the people called Hung-maou (Red-haired) came thither, J having manufactured opium, seduced some of the natives into the ait of smoking it; from these the mania for it rapidly spread t the whole nation; so that, in process of time, the natives VOL. v, xo. ix. 50 394 183' Memorial of Choo Tsun on Opium. JAN. became feeble and enervated, submitted to the foreign rule, and ulti- mately were completely subjugated." Now the English are of the race of foreigners called Hung-maou. In introducing opium into this country, their purpose has been to weaken and enfeeble the central empire.* If not early aroused to a sense of our danger, we shall find ourselves, erelong, on the last step towards ruin. The repeated instances, within a few years, of the barbarians in question having assumed an attitude of outrageous disobedience; and the stealthy entrance of their ships into the provinces of Fuhkeen, Chekeang, Keangnan, and Shantung, and even toTeentsin,—to what motive are these to be attributed? I am truly unably to answer the inquiry. But, reverently perusing the sacred instructions of your majesty's all-wise progenitor, surnamed the Benevolent [Kanghe], I find the following remark by him, dated the I0th month of the 55th year of his reign (1717):—" There is cause for apprehension, lest, in centuries or millenniums to come, China may be endangered by col- lision with the various nations of the west, who come hither from be- yond the seas." I look upwards and admiringly contemplate the gracious consideration of that all-wise progenitor, in taking thought for the concerns of barbarians beyond the empire, and giving the dis- tant future a place in his divine and all-pervading foresight. And now, within a period of two centuries, we actually see the commence- ment of that danger which he apprehended. Though it is not practicable to put a sudden and entire stop to their commercial in- tercourse; yet the danger should be duly considered and provided against; the ports of the several provinces should be guarded with all strictness; and some chastisement should be administered, as a warn- ing and foretaste of what may be anticipated. Under date of the 23d year of Keaking (1818), your majesty's benevolent predecessor, surnamed the Profound, directing the govern- or of Canton to adopt measures to control and restrain the barbarians addressed him in the following terms: "The empire, in ruling and restraining the barbarians beyond its boundaries, gives to them always fixed rules and regulations. Upon those who are obedient, it lavishes its rich favors ; but to be the rebellious and disodedient it displays its terrors. Respecting the English trade at Canton, and the anchorage grounds of their merchant-ships and of their naval convoys, regula- * The following remarks were written by a public Journalist in Calcutta at nearly the same mom?nt Choo Tsun was preparing his memorial in Peking. Speaking of the "External Commerce of the Bengal Presidency," the writer says, "It has been increased by not less than a crore and a half of rupees ; yet the pleasure of contemplating so large an increase of national prosperity is not with- out its alloy, for, the larger item belongs to the pernicious article of opium; of which the increase of export from Calcutta alone, in the past year, amounts to seventy lakhs of rupees. The amount contributed by this presidency to debase the morals, and destroy the mental and corporeal vigor of the Chinese nation, has now reached two millions sterling. One might almostfancy that trade arose out of some preconceived plan for stupifying the Chinese^ to pave the way fur con- quering the empire, if we did not know how predominant the pecuniary passion i« in modern nations.' The Friend of India, vol. ii , No. 87 Aug. 25th, 1 836 Memorial of Choo Tsun on Opium. 395 ive long since been made. If the people, aforesaid, will not ese regulations, and will persist in opposition to the prohibitory cuts, the first step to be taken is, to impress earnestly upon le plain commands of government, and to display before them 3th the favors and the terrors of the empire, in order to eradi- >m their minds all their covetous and ambitious schemes. If, islanding, they dare to continue in violent and outrageous op- n, and presume to pass over the allotted bounds, forbearance hen cease, and a thundering fire from our cannon must be 1 upon them, to make them quake before the terror of our arms, •t, the principle on which the ' far-traveled strangers are to be led' is this: always, in the first instance, to employ reason as i.ipou whereby to conquer them; and on no account to assume «t and vehment deportment towards them ; but when ultimate- secomes necessary to resort to military force, then, on the hand, never to employ it in a weak and indecisive manner, lest towards whom it is exercised should see therein no cause for : dread." How clear and luminous are these admonitions, well to become a rule to all generations! ce your majesty's accession to the throne, the maxim of your ious house, that ' horsemanship and archery are the foundations existence,' has ever been carefully remembered. And hence the nors, the It.-governors, the commanders of the forces, and their dinates have again and again been directed to pay the strictest ion to the discipline and exercise of the troops, and of the naval i; and have been urged and required to create by their exertions r and powerful legions. With admiration I contemplate my sa- iovereign's anxious care for imparting a military as well as a civil .tion, prompted as this anxiety is by the desire to establish on a lasis the foundations of the empire, and to hold in awe the bar- is on every side. But while the stream of importation of opium , turned aside, it is impossible to attain any certainty that none n the camp do ever secretly inhale the drug. And if the camp ce contaminated by it, the baneful influence will work its way, tie habit will be contracted beyond the power of reform. When jriodical times of desire for it come round, how can the victims— legs tottering, their hands trembling, their eyes flowing with -like tears—be able in any way to attend to their proper exer- 1 Or how can such men form strong and powerful legions? Un- hese circumstances, the military will become alike unfit to ad- e to the fight, or in a retreat to defend their posts. Of this there ;ar proof in the instance of the campaign against the Yaou rebels, e 12th year of our soverign's reign (1832). In the army sent to ichow, on that occasion, great numbers of the soldiers were m-smokers; so that although their numerical force was large, e was hardly any strength to be found among them. is said, indeed, that when repealing the prohibitions, the people are to be allowed to deal in and smoke the drug; and that none ue officers, the scholars, and the military, are to be allowed the 396 18$ Memorial of Choo Tsun on Opium. JAN. liberty. But this is bad casuistry. It is equal to the popular pro- verb, "shut a woman's ears, before you steal her ear-rings"—an absurdity. The officers, with all the scholars and the military, do not amount in number to more than one tenth of the whole popula- tion of the empire; and the other nine tenths are all the common people. The great majority of those who at present smoke opium are the relatives and dependents of the officers of government, whose ex- ample has extended the practice to the mercantile classes, and has gradually contaminated the inferior officers, the military, and the scholars. Those who do not smoke are the common people of the villages and hamlets. If then the officers, the scholars, and the mili- tary, alone, be prohibited smoking opium, while all the people are permitted to deal in and smoke it, this will be to give a full license to those of the people who already indulge in it, and to induce those wl.o have never yet indulged in the habit to do so. And if it is even now to be feared that some will continue smokers in spite of all pro- hibitions, is it to be hoped that any will refrain when they are actual- ly induced by the government to indulge in it? Besides, if the people be at liberty to smoke opium, how shall the officers, the scholars, and the military be prevented? What! of the officers, the scholars, and the military, are there any that are born in civil or military situations,or that are born scholars, or soldiers? All certainly are raised up from the level of the common people. To take an instance: let a vacancy occur in a body of soldiers; it must necessarily be filled up by recruits from among the people. But the gr.':±t majority of recruits are men of no character or respectability, and, if while they were among the common people they were smokers of opium, by what bands of law shall they be restrained when they become soldiers, after the habit has been already contracted, and has so taken hold of them that it is beyond their power to break it off? Such a policy was that referred to by Mencius, when he spoke of "entrapping the people." And if the officers, the scholars, and the rri'itary smoke the drug in the quiet of their own families, by what me.n=" is this to be discovered or prevented? Should an officer be un. Vn; to restrain himself, shall then his clerks, his followers, his ui-juevic servants, have it in their power to make his failing their play-thing, and by the knowledge of his secret to hold his situation at their disposal? We dread falsehood anl bribery, and yet we would thus widen the door to admit them. We are anxious to prevent the amassing of wealth by unlawful means, and yet by this policy we would ourselves increase opportunities for doing so. A father, in such a case, would no longer be able to reprove his son, an elder brother to restrain his junior, nor a master to rule his own household. Will not this policy, then, be every way calculated to stir up strife? Or if happily the thing should not run to this extreme, the conse- quences will yet be equally bad : secret enticement and mutual con- nivance will ensue, until the very commonness of the practice shall render it no longer a subject of surprise. From this I conclude, that to permit the people to deal in the drug and smoke it, at the same time bite< A atre « of fa -=its la -will I -habit And on •(ready i men—tl S37. Memorial of Choo Tsitn on Opium. 397 me that the officers, the scholars, and the military are to be prohi- ited the use of it, will be found to be fraught with difficulties. At the present moment, throughout the empire, the minds of men, re in imminent danger; the more foolish, being seduced by teachers f false doctrines, are sunk in vain superstitions and cannot be arous- d; and the more intelligent, being intoxicated by opium, are car- led away as by a whirlpool, and are beyond recovery. Most thought- illy have I sought for some plan by which to arouse and awaken) 11, but in vain. While, however, the empire preserves and maintains; s laws, the plain and honest rustic will see what he has to fear and, •ill be deterred from evil; and the man of intelligence and cultivated abits will learn what is wrong in himself, and will refrain from it. .nd thus, though the laws be declared by some to be but waste aper, yet these their unseen effects will be of no trifling nature. If, n the other hand, the prohibitions be suddenly repealed, and the ction which was a crime be no longer counted such by the govern- lent, how shall the dull clown and the mean among the people know lat the action is still in itself wrong? In open day and with un- lushing front, they will continue to use opium till they shall be- ome so accustomed to it, that eventually they will find it as mills- ensable as their daily meat and drink, and will inhale the noxious rug with perfect indifference. When shame shall thus be entirely estroyed, and fear removed wholly out of the way, the evil conse- uences that will result to morality and to the minds of men will as* iredly be neither few nor unimportant. As your majesty's minister, know that the laws of the empire, being in their existing state well- tted to effect their end, will not for any slight cause be changed,. in the proposal to alter the law on this subject having been made id discussed in the provinces, the instant effect has been, that craf- 'thieves and villains have on all hands begun to raise their heads, id open their eyes, gazing about, and pointing the finger, under the otion that, when once these prohibitions are repealed, thenceforth id forever they may regard themselves free from every restraint id from every cause of fear. Though possessing very poor abilities I have nevertheless had thfl appiness to enjoy the favor of your sacred majesty, and have, within space of but few years, been raised through the several grades of the snsorate, and the presidency of various courts in the metropolis, to le high elevation of a seat in the Inner Council. I have been copious* • embued with the rich dew of favors; yet have been unable to ofieo le feeblest token of gratitude; but if there is aught within thq ampass of my knowledge, 1 dare not to pass it by unnoticed. I feel my duty to request that your majesty's commands may be proclaim-. 1 to the governors ahd lieut.-governors of all the provinces, require ig them to direct the local officers to redouble their efforts for the erjf •rcement of the existing prohibition [against opium]; and to impress i every one, in the plainest and strictest manner, that all who are ready contaminated by the vile habit must return and become new. icn,—that if any continue to walk in their former courses, stranger* 398 Memorial of Choo Tsun on Opium. JAN. to repentance and to reformation, they shall assuredly be subjected to the full penalty of the law, and shall not meet with the least indul- gence, — and that on any found guilty of storing up or selling opium to the amount of 1000 catties or upwards, the most severe punish- ment shall be inflicted. Thus happily the minds of men may be im- pressed with fear, and the report thereof, spreading over the seas (among foreigners) may even there produce reformation. Submitting to my sovereign my feeble and obscure views, I prostrate implore' your sacred majesty to cast a glance on this my respectful memorial.! n tf ART. III. Memorial of Heu Kew against the admission of opium: »v scarcity and present value of silver; its exportation caused by ** the opium trade; plan of stopping it; illegalities and violence of foreigners; and the necessity of their being checked. HEU KEW sub-censor over the military department, kneeling, pre- sents this memorial, to point out the increasing craftness exercised by foreigners from beyond the seas, in their pursuit of gain, and the daily diminution of the resources of the empire; on which subjects he respectfully offers his views, and requests that the imperial plea- sure may be declared to the ministers of the court, commanding them maturely to consider what means shall be adopted to stay the grad- ual effux of money, and to enrich the national resources. Our dynasty has cherished and nurtured the people in peace and prosperity for two centuries. Within the four seas, wealth and opu- lence have reigned; and the central empire has been enabled from her own resousces to supply her own necessities. Westward, to the new territory of Turkestan, and southward, to Yunnan and Kwang- 5Jfl£ tung, there is not a place whither her merchants may not go; nor a j[jj i spot where her treasures of silver do not circulate. In the reign of .1 i Keenlung the treasure was full and abounding, and even the cottage 7^ of the peasant enjoyed plenty. But, whereas a tael of pure silver then lUigt always passed for 1000 of the standard coin, an equal amount of fine '^^ silver now costs from 1400 to 1500 of the same coin. And this fine Q_ silver is daily lessening in quantity, and the price still rising from day , to day, so that for want of it the officers of government and the peo- *° ma, pie are both alike crippled. Some, in discussing this subject, repre- years 6 sent that the change arises from the daily multiplication of births, in conceri consequence of which money is daily more distributed, so that every fattA, day renders it in a greater degree inadequate. They forget that, if hands o distributed over China alone, it may after distribution be regathered. on beha But the true cause why silver has of late daily diminished in quan- petitiou tity is, that, having been clandestinely carried out beyond the seas, them to it has been impossible to gather it in again from the places of its in the s distribution. 337. Memorial of Heu Kew on Opium. 399 According to the information that I have obtained, the sale of )ium is the chief medium through which money is drained off, and irried beyond the saas. In the first year of Keaking, the opium >ld by foreigners in Kwangtung did not exceed a few hundred chests, he number has now increased to upwards of 20,000 chests. These iclude three distinct kinds, the 'black-earth,' the 'white-skinned,' id the 'red-skinned.' The price of earth chest is from 800 to 900 Mara for the best, und from 500 to 600 for the inferior quality. This >plies to what is sold in the province of Kwangtung. With regard i the other provinces, the vessels of which carry on illicit traffic with ic receiving ship at Lintin, it is difficult to obtain any full and com- ete statement respecting them. The amount annually lost to the country is about ten and some odd illions of money. The money thus lost was, at first, the foreign oney wherewith foreigners had previously purchased goods; now it entirely the fine silver of the inner land, cast into a different form ; Macao. Formerly the foreigners imported money, to purchase the erchandise of the country; but it now has all been carried back, i the first instance it was their practice to recast the foriegn money, aring lest any discovery should be made of their transaction; but DW they openly carry away sycee silver. The ships which, as they •ing commodities of all kinds, anchor at Whampoa, used fomerly to ive opium concealed in their holds, but in the first year of Taou- ivang (1821), owning to a petition from one Ye Hangshoo, invest- ition was made, and the hong merchants have always since then jen required to sign bonds, that no foreign vessel which enters the jrt of Canton has any opium on board; and from that period,, the >ium-receiving ships have all anchored at Lintin, only going in the ih or 5th month of every year (May or June) to the anchorage of apshuy Moon, and in the 9th month (Obtober) returning to Lintin. i the 13th year (1835), the foreigners discoveried that the anchor- re of Kumsing Moon affoids more perfect security: and since then ley have removed their anchorage from Kapshwuy Moon to Kuni- ng Moon. The latter place is near to the villages KepS. and Tang- ja, pertaining to the district of Heangshan; and the anchorage of IB ships there, inexpedient as it is for the people resident in those llages, is not the less convenient for such traitorous natives as are ! combination with the foreigners. One method employed to take away money from the country is this; i made out false names of jthe ships that have been to China some jars before, ships of which the captains do not exist, and the parties >ncerned in which are dead; and then to represent, that, at a time ated, such-an-one had deposited such an amount of money in the mds of so-and-so, and that the applicant now wishes to carry it away, i behalf of the party named.. The hang merchants make artful stitious of this kind for the foreigners, and thus obtain permission for lem to carry away money. Another method is, to have money put i the same packages with merchandise. 400 183' Memorial of Heu Kete on Opium. JAN. It is since the suppression of the pirates in the reign of Keaking that opium has gradually blazed up into notice. At first the annual sale of it did not exceed in value a few millions; but of late it has risen to nearly twenty millions; and the increase and accumulation of the amount, from day to day and from month to month, is more than can be told. How can it be otherwise than that the silver of China is lessened, and rendered insufficient, even daily! But that it. has gone to this length is altogether attributable to the conduct of the great officers of the above-named province, in times past—to their sloth and remissness, their Tearfulness and timidity, their anxiety to show themselves liberal and indulgent,—by which they have been led to neglect obedience to the prohibitory enactments, and to fail in the strict enforcement of the precuationary regulations. Our empire is wise and good in all its laws and statutes. Regula- tions have been enacted, in regard to the opening and working of mines, with a view to their en tire preservation, because this silver, pos- sessed in China, is not to be found native elsewhere. If then the ex- haustible stores of this empire be taken, to fill up an abyss of barbarian natioRS that never can be filled, unless measures be speedily adopted to prevent it, our loss will, within ten years, amount to thousands of millions, and where will be the end of this contiuual out-pouring? Some reasoners on the subject say, 'Cut off entirely commercial intercourse, and sacrifice one million of duties to retain in the country twenty millions of money : the loss will be small, the gain great.' They forget that the various countries of the west have had commercial inter- course here for many years; and that in one day to put an entire stop to it would not only be derogatory to the high dignity of the celestial empire, but would also, we may fear, be productive of any but good results. Others say, 'Repeal the prohibitions against opium, let it be given in exchange for merchandise, and let a duty be levied upon it. Thus our money will be saved from waste, and the customs duties will be rendered more abundant, so that a double advantage will be gained.' These forget, that, since—even while the law tends to prohibit the drug, the fine silver is nevertheless drawn off, and opium abundantly imported—there is room to doubt whether merchandise will alxvays be taken in exchange for the drug, when the sale cf it shall be made public, and may be carried on with open eyes and un- blushing boldness, and when the importation of it will consequently be greatly increased. A case in point is that of the ships bringing f<>- reign rice to Canton : in consequence of a representation to the throne, these ships are freed from the tax called 'measurement charge,' only being required to take return cargoes of merchandise; and now the Spanish and other rice-laden ships have made it a practice to take their return in specie. From this we may see, that, whenever the prohibition of opium shall be repealed, an increase in the clandestine drawing off of silver will be an inevitable consequence. Moreover, if the sale of the drug be not prohibited, neither can men be prevented from inhaling it. And if only the officers of go- vernment and the military be prohibited, these being all taken from the -' such •victi -of •7. Memorial of Heu Kcw on Opium. 401 scholars and common people, what ground will be found for any h partial prohibition to rest upon? Besides, having a clear con- lion that the thing is highly injurious to men, to permit it, notwith- iding, to pervade the empire—nay, even to lay on it a duty—a iduct quite incompatible with the yet uninjured dignity of the great I illustrious celestial empire. In my humble view of the case, the >ortation of sycee silver to foreign regions, and the importation of um, are both rightly interdicted. But local officers, having receiv- the interdicts, have not strenuously enforced them, and hence the 5 coming in has produced the out-going of the other. If, in place reprehending their failure strenuously to enforce them, these prn- >itions be even now repealed, this will be indeed to encourage the ,ious among the people, and to remove all fault from the local ot- ers. But how, when once this prohibition of opium is withdrawn, all the interdict against the exportation of sycee silver be rendered ict? It cannot be so; for we shall then ourselves have removed 3 barriers. It were better that, instead of altering and changing s Inws and enactments, and utterly breaking down the barrier ised by them, the old established regulations should be diligently nintained, that correction be severely employed. Now between the inner land and the' outer seas, a wide separation ists. The traitorous natives who sell the opium cannot alone, in irson, carry on the traffic with the foreign ships. To purchase holesale, there are brokers. To arrange all transactions, there are e hong merchants. To give orders to be carried to the receiving lips, that from them the drug may be obtained, there are resident irbarians. And to ply to and fro for its conveyance, there are boats illed 'fast-crabs.' From the great Ladrone island, at the entrance 'the inner seas, to Kumsing Moon, there are all along various naval ntions; and to bring in foreign vessels there are pilots appointed; > that it cannot be a difficult thiner to keep a constant watch upon e ships. And even though from Fuhkeen and Chekeang, from the jrts of Shanghae and Teentsin, vessels should repair directly to the iceiving ships to trade with them, yet, situated as their anchorage is, i the inner seas, what is there to prevent such vessels from being jserved and seized? And yet, of late years, there has been, only a ilitary instance, namely during the late governor Loo's administration, hen Teen Poo, magistrate of the district of Heangshan, in conjunc- on with the naval force, captured one single boat laden with opium. Hth this exception, we have seen but little of seizures. The reason , that the men who are appointed to observe and watch for offend- •s receive presents to pass over all things, and observe nothing. From times of old it has been a maxim, in reference to ruling irbarians, to deal closely with what is within, but to deal in gene- ils with that which is without,—first to govern one's self, and then illy to govern others. We must then, in the first place, establish rict regulations for the punishment of offenses; and afterwards we lay turn to the traitorous natives who sell the drug, the hong mer- liants who arrange the transactions, the brokers who purchase whole- VOL v. NO ix 51 183" 402 Memorial of Hcu Kete on Opium. JAN. tlOW, sale, the boat-people who convey the drug, and the naval officers who sire" receive bribes; and, having with the utmost strictness discovered and oljr c apprehended these offenders, we must inflict on them the severest er< punishments of the law. In this way, the inhabitants of the inner ji land may be awed and purified. attcn The resident barbarians dwell separately in the foreign factories. •, \s In the *»#»*•*»*» dete, * * * * *' and besides these there are, I appre- requ hend, many others. The treatment of those within having been render- Of vh ed severe, we may next turn to these resident foreigners, examine coos and apprehend them, and keep them in arrest; then acquaint them 1 pr with the established regulations, and compel them, within a limited sfeci period, to cause all the receiving ships anchored at Lintin to return to their country :—they should be required also to write a letter to .p, the king of their country, telling him that opium is a poison which gt jA has pervaded the inner land, to the material injury of the people; W^, that the celestial empire has inflicted on all the traitorous natives who i-ss* sold it the severest penalties; that with regard to themselves, the resident foreigners, the government taking into consideration that they are barbarains and aliens, forbears to pass sentence of death on them; but that if the opium-receiving ships will desist from coming to China, they shall be indulgently released and permitted to con- tinue their commercial intercourse as usual; whereas, if they will again build receiving vessels and bring tbem hither to entice the natives, the commercial intercourse granted them in teas, silks, &,c.( sh;,ll assuredly be altogether interdicted, and on the resident foreign- ers of the said nation the laws shall be executed capitally. If com- mands be issued of this plain and energetic character, in language strong, and in sense becoming, though their nature be the most ab- ject—that of a dog or a sheep, yet, having a care for their own lives, they will not fail to seek the gain, and to flee the danger. Some think this mode of proceeding too severe, and fear lest it should give rise to a contest on our frontiers. Again and again I have revolved this subject in my mind, and reconsidered how that, while in their own country no opium is smoked, the barbarians yet seek to poison therewith the people of the central flowery land; and that while they bring to us no foreign silver, they yet would take away our native coin; and I have therefore regarded them as undeserving that a single careful or anxious thought should be entertained on their behalf. Of late, the foreign vessels have presumed to make their way into every place, and to cruise about in the inner seas. Is it likely that in this they have no evil design of spying out our real strength, or weakness? If now they be left thus to go on from step to step, and their conduct be wholly passed over, the wealth of the land must daily waste away and be diminished. And, if when our people are worn out, and our wealth rendered insufficient, any difficulty should then, even by the slightest chance, as one in ten thousand, turn up, how, I would ask, shall it be warded off? Rather than to be utterly over- thrown hereafter, it is better to exercise consideration and forethought 17. Memorial of Heu Kete on Opium. 403 v, while yet our possession of the right gives us such energy and ingth, that those barbarians will not dare to slight and contemn government; nor (it may be hoped) have any longer the means of rcising their petty arts and devices. Regarding this as a subject of importance, I have given it the most sntive investigation: and having formed my own views thereon, s befitting that I should delineate and clearly state them. To ermine as to their correctness, or otherwise, it is my duty to [uest that your majesty's pleasure may be declared to the ministers the court, requiring them with full purpose of heart to take into isideration these views. Laying them before your sacred majesty, imstrate implore my sovereign to cast a glance upon them. A re- sctful memorial. Supplementary Statement. Furthermore, in regard to the residence of the foreign barbarians Macao, the prohibitory enactments are very full and clear. But I ve heard that it has of late been usual for the barbarians to sit in ge native sedans, and to hire natives to carry them: also to hire live females for purposes of prostitution, who are called ' la-fan." ureover, their merchant ships are not allowed by the regulations to (charge their cargoes clandestinely at Macao; but of late it has come customary for only those ships to make their anchorage at hampoa which have return cargoes of merchandise (o take away; lile the others never enter the port, nor announce their arrival, tiese last send their finer and lighter goods, on board the boats call- 'fast-crabs,' from Kumsing Moon and other places, for sale. The arser and heavier goods, they unlawfully send in cargo boats direct the Stack-house (in Chinese Sta') at Macao; after which they call >on the hong merchants to hire chop-boats to convey them to the ovincial city, and exchange them for other goods,—thus not only ading the measurement charge and duties, but also avoiding exami- tinn on the part of the native authorities. But the extreme case is this:—at Macao, on the outside of the ite called the Ditch-gate, are very numerous graves of the natives. the second month of the present year the foreigners made a wide ad there, levelling entirely the graves. The sub-prefect stationed at e place reported this to his superiors ; and, at his repuest, a deputy as sent to visit the spot in concert with him, and to reprehend the reigners. These, however, would not make acknowledgment of eir offense; and when the officers sent men to repair the tombs, ey even led on their barbarian slaves, aad beat the native police and •jiplc. Afterwards a linguist was sent to admonish them authorita- K-ly; and then only they sent an address to the officer, seeking to mciliate him. Such outrageous, overbearing, and lawless conduct •ises wholly from this, that the local officers thinking forbearance to ; the most quiet policy, seek onfy to obtain present freedom from sturbance, and hence give occasion for being treated with slight id contempt. 404 Memorial of Hen Kiw on Opium. JAN. 1837 Macao is within the jurisdiction of the district Heangshnn, and on all sides of it there are naval stations. For all its daily necessaries, it is compelled to look up to us. The compradors employed by the foreigners there, are natives to whom permits are granted by the government. Should, therefore, the least insubordination be shown by Tj, the foreigners, there would be no difficulty in immediately having their Jives in our hands. I have been told that a former magistrate of that district, named Pang Choo, on account of the pride and profli- THE gacy of these barbarians removed from among them all the native t halt- dealers and merchants, and allowed no commercial intercourse on incre* the part of natives with them; till the barbarians, trembling with specif fear, were at once brought to order. This is yet in the recollection rnenl>. of the gentry of Heangshan. Since a district magistrate could effect j the thus much, would the barbarians dare even to move, if the great of- • ect oi ficers of the country would make a display of their power? Another t=>eeo » instance occurs to me. The barbarians at Canton built a quay, out- ^'e' ?°c side the city, a work which went on for months without any bin- !E^—-3S drrnce being made to it. But when your majesty's minister Choo "-- Kweiching was sent thither as lieut.-governor, he went to the spot, set down his sedan there, and commanded the instant destruction of the work; and the barbarians, subdued by his unostentatious firmness, dared not even to utter a word. Again, the year before last, when Lord Napier brought ships of war up to Whampoa, your majesty's minister Loo Kwan, the governor, stationed the naval forces so as to present a close unbroken line of defense ; and the barbarians were at once filled with dismay, repented their error, and requested a permit to leave the port. We see from these instances that the barbarians have never yet failed to succumb. Now, to make ostentatious show of terrors is, it is true, calculated to ruin affairs: but to pass faults over in silence is, on the other hand, calculated to nourish depravity. If the old regulations be not render- ed conspicuous, and the prohibitions be not strictly enforced, these barbarians will end with doing whatever they please, imagining that there is no limit to forbearance. The barbarians, pluming them- selves on their great wealth, extensively practice bribery and corrup- tion, and have many traitorous natives for their agents, and many of the police in combination with them. Hence, if a talented, intelligent, Bei nnd determined officer were, in the first place, to punish severely the Man Chinese traitors, we may hope that he would thus be able at once to in the ov- rwhelm the spirit of the barbarians. ofil! | This further exposition of my feeble and obscure views, it behoves edicts, me to add to my previous representation, and, prostrate, lay it before nfam your sacred majesty, hoping that my sovereign will cast a glance Tdjjj; thereon. A respectful memorial, c|arej* proiiii( Hence Tstion, piillfo Imperial Edict, 405 IV. Imperial edict, referring the memorials of Choo Tsun and e.u Kew to the chief provincial officers of Canton; with brief marks on the present state of the question. counselor Choo Tsun has presented a memorial, requesting he severity of the prohibitory enactments against opium may be used. The sub-censor Heu Kew also has laid before us a re- ful representation of his views: and, in a supplementary state- , a recommendation to punish severely Chinese traitors. >ium, coming from the distant regions of barbarians, has pervad- le country with its baneful influence, and has been made a sub- of very severe prohibitory enactments. But, of late, there has a diversity of opinion in regard to it, some requesting a change in >olicy hitherto adopted, and others recommending the contiriu- i of the severe prohibitions. It is highly important to consider subject carefully in all its bearings, surveying at once the whole of action, so that such measures may be adopted as shall con- e forever in force free from all failure. el Taug and his colleagues anxiously and carefully consult toge- • upon the recommendation to search for, and with utmost strictness rehend, all those traitorous natives who sell the drug, the hongmer- nts who arrange the transactions in it, the brokers who purchase y wholesale, the boat-men who are engaged in transporting it, and marines who receive bribes; and having determined on the is to be taken in order to stop up the source of the evil, let them sent a true and faithful report. Let them also carefully ascertain 1 report, whether the circumstances stated by Heu Kew in his sup- mentary document, in reference to the foreigners from beyond the is, be true or not, whether such things as are mentioned there- have or have not taken place. Copies of the several documents ; to be herewith sent to those officers for perusal; and this edict is be made known to Tang and Ke, who are to enjoin it also on Wan, e superintendent of maritime customs. Respect this. Before introducing the next two articles, a few remarks seem ne- ;ssary in order to afford our distant readers, who may be interested i the question respecting the introduction of opium, a correct idea f its present position. It can be shown by a series of imperial iicts, that, during the last forty years, the government of China has ndeavored to prevent both the introduction and the use of the drug, ^his is affirmed by the counselor Choo Tsun ; who, furthermore, de- ;lares that the quantity of opium annually produced in his native irovince, Yunnan, "cannot be less than several thousand chests." rlence it is evident that, notwithstanding the prohibitions, the culti- vation, importation, and use, of opium, have for some years been ri- )idly on the increase. What has been the effect of those interdicts, 406 Imperial Edict. JAN.' * so often repeated since 1796, this is not the place to inquire ; coun- selor Choo Tsun, however, is doubtless right in supposing that their revocation would be the cause of increasing the import ition and the cultivation of opium, and consequently its use. But a different opi- nion has been advanced. Some time previous to the appearance of ~^ Heu Naetse's memorial, it was rumored that individuals, concerned in the administration of the government, deemed it politic to admit the drug through the custom-house, in order to benefit the revenue, to prevent smuggling, and to diminish the use of opium. But it re- rfl mained for the vice-president of the sacrificial court, Heu Naetse, to take the lead in openly avowing these sentiments, and for the pro- vincial government of Canton — governor Tang Tingching, lieut.- governor Ke Kung, the chief commissioners of finance and justice Altsingah and Wang Tsingleen, and Wftn the superintendent of ma- ^/ ritime customs — to second them. While these local officers were engaged in drawing up their report, Choo Tsun and Heu Kew came forward (as it was expected some would do) on the opposite side of the ,-n J question and in support of the existing prohibitions. The report of the *ga governor and his colleagues had scarcely left Canton, when (October *^£ 16th,) the dispatch containing the mandate at the head of this article, "~ and the preceding counter-memorials (art. ii. and iii.), was put into their hands. What report the " provincials" have sent up to the em- peror in reply to this last edict we do not know. It is supposed by some, that the emperor has already entrusted the governor with dis- cretionary power to admit it or not, and that his excellency, partly as a compliment to the court, and partly to screen himself from future animadversion, has referred back to Peking for express commands. Be this as it may, most vigorous efforts, as on some former occasions, are being made to stop the smuggling — not only of opium, but of other < articles which, in consequence of high duties, have been " continually oozing out of the country." The amount of opium annually imported, and the manner of doing it, are tolerably well detailed in the memo- rials, though that brought from Turkey has been put to the account of Madras. The statements about castjng money at Macao are false; and we doubt whether that respecting carrying it away, " by putting it in the same packages with merchandise," is correct: what the hong merchants may have done, " it is difficult for us to determine." We have omitted the names of the nine merchants specified in the memo- rial of Heu Kew, chiefly for two reason ; 1st, because it is not plain who were intended, some of the names having been applied to differ- ent parties by different individuals; and 2dly, because the list is a partial one, including some who have had but little to do with the trade, and omitting others who have been extensively engaged in it. Though many of the foreign residents have been concerned in the traffic, yet that there is in this community a strong feeling counter to it, is sufficiently evident from the fact, that the next two articles are from merchants who have long resided in Canton, and that (as we are assured on good authority,) the essay published by archdeacon Deallry in Calcutta was written in China by a British merchant. Remarks on the Opium Trade. 407 V. Remarks on the opium trade, contained in a letter written i reply to those of A Reader, published in the Repository for December, IS36. From a Correspondent. Reader will perceive from this and the following article, that his •ks have not failed to attract attention ; how far they are refuted by the :ks of " Another Reader," and by those of " V. P. M." we leave it for i ml our other readers to form each their own opinions: the following ia jtter of our Correspondent.] 0 the Editor of the Chinese Repsitory, Being a well-wisher to all free discussion, and convinced that tient hearing of both sides of a cause is the best way to arrive] at r conclusion, I have been glad to see that you have commenced 3cussion as to the merits of the opium trade. In this country, as iidia, any one daring enough to attack this is sure to have arrayed inst him a powerful host of antagonists; for interest is a wakeful ;>cate. Your impartiality is proved by your admission of what call a " defense," the sophistry of which, as of much that has n said on the subject, may be easily exposed. This I will endea- to do. Were the traffickers in this poison,—for such no one in possession his senses can deny it to be, to state plainly that they deal in it rely as a matter of gain; and that, wilh them, this determination ersedes every consideration of right or wrong, then their premises ild be at once seen, and opposition or reasoning would be vain, since conviction would be fruitless; but when, as now, the practice, 1 in itself, and necessarily felt to be so, is upheld by anxious so- islication, it is but right that it be exposed. I have looked in vain roughout the letter of your Correspondent, " A Reader," for any >re cogent argument than that of the hired bravo, "I do not see at I am doing any harm : if I did not take the profit, some one else, t so thin skinned, would "—which may be broadly pronounced the jst mischievous, false, and dangerous principle to morality that has er been invented. What! because some poor reprobate or outcast ay be found to embark in deeds of darkness, can that be quoted as i excuse, an argument, for men, for gentlemen, whose wealth, or eans of obtaining it, remove them from, at least, vulgar temptation 1 ruly, a pretty argument! The main danger, from your Correspon- jnt's remarks, would appear to be, lest the supply of China with this rug " should be thrown into the hands of desperadoes, pirates, and mrauders, instead of a body of capitalists:" a highly logical and anclusive argument, no doubt; and one that should, of course, satisfy ie Chinese government of the purity and kind care of the present pur- eyors; though how and why it coe.ld be Worse, were " the marau- ers," and so forth, to be the carriers, it would puzzle all the Chinese ud foreigners to boot, to determine. Were not great capital, skill, 406 JAN. Remarks on the Opium Trade. I . -> I I. t! i|: 11, ;;;i ••M ;> i: 1:1 m MI t:i t V 1 "I and enterprise embarked in this trade, it would never have arrived at its present magnitude; and this is, as far as I know, all the differ- ence that the management of the trade by gentlemen has caused; and it may be questioned whether the Chinese could so accurately distin- guish between these polite purveyors and " the desperadoes and ma- rauders," as A Reader does. In what other light can they claim to appear? Constantly, avowedly, notoriously, in the practice of a trade, directly opposed to the laws of the empire; not less opposed to morality and propriety; the purveyors of a m >st powerful incentive to vice; a fierce moral destroying agent—on what has the opium mrr- chant to plume himself, beyond his brother smuggler and law bre:ikf>r, the contraband gin-importer into Great Britain? Nay, on some points, his unenlightened and despised collaborateur in the cause has the advantage, at any rate in the estimation of those»engaged in these habits. The one risks his life—the other, shielding himself behind the corruption of the local officers, or the weakness of the marine, carries on deeds of unlawfulness, without even the risk or excitement of personal danger ; and coolly comments on the injustice of the Chi- nese government in refusing the practice of international law and reciprocity to countries, whose subjects it knows only as engaged in constant and gross infraction of laws, the breaking of which affects the basis of all good government, the morals of ihe country. How can foreigners presume to hope for a patient or fair hearing, at Pe- king, so long as this charge can, with truth, be brought against them? Have they not themselves closed the doors; and yet now do they com- plain at the natural consequences of their own acts? It is well known to foreigners that there are, at Peking, in immediate communication with the emperor, men of talent to whom the miserable intrigues and falsehoods of the government of Canton can be as nothing, men who are patriots—Chinese patriots, that is,—not men whose knowledge is comprised on the routine of war and a ready practice of its horrors, but men whose earnest wish is to make their native country as peace- ful and as happy as possible. Contrast the opinion which such enlightened men must form.of our genteel opium smugglers, with the picture which would be drawn by themselves, and let reason judge between the two.—The Chinese mo- ralist or statesman, on one side, would look with correct and meriitd indignation on the " gain-seeking foreigner," resorting to his country, with a deadly drug, to poison the health and subvert the morality of a nation, to which he arrogantly claimed superiority. The foreigner, on the other side, would look down on the philsospher; tell him that he was a Christian, and an educated gentleman; and if this failed to convince, he might probably bother him with a half-understood and ill-applied quotation from Paley, about tobacco and fish. For the time, he would forget the pure and perfect morality inculcated by the Teacher of his religion;—"Thou shalt not do evil that good may come;" and "Do unto others as you would wish that they should do unto you;—and would, from time to time, indulge in tirades against the tyranny of the Chinese; and their aversions to allow the Europeans a residence amongst them; call on his government, to interfere, id« Remarks on the Opium Trade. 409 ivert such a state of things; prudently shutting his eyes to the id state in which foreigners must appear, to all sober-minded ;, as the panders to one of the most vitiated, depraved, and >us tastes in the world. rse the picture. Suppose, by any chance, that Chinese jnnks import into England, as a foreign and fashionable luxury, iless a thing as arsenic, or corrosive sublimate—that, after ;ars, it became a rage—that thousands—that hundreds of ds used it—and that its use was, in consequence of its bad prohibited. Suppose that, in opposition to the prohibition, ere stationed in the St. George's channel, with a constant taking occasional trips to the isle of Wight, and the mouth of ,mes, when the governmental officers were sufficiently atten- heir duty, at the former station, to prevent its introduction iuppose the consumption to increase annually, and to arouse ition of government, and of those sound thinking men who misery and destruction from the rapid spread of an insidious, ible, and dangerous habit. Suppose, in fact, that, mutatu all, which has been 'achieved here,' had been practiced, some conservators of the public morals to be roused, at last, ;monstrate against its use and increase; and that, among the mding forth this destroyer, to prey on private happiness, and irtue, one or two pious and well-meaning bonzes, were to re- ;e with their countrymen, " d la archdeacon Dealtry," on the r of their conduct—how wonderfully consolatory to one party iswerable to the other, must be the remark of the well-dressed -educated Chinese merchant: "Hai ya, my friend, do not my silk dress and the crystal knob on my cap; do you not it I have read, and can quote, Confucius, Mencius, and all Books: do you not see that the barbarians are passionately rsenic: and that they will have it:—that they go so far as r it; and can you, for one moment doubt that it would not worse for them if, instead of my bringing it, it were left to ce, needy, and uncertain supply, which low "men of no ca- iuld afford to bring? It is possible that the Chinese lite- ht not have a translation of Paley ; but I will answer that find some work, to extract from, quite as little to the pur- 1 having thus bewildered his adversary, by comparison and :, fairly knock him down with a mass of figures showing, calculation, made in happy and most utter ignorance of the not more than one person in 279£ could manage to get le beneficial and delightful drug. seen such a parade of figures now more than once; and, is barely worth the trouble, yet it may be as well to expose which it involves. It is assumed that in China there are iOO people, and that 33,320,000 taels of the smokeable ex- imported yearly, making "of victimised smokers," as A uly calls them, 912,000, at the rate of 365 taels each, or Is weight per annum, 2j pounds per month, J of an ounce :., v .NO. ix. 5"-i 410 JAN. Remarks on the Opium Trade. per day ; or 1 £ ounce per head for each and all of the immense popu- lation of China from the remotest parts of Tartary and Bokhara to the sea, besides the native poison, grown in the country, which is supposed to be not inconsiderable.* Of the 300,000,000 in China, &c., more than one half may be safely put down as children and youth; of the remainder, one half may be women; leaving, probably, not more than fifty millions of men: thus, supposing that all the men in China could and would use the drug, the number of the " victimised," 1 in 912, is brought to 1 in 150; and from this, an enormous deduc- tion must be made for the aged, sick and poor, and for those too far removed from the head quarters of the importers and sea-board to be able to obtain it, at even enormous prices. It is, in fact, unlikely that it can as yet penetrate, in large quantities, much beyond the ma- ritime provinces; and if only their population is taken, it will be seen that the ratio of " victimised smokers," will be prodigious; though, even allowing the validity of the argument, I can scarcely admire a defense resting solely en the fact that a share has been conta- minated, and not all! This is much on the same principle as that of the girl who, being reproved for enriching the parish with a child, excused herself on the ground of its being " a very small one." The morality or immorality of the practice is unaffected by the ex- tent to which it is carried—it is just or indefensible per se, whether it spreads over one village or ten; and not, as an arithmetical ques- tion, as to the number, within whose reach the drug is put. The comparison of opium to wine is, 1 beg to say, mere " fudge," and the attempt at argument, thence deduced, no better than non- sense: but, even did the parallel hold, what would it prove? That because people in the western world poison themselves with wine, it is right and expedient that the Chinese should be poisoned with opium. A pretty corollary; and an equally sound deduction! As to 'depopulating the Rhine;' ' prohibiting barley,' &c., there would be no more use in doing all this, than there is in talking and writing about it. Barley and the grape are produced for the purpose of in- nocent enjoyment. Where is the man, so ignorant or audacious, as to say that he believes the same of opium? Such is the opinion en- tertained of it, in all countries where it is used, that he, who has once ti tl C it * 1 an told, au fait, as to this, by Chinese, that it is but rarely that a man can be found who can consume a tael weight of prepared opium in twenty-four hours; and that, in any case, no one could long continue to do so. His death would prevent it. A mace weight is, it is said, a tolerably good allowance ; and twice to thrice that quantity entitles one to the rank of a confirmed opium- smoker, " a hard goer," in fact. One mace will fill twelve pipes. This would brin;r down A Reader's estimate, say to 1 in 25 or 30. This amount of " ex- citement," to so sober a people, as the Chinese are admitted to be, appears to me terrific, especially if its use is nearly confined to only parts of the country. As to the effects of this drug on the Chinese, 1 would recommend " A Reader" to look at GutzlafFs account of it, in his junk-voyage along the coast of China. He may there " sup full of its horrors." Or if he has not been in a public den of opium smokers, let him see a picture of a mad-house, as shown in one, be- fore be apologises for it as a harmless or elegant diversion. The awful pir- ture, in " Anastasius," of one of these dens in Turkey,-is a correct one also of those which I have seen in £hib purl of the world "id, 7. Remarks on the Opium Trade. 411 >me a prey to the infatuation, is regarded as lost to society, his ily, and himself—he is looked on as a reprobate, a debauchee, icurable; and experience daily proves by the innumerable wrecks ;h the fatal habit marks on its page, the truth of the obser- m. I will refer you for proof of this, to all the writers* on key, Persia, and other countries, where the habit prevails. You find all agree in the remark, above made. Does not our own rience confirm it? Who would have in his house a servant who ies opium? Is not such a man a marked one, by his own coun- en and foreigners; and is he not looked down on, with pity or a, in consequence? The Chinese, who may be allowed to know :what of their own people, denounce the habit, as prejudicial and •uctive. When once it is indulged in, renunciation is all but ssible; and the appetite, "growing by what it feeds on," increa- ill premature decay and death close the scene of dissipation pice. This picture is by no means so agreeable a one to con- late, as the fancy one of using it—being merely "a rational sociable article of luxury and hospitality:" but, what it wants in ing imagery, it makes up in truth. Ask any Chinese (who does se this rational and sociable thing,) what it is, and hear what ill tell you. Read the manly and vigorous representations of Tsun, and others; see what an opinion these Chinese patriots of this amiable "article of luxury and hospitality;" and judge ;en their lessons of wisdom and experience, and the cobweb ex- of arguers, "laying the flattering unction to their souls," by at- ing to make the wrong appear the better reason. What would evolent sober-minded Chinese think, were the sophistry of the tiers of this trade translated for him? Where would he find the >rincipled and high minded inhabitant of the far off countries? could he be made to comprehend that the believers in anci nrac- of Christian morality advocated a trade so ruinous to his coini- That the government of India, of an empire of 100 millions of sts, compelled the growth of it by unwilling ryots; and that, d of its being brought to China by "desperadoes, pirates, and ders," it was purveyed by a body of capitalists, not participat- rtainly in what they carry, but in fact supplying an important. i of the Indian revenue safely and peaceably;" that the Brit- vernment, and orders, encouraged it; and that the agents in iffic were constantly residing at Canton, protected by the gov- nt whose laws they outraged; but monstrously indignant and ing to their governments, if No. 2 longcloths is classed as No. 1, h the desperate villiany of some paltry custom-house servant. "might he say, "the old Books must be right—the foreign- not to be governed by the same laws as the Chinese: they e ruled by misrule; and who could deny the justice of a con- !, thus arrived at? And what could be the answer of an em- ar to Peking, from a foreign power, sent to demand a commer- aty, or redress for any grievance, real or supposed, when taxed >e, Chardin, Fraaer, Madden, Raffles, and a host of others. 412 Remarkf on tlu- Opium trade. JAN. -,g, with acts of his countrymen, towards China, by the supply of this life-consuming drug? It is a case that may occur. We have not, as yet, however, raked out the real fallacy. Like most others, it hides itself, and shuns observation. The saving clause in the opium-smuggling profession is that it is, not a vulgar An ci;e. It is a wholesale trade. Sales are made in thousands of dol- lars' worth. The amount is gentlemanly. Single bales would be low. Sales by retail would be indefensible. The seller of a pipe or two, the poor pander to a depraved appetite, should be pursued by justice— , for none of these can be gentlemen. That which, sold in chests, is Url{ commerce, and to be applauded, becomes vulgar and mean when essa doled out in small lots. Admirable logic! with which one may hug the one's self, satisfied that it is nothing more than "supplying an |>er important" "branch of the Indian revenue safely and peaceably." H1^ As Shakespeare has it: rrn'' tn en Plate vice with gold, do jt And the strong lance of justice harmless breaks; peOp Clothe it in rags, a pigmy's sword doth pierce it. and Thus he who would shink with angry scorn from a comparison '" h with the gin or tobacco-smugglers of England, or the salt-smuggler we a of India, advocates, as harmless and blameless, a traffic as illegal as s they are, but hundred times more fatal; and this because he thinks- "*•• that, not being himself the actual agent in the business, he has a Mftpc right to acquit himself of all wrongful intention. He only gives a e^ ii piece of paper, and receives dollars. The opium he does not see. ?effi It is made by the Indian government; and if he did not bring it, lts & some one else would. ^is As to the assumed gentility of this trade, a few words may be add- .m^ ed. A Reader insists on it that it is " a rational and sociable article ln P of luxury and hospitality." Fine words, as old Cobbett would say. 'ac'p Highly sociable, doubtless, however we may question the rationality of *ubje two or more Chinese lying down on their backs, in open day, to in- 'or *•! hale a smoke, nauseous and disgusting, which has the effect of stu- u^' pifying and brutifying them, till their senses are restored by another wein "go" at " the social and rational." Fancy a costermonger doing the *'de amiable to a fair one from Billingsgate, in the forenoon, in the l"e c shape of three halfporth of Booth's best, and you have a fair parallel '*' "I to the sociability and rationality of A Reader's opium-consumers. j'ave If the purveyors of opium said nothing, or did they only defend the henct practice on the ground that it gave a profit, which they coveted, not Wl'h much need be said; but sophistication is a bad substitute for truth. '° see The trade may be a profitable one—it may be of importance to the "Olio Indian government, and to individuals—but to attempt a defense on ™W, the ground of its not having a dangerous and pernicious influence on Bu health and morals, is to say what cannot be borne out, by fact or argu- ac(ed ment; and what all, who reason on the subject, cannot but feel to be an Write.' impotent attempt to defend what is, in itself, manifestly indefensible. ^*'g I am, sir, your humble servant, Vx^lx ANOTHER READHR. <*ttw 37. Premium for an Essay on the Opium Trade 413 RT. VI. Premium for on Essay on the Opium T^ade, showing its effects on the commercial, political, and moral interests of the nations and individuals connected therewith, and pointing out the course they ought to pursue in regard to it. [100 £ have been placed at our disposal, and are now offered as a premi- •n for the best essay on the trade in opium. The persons to whom the isays must be transmitted for examination and awarding the premium, and c period within which they must be transmitted, will be named in our nuui- jr for February or March. As the subject to be discussed is one of great iterest, affecting the welfare of the two greatest empires in the world—the ritish and the Chinese—affecting their commerce, their governments, and leir morals, it will, we hope, engage the attention of those who are able to 5 it ample justice. Whether the period shall be so extended as to allow the jople of the west, in Europe and America, time to investigate the question; id whether the essays shall be referred for examination to persons there, or i India, or here, or to one in each of the places, are points about which e are undetermined and will like to be advised. The proposition made to 3 for offering the premium is contained in the following communication.] IB. EDITOR,—An abler pen than mine must do justice to the all- nportant subject, the investigation of which has been now commenc- d in your Repository: I mean the trade in opium. But I cannot efrain from tendering some remarks in reference to such advocacy of ;s cause, as appeared in your last number. Your Correspondent rea- ons as though opium was a real good to the many in China, and ianeful only to a. few "abusers of it." Now is there another man n Canton who believes this? I pay no regard to A Reader's fal- icious cipherings: I appeal to every man's common sense upon the ubject. Your Correspondent says, that the emperor and his viceroys, or the last twenty years, have shut their eyes to the subject. Is this rue? And if true, why shut their eyes? Was it to prevent their eeing a " harmless luxury? No, Mr. Editor, their eyes have been vide open to see, and their ears to hear, till they have tingled with he cry, from every corner of the land, against the baneful effects >f " barbarian poison." Hence that mighty stir, whose agitations lave almost expelled some of us from our domicils in China; and icnce that picture of misery which might well mantle our cheeks vith shame, while passing to and from the hongs we are compelled ,o see sitting there, crouching beneath his burden, the tortured \ming, suffering for the iniquities into which our cupidity has led Him. Truly, this is a " special edict." But, argues A Reader, there is a principle acknowledged and icted upon by the governments of France and England, which the writer of the Calcutta article in his zeal has quite lost sight of,—it is, that gaming-houses, and gin-palaces, and the like, should be by license kept in the hands of the respectable. I cannot enter upon the turpi- tude of those parts of the "most civilized governments," which "li- :ense" the doing of evil. It has been supposed, that the object of these 414 18 Premium for an Essay on the Opium Trade. JAN. governments is to avail of vice in order to obtain revenue. But your Correspondent charitably alleges that it is to keep the administration of evil in the hands of the respectable, and therefore infers it would be better to let the opium trade be where it is, than to shame the present smugglers of it from their employ, and so drive it into the hands of '•' desperadoes and marauders." I do not know how A Reader's" associates will fancy his thus placing them in the " marau- der's" chair, and that without license, except it be one to flee the country. But the amount of his plea is, "I acknowledge the trade in opium is an evil, but if I do not engage in it, others will;" and this, Mr. Editor, is the plea by which many—many in other respects highly valuable members of society, conceal from themselves their guiltiness before God and their own consciences. To this plea I would answer in the language of another; "If others will do it, let others do it; if this unprincipled traffic will be in the hands of un- principled men, if it is not in our hands, THERE LET IT BE, where it should be. If I do it not, others will! Is this a correct principle of conduct? Is this the rule of heaven to direct the doings of man? Have I a right to do evil because other men will? Other men commit murder, have I a right to do it? Other men prey on unoffending Africa, and bear human sinews across the ocean to be sold, have I right to do it? Apologist for the trade in opium ! will you participate with the traffickers in human flesh upon your own principle? Apply this excuse to the case of a bookseller. The question might be suggested whether it was a moral or immoral business, to deal in in- fidel, profligate, and obscene books. True, it might be alledged that they did evil, and only evil continually; it might be said that the love neither of God nor of man would prompt to it. He might be pointed to the fact that they always tended to corrupt the morals of youth, to blight the hopes of parents, fill up houses of infamy. But then he might with commendable coolness add, 'If I do not engage in it others will, it contributes to my livelihood, to the support of the press, to the promotion of business; and I am not responsible for their reading the books, nor for their desire for them. I am pursuing the way in which my fathers walked before me, and it is my living, and I will do it.' Now wherein does such a plea differ, from the apologist for the opium trade, when he says, " If I do not engage in it, others will." Alas ! we have learned how to estimate its force in regard to slavery and obscenity; but we shrink from its application in regard to the 'intoxicating course' of opium." I have done with A Reader's arguments,' but I cannot, Mr. Edi- tor, so leave the subject. I have seen much in your paper about the wrongs of foreigners in China, but little about the wrongs of China at their hands. With these you might fill your pages, and so you will as you go on in your investigation respecting opium. It is a serious subject, and with whatever doubting " ifs" you may affect to soften its unwelcome introduction to your pages, you know it is evil; evil of the deepest die, and you will not fail to speak of it as you ought. The hour has come, and there is no "fitter moment" for you to speak Oil tio els( ing Ho ter< si le a™ rm. at p»T6 & OU i-ts J will in it fhe raess fill, c3uty ,jpor gtrodi »«het ^t is) km! our UK (hi v our M Premium for an Essay on the Opium Trade 415 ipon the subject. There is not a greater barrier to the introduc- of the gospel into China by the hands of foreigners, (and who s to introduce it ?) than the trade in opium by foreigners bear- he Christian name. We all laud, and justly too, the Ophthalmic pital, and rejoice in its influence as commending the foreign in- ts to China. It is by well-doing that we are thus putting to :e the silly boastings and disdain of China; but how is this in- ce paralized by our standing in the view of the government and n asaband of smugglers, active agents of that evil, which isthe imed procuring cause of all the financial embarrassments of the try, carrying dismay, and poverty, and wretchedness, through ngth and breadth. Against this barrier, as well as against those lina's own erection, a stand must be made. It must be taken f'the way. If doing so, cost "odium and infamy" to those who ts chief supports, it cannot be helped. "Odium and infamy" ollow in the train of vice; but so to hold up the present dealers is not the object of the Protestants against the opium traffic, would, if they could, cover with the mantle of charity the blind- )f their western brethren; they would esteem it not to be will- ut that it is not so, does not make it the less pernicious, or their he less imperative. The merits of this question might be rested the single fact, that, by all the moral feelings of China, the in- ction of opium is accounted an abominable thing. I care not icr it is so or not (though it is plain to every man's sense that but the simple fact that it is so accounted of in China, by the ind moral sense of the people, makes it the imperative duty ristian men, not only to wash their own hands of it; but to it, if they can by just means, the connection of the evil with hristian name. connection with it, what do our useful knowledge and educa- >cieties, medical missionary societies, and our other benevolent ions become, but means by which this mystery of iniquity is :d up from view, and by which the conscience is blinded, and ; induced to think we are doing well, when we are the princi- icttors of the greatest evil that exists in reference to China, : connected with it, are a complete obscuration of light and "rom it. All our pretensions of doing good to China are vain, ve remain connected with opium. We can only be accounted he nation as hollow-hearted hypocrites. Let charity be heard, she pleads that the good these societies might effect may not lifted by our ill-doing, and that our partial good be not per- to conceal from us our real character, while we continue [ing venders of opium. Let us not be driven by the scoffer at consistency, as I fear some have been driven, from our support ie societies. That be far from us. Rather let us rise and ith redoubled energy, and let us show the world the impera- ',d of those for whom we labor, by ceasing from every thing >uld obstruct our work and as laboring for-Him who inspects rks, to give to every one, according as they have been. 416 Premium for an Essay on the Opium Trade. JAN. Mr. Editor, let us seriously consider that it is not with us as a for- eign community as it has been. We live upon the threshold of another era. In the enjoyment of a free trade with ' THE mother country,1 we are brought nigher to those happy influences which constitute her a rich dispenser of blessings to the world, and not one of the least de- rivable from our greater freedom of iutercourse with her, will be the consciousness of her more intimate inspection. Too far removed, hither- to, from the hallowing influences of Christianity, the distance, by means of steam-navigation and other improvements, is daily lessening, and our obligation to be guided by them becoming stronger and stronger. The spirit which has abolished slavery in Europe and is abolish- ing it in America, and the spirit which has given a death-blow to intemperance in America, and is fast extending its influence in Europe, is approaching us, and it is a spirit of might, for it is the spirit of truth, and she is destined to overcome all evil. Let us not be insensi- ble to our new position, let us hear the call she makes upon us; and having done evil, let us do it no more. The times of ignorance, God tic has winked at, but now makes the path of duty plain and distinct. The fate of China is dependent upon the issues of foreign action upon her, not, seemingly of western governments but of western mer- chants : and their impulse will be as is their character. ]f this be so, afFectingly solemn is our responsibility. If we are truly and con- sistently benevolent, we shall have a voice and an influence to effect the most salutary changes. But if otherwise, if our character must continue to be associated with opium and the smuggler, then has Christianity in us a difficulty to surmount more potent to nullify all ; her efforts, than all that the policy of the prince of darkness, has yet devised to hold China in chains. God forbid that he should thus conquer. I would conclude, but the remarks of the Editor of the "Press" upon the Calcutta writer, have just been put into my hand, and they require a passing notice. The " Press" condemns and tries to ridicule your Calcutta article. He lauds the use of opium, as being as cheer- I ing to the countenance by a proper use, as a glass of wine. He then consistently wishes the opium trade with China might cease, because of the " individual misery and crime" it occasions, and then as con- sistetitly asserts that all its evils are overbalanced, by the general good it works on political economy! 1 have not time or tact, Mr. Editor, to enter the lists with the "Press" upon the effects of the cultivation and trade in opium upon British and China industry; but I hope some able hand will trace these, and who can doubt that the investigation would prove most beneficent in bringing to light the pernicious effects upon industry, when poison instead of apparel or other good things is exchanged for tea and silks, and in silencing with shame those who pretend that Christian governments, ships, and sailors, need to be sustained by " individual misery and crime" in China, and dishonor the all-wise Creator by supposing that the advance of his creature's prosperity is dependant upon the most unhallowed interchanges ". Premium fur an Esiay on the Opium Trade. 417 low me, Mr. Editor, in conclusion to propose a premium for the Essay on the opium trade, showing its effects on the commer- political, and moral interests of the nations and individuals con- d therewith, and pointing out the course they ought to pursue B[ard to it. A friend authorizes me to place £ 100 at your dis- for this purpose. And I offer you an extract illustrative, in of what may be said upon this subject. he wealth of a nation consists of the wealth of all the individuals that 0e it The sources of the wealth are labor, land, and capital The , indeed, the produce of the two former; but ns it may be used to in- their value, it is considered by writers on political economy as one of iginal sources of national wealth. Whatever lessens either of those, or iraductiveness when employed upon each other, lessens the wealth of untry. Capital may be employed in two wayj ; either to produce new , or merely to afford gratification, and in the production of that gratifi- may be consumed, without replacing its value. The first may be called , and the last expenditure. These will of course bear inverse propor- 3 each other. If the first be large, the last must be small, and vice versa, ut any change of the amount of wealth, capital will be incrensad by the nr clandestine exportations of, sycee silver be disallowed, reign money is brought from the lands of the distant barbarians; s essentially necessary to the mercantile classes trading in all the nces along the coast, who, for their daily supplies of food and necessaries, are dependent on the facility of exchanging this y, and on its general circulation. It is not, therefore, to be nsed with for a single moment. Its circulation, however, is con- to the provinces Keiingnan, Chekeang, Fuhkeen, and Kwang- or, if it do occasionally extend, in the course of trade, to adjoin- istricts (for this is a circumstance not wholly to be avoided), yet not circulate much farther inland than a few hundred miles. the provinces lying northwards, the two provinces of ' the ;' (Hoonan and Hoopih), Szechuen, Yunnan, and Kweichow, toney does not at present circulate in any of them: and if per- e a few specimens reach those places, they are prized merely •iosities; or, if it be attempted to force them on the market, jan be exchanged only at a discount, and even then with dif- . How can it be supposed, therefore, that this money will liately spread itself into universal circulation? ing taken this general view of the subject, we will turn to the sntation made by the censor Shin Yung. In this representa- e expresses his apprehension that the low standard of foreign must render it difficult to be exchanged for sycee silver at a d regular rate; and on that account, he requests that the in- n of the money may be made a subject of consideration. This nendation is doubtless the result of anxious attention to the of government, and serious regaid for the interests of the peo- tut arguments are not wanting in favor of the circulation of so far as regards the eastern and southern provinces. places where foreign ships anchor are also the places where money is scattered abroad. The supplies of provisions fur- to them comprise minute and multifarious details ; their ex- include numerous items of a very varied character; and many ums are paid by them, as the hire of labor, or the price of Not a day passes without money being used for one or f these purposes It becomes, then, a matter, of necessity 420 JAN. Circulation of Dollars in China. 1.8 -I IB1 :»» i I that they should bring foreign money with them, to meet these vari- ous expences; and hence it happens that the market prices are re- gulated by dollars, it being found highly convenient to value goods by them. The people among themselves, also, gladly fall in with such an arrangement, finding it to be advantageous. From which it is clear that the inhabitants of the coast cannot well be deprived of the foreign money. Again, native merchants, trading by sea along the coast, when they travel, carry their money with them. If these have to carry the governmental [copper] coin, the expense of so doing will be a heavy tax upon their small transactions: and if they carry gold or silver to sea with them, they have reason to fear lest they be found guilty of contravening the prohibitions of government. It is therefore a impos- sible fcr them to do otherwise than carry foreign money with them, it bein? ;i333ssary that they should have such money in order to make parch-Jes. And hence it is evident that the native mercantile clas- ses along the coast cannot dispense with the use of foreign money. Further, as to the foreigners, they import foreign money into Can- ton as a mediurn in which to pay the prices of commodities purchas- ed by them. The amount of such importations is variable and un- certain; and whatever balance they may have remaining is either employed, on perceiving an advantageous state of the market, in making additional purchases, or is spent in a more abundant and lux- urious supply of the daily necessaries of life. For in the love of much money, and of good prices, the flowery people and barbarians are altogether like-minded. We see, then, lastly that the foreign merchants of other countries are likewise unable to dispense with the use of foreign money. We are informed that there are silver mines in England, and Ame- tica, and Spain. Although the pattern after which the money of each country is made differs, yet the degree of purity is nearly the same with all, being above ninety per cent, touch as compared with the sycee silver of China. We see, then, that though they be left to fol- low their own methods, yet the foreigners do not draw their materials from this country. And in commercial intercourse, so long as each holds its due place, the foreign money is the same as though it were issued from the mint of the palace itself.—Our empire is separated from the foreigners by ten thousand miles of sea, over which they cross to present things of value and to offer tribute: and for their do- ing this, established regulations exist. Since, then, to present them- selves here, and to make offerings has been so long their practice, that time has rendered it equal to an ancient rule that they should do so,—what cause can there be for apprehension of any consequences that may arise from permitting them to bring such things as will be most advantageous and profitable to them? It is most truly said in his sacred majesty's edict, that the circulation of the foreign money in the east and south is not a thing merely of yesterday. The right mode of acting is, to establish rules and limits, so as to bring upon the same level the wishes both of our own people and of those from Circulation of Dollars in China. 421 ut were the foreign money permitted to be circulated even to rovinces, it would not be productive of the slightest injury i. real objection to the use of foreign money is this, that with ;ard is paid to the weight of metal, or the degree of purity. >n this was formerly the case, also. But at a later period, as tion against fraud, foreign money began to be stamped and to mark the degree of purity,—and to be weighed, in order ain the quantity of metal. The money so stamped is in ge- ;ulation in the markets, where it goes by the name of'broken uid when it is exchanged for sycee silver, about 3 or 4 taela are added to make amends for the inferiority in touch. But rnan and Chekeang no money is in circulation but such 33 with a new smooth face. At present the ' broken pieces' of when paid in exchange for new-faced money, pay a premium i than 6 or 7 taels per cent. And crafty dealers, having ver devices for obtaining gain, raise the price still higher, 1 the supply of this new-faced money is insufficient.—Of the ii which the money circulates in Keangnan and Chekeang, isent time, we are ignorant. the imperial pleasure be declared in favor of the circula- reign money, it ought to be required, in all the provinces, fioney be paid by weight, and that prices be no longer rated mber of dollars; that foreign money, when exchanged for er, whether such money be in broken pieces, or in whole ed coin, shall always pay a premium per cent, to make up nee of purity between it and sycee silver; and that foreign ill never be allowed, on the contrary, to bear a premium, :n in exchange for sycee silver. With regard to native coun- d adulterated pieces of money, the shreds in the market- so expert in discovering and picking out such, that it is icessary to think for the people on this point, or to make ar restrictions with reference to it. ity and weight of the silver being in this manner rendered trial, the crafty deceitful character of the foreigners will >om for exercising itself in petty arts. But the importance of -house restrictions is such as to call, in a still greater degree, tions,—prohibitions, namely, of the exportation of sycee sil- our duty to request, that, in all future commercial dealings ri merchants, no persons be permitted to mix up sycee silver nent of any balances due to such foreign merchants, or to ;ee silver to them for their every-day use; that voluntary ts to this effect be filed by all the hong merchants, both the chants and the others; that, if any of these infringe this they be rendered liable to severe punishment by fine or on; and that if any shopkeeper, or any other of the peo- ess it, such transgressor be made liable to a punishment more severe. The officers and men in charge of custom- passes, as well as those in command of naval vessels at 422 1 British Relations with China. JAM. ' ;' sea, should be required to keep guard in constant succession, the lat- ter always cruising about. When the foreign ships are returning from hence, officers and men should be bound to search faithfully; and in case of their discovering and making seizure of any sycee silver, and sending the offenders to meet their trial, they should be rewarded by a gift of all the silver so seized. Should any dare to protect and wilfully connive at any transgression of the law, and should such connivance be discovered by the transgressor being elsewhere apprehended, in- quiry ought to be made as to the places through which the transgres- sor had passed, and the officers and men at those places ought to be dealt with most severely. If regulations be made of this clear and determined nature, all will then be convinced that the purpose is to uphold them. The luxuriance and splendor of this central nation are such, that its own native treasures are exhaustless, and it values not things of fo- reign and distant extraction. The would-be-clever arts of the out- ermost barbarians it reckons as nothing and of no worth. These arts can therefore be productive of no detriment to the policy of the government, while to the people they appear not unattended by some advantage. It is our duty, therefore, to request, that your excel- lencies will implore his majesty, of his heavenly favor, to sanction the continuance of foreign money in circulation in the sea-board pro- vinces, its circulation being suitable to the position of foreign affairs, and convenient for the people. As in duty bound, we have consulted together, and lay before your excellencies the result, awaiting your decision as to the correctness or incorrectness thereof, preparatory to a full memorial to the emperor. ART. VIII. British relations with China; H. B. Majesty's Com- mission; and a memorial from the governor of Canton to the emperor, requesting permission for captain Charles Elliot to wme te the provincial city. SINCE September 1834, no British authorities have resided at Oan- ton. Having withdrawn from the provincial city to Macao, they there awaited the commands of the home government, as to the mode in which their future conduct should be regulated—whether any further efforts should be made by them to obtain a residence in Can- ton, or whether they should remain at some station outside the port. In the mean time, some changes have taken place in the commission; and at length, the long expected commands have been received. We are ignorant of the nature of those commands; but of the changes and steps consequent thereon, we will briefly give the details. In the middle of the last month it was reported in Canton that dispatches hi Si of, oft maj B.B ii lac tire< land 183i that seco thei appa tary inter Vacb dersc Sh i know i transi been i hoi)£ | oftht suppl | Wilho "c c I witho Canto the dh> which i to resi of the i Harinj ceed tc' in the ' i 'be Coil 7. British, Relations with China. 423 been received from the " Foreign Office," and shortly afterwards :ared in the Register and Press of Canton, addressed "To His miiie Majesty s Subjects in China," the following: OFFICIAL NOTICE. )ispatches have been received from the right honorable the secretary ite for foreign a flairs, signifying1 the abolition of the office and salary ! chief superintendent of the trade of British subjects in China. His ity's government has been pleased to appoint captain Charles Elliot to perform the duties of chief of the commission, from this date, y order of the superintendents of the trade of British subjects in China. EDWARD ELMSLIE, 'acao, December 14th, 1836. Secretary fy treasurer? nsequence of these dispatches, Sir George B. Robinson bart. re- from the office of chief superintendent, and returns soon to Eng- Captain Elliot (Mr. Astell having retired in the summer of assumes the office of chief superintendent, on the same salary e before received as second; and A. R. Johnston, Esquire, as i superintendent, continues to receive the salary he had as third, imber of superintendents being now reduced to two. The other itments continue as before, viz. Edward Elmslie, esquire, secre> id treasurer; J. R. Morrison, esquire, Chinese secretary and •eter; Rev. Charles Gutzlaff, joint interpreter; Rev. G. H. II, iu. A. chaplain; T. R. Colledge, esquire, surgeon; A. An- , esquire, assistant surgeon, •tiy after the nature of these changes had transpired, it was here, that, in consequence of an address from captain Elliot, itted through the hands of the hong merchants, an officer had :nt by governor Tftng to Macao, accompanied by the senior lerchants. Something of the character and immediate results ;orrespondence thus commenced will be seen in the following icntary memorial from the governor to the emperor. It is date, but was probably forwarded about the 20th instant. ***** ce it was first permitted to the various nations of barbarians the pale of the empire to have commercial intercourse with the English trade has always been the greatest. Heretofore ;tion of that nation's trade was in the hands of a Company, by ere appointed chief, second, third, and fourth supercargoes i in Canton. All the foreign vessels of the Company succes- ached China during the 7th and 8th months of each year; ng exchanged their commodities, left the port in the course th month, and of the 1st and 2d months of the following year, ill left, the supercargoes forthwith requested passports to pro- kl acao, and resided there, until the return of foreign vessels ti and 8th months, when they again requested passports to Danton, to transact their affairs. This is the way in which, I time past, these affairs were regulated. At a later period, >any having been dissolved, no chief supercargo was sent, 424 JAN. British Relations with China. and another person was directed to take the control of affairs.* Your majesty's minister Loo, the then governor, having represented this, received your majesty's cnmmands ' immediately to direct the hong merchants, to desire the said private merchants to send a letter home to their country, calling for the renewed appointment of a chief super- cargo, who should come to Canton, to direct commercial affairs, and thus should conform to the old enactments. Respect this.' In res- pectful obedience, hereto, directions were given as is on record. "Now, in the llth month of the present year, I your majesty's minister, have received from an English foreigner, Elliot, an address forwarded from Macao, to this effect: 'I have received dispatches from my government, specially appointing me to come to Canton for the general control of the merchants and seamen of my nation. Un- der present circumstances, there being very many ships in the port, and the merchants and seamen at Canton and Whampoa being very numerous, and many of them little acquainted with the laws of the celestial empire, I am apprehensive lest any difficulties should arise, and request permission, therefore, to proceed to Canton for the direc- , tion of affairs.' Observing that this foreigner, in his address, calls himself' an officer from afar,' which appears to be the deisgnation of a barbarian head-man, and not that of a chief supercargo, also that he does not plainly state, in his address, what rank he now holds from his own nation, whether the purpose of his coming is simply to apply himself to the control of the merchants and seamen, or if he is also to transact commercial business, and whether he has creden- tials from his government or not:—I immediately sent a deputy to Macao, whom I directed to proceed thither with speed, to take with him hong merchants, and, in conjunction with the local civil and military officers, to ascertain fully the truth on all these points. This having been done, the deputy and the others reported to me in the following terms: 'In obedience to the orders we received, we took with us the hong merchants, and questioned the foreigner Elliot on each point distinctly. His information was, that he, Elliot was an English officer of the fourth grade; that in the autumn of the 14th year of Taoukwang he came to China in a cruiser, as was at the time reported by the pilots; that he had remained two years in Macao, his business being to sign the papers of English merchant vessels; that now, the Company not having been reestablished, and there being no chief supercargo, he had received his king's commands, through a letter from a great minister of the first rank, informing him that he is appointed to cojitrol the merchants and seamen,—not to control commerce; that he has credentials, commanding him to hold the direction of affairs at Canton; and that, in case of any disturbance, he alone is answerable. We also learned that the foreigner Elliot has * There seems to be an error here ; it should probably read " there was no person to take the control of affairs." In one or two other places we suspect there may be errors. The document is an unofficial one, and was kindly sent to us through a private channel. The officers had no interview with capt. Elliot, though in reporting that they " questioned " him they seem to say so. 17. British Relations with China. 4'Jo iught with him a wife, a child, and a retinue of four persons. On uiry we found, that the foreign barbarians at Macao, and the fo- ;n merchants of his nation, all represented Elliot as a very quiet I peaceable man, and as having no ulterior object to effect. This report having come before me, I find that since the dissolu- of the English Company a chief supercargo has not come hither; of late the ships' papers of foreign merchants returning home have i signed by this foreigner, who has resided at Macao for that pur- !, and is represented to have quietly attended to his duty ; and that lispresent time ships are constantly and uninterruptedly arriving, the merchants and seamen are indeed very numerous : it would be promptly to relax the unimportant restraints, in order to preserve e and quiet. Now this foreigner has received credentials from ountry, appointing him to the general control of merchants and en : though he is not precisely the same as the chief supercargo :rto appointed, yet the difference is but in name not in reality, after all, he is a foreigner to hold the reins of foreigners, and if llowed to interfere in aught else, it would seem that an alteration be allowed; and that he may be permitted to come to Canton irect affairs, according to the same regulations under which the supercargoes have hitherto acted. I have for the present coin- ed the said foreigner to remain temporarily at Macao, waiting I shall have announced the facts to your majesty. If your ma- ) gracious assent be granted, I will then write to the superinten- if maritime customs to issue a passport for his admission to Can- Thereafter he shall be required to change his residence from n to Macao, and back again, according to the season, just as the former regulations ; and he shall not be allowed to overpass ne and linger about at the capital, so as gradually to effect a lent here. Besides, I will command the local, civil and military i, and the hong merchants, from time to time truly to watch imine his conduct; and if he exceeds his duty and acts foolishly, is connection with traitorous Chinese, with a view to twist the serve private interests, he shall be immediately driven forth, it back to his country; and thus the source of all illegalities closed up. 3 my duty to lay this before your majesty, that the correctness or itness of my view may be determined ; and for this purpose 1 to my memorial these remarks, prostrate imploring your sacred to grant me instruction. A respectful memorial." >ly to this memorial may be expected in Canton during the f March. In the mean time, two mem hers of the commission, lese secretary and interpreter and the assistant surgeon, will ere, having already arrived at the provincial city. N'.' IX. 126 JAN, Names of Foreign Residents in China. ART. IX. Foreign Residents in China: alphabetical list of persons; list of commercial houses and agents; to which are added a list of the Portuguese authorities in Macao, the names of foreign consuls, and of the hong merchants and linguists. THE situation and extent of the foreign factories have been de- scribed in a former part of our work. (Vol. ii, p. 303.) It has been stated, also, that the residents are not allowed to bring their families with them to the provincial city. In the following list, therefore, it will be understood that the families which are named are at Macao, and that the merchants, agents, &c., are resident either there or in Canton, according to circumstances, and their pleasure. The old regulations of the port required all foreigners to leave Canton in the spring, and allowed them to return in the last part of the summer or in autumn. These regulations, however, have gone into disuse; and some of the residents now continue here during the whole year, while others pass to and from Macao several times in the course of the same period; European sail-boats, for the accommodation of pas- sengers, running almost daily between the two places. Foreigners have established here within a few years several insurance offices; a chamber of commerce; three or four benevolent institutions; and three printing presses. They have also two chapels, one here and one in Macao, in which there is public worship every Sabbath day. Jfote In this list, ind is put for India; par for Portuguese ; br for British; am for American ; par for Parsee ; sw for Swiss ; dan fur Danish ;fr for French; pru for Prussian ; du for Dutch; ger for German. N. B. The list is intended to include the names of every foreigner in this part of China, excepting only Portuguese who reside permanently in Macao. Names of t he fo reign residents. Abbeedin Abdoolaliff, ind Blenkin, William la- Abdoolcurim Budroodeen, ind Boinanjee Hostinjee, par Aguiar, J. C. do par Lintin Bomanjee Maneckjee, par Allen, R. br Lintin Bomanjee Jemsetjee, par Allport, T., & family, br Bovet,'C., & family, ito Anderson, A. br Bovet, Louis tie Aquino, M. Jozc de par Boyd, A. P., & family, br Archer, Joseph am Boyd, William Sprott br Ardaseer, Furdoonjee par Braine, G. T. br Astell, Jolui Harvey br Bramston, William be Azevedo, F. H. B. R de par Bridgman, Rev. E. U. am Azevedo, Luiz M. de par Bull, Isaac M, am Burjorjee Framjee, par Ballantyne, br Linlin Barradas, D. J. par Burjorjee Maneckjee, Burjorjee Sorabjee, par par Barretto, B. A. par Burnett, James br Baylis, H. P. br Lintin Beale, Thomas br Calder, Alexander br B^ale. Thomas C. br Caldwell, D. R. it Bell, William &»• Cany, Edward fl.'.'l absent. Lintin CDl* C^o CJoi Cot Coi Coc Co* Co* Cov Cox Cra, Cra; -Cur. -Curt •Curt Deh Dew Dine Den Den Dha Dbffi Dhui niuu Mt Dicfa Dan M fe: Dram Duns, m fflw Bri fi% Eretin Feiron Foiron, Names of Foreign Residents in China. 427 iery, George ;, H. Matthew t,W. !ge,T.R.,& family, Ion, J. B. ible, Henry Nathaniel Ige, Joseph, jun. r, William rjee Jewajee, jee Bajunjee, jee Eduljee, jee Sapoorjeo, Uchard Henry Josoph William >rd, A. H. tt, J., & family, jee Bonmnjee, br Lintin nm » par par par pur In- Lintin par ee Nasserwanjee, par ee Sapoorjee, par par par absent par br Lintin „ „ absent „ Lintin am br Lintin par br icy Burjorjee, loy Hormusjee, ioy Rustomjee, pie, Stair , A. S., & family >n, F. M. F. J. Warren, jim. i, P. Dorabjee, ancelot Wilkinson „ ibhoy Byramjee Ranna, par ibhoy Nasserwanjee, „ ibhoy Nasserwanjee Dama,,, bhoy Muncherjee „ , I. A. br , James „ oy Rustomjee, T R. nd, F. C. ., & family, pur br Linlin dan Furdoonjee, par Robert, & family, br enry „ Dt.C.,R.N. & family, „ Edward „ !. am John br :., & family, „ Charles „ Samuel „ Lintin am br Lintin par If £ absent Fletcher, A. ir Forbes, D. Forbes, J. M. Forest, A. Foster, Wm. Henry Fox, Thomas Framjee Dadabhoy, Framjee F.duljee, „ Framjee Jemsetjee, „ Framjee Hcerajee, „ Gaflie,J. br Linlin Gemmell, T. Gernaert, B. Gess, G. Gibb, T. A. „ Gilman, D. am Lintin Gilman, J. T. am Gilman, R. J. br Gonzaga, Guilherne par Gordon, (). H., & family, am Gray, W. F. br Green, John C. am Greig, Alexander br Lintin Guterres, Gregorio par Lintin Gutzlaff, Rev. C., & fam., pru Hadley, E. br Lintin Hall, J. br Lintin Hamilton, James l>r absent Hamilton, Louis, & fam. am Harton, W. H. br Hathaway, F. S. am Haylett, William 6r Heerjee Jehangier, par Heerjeebhoy Rustomjee, par Henderson, William. b.r Henry, Joseph br Hillar, Henry br Lintin Holgate, H. (hospital, Whampoa) 6r Holliday, John br Hopkins, br Lintin Hormusjee Jamasjee par Hormusjee Jamoo'jee par How, James br Hubbell, Alexander am Hudson, J. br Lintin Hunter, R. H. br Hunter, Thomas br Hunter, W. C. am Hurjevun Amtha ind Ilbery, James br Ilbery, J. W. H., & family, br Inglis, Robert br lanes, James br 428 JAN. Names of Foreign Residents in China. Jalbhoy Cursetjee, James, John Jamieson, George Jamoojee Nasserwonjee, Jardine, William Jardine, A. Jauncey, F. Jemsetjee Cursetjee Jemsetjee Eduljee, Jemsetjee Hormusjee, Jemsetjee Nourojee, Jones, Thomas Johnston, A. R. Just, Leonard, jun. Keating, Arthur S. Keet, James D. Kellogg, H. Partridge Kerr, Crawford King-, C. W., & family, King, Edward King, Frederic A. Kinslay, William T. Lane, William Layton,T.H. Le Geyt, I. C. Lejee, W. R. Leslie, W. Limjee Bomanjee, Lindsay, H. Hamilton Lisk, R. Livingston, W. P. Low, Abiel A. Lyon,W. Macculloch, A. Macdonald, William Maclean, A. C., & family, Macondray, F. W. Macjuzie, D. Maneckjee Rustomjee, Marim, Antonio Joze Marks, J. R., & family, Markwick, Charles Matheson, James Matheson, Alexander Mendes. J. S., & family, Merwanjee Tamooljee, Middleton, John Middleton, J. H. Millar, J. Miller, D. Mills, George Miranda, Antonio J. de Miranda, Agostinlio de par absent Roller, Edmund ger br Morrison, John Robert br br absent lores, William H. ,:nn par Vtuncherjee Jemsetjee, par br Huncherjee Sapoorjee, n br absent br Liittin ^anabhoy Framjee, n par par ^asserwanjee Ardaseer, fasserwanjee Dorabjee, n n par fasserwanjee Bomanjee it par ''fasserwanjee Bickajee « br Naylor, J. E. br br Nicol, G. G. n br ^oronha, Damiao de par br lowrojee Cawasjee, ^owrojee Byramjee, par it br am Olyphant, D. W. C. 0m br Olyphant, David ii am am 'allunjee Dorabjee, par am br 'atlunjee Dorabjee, 'allunjee Nasserwanjee, par pur Barker, Rev. Peter, M. D am br Parry, Edward br Lintin br Pattullo, n br Pereira, Eduardo por am Pereira, Francisco par br absent Pereira, Lauriano H. por par Pereira, Manoel par br Perrier, F. A. am br Lintin br am Pestonjee Dinshaw, Pestonjee Nourojee, Pestonjee Sapoerjee, par far par br Peters, John br Philip, br Lintin Pike, J. br Lintin ji Pitman, T. G. am Lintin D Porteous, W. br Linlin y> .. am Lintin Rangel, F. A. jun. por par absen •par Rawson, Christopher Rees, John br br Lintin Pbr Rees, Thomas br Lintin Reeves, John R. br j) Remedies, Joao J. pos por Lintin „ absen Rickett. J., & family, br Ritchie, W. L. am par Robertson, Alexander br Fbr Robertson, Patrick P. ii Robertson, Roderick it Robinson, sir George B , & family lir ff Rozario, T. A. do por »> Rustomjee Framjee, por par I: f f f A Bi Co CR.I Cm i Da i DAK Ik' . Sacksen, C. F. pru 7. Names of Foreign Rtsidents in China. 439 Sturgis, R., & family, ant absent Sundorff, G. P. B. du Talbot, W. R. am Tamooljee Rustomjee, par Thorn, R. fir Thomson, W. br Tiedeman, P. du Townshend, Edward br Turner, Richard „ Vachell, Rev. G. H., & fam. br Van Basel, M. J. S., & fam. >lu Vandenberg, Matheus par Vandenberg, Antonio F- par Van Loffelt, J. P. Viiriilui.ni, Warner fir Vieira, Bartholomeo A. par Wallace, William Br Webster, B. fir Wetmore, William S. am Wetmore, Samuel, jun. am Wheler, br Linlin Wilkinson, Robert fir absent Wilkinson, A. fir Williams, S. Wells am WookerjeeJemsetjee, par Wright, Harry br Linlin Wright, Henry fir Xavier, J. J. dos Anjqs por ipeon, George R. am wabe, G. C. gtr tt, William br riarjee Rustomjee, emsoodeen Abdoollatu b, inil a, J. Peres da por le, John br th, Alexander J. »» th, George B. », Ji, John » Ji, J. A. it Ji, J. W. » v, P. W. am bjee Rustomjee^ ^ar absent bjee Cursetiee a, Camillo L. par por Linlin a, M. Joze de por 5, J. F. br Linlin ford, F., & family, » ;ey, James „ i, Gabriel Joze por jns, Rev. Edwin am art, P., & family br art, William M ut, J. C. „ absent han, W. „ Linlin is, George am is, John am is, J. P. am is, S. P. am Commercial Houses, Agents, Sf c. .SEER FURDOONJEE. No. 2 Fungtae hong. & Co. Wm. Bell. No. 6 British hong. Partners. Willianr Bell, G. S. de H. Larpent, & Joseph McGregor. NJEE .li-,Mst:.TjF.F.. No. 3 French hong. NJEE MANECKJEE. No. 1 Paoushun hong, r, CHARLES. No. 3 Dutch hong. Watchmaker. ISAAC M. No. 4 French hong. >BJEE MANECKJEE. No. 2 French hong. *NY'S (E. I.) Finance Committee. Agents. John H. Astell, lenry M. Clarke. EticHARD H. No. 1 Danish hong. Canton Dispensary. ;, (JOSEPH and WILLIAM) &• Co. No. 9 French hong. Partners. oseph Cragg and Wm. Cragg. TJEE, HEERJEE and NOWROJEE. No. 4 Danish hong. Partners. [eerjee Jehangier, and Nowrojee Cursetjee. 'EEBHOY BYRAMJEE RAN A. No. 5 Fungtae hong. IHOY and MANECKJEE RUSTOMJEE. No. 1 Fungtae hong. LI. &- Co. British hong. Partners. James F. N, Daniel), . S. Daniell, Wilkinson Dent. 430 Names of Fortign Residents in China. JAN. DENT &. Co. No. 6 Paoushun hong. Partners. Lancelot Dent, Robert Inglis, R. Wilkinson, G. T. Braine, and J. R. Reeves. DHUNJEEBHOY MUNCHERJEE. No 5 Paoushun hong. DIROM &- Co. No. 6 Dutch hong. Partners. F. M. Davidson, William F. Gray, and James Starkey. DOUGLAS, BROTHERS, &, Co. No. 6 Danish hong. £ EDWARDS, ROBERT, No. 3 Imperial hong. g EGLINTON, MACLEAN & Co. No. 7 Danish hong. A.C.Maclean. S Fox, RAWSON &, Co. No. 2 Dutch hong. Partners. Thomas Fox, William Blenkin, Thomas Samuel Raw-son, and James £^ Strachan. 'f~" FRAMJEE JEMSETJEE. No. 6 French hong. GEMMELL, (WILLIAM AND THOMAS,) &- Co. No. 3 Danish hong. William Gemrnel, Thomas Gemmell. GERNAERT, B. French Consul. No. 7 French hong. GIBB, LIVINGSTON, &. Co. No. 6 British hong. Partners. T. A. Gibb, and William Potter Livingston. GORDON and TALBOT. No. 3 American honor. O. H. Gordon and W. R. Talbot. HAMILTON, JAMES. No. 1 Creek hong. HAMILTON, L., Shipwright. Macao. ^.^f, f. | HATHAWAY, F. S. No. 4 Lungshun hong. ^^^3^. \ HENDERSON, WILLIAM. No. 2 Danish hong. -^5|5. ILBERY &- Co. No. 6 Lungshun hong. Partners. James Ilbery, ^^- J'h and J. W. H. Ilbery. ^gr \ INNES, JAMES. No. 1 Creek hong. JAMIESON and How. No. 5 Lungshun hong. Partners. George ^3r. Janiicson, and James How. 55r JARDINE, MATHESON & Co. No. 4 Creek hong. Partners. Wm. Jardine, James Matheson, Henry Wright, and A. Matheson. gr JUMMOOJEE NASSERWANJEE. No. 5 Dutch hong. «' JUST &. SON. No. 1 French hong. Watch and Chronometer Makers. Leonard Just, jun. KEATING, ARTHUR SAUNDERS. No. 2 Creek hong. LAYTON, T. H. No. 4 British hong. LINDSAY & Co. British hong. Partners. H. H. Lindsay and William Wallace. MARKWICK, CHARLES. No. 6 Imperial hong. British Hotel. MIDDLETON & Co. No. 3 Creek hong. Agents for Lloyds. John Middleton. MOLLER, EDMUND. No. 3 British hong. NANABHOY FRAMJEE. No. 7 French hong. NICOL, GEORGE GARDEN. No. 5 Danish hong. OLYPHANT &- Co. No. 1 American hong. Partners. D. W. C. Olyphant, C. N. Talbot, C. W. King. PEREIRA &- Co. No. 3 Dutch hong. Partners. Manoel Pereira, Francisco Joze de Paiva, and John Stephen Mendes. RUSSELL &- Co. No. 2 Swedish hong. Partners. John C. Green John M. Forbes, and Joseph ('oolidge, junior. Names of Foreign Residents in China. -131 :LL, STURGII &- Co. No. 4 Swedish hong. Partners. J. V. Peril, George R. Russell, R. Sturgis, Henry P. Sturgis, and barren Delano, junior. , WILLIAM, Secretary to the Canton General Chamber of Com- lerce. No. 2 Danish hong. , JOHN. No. 3 Danish hong. P. W., American Consul. No. 1 Swedish hong. ORD & MARKS. No. 2 British hong. British hotel. F. Stan- ird and J. R. Marks, is, J. P. No. I Swedish hong. ;R & Co. Spanish hong. Partners. Richard Turner, lexander Pearson Boyd, Patrick F. Robertson, and William horn son. ASEL, TOE LAER &- Co. No. 1 Dutch hong. Partners. M. J. •1111 Van Basel and G. M. toe Laer. ORE &. Co. No. 1 Imperial hong. W. S. Wetmore, Joseph rcher, and Samuel Wetmore. ROBERT), HOLLIDAY & Co. No. 5 Danish hong. J. Holliday. Government of Macao. IERNAREO JOZE DE SOUZA DE So ARKS TIE ANDREA : governor, el FRANCISCO JOSE DA COSTA B AMARAL, chief justice. NCISCO X A vi KU DE CASTRO, commanding officer of the troops. >st Rev. P. CANDIDO GONC.ALVES FRANCO ; vigario capitular. (vacant) 'provedor. \ Members p INCISCO ANTONIO SEABRA, president. (vac 6 RODRIGVES GONCALVES, 1 . V RIANO ANTONIO PACHECO, >" / .\ I res- I (vacant) ) j V. RANGEL, de SE, e STO. ANTONIO, (acting) ) j • . j VICENTE CORTELLA de S. LOURENCO. \ Tzs Britannic Majesty's Commission. stain CHARLES ELLIOT, R. isr., chief superintendent. EXANOER ROBERT JOHNSTON, esp., second superintendent. \VAKD EI.MSLIE, secretary and treasurer. v. GEORGE HARVEY VACHELL, A. M., chaplain. IN ROBERT MORRISON, esq., Chinese secretary £[• interpreter. v. CHARLES GUTZLAFF(I;'OZ«< interpreter. OMAS RICHARDSON COLLEDGE, esq. )„...., « / SUiffCOftSt SXANUEK ANDERSON, esq. ) h foreign Consuls. JOIT GERNAERT, esquire, French. J. SENN VAN BASEL, esquire, Dutch. (V. SNOW, esquire, American. ES MATHESON, esquire, Danish. IXANDEK MATUusoN; esquire, Hamburg (acting). Journal of Occurrences. Hong Merchants. Original Names. Mercantile Names. HOWO.UA,—Woo haou kwan, Ewo hong, MOWO.UA,—Loo mow kwan, Kwonglei hong, PWANKHEO,UA,—Pwan clung wei, Tungfoo hong, GOO.UA,—Seay gaou kwan, KINGQUA,—Leang king kwo, SUNSHING Or HlNGTAE, MINGO.UA,—Pwan ming kwan, SAOQ.UA,—Ma Sew kwan, PUNHOYO.UA,—Pwan hae kwan, SAMO.UA,—Woo shwang kwan, CHINOSHIN or KWANOEUA, LAMQIIA, TAKO.UA, Tunghing hong, Teenpaou hong, Hengtae hong. Chungwo hong, Shuntae hong, Yunwo hong, Tungshun hong, Footae hong, Tungcheong hong, Oancheong hong, ATOM, ATUNG, AKUNG (or YOUNG TOM), ALANTSEI, AHEEN, Linguist s. Foonwo, Uetloy, Woshang, Chengwo, Shunwo, Official Names. Woo Shaouyung. Loo Kekwang. Pwan Shaoukwang. Seay Yewjin. Leang Chinghe. Yen Khechang. Pwan Wantaou. Ma Tsoleang. Pwan Wanhac. Woo Teenwan. Yeih Yuenchang. Lo Fuhtae. Yung Yewkwang. Tsaemow. Hohwuy. Hwangchang. Woosteang. Tsoy Tsun. The whole number of residents, whose names are included in the foregoing list, is 307; of whom 158 are English; 62, Parsees; 44, American; 28, Por- tuguese; 4, Indian; 3, Dutch; 2, Swiss; 2, Prussian; and 2, German; 1, Danish; 1, French. The number of families is 24. During the most busy part of the year the number of visitors, supercargoes &c., is nearly equal to that of the residents. The names of all the partners in many of the houses are given; but in a few instances we have not been able to obtain them. To readers abroad, it may be proper to remark that hong and factory are synony- mous terms; and that each hong is divided into several houses, or suits of apartments, which are numbered. Sometimes a single 'commercial house' occupies two or more suits of apartments; but often two firms have to divide a single suit. Thus it will appear (as it in fact is) that the place where we dwell "is too strait for us." ART. X. Journal of Occurrences. The question of admitting opi- um undecided; smugglers siezed; fire in Yuenming Yuen; and deaths in Peking. FEB. 16th. The delay in publishing our number for January till now—when its last pages go to the press—still leaves us without any intelligence respecting the imperial pleasure on the memorials of Heu Naetse, Choo Tsun, and Heu Kew, to the admission of opium. We hear it rumored that a new proclamation is being prepared by the governor of Canton, the object of which is to forbid smuggling, and to drive away --the receiving ships." A boat engaged in smuggling was siezed on the 8th of February, and several thousand taels of silver and gold, and a piece of "yellow-dragon" cloth, such as is sacred to imperial use, were recovered. In November last, a fire broke out in the palace at Yuenming Yuen, but was soon extinguished by the efforts of the servants and guard, who were led on by the principal officers. Late Gazettes from Peking notice the demise of Yeihshaou the emperor s nephew, Meenmin one of his cousins, and of Hae Heung Commander-in-chief of his majesty's forces in Chekeang. This "gallant officer" rose from the rank of a common suWier. and had served in Cochiacliina, Vuunun, Kweich'jvv, and Hounan. THE IINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. V.—FEBRUARY, 1837.—No. 10. I. Remarks on reopening the trade with the Southern Archi- lago, describing the character aud situation of those nations, d the advantages which a trade with them will yield to the ople and government of China. By Luhchow of Fuhkeen. be inhabitants of the Southern Archipelago are harmless ; every >ition, therefore, ought to be removed, and our people allowed Je freely with them. By adopting this course, the superabun- iroducts of foreign countries will supply the deficiencies of our Why then delay its adoption for a single moment? The lieut,.- lor of Fuhkeen, some time ago, sent up a secret memorial to iperor, intimating that the merchants trading by sea, will sell ships to foreigners to be employed in exporting rice, and thu calamity on our country, or that they will be employed as pira- ressels; he therefore requested that they might he prohibited joing to sea, in order to prevent such consequences. Vague and stic thoughts, contracted like the vision of one gazing at the is from the bottom of a well? Self-named guardian of the y, he intrudes his specious words on the notice of our sovereign. is sacred majesty, deeply solicitous for the welfare of the coun- d fearing lest there might be some truth in the representations, e subject before his ministers and people; for, being in doubt he reality of what had been represented in the memorial, he I to find some one, fully acquainted with the subject, who could m satisfactory information. But ministers, having never been , possessed no such knowledge, while none of the people dared roach their sovereign. In this way the whole subject, from last, remained unexplained ; and hence originated the embargo :ign commerce It was not desired by his sacred majesty. j, those who are acquainted with maritime affairs, are able to vho and what are hurtful, and the reverse. Of all foreign na- -numerous as the stars of heaven, and spread out like the men VOL. v, .\o.ix. 55 434 Trade with the Southern. Archipelago. FEB. on a chess-board—Corea ic the nearest to our capital; and its inha- bitants conform to our rights and laws. The most powerful nation on the east is Japan, beyond which there aie no others. A little be- low Japan, are the islands of Lewchew, large and small, scattered over a space of five or six hundred miles. Further east, through the wide expanse of waters, no other nations are to be found. Of the numerous tribes inhabiting the Southern Archipelago, those of Lu- (jonia and Java are the most powerful. Those of Borneo, Malacca, Sumatra, and scores of other places, are weak and unimportant, and can never entertain any hostile intentions. Cochinchina and Tsiom- pa are almost conterminous with the provinces of Kwaiigtung and Kwangse. Kamboja, Ligore, Pat-ini, and many other places, with Siam, are in the'extreme southwest. On the west are the Europeans, a very strong and ferocious people, with whom no other foreigners are comparable. 'Europeans' is the general appellation of all the in- habitants of the western islands; and among these the English, the Spanish, the French, the Hollanders, the Portuguese (both in Europe and at Goa), are the most cruel and ferocious. They have strong ships, and do not fear the furious winds. Their guns, and other weapons, are superior to those of our country. In their dispositions, too, they are artful and subtle; they spy out every new place, and form designs of acquiring territory. The Europeans, the Roman Catholics and the Japanese, are more to be dreaded than any other foreigners. Java originally belonged to the Malays; but the Europeans having opened a trade there, got possession of the country, and hence it became a rendezvous for their ships. Luconia, also, originally belonged to the Malays; but the Roman Catholics having introduced their religions, took possession of the country, and it became the emporium of their ships. In the reign of the Ming dynasty, the Japanese became turbulent, ancj greatly annoyed the people of Kwangtung, Fuhkeen, Chekeang, and Keangsoo; and to this day even the mentioning the name of the Ja- panese marauders fills them with fearful apprehensions. But from time immemorial, the inhabitants of the Southern Archipelago have never excited the slighest degree of alarm on our southern borders, having been engaged solely in commercial affairs and in an inter- change of the necessaries of life. At the present time, commerce with the Japanese is not interdicted; nor is that with the Europeans; and the Roman Catholics are spread throughout the empire, and at Macao in the province of Canton they even have a permanent settlement. Shall, then, only the weak and inoffensive inhabitants of the Southern Archipelago—with whom a lucrative trade may be carried on, unattended by any evil conse- quences—shall these only be interdicted? The population of Fuh- keen and Kwangtung is dense; but the land fit for agriculture is limited, and, not yielding sufficient supplies for the inhabitants, five or six tenths of them seek a livelihood in foreign commerce. Our own productions which have no importance or value at home, when ex- ported become equal to precious gems. In the maritime provinces, Trade with the Southern Archipelago. 5 manufactures, not excepting even the needle work of our md daughters, which were annually exported, brought in return ids of thousands of silver and merchandise. The importance i a commerce is not small. >re the embargo was laid on the trade with the Southern Ar- igo, the people of Fuhkeen had abundant supplies. And even 'hose hands were idle, being out of employment, stimulated by e of acquiring riches, were induced to go abroad. Few then mnd at home in want of food and clothing; and few were the hich were occasioned by thefts and robberies. But since the •o was laid on, the interchange of every kind of merchandise ,sed; the people are daily more and more embarrassed; and 'ho were employed in the useful arts, have to lament that they i no demand for their work; while the merchants concerned breign trade, sigh because no outlet is found for their traffic, juilt for the foreign service at an expense of four or five thou- llars, are dismantled and made fast to the desolate beach, there nd be eaten by worms. They are too large for the domestic ind if offered for sale there is no one to purchase them. To hem up in order to build small vessels, would be like hewing spar to make a block, or like tearing to threads whole pieces oidered work to make patches. It is painful to contemplate idition of our commerce. Still there is hope that a brighter I arise and the clouds be dispelled, when perchance the re- is will be removed, and commerce revived. But the damage nust be sustained by destroying even a single vessel, will ne prospects of many families. Such calamities are affecting ressing beyond expression. On account of the embargo on ign commerce multitudes of the inhabitants along the sea- •e idle and unemployed. Those who are thoroughly acquaint- the seas, and experienced in the business of the navigation, lable to act as porters and bearers of burdens even so as to mporary sustenance, are in danger of being forced to become n order to obtain their daily food. The idle and unemployed II greater danger, and may go off in piratical bands to Formosa, out in open rebellion. A remarkable case of this kind oc- i 1661, when a band of insurgents on Formosa were led on Fuhchow. sver will benefit both the people and the government, even t be in a small degree, ought not to be neglected. On the id, whatever is injurious alike to both, even though it be in lest possible degree, should be removed. Now, the embar- r southern commerce has injurious effects, while it is iinat- y any advantages. For it makes the rich, among those who e sea-board, poor; and the poor, idle. It forces the mechanic nerchant out of their employments; and those who are un- I, it compels to become pirates. Fuhkeen, having no silver entirely dependent on the foreign coin, which, if the em- loug continued, will at length erase, and it will become 4:50 FF.B. Trade with the ^nut/tern Archipelago. n. necessary to have recourse to a paper currency to supply the defici- ency. Such evils are by no means to be disregarded. On the other hand, to open the trade with the Southern Archipelago will afford advantages, without giving rise to any evils. For then a lucrative interchange of commodities will be carried on abroad, while at home the existing calamities will gradually be removed. Our vast popul- ation will then have the means of supplying all the wants of life, and the amount of duties at the custom-houses will be increased. In this way the abundant products of the people will enrich the government. Surely, then, these advantages will not be inconsiderable. A" to what has been said about the ships engaged in this trade be- ing sold to foreigners for the purpose of exporting rice, or being taken and employed as piratical vessels, it may be remarked, that hitherto nothing of the like has ever occurred. The largest of the ships en- gaged in foreign commerce cost seven or eight thousand dollars; the smallest cost two or three thousand. These ships, therefore, could not be sold for any very small sum. When merchants expend their property in building a vessel, it is with the hope that the money so invested will prove lucrative during many generations. And, if at any time they become tired of going to sea themselves, it is easy to char- ter them at a high rate. Who, then, would be willing to sell his ship? Besides, the foreign timber, is so much more substantial than ours, that it is always sought by our merchants for shipbuilding. For example, a spar for a mast, which abroad would not cost more than one or two hundred taels, at home costs more than three times that sum. The ships built by foreigners are also more strong than ours. When we use boards a few inches in width, they use whole timbers. And where our fastenings are a few inches, theirs are more than a foot long. Indeed, they would not accept one of our vessels as a present were it offered to them. How much less would they think of purchasing one at a high price! In the provinces of Fuhkeen and Kwangtung, the rice is not abun- dant. In the former province the deficiency is very great, and nearly one half of the annual consumption is brought from Formosa, or from the neighboring provinces of Keangsoo and Chekeang. Previous to the embargo on our commerce with the Southern Archipelago, rice was constantly brought from Luqonia to Amoy. Our importations from abroad were of no inconsiderable amount; while foreigners have, in no instance been dependent upon us for a livelihood. And the merchants, who are engaged in foreign trade, are men of property and respectability; how could they ever think of entangling them- selves in the net of the law? The space occupied in one of their ships with a pecul of goods yields them a freight of four or five taels, which is far above the value of the rice required to fill the same space. Surely, then, no one can be so foolish as to disregard, all profits, merely for the s:\ke of transgressing the laws. Nor hnve these vessels ever been taken and employed for piratical purposes. Those engaged in that traffic are mere coasters, which plv amniin the inlands urar the shore, seldom venturing out to sea ^»a-Jt/i th tlat th "v«hethe sand faj ^»is lo- from a ecimen of the Euphorbiaceous family resemble in shape and ir those of the aspen or populus tremula, but are smaller and it that expansion in the leaf-stalk so remarkable in that favorite To those who are not acquainted with the aspen we may say, ie leaves are rhomboidal, or like the diamond pane of glass in iger's window. They are of a pale and delicate green, and ivo corners of the rhombus or diamond rounded off. There is ling light and elegant about its aspect, whether it meets you in iusive form of a bush, or whether it rises to the height and iration of a tree. Nothing that might be taken as an emblem e or ambition is to be found in this species. Sometimes in the : form of a weed, it roots under the shade of a hump of granite, rs it helps to form a fence round an enclosure, and now and erhangs the doorway of a cottage in the imposing form of a ;autiful tree. It is the nature of some plants and trees to be n their choice of soil, so that they can only be seen in parti- id often retired spots; but it seems to be the characteristic of ole family to be in no wise scrupulous about either soil or n, for they grow by the way-side, or among rubbish, or wher- •th and moisture can supply them with a modicum of nourish- This is the cause of great variety in their appearance, so that istance before us, a person who has seen a handsome tree illingia sebifera, is by no means prepared to recognize it when from under a monumental stone in the guise of a neglected The spikes of flowers, which terminate the branches, are thin it, and remind us of the barren flowers in some of the amenta- niily, such for example as the poplar and the aspen. Being 440 FKB. Remarks on the Euphorbiaceoui Plants. 3 small and of a greenish yellow, they do not attract the eye at first, but when looked at with a love for nature there appears something ex- tremely neat and interesting in their figure. Upon this spike the flowers are ranged in clusters, consisting of five, six, or more individuals. Each minute cluster is bosomed in a small involucre or ruff of about five leaves or sepals, and is a adorned on each side with a little knop or kidney-shaped gland. In order to see all this, the spike must be placed under a good working microscope, and the parts be attentively and leisurely separat- ed from each other; if not, it will appear to consist of a number of small yellow points, with little reference to either order or symmetry. Each small flower has a jointed stalk or peduncle, and a minute cup with an enoded edge, which contains a pair of anthers supported by a little pillar in the centre. The pair of anthers fills the cup. The flo- rets come up in succession, as is usual in spikes, heads, and corymbs, and break off at the remarkable joint just mentioned, to make room for their successors. The fruit is not a capsule as some call it, but a drupe, since in the strictness of botanical language, a fruit where a nut is surrounded with a fleshy covering is a drupe. This covering splits into three valves when the nuts are ripe, which turn back in the semblance of rays and expose the white nuts in their centre. The nuts have that additional vesture so note-worthy in the euphorbiaceous family, which in consistence and color resembles tallow, and burns freely when ignited, though held at a distance from the flame. The shell is hard and the nut oily, both of which kindle and burn with great readiness. We .may remark that each of the valves is composed of two small valves, a fact when taken by itself of no great importance, but by com- parison we find it the case in other members of this family, so that it becomes one of the common marks of kindred, and consequently in a scientific point of view, a bond of union. We have touched upon some of the characteristics of a beautiful as well as a highly useful tree, and one that vouches for the goodness of the Creator, who, while he draws around us the curtain of night, that the burden may be taken from our eyes, has afforded to inventive man various means to lighten Uie gloom and cheer the melancholy of darkness. The common way of obtaining the material for this light is, to put the ripe nuts into water, which, in the process of boiling, melts the sebaceous part, but gives it up when cool in the form of a crust float- ing upon its surface. This is to be sure an easy method, and one, like many other Chinese methods, that does not require much art of chemical skill to conduct it. And yet it contains a chemical fact, that water when heated will dissolve oily substances, which it will not do when cold. Acalypha Indica. This is another specimen of the euphorbiaceous family, differing from the last inasmuch as it always bears the appear- ance of a weed. It grows among rubbish in neglected spots, and seems, to be a substitute for the nettle, which it very much resembles in habit, aspect, and smell. In India it is used as a vermifuge for feet Remarks on the Euphorbiaceous Plants. 441 Iren, and the leaves are sometimes stuck upon their tongues to )ke the stomach to action. A strong decoction, when introduc- ito the auditory passage, is said to alleviate the ear-ache. Hence >uld seem that, though vile and worthless in outward form, it is wholly without its usefulness. It is not so congenial with our ngs to run to a dunghill when we want medicaments, as it is to ir to the dispensary; but were we certain of our knowledge, we it sometimes do it with equal advantage. The stem is about two high, zigzag, green, and scored with elevated lines, which are eaf-atalks, running down the surface. The leaves have long foot- ;s, are ovate or egg-shaped, and terminate in a point or an acumen, y are tapered at the base, or are in the usual phraseology cu- e, where the edge is even, the rest of it being cut into teeth. The es are numerous, as each leaf has one at least. The regular iber seems to be three to each leaf, for where only one or two are ect, the rudiments of the rest may be discovered. The spikes : about ten or twelve fertile flowers, or rather clusters of flowers, ivirse-shaped involucres or cups, which have well marked veins serrated edges. When held up between the eye and the light, a ntless number of pellucid dots will be seen, especially when the in is aided by a good magnifier. The same observation is true he leaves, and shows that these involucres are only leaves under fferent form. Each involucre contains a perfect floret, and the ted rudiments of two or three others, which may be seen if the ner be removed and the eye be assisted by a glass. The floret sists of an exceedingly small calyx in three divisions, a three-cor- ;d fruit roughened with hairs, and three styles or central threads, ch are respectively divided into two stigmata, so that we have six its, which correspond with the six valves of the fruit whereof they the terminations. The Chinese, like Pythagoras and his followers, great emphasis upon the properties of numbers, and perhaps took first hint of this half real and half imaginary science from an >ection of natural objects, where an adherence to a particular nber is often very striking. Thus in the present case, we have a 2e-cornered capsule, three styles, which are subdivided so as to Ti six or twice three; and apparently, if the scheme were perfect, we uld have three spikes for one leaf, and three florets in each invo- ral cup. Error is often founded in truth, and owes its ascendancy r the minds of mankind and its durability, to the veracity that is mix- jp with it. Original minds brought certain truths from the quarries lature; their successors, deficient in talent and industry, instead of ling to the stock by fetching materials from the same sources, bu- i themselves in perverting what had been handed down to them, e advantage in the study of nature is this, that it leads us to the ces from whence theory was derived, and thus enables us to tell at degree of falsehood, truth, or probability, there is in it. (See irrison's Dictionary, at the character ylh fy ) The spikes end in a hammer-headed process, which appears of a VOL. v. NO. x. 50 442 FEB. Remarks on the Euphorbiaceous Plants. singular nature, and which, at the moment we are writing, does not seem very easy to determine. Analogy may hereafter perhaps tell us some- thing about it. A t some distance below this head, we find the barren florets, which are very small and easily broken off, at the point we pre- sume, for the stalk or peduncle is so short that we can only guess at the truth of our supposition. Each floret consists of a calyx or cup with four divisions, and a bundle of stamens in its centre. These sta- mens present themselves as twisted threads, covered with powder or pollen, for the cells thaticontain it are separated from each other, and burst before the expansion of the flower. It is generally understood, among those who have but a little acquaintance with botany, that this pollen or yellow dust is necessary in order to perfect the seed ; as the flowers that produce it in the Acalypha are placed above those that bear the fruit, it easily falls upon the places of its destination. Hence we find the spikes upright; had their situation been inverted, the object would have been effected by the pendent nature of the same. It is often curious to see how much wisdom is displayed in providing for the welfare of a weed, and how much instruction might thence be drawn to teach us that the Divine goodness is inexhaustible. Jatropha curcas. There seems to be some confusion about the history, if not the identity, of this shrub. The individual which we take to be the Jatropha curcas of former writers differs from the Ja- tropha, inasmuch as the fertile flowers have a calyx as well as a five petalled corolla. The oil drawn from the root is used in the compo- sition of varnish, and for other kindred purposes, by the cabinet- maker. Some have found by experience, that a small quantity of the nut will excite a burning taste in the mouth, and presently after pains in the stomach, with their sequelae; while others, copying from each other with admired fidelity, represent these self-same nuts as wholesome, provided the skin and the germ or embryo be removed. When the writer of these observations had gathered a branch from a tree growing at Kumsing-moon, a Chinese took it from him and cast it down, fearing lest the enticing nuts should be mistaken for an edible fruit. Now all these discrepancies may easily be account- ed for, by supposing that different persons saw different plants, alike in outward appearance, but differing widely in structure and quality. In the barren flowers, which grow in spreading clusters at the top of the branches, we find ten stamens or threads collected into a bundle in the centre of the cup: five of them are shorter than the other five, a circumstance that makes one of the essential characteristics in this genus. The anthers, as in most instances of this family, burst before the expansion of the corolla, so that the pollen is ready to escape at a moment's warning, as if it were looking out for an opportunity to taste the liberty of a free atmosphere. On the outside of the stamens are five oblong glandular bodies, which at first are yellow, and look like anthers without the workmanship of seam or cell. The corolla is cylindrical, short, and in five divisions, with an interior lin- ed with hairs. Calyx in five uniform segments. In the fertile flowers, 183 the witl the prie stnc frui imt e\ iiui ang ofa of 11 me bar att; tio; tha ma wh flo Itv of ii a K If a ft a <• 7. Remarks on the Euphorbiaceous Plants. 443 corolla is composed of five petals, ranged in close juxtaposition i each other, and resembling the barren flowers in form and color; calyx in five deep segments, which might, without much impro- ty, be called leaves. The fruit when ripe is of a yellow hue, oth and about the size of a walnut, but of a rounder shape. This : when ripe is properly a drupe, as a fleshy interior contains three , each of them within a cell. The nuts are invested with a pe- ir covering of a spongy nature, which is very distinct when the is fresh. The leaves are large, wavy, and of a heart-shape, with es or short lobes. If left alone it will attain to the consideration wide-spreading tree, with a deep green foliage, set off by clusters hite flowers, or adorned by a lively yellow fruit. We forgot to lion in its place that the joint may be found in the stalk of the >n flowers, so that the family distinction, to which the Chinese h so much importance, is here preserved. As a further illustra- of this family, we might refer to a Euphorbia and a Phyllanthus are found in our grassy enclosures at Macao. The Euphorbia be recognized by the drop of pure white milk that oozes out i the stem is broken, and the Phyllanthus by the minute white TS, and the neat little seed vessels, that grow among the leaves, ct, the term Phyllanthus intimates the close connection there is een the leaves and the flower, which the collector will find en- g all the advantages of harmony and reciprocal affection. In the lorbia, the stamens come one after another, and break ofFat the so often referred to, leaving behind them a little cup whereon rested. The presence of this joint at once explains the nature • inflorescence, and teaches us that the stamens are, however siderable of themselves, an entire flower, and that thus the ca- an involucre, or general calyx corresponding to that described we spoke of Stillingia. In the Phyllanthus, the same kind of lation may be found. It seems wonderful that God should have e stamp of uniformity upon a part that would have been over- 1 by 999 persons out of 1000, while it suggests to us the necessity dng some distance below the surface, if we would learn to phi- lize truly, and narrate what we have seen with a comprehensive icy. In whatever spot we may live, some specimen of this can be soon obtained, and a successful search after this curi- ticulation would be a sort of proof both of correct vision and a nagnifier. This article was written at Macao, and forwarded to us in November Ir. Lay, who ia now absent from China, on a voyage in the Indian Ar- iro, has kindly assured us, as he intimates on a preceding page, of his 38 to contribute to the pages of the Repository. He has a rich field before d we look for a plentiful harvest. 444 FEB fliamfif Missionary Diiptmary. ART. III. Brief account of the Siamese Missionary Dispensary, at Bangkok, from August 8tk, 1835 to October 5th, 1836. Under the superintendence of D. B. Bradley, M. D. [The brief account which we here introduce needs no commendation from us. We regard such papers, not only as valuable records of medical practice, in new situations and circumstances, but as affording many good illustrations of native character and manner. The "spotted" cases, mentioned by Dr. Bradley, are not confined to Siam. ] TUB Siamese Missionary Dispensary was established in Bangkok on the 5th of August, 1835. It was at first located on the east bank of the Meinam, 1£ mile below the city wall, in apart of Bangkok which is chiefly occupied by Chinese. It was near to the great Chinese bazaar. My associates, the Rev. Messrs. Johnson and Robinson, had obtained a lease of the ground, and had moved their families thither, a short time before I arrived. The Dispensary was opened in a lower room in one of their houses. For about two months, it was thronged chiefly by Chinese who lived in the neighborhood of the bazaar. Such was the crowd and the urgency of many of the cases, that it was utter- ly impossible to prevent our houses from becoming hospitals. If from a sense of duty to ourselves and families we were constrained to close our doors against the sick, they would still crowd into our verandahs, and thus cast themselves upon our compassion. The re- latives and acquaintances of many, who were literally "all corrup- tion," helpless and hopeless, brought them to our doors and there forsook them. Thus our abode was almost constantly the scene of the groaning, the dying, and the dead. Never can I forget the hor- rors that brooded about us at the time. Yet it was a salutary initia- tion into medical service in Bangkok. While everything possible was done to ameliorate the temporal condition of our patients, I also gave them Christian books, and set in operation a system of reading, by which it was hoped their minds would be benefited. On the 5ih of October, a decree from the rulers of Siam obliged me to break up my establishment, and seek another abode. The public are already aware of the principal reasons that called forth that decree, and therefore I will not repeat them. Suffice it to say, that they were so weighty, in the estimation of government, that the prospec', of taking 600 miserable patients out of my hands (the great majority of whom were convalescent), and casting them upon a merci- less community was not worthy of a thought. It was not until some time after my return from Chantabun, on the 21st of December fol- lowing, whither I went for the benefit of my health, that the Dispen- sary was reestablished in another part of the city. A floating house, which was purchased for a refuge for one of our families, about the time of our expulsion, was then converted into a Dispensary. A spot, sufficiently large for it to be moored upon, was rented in front of the this fta I ing oV I 8 C c Siamese Missionary Dispensary. 445 nan Catholic compound, on the the west bank of the Meinam, op- te to the city wall, and 1| mile below the king's palace. While location is far removed from the great Chinese bazaar, than which >lace so much needs a Dispensary, it has many advantages over brmer situation. It does not so much expose us to an overwhelm- crowd of the sick. Its being on the great thoroughfare of Bang- the river, renders it sufficiently accessible. The situation is cool and clean. It is a little removed from my dwelling-house, :li is a great relief to myself and family. And in the event of C required to move the establishment again, I shall only have to 'from ray moorings and float away with the tide. The house is t 24 feet square, one story high, and raised above the surface of vater two feet by bamboos, which are laid under it horizontally. built of teak boards, in the usualy style of Siamese floating es. In addition to this I have "a float," with a cover over it, h is placed in front of the house, and here the patients wait for treatment. Such is my present situation. ie number of patients, whose cases I have noted in my books, : the opening of the Dispensary, is 3650. To this number Id be added about 200 not noted, which would include my itiner- nd family practice. It ought also to be stated that many in- uals have in the meantime applied for medical aid, whom I re- to receive, either because they were but slightly ill, or because were beyond the power of remedial agents. With but a very xceptions, all the cases numbered were different individuals, number is composed of nearly the following items. To wit, of 2408 1242 111 1308 2342 177 534 774 859 498 415 268 93 25 - 3 I following is a catalogue of the diseases, and the number of ind, that have come under treatment at the Dispensary. is - - - 21 I Anasarca 14 - I j Anchylosis T . 6 see inchinese - jse from Fuhkeen - :se from Chaouchow - ise from Keaying chow isc from Canton ise from Hainan ins ans - ojans - 'ortuguese - ilraen hinen cans BS 2132 ! Unmarried - - 61 ; Married - 150 1 - 713 Priests ow 5 Readers - • 15 Illiterate • 51 . 105 Under 10 years of age 5 From 10 to 2U - 47 From 20 to 30 169 From 30 to 40 - 5 From 40 to 50 186 From 50 to 60 - 7 From 60 to 70 - 2 From 70 to 80 - From 80 to 90 2884 From 90 to 100 - - 766 One hundred years old 44G 183 Siamese Missionary Dispensary. FEB. Aphonia - - - 51 Ardor urinae - - 4 Ascites ... 5 Asthma - - 50 Boil - 14 Bronchocele - - -2 Bronchitis - - 30 Bullae ..-- 2 Burns - 3 Cancer - - - - 11 Carbuncle ... I Catarrh - - - 23 Cephalalgia ... 21 Cephalitis - - 4 Chorea ... 7 Costiveness ... 6 Cough, chronic 31 Deafness - 38 Diarrhcea 37 Disease of knee joint - 2 Dislocation • 2 Dropsy of the knee - 1 Dysentery ... - 6 Dysury .... 6 Ecthyma - 101 Eczema ... 3 Elephantiasis Barbadoes - 9 Elephantiasis Grsecorum Elongation of uvula - 3 Enlargement of nose - -5 Enlargement of spleen • 2 Enlargement "of tonsils - 3 Enteric derangement - 20 Epilepsy 2 Erysipelas ... I Erythema - - - 2 Exostosis ... 5 Fever (intermittent) - - 16 Fistula in ano 7 Fistula in perineo - -3 Fistula of salivary duct - 1 Fungus hsematodes - 2 Gastric derangement - IS Giddiness ... 4 Gonorrhea ... Gravel .... Haematuria ... Haemoptysis - - -8 Hemiplegia - - - 3 Hepatic derangement • 20 rlernia ... 8 Herpes - - - - 166 Hipjoint disease • 2 Sydrocele ... 1 Hydrocephalus - 1 [chthyosis - - - 7 Impetigo - - 65 Indigestion - 38 Induration, abdominal - 9 Induration of the limbs - 3 Inflammation and sloughing oftoes - 15 Inflammation, external • 13 Insensible spots - 5 Intermittent palsy of tongue 1 Jaundice 2 Jaws bound together - - 1 Leprosy - - - 30 Lichen ... 25 Lumbago - 4 Lupus ... 5 Menses, difficult Menses, irregular - - 7 Menses, suppressed - 14 Mania ... - I Marasmus ... 6 Nasal excoriation and ulcers 34 Neuralgia - - - 1 Nostrils closed at the en- trance --- 2 Diseases of tht Eye. Amaurosis 20 Night blindness - 8 Cataract - - - 39 Ectropia ... 7 Entropium - - - - 9 Obstructed duct - - 4 Fistula lachrymalis - 8 Conjunctivitis - 112 Cornitis 93 Nebula - - 10 Albugo 31 Eeucoma - - - 34 Glaucoma 27 Catarrhal - 6 | Iritis - - - 5 ; Closed pupils - - 2 Tw Adi Pte 8ti Pa Pa Su Gr Ti H< F< D( Ai Li E: Ei 0 0 p p I I I IT. 447 Siamese Missionary Dispensary. emulous iris 5 Pain in the head - 21 hesion of iris to capsule 6 Rheumatism - - 400 irygium ... 79 Roseola 3 iphyloma 23 Renal derangement - 3 itulous ... 4 Sarcocele 27 rulent - 4 Stone in the bladder - . 3 umnus . - - 1 Syphilis 136 ipitudo ... 19 Scabies - 40 tea ciliaris • 3 Scrofula 35 inulated lids 7 Sore mouth from eating betel 22 phora • 9 Stricturesfof urethra 10 lemaofliils 5 Sore throat 9 nor on the conjunctiva 1 Sore lips - 9 •deolum ... 2 Scirrhous breast 3 eign substances Stiff fingers 5 ible vision - Sore nipples . 2 lesion of lids to each Tonsilitis 2 other ... Tumors . 60 eratiou of lids Tinea capitis 5 stosis of the orbit Tympanitis - • . 3 irgement of eye-ball 3 Ulcers - 118 Miscellaneous. Vesiculse - • Variola - 4 9 is - 6 Wounds. mi smoking 13 tnosis - 1 Bruised 9 phyniosis . - - 1 Incised - - 8 lisis ... 3 Lacerated - 4 imonia ... 7 Punctured - 4 igo ... 5 Arm torn off 2 riasis 3 Dog bite . 6 iasis .... 175 Snake bite 1 lysis ... 24 Fracture - 3 .... 88 1US ... 3 White urine 6 lent urine ... 7 Weeping sinew - 7 he 13 Worms 7 istosis ... 13 Withered limb - 1 go ... 8 Withered nails - 3 in the side - 7 Warty excrescence - - 2 in the chest 36 White swelling of knee 1 e aggregate duration of all these cases collectively in about 9828 , the average duration of each individual case being about two and -i(!08(y of a year. More than half of the cases of ulcer and almia were of many years standing. Two or three morbid have been presented, which deserve a separate notice. , Insensible spots. This disease is characterized by spots, va- from £ of an inch in diameter to the size of the two hands, scat- wilhout order or any particular form ou all parts of the body. 448 Siamese Missionary Dispensary FEB. 183 They are a shade or two lighter than the healthy surface, exhibit no man eruption, are smooth as the natural parts, and destitute of feeling. cu(v; They may be pinched and scarified in the roughest manner without in t giving the patient pain; and with this exception of pain, such treat- baff merit excites all the symptoms of irritation. They are as susceptible to east vesicating and pustulating ointment as any part; but the blisters and the pustules when produced give no pain, while those just around their )f circumference are exquisitely painful. The constiutional symptoms, j a< co npanying them, are scarcely noticeable. But it is regarded by (jov the natives as an alarming disease; chiefly from its being a precursor f (,, of the following. Of, 2d. Inflammation and mortification of the hands and feet. This is Ope characterized by periodical inflammation and sloughing of one or more anc| of the fingers or toes. After repeated attacks of this kind, the disease jng gels hold of a joint, bares it in a small spot, and then dissolves by a pei] slow and tormenting process one ligament after another, until the limb ( being deprived of all sustenance falls oft". The bare stump, after a of long time, heals over. In the mean time, the same process is going ujc forward in another limb, or ulcers appear on the bottom of the feet, u • eating down to the tendons and bones, the sides of which become ani black and thick, and of the consistence of a horse's hoof, and may be pared off with as little feeling. While these are in progress, the foot , is surprisingly contracted and distorted. It is often drawn up into a perfect clump, and this sometimes independent of the falling off of n'! the toes. Thus, while all the toes may still exist or only one or two' be missing, the foot of an adult is often not more than five or six inches ~! in length; or the contraction may be only from the sides to the centre; and then the foot is not much more than half its usual width. Those *' affected with this disease suffer constant pain in the tendons and" bones of the diseased limb; and are among the most wretched beings that come under my care. The constitutional symptoms, which at first are riot conspicuous, at length assume a frightful aspect. The ': rheumatic pains extend through the whole frame. The patient has n' no rest day or night. The appetite also becomes depraved. The" bowels become either excessively irritable or torpid; the eye-balls swell r without active inflammation. The eyes become dull and watery, and M the face full and flabby. The whole aspect is one of wretchedness w unutterable. The Siamese name for this, disease is kervan, which some one has rendered leprosy. This is surely incorrect. There a' is scarcely a symptom in it, by which it may claim a kin to the t scaly diseases. It has seemed to me to be a little related to clrphan- tc tiasis GrtEcorum. Hitherto I have not discovered any efficient plan tc of treating it. c! 3d. Pterygium. This disease, although common to all countries, g is of uncommon frequency here, and assumes the rarest forms. It is it characterized by a triangular bundle of flesh growing either from the q inner, or outer, or both angles of the eye, and extending towards the ii sight. If not arrested in its growth, it passes over the pupil, involves V the cornea in disease, and produces permanent blindness. I have aeeu a P '. Siamese Missionary Dispensary 449 t eyes that were entirely ruined solely by this affection. Its pe- rity in Siam is, that four pterygia often appear at the same time single individual, one from each angle of the eyes. This disease s all the skill of the native doctors; but it is, in fact, one of the it to treat and cure. It is only necessary carefully to dissect off eshy imbalance from the cornea, and direct the patient to wash res in river water. icli the greater part of my practice has been surgical. Opera- ofthis kind are of almost daily occurrence at the Dispensary. Following kinds will include the chief of them, viz.: Amputation nors, lingers, and toes; excision of staphyloma ami cancers; tions for cataract, ectropium, entropium, pjerygium, fisiuki1; tying open fistulous ulcers of almost every variety. The tbllmv- jses will serve to illustrate much of my employment at the Dis- ry, during the past year. ic I. Duong, a Chinese from Paknam, aged 35 years, a slave iamese, presented himself on the 28th August, 1835, with an ted tumor on the forehead, over the left eye-brow, a part of which )lved. The tumor was eight inches in circumference at its base, •ejected over the left eye two and a half inches. It was nearly re at the apex as at the base. It had been of six years' standing, e ulcer, which involved a large part of it, had existed a year or 1 first attempted to heal the ulcer, but finding it inveterate, ided that extirpation was the only proper treatment. The pa- eadily consented to the operation; a trial was now to be made, ing had just before made a special effort to test my skill, and he ailing to see what I could do. The use of dissecting knives wonder to all the people about us. Now arose the thought, 'some untoward circumstance should occasion the death of the on whom I proposed to operate, while under the knife? Wo fid i ignorant natives declare that 1 had murdered him? If such a e should reach the king's ear, what injury might he do to me, >re especially to the cause which I have espoused? Having ly weighed these considerations, 1 determined to go forward in lenied to be the path of duty, and intrust all the consequences y Lord and Master. patient was seated in a chair with his head supported by my t, and his hands held by two men. Sitting down before him, an elliptical incision, calculating to leave sufficient integuments and cover the wound. But one side of the ellipsis was found .h involved in the ulcer to be depended on for a covering. This itance embarrassed the operation a little. The patient soon 3jns that the cutting hurt him more than he expected. He isperate struggles to get loose, and finally succeeded; but was prevailed upon to let me proceed with the operation. When iting off the skin I approached the base of the tumor, there jwerful gush of blood : the crowd of spectators was terrified; patient screamed. It was now too late to yield a moment to his elease. More help was secured to hold him, rtiid 1 proceed- VOL v. NO. x. 57 450 183-3 Siamese Missionary Dispensary, FEB. ed as I best could, amid an astounded multitude crowding upon me, the trembling anxieties of my assistants, and the horrible screams of the patient. In, four or five minutes the tumor was thrown into the basin, attended by the hearty and boisterous congratulations of the spectators. The lips of the wound were then brought as near toge- ther as they could be, and there fastened with adhesive straps. Over these, a large lint was placed, with a compress and firm bandage to command the hemorrhage. The patient manifested much gratitude with shame for his cowardice. He declared that the tumor was his property, and carried it home with him. On the third day the dress- ings were removed. The disease on one lip of the integuments had prevented adhesion by the first intention. By simple and daily dress- ings, however, it healed over in the course of a fortnight, when he returned to Paknam, so much altered in appearance that his most intimate friends were ready to question whether he were in truth the same man. In more favorable circumstances, the operation could have been performed with ease and without uproar. But in Bangkok this was impossible. Case 2d. A Siamese, upwards of 50 years of age, with long curl- ing locks (which is very repugnant to Siamese taste), a most scanty and filthy dress, a countenance much depressed, presented a fungus tumor on the bottom of the foot, as large as the double fist; it was lobulated, of a dark livid complexion, and horribly offensive. It was still more disgusting after I lifted up the sides, which rolled over and rested upon the sound parts, and were alive with maggots. The application of the oil of turpentine repulsed the formidable host with great fatality. Having encountered many a hard struggle with my strong repugnance to touch the offensive mass, I at length resolved upon giving the miserable man the best prospect of returning health, and determined to amputate the fungus. Having prepared the p - tient a few days by the use of alterative medicines, I then grappled the mass and cut it off. It was impassible to leave integuments to cover the wound, for there was not a particle of skin on the tumor. It had distinct black roots, which extended nearly to the bones. The mass when laid open, exhibited the appearance of a black and soften- ed hoof. There was of necessity a great loss of blood in the operation. The tumor was supplied by innumerable small arteries, which stream- ed in all directions, and bid defiance to the tenaculum. The hae- morrhage however was assuaged by sprinkling on the part the powder of nutgalls, with the use of a compress and firm bandage. On the second or third day the dressing was removed. A lotion of nitric acid, fifty drops to the ounce of water, was applied daily, followed by the ung. hydr. oxid. Occasionally, this was exchanged for sulph. cupri., three grains to the ounce of water, and ung. hydr. mitius. The part healed surprisingly fast. On the sixth or eighth day, while the wound was yet unhealed, there appeared a tumor in the groin of the same leg, which quickly suppurated. Being lanced, it discharged a large quantity of black sanious matter. By injecting chloride of lime, and the external use of ung. hydr. fort., it gradually disappeared. a sn -rri Tx ih ih so til b al m w d V Siamese Missionary Dispensary. 451 the patient was attacked with obstinate diarrhoea; while at the time the foot was doing well. When there remained only a the size of a thumb-nail, nnhealed, the enteric irritation assumed 'e aggravated form, and vomiting and death ensued. I consider ase as one of the most instructive I have had. I cannot divest f of the impression, that had I opened an issue in the vicinity of ire at the time the enteric irritation appeared, the patient might been saved. A few days before his death, I determined to do nit was prevented by his absence from the Dispensary. ic 3d. A Siamese lad, aged fifteen years, from Yuthia; he was of rank, and of peculiarly interesting appearance. He was affected i lockjaw. In no respect, but that of the immovability of the jaw, : like the common lockjaw. The cheek of the left side adhered gums. A thick and hard band extended from the outer incisor to the last molares, which bound the jaws so closely together could scarcely introduce a thin knife blade between the teeth. : was a little open space on the right side, formed by an irregu- nine tooth, through which the boy received his sustenance, isease was caused by a sore which involved the angle of the , and extended backward on the inside of the cheek. It had >f some years' standing. I could think of no plan of treatment ould so certainly benefit the patient as to divide the ligamentous and dissect the lips and cheek from the gums, which I did with iel. It was necessary to cut nearly through the cheek to divide Kiln band. Immediately the lad could move the under jaw, but ome difficulty. To prevent the divided parts growing together the jaws were wedged open with a piece of wood, and lint was to the wound, it was dressed daily, and the patient directed to ic wedge out three or four times in the course of the day and s jaws. The wound healed in six or eight days. The patient hen open his mouth very comfortably, though there remained stiffness, which gradually disappeared while he continued to 'o the Dispensary. ; 4th. A Siamese lad was brought by his father for a cure of ire of the nostrils at the meatus. His face was much pitted by >ox, which he had a year before. The healing of the pustules the nostrils caused one to close entirely, and the other also, ie exception of a hole that would just admit a pin. When the iated the nostrils and attempted to expel the breath through [ could discover that the extent of adhesion was not more ilf an inch. The father was very desirous that I should apply ledicine that would cut a hole through. But I persuaded him would be much better to cut holes through at once with a Accordingly the operation was performed, with perfect success, •h the lad was the most stubborn thit I have ever seen. The jrs were rallied by his cries, many of whom came to see what ing on. The first use the boy made of his nostrils, after I with- ie knife, was to snort with vengeance into my face To prc- e parts closing again, a gurn-elastic tube was put into each 4;V2 .SVamw Mi-isiotinri/ Dispensary FEB. nostril, and confined in its place by a narrow bandage. These were daily removed and the parts washed. At length, they were exchanged for sections of goosequills. After about twenty days the patient was discharged quite cured. Case 5th. A Siamese priest, aged about thirty-six years, well form- ed and uncommonly good-looking, presented a nose stuffed entirely full with polypi. It was with much difficulty that he could talk. Air could not be forced through the nostrils. A probe passed readily around the masses of fungus. Having kept the patient a few days, chiefly to show him the futility of all local applications, which he was anxious that I should try, I at length obtained permission to extract tiie polypi with the forceps. The passages were so filled that I could not reach the peduncles of the polypi, but was obliged to take hold of the first 1 could reach, and thus bring them away by piecemeals. In this way I finally succeeded in grasping the roots and extracting them, to his great relief and joy. The haemorrhage was but little, and the pain trifling. Case 6th. A Chinese, between forty and fifty years of age, presented a fleshy tumor on the left eye-ball. It covered about half of the cor- nea, and extended far back on the external surface of the ball, crowd- ing the 1 ds an inch asunder, and precluded the possibility of closing them. The patient without an objection consented to an operation. But he became terribly frightened in the midst of it, and pleaded lustily that he might be excused, even when the tumor hung only by a small peduncle on the outer side. He finally fainted and fell on the floor, which circumstance gave me an opportunity, after he recovered a little, to finish the operation to my mind. The eye did well and cleared away rapidly, a few weeks after which the patient ceased to come to the Dispensary; I have not seen him since, but doubt not that he is cured. Case 7th. A Siamese priest, upwards of sixty years of age, with a cataract in each eye. He was almost totally blind. With very little preparatory treatment, I proceeded to operate. On -the introduction of the needle, one lens was found to be soft and the other hard. The soft one was therefore broken up and the hard one depressed, operat- ing first with one hand and then with the other. A double blind was hung over both eyes, and the patient directed not to expose them to the light for any reason. Very little inflammation was induced. The soft cataract rapidly disappeared, and the hard one raised a little so that a part of it could be seen behind the pupil. Within three weeks the patient expressed great joy that he could see, walk alone, and dis- tinguish persons without difficulty. This case is a fair specimen of many of the same kind which I have had. But I ought also frankly to confess that I have often been foiled in my operations for cataract. Nevertheless, it does not now occur to me that any serious injury has resulted to any patient from guch failures. The failures are probably attributable, 1st, to a want of skill in the operator; 2d, to a want of suitable assistants: and 3d, to a want of suitable accomodations for keeping the patients under daily Siamese Missionary Dispensary. 453 ction, and under the watchful attention of careful and experienc- irses. I am often thwarted in my plans of treatment by the ice of the patients, and by their imprudence in diet. No matter impressively I may charge them touching the caution they t to observe, no matter how strong the promises they make that will observe all my directions, it affords no security that they not absent themselves for weeks after an operation, and then n bearing all the sad results, and offering for their excuse that were too sick to come, or that their friends would not bring i. Such trials occur almost daily. ise 8th. A Siamese lad, aged twelve years, the son of a man of : rank, presented a staphyloma of the right eye. Not only was ris involved in the disease, but also the sclerotica. The protru- beyond the natural boundaries of the eye was not less than half nch. It spread the lids far asunder, and much conjunctiva) in- mation was produced by the constant efforts that were made to ;r the protrusion with the lid. The upper lid was also much kened by the same process. The left eye had suffered violent in- imation, which was subdued and left it in a leucomatous state, ire was a small semitransparent spot on the outer side of the pupil, >ugh which the lad could see a little. All this disease was caused imall-pox about a year before. The father, who is a remarkably reel and affectionate parent, was much disappointed when assured, ., while there was a hope that the left eye would clear away a lit- I could give him no encouragement that the right would be of any her service. I assured him that, if he wished the staphylomatous to look and feel better, I would operate upon it, and that there i a fair prospect that it could be reduced to a natural size, and be :d from inflammation. He cheered up and requested me to do my t for his darling child. Accordingly, when 1 had fixed the eye, I out an elliptical section from the most protuberant part of the )hyloma, calculating to leave the flaps large enough to form a na- al sized-eye. Only the aqueous humor was evacuated in the opera- i. The lids immediately closed and were covered by a bandage, the second day a small portion of the iris protruded, which was ated with lunar caustic. The eye is now of a proper size. The und has entirely healed, and the thickened lid is fast improving. ie left eye is clearing, and under the use of lunar caustic solution, g. hydr. oxid. and ung. hydr. mitius, to the eye, pustulating oint- nt to the neck, and occasional mercurial aperients. The appearance the child is surprisingly improved, and the father is very thankful. 1 have performed many such operations with similar happy results, veral priests, who are particularly grieved by any bodily blemish it may be upon them, have been comforted by this operation. Sta- yloma is of very frequent occurrence in Siam. I doubt not that >re are thousands of cases even in Bangkok. But comparatively few ply for aid, because they generally understand that sight cannot be rf.n. I should judge that nine tenths of these cases are produced small-pox, which is the case also of nine tenths of all the cases of 454 Siamese Missionary Dispensary. FEB.. 183 nebula, albugo, and leucoma, and entire loss of eyes, which are very the* numerous. have I might go on and fill volumes in describing my practice, but it is han< time to desist. . The chief object in writing this communication is, pOUl to afford your readers some just impression of what may be done by gjt ,, a physician and surgeon in gaining the confidence of this people. the* The simple efforts, some of which I have detailed above, have pro- ju w duced a great excitement among the inhabitants of this country. orcje The rumor thereof is not interrupted by distance, or jungle, or con- exce fusion of tongues. It has gone into all the kingdom, and I only fear Wllj, that it swells rather than diminishes as it recedes from Bangkok. to T Successful surgical practice is far more striking to this people, than inter successful medical practice. One successful operation, for instance mav on the eye, is trumpeted more than the effects of a hundred cathartics Whe and tonics. Nevertheless, this puerile ignorant people are disposed to try i give me great credit as a medical practitioner; and although I am orn[ constrained to believe that my medical, as well as my surgical, practice w ^ here, has been attended with much success, yet I desire to feel and to „(,,,t say, ' not unto me, but unto thy name, O Lord, belongs all the praise.' havit The inquiry arises, how far has the practice been successful. It ment would be impossible to give a definite answer to this question, be- tienti ;': cause I have not been able to collect data by which one could arrive at wajt the truth. My patients being wholly at their own disposal, have very pape) generally ceased to come to the Dispensary after they have got nearly rea I have two native male assistants in the male department, and one _ j native female assistant in the female department. These departments j are entirely distinct, although they receive my attention at the same ^- . time. The lotions, ointments, pills, and powders, are all numbered, fj . each kind beginning with No. 1. I have two tables, one in each dp- rj.. partment, from which the most of the medicines are dispensed. On ju ~ 37. Siamtst Missionary Dispensary. 455 'se the lotions and ointments are arranged, so that my assistants re no difficulty, although they cannot read the labels, in laying their nds on the medicine prescribed, when they hear the number. The wders, pills, and drops are arranged on another table, at which I to write the prescriptions. Mrs. B. has the charge of directing :se to the assistants. All the men take their seats, in the order which they come, on my right hand; and the females, in the same ier on my left. The priests and a few of the higher classes are an ception to this rule. It being thought degrading for them to sit th the common people, a different seat is assigned them. Hither- T have kept a book of records, the object of which is to collect teresting data, and to be a guide to any future remarks which it iy be desirable afterwards to make concerning some of the cases, hen a new patient presents himself, I note his number, age, coun- t, residence, disease, &.C., and then take a slip of paper and write > it his number and prescription. When a patient returns, he brings th him his former prescription, by which I am reminded at a glance hat was last given him, and under which I write a new one, after iving inquired into his symptoms and the effects of previous treat- ent. It is often that 1 write only the date and 'ditto.' The pa- ints thus prescribed for, then take another seat, where again they lit their turn for receiving medicines. They then hand over their ipers as they are called for to the assistants, who, not being able to ad, carry them to Mrs. B. to be interpreted in Siamese. I do not rite them in Siamese, because it would require a longer time to do , and besides, if they were so written, my assistants could not read em. Those patients who need surgical operations are required to ait until all the prescriptions are made, when they are attended to i their order. So much for the mode of treating their bodily diseases. But this regarded as of very small consequence, compared with the effort lat is made to benefit their immortal minds. I daily open the services . the Dispensary with prayer, after which I spend ten or fifteen minutes i reading and expounding some portion of the Scriptures. Although speak the language as yet but stammeringly, I am happy to perceive lat some truth by this means is communicated to the understandings F this poor people. Besides, this effort to speak daily, is found most ilutary on the score of acquiring the language. I ought also to lention the agency of the Rev. Mr. Robinson, who preaches to the atients every Sabbath day. He is generally favored with a very ill and silent audience. We suffer at present very much for the 'ant of Christian books in the Siamese language. The few which Lev. Mr. Jones prepared more than a year ago, were long since dis- osed of, and we are not yet ready to print others. To supply in some egree this deficiency, I allow my teacher to copy the commandments, 'hich I give to all the Siamese patients, whom I request to give them irculiition among their neighbors. The Chinese, who come to the hspensary, are all supplied with tracts. On every Tuesday, either flrs, R. or Mrs. B., or both, hold a meeting for the instruction of the 456 18* Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton, FEB. females, at which they relate Scripture facts, and exhort their poor fellow-creatures to repentance and faith in Christ. For this purpose they retire with the females into a separate apartment, while 1 am en- gaged in giving similar instruction to the males without. Although we are not as yet cheered by any conversions to God, yet it is encou- raging to know that the glorious tidings of salvation from sin have through our instrumentality, and that of our patients, circulated wide- ly in this kingdom of darkness. ART. IV. Ophthalmic Hospital in Canton: the fifth quarterly report, for the term ending on the 4 son of a respectable tea broker, resident in Canton. The f the tumor is as follows :—It was observed at the birth of the at the nates of the right side were unusually large, 'a little s nurse expressed it. The child did not attract particular at- ill eight years old, when the preternatural enlargement had onspicuous. Till within a few years the growth was gradual, ie last four years its increase has been rapid, and it is now e third of the weight of the man. It is suspended, apparent- 3iis bands, from the first of the false ribs on the back, the >rocesses of the ilium, and nates. Us attachment covers a voi. v NO, x. 58 458 18! Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. FEB. surface of about a square foot. The tumor extends a little below the knees. Vertically, from the origin of its base above, to its attach- ment at the coccyx, it measures 4 feet and 3J inches. A line drawn directly around the tumor at its base, is 3 feet and 6J inches; from the spine of the ilium, round and below the pendent portion, to the same point on the opposite side, it is 4 feet. The weight is variously estimated from 60 to 100 pounds. When the man sits down, the tumor forms a circular cushion, which elevates him six inches or more in his chair. It is relaxed according as the weather is hot or cold. In the morning the skin is corrugated upon its sur- face. The color of the skin upon the tumor, and a few inches upon the back and down the thighs, is of a dark color, resumbling a mole. There are masses somewhat distinct, which appear glandular. It is free from pain, and the young man has enjoyed good health. He is of a nervous temperament, all his motions quick, and very sensitive to the slightest touch. When he came to the hospital, there was a large sore, formed by lying upon the right hip, and the callous and dead skin resembled thick leather. At four or five points were issues formed by the native doctors, who had applied cautery with much accuracy, as if the particular place were essential. The application of poultices soon removed the dead skin upon the thigh, and both the sore and the issues were readily healed. With the advice of several medical gentlemen, an incision, two inches long and half an inch deep, has been made into the tumor, to ascertain its character. The integument is distinct from the tumor. The substance of the mass resembles udder, cuts smooth, and is so dense as not to be lacerated with the handle of the scalpel. Very little blood catne from the incision, and that was of a light delicate tinge. It appears to be of a lymphatic, raiher than a sanguineous, character. Of the feasibility and desirableness of removing the tumor, I have no farther doubt, and am corroborated in the opinion by gentlemen, among whom are Scotch, English, and French, surgeons, who have examined the case, and in whose discrimination and judgment I have great confidence. Previous to the incision, the main objection to an operation, on the part of the patient and his friends, was the unwil- lingness of his wife; the removal now seems more formidable to the man himself. Whether it shall be attempted or not, depends upon him and his relations to determine. No. 2261. Nov. 28th. Encysted tumor. Yu Foo, aged 26, is a native of Keangse, and son of the chefoo of Hwuychow. This in- teresting ;•.:•! intelligent scholar consulted me for a tumor of moderate but increasing size, upon the back of the neck. He was much pleased when told it could be easily removed. He was requested to come upon the next regular day for surgical operations. When ex- tirpated it was found to contain one ounce of dark doughy concretion. The cyst was very strong, aud lined with a great number of promi- nent papulae upon its inner surface. In five days the wound was healed. A young man, competing with his fellow-students for lite- rary honors, and striving for office in government, could well dispense wit era a fi a si i age jou wit tha Na, his Lea you give wit! plet, spea ankl stiff. free freel ware him torn relic can* N, nine and inch< ptotr time! tedt she, with what Nc Heei The clear cham inner of the discoi itwai proda No. )7. Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. 459 :h such an incumbrance as this tumor might ultimately have be- ne: and the successful removal of it will doubtless be regarded as ivor by the father, desirous to see his son enjoying, like himself, ituation of power among his countrymen. Vo. 2278. December 5th. Patient from Nanking. Chin Sheihkin, id 23, was accompanied by his father, who said he had come a rney of nearly two months, and a distance of many thousand If, h the hope of obtaining benefit for his favorite son. It appeared t a tea merchant, who was in Canton a year ago, had carried to nking the intelligence of the institution of the foreigner, and from representation he was induced, as his last resort, to visit Canton, irning these particulars, and beholding the amiable and afflicted tli, it was with deep regret little or no encouragement could be 211 him. The patient had been afflicted for a number of years h chronic rheumatism of nearly all his joints, terminating in com- :e or partial anchylosis. He could open his mouth sufficiently to iik, and to receive his food. The shoulder-joints, knees, and les, were tolerably free, but the elbows, wrists, and fingers, were F. In the left forearm, the radius was anchylosed at the elbow and ; at the wrist, and the ulna anchylosed at the wrist and rotated :ly at the elbow. The hip-joints had only a slight motion for- ds and backwards. Any motion beyond what is customary gave i much pain. The father was informed that it would require time nake any perceptible impression upon the disease, and that partial ;;f was the most he could expect; under these circumstances he le but a few times. lo. 2335. Dec. 5th. Hernia. Low She, aged 41, the mother of '•, sons and a daughter, had a large tumor between the umbilicus sternum. There was a rupture in the linea alba about two ics in diameter, through which the transverse section of the colon ruded, and could be seen distinctly under the integument. At ;s it had caused great suffering. It was reduced, a compress fit- to the aperture, and a bandage applied about the waist, which was directed to wear. The patient has often been at the hospital i her friends since, and experiences but little inconvenience from t was before a serious evil. o. 2386. Dec. 12th. Absorption of the vitreous humor. Chow nchun, aged 60, from Kaouyaou, was perfectly blind in his left eye. external coats of the eye were natural; the cornea beautifully r: the pupil was preternaturally dilated, the lens was opaque and nished in size, and lay at the bottom of the eye. The vitreous •>r was entirely absorbed, and limpid aqueous humor filled both abers. There was no secretion of the pigmentum nigrum, the r surface of the ball was purely white, traversed by blood vessels ie light tinge of arterial blood. No trace of the retina could be svered. The whole appearance of the eye was as beautiful as is novel. It is surprizing that a cause could exist, sufficient to uce such a change internally, and not afTect the external tunics. o. 2399. Dec. 19th. Tumor with fungus. Han A mow, of Can- 460 FEB. Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. ton, aged 12 years, had a tumor 2| inches in diameter, just above the acromion process of the left shoulder, and extending towards the neck. By the application of escharotics, a fungus had been produced, one fourth the size of the tumor, and like a tuftoverhung the shoulder, and secreted an acrid discharge, which excoriated the arm. The child was corpulent, and his countenance sallow. At the first incision to extirpate the tumor, there was a slimy discharge, which excited the apprehension that it might communicate with the shoulder-joint, and that the synovia! fluid was escaping. Fortunately, the secretion be- longed to the tumor, and in fourteen days all was well. In laying the child upon the table for the first operation, it was discovered that there was another tumor upon the thigh, larger than the former. Having recovered from the first, the second was also extirpated. The operation was rendered tedious by the undefined character of the mass. There was no demarkation between the tumor and the sur- rounding adipose substance; the integument over it could be sepa- rated only by the knife. It appeared like a dense collection of gristly globules, increasing in hardness towards the centre. There was the same glutinous secretion as in the other, and in both instances there was considerable exudation of this during the process. The lad is now quite well. No. 2474. Dec. 26th. A young lady from Nanking, Le Awoo, aged 19, eldest daughter of a silk merchant from Nanking, had suffered from infancy, from a disease of the left eye. At this time, a white spot, with a fleshy excrescence, covered the apex of the cornea; and the blood vessels were enlarged and passed over the cornea. The father was informed that the eye might, at least, be prevented from becoming worse, and perhaps the vision improved. He said he confided the case to my care; had he not confidence, he should not have applied. By repeated applications of lunar caustic, the fleshy excrescence was destroyed; the blood vessels were divided at the union of the cornea and sclerotica; the general health was attended to, and after applying leeches to the temples, a blister was ordered. New granu- lations soon filled up the depression in the cornea made by the caustic. The blood vessels of the cornea became indistinct and the sight was improved, and at a little distance, a stranger could scarcely perceive that it differed from the other eye. Just before the close of the term, the father and two daughters came to take a final le'ive, bringing presents, which were declined, saying it was abun- dant reward, that the treatment of his daughter had been successful; but he would not take them away. The patient and her little sister, 13 years old, then came into the room, and a servant with a large crimson blanket. The first impression was, this is a part of the present. It was, however, spread at my feet, and the two youug ladies knelt upon it. They were authoritatively told it was not required or permitted to " kmo toto." They heeded it not, and though 1 took the eldest by the collar to prevent it, both succeeded in bringing their heads twice to the floor. This was done in the presence of a large assembly of P a d •c th A' co ex «y an net imj a d the f age rYW of c nea/ tren and well A dur/i afllic time. 50 y< was s a you it was came regar< ands/ female •ting i formiti niusclt side m Probat desired Beyom i> adop •eemst The and;g( Inthi the rem F Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton 461 nts and several Europeans. The father was dressed like an officer, lis daughter wore splendid silk gowns with the richest embroi- Since the case of the young man from the same city was peless, it is fortunate that the result should be so satisfactory in ase of the young lady. , i. 2637. January '23d, 1837. Adhesion of the tarsi. Chun i, aged 14, of Nanhae, at seven years old, had the small-pox, in quence of which the edges of the lids of the right eye united, it at a small point, near each angle, completely concealing the With a pair of small curved scissors, the lids were separated, he fine black eye, which had neither seen nor been seen for long years, was in a moment unhooded. This simple operation issed the spectators more than the successful treatment of half en pulmonary affections would have done. The case illustrates ignorance of surgical science. . 2638. January 23d. Pterygium and excrescence. Chin Hoo, 52, of Pwanyu, had pterygia upon both eyes. Besides four pte- on the left eye, he had a dark excrescence larger than a kernel fee upon the inside of its lower lid. These incumbrances had r rendered useless the good eyes beneath them. This is an ex- example of a disease very frequent here. One of the pterygia te excrescence has been removed, and the patient was doing t the close of the term. sites. Several cases of abdominal dropsy have been treated < the last term. From a woman, 43 years old, who had been ;d six years, 7 gallons of limpid fluid were drawn off at one In a few days she was quite well. From another female, about irs old, at a second operation, 6 gallons were taken. Her liver i enlarged as to fill nearly one third of the abdomen. From g woman, 5 gallons have also been taken away. As soon as known that she had been relieved, her incredulous friends 0 see if what they had heard were true. The patient did not the pain of the operation, but wept for joy when it was over, e saw her friends congratulating her. Two other dropsical 9 had each 6 gallons taken away, (n one of them, after cvacu- he fluid, four hard tumors were found, three inches in diameter, a a square figure; they could be seen distinctly as the collapsed s of the abdomen lay upon them, and were movable from side, and towards the diaphragm, but not below the umbilicus, ly, the attachment was superiorly. The poor woman only to live till her son, about 25 years old, should be married. 1 this she had no desire of life! The same general treatment ted, as was related of the young woman in the first report, who o have been permanently cured. young man who had his arm amputated, enjoys perfect health, ;heerful and happy, as though no misfortune had befallen him. e first report of the hospital, some remarks were made favoring icval of the tarsus for the cure of entropia, a practice which, for a time it appears to do well, experience corrects. In many 462 FEB. Edicts from the Gorernor, instances, such is the peculiar curvature of the Chinese eyelid that the evil continues. There are no cilia to turn in upon the eye, bin, in healing, the outer skin unites to the inner edge of the wound, and this, not being a mucuos membrance, soon turns in upon the cornea, and is still a source of irritation. The present mode is, to make the same perpendicular incisions through the tarsi at the lower angle of the eye, avoiding the puncta, and then, with a pair of forceps, invented by T. R. Colleilge Esq for the purpose, to take up a fold of the integu- ment over the upper lid, and with curved scissors cut it out, leaving the fifth of an inch of skin next to the cilia, as the hairs are more effectually everted than when a wider portion remains. The operation is completed, by uniting the edge of the wound with three sutures, and applying adhesive strap. The second day after, the sutures are slipt, and in four or five days the patient is relieved. The forceps so convenient for this operation are made with curved blades, that fit to the convexity of the eye, and are as broad as the portion of skin to be removed, with a slight beard at each point of the crescent. A spiral spring holds fast the integument when seized.—The experience of a large number of cases enables me to speak favorably of the undiluted liquor plumbi, to prevent the return of pterygia, which is not an un- frequent occurrence. After the hemorrhage from the operation has ceased, and the eye is cleansed, one or two drops of this astringent should be applied to the fresh wound, taking especial care that it do not come upon the denuded portion of the cornea, as it leaves a per- manent deposition. To prevent this accident, the eye should be fixed, and an assistant ready with a syringe, in case it be necessary, to wash it away before the deposition can form. For this improvement in the treatment of a very common disease, I am also indebted to the expe- rience of my friend Mr. Golledge. ART. V. Edicts from the heads of the provincial government of Canton: 1st, Directing inquiries to be made respecting certain foreign merchants, reputed to be traders in opium; %d, requiring the departure of the said fortigners mithin half a month; and 3d, extending the time fixed for their departure. THESE three extraordinary edicts have been mentioned in our journ- al of occurrences; but they deserve to be put "on record." They serve to illustrate the character of the government and the position of foreigners here, and afford curious matter of speculation for both the politician and the merchant. Had the second one been executed, not only would the property of many individuals have been seriously em- barrassed, but even the revenue of a great empire might have been affected. The names of the persons mentioned in the edicts we omit, for reasons which were specified in our last number. 37. Edicts from the Governor, Sfc. 463 No. 1. Ting, governor of Kwangtung and Kwangse, Ke lieut.-governor Kwangtung, and Wan, superintendent of maritime customs, issue se commands to the senior hong-merchants, requiring beirt full naintance therewith. Ye, the governor, lieut.-governor, and hoppo, have with deep hu- ity received an imperial decree, commanding us, In reference to the memorial of the sub-censor Heu Kew, respecting the orous natives who deal in opium, the hong-merchants who arrange the suctions, the brokers who purchase wholesale, the boat-people who car- be drug, and the marines who, being bribed, connive at their doing so— xauiino closely, and strictly apprehend offenders in all these points, to lerate on die subject with full purpose of heart, to endeavor strenuously mi up the source of the evil, and to report on the whole subject fully and folly. Respect this." re also, at the same time, received a copy of the sub-censor Heu 'a memorial, in which we find the following passage: The traitorous natives who sell the opium cannot altogether carry on the : with the foreign ships in their own persons. To purchase wholesale are brokers. To arrange the transactions there are the hong-merchants, .ke money, and give orders to be carried to the receiving ships, that them the drug may be obtained, there are resident barbarians. The ;nt barbarians dwell severally in the foreign factories. In the Creek y is one named * * , and who is nick-named the iron-headed old ilso one named * * ; in the Paoushun factory is one named * *; >ne named * * ;and one named * * * ;in the Fnngtae fac- ) one named * * * ;in the American factory is one named * in the Imperial factory is one named * * * ; in the Spanish fac- 3 one named * * ; and besides these, I apprehend there are many n ium, we observe, is an article respecting which imperial decrees :>een repeatadly received, all commanding its prohibition, and ing that if any foreign trading ship presume to come hither ipium, such ship shall be immediately sent back, and not suffer- liave any traffic with Canton. And Yuen, formerly governor of provinces, having taken up and investigated a case of four y ships, Hat and others, in which opium had been brought into rt, respectfully received the imperial commands to inflict punish- He also presented a memorial, suggesting, that, on occasion foreign ship entering the port, the senior merchants should be id to examine and enter into securities for her, each in «'icces- ind that, in concert with the several other security merchants, lould be required to examine each vessel, and then to sign a purporting that the foreigners on board such vessel do not mil them any opium. These voluntary bonds, given by the f merchants, are, according to the constant practice of the trchants, continued for some time past, presented to the hoppo, >m they are transmitted for preservation [in the governor's e, however, the foreigners are thus prevented from bringing into the port, the receiving ships at Lintin bring the drug 464 Edicts from the Governor, Sfc. FEB. Jg hither, and dispose of it only the more contumeliously. But, were the it not for the crafty and artful devices of the said merchants, the en- wil couragements they hold out to bring it, the.ir cooperation and conni- for vance, together with the arrangements, which they make in order that ctn they may divide the spoil, how could the foreigners have it in their ass power to carry into execution their petty designs? It is surely our D,,i bounden duty to inquire into this matter. sei; Forthwith, therefore, we issue these commands; on their reaching be i the said merchants, let them immediately ascertain if the before- w|,< named foreigners, *•••»*** jieu * * * and * * , do or do not severally reside in pro, the Creek, Paoushun, Fungtae, American, Imperial, and Spanish £jn, factories; of what foreign nations they are; in what manner they con- &c^ tinue stationary in this place, and store up and sell their opium; from mi(t what year they date their stay in Canton; from what year they date turn the commencement of their transactions in opium; what quantity of ma(j the drug they annually store up and dispose of; and whether they ^ ordinarily insist on payment of the price of it in sycee silver. Let them particularly inquire on each of these points, and faithfully report to us, that we may thoroughly investigate the subject. Should the a"f •Jl hong-merchants think practically to set aside the laws, and afford aid , and cooperation by disguising the subject under false colors, they' a will find, we apprehend, their criminality too heavy for them to bear. Let them one and all maturely consider and weigh this subject; and,?" £ with trembling and earnest diligence, let them obey these our special n! commands. *h'P Taoukwang, 16th year, 9th month, 19th day. (28th Oct., 1836.) dwfn ,. their No. 2. andt T8ng, governor of Kwangtung and Kwanse, Ke lieut.-governorfof "lre> Kwangtung, and W&n superintendent of maritime customs, issue"''"" these commands to the hong-merchants, requiring their full acquain- w'wt tance therewith. "if We have received from the said hong-merchants a paper, purport- to disp ing to be, 'A report made for our thorough investigation, in obedience therdi to our commands, requiring them to ascertain the reasons why the ElliPs t foreign merchants, * * and others, remain so long in Canton, 'nt'le' instead of returning home according to the regulations.' OB?" Having received it, we have again taken this case under our con- ™'a sideration. It is a case brought to our attention by an imperial decree, (|lf!-|f" which we have respectfully received. The subject has been well and tigatior accurately laid open, in the statement of the original memorial: and how, in any way, can the fact of these foreign merchants, * * and ™ the others, having made their quarters in Canton for many years, be tores': spoken of as without a cause! llmi«< In this report, it is represented, that the receiving ships being "f^e anchored in the outer seas, much of the smuggling carried on by *kttj) traitorous dealers is conducted by means of sea-going vessels, from ai«l of various parts, approaching the receiving ships, and purchasing from Ued i terests! 337. Edicts from the Governor, ifc. 465 em. Truly, if, as here represented, all such illegalities are committed iilxmt the port, how comes it, then, that the instance? tint h-ve rmerly occurred of seizures have continually been within the pro- nets of the capital? And, even assuming the truth of their present sertion, that the seizures outside are numerous, those in the capital tt few, this only shows the rareness, not the entire want of shch zures. There being then some instances, consequently there must men by whom the transactions are arranged, and individuals by lom a mutual understanding is brought about.—We the governor, utrg ivernor, and hnppo, in our desire to preserve uninjured the ipcrly and lives of the said merchants, will not withhold maternal idness, or spare any pains in advising and guiding them. If they inowledge their offenses themselves, their punishment tihall be re- tted. But if they continue to report in this irrelevant manner, and n thus away from the point, hereafter, when once discovery is He of an offense on their part, it will only remain for us to execute • laws and severely inflict the penalties thereof. And if they will now care for the consequences, they will then be utterly without ise for murmuring against us. is to the foreign merchants, * * * and the others, it is wholly ulless to question their hare, proofless assertions, or at all to doubt; ,-tlier heir long residence in Canton does indeed arise from the Ititude of ships, the business of which they have to transact, arid n the circumstance that not a month elipses without a trading i coming to Canton,—or whether it is mil rather owing to their ire to wait and observe the prices in the market in order to make r purchases. For, granting the first assertion to be perfectly true, that not a day passes in which trade is interrupted, does it, there- , follow that these foreigners are free to remain, and are never to rn home? Or can such a principle as this be admitted? Hear t a memorial, formerly sanctioned, says upon this point: [f any foreigner, in consequence of its being impracticable for him at once spose of his merchandise, is unable to rail in all his property, nnd has •fore no option but to remain in China, then he must, after the foreign have left the port, go and reside at Macao, and place his commodities e hands of a hong merchant to be sold for him; which being done, the merchant is to pay him tha whole price; and, in the following year, he avail himself of one of the ships of his nation to return home. If the merchants and linguists suffer foreign merchants by degrees to t:ike up residence in Canton, they shall be severally subjected to strict inves- on." lere is, then, not only no permission for these foreign merchants iide in Cinton, but not even any law to permit their long con- nce at MaOftO. D.> the hon^-rnerchants represent, that the trade ; foreigners needs tho parties'own particular attention? For purpose then are the several hongs for foreign trade established, if what use are the hong-merchi'.nts? Are they, forsooth, eritab- [ in order that the laws may be twisted to serve their private hi- ts? It is, indeed, most unreasonable, that these men should thus VOL. V NO. X. 59 465 FBB. Edicts from the Governor, Crime their mouths to make pretexts and work out excuses for the foreigners. Tne sum of the matter is this: These foreigners are richly imbued with the cherishing and protecting favors of the celestial empire; they ought at once to pay implicit obedience to its laws and statutes, and in all their intercourse, conform to its regulations: thus only may they preserve to themselves the path of commercial intercourse with this country At the present moment, the investigations, ordered by the court, are exceedingly strict. If then these foreigners do not bestir themselves and quickly return home, even though it be admitted that they are not residing in the country to sell what is contraband, and though it be granted that the hong-merchants do not combine with them and ar- r»ngp their transactions, yet how can these last reconcile it even to their own minds, that they should suffer the said foreigners to remain here, daily exciting fresh suspicions. Moreover, we the governor, lieut.- gnvernor, and hoppo, hold the direction of this territory, and are bound to eradicate all that is evil, and to bring back to reason the depraved. In chastisements, we show no partiality or leniency; and, having re- ceived with reverence the imperia commands to investigate this mat- mer, it the more behoves us to take anxious precautions on every side, equally toward those within and towards those from without the empire. Though it be said, in reward to what is past, indulgence should be shown, yet how can we neglect to pay prudent attention to tin: future consequences 1 We desire to impress it on the minds of all, early to look to themselves, and to consider these things long and seriously. We now issue these commands. When they reach the said hong- merchants, let them immediately enjoin the same on the foreign mer- chants, **,**,**, as also on those who have resided but for a few years, or who have gone away and returned again, namely **,**,**,* *, and * * , desiring them, in obedience hereto, to settle with the utmost diligence their commercial affairs. They are indulgently allowed a period of half a month, in which to pack up their effects, and remove out of the provincial city, and either avail themselves of some expect- ed ships, or of some vessels about to s .1 , to return to their country. They cannot be alia wed to remain any longer. Should any of them be really unable to conclude their business in half a month, then they must go within that time to Macao; but even there, may remain only fur a season: and all their goods and acouuts they must put into the hands of the hong-merchants, the one to be disposed of, the other to be settled, in order that they may speedily return home with all their effects. Nor must they be allowed, by remaining long at Macao, to dis- obey the fixed regulations. If they dare to continue their stay, it will then be seen, that the said foreigners will not listen to kind language, that they are irreclaimably sunk in folly, and that they are truly such as the celestial empire will not tolerate. And when the effects of the law are visited on them, though they have a country to return to, r* jW, Rdicts from the Governor, fpc. -167 ey may find it impossible to escape thither. The factories in they are Buffered to remain shall also, in such case, be closed; e parties concerned in them shall be brought to investigation. •el'nl then not to decide carelessly. Let the said merchants t to us, within three days, signed bonds, that the limited period : carefully observed, in order that we may be enabled, after igh examination of the subject, to report to his majesty. Let >|)|>ose this, or delay obedience. A special order, rakwang, 16th year, 10th mouth, 15th day. (23d Nov., 1836.) No. 3. ig governor of Kwangtung and Kwangse, Ke lieut.-governor of gtung, and Wnn superintendent of maritime customs, issue orders to the hong-merchants, requiring their full acquaintance mh. , the governor, ike., have received the subjoined report from id hong-merchants:— r excellencies' commands wore received, directing us immediately to inicate to the foreign merchints, * * and others, that they are seve- > finish with the utmost diligence their commercial affairs; that they are mtly allowed a period of half a month, in which to pack up their effects move out of the provincial city, after which they are either to avail Ives of some expected ship.-t, or of Home vessels on the point of sailing, rn to their country; that they cannot be allowed longer to loiter about; it, should any of them be really unable to the conclude their business a month, they also must remove within the time prescribed, but may tl ir.no, and remain there for a season; that, however, they must not be 1 by remaining long at Macao to disobey the fixed regulations. On the of these commands, we examined our documents, and found, that in mcr report we had already stated that there is no such person here as . With the exception therefore of him, we, in obedience to the nds received, enjoined it on the said foreign merchants, * * and lera, that they should obey the same, should settle with the utmost ce their commercial affairs, should within the prescribed period of month remove from Canton, and either return home, or go down to ; and that if there were any who really were unable to conclude their is in half a month, they should place their merchandise and their nc- in our hands, that we might dispose of the one and settle the other in. We also desired them to give us written bonds that they would y observe the limited period, in order that we might present the ng thus done, we received from * * a note, stating, 'that as soon ad concluded his sales and purchases, about the first month of next s will return home.' We received also a note from * * , stat- at he has determined to go home, and that at the end of this year, avail himself of a vessel sailing hack to his country.' We also re- •eplies from * *, * *, * *, * *, and severally, stating, 'that at present ships are arriving in great mini- lat it is necessary that they should purchase cargoes for them belore n sail again; and intreating a delay until such time as they have sd their sales and purchases, when they will go down and reside at Having reported these answers, we received your excellencies atnmands, to the effect, that the language of the several foreign met. 466 FEB. Edicts from the Governor, Sft.. chints bore marks of a desire to delay; and that they should therefore still be directed to move out of the provincial city, as before ordered, within the prescribed time. After we received these directions, we again enjoined the commands, and called on tho^foreigners to act in trembling obedience thereto. "Having done this, we have now received a reply from * * , still in- treating 'that he may wait until he has concluded his sales and purchases, anfl'that about the first month of the next year he will return to his country. From * * we have also received a reply, etill 'requesting that he may be allowed to clear up his accounts, and at the end of this year he will return home.' From * * also we have received a reply, intreating 'that he may be allowed to stay until his commercial affairs are concluded; and then, in the third month of next year, he will return home.' * * has replied to us: -I am now conducting my mercantile transactions with the utmost diligence. I beg that I my stop till the first month of next year, when I will go down and reside at Macao.' * * replied: 'Many ships to my consignment still remain anchored at Whampoa; and it is requisite yet to purchase silk, and teas, and other goods for exportion. The teas this year are reaching Canton later than is ordinarily the case. I intreat that I may be allowed to remain till I have purchased all the goods required, and till the stilps hive all left the port; and then, in the fourth month of next year, I wrll go down and reside at Macao.' From * * and * *, we have received answers, 'that they have now ships at Whampoa to their consignment; that they have to purchase silks, teas, and others goods for them to export; and that they intreat, therefore, they may be allowed to stop till they have completed all their purchases, when, in the third month of next yesr, they will go down and reside at Macao' Lastly, * * has re- plied, intre-iting 'that he may be allowed to complete his sales and pur- chases, when, at the end of this year, he will go down and reside at Macao.' These all hiving reached U3, it is our duty to report the particulars, and ask if your excellencies will deign to grant ttye requests of the several foreign merchants, which must proceed wholly from your excellencies' grace and favor." This report having come before us, we, the governor, lieut.-governor, tind hnppo, IMVC again taken the subject into consideration. In the regulations there is no article permitting foreigners to abide in the provincial capital. Out of former chance-inadvertence has grown up a stay and Continuance therein of several years' duration. It is, in- deed, an infringement of the established enactments. Admit that these foreign merchants quietly attend to their commercial duties; gr.int that they and the hong-merchants are not mutually drawn into acts of depravity; yet suspicions have arisen, in the place of their stay, that they have taken their quarters here for the purpose of com- bining with natives to dispose of contraband goods; and the expres- sion of these suspicions has ascended even to the ninth heaven (the imperial presence), and has called down from the great emperor strict orders to investigate the subject. Now, having received the above detailed report, we, the governor, the lient.-governor, and the h()pno, look upwards, and would embody the extreme desire of the sacred intelligence to cherish strangers with tenderness. In seeking condescendingly to yield to the dispositions of foreigners, what need is there to be over-strict and harsh? But if the period be too long extended we shall not only be unable to And '. Edicts from the Governor, Sfc. 460 Is to report it to his majesty; but also, by partiality and con- nee, we shall greatly derogate from the dignity of government, have therefore jointly deliberated and determined on our course tion. The three merchants, * * , * * , and * who have pleaded for a delay, at the same time purposing to re- to their country, may be allowed their requests, namely to re- severally at the end of this year, and in the first and third months 3 next year. They may return at the periods they have named, two merchants, * * and * * , also, who have requested .hey may go and reside at Macao, are allowed to do so at the times id, the close of this year, and the first month of next year. But regard to the three merchants **,**, and * * , without having named a period for going home, seek to go and B at Macao, and yet ask to stop till the third and fourth months xt year before they go, manifest the most absurd and foolish con- From their statements, however, it appears that they have yet • ships here, and they have need to purchase cargoes for them, herefore will indulgently permit an extension of the period, pre- ng to all of them the second month of next year, at which period must go to Macao. Between this date and the second month of year four months will elapse; and in that period they m;iy tran- ill their affairs; or if some do remain unfinished, yet they will be :o make Macao their place of sojourn. We certainly will not per- ic least extension of this period, or opposition hereto. We the nor, the lieut.-governor, and the hoppo, are this day sending a trial, by express, to inform the great emperor that periods have fixed for the departure severally of the said foreigners; and on count will we make any change. i the said hong merchants take signed bonds from the said fo- merchants, severally, to observe this prescribed limit; and let also give bonds for themselves, that they will not presume to their stay beyond the period prescribed: the hong merchants be held responsible for them in their property: and these bonds nust deliver within three days. Let them not seek and hope lay. Aad, as the said foreign merchants successively depart, let on each occasion report the same, that examination may be If when the periods elapse they still linger and hesitate to go, then be seen that these foreign merchants are bound up in the )f their own private interests, and that they are minded to offer melious opposition. We, the governor, lieut.-governor, and hop- i the performance of our duties, will not assume the slightest 3 of false coloring and vain pretext; nor will we show the least lal regard and consideration. We can only pursue our course irm maintenance of the laws; ruling well, on the one hand those it, on the other those within, the empire's pale; and thus aim- > display gloriously the majesty of heaven (the emperor). Say lat you were not forewarned. Tremblingly and attentively ler this. A special edict, mkwang, 16th year, Uth month. 6th day. (13th Dec., 1836.) 470 FEB Cultivation iif tht Poppy ART. VI. Cultivation of the poppy, in Europe, China, and India; extent and quality of land so occupied; time and mode of cul- ture; and the amount of population and capital engaged therein. THE Papaver somniferum, now so extensively cultivated for the purpose of obtaining its "inspissated juice," though probably a na- tive of India, has been naturalized throughout almost every part of China and Europe. It was known in ancient times. Homer speaks of it under the name of M.rr.ut; and Virgil calls it Cereale Papaver, also soporiferum. Ovid makes the night to be crowned with it. In Hindustan it is called post; and by the Cingalese albin atta. The Japanese call it kesi, also jeisoku; and the Chinese, yingsuh. In mo- dem Europe, it is the garten-mohn of the Germans; the mak of the Bohemians and Hungarians; and the maczek of the Poles. In the Linnean system, it belongs to the class polyandria, and order monogy- nia. It is an annual plant, with a glaucous colored stem, jpnooth, erect, and round; it seldom rises higher than five feet, has large, sim- ple, obtuse, lobed and cerenated leaves, embracing the stem, on which they are alternately placed; its flowers are large, terminal, and of a silver-grey, tinged with violet at the base.1 In the wild plants the flowers are provided with only four petals; but in the double varieties the petals are very numerous, and vary in color from white to red and deep violet, with a hundred intervening shades. The capsules contain a great number of seeds.2 In Europe, the poppy is found as an ornamental plant in gardens; it is also extensively cultivated, but chiefly for the sake of the oil which is obtained from the seeds. The time of sowing is in autumn, and the crop is ready for harvesting in July or August following. The oil is used for culinary purposes.2 The greatest part of the opium used in Europe, as well as a part of that which finds its way to China, is produced in the Turkish empire. The process of cultivating the poppy and manufacturing the drug is very simple. When the poppies are fit for the harvest, the flower falls off, and the people, in the evening, go into the plantation, and with hooked knives make circular incisions round the capsules; from these there exudes a white milky juice, which, being exposed next day to the heat of the sun, concretes into a dark brown mass, and forms crude opium. On the next and several succeeding even- ings they come and scrape this off, as long as the plant continues to exude it. This is called by the Turks measlac, and by the Greeks iVo», which literally signifies juice, and hence the name opium. That sent to Europe is always adulterated. They boil down the poppy heads wit.h other narcotic plants, and having inspissated the juice, wrap it up in poppy leaves, and so send the impure mass in cakes to the market. The pure measlac they generally keep for their own use, when they wish to make kef, \. e., enjoy "an undefinable sensation of -ea< 337. Cultivation of the Poppy. 471 easure." Accordingly, when a Turk wishes to make kef, he take* drachm of opium; then adds a draught of water; and, throwing mself oil his divan, is soon wrapt in Elysium.3 In very remote times, the Chinese seem to have known but little of ;her the poppy or its "inspissated juice." The latter they call yung, also apee'n, and vulgarly yipeen. They say, however, that 1 signification of the name is not clear:., "by some it is said, that :i, certain foreign languages, is the pronoun of the first person, and it the plant, from its resemblance to the fooyung (hibiscus multi- is), is named afooyung, 'our hibiscus.'" The same author, who the by wrote more than two centuries ago (yet here centuries past i but as years), gives the following account of the cultivation of the >py. "Opium was formerly but little known. Those who have em- yed the drug in modern times, say that it is the exuded juice of the ipy. It is procured in the season when the poppy produces a green id, by piercing the outer green skin, with a large pointed instru- nts, in four or five places, being very careful, however, not to in- ; the inner integuments. This is done in the afternoon. The t morning, when the juice has exuded, it is scraped off, with a Fe made of bamboo, placed in earthen pots, and dried in the Je. Hence we see the reason why the drug, when brought to the ket, often has pieces of the pericarp mixed with it. Wang, in his edical Collectanea," states, that it is procured from the red poppy ndia, and that water must not be allowed to rest upon the heads, i which the juice is obtained, by piercing their green skin, which ane after the decay of the flowers, in the 7th and 8th months. But itinues the same author), the poppy having flowered and produced ruit in the 5th month, how can there be any green skinned head ; in the 7th and 8th months? Perhaps, however, th»nnfrjpd of ering in India may be different from that in our own country."4 i modern times, the cultivation of the poppy has been greatly ex- ed in China; and memorials to the emperor, requesting that ibitions might be enacted to prevent this, have been presented from irovinces of Fuhkeen, Kwangtung, Chekeang, Shantung, Yun- Kweichow, &-c. One of these memorials will serve as a specimen B others, and afford some idea of the present mode and extent iltivating the poppy and of manufacturing the drug in China.5 memorial was written in 1830, by a censor, named Shaou Ching- i, a native of Chekeang. He names five departments, which ibly include about one half of the province: they lie contiguous ch other, between the parallels of 27° 31' and 30° N. lat., and ;en 2° and 5° Ion. E., of Peking. The following is the memorial. Union Chinghwuh, censor, superintendent of roads, &c., &c., in rovince of Chekeang, presents this memorial, in order to obtain nperial will on the subject of which it treats. >pium is a product of foreign countries, and at first was only oc- lally included in the list of medicines. Subsequently, villainous ; induced others to use it ; and in this way the contaminating ce has passed from one to another, till it has spread over the 472 FEB. Cultivation of the Poppy. whole country. It is, indeed, a flowing poison of no small influence. Traitorous natives have also, lately, engaged in planting the poppy and preparing the drug for sale. In Chekeang, my native province, the planters1 are the most numerous in the department Taechow foo; next to it, in the number of cultivators, are Ningpo foo, Shaouhing foo, Yenchow foo, and Wanchow foo. The mode of culture, as I have heard it described, is t^iis; the seed of the poppy is sown in the 10th month of the year; in the 4th month of the following year, when the heads are formed, they are cut open and the white juice exudes. In this manner, may be obtained from one mow of land [about 6600 square feet] four or five catties [1J Ibs. per catty], which is boiled down to the consistency of soft clay. The article thus ob- tained in Taechow foo, is called the Tae juice, i. e., the juice of Tae- chow. There are some also who obtain opium from species of the alcea and hibiscus; and hence it is named, the juice of the alcea, or of the hibiscus. These two kinds of opium are quite like that which is brought from beyond sea, and there are large companies of petty traffickers, who, going continually from place to place, sell the drug, and thus openly and knowingly violate the laws. If this now be considered a trivial matter, and is not interdicted, it will, eventually, become so general, that government will be afraid to interfere. The said people, like flocks of ducks, run after gain; for it is supposed that from an acre planted with poppies, ten times as much profit can be gained as from one planted with rice. The people, therefore, pre- suming that government will not issue strict prohibitions, go to the utmost excess, without the least fear; and around all the cities, vil- lages, hamlets, and markets, belonging to the departments named above, every place is covered with poppies; and all the inhabitants, both^sj^yind women, old and young, are employed in the production and sale of opium. Thus, within less than ten years, the evil has spread over a large part of this province, not only bringing injury on the good, but greatly retarding the work of the husbandman. "I have heard, also, that in the provinces of Fuhkeen, Kwangtung, and Yunnan, the people produce and sell opium; and hence the drug is called the juice of Fuhkeen, the juice of Kwangt-jng, &c., ac- cording to the province in which it is produced. "Considering that your majesty has frequently issued interdicts against the introduction of foreign opium, in order to stop villainy and prevent calamity; that the people are in multitudes planting the poppy and selling the drug; and that, if this cannot be effectually stopped, there is reason to fear, lest the effects of the flowing poison, spreading over every province of the empire, will eventually become more ruinous than the effects of that brought from beyond sea; it is my bounden duty to request, that your majesty will be pleased to order the lieut.-governor of Chekeang, and the great officers of all the other provinces, carefully to examine the subject, and devise means for slopping the cultivation of the poppy and the production of opium, faithfully carrying into execution your majesty's commands. Then the sources of the evil will be effectually closed up, and the people 37. Cultivation of tht Poppy. 478 ly increase in affluence. Whether my humble views are right or , it is still my duty tu lay them before your majesty." M India, the extent of territory occupied with the poppy, and the aunt of population and capital engaged in its cultivation and in the paration of opium, are far greater than in any other part of the •Id. Malwa, Benares, and Buhar (Patna), are the chief localities; nearly every chest of the drug, exported from India, bears one of r names, according to the part of the country in which it was pro- ed. About one half of the whole product of India is obtained from wa. Though the chiefs of Malwa are under British protection, management of the soil is entirely beyond the Company's authori- md both the cultivation of the poppy, and the production of opium free. The traffic in the drug is also free, excepting "transit es," which are levied upon it when passing through the British lories," as most of it does, on its way to Bombay, from whence it sported to China. But in Benares, Bchar, and throughout all territories within the Company's jurisdiction, the cultivation of wppy, the preparation of the drug, and the traffic in it, until il is ght to Calcutta, and sold at auction for exportation, are under a t monopoly. Should an individual undertake the cultivation, 9ut having "entered into engagements with the government to de- the produce at the fixed rate," his property would be immediately lied,' and the ryot compelled either to destroy his poppies, or securities fur the faithful delivery of the product. Nay, ac- ng to a late writer,8 "the growing of opium is compulsory on art of the ryot." Advances are made by government, through it ive servants; and if a ryot refuses the advance, "the simple of throwing the rupees into his house is adopted; should lie at- . to abscond, the peons seize him, tie the advance uo in his ;s, and push him into his house. The business being now settled, here being no remedy, he applies himself as he may to the ful- it of his contract." 0() biguhs of land (about ^ of an acre per bigah) then under tion; in 1829, the amount was nearly or quite doubled.'" And duce, in the mean time, had increased in a still greater degree. .nt, perhaps, depends so much on the soil, the season, ;ind the f culture, as the poppy. In some districts, a bigah yields no IHII one seer, or rather less than '2 Ibs. While in other.", U-n, VOL. V. NO. X. 00 474 FEB. Cultivation of the Poppy. twelve, or more, times that amount is obtained. In the district of Sarun, the average was supposed to be five seers per bigah." Not only should the best soil be selected, and that which can be easily irrigated, but careful attention should be given to the plant, through every stage of its growth, in order to bring it to prefection. Owing to its structure, having a long slender stalk and a heavy head, it is easily destroyed.1" Sometimes the finest crops, covering the ground with white flowers like drifted snow, promising abundant produce, have been in an hour utterly ruined by hail-storms. Also the state of atmosphere, and the course of the winds, during the time the juice is being collected, greatly affect the produce. The best quality, and the greatest quantity, are obtained, when, with a very gentle breath from the north west, there are heavy dews, and the juice exudes freely, and so thick that it will not fall to the ground. The mode of cultivation pursued in the "Patna district," may af- ford a good idea of that which obtains in other places.19 The ryot, having selected a piece of ground, always prefering (cseteris paribus) that which is nearest his house, encloses it with a fence. He then, by repeated ploughings, makes it completely fine, and removes all the weeds and grass. Next he divides the field into two or more divisions, by small dikes of mould, running lengthways and crossways, according to the slope and nature of the ground. He afterwards divides the field'into smaller squares, by other dikes leading from the principal ones. A pit, or sort of well, is dug about ten feet deep at one end of the field, from which, by a leathern bucket, water is raised into one of the principal dikes, and in this way it is carried to every part of the field, as required. This irrigation is necessary, because the cultivation is carried on in the dry weather. The seed is sown in November, and the juice is collected in February and March, during a period, usually, of about six weeks. Throughout the whole process, the ryot is assisted by his family and servants, both women and children. As soon as the plants spring up, the weeding and watering commence, and are continued till the poppies come to maturity. Perpencidular cuts or scraches are then made in the rind of the bulbous heads, with a muscle shell, found in all the tanks of the country. Fiom these cuts the juice exudes, and is daily collected and delivered to the local offi- cers.14 This is a very tedious process, requiring constant attention. When the poppies are exhausted, their color changes from green to white. The seeds contain no opium, and the labors of the season are now closed. The cultivator receives about 3J rupees ($1.65) for each seer of the poppy-juice, which is required to be of a specified consis- tency.'5 This must be such that a gomastah can take it out of the vessel in which it is brought for delivery by the ryot, and turn-tt twer without its dropping off his hand : if it is not sufficiently dry to admit of this, it is either returned to the ryot for further evaporation, or an additional quantity must be delivered to make up the deficiency. The lands under cultivation are measured every year,16 and their boundaries fixed, in order to prevent collision among those to whom they are assigned. The government annually enters into an en- Cultivation of the Poppy 475 lent with the cultivators, through an intermediate agency, con- ed in the following manner: there is, 1st, a collector, who is opean; 2dly, there are gomastahs, a superior class of men, both ucation and caste; 3dly, sudder mattiis, a respectable class of ilders; 4thly, village mattus, the principal villagers, a little su- to the ryots; and Sthly, the ryots, the chief laborers in the ation of poppies." The "engagement," entered into with the iment, is this: when the poppy is ripe, and immediately before riod of extracting the juice, the gomastah and his establish- make a circuit of the country, and form, "by guess," a probable te of the produce of each field.19 He then makes the ryot into an engagement with him to deliver the quantity thus esti- and as much more as the field will yield, at the price jsly fixed; if he fails to deliver the estimated quantity, and Hector has reason to suppose he has embezzled the deficiency, empowered by law to prosecute the ryot in the civil court for es. product in India, for the last year, it is said, amounts to about 1 chests. The Malwa averages about 134 Ibs. per chest; the 1161bs." The weight of a chest, however, varies; and is some- 140 Ibs. In Turkey, the product may be 2,000 or more chests, ly. In regard to China, we have only the testimony of the lor Choo Tsun, respecting his native province, Yunnan. The he says, is cultivated all over the hills and open campaign, and antity of opium annually produced there cannot be less than thousand chests.20 (i the foregoing statements, derived chiefly from official docu- the reader will be able to form some opinion, as to the extent itory, and the amount of population and capital, now devoted product ion of opium. Taking into the account, the wnole of ', China, and India, it will be seen that, many thousands of vith millions of the inhabitants, are employed in the cultivation ies. The preparation of the drug for market, the traffic in it, >us uses, &c., are topics worthy of consideration, aud may be in subsequent numbers. 1, Ainslie's Materia Indica, vol. 1, p. 275. 2, Encyclopaedia America- ), p. 396. 3, Dr. Walsh's Residence at Constantinople, vol,2, p. 192. ie«hin's Puntsaou Kangmuh, sec. 23, p. 23. 5, Peking Gazette, No. 97, g. 25th, 1830; also Can. Reg., vol. 3, No. 24. 6, Thornton's State and i of India, p. 231. 7, Kennedy in evidence on E. I. affairs, No. 768,1833. lore Free Press, Feb. 25th, 1836. 9, Stark in evidence, on E. 1. affairs, 10, Kenn., No. 71S. 11, Ibid., No. 776. 12, Ibid., No. 1080. 13, e Free Press, vol. 1, No. 21, Feb., 1836. 14, Stark, No. 257. 15, Ibid. and Kenn., No. 789. 16, Kenn. No. 769. 17, Ibid., Nos. 721 and Ibid., No. 781. 19, Mr. Fleming's Papers on revenue, p. 401. 20, Chi- ository, vol. 5, p. 393. 47ion of British trade, when unfettered by any restrictions, is the efficient mode of introducing into every part of the world a edge of the arts, sciences, and civilization of Europe, and there- reasing the prosperity and happiness of mankind." •r a vote of thanks had been passed by the committee for sun- ihlications received from China, "the minutes" conclude with lowing paragraph. i the motion of the chairman, the Committee resolve to propose Council the following gentlemen as corresponding Members Society: the Rev. E. C. Bridgman; J. Mathesnn esq.; T. R. ge, esq.; Alexander Johnston esq.; and the Rev. Charles > view." The Periodical Miscellany and Juvenile Instructor: Malacca, This is a monthly publication, in 8vo., each number con- ; 24 pages. Owing to the number of copies first printed, not sufficient for all the subscribers, it became necessary to print id edition of the early numbers; and it was only very recent- we received a specimen of the work. The "Miscellany" en months, from June to December 1)336, is now before us. laracter of the work may readily be gathered from its title- rhich might be rendered still more appropriate, by a slight on, placing the second part before the first. The main object vork seems, in fact, to be the instruction and amusement roang. To effect this object, it is chiefly composed of brief of a moral tendency, short papers on subjects of natural phi- and history, fragments, and miscellanies, interspersed with a icles on the literature, and manners and customs, of the Ultra- c nations. Three articles have appeared on the Chinese Ian- chiefly as spoken in the dialects of Fuhkeen (or Hokkeen, as ves pronounce it). They contain the germ of valuable matter, as not been suffered to grow into a ripe and beneficial fruit, ect being treated too much in the manner of one writing in iste. We confess ourselves somewhat disappointed, also, in so little information on the very interesting topic of Ultra- i nations,—seven numbers of the Miscellany having appeared, any original articles under this head, except the three on the language above alluded to. Were we stationed, for a mo- t the editor's efbow, we would gently hint to him the propriety ing to the topics enumerated in his prospectus. (See our No. ust. 1836, p. 151 478 FKB. Literary Notices. We ire aware that time should be granted to an editor in this quarter of the world, to enable him to render his work such as he himself must wish it to be. But we are also sensible, from experience, that, amid numerous engagements, he is liable to forget promises made at the commencment of his undertaking. We feel confident, however, that, if his friends will do their part in contributing to his pages, the editor will gradually improve his work, and that the Perio- dical Miscellany will erelong become a valuable repository of interest- ing information, and a worthy successor to the Indo-chinese Gleaner, so ably conducted by Dr. Milne, amid numerous discouragements and difficulties, until his death in 1822. 3 The. Sandwich Island Gazette aud Journal of Commerce, is published at Honolulu, Oahu, every Saturday. S. D. Mackintosh, editor. Terms $6 per annum. The first number appeared on the 30th July, 1836, with the sanction of his majesty, the king of the Sandwich Islands, then absent from Honolulu, expressed in the following note. "To Stephen D. Mackintosh, Honolulu, Oahu, I assent to the letter which you sent me. It affords me pleasure to see the works of other lands and things that are now. If I were there, I should very much desire to see. I have said to Kinau, make printing presses. My thought is ended. Love to you and Reynolds." (Signed by the King.) A complete file of the Gazette, down to Jan. 14th, 1837, has come to hand; and the Repository will be sent "in exchange." As the editor requests that "foreign editors" will occasionally remark "on the existence of his humble journal," he ought, we think, to afford them more original matter, worthy of remark. We have been much dis- appointed in finding only here and there a fragment of intelligence respecting either the islands or their inhabitants. Many of the num- bers, except, the advertisements, might have been compiled as well in Liverpool or New-York, as at Honolulu. A hint to the wise is enough. And there being at the islands material and talent sufficient to fill columns of the Gazette and Journal every week, we hope that a share of the space hitherto occupied with old extracts will be enlivened with descriptions of native scenery, productions, character, and manners. In the Gazette for January 7th, the death of the princess HARIETA NAHIENAENA, sister of the king, is noticed. She died at the palace of his majesty, Friday, December 30th, 1836. A treaty, during the past year, has been formed between the United States and the government of the Sandwich Islands. The following articles, of agreement between Great Britain and the Sandwich Is- lands, signed at Honolulu, Oahu, Nov. 16th, 1836, we copy from the Gazette of the 19th of that month. ART. I. English subjects shall be permitted to come with their vessels and property of whatever kind to the Sandwich Islands; they shall also be permit- ted to reside therein as long as they conform to the laws of these Islands, and to build houses and ware-houses for their merchandise, with the consent of the king; and good friendship shall continue between the subjects of both countries, Great Britain and the Sandwich Islands. ART. II. English subjects resident at the Sandwich Islands are at liberty to go to their own country or elsewhere, either in their own or any other Journal of Occurrences. 479 la; they may dispose of their effects, enclosures, houses, &c., with the "is knowledge of the king, and take the value with them without any liment whatever; the land, on which houses are built, is the property of ing, but the king shall have no authority to destroy the houses, or in any injure the property of any British subject .T. III. When an English subject dies on the Sandwich Islands his ef- shall not be searched or touched by any of the governors or chiefs, but be delivered into the hands of his executors or heirs if present, but if no or executor appear, the consul or his agent shall be executor for the ; if any debts were owing to the deceased, the governor of the place assist and do all in his power to compel the debtors to pay their debts to eir or executor, or to the consul in case no heir or executor appears, and onsul is to inform the king of the death of every British subject leaving ;rty on the Sandwich Islands. (Signed) TAMEHAMEHA III. ED. RDSSELL, capt H. B. M.'s ship, ACTEON. . VIII. Journal of Occurrences. Trade in opium; delays in :he post-establishment; the Yellow River; dismissal of officers,° Chinese slave trade; arrival of six Japanese in Canton. ORS and reports, respecting the question of legalizing the trade in opium :ontinue to be contradictory and unsatisfactory. Just after the final pages r last number went to press, on the 16th instant, a dispatch was received e governor from Peking, acknowledging the receipt of his memorial (dated ember 7th) on the 26th of January. The contents of the dispatch have not ranspired, excepting an injunction on the governor and his colleagues to heart and hand in restraining the avaricious greediness of foreigners and eventing the exportation of fine silver.' '' lay of Post. Our reader must not be surpriHed at this heading The Clii- have not a general post-establishment, for the convenience of the public • but have a well-organized establishment for the conveyance of gcivern-u'ntal ments, throughout the empire; and we have recently observed in the Ga s, complaints from several quarters, of the alloted period for conveyance icuments from one place to another being exceeded. For this ;,n~»nse the istrates in whose districts delay has arisen, are always subjected to a court quiry, and the immediate offenders, the couriers, are punished by the local srs. Post-stations are in general established at distances of from four to >r eight miles; and are supplied with horses for the use of the couriers as of officers of all ranks, who may be travelling on missions of importance 're- ng expedition. This secondary use of the post-horses is sometimes ta'ken .ntage of by the relatives of subaltern officers, who, when the superiors of official kinsmen are travelling on public business, attach themselves to their !ge, and thus travel from place to plaee, with merchandise, not only at a t saving of expense to themselves, but also in some measure free from exam- on at the custom-houses through which they pass. This has been carried to an excess, that, according to a statement of one of the censors, the retinue e last Cochinchinese mission including the carriers of goods and of bagoaee unted to between 4000 and 5000 men. This statement has called forth an' t from the emperor, addressed to the governors and lieut-govrrnors of all the mces, to put a stop to this illegal practice. His majesty also directs, that on Kit visit of the Cochmchineae mission, which will be in the course of the 480 Journal of Occurrences. current year, the number of which their retinue is to consist is to be fixed before their journey from Kwangae to Peking is commenced. The Yellow River. It appears from numerous cases of officers being reward- ed, on several occasions in the course of last year, for their unremitting exer- tions, to restrain the Yellow River within its bounds, that the districts watered by its have recently been exposed to very imminent danger of inundation. It has often been remarked that the Yellow River is one of his celestial majesty's most troublesome subjects. And it appears, that the emperor seeks for more than human strength to keep it under control; and many temples to the river gnds nre endowed by government. A new one has lately been built, ana his majesty was applied to for nn inscription to place therein; in answer to which application, he promised to write one himself. Dismissal. In a despotic government, the downfall from high favor to un- qualified displeasure of their imperial masters is common among ministers. Yang Mingyang, late lieut-govornorofShen«e,isthesonof Yang Yuchun, who, in concert with the present premiers Changling, acquired a high reputation and great favor from the war in Turkestan, against prince Jehangir in 18^6-28. He has held the government of Shense since 1831, and has borne a good reputa- tion. He has, however, fallen under the imperial displeasure, and is suddenly dismissed from all official employment, on a charge of negligence, and partiality shown in the appointment to office of his fellow-townsmen. Chinese slave trade. The Canton Register of the 28th instant contains a let- ter, addressed to the editor, respecting the "slave trade on the coast of China." The letter is signed by a "Coaster," and seems to have been written since the Chinese new-year, February 5th, 1H87. We quote it entire. "Dear Sir,—If the following facts are worth inserting in your columns, pray do no. On the 3d day of the first month, observed a small junk run close in shore on the beach, and also two sedan chairs; thought it was some governmental officer going to embark. Having some of the natives onboard tlie barbarian ship, we asked them what was going on, and who all those people were. They replied that two or three gentlemen were going to Formosa with slaves, which they had bought prior to the new year. About 150 women and children, were embarked on board this small vessel, not exceeding90 tons burthen. When they had all got on board, a barbarian officer (nsing the celestial term) went on board the junk to gee how they were stowed away. The hold of the junk was divided into four parts ; the aftermost was allotted to the gentlemen, and the other three parts to the women and children. Here they were, poor creatures ! stowed very close? tha greatest part of them being children from two years old and upwards, male and female ; and several poor little urchins on deck, exposed to the cold winds. Th-.- orSeer took the hatch off to put them below; there was not one that would lay hold of them, and the stench was so great that he was obliged to plnce them on deck again. The price of the children varied from twenty to fitly dollars each; that of the elder women from thirty to eighty. One stout young woman, about nineteen years old, was offered for sale; they asked fifty dollars for her; the offi- cer made no purchase, but let her take her chance in the new country. Wo asked some of the men how sueh a practice was allowed in such a country as theirs; the reply was: 'What can the poor people do who have no rice to give their children? It was much better to sell them for dollars than let them starve; and their parents want dollars for the new-year.' This abominable practice is carried on to a great extent. Slaves and free emigrants go over to Formosa from the Fuh- keen coast in hordes ; the numbers are incredible. The Chinese will soon have the island entirely under their sway; there are several new settlements on the northeast and east side of Formosa The natives give battle sometimes, but in- variably are obliged to retreat." Your's &c. Six Japanese arrived in Canton on the 12th instant, from Lingshwuy, one of the districts of Hainan, whither they had been driven, and their vessel wrecked, near the close of last year. From Canton they expect soon to go to Chapoo in the province of Chekeang, there to embark in a vessel for their own conntry. Chapoo is the only port, we believe, at which the Japanese are allowed to trade. It is in 30' 37' i*. lat. hi Vf * I a I i I I THK IH1NESE REPOSITORY. VOL. V.—MARCH, 1837. —No. 11. , I. Orthography of the Chinese language: objections to parts f the system proposed in the Repository for last May; and •Iterations suggested. By a Correspondent. hir Correspondent has not given us his name, nor in any way intimated lace of residence; but his allusions to the Kuhkeen dialects of the Chi- langiiage render it unnecessary for us to go far beyond the Straits of cca, to search for him. Wherever he may reside, we beg him to accept, est thanks for his communication. We are anxious to meet the wishes r Correspondent, and of all others, who are interested in the study of language; and it is pleasing to know that the number of such is fast asing. In order, therefore, to afford our friends further opportunity to iss the proposed system of orthography, we have determined to postpone option until it shall be so modified as to meet every reasonable objection, subject is of so much importance, that we are unwilling to proceed until ive obtained the concurrent approbation of all those who are versed in hinese language.] ie system of orthography given in the Chinese Repository, for last, it is observed, that "a great advantage will be gained in of simplicity, by assimilating the orthography of Chinese to that dia and of the Indo-Chinese nations." Doubtless, if this were icable, it would be a desirable thing; but it does not seem prac- le to carry the assimilation very far. The peculiarities of the ese languages, and the vast extent to which they are spoken, us to think that nothing of real simplicity and utility should be Seed to an object, which, though desirable in itself, yet is not ly of a thought, when compared with the importance of provid- well-adapted system of orthography for the languages spoken by •d of the human family. the article referred to, the marks proposed to be used over the s as diacritical, are the following three \ ', '; and the diaeresis The former are marks which have been long and generally to denote the tones: nor does it appear that any otheri would be VOL. v. NO. xi. 61 482 Orthography of the Chinese Language. MARCH, more suitable lor that purpose. The writer in the Repository pro- poses, that they should be used both as diacritical marks, and as designative of the tones: these different uses to be pointed out merely by the position of the marks; viz., as diacritical marks, they are to be placed over the vowels, and as signs of the tones they are to be placed after the word whose tone they point out. We have, first, an objection to placing the mark of the tone after the word; for, as the word cannot have its appropriate meaning, or may even convey no meaning at all, unless it be expressed with the proper tone, it seems i right that the mark of the tone should be placed either over or before | the word, that it may strike the eye, together with or before the let- g ters which represent the body of the sound. Our objection is, how- c ever, still more decided agarnst the use of the same marks (oftentimes t in the ve r< same word), for two totally different purposes. The con- ^ fusion which would thus be introduced could not but be great. < Nothing but absolute necessity could justify this two fold application of the same marks. But in the present case there is no such neces- sity: other diacritical marks equally good can be easily found. The ~S latter of the three marks (' ) the writer proposes to use for pointing ^E out an abrupt termination of a vowel, "either by simply ceasing at ^ once to utter a sound, or by suddenly stopping the voice from passing "^ out, and thus producing one of the three mutes k, p, or t." This, "<• however, appears quite superfluous. It is the ju tone which causes "^* this abrupt termination. And as the tone must always be marked, and "*A as the mute in which the word terminates must always be expressed, e expressed by fiw, is nothing more than simply spirate followed by the sound of the continental «. ny. This can in all cases be expressed by the n and the conti- il i. An illustration of this is found in the last syllables of Bri- a, poniard, spaniel. 484 Orthography of tht CMnest Language. MARCH, We will now lay down the system us it appears after the alterations proposed. The diacritical marks we use are either one or two dots placed over the vowels. Votoeli. a, as in quota, American. t, as in pin. a, as in calm. a, as in tall, or as aw in awful. «, as in men, set, yet. >, as in police, machine, the con- tinental sound. o, as in note, love. «•, as in there, or as the vowel « "' M in Pull> Push> rude> rule" in they, i. e. the French e. u, as in the French tune. r, a little broader than the latter, y, as in fly, rhyme, about as some persons pro- nounce tare. All the sounds intended to be conveyed by the diphthongs given in the Repository, will be naturally and necessarily produced by simply placing the vowels in the proper position, and enunciating each sim- ple sound correctly, yet uttering the whole assemblage of sounds in any given word in the time of a monosyllable. Consonants, b, &s in bob. f, as in far. g, as in give, get. A, stronger than in English. j, considerably softer than in jest; yet not so soft as in French jamais. m, an in maim. n, as in nun. p, as in pippin, piper. r, as in are, never to be rung or trilled. «, as in sit. t, as in title, let. v, as in revive, z. as in zone. /, as in the French jamais. k. as in kite, ken. J, as in lame, lent. Combinations of Consonants, ch, as in church. szr ts, tsz, are merely the suc- . . , , cessive enunciations of the ng, as in smg.ng, occur* both ?eparate Mnson^nis> accord. as initial and final. ing to the order in which ... they stand. sh, as in ship. Suppression of vourel sound. Some sounds consist of attempted enunciations of consonants only. The omission of vowel sound is in such cases marked by the apostrophe (')j the apostrophe being placed before or after the consonant or consonants, according as the vowel sound is suppressed before or after them, thus 'm, 'ng, 'sz. an —A* -d '• Briti Jfa ri» To an d si on // * m=r/> /• f 9, 9, Agricultural Implements. 845 itrate. Ch, k, p, t, and ts, often have an aspirate between them le vowels which follow; this is to be expressed by the Greek is asper, thus t'e. tal. This we would propose should be represented by a short >ntal line under the word to be nasalized. t. These are a most important part of the language. In the sen dialect there are nominally eight tones, though the second xth of these are precisely the same. So that there are in fact even. One of the tones can be indicated by the absence of ark. Six marks, therefore, are all that will be needed. They e as below. , upper ping indicated by absence of any mark. , upper shang "' , upper kru" , upper ju" , lower ping "•*• , lower shang (same as number 2.) , lower k'u "- , lower ju "I jse marks of tones we propose should be placed over the word* ch they belong. II. Description of the agricultural implements used by the tinese: the plough, harrow, hoet rake, bill-hook, flail, and \ water-wheel. L trite saying, there is no one so ignorant, that he cannot teach isest man something. It is, therefore, wisdom's part to gather ition, as the bee does honey, from every object that presents as well from the unsightly and mean, as from the beautiful and . Much that is curious and useful may be gathered from a rison of the arts of life in different ages and among various s; not only from the civilized and polished, but also from the nd barbarous. Opportunities for such comparison and improve- ire very common among this people; and if we can come to vestigation, with minds unbiased in favor of caste or country, lamination will be profitable and entertaining. Hardly a day ass which may not afford us a chance of learning something 486 MARCH, Agricultural Implements. new; either by observing the character of this shrewd people, with all their endless obliquities from rectitude caused by conflicting inte- rests and passions; or in remarking the uniformity of their notions of things derived from a rigid adherence to custom and received truths; either in examining their arts, now become, as it were, stereotype^ from immemorial use; or lastly, in ascertaining the secret springs of polity by which so multitudinous a people are kept in subjection, so constantly employed, and so well provided with food and clothing. All these, and many other kindred topics, are fruitful in amusement and instruction to the candid and discriminating inquirer. This country has too long been considered as a peculiar one: a land to which our previous notions of things were not to be brought; a peo- ple whose habits and sciences were to be tried by some other standard than that which directed our judgment of other nations. The word mandarin, for instance, seemed to convey with it a feeling of awe and power, far above that of magistrate or officer. From the histories of China, which are current in the west, one obtains the idea that an emperor, a colao, a mandarin, and other similar terms, have different functions, or in some unaccountable way are superior to the same dignitaries in other less " celestial" lands. Of this inflated style of speaking and writing there has been enough, and we hope that China is beginning to be looked upon as a component part of the great fa- mily of nations, having relative claims and duties like other govern- ments. Madame de Stacl once observed, that "she had traveled over all Europe, and everywhere found nobody but men and women;" and we strongly suspect that had she come to China, she would have passed the same judgment. By these remarks we are as far from wishing to withhold praise from the Chinese, in whatever is commen- dable and worthy of imitation, as we are to deprecate all undue and unjust eulogy of them; we only desire to have a fair estimation made of their character: and to attain a knowledge of China and the Chinese, which is so desirable, we know of no better way than a patient search into all the phases of their character, their arts, and their literature. Their mechanical contrivances, when compared with those in west- ern lands, sometimes strikingly illustrate the different wuys there are of attaining the same end. The most careless observer from a foreign shore here sees many operations, either in the modes of living or in the manipulations of various arts, which instruct him by their ingenui- ty or amuse him by their oddity. Hardly a trade can be found in which there are not some processes different from those employed elsewhere, and among these trades few implements can be found which are the exact counterpart of those used in other countries. But in all their mechanics, we have remarked one principle which the Chinese seem ever to have had in view; and that is, to make them of such models as will give direction and aid to manual labor, but in no case supplant it. If this observation be true, it is a reason why we look in vain for any complicated machines, any extensive system of water-works, by which nature is icndered subservient to art. or even f< o 61 Ul u do be At Hoi sec mo sma of tl is g are, town or n< achii So si then streef of pit workr, In A ch yvvvvcs^x , / /••=•=*>. •51* con t Agricultural Implements. 487 ;li an application of animal force in overcoming superior obsta- i would require the aid of much machinery. In the whole !, we suppose so simple a piece of machinery as a saw-mill does List; whether this results from any want of invention, or from ea that it would be impolitic to diminish the demand for ina- abor by the introduction of machinery, we will not stop here to :. There is a large establishment for sawing in the neighbor- ii' Canton, at which upwards of thirty men arc employed, who , we imagine, cut out so many feet of timber in a day as could le by a single mill, requiring the oversight of only an individual, t place, (and it is the mode everywhere followed,) the log is laid ntally on two benches, or reared at one end, while the other is (I, and the whole sawn up in such shapes as are needed. A aborious process for so simple an act can hardly be imagined, re there, so far as we know, any mills for grinding corn, in human labor is dispensed with to any extent, if we except a one near Macao, some time ago set up by the Portuguese. Much flour used by the people, (which is not a very large quantity,) und by themselves in hand mills at their own houses. There lowever, larger ones turned by oxen, to which, especially in , much of the grain is carried by those who have either no mill leisure to grind it for themselves. The most complicated ma- ;s which we know to exist among them are the bamboo water- , the various applications of the overshot-wheel, and the loom, adivided have the handicrafts become, that in many of them Drkmen use very few tools, but with these they are prefectly ar. We have seen an itinerant tinker sitting at the side of the , who, provided only with a hand furnace, and bellows, a pair icers, a hammer, and a roll of felt, soldered an iron pan in a uanlike manner. agriculture, the implements are few, and most of them simple. linese fanner seldom undertakes to cultivate more than half a of acres; and the utensils necessary for all the operations, in can hardly be considered more than a large garden, are neither rous nor complicated. They are for the most part made of and can be purchased cheaply. They are very light: we once farmer returning home, easily and leisurely carrying his plough ,s yoke, with his harrow, hoe, and sickle, all together, on his regard to their simplicity, there are points of striking similarity ien the instruments of agriculture used by the ancient Hebrews hose found, even at the present day, among the Chinese. The h, as improved in the latter times of that people, was apparently ounterpart of the one now used here. In guarding the fields of or vegetables from depredators, by watchmen placed in con- sus stations, the customs of the two are alike; but the Chinese low pyramidal thatches overlooking the fields in which the ob- • sleeps, while the Hebrews sat upon a tree or watchtower. The ling-floors of the Chinese are like those found in Palestine; and 488 MARCH, Agricultural Implements. in many operations of sowing and reaping grain, and of ventilation, the resemblance between the two is close. There are, however, also many usages, characteristic of one or the other of the two nations, iu which they widely differ from each other. The In, or plough, used by the Chinese, strongly resembles that found among the Arabs or Syrians. It is made of hard wood, except the iron that defends the share, and is drawn by a single buffalo, har- nessed to it by a trace or strap, passing before the breast and over the neck. The depth of the furrow depends a good deal upon the strength of the ploughman; sometimes it is a mere scratch, but at others, the soil is turned over to the depth of four inches or more. In this region, the plough is employed mostly in preparing the rice grounds for vege- tables, after the crop has been gathered. It is seldom seen in the paddy fields, they being too marshy and wet to allow its use. The character by which the Chinese designate it is composed of an ox, a knife, and grain; thus associating enough of its history in the form to make its use evident to the eye. In China, as almost everywhere else, this implement is synonimous with husbandry; and a farmer is called latng teenjin, a man who ploughs the fields. The pa, or harrow, is used in the spring to divide and pulverize the clods on the rice grounds, after the early rains have well soaked the earth, and to reduce the soil to the fine mash so well adapted for the easy dibbling and transplanting the rice shoots. It is drawn by the buffalo, harnessed as when ploughing; while the driver, to give it more weight usually becomes the rider. The teeth are eight or ten inches in length, and about a dozen in number. We can but stop and admire the fitness of the buffalo for this half amphibious and r. 480 Agricultural Implements. sedingly laborious work of dragging the harrow through the wet -fields, where he sinks to the haunches at every step; the horse or vould be wholly disabled before finishing half a dozen acres. In- d of the yoke, as represented in the figure below, a collar and es, like those attached to the plough, are very often employed for jessing the buffalo to the drag. The cha, or hoe, is the most common utensil in Chinese husbandry. s made of wood, except the guard of iron at the edge of the blade; 1 in the hands of a sturdy farmer becomes a very effectual imple- nt for turning over and preparing the ploughed land for the seed. IB hoe is much used in breaking up the soil in those patches which : too small to admit a harrow, where its long blade serves to mel- ! the clods. The women often take a part here, sometimes under- ng great drudgery. We remember once to have seen a solitary lale, with a child strapped to her back, engaged in hoeing a rice t so marshy that she sunk to the knees at every step, with a power- sun beating upon her head at the same time. The kr,o, or spade, constructed of wood and iron like the hoe, and is chiefly employed forming ditches, and repairing the dikes which separate the fields, d in preparing garden beds for the drill. It is lighter and neater in the hoe. There are two other tools used by gardeners; the tsan small spade, and the po or drill-hoe, but they are not common, le latter is only a strip of narrow iron bent at right angles, and tied a handle. VOL. v. NO. xi. 62 4dO MARC;«, Agricultural Implements. li c. tr. The pa, or rake, is made indifferently of bamboo or wood, most usu- ally of the former. For gleaning the fields after harvest, raking the straw at the thrashing-floor, and collecting offal about the streets, the bamboo rake is in universal use. The lowermost of the three repre- sented in the cut is called tee-la, or the 'iron-feeler,' and is seldom met with in this neighborhood. There are other implements seen in farmyards, as beetles, brooms, &/c., which require no particular description, as they present nothing peculiar. it i fen Jttfe Aft the insucl The leen, or bill-hook, is applied to a great many purposes; in the spring it is used as a pruning-knife, in the summer as a scythe, and in harvest as a sickle; and is occasionally pressed into service as a cleaver and an ax. The blade is thick, and about a foot long. f. Agricultural Implements. £91 he leen ked, or flail, is not always made in this manner; the two ! being often united by a strap or cord, like that used in England, i the common implement for thrashing. There are two or three es of separating the grain from the chaff in China. When the on is favorable, and the rice allowed to stand till fully ripe, a tub aced in the field, having a high defense of cloth on one side, and i;ilI rack within it, to which the grain is carried immediately on g cut, and there beat out. By this mode, the straw is injured very i, and serves for making brooms, rain-cloaks, mats, &.c. When amstances require the rice to be gathered before it is fully ripe, sheaves are stacked on the thrashing-floor till the time of thrash- when the grain is separated by flails; oxen are seldom or never 1 for this purpose in this region. The Chinese are very wasteful raping their grain, and from the careless manner in which they ,er it, often lose enough to sow the field. Some of this residue leaned by band or swept up, but if the stubble be at all weedy, entirely lost; for the loss is not in dropping whole ears, but in de- ng the reaping so long that the grain shells out when the straw is lied. In this, and in some other practices in their agriculture, Chinese exhibit an ignorance of economy sadly at variance with reputation which they have sometimes been supposed to possess. fter the rice is thrashed, it is cleaned by fans, and then carried he mortars, where the husk is separated by large pestles The lers usually sell their produce in the shape of paddy, leaving the ;haser to get it husked. According to Mr. Davis,* the fanning- is a Chinese invention, but it is seldom used; for in all the farm- ies we have hitherto visited, we have met with only one, and that uch a condition as proved it to be rarely employed. However, re wheat is cultivated instead of rice, the fanning-mill is probably ner used; and we may here remark, that our notices of Chinese culture apply chiefly to the cultivation of rice as seen in the nity of Canton. The fanning-mill is made like the one common Ingland, except that the chaff is collected instead of being blown * Tbc Chinese, vol, 2. page 399- 492 Agricultural Implements. MARCH, away. A little modified, it is employed at Canton in separating the impurities of some kinds of tea. The various modes adopted by the Chinese for irrigating their fields, 'especially those of rice or cane, have been so well narrated by others, that we need not here particularly describe the machines employed. One plan, when the country admits, is to conduct the little streamlets which descend from the hills into all the patches ly- ing adown the sides and at the foot; thus causing the water to beau- tify and fertilize the vale through which it runs. Reservoirs are some- times dug on the summit or sides of terraced hills, from which artificial rivulets are made to descend in the same manner. Watei is raised by sweeps from wells, in a way similar to that practiced in England; and also, when the elevation is small, by two men standing over a reservoir or on the banks of a pool, with a bucket suspended between them by ropes, as is clumsily figured in Davis' Chinese, vol. fc^^^^^^jive" 2, page 396. By this method more water is raised in a given time , , —M u than by a common pump, but the height seldom exceeds two feet. fm__ n jn( Where the ascent of the bank will admit, the Chinese employ a chain ^^liffht] pump; and in one variety or another, this machine is in great use ««JrBth< throughout China, sometimes worked by a crank, sometimes by oxen, «r=-onsid and at other times by men. Many of them are to be found between 'B~».aver» Macao and Canton. It is well described and represented by Staun- «iepres: ton. (See Embassy, vol. 2, p. 4SO.) The same principle is applied -fclie bai also in a kind of portable putnp, in which shape, it imperfectly sup- ^^t the plies the place of the sucking pump, a machine unknown to the 5 s suffii Chinese. But by far the most ingenious contrivance for irrigating -^veight lands is the bamboo water-wheel; and we cannot do better in closing ^Ed, sid this article than to quote entire the description by Davis, who saw -«he paj hundreds of them in operation on the Kan keang. The banks o ^tream this rapid stream which flows northward from the Meiling into th< "Tfhee]' Poyang lake consist of a loose soil, and the current has worn therr -^m tjje away to the depth of thirty feet or more. Here these wheels are plac "places ed; and Chinese ingenuity has thus converted the strength of the js Doj stream into a power for overcoming the very difficulties which it ori jjjjg ginally occasioned; "and one is at a loss which to admire most ter from the cleverness and efficiency, or the cheapness and simplicity of th< extend contrivance." "The wheel," says Davis,* " which is turned by thi Scons'd stream, varies from twenty to thirty feet or more in height, accordin/ were so to the elevation of the bank; and when once erected, a constant sup ply is poured by it into a trough on the summit of the river's side and conducted in channels to all parts of the sugar plantations whicl there chiefly occupy the lands. "The props of the wheel are of timber, and the axis is a cylinder o the same material; but every other portion of the machine exibit some modification or other of the bamboo, even to the fastenings am bindings, for not a single nail or piece of metal enters into its compo siiioii. The wheel consists of two rims of unequal diameter, of whicl' the one next the bank is rather the least. 'This double wheel. * The Chinese, vol. 2, page 316. 1. Agricultural Iiiqslements. 493 srves Staunton, 'is connected with the axis by sixteen or eigh- spokes of bamboo, obliquely inserted near each extremity of the , and crossing each other at aoout two thirds of their length. They strengthened by a concentric circle, and fastened afterwards to rims; the spokes inserted in the interior extremity of the axis (or next to the bank), reaching the outer rim, and those proceeding i the exterior extremity of the same axis reaching the inner and Her rim. Between the rims and the crossings of the spokes is en a kind of close basket-work, serving ;is ladle-boards," which acted upon by the current of the stream, and turn the wheel nd. The whole diameter of the wheel being something greater than the rht of the bank, about sixteen or twenty hollow bamboos, closed at end, are fastened to the circumference, to act as buckets. These, 'ever, are not loosely suspended, but firmly attached with their n mouths towards the inner or smaller rim of the wheel, at such inclination, that when dipping below the water their mouths are htly raised from the horizontal position; as they rise through the their position approaches the upright sufficiently near to keep a siderable portion of the contents within them; but when they e reached the summit of the revolution, the mouths become enough ressed to pour the water into a large trough placed on a level with bank to receive it. The impulse of the stream on the ladle-boards he circumference of the wheel, with a radius of about fifteen feet, ufficient to overcome the resistance arising from the difference of ght between the ascending and descending, or loaded and unload- sides of the wheel. This impulse is increased, if necessary, at particular spot where each wheel is erected, by damming the iam, and even raising the level of the water where it turns the eel. The circumstance occasioned some obstacles to our progress the stream towards the Meiling pass, as the water near such ces rolled with the rapidity of a sluice. When the supply of water lot required over the adjoining fields, the trough is merely turned le or removed, and the wheel continues its stately motion, the wa- from the tubes pouring back again down its sides. These wheels end on the K&n keang, from the neighborhood of the pass to onsiderable distance down its stream towards the lake, and they re so numerous that we never saw less than thirty in a day. It is culated that one of them will rise upwards of three hundred tons of ter in the four-and-twenty hours. Viewed merely in regard to their ect, the Persian wheel, and the machines used for raising water in Tyrol, bear some resemblance to the one just described, but, as ierved by Staunton, ' they are vastly more expensive, less simple in istruction, as well as less ingenious in contrivance.'" The figure of the water-wheel given in the work quoted from well iracterizes the lightness and neatness of bamboo structures gene- ly, whether large or small. We have met with a drawing of a ter-wheel of a little different model in a Japanese work, which we e just as there sketched, and which, with what has already been 494 MARCH, Agricultural Implements. said, will require no additional explanation. It is but just to add, that we have selected the drawings of all the agricultural implements, of which cuts are given, from the same Japanese work; but not copi- ed them at the expense of fidelity to the Chinese models. This book (shows as great a superiority over the Chinese in the arts of design, as that secluded people appears to have attained in many other branches of elegant art over their neighbor. AKT. w 01 la of IN co follow of the ten yi ad van task o questii of oth< mod if* Th€ article value? drawn of the The a so that and its ally hi£ the low these, f prinojzj. less ca ing ex Preparation of Opium in India. 495 . III. On the preparation of Opium for the Chinese market: iritten in March 1835, unit then communicated to the Benares ind Behdr Agencies. By D. Butter, M. D., Surgeon 63d B. N. I., ate opium examiner of the Benares Agency. (From the Journal if the Asiatic Society of Bengal. No. 51, March, 1836.) committing to paper, for the use of my successor in office, the wing observations, I would beg, once for all, to disclaim the idea leir being infallibly correct: for, although they are the result of years' attention to their various subjects, I am aware of the dis- intages under which an individual labors, upon whom falls the of first writing on any subject involving the discussion of obscure itions, and who is thus deprived of the benefit of the judgment .her persons; and am prepared to find my remarks hereafter greatly ified by the progress of discovery. 'he great object of the Bengal opium agencies is to furnish an •Ac suitable to the peculiar tastes of the population of China, who e any sample of opium in direct proportion to the quantity of hot- vn watery extract obtainable from it, and to the purity and strength he flavor of that extract when dried and smoked through a pipe. : aim therefore, of the agencies should be to prepare their opium hat it may retain as much as possible its native sensible' qualities, its solubility in hot water. Upon these points depend the virtu- higher price that Benares opium brings in the China market, and lower prices of Behir, Malwa, and Turkey opium. Of the last of ie, equal (Chinese) values contain larger quantities of the narcotic iciples of opium; but are, from their greater spissitude, and the careful preparation of the Behdr and Malwa, incapable of yield- extract in equal quantity and perfection of flavor with the tares. t therefore becomes a question, how the whole process of the pro- tion of opium from the sowing of the seed to the packing of the sts for sale, should be conducted so as to preserve with the least iry its native flavor and its solubility. There can be no doubt that the quantity and richness of the milk lined from each poppy-head depend greatly upon the geological . other physical conditions of the locality which produces it; espe- ly the soil, sub-soil, manuring, and irrigation; and also upon the d which is employed. But as these matters are, in the present cir- nstances of the Bengal agencies, little open to choice or control, first practical inquiries which claim our attention relate to the raction of the juice and its treatment while in the hands of the ris. )f the various processes for the preparation of sugar and medicinal racts from vegetable juices, it is well known that distillation in ;uo is incomparably the most efficient in preserving unaltered the 496 MARCH, Preparation of Opium in India. original t;ute of the sugar, and the taste, solubility, and therapeutic powers of the extracts. It is also known that this process owes its superiority to the exclusion of the chemical as well as the physical agen- cy of the atmosphere, to its rapidity of exsiccation, and to the compa- rative lowness of temperature at which it is performed. When sugar- cane juice, after even half an hour's exposure to the air, is boiled in a narrow deep vessel, and under the pressure of the atmosphere, vaporisation goes on so slowly that the sugar has time to undergo the vinous and acetous fermentations, whereby a certain portion of it is converted into vinegar, before the heat can be raised high enough to check this change; and the high temperature, to which it is so long exposed during this slow evaporisation, chars another portion, and converts it into molasses. Other vegetable juices, under similar cir- cumstances, undergo analogous transformations: much of their sub- stance is converted into vinegar; and the high temperature causes a partial decomposition of the rest: oxygen also is largely absorbed from the atmosphere, and greatly impairs the solubility of the dried extract. On the principles which flow from these facts, it would be, chemi- cally speaking, advisable to prepare opium by distilling in vacuo, large quantities of the milk just as it has oozed from the capsules; and I have no doubt that opium thus prepared would possess in an unprecedented degree the desired qualities of solubility and strength and purity of flavor, as well as narcotic power; and can imagine, that under a system of open trade in opium, this process would be com- mercially profitable. It would, however, be inapplicable under a monopoly constituted as the present system is; and I have mentioned it only with the view of pointing it out as the acme of that perfection in the preparation of vegetable juices to which we can, with our pre- sent means, only approximate. That the approximation may proceed as far as possible, it will be necessary, first, that the poppy juice shall, at the time of collection, contain a minimum of water; so that its reduction to the proposed degree of spissitude may be effected in the shortest time, and be there- fore attended with the least exposure to the air at a high temperature, and with the smallest consequent loss of solubility and of specific qualities that may be practicable. The goodness of the soil, and the management of the irrigation, are circumstances which powerfully affect the strength of the juice at the time of its collection: but a third agent, still less amenable than these to control, now comes into play, the precipitation of dew on the surface of the capsule. When a current of wind, or a cloudy sky, prevents the formation of dew, it is found that the scarifications made in the capsule about the middle of the preceding day are sealed up bv the slight oozing of juice, which had immediately followed the iiicisions; and the quantity of opium obtained is small. When, again, the dew is abundant, it washes open the wounds in the capsules and thus facilitates the flow of the milk, which in heavy dews is apt to drop oft' the capsule entirely, and be wasted. But when the dew is in f.-f\m« ^ f-^ \Vtam, of which I shall have to speak hereafter, the collection of these drops of half dried juice, it is very apt to lixed with the dew, which, in the earlier hours of collection lues to besprinkle the capsules, and which here does a double lief; first, by retarding the inspissation of the general mass of lice; and secondly, by separating its two most remarkable cou- nt parts, that which is soluble, and that which is insoluble, in So little aware, or so reckless, even under the most favorable ruction of their conduct, are the ko&rls of the injury thus caused e dew, that many of them are in the habit of occasionally wash- heir scrapers with water, and of adding the washings to the col- m of the morning: in Malwu, oil is used for this purpose, to the ediable injury of the flavor of the opium. On examining the thus mixed with water, it will be found that it has separated, as jmentioned, into two portions, a fluid and a more consistent sub- :e; the litter containing the most of the resin, gluten, caoutchouc, other less soluble constituents of opium, with part of the super- miate of morphia; and the former containing the gum, some resin, much of the super-rneconiate of morphia, and much of the color- principle, which, though pale at first, is rapidly affected by light, acquires a very deep " reddish or blackish brown" color. Many Is are in the habit of draining off this fluid portion into a separate il, and of bringing it under the name of pas&ioa', for sale, at half >rice of opium, to the Benares agency, where it is used as Uwd le for the petal envelops of the cakes). Others, after allowing wluble principles to become thus changed into an acescent, black- i, sluggish fluid, mix it up with the more consistent part of their in, and bring the whole for sale in this mixed state; the conse- ice of which is that they are subjected to a penalty, called battft i pas&w&, and regulated by the estimate of the opium examiner ie quantity of pushed contained. This penalty is the only effi- t check upon this most pernicious practice of the knerts; for on generality of the gomiisntas, it is difficult to impress the necessity leir looking after the koMs during the collecting season. Were ;ishtas in general fit for their offices, the name of pas<'wa might Danished from the Bengal agencies; all that is required for that wse being that they should instruct all their ma/ita's and km'ri'n, ixclude (lew as much as possible from the opium at collection, 3r to add water to their opium, then or at any other period, but at end of their day's collection, to rub it together in a mortar or si- ir vessel, breaking down the grain of it abovementioned, so as to ice the whole to a homogeneous semi-fluid mass, which should lie das quickly as possible in the shade, in a current of air, free from VOL. v. NO. xi. 63 496 MARCH, Preparation uf Opium in India. dust, by spreading it on any clean flat surface, and turning it over ten or twenty times. With this management, one afternoon in the dry collecting season would suffice for bringing to the spissitude of 70 per cent, the collection of each day, which could then be secured, along with the rest of the koe'ris opium, in a vessel of any form, safe from deterioration by internal change. It is a common belief, that all new opium must ferment :* but that is a fallacy occasioned by the low degree of spissitude at which opium is generally received at the Ben- gal agencies, and by the consequent fermentation and swelling up which almost constantly occur, when such opium is allowed to stand for some hours in large vessels. So very large was formerly the admixture of pastwd in the opi- um brought to the Benares agency, that it was thought necessary, for the sake of its appearance, to draw off as much as possible of the black fluid, by storing it for weeks, in earthen vessels, perforated with a hole. Of late years, there has been a great amendment in this res- pect, and the draining system has therefore become unnecessary; an event which ought to be followed by the abolition of the inconvenient receptacles in which it was carried on, and by the general substitution of moveable wooden cases and drawers in their stead. Pasewa', in a pure anil concentrated state, is a viscid, dark, red- dish-brown fluid, transparent in thin plates. Its homogeneous phy- sical constitution prevents its assuming to the eye that appearance of consistency which is presented by ordinary opium. In the former, all the ingredients are in a state of true chemical combination, with the water contained; while, in the latter, many of the ingredients are only in a state of mechanical mixture, a condition which almost ne- cessarily gives an appearance of solidity beyond all proportion to the actual quantity of solid matter contained. Hence, pasewd, and opium containing paseiaa, are less consistent, and would, to the inexpe- rienced eye, appear to contain much more water than pure opium of the same actual spissitude; a source of much perplexity to any one who tries for the first, time to estimate, by the consistence, the real spissitude or dry contents of different samples of opium contain- ing more or less of pase'wa. A tentative process is the only one by which a person can qualify himself to estimate the spissitude with tolerable accuracy. He should, before allowing the parkhiyas to state their estimate of the spissitude, form one in his own mind, and make a memorandum of it, noting his reasons for assigning the degree of spissitude on which he fixed. The result of the steam-drying test, to which small samples of all opium are subjected in the Benares agency, will then enable him to judge on which side, whether under or over estimate, he has inclined to err, and to avoid the error in his sub- sequent operations. The constituents of past'tnd are in a state of chemical combination; and the slow addition of water will not subvert that condition. But * Dr. Al>cl lielirH thnl fermentation was necessary for the developement of tlic ii.iivniir |>rinci|ile. and considered the fermentation as of a pnnary species, in which ill* gluten played a principal part. '. Preparation of Opium in India. 499 sudden affusion of a large quantity of water on concentrated pa- ',, instantly resolves it into two portions, a dark colored fluid con- ng the gum, coloring matter, and super-meconiate and acetate orphia, and a lighter colored powder, consisting of the resin and : gluten, and a minute portion of caoutchouc. In making lewd, ifore, from pasewd, or from inferior opium, the necessary quantity ater should be slowly added, and thoroughly mixed previously to addition of more water. Pure opium is liable to the same resolu- of its component parts, from the sudden affusion of water: if the r be slowly added and thoroughly mixed, the gelatinous opium absorb it, forming a species of hydrate, and will retain its tremu- consistence; but if the water be suddenly added in considerable tity, an immediate separation of the more and less soluble consti- is occurs, and the opium loses its gelatinous and adhesive char- r. When opium is dried up to a certain point, below the spissitude ) per cent., it loses the power of absorbing water without decom- ion, and cannot be brought to the gelatinous state. It might xpected, that, by adding 30 parts of water to 70 of dry opium ier, we should produce a combination possessing the consistence other physical characters of fresh standard* opium; but the corn- id has little consistence, and will be found to contain insoluble ions, which have lost their power of forming hydrates with water: its spissitude remains exactly that of standard opium, the precise itity of dry opium employed in making it being recoverable from >ut in a darkened and deteriorated condition. The above obser- >ns have a practical bearing upon the manufacture of lewa', as already been noticed, and upon the degree of spissitude which m, either in the hands of the koe'ris or in the agency godowns, ild be permitted to acquire: it should be limited to 66 or 6? per ;. for the former, and 70 or 72 for the latter; because, with every itional degree of spissitude above this, the solubility is impaired in ncreasing ratio. .mong some thoughts on the subject committed to writing six •s ago, I find the following remark and query: "The whole of original milky juice will pass through a finer filter than that 1 by the Chinese in making the extract for smoking: is it possi- to dry the opium, retaining its property of such minute division diffusibility; or is it necessary for the complete separation of the er from the resin, gluten, caoutchouc, &c., that some absorption of aen should take place, and some consequent diminution of their bility, or rather miscibility with water?" My reason for noticing query is the subsequent solution of the proposed" problem by M. vile of Calcutta, in the highly similar case of animal milk, which ippears to have succeeded in drying to a powder with no percepti- injury to the diffusibility of its curdy and oleaginous principles. is is the very result that should be aimed at in the preparation of im for the Chinese market. So called, because this is the degree of spissitude required [nt'the Bengal icies for (he full price allowed by government. On parcels of opium, infe- to this in spissitude, a penalty is levied, called baud upon consistcncs. 500 MARCH, Preparation of Opium in India. When the juice of the poppy has been properly dried, that is, ra- pidly, in a cool shade, and protected from dust, it possesses, at the spissitude of 70 per cent., (that is, containing 30 per cent, of water,) the following properties. It has in the mass a "reddish brown" color (Werner), resembling that of copper (the metallic lustre obstruct- ed); and when spread thin on a white plate, shows considerable trans- lucency, with a "gallstone yellow" color, and a slightly granular tex- ture. When cut into flakes with a knife, it exhibits sharp edges, without drawing out into threads; and is tremulous, like jelly, or ra- ther strawberry jam, to which it has been aptly compared. It has considerable adhesiveness, a handful of it not dropping from the hand inverted for some seconds. Its smell is the pure peculiar smell of opium, heavy and not unpleasant. In this condition it is said to be "standard" or "aimoal" opium. When the juice, again, instead of being thus exposed to the air, has after collection been kept in deep vessels, which prevent evapo- ration, it presents the following appearances. A specimen of it which has the spissitude of only 60 per cent, has the apparent consis- tence or substantiality of standard opium of 70 per cent. But on minuter examination, it will be found, that this apparent firmness of texture is a deception, resulting from the mechanical constitution of the mass; it being made up with but little alteration of the origi- nal irregular drops collected from the capsule, soft within, and more inspissated without; this outer portion, as long as it remains entire, giving the general character of consistency to the mass, just as the shells of a quantity of eggs would do. For, when the opium is rubbed smartly in a mortar, this fictitious consistence disappears, exactly as that of the eggs, if pounded, would do; and in point of apparent consistence, as well as of real spissitude, it is reduced to the proportion which it properly bears to standard opium. When opium thus retains the original configuration of the iiregulaf drops, it is said to be "kachd" or "raw;" when these are broken down into the mi- nute grain, mentioned in the description of standard opium, it is said to be "pukka"' or " matured," whatever may be the actual spissitude of the cpium, whether 50 or 70 per cent. An opinion has been en- tertained, but on what grounds I know not, that the breaking down of this large grain is an injury to the opium; to myself it seems plain, that, as the large grain always disappears before the opium attains the spissitude of 70 per cent., and as this vesicular constitution of the raw opium retards the evaporation of its superfluous moisture, the more inspissated shell of each irregular drop checking the evaporation from its more fluid interior, the object should be to reduce the whole with the least possible delay to a nearly homogeneous mass, in which state the inspisaation of opium advances with much greater rapidity. Connected With this subject, is a question which has been raised, whether the inspiration of opium stored in large quantities in the agency godovvns is effected more quickly, by removing, from time to time, into another receptacle, the pellicle of thick opium which forms on the surface of the mass; or by turning over the mass frequently, '. Preparation of Opium in India. 501 thus constantly mingling with it the pellicles successively formed. greeahly to the general law oi'chemical affinity, whereby the last ons of any substance held in combination, and in course of gra- expulsion, are retained with increasing obstinacy, the inspissa- )f thin, is, ctcteris paribus, always more rapid in its progress than of thick opium; it is clear that the removal of the pellicle, by li opium of inininum spissitude is constantly exposed to the air, accelerate the inspissation more than the turning over of the > mass would do; because the latter process exposes to the air i which is gradually acquiring a greater degree of concentration, rom which the evaporation will gradually be slower and slower. ^aporation takes place from the external surface only, it may be r here to advert to the propriety of making all reservoirs for opi- 'l-i» the .standard spissitude as numerous and shallow as may be tted by the means of stowage; every practicable method being 1 same time adopted to facilitate ventilation across, and to ex- dust from, the extensive surfaces exposed; and as little light admitted as may be suitable to the convenience of the people k light be expected, from the ingenuity of the natives of this coun- id from their imperfect notions of fair trade, that they would to a great variety of means for increasing, by adulteration, the of such aih article as opium, in which fraud might be made so t of detection. But in tact, it is seldom that they attempt any if the kind, beyond keeping their opium at a low spissitude; an which, under the present searching system of examination, they profit; and which, from its occasioning a deterioration of their through fermentation, entails the levying of a batta upon its and therefore, in those cases, an inevitable loss. It is impos- at opium left to itself in the open air, during the parching sea- he hot winds, could remain at the low spissitudes of 50 and b'O it., at which it is frequently brought to Ghazipur towards the that season: and we must therefore conclude, that artificial ire resorted to, in order to maintain it in that condition; either uent addition of water, or the bnrying it in a damp piece of which is said to be sometimes done for the sake of security, lese malpractices have been carried too far, the gluten under- i greater or less degree the process of putrefaction; the mass first becoming covered with mould, and acquiring an opaque ish grey" color and a pasty consistence, in which every ves- le translucency and grain of the opium is lost; and the smell 1 venous, sour, and at last abominably fetid; in which condi- deteriorated opium is fit for none of the purposes of the ;ure,. and is always destroyed, and its original value forfeited, 'e'ris. It is to be hoped that their experience of the unvary- ;quences of such folly, and the introduction of a superior class litas, will in time convince them of the advantage, as well as y, of bringing in all their opium at very nearly the standard 502 MARCH, Preparation of Opium in India. In some cases it would appear, from the fluid state in which they bring it for sale, as if they expected every drop of water which they add to it, to be assimilated and converted into opium. Occasionally, it would seem that they had admitted some suspicions of its having been watered too much; and their only remedy is to drive off the superfluous water by boiling: an operation which speedily reduces the mixture to a blackened and charred condition, easily recognized. A more ingenious fraud, but which is seldom practiced, is, that of washing out the soluble and most valuable part of the opium, and bringing for sale the residual mass. In this process, the opium loses its translucency, and the redness of its color: it loses its adhesiveness also, not adhering to the hand like opium which has not been robbed of its soluble principle; and by these marks, without going further, the fraud is detected. Sand is now and then added, to increase the weight, and is at once detected by its grittiness when rubbed between a p'ate and a spatula. if aft clayey mud is also, but very rarely, used for the same purpose: it always impairs the color and translucency; and can, as well as sand, be detected, and its quantity accurately ascertained, by wash- ing the opium with a large quantity of water, and collecting the sedi- ment, which is the clayey mud. Sugar and gur, or coarse molasses, are sometimes employed to adulterate opium: they invariably ferment and give it a sickly, sweet- ish, venous, or acescent odor easily known. Cow-dung, the pulp of the dhaturi, or thorn-apple, and the gum- my resinous juice of the b61, or Bengal quince, are seldom met with as fraudulent ingredients: the first may be detected by drying it to a powder, or by washing it with water, either of which processes brings under the eye the undigested shreds of vegetable matter, con- stituting the animal's food; but the two last are extremely difficult of detection, if not added in quantity sufficient to affect the color and smell of the opium, which generally happens in the few instances of their occurrence. The seeds of the dhaturi are apt to get mixed with the opium, and afford a ready means of detection. A strange, but not uncommon, mode of adulteration is the addition of pounded poppy seeds: if reduced to a fine powder, the oleaginous seeds might enter into an imperfect chemical" union with the kindred resinoid principle of the opium; but the fraud is never so skillfully effected as to produce this result; and the hard particles of the seeds are perceptible to the touch and sight. Malwa opium, though less now than it was eight years ago, is in general largely contaminated with oil, which is easily separated by dissolving the opium in water; and I have seen, in a few instances, the same fraud attempted within the Benares agency. As the oil is always in a rancid condition, its presence is betrayed by its odor, as well as by the glistening appearance which it communicates to the opium. By long exposure to the heat of the sun, the texture of opium, whatever be its spissitude, undergoes a remarkable change, through the conversion of parts of its gluten into a species of birdlime. Its Preparation of Opium in India. 508 ness, or property of exhibiting sharp edges, when cut into flakes a knife, disappears; and it draws out into long threads, ese two varieties of texture may almost always be recognized [in of Behar and Benares opium respectively; the former being ex- to the sun, in the process of drying the cakes, and the latter This diversity of treatment occasions a difference between the metric properties of the cakes of the two agencies; the Beh6r acquiring a more speedy but less permanent hardness than the es: whereby, though firmer in the shell towards the end of the nds, they are more liable than the Benares to soften and lose hape during the rains. The immediate cause of this difference s on making a clean section of the shells with a sharp knife, thus be found, that in the Benares shells, the lewd remains interstratified with the petals, dark-colored, and tenacious; n the Behar, it is in a great measure absorbed by the petals, are apparently in intimate contact with each other, and is not istinguished from them; the combination being more easily ef- by hygrometric changes of the atmosphere than the independent if leaf and letea in the Benares cakes. e, as at present, a considerable amount of inferior opium is ;d, not safely applicable to any other purpose than the manu- of lewd, its sacrifice is no great loss. But if all the opium to the agencies were of a good quality, the substitution of some ensive vegetable paste would be an important desideratum, ong cheap mucilage or farinaceous paste, or- perhaps some >us imitation of bird-lime, would answer for the inner portion icll; and an exterior coating of a resinous, waxy, or oily na- pervious to water, would defend this from the moisture of :ting open a cake for examination, the above points should ded to. It should also be observed whether the external !rnal surfaces of the shell are smooth: the former not fissured, and none of the interior leaves of the latter detatch- r the opium: there ought, also, to be no vacuities between i of the leaves, such as are sometimes found, lined with faulty cakes, and the shell altogether ought to be thin, com- of equal thickness throughout. The shape ought to be as lerical as possible: that being the geometrical form which smallest surface contains the greatest quantity of matter, h consequently affords the least scope for the extrication of timate injury to the shape of the cake when that air escapes. tention to having the earthen cups, in which the cakes are fectly hemispherical, instead of parabolical as they now are, tribute to the desired sphericity. ing a cake, the next thing to be attended to is the manner he two hemispheres of the opium separate; the Behar will o retain its shortness, while the Benares draws out into The smell should then be attentively observed and noted ig strongest immediately after the opening, and giving at 504 MARCH, Preparation of Opium in India. that instant the fairest indications of the taste of the opium with res- pect to preservation; the pure narcotic, venous or acescent odor being then most strongly perceptible: in this respect the Benares will ge- nerally prove superior to the Kehar. It is an important character; for the Chinese are great epicures in the flavor of opium, and object to it when it smells at all sour. The surface of the opium should then be narrowly inspected, and the tint and shade of color, both by reflected and transmitted light, not- ed down, in terms of Werner's nomenclature; also the apparent quan- tity of pasewa' if any be present, which is almost constantly the case with Beh&r opium, where it appears like dark glistening fluid, lining the little cells in the surface of the opium As the depth of the color of opium in the caked state depends on the quantity of pasewa in it, or the degree in which it has been deteriorated by exposure to the sun, the lighter the shade, the better is the opium. The chemical analysis of opium, after all the trouble that has been bestowed on it, is still in an unsatisfactory state. A perfect analysis, such as we possess of Peruvian bark, and of some other medicinal plants yielding vegetable alkalies, ought to eliminate the whole of the active principles, leaving nothing at its close but an inert mass possessed of no therapeutic power: and the essential principles thus obtained should equal (or, as in the case of quina freed from its bulky fibrous accompaniment, surpass) in activity, a quantity of the original substance equal to that from which it was extracted. But how great- ly inferior are the powers over the animal economy, of a grain of morphia, in whatever state of purity or saline combination, to the quantity of opium that is required to furnish that single grain! Yet, for all that we can, chemically, see, we obtain by our analysis the whole of the morphia that is contained in opium. I suspect that the narcotic power is partly lodged in some unknown substance (not nar- cotic) insoluble in water: for I have, after careful and repeated wash- ing until it ceased to color the water, found the insoluble residuum to act as an opiate with considerable energy. Although morphia, in a state of purity, can, like sulphur, be fused without change; yet, when in combination with the other constituents of opium, it is partly destroyed by a much lower degree of heat, greatly under that of boil- ing water; for the pharmaceutical and Chinese extracts are found to contain very little morphia; still, the former, as is well known, exerts great medicinal power, out of all proportion to the quantity of mor- phia, which analysis evolves from them. From all these considerations it would result that the proportion of morphia obtained, by the analy- sis at present known, cannot be regarded as a true exponent of the total narcotic power of the opium which yelds it. An additional source of fallacy in comparing the produce of different countries exists in the varying proportions which they contain of coloring matter, or extraction; a principle for which morphia and narcotine have a strong affinity, forming insoluble compounds* with it; and which, as * Tlii« rimy partly account for the mediciU activity of the m»ss of opium above noticed. t '. Preparation of Opium in India. as narcotine, is much more abundant in Indian thun in Turkey ii. Hence a considerable loss in the purification of morphia from wnier, and an apparent, and probably real, inferiority in its quan- although we know that good India opium is equal to Turkey in ilic |x>wer. biquel's process is the one employed by the opium examiner in itta. The chief precautions necessary to ensure success and mity in its results are, not to use too much water at first; to see te magnesia is brought to a red heat; not to expose any of the its of analysis to the sun, or to artificial heat, except in the wash- id filial solution in alcohol of the morphia; not to use too strong t in washing the morphia and excess of magnesia; and to employ ongest alcohol for its final solution before crystallization. Ser- r's process is useful whore it is not necessary to obtain the ia in a separate state: and in practiced hands affords speedy ilerablv accurate infonirition. It is probable that liobiquet's < will in time be superseded by that of the late Dr. Win. Gregory, irgh, which does not acquire the expensive use .of alcohol, Ms more morphia, by !$J 3r 40 per cent; affording in fact, enpest medicinal preparation known of Turkey opium. It j in the exhaustion of the opium with water under the tem- i! of Oil": concentration of the solution at a low temperature; ation by slight excess of ammonia; elutriation of the pre- with cold water; exsiccation of it at a temperature below ncl reduction to powder; solution in cold water by muriatic >wly added in slight excess; filtration and concentration to the nee of syrup; after which, the preparation on cooling, becomes of crystals of muriate of morphia, moistened with a dark- solution of uncrystallizable muriate of narcotine and resinoid matter. This solution is abstracted from the crystals by ircssure between folds of bibulous paper; and the solution, '••Ii nni and expression repeated once or twice; after which the itained in radiated bunches of snow white silky crystals, con- J7 parts of muriatic acid and 322 of morphia. But for the ite superabundance of narcotine, and comparative paucity of 'e morphia, in Indian opium, the manufacture of the muriate e scale might advantageously be-established, at one of the jencies, for the supply of the Indian medical department with rable preparation, the marc (?) of which would be available for fkcture of leiod. ;ted with the subject of analysis is another which claims ntion from the opium examiner, the accuracy and sensibility gilts and balances used in his department. Neither of them jr be allowed to be soiled with opium; and the former should lly be compared, to see that all weights of similar denomina- lally correspond within one-tenth of a grain, and that the lar- ualler weights are equally accurate multiples and sub-multi- h other. The knife-edgeHofthe balances should occasionally led, .so that they may turn with as little friction as possible; .. v. jvo. xi. 64 500 Preparation uf Opium in India. MARCH, and the three points of suspension, whenever deranged, should be brought into a perfectly straight line, by bending the beam with the hand: if the centre edges be too low, the balance will, when loaded with its proper weights, be in a state of unstable equilibrium, and will cause great mistakes; and if they be too low, the balance will lose its sensibility, and cannot be depended upon within perhaps two grains. Care should also be taken that the distance from centre-edges to arm- edges are exactly equal; from accidental violence, this element of ac- curacy is very apt to be deranged, and causes great confusion when overlooked. Were all the opium brought for sale unexceptionable in quality, free from pasewd, and liable to batta on account of deficient spissitude only, there would be, supposing the batta levied with tolerable accu- racy little difference at the end of the manufacturing season, between the registered receipts and expenditure of opium: and, supposing it levied with strict accuracy, there would be a small loss, occasioned by accidental spilling of semi-fluid opium, adhesion to the persons and clothes of the work-people, and other unavoidable sources of waste. But as, in the present state of things, battS to a considerable amount is levied on quality, the effect of its deduction, if not kept separate from the battii on spissitude, would be to show, at the end of the year, a deceptive deficiency of receipt compared with expenditure. Batt£ ^^K\ upon quality, or pascwaf, therefore, should not be admitted into the ^^^^^ godown accounts; and should be confined to the account between the ^^^^' receiving-officer and the koeri's. 1^^ / There are no satisfactory .experiental means, except perhaps by ., the specific gravity, of ascertaining the precise quantity ofpasewa' in opium. It will Imrdly drain at all from opium of higher spissitude than 60 per cent., and not readily from opium of even that spissitude, unless assisted by a slight fermentation, which greatly facilitates ^ its flow: the pasewa' trickling down the sides of the air-vesicles thus formed. The only convenient rule for the adjustment of batti upon pastfwd, or upon quality generally, is, that absolute pasewd, if not too thin, and the worst opium purchased for the Company, being paid for at half the price of standard opium ; for different grades of inferio- rity in quality between those two conditions, as fair a gradation of penalties shall be fixed, as can be formed from an estimate of the sensible qualities. It has been thought, that specific gravity might prove an accu- m^-wuru rate index of the spissitude of opium; which is, however, not the '** case; its soluble principles, and that portion of its insoluble constitu- ents which, slightly modified, unite with the soluble in formingpase - mrm ted, acquiring, in their transition to this altered state, a considerable «—if increase of density. Opium, therefore, containing pasewa', is much ^ ^ l"e heavier than an equal bulk, at the same spissitude, of pure opium. I ^ **",U'C have found this condensation to bear the same proportion to the quanti- * ''•" ty of pasewd apparently contained: and it might, probably be found -«.h e to indicate, with considerable accuracy, the proper amount of batt^ to .ree cei be levied for pasi'tra, were such nicety desirable or conveniently -«-jn ai attainable. Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge. r>0? he regulation of Government, which requires civil surgeons to 1 upon the relative value of parcels of confiscated opium, accord- o the quantity of foreign matter which they may contain, is ire on two import,mt points: first, whether, and beyond what ie of thinness, water is to be considered as foreign matter , secondly, whether and beyond what degree of deterioration, nted and pasfivd, converted opium, when contained in the con- id article, are to be considered as "foreign matter." I have in the habit of regarding them as foreign, when the water ex- ii 20 per cent., and when inferiority in quantity was palpable; se a different practice would defeat the end for which the regu- was framed, of securing a fair reward to the informer. Under strict interpretation of the rule, he would be tempted to double iight of the seized opium, and consequently his own reward, by to it a sufficient quantity of water, or of bad opium, such as all times be clandestinely purchased for a trifle in the poppy V. Strand Report of the Society for the Diffusion of ful Knowledge in China, read before, the Mcmbr.ru of the. ety on the th of March, 1837, at [ 1 A. M., in the Ame.- n Hong, No. 2. President of the Society having taken the chair, the Secretary pro- ) read the Report, after which the following gentleiiien were elect- 3 for the ensuing year: Win. Jardine, esq., president; Win. Bell, esq., ; C. W. King, esq., H. H. Lindsay, esq., and the Rev. P. Parker, nbers of the Committee; the Rev. Messrs. E. C. Bridgman and C. Chinese secretaries; and J. R. Morrison, esq., English secretary. •ving it) the Report.] iv of the friends of this Institution assembled here this in the expectation of hearing that great deeds have been I, and that great and speedy results may be looked for, as d of their efforts in behalf of China? Such deeds have not ieved, nor are such results to be looked for so speedily. ii mil tee has endeavored to effect some good; but its ut- ts are fnint and feeble, when compared with the magnitude ork before it. It is not, however, discouraged; for make this the motto: "Mngna est VERITAS, ct prtva- ok back to the position of our own favored countries not aries ago, we see much, very much, to encourage us. Has ;en there, out of the midst of darkness itself? Is that light ding abroad in every direction? And shall it not nlsn he gloom in which this empire—this, in soint- rcprris 508 Society for the Diffusion, of Useful Knowledge. M«RCH, highly-favored country—is enveloped? When we look at India, we see still more to encourage us. Not half a century since, how small was the band of Englishmen who cared to acquire a good classical knowledge of any of the languages spoken in those vast possessions of the British crown! And how much smaller, then, the band of Indian subjects who were willing to give any attention to the language of the foreign intruders! But now, we see natives of England and of India uniting together in the business of life, readily conversing or corres- ponding with each other on every branch of science and of useful knowledge. We see the Indian boy eagerly studying the language ol the foreign ruler; and we see the young man, who has already acquired a knowledge of that language, drawing from its rich trea- sures abundant food for his mind and intellect. And with this-view before us, why should we despair of doing great good for China, even during the few years that we may be united in this work? And why should we not entertain the hope, that when another generation has arisen, this empire will have advanced some steps towards the seat that awaits it in the general council of civilized nations? Nor will such an advance, when once commenced, be by any possibility hindered or retarded. We have alluded to the gloom of ignorance in which this country is enveloped: aud we have said, that, great as this gloom is, we are not therefore discouraged. On the contrary, the contemplation there- of urges us to more earnest efforts to bring in that light, which, we feel assured, must ultimately pervade this empire, from one end of it to the other. But some, perhaps, looking cursorily at the Chinese, arid seeing them to be an industrious, cheerful, contented people, having many of the arts and conveniences of civilized life, maybe ol opinion, that, as regards their temporal interests, they do not lack any knowledge that can be of essential value to them. If such there be, we would point them to the great improvements that have taken place in almost every branch of European art, within a shwrt period, by the spread of scientific knowledge. And were these improvements to be introduced into China, would not the time and labor of this in- dustrious people be greatly economized, and the quality of their manufactures be much improved? Have we not, by means of im- proved machinery, or by the aid of science, surpassed them in some of those manufactures which were once peculiarly their own? And why should we not communicate to them the advantages we have thus de;ived, by which they and we would find equal benefit, in the improved quality of their work? In the West, we have gained and are gaining much benefit to commerce, by alterations of political mea- sures, arising out of a carefuj study of the history of commercial ope- rations in various parts of the wofjd. Were we, now, to give to the Chinese, likewise, a succinct history of commerce, may we not hope that they also will see the advantage derivable to themselves by similar changes of policy? As an instance of (he practical advantage that we may immediately and directly convey fw Mle Chinese, it may he relevant to remind the -0*1 Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge. 509 ds of this Institution, that the manufacture of Prussian blue was ilnced into this country, from England, by a Chinese; and that ost of the dye was thereby considerably cheapened to the poor- usses of Canton, whose dress is almost invariably of that color, i instance also of the injury arising to them from their ignorance nice, it may be mentioned, that Indian indigo, though cheaper 11 as better than what is used as indigo in China, cannot be ted into this country, the chemical solvent for it not being n to any of the dyers here. Its introduction was attempted, liled on this account alone. have enumerated advantages arising out of such knowledge as ly impart to the Chinese. On the other hand, we might also, ot improbable, were we brought into constant intercourse with gent and well-informed natives of this country, derive much :-.;i! information, and hence receive considerable direct benefit, rom them. Few, if any, in this liberal age, will be disposed to his; and we will not, therefore, dwell on the point, further than ind those who may doubt it, of the manufacture of porcelain, dly taken hence to England,—of the growth and preparation nowhere but in this country carried on in any degree of per- ,—and of the skill manifested by the Chinese in dyeing, there ew colors which they are not able with facility to imitate. le absence of encouraging prospects immediately before their our Committee has thus endeavored to turn its own view, t of the friends of this association, to more distant and future ;ts; and to show that these wear a bright aspect. It will :urn, to point out the main difficulties by which they have ipeded, the work which it has nevertheless accomplishedand e to carry on, and the more special objects which it is their o attain. will first, then, draw j-our attention to the difficulties which •e had to encounter. These have been of two kinds, the one iture temporary, the other of a more permanent character. t has arisen from unfriendliness (originating in ignorance) on of the Chinese government, to every effort made by foreigners ttainmentof a more social and intellectual intercourse with le of this empire,—and from the consequent insecurity of s that could be taken, in this country, to print and publish :s of the Society. This difficulty has been removed, by irrangements for printing our works at Singapore under the Ir. Moor of that place, who has most readily and zealously en the task of gratuitously superintending this very neces- t. That gentleman has also promised to form arrangements Je of the Society's publications, both at Singapore, and at h boring places as are most frequented by Chinese emigrants. cond difficulty is of a more formidable nature. It consists nt of a sufficient number of writers, able to pen such works ommittee is most desirous to see written in the language of ry. Those who arc sufficiently conversant with the Chinese 510 Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge. MARCH, language to be able to write it intelligibly are as yet very few; and a variety of other engagements allow to them, even, but little leisure to supply the wants of this Society. Hitherto, your Committee has found assistance of this nature only in China; but it looks also to the Straits of Malacca and other places, where are several gentlemen, of different nations, who have made considerable attainments in the language, and whom the Society has the honor to reckon among its corresponding members. While fully aware of the multiplicity of duties which engage the attention of these gentlemen, in a climate suited rather to repress than invigorate the mental energies, your Committee trusts, nevertheless, that its hopes from this quarter will not be disappointed. It indulges a sanguine hope, that, ere another year shall elapse, it will be able to tell of works commenced under the auspices of this Society, by some at least of the gentlemen to whom allusion has now been made. Entertaining this hope, your Committee has drawn up a plan of operations, sketching the outlines of what it regards as most demand- ing attention, the details to be filled up in such order as the engage- ments, or literary inclinations, of those gentlemen who kindly tender their assistance, shall render most convenient. The divisions of this plan are, History, including Biography; Mechanics and Mechanical Arts; Geography, including Travels; Natural Philosophy; Natural History; Natural Theology; Medicine; Belles Lettres. These divisions have been arranged in the order which their res- pective importance seems to demand. Some of the mechanic arts should probably hold a higher place; but mechanics, as a science, should not, at least, precede the three first divisions, history, geog- raphy, and natural history. Your Committee would here remark, bearing in mind, that, as we have to create a taste for our works among our Chinese readers, it becomes important to avoid lengthy treatises on subjects uninteresting to them, or in which the interest entertained by them is inadequate to lead them through a minute detail. On the other hand, when treating of mechanic arts and 38. kindred subjects, we can hardly perhaps enter into too minute a de- tail, provided that this is done clearly and perspicuously. It should never be forgotten, to use every means of rendering our works in- ^9 teresting and entertaining, in the style and manner of treating them, as well as in the subjects treated of. In further sketching the outline of their prospective labors, your Committee would suggest the fol- lowing more detailed arrangement. History. 1. A general view of Universal History. 2. Histories (more in detail) of such countries as we may sup- pose the Chinese to be most interested in—as England, British India, Portugal, the United States, the Indian Archipelago, &c (With maps ) Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knowltilgc, 511 History of Commerce. History of Colonization. History of Literature in the West. Biographies. Geography. An introduction to Universal Geography. An Atlas; also maps separately. Progress of geography, and voyages of discovery. (With maps.) Entertaining travels in various countries, in the manner, perhaps, of the Modern Traveller. (With maps.) Natural History. A general view of nature. Separate treatises on the several branches of Natural History, Zoology, Botany, &-c. (With plates.) Medicine. Medical History in various countries. A popular treatise on Physiology. Introductions to the several branches of medical science, plates of anatomy, &.C., for the use of a medical school, rather than for general publication. Mechanics and Mechanical Arts. Laws of the Mechanical forces, and illustrations of them as witnessed in the ordinary operations of nature. The more peculiar province of Physics may be in some degree invaded. (Plates.) 'realises on Useful Arts,—as cotton-weaving, manufactures of woollens, glass-blowing,- preparation of raw-silk, &-C.,— explaining the improvements in machinery, by which we are enabled to excel the Chinese. Natural Philosophy. >rd Brougham's Treatise on the objects, advantages, and Measures of Science, rendered freely into Chinese. (This hould perhaps precede mechanics.) pular introductions to Astronomy, Hydrostatics, Hydrau- cs, Pneumatics, Optics, &c. Natural Theology. cidations of the more striking arguments of Paley and ;hers. Be lies Let tres. rmation regarding the popular literature of various coun- es. aductions to various languages, vocabularies, grammars, 5.—To the above may be added, under a division of 512 Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge. MARCH, Miscellaneous Subjects, 23. A Magazine, which shall contain less detailed articles on any of the above subjects, moral essays, literary miscellanies, &.c. 24. An Almanac, intended to replace with useful information, scientific and statistical, the present Chinese almanacs, which are almost wholly filled with idle prognostications, details regarding propitious and unpropitious days, and so forth. Of the works which have been above enumerated, the first, a general View of Universal History, in three Chinese volumes, has been com- pleted, and is in course of publication. A History of the United States, and Introduction to Universal Geography, accompanied with an atlas, are also being prepared. The delay in the completion of the geo- graphy has retarded the publication of the map of the world men- tioned in last year's Report. A thousand copies of Mr. GutzlafTs Chinese Magazine, in twelve numbers, are in the hands of the Society's agent at Singapore, for publication in that and neighbor- ing places. The publication of the Chinese Magazine, for the future, has been undertaken by the Society. Its Chinese and English Secre- taries, and (it is hoped) some of its corresponding members, will contribute to its pages. A prices-current will be attached to it. This Magazine being published, in common with all other works of the Society, at Singapore, it is desirable that an editor should be found for it on the spot. In the meanwhile, it will be edited jointly by Mr. Gutzlaff and the English Secretary. The first number pub- lished under the Society's auspices has probably issued from the press, ere this, being for the first month of the current Chinese year. Your Committee has reason to hope, that the editing of an Almanac will be undertaken by one of the Society's Secretaries, in the course of the present year. There is cause also to hope, that some others of the works above enumerated will shortly be presented to the Society. Mention was made in the last year's Report, of the importance of preparing a Chinese nomenclature, conformably to the pronunciation of the court (or mandarin) dialect, so as to prevent the confusion which must necessarily arise from the use of different modes of writ- ing the same names. Progress has been made in this work, but it is not yet complete; nor can it be rendered perfect for some years to come. Your Committee has much pleasure in alluding to the continued labors of the Rev Mr. Dyer of Malacca, and of M. Pauthier, Paris, in the preparation of movable metallic types for printing Chinese. They f have not recently heard what progress has been made by Mr. Dyer. Jf From M. Pauthier they have received very minute information, and at &•' • specimens of the types cast, under his direction, by M. Marcellin- f&ce{ °^ Legrand at Paris. They are happy in being able to speak favorably *e en^ of These specimens. Until their labors are more extended, and the ^9fens of the Society. yielda your Committee great pleasure, to acknowledge the liberal itenaoce and support afforded to the Society by several individuals n it IKS the happiness to rank among its members; and especi- to acknowledge the favorable notice taken of this Society by the a) Asiatic Society of London. concluding, your Committee may be permited to allude 'to the s of other and kindred institutions, which occupy portions of the field, and, in common with this Society, aim more or lessdirect- the amelioration of the intellectual condition of the Chinese. ie Morrison Education Society, in particular, as well as to the vChinese College and the Singapore Institution, this Society for aid and cooperation of a highly important nature. It is f the efforts of a few foreigners, alone, that we are to carry into idst of China the benefits of knowledge. The Institutions to we have just alluded will train up native youth in a good know- of foreign I inguages, and of sciences and arts; and, at the same will have them well instructed in their own language; and are the persons who must be mainly instrumental in diffusing knowledge among the Chinese, their fellow-countrymen. This yf on the other hand, may usefully cooperate with those Institu- by furnishing to them books suitable to be employed in the ion of Chinese youth y Obituary of the EDWIN STKVENS fnf? sramen's ilain in the port of Canton, with a briif review of (he uc- •ences recorded by his own pen during his ministry. DVVIN STEVENS, the late seamen's chaplain in this port, died pore, January 5th, 1837, aged 34 years. He was born and his early education in New Canaan, Connecticut; in 1824, ed Yale College, and, having completed a full course, gra- nth high honors in 1828. He then spent a year in Aurora, rk, as principal of an academy. Near the close of 1829, ied to New Haven, and there joined the theological semi- ,s tutor in the college in 1831-32; and in April, 1832, L -v NO. xi, 65 514 Obituary of the Riv. Edwin Stevens. MARCH, ** agreed to the proposals of the American Seamen's Friend Society to "lc become their chaplain in the port of Canton. He was ordained a am minister of the gospel at New Haven, June 7th, 1832; and on the 29th d>c of the same month embarked at Philadelphia, for China. He arrived the here in the ship Morrison, October 26th, and continued in his sta- to , tion, as chaplain, till March 1836, when, according to an engagement 'Y* made before leaving America, he entered the service of the American to' Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions. He however continued .— to preach at Whampoa, till about six weeks before his death. The journal, which he kept of his labors, in behalf of seamen, commences November llth, 1832, and closes November 20th, 1836. j Of his childhood, and youth, and academical career, we know but j little. From the various appointments and diplomas which he receiv- ed, it is evident that he held a high rank among his fellow-students. Mathematics, and the Latin and Greek languages, were his favorite studies. It was not till near the close of his collegiate course that his mind became deeply interested in the subject of religion, having previously lived a "very careless and unprofitable life." After his thoughts were turned to a due consideration of his relations as a moral and accountable agent, he soon formed the purpose of living a "new life." The change in his sentiments and conduct, was as life from the dead. To do good to others, and not merely to enjoy himself, now T< became the chief objects of his attention,—an object which he steadi- apa& ly and vigorously pursued till his last sickness. During his residence resid here he made considerable proficiency in the study of the Chinese pract language, in which, however, accuracy rather than rapidity charac- in th terized his progress. He had the pen of a ready writer. Besides his Moml sermons, he wrote much for the press: some of his papers were pub- reign lished in America, others appeared for the first time in our own pages. passa Among these last we may mention the sketch of the life and labors in thi; of Dr. Milne, the obituary of Dr. Morrison, the review of Semedo, Hii a geographical and historical account of Formosa, a history of Chinese v'u\\ pirates, an account of Assam, and a paper respecting the promulga- notes tion of the gospel in China. heads Strangers sometimes thought him austere and unsocial. He was vate r not so: he was often reserved, but never harsh in his remarks. He topic, possessed a lively imagination, a keen sensibility, with a great share faith of good common sense. Before he "put away childish things," he fcis fj., was, to use his own language, "in sports and jolly freaks, a match *heivj for any one." But during the last years of his life he never indulge d ^inline himself in aught that was vain or sportive. In seasons of affliction, '»cjn( j his sympathies were easily touched: and his passions, naturally quick that s| and strong, were kept under most complete control. His expedition The / on the river Min, where he was exposed to the shot of Chinese match- *»^, j locks, affords a fair specimen of his conduct in seasons of danger. **»* , More than once in cases of disorder and mutiny, he was instrumen- ^wt^' tal in preventing murder. He was, like the seaman, a citizen of «\^| the worlip GIPSET . - - - R. HIOHET. ip GENERAL GASCOYNE • - J. FJHHER. rque WM. RODGER R. CRAWFORD. ip ELIZA STEWART - - - R. MILLAR. he foregoing sketch of his life and character, we have only 9 add a brief survey of his labors during his chaplaincy. He in Canton, but used to visit Whampoa every week, whenever ible,—which was on an average, we think, about two Sabbaths !. It was his rule tn go down on Saturday, and to return on i; yet if no opportunity offered on Saturday in any of the fo- oats, he sometimes procured a Chinese boat, or secured a in some one from the shipping, which might be going down lorn ing of the Sabbath. abors were chiefly preaching, distributing Bibles and tracts, the sick, and burying the dead. He usually preached from >metimes full and complete, but oftener containing merely the 'his discourse. Many of these notes he left among his pri- ers, and they show at once the tenor of his preaching. The n which he most frequently discoursed were repentance, >liness,—in a word, "Christ and him crucified." Some of ite texts were these:—For what is a man profited, if he gain e world, and lose is own soul T Follow peace with all men, and without which no man shall see the Lord; How shall we we neglect so great salvation? For whatsoever a man soweth I he also reap; Choose you this day whom you will serve; • stood all trials, and now remains in our hands with daily increasing "*J evidence, that the word of the Lord—that shall stand. Besides the w" direct evidence for the divine origin of this book, this unrivaled num.- We' ber and variety of ordeals through which it has successfully passed, are al~tf' enough to commend it to our attention as a record of perfect and not' tried truth. After all this, it cannot be too much to ask, that it be U8e regarded as of undoubted veracity,—that every word will exactly '*• come to PUDS. And if it be indeed so, what will be our condition? 'ie « That word records the establishment of religion in the world, and De*l the promulgation of the law of God which condemns us for sin ; it *De: describes the atonement of Christ, by which a sacrifice and mediator ^n is offered to men, and the way in which the blessings of this salva- ""n tion become our own, by a spiritual change of heart and supreme lnS< devotion to the will of God during this life; and it makes known to *nd us the promise of a resurrection of the body, of immortality, of the °fpc judgment day, of the sentence of everlasting punishment upon the im- Mme penitent, and of eternal forgiveness and blessedness upon the servants Si of God. It assures us that this life is the accepted time to attend PC'fr to the salvation of the soul, and that we must strive to enter the a"d t straight gate, because many seeking it too late, will never enter adop in. The promises of happiness and threatenings of misery are also ">d < all true." * * * * [A few words here are lost.] for tl The number of his auditors varied from 15 or 20 to 100 and up- taaltl wards: the average number was, perhaps, 40 or 45. There was, how- knew ever, considerable improvement, in this as well as in some other parti- °oe c culars, during the short period of his public ministry : in the early part death of it, he was repeatedly denied the use of the cabin or the deck which j°urn he requested for Divine service, and in various other ways met with op- A | position; but subsequently the opposition ceased, and he was welcom- Wust ed by large and attentive auditories. Under date of Nov. 13th, 1836, maleh he wrote in his private journal: "Preached this day in the Splendid, ludiai Rogers, loan audience of some 80 or 100 hearers, from the text, •"•inie 1 Fools make a mock at sin." I enjoyed considerable freedom, and The a there was the best attention; but I saw no apparent conviction of sin, a pain or sorrow for it." The next Sabbath, November 20th, he preached his ea»e,; hst sermon at Whiimpoa, of which he made the following note, the '° rest last in his journal: " Preached this day in the Otterspool, Richardson, 'ame; to a large and attentive audience, from the words, 'Come unto me referre all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest.' No fesolve one seemed deeply affected." in the After preaching, he often took occasion, before the assembly dis- 'ender persed, to distribute Bibles and tracts. In the autumn of 1833, he throug established a biblical exercise, in the afternoon of the Sabbath, at tent, vi some twenty or thirty attended, In visiting the sick, he was 1)11, aft , Obituary of the Rev. Edwin Stevens. 517 live, affectionate, and faithful. He was also always ready to il the burial of the dead. A service of this kind he performed is! time he visited Whampoa; and many others are recorded in urnal. Two or three we will notice. "This morning, (Nov. S3:),) we buried poor * * * on Dane's Island. He died yester- inrning alone in his state-room. The previous morning I was • mi, and conversed freely, and asked him whether he hoped to get He said,' Oh yes.' I then asked him if he felt prepared to die; i long pause he said, 'I suppose I must say so, whether I am or No, I (old him, you need not say so, if you are not; but you may >ur time in preparing to die. 'Ah,' said he, 'I can do no more; •mi think of anything, I am so weak.' The next day I heard s dead, leaving no traces of repentance." On the 16th of the nonth, he wrote: "I went down on Saturday morning to attend neral of captain * * *, who died the night previous. He had lick about a fortnight of an inflammatory dysentery. We buried i the afternoon on French Island, nine or ten captains attend- id sixteen boats' crews. I read part of the Episcopal service; uv several eyes filled with tears, as we covered the remains r * * *." On the following Friday he was again called to the nournful service. h were the duties of his chaplaincy; and such his manner of ning them. The prevalence of intemperance among sailors, 3 direful evils resulting from it, grieved him to the heart. He :1 the principle of entire abstinence, from all intoxicating drink , en declared that he should feel it his duty to do so, were it only sake of dissuading seamen from a practice so destructive to and character; and frequently remarked that, he scarcely if any difficulty on board .ship, which did not originate in this ise. It was his opinion also, that most of the sickness and occurring at Whampoa resulted from the same source. His abounds with facts corroborative of these statements, v words respecting the last sickness of the seaman's friend use this brief notice. He embarked from Macao in the Him- captain Fraser, on the 3d of December, for a cruise in the Archipelago. He arrived at Singapore on the 15th of the onth; and soon after complained of head-ache and a fever, isation in his head he described as a severe pressure, not as His friends soon became anxious as to the issue of his dis- d employed every means in their power which seemed likely •e him to health or to prolong his life. When bis illness be- arming, he spoke of the possibility of his not recovering, and with evident satisfaction to the time when he deliberately to live a righteous and godly life; and he seemed to rejoice lought that he had been led, long before, to make that sur- >f himself into the hands of Him who could lead him safely the "dark valley." His fever was "an insidious intermit- ich by varying frowns and smiles kept the physician at bay," alternating through a mazy cou'se of symptoms, it carried 618 Embassies to China. MARCH, J him off, by an effusion upon the brain, at a moment when all around him fondly thought they saw the dawn of a happy restoration. His J*1 physician adds: "Throughout his sickness he was all gentleness and"' patience, and very grateful for everything done for him. He was b<- like a child in the hand of God, and not solicitous in regard to any 83 thing. It was a pleasure and a privilege to attend to the wants and r smooth the dying pillow of such a patient." ™ be no ki £ UIi ART. VI. Embassies to China: observations on former ones, and''! on the necessity of immediately establishing commercial and political relations with this country; supineness of foreign , governments unwise and dangerous; probable consequences to Great Britain, from a rupture with the Chinese in the absence j'/'j of a treaty. By a Correspondent. [Our Correspondent has proposed to himself a very difficult and arduous C]U( jj task, but, nevertheless, a very important one, demanding far more attention ofa than it has hitherto received: we are glad to see that he approaches the , j 5 subject with a settled purpose of doing it justice: and we trust that he will '' pursue the investigation, till the duty of foreign governments is made so **i plain that it cannot and will not be any longer neglected.] the AMONO the many egregious blunders, committed by the natives of e the Western world in their relations with Asiatic states, those of them , "„". S which have been caused by, or which have emanated from, China, are, undoubtedly, entitled to the foremost rank. Whether we look to"'' the magnitude of the errors themselves, or to the consequences with ^ which they have been followed, the truth of this will be equally appa- ant I rent. It is in great part, to an obstinate and systematic perseverance ^ in a system of nonsensical self-contradictory preconceptions, that we 9 are to trace the cause of the present humiliating posture, in which . foreigners yet find themselves with regard to the Chinese. That P *? I much of this, as respects England more especially, has arisen in the "•"' cupidity of the E. I. Company, and their culpable blinding of the""' truth, to call it by no harsher name, few will now be found to dispute; !?!* but that a large share of the blame rests with those who might have 7™ I formed correct opinions, had they pleased to take the necessary trou-' ble, is, it appears to us, equally undeniable. The ministry of Great l™e Britain have, for more than a century, given up the trade of this .' country, " for a consideration " doubtless, to a band of monopolists "We more than once,—in fact, selling a part of the birthright of the nation P0"" for a mess of pottage, in the shape of a gift or loan on advantageous '• terms, at times when it was not convenient, or deemed safe, to apply "lili for it, directly or openly, from the people of England: thus sacrific- ™rma ing some of the best interests of the people to temporary embarass- PJln' '. Embassies to China. 519 Ls and making duplicity, in the management of the public money, to yet further injury, by the obstruction of a trade which should been greatly beneficial to the nation at large. That it was not 'as, in plain truth, the result of this disgraceful transfer, or m.'itic sale, as it may be termed, on the part of the ministry, of s entrusted to their guidance; fostered by the ignorance with h the E. I. Company managed to veil all that related to China, iich a pitch had this, at length, been allowed to go, that it may estioned whether, till the end of the last century, China was >f all the countries of the world, that of which the least was n by the people of England. It was believed that tea and porcelain ame from there, and that the E. I. Company alone traded to it; >eyond this, and some vague ideas of the power, peculiarity, ingeableness of the people, and their jealous exclusion of foreign- iformation was not possessed or sought for. Quarrels contin- went on about the right to trade with, or to possess places of, 1 value, while the immense and valuable commerce with a third human race, of considerable (at least comparative) civilization, :ft, unheeded, to the control of the commercial sovereigns of and great part of the seas—the highway of nations—declared • clausum, from which all "interlopers" were to be rigidly ex- ; converting the Capes of Good Hope and Horn into the bounds estrve, devoted to the enjoyment of a selfish and narrow mind- nopoly. Thus, separated from the rest of the world, unvisit- -e at long intervals and accidentally, by even vessels of war of itish nation, China might have much longer remained, had not »rgy of the manufactures and merchants, impelled by the con- ressure to find new outlets for their goods, fixed their eyes on as a desirable mart: and, making determination and reitera- rve in lieu of influential support and ministerial favor, at though for years foiled and sneered at, wrung from the reluo nds of the ministry that restoration of their rights, from the vhich gigantic falsehood, and an all but a miraculous degree ranee, had combined so long to debar them, ng the causes which led to this happy consummation may be the embassies (as we have been accustomed to call them), ;he fear of losing some of their advantages, and the hope of ing others, which they had tamely allowed to remain in abey- iduced the E. I. Company to solicit from the king of Great Whether there was a deeper motive hidden under this, obtaining for the E. I. Company exclusive privileges of rom the emperor of China, so as effectually to rivet the bonds, ier perpetual the exclusion of British merchants in general, now but vain to inquire: the thing is, however, not the less nately, these embassies failed; but public attention, once to the subject, was not again to be repressed; and the in- n, which has met the demand, during the last few years, shows ow deep and dark was the ignorance in which they original- 5'20 Embassies to China. MARCH, ed, or, as more probable, were arranged by the government of Great Britain. We do not of course include in this the Direction of the E. I. Company, who well knew the value of what the others dis- regarded; the charge against them is certainly not ignorance; but, excepting them, we are, we think, justified in the assertion with which we set out; and in no way was this very strange, and all but inconceivable, ignorance displayed so broadly as in the embassies to the court of Peking. These we propose to ourselves to dissect, separately, in future pa- pers; confining ourselves, now, to general views and remarks on the subject, which has not, as it seems to us, attracted all the attention and inquiry which a subject of such vast importance deserves. Great Britain, Russia, Holland, and Portugal, are the nations of the west which have sent embassies, or "tribute," to the "central land." The trade of France and Spain has not been of magnitude sufficient, we apprehend, to call for it, and the same may hold as to Sweden and Denmark: the U. S. of America have, hitherto, had no official intercourse with the general or local government: and this will give them a great advantage, over all others, whenever the interests of their commerce, or the demands of the national honor, shall make such a circumstance necessary It may not be too much, even in this early stage of the inquiry, to predicate that the experiment will be tried by them: of this we are sure, that, untrammeled as they are, and free to act as the real dignity of their country dictates, and vigor- ously and determinedly as they generally act, in affairs of interna- tional importance, it would be greatly to the advantage of all foreign nations that the chance should fall to the lot of America. If under- taken at all, we have coufidence that it will be done well, and in a spirit of general good, such as it would be foolish to look for from the older and more fettered nations of Europe. The cause will be a noble one, and we trust that it will not be sullied by silly fancies of exclusion and peculiar privilege, which it has been too much the policy of mercantile nations to aim at, as the grand desideratum in all treaties of commerce with foreign powers. Whoever has been, for the last few years, but moderately attentive to foreign relations with this country, cannot but have noticed the rapid and general spread of the opinion that some appeal to the court of Peking cannot very long be dispensed with. Recent converts from an opposite opinion are many and frequent; and those who advocate, and those who deprecate, violence or threats, seem alike anxious to see the point fairly tried. The unsound and critical state of the great foreign trade with Canton seems to render this unavoidable; and we have little doubt but that the spirit which has wrenched asunder the shackles of the E. I. Company will not rest till a sound, fair, and just understanding is made to replace the wretched and ricketty sys- tem of disgrace and chicane, with which their predecessors, for reasons best known to themselves, were content to put up. We do not shut our eyes to the fact that, up to the present moment, the sub- ject has been one of singular unpalatableness to the British govern- ', Embassies to China. 521 . Justice to Ireland, abolition of sinecures, or real reformation clesiasiical establishments, harsh and unwelcome as each of these sound in the ears of a troubled and tottering ministry, could e more uninviting than would be the demand that an attempt, ist, to effect a commercial treaty with China should be made: resaure is however felt; the cry for it is begun, and, though y be put off for a time by subterfuge and equivocation, yet it come at last. When the footing, on which England stands ina, is fairly appreciated—when the unprotected and uncer- itate of the trade is, as it must soon be, generally known, it lot, we trust, be in the power of any government to trc-.it scorn the demand that will be made; and the semblance of .1 ission in China, absurd and useless as it now is, will be Inughed , in very shame, it is withdrawn, and the expense of it devot.-d attempt to ameliorate the condition of the trade, instead of ig up the mere hollow pretense of authority. >otent, useless, aimless—powerless to protect—notoriously in- ate to any, even the least useful purpose, for which it could be ded that it is maintained, this unreal mockery exhibits a fair len of the sense, knowledge, and judgment, with which the first srcial nation of the globe has protected and advanced the iii- of a trade even now yielding a revenue, wanting which the es of the national executive must be most seriously affected, if ally paralized. This last reason, cogent and intelligible as it st erelong have its due effect, and may work out the end which of greater moral strength, though not of such immediate expe- , might call for in vain. The direct amount paid into the treasury, by the trade with China, may be estimated at not less ur and a half millions sterling per annum. The employment of ig, and other less direct benefits to the country, we do not stop ider. It may be worth an early and attentive consideration by tish ministry, or better still by the thinking men of the people, ;ontinuance of this enormous sum may be guarantied to the Its sudden stop might, within a few months, be productive of it serious embarassmenl; and, in a political view, miirht have icnces of which the mere overthrow of a mini.-try would be but g item. It should be borne in mind, ilm. during the lime of '. Company, this danger was, in some degree, guarded .igainst, :ompulsory enactment for the constant keeping ol a two years' >f tea in the country. This does not now exist: and, partly in ence of the effect which this very stock bus been allowed to the speculations under the new system— we wish we could, itiously, call it the free trade system—it is more ihan doubtful lure, a quantity of tea, much greater than required for the pear's consumption, will be henceforth kept in the country. ck to the consumption, caused by the grievous, impolitic, and s duties, originally established, and the no less admirable i of an equalized rate of duty, on an article, varying in value ?n pence to seven shilling?, will lend to this. Il seems nuw OL. V. NO. XI, 61 o-J Embassies lo China. MARCH, generally understood, that no profitable trade to the importers of tea, can be hoped for, till the country is unrler-stipplird with this, an ar- ticle of general or nearly universal use; so that, through the wise arrangements of the English administrative, the interests of the mer- chant and consumer, which should run together, are now rendered i antagonistic. The result of this will be felt, by the recoil of the evil, ] on the heads of its authors, in the shape of the immediate cutting off t of this great source of revenue on the first quarrel or outbreak of the t traders with the local or general government of this province and /, empire. It will then be for the chancellor of the exchequer of the g, day to discover, if he can, some source whence so large an amount a may, at once, be obtained,—a task, we suspect, in the present state to of Great Britain, of no easy nature; and bitter then will be the regret a( that pusillanimity, ignorance, and procrastination, should have had so (/, much the mastery as to prevent the possibility of such a catastrophe; Wl or, at least, greatly to diminish the chances of it, by a well-defined „/. and understood arrangement with the court of Peking. ex It may be foolish to look at British relations with this country as ex connected with national honor, or, more properly speaking, national pg( pride:—if glanced at, the restrospect would not bean agreeable one; ^ £ but it may be as well, at once, to envisager this question, and to ima- pec giue the different attitude which England, would, in such a case as t||p we have supposed, have to assume, with that which she might now Cfj fairly claim, notwithstaning the absurdities and degradation which q jji have marked her diplomatic connection with China, up to the pre- jlav sent hour. Ignorant as we yet hold the rulers of the nation, on the' .4 points which V, ilcl be known, we cannot imagine the recurrence of - , the follies displayed in Macartney's embassy; though, whether the i • unptlatable humiliations of the country, in the person of Lord Am- .. hurst, might not be repeated or surpassed, we should not choose to' assert. The fine clothes and gewgaws of the first might be more •' * e.isilv disoensed with than the tacitlv ackuowledired tributary charao' : e.isily dispensed with than the tacitly acknowledged tributary charac- Ch« ler of the other; and, cunning as the Chinese are, and well informed, , . :\-.< we believe them to be, of the direct importance of this trade to . Great Britain, the position, in which an envoy sent to China after url" the occurrence of a rupture between the countries, would be placed, ,' must be as difficult as distressing. If instructed to support, in any'' way, the honor and dignity of his country, his mission would be ')anJr futile, it is true, it is possible, that this might not be a sine qua HUH ''!'? with his directors; and that trade, on any terms, so as to obtain the' revenue, might be the object; in which case he probably might sue- . . cced, at the cost of national honor, in purchasing a temporary license !"lr'!s for the trade; but this, though we fear by no means unlikely, is a'''' contingency which we do not wish to imagine. We will, therefore, '""l(! suppose an embassy, after the twelfth hour. Is it not manifest that ^u""!" the Chinese, feeling their advantage, would seize the opportunity to '>etsua force terms, such as suited themselves, on " the haughty and fierce .I1 barbarians?" That supplication, on the one side, would lead to eV' insolence ou the other, and the return of the defeated envoy ueces- Knia"1 escape 17. Embassies to China. 5:23 ly force on war, or aggression on our part, the real cause for ch, though gilded over with a fine show of dignity, &c., would be cutting off of an important branch of the national trade—the 1 principle so much railed at by Sir George Staunton, and other >cati-s for passive obedience and non-resistance to the caprices of Celestial Majesty, and all his functionaries, high and low! In arguing on the possibility of a rupture, we are not imagining :ulties and dangers that may not occur; so far from this being ;ase, we may appeal to all acquainted with the subject, if it is not inch within the bounds of probability as to be often dwelt on by iterested in the trade. One flagrant breach of the laws or eus- , as laid down by the local officers—a pretense of it—a single if violence—a mere accident—a chance-scuffle or blow—any of >, or of many more possibilities obvious at the first reflection, d be enough to briug on the dilemma which we have contem- d. That such has not occurred, during three seasons of an ided trade, is, as Dr. Johnson might say, an unprecedented and ordinary combination of fortunate coincidences, to be retros- vcly regarded not more with satisfaction than surprise; but i all analogy and experience of human nature alike forbid ex- tion of, for an equal duration of futurity—it is a chance which inguine may desiderate, but which the prudent will refuse to 'ate on. it our argument is, in reality, a selfish one we admit; and we inly followed out the above line to show that the British govern- cannot, as it would seem fondly to hope, leave the English executive to shake off the dreamy indifference ich China and Chinese politics are regarded; and they have vain. ^e know but of one more forcible argument that yet jj is hinted at above. We may be fortunate enough to ie danger for a time; but it is not in the nature of tilings 62-1 MARCH, Remarks on the Opium Trade. that RO anomilous a state can much longer subsist; it is barely pos- sible that another season or two should pass over, without witness- ing some such check as we have imagined, bringing with it, as it must, dishonor to the nation, embarassment to its finances, and ruin to many of its subjects, from the want of that protection which was their right, which they humbly appealed for, and which, with the wanton insolence of office, was, in contemptuous silence, refused them. * * * ART. VFI. Remarks on the opium trade; being a reply to the pa- per* of Choo Tsun, Heu Kew, Another Reader, and V. P. M., published in the Repository for January, 1837. By "A Reader." [It being the object of both A Reader and his opponents to ascertain the truth .respecting the subject under discussion, they are equally entitled to a patient hearing. We are pleased with the manner in which the case has been argued, and hope the question will not be dropped, till the truth, as to the morality or immorality of dealing in opium, becomes so clear and distinct that there can be no two opinions on the subject. In our number for February, it was stited, on the authority of Mr. Fleming and others, that the contents of a chest of Malwa opium weigh, on an average, 134 Ibs.; and other kinds 116 Ibs.; but varying, sometimes being 140 Ibs. A friend has given us the fol- lowing : •' average of Patna, 120 catties or 160 Ibs.; last year it was unusually heavy, averaging 125 c .i'i '3, or about 167 Ibs.; Malwa is about 101 catties o'r 1!}5 Ibs.; from long usage, Turkey opium is always sold and delivered at ] 00 catties per chest." We will refer to this in our next number.] MR. EDITOR,—Since the appearance of the letter of 'A Reader' in the number of your Repository for December, on the subject of Arch- deacon Dealtry's hasty attack on a considerable body of merchants, it has become the opinion of some of the best informed foreign resi- dents in China, that opium is about to be legalized by the emperor on a duty. The consequences of such a measure on the argument at issue, with the productions of Choo Tsun, Heu Kew, Another Re-ider, and V. P. M., all appearing in your number for January last, it is my intention to discuss in this article; and if the length of argu- ment is beyond usage, 1 intreat the public's indulgence, since it con- tiins an answer to the ingenious reasoning and assumptions of two ('hinese and two sincere, but I think, mistaken foreigners: I suppose it would hardly be fair also to call it an answer to the Archdeacon, he, by your January number, appearing merely to have been the stalking- horse, behind which a Canton merchant fired off his treatise against the wicked dealers in opium. Let us first try to deal with our Chi- nese friends, Tsun and Kew, as good and loyal subjects. These states- men must believe all their arguments, as to expediency, have been met, and controverted at the foot of the throne of the-emperor, before he will act contrary to their advice, and opium is legalized: and we may safely argue from this fact, that his Celestial JMiijesty is of opinion that the risk and peril of opium to the existence of his army, is a mere dream, and all its evils very much exaggerated; or no arguments from censors or others would be tolerated on a subject of discussion ir ec K thi the Ian for Of vin DIM oth yon wis lerf fron tity conj one enoi fore, carr of hi the< N, discii >ngi I in due i urgur mere! toabi Pr< teas; 'avei luxiirj and if niiseri the in. the W! line (i I • large chant! •II tot iustitu •Hear, Ij as t| are jn. when a Yi. Remarks on the Opium Trade. 525 wiving the very existence of an absolute government, viz., its diers. One of the danger* described by Tsun, in the Repository for Jan., 37, page 393, shows that he knows more of the growth of opium in some ignorant Chinese writers of recent date. Tsun says, truly, ? poppy will only grow on the best soil, and not on poor or barren id. But if ever the home growth of the poppy interferes with the id of the people, the prevention of its cultivation is within the power any government, as was shown in the case of the growth of the ne in Portugal, which, when necessary, was effectually restricted by ie of the most intelligent ministers Portugal ever produced. On the her hand, the importation of the prepared extract of opium is be- md the power of the Chinese government to stop. Moreover, as a ise ruler, if the emperor finds the home growth of the poppy to in- rfere with rice or wheat, it is his policy to encourage its importation "ii foreign parts, as one vessel will hold, of prepared opium, a quan- ty greater than 1000 acres of fertile land will produce. We can only mjecture the emperor's real reasons from his deeds, and the chief ie I give him credit for is, that he finds he has not honest servants tough to exclude this pervading luxury; as a matter of policy, there- ire, he admits it, and thereby probably puts an end to smuggling, irried (o an unprecedented extent, and the effect of which, on those :' his subjects engaged in it, are quite as demoralizing as the use of ie opium ever can be. Now, for our foreign opponents: I desire to arrive at the truth by iscussion : I am sincere in my disbelief of the immorality of the deal- ig in opium. I give my opponents equal credit for their [sincerity, am open to hear all their facts and their arguments, and to give them ue weight. But I will have no assumptions; I will not continue an rgument with men who, like the Archdeacon, first assume that opium terchants are disseminating poison, and on that assumption proceed > abuse and condemn them in this world and the next. Prove tltHt it is solely poison, and I tell you, when you do so, I will e as steadily your disciple and assistant, as I am now your opponent. aver that opium, taken in moderation, is a healthful and exhilarating ixury, given by a beneficent Deity for man's use and enjoyment, nd that the majority so using it are in no way responsible for the niserable minority who destroy themselves by its abuse; far less are lie industrious traders, in this production of the earth, answerable for he want of self-command in a small portion of their customers. This ine of argument, in a former letter, I tried to support by showing that .large class of society think as I do; and I repeat here, all wine mer- :hants and vine growers, all manufacturers of rum, all spirit dealers, II tobacco dealers or growers, all manufacturers of gunpowder, all ustitutors of races or breeders of race-horses, all billiard-table makers, ill card and dice makers,—all these so employed, are situated precise- y as the opium traders are; that is, they are dealing in articles which ire innocent, useful, and safe, when used as luxuries; but which, vhrn abused, are the means of sin and guilt! 526 Remarks on tht Opium Trade. MARCH, 1 I say therefore, Mr. Editor, that having this numerous body of of dealers in all countries of the world, in all ages and states, engaged at in the very avocations we are engaged in, it is a fair argument to say, op the force of their united authority as to the innocence of our dealings, ge is greater than all or any of the arguments brought by Another Read- au er, by V. P. M., or by Archdeacon Dealtry, and all his coterie. Fur- tio ther, in the state of local knowledge we possess, as to Chinese habits, it is extremely difficult to ascertain how the great mass of opium is!! consumed; but from the little I know, by ten years' personal experi- ence, I believe a vast proportion of it is used as a harmless social family luxury; and I brought in aid of this view, in my last letter, a calculation as to the few, in comparative numbers, of incorrigible per- manent smokers, who would be equal to the task of using every chest Am that is imported. When you look at this statement, and consider i that if my opponents are right in their views, that all people smoking \ opium are drunkards, and that thus you have a mass of fifteen mil- i lions of dollars to collect annually from less than half a million of ^ debased, useless, infatuated opium smokers, the averment is ridicu- , lous! Is it probable, is it to a commercial man for a single minute pl&in to be listened to, that these degraded few could year after year fur- effec i « nish such a vast sum? I ask the question, " Whether this is the most them likely, or that the taste for this drug pervades the empire, and that it ^e7 i is occasionally used by a large portion of the whole inhabitants, and j]J*°r that the sum in question is raised by a payment falling lightly on a p,"ra||' vast number out of a population of 300,000,000?" therel: I see no portion of the scale of figures, as to the consumption, given "'"<> < in my former letter, that is danviged by either Another Reader or will, I ^ by V. P. M.; and I again respectfully submit it to the public, in sup- deciT 'port of my argument as a near approximation to the truth. It is ;/;, usual for those opposed to each other in argument, to treat lightly till M 5 the averments of their opponents; and V. P. M. goes fully the usual ?uP«i length when he says, in page 413, of me, '' Now, is there another man '"S" in Canton who believes this!" In answer to this I have to observe, . ^u that a reward of £100 is not given to prove that two and two make j1^! j four, but to prove some doubtful, unsettled, unadmitted, principle; «;„' | therefore I must hold V. P. M. by his deeds to be convinced that ma- throne, ny on this subject do think with 'A Reader,' or he would never pay ^"g'i* "A Reader" the compliment of having a treatise drawn up at the ex- ^*" pense of ,£.'1011 for his sole conversion. I am not alone in my view J^ff of the innocent nature of the use of opium; see what the Rev. Dr. "'In' Walsh says in passing through the opium districts of Turkey ;—the U* Coi best part of his remarks will be found in a late number of the Canton yw.tr '. Register. Ask any one who has come from Rajpntana, near the «ndl Malwa country, and you will find that some of the finest soldiers in arrive' India come from provinces where the use of opium is large and nearly taoqnil universal. Its nourishing qualities have in India been applied, in s">n,foi times of famine, both to men and animals. k^l" One view more. If a public act of legalization by the emperor to,,'? should take place, it is likely to tend to the more rational use of goej, 4n 37. Journal of Occurrences. 527 ium and tn do away its almar. To all respectable people, acting ainst the Uw of the land is a subject of regret. Now if the use of ium should come to be no longer a hidden, guilty, solitary indul- nce, or subject to at least the fears of being betrayed by servants d guests, but a legal luxury, its use will be open to public observa- in, which is always a strong restraint on excess. I remain Yuur's, "A READER." 25th March, 1837. ST. VIII. Journal of Occurrences. Premium for an essay on the opium trade; H. B. Majesty's commission, by imperial pleas- ure, permitted to repair to Canton; foreign ships forbidden to enter Cumsing Moon; the expulsion of foreigners from Canton; the imperial envoy returns to Peking; thunder-storms. PHIi. 5th. Up to this date we have been unable to impannel a jury, or (in »in terms) to obtain arbiters, to award tlio premium for an essay,' showing the fects of the trade in opium on the commercial, political, and moral interests of e nations and individuals connected therewith, and pointing out the course ey ought to pursue in regard to it.' In courts of justice it is requisite lhat the rors be impartial men—or rather men, who have not prejudged the case. In e present instance, arbiters enough could be obtained, were it not that every rson, or nearly every one, ' in China, ' has formed an opinion,1 and might, erefore, be objected to, as not being an impartial judge. The same difficulty ill be found, we fear, in referring tn the Straits of Malacca or to India; and it ill, probably, be deemed most satisfactory to commit the subject to the trustee! directors of some literary or scientific institution in England or America. The •cision on this point will be given in our next number. His Britannic Majesty's commission has obtained permission from his Celes- al Majesty, the emperor of China, to repair to the provincial city. The chief jperintendent and his suit may be expected here in a few days. The folloy- ig is the hoppo's " special edict" on the subject :— Wan, superintedent of maritime customs, &-.n., to the hong-merchants, reqnir- ig their full acquaintance herewith. The following is a communication which received on the 16th instant from his excellency governor Tan?:— "In concluding a memorial (observes the governor) which I addressed to the irone, on the 20th of January, I represented to his Majesty the fact, that the inglixh foreigner, Elliot, had been appointed to take the control over the mer- •units and seamen of his country. I have now, on the 14th instant, received, y a courier from the Board of War, a dispatch from the Council addressed to lyself, enclosing the subjoined imperial edict, dated the SKJd of February. '"Imperial edict: Tang has represented to us, that since the dissolution of ic Company, no chief supercargo has come to Canton ; that in December, last ear, the said nation gave a special appointment to one of its officers, to proceed •> Canton and take the general control of the merchants who come to trade, nd also of the seamen, &c ; that since the ships of the said nation continually i rive, there ought to be some one to control them, with a view to preserve ranquillity; and that the said foreigner having received a public official cnminix- ion, for the control of the merchants and seamen, although his title be not the ame as that of the chief supercargoes hitherto sent, yet in this duty of centrei- ng he does not differ. It is, therefore, our imperial pleasure that he be permitted o repair to Canton, under the existing regulations applicable to chief supercar- oes, and that on his arrival at the provincial capital, he be allowed to take the lanagement of affairs. For this purpose, the superintendent of customs is here- 528 Journal of Occurrences. by commanded to grant him a passport. In future, he is to reside sometimes at Macao and sometimes at Canton, conforming herein to the old regulations ; and he must not be permitted to exceed the proper time, and by loitering about gra- dually effect a continued residence. The said governor and his colleagues are hereby authorized to hold the said foreigner responsible for the careful control t of affairs, that so all disturbances may be prevented. They should issue strict \ orders to all the officers, civil and military, and to the hong-merchants, requir- ing them to inform themselves from time to time of the true state of things, and tn keep a watch on the said foreigner. If he exceed his duty, and act improperly, or, combining with traitorous natives, seeli to twist the laws to serve his private ends, be must immediately be driven back to his country., in order effectually to remove the source of evil. Let thisedict be communicated to Tang. Respect this' "I the governor have, on the receipt of this edict, given my attention to the subject, and find that I before sent to you a copy of my memorial; 1 will now direct the financial and judicial commissioners of this province to issue instruc- tions requiring obedience to this edict. I will also give strict commands to the civil and military officers, and to the hong-merchants, requiring them, from time to time, to inform themselves of the true state of things, and to keep a watch on the slid foreigner; and, if he overstep his duty and act improperly, or, combin- ing with traitorous natives, seek to twist the laws to serve his private ends, directing them immediately to report the facts, and to request that he be driven back to his own country; at the same time cautioning them not to connive at AR anything, lest they draw investigation upon themselves. Besides taking these steps, it is incumbent on me to communicate to you the above edict, to the end, that you may act in obedience to it, and in the hope that, as soon as the said foreigner requests a passport, you will at once give it to him according to the 'fH legal forms, at the same time directing the hong-merchants and linguists to en- , join upon him these commands,—that it is henceforth imperative on him, when ld he comes to Canton to manage affairs, to conform himself to the existing regu- . "'<'<' lations applicable to chief supercargoes,—that he is to be held responsible for the the careful control of affairs,—that he must not overstep his duty and act im- J))er properly,—and that, as regards his residence, sometimes at Macao and some- . . times at Canton, he must in '.his also conform to the old regulations, nor can'; he be allowed to loiter beyond the proper period." P°8' 1 the Uoppo, on the receipt of the above, forthwith issue this edict. When rese it reaches the said hong-merchants, let them in obedience hereto, immediately (jon enjoin upon the said foreigner these commands,—that it is henceforth imperative on him, when coming to Canton to manage affairs, to conform himself to the } existing regulations applicable to chief supercargoes—that he is to be held res- or'gl ponsible for the careful control of affairs,—that he must not overstep this duty than and act improperly,—and that, as regards his residence, sometimes at Canton and g[j|| sometimes at Macao, he must in this also comform himself to the old regulations, p nor can he be allowed to loiter beyond the proper period. Oppose not A spe- ~J cial edict. Taoukwang, 17th year, ad month, 12th day (18th March, I8:!7). a"d' The convenient anil secure anchorage of Cumsing Moon, if the governor's or- Cond ders are to be obeyed, is henceforth closed against all foreign ships. Hisexcellen- Tj cy has issued three successive edicts. In his last, he says, his " words are ended." g • The expulsion of certain foreigners from Canton, which was to have taken' place yesterday (April 4th), has not been effected. What further measures are *af P to be " proclaimed," remains to be seen. Matei The imperial envoy, Choo Szeyen, who arrived here in December, left Canton 300 fl for Peking on the 14th of March; and, if current reports are to be believed, the ous|' • ffairu wliinh wprp tn bp inveflttorAtpd. are now wrannpH nn in-more obacuritv .. • affairs, which were to be investigated, are now wrapped up in more obscurity tribut than ever. For the present we can make no repert on the case. Heavy showers of rain, accompanied with wind, lightning, and thunder, some- '•'oJ'pt times quite terrific, have visited Canton and vicinity within a few days. The thisoi boat which was to have brought H. K.M.'s commission to Canton was wrecked Hliil « near Macao: and others, in other places; and among them, several native pas- sage-boats near this city, with great loss of life. Some of the boats were upset almost instantly, and sunk with all their passengers. Two lives were alflo lost, and otlier daiiwges sustained, by lightning THE HINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. V.—APRIL, 1837.—No. 12. IT. I. The Rise and Decline of the Ottoman Empire: present signs of reform in its government, and in its policy totoards foreigners and foreign manners, customs, and usages. HE similarity in the origin of the Turks and Tartars, renders the langes which the former are undergoing intensely interesting to us, ho are living within the dominions of the latter. The Mantchou, ie Mongol, and the Turk, derived a common origin from the nu- erous and unclassiflable wild tribes of Central Asia. Many charac- ristics are common to them all; and especially, the anomalous }gition of the Mantchous in the Chinese empire bears a striking •semblance to that of the Turks in the Ottoman empire. That posi- on has been truly described as "less resembling a nation, than an rtny encamped in the midst of vanquished notions." Each was riginally a tribe or tribes of adventurers, of a more hardy character un the effeminate and polished people they conquered; each is .ill strikingly marked by pertinacity in adherence to fixed customs, lut among the Turks the operation of changes both from within nd without is already visible, as well in their character as in their ondition. The boundaries, and consequently the population, of the Ottoman mpire are so variable, that no statement respecting them can possess ny permanent value. Before its recent losses, its extent was esti- lated at near 900,000 square miles; of which 180,000 lay in Europe, 00,000 in Africa, and 420,000 in Asia. The population was vari- usly estimated from 20,000,000 to 40,000,000. But the African ributaries are now lost; and the conquest of S-yria by the viceroy of 'gyp'. a"d of the provinces on the Danube by Russia, have reduced liis once vast empire to nearly half its former extent. The rapid rise, nd still more rapid decline, of the Ottoman power are among the VOL. v. NO. xu. 67 530 Rise, and Decline of the Ottoman Empire. APRIL, most interesting phenomena of modern history. Though the origin and early achievements of the Turkish trihes are involved in uncer- tainty, yet sufficient is supposed to be ascertained to evince that they early gave alarm and annoyance to the Chinese government; that they were subsequently found in a state of servitude to the Tartars; and thai having successfully risen against their oppressors they were gradually urged westward into bloody collision with the hardy tribes of Caucasus. The word Turk itself ».* said to signify ' wanderer,' and to be regarded by the Ottomans as a contumelious appellation; yet it is a remarkable fact, and hardly consistent with such an idea, that in the correspondence between Timur and Bajazet, the Mongol em- peror, as he is usually called, designated himself and his country- men as Tvrks, and stigmatized the Ottomans as Turkomans. In the year 830, distinct mention is made of the Turks, when Motassem, the caliph of Bagdad, formed more than 50,000 of their robust youth into a body-guard for himself. These were trained to war and to the profession of the Mohammedan faith, and soon grew to such a height of insolence that they deposed their masters, and often too under circumstances of shocking cruelty. But the present Ottoman empire and dynasty originated no earlier than A.D. 1299, in the person of the obscure chief Athman or Othman. His father was probably a petty chief over one of the chns, which either migrated or were forced westward several centuries earlier; and for many years he ruled over his camp of 400 families. Othman himself, a soldier of fortune, soon succeeded in enfranchising himself from the control of a superior. His son Orchan achieved the con- quest of Prusa (the present Brusa) in 1326; and this may be taken as the date of the true era of the Ottoman empire. From that time the tide of Turkish conquest rolled onward with a force that could, not be withstood by the feeble Greeks; and in 1338, the Ottomans first obtained a footing in Europe. The institution of the janizaries dates in the reign of Amurath, the grandson of Othman; and for a long time they proved the most powerful, numerous, and best disci- plined standing army then known. His son Bajazet, surnamed the Thunderer, condescended to accept the title of sultan from the caliph of Egypt; for till then his race had been satisfied "with the humble title of enrr." The defeat of the Turks by Timur proved a mo- mentary check, and in 1453 Mohammed II. entered Constantinople sword in hand, and established himself on the throne of the Caesars. Not satisfied, however, with the possession of all the countries from Mount A mantis to the Danube, the grandson of Mohammed added Syria and Egypt to his dominions; and Solyman, the Magnificent, contemporary with Charles V., conquered the greater part of Hun- gary, and extended his sway eastward to the Euphrates. "At that time the Turkish empire was undoubtedly the most powerful in the w<>rld" Able princes succeeded Solyman, and the Ottoman arms maintained their ascendancy in Europe till 1683, when their army was totally routed by the fatuous John Sobieski, of Poland, at the fit.**: of Yltiifia 17. Rise and Decline of the Ottoman Empire. 531 •Vom this period, though they fought for a time with varying suc- is, commences the wane of the empire. It soon appeared how 'id had been the improvements of the Christian powers in the art war ; for the Turks were rapidly expelled from Hungary, Transyl- lia, and SclaVonia, much of Albania, and the Morea. It is worthy remark, that in 1718, through the mediation of England and Hoi- d, peace was negotiated, the Grecian provinces being secured to : Porte. Persia also wrested a large part of her dominions. Weak- id by single and combined wars with its great enemy, Russia, with i«tr'iH, Persia, France, England, and, last, not least, by internal dis- isious, the existence of the empire for the last seventy years is .her to be attributed to the mutual jealousies of the other European WITS, than to its own strength. The cause of the rapid decline of this monarchy it is not difficult, general, to ascertain. In the beginning of their conquests, the irks were hardy and inured to war, and moreover were firm believers at to fall fighting in behalf of the true faith was the most glorious of aths, the most certain passport to the greatest felicity hereafter, he troops opposed to these furious and formidable hordes were the 'eminate or disunited Greeks, or the more valiant but not more judi- OUH Franks. But they secured their own fall by relying on brute rce, and shackling the mind. They stooped not to hold intercourse ili infidels, and while the infidels were steadily advancing in know- dge and the arts, the Turks were stationary or retrograde. The ate of modern warfare having robbed them of any advantages which eir impetuous zeal once conferred, they scorned to resort to new eans. "We effected our conquests," was their language, "with- it any aid from European tactics, and we do not now stand in need ["them." At the dark period preceding the revival of religion and letters in urope, it cannot be denied that the Mohammedan sultans were not le least enlightened, accomplished, or tolerant of European sove- iigns. "So great were the oppressions of the then governments, id the horrors of intestine wars, that the dominions of the Sultan irined, perhaps, at one time, those in which the greatest portion of ivil liberty and personal security were enjoyed. The early sultans ere marked by their erudition and love of learning, both a college- nd a library being considered indispensible appendages to a mosk of le first order." The Turkish sultan at the head of his army, himself IP first in war, was the object of an enthusiasm which rendered him bsoliiic and irresistible in power. But the sultan in the seraglio, •embling at the power of his own janizaries, and incapable of execut- ig his purposes, was rather a pageant than a monarch, and impeded lie exercise of his own authority. So evident had it become that Turkey must reform or perish, that lie sullans for the last fifty years have seemed to admit the unwelcome dea, and even to attempt the arduous work. The first active re- ->rmer was Selim III., who ascended the throne in 1789. A long sries of disastrous defeats from Russian troops of inferior numbers had 532 Rise and Decline of the Ottoman Empire. APRIL, taught the Ottoman ministry to feel the need of a change, but had not reconciled the public mind to it. Here was seen the natural result of a despotic government, checking all inquiry after better things and all attempts at improvement, till some change became inevitable, while yet those who were to be benefited were not sufficiently enlightened to welcome such a change. In such a state of things, there is no other resort but to brute force, since the mass have never learned to move at the voice of reason. Selim mounted the throne amidst the most gloomy prospects. The Turkish arms were worsted in foreign wars, and the resources of the empire wasted by formidable civil wars. The young sultan found his chief supporter in the work of reform in Mahinud, the reis effendi, who had visited the courts of Vienna, Paris, and London, and who was raised to the post of secretary of state for foreign affairs. Under his auspices, a code of new regulations was promulged, which provided for the organization of a new corps of sol- diery, for improvements in the discipline of the janizaries, for the in- struction of the military cadets, for a new modeling of the navy, in which recourse was had to the aid of foreigners. These regulations tended to array more directly against the monarch the influence of 400,000 janizaries in the empire, and the ecclesiastical authority of the sacred ulema; while each petty pasha was striving to take ad- vantage of the times so as to make himself independent or rich in his pashalic. From this, it may be gathered, that while no country ever more needed reform, in none was it more difficult. These enlightened innovations were generally received with little satisfaction, and the discontent was artfully fomented by the repre- sentation of the janizaries, that their sovereign was siding with the infidels, against the religion and laws of the empire. In that ever turbulent body, these murmurs, at length, broke out into open rebel- lion, by the instigation of Mnsa pasha. The reforming reis effendi first fell a sacrifice to their fury. All the janizaries, now aroused, passed through the streets of Constantinople, with a melancholy clanking of their kettles, into the open square Atmeidan. Disregard- ing the sultan's offers of negotiation, they called for the death of the ministers that had advised the new measures; and, rising in their de- mands as they were successively granted, Musa at length announced to Selim, by the hand of the mufti, that he had ceased to reign, and that Mustapha IV. sat on the throne. This was in May, 1807. Selim received the announcement with composure, and after a few turns in the saloon, to bid farewell to his weeping attendants, he retir- ed to the apartments of the unfortunate princes of the house of Othman, and from ihence he returned no more. During the few months in which the imbecile Mustapha sat on the throne, he was the mere instrument of the will of others. All the projects of reform and improvement were hushed. But the famous Bairacter, the pasha of Rudshuck, a true follower of the unfortunate Selim, resolved to avenge his fall and restore him again from his pri- son to the throne. Accordingly, he moved his camp, composed of hardly Albanians, near to Constantinople, ami assaulted the gate of r. Rise and Decline of ihe Ottoman Empire. 533 seraglio, and demanded entrance in the name of the deposed Se- Thiit word proved fatal to the imprisoned monarch, who was ediately murdered by the last orders of Mustapha, just before iclf was taken away to a similar confinement and like end. After search Mahmud was found concealed in the furnace of a bath, whence he was drawn forth to ascend the Ottoman throne in i, under the title of Mahmud II., which he still occupies, nder the auspices of the vigorous Bairacter, the new monarch menced anew the work of reform. The heads of the principal pirators were exhibited at the seraglio gate, and many others : sewed in sacks and thrown into the sea; a council of pashas called, and the intention was openly avowed by Bairacler of abol- ig or reforming the order of janizaries, for which purpose a new 9 was organized. All proceeded favorably, till growing confident iccess, Bairacter dismissed most of his provincial forces, by which lad overawed his enemies, and thus, by this rash act, was led it- mercy of an infuriated soldiery thirsting for his life. The ediate rising of the janizaries, and the destruction of the vizier e flames of his own palace, proved his rashness. But his friends •mined to avenge him, and therefore uniting the new forces with leet for three successive days, the battle and the flames raged in itantinople: the janizaries, pressing towards the entrance of the rlio, demanded the restoration of the imprisoned Mustapha; a de- d which caused the immediate death of the prince. Mahmiid, sole survivor of the imperial house, having nothing to fear from mmity of the janizaries, gave orders that hostilities should cease, promised that the new corps should be no more. "Thus termi- 1 the most tremendous revolution that Constantinople has experi- d since it fell into the power of the Osmanlis, which cost the of two sultans, and spilt the best blood of the empire." roin this time onward till 1823, the janizaries were uniformly •derly, and on one occasion rose to such a pitch that the sultan itened to withdraw quite from Europe and from reach of their ence. It is clear that from the first, Mahmud desired to relieve elf from their arrogance, and for this purpose he was constantly ing new forces to stand by him in the hour of trial. He deter- >il to make one more attempt to reform, and if they resisted that, :tirpate them. In 1823, the janizaries again burst forth into •rection in consequence of the innovations, beat to arms, and assembled in the Atmeidan to the number of 20,000. The ex- ;d crisis had now come. The sultan sent officers to negotiate, were put to death. He then consulted with the grand mufti her it was right to put his rebellious people to death, and receiv- i affirmative answer. Upon this, he called on the forces, whom ad been keeping in reserve, and entirely surrounded the Atmei- ivith 60,000 men. Worthless as was the order of the janizaries, :annot but pity their cruel fate. Filling the Atmeidan with one e crowd, they awaited the result of their revolt, not doubting that e end their objects must be gained as usual, and were entirely 534 Rise and Decline of the Ottoman Empire. APRIL, unaware of the sultan's intention, till a general discharge of grape shot disclosed both that and their horrid situation at once. The houses were soon in flames over their heads, and were battered down with cannon; and as no quarter was given, the janizaries resisted bravely, and killed vast numbers of their assailants. On the ensuing morning, the whole Atmeidan presented a scene of horror, covered with smok- ing ruins, steeped in human blood, with dead bodies and ashes mingled together. For two days, while the gates of the city were shut, the sultan relentlessly commanded search to be made everywhere for any of the fated corps, and multitudes were thus found, brought out and beheaded. After these things, the sultan went to mosk in his new uniform, publicly anathematized the janizaries, and forbade the mention of their name. We need not follow this stern reformer into all the bloody details of his measures. In the language of one of his admirers, "he has effect- ed three things, which have been the principal objects with every sultan, since Mohammed IV.—the destruction of the janizaries, the extirpation of the Dere beys, and the subjugation of Albania, which had not admitted the supremacy of the Porte, even in its days of con- quest. Since his accession, blood has flowed incessantly; it has been shed in secret and in public; by general executions and by precon- certed massacres; by civil and by foreign wars. But he has at length swept away all internal opposition: and having thus maintained and strengthened his own individual seat, it may be questioned, when we remember the shattered state of Turkey at his accession, whether he has done so at the expense of his empire." Next to Russia, the Porte has found the most formidable foe in Mohammed Ali, the present independent sovereign of Egypt. This remarkable man was born an Albanian peasant, and entered the ser- vice of the governor of his native town. From the day when he reached Egypt, in 1798, with his 300 men, his rise has been uniform. He first destroyed the haughty Mamlukes, then expelled the governor, and after eight years of warfare was formally invested by the sultan as viceroy of Egypt. Since that period he has pushed his arms into Nubia further than Greek or Persian ever trod; has gained the favor of the faithful by recapturing the holy cities of Mecca and Medina from the heretical Wahabees; has thrown off the yoke of his master, and wrested Syria from him; arid has a disciplined and successful army of more than 40,000 regular troops, with a marine of twelve ships of the line, and more than double that number of frigates and small vessels. He has constructed roads, dug canals, in- troduced manufactures, and has given some encouragement to learn- ing. The military college of Grand Cairo educates 1400 boys in languages, arts, and sciences, at an expense of ^1'2,000 per annum. In the words of an eye-witness: "it is hard to fathom the reason of Mohammed Ali's introducing European arts and knowledge into his country. If it were to better the condition of his people, one might give him some credit for it, but he has no intention of this kind. His own aggrandizement is his own aim, and the caliphate of Bagdad * 1 l' ¥11 iu sei 17. Rise and Decline of the Ottoman Empire. 535 istantly floats before his eyes. He rules Egypt with a rod of iron; ; after all, he is fit for the people, and the people for him, and it is icult to pronounce which is the worst. He seems a scourge in the ids of God to lash them for their iniquities." Still, under his orous administration order is restored, and a good degree of re- ous toleration is enjoyed. t is manifest that necessity or inclination has already induced a ceptible deviation from the former haughty tone of the Turkish ernment, or rather perhaps of public and individual sentiment. 1831, a gentleman in Smyrna wrote: "In the condition of all the •istian and rayah population of Turkey, decided improvements n to have begun. By an imperial edict, just published, the different ises of rayahs, Greeks, Jews, Armenians, and Catholic Armeni- , are placed on the same footing before the Mohammedan tribu- ) as the Mohammedans themselves. In criminal cases they can be condemned without the sanction of the heads of their own imunities." Among the Greeks at Smyrna, Constantinople, and where, efficient schools have been established on the Lancasterian lei; these not only met with approbation from the Turkish gov- ment, but when obstacles were raised by evil-affected Greeks, they e removed by a Turkish officer, who "gave the agent full per- sion to go on, and establish as many schools among the Christians ie pleased." A missionary to the Jews has also been allowed to me his work at Constantinople; and the chief rabbi of that ever iccuted nation has been recently raised to rank by the Sultan, and stituted the responsible head of his community. The Armenians, • are a most interesting people, have shared largely in the efforts lissionaries and philanthropic men to revive learning and restore Breaching of the pure gospel among them. Great encouragement been given to these exertions, and an evident religious movement sible in that community. While such was the state of things all ind and amid them, the Turks Could neither be blind nor remain lly indifferent spectators. In 1833, a gentleman wrote from Con- tinople, that Turkish effendies and distinguished Mussulmans i visited a Greek school near the capital. Much interest was ted; and at length an officer, of some consideration with the sul- himself introduced the system among the young soldiers in the icks For books, cards, &.C., he has depended on one of the mis- aries. When the school at Scutari was opened, the same officer essed the scholars in the following pithy language: "His most me majesty, sultan Mahmud,. desires your good. These schools 10 benefit to him, but he designs them for your benefit. You come from different parts of the empire, you are in the morning e, and it is now in your power to become learned and wise. In >ld Mussulman schools nothing of value was learned; men were i, but here asses may become men. This badge of rank which see on my breast was given me by my sovereign, as a token of egard: to-morrow he may take it away, and then shall I be as >tinguished as any other man. But what knowledge I acquired he 536 APRIL, Rise and Decline of the Ottoman Empire- cannot take away from me; the terrible conflagrations, which you see consume almost everything elsewhere, cannot burn it, nor can the floods overwhelm it, or tempests sweep it away. Knowledge, there- fore, young men, knowledge is the best property you can possess." In 1834, four schools had been opened for the Turks, one of them within the seraglio; and 2000 youths were enjoying the benefits of education on the Lancasterian method. These and other cheering facts all go to show that a change, favor- able to improvement, has, at least, begun in the spirit and demeanor of the haughty Turk. Though reformation must naturally be slow, and must still meet with checks and obstacles at every step, yet we cannot doubt it will go on, till not only civil rights shall be recognized and acknowledged, but the true religion from heaven also be receiv- ed. Recent interesting accounts from Brusa, the ancient capital of the Ottomans, and still a splendid city, confirm this opinion. A visi- tor to that city writes: "I could not be uninterested in the Turks of Briisa. They appeared more liberal and tolerant than even their brethren in Constantinople, whose reputation for comparative libera- lity is not bad. With great civility and kindness they admit Chris- tians to their mosks and mausoleums, and engage in conversation with the followers of Christ with cordiality and interest. It griev- ed my heart to see such a golden door for the entrance of truth among the Mohammedans of Brusa, and no one ready to enter it. Next to Constantinople, there is probably not another place in the empire where a missionary to the Turks would be more useful." Smyrna is also recommended as an important and interesting station for another missionary to the Turks. Though these are yet but pros- pects, yet evidence is not wanting in the way of facts, that there is a growing tendency to accessibility in the Turks. Excluding Jerusa- lem, Beirut, and other places in Syria, now under the government of Mohammed All, and where Christian missionaries reside and pursue their work with comparative quiet, there have been for several years Christian missionaries, and schools, for the Jews, Armenians, Greeks, and Nestorians, under the dominion of the sultan, at Smyrna, Con- stantinople, Brusa, Trebizond, and perhaps elsewhere, without any opposition from the government. Such being the aspect of events, it cannot but be regarded with wonder, and with devout gratitude to God, Unit while no efforts to enlighten the people would have been allowed, had the government been in the hands of some Christian powers, a good degree of tolera- tion is enjoyed by benevolent men in the work of doing good, under a Mohammedan ruler. And not only so, but the dominant power it- self is desirous to look into these things, and to appropriate to itself a portion of the proffered blessings. These things should be received by every sober man and Christian as tokens of good. From first to last, the whole career of the Ottoman power is calculated to impress strongly on the mind one sentiment, that the letting loose of those fierce powers on western Asia and Europe was, in the hands of the Almighty Ruler, 'a work of judgment and of mercy It was a 37. Siamese Iliilory. 537 lament to the effeminate and disorderly powers, who were supplant- by their resistless inroads. It wus judgment to those, so called ristian powers, who, entrusted with the true revelation of the will God from heaven, under the most solemn charge to make it own throughout the whole world, instead of executing this sacred ist, were nursing themselves in ease and indolence, or disputing DUt trifling rites and ceremonies to the neglect of the weightier tiers of the great salvation, till they became an inviting and easy :y to men whose welfare they had most iniquitously disregarded, t it was, we trust, mercy to the conquerors, who in turn are to conquered by the mighty power of God, through the gospel of ms Christ. And thus they will be, unwittingly, the means of yA to those tribes still further East, which first urged them in iir westward course; and thus will prove, not like the messengers the Chinese emperor, who brought from the West an increase of ors, but it may be, the bearers of the true religion back to their ive seats, and Turkey and Persia be the doors for the gospel to er all Central Asia. 0 T. II. Siamese History: notices continued from the Siamese eera 906 to 911 ; or A.D. 1545 to 1540. By a Correspondent. MUSK JERA, 906. The king supported the prince Sisin, the young- urother of YotetVi, till he was 13 years of age, and then made him oviciate of the priesthood. Unmindful of the kindness which had n shown him, he drew over to himself several bodies of soldiers, h a view to rebellion. The king had him apprehended, an inves- ition made, and having ascertained the truth, instead of having i executed, committed him to the custody of Chayuat. After a rt time he was released, and put into the priesthood, where he not been more than three days, when he had collected another y of soldiers. The news of this reached the king, who sent one lis nobles in pursuit of him. He, in the meantime, \A consulted •iest to tell his fortune, who informed him that Saturday, the 1st of the 8th month, would be an auspicious season for putting his is in execution. At that time, there were five noblemen, prison- of state, who sent prince Sisin a letter, saying that the king had Dinted to have them executed the next morning; they therefore ged Sisin to advance and rescue them that night. Ue was thus aced to approach that evening. The nobleman, who was sent in suit of him, being apprized of his (approach) advance, mounted hite elephant and came forth to attack him. Sisin encountered , knocked him from the elephant, advanced, and entered the il palace. The king, in astonishment hastened to his boat, and into the country. Sisin released the five' nobles from their VOL V. Peguans could not manage and were obliged to return them; to do (on * J "3 Siamese Ifiitory. 530 ain would be a disgrace among all nations! Further, if the rch of Pegu should make war on the country, in consequence efusal, they would undertake to defend it. ie Siamese king, therefore, sent the messengers back to the king gu, with compliments, declining a compliance with his request, i this decision was known, he declared that, henceforth the loms of Pegu and Siam are sundered. On consultation with his s, he added,' I have twice marched against Siam without taking d for three several reasons: 1st, it is completely surrounded by •: 2d, a want of provisions for a year's campaign: and 3d, nuluk, Sawankhalok, Sukhotai, Kamp6ngpet, and Pitchai, all northern countries are in alliance with Siam, and there provi- are abundant. We must, therefore, subdue these northern pro- s first, then Siam will be an easy prey. I will proceed this time an army of 90,000 men.' He gave his orders accordingly to his i-law, the governor of Ava, his nephew, the governor of Prome, overnor of Chiangmai, and all the heads of departments, who, an as the rains were over, collected all their forces at Pegu. 0. By the commencement of this year, the king had collected >rces from Pegu city, Ava, Chiangmai (North Laos), Fhukain ham), Pre (Prome), Pruan, Lakeung (Arracan), Chittong (Sit- r), Taungu, Phasim (Bassein), Boapuan, Siriang (Sirian), Te- Motama (Martaban), Molamleung (Maulamein), ThawAi (Ta- in all 90,000 men, 7,000 harnessed elephants, and 15,000 s. [I have here given several names of places according to the ese orthography and pronunciation, adding those, where I !, by which the respective places have already become some- known to Europeans. The circumstances of the commencement s march are described with great particularity and pomposity, seeking of favorable omens by the brahmanist astrologers, the did vestments and regalia of the king, his elephants, &,c., are ibed in most extraordinary language, which does not admit of lation. The amount of all is:] They proceeded by seven dis- marches to Motama, and were five days in crossing the river i that place, and thence proceeded by twenty marches to >6ngpet. From thence, after some delay, he proceeded to mlok. [What follows, may, perhaps, be deemed interesting awing a somewhat peculiar military mameuvre.] The Peguan sent a message to Mahathammaraja, the governor of Pitsanul6k, issing him in friendly terms as his brother, saying that he was to make a visit to Ayuthiyi, and wished his brother to come old a little conversation about the affairs of the country. Before ;nt this message, he had employed all his army in raising nse mounds of earth near the city as high as its walls. The nor, on learning his request, returned an answer, saying that, i country belonged to the mighty emperor, the lord of the white ants, it would be unsuitable for him to comply with the invita- icnt him. The Peguan king sent him back word, that his coun- as now small, and one division of thp Peguan army could make 510 APRIL, Siamese History. it smaller. MahAthammar'ja, therefore, requested four priests to go forth and hear what the king of Pegu had to say. He showed them his scaling ladders and mounds of earth, and told them, that if his brother did not come to see him, he could cause his soldiers to take each a handful of earth from the mounds and fill up the city in a single hour. The priests conveyed this intelligence to the governor, who said to his nobles, ' I have waited beyond the appointed season for assistance from the emperor; the Peguan army is immense; the noise of it is like the noise of a hurricane; I must either go, or the city be trodden down, the priests and people all destroyed, and our religion brought to ruin. If the emperor is displeased, I shall only die alone, which is better than that all should perish.' On Satur- day morning, the 5th of the waning moon of the 2d month, he went forth to meet the Peguan monarch, who required him to collect his army, elephants, and horses, and in seven days be ready to accom- pany him on his march. He collected 30,000 men, the march com- menced, and they proceeded, and pitched their camp at Nakhonsa- wan. Intelligence of these matters reached the ears of the lord of the white elephants, who was much disconcerted. He called on R.im6sawan, Phyachakri, and Suntonsongkhram, the three nobles who had volunteered to defend the country, to know what they would do in the existing emergency. They determined to await the approach of the enemy and then make a desperate assault. The Peguan king learned from the governor of Pitsanul6k, that his request for two white elephants was not granted, because these three men had undertaken to defend the country against any inva- sion by him. He compared them and their undertaking to a short legged rabbit who undertook to fathom the ocean, and a short wing- ed bird who engaged to fly across the ocean with Phydkhrut. [This is a fabulous monster, often referred to in Siamese writings as real, having a human body, the bill and wings of an eagle, &.C.] 911. The enemy approached Ayuthiya; the king perceived the army was too powerful for him to attack, and all attention was direct- ed to defense rather than to assault. The Peguan monarch sent a message, inquiring why the Siamese king did not come forth to attack him, as a matter of amusement, or if he had determined noi to fight, why he did not come forth, and at least hold a parley with him. The lord of the white elephants found no way of escape ; the next day, therefore, he went forth in state, and was received with much civility by the king of Pegu, who detailed the cause of his visit, and, as some compensation for all the pains he had taken, now requested four white elephants, instead of two. He also begged to take prince Ramesawan and adopt him as his son. He added, morevover, Phyichakri and Suntonsongkhram to his requests, all of which, under existing circumstances, were readily granted; and he then returned to Pegu. Nnte. Under date of Nov. 4th, 1836, our Correspondent at Bankok thus writes to the editor: " The subject of orthography to which you refer, has been a matter of discussion, but it is. oi)u of much difficulty. You gay in your note (in the Re- 17. Relations between tfu V. 8. and Cochtnchina. 541 itory for June), that the consonants moat surely are not, in my communica- , always as in English. This is true in relation to j in rnjn. The Siamese e no j, but a sound which so much resembles it, that, an j has almost univcr- y been used for it, 1 have used it not altogether inadvertently, and as moat ly to be readily understood. That sound would properly be represented by spirated; thus rachha, though more awkward, is a more correct representa- ol the Siamese pronunciation than rujfi. The word which you suppose should e been written raja Tiriit, should, notwithstanding, be written Riijathinit, as rsonal, and not an official name. 'Prince rnjd,' which you luppose is like . Capt.,' is, nevertheless, rather like ' Mr. Prince,' ' Captain King,' the offi- name having been converted into a proper one. There is one further ex- ation 1 wish to make. The Siamese have no sound equivalent to our th, as in ilif.m theory, &c.; but whenever 1 use th in spelling Siamese words, I use r (, aspirated. The same is true of the communication to * * * *. That station was made more (ban 150 years ago, and the book which contains it rceedingly scarce. There is one copy in the 'Penang library,' which was ly loaned me by the librarian, from which that was extracted. The whole eqiiently rehearsed in Siam by the priests as a sermon to their auditors, and pretty fair specimen of the discourses they give to honor Budha and them- •H. I commit it to you to extract or review, or to do anything with it you se. In my communications, I am not without the hope that they may be •eating articles of reference to students of Siamese literature, and on this unt J introduce more geographical names, with the Siamese orthography, I otherwise should. Those who read of a country wish, not simply to i the location of places, but how the natives call them. I recently purchased ip of Buimah, Siam, Cochiiichina, Tonking and Malaya, published by >s Wild, geographer to his Majesty, London, 1832. The number of places Inwn in Siam is considerably numerous, but almost of all them are Burman, evidently taken from the dictum of some Burman traveler. Should I ask imese where such and such places are situated, taking this list as my guide, ould be confounded, and tell me there were no such in his country." Our ious and persevering Correspondent is entitled to our best thanks for his nued communications. That "to * * * *," is the life of Thevetat, trans- from the Pali, and contained in Monsieur De la Louvere's History of Siam, h work we have, and hope to notice it in due time. There are some points ? orthography which still need explanation : why, for example, is prakhang en for praklang, phraklang, or p'hraklang? Maulamein for Maulmem? III. Remarks on the diplomatic relations with Corhinchina, ndertaken by the government of the United States, with a state- tent on the subject from an officer of the king. IERTO the attempts to establish diplomatic relations between the us of the East and the West, have, with few exceptions, proved ccessful. Sometimes, indeed, they have not only not snc- 3d in accomplishing any good, but by bad management they have •d to produce and to perpetuate evils, exciting and fostering sus- ns, jealousies and bloody strifes. Contemplating them under circumstances, the casual observer has been ready to deprecate milar enterprises, and to dissuade from every attempt to establish 542 Relations between the V. S. and Cuchiachina. APRIL, friendly relations. If, in future, the same line of procedure must be pursued, arid under the same circumstances, it would be wise to desist from new attempts, since they will probably lead only to new failures. But if the causes of past ill-success can be shown and henceforth avoided, and likewise a course marked out well-fitted to attain the desired end, then, surely, a duty remains to be performed. As among the members of civil communities, so among nations, rules and laws mutually recognized and obligatory are indispensable for maintaining friendly intercourse. Great as the difficulties may have been hitherto, in regard to eastern nations, they are not insurmount- able, nor ought they to prevent renewed attempts. The day will come when treaties, " mutually beneficial," clear, definite, and well-under- stood, will be duly ratified and faithfully maintained between govern- ments dwelling in the remotest parts of opposite hemispheres. Both France and England have hud their diplomatic missions to Cochinchina, Some four or five years ago, the government of the United States of America, at the suggestion of one who is desirous as many others are to see friendly relations established with the eastern nations, directed an expedition to be fitted out to visit the court of Cochinchina, and other places. The following notices of the visit to the court of Hue, are taken from the Canton Register for December 16th, 1833. The United States' ship Peacock was employed on the occasion. "This vessel left Lintin, where she had remained for about six weeks previously, on the 29th December, 1832; being under the command of captain David Geisinger, and having on board Edmund «• inj Roberts, Esq., as an envoy from the president of the United States of .^^Kz^«ln America to the courts of Cochinchina and Siam. Her first destina- -^K~ m tion, after leaving China, was the bay of Turon, the nearest safe ^^^Ezjrf.' anchorage to Hu6, the capital of the former kingdom. But, after _^^^^, *i gaining sight of this port, strong northerly winds, accompanied with a —^^».ii °' cross sea, and rapid northerly currents of about sixty miles a day, drove Ni the vessel so far to leeward, that after three or four days of unsuccess- "ic ful beating, she bore away for the next safe harbor, that of Phuyen^ "^*^d n where she cast anchor on the 5th Jan. 1833. This fine harbor, though ^^*^e badly delineated on the charts, is well described by Horsburgh. It "^^Cr ra contains three distinct anchorages, two of which are considered per- "^^KDr fectly safe in all seasons. Their names are Shandai, Vunglam, and ~^*/ie Vungchao. The anchorage of Shandai, near the mouth of the bar- "^Ae bor, is very much exposed, and the surrounding shore affords no fit ^f,,,( ° landing-place, owing to the surf. Vunglam, which is two or three ^Ao * miles further in, is the principal anchorage, being easily accessible, ^vet)6s and affording complete shelter to the native craft, by which fishing ^"s// and the coasting trade are carried on. It is opposite to a small fish- ~*Ae ^ ing town, which contains, together with the houses scattered over the ">e ^,ea surrounding fields, about 3,000 inhabitants. The third anchorage, flrtl°"s' that of Vungchao, is six miles to the northward and eastward of "c"lr>fefj Vunglam. It is little frequented by the native craft, because it re- ca'-^e emires a circuitous sail of two or three hours to reach it, while Vung- r,,plta' c u« 837. Relations between the U. iig. 109° 13' E. The entrance to the harbor was rendered conspicu- iis by the large number of fishing boats which lay opposite to it, with icir nets out. They go out before daylight, and remain till market me, about four in the afternoon. When leaving the harbor, we junted of these fishing boats and the coasting vessels no less than ni hundred sail at one time. "Shortly after our arrival, an old man came on board, whom it irtainly was not easy to discern to be the chief of the village; his ily mark of distinction from the fisherman, in whose boat he came f, being a shabby silk dress. The dignity of the old gentleman ccustomed as he was to sit cross-legged on a dirly bamboo settee, no ay comparable to the well-scrubbed deck of a man-of-war) was how- er much hurl, because a chair was not immediately offered him, on e quarter deck. When this was perceived, he was forthwith seated a table on the gun deck, and, the implements of writing being pro- red, a manuscript conversation took place in Chinese, which Ian- age is written in Cochinchina, as in the various provinces of China, imgh so differently pronounced, is when spoken to be perfectly intelligible. The old man conversed for some time in a lively and mmunicative manner, not wholly forgetful however of his own dig- y. But his day was soon over; he fell into disgrace for having layed to report the unwonted arrival of a foreign ship of war; and officer of much superior rank came into his place: when we. after- rds saw him, he stood like a menial servant behind the couch on ich we sat. This old man, though in appearance so mean, afford- no bad specimen of the general appearance and dress, not only of 1 people, but also of the officers of the middling ranks. Of the high- ranks we saw but one specimen, a provincial judge, who paid one two visits to the ship. Their ordinary dress is nearly the same as Chinese, consisting of loose trowsers and upper dress; over which officers and gentry, when going from home, or receiving visits, a long cloak, or surtout, of silk, which reaches below the knees. 5es and stockings are not in common use among the people, and n the gentry dislike the use of high heeled shoes, preferring sandals Jippers. The hair is worn long and tied in a knot on the back of head, being kept up by a turban, usually of black crape among men, and, so far as our observation went, of white native cotton >ng the women. The poorer men who cannot afford crape, use >red cotton. No part of the hair is shaven. We had been two days in port, when deputies arrived from the ital of the province, and the political correspondence with the rt then commenced. A delay of some days Was occasioned at 544 Relations between the U. S. and Cochinchina. APRIL, the very commencement, by two important errors in the first official document, which the officers who forwarded it neglected to point out, although they appeared conspicuously on the outside. These errors were (1) the application of the title of king, instead of emperor, to the mighty potentate who sways the sceptre of Cochinchina; and (2) the use of one of the names by which the country is generally known, in place of a less familiar, but more classical one, which the reign- ing family has chosen to adopt. Other deputies came afterwards from Hue, which to an official personage is five or six days' journey from Phuyen (or Fooyan), though often traveled by the expresses in three. The common method of traveling here, among the rich, is a kind of palanquin, made of net work or woollen cloth, somewhat resembling a hammock in appearance, which is hung by the two ends to a long stout pole. This is borne by two, four, eight, or more, bearers, according to the rank of the owner. The attendants of officers, and the people in general, ride on horseback, there being large numbers of a small lively breed of ponies in the country. A few elephants follow in the train of official personages, apparently for show, rather than for use. The small parties of military which came to the place as escorts, appeared well disciplined, in comparison with their neighbors the Chinese and the Siamese. They were, however, very troublesome to us. The timid jealousy and bigoted national exclusiveness of the court of Hu6, or some other latent cause, placed numerous hindrances and vexatious delays in the way of the mission's proceeding to the capital, in consequence of which, after about five weeks' stay at Phuyen, the negotiations were broken off by the 'Pea- cock's departure for Siam, without having effected any of the ob- jects of her voyage in relation to Cochinchina." In 1835, the same diplomatic agent was again dispatched from his government; and after visiting the Persian Gulf and other places, and exchanging copies of a treaty with the king of Siam, he once more touched on the coast of Cochinchina. But on account of his own sickness, and that of others connected with the expedition, he again effected nothing. The Peacock and Enterprise, the vessels employed on the occasion, arrived in Macao Roads, the 25th of Feb., 1836. Mr. Roberts died soon after, and the diplomatic agency ter- minated, there being no one appointed to act in his stead. Not many months after this, a vessel, belonging to the king of Cochinchina, arrived off Macao, having on board an envoy from the court of that country. During her stay there, she was visited, among others, by an American gentleman. The envoy improved the occasion to in- quire for the hasty departure of the vessels, which had visited his country. To satisfy those inquiries, in some measure, a translation of the following note was put into his hands :— "The Americans are a people who navigate the four seas, and have friend- ly relations with other nations. Having never been able to trade with your honorable kingdom, they have, therefore, twice sent an envoy to make ar- ranwements for a comrnercJHl intercourse between Cochinchina and the Uni- fedlitatea. This is on record-.- Were the trade well conducted under the ndc hose E was in ( cated ft exceptir in Cod 837. Relations between the U. S. and Cochinchina. 545 WB of your honorable country, it would be advantageous to both nations, be Americans, therefere, deeply regret that their efforts have not succeeded, nd ire desire to ask your excellency, what are the reasons which have pre- inted the conclusion of K treaty, and the settlement of a tariff, for the regu- tion of the trade. On receiving your excellency's answer, we shall be most ippy to transmit it to our native country, together with any other informa- nt you may wish to communicate; and we hope that, in future, all obsta- es will be removed, which may hinder the establishment of friendly relations itween your honorable country, and the merchants of our native land." The envoy, who is styled, kungfoo yttcn waelang, under the hu-ang- of Annam, (so he wrote his own title, and that of his sovereign, id the name of his country,) gave the following reply :— "On a former year, a ship from your honorable country arrived at the port Yingling, belonging1 to Puhngan, in Cochinchina. At that time, being su- rintendent of trade, I sent deputies to congratulate those who arrived, and make the necessary arrangements to receive them. But the writing and eccli of the parties not being the same, the interchange of thought was slow d difficult. With regard to commerce, it seemed desirable to have a clear demanding, and as superintendent I was engnged in preparing the requi- e credentials: but before they were ready, your country's vessel left the rt. Again, during the third month of the current year, vessels arrived from ur country, and anchored in the port To-seang, near Kwang-ngari; and on the former occasion I sent deputies to congratulate them. But Though ; messengers often repeated their inquiries, they obtained no answer; when expectedly, without announcing their intei.'tion of leaving, the ships de- rted. Tims suddenly, twice they arrived, and twice they went away, empty they came! Was it not, indeed, labor lost? Soon after my arrival at icao, on public business, you, gentlemen, being on board, made inquiries peeling these particulars. But because our conversation was not inteiiigi- to each other, I have written out the preceding statement, and present or your information, to enable you clearly to understand, that it was my ention, as superintendent of commerce, to manifest the tender regard which august sovereign cherishes towards those who come from afar; and that re was no disposition to treat them with incivility." jranting the statement of his Annamese majesty's rfficer to be •reel, and we see no reason to question its ac uracy, the causes Failure in the diplomatic mission from the United St >tes are evi- it. It is apparent also, that, in future, the same or similar causes y be avoided. Ignorance of the languages, manners, customs, jres, and laws, of Eastern courts, is one of the principal causes ich bare operated against a successful issue in tl.e ne otiations of se European embassadors and envoys, who have been sent thither ing the last two or three centuries. In the second visit of the omatic agent, he seems to have had no me.ins of communicating h the messengers sent from court. We are aware thit the French ruage is spoken in Cochinchina: a native of that country, who in Canton three years ago, had been in France, and there edu- ;d for "priest's orders" under one of ths Romish missions; but spting special cases of this kind, we suppose the French is spoken /ochinchina, as the English is in Canton, most barbarously and itelligibly, except in simple matters of barter In the first visit & VOL. V. MO. XII. ()9 546 APRIL. The Traffic in Opium with China. translator, equal to the task, was secured, but on terms which ought never to be named. There were other things, such, for example, as articles to be given as presents, which might have been provided on a much better scale. The present king ofCochinchina, Mingming, or "Illustrious For- tune," succeeded to the throne of his father in February, 1820. He is represented as being more anxious to cultivate intercourse with foreign nations than his predecessor; and he has, it is said, reduced the duties on foreign vessels frequenting the ports of his kingdom. He has a small navy, and some of his ships are built on the European model. That recently at Macao, a man-of-war, was about 400 tons measurement, being about ninety feet long and twenty feet beam. Her crew was composed of fifty marines, and sixty-three sailors, most of them large limbed and well-proportioned men, their average height being five feet. The hull of the vessel was constructed of teak, and apparently very strongly put together. The masts were well made, though the spars and rigging were not in very good proportion. A flag, bearing the words kin chae fyfc ^ hung from the peak. The marines were clad in uniform dresses, made of red longells or camlets; they wore black turbans, and were barefooted. The words "trea- sure guard," in Chinese characters,, were painted on their breasts. The late conduct of his Annamese majesty, in protecting the crew of the John Bannerraan, furnishing them with clothing, provisions, and money, and in dispatching two of his own ships from Turon to convey the strangers to Singapore, speaks well in his favor.—Wheth- er the recent expeditions fitted out for exploring the regions of the northern frozen ocean, and'the northern polar seas, are likely to prove more beneficial to the world, than they would if employed in surveying the Indian Archipelago and the coasts of China and Cochin- china, and in forming an acquaintance and establishing commercial relations with the inhabitants of these regions, seems never to have been made a question with Western governments. There are no seas in the world that need so much to be surveyed as some of these; and there are none more neglected. ART. IV. The traffic in opium carried on with China: its early history, and the present mode of conducting it, from the delivery of the drug by the cultivators tcr its reception by the consumers. ENOUGH is known of the1 earty history of this traffic to show that the rapidity of its increase, during the last severely years, especially in China, is unprecedented in the annals of commerce. The plan of sending opium from Bengal to China, was suggested by Colonel Wat- son, and adopted by Mr. Wheeler, then vice-resident in council,1 ^Pot\ 'he Chii 1837. Tkt Traffic in Opium toith China. 547 Before the year 1767, says an Indian journalist,* the import of " this pernicious drug" into China, rarely exceeded 200 chests: that year it amounted to 1000; at which rate it continued for many years, in the lands of the Portuguese. In 1773, the British East India Company nade a small adventure of opium from Bengal to China.8 About 1780,' a depot of this article was established by the English, on board if two small vessels, stationed in a bay to the southward of Macao, ;alled Lark's Bay,4 where they often sold their opium for 500 or 600 lollars, the price in Bengal being about 500 rupees per chest. In 1781, the product of opium for one year was lying unsold in the ^tmpany's ware-houses in Calcutta, their shipping being employed n supplying Madras with rice, and the seas being infested with Drench and Dutch cruisers. Under these circumstances the Bengal ;overnment, unable to obtain " reasonable offers" for their opium ii Calcutta, determined to export it themselves: accordingly, two hips were freighted, one to the Indian Archipelago, and one to •hina, their proceeds were to be paid into the Company's treasury t Canton. "The Bengal government drew against this for ten lacs, len for ten more; and issued to their civil and military servants, ertificates on Canton, there to be exchanged for bills on London : this leasure afforded a seasonable relief to the Company's finances."1 'hat part of the opium which was sent to China, was freighted in ie of their armed vessels, which in those days appear to have been lowed to enter the river, within the Bogue, " free of measurement ities." But the drug came to a bad market; and the supercargoes, 'ter much delay and difficulty, were obliged to dispose of it at 210 wl-dollars (which were at two per cent, discount, in reference to liar-dollars). The opium was purchased by Sinqua, a hong-mer- tant, who had previously conducted an extensive business at Macao, nqua, however, was very anxious that Pwankhequa, the senior in e co-hong, should take a share in the purchase; but the latter was iwilling to expose himself to his enemies in this way, as opium is then understood to be, and had long been, an interdicted article trade. (?) The quantity purchased by Sinqua was 1600 chests; !00 had already been imported; these 2800 chests so overstocked ; market, that Sinqua reshipped the greater part of his purchase • the Malay coasts. In 1791, the price of the drug ranged from 0 to 380 dollars per chest.5 In the reign of Keenlung, as well as ;v jusly, opium was inserted in the tariff of Canton as a medicine, jject to a duty of three taels per hundred catties, with an addi- nal charge of two taels, four mace, and five candereens, under •- name of charge per package.* The Chinese authorities seem not to have taken any public notice the vessels which imported opium until 1793, when they began complain of the vessels lying in Lark's Bay.5 In 1794, after many ffectual attempts to establish themselves under the sanction o"f Portuguese government, and being constantly annoyed both by Chinese government and pirates at Lark's Bay, the parties con- ned in the trade were induced to bring one of their ship?, laden 648 The Traffic in Opium with China. APRM,, exclusively with opium, to Whampoa, where she lay unmolested for «^» more than fifteen months, with from 290 to 300 chests of the drug K_ - on board. This practice, of bringing opium to Whampoa in foreign vessels, continued till 1820, and without any interruption or molesta- es^ tion, except an attempt, in 1819, to search those vessels which were '^^ supposed to have it on board. Meanwhile, however, the Chinese j government enacted special laws to prevent both the importation , and the use of the drug. In the 4th year of Keaking (1799) Keih- < king, of the imperial kindred, and then the governor of this province, f—. "regarding it as a subject of deep regret, that vile dirt of foreign SV~' countries should be received in exchange for the commodities and ^^_j money of the empire, and fearing lest the practice of smoking opium ^^e< should spread among all the people of the Inner Land, to the waste ^Bi of their time and the destruction of their property, presented a B5t memorial, requesting that the sale of the drug should be prohibited, ^^a and that offenders should be made amenable to punishment. This "^al punishment has been gradually increased to transportation and wft death by strangling."7 In 1800, the Chinese prohibited the importa- fed tion of opium, and denounced heavy penalties on the contravention bac of their orders. In consequence of this, the supercargoes of the Pv. East India Company recommended to the Court of Directors, to ^o, endeavor to prevent the shipment of the article for China, either in pro* England or Bengal.1 Early in the 14th year of Keaking (1809), the »nd governor of Canton, then holding the seals of commissioner of mari- £^c time customs, published an edict, requiring the hong-merchants, *^-2: wh'en presenting a petition for a ship to discharge her cargo at Whampoa, to give bonds that she has no opium on board. The governor then proceeded to declare, that, since it was well known to all parties to be a contraband article, in case of disobedience, the vessel should not only not be permitted to discharge her cargo, but should be expelled from the port, and the security merchants brought to trial for their misdemeanor.5 This edict was often repeated, by orders from Peking. In 1815, governor Tseang sent up a report to tha emperor concerning some traitorous natives who had established themselves as dealers in opium at Macao: in reply, commands were given to carry the laws rigorously into execution. It does not appear, however, that the commands were put in force. In 1820, governor Yuen took up the subject, in conjunction with Ah, the commissioner of maritime customs. The following proclamation bears date of April 5th, 1820." "Yuen, the governor of Kwangtung and Kwangse, and Ah, the hoppo of Onnton, hereby issue a proclamation to the hong-merchants, with the contents of which let them make themselves fully acquainted. Opium is an article which has long been most strictly prohibited by his imperial Majesty's com- - mands, and frequent proclamations have been issued against it, which are on ,-J record. But the piss iges on the coast of Canton being very numerous, Ma- ,. , cao being the resort of foreigners, and Whampoa being the anchorage for . foreign ships, should be more strictly watched and searched. It is found on record, that during the 2('th yar of Keaking, the then governor Tseang, reported to court, and punished the abandoned Afacuo merchants, Ohoorneiqwa 1837. The Traffic in Opium with China. 549 md others, for buying and selling opium. The emperor's will was then imsr reverently received to this effect: "' When the Portuguese ships arrive at Macao, it is incumbent to s. • olj nd examine each ship. And let the governor widely publish a proclamation, tating, that opium, being an article produced abroad, and from thence flowing rto China, and as every region has its usages and climate proper for itself, nd differing from others, the celestial empire does not forbid you people to lake and eat opium, and diffuse the custom in your native place. But that pium should flow into the interior of this country, where vagabonds clandes- nely purchase and eat it, and continually become sunk into the most stupid nd besotted state, so as to cut down the powers of nature and destroy life, is n injury to the manners and minds of men of the greatest magnitude; and, icrefore, opium is most rigorously prohibited by law. Often have imperial licts been received, commanding a search to be made; and it is absolutely npossible to suffer you people to bring it in a smuggling manner, and disperse by sale. Hereafter, when your ships arrive at Macao, they must all and ich be searched and examined. If one ship brings opium, whatever other irgo the said vessel may contain, it will all be rejected; and all commercial aimctions with her disallowed. If every vessel brings opium, then the bole cargo of every vessel will be rejected; and none of the ships be permit- d to trade; and the ships, in the state they come, will be driven out, and sent ick to they country. As to you people, who live in Macao, since you occu- 'the territory of the celestial empire, you therefore ought to obey the laws id regulations of the celestial empire. If you persume, without public au- ority, to act and frame rules for yourselves, and cherish schemes of ap- oaching near to grasp illicit gains, the laws are prepared to punish you; d just as in the cane of those who in China clandestinely promulgate the aman Catholic religion, they will assuredly severely pnnish your crimes, d will not show any indulgence. In this manner let an explicit and point- proclamation be published to the said foreigners, and no doubt they will, ery one of them, be afraid, and yield implicit obedience, and not dare to pose the prohibition, and to sell opium. And hereafter let a true and faith- search be made, as before, and so the source from which the evil springs 11 be cut off. Respect this.' "Former proclamations were published and stand on record; and since it time, four or five years have elapsed; and it is feared, that remiseness y have crept in by length of time. His probable, though not certain, that, en the Portuguese ships anchor in Macao harbor, there may be avaricious rabonds, who smuggle opium in the port, and therefore the Macao deputy itom-house officers have been ordered to search very strictly and faithfully, ith respect to Whampoa, it is the anchorage of all the foreign ships, and jough I, the governor, appoint to each ship an attending officer; and I, hoppo, ak-> appoint tide-waiters, who watch the ship on each side, and ke due search, which seems as strict a guard as can be kept; still the uen are not all good men; it is impossible to be sure that they never nect themselves with native vagabonds, and seize opportunities of smug- ig-. Therefore, strict orders are given to all the local military stations, to deputy officer from the custom-house, and to the armed police at Wham- , to be very strict in searching; and further, confidential soldiers are sent ill directions to search and seize. Besides these precautions, the hong- chants are required to promulgate to a 11 foreign factory chiefs, resident at :ao or Canton, our commands to them, to yield implicit obedience to form- mperial edicts, which disallow the clandestine introduction of opium, and ch require the sources from which it comes to cut off. If they dare to bey this order, as soon as a discovery is made, the ship concerned will be 650 APRIL, The Traffic in Opium with China. expelled, and not permitted to trade; and the security merchant will be seiz- ed and punished for the crime; if he dares to connive, be will most assuredly be broken, and prosecuted to the utmost, and without mercy. Be careful, and do not view this document as a mere matter of form, and so tread within the net of the law; for, you will find your escape as impracticable, as it is for a man to bite his own navel. Report the manner in which you execute these orders; and at the same time present a bond, engaging to abide by the tenor of this. Delay not! A special edict [Uatedj "KeSking, 25th year, 2d month, 23d day." Hitherto, since the prohibition of opium, the traffic in it had been carried on, both at Whampoa and Macao, by the connivance of local officers, some of whom watched the delivery of every chest, and re- ceived a fee; whilst others, remote from the scene of smuggling, received an annual bribe for overlooking the violation of the imperial orders. In September,' 1821, "a Chinese inhabitant of Macao, who had been the medium of receiving from the Portuguese, and paying to the Chinese officers, the several bribes usually given, was seized by government for hiring banditti to assault an opponent of his, which they did; and, having got the man in their power, poured quicksilver into his ears, to injure his head without killing him; and having shaved the short hair from the man's head, they mixed the hairs with tea, and forced him to drink the portion. The wretch who originated this cruel idea, and paid the perpetrators of it, had long been the pest and the terror of his neighborhood, by acting as a pettifogging lawyer, and bringing gain to the public officers; who, finding him useful, always screened him from justice. An enemy, however, at last, arose amongst his official friends, who contrived to have this man's character laid before the governor, with his influence or power in the neighborhood stated in an exaggerated degree, af- firming that no police officer could apprehend him, for he had but to whistle and hundreds of men flew to his defense. The governor, alarmed and irritated by this declaration, ordered a party of the mili- tary to seize him forthwith; and then had him cast into the judge's prison. The pettifogging lawyer now turned his wrath against his former official friends; and immediately confessed that he had held the place of bribe-collector; and that till the governmental officers in the neighborhood received each so much per chest, or so much annu- ally (stating the exact sums), to connive at the smuggling of opium: these bribes were received, not only by the inferior atiendants in pub- lic officers, but by the superior officers of the rank of blue buttons; and even by the admiral, who wore a red button.—The governor «t no period could have been ignorant of what was going on in reference to opium: f»r it was very commonly used by clerks, secretaries, mi- litary officers, and other persons in his own establishment; but the exposition now laid before him brought it more fully to his notice, and risked more his own safety, than any previous occurrence; fur. after being in the government of Canton for several years, to plead igno- rance of such misrule would not be accepted as an excuse at the imperial court: nor would it have screened him from censure, and tTie, nese •with poim It w, nor 1 searc theg the s rcspt Hi issnei r>ese ddre •terror It idea |>oldc yn Port Eni>lis|] «iid TPJ The Traffic in Opium with China. 551 i degradation, to have proceeded immediately to punish the i against whom he had received information; for they being his control, he as, in a certain degree, responsible to the su- gnvernment for their good conduct. Instead, therefore, of pun- those who were directly guilty, he made up his mind to accuse lior hong-merchant, a timid rich man, nicknamed by the Chi- the timid young lady," anil easily assailable, and charge him defective performance of the duties of his suretiship, in not ig out to government every foreign ship which contained opium. in vain for the man to plead that he had never dealt in opium, d any connection with those who did deal in it; nor could he the ships to ascertain what was in them; nor could he control rernmental officers who encouraged, and virtually protected, niggling of opium; the governor had determined to hold him isible." excellency having disgraced the senior hong-merchant, next papers throwing all the odium of this traffic, not on the Chi- onsumers, smugglers, and magistracy, "who certainly, in jus- liould have borne a part of it," but on foreigners—the Pnrtu- the English, and the Americans. In one paper, he tried to iS the religious principles of hope and fear, by the promise, that ids would conduct the fair dealers in safety across the ocean, , "over the contraband smugglers of a pernicious poison, the i of the royal law on earth, and the wrath of infernal gods in , were suspended." The American captains, he said, were em- led to bring opium, "because they had no king to rule them." ugh the governor did not attack directly those who were in rvice of his government, yet he sent an officer, as a spy, to i the revenue cutters. This officer surprised a party in the very 'smuggling; and in the attempt to seize them, one or two men killed. The consequence of these proceedings against the il parties at Whampoa and Macao, " was, that foreigners, having e with whom to place their opium, proceeded to Lintin." Of ears "the foreign vessels have visited all the ports of Fuhkeen, eang, Keangnan, Shantung, and even to Teeutsin and Man- ria, for the purpose of selling opium."' Such is an outline of istory of this traffic; the mode of conducting it comes next to ticed. :>m the cultivators in India, the drug is quickly conveyed to the imer throughout the Chinese empire. About three fourths of >ium from Malvva is, at present, transported directly to Bombay; transit duty of 125 rupees per chest paid to the British govern- ; the other fourth is carried by a circuitous route to the iguese settlement of Damaun,5 whence it is exported for China irtuguese ships only. That from Bombay is generally shipped in ish vessels. Before being put on board, it is carefully examined, repacked in chests, each containing about 400 or 500 cakes, Dm three to four taels* weight, averaging 101 catties per chest, price paid to the cultivator in Alslwa la about double that paid, 552 APRIL, The Traffic in Opium with China. for a given quantity, in Behar and Benares, the former being estimated at BOO rupees per chest." The pure opium alone is made into cakes, which are covered with a thin coating of oil, and afterwards rolled in pulverized petals of poppy.1 In Bchar and Benares the inspissated juice is collected by the ryot, and delivered to the government's agent during the months of February and March. The ryot formerly received 3 rupees 8 annas per seer;" but of late years, as the product has increased, the price, paid to the ryot, has decreased. The price has varied, at different times, and according to the quality of the article. In ISi tl« *-2;* '. The Raja of China. 553 Irug is received by the native boats and conveyed into the interior hina, is fully described by Heu Naetse, and the account need ;>p here repeated. Sometimes opium has been sold by foreign jhanls for more than $2,000 per chest. The present price (4th ) is, for Patna, old $S:Jl). new $769; for Benares, oldfTSU, new U; and for Mdlwa, both old and new, $600. The slock atLiritin, il 1st, 1837, was 8364 chests." M. 1, Phipp'a China, and Eastern Trade, 1835. 2, Bombay Gazette, 30th ngunt, Hx!U 3, British Relations with tin- Chinese empire, Lindon, lr;32. orsburgh. 5, Private manuscripts. 6, Heu Nnetse in ("hi. Rep., Vol, V. 19. 7, Report to the emperor of Gov. Tang, &c. H, Indochinese Gleaner, , 1H20, page 401. 9, Narrative of the affair of tlie Topaze, p 67. H>, Report e House of Commons, 1832, p. 91. II, Bayley's evidence, 1832. No 16:)3. Cennedy, No» 1097, and 1118. 13, Swinton and Magniac, in evidence, , pp. -M, 419. 14, Thornton, p. 230. 15, Canton General Price Current, I 4th, 1837. \ V. The Rtfa of China t with notices of the early intercourse between the Malays and the Chinese. From a Malay author, translated by the late DR. JOHN LEYDEN. London. 1821. EN we consider the extent of the Indian Archipelago, the extra- nary facilities which it affords to commerce, the vastness of its urces, the richness of its soil, and the peculiar character of its ibitants, it seems surprising that such a field should have been so ; neglected. In the interior of the larger islands, the population most exclusively devoted to agriculture; while on the coasts, the jnturous character of the Bug.s, and the persevering industry of Chinese, have given rise to an extensive native trade. Through- the islands, the inhabitants have imbibed a task' for Europein nifactures, and the demand is only limited by their means. Am- il causes may, for a time, check the increase of these means; but ;ountries where, independently of the cultivation of the soil, the sures of the mines seem inexhaustible, and the raw produce of forests is in equal abundance, it is not easy to fix limits to the ;nsion of these means. With a high reverence for ancestry and ility of descent, the Malays are more influenced by individual nt, and are quicker discerners of it, than is usual among people far advanced in civilization. They are addicted to commerce; it has already given them a taste for the conveniences and luxu- of social life, a propensity indulged to the utmost of their raenns. ong such a people, a wide scope is given for enterprise; and it is ious, that, as their intercourse with Europeans increases, and a • commerce adds to their resources, the arts of life and the trea- vot v NO xrt 70 554 APRIL, The Rajd of China. Bures of sound knowledge will become more extensively diffused ; and we may anticipate a much morn rapid improvement, than in those nations which, having once arrived at a high point in civilization, are going backwards, and sinking downwards, from the rank and influence they once held. With these views of the case, we may indulge the sanguine expectation of improvement among the tribes of the eastern isles, and look forward to an early abolition of piracy and illicit traffic, when all those seas shall be open to the free current of commerce. Restrictions and oppressions have too often converted their shores into scenes of rapine and violence, but an opposite course pursued by foreigners may, erelong, subdue and remove the evils. Such were the opinions entertained1 of the Malays, by Dr. Leyden, more than twenty years ago. "Notwithstanding their piracies and the vices usually attributed to them in their present state, there is something in their character which is congenial to British minds." Retaining much of that boldness which marks the Tartar stock, "from whence they are supposed to have sprung, they have acquired a softness, not less remarkable in their mariners, than in their lan- fuage." That a new era is about to commence in the history of the iidian Archipelago, we fully believe; and it will be more or less il* lustrious, according as the foreigners, frequenting those regions, exert themselves by example and precept to extend the principles and practice of pure religion-—the surest basis of civilization, the best guaranty of peace, the safest pledge of prosperity On what grounds the M ii lys are supposed to be a branch of the Tartar stock, we do not know; but that they have in times past enjoyed friendly inter- course with tho Chinese, is proved by a great variety of incidents and testimony. On a former occasion (see page 483 in this volume) we presented to our readers a translation of a paper, written by Lnhchow of Fuh- keen, in which he gives a description of the Malays; it seems but fair, therefore, that the latter be allowed, in turn, to give an account of their ancient friends, the Chinese. When Dr. Leyden first visited the Archipelago, in 1805, he at once espoused the cause of the M-il'iyan race, with all the ardor and enthusiasm which so distin- guished his character. While deeply engaged in investigating their languages and literature, he neglected no opportunily of becoming acquainted with their more popular tales and traditions. He was aware that their authentic history was only to be dated from the in- troduction of Mohammedanism among them; but in the wild traditions of the Malays, he thought he sometimes- discovered a glimmering of light, which might, perhaps, serve to illustrate an earlier period. These glimmerings, he was accustomed to say, were very faint, but in the absence of ali other lights they were worth pursuing; they would, at all events, account for and explain, many of the peculiar institutions and customs of the people, and serve to make Europeans better acquainted with a race which appeared to him to possess the greatest claims on their attention. By this impression, he was indui> ed to undertake the translation of • volume of the Malay Annals, the. bL tic tlk_ re- A m m -fei mm ati: oF th cc - imi of th o? — thi a. M;i tliel: corre toeusi «« I w: I lists accou in the At <5<>unt diool 7. The Rdjd of China. 555 :h, with an introduction by Sir Stamford Raffles, was published cndon in 1821. Many of the preceding remarks we have borrow- rom that introduction; and we will subjoin a few extracts from Annals. They form a neat volume of 3fiO octavo pages, and are worthy the attention of the student in the Malayan language or ary. he volume before us is a compilation of the most popular tradi- 3 existing among the Malays themselves. It was the intention of translator, that the text should have been illustrated by notes and fences, explanatory of the more interesting parts, and that the late ials of the different states of the Archipelago, since the establish- t of Mohammedanism, should have been annexed; but the pre- ure and lamented death of Dr. Leyden prevented the execution lat intention, ,and the translation now appears without note or nient. The work, its author says, was suggested at an assembly le learned and noble, in the year 1021 of the Hegira, when one le principal persons of the party remarked, that he had beard of alay story, which had been lately brought by a nobleman from land of Gua, and that it would be proper for some persons to ect it according to the institutions of the Malays, so that it might seful to posterity. "On hearing this," the author proceeds to say, vas firmly determined to attempt the work." He wrote in Arabic, object was to give a true history of the Malayan r'j is, with some mnt of their institutions, for the "benefit of posterity." Early in narrative, Hindustan, Turkestan, and China, are mentioned, .t a time, when R'ljl Suran reigned in Amdan Nag'ra, all the itries of the east and west were subject to him, "excepting the of China." A plan was formed for conquering China, the men mbled, and the march commenced; 'the earth shook, the hills ed, and the rocks flew off in shivers. Two months they marched lout delay; the darkness of night was illumined by the splendor icir arms, and the roaring thunder could not be heard because le noise of the warriors, and the cries and trampings of their es and elephants.' Klings and Siamese joined in the pursuit, ing arrived in the country of Tamsak, the rumor of their approach hed the celegtial empire. The raja of China was alarmed at hearing this intelligence, and said to nantris and chieftains, 'If Kling raja approach, the country will be in- bly ruined; what method do you advise to prevent his approach?' i, a sagacious mantri of China, said, "Lord of the world, your slave will in a device.' The raja of China desired him to do so. Then this mantri •ed a vessel (pilu, i, e. the Chinese mode of pronouncing prow) to be ired. filled full of fine needles, but covered with rust; and planted in it of the Casarnak and Bidara (Ber) plants; and he selected a party of old .oothless people, and ordered them on board, and directed them to sail imsak. The prow set sail, and arrived at Tamsak in the course of a time. The news was brought to Raja Suran, that a prow had arrived Cliini, who sent persons to inquire of the mariners ho^ far it was to a. These persons accordingly went, and inquired of the Chinese, who id, 'When we set sail from the land of China, we were all young, about 656 I The Raja of China. AFRJL, twelve years of age or BO, and we planted the seeds of these trees; but now, we have grown old and lost our teeth, and the seeds that we planted have become Irsss, which bore fruit before our arrival here.' Then, they took out sotiie of the rusty needles, and showed them, saying, " When we left the land of China, these ba rs of iron were thick as your arm ; but now they have grown thus small by the corrosion of rust. We know not the number of years we have been on our journey; bwt. you may judge of them from the circumstances we mention.' When the Klings heard this account, they quickly returned, and informed R:>ja Suran. 'If the account of these Chinese be true,' said Raja Siiran, 'the land of China must be at an immense distance ; when shall we cvor arrive at it? If this is the case, we had better return.' All the champions assentsd to his idea.' p. 13. The r.';j i of Palembang is the hero of the next story. In the neigh- borhood of that placft was a mountain, called Sagantang Maha Mini. On this mountain lived two young women, one named Wan Arapu, th-3 other Wan Malin, (Chinese names?) employed in cultivating largs fields of rice. By the influence of prince Sangsapurba, raja of Paleiabang, they were married to young men of distinction; to requite this favor Arapu and Malin made obeisance to the prince, and recom- mended to his notice a lady of royal blood, Wan Sundaria, who be- came his queen, and of whom were born four lovely children, two sons and two daughters. The family soon became renowned through- out the whole world, even in the land of China. "Then the raja of China sent to Palombapg, to Raja Sangsapnrba ten prows to ask his daughter in marriage. They brought with them as presents three buhars of gold, and a great quantity of articles of China. Along with them one hundred male Chinese slaves, a young Chinese of noble birth, and a hundred female Chinese; all to convey the Raja's letter to Sangsapurba. They reached Palcmbang and delivered the letter of the Raja of China in a most respectful nwnner, in the hall of audience. The letter was read and comprehended, and raja Sangsapnrba consulted with his warriors, whether it would be proper or improper. They were all of opinion, that if the request were not complied with, the safety of trje country would be endangered; "besides," said they, " there is no greater prince than the Raja of China, nor of more noble extraction, whom she could get for her husband, nor is there any country greater than the land of China." "Then,"' said Sangsa- purba, "if you npprove of it, we will grant his request, in order to promote the friendship between the Malay and Chinese rajas." Accordingly the elder princess, named Sri Devi, was delivered to the Chinese ambassador, together witli a letter, stamped with the signet Kampen, desiring the ambassa- dor to take notice, that, when a paper signed with a similar stamp should ar- rive in Chini, they might depend on its being sent by him or his descendants, the Malay rajas, but not to credit any other. The Chinese mantri was high- ly gratified. The young Chinese of noble birth remained in Palernbang, and became greatly attached to Raja Sangsapurba, who likewise had a great affec- tion for him. and wished to settle him in marriage with the Putri Tunjong- bui. The Chinese ambassador left with this young nobleman one of his prows, and took his leave of fhe raja, who honored him with a rich change of dress. He returned to China, the raja of which was highly gratified with the daughter of the r;ija, frpin the mountain Sagantang, and treated her with the dignity dua to her rank and family. S^e in due time produced a son, from whom are descended the royal race who reign in China at the present time." p. 30 fl a a i III els ft— on A^ah n^oi] 8<=2=nd pe_nrpc nesed) V' - Mini t«— id tt~ 11 be \s=tter Ywuse with a Tunf flock c outer | crows r. Tkt R&j& of China. 657 ingnpore, Snm, Sumatra, Malacca, and many other places, are scenes of great exploits; but we have room for only one more tivc; it is a lung and curious one, .ind with it we close this :lf, leaving the reader lo niuke his own explanations. The Raja of China heard of the greatness of the Raja of Mulaca, and an embassy thitlior, and directed the ambassador to present to the raja a deeply laden with needles, and also silks, ^old-cloth, and kincanba, or a-dewonga, with a great variety of curious articles, such as are nowhere to be met with. After they had arrived in Malaca, Sultan MansurShah red the letter of China to be brought up with the same honors as hud been ;rred on that of Siam. He then received it by the hand of a bentara, in >nblic hall of audience, and delivered it to the khateb who read it accord- to its diction. This letter is dispatched from beneath the sandals of the feet of the King !eaven, to be placed above the diadem of the Raja of Malaca. 'Verily tave heard that the Raja of Malaca is a great raja, for which reason we i desired his friendship and attachment, because we are also descended i Raja Sccander Zulkarneini, and of the same extraction as the Raja of sea. There is no raja in the universal world greater than me, and it is possible to enumerate the number of my subjects, but the pilu which I ; you contains a needle for every house in my empire.' On hearing the ort of this letter the raja smiled, and having emptied the prahu of the iles, he loaded it with sago-grains, appointed Tun Parapati Puti, the iger brother of the bandahara Paduca Raja, to conduct the amb-jssidor : to China. Tun Parapati Puti set sail, and how long was his voyage, IB arrived in the land of China; and the Raja of China commanded the r of Malaca to be brought up in state, and caused it to be left at the le of the head mantri named Li-po, till it was almost morning, when Li-p6 all the mantris and head-men entered into the palace of the raja, and Parapati Puti entered along with them; and there came an innumerable i of crows which entered along with them. When they arrived at the r gate, Li-p6 and all the chiefs who accompanied him stopped, and the '8 also stopped along with them, and sounded the great "orig to give no- , which yielded a prodigious noise. After which the door was opened, Li-p6 with all who accompanied him entered, and the flock of crows also! Y then approached another gate, and stopped and sounded a gong in the ; manner as before, after which they entered. The same process was ited till they had passed seven doors When they reached the interior, lay was up, and they were all sitting arranged in their several places in lall of audience. This hall was one league in length, and it was not roof- i. From the great access of persons, though the persons were closely led knee to knee, there was no place left vacant j and all those who at- ed wore solely para-tnantris and hulu-balangs, and the crows extending wings overshadowed the whole assembly. After this was heard the ner of thunder, with thunder-claps and lightning flashing to and fro, and the Raja of China came forth, bis form reflected like shadows in a place .mmled with mirrors, which appeared to be in the mouth of a snake a). As soon as they beheld the Raja of China, all who were present ;d their faces to the ground, and saluted the Raja of China, without lift- p their faces again. A man then read the letter of Malaca, and the Raja lina was highly pleased with the content*. The sago was then brought •e the raja, and the raja of China asked how it was made. Tun Parapati replied, that it was made by rolling it up into grains, and that the raja at .ca had sent him a grain for every person in his dominions, till the prahtr The Raja of China. APRIL. hail been loaded, for so great is the number of the subjects of our raja that it is impossible to count them. The raja of China said, 'Of a truth the raja of Malaca is a powerful raja, his subjects are in truth very numerous, and no wise inferior to mine. It will be very proper for me to connect myself with him.' Then the China raja said to Li-po, 'Since the raja of Malaca is so powerful as to have these sago-grains rolled up by his people, I in like manner am determined to have the rice which I eat husked, and no longer to be beaten.' Li-po replied, 'Very well, Sire;' and that is the reason why the raja of China does not eat beaten rice unto the present lime, but only that which is peeled from day to day. The raja of China has at his meals, fifteen gantangs (each gantang five catties) of husked rice, one hog, and a tub of hog's lard. When Tun Parapati Puti presented himself before him, he had ten rings on his ten fingers, and whosoever of the Chinese mantris viewed them eagerly, he took one of them off and presented it to him, and the same to the next person who viewed thorn attentively, and so on constantly, when- ever he presented himself before the China raja. The raja of China one day asked him what food the Malaca men were fond nf; he replied, kankung greens (Convolvulus rtpens) not cut, but split lengthwise. The raja of China ordered them to prepare this mess according to the direction of Tun Para- pati Puti, and when it was ready, he sent for Tun Parapati Puti, and all the Malaca men, and they all eat of it, taking it by the tip of the stalk, lifting up their heads, and opening wide their months, and thus Tun Parapti Puti and the Malaca men had a full view of the raja of China. When the Chi- nese observed this proceeding of the Malaca men, they also took to eiting the kankung greens, which they have continued to the present time.—When the monsoon for returning arrived, Tun Parapati Puti asked permission to return. The raja of China, judging it proper to ally himself with the raja of Malaca, since he had sent to pay his respects to him, said to Tun Parapati Puti, 'Desire the raja to pay me a visit, in order that I may tnarry my daughter, the Princess Hong Li-pJ, to him.' Tun Parapati Puti represented, 'Your son, the raja of Malaca, cannot possibly leave the kingdom of Malaca, which is surrounded with enemies; but if you would do a favor to the raja of Malaca, permit me to conduct your daughter, the Princess, to Malaca.' Then the raja of China ordered Li-po to prepare a fleet to conduct the Prin- cess to Malaca, consisting of a hundred pilus, under the command of a high mantri, named Di-po. Then the raja of China selected five hundred daugh- ters of his para-mantris, of great beauty, whom he appointed to be handmaids to the Princess. Then the Princess Hong Li-po, and the letter, were con- ducted on board the vessels, and Tun Parapati Puti set sail with them for Mamca. "When they reached Malaea, the Sultan Mansur Shah was informed that Tun Parapati Puti had returned, and brought with him the Princess of China, nt which he was greatly delighted, and went himself to receive the Princess to the isle Pulu Subot. Having met her with a thousand tokens of respect, he conducted her to the palace, and the Sultan was astonished to behold the beauty of the Princess of China, and said in the Arabic language, "O fiircst of createu creatures, may God the Creator of the world bless you." Then the Sult.in directed thy Princess Hong Li-p6 to be converted to the religion of Islam, and after she was cpnveited the Sultan espoused her, and had by her a son nunml Paduca Maiinut, who begat Paduca Sri China, whose son was Paduca Ahmed, who begat Paduca Isup, AH tho daughters of the Chi- nese inantris were likewise converted to Islam, and the raja appointed the hill without the fort for their residence, and the hjll got the name of Den- China, or the Chinese residence (in Siamese); and the Chinese formed a well at the foot of this hill. The descendants of these persons are denomi- in .^5 a tri h Sim Ita r<> Trim drains Pe=-tra 8tZ3«-nc J*. 3111 of- to the Prince oflie tents. The RdjA of China. 659 tednanda China, or the Chinese personal attendants. Sultan Mansur estowed an honorary dress on Di-po, and all the rest of the mantris id conducted the Chinese Princess ; &r,d when the monsoon for return- •ived, Di-po asked permission to return, and Ti-.n Tanali and the man- a Petra, were directed to attend the* mnb.issador to C.'J.IM, nnd the again sent a letter to the raja of Chini, on account of his becoming led with him by this marriage. Then Tun Tanali sailed away for when a violent storm arose, and carried him with the inantri Jana to Burnc'1. When the Sangaji of Burne was informed of this circum- , he sent to call them into his presence, and Tun Tunali and the mantri Petra were brought before him. Then the raja of Burn£ said to the Jana Petra, "What is the style of the raja of Malaca's letter to the f China 7" Tun Tanali replied, "I, his servant, (sahaya,} the raja of a, to the Paduca my father, the raja of China." The raja of Burn6 in- , "I»iii-s the rnju of Mal.ica send his humble salutation to the rxja of , us an inferior.'" Tun Tenaii remained silent, but the inantri Jana pushed forward and said, "No, Sirs, he does not greet him as an inferior, s meaning of (s-:hiiya) the word in the address, signifies »;cve in the u language, and of course, the phrase 'Sahnya RHJH Malaca dulang a Paduca Ayahanda Ruin China,' signifies, "We the slaves of the raja laca, humbly salute the Paduca onr father, the raja of China." Then said ja of Burne, "Does the raja of Malaea send a humble salutation to the "China?" Tun Tanali was again- silent, and the mantri Jam Petra A again forward and s-iid, ".No, Sire, he does- not send a humble greet- the r-i 11 of China, tor the phrase Sahaya Raja Malaca denotes all of us who senJ the greeting, not the r tja of Afalac'a;" on which the raja of : remained silent. When the mnrteoon for returning arrived, Tun Tanali  mantri Jana Petra asked permission of Sangaji of Burne, to return; le ruje of Burne sent a letter to Mulaca, coiif.hed in this style, '-May reeling of tho Paduca Ayahinda arrive beneath the majesty of the anda." Then Tun Tanali an.l the mantri Janu Petra returned, and when •eached Malaca, they presented the letter of the raja of Burne to Sult;m ur Shah, and related all the circumstances which had occurred to them, s great satisfaction of the raja, who rewarded highly Tun Taniili and nnntri Jana Petra, and presented them with honorary dresses, and he y praised the mantri Jana Petra: Vhen Di-po and the rest of the Chinese mantriaj who had conducted the 'ess Hong Li-p6 to Mulaca, returned to China, they presented the letter j raja of Malaca, and the raja of China wns highly pleased with the con- , Two diys after this ths raja was seized with' an itch of the whole body, irdered a physician to be called, and asked for me licine. The medicine. ver, produced no effect, and whatever number of physicians attended aja, the effect was entirely the same. There was, however, an aged cian, who presented himself to the raja, and said, "Sire, Sir Kopea, this se of yours is sent by the visitation of God, and is not to he cured by dies, for the cause of it is particular." The raja asked, "What is its :?" The physician answered, "It is a judgment on account of the raja of ca's sending you a salutation as an inferior, and it cannot be cured with- •our Majesty's drinking the water which has washed U.e feet and face of aja of Malaca." When the raja of Cnina had heard this opinion, he or- 3 a messenger to be sent to Malaca, to ask the water which had bathed ace and feet of the raja of Malaca. The ambassador sot out and reached tea, made his application to Sultan Mansur Shah, and the letter from a was read in the public hall by the khateb. Then the water was deli- L to the ambassador, who was honored with a dress according to his rank • 660 APKIL, Remarks on the Opium Trade. and having received a letter to the raja of China, he set oat on hia return. As soon as he arrived, he delivered the letter of Malaca with the water, of which the raja drank, and in which he bathed himself, whan the itch totally disappeared from his body, and he was cured. Then the raja of China vowed that he would not suffer himself to be so saluted by the raja of Malaca, and that no such practice should be admitted between their posterity. After this a friendly intercourse on equal terms, subsisted for a long period between the raja of China and the raja of Malaca." p. 173. w fu.ll) » 0* ART. VL Remarks on the Opium Trade, being a rejoinder to the second letter of A Reader, published in the Repository for March, 1837. By Another Reader. [The title to the last article, on this subject, was ours; and any incorrect- ness there may have been in it, is chargeable to us. For the errors in the press, we cannot account; the usual care was taken to secure accuracy ; but the copy having been destroyed, we are now unable to determine to whom the errors should be attributed. We can only say, therefore, that when such do occur, we will take the utmost care to correct them, as we do in endea- voring to prevent them. The question in debate, being one of great impor- tance, affecting more or less directly the well-being of many millions of our fellow-men, we are particularly desirous to have all the arguments and facts adduced by our Correspondents, accurately published, that they may be duly appreciated.] MR. EDITOR—The opium champion has, I sec, come again to the ch.irge. I cannot say th.it I am glad to see the defense persisted in; but as the meigreness of the tirticle, in your list number, leules room to suppose that his matter is exhausted, it is best, perhaps, that the battle should be fought out at once. Allow me to suggest, that the title—whether your's or your Correspondent's—is scarce quite cor- rect : " a Reply " to the pipers of Choo Tsuti, Hen Kew, V. P. M., and others, would be indeed a formidable affair; and when I perceived that this was to be contained in less than three p'iges, I was tolerably well satisfied as to the sort of" reply" by which I was to profit. Not that I wish for length, or that I consider the arguments in favor of opium (so to speak) could not be contained in three lines, but that a fair attempt to disprove whit has appeared against the traffic must, ne* cessarily, run to a. considerable extent. However, it is as well, perhaps, as it is. I am not quite certain, that, in the absence of all but mere assertion, on the part of your Correspondent, it might not be sufficient to refer those who are interested in this discussion, back to the papers which have again brought "A Reader" into the field. It is true, that he assumes to deny the facts and deductions introduced; and, taking credit to himself for sincerity and persuasibility ad libitum, arraigns them as imaginary or unproven, because be himself is, as he »ays, not Remarks on the Opium Trade. 561 iced by ihein. Now as he ' will have no assumptions,' I hope he low me the same right; and, though 1 have sought, unsuccess- hrough his letter for anything that can fairly claim tobedesignat- any other term, I will, for the present, waive the right, and pro- n attack his last paper in detail. He will, f trust, excuse me, if ot return his compliment about sincerity: each of us knows ir this cun be claimed. It does, I confess, puzzle me to com- iri, that any one who possesses reason, and knows how to use it, be able to defend, on principle, the sale of opium ; yet, whether it be that there is any obliquity of vision, arising from interest habit, though it is of course possible that he may be sincere, fancies himself and asserts, I am somewhat afraid that neither • I will convince the other, appeals to a tribunal which I cannot allow to be a competent himself. "Prove," lie says, "that it is solely poison, and I tell then you do so, I will be as steadily your disciple and assistant n now your opponent." This is all very well: but '' A Reader" utly reserves to himself the decision as to this proof, of which ifesses to be so desirous. 1 suspect that Choo Tsun, Heu Kew, M., Archdeacon Dealtry, "and all his coterie," as he phrases uld hardly be content to let him off so easily. The amount of it is not for him decide on. Were it so, the condemnation i "elegant hnbit," as he formerly termed it, might be more dis- tan the friends of morality would admire. He is not in this on as judge. He, as an opium dealer, is on his trial at the bar ilic opinion; and it would, it seems to me, be about as wise to a prisoner to decide on the sufficiency of the evidence of his n a court of justice, as to admit of "A Reader" sitting, HS he ies, in judgment on himself in the matter of opium.—This is, ehend, but a little ruse, which I merely notice to knock over, ass to other matter in his letter, containing (I quote his own ,) 'an answer to the ingenious reasoning and assumptions of two se and two sincere, but, I think, mistaken foreigners.1 Now I >een as unsuccessful in discovering the ingenious reasonings, is I have in finding the answer of which he talks. Where are igenions reasonings, and where is the, assumption? A Reader n his power, indeed, to deny the existence of light, matter, and It is not in my power to prove their existence; IK r is it, ! manner, in my power to establish, beyond cavil, what the ents of opium advance; but I do think, that, to an unprejudiced the plain statements and fair deductions from them, brought •d, might go near to carry conviction. If we are to wait till dealers admit that they are vanquished in argument, and there- •rong in principle and willing to reform, I fear that our logic be useless. Our object is to convince the public, and for this, k, no great time is required. All that is wanted is, tint atten- lould be drawn to the subject, and reflection aroused. The rest e left to that rectitude of feeling which all men possess, though IB, perhaps for the time, smothered fay circumstances. The cause VOL. V. XII. 71 562 Remarks on the Opium Trade. APRIL, Iff- is a good one, and it will work its way; perhaps the quicker for that nr r opposition which interest will manage to bring against it in its com- A'l . , mencemetit. Where is the man who now advocates the use of ititoxi- I cs a eating liquors? The very fact would of itself condemn a man in ho i any educated or civilized society; yet had the temperance advocates ur a waited till the distillers were convinced of the immorality (to speak h ci 2 mildly) of their calling, the United States might ere this have been ill deluged with the liquid fire, and drunkenness and crime stalked A hand in hand over the hand. That this was warded off, is to be ascrib- tiii ed to the exertions of the opponents of " over excitment" in America; ox-met and it is to be hoped that similar will be the result of the now a j-> ol commencing war against the desolator of China, which opium with- p>~I- aa in a few years would seem doomed to be, were no voices heard but of b> tatbl those who profit by this dreadful thing. v+r oU; A Reader professes his disbelief of the immorality of dealing in r« »ort opium, as he does of the bad consequences to the consumers and the t Jr nan nation at large. I fear that our antagonist is inclined to disbelieve t—-3e i too much. It seems a habit that he has got—he disbelieves in all, e»- ^id except that it "is used as a harmless social family luxury!" Here, a»u- «— his belief is as convenient, as was his unbelief in the other points. We have all heard of convenient memories. I suspect that, to an opi- um advocate, a convenient belief is a desideratum. I have, since the commencement of this discussion, heard the opinions of many who have dealt, and yet deal in this " harmless luxury" Your Correspon- dent seems, as far as lean judge, to stand alone in his opinions. As V. P. M. hints, he is the only man that thinks favorably of the trade. Many there are who excuse themselves on (he ground of expediency, or interest, or what not; but I have not heard one man assert that ^meat the practice was not in itself reprehensible, or the use of the drug break most destructive. Where A Reader has picked up his belief on these tectic points, it is not easy to imagine. He will find few to envy him the H7iaf possession of it; for, to most men, the mere assertion that opium is demo not a destroyer, most fatal to all who unhappily acquire a taste for it, aw w and consequently highly dangerous to the whole community, seems "lore so ultra ridiculous that it would not be believed that the arguer was A } or could be in earnest. as to / These are points so generally recognised by all, that a denial of tht* K)l them leads to a supposition not very favorable to the party arguing «&««» against them. Among these is the immorality and danger of using v, and at different periods, have, from experience and information in the . . various countries where this "amiable luxury" has acquired sway,""' Remarks on the Opium Trade. 563 ed at the same conclusion which lieu Kew, Choo Tsun, V. P. irchdeacon Dealtry, and many more, have separately done. True, not prevent him from calling them all assumptions; if he pleases, welcome so to do. The cause in which the opponents of opium unbarked is so good a one, that it can well afford to run the •d of both incredulity and ridicule. It is THE TRUTH, and it riumph. to the legalization of this trade by the Emperor of China, on i A Reader builds so much of his argument, that, more than he conies back to it, I own myself unable to comprehend the jy for opium which he wishes to deduce from it. In the first it has not yet been done. In the second, it is highly impro- that it will ever be effected. In the third, were it even so, it I prove nothing. An edict of the emperor of China could no render the use or sale of opium less immoral and dangerous t is now, than he could by his will stay the course of the tides, ight, it is true, remove the penalties under which smugglers mokers now are, and sell or put to hire protection to vice i their shame be it admitted—has been, and yet is done in •if s of the West. His imperial and celestial Majesty might as great a revenue from this licensing of destruction and ing the obstructions in the way of vice, as does his Majesty of Britain, Ireland, India, &,<•,., from the liquid fire annually I into his subjects' stomachs at the expense of the comforts orals of the lower classes, and the partial demoralization of lole community ; but I think it would be somewhat new to maintained, that this was right and proper, because govern- tiade it a means of revenue. It is not in the power of men to through the laws of morality, and prostitute government pro- , without feeling the consequences of their misconduct, this is in England, let our brutalized gin consumers, our ilised lower orders, show. What it is in China, I, at least, ling to take the opinion of Choo Tsun, Heu Kew, and many hinese, as regards the effects of opium, jader seems to lay stress on the opinion of the Rev. Dr. Walsh, ie 'innocence of the use of opium.' 1 have read attentively •acts to which he alludes. One of them states, that ' the use drug in Turkey has fallen off;'—that he thinks that ' the accounts of its effects are much exaggerated—that as a recre- is now principally confined to the districts where it is grown hat there people are ruddy and healthy." The other passage ;s the manufacture which he witnessed, asserts that 'all the or juice of the poppy, is kept for their own use by the while the impure mass produced from the poppy heads, lf-c., is alone exported;' that ' when one of these men wants fcef, he takes a drachm as an Irishman would a dram, and, y himself on his divan, is in a few minutes wrapt in elysium' much more of a similar nature and probability. leader can believe this mass of" information," it is more in. 1 do not consider as much Dr. Walsh's self contradiction 564 APRIL, Remarks on the Opium Trade. in asserting that 'the effects as described by de Toit are here un- known, though, perhaps the use is as general as ever;' and am content to leave it to the judgment of any m.in in possession of his senses, or especially any merchant, how to reconcile Dr. Walsh's ideas on the subject of profit with the proceedings of his opium-growers. 1 may observe that the book of this mere travelling book-maker is not one of first rate authority; bearing throughout, as in the passages quoted, strong evidence of a disposition to receive impressions unexamined and unchallenged—it is, in fact, a specimen of the book manufacture of the day. When Dr. Walsh prints his volumes to keep for.his own gratification, he may expect that he will be believed in his asssertions as to the opium district of Turkey; and not before. The whole of the passages are plainly hearsay caught up en courant, and do not require or deserve to be seriously discussed: the same as to his asertion in one place, that 'the use of it has been much exaggerated ;' while a few lines after he talks of 'a boy taking a Turkish drachm per hour, without apparent injury;'—as he says,'if our host's report be true, (!!!) there must be something in the constitution of an Asiatic Turk •which resists its deleterious effects.' To talk of this mere roadside compiler as an authority, is too ridiculous. Both extracts are a mass of contradictions and folly. That the preparers of the drug are healthy, is to say no more than that the workmen in distilleries, and the laborers in vineyards, or the officers and crews of opium ships at l.intin, are the same. The Spa- niards, Portuguese, Italians, and French, who grow wine for half the world, are generally sober people. The natives of Java, where arrack is prepared, are the same; yet this does not prove that wine and spirits are health-giving, when indulged in to excess. We think, in fact, that it is found that the producers of these excitements are generally moderate in the use of them. To them they are not a luxury. With regard to the natives of R.\jp:'itana and their soldierly quali- ties, it is to be proved that these same men use opium: that it is consumed in Ajm r, there is no doubt: but it does not follow that the individuals known in the Company's army as R'ljpiits, under which name, if I am not mistaken, are included the up-country peo- ple of all parts of the N. W. of India, (and not natives of Ajrnir alone) use opium; and even were it so, it would prove little. The Indian army has never been accused of want of courage; and disci- pline is all that is required besides to make a soldier of. But, if A Reader fancies that the R:'ijpi'its are better soldiers than other sipahis because thpy use opium, I must beg to dissent from him in tuto. With reference to A Reader's observation, that opium cannot be considered as perilling the army of the emperor, and that he "must be of opinion, that the risk, &.C., must be a mere dream, and its evils very much exaggerated; or that no arguments would be tolerated on the subject by him," I beg to refer A Reader back to Vol. V, page 266 of the Repository, where he will find the opinions of his Majesty's council as to the strict prohibition of the druj to "officers, scholars, and soldiers," even though other classes should he permitted it, 7. Remarks on the Opium Trade. 565 that on the express ground of its injurious effects. A Read- positions are by no means judiciously chosen; they rather tell inst him.srlf. >ut I have said enough. If facts and arguments, if experience, if logy, if the unanimous and corroborating testimony of so many artial men, fail to convince A Reader, it were foolish indeed in to continue the quixotic attempt to persuade him; but I may e the satisfaction of believing, as I do, that he will find but few to sf with him, as that the number of the defenders of opium is small, those only interested individuals. I may also hope, that the number ven those will be diminished as reflection is brought to the subject, that, eventually, the same meed of public approbation may be irded to the remnant, including the chief poison manufacturers, the [onorable" East India Company, as is now, by most right-minded n, given to "the manufacturers of rum, spirit-dealers," &c., &c., se elder practitioners, with whom A Reader is so anxious to iden- I himself and his cause. I am, Sir, your humble servant, ANOTHER READER. '. S. A Reader denies that his calculations have been affected by what i been said by V. P. M. and myself. I am aware that my own sketch was clear, and part of it being misprinted served to confuso. 1 will now, as II as I can, put my opinions as to the number and ratio of opium smokers China, into a more regular shape. \ Reader says, that there were last year 33,200,000 taels' weight of the }kable extract prepared from the opium imported, and that a tael each per • for 300,000,000 people will give 912,000 smokers.* Instead of a tael I e a mace,} (one tenth, or 57.9^4 grains Troy,) which is, as tho Chinese say, 1 as one would think, a good allowance. Tliis will make 9,120,000 smok- of the Indian nnJ Turkey drug. In addition to this, let us add the opi- i grown in this country, and what is brought into China overland. Opium we are told, grown largely in the central and southwestern provinces of ina. Choo Tsun says expressly, that " many thousand chests" are produced a single province. I shall not, I think, go too far if I estimate the total at ;ie sea borne drug, which would give 2,280,000 more, making a total of 400,000 smokers. Besides, this consumption is but of the first smoking; the drug is not thus destroyed, it being used twice or thrice over, each time mg more and more in flavor, though not so much its strength. Each rifaci- ito is chieaper than the former one, till the worst, mixed with tobacco, or gery, tea, or some other substance, is placed within the reach of the very >rest psoiple. This will permit a much larger allowance for the original oker, or a great extension of the number of consumers—either way increas- l amazingly the effect of the drug. I will strengthen the dose, and add but e million for all this—say a total of 124 millions of opium smokers in China; d this, I think, is a moderate computation. I may, of course, be mistaken part, but I go on the information of many Chinese, and have purposely kept icier the mark. The Chinese empire is assumed to hold 300 millions of people. This may i true, though it seems so nearly impossible, that it has been over and over sputed. But as A Reader assumes it, I will follow him. Of these 300, near [ * t These are the points to which our Correspondent alludes above, as hav- or been misprinted ; in the former paper, the first was9iy, instead of 912,000; id the second ouncf, instead of nun'f..] 566 APRIL. Remarks on the Opium Trade. one ha'f (25 to 26, or 20 to 21) are females, according to the known laws of population. Of these 150 millions of men, I assume that three fifths are under 20 or over 60 years of age, in the absence of all Chinese statistics, taking the census of the U. S. of 1830 as a fair guide. There will remain 60 mil- lions of men, from 20 to 60 years of age, among which I suppose the opium smokers may be found. We shall thus find one in every five of men in the prime of life, or verging to old age, an habitual opium smoker, and this with- in, I may say, 50 years of the introduction of the habit, which in 1792 was so little known that Sir George Staunton in Macartney's embassy nowhere mentions it, save by name among the articles of trade in the Appendix. See how it is advancing. In 1816-17, twenty years ago, 3210 chests of Indian opium were sold in China. In 1826-27, ten years back, it had advanced to 9969. In 1836-37, as A Reader acknowledges, it had progressed to 34,000, an increase, in ten years, of 250 per cent.; and in twenty, of more than 1000; so that, for every one who then smoked opium there are now eleven; and for each two, ten years back, tliere are now seven smokers; and it appears to be so fast, even yet, on the advance, that it is apprehended that the legalization of the drug would at once advance prices enormously, by the facilities which it would offer. This is the horror which " A Reader" insists on calling "a harmless luxury!" APPENDIX. No. 1. "The nae of opium for the purpose of exhilarating the spirits has long been known in Turkey, Syria and China, and of late years it has been unfor- tunately adopted by many, particularly females, in this country (Eng). Russell says, that in Syria, when comb.ned with spices and aromatics, he has known it taken to the amount of three drachms in twenty-four hours. Its habitual use can not be too much reprobated. It impairs the digestive organs, consequently the vigor of the whole body, and destroys also gradually the mental energies. The effects of opium on those addicted to its use, says Russell, are at first obtinate cos- tiveness, succeeded by diarrhoea and flatulence, with the lost appetite and a sot- tish appearance. The memories of those who take it soon fail, they become pre- maturely old, and then sink into the grave, objects of scorn and pity. Mustapha Shatoor, an opium eater in Smyrna, took daily three drachms of crude opium. The visible effects at the time, were a sparkling of his eyes, and great exhilaration of spirits. He found the desire of'increasing his dose growing upon him. He seem- ed twenty years older than he really was; his complexion was very sallow, his legs small, his gums eaten away, and the tfeth laid bare lo the sockets. He could not rise without first swallowing half a drachm of opium." Phil. Trans, xix, iJ89. No. 2. "In moderate doses, opium increases the fulness, the force, and the frequency of the pulse, augments the heat of the body, quickens respiration, and invigorates both the corporeal and mental functions, exhilarating even to intoxi- cation; but by degrees these effects are succeeded by languor, lassitude, and sleep; and in many instances headache, sickness, thirst, tremors, and other symp- toms of debility, such as follow the excessive use of ardent spirits, supervene. In very large doses the primary excitement is scarcely apparent, but the pulse seems to be nt once diminished, drowsiness and stupor immediately come on, and are followed by delirium, sighing, deep and stertorious breathing, cold sweats, convulsions, apoplexy, and death The appearances on dissection are those which indicate the previous existence of violent inflammation of the stomach and bowels; but notwithstanding the symptoms oi'apoplexy which an overdose, when it proves fatal, occasions, no particular appearance of an inflammatory state or fulness of the vessels of the brain is perceived." London Encyclopedia, p. 461. No. 3. "(The opium eater) soon after having taken the opium perceives an unusual exhilaration and activity of spirits; his imagination revels in luxurious images, and he enjoys a feeling of more than common strength and courage ; but this pleasing intoxication soon leaves him, and in its stend follow laziness, disgust at all kinds of occupation, and a certain imbecility of the senses, closely border- had » **«*«». Remarks on the Opium Trade. 567 on insanity. To avoid the duration of his insufferable state, opium most be ttiten, thus continually changing between the highest excitement and ve»t state of despondency, the consequence of which is an early derange- )(' the functions of the body, and a premature death. The Arabs are at I less addicted to this dangerous practice, since they have begun secretly to irandy, but its use all over Turkey is very general." Bohn's Waaren Lager. I. "Their gestures were frightful; those who were completely under the ice of the opium talked incoherently ; their features were flushed; their eyes unnatural brilliancy, and the general expression of their countenances was y wild. The < ii' rt is usually produced in two hours, and lasts four or five, ne varies from three grains to a druchm. The debility, both moral and gl, attendant on its excitement, is terrible ; the appetite is soon destroyed, ef) fibre in the body trembles ; the nerves of the neck become affected, and scles get rigid; several I have seen in this place who have wry necks and :ted fingers, but still they cannot abandon the custom. They are miserable hour arrives for taking their daily dose." Maddens Travels in Turkey. >. "The use of opium, it must be confessed and lamented, has struck deep > habits, and extended its malignant influence to the morals of the people, ikely to perpetuate its powers in degrading their character and enervating tergies, as long as the European government, overlooking every considera- policy and humanity, shall allow a paltry addition to their finances to out- ill regard to the ultimate happiness and prosperity of the country. It is •iilrti in its crude slate as m mta, or smoked as m-niini or rli repared for smoking is used along the const, and generally in the other of the Archipelago; it is prepared by tin- Chinese. The use of opium, r, though carried to a considerable extent, is still reckoned disgraceful, ions addicted to it are looked upon as abandoned characters, and despised Igly. The effects of this poison on the human frame are so well describ- le Dutch commissioners who sat at the Hague in Is03, and who much to nor declared, 'that no consideration of pecuniary advantage ought to nth the European government in allowing its use,' that together with the, of Mr. Hogendorp, who concurred with them, 1 shall insert their state- re. The wish to do justice to authorities, whose views were so credit- .heir country and their own character, and the importance of their opin- in extensive population, will plead an apology for the length of the which I now present. e opium trade,' observe the commissioners, 'requires likewise attention, flish in Bengal have assumed an exclusive right to conduct the sanv , and pose of a considerable numbe of chests containing that article annually Uta by public auction. It is much in demand on the Malay coast, at , Java, and all the islands towards the east and north; and particularly ., although the use thereof is confined to the lower classes. The effect produces on the constitution is different, and depends on the quantity .ken, or on other circumstances. If used with moderation, it causes a yet always somewhat intoxicating sensation, which absorbs all care and If a large quantity is taken, it produces a kind of madness, of which the e dreadful, especially when the mind is troubled by jealousy, or inflam- i desire of vengeance or other violent passions. At all times it leaves a ion, which undermines the faculties of the soul and the constitution of , and renders a person unfit for all kinds of labor and an image of the alinn. The use of opium is so much dangerous, because a person who jdicted to it can never leave it off. To satisfy that inclination, he will everything, his own welfare, the subsistence of his wife and children, ct his work. Pc.verty is the natural consequence, and thenitbecomes t to him by what means he may content his insatiable desire after opi- 568 APRIL, Remarks on the Opium Trade urn ; so that, at last, he no longer respects either the property or li»es of his fellow creatures If here we were to follow the dictates of our own hearts only, and what moral doctrine and humanity prescribe, no law, however severe, couid be contrived, which we would not propose, to prevent at least that in future, no sub- jects of this Republic, or of the Asiatic possessions of the state, should be disgrac- ed by trading in that abominable puiun. Yet we consider this as absoliitly im- practicable at present with respect to those places not subject to the state. Opium is one of the most profitable articles of eastern commerce, as such it is considered by our merchants; and if the navigation to those parts is opened to them (which the interest of the state forcibly urges) it is impossible to oppose trading in the same. In this situation of affairs, therefore, we are rather to advise, Unit, general leave be given to import opium at Malacca, and to allow the exportation from thence to Borneo and all the eastern parts not in the possession of the slate." to in' th- IM- was op itB th. "' Opium," says Mr. Hogendorp, ' is a slow though certain poison, which the Company, in order to gain money, sells to the pour Javans. Any one who m once enslaved to it, cannot, it is true, give it up without great difficulty; and if its use were entirely prohibited, some few persons would probably die lor want of it, who would otherwise languish on a little longer: but huw many would by that means be saved for the future! Most of the crimes, particularly murders, that are now committed in that region, may be imputed tu opium as the original cause. Large sums of money are every year carried out of the country in ex- change for it, and enrich our competitors the English. Much of it is smuggled into the interior, which adds to the evil. In short, the trade in opium is one of the most injurious and most shameful things wh.ch disgrace the present govern- ment of India. It is, therefore, necessary at once, and entirely, to abolish the tr»de and importation ot opium, and to prohibit the same, under the severest pen- allies that the law permits, since it is a poison. The smuggling of it will then become almost impracticable, and the health, and even the lives of thousands, will be preserved. The money alone which will remain in the country in lieu of it, is more valuable as being in circulation, than the profit which the Company now derives from the sale of it. This means will excite no discontent among the Javans, for the princes and regents, with very few exceptions, uo not con- sume any opium, but, as well as the mosl respectable of their subjects, look upon it us disgrace)']!. The use of opium is even adduced as an accusation of bad conduct, and considered as sufficient cause for the removal or banishment of a petty chief." Kafflea History oj Java Vol. I, pp. 102, 105. No. 6 "Dr. Smith, while at Smyrna, took pains toobserve what the doses of opium tiik-'ii by ill • Turks in general w TI'. He found that 3 drachms in a day wss a common quantity among the larger takers of it, but that they could take six drachms a day without mischief. A Turk eats this quantity before him, three drachms in the morning, and three in the evening, with no other effect than its giving him great cheerfulness. But the taking it thus habitually greatly impairs the constitution; the persons who accustom themselves to it, can by DO means live without it, and are feeble and weak; their legs are usually thin, and their gums eaten away, so that the teeth stand bare to the root*; they are also often of .1 yel- low complexion, and look much older than they really are. Ree>' Entydu/td'dia. No. 7. "There is another set of people, hownver, who live in a st.ll cheaper way than the dervises: strangers to the pleasures of the table, an opium pill supports, intoxicates them, throws them into ecstasies, the delights of which they extol very highly. These men, known under the name of theriakis, are men- tioned by Monseur de Tott and others, as being looked upon even in a more despicable light than the drunkards, though 1 know that the practice betrays more dissoluteness of morals. They begin with taking only half a grain at a dose, but increase it as soon as they perceive the effect to be less powerful thaa at first. They are careful not to drink water, which would bring on violent colics. He who begins taking opium habitually at twenty, must scarcely expect to live longer than the age of thirty, or from that age to thirty-six; the latter is the utmost age that, for the most part, they attain. After some years they get to take doses of a drachm each; then comes on a frightful pallidness of counte- nance, and the victim wastes away in a kind of marasmus that con be compared KM pa. 101.. Remarks on lh<. Opium Trade. 509 ng but itsi-lf: alopecia and a total loss of memory, with rickets, are the tiling consequences of this deplorable habit. But no consideration,—nei- > certainty of premature death, nor of the infirmities by which it must •di-d, can correct » thtrinki; he answers coldly to any one who would m of his danger, that his happiness is inconceivable when he hastaken his ill. If he be asked to define this supernatural happiness, he answers, that ossible to account for it; that pleasure cannot be defined. Always beside yen, the Iheriakis are incapable of work, they seem no more to belong to Towards the end of their career, they, however, experience violent nd are devoured by constant hunger; nor cun tlieir paregoric in any way their sufferings: become hideous to behold, deprived of their teeth, es sunk in their heads, in a constant tremor, they cease to live long hey cease to exist." Puvquerille's Tratcls in the .Worm, p. 2£7. I. "There is a decoction of the head and seeds of the poppy, which they venar, for the sale of which there are tnvrrns in every quarter of the im hi i1 to our coffee-houses. It is extremely amusing to visit these houses, >bserve carefully those who resort there for the purpose of drinking it, Fore they have taken the dose, before it begins to operate, and while it is ig. On entering the tavern, they are dejected and languishing: soon ey have taken two or three cups of this beverage, they are peevish, and Te enraged; everything displeases them. They find fault with every- md quarrel with one another, but in the course of its operation they make •am;—nnd, each one giving himself up to his predominant passion, the leaks sweet things to his idol—another, half asleep, laughs in liis sleeve d talks big and blusters—a fourth tells ridiculous stories In a word, a, would believe himself to be really in a mad-house. A kind of lethargy jidity succeed to this disorderly gayety ; but the Persians, far from treat- i it deserves, call it an ecutacy, and maintain that there is something e and heavenly in this state.1' Sir John. Chardins Trarfls in Persia. . "In this country opium is much used, but seldom with the view of ig intoxication. Some, indeed, deny that it can do so. strictly speaking, ntoxication is meant a state precisely similar to that from over- lice in vinous or spirituous liquors, they are undoubtedly right; but mess merits a wider latitude of signification. The ecstacies of opium h more entrancing than those of wine. There is more poetry in its vi- ore mental aggrandizement—more range of imagination. Wine, in with it, invigorates the animal powers and propensities; but opium, in °culiar manner, strengthens those proper to man, and gives, for a period ig to hours, a higher tone to the intellectual faculties. It inspires the Lh a thousand delightful images, lifts the soul from earth, and casts a halo thought and feeling over the spirits of the most unimaginative. Under nee, t'he mind wears no longer that Muck passionless aspect which, even natures, it is apt to assume. On the contrary, it is clothed with beauty a garment," and colors every thought that passes through it with the vender and romance. Such are the feelings which the luxurious and Huasulman seeks to enjoy. To stir up the languid current of his uiimi, vith excess of pleasure and rendered sluggish by indolence, h.-1 hns re- that remedy which his own genial climate produces in grealest pcr- Sented perhaps amid the luxuries of oriental splendor—with fountains around, and the citron shading him with its canopy, and scattering >n all sides—he lets loose the reins of an imagination conversant frcm •itl» everything gorgeous and magnificent. The veil which shades the ancy is withdrawn, and the wonders lying behind it exposed to view; il.'iers and temples in the clouds; or the paradise of Muhnmet, with its ! bowers of amaranth, may stand revealed to his excited senses. Every eepedin poetic exaggeration. The zephyrs seem converted into aerial • trees bear golden fruits, the rose blushes with unaccustomed beauty ne. Karth, in a v/cr*l, is brooght nearer to the sky, and becomes one of pleasure. Such are the first effects of opium : but in proportion as •eat, so is the depression rrich succeeds them. Languor and exhaus- ably come after; to remove which, the drug is again had recourse tu iv, utmost an essential of existence. v. NO. xn. 72 570 APRIL, Remarks on the Opium Trade. "Opium retains, at all times, its power of exciting the imagination, provided sufficient doses are taken. But, when it has been continued solnng as to bring disease upon the constitution, the pleasurable feelings wear away, and are suc- ceeded by others of a very different kind, instead of disposing the mind to be happy, it now acts upon it like the spell of a demon, and calls up phantoms of horror and disgust. The fancy is still as powerful as ever, but it is turned in another direction. Formerly, it clothed .all objects with the light of heaven : it now invests them with the attributes of hell. Goblins, spectres, and every kind of distempered vision haunt the mind, peopling it with dreary aud revolting imagery. The sleep is no longer cheered with its former sights of happiness. Frightful dreams usurp their place, till, at last, the person becomes the victim of an almost perpetual misery. Nor is this confined to the mind alone, for the body suffe>s in an equal degree. Emaciation, loss of appetite, sickness, vomiting, and a total disorganization of the digestive functions, as well as of the mental powers, are sure to ensue, and never fail to terminate in death, if the evil habit which brings them on is continued." Macnish's Anatomy of Drunkenness, p. 51. No. 10. "Asa last and deperate resource, I tried to drive away my frightful vision by gayer dreams, the children of drowsy opium. 1 fnund my way to the great mart of that deleterious drug, the Ther'rakee Tchartchee. There, in ele- gant ,coffee-houses, adorned withtrelliced awnings, the dose of delusion is mea- sured out to each customer, according to his wishes. But lest its visitors should forget to what place they are hieing, directly facing its painted porticoes stands the great receptacle of mental imbecility, erected by Sultan Suleiman for the use of his capital. In this Tchartchee, any day might be seen a numerous collection of those whom private sorrows have driven to a public exhibition of insanity. There each reeling idiot might take his neighbor by the hand, and say, 1 Brother, and what ailed thee to seek so dire a cure?' There did I, with the rest of my familiars, now take my habitual stutiou in my solitary niche, like an insensible, motionless idol, sitting with sightless eye-balls staring on vacuity. One day, as I lay in less entire absence under the purple vines of the porch, admiring the majestic Suleimanye, as it shaded the Tchartchee, the appearance of an old man with a snow-white beard, reclining on the couch besides me, caught my attention. Half plunged in stupor, he everv now and then burst out into a wild laugh, occasioned by the grotesque phantasms, which the ample dose of madjoon he had just swallowed, was sending up to his brain. I sat contemplat- ing him with mixed curiosity and dismay, when, as if for a moment roused from his torpor, he too'* me by the hand, and fixing on my countenance his dim vacant eyes, said in an impressive tone, * Young man, thy days are yet few; take the advice of one who has counted many. Lose no time ; hie thee hence, nor cast behind one lingering look; but if thou hast not the strength, why tarry even here? Thy journey is but half achieved. At once go on to that large man- sion before thee. It is thy ultimate destination, and by thus beginning where thou must end at last, thou mayest at least save both thy time and money.' The old man here fell back into his apathy, but I was roused effectually. I re- solved to renounce the slow poison of which my neighbor was so woeful a speci- men j and, in order not to preserve even a memento of the sin 1 abjpred, presented him, as a reward for his advice, with the golder, receptacle of the pernicious drug, which I used to carry. He took the bauble without appearing sensible of the gilt; while I, running into the middle of the square, pronounced, with outstretched hands, against the execrable market where insanity was sold by the ounce, an elaborate ind solemn malediction." H ipe's .'limntasins, Vol. 11. page 230. No. II. "And here, it may be mentioned, as a proof of Mr. Horsburgh's phi- lanthrophy, that on its being remarked by a friend, that he was thereby [viz., by his chart of the East Coast of China, 1H3~>] aiding the opium-smugglers in a traf- fic which he abhorred, as repugnant to the laws of God and man, and destruc- tive of the morals and lives of the Chinese people, he replied, * Very true, but as they will carry on that «ile trade, we may as well afford the means of pre- serving their lives." Asiatic Journal for Se/it. IHI36. No. 12. "A late memorial to the emperor from one of the censors laid open the evil in all its deformity, and showed its prevalence among the officers of go- vernment. 'I have learned,' says he, ' that those who smoke opium, and even- tually become its victiniB, have a periodical lunging lor it, which can ouly be in ti mi Ml Ti yc Dll la, 1.1 Wl u •n of, be I th tbi il evi Ion G,i M Ct, w, ten in nur n in- infi So, and Wort ()e.iv0 • PUcti , 7. Admonitory Pictures. 571 aged by the application of the drug at the regular time. If they cannot ob- it when that daily period arrives, their limbs become debilitated, a discharge leinn takes place from the eyes and nose, and they are altogether unequal to exertion; but, with a few whifTs, their spirits and strength are immediately irrd io a surprising manner. Thus opium becomes, to opium-smokers, thr;: life; and, when they are seized and brought before magistrates, they will er suffer a severe chastisement than inform against thoae who sell it. * * * rthless subordinates in office, and nefarious traders, first introduced the abuse; ig persons of family, wealthy citizens and merchants adopted the custom; I at last it reached the common people. I have learned on inquiry, from scho- and official persons, that opium-smokers exist in all the provinces, but the ?r proportion of these are to be found in the government offices ; and that it Id be a fallacy to suppose that there ore not smokers among all ranks ofcivil military officers, below the station of provincial governors and their deputies. in i"i-.h ifru of districts issue proclamations, interdicting the clandestine sale iuin, at the snrne time that thrir kindred, and clerks, and servants smoke it. a* •e. Then the nefarious traders make a pretext of the interdict for raising irice. The police, influenced by the people in the public offices, become pcrct purchasers of opium, instead of laboring for its suppression ; and thus iterdicts and regulations become vain.'" Davis' China, Vol. II, p. 454. ', B. If" A Reader" is yet unsatisfied, and should want more ence, I can give it: in addition to the above authorities, he may at what has been said by lieu Kew, Choo Tsun, Heu Naetse, ihff, Marjoribanks, Crawford, Abel, De Toll, Fraser (J. B.), fiirlane, M.irsden, Thornton, Eton, Hamilton, the emperor of ia, his ministers, but oh ! jam satis. A. R. . VII. Admonitory Pictures, being a series of Chinese paintings {presenting the rapid career of the opium-smoker, from health d fijfluence to de.crtpilu.de and beggary. BY SUNQUA. LG the preceding article was passing through the press, our tit- mi was incidentally directed to some paintings by a native artist !hina Street, named Sunqua. They are on pith-paper, six in Lier, forming a series, designed to exhibit the progress of the opi- moker, from health and prosperity to misery and degradation; 3t, they are a counterpart to Hogarth's famous ' Rake's Progress.' tr as we can a scertain, the idea was original with the painter; •egarded as mere works of art, the pictures are by no means un- fiy of notice. The figures aud attitudes are well conceived and n, and the story clearly and strongly carried through. We were ised to see how exactly some of the pictures " hit off" the cha- r of the opium-smoker, as described by the writers in the preced- ppendix; and we will not fail to make further inquiries respecting , and the circumstances which led the painter to form his design, irsuing their discussion, we wish our Correspondents would en- >r to determine whether any use of the drug—except as a medi- —is safe and harmless; and, if it be so, what degrees in the ice of smoking may be taken without doing or suffering wrong; 572 Admonitory Pictures. APRIL, and finally, when it does prove to be injurious, how f;ir the purveyors are responsible. In I83«, seventy-five physicians in Boston, compris- ing the great body of the profession in that city, signed a declaration, in which they declared it to be their, opinion, "that men in HEALTH AKF. NEVER benijitted by the use of ardent spirits, that on thf contrary, the use f giving a description of each; but, on reflection, we are inclined to think, that his own explanation of them will be more satisfactory than any account of ours. In addition to these paintings, Sunqua has drawn another series, illustrating "the gambler's career." But though two or three parts in that series are well done, the designing, as a whole, is much inferior to the other,—which, taking it all in all, is the most spirited and strik- ing thing we have ever yet seen from the pencil of a Chinese. The , following is his own explanation of the six pictures:— j ADMONITORY PICTURES. C The son of a gentleman of fortune, his father dying while he was yet but a I youth, comes into possession of the whole family estate. The young man J having no inclination for either business or books, gives himself up to smok- ing opium and profligacy. In a little time his whole patrimony is squander- ed, and he becomes entirely dependent upon the labor of his wife and child .', for his daily food. Their poverty and misery are extreme.' No. 1. This picture represents the young man at home, richly attired,: in perfect health and vigor of youth. An elegant foreign clock stands on a * marble table behind him. On his right is a chest of treasure, gold and sil- ver; and on the left, close by his side, is his personal servant; and, at a little: distance, a man whom he keeps constantly in his employ, preparing the drug H for use from the crude article, purchased and brought to the house. a No. 2. In this, he is reclining on a superb sofa, with a pipe in his mouth, 3, surrounded by courtesans, two of whom are young, in the character of musi- d cians. His money now goes without any regard to its amount.' ; No. 3. After no very long period of indulgence, his appetite for the dnig [j is insatiable, and his countenance sallow and haggard. Emaciated, shoulders 8 hi^h, teeth naked, face black, dozing from morning to night, he becomes s utterly inactive. In this state he sits moping, on a very ordinary couch, with .„, his pipe and other apparatus for smoking, lying by his side. At this moment - his wives—or a wife and a concubine—come in; the first, finding the chest ;| emptied of its treasure, stands frowning with astonishment, while the second gazes with wonder at what she sees spread upon the couch. ° No. 4. His lands and his houses are now all gone; his couch exchanged I) for some rough boards and a ragged matress; his shoes are off his feet; and H 4 his face half awry as he sits bending forwards, breathing with great difficulty. p| His wife and child stand before him, poverty stricken, suffering with hunger;; the one in anger, having dashed on the floor all his apparatus for smoking,? while the little son, unconscious of any harm, is clapping his hands and'" laughing at the sport! But he heeds not, either the one or the other. *i No. 5. His poverty and distress are now extreme, though his appetite co grows stronger than ever--he is as a dead man. In this plight, he scrapes ih. Prtmium for an Essay on the Opium Trade. 573 ner a few copper cash, and hurries away to one of the smoking-houses, y a little of the scrapings from the pipe of another smoker, to allay his able cravings. >. 6. Here his character is fixed—a sot Seated on a bamboo chair, continually swallowing the faeces of the drug, so foul that tea is required sh them down his throat His wife and child are seated near him, with 3 of silk stretched on bamboo reels, from which they are winding it off mils; thus earning a mere pittance for his and their own support, and ;ing out from day to day a miserable existence. VIII. Premium of One Hundred Pounds sterling, for an Zxsay on the Opium Trade; specification of the conditions on 'liii'h the premium will be awarded. manner in which ,£100 were placed at our disposal, lo be ded "for the best Essay on the Opium Trade, showing its effects ic Commercial, Political, and Moral, Interests of the Nations and 'iduals connected therewith, and pointing out the Course they t to pursue in regard to it," was stated in our number for Janu- The following are the conditions on which that premium will warded :— The candidates for the premium will sond their manuscripts, of not han 40 nor more than 100 octnvo pages, to the Chairman of the Society e Diffusion of Useful Knowledge in England, giving their names and ss under a separate envelope sealed; of these envelopes only the one npanying the successful essay will be opened by the arbiters. All the manuscripts which shall have come to hand by the 1st of Octo- 838, will then be placed in the hands of two or more arbiters, whom the Chairman will nominate, and by whom the premium will be awarded, mmediately remitted to the successful competitor. The prize essay will be published immediately; and also the remain- nes, provided the Committee of the above named Society shall deem worthy of publication. The essays, addressed "To the Chairman of the Society for the Diffu- )f Useful Knowledge, London," must be sent post paid, or delivered in a manner as to be free from any charge. 'these conditions, each competitor is left to conceive of the plan 3 essay, and to execute it, in the manne'r which, according to his views of the case, is most conformable to those principles which t to guide the conduct of mankind, both in their individual and nial capacity. We have no permission nor inclination to inti- : what ought to be the scope and beHring of the essays. When ;d in the hands of arbiters, who will examine them with unbiased Is, that one which develops the whole subject most faithfully and bly will, doubtless, gain the award. With a view to this question, lave, in preceding pages, presented our readers with some ac- t of the cultivation of the poppy, the preparation of opium, and raffic in it; but in every instance, we have given references to luthorities. To those and others, and not to aught we have said, essayist must go for whatever information he may need. 574 1837. Literary Notices. APRIL, ' ART. TX. Literary Notices. Reports of literary and scientific institutions in Bengal, and at the Straits of Malacca; the Chinese Magazine for 1837. ON the subject of education, we have received, recently, a great variety of reports and other papers:—1st, Mr. Adam's second Report on the State of Education in Bengal—a great muss of most valuable information: 2d, the first Report, from the Calcutta Medical College, on the examinations in chemistry—an octavo of 86 pages, filled with essays of native youth, which would be honorable to students in any country : 3d, the eleventh Report of the Calcutta School-book Society's Proceedings, for 1834-35, its seventeenth and eighteenth years; dur- ing which were issued from its depository the following books :-31,639 English, 4525 Anglo-Asiatic, 16 Sanskrit, 5754 Bengali, 4171 Hin- dni, 834 Uriya, 36 Arabic, 1454 Persian, and 3384 Hindustani, with 420 Reports; total 52,243: 4th, Report of the General Committee of Instruction in the Presidency of Fort William, Bengal, for the year 1835; with a new and improved map of India, by Sreenauth Ghose; the proceedings of the Committee reported, date from the 7th of March 1835, when the Governor-general in council resolved " that the great object of the British government ought to be the promotion of European literature and science amongst the natives of India, and that all the funds appropriated for the purposes of education would be best employed on English education alone:" 5th, the prospectus of a Society to be designed the Prince of Wales' Island Christian Asso- ciation, for the establishment of native schools, &c.: 6th, the Report of the Malacca Free School, for the years 1835-36; schools, they should say, for whereas in 1815, there was no school open for the gratuitous instruction of children, there are now twenty-five, "con- taining in the aggregate about one thousand boys and girls." As a specimen of what the mind of an Indian youth is susceptible, we subjoin an extract from an essay by Umed Singh, of the college at Delhi, on the advantages of education. He says:— "Education is the art of cultivating the mind, and of rectifying the affections and dispositions of the heart. It stores the mind with the knowledge of a great many arts and sciences, and fills the heart with a due sense of what we owe to God and man. Those who have been taught to pass a literary life, enjoy the advantages of arts and a happiness resulting from the knowledge of sci- ences. They read the history of mankind, look into the lives and actions of men, and derive instruction. They learn natural philosophy, observe the goodness and power of the Creator, adore him, and admire his works. Science makes thorn acquainted with the nature and power of things, and by the in- genuity of art they are enabled to turn them to some useful purposes; for instance, the Europeans, the generality of whom are educated, having dis- covered the quality of the magnet, were enabled to navigate far into the sea, to visit distant countries and to carry commerce to the highest pitch, which rendered them the most powerful people in the world. They enjoy the advantages of a thousand useful inventions and a thousand machines; whereas the countries where ignorance prevails are destitute even of things necessary for thoir comfort. When we look at our o n country, how can we avoid beinj providi Indian to the cated thegi to: hi upon upper inexh with) elude MWltt appee the si beVn possi lying and i T first ing N,i Addi ofthi Publi with 8cieu »nd j l<> th drov Milt who any Wi "lost ace Literary Notices. 575 touched with a sensation of regret and pity. While other nations is wise, and a wise man is everywhere respected. In the societies of •eat and in the assemblies of the people, a wise man is always looked up s advice is heeded, bis opinion is asked, and he is able to xpeak even some doubtful questions. Indeed, it is true that a wealthy man has an hand in some pecuniary matters, but an educated man is possessed of an austible treasure of intellectual riches. The former has his purse filled Told, but the latter has a mind stored with knowledge.—I can not con- this essay without observing that a man without education is but a mere ited being, or (if I may say) a living stone cut into a human figure; he rs as a man, but in reality is a few steps above the brute creation in ale of existence. He can do good neither to hi nself nor to the society es in. He can neither be religious nor virtuous. He may perhaps be ssed of some brilliant endowments of nature, but they are like pearls hid at the bottom of the sea, whir'- it is not in his power to fetch out lake them shine with proper lustre." le Chinese Magazine. The following is a brief analysis of the hree numbers of that publication, for the current year, commeno new series. The work is published at Singapore. I. Taovkwang, \7th year, tmonth—February, 1837. 1. Introduction. !»« on the new year; objects and proposed character of the future number! Magazine; promise of greater continuity in the treatment of the several •Is of toil new series. These subjects are, history, geography, astronomy, il history, record of discoveries and improvements, and of important s events; also miscellaneous and moral essays. The article concludes showing the opinion entertained by Cunfucius, as to the advantage of ;e, and recommending the cultivation of the mind, as beneficial both here ereafter. 2. History: Brief narrative of the limes immediately subsequent deluge, Chinese accounts compared with the Scriptural narrative; the ng of Rabel and dispersion of the human race. 3. Geography : view of ; its people, their appearance, classes, and character; places of abode; age; religious practices, historical summary of events in India. 3. Astro- : varying lengths of day and night explained. 5 On the recovery of the led : means of recovering them ; establishment of a society in France for •r shipwrecked persons. 6 Literature: On poetry, notice ofLeTaepih, braled Chinese poet, and of the ancient Book of Songs. Homer and n, the greatest, poets of the West. 7. Avarice: dreadful end of a miser, vas immured in his own cellar, and there starved to death, unknown to ne. II. 2d month—March, 1837. I.English female society described, in ?r from a niece abroad to her aunt in China; no female infanticide; no >ing of the feet; education of females; wives the companions of their nds, &c. 2 History of the early descendants of Noah ; Abraham; his ture from his own country, and dwelling in Canaan ; Lot; the destruction lorn and Gomorrah. 3. Geography: Presidency ofBengnl; the cities celebrated in this presidency :—Calcutta, the metropolis of India; Bena- ne ancient seat of brahminical superstition; Allahabad, sacredness of the ; the Hindoos repair thither to shave themselves; Juggernaut, the place primage; abominable rites observed there: Delhi, the residence of the il emperor; brief narrative of his now fallen empire. 4. Classical works: our Books and the Five Classics of China; the Greek writers, Herodotus, ydides, Isocrates, Demosthenes, Plato, Aristotle; the Roman writers, , Horace, Livy, Tacitus, Cicero, Seneca, Pliny; English, French, Italian, German writers; the Holy Scriptures—the Bible. 5. Philanthropy; the al principles thereof explained, unreserved national intercourse advocat- 576 Journal of Occurrences. ed, in » conversation between two Chinese. 7. Natural history: the study of it recommended, and the practical advantages arising from it instanced in the promotion of national wealth thereby. 6. Public events. No III. 3d month—April, 1837. 1. On the vicissitudes of human life; general duties of man; his end. 2. History of Abraham's immediate descen- dants: Isaac; Abraham is commanded to sacrifice him; Jacob; Joseph and his brethren; Joseph's dreams; he is sold into Egypt; favor and subsequent disgrace with Potiphar; his elevation; the seven years of plenty, and of famine. 3. Geography; Presidency of Madras; nature of the country, &c.; the natives, their various creeds; Jews and Syrian Christians; struggles between the French and English; Tippoo Sahib; final triumph of the British forces. 4. Natural history: the lion, the king of beasts; cruel sports of the Romans ; hunting of the lion, in Africa. 5. Noble courage exemplified in the firm resistance of the Dutch against Spanish aggression ; their defense of their rights and liberties; their final success. 6. Lines by Le Taepih on the beauty of nature. 7. Inventions: the steam-carriage; rail-road from Liverpool to Manchester; great advantages accruing therefrom to trade and industry. 6. Public events. ART. X. Journal of Occurrences. His Britannic Majesty's Com- mission in Canton. Triennial examination in Peking; family of the emperor ; praying for fair weather. H. B. M.'a Commission arrived at the provincial city, from Macao, on the morning of the 12th instant—with a passport from the government. "This is on record." The gentlemen composing the Commission now in Canton, are Capt. Elliot, Chief Superintendent: Mr. Johnston, Second ; Mr. Elmslie, Secre- tary and Treasurer; Mr. Morrison, Chinese Secretary ; Mr. Anderson, Surgeon. Peking. An edict has been put forth by the emperor, dated the '.27th of Febru- ary last, in regard to the merits and demerits of the high officers at court and in the provinces, the result of the examinations triennially made of the capabilities of all officers. Want of space compels us to defer the translation of this document to our next number. It is curious to observe the manner in which aged men, mostly above 50 or 60 years, are called over, like so many school-boys, and receive marks of distinction, or are put up or down in their class, at the will of the One Man, their master Our present governor has not succeeded in obtain- ing from his master any promotion to honor. He is represented as ( pos&essiug barely an adequate degree of talent and knowledge.' None of the officers con- nected with the opium discussion are mentioned, either fur prnise or blame , neither is the cabinet minister Yuen Yuen, who repaired to Peking about a year since, after having been many years in the government of Yunnan. His suc- cessor in that government receives, on the other hand, the highest praise, iis being 'well versed in the affairs of his frontier government, and having fully succeeded in preserving it free from disturbances.' Family of the emjieror. Till recently, we were not aware that his Majesty's family had been increased by the birth of a sixth son. His first son died in 1831, when about tji'enty-one years of age ; his second was born of a Chinese lady, and is not. therefore, a legitimate successor; he must be about twenty years old; his third son seems to have died, as we never meet with any mention of him; his fourth and fifth sons were born within a few days of each other, in 1831 ; and the sixth must have been born within a year after, as he has this year commenc- ed his studies. The fourth son is at present heir-apparent to the throne; but the emperor may always appoint, as successor, whichever son he pleases. Praying fur fair weather. On the ilth instant, their excellencies, the governor and lieut.-governor, offered up incense at the temple |of the patron deity of the city, requesting a cessation of rain and fair weather. The next day the rain for a time, bul on the loth and Ihe fallowing day:;, again fell in torrents. s 3 I 1 THE ESE REPOSITORY VOL. IV HAY, 1835 TO APRIL, 1836 .RUZEN CO., LTD. TOKYO T UK REPOSITORY, VOL. IV. 1835, TO APRIL 1836. CANTON: FOR THE PROPRIETORS. 1836, be. 463 '- 465 - 463 - 463 96 72 - 488 - 244 - 149 262 translators of - - 250 Blackstone, sir William - 24 Boards, the six supreme - 139 Bookstores near the factories - 535 f 264 Borneo, description of - - 498 geographical situation of 498 the history of - - 499 divisions of 499 population of - - 508 Budhistic tax-gatherers - - 245 Bugis on Borneo - - 511 Burial-places, Shantung - - 487 sro; cted 582 24 - 103 268,425 - 450 1. 100 f 194 - 294 s - 450 - 551 - 342 - 451 f 557 - 367 - 244 38 296,393 252,259 ral 2T>2 a 256 •al 256 i 260 n 260 252 Bible, Ch. version, sums for priritg. 261 chinz. st. type for 252 style of printing 39 how circulated 257 needs revision 394 Eng.ver. ordered by James 1.250 CADETS, examination of - 392 Cangue, or pillory, how used - 367 Canton Press, newspaper - 247 Catholics in this empire - 273 „• in eastern settlements 553 Casper Hauser, noticed 6 Censorate, the imperial - 148,164 Chang, a provincial judgo - 57 Changkihurh, or Jehanguil - 25 "angling, minister of state - 67 Chapel in Canton - - 190 "hastisement, how given - 579 henevix, on national character 19 Child, an outcast - - - 102 Child, one lost, - - - U42 liina Proper described - ">1 China, condition of in 1!)—, - t»7ii Cholera, in Canton city - - 48 Christian union advocated - 39s> 299,390 II-H. 393 vo. 257 Christianity in the fust, - - f>y:l 'irciiits, or trrritoriul divitiions :Yi rUvil oflioc, board of • - 140 'Jlassic, the Innutr.'d miriiatnt-s 1.1.'1 ..Mastic, tho thouwind cliarai'tci -/.19 JNDFJC. 474 U leaner. - - 22 Infanticidi1 in (.'hiim - - 194 Interpreters in courts - - 335 Insurrection in Shanue - - 104 Insurrection in Szechuen - 104 Insurrection in Cliaouchow foo 487 JAILS, their condition - - 337 Jargon of Canton - - - 428 Jargon, specimens of - - 432 Jesuits, their writings - - 20 Journal of the A. Society Bengal 39 Journal of the R. A. S.London 194 Judges, their duties - - 336 Jugglers and gang-robbers - 194 KIDNAPPING, prevalent, 415,538 Kindred, the degrees of - - 159 Kindred, the imperial - . 184 Kumsing moon anchorage - 196 Kwangtung, government of - 529 LAMQ.UA, his paintings - . 291 Landing-place, near the factories 44 Lands, some interdicted - 488 Language, alphab. for Chinese 167 Language, of the Chi. disadvant. 167 language, dialect of Fuhkeen- 172 Laritao, the island of - - 548 Lassar, Mr., professor - - 252 Laws of China, remarks on - 17,23 JAWS, unwritten 29 Leuenhing keae - 535 Library of the British Factory 96 Libraries, circulating - - 196 Libraries, Chinese, in Europe - 294 Life, human, a picture of - 306 Linguist, an imprisoned - 45 Linguist, a new ... 248 Literary chancellor - . 582 J /ocusts, their depredations - 152 London Quarterly Review - 273 Loo Kw4n, gov. his posth: honors 392 MACAO, population of - 292,545 Malayala, church of - - 194 Malays on Borneo - - 580 Malacca Observer, newspaper 22 Malacca, population of - - 207 Mantchouria, divisions of - 57 Mantchouria, its government - 286 Map of Chinese empire 49 Ma Twanlin, of the 13th pentury 3 Market-places, laborers, in - 108 Marshman, Dr., mode of translg. !i53 Mwllinrst, Rev. W.ll. Ins voyage 308 INDEX. Vll cof - 28,48 - 487 - 582 il- 104 286,487 - 436 4 308 583 413 13 HI n. ll - 391 - 117 - 344J 73 - 189 - 286 - 200 58J 40 :nt 222 - 366 61,487 21 Trade, considerations on - o37 Treaty with China desirable 441,547 rroughton, the bark, 151,248.295,522 Turkestan, noticed - - 286 Tytler's universal history - 20 Types, Chinese, founded in Paris 42 Typhoon in 1835 - - - 197 JLTRACA.NGETIC India 361 194 •138 24 VASES of the Chinese - Vincennes the sloop of war, Visigoths in Spain Vocabulary, Chi., Corean, Japan. 195 Volcano in Fuhkeen? - - 103 WALLS about Canton 42,101,189,291, 341,244,534,569 Walks of Canton - 536 Wang, a nganchasze - - 295 Wante, an emperor - - 25 War, the board of - - 144 Water spouts, described, - 406 Wedding Chinese at Singapore 568 Whip, the Chinese - 367,580 Whipping, how and whom - 367 Works, the board of - - 145 Writing of ancient sages - 117 Yu, an ancient monarch - 4 Yuen vuen, minister of state 71,440 ERRATA. an. read AoMan: page 67, for Nil Veie- o in the sequel: page 98, for Rev. J. Mor- orison, u. i>.: on page 164, the second line t line: page 299, line 30th, should be read and literal adherance to the text; by a de- line 7th, lor merchant; or, read merchant. E REPOSITORY. V. —MAY, 1835. —No. 1. among the Chinese: its character in ancient s; in its present state defective with regard to ses, means, and results; measures necessary for the Chinese, from time immemorial held in high exerted a dominant influence on the manners, of the nation. According to native historians, is of the empire were at once both the inventors e arts and sciences. They regarded the whole ly, and themselves as placed at the head of it. provision for the advancement of literature, and of education in all its departments. 'Families villages, their academies; districts, their colleges; • university: and consequently no individual in the ^instructed.' The advantages of their seats of i to all, and no one failed to improve them. Great .' pupils, and the instruction of their masters was rinciples of right reason were fully explained, and im were clearly denned. There was no excess; leficient or defective. All things were harmonized e spheres; the winds blew gently; genial showers r season; the nation was at peace; and all the mul- ple were contented and happy. The heavens, the es, formed the three great powers, which united their ote the welfare of the human family. The heavens he earth nourished them; and the sages were their ere were no evils then to disturb the repose of man- r crime to mar their happiness. Temperance andrec- d beauty, joy and gladness, were seen on every side. aed as the garden of paradise. The emperor, the i. 1 Education aninni> the, Chinese.:? unrge to afford proof of passing events, the shinies oonday, and the heavens rain down blood." (Mor- ry, introduction.) Such is one of the fables concern- gin and progress of the Chinese language, nes, its improvements have been few and unimpor- e ought to say that it has deteriorated; since its been greatly increased by the addition of many ar- |>licated characters, (t has beauties and excellencies; sf conveying thought with great precision and force. :r and variety of tire characters of the tangunare are so y much time must be occupied in merely learning d forms: this points to the necessity of either simpli- ig language, or of adapting another in its stead. The tch is noiv making in India, to express the various dialects of that country in the Raman character, will doubt not, be adopted in China. A great deal quiied for a youth to learn to read the Chinese Ian- required to gain the same knowledge of any of the urope; or than would be required for the Chinese, if ed in a more simple character. Perhaps one half ght be saved; or if the child was allowed to be at ; number of years as now, he would be able to make ieiency. jegan to be cultivated by the Chinese soon after they in try Which they n<;w inhabit. The courses of the sun, s, were carefully observed and marked down. In pro- mathematical board was appointed, for the purpose id recording all the extraordinary phenomena of the ie was measured by the clepsydra. The passage of ; meridian, the shadow of the gnomon at the solstices, ere all carefully noticed. To aid irr these pursuits,- istruments were invented. Thfe science was speedily :at degree of perfection ;• and astronomy was made the tes and ceremonies. Hence, the celestial empire is an :ation of the heavens, where all is perfect order and '?• imes, however, the history of astronomy in China, is ;t blank. And there are those, anrong the Chinese 10 do not hesitate to call in question the correctness ccounts. A distinguished writer of the thirteenth cen- lihat in his time tire business of observing the heavens neglected. During the period' of one hundred and ;ween A. D. 420 and 580, when China was divided into :ach having its own astronomical board, historians, ate records were kept, one of the uorth^ and one of the icribing phenomena so distinct as the eclipses of the st care and accuracy might be expected. "But," says :he writer just referred to, " we find mentioned in the south only thirty-six eclipses of the sun, and seventy- cat inn amiini> the (.'hinese. •"» learning, would be heresy. The whole tes- .ers goes to show that the ceremonies of the nils mid religions, have for many centuries ating; and that bad example, and bad edu- ve almost annihilated correct principle find j the natural result of the course in which the ut little if any improvement can be expected inged. Chinese placed a very high value on the art of ic degenerate ages of modern dynasties it has lue share of attention. According to the no- tie knowledge of sounds is so closely connect- government, that those only who understand ire fit to perform the duties of rulers. Viewed ays been deemed worthy of the patronage of jnt, which has appointed and maintained mas- ise of supporting and improving the 'national one occasion, was so ravished with the sounds je months he never perceived the relish of food,, t conceive that music could attain such perfec- it the commencement of our era, according to a use of really good music was abolished, and that s introduced in its stead. In more recent times inies of music have been continued; and this as been done. "Our modern sages," says Ma jy all means discourse about music, investigate .ruments, distinguish by clear and obscure notes it whieh is like the cries of children; and if they instrument, corroded with »ust, mutilated, or ce from it proofs of what they assert; now all e to blind and ignorant persons, and avow that confidence in their reasonings." This witness •vey which we have now taken of some of the ion, as it existed in former times, prepares the »rk» on its present state. The accounts which d on this subject have not always been correct; have been free from error, have never been suffi- > answer the demands of the case. The man who world a full and complete history of the literature 1 their systems of education, would not only re- n views which now prevail in regard to the intel- of this nation, but would gj-eatly aid in liberating am the legions of old! and absurd customs which .n bondage. There have been those, among the ie west, who have been able to identify the ancient nation with those whose names are recorded in sa- ;cording to their views, 11 wangle was Adam; Fuli- , Seth; Shuonhaoa, " under whom troubles •it ion among the Chinese. 7 :li circumstances men would grow up to be is ignorant as they were born. We view on the conduct of tin: mother who lays vio- >ffspring. Millions there are, however, in ition is scarcely less lamentable than that of ose who are the victims of infanticide, nteresting fact that vast multitudes of the : to read and write, it is often forgotten o are left wholly uneducated, surrounded calculated to debase and destroy the best •:irt. Admitting that only one half of the se empire tire educated, and we do not think an this, nine tenths of the females will pro- the uneducated. Now it is chiefly among mothers, nurses, and servants, that all the ire trained during the first and most import- At that very time when children require jlness, and when they are utterly unable to s, almost wholly incapable of distinguishing nd what is wrong, they are placed under the orant and vicious persons in the community, •eat truth in regard to Christian lands, that nts to the feeding of those to whose care and be Willing to intrust a calf! And the conse- 'In China this evil is carried to a much s in the west. If those who have the care of em from crying, and prevent their heads and :n,'they are excellent servants,' 'charming s at the same time they are filling the minds with the basest thoughts, and corrupting their icarsal of stories, arid the performance of acts, er. The injury which is done in this way is lecting to educate females, and to take proper first years of their lives, the foundations of and the way is prepared for all those domestic, ils, with which this land is rilled. Such are s in which education among the Chinese is de- extent. •e the purposes and the means of education in ily proper object of education is to prepare men )f tlieir duties as intelligent, social, and moral eternal state beyond that 'bourne from whence The whole man, therefore, physical, intellec- Id lie carefully trained for those high relations :d. Some of these relations, it is true, are ac- hinese: others, however, and those too of the are denied; and consequently sonic of the no- liitimi arc neither enjoyed nor recognized by the ', Many of the youth are carefully instructed in anil Constitution. II ovcrtuncnt and constitution: its character ; nature of the sovereign poioer; political distinctions in society; privileged classes; ial persons. t has be6n frequently a topic of praise those who, ignorant for the most part of its ;tl to sonic peculiarly good qualities existing ct control which it has obtained over its investigated, it will be seen that the lead- rnment, by which it preserves its power over system of strict surveillance and universal are enforced by such at minuie gradation of tinationj as give it more the character of a is perhaps to be found in any other civif . The man, who knows that it is almost itire seclusion, to escape from the company Igecl emissaries of the government, will be he laws of the country, or the enactments the magistracy: knowing, as he must, that iself escape, yet his family, his kindred, or fer for his offense; that, if unable to recom- will probably be dangerous for him to return nd that, though he should be able to return, s most likely, be found in the possession of ment, or of neighbors, who feel Conscious of one whose offenses have for ever placed him implacable law. , the system of surveillance (or if may be call- fhaps be worthy of al( that praise which it has' n foreigners; but when we consider that the' 3 judicial functions are both exercised by one1 i, subject to no check but that of his superior,' ng in the hands of any individual so powerful ression. Of the system of mutual responsibility, . entto which it is maintained both in the theory lliina, there can be but one sentiment of unqna- There is another characteristic of the Chinese itution of conairrrent but independent jurisdic- ace, which at first sight appears inconsistent nutual subordination above mentioned; but, as iwer derives his authority from the emperor, and e orders from the throne, atid except in extreme t of the regular routine erf act at all on his own therefore in appearance' only that these two sys- i each other.—It will be' Accessary to keep these and Constitution. 13 e enactments of his immediate ancestors me absolute power which he possesses Iso places in the hands of those whom In- them within the respective spheres of ig responsible only to his superior officer; interfere with another in the exercise of m whom the power is either directly or mperor is law, it would be idle to attempt il the prerogatives which belong to him. ; peculiar rights maintained by the crown >r is the head of all religion, and is alone to heaven (or the supreme ruler of the rce of law, and the fountain of justice Votn his judgment; and the gift of mercy Fo right can be held in opposition to his maintained against him; no privilege can it be his will to set aside established rules in-spring of the administration; none can ity ami commission. All the forces and his; and he docs with them whatsoever ndisputect claim upon the services of all ar of all males between the ages of 16 and ich it is rarely attempted to enforce. In is his properly. to the throne is by custom hereditary in Iways in the power of the sovereign to no- ;r from among his own children, or from ibjects. The successor is frequently no- r's life time, in which case he possesses s, as crown prince. — It is worthy of remark, ic inmates of the imperial harem are, under ritimate. — The duties to be observed by the ;rstood to consist in attention to the moral the ancient philosophers, Confucius and :elebrated disciples, as detailed in their far- assies, and the Four Books. e regarded as members of one great family, the will of their patriarch, and possessing n derived from, and may be at any time stands to them politically in the place of a le sense of the term, is unknown; and even ssessed but in part. Emigration to foreign [1 removal from one division of the empire to nultiplied restraints. Inequality of rights, is a principle prevadiug every branch of the 'he distinctions of subjects and aliens, con- nnstcrs and slaves, old and young, high and , :»IT cmislnntly encountered in all the Iran- overnrncnt and Constitution. li leers mid other barbarous tribes spreail j empire, with several races jof boat-people ritime provinces, &c., and also foreigners 11 of whom are subject to particular laws >t affect natives, A second distinction is id the conquered. This does not consist leges enjoyed by the former, so much as in free intermarriages between them and the l an entire amalgamation of the two races. de between freemen and slaves. Under • native is at liberty to purchase slaves, and hildren of those whom he may have pur- sople are often rendered subject, by their : of their liberty. These cannot be entitled and have in fact hardly any acknowledged 3d in a great degree according to their inas- :t distinctions are those of old and young, are effected the various relations of father nit;, &c., as also those of the officers and and the untitlcd. 3ve distinctions, we have to notice a marked ile into two classes, the honorable and the }f which classes cannot intermarry without of their native privileges. To the honora- ;nues of rank and office, if only they have ifficient to fit them for the career of literary while individuals of the mean and degraded >gether shut out from the public examinations, .nown, to prepare men for the attainment of lolastic, but unlearned, country. This mean 3 and slaves, as also criminals, executioners, 'f police-men, stage-players, jugglers, beggars, and vile persons. And these, to gain emanci- of political slavery, are in general required to an three generations, some honorable and use- The distinctions above enumerated extend ; of society; there are other distinctions of a which affect only a small portion of the social merated in the code of laws, are marked by the of one or other of the following eight privileges legc of imperial blood and connections.. lege of long service, lege of illustrious actions, ilege of extraordinary wisdom. ilege of great abilities, ilege of y.ciil and assiduity ilege of uobilitVi 'ilei'e of birth, tices af Modern China. 17 n of the means employed by the sovereign people; which, as we have before said, are • ot* a mixed legislative nature: there is in /'<:<• institution, resembling, in the remotest ;ongresses, senates, and houses of assembly, iequeut numbers, wu hope to continue our remark* ree separate articles: the first may perhaps treat imperial councils, six supreme tribunals, office for :•- the hanlin college, &c.: the second may com- at the capital; the imperial household, officers at- hird IIIHV comprise all the provincial and colonial nodern China: introductory remarks on the oresent condition, and policy, of the nation; R.I. rial before an impartial jury, is one of the most le most efficient, modes of ascertaining the truth, has ever devised. But when witnesses cannot be tribunal, it is then expedient to take their deposi- :haracter of the witness is known to be bad,) are ;estimony. Still more worthy of credit, however, h, without their authors designing that they should tice, were written and signed long before it was 3 which they refer would be submitted to a judge >f this last kind of testimony are pur correspon- now have the pleasure of submitting to our readers, i with much care; and afford probably the best rning the present character and condition of the isting circumstances, can be adduced. We expect antinued through several successive numbers.] nd with all its intricacy, the code of laws" (of ge Staunton in his preface to the translation le, " is generally spoken of by the natives with ; all they seem in general to desire is, its just m, independent of caprice, and uninfluenced the laws of China are, on the contrary, very those who are their administrators and consti- ere can unfortunately be no question; but to lively with the laws of other countries, must at a matter of conjecture; at the same time it may hing in favor of the Chinese system, that there rounds for believing, that neither flagrant nor 3 itici's of Modern China. Itf fy. She lias succeeded in reducing a larger of population under one rule, than almost n; and that rule, although despotic, as the il authority must needs be, is more miti- • Asiatic states,—which she resembles, nev- ng characteristics. She has attained, in a tion of luxury ; yet her institutions are defec- , her men without honor, and her women izatiou is nearly the same now as in the time Asiatic, and not European. To how many ; this distinction, we must conclude the prin- i of a prevailing, or at all events of a pure, ;ion, Christianity. "For Christianity is the idn: it contains every argument which could and every precept which explains its nature, ion were in conformity with luxury; but this jn conceived for the regions of civilization, •ope while ii has decayed in Asia, and the re the most purely Christian."* eligion of the state is, however, by no means he integrity and stability of the Chinese em- fluence on the uniform and vapid character of ise she owes chiefly to her isolated locality ige, w.hich cut her off from communication is. What was in the first instance accident, le of safety by the government, which endea- aaracter of isolation into all its departments; ontiers of the empire are threatened by the erful nations. As combination of the know- necessary to promote improvement amongst a '.ombinatian of nations to advance general ci- by shrinking from communication with the 1 still, whilst Europe passed her in the career not that s/he has experienced no revolutions, tion has not partially reformed the abuses of 3 never felt a moral renovation like that of Ihristianity into the west, or of the printing The Mongol and Mantchou dynasties, espe- e probably produced the most effectual refor- It has usually been taken for granted, that fhe ! the Goths in Europe, were mere barbarians, but courage and energy of character into their I that those qualities were soon merged in the uered people. This is probably a mistake with e races. The general similitude of the Chinese with thai of the Mongols in the rest of Asia, at that people imposed their laws to a conei- he Chinese, or at all events infused their spirit al Character, vol 1. chap 4 of Modern ChinA. 21 lispleasure from the living monarch; or they ocuhnents of their own time, which were pro- < represent the government in a favorable light. l>« ertvperor's instructions to-his ambassador to vnr empire, fidelity, fiHal piety, charity, justice, ruling principles, the objects of our veneration, es of our conduct/&c. jStaJwrttm'*- translation. ir to deduce the character of the Chinese from Asiatic empires which are best known; sinoe lance is incontrovertible. This topic suggests Jther it would not be advisable to choose the >nsuls, who hnve the management of the affairs a, among those who have practical knowledge of net manners, to save them from the mistakes are acquainted with European civilization on- y commit in the outset of their career in Asia. i," says Ellis in his account of lord Amherst's i impression that the Chinese were to be classed ations of Europe, have no doubt seen reason to n; those, on the contrary, who in their estimate the other nations of Asia,- will have seen' very little in the condiict, either of the government or of compilation will, it k hoped, tend to correct the s which still exist about China. If we find, from IT confessions, that there is corruption and negli-, jpartment of the government; that the expenditure Is the ordinary revenue; that famine visits the land hat its horrors are always aggravated by the rapacity ;s; that combinations exist in all parts of the coun- k out occasionally in open insurrection against the at every part of the country is infested with banditti, ed at, if not promoted, by the local officers:- we may that suo.h a government is held together more by the ,tvd adventitious circumstances, than through intrinsic 11 this testimony be invalidated by the wise maxims nto the month of the emperor by sycophantic historians, e apparent wisdom of some of his laws. "It has been dthat, notwithstanding the despicable character of both :ors," (says Gibbon,* in speaking of the emperors Arca- orius) " their laws, with fevfr exceptions-, breathe often irable sentiments, and the wisest political principles; es no more, thttn that there were some men of abilities mployed in framing them; it was another thing to en- oservance, Stid while that was neglected, as the deplora" of the empire too well declares, they were words without nuty'sounds, to wln'oh the public administration of go- us a daily contradiction." d in Tytler'i Univpral History, (Family Library) vol 4, p. 3f, tices of Modern China 23 anton recorded in the. Canton Register were Morrison from these publications, and some- tted, on common report. though the despotism of the sovereign is su- jtism of established usage, we must guard n that his laws, like those of the Medes and ne penal code has undergone several emenda- Btaunton's translation appeared. It consisted . which for several ages comprised only 457 ir of the emperor Yungching it was reduced to i or modern clauses, to limit, explain, or alter, 5rst introduced during the Ming dynasty, which n the throne. In the first year of the present to 1573.* ii'd at Peking addressed the emperor in 1829 to lition.'t The late cmpuroi ordered that a revis- ition of the code should be published every five heing a slight revisal, and the next a thorough ;e of the mnny alterations,' continues the Board, >ce during the present reign, the law and prac- 3spond.' A new editionj was published the fol- iphance no doubt with this request, composing The emperor decreed at the same time,|| that i years or any other period for the republication , 'the supreme courts shall make as few altera- m the last code, and that when they are oblig- bhall report them immediately to receive the im- id then promulgate them throughout the empire, led for this rule is, that wily litigators and law- •Ives of the numerous laws made by the six su- 'eking, to act upon the new law or upon the old, loses, which they are able to do, so long as the laws .—It may not be out of place to notice here, that :h have been promulgated at Canton during the last laws of the empire relating to foreigners, are not t edition of the code, and that they have neither to the Chinese courts of justice, nor that advantage )f the laws affecting them, which is here admitted natives of the country. We may digress further too, so far from usage being immutable in China, the lot hesitate even to alter the characters of the lan> his accession he decreed fl that 3f.ning, ' repose,' the le late emperor, his father, be hereafter sacred; and its profanation it should be written $£, the character eart,'which enters into its composition, being chang- ntal line. •ister, July 2d, 1529. || Canton Register, July 3d, 1830. ister. Jan. 19th, 1830. If InHochinese Gleaner, p 108. Ap, 1821' pository, vol. '-H, p. 11. 'ices oj~ Modern China. 25 and death a comfort.'* The Goths enacted d -on the perpetrator alone: let the crime die itted it, and let not the heir dread any da«- predecessor." The Chinese, on the other oposed according to Du Halde to change the :he reign of the emperor W&nte, B. c. 151,) sir code, in certain cases, to the present day; iinperor decreed, as an amendment no doubt code, " that hereafter, when in any case, rsons, iu a family are murdered,t if it ap- the said family has no heir left, then the sou r, who may not have arrived at manhood, e keepers of the harem, arid be emasculated; 0 the emperor. Let the Criminal Board enter emeutary laws, and act agreeably thereto." as applied immediately in the case of a niuu,! the virtue of his neighbor's wife and failed, and two other members of the family, and left The emperor ordered the son of the miirder- n years of age, to be delivered to the officers of de an eunuch, and so by the lex talionis, to cut 'Sterity also. 2, the Criminal Board at Peking|| expressed to >n their part, to alter the law,fl which involves iindred. In reply, his majesty says, that their unsuitable. "Rebels are a virulent poison which n; and inasmuch as they involve office.rs, soldiers heir crime is supreme and their wickedness in- descendants are not all exterminated, it is an act e are told,** that in accordance with this law, s, and other female members of the family of an mrh (Jehanguir), the rebel chieftain in Chinese 1 1827 or 1828 banished to the southern provinces acted to slavery; while the men of the family were lem, arid condemned to perpetual imprisonment, lilies of seven Mohammedan begs of Turkistan, tecuted for rebellion, were condemned to slavery, e leader of the rebellion in the mountains which di- ;of Kwangttuig, Kwangse, and Hoonan, his daugh- ,aw, a brother, and two accomplices, were delivered the Criminal Board at Peking for trial: five of them in Octoher, to the "slow and ignominious death ;es," and their bends to be carried about among the srsal History, (Family Library.) vol. 4, p. 80. .er, Feb. 2d, 1829. "* Canton Register May 10th, 1829. ler, May'id, 18)!8. tt Canton Register, Aug. 2d, J832. silury, vol. !i, p 336. tt Chinese Repository, vol. 1, pp. 38J,-170 155, mi apyiendix '23 of Staunton's translation. i, 4 cs of Hlodt.rn China. 27 ;acl of" the bamboo." This clause in the fated or allowed lo full inlo disuse before, mperor expressing his severe displeasnre, 'eking gazette for 1828,* against Nganseu, ; an hereditary officer, and liad recently he imperial gate Keentsing. This noble- o death, and instead of telling the emperor, lie endeavored to conceal it. The einpe- ind ordered a court of inquiry. The court, to send in their report for twenty days, for red them over to the Criminal Board. The o the gate of audience and there punished ws' with the flat bamboo on the seat of moreover from court; but allowed to retain Another case of reference to the emperor vith regard to the code will be found in the 7. ide by the emperor or by the six boards ai n, the orders of the officers of the provin- :he force of laws, or at all events they stretch? ;e without reference to the emperor ;t but if ,ied by him, they become laws, but are not al- e code as we have stated to be the case with the ;ners. To alter or modify these local laws, 'inces generally invite the cooperation of the [insurer, &,c., to share the responsibility. Some MI affect life. The governor and fooyuen of proclamation in 1830,| directed against banditti, ,iise of custom-house searchers, plunder boats e. principle is laid down that no boat is to be .nit only nt a custom-house, and nny who at- /.eit, bound, and carried before a magistrate; ay be killed, under the law which authorizes to ti. The proclamation cautions traders not to by making it auxiliary to smuggling. t e find in the code upon this head is that under vhich affects criminals who resist police-officers, criminal who resists, is armed with any weapons police-officers kill him in endeavoring to secure lie criminal escapes from their Custody or from d upon a renewal of the pursuit, the police-officers answerable for his death. On the other hand, at any lime kills or severely wounds a criminal, ly punishable, and who had surrendered without immediately or as soon as overtaken, such police- lunished according to the law against killing or affray." Considering the clauses in sections 141 •er Jan. 27th, 1829. t Canton Register, Feb. 15th, 1830 ?, July 2d 1829 •es of Modern China. %9 ;nses,* when it is certain that the man on d they cannot catch him; but there is to picioii, which rather aids the thief than ir was, he admitted, abused, and the inha- ne popping of guns all night. In his first has caught a great many thieves, but stolen property, whence he infers that the must be numerous. He orders, therefore, lating the receivers and to make the inhabi- .r»ts, that " all houses whether large or small, •.: found, shall be given to the informer." i rescripts and by-laws it appears, according that villages have their unwritten usages, to of old men and gentry compel individuals to said, the government supports them, cture of laws end here, for occasionally, there .litigated, which, as they are punishable by de with death, must sometimes be found to not be attempted. The governor of Peking e clerks of the Board of Revenue in 1827,i s, had forged an official edict with a view to his accomplices kept a clothier's shop. Some ice were sentenced a few months afterwards to •oocleii eollurf for two months at Peking, and d to an unwholesome region, meaning Yunnan there to be given as slaves to the soldiers, and n the cangue for three months more. Another •ed in 1829, when the offender was sentenced by ation only, on the ground, that the forged do- published. The court of appeal condemned the ind was supported by the emperor; because the led about and shown to people who talked of it d it. The judge was ordered before a court of iment appeared in Canton which purported to he yuen, and contained a minute specification ofihe >radors and other servants of the foreign factories, y combined treasonably with the foreigners, &c., ort money. From some peculiarity about it, one doubted its authenticity, and reference being made hong merchant, it was discovered to be a forgery, sdialely laid to entrap the perpetrators, and it was them to a repast in order t» arrange the matter invitation was accepted and the parties went, when by the police. They bought themselves off probably, hing more about them. er, July 3d, 1830. t Canton Register, (Hay 31st; 1628. er, Feb. 18th. 1828 || Canton Register. Sept. 2d, 1831 in Cti>itt>>i ;H <1 that »«.» small a number is unfavorable tut liavuig fully admitted this objection, xamiiiation, a number of circumstances >uld we only put aside the great fire of 1822, 5 before us as a knock down fact, (while er it a tangible object are lost sight of,) we make some converts; but in truth, we are dote of ELumcncs, one of Alexander1!! gene- upori his attacking the enemy immediately e to be dangerous or impracticable. How- nd ti> convince tliern of their error, he or- i horse, ;ind a strong and well-fed one, to be i army. To the tail of the weak horse, he and to that of the strong horse he placed a esiring each to pull ofl'the tail. The robust :d in vain; tin: weak one undertook the busi- 1 he proceeded to pluck hair by hair until ust proceed in the same manner, hair by hair, sibly we may show our object equally capable ipectus which we have our eye upon in these i to confine the risks to be taken to European This limitation reduces the subject to one of y, and we can consider: first, what would be •.mlant upon such property; and second, how niligated or reduced to the level of common fire oper and practicable arrangements. In the fnl- vve shall not, however, strictly confine ourselves illutle to the one or other, as the subject may 1 that the greatest danger of lire in Canton arises of the houses, and the narrowness of the streets; i'erent in the divisions we have pointed out. In- it Macao would not differ much from those it) s and warehouses are generally separated from s arising in one is not likely to be communicated to The same may be said of Ilonan; but in Canton, ousts is uniform, except in the division formed by position of the warehouses where moveable pro- Iged, offers great facilities for the removal of it, they are all on the river side. This will presently circumstance, capable of being made so useful in isks, as to reduce il below the ordinary level. The nuance of the Chinese houses, from the wood scaf- i raised above them, induces us to apprehend dan- degree than there is really any ground for. If this nger, il is surprising that fires occur so rarely as they ind, however, llnil 111'.1 sources of dnnger are mm:!) Insurance in 'Canton. fl3 Id no doubt readily devote so much of i case of need as would secure n speedy of security. It lias occasionally been a :hat something of this kind has not be«n "or the protection of the valuable property ted where it is exposed to destruction by i if men, and coolies, and boats, might be iness in cases pf emergency, to act under ropeutis for such protection. Each dis- .arkeil out, and particular parties appropri- meral superintendence established for the It may, however, be objected by some, 1822 in their minds, that a fire, when it so overwhelming as to render nugatory all will, however, be remembered by them, that ts extension and destructiveness, not to the 'hinese houses, but to one of the heaviest nvn. They will also remember that fires ed since that period, without being uttend- consequences of magnitude; and also that numerous in Canton, and may be found in :se coolies have now become expert firemen, with the use of the engine, and on all occa- 10 doubt by a common sense of risk, every i'.ywl to the place of danger. At a fire that which thirty or forty houses are said to have n nine engines were counted on the spot; and red before any foreigners, who are sometimes :e on such occasions. They are said to un- n practice, the European system of tearing or two houses for the preservation of those ter circumstances are mentioned principally se have acquired a certain knowledge of those 'put them in execution, which are consider- ;arding the progress of fire. The example of tn to appreciate the value of fire engines, and 8 without one or two of them, so that the sup- [I sufficient. chiefly dwelt upon the facility there is for re- * hongs of the hong merchants where they means of the river, yet it is worth while to ob- the hongs on the north are bounded by a street i the river; and although this street is not of Drm a very effectual barrier to the progress of a combined with the circumstance of the solid ti each hong is terminated, it becomes a fact on. It may be remembered, in the fire of 1822, form a harrier to the progress of the flumes, where they came in contact with them. King- 5 c Insurant* in Canton. 35 accompanied by a man witli drawn swords e, filled the streets. A few foreigners en- iguishing the flames, and in pulling down :t. with no assistance from the natives, while 1 in fury. Most of the Europeans in Can- .ght to prepare for removing their papers, ned valuable, to the boats on the river. So' ed that the demand for their hire became /hat was usual; and ultimately some persons them at all. Baturda^ morning, the danger appeared every t. Two papers written in Chinese were djs- n, chief of the British factory, to be given to •uld be fotrnd in attendance at the fire; .-;a'l-: mate manner upon the chief officers of go- rnilitnry and the police to unite in pulling d the fire, as the only possible means ofextiu- ing the houses of foreigners and natives which ined. One of these was received, the other .er, written ift still more importunate language, ruor himself, was sent by Messrs. Hudleston jity gate, joined alsb by Dr. Morrison and Mr. rived at the gale, the officer and men in atten- ep them out, nnd shut the gate upon them; •as thrust into the hands of an inferior officer, ress and then hastened with it to the governor's wever, were made by the government to pull I the throng in the streets was so great that the by unauthorized individuals, whether natives ve occasioned the death of many persons, .rdiiy was spent in ineffectual struggles to arrest mes, the wind blowing from the northeast; but ,d not set, till all hope of preserving any of the lost. The fire spread to the westward across the edge of the river, to the distance, probably. Sunday morning dawned, and exhibited noth- I the foreign factories, with the exception of 's (Mr. AVilcocks), Mr. Berry's, and a part of £n Conseqim; and on the same day resumed nrclianls are generally nren who have known twenty years of their lives; have had daily and, in many instances, formed a kind of it after; the foreigners were burnt out, and left e of the many hong merchants who had es id warehouses entire, volunteered a night's al, to the houseless/fl« ktoei; it was necessa- 'solicit them. From this censure the Chinese led; they generally remained by their masters, slly in saving their property. The Chinese f paganism and despotism, exhibited on this ssite of generous and disinterested. No aid rasafforded to the suffering natives; and no i were opened by those who escaped the con- ho had been ruined by it. During the fire, a revented those united efforts, and personal inly speaking, would have mitigated the evil.' was in type we have sent it to one of Ihe residents, who 10 thus replies: "I have looked over the paper, and see sxcept the misstntement as it regards the gale, and the nst fire. This last is contradicted by Dr. M.'s report, ;s of Fatqua, Chutiqua, &c., were destroyed.' Kingquu re saved not so much by their formidable ends, as by their I do not believe there is any more safety from surh a in which the hongs arc constructed, than Ix-furo; and J so to understand." ons) i. e seasons;' of l hurricanes (tufans);' are of two sorts, the western and the eastern bdivided into two classes, and during the first, it.' The work contains, among other things, >' Shomotora, Malacca, Siam,' &c. Further to light new accounts of the navigation to the J/.-s ciltoul Canton. 43 urn, TliR 'errand esplanade.' lay in full i most every foot of it seemed to he ro- nlhoit, not having lost my dcfrrmination self i>j 'ks abuul Canton. 45 harnctcr is indicated by 'OhJ Jemmy house. ;' 'Jemmy (Jood Tom;' ' Young kinils ;ind prices;' and other signs of Bt is not frequented by many foreigners, lieir chief place of rendezvous. Jemmy S tobacco," etc. May 9//<. : will not understand reason; therefore, lien the English barbarians and otheres of the hong merchants, the lattelr are •ping up a diligent control and restraint in to go in and out at their pleasure, est or clandestine arrangements with trai- loppo's edict, dated Tuoukwang, 14th Augast 3d, 1834. Taomake the impe- it was long ago determined to add to the planade, a military post to aid the hong iligent control. This guard-house stands t, and is occupied by a detachment from f six or eight brave soldiers. Their cou- nted on the back of their jackets, which nirse it is not always apparent. Ordina- nsist only of rattans, rawhides, lanterns, tier they blow furiously in the night to • that they are on their guard. May 14M. inguished for its breadth, being twelve widest that can be found throughout all southern entrance is close to the guard- ; gate, which is guarded by an old watch- stone altar on the other. At the north trances; both of which are secured by as that on the south, are closed at night, y late hou-r. The whole length of the i like, find this a spacious and convenient ic street to-day, about two o'clock p. M., I ne-tellers, ten medical establishments, and 9 of the first were priests, one a Budhist, sect. They were all poor, filthy, and ;e; and each had gathered around him ie description. jgh which [ made my way home, seemed' ir the old one, from which it differs very I New China streets, are all within the ignated she.ih san hong, 'the thirteen fac- irbarians are restricted, May 193 mntries into provinces, in which the ancient dc- 'retained, than with respect to the wore modern is of districts and townships. The language of so little altered by the invasions of foreigners, es are preserved here, it.is probable, in a much stances than in any other ancient country. To herefore, in retaining sounds which to the un- ar barbarous and unmeaning, we subjoin here the lames of provinces above given.—Cheihle de- oin which the supreme power emanates, and e' of which all' the rest of the empire is placed. . was formerly prefixed to distinguish it from the an, in which the seat of government had some- ice it is that we meet in the books and maps of varies with the name Petche'Iee (Pih Cheihle). east,' and Shanse, ' west, of the hills,' viz., of a western mountainous range, running up between * The name of Honan denotes its position, v) river.' The government of Leang Keang, >b tallied its name previous to the subdivision of it province and Keangse formed the two parts Keangnan denotes ' south,' and Keangse ' west, angtsze keang: a cursory glance at the map that the boundaries of these two provinces have since these names were first given to them, nhwuy, the modern subdivisions of Keangnan, om three of the principal cities which are com- irders, viz., Keangning or (Nanking) the ' tran- r' Yangtsze keang, and Soochow, 'the bliss- fo give name to Keangsoo ; and the ' peaceful' >n of excellence,' which gives its name to Ngan- ment of Min Che is named from its two parts, ver Min (more commonly called Fuhkeen, 'the 'a name indicative of the difficulty with which nto subjection), and Chekeang, the province of 10 Kwang, the ' broad region of the lakes,' com- 3f Hoopih, ' north,' and Hoonan, ' south, of the is named, like most of the other united govern- larts, Shenae, 'the western defiles,'and Kansuh, erential' (being a modern offset from Shense, e its disunion, greatly inci>eased by the annexa- ribes). Szechuen denotes literally the 'four ne is, we believe, intended to refer to four tribes 3d Kinchuen, who were at great expense and the emperor Keenlnng. The government of two wide spreading' provinces, comprises the stern, broad provinces,' Kwangtungand Kwang- ;s as to the chief mountainous rharaclpristics of the conn- m go 41 Uicisiim of t/ic Chinese Empire. 55 rict is not always subdivided; instances may ict possessing but one important town. But as !, and even walled towns not included in the of district towns, consequently not the seat 'been magistracy, a subdivision of a district is andered necessary; and for the better govern- ind the country surrounding them, magistrates n, secondary to the magistrates of the depart- in which they are comprised. Thus Fuhshan lercial town in the district of Nanhae, of the ngchow, situated about twelve miles distant chief officfir. of the department has therefore there, and the town is partly under his go- y under that of the Nanhae magistrate, within included, but who resides at Canton. Ma- instance: being a place of some importance, 1 as the residence of foreigners, an assistant to is placed over it, and it is also under the con- o the chief magistrate of the foo. Of these there are two ranks secondary to the chief fo secondary to the magistrate of a chow, and 0 the magistrate of a been. The places under ;ant magistrates are called by various names, and so, and sometimes also chae and toei. ippearto have reference to any particular form lent existing in them; but the chae and the y posts J and sometimes a place is with respect t the chief city of a foo, while with respect to : is called wci. There are,other towns of still hese are under the government of inferior ma- id si-un.kcen: a division of country under such a sze. The town of Whampoa and country ich division, called Keaoutang sze, belonging nyn, in the department of Kwangchow. is districts of Kwangse, Yunnan, Kweichou-, 1 some other places, there are districts called ;, the same distinctions of foo, chow, and hee'n e minor division sze. The magistrates of ihest; icts are hereditary in their succession, vision than any of the above, but as it docs not have not mentioned it in the first instance. It ,' or as we may more intelligibly render it, two or more departments of a province, whcth- . ting or chow. These circuits are subject to fficers who often combine with political and :ary authority, and various duties relating to re revenue. To illustrate these, as well us the like the province of Kwun»tiing or Ciini«»n. arc the lV'lli.»vin«: Divisions of the. (.Ihincse Kmjiirr.. />? division into circuits, we must remember, how- prevail throughout the country, there being in ;;s, some departments not included in any of the circuits have control sometimes over the silks, teas, &.C., and over the preparation of salt overnmental monopoly. na three provinces, Shingking or Moukdcn, The Chinese system of government has been ie first; and it is therefore divided into foo, >ut it has also a military government; the other rely under military control. The heads of the ire tseangkeun, generals ; subordinate to whom :.-generals; tsungkwan, overseers; showwei, leeling, assistant commanders. AH military ition of size are called citing, with the ex- few towns in Kirin which are called ting. itchou provinces has a tseangkeun and subor- tseangkeun and subordinate officers exist also 33 of China; but there their authority is only they cannot interfere in the direction of civil [antchou provinces the entire government is in the province of Shingking. The power also province of China Proper is for the most part lortant cities. The place of their residence, lief city of a foo or department, they denomi- stricted sense all walled towns are called ching. he military cities' of Mantchouria is a portion very extensive, under the government of the sides in the city. There are no minor subdi- ', which maintains but a small population. ;s, Mongolia, Soungaria, Eastern Turkestan 1 Tibet, must each be spoken of separately, ation of nomad tribes, averse to agriculture •ses few large collections of houses. Small % on China Proper, having been peopled from ed under the government of its northern pro- vided among various tribes, each under the sreditary prince. The numerical power, and orial extent, of these several tribes are quite 'only small baronies, while others constitute ), which formerly existed as distinct and ie few Chinese authorities that reside in Mon- the places of their residence are denominated divisions of Mongolia are four: 1. Inner or itween the desert of Gobi and the great wall; i the north of Gobi; 3. The territory around est of China and northwest of Tibet; and 4. ter Mongolia, on the Russian frontier.—Inner 8 Notices of Modern China. 59 'aiuaern China: duties and career of the ate; Totsin, Sung, Hengan, Na Yewching, eungpun, fyc. cers of government, as indicated in the penal id often so contradictory, as to make it almost m strictly; we find accordingly, that few or e slippery heights of promotion without fre- idation, when to a step or two lower only, and :h it of course, no moral taint in a country awarded for bribery is graduated according to eceived,* without any reference to moral vio- nboo is the standard punishment as well for missness, as for crime,! only commuted to a rank; where, as a distinction in favor of the iboo is softened to the whip, and banishment sh few cases, as might be expected, of great highest class of officers, to which the inquiry Dne case will suffice to show that they may a long time before their misrule attracts the ing, one of the conductors of lord Amherst's :o Tartary about the year 1818,]| probably for •vernment in the situation which he held of lich we are told is the second judgeship in ire.fl His successor shared the same fate in ipressing upwards of 1000 cases in his court; and implicated in prosecutions, upwards of and finally with having employed a convicted ople under him, in the police, who distressed on and other injustice. Several instances ifter of punishment of officers of the highest failing to put down insurrections; and a long •ill be recorded of the lower officers and po- ced more fully. A great amount of malver- 'be found in the lower departments of the , as in all countries, especially in Asia, the jbt, made to sufl'er for the misdemeanors of peculiar to China perhaps to acknowledge incorporate it into their code. "In all cases t," according to section 28, "associated in al. and committing offenses against the laws >e or erroneous decisions and investigations, sec 344. t Penal Code. sec. 8. || Ind. Gleaner, Oct. 1818, p. 182. '. p. ;<00 * Ellis' Embury, vol 1. p WO, 2d ed. es of Modern China. 61 t'e of the prince. On the emperor Kea- ne, lie condemned his father's prime im- md the edict which contains the sentence .milemuation of premiers by three of his ithin the present dynasty. The present or more fortunate in the minister be- Totsin, who was prime minister in the bassy (1816), held that office until 1832. utnptive evidence nf his merit, which is s by the circumstance that he seldom the Peking gazettes. Once only he is ourt (in 1829)t to awnit the result of an f one of his servants: neither the offense liry is stated. In ISM), he had ten days ; probably on account of his health; and dispenses with his attendance on days of ccount of his age, which exceeded 70. A 1 to be one of the select party of 16 whom I occupying the seat of honor, that is the ;, the present premier, was on the right, I seat. Nothing more is heard of him until emorials from him appear in the gazettes, tire from office. The emperor put him rt leave of absence, but finding that his was permitted to retire with the title and as then 75 years of age, and had served ing risen step by step from the situation es at Peking. of the great officers of China is both nd none more so than that of Sungtajin, by name to Europeans since the embassy i he acted both as a guide and a friend.** n prime minister in 1824 on the authority but it seems doubtful if he ever altoge- le is however spoken of as prime minister himself, in the year 1817, as having attri- prevailed then at Peking to the monarch's Mantchouriii. e," says the emperor,|t " before the thing viii.; Chinese Repository, vol. 3, p. 241. r 3d, 1829. h, 1830. || Canton Register, April 15th, 1830. I, 1830. IF Canton Register, March 17th, 183^. >f him as a young man of high quality, who bad the Russian frontier. "He possesses," adds his id during the whole time of our connection with lucted himself towards us in the most friendly and jehavior is agreeable to his natural character" ! of Macartney. 1st ed. p. 34f> i?c 59. ISlt1. p. 4!>. : of Modern China. 63 visit his patrimony in Mantchouria. A ,* expresses the emperor's dissatisfaction lund Iihii. He complains of their setting svery person whom he calls to an audi- •se'nce from Peking made daily minutes e insists on visiting Mantchonria, what- ;e; whether Sung tajin or the elements he reiterates a mandate of his father, te in China shall presume to advise his > ire told, acting as secretary lor foreign affair*, ic Foreign Board; immediately afterwards lie he three treasuries,! but is soon obliged to but in less than a month, we find him soli- aiii.|| "Sung informed us lately," says the isequence of his great age, his buck and feet iild no longer fulfill their functions, bis hand J documents, and his memory was perceptibly '.A therefore to retire from service to seek re- ed him. To our surprise," continues the in these few days received afresh report from lie solicits employment. Although we have i>rl nlso, and have appointed him commander lie Montchous, we cannot but remark with iests, that we perceive no change in his health, m of disease. All this arises from his accus- ling us with remonstrances. Sincerity ought ition in the intercourse of a sovereign and bis this principle, we have always acted with the Is our servants; and have the right, therefore, i those who enjoy our favor. Although Sung we content ourself this time with leaving him i conscience." It seems doubtful, however, • we find him there a month or two later and of the premier Totsin, who retired about tins likely a good deal of intrigue, in which old ivolve himself. We are not surprised, then/- id again in the beginning of IHSW, and redue- 'rank.H The pretense for this infliction was, sion to Tartary two years before, he had e public expense instead of his own. He was ;ust of the same year,** at the solicitation of }ne of the cities in Turkestan, which shows jse trihes, whom it was policy to soothe, ays been supposed to owe a good deal of hi.-, k'ing a daughter in the harem, who was one i»es: he was now perhaps sinking beneath; ler number of the Repository!! slates a rumor minister of the emperor named [lengan, losed to be the favorite concubine of the ing usurped all the power at court, deceived his own daughter away at midnight This lected with the anonymous communication uuiicl in the same number of the Repository. Ill, 1831. t Canton Register, Dec 1st, 1831. [h, 1831 || Jour. Asiatiqiie for 18*3, vol. la, p 569 th, ISo'J It Canton Register, June I5tli, I8:» I, 163'J. n Chinese fipposilon1 vol 1 p .171 9 of Modern China. 67 il one of ilie two assistant ministers of as governor of .Sliense and Kuiisuli in 'nth rf.cess (tlie emperor, wlio dwells in palace,) appointed him commander-in- ainsl the insurgents in little Bukliaria 01 icrc brought him into high fnvor on his liave enjoyed ever since.:f He is said to ars of age in 1832. career has heen hitherto shown, have all to their personal influence at court, where >yed. Let us now follow the fortunes of ••In) sat out in life under similar auspices, and downs seem to have heen consequent e chances .in the employments imposed on ntchon Tartar, notwithstanding his three s the Peking gazette of July 20th, 1800, pearance, hut is deficient in judgment, and matters of importance are laid hefore him; IB words of others, hut is satisfied of the is. The few good qualities which he may insufficient to cover his misdeeds. He nished; but in consideration of his being an ancient and faithful minister, who is merely deprived of his offices, except that perial college." however, in 1805, and was made governor jd again in 1808,^j in consequence of ad- ip the Canton river, which the governor revented, and which was far more dis- >r jeopardizing both parties without any He was afterwards made governor of id confined again in 1816 for an excess of s of the public money without the sanction ,\ we find him memorializing the emperoi Shense and Kansuh. He was appointed 7,}J being at the tiihe governor of Peking, i supposed good management in repairing ir rebellion, he was raised to high honors an imperial present of double eyed pea- jackets, a purple bridle, purses and rings. page 312. 1326. t Canton Register, Nov. 16th, 1332 republished in 1828, forliidding Tartars 1o employ names,because it confounded them with Chinese le 3d, 1828. , for an account of (his minister, lorn 3. p 389 i, 1831. y, vol. 1, page 101, 2d ed." \siatic Society, vol 1, page 405. h, 1828. HI! Canton Register, Feb 19th: 18-21 ct'.-i of Modern China. 69 :ii in 1S33, Inn nni hin» more- is known ->Uen of above wore Mantchou Tartars, lo owed perhaps many of their honors and s in disgrace. The career of some of the owever, little less checkered. Le, who has ne to foreignr-s, was fooyuen of Canton in \or of Hoo Kwang, and then sent back to e two provinces in September, 1820, being at • of the Military Board, and censor.} After nllisiou with the East India company's fuc- ually successful in quelling an insurrection arid then returned to Peking. Unhappily 0 governed in Canton in his absence brought :, and old Le was dispatched back to set He succeeded in this, and had a narrow admiral; but a fresh insurrection broke out ibes in the northern part of the province. We •efer to this hereafter; Le failed, was disgraced, mtsi in Mongolia.|| He was recalled again, 1 may be yet doomed to a third visit to Canton, h these great officers are deprived during their >estowed on them again after death. We have 1827 ,§ when the commandant of Hangchow, if command, has funeral rites proper to his rank s to defray the expenses. It is ordered too that i deceased at the city gate,1| the coffin shall be nd he is restored to every official honor from 5 been degraded in his lifetime, of place to contrast with this some of his ma- s living officers of merit. We find him sending, 'happiness," and a haunch of venison all the U> the fooyuen of Canton,** and shortly after a \ " purple golden ingots" to the governor.tf In two image-gods to the governor of Kansuh and om were 70 years of age; besides the words ' pros- y,' precious stones, silks, &.C.JJ i which the officers of government continue in their ry remarkable. Independently of those already 1 the emperor dispensing with visits of ceremony ivy, vol. 2, p. 144. ec. 19th, 1826. t Malacca Observer, Jan. 16l.li, 1827 >ry, vol. 1, p. 423. $ Canton Register Feb. llth, 1828. at no corpse is allowed to enter the gates of Peking without eeausearebel is said to have entered in a coffin during the Even at Canton, Hnd in other cities of the empire, no corpse r at the southern gate, because the emperor sits with his fane :r,March29Hi. IS28. it Canton Register. July I2th, 1828 ?r. April Kith, 1830 uticcs iif JUudern China. 71 8O years of nge, and still enjoying Ins usual III, but who has since died in his 87th year,* se spirits are rather good, but who has also atesmen, who has served 40 years, begs leave tie says lie was originally short sighted and distinctly, and he is apprehensive of receiving it being able to do the duties of his office, made responsible for what may occur on this :s of long service nor the emperor's bcneri- Alisiactorily for men of rank continuing to ex- Ivanced age to such caprices of favor and for- libited in the foregoing sheets; unless indeed, i to doubt it, that the emperor will not allow icir energies mental and physical are extinct, or many of the octogenarians clinging to situ- ; as they are permitted; beciiuse they are, in lining to make money; and in the next, they and influence, which under a despotism arc But what can be the emperor's inducement to ins which they are confessedly inadequate to >ears of a retired servant having a larger allow- 1 full pay, which we have seen to be, in the d others, very small; the whole dead weight of sfore be too trifling to have material effect upon d exchequer. We must rather, perhaps, consider •i powerful check, which the emperor holds upon eminent. Acting upon the principle of isolation, \ of five generations at court,§ whilst the male ly are scattered through the empire, and none ust in the same district where his patrimony lies. > also perhaps, an excellent spunge to imbibe younger officers of the provinces, and render ii the slightest pressure of imperial authority, •chs imbibe solely from their own progeny, hut o;fl for the clientela exists in China as in ancient lie Gauls and Franks, being indicative perhaps of ie progress of good government and civilization, ster of state and the principal Chinese member of sent is Yuen Yuen, who was governor of Canton iiid of 1817 pr beginning of the following year, ;lieved by Le in 1826.** A sketch of his life is ry, vol. 3, page 578. t Evangelist, May 21st, 1833. Code, sec. 8. inquiry made in til the provinces for those families in which 3ns alive, and those who have seen seven generations, and in addition to the usual honorary tablets conferred hy law" act of grace. Indochinese Gleaner, vol. 3, page. 45. ry, vol. J, page 423. •iiner. Aug. 181*. pag<- K!~ tun In tin1 Teu Hills, T-i y of Bengal,' for February, 1835, to which it. was Gallic!!, secy. corn, tea culture.' Mr. Gordon, this goes to press, has very obligingly furnished of the errata in the article as it appeared in OP, and Ao-e, are in the local dialect.] ed in my expectations of being enabled to 'as particularly anxious to have an oppor- ;tin» the tea plantations in the black tea test celebrity, in order to satisfy myself re- Hive to the cultivation, on which the infor- iil. individuals was imperfect or discordant, gly took considerable pains to ascertain for visited the ship, the most eligible place for isiting the Aukoy hills; and Hwuytow bay n as ihc most safe and convenient, both ! way of observation of any high Chinese je desirous of thwarting our project, and ir the tea hills as any oilier part of the land. As laid down in tin: map of the ^er which falls into the head of this bay, by i>uld be able to proceed a good part of our e should of course have preferred proceed- which is represented in the same map as west of Nganke been and falling into the nchow foo, were it not for the apprehension tlier intercepted by the public functionaries ake ourselves as independent as possible of , wo resolved to dispense with every article lot necessary for health and safety. The i been comparatively cool, the thermometer ind not getting higher than 66° during the ; not only became agreeable, but could not he nights; arms for our defense against formed likewise a part of our equipments, I to Mr. GutzlarV's intimate knowledge of Bople for the rest, we left the ship on the ombcr 10th, proceeding in the ship's long- .he bay, where the town of Hwuytow is U consisted of Mr. Gul/.laft', Mr. Ryder onel Young), Mr. Nicholson, late quarter- :h, whom 1 had engaged for the projected f, one native servant, and eight Lascars, le, we made rather slow progress by row- ;uidancc the masts of some of the pinks behind a point of land, we pulled to get I the strength of the ebb tide, which was i aUcmpting to round the point, however, iiund that it was impossible to get into the 0 on fa the Tea Hilh. 75 g, which we freely told him. With these tly satisfied, probably from finding them iad been already told by some of the people iinicated on the subject in seeking infbrma- neasured our boat with his arms, but offered remonstrance. We observed him, however, us, sending oflF two or three messengers iu made us the more anxious to be off. It ck, before Mr. Ryder had completed his 's crew, and the sun was already powerful, ir guide and the coolies, and our cavalcade, nths which are the only roads to be met nppenrance. Mr. GutzlafT and the guide Lascar with a boarding pike; ne*t came the car similarly armed. 1 followed with pistols, rmed with a cntlfis,and Mr. Ryder,carrying s, brought up the rear. Skirting the town of in a N.N.E. direction nt a moderate pace hen we slopped at a temple, and refreshed ing could be more kind or more civil than ; towards us hitherto, and if we could have : so as to have escaped walking in the heat rere with heavy woolen clothes, we should to desire; as it was, my feet already began swelling, and after another hour's marching, halt till the cool of the evening. Fortunate- chuirs were procurable at the place, and we at half a dollar each. They were formed in nrried on bamboo poles,having a cross bar at d on the back of the bearer's neck, apparent- as inconvenient position; but as the poles ;ped by the hands, the danger of a false step advanced above a mile and a half before the ist eat, and to enable them to do so, they irVith this impudent demand we thought it in an additional real each. After an hour's set down at a town near the foot of the to cross. There the bearers clamorously payment before they would curry us any , and by Mr. Gutzlaff's eloquence gained ivho crowded around us, to join in exclaim- d extortion. Seeing this the rogues sub- ip. Mr. G. mentioned that while we were village, the people of which begged the that they might have a look at us, they ! condition of compliance. The country swarmed with inhabitants, and exhibited tivation, though it. was only in a few spots h would be deemed in Bengal tolerably •/ tn the Tea Hills. 7? r chairs at a quarter pasl six A. M. aiul ugged dell towards Koii-boe. Several en on the way. The people wore engaged teemed heavy and well filled in the ear. tiat they had taken the pains to tie clumps support. Sugar-cane is bound in the 1 security, the outside canes are mutually which serve at the same time to form them leaves are not tied up round the stalks slender, white, hard, and by no means the black fungus powder which is very althy, and close growing in a remarkable boe at 8 o'clock, and finding we could get if the way on which we were proceeding, jurpose. After a hearty breakfast, we em- owds of people who covered the banks of nquiry we found that the river on which W.N.W. course, was the same which flowed to Tseuenchow foo. The boat eing flat bottomed drew very little water. ', that it was only by tracing the deepest Jo to side of its bed that we were able to jne by poling; m several places the stream up little banks of sand so as to confine its erely wide enough for the boats to pass •iclth from bank to bank at 200 yards, and it at which sugar is cultivated above the ce, that the greatest depth in the rainy et. Being entirely fed by mountain torrents sudden, but I did not observe any traces of Its name, Nganke or ' peaceful stream,' is lircumstarice; the valley on each side seem- s being principally occupied by sugar-cane, poured out as usual to see us, vying with lity and kindness. The day, however, be- shelter from the sun under the roof of the t of many who waded into the water to ight of the strangers. Coming at last to a >us town, they actually offered the boatmen us to; and on his refusal, the boys began s and stones. On this, Mr. Gutzlaflfwent id Mr. Ryder to intimidate with his gun. instantaneous, and the seniors of the crowd nner in which the boys had attempted to their curiosity. We had been in vain look- to-day for a glimpse of tea plantations on ick looking hills close in view, though nt re halted we were assured that such were to ;p. M. we arrived at a town near the foot of [ion to the Tea Hills. 79 is are employed for that particular purpose, if one dollar per pecul of fresh leaves, equal F dry tea. The fireplace used is only tern- Is as well as fuel are furnished by the curer hat the leaves are heated and rolled seven :n leaf yields one fifth of its weight of dry on the spot 23 dollars per pecul (133£ Ibs.), ic produce is consumed within the province, Formosa. That the prevailing winds are erly winds are the only winds injurious to common during the winter months, and mt does not lie long, nor to a greater depth The plant is never injured by excessive to 20 years. It-is sometimes destroyed by ith and converts both stem aud branches lichen which principally attacks very old owth is limited to six or seven years, when jreatest si/.e. The spots where the tea is great part of the country, but there are irely to its culture. ~IVo ground in fact is rjn that is tit for any Qther species of culti- at of the dwarf pine already alluded to, or r. GutzlafT understood them to say that the nr, in the eighth moon or September, and he latter flowering is abortive. In this 1 ap- isunderstanding, as full sized seeds, though me in considerable quantities early in Sep- nd on the plants which we saw. I suspect ly that the seeds take eight months to ripen, accounts. We wished much to have spent h,) in prosecuting our inquiries and obser- neighborbood, but this was rendered im- our finances. We had plenty of gold, but i would purchase it with silver at any price. making the most of our time by an early previous to setting out on our return, p at daybreak, and proceeded to visit the cultivated. We were much struck with ance of the plants; some of the shrubs : of a cubit above the ground, and those the hand could not be thrust between the so very thickly covered with leaves, but rcely above f of an inch long. In the same steins four feet high, far less branchy, ;hes in length. The produce of great and al. The distance from centre to centre J feet, and the plants seemed to average Though the ground was not terraced, it were partly leveled. These were perfectly .-••..• lo the Tea Hills. 81 .rian ears was far from enchanting. Cross- : numbers of people carrying salt ir> baskets Bengal, and a few with basket;, . ill of the te mud flats near the place of our landing;, n, we took a more direct road for Hwuytow ad left it. The people forsook their work their numerous villages to gaze at us. As ivore a pair of dark worsted gloves, which I I of speculation. The general opinion was, .1, and that under my clothes my skin was rt of fur as my hands. In China gloves are one more sceptical thun the rest resolved to is doubt being llius further strengthened, he the sleeve of my coat. I did so, at the same :o the admiration of the multitude, who im- of laughter at those who had pronounced the i and half baboon. We met some officers diers, but they offered us no interruption, not li us. Our bearers, however, easily prevailed rdens, each party being thus enabled to direct ective homes. We arrived at Hwuytow be- ely embarked for the ship, which we reached led from Mr. Nicholson that after our de- iat was still aground, a number of mandarins il off almost everything that was on bonrd, led after the boat was flouted down below no explanation of the matter, we concluded ght have been intended for the protection of jr by the people of the town. We found that ors had dispatched a quantity of Bohea seeds, ur absence, with a letter stating his expecta- d a further supply and to procure cultivators, iip in the llth or 12th month. On the same :he Fairy, and reached Lintin on Monda)', y tea seeds, just one week after our landing ; the tea hills.—I have been more minute le expedition, than may at first sight appear of showing the precise degree and kind of tending such attempts. Our expectation was, t we ihonld reach the head of the bay by nine I attain a considerable distance from Hwuy- hns have a chance of passing without attract- the kwanfoo or governmental officers. Had ission, it would of course have been refused, !ii directed in the most authoritative manner iVe were not a little alarmed when aground in d gentleman who measured our boat should y to intercept our progress; hut we look care ons for our march, as if nothing of the kind II i lu the Kitlttii Hills. H.'t the condition and disposition of the people in the feasibility of traversing the country, and to books among tlie natives. The importance ol led to myself and others sufficient to justify any le which the most reasonable anticipated. With eel by the motives which are attached to an inte- experiment, I committed myself to the gracious :y, with full purpose to do all that might properly ceomplishment of the objects. In order to the iposetl excursion, it was thought a point of prime out as early as possible, that no time might ding tlie news of our arrival, and for the interposi- sles. All hands were accordingly employed in ading our boat, that advantage might be taken ol de; but before the utmost dispatch could effect i and night set in, compelling us to wail another licb acted so conspicuous a part in this expedition, 1 over without a word. She WHS beautifully and ut twenty-six feet long and eight broad, rigged as ted to be pulled with eight Chinese oars; quite •ds the stern, which was covered with a tarpaulin, de shelter that answered the double purpose of eping apartment. To avoid all delay and depen• inese, in case they should be reluctant to sell us nlo the boat several hundred pounds of rice, fish, besides all necessary cooking utensils. Several of books and tracts in Chinese were also put on consisted often men to manage the sails and oars, s an European, and the rest Lascars or Caffres and /ant, and three of us in the cabin; in all fourteen .1 guns, pistols, and cutlases were also taken, with tecting us from insult or preventing any attack from :rs. With this equipment, and without any pilot, r excursion, with the design of penetrating into the in 200 miles, and with the expectation, if successful, :ast one month in the boat. i the first making of the flood tide this morning, at i., we left the brig, and steering due west, with a id, in one hour passed Woohoo mini, the mouth of ck clouds and the overhanging hills encompassed kness ns we pursued our silent and solitary course. \ we steered two points south of west, and in another nrrivAfi at the fortress of Mulligan, twelve or fourteen ,-essel, and about half-way up to the city of Fuhchow. s visible only a long line of wall, running near the river, another rising above, and parallel with it, jnc platform over another, and the whole surmounted IB stream here is contracted within very narrow limits 1 bold hills on both sides Foui or five miles beyond Zf.pedUion to the Ituhra Hills. 85 ;>g the same purposes as before, but a larger sup- we found it impossible to keep any of them till 3 end of our walk. This was the more regretted, itered a house to obtain some water, and found the bled, consisting of several gentlemen of respecta- sides the females. The old gray-headed father ou give away all your books, and not leave even ;e were intelligent persons, and from their direc- that of others, we ascertained our proper course. here, that the spoken dialect of the people dif- m that of the province of Fuhkeen, as spoken Mr. Gutzlaff found it difficult to converse with /as sometimes obliged to be had to writing. But , by attention to their peculiarities of tone and /ercame the difficulty in a great measure. For foo was pronounced by them, Hochew boo. jited no hostility, but rather friendly feelings, and s, pork, eggs, and fruit. The only injury we in this, or any other place, was the loss of a metal >gue contrived to take oft'unseen, though watched with a drawn cutlas. At seven in the evening, o as to float us, and after two hours' exertion in ig the boat, we regained our lost way, and set h a fresh breeze. This flattering prospect soon equent shoals rendering it difficult and dangerous clock we anchored for the night, having advanced jf all deliiys and retrogression, twenty-five or morning our broad river had fallen with the tide sand banks appeared all around us, and no ehiui- which we could hope to advance. Happily, a ', who assisted us to return and get into another ling alarmed by the warnings of his friends, or •oguish disposition, he soon contrived to take oflf *r of bargain money, leaving us in inextricable mvinced at last that we could not get through to pilot, Mr. GutzlafF went on shore to obtain a guide brmation. Much to our mutual disappointment, ith two clerks, and a military officer, who politely ot. He declared that he " was a man of generous rstood the proprieties due to strangers, and was s." Knowing that it would be impossible to pro- les, now that an officer was with us, we accepted into the Min above the city. It must not be sup- moment believed he would fulfill his promise; taken to Fuhchow, or to retrace our way, rather for any longer time, we condescended to let him londucting us out of his district. As we antici- biick towards the pagoda, his clerks meanwhile if edit ion In the Kulira Hills. H7 came up near us, but did not otter to communi- ty invited. ly after we liad made sail again, much to our t>e similar to the first was observed just before ing another obstacle or creating delay; but everal places was so broken down that the ed, between two of which we passed safely, me reasonable alarm at sight of the fallen rocks face. From this place we advanced rapidly iving our pursuers and all others far astern, he country soon after we left the city became Us often rising quite from the river's bank, and i little, formed vales and plains, covered with •y. On our right, the rugged bank exhibited a for the boatmen that drag the native boats This continued for several miles above the Mitiou the more, from being the first specimen ad seen in China. After running by the most en or twelve miles without interruption, we ig ofl' with difficulty we came to on the right lake preparation for breakfast, precipitous and nearly destitute of cultivation rything on board being thoroughly saturated vol'inteered his services to search fora house e ascended the hill, and approached a house, de fast the door and fled in terror, and could or gestures. I went over the first ridge of idiately before me a rich and highly cultivated ce grounds; but when I drew near to the Dcked them up and fled, the dogs ran how- % me undisputed master of the field. Wild ig here, most tempting to the eye but of very • returning to the boat, it was not long be- curiosity of the people, emboldened by their • inoffensiveness, drew together a crowd of r us. While they stood here under a heavy 3 of distributing among them one by one a •atefully received by nil, and which served itween us. By this time the four military aken position near us, but without in any several of their people who mingled with • of the books. uiiiiiiiiil sent a clerksto our boat with a note iring who we were; satisfied with the reply then asked whither we were going, what e proposed to return; to which it was :o view the beaulifi.il scenery of the Min and >, Mild that we should return in a few days, » supply of provisions for which we would '.peditwn la the Buhca Hills. 89 military boats on the other hand came up, custom, by hard labor pushed on past us to the to the vicinity of the town. By estimation and >ned ourselves at least seventy miles from the whom we saw on shore refused to answer any provisions; but after observing that we did no r. Gutzluil'speaking their language, and above fretly giving away good books, their manners , confidence was established, and they brought offered for sale such supplies as we desired. >oat cumc to us with a gold buttoned officer, id unsigned note, as Mr. Gutzlaff informed me, land to us. He further stated that he came treacherous people, and that we ought to re- first intimation which we hud hcurd of Mich jccii three full days in company with the mi- ]<,' conveyed in an unofficial manner so that it convenient time, it was not detuned advisable He accordingly returned with it. The by- Gui/laft' from the necessity of conversation •ting tlmt he only knew two or three Chinese ik for fowls and ducks, which they declared irefully refraining from any mention of the ist received. ; firing of crackers and guns not far before nit we might meet with difficulty in passing nlso handed us a paper which stated that and soldiers awaited us in front, and should e were ten thousand more in reserve." Re- ipring of a friendly fear for us, or more pro- milauou from the military, we returned it been unanimously agreed, that any resort irder to gain a passage, was in our circum- and preposterous. So little apprehension sted, that not a gun in the boat was loaded, air and fresh wind sprung up, when we 1, ploughing the stream in fine style, and "friendly natives waving their adieus to us. •e surprised by the sound of guns and the Perceiving the tiring was from both banks, noli more than HI: attempt to intimidate us, the middle of the river and kept on. The at tins moment, which we hoped would •jive us unwillingly an opportunity of more aihtuts. On our right, stationed in a secure y soldiers with matchlocks. These took ; down for the purpose; and when they of, raised a shout of triumph. Many of •pedition to the Bofica Ifills. 91 us. The people were speedily but reluctantly iming, "we shall now get no books." By some. lier nnd an officer stepped into our boat, from speedily ejected, find the latter was about to iiys gently, when Mr. Gutzlaff begged that a ived. i was permitted' to come on board, and they ry and rude manner, demanding who we were, them that we Imd come on important business, to return, and were willing to receive their nit to no mark of submission or insult what- !!i handed to one of them the sealed petition requested him to deliver it. He looked on ze, observing "the superscription is quite lo forward it accordingly. When Mr. Gutz- cowardice. tt'nd treachery hi employing such w unresisting men, and showed them the h we possessed, they were greatly crestfallen.- f the occurrence, and finally denied having ction themselves. Nor did these poor lieute- icer whom we afterwards met, attempt to utter ly, they allowed and regretted its impropriety, e business of these officers to see that we • jurisdiction, and we therefore accepted their our boat, being always ready to cast off the They took us by the same unfortunate west- id so long vainly sought to ascend, by which iss the capital. It was not long before the rms with us, and were particularly confiden- ivitli Mr. Gutzlnff. One of the soldiers even uibniitted himself to Mr. G.'s medical skill n service ii) the Formosan rebellion of 1832, irels. He stated of his own accord, that :r on the Tsungngan station, that he himself at it would have been quite impossible for river so high. The wind and rain increas- to slop nt the village which we had no- ng; but ai our remonstrance took us to horng-e for the night. Here Mr. Gordon einanded that they should leave our boat, J with evident reluctance; and in conse- s behavior in general, he sent them a pre- iefs. They also purchased some provisions vever. 'clock this morning, we weighed anchor, at d down the river to Minngan, towed by our fleet of war boats, which now amounted rearing a lantern over the stern, and the g three, formed a beautiful sight as they Reunion to the Tea Hilh. 93 v strip along the banks, half concealing Imhitnnts. R: ely have my eyes seen so varied 1 same time so extensive, n tract, as the valley did we in any instance receive unkind treatment except in the attack at Mintsing, from the mili- r events of that week will not he easily forgotten 10 rapidly through them. And as the result is, ing to know that among the friendly people, Ired volumes of books, which may teach the e tliry remind them of the kindness of foreign - ise of the present events has died away. cpeditiori, taken in connection with the transac- the river of Canton, will go to prove that the in- be traversed with impunity by foreigners. The ic repairing of old, forts, and the garrisoning of oils, nil indicate a sort of indefinite apprehen- road. The vigilance of the imperial officers the hope that a foreigner can penetrate far I their adhesiveness when once attached to the no hope of escaping from them. If the Chi- pted, this might prolong the time of detection, i diminish personal safety after such a disco- lit feeling of suspicion is not of much conse- :, who only proposes to send his vessels into e sake of trade. The disposition of the peo- lifcsted by their readiness to seize opportuni- especially of trade, with us. More than once the villagers among whom we went on shore i away the fleet that was stationed to guard ing retard the zeal of the missionary, before ed sencoast of many hundred miles, to much s had in the way of transient visits at least, ius body of our fellow-men, ready to receive s books. The evidences of this readiness this short excursion. e taken on the expedition were an Address iculcating kindness towards all men on the the Life of Christ, and a Commentary on The first tirne we stopped in the river, Mr. >f books to a man who stood on shore, de- em among the crowd; hut the applicants hat the poor man was thrown down by the Twice during the same day, having lost d myself took long walks on shore with illy received by the peasantry. There was receive a book, for they in one instance us by force. During all that afternoon we •orn the boat to the poor, who waded into and to the richer, who stood on the bank ition to the Bohea Hills. 9a ifficient, if need be, to show the willingness mcl read foreign religious books. In ordi- isible to distribute regularly in a town or n ness of the crowd is so great that no man le application of the people for books. But ^understood, if any one attributes it in ge- iry interest in religion. It seems to me feeling; but but from Rwangtung to Shan- curiosity generally prevails, and it would same ten years since as at this time. Let owing to the religious sensibilities of the excited at the present time; but rather to ig awakened, and finding an opportunity of This excitement of curiosity must be chiefly is which have been made upon the maritime lust three years; and among the thousands iring that time have heard or read of the >e strange that not one inquirer should be v better motives, and by truly religious fcel- uean to exclude the opinion that there may i his sort; but only to say that the same ea- •* her missionaries nor their books have been I this trait 'of the Chinese people is our duty y to introduce the knowledge of the Chris - coast is accessible to them who minister to t is not right that the field should be given ^ it to be supposed that a scrupulous adhe- and equitable measures will fail of produc- he people and on the government. When 3 their friends, that we do them no injury, thout reward, that wo give them religious hout money and price, that we seek not so and that this course of benevolent action is inconveniences, there must be a sensible iquiry will be made, what do these things dnst intercourse with foreigners, 1 acknow- ich law, so far as the legitimate means of oncerned. We have a more sure mandate I the world, than the monarch of China can nrone. By what right are the millions of knowledge of Christianity? They are most an opportunity to make themselves happy iy an authority which is usurped, but which here they have been from age to age idola- oft' without their own consent from that ing. Against such spiritual tyranny over hellion against high Heaven, J protest; and es the consequences of governmental ven- 'jitcrary Malices. • '•<' s completed, for the purpose ol electing a iid decide on such other measures for the is may be then recommended to their con- s was published in 1832, and contains the .mdred different works, most of them corn- more volumes each, amounting probably to isand. Many, if iiot most, of these were I were conveniently arranged under the fol- nity, law, and philosophy; 2. biography, iges; 3. arts, sciences, commerce, and poli- ties, translations, and philology; 5. poetry, I 6. miscellanies. Such a library, if well '.essible to the public, in such a place as this, s of great value. Hence, we were not sur- up of the factory last year, when (he library a few individuals, that efforts were made to n, and to render it available to all the foreign e regret exceedingly, as many others do, that iuccussful. But ' the deed is done;' and the icattered, not so widely, however, we trust as jf at least a partial recovery. In this hope, what has already been done. ny of our readers that, not long after the death r. Morrison, suggestions relative to the fbrina- 0 be called the ' Morrison Education Society,' itoti and Macao: between twenty and thirty idiately obtained, and a subscription of about collected. With a view to promote the object asing the subscription and making inquiries as carrying into effect the proposed plan of edu- ;ominittce was formed who engaged to act, g of the subscribers in China shall be convened jstces, "which meeting shall be held on or esday in March, 1886." We have been led to ly a desire to suggest to the friends of education •tblishing. a public library in China. This plan Mice by the following letter, (which we publish iiun,) addressed— . C. Bridgman, corresponding secretary to the c of the Morrison Education Society. 1 the dissolution of the Hritish factory, it became »nc disposition of the library belonging to the iihlishmciit; and it was proposed to give the lie Morrison Education Society. The arrange- meeting with the concurrence of all the proprie- e bonks was determined on; and while I regret should no| have IHTII adopted, I ;un still 1 'At era ft/ .\uttr.cs. 00 his can lift done now but in a very limited lie present |iriuri|>:il Ims not superintended ngth of time to he ncquuintcd with nil its nrueiicement, Imt hecause no person could such a task, as the late president and ollege as established in the year of our isewnrlliy design of disseminating religious 3 iiirioiitr n dark, bigoted, superstitious, hut icople. The college has met with consider- li ninny warm supporters from the friends of i various parts of the world. The late pre- as, during his lifetime, its chief supporter. eased, liuwever, to cnll him to himself to reward. The loss which the college has il is irreparable. Its chief pillar has fallen, se friends who have the rising glories of I lit; l heart step forward to its support, the whole s;ive way. An appeal is made, therefore, and to the friends of literature in general, institution which has already been, and is still to be, under the divine auspices, the me- neficial good to more than a third part of the institution established in the midst of idolaters, nt forth from its nursery many accomplished ristians, may be truly called, the alitia mater of he instrument, either directly or indirectly, of iese who has embraced the Christian faith. Not rom colleges in England are men of genuine It respect to the students of the Angloehinese Lime it is pleasing to add that those youths who zed are good moral characters, and are filling r, they have renounced idolatry, and laugh nt irove the idolatrous superstitions of their dark, May He, who lias all the wealth of the world at our prayers and answer them, by raising up for rters, as the Anglochiucsc college founder. r of students that have finished their education and ic life since the commencement of the college is eceiving reports of their conduc' and it is pleasing exception, it is truly consistent. Part of them are n\d are active in distributing '-acts, and making ug gospel to the idolatrous Chinese around them, ml respectable members of society. The education ins raised them far above their countrymen, [t is .now lliat several are employed as clerks in mer- are said to discharge their duties in the most sa- They are exceedingly clever in transacting com- :1 are generally preferred by the merchants to fill (.'an/on. 101 , by the instruction, advice, and direction, it forth from the Anglochinese college, have tate as sinners, forsaken their idolatrous and 0 the sinner's Friend for refuge and salvation. nese who have received Christian baptism is rt of these attribute the instruction they have , or from some of those who have left the of their conversion. What greater encou- jrters of this establishment expect, or have? er their hearts, and to induce them to praise that their endeavors in the best and noblest ibundantly blessed, and to stimulate them to aiding this glorious work. 3 are presented to those kind friends who have >llege with their patronage, and assisted its n their support. At the same time the princi- as well to remind them of his continued de- rality, (and the public in general,) as to appeal lat he may not only be enabled to carry on ly adopted for the prosperity of the institution, id its usefulness, so that the original design iprehensive mind of its benevolent founder may its ultimately proving a general beneficial good, J,) to 350,000,000. of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain for" July, 1834," has reached China. The lumber is a 'description of ancient Chinese ons illustrative of the history of the Shang overeigns, who reigned from about 1766 to 1123, 1 the original work, entitled Pokootoo, by P. P. Che seventh article is 'a transcript in Roman inflation, of a manifest in the Chinese language, Society: by the Rev. Robert Morrison, D.D., &c.' The number contains also an account neeting of the Society, held May 10th, 1834; ,rs that "it had been resolved to request lord auxiliary society at Canton." about Canton: rats; an nnfca.it child; the con- r. factory street; archery among the Chinese. a private journal. ispulandum dc, guslibus, surely, thought I, when I prnacliing me in the street, carrying on his shoulder nut of Occurrence*. 103 corivcniunt to luke Ins departure from lerefore know its hearings in the outset. y the classics, and required by the laws, of • the soldiers of the celestial empire. This » the 'sandy ground' near the river and burbs of the city, I met a small party en- rhey were Tartars, a corporal and four nt out on a drill. The target was placed rorri them. They had each a bow, strong r arrows were pointed with iron and feath- an adept; every time he drew the bow, an bow and arrow were grasped at the same heels were placed together, with the body t" on the left. As the archer drew the bow- ght foot, throwing the left a little out, bend- ;lling the breast, and extending the arms at s elevated to the level of his eyes, gave a ic arrow. June 16tft. -.currenccs. Volcano; Siamese Iributc-btar- military reviews; public executions; distur- '.cchuen; local officers; Peking; sodomy. E is a report abroad here (hat a shower of sand, or led with darkness, has fallen in Fulikeon. We give o elicit further information, should any come to the ic tril)U(c4carcrs reached Canton lo-day, after an al>- They have been graciously permitted to ascend to 5 face, and to receive imperial favors with permission '. The tribute-bearers have taken up their residence irn suburbs of the provincial city Those who wish ilendor, may find their curiosity gratified by a visit to in truth a good emblem of the occupants; they are and in Europe would scarcely be deemed fit to give kers. The property of the two opium brokers who eposilory, vol. 3, p. 142,) was confiscated, and is soon led on the 29th ult. by the cheheen of Naiihae, calling ;oods or anything else to them, to appear with proper nid take it away. Those articles which are not re- dd. mews. Goyernpr Loo returned yesterday morning ind made his entrance without any parade at a very nncd that his excellency has been enriched more than But he has also been the dispenser of favors. At se- pigs, cloth, purses, short swords, &c., to be bestowed us were also granted to several of the military officers. ;ears of age; his health teems to have considerably itothe country. THE E REPOSITORY. — JULY, 1835. —No. 3. ig, or Vrimetrical Classic; its form, size, style; a translation with notes; the work purposes of primary education. ir works in China, as in countries of the west, U variety of forms and sizes. We have before ons of the Trirnetrical Classic. The first is call- ze King, "Trimetrical Classic, by a senior ond is, Santsze King choo sheih, " Notes and rimetrical Classic." The third is, Santsze King •ical Classic, elucidated and explained." The ntains simply the text, which is written in large which fill a page. The books of the Chinese, jbrews, commence on the right: they are not, mtally from the right to the left hand, but from in the Santsze King, thus :— nirth. T/iir/t. Second. first. GAOU ROW SING JIN IE run SEANG CHE AOU REAOU KIN TSOO WEI SING SEIIl SING NAE SEANG PUN HIIEN TSEEN YUEN SHEN 14 of Trlmttrical f'lassie. 10? e censures of the learned; yet, as an •its of the young, it may be found per- ieful." little hornbook is to make the youth b the language of the country, and the ects which are afterwards to occupy ig them on their memory through the is used in all the provinces of China irst work which is put into the hands of learn to read. How well, both in re- : is fitted for this purpose will be better n he has perused the translation which iin the double lines, but without any metrical. The poetry of the Chinese of separate papers. The following is :al Classic. The argument is not in ading topics of the piece. ARGUMENT. id modes of education. The importance ot' ; the three great powers; the four seasons; :ts; the five constant virtues; the six kinds ic animals; the seven passions; the eight f kindred; the ten relative duties. Course the books to be used. General history, with lynasties, &c. Incitements and motives to 'ancient sages, statesmen, and from consid- by nature radically good; nit in practice widely diverge. 1 character is changed; nude valuable by close attention, jcted a residence, Jearn, cut out the [half-wove] web. dopted good regulations, I became renowned, ite, is a father's error; ihows a teacher's indolence. , is an improper thing; ,T>utli, what will they do when old? nothing useful; r know the proprieties, le yet in early life, earn proper and decorous conduct. iuld warm [his parents'] bed; fully to be maintained. ultl give up his pear; to be understood. T, or Trimelricel Classic. 109 sic?, and should be thoroughly studied, nges, together with that of Yente, dynasty, form three treatises complete, rial canons, the instructions & injunctions, commands, nre profound portions of the iow first framed the Chow Ritual, [Record, ices for maintaining rule in the empire, r Tae commented on the Ritual, . words, and the Ritual and Music became [praises, [two books of] eulogies, and the songs of e Odes, which ought to be rehearsed, sed, the Spring and Autumn annals were [and bad. praise and blame, marked out the good are three comments, that of Kungyang, y, and that of Ruh Leang. lerstood, read the [works of the] wise men; taut parts, and commit them to memory, rise men, to wit, Seun, and Yang, ng, with the venerable Laou, and Chwang. mid wise men are understood, commence history [of the nation], [ties, ision of ages, and the rise and fall of dynas- ;, together with Hwangte, irchs of remote antiquity, and Shun) were styled the two rulers; d the throne: theirs was a prosperous age. Tang of the Shang dynasty, [three kings, son of Warr of the Chow, are called the tinued in the government of the empire then its altars were overthrown, ed the Hea, named the dynasty Shang, dred years, was ruined 'by the tyrant Chdw. 6w dynasty, destroyed the [tyrant] Chdw, unequaled1 period—eight hundred years: ed westward, the royal authority tottered, r were upraised, and demagogues stalked [contending states, he Spring and Autumn annals to that of the erful princes, and seven mighty warriors, •ed on the side of Tsin, all began to unite; Tsoo and Han again strove [for supremacy]; •ious, and established the line of Han, > Heaotiping, when Wangmung usurped the se, and founded the eastern dynasty, [throne, mdred years, ended with the emperor Ileen, 10, then strove for the imperial crown; :»' were succeeded by the two Tsin. or Trimelncal Classic. Ill surely rouse to diligence. icn only seven years old, e lad, was employed to correct writing: , was thus highly promoted; lould strive to follow his example; •ill acquire similar honors. the cock announces the morning. how can they be esteemed men? k; the bee gathers honey; , they are inferior to the brutes. , and acts when of mature age, :o the prince, benefits the people, ned, renders illustrious his parents, ncestors, and enriches his posterity. g, leave coffers filled with gold; ren, leave but one little book. ilay yields no profit; ! House all your energies! 'the Santsze King. Most of it is intelli- f, parts of it, however, require notes and I there is much more that is interesting, 5 of the Chinese, in the commentary than o make the subject more plain, we now se of a few of the most important parts of speak, it first calls its parents. Thus it ;ius), 'there is no young child who docs love his parents; and when grown up, >runt that he ought to respect his elder ;e has said, 'the nature of all men is good.' loctrine here advanced concerning the im- Iici'ii found to be so inconsistent with his Chinese moralists have denied its correct- aiiitainiiiy the i'allier and schoolmaster. iting childrun; and they arc rendered va- attention. For if close attention is want- udent is difficult; or if the education 1.1 inner, the pupil will receive little advan- ray to educate children." i mother of IMangtszc (Mencius) selected lerc her son would he free from the influ- II this passage the commentator has the rnal education is characterized hy afTec- ig, and ought to be first in order of time. ity who were able so to educate their chil- nvned, the mother of Mangtsze was the 'a name was Ko, and his literary name live of Tsow, one of the contending states. father. Chang his mother lived near a i in his youthful sports learned the cruel imals. 'It will never do for my son to [Other; and she immediately removed into nr a burying ground. But there her son id, to mourn and weep. 'This,'said his lence for my son.' Again she removed, '. There, morning and evening, her son is deportment in advancing and retiring said his mother, 'is the place for the •dingly she remained there. The ancients ully select friends; and for a residence, id.' Confucius said, 'Benevolence is the neighborhood, and how can those be es- elect a place where it is to he found!' lecting a good neighborhood." not learn, his mother cut from the loom to show her son tlie folly of his conduct.' if some of the parts of a loom, the com- ;'s mother lived in ordinary circumstan- I by spinning and weaving silk. When >er age, he was sent out to follow a teach- of that period, in which a few celebrated >lace to place, led after them all those who Ige); but becoming weary, he returned; cissors and cut out the web which she was jrhteued, and kneeling, begged to ask why plied, 'My boy's learning is like my web. ?le threads an inch is completed; by an >t is made; and inches and feet continually ieceis completed. Now my son is learn- t^, or Trimetrical Classic. 115 ?ep quietly. And when the cold days of with his own body warm his parents' co- t tliey might sleep warm. Although the ties of a son in tins manner, may be said yet this is the way in which all children ig to wish his parents repose, in the mor- lealth, in winter to warm their bed, and yhat propriety requires." The curtains, a guard against musquetoes; a mat, made id a pillow, also made of bamboo, though th; and a coverlet, which is usually very B bedding of the Chinese. The bedstead economical scale, and generally consists ited a little above the floor; but that in tibles a couch or sofa, he commentary runs thus: "In order to '.) relationships, friendly offices must be raternal duties carefully observed. This d by the youthful student. In the time STung of Loo, when only four years old, ;rly love, and to exhibit a polite and res- certain occasion a basket of pears was His brothers all strove to obtain them. e others); and then selecting the very >art. A person asked him why he took 'I am a little child, and therefore ought is an example of his modest, respectful, Afterwards, when involved in the calami- 11 the brothers sought to die (or hazard other. The fame of their fraternal af- iuncy of light that will illumine myriads neaning of these two lines the commen- es of relationship, the filial anS fraternal i very utmost extent; and then the prin- heai's should be learned by the youthful Confucius, 'that when one has perform- mgth left, he should employ it in study.' lassification of things, which constitutes ledge; and he should know their princi- ivledge. In the Book of Changes it is , possessing an extensive knowledge of the ancients, daily renews his virtue.' nfucius,' To hear about many things di- thing still remains uncertain speak of it :iga diminishes error, but when the con- act cautiously.' Those who have heard and whose knowledge has become pro- lug, or Trimctrical Classic. 117 ic lord pnrninount mid his nobles, at their ugi/.e each other in verse, and to unite in s. A collection of these various airs, eu- tlie book of odes. When the paramount egarded, the odes also ceased to be collect- ire that Confucius commenced his annals, our time under the title of Chun Tsew. •efer the student to a class of writings which immediately succeed the study of the clas- irse in history. These are the writings of and are occupied chiefly with ethical and original of what we have translated 'wise ese are mentioned in connection, and are They were eminent writers and teachers of are; 1, Laou, founder of the Taou sect; 2, same school; 3, Seun, a follower of Coufu- iii sect; 5, Kwan, of the ' military school,' liiefly on tactics; 6, Hanfei, who wrote on snan, a miscellaneous writer; 8, Yang, a ung, of the same school; 10, Hokwan, a For further particulars concerning these > referred to Morrison's Dictionary, vol. 1st, IBS which follow it to the 133d, present to linese history, but in a style which is poorly oiitinn; moreover, the subject treated of is jhension of those for whom the work is in- n'stories spoken of in this line have been in- Szema Tsee'n, 'the Herodotus of China,' i dynasty, not long after the burning of the ch of Tsin; he wrote the She Ke, 'Histori- the whole of Chinese history, both written his own time. Histories of the several follow- isively written by various individuals. These ed into one work and called the Seventeen leriod other additions have increased the hough the name of the Seventeen Histories illowing lines are designed to direct and en- ourse of study. "All those who read the s commentaries," says doctor Wang Pihhow, art and the rnouth reciprocally engaged. If hile the heart is listless, then thought will be iter the mind. And if the heart is engaged mployed, the attention will not be kept in- bjoct occupies the thoughts in the morniii", hen a part of ihe proper time for .sturly will is learned will be forgotten. Such a courso ;es of Modern China. 119 ilemocrntic licentiousness. The literary ihed a small pamphlet,* about 1827, con- find prohibitory, for the benefit of the it class of precepts enjoined on them, > establish the chief radical virtues, filial iid truth; to discriminate accurately be- I a money-loving spirit; and to be tranquil lass cautions them against laziness, crafli- nbling, opium smoking, and other crimes, ch are said to be unusually prevalent in duce the hope that by 'junior students' we class of students as the class of persons yected candidates for any of the degrees ler paper of the Repository.! Many of trying until they attain the degree. "One writer in the Indochinese Gleaner,^ '• is iy the sudden death of his grandfather, an e immediate occasion of his death was a CH in order to attend a literary examina- ihould attend as a candidate for literary •ly sixty years of unsuccessful application, ! pursuit of his object. The present case fed filial, and similar attempts, are caused ie by the emperor Keenlung, who was a . tie decreed that all sewtsae graduates nd but once and go through the exercises ive the next degree, called keujin, by a >r, without any regard to the merit of their ch originated in the most gracious inten- ifferent parts of the country the death of didates at these examinations have to sit, iys, two days and two nights at a time, in they cannot lie down, and surrounded by ing for them; and this is repeated thrice, 'ten sit up, in extremely hot weather six convenience, not at all pleasant to young o the old persons who attempt it. And nee which is far from being pleasant to a body can be carried out at the gate of a leror, as these places and all public offices unlucky. The only course therefore to bo ie over night in the midst of the examina- wall and drag the corpse through it, when wall with a mat over it, till the relations (, 18^8. , page 118 16:K>, pugp 107 'ticcs of. Modern (,'liiiifl. I;! I An extraordinary examination is ordered ic empress mother attaining her 60th year.* his accession enacted, amongst other coro- :ts of grace, that "the candidates to be nc- iimiimtioiis in each province be increased alsii, that the keujin graduates be permitted r a I Hilton of the sixth degree of rank (trans- number of successful candidates in Canton itated at 75 ;| and in 1832, it is said to be sinus in general great interest and excite- ts of the keujin elect are sold to the public xtiininaiion which consists of three sessions, says are published too in one or more vo- ; given to the students; four from the last hree from some one of the king or classics. "Tsangtsze said, 'to possess ability, and )t; to know much, and yet inquire of those is, and yet appear not to possess; to be full, '* A second was, "he took hold of things in his treatment of the people maintained V third theme in the first examination was man from his youth studies eight princi- at manhood, he wishes to reduce them to • verses of five syllables in each line was, the green of the hills and water." These n, and the first theme was considered the i the last day, interrogations were put con- is, interpretations of obscure passages, the China, biography of statesmen, and of Besides the matter of the essays, correct- liandwriting of the characters is required, utely. A story is told of a candidate who tten ,ff., ma, a horse, with a horizontal line the ground "that it was impossible for a gs." §§ ation of an entire essay which obtained the j occasion of an extra examination on ac- Tsary of the emperor Kcaking's birthday, theme taken from Tsanglsze in the Lun- high stations arc sincere in the pcrform- pagc 578. , page 44 J Canton Register, Oct. Ifitli. 1828. i, 1832. || Canton Register, Nov. 1st. 1831. 1828. >ur Books, sect 5. page 33. oaf Books, sect. 6, page 4. our Books, sect. 9, page 20. ,• BHITIMV in the latler's travels. 2d edition, vol I. s of Modern China. 123 al forms'!' The elegant entertainment, nd tlie. exhilarating song, some men es- >d man esteems that which dictates them and attends to it with a truly benevolent mon people does not feel a share of the and brothers, and kindred I Is this joy nd kings? splay the benignity of a sovereign, there idness done. The good man says, 'Are love, and shall I merely enrich them by ich 'as the sceptre of authority to a deli- :o another he 'gives a kingdom with his ten deem this as merely extraordinary nan esteems it the exercise of a virtue of of inexpressible benevolence. But have rd for the spring whence the water flows, life to the true and its branches? Have Ired? It is necessary both to reprehend these feelings. The good man in a high •formance of relative duties, because to n account of the common people. But g whence the impulse comes, with joy to act with zeal in this career of virtue; ds with rapidity, and a vast change is ef- fiedingly different; some fill the imperial ly wishes to do his utmost to accomplish snds on every individual himself. The r the wine into the rich goblet; the poor lain his parents; the men in high stations poor present a pigeon: they rouse each efforts, and the principles implanted by Some things are difficult to he done, 5 the glory of national rule; but the kind ssess, and may increase to an unlimited rite verses appropriate to his vine bower; * his gourd shelter; the prince may sing regards; the poor man can muse on his u same subject, and asleep or awake in- the feeling is instilled into his nature. d to relative virtues, they will be sincere; le common people that does not desire to ut without the upper classes performing desire would have no point from which is said, 'good men in high stations, as a rmies, will lead forward the world to the rred at the court, as is stated in a former before referred to, once in every three s of Muilr.rn C'liitia. ]2A ^.N livcred to the (Criminal Board for trial." iiibjoins the translator, "(if any were 3 always -favored whenever there is any lix .to sir George Staunton's translation emperor Keaking's answer to a propo- ;PS in Tartary. He rejects it because, advantages that might result from such •iion of arms is more congenial to the , as well as of the greatest local neces- rould be a matter of just regret, that too n to literary pursuits should ever divert lore active employments of the military might be reasonably apprehended that ild gradually insinuate themselves into 30 carried on in such remote and unfre- r success may have attended the design :s amongst the Tartars, there is reason prevails amongst the troops within the i edict of Keaking in 1800,* or by that rs which appeared in 1833.1 'oduced examinations and gradations somehwat similar to those for civil eli- 10 o'clock at night (of November 27th, ister,§ " nine guns or petards announc- i the forty-nine fortunate candidates out •nilitary honor of keujin. All the suc- »et on foot six times successively; on rilh the arrow they hit a ball lying on it a gallop; and they were of the first lied battle-axe, and in lifting the stone- 'the forty-nine, their ages and places of norning on a paper, price one pice (qu. lest was forty-five years of age, and the they all performed the same feats, we j order of one, two, three, &c. from first nor, whether a man is rated the first, or the last, makes all the difference in the told in reply, that the preference was n or to gentlemen; for the candidates ho find -their own horses, dresses, arms, :ver get back again, they being the per- il '.... embassy had an opportunity of seeing itions at Nanchang foo, the capital of lap.1. e233. 'hilological purposes, page 102. i of Modern China. 127 rewards for the best qualified; the can- e were six who were classed first, eight 3 one to a third and lowest place." At a ),* two Chinese literati were rewarded for rhaps Latin) official documents, "or Tartar translators, since we find a can- if having " obtained a victory with another assed his examination with the assistance /•as made to rewrite his essay before the ng was found to differ from that which he r, appear to occupy a very small portion of they seem, nevertheless, to be obliged to take certain degrees before they receive ranslation of one of these documents grant- er a long preamble, that" a man, being de- md enter the priesthood, came to our altar : on the first day of the moon; on the fifth, on the eighth, completed the circle of the Is; he perfectly obeys the laws of Fuh, and He has for a long time adorned, adhered ructions of his sect. * * * * Being truly .«t persons will trifle with the laws, and in- ffice without due examination, we have, to \ these written credentials, which any one le of increasing his knowledge may carry ise a more beautiful and seemingly impartial F a magistracy than that which is developed or one, which if it were carried into effect, tie a more consistent and concentrated talent eir affairs, and to the magistracy, greater ve- in the part of the people. It is the only part, i government which, as a general system, is me or other of the great monarchies of past is the only one, perhaps, of their inventions i has not been adopted by other countries, and jction than they were equal to. The United a is, however, to be excepted, as far as its mi- lissicm to which can only be obtained by stu- cademy at West Point, who have passed a The British East India company are also to adopted the principle as far as election to the I to the military service also, and who have sir servants according to their merits through- to this partial operation of the system, effected 15th, 1830. t Canton Register, June, IFtli. 1830. ay 19th, 1829. 'ces of Jlodern China. 1~9 ins there was a majorit) of the learned HI ,'eriiinent. But at this moment, there are lit more than five thousand of the lsms/.e twenty-seven thousand of the keujin gra- •e now waiting to be employed, are those uniiiatioiis since (about 30 years ago). The irt is to give iige to their talent, and prepare s very well known, that before all those on those made at the present day must wait 30 t they are thirty years of age when they ob- and go to the court examinations, and again will be upwards of sixty years of age before f then appointed to office, by the time they there u year, the quinquennial examination are not rejected as old and superannuated, as feeble and stupid; and thus the -sett of ly excluded from office. ;e have plenty of money and are young in : promoted over every body's head, and are •rect and having the talents: our former mo- t: system as beautiful and the intention good, Besides, the rules at the examinations are Jidate must state in writing his descent for he must have five sewtsae graduates to give he must have two other sureties to affix their pecial investigation lest any one should write lest they should be connected with prostitutes, menial servants: and is not all this more than ig the office-buyer, there are no such precau- : asked him about his origin; as soon as the s an office given him; governors and lieute- joiiit! his sureties, and in one year he will actu- s the magistrate Seangyang, a priest, prohibit- 2 office, bought his way to one; the taoutaou •ttiou), from being a mounted highwayman, e; besides others of the vilest parentage, eight cused and brought to light in a few years. Of ipeached, and their numbers are unknown. But cruelty of this class of men are denominated ;e; they covet money and their superiors point ig talents. They are cruel, and inflict severe rcake the people terrified; and their superiors sessing decision: and these are our able officers! ading Yangching's words, and we have been r minds perpetually recurring to them; they nent of the people my heart can labor and toil, he payment of taxes I have no talent for govern- words disclose a reason why his acquirements ilace. n ices of Modern China. 131 i advent at Shiulenou. However, this is a litch Totsin, the accuser of Sung tajin and master and deceived the emperor. But the he fomented ill citunot be reckoned upon s'what we have now stated to be right, and ;overnment, you will realize the designs of ncestors; and the army, the nation, and the se of gladness of heart. Should we be sub- f the hatchet, or suffer death in the boiling ;line it." sd: "The report ofYuen Seen and hiscol- i.l, and shows- them to be faithful statesmen it ate of their country, and who have the spirit F antiquity. Since the days of Yun Chwang- en,such men have scarcely appeared." ow that the sale of office and its consequent to the present time. The sale of both civil us was adopted for one year in 1826, if indeed a soil, in order to meet the expenses of the rying on against the insurgents in Turkestan.* millions of taels. It was renewed again the ihe close of the 8th moon in 1828; and again •ince of Kansuh at least. The evil of the t the next year; for whereas there was a defi ansuh about the commencement of the war in he governor of the adjoining province of Sze- imperor to order the Board of Appointments to jernutneraries to wait for vacancies, inasmuch tnmiy as will last him for several years.|| i the above notices is, that the first steps only tion are purchased; but the Canton Register of ivn sons of the security merchant, Howqua, find gazette of the 21st of January of that year. "One ijin by patent, for having, about eighteen months 00 taels to repair the dikes of a portion of Can- v the inundation which then took place. The liter in his name, has contributed 100,000 taels Tartary, \yhicli the emperor has 'done him the iccept,' and ordered him to put the money iinme- isury. For this liberal contribution, his majesty the son the rank and title of ' director of the salt ally, the Peking gazette; as quoted in a former ository,** announces that the promotion scrip is Nov. 15th, 1827. t Canton Register, March 15th, 1828. May 2d, 1829. § Malacca Observer, March 27th, 1827. Oct. 2d, 1830. April 2d, 1831. iry, vol. 2, page 430. lets of Modern C/iiiia. 133 ;h, multitiules imitating them, and that in r shame is cast oft'. If these evil practices will the classics shortly be neglected and len of talent and knowledge remain, but ease to act honestly and uprightly. The :tices are not of n light description, and to itead of eradicating them, is not the way to n nourishing the people's talents, bent on me to request your majesty's com- ie police footguards (of the. capital), requi- H'ohibitions, and within a fixed period, to irn every work they possess of the aforesaid lar practices are frequent in the provinces, i farther to request your majesty to issue commanding that everywhere these practi- id that at each successive examination, fresh • prohibitions issued; that should any case lave taken place hereafter, besides the indi- LTcly punished, the inattentive local officers public investigation." ply with the vermilion pencil was: "This worthy practices I have already heard of. ng prohibitions, and requiring the sellers (s, it will still be done in name only without mil be done, and what regulations shall be tally to eradicate these illegalities, and to le students, let the ministers of the privy Tribunal of Rites, and Censorate-general, nute deliberation, memorialize. Respect •y is not known, but we may suppose that or we find that the literary examinations nd at Peking are, in 1832,* the occasion d edicts which appear in the Peking ga- are recommended to prevent fraud in the js; but all to no purpose. Where there such dry subjects to be criticised, we may it portion receive very little attention. A candidate at Peking for the rank of tsin- n the first paragraph of which the examin- ation without reading further. One of the circumstance, requested that this mode of Id 'be interdicted. The reply was: "if a jxamirier acts unjustly, he may appeal to mist not presume to print." The keujin but the examiner was subjected to a court i, 18*2 18:?0 of the Chinese Government. 135 : next two are to be reserved us vv itnesses for ed; and the last two are to be strangled after e." irior officer of the Board of Revenue, with a ! on for years a system of selling forged ch- it is ascertained that during the successive y presidents of this board, Kwei Shingtso ) had sold twenty thousand four hundred and . He and his accomplices have been punish- esidents, and other officers who should have ive been visited variously with dismissal, de- alary. Those who are degraded to a lower peror, that if they be faultless for eight years tored." His majesty says he is quite asham- nts, both on their account, and that be can- nploying them. ition of the Penal Code, [sect. 51,] states the ivincial officers of China, upon the authority ilendnr, to be: governors, 11; fooyuens, 15; 18; chancelors, 17; magistrates of cities of cities of the second order, 212; and of the 1781. Allowing these officers to be changed ot to fill similar offices in the provinces a se- uire 35,620 officers to fill all these appoint- fs. Allowing the 20 presidents of the Board to have presided during the same time, then of forged diplomas in their tribunal have suf- an two thirds of the persons qualified for the nit mentioning that of Nganhwuy, and other s. Supposing the officers who had served one :» have survived, and to be translated to impor- pital, or in the dependencies, the number of y obtained rank by means of forged diplomas to fill most of the high offices in the empire. j/ the Chinese government: the supreme go- l councils; the six boards; the office for colo- nsorate; the Tungching sze, a court of repre- al; the Tale sze, a court of criminal justice; mrks on the leading principles of the Chinese h we introduced the second article in our May us that we have failed to set the subject in..a the. (.'kinrst Government. I't7 _• tribunals at Peking. The separation of ffiee of the Nuy K.6 under a distinct clei-ig •n effected within the last thirty years, as ante, keuu-ke chou, in the governmental K6, has at its head four principal and two called ta heosze,* who are alternately Tar- ubordinates nre ten heosze, eight shetuh lentseih, and also a number of secretaries, ble designations of chungshoo, chungshoo The heosze, who are also ex officio niftn- s, are six of them Mnnichoiis, and four employed ns political residents in the coin- ties at court are performed by shctuh he6- Hnnlin college, selected for the purpose. •i> often hold merely nominal seats in the juence of their being otherwise employed ices. The others, residing in Peking, at- , to lay^tiefore him the fiffnirs of the empire, f's Orders thereon. Their duties are, "to of the empire, to set in order and declare of the imperial mind, to regulate the ca- utes, and to watch the great balance of sovereign to regulate the concerns of the of their general duties we extract from sn^or "Collection of Statutes of the Great edition, published in 1822; from which : of the particulars that we are enabled to are of the several parts of the Chinese go- ite details, not only as to the things to be cting the precise mode in which each duty st often cursorily pass over, as being foreign i is to describe the machinery of government i in its extraordinary, operations. if th<; members of the cabinet to preside on ritual observances, ns at the sacrifices to ceased imperial ancestors, the accession to i of an imperiiil consort, &c. Its most pro- sists in the reception of imperial edicts and , and the presentation of memorials. The m the General Council chamber (Keun-ke import but not otherwise, are exposed in the ; copied by the clerks of the various Boards. >d to the Nuy K6 from the proper offices', if sealed envelops, are there copied; and if n Chinese into Mantchou or vice versS.; II remark, that since many of the official titles are ation, we ^hall rarely attempt to give any expla lite Chinese. Government. 139 irrnl Council assemble daily at an early of the courts of the palace, there waiting nperial presence. When in council, the >w cushions laid upon the ground. The the emperor being written down by them, e, transmitted to the Nuy Ko to be made ncial or other affairs that require secrecy Forthwith made up, and sent from the Ge- iled envelop, to the Board of War, to couriers. In all important consultations , and in the decision of important trials, I Council are engaged, either alone or in ipriate Board or court. In time of war duty of obtaining all needful particulnrs jountry through which the troops have to us, &c. for the emperor's information. Of otion, or recorded for meritorious deeds, fid in case of a vacancy, it is the duty of he sovereign the names of those who are lis majesty may select from among them, ouncil are stationed as political residents s; and the remaining members are charg- irder of succession, and of interchange of give these residents a greater degree of the mixed races of people under their coin- is allowances and gifts directly from the il of apportioning and sending these gifts, tl Council are also charged. The distribu- envoys of the Mongol and other foreign i them, with the exception of certain gifts nit, of which the Board of Rites takes cop- c further charged with attention to certain arntion of- imperial narratives, &c. For lose varied duties, there are attached to it ingking. lowing subordinate offices attached to it, e members of the council, with the aid of &.c. 1,- fangleo kwan, an office for the >f important transactions; 2, nuy fanshoo ing books and documents from Chinese into e; and 3, shang-yu choo, an office for ob- s arc carried into effect; it is also a duty of arrangements of the school of historiogra- 'ds, lull Poo. The duties of the imperial observed, either of a general nature, extend- s of government, or else of a nature immp- vcreign; they serve to connect the supreme several subordinate departments ofthe.aj- the Chinese Government. 141 te and record the grants of furloughs on •r causes. 3, ke-heiin sze; the duties of late the temporary retirements from duty I upon aged and sick parents or grandpa- ;ease; to direct the order of succession to id to regulate the changes of names that rs, either in consequence of the wishes of e infringement of certain rules respecting inrtment is attached a minor office for re- fficers, keeping account of fines to which tc. The fourth subordinate department of ize, the duties of which are to regulate the :les, patents of rank, posthumous honors, >elieve, the only government that ennobles their descendants; this peculiar practice servance of paying sacrificial rites to de- :h must always be proportionate to the if the survivor. Hence the parents and not themselves possessed rank, receive it ration of their son or grandson. The pa- es of rank, as well as those for hereditary e office of the yen-fung sze. , Hoo Poo, "has the direction of the terri- f the population, in order to aid the sove- ple." Amona the chief objects to which it ng of duties and taxes, the distribution of the receipt and expenditure of grain and jort by land and water. It regulates the i its divisions into provinces, departments, to compile correct censuses of all the peo- jtions of classes, to obtain admeasurements »ire, to determine the positions of places ide and longitude; and to proportion the Also, to regulate the expenditure of the ; by laying up supplies of grain as a provi- pcople in times of scarcity. At the annual s ploughing and sowing a field of grain, the ide. Attached to it are fourteen subordinate linor office, which is charged with the duty i young Mantchou females as, being free to be introduced into the palace, in order ;ct individuals from among them to become irem. ate departments are charged with the su- &c. of the several provinces, their number 'eighteen, by combining the supervision of Keangsoo as of one province; in the same I under the same supervision as Shense, and e placed under one supervision. Cheihle the (Jhincsc Government. l-lll > anil degree of attention which each is to ng in official capacities, according as they otherwise. It has to direct also the forms .inursi:, including the forms to be observed foreign slates. This department of the to the establishment of the governmental cl the regulation of the public literary ex- he graduates, the distinction of their class- :iniii, ami the privileges of the successful lis department is art office for manufautur- press, and other ladies of the harem, and id the seals of the offices of government. £e-tse sze, is for the superintendence of iiices towards the deities and towards the lis, sages, and worthies; among these we mprovt'd knowledge of astronomy which •opeuns, a detail of the rites to be observed leliver the sun and moon!" This depart- f the funeral rites, and the observances of The third department, that of "host and ur the regulation of observances in inter- princes and foreign monarchs, and in the jutary offerings of the provinces. It regu- !>, tribute, the course by which it is to be :hat are to be returned. It also ordains the rcourse with tributary and foreign states; y mention the general permission granted laihematicians, painters, and other artists, ring through the governor of Canton, who to the emperor, and receives the imperial •egards their individual cases. Attached to erpreter's office, under the superintendence and one other officer of rank. This office terpreters and translators, but has the whole embassies. The fourth department of the it) department of meats and food. It has the ipcrial feasts given on various public oeca- ;iven to princes and to certain lords in wait- .:holil, of the supplies of animals and other inns of animal sacrifices, &,c. ¥6 Poo, is an office attached to the L6 Poo, undvnce of the Mantchou president of that iih an indefinite number of others, princes ijiiiji' musical talents. Their duties are to harmony and melody, to compose musical uiiieiits of music proper for them; also to to tlie various ceremonial, sacrificial, and :h lliey i e required. We confess ourselves c details of theory and nomenclature int the (,'Ainrse Government. 14.5 nts, Hing Poo, "has charge of the penal nts, in order lo nid the sovereign in cor- chief duties are the settlement of penal and appeals; the confirmation or altera- rcgiilation of fines and mulcts. In cases xiii enumerated exceptions, the officers of ihcr criminal courts, and the three deli- he period of the autumnal decisions, they other courts, in order to reconsider the ious provincial judges; these nine conns nine [bodies of] ministers;" they will he /hen we come to remark upon the office . We pass over the distinctions of crimes ey have already been so fully detailed in gant translation of the penal code. The ;eneral business of the Board are the same Is, with the addition of the following: 1, il decisions, for attending to the decisions i all the criminal cases referred from the mnl judgment; 2, the law chambers, for. in the body of the written laws and the , and for preparing all new editions of the ; 3, a prison's court, for the superinten- s; 4, a treasury of fines; and 5, an office •dinary receipts (consisting of certain sums the provinces), and the expenditure of the , Kung Poo, "has the direction of the the empire, arid the charge of expenditure f aiding the sovereign to keep all people te the erection and repairing of all edifices buildings for the use of the public, whether her ninterial; ajid to attend to the manu- sels, instruments, dresses, &.'•.., required for for the observance of sacrificial rites; like- tehes, building of city walls, setting up of erection of imperial mausolei., &.c. It of weights and measures. The offices for isiness are the same as those of the other .ments are the four following, namely: 1, •s of which consist in the care of Buildings, pies, altars, governmental offices, and other so to take charge of, and set a price upon, to government; it has to prepare tents and iperial journeys; the care of all instruments kinds of works, ami of the imperial supplies lion of the duly of this department; four su- re appointed under it, and two of glass ware 19 of ikr. Chinese Government, 1-1? confined in their jurisdiction to Mantchouria, ve come to spenk ol'the provincial govern- >urt for the government ol" foreigners," or its duties are also confined to a port of the imilarly passed over, inasmuch HS several sive governments are under its direction, as ign relations, which must he regarded as af- degree, the general government of the em- :e consist in " the government of the external i of their honors and emoluments, the np- to the court, and the adjustment of their spread abroad1 the majesty and goodness of munition of its duties is sufficient to show oted by the term " external foreigners" (wae tary and subjected tribes without the frontiers ices" of China Proper, and of the "three Mantchouria; and are called external, in tributary tribes in Szechuen, Formosa, and also called fan, foreigners, as distinguished inconstrained by the reforming influences of 'hese barbarians are also like the foreign tri- o classes, external and internal, the latter ued and generally savage mountaineers in Ury, in Kwangtung, Kwangse,- Kweichow, he colonial office regulates the government ricts their journeyings, as regards the space to confine themselves, lest one tribe should ;e of a neighboring one. ft has offices for business similar to those of the six Boards; its peculiar affairs is apportioned among six . Its officers are all Tartars, consisting of , and two slicking or vice-presidents, who are lernumerary shelang who is always a native y retains the office for life. The subordinate the same designations as those of the six iB'tseih sze, has charge of the territorial li- the rank and succession of the princes and Dalian tribes. It superintends their govern- ment of subordinate officers; the allotments linese settlers; the taxation of the people; pinmuniciiiion; it arranges the marriages of sons and daughters, these being usually in- :rial family; it has charge of the urrange- chulkans, or corps, and of receiving trien- iheir oath of fealty: it has charge also of The 2d department, wang-hwuy sze, 'egu- ttf the Chintse. liovernmt.nl. [40 s, in order to cause officers to be diligent in duties, and to render the government of the important affairs of government are submitted f the nine courts (kew king, nine [bodies sorate is one of the nine, the other eight being mgching sze's office, and the Tale sze; and al cases are laid before the t/iree courts, the >f the three, the other two being the Board of Tale sze. On most state occasions, some ot court attend by the siJe of the emperor, and •.eiisions at liberty to express their opinions are two too-yu she, or censors, and four foo censors; these are called censors of the left; mices are ex officio censors of the right; and ors, with the governors of the rivers and in- ex officio deputy censors, also of the right, icers are kingleih, toosze, and clerks. The nts of the Censorate are the luh ko, six classes, ifteen taou, or provinces; and the censors of the city of Peking. The six classes are named each having to attend to the supervision of ich it is named, and also, except the revenue n of some of the other courts of the capital, .lied keihs/.ecliung, and their duties, in addition .if all the courts, consist in the receipt of public Nuy Ko, which they classify and then transmit to which they appertain; and in a half-monthly :rs entered on the archives of each court. On hey are permitted to give their opinions. The n taou have also to attend to the supervision of capital, and the examination of all the archives of id with the duty of looking into all criminal cases Flie third department of the Censorate is confined ity, the duty of its officers being to supervise the the quarrels, and repress the crimes, of the inha- sze's office may be denominated a court of repre- icers are two tungching sze, two deputies, and two • duties are, to receive memorials from tho pro- hem in the hands of the Nuy R6, and to receive the ople from the judgments of local and provincial iperor. This is one of the nine courts. Attached ir attending at the palace gate to await the beating , in conformity with an ancient custom, is placed ints may, by striking it, obtain a hearing. is a criminal court, and court of appeal; and has isting all criminal punishments in the empire." It is mrts for consulting on important governmental mat- the three supreme courts of judicature. In all cases \irnal of Occurrences* 151 once amalgamated with the academy, but traction of the imperial family seems to be ts attention. The officers are two prin- deputies, slmou shensze, besides several urrences. Miifortune of the English bark Corea. ;rk Troughton, captain James Thompson, from , arrived this day in distress. The condition of crew has excited much sympathy among the irs that on the 3d of July, in lat. 20° 21 N., meed a heavy gale from the N.E., which was ind from the S.W. The wind blew to pieces 1, and from the laboring of the ship in the cross carrying with it the fore and mizzen masts, and jletely swept the deck. During the three fol- wt'll worn down by pumping the vessel, and masts. By this time, she was near the Manda- k lying between Haelingshan and Shangchuen hwest of Macao. While near the coast, many d her, and the men being permitted to come on :rew, had marked too well their exhausted state, if the bark. On the evening of the 6th of July, e taking supper, the captain and the first officer, suddenly found two large native boats near ly around the vessel having left before night. aider the stern one on each side, threw a volley and came forward with spears. The work of r done, as she lay stripped of her bulwarks very tcfore the captain and mate, who ran into the ;et up, the deck waus filled with more than two tnivcs and long bamboos pointed with iron. As i they met was the cook, whom they gave fif- one of the seamen was also somewhat injured. uparl, but the captain and mate, together with )r nearly an hour and a half prevented their de- ng at them with pistols. But the robbers tore m-way, and through them with their long spears, and partitions, and severely wounded the cap- assailants from want of proper ammunition, i blood, and almost suffocated by the smoke fire thrown down by the pirates into the cabin, ey must be butchered or burned alive, determin- this purpose they threw into the fire succes- iich, however, produced no great effect, owing to :ompanion-way, and the windows. One of the Till, : REPOSITORY, AUGUST, 1835, —Mo 4. kauu ko, or A brief inquiry concerning Names: character and object of the work i China, and the manner of writing them; lity, with the terms used to express them. lid, and has generally been believed, by inhabitants of the Chinese empire there are fli;rciit names of families. This erroneous led currcney by the title of the book before ains four hundred and fifty-four surnames, ead of one hundred, as its title seems to hundred surnames,' is used to denote the 1 a hundred,' being used according to the II. The Pih Kea Sing was compiled by he commentators on the Trimetrical Clas- e it very much resembles that work, with imposed in tetrameters, while the Santsze characters in each line. The text, with : four last characters in the book, which 'eader 'the end of the Hundred Family jut one unbroken series of surnames. Of .indeed and fifty-four as above slated, four re expressed by it single character; while :prusscd by two, and hence are called fuh From these remarks it appears evident jtliiii" more than a catalogue of names, :iiical order so as to assist the student in y. That our readers may the better un- fork., and see how well it is fitted for the ion, e will here introduce a :<]>('<:iiiieii first lines in the book: ing, or Hundred Family ^iames, ]i>~> lunl name, corresponding to our rhristian uish persons of the snrne family i>r who have These names :ire various, being frequently and circumstances of different individuals. Ing, 'milk name,' or that which is given to while at its mother's breast. Custom requires jceive its name with prescribed ceremonies On the day appointed for this ceremony, ttd shaved, is dressed in clean clothes; the the Goddess of Mercy; and the father pro- >f the child in the presence of friends who are he transaction. After these formalities are vho are present join in festivities. The shoo is given to the boy by his master when he ance at school; and hence might with pro- jchool name. When for the first time the lad i, his teacher, kneeling down before a piece of written the name of some one or other of the >plicates their blessing on his pupil. He then me, or stands by its side, while the boy pays ng, rising, and again kneeling, and bowing his j. (See Morrison's Dictionary, part I, volume ibed ceremonies observed by the Chinese in children; they are, however, we apprehend, med. Both of these names, that given in in- on entering school, may consist of one or more to the taste of the parties concerned; nor are ted from among those already in use, but may : with reference to some circumstance of the .nee, prospects, &c. The joo ming, for exani- e that the person bearing it is the third, or fifth, lily: if he is the ninth, he may be called Akew, n; another may he called Aluh, that is, 'the are named in the same way. Frequently those oolname' prefer it to the joo ming; in such lowed to go into disuse: sometimes, however, it iloyed instead of the shoo ming. The names lose who enter on a literary career are recorded ;e any error or irregularity in this respect would venience. Moreover, it is from the ranks of the at the aspirant usually enters the list of govern- (1 when he does so, he then takes another new ming,' official name.' All persons of whatever y way connected with the government, have an 'equently taken by the husband at the tirr.e of his tersnn on coming of Hge. This is indicated by ivhich has sometimes been rendered 'epithet;' i>r 11 uiitli I'd Family Names, !;">? nnxiiit; the Chinese, for strangers to in- es nnil surnames. "May I presume to a stranger, " what is your noble surname 'The other, if it were the person above name of my cold (or poor) familv i.s Lno, /'licmin." The son in the presence of his his father's name, if he can possibly avoid ihnself lie usually employs his own name my, me. In like manner, in speaking to es, the Chinese avoid the use of the pro- ng, " Is your father well?" they prefer >red one well?" To which the reply is, is well." A similar style is employed hv uette of which, according to Chinese 110- ter that of a family. It should be'noted marks must be limited to Chinese: the nform to the same rules. For example, teeman, Nayenching, must not he written I v a name, and not a name and a surname. briefly, of the degrees of consanguinity, i the Chinese use to express them. We five relations, and the ten moral duties, I ties.1 The nine degrees of consanguin- )od, are thus defined by a modern writer. ly father is one; my grandfather one; my my great-great-grandfather one. Thus My son is one class; my grandson one; id my great-great-grandson one. Thus w me. These in all, hiyself included, I'd," and constitute the nine generations, id the same common ancestor. It will 0 specify all the terms which the Chinese 1 persons of their near and more distant re the principal in common use. ointly, are called s/noang tsin, 'double id tirh tsin, 'the two relations:' father foo; my father, by foo tsin, 'father rela- >f the family:' in polite diction, ling tsun, >« jiu l;cd, 'the aged man of the family,' )te your father: 'mother is denoted by in, 'mother relation;' or Ice'd moo, ' niolh- tc, 'noble tender one,' and ling tang, re the terms used to denote your mother, by t/ang foo and i/fing moo, 'the father ie child. Stepfather and stepmother are :moo; ke literally denotes a line of sue- „• nalr those who take the rank of parents , a son, win) has been bereaved of his tarries a second time; calls the person s;o , or Hundred family Aa/ncs. 15!) •cd recognized by the Chinese, as well as. it amount of their population, have seldom ion of foreigners, who have visited this kindred, or consanguinity, are considered 1 and the other collateral. The nine de- .rc recorded according to the lineal acale, hic.h have descended in a direct line from i, and so forth. In this view the number surprisingly great. Take for illustration, le degrees of kindred enumerated by the s ancestors in the ninth generation would re, and reckoning from his parents up- tin- nine generations they would amount •-two. The number of collateral kindred f generations is still more surprising. In in a clear light, and to show with what nd will increase, where the succession is las been in this country, we subjoin the TABLE II cestors. Collateral Degrees. No. of Kindred, 2 1 1 ....4 2 4 -.-.8 3 16 ---16 4 64 ---32 5 256 ... 64 6 1,024 -.128 7 4,096 -.256 8 16,384 -.- 512 9 65,536 -1,024 10 262,144 .2,048 11 1,048,576 . 4,096 12 4,194,304 .8,192 13 16,777,2)6 16,384 14 67,108,864 32,768 15 268,435,456 65i536 16 1,073,741,824 31,072 17 4,294,967,296 62,144 18 17,179,869,184 24,288 19 68,719,476,736 18,576 20 274,877,906,944 >nsanguinity, as exhibited in the first of "So many different bloods is a man said ; hath lineal ancestors. Of these he hath :gree, his own parents; he hath four in his father and the parents of his mother; , the parents of his two grandfathers d by the same rule of progression, he 024 in the tenth; and at the twentieth ancestors." ( See sir William Black- We must be careful to remember,' con- :es of Modern China. 161 :.»>» to prevent their officers acquiring undue 5. Nityenching,* when governor of Shense iiited out the inconvenience of this rule in ne military. "The fixed regulations," says .hat general officers of the first and second apply for permission to present themselves ree years. The ohject of this was to enable •lights on his sovereign, and to afford to the bestowing his regards on his servant. In the which are near to Peking, the time consumed ind buck again is inconsiderable, and the ex- ire therefore moderate; but in the frontier &.C., which are several thousand tc distant fticers proceeding to court are harassed by .trney; besides which their duties remain at igth of time. The uncorrupt pay of mili- rge, and quite inadequate to the charges of refore, likely that improper and corrupt prac- o, in order to supply the necessary expense*." lan applied! tne same year for leave to retain :id his three years of service, who was engaged •s and lines of communication on the Burman uU the rule had already been relaxed by Reii- ar between the British government in India and jt in the beginning of 1824. The rule is occa- civil officers of high rank as well as with the sre has been several instances in the governors case with the present incumbent, gov. Loo. ntaiiis many more similar checks, the most ef- perhnps the prohibition to an officer to hold lative province, or to marry or hold landed pos- t under his control.§ The isulatiun to which ality, is indebted almost as much as the British I as u principle of government, and maintained iipt to cut off communication, as far as possible, lals who compose it. The code provides penal- \iit their stations without leave; who do not pro- itinents without delay ;|| who do not proceed to their superiors in due season; who cabal or who wlio collude with the officers at court or address ing enactcil in 1799,fl that the principal officers of :rson mentioned on page 67, and there incorrectly culled > simply Na. e Iloyal Asiatic Society, vol. 1, page lOfi. » Royal Asiatic Society, vol 1, page 5J55. tiouoithe Penal Code. ^ects. 114 and 110 'the violation of this rule and the penalty of it, sec Chinese a, p. 364. icorgc sitauiitou'i narrative of the Chinc>e embassy to the nrgou'hs Votir.f.s i>f .Muilern t'/n» at once of the intention to provide for lijm- d, by other means than his legal perquisites, the the Repository|| announces that one of the prin- ts, or more probably, his predecessor's office, is an accusation of extortion, notwithstanding the .Mie officer in charge of collecting customs and responsible for arrears in the dues of his depart- -ng, who was installed into the office of hoppo in merlyti been collector of customs at the Hwae- in Keangnan, where he had incurred an arrear collections of 217,596 taels. It appears by the the new hoppo had by the middle of the follow- ly two instalments of J0,000 taels each, and had a farther portion of 30,000 taels ready for trans- Anolher instalment!}: of 20,000 taels is an- same time in the following year. Chung's zeal >ped his discretion; for the emperor, finding him ,er, now saddled him with one half of the arrears ung's successor at the Hwaekwan custom-house, i full to 34,000 taels. It is no matter of surprise i term in office extended, or that he is spoken§§ )f the year 1833, as paying another dividend of Canton Register says of him on this occasion, office must be enormous. The Chinese guess of these at from $200,000 to $300,000 yearly, f>posed to go to Peking in the shape of offerings a renewal of the term, or of presents to influential nee in procuring protection, in case of complaint Chung's first appearance in Canton, he is said :h him his wife,|||| "a person of great abilities, well •y. vol. 3, page 203. Oct. 17th. 1832. t Malacca Observer. May 22d, 1827. ry. vol. !i, page 440. •y. vol. 3 . page 48H. 1 Penal ( 'ode, sect 344. 148. tt f 'antnn Register, Aug. 2f>th. 1830. AHS;. an. 1831. i$ Cantim Kegister. Sept. 16th. 1833. Jan. 4th. 1R30. Vutires of Mmli'rn China. 16/i to his not having "taken proper cnre of the haviiiir indulged his disposition until he became 1 "1 can only look up," adds the admiral,* "and I kindness to command my son to be tried with 'lie governor of Peking requested to be punished > complied with.t Three other cases of self- with: one on the part of an officer who was *; Yellow river;J nuother by his majesty's cook, >o late in presenting Ins bill of fare ;§—we may mer was well dressed that day, for the cook was is that of general ;ff<*|| (the very intelligent man, II tlic diplomatic arts of mandarins whom Gutz- :ls, page 245), who reported in 1830 that the em- ig to make a call upon the reigning empress, was gate by the porters. He requests, therefore, that ', meaning perhaps the porters and himself, be uf inquiry for not anticipating the catastrophe, iposes the duty of self-confession upon himself vate infliction, public calamity, or insurrection force hiiu to deprecate the wrath of heaven. If object, he generally takes care to shift the of his ministers or officers. On occasion 317, the emperor Keakiug put forth a document^ cli he said: "The r<-mi.ssness and sloth of the lent constitute an evil which has long been accu- t the evil of a day: for several years I have given ulmnnitions on the subject, and have punished have been discovered; so that recently there ap- vement, and for several seasons the weather has 'he drought this season is not perhaps entirely on officers') account. I have meditated upon it and t the reason why the azure heavens above mani- by withholding rain for a few hundred miles only I, is, that the fifty and more rebels who escaped, where near Peking. Hence it is, that fertile va- 1, and the felicitous harmony of the seasons in- :quitur was not conclusive, apparently, even to his : find him puzzling himself again the following ause of a hurricane.** About 7 o'clock in the eve- May, a storm arose suddenly from the S.E., which .vens and involved the capita', in a cloud of sand, hat objects were indistinguishable in the houses Since the Chinese have a word nine, to express this : might suppose it to be too common an occurrence , April 19th, 1831. t Chinese Repository, vol. 1, page 29f>. :r, Dec. ISlh. 1827. (, Canton Register, May, 15th, ItfliO. , April Kith, 18HO. 11 Indochinese Gleaner, Aug. 1818. aner, Oct 1818. page 17.1. if tic Langua.gr fur the Chinese, 16? tetic language for the Chinese; disadvantages ritten character; inconveniences and difficulties ew language; with remarks on the importance language, and means of introducing it. ibor under great disadvantages in consequence ; of their written language, is obvious to every ill upon the subject; but those disadvantages number and magnitude as we reflect more (In- ly upon them. The following are some of the •arly education. No book can be read and un- s and significations of several hundred charac- re very complicated and difficult, have been y. This, probably, has led the Chinese gene- minencement of education, till the child is six B. An earlier application of the mind to that which it is absolutely necessary to commence, ubtless found by experience to be, unfavorable children at that tender age, and to their future rhe infant mind demands variety in its employ- ent in its efforts. The task of committing to and forms of thousands upon thousands of black neaning is attached, can furnish little of either; be deferred till the mental faculties have acquir- 1 firmness. In consequence of this, the young n the knowledge and mental cultivation, which, eculiarity of their language, they might obtain; i habits of idleness; are much exposed to the mny; and as they lounge about their parents, or isee, and stroll through the streets, they see and il is prevalent among the worst part of the com- mind is filled with evil before any regular effort with its proper aliment, the wholesome nourish- ivity. When the time at. length arrives, at which ier for the child to begin to read, he still requires sty of employments for pleasureable excitement he bare learning of characters can afford him. jf unnatural and overstrained exertion of a sin- e is called upon to make, are known to every j attentively the Chinese mind. Some acquire a to memory, and perhaps this single faculty may ;h there is much danger of its being an unshapely, I, improvement, which gives it no advantage for irning to con over books; but the minds of the sutli thus trained must necessarily be much warp- bctic Language for the Chinese. 169 jelieve, be taught in such a way as greatly to f them. Instead of the practice now in vogue, eries of school books proceeding gradually from rs, and such as designate things and ideas fami- id, to those which are more complicated, and let every word learned according to the method le best schools in Europe and America, uniting n such anecdotes and useful information aa the ; and a considerable proportion of the tedium ant upon the present course of education, would uch, perhaps one half, would remain, as we con- onuected with the nature of the language; and would add one half to the value of the education ; youth by the best course of instruction of which is now written, is capable. We have thus noticed hat would be removed by the introduction of an 3. The benefits that would result from it, are se evils, and cannot fail to be sufficiently obvious it us next look at some of the inconveniences I such a change. books note in use. This would be a considera- :o a single generation; but could a new written need at once, the next generation would suffer nothing, by the change. All that is valuable in )e rewritten in the new character, and republished. slves would become useless only just in proportion >f the new kind of writing. This, while it would miences, might be made the occasion of purifying ihina from that immense mass of error in history, ihy, and almost everything else, which now dark- ,s pages; and could the change take place under cious men, it would be an advantage to the nation, antage, to lose at least one half of the contents of use. / whatever advantages the Chinese has over al- :s. What those advantages are, and of how much hall not attempt to show definitely. We only re- that the written language has some of the advan- glyphic language in combination with a part of ihabetic. It is perhaps a more perfect medium of cation among them, than any substitute can be. us advantage would doubtless be more than coun- ho possession of an alphabetic language, uniting poken languages, which are now somewhat distinct, fhich would often result from the mere translation into sounds designated by letters, would lead to nt use of doublets and triplets, as they are accus- onversation. This would render their books easier id, and thus in no small degree facilitate the diffu- uowlcdge. etic Language for the Chinese.. 171 connection in which they stand, and the into- .ions of the speaker. The suhject treated of, ; of thought would commonly enable the reader y the meaning of the writer. This is illustrated ellings (if we may be allowed to use the term,) :se writing, one character being used for another •ithout creating ambiguity. This arises often e of the characters, the consequence of igno- a simple character is used in place of a more sake of brevity. Moreover, the use of accents ;, to indicate the intonations and inflections of lily be done in an alphabetic language, would imbiguity which would otherwise exist in books. s of the people in favor of their present lan- i retard the progress of the change, and perhaps r many years; but to retard it would be their •ould at length vanish before the force of truth •wledge like clouds of mist before the morning ent so great and su obvious never fails in pro- i its way into general use through every preju- learning the new character. This would for ;d to that of learning the old. Many who have .nowledge of the present written character, would 'one. But their task would not be difficult, ilphabet even of sixty or a hundred characters, ii ew days. that the Chinese have an alphabetic language, by whom shall it be made'!—a question which it ly one acquainted with the history and genius of •IT. It might almost be said that there is no in- They can copy and imitate, when old custom, on do not forbid; but they seldom presume to istom, or think of improving the doings of their ing. The work we have in view must, therefore, •signer, or by a native who has come so fully under to have lost the mental immobility characteristic and acquired some good degree of that vigor of f enterprise, and firmness of purpose, which be- in character, and have obtained also knowledge guages to give him the idea of an alphabet, than re more difficult for a Chinese to learn. Such a found, would doubtless be better qualified to form uage, and would be enabled to introduce it to the trymen more advantageously, than any foreigner. I make such an inroad upon the dominions of old whether he be of native or foreign birth, must ex- ipposition of the most discouraging nature. But tuiil experiment that the Chinese language can ftic tMnguagt foi tin C'liinfsf. l?:l •c oonsidcrrcl those dialects as distinct. And ;e does this diversity exist more extensively 3f FuliketJn, (to which dinlect tins paper more ut still a connection between the two is strik- and diversity may be noticed under the three : I, sounds in the written dialect where there sounds in the oral; consequently the oral rc- .ids; as tay-aou, a tea-cup: ~, sounds in the • there are corresponding sounds in the oral, or less substituted for the former, as the speak- juninted with the written sounds; as bin clian, 3r been chee'n: 3, sounds iu the oral dialect, >rresponding sounds in the written; i. e. if such by characters,—either, (I,) those characters are i'oiild be selected to say the same thing in the 2,) those characters are only indicative of sound, irey the meaning of the oral sounds; as j^ f-£, the eye,' whereas the pupil of the eye would be jhoo. In such phraseology as conies under No. ion between the written and oral dialects, with eh as come under'No. 2, there is an intimate arked diversity; and in such phraseology as be- is no more connection between the two dialects the Chinese and any other language: for hoe" :onnection with ang A, than the same word has incation. ution and diversity of the two dialects are not id, until we have shown how they agree and dis- particular, No. 2. One illustration will answer ose. In forming the oral sounds from such writ- n eng, the following rules may be observed. >1 eng is for the most part changed into eNa. is is the only change, as, changed to keNa, to alarm; changed to seNa, wise; changed to te'Na, to fix; ;ng changed to ch'he'N4, to sit. few the tone is also changed, as, ig changed to t'heNa, to hear. : the initial is also changed, as, ; changed to che'N£i, right; ; changed to keNa, to travel, g is sometimes changed into aiNG, as, ; changed to szliNO, a surname; » changed to paiNG, to pacify. njf is occasionally changed into an, as, ng changed into chart, a surname. Language far the Chinese.. 17.1 by some mark such as the Greek point at Iwnys be placed at the completion of an as many points as distinct ideas in the 4 ng,* b6 l&ng* ts in the empire. It is written in language d by the learned, and contains a considera- s, which often run into one another by eli- er as in the Greek, tlock of wood. The king being informed that his i birth lo a log of wood instead of a son, was much igry, and ordered the royal executioner to take her .(» her existence; but being persuaded by the envi- ah, he changed his command, and directed that she the servant of his cook, and employed to draw wa- ;e and fish. woman who had taken the child and shut it up in a 0 be carried seven days distance into the jungle, and radanggna tree. A taywah, who dwelt in that tree, ome and dig a hole to bury a box tinder it, thought "What is this, silver, gold, cloth, or what? 1 will ;e." Having opened the box, and examined it, he ?d the bud of deity.* So he uttered a prayer that from the ends of his fingers, which immediately thus the child was supported in the jungle. He rne of Chan Nah wiin, chan signifying lord, and nah 'hen the narrative proceeds to give an account of the abuse, and beatings which Pa lee kah received while to the cook. After that is a chapter respecting the .a 16 mail. The whole country was put in an uproar er child,—as fate followed dark designs, and those : disclosed to the king by the evil spirit who prevent- itil the kinw had appeased his wrath by begging e kali. On his appearance, the child was named Fall wiin lived with his guardian taywah in the jungle, 1 years old; and as the taywah knew that the time ation had come, he recommended his proteg6 to seek person that would instruct him in a knowledge of ich would be important to him, especially the sacred owever, did not exist till many thousands of years This teacher he met in the person of an old hermit, he found after traveling fifteen days with sore and Here, after seven months' study, he made himself ar with the sacred Pali books. He then set out in other through pathless deserts, guided only by the is in Hemawon or the desert of Gobi.] After jo\ir- ;e months, he came to a tank, garded by a monster .""he male was absent when Nah wiin came, but his , beat him dreadfully, shut him up in a cage of iron, e intended to preserve him until her husband's return, d eat him. On the return of the male he was much e benuty and apparent intelligence of his prey, and iposed to be certain infallible signs by which n being may be lined lo become a Bndha, lung before his nctnal manifestation; are discovered, be is designated as Ibe " Bud of Deity." ilous monsters, supposed to resemble human beings, but of ons, and cannibal propensities. They make a very conspicuous ological machinery of the Budhists. f-Jovernnteni i>f Peking. 181 in iron eage, where he lived three years, Eventually, however, he was brought forth s HIuli*>nee of monsters, who bowed before ereiiee, ami brought him so many presents >re tltmi six feet high. The king [of the y&ks] it marriage to Nah wiin with ceremonies of ; and site most tiflectionately and dutifully her Imsliaml in search of his two mothers. .1.. •e. of the Chinese government; offices at Peking the. city government; the Taechang sze, a sac- \ Tat.puh sze, for rearing horses; the Kwang- irection of imperial banquets; the Hungloo sze, ;e; the Kwo-tsze. keen, a. national, college; the r astronomical college; the. Tae E yutn, or me- Tsung-jin foo, for governing the imperial kin- woo foo, for controling the imperial household; military court of the eight banners; with other the Tartar forces. ;Y we noticed the structure of those parts of the 'ii, the functions of which are of a general clia- parta of the empire. We now proceed to consider institutions, located in the capital, of which the liuiilcd nature, confined to the court itself, or to its . Such are the offices of the city government; rts for regulating sacrificial rites and observances, horses, &c.; a national seminary; a mathematical allege; a medical board; nn establishment for the j imperial kindred; an office for conducting the in- le palace; tlie body guards; and the military court ers, with several minor military offices of artillery, f these we must turn our attention separately and in northern capital,' is the chief city of the department ; but it is not like similar chief cities of departments rest of the empire, governed merely by a foo magis- ;r of one of the six Boards is appointed superintend- (111(1 subordinate to him is a fooyin or mayor. Their in "having; charge of the affairs of the metropolitan le purpose of extending good government to it? four ley liave under tliem two been magistrates, each liten overtime/it of Peking. 183 ationul college; this institution and those it, tlie astronomical college and the rnedi- ive been noticed in our last number, as haracter." There are, however, two things ;uce us to prefer the present arrangement; >nal and not local, yet they do not at all incut; and secondly, because, unlike the : already noticed, their office holders do not ovit'me of promotion. With respect to the lal college, we cannot enter into particulars explanation of the Chinese literary system, idy are language and general learning, the id his followers, and mathematics; in each ere are distinct teachers. The chief officers perintendent, either Mantchou or Chinese, ministers of the Councils or of the six Board.", lou and Chinese, called tsetsew, and three i, a Chinese, and a Mongol, called szenee. ;e are departments for the education of the Russians, in Chinese, Mantchou, and Mongol , or imperial astronomical college, is, we be- ![JJ inded since the arrival of the Catholic mission- ivj objects of its attention are, however, as much )J3 of an astronomical nature, if indeed the former ••< inance. The college is under the direction of isters; and of two principals, one a Mantchou, j'~ lese or European, and four assistants, viz. a e, and two Europeans. Their duties are " to -.. ent of times, and the movements [of the heavenly •['.'• ittnin conformity with the celestial periods, and ffi' lion of time among men: all things relating to .:;:: selection of days are also under their charge." !»n leories of the Chinese consist, in a great degree, jjjj their own previously conceived notions with the las been imparted to them by Europeans. Their |*~t it in the annual preparation of an almanac, in j'jjj the celestial phenomena, the periods of sunrise j'l3 :r with numerous astrological absurdities; also in ;3>* \'s and hours for public acts, especially sacrifices, '•"','.'. in of a few pupils; and the care of an observatory. '«J2 of science in this, as in all their other institu- mght of: yet were there any spirit of search after ight look for some valuable results to arise from the on of the heavens which is, or, at least by law, ought- i the imperial observatory. Geometry, trigonome- ner branches of mathematics, meet with a little at* latitudes and longitudes of places are determined e college: but the greatest part of this work has been vovcrnmcnt of Peking. 185 cr of the imperial clan,' an appellation on an equality with civil officers of the erial princesses there are seven classes; to the Mongol princes, but sometimes also 11 the junior members, who have not yet yet of .- -;e, have to undergo quarterly ex- ercises, under the direction of the heads of nate government of the imperial clansmen placed over them, whose province it is to i. In all civil or military appointments of punishments inflicted upon them, the office » be consulted. The lighter kind of punish- subject is a tine; the severer kind is con- thought at any lime an insufficient piinish- i to be made to the emperor. Several minor d to the office, for the preparation and care j subordinate departments for attending to Hireling the imperial clansmen. There are place of confinement, under the charge of eminaries, one for each class of the imperial r office of internal affairs, under an indefinite great ministers, is for the control and govern- 1 'Paou-e of the three banners' (a class of r regulating the restrictions of the palace. All ritual, military, penal, and operative, connected ihold, are conducted under the orders of the of- foo. It is the duty of these officers to attend the on various sacrificial occasions; and one of ting upon the imperial consorts and other ladies j;oing from or returning to the palace. Whim i and daughters are married, their households control of the Nuy-woo too :—but of daughters got princes, this is to be understood only when 'eking. These officers have likewise, in con- iif Civil Office and of War, the appointment and imerous civil and military officers of subordinate i the imperial household. Attached to the Nuy- mte deparments, called sze, under the direction ulang and yuen waelang on the same plan as rds: there are besides several minor offices. ifints, the 1st is Kioang-choo sze, or the depart- . has the direction of a treasury and five deposi- ts and receipts therefrom; the five depositories are silks, dresses, and tea and ginseng. Portraits ipresses, sages, worthies, and celebrated ministers ns are deposited in one of the halls of the palace, he officers of ihis department; whose province it inch presents as the emperor mny wish to make, . 24 r»'ovf.rnmeiit of Peking. 187 iroper quarters,, tlmt the streets and roads Attached to this department are six de- >n, of tent equipage, of vessels, instruments, wood, and of charcoal; and the materials nanship, in iron, painting, and gunnery. of the palace are carried on under the sti- ber of eunuchs. 6, King-fung sze: this the superintendence of ' a great minister' in jfficers. It lias charge of the breeding of rflts about Canton. 189 tlies in tliecnpitnl are also attached to the. we enter upon the subject of the Intter, out of place. They are 1, the tseen-fung ted from the bravest of the Mantchou and vo cnmmanders called turigling; 2, hoo- •nii of each corps, selected from among their glit commanders, or one for ench corps; • infantry; this is nn armed police, for pro- a commander and two lieut.-generals; 4, tillery under the commanders selected only Mongol troops; 5, keen-juy ying, a body of >anded; 6, hing ying, a troop for attending eling; 7, heang-taou choo, a troop of pio- ig ying, a body of Inncers. There are also d hound keepers, and a body of combatants, archers, &c.—Thus we have completed our id local officers at Peking, and here we leave .her remark, in the hands of our readers. hunt Canton: the tea shrub in Hunan; cir- the chapel; residence of the Siamese embas- pttppct-shows; a feast; house of mourning; ill; laborers standing in the market-place. private journal. THE island of Honan, situated on the ' south to the foreign factories, is many miles in extent, ierable variety of trees and shrubbery. Among rub, which cannot fail to attract the attention reler. Having received a very polite invitation the tea plantations in Honan, I stepped into a ng merchants, under the direction of an old and We dropped down the river with the tide three ;ntered a creek, which we ascended till we came ,nd there leaving our boat we reached, in about >ur plnce of destination. The tea, though not extent, affords a tolerable specimen of the man- >roduced in the more northern parts of the em- so in Honan, as well as on this side of the river :he city, establishments for curing tea. In these of'hands'—men, women, and children, employ- aratus in picking, cleansing, fifing, and packing, n for the market. Wednesday, June ]7fh. allcs about Canton. 191 for which the Siamese are 'said to be' his niternoon to visit the residence of the >f Siam. Having made my way up into westward, and passed on about ten rods corner of 'Shoe street,' where I came to e north. This led me to the embassador's of which is written in large Chinese cha- g kwan, 'residence of the Siamese tribute- ablishment is in ruins. One of the overseers, •. to the apartment of the chief embassador, tig opium, and so stupefied as to be almost n. in is the most common punishment in China. ted by the lowest officers or servants of the dispatch, and without the least regard to any ace. A poor ignorant person led on by his pt; then driven by hunger he has recourse to in food; the officers of the police seize him, «>oty is still with him, pinion him, strip of}' •e, to be so clad; then with a chain or cord inns, and a soldier before him beating a gong, id him with a rattan beating his bare buck, he he streets and market-places to be a terror to ie last few days I have seen several persons One I saw to-day so beaten that the blood run ime 29urselves among a crowd of sturdy carpenters and work right lustily. The two principal apartments two or three rows of tables; round each of which vere seated. The chandeliers were lighted up; e circulating briskly. The assembly was as noisy about Canton. 193 mills were being repaired,—the upper ones lower ones that their faces might be ' peck- stones were of granite, and their faces were ere divided into eight sections, and in such a •ain a centrifugal motion as the stones move European notions it is judged best that the supported by an axis, or some other contri- ice between the two may be adjusted accor- tich it is intended to produce in the meal or Chinese no such machinery is deemed ne- of the upper stone is allowed to rest directly e; but the motion of the mill is so slow that n no great injury is occasioned, either to the All the grain that I saw in the mill was ;ood quality. •» the market-place. Early this morning, while g the tubs, baskets, temporary stalls, etc., which street at a market-place near one of the gates found myself surrounded by a gang of coolies, >er. Some of them were standing up; others Their only implements were bamboo poles, with to them. Some of them were shod with san- grass; and others were barefooted. They were , or any other kind of covering for their heads; its on their bodies were a light pair of trowsers, r jacket; indeed, only a few of them had any : all idle, except that their tongues were busy in ig remarks on those who were at the market, or street. During the morning, and even till past of men are often to be seen collected lit the cor- narket-places, and gates of the city. On inquiry, job and day laborers, formed into companies, espective districts. They take the place of beasts im the right of doing all of certain kinds of work e in the streets, or landing places, where they diction. Their muscular power is sometimes very re the most healthy and robust class of men that I a. Their custom of " standing idle in the market- mt of the laborers mentioned in the gospel of Mat- i whom I saw this morning were all standing idle, had hired them.' Saturday, July 18th. lAtfrnry Notices. 195 'hansigars found a delight and a pastime in bis seems more probable, as I found from nch I collected a few examples, since lost), names for the convulsive struggles of their 1 as for murder, the noose [which they inva- le different acts attending their diabolica one of the tribe, repeated them to me with he, as well as most of the other females, made ion, and appeared to think that there was Yhen asked of what caste they were? They How do you get your livelihood? Byp'hatt- ashamed of your way of life? have you never e 1 No, this is the same trade that our fathers p'ha.nsigdr, how are we to live 1" * * * aineil Develat had a married daughter (Laksh- > house, and who had been confined of her first when she was suddenly missed. The infant e, hut no search was successful in discovering er. It was at last remembered by some mem- ton the morning of the day on which the girl shiidgdrshid hnd been at the house, and had .;vt:rul of the inmates. Knowing the habits of ensions and anxiety regarding the fate of the :xcited to their height, as it was deemed beyond een enticed awny, and had fallen a victim to the was immediately seized; but nothing could bet i" she denied ever having seen the girl. In the the inquiries and cross-questioning of the friends, :ted in the mildest manner, some words dropped ;arding a neighboring tank. This induced the there, and to examine its waters, in which the nate girl was quickly found; the sinews from the wrists, had been extracted, but no further marks isible. The event was now made known to the it the shudgdrshid continued firm in her denial of the affair, nor was any other information regard- e unhappy Lakshmi ever obtained." ie Vocabulary of the Chinese, Corcan, and Ja- g vocabulary," says the translator, in his preface, e been originally composed by a native of Corea, f facilitating the acquisition of the Japanese lan- f his countrymen who should visit Japan; and as «>i«« is common to both nations, he has made that •orh. Thus the Chinese character is first written page, then follows the sound of that character, ex- n letters; after that comes the Corean word, both r and learned idioms; and finally, the Japanese; all rcaii letters. That which has been aimed ut in the / of Occurrences. 197 ide, nearly or quite equaling that which is car- h instuiit. there were at Whampoa only 13 ships, i the 11th, there were 18 al Wlianipon, and 23 at 19 in the one, and 23 in the other place: at the in port at \Vhampoa, and 27 outside at Lintin, or ihould be remembered, however, that most of > VVhumpoa. Lintiu being the principal ancho- •e generally reported to be at that place, when in ner anchorages; which is usually the case during t, and September, in which typhoons are expected. psing moon, (or more properly Kapshuy moon j age of the fleet during this season; but being diffi- e prevalence of'chowchow water,' another ancho- l two years ago by part of the fleet. Circumstances, is to mention, prevented it from being visited last , the increasing amount of business ' outside,' has ,', if not all, of the ships to enter Kumsing moon, his secure and beautiful anchorage is situated almost iwelve miles from Lintin; it is nearly the same dis- rated, by a strait running between Heangshun, and K.eaou (or Keow). The northern end of the strait is •h there is sufficient water to permit the passage-boats Macno to sail through nt all times without danger. »ee is from the east; and on one side of it there is The current through it, as might be supposed, is very lentioned that Kumsing moon is likely to become the Ihe whole of the year. d 6th of the current month was experienced one of the .vn on the coasts of China. In that which occurred in 8.30. On the 3d of August, 1832, it fell to 28.10, and by lower point. During the late storm it stood at 28.05. A on the evening of the 5th, after three or four days of lortherly winds, and continued to the afternoon of the was the greatest at about two o'clock on the morning ir occasioned by the storm at Canton was small; but it moon, Macao, and elsewhere on the coast. The fol- been collected from various sources, but chiefly from he Portuguese brig Santa Anna, was dismasted. The irted her cables, and was carried by the united force of le beach, high and dry. f the island Pootoy, the Danish bark Maria, was wrecked; le of whom were Danes, were lost. The captain, mate, id two Chinese, were saved. The Governor Fimllay, was ds, coining in from the eastward, and cut away all her masts. ins, was dismasted near Lantao. Another British ship, the i shore in the Typa. Two Spanish vessels in the mouth acao, were driven on shore; and two Portuguese Iprchas for carrying cargo, were totally wrecked, and the crew of .. The St. George, one of the European passage-boats run- ii and Macao, which was in the inner harbor, struck adrift, [ «lorclia. and foundered; crew saved. The Sylph, Hawk, er boats of the same description, their masts having been cut ale. Nh'ich left Macao roads a day or two before the storm, return- n. "The following extract, from a private letter," we copy gister of the 18th instant: "Early in the morning of the 5th," the letter, "we observed indications of approaching bad sequence commenced securing boats, anchors, spars, &c., with face it stoutly, and be in as snug condition as possible. At 10 ihened a little from the same quarter it had been for the last urnal of Occurrences. 199 e craft—junks and boats, and to native houses, must idreds, no doubt, of fishermen and others lost their iranda of the fall a"d rise of the mercury at Macao -. measure the power and progress of the storm. th. 0 h. 30 m. A. M. 28.40 6th. 4 K. 10 m. A. M. 28.90 0 1 1 1 1 a 2 8 3 3 45 20 25 45 55 00 25 45 10 40 28:30 4 45 28.05 5 15 28.08 6 00 28.20 6 45 28.30 7 45 28.37 8 15 28.56 8 45 28.68 9 30 28.75 10 25 28.83 11 00 28.97 29.02 29.08 29.12 29.20 29.21 29.23 29.27 29.30 29.34 :it 29.42, and continued rising to 29.65, at which point it. weather. • foreigners, which were prepared by their eicellen- n, and hoppo, on the 28th of the 1st moon of the 15th i. 25th, 1835,) have received the approbation of his mn- itions that thenceforth they be strictly obeyed. Copies the hoppo's seal stamped upon them, have recently been idents in Canton. The regulations are eight in number; the reader is referred to the third volume of the Reposi- . There have been, and are still, those who regard Chi- •tuous and happy nations on earth. In their estimation systems of religion prevalent among the inhabitants of •ly perfect, and of course are not to be improved by any aarbarians." Such, however, is not the opinion of those ict with the Chinese. The rumors, and reports, and actu- day, here, testify against such an opinion. The amount outrages against humanity and justice, are in fact, almost nth, nay, every week, and almost every day, there come >f deeds most foul and abominable, of which it is a shame i the thought of them makes the heart sick. And in the adds not a little to the enormity of such deeds, that they jrhaps most frequentlv, by those who ought to be examples rs ot justice and religion, members of the magistracy and of t all the occurrences of this description, even when blazon- imperial gazette, we pass over in silence; and could we violating our trust as faithful chroniclers of the transac- Repository should never bear to our readers accounts like >w to relate. We give the narrative in few words, omitting the parties. listic sect was the principal person in successive acts, the in one of the districts not far from Canton. The wretched was sent to a temple, and there consecrated to the service scarcely arrived at the age of manhood, when he became iboring villages for his bad conduct. At length, and con- the empire, (see Penal Code, sect. 114,) he married; but e object of bis affections to the bouse of his parents, they inst her. Finding herself in this situation, without home, to afford her support or protection, she hung herself. No I the report reach her own parents, than they took up the s arrested; and on the 30th instant suffered death by deca- In one of the late Peking gazettes, we find a striking exem- y in which official rank and promotion are often purchased y subscriptions to public works and charities. Merely 'rut: It EPOS1TORY. 5KPTEMliKU, 1U35. — No. 5. Ionics to eastern Asia: the character and lies; with remarks on the influence which 'he social, intellectual, and moral, condition om they are established. since the subject of Christian colonies to the If to our consideration; and having repeatedly ,ned it, their desirableness and feasibility havo 3i-e and more evident. The subject of coloni- rom very remote times, and for very different often been those who have left their native permanent residents in another. Indeed, since ittde Noah go forth with his family to replenish • of colonies has been almost innumerable; and involved great interests, and produced mighty acter and destiny of nations. Usually, the re- ikings have varied according to the objects had racier and resources of the persons embarked iu generally been projected either for the purposes lent, or national aggrandizement. Colonies have the purposes of agriculture, commerce, &.C., the ive usually reverted to the individuals with whom hers have been formed in order to obtain a liveli- industrious or for the vicious poor. Of this lat- hose which have been composed of paupers and iave also been Christian colonies undertaken in rights of conscience, and to improve the couJi- its. But the enterprise on which we now propose > which we are anxious to direct the attention of f possible, that of all Christendom, is of somewhat (rum any hitherto undertaken,—having in view tlon ies to Eastern Asia. 20:1 in consonance to these argimirnis anil them, determined to adopt the men- resent acting governor-general of British giive his opinion in 1829. Speaking with lands he said: "I have long lamented idia nre excluded from the possession of rights of peaceable subjects. I believe e restrictions impedes the prosperity of course that their removal would tend to opinion that their abolition is necessary e of revenue, without which our income e continually increasing expense of our iier convinced that our possession of India s, unless we take root by having an influ- pulation attached to our government by pathies. Every measure, therefore, which he settlement of our countrymen in India, notions by which it is impeded, must, I stability of our rule, and to the welfare of r dominion." ne British legislature, from and nfter the pcans were permitted to purchase lands in without the permission of the governor- t the local government it would seem, is i farther; for on the 25th of last May, the was read in council, viz: at after the day of , it shall be la - ver nation, to acquire and hold in perpetuity, or iperty in land, or in any emoluments issuing out of itorioB of the East India Company. ), That all rules which prescribe the manner in iforeaaid, may now be acquired and held by natives extend to all persons who shall, under the author- r hold such property. ift now read, be published for general information. I draft be reconsidered at the first meeting of the i after the first day of August next. "W. H. MACNAOHTEN, Sec. to the Gov't. of India." •ightly understand this act, and should it be ,ot it will be, after the 1st ultimo (August, 1835), ree emigration of Europeans to all parts of i the acquisition of property of any kind, will (prehension lest the free influx of foreigners itives, interfere with their prejudices, and en- f government, seems to have ceased; and the ilonies to Eastern Asia. 205 i Archipelago, native society is every- few exceptions, both rulers and subjects the extreme. Idleness, falsehood, rob- •s, prevail throughout all those vast and it is deeply to be deplored, those Chris- ippeared among them were very often 'old their idol, and to obtain it sacrificed yerything else. And some of those who 38 in more recent times, have likewise ale in their dealings, or upright and cor- fet under all these disadvantages, Chris- rely high esteem. And were they, as co- ception, men of excellent character, they pect; and their influence would he far •y. The object of the colonists, then, is ng society, in purifying it, and in forming iciples of the Christian religion by which •nented a hundred fold, an colonies would tend directly and pow- id object. In every respect it would be a 3 those first adventurers who visited the ot come to seek out and carry away the mprove the agriculture, the manufactures, n arts of living, the intellectual and moral ese, and others like these, are advantages rough their influence. A common inte- ined, not only between the colonists and itween the latter, and those in the native ; The modes of communication between ire daily becoming more and more nuine- hese increase, and as individuals become ig, they will visit the countries of the west, ny, and the "new world." In this way, nces, immediate and remote, yet all hav- stem we advocate, the native inhabitants i will be rescued from their degradation, ightened and highly favored nations of the vithout any longer delay, to undertake the nies in the east, the places and the mode ; once to be subjects for consideration. If 1 for any persons, of whatever nation, to :uity landed property in the territories of the us become law, and we trust that it has, ned wherever the soil, climate, and other idmit in any part of British India; and any manner that may seem agreeable to nquirics liave been chiefly directed to Sin- 'enang; and most of the remarks in the mien fo Kasttrn ..Isia. '207 u, already exceeds one liundred. Cot- Iso been introduced to a small extent, .i'ul. It is estimated that about 20,000 10 of pepper arc annually raised on the to one of the oldest residents in Singa- :.i young man to calculate to make if he ny to that place,* we have the following of home; the intercourse with early ntances; perhaps the prospect of rapid itivc. country; robust health; and the which he is attached. But these pri- lated by the pleasing consciousness of i will, in promoting directly or indirect- and of being one of the humble instru- ct happy time, when all shall know the 'another resident gave the following: ipinion which persons coming to settle 3 those of separation from country, kin- respects they would be gainers, since ihabit one of the most favored places in from violent and contagious diseases, as quakes [to which some of the more east- spot in the highway from the cape of Iliina, situated between those two great )som of the Indian Archipelago; a spot eriod to exercise, from its geographical influence in the east. To become the iiolds out every inducement to the sober southwest coast of the peninsula of the , long. 102° 12' E. The exact limits of the town of Malacca, we are unable to cuments before us. In a communication 1, Malacca, October 4th, 1834, we have ter a space of 1000 square miles we have 3f these, upwards of 12,000 are in the 1 Malays; 3,862 Chinese; 309 cannibals us; 1,868 Corornandels; 14 Siamese; (principally Portuguese Romanists); 43 J Bengalees. The remaining 18,683 Battaks; 9 Siamese; and 9 Javanese, i country." In this account, we think re not included. Malacca, from its lo- int of view, is not likely ever again to K productions of (he soil, the resources =s exceed those of the latter place. The nmdiiiit. and may be mcrcii!>i. your own hearts: come, and by your example uide these benighted souls safely, through this d then onward to those bright shores where they mong the ransomed of the Lord, •e are many persons who, in view of the subject are ready to emigrate, we oft'er a few sugges- nanner in which such colonies may be organiz- ave been suggested: among them are the fol- ;r of families, relying on their own resources, mdent they are the better,) may form them- ity; and, if deemed expedient, have certain n common, and in a single body go forth and ected for their future home. If necessary, a aised to supply any deficiency of means which jerience, and which shall be refunded when- mselves being the judges,) become able to do it. , possessing wealth and inclination requisite for id there are many such in Christendom,) might t a suitable place in the east, bringing with him 'ofessions, who would serve to take the lead in •or and in instructing the natives in the several or a new establishment; and in a short time, a tenants would be able to maintain themselves, f their respective departments. 3. A coloiu- 27 ristian Colonies to Eastern Asia. 211 ed; am! it is supposed the maximum hereafter e sicca rupee (48 cents) an acre. The Chinese rior of the island, who have plantations of gam- ere are upwards of one hundred,) are by tacit to 'squat;' Irtrt are liable to be ejected, should proper 10 demand the rent chargeable on the land, feared of heavy trees, may be purchased at very vhich there is no other title than that of preoccu- ily probable, as we showed in the first part of this merit has ere this removed every obstacle to the ury in British India. Small fields of land could nted by the Colonists in a few weeks after their r eight months, crops of rice and fruits could be :er is wholesome; and timber for building, &c., is also excellent clay for bricks, which are al- jsed in building houses. If land could be ob- bly be best foir the colony to be located within of the town. ost every occup tion would find employment. Id probably pursue their trades most advanta- irhin the limits of the present settlement, where be in immediate demand. On their arrival, they I commence business without delay. The ine- I, and who would find most constant employ- enter and cabi let-maker; 2, a ship-builder; 3, machine-maker; 4, a blacksmith; 5, an iron nith; 7, a printer and bookbinder; 8, a paper- •; 10, a tanner rtnd currier; 11, a shoe-maker; id harness-maker. These twelve departments of sufficient employment for at least six families, irk men in each family. The workers in wood, ter and cabinet-maker, the ship-builder, and the •equire nothing but their tools, which should be in variety as numerous as possible: they might, 1 with an assortment of paints. The blacksmith ilete set of tools, and a small stock of fine steel. d iron, are procurable at all times, and of good fo'u'nder, in addition to the business directly in e furnished With the necessary apparatus to es- ry, for which there will soon be a demand. The himself much occupied in repairing time-pieces 'ills. A small assortment of these articles, and the same branch of business, would often be :er, who should also have a sufficient knowledge able to conduct this part of his establishment, in various kinds of printing in the Malay, En- tnguages. He should also have a bookstore, of stationery. The paper-maker would find >r the products of his manufactory, there be- 'istian Colonies to Eastern Asia. 213 •nctitiouers, doth physicians and surgeons, would llieir arrival they would open a dispensary, which ny well furnished. Full assortments of all the found in a good apothecary's shop, with all its ilmrmaceutic manipulations would he necessary, be expected that these gentlemen, imitating the fho hare gone before them in India, would ac- horoughly with the materia medica of the natives; liey would doubtless make discoveries valuable generally, and in a few years find substitutes which must now be imported. Notwithstanding e Malays and Chinese on every topic connected urgical practice, it would be interesting and pro- mething about their modes of treating different oor, medical aid should be gratuitous; and at an tractitioners should commence training up native f medical studies, who in due time would become I surgeons, it, we come to speak of the duties of the pastor. suppose that for so small a colony his labor us, and therefore conclude that a man of very nts might be selected. Not so. On the contrary, be one of peculiar responsibilities, demanding est order. He should be a man of good natural cquainted with the world, prepared to cope with ption of character,—the talented and the weak, unlearned, the polite and the rude, the civilized e should possess more than an ordinary share of e should be equipped, if we may be allowed such i ship destined to explore new seas, prepared for In a great degree, the welfare and success of the id on his character and efforts. Should he fail concerning faith make shipwreck,' the injury to ie incalculable. His piety should be deep and owper's preacher, lie should be— * * * "simple, grave, sincere; loctrine uncorrupt; in language plain, plain in manner; decent, solemn, chaste, natural in gesture; much impress'd self, as conscious of his awful charge, anxious mainly that the flock he feeds feel it too; affectionate in look, tender in address, as well becomes icssenger of grace to guilty men." :tched the plan of a colony, to be composed of ee for agricultural, six for mechanical and one nits, with two for medical and surgical, two for e for pastoral duties. We by no means sup- : the best that can be devised; we advance it futic.es of Modern China. 215 snts and removals of officers, (according to sec- ode,) whether civil or military, shall depend |r of the emperor. If any great officer of state my appointment upon his own authority, he icing beheaded, after remaining in prison the by the translator of this prescript adds; "that nandera-in-chief of provinces are constantly in ip the various civil and military appointments jurisdictions, when they become vacant, but it sly by virtue of the authority conferred by the y stated to be only ad interim, until his majes- i." For confirmation of the fact stated in the w the appointments are filled up, we refer to r presented to the emperor in 1829,* in which for his intense desire to attain good govern- it is defeated by the infamous conduct of the Ie requests the emperor to prohibit several istrates quitting their districts to dance atten- i look for promotion. On public holidays, as * the governor's birthday, or of his wife or ountry magistrates to town to pay their res- Irs of the people and the revenue are left to d altogether. Some carry this practice so far, nbsent themselves altogether from their dis- Inced on a profitable commission of inquiry, Vnother abuse, is that governors appoint these r own secretaries. "It is the governor's dti- lis own secretaries, but he takes his majesty's work for nothing, so far as money payment o repay themselves at the peoples' cost, or by tmerit through the governor's influence. A governors put their own creatures from mere hie offices pro tempore. But these low peo- people, during the short time they hold the •il he complains of, is that governors impose Liimending unfit persons for promotion and thinks it necessary to require the emperor's sea, they are already provided for in the code, al examples, to those already quoted, of the and practice of the law. The section which •s to nominate to official situations is already aded "officers of government quitting their and section 173 prohibits the officers of the Us of their respective cities to attend on even ;r on his route through their districts, governors and fooyuens spoken of by the e courts, the szeyo or jailer, and the policc- 3th, 1819. ticcs of Modern China. 217 it-lit, conniving at such evasion, shall be liable t, or in the event of bis having received a lishment as lie might be liable to, for taking it, for an unlawful purpose." This section sed with others relating to the collection nee of personal scrvicts, seeins :r imply e officers of government arc exempt from tuff the lower classes of the governmental 'e proceed next to inquire into the manner eir duties. The notices on this subject in iund the duties and responsibilities of the riors so continually together, that it is diffi- sary to separate them. The malversations lose of the higher ranks, are to be gathered in by direct charges against them, except 'flagrant injustice. e capital and its environs. We find in the h of February, 1824, the memorial of a cen- rsations prevalent among the clerks and of- rnmenlal offices of the province of Cheihlc. je and small offices of Cheihle province," assisted by their own friends in the prose- the latter make use of their official influ- of every species of iniquity. I the censor ;ention to the examination of these abuses, lorn they will not vend their services! But ilace of imperial residence, ought to be go- il probity, as an example to all others. It s of the treasurer and judge there are, in issistants, persons who call themselves keo- its), who, dividing themselves into two bo- intcrnal, and those who manage external, IB business of the chow and been districts; : ratification or reversal of the decisions of ilty of all kinds of false and criminal corn- friends of the chow and been magistrates, ks in the higher courts, have a secret corres- keochoo, and in all matters of judgment 3m, for the purposes of deceit and plunder, (vernrnent falls into such hands as these, Jestructive insects of the soil. This evil censor, "since it exists to such an extent also prevail in others." of April, 1819, we find similar complaints tration of justice in the following report of sor has presented a document to the empe- il Asiatic Society, vnl. ], page 381 lary. 18^0, pnge 236, of Modern China. 219 ded with honor; but that then a strict it if there are any thus weak and negli- es of their office, their names may be rank, and their negligence punished as :ers in future. Also, that a selection be sided, and able men, who shall adjust Then the country will be peaceful, and happy. I will mention an instance of of Shantung, who having apprehended i amongthe magistrates of that province, ligent, daring, and active men, whom he illage or district where thieves might lurk, i of the place, or the number of the sup- officers and soldiers to watch and patrole, id apprehend their ringleaders: in conse- s of Shantung, from that to the present al and tranquil. I beg therefore that an perior officers and judges of the province, le regulations, and adopt means of pre- e.'" probably who, in November of the same •or to interdict the employment of Mo- to which his majesty replied, that the Mohammedans are dispersed over all the ior reports," adds the emperor, "some of ley are sent to take, let them be punished n account of one case of this kind, all interdicted from filling places under go- quitable." lie gazette for 1827,t we find the govern- e courts, and endeavoring to relieve the them, some of whom, he says, are ne- :d by the people as much as wolves or missal of 23,921 from the courts of the The same or another censor complains,^ ssion and extortion practiced in the neigh- jolice, who raise hundreds of thousands ! people, and weary them of life. e unpunished robberies were, according to msing, owing to the police participating sometimes receive part of the stolen pro- ive the thieves at large, or, after seizing erty." When the officers of government apprehend old thieves who have been etnrned from banishment, but who are not • crime in question, in order to save ap- al offenders unmolested. Last winter, a lP20,p.:M5. t Malacca Observer, Oct. 7th, 1828 182R. « Canton Register, July 16th lt-29 ears. Another abuse arises out of the col- One detestable mode of extortion is, says Hectors or their agents to wound their heads cuse others of resistance to the emperor's e tax, &.<:. With respect to the police, the lastly of extorting money from the accused ns of annoyance, before bringing them up lis not only in weighty cases, such as niur- in questions of property, marriage, &c. the death of their prisoner, tind then give cide or died suddenly, night be supposed, u more effectual remedy have put in force sections 360 and 396 of sters pretending to be officers of govern- :nt of, and procedure against, unaccuscd ," with some other equally applicable laws, in pathetic appeals to the public. Unless, is a mere form issued at given intervals, the llth of November 1827,* in the joint :s, the governor and fooyuen, to order the of the province to put on their winter caps I seems, indeed, to be the preamble, both >oyuen, to their redress of grievances on fooyuen of Canton in 1822, " commenced naugurul proclamation,} "as u cheheen rovince of Canton, I (the fooyuen) served oved to Shantung and to Honan; and I lyuen, &c." "MUSH: and women," con- i, revelry and avarice, have no charms for ^remitted, heedful, anxious desire, (which ah,) is, that I may look on national affairs fairs, and the affairs of the poor as if they jch wholesome advi«:e to the people, we oyuen's purity, that in Canton " vagabond increase or protract them, in numbers rminable. The innocent are accused, and accusers; they find avaricious and cruel police extortioners. Disputes about mar- I by the magistrates as petty affairs, and nt of underlings;" and by various forms ion, families are ruined, and even lives i 1829.J contented himself with the boast mical and not at all addicted to extrava- getables, oil, and salt, which he required, 2th, 1828. isialic Society, vol. J.page 44 389. of .Modern China. '3'v? is the magistrate of the been, in winch ier all the barbarians of Macao, to kncw s of the celestial umpire; and must not : Barrier, because it may lead to injury cause disturbance. Let every one im- rpsuine to oppose, he will he seized and to afford foreigners a practical coinmen- local magistrates and their enactments, he cheheen, who presides over Macao ?3 against which the above proclamation ike the matter more decisive, he sat in foreign ladies, and exposed to the nume- i who risked their necks to see the sport, jut a few months afterwards to Canton, sred the safety of the empire, according ind of the tea trade, according to Brit- irobahly, of neither one nor the other, ence of the efficacy of the laws of China, itutions and trade. ;d of the abuses and vexations which justice in China, it is to be found in the 'the life of others,t which is an infallible here every circumstance which brings a )lice involves him in some of the penal- en affirmed that there is n Chinese law ider in all cases of homicide, whether by irobably a mistake; but enough has been police, and even of the presiding magis- ir desire to implicate all who can pay, in When this disposition exists, there can ; the clauses of an ill connected code of 10 come within its influence. Section "neglecting to give information of, or iolent injury, which is known to be in- inst "exciting and promoting litigation," nhe latter includes all "cases of exciting m and prosecute;" but permits never- leets with a simple and uninformed per- le injuries and injustice which he has advises and instructs such person rightly e occasion, and moreover, without cxte- nrticulars, draws up an information for nary manner; the giver of such assist- ; circumstances, be in any manner pu- decition upon, the complainant's ahility race-stand age 330 or T/i()iisfinil Character ('lassie. ;W9 icrcnscd by the drowning of sailors, pcd- ear to raise liis eyes; yet no one informs may examine and bury the bodies. In government, the burial of the dead is a but for such open barefaced offenses us aitieful. Besides it is to be feared, thai, fiat no inquiry is instituted, will from ler causes, plan the death of others. ty to request that your majesty will be • the governor of Cheihle province, and unteen, that they command the civil and ;es, and the officers engaged in the trans- orders to the police, that when they meet d person, they examine into the circum- e information; also to prohibit the clerks ce to extort money under false pretenses, )e purchased at the public expense, that "His majesty's reply was, " the repre- •roper; my will shall be issued on the what that will proved; whether to make I the governor, to order the been magis- his court, to tell the police, to do what jre. 'a/i, or tftc Thousand Character Classic: ilf, and author; a translation with notes; irimary education of the Chinese. s the third and last in a series of school ituries have been in use among the peo- rst and second of the series, the Tritne- dred Family Names, have already been r readers: the form and size of the third he three being perfectly uniform octavos, hundred pages or fifty leaves: the Chi- Hves, but never the pages, of their books. I'sze Wan is similar to that of the two ^e leading subjects are man and his du- of the piece, we were somewhat in doubt e as an address to the reader, or as a col- onitions: it seems in fact to be a mixture B whole, we have found it most convenient r»n, to adopt the style of address; there r Thousand Character Classic. «'J1 iARGUMENT d the monarchs of the early ages: lilies 37 to icities, and the manner in which they should for evil or good; importance of time; filial T virtue; duties of minor relations: lines 103 agnificence of the imperial palaces, ministers of lustrums persons, and remarkable places: lines retirement and recreation; beauties of nature; ing; domestic occupations, with a description r writirig and various other duties, &c.; with sombre hue: the earth is yellow. ic creation] was one wide waste, [wanes, idian and declines; the moon waxes and itions the stars are arranged. and winter) alternately prevail. tiering; and the winter for hoarding up. of time completes the year. vii principles of nature. j the fall of rain. brm hoar-frost. iver Le. ;<1 from the Kwanlun mountains. nguished was one named Keukeue; those called ' night splendors;' lent are damsons and plums; valuable are mustard and ginger. river water fresh, he feathered ones fly. :ers, the fire emperor, sovereign of men, .he written language, clothes and garments. throne and kingdom, irchs] Yaou and Shun: e people, and chastised their oppressors, Chow, and Tang of the Shang dynasty. ley sought to govern well; the empire tranquil. ;r! the black-haired race; i the northern and western hords, •y ruled with equal kindness; sdged their sovereignty, ix perched on the trees, iti the meadows: ce reached inanimate nature, ended to teti thousand countries, lody is endowed and five cardinal virtues: ir Thousand Character Classic. 233 ir own suns and daughters. r and younger brothers, tod and lineage with yourself. ach others' affections,— string off each others' excrescences. , commiseration, and sympathy, cumstances, be relinquished. rity, and humility, should not, evolution, be neglected. itle, the passions will be tranquil: ed, the spirit becomes exhausted. your desires will be fulfilled: icctations, your wishes will be frustrated. and steadiness of purpose, you official dignity. s of the elegant and great nation, ; eastern and the western. ill Mang ; before it, the river L6: e rapid Wei and the meandering King. e are the halls and puluces; are the towers and pulleiies. igs of beasts and birds; jellies and immortals. e opened out on either side, pillars, pavilions are supported, •nts for the imperial banquets, ;ed and wind instruments of music. standing on the terraces, il caps, numerous as the stars, the 'wide inner hall;' je to the 'splendid chamber.' most ancient books und records; s men are always assembled. T;>o's ancient writing, and of Chung's style; i with varnish on bambuo, and of the ere preserved in a wall, id military officers are ranged in order; je, stand the noble ministers of justice. in an investiture of eight districts; lilies, a force of a thousand soldiers. they accompany the imperial chariot; shaken by the rapid motion of the cha- niolumc:its with extensive wealth, riots, drawn by sleek steeds, deeds there arc numerous examples, ved on stone both in prose and verse ankc; and there was E Yin; '234 Tsetn Tize Wan, or Thousand Character Classic. Str. 1835. The one supported his age, the other upheld the government. J35 To convert the sterile Keuhfow to a pleasant residence, Who but Tan the lord of Chow possessed sufficient ability? Duke Hwan rectified abuses and united the empire, Upholding the weak and raising again the fallen. [Han: Ke and his compatriots restored the degraded Hwuy, prince of 140 Yue's virtue influenced Wooting [and made him prosperous]. Thus vigorously have men of great talents exerted themselves; And princes by the aid of many scholars enjoyed peace. From Tsln tn< dominant power passed to Tsoo; [tressed. Chaou and Wei, by their varying expedients, were sorely dis- 145 Tsin deceitfully obtained a passage through Yu to subdue Kuh: And by intrigue all the barons took un oath of fidelity at Tseen- too. [nients]: Seaou Ho drew up laws conformably to his sovereign's [engnjje- Hanfei suffered by the cruel laws which he himself framed. Thr f'tmous generals Re, Tseen, 1*6, and Muh, 160 Were eminently skilled in military tactics. Tiie terror of their names reached to the sandy desert; [aled. Their praises Hew—and in paintings their memories are perpetu- In the nine departments are marked the footsteps of Yu: The hundred principalities were united under Tsin. 156 Of the five mountains, the great Tae is the most honored; At its base, on the hills Yun and Ting, were altars of sacrifice. Behold the pass Yingimm, and the clay-colored barrier: Behold the station Ketee'n, and the red colored city Cheihching. Behold Rwanche, the perturbed pool, and Kcesheih, the craggy rocks; 160 With Kcuyay, the wide waste, and the lake Tnngting: [uity.— These arc vast and remote, extending wide in unbroken contin- The mountain crags, how sombre! The ravines, how secluded! The foundation of family aggrandizement lies in husbandry; Give good attention therefore to sowing and to reaping. 165 Commence your labors on the southern fields; For it is there we must first sow our grain. Taxes are paid in ripe grain; tribute, in the first fruits; Let the laborers be encouraged and rewarded,—the indolent held hack (or degraded), and the industrious brought forward. Mang Ko (Mencius) esteemed plainness and simplicity; 170 And Yu the historian held firmly to rectitude. These nearly approached the golden medium,— Being laborious, humble, diligent, and moderate. Listen to what is said, and investigate the principles explained: Examine men's conduct, that you may distinguish thcireharacters 17.5 Leave behind you none but purposes of good; And strive to act in such a manner as to command respect. When satirized and admonished examine yourself. And do this the more thoroughly when favors increase. At those times when disgrace and shame mnv be near, 180 Seiz Thu And Reti And 185 Exp Diss Intn Lay S< 190 Go t Behi And The And 195 The And D. Whe Bev 200 For< Alws Thus Thos Whi 205 Ever And Tl And The 210 The For i Thei Witf Toe 215 The' And' The And Hefc 220 Fille In And Whe Whe 225 The Whe Thie Rehe Van, or Thousand Character Classic. 23i> season Tor retirement in tlie country, rious Soo watched their opportunity, r official robes: who could compel them? in unfrequented place to dwell, itate in solitude and silence, and examine the words of the ancients; noughts, and enjoy rest and relaxation; i, and banish all perplexities: of sorrow, and call up those which induce joy. le beautiful and splendid water-lily; rdens and pluck twigs of the rich foliage; jn pepa; the azure beauties of the tsuy; •ee, early and silently shedding its leaves; tvay and decay of themselves, ires are scattered by the wind. .•an soars alone through the sky, 3 the highest heavens. [market; ng and in studying the books found in the r ones, diligently treasure up their contents. 'speaking hastily or rashly, Us of your apartment, ears may be attached, tin food for your meals, palate and satisfying the appetite, xuriously lothe rich viands, disdain not dregs and husks, 'ed deference is due to the aged; Id and young should be different, fives should attend to spinning, husbands in the retired apartments:. ; round and of a pure white; ining and luminous as silver. 5 daytime, for slumbering at night, w mats and ivory mounted couches, [coeds, uments, songs, and wine, the banquet pro- iven, and all the goblets are upraised, hands, and their feet keep time with the music; leased and delighted, and feels himself at ease, n becomes his father's successor, opriate sacrifices in their season: o the ground, twice making obeisance, ;ial awe, fear, and perturbation, cspondencebe concise, speaking to the point; •ers be discreet and explicit, inclean, he bethinks himself of the bath; d of hot things, he desires something cooling, •niilcs, the calves and the cows, htened, leap about and flee a way. s are to he punished with death; •s are to be pursued and taken* 236 1835. Tscen Tsze Wan, or Thousand Character Classic. SEP. Poo was skilled with the bow: and Leaou in games of ball. 230 Re played well on the guitar, and Yuen was a good whistler. Teen invented pencils; Lmi made paper; Keun was a good craftsman; and Jin an expert angler;— These all overcame difficulties, and were useful to the world; And they were esteemed clever, and extraordinary men. 235 Maou and She were very beatiful ladies,— The first had a melancholy cast, the other appeared cheerful. Years fly away like arrows, one pushing on another; The sun shines brightly through his whole course. The planetarium where it is suspended constantly revolves; 240 And the bright moon also repeats her revolutions. To support fire, arid fuel; so cultivate the root of happiness, And you will obtain eternal peace and endless felicity. Let your step be even, and keep your head erect; And looking up or down, maintain the respectful demeanor of courts and temples; 245 Let your dress be complete, and your deportment sedate, Sustaining a modest, retiring, unobtrusive manner. A reckise, vulgar, ami uninformed, person, Will meet the same ridicule as a thorough ignoramus. The principal auxiliary particles are these four— 250 Yen, tsae, fuo, yay,—'how,' 'indeed,' 'it is so,' 'yes.' Two translations of this work have been published within a few years; one in 1831, as an appendix to the Report of the Anglochi- nese college; the other as an appendix to a Comparative Vocabulary of the Chinese, Corean, and Japanese, languages, which was noticed in our last number. This last translation is literal and verbal,— each character standing alone in Chinese with the Corean given in both the Roman and native character, and the meaning of the same in English: the whole is without notes or explanations, and conse- quently parts of it are nearly unintelligible, as may be seen by the four following lines, with which the book commences: "Heaven and earth black and yellow; The canopy of the universe wide and waste; The sun and moon full and waning; The stars and constellations arranged and spread out." The translation which is appended to the Report is free, and is ac- companied by copious notes to illustrate the text. We have em- ployed the language of either the one or the other of these two ver- sions in our translation, whenever it suited our purpose: and we shall take the same liberty with the notes, and sometimes without the formality of marks of quotation. Our object is to convey to our readers the meaning of the original, and along with it such addi- tional remarks as will illustrate the Chinese system of education and develope their intellectual and moral habits. When the text is plain, therefore, and the notes contain nothing that is interesting except , or Thousand Character Classic. %'Y! lie language, we slmll pass them over in remarks we make, follow the plan pursued ,—of referring to the lines by numbers, t, sometimes giving a paraphrase of it, or n sombre hue, the color of the earth is there is supposed to be an allusion to the intion, of the heavens and (he earth. The , though curious, is far too obscure to be to remark, when all things were in exis- .'! subtle floated upwards, and formed the and impure settled downwards and formed re of a sombre hue, while the color of the se was, at the time above referred to, one rens," says one, "are round and sombre; :llow. All the regions above, below, and are called yu, 'a canopy;1 space, having it remote antiquity, is expressed by chow, •how denotes an overspreading canopy and tude, or a 'wide waste,' means a space r trod." Again, "The heavens and the ed by the original substratum of all. things. by a term which signifies 'firmness;' earth, >pleness.' Spring is called ' the azure hea- the abundant productions and to the resus- it season. Summer is called 'the brilliant ) the influence it has over the interior of the i is called 'the mournful heavens,' for at lears as if it were destroyed, the core of its all things faded away. The winter is called ause then the seasons have no employment, iid govern what is below:" i. e. the inter- st between the descending breath of heaven th of earth suffers a temporary suspension. the two principles of nature,' or, more li- 7,cs the male principle" [with the female], ;iple with the inferior—yang with yin. The s system of the dual powers, is here brought the breath of yin and yang produces music, ins or notes. But we confess ourselves un- tplunations given of this subject, and there- idei-Htion of those who are fond of nonsense. , in which gold was found, is in the province :imes called the Golden-sanded river (Rin- 1 is found among the sands in its bed. Earth ill be perceived, are the subjects treated of mediately following them : but why 'swords' h line, it is not easy to conjecture; perhaps •238 Tseen Tsze Wan, or Thousand Character Classic. SKI-. it may be because they are made of metal. The keukeue was one of five swords belonging to a king of one of the small states of China: it was ornamented with seven stars and a representation of the dra- gon. The people of the neighboring countries heard of it, and of- fered the king 3000 valuable horses if he would allow them to examine it: but he would not consent. Pearls were called 'night splendors' from the following incident: a minister of state, walking abroad on a certain occasion, found a wounded snake, to which he gave medicine and saved its life. Afterwards, when he was again abroad in the evening, he saw the snake holding a brilliant pearl in its mouth, and as he approached it, the snake is said to have ad- dressed him thus: 'I am the son of his majesty the dragon, and while recreating myself was wounded: to you, sir, I am indebted for the preservation of my life, and have brought this pearl to re- compense you for your kindness.' The minister accepted the pearl and presented it to his sovereign, who placed it in his hall, where by its influence the night became as day; hence pearls received the name 'night splendors.' 15, 16. With reference to fruits, it is said, that one of the ancient kings had 'damsons' as large as the egg of the goose, and of the most delicious flavor. But lest others should possess the same in equal perfection, the king always took care to have the stone extract- ed from the fruit before presenting it to any of his friends. Mustard is chiefly esteemed for its power in dispelling melancholy; and gin- ger, because it expands the intellect and cures loathsome diseases. 19—36. In this paragraph, the early rulers of the world,—the Chi- nese empire, are brought forward as examples of all that is either good or great. During the reign of Fuhhe, the first ruler to whom a human character has been given by the Chinese historians, the ap- pearance of the dragon was considered as the most felicitous omen, and by it the rank of officers was designated: hence Fuhhe's mi- nisters were styled lung szc, 'dragon masters.' Shinnung, 'the di- vine husbandman'regulated official rank by fire, arid hence is called the ' fire emperor.' In the time of Shaouhaou, a certain bird ap- peared, called thefung ncaou. or phoenix, whose appearance was re- garded as a happy prognostic: hence the rank of officers was desig- nated by the figures of birds on their garments; and they were call- ed ncaou kwan, 'bird rulers.' Hwangte, or Keenyuen, was the in- ventor of the mechanical arts, by which'the weulth of the people was greatly increased; and therefore he was called the 'sovereign of men.' Figures of the dragon and of the phosnix have both continued in use to the present day, though not for the purpose of denoting the rank of office. The phrase le skuio, 'black-haired race,' is equivalent to pih sing,' the hundred surnames,' or the people col- lectively,—the people being so called from the fact that their hair is black. The original of what we have translated ' foreigners' is not «, 'barbarians,' but pin, 'guests;' these guests'were the Jung kea'ng, tribes or hords of people, situated, the former on the north, and the latter on the south, of China. Van, or Thousand Character Classic. '289 sr now proceeds to the subject of sclf-cultiva- with showing the importance of the human •sod of four great elements and five constant the 'four great elements' are expressed by sze .:* but the commentator says these are the ele- and water, of which the matter and properties >sed. The five cardinal virtues are humanity ice, propriety, wisdom, and truth. Composed 1 endowed with such po'wers, and having been y our parents, we ought to preserve our bo- ^ainst every evil and danger. I y regretted that silk threads should be colored; lich praises the white fleeces of the lambs.' The id esteemed virtue. Mill, perceiving that the re colored and had lost their original purity, f blue or yellow, or any other color is imparted sn rendered blue or yellow, and loses its natural ill men by nature are originally good; but by e who are vicious, they become contaminated A whole kingdom was renovated by the vir- ijj; Wan Wang: his officers were men of integrity ']" the purity of their intentions was celebrated by i]H 3111 of wool: hence the praises of the lambs of "". < are reverberated in the deep valley, and reecho- : misery is brought upon men by their accu- £> .appincss is the reflection—the recompense—of es.' The scope of this passage is to illustrate pidity with which good and evil are followed by vards. The virtues and vices of mankind are the shadow follows the substance, and as swiftly .o the sound. i learning, and you will be appointed to offices ijj to take charge cf public business, and manage "Formerly," says a commentator on this pas- <* i leave of his family with the intention of travel- Dvement. He returned home at the end of ten nd his sister-in-law did not rise to meet him, nor e the weh •which she was weaving to congratu- on Soo Tsin sighed and said, 'because I have y wife and sister fail in their duty to rne.' He nnmenced a course of study, and continued it II sleepy, he roused himself by piercing his thigh ent; and in two years he became an accomplish- n attached himself to the king of Tse, who was ring prince; and having persuaded the nobles g states' to resist that prince, Soo Tsin was ap- d received the seals of his office. With this revisit Ins family, and was niti by Ins sistei-in- '240 Tacit Tszc \V~an, or Thousand Character Classic. SEP. I I law sixty le (or Cliinese miles) from home. To his inquiry into the reason of this difference iu her conduct, she replied, ' I have heard of your appointment to the office of prime minister, and*by this means the fame of my family will reach the remotest parts of the empire. I have therefore traveled so far to show my attachment to you. Who would not have done- the same?' 'You my sister-in-law,' replied Soo Tsin, 'must have all the praise of my success.' Now is not this a proof that extensive learning will procure honors and emoluments'?" 79, 80. 'Then your memory will be cherished like the sweet pear tree, and when you are gone it will be celebrated in song.' Tran- quilizing the people and settling their litigations are the first things to be attended to by officers of government. Chaou Kung was go- vernor of a province in the west, and used to travel into the south to administer justice. Fearing to interrupt the people in their agricul- tural pursuits when he went to settle their litigations, he summoned them beneath a pear tree for the sake of expedition. After he was dead, the people and nobles were alike affected with a sense of his benevolent government, and could not bear to cut down the pear tree; they also composed songs to commemorate his illustrious deeds. 81, 82. These lines refer to the distinctions of rank which arc sometimes marked in music. Ceremonial music and the rites of decorum vary according to rank, though they do not altogether and exactly mark its distinctions. For example, in an ancient dance, the emperor was entitled to eight bands of musicians; the nobles, to six; the officers of government to four; the people to two. In former times kings instituted ceremonies, which discriminated supe- riors from inferiors, and the honorable from the ignoble: in tiie court, the prince is distinguished from his ministers; and, in the ladies, apartment, the senior takes the precedence. The rules, on which ceremonies are regulated, are permanent. 103, 104. With these lines the subject is again changed, and the writer proceeds to describe the ancient capitals, their situation, &c. The ancient eastern capital Loyang, is in the modern Honan foo; and the western, Changngan, is, we believe, in Sengan foo. 107—118. These lines furnish us with a picture of the imperial palaces. The buildings arc numerous, lofty, and commanding; the apartments are spacious, and provided with seats for entertainments (which in those ancient times were merely mats), and instrument? of music. 'When the ministers of state ascend the steps of the hall of audience on the east, they ought to raise the left foot first, but the right foot should go first when they ascend on the west.' Their caps were in form like the union of two hands,—made sometimes of pea- cock's feathers, sometimes of deer's skins, and at other times of com- mon leather. The comparison of them to the stars refers to their number. 119, 120. All the books and manuscripts of former limes were collected: those of the three Hticient monarchs were called fun, lite- rally 'the lombs;' and those of the five emperors were called teen, 'canons.' For an account of the different modes of writing, the n Tat Wan, or Thousand Character Clastic. '241 rred to the 'mb in his private room, to manifest their mily of Paou Seuen was poor, and he took ring over hooks. Sliaou Keun perceiving ] his daughter to him in marriage; where- he family of your father you have been ac- nid elegancies of life, how will you bear the nces when you come to reside in the house jlied, 'rny father, perceiving that you are a y, determined to propose me as your wife; my father's offer, how shall I presume to Paou Seuen smiling, answered, ' if these n certainly have no objection to the pro- nee with the acnount respecting the origin these two lines are supposed to have been ters which Chow Hingtsze had not found :e into any previous part of his work; and sjointed manner in which they are intro- iition. vho have had patience to follow our author end of their work, will agree with us in the dapted to accomplish the purposes of erluca- se too of riper years, never, or at least very with reluctance; and the study of it they i irksome task. The perusal of the Thou- iither in the original or as it appears in the ihow somewhat of the need there is here for ments of primary education. And this ne- I more apparent, when we proceed to th<> er classics. 244 MW/.s about Canton. 1835. SKP. ART. l\. Walks about Canton: apothecary's shop and hornet's nest; two blind fiddlers; little twin beggars; cricket-fights; Budhistic tat gatherers. Extracts from a private journal. A HORNET'S nest of enormous size, hung up in an apothecary's shop, having for several days attracted the attention of travelers, in- duced me to inquire respecting the object of placing it in that posi- tion. Accordingly I entered the shop, and after the usual civilities, taking a cup of tea, wishing health, wealth, &c., began to inquire of the principal person in the shop concerning the properties of various medicines then before us; at length the hornet's nest came to be noticed: "it was brought from a great distance," said the old gen- tleman, "it grew on a very high tree, its cruel and poisonous inmates had all been driven out," etc., etc. The conclusion of the whole matter was, that his medicines would cure all kinds of diseases, and the hornet's nest was a proof of it! Monday, July 2Qtk. Two blind fiddlers attracted my notice this afternoon. They were middle-aged and stout looking men, but utterly unable to see. Each had a stringed instrument, somewhat like the guitar, though very much inferior to it; each had likewise a long bamboo cane in his hand, and a wallet hanging over his shoulder. They were going from shop to shop, begging for ' cash,' or whatever they could obtain. When they marched, one followed the other, taking hold of the skirt of his garment, or rather placing his right hand on the right shoulder of his fellow. On entering a shop, they immediately commenced playing and continued doing so till they obtained their 'kumshaw;' they then instantly desisted and moved to another shop, and repeated the same operation. Women and children often ap- pear begging in the same manner, and sometimes four or five, nay, even a dozen in a company. Two little girls, enough alike to be twins, passed along down in the same street where I saw the blind fiddlers. They too were both blind, and were equipped and marched in the same style as the two old veterans—except they had no music, and instead of wallets were furnished with large wooden dishes. They were bareheaded and barefooted, ragged, filthy, and half covered with a certain species of vermin, well known among some of the poorer classes of people in this country. On overtaking them and listening to what they were saying, for they were chattering at a great rate and in excellent humor, I found they were bound to the neighborhood of the foreign factories. They were nine years old, and were sent out on their expedition by their parents. Wednesday, July 22rf. Cricket-fights. The people of the celestial empire, who have never been in the Coliseo de los Toros at Madrid, or in any other similar places of the west, have no conception of the splendid ex- hibitions of European bull-fights. N;iy, should sons of Han have the audacii and then It pieces, the; and the pr forthwith s< torn in pie< doubt whet sports of th to take the would occa market—fa true princi ting loose o fine sport ai equal. Mi the battles i great numl where they head. Hui the prowess will someti his strengti gentlemen i and boys, < commonly i inon Gryllti every way i them for sa1 The best ci antagonist, cricket; an field until c P. S. C mon in Chi veled; but witnessed, s Budhists explained. to hold ortic port what priests, who from house purses, and the former house or sh where mor the reason it perhaps I like a tax. Walks about Ctnifon. 24."> oft'a bull's head, or to tie up one of those animals ipon liirn a pack of blood-hounds to tenr him in immediately be placed under the ban of empire, iiullia would (could they get possession of them) i down to the ninth region of hades, there to be he monsters of the net her world. Moreover, I 'hinese have much knowledge of the more homely t. To allow the 'chieftain of the poultry-yard' mid not only expose him to imminent danger, but ss of flesh, and render him far less valuable in the i have great force with those who understand the ioiiomy. But the fighting of crickets, the let- these belligerents against another, is really very way worthy the dignity of a nation which has no , when the mercury is well up, is the time for diets. During this season they are taken in he neighboring lulls, and brought to the city, for from one cash to several tens of dollars, per id thousands of dollars are annually staked on warriors. A first rate cricket, like a fine courser, several wagers pending upon a single trial of lasses of persons, coolies, servants, shopmen, nd country, officers civil and military, old men this species of gambling. The cricket most in this service seems to be the male of the com- ris: it has a noble martial appearance, and is ssed for the fight. I saw several hundreds of in one of the streets of the western suburbs, id no excitement to induce them to meet an 'always do in single combat,—cricket against d that like men of honor they never quit the other has received full satisfaction. I have been told that 'cock-fiehting is com- ly be so in regions beyond where I have tra- fe seen, nor yet met with any person who has g in this country. Friday, July 31 st. as tar gatherers is a subject which is soon sages of the country, Budhists are not allowed ourse are not legal tax gatherers. I will re- i the thing will be easily understood. The udhists, five or six in number, were going »nd from shop to shop: some of them had ! furnished with printed labels and brushes: and received money from the inmates of the unc the latter and marked all those places 'en them. The amount given, as well as was done, I could not ascertain; nor should nx, hut surely it was something very much giist 3d. ,V«//Vf 1835. SEP. ART. V. Literary notices, 1. The. Friend of India; published every Thursday morning, Serampore; January 1st to July 16th, !&'{.->: Vol. l,Nos. 1 to 29. 2. The Canton Press; published every Saturday; September \Wi to 26th, 1835. Vol. 1, Nos. I to 3. EVERY new accession to the literary force now engaged in diffusing a knowledge of the East—the extent and importance of its territories, the value and variety of its natural productions, and the moral and intellectual condition of its numerous inhabitants, affords us sincere pleasure. We hail with satisfaction the two publications of which the names stand at the head of this article. "The welfare of India, the country of our adoption, though not of our birth," say the con- ductors of the paper published at Serampore, "is the grand object of our labors: and the means by which that aim can alone be rea- lized, are the diffusion of correct information and just views res- pecting her interests, and the encouragement of right feeling towards her." Again they say: " With respect to the promotion of a nation's wellbeing by its rulers, we believe the great mistake of governments in general arises from an anxiety to do too much. There is no per- suading them, that people will get on best with their own business, when least meddled with. They need most to learn how to leave men alone. Security of property and person, at a cost as small as possible to the nation, is the grand end of a government. When this is secured, perhaps all the other requisites for national advance- ment can be found better in society itself, than in the measures of the government. National prosperity, to deserve the name, must be the associate and fruit of universal activity and intelligence in the peo- ple: and these can never be effectually awakened and maintained through a whole population, unless their own necessities and desires furnish the requisite stimulus. The natural absolute necessities of men are so few and simple, as to be easily supplied by an indolent effort, which does not deserve the name of industry, and has no fel- lowship with either personal or relative virtue, with either manli- ness or generosity of character. Our acquired necessities are both the manifestation and the effective spring of general progress in ci- vilization and prosperity; and for them we are dependent primarily upon the example and persuasion of others; and also upon the na- tural craving of the human mind for more than it has at any time attained, of what it has been taught to consider desirable. In na- tional improvement, therefore, every member instructs and urges on another; and in proportion as any are refined and zealous beyond their fellows, they naturally acquire an extended influence upon the progress of the whole body politic. The true function of public writers, (and it is at the same time their reward,) is in company with their readers and supporters to help on this march of general improve- ment, not so much with the dogmatism of teachers as with the kind- liness of fellow-students. To this task we would address ourselves, with what ability we mnv, in special relVreiicc to India."' itcrary Notices. 247 of eight pages of a large quarto size, ipees per month. The numbers before g stud valuable information. The whole it a just claim to the title which it bears: pathies of its conductors are enlisted in • adopted country. Well acquainted with h many of the languages which are spoken nsive range of correspondents, they have iu hope that their labors will receive the Is of their country. Most cordially do we those who wish to watch the progress of .idia and the East. 11 pursuit of the object for which its struc- pedient," having made "its d6but on the spectful obeisance to the community," its rinciple on which it is the design that his cted, and the line of policy he contemplates progress of his labors," in the following kui- s he, "as we avowedly confess ourselves to ire, by which the best interests of our coun- sel; impressed as we strongly are towards ciples which intelligent arid enlightened men suited to the present advanced state of socie- jredilectiotis to incline irresistibly towards a r.ing system of government at home, and the idly relations abroad — we have no hesitation that we are influenced in our opinions of •lit; measures, in proportion as the former are ind the latter wise, salutary, and judicious. ;ions, we opine, the politics of Europe lose ;h as local events and domestic occurrences ;, and indeed, we conjecture, more congenial tastes of our readers. The states of Europe .infold but few acts or circumstances attracting t of the foreigners of Canton. They are too iresting, it is presumed, to draw forth any pecu- satisfaction from a community absorbed solely 3 of the counting house. But European and fo- erally, we shall faithfully detail, and as often as rded to us for doing so. We may have occasion, such parts of it as may be applicable to these he Canton Press has not yet been in operation I us a fair opportunity of judging how it will necessary to put such a machine in motion, and lace as Canton. The editor's prospectus will :r of our present number. •246 Journal of Occurrences. II I ART. VI. Journal of occurrences. The bark Troughlon; death by opium; Peking; the Tartar commandant of Canton; new hong merchant and linguist; death of governor Loo. THK few occurrences which have come to our knowledge during the month are recorded below. In consequence of the collision between the British and Chinese authorities last year, a good deal of excitement has been produced at Peking. Orders, public and secret, have been issued to all the authorities along the sea-coasts to put in requisition all their munitions of war. The preparations of defense here have been advancing steadily during the summer: cannon, and some of them of a very large calibre, have been made; fire ships prepared; and the forts at the Bogue repaired and reinforced. It is now admitted by some, that the damage done to the forts and the number of lives lost in them last year, was not inconsiderable. In China, as well as in other countries of the East, it is almost impossible to learn the truth on points where national honor is concerned. When a British army, a few years ago, entered the Burman empire, nothing but a series of triumphs "was reported to the king; while exactly the opposite of that was the fact. Whenever the authorities of this country are brought fairly in con- tact with those of Europe, they will need first of all to learn to utter and main- tain the truth. September 1st. Money and goods of the bark Troughton. The amount of pro- perty taken by the Chinese, was estimated to be $74,380 45; the sum returned through the hands of the hong merchants, by order of the governor, amounts to $24,435 50. Two gold watches, likewise, and parts of a broken quadrant have been returned. Several criminals, or persons taken as such, have been brought to Canton: but how and when they are to be tried, and whether any further efforts will be made to recover the rest of the money and bring the depredators to jus- tice, remains to be seen. It is suspected, and not without good reason, that certain official people were engaged in the piracy. Orders were promptly issued by the governor and fooyuen to seize all the parties concerned in the attack; some of them doubtless have been taken; and we have been informed on the best authority that several innocent persons have also been apprehended and their property taken from them, because they happened to have in possession new dollars, like those taken from the Troughton. Moreover, we happen to know that several of the cruizers, which were instantly to go in pursuit of the plunder- ers, are, and for long time have been, quietly anchored in the inner harbor at Macao. Thursday, 3d. A death by opium occurred last night; and the body of the de- ceased was examined by order of the magistracy, this morning. The reports on these cases are not often made public; and if they chance to be, they are soon forgotten. Friday, ilth. Peking. Dispatches were received to-day from the capital: it is reported that Loo Twanfoo, son of governor Loo, and a son of Ke the fooyuen, have both been promoted on the list of imperial officers. It is rumored that go- vernor Loo has been ordered to repair to Peking immediately. Friday, 18th. licit the Tartar commandant left Canton to-day; he goes first to Peking, and then to fill the office of tseangkeun in Mantchouria, o.ie of the highest military posts in the empire. Tuesday, 22d. A new hong merchant, Yih Yuenchang, is admitted to the co-hong: the name of his hong is Footae, and he is known to foreigners by the name of Shonching; he has, we hear, two or three partners. There is also a new lin- guist, Yangheen (Yaungheen), in place of Hopin, who was banished last year. Friday, '25th. The death of governor Loo was announced this evening: it oc- curred after a severe illness of only a few hours. He was a native of Cheihle, and died aged sixty-six years, having been about forty years in the service of the government. He has left a very large family to mourn his loss. The seals of his office full intn the hands of the fooyuen, who retains them until a successor is ap- pointed from Peking II ART. 1. i museum China, publish GREAT am bited in tl with the I Impenetrat destiny, an safed to hii and invcnti yet human world and it has mere vens, some not do, Go( lation of hi glory. Cor productions the light c tongue can nor can we devolves 01 the execute culpable iiu then shall n lias been rai tenor of tha most solemr alas, how fe tion the wi! VOL. IV. a HE 12 REPOSITORY, -OcioKEi:, L<"35. — No. 6, on of the Ifiblc; manuscript in thr. liritish in undertaken in Bengol, and another in totices of the means and mramires employed to es in Chinese previous to A. i>. 1830. i are the tokens of divine benevolence cxlii- crention, they are as notliing in comparison adness unfolded in the pages of revelation. must for ever have wrapped up man's future row filled his heart, had Jehovah not vouch- u of things unseen. Many of the discoveries 11 genius are deservedly held in high esteem; has never been able to penetrate the invisible ! with its inhabitants; unaided by inspiration to trace, on the earth and in the visible hea- i of the Deity. What human strength could lished; and in giving to his creatures a reve- as opened before them a world of eternal he pages of God's living oracles, the greatest :'il poets, historians, and philosophers, are ns 'orm before the noonday sun. No mortal describe the excellency of the divine word; ve of the responsibility which such a deposit ors. It is a very serious thing to be made will and testament of a fellow-being: and an who fails to execute such a trust. What ning the execution of that instrument, which jlood of the eternal Son of God? ]5y the those who have it in trust arc bound by the to give it to those who have it not. But have been the efforts to carry into exccu- ine Testator! 250 1835. Chinese Version of the J3ible. OCT. Every render of the English version of the Bible has great reason for gratitude to God, that so much has been done to make the word of life intelligible in his owu tongue. The labors of Tyndal and other early translators are doubtless well known to our readers-; yet a brief notice of the present English version, detailing the manner in which it was accomplished, will be a fit introduction to what we are about to record concerning that which has been made in the language of this country. We premise here, that it has recently been proposed, (and the proposition is now being carried into effect,) to revise the Chi- nese version of the sacred Scriptures. Early in the seventeenth century, and soon after the accession of James I., his majesty resolved that there should be made a new ver- sion of the Bible. Accordingly he wrote, or caused letters to be written, to the archbishops and bishops to secure as speedily as pos- sible the assistance of all the principal learned men in his kingdom. The number of translators engaged, and those too who were well read in Hebrew and Greek, was forty-seven. These were assem- bled in small parties at Westminster, Cambridge, and Oxford. That they might proceed to the best advantage, the king suggested the fol- lowing instructions. 1, The Bible read in the church, commonly called the Bishop's Bible, was to receive as few alterations as might be; and to pass throughout, unless the original called plainly for an amendment: 2, the names of the prophets, &.c., were to be kept as near as they could be to the customary user 3, the old ecclesiastical words, to be retained;—for example, church was not to be exchanged for congregation; 4, when any ward had several significations, that which has been commonly used by the most cele- brated fathers should be preferred, provided it be agreeable to the context and the analogy of faith: 5, the chapters were not to be altered without apparent necessity: 6, the margin not to be charged with any notes, except for the explanation of those Hebrew and Greek words which cannot be translated without some circumlocution, and therefore not so proper to be inserted in the text. 7, the margin to be furnished with such citations as serve for a reference of one place of Scripture to another: 8, every member of each division or party of those engaged in the revision, to take the chapters as- signed to the whole company: and after having gone through the version, all the division was to meet, examine the respective perfor- mances, and determine which parts should stand: 9, when any di- vision had finished a book in this manner, they were to transmit it to the rest to be further considered: 10, if any of the respective divisions should doubt or dissent on the review of the book transmit- ted, they were to mark the places, and to send back the reasons of their disagreement; if they happened to differ about the amendment, the dispute was to be referred to a general committee, consisting of the most distinguished persons drawn out of each division; however, this decision was not to be made till they had gone through the work: II, when any place was remarkably obscure, letters were to be addressed by authority to the most learned persons in the uni- versities, -or were^to -be the in ten dec languages,-) fat- either -W of -each con and the kint J4, -the -trai _and -Geneva. -the Bishop's -in each of -d; tors, -w ere <.o rest of the 91 Almost 1 1 work -being .London, — n; a third from out of each < and out oft! "press {this J Uilson, bishc Beginning Ji. work,. and .] ^translation •« quarto «ditio _care~requirec __ trace -briefly ^n the firs " _ _ingjieen 4nf( __ Jn the Chine _coxnmittee w the -Society t into the Chii the-first insts ~riese Jangnaj _ pflhe manus raf -printing 5 on the practi well as -respe attempted; •< nese flianusc fourEvangel excepting thi lation may I elegance to - guages; it a from - the Vi that the expe *-Version-of t/ie Bililr. 2'>l • their judgment on the text: -12, letters - r -Jiishop -to -Ills -clergy, -advising -them -of and requesting oil that were skilled in the - suit -of their observations -to -the divisions - ambridge; -or -Oxford •; - 13, the-directors be the deans of Westminster and Chester, - if Hebrew -and Greek in -each-university: yndal, Matthew, -Coverdwle, "VVhitchurch, lien tlu'v come -closer f hia own stvle till he saw it in print. It is j«.-:If Imve observed a sermon, when printed, in certain passages from what it did while in vere scrutiny, 1 cannot but hope that a faithful •ripturo.s, in the Chinese language, will, at Xlie importance of presenting the Word of •spu'.uoualy expressed, to two or three hundred sinners, when I duly realize it, removes all and causes me to feel a joy I cannot describe. 'it as a part of divine wisdom, to put into the i, laboring independently of each other (Mr. , thus to cure for the translation of the sacred ;uage so peculiar in its nature, and understood men. Should we have wisdom given us rightly rs' labors, I suppose that the translation of the uglit to as great perfection in twenty years, as i the hand of one alone in the space of fifty, rd relative to the moveable types. We have now > bear, and are therefore able, in some degree, to of them. One instance of their utility you have r being enabled to get and correct tea or twelve before we finally strike it oft This, however, ione in wood. There, all it imaioveable: no he chisel has begun its work, but by means al- isive with cutting a new block: and if we say, reive times,1 only think of the expense of getting aouics of every sheet. But the moving of a few wn, or the replacing of them with others, is the lumber of minutes. There is, then, the beauty of i'.ally drawn, then cut in metal. I do not say that exceed in beauty the generality of wooden types in s it will be the case. But succeeding ones certain- lives be long spared. But the cheapness of this ultimate saving to the public in the multitude of ina will require, are beyond anything I ever men- thought at une time that the preparing of all the an edition of the Scriptures might perhaps equal the 5 them cut in wood ; although, when we cut in wood e cut much cheaper heee from the low-ness of wages. ill not be the case. The expense of the first five or iderable: but it diminishes as we proceed, from the the new characters required. I expect the first ex- c types for the whole Scriptures will be scarcely a f having them cut in wood, either in China or Ben- 256 1835. Chinese Version of the Bible. OCT. Si. In a letter dated January 1st, 1822, Drs. Carey and Marshman, speaking of the liberality of the Bible Society, say, " it lias led to the translating and printing of the whole Bible in Bengalee, in the Sans- krit, the Hindostanee, the Orissa, the Mahratta, and the Chinese, of which latter, only- Chronicles and the three minor historical books remain to be finished at the press."* In 1824, the committee of the Society say in their annual report, "At your last anniversary, [held May 7th, 1823,] a copy of the entire Bible in the Chinese lan- guage was laid upon the table by the eldest son of the reverend Dr. Marshman."t A nd the committee added in the same paragraph: " Let it, however, be recorded with gratitude, that, during the year now passed, another version of the entire Bible in the same language has been added to the former, by the labors of the Rev. Dr. Morrison at Canton, and his late valuable colleague, the Rev. Dr. Milne." Dr. Morrison arrived in China in 1807, and brought with him the manuscript which we have already noticed. "Perhaps," said the di- rectors of the Society, under the auspices of which he came hither, "perhaps you may have the honor of forming a Chinese dictionary, more comprehensive and correct than any preceding one; or the still greater honor of translating the sacred Scriptures into a language spoken by a third part of the human family."| "To the completion, of this work," says Dr. Milne, "the attention of the Society [the Lon- don Missionary Society] has ever since been directed: the great ex- pense to which the directors went, was to secure a competent trans- lation of the whole Bible into the Chinese language. The cost of fitting out the first translator, his passage, Chinese books, translating, salaries of native assistants, for more than five years, and his first ef- forts to publish the Scriptures, were borne by the Missionary Society alone. After that, as we shall soon have occasion to notice, very liberal aid was afforded by the Bible Society."§ "In 1810, Mr. Morrison, having acquired sufficient acquaintance with the Chinese language, to satisfy himself that the translation of the Acts of the Apostles which he brought out with him, would, if amended and revised, be useful, he accordingly made such correc- tions as he deemed necessary, and tri«d, what yet remained doubt- ful, the practicability of printing the holy Scriptures. The attempt succeeded; and he felt not a little encouraged in ascertaining that such works could be accomplished with considerable facility; he thought an important poitit was now gained; and having proved that it was practicable for persons in the service of the Missionary Society to print the sacred writings in China, he felt as if he could die more willingly than before. He had effected enough to encou- rage the Society to send a successor. The charges for printing the Acts of the Apostles, was exorbitantly high: it amounted to more than half a dollar per copy."|| * Nineteenth Report, 1823, page U4. t Twentieth Report, 1824, page Iviii. t Letter of General Instruction to the Rev. R.Morrison. Milne's Retrospect, page 58. 9 Milne's Retrospect, page 53. || Milne's Retrospect, page 83. In 1811, printed.* li tore the con pleased to t grant, the C timonials » profieieiir.y tions that it and the lab tiT, having lated by tin pursue his I nese, by a s proceeded lament was dated Janu the translat the grants "I beg ti lament, car completed, arrival of n practicable possess. 1 the purposi the New T in the wor number of thousand. those placi from that < bor here, a ing the inn copies of tl which wil send you a me to notii fuel transh be better r tion made sacred Scr know me, my best. bles-sing. latton, art volume is « Milne's \ Eighth I t Ninth K VOL. IV. se Version of the Bible. 257 n of the gospel of Luke was finished and his year, a copy of the Acts having come be- British & Foreign Bible Society, they were ;.»f .:C,">l»O to aid the work. In making this vere particularly influenced by the high tt-s- d received of Mr. Morrison's character and i9 ummer of 1815, in- consequence of the indis- Bf who-•was preparing metallic types for Mor- larm- was occasioned and an attack from the led. The person- who had care of the blocks lion, fearing that he- might- be invoked, des- of tliem^ they -were, however, shortly after- >nd grant of £1600, was made-near the close 1816, Mr. Morrison wrote thus to the secretary • I am now engaged in translating the book of t accompany lord Amherst te Peking, I shall, li that very edifying portion of Scripture this Mr. Milne, at Malacca, has nearly completed imy. We shall,- of course, avail ourselves of all reach us, arid also compare our translations e been made, or which may hereafter be pub- 'ish that every laborer may have his due share geod men now, and of posterity. An Italian lish church, and agent for the missionaries at r favored me with a translation of the gospels, by a missionary still living at Peking. The have in China printed many books on the which there is much excellent matter; but they ;ht to print the Scriptures."{ On the 7th of the i!6, Mr. Morrison left Macuo and accompanied court of Peking.§ In a letter written after his , February 24th, 1817, he says,|| " an edition of :• New Testament] is about to be struck off at uence of its being thought imprudent to do it have desired Mr. Milne to .print, together with , an edition of the book of Genesis; and, I think, will print some copies of the book of the Deu- has himself translated." Again, "I am anxious slations of the Old Testament. It has struck me, i China, how exceedingly well adapted the Old put into the hands of idolaters. In almost every irectly or indirectly condemned." Again, uuder I4lh, of this year, he wrote: "The book of Isaiah nlf translated. Several type-cutters are engaged acca, for the purpose of printing Deuteronomy, •ilitioii of the Psalms in duodecimo." And yet ame date: "When we have rendered the whole ! wish of Mr. Milne and myself to meet together, )ld Testament and the New, to a careful revision. able to remove any errors or incongruities which rom tlie translations having been made at different clicd parts." :ct, page 132. 1 Milne's Retrospect, page 141. rt, 1817, nap 15. $ Milne's Retrospect, page 184. irt, 1818, pagf 239 260 OCT. Chinese Version of the Bible. Milrie visited China early in 1818; and in a letter to the Bible Society dated at Macao, the 20th of January of that year, says, "the tniiwlation of the Old Testament is going on. The Psalms/Exodus Deuteronomy, Joshua, Judges, and Ruth, are finished, partly by him (Morruoii}, and partly by myself. Should life and health he con- tinued, We trust the whole will he completed within this year "* 1 hus the translation advanced, till the whole was completed, on the of November, 1819.t "Fidelity, perspicuity, and simplicity," says Milne,t "have been aimed at in this version; and it affords "no small gratification to the translators to know, that many parts of the work already printed, are more easily and better understood among t le middling and lower classes of Chinese, than some of their own classical books are. This is to be attributed solely to an undeviatirig aim to be understood by common men, as well as to be faithful to the originals. The most common and less complicated characters have been employed where they could express the sense; and a sim- ple, though they hope not a vulgar, phraseology has been uniformly adopted, in preference to that which, though dignified with the high appellation of classical, is either too antiquated for modern use or too high for ordinary capacities. * * * The translators now commit the Chinese Bible to the care of Jlim whose Spirit dictated its con- tents; praying that he may open many channels for its circulation- dispose many millions to read it j and make it the mighty instru- ment of illumination and eternal life to China." Thus wrote Dr. Milne in 1820; it was then his purpose to devote much time to the work of revision; but before he had gone over the whole even once in review, he was removed by death from the scene of his labors This was on the 2d of June, 1822. "My lamented friend," said Dr. Morrison, in a letter dated at Canton, October I0th of this year "did not live to see the whole Bible printed in Chinese. Disease arrested his progress in the midst of a revisal of the last two books: these were sent up to me to prepare them for the press, which I have, done, and returned them to Malacca, to be put into the hands of the Chinese printers."§ The death of Dr. Milne made it neces- sary for Dr. Morrison to visit Malacca. At that place, under date F March 18th, 1823, he says: "There are now eight persons en- gaged in printing the Scriptures in Chinese; and if no unforeseen occurrence shall arise, the whole will be cot and struck off in about three months. < * As soon as they are all printed and bound, we purpose sending a few copies to the Bible Society to be deposited in their library for subsequent revision and correction. Dr, Milne and I hoped to live and sit down together to revise the whole, but the Divine Sovereign has summoned him hence."|| Agreeable to Dr. M.'s expectations, the blocks were completed on the 20th of May following, and "impressions taken of all the parts of the -Bible which were not before printed."^} From tl limit our r in the grer Bible wbie of the ind moved by employed, they were est degree of the tr«n sors shoulc done to rei for whom hope, be cl those who Chinese ve if not siirps Respecti world previ Chinese, a must suffict Bible Socie mentioned report dnlei 1819, 1821 each £300 pore we ha of the aid w Biblical pu • Fifteenth Report, 1819, page 225. t Milne's Retrospect, pnge 289. Milne s Retrospect, page 291. « Nineteenth Report, 1823, page 124 || Twentieth Report, 182-1, page 112. if Twentieth Report, 1824 page 113 thanks to tl the Chinese nfforded to word of life islands of r suppose nv there has pi had a very i country am great work forth; and' and the mi sen, shall ac and in truth • Milne's R tesr I'miiin of the Ifiblc. 261 30, the period within which we proposed to • |nvsrni, very luilc MCCIIIS in have deen done iting lilid perfecting ihe two versions of the I iii the Chinese lungnuu-e. One and another were acquainted with the language were re- :he few who survived were so situated and re cnni|X'lled to postpone a work in which jHjje, mid to see curried forward to the high- We tire sure that it was the earnest desire <out one third of that number. These have n, copies having been sent to almost every there are people to rend them. Tims a nenced: the word of I he Lord has gone id prosper, till all the inhabitants of Sinim r children who dwell on the islands of the Son of Gnd to be their Savior and in spirit 1 worship the Most High. 26-2 1833. s of j\/oilrni f/iina,- OCT.' ART.- il. -Noticts -of modern -(.'hind-: -appeals -from -the -inf trier -to ~ the superior -courts', abuses -in -the -manner-of appeal $ accumu- lation -of cases -in provincial courts $ the -difficulty ~nf obtaining •redress.-- By ft. -I. "Ati-tlie subjects -of the empire;'-' according to section 332 ofthespenal - codej "whether --soldiers -or citizens,-who»lmve -complaints -und infor — •motions to -lay-before -the-offieers -of -government, -shall address -them- - selves, in the -first -instance, to the -lowest -tribunal of -justice --wit bin •ihe-district-to -which they -belong, from -which the cognizance -of the __ - .affair -may -be transferred -to the -superior tribunals -in regular -grada- tion.'-' "it appears -from this and -other tirticles -of the -code," adds the translator in a iiote^o the foregoing section, "that an appeal from the-lower-to the higher^ribunals 4s allowed -both -in -civil -ns -well -us — ^criminal cases^ -not as -has -been supposed, an criminal *ases only; jndeed there are no traces -of any such distinction^-as Jhat.-of -civil and Criminal -in the jurisprudence -of the-Chinese." That civil and Criminal -actions are tried at the same-tribunals is apparent-from-sec1 — .. tion-341 of.the-code,-Jvhich provides, Jhati "in M *:*, ! « • I In III iv<; ry^ roiibery, frauds, assaults, breach of -laws -concerning- marriage, landed property, .or pecuniary -contracts, or of any other-like offenses, committed -by t>r against individuals in the military «lass; :if-any of the people «re implicated -or concerned, Jthe military commanding officer ,. __ ^nd-the-civif magistrate shall Jiave a coiicurrent-jurisdiction.il What Jhe -particular jurisdictions -of each magistrate -are, seems not to -be- well defined ; -but it is probable that all -criminal cases -of impor- tance-areijrought-beforethe nganclia sze,-or cady, and-that -weighty civil actions -are laid in the fooyuen's court, both of those -officers consulting in cases- of difficulty with the governor of-the-provincei- .JTlie inferior magistrates -have, Jio doubt, .both civil and criminal-ju- risdiction within certain limits- Appeals as a last resort, are sometimes -carried to the emperor in person, but this -is an incorrect practice; they ought first to be laid before and opened by the general court of appeal in Peking.? To- tsin and Changling the last and present premiers of the emperor's government, together with some other officers, were mulct of-their pay in 1830,t for allowing two sealed petitions to be handed to the emperor in person, one by a soldier of the body-guard, and another by an old man of Shantung province. The -proceedings of the court of appeal are probably dilatory, for we find the emperor admitting in 1830, that it had been left too much to its own discretion ;J he rdered therefore that ordinary cases should be decided henceforth in fixed periods of ten or twenty days, or a month, and the -law -to that affect to be inserted in the code. The direct appeals to the em- peror are made only perhaps by females and old persons who are in- capacitated informatioi presented -t parties-win the other criminal ci ^Tartar, liai neighbor; in open cm now claim* fiwd nothin The em] petitions in subject whence we hands ^n tl peals -" to -) also the re girls of ten cases there before the -< of the pro "The distr officers 4o j before the' did these o others to d multiplicity missness o! request the ore -and foi them from disputes al themselves send the a( sation be f unjustly; greater th-i ed. That be made, \ yuen of tli they have! them, the i ihcm, and who so dec * For a description of this court, see Chinese Repository, vol. 4, page -145. - t Canton Register, Sept. «th, J830. t Canton Register, Oct. -2d, 1839. 'Canton t Canton' s of jUixleru-Cliiutt.- jj(j;$ iection-339 of the <;ode, -from prosecuting - •ticulnr-cases. Several -petitions-were thus - ar 4839,'on his return from -Tartary, by - road-side: one was an -unmarried -woman, * all the parties-were handed over to-the he Toochayuen), which accompanied lite y's case-proved to be,', that her father, a "iiis l:iiiil, before his death, Jay -a powerful ht^justice, but was-examined •and insulted jqnence Imaged herself.| -The daughter - •-and revenge for herHiiother'-ti death.—We • lie subject. ive been very much troubled with these - ; to« memorial -presented -to -him -on -the of infantry, who -have -charge of the -city ned in -niai-ntatning the }>eace of Peking; that the young ladies pass-througli their eror.§ They attribute the number of ap- many persons in -pressing^heir cases, and -local officers, so that even women and - ike long journies to Fjeking to state their n~present their accusations successively rom-the-district magistrate Hip -to-the judge - always-sent-back again to the-magistrate. 'add the memorialists,-"are -the -proper- jdress; jvhy should accusations-be brought ;ancha sze, governor, and fooynen^ Or he cases brought before them, 431-appoint the case be referred to Peking? The vhig entirely to the -negligence and-re- •r.botli high and low." The memorialists ajesty "will issue mandates to the govern- 3s, that whenever a case is referred to whether it regard life or property, or petty they shall cither take cognizance of it ! trusty officers to act for Uieni, and not IB district magistrates. That if the accu- 3trict magistrates be punislied for deciding aser receive a punishment one degree lierwise. have been inflicted on the accus- tion is presented at Peking, examination in brought before the governor and foo- which the accuser comes; and whether ; of it. If it has not been brought before |)UuisLiud; if it has been brought before y against the complainant, the officers lished, iScc." 1830 t rijinrsc Ki-pcisikirv; vol 'l.fwge 149 1830 ?Canton Kcgi'.tei.'March J7Hi. 1831 264 1835. Notices of Mudern China. OCT. Now the punishments here recommended for injustice on the part of the magistrates, and false informations on the part of the people, are expressly provided for by sections 336 and 410 of the code. We must suppose therefore either that no provision had been made be- fore at Peking, to insure the execution of those laws in the pro- vinces, or else that the emperor caused these captains of infantry to present a memorial to him, to furnish him with a text upon which to preach about the execution of laws, that he is unable to enforce effectually. Many of the appeals arise out of delay in obtaining justice, which may partly result from arrears of business in the courts; for we find mention of promotion of an officer in the court of chancery of Shan- tung, in 1828,* who had decided three hundred cases, whether civil or military or both does not appear, within twelve months. In I830,t a magistrate of the province of Hoopih was reported to have tried and decided upwards of a thousand cases within the year; and another in Shantung had retried and decided upwards of six hundred cases in which the parties had appealed to superior courts. "There is," says the emperor on this last occasion, " some merit in this ac- tivity; but if so many undecided cases existed in two districts; what must be the number throughout the empire 1" He attributes the cause of an accumulation of judicial business to remissness and to unjust decisions, which make appeals necessary. "The present system," he adds, "ofrewarding vigilant (magistrates), and bringing general unproved accusations to me against the remiss, is utterly insufficient. Hereafter, let all governors of provinces, and fooyuen issue strict orders that litigations must be settled as fast as they arise It accumulations occur, then proceed to severe measures against the magistrates, and report to me. The hope is, that in this way merit and demerit will be clearly distinguished, and all trifling and idle habits will be removed; false imprisonment will cease, and magis- trates will learn to be more careful."' The same neglect and injustice which is admitted to obtain in the rourts of justice ... ca.«,;s when the parties may have an opportunity to appea prevails also, it is to be feared, in the trial of capital crimes, when the sufferer can have little chance of appeal. "The criminals in all the provinces," says the emperor in 1827 t "referred to the supreme court for the autumnal executions, have had their casts examined by the Board of Punishments (at Peking) The sentences parsed in several of the provinces by tl* local governments have been reversed; which indicated a serious want of attention to these great concerns on the part of the governors, judges, &c By this neg ect, some have been erroneously involved in the crime, and others allowed to escape." Then follows the usual injunctions to better behavmr for the future. That the appeals to the emperor or to the supreme court at Peking do receive attention, is proved by' their frequency. We will instance a few chiefly for s.-.ke of the cir- other parts o In 1826,* plain in perse the murderer neighboring cousin went I tree, and wer himself. Tli of the teeth I carried to th ceived instea sion, which v sent him bac torted money the murderer him. All tin;- was: "recon A native ol or Censorate rape, and mi had bribed tin assist in bun inhabitants, i inmates of fir court, in layi. true; but we in the same y murder for wl but who wer but were bribi Another appe; gistrates who debauching ai WHS in this ca tence upon tli A man foui *. 1830. of Fuhkeen to injustice, in tl clan in the IK lice with -201)1 the offenders. by whom he \ * Malacca Ob t Canton Reg t Canton Reg § For the mot anecdote of Yar || Canton Reg VOL. IV. N (if Modern China. '2fi~> win, which will assist to illustrate many well its that of appeals, linen province went to Peking to com- rovincitil officers for neglecting to |innisli 'he son had gone to claim a debt from a returning in due time, his sister and a : they Found, his corpse suspended on a lie fanner that their relative had hanged r, exhibited marks of violence, and some ;d out, which the sister collected and Tin; father also claimed justice, but re- order to induce him to make a confes- im. He appealed to the governor who irate, who then chained him, and ex- : him. In addition to these outrages, her of his victim's wife, to sell her to le appeal to the emperor, whose answer "which is all we know about it. "Keangse appealed to the Toochfi yucn 329,t on an atrocious case of burning, st opulent of the two conflicting parties te and the police, to connive at and even if seventy apartments, killing the male the females. The police accused the in the execution of their duty. The re the emperor, allow its atrocity, if it lie re about it. Another appeal was made of the same province,! in the case of a ;re at the time under sentence of death; g to the appellant, the real murderers, e sentence of the law instead oft/iem.^ a native of NgarillWliy, against two ma- father to death on a false accusation of i murdering her husband. The charge i and a later gazelle contains the sen- transportation to Kle, and hard lalior. :king the same year from the province he magistrate and police of a district for ly son who had been shot by a hostile The clan being wealthy, bribed the po- ign money, and they would not seize dialect was unintelligible to the court 1847. 19. f be Hone, sec Le Comic'9 .Memoires. in the ion cd . 1698. page '-.'86 0 1835. Notices of Modern China. OCT. l ii! An appeal was ni.-idc in the following year against the governor and other officers of Ngauhwuy province,* for not carrying into execution the sentence of death which had been passed upon two convicted murderers. Also by a widow of a military officer who had in IUH lifetime been a member of the Military Board, and had been honored with a peacock's feather; she suspected that her husband had come Iiy his death unfairly, as proved to be the case, according to her story, mi examination of the corpse, and she applied to the authorities in S/.uchuen province, where it occurred, to examine into the case; but received only evasive replies.t The court of appeal to whom she represented the matter, applied to the Military Board (apparently), who returned to her for answer that the governor and commandant of the province averred, that the officer had been accidentally smothered by charcoal smoke. But this statement was unsatisfactory to the supreme court, which ordered an especial commission for in- quiry into the business. Here our information on this question stops. The widow admitted in her evidence that the commandant of Sze- clmon hud ollered her 4000 taels after her husband's decease, to en- able her to return to her family. The translator closes the story by the following reflections. "Tartars and Chinese of any considera- tion in the empire, always have their remains conveyed home for in- terment. The distance of a thousand miles would be no objection. The indefatigable perseverance of Chinese widows in cases similar to the above, to obtain justice and revenge, is a striking trait in their character. Their fearless accusation of the highest authorities speaks well for their moral courage, and for the system of govern- ment." The sentiment is true perhaps with regard to the widows; but in this case, the 4000 taels looks like a bribe to induce the widow to abandon the prosecution; in any eyent we cannot say much for a system of government, which requires so much exertion on the part of a widow to bring to light the circumstances which attended the death of a meritorious officer. In 1832, the Toocha yuen reported to the emperor the case of a widow of Fuhkeen province,! who after seeking redress in vain for four years, against the murderers of her only son, had sent her nephow to Peking to complain. The court was unable to obtain any information from the nephew on account of his speaking only a local dialect; but it appeared by the mother's petition, that the robbers by whom her son was murdered, were so powerful, that the police officers dared not attempt to sei?,e them. We have shown elsewhere, that the lectures read by thev emperor to his chief officers, are by them inflicted upon their inferiors, while the faults to which they refer are shifted by one party on to the other, but not redressed. So it is with appeals. Governor Le of Canton issued an edict in IWiH§ to forbid women to appeal to him, which we quote at length, because it explains why ihey are so prominent in petitioning. '.<;aiitini Keller Marrl) 17th. I8I!0 t Coiiton Rcgi-lcr. Mny l.-t. ISIJO ; C;,nic,,. KrsiMcr can it be dou selves heard v often obtain a whom their < 1823, to «'lii< ration the im • Canton Rej '.s of Modern i'ltina. '207 itmenf, the (tovernor i»f the two Kwaujt i women from coining forth to present ig employed as witnesses. It appears tlie inner apartments. Their duty ori- « accusations. And how can old men, fe, discharge the part of witnesses? But •y litigious spirit. Seditious characters jinselves forward. Sometimes, us the n old broken down people, they hire old ics, us the punishment of crimes cannot hey instigate women to come forth, and es, to appear openly in the halls of jus- >verruled instantly. You magistrates of ;h exert himself, and exhort and lead the t attended to, you must'level' (literally, introl them. Jf women come forth to famine their relations who have instigat- st in giving evidence, you must examine and find out where the brihery and dic- them, inflict severe punishment. Do people are impressed with a due dread rn to respectful habits-. I wish all you been, to act in conformity with my or- as a matter of slight importance." ; following year,* on occasion of setting vince, in which he says: "that although md crimes of similar heinousness, when it is permitted to the aggrieved to kneel nt petitions; still it is equally true that :s to implicate innocent parties in order people," he adds, "indulge themselves uy chair in order to force a petition into and punish him." Governor Loo of !33, that people must not pass by the; :in; except in important cases, such us y, &c. losition to evade or have little chance of making therri- against the rich; or if heard, that they •mil to be sent back to the parties with lated. A case occurred in Canton in were parties, which involved hy impli- tated, as well as an application of the 268 183,5. Armenian Apothegms. OCT. section of the code, as recommended by the captains of the city twites of Peking. It is lieri; stated from recollection; for nil the documents containing it were translated, and forwarded in that year to the E. I. Company by their servants in Canton. In 1821, the crew of H. M. ship Topaze was engaged in an affray with the inhabitants of Lintin, an island at the month of the Choo keang. One or two of the Chinese were killed, which led to a long negotiation with the authorities, who demanded life for life, but never obtained it. Two years afterwards, the brother of one of the inen who was killed found his way, on foot as he said, to Peking, and complained to the supreme court that he could not obtain redress for his brother's death. Not daring to accuse the governor of Canton, or perhaps hoping to gain more by a rich hong merchant, he accus- ed Howqua of having been bribed by the foreigners to hush up the affair. The emperor, to whom the case was referred, sent the poor man back to Canton, with an order to the governor to inquire into the matter. The governor did so, and reported that the accusation was false, and he went on to argue in the edict which was issued on the occasion, that the punishment for bringing a false accusation was by law, one degree less than would have been awarded to the accused hud he been guilty. Now according to law, thief-takers and police-men who connive with criminals to conceal crimes are liable to be transported 3000 le. The security merchants are con- sidered, proceeded the governor, as police and thief-takers for the control of the foreigners. Had the principal security merchant been guilty he would, therefore, have been sentenced to banishment to 3000 le; but since he is innocent, the accuser has rendered hjmself liable to a punishment one degree less, and he was sentenced accor- dingly to be banished to 2000 le distant. In consideration, however, of the aggravation, and of the distance which he had already travel- ed, the poor man was pardoned, and allowed tu return home again. ART. III. Armenian apothegms: continued from the Calcutta Literary Gazette of December 24/A, 1826. Furnished by a CORRESPONDENT. [The following paragraphs, which we have much pleasure in publishing, came to us accompanied by. a note, dated Macao, the 7th inst. Our corres- pondent, who writes under the signature of J. P. M., says: "The enclosed is a continuation of a few Armenian apothegms published in the year 1826 in the Calcutta Literary Gazette, Nos. 49, 50, 51, and 52." To us no part of Asia, excepting always the 'celestial empire," affords objects of greater inte- rest than Armenia. Of its inhabitants, a modern writer observes: "The Armenians, one of the most ancient nations of the civilized world, have main- tained themselves as a civilized people, amidst all those revolutions which barbarism, des| days of Assyni kish, and Persi served, not on ancient Hebre moral point of day, the centre them, like the (with the exce not debased ti perior cultivat yoke they live, found in their menians is a pi on the moral a its history, and to the Bible, v. writer: "The and one cannol that they are a in their own c of Mesopotami ment in Const! We are also tc country, each t thousands to ui Egypt; and it with Russia, h moreover, have an asylum in d merce has enti not only in aim in Russia, Pola long been acqi written a few: ration of young fair to be alt* fathers." We community of / to not more tha and are erccti must df'BiKt froi dent.] AN adage, tl yet its irmniti indigenous ei When ami dence guide? wards, hope the adamant posed impos; nihle exploit! Self-love i: and that wr menian Apothegms. i have occasioned in western Asia, from the Rome, down to the period of Mongolian, Tur- During so many ages, they have faithfully pre- cal traditions, reaching back to the period of also thoir national character, in a physical and •st abodn, mount Ararat, is, even at the present is and political union. Commerce has scattered ig all the principal nations of Europe and Asia but this dispersion and mercantile spirit have on the contrary, they are distinguished by su- nd honesty, from the barbarians under whose the Greeks and Jews. The cause is to be ;ir religious union. The cultivation of the Ar- ry influence of a well ordered Christian church development of a nation, which has preserved tional character. They owe this in particular istributed among the people." Says another known at the present day, as a scattered race, irusal of their history, without wondering, not. hould still be found in considerable numbers ve already noticed their existence in the north in to Armenia Minor and Cilicia, their settle- 3ir forcible removal by Shah Abbas to Persia, cens and Greeks, while contending for their ades of captives; Togrul and Timur carried p; the Egyptians removed sixty thousand to the Persians, in every war, even to the last ied their captives into servitude. Multitudes, Is been induced by oppression at home to seek to say nothing of other multitudes that corn- are not surprised, therefore, at rinding them, Turkey and Persia, but in India, as well ag ier parts of Europe." A gentleman who has Armenians in Asia Minor says in a letter icre is among the Armenians as fine a gene- ver set my eyes upon, a generation who bid lightened and better instructed than their It pleased with a recent notice of a small apore, amounting, according to our informant, ndividuals: they have with them a pastor, s a neat and commodious chapel. But vv« and introduce the paper from our correspon- :lie skeleton of an essay or dissertation, ;iiervntin<* it incretises its pristine and emulation incites, reason dictates, pru- ies, perseverance helps, assiduity for- anco admonishes, and valor animates, >f the most fortified castles of all sup- [Fectiially sapped, and the most udini- of almost all the actions of men, this impetus betrays the cause of his 270 OCT. Armenian Apophthegms. :? I country, commits a crime HS great in magnitude, and of as black a die as the blasphemy of Diagoras, the treachery of Judas, and the dissimulation and apostasy of Julian.* What is drunkenness? Is is a syutrophic malady of most fatal virulence; it is a malignant incubus that can effectually undermine the foundation, and demolish the fabric of life, relax and destroy the siiK-.wy ligaments, that in gordian knots and evolutions connect, synthesize, and give vigor to the noble frame of man; it is a full blown rose, whose enchanted fragrance conveys venom to the very innermost recesses of the soul; it is an udder disguised in angelic form, that with smiles of infantine simplicity can sting its marked victim to death; it is the rosy nipple of a snow-white breast, that teems with deleterious milk; it is a syren, which alluring the mind, administers bane to the vital parts of the human frame; it is a gay, but treacherous companion, who, taking advantage of our confidence and weakness, will expose us to shame and dishonor; it is a traitor, who without the least sense of pity will deliver us up into the unre- lenting hands of our most vindictive enemies; it is an implacable enemy that will never cease to be one; and it is a masked foe, that will never repent of the disastrous ravages it has made, nor commi- serate the misery of its victim. What else is drunkenness 1 It is the ringleader of a host of crimes; it is an invisible poniard in the hands of an invisible enemy ready to strike the blow; it is Scylla and Charybdis in the ocean of life; it is a rnagic spell that can metamorphose an athletic Vahakt into a shrunk, hollow, and crippled Indian pigmy; it is a tyrant, who, if allowed to hold universal domain, can within a very short period annihilate the human species; it is the inexhaustible box of Pandora replete with evils to the human race; it is a battering ram of Stygian construction worked by the furies to level to the ground the most formidable castles of human agility and strength; it is the imper- ceptible trapdoor that leads to the dungeon of misery and affliction; and it is the extreme of a shameful vice, that debases and brutalizes human nature. And what else is drunkenness? It is a predatory warfare against ourselves; it is an act of suicide perpetrated with atrocious vio- lence and protracted self-torture; it is the aqua regia that can corrode and efface the elevated nobleness, and expressive beauty of the human countenance; it is a nefarious monster that can suck the honey of an Aspasian beauty; it is a fiend that can cut asunder the tie of friendship of an Aristogiton and Hiirmodiiis, and introduce strife, and destroy the conjugal affection of a Philemon and Baucis; it is an infatuation that jn the end will cause a lethean forgetfulness * The Armenians (who, by the latest accounts from the Armenian Literary So- ciety of Venice denomiimted 'Meckitaristican,' from its founder Meckitar. are es- timated to amount to twelve millions,) observe to this day the anniversary of the death of Julian Ihe apostate with festivity and rejoicings. F.ven the members of the little Armenian community in India who have adopted Knglish manners and customs retain lo the present ilay the celebration of this festival. t The Hercules of Armenian mythology. of cheerful lity (if puin a so much so, be iusufficiei. Low CHUM it is so far fr always ashai A retentivi flat country, Repeated, and attractioi disobedience Great and by great and by which we; When cer be strictly ad The fool tl only laughs t Misapplies and wound tl at a famishec Appraised ART. IV. / ence; not the i-ariin. nese. Bj THE religiou admit of eaa latry. Tlioug Hindustan, tl simplified by the kulpas, tr are conveyed and the devol little engage their own ere systems of fo their own sa; admirers. F The Armei t/ir Religion of //it1 Chinese. "21 \ , and shnrpcn the edge of a keen sensilu- inl in slioit, it in everything that is bad, copiousness nf tlie Haikmi* language will monstrous and foul deformity. lorn nf the groveling portion of mankind; inmeiidable, that those who possess it are ibined with quick perception, like- a vast mses for cultivation. roliibitions very often enhance the value prohibited, excite desire, and finally cause roneous conclusions can only be deduced i), and these conclusions are the criterions 'iiided. aside to preserve harmony, propriety is to laughs without any proper risible cause, it. abusive epithets are arrows that rebound d the mad dog that runs round and barks r barks for its own destruction, himsical beauty. religion of the Chinese: their indiffer- the Supreme Being; with notices of o introduce Christianity among the. Chi- s. ch have obtained among the Chinese n the complicated system of Indian ido- >f one of the prevalent sects originated in ry of superstition, yet they have been otaries; besides that the mysteries of nd annihilation with other absurdities, ally unintelligible to the Chinese priest, cal speculations on the invisible world jf the Chinese; they seldom examine more indifferent regarding the religious the subtleties of Taouism, originated be- lted in classical language, attract few cd imperial proclamations against all Remarks on the Religion of the Chinese. 1835. OCT. sects and heresies, we might .suppose that the government disclaimed nil religious but its own, if the glaring inconsistency of supporting idolatry hy paying homage to the Dalai lama and his compeers, did not exist. The state religion so often represented as sublime and immaculate, is vague and unsatisfactory to the mass of the people, and equally idolatrous with the monstrous susperstition of Budha. If we question the Chinese individually, we might almost conclude, them to be destitute of religion; and the prevalence of a disguised atheism among the higher classes, might strengthen the opinion. But they are a strange people; while they neglect and despise the idols they adore, still they delight in the pageantry of idolatrous rites, and lavish their treasures on the erection of temples and monasteries. Many parts of China are crowded with places of worship equally with bigoted Spain; even the highways are infested with shrines, and a numerous host of poor, ignorant and despised priests live upon the earnings of laborious men. It is a remarkable fact that the darkened human understanding, in the east and west, should have recourse to the same expedients for gaining peace of mind. The striking resemblance between popery and Budhism has always piiy.- /.led the votaries of the former, nor would the extravagant recluse and hermit of Europe be less amazed, to behold the solitary cavern of a Taoti priest, who strives for immortality by seclusion from all human society, and by the neglect of every social duty. We may ask, are all the religious notions of the Chinese erro- neous, and is there no truth among their absurdities] Can so ration- al a people yield themselves up implicitly to idolatry, stifling nature's voice, which loudly proclaims the unity of God 1 Have their sages never found out the invisible One, whose government of the world, and whose all prevading providence is so conspicuous? Do they not honor him in the images as representations of his attributes? When the Chinese bows in adoration, and offers his gifts and burns his incense, does he not. virtually adore the great Giver of every pood gift? Or can it be imagined for a moment, that so merciful a God, should not have manifested himself to the millions of Chinese, his creatures, who have equal need of his tender compassion with the western nations? The notion of a Supreme Ceing glimmers faintly through the doc- trinos of the ancient sages; an appeal to Shatig Tc, the Supreme Ru- ler, was often made hy individuals in distress, and teen is occasion- ally used to express more tlmn the azure firmament. In these few words and phrases are contained all the Chinese tenets regarding the existence of God; and to claim more for them would only prove our ignorance or prejudice. Concerning the mysterious ways of Provi- dence in permitting so great a nation to grope in darkness, we have few remarks to offer. Could we penetrate the vail that hides yonder world from our ken, we should adore the unsearchable wisdom and goodness of an allwise and merciful God. If our understandings were so enlightened as to be able to trace the concatenation of the past and the future, we might solve our doubts; but now we hum- bly adore urge the < imparting totally deal Many w and all efi ble. The utmost to s pire; they quests wer< labors. T vantages fi numerous; had access sonages an less; they talents an< number the religion, tl and those the final ex These fa clearly one pass the sa converted f the way fi that protes to be remi passing thr and that h; must neces conversion indiscrimin converts a regeneratio and life, a which adoi number to out as in t Christian c Still the the apathj our indiffe obstacles o Relying or success as they had t hostile to tl Board of F VOL. IV. n the Religion of the Chinese. 273 mot comprehend. Enough is understood to hinese upon our Christian benevolence, for saving truth, of which they are now almost ; conversion of the Chinese a hopeless task, » that end as futile, and therefore unadvisa- the seventh and eighth centuries did their .nity in the northern provinces of the em- ts, and established churches, but their con- try: there is not now left a vestige of their tholics, their successors, enjoyed many ad- China to the pope; their emissaries were it men spent their lives in the service; they ; they numbered some most illustrious per- nverts; their zeal and bigotry were bound- Chinese with a favorable opinion of their i't they did not prevail. It is true they still rerts; but does not the proscription of their f their flocks, the scanty supply of teachers talent to their predecessors, prognosticate r order in the empire? le to admit of contradiction; they prove it, viz: that the Chinese will not have to the barbarians of Europe, who were first to a spurious Christianity, in order to pave ion of the pure gospel. But if it be urged is have been equally unsuccessful, it ought lone have hitherto enjoyed the privilege of disseminate the divine truth of the gospel; case, the number of registered converts For the Roman Catholics, who confound :if rites and ceremonies, and who baptize ;ants, can multiply the number of their re; but the protestant faith, identifying ion, requiring a radical change of heart darkness to light, from vice to the virtues n this account will always find a smaller octrines, until the divine Spirit be poured re and several subsequent periods of the government, the dread of innovation, and themselves, mny be urged in defense of ;lfare of millions. We allow that these no means that they are insurmountable, any human aid, it is true we should find w as did the apostles in their times, vrhen 3d Jew and the haughty Greek, both as trines of the cross, as any member of the But what are these hindrances before an 274 1835. Remarks on the Religion of the Chinese. Oer. > | •ill . $«'•> .:; almighty power, before a Savior, who has all authority in heaven above and earth beneath? For it is written, "I will destroy the wisdom of the wise and bring to nothing the understanding of the prudent. Where is the wise 1 Where is the scribe? Where is the disputer of this world? Hath not God made foolish the wisdom of this world 1 For after that in the wisdom of God the world by wis- dom knew not God, it pleased God by the foolishness of preaching to save them that believe. For the Jews require a sign, and the Greeks seek after wisdom; but we preach Christ crucified, to the Jews a stumbling-block, and to the Greeks foolishness, but to them which are called, both Jews and Greeks, Christ the power of God and the wisdom of God." What a divine power must that doctrine possess which without the aid of human arm could triumph on the very spot where the Savior of the world had been crucified amidst the acclamations of an infu- riated multitude 1 If God had not promoted his own cause, how could the idolatry of ancient Greece and Rome have been subverted? Interwoven as it was with the whole economy of the state, celebrated by the poet and orator, sanctioned by venerated antiquity, supported by all the influence of powerful rulers, and themselves fulfilling the duties of pontifex maximus, embellished by the highest efforts of the existing arts,—nevertheless it fell to ruins to rise no more. And the conversion of many barbarous tribes in the middle and north of Eu- rope, whose fierceness exceeded that of the savages of New Zealand and North America, is this not equally wonderful? The exhibition of such facts and on so large a scale should shut every mouth, when the practicability of the conversion of China is questioned. There are also divine promises clear and extensive enough to remove every doubt, and to create in the believer, a cheerful and unshaken confi- dence in the speedy accomplishment of them all. He who holds the seeptre of the universe, and directs the suns and planets in their several orbits, has power and wisdom to effect the grandest ends. It is only the want of that faith by which we honor the great God, who has pledged his own word for the accomplishment of his work, that renders us weak and indolent. Whenever an implicit reliance on divine assistance fills the breast, mountains of difficulties are le- veled to plains, and we run and faint not in the arduous work of spreading the gospel. Whatever may be the present political state of the empire, the access that may now be gained to it is doubtless easier than at any previous time. And if the openings, how small soever they may be, are only improved upon, there is no doubt that ground will be gained. It needs few words, but many and energetic works, to expand the sphere of our operations, and to avoid that preposterous system of timid, trembling policy, so injurious to a good cause. Let us neither despise the day of small things, nor fear for that cause, which can hear the utmost scrutiny, which has even been brought before the ma- gistrates of this country, and hitherto has not been condemned. Shall we then shrink from duty, or shall we fear to argue the great cause the Religion of the Chinese. 27f> :onfess our blessed Redeemer before this g as there remains one spark of grace in rage in our God, wrestle by prayer, nnd the great work may not here be out of ipensable requisite at the present moment, I, and writers and translators of Christian ot their lives dear to them in the cause of e dangers of New Zealand, nor of the wil- to be encountered; nor have we to suffer ng climate, which has swept into the grave irers in other parts of the world. We have people, who, so far as their prejudices are scessible of all the Asiatics^ Their litera- to convey religious knowledge to their ible to reason, and may yield to the force he number of those who are preparing for great. We may be thought censorious none in the field but men entirely devoted lere may not be immediate personal dan- jse rather injured than promoted by chal- prepared to give all to the blessed work, icred cause must be our watchword. At >rudent in the choice of means for accom- we may avoid any errors of our prede- forward with the more vigor when there hard task that truly, and unless we be )f grace from above, it cannot be done. iant with the glories of eternity, humbly •y power of the cross, and having deeply it love of the Savior, is capable of greater his inestimable gift be granted to nil who 0 the Chinese. the people we must disprove that we are we are destitute of all those selfish rao- mong the natives, self-styled men of the rould we allow them that title,—for it is minded men to be citizens of the king- ire not notoriously earthly minded, and hich should adorn the saints. We may onor but yet convince them that they have aven, and that all who follow such guides 1 regard to futurity. Their history plainly id down in the classics have never been bund hopes on human doctrines, that the in the holy Scriptures, the redemption by torious life, death, and resurrection, can liope that we may escape the wrath to >ugh at first disagreeable, will doubtless 1835. 276 Structure of-the Provincial Governments. OCT. gain upon their hearts; and the more we preach Christ crucified, the deeper will be the impression, and the better the confidence of escape. Thus armed with divine weapons, and encouraged by divine providences and promises, we expect a glorious day for China. The ordering and sustaining of the grand design to evangelize China we trust solely to the hands of the Lord our God; yet desirous on our part to use every means, " which God and nature have put into our hands, under his approbation," to hasten that blessed period. No political revolution, no miscarried enterprise, will dampen our zeal, nor weaken that energy which must move the great work. Centu- ries elapsed ere China was remembered by the church of Christ; but having now come up into remembrance before God, let us be joyful in the Lord, and be animated by trust in his almighty power. Great hopes may be entertained from well directed zeal and perseverance; let us remain steadfast in faith. And may the Almighty crown our work with the triumphs promised to the gospel in these tatter days. It .. 51 iil! t)y under the direction of officers called taou or spoken of hereafter: but there are several ex- ;h will also be detailed in their proper place, what we may cull the commercial department intendents, who are appointed wherever neces- venues in important commercial places, niari- nufacturing districts, or general thoroughfares. usually from among officers of the imperial Uy with the fooyuen and heoching, are subject I of the governor, in cases of difficulty: where ie fooyuen exercises control over them, as he all parts of the government. It is necessary nmercial department is not an essential part hough there are few provinces in which there ill superintendents. These officers are under ird of Revenue. lent (we are at a loss for a more general od ns sometimes including the direction of the Chinese make hardly any distinction en forces. The coasting navigation of their .he pilots; and the official designations in ie. The highest officers of the military and led tctith, commanders (or, as we may ren- ief ). Of these there are sixteen, twelve of military branch strictly speaking, but have 278 1235. Structure of the Provincial Governments, OCT. also the control of vessels for inland navigation and defense, two are military, with direction also of a maritime naval force, and two are exclusively naval. In one province, Kansuh, there are two military commanders; and in five provinces the military command is filled by the fooyuen. In some important cities are placed garrisons of Tartar troops, under the command of a tsedngkeun (general). The power of such officers is confined within narrow limits, not extending, in time of peace, far beyond the cities garrisoned by them; but is free from all control except that of the emperor. The object of their appoint- ment is to afford a check upon any treasonable or rebellious mea- sures on the part of the supreme provincial authorities. They have command sometimes of naval, as well as of military forces. Although the governor of a province can act wholly upon his own responsibility, yet most, measures are carried into effect with the consent of a general council of the chief provincial officers. These are always the tsungtuh and fooyuen, and the tseangkeun (if there be one in the city which is the seat of government); with the addi- tion usually of the 'two sze,' especially if the subject of consultation relates to their departments, and of the heoching, the. officers of the gabel and commissariat, the commercial superintendents, and the military and naval commanders-in-chief, in things concerning the particular divisions of the government over which they preside. It may be useful, before we proceed further, to make an observa- tion or two upon the relative rank of these several officers. The following is the order of precedence while in the provinces, in which some difference exists when the same officers meet at Peking: Tsungtuh, Tseangkeun, Fooyuen, Tetuh, HeSching, Kefintuh, Pooching sze, Ngancha sze, Chief officers of the gabel and commissariat. The real rank of the heoching and keentuh is usually inferior to that of the 'two sze,' but being appointed by the emperor as special commissioners, they rank while in office nearly on equality with the tsungtuh and fooyuen. The real rank of a tseangkeun, also, if at Peking, is superior to that of a tsungtuh, and of a tctuh to that of a fooyuen; but in the provinces, the civil government takes the pri- ority. The tsungtuh is ex-ojficio a shangshoo, or president, of the Board of War, and a too yushe, or censor; the fooyuen is a shelang, or vice-president, of the Board of War, and a foo too yushe, or de- puty censor. Civil government: and first let us speak of the administrative department. We have already mentioned the division of this depart- ment into territorial and financial, and judicial branches. We have also spoken of the 'two sze,' the pooching s?.e and the ngancha s/.e, who preside over these subdivisions. Of these there i.'i always one in a proviiu there nre tw of distinct p together in trial of any in rank to t orders of th it is their dt sion' of por are called j officers, bes only have < merits, but f territorial e: departments when their Next in su magistrates whose duty takes place partments c; tricts, called ed tungchc\ keen. Part seunkeen (cl sze. Where th the duties to denominatio from the Ta at the same their superio tungche and of affairs, o attention to the post-stati of the goveri controling tl within the ei tung, Kwan; districts are district, heir dence of gi Of all these with their pr * For an c ting, rendered the present vo! t Literally, (tun of Ac Provincial Governments. 279 id in Kenngsoo, being a highly important province, cliing s/i.'. These two officers, though at the head i of the administrative department, are often united rection of any territorial or financial matter, or the iarit criminal case, &c. The class of officers next re called taou or taoutae: they are not under the sze,' but of the governor and lieut.-governor, and ike part in the ' protection ' and ' circuit-supervi- F the province. If protection be their object, they taou; and if supervision, funseun taou. These ir territorial, financial, and judicial authority, not generally of the gabel and commissariat depart- frequently intrusted with military powers. The 'their authority is usually two or more of the hich each province is divided; but frequently, s great, the territorial limits of it are contracted, ion to them are the chefoo and checkout, or rtmeuts, literally 'knowers' of them—persons ake themselves acquainted with everything that also ting tungche, 'joint-knowers' of the de- .* The subdivision of departments is into dis- >iv, and hee'n; and their magistrates are call- T/wfiw J (over ting districts), checkout, and che- icts are sometimes placed under officers called •diners), and such parts or divisions are called ial extent of a magistracy, or the difficulty of med, is great, there are assistants of various acting these, we make the following extract ruy Teen, which will in some degree explain, Jutics of such assistants, and those also of issistant magistrates of departments are called : their duties consist either in the direction e of taxes, whether in grain or money, in y, in direction of the police, in the care of Lea and salt revenue, of the rearing of horses, ds, of the water-ways, and of dykes, and in i (on the frontiers), the foreigners (subjected .lie Yaou and Le mountaineers- (of Kwang- >mm.) The assistant magistrates of chow tinig and chowpwan; and those of been 00/00; their duties consist in superinten- i of the police, and care of the water-ways. islrates, some are resident in the same city rs have separate places of jurisdiction. The ;se divisions, and of the two classes of chow and rtments and at others districts, see pages 54...56 of t This term may be rendered'judges' 280 OCT. Structure of the Provincial Government. i: ll I iii! r." fi seunkeen of divisions have always separate places of jurisdiction, and have direction of the the police, with the care sometimes of the water-ways." Some of the assistants of foo magistrates are also called keunmin foo; and the assistants of heen magistrates are usu- ally designated tsotang. The system of the government being that of mutual subordination, orders to the people, and complaints front them often pass through a great number of intermediate hands, although this is not always the case. Thus, an edict published by the emperor, to the people universally, is sent in the first place to the governor and lieut.-governor; they jointly publish it, or for- ward it to the poochirigsze; and he communicates it to the magis- trates of departments; who, at the same time that they publish it in their chief cities, forward it to the district magistrates to be made know by them in their several districts. Appeals pass through the same routine, only commencing at the lower end, and substituting in criminal cases the ngancha sze in the place of the poochingsze. The supreme judicial court is that of the fooyuen, wherein alone sen- tence of death is ordinarily passed without reference to the emperor; not that the tsungtuh has not the power of capital execution equally with the fooyuen, but it is unusual for him to exercise that power when the fooyuen is present. It is not, however, to be supposed, that capital executions by order of the latter do not require the consent of the former when in the same place. Ordinary cases of capital crimes are not punished without a reference to the emperor. The head officers, registrars, or secretaries, of the 'two sze' and of the magistrates of departments, are usually called kingleih, 'trans- acting manager;' but in some provinces, toosze or chesze, 'all- manager,' or 'affair-knower,' and chaoumo, 'elucidator and in- vestigator:' these, however, are not names used indifferently for the same individual, although the rank and duties of each are nearly alike; for there are sometimes two individuals having two of these designations in the same office. The lewan, 'regulator and in- quirer,' is a similar officer attached, only in a few provinces, to the pooching sze alone. The keenkeaou, 'arranger and collator,' is a similar officer found only with the magistrates of departments. The magistrate's secretary in a chow district is called lemuh, 'head officer;' and in a heen district, teenshe, ' controlor of writings.' It is to be observed that the rank of the kingleih and others vary with the rank of the officer in whose employ they are. All the officers above district magistrates have abo private secretaries, called szeyay, tutors, who are usually personal friends, and who undertake the duty of preparing documents for their employers. Each pooching sze employs likewise a koota sze, or treasurer; and some of the taoutae have also treasurers; the ngancha sze also has a gaol-inspector, sze yb; as have likewise some of the magistrates of departments. There are some officers of posts, called yeihching and chakwan, who are always subordinate to the ngancha sze. There are two officers called hopii so, who have command over the boat-people at Canton: the same office does not exist in any other province. Literary head teache The head ti instructions that in the t and that of There is a i nishers,' in ing, making in all the de and extract gree, two of examinatiot the exainin: ferred, the c The gab missioners i yenyun sze, only five off the other pr designation also, above i censors, at t Keangsoo,; Jieut.-govern There are fr under variot officers are 'salt fields,' cretaries call the yenfa tac Commissa are called lee of whom the vinces by tru tsungtuh, hu port of grain Peking, com tsaonyun tsu extends, the ject to him,; in so far, a leangchoo ti ments and d the addition und tuhle'dn collection of are tsangta i :«s in ihc offi VOL, IV. uj ffir J'rorinciul tiorritiwenis, ~5;1 t. The heoching commits his authority to in the chief cities of departments and districts, i department is called kcaouskoie, 'giver of x chow district, hedching (the ching differ from jhief literary officer), ' corrector of learning;' listrict, keaouyu, 'teacher of the commands.' e class, called heuntaou, 'guides and adrno- pnrtments and districts. The director of learn- 1 circuit of the province, examines the scholars , and confers the first degree. For the triennial animations, and for conferring the second de- sent from Peking, a chookaou, or master of the deputy: under the direction of these officers .e place, and when ended, and the degrees con- turn to Peking. ment is in theory under the direction of corn- rank with the 'two sze,' and bearing the title of isioners for the transport of salt:' but there arc o in point of fact bear this title. The officers in are called yenfa taon, some of whom add the ner of the yenyun sze's functions.' There are :ight directors of salt, yenching; namely three t salt marts between Cheihle and Shantung, in 3hekeang, together with three governors and two provinces who fill also the office of yenching. uii sze, and sixteen yeufa tnou. Their assistants, 38, are but eleven in number: their subordinate to. sze, and the places under their charge are iits,' and ' salt ponds.' The yenyun sze have se- gleih and chesze; and they, as well as some of re treasurers. 'cpartment. The usual officers of this department o taou, 'commissioners for the collecting of grain,' but twelve, their duties being performed in six pro- ;hing sze. There is one officer with the title of rank only of fooyuen, who presides over the trans- g the Yangtsze keang, and by the grand canal to ig part of eight different provinces: he is called i. In the eight provinces over which his authority gclioo taou and their subordinate officers are sub- lot to tlie provincial governors and lieut.-governors, st, as regards the superintendence of grain. The lepute their authority to the magistrates of depart- :ts, and in a few cases to assistant magistrates, with esignations of yuyun, 'controlers of the transport,' lirectors over the grain.' The duty of the last is the imposts. Tlie officers in the leangchoo taou's office 'keepers of the granaries;' there are no secretaries, of tlie puocliin/ l/n Provincial (ioornnnenls. ;: Siii Commercial department. The superintendent!) linve secretaries called kingching; they appoint deputies (wciyucn) at important places under their charge. At inferior places, tide-waiters called Acd- jin, 'domestics,1 are appointed to collect duties and to prevent smug- gling. Where there are no commercial superintendents, as is mostly the case with regard to the inland navigation, and in places where trade is small, the duties are collected by the officers acting under the local magistrates. The hoppo at Canton is superintendent only of maritime customs, and hence even at Canton there are custom-houses not under his control. The government of the Yellow river, in the provinces of Chcihle, Shantung, and Honan, is distinct from the general provincial go- vernment; the frequent breaking of its banks and inundations of the surrounding country rendering great care of it necessary. There are three governors, hotaou tsungtuh (equal in rank with provincial lieut.-governors), viz: one in each of the three provinces; but in Peking the governorship is filled by the provincial tsungtuh. The subordinate authorities are taou officers, who divide the portions of the banks committed to their charge into districts called ting and sin, which are mostly under the care of local, civil, and military of- ficers. The dykes on the coast of Chekeiing are also under the charge of special officers over whom the fooyuen presides. Commissioners sent by the emperor into the provinces, for special objects are called kitichac, and whatever be their actual order of pre- cedence, they take rank, during the period of their commissions, with the highest provincial officers. Commissioners sent by the high officers from one part of the province to another are called wciyiieii. The followers of officers are called yaymun and munshangj the first are often employed on messages of trust; the latter rank with the chacyeih, or police-runners. Military government. The native forces form only part of the military rule of which we will at present speak: the Tartar forces in the provinces being only detached portions of the whole Tartar army, we will defer noticing them until we come to speak of the go- vernment of Mantchouria and the colonies. The native forces are under the command of provincial tetuh, or commanders-in-chief; and are generally called lull ying, troops of the green standard, in contradistinction from the Tartar troops, who are ranged under eight banners (pa ke). The divisions of the native forces are called jptaou, hec, ying, and sin or sliaou. These we may render some- what vaguely by the English terms brigade, regiment, battalion, and squadron or company, or perhaps by the Roman designations, le- gion, cohort, maniple, and century. We must, however, explain these terms to make it clear what they tuns ami Fuhkeen, is ihe station of a navnl >iiig, and pertains in part to each of the it lies.—The governor, lieut.-governor, e each of them military secretaries called 'sis a footseang; the lieut.-governor's and of tsnntseang; and the tsungping's is a rov'mcial forces, there are bodies of troops Yellow river, and the governor of the grain defense of the dykes of Chekeang: the 3 under the governor of the grain transport in Szecliuen, Yunnan, and Kweichow, are rer the native tribes, called too peen, 'soil line titles that we have above enumerated, as well as in Kansuh, Kwangse, Kokonor, inder military rule. The titles of the officers e various; the higher ones are called sze, inctive epithets, such as 'directing commis- nmissioners,' &c.; the inferior officers have ording to the number of families who are un- the provinces of Mantchouria consists of- a : Moukden, and three provincial governments. ;tly uniform, that of the province of Shingking arly the same as in China Proper, while that is wholly military. The supreme government led on the plan of that at Peking, to which Nation that a branch does to its stem: there ix) Boards, the Board of Civil Office being spond with those of the capital, and are under jach of an officer bearing the rank and title of ?,ss of these Boards is of the same nature as i at the capital; but on a very reduced seal*, risdiction being chiefly confined to Moukden of Moukden includes two departments, that of stropolitan department, and that of Hingking or se are subdivided into chow and heen districts ty of Moukden, like that of Peking, is not under nn officer of higher rank called fooyin, who c<'- ihe sheliiii!!; of the five Boards in the government department. His assistant has, at the same time, a'ry lirni>ch of the administration, e eastern provinces' (as those of Mantchouria ler the government of a tseangkeun or general, Mantcliou. His subordinate officers are lieut.- ig), nt the liead of each principal division of the ate to these, are garrison officers of several ranks, to the importance of the districts under them; tg-shmrti, lireling, and fnng-showei; these dele- Structure of the. Provincial Governments. 1835, Orr. us I,.. !:•«' i! §!!! gate thrir nuthority to officers called tsoling, 'assistant directors,' who are stationed in every district. The three provinces are all in part maritime, and each general has therefore a naval force under him. The frontier posts are under charge of another class of offi- cers called fangyu. The government of Mongolia remains for the most part in the hands of the native princes. The whole population is enrolled, and formed into bodies called ke, the same word as is applied to the Mantchou troops, who are called pa ke ' (troops of) the eight ban- ners.' Each ke, or in Mongolian khochoun, is under a tchassak or dzassak, who is hereditary. The tchassak are all nobles, but not necessarily of the same rank. The ke, or standards, are united into corps called tchulkun, over which preside a commander-general, and a deputy. There are six such corps in Inner Mongolia, four in Outer Mongolia, and eight between Kokonor and Ouliasoutai on the Russian frontier. The officers subordinate to a tchnssak are an assistant taekeih, officers called Chungking, with their assistants, heeling, and tsoling. The ke are subdivided into tooling's companies. In eacn of the four provinces of Outer Mongolia, is a khan, to whom all the ke are subject, and who is the head of the tchulkun or corps. In a few districts of Mongolia, in place of the tchassak, either gene- rals or residents are put at the head of the government. There are also two residents in Outer Mongolia, at Kourun, for regulating the mutual intercourse of the Chinese, Mongols, and Russians. The government of Soungaria and Turkestan is of three kinds: 1, in the easternmost districts of Soungaria, Barkoul, Oroumtchi, &c. it is for the most part the same as in China, and these districts have been incorporated with the province of Kansuh: 2, in the western districts around Ele, &c., where convicts are frequently sent, it is strictly military, being occupied by Mantchou and other troops, who are settled down as inhabitants of the soil: they are commanded by a tseangkeun, with subordinate officers, the same as in the pro- vinces of Mantchouria, whose military authority extends also to the eastern districts and to Turkestan: 3, in Turkestan, the government is left in the hands of the native nobles, who are begs of different de- grees of rank, under the control of residents at the principal cities. The government of Tibet, like that of Turkestan, remains in the hands of the native authorities, but with an inferior degree of control on the part of the residents. The chief native authority lies in the dalai lama for Anterior Tibet, and in the bantchin-erdeni lama for Ulterior Tibet; both these have secular deputies called dheba. There is a resident at the court of each lama, who is consulted in all im- portant affairs. There are also cerium feudal townships called too- sz.e, and some Mongols in Tibet, which are entirely under the autho- rity of the residents. We have thus hastily and imperfectly sketched the structure of the government of China and its dependencies. With regard to the former, we have derived much information from Chinese books, and only need occasional opportunities for personal observation, to ena- ble us to der government exercised b) however, an of it more in it to our rea tary services ford extensi ourselves of thing perha| nient. But fear does no remarked at responsibilif surveillance ART. VI. rhyme, 01 THREE of tl been brough now before in pentametc children will far as we km same manne lation of it I The s Affon Allot Butt Whil And I The i All o! If clii Whal For ll AnH « reivheo Shetee, or Odes for Children. 287 inch more. But with regard to the actual system of lie colonies, beyond merely the controling authority Chinese, we learn next to nothing. Having given, line of the subject, we purpose continuing the study ail; and as we gain new knowledge, we will present In China Proper, the rules of the civil and inili- i regulations of imposts, the criminal laws, &c., af- .opics whereon to dilate. And we intend to avail [i. On the whole, we see much to praise, and some- om which to learn, in the Chinese system of govern- administration does not always, very frequently we lincide with the principles of the system. And as we 3 commencement of these papers, all sense of moral (i correct principle is utterly destroyed by the plan of nmtiiiil responsibility which has been adopted. enyun Ycw/ico Shctce, or Odes fur Children in arious subjects, in thirty-four stanzas. school-books in use among the Chinese have already > the notice of our readers: the Odes for Children, forms the fourth work in their series. It is written and is usually, if not always, put into the hands of '. note or comment: indeed, there has never been, so any commentary written upon the work. In the >vithout note or comment, we here introduce a trans- the perusal of our readers. I. ADMONITIONS TO LEARNING of heaven, honoring the wise and talented, ^ou instruction in works of literature: r pursuits are of an inferior order, e of polite learning are preeminent. oung you ought to study diligently, such a course rise to rank and station: >erial courts are filled with officers in rich array, horn are well versed in polite literature. en are only educated in poetry and prose, lore for them can there be desired? i the celestial laurels are within their grasp, ntually they will far surpass the husbandmen. 2W8 Ycwhr.6 tilteU-e, or (tilts fur Children. OCT. iii; 81 4 Let your children be thoroughly educated, And they will find gold and gems in books; For when one son obtains imperial favor, The whole family enjoy the celestial emoluments. 5 It is of the utmost importance to educate children,— Do not say that your families are poor; For those who can handle well the pencil, (jo where they will, need never ask for favors. 6 One at the age of seven, showed himself a divinely endowed "Heaven," said he, "gave me my intelligence: [youth, Men of talent appear in the courts of the holy monarch, Nor need they wait in attendance on lords and nobles. 7 "Iii the morning I was a humble cottager, In the evening I entered the court of the son of heaven: Civil and military offices are not hereditary, Men must, therefore, rely on their own efforts. 8 "A passage for the sea has been cut through mountains, And stones have been melted to repair the heavens; In all the world there is nothing that is impossible, It is the heart of man alone that is wanting resolution. 9 "Once I myself was a poor, indigent scholar, Now I ride mounted in my four-horse chariot; And all my fellow-villagers exclaim with surprise: Let those who have children thoroughly educate them!" 10 Polish the mirror, and light will be reflected; Sift and wash the sand, and the gold will then appear: Those who are desirous of obtaining learning, Oughl with sincere purpose to exert all their energies. II. LITERARY ATTAINMENTS. ] [ The first entrance on a literary career is made While neither parent is advanced to old age; I5y successive steps the student rises to high rank. And is then, like the venerable'Laetsze, richly arrayed 12 He who but yesterday competed for high honors, Is to-day clad in imperial vestments of green; And returning home finds his parents still not old,— He then understands the high excellence of learning. |:i And straight he proceeds to the palace of the moon, His garments perfumed with the fragrance of the laurel; And in the flowery streets I he fair maidens appear, .Striving (o gaxe on the green robed candidate. 14 r, 10 17 18 19 20 See I And TIlHl But I With: With With Wem VOL. IV. vheb Sktice, or Odes for Children. III. THK DIVI.UI.V IKUOH KI> VUUTH. f garments sweeping the ground, ud sleeves shaking in the wind ;— wishes to stand in the court of the son of heaven, esire to wait in attendance on In.-, ministers. linguisheil youth, lie wore a short, dress, i sleeves caught the vernal breeze; itering the court of the son of heaven, wait in attendance on his ministers. ling year, at the spring examination, lowers are strewed under the horses' feet; I acquaintances in humble life, s lie ascends the cloudy height. IV. THE PALACE. s gltire flouts over the gilded palaces, reezcs fan the gem-spangled vestibnlfs,— on their elegant instruments of music, princes read poetry and the classics. :en the wide extent of the palisades, yinds ruffle the surface of the water; s fly swiftly across the heavens, lountains rise to view in the distance. V. FANCIES. , and the butterflies gather around them, and then they cease to frequent them; lestling in front of the house-court, i even though its master be poor. ieli<(ht in poetry, wine, music, and chess, I winds, flowers, snow, and shining moon, lonor joined to leisure and fame, it and be even as the immortals. 'by-gone events as of dreams, iwing years that cut short our lives; spring should so soon pass away, e dusky twilight with drizzling rains. i > SPKING RAINS. ig, how copious are the showers! destroy all the opening flowers! appearances of the spring season? 3 dark clouds accompanied with rain. 290 1835. Yeiohto Shetce, or Odes for Children. OCT. VII. SUMMER. 23 All men dread the scorching heat of summer; But I am delighted with those long sunny days; Then the spicy breezes come from the south, And the turrets and balconies are fanned by the zephyrs. 24 i: ir if 1 ,...i lii! II 35 « 25 26 27 28 30 VIII. AUTUMNAL DEWS. In the morning the damp lies collected on the steps, The mist is spread out over the face of the azure heavens; Everywhere the dew-drops are gathered thick on the flowers, Beautiful and round as pearls, and in countless numbers. IX. WINTER. The maple leaves fall, the Woo river is cold; The sleet drives along on the frozen banks of (he Tsoo; Then the clear vapors rise from the face of the water, And attracted by the sun are drawn up to form clouds. X. THE PENCIL. At pleasure the scrolls are rolled up and unrolled; The writing pencil sounds like a knawing of the silkworm; Parties write down frei'.ly their thought-conveying words, And the winds bear them to their familiar friends. What is the strength of a bow bound with seven fold cords? Or the crossbow that will throw a thousand catties ( It is those who can use well the seven-inched pencil, Who will most easily reach the imperial court. The fragrant glue, mixed with quicksilver and lampblack, Is formed into sticks,—square, round, and flat: These by daily use gradually wear away, Until every part of them utterly disappears. XII. THE INKSTONE. The best inkstones are of a reddish hue, Which have no veins, and are of a very fine quality; Let gentlemen keep such for their own private use, And allow no other person to rub ink thereon. XIII. TRUE SELF-KNOWLEDGE- Those who have errors, but will not reform, And virtuous acquaintances whom they will not meet;— Such, though they appear in human shape, Truly deserve not to be regarded as huniHii beings When yni huve received kindness great ns the lulls, And enjoyed favors vast as the deep abyss, D< Se 32 Tl As Ax 33 On W At An 34 By An Th Be ART. VII. cao; p the set tracts CHINESE j arriving h< Canton R< arts: « Th list in Pek native arti of the ernp engraved o my hoyhoi on my gn rious to se< have been I have not there are tl which I ha Their paii done. In 1 Mr. Lnm Walks about Canton. 291 by the exercise of a hasty mid hn!il•{ KS ill! Si 2 = time, nn historical painting—the battle of the Bogue,— by n native artist. His Brittnuic majesty's ships, tlie Imogene and Andromache, were represented as filled with men dressed in cocked hats and red jackets, and sitting two abreast, drifting slowly up the river under a heavy fire from the fort on Tiger island. The imperial flag was flying over the battlements and from the mast heads of the celestial men-of-war. In the whole piece there was nothing like the scene intended to be described; the 'barbarian ships ' having undergone such a transformation as to lose entirely their identity; and the island itself could not be known except by its name, which was written upon it in large Chinese characters. Wednesday, August 5th, 1835. Visits to Macao are often made by the residents in Canton. The passage-boats, viz: Union, Sylph, and St. George, in comparison with the inside chop-boats of the last century, afford strong induce- ments to try a change of air and place. By circular it is announced that " the 'Union' will leave for Kumsing moon and Macao to- morrow at 5 p. M. precisely." Wednesday, August IZth. The passage down the river brings the traveler in view of sights and wonders which can be known only by ocular demonstration. The two Follies, with heads of tigers; the boats of many sorts and sizes; the imperial navy yard; men-of-war, with barn-doors for helms; fish-stakes; Howqua's fort, 'built like a hencoop;' the half-way pagoda, &c.; form the landmarks to Wbampoa, which we reached in one hour from Canton; having passed in the mean- time one of his Siamese majesty's ships 'bearing tribute.' At 11 o'clock the wind failed, the tide turned, and brought us to an anchor, two miles above Tiger island. Under weigh at 5 in the morning: at half-past 3 p. M. met the Sylph, and exchanged letters ; at 4, had a smuggler alongside, with sixty oars and eighty men: wrecks and re- lics of the typhoon; a human body floating down the river; anchor in the 'moon;' the fankwci neujin, alias, foreign ladies; an arrival; news; reach Macao; tankea lasses; Chinese custom-house. Fri- day, August 14th. Walks about Macao: Praya Grande; Bishop's walk; bathing in the great ocean; groupers and sole fish; awful havoc made by the late gale; unroofed houses; beggars; ride to the barrier; the Ma- nila and Java ponies; an Arabian horse; Chinese horsemanship. Saturday, August 15th. The extent of the settlement is less than three miles in length and one in breadth : its topography; how obtained by the Portuguese; its early history; character of the first adventurers; inner harbor; Typa; Green island. Monday, August (7th. Population: Portuguese, say from 4600 a 4700, of these 2600 a 2700 are females, 800 a 900 are slaves, and 300 are soldiers; Chinese population 30,000; education; great want of good schools; the newspaper; lack of enterprise, and the causes of it; masque- rade; a CaflTre with a Jews-harp; vespers. Thursday, August 20th. Government of Macao: its precarious footing; its relation to the Chinese and foreign powers not well defined; advantages of being indepei toward* gland's The in ruins is conni best da inoens ( forgotte after all early M ART. V view the . 1. T) tionis vi etiam dc review, i tire and desires t seems to spirit of cipal co their coi the nun 2. Tl number very few by the I nied,of i go forth terly. . was prc North A The Q.; cans,"' sanctuai The firs second, ningvilli Yankee Ltietar) Notices. 293 fllie Chinese and of maintaining amicable feelings ners; the governor; judge; senate; the king of En- ssioners. Monday, August %-lth. buildings are old and decayed, and some of them are :s and churches are numerous, and a numerous clergy ith the former. The college of St. Joseph has seen its 'British museum' is defunct; and the cave of Cu- . The aviary and 'humernus ilogart' are not to be rtheless the lions are soon 'exhaust,1 and 'Macao I place,'—not so to me. I shall start for Canton Saturday, August Wt/t. terary • notices. London Review; Quarterly Re- Unburgh Review, or Critical Journal, No. 123; >wnal, for March, April, and May, 1835. Review, No. 1, April, 1835. "Legitimee inquisi- est, ut niliil veniat in practicam, cujus non fit jua et theoria." This is the motto of the new -paced reformer, claiming for the people the en- choice of their representatives: and it therefore secret voting and short parliaments. The work hands, and all its articles are surcharged with the The state of the nation, New South Wales, inuni- jfonn, state of philosophy in England, tithes and the ballot—a dialogue,1 are the leading topics in us. / Review, No. 107, April, 1835. In a recent irly (that for January, 1834), it is stated that a in innocent Italian was given up to be strangled lorities, "to save the life, it has never been de- ican." We were sorry to see this false statement from such an authority as the London Qiiar- ad to observe that the falsehood has been, as it be, fully exposed in a recent number of the ew. See the number for January of this year, ifore us contains two articles "on the Ameri- which inveigh vehemently against " the great [iiality, and philosophy beyond the Atlantic." articles is not written in a good spirit; the viiich is the brave and erudite major of Dow- a better ' humor.' The 'experiences of the •e now and then treated rather iniccreino- 291 1835.* Literary JVuticfs. OCT. 1! ;•« s;; M iiii i«v c.' nionsly; and "what we regard as the most amusing" of all is, that the major's letters " must be allowed to be the most authentic speci- men that has as yet reached Europe, of the actual colloquial dialect of the northern states. [ !!! ] It will be manifest henceforth that the representations of this gibberish, for which Mr. Matthews and Mrs. Trollope, and other strangers, have been so severely handled by the American critics, were, in fact, chargeable with few sins except those of omission." 'Lyell's Principles of Geology, being an inquiry how far the former changes of the earth's surface are referable to causes now in operation,' forms the topic of a very valuable article of the Review, and ' a fit prelude to the Bridgevvater treatise on geology, which we are expecting from the pen of Dr. Huckland.' 3. The Edinburgh Review, or Critical Journal, No. 123, April, 1835. Recent political occurrences, selections from the American poets, vacating parliamentary seats, the aristocracy of England, the approaching comet, Coleridge's table talk, British statistics, news- paper tax, memoir of Mirabeau, light-houses, state of parties, are the chief subjects discussed in this number. 'The approaching comet' is handled in a masterly manner, occupying a long article of almost fifty pages. 4. The Asiatic Journal, Nos. 63, 64, and65, for March, April, and May, 1835: London. The recent dispute with China, the death of Dr. Morrison, and all other topics connected with this country, are duly considered in this Journal. In an article from "a Chinese student," published in the number for April, we are informed, that "there are in London no less than five [Chinese libraries]: 1, Dr. Mor- son's, now at Austin Friars; 2, that at the British museum, consist- ing apparently of some six hundred volumes Chinese, bound up in about a hundred and fifty English; 3, that of the East India Com- pany; 4, that of the London university, presented by the late Jere- my Bentham and Dr. Olinthus Gregory; and 5, that of the Royal Asiatic Society, presented by sir George Staunton, in 1823, and con- sisting of one hundred and eighty-six different works, in twenty-six hundred and ten volumes (of the Chinese sort, answering nearly to our numbers of a periodical)." A few remarks, which are all our limits will admit, ought to be made respecting the 'dispute with China.' The article occupies eight pages, and by its numerous mis- representations will produce much evil. The writer of the article says that the Chinese, in their state papers, appear to great disad- vantage in the eyes of Europeans, principally because 'their style is rendered into literal English.' As an example, he says there is 'no doubt' that the sense of the Chinese character c, in 'idiomatic En- glish' is merely 'foreigner.' He then proceeds to give a new ver- sion of governor Loo's edict of the 18th of August, 1834, and in the "form in which it would appear, could the viceroy have written in idiomatic English." We assure the author of the new version, that were he a son of Han, and should put hi? idiomatic English into idiomatic Chinese, and present it to an; magistrate in this empire to be by him issued as an official document, both he and the magistrate —the writ« ed as truitr version of suppose '\ enjoyed tin and as sun bad to p;i\ our gain: ART. IX. nganchi the emj literary OCTOBER 1st was born on his 54th year time, it is sui famines, inuu tants of the e predicted tha the words of that times of judge from w in the boundl the good, am all the office; spacious hall paid to his ni 'all people.' throughout tl Tuesday, & regulation of nation amonj lency, in the attendants, ti night. It is i opium shops, fenders. Hi gregatc, and day,in one c and routed a spot. This Ii we might c\ rierrfisors. 1 Wednesday Fuhkcfn, ha the piratical; the foovucn have been HM 2'Jti Journal of Occurrences. iMf ::it i> i 11!' 35!! P... ». .1 ii! Ji ii 51:! re!l! Tuesday, 13th. Military reviews are held beyond the eastern gale of the cily, on a plain wliich is seldom it' ever visited by foreigners. Nevertheless, the local au- thorities think, very properly, that it is their duty to keep a strict guard against their foreign visitors: accordingly, the cheheen of iSanhae a few days ago issued a proclamation forbidding them to repair to the parade grounds to witness the mi- litary reviews which were there soon to take place: two reasons were offered for this prohibition: first, lest having swords with them (which is never the case), they should suddenly get into a rage and injure the by-standers; and in the second place, lest they themselves should amidst the crowds be trodden under foot: for these considerations, the cheheftn orders the hong merchants and linguists to do their duty, and prevent the foreigners from transgressing their proper limits. To-day, the fooyuen, who, since the decease of governor Loo, has performed the duties of the governor's otfice, went in person to review the troops. It is s»id that his excellency has just dispatched a few hundreds of soldiers to the neighborhood of Macao, that they may be in readiness to repel the foreign foes, whom the Chinese suppose are about to invade the coast of this province. Thursday, 15th. 1'irns. The chehefn of Nanhae has sent out a proclamation, to admonish the good people of his district, (all the affairs of which he is required to know arid regulate,) to guard against the outbreaking of fires; he tells them that in every house and shop there must be set up a large jar filled with water, ready for immediate use, in case their houses should get on fire. Toml> of tlte empress. Great care is taken by the Chinese to select good, or fortunate, places tor the burial of the dead. There are persons whose special business it is, and who make it their chief employment, to determine which arc, and which are not, lit localities. Sand, water, and ants, are the three things which are always to be avoided in selecting a grave. An imperial order has just come down from the throne, directing the individual who was appointed to select the burial place for the late empress, to be deprived of his peacock's feather and degraded, because he has been guilty of some mistake in selecting the time and place for the interment of her majesty's remains. Tuesday, 'ifith. Halley's comet has been an object of some interest to our celes- tial friends during the last few days. None of the Chinese here, so far as we know, were aware of its approach; but its brilliant course has not failed to attract their notice, though to some it has been looked upon as the harbinger of wo. They tell us of numerous instances in which such phenomena have preceded the death of monarchs and the fall of dynasties, and of other calamities not a few. And even now ill tidings are abroad of'insurrections and inundations that have just occurred in various purls of the empire. Leaving these vague rumors to be verified or contradicted in due season, c will here notice the comet's course and appearance. In the Canton Press of the 17th instant, are the following ob- servations: "Since the early part of September we have endeavored to discover this 'wanderer of the heavens.' but owing to much cloudy weather it wag not until the night of the 12th instant that we observed it, then forming with the two last stars of Ursa major, the points of a right angled triangle, nearly. It now ra- pidly traverses the firmament towards Serpens, and will pass the equinoctial line about the 22d instant, as far as our observation goes and guided by (he chart of the cornel's track as given in Ihe Nautical Almanac for ]8i!T>: the track of Pon- U'xoulant is nearest as to declination, but about five days in advance of its real position on the 12lh, its right ascension o( that day being given for the 7th." Mimtliiii. '2<>/A. Tlic ilctttk of a Molunniiifdun occurred in the city of Canton last night, under circumstances which illustrate the strong superstition and credulity of this people. A follower of the false prophet, contrary to his creed, accidently ate a piece of pork and laid down to sleep. In his dreams a man appeared before him, inquired the reason of his violating the laws of the prophet, and forthwith dragged him away, Frightened, he raised his voice and a\oke, and after telling his family what he had done and seen, immediately expired. His neighbors be- lieve this story to be true, and that his death was a punishment indicted on him I'm nut adhering lo the faith in which he was born. Tliiiriulny. 'Z'Mk. 'Tlir arucimu ejuiminulion,' which has been held in the provin- cial city during tin: month, closed this morning: the result has been proclaimed in :< public edict. iSMinl by his excellency the fooyneu. The particulars of this literary trial, wu -hall cuilciixui• I'j la) before our readers in the next number. CHI Vo ART. I. Tk, with rerna most propi THE BIBLE ci in all respect: The declaratii precepts, and internal chara of society and some partieuli fancy of his b< intellectual fac sound reason. racter to the r could never pi that maze of lightened of ] multitude. Tr afford to the h heart, and gla sou], and rais endless topics of them are ee the truly peni are all simple, and in every i Being, his cir nature, and th his duty and li complicated, < VOL. IV. NC THE E REPOSITORY. NOVEMBER, 1835. — No. 7. adaptation to the moral condition of man; malifications of translators and the style sion of the Scriptures in Chinese. nly system of faith and practice, which is i the wants of the whole human family, thor, and the whole tenor of its doctrines, nite to prove its suitableness both to the •riial circumstances of man, in every state t of the earth. "Its doctrines, though in comprehension of man in the present in- remarkably adapted to the exercise of his I in perfect conformity with the dictates of ualed sublimity imparts an elevated cha- be utmost refinements of human wisdom ir certainty brings the whole world out of lexities, in which the best and most en- wandered, and led after them the blinded pport which the doctrines of Christianity lilty, pacifies the conscience, purifies the jnteiiance: their greatness enlarges the while their fullness and variety furnish :l exhaustless sources of pleasure: most d, and they are all full of consolation to a;ht in heart. The precepts of the Bible ble, and useful to man in every capacity i; and his dependence on the Supreme the world, the desires of his immortal his conscience, all prove it to be both bey them. Its ritual, which is neither irksome, can be carried to all parts of 298 1A1.-.. The Bibh. Nov. 1 inr 'in (•"I iif'j 8s 1; 3!!! ii •«:i Hi" the world, and he observed just as well where neither gold, silver, nor materials -for costly array exist, as where they are found in the richest abundance: for it commands no uniformity of dress, either in the ministers or the members of the church. Magnificent tem- ples, decorated altars, and splendid ceremonies, form no part of the New Testament ritual: it enjoins no uniformity of language in the worship of the Deity; no vexatious peculiarities in gait, gesture, and posture of worshipers; no expensive apparatus in the celebra- tion of divine ordinances, and no technical Shibboleth to characterize the doctrines and followers of Jesus: simplicity and utility are the characteristics of all its observances: piety, truth, justice, purity, peaceableness, benevolence, and usefulness of life, are the only marks by which it requires the servants of God to distinguish them- selves from 'the world which lieth in wickedness.' "Christianity, as thus revealed in the Bible, claims the whole world as the sphere of its operations: it knows no other locality: it commands the nations to give up nothing but what is injurious for them to retain; and proposes nothing for their acceptance but what they are miserable without: it casts no slight on any one country, by exalting the virtues and glory of another: it represents all people and nations as on a level in the eyes of God, as equally offenders against him, equally subject to the decisions of his awful justice, and equally welcome to the benefits of his abundant mercy. Its moral and positive duties arc equally binding on all to whom the gospel is made known; its salvation and privileges are open on the same terms to all who will receive them, without distinction of age, rank, talent, or country; and its tremendous sanctions will be executed on all who reject or abuse it, without partiality, and without the pos- sibility of appeal or escape. It commands nothing inconsistent with the outward condition of nations or of individuals to perform; while it contains the germ of every principle necessary to render the throne stable, the nation prosperous, the family happy, the individual virtuous, and the soul eternally blessed. Christianity is the only religion fated for universal adoption; and the only one capable of conducting the kingdoms of the world to immortal felicity. It is, therefore, the duty of all who expect to be saved by Christ, to do their utmost for the extension of Christian knowledge; and God is pleased to honor and bless his servants, by making them the me- diums of his mercy and goodness to others. In every age, since the days of Jesus, the obligation to this duty and the value of this honor, have been felt in the church, either in a greater or less degree." Milne's Retrospect. In making these extracts from the writings of Dr. Milne, we have in a few instances changed his phraseology in order to adapt his re- marks to what we have further to add on the subject of translation, selected from the Retrospect and Gleaner. One of the first objects which the London Missionary Society had in view in their mission to China, was the translation of tlw. Scriptures. On this topic, Millie has given llie following observations. "Tim tret it would be ii in China ilsel be made by c its doctrines, heathen man The treasure Scriptures trr and a lover qualifications a bare know language, wit its authority, latiou of tha sincere love system of dn of moral ma far from beii of three or f< execution of i quaintance wi of the sacred and biblical c supposed to p the style of hi try; and in 1 lator from a f ns to ease ai own language lanced by a cl ciency in ex pi as of trivial ir which the ver general failur which is just] into a foreign but from a WH sihle, and tin means, than labor of exai translator, so to say perfect one's own hai "In transli felt at a loss I adopted. In are three- kinti which prevail: and considcre The Bible. 299 Society, Joseph Hardcastlo, esq., thought have a person to leorn tlie Chinese language the translation of the sacred volume should himself seriously convinced of the truth of listinction from a translation made by u ut slightly acquainted with Christian truth. the desirableness of having the sacred person well acquainted with their contents, ;ry important. The union of these two ghesl consequence; for on the one hand, '. grammar, idioms, and style, of Scripture :il love of truth, and submission of heart to etna an adequate preparation for the trans- rtiint of all books. On the other hand, a tolerable acquaintance with the Christian ability to render perspicuously a collection i general sense of any paragraph, are also These qualifications, a heathen convert landing may possess. But in order to the inflation, a much greater degree of ac- id tongues, with the form and composition the Jewish antiquities, sacred geography, neral, than such a man can be reasonably essary. The native convert -tries to make )oth and easy to readers of his own coun- renernlly be more successful than a trans- ; but, whatever advantage it may possess, 'of style, and conformity of idiom to his lommonly be found more than conntcrba- il adherence to the text; by a want of defi- auty and force of figures; by passing over, urns of expression, or some particle, on trength of the passage depend; arid by a the sense with that scrupulous fidelity isential in rendering the holy Scriptures t from any intentional want of fidelity, lalifications, which are no less indispen- of which requires longer time and more has very likely enjoyed. Moreover, the ting, and revising, the version of a native n give his sanction to it as fit for use, not less than that of doing the work with cct, page 50. ;d Scriptures into Chinese, Dr. Morrison o the kind of style most proper to be «, ns in those of most other nalions, there igh, a low, and a middle style. The style tiiii; .'incl S/e Shoo, is remarkably ri>iit'i,-e eal. Most works of fiction ol ihc lighter 300 1835. The Bible. Nov. t;:t sort, are written in a style perfectly colloquial. The San Kwo, a work much admired in China, holds, in point of style, a middle place between these two. He at first inclined to the middle style; but afterwards on seeing an imperial work, called Shing Yti,* de- signed to be read twice a month in the public halls of the different provinces, for the instruction of the people in the relative and poli- tical duties, and which is paraphrased in a perfectly colloquial style, he resolved to imitate that work: 1, because it is more easily under- stood by the bulk of the people; 2, because it is intelligible when read in an audience, which the high classical style is not at all: the mid- dle style is also intelligible when read in public, but not so easily understood as the lower style; and 3, because it can be quoted verbatim when preaching, and understood by the people without any paraphrastic explanation. "On reconsidering the subject, however, he decided on a middle style as in all respects best adapted for a book intended for general circulation. On the one hand, it possesses something of the gravity and dignity of the ancient classical books, without that extreme con- ciseness which renders them so hard to be understood. On the other hand, it is intelligible to all who can read to any tolerable extent, without sinking into colloquial coarseness. It is not above the illite- rate, nor below the better educated. The Chinese, whenever they speak seriously, affect to despise the colloquial works of fiction, while at the same time, they are obliged to acknowledge that the style of the ancient classical books is not adapted for general use- fulness. Of the style of the San Kwo, they speak in raptures. It may indeed, as far as the style is concerned, be considered the Spec- tator of China. Dr. Johnson said, that 'He who would make him- self perfect in a good English style, should give his days and nights to Addison.' The same may be said of the San Kwo. The student of Chinese, who would express himself with ease and general accep- tance, either in conversation or in writing, ought carefully to read and imitate the San Kwo. A style formed from a union of the com- mentaries on the classical books, with the San Kwo, is well suited to a version of the sacred Scriptures, and to theological writings in general. The subjects treated of in these commentaries are often of a grave cast; hence the style which a frequent and attentive perusal of them, would form, is likely to be much adapted to the dig- nity of divine things; while that formed oti the model of the San Kwo, will produce a smooth and easy flow of expression. "It has been, and probably still is the opinion of some, that a ver- sion of the holy Scriptures into Chinese, should be made in imita- tion of the style of the text of the classical books, e. g. of the Woo King, the Sze Shoo, and particularly the writings of Mangtsze, [Mencius,] have been . mentioned as holding a first place in those books which the translator should copy after. But with all due de- ference to those who hold this opinion, the writer cannot help think- ing differently. In a critique or apology to the public, the names of * See Chinese Repository, vol. 1, page 297. Chinese phil those who I subject. "If we cm regard to the that they ou« they are, win productions i the style is n account the I are subject, i twenty centu any such ext language an China have learned Chi much againi difficulty do usages long in the latter i the style and the actual fai even suppose text is never sound, and u who have p understood b reading it, j\( both a coinin ty arises not with the exc treat of abstr have no grea occasionally have not beei "AveryCl namely the g require a sty] historical nai preserved vh With respect mated; but times subject attend the ot same extent, note ; but ( century, We R.ippose that a8°. '* bette The nible. 301 d well, nnd niny produce an effect on neans of looking more narrowly into the probable and what the actual fact is with will not perhaps appear perfectly evident, :ed. For, the Chinese classical books, if rtSj a faithful collection of the maxims and 3iit men to whom they are ascribed, then > thousand years old. Taking into the ges and fluctuations to which all languages that a style of language which prevailed ild lie suited to modern times? Is there >rd 1 If any one object, 'that though the ther countries have changed, yet those of nnswered that the great difficulty which all understanding their ancient books, bears lion; especially when we consider that the merely from the reference to customs and te, and the relations of things of which we, orld, know almost nothing; but also from 'the language itself. Again, if we attend to find that the Chinese classical books are not lligible without a commentary. The naked t by children for the sake of learning the jplanation of a schoolmaster; or by persons ead it with the commentary; and it is not of those who have spent several years in ing their having enjoyed the advantages of a teacher. If it be objected that the difficul- tyle but from the subject; it is answered that, the Yeih Ring and the Chung Yung, which logical, and metaphysical topics, the others BS in their respective subjects, but what arise lions to ancient usages, the definitions of which handed down in history. le part of the most esteemed classical book*, , is filled with maxims and aphorisms, which culiar character, and which is but ill suited to r to subjects where a certain train of thought is a paragraph of five, ten, or twenty sentences. ;tsze, his style is generally masculine and ani- of certain levity to which his mind was some- .u) same difficulties attend his writings which ical books, tliough perhaps not always to the , it is true, has scarcely any modern writers of and his contemporaries who wrote in the 12th jut authors; and is it not more reasonable to B of language which prevailed six hundred years rt to modern use than that which prevailed two 1835. T/n- Riblf. N..v. ir-.M ta JV.J :;t; i:i St.. Itlil thousand years agn? Ohoots/e paraphrased most of the King, or classical books; and confesses himself often at a loss lor the ge- nuine sense of the text, from its extreme age and brevity. The writer has therefore no hesitation in giving it as his decided opinion, that the style of the hooks commonly called King, is by no means fit to he imitated in general, either in a version of the sacred Volume, or in theological writings—or indeed, in any work intended for extensive perusal and usefulness among all classes. For, admitting that a version of the Scriptures formed on the style of the classical hooks, would be understood by the learned, and perhaps admired by them, yet the generality of the people would be able to understand but very little of it. A great deal of hard work would be left to the preacher and commentator, which the translator, by imitating models of more modern date, might prevent." Retrospect, page 89. In the Anglochinese Gleaner for January, 1819, we find some 1 remarks on the translation of the Scriptures,' which were com- municated to the editor of that work by an individual who signed himself Servus. In a note which accompanied the communication, he says: "a friend of mine, lately observing in a Bengal periodical publication some unfriendly strictures on the translations of the Scriptures which are made by a respectable body of men in that quarter, sent me a few remarks on the subject of Scripture transla- tions in general; several of his observations, however, relate chiefly to translations into the Chinese: they all appeared to me so just and useful, that I determined to send them for publication in your mis- cellany: I have added to them remarks of my own, and submit the whole to your consideration and that of your readers." We here in- troduce the remarks, but without any observation of our own, pro- posing however to resume the subject in our next number. The observations of Servus and his friend are as follows: "' To translate faithfully, perspicuously, and elegantly an ancient foreign book into one's mother tongue, is not an easy task.'—A com- parison of but a single chapter of the authorized version of the Old Testament with the Hebrew original, and with the idiom of the En- glish language, is sufficient to confirm this remark. The English Bible is perhaps as good a version on the whole as ever was made; and that the enlightened, pious, and persevering efforts of that ever venerable body of men who executed it, should have failed in not a few instances, to combine all these qualities, furnishes an irrefragable proof of the difficulty of the task. "' It is more difficult to translate well an ancient foreign book into a newly acquired foreign language.'—Especially so, when that language is in itself peculiarly difficult, and when there may have been but a few and imperfect helps to assist in acquiring it. In this case, the difficulty is double. The translator has to do with two foreign languages, that out of which he is translating, and that into which he is translating; and it will not be deemed by good judges, any disrespect to modern translators, to affirm that there is not one of them, however high his character, or by whomsoever patronized, that can be s he may reas If we may a cularly the ol customs rein culty much g "' Fidelity at elegance.'- pens of foreif run the risk < please the lee "' An ovei degenerate ii Asiatic hold i smile, saying, who, when t ficuk and uni that their leai admired. 11 will derive no "' There e stood by leai Lord's parab nor even by t clearly on a! there are pas: tioned are di pected to be means ot'utu "' Foreign appear ridici petty weakix been accustn rious tribes < reign names The same u into Chinese tory of the wi generals, citi< "' No men easy, nor a si for the real those who gn —For every qualities of a pable of givit '"There worthily, and some one fau The Bible. 303 0 lie so fully acquainted with either nf these as e expected to be with his own mother tongue. i, that in such a book as the Scriptures, (parti- ieiit,) the vast lapse of ages since many of the the objects alluded to, existed, makes the iliffi- :ui in rendering a more modern book, spicuity must take precedence of any attempts t translations can hardly be expected from the IK! to sacrifice perspicuity to conciseness, or to re in fidelity, for the sake of attempting to Mild savor more of pedantry than of wisdom. desire of elegance in such a case is likely to affected and ridiculous.1—I once saw a learned islation made into his own language, with a iter of this is just like some of our learned men, >lish a book, try to scrape together a few dif- >rds, from some of the ancient books, in hope d acquaintance with classical antiquity will be vever, that many people of ordinary education from such productions.' e sacred Scriptures passages hard to be under- iristians: in the New Testament, some of our allusions were not understood by his hearers; sties: St. Paul's reasoning is not always seen usal: the book of Revelation is obscure; and > the Old Testament, in which the crimes men- p;.'—How much more may this difficulty he ex- heathen nations, which have but few, if any, ling the Scriptures, beyond the translation itself, always appear uncouth; foreign manners often not even men of education are free from the lespising everything with which they have not the less people have seen and read of the va- kind the more liable are they to this folly. Fo- • singularly uncouth in the Chinese language.'— ness exists by the introduction of Tartar names 1 civil or army lists. I lately saw a Chinese his- he present dynasty, in which the names of Tartar , sounded extremely unpleasant to the ear. lation, however good, can make difficult subjects id obscure allusion clear to any reader. So much Ities. The characters of persons who ask, and ions about translations, must also be considered.' loes not ask with the view of knowing the real i]; and there are perhaps but few who are ca- st and fair testimony on the subject. me sincere Christians who act occasionally un- jver ninety-nine excellences in order to fasten on the purpose of serving party views.'—And the 304 Nov. The Bible. ••t: irir ::i '''• [•••I !>»»' . •••I O :;: 15 SK 51:1 !;! ijo fault may perhaps originate in the transcriber, or in the printer. But admitting that it is entirely owing to the translator, surely it is not honorable to take advantage of that, in order to exclude his labor from the public patronage, to expose him as ignorant and hold up his version to unmerited contempt. To act thus, what one version is there extant which would not be condemned? "'There are disaffected Christians, who wish in a most unchris- tian manner to disparage all efforts to spread the gospel.'—Such persons must have something to say, and as they can very rarely judge for themselves in this particular, they gladly fix on what they may chance to hear, or what persons of the same stamp may choose to surmise, in order that their opposition to the cause of truth may not seem to be without foundation. "' There are heathen men who have a rooted aversion to, and contempt for, the names of God, and of Christ.'—These persons will frequently on seeing such sacred names, instantly throw down the book which contains them, in the most contemptuous manner, with- out giving it a single moment's examination. When this circum- stance comes to the knowledge of those who ridicule or oppose at- tempts to promote Christian knowledge, they rejoice as those who have found great spoil; how well their joy is founded, let the candid reader judge. "' There are persons educated as Christians, who sneer at the Bible and see no beauty in it. There are some, yea, many heathens in Asia, who will say whatever they think gratifying to the persons who ask them questions; and therefore their testimony for, as well as against, is to be received with caution. Now suppose a disaffected Christian asks a disaffected heathen to look into a Testament for half an hour, and he stumbles upon some difficult passage, turns it over and shuts the book, and thus prepared, comes forward with a sneer of contempt, or a declaration that it is all absurd and unintel- ligible, to the great delight and conviction of the Christian traitor. What weight ought such testimony to have with dispassionate Ynen.1 To these it may be added, that there are none more apt to find fault with other men's labors, than persons who have but a comparatively slight acquaintance with the language into which the translation is made: sentences which do not happen to be constructed in the same manner as those in the limited space over which they have passed, words and phrases employed, with which they are unacquainted, &c., are condemned as unclassical, though perhaps these half- drilled scholars have never all their days read one hundred pages of any native book whatsoever! "' In every country, the language of commerce and business is considerably different from that of religion. The Bible being the source of religion, requires a style of language in the translation suited to the subject.' But many of those Europeans in Asia, who have any knowledge of the native languages, possess no further nV,- qnaintnnce with them than as the mediums of commercial or civil transactions. They know them not as adapted to philosophy, reli- gion, and in posed perso marks on tr themselves. express whi guages. W and the bar ed, both of or heathen li condemn tin up for the •:'. of them, or and even eli attentive con above, wouk labor, and I men. As fa guage of an exult in theii ART. II.' remarks human h FROM a frie with a reqm much pleasu intrinsic vali grimage dre so neglectfu for them a li the mostard busy, bustlir remaineth t' every heart earth, it is „ prepared fol the means i Everlasting "he rested pie 'reinem it with the [ might stand VOL. Iv_ 'for Tkee in HtacenS 307 nsjiiigration of the soul us bodies, various states of being, passions, tastes, pursuits in each, •o in consciousness, the same: icence, manhood, age, iving onward, always losing one another, lost at length,' ns, on the strand of death, •eescore years and ten looks back, iang of lingering tenderness, uddering conscience-fit,- on what is not, and cannot be again: ;ss with fear and hope, to think v, but cannot long continue, mst be through uncounted ages, •e know no more of happy childhood ildhood knows of wretched age: ams of its felicity as its own crude visions; a live from that fine point dwells on; with the morning star te we heard the cuckoo sing, y that we ever plucked, themselves were stars, and birds, and flowers, simplest music, wild perfume. mark the metamorphoses! rl;—when all was joy, hope, promise; l)e a boy, a girl, again, !, to long for liberty, hat will never come to pass? Maiden ;—living but for love; 11 that life has other cares, turous, but more enduring. in her offspring multiplied; lose glory is her branches, ladow, she (both root and stem) in meek obscurity, M: the pleasure of beholders. ither of a progeny, lires his death to make them room, « he feels his resurrection, rtal in his children's children. ier;—leaning on his staff, th the weight of years that steal j secrecy of sleep, iter than the snow of age, btlety benumbs the frame,) sation, and lies down f his primeval mother; id of turf an'd flowers around him, •ms, and bids them do their office. e ghost, and where is he V" 308 1835. Voyage uf the Huron. Nov.. § I.., 1:1 1:1 n ART. III. Voyage of tht Huron: rounds the promontory of Shan- tung; transactions in the harbor of Weihae wei, uf Keshan so, on the south side of the promontory, at Shaiighae, at the Chu- san group, at the Nanjeih (Lamyet) islands, and in Tungshan ( Tangsod) bay. [ WE have now to record another expedition along the coast of China. The London Missionary Society, incited by the urgent calls of Dr. Morrison for the dissemination of the bread of life among the millions of this empire-^-the last, but perhaps not the least, of his efforts to benefit this people—and animated by the prospect of a free communication with the people of this country, a prospect opened by the voyages of Mr. Gutzlaff, determined to send one of their missionaries upon this service. The Rev. W. II. Medhurst, who has de- voted the last eighteen years of his life to the Chinese mission in Batavia and other places in the Indian Archipelago, came to China in June last, with the intention of carrying into execution the wishes of the Society. Having made known his object to his friends here, but finding uo vessel suited to his purpose, he was on the point of relinquishing his design, when the American brig Huron arrived from the United States, chartered to an American house, who cordially seconded his views, and he succeeded in arranging for the use of the vessel for three months. The brig, of 211 tons, was commanded by captain Thomas Winsor, manned with twelve hands, and armed with two guns and a few swi- vels. Including Mr. Medhurst and Mr. Stevens, they were in all only eighteen persons. A few bags of rice were taken on board in furtherance of the object of the voyage, to be sold or not as should seem best. The cargo was about 20,000 volumes of books of various sizes, comprehending some copies of the Scrip- tures, Medhurst's Harmony of the Gospels, Theology, Commentary on the Ten Commandments, the Life of Christ, and a variety of other publications. Both of the gentlemen kept copious journals of the voyage: the following has been prepared for the Repository by Mr. Stevens; that of Mr. Medhurst, which he has kindly presented us for perusal,, is much more minute than this; and we hope he will publish it entire when he is in England, whither he purposes to go for a visit early next year.] ON the 26th of August, we embarked from the Kumsing moon, but were near three days in getting out of the Lema passage. Dur- ing this time we experienced almost eonstant calms, and most ex- cessive heat. After taking our departure fjoni the Lemas, we had an almost uninterrupted succession of moderate breezes from the south and southeast, with the finest weather. In a fortnight, we rounded the eastern point of Shantung promontory, in latitude 37° 25'N., and longitude 122° 45' E. But immediately on passing the cape, the fresh southerly breeze, which had brought us thither failed, and the strong tide which sets around the cape, nearly carried us back to sea during the night. The next morning, however, the wind fresh- ened, and we passed Alceste island, or rather rock, perforated in several places, and anchored at 11 A. M., in the excellent harbor of Weihae wei, sheltered on the north and northeast by the island of Lewkung taou. This anchorage is in latitude 37° 30' N., and lon- gitude 122° 12' E.,and is very well represented in Crawford's chart. We work, but for a time- sending off Weihae. I account of reasonable ed at a vilU towards the stood their them in tht vited us to told the obj books with that no moi vegetables should find like the othi floor or chi fireplace, were nowisi rememberei and inquire in the emb In the af the storm, lieutenants, an opaque ceremony, name and i ture destini he should \ north," the Mr. M. rej who feared ly happy ii religion to to be prep who shoulc to commur give medic with which tion whate1 stated, woi inclement selves the satin boot guish them On the 1 ge uj the Huron. 309 the-proposed place for commencing our of ruiiv and wind detained us on board ?as seen, nor any movement but that of several loaded boats towards the town of the inhabitants were fleeing in alarm, on el, we determined to land and remove all We took some books therefore, and land- I. Most of the people on the beach fled ipproach, but a few of the older or bolder 'hen they heard Mr. Medhurst address i, their suspicions gave way, and they in- use from the heavy falling rain. When ;hey accepted one or two copies of the the rest urged, either truly or in excuse, ople could read. They offered us a few : had nothing for sale, saying that we 'eiliac. The house in which we sat was, ite and covered with thatchwork, without ;, except the bed, beneath which was the es the house was filled with people, who nversed familiarly for some time. They wo foreign ships within the last tu-o years, ere the same that came twenty years ago, herst. blowing day, Sept. 12th, notwithstanding longside with a naval captain and two 'ith a train of followers. The elder wore id the others gold buttons. After some I, and made inquiries oi' Mr. M. as to his mtry, the last port he was from, and fu- 5 answered, "that if the north wind blew uul if the south wind blew be should go :ased. They then asked our object, when imber of good people in our own country ed in Jesus, feeling themselves exceeding- i, wished to extend the blessings of their i' the earth; that they had caused books iut himself and others to give them to all Iling to read them; a further object was ction to all respecting Christianity, and to i." They then inquired for the books, supplied themselves, and made no objec- is. The superior officer of Weihae, they ff to pay his respects in person, but for the •eplied that we should certainly do our- him on shore soon. Except their long ittons, these officers had nothing to distin- onest soldiers. ;r, the weather became fine, and we made 310 1835. Voyage of the Huron. Nov. inn1 ;Pf I* "i Rjij jiii " ri'i preparation for an early excursion on shore. Having heard that the people of Shantung were surly and disaffected towards strangers, it was therefore with no small degree of solicitude that we looked for- ward to the reception which our enterprise might meet with this day. At 9 o'clock in the morning, we put a number of booka in the boat, with the medicine chest, and proceeded westward to a distant village on the shore, which we supposed must be Weihae. On our way, we observed several junks from Keangsoo at anchor, and deter- mined to call and offer them books. These are different from the merchant vessels of the southern provinces, being more clumsy and having four or more masts. They are however provided with com- modious cabins, large enough to contain all hands, and well defended from rain and cold. The captain of the first junk was a man of respectable appearance, and received books and listened to Mr. M.'s remarks with much apparent deference and respect, as did also the people of several other junks. At a small dismantled fort on the right, we observed one or two men waving a flag, which caused us no great alarm. A few hundred yards from shore we were met by a boat with one of the officers who called upon us. He held up his hands, saluted us politely, and cried out that the great officer had come off to one of the junks to see us. Suspecting his design was to get us on board, and thus prevent our visiting the shore, as we had promised to do, Mr. M. replied that we would see him on our return, and then with a few strokes of our oars we made good a landing in front of a village, where a crowd of people were already assembled on the beach. We immediately went among them and began to distribute books; but the officer who followed us endeavored by all means to prevent our advancing, by intreaties, and by even taking Mr. M. by the arms. This was extremely embarrassing to us, and threatened to defeat our movements entirely; but we pressed on till we came to the village, when we learned from the noise behind us that the chief officer had come ashore from the junk where he had been waiting. And he indeed it was, as the runners before him and the gentlemen around him, as well as his stately step, indicated. We therefore waited their approach, observing that the one of highest rank wore a blue button, and the others who followed, gold ones. The first was a tsantseang or sub-colonel, and the rest were lieutenants. One of them acted the chief speaker, and putting on a stern countenance and angry manner asked from whence we were, and what was our business. Mr. M. replied "that he was an Englishman, come to do good by distributing books and medicines." "Well then," said he, "let us go off to yonder junk, and hold a con- ference on the subject." "After we have seen your town and enjoy- ed a walk," replied Mr. M., "we shall be happy to go aboard your junk." They then placed themselves before us, and said it was im- possible for us to proceed, as this was the celestial empire, within which no foreigner must set fool. "Then," said Mr. M., "if it is truly the celestial empire, it must comprise all born beneath heaven, ourselves of course, and therefore we shall proceed a little distance at least, and ti was utterly laws," he re rules, who \ came only t answer, thu enjoined on beach and i tant affairs; give us a ci said the co temple hard spoke too If pointing oui When we not to stop i reached a h the country some of the took us. O now covered seated with whether the own countr The most a< of millet, or other the k ance, and t further, we where the o on the top < had detenu the officers withdraw. ing to recei' then brough their district cipal doctrii They replie but that thf intercourse hooks, and their own el saw no obji tercourse w water they • were wante other ports object. W Voyage of the Huron. Ul 1 'Upon this they took our hands, and said it 1 the laws,and we could not proceed. "Such B evidently meant for lawless people and ene- them, but we were evidently harmless, and This softened them, and obliged them to :»t think ill of us, but such were the orders t least," said Mr. M., " this is no place, on a IK!, for gentlemen to converse about impor- t do less than invite us into some house, and en we can arrange matters." "Well then," id hitherto been silent, "we rnay go to the i, no, by no means," said the other; but he Iready had started for the temple, the crowd finding none to hinder us, we determined nt went forward over hill and dale till we which commanded an extensive view both of rnlf of Che'ihle. Hither in a few minutes idants cnme, puffing and blowing, and over- >oked down ruefully on his once white hose jring this unwonted chace. They were soon the most familiar terms possible; inquiring d productions were similar to those of our iving the few hooks which we had kept, nctions were a sort of bean, and two kinds is common in the south of China, and the Barbadoes millet, a grain in size, appear- ;e broomcorn. Having no wish to advance mpanied by our attendants to the temple, I us. This was a neat building, situated dedicated to the Queen of Heaven. We y that we would not submit to stand before sed, and that if they insisted on it we would a side apartment, we found them stand- ing to Mr. M. the highest place. Tea wus \. began by stating our object in coming to i lie Imd opportunity to go over the prin- t:l, and to point out the way of salvation, ire well assured of our friendly intentions, them no discretion as to permitting any pie. They said that they had read our ugh they differed in some respects from contained many good things, and they distribution; still we must not have in- If we wanted supplies of provisions or fiem gratis; but we replied, "that none that ships are not allowed to resort to r purposes of trade, but we have no such ik no law in coining hither. If you say 31-2 Nov. Voyage of the Httruii. -... ••t:; \».t\ >.,.l ISP II that all intercourse is forbidden by law, the true meaning of such restrictions doubtless was to keep oft' spies, robbers, and enemies, neither of which we were, and of course, they did not properly apply such laws to us. But if the government is really so absurd as to design to prevent good men from speaking to their fellow-men, and doing them any offices of kindness and good-will in their power, we felt it to be our duty, notwithstanding any such prohibitions, to obey God rather than man." After some complimentary expressions in answer, the conference broke up. All this time, great crowds sur- rounded the house, and the whips of the police-men were plentifully applied to the heads and shoulders of the people, whenever they ap- peared too eager to get a peep at us, or hear the conversation. On arriving at the beach, attended by some inferior officers, we determined to give out some books to the crowd, and accordingly told a sailor to bring a basket full out of the boat; the officer ordered it back again, but it was again brought up. As soon as Mr. Med- hurst opened it, the crowd could no longer be restrained by fear of whips or officers, but rushed forward and seized them without distri- bution, while the police were in vain attempting to check the tu- mult. The rush was so sudden and unexpected, that it was impos- sible to avoid or withstand it. We then left them, and on our return touched at the vessels in port which had riot yet been visited, and left books, and gave medicines to the sick. In the afternoon, with a fresh supply of books, we landed on the island of Lewkung taou, where were two or three small villages. Here we gave away books without any restraint, or violence. After listening for a short time to Mr. M., they exclaimed with amazement, "these men speak our own language, where have they learned it?" They then gave the more heed, but all was not sufficient to prevent their giving more attention to the examination of our clothes and persons than to our words. However, they could not be satisfied that Mr. M. was not a Chinese, and often examined his head to ascertain whether he wore a cue like them. We here observed a number of very fine and intelligent countenances among the boys and young men, and they had lost the shyness which they exhibited on a former day. From this island we crossed the bay again and landed on the main. Here we found a siiiull but handsome village, overshadowed with aged trees, and watered by a noisy rivulet that passed through it. It may be observed, once for all, that wherever in Shantung we saw a cluster of trees, there nlso we found a village, so that we had but to take the telescope ami count the clumps of trees from our vessel to ascertain the number of hamlets or villages in sight. But it must not be supposed that the hills of this most hilly country were naked and roeky; on the contrary, many of them were cultivated, and nearly all were covered with a green-sward. The more tem- perate and fertile vallies between them were chiefly marked with cultivation, and selected as the abodes of the people. At the en- trance of this village we were met by a number of inhabitants in whom we gave books and u word of exhortation, after Ninth u en- tered the \ conversing One of chi grapes. J precisely a and on ej parted wif Shantung, are more f provinces < Encoura infested to the south s lag-ei, mid should atte across the mounted a; carrying th proceeded tlie bottom of the villa;. n large nu Here we an books to tlit in return bu everywhere, were much offer. Aga and urged t true God,» satisfying th In all Shani where the p This unr The air w. V" •ill S1:1 3'!' «ii! inhabitants soil, to sup| suspended come us, an before us ar the liouses < but a few w received boo came to a tl work in the old women taking books debate nccrp then invited VOL. IV. I oyugc of the Huron. 3IS ; from house to house, giving books and li all. The females were shy and withdrew, d his gratitude by giving us some fine white e place, we observed a white stone erected ;r of plain tombstones in western countries, nd it was a memorial of the virtue of a de- es we subsequently observed very often in t probable eithe;1 that the wives of Shantung usbands more grateful, than iu the southern iposition of the people which had been ma- t morning we determined to go ashore on or, where we could discern numerous vil- iiind to the western side, if good success g the brig at 9 o'clock, therefore, we sailed :s, and landed on a small eminence, sur- fatchtower. With one sailor to assist us in 't the boat to follow us round, and ourselves the nearest village, pleasantly situated at ,t a public threshing-floor by the entrance t by a few persons, and in a few minutes 3d with the schoolmaster at their head, bject, opened our stores, and gladly gave received them. They had nothing to give icco, which they offered both here and it understand why we refused, but they zest with which our sailor accepted the Ir. M. repented the nature of our mission, m their evil ways, and serve the living and 11 from heaven to save sinful men. After •oceeded a mile or two to the next village, bserved a house standing alone, but every- ;Iusters, varying from 25 to 500 houses, ver the hills was delightful in the extreme, id the cultivation showed how diligent the ing the utmost benefit from the scanty :ies. Every person we passed in the fields was ready with a cheerful word to wel- uither village. The people here ran on ilarin, ordering their females to retire into elds; they seemed very suspicious at first, •I. banished their fears, and they gladly they gave us pears. From thence we n which the people had gone out to their sed from street to street seeing none but who was too much alarmed to think of riendly man advanced, who after a short influenced others to do the sauna,- They 10 village and into a house, where was a 314 Nov. Voyage of the Huron. loom and a piece of cotton half-woven, but no furniture other than the bed or rather bedstead, on which we sat. Here the people ex- hausted our stock of books, when we sent down to the boat for another supply. Everything bore the aspect of extreme poverty: the lank dogs, the lean donkeys, and lastly the hogs, so miserably meagre, that even our sailor was forced into facetiousness, arid pro- nounced them the undoubted hog-goblin species. We next took a long tour around the bay and inland to a large village, but as there are no public roads, only small footpaths from place to place, we found ourselves in the midway involved in a bog, through which, like the natives, we were obliged to wade in mud and water knee-deep. When we arrived at the village, the people appeared uninterested with the books, and very suspicious, so thai scarce half a dozen hooks were left in that large place. The fe- males here came around us, and were quite curious to examine the dresses of the foreigners, and all stood and gazed at us with a sort of stupid astonishment. After taking some refreshment at the boat, we again struck across the fields towards a distant cluster of trees, through which we saw the whitewashed houses. As we approached, the noise of many voices met our ears, as though all the village was in an uproar. Accosting an old man at the entrance, he took a book, when others pressed forward eager to receive the same. This wag the only place where the people were too eager to wait for the regular distribution, and disposed to help themselves. But at Mr. M.'s remonstrance they became less clamorous. That they under- stood the books was evident, because many of those who had obtain- ed but one volume of the Harmony, came back to get the other vol- ume, and were much gratified when they could procure the set. Here, after giving them books, Mr. M. stood up to proclaim the gospel of Jesus to which they listened for some time attentively. With a fresh supply of books we then advanced to a large village two miles from the shore, attended by a number of persons who were already interested in our work. Accordingly, as we drew near, one and another of the inhabitants began to cry out, "give me a book !" and " give me one!" They were so eager as nearly to plunder us, but at length, they yielded to reason, and took them deliberately. But that their urgency did not in any way arise from a just value for the book, is evident from the preference which was expressed by some of them when offered a book with a red cover to have one with a brown color, when yet they had read neither. From this place we passed on over hill and dale through a delight- ful country, the vallies of which were fertilized with pure streams of water, and inhabited by the people of numerous villages. In this way we continued till we had come round to the village where we had been the previous day, and when the shades of evening fell upon us, we prepared to return to the brig, much wearied hut well pleased. Delightful land! What needs it more, except to bo "Immanuel's land, the dwelling-place of righteousness?" During our absence this dav, two junks and two boats filled with officers, soldi came over fr< the Huron h forbid their c him that lie- By a card wl were gone a Meanwhile, I windlass, coir they were ui by signs sho\ some hooks have we been each, within 1 expect the lei anchorage ha left with its this day's woi as a specimen to village. S sometimes als> pie of the WP free from the i On Tuesday two days cam- west of Wellii and bold cape islands on the the main land, which stands i business, beinj to the north, cept that the e sufficiently far of nearly a r and were pres birds upon it, of it. We foi bold, having s nel between it ter hauling ofl tide in this ha; Next morni weather was fi the whole com clusters of tree with their whit slian so ciiscnt west, from bch tyiige of tin IfID-IIII. ;!l"i ir attendants, to the number of n hundred o visit llie brig. The officer in command of iin only eight men, was disposed at first KI nird, but their friendly manner so won upon up, and entertained them for sonic hours, lind left on board, they learned that we seemed determined to wait till our return, uriuus to see everything in the vessel, her s, sextants, and to look into the hold; hut should (in; a cannon to call us on board, ear that the gun would burst. They took :d in good humor before our return. Thus listrilmte about 1000 volumes of 100 pages Shantung, where we had boon prepared to ception. Every village within reach of this d, and some portions of the word of God [ have been thus minute in describing because with little variation it may serve ays which we spent in visiting from village 3 found them more ravenous for hooks, and ike any at all, but this is nearly a fair sam- we were ever treated by the people, when the officers of government. f September, we weighed anchor, and after nacious bay of Reshan so, about 47 miles .y is formed on the northwest by the high aou, and by the Kungkung taou group of (tending also several miles southward into ts name from the village of the same name, tide, and which is a place of considerable >rt, where many junks touch on their way if the harbor by Ross is well executed, ex- bank as laid down by him does not extend and. Though running in at the distance e shore, we came directly on this bank, actually striking only by observing some to haul off, when within the ship's length quent soundings, that this bank was very ) at a few yards distance, and a safe chan- nel from which it appears to put off. Af- anchor in six fathoms, and found but little presented us an inviting prospect. The , the thermometer standing nt 70°, and usive bay appeared dotted with those little cated the presence of numerous villages, ises; while the skirts of the town of Re- vcs nt the bottom of a further bay on the h a white tower. ' We immediately made 310 1&15. Voyage of t/iit Huron, Nov. preparations to land and to take another tour through the villages, as had been done at Weihne. But the first place to which we cnine showed us tlmt we were not to expect the same delightful work as before. Though the people gladly received our books, they strongly opposed our entering the village; and one man who showed his little brief authority, said it was against law for foreigners to enter their country, and that he neither wanted us nor our books. Seeing that no arguments could change his opposition, and that he was alarming the other villagers so that they were beginning reluctantly to come and return their volumes, we thought best to withdraw to another place. At the entrance of the next village, several persons met us, and among them one of the elders of the village who seemed apprehensive that we had come to take possession of the country. As usual he inquired our country, our object, the number of our ships, &c., all which were answered truly but not satisfactorily. "Eigh- teen men !" said he, "a pretty story indeed! you come a long way with eighteen people to do good! O! no doubt, no doubt, go along, yon are good-hearted men, no doubt." This man had such influ- ence over the others that only a few ventured to receive any book:). Finding such a state of things, we determined to go direct to Ke- shan so, and face any officers who might he there. Accordingly we came around the white tower where a few men were on the lookout, to the front of the town. This like all other towns had no proper landing-place, but a mud bench at low water extends off to pome dis- tance, and so retarded our landing that a large number of people had time to assemble. Little introduction is needed in such circum- stances, but the simple announcement of our object, and the simul- taneous display of a bag of books, brought down the whole multitude to seek for them. So rude were they in this instance that they overturned and plundered the sailor that carried the books, and when Mr. M. ascended a boat to distribute from, and there remon- strated with the people below, they all assented to his reproof and were, quiet till he again opened a store when they pounced upon them at once. The officers of the town stood on the ground below in amazement, but powerless to check the bustle. When the distribu- tion was ended we descended and saluted the officers, who returned it with politeness, and walked with us to a custom-house hard by. Here we found that some of the magistrates, in great wrath at the tumult which had been made, had seized one or two of the crowd and were about to punish them with the bamboo. Holding a poor fellow by his long cue, it was impossible for him to escape. Just at this moment we came up, and Mr. M. at once seeing what was doing, went up to the officer and in a friendly way asked him to let the cul- prit go, since it was no wonder he was a little beside himself on such an extraordieiary occasion. He made little reply but to say that he should mind his own business, and Mr. M. might mind his. "Sir," said Mr. M., very properly, "it is my business to interfere, because I am the occasion of his offending. If he suffers for this affair f shall consider it an intended insult to me." They would yield no farther than to say 1 when Mr. M that spot till him free, an When we lions, and « before us to returned ant orders that a fruits, but Wi and were th< to procure tl our return, w there could i surely must I loped, since already possi dicine when he was not n someremedii he should n Next day through all t treated with the entrance two village e persons witli books," s«id instructions < to any foreig M., "taught shiped, nor r above and di us of eterna want your be others may, "shall I obta will," said M Savior." ""W will take the "Hashetak O! you have after death V disciples cart found a poo roe, whoxsor a zest not al our books ex a man show 'oyagf nf t)if /fnrnn. 31? mid lie released when we wrre gone; hut holder tone, and said he would not stir I'roin n released, they yielded in an instant mid set iiimediately more civil. 0 purchase fresh provisions they made objec- nt into the market, they sent a police-runner illing, and no one dared to sell. When we fed against this, the officers yielded and sent I. Every man then offered us provisions and »•u so, he desired to have 'oweve.r, as he could not foretell the medicine ohliijed reluctantly to see the chest return. on tin: west side of the bay, and passed ii that quarter in order, and were everywhere pet not with distinct unfriendliness. At hem, on the public threshing-floor, we met mmense straw-hats, and goggles, corpulent y dignified aspect. "We have seen your neither desire nor approve of them. In the re have sufficient, and they are far superior 'ou can bring." "Your sage," replied Mr. :he Supreme Being who alone is to be wor- come; but Jesus having descended from again, was certainly better able to inform "Nevertheless," they replied, "we do not s the road, go." "If you do not want them all go when we please." Another began: eness of sins by reading this book?" "You n follow the hook and trust in Jesus the only Savior bestow on them that believe?" "He ""Have you believed?" "I hope I have." jvcn?" "I trust he will when I die." "Die! eath for all this; who cares what happens : left the village, however, the old Confucian received books. In passing to another, we g bis dinner of boiled millet and salt-fish I us to partake with him. We did so with \ at richer tables. At one village we found 5 in a bookstore, on our return. At another, d already some knowledge of them; for of 318 Nor. Voyage of Ike Huron. his own accord he mentioned the name of our Savior, and that he had twelve apostles and seventy disciples. When on our return to the brig this evening, we observed the first war-boat which lias ap- peared since we saw Shantung; this was a small junk not to he compared with vessels of the imperial navy in Canton. As she came round cape Zeuoo taou from the westward, she luft'ed up bravely, and gave us or her friends a salute of three guns, and came to anchor near the town. The next day we mov«d the hrig farther southward into the depth of the bay, carrying with us seven and nine fathoms of water. It was our design to go to the city Ninghae chow, the general course to which we understood, hut as usual could obtain no specific direc- tions from any natives. We learned from our books that "in the neighborhood of Keshan so is Haechow, one of the principal ports of Shantung." But the shoals of the bay into which we entered, and other delays obliged us to spend the day among the numerous and large villages which lined it. Here they received our books neither too eagerly nor too indifferently; but as it often elsewhere occurred, when our books were gone, they were solicitous that we should be gone also. As we approached the guard-house at the mouth of the bay, on our return, we observed about fifty soldiers drawn up in line on the wall, some armed with pikes, some with matchlocks and sticks. We passed close beneath them in our boat,, and ttiough not a word was said on either side, yet it was observable that our sailors rowed past them with a stroke sensibly quicker than usual. We found that during our absence, two boats from the town had come to the brig, with officers of white, crystal, and gold buttons, and with a train of fifty persons. Learning from the card thn" we were absent, they waited several hours for our return, and the officer in command of the brig fired a six pounder to bring us back, but we were beyond sight and sound. These officers were equally curious with those at Weihae wei, and though their numbers at first alarmed the chief mate so much that he got out boarding pikes and refused to let them come aboard, yet their polite manners had subsequently such an effect on him that he admitted them into the brig, showed them everything, and was really quite won by their insinuating ad- dress. At their departure they left the following card: "The civil and military officers of the celestial empire have come to pay their respects, and now the general of the district waits at Keshan so, where he requests the supercargo to meet him to-morrow, that he may suitably arrange matters." To-day, Sept. 21st, we moved the brig nearer to the town, and pre- pared to comply with the invitation of yesterday. Meanwhile, we were visited again by a numerous train of officers and attendants, who stayed two hours making inquiries respecting ourselves, our country, and our object. This gave Mr. M. an opportunity to explain the doctrines of Christianity and to make them acquainted with the con- tents of our books. They were much surprised that we worshiped only the Supreme Being. He further trivd to satisfy their curiosity and wonder by explainin pies of navig latitude and with a list of sale, to all v their departi before them, shore as we: But we evid inferior offict boat till the i brig, when w objected to t the rain, the} but not as be but a second waiting for tl Meunwhilt a sight of us, the crowd gre and profuselj ders. It wa these pateniH requested the delay, Mr. J Fuhkeen per them seemed They also r take them, ed on every v the attendant secretly aske> the prescript] sation, walki several hours sons for our; to be previou; on coining in replied that v very properly respect whicli persons of rai duction at all arranged," s; vanced towai lictors to clou till we came I who acted as ni/ngc of the llurun. 3J9 Id eiinic sucli a distance without seeing land, a sextant and chronometer, and the princi- they seemed quite ignorant of any ideas of They then requested us to furnish them ns we required, and of any cargo we had for :ss they would attend. Immediately after our boat and reached the shore a long time isy tn see by the crowds and the bustle on that it was ho common day among them, them unprepared to receive us; first, some nth a request that we would go back to the iie important officers who had gone to the nlroduced to the great general. When we of asking invited guests to sit and wail in way, and preceded us to the custom-house, 'former friends, the magistrates, now played d chairs of state were placed for us while the officers from the brig, e crowd gathered about the house to obtain ord from our lips. And ever and anon as :he officers applied to them indiscriminately >r the broomstick over the head and shoul- vable, however, that they did not bestow the Fuhkeen men from the junks, but only Iraw back. Growing impatient at the long >pportunity to open conversation with the jwn dialect, which while it highly gratified the officers, to whom it was unintelligible. is while the people of the town durst not r officers gathered around us, and convers- jects in the most friendly manner. One of sral, as I afterwards observed, came and )r opium smoking, for which Mr. JVI. wrote n a good whipping." In various conver- i town, and in taking some refreshments, , till the arrival of all the necessary per- ut here arose the question of ceremonies Their custom was, they said, to knock head ce of .such exalted personages. Mr. M. I prostrations for the Supreme Being; and discussion by saying, "we will pay that o us, and customary in the presence of not satisfactory, then we decline an intro- we shall expect to sit." "This shall be icording to your desire." We then ad- e of audience, preceded by heralds and tended and followed by several horsemen, ;ate. Here were two tine looknij; officer* , and admitted us. into the court. Voyage nf the Huron. 1835. Nov. No otie entered with us, but the paved way to the temple was lined with twenty-five unarmed soldiers on each side, drawn up in the form of a semicircle. These were beyond all comparison the finest soldiers 1 have ever seen in China, of a size fit for grenadiers, and, for a wonder, clad in clean uniform. Behind the altar, and in front of the gods sat two officers, preserving, as we approached, the most immovesble rigidity of limb and muscle and eye, looking neither to the right nor left. When we came to the threshold in front of them, we took off our hats HI: • saluted them with a respectful bow. They returned it in succession by slowly raising their united hands to a level with their chin, and slightly inclining the head. One of the attendants, of whom there were six or eight on each side, then motioned us to take seats arranged lower on the left hand. The inferior officer held tint right seat; lie was the chefoo of Tiingchow foo, and wore a bine crystal button. His attendants were well dress- ed. The officer who was seated on the left hand was named Chow, and a tsungchiii or military general; he wore a red button of the highest rank and was adorned with a peacock's feather, and a string of court beads. His attendants never spoke to him but with bended knee. The chefoo was the chief speaker, and a lawyer-like examin- er. His inquiries were directed entirely to Mr. M., and as usual re- garded his country and object in coining hither. But he proceeded much further and extended his questions to many other topics, mak- ing minute and judicious inquiries. His enunciation was rapid and guttural, and had not only the peculiarities of the Shantung dialect, but partook also of the court dialect. Hence it was sometimes ex- ceedingly difficult to catch his meaning, while one of his attendants who also spoke the court dialect was perfectly and easily understood. I give the following notes of this interview in the words of Mr. Med- hurst. "He asked who this Jesus was, and what was the meaning of the word Christ which he found in our books; which gave me an opportunity to explain tlie gospel of our Savior. Here the ge- neral interposed with his gruff voice: 'How do you come to China to exhort people to be wood? Did e suppose there were no good people in China]' 'No doubt,' I replied, 'they are good to some extent, but they are not all so; and they are all ignorant of the salvation of Jesus.' 'We have Confucius,' said the chefoo, ' and his doctrines, which have sufficed for so many ages; why need we any further sage?' 'Confucius,' I replied, 'taught indeed moral and social duties, but he revealed nothing respecting divine and eternal things, and did nothing for the salvation of the human race; where- fore it was by no m*ans superfluous to have another Teacher and a Savior, such as was proposed to them.' 'In your opinion it may be good, but in ours i't is evil, and these doctrines tend only to corrupt the people, and their dissemination therefore cannot be permitted. We neither want nor will we have your books, and you ought not to go from place to place distributing them, contrary to law.' 'What law if you pleaseT I replied. 'I have read the laws Of the present dynasty, but do not recollect any against distributing good books.' 'T they spoke me no chant When I thoi 'lo the wort would have the topic be "The cht the price of i nished by § by a society sending the world, accor where the bo I answered t at Batavia, v emigrants. from what pr Catholics in their religion had no comu conversation, relurn to my me, it was al introduce bo coast either c were to treat came, but by opinions. A with which i means to toil' so well treate they had trea politeness by under his jur: ceiving they n not think of i they said con "Among- < was, and win struck off wit he, 'is there new and an c Columbus, an 'Under what (lint the coun a president, a in everything VOL. IV K oyagc of (he Huron. 321 he dissemination of corrupt doctrines.' Hire mil so close upon each other as to levae in a word, unless by violent interruption. r so at last, 'listen,' said the attendants, rat men,' so that when I perceived they rsation to themselves, I was not sorry to let ed whether the vessel was mine, what was :r, whether the money was my own, or fur- I informed him that the money wag raised iristians at home; that the same society was ily to China hut to many other parts of the omrnnnd of the Savior. They then asked do, and where I had learned the language, them were made under my own inspection licked up the language among the Chinese jin'reil the numbers of these emigrants, and came, and whether they all became Roman Is. 1 replied, that they generally retained new little of the Roman Catholics, as we rer. Hero the old general interrupted the e his ultimatum: ' he would advise me to as soon as possible, and tell those that sent n and money thrown away to attempt to inn, for none except a few vagrants on the d receive them; that the orders from court ill kindness mid liberality whenever they allow them to stay mid propagate their ey had provided for us a liberal present e would be content to depart, but by no er part of the coast, lest we might not be .•cable consequences should ensue; that as ¥, in return we ought to treat thcin-with no place in Shantung, all of which was thanked him for their liberality, but, per- ne the air of benefactors, told them 1 could liinu without making some return. This lowed. 3 they asked of what country Mr. Stevens from New England, the chefoo again v series of interrogatories. 'What,' said 1 as an Old England V 'Yes, as also a then related the discovery of America by ng a part of it by the subjects of England. is this new country, and who is the opportunity to astonish them bv declaring ifn|ile, whose wishes were consulted. government; that after four years the 322 1835. Voyage of the Huron. Nov. president is reelected, or another is chosen in his place, and he re- turns to private life again. They asked what became of the old president, and whether on going out of office he did not use his power to excite rebellion, and create a party in his favor. At all this news they could scarcely cease wondering. They inquired how I, ati old Englander, could so readily agree with Mr. Stevens, a New Englander; which gnve occasion to describe the points of simi- larity between the two nations, as well as our own coincidence of views and feelings. Besides these and other topics, the chefoo de- scribed the reception or rather rejection of lord Amherst's embassy, in order to show the small value attached to foreign intercourse by the emperor. He also alluded to and inquired after Messrs. Lindsay, Gutzlaff, and Gordon, and seemed well acquainted with all those expeditions, so far as the Chinese account could make him informed. It was now dark, while yet the conference was scarce closed. The same style, of ceremony was observed on retiring as on entering, and we departed on friendly but not cordial terms." Sometimes during the conversation, the old general seemed to grow quite impatient, and the chefoo assumed the true magisterial air of a Chinese officer, laying down the law: accustomed to command, and to receive unhesitating obedience to their commands, they could hardly be expected to deal in all points fairly in respect to argument with foreigners. Besides, to save appearances, it was necessary to be distant and haughty in the presence of their followers. Many officers of inferior grades stood without, listening with intense curios- ity. I could, however, perceive the old general at times when he supposed himself unnoticed by us, examining very curiously the va- rious parts of our dress. The chefoo also condescended to send for my everpoint pencil to examine, when J determined to ask him to accept it, since he evidently was pleased with it; but the sly fox carefully pocketed it and forgot to return it. It was observable that the chefoo in his pronunciation lengthened all the short sounds (juli shing), even more than do the common people of Shantung, As for example kwo, in the question shinmo kwo was pronounced kwo, with a full but soft sound. Another peculiarity in which he differed from the people, was in the pronunciation of many words beginning with the sound k, as Kedlc, uttered Cfiecile, and more remarkably in another instance. He asked the meaning of Kctuh, the term used in Chinese for Christ; and no wonder that Mr. M. with all his rea- diness of perception, WHS slow to catch the meaning under the affect- ed enunciation, Chetoo. After returning to the brig, the promised supplies arrived, consist- ing often swine, ten sheep, ten bags of Hour, besides millet, beans, apd a large number of ducks and fowls. We did not receive them all, but returned, by the same boat, rice to about the same value. Next morning the rice was sent back to us once and again, with the assurance that if we would not receive it, they would certainly cast it into the sea; but we neither received it, nor was it cast into the sea. We now d around the pi ed us to adoj exposure to « the province, neighborhood ference of g< quished our li anchor at not for the night ed on us, and well on the is got under wt cape and coa from shore. shores were i shelter from t nued standing cape Macartn side of Staunti with mud bot miles. The 1 east point of I ininent; the southeast poii regular soutu Having IK coast, the tie extensive baj seven fathom was yet sever to four fathoi shore, when Staunton's isl Macartney a I landed at the place of som Some officers we explained object, and o people now < and others rel of the town i: and in many | town is not hi rather than gr more imports i maps than it i, true of all pa 'oyage of the Ifurnn, 323 whether to proceed farther west, or to return nf Shantung. Several considerations induc- r cmirsej among which was the danger of gale at tlie equinox on the northern shore of rtiiinty also that our further operations in this inch impeded, if not prevented, by the inter- now so well aroused. We therefore relin- n of going to Tftngchow foo, and weighing ?xt day ran back fifty miles, and took shelter or of Weihaej Here the officers again call- every assistance in procuring water from a ickung laoii. On the morning of the 23d nc wind from the north, and ran round the stern side of the province at a short distance pucious hays were observed, whose distant 'ith numerous villages, but as there was no northeast winds we did not stop, but conti- re opened the high land of cape Govver and irniiig more westerly, we passed close out- ind anchored for the night in seven fathoms end hearing E. by S. at the distance often Inch are represented as lying off the south- )ry lie some miles to the north, and are pro- d also which is marked as found on the not discover either by the lead, which gave any other marks. oundings of this unexplored part of the we ran towards the northwest into an sy sail, having regular soundings from tree fathoms hard bottom, while the shore / usi Tacking to the east we deepened ontinued till within three miles of the > anchor in three fathoms mud bottom, •>E. £ S., distant fourteen miles; and cape ridge, ea.*t. On the next morning we was found to be Tsinghae wei, a walled on, but apparently having little shipping. >llow< villages, a cro came up atu him if he won "Well if you you are so igi for your doltii ceived books house, where wished to kr heard of a vei on board. 1R those two Inn We proceede learned that 1 On re turn i having left nt tide, we visitc mantled, will whatever, an< cending to t Never have I as are here e: at all angles, dark species seems to hai ed a tortuoui live stone. observed an < an old Chim fort and his £ but not ill loc dier, and ano alighted and insecurity of that raised tl shore, and th latter half of having well anchorage v< a passage to ward. This was t Shantung: i ijagt of the Huron. 325 mill the appearance of n fort on a hill cmi- the afternoon, therefore, leaving the vessel, ii which is the fort, we stood into H shoal :o the land. Here was no town as we had villages where we left books to a small ex- ne opposition. In one of the best looking gathered, when a well dressed young man interfere with a loud voice. Mr. M. asked hook. "No," cried he, " I cannot rend." , I cannot help you, but others can read ; if ilisli, it is not right that others should suffer he people enjoyed his confusion, and re- idily. Mr. M. was now invited into a school- nan our opponent was only a pupil. They my ships we had on the coast, as they had on the north side with two hundred men i that large vessel was our little brig, and were our eighteen, crew and passengers. several villages, but found no town, and in was still thirty miles distant. Kint, wn found her hi«h and dry, the water b;iy. While waiting for the return of the t is of brick, fifty feet square, but quite dis- or gun, or door, or any article of furniture uralls are fast crumbling to ruins. L>es- . examined the rocks at the base of the hill. ifest marks of a violent convulsion of nature le original strata are broken up and turned to all shapes, and the fissures filled with a [inrently basalt, which some mighty effort from beneath in a liquid state, and open- ronjih the superincumbent mass of primi- f the hill and descending to the boat, we fiercely towards us, and were informed by with us that it was the commander of the rig forward to meet us. He rode a small led by a servant, and followed by one sol- ', which composed the whole garrison. He i earnest conversation, expatiating on the n account of the strong southerly wind, :li sometimes dashed terribly on the naked in which would not hold the anchor. The on we already knew to be totally false, hat the ground was soft tnud, and the mil while it afforded shelter, allowed also !st ;ird or southward, and perhaps east- excursions on the inhospitable shores of ,s previous accounts had led us to expect, Voyage of the Huron. 1835. No- and in wliicli we were but partially disappointed. The inhabi- tants of the villages were indeed suspicious and reserved, but cannot be accused of hostility or treachery towards us. Many times have we been surrounded by large crowds of them, ourselves but two in num- ber, totally unarmed and far beyond the sight of our vessel. Thus in security have we passed from village to village, giving a friendly salute to those whom we met, or saw at their labors, from whom in return we usually received a friendly salutation. They are indeed far different in their manners towards foreigners from the ready cor- diality of their more southern and more roguish countrymen. This province is the native place of their revered sage Confucius, and the people of (ill classes speak the pure court dialect, the poorest beggar there excelling in elegance of pronunciation the scholar of the south. The number of readers appeared to be much less than I had anticipated; not one female have we seen who could read, and a small proportion of the poor countrymen in the villages could read a page intelligibly. But in cities and wealthier places, the pro- portion of readers may be greater. The poor people who know nothing from youth to old age but the same monotonous round of toils for a subsistence, never see, never hear, anything of the world around them. Improvements in the use- ful arts and sciences, and an increase of the conveniences of life are never known among them. In the place where their fathers lived and died, do they live, and toil, and die, to be succeeded by another generation in the same manner. The towns, and even the villages, which are noted on the old maps, we found as delineated, unchanged except by decay, and unimproved in any respect. Few of the com- forts of life can he found among them; their houses consisted in general of substantial granite, arid thatch roofs, but neither table, nor chair, nor floor, nor any article of furniture could be seen in the houses of the poorer classes. Every man, however, had his pipe, and tea ofctrtne kind was found in most of the families. But the miserable, squalid, and sallow aspect of all the females excited in our mind:, an indelible feeling of compassion for their helpless lot. No ptospect of melioration for them, or indeed for any of the numerous natives, appears but in the liberalizing and happy influence of Chris- tianity. This delightful province might then become the abode of millions of happy inhabitants. But now and for ages they have been excluded from that best boon which the Almighty ever gave to man, and without their own consent. They have an indisputable right to call for the knowledge of the Christian religion, which was given to men by God, and no government may hinder them from possessing their unalienable and most precious right. They do call for this knowledge, not indeed as appreciating its full and eternal impor- tance; and I trust it will ever be the happiness of those who enjoyed the privilege of aiding in this expedition to know that near four thousand volumes, containing much of the holy Scriptures were left in Shantung. What the result of that little beginning will be is as much unknown as it is placed beyond our power. To the truths of the books on their min wholly in vai The delays of the coast, south. Acco on the rnorni visit Shanghi rent from the and dale. V had we proce have seen Kei in this provim quite unknow mils of the sai we kept east* Calms and he ning of the si ahead, with 1 Thick weathe and prevented another in ent fifteen or twe making the i gerous Rock, chart we four lafF's island b bearing nearly twenty-five mi ten miles, mud, Gutzlafl island SE. b; ning had fre ly and wester twelve miles the tide settin more consequ because if it t ure from Gut towards the rn Knowing the for entering' the proper be you will neve, channel betw deepen to five island, yet so towards the n anchor, the ej r. of the Huron. 327 and to the influence of tlic God of truth ie the work, not expecting that it will be by unfavorable wiuds, and by our ignorance us to leave this province and proceed to the ring spent about three weeks in Shantung, st of October, we put to sea, intending to uthern coast of Shantung is no ways diffe- otli presenting a constant succession of lull > place of importance on this side, though ninety miles further westward, we should Inch is described as u chief commercial city past to the southward for several degrees is mrs, and in order to avoid the uncertain li- reat Yellow river and the Yangtsze kcang, dit>i..nce of one hundred miles from land. larded our progress, so that it was the mor- ber, when Saddle: island was seen directly on the left, and lower ones on the right. gain shut out the islands from our view, j such observations as might materially aid larinel. When we had seen Saddle island -taut, we hauled up more to the westward, on Horsburg's new chart are called Dan- nr twelve miles to the right of us. Rees' useful, and it gives the position of Gutz- tes Horsburg. This is a small round island Saddle island, at the estimated distance of :heast from Northwest island, distant about carne to anchor in four fathoms, hard iring S. 22° W., distant 13 miles; Saddle other small island S. 21° E. Next inor- 'rorn NE., and ruin, and steered norther- . M. When Gutzlaff's island bore S.SE., passed through fishing-stakes, and found t the rate of lour miles per hour. It is of •tain the set of the tide in thick weather, , while running to get the proper depart- , the vessel may he carried over too fin ie southwest, or the bank on the northwest. lich the CImirse pilots gave Mr. Lindsay ittempted to bring Gutzlaff's island into steer NW. by N. from Gut/laff's island; n four fathoms, and as you approach the g and Keangsoo, the water will gradually pms." Our course was N.NW. from that e influence of the tide, as to carry us over we had but 3^ fathoms, when we camp lo coast bearing from SW. by W. to NW. Voyage nf the. Huron. 1835. Nov. p "P| K r- Si Nt xt morning, the 8lh, weighed anchor and stood over towards tlie north till the water deepened, when we ran up the channel in a north- east storm, so thick as to admit of seeing the land but at intervals, and came itito the mouth of the river Woosung, before we had been able to see the western fort. It may lie'remarked that the direction given in Rues' chart for passing the bar of the river is evidently an oversight; instead of being " the west fort bearing S. 2G° W. is a good bearing for entering the river," it should obviously be the comple- ment of that angle, viz, S. 64° W. At noon, came to anchor just in a line between the two forts, the western one being about two hun- dred yards distant. They immediately gave us a salute, though such was the dilapidated state of that on the western bank, that I thought every discharge must shake the crazy walls quite down. This fort had been undermined by the heavy rains of the sixth moon, and nearly half of it had fallen to the ground. The waters of the river, anil indeed of the whole channel were very turbid, quite as much so as those of the Mississippi, but of a yellower hue. They tinged the copper of our vessel so that all the dashing of the waves against it till our return to Lintin did not wholly remove the color. A tum- bler of the water soon deposited a sediment of soft yellow mud, the twelfth of an inch in depth. The contrast between the province we had just left, and the level and rich fields of Keangsoo waa most striking. Trees and foliage here were abundant, and the soil seemed to be profuse of her gifts. But owing to the extremely unfavorable weather during our stay, and to other events beyond our control, we snw comparatively little of this celebrated emporium of native commerce. Enough, however, was seen to convince us of the great accuracy and value of Mr. Lind- say's oliservations in his Journal. He not only in a manner has open- ed the way to this great city, hut has collected more information of various sorts respecting it than another CMII hope soon to do. Owing to the violence of the present storm, no vessels were seen passing out or in, and the river about a mile above us was filled with a nu- merous fleet waiting for fair weather to go to sea. The tides were strong and llie rise and fall luo fathoms. In the afternoon we de- termined to land notwithstanding the inclemency of the weather, in order to enjoy the advantage of some intercourse with the people, before the news of our arrival should awaken any opposition. A number of people iiwaiii-d our landing at the town of Woosung, among whom were the magistrates of the place, who invited us into a house. Utit our chief object being intercourse with the people, we delayed to accept the invitation till Mr. M. had established a good understanding with the crowd, by means of some Fuhkeen men, who are ever ready to welcome strangers, as well as by giving some books. We afterwards met the officers in a temple, where the usual questions were proposed and answered, and no opposition or dislike expressed. Finding the streets of this naturally dirty town, rendered altogether impassable by reason of the present rain, we prepared to return. The crowd lud now become great at the boat, and so enger 1 ing about en wratli of the c and were aboi bidding tlie ol lease of the p quite uuparth good, but thai ed. They w< people were n Next morn in the longbo; to Shanghao. from the man river and noi stream, maint and a depth level, under h mated to be b< river; a stroi forest of inniii city, and of Canton in th which was no' Queen of Hef tertained, we shore and in on stepping passed, the n< tendants clear with which tl greeted us ci immense ero\ mances then apartment am and a bag of I served up, anc themselves pr people till the M, was detain ed to the boat, Breaking opei to hand them moving from | whole box w; hands implore did, such crow book, and thii be inexorable, VOL. IV. N it/age of the Huron. 329 oks that there was much pulling and thrual- which violation of propriety excited the hat they seized two noisy fellows by the cue : bamboo ou them. Mr. M. observed it, nud iin in the face, he then re<|iiested the re- 'lic officer replied that such rudeness was irds us, who liud come so tar to do them ect to Mr. M.'s face, they should be releas- :lie poor fellows ran away gladly, and the i pit-used with us. i the storm continued unabnted, we set out men without an officer, to ascend the river boat was moving upon the river, and none eared to observe us, so that we had a clear le our pnssnge. The Woosung is a noble :ry uniform breadth of half a mile or more, to three fnthoius. Both shores are a dead on and very populous. The city was esti- •ii and twenty miles from the mouth of the d tide brought us to it in three hours. A its both told us of our near approach to the cial importance. The native shipping of the season never amounts to half of that shnnghae. Discovering the temple of the Messrs. Lindsay and Gut'/.laft'had been en- •ont of it, welcomed by smiling crowds on nd boats. As usual, Mr. M. immediately n to give books, but before a moment had ;rs approaching was heard, and their at- right and left with heavy bamboo cudgels, d the people unmercifully. The officers pited us into the temple. Passing through ;d as well to witness the theatrical perfor- see the strangers, we entered a retired vilh several officers, having with us a sailor • n short conversation, tea and cakes were :ecl to see the hooks, to which they helped requested us to delay giving them to the t. Perceiving their intention, while Mr. rs in the hall in conversation, I proceed- several police-men and inferior officers, nks, I stood in the boat and attempted the multitude that lined the shore. By , this measure partially succeeded, till the The petty officers then with upraised distribute the other box; but seeing, as I that not one in fifty could have got a portunity could be had, I was obliged to ced the last box. But such a press wai 1835. 030 Voyage of the Huron. Nov. there upon the boat, that at length, 1 found it impossible to do better tlmn to scatter them indiscriminately over their heads, letting them fall into their uprimed hands, till a thousand volumes were given among the thousands of Shanghae. In the bustle unavoidably occa- sioned by the simultaneous moving of such a mass of human beings, the officers' clubs were sometimes seen playing above their heads, and again officers and cudgels were borne down together. Mr. M. meanwhile remained in the temple. The officers spoke of Messrs. Gulzlaflf and Lindsay, and inquired where they now were. Hearing n great noise outside, he understood it was caused by the nrrival of the chebeen, and several officers came to conduct Mr. M. into his presence. "I found him," said Mr. M., "seated in an adjoining apartment with a string of officers standing by his side, and after salutation took a seat in front of him. 'Rise up, rise up,' cried all the attendant officers, and the disconcerted cheheen beckoned me to stand near him. I then asked whether it was not allowed me to sit during this conference, and being informed that I could not, immediately rose and left the room. Several offi- cers followed, and tried various arguments for half an hour to persuade me to return and be examined by the cheheen. But knowing that other private foreigners hurl in this very city met with officers of higher rank than the cheheen, without submitting to stand in their presence, I refused to comply, and they ceased impor- tuning when they found I could neither be driven nor persuaded." After waiting an hour that officer retired without granting an audi- ence. The remaining officers then grew more familiar, and agreed to procure the provisions of which we gave them a list. After these proceedings we attempted to enter the city, but so resolute was the opposition of the military officers and lictors, that it seemed impos- sible to advance without resort to actual force. Yet when the at- tempt was relinquished, we soon had occasion to regret having marie it, or that it had not been persevered in; for the officers were none the more civil after this yielding on our part. A hasty dinner was now served up when we prepared to return to the brig, contrary to our first intention, finding no disposition in our hosts to he cordial and friendly. But at the wharf an occurrence took place, which clearly evinced the true feelings of the officers towards us and our object. On the steps, before our eyes, was placed a basket half-filled with loose straw, and covered with fragments of K few torn books. Seeing that some disrespect was designed, Mr. M. ordered our boat to be cleared of the various articles of provisions with which as presents they were cramming her full; while this was doing, one of the police-men took a torch and applied it to the straw. Perceiving that, whatever was the design of this strange and unprecedented movement, they meant to offer public disrespect to our books, I thought we could do no less than treat the emperor's presents in the same way, and accord- ingly look up some and threw them into the hla/.ing basket, both (Hitting out the fire, and disconcerting the officers; when they re- peated the atteir poor police-inraii ness of the Chii plified than in t officer. "Sir," mult, and to |>r sin to tread on unfortunately M give orders to U time Mr. M. dii plained it. In th and sailinjr, and we arrived at tli The two succt visiting the junk ready to sail w Books were ertg all the necessar officers too, t'lou ding all dealing entering the hai hands, which wi attendant soldier guns remain stil say visited then Though the nun; war-boats appea came over from by twenty-five MI shore were draw lute his excellent windward luffed on shore at the t hundred, which were civil, and or short ones, a AVhen I advised t arms, they took i mice. The next inori deputed, as he s ful lest we shou upon us. We i score. TSHOII, v prebend fully the books and thou£ the doctrines of hinted that Mr. pncce of brotidclo' of the Ifuron. IW1 It WHS (Icfratcd ill llic same ;iy, till tin- .ck in alarm, Hiri the e.hiirncleriiilic ren:li- uke a jj'ood retreat was never better exem- wheti Mr. M. remonstrated vvitli tlic chief "these are hooks thiit were torn in the tn- ;ir being trodden upon, for we consider it ;* paper, I ordered ilieni to lie burned." But Collected having ju«t heard the same officer hooks for this very purpose, though at the lly comprehend the order, till the event ex- cr wt: left the city, and after five honfs rowing aslsmi! tor lodgings on board of two junks, 'ii near ten o'clock lit night. lays lnlo the storm continued were spent in i« river which now amounted to hundred*, first fair weather to various ports of China, ken. We called again at Woosung, where •.linsi-s were made, and by permission of the tile time there was pasted up an order, forbid- i tlie burimriniili We also visited both forts, i of the soldiers, and fuft some books iu their atefully received. In all these excursions, the to'lice occasioned much annoyance. The long g on the platforms by the forts, as when Lind- t none of th«:se were fired in giving salutes. :>f tents for soldiers increased on shore, yet no .ill Saturday afternoon, the 10th, when a junk naming, bearing an admiral's flag, and followed if vessels of war, of all sizes. The military on tt to the number of three or four hundred to sa- flag. Each junk as she passed the brig to the i fired a salute or two. Mr. M. and myself were i examining a line of soldiers, amounting to one ;re drawn up near Woosung. Their officers soldiers were armed with long spears,.or sword*, a shield, or with matchlocks, or with nothing. se nf the hitter class to return home and get their ,11 in good part, and laughed at their own appear- ig an officer with a crystal button came on board, 1, by the gentra! to pay his respects to us, fear- havt (he harbor before he should be able to wait ircifiilly endeavored to relieve his anxiety on that rich was the name of the officer, seemed to coin- mturt: nf our obfect, declared that he had seen our it them very good. But IIP. had no heart to hear 'hrirt, and turning away to other topics, gently ..indsay had presented him with a sj>y-alass and a h." But all such hints were lost on us. He WHS par- 332 1835. Voyage of the Huron. Nov. ttcularly anxious to ascertain when and \hitlier we should go; and iold us, tlint an overland dispaU-.h from Shantung intbritied them that our vessel hnd been there, aiwl that we had fifty men on board. On Monday the litFi, in order to escape the notice of our guard, as well as secure time, we started before light in the longboat for the island of Tsimgniing, twelve miles distant. But a strong west wind and elib tide conspiring to make it impossible to cross the chan- nel above the tank, we turned bnek to the brig, but the tide swept us past, and carried us down to the main land two miles eastward of the* Woosung river, where we pleasantly spent half n day among the numerous hamlets. Every person was friendly, and all desired to receive a book from us. The fields appeared rich, having large crops office and cotton ripening on them. The females were much less timid and mere handsome than those of Shantung. One or more coffins were generally found near each house, either awaiting the time for the living to die, or containing the remains of their de- ceased kindred. After the flesh is quite wasted away, the bones are deposited in urns, which are arranged in rows. Whether it be owing to inability to spare ground for burial, or to some other cause, we saw no tombs. The langiuvge spoken here was an impure court dia- lect, but sufficiently intelligible to Mr. M. Indeed I had often occa- sion to admire his facility in conversation, so-great as well as diver- sified, that while the people of Shantung who-spoke the pure national language, claimed him as one of themselves, the inhabitants ofFuh- keen insisted that he was their countrymen:—an acquaintance with the dialects of China, be it remembered, which was obtained before ever entering the celestial empire. In almost all places inquiries were made for opium, and our broad- cloth garments attracted their attention; but only in this port was any offer made to us to trade: here the people of the junks were especially desirous of it. When tl«3 weather became settled, and these traders began to put out to sea, many of them in dropping down clo.se by us, inquired "which letter we intended to eat," that is, what point nf the compass we should steer;, and all alike urged us to remove to a place outside of the port, where they would meet us, and take all our cargo of whatever description. But immediately on arriving at the brig, we set sail for Kintaug, on the 12th of October. In running down this distance of about one degree, Rees' chart and the track of the Lord Amherst was.the only guide; but with West island still preserving its proper bearings as we supposed, the tide in some unaccountable manner carried us thirty miles to the east- ward, when we shoaled from eight to three and a half fathoms, and immediately came to anchor near Fisher's island. Mr. M. went in the boat to obtain directions from the fishermen, who all concurred in directing us to gn westward. Accordingly we did so, and on the evening of the 15th anchored outside the harbor at the northwest find of Kiutang, in nine fathoms, with Chinhae fort bearing SVV. by W., distant eight miles. The next morning we were visited and saluted l»y tlic ca but offered no oil people. One ol passed on the dora from resti the people, their of this romantic , a view of Niugp. as of numerous it lat. 30° N., and I Foreseeing mu tempt it, but mac one of the eastei between Elephan to the east under the Great Chusai near the village i quemung. All tl were joined by o number amoimtec Here we stopped Jages on the Gre possess themselv the wind N.NW. only 3J fathoms i and a rock lying c 9 A. M , in 14 fall of Pooto. The position whatever over tho rocky hi pies, priests, grot to Mr. Gutzlafftl two imperial tem| priests themselves other establishme books with readii priests were labo are not highly ci to erect among- t Budha may wast« On returning t< fleet, and one of I to pay their respe a blue button; he little and did riotli lively, friendly, o followed us, th«3 through these dif alwavs astern of u oyage. of the Huron. 333 f several war-boats which anchored near us, n to our proceedings, or intercourse with the lost delightful days during the voyage was of Kiiitnng; tlti* was owing lo entire free- lie iiiiiverail friendliness and politeness of ess to receive OIK m<;ssnge, and to the beauty tsclf. SOUR: ol' its highest peaks cnuimanded e'a) riveir and the town of Chinhae,. as well in the Cliusun group. Our anchorage wnn in -2-2° E. luoyanee- in- going to- Ningpo, we did not »l- Dii the next morning- for the island of Pooto, usaii (>Ti>i4p. Passing southward of Kintaug, ud and Ketow point, we were all day beating il topsaiU, through tin; broad passage south of it niu'ht, anchored close in by the north shore, stands of Hinkeii iniin, called in the chart Sin- iy a fleet of vessels of wur pursued us, which s from Kintang and the Great Chusan,.till the eleven. At evening they anchoved near us. day f»nd visited the town,.and several other vil- !lins:m, where the people were but too ready to- )f ot*r books. Next morning, Oct. 19th, with. e passed safely through a diOK-wlt. passage o(? alf-tide, between the southeast point of Chusun int a quarter of a mile, a>id cmne to anchor at is, half a mile distant from the southwest shone perial fleet still followed us^ but nflired no r>p- our proceedings. We spent the dny in traveling and nhnded vales of Pooto. Mdltitndes of tern- is, HIM) inscriptions were found as they appeared) e yeiirs n^o. Both in splendor and extent, th« s excel niiy which I have seen in China; but the1 >ore the same sallow and lifeless aspect as in all s. They, as'well as many others, received (Hir ss, but without rudeness. Several of the poorer ig in the fields with their servants.. The vallies ivated, and the hills are quite untouched, except : rocks on high some temple, where a devotee of his years in idleness. the brig, we found the commodore of the Chinese is captains, who had long been waiting our return :ts. The superior officer was a yewkeih, and wore was « smooth-faced good natured man, who spoke ing. His inferior wore a crystal button, was very ,i(l talkntive. In reply to our inquiry why they 'said it was their design to show us the wnv ficult pussies, only they had the misfortune to be is. They accepted an invitation to dine with us. 1835. 334 Voyage of the. Huron. Nov. and as their hearts grew more at ease, did not hesitate to lament the impolitic restrictions of their government which prevented an exten- sion of co nmerce that would be beneficial to both countries. When they said these things, and expressed themselves satisfied now tliat our object was good and in no respect evil, it was impossible not to feel unusual pleasure in the company of such Chinese officers, whose good sense or whose complacency led them to utter views so con- genial to our own. Next morning, Oct. 20th, we weighed anchor and stood eastward, till carried beyond the numerous islands and rocks, which lie beyond Pooto, but which no chart that I have seen indicates. Dalrymple's chart wj found essentially correct, so far as regards the relative posi- tion and magnitude of the chief islands. Steering for the town of Sheihpoo 0:1 the main land, we ran outside of all the islands that we might have room to beat to the south; but during the night a strong north wind sprung up, and carried us so much to leeward, as to oblige us to relinquish the design of touching there. Accordingly we bore away for Fiihkeen, and on the 23d ran in for shelter under the largest of the Narijeih (Lumyet) islands, in Hinghwa foo, with Oxsu bearing south, ten miles distant. Strong north winds bound us here four days, unable to move or reach the shore, until the last day. This island is five or six miles from east to west, very populous, but so sandy that nothing grows but sweet potatoes and ground-nuts. Fishing is the great means of subsistence. Swarms of the people met us at landing, and every one welcomed us, too eager to receive our books. We walked over much of the island during the day, and left in all its villages some portions of the Scriptures or other books, with none to hinder or forbid us. In the afternoon of the 27th, we again made sail, and keeping well out from the shore in passing Tsenenehow (Chinchew) and Heamun (Amoy), on the 29th anchored in the fine harbor of Tungslmn (Tang- soa). The brig lay in such a position that she could not be seen from the city of Tungshan, and till we landed on the beach before the suburbs, no one appears to have suspected our approach. But five minutes sufficed to bring together as many hundreds of smiling people; another minute taught them our object in coming thither, and half an hour sufficed to distribute some hundred volumes. In- deed I must do them the justice to say, that had they known these to he the last of our stock as- they really were, they could scarcely have scrambled for them more eagerly and violently. One more ex- cursion to the eastern shore, on the next day, took away the last of our books. The city of Tungshan is of no inconsiderable size, if we include its suburbs, which are vastly larger than the city itself. . An extensive wall and towers enclose a large area on the top of a rocky hill, but it is not apparently half-filled with dwellings. Severn! mer- chant junks were at anchor on the north side of the city, and in less iban twenty-four hours some war-junks came in, as I suppose from nngaoii (Nanioa). The officers invited us into the fort, if fort it might be called, where they conversed in friendly terms, expressing no Rpprehensh mission to pur some purchnsi by the great cr through them, served to pass, Next day at the harbor, an the 31st of O During this t and with lively ed us in all ou ART. IV. M clerks, intt number ana THE gate of j earliest times, and a drum i Peking, as at audible. The either in public cntioners beari court he is att< with writing i which lie striki plaintiff, defen instruments of to plead,! Dut t licensed notari< buy their situat merits. The j the court for ej mace and two c reduced the vnl must also appa quired, by sec charges. Man} chiefly amongs of the most rei: * Indochinese i t Canton Regi; vol. 2, page 211. :s of Modern China. 335 "noise arid tumult. They readily gave per- ng in the market. Accordingly we made ons at moderate prices, hut were nuuoyed iltnost precluded the possibility of moving •ssels, they remarked, had heen often ob- Fore had visited their city, lailed out through the western entrance to jutside of Nanngtiou, arrived at Lintin on • an absence of two months and five days. :ident had befallen ourselves or our vessel, e would give thanks to God who preserv- ndern China: courts of justice; judges, laintiffs, defendants, tfc.; prisons; the jf their inmates. By R. 1. linn, as in most Asiatic empires from the il to be open to all who claim a hearing; ie placed,* as well at the supreme court in r tribunal*, to render the demand more itigistrate sits at any hour, and hears causes :t he is preceded to the court by the exe- lents of torture and punishment; and in clerk and interpreter. He sits at a table efore him, and a piece of flat wood with when he wishes to enforce silence: the witnesses., kneel in front of him, with the ced near to them. No counsel is allowed allegations required must be prepared by ly also read them in court. These notaries i-pay themselves by the fees upon the docii- mton in 1828 dismissed one of them from d fixed the price of a written plea at onrt (about 9rf sterling), which wan said to have ippointment ten fold. Criminal Mediations prepared in writing, and the evidence is re- af the code, to he strictly relevant to the illations for the court of justice are scattered ies to different sections of the code. One ivvs under this head is contained in section t. 1821, page 230. Penal Code, section 332. th, 1838, and July 2d, 1829. Chinese Repository, } Canton Register, July 12th. 1829, 336 1835. Notices of Modern China. Nor. 416, which ordains, "that after n prisoner has been tried and con- victed of any offense punishable with temporary or perpetual ba- nishment or with death, he shall, in the last place, be brought before the magistrate, together with his nearest relations and family, and informed of the offense whereof he stands convicted, and of the sen- tence intended to be pronounced upon him in consequence; their ac- knowledgment of its justice, or protest against its injustice, as the case may be, shall then be taken down in writing: and in every case of their refusing to admit the justice of the sentence, their pro- test shall be made the ground of another and more particular investi- gation," A punishment of forty blows in one case and sixty in another is awarded to the magistrate who refuses to receive such protest. This clause is explained perhaps by section 411, which enacts that, "in ;(ll cases of a capital nature, the trial and investigation of an alledged offense shall be reviewed, if at Peking, by the courts of judicature, and if in the provinces, by the respective viceroys and foo- yuen thereof, in order that it may be ascertained with more than ordi- nary care and deliberation, that no error or injustice has been com- mitted; when the sentence is thus continued, a final report of the circumstances and of the judgment pronounced, shall be transmitted for the information of his imperial majesty." The prisoner, or his friends for him, are allowed to appear in every step of the inquiry, prior to the case being laid before the emperor; and punishment is provided for all the magistrates through whose hands it passes, if they neglect the appeal. To these two clauses in the code, which are devised to protect the subject, may perhaps be attributed much of the imprisonment and torture which we are about to record. The magistrate who has already succeeded in extorting confession of crimes by torture, must be strongly tempted to try a similar applica- tion in order to procure admission U» the propriety of that torture, and so screen himself from the hazard of future inquiry, and the vexation and delay of a series of appeals to higher courts. We shall presently see, indeed, that one of the censors has come to the same conclusion. The due execution of the laws is provided for in other sections of the code also, such as; (394) Periods allowed for the pursuit of thieves and robbers; (39li) Penalty for imprisonment of, and proce- dure against, unaocu.=ed and unimplicated persons; (397) For delay in executing sentence; (:{9rf) (II treatment of prisoners; (409) Pro- nouncing and executing an unjust sentence; (413) Infliction of pun- ishments in an illegal manner; (421) Executions of criminals (with exceptions) without waiting for the emperor's ratification; or (422) Execution of a sentence by a false construction of the laws. We have given this sketch of the rules of the courts and the spirit of the laws which dictate them, in juxtaposition with our examples of their infraction, in order to make the variance between the theory and practice more marked. Allowance must be made at the same time for the imperfect manner in which the cases are reported, the con- fusion of civil and customs and habii The confusion* of the state of civi of imprisonment a punishment after refinement to disci society, arising out and exposure are si cast to the offendei or banishment, am farny. Imprisonn conviction are real of the above classe clusively to the latl in all kinds of lega ever," as sir G. Sti as the ordinary pur in this book (H) ol cessary to the safe their arrest and tin demned persons I their execution: y missionaries, capil sentence of death 1 muted for that of i We proceed to t sir George Staunt' Peling, the fooyue tain magistrates i quence of which tl multitude of unexi their subalterns, w given rise to great that several subsid cence of the magis filled: three of tho; upwards of a hum the fooyuen, "m» charges of theft; m and accusers respe having been referr whether the parties trifling, it was usua to the"hardship of » Mills' History of t Note to section o t Chinese Repo.-itoi VOL. IV, NO. VI s of Modern China. 337 irocess, and our ignorance of the minute js of the people. I and penal laws serves as an indication 'the Chinese; so do the cruel inflictions prior to trial, scarcely differing from . It requires a considerable degree of scurately setween those breaches against iplicated transactions, for which mulct tecks, without in general involving loss of mes which require corporeal punishment •e unavoidably attended with lasting in- torture before trial in order to procure :nts, the first of which partakes of each latter if used at all, ought to belong ex- are employed, there is reason to think, in China. "Imprisonment is not, how- >serves,t "awarded by the Chinese laws >f any specific offense, and is considered •, only as far as it is applicable and ne- )f accused persons between the period of conviction or acquittal; or that of con- he period of their conviction and that of me instances, chiefly those of European 'icted during occasional persecutions, a through the imperial clemency, com- lent during a limited period." t this imprisonment is. Appendix 10 to station of the code contains an address of on, to the emperor in J805, charging cer- y in the execution of justice, in conse- ry prisons were inadequate to contain the •isoners; and also with connivance with liarge of the prisons, whose rapacity had i the jails. He found upon examination, ings had been engaged, with the acquies- consequence of the regular prisons being jails in the district of JVauhaej contained >ners each. "Among the prisoners," said aeen brought up from the country, under d the like, accompanied by the witnesses ncerned; the cognizance of their offenses magistrates of the provincial capital: but •e or less implicated, the charges serious or ic them for many months, or even a year, and indiscriminate confinement, in these 1, chap 4 ruile. Kiy J07. i iticef nj Maileni C/uiiu 1833. Nov. unauthorized places nf detention." Exclusive of these places, it was found that the police of one district, IVanhae, bad not less than ten places of private detention, and of another, in Pwanyu district, twelve places, containing altogether about two hundred persons. These prisons were inclosed with a wooden railing, disposed like a cage, and subdivided into cells by means of beams and rafters; and they were "employed to enforce by oppression and arbitrary con- finement, nothing less than a system of fraud and extortion. 1 hastened," adds the fooyuen, " to remedy this grievance, but already many persons had perished under confinement; and the inhuman, nefarious, practice has been so long established, that it is difficult to ascertain the year in which it originated, or to conjecture how many lives have been sacrificed by its continuance." Two of the magis- trates had besides appointed female curators of jails, who wore "the confidential agents of traders, whom they enabled to carry oti it disgraceful and illicit commerce of female slaves, and they often as- sisted in obtaining a certificate from the magistrates, when the origi- nal right to the slaves was not free from suspicion. To the custody of these women, all the female prisoners who had not yet received sentence, or been discharged, were committed; and the younger part of them were not (infrequently let out for prostitution, and the wages thereof received by the curators as a part of their regular profits." Sir G. Staunton admits* that the fooyuen's exposition "clearly proves, that in the administration of the prisons in China, very enor- mous abuses have at times been committed. At the same time," he adds, "it is hut just to observe, that it is not improbable there may be some exaggeration in the fooyuen's report of those abuses, which he would naturally picture in strong colors, as an accuser, and also as one to whom the merit was due of this discovery." An anonymous correspondent of the Indochinese Gleaner states,f that, "in the close of 1816, there were in the various prisons of the Chinese empire, 10,270 criminals convicted of capital offenses, and awaiting the imperial order to carry into effect the sentence of death. They consisted of persons who had been respited at various times, cither from their crimes being less atrocious than those consigned, immediately to the sword of the executioner, or of whose guilt there still hung some shadow of doubt. The sufferings of criminals," continues the writer, "detained in prison for many years are very great. The Chinese, in their best state, are not very cleanly in their dwelling-houses. In prisons, criminals are at night chained to in- clined boards on which they sleep, and without the power of remov- ing thence to an appropriate place to perform the offices of nature; hence their prisons become at once disgusting and unhealthy in the highest degree. Money can procure some alleviation, and the pri- soners of long standing attack unhappy persons who are newly entered, in order to extort money from them." In 1824, i emperor on t "The convic reply,* "ver; several foo, c as well as all them, to tlie tricts within ling complai' lained," cont prisoners is s< among the pi lor the future bly lessened. a new prison expenses of I upwards, ma; particular del We have n these jails bet emperor app< fooyuen of K' had not been walls, togeth< males, and tli sent to inspec ported that it 1357 dollars) We may pre: other public kwang provin towns,—no si ble lo foreign In Novemb * Note (o section 395 of the code. Indochinese Gleaner, Fcb 1818, jmgvito. an official pe prisoners a si that not less t the city jail ii harsh usage. cording to the apartments, c and fetters ar wall, till the 1 is over, the fe * Tmnsaclioi f Indochinesf t Malacca Ol § Malacca 01 || Canton Rej ces (if Modern China, 339 :ii the governor of Canton addressing the of erecting additional prisons at Canton. t in Canton are," quotes the emperor in his and it has always been the custom for the en districts to send their prisoners for trial, s and banditti as have been apprehended in inline and Pwanyu been" (two of the dis- nortality in Canton, of which governor Pe- said viceroy and his colleagues have ascer- iperor, "that the existing establishment for ; to cause pestilential disorders and death > overcrowding; it is, therefore, right that of persons confined therein be considera- u been there is, it appears, a spot on which inveniently built. * * * The necessary ich have been calculated at 3500 taels and 'sed by the viceroy without sending in a iscertnining what money was expended in and 1824, but probably very little, for the economical in this respect. In 1810, the iorled,t that the prison in one of his districts • upwards of thirty years, so thiit " the outer eral ranges of apartments, the cells for fe- md fallen into decay. Several officers were make an estimate of the repairs, who re- lire 977 leang, 4 tseen, 1 fun, 4 le" (about in was accordingly paid out of tlie treasury. :he same economy prevails with regard to ice we are told that the inhabitants of Hoo- ;d in 1826 to rebuild the ruined walls of ion of lawless practices in a country not lia- the Canton court circular announced,§ that ^puted to go to the prisons and give to the rm cotton clothing. The translator adds, indred persons were reported to have died in ding year, in consequence of neglect and rs who have money," on the contrary, ac- Bgister,|| "can be accommodated with private its, and every luxury. The prisoners chains from their bodies, and suspended against the ig the rounds occurs. After that ceremony gain placed where they hurt nobody. But \ Asiatic Society, vol. 1, pago 405 unary, 1820. page 232. 1'Jlh, 1826. h i:iili, le"? etli 1828. 310 Iff}.',. Nohr.r.s of Mudc.rn China. Nov. those who have not money to bribe the keepers, are in a woful con- dition. Not only is every alleviation of their sufferings removed, but actual infliction of punishment is added to extort money to buy 'burnt offerings' (of paper) to the god of the jail, as the phrase is. For this purpose the prisoners are tied up, or rather hung up and flogged. At niglit they are fettered down to a bonrd, neck, wrists and ankles, amidst ordure and filth, whilst the rats gnaw their limbs. This plrtce of torment is proverbially called in ordinary speech te yd, a term equivalent to the worst sense of the word hell!" About this time a censor reported in Peking to the emperor,* that a plaintiff and defendant being confined together previous to trial, the accuser fell upon the defendant and murdered him in the prison. The emperor found on inquiry that the matter in dispute was a trivial one. lie complained of the carelessness of the officer who confined the two together without a guard over them, and of neglect in not examining into the matter for several duys. The officer was ordered to a court of inquiry, and tc> be subjected to torture, "to ascertain whether the case was really as represented, or whether there might not be some circumstances concealed." In the same year the judge of Canton, we are told,t liberated about three hundred prisoners who were confined then for shoplifting, and similar small ofl'enses, for which they were punished by being chained by the neck and ankles to a stone block, or an upright bar of iron. In the emperor's edict respecting the autumnal executions of 1827, he remarked :| "that the usage was in cases of condemned prisoners who had been reprieved three successive years, to reexa- mine their offense, and decide on a mitigated punishment, that be- nevolence beyond the laws might be manifested to the people." He added, " there are now in the prisons of the empire, 10,990 and odd, criminals lying under sentence of death, who have been reprieved:" and he orders inquiry to be made into their cases. In 1829, his majesty alludes, in a public docurnent,§ to the edict issued by his father in reply to governor Peling's address in 1805, respecting the jails at Canton. He apprehends that the same cruel practices brought to light on that occasion still exist, as well in the more populous districts such as Canton, as in the more distant and less frequented parts of the empire. He issued orders, therefore, to the governors of the provinces to inquire into the conduct of the ma- gistrates in regard to the jails, and to interdict all places of private confinement. In the same year,|| governor Le of Canton reported that the prison in Pingyuen district had been burnt through carelessness, along with twenty-one of the prisoners confined in it. His majesty suspected "that illegal torture had been applied to the prisoners, or that some- thing had been done by the governmental officers, the traces of which they wished to obliterate by consigning all to the flames." He ordered the n be put on the According capitally con upon whose < at the date ol paraded in pi fined until th rush fan was In the follow! On tlie 25t minals capit districts of C in review be? the gates of companied h cond, and thi ed to die. I interrogated responded tc common fan in the name Shanse, by t one of which to the above. In 1932, the | we are told, I innocent pec die. "Som< interesting ci as we have c ART. V. T gambling bambooii LEFT Maca< to-day slept trunks are u; and sometin * Canton Register, March 22d, 1828. t Canton Register, May 31st, 1828. ,: Canton Register, February 3d, 1830. t Canton Register, May 24th, 1H28. § Canton Register, June 2d, 1829. * Canton R ; Canton R •'alks about Canton. 341 cliarge, therefore, and all his subalterns to ig gazette,* there were still 10,500 prisoners •spited, in the prisons of the empire in 1830, peror ordered further inquiry. There were, in Canton, 180 prisoners for capital offenses e fooyuen and other great officers to he con- assize. The vidue of a few pence and a 2h, and they were remanded back to prison. 17 prisoners died in the prisons of Canton.t ) third moon of the same yearj (Ic31), "cri- ed from the various prisons in tiie several ince, to the number of 291 persons, passed uen. According to the usage in such cases, ill were thrown open. Then the jud<;e, ac- icers, went in and requested him a first, se- ;ome out, and review the prisoners condemn- ic forth, sat down in the chair of state, and the wretched men whether their names cor- not. This ceremony being completed, a sixty cash, and throe loaves were bestowed, icror, on every criminal." The fooyuen of s brought to trial this year on several counts, on occasion of a review of criminals similar 'his family to look on from behind a curtain, tie me of the censors in the Poking gazette, is in criminal courts and prisons, where many letained, maltreated, and tortured till Ihey iginal documents," says the translator, " are ut are too long for translation and insertion, ccasions given many specimens." t Canton: Eurnpran landing-place.; women child; horseflesh; nest of opium smokers; :ts from a private journal. T twilight yesterday in the Union, and at noon in fpont of the factories. On landing here, P(l,and luggage of every description examined, i demanded by the hoppo's domestics, who act l.llli, Iffifl. t Onnlon Register, April 19lli, 1831. 4th, 1*11 Walks abnut Canton. 1835. Nov. us tide-waiters: to-day, however, none of tliom made ilicir appear- ance: I suppose, therefore, that it is left with them to examine or not, as they choose: what the law is in this respect I do not know. But respecting the landing-place, I have understood that the laws forbid native boats to anchor in front of the factories: were these observed, foreigners would have a good view of the river, and a con- venient place to come on shore; but now the whole landing-place is crowded with boats, and the poor fan kwei must land in any way they can, which is sometimes done with no small inconvenience. Tuesday, September 1st, 1835. Gambling is known to prevail extensively among the Chinese: but never, before to-day, have I seen women engaged in it. Walk- in;); through the streets in the western part of the suburbs, I came across two old dames quietly seated by the wayside, gambling for a pair of cloth shoes. A few words to them, attracted a crowd; and a few words more made them objects of derision, but did not deter them from their game. Wednesday, 2rf. A lost child. Children are often stolen in the streets of Canton, and carried off and sold. To-day I met two criers in pursuit of a lost child,—a little girl eleven years old. The men carried a heavy gong and a flag: the first to attract attention, and the latter to an- nounce their object, which was done by broad characters written on the flag. Sometimes rewards are offered for the lost children; but nothing was offered in the present instance. Tuesday, l.r>t/i. Horseflesh must be poor food, if what I saw this afternoon was a fair specimen of it. A man passed me in a crowd, carrying on his shoulder something like a slab of oak, and I was surprised to notice, by the hoof which formed a part of it, that it was the hind quarter of a horse. The people who can relish such food must be ' hardy' indeed. Thursday, 17th. Nest of opium smokers. Happening to be at the side of the river to-day when a large theatrical boat had just arrived, its proprietor, or some one else in his stead, invited me on board—more for their amusement than mine. A short visit satisfied my curiosity. The boat was crowded with people, and they were civil and polite, in their way. Most of them had been making large drafts on the 'black commodity,' and four were then at their pipes. The company of players was engaged to perform on one of the public theatres to- morrow morning, and the manager was preparing a scheme of the contemplated performance. Friday, 25 Kwangtung, to the following dociimen the Board of War, lieut.-governor of by him enjoined on "' On tlie 24th di we (the members 'On a former occa; sailed to the coast ing the governors keen, and Cliekeai strict orders to tin on their watch, wai remissness. But it is, in an irregular n requests that eomm orders to the eye (01 eternally obeyed, s impressive, and effi commercial intercc turbulent, crafty ar governors, have ob nion bounds of in< of a quay, have wit local authorities), « with four bearers, to sail in a foreign tung, and Moukdei into the inner terr provincial capital; keeping up a ihui towards the laws, nity requires. On coast of Shantung duce men with lie: the barbarian ship (could not be) unl eye. Otherwise I dread of the laws '\ eye, and others, ( pire, in suffering t celestial favor be; the restrictive rul the provinces, f( indulge their ow driven out of 1h be found harrt t< Journal of Occurrences. 343 f Occurrences. An imperial edict respecting s coast; reform of morals; tombs of the en- tion sent in petitions and statements (to the chief ly brought foreign females to Canton, sat in sedans 1 in the Isith year of Taoukwang (1832), they dared uhkeen, and all along Chfkeang, Keiingnan, Shan- autumn of last year, again, they brought ships of war wangtung to Whampoa, only 40 le distant from the the audacity to fire off musketry, and great guns, at the forts. These repeated instances of contempt 1 highly inconsistent with what (the national) dig- iion, too, when the barbarian ship sailed upon the 3 shown to distribute foreign books, designing to se- itrange and astonishing proceeding! This sailing of nnsls of all the provinces, and cruizing to and fro, 16 direction and appointment of the said barbarian hey act in such an irregular manner, without fear or imediately issue explicit orders to the said barbarian no) that the laws and enactments of the celestial em- commercial intercourse at Canton, are directed by al bounds. Hereafter, they must pay obedience to as the other barbarians; and must not sail to all ing to find out new paths to gain. If they again id act tlius irregularly, they must be immediately 10 longer allowed commercial intercourse. It will ;lie statutes of (he government Let them nol in- Journal of Occurrences. volve themselves in guilt and criminality, nor give themselves occasion for fu- ture repentance. Make known this decree to Ke, and let him enjoin it on Pang. Kespect this.' In obedience hereto, we the ministers of the Council forward this to you.' "I the acting governor having received the above, now issue this order. When it reaches the said senior merchants, let them immediately and explicitly com- mand the English barbarian merchants or the head .>. affairs to act in respectful obedience to the above, and to enjoin orders on all the barbarian merchants of the said nation, (telling them) that the laws and enactments of the celestial em- pire, in suffering them to have commercial intercourse at Canton, are dictated by celestial favor beyond the usual bounds, of indulgence. Hereafter, they must pay obedience to the restrictive rules, the same as do the other barbarians; and must not sail to all the provinces, foolishly thinking to trace out new paths to gain. If they again indulge their own desires, and act thus irregularly, they must be im- mediately driven out of the port, and no longer allowed commercial intercourse. It will be found hard (o transgress the statutes of the government. Let them be careful not to draw on themselves guilt and criminality; nor give themselves occasion for future repentance. Tremble hereat! Be very attentive hereto. These are Ihn orders. "Taoukwang, J5th year, 9th moon, ]5th day." (November 5tli.) Reform of morals. One of the censors, appointed to watch over the morals of the '-.ountry, has recently memorialized -the emperor, requesting thai the great rulers in the several provinces may be directed to reform the auuses which are now everywhere so common. Robberies, thefts, and such like, are the evils of which he complains. The censor nar.ies several provinces, and among them Shantung and Kwanglung, in which illegalities are most common: but he sug- gests no measures by which the desired reform may be effected; and under the present order of things, we fear there are, in the possession of the government, neither the means nor disposition to effect any change for the better. If the cen- sor or some of the other guardians of the peace of the empire, would recommend to his majesty the free circulation of good books, then there would be some prospect of improvement: and it is possible that such means may be employed successfully, even without imperial sanction. Tombs of the. empresses. It appears by a late gazette that the remains of two of the emperor's consorts have been removed during the present season. The 3d day of the 9th moon, (the 24th ultimo,) was the day fixed for conveying them to Lungtseuenke, the place where they were to be finally deposited; and December 30th is appointed for the emperor to offer (he appropriate sacrifices. The pre- parations for these were to be made in due order, and by the appropriate officers. Remission of tares. His majesty Taoukwang has issued a decree, directing all the chief officers of the empire to make speedy returns of all the sums which were due to the imperial treasury previous to the tenth year of his reign, ISoO; this is done that all such debts may be remitted in order to show forth throughout the empire his boundless goodness and joy, occasioned by the completion of the sixtieth year in the ago of •' his holy mother, her imperial highness the empress." False coin. Yuen Wflntsnang, one of the emperor's censors, has addressed a memorial to the throne respecting false coin which is made in various parts of the empire. None are allowed to engage in mpnufacturing coin, except those em- ployed in the service of tho government. Vast quantities of coin, however, arc made by others, and llis censorrequesls that these interlopers may be apprehend- ed and punished. We understand that there are several private establishments for coining in Canton, known to all who choose to know them. A new tsetingkc.un has been appointed for Canton, in place of Sootangah, who a few months since diet: ->n his way hither from Peking. Soolaihfangah is said to be the new officer. Monday, the 23rf. A fire broke out last nigh' about 7 o'clock, within thn walks of the new city, near the most western gate in the wall which separates the old city from the new, and continued to spread till sunrise this morning. Tlics re- ports concerning Ihr manner in which it commenced, its extenl. and (he amount of loss, are conlradicloiy and unsatisfactory. -We must defer giving particular- till our ncxl number. CHI? VOL. ART. I. Heao work; its cl notes. THIS work hol( of the Chinese, chiefly of select s between him and we do not know Chehwang, the i the walls of the It then containei the emperor Yin upon it. At that as it does at prei during the thou before us three e the Seaou Heo, E the Young. Of Seaou Heo, chin and of the Easy tswan choo, • T notes:' the thirt collection of not< Treatises on Fili editions there an worthy of panic that the work co in the eyes of thi its only object is people.' In two VOL. IV. NO. Tilt REPOSITORY. it'EMBEK, 1<535.— No. 8. Filial Duty: author anil age. of the d object; a translation with explanatory e rank between (lie primary school books ligliest classical productions. It consists tung footsze (Confucius), mid of dialogues Fsang Tsan. Who reduced it to writing, e destruction of books by order of Tsin ig was found with other classical works in 'onfucius, where it had been conceded, vo sections. Early in the eighth century, the Tang dynasty wrote a commentary ever, it consisted of only eighteen sections, :iy other learned men have written upon it s which liavii since elapsed. We have the work, in nil of which it is united with ns, or more literally translated, Lessons for •ee editions, the first is the Ileaou King, le plain text of the treatise on Filial Duty, the second is Heaon King, Seaou Ileo, Filial Duty, and the Easy Lessons, with Jeaou Heo te choo ta ching, 'a complete 2asy Lessons:'—to which are added the and Fidelity. In the text of these three ight discrepancies, but none of them are ee in the translation. The simple fact words of the Chinese sage secures for it, an immaculate character, and shows that e the morals and the government of 'nil tions before us, the sections are numbered, 4 Ilcaou King, or Filial Duty. 183.-,. DEC. and each furnished with an appropriate title; these we shall preserve in the translation. On some parts of the Ileaou King we intended to add a few notes of explanation; but the space to which we are limited, makes it necessary to omit them, and to refer our readers to the original work where they will find the whole amplified and ex- plained. SECTION i. Origin and nature of filial duly. Confucius sitting at leisure, with his pupil Tsang Tsan by his side, said to him, "Do you understand how the ancient kings, who pos- sessed the greatest virtue and the best moral principles, rendered the whole empire so obedient, that the people lived in peace and har- mony, and no ill-will existed between superiors and inferiors?" Tsang Tsan, rising from his seat, replied, "Destitute as I am of discernment, how can I understand the subject?" "Filial duty," said the sage, "is the root of virtue, and the stem from which instruction in moral principles springs forth. Sit down and I will explain this to you. The first thing which filial duty requires of us is, that we carefully preserve from all injury, and in a perfect state, the bodies which we have received from our parents. And when we acquire for ourselves a station in the world, we should regulate our conduct by correct principles, so as to transmit our names lo future •generations, and reflect glory on our parents: this is the ultimate aim nf filial duty. Thus it commences in attention to parents; is con- tinued through a course of services rendered to the prince; and is completed by the elevation of ourselves." It is said in the Bcwk of Odes: "Think always of your ancestors; Talk of and imitate their virtues." SECTION n. Filial duty as practiced by the sim »f heaven. The sage said, "If he loves his parents, he cannot hate other peo- ple; and if he respects his parents, he cannot treat others with ne- glect. When, therefore, his love and respect towards his parents are perfect, the virtuous instructions will be extended to the people, and all within the four seas will imitate his virtuous example. Such is the influence of filial duty when practiced by the son of heaven." In the Book of Records it is said: "When the one man is virtuous, The millions will rely upon him." , SECTION in. Filial duly exhibited on the part of nobles. "When those who are above all others are free from pride, they are not in danger from exaltation. When those who form rules of economy abide by them, nothing will be wasted of all their abun- diince. To be elevated, and yet secure from danger, is the way in which continually to maintain nobility: and of an abundance to liave nothing wasted, is the method by which riches are to be con- tinually secured. Thus preserving their nobility and riches, they •ill! <'.!• ,«!>!r in protect thuir ancestral possessions with the produce of 'I'eir lands, an< "<1«?. Such bility." Ill s i SECTION iv "Robes othe ancient kings si should not be accordance wit. state speak only the principles, ( tionable, and tli free from erroue conduct will eve plaint, and uimt language, and c preserve the tein filial duty when Odes it is said: SECTIOI "With the sam. their mothers lik their fathers, the be the offering t tribute they brin; these will be co filial duty and i respect and are obedience towar preserve their sta which are due tc influence of filial the Book of Od "From the h Always be , SECTION "To observe tl soil, to be careful that they may su the people. "Therefore, fj whoever does no 'HIT, in- Filial Jiti/i/. M47 • snlijncls and people in penne ;mthe rules, and act only in harmony with :ient kings, their words will be unexcep- irreproachable. Then their language, ,vill pervade the whole empire; and their manifest, without one, occasion of com- ny evil consequences. When their dress, ! all well regulated, they will be able to r ancestors. So great is the influence of by ministers of state." In the Book of evening be watchful: f serve the one man." e attention of scholars to filial duty. they serve their fathers, they should serve 1 with the same respect that they serve eve their prince: unmixed love, then, will to their mothers; unfeigned respect, the prince; and towards their fathers both Therefore, they serve their prince with I to him: they serve their superiors with to them. By constant faithfulness and dio are above them, they are enabled tr> emoluments, and to offer the sacrifices :ased ancestors and parents. Such is the performed by scholars." As it is said in r dawn till late retirement at night, to dishonor those who gave you birth." '. practice nf filial duty by (he peojile. ig seasons, to distinguish the diversities of ;rsons, and to practice economy, in order parents—is what filial duty requires of n of heaven down to the common people, conform entirely to the requirements of 348 DEC. Hcaou King, or Filial Duty. filial duty, will surely be overtaken by calamity: there can be no exception." SECTION vn. Filial duty illustrated by a consideration of the three powers. Tsang Tsnn exclaimed, "How great is filial duty." Upon which the sage remarked, "It is the grand law of heaven, the great bond of earth, and the capital duty of man. The people ought to conform to the ordinances of heaven and earth. The wise man, by acting in accordance with this light of heaven, and this harmonizing principle of earth, easily reduces the empire to obedience: hence his instruc- tion is perfect, without being severe; and his government completely effective, without being rigorous. "The ancient kings saw that such a mode of instruction was cal- culated to reform the people: therefore they placed before them an example of universal love, and the people never cast off their parents; they laid open to them the principles of virtue, and the people has- tened to put them in practice ; they showed an example of respectful and yielding conduct, and the people lived without contentions; they led them in the paths of propriety and amid the delights of music, and the people enjoyed peace and harmony; they instructed them how to choose the good and avoid the evil, and the people under- stood the prohibitions." It is said in the Book of Odes: "How glorious was the good master E Yin, All the people anxiously looked up to him." SECTION vm. The influence of filial duty on government. "In ancient times," said the sage, " the illustrious kings governed the empire on the principles of filial duty. They would not treat with disregard even the ministers of the small countries, how much less the dukes, counts, and barons of every grade: hence all the state gladly served the ancient kings. The nobles who ruled the nation would not slisrht even the widows and widowers, much less the scholars and people: hence all the people joyfully served the ancient rulers. The masters of families would not neglect even their servants and concubines, much less their wives and children: and hence the members of the families were delighted to wait upon their relatives. When the various duties of society were thus care- fully performed, parents enjoyed tranquillity while they lived, and after their decease sacrifices were offered to their disembodied spirits. And hence the whole empire was gladdened with perfect peace and quiet; no distressing calamities arose; and the horrors of rebellion were unknown. It was thus the ancient kings ruled the empire on the principle of filial piety." As it is said in the Book of Odes: "They exhibited a pattern of virtuous conduct, And the nations on all sides submitted to them." SECTION ix. The influence of /lie sages on the government. '• Concerning the virtues of the sages," said Tsaiig Tsnn, "may I presume to ask whether there is any one greater than filial duty 1" Confucius n;pl heaven and «-ai arc incumbent nor in perforn the father: ani portant than to noble lord of the spirits of hi open hull he s Ruler. And I their respective such was the ii surpass it? 1 daily increasinj dandled him c deportment, tai Hence their ins government efFi quence of their which ought to are of a heaven a prince and hi and mother, thf be greater; the which no favor parents, but yet and not to rev' violation of the accordance wit any rule to guic share of goodne tain his wishes, is not thus with tention; his de pect; his cond imitation; and correct behavio will love and re therefore, is ab government trnl SE "Those cliil duty," said the powers; they r porting them, exhibit nnfeigiu non King, x, Final Duty. :{-(!> L>l'all tilings \liu-li derive llirir nature t'roni i is tin1 niDr-l nohle: :ni(l of all the duties which i, there is none greater limn filial olirdimr.c: s, is there anything so essential as to reverence mark of reverence, there is nothing more ini- liitn on an equality with heaven. Thus did the Formerly, ho sacrificed on the round altar to to ancestor?, as equal with Heaven ; and in the id to Wan Wang, as equal with the Supreme ill the nobles within the four seas, according to sent to aid him in the sacrificial rites. Since e of filial duty, what virtue of the sages could ire, the child was instructed to cherish with ence the parents who gave him birth, and who r knees. Thus the sages, by a reverential aspect; and by filial regard, inculcated love, n was perfect without being severe, and their without being rigorous. All this was in conse- jating fundamental principles. The feelings icterize the intercourse between father and son ure, resembling the bonds which exist between isters. The son derives his life from his father idi no gift transmitted from one to another can rds of his parents are fixed upon him, than e more important. Therefore, not to love one's re others, is a perversion of virtuous principles: ; one's parents, and yet to respect others, is a of propriety. Thus to turn that which is in ue into its opposite, leaves the people without in. And he who acts in this manner lias no t is altogether evil. And though he should at- irable men will not treat him with respect. It ruly good man. His words are worthy of at- lent is agreeable; his integrity commands res- i the management of business is deserving of is movements may be regarded as patterns of Vhea such an one goes among the people, they ce him, and strive to be like him. Such an one, carry instruction to perfection, and make his ictive." As in the Book of Odes it is said: The great and good man Is never guilty of an error." x. The acts of filial duly enumerated. who properly understand and perform their "serve their parents with their best and highest ally pay to them the utmost respect. In sup- manifest unmixed pleasure; in sickness, they gret; at their death, they are overwhelmed with 350 One. ITr.aoti King, or Filial Duti/. extreme grief; and in sacrificing to their manes, they display un- Imnndrd reverence. Being perfect in these five particulars, they may then lie regarded as having completed their duty. Those who perform aright the services they owe to their parents, if they are in elevated stations will not be proud; nor insubordinate, if in inferior ones; nor contentious, if they are among the multitude. But if those who are high in authority become proud, they will be ruined; if those who are in inferior stations become insubordinate, they will be punished; and if those who are among the multitude become contentious, they will occasion a war of weapons. If, therefore, either of these three evils are not put away, the mere fact of daily supplying parents with the best animal food, can never be regarded as the performance of filial duty." SECTION xi. Of crimes and punishments. "There are," continued the sage, "three thousand crimes to which one or the other of the five kinds of punishment is attached as a penalty; and of these no one is greater than disobedience to parents. When ministers exercise control over the monarch, then there is no supremacy; when the maxims of the sages are set aside, then the law is abrogated: and so those who disregard filial duly, are as though they had no parents. These three evils prepare the way for universal rebellion." SECTION xn. 'The best moral principles' amplified and explained. "For teaching the people to love one another," the sage remarked, "there is nothing so beneficial as a proper understanding of filial duty; for teaching them the rules of politeness and obedience, there is nothing so good as a thorough knowledge of the duties which brothers owe to each other: for reforming and improving their man- ners, instruction in music is the most efficient means that can be employed: and for promoting tho tranquillity of rulers and the sub- ordination of the people, nothing is equal to properly inculcating the principles of propriety. Now propriety of conduct lias its foundation in respect. When [princes] respect their parents, children take pleasure [in imitating them]; when respect is shown to elder brothers, the younger will rejoice [to follow the example]; when the sove- reign is respected, his ministers will he delighted. Thus when one is duly respected, thousands and tens of thousands receive pleasure; and the few, by paying respect, render the many happy. This ex- plains what is meant by ' the best moral principles.'" SECTION xm. 'The greatest virtite' amplified and explained. "The instruction of the truly good man," the sage again remark- ed, "is communicated to the people by inculcating filial obedience, and this without their repairing daily to his house, or even seeing him. His inculcation of filial obedience causes all the parents in the empire to be duly respected. His inculcation of right feelings towards elder brothers is the means of making all elder brothers properly respected. Aw people of tlie ei Book of Odes ii "Now without can keep the jy SECTION xr "The truly j filial piety; ant prince. He ser consequently wi He rules well hi control those l at home being ri i.iiitcd to future Tsang Tsan i a son should te seek to promote names illustriou consideration] o filial sour "\ an inquiry this! who would remo of virtue, yet he be devoid of pri remonstrate will with regard to t they had only tl them, their hous faithful friends I good name. E remonstrate will When, therefore not refrain from servant abstain circumstances, h commands be re SECTION xvi. "The ancienl true filial respec the same way tli the earth with f obedience were periors and infei King, tjr Filial Dull/. 3.~>l tig ministerial fidelity, he causes all the ;iy clue respect to their rulers." In the e rulers in the empire ne fathers and mothers of the people." irtue to its utmost limit, who is there thai is high degree obedient1!" Inciple of 'gaining reputation' illustrated. "said the sage, "serves his parents with jrefore, in like manner, be faithful to his ler brothers with true fraternal feelings, and same measure, be obedient to his superiors, use, and will accordingly, in the same way iiuthority under him. Thus by his conduct s reputation is established and will be trans- >ns." JH xv. On remonstrance. g the sage said, "I have heard you say that love and respectfully reverence his parents, present tranquillity, and thus render their I presume to ask, If one who [without due father in nil things is worthy to be called a inquiry this!" exclaimed the sage, "what rly, if the emperor had only seven ministers with hirn, though he himself were destitute his empire. The nobles, though they might ^'ut if they had even five servants who would lost not their respective countries. So also istrates; though unprincipled themselves, if hful attendants who would remonstrate with : not brought to ruin. And if a scholar had anstrate with him, then he would not lose his a father, if he have a faithful son who will will not be in danger of falling into evil. ty lies in the way of one's parents, a son may istrnting with them. Nor may a minister or emonstrating with his master. Under such n mere inconsiderate obedience to a parent's las filial duty?" retributive results of the performance of filial duty. s," said the sage, "served their parents witli nee they could serve heaven intelligently. In nored their mothers; and hence could honor tlerstanditig mind. With them, concord and aiucd between seniors and juniors; hence su- wved in their respective spheres. To them, who llcaott King, or filial Duly. 1835. DLC, understand clearly tlie principles of serving heaven anil honoring earth, the spiritual intelligences will manifest themselves. Even the son of heaven must have some one above him, namely his father; he must have some one senior to himself, to he regarded as his elder brother. But it is in the ancestral temple that he displays the most perfect degree of reverence, not forgetful of his parents, but adorning himself with virtue, and diligently attending to his conduct, lest he dishonor his progenitors; it is there, while worshiping with the pro- foundest reverence, that the spirits of his ancestors manifest them- selves to him. He who performs filial and fraternal duties perfectly, will comprehend the spiritual intelligences, and spread light through- out the four seas. There will be nothing beyond his comprehension." As expressed in the Book of Odes: "From the west and from the east, From the south and from the north, None thought of insubmission." SECTION xvn. On serving the prince. '•The truly good man," said the sage, "when in the presence of the prince, will serve him with fidelity; and when he retires, will seek to amend his faults: he will strive to guide his majesty to what is excellent, and to rescue him from what is evil. Then the prince and his ministers will love one another." Again it is said in the Book of Odes: "Their hearts love the prince, When afar off they speak no evil of him; They retain him in their hearts, And never for a day forget him." SECTION xvm. On ihe death of parents. Again the sage remarked, " At the death of parents, filial sons will not mourn to excess; in the ritual observances they will not be extravagant, nor too precise in the use of language; they will not be pleased with elegant dress, nor enchanted with sounds of music, nor delighted with the flavor of delicate food. Such is the nature of grief. After three days they may eat. The sages taught the people not to destroy the living on account of the dead, nor to injure themselves with grief. The term of mourning is limited to three years, to show the people that it must have an end. When a parent dies, the coffin and a case for it are made ready, and the corpse wrapped in a shroud is laid therein. The sacrificial vessels are arranged, and lamentation is made for the deceased. The members of the family, male and female, moving by the side of the coffin, weep as they ad- vance. A felicitous burial-place is selected, and the body is there laid down to rest. Then an ancestral temple is erected, and offerings are there made to the departed spirit. And in spring and autumn, sacrificial rites are performed in order to keep the dead in perpetual remembrance.—Thus with affection and respect to serve parents while living, and mourn and lament for them when dead, consti- lutes the fund a rents, both wliii the accomplish! Here ends o now pause to tentive render v so prevalent an less, from origii our knowledge i of the many m request our rear sentiments of tl, present, we trus would he easy t opinions ex call session of facts draw their own welcome to our are all that we .' The discour? continued to tl these sections, Book of Odes, i formula tsze yu designates Yaoi rulers of the n; as holy and perf tated by all futu seventh section, page 108 of the ven,' (one of the 1 Supreme Rule ideas the Chine Chow regarded and paid to the vating mortals tc and approved I)} every generation vol.. King, or Filial Duty. 353 y of the living; and thus the claims of pa- nd when dead, an; fully satisfied: this is ial duty." ition of the Ilenou King. We shall not on the maxims which it contains. The at- it a cause for many of the usages which are stnblished among the Chinese. It is, doubt- i-s of this description, that we must derive ting customs, manners, morals, and religions 10 inhabit the Middle Kingdom. While wo Lilly to pursue and notice with us the leading Jard works of the Chinese, they will for the j us from drawing general conclusions. It rer a few pages of the classics, and then give put we desire first to put our readers in pos- vhich they tuny form their own opinions and iioiis: in due time, however, they shall be ich as they are. A few explanatory notes 1 for the present. i the sage commenced in the first section is of the sixth; we have accordingly marked ng only the extracts from the She King or ords, though they are not introduced with the sage said.' By ' the ancient kings,' llie sage , Yu, and their successors, who were the first Hid are constantly referred to by the Chinese 0, worthy of aJI commendation and to he imi- tations. The 'three powers,' named in llie aven, earth, and man. See the Santsze King, t volume. In the ninth section, Teen, ' Ufa- powers mentioned above,) and Shang Te, the m to be perfectly synonymous: and whatever ich to them, it is evident that the noble lord of c.estors, immediate and remote, as their equals, e snme homage as to the other. In thus elf- quality with the Supreme Ruler, he is upheld fucius, and has been imitated by myriads of s countrymen down to the present day. 354 1835. first Report nf the U. A". Society. DEI ART. II. First Report of the Society for the Diffusion uf Useful Knowledge in China, with the minutes of the first annual meet- ing, held at Canton, October, 19th, 1835. [THE feeling of interest which the members of the foreign community in China have manifested in behalf of the Society, whose first Report we have now the pleasure of entering on our pages, augurs well. It has been affirmed by some that men "come here only to make money;" and the Chinese have reiterated, "that all foreigners are gain-seeking and crafty in their disposi- tions." Admitting, as we must, that there has been too much occasion for these charges, it is yet gratifying to see before the world in the public pro- ceedings of this society, clear proof that foreigners who come to this country have other objects in view than mere selfish gains. The Chinese ought to be convinced, that foreigners are their friends, and not their enemies: now, to convince them of this, the Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge is admirably adapted. Only let the Society steadily, yet vigorously, pursue its noble aims, and its course will be like that of the sun, pouring down a Hood of genial light over the whole face of the land. The Canton .Register and the Canton i'rrss have declared themselves ready to promote the objects of the Society, and the Chinese Repository will gladly do the same.] AGREEABLY to public notice, the first annual general meeting of the Soci- ety for the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge in China was held this day at 12 o'clock, in the American hong, No. 2. There were present the following gentlemen: William Jardine, Robert Inglis, William S. Wetmore, W. Bell, James [lines-, I). W. C. Olyphant, G. R. Sampson, Alexander Matheson, W. AlcKilligin, Andrew Jnhnstone, J. Slade, W. Mackenzie, R. Turner, S. W. Williams, J. Himry. Fnunjee Pestonjee, and the Rev. Messrs. F. R. Hanson, H. Lockwood, 1J. Parker, M. D., and K. C. Bridgman. The meeting was called to order by Mr. J'ridgnian, when, both the president and secretary of the Society being absent from Canton, Mr. Wetmore was called to the chair, and the Revf Mr. Bridgman appointed secretary. The following report of the committee was then read by the secretary. WHEN great enterprises are to be undertaken in unexplored fields, the. first efforts are usually compassed with many difficulties and often opposed by great obstacles. Perhaps no association was ever formed under circumstances more peculiar than those of this society. Free, pacific, and benevolent in its design,'it recognizes no authority, either to protector sustain it, except those of reason and truth. The rights winch it claims are simply those of putting within the reach of a great nation the richest treasures of knowledge which can be gathered from the records of past and present times. The field which invites by its multiplied necessities the labors of this society, comprises the wel- fare of a third part of our species-, who are scattered over a VMSI ex- tent of territory, stretching from the Russian frontiers on the north, to the equator on the south, and from the Pacific ocean i are the wants of man that they are never s nation are great; its natural productions jiven rise to tin extensive commerce, wliich, itinuc, nnd those productions are needed, e first increase, as they doubtless will, the commerce in the hands of enlightened and pare the way for the wide diffusion of useful re, who expected that 'treatises in the Chi- •anches of useful knowledge as are suited to the people of this empire,' could in a few published, will not find their expectations e trust, after considering all the circumstan- e to regret the formation of this society, or i measures which it has adopted, or of the has performed. members on the records of the Society is t are honorary, ten corresponding, and twen- ibers. Sufficient time has not yet elapsed to those who have been elected to correspond- lership; but the communications that have is in our expectation that our friends abroad ivith the resident members of the Society, to 'useful knowledge among those who speak felt that the prosperity of the Society must e measures which it adopts, and the manner into effect. Every plan should be well ina- ition prepared in the best style. As yet the forth to the Chinese a single publication; but nul before them, they see. occasion for a great lafcors, and they cherish the hope that the listant, when, encouraged and countenanced and liberal of this country, the Society will th its standard and periodical publications •ovinces of the empire, and to ojl who speak ie surrounding countries. of whatthe Society will have to communicate lew to them, requiring many new names in science, your committee early took measures e nomenclature, which shall conform to the lurt (or mandarin) dialect, but embrace as far ure already in use. Considerable advances is work, and the characters for expressing a of persons, places, &c., have been selected, e needed to carry this work to that state of dgences of the case require. It can only be are from time to time needed for use. In a engine, for instance, or of the manipulations rr.o Dr.r. First Report of the U. K. Socirty. of >\ laboratory, in order to convey full information of the necessnry ii|i|i:ir:itiis and modes of operation, many new terms will lie required. Your committee have not contemplated the publication of this work, l>ut they are desirous that a standard should be fixed, to which all their works may conform. The advantages of this will be obvious In every one. Terms, such as hung-maou kwei, 'red-haired devils,' now commonly used for the English; hwa-ke. kwei, ' flowery-flaged devils,' for the Americans; kcdng-koo kwci 'old-story-telling devils,' for preachers of the gospel; and all similar epithets, as they are cal- culated to create and perpetuate bad feelings, will be discountenan- ced. Nor, when speaking of the Chinese, or of uught that belongs to them, will any but the most correct and respectful language be employed. Let there be given in this, as in all other cases, honor to whom honor is due. Three works are in preparation for the press: 1st, a general his- tory of the world; 2d, a universal geography; and 3d, a map of the world. These have been several months in band, and will he carried forward and completed with all convenient dispatch. They are de- signed to be introductory works, presenting the great outlines of what will remain to be filled up. The history will be comprised in three volumes, the geography in one. The map is on a large scale—about eight feet by four, presenting at one view all the kingdoms and na- tions of the earth. The committee expect these three works will be published in the course of the coming year; and it is hoped they will soon be followed by others, in which the separate nations, England, France, America, &c., their history and present state, shall be fully described. In the absence of works already prepared for the press, an edition of the Chinese Magazine, of one thousand copies, each in two volumes, has been contracted for. These are intended for the Chinese in the Indian Archipelago,—Batavia, Singapore, Malacca, Penang, &c. The progress of this work has been interrupted; it is expected, however, that it will be resumed in the course of a few months. Mr. Gutz.lafT has offered the Magazine to the Society, in order that its publication may be continued under its auspices; and the committee have expressed their willingness to undertake the work, whenever it can be done with a prospect of success. The expediency of procuring metallic types for printing Chinese books has engaged the attention of the committee. They have heard with satisfaction of the efforts of M. Pauthier, Paris, and of the Rev. Mr. Dyer, Peuang. In both these places the type is being prepared by means of punches, and at a very moderate expense; yet in such •a manner as to render the type perfect and complete—equaling, if not surpassing, the best specimens of Chinese workmanship. Three works have been presented to the Society: by James Math- eson, erq., a manuscript copy of a treatise on political economy, written by Mr. Gutzlaff; by J. R. Morrison, esq., n geographical and astronomical work, entitled JJii'n/i Teen too shoo; and the Sze Shoo chin* iran, the well known Four Books. The former of the last two i» the work of H Chinese who was educated by the Jesuits. While tlic (• which has in - country, and w Mraints impose* many more cas< present state of be put to press China, to froque as soon as the having them p Chinese. It is straits of Maine tion of such lal In conclusion brief recital of appearing to ha is more in a pp. things; but it is very existence resting on the ( possessing them to communicate ment presents to on our part. If Chinese, we ar by associating ( gation, we can tion; nor give millions of this ledge which w< The report 1 conded by Mr. Resolved, That committee; and t published in the C The chairnu they bad any business of the tions respecting consideration ol Resolved, That abeyance of the C to secure the pul board ship at Lii After urging the resolution, i ly as follows: I jardine. No o -port of tJie U. K. Society. 357 have viewed with pleasure the disposition tnuces heen exhibited hy the people of this re it not for the unnecessary tears and re- e •who are in authority, would doubtless in sst itself,—they are still of opinion that in the is desirable that the Society's standard works ne place where they will not he liahle, as in •uptioiis. They have contemplated, therefore, ire ready for publication, the practicability of n some place beyond the jurisdiction of the •d that one of the British settlements in the afford the greatest facilities for the prosecu- ommittee must remark that, in suhmitting this first year's proceedings, they are conscious of >red almost in vain; they hope, however, this e tlmn reality. It is indeed a day of small ;hing to have commenced a good work. The j society is evidence of recognized obligation, an community resident in this country, that, the rich fruits of knowledge, they are bound n to others. The barriers which the govern- jception of light form no excuse for indifference my subjects we are better instructed than the •eby obligated to enlighten them: and having, ves together for this object, recognized an obli- ook hack. We must go on, and meet opposi- te contest, a contest of truth with error, till the re shall participate in all the blessings of know- ,v so richly enjoy. g been read, it was moved by Mr. Turner, se- , and unanimously report be accepted and published under the care of the in abstract of the same, with a notice of the meeting, be n newspapers. hen inquired of the gentlemen of the meeting if nrks or suggestions to offer with regard to the iety. Mr. Jardine rose, and after some observa- e native press, begged leave to introduce, for the e meeting, the following sentiment: is meeting view with the deepest regret the present BBS press, and recommend the committee for 1835-36 ition of their works at the straits of Malacca, or on i, as may seem to them most advisable. Cow words the propriety of the course suggested in nover wns followed by Mr. I lines, who spoke near- ise, Mr. Chairman, to second the proposal of Mr. reitrrtsmorellian 1 do the abevance of the Chinese First Report of tie. V. K. Socir.ly. 1833. DEC. press in China. It is a misfortune to the cnuse of truth! Cut if this meeting view it fnirly, and its causes, they will derive from it strength, not weakness. It was by many esteemed doubtful—never by me, whether the thousands of tracts sent among this great people pro- duced an effect or not. So misinformed were we, that we remained in the dark, until a clear, lucid, definite fact was arrived at, that these tracts had moved the whole Chinese empire, as avowed by recent edicts from the throne, which presides over so many millions of human beings—all willing, so far as we know, to receive truth, but hitherto barred from it by selfish motives! I say, therefore, that instead of the Society being impeded or discouraged by the present check on the press, they should receive it as—I do—a sure test of its activity, power, and usefulness^ available to our purpose. Taking, therefore, the good and the bad together—'uniting the circumstances,' to use a favorite phrase of the Chinese,— it appears to me that by waiting for the Parisian press,* and in the meantime by availing ourselves of the presses at the straits of Malacca, or on board ship at Lintin, our ob- ject can be effected; and I cordially leave the subject in the hands of the committee.) Mr. Inglis next rose to remark on the same resolution. It seemed to him that the simplest and most economical plan for the Society, under present circumstances, would be to endeavor to arrange with the proprietors of the Chinese printing establishments at the straits of Malacca, to print what he called the standard publications of the Society; i. e. a series of elementary works for the instruction of the Chinese, and Mr. Gutzlaff's Magazine. If the 'getting up' of the latter rested with him, he would endeavor to make it a miscellany of light and attractive reading, such as would be likely to gain readers amongst those who would not give their attention to the elementary treatises; but it should refer as often as possible to those treatises, in order to attract notice to them, and some mark should be affixed to. both to show that they were issued under the same authority. Whenever the funds of the Society, and still more the means of authorship in Chi- nese, increase, he would have a press at Lintin, if impracticable here or at Macao, where at first he would have printed small tracts for circulation in the immediate neighborhood and upon subjects, per- haps of immediate interest,—such for example, as the comet which is now passing through the heavens. While listening to the report, it occurred to him that these small treatises might be composed in the local dialect; but this he thought should not be attempted until metallic types were procured. This part of the plan too would involve considerable hazard to the Chinese in the employment of any member of the Society: of this he would be exceedingly cautious at every stage of the Society's proceedings. He remembered the fate of the Roman Catholic missionaries both in China and Japan, which was in part occns —not quite of tin much time to rec would be much may do in this * whom we woul< avoid all unnece printing-presses printed at the lei will admit of it, il kens of acknowl of the language 1 of advancing the After a few m< the resolution ws The Rev. Dr. nearly as follows my hands, which Resolved, That \ the committee, anc ward the enterpris Wilh pleasure, ing the circumsta commenced its o be expected. It difficult language language possess merely in respect and general prin. ity in its product* have successfully with chart and c< seas, and if they •< down to be shunt ship in which to i enterprise. Will resolution, that w The second cl couragement to g and shall she not you not weigh anc Chairman, we p 'The speaker here alluded to the metallic types of Pauthier. t The remarks of Messrs. Innes, Inglis, and Parker differ slightly from those used at the general meeting, the gentlemen having had the kindness to furnish the sei-relary (at his request) with the snhstanre of what they there advanced. report of your coi tinctly that the i 1>V some obstacli publications. Si jMirtunity to see I held hv t First Report of the U. K. Society. 1835. DEC. came up; the inquiry was made, " do you know any book tlmt will solve it?" "Yes." The Magazine was produced and the question an- swered. "Is this book correct?" All affirmed that it was. 1 adduce this example to show that the works of Europeans are appreciated. 1 am acquainted with Chinese who have expressed their regret that the publication of this work should have been interrupted. Facts like these show that the efforts of this society will not be futile. When your committee speak of many thousands accessible, I suppose them to refer to those who are exterior to China Proper. But, Sir, you may rest assured that the majority of your readers will be within China, and those without will be for the present important agents in the circulation of your books. Let a complete set of plates exhibiting the anatomy of the human subject of the natural size be prepared, with ample explanations in Chinese appended, and let them be circulated in the name of your Society: 1 attach importance to this. I have known an excellent book undervalued, because there was neither author nor publisher's name affixed. "I think," said the Chinese, "the man fear he lose his head. He no tell his name, nor where the book was made." Such a work issued by this society, would gain attention for its other productions, less attractive at first view. At a proper time, I would propose that your committee take this subject into consideration. The resolution in my hand, Sir, also purports that we recognize our obligations to urge forward this enterprise. Yes Sir, as those who have been high- ly favored from earliest years, and placed upon the theatre of life to perform the high ends of our Creator, we acknowledge, frankly acknowledge, the obligation imposed upon us. We admit the broad principle, that we were not made for ourselves merely, or for the particular family or nation to which we belong, but that every human being has certain claims upon us. We also allow there may be specific obligations growing out of peculiar circumstances in which Providence may place us. It is by this principle we are constrained to admit that an especial obligation rests upon this society, as pecu- liarly located in respect to the teeming millions of this empire. Had we been stationed in some solitary island or section of the globe re- mote from this, ignorance of their condition might form an apology for utter neglect. But such is not the case. We are in the midst of them, see the objects of their blind adoration, witness their degrada- tion, bigotry, and ignorance, and are acquainted with their oppressive laws. Now the efforts of the Society are calculated to meliorate or entirely obviate these evils, and the duty to urge forward the enter- prise you have undertaken with all possible efficiency is'imperative. The resolution introduced by Dr. Parker, was seconded by Mr. Jardine, and carried by a unanimous vote of the meeting. It was then moved by Mr. Inglis, and seconded by Mr. Sampson, and unanimously Rrsolced, Tliat the committee be instructed to take into consideration the expediency of affixing the. name of the Society to all the works which it pub- lishes, as suggested by Dr. Parker. The treasurer of the annual si there has been treasury. It was moved that the Society and that the sain tlcmen were thei of the Society tii WlLLI.' Roi5 Elf JOHN ( RlCIIAF RUSSKI. RF.T. E REV. C J. ROBI The thanks of his services in thi meeting ailjounie ART. 111. Nolic punishment; banishment, a INSTRUMENTS of I ed in the code.* lowed, the offend' the truth, shall shall be lawful to still refuses to ms trate who wanton shall be tried for s rior." There seer it is not permitted or to any persons upon those who: * See appendix \ tSecuuii 101 oi VOL, IV. NO. 1 ;cn of Modern China. 361 t was then rend and accepted: the amount us and donations was Spanish dollars 925; $500, leaving a balance of $425 in the 'lyphant, and seconded hy Mr. Johnstone, o choose a committee lor the ensuing year, limited iron) the chair. The following gen- a committee for conducting the business j; year. INK, ESQ., President. , ESQ., Treasurer. M, ESQ. KR, ESQ. jis, ESQ. BlllDGMAN, ) ,,. „ , . f, / Chmesc secretaries. UUT7.LAFF, ) IUISON, ESQ., English Secretary. iety were then voted to Mr. Wetmore lor .luring the anniversary exercises; and the (Signed) WM. S. WETMORE, Chairman. \odarn China: various means and modes, of impriionnicnt, flogging, branding, pillury, th. By II. I. for the investigation of offenses are prescrib- those cases wherein the use of torture is al- never lie contumaciously refuses to confess th be [>nt to the question by torture; and it the operation a second time, if the criminal jnfession. On the other hand, any magis- itrbitrarily applies the question by torture, icnse, in the tribunal of his immediate supe- e no other limitation in its use, except that towards any of the eight privileged classes,) fifteen and above seventy years of ajje, nor indcr any permanent disease or infirmity, union'» translation of the Tcnal Code lal Code. 46 362 1835. of Modern China. DEC. This infliction, which is considered merely as a means to attain truth, and not as a punishment for crime, has always been cruelly abused wherever it has been permitted, and nowhere more, apparently, than in China. The Peking gazette of August 9th, 1817, contained the report of a censor of Honan province upon this subject, which we quote:" "Chow, the yushe or censor of Honan, kneels to report with pro- found respect in the hearing of his majesty, the following circum- stances, and to pray for his sacred instructions. The clear and ex- plicit statement of punishments is a means of instruction to the peo- ple-,; the infliction of punishments is a case of unwilling necessity. For all courts there are fixed regulations to rule their conduct by, when cases do occur that require punishments to be inflicted in questioning. Magistrates are not, by law, permitted to exercise cru- elties at their own discretion. But of late, district magistrates, ac- tuated by .1 desire to be rewarded for their activity, Wave felt an ardent enthusiasm to inflict torture. And though it has been repeatedly prohibited by imperial edicts, which they profess openly to conform to, yet they really and secretly violate them. Whenever they ap- prehend persons of suspicious appearances, or those charged with great crimes, such as murder, or robbery, the magistrates begin by endeavoring to seduce the prisoners to confess, and by forcing them to do so. On every occasion they torture by pulling, or twisting the ears around, (the torturer having previously rendered his fingers rough by a powder,) and cause them to kneel a long while upon chains. They next employ what they call the beauty's bar,t the parrot'* beam.J the refining furiiace,§ and other implements for which they have appropriate terms. If these do not force confession, they double the cruelties exercised, till the criminal dies (faints), arid is restored to life again, several times in a day. The prisoner, unable to sustain these cruelties, is compelled to write down or sign a confession (of what he is falsely charged with), and the case anyhow is made out, placed On record, and, with a degree of self-glorying, reported to your majesty. The imperial will is obtained, requiring the person to be delivered over to the Board of Punishments for further trial. "After repeated examinations and undergoing various tortures, the charges brought against many persons are seen to be entirely unfounded. As for example, in the case of the now degraded taou- tae, who tried Lew Tewoo; and of the chechow, who tried Peih Keu- king; these officers inflicted the most cruel tortures, in a hundred different forms, and forced a confession. Lew Tewoo, from being a strong robust man, just survived: life was all that was spared. The other, being a weak man, lost his life: be died as soon as he hnd reached th these two men i iahuiKiirs. "The crueltii by torture, throi and the \ arions to obtain nonet selves. In crir affix's, thpy < slightest connec into a flume, at bribes from tbos who have nothii tured, before bei undergoing repe are committed ti they are fetteret single inch; am bail. Their opj for so long a tin: "Since there i if there be suspi responding to so; stitute a strict in that respecting p possess property by the police to they belong to tt they are of the destinely seized, The simple cou property to obta having so escap< Shantung, and F the rebellion; ai the police-officer know it? Or is proceedings? I majesty, and pra Whether my obs "The imperil It remains to not confined to t zette of January ture unjustly infl other by the ke« latter case some lured until a coi * Indochinese Gleaner, May. 1818. page 85. t A torture, said to he invented hy a judge's wife, nnd hence the nnme. The breast, small of the hack, and legs bent up. are fastened to three cross bars, which eiu>e the person to kneel in great pain. J The prisoner is raised from the ground hy strings around the fingers and rh'imh'. suspended from a supple transvene bc»m. 4 Firs \' «ppli«d Hi the body. * Indochinese .104 DEC. Notices nj MuiLrn China. they were then carried before a magistrate, who found them innocent; but two of the men had died meanwhile in consequence, of the torture. A censor reported to the emperor in the same year,* "that the most cruel and illegal tortures are practiced in the province of S'/.echuen, under which many persons actually die: indeed," says he, " the local magistrates prefer torturing to death those who de- serve to die by the laws, in order to avoid the trouble and expense of sending the criminals to the higher courts. The gazette of the 9th of May, 162H, mentions a case of homicide which had been pending five or six years, and was only then discovered, although fifty or sixty persons had been tried and tortured. A case of a magistrate tor- turing a man to death was reported in 18224 on which occasion the emperor declared his determination to disallow every form of torture that was not expressly sanctioned by law. In 1827, the proceedings relative to a murder are reported in the gazctte,§ during which one witness under torture accused a man of the murder who had been transported to Canton for theft, two years before. The court at Peking sent all the way to Canton for the ac- cused, who when examined clearly proved an alibi. The unfortunate witness was then punished with eighty blows for the false accusation. The same year|| a prince accused the officers of the Board of Pu- nishments at Peking of a cruel and unjust infliction of torture. A prisoner was kept kneeling on chains and otherwise tortured for a whole month. A magistrate of Nganhwuy was accused in 1820,ff of having fas- tened up two criminals to boards, by nails driven through the palms of their hands. One of the men struggled until he tore his hands loose, but was nailed up again with larger nails, and expired under the operation. Also with using ns tortures, beds of iron, red hot spikes, boiling water, and knives for cutting the tendon Achillis. A commission of magistrates for inquiry was ordered, who reported, that although there was some cause for the accusations, they were greatly exaggerated. The man, said to hare died in consequence of spike nails being driven through his hands, had committed seven robberies and one rape. He was insolent and specious in his trial, on which account a little additional torture was administered, and he died afterwards in prison. The other culprit had been fastened to a long iron bar by rings around his neck and leg, for robbing with concealed weapons. He contrived to saw off" the iron pin at the top of the bar, on which account it had been driven, by order of the magistrate, into the palm of his hand; but on his promising better behavior he was relieved. The magistrate was accused of putting this same culprit at the head of his police-runners; but it was found that he had only recommended him to fill the office of watchman, lest he should return to his old habit of thieving. The only thing which the commissioners blamed in the conduct of the magistrate, was cutting tl another court, his fetters. T to a court of ii wards tlie repo pie as his own that a little se emperor concl a magistrate n resentments ol were wicked n by the magist quiry. Respc< A magistrate degraded nnd t with bamboo c; pretense was tl had violated h< been found coi two men to ha' who were puni: About the sami quiry into a ca: ed the death of of state. Thr( so stated,) foui on the ground emperor reject three able me misconduct hai Another gay. maker of idols dot of blood to tious rites and ployed him," v nmined to asce able. The po< contradicted tl chastised by f lacerated the 1 mortification. the governor o: Criminal Boar » Indo Gleaner, July, 1R10, page 122. t Indo. Gleaner, Jan.. 1822, pa'p;e 277. I) Canton Register, Feb. 18th, t Indo. Gleaner, Oct. 1821, page 230. $ Malacca Observer. Oct. 7tli, 1828. II Canton Register, July 2d, 1820. trict magistral who also strucl coffin which hi • Canton Regi { Canton Regii |j Canton Regi tirrs tif Modern China. 305 11 Achillis of a innn whom he sent for trial nt -lioulil «:sca| e, as IK: liad before wrenched off I'iimc'iul that he should he subjrcle:!, for this, Peking. The governor, however, who for- "that the accused magistrate loved the peo- », nncl hntod had irien as he did enemies, and siiitiil>li: to that part of the country." The remarks upon the subject hy saying: "such .vlio is not intimidated by the suspicions and , it is very difficult to find: since the culprits idoned wretches, there was no cruelty inflicted [t is not necessary to subject him to further in- 11 iinnan province, but acting in Kwangse, was rted to Tartary this year,* for flogging a woman n her hack and arms, until death ensued. The ; had stopped his chair to complain that n man on, and that her evidence on examination had lory. A little later the Peking gazette reported il under the infliction of torture hy magistrates or it by dismissal from the emperor's service.! !,J old 8ung was engaged on a commission of in- false imprisonment and torture, which had caus- inoccnt man. and involved several great officers those officers who were (we presume, for it is not ilty, were recommended by him "for forgiveness licir great aptitude for public business." The lie suggestion with indignation, as if the loss of lervices could not he easily supplied, when their ;t an innocent man his life. records the case of a poor man hi Kansuh,§ "a id a reciter of charms, when adding the vivifying eye of a god, together with various other supersti- raonies to procure happiness for those who cm- was taken up hy a magistrate and his books ex- i if they contained anything seditious or treason- nan would not answer the queries put to him, and tingistrate impertinently, who ordered him to he blows on t!ie ankles with a wooden ruler, which es to a degree, to occasion his death, probably by ie magistrate reported that he died of sickness, and ie province connived at the misrepresentation. The rdered an inquiry into the affair. In 1830,|| a dis- i Szechuen, being abused hy a man in open court, lis attendants, ordered him to be put into an empty >ened to be near, and the lid to be closed upon him, r, July 16th. 1829. t Canton Register, Srpt. 2<1, JS29. •, Oct. 3d, 1820. $ Ciinton Register, Dec. ]2lh, ]8i!9 r, July 3d, 1830. 1835. 3flfi Notices of Modern China. DEC. where lie was suffocated. The magistrate was dismissed fro n the service, and sentenced moreover to one hundred blows, and trans- portHtion for three years. In 1831,* an instance of a man dying under torture in Shantung province was reported to the emperor; and another in Keangsoo,t where two brothers were tortured to death by a magistrate. In 1833, a censor memorialized the emperor upon the en cities anil injustice practiced in the supreme court of the em- piri! at Peking, as noticed in a former volume of the Repository (vol. 1, paffc '236). Another case will be found in the same volume (page 248) of a magistrate of Szechuen flogging one of his own attendants to death, for appropriating part of the price of a coffin ; perhaps: the same one mentioned above. Torture and imprisonment as described above are not, as we have shown, considered as punishments for crime in China, but only as a means to obtain evidence and conviction of crime. Before describing the punishments, we will quote one authority to show that the Chi- nese courts of law in Mongolia and no doubt throughout their colo- nial possessions, are the same as within the empire proper. "Idnm (a Kalkas Mongol, toussoulatakehi of the 2d division of the 2d class, a cheerful old man of sixty-five, and one of the conductors,) informed me," says Timkowski,! "that the tribunal, called the yamoun, is the supreme court of the country (Ourga) of the Kalkas: it has the civil and military jurisdiction, and administers justice. Sentence ia passed according to the printed code of laws. The decisions of the tribunals are subject to the approbation of the vang and the amban, who exercise the functions of commissioner and attorney-general. In ordinary cases, sentence is carried into execution, after being con- firmed by the vang; but those of greater importance are referred to the Tribunal of Foreign Affairs at Peking, which decides in the last instance. The punishment is proportioned to the offense: torture is employed in the examination, and in a very cruel manner. The punishments are also horribly severe; sometimes the criminals are broken on the wheel, sometimes quartered, at others torn in pieces by four horses, or their feet held in boiling water, &e." Rlaproth, who translated the above passage from the Russian, adds in a note: "these punishments are probably inflicted only on rebel Mongols, for the code of China, known in Europe by the excellent translation of sir G. T. Staunton, prescribes only the bastinado, imprisonment, and fines for ordinary crimes." We proceed now to the actual punishments, which may be classed under the heads of flogging, branding, the cangue (pillory), banish- ment (which includes slavery) and death; for fines seem to be con- sidered merely in the light of a redemption from flogging by certain privileged classes. Flogging loo which is a substantive punishment for petty offenses is always an adjunct§ to banishment in respect of a principal offender, although spared to his relations who are involv- ed with him in the pains of banishment. "Any other punishments," says an old write never wanting; th< niary), without thii mention it in tlieir their first dish." By (logging is larger, which IB the marked upon nil tl tiou for which star c..de of laws. Bo< Whipping with Canton as a corre< rently in the code; to be, the peculiar vertible in most i All of these punis heat of the samint the drought at Pel ,ng edict :|| "At tl out any genial slir to examine into tn species of transpi distinctly what cai be moved to confe the seasons. Res] favored us with' Peking gazette. Banishment. code into « places 500 It (about 1»U nativity ;H **** 2000 10 4000 le (i military governni' selected, unless t vince are bamst Hookwang, Shat incur this penalty probably very mi empire are exen or rather it w d convicted of treai nese subjp.cts.tt tuned generally fcnses which sup "Canton Register, Feb. 19th, 1831. | Timkowski's Travels, vol. 1, chap. 3 t Canton Register, April 19th, J831. V Appendix 5 to the Penal Code. * Chinese Rcposi - Petml Code, sc j tndo, Gleaner. «• Penal Code, sf J* See Appendix 2 es of Modern China. 367 e over and besides this (flogging), which is ig no condemnation in China (unlos pecu- tus disposition; so that it is unnecessary to mmtiou, this being always understood to be . the infliction of' the bamboo lesser and lard of action in China, the broad arrow connected with its government, the reguhi- y properly, therefore, as a preliminary to its set. 1. .van, a thing of almost daily occurrence in or petty offenders, is not mentioned appa- :hen a proper whip is employed it is, or usrd ege of the Tartars.! Banishment too is con- ces in favor of these people into the cwngue.J its are niitigated§ with great humanity in the (I at other times with less reason, as during n 1817, when the emperor issued the follow- [litul, the season of rain having passed with- , the Board of Punishments is hereby ordered ;es of all the criminals sentenced to the several on and lesser punishments, and report to me mitigated, in the hope that nature will thereby : blessing of rain, and preserve the harmony of this."—We wish much that the translator had •eport alluded to, if it were ever given in the degrees of this punishment are class •* in the 3iiiporary and perpetual banishment," which are es) and upwards from the place of the culprit's f extraordinary or military banishment," from .it 730 to 1460 statute miles); and lastly, to the in Tartary.** The places are not arbitrarily he emperor: thus the natives of Canton pro- to Chowchow foo in the same province, to Szechuen or Shantung.tt The offenses which e not very clearly defined in the code, but rest with the emperor. The Tartar subjects of the from this punishment according to section 9, .T.ric.d into exposure in the cangue; but when they are punished in the same manner us Chi- Tlie cangue mid whip seem indeed to be com- ith banishment, and all three are inflicted for of- se no great moral stain, as well as for those of •y, vol. 1, page 486. t Chinese Repository, vol. 4, p. 26. ion 9. § Appendix 5 to the Penal Code vy, 1818. p»ge 89. If Penal Code, section 45. ion -16. tt Penal Code, section 4G. lothe Penal Code. Notices of Modern China. 1835. DEC. f'' *'•• < n ji!i :i:i M. deeper line, and upon all ranks of men. In 1831,* certain wang, titular kings, as the translator calls them, were convicted of join- ing in the recital of magical incantations with a view to affect human life. One of them was declared unfit to serve the emperor for ever, and another was sentenced to the cangue for two months, and a hun- dred lashes with the Tartar whip. This seems to have been a miti- gation, in favor of the privileged classes, of section 162 of the code, which awards strangulation to " magicians who raise evil spirits by means of magical books and dire imprecations, &,<•,." A case is already noticed in the Repository (vol. 1, page 159), of an officer of rank being consigned to the pillory and perpetual slavery, for arriving too late at his post to act against rebels.! A Mantchou, employed in a public department at Peking, who had embezzled salt- petre and sulphur from the public stores to the value of 182 taels.f was sentenced by the emperor in 1828,§ to wear the cangue one month exposed at the gate of the warehouse of which he had charge, and then to be transported to the northern frontier, and subjected to hard labor for ever. His family were to be prosecuted for the value of the embezzled property. In 1819,|| an officer, found guilty of an unnatural crime aggravated by assault, was banished to the river Amour to be a slave for life, in addition to two months' pillory.fl In cases of perpetual banishment, the criminal's wife must accom- pany him, but the rest of the family are not compelled to do so;** but when the offense is high treason, the wives and children of per- sons liable to banishment as well as other relations are subject to the same punishment ;ft the only mitigation being, that "when a sen- tence of banishment is passed against the relations, or others impli- cated in the guilt of an offender, the corporeal punishment which is usually inflicted in different degrees, proportionate to the duration of the banishment, shall he understood to be altogether remitted."JJ The relations of criminals are called ' imperial prisoners.'§§ The family of the rebel Changkihurli was banished in 1828, and distri- buted in the provinces of Canton, Kwangse, and Fuhkeen. One who came to Canton, was ordered to be kept in prison secluded for ever from all intercourse, either by word or letter, with any human being outside the prison. A report was to be made annually whether these prisoners were tranquil or not. Their wives, daughters, and sisters were sent to Nanking into slavery. One daughter only, a child, was allowed to accompany her mother. The enslaving of the fiimilies of offenders and forfeiture of their real and personal property, takes place only according to section 140 of the code, in cases of treason, rebellion, or some of the ten trea- sonable offenses and some other cases provided by the law. In 1828,|||| the emperor confiscated eighty-one estates, four hundred and forty "Canton Register, Sept. 15tli, 1331. t Section 205 of the Penal Code. houses, and fift been implicatec Succeeds were randing is a c her who confes tant and unln there, to be pu the right cheek sentenced in a cheeks. Criminals ba salt works of or for life, are officers of gove by a case quot< on the part of t years. Offend army, when bi tion nearest to "It has for the legal practi to transportatio as slaves. Bt soldier has of I power to exerc often rebel. C and murdered parts of the en Tartar soldiers About 3000 army during t lives of Canton rewarded by b under the sum was at the time about ten years and transport! but was takei tured and tran went to Pekiiij and banished committed eig army at Casl degree in rani he received ai I Section 214 of the Penul Code. $ Mid. Observer, July 29th, 1828. || Indo. Gleaner, 1820, page 235. II Appendix 3*2 to the Penal Code. "Section 15 of the Penal Code H Appendix 23 to the Penal Code (I Appendix 5 to the Penal Code 6« Mai Observer, July 15th, 1828. |l!| Canton Ri-gLter. Angu.,1 16th. Ic;':;. • Canton Reg t Section 10 i || Canton Reg •"• Canton Rej VOL. IV. N es of Modern Ckina. 369 lit-orchards belonging to persons who had urrection at Aksa in Turkestan, and the ted to rebuilding the walls of the town, t with banishment in many cases. A rob- iie, was exiled in 1829* to the most dis- i in Yunnan, and delivered to the army ther with forty blows, and be branded on r criminal who had robbed eight times waa the other penalties, to be branded on both short periods are employed in the iron and it.t Those transported for longer period* aves (as in the cases before instanced,) to • are hired out to private persons, as appears ppendix 31 of the code, of a second offense government who had been hired out for ten e serving or who are liable to serve in the r life are made to serve at the military sta- >er place of banishment.! rs past," says the Canton Register,§ "been m to sentence criminals not deserving death, 3 rn Tartary, there to be given to the soldiery ibers sent have been so great that, every sed ten or a dozen slaves. On these he has iruelty and oppression, and they in their turn ccasions, it is reported, the slaves have risen jsehold of their masters. From the northern inals are sent to the south and given to the •ison towns, to be slaves." ire said|| to have been enlisted in the imperial in in Turkestan, of whom one half were na- jndered good service, and the survivors were home, where they were, however, placedfl the police. One of these men in 1828,** who ,rs of age, confessed he had committed a theft Peking, for which he was branded in the face, 'an in Shense, whence he made his escape, it to Kansuh, He ran offngain, was recap- i Soochow, whence he made his escape and le committed another theft, was apprehended . Three years after, he returned to Peking, ibberies, was detected, and transported to the lere he obtained for hid services the seventh ry merit, and was sent home again, where locument [ticket of leave] from the magistrate 2d, 1829. t Section 419 of the Penal Code. Code. $ Canton Register, May 10th, 1828. Id, 1828. U Canton Register, April 2d, 1831. 31»t, 1828. 47 370 1835. Notices of Modern China. DEC. of his district, and was allowed to live at large. Being in poverty, however, he WHS obliged to have recourse again to thieving. He concludes his confession of the above story by the reflection: "the key and the fan in my hand are what I employed to tny sorrow, and this is my ticket of military merit." We do not hear what became of him, unless he be the same who was branded, as cited above, on both cheeks. It appears by an article* in a Peking gazette of 1828, that many of the military convicts had been sent home with medals: some of them had appeared in Canton and been troublesome here, but they were cut off in detail. It is a singular instance of reverse of fortune, that whilst these convicts were raised to military rank and honor, the general [Yungan] who commanded in Turkestan at the breaking out of the rebellion, was degraded for cowardice and sentenced to banishment and hard labor for life.t The commandant at Ele in 182(1,| took upon himself to give an appointment to a convict of rank before his term of transportation had expired, but the appoint- ment was canceled, and the commandant censured. The convicts in the south, who have no chance of military pro- motion, turn their talents to account in other ways. Yuen, the go- vernor of Yunnan in 1832, tnemorializes§ the emperor respecting the convicts from Tartary who are sent to Yunnan in larger numbers than to any other of the southern provinces, on account of the unhealthiness of the climate. Hence Yunnan has 4000 to 5000 of them, of whom two thirds either possess money of their own, or are acquainted with some trade, so as to obtain food for themselves; but the other third, being without money and ignorant of trade, must be supported by government at an expense of 4200 taels a year, a sum which the treasury of the province cannot afford. In all this there is no apparent effort on the part of the government to reform the criminals; but only to punish. The last intention is but partially effective we should suppose, when criminals are banished to places where they can make money whilst convicts. No improve- ment in morals can possibly be expected where natives from the less populous regions of the empire are immersed in the vicious excite- ment of crowded cities. Some Booriat Tartars, for instance, who had been detected in smuggling tea and gold-thread on the northwest frontier in 1830, were sentenced|| to the cangue for three months, and afterwards to be transported to the " unhealthy regions," Yun- nan and Canton! To return from transportation without license, is punishable by blows and remanding to banishment according to section 390 of the code, which we have already seen to be carried into effect. A case occurred in IH"J4,1| of a convict making his escape on the road, who had been convicted of an unsuccessful attempt to ravish his niece. and condemned to prehended again ai and banished to sei first worn the cang When the often banishment, seems cerned in the rebelli and exiled in come He was tried* and sentence and banis executed immediate A convict at the offense there, for then to be outlawec of his mother, who and destitute, the e small salary for hei act of mercy atones The emperor K( of all offenses, not heat of summer; 1 who sold the privih assize," and the 1; emperor has occa« 1827 and 1828.§ Executions. Tl seeing a public e> serve to exemplify French vessel call year on the coast o hired a Chinese j teen oftlie~crew to China, the Chines murdered them all < who jumped into tl nese boat and carri tember. The Pro applied to the tsota been magistrate of Canton and the ac reward of 200 dolln each to any who m A monthly allowai while the proceed months, and subsei buy clothes. The • Canton Register, Sept. 20th, 1828 : Indo. Gleaner, Oct. 1820, page 411 ;l Canton Register. May 15th, 1830. 5 Transaction? of the Royal Asiatic Society, vol. 1. page 401 t Chinese Repository, vol. 4, p. 68 § Canton Register, July 18th, 1832 * Indo. Gleaner. Ot ; Canton Register, H Canton Register, :8. 7th, 1829. 372 1835. Notices of Modern China. DEC. proceeded after the massacre of the Frenchmen, but was wrecked on the coast. On the 27th of September, the tsotang gave notice that he had received a dispatch from the judge of Canton, reporting that he had received intelligence on the 16th from a magistrate of Anioy, that eleven of the crew of the junk had been apprehended, who con- fessed to the murder. Others were subsequently caught and the whole were brought to Canton, tried and condemned. Notice was given to the foreigners that the government would confront the mur- derers with Francisco in the hong merchants' hall on the 24th of January following, when the foreigners might be present. The fol- lowing account of the ceremony, and the subsequent execution of the condemned prisoners is taken from the Canton Register of the 2d of February, 1S29. "The ceremony was announced for the 23d instant, but in consequence of that day being the anniversary of the birth of the Kwangchow foo's mother, the trial did not take place till the fol- lowing day. "In the morning every preparation was seemingly made for bring- ing out the prisoners, atid at an early hour, the hall was taken pos- session of by a military guard, who secured the street in front of the gate from the obstruction of any mob, whilst a proclamation was affixed to the gate directing the police to use their authority, should any be so imprudent as to oppose its command. "As the magistrate was expected about noon, most of the foreign- ers in Canton were by that time assembled at the Consoo. Between 11 and 12 the. prisoners began to arrive, being conveyed in bamboo cages of about three feet long-, two wide, and three deep, in which the prisoner was obliged to sit in a doubled posture, and the only relief he could possibly receive was from a round hole at the top sufficient to admit of the unfortunate putting out his head—but which few of them availed of—perhaps shunning the gaze of the spectators, and ashamed of the crime they had perpetrated. They hnd light chains around their neck, legs, and wrists, and presented a most degrading spectacle of human misery. On each cage was written the name of its inmate, and the nature of the sentence which he was doomed to suffer. "Attention was soon attracted to one of the prisoners, an interesting looking man about fifty years of age, making an attempt to address the strangers, and by directing his finger to his mouth and'ears, was evidently desirous of an interpreter. He was soon attended to by a gentleman whose knowledge of the Chinese language enabled him to interrogate as to what he was anxious to communicate, but he could only say intelligibly, that he was falsely accused, and that he did not understand those dialec.ts which were spoken to him—he speaking in that peculiar to the Fuhkeen province, which those around him knew little of. Various opinions were entertained as to the condition of the man, some asserting that he was the captain or supercargo of the junk, and others that he was a passenger. His countenance dis- covered him to be a man superior to the rest of the crew, and it is supposed he was i Rungchaou was on ation ' a criminal t maliciously accuse Frenchmen, and in had confessed to th he now recanted ai "The hong mere mitted into the hall to indulge in a E| retaliate upon the p gested, to conlradk that it should be quality of mercy o eigtiers, who were i cumstance could I culprits might be n "About 2 o'clock arrived, and after alluded to appean sion to say a few proceeded to expr vered. The magi reeled this appeal, ceeding in the ca majesty, and that i tion should take < the usual cries of as much to satisfy purposes of public the lowest order ol mitted to the great selves. The priso ly and made to kn tended by a Portu] recognized, showii to the persons of e trate put a red ma described as not h "Francisco had as his deliverer, him the design o pressed his inten having a mark 01 him. Among the chaou the man v whilst conscious who were presei On his approach! :es of Modern China. 373 owner of the vessel. The name of Tsae ige, and the words chanfan, by interpret- ecapitated.' h appeared that he had been his fellow prisoners of having killed three Ktreme of torture which he hud undergone, which had heen charged to him; but which irt.cil his innocence. hafl requested that no sailors might be ad- r the apprehension that they might be led f revenge, and in the height of indignation rs on the spot; and it was very happily sug- mistaken a notion: a gentleman proposed nved before the magistrate, and the amiable i to it, as being the real disposition of for- d to clemency, and would rejoice if any cir- covered whereby the fate of the unhappy ed. >, the Kwangchow foo, and the other officers lad taken his seat, the gentleman already ore the bar, respectfully begging permis- s on the part of the foreigners present, and e sentiments which had been before deli- seemed gratified with the feelings that di- rery mildly replied that the court was pro- der the special command of his imperial care would be taken that no false accusa- The opening of the court was made under ctors, and since this public proceeding was wishes of the foreigners, as to serve for the ice, it is to be regretted that the intrusion of idants of the Chinese should have been per- nvenience of all, even of the magistrates them- vere brought up in threes and fives successive- hilst confronted with Francisco, who was at- interpreter; the most of them he very readily ily a momentary hesitation of recollection as r two—and as they were identified, the magis- ;ainst their names. One of the prisoners was ; taken any active part in the massacre, uently spoken of one man whom he esteemed the circumstance of his having intimated to crew towards the French passengers, and ex- of pleading for his pardon, describing him as face and forehead by which he should know :>ners that were brought up was Tsae Kitng- had complained that he was doomed to death is own innocence, and was identified by all the aliove marks, as the friend of Francisco. rancisco, they immediately recognized each 374 1835. Notices of Modern China. DEC. other, and the interview was particularly interesting and affecting even to the by-standers. The gratitude of Francisco was evident to all, and the joy of the prisoner at finding himself recognized, and likely to be acquitted by the interference of his friend was very conspicuous on a countenance previously depressed with the most anxious doubts and fours. The parties were immediately in each other's arms, and Francisco saluted the man to whom he was in- debted for his life, according to the usage of his own country, and with all the lively emotion for which his nation is famed. The judge seemed to partake of the general satisfaction, and instead of affixing a red mark to his name, which he had done in the in- stance of all his fellow-prisoner;) inserted a note, which was suppos- ed to be in his favor, but was obliged to remand him to his cage to be returned to his cell of confinement. Francisco having satisfied the judge by the reply to his inquiries, that he was the same person whose testimony had been received at Macao, was informed that some of the property that was taken from him and his shipmates, was recovered and would be restored to him; but which the man very honestly confessed he had no claim to. This property, we be- lieve, is still on board some boats in the river. "About thirty-five malefactors were produced, although the num- ber condemned under the melancholy affair, was forty seven. Two out of this number had died, and it was not thought requisite to bring the remainder. It is supposed that the sentence of Tsae Kungchaou will bo commuted to banishment, for although he may be easily ac- quitted of murder, it cannot perhaps be so satisfactorily ascertained that he was not a participator in the plunder, as to entitle him to a general pardon. It has been suggested to us by a Chinese that a petition from Francisco to the viceroy in behalf of his friend, may be attended to, and probably save him from banishment. "Although the accommodations for the seat of justice were but poorly arranged, yet the high respectability of the magistrate and his associates, combined every thing that could inspire respect; but the throng of low dirty attendants which allowed only of a crowded nvenue for the culprits to approach the tribunal, detracted much from the appearance of judicial solemnity. Every body was struck with the pleasing and gentlemanly deportment of the Kwangchow foo. So predominant is compassion in well regulated minds, that the malignity of the crimes of the prisoners was for a time obliterated, in the pitiable condition to which they were reduced; all of them sickly and emaciated, many bearing the marks, and laboring under the effects, of torture, to which they had been subjected, and so reduced as to be absolutely in many cases, forced into the act of genuflexion, which attitude of respect they were unable of themselves to fall into, whilst the hurried and inhuman manner of thrusting and dragging them to and from the bar, like so many dogs, conveyed a strong picture of the extreme misery that inmates of a Chinese jnil must endure from the unfeeling lictors and keepers who hnvc charge of them. The vengeance who were selected rid massacre was i "It had been 28th, but from son Notice was given t. early in the day, The place appoint was on a spot fore railing at one em backs of houses o trance, for the o: hundred feet long "The avenue to diers and police, a terraption was exr. the foreigners, am on the occasion. excepting that of i were to undergo tl executioner's insti ceive the heads, w offenders. One c of heavy blades al markably sharp: brought and give "About 10 o'c foo, Nanhae hee Chong heS [milit and took their sei wards the culpri and sentence writ placed in twos ar and commencing standing in a plai protected from i hee's guard. It tors were brough shown more part astonishment of decapitated on t messenger had b attendance. Ea< ture, by the posit tioners, at a signi the fatal stroke,: pitation of the rer ed, presenting a condition when ces of Modern China. 375 law 011 the unfortunate seventeen culprits, ing the most prominent leaders in the hor- d in the morning of the 30th ultimo, ted that it was to have taken place on the essary legal forms was delayed till that day. oreigners that the ceremony would commence leveral persons were assembled by 8 o'clock. e one allotted for the execution of criminals,) ito a yard, by its enclosure of a temporary street, with a dead wall on one side and the other. An open room at the opposite en- - of justice, presented a space of about two thirty wide. place from the water-side was lined with sol- 1 principally with lances, and not the least in- iced to its approach. Nobody was present but various attendants upon the officers presiding y little ceremonial preparation was apparent, crosses erected for the unhappy victims that lore dreadful operation of the law, with the nits placed against the wall, and new tubs to re- are to be transported to the native place of the i was subsequently removed. The swords were ; three feet long and two inches deep, and re- ie of them was with all possible indifference nit) the hands of the spectators to examine, k, the nganch&sze (chief judge), Kwangchow Pwanyti hee'n [ magistrates,] and Tso-hee and mandarins], arrived at the place of execution, at the fartherest extremity; a few minutss after- wi:ri! brought in baskets, each having his name > on a long slip of wood affixed to his back, and threes upon their knees, about eight feet apart, thin ten or twelve from where the strangers were that was railed off, and where they were carefully y mob or molestation by a party of the Kwang as supposed by the foreigners that the malefac- so close to their view for the purpose of being :ularly to Francisco, who was present, but to the II, and with much violation of feeling they were e spot. Previous to this dreadful ceremony, a en dispatched to inquire if the Frenchman was in i culprit had a person to hold him in a fixed pos- >n of cords around the arms, and about six execu- I given by the officer commanding the troops, gave fterwards continuing with hnsty dispatch the deca- ainder. The prisoners were remarkably well cloth- lecent and cleanly appearance, so opposite to their rnnight in cages to the Consoo House. Some few 376 DEC. Notices of Modern China. lamentable expressions escaped from one of the unfortunate men, and another showed some feelings of interest by moving hia head around, but with these exceptions the most perfect resignation seemed to pre- vail. The one affixed to the cross was in a lateral line from the spec- tators, about eight feet distant, and could not be so easily distinguish- ed ; but although the mode of punishment, as described must appear most shocking, we apprehend that humanity is usually shown to soften the severity of the law's decree, and in the present instance, life seemed to have been instantly extinguished by a thrust from a poignard into the heart: after a hasty cut over the forehead and on each arm, not a moan was heard! "The cool indifference of the executioners, rather approaching to exultation nt the opportunity of exerting their skill, and indulging their cupidity of gain, vociferation with impudent gestures, requests for cumshaws from the foreigners, was of a nature sadly disgusting, and altogether presented a scene of butchery, rather than the infliction of the sentence of the law. Their dexterity was very great, for with one blow the head was severed instantly from the body, excepting in two cases, which were completed with a knife by a person watching the failure of the first executioner. About the wall was a railed press containing about a hundred skulls, some of them in small cages. "Two men dressed as mountebanks in crimson satin trimmed with green and long erect feathers on each side of the head made their appearance, who, we understood, were the official executioners, but they took no active part in the proceeding. One remarkable cir- cumstance, as differing from the general idea of the Chinese etiquette and respect, was that the culprits were all placed with their faces towards the foreigners whilst the mandarins were behind them. "We cannot conclude the melancholy narration without noticing the strong expressions of praise that are due to the Chinese govern- ment, whose vigilance to overtake the offenders in an affair so revolt- ing to humanity has been most conspicuous from the moment the circumstance was known, nor can we refrain from mentioning with commendation the zeal of Mr. Veiga, the laffe Procurador of Macao, whose attention on the occasion was most prompt and unremitting, and must be considered as having greatly contributed to the ends of justice. At his suggestion it was that the Chinese passengers, who landed from the junk before the massacre, wore sought out by the mandarins to give information as to her name and other particulars, without which, detection must have been a matter of much greater difficulty than it actually proved." In the same journal of the 18th of April the following sequel to the story is found. "It will be seen by the advertisement of the sale in to-day's number, that the recovered property from the junk has been restored to the French authority here, which is consistent with principles of law, nnd justice; and although it is very deficient of the cargo originally laded on board the junk by the French captnin, the highest praise is due to the local officers, for their promptitude in seizing what did remain. "Together w cuived various su dollars, stated to lefactors, which from each being be lamented tha much misery 01 have been partici of their wives ha\ of the mandarin! latives have sustu dollars. "The cupiditj selves of the most whom they think least connexion tl sufficient to justi that msy on anj suspicion, and of'l The following touching the even deposition by Tsa The latter docuii deponent was nu merit of the deteo the truth. He owi [meaning also a|>] six were bought t< reporter adds:" China, that substii iary bribes. But credible, but no I case referred to a! that the various pa cine: mid that ih Therefore the gall The custom is to f bladder, and when er who decapitatec the lale occasion tl after having cut th ed in the gall and; from the declarati< "I left Bordeau: vigateur, captain J into Turon in cons it was not possibl sold to the Cochin. embarked in a Chi VOL. IV. NO. VI cut of Jlnili:i-n China. 377 Hurned articles, tlie Fiench consul lias re- intilig.in all to upwards of tlm.-c llnuisaiid roceeds oftliu property of the unhappy ma- u confiscated and sold, the amount arising jmrate and labeled with his name. It is to unfortunate men should have entailed so •datives and friends, who could in no wise u their guilt; for we are told that several y committed suicide, to obviate the severity they were in dread of, and even their re- oss of property calculated at about 150,000 e officers is so great that they avail them- ircnnistanceii to implicate every person from i a chance of extracting any money. The can trace to have existed with the culprits is 'pretensions, and a mere recommendation ion have been given, involves the parties in jin." tiracts from the declaration of Francisco h led to the murder and his escape, and a fchaou, the old Chinese who was pardoned, not to be relied on, for it is evident that the irons of making it appear that the whole the offenders was due to him, than to tell , that thirteen only of the men apprehended f, executed,] were really murderers, and that bstitutes for real offenders. A note by the carcely credible to those who know little of r murderers should be procurable by pecun- is no doubt of the fact. Another scarcely •tiiin fact has been exemplified in the horrid a petty cannibalism. It is falsely believed he human body have great efficacy in inedi- of a human being increases human courage, an beings is in great requet>t among cowards, lie or two hundred grains of rice in the gall- i eat ten or twenty in a day. The execution- icusand men, showed to the Europeans on -bladder of Wookwan, which he extracted Jerer to pieces. He had grains of rice steep- them daily. The following is the extract IB French sailor Mangiapan. e 15th of May 1827, in the French ship Na- unain, bound to Manila. In October we put :e of having received some damage; and as epair our vessel, she was abandoned and ; government. On the 13th or 14tb July, we unk which captain Komain hud chartered 48 A'ulices i>f Mudi'.ru China. 1835. Dtc. to take linn to Macao, with the rest of the crew and a passen- ger, in all fourteen persons, as well as part of the Navigateur'a cargo, which consisted of wines, liqueurs, silks, hats, clothes, trea- sure, «fec. (About 410 a 415 packages.) We sailed from Turon on the loth, and a few days after,-we began to experience all manner of vexatious, which increased as we approached our destination; but the hope of soon parting with our disagreeable companions, innde us bear them with patience. On the 30th or 31st July, an old Chinese who appeared to be the pilot of the junk, tried by every possible menus to make captain Roinain understand 'that he ought to be upon his guard, being apprehensive that we should be maltreated. The same day another Chinese who paid us some attention, also tried to convey the same impression to us, and even that our destruction was contemplated. Hut having much difficulty in understanding what was meant, and the conduct of the Chinese crew being always nearly the same, we xvrrr in hopes that these suspicions were ill-founded, or iliat the fear of the crime being discovered would prevent its com- mission. On the 3d of August, being eight or nine leagues from Macao, in sight of the Ladrone islands, when twelve Chinese passen- gers landed about 1 p. M., captain domain wished to send on shore at the same time four sailors who were ill of a fever when they em- barked, and whom the fatigue of the voyage had rendered extremely iiriwell, and also some more of the crew. The Chinese captain, how- ever, dissuaded him from this, giving him to understand that he would get near Macao during the night, and anchor near the town, and that it would be very easy for him to procure what boats he might require to land his crew, as well as any part he might wish of the goods that were at hand. Captain Romain, however, confiding little in this proposal, persisted in wishing to land a part of his people, and to leave on board only three or four men to take care of the goods; but the notice which we had received respecting the bad in- tention of the Chinese crew, inspired us with but too just apprehen- sions, that those who remained on board the junk would lose their lives; we refused to obey the captain's orders, and even to feast lots who should remain behind, wishing that all should land or remain to- gether on board; and unfortunately we took this last resolution. Next day, August 4th, having kept watch till 2 A. M., I went to bed in the cabin upon the poop where were the captain and other passengers. Between 4 and 5, I was awaked by the cries of my comrades, who were attacked by a part of the Chinese crew, who had killed one of our men then upon the deck, and wounded another. In an instant about sixty Chinese were opposed to the few of us who were able to assemble upon the poop, where we could make but a feeble resis- tance, having few arms, and bein«r surrounded by so great a number of Chinese armed with lances and long bamboos, with which they tried to knock us down, whilst others from below removed the poop deck under our feet, that they might break our less and kill us the more easily. After tiring some pistol shots, the chief mate and two snilors were killed,-Mr. C was knocked down mortally wounded, and en in breaking open below; hia cries shocking mannei tance, seeing 01 having no longer the Chinese, in 01 them pay dear fc Having executed leaped into the gt Having approiicl severely wounded had only receivei course was in an two leagues from just committed g escape destructic remain unpunislit hered to be put i drowned us. W< a small Chinese v selves upon her r threatening to bar and absolutely ref threw out a plank it immediately, m hold out long, his blood which conti motion of the plm disappeared. Afte passed and I succ was received on I rope, and haul me gave them five do! my neck; and tr Macao, from whe amuse ourselves ir my companions w a little food, they they gave four dol the remaining doll and the boat wen Praya Grande, 11 questions to the si day light, not knc square, and ineeti house of the Fre nese dress induce* ing him with | house of the dezei 'cf.s of Modr.rn China. main, under whose feet they hml succeeded [> deck, was seized hy the legs, and dragged is suppose that they murdered him in a few of us who were slill capable of resis- •s and messmates cruelly massacred, and les of saving our lives, resolved to rush upon ut an end to our sufferings and try to make istence of which they wished to deprive us. ject, I succeeded in disengaging myself, ai",l in instant after I saw Etienne do the same. , I saw him all covered with hlood, heing icad and neck; more fortunate than he, I severe bruises. The junk continuing her far away from us, and being upwards of ire, it is probable that the villains who had ions a crime, believed it impossible for us to that their crime not being discovered would rtuuately their boats were too much encum- water, or they might have pursued and ibout an hour striving with the waves when assed us, and we succeeded in placing our- but the crew mnde signs for us to be nil", i if we did not let go our hold immediately; > let nit stay or to receive us on board, they to assist in keeping us afloat. I laid hold of omradc did the same, but he was not able, to tli being exhausted hy the enormous loss of i flow from his wounds. Wearied with thu ion let go bio hold, and bidding me adieu he in the water about two hours, a second vessel in getting to her, and after some entreaty, They w re humane enough tu throw me a the sea. When I had recovered a little, I lich I hud preserved in a handkerchief round make them understand that I belonged to iet out in the morning with three friends, lo g, and that unfortunately the boat capsizing nvned. Having given me some-clothes and a fisherman, to whom after some discussion r conveying me to Macao, and gave me back bout midnight of the 4th I was put on shore, mmediately. Having proceeded along the n the guard-house, and after putting a few , I laid down close by, and fell asleep. At vhere to go, 1 proceeded towards the Senate 'ortuguese, requested him to direct me to the issioiiaries. My strange language and Chi- Lo put some questions to me, and acquaint- d happened, I WHS conducted by him to the idor, where I made my deposition." 3-if) DF.C. Nolirr.s of Modern China. i 3 : an 3th sit c: ijii a:i aii Deposition of Tsne Knngchaoii. On the 7th of March, tlie cir- cumstances which took place on hoard the Navigateur were depos-ed to by this fortunate man, as he now may be called, at Macao, whither ho went to se.e the English and other gentlemen who had subscribed the sum of fifteen hundred dollars for him and the French sailor, who was saved. "He describes) himself as a native of Tungngan heen, in the district Commonly called Chinchew [Tseuenchow] in the province of Fuh- ke.en. He has been in the army twenty-four years, and once was a petty officer, although he is unable to read and write. His family consists of a wife, two daughters, and two sons. The eldest son, nbout thirty years of age, is a profligate man, addicted to opium- smoking and kindred vices. He left home and was supposed to be at Singapore. On the 22d of March 1828, the father sailed from Chinchew with a design of going to Singapore in search of his son, to bring him home again. A gale of wind however drove the vessel into one of the ports of Cochinchina. Some time in June, applica- tion was made by the French Captain through a Fuhkeeu broker, named Yang Chihhea, for a passage to Macao in a Fuhkeen junk. He was to give three dollars for each package or case, and the thir- teen passengers were to go free. This being all agreed upon, one of the two sailing captains of the junk, named Keangshih, wanted the captain to advance 450 dollars to lie deducted when they arrived at Macao. The French captain however refused. The other Chinese captain named Wookwan was also in want of money, and conferred with Keangshih whether to give them a passage or not. Keang- shih left it to Wookwan to do as he pleased. Thus the matter rested till the 17th of July, (as the deponent stated from memory), when the French captain put his things on board and hjs people embarked. On the 18th, the junk sailed from Cochinchina. And at this early period Wookwan had formed the plot to murder the foreigners and seize their properly. As soon as the deponent heard it, he made signs with his hands to the French captain of an intention to murder him. But he did not believe it, and treated it lightly, saying, as the deponent understood him, "I have fire arms, for every attack he makes, I have means of repelling him—what can he do to me!" The depo- nent also dissuaded Wookwan from his purpose, telling him that the foreigners had fire arms, and it would be impossible for him to suc- ceed. "On the 27th of July, as the French captain was sitting on the water reservoir, Wookwan eiijjajied four men with hatchets concealed in their sleeves to begin the attack. But the captain perceived it, and ever after avoided those men, and would not sleep near them, but moved to the deponent's place to sleep. On the evening of the ~9ih, it a.s again intended to murder the captain, but on seeing him armed the people were afraid to attack him. On the 31st of July the lulls ot' Macau were seen, and as the passage was not known, tisliin>> boats weie li.nl.•>!. Three of them came and talked about tlie price of piloting. Tiny asked thirteen dollars each, making thirty-nine i"!!' and eventually r In the evening > Macao, and twe then called tlie f them wished to! the captain hear, they went or not "Afterwards, two Chinese, Lin death five foreigr Lin Chetung kill' eigners on deck murderers came i der them also.' themselves. Th the foreigners, to tain at this time ( who died; the ot the last shot havin all the crew of tl "After this a ft Wookwan imme deponent hearing done prevented t combat was rene\ Tsangleen, and to kill him; the] There was a pun not to kill him, I tion, a Chinese ct and pushed him o eighteen years of Twelve foreigner: thrown into the se sttiid and three In coins were found how they distrihnt "During the ni twelve deceased r siive information a larly to a small |> day light he went foreign papers, an chinose docamen: !>ih of August tlu then told those u shore, in small In entered into his |i ices iif Modern China. 381 I'Yi'iieh captain promised but thirty dollars, nly one, to whom lie was to give ten dollars, st 3d, tin- junk arrived at the entrance to Lcen passengers went on shore. VVookwan 3 to lake a lioat and on shore. Seven of .In1 dopo'icnt trird to induce them to go. lint they were so near Mac.no, thought whether lit, was of no conse<|iii:iice. th wntch, (iihout 4 o'clock in the morning,) g arid Pookeang, with .sticks or clubs beat to 0 were down below to watch the property. , and Pookeang killed two. The eight, for- t aware of what happened when these two , to seurcb for the remaining eight and mur- foreigners awoke and were.ready to defend ent sought for weapons to deliver secretly to ;hem to resist their enemies; the French cap- 1 wounded two of the Chinese ; one mortally •vived. The powder being expended (and the pistol and shattered the captain's hand) set upon the foreigners, with long spears. r (Francisco) jumped overboard into the sea. called out to pursue him with a boat. The contrived to conceal the scull, which being signers being pursued. At day light, the There were three Chinese, Chang Wooteaou , who pursued the aptain, stricking at him pressed upon the mate and murdered him. 0 not being dead, knelt and implored them brow him into the sea. While in this posi- Jdenly behind, cut him down with a hatchet, rd. There was also a young foreigner about rho was cut down and thrown overboard. II were murdered. After the bodies were chests and cases were searched. Four thou- dollars were found. Eighteen small gold mate's chest. The deponent did not regard 1 money. August 4th, the deponent dreamed that the knelt down before him and implored him to the murderers. And they pointed particu- it he ini<;ht notice it. After he awoke, nt <. at this box; and on opening it saw thirty ! papers wilh Chinese characters. (Cnchin- 'hese he secreted about his person. On the anchored at Ileamun (Ainov). Wookwan no share in the affair that they might go on be hired. Then Wookwan and those who 'lv-four in number, consulted about "Cttino 3*2 DF.O Nuticcs of Modern China. i i. !:! i» the junk under weigh and proceeding to Teentsin to sell the goods. But suddenly, without wind, the junk was dismasted Woo- kwan tlinn engaged small boats to transfer the goods to his own house. On the llth of August, the deponent went with the Full- keen captain Keangshih, the mate Lin Heangsin, the tingtow Ye Tingching, Ying Fnokeang, &c., to obtain a permit to repair the junk. The deponent's real intention was to entice them before government that he might give information of the murders they had committed for the sake of gain." "The civilians at Ainny, on first receiving the petition attended to it; but on the 30th of August they all declined interfering with it. On the 26th of August, the deponent presented a petition to the ma- gistrates of Amoy, and delivered the papers as proof of what I said. lint they affirmed that I presented a false accusation, and said I wished to extort money from the owners of the junk. They likewise remarked that nobody understood the papers with foreign letters on them, and that the complaint could not be admitted. They forth- with inflicted eighty slaps on the deponent's face, and thrust him out. "On the 28th of August, the deponent presented a petition to the taontae of Heamnn (Arnoy ), against the fifty-four persons who had plotted murder for the sake of gain. Although the petition was received no answer was given; till on the 1st of September an offi- cial despatch arrived from the governor of Canton to that of Fun- keen. Then the taoutae issued warrants to take up the accused. And he obtained thirteen who were really murderers, arid six who were bought to be substitutes for murderers. On the llth of Sep- tember forty-two persons were taken into custody and forwarded to the metropolitan city Foochow foo." There still remain to this day some five or six thousand dollars arising from the sale of the properly of the criminals' families in the hands of the Fuhkeeii magistrates, which ought to be paid to the foreigners to he distributed amongst the families of the murdered sailors. The French consul has applied repeatedly for it to the go- vernor, who desires it to be paid to him, but it is never forthcoming, nor will be perhaps unless a French vessel of wnr comes to demand it. The least disgraceful mode of execution in China is strangulation: it is performed by tying a man with his back to a post, round which and his neck a cord is drawn tight and twisted by a winch. The infliction appears to be speedy. There seems to be little to choose between this mode and beheading, although section 422 of the code prescribes a punishment of sixty blows to a magistrate who con- demns wilfully to the one instead of the other, or thirty blows if the false sentence be owing to error in judgment. The smallest crimi- nality for which strangulation is awarded, appears to be a third theft and defacing the brand-marks inflicted in punishment of the two former offenses.* [n all ordinary onses the executions throughout the empire are postponed until the autumnal assi/.e, when the emperor confirms the 'SiTlion ••><;<> of Ilio Penal Code. sentences of the as rubbery altem lions, violence b and piracy, the > the execution tal "No capital exc of the Code, " ta of any year; nut of justice during diute execution, I first day of the m The reason for of ascertaining th China, because t the offenders in t gazette or not Ira ever, occasionally uients, from whic tolerably correct < On the 2d of Jt at the usual plat and on the 6th, e as large as thest place, and excite give publicity to malefactors; ihe i ed, and that the e The death-warrm year, were nine I thirty-three beloiij offenses such for' ferred until the; may. The gfizetti imperial clan, wh cerned in the rebe minions death, u He ordered that forefathers, that tl rnent iufliced, for t other persons wli were not probably ualty a few inontl The whole fain murdered as alrea decapitated in the ployed to connni 'liulo. (Jleaiier, !\ t Indo. (ileaner. A II l'hilli::c Kl.'jHJMt zcs of Aladeru China. 383 =»1 officers. For extraordinary offenses, such murder, arson, rape, breaking into fortifica- ti of uue hundred persons, highway robbery may be beheaded immediately: In general, i--., before reporting the case to the emperor. shall," according to section 1, appendix 5 i during the period of the first or sixth moons event of any conviction of a crime in a court 1 intervals, for which the law directs iniiiie- liiial shall, nevertheless, be respited until the xt following." iw is not very apparent. We have no means ber of capital executions in a year throughout jnses which demand immediate execution of vinces are not always reported in the Peking d from it. The annual executions are, how- i together with a few provincial capital punish- d tin: attendant circumstances, we may form a >n of Chinese justice in its extreme rigor. 1B17, there were twenty-four men beheaded execution outside of the south gate of Canton, en more. "Executions, comprising numbers dds* the reporter, "are very frequent in this , or no attention. The government does not causes of the public punishment of so many r paper coldly mentions that they were behead- ution had been announced to the governor." •igne.dt by the emperor in October of the same dred and thirty-five, of which one hundred and to the province of Canton. These are for minor ch the execution of the capita] sentence is de- umn, be it passed at what period of the year it f June 1817, mentions! that two persons of the lad been convicted before a court of being con- JM of 1813, were sentenced to a slow and igno- ch was commuted by the emperor to strangling. <;y should be put to death at the tombs of their spirits of the deceased might witness the punish- ; dishonor they hud brought on the family. Some had been concerned in the same rebellion, but ifthebloud imperial, suffered§ the extreme pe- later. y of a magistrate, who had caused another to be y mentioned,|| excepting his youngest son, were mine yeiir,fl and his three servants, whom he ern- tlie murder, were ordered to he cut into ten thou- ay JHI7, p. tti. t Indo. Cleaner, May IH^. p. H8. ay 1HI8, p. 90. $ Indo. Cleaner. Oct. 1X18, p. -IU4. ry, vol. 4, p. W II Indo. Uleanti-, Oct. ldl'"-:p. loU 384 1835. Nuticcs of Modern (.'li'mu. DEC. IIS iii: < r-i ci ?E 8 •m S3 n-i sand pice.es before the grave of tin; deceased, and their hearts taken out and offered up as an appetising sacrifice. The youngest son was to lie put in prison until sixteen years of age, when he was to be be- headed also. In the province of Honan, in 1S19, an only son who had been mad several years,* cut his father to pieces in one of his paroxysms of insanity, for which he was put to the slow and ignominious death. In Fuhkeen also, several of the fanners demurred about paying their taxes, either from the amount levied being illegal, or some other cause: the ringleader was sentenced,! with the emperor's sanction, to be strangled, find the others subjected to various lesser punishments. Seven criminals were decapitated on the 2(ith of December 1819J at Canton, for what offenses does not appear, and ten more in De- cember 1822§ for robbery at Whampoa. The number of capital convictions for robbing in bands at Chaou- cliow in the enstern part of this province was so great in 1821, ami removing the convicts to Canton for execution so expensive, that the fooyuen proceeded,|| with the imperial warrant, to carry the sentence into effect there. The autumnal death-warrants signed^ by the emperor in 1826 were five hundred eighty-one; of which Canton shared fifty-one, Kwang- se twenty-five, and Specimen thirty-four. The Canton executions were ordered to take place within forty days after the date of the signature. Nine persons were ordered lor execution, for crimes not specified, which had been tried before the emperor. The Peking gazette of 1826 mentions** that a Tartar soldier who killed his mother, had been given over to the privileged tribe to which he belonged, to be punished as they might direct. In cases of rebellion the emperor causes those who are found guilty to be punished with great severity. A rebel leader in Turkestan in 1827, wastt put to slow and ignominious death with seven of his brothers, and twenty-five followers; punishments which, according to the imperial report, "glo- riously evince the laws of the land and cheer men's hearts." Eleven rebel chiefs with one hundred and sixty of their followers shared^: the same fate in Turkestan a few months later. A young woman aged nineteen years was cut to pieces in Canton for poisoning her mother-in-law: her husband was compelled§§ to witness the execution. He shed tears at the si;>ht, for which he was sentenced to wear the cangue a month and receive fifty blows, on the ground that he shewed less feeling fur his mother than for his wife. A dog butcher was murdered by his nephew about the same time, for which the latter was decapitated. The execution of two men for rape, and three women for crimes not mentioned, took place on the 14th November, and of seven men I total of executi' ty-nine,t of win is, put into e.xe< ceived the impe death for offcns The Canton remarks: "at called the Kwai that office, how declines to go ii put to death." Three men w February,! and order. Executi according to tli The autumnal year, were 789 took the provinc chow, and K ai within forty day Yunnan, there "new regions." of death. The single province forty days. In tl off from ninety period allowed I sons were tried I not appear. T vinces,** and tli In the autum and seventy-nin. single province are not specified, emperor. We fi and they were re of the emperor a extend to case* i mediate death, H of the execution r qneritly may lie f are performed in and are of very; * Iiiilo. Cleaner, Ocl. 1820, p. 407. \ Indo. Gleaner, Oct. 1820, p. 4:iT>. !| [nrlo. Gleaner, April IK;>2, p. IJOH. "Mai Olwrvcr. Kfliy. IMIi. IH27. i! Mai OWner. March 25th, lbsjf. t Imlo. Gleaner. July 1R!)0, p, :i46. $ Inclo. Gleaner, Ap. IS'^2, p. yj(). H M. S. Tranlation hy Dr. Morrison. It Mul. Observer, Jan. 29th, I8:>& *$ Mai. Observer, May tjlh ItiXti. * Mai. Observe, 'Canton Kegisl II Canton Regisl ** Canton Regisi tt Canton Regist •VOL. IV. NO. ices of Modern China. 3S5 piracy, on the 19th December 1827.* The niton tins year were one hundred and nine- luiidred and thirty-five were immediate, dial (limit reference to the emperor, sixty-one re- •:» ill, and three were the slow and ignominious leutioiied. in reporting two executions in January 1828, cecutions it is usual for the military officer, hue, to attend. The person who now holds uusiders executions so commonplace, that he [i, unless live criminals and upwards are to be liended for murder and robbery on the 26th of r piracy on the 4th of March,§ all by imperial •e almost daily taking place later in the year, ciul gazette,|| but the crimes are not stated, tits signed by the ernperor in October of this 'he mode of doing it was tis follows: He first the S W. corner of the empire, Yunnan, Kwei- and marked off ninety names for execution in the dale of the signature. It appears that in me territory lately occupied, which they call iree persons belonging to it received sentence duy, one hundred and eleven persons of the izechuen were condemned to be executed within /ay, his majesty during successive days marked one hundred names each day. The shortest jihices near the court, was four days. Five per- re himself and condemned: who they wore does condemnations were sent by express to the pro- xecutions take place the day after their arrival, if 1829,.the emperor marked oil" live hundred ames of criminals for execution,tl of which the Szechuen had one hundred and four. The rest There were six state criminals tried before the no record of the autumnal executions in 1830, ilte(J$$ altogether in the following year on account jning his fiftieth year; hut the indulgence did not which the provincial governments may inflict iiu- liout obtaining the imperial sanction. Many cases criminals in Canton in these years and more subse- und noticed in the Repository. These executions he most public manner.§§ says the latter authority, equent occurrence, amounting to many hundreds, Aiig. 26th. 1828. t Mnl. Observer. 21st Oct. 1828. r, Feb. 18th, 1328. $ Canton Register, March 15th, 1828. r, March 22(1,1828. 1J Canton Register, Nov. 15th, 1828. ir, Feb. 2d. 1829. tt Canton Register, Jan. 19th, 1830. T, Nov. 1st, 1831. ${ Chinese Repository, vol. 1, p. 291. nn. 49 386 DEC. Medical Practitioners in China. II 5} 8! Se p 51! all 111* a;i n'i anil some say from one to two thousands annually. They arc noticed in the court circular in the most summary manner, and sometimes even without mentioning the names or the number of criminals: it is simply stated thai, such arid such officers reported "the execution of the criminals was completed." The Canton Register of the 24th January 1833 tells us, governor Loo ascended the judgment-seat last Sunday, under a salute of ar- tillery, "had three prisoners brought in before him, examined them, condemned them, asked himself as fooyuen (he was filling that office at the time in addition to his own) for the imperial death-warrant, granted it to himself us governor, had the three men handed away instantly and executed. Since that he has granted the same death- warrant to execute in prison, about a hundred associate banditti or persons accused of that capital crime." On referring to the Repo- sitory* we find recorded in the same year, seventeen executions on the 3ttllt of May; twenty-three for piracy on the U3d of August ;1 and sixteen on the 25th of November,! one of whom was a priest nl1 IJijilli.i. Another decapitation of a Bud hist priest will he found re- corded in the present year.§ ART. IV. Suggestions with regard to tmptayhig uirfHcitl practi- tioners as missionaries to China, by T. R. Colledge, l'l-(|. [More than once we have had the pleasure of presenliiifi to (lie public, brief notices of efforts made by Dr. Colledge, in the practice of tin: iraling art, to benefit the people of tins country. (Sue vol. 2, p. ^70, and vol. 3, p. 9h'4.) By his kindness we are now able to add a record of his opinion on the: expediency ot employing medical practitioners in China.. Tilt; results of Hie Ophthalmic. Hospital at Macao convinced us that there are no better nir.uns than the me- dical and surgical practice, to make the Chinese understand the feelings winch Christian philanthropists cherish towards them. An experiment of tins kind is now making in Canton, where within the period of six weeks wo have seen more than four hundred and fitly invalids receive medical aid from the hands of a foreigner. In early times the heralds of the cross were miraculous- ly endowed with knowledge and power to preach and to heal; but the age of miracles is past, and years of laborious study arc now requisite to prepare men well for either of the two professions in question. We know it is as much more important to cure the maladies of the mind than those of the bo- dv, as the one is more valuable than the other: still it is the duty of those who would follow the example of "the teacher s.'iit from God " lo do both, so far as there is opportunity: here, then, the question arises, shall the two professions be united in the same person! Rarely, we should think. A division of labor is required, and especially since the number of pceachere if so.smull in comparison with the work to be accomplished. When an individual UH- * f.'liineso Repository, vol. V, p. 4K ( ('hhie.-u lli.'posilory. vol. 2, pxgc I!U l (.'liiiicsc Repository. vol.!?,)' UliO * Chinese Repository, vol •!, poye !!<-'. dertakes the two, h them, there being 11 time and strength, fore best that the di same person. The ought to do for the titioners can do in 1 while, irrespective the way for the pr principles and by abundantly compel! medical practitionei of which too, the should be good men when one undertake shall be reproached sitics of the blind, tl of the following com Tin. Chinese hav affects their tempi Imve been made ti This must necessi and exalted menta ever been found, v of those who have that it has been ef that is, by adminis ferings, in a word, engaging their att< reel appeal to th c.ription theprcsen capable of reason! only way by wliii-1 shall result in the < ut heart, will be by humanity, then le motives and princi seek to convert, tn selves useful. Whc to this great work the benefits rendei the minds ol some men thus devote tl to impress on tlieir to be wained, bei their thoughts nnc Notwithstandin: denyinjj men who ing and reforming and one great c; their progress has I Fractitinnrrs iu China. 387 rays be undi'r tlie temptation nf neglecting ono of niiiiirli and more tlian enough to occupy nil Ins al cases, however, it may be nocossary and tlierc- ic two professions be performed by one and tho inbounded, and very important, work whicli we our fellowmen. The good which medical prac- ct is alone enough to demand their utmost efforts; lis, the good they may accomplish in preparing in of the gospel—by often inculcating its first exemplifying it in all their deportment,—will also in for all thoir toil. In this view of the subject, ailed on to engage in this work,—for the support y gladly contribute of their abundance. They 'ay equal to those who preach the gospel, and i he should be so qualified that neither profession To those who are able to minister to the neces- ind the lame, we recommend the careful perusal ion.] fa shown themselves more sensible to what lersonal interests, than to nny efforts which ve their moral and intellectual condition. the case with a people whose more refined rs nre hut partially developed; and it hns ly favorable result hns crowned the labors to improve the condition of such a people, •nther by doing; good works among them, to their wants, by relieving; their bodily suf- fering their temporal condition, and thus and graining their respect, than by any di- ral feelings; for with a people of this des- ry thing, the future, nothing. Still they are id observation lias convinced me that the vill be led into the course of reflection whicli much desired by all who have their interest ting among them the virtues of charity and hem gradually to the comprehension of the nn which these virtue.s spring. Those who . gain their confidence by rendering them- e acts of those who shall devote themselves teople shall find no selfishness, and that for icnelit is asked in return, the question in of all, will naturally arise;—why do these es for our good? This then is the moment that them are hopes to be realized, rewards e world which has hitherto bounded all at has been done hitherto by those self- evoted their lives to the work of enlighten- inese, but little has as yet been attained; fact, the principal one, of the slowness of te impossibility of awakening in the minds 388 DR.-. Medical Practitioners in China. t'" ,'," *»» rn "H "f, 36 ''! <",; at: T" iji an n'i of this people a sense of the importance of the eiuls to he obtained by the change of life and practice which it has been their endeavor to bring about. The Chinese must first he convinced of the utility, before they can be made to comprehend the grandeur arid .sublimity of the truths of Christianity; and no method of benefiting the human race is so immediate in its effects as that which relieves bodily suf- ferings: no class of men therefore is so likely immediately to gain the attention and respect of a people like the natives of this empire as those of the medical profession. Is it not the same with people of all nations? For whom do we cherish the same feeling of kindness and gratitude us towards those who have been the means of relieving our sufferings? They inspire us with feelings of confidence and re- gard, arid it is with these sentiments towards foreigners that it is so desirable to inspire the Chinese. What I would wish to suggest is, that those societies that now send missionaries should also send physicians to this benighted race, who on their arrival in China should commence by making themselves acquainted with the language; and in place of attempting, any re- gular system of teaching or preaching, let them heal the sick and administer to their wants, mingling with their medical practice such instructions either in religion, philosophy, medicine, chemistry, &.C., &.C., as the minds of individuals may have been gradually prepared to receive. What I propose shall interfere with the views of no re- ligions sect; let the two professions remain entirely distinct, and thus let them pursue their separate paths towards the attainment of the same great end. I have for a long time reflected on the project which I have endeavored to explain, and have felt great pleasure in finding that some of the same ideas had suggested themselves to the pious and benevolent in the United States of America, as appears from the fact of the Rev. Dr. Parker having qualified himself to labor in this great field both as a physician and minister of the gospel: still this does not, as a general rule, exactly coincide with my own ideas, as I think more may be accomplished by keeping the two professions distinct. My wish is to see those of the medical profession act as pioneers in the great work, and by gaining the confidence of the Chinese render it a less laborious task for the Christian minister to instruct them in the great truths of our religion. Let me not be misunderstood. Let it not be supposed that 1 mean to undervalue the/eal, the industryrthe selfdenying exertions of those who have devoted and are devoting their lives to the service. Let it not be supposed I have forgotten that without the aid which has been received in the study of the Chinese language from (he late Rev. Dr. Morrison, the task of attempting communication with this singular people would have been almost hopeless; that to him, and such as him, we owe the deepest gratitude for having cleared our path of half its obstructions. What I would suggest then is, that all sects and denominations of Christians, unite for the one great purpose of improving the temporal and social condition of the Chinese, by sending out good men of the medical professio the c«nri(leim« «>f dual reception of that in selecting t arise, to wlmt sec But does he poss< good? Has he tf and will his exam high cause in whi greater barrier to heathen than the among the variou; small society cath Christians dissent ligent Chinese wh persons cannot hi Europe and Amen Now, my friends a weaken by dividii/ Christians may d practice where the of God's creature; us learn to do goo inanity, founded tianity is the sure 'ART. V. First ) school for all Tins benevolent nations. All the i so many channels adds the principal ing them up, ns w in order to enlig present, there are Portuguese, Chine fifty children have but the average at third of that numl riers of national d to their prejudices pied a particular | we soon ventured eight olasses, acc.f gious distinction. 3<)0 DEC. Journal of Occiirrenci's. n Bii class were mingled harmoniously together Europeans, Indo-Portn- guese, Chinese, Maliiys, and Hindoos, all reading the same lesson, and tuiiglit liv the same monitor. Our fundamental principle, that of teaching Knglish thrnuglt the medium of the native languages, has been steadily kept in view, and has hecotne a practical rule f the inner rooms of a shop, where the people, during the day, had been unpack- ng foreign goods. That shop, which bore the name of Cangviieu, was situated 11 the new city, near the west end of Taesin street, about one hundred rods north )f the governor's house, and somewhat more than that distance, from the western vail of the. city. The streets through which it spread and which were nearly said, did the same.' Iw the safety of theii made to leave the were removed to hoi inalion was issued o unloriunate man in v we have no means hundred families w« When inquiries have Rone among their kin done by a few of the billions have been se ing note. "On Tuesday, Ule chief superintendent via, for the purpose the indigent Chinest Medlmrst expatiated enjoy as Christians, i minds the obligation. people among whom Monilay, Dccentkt: twenty-four persons just without one of|| Journal of Occurrences. 391 Tec'n|jing, Leeuyuen, Shingping, Taepingsin, Cliingshe, Cliwang- Vgaiikinig, Stiioti|>»aii|)oo, Cuuhlauinuncheib, Sinkaou, Honing, iwang, together witli Taesin, the one in which the fire broke out. ule night there was a strong breeze from the north, which drove nders over (he southern walls, across and beyond the river into 'tally the wind veered to the northeast, and the sparks of fire factories.' At first, (lie fire spread directly and rapidly towards ise; bul before eleven o'clock its progress WKS checked in that 'hxl was remarkable, notwithstanding the strong north wind, il ill it reached tlie walls of the city north of the Taeping ga'te. the south, raging with great fury, and soon reached the Chuh- ;ate on the south skle of the city, and distant from the foreign later of a mile. All the engines on the west and south had been advanced, to retire without the gates, and were now well them in Spectacle street which lines the western wall, and a lich runs close Ijy the southern wall. The people at the eu- :hough riot always to good advantage, and at the dawn of day a fair prospect of gaining the mastery over the element against all night contending. [ to reach the western gate, at 9 o'clock, the crowd, pouring •as so greiH, that we were compelled to return: on a second , we reached the gate. The shouts of men carrying heavy short swords; the wild and frightful looks of others, among 'Jren, rushing through the streets; together with the loud glare of the flames, made the scene truly terrific. A little ! spot, one man was crushed by the wheels of an engine, and On the south side of the city, there was less confusion, ras far greater. The factories of the hong merchants were «/ua, we understand, had determined and was prepared to n carpenters' square, had the fire passed the southern wall, e only one apparently which could be expected to save his •factories. We saw bul little of the movements of the au- it. At (he gates and in the strests, the police seemed to the walls some order was observed. The fooyuen, sec- ymes, hasted to one of the neighboring temples to offer in- i of fire; and many others of the common people, it is members of the foreign community were not without fear n property; and in several instances preparations were ories: in some cases, indeed, goods, furniture, lic executions have been frequent during; the initiiiiin; ;e«pitiited yesterday, at Ihc usual place ol'execution! •ti 392 Journal of Occurrences. tt '" c: :ii: «;i ii. aa Sii! Monday, 1 l//i. Cadets. The 'gracious examination' is granted to martial as null as in literary aspirants. On tin; 5th ultimo, tire poochingsze issued a pro- clamation, requiring all, whether Ai'antchous, Mongols, Chinese, soldiers, or com- mon people, who intended to appear at the next examination for the military de- gree of keujin, to prepare themselves as the laws direct. Three days afterwards, the fooyuen sent out another paper, in which he says; "according to the estab- lished regulations, by which the government selects the most valiant and experi- enced men for its service, it becomes my duty to preside at the examination, and to choose those who possess sterling ability. As the multitudes assembled on the occasion will see who excell and who are delicient, I shall wish to discriminate in the most perfect manner; it will be in vain, therefore, for any to make a show of skill which they do not possess." His excellency proceeds to admonish them duly to estimate the importance of skill in horsemanship and archery, and warns them against a prevalent practice of employing substitutes to write their • military essays.' He closed his document, by appointing the Ib'th of the month for the commencement of the examination, the result of which was announced early yes- terday morning. The number of cadets who came off with the degree of keujin, 'promoted men,' was forty-nine. JVfw) cltrfon. It WHS reported this morning, by one of the demi-official papers from the public offices, that 1'wan the chefoo of the department of Kwangchow, who has gained considerable celebrity by his cruel acts during his residence in Canton, is to be imrnedinlely removed to a less honorable and lucrative station: Chonurhangah, a Mantchou. late chefoo in the department of Shaouking, is named aa his successor. Late governor Loo. It is well known that this officer possessed great wealth, as is generally the case with the high functionaries of China. We have heard it said by intelligent nalives.-llmt the lute governor expended half a million of dollars, in Canton anil at Peking, to extricate himself from the difficulties which grew out of his dispute with the British authorities in the autumn of 1834. And he seems to have succeeded, as we shall presently show; but whether real merit or money won for him the encomiums which he has received, we leave it for our readers to determine as they best can. The following extract is made from an imperial edict, issued on the 24th day of the 8th moon (October J5th, 18:i5). "Loo, the governor of the provinces of Kwangtung and Kwangse, has for years past recommended himself by his experience, tried knowledge, and intelligence, and has for a long time performed his duties in a meritorious manner. Formerly he was appointed to manage the supplies for the army in the Mohammedan terri- tory; and on his reporting the performance of his duty, the title oftaesze shaou paou, (secondary guardian of the crown prince,) was conferred on him as a token of his merit. Afterwards, the chief rebel having been taken, he was invested with the insignia of the highest rank. On a second occasion, when governor of the united provinces of Hoo Kwnng, being engaged in the destruction of the rebellious mountaineers (yaoujin) of Iloonan, he displayed his talents in the settlement of the affair, and the speedy suppression and pacification of the insurgents; in con- sequence of which he was rewarded with permission to wear the badge of a double-eyed peacock's,feather; and was invested with the hereditary rank and title of Kinzchaytoo wei. Since his removal to the government of the two wide provinces [Kwangtung and Kwangse] he has performed his public dnlies with faithfulness, and has approved himself a useful servant, and worthy of confidence. I, the emperor, esteemed him HII acquisition, and put trust in him. "I h;»ve just heard of his sudden departure, which deeply affects ntf*. with pain anH grief. Let Loo have renewed tavor conferred [on his memon*]. by ad- ditions to his rank and title. Let him be invested with the title of senior guardian of the crown prince, and the rank of president (sltangshoo) of the Board ot'War; and let the funeral allowances of his rank be appropriated to him. Let all demerits attaching to the performance of his official duties be removed. .And let the proper Board deliberate, and report respecting the funeral honors Unit arc to be ren- dered to him. His son. Loo Twnnfoo, is an expectant yuenwaelang of the Board of Revenue: as soon as the period of mourning is over, let him be appointed to the first vacancy. Let the several Board., (referred to above) lie made acquainted herewith. He>|«ect this." CHIN VOL. ART. I. Jteoistoi fur the work; it ought to be As THE relation o Father, the revelat of every nation am it may be unknoivi still forms a grand regulate alike the earth. Mad we on uihilated, the oracl excellence, and w obedience. In a w that we can be hap that we are misera consolation they c and joy everlasting power, and mercy i himself, and to trai shall pity the man • the condition of tin language. In every age oft God's benevolence thereby making us volence is also soci gation of Inn trull the Hebrew tongue language was ti|>uk dileiraiiciin, the !St VOL. IV, NO, IX THE REPOSITORY. AIXUARV, 1836. —No. 9. Chinese Version of the Bible; necessity ggestions respecting the manner in which is/icd. the human race is that of Creator and i holy will is addressed alike to all men y rank: and although to some of them r others disregarded and even rejected, it Feet code, designed in infinite wisdom to s and actions of every human being on liemeral existence, and at death were an- il would still retain all their beauty and lived, claim, as they do now, our implicit only when we conform to the divine laws it is only when we deviate from them >reover, if we consider what a source of low rich are the blessings of peace, hope, low from them, and how God's wisdom, ivcil in them, all fitted to draw us near to s into his moral image and likeness, we ; not attentively peruse them, and bewail ns who do not possess them in their own , good men have spoken in raptures of ; to us his Holy and inspired Volume, and Led with our future destiny. That bene- uonsly in the preservation and promul- : than two centuries before our era, when ed to be extensively used, and the Greek a vast extent of territory around the Me- was produced; and thus all the millions Chinese Version of the Bible. 39~> ct that two entire versions have already t see why the Bible may not he moulded iiomatic Chinese, this language being so iv sentences in Holy Writ for which cor- not he found. We do not mean to inti- bihlical, and that ideas of things divine I'ritiiigs: we might as well look for them the words and phrases of this language proper expressions for an almost end- .'iitimeiit. it express the sense of the original per- words and phrases. The meaning of to elegant expressions, nor a paraphrase iror the spirit of the original lost or al- •es from the rules which ought to regu- acred Scriptures. On the other hand, if ^tiling literally, and disregard the idioms we translate, we shall produce a version unintelligible to native readers, and they he work, and the great object of transla- .hese two extremes, however, there is a ires ought to be thoroughly acquainted jngues: he should have learned, by his er on his heart, that they are indeed the God; for only in such ease can he fully '. must also be familiar with the language ing n thorough grammatical and critical 'a familiar intercourse with the people, tentive perusal of their best books,—his- c. th great force to the translation of the anguage,—a work of unparalleled mi- vast multitudes for whom it is intended. Chinese to everything foreign, leaves us ; induced to peruse the Scriptures, unless :elligible and pleasing style. The plan mumcating the ideas, contained in each se scholars, who should clothe them in but against this plan there is the very inese literati either cannot or will not d text: besides, their habits of thinking ;hts are of such a character as to render s new ideas with facility and accuracy. , therefore, must be made by foreigners, ly derive very important aid from native ion: indeed, such scholars form the best rtiiislators must determine whether the telligible and the style accurate. '$96 Revision nj tlit (.'hinesc Version nj /fir Tlililf. J\N. 1836. as Si! c: ri'i In translating ihe Old Testament inlo Chinese, it will be found that the work can be more easily done by following the Hebrew than the English text, the former being more congenial to the Chinese idioms than the latter. There is moreover at the present time such an accumulated store of critical and philological knowledge, all brought to elucidate the original, both Greek and Hebrew, as well as their cognate tongues, that very lew passages will meet the eye of the translator, of which the literal meaning cannot be grammatically de- termined. All the helps of this description ought to be at the com- mand of those who are engaged in translating or revising the Bible. Whatever portions of the Scriptures are in hand,—whether histori- cal, poetical, didactic, or conversational, the style of the translation ought always to be carefully adapted to the subject. The ancient classics of the Chinese arc not written in a style which can be adopt- ed as a standard for mordern writers. The Shoo King, for example, though abounding in original ideas, is too laconic and obscure. The She King is loo incoherent and trivial. The Le Ke and the Yeih King are equally objectionable, although great care has been taken in rounding their periods and giving them a proper cadence. In point of style, the Lun Yu is decidedly inferior to the Chung Yung and the Ta Heo: these two latter, however, differ much from each other; one being a verbose explanation of the tenets of Confucius, in a strain which sometimes degenerates into nonsense, while the othei' is a collection of ancient sayings, illustrated by remarks of the compiler. Among all the ancient classics, the writings of Mencius, one of the authors of the Four Books, afford the best specimens for imitation: his language, though diffuse, is perspicuous and elegant. The works of the Sheih Tsze, or ten philosophers; the Kwo Yu, or national sayings; the writings of Ngowyang Sew, Soo Tungpo, and Le Taepih, elegant, poetical authors; the Yeih She, or unnvelment of history ; the historical works of Szema Tsee.n; the San Kwo Che, a historical romance of the three states; together with the Sli.ing Yu, or sacred edict, ^are among the best works which the translator of the Bible into Chinese can peruse for the improvement of his style. From these popular works he will be able to select portions which may serve as models, or at least as guides, in translating all the va- rious parts of Scripture, whether didactic, historical, or poetical. Works in a conversational style are numerous, and a few of the best of them should be carefully studied. Moreover, if the translator is familiar with the spoken language, as he certainly ought to be, he will find but little difficulty in performing this part of his work so as to give a good version of the dialogues which are found in various parts of the Bible. Let it not be supposed, however, from what we have here advanc- ed that we wish to embellish the Sacred Oracles in order to gratify the vain fancy or fastidious taste of men. The word of God is per- fect: it needs no embellishment; it can receive none. We protest against the use of fine words and phrases when used to the detriment of the sense, as we do also against a rendering of the original so close and literal perused with plea: great responsibility by love to the Sav study of the spirit who can make a complete. Moreo possess the necesss and to use their ut throw light on the and vigorously pro improvement of th moment the best p are in circumstan this great object. There arc some be kept constantly translating and n differs so greatly efforts to model i tongues, have only In regard to the st for having shown idioms. To expec nese correspondiii! translate into Engl or to form a dual i hithpiael of the He that relation whicl Greek and Hebre guage will admit crowded with auxi nor help to convey In the use of pnrtii composition of tho tinguished for tliei The arrangeinei brews; but as pos grammatical distin fer the thought «n< The numbering o the translation; at fully divided into | perspicuity requii transposed, no> om the genius of the carefully studied t as bad, whenever defective: this is Chinese Version of the Bible. .397 ate disgust for what would otherwise he dvnnliige. Men who am aware of the tins great practical duty, corresponds with their knowledge of right ami wrong, and with their obligations and privileges in this state of trial, and in this day of Christian en- terprise. The grand pre-requisite for this union is brought to view in the command, "confess your faults one to another, and pray one for an- other that ye may be healed." Those who cover their sins shall not prosper. This is true of confession to man as well as to God. Indeed, the obligation is so plain, that it is impossible for any one to enjoy the consolations of religion while directly or indirectly covering his faults, or justifying himself when he feels concious of being wrong or of having grieved a brother. How can a child be happy while conscious of disobedience to a parent or of unkindness to a brother or sister? And how can Christians be healed without confessing their faults to each oilier and praying one for the other? It is impossible. Everything else is short of a cure—is short of union, and in direct violation of the command we have just mentioned. This subject is brought to view in numerous1 other passages. If we have a conviction that others are oilended with us,* or if we have aught against our brother,! we must go and settle it with dim alone, before our gift will be accepted at the altar of Cod. This is the first and all commanding duty. Delaying to do'this is disobedience. The plea that the other parly is in fault, is an evasion. We must go and with him 'alone'1 be reconciled. This is the first step. We are not directed to write either notes or essays by way of apology or explanation. This is a plain rule recognized by every church. But if two individuals are requested to do this before they come to the altaiyand f they are proper subjects of discipline while lliey neglect it, will not the great Head of the church require mutual confessions and reconciliation at the hand of those who occupy the high places inZloii;$ and of different deno- minations and of societies too? We believe there is a great mistake on this subject. Christians have considered tlnit they have a right to censure those of other denominations and societies; to withhold com- munion and fellowship by way of securing or defending what they call their privileges, feeling quite safe under the bulwarks of party. But from the little we have learned of Christ, we have no doubt that the King of kings, guided by his own laws, looks upon it as nothing less than civil war and rebellion. Whatever may be the economy of statesmen, among Christians there can never be strife on the question, who shall be accounted the greatest;§ "Ye shall not be so." "Be not ye called Ilabhi, for one is your Master even Christ and all ye are brethren. lie that is great among you shall be your servant, and who- soever shall exalt himself shall be abifscd, and he thai shall humble himself shall be exalted." We can easily see llie beauty and feel ihe force of ibis principle. Every Christian recogui/.CS its justice, and yet how very seldom do we confess one to another and pray oiie for another that we may be healed. On the contrary, the feelings of personal and relative importance are roused np and put ihumselves in altitudes of * Mul. v. ••£{,-! t Mul. xviii 15.17.J-Y Rum li. 23. » Luke \xi.;M . attack or defens' our knowledge ry of every revival of religion, whether recorded odicnl publications, shows that nil distinctions .ion hut of rank also, vanish away at once he- ,e Holy Spirit. Every other consideration is itous subject of saving souls. He who raises the 'aid, and who of Apollos, would most evidently rod; and just as soon as these distinctions are lemselves into notice, the Holy Spirit takes his ;-.ws. This union must he both in heart and •10 reason to expect th-ilGod will visit-those with 10 are united "on the public platform and tit ilic papers." If our hearts are alienated, how Sod descend 1 "My little children, let us not love tongue, but in deed and in truth." •y on this subject is correct. How then is our hearers of the law are just before God, but the shall be justified. Every one who heareth these HUH not, shall be likened unto a man who builds sum!.' How then stands our house? And when shall bit tried sn as by tire, will it not appear that iiispeukable In:*, while in fact we might in our in- sli oilier have been preparing by nil these daily but if our love and union, to reap great benefits? To josean individual lmsbee.ii ill-treated by his brethren, regarded, and some very severe remarks have been i wounded ;" if a man of spirit, indignant." If jsovcr the subject, but bin feelings are alienated from winged him. Wliat shall be. clone ? Shall he with- t once set u|i n personal and public opposition, and o all opportunities of doing or of getting good, until jercion or of argument, or by both united, he can If so, lie. is kd captive at the will of his worst enemy, ix. 51 402 1836. Christian Union. JAN. i:;. in: and does his own soul an injury which his brethren could never inflict and which they cannot repair. But if he conquers his own spirit by patient endurance, he gains an important victory and bruises Satan under his feet. And why not? Did this trouble spring out of the ground? Has any temptation overtaken him but what is common to man 7 Was there no providence in this? The history of Joseph, of Job, of Daniel, and of Paul, gives us abundant evidence that God has designed it for good ; that this severest trial of his life is designed by his heavenly Father to discover to him his own heart, and to remove some deformity, or to add some beauty, which lighter treatment could hot. If he make use of it .and endure chastisement as an obedient and humble child, his reward is unspeakably great; but if he be res- tive and revengeful, he will reap the fruit of his own perverseness. We once heard the remark, " If I had thought that I was capable of such feelings, I would never have been seen on missionary ground." In the spirit of this subject, it is evident that this may hare been the very reason why that individual was a missionary; that he might know himself; gain a triumph over his own spirit, and rise to a stature in Christ to which he could not have attained without these particular and special providences. The remark of another amounted to the following: 'The longer I live, the more 1 value union; I will give up any thing excepting those points which endanger the salvation of the soul, for the sake of securing this, Since I have cherished these feelings and acted on these principles, J have had a peace and elevation of Christian enjoyment which I never knew before.' Now is this strange? Is it not the fruit of one of the plain and broad prin- ciples of Christianity 1 Does not every one's experience prove that it is more blessed to give than to receive—to confess our faults rather than to conceal them—to forbear than to retaliate—to make- sacrifices than to require them?* But this subject gains interest and becomes nlarmius, when we consider the ninny plain and striking texts which show that everv one's hope of heaven must be without foundation just in proportion to the amount of envy, strife, self- exaltation, suspicion, or .shyness, which he allows to remain in his heart towards any brother in Christ. The consideration that he belongs to another denomination, holds a humble station, or occupies a hi all one, does not affect his duty ; for we are all one in Christ, and all members of the same body. If individuals are bound to exercise towards each other that perfect love which casteth out fear, so every denomination is bound to exercise the same love towards others, who are believed to hold fellowship with the Father and with (.he Son. What God has cleansed and accepted by the visible tokens of his blessin!;, (the descent of the Holy Spirit's influences,) that, no one, in the exercise of Christian feelings, can call common or un- clean. Whether individuals, or societies, or denominations, all bavo one faith, one hope, and one baptism;! all as lively stones, are built up a spiritual house, a holy priesthood, to oiler up spiritual snerifices, acceptable to (Jod by Jesus Christ. I Cur. xiil, l-f t E|ih. iv, 1-ti. Situated as w the giddy infl'ie strifes of words i ns we are in liea in our work, w< cordant feelings among Christin denomination. < and idolaters of what they suppos see the wide difft mentary, no woi We do not ohjei among ourselves wilderness, we do the way of the 1 Without this, we expect the specia labors of mission providence as we ever sent down tl real Christians In the contrary, ho of disunion extin buried both Chri; lite remained, it' This train of tho ward to the reti or neglected, h' What then shall appear? Again, let us I prayer, "Thy w will of God is to men, by us. Hf There is undnub these bodies are glorious body. I of holiness, tmve not into tempta ledged duties bt retirement of on er, we give placi turned aside froi and almost Lid i It was once a could he pray sc such doctrines?" was not praying 404 1830. Christian Union. JAN. fact, which is sometimes brought to view by the expression "liis heart is right, but his theory lends him astray." The very great difference between the prayers of Christians and their conduct,'is as- tonishing. No one believes that there is the least feeling of a secta- rian spirit in the effectual fervent prayer of the righteous man; imd the very thought of praying with disaffected hearts, is revolting. Yet how is the church divided'! And how many to whom the Head of the church has given ' ten' talents, are found in the arena of controversy, with apparent fears for the safety of the ark, with much less occasion than had U/.za? If Christians would receive the blessing of God their Savior, they must in their intercourse with each other, and in their labors for the conversion of the world, come up to the spirit of their prayers. If those who occupy the height of Zion, have no in- tention to do this—if they have no conviction that this is their own life and the life of the world—and if they will not act agreeably to these convictions, with corresponding effort, they are utterly without ex- cuse. Like the captain of a vessel fraught with souls, with his chart before him, the breakers distinctly within the reach of his glass, the wind beating, and the tide drifting—while he is deliberately looking on the whole scene with his hands folded, busying himself and seamen in washing the decks and coiling the ropes, or discussing the nature of the rocks and of winds. Christians must act agreeably to their convictions of duty, and make their life a commentary on their pray- ers. If not, the charge is irresistible; "This people draw nigh unto me with their month, and honor me with their lips, but their heart is far from me." How often, Oh! how often, in their prayers, Christ- ians ask the most exalted and glorious-gifts, and make the most solemn promises, and in a moment forget what manner of persons they are! How often, it can be said of them, are these the persons who a moment ago were praying yonder? When things are so, how can pastors and missionaries expect to secure the blessings of God upon their own souls or upon their work? How can they expect that the word of God will become a fire, and prayer a cru- cible, in which their souls from day to d:iy are to be purified and made to reflect more and more distinctly the image of the Refiner? Here is the grand difficulty of the Christian warfare, and here the necessity of taking up the cross daily and hourly; because our great adversary, and the different views and feelings of individuals and denominations, are ever ready to divert us from the great object of glorifying Christ and of saving souls. If Christians, however, intend to grow in grace and in the knowledge of Christ—if they intend to put on the new man which after God is created in righteousness and true holiness, they must live and labor in the same spirit which they bring before their heavenly Father in their prayer,—in the spirit of love—of union—and of heaven. The principle, that we shall reap what we sow, is as plain in the moral as in the natural word, and the result much more certain ; in- asmuch as it is made the subject of covenant and oath. While there- fore Christiana pray, "Thy will be done, as in heaven so in earth," and still nejilect holy »'iil, mid IK exhibited liy thus turns them into commandments i love me he will k the duty of the in We believe thert subject of union; such men, and si missionary brethr ciples, which recc aside from the gr We earnestly enti tionstothisamou of the spirit in the should know not exhort our missioi when they stand whom the Holy S lay aside all disci and strive togetht of the churches walking epistles. of the Molmmnie of other mission are upon us. T upon us. The Holy Ghost, are these things, sh solving that e principle of Ch knowledge of dii have influenced awfuHj interest! any consolation the Spirit, if any minded , havinn Let not hing be c of mind let each man on his own Let this mind b( the peace-makei blessed is that se doing.'—With C fellow laborers it (Signed.) B. .1. SnUDDEK, H N. WAUD, A. Q C?hristian Union. 405 vnte most earnestly that love, and union, and i«r, liu-li uvery one believes are exercised and raven, thfir life contradicts their prayers, mid short of solemn mockery. 'He tliitt luiih my e\>eth thf ni, lie it is that loveth me. If a man ly words.' In view of these remarks, what is •rs of different Missionary Societies at home?1 rraml mistake on this plain and most important we; most enrnestly call upon them to send out i/ftge nf the Huron. 407 i^cin, tli at old serpent, the Devil, has had getting himself worshiped by one third of On the coast of Shantung the wo- ?, and, when they could, retreated into their was observed driving an ass round a mill in . of millet being husked. The mill consisted about five feet in diameter, with a whole in ; fixed an upright piece of wood, with a hori- it. This latter served as an axis of a cylin- perated as a roller, and the axis, extending a if the large flat stone, was turned by the ass The millet appeared very fine and clean, 408 1836. Voyage of the Huron. JAN. the officers would hear of us, and endeavor to capture or drive us away. The people, though inoffensive, were by no means forward to help or house us. We seldom hud anything offered us, and even by asking could get little else than water. In some instances they did ask us to sit down on the ground, and very rarely to enter their houses; so that my impression is, that had we to depend on the charity of the people of Shantung we should be poorly off. With regard to their reception of our message, this journal will speak for itself. On the north side they were more willing to receive books than on the south, and in the places first visited, than in the latter; so that the further we went the worse we fared. This may be ascribed partly to the report of our arrival and operations having got the start of us, and to the consequent prohibitions which the officers had issued against receiving our books, or holding any intercourse with us. The people on the sea shore and in places immediately adjoining it were so greedy after books as even to nib us of them, while those in the interior generally kept aloof. This may result from the better acquaintance of the former with strangers, while the hitter are more secluded from the world. On the whole, the number of books (3500 ) distributed in Shantung, considering the time spent in it, the extent of ground traveled over, and the number of persons met with, has not at all equaled my expectations. As to oral instruction much cannot be said, for though the people even to the youngest child and meanest clown all spoke and understood the mandarin (or court) dialect, yet the lime that we could aftbrd to stay with them was short, the subjects treated of so strange, and my utterance, from long disuse of this dialect, being rather stiff and awkward, it was not to be expected thiit the people would be greatly interested or improved. Still something was at- tempted at each stopping pi-ice, enough to give them a general idea of the gospel, and a clue to the better understanding of the boolu left among them. The temporal condition of this people in general seems compara- tively good. We saw nothing of that sqn:illed poverty and distress spoken of in other parts of the empire. The men were generally well fed, robust, and good locking; arid no want, so far as we could see, prevailed. We s;iw no beggars arid few ragged people: their clolhinsr generally consisted of cottons, sometimes doubled, and not (infrequently quilted. Some of them wore shoes and stockings, and many had more jackets than on.e. Some had conts of skins with the hair or wool inside as a defense against the cold weather. A pecu- liar kind of cap was worn by the generality, and made of white felt, sitting close to the head, and turned up on each side so that it might be pulled down over the ears in the winter. Every person was pro- vided with a pipe and a light sort of tobacco, which he smoked very frequently. Their steel and tinder were carried with them, and as the ground was covered with a kind of white quart/, which easily produced fire, they had only to stoop down and pick up a stone, and after striking tire throw their flint a ay. The dwellings o nite, a few of mud more generally of rather tastefully fill forth in all their ru twenty or thirty fei occupies the centre the door-way, in th little from the fron oxen or asses whei ing. Some house buildings, but we 1- streets are genera lanes leading acri with a temple, but Budha, or a mart are also to he seen a mere tablet. Q coasts, were small fishermen to ensur The ground is i the sterility of the nuring the land. vided with a hand- dung of al\ the c; while at the entrai nure is collected; in great quantity quality, rice, whei but divided by S! to know his own- farms, but stand tt The cattle are a s asses in nbundanc but no sheep exce at Keshan so. i> but no venetnous heard of. October 19^ morning Wjtll a, romantic heighu cribed by our Dr found a broad one of the hill,,?! temple, or a „ ' *' a garden tas, f ,c which diff eful' from tyage of the Huron. 409 eople in Shantung are mostly built of gra- : the roofs are in some instances of tiles, but Some are plastered and whitewashed and , while the dwellings of the poorer sort stand nplicity. The general run of the houses are g, ten wide, and eight to twelve high: a door 11 a window on each hand. On each side of II, are fixed two blocks of granite, projecting a h loop-holes in them, which are used for tying >ple dismount, or while the animals are feed- e double, having a front and back row of seen none of more than one story high. The from ten to twenty feet wide, with narrower them. Each considerable village is provided and repair, and the gods worshiped are either hero, probably Kwan footsze. Little shrines the fields, with rude stone images in them, or ;very projecting point of land throughout the nps or rather sheds, built ns I was told by the ucccss in their endeavors to obtain a livelihood. 11 cultivated where it is capable of culture, and >il is improved by the attention pnid to ma- Imost every person met with in tlie fields is pro- xsket and a prong, with which he collects the le in the way, and carefully conveys it home; e of every village are met heaps where the ma- d maturing for use. The productions are beans , millet of various kinds, buckwheat of a poor , and maize. The fields are fenced off by hedges, all grassy ridges sufficient to enable every mail and the houses are not scattered over the various ;ether in villages, either for defense or for society, uall kind of oxen, horses of a diminutive size, s, and some mules; shaggy-haired goats were seen, pt those which were presented to us by the officers irds in great numbers, and very tame, were seen; serpent or wild beast of any kind was seen or Island of Pooto, latitude 30° Ol^ N. We landed this boat-load of books, and commenced scaling those i covered with fantastic temples, so glowingly des- idecessor in his account of this island. We soon and well beaten pathway, which led us to the top of at every crag and turn of which we encountered a tto, an inscription or an image, with here and there illy laid out, and walks lined with aromatic shrubs, a grateful fragrance through the air. The prospect ;lns was extremely delightful; numerous islands far ided the main, rocks and precipices above and below, 412 JAN. Clanship among the Chine.se. policy of the people of this country. Those of the same surname will in general be found inhabiting the same village, or neighbor- hood; the various brances of the original slock, like the limbs of the banian tree, taking root around the parent trunk. In this way, not only a kindred feeling pervades all the members of such a family or clan, but the same characteristics, unchanged by the lapse of time. In this way too, the animosities which began in days long gone by are effectually preserved and cherished. Such old feuds, said our informant, are frequently seen at the present day, breaking out into open quarrels, the seeds of which were sowed many years ago. An instance of the kind occurs in the feud now existing between the Chung family on Danes' island at "Whampoa, and the Chuy fa- mily at the "second pagoda." This originated in real or supposed wrongs suffered by one of the ancestors of the Chung from the hands of the then more powerful Chuy. After many vain attempts of the former to avenge himself, on the near approach of death he bit off his own finger, and with the blood wrote the wrongs which he bequeath- ed as his chief legacy to his posterity, charging them to exact the full debt of vengeance. This bloody scroll is still preserved, and its precept most religiously observed. Hence the fruitful source of open quarrels between the two clans; hence a train of petty annoyances inflicted by the Chung upon the Chuy family; and hence a system of retaliation. If one of either clan be found alone, he is sure to be beaten or robbed, or both; their boats are often plundered, and re- dress is not easily obtained. But the clan on Danes' island has a great advantage over their antagonists, who live on the north side of the river, because that island unfortunately is the burying-place of the Chuy family. The natural reluctance of the latter to forsake the tombs of their fathers, subjects them to many an insult from their implacable hereditary foes. When a poor man goes thither to bury his dead, with but few to protect him, no secrecy on his part can at all times save him from attacks of the way-laying islanders. But worse than all, to be compelled to see their sacred and costly graves desecrated, the erection of which has consumed the hard earnings of many years, to have every new tomb marred by their enemies, is very galling to the Chuy family. All strangers who have walked over the island must have observed that some of the most costly of the gravestones are defaced and broken, evidently by the hand of violence. Not unfrequently too it happens that on the day of the annual visit at the tombs, the putrid remains of a human being are found placed on the head of some principal grave. It is not wonder- ful therefore that this day, when the wrongs of the past year are to be retaliated, should end in quarrels. On the northern side of the river, which is the mainland, the vil- lages have nothing to separate them or prevent their hostile inhabi- tants from assailing each other. Accordingly, in these parts the management of feuds is reduced to system, and the hostile families are ready armed with spears or bludgeons to enter into these not always bloodless broils. Where the hostile parties live within 1836. a short dista the eyes of t their cherish enemy's litti reparation o signal-gong the whole of When numl or three dayi the contest t sometimes, li more person killed and n- the case, it i murders are and investig so hopeless against tnuc In each ol where these i by custom to found, and a selves to assu complaint is necessary C0i slaughter, an and their frje justifiable ho frequently jt j stance, ^ the accused « comPensation security fo| Punisl t «»f "'lanship among the Chinese. 41U i\ carry on their labors and pursuits, each under r, occasions cannot long be wanting to cull forth ed. If oue turns away the water-course from his to his own, and is too strong or obstiuute to make u> pellet! to do justice, then not unfrequently the ., the two parties marshal their hostile forces, and illages are arrayed against each oilier in conflict. ad advantages are equal, the quarrel Insis for two i party in turn pursuing and pursued. But when ill parties return to their business as before. It :r, happens that death is the consequence to one or 1 the result has been known of four people actually ian twenty wounded in one affray. When such is general interest to hush up the matter, and the reported to government. But if complaint is made , becomes inevitable, the case is by no means ,he guilty, as might be expected where the laws ire so strict as in China. i villages in the vicinity of Canton and Whampoa, s are so common, a curious provision has obtained et such exigences. "A band of devoted men " is there . of them kept, who have voluntarily offered them- such crimes and to take their chance for life. When ride, therefore, so many of the first on this list as are forward, confess themselves the perpetrators of the urrender to the government. It then belongs to them s to employ lawyers and bring witnesses to prove it a icido, or one which calls for mitigated punishment, g, they sometimes suffer the capital penalty, but more softened to transportation or a fine. In a recent iri- the past year, when four men fell in an uDYay, all of ;re acquitted, and returned again to their homes. The which tempts to the formation of the devoted baud, is ; maintenance of their families in case of suffering ment, and a reward in lands or money, sometimes to $300. This sum is raised by the voluntary imposition ie inhabitants of that village; and these taxes, said , are no small burden to the poor, who can neither ly pay them. we were much surprised to learn that some of the dis- iples of republicanism are recognized by the inhabitants lespotic country. It is well known that the people in ugliout China, dwell in villages; in many of which no 1 officers are stationed. Yet every village must have its id if necessary, a police. This head man is chosen by villagers, of tlieir own free will; receives such annual y please to give; holds his office during good behavior, lejiosed and another substituted in his room, by the con- >oice of the principal persons in the place. The selection 1836. 414 Clanship among the Chinese. JAIV. of this chief is done without the electioneering and strife which attend elections to higher offices in some other countries; it is the more easy, because the inhabitants of any village being in general nil of one family, or at least one family predominating, it is necessary only to choose out the most eminent branch of that family as the chief man. Though this person has not the rank of a governmental officer, yet custom has given him a certain degree of authority; and he is the head of the village in the view of the government, and as such is held responsible, and is very frequently the organ of communication with the villagers. His powers extend to the adjustment of most of the petty affairs of the place, to the infliction of flogging, &c. In the village of Whampoa, where are near two thousand rateable males, and probably six or eight thousand inhabitants in all, the salary of this head man is $300 per annum. He has under him fourteen po- lice or watchmen. These have direct control over the village; for though the hoppo of Canton has a custom-house establishment there, yet it is not concerned with the government of the village, but only with the hoppo's appropriate duties. The governor also has two officers resident there, either to watch over the hoppo's servants or over foreigners; they receive and transmit from each compradore the report of the arrival of every foreign vessel, taking from him on the occasion a fee of twelve or fifteen dollars. If any one is disposed to appeal from the decision of the head man, the first to which-he can appeal is the seun keen, the chief officer of a sze, which is the name of the subdivisions of a been, or district. Of these sz6, the district of Pwanyu has four; and the sz6 which includes Whampoa comprises one hundred and sixty-four villages, each having its head man. But of late years, owing to the alarming increase of crime, and especially to the dangerous ascendancy of the Triad Society, an additional arrangement has been made by the peo- ple, which, according to the testimony of our informant, works well. Twenty-four different villages have joined together to build a large house for purposes of general consultation; this stands at the market- town on the south of the island of Honan. A keeper or president is appointed over this public hall, where the head men of these twenty- four villages meet, and in conjunction with the president deliberate and decide on any cases upon which either one may ask advice. If they agree to present an accusation against any one, the charge with all their names affixed is forwarded direct lo the chcheiin. When this happens, seldom does the accused return to his native place again; transportation is the least which will be adjudged lo him. These consultations and accusations are all secret at the time, and only dis- closed by the event. The president of this public hall receives a salary of $400 per annum. At this hall, once a month, all who de- sire it of the students in these twenty-four villages assemble before the president, and are examined on a theme proposed by him. The time devoted to this exercise is less than half a day, and the number of assembled pupils must be small. Notwithstanding ull these preventives, disorders and evils abound. "Ah!" said 01 people are rapi who was nineti sit and tell me honest habits growing up. I man had secui man in the in day, he then • so successful. to satisfy their did not hesital properly for thi than the work ping are growl, in alarm. Wit stances in this or ransomed b< notice to the pi dred dollars, In shall be return, seven years ag< ransom, sold a whom she was rite wi(e;afte terna! solicit, Proclamation name and svm nearly pen , daughter took their old age > ART-V. Not, nto th fra«q>s, houseless, and as they thought, childless. The lem to the city, relieved their wants, and comforted ices of Modern China: plots formed by religious as- insumctions; banditti; piracy, feuds, fyc. By R. I. ited some of the principal characteristics of the Chi- icnt and the officers who compose it, we proceed to le effects which it produces in maintaining the internal 'the empire. Our materials do not enable us to exam- .itutions; still less to pursue the influence of the go- the social and domestic relations of the people. We lent, therefore, with the obvious and very intelligible f resistance to its control, in the revolts and organized ghoul the country. Insurrections in a despotic empire 4lf> JAN. Notices of Modern China. are the eruptions upon the surface of the body politic, which mark the working of humors within : they are the reforms of those govern- ments, and banditti " are the opposition party."* Some of them are local and exasperated by the tyranny of the magistrates: they will follow very properly, therefore, the observations upon those officers. Some, like the rebellion in Turkestan a few years ago, belong to the colonial policy of the Chinese, which may perhaps be treated sepa- rately hereafter. For convenience sake, we distribute the commotions of the empire into plots formed by religious and political associations, insurrec- tions, banditti, piracy, feuds of clans, and other local confederacies. These distinctions; are clearly marked in the Penal Code. Section 152 treats of magicians, lenders of sects, and teachers of false doc- trines; section 255, of rebellion and renunciation of allegiance: its clauses define *he law and apply it to Tartar subjects in-rebellion; to clannish insurrections; to religious associations,especially one in the province of Fuhkeen, and the teen te hwuy, 'heaven and earth association;' section 256 relates to sorcery and magic, one of the clauses of which enacts that whoever is guilty of editing wicked and corrupt books with a view to mislead the people, and whoever excites seditions by letters or handbills, shall suffer death by being beheaded ; and all persons who are convicted of printing, distributing, or singing in the streets such disorderly and seditious compositions, shall be punished as accessories. "The constituted authorities, at Peking, and the governors of the provinces, shall not fail to take due cognizance in their respective jurisdictions of the offense of intro- ducing and offering for sale any species whatever of indecent and immoral publications." A clause of section 266, which treats of highway robbery, awards death to all of any company of one hundred or more persons who shall assemble to aid and abet in a robbery— meaning banditti. Although there is, strictly speaking, no established religion accord- ing to the usual meaning of the term, in China, the emperor enjoins nevertheless upon his officers the observance of the ancient rites of the ' five emperors and three kings,' the ancient faith of the country revived by Confucius: but this is in their official capacity only; in their private devotions they may follow any of the other prevalent forms of worship. Thus section 161 of the Code awards punishment to "any private family which performs the ceremony of the adoration of heaven and of the north star, burning incense for that purpose during the night, lighting the lamps of heaven, and also seven lamps to the north star; it shall be deemed a profanation of these sacred rites, and derogation to the celestial spirits. If the priests of Budha and Taou, after burning incense and preparing an oblation, imitate the sacred imperial rites, they also shall be punished as aforesaid, and moreover expelled from the order of the priesthood. Mohammedans and even Jews, it is said,t are tolerated, and the Christian religion is connived at in ill the practice of tli state and one of objects of wtir»lii| in this work.* to the purpose of a Chinese work institutions," or Tsing dynasty," and writtea advi which appears im in the book, nni Mantchou Tartu dressed all the m "A sovereign i the sovereign's c nobles and state father, never for, himself to illuslri) heaven, the vast will daily jncr(,H state should servi cherish reverent! desires; not eng, and justly exert The people shou the nobles and n to excite secret. t rebellion; ,hen prince; reeeivin with heaven, „ have acquired., * Neumann's History of the Pirates. t Chinese Repository, vol. 1, page, 44, and vol. 3. page 172. c'ples, and his „ them to pos to reta'n the ce the f'»vors of soverei*n, and 8 Cbinese P VOL. IveReP°* "• NO. I ices uf Modern China. 417 eiit reipn. The code of lows, therefore, mid Kror himself recognize two religions, one of :--ience, and the first takes precedence. The lie state religion will be found enumerated oufWsioii of political faith, which is more resent treatise, is extracted as follows! from d, Ta I'sing shing heun; i. e. "the sacred strictly, "the holy admonitions of the Great lining what they deem valuable of the verbal r»f their several emperors. The following, iately after a very pompous preface, is the fii>t is uttered by KaoutsoOj in the language of the >et'ore the conquest of China. His majesty ad- 5 and ministers of state in these words: ieu, is heaven's son; nobles anij statesmen, nre Iren; and the people, are the children of the ;n. The sovereign should serve heaven as it .ing to cherish reverential thoughts, but exerting his virtue, and looking upwards, receive from iitrimony which it confers; thus, the emperor \ felicity and glory. Nobles and ministers of heir sovereign as a father; never forgetting to thoughts; not harboring covetous, nnd sordid ,ng in wicked and clandestine plots, but faithfully MTiselves; thus their noble rank will be preserved, never forget to cherish reverential thoughts towards \istersofstnte; to obey and keep the laws; not open sedition; not to engage in insurrection or i great calamity will befall their persons. If the the aid of heaven, reckons that he has no concern ] says, 'this is what my own talents and strength i'xt, becomes remiss in the cultivation of right prin- rangements lose what it is suitable and proper for then, should heaven reprove him, remove his coun- i front him, will he himself be able notwithstanding stinl throne? If nobles and statesmen, who receive sovereign, reckon they have no concern with the i»y, 'this.is what my own talents and strength ac- •Aicrish wicked and clandestine plots; engage in ir- s, and sordid proceedings; should the prince reprove re their noble rank from them, will they be able not- secure their persons and families'! As to the people, the restrictions of the nobles and ministers of state, secret or open sedition, to insurrection or rebellion, y involve them in guilt, and bring great and immedi- upon them." 1 the above extract that all that is required of the peo- le religion' is obedience, and that the disobedience of lository, vol. 3, p. 49. t Indo. Gleaner, Aug. 1816, p. J48. a. ix. 53 418 1836. Notices of Modtrn China. JAN-. even the lowest officer of the government is an infraction of the di- vine IHW as well of the Penal Code. Any other religion is not only thought unnecessary, but rather mischievous than otherwise, although not interdicted. "All these nonsensical tales," says the commentary to the Siting Yu * or Sacred Edict, "about keeping fasts, collecting assemblies, building temples,, and Cushioning images, are feigned by those sauntering hoshang and taousze (the priests of Budhu and Taou,) to deceive you. Still you believe them, and not only go yourselves to worship and burn incense in the temples, but also Mirier your wives and daughters to go. With their hair oiled, their faces painted, dressed in Hcarlet, trimmed with green, they go to burn incense in the temples; associating with those priests of Fuh, doc- tor." of Tnou, and bare-stick attorneys, touching shoulders, nibbing anus, and pressed in the moving crowd. I see not where the good iliry i;ilk of doing ).<: on the contrary, they do many shameful things thai crciiir vexation, and give people occasion for laughter and ridi- cule." The officers of government are expressly forbidden, under a penalty of forty blows, to allow their females to go to the temples. Others, whether male or female, are permitted, by a clause to .section '.255, to " assemble for the sole purpose of doing honor or returning thanks to a particular temple or divinity, and immediately afterwards disperse peaceably;" but not (according to section KV2) "to dress and ornament their idols and accompany them tumultuously with drums and gongs." "As this prohibitory clause," adds the translator in a note to the last passage, " describes nothing more than what is frequently and openly practiced in every part of the empire, the law in this respect must be rather considered as obsolete, or as an article retained for the purpose of enabling the magistrates to control and keep within bounds these popular superstitions, though it may have been found dangerous or unavailing to attempt to suppress them altogether." We gather from the above extracts that the only objection which the government, judging on its principle of isolation, has to the re- ligion of the people is, that it brings them together; but so long as they worship in secret or apart, no notice is taken of it. Religion in China, therefore, instead of being as in most other countries an engine of state, as regards the people, is discouraged if not denied to them. The great object of the government is to suppress all enthu- siasm, and most dangerous of all, religious enthusiasm, by preventing those combinations of the people, especially of the female sex, which tend to awaken and increase passion into enthusiasm. Hence, when it was reported to the emperor in 1817,t that thousands of people re- sorted twice a year, in spring and autumn, to a temple in Keangnan to burn incense and give thanks to the gods; and also that similar meetings occurred in Keangse, Ngnanhwuy, and Chekeang; the reply was, to disallow all such meetings and prohibit people to go beyond their own district for religious purposes, because all such meetings occnsim nils, and afford p^ The people, on religion, naturally hence, in China, r, government is bas filled with such a the elder Stauntor the provinces of C a dozen natives ar to clamor against 1 combinations, how tenets which non against the Alantc The first of thes was the pih-leeii J volt in the proviiu Hookvang, soon and was not subd tion a nd blood-six in the extracts fro sir G. T. Stauritoi the Toiirgnuths, ( Code. This soc Code, where it ', pletely suppresses again under anoi tioned in a clause This nssociatk same moment to upon the palace Keiiking himself, Jeho. The emp« * Chinese Kc|>cisitory volume I, pape U07. 1 lndochiiiese Gleaner, May. 1818, |>. Ul. wards of seventy i after a hard fight, cond son, (who hn who shot two of th tions and executio rise to numerous e censor?, in the Pe\> kind states, accord persons had been I rently for no other mairistratts. Tdei has ascribed the c every person, it ajj] "M. S. Translator I Translations from I view, vol. 13, page41C ices of Mode.rn China. 4111 ite of time and money, nrc injurious to mo- t'or illegal associations. tther linnd, being excluded from the stntc ;ct opposition to government with their own; liaii in other countries, every plot against the on n religious association, and the country is unions. "It is still a common saying," says is account of Lord Macartney's embassy, " in where the Tartars most abound, that no half emhled together tor an hour, before they begin 7artnrs." So it remains at present; and these they may differ amongst themselves in the ly bind their members, all ngree in plotting dynasty. sieties mentioned within the irn of our inquiry, *«, or 'water-lily sect,' which occasioned a re- ol" Sy.iT.liucn, Kiiiisnh, Shense, Hoopih, and r the lns>t empefor Keaking cnme to the throne, i for eight years. Some Recount of the desola- rhich occurred in those provinces will be found Vie Peking g;i7/ette, published in the Appendix to Nnrrative of the Chinese embassy to the khan of also in Appendix It, to his translation of the t is expressly interdicted in section 102 of the irs also another name, milffo. It was com- or a white apparently, bin very soon was revived r name, the teen te hwny, which is also nien- i section 255 of the Code. plotted a rebellion in 1813,- which was at the ie commenced by a rising in Ilotinn,* an attack t Peking, and upon the person of the emperor 3a his way back from his summer excursion to or was detained on his journey by rain; hut up- en attackeil the palace,t and were only beaten off shiefly through the courage of the emperor's se- s succeeded his father and is now on the throne,) e rebels with his own hand, A series of prosecu- ns followed this unsuccessful attempt, and gave diets by the emperor and remonstrances by the rung gn/ette. A spirited representative of the hitter ling to the Quarterly Review, "that many innocent brought to trial, tortured and suffered death, appa- :r purpose than to evince the Zeal of the officiating imperial edict that first announced the insurrection, cause and origin of it to a particular sect; hence, lypears, who was known to belong to any other sect .ion. im the original Chinese, A.c., as quoted in the Quarterly Re- 410. taw. 420 Notices of Modern China. JAN. thai) that of Budha, which may be called the established religion of the country, became obnoxious to the persecution of these over-y.eal- ous magistrates. The Christians being considered as a sect, were grievously persecuted in every part of the empire, and the Christian missionaries driven out of Peking. * * * * The magistrate above mentioned states, that numbers had been unjustly confined, that many were passe'd from court to court, and put to torture under pre- tence of preparation for trial; that they were finally liberated with- out trial after their health was destroyed and their property wasted; and that numbers were seduced or tortured into confession by the inferior officers. Indeed, the whole document exhibits a melancholy picture of the abuses that exist in the practical administration of the criminal jurisprudence of this supposed humane and virtuous go- vernment." The unfortunate emperor bore out the truth of the foregoing re- marks in a gloomy, desponding manifesto in the Peking gazette of the 13th November 1814. "At this moment," he says, " great de- generacy prevails; the magistrates are destitute of truth, and -great numbers of the people are false and deceitful. The magistrates are remiss and inattentive; the people are all given up to visionary schemes and infernal arts. The link that binds together superiors and inferiors is broken. There is little of either conscience or a sense of shame. Not only do they neglect to obey the admonitions which 1 give them; but even with respect to those traitorous banditti, who make the most horrible opposition to me, it affects not their minds in the least degree; they never give the subject a thought. It is indeed mon- strously strange! That which weighs with them is their persons and families; the nation and the government they consider light as nothing. He who sincerely serves his country leaves the fragrance of a good name to a hundred ages; he who does not, leaves a name that stinks for tens of thousands of years. What hearts have those, who being engaged in the service of their sovereign, but destitute of talent, yet choose to enjoy the sweets of office, and carelessly spend their days !"* The association now took another name, the san ho hwuy, i. e. 'the society of the three united,' or 'the Triad Society,' which exists to the present day. The three referred to in this name are, teen, te, jiu, i. e. heayen, earth, man, which are the three great pow- ers in nature, according to the Chinese doctrine of the universe. The name under which they chiefly distinguish themselves, however, is * In the review of.sir G. T. Staunton-'s "embassy to the Tourgouth Tar- tars " in the Quarterly Review, vol. 25, page 424, the writer says: "we have often thought, and indeed, have ventured to declare in a former article, that a series of the Peking gazette for one year would convey a more complete no- tion of what is actually passing in this great empire, than the whole body of information contained in that ponderous work of the missionaries, 'Me- moires snr les Chinois.' The compiler of these ' Notices' is not aware that he ever saw the above passage until very lately, and he was not a little pleased to fina his own opinion of the value of the Peking gazette, confirm- ed by such high authority. hung k«a, i. e. tl< formed b»th in C abroad ; as f/ie te society,' called til meaning the 'qi These association than for the ovt members of the other parts, unite Dr. Milne's acc( lume of the Roya mysteries of the society at first," i peculiarly hurlfii! from -mere mutu gular governmen tory probably of been troublesome be engaged in dn of Singapore at The religionisl serious revolt sii the abettors of in have made many A Peking gaz« sect caJ Jed the from their makin examination tha down its dogmas votaries of this se down and worsln and their (deceai own sect, &c." Ii pih and Slianse p discovery was pi not to be implici leader, was delive appear,) to be a si In October 181 with a eunuch a for which he was have existed at Canton, against apprehended, it \ members. "Ita| lished," adds nur * Chinese Bfi|iosiin t Inf)n. Olpaner, Mi || Imln. filnnnrr, Ai ices of Modern China. 421 d Family.' "There are other associations d in the Chinese colonies, that are settled hwuy, i. e. 'queen of heaven's company or leang ma hwuy, or 'her ladyship's society,' heaven,' the mother and nurse of all tiling!:, ther for commercial and idolatrous purposes of social order; though it is said, that the of heaven's society,' settled in Bengal' and se-breakmg, &,c." The above is taken from the Triad Society published in the first vo- c Society's Transactions, where some of the ition are developed. "The object of the »t account, "does not appear to have been s numbers increased, the object degenerated tance, to theft, robbery, the overthrow of re- in aim at political power;" which is the his- e associations. This society seems to have m some years ago,* and they are supposed to id successful robberies in the neighborhood ne. not been the originators apparently of any it of 1813, although they are suspected to be the disturbances which have happened, and >ts to excite trouble. une 1816, contains the proceedings against a m mim keaou,t or 'pure tea sect,' probably ngs of fine tea to their gods. It appeared on icestors of the leader of this sect had handed nat on the 1st and 15th of every moon, the i incense; make offerings of fine tea; bow lieavens, the earth, sun, moon, fire, water, arents; also Full, and the founder of their ired that proselytes had been gained in Hoo- es. The leader of this sect at the time of the ieath; his nephew who was acknowledged i the crime, except by his relationship to the the Mohammedans, ("why to them does not ind two other relatives were exiled, lember of the imperial family was engaged une, others in one of these secret associations, uk-d.f Many similar societies are said to time,§ and the Triad Society prevailed in i Yuen the governor acted with vigor and :iid, between two and three thousands of the s from occasional confessions which are pub- lority with reference to the foregoing sects,|| il. I, p»K«24. t Indo. Gleaner, May, 1817, |i. Ift. 18, p. 87. § Indo. Gleaner, May, 1818, p. N7. i]R, p. 143. Notices uf Modern China. 423 ill end, mid their adherents and descendants •d: Tor instance, formerly in the provinces >kwanjr, tlie plundering sect of the water-lily inces, anil were confessedly numerous; but arrived, they were put to the sword. And : occurred in the case of the rebel Linfsing, d and excited insurrection. Long before the mmencing their operations arrived, the prin- cut into pieces, mid the rest of the cnnspi- iii Choo Maonle of Yuekan, in the province j{ Yungshing of Hochow, in the province of belled, before the affair was brought to a head, ated. You, inhabitants of Canton province, illy injured by these disorders: for not long !>f the brotherhood society, having collected persons, excited an insurrection at Yangshe hose who associated with and followed them, stanlly put to death. Many of yon peaceable' nt of them, obliged to leave your families, and ighhorhood was disturbed. I would only ask, lankeihsze (a foreign name according to the af this band, where is he now? Last year also llected bands and formed confederacies, with u roll, have all been apprehended and punished. is kind of plundering banditti, certainly cannot ie, and whoever it is that excites insurrection •ers above will not suffer him to escape, &c." of the proceedings against ihe religious associ- e next few years, except of one which was ori- :e of Shantung in 1824,* and " circulated secret selves, and consulted together for the purposes m." The acting fooynen was, however, vi«i- e apprehended above five hundred and seventy hich, no doubt crushed the society, for we hear L censor reported the same year,t that a temple icted to the superstition of Wnotuiig, which had ie reign of Kanghe, the idols burnt and the ad for many years, had now been revived and efore. "The wretches place a pretended con- ction of the spirit, and promise a fulfilment of nd the extension of their baneful practices is Ltrisdiction of Soochow alone." It was ordered n. This vigilance probably kept these associa- the pouching sze and the judge of Canton KSKII- tioti against' associations. In the latter part of loyal Asiatic Society, vol. I, jwige 3!K5. {oval Asiatic Society, vol. l,iiaEe40U 424 JAN. Notices of Modern China. the year, the Triad Society is spoken of as engaged in an affray at the Meiling pass, to the northward of Canton,* in which a been magis- trate was killed. Shortly after, it is found engaged at Leenchow on the western border of the province, where several thousands of its members are said to have assembled,t and cut down, and carried off the rice crops, together with pigs, buffaloes, &c., belonging to the farmers, several of whom were wounded in defending their property. A censor represented to the emperor in 1829,$ that the Triad So- ciety existed in large numbers in the province of Keatigse, where the local government feared them to such a degree as to neglect appeals by injured persons, or only, punished slightly for form's sake. The emperor ordered the governor of the province to employ the military to put down the association. The translator adds to this notice, "This is the same society that exists throughout the Chinese archipelago and the straits of Malacca, wherever Chinese settlers are. They levy a fee on all who go abroad, and persecute those who decline to enter the society. Members of this society made an offer to a mis- sionary at Bankok in Siam, to assist him in propagating Christianity for .some consideration, but he declined their services." The governor of Camon memorialized the emperor in 183I,§ about one of these associations, " which," he says, " though differing in name from the san teen hwuy (Triad Society) is, like it, composed of low vagabonds united together to plunder." One of the methods employed by them to extort money from the country people, is to give them a stumped paper as protection, which if they will not pay for, their crops are destroyed. Since the 4th year of the present emperor, when rules were first established for their punishment, four hundred of them have been brought under justice, but still the evil has not been got under. As one method of suppressing it, his majesty di- rects a proclamation to be issued, promising a general pardon to all who will surrender themselves.. The governor, &c., suggested that it might be better to-employ the idle part, of the population in cultivat- ing unoccupied lands, which should be granted to them rent-free. "By adopting this arrangement," adds the governor, "already prac- ticed in the four western'diltricti of the province, many persons who are incapable of paying the land-tax, will be enabled to gain a live- lihood, and prevented from falling into bad companies and evil prac- tices." The emperor assented to this proposal, only desiring that care should be taken to prevent underlings in office and tax gather- ers from turning it to their own profit. He desired also, that attention should he given to the half-monthly reading of the "Sacred Edict," and to the formation of free-schools; also, that the magistrates in their circuits should converse kindly with the people, and incite them to the practice of virtue. A new sect called "the wonderful association " was discovered at I'eking in 1831 or 1832, as mentioned in a former number of the Repository :* th bis associates, al ciations are men In 1832, in cont associations, wh and the minister detecting it soon Canton Register sentence has bee ART. VI. Arnu lion; ignurai THE sophistical* ism, at first astoi narrow views, an Paraselene decei Calenture, preser spacious field of I When an ignoi upon himself to ( subjects, (to use attitude, and unx standing on tip-t to put out a ligh Cairo. No misfortune Of all losses, tha or erased by forg The moral ca progress of him \ gain its summit: his breast and ex the golden show his condition, is missile weapons i rate beings may I without any bene; fortune's maranat As spectacles a so books are mad Mai. Observer, Aug. 26th, 1828. Canton Register, Jan. 4th, 1830. t Canton Register, Feb. 18th, 1828. } Canton Register, Oct. Julh, 18:11. * Chinese, Reposiu t Chinese Reposil VOL. IV. NO. l; Armenian Apothegms. 425 ler was strangled the siiine year, and one of iixty years of age, banished.t Two other asso- d as discovered tit Peking, about the same time. ice of some discoveries concerning one of these id existed forty years at Peking, the governors state, during that period were degraded for not "Page nfter page in the gazettes," says the re filled with the names oftlio.se against whom iorded." ; apothegms: sophistry; misfortune; irresolu- art of teaching, fyc. From a Correspondent. rgurnenls of the sceptics and advocates of athe- arid then impose upon, and deceive minds of nited penetrations, as Parhelian, Anthelian, and the vulgar eye; and echo, the ear; and like j the deluded a foaming ocean of deatli as a and verdure. , obstinate, illiterate and unmannerly bipr.d takes le with a learned man on literary or scientific illegory,) he is in exactly the same ridiculous i confusion, as a dwarf of the lowest stature ind then jumping, falling, blowing, and puffing laced on the summit of the highest pyramid of reater than the impatience of bearing misfortune. the greatest, which cannot be sunk in oblivion Iness. •of that man who wants resolution is, like the is hopping about the declivity of a steep hill to 1 the idle wretch, who sits with his hands across ;ts that by the influence of a happy horoscope of fortune will refrigerate the parched fields of ; him who is continually discharging at random topes of shooting some game. Such inconside- »ll the days of their lives at the pool of Bethesda to themselves, and are highly deserving of dame made for the near-sighted, and not for the blind, for such as are possessed of a little understanding ', vol. 1, p. 31. t Canton Register, Oct. 17th, 1832. Y, vol. 1, p. 295. § Canton Register, Jan. 10th, 1833. 54 1836. 426 Armenian Apothegms. JAN. and penetration, and not for those who are destitute of that little lite- rature and sen.se, sufficient to understand and appreciate an author's sentiments. He who can even in embarrassed circumstances continue hearty, and joyful, is either a callous stoic, a well versed dissembler, or an invincible hero of pure Christian philosophy, deeply initiated in the extraordinary and mysterious art of ensuring to one's self happiness. He, who like Aristakace* by care, exhortation, and example has instilled into the minds of youth un ardent love of literature, and a desire and courage to appear in the field of knowledge as candidates for fume, may truly boast, or feel a secret comfort of having done his country a valuable and important piece of service without any bruit; and has not such a friend of youth and encourager of merit nearly as strong a claim to eulogy as (1) Byradian for his valor, as (2) David for his knowledge, as (3) Dolvat for his medical skill, as (4) Marcar for his benevolence, as (5) Magarian for his fidelity, and as (0) Knnrk for his affability 1 Only to read is not to learn, but is to exhaust the organ of vision, to wear out the cover of books, to put to a test one's patience, to outlay time, and after all, to turn a giddy headed booby, and a slave to the most ridiculous pre-apprehensions. Those thoughtless wretches, who insensible of the foulness of their depravity deride and laugh at sobriety decency and decorum, amply deserve to he treated like curs, that by howling and barking render inaudible and confuse the melodious harmony of a band of musical performers. A faux pas committed by one of Argusian vigilance will, notwith- standing his multifarious powers of discernment, bewilder him in the labyrinth of confusion; and an error, is always an error, and not a bit the better for having for its author an universal genius, or a collossus of learning. To give to a poor unfortunate friend advice only, and. that too blended with the gall of sarcastic animadversions, without helping him to extricate himself from the clog and trammels of misfortune, is to open his eyes to be awed at the imaginary magnitude of his suf- fering, to add more poignancy to his grief, to increase his mental disquietude, and in the end to teach him how and in which way to despair. He who by a constant display of good-will and kindness insures the esteem of his friends, and by forbearance, insinuation, and ad- dress converts his enemies into friends, secures strong holds, and makes defensive preparations to resist and repulse the attacks of rer verses of fortune. Of all evils, that created or magnified by imagination is the most insupportable. * Arislakncc surnamed Krasser (Bibliiipliilo) was an Armenian grammarian and iexicographor born in I I'd; lie taught with great success theology and rhetoric in several provinces of Armenia Major and Minor, and ilird in 1239; the cele- brated grammarian Enen<;atzy (whose works are yet extant in M. S.) speaks of this author in terms of high commendation, and cite* mauy passages from his works. It is wise to pi to appear as sue dent stratagems. Some singulai of the bias of the Indigence, by vations, and aim cheerfulness of n the brightest gen sottishness; and of poverty retain: character, is inde He who is blii to sleep. The fricndshi that the least lire pretended fabric It is a folly of but at the same I are convinced of led by your credu Those that like vocation, only wa be classed aimmg He is better cm teaching au ape he who is employ obstinate through good from better, The verdict o despair is to adc ourselves more un As untimely, in plantations, and a despotic countries powers shelter the at large. He that gives vi tnres and buffoone principles of g«od of a little educatio ness and sense of Expect mercy Turk, from an n starving cannibal; the clutches of a whose vindictive e ly to prove to him Armenian Apothegms. 42? lie appearance of n fool, when it is necessary my like Brutnx gain their ends hy such pru- .re the effects of hnbit, and others the results ntly subjecting its victim to disagreeable pri- niil mortifying sobmissiveness, ami stifling all fif.n puts upon the expressive countenance of • dull, melancholy and stupid air of worthless eing who though enveloped in the dense rnixt mining greatness of soul, and bears a manly obfe model for imitation, d by prejudice has many good feelings lulled reen the selfish rests on so frcil a foundation, self-interest can completely overthrow the ity, and light the torch of discord, t ridiculous nature to be a universal sceptic; icware, believe nothing to be true before you •acity, nnd even then be careful not to be mis- id be a dupe of others' duplicity, s on dunghills fight without any serious pro- puir of fine glossy wings and red luit crests to ipemmted bipods of the air. d, who is teaching a whale naval tactics, or transcendent branches of mathematics, than an explanatory disputation with one who is •iince, and cannot distinguish bad from good, tetter from best. prejudiced is the verdict of injustice. To e stings to the cause of despair, and to muke nute. nt rains copiously swell up rivers, and injure ts of productive fields, so in despotic or demi- subordinate officers vested with discretionary 'orites, and injure and oppress the community :> his feelings of prejudice in ridiculous ges- e assured, is one of the rif-raf, devoid of the ding; though he iwny sometimes by the aid w and then screen his innate want of genteel- r. hired assassin, from a seriously injured Malay running tuiiuL, and even from a give up all hopes of mercy when you fall into minus, superstitious, and enthusiastic bigot, y you have incited, by endeavoring repeated- fallacy of his religious tenets. J. P. M. 4-28 1636. Jargon spoken at Canton. JAN. Our correspondent has given in a note the following account of the persons mentioned in the first part of his communication. 1. SUMDAT BYRADIAN was a famous Armenian general, who gained many victories over the numerous enemies of Armenia; he defeated the armies of Trajan, took prisoner king Artman, and after gaining a signal victory over Erovant the II, pursed him to his very palace and killed him. 1. DAVID was an eminent Armenian philosopher, who flourished in the fifth century; he translated from the Greek into his own language such works as his judgment suggested to him as most valuable; it is worthy of remark, that this sage followed not scrupulously Aristotle and Plato, as did the European doctors of the dark ages; he only culled from their works what appeared to him to bear the stamp of truth; refuted their errors with great energy and precision; he is surnamed Anhaghi Pilosopa, that is, the invincible philo- sopher. 3. DOLVAT was a celebrated Armenian physician, born in 1432; he was master of the Armenian, Greek, Latin, Arabic, Persian, Turkish, and Syrian languages: after having traveled through several countries of Europe, and Asia, he fixed his residence at Constantinople: he published there in 1478, a work on medicine, entitled. Inutile to the ignorant: he is also the author of another elaborate work on the healing art; he makes mention there of the Armenian physicians Mikitar, Aharan, Stephen, Jochlin, Serquis, James, Va- haran, and others. 4. MARCAR was a learned Armenian divine of the thirteenth century, of a very benevolent and charitable disposition; he gave to the poor all the im- mense wealth and lands he inherited from his father: he is the author of a work on morality, entitled, The Treasure of Virtues. 5. ARATON MAGARIAN was an Armenian poet, who with an adherence of exemplary fidelity followed Patriarch Minas, who was deposed and banished to the island of Cyprus; "It was interest, he said often to the unfortunate exile, that so long made me stay with you, but now it is duty that induces me to follow you and partake of your fortune." 6. KAORK was a celebrated Armenian writer, born in 1043; he was from his extreme affability of manners surnamed meghrick (honeyed). He is the author of a treatise of philosophy on the Aristotelian system, a Logic for the use of schools, the Life of St. Gregory in verse, and a commentary on the Book of Job. ART. VII. Jargon spoken at Canton: how it originated and has grown into use; mode in which the Chinese learn English; examples of the language in common use between foreigners and Chinese. MORE than two centuries have elapsed since the inhabitants of west- ern countries first came to the shores of China for the purpose of commerce. During this period, an intercourse has been carried on of a very peculiar nature, and one which has been attended with circumstances such as have characterized the relations between the natives and alien! dence of foreign? one, on the runs case has been di the government t effects which hav are but little mon ocean. Yet a c be regarded as ej present object is intercourse, and to show througl the common lanj communicating v The Chinese g ports by Kanghe foreigners as mt means of accomp learning the Chin mutual advantage acquire a sufficien and that mere ci them to know sc productions, and k where else it is ex of the language ( going to France, speak a foreign c ths reverse. For< lands for trade, an tongue. Hundrei spoken to do busi to learn the langu so circumscribed < totally separated sympathy, regard, each other's feel'm tertained, and self ened down a littli any society, howe the indifference ni eigners, and sni]| , springs of action to converse with tl the state of the ca. gr, tained by the countries from and they are a f] b;ise their tales nfi 1836. 430 Jargon spoken at Canton. JAN. of the erroneous conceptions now held by this people will soon come, we ardently hope; and we are assured from the movements now making in Christian lands that accurate accounts of western coun- tries will speedily be accessible to all classes of Chinese. There must be, however, some other reasons than the inefficient laws of this government, for the almost universal fact that foreigners have for so long a time entirely neglected the study of this language. And there are reasons, which though few, are strong ones. The entire absence, or nearly so, of all elementary books has been one of the most prominent; and the fact that there were no grammars, nor vocabularies of things in common use, has operated as an initial dis- couragement, and prevented many from making the attempt to learn the language. It was thought hard enough to learn, without being obliged to make books at the same time. The difficulty of retaining in the memory the shape of the characters has been a serious objec- tion with some, though we think that this obstacle has been overrat- ed. At first thought, it appears an almost impossible thing to re- member so many unmeaning marks, but the principles of associ- ation, together with the mode of combining the characters, greatly aid and diminish the labor. The practical effect of the law denounc- ing as traitors all those natives who dare to teach the language of the 'central flowery nation' to outside barbarians, is to interrupt the constant course of study whenever the teacher thinks he is in danger. These reasons, combined with the tax the study makes upon the time of those who come to these shores only as sojourners, and who intend to remain 'in exile' no longer than is absolutely necessary, prove impediments of so serious a nature that few undertake to re- move them. And as if these obstacles were not enough, the foreigner on landing hears a dialect spoken, which with an entire disregard of all rules of orthography and syntax, he can soon ' pick up,' which is sufficiently extensive for commercial intercourse with the Chinese. With this jargon he soon becomes welt acquainted, and ill a short time looks upon the acquisition of the language as a useless as well almost impracticable undertaking. Indeed, of so long standing is the gibberish spoken here, that few ever think of paying any attention to the Chinese. Considering all these things, it cannot be a matter of much wonder that so little attention has been paid to the subject, or that few of those who reside for years in China ever acquire so much knowledge of it as to be able to converse with a native in his own tongue. Most of those who have learned it belonged to the East India company's factory, which generously granted annual sums' as encouragement to all those desirous of acquiring it. Yet we indulge the hope that scholars in this study will increase; and that as they increase, elementary books will be prepared to smooth the way, and induce others to commence. Intercourse will then be put upon a new footing, and as the Chinese become better acquainted with foreigners, they will esteem them more, and be more likely to regard proposed alterations in education and the arts with kindness and attention. Such then be guage, the Chii of that one whii number of cust< times, the Engl Chinese in Ca. called an excep as they grow u| as well in one F there, moreove; of Portuguese . it are so corriij nearly unintell characteristics, ton; where, as medium of conv however, moke few of the Chin galee. And hen in the way off strong iiuhicemi fur the greater [ farers, supercarg have no idea of posal would pr advantage wouk to the study, u1 learn Chinese. lomers to the s heart of n Chine with foreigners, dialect at comn advantage of in carried on in Ca Chinese are or speaking to eacl U'lligible to then English then and foreigners, i the former acq so diverse from worthy of that n frhfli. Persons ever, employed t the scholars escn sufficient Englisl of goods, names ters is not great rioa two years, Jargon spuhcn at Canton. 431 e case that no foreigner would learn their Inn- :iv<: been in a manner compelled to learn enough jld enable them to converse with the greatest Whatever may have been the case in former now almost the only language learned by the The Portuguese spoken at Macao cannot be this statement, for there the Chinese learn it those born in that place can converse nearly e other. The character of the dialect spoken nig servants and shop-men, is that of a medley liitiese; and the idioms and pronunciations of >m pure Portuguese, that those speaking it are 0 one newly arrived from Lisbon. In all its e counterpart of the 'lingo' spoken at Can- s at Whampoa and Lintin, English is the only n between foreigners and Chinese. We must, ixception to this assertion; for some, a very n converse to some extent in Malay and Ben- ay observe that if there are opposing obstacles 3rs learning the Chinese, there are one or two r a native to be able to speak English. By those with whom he has intercourse are way- nd seamen of various grades, who of course ig the language, and from whom the mere pro- a smile of wonder, if not of contempt. This fficienlly great to induce the Chinese to attend it were the practice for those residing here to ! constitute the most numerous class of cus- ii; and interest, that master passion in the luces them to qualify themselves for trading ler advantage to the native is that he has a hich is not understood by his customer, an importance in much of the petty bargaining It must not be supposed, however, that the her hand able to understand foreigners when in good English: for that is nearly as unin- linese is to the foreigner, the common language in use between natives >e worth while to consider the mode in which Hiid how they make out to speak an idiom own. There are no schools, nor anything nong the Chinese for the acquisition of En- by the name of ' schoolmasters' are, how- ict beginners in the shops and hongs. But 1 their tutelage tis soon as they have acquired iimunicHtc the common ideas, as the prices him;, &c. The number of these schoolnias- if them was at school at Cornwall in Aine- icaks as correct English as any Chinese in Jargon spoken at Canton. JAN. Canton. Instruction by such persons is, however, beyond the reach of most, anil those who wish to converse with foreigners are com- pelled to pick up the words as they can find opportunity. This they do hy staying in hongs, shops, and other places where foreigners resort, and are soon able to express their ideas in the jargon called Canton-English. This dialect has become, by long usage, estab- lished in its idioms, etymology, and the definitions attached to words. As its name, indicates, Canton is the proper place for its exhibition, where it is spoken in its greatest purity. At Whampoa, the Chi- nese speak better English than at Canton, which is owing to their usually hearing idiomatic English from those on board the ships. The gibberish in use among the negroes in the West Indies, and the corrupted French spoken at the isle of France, resemble this jar- gon more than any other dialect with which we are acquainted. The peculiarities of the Canton-English are few. Its idioms are, generally speaking, according to those of the Chinese language, than which nothing can be more transposed according to our ideas of placing words in a sentence. In consequence of this, the meaning of many expressions is obscure, where the pronunciation of the words is nearly correct. Moreover, from the monosyllabic nature of the Chinese, and the many vowel sounds in it, adults become nearly incapable of enunciating a word of three or four syllables in a proper manner, especially where several consonants follow each other. The result is that the word is much broken when spoken, and often nearly unintelligible to a foreigner unacquainted with this fact. The dialect which is peculiar to those who are natives of Canton and its vicinity, is destitute of the consonants b, v,d,r, and st. To supply these in writing the sounds of English words, the native uses ^7, t, (,.tx; and in pronouncing, comes as near the sound he hears as possible. We have before us a manuscript book, in which the English sounds of things are written in Chinese characters, underneath the name of the article also in Chinese. Similar books are very common among the people of Canton, and it is deemed one of the first steps to the acquisition of English, to copy out one of these manuscripts. Not only the names of articles but idioms, phrases, and rules of etymo- logy, are sometimes found in them, thus making a partial grammar. A few examples from the book now before us will show how correctly English words can be written in Chinese. In pronunciation, the true sound of course is more nearly attained. Those which follow are the numbers as far as twenty; the sounds of the Canton dialect being the rule of pronunciation: "wun, too, te-le, faw, fi, sik-she, sum- wun, oot, ni, teng, lum-wun, te-lup, ta-teng, faw-teng, fi-teng, sik- shc-teng, suiri-wun-teiig, oot-teng, ni-teng, tune-te." A few more words will still further elucidate this point. chess-men, chay-she-mun; August, aw-kuh-she; scales, sze-kay-le-sze; earth, e-too; stove, s/,e-taw; west wind, wi-sze-wun; January, che-na-wi-le; buffalo, pt-fu-law, &c. There are few r are not spoken 'sendee,' &c., peculiar charact Every indivit course best acqn pronounce them the Canton-Eiig attached to it, i valence of the C to an English ei render this jarg( that can artywl spoken, and the mere descriptioi readers with om course. We rai to give those of o in which the kin; conversations, w of this represent; sent purpose ver use here, and ari glossary. We ii not yet felt the Si son of heaven: since 'it cannot interest in perus form: "My dear— the Chinese at ( seen any accnun describe it other sations nearly; yourself how ,„, social intercoms I sent for a bn,,j and showing his pearano, ,,lid -^ bee velly ^ c. "On seein said I. ::i2 i- j , replied I "'Cao h Whh |Mcr f VOL. ,v." largwt spukr.n at Canton. 4'Kt •llables ending with a dental consonant, that issyllables; as 'calchee,' 'tankee,' 'makee,' <(li the paucity of such words does not giv« a he conversation, fhether mechanic, servant, or shopman, is of with the names of things in his line, and can correctly. The number of words peculiar to tlier in the word itself, or in the signification great; perhaps there are fifty. But the pre- idiom, and the confusion consequent upon it :'ther with the bad pronunciation of the words, of the most singular modes of communication s found. The mode in which it is actually !olo conversations, such as occur in daily inter- rernark, that the chief object of this article is ers who live "outside," an idea of the manner flish is murdered in this flowery land. A few ty one who was much amused with the oddity ."the confusion at Babel, will serve our pre- They include many of the peculiar terms in sn so that they can be understood without a :e them for the edification of those who have compassion and cheering benevolence of the those on the spot, the jargon is an evil that, ;d, must be endured,' and they can have little m. Our extracts stand thus, in the epistolary Imost everything has been written concerning that could be told, except that I have never jargon in use here. I will not undertake to in by sending you some specimens of conver- occurred. From them you can judge for :h a language prevents any extended and ving a few books I wished to get repaired, A personasre, weighing full twelve stonr, :eeping by a full round face, made his ap- d himself with a chin-chin, saying, ' my sab- ihnt book alln proper.' nquired, 'how fashion yon wanchee bindee?' go way alia this cover, putee nother piece,' lee lever, wnntchee sileek cofuh?' he asked, have got; you can do number one proper1?' nswered he, lengthening out the last sylla- Uic earnestness. 'I can secure my no got this have Eulop levor.' 55 434 1836. Jargon spoken at Canton. JAN. "' Maskee,' spose you no got lever, putee sileek, you please: my wantchee make finish one moon so, no mistake; you can do, true?' inquired I. "' Can see, can savy; I secure one moon half so can bindee alia proper,' he replied. 'You can call-urn one coolie sendee go my shop.' "'Velly well,' said I: whereupon he raised himself up and moved off, bidding me 'good bye,' as he went. "A few days after this, going out into the streets of the city, I was frequently saluted by the expression ' can do,' ' can do, lo,' which at first 1 took as an opprobrious epithet, but have since found that it is a corruption of' How do you do.' The manner in which it was said, was however, any other than courteous. I was often called upon by beggars, and as I passed them they would sing out, 'cumshaw, laipan:' these two expressions were perpetually reiterated wherever I went. On my return, I called at one of the shops frequented by foreigners, in which Canton-English is spoken in its greatest purity. "' Chin-chin,' said a man behind the counter, as I entered, 'how you do; long time my no hab see you.' "' I can secure hab long time,' said I ; ' before time my no have come this shop.' "' Hi-ya, so, eh !' said he. 'What thing wantchee?' "' Oil, some litty chowchow thing,' answered I. some ginger sweetmeat?' "' Just now no got,' he replied; 'I few that sutemeet.' "Upon this, I bid him adieu, and walked into another shop; and after saluting the shopman, asked him if he had any nrws. "' Vdly few,' said he; 'you have hear that gov'nor hab catchee die ? last clay he hab die!' *• 'yes, my hab hear; just now which si your partner have go? TWO time before my come, no hab see he,' I inquired. "' Just now he go country; stop two clay more he come hack,' answered he. "* Before time, I have see one small boy stay this shop; he have go country?' said I, "' He cutchee chowehow; come one hour so: you wantchee sea he?' asked he, "' Maskee; you have alia sume ; before time my have catchee one lacker-ware box, that boy haye sendee go my house, no have sendee one chop?' I inquired. "' Sitop litty time; I sendee call-um he come," said a man sitting by me, who was smoking a pipe very sedately. "'Well, more soon, more better; sendee chop-chop,' I told him. * This have what thing?' said I, taking up two or three r«d incense sticks, smoking undrr tin; table. "' That hah joss-tick; China custom rnakee chin-chin joss,'re- plied the man behind the counter. A noise in the street called all hands out of doors to see what was the matter. They s^oon returned, and he with tin; pipe observed,' that have number one kweisi man; he 'You have got think Canton hab got velly makee too mud '"What thin '"Oh, hah he he go that mane '"So fashioi tnuchee nosie,' cession going In '" Some ma; day, can mally \ "By this timi port for the artii several other ter you some more with the additio "Enough, in with it from th such, in a grea signs of the tim creasing interto henceforth be i As students acquisition ivj|| accessible ast||( on the other ha, to be derived fr, for their use wj) put w»hin the of h»t on, in . A Wo whlcl> was int« "«K bu , Di,|wc s« to „ * ART Vlu> * Journal of Occurrences. 435 -cow; that have counter very tronb pidgeon.' makee so much bobbery? ' asked I. IB shop, makee steal; any man must waiitchee answered he. 'said I. 'What casion so much a man, so I him, looking through the door at a noisy pro- catchee one wifo; to-day have counter good oper.' >oy came in, and I procured the chop or pass- id purchased, and returned home. There are (1 in the jargon, to elucidate which I might send •sations, but these two will do for a " muster," : more which I recently heard." * * * * son," we think our readers will say, "away of the earth, and banish it from use." That ire, will be the case before long, we think the iise( and believe that the great and rapidly in- western nations with the sons of Han will not rely carried on through such a medium. Chinese language increase, facilities for its lultiply, till the means of learning it-will be us r enjoyed in the oilier Asiatic tongues. And he Chinese become sensible of the advantages liter knowledge of the English language, books jpared, which will tend still more and more to f this people the learning of the west. We book that has ever been prepared for the use g English, which is a grammar, of a hundred r. Morrison for the Anglochinese college at begun at Canton about a year and a half since, assist the native in acquiring a knowledge of einains unfinished. The Vocabulary of the bed by Dr. Morrison in 1828, is used by the ed degree in learning English words. if Occurrences. Seizure, of an English nf- mer; United States slnnp of war, Vincennes; if (he Taou sect; the Chinese statesmen, Tengan. the month of (lie river, which flows past this city and owed with native pilots on lioard to ascend as far as for their commanders to forward dispatches by native i captain himself or one of his officers accompanies 1836. 436 Journal of Occurrences. JAN. gi d the dispatches. All Ibis is contrary to ' old custom,' though it seems to have been the usage, time out of mind. The usage has grown out of the necessity of the case, and will doubtless be continued su long as the same necessity shall exist. It not unfrequently happens that these fast boats are pursued and seized, sometimes by boats belonging to the government, and at others by piratical boats, — in both of which cases the evil is nearly the same. In some instances, letters have been thrown overboard and lost; in others, officers have been seized. A case of the latter kind occurred early last month. The English vessel Fairy Queen, hav- ing arrived off the mouth of the river, one of the officers with the dispatches started in a fast boat for Canton. Whun near Cbuenpe, the boat was pursued and captured, and the officer made prisoner; whether by Chinese officers or pirates, he knew not. After he had been some time in the boat, one of the men was sent to the Fairy Queen, offering to release the officer and give up the letters for the sum of $50. i; this man was detained on board the ship. By and bye another came, and was also detained. A third was sent, but he would not venture to go on board. In the mean time, the boat which had taken the officer was continual- ly moving from place to place, near Lintin; and it was not till after the lapse of lour or five days, that he was released and the letters given up. The boat seems to have been a pratical craft, and failed utterly in obtaining money for her job. The case excited considerable feeling at Canton, and called out a large party of the residents, about fifty in number, with a petition, to the city gates. The petition w.is addressed to the governor: in his absence it was received by the fooyuen, h's deputy, who censured alike both the hiring and the capture of the boat; he was pleased, however, to direct that the officer and letters should be immediately iven up, and the case investigated. Nothing, however, so far as we know, was one besides the issuing of the order, 'which is on record ' as follows: "Ke the fooyuen, &c., to the hong merchants. On the 20th day of the 10th moon, of the 15th year of Taoukwang, (December 10th,) the hong merchants re- ported that Mr. Gibb, an English merchant, had presented a petition, slating that a barbarian ship, captain Holmes, had come to Canton to trade; and having on the 14th day of the moon arrived at Macao, while waiting for the pilot to procure a permit to come up to Whampon, and being apprehensive that days would he lost by delay, and having a variety of goods and letters on board, the captain, anxious to forward the latter, ordered his mate to hire a boal and proceed to Canton. When he had arrived near Chuenpe, without the Bogue, he was pur- sued by a cruiser, seized and put in irons; and the letters detained. The men of the cruiser offered to release the officer on the payment of a large sum of money; and at length, being wearied and having no resoiirse, he wrote a letter and direct- ed one of the men to go to the ship. The bearer of this letter was detained by the captain. In consequence of these circumstances, a petition was presented and an earnest request made, that the officer might be released and the tellers given up immediately, for which favor extreme gratitude would be felt. This coming be- fore me, the fooyuen, I have directed a strict investigation to be made. It appears that the captain of the said ship acted improperly in not waiting for the permit, and in precipitately directing his officer to hire » boat to convey letters to Can- ton. It is the duty of the cruisers to examine and search (any beats they meet); and when they saw a barbarian in a native boat near Chuenpe, it was their duty to apprehend him and report the case. But how is it that no report has heen sent up? If there be anyextorlionofmoney.it will be most detestable. It is right to examine and punish the offenders. Let the chefoo ascertain what cruiser it was that seized the officer of the ship. Let the officer and letters be immediately given up. Let the hong merchants inform the captain of the ship that he ought not to direct his officer clandestinely to engage a native boat to enter the port. Let the whole affair be managed and recorded according to the facts. There must be no connivance or delay," &c. December, 12th, 183.1. The Jardine Steamer. This vessel arrived in the Chinese waters, on the 20th of September, under canvas from Aberdeen, May 20lh 18155; a legitimate produc- tion of free trade. Her machinery was soon put together, and her steam raised. A correspondent of the Canton Register, under the ilnte of 13th of November, at Lintin, thus described one of (IT first excursions. "We all assembled on board the Steamer Jurdine, alias 'fast ship Greig,' [the name of her captain,] and get- ting under UIMI;|I < whom cheered 111 make a tour of the on her return slie i ed returned Ihe co the velocity with \ the waters ol'ilie d hear the echo ut'tli cer of the Jialcarru! from the HiijdccnU to see the selling the. ihipping ai a view: the whole i a calm in the mini might have teneld i of romance could |i worthy host, and (I No sootier was vince was leveltd i the local civil and linguists, have had flowery land and c ness of their streng day of the lltli m, excelle ncies, Ke, » governor of the time customs of tl for yeaTs have bee 'boats with holds a, decree was elicitei ed to Howqua th to the governor. 1 ton, and couched i Canton. "Sir,-Wethe for years past expe of our communica as from the difficul riving and departi, pense, a traveling of moving against intend to order he forts, never havin neous ideas regard which may (ermin quest the favor of, order to ,lrec]ud(,- sonallyknownl and (lie rectitude c cargo can ever be; draft of water six f seventy feel !„ | e protection o! atisfy himself estabhshed will lea thec0n,e 438 1S3G. Journal of Occurrences. JAN. The pns«age boats plying between Canton and Macao rontinne to run as for- merly, and no " thundering lire from the great guns ul'tiie liirls" lias been opened on them. The proprietors of the Steamer, however, have not yet deemed it ad- visable to bring her to Canton. One of her movements up the river is thus des- cribed by an eye-witness, whose communication appeared in the Register of the 5th instant. "At half past seven on the 1st of January, the steamer Jardine, with a few gen- tlemen on board, left l.inliii, and precisely in three hours arrived off Chuenpe when a heavy firing from every fort on both sides of the Bogue took plnce, though it is supposed few if any of the guns were shotted ; those fired from the nearest fort, Chuenpe, were certainly not so. The boat backed out of the line of the Chuenpe guns, when three of the passengers, one acting as interpreter, stepped into the small row-boat of the Steamer with four Lascars and pulled on shore towards the fort and towards a large turn-out of their boats and junks. This jolly-boat was cautiously approached by a soldier row-boat, wilh perhaps forty men. Oars were tossed up and the headman asked to come into the jolly-boat: he did so, and a card a duplicate of the one given the previous night at Lmtin, was shown to him; on pe- rusal he told the interpreter that the fooyuen's orders to stop the passage of the boat were peremptory. He was told that if the commanding officer at the fort or of the fleet, allowed us an audience and confirmed this the boat would go away; he asked us to follow his boat and he would lead us to the admiral; we did so, and gave him the card, which reading attentively he informed us his orders were imperative not to admit the boat. We asked him to send up to the fooyuen for orders that the boat might be examined there instead of at Whampoa, and if so, the boat should wait; this, he said, was contrary to his orders.—We asked him to come on board the Steamer, this he frankly agreed to, and with above one hundred attendants, two of some rank, he instantly came. The curiosity of nil was unbounded, the engine could not be approached ior masses of Chinese, but on a word from an officer they all went to their boats. At his own request the admiral—for such is his rank—was towed by the Steamer to and tro up and down the Bogue, in presence of thousands at all paces except her fastest pace. The admiral and his officers after this came on board; meanwhile an intelligent Chinese officer had measured the length and breadth of the Steamer, looked for arms and cargo, and declared there were none. "The admiral, after being towed, came on board, went below and satisfirtd himself of the want of arms, hud the crew mustered forwards and passengers aft and counted them ; he partook with a great deal of zest of several glasses of sherry with some biscuit and some snuflf; his determination to express friendly intentions was marked ; he volunteered to say—' his own desire was that the boat, which was strictly a passage boat without arms or cargo, should pass up; but that his orders were express.' As soon as the Chinese took to their boats, the Steamer departed to Llntin and Macao, the passengers by her first trip got into English sailing boats and proceeded to Canton. On Monday next, the Steamer will again be at Chuenpe and a similar arrangement take place. "A party passing the Bogue nt night found the forts still firing, the war-junks exchanging signals and rockets, in short*' much ado about nothing." "The result of the trial to establish steam-passage to Macao, though consequential to foreigners in this land of oppression, its success or nonsuccess to the fooyuen must be a very minor interest; therefore arrays of boats, men, and ships, displays of five well-found batteries firing for hours to destroy or intimidate a craft !7 feet by HO, with a crew of thirteen mi. places the fooyuen in a situation absolutely farcical, the more so that the expenditure of five tons of coals can at any time put him to this show of Chinese bravado. 2d January, ]83ri. Tlit Uniti'il St/ites sloop of war I'iiifcnncs. The following edict affords an ad- mirable spei-iiiip:: lioth of Ch'iime diplomacy mid of their nationnl lltwpilality. In all their offi".itd rV:spi;t<:hrs nr>t !he least error is ever allowed; and towards all those who come from nt'r.r lii.--y nlwav5<.!n>w unbounded kindness. So the Chinese declare; and «o many foreigners hi>li«ve. For many years, the inte.rcouse be- tween the Chinese and the United Stales has been "mutually beneficial and sa- tisfactory:" i. e. there never has been any intercourse between the governments of the two countries; and since I7H'I. Americans resident in Canton have always "reverently obeye faction." Thus •• it and on terms of fri United States, and anchors for a little "AN edict from flower gardens, cc hong merchants. "The deputy ol to me, that 'on th> Kingnsng reporte (January !3th for the Chinese and foreigners. An enumera- wliich access should be had, is here unnecessary; i that the coast abounds with safe and spacious h, so far as they may be serviceable In commerce, opened to foreign vessels. For our countrymen, harbors, liberty of free intercourse with the natives .ion, should be stipulated. No longer let the Chi- n from his wife and family, and confine bin) to ;y liavc hitherto done. Only let our consuls, at ive proper authority given them, and e may hope check wanton resistance to the laws of the country 448 1836. Treaty with the Chinese. FEB. and exercise such a control over British subjects as to render any interference on the part of the Chinese government unnecessary. As the duties to be levied on exports arid imports will constitute the pivot on which our good or ill success must turn, those to whom the business of negotiating is entrusted should make themselves fa- miliar with the Chinese system of custom-house duties. Care should be taken not to throw the revenues of the trade into the hands of local officers, as has been done at Canton. And, while we provide for the security of our own property, we should see well to it that those with whom we trade are protected from those 'squeezes' which have hitherto been so injurious to our commerce. Another point that should be guarded against is, the publication of insulting edicts. The offensive language hitherto used, greatly to the injury of foreigners', should on no account be permitted. But it 'is unne- cessary for us to dwell on these particulars. We will now proceed to the difficult task of pointing out some of the measures which seem requisite to effect a treaty. Here it may be asked, what right have the Chinese to enforce their system of excluding foreigners from their country? Can any civilized nation, living on the same globe, under the same heavens, being cre- ated by the same God, guided by the same law of nature, interdict all friendly intercourse between itself and the inhabitants of other countries 1 Common sense, reason, and the law of nations all exclaim against such an unnatural procedure. But since the Chinese have been pleased to adopt this course, some may affirm, we have no right to force them from it. In answer to this it should be stated, that the Chinfese as a nation are decidedly in favor of inter- course with foreigners. Many officers of government are also in favor of it. The distinction between the people of China and their govern- ment is so great that it ought not to be overlooked. The welfare of the great majority of the nation surely should not be regarded with indifference. We have no wish to meddle with the internal affairs of the government; but we will never allow that arbitrary restrictions respecting foreign commerce, enforced in defiance of the wishes of a great people, are entitled to the respect of other nations. Timidity and insolence are two prominent characteristics of the Chinese government, whose conduct (to compare great things with small) is like that of a village cur. The little amimal barks furiously, pursues and tries to bite the stranger who is unprovided with a stick, particularly if he runs ; but when he turns round, the cur draws back; if he lifts his stick, the cur flies; if he actually strikes, the cur be- comes more cautious in future not to be the aggressor, and even en- deavors to conciliate the offended party by fawning and wagging his tail and licking the hand that gave the blow. This is a true picture of the conduct of the Chinese government, as every one knows who is familiar with its history. Every document, therefore, presented to the emperor or his ministers should be couched in the strongest language; and, lest the government should suppose we with to imitate them, 'the action must be suited to the word.' The show of force will suffice. It is absurd to the ranks to I broad-side is p reasonable dtn to the nortlieas ernperor himsi' it would not bi a single barbai wish Great Br only desire tha decrepit, hang when it is fore are wanted, under the cor Peking, with i members of tli powers to new accomplished l no right to act same binding civility, and it frowning aspei you are cont'esi no motive for and have powt the lowest tnaj where control* frigates appro not only for tt grain, which i rivers and car We have n< a treaty with pendent state, no us. u priiiIn undaunted in which tins so caused us to I henceforth w of commerce Note. VVenu we ought" to ti of opinion thai States of Ameri open a friendly duties among n? do not know pn cannon's moij'th are the advocat, ought to l,e sen( and protection , V°L. IV. N, 4oO 183G. Bait. FEB. ,:. iiil iii Ml (I {' ART. II. Island of Bali: its situation, divisions, lakcf, popula- tion, manufactures, commerce, agriculture, government, language, education, and religion. IN the survey of the Indian Archipelago, published in our second vo- iiunr, (page 385,) Hull was included among the sixteen islands, which, with regard to size, constituted one of the four classes into which the whole group was divided. Our attention is now called to this ishind by a letter before us, dated "Bali, November 5th, 1835," written by an Armenian gentleman residing there. An extract from his letter will serve as an introduction to an account of the island, which we have compiled from the papers of Raffles, Medhurst, and others. lie says: "We left Singapore on the 16th of August, having contrary winds and waters. On the 21st, at half past ten o'clock, the brig ran and sat over rocks and reefs; she remained there for a full half hour, knocking and thumping, which shook her frame dreadfully; wo lost all hopes of our safety, atid the ship was full of cries and lamen- tations. 1 stoo'd firm in my belief of a providential help, yet ready at His call. I got myself into the long-boat, went round about, and found at the stern of the ship twelve fathoms of water; immediately returned to the ship, informed the captain of it, and the next moment the brig was again afloat. * * * * It took two full months for us to reach this part of Bali, which to the eye is one of the most beautiful and verdant spots I ever saw, well populated and conducive to trade: yet the place is full of sickness, the natives are troubled witli constant diseases, and it appears to be a poison to settlers; it doe* not, however, hurt much the seafaring people, because they live upon the water, yet they sometimes suffer. The diseases are of a bilious kind, with chilling cold, hot fevers, pain in the head and loins, coughing, swelling of the spleen, and weakness of the body; but its first symptoms are headache and stupidity. We have no doctors here, nor do the natives study medicine. "Bali contains some volcanoes, and their eruptions poison the air, the waters, and every thing in them. The country is governed by many heads, who are called rajahs or kings; the weakest submits to the powerful according to the times; they seem savage in ap- pearance, yet are friendly, charitable, and moderate. In general, the people do not burn their dead, nor even their wives and concu- bines; but ntnong the great, wives and concubines or slaves are sometimes burnt, which they say is done by freewill: this is not true, for others say the freewill is asked, and if refused, they then give them something to eat and drink, which intoxicates them, and thereby they draw the party to consent, when a nod or shake of the head is enough. But if they cannot even get this, they then murder them by some false pretense or other. However, it seems to be one of the greatest along witli tht "The Bulii and punishme they call med Mohammedat eating. The; man will worl merchants, ni their heads IK are but few p they need no j "The \>re king who die< king had a < his mother's consented to was, that the and plunged 1 "I have no my subordinal without his en The soil is ex native or for try of great vt rice to China. cocoa oil, hid bears, and in Thus far v Stamford Ri Medhurst visi account, the i rangassam, K Tiibuiuinn. T and includes teu in breadtl west from it Java. Knrai near the sirs and runs mi oldest and n descent from the whole islf ward to Bad and IIHS a tre of that Rover 'to purchase led also Tan betwecu the t1 The Island of Bali. 451 rhich they can enjoy to Imve some one burnt itter who. ve in one supreme God, and in future rewards hey worship many and various images, which the remission of iheir sins. They detest tlie rk, and if need be, are not averse to any other ctunl in paying their debts; but not a single in attending his plough. The women are the ihe carriers of their wares. The men go with 1 the women with their bosoms open. There le, for their country abounds with plenty, and :>r to provide for themselves. en, Chokordy, was invited to follow the late year ago; she refused to be burnt. The said e, with an only son and heir, who insisted on ; his father to ashes; arid she out of modesty it at the pile of fire, refused; the consequence atural sou drew his kris, stabbed her through, the deep. ide any progress into the interior, because of ur captain; I do not wish to act in any way irhich 1 shall apply for in one of these days, rich, and produces almost every plant whether d the least encouragement will make it a comi- 'he English carry large quantities of the best sland produces rice in abundance, siipan wood, ins, bird's nests, horses, cows, buffaloes, goats, :hered fowls." * * * quoted from the letter of the Armenian. Sir sited Bali prior to 1815. The Rev. W. II. i the winter of 1829-30. According to ihe latest s divided into eight states, namely, Baliling, Ka~ ong, Gianjer, Badong, Bangli, Mangoei, and of these is situated on the north side of the island, and fertile plain about thirty miles in length and inbsinum is included in this state and is situated shores of the straits which separate Bali from n occupies the northeast corner of the island, Lombock. Kalonffkong adjoins Karangassam, ind; it includes the port of Cnsambti and is the iportaut state of Bali, its princes tracing their f Java, and having once possessed authority over Next to Kiilongkong is Gianjer, extending sotiih- vliicli forms the southeast corner of the island th the authorities of the Netherlands: an agent : bus resided there for the last few years, in ordrr and recruit corps of native troops.' Bungli, eal- uli, 'the garden of Bali,' is an inland state, Iving tiges of hills, one on the north the other on the 1836. 454 Tkt hland oj Bali. FEB. j!E &» 5 afi i •ii ''• r.;; "•*, PI-.I I*.!. a pocket, in which they keep their betel, tobacco, opium, nnd some- times their cash. This pouch is generally a foot long nnd half a foot broad, and being stiff, sticks out a considerable way before them, serving them for a resting place for their cloth which some- times hangs over it, or for their hands which they lazily fold in front, and recline on their pouch, to prevent their dangling down as they walk. Each man has his kris, stuck into his girdle behind; the handles of these are generally of wood, but sometimes of ivory and generally manufactured on the island, and are valued according to the generations they have passed through, or the number of peo- ple they have slain. The dress of the women differs little from that of the men, except that they have a finer scarf or salindong than that worn by the men, and tie their hair up much in the same way, as is usual in Java. The king's women and female relations walk out with a profusion of jessamines in their hair, so that the whole head is whitened, and the neck covered with them, and their scarfs being of a light color, they present altogether not an inelegant appear- ance. There is otherwise no apparent distinction between the dress of the high and low, and I have seen a mean man in a sarong as fine and as much interwoven with gold, as that worn by the chiefs themselves. "Their houses are generally small, with mud walls and thatched roofs; several of these small dwellings are built together and the whole inclosed with a mud wall; in each inclosure, there is generally one more neat and. respectable than the others, which is built of brick, with carved doors, varnished windows, and painted pillars; this is probably the residence of the oldest or most important person in a family, and being rather substantial and secure would serve for a store-house or treasury of the household. Their houses are about fifteen or twenty feet square, and eight high, built on small terraces, two feet above the level of the ground; some of them open on two or more sides, and some are inclosed all round. The unburnt bricks with which their walls are built, are merely pieces of clay, squeezed together by the hand, and hardened in the sun: underneath, there is sometimes a foundation of rough stones and coral, but the upper part of the wall is finished with these sun-dried lumps of mud. The king's palace at Baliling is on the same plan, and with the exception of a new and rather elegant door way differs little from the dwellings of the common people. The Chinese say, that the rajah abstains from beautifying his palace out of compassion to his people, who would have to work much and without hire, in order to bring it into a state of complete repair. "The Balinese have a few manufactures which may be noticed: every family has its loom, which is worked by the women, and employed in weaving coarse sarongs and salindongs, with cotton thread, the produce of the country, and intertwined with coarse gold thread imported by the Chinese. Almost every Balinese has one of these sarongs about him, but many may \>e seen with chint7.es and battles, the produce of the European and Butavian markets. They also s and u: in Bal on the water Javanc and h; harden and we who in) from b): esteem,, renderi are thei sharp, i! Balinesi rifles, hi them frc by the 1 lead. 1 worked I Raffle's . the Balii plentiful Lebran a a number of an im partly fill after drip earthen bi the sun; it thorong obtain the "Their depth of i some hum' places, arid near the se called by I struction a found to be hut it was itself, and t were made and were a much like ll natives call i boat lies on balance tier The Island of Bali. 4;>5 >f cotton tliread, which is exported to Javn, 1 as wick for caudles. Potteries are common rtheu pots used in cooking are manufactured •JIMS appear thin and well baked, and their peculiar construction, with a spout like the Ferent kind of hand piece. Their cutlery , the Baliriese having a peculiar method of 3f their steel, by which means their krises They buy iron and steel from the Chinese a, and work it up with bits of cast iron taken ans, the hardness of which they particulurly •ale it with the wrought iron and steel as to larticulnrly hard. Their krises and spears their common cleavers or bill-hooks are so rough the wood in a very short time. The itre also able to make gun barrels, and even they ;ire indebted to the Chinese, who import y bore their pieces with an instrument turned [ler the grooves even by working them on its are few and simple, their forge small, and right bellows such as we find described in ; articles of food are also manufactured by black sugar from the areca palm, which is i Bali. Salt is made in great abundance at ;s, and is very pure and white. They construct lout three or four feet in diameter, in the form nd supported on sticks, each of which they d earth, and then pour the salt water thereon; they spread the residuum on flat shallow 3nty feet square, and allow it to evaporate in they put it again into the baskets and washing •water, and evaporating it a second time, they d white, like the best table salt, not so profitable as those of Java, owing to the 1 the Balintse shores; there are still however >le employed in them at each of the principal obtained for the consumption of the inhabitants hey go out to fish in a small thin kind of boat jeo-kong, which is of such a singular con- a few remarks. One thiit I measured was feet long', only one foot broad, and a foot deep; ith outriggers on each side as long as the boat liont four feet from its sides. These outriggers bamboo so that they would not easily sink, the boat by crooked pieces of wood, very f a bird, or the legs of a grass hopper: the ioat's arms and legs, and sometimes when the !i wind, they go out on these outrigger* to i her in good trim. The mast is composed of 456 FEB. The Island of Bali. a light piece of bamboo, just put against the stern of the boat, by a groove cut in it; this meets another coining from the head alright angles, about the centre of the sail which is three-cornered and suspended between these two bamboos: they get on pretty fast when under way. They do not dare to go far out to sea in these small boats, but keep within a mile or two of the shore. The hull of the boat is hollowed out of a single tree, and the whole expense of it is not more than ten rupees, or fourteen shillings English money. "The trade at the port of Baliling is carried on principally in foreign praws which visit the island from various places, the Balinese themselves having few praws, and seldom venturing far from their own shores. From the great island of Ceratn at the back of Am- boina, about ten praws come every year: their time of arrival is in October, and of their return in January. They bring nutmegs, tor- toise-shell, a kind of medicinal bark called Masoodji, very much prized by the natives of Java, and other articles common to the eastern islands. Their praws are manned by able bodied Caffries, brought from the coast of New Guinea, who speak the Malay lan- guage in a very distinct and clear way, and in a determined kind of tone, as though they had been accustomed to command rather than to obey. Their praws are all tied and pinned together with wooden pins, without an iron nail about them, and when they arrive at Ceram, they pull the whole to pieces, and each man carrying a plank or a beam, they store the praws up in their village, till it is time to go to sea again. Between Bali and Java, the trade is car- ried on in Chinese praws, about ten of which are employed, that make half a dozen voyages a year. They carry coarse cloths, chintzes, and battic handkerchiefs to Bali, and receive in return dried beef, hides and tallow, together with a portion of the Masoodji bark and nutmegs brought from Ceram. Their lading generally amounts to 20 or 30,000 rupees value; the profit on the cargo from Java yields about ten per cent., but that on the return voyage much more. Besides the Ceram and Chinese praws, Bali is also visited by Bugis praws, a dozen of which come from Sambawa, twenty from a part of the Celebes, and twenty more from Singapore; the latter are the most richly laden, and bring annually about twenty chests of opium to Baliling. Besides these, many more praws go to the ports of Padang and Badong, both of which have trade superior to that of Baliling. Two or three square rigged vessels visit the island peri- odically to lay in cargoes of dried beef, and cocoanut oil, besides those which touch occasionally, and some Arab vessels which come once a year with opium. "Most of the necessaries of life are very cheap on Bali, one rupee and a half being sufficient to maintain a man comfortably a whole month. Rice on the sea coast is three rupees per pecul, but further in the interior, and particularly in the district of Talmnnan, it is only one rupee for the same quantity. Cocoanut oil may be obtained at from 4 to 6 rupees per pecul, salt at 1J rupee, fat cows 4 rupees each, fresh beef 5 cents per pound, and dried beef 9 rupees per pcci hides Ji; rupee p< bark sel kind of This nr several | of cocoa quantity measure catties, a taining H of Chint use here GOO ma} up in hui to one ru Very littli tion to S] them, goods, cli benjamin, sales effec bandar, w seller: pu of 4 or 5 ) seller, and to the Sh be carried and by hi The prese which is on inland on passing the various people pay trade the w The higf duced does mon, partic simple, anc plough lias There is nc cattle is ext and every < small, but si sometimes fi rtred weight, pursued liy VOL. IV. ft V*c Island of Halt. 457 > to 2O rupees, and pigs 7 rupees per pecul; tallow 12 to 14 rupees, and cocoanuts 1 's eggs 10 rupees per 1000. The masoodji 2O rupees per pecul; and kasoomba, a red d on Java for dying, fetches 20 per pecul. by the coyang if required. Bali produces nests, second sort got at Bangle, 100 coyangs yangs of rice, much black sugar, and a great ohacco, for exportation. Their weights and ! s;»me as on Java—the pecul containing 100 JO peculs; the gantang however is large, coti- The money current on Bali consists solely i, with a hole in the centre, which has been in lemorial. They value them at half a cent, and for a silver dollar. They however put them Dusands; two hundred called satak, are equal ausiuid called sapaku, are valued at rive rupees. seen on Bali, though they would have no objec- , and the C'hinescwould know how to exchange t in demand among them, nre coarse cotton s, opium, China basins, pans, iron, steel, gum J, &c. The duties charged are 4 per cent, on all \VK generally through the medium of the Shah- 1 per cent, on the buyer rind 2 per cent, on the charged at the same rate: opium pays a duty jail, equally divided between the buyer and the these duties, a present is expected to be made according to the amount of trade expected to sents are also looked for by the nijah, if visited, en, if any business is to be done with them. y iTmde consist of raw silk, a pound or two of n appropriate gift. There are no settled duties icse having been paid at the out ports,) only e country to another, presents must be made to to secure their favors. At the bazars, the poor e a head on entering', and this entitles them to . 11 Bali are generally wooded, but the wood pro- mi to be strung or durable. Fruit trees are com tangoes. The system of husbandry is remarkably plements used are of a very primeval order. The about it, the share being formed of hard wood. xprcssly devoted to grazing, though the breed of fine, being generally larger than that on Java, fat, plump, and good-looking. The horses are ;arrying heavy burdens across the mountains, and lOrt journey bearing up under two or three hun- :r ami tigers abound on the lulls, where they are mien. Dearth and famine are unknown in the 58 4.58 183C. The hlaiul of Kali. FLU. island; and so rich and various are the productions, that the poorest of the people are able to obtain all the necessaries of life. Fevers, cutaneous disorders, ulcera, and dropsies, are the most prevalent diseases among the inhabitants. The small-pox has sometimes also raged violently. Of the government of Bali we can say but little, except that it seems to be both hereditary and monarchical: the authority of the rajahs, however, is not so unlimited as to render them entirely in- dependent of the will of the people or the customs and laws of slate. The government has never been in the hands of Europeans, but always in those of the native chiefs. The revenues are derived from customs and portcharges, from a land-tax, marriage' fines,' from the sale of the wives and daughters with the property of persons deceas- ed, and from the sale of culprits. In fact, u all malefactors among the men and all unfortunates among the women, become immediately the slaves of the king. Some of these he employs in working for him, •and some lie sends out to trade on condition of their bringing him a certain portion of the profits; some when old and useless, or flagrant offenders, are kriscd out of the way; and some of better promise are sold to the Chinese, who dispose ot them to the Dutch, or to French vessels visiting the different sea-ports. Prisoners taken in war may be dealt with in the same way, and poor unprotected persons, who have no relatives to befriend them, are in danger of sharing the same fate. At Bali Badong, a person was established on behalf of the Netherlands' government, to buy up these people and transport them to Java, to be employed as soldiers in the Dutch service :the contract was, it appears, for one thousand fighting men at 20 dollars a head; about one half of this number, supplied during the last two years (1828 and 1829), have cost the government, including agency and transport, about 20,000 dollars. No persons are chosen for this purpose, but young able-bodied men, the old, infirm, and deformed being rejected; and as soon as n sufficient number are collected together, the colonial crui/.ers come to take them away. Last year, two French ships came from the Mauritius, one to Badong, and the other to Padang, both to buy slaves. These preferred women and valued them according to their youthful and plump appearance; for young women they gave generally 150 rupees, 50 for the middle aged, and rejected the old ones. Boys vvere also bought by them, but they seldom took grown up men as they might prove too stiff and stubborn for their management. These vessels took away about 500 slaves between them, and talked of coming again; the time of their arrival is generally in the. beginning of the year, and of their return in March." Useful knowledge is at a low ebb among the people of Bali. There are no regular schools, except among the Mohammedans for learning Arabic. "The language of the Balinese difl'ers in some respects from the Javanese, though evidently of the same family; a person acquainted with the Javanese would not have much difficulty in understanding the Balinese, ai himself. In tin mem, and l\w \ Zeiar, or the gr the Balinese dif wJiich would in panji. The ten and some Mala king generally: the kawi, "anci written on the being engraved Their writing is of the instrume make, render it The persons aci places of public fewer because tl superiors if they perstitious preju stories, and the laws, to which tl states. Their i of paintings tin sailing upon nm From these d, condition of tin ing of widows but the most pi the journal offr "The religin for though the are traces e noi been derived fr< supreme, vvlioir suppose to be is said to Segara, the Javanese and sprunjT from >\ and I distinct! Ganesa, ith a hull. They ha nor wearing jts 1 observed also which seemed t "Theirtemr ticed upwards were as The Island of Bali. 459 n little practice will be able to speak it et, there is some difference in the arrange- invariably omit one of the letters called do In the way of marking the end of a word, the Javanese, and they pronounce letters i be half mute, which they cull the aksari Balinese contain a mixture of Madurese be Javanese; nnd that spoken about the i the bahsa dalam "court language,1' or lages," of the Javanese. Their books are leaf, as in India, but tlie letters, instead of ron stile, are cut in with the point of a knife, and indistinct, owing to the awkwardness the various slips and omissions which they for a stranger to decypher their meaning', with letters are few, owing to the want of :>n, nnd those who venture to write are still ifraid of incurring the displeasure of their iir letters so as to offend against their su- rbe books generally treat of mythological •lome collections of 'undang umlang,' or , and by which they profess to govern their similar to the Javanese, but much inferior: a few specimens, representing war-boots, d men fighting and dancing in the air." : are prepared to expect that the religious sc must be very bad. The frequent burn- f of this. Islamism prevails to some extent, 'inili is the Hindoo, and is thus described in urst, sed by the Balinese is generally Ilindooism, ii some respects from the Hindoos, yet there ivcrablc. to prove that their faith must have teople. They acknowledge I'rahma as the peak of with high rrspect, and whom they of lire: next to him they rank Vishnu, who the rivers of waters; and thirdly comes 3 sea; 'scgara' meaning the sea, in the languages. They also speak of Ham, who at the confluence of the Jumna and Gungn; ixed in one of their temples an image of nt's head, and one of Doorga, standing on a ,t veneration for the cow, not eating its flesh, r doing any thing to the injury of that animal; e of a cow in one of their sacred enclosures, ten put there as an object of worship, numerous; near Baliling nnd Sanusit I no- ;eu sacred enclosures, in each of which there urines or templus. These enclosures were 400 183G. The Island i,f Bali. FF.B. generally from 100 to 50 feet square, surrounded with a mud wall, and mostly divided into two squares which may be called inner and outer courts. In the outer court, we generally observed a pair of large wnringin trees, something like the banyan, and casting a pleasant and agreeable shade all around. The second court was appropriated to the shrines of the gods which were small huts, dif- fering in size from 6 or 8, to 9 or 12 feet square. Some were built of brick and covered with straw, and others were of wood covered with gamuoty, a kind of black hairy substance obtained from the areca palm. Some were open, having only a slight wicker work entwined between the posts; and others were closed with little doors in front, which on opening we found to contain nothing but a few offerings of fruits and flowers, and in one instance a row of images made of mud, representing the various god? of the Hindoo system. Outside the shrines, we sometimes met with a couple of rude images, formed of hardened clay, which seemed to have been placed there as guardians of the shrines. But all were in a state of dilapidation and decay;—some of the images had lost their heads, others their arms and most of the shrines were tottering to decay, with foundations giving way, and roofs falling in, indicative both of the indolent cha- racter of the worshipers and the very perishing materials of which their gods were made. "The attendance on these temples seems very frequent; we obser- ved processions on the sea side, (luring our stay, and arrived at one while the worshipers were inside performing their vows. An old man met us at the gate, and seemed displeased at our approach, saying the women would be alarmed if we attempted to enter; and after trying in vain to pacify him and to assure him of our harmless intention, we were obliged to pass on without seeing how they celebrated their worship. Idolatrous processions are common, and may be witnessed daily. They consist generally of a train of women and children, preceded and followed by a few men and boys. The females all carry fruits and flowers on their heads as offerings; and the men are employed, some in carrying the sacrificial imple- ments, and others in bearing the chair of the god himself, while a few walk by the side of the divinity, chaunting hymns to his honor as they go along. When arrived at the temples they offer part of what they have brought, and feast on the rest; after a few hours they return, and generally in the evening, when they may be heard chaunting along the road to a great distance. Beside these daily offerings of fruits and flowers, national sacrifices are sometimes made, when buffaloes, goats, and pigs are slain, and offered up to the gods in order to procure fruitful seasons and national prosperity. They have a set. of priests who are called Brahmans, or more generally Idas; these all belong to one family; they intermarry with no other tribe and neither eat nor drink with those of another caste; thus is the priesthood hereditary and exclusive; all who be- long to the profession are called Idas, but it is not till they have arrived at the height of their order, that they are called Brahmans. These priests ar and when they j particulnr dress a; liiiidonstan, whii to work or trade, burnings, when consecrating the ART. III. Oplt from the 4(/ Conducted 1 [ We have beer ply we state; its ker, in behalf of th he came to the Ei as is necessary to latter, for the qn support of the in Canton. It is k same way. We be thankfully ret tory in Canton, i shall be duly acki hospital. It is d may increase in i the Chinese is records that the number could n< diseased eyes that a Dispense opened at Bankc that the numbei this turn boon « the Siamese ei resumed. ~\ ENCOURAGED' benefit of the following solved, on The successfu others, both ai which the Chi delay, the fac the senior me situation, and Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. 401 3 generally known by wearing their liair long; >erfi>rm any religious ceremonies, are arrayed in u id adorned witli the cord of the Brahmans as in h the Balinese call ganitree: they do not appeal- but are supported by the fees given at funerals, or .Iiey officiate in performing the ceremonies, and >vater in whicli the dead bodies are washed." lidlinir Hospital at Canton: first .quarterly report, of November 1835 to the 4th of February 1830. y the Rev. Peter Parker, M. D. asked repeatedly, how the hospital is supported? In ro- iccuniary responsibilities have been assumed by Dr. Par- : A.B.CXF.M.,the benevolent society, under whose auspices st. Dr. P. receives no salary, or any aid except so much defray his own expenses and those of the hospital: the irter, were $454,84. Several generous donations for the stitution have been received from benevolent persons in tiown that many others arc also desirous of aiding in the are requested, therefore, to state that such donations will sived by Dr. Parker and the Editor of the Chinese Reposi- d by Dr. Colledge in Macao; and that all the sums received owlcdged, and carefully appropriated to the support of the signed to make the institution permanent, and hoped that it sefulness as it advances in age. The number of blind among •ery great. Not long ago we ascertained from official 3 were in and about, this city 4750 blind persons. This ;, we suppose, have included one half of those who have y a letter which has just reached Canton, we are informed f for the benefit of the sick and afflicted has recently been L in Siam by D. B. Bradley, M. D. It is stated in the letter of patients often exceeded one hundred a day. However, loing good" every day, being "contrary to the laws of pire," has been interdicted; but was likely soon to be y the success of a dispensary at Singapore for the Chinese, where, from the 1st of January 1835 to the st, more than one thousand were received, it was re- return to Canton, to open a similar institution here, experiments made by doctors Penrson, Colledge, and Canton anil Macao, left no doubt of the feelings with iese would welcome such an attempt. After some •>ry No. 7 in Fungtae hong was rented of Howqun, nber of the cohong, at $500 per annum. Its retired direct communication with a street, so that patients 402 1836. < OjiJit/ialmir Hospital at Canton. could come and go without annoying foreigners by passing through their hongs, or excite the observation of natives by being seen to resort to a foreigner's house, rendered it a most suitable place for the purpose. Besides u large room in the second story, where two hundred may be comfortably seated and prescribed for, the house can afford temporary lodgings for at least forty patients. The dense population of Canton rendered it probable that a single class of di- seases would furnish as many applicants as could be treated and accommodated; however it was designed to admit exceptions in cases of peculiar interest, and promise. Diseases of the eye were selected as those the most common in China; and being a class in which the native practitioners are most impotent, the cures, it was supposed, would be as much appreciated as any other. The antici- pation that a single class of diseases would furnish full employment for one physician was soon realized, and patients in great numbers have been sent away because no more could be received at that time. As will appear from the report, a case of peculiar interest directed my attention to the ear, and this fact was construed by many into a tacit consent to treat them for maladies of that organ. The dumb also have applied for aid. The regulations of the hospital are few, and simple. The porter is furnished with slips of bamboo, which are numbered both in English and Chinese. One of these is a passport to the room above, where the patients are treated in the order of their arrival. The name of each new patient, the disease, number (reckoning from the opening of the hospital), time of admission, &c., are recorded. A card containing these particulars is given to the patient, who retains it until discharged from the hospital,—it always entitling the hearer to one of the slips of bamboo from the porter. The prescription is written on a slip of paper, and this, being filed in the order of its number, as soon as the patient again presents his card, is referred to, the previous treatment seen, and new directions are added. In this way about two hundred have sometimes been prescribed for in a day. Thursdays are set apart for operations for cataracts, entropia, pterygia, and other surgical crises. Difficulty was anticipated in receiving females as house patients, it being regarded illegal for n female to enter the foreign factories; but the difficulty has proved more imaginary than real. Those whoso cases required them to remain, have been attended by some responsible relatives,—wives by their husbands, mothers by their sons, daughters by their brothers; and i( has been truly gratifying to see the vigilance with which these relative duties have boon performed. The more wealthy have been attended by two, thrrc, or four servants, and have provided for them- selves. Those who were unable to meet the expense have had their board gratuitously. At first, new patients were received daily, until they came in such nitmheis that they could not all be treated, and it became necessary to fix on certain days for admission. Tim total number of patients form the 4th of November to the 4th of February was nine hundred and twenty-live, exclusive of several who, rei|iiir- ing but a single | number of males dred and seventy. The following a those of the eyes,! 1st: Amaurosis Acute ophth; Chronic opht Purulent oplt Rheumatic < Ophthalmitis Ophthalmia Ophthalmia Conjunctiviti liordeolum Cataract Entropia Trichiasis Pterygium Opacity and < the cornea Ulcerationof Nebula - Albugo Leucoma - Adipose or fl ing of corn Staphyloma Staphyloma Onyx Iritis Synechiaant Synechiapos Myosis Mydriasis Closed pupil tion oflyu Procidcntia Glaucoma Night fcljndn Day blindi.e False vision Sclerotitig Choroiditis Hydrops O Atrophy Jjjhthalmic Hospital at Cantun. 463 irescription, were not enrolled. The aggregate is six hundred and fifty-five, of females two hun- re the diseases presented at the hospital; 1st, nre Jd, other diseases. 50 hnia - 68 nalmia - 40 halmiu - 21 phthalttiia 2 12 arsi - 18 ariola - 25 i - - 13 10 56 89 24 2d: 47 'ascularily of - 168 the cornea 43 40 43 13 ;shy thicken- ea - 14 39 clerotica 3 6 29 srior - 8 :erior - 9 6 8 with deposi- ph - 12 •idis - 2 5 !SS - 8 8 - - 2 2 i - - 2 2 9. Hypertrophy - - 4 Complete loss of the eyes 36 Total loss of one eye 11 Tumors of the eyelids 2 Tumors from the conjunctiva 5 Injuries in the eye from bamboo - - 3 Paralysis of the muscles of the lid 3 Quivering lid - - 1 Obstruction of nasal duct I l - 3 10 Abscess of the arm - 1 Abscess over the mastoid process communicating with the ear - 4 Abscess of the parotid gland 1 Abscess of the hand - 2 Abscess of the head - 1 Abscess of the face from carious tooth - 1 Anasarca - 3 Ascites - 1 Cancer of the breast - 1 Cancer of the face - 1 Necrosis of the lower jaw 2 Luxation of the lower jaw 1 Disease of the lower jaw with great tumefaction 2 Benign polypus of the nose 2 Malignant polypus of the nose ... l Curvature of the spine with paralysis - - 4 Phymosis - - 1 Fistula in ano 4 Cauliflower excrescence of uterus - 1 Sarcomatous tumor - 4 Incisted tumor - 1 Imperforate auditory fora- men ... 2 461 im. Oji/ithnlmi' ll(j*jnt«l at Canton. FEB. TABLE showing the number of patients, 1st, under twenty years of age; 2* •8 «8 •8 >> o «, DISEASES. V ?> §1 e o 1 •5* 16 •o ^j ^j ^ OJ 5 C C. s & o V o o s V pa PS a O Ammirosis - 3 9 16 14 8 9 60 36 14 6 16 11 13 Acute ophthalmia - 22 10 65 Chronic ophthalmia 3 1 H; 8 1) 4 68 Ophlhalniitis 1 4 4 2 1 13 52 Purulent ophthalmia 10 4 o 1 4 * 66 Conjunctivitis - - - - 2 2 5 2 2 6 63 Ophthalmia tarsi - 7 2 6 3 7 44 Cataract - - - - - 1 1 2 6 46 9 78 32 24 3 7 id '20 47 19 Entropia - 14 67 58 A few of the more important cases may he given in detail. The numbers refer to the order in which they were presented and enrolled at the hospital. Previous to opening the hospital one case of imperforate ears came to my knowledge, which I here introduce. Akwci, aged 17. This youth WHS born with no external ears, if we except a slight perpendicular cartilaginous ridge, which merelv marked the place, of the ear. No indentation whatever indicated the situation of the auditory foramen, which was concealed by the common integuments. Though not totally deaf, it was but very indistinctly that he could hear a loud voice. The fact that he could hear at all, by opening bis month wide, was presumptive evidence that the internal organs were perfect, and that to render the hearing so, it was only necessary to perforate the integuments so as to ad- mit the air to the tympanum. At his own request and '.hat of bis parents, I resolved on perforating one ear. The trochar would have been the least painful and most expeditious means, but I pre- ferred the caustic potassa for its safety, and its accordance with the Chinese prejudice in favor of the cautery. As soon as the slough from the first application of the caustic was removed, I had the sa- tisfaction to find that the bearing was surprisingly improved. The same operation has been often repeated, the obstructions being found much deeper than were anticipated. The perforation has extended through two layers of cartilage, which appear to be the proper carti- lage of the external ear convoluted upon itself. The artificial orifice has been made to the depth of an inch, but no cavity has been reached. Considerable difiiciilly has existed in keeping it from filling again with granulations. l?y means of a silver tube of 'he size of • :! Months. the natural f< npeni'.iou, the anil his relat'n liis parents, medical aid. No. 31, N lable lymph. upon the dis She was jii entered the hut at the sa si-rht. Tre iloses of lilni Hiid snbspqi was product hie benefit, restored to her disease to pcrsfvcr a sen.sihle i rial action her arm, :r of January and her cc the blind, objects. absorbed, its iiaturn materially No. 59 lie luul i through 1 lens. ~ It its i-iijres ami in i notion fixed! in vision ii which I in caps No.: year sii ii i 111; In con ti in appear I fomu nebula lures, Ad lies. VOL. f Ifti.tpi/nt it/ Cmifnn. -t(i~> nncn, I hope to preserve tin: aperture. Sinee the (Mith is able to ln.':ir even ;i whisper, and both himself i have exhibited their gratitude lor the benefit. Also iiul-parents, and other connexions have applied for •inber 9th. Chronic iritis with deposition of coagu- iung she, a frinale aged 50. Her disease supervened >earing of an affection of the breast one year ago. sensible of the clear light of the. sun, when she .Hilary: little encouragement was held out to her, time she was offered the only chance of recovering lent. She commenced immediately with alterative II, with daily applications of belladonna to the eyes, ly calomel conjoined with opium, till full ptynlntn After the lapse of some time without any perecpti- inqnired why others who came after her hud been t while she remnined the same. Being answered that very bad and required time to cure, she was content Upon the l!)ih of November, the patient told me that ive.ntent in her vision had taken place. The meren- still kept up, and on the 28th, an issue opened in sion improved so as to distinguish colors; on the 2d i could tell the number of fingers held before her face, nance had no longer the vacant and downcast look of lie lively expression of one conversant with external dense conguhtble Ivmph in the pupil has been much lie pup I, before nearly closed, is now dilated nearly to Si vend other cases of similar character have been •fited hy the same course of treatment. . 11th. Ulcer of the crystallite lens. Akwei aged 30. of both eves, and a speck, as seen by the microscope nter of the pupil, apparently on the capsule of the ihled the small de;'p-seated ulcer of the cornea, with defined. Four or five similar cases have occurred, istimce the speck varied its apparent position at every eye, indiciitini; that the lens and its capsule were not re.ous humor, but performed partial revolutions. The case was affected, but not destroyed,—an affection of (either read nor seen before. Probably it will terminate tnrac'. . 12th. Staphylotnn sclerotica. Asny, aged 17. One :r spending the whole night at a singsong, in the nior- iddenly seized with violent pain in the left eye, which niigli the day. When he came to the hospital, it •st si<*lit like a tumor of the lid, but on examination, e a stnphylomn of the sclerotica. There was a slight adjoining portion of the cornea. By repeated pnne.- it six weeks the staphyloina was completely cured, .initiation was excited, and the sclerotica mid choroid x. 59 4f>G 1836. Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. Vv.v. t:: * 9 H»» 5 15 I 3!! t" t" 1 again (irmly united.—By the same process of repeated puncturing, cr-M-niial hrm lit lias hem giiim-d in cn»ei> of coujmoi) Btaphylouiu, and ill one marked ease of hydrops ocnli. No. 198, Nov. 17th. Akeen, a merchiint, aged 31. He had nn effusion of blood into the right eye, with yellow discoloration of the :i(|iieou.i humor, leaving the pupil just discernible. There was also a turgid appearance, of the left eye. The patient, as he stated, took cold seven months before at the feast of the tombs, when bis eyes became affected: he was otherwise sadly diseased. The following extract from my journal contains the sequel of his case. "Dec. 29th. To-day Akeen has been discharged from the institution as incurable. He came perfectly blind: I gave him but little encouragement that lie wiuild ever see again, but expressed an opinion that the effusion of blood might be absorbed, and the humors cleared. This has been effected by mercury, blisters on the back of his neck, and bis fore- head, and an issue in his temple, and discloses that the iris is quite disorganized. The patient manifested much gratitude for what had been done in the improvement of his health, and for the attempt to restore sight.—Ft was a remark of one of my respected medical pre- ceptors to his students, that when the materia medica of earth failed, they might yet point their patients to that of heayen. I have expe- rienced this satisfaction to-day, in the case of this young man. His eyes suffused with tears as I took him by the hand, and with several Chinese listening, told him through my interpreter, of the world in which be may see, though never again on earth; that in heaven none are blind, none deaf, none sick. I also endeavored to point out the way for him to find admittance there." No. 210, Nov. 20th. Cataract of both eyes. Also, aged 48, a rice merchant. This patient was a stout and corpulent man; the cataract of both eyes commenced about one year ago, and three months since, he lost nearly all sight. Treat. R. Cal. and jal. a a grs. x. at night; sulph. mag. oz. j. in morning. Meat, wine, tobacco and opium forbidden. On the 24th, the patient complained of dizziness, when he was ordered, R. Pill, hydrarg. grs. v. ut night, and sulph. mag. oz. j. in the morning. Next day, no vertigo, applied belladonna to his lids. R. Tart. ant. gr. j. given in one-fourth grain powders every two hours. November 26th. The belladonna was re- applied in the morning, and I couched his left eye in the afternoon. On removing the cataract, lie exclaimed " red faces, red faces," re- fering to the Europeans in the room. The pupil appeared beautifully clear and black. Two hours after the operation, I took away sixteen ounces of blood. At 11 P. M. bilious vomiting commenced. Gave R. Laudanum dr. ss. spts. camphor 20 drops, with sweetened water. He drank one half, and the vomiting was allayed, hut recurred the next morning, when he took at once, R. Castor gr. v, opii. gr. j, and wine oz. j. A sinipism was also applied to the breast; the vomiting was immediately arrested, and did not return. The third day after couching, 1 had the satisfaction to lind but slight inflammation had attended the operation, and that the patient to his great joy could distinctly see ul Ills appearance which the slindi its natural \ ivm was led or grof where he pleast light of day. I am purlieu illustrate many cataract patiei or other circu than about thii afternoon, to to the others, quest of sever one sitting, ai has been nil In symptoms ord no means a u it has not occ often the inll; days the pin striking argu also been tw arising from arrest. Ii\ « that the \uti No. 44ft, nged 13. i Chinese tin ter, who at tumor proji cheek ns lc the rig\it e rotid and s large the tumors, vv sents a „ small tun ptMidant i her four dernnged of tlie tui vessels ththalinic Hospital at Canton. 4(i? :s both near ami nt a distance. The- diaiige in feelings was very marked. His countenance on sadness and gloom had sat, now rekindled with A ffW days ago, uiuilile to walk except as he is iiy liy the side of the wall, lie now could go ijoicing to behold the faces of his friends and the i the detail of this case, because it may serve to ±rs thut are similar. Though upwards of fifty five presented themselves, yet the age, ill-health, nces of several have prevented operating, on more >n one occasion 1 couched eight patients the same of whom vision was immediately restored; and tli« absorption of the lens took place. At the re- lents, both their eyes have been operated upon at tli but little apparent inconvenience. Bleeding •xception than a general rule in my treatment, the y not requiring it. Bilious vomiting has been by i) consequence of couching. In several instances ed to the patient the loss of an hour's sleep; and tiou has been so slight, that after three or four of the needle has been scarcely preceplible;—a in favor of a simple mode of living. There have iful exceptions to the success of these operations, ruination which it was impossible to foresee or to ise, however, the other eye was so much improved n the whole were no losers. 27th. Siircoinatous tumor. Akae a little girl is closing the business of the day, I observed a ivfllicing into the hospital leading bis little dangli- ijlit appeared to have two heads. A sarconi.-iions rum her right temple, and extending down to the ur mouth, sadly disfigured her face. It overhung so depressed the lid as to exclude light. The pa- accessory gland were very much enlarged. This surrounded by several small and well denned ones, which lay over the buccinator muscle. Slight ither parts of the body indicated a predisposition to lave siace learned is hereditary. The mother pre- gular appearance, from birth being covered with me of the size of large warts, and others hanging i and size like the finger. Akae is the only one of i thus afflicted. Her general health was somewhat nigue foul, pulse frequent and feeble, and the heat re the natural temperature of the system. The blood iver it were much enlarged. The weight much ac- illi iincl occasioned pain at night in the integuments Tlie child complained of vertigo, and habitually I to the left side. According to the statement of her 108 Fr.R. Ophthalmic Hospital at (Canton. parents, llie tumor was excited into action by the small-pox which the child Inid four years since, but within the last four months hud attained three fourths of its present magnitude. The child WHS put under medical treatment for a month, during which her health decidedly improved. From the first, it appeared to me possible to remove it; yet the possibility of an unfortunate result, or even of the child's "dying under the knife," and the operations of the hospital being thereby interrupted or broken up, did not escape my thoughts. On the other hand, however, it was a case presented in divine providence, and it was evident that left tf> itself the tumor might terminate the life of th<; child, and from the accompanying symptoms, before a great length of time. The .surgical gentlemen whose council I was so happy HS to enjoy, were all agreed as to the expediency of its removal, yet with all its circumstances they regarded it a formidable case. Though in a Christian and enlightened land, the surgeon might have under- taken it without, embarrassment, it was not so here. Having often in secret as well as in concert with others commended the child to the great Physician, I resolved upon the undertaking, with the precau- tion of procuring a written instrument and signed by both parents, stating the case, that the operation was undertaken at their desire, and they would exculpate me from censure, if the child should die in consequence of the attempt. Even the burial of the corpse was a subject of forethought and agreement with the father. On the l!)ih January, with the signal blessing of (Jod, the operation was performed. The serenity of the sky after several days of contin- ued rain, the presence and kind assistance of several surgical gen- tlemen, and the fortitude of a heroine with which the child endured the operation, call for niv most heartfelt gratitude to the giver of all mercies. A few days previous to the extirpation, an evaporating lotion ol the nit. potassr. was applied to the tumor. An opiate was given fifteen minutes before, and wine and water during the opera- tion. The patient cheerfully submitted to he blindfolded and to have her hands and feet confined. The extirpation was eflroted in eight minutes. Another small tumor of the sr/.e of a filbert was also removed from under the eyebrow. The loss of blood was estimated to be about 10 or 12 ounces. Nut an artery required to be taken HJI. She vomited but did not faint. The tumor weighed one pound and a quarter. The circumference at its base was sixteen inches and three quarters, and the length of the incision from the top of the head to the cheek, ten inches. On opening it, I found portions of it be- coming black, and two or three drachms of sanious blood, of a dark chocolate color, indicating that it had already taken on a diseased action. After a nap, the child awoke cheerful as usual; in the evening, her pulse WHS accelerated, and she complained of nausea, but ever afterwards uniformly said thai she had no pain. i\o inllani- ination supervened, and the wound healed l>v tin- first intention. Three days afler the operation, in several places of an inch or more in li-nirili, it had completely healed; and in fourteen days iht whole except ;i s|iot ll days the palicu No. (Mi), Ju He is a native city, and for ;< foo's office, and two serva were very until blind in his let taracts were < with beautiful occasioned but hospital his si liis eyes had countenance fi intelligence a, compress somt keen e sung.' &' gratitude. 11 the hospital, I No. o(54, Jiin years of age. a slight euliiro. extended alon its branches in was finally un; tended out un apex from exte expanded petii light. A simi patient wasiini the tumor ren tarsi at tlmir t first dissected and inner an-. the lieinorrliai and the graimi I injecteck a I twelve ounces antiphlogistic;! adhe.-imi of t|, to the lid, and * I \mild he,., Dr. J. riullen.sHi \V. J. P.ilim,rof Iliuir previous CD Hie necessity of pressing ,,,y ,,,.,.„ rnch .lay f,,r „, lias iKkcn a kj,1(j ihlhalmic Husjtital at Canton. 4G9 irlli of an inch was entirely healed. In eighteen discharged.* i. Cutariiut of both eyes. Matszeah aged 54. province of Che.keiing, now resident in this time employed as a writer in the Kwangchow- ?as attended by his son twelve years of age, His bed, dress, and comfortable arrangements se of the poorer classes. He had been perfectly five years, and in his right, three. Both ca- giving the pupil the appearance of being set The operation in both eyes was successful, and inconvenience to the patient. When he left the is clear, and it was scarcely perceptible that iti'ected. The contrast in the expression of his B dullness of the statue to the animated glow of :ndship was very striking. On removing tl:e alter the operation, he involuntarily exclaimed 10 doctor;' and he uniformly manifested much Id have knocked head before me when lie left not been prevented. 1830. Fleshy tumor of the left eye. Ayu, a lad 17 tumor commenced fourteen months ago with of the caruncubi lachrymalis, and gradually globe of the eye both above and below, till external angle of the eye so that the patient close the lids. When I first saw him, jl ex- ter of an inch, and was a little inflamed at the itation. Slightly lobulated it closed like the uti- rose, concealed the cornea, and excluded all ease had commenced in the right eye. The ily treated constitutionally, and on the 14th Jan., With a sharp pointed bistoury [ severed the union, divided the tumor down to the globe, j the lower side, and then from the upper lid ; eye ball was unaffected and the sight restored; not great. The upper lid was much swollen, •jroiniiient. Having cleansed the eye from blood uphor and water. In the evening bled him 3 liad a comfortable night. He was treated I the probe daily passed around to prevent ) the ball. Evaporating lotions were applied ig hopes were excited that the disease would •leilge the kindness of Dr. R. II. Cox, W. Jin-dine csr|.. lie Lord Lowlhcr, Dr. A. A. Adee and his assistant, Dr. d States sloop Vinuenes, to wliom I mn indebted for al>le assistance on the occasion. Dr. Adep was under town before the operation, i cannot refrain from ex ^alion.s to Dr. Cox, who has uniformly aided nn- on utions since (lie opening ol the hospiud. in \hiih In y 470 FKB. Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. not return. But when tlie patient left the hospital nhont four weeks after to spend the new year's festival at home, the tumor had again attained a considerable size, notwithstanding the frequent application of lunar caustic in substance and solution to prevent, it. No. Ull, Feb. 2d. Injury of the ear. Changslian, a soldier aged 48, was a native of Peking, afflicted with a disease of his left ear. The ear was half filled with cerumen of firm consistency. On removal of it I extracted half a dozen small pieces of bone. The nice ration had advanced so far that I could not identify them with the congeries of small bones of the ear, but from their situation have no doubt of their identity. The patient informed me that the pain and soreness commenced with the wounding of the ear, occasioned by a barber's cleaning it. He had quite lost the use of it.—Though this is an extreme case, many similar have come under treatment which have been occasioned by this pernicious practice,—a practice that deserves to be severely reprobated. No. 898, Feb. 2d. Ascites. Pang she, an interesting young wo- man aged '21, of a d<;licate slender frame, had been afflicted with abdominal dropsy for three years, during which she had been once gravid, but the child did not live. At first, there was edematous swelling of the abdomen and lower extremities, which after a few months subsided, with effusion into the peritoneal cavity, and the abdomen became much distended. Her countenance and skin were very sallow, respiration hurried, pulse 120, small and wiry; cough, distinct fluctuation of the fluid; indeed, all the symptoms left no doubt as to the nature of the case. As there had been no apparent increase in the quantity of fluid for a long time, I inferred that the active cause of its secretion had subsided, and that if the absorbents were first excited, and then the fluid removed, there was hope the healih might be restored. I commenced with a saline purgative. Upon the third day after, I adopted the treatment essentially that is recom- mended by sir Astley Cooper. R. Submuri. hydrflfjl. grs. jss. pulv. gamb. grs. ji. pulv. scilla1. grs. jii. made into a pill and taken ut night. Also a mixture ofspir. nit. ether, dr. ss. cor. sub. gr. ss. and fifteen drops of tinct. digitalis, to be taken twice a day. This treatment was continued till the 10th, when the tongue was slightly affected with the mercurial action. On ihe llth, assisted by Dr. Cox, I performed paracentcsis in the liuea alba, one and a half inches below the umbilicus. Three gal- lons, wanting one pint and a halt, of dark coffee colored fluid, with a slight deposition of lymph, were taken away. The fluid was very slowly drawn off, and by flannel blindages a uniform pressure was made. She shrieked once as the trochar entered, and during the whole time she complained of no syncope, on the contrary was animated and cheerful, and lavish in her expressions of gratitude. At 9 p. M. her pulse was at 90, she had some fever, and her cough was aggravated. A mixture of paragor. elix. and tinct. scillre. each one dr., wine of antimony dr. ss, and an ounce of warm water, was given in small doses during the night. On the second day, the same treatment as before was febrile symptoi little solicitude pulvis Doven i In the morning tinned, with tl water boiled a\ arabic dissolve' agreeably swe have since app cough subside assumed the a require to be n The circum: day after comi as though she moment when preparations to the husbam now be foresee content with tli of danger, and resolution of t the consequenc delay,the bush she settled in a changed, wlier My limits fi a few miscella curvature ofth physiognomy, tion; occasion larity of the c< of diseases, ti to any other.' and irritation, eye. This 01 stage, and fi, succeeds, anr| result. The i Dorsev, viz; i eyelashes. 1 f scissors, avoid an inch deep edge of the li( two snips of usually ti-lflin, ly hem-fin,,) can be mnre ulitlialmir Ifiixjiital at Canton. 471 med, oinittinir the calomel. On tlic third, the ml inncli men-used, the |>ids<- I iO, and nut a elltertnint'ri tor tin- result. Oli. rici. <>/.. j. mid were taken in I he evening :ind operated kindlv. pulse was 1U(>, the u.~ual treatment was con- dition of lirh. island. <>/,. j. in t o quarts of ) one, and decanted; and one ounce of grim (]iiart of water, the two fluids mixed ami tnadt; be taken ad libitum. No alarming symptoms The wound healed without inflammation, the patient has resumed her work, her countenance nice of health; and though the operation may I, there is every hope of a permanent relief. i of this case have been very interesting. The the institution, she resumed her needle work been in health, nor did she lay it aside till the red the chamber for the operation. When nil the ide, the possible fatal consequences were stated ugh no particular cause of apprehension could told him I would do my best, and he must lie It. But he was dissatisfied with the prospect that I must 'secure' success; and but for tlie tient herself, she must have gone away to abide inch an incumbrance. After some embarrassing ferred to her the decision of the apiestioti, which nt. His sentiments subsequently became quite tnessed the result. ny further detail of particular cases; and with emnrks I must close this report. The oblique :• palpebra, which is characteristic of Chinese the inversion of the lid a very common afflic- loss of many eyes, and the opacity and vascu- i a still jrrenter number. As seen by the table 3 number of the latter affection have presented lashes turning in upon the eye produce itching person immediately commences rubbing the eases inflammation till it runs into a chronic : blood vessels shoot across the cornea, opacity ion and destruction of the eye is the frequent treatment I have adopted is essentially that of val of the edge of the lid above the roots of the B a perpendicular incision with a pair of sharp iiiiictinn lacrymnle, and about the eighth of i similar incision at the outer angle where . i hold of with a tennculum, and with one or tors the tarsi is removed. The hemorrhage is cases nttended with inflammation, is decided- •ords of Saunders quoted by Dorsey, "nothing- Jinn this piece of dissection." The wonh'l 47-3 isyc;. Ophthalmic Hospital tit Canton. Fun. Oti! ••it I -1,1 £ ri soon heals, the cornea nlready opnque clears, vision is improved, tlie patient is hut slightly disfigured, and iniicli gratified with the result. A do/.eii have heeii thus permanently relieved in a day. No difficulty has been experienced from fungi, though the ope- ration has been performed on patients above sixty years old : in only two instances have fungus excrescences appeared from the wound, and these required but a single application of the caustic. With the solitary exception of drawinsr out the eyelashes when turned in, 1 have not yet been able to learn any one thing that the Chinese practitioners perform, which is of any benefit in affections of the eye. On the other hand I am often told by my patients that their eves were sore, and the Chinese doctor jrave them some strong medicine which aggravated the disease. The only operation I am aware of their performing, is in cases of entropia. By means of 11 split bamboo, or a copper instrument resembling iweesers, they nip up a fold of the loose skin of the upper lid, and thus evert the eve- lashes. The instrument is continued on a few days till the portion taken up sloughs, and then the wound heals. A few lashes opposite the portion thus removed remain everted, but the principal portion still lies on the cornea. I have seen repeated instances of real disfi- guration resulting from this operation, but no real good. In a case of pocidentia iridis occasioned by a fall from a house, the patient thus described the treatment which ho had received from a Chinese doctor; he had eaten one half of a chicken that died by disease or accident, and t'ie other half he had applied as a cataplasm to the eye and side of the head. A few facts will illustrate the eagerness of the people to avail themselves of the benefits of the hospital. When it was the practice to admit patients daily, I observed some of them with lanterns, with which they left their homes at two or three o'clock in the mor- ning, in order that they might he there in season ; when the days of admission were limited, they sometimes came the previous even- ing, and remained all night, that they might secure a ticket in the morning. There have been applicants from other parts of the pro- vince as well as from this vicinity. Numbers from other provinces, from Nanking and Peking, who were resident in Canton, have culled. Several tea merchants from the north or their friends have been treated. Persons from the offices of the Kwangchowfoo and from the hoppo have been among my patients. When obliged to close the doors against new admissions, persons from a distance would avail t'hemselves of the influence of some foreign gentlemen, or hong merchant, to intercede for them. No opposition has been excited, hut on the contrary I have been often assured that the hospital was known and approved by the officers of government. With but rare exceptions unqualified confidence has been manifested by the pa- lients. A woman of the Mohammedan faith, sixty-five years of age, who had cataract of both eyes, when I expressed a doubt whether she fould bear to have my knife put into her eye, replied, " if you like, you may take them both out and put them in again." Another pi forty yean, the light. A with the kind beard, that ri beard is long such a man.' done him, an This gave rue to our divine J sufferings wh would knock by the assur; The inquiry this people to their temporal citous to be h equally desire l for his preset! night, shall tlir Jiot have been j J ART. IV. List names »j ^ and niilitan IN FORMER nun several dnpartm, attended to in , officers transact! information, (Ve the names, and racters, Of the offices of the Sllt we may t|lus much as they wi nt«lll£ Present to 10 tlle A''glocl i "Ppeared jn „" acc"">an pctsotix tinkling OJfii't in China. 4T-i »ad been blind with a cataract in his left eye couching it, I found the retina still sensible to ys after, when 1 visited him, lie seemed affected town to him; and stroking down his long white to his bosom, he said, ' 1 nin now old, and my hoary, but never before have 1 seen or heard of ten unumeratcd the several favors which 1 had :d in conclusion 'you must be a divine person.' portunity, in correcting his mistake, to point him r, and to the works which he performed, and the ! endured, for our sinful race. Many patients on the floor before me, and are only prevented ;lmt if they do so I .shall not prescribe for them. ften arisen, as I have witnessed the eagerness of themselves of a foreigner's aid-for xhe relief of bodily wants, when will they be equally soli- of their moral maladies, and when will they the perfections of their Creator, and be sanctified If toils, precepts, and prayers, by day and by i the divine blessing avail to this end, they will r persons holding nj/icc in China, containing Ike nrincipal officers uj t/ic Chini.ac government, cii'il Compiled from the Court Calendar of Oct. IS}"). :rs of our present volume we have described the ts of the Chinese government, and the business ch department, arid have given the titles of the ; that business. Having furnished this preparatory ivv propose to bring to the knowledge of our readers as far as we are able to ascertain them, the cha- dividuals from time to time filling the principal erac and provincial governments,—in the hope that ite a greater interest in the affairs of China, inas- be better understood when the individuals con- e well known. A list, such ns that which we now aders, was published in 1832, in the "Companion icse Knlendur," and more partial ones have since Kalendars for the succeeding years; but all nn- y explanation of the nature of the various offices, of those who fill them. This defect, in regard to •, we are at present able but partially to supply. g list we will adopt the same arrangement of ih<« ruvernnieiit as we have bclore done, taking first the GO 474 Li. nj J'crsuns hulduifi ()jju:i: in C'/ttitit. FLR. general and local public offices of ilic capital, next, the provincial, and then tlie coluniiil governments. Notices of the characters of a few individuals we will introduce in subsequent numbers; but will briefly state the duties peculiar to the officers of each deportment in their own place. Our list is drawn from the Tsin-shin tseuen shoo, "complete book of the girdle-wearers" (or belted gentry), which corresponds to the European " red book," or Court Calendar. This work is published quarterly at Peking, and contains the names of every officer down to magistrate's chief clerks, according to the latest information possessed at the capital. It consists of four small vo- lumes, to which are sometimes added two others, containing lists of the army and navy, under the title of Cluing ken pei Ian, "the central pivot (so the Chinese term the army) presented to view." With regard to our mode of writing the names, our readers should keep in mind, that the Chinese have both a family and an individual name, the former of which is placed first—the reverse of the European method; and that the Tartars have no surname: hence in writing a Chinese name we distinguish the family from the personal name, as 1'aiig Tiiigching, in which Tang is tiie family name, and is written first; while in writing a Tartar name we muke only one word of it, as Muchangah. The Tartars, however, imitate the Chinese in designating their officers by the first syllable of their :iames (which with the Chinese is the surname), and in place of saying Muchangah tajin, his excellency (or the magnate) Muchangah, they say Mil tajin, in the same manner as a Chinese would say Tang tajin, the magnate Tang. In the Chinese names, we always follow the orthography of Morrison's Dictionary — except in the few cases mentioned in the first number of our third volume; but in the Tartar names we often differ from that orthography, in order to approach more nearly to the pronunciation of the Mantchou. The above difference in the mode of writing the names of Chinese and Tartars, will sufficiently mark the officers who belong to those two nations respectively. To show of what province a Chinese is a native, we will simply mention the name of the province, as 'Pan Shengan, of Keiingsoo.' An asterisk after a Tartar name will mark the individual as being of the imperial kindred; this mark t will show him to be a Mongol, and not a Mantchou Tartar; an aste- risk after a Chinese name will rank the individual as being a na- turalized Tartar, that is, a descendant of those Chinese who aided the reigning family in the conquest of China, and who in conse- quence enjoy the same privileges as Tartars. THE IMPERIAL FAMILY. H. M. THE EMPEROR, at his accession to the throne, assumed the title of TAOUKWANU, the glory of reason. Mis own name is not allowed to be written, being regarded as too sacred for the vul- gar ear, and is consequently unknown, lie is the late emperor's second son, WHS born on the 10th of the Bib. inoou, 1TO1, and succeeded his falher on the 21th or 2iilh AniiuM. Yeihkvt'ei, rnliiln during llic y, Yeihslmn, entitle seqtieiitly in Yeih , third / Yeihchoo, fnnrtli a Mantchou Yeihtsung, fifth A Meenhae, entitle Meenyn, entitled of tsiuwung. Yungtseun, entitl it appears p Yeihshaou, entitli Yeihche, entitled Mcenmin, entitlei Meensae, entitled Meensew, cntitlo( There arc prol any offices, their i we are able to ref Comprehends two Cens This council is co rank, the ministers of offices, together with No list of the mcmbc present volume, page It corresponds ;n 5l nre usually six, c^i|ej pleasure. ( See pagl Changling, kung superintend,;, Pan ShengS.ii, Of j. inteiulent of; \Vftnfoo, suprrint,, Yuen Yuen ofKc Muchangah, Silper imperial a,,,,, Pii'sons hiilJ'uig t>/n-( in China. 47Z Sons of the Emperor. (cliiH') Ako, horn of I ho late empress, and iliril 631, about 21 years of n«e. :coiid Ako, born of a Chinese lady, and con- lile of succeeding. name unknown; either a daughter, or deceased. 10, horn in the Gth moon of 1831; his mother, ', has since hecn created empress, horn of a Muiitcliou lady, in the Cth moon 1831. Brothers of the Emperor, an tsimvang. uy keunwang, degraded in 1831 from the rank Uncle of the Emperor. 5 tsinwnng, elder brother of the late emperor; ible from reports that he has lately died. Nephews of the Emperor. ?ing tsin wang-, controller of the imperial kindred. y keunvvnng. Cousins of the Emperor, ^ing kennwang. citsze. ieile. jly several other cousins hut as they do not hold nes arc not mentioned in any document to which Fun GENERAL GOVERNMENT ouncils, and six supreme Boards, a Colonial Office, a ite, an academy, and some minor courts. COUNCIL OP STATE, KF.UN-KE CIIOO. posed of several princes of the blood, nobles of the highest e Nny Ko, anil presidents of the several Boards and public ch other high officers as the emperor is pleased to appoint. is published: they are called Keun-ke tachin. (Seethe 33.) THE INNER COUNCIL, NUY KO. ic degree to the European cabinets; the principal ministers i hcosze, great scholars; but the number may be altered at 149.) Tn hcoszc. or duke) of the second order, a general-iii-chief, t of the Colonial Office, &c. eangsoo, president of the imperial academy, super- id Board of Revenue, &c. ndentof the Board of Civil Office. ingson, superintendent of the Board of War. Assisting to. licoszc. intcndcnt of the Board of Works, president of the cmy and of the Board of Civil Office. Persons holding Office, in China. 47? ARD OP WORKS, RUNG POO. jliangali, minister of the Nuy U6. lien,* a fookwo Rung (or imperial duke). KIII, superintendent of Peking city. Dhiri Weikeaou of Chekeang, literary chan- y; Saesliangali;t and Woo Kee, of Chekeang. iLONIAL OFFICE, LE-FAN YUEN. in of all the colonial possessions in Mongolia, Soungaria, ilso of SOUK: foreign relations, particularly with Russia. earing the same titles as the officers of the six Boards. ngling.t minister of the Nuy ko. '' a fookwo kung, or imperial duke. Weikin.* :—Maliabnlnh, kung or duke of Kharatchin. :ENSOKATE—TOO-CHA YUENJ- ', Censorate are too-yu-she, and assistant too-yu-she, s. It is their duty to find out abuses and mal-adminis- id report them to the emperor. unge; Woo Chun, of Ngnnhwuy. igchao; and Maou Sheihseun, of Shantung. eilmgan of Nganhwuy. SENTATION, TUNGCH1NG SZE's OFFICE. trials from the provinces, and hands them over to the ippeals of the people to the emperor. Us officers are ties, «ud two councilors. (See page 149.) rpoo; and Shwae Chinghan, of Hoopih. nd Woo Kejuy, of Honan. -LB S/.E, A CRIMINAL COURT. urt to try special criminal cases. It is one of the nine 'rtant governmental matters, the other eight being the d IheTnngchingsze'soffice. Thi5court,the Censorate, Is are also joined under the name of the three courts, irtnnt criminal cases. The officers are two king, or ig, or deputies. ( See page J49. ) a noble of the class ts/e (baron), •jet of Peking. Ij ACADEMY, HANI.IN YUEN. 'are, as may besupposed. entirely of aliterary nature, inlification for office. Its chiel officers are two pre- rury chancellors lire usually appointed from among •) jail, Muchangali, ministers of the Nuy ko. METROPOLITAN OFFICES. ily :—Ho Lingluin, sliulan^ of tiie Board (ill Sungiieiin, of Shanse. —Keyinj;,* president of the B. of Revenue. kin,t shclang of the Board of Civil Office. >l (lie Board of Rites. 47? List List oj Persons htililhi." Offirt in Chiaa. FEB. THE T.=UNGJIN FOD. There are five This is a Court tor the government of the imperial kindred chief officers. (See page 184.) Tsnngling:—Yeihshaon, Ting tsinwang, nephew of the emperor. Tsungching :—Kingtnin, Suh tsinwang; Jinshow, Juy tsinwang. Tsungjin:—The pcits/.e Meeusae; the peile Meensew. Treasurers:—Kingmin, Suh tsinwang ; and Hengan,* president of the Le-fan yuen. CONTROL OF THF. IMPERIAL HOUSEHOLD, NUY-WOO FOO. The officers of this court are not all named in the Peking court calendar; their duties may be seen detailed at page 18,r> of the present volume. Controllers: — Arpangah,* Kingching,* Keying,* Yeihke, TctangP, and others. THE SACRIFICIAL COURT, TAECHANG S7.E. This Court is under the direction of one or more superintendents, twokingor presidents, and two deputies. The three following courts arc under similar officers. Superintendent:—Anniing, president of the Board of Rites. StkiUsinge, shelang of the Board of Rites. Presidents:—Ltingheun; Woo Ilcaouming, of Koangsoo, literary chancellor in Fnhkeiin. THE TAF.PUII 87.E This court is for the rearing of horses : their is no superintendent over it Presidents: ;Kwei Hing.* THE BANQUETING COURT, KWANO LUH S7.E. Superintendent:—Wanking, sholnng of the Board of Civil Office. Presidents: Yuenluh ;*' Wang Weiking, of Shantung. THE CEREMONIAL COURT, HUNGLOO S7.E. Superintendent:—Anniing, president of the Board of Rites. Presidents :—Tehow ;* Hwang Tseotsze, of Keangse. THE NATIONAL COLLEGE, KWO-TSZE KEEN. The chief officers of this college, which is for the education of the sons of of- ficial persons, are a superintendent, two principals, and four professors. It has been remarked as anomalous (hat there should be tico presulmts of a Board, and two prinrijinls in a college, and it has been therefore recommended to adopt some other term; but it should be kept in mind that this anomaly is occasioned by the system of equally balancing Iho numbers and rank of the Chinese and Tar- tars in each public ollice. In the colonial office, in which no Chinese can serve, there is but one president. Superintendent:—Wanking, shclang of the Board of Civil Office. Principals :—Shentaoti.* Professors:—Mantclion, Petsin;t Mongol, Siingan :t Chinese, Ting Shanking, of Hoonan; mathematics, Chuiiglin. ASTRONOMICAL COLLEGE, KIN TEF.N KEEN. Superintendent:—Kingching/ a controller of the household. Presidents:—Clninglin; Chow Ynking, of the district of Peking- Supcrinttiulcnt :— President :— Chan OFFICE OF Superintendent :— GENERA: We are able to giv< twenty-four, namely, bunncr; the number Generals :— Man Yeiliking, Hen chunge. Lieut. -generals :— tsinge. Lee i ah: Mongol, Arpanguh, I C( Ling ihe-wci nuy PHOVI The thi'ee province keun or cuniinaudcr-i under them. The cit at Peking. ( Sec page Commander-in-chi Lt. Generals: at chow foo, Ki Shelang of the, j( War, Tttcliini; Supcrintendoit iif Literary chancdlu Commanders- in-a Lt. Generals: — u nt Bedouin'', Chang Clmn Commander- in-cJi Lt. Generals: nt lunpoo; at ] EKJ, These are arranged vi Governor, Commander -in. cfr Literary chance 1'crsvin holding Ojfiu in China. -47!) I) MEDICAL HALL, TAB E-YUEN. ihke,* shelang of the Board of Revenue. i, of the district of Peking. E IMPERIAL CARRIAGES, LWAN-E WEI. letseuen,* imperial fookwo kung, or duke. TOOTUNG) OF THE EIGHT BANNERS. names only of some of these; the generals are in all over each Mantcliou, Mongol, and Tartar-Chinese eut.-generals is twice as many. (, Clmngling, Wanfoo, Muchangah, Keying, ; Tartar-Chinese, Anniiiig, Tsaetseun, Oo- intchou, Kweihm, Wanking, Yeihke, Seke- i, Aiiioliange, Leenking, Yuehing, Saeahnng- fheun: Tartar- Chinese, Taoking, Woshna,t van. NDEltS OF THE BODY GUARDS. n: — ChuDgliug, Wanfoo, llcngim, &c. . GOVERNMENTS: MANTCIIOUIUX HantchoLiria arc unJci* the direction ear,h oi a tseang- :{, with tivo or moru fou tootung or lieut. •generals uktleii is ulii) under live Itoards. in imitation of the six ) IINOKING, OK IIOUKDEN. -Yeihking." kil<:u, Chalutlgall, and Kwotseang; at Kin- poo. >emls: — Koveniic, Telling; Ititcs, Oslumnn; •liments, Fooneyangiili; Works, Yeilitsii. ' assistant mayur, Ung yiiitsnn, of Kuangsoo. KiniN. i-nuln, --; at Niugottta, Rleclmyah, gali; at Sansing, CliangtC; at Arlcliouke, HAR OH IHH-LrNU KKANCi. nfungali. ig keang, TstMinlingali ; at Tsilc-iliai, Slioo- n, Ortoyin. PROVINCES Or CHINA I'KOPKU. ;lnvon governments; for details respecting tliu jiro ivenimcnts: see page 27(1 et SIM|- EKNMENT OF nil |;1III,I-:. sirlonco at I'aouting too.) tin: forces^ Chow Yiien.shiii". •...(• Kaiifciili. "{ Kean^oo 460 /.is/ List of Pertons holding Office in China. FEU. Poochingsze, over the territory and revenue, Kwang Tsung heac, of Ngauhwuy. Nganchasze, or criminal judge, Chin Tsungle, of Chekcang. Director of the gabcl department, Chung Ling.* Salt commissioner, Kwang Yuhkeen of Keangsoo. Tootung or general at Jeho (Zhehol), Sungfoo. Commander of the Malan pass through the Great Wall, Tctftnge. Tootung of the Chahar tribe of Mongols, Kuinpoo. GOVERNMENT OF LEANG KEANG. Governor, and Director uf the gabel; THOU Shoo, of lioonati (tit Nanking.) Salt commissioner at Hirae kinan, Yu Tihyuen, of Kansuli. Governor of the riven, Teelin. Governor uf canal transport, Choo Wcipeih, of Chiikuuiig. I. Province of Kedngsoo Lt. Governor, Liu Tsiliscu, of Fuhkeiin (at Soochow). Ciiuimandej-in-chief of all the forces, Twau Hwan, of Szcchunn. Literary chancellor, Kung Showcliing, shelling of the Board of Civil Office. Poochingsze, Yang Hwang, of Fulikecn (at Nanking). Chin hwun, of Ifonpih (at Soochow foo). Nganchasze, Yunkccnt (at Soochow Coo). Salt commissioner, Tsilaniin«ah (at Nanking). Grain commissioners, Kang keen, of Honnn (at Nanking). Lew Wanching, of Kwaugtung (at Soochow foo). Garrison general at Nanking, Piihapoo.t 2. Province of Nganhwuy. Lt. Governor and Commander-in-chief, Sepiisingih. t Literary chancellor, Chin \Veikeaou, slielang of the Board of Works. Poochingsze, Tung Kingwan.* Nganchasze, Chow Tetintseo, of Shantung 3. Province of Keiiiigse. Lt. Governor and Commander-in-chief, Chow Cht'ke, of Hoiian. Literary chancellor, lien Nuppoo, of Chckciirig. Poochingsze, ElcSng. Ngaiichaszc, Chin Recliang, of Kwnngsc. Salt commissioner, Grain commissioner, Wang Chaouyin, of Shantung. GOVERNMENT OF IIONAN. Lt. Governor and Commandcr-in-chicf, Kweiloang. Literary chancellor, Chaou Kwang, of Yunnan. Poochingsze, Choo Shoo, of Kweichow. NgancMszc, Yang Chinlin, of the district of Peking. Grain commissioner, . liOVEKNMENT OF SHANTVNCi. Lt. Governor and Camnuuuler-M-chirf, Chung Tsciing.* Literary chancellor. Lc Chcuiiunj;. of Utiuigsoo. I'oochingszr, Lew Nganchaszc, Chin >Sa/t commissioner Grain commission) Lt. Governor and Literary chancello Poochingsze, Kin; Nganchasze, Kin Salt commissioner Governor, C'hing Lt. Governor, On Commander-in-ch literary chancdli Poochingsze, Tso Nffanchdsse, Lew £>alt commissioner, Grain commission^ Garrison general Lt. Governor, Vie Commanders-in-ch Naval forces, I Kung or duke uf Literary chanullt Poochingsze, Ho Nganchasze, Fun Salt commissioner Grain commission Garrison general Governor, Narkir Lt. Governor, \{[ Commander-in-ck Literary chanctllt Poochingsze, Cha Nganchasze, Chin Salt commissioner Grain commission! Garrison general Lt. Governor, \y( VOL, IV. NO. /'iivn/is buttling Offer in China. -l&l c.mc\, of Keangse. lowtsae, of Kciingse. 'inrig Tscanglio, of Kcangsoo. Fan Miiiglun, of Keangsoo. OVEKNMENT OF SIIANSE. mmaiukr-in-chief, Sliiu Kehee'n, of Honan. 'ang Cliinke,, of Ngauliwuy. OF M1N CUE. )I6, of Ngnnliwiiy (nt Fu Pruviucc of Chfke'dng, £**• f all the fnrrrs, T;io lleuiig, of Yunnan. In; I'ing, <>( 8li;intiing. itouyin, of Keiii.'gsoo. ko, of SliHiitiui!;. ing Clioo, of Ngimhwuy- ivvcicliiing.* Tangchow, Hangke. A'-ruoince of Fuhkc'cn. eiilang, of Ciieilile. -Land forces, Mn Tseshing, of Sbanlung. Hwaching, of Fulikeen. keen, Hwang Kearaoo. [court. 00 Heaouming, president of tliu sacrificial gling, of Hoonun. rig Yooushin, of Chekeang. )liwaripoo.t hchow, Loshen. RNMEN'T OF HOO KWANG. sident at Wooclmng foo). Province of Hoopih. lien, of Sliantung. 'he forces, Lo Szekeu, of S/.ecliuen. g Lan, of Cliekang. sung, of Kwangtung. len, of Chekeang. 1 Reaming, of the district of Peking. Yuen, of the district of Peking. gchow foo, . Province of ffoonan. "kwang, of Kwangtung. the forces, See Shing, of Kweichow. 48- List of Persons holding Office in China. FEB. Lis Literary chancellor, Kung Weilin, of Fuhkeen. Poochingsze, Kung tShow, of Yunnan. Nganchtiszc, Cliaou Pingyen, of Chekcang. Salt commissioner, Leang Nganchaon, of Nganhwuy. Grain commissioner, Kin Kaete, of Cheihle. GOVERNMENT OF SHEN KAN. Governor (and IA. Governor of Kansuh), Hoosunge (at Lanchow). Literary chancellor of Shen-Kan, Lo Wantsin, of Kwangtung. ]. Province of Shtnse. Lt. Governor, Yang Mingyarig, of Yunnan. Commander-in-chief of the forces, Hoochaou, of Szechuen. Poochingsze, New Keen, of Kansuh. Nganchasze, Le Nganyeih.* Salt commissioner, Chin Sewting, of Chekean«, Grain commissioner, Le Tingseih, of Hoopih. Garrison general at Sengan, FQosangle. 2. Province of Kansuh. Commander-in-chief of the forces, Tse Shin, of Hunan, Poochingsze, Leang Changkcu, of Fnhkeen. Nganchasze, Ching Tihjun, of Iloopih. Salt commissioner, Fuhchnng.t Garrison general at Ningfied, Hoslivtao. Director of the Mongols at KoJconor in Sening, SliuOtnngah. Commande.r-in-chief in Anse, Chungfuh (resident at Oroiimtcln). GOVERNMENT OF SZECHUEN. Governor, Oshan (resident at Chingtoo loo). Commander-in-chief of the forces, Yu T'ooyun, of S/,echuen. Lite.rary chancellor, Wang Tuh, of Shense, member of the Censorate. Poochingsze, Le Hewan.* Nganchasze, Soo Tingyuh, of Fuhkoen. Salt and Tea commissioner, Chow Ehwuy, of Kwangsc. Garrison general, Paouhing, at Chingtoo foo. GOVERNMENT OF LEANG KWAN(i. Governor, Tang Tingching, of Keangsoo ( resident at Canton). 1. Province of Kwangtung. Lt. Governor, Ke Kung, of Sfmnse. Commander-in-chief:—Land forces, Tsang Sliing, of Kwarigse. Naval forces, Kwan Teenpei, of Keangsoo. Literary chancellor, Le Singyuen, of Hoonan. Poochingsze, Altsingah. NganchSsze, Wang Tsingleen, of Kweichow. Salt commissioner, Le Chinchoo, of Nganhwny- Grain commissioner, Chin Kaelie, of Fnhkeen. Garrison general at Kwangchow, Soolfungiih. IA. Governor, H\ Commander-in-ch Literary chancelli Poochingsze, Hw Nganchaszr,, Sun Salt commissions Governor, Elepo Lt. Governor, Hi Command er-in-ci Literary chancel Poochingsze, W< Nganchssze, \Va Suit commission Grain commission Lt. Governor, Y Commander-in-ch Literary chancdh Poochinsze, Elin Nganchnsze, Tan Grain commission COLO] The colonial govei Ele and Oroumtclii, in Tibet. Commandcr-in-t.] Counselors: at t Director general Lt. General, at ( Residents; at U sou, Changl Deputy resident. General, at Oroi DeP*ty, Nai Lt. General on t| Counselor, LUp()| Director ou|j Residents, at R0t Residents; al ^ •sons holding Office in China. 483 Province of Kwangse. e forces, Chin Keweping, of Nganlnvny. viiifrcliun, of Yunimn. of Kweichow. n, of Shanse. 'eifun, of Yunnan. LNMENT OP YUN-KWF.I. Province of Yunnan. it at Yunnan foo). of Chekeang. ttwotung, of Kweicliow. teatwan, of the district of Puking. ;hwa, of Keangsoo. hing, of Shantung. Tsangfang, of Keangse. Lansing, of Chekeang. 'rovincc of Kweicliow. g Wiiiishuli, of Kweichow. Kihshin, of Shanse. >ang, of Ngnnhwuy. Shoosan, of Ilunnn. ^ERNMENTS AND RESIDENCIES. id residencies are five: namely, the governments of isidencics on the Russian frontier, in Mongolia, and Government of Ele. sluuipaou (resident at Ele.) shan ; at Tarbagatae, Kentsooke Tselanw. cstan and Counselor, at Yerkiang, Hingte. Lew Yunchung, of Kansuh. , Elekin; at Routch^, Kwoclnm; at Ak- Ouslii, Yoleang; at Rhoten, Fnfungali.t kiang, Kwanfuh. Oroumtchi. Changtsin; Resident; at Hanii, Sayingah, Russian Frontier. an frontier, Poochung. \selor at Kobdo, Yuhslioo. Tch6lun Dordji, a foreigner. Mongolia. jpoopiiifrah, and Dordji Rabwan.t Tibet. , at Cli.isih-h'loumbon, . 430 1S36. Journal uf Occurrences. Frn. g Hi "FirBt Year. Arithmetic, geometry and trigonometry, sacred geography, Hawaiian grammar and languages for a select class. Second Year. Math- ematics, embracing algebra, navigation and surveying, history, and languages for a select class. Third Year. Mathematics continued, natural philosophy, moral philosophy, languages for a select class. Fourth Year. Astronomy, che- mistry, moral philosophy continued, church history, and languages, as abovr-. "The school shall be divided at present into such classes and divisions as thnt tlie foregoing studies may be introduced and tiiuglit to the best advantage. The whole school shall meet between day- light and sunrise each week day for prayer, at which one of the in- structors shall preside; the roll shall be called, absentees marked and called to an account at least once a week. The students shall be required to attend to such studies and Kinds of manual labor, and at such time and place as the instructors shall appoint, and at each recitation a roll shall be called of the particular class or division about to recite. On the afternoons of Tuesdays and Thursdays each week, or at other times equivalent, the whole school shall meet for biblical instruction, embracing the interpretation of Scripture, evi- dences of Christianity, archeology and sacred geography; and Fri- day afternoon of each week, or time equivalent, shall be spent in exhibiting and correcting compositions in the Hawaiian language, and in elocution. One or more literary societies may be formed in school for mutual improvement, as shall be judged best by the in- structors. After the present year, the school year shall commence on the second Wednesday of July, at which time only, as a general rule, all scholars shall he received. There shall be throe vacations each year, the first, from the last Wednesday in May to the second Wednesday in July; the second, two weeks from the second Wed- nesday in October; the third, two weeks from the second Wednes- day in February. There shall be two examinations in each year, one in October, and one in May, to be conducted at the discretion of the teachers." ART. VI. Journal of Occurrences, Fires in Canton and Honan; fall of snow; new governor; Chinese new year; disturbances in the province of Canton near Puhkeen; death of Totsin; Anming permitted to ride in the forbidden city; interdicted lands; repair of dikes in Cliekcdng; Sungkeun; imperial envoys. FIRES in Honan and Canton. Since the fire within the walls of Canton, which occurred on the 22d of November, there have been several others in the suburbs and on llonan. One in the latter place broke out on the morning of the 21st ultimo, and swept away about thirty buildings. Another, which occurred three days afterwards on Ihii side of the river, in ' carpenter square.' consumed about eighty buildings, most of the day it was thus assistant Woo Ping us o'clock in the murninj originated from a fire of tea-boxes; it spread aud nineteen torn di being within a few ro safety, and especial!) flames. Kor a while, t flames driven by a fn light Venetians and bi of the house; and bu exertions of a few foi |n-;i!i'il fires call for hitherto existed. Monday, the 8th.! houses with a coat very unfrequent, pro Friday, the Vith.' and entered iimnedi* Wednesday, the I7lk k ang, commences t Wednesday, the 24/j vince at Pooning lirf kefin. It is rumored troops have been ordi Ke, the fooyuen of Ci death-warrant that he of capital punishment T6(stn. This vem age of about eighty-lii during the preceding the subject, as being cember, 1835. "The retired ta he of the nation in the r< father selected him I 'great central house From the time that v ther placed our conH fifty years; his mini lias been placed in h been the favored rc< of affairs lie was sine "In the winter U] office, on account i to direct bis retire upon his eighth cleca himself too much to degree of syiupathj; office, retaining all |] of ginseng and tea. be enabled to spend years with self.respe "We have now with grief and sorrt his family); and cor the imperial guards we ourself will repaj favors, and confer on prince. We direct -188 Journal i>J Octuiffltr-t*. ill! 5!! ill In i! "good and worthy;" and that 1.50U tacls lie furnished from the treasury of tlir imperial household to defray the expenses of his funeral. Whatever demerits stood against him as regards the duties of his office are to be withdrawn. Res- pecting the funeral rites to be observed, let the appropriate office examine the regulations, and report. We would thus manifest our extreme and anxious regard for our aged servant. Respect this." The following is of a later date.—" We have to-day visited the house of the late ta hedsze, TOtsin, to offer a libation, and thereby manifest our affection for an aged servant. When his grandson, Kingsuy, the yuenwaelang of the taepuli sze office, returns from mourning, let our favor be shown by his promotion to the office of langchung."—From this it would appear that Tdtsin has survived most of the members of his family, as his grandson is the only person to receive the em- peror's favors. And, if we may judge by the pecuniary gifts, the late venerable minister did not profit much by the many opportunities which lie must have had, during the long period that he was first minister, of enriching himself and family. Aiiiiunif. The following imperial edict is characteristic. "Let our favor be extended to Anming, the president of the Board of Rites, in permitting him to ride on horseback within the precincts of the forbidden city." This permission is usually granted to the officers of high rank, in cases of extreme age or infirmity. Interdicted lands. The subject of the following edict is wholly new to us and will probably be so to many of our readers. It is one among many illustrations of the suspicious spirit of the Chinese government.—" Imperial edict. Taou Shoo and his colleaguei have presented a memorial requesting that certain interdicted mountain lands should still continue to be interdicted to the people; and have also laid before us a draft of regulations drawn up by them, to be observed in the enforcement of the interdict. These interdicted mountain lands lie on the borders between the provinces of Keangse, FuhkePn, and Chfikeang. The mountains are elevated, the roads distant, and the cultivable land but little; and it is to be feared that traitorous men, ambitious of unlawful gains, may enter within the interdicted boundaries, and assemble therein for the purpose of creating disturbances. Let the lands still he interdicted as heretofore; and let the twenty military posts in Che- keiing and the six posts in Fuhkefin already established, as well as the regulations fixed for the due enforcement of the interdict, all remain as before. But as it will always he easy to plead in excuse, that wandering people have gone within the hills without the observation of the military stationed there, it is requisite that the boundaries should be precisely defined, in order that responsibility may be fixed on individuals. If within any of the eight military posts in the interdicted lands belonging to the districts of Snangjaou and Kwangfung, in Keangse, any persons should be found clandestinely cultivating the ground, whenever such are caught, inquiry shall be made as to the post by which they entered; and the military of that post shall be forthwith punished according to law. The same shall be the case as regards the six posts in Fuhkuon. Let all other pornts be arranged as re- commended in the memorial. Respect this." Repair of dikes in Chtke&ng. The lieut.-governor's application for 17,393 taels for the repair of the dikes on the coast of this province has been granted. Not- withstanding the almost forced subscriptions drawn from the wealthy among the people for such repairs, their frequent recurrence must render them a heavy draft upon the imperial purse. A similar application for the repair of the banks of the Yangtsze keang has been made for HI.1)00 taels, in addition to 100,000 taels sub- scribed by the merchants of Hanyang foo! Sungketm. We observe a memorial from the commnnder-in-chief at F.le in Sonn- gnria, requesting permission to place this aged minister's name in the sacrificial hall of Ele. Hence we infer that he has at length really died. The venerable old man's career has been remarkably checkered, a scries of rises and falls, from the period of his first elevation by Kul'iilung to the present time. For interesting particulars respecting him, see Tirnkowski's Russian Mission to China, vol. 1, p. 333; also our present volume, page 61, et sen. Imperial envoys. By the arrival in Canton of a communication from the general council of state to the provincial government, we arc infcirmod that two imperial envoys have been directed to proceed to Canton to investigate some affair. Their names are < Miami tihingkwei and Ho l.iir.han: what is the business to which they are to attend, e have nol yet learned. CHI ART. I. No\ hammedam mounlaineei the empire, THE first notic tion in Turkes of the capture This rebellion e expectation th« joined by the p, which proved t who had supp0( in 1830, after I, event terminate occurrence whii peror; but the, parts of the em.| been occasio^ the mountains i the island ofpc An interest),, chuen by t|le fjf volume of • jjef then but i,nperf since we find m occasioned by been always 4 we find an e8pegc dations; >;,/ VOL. NO. THE SE REPOSITORY. '.—MARCH, 1836. —No. 11. Modern China: Rebellions among the Mo- rkestan, among the Meaouttzt and other in China Proper and on the frontiers of I. I. we find in the Peking gazette of the insurrec- s on the 26th December, 1826. The account rebel chief reached Peking in March 1828. jnusiml alarm throughout the empire, from an rebels, who were Mohammedans, would be f the same persuasion beyond the frontiers, ; case. The Booriats of Andijan (Kokan), rebel chief, made an irruption into Cashgar i, but were repulsed by the Chinese, which insurrection.* This was the most alarming mppened during the reign of the present em- been frequent minor insurrections in other The most troublesome of the latter order have e Menoutsze and other tribes lodged among y heart of the empire, and by the people in int of the reduction of the Meaoutsze of Sze- i 1775, is given by Pere Amiot in the third es Chinois;' but we imagine that they were bdued, and that they remain so at this day, ing gazettes frequent notices of disturbances d their kindred tribes. They have probably plundering the inhabitants around them, for se in the Penal Code to prevent their depre- jf murder, committed by the people called on Register, Dec. 18th, 1830. 490 MARCH, Notices of Mudern China. Meaoutsze, for the sake of obtaining booty, all the parties to the crime shall sutler death by being beheaded immediately after con- viction.'* In this, as in other respects, they resemble the Bheels, Meenas, and other hill tribes in India; and like them they are. probably either the aborigines of the country, or people driven by oppression from the plains below, at a very early period of Chinese history. There are also certain roving tribes of Eleutha on the borders of S/.cuhuen; and others around the lake of Kokonor on the borders of Shense, who occasionally make irruptions into China Proper, and whose depredations are not always to be distinguished from those of the Meaoutsze. In 1817,t some of these tribes descended from the mountains into the province of Szechuen, plundered and carried off the inhabitants to a degree which induced the governor of the pro- vince to put the troops in motion against them. According to his own account, he brought back several hundred captives; but the expense attending the expedition was so great that the emperor would not sanction it, but made the governor himself responsible for it, which so disconcerted him that he hanged himself. The invasion was partly occasioned perhaps by his own mismanagement, for we find his successor paying great attention to the improvement of the province in 1819, rebuilding the walls of towns, &c. J In 1817, there was an insurrection in the neighboring province of Yunnan ;§ and again in 1818, when the rebels, who seemed to have been organized, threatened the capital of the province in which the commandant shut himselfup.il The governor brought a force, however, to his res- cue, routed the rebels who took refuge with the foreign tribes beyond the frontier, and captured their leader. The governor issued a pro- clamation at the same time, promising the foreign tribes protection in case of their discountenancing the rebels, and threatening them with extermination if they protected them. This had its effect probably, for we hear no more of them until two years afterwards, when a war- fiire commenced with a race of mountaineers called Lolo.fl These people are described as "tall in stature, having deep-set eyes, and high hooked noses, flat faces and white teeth, shaving the beard, and wearing whiskers. They are expert in the manu- facture of strong armor, sharp swords, good lances and bows. They breed also excellent horses, are fond of shooting, hunting, and the practice of the spear. Their soldiers are the most renowned of all the barbarian tribes." This is probably one of the tribes of Shans which live between the Chinese provinces of Yunnan and Sze- chuen and the British territory in Assam. We have no information as to the occasion of the war; but on receipt of the intelligence, an express, traveling si,x hundred le (about 170 miles) daily, was dis- patched to the comtnander-in-chief in Szechuen; who was appointed imperial commissioner; while the governors and generals of the neighboring pro "o particulars o afterwards we fi if" it, which h.. murned, hecmis victory called fo were required, s forty-five men; ties which we fii The Peking western frontier gleet of the offici The borderers c year.f but were ( captured. We i hid an imperial frontier nnd in it was quickly su The governor ret 1830.11 We find until I834,fl when affrays in which tl Szechuen and YUI with the latter pro To return to j orders respecting tlements had been '"The districts they afford «n eas permitted to cut am) the officers Hr, [>ect to requiring t i" their possessio, these guns ari() the attacks Of ro liver up all in ,(,. guard their ^ heads should ,,lai necessary to de(j them; butinr way; ,,atiyes ° of the foreiglle°f £ aild' , • A|i|it!iidi.\ to (liu Penal Code, |i. 5(>1 T [lido (ilraner, Jan, 1WO, p. BUI. ! Indu (ilcancr. Jan. 1810, p. IH. t Indo. (ilrancr. Aug., 1818, p. 136. 4 Indo. Gleaner. Feb. 1819, p. 43 H Indo. (jleanur, Ap. 18JK, p. 310 "Indo. G t Mal.Ol II Canton "Indo. r v.v uf Mnili'rn China. 4ill r« to hasten to the se.eiie of notion. We have in:; lint it terminated quie.kly, lor shorllv f tli<; meritorious officers and men P.ngflged resented to the emperor for promotions, longer thnn the "short war and speedy "jntlior also that fire arms of some kind ibrel blew up after the victory and killed ded nineteen,—the only return of casunl- d. lotice another predatory inroad upon the mi in 182G,t which is attributed to the ne- irnment, who were accordingly punished. riniiii side made an irruption the following k by the military, and forty-four prisoners other revolt in 1828 ;§ the leader of which ;raved, and published manifestoes on the inn, to invite people to his standard; but and the lender escaped into Cochinchinn. it he had quelled another insurrection in r mention of disturbances in this province ting gazettes contain cursory notices of •y were employed on the frontiers both of e Burmans were mentioned in connection In 1819, the emperor issued special 0, which from its nearness to the outer set- 3 of great confusion. His majesty siiys:** \ the foreigners dwell, being very woody, for banditti; the foreigners are therefore e trees for firewood, for their daily use, iwed privately to hinder them.1 With res- ;ncrs to deliver up the guns and weapons ajesiy observes: 'The foreigners provide either for hunting, or self-defense again>t they are required indiscriminately to do- on, they will have nothing wherewith to necessary therefore that the officers and tit inquiry as to the extent to which it is guns and weapons, and pay the price for delivery, they must by no means use this ing the people and extorting money from eads are strictly prohibited from compel- hout pay, and from injuring them in any ; also forbidden to enter into the districts •oubles have arisen from vicious Chinese i) deprive the foreigners of their property: 1. 314. t Mai. Observer, Dec. 19th, 1826. 1827. i Cmiton Register, Jan. 17th, 1899. 8:50. 1! Canton Register, May 20th, J834. 233. 492 1636. Notices of Modern China. MARCH, I!; I •*».. S2 3!! c:: Si! Sli s, in order to travel, must obtain a pass, and be restricted to a certain time, which if they exceed, they are to be punished.' Hit majesty directs that when robberies take place among the foreigners, information be immediately given to the proper officers, and the case be instantly tried, in default of which the constables and magistrates are to be punished. On the subject of instructing the foreigners, in order to improve their morals, the emperor says, 'The manners of the foreigners are in general hasty and fierce, but there are some men of learning among them; let the rulers in those parts therefore issue proclamations admonishing the people, and let them enjoin the inferior officers to make it more fully known, in order that the people may rest contented in their stations, and cherish a fear of the laws; when this practice has been followed a little time, their manners will certainly be corrected and improved.' At the close of the paper, his majesty admonishes the governor and those under him vigorously to carry into effect the things enjoined above, and to adhere to them long, in order to tranquillize the foreigners and the people dwelling on the border." We find the governor of that province remonstrating in 1821,* against a proposed reduction of his military forces, which then a- mounted to 33,973 men, who seemed to find ample occupation. There was an irruption on this frontier in 1827,t by some foreign tribes who carried off the natives to sell them as slaves. A foreign tribe called Tsingke, within the province, revolted in 1833, \ and occasioned a large expenditure of treasure to quell it. On another occasion we find the envoy, bearing tribute from the grand lama of Tibet to the emperor, wounded and plundered by the wild tribes on the borders of Szecliuen;§ and also an insurrection of the tribes within the province. In 1832, one of these tribes, culled Meenpah, plundered and burnt twenty-five different places in the space of two months. || These barbarous tribes, says the Peking ga/.ette.fl have combined together for many years to cause confusion; a crime not to be forgiven. This time, the governor assembled troops, entered the country, at- tacked the rebels and gained several successive victories. From the 28th and 29th days of the second moon to the 19th of the third moon, they were burning the nests of the thieves: many of the barbarous clans were slaughtered and all the leaders taken. The tribes on the frontier further to the northward appear equally troublesome. A Tartar chief was rewarded with a peacock s feather in 1826,**for assisting the officers of government to destroy certain rebels of the Kinghe tribe, on the banks of the Kaeho, beyond the provinces of Kansuh and Shense. Some of the tribes to the southward of the Yellow river in Sliense.tt crossed that river on the ice five times in the following year, and plundered the Mongol pastoral -tribes, who live about the lake of Kokonor. The authorities at Sening sent 3000 regular own fm horses, carried in the n A nat emperoi the prei manage frontier. he says, who we niisman subsists the sou solely b; tinner, ling wa tnry pow of cnlan the late more thi caught s< punishing foreigner murder a neighborl the blacl benefacto punished probably It was territory,: ants, but the occup insurrecti fare, froi requested be had b eighty-fiv and been I833,|| h, once wou The hi more eu| frontier. "Indo. Gleaner, Oct. J821, p. 226. t Chinese Repository, vol. 2, p. 144. II Canton Register, July 2d, 1832. ** Peking Gazette, 3d moon, 10th day. t Mai. Observer, Sept. 9th, 1828. $ Chinese Repository, vol. 4, p. 200. IT Canton Register, June 30th, 1835 tt Mai. Observer, Ap. 10th, 1827. 'Mai. Ol t Chines, II Chines, 1836. 4!)4 Notices of Modern China. MARCH, § . I following a native writer, enumerates eighty of them, distributed through the provinces of Kwangtung (Canton), Kwangse, Kweichow, Yunnan, Hoo Kwang, Szechnen, and other provinces. A party of these mountaineers appeared in Canton in 1830. "They came down the western river, " says the Canton Register,* "in small hoats not larger than a London wherry, with oil for sale. They had ac- quired the mandarin tongue, as an uneducated, Highlandnian or Welshman learns English. It was ascertained that their native tongue is entirely different from Chinese; that it is unwritten, and that con- sequently they have no books: they have no temples nor priests, nor set forms of religion, nor visible objects of worship. The only ruliuious service they would acknowledge was nr year's ceremony, which they had learned from the Chinese. Polygamy is confined to a few rich men among them. These men had not shaved their heads in the Tartar-Chinese manner, but braided up the hair on the top of the head, somewhat in the manner of Chinese women, which circumstance the poor Chinese seized hold of to distinguish them from their fellow country-men, whose dress in other respects, the mountaineers had assumed on quitting their native hills. They had been about a month in coining down to Canton." A similar descrip- tion of these people is given also in the " Canton Miscellany," with a few words as a specimen of their language. These mountaineers and their kindred tribes in the neighboring provinces have been unusually troublesome in the last few years. We find troops sent to Leenchow,t in the northwest part of the pro- vince of Canton, to act against them in the beginning of 1820,J and the governor proceeding to Kwangse to quell an insurrection, later in the year. In 1826, the Meaoutsze of Kweichow are spoken of as making predatory attacks; § the governor in his dispatches to the emperor,j| at first recommended severe measures, but afterwards be- came alarmed, apparently, at the difficulties in his way; for the em- peror told him in his reply, "that be must not, because of the difficulty of swallowing, give over eating altogether." Persevere, adds his ma- jesty, or you will degrade the government altogether. We find the troubles continued in the following year.fl The fooyuen of Keangse reported in 1831,** that the people on the borders between Keangse and Rwangtung, are by nature, a fierce intractable race: "robbery and rape are their common occupations." He had been obliged to call out the military, who had captured upwards of a hundred of the offenders: they fell sick, and the fooyuen being apprehensive that they would die and escape ignominious punishment, tried and executed them on the spot. The emperor added with the vermillion pencil to this report: "perspicacity and knowledge of governmental justice ought always to act thus." The emperor's perspicacity ought to have enabled him to foresee the probable result of such treatment: a 1'u no of whi be t'ou the Cl and tl sacrifii edicts of the Th« separR and h engag China in the equal! out in of rev Canto the p< and p the ot niiiri.lt! affray, His the 10 inaniit on ex were resist;) the ha his so! the vi the in sword: ketry impeti bandit westei than t and al * Canton Register, May 15th, 1830. { Indo. Gleaner, Oct. 1820, p. 416. || Mai. Observer, Nov. 18th, 1828. "* Canton Register, Oct. 15th, 1831. t Indo. Gleaner, July, 1820, p. 345. $ Mai. Observer, Dec. )9th, 182fi. It Mai. Observer, Oct. 23d, 1827. sessioi arrow thtms hills J encan * Cl 1 CH * Ca '.ices tif Modem China. 495 ! out amongst the borderers in February 183:5, as well us of tin; manners of the people, will The loss of life during this civil war, taking could not have been less than 10,000 men, estimated at about 2,100,000 tads, besides i of old governor Le.t One of the emperor's '•ir, f affords a tolerable idea of the nature involved the tribes in the mountains which provinces of Kwangtung, Kwangse, Honan, ficers and troops of all those provinces were .vilil mountaineers on the western frontier of >r, there are others, in the islands of Hainan sa to the eastward of the empire, which are specially in the last island. A rebellion broke laitiiin, which was perhaps the exciting cause •ing provinces mentioned above. Reports at uses of the origin of the disturbance; one that iffering from famine, attacked the rice shops ngistrates who attempted to prevent them: 1 tribes in the interior made a descent and fficers. That the latter were engaged in the •eport of Le,§ the governor of Canton. tion of the rebellion to the emperor, was on e 26th, he forwarded the report of the com- The said general," says the governor, " found le Le banditti, to the number of about 1000, e hill sides, and were in a state of obstinate it. The general, fearing that as he attacked , they would elude him on the other, divided iies, who successively took possession of all iditti, the inhabitants of which stockaded all id opposed the progress of the soldiers with The governmental troops with guns and inns- stockades and carried on the slaughter with eastern division shot dead above forty of the Jose fighting) more than ten of them; and the wards of a hundred and cut down also more jir stockades and encampments were burnt, hows, arrows, and swords were taken pos- the governmental soldiers were wounded by carrier was killed. The banditti concealed >se pursuit of the troops, by going among the divisions, where they again assembled and I, I, page '£), ct passim d. IH'j'2. t Chinese Rcputilory VM| 1 p llh, J831. es of Modern China. 497 n;ths later and SOUK; officers rcwnnlril for ;r infunniitioii upon the subject. In IKW, ever, tnore seriously, having commenced ty-six officers of government and seventeen again the affray arose from a quarrel be- d Canton settlers respecting five prenls of :d by the interference and peculation of I'tin; parties turned upon and put to death, ordered to proceed from Amoy to the seat Fuhkeen was ordered also to take the field, th a stuff of thirty subalterns were sent the proceedings of the commissioners, un- lem appears in the Peking gnzette of the • announcing the final rjbjrctioti of the 'this memorial," says the emperor, " has [isolation. This insurrection commenced n of last year; it was then a period of cold. Many delays were occasioned also 2f either to wait at anchor for the winds, or ast and scattered by storms so as to be But the moment that the commissioner ) passed over to the island, men's minds panied by the general, they proceeded eace resumed its place in the hearts of the .- fitly adjusted. An amnesty was proclaim- m'H of the rebels were separated. The ty was seized, as well as many other lead- pacified, nnd in the 5th moon of the pre- rk was announced as complete, and the irned to their former occupations. The >rk was accomplished is well worthy of i majesty rewarded the commissioner, ae- ry title of'guardian of the heir-apparent,' encock's feather, besides tobacco-pouches, officers. th, 1830. t Canton Register, Dec. 20th, 1832. !, p. 423. $ Centon Register, Dec. 5th. 1838. 493 1831J. The Island of Borneo. MARCH, ART. II. The island of Borneo: its situation, extent, history, and divisions, with notices of its principal inhabitants, the Malays, Chinese, Bugis, and Dnyaks. THE island of Borneo is one of those terra? incognitas, which still continue to provoke the curiosity of the inquisitive, mid excite the interest of the benevolent. Nearly the whole interior remains un- known to nil but the savage tribes that occupy it. Some of the ma- ritime parts sire n'HI known to the Dutch; hut much of the informa- tion which they have collected remains locked up in the archives of their government, and scarcely a ray of light, that it is in their power tn conceal, is til lowed to issue forth for the benefit of other Euro- peans, or of the poor degraded natives. Several English adventur- ers have made short journeys on land or sailed up the rivers; and a few individuals have resided several months, or years, on the coasts. The information which they have communicated, though very im- perfect, and relating only to a small part of the country, must be our principal Dependence in preparing a brief account of this great island. 'Chough our account must be a very imperfect one, yet we hope it will embody so much information, that it will serve to make the island better known to those who may be profited by an acquain- tance with its resources; as well as those who may profit the tmtivcs by communicating to them the knowledge of civilization and Christianity. Borneo is the largest island in the world, except New Holland and New Guinea. It extends from 4°30' S. lat, to t>° N. Int., and from 109° 5' 10 119° 20' E. long. The coast is indented by many bays and rivers, some of winch are among the most convenient for navigation, and beautiful for scenery, that the world affords. The ri- vers of Borneo, Ban jar, Sukadana, and Ponliana or Lawi are naviga- ble by small vessels for more than fifty miles. A great part of the coast is marshy through a breadth of 15 or 20 miles. A lofty chain of mountains runs through the eastern purt of the island in a direc- tion varying little from north and south. The relative situation of Borneo is most advantageous. On the east, it has the great island Celebes and the Spice islands, which must always be important in the commercial world; on the south, the fertile and populous Java; on the west, Sumatra and the Malayan peninsula; and on the north and northeast, at no great distance, China and the Philippine islands. Its western coast is scarcely two days sail from Singapore, which must be the great entrepot of the trade of the Archipelago with India, and perhaps also with China and the western world. Tims embo- somed in a great, cluster of islands, surrounded by seas, *o shut in by land that iheir waters arc as smooth as those of a lake, safe for the navigation of the native craft, and by lying almost in the direct course of vessels engaged in the China trade, whether they pa.*s the straits ol how a If selected. There of the is! this [loin must wa lion. T 15-21. selves or have no\ a settlen whose te have tres In 1645, fcred fr< oxpeditif two or tl their eff factory a Sukadan there. I sin, to gr dominion part of B there a s On th( have mai general posts bei pany, th neirotiati endeavor Dutch. the inter Dutch, a it appeal dency of the wlioli very smal nues, in f the rivers, natives. The E Banjar-m The folio was not li who passi the king t 500 MARCH, The Island of Borneo. I i Ki- and shipped it on large pnuvs to execute his rage on the factory nnd shipping iliiit lay in the river. The company had two ships, and there were two others that belonged to private merchants. When all things were in readiness, the army came in the night with ahove one hundred praws nnd no less than three thousand desperate fel- lows. Some landed and burnt the factory and fortification, while others attacked the ships which were prepared to receive them. The two great ships, though in danger, beat off itie enemy with small loss; but the little ships were burnt with most of their men, and the English were forced to be gone from their settlement." The king afterwards offered to continue a free trade with the English, but de- clared, that he " would never suffer them, nor any other nation, to build forts in his country." In 1772, they attempted an establish- ment ut Pasir on the southeast coast, but were soon compelled to abandon it. As the character of the country and its inhabitants varies consi- derably in different parts of the island, we propose to give such a description as our means of information enable us, of the several ,.>ar's, beginning with Borneo Proper, which has given its name to the whole island. This state has a sea-coast of seven hundred miles in length, and extends inland from one hundred to one hundred and fifty miles. On the west, it is bounded by the territory of Sambas, which is now a Dutch residency; on the east, by the river Kimanis, which was formerly the boundary of the Bornean territories of the kingdom of Suhi; and on the south, by the possessions of various tribes, which, from their savage customs, and ferocious character, may be supposed to belong to the native Dayaks. The Kayan, Dusum, Murut, and Tatao, are among the most important. Borneo Proper contains several fine rivers, which might be turned to commercial and agricultural advantage. Borneo river, on which the capital of the kingdom is situated, is one of the largest. Vessels of six hundred tons go to the city, which is ten miles from the mouth of the river. The interior of the country is mountainous. The city of Borneo or Bruni as the natives call it, stands on the banks of the river, with in high water mark. The houses are built on posts from one to two fathoms in height, and connected with each other by planks. They stand in rows running to and from the river, with channels between them, which serve the purpose of lanes and streets. Some are two stories high. The fortified palace of the sultan alone is built on dry land. The number of inhabitants is unknown. Make Brim states the number of houses to be three thousand. The natives, whom we have seen, appear to think the number too great to be counted. They represent it as a very large city—sufficiently so to contain 100,000 or 150,000 inhabitants. This statement is not so inconsistent with that of Malte Brun, as it would be if made respecting cities in other countries; as several families usually reside in one house, so that in a single dwelling one hundred or even a hundred and fifty or two hundred inhabitants are sometimes found. They are nearly all Malnyt :isio," five lui thirteei then e snperic Stiirmti to ren< The respect publish luted a council justice. ter, am inferioi keeper and foi vernme Not les chiefly camphf tortoise trade w twelve now let advanti Tho. villages more tl entirely constan their ct in their lowest of agric They a no writ tern of i priests; omens, powerfi of cotto times w arms nr dwell i houses style, fr such liii . Island of Borneo. 501 •s emigrated thither "twenty-nine reigns verity years for a reign, gives the period of renrs, and would place that event in the mling to their own account, they had not liiimnedan religion. They are generally ilclliiicncu to the Malays of the peniiiKulii, il.s. A large proportion of the men are ahle nbles that of other Malay states, in most y and despotic. According to nn account re Chronicle, several years ago, it is cotisti- ijah or sultan, who stands at its head, bus a ister of state, treasurer, general, and chief- e two other great officers, the second minis- . The affairs of trade are managed by four the intendant of the port a.ul the warehouse . Besides these, there are between thirty princes of hereditary rank; so that the go- islocracy. The trade is very considerable, ifty praws visit Singapore annually, laden rhich is cultivated by Chinese emigrants, ny, which abounds in the western districts, and sago. There was formerly an extensive : was interrupted for some time, from ten to he anarchy that prevailed in Borneo, and is i formerly. Junks are built there to the best r is excellent and cheap. nts of the city of Borneo and of most of the •e Malays, that people "do not constitute 'the subjects of the rajah." The interior is ifferent savage tribes, who live in B state of ach other. Their languages and many of mt, but they are alike in their barbarity, and inn heads. They are not, however, in the ition. Most of them have some knowledge vale rice and farinaceous roots and pulse, 'ork in metals to some extent. They have nd are represented as being without any sys- without any idols, or gods, or temples, or iiitious, and very attentive to good and bad cry of certain birds seems to exert the most 1 their minds. They wear only a single piece round the loins. The Kagan warriors some- the bear or leopard as coats and caps. Their led arrows, swords, spears, and shields. Some Us covered with leaves, and others in large s and capable of accomodating in the native .hundred persons. Their object in living in wurity from the attacks of their enemies, of 502 1836. The. Island of Borneo. MARCH, which there is almost constant danger, ns ihe different tribes are generally at war with each other. The territory they inhabit has, in the eastern part, u fertile, soil, MIX! produces grain in great plenty. The population is more dense there than in the western part, when; the country is more mountainous, and richer in minerals than it in in vegetable productions. The western part of the coast is, howe- ver, less known, on account of the hostile disposition which the peo- ple have always manifested towards Europeans, and the frequent piracies that have taken place there. The 'residency of the northwest const' extends along the western shores of the island, from the western boundary of Borneo Proper to the southern boundary of the territories of .Watan. It inclnili'-s the stales of Sambas, Menipnwa, Pontiana, Sukadana, and Mai an; with some chieftainrie.s in the interior. The face of the country on this coast is low and level. The plain extends in most parts to the dis- tance of twenty or thirty miles interior, and in some places much farther. The Danao Malayu, a large lake in the interior of Pon- tiana, though one hundred and thirty or one hundred and forty miles inland, is supposed to be not more than one hundred feet above the level of the sea. This vast plain is intersected by several con-^ siderable rivers, the largest of which are the Sambas, Mmup>iwn, Pontiana, Mntan, and Sukadana. Much of the land around these rivers is a mere swamp, in which small branches of the rivers run in every direction. There is reason to believe that this part of Borneo has been -at some former period overflowed by the ocean, from which it has been gradually raised by the deposition of vegetable, matter, and the alluvion of the rivers that now traverse it and are still pushing forward the encroachments of the land upon the dominions of the ocean. Sambas, the northern state in the residency, is notorious for its piracies. It has been a powerful state, and dangerous to the peace and safety of all its neighbors. The British, in 1813, made an attack upon the city, which bears the same name as the state, carried the fort by storm, and obliged the rajah to retire into the interior. Their object was the suppression of piracy, in which this place had been more extensively engaged than any other on the coast. The city, like all the rest on the coast, is twenty or thirty miles from the ocean, and on the river that bears the same name. Mempawa is noticeable as being the best mart for opium on the coast. It is visited yearly by several junks from China, which carry home large quantities of the destructive drug; and also by many praws from other islands, which also carry away small cargoes of the saute commodity. The mines of this district are among the richest in Borneo. The principal diamond mines are near Pontiana. The diamonds are found in yellowish, gravelly earth, at different depths, the greatest to which shafts have been sunk, being about sixty feet. The following strata are dug through in penetrating to lhat depth, viz: black mould, three feet; yellow sandy clay, seventeen feet; red clay, seventeen feet; tenacious slate colored clay, mixed with stones, hies, K«; presvnc iif clian Chinesi the 'a.s< the surl hands, washed dianion in a ft purifyii residen just de wax, di The tensive healthy and (till The yaks, w colle.clir tivation sometiii form th luxury. peaceali rid cu*t< corating lar traci rouses t riortheri with pin and the and arn The ( at uo mi populnti on the pnl towi esHblisli laid out. They an of CiinUi to vvliicl Formed havK Uik 'he Island of Borneo. 503 il;ir <.-.lav without stones, but mixed with peb- Miucious yellow clay, six or seven feet. The mini bin one is considered n sure indication tines are worked by the Daynks, Malays, niul •mer sink a narrow shaft the m-r.rssary depth; in which the diamonds are found, is raised to , and then the operator takes the basket in his n tlie nearest stream, and the earthy portion is 3 remaining pebbles carefully examined for the nese, by a little mechanical contrivance, proceed .liiimis method, both in finding the aseng and irth. Gold is found in almost all parts of the iiies are worked in a manner very similar to that ie other most important exports lire camphor, <••/.<.sir stones, rattans, dammar, and kuring en's. r ship building is good and plentiful. .•arm.; hut notwithstanding its heat, and the ex- id forests that cover the country, it is considered tin' vicinity of the diamond mines. The sea nd frequent rains cool the air agreeably. •mis class of inhabitants in Mempawa are the l)a- er is estimated at 200,000. They are employed in ul products of their forests, in mining, and the cul- tli. A small strip of course cotton or bark cloth, and i of waistcoat, and a handkerchief about the head, ; and brass wire their ornaments; and salt their •e passionately fond of tobacco; and are generally petty feuds among them may be traced to the hor- •tinmenting their houses with human skulls, and de- hildren with the teeth; or to disputes about particu- rests. The oppression of the Chinese sometimes revenge themselves against that race. Towards the if the residency they sometimes connect themselves the condition that the skulls and iron shall be theirs, luuder go to the pirates ; of iron they form their tools : are next in number. They are estimated by some n 35,000 men; but others estimate the whole Chinese 200,000. From nil that we have been able to learn t, the latter must he nearest the truth. Their princi- : in the interior, but the whole coast is lined with their -. Their towns are described as populous and well eiltradtt is the largest, and may be called their capital, icipally emigrants from the eastern part of the province liiny have married Uayak women, but, as in other places y emigrate, the ((renter part of them remain nnmaritd. nut 3,000 emigrants arrived yearly; but since the Dutch [)()8S68si»ii of the country, the number is much reduced, ice of the heavy and unreasonable taxes imposed upon he Island of Borneo. 505 • ayak race, come down the river to the port gold dust, diamonds, and other articles for ict one or two fore teeth, substituting others the teeth of tigers, which abound in the the neck." They are .tattooed blue, and jer about the loins. sultan of Banjar-masin include the whole the island, and also a very considerable isl- vliich is separated from the southeast point >rrow channel. About one hundred and fifty tint Salman, which is the southern point of south from Banjar-masin, is Pergotan or Ba- 211 famous as the abode of pirates. The coast e south of the bay and river of Pergotan is per- t 'niliitliitautri. Iron ore abounds, and frequently vhich strikes and runs along the ground in uendous and surprising except to those who such 'Insus nature.' The bay of Pergotan e country around is fertile, but uncultivated, e territory belonging to the rajah is supposed sand. He is a tyrant among his people, as well erence to others. The women are celebrated Te as t'iiir as those of southern Europe, the most important towns in Borneo, is situat- north of Pergotan. It stands on a river of the tains about three hundred houses, inhabited by As the country is very low and annually over- •uulietihhy. The products are nearly the same s of Borneo, with the exception that rice is far e trade has decreased much in consequence of clous piracies that have been perpetrated in the nee to be described. For our knowledge of this »re almost entirely dependent upon papers pub- ;oby Mr. I. Dalton, an Englishman who went spent more than twelve months in the country, ecnunt of the place, it may be proper to remark ntly some misstatements in his papers, though 'been found correct. He seems to us to have it, and prejudiced against the Bugis; hut Lonest and worthy of credit when he speaks of facts, when he makes inferences from those facts, or . What we have said above of Pergotan rests .he Ooti river is narrow. A few miles above, it bay.. On the northern side of this bay is the en- icipal branch. Near the mouth of this stream, called the Coti river, is the Bugis village Seme- e commands the entrance of the river, and by that 64 Tke Island of Borneo. 1836. MARCH, si? * means, the vhole country of Coti. The natives of the interior are entirely dependent tor the necessary article of salt, upon these Bugis, from whom they purchase it at whatever price is demanded. The Dayaks in the interior have birds' nests, wax, and gold dust, which they are ready to exchange for salt, tobacco, beads, and white cloth; the last they use at funerals. Money they care nothing for, salt and tobacco being of more value to them than gold or silver. This being the case, the Bugis at Semerinderi have the inhabitants of the interior at their command, through their monopoly of these articles. Their number does not exceed five or six hundred; yet they are masters of the trade of the country, which is all the mastery they desire. When the Bugis were tit war with the sultan of Coti, about twelve years ago, they stopped the usual supply of salt; the consequence of which was, that, within three months, the sultan was at their mercy, and he was ultimately obliged to apply to them for protection against the Dayaks, who understanding that it was by his i'ault that the salt was stopped, pursued him as far as Semerinden. About seventy miles above Semerinden is Tongaron, the capital of the country of Coti. Beyond this place, the country is fertile and beautiful; rice and sugar cane are cultivated, but not to a great extent. The river here and also below is very much infested with alligators. They are remarkably large and daring. It is dangerous to venture into the water, or even to go upon it in a small canoe. Mr. Daltori says, " Notwithstanding the care the people take, there is scarcely a family that 1ms not lost some of its members." At one place con- taining twelve or fifteen houses, he says, that within a month before he was there, nine people had been seized by them. "It is curious to observe the cunning they show in catching the monkeys. They usually lie among the high grass, which in some measure conceals them. There they wait till evening, when the monkeys come down to drink. One or two of the alligators will lie in such a manner that the hinder half of their bodies is on the land covered with grass and mud. When the monkeys are drinking they give a never failing blow with their tail, sweeping the whole into the water, when they become an easy prey." "It is astonishing to observe how dreadfully the people fear the small-pox. Before every hut is hung a signal signifying that no one must enter. On the approach of a boat, all children are called in. Many families issolate themselves from society, not even going to the bazar, preferring to live upon fruit, rice, and fish, rather than take articles for sale, when they may possibly bring home the dread- ful disease." One hundred and twenty miles, reckoning according to Mr. Dalton's estimate, above Tongaron is Markamon, a considerable place, containing three thousand inhabitants. Above this place Mr. P. was much annoyed by musquitoes and flies. "No curtain of cloth will keep out. these little insects. They are not larger than a urain of sand, and insinuate themselves everywhere till they come to the .-kin, between which and the flesh they bury themselves, causing an itching ns intense and covering the pm of "Hindoo temple Proceeding up the r Mr. D. arrived at G advantageously and a villa, at the terrnir Bank of the river, w bay." Below the toi Immediately behind Forty-five miles t town in the dominii three thousand peo| of their huts is a pi China breed, as li Upon these and yai besides, the finest not obtain permis describes the com where he traveled than any other wl lovely scenery.' than nearer the i are, birds' nests, ji found in great abi account of the inh; About two degre which is a large | eastward. Betwet eastward, is an irn point to point. 1 parison with the thickly lined with tures to the coast i side of the inland. being the only pin leopard are found eastward of this. Spaniards, who h yielded the right country to the Ei rent times occupi said that they ev« of Batambangan Magedara is the Patan and M island, are amoii is remarkable f< country in the in if Islantl of Borneo. 507 more durable thnn is caused by mosquitoes, .h blood." Mr. Dalton informs us that ruins ire common about this part of the country. forty-five miles from the last named town, Saugon, a town of 4,000 inhabitants, most itifully located. "It has the appearance of n of a beautiful canal. It is on the right it forms a bend, having the appearance of a :he river is "for six miles perfectly straight." cmnpong is a large lake, ul Cota Bnngon is Marpau, the most distant of the sultan of Coti. "It contains about two thirds of whom are Dayaks. Under each re, with at least half a dozen grunters of the and neatly kept as even I saw in Hampshire, he Dayaks here chiefly live; but they have i of different species." Mr. Dalton could to proceed any farther upon the river. He along the river, and in this part of Borneo, iiisively, ns being more fertile and beautiful > he had seen in India, and presenting most i population appears to be more numerous The principal articles which they export > dust, and bees' wax; all of which may be ance. We shall have occasion to refer to his ants, when we come to speak of the Dayaks. south of the Coti river is Kaniungan point, inontory, jutting out nearly n hundred miles this and Unsarig point, which projects farther use bay nearly three hundred miles across from ". coast of this bay is little known, even in corn- ier parts of that of Borneo. It appears to be all islands, and to he similar in its general fea- tlie 'northwestern residency,' on the opposite IJnsaug point and its vicinity are remarkable for s in Borneo where the elephant, rhinoceros, and ['hey are found in no other part of the Archipelago attic also abound, having been introduced by the footing here in the seventeenth century. They if possession to the Sulus, who again ceded the ish about sixty years ago. They have at diffe- Stations here for short period?, but it cannot be took possession of it. Of these stations the island ying off the northern coast, was the principal. inie of the principal native state. 'udu, which occupy the northern extremity of the the most valuable of its territories. The former the abimiwce of camphor it produces. The rior is very fertile, the inhabitants numerous, and '<• Island uf l}orntn. ;VI9 ? the sultan of Sniutms for his own IISP. An- ; tlieir object is, to entice vessels into a river \:itU:rmy prospects of trade; and then, when at' help, mid when escape is impossible, jret- tlie easiest way they can. Of this method ig instance, related by Mr. Dallo:i, furnishes liy an English cn|>lniit, and having on irgo, sailed for Borneo, -and alter touching at proceeded to Banjar-niasin. Here the cap- pirate named Ruga. Not knowing his cha- niaiiUed with the object of his voyage, which e of gold dust. Raga advised him by all Coti, where, he said, he could not fail of his cargo for gold dust and birds' nests; and, equainted with the navigation of the coast and lie would himself undertake to pilot the vessel iiideavor to persuade the sultan to purchase a I'o these treacherous proposals the captain On arriving at the mouth of the river they t seventy miles up towards the capital, Tnng- :i left the vessel, under pretence of making 3 sulian respecting the cargo, hut in reality to the perpetration of the bloody deed which lie plated. This was readily insured, and Raga the assistance of some Bugis living near where i it. He first pretended friendship as before; with the captain in the cabin, he observed a there, took it down as if to examine it, and captain's body. This was the signal for the crew made no resistance, and were all killed led overboard, swam to the shore, and hid them- A European boy about sixteen years old, and enty were passengers. The former ran aloft at if the attack, and was afterwards taken, but not erely wounded. The latter was taken unhurt. le capital; and on appearing before the sultan, Malay fell at bis feet and implored him to spare .11 was not disposed to do this at first, but his t, interfered and insisted that they should both ier hands, which was done. They very soon tes with her, and she would not, for a long time, r«l family to come near them, as they all thought while either of them lived. It was remarked of ie never went to sleep without saying his prayers, ;d the same practice in the morning, and also at mltan's account, of them is, that they died of the lers, probably with truth, say that they were poi- i and Rnga according to their written agreement, The Island uf "Itorncn. 1836*. MARCH, ;; ... living together prevails chiefly where they are engaged in the culti- vation of rice. In these districts they frequently, if not generally, live in villages which have a breast work built around them for pro- tection. In other parts they are less social in the mode of living; and if our information-be correct, there are some tribes towards the northern part of the island, who are in the lowest state of barbarism, and do not even practice marriage, nor live in houses. "They rove about like wild beasts; at night they sleep under some large tree, the branches of which hang low, after having made a fire around it to keep off wild beasts and snakes. They are looked upon and treated by the other Dayaks as wild beasts." '* They go out and hunt them for amusement.*' The men taken in these excursions are invariably killed; but the women, if young, are commonly spared. It is .remarkable that the children of those wild Dayaks cannot be turned. Selji told me, he never recollected an instance when they did not escape to the jungle the very first opportunity, notwithstanding many of them had been treated kindly for years. The consequence is that all the chiefs who cull themselves civili/.ed, no sooner take them, than they cut oft* a foot. Their escape is thus prevented, and their services in paddling canoes retained." Poligamy is not com- mon among the Dayaks, yet some of the great rajahs have ten or twenty wives. The occupations of the Duyaks are various. More of them are en- gaged in agricultural employments, chiefly in the cultivation of rice, than is generally supposed by those who know nothing of them, ex- t!ept what they have learned from geography and brief newspaper notices. Probably, more - e employed in this, than any other occu- pation. And those who are employed arc generally inclined to be peaceful. In the Memoir of sir S. Raffles we find the following character given of them. "The Dttyaks are not only industrious in their habits but particularly devoted to agriculture; and so ma- nageable that a handful of Malays have, in many instances, reduced many thousands to ihe condition of peaceful cultivators of the ground. Indeed nothing seems wanting to effect this on a great scale, but a strong government, which can afford protection to property, and safety to individuals; and in the case of the Dayaks, I regard it as an advantage, that they have not hitherto adopted the religion of Islam, and would consequently lie more ready, from the first, to regard us as their friends and protectors." Many of them are engaged in other useful avocations, such as collecting camphor, birds' nests, rattans, bees' wax, and other pro- ducts of the furests, and also in mining for diamonds, searching for gold dust, and the manufacture of such articles as they use for cloth- ing or ornament of their persons, or implements of husbandry niin- iiiir, or war. But the occupation for which they are most notorious is that of " head-hunting." Respecting the fact that the men must procure at least one head before they can marry, and that they pre- serve the heads and skulls of persons they have slain as trophies and ornaments, there can be no reasonable doubt. It is asserted, so fur as we to kno accou n procure Selji, tl expedil length, height, they UK distant They < pull sil rectly I with tin an liou conceal and fee can obi young 8 want tic one of I Wlnl highest hut be i arrived for the through night, inlercep of the | near the their fig few inei main in to the vi cry is ra bitants a ladders children the path their boi make a them, as and prev collectec and fret "From brought of a war VOL. 1 , ke Island of Borneo. 513 -y one who has had any proper opportunity ctitig it. Mr. Dalton gives us the fullest en of the manner in which they proceed to will therefore transcribe the substance of it. n he lived, had with him, oil a head-hunting janoes from eighty to one hundred feet in >f a kind of beech which grows to an amazing i forty to eighty men, and, as all use paddles, ^credible swiftness. In proceeding towards » is are never seen on the river during the day. journey about half an hour after dark and r the bank of the river. One boat keeps di- fuicl the handles of the paddles are covered tree, so that no noise is made. About half lit, they pull the boat up upon the banks, and ong the trees and jungle. Here they sleep, 3, snakes, wild hogs, and whatever animals they litnals cannot be procured, they live upon the in trees, and wild fruit. "Should the rajah lot be procured with the suinpit (native arrow), killed." i are hunting and cooking, others ascend the nine the country and observe if any village or ey know by the smoke. When the boats have i mile from a village, they prepare themselvei ut one third of the party are sent forward to go nd take their stations near the village in the men in every path leading from the village, to people who may attempt to escape. The rest (I'Wiird with their boats in such time us to arrive it an hour before day-light. They then put on and creep slowly forward, leaving, however, a it, and about a dozen with the women who re- Aliout twenty minutes before day, they set fire owing fireballs upon the atnp roofs. The war it: work of murder commences. The male inha- or cut down with the sword, as they descend the veilings to escape the flame.-;. The women and lly seized by those who went forward to occupy •om tlie village. Should any of the villagers reach nulering party have their boats so stationed as to impossible. This is an important object with ugitive might give information to other villages, uture success. After the women and children are 'omen are kiilnl and the heads of the men cut off, it'ully, they being the great object of the expedition. cwsion," says Mr. D., in 1828, "Selji's people in seven hundred heads." The value and dignity imated by the number of heads he has procured. . 65 514 1836. The Island of Borneo. MARCH, No Dnyak cnn marry the daughter of a warrior without having previously taken a head or two. If a young man proposing to marry lias not so many as are required by the father of the bride, he musters a few friends, takes a swift boat, and leaves that part of the country, and will not return till the number is complete, which is frequently not till three or four months have elapsed. Some of the Dayaks are cannibals, though they are not like the Battaks of Su- matra, generally so. They bury the arms of the warriors with their bodies, and also some articles pf fppd. They lay them in a grave without a coffin, and set up some fresh heads over it. This descrip- tion of the great peculiarity pf the Payaks applies more particularly to that part of them who are not piyilized enough to become cul- tivators of the soil, and are raised some degrees above what Mr. Walton calls the wild Dayaks. The passion for heads, or rather the custom of taking them, is, hpwever, very general. When it is not followed on the large scale described above, heads are procured generally by way-laying some popr fishermen, who are beheaded without resistance. It is difficult to imagine how so peculiar and barbarous a custom could have originated, unless it were from love of military glory. The Dayaks generally seem to have no system of religious belief. In some parts of the island they are said to worship a Supreme Being under the name of Dewnta. It is sufficiently certain that they have no religion to which they are strpngly attached or by which much influenced; none that would be any obstacle to their reception of the true religion. The number of such a people as the Dayaks, it is of course impossible to ascertain with any considerable preci- sion. We have not seen or heard any estimate. It is stated that the Malay subjects of the sultan of Borneo Proper do not exceed one tenth of the population in his dominions; and if our infor- mation be correct, as we have reason to suppose jt is in this case, his Malay subjects cannot be estimated at less than 100,000, and the Dayaks in his dominions are, then, as many as 1,000,000. It is stated that 200,000 reside in the territories of the residency of the nortlitvest coast. Selji, the chief near Coti, supposed that 150,000 are subject to him. We suppose these three districts cannot include much more than half of the territory of the inland, and the rest of it is, on an average, at least equally populous: and therefore, the whole number of people designated by the name of Dayaks, may be esti- mated at about 2,000,000. The whole population of Borneo, Wfi suppose to be about 3,500,000. (n personal appearance, the Dayaks are much superior to the Malays. They are generally tallur and better formed. They also possess more strength and activity. In respect to these qualities, they seem to compare well with the Indian tribes of IVorth America, whom they also resemble in sonic of their moral characteristics. Their character has been viewrd by Europeans generally through r!ie deceptive medium of n single trait, or rather a single custom. They have heard that thf Dayaks are in the habit of cutting off heads, and that both i drink the blood that must be the most st their whole character, thren of our one great they have this custom, guilty of murder; but derers in other countr wealth or office; nnd Dnyak head-hunter eli either private or natioi sure, and in the dn severely punished, tV countries who does n i This custom and tin connected with the pn racter. They have, made above, that the) themselves to the culti cative of a valuable ch are "the vices of bai with Europeans woul took occasion to mem come friends with wl this practice. He re[ follow the Europeans coming in contact wi country, and receivin as salt, tobacco, clothj rajahs, and trust the the opportunity of so e of cultivation, an obed; From all that we ha pose that, with the e heads, they are supe living, and that they a: much of which reseml are capable of easy an means be used, and tli one of the most pleasii bring this article to on Borneo as a field f< We are not aware i Christianity, except a and the circulation c the island who have v settlements. The D gation of Christ'mnif on the Coast; but \ f trades. 519 id of honor but the plnin dictate of justice, ing abundantly the means of adopting such securing all becoming respect, persists in question of self-defense and the support of : courage or patriotism of individuals, what is first duty of all regular and respected govern- hibit the an me disregard to the claim of their v'hicli is characteristic of Chinese policy to- e thin empire? And what is the consequence fir natural protectors, but to make them arm Ami being once armed, if they were destitute •0111 any responsibility, incited by the cxam- Viese regions and by desire of revenge, what expected than to see them overbearing where and pirates themselves when such a course urpose1? The Chinese is a regular government, iposed to nil these lawless acts, yet it is more me uf its petty officers on the maritime stations , at least by connivance. But in many of the ivilized or half snvage governments of chiefs it the Indian and Malayan archipelagoes, piracy i-nu!il an employment suitable for nobles rather outlaws. VOIH the Sandwich islands, however, show a still pint of lawless depredations, and exhibit a series lisasters. In 1834 or 1835, captain Dorsett of the ith several of his crew, while on a trading voyage, in bondage at the Piscadores. When this was f averly, captain Cathcart, was despatched thither islands, to ascertain the fate of captain D., and ive. After an unsuccessful search, the Wavcrly i to Ascension island, from whence it appears she urther information to return to Strong island, and where without doubt she also become the prey of • fate was learned from the report of the Honduras muary 1836. While this schooner was on an mils, captain Scott and thirteen of his men were : natives uf Strong's island. Soon after anchoring , captain S. landed, but was in a short time seen by running down towards the beach, calling out to load re upon the natives. Twenty-five or thirty natives ammenced an attack at the moment, nnd killed every mate and one boy, who after being overpowered on into the cabin, from whence with muskets they ck. They then slipped the cable and with a fair iscunsioii island, whence obtaining aid they returned marching in vain for captain Scott. It WHS in this y discovered the Waverly's boat, and were fired on 520 1836. Recent Piracies. MARCH, Scarcely less horrid was the fate of the Awaslumks. On the 5th of October last, her master, captain Coffin, his first and second officers, and several of his crew were killed by the natives of Baring or Baling island in N. lat. about 6°30% and E. long. 168.°32'. The natives came on board in a friendly manner, but soon took an oppor- tunity to seize the cutting spades, and made an attack. Captain C. fell the first victim, the mate next, the second officer jumped overboard and was killed in the water, a seaman jumped overboard and was drowned, all the rest being driven aloft or below, the natives had pos- session of the ship and were steering her towards shore. But the crew below firing through the gangway and binnacle succeeded in killing the chief and retaking the ship. One man afterwards died of his wounds, and the vessel was brought to the Sandwich islands by her third officer, Mr. Jones. The case of the Mentor though of another character, is equally illustrative of the hardships to which seamen are exposed through the cupidity of the best of these chiefs and islanders. This ship was wrecked near the Pelew islands in 1832, half of her crew pe- rished in the sea, and half with captain Barnard reached the Pelew islands, where they were robbed of every thing, and detained many months, when some of them were permitted to depart leaving the rest as pledges for the payment of the promised ransom. The party that left, were again made prisoners on the dreary island of Lord North, where some were killed, some starved, and the rest escaped after two years' servitude; and it was only the last winter that a sloop of the United States visited the Pelew islands, and rescued the remainder of the crew. Such an interference is honorable to the government that ordered it, and considering that half of the globe lies between was perhaps as prompt as convenient; but the aid was tardy to those who were longing for its arrival, before which time three years had rolled round, several of the sufferers had perished, and the constitution of others was irremediably impaired. Within the Chinese seas, piracy, we suppose, has always prevailed among the native craft, though large foreign ships have been used to despise the danger of attacks from the ill-armed and cowardly out- laws that plunder on these seas. But both former and recent events show that single merchantmen may not safely despise at all times the attacks of such enemies. From a well written article in the Singapore Free Press, of January 14th, 1836, we learn that, besides the Malays who are native bom pirates, there is another class more enterprising and formidable, called the Illanoon or Lanun, inhabit- ing the Suln group between Borneo and the Philippines. These extend their predatory excursions as far eastward as the Spice islands, and westward to the straits of Malacca. The Malayan piratical prahus, are generally six or eight tons burden, from fifty to sixty feet in length, ami eleven to thirteen in breadth, commonly carrying one or two small guns, and three or four brass swivels, with a crew of twenty to thirty men armed with spears, krises, and often with muskets. The Illanoon pirates have larger boats, manned generally by forty or fifty men, and arms. Such is i boats by lieutenant' command of a inercli of Banca by three lar he counted thirty-sev bow, which was prote< inches square, placed and rising six feet hig usually attack in n directed towards the measure safe in appr off till his ammunition settlement of Mintow, The clipper Lady was attacked in the st the afternoon the pr carried the brig quite culm again, and at mic discovered very near, i immediately opened a with the brig till the several well directed concerted them, and not been ip perfect i the pirates, it is aim and the news of her another instance a yet Singapore to Malacca tance was intended, • escaped only in cons Recent accounts stn captivity on Murray's remaining crew of t| wrecked in those strn merchantman to reset, Mr. Dalton, publishec 1831, it is stated that English, Dutch, and , slavery in the interior i taken by pirates at se, many of these are in the most contemptible But during the past celestial empire, and t| talogue of violated per, the cutter of the EHJ little to the westward'n officer and eleven hand VOL, IV. NO. XI, 5-14 1836. ftingapart- Institution. MARCH, \Vlnl* such is llic annual amount of trndi' named on in those sea.-, employing in the foreign vessels more llinn ten thousand seamen, what cnre have our governments shown for its protection 1 Not one of his Hritannic majesty's ships is stationed in the Chinese sea; not one is yet stationed even at Singapore, though an occasional visitor makes a sweep among the pirates. The Americans have done noth- ing here since the bloody affair of Quallah Batoo; it is said, however, that these seas are henceforth to be one of the stations for the Ame- rican navy. A wide range indeed will two or three small men-of-war have from the Cape of Good Hope to Japan. The Portuguese here, we understand, have no naval armament whatever. It is long since a French man-of-war has visited these seas. The Spaniards at Manila have a number of small craft called pontines, for the destruc- tion of the piratical Malays who infest the sea to the southward of Luconia. These are characterized by a writer in a late number of the Canton Free Press as particularly successful in the capture of shells and turtles, but most inefficient in the destruction of the pi- rates. The Dutch alone have done anything effectual towards the suppression, and their activity in this respect is 'worthy of all praise.' In Java, and generally in all places contiguous to their possessions, they have either suppressed or greatly checked piracy; and were it not the tendency of their severe and restricted government to make as many outlaws as they destroy, no deduction need be made from their praise. They alone have systematically attempted to put down lawless misrule in these seas, and make them what the Creator designed them to be, the safe highway of nations. ART. IV. The Singapore Institution: its origin and design; with a description of its three departments, 1st, scientific, 2rf, literary and moral for the Chinese, and 3d, the same for the Malays, Bugis, Siamese, Sfc. COMMERCE is universally allowed to bring many benefits in its train, and to be favorable to civilization and general improvement. Like all other powerful agents, however, it has proved the cause of many evils, when improperly directed or not sufficiently controlled. It creates wants and introduces luxuries; but if there exist no prin- ciple for the regulation of these, and if there be nothing to check their influence, sensuality, vice, and corruption will be their neces- sary result. Where the social institutions are favorable to indepen- dence and improvement, where the intellectual powers are cultiva- ted and expanded, commerce opens a wider field for their exertion, and wealth and refinement become consistent with all that ennobles ,nnd exalts human nature. Education must- keep pace with com- merce, in order I hat its and in our intercourse constant care, that, w the capital of our mer offer them the means of present state of these co extensive population, i humanity, policy, and our early attention to th plate is of great exten: eludes the Indian Arc! and Tungking, with a f than from twenty to th of China, with its vast n Moreover, "if we c influence of Europeans in these seas, that the lion is to be ascribed, a take away the means almost an act of duty done." And shall wi nations, refuse to encc ment, or rather shall >vt afford the means of educ stations not only the s arts? Will not our be at the same time we are civilization? It nmv I are civilized, our inter extensive, more secure, productions of the count and that the eventual ext sequently depend on the extension of moral prim these countries, consider all investigation; and with most advantage i educating the inhabitant: and the interests of lit by making the advantno The two preceding nfi alterations, from a-'Min lie laid before a meeti held at the Residency-!, ing was convened by sj the public the arrangem ment of an Institution vatiou of the languages Jago; and the Singapore Institution. 18U6. MARCH, the inhabitants of these countries. He observed that he had long contemplated the advantages which would arise from educating the inhabitants, and had suggested the plan of a native college; and that very recently, in concert with the founder and president of the Anglochinese college, who was then at Singapore and present at the meeting, a plan had been adopted for removing that college to Singapore, and uniting it with the proposed Malayan college, under the general designation of the 'Singapore Institution,' in three depart- ments: 1. A scientific department for the common advantage of the se- veral colleges that may be established. 2. A literary and moral department for the Chinese, which the Anglochinese college affords; and 3. A literary and moral department for the Siamese, Malays, Bugis, &c., which will be provided for by the Malayan College. The affairs of each of these departments were to be managed by its own trustees and other officers, according to laws and statutes adopted for that purpose Accordingly there were to be three boards of trustees. The Singapore Institution was to be the general desig- nation of the whole establishment; and its trustees were to have the entire management of the scientific department of the institution. This part of the institution was to include the several objects of education which were common and of equal importance to both the Chinese and the Malayan colleges, such as an European library, an extensive museum, scientific lectures delivered in English and illus- trated by philosophical apparatus, instruction in the higher branches of mathematics, &c. For the literary and moral improvement of the students different departments were necessary, while in other particulars the same instruction was required for all. "Besides, the local proximity of men educated in different languages, spoken among the neighboring nations of the world, is likely to elicit sparks of truth, which will kindle light serving to illumine the whole. This view of the subject then," said Dr. Morrison, addressing the inhabi- tants of Singapore at the meeting mentioned above, "whilst it points out the propriety of separate colleges for the two great depart- ments proposed, also shows the utility of uniting them in those occupations which are common to both. And why should it be thought incredible that God should in his providence raise up in the eastern world, and at Singapore, a cluster of colleges and schools that shall equal in utility similar groups of literary and pious esta- blishments in the west? And why should we think it not modest and simple to give such names to our infant academies, as shall describe their real- character when they shall attain to full maturity and the manhood of their existence I The Anglochinese college is already originated, and it is proposed that a Malayan college be now established at Singapore, leaving room for such additional colleges as the benevolence of individuals may suggest and carry into effect, the whole being united under the general designation of the Singa- pore Institution/' In order to afford institution, we will t separately, giving at tl the officers appointed branches of the estab The Scientific dep; would be of equal bene such as mathematics, the necessary appurte: were to be chosen fn residents in Singapore, to be styled the Trus entire direction of the the form, site, and an, tution; and to publish scientific department, a they should deem best, to be managed by a co patrons, a president, i operation" composed the United Kingdom.' The first officers of honorable sir T. Stami W. Wilberforce, esq Glenelg); president, 't|, Farquliar; vice.preside, trustees, hon. sir T. S force, esq.; C. Grant, es esq.; D. S. N,^ esq., M. D. &c.; lieut.^ t.-un Davis; Rev. R j D. Collie; llev. R. s' j J. Milton; treasurers M, Maxwell, esq.; librarian professor of natural phi of natural history, (j j The Anglochinese'o pages, and we need n< moved to Singapore, ain officers, except in 'tjlos belonging to the truslees lege were then, palrm~ hon. J. Erskine; 300 and $25 per annum for the library. The sum of $15,000 was voted for buildings, and other sums for fonts of types, presses, Fuhkang ting, Pan Sha Chaouchow foo, Chin» Kedying thoio, Kin fc Penmt holding Office in Kwangtung. 533 wt have in other places rendered by lieutenant-genera), uel. The governor's troops are chiefly stationed in Shaou- t. -governor's in K wangchow foo; but Uie officers named hose two departments, are in immediate subordination to ;r-in-chief. The heln districts and smaller places, the names list are placed immediately after the names of departments, s departments in their civil, and usually also in their military, ces marked with an asterisk are stations subordinate to the hief. The stations Nanaou and Chinghue hefin are partly •tly in Fuhkeen. AMENT OP THE TARTAR G.VRRISON. 'neral- Commandant, Soolfangah. eitt.-Generals, Lunchung, and Mangkwei. TSEANGKEUN'S OFFICE. s Mantchous, two Chinese naturalized Tartars. sheik), six. fang), six. ieut.-generals has an office, with similar officers. IISDICTION OF THE TARTAR FAMILIES. i, of the rank of an assistant departmental ma- nhwuy, of Chekeang. COMMERCIAL, DEPARTMENT. xritime Customs of the Province, Pangneen. lely, at Canton, at Macao, at Wookan in Hwuy- >w in Chaouchow foo, at Meileih in Kaouchow in between Luychow foo, and Leenchow foo, of Keungchow foo. re twenty-five custom-houses where duties may be levied, shoo clerks; and about forty under the charge of he/tjin, if for the purpose of examining goods without levying ustoms at Shaouchoto foo, the lieut. -governor. jf the first circuit. luties are levied at posts under the direction of the RTMENT OF KwANGCHOW FOO. visions of the subordinate magistracy, we subjoin a list le department, that of Kwangchow foo. By referring if the Chinese empire, presented in our number for June that the whole province of Kwangtung is divided into ubdivided into eighty-eight districts. Of these districts ;-iii ivv foo contains fourteen. Kwangchow foo, Kin Yuenlan. t: at Tseenshan (near Macao), Hoo Ching- an, YangTihyun; at Yungning (near Wham- an; in the Commissariat, Yingyuy. an Leangking; Assistant, Woo Yunleu. f magistrate (kingleih) - . Ching Chan, of Peking. 538 Consideration* respecting the Trade with China. APRIL, Consider 183G. we hope to show. The Spaniards Imve a proverb, " entre los ciegos el tuerto es rey," .mil on this principle alone can we understand how "Mr. Thompson, late of the East India house," came 'to ofl'er these pages, in the hope of adding something towards a fuller ac- quaintance with some part of the subject, and to suggest some things which appeared to him likely to promote the interests of British com- merce with China.' Verily, it is the hlind leading the blind! The principal sources whence Mr. T. has derived his "infor- mation," seem to have been " Auber's China" and the Reports to the houses of Parliament, in 1821 and 1831-2, of which Reports Mr. Auber's book is but a meagre and partial pr&cis. It is not to be expected that any one should be able to wade through the prodigious mass of "evidence" on this subject, with sufficient discrimination, united with his labor, to separate the grain, of which there is so little, from the chuff, of which there is so much more than a superabun- dance; to reconcile the contradictions, unravel the unintelligibili- ties, and make the light shine from the darktiess which shrouds it; but we still might hope that a man would not come to the consideration of the question while totally and deplorably ignorant of all the points of great or general importance which it involves: this, we are sorry to say, is the case with Mr. Thompson. While he confines himself to the consideration of the question of Exchange, between England, India, and China, a subject on which he is evi- dently at home,* he is, at least, entitled to the praise of correctness, though, even amid all the mass of figures which he parades, we can- not discover much of originality. Part first (p. 4-31) conveys a tolerably clear view of the actual state of the monetary currency of Great Britain, as resulting from the tricks played with the pound of silver, by divers of the well beloved sovereigns of that great commer- cial country, with the narrow view of forcing the receipt of a coin ut far beyond its fair value ; a principle yet further persisted in, on a minor scale, as far as regards the private trader, from this and other countries, by the monopoly of the bank of England having bullion coined at the mint. Mr. Thompson says, 1 found, from an examinatiqii of the London Price Currents, on a former occasion, that the price of Spanish dollars, in the fifteen years, from 1816 tp 1830, averaged about 4s. lOjjd. per ounce; at which average 100 dollars will produce in the London market .£20. 9s. 7d.: and after deducting the selgnepr- Hge, the same number of dollars would produce in the London mint on the average of 1,000 dollars, weighing troy ounces 866, and containing 214£ dwts. tine jilver in every pound troy, £ 21. 12s. 3d.;f from which it appears the mint produce would have beeii more than the market produce by about 5£ * "A considerable portion of my (line in (he years 180d 1o 1S05 was occupied in tin inquiry into the state and condition of the company's Indian minis and coin age, and of the India metallic circulation generally." p. 20. I " This sum is exclusive of the charge for refining the dollars to the Knglish stun dard, bnt as that operation is ordy required on n small part of each portion of dollars sent for coinage, ihc charge for refining would not inncli atlrct the diflVrenr.* above stated; and whi-u it is considered, th;il the si-igin.'oni^t: in the London mint .iinonnts to GA per cenl. the pnlilir may MII'I l\ r\prrl th.it dollars would be foin ned at once in Mint establishment, without any rharg'- r>i "njiciri' whatever percent. It. is not ve tion of the importers o: London mint was no period, in this view ih< in the market: and e have been hitherto ove community, at least not the feet may possibly ]< British merchant to ai his purpose, and then goods in the markets of dollars constitute the p The details as to uniform standard, nc state in which it was r, was not entitled to ( 1806, the evils entail the shroffs, were as w company, who, howe marks all monopolies establish an uniform ct he also fitted to pres, the extortions of the m jected for ages; to fac to simplify the pay to tl to assist in the progress of the extensive regjol India." This par.%' acquaintance with the Sl Part second of Mr sents (always exceptjn, value of specie,) one o the public under the n( wronger in its reasoning fusion is worse ount tish merchant as to how, i tions in the purchase of fj home, for that purpose parts of the commercial himself to decide, with ,|le of money becomes l)je|, deficiency, while gainj,,' Thompson: the ghost of, hover round these cheris|,e, to be successful, must be in the history of coii1mer tlialthe giant, exulting j,, , [>e tended and delicately f be » protected "('snvuti' fact, that it sho-uld be b ns rtsper.ting tht Tradt ,viift China, 641 ted from China to India, are the produce of :h always commands, from its very nature, as lyincnt in some article of great value and easy or bullion. e mode in which remittances were made from f the Kast India house" says, "the practice of has been, to exchange the dollars received ycee, to ns large an extent as pnssihlc; then ;ocs so ninny of the remaining dollars as they on India; and lastly, to transmit the balance While he lauds the East India company for good mode of remittance to India, he admits m were large, amounting for many years to lyond all charges of transport, agency, and to seven per cunt, below the mint value of sing paid in China to the purchaser of the E. ) plain fact wag that the operation suited both any, who wished to get dollars in China at as lossible, without inccurring all the above nam- iging them, and the merchants and agents who iiiiln in India for the purchase of produce company's bills when oftered at a fair rate, :; was not at all times to be relied on in suffi- export of dollars was attended with difficulty, mean by his remark that, "on some very i merchants, and these principally the Por- i, required a much higher rate of exchange Calcutta mint would warrant: and some- ency, the supercargoes were compelled to 1 it is not easy to make out. Why "the :>ium required a higher rate, does not appear, es being " compelled to submit," the object of as simply to get for their dollar as much as dollar was worth, in which they acted as sumed, generally act. The difficulty, which of effecting remittances save through the E. ty's superintendents, is always started by htetl a view as to fancy that dollars can be is manifest that, as these dollars must be e imports, and as remittances are to be terms; as soon as the E.I. company is out ilists will step in to take their place, and as being sent on from Bengal, for investment iiglfincl, or the purchase of bills, as a more ilia on Bengal will be plenty as soon as the with the profit obtainable by advancing •, failing this, by investment in cotton or :ie. It is scarcely, at this time of day, worth i who thinks that any foreign interference expecting tin: '1'rndr iril/i China, ">4tt coinmaiid of the market—one going with isfers,—and what the difference, in taels ; to pay beyond the other—besides the hascr to deal with a certain named hong g where he could be best and cheapest is tiicn bewildered with the Enst India ic tael, and from his remarks, he would I as to have at last no distinct idea ot le puts, in his table of money and bul- ,sh-•. I talc or six shillings," he might us >r, as a matter of course, the value of a r must vary with the market price of that i jiarison of the supply with the demand, mpression is that the tnl>> was formerly a coined money," Mr. Thompson implies rnment, his "impression" is an absurdity • i of sycee nre reckoned, like all weight , neness or " touch, " with the weight am , or shrofY, guarantying it, are stamped on ally of a fixed weight; it may be so con- its, but that the crown deducts no six or je or other name for privileged plunder ay be looked on in some degree, as a coin, issertion that " seventy-two taels are reck- 1 dollars" in the computation of accounts liars are reckoned at seventy-two taels, and r weight, that is, that one hundred Spanish aels weight of silver, but it is not true that lar has obtained a very general circulation hercver it is known, it is received and used ly pass as go much weight of silver, and do u as coin. As to thejcomputation of the tael uy, at 6s. 8d. sterling, it was an absurdity, sillying people, and raising the upset price ,a;4 India company's sales in London, and iihancinu;- their profits; but the subject is arguments which Mr. Thompson indulges 00 frequently exposed: hear oivr author on cost of the cargoes from China has been ore than they should have been charged 3ok; from which it appears there has been en per cent in all the computations and East India company's trade between En- mnny years past." n ignorance no doubt, come so thick in this ssible to point out more than a few. Had 1 any of the Canton Price Currents, he could •punish dollars form the medium of ascer- 544 1836. Cotsidtri Considerations respecting the Trade leith (Jhina. A run,, tainiiig value in all transactions between the Ctiinesc and foreigners who trade by sea." All calculittions Hre made- by the Chinese in taels weight of silver, and by tacls, is the price of tea, and many other articles, estimated by the purchaser. The following is rich in itself, and the naiveti with which the discovery is set forth that the China monopoly was not a source of loss, to those managing the affairs of India, not a bad sample of our author's style. "The Court of Directors in 1813 were well aware that the Indian and China commerce had not in any degree been carried on at the expense of Indian revenues; and to those who ever had any doubt on that point, I presume the various documents presented to both houses of parliament since the year 1813 must have removed that, doubt, as by those documents it is incontestably shown that large, very large, sums, amounting in the aggregate to several millions sterling, have been supplied from the surplus profits of the Indian and China trade, accruing on the sales in England, in aid of the territorial revenues of India, ;n order to enable those revenues to meet the very heavy disbursements which have been occasioned by the several wars in which the British government in India has been engaged, both for the protection of the old territory and in the acquisition of the new territories now sub- ject to British dominion in the East." The shipping employed in the Indian and China trades, and the alterations that may be effected in this, take up the third part of this work, and, excepting the egregious ignorance which it displays, it has little worthy of remark. We need not insist on the\superior eligibility of smaller ships to those formerly employed by Hie E. I. Co., as set forth by Mr. Thompson, as there can be no doubt, twit that the latter will gradually be replaced by vessels of more convenient size. The following, we confess, puzzles us: "Another considera- tion of importance is, that the smaller vessel, drawing much less water than the larger ones, they are much bettor fitted for navigating the China seas, anil the several passages leading to those seas, both to and from India, England, and China, particularly when the navi- gation occurs in those months which are considered more or less out of season; and, further, it m;iy be observed, should the Chinese au- thorities afford more facilities for the navigation of the Canton river; if, in that case, it should be found expedient, the smaller vessels might deliver their cargoes, even at the Keys of Canton itself." What "the Keys of Canton" may be, Mr. Thompson has not con- descended to explain; and what the small size of the ship can have to do with the navigation of the China seas, we are, we confess, unable to divine. We only notice these absurdities, en passant, to show what dependence is to be placed on u work which we see is quoted in England, as an authority, and which may possibly be referred lo in the changes which must, ere long, take place in the relations between Great Britain and China. The remarks as to the 'exemption of ship? importing rice alone, from all port charges, is another proof how loose is the'information which Mr. Thompson gives to the British public as " fact." Hear his reasoning on this Edict, which is but what thi5 Chinese call a " paper order," meant to deceive the imperial goveVniuelit, while it is not acted on with regard to the foreigner, mid it wil small amount of pra people at home fane so little. The fact ts to charges, legal am on the foreigner, ai edict, no doubt, says are to be no longer nothing is said of* fJ this may be taken a imperial orders, favi how the authorities" it to the hope." Tin since, of an appftcat import grain into Chi are rightly informed, ters, as the price iuul importation of rice frt which we do not rec< striking absurdity of tl can come in with, say, Thompson says, "in vessel." Part fourth (page lions respecting the in and the authorities a taken, at random, fron though in some of the ns in "the squeezes" the hong merchants, a nese officers; yet, thest to the influence of t)/ propriety of their condi been dinned in the ear years, that is plain, , Thompson's "infonnn Part sixth is devott aforesaid intercourse in; shall view these togel/ie book being but a cumin in former chapters, With regard to the Chinese, at winch so nu bable that recourse will injurious to botli sides, i all other means fail; jf the threat, will be lookei be hud lo it, in any eusi know the t'urcu oflSittJii VOL. IV. NO. XII. I respecting the Trade with China. o45 >parent, of how much greater value is « information than all the fine theories which invent about a nation of whom they know ihips "importing rice alone" are yet subject ;!il, both be it remembered equally binding ting to about 1,300 dollars: the imperial "ships entering the port with rice alone" •ged witli the "enter port dues," but as go out port dues," they are yet levied; Fair specimen of the mode in which the foreigners, are obeyed in. Canton; and p the word of promise to the ear but break VMS, we believe, an instance, some years 0 the E. 1. company's factory in China to when a scarcity was looked for, and, if we jrnin was left on the hands of the impor- i-ii before it arrived from India. As to the .Somhiiy, it is a branch of trade of that place ;t as among the exports to China. One Ihinese plan is that all ships, large or small, ree thousand peculs of rice, and not, as Mr. specified proportion to the tonnage of each -113) contains Mr. Thompson's "observa- sourse between the subject* of Great Britain people of China;" the whole of which is the Records" and "Aider's China;" and, mis, the author has stumbled on the truth, which the foreign trade is exposed through the venality and corruption of all the Chi- re so mixed up with the stale arguments, as E. I. company, the excessive purity and i, and much of the same trash, which has nf the people of England now for so many At in selecting these various points, Air. MI " was hut of slijrht service to him. to the discovery of some plan by which the 'lie rendered more certain than now: we , and with them conclude; the rest of the ntion of the theory of remittances advocated langer of a stoppage of the trade by the ch alarm is felt or pretended, it is not pro- ue had to this measure, which is equally sccpt as a last resource, and only then when more, if the Chinese should ever find that on as a national insult, recourse will never . It is idle to say that the Chinese do not 1 nations, but it must bo difficult for them to 1!) 1830. 548 Considerations respecting the Trade with China. APRIL, no vice, meanness, or weakness, than the establishment of n correct and amicable understanding between the celestial empire and the in- habitants of England,as well as the United States; for their interests, here at least, we regard as united and inseparably. With regard to the mode in which interference with this imbecile though arrogant nation shall be carried into effect, we think that, as it mutters but little how it is done, so that it be but decided on, in n style worthy of the great nation taking it on itself to fight the fight of the civilized world against these " conservatives" of the east, and to compel this "one nation " to return to the great family of man- kind, from which it has dared to separate itself in solitary sulky grandeur. The hmo may be safely left to the common sense of those who may, at length, take the matter seriously in hand; for we ven- ture to predict, that the ease with which a well managed " represen- tation" or appeal (we do not use or like the word embassy in rela- tion to this coinury) would obtain, at Peking, all its fair demands, would astonish those who continually sing the praises of the "oldest dominion," and indulge in meaningless rhapsodies about the re- luctance of the people to change, and the injustice of compelling them to trade with us on our own terms; for, strange as it may seem, anil monstrous as it will appear but some few years hence when the business is done, there are not »-aniin« people, subjects of the haughtiest, the most powerful European nations, and citizens of "the Great Republic," who advocate the continuance of the present state of things, with all its disgrace and dishonor, in preference to a free, friendly, and well understood intercourse, obtainable by the course named,—a demand, hacked by a respectable force, so as to give some coloring to the excuses which the emperor and his mi- nisters might have to make to themselves for granting what they dare not withhold. His celestial majesty seems somewhat of the same kidney with the sham marquis in Moliere's " Precieuses Ridicules "— while one porter begs humbly for his pay and receives blows and abuse in return, his more sensible comrade carries his point by the argument of the upraised cudgel—"Ah! c,a dark, a formal tlemaiu with n view to conqiit of a commercial nati by the presence of Br doors, keeping the Cl made; and which tl should the execution Mr. Thompson is, t about the possibility o nothing seems to be e be occasion for the • would be in distress, may fairly be question selves of a slight troud the people of China th our friends; it is agai keeping this fine por world, and consequent would follow a chaiij thus:— "But the prosecution i actual warfare on the pa i government and peopte < sion, that it is lawful an< pean notions of comrnerc all resorts—namely, war country have hitherto u i continue, by all possible; then be asked, are confl subjects still to be allow, I ture may occur; when, a standings, that if some efl lead to such occurrences, , empires 1 I think a ch( I government of this couni i division of these pages." We should much II that would bear « d, , is rich indeed that Gre one pretence or other, to force taxes down tht down those of the Fi i island, not worth hav day in power, by div: say, rich, that in the 'spirting Ihi Trttilt wif/i China. 540 is channel ton clangorous; besides, it. hns > ton fur north; unless it were determined • limn one inland, in which case it would iuge of the internal and coasting trade; , but we cannot believe that there would r'unent. Without that trade, multitudes probably revolt, in a few months; but, it whether we have a right to relieve our- y causing such misery. It is not against ur exertions should be directed—they are the corrupt, cowardly rulers, who insist on of the globe cut off from the rest of the From the benefit of the improvements which —In the usual style, our author sums up such measures would be, indeed, and in fact, if Great Britain against China. But, surely, the lie country have not yet arrived at the conclu- , for them to compel the Chinese to adopt Euro- intercourse by that which ought, to be the last of I trust, that as the several authorities in this >rmly disclaimed any such intention, they will ins, to avert so dreadful an alternative. It may 3 and aggressions between Chinese and British in the hope that nothing of a more serious na- le same time, it must be palpable to most under- tual check be not put thereto, they may eventually 5 to produce a state of warfare between the two :, of the kind supposed, can be effected by the , and I proceed to its consideration in the next i to know what war was ever embarked in, i inquiry into the motives influencing it. It Britain, whose arms have been carried, on i to every corner of the globe; at one time, iiroats of the Americans, at another, a king nchmen; sometimes for the possession of an ig; at others, but to keep the minister of the ting the attention of the people; it is, we nineteenth century, we should be asking for igangclic India. may just observe, lliat surrounded as tlie •ris-iboutH arc with idolaters of various de- ondered at, if they lose their reverence for 1 religion, the unity of God, and be found, he case, "doing service to them who are eehle is the influence of their belief in the iat they repose as firm a faith in spells, nl lairs, as any of the blind idolatrous mi- ni, we cease to wonder at this, when we istians worshiping at the shrine of some saint, and protestanl Christians (to the ir principles) culling in the aid of heathen >, and charm iiwuy the rheumatism! This the state of Christianity in the Ultragange- wo principal forms in which it appears in and protestant, has been partially made countries, for some ages past. The Por- h along with their arms, and planted the ;es or conquests of the latter extended. The (Joa and Macao were early the chief seats stical authority in India; Lu(;onui, or Ma- The catholic missions yet existing in the Portuguese, the Spanish, the French, > side of India, the Portuguese have inis- r, und China. The Spanish missions are ic Philippine i.-lcs, Timgking, and the rc- ina. The French missions exist in IV- , and some remains of them still in Chum. the Society de Propaganda Fide. These a clerical gentleman, commonly an aged Macao as agent for the missions, who in uetor. The present state of the catholic tvn. The persecutions they have suffered •ies, together with the long interval of effi- h the continent of Kurope, during the late nod them; perhaps entirely extinguished ntholii; religion as propagated in China, riner part of this work. The writer could e truth did not compel him either to be ik in the most unfavorable terms, of the the catholics in the European colonies But is it not, the observation of every luast attention on the subject, that extreme tition, unbearable pride, connected with iglect of business, arr, the characteristics of MM nf catholics? And in many cases, is gravity of morals, as is quite painful to L'ltragangelic India. 1&J6. APRIL, every reflecting mind! This must indeed be a source of the great- est grief to the well disposed clergymen who labor among them. How pitiable is it that the idolatrous superstitions of China do not exceed in grossness, some of those practiced in the adorable name of Jesus by this community! How lamentable that true religion should have so exceedingly degenerated, as to be scarcely distinguished from the most senseless and disgusting forms of paganism! How much is it to he desired that pious and enlightened men in the Romish communion, would "purge out the old leaven, that their church may be a new lump." The protestant faith was planted in several parts of the farther cast, by eminent Dutch clergymen, particularly in the Moluccas. The purity of their doctrines, and the diligence of their labors, are manifest at this day, in the valuable theological treatises which they have Imndcd down. At Malacca and Java the chief attention of the clergy seems to have been directed to the European community, and comparatively little done for the heathen. After the Dutch colonies fell under French influence, a sad reverse in regard to religion com- menced. Now it is hoped, things are improving since the reposses- sion of them by the Netherlands' government. But, are not the proofs of an awful degeneracy in doctrine and practice still too manifest? Is it not much td be feared, that the scepticism of the continental schools of philosophy has poisoned the sources of theo- logy at home? Is not the loose, demoralizing, and libertine tendency of infidel principles but too visible? Is not the public profanation of the latter half of (iod's holy day, countenanced too often by the example of persons in public life, sometimes even of the ministers of religion themselves, a subject of just and deep regret? Ls is not to be. feared, that total neglect of all religion by many protestants, forms an mighty a barrier in the way of the conversion of the heathen, an the gross superstitions of the catholics] Shall we allow ourselves to suppose that vice, gross or refined, is less hateful to the Deity than superstition? While we justly confess that the empty pageantry of masses and processions is altogether unacceptable to that blessed Being, who never appointed them, ' nor required them at our hand,' shall we so far impose on ourselves as to imagine that infidelity, under the cloak of liberal sentiment, or irreligion under the pretext of avoiding a mean and degrading superstition, will be pleasing in His sight? Is there not a loud call, by the circumstances of the times, on all protestants in Ultragangetic India, to rouse themselves to holiness and purity of conversation, and to show zeal for the propa- gation of the true faith? The zeal of the protestant clergy, and of Christians of various denominations on the west of the Ganges, may justly provoke the zeal of their brethren in these parts. In Ultragangetic India there are now [1820,] three protestant missions, viz. those of the Netherlands Missionary Society, revived- since the peace; those of the English and American Baptist Mis- sionary Societies; and those of the London Missionary Society. The fields are vast. There is abundant space for all. Had each of these three missioi might, by proper i labor without comi persed over the va we should still have Two protestant ecc regions, viz. the Dt land. The Dutch ] all the colonies of i> has Penang, Bencuc most important posts the surrounding coun Supineness and it heathen, have been to community, and parti the age of supiueness off the dormant mdo action. We cannot, tl these two church cstub at command, both in tion of the heathen. of union and coopert bodies and the vario principles of protestat religion through the I appear an impossible I principles of cooperati 4 J LmUCl' ma-V be m which the word of life may sound out to i. vity in the great work of evangelizing the uch the reproach and sin of every Christian irly of privileged bodies of Christians; but ivcr. Every body of Christians is shaking ce of former days, and rousing itself to ;fore, but look with some degree of hope to imcnts, each of which possesses vast means »-anl to wealth and talent, for the illumina- hy might there not be some general system in formed between these two ecclesiastical missionary establishments, on the broad m, for the purpose of diffusing our holy lochinese nations? To me, this does not ing, if the object were well defined, and the 11 few and simple. But without regard to • by each of these bodies, in its own sphere. it protestant, whatever be his rank or office, > spend a few years in such moral wastes aa pling to do any thing for the illumination nil? Can he recline with comfort on his 'I have done what I could '{' If a public ] character, decorated with titles and hnno- joy can these withering laurels afford him, ;»f conscience, for professing to believe doc- which he never displayed, and to revere, as system which he never took the least pains if renter obstacles to the evangelizing of these icre are three, the hurtful influence of which ; viz. slavery, opium, and gambling. Few mittxl on the Malayan seas', or the horrid UK! bloodshed which are so often exhibited, lie or all of these sources; and they are too jalronize or encourage them, to hope that a posed on them. a the European governments are concerned, d, will not be in existence fifty years hence; ires ttj Aftiileni China. itCi7 •< to be IVnreil thnl -the licensing of gambling glv vo eiicounigo the prnctictt instead of thrxt t:ike tlie fnnns must raise the money id we find that they have uniformly in their st worthless wretches, dispersed ninong the and tempt men to gamble; even little chil- urchase some small article for family use, are i their vvay, induced to venture their few pice, nit'ormly lose, and have to return weeping to vho probably have not another pice at their rvals of rest which the people have from their in gmiihlin&r, which so engrosses their thoughts for receiving instruction, or leisure to think of ith eternity. These obstacles are, it is allowed, it powerful enough to create the ruin of the of thousands; to corrupt the morals of youth, to impede the progress of knowledge. They k for tin.1 magistrate, and increase the difficultie* s of Modern China: Banditti in the northern and uthern province}; in Whampoa, Heangs/ian, and tes on the. coast of Fuhkeen, and the coast and ingiung; imperial fleet: Feuds of clans. ,vas much disturbed by gangs of robbers in the time lie law determined, according to Hume, that a tribe iting of between seven and thirty-five persons, was rmoor troop; any greater company was an army, ie (sec.266), in treating of highway robbery, awards ny company of or above one hundred persons ns- iitti. Such definitions cannot be accurately preserved it of importance here, excepting that the revolts by 'the people ;ire tokens of a never subdued population, ears its yoke with impatience; whilst banditti mark )o\CB and n demoralized state of society. It is for the liefly, that we multiply our record of disturbances. >g gazette of April 1820,* the emperor accused the 'ernors of concealing acts of plunder by banditti, in ie censure; and former notices in this work have shown ."amenta! officers are too often interested in concealing i. The frequency of crimes reported is not, therefore, "Indochinp«f Gleaner, October \S'iO. page 412. 1836. i\otiet!t of Mudfni China. . nii-, as in the bc>st regulated societies, 11 proof of the general feeling iiirniniit crime among tlio cniniriunitv, mid of the vigilance of th« police, which lends over to give cri me publicity. In 1827, we find complaints of many daring robberies and murders committed at Peking without detection,* and twelve government carts laden with grain carried oft' from one of the city gates in open daylight, by H party of banditti, headed by n man who represented himself to belong to the imperial family. At Changning in Honan, a party of banditti armed with swords and spears, in the same year, attacked a house, wounded four of the servants, and carried off four thousand taels in money.t In 1823, the governor of the Hoo kwang provinces addressed the emperor respecting a district under his jurisdiction,! called Siangyanj; fang, in which the land is barren and the people poor. "Very few of the inhabitants," he says, "have any regular occupation, and their dispositions are exceedingly ferocious; they fight and kill each other on every provocation. In their villages tliev harbor thieves, who flee from other districts and who sally forth again to plunder in all directions to the great injury of the traders." The governor requested an accession of military force. The banditti in the mountainous parts of Shantung province were so numerous in I827,§ that it was necessary to give extraordinary powers to the officers of government, to inflict summary punishment, and lessen the expense attendant on examining hundreds of prisoners. In Che- keang province there are certain hills which the government wish, we are told,|| to keep uninhabited because they are the resort of banditti; and they command to set fire to the grass annually to prevent people settling there. In 1829, the flames from this conflagration spread so rapidly in consequence of a high wind, that thirteen of the soldiers engaged in it were burnt. The same year, eight thieves were apprehended,^! who had the audacity to join in plundering the em- peror's retinue. But of all the provinces, Canton furnishes by far the most numerous instances of plunder by banditti, partly perhaps from our having better means of becoming acquainted with them than in more distant provinces. The mountainous district on the borders of the Kwang- tung and Kwnngse provinces, which are under the same governor, seems to be the "black forest" or classic land of freebooters in China. Tht; scene of a romance called the " Hwa Thou Yonan," in the time of the last dynasty is laid in that region. "High and well built square housea are seen in the fields from space to space," says de Guignes, in his account of the Dutch embassy's progress through this country,** "which serve as a retreat to the inhabitants when there are robbers. Wu have seen nothing like them in the province of Canton, but the low mountains which separate it from Kwangse and Fuhkeen may have rendered this custom necessary, those mountains being the abode o: the neighborhood." siotinlly; for the Pel account of a battle t vinces, which made lives were lost. The that the banditti in act of grace publish the throne in that \ infested by robbers i had been captured, year at Chaoucliow of Canton. On the brought prisoners infc We have no furtl find the governor o rewards on the troo[ ditti that infested the forty-one more were 1828, a party of arme and plundered a hoi five thousand taels.fl dollars were offered fo, three thousand for am forth a proclamation i ton province, the law general pardon from are not to be included plundered three times. and his head suspense* banditti in any other | the exertions of the pol are, at this moment, u in tins province, to the volve upwaidn oftw,, not yet been caught, difficult to get througj public courts." ln | military.lt "ho in th( the north and east of bandits. In the same year, mation against banditti clt-r amidst the confiisii * Mai. Observer, Jan. 15th, 1328. t Mai. Observer, July 29th. 1828. || Canton Register. Jan. 4th. 1830 "* Voyage to Peking, vol 1 page 276 Mai. Observer, April 8th, 1828. Canton Register, Dec. 14th, 1827 Canton Register. Feb 3d 1C30 "Mai. Observer. Ja,, I Indo. Gleaner, April || Mai. Observer, Sept '• Canton Register, An, {{ Canton Register, M«' of Modern China. ;'>i*9 int>aii(ls, who made occasional excursions in The brigands seem to fight one another occa- g giizette of December 1826,* contains a long ween the people of Canton and Fuhkeen pro- necessnry to call in the military, and several vernorofthe two provinces in I821,t requested is jurisdiction might not be included in the 1 by the present emperor on his accession to ir, because the two provinces were so much to make it dangerous to liberate those who Vhout four hundred banditti were taken that ID,} near two hundred miles to the eastward 9tli of December, thirty-three banditti were Canton, and thirteen more on the 10th. T account of seizures until 1827, when we Canton requesting the emperor to bestow ,§ who had captured two hundred of the ban- ills in the southern part ol' the province; and ironght in from Chaouchow foo.|| In March banditti, calling themselves police, attacked se in a village, of property to the amount of In August of the same year, one thousand the apprehension of one leader of banditti, and ther.** In December, the judge of Canton put )on the subject,tt in which he says: "In Cnn- grtinst banditti is very severe. In cases of a he throne, those who have robbed in bands, If a bandit has escaped three years and he is executed immediately after conviction, in a cage. This is not the mode of treating rovince. Here the law is not only severe, but ce to seixe offenders are strenuous. Still there idecided cases in court, of robbery by banditti number of four hundred and thirty, which in- thousand and one hundred bandits, who htivo They are dnily Augmenting. It is exceedingly all these trials, and clear them off from the 329, the governor obtained rewards for the preceding autumn had scoured the hills to the province, and captured three hundred the magistrate of Wliampna issued a procla- §§ who set houses on fire on purpose to plun- n. This village appears to be a notorious :»th. 1627. t Indo. Gleaner. Jan. 1822, p 276. <322, p. 311 $ Malacca Observer, July 1st, 1828. 9th. 1828. 11 Canton Register, March 22d, 1828. 23d, 1828 tt Canton Register, Dec. 13th, 1828. 2d. 1820 «$ Canton Register, May 2d, 1829. 560 183(1 b. 19(1). i>«l * Indo. Gleaner, Apri t Mai. Observer, De || Mai. Observer, Ju! *" Canton Register, Ji t{ Canton Register, . Kll Canton Register, , ttt Canton Register, f. 564 APRIL, Notices of MoJtrn China. been seized to he tortured, anil strict search to be mncle for the others. In 1832, we have an account of three Fuhkeen junks being attacked by pirates in Macao roads and some lives lost.* A censor reported to the emperor this year upon the frequency of piracy on the coast and rivers of Canton.t • He says, they (the river pirates) have the audacity to dig up graves and carry off the dead in order to obtain ransoms for them. In October of this year, eleven pirate* were executed in the district of Heangshmi.J Proclamations were put forth by the governor towards the end of the year, concerning a fleet of pirate boats which had come from Cochinchina.§ Two of the boats had been taken, and the prisoners stated the fleet to consist of upwards of ninety sail. The names of twelve of the leaders amongst the pirates were given, who were all natives of Canton. The governor offered amnesty to. those who would desert the pirates, and pardon with a large reward to those who would apprehend the leaders. It was probably the leader of this piratical force, who was apprehended the same year by the offer of a reward of three thousand dollars on the part of the Heangshan magistrate.il He is said to have laid several districts on the coast under contribution during the two preceding years. This Cochin- chinese fleet is reduced, by an account of it in the Repository ,fl to thirty or forty sail, which is more likely to be correct. It was no doubt, soon dispersed. A curious anecdote will be found in this work where last referred to, of the mode in which the pirates obtain ran- soms. The twenty-three men executed for piracy in Canton in August of this year were probably a part of this band.** The fooyuen of Fuhkeen complained to the emperor this year,tt of the prevalence of pirates along the coast of that province. Numerous cases of piracy and murder were brought before him, and the naval officers were doing nothing to apprehend the criminals or prevent the recur- rence of the crimes. Feuds. The frequent and violent collision of clans and parties in a nation belongs to a certain stage of civilization not of the highest order, and denotes a weak and neglectful government. King Edmund in the preamble to his laws, according to Hume, mentions the general misery occasioned to our Saxon ancestors, by the multiplicity of private feuds; nnd the strifes of the Scottish clans in the last century, or of the Joyces and Flynns in Ireland and the Tsaes and Wangs in China at the present day, denote an approach to parity in the moral condition of those people at the respective epochs. An account of the origin and nature of some of these feuds of clans will be found in a former number of this work. We proceed to enumerate further instances of them. A case is recorded of two families of the above Chinese names in Fuhkeen province,|f collecting their partisans to a fight in 1817, * Canton Register, April 7th, 1832. t Chinese Repository, vol. 1, p. 248. t Canton Register, Nov. 3d, 1832. $ Canton Register, Jan. 10th, 1833. || Evangelist. No. 2, May 22d, 1833. IT Chinese Repository, vol. I, p. 282. "* Chinese Repository, vol.2, p. 192. tt Evangelist, No. 4, June 3d, 1833. tt Indo. Gleaner .Feb. 1818, p. 45. when eiglii inrii wort burnt. The police were obliged to lie • 1819, we find some falling out about n wounded.* In 1821 a petition from an Canton province air pirates, which was: refused to assist iw period, suffered mo killed and twenty eyes dug out, their useless for life. Th acres of land seized plundered, temples destroyed, and wate continues the petitio ment thirty or fort offenders four times contempt for the I cruelties, who have leaders and organi: solemn oaths of at ordered a reward ( will apprehend the* not one person hai was remanded back we hear nothing me In the same year peror on the disturb arising from the crt of the people, who oppose the police; nor giving up an i adherents of a grea He granary,§ for i proclamation was i same clan collectei granary and decli issued until their f repaired thither wi rioters seized him civil and military and the troops we brought, which sti prisoners. The < • Indo. Gleaner, i \ Indo. Gleaner, J s of Jfodrrn China. 667 are deep mid the woods thick, whence mriug forth, who arc bound together by excite and delude the simple and ignorant n goes on to say that several of the officers kited to search for the banditti they seized nd twenty-five of his accomplices. "From Iwuy it was found, that he had worshiped e as his leader, who transmitted to him the n). After Le Keangsze's death, Le Hwuy Led many pupils, and deceiving a multitude i and formed an association ; more than this st the laws. We have searched the dwell- ,s and have not found any military weapons above account, it is not very clear whether DC classed with secret associations, banditti, s latter; the leaders bearing the same family 10 accusation of robbery. The first rumor be a combat of clans in which a great 1111111- .* It was reported that the acting governor ops with him to the scene of action,? and by r means he captured many of the offenders, of them on the spot, and sentenced others to iibliment.J us must be classed a people somewhat re- quatters." The Pwanyu magistrate describes lation issued in 1829.§ "They are natives of inton, (Chuouchow foo again apparently) and the neighborhood of Canton, they call theni- i one of them finds a bit of ground by the side :il place, he rears a mat shed, in which for a After a short time, he brings his wife ; then s kindred, and so by degrees spreads his wings Ki'cnts. Among this class of people, there are Itivators; who either rent small spots or occupy Jut there are also among them lawless banditti, 11 dugs.' When a funeral goes to the hills Ihinese mode of burial), these hill dogs keep ive a sum of money to allow the funeral to take hes are not complied with, one of them lies and will not come out until the fee be paid. a grave neglected, they dig up the remains and \ot only orphan graves which none worship «t cd, but any one unvisited for a year is assailed They first take away the grave stone and wait »int he made. If not, they dig up the grave and c stone. They will .sometimes also rxchange jer and better burial ground, for a worse." Feb. 23d, 1836; t Chinese Repository, vol. 4, p 437. Mar. 22d. lS3ti « Canton Register. March 2il. 18!2'J A Chinese Wedding. 1836. A ran.. I if i:i tii i!! II! i:; ART. IV. Description of a Chinese wedding; containing notices of the ceremonies performed 011 the occasion. Extracted from a journal at Singapore. SINGAPORE, November 28/A, 1835. Having been informed that a daughter of one of the principal Chinese merchants was about to be married, I solicited an invitation to attend and witness the ceremony. On arriving at the house of the bride's father, I was politely received by him, and invited to a seat in a rouin adjoining that in which the ceremonies were to take place, there to await the arrival of the bridegroom. As he did not arrive till nearly half an hour had elaps- ed, I improved my time in examining, with the father, the room where the daughter was to be married. Before the door which led into the street was a screen. On the right hand of the door, in front of a window, stood a narrow table, elevated on a bench and some old bricks, and covered with fruits and sweetmeats, having two or three small wax candles burning on each end of it. Beyond this, towards the interior of the house was a mat spread upon the brick floor, and still another smaller mat, of a finer quality and colors. On the side of the room opposite to the window and table above mentioned, was the family god, a large picture of a deified hero, and under it the family altar. This was fitted up for the occasion with a variety of showy ornaments, and .sacrificial articles. Next to the wall was a screen about two feet square, formed of small square pieces of marble, each having some painting upon it set in a wooden frame. At each end of this stood a waxen candle about three feet high and three inches in diameter at the lower end; these were already lighted. Near each of them were several curious articles, composed of various colored sweet- meats, fruits, &.c. fixed on long sticks of wood or wire; and between them a still more curious object, which it would be difficult to de- scribe. The body of it was composed of green leaves, several of which were rolled together, and then the rolls stitched together in the form of a pyramid. Into each roll of leaves was inserted a slen- der stick, some of which were covered with sweetmeats and dried fruits, and others with leaves and flowers. In the top of the pyramid of leaves, was a stick with numerous branches covered with leaves and flowers and sparkling tinsel. These were but a part of the curious and gaudy ornaments on the altar. Between this altar and the carput mentioned iibove, were set seven chairs, with cloth embroidered with gold-thread spread over them. One of these stood with its hack towards the family god, and the others on the right and left in front of it. A table utood in the middle. The walls of the room were hung with paper* hearing varioux inscriptions, some of which -were expressive of good wishes towards the couple about to he married. When I entered. the weddiug. At Ic a young friend of ment over his usunl Soon it was proclaii on a longer and hr to his feet. Again by putting on ml; cap with red hair li: to the rim. This | The sound of mi the bridegroom." dressed like the " r nions, each bearing poles of bamboo w sustaining betweei long. On his arri with Chinese cracl great uproar. Tl formed the usual the bride, spleudii and a little gold. ceiver of guests tl described, and p\: bowed to each ot exchanged place the bridegroom t arrange the clotl then he went t and performed t the bridegroom: Tea was thet nut. Soon af towards the inl< mice splendidly She advanced doubtless to im ing to the thres motion of a n coming of hei had come in si of her as soon round before li they bowed to of her shoulde immoveable, walked away. piinions itli: them n. slifjli* VOL, N< 574 Item (llima in Ninetcrn Hundred and A run., of the Chinese. The last passage is spoken figuratively of those who shall conic to enjoy the benefits of Christianity; and as the Sabbath is one of its most precious gifts, and the time when others are to be specially sought and enjoyed, this passage in connection with the former, may be safely regarded as a promise that the day will be observed by the Chinese, whether expressly named or not, n* well as by every other people. "All the ends of the earth shall remember and turn unto the Lord, and all the kindreds of the earth shall worship before him." "All nations, whom Thou hast made, shall come and worship before thee." If they remember him, they will doubtless remember the day which he has pro-iounced holy; and if they worship hiip at all, they will not fail to do it on that day. They will cease to be ignorant as they now are. "Many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall be increased." "He will de- stroy the face of the covering cast over all people, and the veil that is spread over all nations." "The earth shall be full of the know- ledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea." "All shall know the Lord from the least to the greatest." These predictions cannot be fulfilled till the Chinese, as well as others, are made acquainted with Christianity. That darkness,—the veil of ignorance, will surely not be removed, nor that knowledge be introduced, in any other way than by means of those who have that knowledge to communicate. It is those that have knowledge who are to "run to and fro," and increase it among others. These prophecies, which assure us that Christianity will he known in China, also convey an almost equally positive assurance that those who now possess the gospel will be allowed to have free in- tercourse with the Chinese. As they mingle among the people, they will communicate to them the useful knowledge of the western world. Many also, if not all of them, will be men who will desire lo impart to the Chinese every temporal benefit in their power; and will bring with them the improvements of Christian countries in arts and sciences; so that railroads, and steamboats, and useful machinery, will be common in China, as well as in the west. How different, then, will China in 19—, be from China in 1836! Her idol temples and serpents and dragons, all exchanged for Christian churches, and decent ornaments; her war junks and forts and swords and spears, all applied to other uses than those for which they were designed, or suffered to rust and moulder away in neglect; her armies disbanded, and her soldiers turned to husbandmen; the Sabbath generally observed, and public worship attended; and all who have arrived at years of understanding, blessed with enlightened minds, and with the knowledge of the holy and sanctifying truths ol the gospel. If we are, then, laboring for the introduction of the truth among the Chinese, we do not labor in vain, nor spend our strength for naught. No, it is for an object, which will be accnmjilisheil, fin- God has spoken it; an object which is worthy of our highest efforts, and most untiring y.eal. ART. VI. Brief m tioners to labor m Editor, by Noiu MY DEAR Sin;—Sho of record, I beg you Chinese Repository. Nothing has been that has not met wit made have been gc shall be united to tin of such a union shttl dually prepared for and the surest way I effects of these prim of understanding » themselves. Him besides a thorough those persons who i And first, it is r- possess energy ac consider their owi great cause in w the course of med ring, when a man with great effect, responsible profes appears to me ol>j •cian would leave regular course of i teous but the labc It will be seen and the same ren bers of diseased granted. Upon for besides being physician, and ( tending to a kn possess. My re sions do not apr the duties of boll ledge of Uie ht their o n peculi men incalculab hires, mid to i In cine as well us III 578 18:16. Imperial Ordinance. Amu upwards, nntl beholding her glory, we repeat our gratulations, and aTinounce the event to heaven, to earth, to our ancestors, and to the patron gods of the empire. On the nineteenth day of the tenth moon in the fifteenth year of Taoukwang, we will conduct the princes, the nobles, and all the high officers, both civil and military, iuto the presence of the.great empress, benign and dignified, universally beneficent, perfectly serene, extensively benevolent, composed and placid, thoroughly virtuous, tranquil and self-collected, in favors unbounded; and we will then present our congratulations on the glad occasion, the anniversary of her natal day. The occasion yields H happiness equal to what is enjoyed by goddesses in heaven; and while announcing it to the gods, and to our people, we will tender to her blessings unbounded. It is the happy recommencement of the glorious revolution (of the cycle), the felicity whereof shall con- tinue long as the reign of reason. "At the observance of this solemn occasion, exceedingly great and special favors shall be shown; the particulars of which and of the ceremonies to be observed are hereinafter enumerated. "First. To the tombs of the successive emperors and king«, to the temple of the great first teacher Confucius, to the five lofty mountains, and to the four mighty streams, officers shall be sent to oft'er sacrifices. Let the rules on the subject be examined, and let this be carried into effect. "Secondly. All ladies of elevated rank who have attained to the age of sixty years or upwards, from the consorts of the highest princes to the wives of the lowest titular members of the imperial family, from the princesses of the blood to the daughters of the subordinate princes, from the consorts of the Mongol royal chieftains to the wives of their hereditary nobles, as well as the ladies of the great, officers of state both Mantchou and Chinese, shall be presented with tokens of favor. "Thirdly. Every officer in the metropolis, both civil and mili- tary, of every grade, shall be raised in rank one degree. "Fourthly. Every officer, whether at court or iu the provinces, who is under promise of promotion to a new office, shall be at once invested with the rank of such new office. "Fifthly. In regard to every officer who for error in public matters has been degraded in rank, but retained in office, let the appropriate Board, after examination, present a report, requesting that his rank be restored to him. "Sixthly. Every military officer of brevet rank shall be advanc- ed to permanent rank. "Seventhly. Every soldier of the eight banners in Peking srmll receive a gift of one month's pay and rations. "Eighthly. Every Mantchou soldier who, having formerly borne arms, has been permitted on account of age or sickness to live at home, shall receive gracious tokens of favor. "Ninthly. All soldiers of the eight banners, Mnntchou, Chinese, jjiul Mongol, who have attained the ages of seventy, eighty, or ninety years, and all Mon have attained those ing in relation to tli age of a hundred ye receive money to en "Tenthly. Ever Proper), who lias person to attend on who has attained silk, ten catties of c flesh. Every one v years, shall receive "Eleventhly. 1 every remarkably u brought forward of an inscription in lii "Twelfthly. 0 have passed good be presented with i "Thirteenth!)-, a vacation of one i "Fourteenth!)-, sive emperors an< mighty streams, I be sent in. "Fifteentlily. in all the province "In tin's marine and become a nil the sun and mooi he diffused ahroac joys of music a empire, that all u ART. VIII. IV paintings; r new-year; f)i CHASTISEMENT vagabonds abou, collected, there ratans. most men from i\s (iliont ('tin/tin. r>79 1" the inner tribes, or of the Kalkas, who shall have gifts conferred on tlieni, dift'er- lirnl ages. Those who have attained the mil, on presenting a statement thereof, arch. among the military and people (of China •d the aj^e of seventy shall be allowed one ee of liability to conscription. Every one 3 of eighty shall receive [also] one piece of one stone-weight of rice, and ten catties of s attained the age of ninety or of a hundred f for the erection of an arch. perfectly filial sou or obedient grandson, husband or chaste wife, upon proofs being nets, shall have a monument erected, with er honor. lower classes of literary graduates, all who illations bul without attaining degrees shall s. students of the national college shall have every ease in whic.h the tombs of tiie snoce?- ;s, or ihe temples of the lofty mountains and fallen into decay, let requests for their repair •oads and bridges that are in want of repair, repaired by the local officers." I her majesty's sanctity and virtue lie declared, an example, the praise of which shall be like shall be ever increasing. Her kindness shall extended to all ; and all shall rejoice with the Hieing.—Let this be proclaimed to the. whole : made to hear and know it." nbaul Canton: implements used for filiations at new-year; alarm of fire; Chinese side. Extract from a private Journal. ministered with no sparing hand to the lawless itnu. On every occasion where a multitude is be seen the servants of the police with their presence of the rod reclaim the wayward, or the y ofimplemfints for torture and punishment deter iistly and dishonorably, surely the Chinese would